Preparation for the Gospel
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Preparation 1, chapter 1
1.1.1Dindorf 1:1
Τὸν χριστιανισμὸν, ὅ τι ποτέ ἐστιν, ἠγούμενος τοῖς οὐκ εἰδόσι παραστήσασθαι διὰ τῆς προκειμένης πραγματείας τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν ἀπόδειξιν περιέξειν ἐπαγγελλομένης, τήνδε σοι, θεῖον ἐπισκόπων χρῆμα, Θεόδοτε, φίλη θεοῦ καὶ ἱερὰ κεφαλὴ, σὺν εὐχαῖς ἐπεφώνησα, εἴ πως ἄρα τῆς παρὰ σοῦ τύχοιμι βοηθείας, ταῖς φιλοθέοις ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἱερουργίαις τὰ μεγάλα μοι συμπράττοντος εἰς τὴν προβεβλημένην τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας ὑπόθεσιν.
Ton christianismon, ho ti pote estin, ēgoumenos tois ouk eidosi parastēsasthai dia tēs prokeimenēs pragmateias tēn euangelikēn apodeixin periexein epangellomenēs, tēnde soi, theion episkopōn chrēma, Theodote, philē theou kai hiera kephalē, syn euchais epephōnēsa, ei pōs ara tēs para sou tychoimi boētheias, tais philotheois hyper hēmōn hierourgiais ta megala moi symprattontos eis tēn probeblēmenēn tēs euangelikēs didaskalias hypothesin.
Christianity, whatever it may be, I have thought it right to set out for those who do not know it, by means of the present treatise, which promises to contain the Demonstration of the Gospel. This treatise I have addressed to you, Theodotus, divine treasure among bishops, beloved of God and holy head, with prayers, in the hope that I may obtain help from you, as you assist me in great matters by your God-loving priestly ministrations on my behalf toward the subject I have set before me: the teaching of the gospel.
1.1.2Dindorf 1:1
ἀλλὰ γὰρ τί βούλεται τοῦτο δηλοῦν ὅ φαμεν εὐαγγέλιον πρῶτον ἁπάντων διαρθρῶσαι καλόν. τοῦτο δὴ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις τὴν παρουσίαν τῶν ἀνωτάτω καὶ μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν, πάλαι μὲν προηγορευμένων, νεωστὶ δὲ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐπιλαμψάντων, εὐαγγελίζεται, οὐ τὸν οὐ βλέποντα πλοῦτον, οὐδὲ τὴν σμικρὰν καὶ πολυπαθῆ ταύτην ζωὴν προξενοῦν, οὐδʼ ὅσα σώματος καὶ φθορὰς οἰκεῖα, τὰ δὲ ψυχαῖς νοερὰν οὐσίαν κεκτημέναις φίλα τε καὶ προσήγορα, ὧν καὶ τὰ σώματα ἐξῆπται, σκιὰς ἐφεπόμενα δίκην.
alla gar ti bouletai touto dēloun ho phamen euangelion prōton hapantōn diarthrōsai kalon. touto dē pasin anthrōpois tēn parousian tōn anōtatō kai megistōn agathōn, palai men proēgoreumenōn, neōsti de tois pasin epilampsantōn, euangelizetai, ou ton ou bleponta plouton, oude tēn smikran kai polypathē tautēn zōēn proxenoun, oudʼ hosa sōmatos kai phthoras oikeia, ta de psychais noeran ousian kektēmenais phila te kai prosēgora, hōn kai ta sōmata exēptai, skias ephepomena dikēn.
But first of all it is right to explain what this word we use, "gospel," means. It brings to all people the good news of the presence of the highest and greatest goods, long ago foretold and recently shining out upon all. It does not offer wealth that is blind, nor this small and much-suffering life, nor the things that belong to the body and to corruption, but the things that are dear and akin to souls which possess an intellectual nature; on these even bodies depend, following them like shadows.
1.1.3Dindorf 1:1–2
εἴη δʼ ἂν τούτων τὸ κεφάλαιον εὐσέβεια, οὐχ ἡ ψευδώνυμος καὶ πολυπλανὴς, ἀλλʼ ἡ σὺν ἀληθείᾳ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐπιγραφομένη. ἔστι δὲ αὕτη ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἔνα καὶ μόνον ὡς ἀληθῶς ὁμολογούμενόν τε καὶ ὄντα θεὸν ἀνάνευσις καὶ ἡ κατὰ τοῦτον ζωὴ, ἐξ ἧς καὶ ἡ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐγγίνεται φιλία, ἡ παρέπεται τὸ θεοφιλὲς ὄντως καὶ τρισμακάριον τέλος, ἄνωθεν ἐκ τῶν κρειττόνων ἀπῃωρημένον καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰ διακυβερνώμενον καὶ αὖ πάλιν εἰς αὐτὰ καταλῆγον.
eiē dʼ an toutōn to kephalaion eusebeia, ouch hē pseudōnymos kai polyplanēs, allʼ hē syn alētheią tēn prosēgorian epigraphomenē. esti de hautē hē pros ton ena kai monon hōs alēthōs homologoumenon te kai onta theon ananeusis kai hē kata touton zōē, ex hēs kai hē pros auton enginetai philia, hē parepetai to theophiles ontōs kai trismakarion telos, anōthen ek tōn kreittonōn apę̄ōrēmenon kai pros auta diakybernōmenon kai au palin eis auta katalēgon.
The chief of these goods would be piety: not the falsely named and much-wandering kind, but that which bears the name together with the truth. And this is the turning upward toward the one and only God, who is truly confessed and truly is, and the life lived in accordance with him. From this comes friendship with him, and on that friendship follows the end that is truly dear to God and thrice blessed, hung from above, from the higher things, steered toward them, and ending once again in them.
1.1.4Dindorf 1:2
τί οὖν ἂν γένοιτο τῆς ἀγαθῆς ταύτης καὶ πανολβίου θεοφιλίας μακαριστότερον; οὐχὶ καὶ ζωῆς αὐτὸς καὶ φωτὸς καὶ ἀληθείας καὶ πάντων ἀγαθῶν ταμίας καὶ χορηγὸς τοῖς πᾶσι καθέστηκεν; οὐχὶ καὶ τοῦ εἶναι τὰ πάντα καὶ τοῦ ζῆν αὐτὸς τὴν αἰτίαν περιείληφε; τῷ δὴ οὖν τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν στειλαμένῳ φιλίαν τί ἂν ἔτι λείποιτο; τίνος δʼ ἂν ὑστεροῖτο ὁ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὸν δημιουργὸν ἐξοικειούμενος; ἢ τίνος ἂν ἐλαττῷτο ὁ καὶ πατρὸς ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ κηδεμόνος τὸν μέγαν προστάτην καὶ παμβασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ἐπιγραφόμενος;
ti oun an genoito tēs agathēs tautēs kai panolbiou theophilias makaristoteron? ouchi kai zōēs autos kai phōtos kai alētheias kai pantōn agathōn tamias kai chorēgos tois pasi kathestēken? ouchi kai tou einai ta panta kai tou zēn autos tēn aitian perieilēphe? tǭ dē oun tēn pros auton steilamenǭ philian ti an eti leipoito? tinos dʼ an hysteroito ho tōn agathōn ton dēmiourgon exoikeioumenos? ē tinos an elattǭto ho kai patros en chōrą kai kēdemonos ton megan prostatēn kai pambasilea tōn holōn epigraphomenos?
What then could be more blessed than this good and all-happy friendship with God? Is not he himself the steward and giver of life and light and truth and all good things to all? Has not he himself encompassed the cause of the being and the life of all things? What, then, could still be lacking to one who has gained his friendship? What could he want who has made the creator of good things his own? Or in what could he be the poorer who has enrolled the great protector and universal King of the universe as his father and guardian?
1.1.5Dindorf 1:2
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ὅ τι μὴ οὐχὶ ὁ τῇ διαθέσει τῷ παμβασιλεῖ θεῷ πλησιάζων, καὶ τῆς παμμακαρίστου φιλίας διὰ τῆς ἐπιστημονικῆς εὐσεβείας ἠξιωμένος, ὁμοῦ ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἁπάντων εὖ ἂν ἔχοι.
allʼ ouk estin eipein ho ti mē ouchi ho tę̄ diathesei tǭ pambasilei theǭ plēsiazōn, kai tēs pammakaristou philias dia tēs epistēmonikēs eusebeias ēxiōmenos, homou psychēs te kai sōmatos kai tōn ektos hapantōn eu an echoi.
No, it is impossible to name anything in which the one who draws near in disposition to God the universal King, and has been counted worthy of his all-blessed friendship through piety grounded in knowledge, would not fare well, in soul and body alike and in all external things.
1.1.6Dindorf 1:2–3
ταύτην δὴ τοίνυν τὴν ἀγαθὴν καὶ σωτήριον ἀνθρώπων πρὸς θεὸν φιλίαν ἄνωθεν ἐκ τοῦ παναγάθου καταπεμφθεὶς θεοῦ λόγος, ὥσπερ τις ἀπειρομεγέθους φωτὸς αὐγὴ, πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εὐαγγελίζεται, οὐκ ἐνθένδε ποθὲν οὐδʼ ἑτέρωθεν, ἀλλὰ πανταχόθεν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐθνῶν πρὸς τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν παρορμῶν ἥκειν, σπεύδειν τε καὶ πάσῃ προθυμίᾳ ψυχῆς τὸ δῶρον ὑποδέχεσθαι, Ἕλληνας ὁμοῦ καὶ βαρβάρους, ἄνδρας ἅμα γυναιξὶ καὶ νηπίοις, πένητάς τε καὶ πλουσίους, σοφοὺς καὶ ἰδιώτας, οὐδὲ τὸ οἰκετικὸν γένος ὑπερφρονῶν τῆς κλήσεως,
tautēn dē toinyn tēn agathēn kai sōtērion anthrōpōn pros theon philian anōthen ek tou panagathou katapemphtheis theou logos, hōsper tis apeiromegethous phōtos augē, pasin anthrōpois euangelizetai, ouk enthende pothen oudʼ heterōthen, alla pantachothen ex hapantōn ethnōn pros ton tōn holōn theon parormōn hēkein, speudein te kai pasę̄ prothymią psychēs to dōron hypodechesthai, Hellēnas homou kai barbarous, andras hama gynaixi kai nēpiois, penētas te kai plousious, sophous kai idiōtas, oude to oiketikon genos hyperphronōn tēs klēseōs,
This good and saving friendship of human beings with God, then, the Word of God, sent down from above from the all-good God like a ray of light of boundless greatness, announces as good news to all people. He does not summon them from here or there only, but from everywhere, out of all nations, urging them to come to the God of the universe and to hasten and receive the gift with all eagerness of soul: Greeks and barbarians alike, men together with women and infants, poor and rich, wise and unlearned; nor does he despise the class of slaves in his calling,
1.1.7Dindorf 1:3
ὅτι δὴ μίαν τὴν πάντων οὐσίαν τε καὶ φύσιν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν συστησάμενος μιᾶς εἰκότως καὶ τῆς ἴσης πάλιν τοὺς πάντας μεγαλοδωρεᾶς ἠξίωσε, τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν γνῶσίν τε καὶ φιλίαν ἅπασι τοῖς ὑπακούειν ἐθέλουσι καὶ τὴν χάριν εὐμαρῶς ἀσπαζομένοις δωρούμενος.
hoti dē mian tēn pantōn ousian te kai physin ho patēr autōn systēsamenos mias eikotōs kai tēs isēs palin tous pantas megalodōreas ēxiōse, tēn pros auton gnōsin te kai philian hapasi tois hypakouein ethelousi kai tēn charin eumarōs aspazomenois dōroumenos.
because the Father, having constituted the being and nature of all as one, rightly also counted all worthy of one and the same generous gift, granting knowledge of himself and friendship with himself to all who are willing to obey and who gladly embrace the grace.
1.1.8Dindorf 1:3
ταύτην ὁ Χριστοῦ λόγος ἧκε τὴν πρὸς τὸν αὐτοῦ πατέρα φιλίαν τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον εὐαγγελιούμενος· “θεὸς γὰρ ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ, μὴ λογιζόμενος αὐτοῖς τὰ παραπτώματα, ” ᾗ τὰ θεῖα διδάσκει λόγια, ἐλθών τε, φησὶν, εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην τοῖς μακρὰν καὶ εἰρήνην τοῖς ἐγγύς.”
tautēn ho Christou logos hēke tēn pros ton autou patera philian ton sympanta kosmon euangelioumenos; “theos gar ēn en Christǭ kosmon katallassōn heautǭ, mē logizomenos autois ta paraptōmata, ” hę̄ ta theia didaskei logia, elthōn te, phēsin, euēngelisato eirēnēn tois makran kai eirēnēn tois engys.”
This friendship with his Father the Word of Christ came to announce as good news to the whole world: "For God was in Christ reconciling the world to himself, not counting their trespasses against them," as the divine oracles teach; and "coming," it says, "he proclaimed the good news of peace to those far off and peace to those near."
1.1.9Dindorf 1:3
ταῦτα πρόπαλαι παῖδες Ἑβραίων θεοφορούμενοι τῷ σύμπαντι κόσμῳ προεθέσπιζον, ὁ μέν τις βοῶν “μνησθήσονται καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται πρὸς κύριον πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὃτι τοῦ κυρίου ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ αὐτὸς δεσπόζει τῶν ἐθνῶν·” καὶ πάλιν “εἲπατε ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὅτι κύριος ἐβασίλευσε· καὶ γὰρ κατώρθωσε τὴν οἰκουμένην, ἥτις οὐ σαλευθήσεται·’ ὁ δὲ φάσκων “ἐπιφανήσεται κύριος ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐξολοθρεύσει πάντας τοὺς θεοὺς τῶν ἐθνῶν τῆς γῆς, καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτῷ ἕκαστος ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ.”
tauta propalai paides Hebraiōn theophoroumenoi tǭ sympanti kosmǭ proethespizon, ho men tis boōn “mnēsthēsontai kai epistraphēsontai pros kyrion panta ta perata tēs gēs, kai proskynēsousin enōpion autou pasai hai patriai tōn ethnōn, hoti tou kyriou hē basileia, kai autos despozei tōn ethnōn;” kai palin “eipate en tois ethnesin hoti kyrios ebasileuse; kai gar katōrthōse tēn oikoumenēn, hētis ou saleuthēsetai;’ ho de phaskōn “epiphanēsetai kyrios en autois kai exolothreusei pantas tous theous tōn ethnōn tēs gēs, kai proskynēsousin autǭ hekastos ek tou topou autou.”
These things the sons of the Hebrews, inspired by God, foretold long ago to the whole world. One cries aloud: "All the ends of the earth shall remember and turn to the Lord, and all the families of the nations shall worship before him; for the kingdom is the Lord's, and he rules over the nations"; and again: "Say among the nations that the Lord reigns; for he has set the world right, and it shall not be shaken." Another says: "The Lord shall appear among them and shall utterly destroy all the gods of the nations of the earth, and they shall worship him, each from his own place."
1.1.10Dindorf 1:3
ταῦτα πρόπαλαι θείοις χρησμοῖς ἀνακείμενα νῦν εἰς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς διὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίας πέφηνεν, ὡς τὴν πάλαι κηρυττομένην τε καὶ τοῖς μὴ τούτων ἀπείροις προσδοκωμένην τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων θεογνωσίαν εἰκότως ἡμῖν τὸν ἔναγχος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ παρόντα λόγον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, ταῖς τῶν παλαιῶν φωναῖς τὰ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἀποτελέσματα συντρέχειν ἐπιδεικνύμενον.
tauta propalai theiois chrēsmois anakeimena nyn eis hēmas autous dia tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou didaskalias pephēnen, hōs tēn palai kēryttomenēn te kai tois mē toutōn apeirois prosdokōmenēn tōn ethnōn hapantōn theognōsian eikotōs hēmin ton enanchos ex ouranou paronta logon euangelizesthai, tais tōn palaiōn phōnais ta dia tōn ergōn apotelesmata syntrechein epideiknymenon.
These things, laid up long ago in divine oracles, have now been made plain to us ourselves through the teaching of our Savior Jesus Christ. So the Word, lately come to us from heaven, rightly announces to us the good news of the knowledge of God for all the nations, which was proclaimed of old and expected by those not unacquainted with these things, showing that what is accomplished in deeds agrees with the voices of the ancients.
1.1.11Dindorf 1:3–4
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τί χρὴ σπεύδειν φθάνοντα τῇ προθυμίᾳ τὴν τῶν διὰ μέσου λόγων ἀκολουθίαν, ἀναλαβεῖν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς δέον καὶ τὰ ἐμποδὼν ἅπαντα διαλύσασθαι; ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸν χριστιανισμόν τινες οὐδένα λόγον ἀποσώζειν, ἀλόγῳ δὲ πίστει καὶ ἀνεξετάστῳ συγκαταθέσει τοὺς τῆς προσηγορίας ἐφιεμένους τὸ δόξαν κυροῦν ὑπειλήφασιν, μηδένα φάσκοντες δύνασθαι διʼ ἀποδείξεως ἐναργοῦς παρέχειν τεκμήριον τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἐπαγγελλομένοις ἀληθείας, πίστει δὲ μόνῃ προσέχειν ἀξιοῦν τοὺς προσιόντας, παρʼ ὃ καὶ πιστοὺς χρηματίζειν, τῆς ἀκρίτου χάριν καὶ ἀβασανίστου πίστεως, εἰκότως ἐπὶ τήνδε καθεὶς τὴν πραγματείαν τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ἀποδείξεως, εἰς προκατασκευὴν τῆς ὅλης ὑποθέσεως, ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν βραχέα προδιαλαβεῖν περὶ τῶν ζητηθέντων ἂν πρὸς ἡμᾶς εὐλόγως ὑπό τε Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς, παντός τε τοῦ μετὰ ἀκριβοῦς ἐξετάσεως τὰ καθʼ ἡμὰς διερευνωμένου.
Alla gar ti chrē speudein phthanonta tę̄ prothymią tēn tōn dia mesou logōn akolouthian, analabein ex hyparchēs deon kai ta empodōn hapanta dialysasthai? epeidē gar ton christianismon tines oudena logon aposōzein, alogǭ de pistei kai anexetastǭ synkatathesei tous tēs prosēgorias ephiemenous to doxan kyroun hypeilēphasin, mēdena phaskontes dynasthai diʼ apodeixeōs enargous parechein tekmērion tēs en tois epangellomenois alētheias, pistei de monę̄ prosechein axioun tous prosiontas, parʼ ho kai pistous chrēmatizein, tēs akritou charin kai abasanistou pisteōs, eikotōs epi tēnde katheis tēn pragmateian tēs euangelikēs apodeixeōs, eis prokataskeuēn tēs holēs hypotheseōs, hēgoumai dein brachea prodialabein peri tōn zētēthentōn an pros hēmas eulogōs hypo te Hellēnōn kai tōn ek peritomēs, pantos te tou meta akribous exetaseōs ta kathʼ hēmas diereunōmenou.
But why should I hurry on and in my eagerness outrun the sequence of the intervening arguments, when I ought to take things up from the beginning and clear away every obstacle? For some have supposed that Christianity has no reason to give for itself, but that those who desire the name confirm their opinion by an unreasoning faith and an unexamined assent. They say that no one can offer, by clear demonstration, any proof of the truth of what is promised, but that those who come to it are required to attend to faith alone, and that this is why they are called "faithful" (pistoi), because of their uncritical and untested faith. So, setting out on this treatise of the Demonstration of the Gospel, I think it right, as a preparation for the whole subject, first to discuss briefly the questions that might reasonably be raised against us both by Greeks and by those of the circumcision, and by everyone who inquires into our affairs with careful examination.
1.1.12Dindorf 1:4
ταύτῃ γάρ μοι δοκῶ τὸν λόγον ἐν τάξει χωρήσειν εἰς τὴν ἐντελεστέραν τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ἀποδείξεως διδασκαλίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν βαθυτέρων δογμάτων κατανόησιν, εἰ τὰ τῆς προπαρασκευῆς ἡμῖν πρὸ ὁδοῦ γένοιτο, στοιχειώσεως καὶ εἰσαγωγῆς ἐπέχοντα τόπον, καὶ τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἄρτι προσιοῦσιν ἐφαρμόττοντα· τὰ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα, τοῖς ἐνθένδε διαβεβηκόσι καὶ τὴν ἕξιν ἤδη πάρεσκευασμένοις εἰς τὴν τῶν κρειττόνων παραδοχὴν τὴν ἀκριβῆ γνῶσιν παραδώσει τῶν συνεκτικωτάτων τῆς κατὰ τὸν σωτῆρα καὶ κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ μυστικῆς οἰκονομίας.
tautę̄ gar moi dokō ton logon en taxei chōrēsein eis tēn entelesteran tēs euangelikēs apodeixeōs didaskalian kai tēn tōn bathyterōn dogmatōn katanoēsin, ei ta tēs proparaskeuēs hēmin pro hodou genoito, stoicheiōseōs kai eisagōgēs epechonta topon, kai tois ex ethnōn arti prosiousin epharmottonta; ta de meta tauta, tois enthende diabebēkosi kai tēn hexin ēdē pareskeuasmenois eis tēn tōn kreittonōn paradochēn tēn akribē gnōsin paradōsei tōn synektikōtatōn tēs kata ton sōtēra kai kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon tou theou mystikēs oikonomias.
For in this way I think my account will proceed in order to the more complete teaching of the Demonstration of the Gospel and to the understanding of the deeper doctrines, if the matters of the Preparation come first on the road, holding the place of elementary instruction and introduction and suited to those from the nations who are just coming to us. What follows will hand on, to those who have passed beyond this stage and have already prepared their disposition for receiving higher things, accurate knowledge of the most essential points of the mystical dispensation of God concerning our Savior and Lord Jesus Christ.
1.1.13Dindorf 1:4
ἀρξώμεθα δὴ τῆς προπαρασκευῆς, τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς εὐλόγως ὑπό τε Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν ἐκ περιτομής, παντός τε τοῦ μετὰ ἀκριβοῦς ἐξετάσεως τὰ καθʼ ἡμᾶς διερευνωμένου λεχθησόμενα προσάγοντες.
arxōmetha dē tēs proparaskeuēs, ta pros hēmas eulogōs hypo te Hellēnōn kai tōn ek peritomēs, pantos te tou meta akribous exetaseōs ta kathʼ hēmas diereunōmenou lechthēsomena prosagontes.
Let us begin, then, the Preparation, bringing forward the things that might reasonably be said against us both by Greeks and by those of the circumcision, and by everyone who examines our affairs with careful inquiry.
Preparation 1, chapter 2
1.2.1Dindorf 1:4–5
Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ εἰκότως ἄν τις διαπορήσειε τίνες ὄντες ἐπὶ τὴν γραφὴν παρεληλύθαμεν, πότερον Ἓλληνες ἢ βάρβαροι, ἢ τί ἂν γένοιτο τούτων μέσον, καὶ τίνας ἑαυτοὺς εἶναί φαμεν, οὐ τὴν προσηγορίαν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἔκδηλος αὕτη, ἀλλὰ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ βίου· οὔτε γὰρ τὰ Ἑλλήνων φρονοῦντας ὁρᾶν οὔτε τὰ βαρβάρων ἐπιτηδεύοντας.
Prōton men gar eikotōs an tis diaporēseie tines ontes epi tēn graphēn parelēlythamen, poteron Hellēnes ē barbaroi, ē ti an genoito toutōn meson, kai tinas heautous einai phamen, ou tēn prosēgorian, hoti kai tois pasin ekdēlos hautē, alla ton tropon kai tēn proairesin tou biou; oute gar ta Hellēnōn phronountas horan oute ta barbarōn epitēdeuontas.
For in the first place someone might reasonably be at a loss to know who we are who have come forward to write: whether Greeks or barbarians, or something between these; and what we claim to be, not in name, since that is plain to all, but in the manner and choice of our life. For they see that we neither think as the Greeks nor practice the customs of the barbarians.
1.2.2Dindorf 1:5
τί οὖν ἂν γένοιτο τὸ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ξένον, καὶ τίς ὁ νεωτερισμὸς τοῦ βίου; πῶς δʼ οὐ πανταχόθεν δυσσεβεῖς ἂν εἶεν καὶ ἄθεοι οἱ τῶν πατρίων ἐθῶν ἀποστάντες, διʼ ὧν πᾶν ἔθνος καὶ πᾶσα πόλις συνέστηκεν; ἢ τί καλὸν ἐλπίσαι εἰκὸς τοὺς τῶν σωτηρίων ἐχθροὺς καὶ πολεμίους καταστάντας καὶ τοὺς εὐεργέτας παρωσαμένους; καὶ τί γὰρ ἄλλο ἢ θεομαχοῦντας;
ti oun an genoito to kathʼ hēmas xenon, kai tis ho neōterismos tou biou? pōs dʼ ou pantachothen dyssebeis an eien kai atheoi hoi tōn patriōn ethōn apostantes, diʼ hōn pan ethnos kai pasa polis synestēken? ē ti kalon elpisai eikos tous tōn sōtēriōn echthrous kai polemious katastantas kai tous euergetas parōsamenous? kai ti gar allo ē theomachountas?
What then, they ask, could be the strangeness about us, and what is the novelty of our life? How could those not be in every way impious and atheists who have abandoned their ancestral customs, by which every nation and every city is held together? Or what good can people reasonably hope for who have set themselves up as enemies and foes of what saves them, and have thrust away their benefactors? And what else are they doing but fighting against the gods?
1.2.3Dindorf 1:5
ποίας δὲ καὶ ἀξιωθήσεσθαι συγγνώμης τοὺς ἐξ αἰῶνος μὲν παρὰ πᾶσιν Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις κατά τε πόλεις καὶ ἀγροὺς παντοίοις ἱεροῖς καὶ τελεταῖς καὶ μυστηρίοις πρὸς ἁπάντων ὁμοῦ βασιλέων τε καὶ νομοθετῶν καὶ φιλοσόφων θεολογουμένους ἀποστραφέντας, ἐλομένους δὲ τὰ ἀσεβῆ καὶ ἄθεα τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις; ποίαις δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐνδίκως ὑποβληθεῖεν τιμωρίαις οἱ τῶν μὲν πατρίων φυγάδες, τῶν δʼ ὀθνείων καὶ παρὰ πᾶσι διαβεβλημένων Ἰουδαïκῶν μυθολογημάτων γενόμενοι ζηλωταί;
poias de kai axiōthēsesthai syngnōmēs tous ex aiōnos men para pasin Hellēsi kai barbarois kata te poleis kai agrous pantoiois hierois kai teletais kai mystēriois pros hapantōn homou basileōn te kai nomothetōn kai philosophōn theologoumenous apostraphentas, elomenous de ta asebē kai athea tōn en anthrōpois? poiais dʼ ouk an endikōs hypoblētheien timōriais hoi tōn men patriōn phygades, tōn dʼ othneiōn kai para pasi diabeblēmenōn Ioudaikōn mythologēmatōn genomenoi zēlōtai?
And what pardon will be granted to those who have turned away from the beings honored as gods from all ages among all Greeks and barbarians, in cities and in the countryside, with all kinds of sacred rites, initiations, and mysteries, by kings, lawgivers, and philosophers alike, and have chosen instead what is impious and godless among human beings? To what punishments would they not justly be subjected, who are fugitives from their ancestral ways and have become zealots for the foreign myths of the Jews, which are slandered by all?
1.2.4Dindorf 1:5
πῶς δʼ οὐ μοχθηρίας εἶναι καὶ εὐχερείας ἐσχάτης τὸ μεταθέσθαι μὲν εὐκόλως τὰ τῶν οἰκείων, δʼ ἀλόγῳ δὲ καὶ ἀνεξετάστῳ πίστει τὰ τῶν δυσσεβῶν καὶ πᾶσιν ἔθνεσι πολεμίων ἑλέσθαι, καὶ μηδʼ αὐτῷ τῷ παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις τιμωμένῳ θεῷ κατὰ τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς προσανέχειν νόμιμα, καινὴν δέ τινα καὶ ἐρήμην ἑαυτοῖς συντεμεῖν ἀνοδίαν, μήτε τὰ Ἑλλήνων μήτε τὰ Ἰουδαίων φυλάττουσαν;
pōs dʼ ou mochthērias einai kai euchereias eschatēs to metathesthai men eukolōs ta tōn oikeiōn, dʼ alogǭ de kai anexetastǭ pistei ta tōn dyssebōn kai pasin ethnesi polemiōn helesthai, kai mēdʼ autǭ tǭ para Ioudaiois timōmenǭ theǭ kata ta parʼ autois prosanechein nomima, kainēn de tina kai erēmēn heautois syntemein anodian, mēte ta Hellēnōn mēte ta Ioudaiōn phylattousan?
Must it not be a sign of utter depravity and levity lightly to cast aside the customs of one's own people, and with unreasoning and unexamined faith to choose the ways of the impious and of the enemies of all nations; and not even to hold to the God honored among the Jews according to their own customary rites, but to cut out for themselves a new and lonely track in a pathless waste, keeping neither the ways of the Greeks nor those of the Jews?
1.2.5Dindorf 1:5–6
Ταῦτα μὲν οὗν εἰκότως ἄν τις Ἑλλήνων, μηδὲν ἀληθὲς μήτε τῶν οἰκείων μήτε τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐπαΐων, πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀπορήσειεν. ἐπιμέμψαιντο δʼ ἂν ἡμῖν καὶ Ἑβραίων παῖδες, εἰ δὴ ἀλλόφυλοι ὄντες καὶ ἀλλογενεῖς ταῖς αὐτῶν βίβλοις ἀποχρώμεθα μηδὲν ἡμῖν προσηκούσαις, ὅτι τε ἀναιδῶς, ὡς ἂν αὐτοὶ φαῖεν, καὶ ἀναισχύντως ἑαυτοὺς μὲν εἰσωθοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ οἰκείους καὶ ἐγγενεῖς τῶν αὐτοῖς πατρίων ἐξωθεῖν παραβιαζόμεθα.
Tauta men houn eikotōs an tis Hellēnōn, mēden alēthes mēte tōn oikeiōn mēte tōn kathʼ hēmas epaïōn, pros hēmas aporēseien. epimempsainto dʼ an hēmin kai Hebraiōn paides, ei dē allophyloi ontes kai allogeneis tais autōn biblois apochrōmetha mēden hēmin prosēkousais, hoti te anaidōs, hōs an autoi phaien, kai anaischyntōs heautous men eisōthoumen, tous de oikeious kai engeneis tōn autois patriōn exōthein parabiazometha.
These are the difficulties that one of the Greeks, knowing nothing true either of his own affairs or of ours, might reasonably raise against us. But the sons of the Hebrews too might find fault with us, if, being foreigners and of another race, we make use of their books, which do not belong to us at all; and because, as they would say, we shamelessly and brazenly thrust ourselves in, and try by force to thrust out the members of their own household and their kinsmen from their ancestral possessions.
1.2.6Dindorf 1:6
εἴτε γάρ τις εἰη Χριστὸς θεσπιζόμενος, ἀλλὰ Ἰουδαίων ἦσαν προφῆται οἱ τούτου τὴν ἄφιξιν προκηρύξαντες, οἱ καὶ λυτρωτὴν καὶ βασιλέα Ἰουδαίων ἥξειν αὐτὸν, οὐχὶ δὲ τόν ἀλλοφύλων ἐθνῶν κατήγγειλαν· εἴτε τινὰ ἄλλα φαιδρότερα περιέχουσιν αἱ γραφαὶ, καὶ ταῦτα Ἰουδαίοις ἀναφωνεῖσθαι, ὧν οὐκ εὖ πράττοντας παρακούειν ἡμὰς.
eite gar tis eiē Christos thespizomenos, alla Ioudaiōn ēsan prophētai hoi toutou tēn aphixin prokēryxantes, hoi kai lytrōtēn kai basilea Ioudaiōn hēxein auton, ouchi de ton allophylōn ethnōn katēngeilan; eite tina alla phaidrotera periechousin hai graphai, kai tauta Ioudaiois anaphōneisthai, hōn ouk eu prattontas parakouein hēmas.
For if there is a Christ who is foretold, it was the prophets of the Jews who proclaimed his coming beforehand, and they announced that he would come as redeemer and king of the Jews, not of foreign nations. And if the Scriptures contain any other brighter promises, these too, they say, were spoken to the Jews, and we misunderstand them, and not to our credit.
1.2.7Dindorf 1:6
καὶ σφόδρα ἀτόπως τοὺς μὲν κατὰ τοῦ ἔθνους ἐφʼ οἷς ἡμάρτανον ἐλέγχους εὖ μάλα ἁρπαλέως ἀποδέχεσθαι, τὰς δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν πάλιν αὐτοῖς θεσπιζομένας ἐπαγγελίας ἀποσιωπᾶν, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐκβιάζεσθαι καὶ ἑαυτοὺς μεταφέρειν, ἄντικρυς πλεονεκτοῦντας καὶ οὐδὲν πλέον ἢ ἑαυτοὺς ἐξαπατῶντας.
kai sphodra atopōs tous men kata tou ethnous ephʼ hois hēmartanon elenchous eu mala harpaleōs apodechesthai, tas de tōn agathōn palin autois thespizomenas epangelias aposiōpan, mallon de ekbiazesthai kai heautous metapherein, antikrys pleonektountas kai ouden pleon ē heautous exapatōntas.
And it is very absurd, they say, that we eagerly snatch up the rebukes against that nation for its sins, but pass over in silence the promises of good things foretold to them in turn, or rather wrest them by force and transfer them to ourselves, plainly grasping at what is not ours and doing nothing more than deceiving ourselves.
1.2.8Dindorf 1:6
τὸ δʼ οὖν ἀπάντων παραλογώτατον, ὅτι μηδὲ τὰ νόμιμα παραπλησίως αὐτοῖς περιέποντες, ἀλλὰ προφανῶς παρανομοῦντες, τὰς ἐπηγγελμένας τοῖς τῶν νόμων φύλαξι χρηστοτέρας ἀμοιβὰς εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἐπισπώμεθα.
to dʼ oun apantōn paralogōtaton, hoti mēde ta nomima paraplēsiōs autois periepontes, alla prophanōs paranomountes, tas epēngelmenas tois tōn nomōn phylaxi chrēstoteras amoibas eis heautous epispōmetha.
But the most unreasonable thing of all, they say, is that, though we do not keep the law's ordinances as they do but openly transgress them, we draw to ourselves the better rewards promised to those who keep the laws.
Preparation 1, chapter 3
1.3.1Dindorf 1:6
Τούτων εὐλόγως ἂν ἡμῖν ἐν πρώτοις ἀπορηθέντων, φέρε τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, ὡς διʼ ἀρχιερέως ἐπικαλεσάμενοι τὸ πρῶτον τῶν προτεθέντων ἀποκαθάρωμεν, συκοφάντας προαποδείξαντες τοὺς μηδὲν ἔχειν ἡμᾶς διʼ ἀποδείξεως παριστάναι, ἀλόγῳ δὲ πίστει προσέχειν ἀποφηναμένους.
Toutōn eulogōs an hēmin en prōtois aporēthentōn, phere ton tōn holōn theon dia tou sōtēros hēmōn, tou autou logou, hōs diʼ archiereōs epikalesamenoi to prōton tōn protethentōn apokatharōmen, sykophantas proapodeixantes tous mēden echein hēmas diʼ apodeixeōs paristanai, alogǭ de pistei prosechein apophēnamenous.
Since these difficulties may reasonably be raised against us first of all, come, let us call upon the God of the universe through our Savior, his very Word, as through a high priest, and clear up the first of the points proposed, first showing to be slanderers those who declare that we have nothing to establish by demonstration but hold to an unreasoning faith.
1.3.2Dindorf 1:6–7
αὐτόθεν δὴ οὖν τοῦτο καὶ οὐκ ἐκ μακροῦ διελέγξομεν, ἔκ τε ὧν χρώμεθα πρὸς τοὺς ἐπὶ διδασκαλίᾳ τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς λόγων προσιόντας ἀποδείξεων, καὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιδιατιθεμένους ἡμῖν ἐν ταῖς λογικωτέραις ζητήσεσιν ἀντιρρήσεων, διʼ ὧν τε φιλοτιμούμεθα ποιεῖσθαι ἀγράφων τε καὶ ἐγγράφων ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν ἐρωτώντων καὶ κοινῇ πρὸς τὰ πλήθη διαλέξεων·
autothen dē oun touto kai ouk ek makrou dielenxomen, ek te hōn chrōmetha pros tous epi didaskalią tōn kathʼ hēmas logōn prosiontas apodeixeōn, kai tōn pros tous antidiatithemenous hēmin en tais logikōterais zētēsesin antirrēseōn, diʼ hōn te philotimoumetha poieisthai agraphōn te kai engraphōn idią te kai pros hekaston tōn erōtōntōn kai koinę̄ pros ta plēthē dialexeōn;
We shall refute this at once and not from far off: from the demonstrations we use toward those who come to us for instruction in our teaching, from the counter-arguments we make against those who oppose us in the more reasoned inquiries, and from the discourses, unwritten and written, which we take pains to hold, both privately with each inquirer and publicly before the crowds;
1.3.3Dindorf 1:7
ναὶ μὴν καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐν χερσὶ συγγραμμάτων τὴν καθόλου πραγματείαν περιεχόντων τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ἀποδείξεως, ἐν ᾗ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐκ θεοῦ χάριν καὶ τὴν οὐράνιον εὐεργεσίαν ὁ παρὼν λόγος πάντας ἀνθρώπους εὐαγγελίζεται, τὴν κατὰ τὸν σωτῆρα καὶ κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκονομίαν λογικώτερον διὰ πλείστων καὶ ἐναργῶν ἀποδείξεων πιστούμενος.
nai mēn kai dia tōn en chersi syngrammatōn tēn katholou pragmateian periechontōn tēs euangelikēs apodeixeōs, en hę̄ pasan tēn ek theou charin kai tēn ouranion euergesian ho parōn logos pantas anthrōpous euangelizetai, tēn kata ton sōtēra kai kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun ton Christon tou theou oikonomian logikōteron dia pleistōn kai enargōn apodeixeōn pistoumenos.
yes, and also through the writings now in hand, which contain the whole treatment of the Demonstration of the Gospel. In it the present work announces to all people all the grace from God and the heavenly benefaction, confirming by reasoning, through very many clear demonstrations, the dispensation concerning our Savior and Lord Jesus, the Christ of God.
1.3.4Dindorf 1:7
ἐσπούδασται μὲν οὑν πλείστοις τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν πολλή τις ἄλλη πραγματεία, τοτὲ μὲν ἐλέγχους καὶ ἀντιρρήσεις τῶν ἐναντίων ἡμῖν λόγων συνταξαμένοις, τοτὲ δὲ τὰς ἐνθέους καὶ ἱερὰς γραφὰς ἐξηγητικοῖς ὑπομνήμασι καὶ ταῖς κατὰ μέρος ὁμιλίαις διερμηνεύσασι τοτὲ δὲ τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς δόγμασιν ἀγωνιστικώτερον πρεσβεύσασιν.
espoudastai men houn pleistois tōn pro hēmōn pollē tis allē pragmateia, tote men elenchous kai antirrēseis tōn enantiōn hēmin logōn syntaxamenois, tote de tas entheous kai hieras graphas exēgētikois hypomnēmasi kai tais kata meros homiliais diermēneusasi tote de tois kathʼ hēmas dogmasin agōnistikōteron presbeusasin.
Many of those before us have devoted great effort to many other kinds of writing: sometimes composing refutations and counter-arguments against the arguments opposed to us; sometimes interpreting the inspired and sacred Scriptures in exegetical commentaries and in homilies on particular passages; and sometimes championing our doctrines more combatively.
1.3.5Dindorf 1:7
καὶ μὴν ἰδίως ἡμῖν ἡ μετὰ χεῖρας ἐκπονεῖται πρόθεσις. πρῶτός γέ τοι παντων ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος Παῦλος τὰς μὲν ἀπατηλὰς καὶ σοφιστικὰς πιθανολογίας παραιτούμενος, ἀναμφιλόγοις δὲ χρώμενος ταῖς ἀποδείξεσι, φησί που “καὶ ὁ λόγος ἡμῶν καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα οὐκ ἐν πειθοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης] σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἀποδείξει πνεύματος καὶ δυνάμεως.” οἶς ἐπιλέγει “σοφίαν δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις, σοφίαν δὲ οὐ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου τῶν καταργουμένων, ἀλλὰ λαλοῦμεν θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην. καὶ αὖθις ἡ ἱκανότης ἡμῶν φησὶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς καὶ ἱκάνωσεν ἡμᾶς διακόνους καινῆς διαθήκης.’
kai mēn idiōs hēmin hē meta cheiras ekponeitai prothesis. prōtos ge toi pantōn ho hieros apostolos Paulos tas men apatēlas kai sophistikas pithanologias paraitoumenos, anamphilogois de chrōmenos tais apodeixesi, phēsi pou “kai ho logos hēmōn kai to kērygma ouk en peithois anthrōpinēs] sophias logois, allʼ en apodeixei pneumatos kai dynameōs.” ois epilegei “sophian de laloumen en tois teleiois, sophian de ou tou aiōnos toutou, oude tōn archontōn tou aiōnos toutou tōn katargoumenōn, alla laloumen theou sophian en mystēriǭ tēn apokekrymmenēn. kai authis hē hikanotēs hēmōn phēsin ek tou theou, hos kai hikanōsen hēmas diakonous kainēs diathēkēs.’
But the purpose now in hand is worked out in a way of our own. First of all, indeed, the holy apostle Paul, rejecting deceitful and sophistical plausibilities and using demonstrations beyond dispute, says somewhere: "And my word and my preaching were not in persuasive words of wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power." To which he adds: "Yet we speak wisdom among the perfect, but not a wisdom of this age, nor of the rulers of this age who are passing away; but we speak God's wisdom in a mystery, the hidden wisdom." And again: "Our sufficiency," he says, "is from God, who also made us sufficient as ministers of a new covenant."
1.3.6Dindorf 1:7–8
εἰκότως δῆτα καὶ ἡμῖν ἅπασι παρήγγελται ἑτοίμους εἷναι πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ ἐπερωτῶντι ἡμᾶς λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐλπίδος. ὅθεν καὶ τῶν νέων συγγραφέων μυρίας ὅσας, ὡς εἴρηται, πανσόφους καὶ ἐναργεῖς μετὰ συλλογισμῶν ἀποδείξεις ὑπέρ τε τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς γραφείσας λόγου διαγνῶναι πάρεστιν, ὑπομνήματά τε οὐκ ὀλίγα εἰς τὰς ἱερὰς καὶ ἐνθέους γραφὰς πεπονημένα, τὸ ἀψευδὲς καὶ ἀδιάπτωτον τῶν ἀρχῆθεν καταγγειλάντων ἡμῖν τὸν τῆς θεοσεβείας λόγον γραμμικαῖς ἀποδείξεσιν παριστῶντα.
eikotōs dēta kai hēmin hapasi parēngeltai hetoimous heinai pros apologian panti tǭ eperōtōnti hēmas logon peri tēs en hēmin elpidos. hothen kai tōn neōn syngrapheōn myrias hosas, hōs eirētai, pansophous kai enargeis meta syllogismōn apodeixeis hyper te tou kathʼ hēmas grapheisas logou diagnōnai parestin, hypomnēmata te ouk oliga eis tas hieras kai entheous graphas peponēmena, to apseudes kai adiaptōton tōn archēthen katangeilantōn hēmin ton tēs theosebeias logon grammikais apodeixesin paristōnta.
Rightly, then, all of us have been commanded to be ready to make a defense to everyone who asks us for a reason for the hope that is in us. Hence one may find among recent writers countless demonstrations, most wise and clear, with syllogisms, written on behalf of our doctrine, and not a few commentaries composed on the sacred and inspired Scriptures, establishing by geometrical demonstrations the truthfulness and infallibility of those who from the beginning proclaimed to us the word of godliness.
1.3.7Dindorf 1:8
πλὴν ἀλλὰ περιττοὶ λόγοι πάντες, ὧν ἐναργῆ καὶ σαφέστερα τὰ ἔργα, ἅπερ ἡ θεία καὶ οὐράνιος τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν δύναμις, πάντας ἀνθρώπους τὴν ἔνθεον καὶ οὐράνιον ζωὴν εὐαγγελιζομένη, διαρρήδην εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν ἐπιδείκνυται.
plēn alla perittoi logoi pantes, hōn enargē kai saphestera ta erga, haper hē theia kai ouranios tou sōtēros hēmōn dynamis, pantas anthrōpous tēn entheon kai ouranion zōēn euangelizomenē, diarrēdēn eiseti kai nyn epideiknytai.
Yet all words are superfluous where the deeds are clearer and more evident, deeds which the divine and heavenly power of our Savior still plainly displays even now, as it announces to all people the good news of the inspired and heavenly life.
1.3.8Dindorf 1:8
αὐτίκα γοῦν τὴν διδασκαλίαν αὐτοῦ κηρυχθήσεσθαι καθʼ ὅλης τῆς ἀνθρώπων οἰκουμένης εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι θεσπίσαντος, τήν τε ὕστερόν ποτε τῇ αὐτοῦ δυνάμει συστᾶσαν ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίαν, οὔπω τότε καθʼ οὓς ἐνηνθρωπήκει χρόνους ὁρωμένην οὐδὲ συνεστῶσαν, ἐνθέῳ προγνώσει ἀήττητον καὶ ἀκατάπληκτον ἔσεσθαι, καὶ μηδεπώποτε ὑπὸ θανάτου νικηθήσεσθαι, ἑστάναι δὲ καὶ μένειν ἄσειστον, ὡς ἂν ἐπʼ ἀσείστῳ καὶ ἀρραγεῖ πέτρᾳ τῇ αὐτοῦ δυνάμει βεβηκυῖάν τε καὶ ἐρριζωμένην, ἀποφηναμένου, ὑπὲρ πάντα λόγον τὸ τῆς προρρήσεως ἀποτέλεσμα εἰκότως πᾶν ἄθυρον ἀποφράξειεν ἂν στόμα τῶν ἀναισχυντεῖν ἀναιδῶς παρεσκευασμένων.
autika goun tēn didaskalian autou kērychthēsesthai kathʼ holēs tēs anthrōpōn oikoumenēs eis martyrion pasi tois ethnesi thespisantos, tēn te hysteron pote tę̄ autou dynamei systasan ex hapantōn tōn ethnōn ekklēsian, oupō tote kathʼ hous enēnthrōpēkei chronous horōmenēn oude synestōsan, entheǭ prognōsei aēttēton kai akataplēkton esesthai, kai mēdepōpote hypo thanatou nikēthēsesthai, hestanai de kai menein aseiston, hōs an epʼ aseistǭ kai arragei petrą tę̄ autou dynamei bebēkuian te kai errizōmenēn, apophēnamenou, hyper panta logon to tēs prorrēseōs apotelesma eikotōs pan athyron apophraxeien an stoma tōn anaischyntein anaidōs pareskeuasmenōn.
For instance, he foretold that his teaching would be preached throughout the whole inhabited world of mankind for a testimony to all the nations; and by divine foreknowledge he declared that the church which would one day be formed by his power out of all the nations, though at the time when he became man it was not yet seen nor established, would be invincible and undismayed, would never be conquered by death, but would stand and remain unshaken, as founded and rooted by his power on an unshaken and unbreakable rock. The fulfillment of this prediction, beyond all argument, would rightly stop every unbridled mouth of those prepared to be shamelessly impudent.
1.3.9Dindorf 1:8
τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἀλήθειαν ὁμολογήσειεν ἂν τῇ προρρήσει, τῶν πραγμάτων ἐναργῶς οὕτως μονονουχὶ φωνὴν ἀφιέντων ὅτι δὴ θεοῦ δύναμις, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀνθρωπεία φύσις ἦν ἡ ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐσόμενα τὸν τρόπον πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι θεασαμένη, προφήσασά τε καὶ ἔργοις ἐπιτελέσασα;
tis gar ouk alētheian homologēseien an tę̄ prorrēsei, tōn pragmatōn enargōs houtōs mononouchi phōnēn aphientōn hoti dē theou dynamis, allʼ ouk anthrōpeia physis ēn hē tauta touton esomena ton tropon pro tou genesthai theasamenē, prophēsasa te kai ergois epitelesasa?
For who would not confess that the prediction is true, when the facts all but cry aloud so plainly that it was the power of God, and not human nature, which saw beforehand that these things would come to pass in this way, foretold them, and accomplished them in deed?
1.3.10Dindorf 1:8–9
πεπλήρωκε γοῦν τὴν σύμπασαν, ὅσην ὁ ἥλιος ἐφορᾷ, ἡ τοῦ κατʼ αὐτὸν εὐαγγελίου φήμη, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη διέδραμεν, εἰσέτι τε νῦν αὔξει καὶ ἐπιδίδωσι τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ κηρύγματα ταῖς αὐτοῦ φωναῖς ἀκολούθως.
peplērōke goun tēn sympasan, hosēn ho hēlios ephorą, hē tou katʼ auton euangeliou phēmē, kai panta ta ethnē diedramen, eiseti te nyn auxei kai epididōsi ta peri autou kērygmata tais autou phōnais akolouthōs.
At any rate, the report of his gospel has filled the whole world that the sun looks upon and has run through all the nations, and the proclamation about him still grows and increases even now, in accordance with his own words.
1.3.11Dindorf 1:9
ἥ τε ὀνομαστὶ προθεσπισθεῖσα ἐκκλησία αὐτοῦ ἕστηκε κατὰ κράτος ἐρριζωμένη, καὶ μέχρις οὐρανίων ἀψίδων εὐχαῖς ὁσίων καὶ θεοφιλῶν ψυχῶν μετεωριζομένη, δοξαζομένη τε ὁσημέραι, καὶ εἰς ἅπαντας τὸ νοερὸν καὶ ἔνθεον φῶς τῆς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καταγγελθείσης εὐσεβείας ἀπαστράπτουσα, οὐδαμῶς τε τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἡττωμένη καὶ ὑπείκουσα, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ταῖς τοῦ θανάτου πύλαις ὑποχωροῦσα· διὰ μίαν ἐκείνην ἣν αὐτὸς ἀπεφήνατο λέξιν, εἰπὼν ‘‘ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πύλαι ᾅδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς.’·
hē te onomasti prothespistheisa ekklēsia autou hestēke kata kratos errizōmenē, kai mechris ouraniōn apsidōn euchais hosiōn kai theophilōn psychōn meteōrizomenē, doxazomenē te hosēmerai, kai eis hapantas to noeron kai entheon phōs tēs hypʼ autou katangeltheisēs eusebeias apastraptousa, oudamōs te tois echthrois hēttōmenē kai hypeikousa, allʼ oude tais tou thanatou pylais hypochōrousa; dia mian ekeinēn hēn autos apephēnato lexin, eipōn ‘‘epi tēn petran oikodomēsō mou tēn ekklēsian, kai pylai hądou ou katischysousin autēs.’;
And his church, foretold by name, stands mightily rooted, raised aloft to the vaults of heaven by the prayers of holy and God-loving souls, glorified day by day, and flashing out to all the intellectual and divine light of the piety he proclaimed. It is in no way defeated by its enemies or yielding to them; it does not give way even to the gates of death, because of that one saying which he himself declared: "Upon the rock I will build my church, and the gates of Hades shall not prevail against it."
1.3.12Dindorf 1:9
καὶ ἄλλα δὲ μυρία πρὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν λεχθέντα τε καὶ προρρηθέντα ἐν οἰκείᾳ συναγαγόντες ὑποθέσει, ταῖς ἐνθέοις αὐτοῦ προγνώσεσι τὰς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀποβάσεις συμφώνους παραστήσαντες, ἀναμφίλεκτον τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ δοξαζομένων ἡμῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπιδείκνυμεν.
kai alla de myria pros tou sōtēros hēmōn lechthenta te kai prorrēthenta en oikeią synagagontes hypothesei, tais entheois autou prognōsesi tas tōn pragmatōn apobaseis symphōnous parastēsantes, anamphilekton tōn peri autou doxazomenōn hēmin tēn alētheian epideiknymen.
And by collecting in a work of its own countless other things said and foretold by our Savior, and showing that the outcomes of events agree with his divine foreknowledge, we demonstrate beyond dispute the truth of what we believe about him.
1.3.13Dindorf 1:9–10
πρὸς τούτοις δὲ πᾶσιν οὐ μικρὰ τυγχάνει τῆς καθʼ ἡμὰς ἀληθείας ἀπόδειξις καὶ ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν γραφῶν μαρτυρία, ἐν αἷς πρὸ μυρίων ὅσων ἐτῶν οἱ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφῆται τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐπαγγελίαν παντὶ τῷ θνητῷ βίῳ κηρύξαντες ὀνομαστὶ τῆς τε Χριστοῦ προσηγορίας ἐμνήσθησαν καὶ τὴν εἰς ἀνθρώπους αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν προὐθέσπισαν, τόν τε νέον τῆς εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη διαδραμούσης διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ τρόπον κατήγγειλαν, προειπόντες τὴν ἐσομένην εἰς αὐτὸν ἀπιστίαν καὶ ἀντιλογίαν τοῦ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους, τά τε κατʼ αὐτοῦ δρασθέντα αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις αὐτίκα καὶ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν μετελθόντα αὐτοῖς σκυθρωπά· λέγω δὲ τῆς βασιλικῆς μητροπόλεως αὐτῶν τὴν ἐσχάτην πολιορκίαν, καὶ τῆς βασιλείας τὴν παντελῆ καθαίρεσιν, αὐτῶν τε τὴν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη διασπορὰν, καὶ τὴν ὑπὸ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καὶ πολεμίοις δουλείαν, ἃ καὶ ταῖς προρρήσεσιν ἀκολούθως μετὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρουσίαν φαίνονται πεπονθότες.
pros toutois de pasin ou mikra tynchanei tēs kathʼ hēmas alētheias apodeixis kai hē apo tōn Hebraïkōn graphōn martyria, en hais pro myriōn hosōn etōn hoi parʼ Hebraiois prophētai tēn tōn agathōn epangelian panti tǭ thnētǭ biǭ kēryxantes onomasti tēs te Christou prosēgorias emnēsthēsan kai tēn eis anthrōpous autou parousian prouthespisan, ton te neon tēs eis panta ta ethnē diadramousēs didaskalias autou tropon katēngeilan, proeipontes tēn esomenēn eis auton apistian kai antilogian tou Ioudaiōn ethnous, ta te katʼ autou drasthenta autois kai ta epi toutois autika kai ouk eis makran metelthonta autois skythrōpa; legō de tēs basilikēs mētropoleōs autōn tēn eschatēn poliorkian, kai tēs basileias tēn pantelē kathairesin, autōn te tēn eis panta ta ethnē diasporan, kai tēn hypo tois echthrois kai polemiois douleian, ha kai tais prorrēsesin akolouthōs meta tēn tou sōtēros hēmōn parousian phainontai peponthotes.
Besides all these, no small demonstration of our truth is also the testimony of the Hebrew Scriptures. In them the prophets among the Hebrews, countless years before, proclaimed the promise of good things to all mortal life, mentioned by name the title of Christ, and foretold his coming among human beings. They announced the new manner of his teaching, which has run through all the nations, and predicted the unbelief and opposition of the Jewish nation toward him, what they would do against him, and the grievous things that would come upon them immediately afterward and not long after: I mean the final siege of their royal metropolis, the complete overthrow of their kingdom, their dispersion among all the nations, and their slavery under enemies and foes. These things they are seen to have suffered after the coming of our Savior, in accordance with the predictions.
1.3.14Dindorf 1:10
ἐπὶ τούτοις τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐκπλαγείη τῶν αὐτῶν ἀκούων προφητῶν, μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν καὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίων ἀπόπτωσιν, τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν κλῆσιν λαμπραῖς καὶ διαυγέσι φωναῖς εὐαγγελιζομένων; ἣ καὶ αὐτὴ ἄντικρυς εἰς ἔργον ἐχώρησε ταῖς προφητείαις ἀκολούθως διὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διδασκαλίας.
epi toutois tis ouk an ekplageiē tōn autōn akouōn prophētōn, meta tēn tou Christou parousian kai tēn Ioudaiōn apoptōsin, tēn tōn ethnōn klēsin lamprais kai diaugesi phōnais euangelizomenōn? hē kai autē antikrys eis ergon echōrēse tais prophēteiais akolouthōs dia tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn didaskalias.
Besides this, who would not be amazed to hear the same prophets, after the coming of Christ and the falling away of the Jews, announcing in bright and clear words the good news of the calling of the nations? This too has plainly come to pass, in accordance with the prophecies, through the teaching of our Savior.
1.3.15Dindorf 1:10
διʼ οὗ ἐκ παντὸς γένους ἀνθρώπων μυρίοι ὅσοι τὴν τῶν εἰδώλων ἀποστραφέντες πλάνην τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ τὴν ἀληθῆ γνῶσίν τε καὶ εὐσέβειαν κατεδέξαντο, μονονουχὶ πιστούμενοι τοὺς τῶν παλαιῶν χρησμοὺς, τούς τε ἄλλους καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸν διὰ τοῦ Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου φήσαντα “κύριε ὁ θεός μου, πρὸς σὲ ἔθνη ἥξουσιν ἀπʼ ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐροῦσιν ὡς ψευδῆ ἐκτήσαντο οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εἴδωλα καὶ οὐκ ἢν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὠφέλεια. εἰ ποιήσει ἑαυτῷ ἄνθρωπος θεοὺς, καὶ οὗτοι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί;”
diʼ hou ek pantos genous anthrōpōn myrioi hosoi tēn tōn eidōlōn apostraphentes planēn tou epi pantōn theou tēn alēthē gnōsin te kai eusebeian katedexanto, mononouchi pistoumenoi tous tōn palaiōn chrēsmous, tous te allous kai dē kai ton dia tou Hieremiou tou prophētou phēsanta “kyrie ho theos mou, pros se ethnē hēxousin apʼ eschatou tēs gēs, kai erousin hōs pseudē ektēsanto hoi pateres hēmōn eidōla kai ouk ēn en autois ōpheleia. ei poiēsei heautǭ anthrōpos theous, kai houtoi ouk eisin theoi?”
Through him countless people of every race have turned away from the error of idols and accepted the true knowledge and worship of the God over all, all but confirming the oracles of the ancients, both the others and in particular the one spoken through the prophet Jeremiah: "O Lord my God, to you nations shall come from the end of the earth and shall say: How false were the idols our fathers acquired, and there was no profit in them. Shall a man make gods for himself? And these are not gods."
Preparation 1, chapter 4
1.4.1Dindorf 1:10–11
Πάντα δὴ ταῦτα τὸν περὶ τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς πραγμάτων πιστοῦται λόγον, ὡς οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνης ὁρμῆς ἐπιτηδευθέντα, θεόθεν δὲ προγνωσθέντα, καὶ θεόθεν διὰ τῶν ἐγγράφων χρησμῶν προαναφωνηθέντα, καὶ πολὺ πλέον ἔτι θεόθεν διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις προβεβλημένον, αὖθίς τε ἐκ θεοῦ δυναμούμενον καὶ συνεστῶτα, ὡς ἐν τοσούτοις ἐτῶν χρόνοις ἐλαυνόμενον πρός τε τῶν ἀοράτων δαιμόνων καὶ πρὸς τῶν κατὰ χρόνους ὁρατῶν ἀρχόντων πολὺ πλέον διαλάμπειν, ὁσημέραι τε διαπρέπειν καὶ αὔξειν, καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον πληθύειν, ἄντικρυς τῆς ἄνωθεν ἐκ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ συνεργίας τὸ ἄμαχον καὶ ἀήττητον τό τε κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν νικητικὸν τῇ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν προσηγορίᾳ τε καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ παρεχούσης.
Panta dē tauta ton peri tōn kathʼ hēmas pragmatōn pistoutai logon, hōs ouk ex anthrōpinēs hormēs epitēdeuthenta, theothen de prognōsthenta, kai theothen dia tōn engraphōn chrēsmōn proanaphōnēthenta, kai poly pleon eti theothen dia tou sōtēros hēmōn pasin anthrōpois probeblēmenon, authis te ek theou dynamoumenon kai synestōta, hōs en tosoutois etōn chronois elaunomenon pros te tōn aoratōn daimonōn kai pros tōn kata chronous horatōn archontōn poly pleon dialampein, hosēmerai te diaprepein kai auxein, kai poly mallon plēthyein, antikrys tēs anōthen ek tou tōn holōn theou synergias to amachon kai aēttēton to te kata tōn echthrōn nikētikon tę̄ tou sōtēros hēmōn prosēgorią te kai didaskalią parechousēs.
All these things confirm the account of our affairs: that it was not devised by human impulse but foreknown by God, proclaimed beforehand by God through the written oracles, and, much more, set before all people by God through our Savior; and that it is again strengthened and upheld by God. For though it has been driven hard through so many years by invisible demons and by the visible rulers of each age, it shines out all the more, excels and grows day by day, and multiplies far more, since the help from above, from the God of the universe, plainly gives to the name and teaching of our Savior a strength that cannot be fought, that is invincible, and that conquers its enemies.
1.4.2Dindorf 1:11
καὶ τὸ αὐτόθεν δὲ πρὸς εὐζωΐαν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν προφανῶν αὐτοῦ λόγων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἀπορρήτου δυνάμεως προβεβλημένον, πῶς οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τῆς ἐνθέου δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ παραστατικόν; θείας μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀπορρήτου δυνάμεως ἦν τὸ ἅμα τῷ αὐτοῦ λόγῳ, καὶ σὺν τῇ περὶ μοναρχίας ἑνὸς τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ προβεβλημένῃ διδασκαλίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ὁμοῦ καὶ τῆς πολυπλανοῦς καὶ δαιμονικῆς ἐνεργείας, ὁμοῦ καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν πολυαρχίας ἐλεύθερον καταστῆναι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος.
kai to autothen de pros euzōïan pasin anthrōpois, ou monon ek tōn prophanōn autou logōn, alla kai ex aporrētou dynameōs probeblēmenon, pōs ouk an genoito tēs entheou dynameōs autou parastatikon? theias men gar kai aporrētou dynameōs ēn to hama tǭ autou logǭ, kai syn tę̄ peri monarchias henos tou epi pantōn theou probeblēmenę̄ didaskalią autou, homou kai tēs polyplanous kai daimonikēs energeias, homou kai tēs tōn ethnōn polyarchias eleutheron katastēnai to tōn anthrōpōn genos.
And the immediate benefit for the good life which it has set before all people, not only from his plain words but also from a secret power, how could this fail to prove his divine power? For it was the work of a divine and secret power that, together with his word and with his teaching about the sole rule of the one God over all, the human race was set free at once both from the much-erring working of demons and from the rule of many over the nations.
1.4.3Dindorf 1:11
μυρίων γοῦν τὸ παλαιὸν καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔθνος βασιλέων καὶ τοπαρχῶν ἐπικρατούντων, καὶ κατὰ πόλεις τῶν μὲν δημοκρατουμένων, τῶν δὲ πολυαρχουμένων, πολέμων τε κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐκ τούτου παντοίων συνεστώτων, ἐθνῶν ἔθνεσι προσρηγνυμένων καὶ συνεχῶς τοῖς πλησιοχώροις ἐπανισταμένων, δῃούντων τε καὶ δῃουμένων καὶ ταῖς κατʼ ἀλλήλων πολιορκίαις ἐπιστρατευομένων, ὥστε διὰ ταῦτα πανδημὶ πάντας τούς τε τὰς πόλεις οἰκοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἐν ἀγροῖς γεωπονοῦντας ἐξ ἔτι παίδων τὰ πολεμικὰ διδάσκεσθαι, ξιφηφορεῖν τε διὰ παντὸς κατά τε τὰς λεωφόρους καὶ κατὰ κώμας καὶ ἀγρούς.
myriōn goun to palaion kathʼ hekaston ethnos basileōn kai toparchōn epikratountōn, kai kata poleis tōn men dēmokratoumenōn, tōn de polyarchoumenōn, polemōn te kata to eikos ek toutou pantoiōn synestōtōn, ethnōn ethnesi prosrēgnymenōn kai synechōs tois plēsiochōrois epanistamenōn, dę̄ountōn te kai dę̄oumenōn kai tais katʼ allēlōn poliorkiais epistrateuomenōn, hōste dia tauta pandēmi pantas tous te tas poleis oikountas kai tous en agrois geōponountas ex eti paidōn ta polemika didaskesthai, xiphēphorein te dia pantos kata te tas leōphorous kai kata kōmas kai agrous.
In ancient times, at any rate, countless kings and local rulers held power in each nation; in the cities some were governed by democracies, others by many rulers; and as a result, naturally, wars of every kind arose, nations dashing against nations and continually rising up against their neighbors, ravaging and being ravaged, and marching out to besiege one another. So for these reasons all, everyone, both those who lived in cities and those who tilled the fields, were taught the arts of war from childhood and constantly carried swords on the highways and in villages and fields.
1.4.4Dindorf 1:11–12
ἐπεὶ δὲ παρῆν ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, περὶ οὗ πάλαι διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἀνείρητο “ἀνατελεῖ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ δικαιοσύνη καὶ πλῆθος εἰρήνης. καὶ συγκόψουσιν τὰς μαχαίρας αὐτῶν εἰς ἄροτρα καὶ τὰς ζιβύνας αὐτῶν εἰς δρέπανα, καὶ οὐ λήψεται ἔθνος ἐπʼ ἔθνος μάχαιραν, καὶ οὐ μὴ μάθωσιν ἔτι πολεμεῖν, ” ἀκόλουθα ταῖς προρρήσεσιν ἐπηκολούθει τὰ ἔργα πᾶσα μὲν αὐτίκα περιῃρεῖτο πολυαρχία ῾Ρωμαίων, Αὐγούστου κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ τῇ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιφανείᾳ μοναρχήσαντος. ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ καὶ εἰς δεῦρο οὐκ ἂν ἴδοις, ὡς τὸ πρὶν, πόλεις πόλεσι πολέμους οὐδʼ ἔθνος ἔθνει διαμαχόμενον, οὐδέ γε τὸν βίον ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ συγχύσει κατατριβόμενον.
epei de parēn ho Christos tou theou, peri hou palai dia tōn prophētōn aneirēto “anatelei en tais hēmerais autou dikaiosynē kai plēthos eirēnēs. kai synkopsousin tas machairas autōn eis arotra kai tas zibynas autōn eis drepana, kai ou lēpsetai ethnos epʼ ethnos machairan, kai ou mē mathōsin eti polemein, ” akoloutha tais prorrēsesin epēkolouthei ta erga pasa men autika perię̄reito polyarchia ῾Rōmaiōn, Augoustou kata to auto tę̄ tou sōtēros hēmōn epiphaneią monarchēsantos. ex ekeinou de kai eis deuro ouk an idois, hōs to prin, poleis polesi polemous oudʼ ethnos ethnei diamachomenon, oude ge ton bion en tę̄ palaią synchysei katatribomenon.
But when the Christ of God came, of whom it had been said long before through the prophets, "In his days righteousness shall spring up, and abundance of peace," and "They shall beat their swords into plowshares and their spears into sickles, and nation shall not take up sword against nation, and they shall no more learn to make war," the deeds followed in accordance with the predictions. At once all the many governments of the Romans were removed, Augustus becoming sole ruler at the same time as the appearing of our Savior. From then until now you would not see, as before, cities at war with cities, nor nation fighting against nation, nor life worn away in the old confusion.
1.4.5Dindorf 1:12
καίτοι πῶς οὐκ ἄξιον θαυμάζειν ἐπιστήσαντα τί δή ποτε τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν, ὅτε τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων κατετυράννουν οἱ δαίμονες καὶ πολλή τις ἦν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ περὶ αὐτοὺς θεραπεία, πρὸς αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν ἐξοιστρούμενοι ἐπὶ τοὺς κατʼ ἀλλήλων ἐξεκαίοντο πολέμους — ὡς τοτὲ μὲν Ἓλληνας αὐτοῖς Ἓλλησι, τοτὲ δὲ Αἰγυπτίους Αἰγυπτίοις, καὶ Σύρους Σύροις, Σύροις, τε Ῥωμαίοις πολεμεῖν, ἀνδραποδίζεσθαί τε ἀλλήλους καὶ κατατρύχειν ταῖς πολιορκίαις, ὥσπερ οὖν αἱ περὶ τούτων δηλοῦσι τῶν παλαιῶν ἱστορίαι — ἄμα δὲ τῇ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐσεβεστάτῃ καὶ εἰρηνικωτάτῃ διδασκαλίᾳ τῆς μὲν πολυθέου πλάνης καθαίρεσις ἐπετελεῖτο, τὰ δὲ τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν διαστάσεως παῦλαν αὐτίκα παλαιῶν κακῶν ἀπελάμβανεν; ὃ καὶ μάλιστα μέγιστον ἡγοῦμαι τεκμήριον τυγχάνειν τῆς ἐνθέου καὶ ἀπορρήτου δυνάμεως τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν.
kaitoi pōs ouk axion thaumazein epistēsanta ti dē pote to men palaion, hote tōn ethnōn hapantōn katetyrannoun hoi daimones kai pollē tis ēn tōn anthrōpōn hē peri autous therapeia, pros autōn tōn theōn exoistroumenoi epi tous katʼ allēlōn exekaionto polemous — hōs tote men Hellēnas autois Hellēsi, tote de Aigyptious Aigyptiois, kai Syrous Syrois, Syrois, te Rhōmaiois polemein, andrapodizesthai te allēlous kai katatrychein tais poliorkiais, hōsper oun hai peri toutōn dēlousi tōn palaiōn historiai — ama de tę̄ tou sōtēros hēmōn eusebestatę̄ kai eirēnikōtatę̄ didaskalią tēs men polytheou planēs kathairesis epeteleito, ta de tēs tōn ethnōn diastaseōs paulan autika palaiōn kakōn apelambanen? ho kai malista megiston hēgoumai tekmērion tynchanein tēs entheou kai aporrētou dynameōs tou sōtēros hēmōn.
And yet how could one who considers it fail to wonder why, in ancient times, when the demons tyrannized over all the nations and human beings paid them great worship, people were driven to frenzy by the gods themselves and inflamed to wars against one another, so that at one time Greeks fought against Greeks, at another Egyptians against Egyptians, Syrians against Syrians, and Romans against Romans, enslaving one another and wearing one another out with sieges, as the histories of the ancients about these things show; but together with the most pious and most peaceful teaching of our Savior the destruction of polytheistic error was accomplished, and the conflicts among the nations at once found rest from their old evils? This I consider the very greatest proof of the divine and secret power of our Savior.
1.4.6Dindorf 1:12–13
Τῆς δʼ ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ λόγων προφαινομένης ὠφελείας δεῖγμα ἐναργὲς ἴδοις ἂν ἐπιστήσας ὡς οὐδὲ ἄλλοτέ πω ἐξ αἰῶνος, οὐδʼ ὑπό τινος τῶν πάλαι διαφανῶν, ἐκ μόνων δὲ τῶν αὐτοῦ φωνῶν καὶ τῆς ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην διαδοθείσης διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ εὖ τὰ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν νόμιμα κεῖται, αὐτὰ ἐκεῖνα τὰ πρὶν θηριώδη καὶ βάρβαρα, ὡς Πέρσάς μητρογαμεῖν τοὺς αὐτῷ μαθητευθέντας, μηδʼ ἀνθρωποβορεῖν Σκύθας διὰ τὸν καὶ μέχρις αὐτῶν ἐλθόντα τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον, μηδʼ ἄλλα γένη βαρβάρων ἐκθέσμως θυγατράσι καὶ ἀδελφαῖς μίγνυσθαι, μηδʼ ἄρρενας ἄρρεσιν ἐπιμαίνεσθαι καὶ τὰς παρὰ φύσιν ἡδονὰς μετιέναι, μηδὲ κυσὶ καὶ οἰωνοῖς τοὺς οἰκείους νεκροὺς προτιθέναι τοὺς πάλαι τοῦτο πράττοντας, μηδʼ ἀγχόνῃ τοὺς γεγηρακότας ὥσπερ οὖν πρότερον, παραβάλλειν, μηδὲ σάρκας νεκρῶν τῶν φιλτάτων κατὰ τὸ παλαιὸν ἔθος θοινᾶσθαι, μηδʼ ἀνθρωποθυτεῖν ὡς θεοῖς τοῖς δαίμοσι κατὰ τοὺς παλαιοὺς, μηδὲ τὰ φίλτατα κατασφάττειν ἐπʼ εὐσεβείας ὑπολήψει.
Tēs dʼ ek tōn autou logōn prophainomenēs ōpheleias deigma enarges idois an epistēsas hōs oude allote pō ex aiōnos, oudʼ hypo tinos tōn palai diaphanōn, ek monōn de tōn autou phōnōn kai tēs ana pasan tēn oikoumenēn diadotheisēs didaskalias autou eu ta pantōn tōn ethnōn nomima keitai, auta ekeina ta prin thēriōdē kai barbara, hōs Persas mētrogamein tous autǭ mathēteuthentas, mēdʼ anthrōpoborein Skythas dia ton kai mechris autōn elthonta tou Christou logon, mēdʼ alla genē barbarōn ekthesmōs thygatrasi kai adelphais mignysthai, mēdʼ arrenas arresin epimainesthai kai tas para physin hēdonas metienai, mēde kysi kai oiōnois tous oikeious nekrous protithenai tous palai touto prattontas, mēdʼ anchonę̄ tous gegērakotas hōsper oun proteron, paraballein, mēde sarkas nekrōn tōn philtatōn kata to palaion ethos thoinasthai, mēdʼ anthrōpothytein hōs theois tois daimosi kata tous palaious, mēde ta philtata katasphattein epʼ eusebeias hypolēpsei.
Of the benefit that appears from his words you would see a clear example if you considered that never before since time began, nor by any of the famous men of old, but only by his words and by his teaching spread through the whole inhabited world, have the customs of all the nations been set right, even those that were formerly savage and barbarous: so that the Persians who have become his disciples no longer marry their mothers; the Scythians no longer eat human flesh, because of the word of Christ which has come even to them; other barbarian peoples no longer have lawless intercourse with daughters and sisters; men no longer rage with lust for men and pursue pleasures contrary to nature; those who formerly did so no longer expose their own dead to dogs and birds; they no longer strangle the aged, as before; they no longer feast on the flesh of their dearest dead, after the ancient custom; they no longer offer human sacrifices to the demons as to gods, as in ancient times, nor slaughter those dearest to them in the belief that it is piety.
1.4.7Dindorf 1:13
ταῦτα γὰρ ἦν καὶ συγγενῆ τούτοις μυρία τὰ πάλαι τὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίον λυμαινόμενα. ἱστοροῦνται Μασσαγέται καὶ Δέρβικες ἀθλιωτάτους ἡγεῖσθαι τῶν οἰκείων τοὺς αὐτομάτως τελευτήσαντας, διὸ καὶ φθάσαντες κατέθυον, καὶ εἱστιῶντο τῶν φιλτάτων τοὺς γεγηρακότας· Τιβαρηνοὶ δὲ ζῶντας κατεκρήμνιζον τοὺς ἐγγυτάτω γέροντας· Ὑρκανοὶ δὲ καὶ Κάσπιοι, οἱ μὲν οἰωνοῖς καὶ κυσὶ παρέβαλλον ζῶντας, οἱ δὲ τεθνεῶτας· Σκύθαι δὲ συγκατώρυττον ζῶντας, καὶ ἐπέσφαττον ταῖς πυραῖς οὓς ἠγάπων οἱ τεθνεῶτες μάλιστα· καὶ Βάκτριοι δὲ τοῖς κυσὶ παρέβαλλον ζῶντας τοὺς γεγηρακότας.
tauta gar ēn kai syngenē toutois myria ta palai ton tōn anthrōpōn bion lymainomena. historountai Massagetai kai Derbikes athliōtatous hēgeisthai tōn oikeiōn tous automatōs teleutēsantas, dio kai phthasantes katethyon, kai heistiōnto tōn philtatōn tous gegērakotas; Tibarēnoi de zōntas katekrēmnizon tous engytatō gerontas; Hyrkanoi de kai Kaspioi, hoi men oiōnois kai kysi pareballon zōntas, hoi de tethneōtas; Skythai de synkatōrytton zōntas, kai epesphatton tais pyrais hous ēgapōn hoi tethneōtes malista; kai Baktrioi de tois kysi pareballon zōntas tous gegērakotas.
For these things and countless others like them formerly corrupted human life. The Massagetae and Derbices are reported to have thought the most wretched of their people those who died of their own accord; therefore they sacrificed beforehand and feasted on the aged among those dearest to them. The Tibareni threw their nearest old relatives alive over cliffs. The Hyrcanians and Caspians exposed them to birds and dogs, the one people while living, the other when dead. The Scythians buried alive with the dead, and slaughtered on the pyres, those whom the dead had most loved. And the Bactrians threw their aged to the dogs while still alive.
1.4.8Dindorf 1:13
ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν πάλαι ἦν πρότερον, νυνὶ δὲ οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως ἐστὶν, ἑνὸς τοῦ σωτηρίου νόμου τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς δυνάμεως τὴν θηριώδη καὶ ἀπάνθρωπον τούτων ὅλων παραλύσαντος νόσον.
alla tauta men palai ēn proteron, nyni de oukethʼ homoiōs estin, henos tou sōtēriou nomou tēs euangelikēs dynameōs tēn thēriōdē kai apanthrōpon toutōn holōn paralysantos noson.
But these things were so long ago, in former times; now they are no longer the same, since the one saving law of the power of the gospel has put an end to the savage and inhuman disease of them all.
1.4.9Dindorf 1:13–14
τὸ δὲ μηκέτι θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι ἤτοι τὰ νεκρὰ καὶ κωφὰ ξόανα, ἢ τοὺς ἐν τούτοις ἐνεργοῦντας πονηροὺς δαίμονας, ἢ τὰ μέρη τοῦ φαινομένου κόσμου, ἢ τὰς τῶν πάλαι κατοιχομένων θνητῶν ψυχὰς, ἢ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τὰ βλαπτικώτατα, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων ἁπάντων διὰ μιᾶς τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διδασκαλίας, Ἕλληνας ὁμοῦ καὶ βαρβάρους, τοὺς γνησίως, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπιπλάστως αὐτοῦ τῷ λόγῳ προσανέχοντας, εἰς τοσοῦτον ἄκρας φιλοσοφίας ἐλθεῖν ὡς μόνον τὸν ἀνωτάτω θεὸν, αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων, τὸν παμβασιλέα καὶ κύριον οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, ἡλίου τε καὶ ἄστρων καὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου δημιουργὸν, σέβειν καὶ ὑμνεῖν καὶ θεολογεῖν, βιοῦν τε ἀκριβῶς καὶ οὕτως μανθάνειν ὡς μέχρι καὶ τοῦ ἐμβλέπειν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς παιδαγωγεῖσθαι, καὶ μηδὲν ἀκόλαστον ἐκ τοῦ μετʼ ἐπιθυμίας ὁρᾶν ἐννοεῖν, πρόρριζον δʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς διανοίας πὰν αἰσχρὸν ὑποτέμνεσθαι πάθος, ταῦτα πάντα πῶς οὐκ ἂν τοῖς πᾶσι συμβάλλοιτο πρὸς εὐζωίαν;
to de mēketi theous hēgeisthai ētoi ta nekra kai kōpha xoana, ē tous en toutois energountas ponērous daimonas, ē ta merē tou phainomenou kosmou, ē tas tōn palai katoichomenōn thnētōn psychas, ē tōn alogōn zǭōn ta blaptikōtata, anti de toutōn hapantōn dia mias tēs euangelikēs tou sōtēros hēmōn didaskalias, Hellēnas homou kai barbarous, tous gnēsiōs, allʼ ouk epiplastōs autou tǭ logǭ prosanechontas, eis tosouton akras philosophias elthein hōs monon ton anōtatō theon, auton ekeinon ton epekeina tōn holōn, ton pambasilea kai kyrion ouranou kai gēs, hēliou te kai astrōn kai tou sympantos kosmou dēmiourgon, sebein kai hymnein kai theologein, bioun te akribōs kai houtōs manthanein hōs mechri kai tou emblepein tois ophthalmois paidagōgeisthai, kai mēden akolaston ek tou metʼ epithymias horan ennoein, prorrizon dʼ ex autēs dianoias pan aischron hypotemnesthai pathos, tauta panta pōs ouk an tois pasi symballoito pros euzōian?
And no longer to regard as gods either dead and dumb wooden images, or the wicked demons who work in them, or the parts of the visible world, or the souls of mortals long departed, or the most harmful of the irrational animals; but instead of all these, through the one gospel teaching of our Savior, for Greeks and barbarians alike who devote themselves genuinely and not in pretense to his word, to come to such a height of philosophy as to worship, hymn, and proclaim as God only the most high God, the very one who is beyond all things, the universal King and Lord of heaven and earth, maker of the sun and stars and of the whole universe; and to live strictly, and to be so taught as to be disciplined even in the look of the eyes, and to entertain no licentious thought from looking with desire, but to cut off by the root from the mind itself every shameful passion: how could all this fail to contribute to the good life of all?
1.4.10Dindorf 1:14
καὶ τὸ μηδʼ εὐορκίας δεῖσθαι, πολλοῦ γε δεῖ ἐπιορκεῖν, διὰ τὸ πρὸς αὐτοῦ μανθάνειν μηδὲ ὀμνύναι ὅλως, ἐν πᾶσι δὲ ἀψευδεῖν καὶ ἀληθεύειν, ὡς ἀρκεῖσθαι τῷ ναί καὶ τῷ οὔ, παντὸς ὅρκου βεβαιοτέραν τὴν προαίρεσιν κατασκευάζοντας; τὸ δὲ μηδʼ ἐν ψιλοῖς ῥηματίοις καὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς ὁμιλίαις ἀδιαφορεῖν, ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ μέχρι τούτων, ὡς μήτε ψεῦδος μήτε λοιδορίαν μήτε τι αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἄσχημον ῥῆμα προίεσθαι τῇ φωνῇ, διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ πάλιν παρακέλευσιν, διʼ ἧς ἔφησε ‘‘περὶ παντὸς ἀργοῦ ῥήματος δώσετε λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ” ὁποίας ὑπερβολῆς φιλοσόφου ζωῆς ἔχεται;
kai to mēdʼ euorkias deisthai, pollou ge dei epiorkein, dia to pros autou manthanein mēde omnynai holōs, en pasi de apseudein kai alētheuein, hōs arkeisthai tǭ nai kai tǭ ou, pantos horkou bebaioteran tēn proairesin kataskeuazontas? to de mēdʼ en psilois rhēmatiois kai tais koinais homiliais adiaphorein, akribologeisthai de kai mechri toutōn, hōs mēte pseudos mēte loidorian mēte ti aischron kai aschēmon rhēma proiesthai tę̄ phōnę̄, dia tēn autou palin parakeleusin, diʼ hēs ephēse ‘‘peri pantos argou rhēmatos dōsete logon en hēmerą kriseōs, ” hopoias hyperbolēs philosophou zōēs echetai?
And what of not even needing to keep oaths, much less to swear falsely, because they learn from him not to swear at all, but in all things to be free of falsehood and to speak the truth, so as to be content with "yes" and "no," making their resolve firmer than any oath? And not to be careless even in mere trivial words and ordinary conversation, but to be exact even in these, so as to let slip from the tongue neither falsehood nor abuse nor any shameful or indecent word, because of his further command in which he said, "For every idle word you shall give account in the day of judgment": to what heights of the philosophical life does this belong?
1.4.11Dindorf 1:14–15
τὸ δὲ καὶ συλλήβδην ἀθρόως μυριάδας ὅλας ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων, οἰκετῶν τε καὶ ἐλευθέρων, ἀδόξων τε καὶ ἐπιδόξων, καὶ προσέτι βαρβάρων ὁμοῦ καὶ Ἑλλήνων, κατὰ πάντα τόπον καὶ πόλιν καὶ χώραν, ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὑφʼ ἡλίῳ ἔθνεσιν ἐπὶ διδασκαλίᾳ τῶν τοιούτων μαθημάτων, οἵων ἀρτίως μεμαθήκαμεν, φοιτᾶν καὶ τὰς ἀκοὰς λόγοις παρέχειν, ἀναπείθουσιν οὐ μόνον ἀκολάστων ἐγχειρημάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν κατὰ διάνοιαν αἰσχρῶν ἐνθυμημάτων γαστρός τε καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ γαστέρα κρατεῖν· τό τε πὰν γένος ἀνθρώπων παιδείαν παιδεύεσθαι ἔνθεον καὶ εὐσεβῆ, φέρειν τε μανθάνειν γενναίως καὶ βαθεῖ φρονήματι τὰς τῶν ἐπανισταμένων ὕβρεις, καὶ μὴ τοῖς ἴσοις τοὺς φαύλους ἀμύνεσθαι, θυμοῦ δὲ καὶ ὀργῆς καὶ πάσης ἐμμανοῦς ὀρέξεως κρείττους γίνεσθαι, ναὶ μὴν καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀπόροις καὶ ἐνδεέσι κοινωνεῖν, πάντα τε ἄνθρωπον ὁμογενῆ δεξιοῦσθαι, καὶ τὸν νενομισμένον ξένον ὡς ἂν νόμῳ φύσεως οἰκειότατον καὶ ἀδελφὸν γνωρίζειν.
to de kai syllēbdēn athroōs myriadas holas andrōn kai gynaikōn kai paidōn, oiketōn te kai eleutherōn, adoxōn te kai epidoxōn, kai proseti barbarōn homou kai Hellēnōn, kata panta topon kai polin kai chōran, en pasi tois hyphʼ hēliǭ ethnesin epi didaskalią tōn toioutōn mathēmatōn, hoiōn artiōs memathēkamen, phoitan kai tas akoas logois parechein, anapeithousin ou monon akolastōn encheirēmatōn, alla kai tōn kata dianoian aischrōn enthymēmatōn gastros te kai tōn hypo gastera kratein; to te pan genos anthrōpōn paideian paideuesthai entheon kai eusebē, pherein te manthanein gennaiōs kai bathei phronēmati tas tōn epanistamenōn hybreis, kai mē tois isois tous phaulous amynesthai, thymou de kai orgēs kai pasēs emmanous orexeōs kreittous ginesthai, nai mēn kai tōn hyparchontōn aporois kai endeesi koinōnein, panta te anthrōpon homogenē dexiousthai, kai ton nenomismenon xenon hōs an nomǭ physeōs oikeiotaton kai adelphon gnōrizein.
And further, that whole tens of thousands at once, men and women and children, slaves and free, obscure and famous, barbarians and Greeks alike, in every place and city and country, among all the nations under the sun, come to the teaching of such lessons as we have just learned and give their ears to the words, being persuaded to master not only licentious deeds but also shameful thoughts of the mind, and the belly and what is below the belly; that the whole human race is trained in a divine and pious discipline, learning to bear nobly and with a lofty spirit the insults of those who rise up against them, and not to retaliate on the wicked in kind, but to become superior to anger and wrath and every frenzied desire; yes, and also to share their possessions with the poor and needy, to welcome every human being as of one kin, and to recognize the one considered a stranger as, by the law of nature, a member of their household and a brother.
1.4.12Dindorf 1:15
Πάντα δὴ ἀθρόως ταῦτά τις συναγαγὼν πῶς οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσειε τὰ μέγιστα καὶ ἀληθῶς ἀγαθὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους εὐαγγελίσασθαι τὸν ἡμέτερον λόγον, τό τε αὐτόθεν ὑπερέχον πρὸς εὐζωίαν τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων παρεσχηκέναι βίῳ;
Panta dē athroōs tauta tis synagagōn pōs ouk an homologēseie ta megista kai alēthōs agatha pantas anthrōpous euangelisasthai ton hēmeteron logon, to te autothen hyperechon pros euzōian tǭ tōn anthrōpōn pareschēkenai biǭ?
Gathering all these things together, then, how could anyone fail to confess that our doctrine has announced as good news to all people the greatest and truly good things, and has given to human life an immediate advantage for living well?
1.4.13Dindorf 1:15
ὁποῖον δέ σοι εἶναι δοκεῖ τὸ πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων, οὐ μόνον Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀνημερωτάτων βαρβάρων καὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐσχατιαῖς τῆς γῆς οἰκούντων, τῆς μὲν ἀλόγου θηριωδίας ἀνασχεῖν, δόξας δὲ φιλοσόφους ἀναλαβεῖν παρασκευάσαι;
hopoion de soi einai dokei to pan genos anthrōpōn, ou monon Hellēnōn, alla kai tōn anēmerōtatōn barbarōn kai tōn en tais eschatiais tēs gēs oikountōn, tēs men alogou thēriōdias anaschein, doxas de philosophous analabein paraskeuasai?
And what do you think of its having prepared the whole human race, not only Greeks but also the wildest barbarians and those who live at the ends of the earth, to give up irrational savagery and to take up philosophical beliefs?
1.4.14Dindorf 1:15
οἷον, φέρε εἰπεῖν, τὰς περὶ ἀθανασίας ψυχῆς, καὶ ζωῆς τῆς παρὰ τῷ θεῷ μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγὴν τοῖς θεοφιλέσιν ἀποκειμένης, διʼ ἣν τοῦ προσκαίρου τούτου ζῆν καταφρονεῖν ἐμελέησαι· ὥστε ἀποδεῖξαι παῖδας τοὺς πώποτε ἐπὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ διαβοηθέντας, καὶ παίγνιον τὸν θρυλούμενον ἐκεῖνον θάνατον, ἀνὰ στόμα πάντων φιλοσόφων ᾀδόμενον· θηλειῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν καὶ κομιδῇ παίδων βαρβάρων τε ἀνδρῶν καὶ εὐτελῶν τῷ δοκεῖν τῇ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν δυνάμει τε καὶ συνεργίᾳ τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας λόγον ἔργοις πρότερον ἢ ῥήμασιν ἐπαληθεύοντα δειξάντων.
hoion, phere eipein, tas peri athanasias psychēs, kai zōēs tēs para tǭ theǭ meta tēn enthende apallagēn tois theophilesin apokeimenēs, diʼ hēn tou proskairou toutou zēn kataphronein emeleēsai; hōste apodeixai paidas tous pōpote epi philosophią diaboēthentas, kai paignion ton thryloumenon ekeinon thanaton, ana stoma pantōn philosophōn ądomenon; thēleiōn parʼ hēmin kai komidę̄ paidōn barbarōn te andrōn kai eutelōn tǭ dokein tę̄ tou sōtēros hēmōn dynamei te kai synergią ton peri psychēs athanasias logon ergois proteron ē rhēmasin epalētheuonta deixantōn.
For example, the beliefs about the immortality of the soul and about the life with God laid up for those dear to God after their departure from here, for the sake of which they have learned to despise this temporary life. So it has shown to be mere children those who were ever celebrated for philosophy, and that much-talked-of death, sung on the lips of all the philosophers, to be a plaything; for among us women and mere children, and barbarian men of seemingly low station, by the power and help of our Savior have shown the doctrine of the immortality of the soul to be true by deeds before words.
1.4.15Dindorf 1:15–16
οἷον δὲ καὶ τὸ καθόλου πάντας ἀνθρώπους, τοὺς ἐν πάσι τοῖς ἐθνεσιν, ἐκ τῶν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν μαθημάτων περὶ θεοῦ προνοίας, ὡς ἐφορώσης τὰ σύμπαντα, ὑγιῶς καὶ ἐρρωμένως φρονεῖν παιδεύεσθαι, καὶ τὸ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν μανθάνειν τὸν περὶ δικαιωτηρίου καὶ κρίσεως θεοῦ λόγον, καὶ τὸ πεφροντισμένως ζῆν, καὶ φυλακικῶς ἔχειν τῶν τῆς κακίας ἐπιτηδευμάτων.
hoion de kai to katholou pantas anthrōpous, tous en pasi tois ethnesin, ek tōn tou sōtēros hēmōn mathēmatōn peri theou pronoias, hōs ephorōsēs ta sympanta, hygiōs kai errōmenōs phronein paideuesthai, kai to pasan psychēn manthanein ton peri dikaiōtēriou kai kriseōs theou logon, kai to pephrontismenōs zēn, kai phylakikōs echein tōn tēs kakias epitēdeumatōn.
And what of the fact that all people in general, in all the nations, are taught from the lessons of our Savior to think soundly and firmly about the providence of God as overseeing all things; that every soul learns the doctrine of the place of judgment and of God's judgment, and to live with care and to be on guard against the practices of vice?
Preparation 1, chapter 5
1.5.1Dindorf 1:16
Κεφάλαιον δὲ τῆς πρώτης καὶ μεγίστης εὐεργεσίας τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου γνοίης ἂν, εἰ ἐν νῷ λάβοις τὴν δεισιδαίμονα πλάνην τῆς παλαιᾶς εἰδωλολατρίας, ᾗ τὸ σύμπαν ἀνθρώπων γένος δαιμόνων ἀνάγκαις πάλαι πρότερον κατετρύχετο· ἧς ὥσπερ ἀπὸ σκοτίας ζοφωδεστάτης Ἓλληνας ὁμοῦ καὶ βαρβάρους δυνάμει θείᾳ μεταστησάμενος ἐπὶ νοερὰν καὶ φωτεινοτάτην ἡμέραν τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας τοῦ παμβασιλέως θεοῦ τοὺς πάντας μετηγάγετο.
Kephalaion de tēs prōtēs kai megistēs euergesias tou sōtēriou logou gnoiēs an, ei en nǭ labois tēn deisidaimona planēn tēs palaias eidōlolatrias, hę̄ to sympan anthrōpōn genos daimonōn anankais palai proteron katetrycheto; hēs hōsper apo skotias zophōdestatēs Hellēnas homou kai barbarous dynamei theią metastēsamenos epi noeran kai phōteinotatēn hēmeran tēs alēthous eusebeias tou pambasileōs theou tous pantas metēgageto.
You would recognize the sum of the first and greatest benefit of the saving word if you considered the superstitious error of the ancient idolatry, by which the whole human race was formerly worn down under the compulsion of demons. Out of it, as out of the gloomiest darkness, the word by divine power removed Greeks and barbarians alike and brought them all over to the intellectual and most radiant day of the true worship of God the universal King.
1.5.2Dindorf 1:16
καὶ τί χρὴ μηκύνειν ἀποδεικνύναι πειρωμένους ὅτι μὴ ἀλόγῳ πίστει ἑαυτοὺς ἀνεθήκαμεν, σώφροσι δὲ καὶ ὠφελίμοις λόγοις τὸν τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας τρόπον περιέχουσι; τῆς παρούσης ὑποθέσεως αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο καθόλου πραγματευομένης, τοὺς μὲν ἐπιτηδείως ἒχοντας ἕπεσθαι λόγων ἀποδείξεσι προτρέπομεν καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν φρονήσεως ἐπιμέλεσθαι, καὶ λογικώτερον τῶν δογμάτων τὰς ἀποδείξεις παραλαμβάνειν, ἑτοίμους τε εἶναι πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ ἐπερωτῶντι ἡμᾶς τὸν λόγον τῆς καθʼ ἡμὰς ἐλπίδος.
kai ti chrē mēkynein apodeiknynai peirōmenous hoti mē alogǭ pistei heautous anethēkamen, sōphrosi de kai ōphelimois logois ton tēs alēthous eusebeias tropon periechousi? tēs parousēs hypotheseōs auto dē touto katholou pragmateuomenēs, tous men epitēdeiōs echontas hepesthai logōn apodeixesi protrepomen kai parakaloumen phronēseōs epimelesthai, kai logikōteron tōn dogmatōn tas apodeixeis paralambanein, hetoimous te einai pros apologian panti tǭ eperōtōnti hēmas ton logon tēs kathʼ hēmas elpidos.
Why should we go on at length trying to show that we have not committed ourselves to an unreasoning faith, but to sober and profitable doctrines containing the way of true piety? Since the present work treats precisely this throughout, we urge those who are fit to follow demonstrations by argument, and exhort them to cultivate understanding, to receive the proofs of our doctrines in a more reasoned way, and to be ready to make a defense to everyone who asks us for the reason of our hope.
1.5.3Dindorf 1:16–17
ἐπεὶ δὲ μὴ πάντες τοιοῦτοι, φιλανθρώπου τυγχάνοντος τοῦ λόγου, καί μηδένα μηδαμῶς ἀποτρεπομένου, πάντα δὲ ἄνθρωπον τοῖς καταλλήλοις ἰωμένου φαρμάκοις, καὶ τὸν ἀμαθῆ καὶ ἰδιώτην ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν τρόπων θεραπείαν παρακαλοῦντος, εἰκότως ἐν εἰσαγωγῇ τοὺς ἀρχομένους τῶν ἰδιωτικωτέρων γύναια καὶ παῖδας καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀγελαίων πλῆθος ἐπὶ τὸν εὐσεβῆ βίον χειραγωγοῦντες, ὡς ἐν φαρμάκου μοίρᾳ, τὴν ὑγιῆ πίστιν παραλαμβάνομεν, ὀρθὰς δόξας περὶ θεοῦ προνοίας καὶ περὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας καὶ περὶ τοῦ κατʼ ἀρετὴν βίου ἐντιθέντες αὐτοῖς.
epei de mē pantes toioutoi, philanthrōpou tynchanontos tou logou, kai mēdena mēdamōs apotrepomenou, panta de anthrōpon tois katallēlois iōmenou pharmakois, kai ton amathē kai idiōtēn epi tēn tōn tropōn therapeian parakalountos, eikotōs en eisagōgę̄ tous archomenous tōn idiōtikōterōn gynaia kai paidas kai to tōn agelaiōn plēthos epi ton eusebē bion cheiragōgountes, hōs en pharmakou moirą, tēn hygiē pistin paralambanomen, orthas doxas peri theou pronoias kai peri psychēs athanasias kai peri tou katʼ aretēn biou entithentes autois.
But since not all are such, and since the Word is a lover of humankind, turning no one away at all but healing every person with fitting remedies and calling even the ignorant and unlearned to the healing of their ways, we rightly, at the introductory stage, lead by the hand toward the pious life the beginners from among the simpler sort, women and children and the common crowd, and give them sound faith as a kind of medicine, implanting in them right beliefs about God's providence, about the immortality of the soul, and about the life of virtue.
1.5.4Dindorf 1:17
ἢ οὐχ οὕτως καὶ τοὺς τὰ σωμάτων κάμνοντας ἐπιστημόνως ἰωμένους ὁρῶμεν αὐτοὺς μὲν διὰ πλείστης ἀσκήσεως καὶ παιδείας τοὺς κατὰ ἰατρικὴν λόγους ἀνειληφότας καὶ πάντα λογικῶς χειρουργοῦντας, τούς γε μὴν ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ προσιόντας αὐτοῖς πίστει ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τῇ τῶν χρηστοτέρων ἐλπίδι παρέχοντας, καὶ τῶν μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην θεωρημάτων μηδὲν ἀκριβῶς ἐπαΐοντας, μόνης δὲ τῆς ἀγαθῆς ἐλπίδος τε καὶ πίστεως ἐξηρτημένους;
ē ouch houtōs kai tous ta sōmatōn kamnontas epistēmonōs iōmenous horōmen autous men dia pleistēs askēseōs kai paideias tous kata iatrikēn logous aneilēphotas kai panta logikōs cheirourgountas, tous ge mēn epi therapeią prosiontas autois pistei heautous kai tę̄ tōn chrēstoterōn elpidi parechontas, kai tōn men kata tēn epistēmēn theōrēmatōn mēden akribōs epaïontas, monēs de tēs agathēs elpidos te kai pisteōs exērtēmenous?
Do we not see the same with those who skillfully heal the sick in body? They themselves have taken up the principles of medicine through long practice and training and perform every operation with reason; but those who come to them for treatment entrust themselves in faith and in hope of better things, though they understand nothing of the science's theory precisely, and depend only on good hope and faith.
1.5.5Dindorf 1:17
καὶ ὁ μὲν τῶν ἰατρῶν ἄριστος εἰς μέσον παρελθὼν ἅ τε χρὴ προφυλάττεσθαι καὶ ἃ προσήκει δρᾶν ὥσπερ τις ἄρχων καὶ κύριος μετʼ ἐπιστήμης προστάττει, ὁ δʼ ὡς βασιλεῖ καὶ νομοθέτῃ πείθεται, πιστεύων συνοίσειν αὐτῷ τὸ προστεταγμένον. οὕτω
kai ho men tōn iatrōn aristos eis meson parelthōn ha te chrē prophylattesthai kai ha prosēkei dran hōsper tis archōn kai kyrios metʼ epistēmēs prostattei, ho dʼ hōs basilei kai nomothetę̄ peithetai, pisteuōn synoisein autǭ to prostetagmenon. houtō
The best of physicians comes forward and, like a ruler and master, prescribes with knowledge what must be avoided and what ought to be done; and the patient obeys as if he were a king and lawgiver, believing that what is prescribed will be good for him. So
1.5.6Dindorf 1:17
καὶ μαθηταὶ παρὰ διδασκάλων παιδείας ἀποδέχονται, πιστεύσαντες ἀγαθὸν αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι τὸ μάθημα, ναὶ μὴν καὶ φιλοσοφίας οὐ πρότερόν τις ἐφάψαιτʼ ἂν ἢ πιστεύσας συνοίσειν αὐτῷ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα· καὶ ὁ μέν τις αὐτόθεν εἵλετο τὰ Ἐπικούρου, ὁ δὲ τὸν κυνικὸν ζηλοῖ βίον, ἄλλος κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφεῖ, κατʼ Ἀριστοτέλην ἕτερος, καὶ πάλιν ἄλλος πάντων τὰ Στωïκὰ προετίμησεν, ἑκάστου χρηστοτέρᾳ ἐλπίδι τε καὶ πίστει τὸ δόξαν ὡς συνοῖσον ἀγαπήσαντος.
kai mathētai para didaskalōn paideias apodechontai, pisteusantes agathon autois esesthai to mathēma, nai mēn kai philosophias ou proteron tis ephapsaitʼ an ē pisteusas synoisein autǭ to epangelma; kai ho men tis autothen heileto ta Epikourou, ho de ton kynikon zēloi bion, allos kata Platōna philosophei, katʼ Aristotelēn heteros, kai palin allos pantōn ta Stōika proetimēsen, hekastou chrēstoterą elpidi te kai pistei to doxan hōs synoison agapēsantos.
also pupils receive instruction from teachers, believing that the lesson will be good for them. Yes, and no one would take up philosophy before believing that what it promises will be good for him. One person straightaway chose the doctrines of Epicurus, another emulates the Cynic life, another pursues philosophy after Plato, another after Aristotle, and yet another preferred the Stoic doctrines above all, each embracing what seemed good to him with better hope and faith that it would profit him.
1.5.7Dindorf 1:17
οὕτω καὶ τέχνας ἄνθρωποι τὰς μέσας μετῆλθον, καὶ ἄλλοι τὸν στρατιωτικὸν, ἂλλοι δὲ τὸν ἐμπορικὸν βίον, πίστει πάλαι προειληφότες βιοποιστικὸν αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα. καὶ γάμων δὲ αἱ πρῶται σύνοδοι καὶ κοινωνίαι τῆς κατὰ παιδοποιίαν ἐλπίδος ἐξ ἀγαθῆς ἐνήρξαντο πίστεως.
houtō kai technas anthrōpoi tas mesas metēlthon, kai alloi ton stratiōtikon, alloi de ton emporikon bion, pistei palai proeilēphotes biopoistikon autois esesthai to epitēdeuma. kai gamōn de hai prōtai synodoi kai koinōniai tēs kata paidopoiian elpidos ex agathēs enērxanto pisteōs.
So too people have taken up the ordinary trades, some the soldier's life, others the merchant's, having first taken it on faith that the occupation would give them a living. And the first unions of marriage and partnerships began from good faith in the hope of having children.
1.5.8Dindorf 1:17–18
καὶ πλεῖ τις αὖθις εἰς ἄδηλον, οὐδʼ ἄλλην προβεβλημένος τῆς σωτηρίας ἄγκυραν ἢ μόνην τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐλπίδα· καὶ γεωργεῖ πάλιν ἄλλος, καὶ τὸν σπόρον εἰς γῆν ἀπορρίψας κάθηται τῆς ὥρας τὴν τροπὴν ἐκδεχόμενος, πιστεύων τὸ φθαρὲν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ πλημμυρίσιν ὑετῶν καλυφθὲν αὖθις ὥσπερ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναβιώσεσθαι· πορείαν δέ τις μακρὰν ἐπʼ ἀλλοδαπῆς ἐκ τῆς οἰκείας στελλόμενος πάλιν τὴν ἐλπίδα καὶ τὴν πίστιν ἀγαθὰς ὁδηγοὺς ἑαυτῷ συνεπάγεται.
kai plei tis authis eis adēlon, oudʼ allēn probeblēmenos tēs sōtērias ankyran ē monēn tēn pistin kai tēn agathēn elpida; kai geōrgei palin allos, kai ton sporon eis gēn aporripsas kathētai tēs hōras tēn tropēn ekdechomenos, pisteuōn to phtharen epi tēs gēs kai plēmmyrisin hyetōn kalyphthen authis hōsper ek nekrōn anabiōsesthai; poreian de tis makran epʼ allodapēs ek tēs oikeias stellomenos palin tēn elpida kai tēn pistin agathas hodēgous heautǭ synepagetai.
Again, someone sails into the unknown, having put out no other anchor of safety than faith alone and good hope. Another farms, casts his seed into the earth, and sits waiting for the turn of the season, believing that what has decayed in the earth and been covered by floods of rain will come to life again as from the dead. Someone sets out from home on a long journey to a foreign land, and again takes along with him hope and faith as good guides.
1.5.9Dindorf 1:18
καὶ τί γὰρ ἄλλʼ ἢ τὸν πάντα τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίον δυοῖν τούτοιν ἀνηρτημένον, ἐλπίδος τε καὶ πίστεως, καταλαμβάνων, τί δὴ θαυμάζεις εἰ καὶ τὰ κρείττονα κατὰ ψυχὴν τοῖς μὲν διὰ πίστεως παραδίδοται; οἷς οὐ σχολὴ λογικώτερον τὰ κατὰ μέρος παιδεύεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ καὶ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοὺς πάρεστι μετιέναι καὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις τῶν πρεσβευομένων μανθάνειν;
kai ti gar allʼ ē ton panta tōn anthrōpōn bion dyoin toutoin anērtēmenon, elpidos te kai pisteōs, katalambanōn, ti dē thaumazeis ei kai ta kreittona kata psychēn tois men dia pisteōs paradidotai? hois ou scholē logikōteron ta kata meros paideuesthai, tois de kai tous logous autous paresti metienai kai tas apodeixeis tōn presbeuomenōn manthanein?
Since you find, then, that all human life hangs on nothing else than these two, hope and faith, why do you wonder that the higher things of the soul are handed on to some through faith, to those who have no leisure to be taught the details in a more reasoned way, while others may pursue the arguments themselves and learn the demonstrations of what we hold?
1.5.10Dindorf 1:18
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐν ὀλίγῳ τούτων ἡμῖν οὐκ εἰς ἄχρηστον προγεγυμνασμένων ἀνίωμεν ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην κατηγορίαν, καὶ τίνες ὄντες καὶ πόθεν ὁρμώμενοι τοῖς διερωτῶσιν ἀποκρινούμεθα. ὅτι μὲν οὖν τὸ γένος Ἕλληνες ὄντες καὶ τὰ Ἑλλήνων φρονοῦντες ἐκ παντοίων τε ἐθνῶν ὡς ἂν νεολέκτου στρατιὰς λογάδες συνειλεγμένοι τῆς πατρίου δεισιδαιμονίας ἀποστάται καθεστήκαμεν οὐδʼ ἂν αὐτοί ποτε ἀρνηθείημεν· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι Ἰουδαïκαῖς βίβλοις προσανέχοντες κἀκ τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς προφητειῶν τὰ πλεῖστα τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς λόγου συνάγοντες οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως ζῆν τοῖς ἐκ περιτομῆς προσφιλὲς ἡγούμεθα, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἂν αὐτόθεν ὁμολογήσαιμεν.
Alla gar en oligǭ toutōn hēmin ouk eis achrēston progegymnasmenōn aniōmen epi tēn prōtēn katēgorian, kai tines ontes kai pothen hormōmenoi tois dierōtōsin apokrinoumetha. hoti men oun to genos Hellēnes ontes kai ta Hellēnōn phronountes ek pantoiōn te ethnōn hōs an neolektou stratias logades syneilegmenoi tēs patriou deisidaimonias apostatai kathestēkamen oudʼ an autoi pote arnētheiēmen; alla kai hoti Ioudaikais biblois prosanechontes kak tōn parʼ autois prophēteiōn ta pleista tou kathʼ hēmas logou synagontes oukethʼ homoiōs zēn tois ek peritomēs prosphiles hēgoumetha, kai toutʼ an autothen homologēsaimen.
But now that we have briefly, and not without use, exercised ourselves in these points, let us go back to the first charge and answer those who ask who we are and where we come from. That we, being Greeks by race and thinking as Greeks, gathered out of all kinds of nations like the picked men of a newly enlisted army, have become deserters from the superstition of our fathers, we ourselves would never deny. And that, devoting ourselves to the Jewish books and gathering from the prophecies among them most of our doctrine, we no longer think it good to live like those of the circumcision, this too we would confess at once.
1.5.11Dindorf 1:18–19
ὥρα τοιγαροῦν τούτων τὸν αἰτιολογισμὸν ὑποσχεῖν. πῶς οὖν ἂν ἄλλως δόξαιμεν εὖ πεποιηκέναι τὰ πάτρια καταλείψαντες εἰ μὴ πρῶτον εἰς μέσον αὐτὰ παραθέμενοι καὶ ἀγαγόντες ὑπʼ ὄψιν τῶν ἐντευξομένων; οὕτω γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο φανερὰ καὶ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ἀποδείξεως ἡ θεία δύναμις, εἰ τοῖς πᾶσι πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τεθείη, τίνων καὶ ὁποίων κακῶν τὴν ἴασιν εὐαγγελίζεται.
hōra toigaroun toutōn ton aitiologismon hyposchein. pōs oun an allōs doxaimen eu pepoiēkenai ta patria kataleipsantes ei mē prōton eis meson auta parathemenoi kai agagontes hypʼ opsin tōn enteuxomenōn? houtō gar an genoito phanera kai tēs euangelikēs apodeixeōs hē theia dynamis, ei tois pasi pro ophthalmōn tetheiē, tinōn kai hopoiōn kakōn tēn iasin euangelizetai.
It is time, therefore, to give the reasons for these things. How else could we appear to have done well in abandoning our ancestral religion, unless we first set it out openly and bring it before the eyes of our readers? For in this way the divine power of the Demonstration of the Gospel would become plain, if it were set before the eyes of all from what evils, and of what kind, it announces the cure.
1.5.12Dindorf 1:19
πῶς δʼ ἂν τὸ εὔλογον τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαïκῶν μεταδιώξεως φανείη μὴ οὐχὶ καὶ τῆς τούτων ἀρετῆς ἀποδειχθείσης; τίνι τε λόγῳ τὰς παρʼ αὐτοῖς γραφὰς ἀσπαζόμενοι τὸν ὅμοιον τοῦ βίου τρόπον ἀποκλίνομεν καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι διελθεῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τίς ὁ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ὑποθέσεως λόγος καὶ τίς ἂν κυρίως λεχθείη ὁ χριστιανισμὸς, οὔθʼ Ἑλληνισμὸς ὢν οὔτε Ἰουδαïσμὸς, ἀλλά τις καινὴ καὶ ἀληθὴς θεοσοφία, ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς προσηγορίας τὴν καινοτομίαν ἐπαγομένη.
pōs dʼ an to eulogon tēs tōn Ioudaikōn metadiōxeōs phaneiē mē ouchi kai tēs toutōn aretēs apodeichtheisēs? tini te logǭ tas parʼ autois graphas aspazomenoi ton homoion tou biou tropon apoklinomen kalōs an echoi dielthein, kai epi pasi tis ho kathʼ hēmas tēs euangelikēs hypotheseōs logos kai tis an kyriōs lechtheiē ho christianismos, outhʼ Hellēnismos ōn oute Ioudaismos, alla tis kainē kai alēthēs theosophia, ex autēs tēs prosēgorias tēn kainotomian epagomenē.
And how could the reasonableness of our pursuit of the Jewish books appear unless their excellence were also demonstrated? It would be well to explain also on what principle, though we embrace their Scriptures, we decline the like manner of life; and, above all, what is the meaning of our gospel subject, and what Christianity might properly be said to be, being neither Hellenism nor Judaism, but a new and true divine wisdom, bringing its newness from its very name.
1.5.13Dindorf 1:19
φέρʼ οὖν πρῶτον ἀπάντων τὰς παλαιτάτας καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰς πατρίους ἡμῶν αὐτῶν θεολογίας κατὰ πάσαν πόλιν εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν τεθρυλημένας ἐπιθεωρήσωμεν, τάς τε σεμνὰς τῶν γενναίων φιλοσόφων περί τε κόσμου συστάσεως καὶ περὶ θεῶν διαλήψεις, ἵνα γνῶμεν εἴτε καὶ ὀρθῶς ἀπέστημεν αὐτῶν, εἴτε καὶ μή.
pherʼ oun prōton apantōn tas palaitatas kai dē kai tas patrious hēmōn autōn theologias kata pasan polin eiseti kai nyn tethrylēmenas epitheōrēsōmen, tas te semnas tōn gennaiōn philosophōn peri te kosmou systaseōs kai peri theōn dialēpseis, hina gnōmen eite kai orthōs apestēmen autōn, eite kai mē.
Come then, first of all, let us examine the most ancient theologies, and in particular our own ancestral ones, which are still celebrated in every city even now, and the solemn views of the noble philosophers about the constitution of the world and about the gods, so that we may know whether we were right to depart from them or not.
1.5.14Dindorf 1:19
θήσω δὲ οὐκ ἐμὰς φωνὰς ἐν τῇ τῶν δηλουμένων ἐκφάνσει, ἀλλʼ αὐτῶν δὴ τῶν μάλιστα τὴν περὶ οὕς φασι θεοὺς εὐσέβειαν περισπούδαστον πεποιημένων, ὡς ἂν ὁ λόγος ἀπάσης ἐκτὸς τῆς περὶ τοῦ πλάττεσθαι ἡμὰς ὑπονοίας κατασταίη.
thēsō de ouk emas phōnas en tę̄ tōn dēloumenōn ekphansei, allʼ autōn dē tōn malista tēn peri hous phasi theous eusebeian perispoudaston pepoiēmenōn, hōs an ho logos apasēs ektos tēs peri tou plattesthai hēmas hyponoias katastaiē.
In setting out what is to be shown I shall put forward not my own words, but those of the very people who have been most zealous for the worship of those they call gods, so that the argument may be free of all suspicion that we are making things up.
Preparation 1, chapter 6
1.6.1Dindorf 1:19
Φοίνικας τοιγαροῦν καὶ Αἰγυπτίους πρώτους ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων κατέχει λόγος ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας θεοὺς ἀποφῆναι, μόνους τε εἶναι τῆς τῶν ὅλων γενέσεως τε καὶ φθορᾶς αἰτίους, εἶτα δὲ τὰς παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσι βοωμένας θεοποιίας τε καὶ θεογονίας εἰσηγήσασθαι τῷ βίῳ·
Phoinikas toigaroun kai Aigyptious prōtous hapantōn anthrōpōn katechei logos hēlion kai selēnēn kai asteras theous apophēnai, monous te einai tēs tōn holōn geneseōs te kai phthoras aitious, eita de tas para tois pasi boōmenas theopoiias te kai theogonias eisēgēsasthai tǭ biǭ;
The prevailing account, then, is that the Phoenicians and Egyptians were the first of all people to declare the sun, the moon, and the stars to be gods, and to be the sole causes of the coming into being and the perishing of all things, and that afterward they introduced into human life the deifications and genealogies of gods that are noised abroad among all.
1.6.2Dindorf 1:19–20
πρὸ δέ γε τούτων μηδένα μηδὲν πλέον τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν φαινομένων εἰδέναι, ὀλίγων ἐκτὸς ἀνδρῶν τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις μνημονευομένων, οἳ διανοίας καθαρωτάτοις ὄμμασι πᾶν τὸ ὁρώμενον ὑπερκύψαντες τὸν κοσμοποιὸν καὶ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸν ἐσεβάσθησαν, ὑπερθαυμάσαντες τῆς τοσαύτης αὐτὸν σοφίας τε καὶ δυνάμεως, ἣν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἐφαντάσθησαν, καὶ μόνον εἶναι θεὸν πεισθέντες μόνον εἰκότως ἐθεολόγησαν, τὴν ἀληθῆ καὶ πρώτην καὶ μόνην ταύτην εὐσέβειαν παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς διαδεξάμενοι καὶ φυλάξαντες.
pro de ge toutōn mēdena mēden pleon tōn katʼ ouranon phainomenōn eidenai, oligōn ektos andrōn tōn parʼ Hebraiois mnēmoneuomenōn, hoi dianoias katharōtatois ommasi pan to horōmenon hyperkypsantes ton kosmopoion kai tōn holōn dēmiourgon esebasthēsan, hyperthaumasantes tēs tosautēs auton sophias te kai dynameōs, hēn ek tōn ergōn ephantasthēsan, kai monon einai theon peisthentes monon eikotōs etheologēsan, tēn alēthē kai prōtēn kai monēn tautēn eusebeian pais para patros diadexamenoi kai phylaxantes.
Before these, no one knew anything more than the phenomena of the sky, except a few men remembered among the Hebrews, who with the purest eyes of the mind looked beyond everything visible and worshipped the maker of the world and creator of all things. They marveled exceedingly at his great wisdom and power, which they perceived from his works, and being persuaded that he alone is God, they rightly proclaimed him alone as God; this true, first, and only piety they received, son from father, and preserved.
1.6.3Dindorf 1:20
οἵ γε μὴν λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῆσδε τῆς μόνης καὶ ἀληθοῦς ἀποπεσόντες εὐσεβείας, τὰ φωσφόρα τῶν οὐρανίων σαρκὸς ὀφθαλμοῖς, οἷα νήπιοι τὰς ψυχὰς, καταπλαγέντες, θεούς τε ἀνεῖπον καὶ θυσίαις καὶ καταπλαγέντες, ἐγέραιρον, οὐ νεὼς δειμάμενοι, οὐδʼ ἀφιδρύμασι καὶ ξοάνοις θνητῶν εἰκόνας πλασάμενοι, πρὸς αἰθέρα δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν οὐρανὸν ἀποβλέποντες καὶ μέχρι τῶν τῇδε ὁρωμένων ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐφικνούμενοι.
hoi ge mēn loipoi tōn anthrōpōn tēsde tēs monēs kai alēthous apopesontes eusebeias, ta phōsphora tōn ouraniōn sarkos ophthalmois, hoia nēpioi tas psychas, kataplagentes, theous te aneipon kai thysiais kai kataplagentes, egerairon, ou neōs deimamenoi, oudʼ aphidrymasi kai xoanois thnētōn eikonas plasamenoi, pros aithera de kai auton ouranon apoblepontes kai mechri tōn tę̄de horōmenōn tais psychais ephiknoumenoi.
But the rest of mankind, falling away from this one true piety and, like children in soul, struck with wonder at the light-bearing bodies of heaven seen by the eyes of the flesh, proclaimed them gods and honored them with sacrifices and acts of homage. They did not build temples or fashion likenesses of mortals in images and wooden statues, but looked up to the ether and to heaven itself, reaching with their souls only as far as the things seen here.
1.6.4Dindorf 1:20
ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇδε ἄρα καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα ἀνθρώποις τὰ τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης περιίστατο, ἐλαύνοντα δὲ εἰς βυθὸν κακῶν μείζονα τῆς ἀθεότητος τὴν δυσσέβειαν ἀπειργάζετο, Φοινίκων, εἶτα Αἰγυπτίων ἀπαρξαμένων τῆς πλάνης· παρʼ ὧν φάσι πρῶτον Ὀρφέα τὸν Οἰάγρου μεταστησάμενον τὰ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις Ἕλλησι μεταδοῦναι μυστήρια, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ Κάδμον τὰ Φοινικικὰ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀγαγεῖν μετὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν γραμμάτων μαθήσεως· οὔπω γὰρ εἰσέτι τοὺς Ἓλληνας τότε τὴν τῶν γραμμάτων χρῆσιν εἰδέναι.
allʼ ou tę̄de ara kai tois metepeita anthrōpois ta tēs polytheou planēs periistato, elaunonta de eis bython kakōn meizona tēs atheotētos tēn dyssebeian apeirgazeto, Phoinikōn, eita Aigyptiōn aparxamenōn tēs planēs; parʼ hōn phasi prōton Orphea ton Oiagrou metastēsamenon ta parʼ Aigyptiois Hellēsi metadounai mystēria, hōsper oun kai Kadmon ta Phoinikika tois autois agagein meta kai tēs tōn grammatōn mathēseōs; oupō gar eiseti tous Hellēnas tote tēn tōn grammatōn chrēsin eidenai.
Yet the error of polytheism did not stop at this point for later generations, but drove them into a depth of evils and produced an impiety worse than atheism, the Phoenicians first and then the Egyptians beginning the error. From the Egyptians, they say, Orpheus son of Oeagrus first transferred the Egyptian mysteries and imparted them to the Greeks, just as Cadmus brought the Phoenician rites to the same people, together with the learning of letters; for the Greeks did not yet at that time know the use of letters.
1.6.5Dindorf 1:20–21
πρῶτα τοίνυν σκεψόμεθα τὰ τῆς κοσμογονίας τῆς πρώτης, ὅπως οἱ δηλούμενοι διειλήφασι· ἔπειτα τὰ περὶ τῆς πρώτης καὶ παλαιτάτης τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίου δεισιδαιμονίας· καὶ τρίτον τὰ Φοινίκων, τέταρτον τὰ Αἰγυπτίων, μεθʼ ἃ πέμπτον τὰ Ἑλλήνων διελόντες πρότερον μὲν τὴν καὶ τούτων παλαιὰν καὶ μυθικωτέραν πλάνην ἐποπτεύσομεν, εἶτα δὲ τὴν σεμνοτέραν καὶ φυσικωτέραν δὴ περὶ θεῶν φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τὸν περὶ τῶν θαυμαστῶν χρηστηρίων ἐφοδεύσομεν λόγον· ἐφʼ οἷς καὶ τὰ σεμνὰ τῆς γενναίας Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφίας ἐπισκεψόμεθα.
prōta toinyn skepsometha ta tēs kosmogonias tēs prōtēs, hopōs hoi dēloumenoi dieilēphasi; epeita ta peri tēs prōtēs kai palaitatēs tou tōn anthrōpōn biou deisidaimonias; kai triton ta Phoinikōn, tetarton ta Aigyptiōn, methʼ ha pempton ta Hellēnōn dielontes proteron men tēn kai toutōn palaian kai mythikōteran planēn epopteusomen, eita de tēn semnoteran kai physikōteran dē peri theōn philosophian, kai meta tauta ton peri tōn thaumastōn chrēstēriōn ephodeusomen logon; ephʼ hois kai ta semna tēs gennaias Hellēnōn philosophias episkepsometha.
First, then, we shall consider the first cosmogony, how the writers in question have conceived it; next, the first and most ancient superstition of human life; third, the religion of the Phoenicians; fourth, that of the Egyptians; after which, fifth, we shall divide the religion of the Greeks and survey first their old and more mythical error, and then the more dignified and more physical philosophy about the gods. After this we shall go through the account of the wonderful oracles, and then examine the dignified doctrines of the noble philosophy of the Greeks.
1.6.6Dindorf 1:21
τούτων δʼ ἡμῖν διευκρινηθέντων ἐπὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων μεταβησόμεθα, τῶν δὴ πρώτων καὶ ἀληθῶς Ἑβραίων, καὶ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν Ἰουδαίων λαχόντων προσηγορίαν. ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τούτοις ὥσπερ ἐπισφράγισμα τῶν ὅλων ἐποίσομεν τὰ ἡμέτερα.
toutōn dʼ hēmin dieukrinēthentōn epi ta Hebraiōn metabēsometha, tōn dē prōtōn kai alēthōs Hebraiōn, kai tōn meta tauta tēn Ioudaiōn lachontōn prosēgorian. epi pasi de toutois hōsper episphragisma tōn holōn epoisomen ta hēmetera.
When these have been examined, we shall pass on to the religion of the Hebrews, that is, of those who were first and truly Hebrews, and of those who afterward received the name of Jews. After all this, as a seal on the whole, we shall bring forward our own.
1.6.7Dindorf 1:21
ἀναγκαίως δὲ τῆς τούτων ἁπάντων μνημονεύσομεν ἱστορίας, ὡς ἂν διὰ τῆς τῶν ἑκασταχοῦ τεθαυμασμένων παραθέσεως ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας ἔλεγχος ἀποδειχθῇ, ὁποίων τε ἡμεῖς ἀποστάντες τὴν ὁποίαν εἱλόμεθα φανερὸν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι γένηται.
anankaiōs de tēs toutōn hapantōn mnēmoneusomen historias, hōs an dia tēs tōn hekastachou tethaumasmenōn paratheseōs ho tēs alētheias elenchos apodeichthę̄, hopoiōn te hēmeis apostantes tēn hopoian heilometha phaneron tois entynchanousi genētai.
Of necessity we shall record the history of all these, so that by setting side by side what is admired in each place the test of the truth may be shown, and it may be plain to readers what kind of things we have left and what kind we have chosen.
1.6.8Dindorf 1:21
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπίωμεν ἐπὶ τὸ πρῶτον. πόθεν δῆτα πιστωσόμεθα τὰς ἀποδείξεις; οὐ μὲν δὴ ἐκ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν γραμμάτων, ὡς ἂν μὴ δοκοίημεν κεχαρισμένα πράττειν τῷ λόγῳ· μάρτυρες δὲ παρέστων ἡμῖν Ἑλλήνων αὐτῶν οἱ τε τὴν φιλοσοφίαν αὐχοῦντες καὶ οἱ τὴν ἄλλην τῶν ἐθνῶν ἱστορίαν διηρευνηκότες.
alla gar epiōmen epi to prōton. pothen dēta pistōsometha tas apodeixeis? ou men dē ek tōn parʼ hēmin grammatōn, hōs an mē dokoiēmen kecharismena prattein tǭ logǭ; martyres de parestōn hēmin Hellēnōn autōn hoi te tēn philosophian auchountes kai hoi tēn allēn tōn ethnōn historian diēreunēkotes.
But let us come to the first point. From where shall we make our proofs credible? Not from our own writings, so that we may not seem to be doing favors to our own argument; let our witnesses be the Greeks themselves, both those who boast of philosophy and those who have investigated the history of the other nations.
1.6.9Dindorf 1:21
γράφει τοίνυν ἄνωθεν τὴν παλαιὰν Αἰγυπτίων ὑφηγούμενος θεολογίαν ὁ Σικελιώτης Διόδωρος, γνωριμώτατος ἀνὴρ τοῖς Ἑλλήνων λογιωτάτοις, ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ μίαν συναγηοχὼς πραγματείαν ἅπασαν τὴν ἱστορικὴν βιβλιοθήκην. ἐξ οὗ πρῶτα παραθήσομαι ἃ περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κοσμογονίας ἀρχόμενος τοῦ λόγου διείληφε, τὰς τῶν παλαιῶν ἱστορῶν δόξας τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον.
graphei toinyn anōthen tēn palaian Aigyptiōn hyphēgoumenos theologian ho Sikeliōtēs Diodōros, gnōrimōtatos anēr tois Hellēnōn logiōtatois, hōs an hypo mian synagēochōs pragmateian hapasan tēn historikēn bibliothēkēn. ex hou prōta parathēsomai ha peri tēs tou pantos kosmogonias archomenos tou logou dieilēphe, tas tōn palaiōn historōn doxas touton ton tropon.
Diodorus of Sicily, then, a man very well known to the most learned of the Greeks, as one who has gathered the whole of history into a single work, the Library, writes, explaining from the beginning the ancient theology of the Egyptians. From him I shall first set out what he has stated at the beginning of his work about the cosmogony of the universe, recording the opinions of the ancient historians in this way.
Preparation 1, chapter 7
1.7.1Dindorf 1:21–22
Περὶ μὲν οὑν θεῶν τίνας ἐννοίας ἔσχον οἱ πρῶτοι καταδείξαντες τιμᾶν τὸ θεῖον καὶ περὶ τῶν μυθολογουμένων ἑκάστου τῶν ἀθανάτων τὰ μὲν πολλὰ συντάξασθαι πειρασόμεθα κατʼ ἰδίαν, διὰ τὸ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ταύτην πολλοῦ λόγου προσδεῖσθαι ὅσα δʼ ἂν ταῖς προκειμέναις ἱστορίαις ἐοικότα δόξωμεν ὑπάρχειν παραθήσομεν ἐν κεφαλαίοις, ἵνα μηδὲν τῶν ἀκοῆς ἀξίων ἐπιζητῆται.
Peri men houn theōn tinas ennoias eschon hoi prōtoi katadeixantes timan to theion kai peri tōn mythologoumenōn hekastou tōn athanatōn ta men polla syntaxasthai peirasometha katʼ idian, dia to tēn hypothesin tautēn pollou logou prosdeisthai hosa dʼ an tais prokeimenais historiais eoikota doxōmen hyparchein parathēsomen en kephalaiois, hina mēden tōn akoēs axiōn epizētētai.
"What notions about the gods were held by those who first showed how to honor the divine, and what is told in myth about each of the immortals, we shall try for the most part to arrange separately, since this subject requires a long account; but whatever seems to us fitting for the present histories we shall set down in summary, so that nothing worth hearing may be missed.
1.7.2Dindorf 1:22
περὶ δὲ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀπάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν πραχθέντων ἐν τοῖς γνωριζομένοις μέρεσι τῆς οἰκουμένης, ὡς ἂν ἐνδέχηται περὶ τῶν οὕτω παλαιῶν, ἀκριβῶς ἀναγράψομεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχαιοτάτων χρόνων ἀρξάμενοι.”
peri de tou genous tōn apantōn anthrōpōn kai tōn prachthentōn en tois gnōrizomenois meresi tēs oikoumenēs, hōs an endechētai peri tōn houtō palaiōn, akribōs anagrapsomen apo tōn archaiotatōn chronōn arxamenoi.”
But concerning the origin of all mankind and the deeds done in the known parts of the inhabited world, we shall write accurately, as far as is possible with matters so ancient, beginning from the earliest times."
1.7.3Dindorf 1:22
“Περὶ τῆς πρώτης τοίνυν γενέσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων διτταὶ γεγόνασιν ἀποφάνσεις παρὰ τοῖς νομιμωτάτοις τῶν τε φυσιολόγων καὶ τῶν ἱστορικῶν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν ἀγένητον καὶ ἄφθαρτον ὑποστησάμενοι τὸν κόσμον ἀπεφήναντο καὶ τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξ αἰῶνος ὑπάρχειν, μηδέποτε τῆς αὐτῶν τεκνώσεως ἀρχὴν ἐσχηκυίας, οἱ δὲ γενητὸν καὶ φθαρτὸν εἶναι νομίσαντες ἔφησαν ὁμοίως ἐκείνοις τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τυχεῖν τῆς πρώτης γενέσεως ὡρισμένοις χρόνοις.
“Peri tēs prōtēs toinyn geneseōs tōn anthrōpōn dittai gegonasin apophanseis para tois nomimōtatois tōn te physiologōn kai tōn historikōn. hoi men gar autōn agenēton kai aphtharton hypostēsamenoi ton kosmon apephēnanto kai to genos tōn anthrōpōn ex aiōnos hyparchein, mēdepote tēs autōn teknōseōs archēn eschēkuias, hoi de genēton kai phtharton einai nomisantes ephēsan homoiōs ekeinois tous anthrōpous tychein tēs prōtēs geneseōs hōrismenois chronois.
"Concerning the first origin of human beings, two views have been held by the most reputable of the natural philosophers and historians. Some of them, supposing the world to be unbegotten and imperishable, declared that the human race too has existed from eternity, its begetting never having had a beginning. Others, holding the world to be begotten and perishable, said that human beings, like it, had their first origin at definite times.
1.7.4Dindorf 1:22
κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τῶν ὅλων σύστασιν μίαν ἔχειν ἰδέαν οὐρανόν τε καὶ γῆν, μεμιγμένης αὐτῶν τῆς φύσεως· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα διαστάντων τῶν σωμάτων ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων τὸν μὲν κόσμον περιλαβεῖν ἅπασαν τὴν ὁρωμένην ἐν αὐτῷ σύνταξιν, τὸν δʼ ἀέρα κινήσεως τυχεῖν συνεχοῦς, καὶ τὸ μὲν πυρῶδες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς μετεωροτάτους τόπους συνδραμεῖν, ἀνωφεροῦς οὔσης τῆς τοιαύτης φύσεως διὰ τὴν κουφότητα· ἀφʼ ἧς αἰτίας τὸν μὲν ἥλιον καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος τῶν ἄστρων ἐναποληφθῆναι τῇ πάσῃ δίνῃ, τὸ δὲ ἰλυῶδες καὶ θολερὸν μετὰ τῆς τῶν ὑγρῶν συγκρίσεως ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ καταστῆναι διὰ τὸ βάρος· εἱλούμενον δʼ ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ συστρεφόμενον συνεχῶς ἐκ μὲν τῶν ὑγρῶν τὴν θάλατταν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν στερεμνιωτέρων ποιῆσαι τὴν γῆν πηλώδη καὶ παντελῶς ἁπαλήν
kata gar tēn ex archēs tōn holōn systasin mian echein idean ouranon te kai gēn, memigmenēs autōn tēs physeōs; meta de tauta diastantōn tōn sōmatōn apʼ allēlōn ton men kosmon perilabein hapasan tēn horōmenēn en autǭ syntaxin, ton dʼ aera kinēseōs tychein synechous, kai to men pyrōdes autou pros tous meteōrotatous topous syndramein, anōpherous ousēs tēs toiautēs physeōs dia tēn kouphotēta; aphʼ hēs aitias ton men hēlion kai to loipon plēthos tōn astrōn enapolēphthēnai tę̄ pasę̄ dinę̄, to de ilyōdes kai tholeron meta tēs tōn hygrōn synkriseōs epi tauto katastēnai dia to baros; heiloumenon dʼ en heautǭ kai systrephomenon synechōs ek men tōn hygrōn tēn thalattan, ek de tōn steremniōterōn poiēsai tēn gēn pēlōdē kai pantelōs hapalēn
For in the original constitution of the universe heaven and earth had one form, their natures being mingled; but afterward, when the bodies separated from one another, the world took on the whole ordered arrangement seen in it, and the air received continual motion. Its fiery part ran together into the highest regions, since such a nature moves upward because of its lightness; for this reason the sun and the rest of the multitude of stars were caught up in the whole whirl. The muddy and turbid part, together with the mass of moisture, settled in the same place because of its weight; and as it rolled and was continually compressed upon itself, from the moist parts it made the sea, and from the more solid parts the earth, muddy and entirely soft.
1.7.5Dindorf 1:22–23
ταύτην δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τοῦ περὶ τὸν ἥλιον πυρὸς καταλάμψαντος πῆξιν λαβεῖν, ἔπειτα διὰ τὴν θερμασίαν ἀναζυμουμένης τῆς ἐπιφανείας συνοιδῆσαί τινα τῶν ὑγρῶν κατὰ πολλοὺς τόπους, καὶ γενέσθαι περὶ αὐτὰ σηπεδόνας ὑμέσι λεπτοῖς περιεχομένας, ὅπερ ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι καὶ τοῖς λιμνάζουσι τῶν τόπων ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὁρᾶσθαι γινόμενον, ἐπειδὰν τῆς χώρας κατεψυγμένης ἄφνω διάπυρος ἀὴρ γένηται, μὴ λαβὼν τὴν μεταβολὴν ἐκ τοῦ κατʼ ὀλίγον.
tautēn de to men prōton tou peri ton hēlion pyros katalampsantos pēxin labein, epeita dia tēn thermasian anazymoumenēs tēs epiphaneias synoidēsai tina tōn hygrōn kata pollous topous, kai genesthai peri auta sēpedonas hymesi leptois periechomenas, hoper en tois helesi kai tois limnazousi tōn topōn eti kai nyn horasthai ginomenon, epeidan tēs chōras katepsygmenēs aphnō diapyros aēr genētai, mē labōn tēn metabolēn ek tou katʼ oligon.
This earth at first became firm as the fire of the sun shone upon it; then, as its surface fermented from the heat, some of the moist parts swelled up in many places, and putrid growths covered with thin membranes formed around them. This can be seen happening even now in marshes and swampy places, when, after the ground has been chilled, the air suddenly becomes burning hot, without making the change gradually.
1.7.6Dindorf 1:23
ζωογονουμένων δὲ τῶν ὑγρῶν διὰ τῆς θερμασίας τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον τὰς μὲν νύκτας λαμβάνειν αὐτίκα τὴν τροφὴν ἐκ τῆς πιπτούσης ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος ὁμίχλης, τὰς δʼ ἡμέρας ὑπὸ τοῦ καύματος στερεοῦσθαι· τὸ δὲ ἔσχατον τῶν κυοφορουμένων τὴν τελείαν αὒξησιν λαβόντων καὶ τῶν ὑμένων διακαυθέντων τε καὶ περιρραγέντων ἀναφυῆναι παντοδαποὺς τύπους ζώων.
zōogonoumenōn de tōn hygrōn dia tēs thermasias ton eirēmenon tropon tas men nyktas lambanein autika tēn trophēn ek tēs piptousēs apo tou periechontos homichlēs, tas dʼ hēmeras hypo tou kaumatos stereousthai; to de eschaton tōn kyophoroumenōn tēn teleian auxēsin labontōn kai tōn hymenōn diakauthentōn te kai perirragentōn anaphyēnai pantodapous typous zōōn.
And as the moist parts were brought to life by the heat in the way described, they at once took nourishment by night from the mist that fell from the surrounding air, and by day were made solid by the heat; and at last, when the embryos had reached full growth and the membranes had been burned through and broken open, all kinds of forms of living creatures sprang up.
1.7.7Dindorf 1:23
τούτων δὲ τὰ μὲν πλείστης θερμασίας κεκοινωνηκότα πρὸς τοὺς μετεώρους τόπους ἀπελθεῖν γενόμενα πτηνὰ, τὰ δὲ γεώδους ἀντεχόμενα συγκρίσεως ἐν τῇ τῶν ἑρπετῶν καὶ τῇ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐπιγείων τάξει καταριθμηθῆναι, τὰ δὲ φύσεως ὑγρᾶς μάλιστα μετειληφότα πρὸς τὸν ὁμογενῆ τόπον συνδραμεῖν ὀνομασθέντα πλωτά.
toutōn de ta men pleistēs thermasias kekoinōnēkota pros tous meteōrous topous apelthein genomena ptēna, ta de geōdous antechomena synkriseōs en tę̄ tōn herpetōn kai tę̄ tōn allōn tōn epigeiōn taxei katarithmēthēnai, ta de physeōs hygras malista meteilēphota pros ton homogenē topon syndramein onomasthenta plōta.
Of these, those that had shared most in the heat went off to the upper regions and became winged creatures; those that held to an earthy constitution were counted in the class of reptiles and other land animals; and those that had partaken most of a moist nature ran together to the region of their own kind and were called swimming creatures.
1.7.8Dindorf 1:23
τὴν δὲ γῆν ἀεὶ μᾶλλον στερεουμένην ὑπό τε τοῦ περὶ τὸν ἥλιον πυρὸς καὶ τῶν πνευμάτων τὸ τελευταῖον μηκέτι δύνασθαι μηδὲν τῶν μειζόνων ζωογονεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα μίξεως ἕκαστα γεννᾶσθαι τῶν ἐμψύχων.
tēn de gēn aei mallon stereoumenēn hypo te tou peri ton hēlion pyros kai tōn pneumatōn to teleutaion mēketi dynasthai mēden tōn meizonōn zōogonein, allʼ ek tēs pros allēla mixeōs hekasta gennasthai tōn empsychōn.
And the earth, growing ever more solid under the fire of the sun and the winds, was at last no longer able to generate any of the larger animals, but each kind of living creature was begotten from intercourse with one another.
1.7.9Dindorf 1:23–24
ἔοικε δὲ περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως οὐδʼ Εὐριπίδης διαφωνεῖν τοῖς προειρημένοις, μαθητὴς ὣν Ἀναξαγόρου τοῦ φυσικοῦ. ἐν γὰρ τῇ Μελανίππῃ τίθησιν οὕτως ὡς οὐρανός τε γαῖά τʼ ἦν μορφὴ μία· ἐπεὶ δʼ ἐχωρίσθησαν ἀλλήλων δίχα, τίκτουσι πάντα, κἀνέδωκαν εἰς φάος δένδρη, πετεινὰ, θῆρας, οὕς θʼ ἅλμη τρέφει, γένος τε θνητῶν.”
eoike de peri tēs tōn holōn physeōs oudʼ Euripidēs diaphōnein tois proeirēmenois, mathētēs hōn Anaxagorou tou physikou. en gar tę̄ Melanippę̄ tithēsin houtōs hōs ouranos te gaia tʼ ēn morphē mia; epei dʼ echōristhēsan allēlōn dicha, tiktousi panta, kanedōkan eis phaos dendrē, peteina, thēras, hous thʼ halmē trephei, genos te thnētōn.”
Euripides too, a disciple of Anaxagoras the natural philosopher, seems not to disagree with what has been said about the nature of the universe. For in his Melanippe he puts it thus: 'Heaven and earth were once one form; but when they were parted asunder from each other, they bring forth all things and give up to the light trees, birds, beasts, the creatures the brine nourishes, and the race of mortals.'"
1.7.10Dindorf 1:24
Καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς πρώτης τῶν ὅλων γενέσεως τοιαῦτα παρειλήφαμεν· τοὺς δὲ ἐξ ἀρχῆς γεννηθέντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων φασὶν ἐν ἀτάκτῳ καὶ θηριώδει βίῳ καθεστῶτας σποράδην ἐπὶ τὰς νομὰς ἐξιέναι, καὶ προσφέρεσθαι τῆς τε βοτάνης τὴν προσηνεστάτην καὶ τοὺς αὐτομάτους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων καρπούς· καὶ πολεμουμένους μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων ἀλλήλοις βοηθεῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ συμφέροντος διδασκομένους, ἀθροιζομένους δὲ διὰ τὸν φόβον ἐπιγινώσκειν ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ μικρὸν τοὺς ἀλλήλων τύπους·
Kai peri men tēs prōtēs tōn holōn geneseōs toiauta pareilēphamen; tous de ex archēs gennēthentas tōn anthrōpōn phasin en ataktǭ kai thēriōdei biǭ kathestōtas sporadēn epi tas nomas exienai, kai prospheresthai tēs te botanēs tēn prosēnestatēn kai tous automatous apo tōn dendrōn karpous; kai polemoumenous men hypo tōn thēriōn allēlois boēthein hypo tou sympherontos didaskomenous, athroizomenous de dia ton phobon epiginōskein ek tou kata mikron tous allēlōn typous;
"Such are the accounts we have received about the first origin of all things. They say that the first human beings to be born lived a disorderly and beastlike life, going out to pasture scattered here and there and eating the most palatable herbs and the fruits that grew of themselves on the trees. When attacked by wild beasts they helped one another, taught by their own advantage; and gathering together out of fear they gradually came to recognize one another's features.
1.7.11Dindorf 1:24
τῆς φωνῆς δὲ ἀσήμου καὶ συγκεχυμένης ὑπαρχούσης ἐκ τοῦ κατʼ ὀλίγον διαρθροῦν τὰς λέξεις, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους τιθέντας σύμβολα περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ὑποκειμένων γνώριμον σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ποιήσαι τὴν περὶ ἁπάντων ἑρμηνείαν.
tēs phōnēs de asēmou kai synkechymenēs hyparchousēs ek tou katʼ oligon diarthroun tas lexeis, kai pros allēlous tithentas symbola peri hekastou tōn hypokeimenōn gnōrimon sphisin autois poiēsai tēn peri hapantōn hermēneian.
Their voice being without meaning and confused, they gradually articulated words, and by setting up among themselves symbols for each thing they made the expression of everything known to one another.
1.7.12Dindorf 1:24
τοιούτων δὲ συστημάτων γινομένων καθʼ ἅπασαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, οὐχ ὁμόφωνον πάντας ἔχειν τὴν διάλεκτον, ἑκάστων ὡς ἔτυχεν συνταξάντων τὰς λέξεις· διὸ καὶ παντοίους τε ὑπάρξαι χαρακτῆρας διαλέκτων καὶ τὰ πρῶτα γενόμενα συστήματα τῶν ἁπάντων ἐθνῶν ἀρχέγονα γενέσθαι.
toioutōn de systēmatōn ginomenōn kathʼ hapasan tēn oikoumenēn, ouch homophōnon pantas echein tēn dialekton, hekastōn hōs etychen syntaxantōn tas lexeis; dio kai pantoious te hyparxai charaktēras dialektōn kai ta prōta genomena systēmata tōn hapantōn ethnōn archegona genesthai.
And as such groups formed throughout the whole inhabited world, not all had a language of the same sound, since each group arranged its words as chance had it. Therefore every kind of language came into being, and the first groups that formed became the original stocks of all the nations.
1.7.13Dindorf 1:24
τοὺς οὖν πρώτους τῶν ἀνθρώπων μηδὲν τῶν πρὸς τὸν βίον χρησίμων εὑρημένων ἐπιπόνως διάγειν, γυμνοὺς μὲν ἐσθῆτος ὄντας, οἰκήσεως δὲ καὶ πυρὸς ἀήθεις, τροφῆς δʼ ἡμέρου παντελῶς ἀνεννοήτους. καὶ γὰρ τὴν συγκομιδὴν τῆς ἀγρίας τροφῆς ἀγνοοῦντας μηδεμίαν τῶν καρπῶν εἰς τὰς ἐνδείας ποιεῖσθαι παράθεσιν· διὸ καὶ πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἀπόλλυσθαι κατὰ τοὺς χειμῶνας διά τε τὸ ψῦχος καὶ τὴν σπάνιν τῆς τροφῆς.
tous oun prōtous tōn anthrōpōn mēden tōn pros ton bion chrēsimōn heurēmenōn epiponōs diagein, gymnous men esthētos ontas, oikēseōs de kai pyros aētheis, trophēs dʼ hēmerou pantelōs anennoētous. kai gar tēn synkomidēn tēs agrias trophēs agnoountas mēdemian tōn karpōn eis tas endeias poieisthai parathesin; dio kai pollous autōn apollysthai kata tous cheimōnas dia te to psychos kai tēn spanin tēs trophēs.
The first human beings, then, since none of the things useful for life had yet been discovered, lived a laborious life, naked of clothing, unaccustomed to dwelling and fire, and entirely without any notion of cultivated food. For not knowing even how to gather wild food, they made no store of fruits against times of need; and so many of them perished in the winters through cold and lack of food.
1.7.14Dindorf 1:24–25
ἐκ δὲ τούτου κατʼ ὀλίγον ὑπὸ τῆς πείρας διδασκομένους εἴς τε τὰ σπήλαια καταφεύγειν ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι καὶ τῶν καρπῶν τοὺς φυλάττεσθαι δυναμένους ἀποτίθεσθαι. γνωσθέντος δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων χρησίμων κατὰ μικρὸν καὶ τὰς τέχνας ἐξευρεθῆναι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ δυνάμενα τὸν κοινὸν βίον ὠφελῆσαι.
ek de toutou katʼ oligon hypo tēs peiras didaskomenous eis te ta spēlaia katapheugein en tǭ cheimōni kai tōn karpōn tous phylattesthai dynamenous apotithesthai. gnōsthentos de tou pyros kai tōn allōn chrēsimōn kata mikron kai tas technas exeurethēnai kai ta alla ta dynamena ton koinon bion ōphelēsai.
From this, gradually taught by experience, they took refuge in caves in winter and laid up such fruits as could be kept. And when fire and the other useful things became known, little by little the arts also were discovered, and the other things that could benefit common life.
1.7.15Dindorf 1:25
καθόλου γὰρ πάντων τὴν χρείαν αὐτὴν διδάσκαλον γενέσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὑφηγουμένην οἰκείως τὴν ἑκάστου μάθησιν εὐφυεῖ ζῴῳ καὶ συνεργοὺς ἔχοντι πρὸς ἅπαντα χεῖρας καὶ λόγον καὶ ψυχῆς ἀγχίνοιαν. καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς πρώτης γενέσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τοῦ παλαιοτάτου βίου τοῖς ῥηθεῖσιν ἀρκεσθησόμεθα, στοχαζόμενοι τῆς συμμετρίας.”
katholou gar pantōn tēn chreian autēn didaskalon genesthai tois anthrōpois hyphēgoumenēn oikeiōs tēn hekastou mathēsin euphyei zǭǭ kai synergous echonti pros hapanta cheiras kai logon kai psychēs anchinoian. kai peri men tēs prōtēs geneseōs tōn anthrōpōn kai tou palaiotatou biou tois rhētheisin arkesthēsometha, stochazomenoi tēs symmetrias.”
For in general need itself became the teacher of human beings in all things, guiding appropriately the learning of each thing for a creature well endowed by nature and having, as helpers for everything, hands and speech and quickness of mind. Concerning the first origin of human beings and their most ancient life, we shall be content with what has been said, aiming at due proportion."
1.7.16Dindorf 1:25
Τοσαῦτα μὲν ὁ δηλωθεὶς συγγραφεὺς, οὐδὲ μέχρις ὀνόματος τοῦ θεοῦ μνημονεύσας ἐν τῇ κοσμογονίᾳ, συντυχικὴν δέ τινα καὶ αὐτόματον εἰσηγησάμενος τὴν τοῦ παντὸς διακόσμησιν. τούτῳ δʼ ἂν εὓροις συμφώνους καὶ τοὺς πλείστους τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων, ὧν ἐγώ σοι τὰς περὶ ἀρχῶν δόξας καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαστάσεις καὶ διαφωνίας, ἐκ στοχασμῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπὸ καταλήψεως ὁρμηθείσας, ἀπὸ τῶν Πλουτάρχου Στρωματέων ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐκθήσομαι. σὺ δὲ μὴ παρέργως, σχολῇ δὲ καὶ μετὰ λογισμοῦ θέα τῶν δηλουμένων τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους διάστασιν.
Tosauta men ho dēlōtheis syngrapheus, oude mechris onomatos tou theou mnēmoneusas en tę̄ kosmogonią, syntychikēn de tina kai automaton eisēgēsamenos tēn tou pantos diakosmēsin. toutǭ dʼ an heurois symphōnous kai tous pleistous tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn, hōn egō soi tas peri archōn doxas kai tas pros allēlous diastaseis kai diaphōnias, ek stochasmōn, allʼ ouk apo katalēpseōs hormētheisas, apo tōn Ploutarchou Strōmateōn epi tou parontos ekthēsomai. sy de mē parergōs, scholę̄ de kai meta logismou thea tōn dēloumenōn tēn pros allēlous diastasin.
So much the writer we have cited, who did not so much as mention the name of God in his cosmogony, but introduced an ordering of the universe that was accidental and spontaneous. With him you would find most of the Greek philosophers in agreement. I shall now set out for you their opinions about first principles, and their disagreements and disputes with one another, arising from guesswork and not from sure knowledge, from the Miscellanies of Plutarch. Do you, not carelessly but at leisure and with reflection, observe how the views reported disagree with one another.
Preparation 1, chapter 8
1.8.1Dindorf 1:25
‘‘Θάλητα πρῶτον πάντων φασὶν ἀρχὴν τῶν ὅλων ὑποστήσασθαι τὸ ὕδωρ· ἐξ αὐτοῦ γὰρ εἶναι τὰ πάντα καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ χωρεῖν.”
‘‘Thalēta prōton pantōn phasin archēn tōn holōn hypostēsasthai to hydōr; ex autou gar einai ta panta kai eis auto chōrein.”
"Thales, they say, was the first of all to make water the first principle of all things; for from it all things come, and into it they return."
1.8.2Dindorf 1:25–26
“ Μεθʼ ὃν Ἀναξίμανδρον, Θάλητος ἑταῖρον γενόμενον, τὸ ἄπειρον φάναι τὴν πᾶσαν αἰτίαν ἔχειν τῆς τοῦ παντὸς γενέσεως τε καὶ φθορᾶς, ἐξ οὗ δή φησι τούς τε οὐρανοὺς ἀποκεκρίσθαι καὶ καθόλου Τοὺς ἅπαντας ἀπείρους ὄντας κόσμους. ἀπεφήνατο δὲ τὴν φθορὰν γίνεσθαι, καὶ πολὺ πρότερον τὴν γένεσιν, ἐξ ἀπείρου αἰῶνος ἀνακυκλουμένων πάντων αὐτῶν. ὑπάρχειν δέ φησι τῷ μὲν σχήματι τὴν γῆν κυλινδροειδῆ, ἒχειν δὲ τοσοῦτον βάθος ὅσον ἂν εἴη τρίτον πρὸς τὸ πλάτος. φησὶ δὲ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀιδίου γόνιμον θερμοῦ τε καὶ ψυχροῦ κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου ἀποκριθῆναι, καί τινα ἐκ τούτου φλογὸς σφαῖραν περιφυῆναι τῷ περὶ τὴν γῆν ἀέρι ὡς τῷ δένδρῳ φλοιόν. ἧστινος ἀπορραγείσης καὶ εἴς τινας ἀποκλεισθείσης κύκλους ὑποστῆναι τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας. ἔτι φησὶν ὅτι κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἐξ ἀλλοειδῶν ζῴων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐγεννήθη ἐκ τοῦ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα διʼ ἑαυτῶν ταχὺ νέμεσθαι, μόνον δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον πολυχρονίου δεῖσθαι τιθηνήσεως· διὸ καὶ κατʼ ἀρχὰς οὐκ ἄν ποτε τοιοῦτον ὂντα διασωθῆναι. ταῦτα μὲν οὑν ὁ Ἀναξίμανδρος.
“ Methʼ hon Anaximandron, Thalētos hetairon genomenon, to apeiron phanai tēn pasan aitian echein tēs tou pantos geneseōs te kai phthoras, ex hou dē phēsi tous te ouranous apokekristhai kai katholou Tous hapantas apeirous ontas kosmous. apephēnato de tēn phthoran ginesthai, kai poly proteron tēn genesin, ex apeirou aiōnos anakykloumenōn pantōn autōn. hyparchein de phēsi tǭ men schēmati tēn gēn kylindroeidē, echein de tosouton bathos hoson an eiē triton pros to platos. phēsi de to ek tou aidiou gonimon thermou te kai psychrou kata tēn genesin toude tou kosmou apokrithēnai, kai tina ek toutou phlogos sphairan periphyēnai tǭ peri tēn gēn aeri hōs tǭ dendrǭ phloion. hēstinos aporrageisēs kai eis tinas apokleistheisēs kyklous hypostēnai ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn kai tous asteras. eti phēsin hoti katʼ archas ex alloeidōn zǭōn ho anthrōpos egennēthē ek tou ta men alla diʼ heautōn tachy nemesthai, monon de ton anthrōpon polychroniou deisthai tithēnēseōs; dio kai katʼ archas ouk an pote toiouton onta diasōthēnai. tauta men houn ho Anaximandros.
"After him Anaximander, a companion of Thales, said that the infinite holds the whole cause of the coming into being and perishing of the universe; from it, he says, the heavens were separated off, and in general all the worlds, which are infinite in number. He declared that perishing, and much earlier coming into being, take place as all of them revolve in cycles from infinite ages. He says that the earth is cylindrical in shape and has a depth one third of its breadth. He says that what is productive of the hot and the cold from the eternal was separated off at the coming into being of this world, and that a sphere of flame from this grew around the air surrounding the earth, like bark around a tree. When this was broken off and shut up in certain circles, the sun, the moon, and the stars came to be. He says also that in the beginning man was born from creatures of another kind, since the other animals quickly feed themselves, while man alone needs prolonged nursing; therefore in the beginning, being such as he is, he would never have survived. Such were Anaximander's views.
1.8.3Dindorf 1:26
“Ἀναξιμένην δέ φασι τὴν τῶν ὅλων ἀρχὴν τὸν ἀέρα εἰπεῖν, καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τῷ μὲν γένει ἂπειρον, ταῖς δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν ποιότησιν ὡρισμένον· γεννασθαί τε πάντα κατά τινα πύκνωσιν τούτου καὶ πάλιν ἀραίωσιν. τήν γε μὴν κίνησιν ἐξ αἰῶνος ὑπάρχειν· πιλουμένου δὲ τοῦ ἀέρος πρώτην γεγενῆσθαι λέγει τὴν γῆν, πλατεῖαν μάλα· διὸ καὶ κατὰ λόγον αὐτὴν ἐποχεῖσθαι τῷ ἀέρι· καὶ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἄστρα τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς γενέσεως ἔχειν ἐκ γῆς. ἀποφαίνεται γοῦν τὸν ἥλιον γῆν, διὰ δὲ τὴν ὀξεῖαν κίνησιν καὶ μάλʼ ἱκανῶς θερμοτάτην κίνησιν λαβεῖν.”
“Anaximenēn de phasi tēn tōn holōn archēn ton aera eipein, kai touton einai tǭ men genei apeiron, tais de peri auton poiotēsin hōrismenon; gennasthai te panta kata tina pyknōsin toutou kai palin araiōsin. tēn ge mēn kinēsin ex aiōnos hyparchein; piloumenou de tou aeros prōtēn gegenēsthai legei tēn gēn, plateian mala; dio kai kata logon autēn epocheisthai tǭ aeri; kai ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn kai ta loipa astra tēn archēn tēs geneseōs echein ek gēs. apophainetai goun ton hēlion gēn, dia de tēn oxeian kinēsin kai malʼ hikanōs thermotatēn kinēsin labein.”
"Anaximenes, they say, called air the first principle of all things, and said that it is infinite in kind but defined in its qualities; and that all things are generated by a kind of condensation of it, and again by rarefaction. Motion, he says, exists from eternity. When the air was compressed, the earth came into being first, very flat; therefore it reasonably rides upon the air. And the sun, the moon, and the other stars had the origin of their coming into being from earth. At any rate he declares the sun to be earth, which through its swift motion acquired very great heat."
1.8.4Dindorf 1:26–27
“Ξενοφάνης δὲ ὁ Κολοφώνιος, ἰδίαν τινὰ ὁδὸν πεπορευμένος καὶ παρηλλαχυῖαν πάντας τοὺς προειρημένους, οὔτε γένεσιν οὔτε φθορὰν ἀπολείπει, ἀλλʼ εἷναι λέγει τὸ πᾶν ἀεὶ ὅμοιον. εἰ γὰρ γίγνοιτο τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἀναγκαῖον πρὸ τούτου μὴ εἶναι· τὸ μὴ ὄν δὲ οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο, οὐδʼ ἂν τὸ μὴ ὂν ποιήσαι τι, οὔτε ὑπὸ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος γένοιτʼ ἂν τι. ἀποφαίνεται δὲ καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ψευδεῖς, καὶ καθόλου σὺν αὐταῖς καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον διαβάλλει. ἀποφαίνεται δὲ καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ καταφερομένην συνεχῶς καὶ κατʼ ὀλίγον τὴν γῆν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν χωρεῖν. φησὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἐκ μικρῶν καὶ πλειόνων πυριδίων ἀθροίζεσθαι. ἀποφαίνεται δὲ καὶ περὶ θεῶν ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς ἡγεμονίας ἐν αὐτοῖς οὔσης· οὐ γὰρ ὃσιον δεσπόζεσθαί τινα τῶν θεῶν· ἐπιδεῖσθαί τε μηδενὸς αὐτῶν μηδένα μηδʼ ὅλως· ἀκούειν δὲ καὶ ὁρᾶν καθόλου καὶ μὴ κατὰ μέρος. ἀποφαίνεται δὲ καὶ τὴν γῆν ἄπειρον εἶναι, καὶ κατὰ πᾶν μέρος μὴ περιέχεσθαι ὑπὸ ἀέρος· γίνεσθαι δὲ ἅπαντα ἐκ γῆς· τὸν δὲ ἥλιόν φησι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα ἐκ τῶν νεφῶν γίνεσθαι.’
“Xenophanēs de ho Kolophōnios, idian tina hodon peporeumenos kai parēllachuian pantas tous proeirēmenous, oute genesin oute phthoran apoleipei, allʼ heinai legei to pan aei homoion. ei gar gignoito touto, phēsin, anankaion pro toutou mē einai; to mē on de ouk an genoito, oudʼ an to mē on poiēsai ti, oute hypo tou mē ontos genoitʼ an ti. apophainetai de kai tas aisthēseis pseudeis, kai katholou syn autais kai auton ton logon diaballei. apophainetai de kai tǭ chronǭ katapheromenēn synechōs kai katʼ oligon tēn gēn eis tēn thalassan chōrein. phēsi de kai ton hēlion ek mikrōn kai pleionōn pyridiōn athroizesthai. apophainetai de kai peri theōn hōs oudemias hēgemonias en autois ousēs; ou gar hosion despozesthai tina tōn theōn; epideisthai te mēdenos autōn mēdena mēdʼ holōs; akouein de kai horan katholou kai mē kata meros. apophainetai de kai tēn gēn apeiron einai, kai kata pan meros mē periechesthai hypo aeros; ginesthai de hapanta ek gēs; ton de hēlion phēsi kai ta alla astra ek tōn nephōn ginesthai.’
"Xenophanes of Colophon, who went a way of his own different from all those mentioned before, admits neither coming into being nor perishing, but says that the universe is always alike. For if it came into being, he says, it must necessarily not have existed before this; but what is not could not come into being, nor could what is not make anything, nor could anything come into being from what is not. He declares the senses to be false, and in general discredits, together with them, reason itself. He declares also that the earth, continually carried down little by little in the course of time, passes into the sea. He says that the sun is collected from many small particles of fire. He declares also concerning the gods that there is no leadership among them, for it is not holy that any of the gods should be ruled; and that none of them needs anything at all from any; and that they hear and see as a whole and not in part. He declares too that the earth is infinite and is not surrounded by air on every side; and that all things come from earth; and he says that the sun and the other stars come into being from the clouds."
1.8.5Dindorf 1:27
“Παρμενίδης δὲ ὁ Ἐλεάτης, ὁ ἑταῖρος Ξενοφάνους, ἅμα μὲν καὶ τῶν τούτου δοξῶν ἀντεποιήσατο, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἐνεχείρησε στάσιν. ἀΐδιον μὲν γὰρ τὸ πὰν καὶ ἀκίνητον ἀποφαίνεται καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀλήθειαν· εἶναι γὰρ αὐτὸ μοῦνον, μουνογενές τε καὶ ἀτρεμὲς, ἠδʼ ἀγένητον· γένεσιν δὲ τῶν καθʼ ὑπόληψιν ψευδῆ δοκούντων εἶναι καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας. φησὶ δὲ ὅτι εἴ τι παρὰ τὸ ὂν ὑπάρχει, τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ὄν· τὸ δὲ μὴ ὂν ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις οὐκ ἔστιν. οὕτως οὗν τὸ ὂν ἀγένητον ἀπολείπει· λέγει δὲ τὴν γῆν τοῦ πυκνοῦ καταρρυέντος ἀέρος γεγονέναι.”
“Parmenidēs de ho Eleatēs, ho hetairos Xenophanous, hama men kai tōn toutou doxōn antepoiēsato, hama de kai tēn enantian enecheirēse stasin. aïdion men gar to pan kai akinēton apophainetai kai kata tēn tōn pragmatōn alētheian; einai gar auto mounon, mounogenes te kai atremes, ēdʼ agenēton; genesin de tōn kathʼ hypolēpsin pseudē dokountōn einai kai tas aisthēseis ekballei ek tēs alētheias. phēsi de hoti ei ti para to on hyparchei, touto ouk estin on; to de mē on en tois holois ouk estin. houtōs houn to on agenēton apoleipei; legei de tēn gēn tou pyknou katarryentos aeros gegonenai.”
"Parmenides of Elea, the companion of Xenophanes, at the same time laid claim to his opinions and also attempted the opposite position. For he declares the universe eternal and unmoved, even according to the truth of things; for it is 'alone, only-begotten, unshaken, and unbegotten.' But coming into being belongs to the things that seem to exist by false supposition, and he excludes the senses from the truth. He says that if anything exists besides being, it is not being; but non-being does not exist in the universe. So he leaves being unbegotten. He says that the earth came into being from the dense air flowing down."
1.8.6Dindorf 1:27–28
“Ζήνων δὲ ὁ Ἐλεάτης ἴδιον μὲν οὐδὲν ἐξέθετο, διηπόρησε δὲ περὶ τούτων ἐπὶ πλέον.’’
“Zēnōn de ho Eleatēs idion men ouden exetheto, diēporēse de peri toutōn epi pleon.’’
"Zeno of Elea set out no view of his own, but raised further difficulties about these matters."
1.8.7Dindorf 1:28
“Δημόκριτος ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης ὑπεστήσατο τὸ πᾶν ἄπειρον, διὰ τὸ μηδαμῶς ὑπό τινος αὐτὸ δεδημιουργῆσθαι· ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἀμετάβλητον αὐτὸ λέγει· καὶ καθόλου, οἷον πᾶν ἐστι, ῥητῶς ἐκτίθεται μηδεμίαν ἀρχὴν ἔχειν τὰς αἰτίας τῶν νῦν γιγνομένων, ἄνωθεν δὲ ὅλως ἐξ ἀπείρου χρόνου προκατέχεσθαι τῇ ἀνάγκῃ πάνθʼ ἀπλῶς τὰ γεγονότα καὶ ὄντα καὶ ἐσόμενα. ἡλίου δὲ καὶ σελήνης γένεσίν φησι, κατʼ ἰδίαν φέρεσθαι ταῦτα μηδέπω τοπαράπαν ἔχοντα θερμὴν φύσιν, μηδὲ μὴν καθόλου λαμπροτάτην, τοὐναντίον δὲ ἐξωμοιωμένην τῇ περὶ τὴν γῆν φύσει· γεγονέναι γὰρ ἑκάτερον τούτων πρότερον ἔτι κατʼ ἰδίαν ὑποβολήν τινα κόσμου, ὕστερον δὲ μεγεθοποιουμένου τοῦ περὶ τὸν ἥλιον κύκλου ἐναποληφθῆναι ἐν αὐτῶ τὸ πῦρ.”
“Dēmokritos ho Abdēritēs hypestēsato to pan apeiron, dia to mēdamōs hypo tinos auto dedēmiourgēsthai; eti de kai ametablēton auto legei; kai katholou, hoion pan esti, rhētōs ektithetai mēdemian archēn echein tas aitias tōn nyn gignomenōn, anōthen de holōs ex apeirou chronou prokatechesthai tę̄ anankę̄ panthʼ aplōs ta gegonota kai onta kai esomena. hēliou de kai selēnēs genesin phēsi, katʼ idian pheresthai tauta mēdepō toparapan echonta thermēn physin, mēde mēn katholou lamprotatēn, tounantion de exōmoiōmenēn tę̄ peri tēn gēn physei; gegonenai gar hekateron toutōn proteron eti katʼ idian hypobolēn tina kosmou, hysteron de megethopoioumenou tou peri ton hēlion kyklou enapolēphthēnai en autō to pyr.”
"Democritus of Abdera assumed the universe to be infinite, because it was in no way fashioned by anyone. He says further that it is unchangeable; and in general he states expressly that the causes of what now comes to be have no beginning at all, but that all things that have been, are, and will be have been held fast by necessity from above, wholly from infinite time. Of the origin of the sun and moon he says that these were carried along separately, not yet having any hot nature at all, nor indeed any brightness, but on the contrary a nature like that around the earth. For each of these, he says, came into being earlier, still separately, as a kind of foundation of a world; and later, as the circle of the sun grew greater, the fire was enclosed in it."
1.8.8Dindorf 1:28
“Ἐπίκουρος Νεοκλέους Ἀθηναῖος τὸν περὶ θεῶν τῦφον πειρᾶται καταστέλλειν· ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐδὲν, φησὶ, γίγνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος, ὅτι τὸ πᾶν ἀεὶ τοιοῦτον ἢν, καὶ ἔσται τοιοῦτον· ὅτι οὐδὲν ξένον ἐν τῷ παντὶ ἀποτελεῖται παρὰ τὸν ἤδη γεγενημένον χρόνον ἄπειρον· ὅτι πὰν ἐστι σῶμα, καὶ οὐ μόνον ἀμετάβλητον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄπειρον· ὅτι τέλος τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἡδονὴ.
“Epikouros Neokleous Athēnaios ton peri theōn typhon peiratai katastellein; alla kai ouden, phēsi, gignetai ek tou mē ontos, hoti to pan aei toiouton ēn, kai estai toiouton; hoti ouden xenon en tǭ panti apoteleitai para ton ēdē gegenēmenon chronon apeiron; hoti pan esti sōma, kai ou monon ametablēton, alla kai apeiron; hoti telos tōn agathōn hēdonē.
"Epicurus son of Neocles, the Athenian, tries to put down the vain conceit about the gods. Nothing, he says, comes into being from what is not, because the universe always was such as it is and will be such; nothing strange is brought about in the universe beyond the infinite time that has already passed; everything is body, not only unchangeable but also infinite; the end of good things is pleasure.
1.8.9Dindorf 1:28
“Ἀρίστιππος ὁ Κυρηναῖος τέλος ἀγαθῶν τὴν ἡδονὴν, κακῶν δὲ τὴν ἀλγηδόνα· τὴν δὲ ἄλλην φυσιολογίαν περιγράφει, μόνον ὠφέλιμον εἶναι λέγων τὸ ζητεῖν ὅττι τοι ἐν μεγάροισι κακόν τʼ ἀγαθόν τε τέτυκται.”
“Aristippos ho Kyrēnaios telos agathōn tēn hēdonēn, kakōn de tēn algēdona; tēn de allēn physiologian perigraphei, monon ōphelimon einai legōn to zētein hotti toi en megaroisi kakon tʼ agathon te tetyktai.”
"Aristippus of Cyrene held pleasure to be the end of good things and pain of evil things. He rejects the rest of natural philosophy, saying that the only useful thing is to seek 'whatever evil and good has been wrought in your halls.'"
1.8.10Dindorf 1:28–29
“Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ὁ Ἀκραγαντῖνος στοιχεῖα τὲσσαρα, πῦρ, ὕδωρ, αἰθέρα, γαῖαν· αἰτίαν δὲ τούτων φιλίαν καὶ νεῖκος. ἐκ πρώτης φησὶ τῆς τῶν στοιχείων κράσεως ἀποκριθέντα τὸν ἀέρα περιχυθῆναι κύκλῳ, μετὰ δὲ τὸν ἀέρα τὸ πῦρ ἐκδραμὸν καὶ οὐκ ἔχον ἑτέραν χώραν ἄνω ἐκτρέχειν ὑπὸ τοῦ περὶ τὸν ἀέρα πάγου. εἶναι δὲ κύκλῳ περὶ τὴν γῆν φερόμενα δύο ἡμισφαίρια, τὸ μὲν καθόλου πυρὸς, τὸ δὲ μικτὸν ἐξ ἀέρος καὶ ὀλίγου πυρὸς, ὃπερ οἴεται τὴν νύκτα εἶναι. τὴν δὲ ἀρχὴν τῆς κινήσεως συμβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ τετυχηκέναι κατὰ τὸν ἀθροισμὸν, ἐπιβρίσαντος τοῦ πυρός. ὁ δὲ ἥλιος τὴν φύσιν οὐκ ἔστι πῦρ, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀντανάκλασις, ὁμοία τῇ ἀφʼ ὕδατος γινομένῃ. σελήνην δέ φησι συστῆναι καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἀπολειφθέντος ἀέρος ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρός· τοῦτον γὰρ παγῆναι, καθάπερ καὶ τὴν χάλαζαν· τὸ δὲ φῶς αὐτὴν σχεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου. τὸ δὲ ἡγεμονικὸν οὔτε ἐν κεφαλῇ οὔτε ἐν θώρακι, ἀλλʼ ἐν αἳματι· ὅθεν καθʼ ὅ τι ἂν μέρος τοῦ σώματος πλέον ᾖ παρεσπαρμένον τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν, οἴεται κατʼ ἐκεῖνο προτερεῖν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.’
“Empedoklēs ho Akragantinos stoicheia tessara, pyr, hydōr, aithera, gaian; aitian de toutōn philian kai neikos. ek prōtēs phēsi tēs tōn stoicheiōn kraseōs apokrithenta ton aera perichythēnai kyklǭ, meta de ton aera to pyr ekdramon kai ouk echon heteran chōran anō ektrechein hypo tou peri ton aera pagou. einai de kyklǭ peri tēn gēn pheromena dyo hēmisphairia, to men katholou pyros, to de mikton ex aeros kai oligou pyros, hoper oietai tēn nykta einai. tēn de archēn tēs kinēseōs symbēnai apo tou tetychēkenai kata ton athroismon, epibrisantos tou pyros. ho de hēlios tēn physin ouk esti pyr, alla tou pyros antanaklasis, homoia tę̄ aphʼ hydatos ginomenę̄. selēnēn de phēsi systēnai kathʼ heautēn ek tou apoleiphthentos aeros hypo tou pyros; touton gar pagēnai, kathaper kai tēn chalazan; to de phōs autēn schein apo tou hēliou. to de hēgemonikon oute en kephalę̄ oute en thōraki, allʼ en haimati; hothen kathʼ ho ti an meros tou sōmatos pleon ę̄ paresparmenon to hēgemonikon, oietai katʼ ekeino proterein tous anthrōpous.’
"Empedocles of Acragas held four elements, fire, water, ether, and earth, and their cause to be Love and Strife. He says that from the first mixture of the elements the air was separated off and poured around in a circle; after the air, the fire ran out and, having no other place, ran upward under the solidified mass around the air. There are two hemispheres moving in a circle around the earth, one wholly of fire, the other mixed of air and a little fire, which he thinks is night. The beginning of motion came about because the fire happened to weigh down upon the accumulation. The sun is not fire by nature, but a reflection of the fire, like that which occurs from water. The moon, he says, was formed by itself from the air cut off by the fire; for this air was solidified like hail; and it has its light from the sun. The ruling part of the soul is neither in the head nor in the chest but in the blood; hence in whatever part of the body the ruling part is more widely dispersed, in that part, he thinks, people excel."
1.8.11Dindorf 1:29
“Μητρόδωρος ὁ Χῖος ἀίδιον εἶναί φησι τὸ πᾶν, ὅτι εἰ ἦν γενητὸν, ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος ἂν ἦν· ἄπειρον δὲ, ὅτι ἀΐδιον, οὐ γὰρ ἔχειν ἀρχὴν ὅθεν ἤρξατο, οὐδὲ πέρας, οὐδὲ τελευτήν· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ κινήσεως μετέχειν τὸ πὰν. κινεῖσθαι γὰρ ἀδύνατον, μὴ μεθιστάμενον· μεθίστασθαι δὲ ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι εἰς πλῆρες ἢ εἰς κενόν. πυκνούμενον δὲ τὸν αἰθέρα ποιεῖν νεφέλας, εἶτα ὕδωρ, ὃ καὶ κατιὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἥλιον σβεννύναι αὐτόν· καὶ πάλιν ἀραιούμενον ἐξάπτεσθαι. χρόνῳ δὲ πήγνυσθαι τῷ ξηρῷ τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ποιεῖν ἐκ τοῦ λαμπροῦ ὕδατος ἀστέρας, νύκτα τε καὶ ἡμέραν ἐκ τῆς σβέσεως καὶ ἐξάψεως, καὶ καθόλου τὰς ἐκλείψεις ἀποτελεῖν.”
“Mētrodōros ho Chios aidion einai phēsi to pan, hoti ei ēn genēton, ek tou mē ontos an ēn; apeiron de, hoti aïdion, ou gar echein archēn hothen ērxato, oude peras, oude teleutēn; allʼ oude kinēseōs metechein to pan. kineisthai gar adynaton, mē methistamenon; methistasthai de anankaion ētoi eis plēres ē eis kenon. pyknoumenon de ton aithera poiein nephelas, eita hydōr, ho kai kation epi ton hēlion sbennynai auton; kai palin araioumenon exaptesthai. chronǭ de pēgnysthai tǭ xērǭ ton hēlion, kai poiein ek tou lamprou hydatos asteras, nykta te kai hēmeran ek tēs sbeseōs kai exapseōs, kai katholou tas ekleipseis apotelein.”
"Metrodorus of Chios says that the universe is eternal, because if it had come into being, it would have come from what is not; and infinite, because eternal, for it has no beginning from which it began, nor limit, nor end. Nor does the universe share in motion; for it cannot move without changing place, and it must change place either into what is full or into what is empty. The ether, when condensed, makes clouds, then water, which, coming down upon the sun, quenches it; and when it is rarefied again, the sun is kindled. In time the sun is solidified by the dry, and makes stars out of the bright water, and night and day from the quenching and kindling, and in general it produces the eclipses."
1.8.12Dindorf 1:29–30
“ Διογενὴς ὁ Ἀπολλωνιάτης ἀέρα ὑφίσταται στοιχεῖον· κινεῖσθαι δὲ τὰ πάντα, ἀπείρους τε εἷναι τοὺς κόσμους. κοσμοποιεῖ δὲ οὕτως· ὅτι τοῦ παντὸς κινουμένου, καὶ ἡ μὲν ἀραιοῦ, ἡ δὲ πυκνοῦ γινομένου, ὅπου συνεκύρησε τὸ πυκνὸν συστροφὴν ποιῆσαι, καὶ οὕτω τὰ λοιπὰ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον τὰ κουφότατα τὴν ἄνω τάξιν λαβόντα τὸν ἥλιον ἀποτελέσαι.
“ Diogenēs ho Apollōniatēs aera hyphistatai stoicheion; kineisthai de ta panta, apeirous te heinai tous kosmous. kosmopoiei de houtōs; hoti tou pantos kinoumenou, kai hē men araiou, hē de pyknou ginomenou, hopou synekyrēse to pyknon systrophēn poiēsai, kai houtō ta loipa kata ton auton logon ta kouphotata tēn anō taxin labonta ton hēlion apotelesai.
"Diogenes of Apollonia assumes air as the element; all things are in motion, and the worlds are infinite. He makes the world in this way: as the whole was in motion and became rare in one place and dense in another, where the dense ran together it made a mass, and so the rest according to the same principle; and the lightest parts, taking the upper position, produced the sun.
1.8.13Dindorf 1:30
Τοιαύτη καὶ τῶν πανσόφων Ἑλλήνων τῶν δὴ φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων ἐπικληθέντων ἡ περὶ τῆς συστάσεως τοῦ παντὸς καὶ τῆς πρώτης κοσμογονίας διάληψις, οὐ δημιουργὸν ἢ ποιητήν τινα τῶν ὅλων ὑποστησαμένων, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὅλως θεοῦ μνήμην ποιησαμένων, μόνῃ δὲ τῇ ἀλόγῳ φορᾷ καὶ τῇ αὐτομάτῳ κινήσει τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ παντὸς ἀνατεθειμένων.
Toiautē kai tōn pansophōn Hellēnōn tōn dē physikōn philosophōn epiklēthentōn hē peri tēs systaseōs tou pantos kai tēs prōtēs kosmogonias dialēpsis, ou dēmiourgon ē poiētēn tina tōn holōn hypostēsamenōn, allʼ oudʼ holōs theou mnēmēn poiēsamenōn, monę̄ de tę̄ alogǭ phorą kai tę̄ automatǭ kinēsei tēn aitian tou pantos anatetheimenōn.
Such is the conception of the all-wise Greeks, those called natural philosophers, about the constitution of the universe and the first cosmogony. They posited no creator or maker of all things, nor made any mention at all of God, but attributed the cause of the universe solely to irrational movement and spontaneous motion.
1.8.14Dindorf 1:30
τοσαύτη δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐναντιότης, ἐν μὲν οὐδενὶ ἀλλήλοις συμπεφωνηκότων, μάχης δὲ καὶ διαφωνίας τὰ πάντα ἀναπεπληρωκότων. ὅθεν καὶ ὁ θαυμάσιος Σωκράτης τουτουσὶ πάντας μωραίνοντας ἀπήλεγχε, καὶ μαινομένων κατʼ οὐδὲν ἔλεγε διαφέρειν, εἰ δή σοι μάρτυς ἀξιόχρεως Ξενοφῶν ἐν Ἀπομνημονεύμασι λέγων οὓτως
tosautē de autōn kai hē pros allēlous enantiotēs, en men oudeni allēlois sympephōnēkotōn, machēs de kai diaphōnias ta panta anapeplērōkotōn. hothen kai ho thaumasios Sōkratēs toutousi pantas mōrainontas apēlenche, kai mainomenōn katʼ ouden elege diapherein, ei dē soi martys axiochreōs Xenophōn en Apomnēmoneumasi legōn houtōs
So great, too, is their opposition to one another, since they agree with one another in nothing and have filled everything with conflict and disagreement. Hence the admirable Socrates also convicted all these of folly and said that they differed in no way from madmen, if Xenophon is a sufficient witness for you, who says in the Memorabilia as follows:
1.8.15Dindorf 1:30
“Οὐδεὶς δὲ πώποτε Σωκράτους οὐδὲν ἀσεβὲς οὐδὲ ἀνόσιον οὔτε πράττοντος εἶδεν οὔτε λέγοντος ἤκουσεν. οὐδὲ γὰρ περὶ τῆς ἁπάντων φύσεως, ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὡς οἱ πλεῖστοι, διελέγετο, σκοπῶν ὃπως ὁ καλούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν σοφιστῶν κόσμος ἔχει, καὶ τίσιν ἀνάγκαις ἕκαστα γίγνεται τῶν οὐρανίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς φροντίζοντας τὰ τοιαῦτα μωραίνοντας ἀπεδείκνυε.” Καὶ ἐπιλέγει ἑξῆς
“Oudeis de pōpote Sōkratous ouden asebes oude anosion oute prattontos eiden oute legontos ēkousen. oude gar peri tēs hapantōn physeōs, ē peri tōn allōn, hōs hoi pleistoi, dielegeto, skopōn hopōs ho kaloumenos hypo tōn sophistōn kosmos echei, kai tisin anankais hekasta gignetai tōn ouraniōn, alla kai tous phrontizontas ta toiauta mōrainontas apedeiknye.” Kai epilegei hexēs
"No one ever saw Socrates doing, or heard him saying, anything impious or unholy. For he did not discourse, as most did, about the nature of all things or about the rest, inquiring how what the sophists call the cosmos is constituted, and by what necessities each of the heavenly things comes to pass; but he even showed those who concerned themselves with such things to be fools." And he adds next:
1.8.16Dindorf 1:30–31
‘‘ἐθαύμαζε δὲ εἰ μὴ φανερὸν αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ὅτι ταῦτα ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώποις εὑρεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς τὰ μέγιστα φρονοῦντας ἐπὶ τῷ περὶ τούτων λέγειν οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ δοξάζειν ἀλλήλοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁμοίως διακεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους. τῶν τε γὰρ μαινομένων τοὺς μὲν οὐδὲ τὰ δεινὰ δεδιέναι, τοὺς δὲ τὰ μὴ φοβερὰ φοβεῖσθαι, τῶν τε περὶ τῆς πάντων φύσεως μεριμνώντων τοῖς μὲν δοκεῖν ἕν μόνον τὸ ὂν εἶναι, τοῖς δὲ ἄπειρα τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἀεὶ πάντα κινεῖσθαι, τοῖς δὲ οὐδὲν ἄν ποτε κινηθῆναι· καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἅπαντα γίνεσθαί τε καὶ ἀπόλλυσθαι, τοῖς δὲ οὔτʼ ἂν γενέσθαι ποτὲ οὐδὲν οὔτʼ ἀπόλλυσθαι.”
‘‘ethaumaze de ei mē phaneron autois estin hoti tauta adynaton estin anthrōpois heurein, epei kai tous ta megista phronountas epi tǭ peri toutōn legein ou ta auta doxazein allēlois, alla tois mainomenois homoiōs diakeisthai pros allēlous. tōn te gar mainomenōn tous men oude ta deina dedienai, tous de ta mē phobera phobeisthai, tōn te peri tēs pantōn physeōs merimnōntōn tois men dokein hen monon to on einai, tois de apeira to plēthos, kai tois men aei panta kineisthai, tois de ouden an pote kinēthēnai; kai tois men hapanta ginesthai te kai apollysthai, tois de outʼ an genesthai pote ouden outʼ apollysthai.”
"He wondered that it was not plain to them that these things are impossible for human beings to discover; since even those who pride themselves most on speaking about them do not hold the same opinions as one another, but behave toward one another like madmen. For among madmen some do not fear even what is dreadful, while others fear what is not to be feared; and among those who busy themselves with the nature of all things, some think that being is only one, others that it is infinite in number; some that all things are always in motion, others that nothing could ever be moved; some that all things come into being and perish, others that nothing could ever come into being or perish."
1.8.17Dindorf 1:31
Ταῦθʼ ὁ Σωκράτης, ὡς ὁ Ξενοφῶν μαρτυρεῖ. συνᾴδει δὲ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τούτοις ἐν τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς τοιάδε λέγοντα αὐτὸν ἀναγράφων “Ἐγὼ γὰρ, ἔφη, ὦ Κέβης, νέος ὢν θαυμαστῶς ὡς ἐπεθύμησα ταύτης τῆς σοφίας, ἣν δὴ καλοῦσι περὶ φύσεως ἱστορίαν· ὑπερήφανον γάρ μοι εἶναι ἐδόκει εἰδέναι τὰς αἰτίας ἑκάστου, διὰ τί γίνεται ἕκαστον, καὶ διὰ τί ἀπόλλυται, καὶ διὰ τί ἔστι· καὶ πολλάκις ἐμαυτὸν ἄνω κάτω μετέβαλλον, σκοπῶν πρῶτον τὰ τοιάδε· ἆρʼ ἐπειδὰν τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν σηπεδόνα τινὰ λάβῃ, ὥς τινες ἔλεγον, τότε ἤδη τὰ ζῷα ξυντρέφεται· καὶ πότερον τὸ αἷμά ἐστιν ᾧ φρονοῦμεν, ἢ ὁ ἀὴρ, ἢ τὸ πῦρ· ἢ τούτων μὲν οὐδὲν, ὁ δʼ ἐγκέφαλός ἐστιν ὁ τὰς αἰσθήσεις παρέχων τοῦ ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ ὀσφραίνεσθαι, ἐκ τούτων δὲ γίγνοιτο μνήμη καὶ δόξα, ἐκ δὲ μνήμης καὶ δόξης λαβούσης τὸ ἠρεμεῖν κατὰ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι ἐπιστήμην.
Tauthʼ ho Sōkratēs, hōs ho Xenophōn martyrei. synądei de kai ho Platōn toutois en tǭ Peri psychēs toiade legonta auton anagraphōn “Egō gar, ephē, ō Kebēs, neos ōn thaumastōs hōs epethymēsa tautēs tēs sophias, hēn dē kalousi peri physeōs historian; hyperēphanon gar moi einai edokei eidenai tas aitias hekastou, dia ti ginetai hekaston, kai dia ti apollytai, kai dia ti esti; kai pollakis emauton anō katō meteballon, skopōn prōton ta toiade; arʼ epeidan to thermon kai to psychron sēpedona tina labę̄, hōs tines elegon, tote ēdē ta zǭa xyntrephetai; kai poteron to haima estin hǭ phronoumen, ē ho aēr, ē to pyr; ē toutōn men ouden, ho dʼ enkephalos estin ho tas aisthēseis parechōn tou horan kai akouein kai osphrainesthai, ek toutōn de gignoito mnēmē kai doxa, ek de mnēmēs kai doxēs labousēs to ēremein kata tauta ginesthai epistēmēn.
So said Socrates, as Xenophon testifies. And Plato too agrees with this, recording him as saying in the dialogue On the Soul: "When I was young, Cebes," he said, "I had an amazing desire for that wisdom which they call the inquiry into nature. For it seemed to me a splendid thing to know the causes of each thing, why each thing comes into being, why it perishes, and why it exists. And I often turned myself upside down, considering first questions like these: Is it when the hot and the cold undergo a kind of putrefaction, as some said, that living creatures are bred? And is it the blood with which we think, or the air, or the fire? Or none of these, but is it the brain that provides the senses of seeing and hearing and smelling, and from these memory and opinion arise, and from memory and opinion, when it has become settled, knowledge arises in the same way?
1.8.18Dindorf 1:31–32
καὶ αὖ τούτων τὰς φθορὰς σκοπῶν, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν οὐρανόν τε καὶ τὴν γῆν πάθη, τελευτῶν οὕτως ἐμαυτῷ ἔδοξα πρὸς ταύτην τὴν σκέψιν ἀφυὴς εἷναι ὡς οὐδὲν χρῆμα. τεκμήριον δέ σοι ἐρῶ ἱκανόν· ἐγὼ γὰρ ἃ καὶ πρότερον σαφῶς ἠπιστάμην, ὥς γε ἐμαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκουν, τότε ὑπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς σκέψεως οὕτω σφόδρα ἐτυφλώθην ὥστε ἀπέμαθον καὶ ταῦθʼ ἃ πρὸ τοῦ ᾤμην εἰδέναι.”
kai au toutōn tas phthoras skopōn, kai ta peri ton ouranon te kai tēn gēn pathē, teleutōn houtōs emautǭ edoxa pros tautēn tēn skepsin aphyēs heinai hōs ouden chrēma. tekmērion de soi erō hikanon; egō gar ha kai proteron saphōs ēpistamēn, hōs ge emautǭ kai tois allois edokoun, tote hypʼ autēs tēs skepseōs houtō sphodra etyphlōthēn hōste apemathon kai tauthʼ ha pro tou ǭmēn eidenai.”
And again, considering how these things perish, and what happens in the heavens and on the earth, I finally came to think myself so unfit for this inquiry as to be good for nothing. I will give you sufficient proof: for things that I had previously known clearly, as I and others thought, I was then so utterly blinded by this inquiry that I unlearned even what I had formerly supposed I knew."
1.8.19Dindorf 1:32
Ταῦτα Σωκράτης αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ πᾶσιν ἀοίδιμος Ἓλλησιν ὅτε τοίνυν καὶ τῷ τηλικούτῳ φιλοσόφῳ τοιάδε εἶναι ἐδόκει τὰ τῆς τῶν δηλωθέντων φυσιολογίας, εἰκότως μοι δοκῶ καὶ ἡμᾶς τὴν τούτων ἁπάντων ἀθεότητα παρῃτῆσθαι, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔοικεν εἶναι ἀλλότρια τῶν εἰρημένων. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ καιροῦ τοῦ προσήκοντος ἐλεγχθήσεται, καθʼ ὃν ἀποδείξομεν ὅτι πρῶτος Ἑλλήνων Ἀναξαγόρας νοῦν ἐπιστῆσαι τῇ τοῦ παντὸς αἰτίᾳ μνημονεύεται νῦν δέ μοι ἐπὶ τὸν Διόδωρον μετάβα, καὶ σκόπει οἷα περὶ τῆς πρώτης τῶν ἀνθρώπων θεολογίας ἱστορεῖ
Tauta Sōkratēs autos ekeinos ho pasin aoidimos Hellēsin hote toinyn kai tǭ tēlikoutǭ philosophǭ toiade einai edokei ta tēs tōn dēlōthentōn physiologias, eikotōs moi dokō kai hēmas tēn toutōn hapantōn atheotēta parę̄tēsthai, epei kai ta tēs polytheou planēs autōn ouk eoiken einai allotria tōn eirēmenōn. touto men oun epi kairou tou prosēkontos elenchthēsetai, kathʼ hon apodeixomen hoti prōtos Hellēnōn Anaxagoras noun epistēsai tę̄ tou pantos aitią mnēmoneuetai nyn de moi epi ton Diodōron metaba, kai skopei hoia peri tēs prōtēs tōn anthrōpōn theologias historei
So said Socrates himself, celebrated among all the Greeks. Since, then, the natural philosophy of these men seemed such to so great a philosopher, I think we too have rightly rejected the atheism of all of them, since their polytheistic error also seems not unrelated to what has been said. This will be refuted at the proper time, when we show that Anaxagoras is recorded as the first of the Greeks to set Mind over the cause of the universe. But now pass on with me to Diodorus, and see what he records about the first theology of mankind.
Preparation 1, chapter 9
1.9.1Dindorf 1:32
“Τοὺς δʼ οὖν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον ἀνθρώπους τὸ παλαιὸν γενομένους ἀναβλέψαντας εἰς τὸν κόσμον, καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅλων φύσιν καταπλαγέντας τε καὶ θαυμάσαντας, ὑπολαβεῖν εἶναι δύο θεοὺς ἀïδίους τε καὶ πρώτους, τόν τε ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην, ὧν τὸν μὲν Ὄσιριν, τὴν δὲ Ἰσιν ὀνομάσαι, ἀπό τινος ἐτύμου τεθείσης ἑκατέρας τῆς προσηγορίας.
“Tous dʼ oun katʼ Aigypton anthrōpous to palaion genomenous anablepsantas eis ton kosmon, kai tēn tōn holōn physin kataplagentas te kai thaumasantas, hypolabein einai dyo theous aidious te kai prōtous, ton te hēlion kai tēn selēnēn, hōn ton men Osirin, tēn de Isin onomasai, apo tinos etymou tetheisēs hekateras tēs prosēgorias.
"The people who lived in Egypt in ancient times, looking up at the cosmos and struck with awe and wonder at the nature of the universe, supposed that there were two eternal and primal gods, the sun and the moon, and named the one Osiris and the other Isis, each name being given from some etymology.
1.9.2Dindorf 1:32–33
μεθερμηνευομένων γὰρ τούτων εἰς τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν τῆς διαλέκτου τρόπον εἶναι μὲν τὸν Ὂσιριν πολυόφθαλμον, εἰκότως· πάντη γὰρ ἐπιβαλλοντα τὰς ἀκτῖνας ὡσπερ πολλοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς βλέπειν ἂπασαν γῆν καὶ θάλατταν· καὶ τὸν ποιητὴν δὲ λέγειν σύμφωνα τούτοις, Ἠέλιός θʼ ὃς πάντʼ ἐφορᾷς καὶ πάντʼ ἐπακούεις.
methermēneuomenōn gar toutōn eis ton Hellēnikon tēs dialektou tropon einai men ton Osirin polyophthalmon, eikotōs; pantē gar epiballonta tas aktinas hōsper pollois ophthalmois blepein apasan gēn kai thalattan; kai ton poiētēn de legein symphōna toutois, Ēelios thʼ hos pantʼ ephorąs kai pantʼ epakoueis.
For when these names are translated into the Greek form of speech, Osiris means 'many-eyed,' fittingly; for casting his rays in every direction he sees, as with many eyes, all the earth and sea. And the poet speaks in agreement with this: 'Sun, who oversees all things and hears all things.'
1.9.3Dindorf 1:33
τῶν δὲ παρʼ Ἓλλησι παλαιῶν μυθολόγων τινὲς τὸν Ὄσιριν Διόνυσον προσονομάζουσι καὶ Σείριον παρωνύμως. ὧν Εὔμολπος μὲν ἐν τοῖς Βακχικοῖς ἔπεσί φησιν ἀστροφαῆ Διόνυσον ἐν ἀκτίνεσσι πυρωπόν. Ὀρφεὺς δὲ τοὔνεκά μιν καλέουσι Φάνητά τε καὶ Διόνυσον. φασὶ δέ τινες καὶ τὸ ἔναμμα αὐτῷ τὸ τῆς νεβρίδος ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων ποικιλίας περιῆφθαι.
tōn de parʼ Hellēsi palaiōn mythologōn tines ton Osirin Dionyson prosonomazousi kai Seirion parōnymōs. hōn Eumolpos men en tois Bakchikois epesi phēsin astrophaē Dionyson en aktinessi pyrōpon. Orpheus de touneka min kaleousi Phanēta te kai Dionyson. phasi de tines kai to enamma autǭ to tēs nebridos apo tēs tōn astrōn poikilias periēphthai.
Some of the ancient mythographers among the Greeks give Osiris the further names Dionysus and, by a derived form, Sirius. Of these Eumolpus says in his Bacchic verses: 'Dionysus, shining like a star, fiery-eyed in his rays.' And Orpheus: 'Therefore they call him Phanes and Dionysus.' Some say too that the fawnskin hung about him is put on him from the variety of the stars.
1.9.4Dindorf 1:33
τὴν δὲ Ἰσιν μεθερμηνευομένην εἶναι παλαιὰν, τεθειμένης τῆς προσηγορίας τῇ σελήνῃ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀιδίου καὶ παλαιᾶς γενέσεως· κέρατα δʼ αὐτῇ περιτιθέασιν ἀπό τε τῆς ὄψεως, ἣν ἔχουσα φαίνεται καθʼ ὃν ἂν χρόνον ὑπάρχῃ μηνοειδὴς, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς καθιερωμένης αὐτῇ βοὸς παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις. τούτους δὲ τοὺς θεοὺς ὑφίστανται τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον διοικεῖν.
tēn de Isin methermēneuomenēn einai palaian, tetheimenēs tēs prosēgorias tę̄ selēnę̄ apo tēs aidiou kai palaias geneseōs; kerata dʼ autę̄ perititheasin apo te tēs opseōs, hēn echousa phainetai kathʼ hon an chronon hyparchę̄ mēnoeidēs, kai apo tēs kathierōmenēs autę̄ boos parʼ Aigyptiois. toutous de tous theous hyphistantai ton sympanta kosmon dioikein.
Isis, when translated, means 'ancient,' the name having been given to the moon from its eternal and ancient origin. They put horns on her both from the appearance she has whenever she is crescent-shaped and from the cow consecrated to her among the Egyptians. These gods they suppose to govern the whole universe."
1.9.5Dindorf 1:33
Τοιαῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ ταῦτα. ἔχεις δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ Φοινικικῇ θεολογίᾳ ὡς ἄρα Φοινίκων οἱ πρῶτοι φυσικοὶ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς πλανήτας ἀστέρας καὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα καὶ τὰ τούτοις συναφῆ θεοὺς μόνους ἐγίνωσκον, καὶ ὅτι τούτοις οἱ παλαίτατοι τὰ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέρωσαν βλαστήματα, καὶ θεοὺς ἐνόμισαν, καὶ προσεκύνουν ταῦτα, ἀφʼ ὧν αὐτοί τε διεγίνοντο καὶ οἱ ἑπόμενοι, καὶ οἱ πρὸ αὐτῶν πάντες, καὶ χοὰς καὶ ἐπιχύσεις ἐτέλουν· ἔλεον δὲ καὶ οἶκτον καὶ κλαυθμὸν βλαστήματι γῆς ἀπιόντι καθιέρουν, καὶ γενέσει ζῴων ἐκ γῆς πρώτῃ καὶ τῇ ἐξ ἀλλήλων καὶ τελευτῇ, καθʼ ἣν τοῦ ζῆν ἀπήρχοντο.
Toiauta men oun kai tauta. echeis de kai en tę̄ Phoinikikę̄ theologią hōs ara Phoinikōn hoi prōtoi physikoi hēlion kai selēnēn kai tous loipous planētas asteras kai ta stoicheia kai ta toutois synaphē theous monous eginōskon, kai hoti toutois hoi palaitatoi ta tēs gēs aphierōsan blastēmata, kai theous enomisan, kai prosekynoun tauta, aphʼ hōn autoi te dieginonto kai hoi hepomenoi, kai hoi pro autōn pantes, kai choas kai epichyseis eteloun; eleon de kai oikton kai klauthmon blastēmati gēs apionti kathieroun, kai genesei zǭōn ek gēs prōtę̄ kai tę̄ ex allēlōn kai teleutę̄, kathʼ hēn tou zēn apērchonto.
So much for this. You have also in the Phoenician theology that the first natural philosophers of the Phoenicians recognized as gods only the sun and the moon and the other planets, the elements and the things connected with them; and that the most ancient of them consecrated the growths of the earth to these, held them to be gods, and worshipped those things by which they themselves, their descendants, and all before them were sustained, and offered libations and drink offerings to them. They consecrated pity, lament, and weeping to the earth's growth when it withered, and to the first generation of living creatures from the earth and their generation from one another, and to death, by which they departed from life.
1.9.6Dindorf 1:33–34
αὗται δʼ ἦσαν αἱ ἐπίνοιαι τῆς προσκυνήσεως ὅμοιαι τῇ αὐτῶν ἀσθενείᾳ καὶ ψυχῆς ἔτι ἀτολμίᾳ. ταῦτα καὶ ἡ Φοινίκῶν γραφὴ, ὡς ἐξῆς ἀποδειχθήσεται. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς γεγονὼς αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος, ὁ ταῖς καθʼ ἡμῶν λαμπρυνόμενος δυσφημίαις, ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε ‘‘Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀποχῆς, ” καὶ τῶν παλαιῶν ἀρχαιότητος τὴν μνήμην ὧδέ πως αὐτολεξεὶ, Θεοφράστῳ μάρτυρι χρώμενος, παρατίθεται
hautai dʼ ēsan hai epinoiai tēs proskynēseōs homoiai tę̄ autōn astheneią kai psychēs eti atolmią. tauta kai hē Phoinikōn graphē, hōs exēs apodeichthēsetai. alla kai tōn kathʼ hēmas gegonōs autos ekeinos, ho tais kathʼ hēmōn lamprynomenos dysphēmiais, en hois epegrapse ‘‘Peri tēs tōn empsychōn apochēs, ” kai tōn palaiōn archaiotētos tēn mnēmēn hōde pōs autolexei, Theophrastǭ martyri chrōmenos, paratithetai
Such were their notions of worship, matching their own weakness and the timidity of their souls as yet. So says the Phoenician writing too, as will be shown next. But also that very man of our own time who has won renown by his slanders against us, in the work he entitled On Abstinence from Animal Food, sets out the record of the antiquity of the ancients in these very words, using Theophrastus as his witness:
1.9.7Dindorf 1:34
“Ἀνάριθμος μέν τις ἔοικεν εἶναι χρόνος, ἀφʼ οὗ τό γε πάντων λογιώτατον γένος, ὥς φησι Θεόφραστος, καὶ τὴν ἱερωτάτην ὑπὸ τοῦ Νείλου κτισθεῖσαν χώραν κατοικοῦν, ἤρξαντο οἱ πρῶτοι ἐφʼ ἑστίας τοῖς οὐρανίοις θεοῖς θύειν, οὐ σμύρνης οὐδὲ κασίας καὶ λιβανωτοῦ κρόκῳ μιχθέντων ἀπαρχάς· πολλαῖς γὰρ γενεαῖς ὕστερα παρελήφθη ταῦτα, καὶ πλάνης μαστὴρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος γιγνόμενος τῆς ἀναγκαίας ζωῆς μετὰ πολλῶν πόνων καὶ δακρύων σταγόνας τούτων ἀπήρξατο τοῖς θεοῖς·)
“Anarithmos men tis eoiken einai chronos, aphʼ hou to ge pantōn logiōtaton genos, hōs phēsi Theophrastos, kai tēn hierōtatēn hypo tou Neilou ktistheisan chōran katoikoun, ērxanto hoi prōtoi ephʼ hestias tois ouraniois theois thyein, ou smyrnēs oude kasias kai libanōtou krokǭ michthentōn aparchas; pollais gar geneais hystera parelēphthē tauta, kai planēs mastēr ho anthrōpos gignomenos tēs anankaias zōēs meta pollōn ponōn kai dakryōn stagonas toutōn apērxato tois theois;)
"It seems to be a countless length of time since the most learned race of all, as Theophrastus says, who inhabit the most sacred land, founded by the Nile, first began to sacrifice on their hearths to the heavenly gods, not first-fruits of myrrh, or of cassia and frankincense mixed with saffron; for these were taken up many generations later, when man, wandering in search of the necessities of life, with many toils and tears offered drops of these as first-fruits to the gods.
1.9.8Dindorf 1:34
οὐ τούτων οὖν ἔθυον πρότερον, ἀλλὰ χλόης οἱονεί τινα τῆς γονίμου φύσεως χνοῦν ταῖς χερσὶν ἀράμενοι. δένδρα μὲν γὰρ δὴ πρὸ ζῴων ἀνέδωκεν ἡ γῆ, τῶν δένδρων δὲ πολὺ πρόσθεν τὴν ἐπέτειον γεννωμένην πόαν· ἧς δρεπόμενοι φύλλα καὶ ῥίζας καὶ τοὺς ὅλους τῆς φύσεως αὐτῶν βλαστοῦς κατέκαιον, ταύτῃ τοὺς φαινομένους οὐρανίους θεοὺς τῇ θυσίᾳ δεξιούμενοι, καὶ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀπαθανατίζοντες αὐτοῖς τὰς τιμάς.
ou toutōn oun ethyon proteron, alla chloēs hoionei tina tēs gonimou physeōs chnoun tais chersin aramenoi. dendra men gar dē pro zǭōn anedōken hē gē, tōn dendrōn de poly prosthen tēn epeteion gennōmenēn poan; hēs drepomenoi phylla kai rhizas kai tous holous tēs physeōs autōn blastous katekaion, tautę̄ tous phainomenous ouranious theous tę̄ thysią dexioumenoi, kai tou pyros apathanatizontes autois tas timas.
It was not these, then, that they sacrificed at first, but taking up in their hands grass, as it were the down of fertile nature. For the earth brought forth trees before animals, and long before trees the grass that grows each year; and plucking its leaves and roots and the whole shoots of its growth they burned them, greeting with this sacrifice the visible heavenly gods and making their honors immortal by fire.
1.9.9Dindorf 1:34
τούτοις γὰρ καὶ τὸ πῦρ ἀθάνατον ἐφύλαττον ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς, ὡς ὂν μάλιστα αὐτοῖς ὁμοιότατον. ἐκ δὲ τῆς θυμιάσεως τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς θυμιατήριά τε ἐκάλουν καὶ τὸ θύειν καὶ θυσίας, ἃ δὴ ἡμεῖς ὡς τὴν ὑστέραν πλημμέλειαν σημαίνοντα οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἐξακούομεν, τὴν διὰ τῶν ζῴων δοκοῦσαν θεραπείαν καλοῦντες θυσίαν.
toutois gar kai to pyr athanaton ephylatton en tois hierois, hōs on malista autois homoiotaton. ek de tēs thymiaseōs tōn apo gēs thymiatēria te ekaloun kai to thyein kai thysias, ha dē hēmeis hōs tēn hysteran plēmmeleian sēmainonta ouk orthōs exakouomen, tēn dia tōn zǭōn dokousan therapeian kalountes thysian.
For to these gods they also kept an undying fire in the temples, as being most like them. From the fumigation (thymiasis) of the products of the earth they named censers (thymiateria), and sacrificing (thyein) and sacrifices (thysiai); words which we wrongly understand as signifying the later transgression, calling the supposed worship by means of animals 'sacrifice.'
1.9.10Dindorf 1:34–35
τοσοῦτον δὲ τοῖς παλαιοῖς τοῦ μὴ παραβαίνειν τὸ ἔθος ἔμελεν ὡς κατὰ τῶν ἐκλειπόντων τὸ ἀρχαῖον, ἐπεισαγόντων δὲ ἕτερον, ἀρασαμένους ἀρώματα τὰ θυμιώμενα προσαγορεύσαι.
tosouton de tois palaiois tou mē parabainein to ethos emelen hōs kata tōn ekleipontōn to archaion, epeisagontōn de heteron, arasamenous arōmata ta thymiōmena prosagoreusai.
So much did the ancients care not to transgress the custom that they invoked curses (arai) against those who abandoned the ancient practice and introduced another, and so called the incense that was burned aromata."
1.9.11Dindorf 1:35
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπιλέγει μεθʼ ἕτερα “Πόρρω δὲ τῶν περὶ τὰς θυσίας ἀπαρχῶν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προιουσῶν παρανομίας ἡ τῶν δεινοτάτων θυμάτων παράληψις ἐπεισήχθη ὠμότητος πλήρης, ὡς δοκεῖν τὰς πρόσθεν λεχθείσας καθʼ ἡμῶν ἀρὰς νῦν τέλος εἰληφέναι, σφαξάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς αἱμαξάντων.”
Tauta eipōn epilegei methʼ hetera “Porrō de tōn peri tas thysias aparchōn tois anthrōpois proiousōn paranomias hē tōn deinotatōn thymatōn paralēpsis epeisēchthē ōmotētos plērēs, hōs dokein tas prosthen lechtheisas kathʼ hēmōn aras nyn telos eilēphenai, sphaxantōn tōn anthrōpōn kai tous bōmous haimaxantōn.”
After saying this he adds, after other matters: "But as men advanced far from the first-fruits in sacrifices into lawlessness, the adoption of the most dreadful offerings, full of cruelty, was brought in, so that the curses spoken of before against us seem now to have been fulfilled, when men slaughtered victims and bloodied the altars."
1.9.12Dindorf 1:35
Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ Πορφύριος οὐ μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ Θεόφραστος. ἐπισφράγισμα δὲ τοῦ λόγου γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Κρατύλῳ, πρόσθεν τῶν εἰρημένων αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὧδέ πη φάσκων πρὸς ῥῆμα Φαίνονταί μοι οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν περὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τούτους μόνους θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι, οὕσπερ νῦν πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ γῆν καὶ ἄστρα καὶ οὐρανόν· ἅτε οὖν αὐτὰ ὁρῶντες πάντα ἀεὶ ἰόντα δρόμῳ καὶ θέοντα, ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς φύσεως τῆς τοῦ θεῖν θεοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐπονομάσαι.”
Tosauta kai ho Porphyrios ou mallon ē ho Theophrastos. episphragisma de tou logou genoitʼ an hēmin ho Platōn en Kratylǭ, prosthen tōn eirēmenōn autǭ peri tōn Hellēnōn hōde pē phaskōn pros rhēma Phainontai moi hoi prōtoi tōn anthrōpōn tōn peri tēn Hellada toutous monous theous hēgeisthai, housper nyn polloi tōn barbarōn, hēlion kai selēnēn kai gēn kai astra kai ouranon; hate oun auta horōntes panta aei ionta dromǭ kai theonta, apo tautēs tēs physeōs tēs tou thein theous autous eponomasai.”
So much Porphyry, or rather Theophrastus. And a seal on the argument may be Plato in the Cratylus, who, before what he says about the Greeks, speaks thus, word for word: "It seems to me that the first men in Greece held as gods only these, which many of the barbarians hold now: sun and moon and earth and stars and heaven. Seeing all these always going on their course and running, from this nature of running (thein) they named them gods (theoi)."
1.9.13Dindorf 1:35
Ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὲν οἱ πρῶτοι καὶ παλαίτατοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὔτε ναῶν οἰκοδομίαις προσεῖχον οὔτε ξοάνων ἀφιδρύμασιν, οὔπω τότε γραφικῆς οὐδὲ πλαστικῆς ἢ γλυπτικῆς ἢ ἀνδριαντοποιητικῆς τέχνης ἐφευρημένης, οὐδὲ μὴν οἰκοδομικῆς οὐδὲ ἀρχιτεκτονικῆς πω συνεστώσης, παντί τῳ οἶμαι συλλογιζομένῳ δῆλον εἶναι.
Allʼ hoti men hoi prōtoi kai palaitatoi tōn anthrōpōn oute naōn oikodomiais proseichon oute xoanōn aphidrymasin, oupō tote graphikēs oude plastikēs ē glyptikēs ē andriantopoiētikēs technēs epheurēmenēs, oude mēn oikodomikēs oude architektonikēs pō synestōsēs, panti tǭ oimai syllogizomenǭ dēlon einai.
That the first and most ancient human beings paid no attention to building temples or setting up images, since at that time the arts of painting, modeling, carving, and statuary had not yet been invented, and building and architecture did not yet exist, is, I think, plain to anyone who reasons it out.
1.9.14Dindorf 1:35–36
ὅτι δὲ οὐδὲ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα κατωνομασμένων θεῶν τε καὶ ἡρώων μνήμη τις τοῖς τότε παρῆν, οὔτʼ οὖν τις ἦν αὐτοῖς Ζεὺς, οὐ Κρόνος, οὐ Ποσειδῶν, οὐκ Ἀπόλλων, οὐχ Ἥρα, οὐκ Ἀθηνᾶ, οὐ Διόνυσος, οὐδέ τις ἕτερος θήλειά τε καὶ ἄρρην θεὸς, οἷοι μετὰ ταῦτα μυρίοι παρά τε βαρβάροις καὶ Ἕλλησιν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ δαίμων τις ἀγαθὸς ἢ φαῦλος ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐθαυμάζετο, μόνα δὲ τὰ φαινόμενα τῶν οὐρανίων ἄστρων, παρὰ τὸ θέειν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τρέχειν, θεῶν τε προσηγορίας, ὡς αὐτοί φασιν, ἐτύγχανε, καὶ οὐδὲ ταῦτα ταῖς διὰ ζῴων θυσίαις καὶ ταῖς μετὰ ταῦτα περινοηθείσαις τιμαῖς ἐθρησκεύετο, οὐχ ἡμέτερος ὁ λόγος, οἴκοθεν δὲ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡ μαρτυρία, διὰ τῶν προτεθειμένων φωνῶν καὶ τῶν αὖθις ἑξῆς παρατεθησομένων τὴν ἀπόδειξιν παρασχομένη.
hoti de oude tōn meta tauta katōnomasmenōn theōn te kai hērōōn mnēmē tis tois tote parēn, outʼ oun tis ēn autois Zeus, ou Kronos, ou Poseidōn, ouk Apollōn, ouch Hēra, ouk Athēna, ou Dionysos, oude tis heteros thēleia te kai arrēn theos, hoioi meta tauta myrioi para te barbarois kai Hellēsin, allʼ oude daimōn tis agathos ē phaulos en anthrōpois ethaumazeto, mona de ta phainomena tōn ouraniōn astrōn, para to theein, hoper esti trechein, theōn te prosēgorias, hōs autoi phasin, etynchane, kai oude tauta tais dia zǭōn thysiais kai tais meta tauta perinoētheisais timais ethrēskeueto, ouch hēmeteros ho logos, oikothen de kai ex autōn Hellēnōn hē martyria, dia tōn protetheimenōn phōnōn kai tōn authis hexēs paratethēsomenōn tēn apodeixin paraschomenē.
And that there was among the people of that time no memory even of the gods and heroes named afterward: that they had no Zeus, no Cronus, no Poseidon, no Apollo, no Hera, no Athena, no Dionysus, nor any other god, female or male, such as afterward were numberless among barbarians and Greeks; that no demon, good or bad, was admired among men, but only the visible stars of heaven received the name of gods, from thein, which means 'to run,' as they themselves say; and that not even these were worshipped with sacrifices of animals and with the honors devised later: this is not our account, but the testimony comes from home, from the Greeks themselves, providing the proof by the words already set out and by those to be set out next.
1.9.15Dindorf 1:36
τοῦτο δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱεροὶ καθʼ ἡμᾶς διδάσκουσι λόγοι, πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς ἔθνεσι τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς τὴν τῶν ὁρωμένων φωστήρων τιμὴν ἀπονενεμῆσθαι περιέχοντες, μόνῳ δὲ τῷ Ἑβραίων γένει τὴν ἐποπτείαν ἀνατεθεῖσθαι [τῆς θεωρίας] τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ποιητοῦ τε καὶ δημιουργοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας.
touto de kai hoi hieroi kathʼ hēmas didaskousi logoi, pasi men tois ethnesi to katʼ archas tēn tōn horōmenōn phōstērōn timēn aponenemēsthai periechontes, monǭ de tǭ Hebraiōn genei tēn epopteian anatetheisthai [tēs theōrias] tou tōn holōn poiētou te kai dēmiourgou theou kai tēs eis auton alēthous eusebeias.
This our sacred writings also teach, which contain the statement that in the beginning the honor of the visible luminaries was allotted to all the nations, but that to the race of the Hebrews alone was entrusted the insight into God, the maker and creator of the universe, and true piety toward him.
1.9.16Dindorf 1:36
οὐκ ἄρα τις ἦν θεογονίας Ἑλληνικῆς ἢ βαρβαρικῆς τοῖς παλαιτάτοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λόγος, οὐδὲ ξοάνων ἀψύχων ἵδρυσις οὐδʼ ἡ νῦν πολλὴ φλυαρία τῆς τῶν θεῶν ἀρρένων τε καὶ θηλειῶν κατονομασίας.
ouk ara tis ēn theogonias Hellēnikēs ē barbarikēs tois palaitatois tōn anthrōpōn logos, oude xoanōn apsychōn hidrysis oudʼ hē nyn pollē phlyaria tēs tōn theōn arrenōn te kai thēleiōn katonomasias.
So among the most ancient human beings there was no account of a Greek or barbarian theogony, no setting up of lifeless images, nor the great nonsense of today about naming gods male and female.
1.9.17Dindorf 1:36
αἱ γοῦν προσηγορίαι καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ὕστερον ἐφευρημένα οὔπω τότε ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐγνωρίζετο, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ δαιμόνων καὶ πνευμάτων ἀφανῶν ἀνακλήσεις, οὐκ ἔκτοποι περὶ θεῶν καὶ ἡρώων μυθολογίαι, οὐκ ἀπορρήτων τελετῶν μυστήρια, οὐδʼ ὅλως τι τῆς πολλῆς καὶ ἀδολέσχου τῶν μετέπειτα ἀνδρῶν δεισιδαιμονίας.
hai goun prosēgoriai kai ta onomata ex anthrōpōn hysteron epheurēmena oupō tote en anthrōpois egnōrizeto, allʼ oude daimonōn kai pneumatōn aphanōn anaklēseis, ouk ektopoi peri theōn kai hērōōn mythologiai, ouk aporrētōn teletōn mystēria, oudʼ holōs ti tēs pollēs kai adoleschou tōn metepeita andrōn deisidaimonias.
At any rate, the titles and names devised later by men were not yet known among them; nor were there invocations of demons and invisible spirits, nor absurd myths about gods and heroes, nor mysteries of secret rites, nor anything at all of the great and garrulous superstition of later men.
1.9.18Dindorf 1:36–37
ἀνθρώπων ἄρα ταῦτα ἦν εὑρήματα καὶ θνητῆς φύσεως ἀναπλάσματα, μᾶλλον δὲ τρόπων αἰσχρῶν καὶ ἀκολάστων ἐπιτεχνήματα, κατὰ τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν θεῖον λόγιον τὸ φάσκον “ἀρχὴ πορνείας ἐπίνοια εἰδώλων.”
anthrōpōn ara tauta ēn heurēmata kai thnētēs physeōs anaplasmata, mallon de tropōn aischrōn kai akolastōn epitechnēmata, kata to parʼ hēmin theion logion to phaskon “archē porneias epinoia eidōlōn.”
These things, then, were inventions of human beings and fabrications of mortal nature, or rather devices of shameful and licentious ways, according to the divine oracle among us that says, "The devising of idols is the beginning of sexual immorality."
1.9.19Dindorf 1:37
ἡ γοῦν τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων πολύθεος πλάνη μακροῖς ὕστερον αἰῶσι πέφανται, ἀρξαμένη μὲν ἀπὸ Φοινίκων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων, διαβᾶσα δὲ ἐκ τούτων ἐπί τε τὰ λοιπὰ ἔθνη καὶ μέχρις αὐτῶν Ἑλλήνων, ὡς καὶ τοῦτο πάλιν ἡ τῶν παλαιτάτων ἱστορία κατέχει, ἣν καὶ αὐτὴν ἐπισκέψασθαι καιρὸς ἀπὸ τῶν Φοινικικῶν ἀρξαμένους.
hē goun tōn ethnōn hapantōn polytheos planē makrois hysteron aiōsi pephantai, arxamenē men apo Phoinikōn kai Aigyptiōn, diabasa de ek toutōn epi te ta loipa ethnē kai mechris autōn Hellēnōn, hōs kai touto palin hē tōn palaitatōn historia katechei, hēn kai autēn episkepsasthai kairos apo tōn Phoinikikōn arxamenous.
At any rate the polytheistic error of all the nations appeared long ages afterward. It began with the Phoenicians and Egyptians, and passed from them to the other nations and even to the Greeks themselves, as the history of the most ancient times again records. It is time to examine this too, beginning from the Phoenicians.
1.9.20Dindorf 1:37
Ἱστορεῖ δὲ ταῦτα Σαγχουνιάθων, ἀνὴρ παλαίτατος καὶ τῶν Τρωικῶν χρόνων, ὥς φασι, πρεσβύτερος, ὃν καὶ ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ τῆς Φοινικικῆς ἱστορίας ἀποδεχθῆναι μαρτυροῦσι. Φίλων δὲ τούτου πᾶσαν τὴν συγγραφὴν ὁ Βύβλιος, οὐχ ὁ Ἑβραῖος, μεταβαλὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Φοινίκων γλώττης ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν ἐξέδωκε. μέμνηται τούτων ὁ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τὴν καθʼ ἡμῶν πεποιημένος συσκευὴν ἐν τετάρτῳ τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὑποθέσεως, ὧδε τῷ ἀνδρὶ μαρτυρῶν πρὸς λέξιν
Historei de tauta Sanchouniathōn, anēr palaitatos kai tōn Trōikōn chronōn, hōs phasi, presbyteros, hon kai epʼ akribeią kai alētheią tēs Phoinikikēs historias apodechthēnai martyrousi. Philōn de toutou pasan tēn syngraphēn ho Byblios, ouch ho Hebraios, metabalōn apo tēs Phoinikōn glōttēs epi tēn Hellada phōnēn exedōke. memnētai toutōn ho kathʼ hēmas tēn kathʼ hēmōn pepoiēmenos syskeuēn en tetartǭ tēs pros hēmas hypotheseōs, hōde tǭ andri martyrōn pros lexin
These things are recorded by Sanchuniathon, a very ancient man, older, they say, than the Trojan times, whom they testify to have been approved for the accuracy and truth of his Phoenician history. Philo of Byblos, not the Hebrew, translated his whole work from the Phoenician tongue into Greek and published it. He is mentioned by the man of our own time who composed the attack upon us, in the fourth book of his work against us, who bears witness to the man in these words:
1.9.21Dindorf 1:37–38
“ἱστορεῖ δὲ τὰ περὶ Ἰουδαίων ἀληθέστατα, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς τόποις καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν αὐτῶν τὰ συμφωνότατα, Σαγχουνιάθων ὁ Βηρύτιος, εἰληφὼς τὰ ὑπομνήματα παρὰ Ἱερομβάλου τοῦ ἱερέως θεοῦ τοῦ Ἰευώ· ὃς Ἀβιβάλῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ Βηρυτίων τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀναθεὶς ὑπʼ ἐκείνου καὶ τῶν κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐξεταστῶν τῆς ἀληθείας παρεδέχθη. οἱ δὲ τούτων χρόνοι καὶ πρὸ τῶν Τρωïκῶν πίπτουσι χρόνων, καὶ σχεδὸν τοῖς Μώσεως πλησιάζουσιν, ὡς αἱ τῶν Φοινίκης βασιλέων μηνύουσι διαδοχαί. Σαγχουνιάθων δὲ κατὰ τὴν Φοινίκων διάλεκτον φιλαληθῶς πᾶσαν τὴν παλαιὰν ἱστορίαν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ πόλιν ὑπομνημάτων καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἀναγραφῶν συναγαγὼν δὴ καὶ συγγράψας ἐπὶ Σεμιράμεως γέγονε τῆς Ἀσσυρίων βασιλίδος, ἣ πρὸ τῶν Ἰλιακῶν, ἢ κατʼ αὐτούς γε τοὺς χρόνους γενέσθαι ἀναγέγραπται. τὰ δὲ τοῦ Σαγχουνιάθωνος εἰς Ἑλλάδα γλῶσσαν ἡρμήνευσε Φίλων ὁ Βύβλιος.”
“historei de ta peri Ioudaiōn alēthestata, hoti kai tois topois kai tois onomasin autōn ta symphōnotata, Sanchouniathōn ho Bērytios, eilēphōs ta hypomnēmata para Hierombalou tou hiereōs theou tou Ieuō; hos Abibalǭ tǭ basilei Bērytiōn tēn historian anatheis hypʼ ekeinou kai tōn katʼ auton exetastōn tēs alētheias paredechthē. hoi de toutōn chronoi kai pro tōn Trōikōn piptousi chronōn, kai schedon tois Mōseōs plēsiazousin, hōs hai tōn Phoinikēs basileōn mēnyousi diadochai. Sanchouniathōn de kata tēn Phoinikōn dialekton philalēthōs pasan tēn palaian historian ek tōn kata polin hypomnēmatōn kai tōn en tois hierois anagraphōn synagagōn dē kai syngrapsas epi Semirameōs gegone tēs Assyriōn basilidos, hē pro tōn Iliakōn, ē katʼ autous ge tous chronous genesthai anagegraptai. ta de tou Sanchouniathōnos eis Hellada glōssan hērmēneuse Philōn ho Byblios.”
"Sanchuniathon of Berytus records the history of the Jews most truthfully, since it agrees most closely with their places and names. He received the records from Hierombalus, the priest of the god Ieuo. He dedicated his history to Abibalus, king of the Berytians, and was accepted by him and by the examiners of truth in his time. Their times fall even before the Trojan times, and come close to those of Moses, as the successions of the kings of Phoenicia show. Sanchuniathon, having collected and written the whole ancient history in the Phoenician language, with love of truth, from the records in each city and the registers in the temples, lived under Semiramis, queen of the Assyrians, who is recorded to have lived before the Trojan war or at about that time. The works of Sanchuniathon were translated into the Greek language by Philo of Byblos."
1.9.22Dindorf 1:38
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ δηλωθεὶς, ἀλήθειαν ὁμοῦ καὶ παλαιότητα τῷ δὴ θεολόγῳ μαρτυρήσας. ὁ δὲ προιὼν, οὐ τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν, οὐδὲ μὴν θεοὺς τοὺς κατʼ οὐρανὸν, θνητοὺς δὲ ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας, οὐδὲ τὸν τρόπον ἀστείους, οἴους διʼ ἀρετὴν ἄξιον εἶναι ἀποδέξασθαι ἢ ζηλῶσαι τῆς φιλοσοφίας, φαυλότητος δὲ καὶ μοχθηρίας ἁπάσης κακίαν περιβεβλημένους Θεολογεῖ. καὶ μαρτυρεῖ γε τούτους αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους εἶναι, τοὺς εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν θεοὺς παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσι νενομισμένους κατά τε τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὰς χώρας. δέχου δὲ καὶ τούτων ἐκ τῶν ἐγγράφων τὰς ἀποδείξεις.
Tauta men ho dēlōtheis, alētheian homou kai palaiotēta tǭ dē theologǭ martyrēsas. ho de proiōn, ou ton epi pantōn theon, oude mēn theous tous katʼ ouranon, thnētous de andras kai gynaikas, oude ton tropon asteious, oious diʼ aretēn axion einai apodexasthai ē zēlōsai tēs philosophias, phaulotētos de kai mochthērias hapasēs kakian peribeblēmenous Theologei. kai martyrei ge toutous autous ekeinous einai, tous eiseti kai nyn theous para tois pasi nenomismenous kata te tas poleis kai tas chōras. dechou de kai toutōn ek tōn engraphōn tas apodeixeis.
So says the writer cited, testifying to both the truth and the antiquity of this theologian. But Sanchuniathon, as he proceeds, proclaims as gods not the God over all, nor even the gods in heaven, but mortal men and women, not even refined in character, such as one might accept or emulate for their virtue in philosophy, but clothed in all the vice of baseness and wickedness. And he testifies that these are the very ones who are still regarded as gods by all, in cities and countries. Receive the proofs of this too from the writings.
1.9.23Dindorf 1:38
ὁ δὴ Φίλων εἰς ἐννέα βίβλους τὴν πᾶσαν τοῦ Σαγχουνιάθωνος πραγματείαν διελὼν, κατὰ τὸ προοίμιον τοῦ πρώτου συγγράμματος αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι προλέγει περὶ τοῦ Σαγχουνιάθωνος ταῦτα
ho dē Philōn eis ennea biblous tēn pasan tou Sanchouniathōnos pragmateian dielōn, kata to prooimion tou prōtou syngrammatos autois rhēmasi prolegei peri tou Sanchouniathōnos tauta
Philo, then, having divided the whole work of Sanchuniathon into nine books, in the preface to the first book says this in advance about Sanchuniathon, in these very words:
1.9.24Dindorf 1:38
“Τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων ὁ Σαγχουνιάθων, ἀνὴρ πολυμαθὴς καὶ πολυπράγμων γενόμενος, καὶ τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ἀφʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα συνέστη, παρὰ πάντων εἰδέναι ποθῶν, πολυφροντίστως ἐξεμάστευσε τὰ Τααύτου, εἰδὼς ὅτι τῶν ὑφʼ ἡλίῳ γεγονότων πρῶτός ἐστι Τάαυτος, ὁ τῶν γραμμάτων τὴν εὕρεσιν ἐπινοήσας καὶ τῆς τῶν ὑπομνημάτων γραφῆς κατάρξας, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦδε ὥσπερ κρηπῖδα βαλόμενος τοῦ λόγου, ὃν Αἰγύπτιοι μὲν ἐκάλεσαν Θωὺθ, Ἀλεξανδρεῖς δὲ Θὼθ, Ἑρμῆν δὲ Ἓλληνες μετέφρασαν.”
“Toutōn houtōs echontōn ho Sanchouniathōn, anēr polymathēs kai polypragmōn genomenos, kai ta ex archēs, aphʼ hou ta panta synestē, para pantōn eidenai pothōn, polyphrontistōs exemasteuse ta Taautou, eidōs hoti tōn hyphʼ hēliǭ gegonotōn prōtos esti Taautos, ho tōn grammatōn tēn heuresin epinoēsas kai tēs tōn hypomnēmatōn graphēs katarxas, kai apo toude hōsper krēpida balomenos tou logou, hon Aigyptioi men ekalesan Thōyth, Alexandreis de Thōth, Hermēn de Hellēnes metephrasan.”
"This being so, Sanchuniathon, a man of great learning and curiosity, who longed to know from all sources the things from the beginning, from which all things were constituted, very carefully searched out the writings of Taautus, knowing that of all who have lived under the sun Taautus was the first, who devised the invention of letters and began the writing of records; and from him, laying the foundation of his account as it were, he began. The Egyptians called him Thouth, the Alexandrians Thoth, and the Greeks translated his name as Hermes."
1.9.25Dindorf 1:38–39
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπιμέμφεται τοῖς νεωτέροις τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα, ὡς ἂν βεβιασμένως καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῶς τοὺς περὶ θεῶν μύθους ἐπʼ ἀλληγορίας καὶ φυσικὰς διηγήσεις τε καὶ θεωρίας ἀνάγουσι· λέγει δʼ οὖν προίων
Tauta eipōn epimemphetai tois neōterois tois meta tauta, hōs an bebiasmenōs kai ouk alēthōs tous peri theōn mythous epʼ allēgorias kai physikas diēgēseis te kai theōrias anagousi; legei dʼ oun proiōn
After saying this he finds fault with the later writers who came afterward, for referring the myths about the gods, forcibly and untruly, to allegories and physical explanations and theories. At any rate he says as he goes on:
1.9.26Dindorf 1:39
“Ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν νεώτατοι τῶν ἱερολόγων τὰ μὲν γεγονότα πράγματα ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀπεπέμψαντο, ἀλληγορίας δὲ καὶ μύθους ἐπινοήσαντες καὶ τοῖς κοσμικοῖς παθήμασι συγγένειαν πλασάμενοι μυστήρια κατέστησαν, πολὺν αὐτοῖς ἐπῆγον τῦφον, ὡς μὴ ῥᾳδίως τινὰ συνορᾶν τὰ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν γενόμενα· ὁ δὲ συμβαλὼν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδύτων εὑρεθεῖσιν ἀποκρύφοις Ἀμμουνέων γράμμασι συγκειμένοις, ἃ δὴ οὐκ ἦν πᾶσι γνώριμα, τὴν μάθησιν ἁπάντων αὐτὸς ἤσκησε· καὶ τέλος ἐπιθεὶς τῇ πραγματείᾳ, τὸν κατʼ ἀρχὰς μῦθον καὶ τὰς ἀλληγορίας ἐκποδὼν ποιησάμενος, ἐξηνύσατο τὴν πρόθεσιν, ἕως πάλιν οἱ ἐπιγενόμενοι ἱερεῖς χρόνοις ὕστερον ἠθέλησαν αὐτὴν ἀποκρύψαι, καὶ εἰς τὸ μυθῶδες ἀποκαταστῆσαι· ἐξ οὗ τὸ μυστικὸν ἀνέκυπτεν οὐδέπω φθάσαν εἰς Ἓλληνας.”
“Allʼ hoi men neōtatoi tōn hierologōn ta men gegonota pragmata ex archēs apepempsanto, allēgorias de kai mythous epinoēsantes kai tois kosmikois pathēmasi syngeneian plasamenoi mystēria katestēsan, polyn autois epēgon typhon, hōs mē rhądiōs tina synoran ta katʼ alētheian genomena; ho de symbalōn tois apo tōn adytōn heuretheisin apokryphois Ammouneōn grammasi synkeimenois, ha dē ouk ēn pasi gnōrima, tēn mathēsin hapantōn autos ēskēse; kai telos epitheis tę̄ pragmateią, ton katʼ archas mython kai tas allēgorias ekpodōn poiēsamenos, exēnysato tēn prothesin, heōs palin hoi epigenomenoi hiereis chronois hysteron ēthelēsan autēn apokrypsai, kai eis to mythōdes apokatastēsai; ex hou to mystikon anekypten oudepō phthasan eis Hellēnas.”
"But the most recent of the sacred writers rejected the events that took place at the beginning, devised allegories and myths, invented a kinship with the phenomena of the cosmos, and established mysteries, bringing upon them much smoke of pretension, so that no one could easily see what had really happened. But he, coming upon the secret writings of the Ammoneans that had been found in the shrines, composed in characters not known to all, himself practiced the study of them all; and having completed the work, he set aside the myth and the allegories from the beginning and accomplished his purpose, until the priests who came later, in later times, wished to hide it again and restore it to the mythical; from which the mystical element arose, which had not yet reached the Greeks."
1.9.27Dindorf 1:39
Τούτοις ἑξῆς φησιν “Ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν εὕρηται ἐπιμελῶς εἰδέναι τὰ Φοινίκων ποθοῦσι, καὶ πολλὴν ἐξερευνησαμένοις ὕλην, οὐχὶ τὴν παρʼ Ἕλλησι· διάφωνος γὰρ αὕτη καὶ φιλονεικότερον ὑπʼ ἐνίων μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν συντεθεῖσα.
Toutois hexēs phēsin “Tauthʼ hēmin heurētai epimelōs eidenai ta Phoinikōn pothousi, kai pollēn exereunēsamenois hylēn, ouchi tēn parʼ Hellēsi; diaphōnos gar hautē kai philoneikoteron hypʼ eniōn mallon ē pros alētheian syntetheisa.
Next to this he says: "These things we have discovered in our eagerness to know the history of the Phoenicians accurately, having searched through much material, not that among the Greeks; for that is inconsistent, and composed by some more for the sake of contention than of truth."
1.9.28Dindorf 1:39
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα Οὕτως τε ἔχειν πεπεῖσθαι ἡμῖν παρέστη ὡς ἐκεῖνος γέγραφε, τὴν διαφωνίαν ὁρῶσι τὴν παρʼ Ἓλλησι. περὶ ἧς μοι τρία πεφιλοτίμηται βιβλία τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν ἔχοντα Παραδόξου ἱστορίας.”
Kai methʼ hetera Houtōs te echein pepeisthai hēmin parestē hōs ekeinos gegraphe, tēn diaphōnian horōsi tēn parʼ Hellēsi. peri hēs moi tria pephilotimētai biblia tēn epigraphēn echonta Paradoxou historias.”
And after other matters: "We came to be convinced that things are as he has written, seeing the disagreement among the Greeks; concerning which I have taken pains to write three books, entitled Paradoxical History."
1.9.29Dindorf 1:39–40
Καὶ αὖθις μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει “Προδιαρθρῶσαι δὲ ἀναγκαῖον πρὸς τὴν αὖθις σαφήνειαν, καὶ τὴν τῶν κατὰ μέρος διάγνωσιν ὅτι οἱ παλαίτατοι τῶν βαρβάρων, ἐξαιρέτως δὲ Φοίνικές τε καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι, παρʼ ὧν καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ παρέλαβον ἄνθρωποι, θεοὺς ἐνόμιζον μεγίστους τοὺς τὰ πρὸς τὴν βιωτικὴν χρείαν εὑρόντας, ἢ καὶ κατά τι εὖ ποιήσαντας τὰ ἔθνη· εὐεργέτας τε τούτους καὶ πολλῶν αἰτίους ἀγαθῶν ἡγούμενοι ὡς θεοὺς προσεκύνουν, καὶ εἰς τὸ χρεὼν μεταστάντας ναοὺς κατασκευασάμενοι, στήλας τε καὶ ῥάβδους ἀφιέρουν ἐξ ὀνόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ ταῦτα μεγάλως σεβόμενοι, καὶ ἑορτὰς ἔνεμον αὐτοῖς τὰς μεγίστας Φοίνικες· ἐξαιρέτως δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν σφετέρων βασιλέων τοῖς κοσμικοῖς στοιχείοις καί τισι τῶν νομιζομένων θεῶν τὰς ὀνομασίας ἐπέθεσαν· φυσικοὺς δὲ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς πλανήτας ἀστέρας καὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα καὶ τὰ τούτοις συναφῆ θεοὺς μόνους ἐγίνωσκον, ὥστʼ αὐτοῖς τοὺς μὲν θνητοὺς, τοὺς δὲ ἀθανάτους θεοὺς εἷναι.”
Kai authis methʼ hetera epilegei “Prodiarthrōsai de anankaion pros tēn authis saphēneian, kai tēn tōn kata meros diagnōsin hoti hoi palaitatoi tōn barbarōn, exairetōs de Phoinikes te kai Aigyptioi, parʼ hōn kai hoi loipoi parelabon anthrōpoi, theous enomizon megistous tous ta pros tēn biōtikēn chreian heurontas, ē kai kata ti eu poiēsantas ta ethnē; euergetas te toutous kai pollōn aitious agathōn hēgoumenoi hōs theous prosekynoun, kai eis to chreōn metastantas naous kataskeuasamenoi, stēlas te kai rhabdous aphieroun ex onomatos autōn, kai tauta megalōs sebomenoi, kai heortas enemon autois tas megistas Phoinikes; exairetōs de kai apo tōn spheterōn basileōn tois kosmikois stoicheiois kai tisi tōn nomizomenōn theōn tas onomasias epethesan; physikous de hēlion kai selēnēn kai tous loipous planētas asteras kai ta stoicheia kai ta toutois synaphē theous monous eginōskon, hōstʼ autois tous men thnētous, tous de athanatous theous heinai.”
And again, after other matters, he adds: "For clearness later, and for distinguishing the particulars, it is necessary to state first that the most ancient of the barbarians, especially the Phoenicians and Egyptians, from whom the rest of mankind received it, considered as the greatest gods those who had discovered things useful for life, or had in some way done good to the nations. Regarding them as benefactors and causes of many goods, they worshipped them as gods; and when they had passed away, they built temples and consecrated pillars and staffs in their names, venerating these greatly; and the Phoenicians assigned to them their greatest festivals. In particular, they gave the names of their own kings to the elements of the cosmos and to some of those considered gods. But as natural gods they recognized only the sun, the moon, the other planets, the elements and the things connected with them, so that some of their gods were mortal and others immortal."
1.9.30Dindorf 1:40
Ταῦτα κατὰ τό προοίμιον ὁ Φίλων διαστειλάμενος ἐξῆς ἀπάρχεται τῆς τοῦ Σαγχουνιάθωνος ἑρμηνείας, ὧδέ πως τὴν Φοινικικὴν ἐκτιθέμενος θεολογίαν
Tauta kata to prooimion ho Philōn diasteilamenos exēs aparchetai tēs tou Sanchouniathōnos hermēneias, hōde pōs tēn Phoinikikēn ektithemenos theologian
Having made these distinctions in the preface, Philo next begins his translation of Sanchuniathon, setting out the Phoenician theology somewhat as follows:
Preparation 1, chapter 10
1.10.1Dindorf 1:40
“ Τὴν τῶν ὅλων ἀρχὴν ὑποτίθεται ἀέρα ζοφώδη καὶ πνευματώδη, ἢ πνοὴν ἀέρος ζοφώδους, καὶ χάος θολερὸν, ἐρεβῶδες. ταῦτα δὲ εἶναι ἄπειρα καὶ διὰ πολὺν αἰῶνα μὴ ἔχειν πέρας. ὅτε δὲ, φησὶν, ἠράσθη τὸ πνεῦμα τῶν ἰδίων ἀρχῶν καὶ ἐγένετο σύγκρασις, ἡ πλοκὴ ἐκείνη ἐκλήθη πόθος. αὕτη δὲ ἀρχὴ κτίσεως ἁπάντων. αὐτὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐγίνωσκε τὴν αὐτοῦ κτίσιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς αὐτοῦ συμπλοκῆς τοῦ πνεύματος ἐγένετο Μώτ.
“ Tēn tōn holōn archēn hypotithetai aera zophōdē kai pneumatōdē, ē pnoēn aeros zophōdous, kai chaos tholeron, erebōdes. tauta de einai apeira kai dia polyn aiōna mē echein peras. hote de, phēsin, ērasthē to pneuma tōn idiōn archōn kai egeneto synkrasis, hē plokē ekeinē eklēthē pothos. hautē de archē ktiseōs hapantōn. auto de ouk eginōske tēn autou ktisin, kai ek tēs autou symplokēs tou pneumatos egeneto Mōt.
"He supposes the beginning of the universe to be a dark and windy air, or a breath of dark air, and a turbid chaos, black as Erebus. These, he says, were boundless and for a long age had no limit. 'But when,' he says, 'the wind fell in love with its own first principles and a mixture took place, that intertwining was called Desire. This was the beginning of the creation of all things. But the wind did not know its own creation; and from its own intertwining with the wind, Mot came into being.
1.10.2Dindorf 1:40–41
τοῦτό τινές φασιν ἰλὺν, οἱ δὲ ὑδατώδους μίξεως σῆψιν. καὶ ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο πᾶσα σπορὰ κτίσεως καὶ γένεσις τῶν ὅλων. ἦν δέ τινα ζῷα οὐκ ἔχοντα αἴσθησιν, ἐξ ὧν ἐγένετο ζῷα νοερὰ, καὶ ἐκλήθη Ζωφασημὶν, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν οὐρανοῦ κατόπται. καὶ ἀνεπλάσθη ὁμοίως ᾠοῦ σχήματι, καὶ ἐξέλαμψε Μὼτ, ἥλιός τε καὶ σελήνη ἀστέρες τε καὶ ἄστρα μεγάλα.”
touto tines phasin ilyn, hoi de hydatōdous mixeōs sēpsin. kai ek tautēs egeneto pasa spora ktiseōs kai genesis tōn holōn. ēn de tina zǭa ouk echonta aisthēsin, ex hōn egeneto zǭa noera, kai eklēthē Zōphasēmin, toutʼ estin ouranou katoptai. kai aneplasthē homoiōs ǭou schēmati, kai exelampse Mōt, hēlios te kai selēnē asteres te kai astra megala.”
Some say this is mud, others a putrefaction of a watery mixture. And from it came every seed of creation and the generation of all things. There were certain living creatures without sensation, from which intelligent creatures came into being, and they were called Zophasemin, that is, 'watchers of heaven.' And Mot was formed in the shape of an egg, and shone forth, and sun and moon, stars and the great constellations."
1.10.3Dindorf 1:41
Τοιαύτη μὲν αὐτῶν ἡ κοσμογονία, ἄντικρυς ἀθεότητα εἰσάγουσα· ἴδωμεν δὲ ἐξῆς ὡς καὶ τὴν ζωογονίαν ὑποστῆναι λέγει. φησὶν οὑν
Toiautē men autōn hē kosmogonia, antikrys atheotēta eisagousa; idōmen de exēs hōs kai tēn zōogonian hypostēnai legei. phēsin houn
Such is their cosmogony, plainly introducing atheism. Let us see next how he says the generation of living creatures came about. He says then:
1.10.4Dindorf 1:41
“Καὶ τοῦ ἀέρος διαυγάσαντος, διὰ πύρωσιν καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τῆς γῆς ἐγένετο πνεύματα καὶ νέφη καὶ οὐρανίων ὑδάτων μέγισται καταφοραὶ καὶ χύσεις. καὶ ἐπειδὴ διεκρίθη, καὶ τοῦ ἰδίου τόπου διεχωρίσθη διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἡλίου πύρωσιν, καὶ πάντα συνήντησε πάλιν ἐν ἀέρι τάδε τοῖσδε, καὶ συνέρραξαν, βρονταί τε ἀπετελέσθησαν καὶ ἀστραπαὶ, καὶ πρὸς τὸν πάταγον τῶν βροντῶν τὰ προγεγραμμένα νοερὰ ζῷα ἐγρηγόρησεν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἦχον ἐπτύρη, καὶ ἐκινήθη ἔν τε γῇ καὶ θαλάσσῃ ἄρρεν καὶ θῆλυ.”
“Kai tou aeros diaugasantos, dia pyrōsin kai tēs thalassēs kai tēs gēs egeneto pneumata kai nephē kai ouraniōn hydatōn megistai kataphorai kai chyseis. kai epeidē diekrithē, kai tou idiou topou diechōristhē dia tēn tou hēliou pyrōsin, kai panta synēntēse palin en aeri tade toisde, kai synerraxan, brontai te apetelesthēsan kai astrapai, kai pros ton patagon tōn brontōn ta progegrammena noera zǭa egrēgorēsen, kai pros ton ēchon eptyrē, kai ekinēthē en te gę̄ kai thalassę̄ arren kai thēly.”
"And when the air shone with light, through the burning heat of both the sea and the earth there came winds and clouds and very great downpours and floods of the waters of heaven. And when they were separated and parted from their own place through the burning of the sun, and all met again in the air, one with another, and dashed together, thunders and lightnings were produced; and at the crash of the thunders the intelligent creatures described before awoke, and were startled at the sound, and male and female moved on land and in the sea."
1.10.5Dindorf 1:41
Τοιαύτη αὐτοῖς καὶ ἡ ζωογονία. τούτοις ἐξῆς ὁ αὐτὸς συγγραφεὺς ἐπιφέρει λέγων “Ταῦθʼ ηὑρέθη ἐν τῇ κοσμογονίᾳ γεγραμμένα Τααύτου καὶ τοῖς ἐκείνου ὑπομνήμασιν, ἔκ τε στοχασμῶν καὶ τεκμηρίων ὧν ἑώρακεν αὐτοῦ ἡ διάνοια καὶ ηὗρε καὶ ἡμῖν ἐφώτισεν.’
Toiautē autois kai hē zōogonia. toutois exēs ho autos syngrapheus epipherei legōn “Tauthʼ hēurethē en tę̄ kosmogonią gegrammena Taautou kai tois ekeinou hypomnēmasin, ek te stochasmōn kai tekmēriōn hōn heōraken autou hē dianoia kai hēure kai hēmin ephōtisen.’
Such is their account of the generation of living creatures. Next the same writer adds, saying: "These things were found written in the cosmogony of Taautus and in his records, from the conjectures and evidences which his mind saw and discovered and made clear to us."
1.10.6Dindorf 1:41–42
Ἑξῆς τούτοις ὀνόματα τῶν ἀνέμων εἰπὼν νότου καὶ βορέου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐπιλέγει “Ἀλλʼ οὗτοί γε πρῶτοι ἀφιέρωσαν τὰ τῆς γῆς βλαστήματα καὶ θεοὺς ἐνόμισαν, καὶ προσεκύνουν ταῦτα, ἀφʼ ὧν αὐτοί τε διεγένοντο καὶ οἱ ἑπόμενοι, καὶ οἱ πρὸ αὐτῶν πάντες, καὶ χοὰς καὶ ἐπιθύσεις ἐποίουν.”
Hexēs toutois onomata tōn anemōn eipōn notou kai boreou kai tōn loipōn epilegei “Allʼ houtoi ge prōtoi aphierōsan ta tēs gēs blastēmata kai theous enomisan, kai prosekynoun tauta, aphʼ hōn autoi te diegenonto kai hoi hepomenoi, kai hoi pro autōn pantes, kai choas kai epithyseis epoioun.”
Next, after naming the winds, the south wind, the north wind, and the rest, he adds: "But these were the first to consecrate the growths of the earth, and they held them to be gods and worshipped them, the things by which they themselves, their descendants, and all before them lived; and they made libations and offerings to them."
1.10.7Dindorf 1:42
Καὶ ἐπιλέγει “Αὗται δʼ ἦσαν αἱ ἐπίνοιαι τῆς προσκυνήσεως ὅμοιαι τῇ αὐτῶν ἀσθενείᾳ καὶ ψυχῆς ἀτολμίᾳ. εἶτά φησι γεγενῆσθαι ἐκ τοῦ Κολπία ἀνέμου καὶ γυναικὸς Βάαυτ, τοῦτο δὲ νύκτα ἑρμηνεύει, Αἰῶνα καὶ Πρωτόγονον, θνητοὺς ἄνδρας, οὕτω καλουμένους· εὑρεῖν δὲ τὸν Αἰῶνα τὴν ἀπὸ δένδρων τροφήν. ἐκ τούτων τοὺς γενομένους κληθῆναι Γένος καὶ Γενεὰν, καὶ οἰκῆσαι τὴν Φοινίκην· αὐχμῶν δὲ γενομένων τὰς χεῖρας εἰς οὐρανὸν ὀρέγειν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον. τοῦτον γὰρ (φησὶ) θεὸν ἐνόμιζον μόνον οὐρανοῦ κύριον. Βεελσάμην καλοῦντες, ὅ ἐστι παρὰ Φοίνιξι κύριος οὐρανοῦ, Ζεὺς δὲ παρʼ Ἕλλησι.”
Kai epilegei “Hautai dʼ ēsan hai epinoiai tēs proskynēseōs homoiai tę̄ autōn astheneią kai psychēs atolmią. eita phēsi gegenēsthai ek tou Kolpia anemou kai gynaikos Baaut, touto de nykta hermēneuei, Aiōna kai Prōtogonon, thnētous andras, houtō kaloumenous; heurein de ton Aiōna tēn apo dendrōn trophēn. ek toutōn tous genomenous klēthēnai Genos kai Genean, kai oikēsai tēn Phoinikēn; auchmōn de genomenōn tas cheiras eis ouranon oregein pros ton hēlion. touton gar (phēsi) theon enomizon monon ouranou kyrion. Beelsamēn kalountes, ho esti para Phoinixi kyrios ouranou, Zeus de parʼ Hellēsi.”
And he adds: "These were their notions of worship, matching their own weakness and timidity of soul." Then he says that from the wind Colpia and his wife Baau, which he interprets as 'night,' were born Aeon and Protogonus, mortal men so called; and that Aeon discovered food from trees. Those born of these were called Genos and Genea, and they settled Phoenicia. When droughts came, they stretched out their hands to heaven toward the sun; "for him," he says, "they considered the only god, lord of heaven, calling him Beelsamen, which among the Phoenicians means 'lord of heaven,' and among the Greeks Zeus."
1.10.8Dindorf 1:42
Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πλάνην Ἕλλησιν αἰτιᾶται λέγων “Οὐ γὰρ ματαίως αὐτὰ πολλαχῶς διεστειλάμεθα, σιν ὀνομάτων, ἅπερ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀγνοήσαντες ἄλλως ἐξεδέξαντο, πλανηθέντες τῇ ἀμφιβολίᾳ τῆς μεταφράσεως.”
Meta de tauta planēn Hellēsin aitiatai legōn “Ou gar mataiōs auta pollachōs diesteilametha, sin onomatōn, haper hoi Hellēnes agnoēsantes allōs exedexanto, planēthentes tę̄ amphibolią tēs metaphraseōs.”
After this he charges the Greeks with error, saying: "For it was not without reason that we distinguished these things in many ways, but because of the misinterpretations of the names, which the Greeks, not understanding, took in another sense, misled by the ambiguity of the translation."
1.10.9Dindorf 1:42–43
Ἑξῆς φησιν “Ἀπὸ Γένους Αἰῶνος καὶ Πρωτογόνου γεννηθῆναι αὖθις παῖδας θνητοὺς, οἷς εἶναι ὀνόματα Φῶς καὶ Πύρ καὶ Φλόξ. οὗτοι (φησὶν) ἐκ παρατριβῆς ξύλων εὗρον πῦρ καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν ἐδίδαξαν. υἱοὺς δὲ ἐγέννησαν οὗτοι μεγέθει τε καὶ ὑπεροχῇ κρείσσονας, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἐπετέθη ὧν ἐκράτησαν, ὡς ἐξ αὐτῶν κληθῆναι τὸ Κάσσιον, καὶ τὸν Λίβανον, καὶ τὸν Ἀντιλίβανον, καὶ τὸ Βραθύ. ἐκ τούτων (φησὶν) ἐγεννήθη Σαμημροῦμος, ὁ καὶ Ὑψουράνιος, καὶ Οὔσωος· ἀπὸ μητέρων δὲ (φησὶν) ἐχρημάτιζον, τῶν τότε γυναικῶν ἀνέδην μισγομένων οἷς ἂν ἐντύχοιεν.
Hexēs phēsin “Apo Genous Aiōnos kai Prōtogonou gennēthēnai authis paidas thnētous, hois einai onomata Phōs kai Pyr kai Phlox. houtoi (phēsin) ek paratribēs xylōn heuron pyr kai tēn chrēsin edidaxan. huious de egennēsan houtoi megethei te kai hyperochę̄ kreissonas, hōn ta onomata tois oresin epetethē hōn ekratēsan, hōs ex autōn klēthēnai to Kassion, kai ton Libanon, kai ton Antilibanon, kai to Brathy. ek toutōn (phēsin) egennēthē Samēmroumos, ho kai Hypsouranios, kai Ousōos; apo mēterōn de (phēsin) echrēmatizon, tōn tote gynaikōn anedēn misgomenōn hois an entychoien.
Next he says: "From Genos son of Aeon and Protogonus were born again mortal children, whose names were Light, Fire, and Flame. These," he says, "discovered fire by rubbing pieces of wood together and taught its use. They begot sons surpassing in size and stature, whose names were given to the mountains they held, so that from them Cassius, Libanus, Antilibanus, and Brathy were named. From these," he says, "were born Samemroumus, also called Hypsouranius, and Usous; and they were named," he says, "after their mothers, since the women of that time had intercourse without restraint with any they happened to meet."
1.10.10Dindorf 1:43
Εἶτά φησι “Τὸν Ὑψουράνιον οἰκῆσαι Τυρὸν, καλύβας τε ἐπινοῆσαι ἀπὸ καλάμων καὶ θρύων καὶ παπύρου, στασιάσαι δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν Οὔσωνον, ὃς τῷ σώματι· πρῶτος ἐκ δερμάτων ὧν ἴσχυσε συλλαβεῖν θηρίων εὗρε. ῥαγδαίων δὲ γενομένων ὄμβρων καὶ πνευμάτων παρατριβέντα τὰ ἐν τῇ Τυρῷ δένδρα πῦρ ἀνάψαι καὶ τὴν αὐτόθι ὕλην καταφλέξαι. δένδρου δὲ λαβόμενον τὸν Οὒσωον καὶ ἀποκλαδεύσαντα πρῶτον τολμῆσαι εἰς θάλατταν ἐμβῆναι· ἀνιερῶσαι δὲ δύο στήλας πυρὶ καὶ πνεύματι, καὶ προσκυνῆσαι, αἷμά τε σπένδειν αὐταῖς ἐξ ὧν ἤγρευε θηρίων.
Eita phēsi “Ton Hypsouranion oikēsai Tyron, kalybas te epinoēsai apo kalamōn kai thryōn kai papyrou, stasiasai de pros ton adelphon Ousōnon, hos tǭ sōmati; prōtos ek dermatōn hōn ischyse syllabein thēriōn heure. rhagdaiōn de genomenōn ombrōn kai pneumatōn paratribenta ta en tę̄ Tyrǭ dendra pyr anapsai kai tēn autothi hylēn kataphlexai. dendrou de labomenon ton Ousōon kai apokladeusanta prōton tolmēsai eis thalattan embēnai; anierōsai de dyo stēlas pyri kai pneumati, kai proskynēsai, haima te spendein autais ex hōn ēgreue thēriōn.
Then he says: "Hypsouranius lived in Tyre and devised huts of reeds, rushes, and papyrus; and he quarreled with his brother Usous, who first invented a covering for the body from the skins of the wild beasts he was able to catch. When violent rains and winds came, the trees in Tyre were rubbed together, caught fire, and burned the forest there. Usous took a tree, stripped off its branches, and was the first to dare to embark on the sea. He consecrated two pillars to fire and wind, worshipped them, and poured out to them the blood of the wild beasts he hunted.
1.10.11Dindorf 1:43
τούτων δὲ τελευτησάντων τοὺς ἀπολειφθέντας φησὶ ῥάβδους αὐτοῖς ἀφιερῶσαι, καὶ τὰς στήλας προσκυνεῖν, καὶ τούτοις ἑορτὰς ἄγειν κατʼ ἔτος. χρόνοις δὲ ὕστερον πολλοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ὑψουρανίου γενεᾶς γενέσθαι Ἀγρέα καὶ Ἁλιέα, τοὺς ἄγρας καὶ ἁλείας εὑρετᾶς, ἐξ ὧν κληθῆναι ἀγρευτὰς καὶ ἁλιεῖς· ἐξ ὧν γενέσθαι δύο ἀδελφοὺς σιδήρου εὑρετὰς καὶ τῆς τούτου ἐργασίας, ὧν θάτερον τὸν Χρυσὼρ λόγους ἀσκῆσαι καὶ ἐπῳδὰς καὶ μαντείας· εἶναι δὲ τοῦτον Ἣφαιστον, εὑρεῖν δὲ καὶ ἄγκιστρον καὶ δέλεαρ καὶ ὁρμιὰν καὶ σχεδίαν, πρῶτόν τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων πλεῦσαι· διὸ καὶ ὡς θεὸν αὐτὸν μετὰ θάνατον ἐσεβάσθησαν.
toutōn de teleutēsantōn tous apoleiphthentas phēsi rhabdous autois aphierōsai, kai tas stēlas proskynein, kai toutois heortas agein katʼ etos. chronois de hysteron pollois apo tēs Hypsouraniou geneas genesthai Agrea kai Haliea, tous agras kai haleias heuretas, ex hōn klēthēnai agreutas kai halieis; ex hōn genesthai dyo adelphous sidērou heuretas kai tēs toutou ergasias, hōn thateron ton Chrysōr logous askēsai kai epǭdas kai manteias; einai de touton Hēphaiston, heurein de kai ankistron kai delear kai hormian kai schedian, prōton te pantōn anthrōpōn pleusai; dio kai hōs theon auton meta thanaton esebasthēsan.
When these had died, he says, those who were left consecrated staffs to them, worshipped the pillars, and held festivals for them every year. Many ages later, from the race of Hypsouranius came Agreus and Halieus, the inventors of hunting and fishing, from whom hunters and fishermen are named. From these came two brothers, inventors of iron and of its working. One of them, Chrysor, practiced words, incantations, and divinations; he is Hephaestus. He also invented the hook, bait, line, and raft, and was the first of all men to sail; so after his death they worshipped him as a god.
1.10.12Dindorf 1:43–44
καλεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ Δία μειλίχιον· οἱ δὲ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ τοίχους φασὶν ἐπινοῆσαι ἐκ πλίνθων. μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἐκ τοῦ γένους τούτων γενέσθαι νεανίας δύο, καλεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτῶν τὸν μὲν Τεχνίτην, τὸν δὲ Γήινον αὐτόχθονα οὗτοι ἐπενόησαν τῷ πηλῷ τῆς πλίνθου συμμιγνύειν φορυτὸν καὶ τῷ ἡλίῳ αὐτὰς τερσαίνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ στέγας ἐξεῦρον. ἀπὸ τούτων ἐγένοντο ἕτεροι, ὧν ὁ μὲν Ἀγρὸς ἐκαλεῖτο, ὁ δὲ Ἀγρούηρος ἢ Ἀγρότης, οὗ καὶ ξόανον εἷναι μάλα σεβάσμιον καὶ ναὸν ζυγοφορούμενον ἐν Φοινίκῃ· παρὰ δὲ Βυβλίοις ἐξαιρέτως θεῶν ὁ μέγιστος ὀνομάζεται.
kaleisthai de auton kai Dia meilichion; hoi de tous adelphous autou toichous phasin epinoēsai ek plinthōn. meta tautʼ ek tou genous toutōn genesthai neanias dyo, kaleisthai de autōn ton men Technitēn, ton de Gēinon autochthona houtoi epenoēsan tǭ pēlǭ tēs plinthou symmignyein phoryton kai tǭ hēliǭ autas tersainein, alla kai stegas exeuron. apo toutōn egenonto heteroi, hōn ho men Agros ekaleito, ho de Agrouēros ē Agrotēs, hou kai xoanon heinai mala sebasmion kai naon zygophoroumenon en Phoinikę̄; para de Bybliois exairetōs theōn ho megistos onomazetai.
He was also called Zeus Meilichius. Some say that his brothers devised walls of brick. After this, from their race came two young men, one called Technites and the other Geinus Autochthon. These devised mixing straw with the clay of bricks and drying them in the sun, and they also invented roofs. From these came others, one of whom was called Agrus and the other Agrueros or Agrotes, of whom there is a very venerable wooden image and a shrine carried by yoked animals in Phoenicia; and among the people of Byblos he is called, in particular, the greatest of the gods.
1.10.13Dindorf 1:44
ἐπενόησαν δὲ οὗτοι αὐλὰς προστιθέναι τοῖς οἴκοις καὶ περιβόλαια καὶ σπήλαια. ἐκ τούτων ἀγρόται καὶ κυνηγοί. οὗτοι δὲ καὶ Ἄληται καὶ Τιτᾶνες καλοῦνται. ἀπὸ τούτων γενέσθαι Ἄμυνον καὶ Μάγον, οἳ κατέδειξαν κώμας καὶ ποίμνας. ἀπὸ τούτων γενέσθαι Μισὼρ καὶ Συδὺκ, τουτʼ ἐστιν εὔλυτον καὶ δίκαιον. οὗτοι τὴν τοῦ ἁλὸς χρῆσιν εὗρον.
epenoēsan de houtoi aulas prostithenai tois oikois kai peribolaia kai spēlaia. ek toutōn agrotai kai kynēgoi. houtoi de kai Alētai kai Titanes kalountai. apo toutōn genesthai Amynon kai Magon, hoi katedeixan kōmas kai poimnas. apo toutōn genesthai Misōr kai Sydyk, toutʼ estin eulyton kai dikaion. houtoi tēn tou halos chrēsin heuron.
These devised adding courtyards, enclosures, and cellars to houses. From these come farmers and huntsmen. They are also called Aletae and Titans. From these came Amynus and Magus, who established villages and flocks. From these came Misor and Sydyk, that is, 'easily freed' and 'just.' They discovered the use of salt.
1.10.14Dindorf 1:44
ἀπὸ Μισὼρ Τάαυτος, ὃς εὗρε τὴν τῶν πρώτων στοιχείων γραφήν· ὃν Αἰγύπτιοι μὲν Θωὺθ, Ἀλεξανδρεῖς δὲ Θὼθ, Ἓλληνες δὲ Ἑρμῆν ἐκάλεσαν. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ Συδὺκ Διόσκουροι, ἢ Κάβειροι, ἢ Κορύβαντες, ἢ Σαμοθρᾷκες. οὗτοι (φησὶ) πρῶτοι πλοῖον εὗρον. ἐκ τούτων γεγόνασιν ἕτεροι, οἳ καὶ βοτάνας εὗρον καὶ τὴν τῶν δακετῶν ἴασιν καὶ ἐπῳδάς. κατὰ τούτους γίνεταί τις Ἐλιοῦν καλούμενος Ὕψιστος, καὶ Θήλεια λεγομένη Βηρούθ· οἱ καὶ κατῴκουν περὶ Βύβλον.
apo Misōr Taautos, hos heure tēn tōn prōtōn stoicheiōn graphēn; hon Aigyptioi men Thōyth, Alexandreis de Thōth, Hellēnes de Hermēn ekalesan. ek de tou Sydyk Dioskouroi, ē Kabeiroi, ē Korybantes, ē Samothrąkes. houtoi (phēsi) prōtoi ploion heuron. ek toutōn gegonasin heteroi, hoi kai botanas heuron kai tēn tōn daketōn iasin kai epǭdas. kata toutous ginetai tis Elioun kaloumenos Hypsistos, kai Thēleia legomenē Bērouth; hoi kai katǭkoun peri Byblon.
From Misor came Taautus, who invented the writing of the first letters, whom the Egyptians called Thouth, the Alexandrians Thoth, and the Greeks Hermes. From Sydyk came the Dioscuri, or Cabiri, or Corybantes, or Samothracians. These," he says, "first invented the ship. From them came others, who discovered herbs, the healing of bites, and charms. In their time is born one Elioun, called the Most High, and a female called Berouth; they lived near Byblos.
1.10.15Dindorf 1:44
ἐξ ὧν γεννᾶται Ἐπίγειος αὐτόχθων, ὃν ὕστερον ἐκάλεσαν Οὐρανόν· ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς στοιχεῖον διʼ ὑπερβολὴν τοῦ κάλλους ὀνομάζειν οὐρανόν. γεννᾶται δὲ τούτῳ ἀδελφὴ ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων, ἣ καὶ ἐκλήθη Γῆ. καὶ διὰ τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς (φησὶν) ἐκάλεσαν τὴν ὁμώνυμον γῆν. ὁ δὲ τούτων πατὴρ ὁ Ὕψιστος ἐν συμβολῇ θηρίων τελευτήσας ἀφιερώθη, ᾧ χοὰς καὶ θυσίας οἱ παῖδες ἐτέλεσαν.
ex hōn gennatai Epigeios autochthōn, hon hysteron ekalesan Ouranon; hōs apʼ autou kai to hyper hēmas stoicheion diʼ hyperbolēn tou kallous onomazein ouranon. gennatai de toutǭ adelphē ek tōn proeirēmenōn, hē kai eklēthē Gē. kai dia to kallos autēs (phēsin) ekalesan tēn homōnymon gēn. ho de toutōn patēr ho Hypsistos en symbolę̄ thēriōn teleutēsas aphierōthē, hǭ choas kai thysias hoi paides etelesan.
From these is born Epigeius Autochthon, whom they afterward called Ouranus (Heaven), so that from him they also named the element above us 'heaven,' because of its surpassing beauty. And from the same parents a sister is born to him, who was called Ge (Earth); and because of her beauty," he says, "they called the earth by the same name. Their father, the Most High, died in an encounter with wild beasts and was deified, and his children offered libations and sacrifices to him.
1.10.16Dindorf 1:44–45
παραλαβὼν δὲ ὁ Οὐρανὸς τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀρχὴν ἄγεται πρὸς γάμον τὴν ἀδελφὴν Γῆν, καὶ ποιεῖται ἐξ αὐτῆς παῖδας τέσσαρας, Ἦλον, τὸν καὶ Κρόνον, καὶ Βαίτυλον καὶ Δαγὼν, ὅς ἐστι Σιτὼν, καὶ Ἂτλαντα. καὶ ἐξ ἄλλων δὲ γαμετῶν ὁ Οὐρανὸς πολλὴν ἔσχε γενεάν. διὸ χαλεπαίνουσα ἡ Γῆ τὸν Οὐρανὸν ζηλοτυποῦσα ἐκάκιζεν, ὡς καὶ διαστῆναι ἀλλήλων.
paralabōn de ho Ouranos tēn tou patros archēn agetai pros gamon tēn adelphēn Gēn, kai poieitai ex autēs paidas tessaras, Ēlon, ton kai Kronon, kai Baitylon kai Dagōn, hos esti Sitōn, kai Atlanta. kai ex allōn de gametōn ho Ouranos pollēn esche genean. dio chalepainousa hē Gē ton Ouranon zēlotypousa ekakizen, hōs kai diastēnai allēlōn.
Ouranus, taking over his father's rule, marries his sister Ge and has by her four sons: Elus, who is also Cronus, Baetylus, Dagon, who is Siton (grain), and Atlas. By other wives too Ouranus had a large family. So Ge, angered and jealous, reproached Ouranus, so that they separated from each other.
1.10.17Dindorf 1:45
ὁ δὲ Οὐρανὸς ἀποχωρήσας αὐτῆς, μετὰ βίας ὅτε καὶ ἐβούλετο ἐπιὼν καὶ πλησιάζων αὐτῇ, πάλιν ἀπηλλάττετο· ἐπεχείρει δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς παῖδας διαφθείρειν· τὴν δὲ Γῆν ἀμύνασθαι πολλάκις, συμμαχίαν αὐτῇ συλλεξαμένην· εἰς ἄνδρας δὲ προελθὼν ὁ Κρόνος Ἑρμῇ τῷ τρισμεγίστῳ συμβούλῳ καὶ βοηθῷ χρώμενος, οὗτος γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ γραμματεὺς, τὸν πατέρα Οὐρανὸν ἀμύνεται, τιμωρῶν τῇ μητρί.
ho de Ouranos apochōrēsas autēs, meta bias hote kai ebouleto epiōn kai plēsiazōn autę̄, palin apēllatteto; epecheirei de kai tous ex autēs paidas diaphtheirein; tēn de Gēn amynasthai pollakis, symmachian autę̄ syllexamenēn; eis andras de proelthōn ho Kronos Hermę̄ tǭ trismegistǭ symboulǭ kai boēthǭ chrōmenos, houtos gar ēn autǭ grammateus, ton patera Ouranon amynetai, timōrōn tę̄ mētri.
But Ouranus, having left her, would come upon her by force whenever he wished, lie with her, and go away again; he also tried to destroy the children he had by her. Ge often defended herself, gathering allies for herself. And when Cronus came to manhood, using Hermes Trismegistus as his counselor and helper (for he was his secretary), he took vengeance on his father Ouranus, avenging his mother.
1.10.18Dindorf 1:45
Κρόνῳ δὲ γίνονται παῖδες Περσεφόνη καὶ Ἀθηνᾶ. ἡ μὲν οὖν πρώτη παρθένος ἐτελεύτα, τῆς δὲ Ἀθηνᾶς γνώμῃ καὶ Ἑρμοῦ κατεσκεύασε Κρόνος ἐκ σιδήρου ἅρπην καὶ δόρυ. εἶτα ὁ Ἑρμῆς τοῖς τοῦ Κρόνου συμμάχοις λόγους μαγείας διαλεχθεὶς πόθον ἐνεποίησε τῆς κατὰ τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ μάχης ὑπὲρ τῆς Γῆς. καὶ οὕτω Κρόνος τὸν Οὐρανὸν πολέμῳ συμβαλὼν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἤλασε καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν διεδέξατο. ἑάλω δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἡ ἐπέραστος τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ σύγκοιτος ἐγκύμων οὖσα, ἣν ἐκδίδωσιν ὁ Κρόνος Δαγῶνι πρὸς γάμον.
Kronǭ de ginontai paides Persephonē kai Athēna. hē men oun prōtē parthenos eteleuta, tēs de Athēnas gnōmę̄ kai Hermou kateskeuase Kronos ek sidērou harpēn kai dory. eita ho Hermēs tois tou Kronou symmachois logous mageias dialechtheis pothon enepoiēse tēs kata tou Ouranou machēs hyper tēs Gēs. kai houtō Kronos ton Ouranon polemǭ symbalōn tēs archēs ēlase kai tēn basileian diedexato. healō de kai en tę̄ machę̄ hē eperastos tou Ouranou synkoitos enkymōn ousa, hēn ekdidōsin ho Kronos Dagōni pros gamon.
To Cronus are born children, Persephone and Athena. The first died a virgin; but on the advice of Athena and Hermes, Cronus made a sickle and a spear of iron. Then Hermes, speaking magic words to Cronus's allies, put into them a desire for the battle against Ouranus on behalf of Ge. And so Cronus, engaging Ouranus in war, drove him from his rule and succeeded to the kingdom. In the battle the beloved concubine of Ouranus was also captured, being pregnant, and Cronus gives her in marriage to Dagon.
1.10.19Dindorf 1:45
τίκτει δὲ τούτῳ ὃ κατὰ γαστρὸς ἐξ Οὐρανοῦ ἔφερεν, ὅ καὶ ἐκάλεσε Δημαροῦν. ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ Κρόνος τεῖχος περιβάλλει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ οἰκήσει, καὶ πόλιν πρώτην κτίζει τὴν ἐπὶ Φοινίκης Βύβλον.
tiktei de toutǭ ho kata gastros ex Ouranou epheren, ho kai ekalese Dēmaroun. epi toutois ho Kronos teichos periballei tę̄ heautou oikēsei, kai polin prōtēn ktizei tēn epi Phoinikēs Byblon.
In Dagon's house she bears the child she was carrying by Ouranus, and named him Demarus. After this Cronus builds a wall around his own dwelling and founds the first city, Byblos in Phoenicia.
1.10.20Dindorf 1:45–46
μετὰ ταῦτα τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον Ἄτλαντα ὑπονοήσας ὁ Κρόνος μετὰ γνώμης τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ εἰς βάθος γῆς ἐμβαλὼν κατέχωσε κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν Διοσκούρων σχεδίας καὶ πλοῖα συνθέντες ἒπλευσαν, καὶ ἐκριφέντες περὶ τὸ Κάσσιον ὅρος ναὸν αὐτόθι ἀφιέρωσαν. οἱ δὲ σύμμαχοι Ἣλου τοῦ Κρόνου Ἐλωεὶμ ἐπεκλήθησαν, ὡς ἂν Κρόνιοι οὗτοι ἦσαν οἱ λεγόμενοι ἐπὶ Κρόνου,
meta tauta ton adelphon ton idion Atlanta hyponoēsas ho Kronos meta gnōmēs tou Hermou eis bathos gēs embalōn katechōse kata touton ton chronon hoi apo tōn Dioskourōn schedias kai ploia synthentes epleusan, kai ekriphentes peri to Kassion horos naon autothi aphierōsan. hoi de symmachoi Hēlou tou Kronou Elōeim epeklēthēsan, hōs an Kronioi houtoi ēsan hoi legomenoi epi Kronou,
After this Cronus, suspecting his own brother Atlas, on the advice of Hermes threw him into a pit in the earth and buried him. At this time the descendants of the Dioscuri, having built rafts and ships, went to sea, and being cast ashore near Mount Cassius consecrated a temple there. The allies of Elus, that is Cronus, were called Eloeim, as those called after Cronus would be Cronians.
1.10.21Dindorf 1:46
Κρόνος δὲ υἱὸν ἔχων Σάδιδον ἰδίῳ αὐτὸν σιδήρῳ διεχρήσατο, διʼ ὑπονοίας αὐτὸν ἐσχηκὼς, καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, αὐτόχειρ τοῦ παιδὸς γενόμενος, ἐστέρησεν· ὡσαύτως καὶ θυγατρὸς ἰδίας τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀπέτεμεν, ὡς πάντας ἐκπεπλῆχθαι θεοὺς τὴν Κρόνου γνώμην.
Kronos de huion echōn Sadidon idiǭ auton sidērǭ diechrēsato, diʼ hyponoias auton eschēkōs, kai tēs psychēs, autocheir tou paidos genomenos, esterēsen; hōsautōs kai thygatros idias tēn kephalēn apetemen, hōs pantas ekpeplēchthai theous tēn Kronou gnōmēn.
Cronus, having a son Sadidus, killed him with his own sword, having come to suspect him, and deprived him of life, becoming the murderer of his own child. In the same way he cut off the head of his own daughter, so that all the gods were dismayed at the mind of Cronus.
1.10.22Dindorf 1:46
χρόνου δὲ προϊόντος Οὐρανὸς ἐν φυγῇ τυγχάνων θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ παρθένον Ἀστάρτην μεθʼ ἑτέρων ἀδελφῶν αὐτῆς δύο, Ῥέας καὶ Διώνης, δόλῳ τὸν Κρόνον ἀνελεῖν ὑπομέμπει· ἃς καὶ ἑλὼν ὁ Κρόνος κουριδίας γαμετὰς ἀδελφὰς οὔσας ἐποιήσατο.
chronou de proïontos Ouranos en phygę̄ tynchanōn thygatera autou parthenon Astartēn methʼ heterōn adelphōn autēs dyo, Rheas kai Diōnēs, dolǭ ton Kronon anelein hypomempei; has kai helōn ho Kronos kouridias gametas adelphas ousas epoiēsato.
As time went on, Ouranus, being in exile, secretly sends his virgin daughter Astarte, with two other sisters of hers, Rhea and Dione, to kill Cronus by guile. But Cronus caught them and made them his wedded wives, though they were his sisters.
1.10.23Dindorf 1:46
γνοὺς δὲ Οὐρανὸς ἐπιστρατεύει κατὰ τοῦ Κρόνου Εἱμαρμένην καὶ Ὥραν μεθʼ ἑτέρων συμμάχων, καὶ ταύτας ἐξοικειωσάμενος ὁ Κρόνος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ κατέσχεν. ἔτι δὲ (φησὶν) ἐπενόησε θεὸς Οὐρανὸς βαιτύλια, λίθους ἐμψύχους μηχανησάμενος. Κρόνῳ δὲ ἐγένοντο ἀπὸ Ἀστάρτης θυγατέρες ἑπτὰ Τιτανίδες ἢ Ἀρτέμιδες.
gnous de Ouranos epistrateuei kata tou Kronou Heimarmenēn kai Hōran methʼ heterōn symmachōn, kai tautas exoikeiōsamenos ho Kronos parʼ heautǭ kateschen. eti de (phēsin) epenoēse theos Ouranos baitylia, lithous empsychous mēchanēsamenos. Kronǭ de egenonto apo Astartēs thygateres hepta Titanides ē Artemides.
When Ouranus learned of it, he sends Heimarmene (Fate) and Hora (Season) with other allies to make war on Cronus; and Cronus won these too over to himself and kept them with him. Further," he says, "the god Ouranus devised baetylia, contriving stones endowed with life. To Cronus were born by Astarte seven daughters, Titanides or Artemides.
1.10.24Dindorf 1:46
καὶ πάλιν τῷ αὐτῷ γίνονται ἀπὸ Ῥέας παῖδες ἑπτὰ, ὧν ὁ νεώτατος ἅμα τῇ γενέσει ἀφιερώθη· καὶ ἀπὸ Διώνης θήλειαι, καὶ ἀπὸ Ἀστάρτης πάλιν ἂρρενες δύο, Πόθος καὶ Ἒρως.
kai palin tǭ autǭ ginontai apo Rheas paides hepta, hōn ho neōtatos hama tę̄ genesei aphierōthē; kai apo Diōnēs thēleiai, kai apo Astartēs palin arrenes dyo, Pothos kai Erōs.
And again to the same are born by Rhea seven sons, of whom the youngest was consecrated at his birth; and by Dione daughters; and again by Astarte two sons, Pothos (Longing) and Eros (Love).
1.10.25Dindorf 1:46
ὁ δὲ Δαγὼν, ἐπειδὴ εὗρε σῖτον καὶ ἄροτρον, ἐκλήθη Ζεὺς Ἀρότρις. Συδύκῳ δὲ, τῷ λεγομένῳ δικαίῳ, μία τῶν Τιτανίδων συνελθοῦσα γεννᾷ τὸν Ἀσκληπιόν.
ho de Dagōn, epeidē heure siton kai arotron, eklēthē Zeus Arotris. Sydykǭ de, tǭ legomenǭ dikaiǭ, mia tōn Titanidōn synelthousa genną ton Asklēpion.
Dagon, since he discovered grain and the plow, was called Zeus Arotrius. One of the Titanides, uniting with Sydyk, called the Just, bears Asclepius.
1.10.26Dindorf 1:46
ἐγεννήθησαν δὲ καὶ ἐν Περαίᾳ Κρόνῳ τρεῖς παῖδες, Κρόνος ὁμώνυμος τῷ πατρὶ καὶ Ζεὺς Βῆλος καὶ Ἀπόλλων. κατὰ τούτους γίνονται Πόντος καὶ Τυφὼν καὶ Νηρεὺς, πατὴρ Πόντου.
egennēthēsan de kai en Peraią Kronǭ treis paides, Kronos homōnymos tǭ patri kai Zeus Bēlos kai Apollōn. kata toutous ginontai Pontos kai Typhōn kai Nēreus, patēr Pontou.
In Peraea too three sons were born to Cronus: Cronus, of the same name as his father, Zeus Belus, and Apollo. In their time are born Pontus, Typhon, and Nereus, father of Pontus.
1.10.27Dindorf 1:46
ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Πόντου γίνεται Σιδῶν, ἣ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν εὐφωνίας πρώτη ὕμνον ᾠδῆς εὗρε, καὶ Ποσειδῶν. τῷ δὲ Δημαροῦντι γίνεται Μέλκαθρος, ὁ καὶ Ἡρακλῆς.
apo de tou Pontou ginetai Sidōn, hē kathʼ hyperbolēn euphōnias prōtē hymnon ǭdēs heure, kai Poseidōn. tǭ de Dēmarounti ginetai Melkathros, ho kai Hēraklēs.
From Pontus comes Sidon, who by the surpassing beauty of her voice first invented the hymn of song, and Poseidon. To Demarus is born Melcathrus, who is also Heracles.
1.10.28Dindorf 1:46–47
εἶτα πάλιν Οὐρανὸς πολεμεῖ Πόντῳ, καὶ ἀποστὰς Δημαροῦντι προστίθεται, ἔπεισί τε Πόντῳ ὁ Δημαροῦς, τροποῦταί τε αὐτὸν ὁ Πόντος, ὁ δὲ Δημαροῦς φυγῆς θυσίαν ηὔξατο.
eita palin Ouranos polemei Pontǭ, kai apostas Dēmarounti prostithetai, epeisi te Pontǭ ho Dēmarous, tropoutai te auton ho Pontos, ho de Dēmarous phygēs thysian ēuxato.
Then again Ouranus makes war on Pontus, and revolting, attaches himself to Demarus. Demarus attacks Pontus, but Pontus routs him, and Demarus vowed a sacrifice for his escape.
1.10.29Dindorf 1:47
ἔτει δὲ τριακοστῷ δευτέρῳ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ κρατήσεως καὶ βασιλείας ὁ Ἦλος, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ὁ Κρόνος, Οὐρανὸν τὸν πατέρα λοχήσας ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ μεσογείῳ καὶ λαβὼν ὑποχείριον ἐκτέμνει αὐτοῦ τὰ αἰδοῖα, σύνεγγυς πηγῶν τε καὶ ποταμῶν. ἔνθα ἀφιερώθη Οὐρανὸς, καὶ ἀπηρτίσθη αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἀπέσταξεν αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα τῶν αἰδοίων εἰς τὰς πηγὰς καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν τὰ ὕδατα, καὶ μέχρι τούτου δείκνυται τὸ χωρίον.”
etei de triakostǭ deuterǭ tēs heautou kratēseōs kai basileias ho Ēlos, toutʼ estin ho Kronos, Ouranon ton patera lochēsas en topǭ tini mesogeiǭ kai labōn hypocheirion ektemnei autou ta aidoia, synengys pēgōn te kai potamōn. entha aphierōthē Ouranos, kai apērtisthē autou to pneuma, kai apestaxen autou to haima tōn aidoiōn eis tas pēgas kai tōn potamōn ta hydata, kai mechri toutou deiknytai to chōrion.”
In the thirty-second year of his power and reign Elus, that is Cronus, having set an ambush for his father Ouranus in a certain inland place and got him into his hands, cuts off his private parts near springs and rivers. There Ouranus was deified; his breath was ended, and the blood from his private parts dripped into the springs and the waters of the rivers; and the place is pointed out to this day."
1.10.30Dindorf 1:47
Τοσαῦτα μὲν δὴ τὰ τοῦ Κρόνου, καὶ τοιαῦτά γε τὰ σεμνὰ τοῦ παρʼ Ἕλλησι βοωμένου βίου τῶν ἐπὶ Κρόνου, οὓς καί φασι γεγονέναι πρῶτον χρύσεον τε γένος μερόπων ἀνθρώπων, τῆς μακαριζομένης ἐκείνης τῶν παλαιῶν εὐδαιμονίας. πάλιν δὲ ὁ συγγραφεὺς τούτοις μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιφέρει λέγων
Tosauta men dē ta tou Kronou, kai toiauta ge ta semna tou parʼ Hellēsi boōmenou biou tōn epi Kronou, hous kai phasi gegonenai prōton chryseon te genos meropōn anthrōpōn, tēs makarizomenēs ekeinēs tōn palaiōn eudaimonias. palin de ho syngrapheus toutois methʼ hetera epipherei legōn
Such, then, are the deeds of Cronus, and such the noble features of the life of the people in the time of Cronus, so loudly praised among the Greeks, whom they say were the first, "a golden race of mortal men," in that blessed happiness of the ancients. Again the writer, after other matters, adds this, saying:
1.10.31Dindorf 1:47
“Ἀστάρτη δὲ ἡ μεγίστη καὶ Ζεὺς Δημαροῦς καὶ Ἄδωδος βασιλεὺς θεῶν ἐβασίλευον τῆς χώρας Κρόνου γνώμῃ. ἡ δὲ Ἀστάρτη ἐπέθηκε τῇ ἰδίᾳ κεφαλῇ βασιλείας παράσημον κεφαλὴν ταύρου· περινοστοῦσα δὲ τὴν οἰκουμένην εὗρεν ἀεροπετῆ ἀστέρα, ὃν καὶ ἀνελομένη ἐν Τύρῳ τῇ ἁγίᾳ νήσῳ ἀφιέρωσε.
“Astartē de hē megistē kai Zeus Dēmarous kai Adōdos basileus theōn ebasileuon tēs chōras Kronou gnōmę̄. hē de Astartē epethēke tę̄ idią kephalę̄ basileias parasēmon kephalēn taurou; perinostousa de tēn oikoumenēn heuren aeropetē astera, hon kai anelomenē en Tyrǭ tę̄ hagią nēsǭ aphierōse.
"Astarte the greatest, and Zeus Demarus, and Adodus king of the gods, reigned over the land with the consent of Cronus. Astarte put on her own head, as a mark of royalty, a bull's head; and traveling around the inhabited world she found a star that had fallen from the sky, which she took up and consecrated in Tyre, the holy island.
1.10.32Dindorf 1:47
τὴν δὲ Ἀστάρτην Φοίνικες τὴν Ἀφροδίτην εἶναι λέγουσι. καὶ ὁ Κρόνος δὲ περιιὼν τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἀθηνᾷ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ θυγατρὶ δίδωσι τῆς Ἀττικῆς τὴν βασιλείαν.
tēn de Astartēn Phoinikes tēn Aphroditēn einai legousi. kai ho Kronos de periiōn tēn oikoumenēn Athēną tę̄ heautou thygatri didōsi tēs Attikēs tēn basileian.
The Phoenicians say that Astarte is Aphrodite. And Cronus, going around the inhabited world, gives the kingdom of Attica to his own daughter Athena.
1.10.33Dindorf 1:47
λοιμοῦ δὲ γενομένου καὶ φθορᾶς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ μονογενῆ υἱὸν Κρόνος Οὐρανῷ τῷ πατρὶ ὁλοκαρποῖ, καὶ τὰ αἰδοῖα περιτέμνεται, ταυτὸν ποιῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ἅμʼ αὐτῷ συμμάχους καταναγκάσας,
loimou de genomenou kai phthoras ton heautou monogenē huion Kronos Ouranǭ tǭ patri holokarpoi, kai ta aidoia peritemnetai, tauton poiēsai kai tous hamʼ autǭ symmachous katanankasas,
When a plague and pestilence came, Cronus offers his only-begotten son as a whole burnt offering to his father Ouranus, and circumcises himself, compelling his allies also to do the same.
1.10.34Dindorf 1:47–48
καὶ μετʼ οὐ πολὺ ἕτερον αὐτοῦ παῖδα ἀπὸ ῾Ρέας ὀνομαζόμενον Μοὺθ ἀποθανόντα ἀφιεροῖ. Θάνατον δὲ καὶ Πλούτωνα Φοίνικες ὀνομάζουσι.
kai metʼ ou poly heteron autou paida apo ῾Reas onomazomenon Mouth apothanonta aphieroi. Thanaton de kai Ploutōna Phoinikes onomazousi.
And not long after, when another of his sons by Rhea, named Muth, died, he deifies him. The Phoenicians call him Death and Pluto.
1.10.35Dindorf 1:48
καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ Κρόνος Βύβλον μὲν τὴν πόλιν θεᾷ Βααλτίδι, τῇ καὶ Διώνῃ, δίδωσι, Βηρυτὸν δὲ Ποσειδῶνι καὶ Καβείροις Ἀγρόταις τε καὶ Ἁλιεῦσιν, οἱ καὶ τὰ τοῦ Πόντου λείψανα εἰς τὴν Βηρυτὸν ἀφιέρωσαν.
kai epi toutois ho Kronos Byblon men tēn polin theą Baaltidi, tę̄ kai Diōnę̄, didōsi, Bēryton de Poseidōni kai Kabeirois Agrotais te kai Halieusin, hoi kai ta tou Pontou leipsana eis tēn Bēryton aphierōsan.
After this Cronus gives the city of Byblos to the goddess Baaltis, who is also Dione, and Berytus to Poseidon and to the Cabiri, the Hunters and Fishers, who also consecrated the remains of Pontus at Berytus.
1.10.36Dindorf 1:48
πρὸ δὲ τούτων θεὸς Ταυθὸς μιμησάμενος τῶν συνόντων θεῶν ὄψεις, Κρόνου τε καὶ Δαγῶνος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, διετύπωσεν τοὺς ἱεροὺς τῶν στοιχείων χαρακτῆρας. ἐπενόησε δὲ καὶ τῷ Κρόνῳ παράσημα βασιλείας ὄμματα τέσσαρα ἐκ τῶν ἐμπροσθίων καὶ ὀπισθίων μερῶν, * * * δύο δὲ ἡσυχῆ μύοντα, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων πτερὰ τέσσαρα, δύο μὲν ὡς ἱπτάμενα, δύο δὲ ὡς ὑφειμένα.
pro de toutōn theos Tauthos mimēsamenos tōn synontōn theōn opseis, Kronou te kai Dagōnos kai tōn loipōn, dietypōsen tous hierous tōn stoicheiōn charaktēras. epenoēse de kai tǭ Kronǭ parasēma basileias ommata tessara ek tōn emprosthiōn kai opisthiōn merōn, * * * dyo de hēsychē myonta, kai epi tōn ōmōn ptera tessara, dyo men hōs hiptamena, dyo de hōs hypheimena.
Before this the god Tauthus, imitating the appearances of the gods who were with him, Cronus and Dagon and the rest, gave form to the sacred characters of the letters. He also devised for Cronus, as marks of royalty, four eyes in the front and back parts ... and two quietly closed, and on the shoulders four wings, two as if flying and two as if folded.
1.10.37Dindorf 1:48
τὸ δὲ σύμβολον ἦν, ἐπειδὴ Κρόνος κοιμώμενος ἔβλεπε, καὶ ἐγρηγορὼς ἐκοιμᾶτο· καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πτερῶν ὁμοίως, ὅτι ἀναπαυόμενος ἔπτατο καὶ ἱπτάμενος ἀνεπαύετο. τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς θεοῖς δύο ἑκάστῳ πτερώματα ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων, ὡς ὅτι δὴ συνίπταντο τῷ Κρόνῳ. καὶ αὐτῷ δὲ πάλιν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς πτερὰ δύο, ἕν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμονικωτάτου νοῦ καὶ ἓν ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως.
to de symbolon ēn, epeidē Kronos koimōmenos eblepe, kai egrēgorōs ekoimato; kai epi tōn pterōn homoiōs, hoti anapauomenos eptato kai hiptamenos anepaueto. tois de loipois theois dyo hekastǭ pterōmata epi tōn ōmōn, hōs hoti dē syniptanto tǭ Kronǭ. kai autǭ de palin epi tēs kephalēs ptera dyo, hen epi tou hēgemonikōtatou nou kai hen epi tēs aisthēseōs.
The symbol meant that Cronus saw while sleeping and slept while waking; and likewise with the wings, that he flew while resting and rested while flying. To each of the other gods he gave two wings on the shoulders, meaning that they flew with Cronus. And to Cronus himself again two wings on his head, one for the most commanding mind and one for sense perception.
1.10.38Dindorf 1:48
ἐλθὼν δὲ ὁ Κρόνος εἰς νότου χώραν ἅπασαν τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἔδωκε θεῷ Ταυθῷ, ὅπως βασίλειον αὐτῷ γένηται. ταῦτα δὲ (φησὶ) πρῶτοι πάντων ὑπεμνηματίσαντο οἱ ἑπτὰ παῖδες Κάβειροι, καὶ ὁ ἴδιος αὐτῶν ἀδελφὸς Ἀσκληπιὸς, ὡς αὐτοῖς ἐνετείλατο θεὸς Ταυθός.
elthōn de ho Kronos eis notou chōran hapasan tēn Aigypton edōke theǭ Tauthǭ, hopōs basileion autǭ genētai. tauta de (phēsi) prōtoi pantōn hypemnēmatisanto hoi hepta paides Kabeiroi, kai ho idios autōn adelphos Asklēpios, hōs autois eneteilato theos Tauthos.
Cronus, coming to the land of the south, gave all Egypt to the god Tauthus to be his kingdom. These things," he says, "the seven sons, the Cabiri, and their own brother Asclepius, were the first of all to put into records, as the god Tauthus commanded them.
1.10.39Dindorf 1:48–49
ταῦτα πάντα ὁ Θαβίων, ὃς πάμπρωτος τῶν ἀπʼ αἰῶνος γεγονότων Φοινίκων ἱεροφάντης ἀλληγορήσας τοῖς τε φυσικοῖς καὶ κοσμικοῖς πάθεσιν ξας, παρέδωκε τοῖς ὀργεῶσι καὶ τελετῶν κατάρχουσι προφήταις· οἱ δὲ τὸν τῦφον αὔξειν ἐκ παντὸς ἐπινοοῦντες τοῖς αὐτῶν διαδόχοις παρέδοσαν καὶ τοῖς ἐπεισάκτοις· ὣν εἶς ἦν καὶ Εἰσίριος τῶν τριῶν γραμμάτων εὑρετὴς, ἀδελφὸς Χνᾶ τοῦ πρώτου μετονομασθέντος Φοίνικος."
tauta panta ho Thabiōn, hos pamprōtos tōn apʼ aiōnos gegonotōn Phoinikōn hierophantēs allēgorēsas tois te physikois kai kosmikois pathesin xas, paredōke tois orgeōsi kai teletōn katarchousi prophētais; hoi de ton typhon auxein ek pantos epinoountes tois autōn diadochois paredosan kai tois epeisaktois; hōn eis ēn kai Eisirios tōn triōn grammatōn heuretēs, adelphos Chna tou prōtou metonomasthentos Phoinikos."
All these things Thabion, the very first hierophant of the Phoenicians who have lived from the beginning, turned into allegory and mixed with natural and cosmic phenomena, and handed down to the priests who lead the orgies and begin the rites. They, contriving in every way to increase the vain pretension, handed it on to their successors and to those brought in from outside; one of whom was Isiris, the inventor of the three letters, brother of Chna, who was the first to have his name changed to Phoenix."
1.10.40Dindorf 1:49
Εἶτʼ ἑξῆς αὖθις ἐπιλέγει ‟ Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες εὐφυίᾳ πάντας ὑπερβαλλόμενοι τὰ μὲν πρῶτα πλεῖστα ἐξιδιώσαντο, εἶτα καὶ τοῖς προκοσμήμασι ποικίλως ἐξετραγῴδησαν, ταῖς τε τῶν μύθων ἡδοναῖς θέλγειν ἐπινοοῦντες παντοίως ἐποίκιλλον. ἔνθεν Ἡσίοδος οἵ τε κυκλικοὶ περιηχημένοι θεογονίας καὶ γιγαντομαχίας καὶ Τιτανομαχίας ἔπλασαν ἰδίας καὶ ἐκτομὰς, οἷς συμπεριφερόμενοι ἐξενίκησαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
Eitʼ hexēs authis epilegei ‟ Hoi de Hellēnes euphuią pantas hyperballomenoi ta men prōta pleista exidiōsanto, eita kai tois prokosmēmasi poikilōs exetragǭdēsan, tais te tōn mythōn hēdonais thelgein epinoountes pantoiōs epoikillon. enthen Hēsiodos hoi te kyklikoi periēchēmenoi theogonias kai gigantomachias kai Titanomachias eplasan idias kai ektomas, hois symperipheromenoi exenikēsan tēn alētheian.
Then next he adds again: "But the Greeks, surpassing all in natural talent, at first appropriated most of these things, and then also dramatized them in various ways with added ornaments, and, intending to charm with the pleasures of the myths, embellished them in every way. Hence Hesiod and the much-celebrated cyclic poets fashioned theogonies, battles of giants and battles of Titans of their own, and mutilations; and by carrying these about with them they overcame the truth.
1.10.41Dindorf 1:49
σύντροφοι δὲ τοῖς ἐκείνων πλάσμασιν αἱ ἀκοαὶ ἡμῶν γενόμεναι, καὶ προληφθεῖσαι πολλοῖς αἰῶσιν, ὡς παρακαταθήκην φυλάσσουσιν ἣν παρεδέξαντο μυθοποιίαν, καθάπερ καὶ ἀρχόμενος εἶπον, ἥτις συνεργηθεῖσα χρόνῳ δυσεξίτητον αὐτῆς τὴν κατοχὴν εἴργασται, ὥστε τὴν μὲν ἀλήθειαν δοκεῖν λῆρον, τὸ δὲ τῆς ἀφηγήσεως νόθον ἀλήθειαν."
syntrophoi de tois ekeinōn plasmasin hai akoai hēmōn genomenai, kai prolēphtheisai pollois aiōsin, hōs parakatathēkēn phylassousin hēn paredexanto mythopoiian, kathaper kai archomenos eipon, hētis synergētheisa chronǭ dysexitēton autēs tēn katochēn eirgastai, hōste tēn men alētheian dokein lēron, to de tēs aphēgēseōs nothon alētheian."
And our ears, having grown up with their fictions and been preoccupied for many ages, guard as a trust the mythology they have received, as I said at the beginning; and this, strengthened by time, has made its hold hard to escape, so that the truth seems nonsense, and the spurious account seems truth."
1.10.42Dindorf 1:49
Ταῦτα ἀπὸ τῆς Σαγχουνιάθωνος προκείσθω γραφῆς, ἑρμηνευθείσης μὲν ὑπὸ Φίλωνος τοῦ Βυβλίου, δοκιμασθείσης δὲ ὡς ἀληθοῦς ὑπὸ τῆς Πορφυρίου τοῦ φιλοσόφου μαρτυρίας. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἰουδαίων συγγράμματι ἔτι καὶ ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ Κρόνου γράφει
Tauta apo tēs Sanchouniathōnos prokeisthō graphēs, hermēneutheisēs men hypo Philōnos tou Bybliou, dokimastheisēs de hōs alēthous hypo tēs Porphyriou tou philosophou martyrias. ho dʼ autos en tǭ peri Ioudaiōn syngrammati eti kai tauta peri tou Kronou graphei
Let these extracts from the writing of Sanchuniathon be set before you, translated by Philo of Byblos and approved as true by the testimony of Porphyry the philosopher. The same author, in his work On the Jews, also writes this about Cronus:
1.10.43Dindorf 1:49–50
‟ Ταυθὸς, ὃν Αἰγύπτιοι Θωὺθ προσαγορεύουσι, σοφίᾳ διενεγκὼν παρὰ τοῖς Φοίνιξι, πρῶτος τὰ κατὰ τὴν θεοσέβειαν ἐκ τῆς τῶν χυδαίων ἀπειρίας εἰς ἐπιστημονικὴν ἐμπειρίαν διέταξεν. ᾧ μετὰ γενεὰς πλείους θεὸς Σουρμουβηλὸς Θουρώ τε ἡ μετονομασθεῖσα Εὔσαρθις ἀκολουθήσαντες κεκρυμμένην τοῦ Ταυθοῦ καὶ ἀλληγορίαις ἐπεσκιασμένην τὴν θεολογίαν ἐφώτισαν. "
‟ Tauthos, hon Aigyptioi Thōyth prosagoreuousi, sophią dienenkōn para tois Phoinixi, prōtos ta kata tēn theosebeian ek tēs tōn chydaiōn apeirias eis epistēmonikēn empeirian dietaxen. hǭ meta geneas pleious theos Sourmoubēlos Thourō te hē metonomastheisa Eusarthis akolouthēsantes kekrymmenēn tou Tauthou kai allēgoriais epeskiasmenēn tēn theologian ephōtisan. "
"Tauthus, whom the Egyptians call Thouth, excelling in wisdom among the Phoenicians, was the first to bring the things concerning the worship of the gods out of the ignorance of the vulgar into scientific understanding. Many generations after him the god Surmubelus and Thuro, whose name was changed to Eusarthis, followed him and brought to light the theology of Tauthus, which had been hidden and overshadowed by allegories."
1.10.44Dindorf 1:50
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησίν ‟Ἔθος ἦν τοῖς παλαιοῖς ἐν ταῖς μεγάλαις συμφοραῖς τῶν κινδύνων ἀντὶ τῆς πάντων φθορᾶς τὸ ἠγαπημένον τῶν τέκνων τοὺς κρατοῦντας ἢ πόλεως ἢ ἔθνους εἰς σφαγὴν ἐπιδιδόναι, λύτρον τοῖς τιμωροῖς δαίμοσι· κατεσφάττοντο δὲ οἱ διδόμενοι μυστικῶς. Κρόνος τοίνυν, ὃν οἱ Φοίνικες Ἦλον προσαγορεύουσι, βασιλεύων τῆς χώρας, καὶ ὕστερον μετὰ τὴν τοῦ βίου τελευτὴν εἰς τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου ἀστέρα καθιερωθεὶς, ἐξ ἐπιχωρίας νύμφης Ἀνωβρὲτ λεγομένης υἱὸν ἔχων μονογενῆ, ὃν διὰ τοῦτο Ἰεδοὺδ ἐκάλουν, τοῦ μονογενοῦς οὕτως ἔτι καὶ νῦν καλουμένου παρὰ τοῖς Φοίνιξι) κινδύνων ἐκ πολέμου μεγίστων κατειληφότων τὴν χώραν, βασιλικῷ κοσμήσας σχήματι τὸν υἱὸν βωμόν τε κατασκευάσας ἄσμενος κατέθυσεν. "
Kai meta brachea phēsin ‟Ethos ēn tois palaiois en tais megalais symphorais tōn kindynōn anti tēs pantōn phthoras to ēgapēmenon tōn teknōn tous kratountas ē poleōs ē ethnous eis sphagēn epididonai, lytron tois timōrois daimosi; katesphattonto de hoi didomenoi mystikōs. Kronos toinyn, hon hoi Phoinikes Ēlon prosagoreuousi, basileuōn tēs chōras, kai hysteron meta tēn tou biou teleutēn eis ton tou Kronou astera kathierōtheis, ex epichōrias nymphēs Anōbret legomenēs huion echōn monogenē, hon dia touto Iedoud ekaloun, tou monogenous houtōs eti kai nyn kaloumenou para tois Phoinixi) kindynōn ek polemou megistōn kateilēphotōn tēn chōran, basilikǭ kosmēsas schēmati ton huion bōmon te kataskeuasas asmenos katethysen. "
And shortly after he says: "It was the custom among the ancients, in great calamities of danger, that instead of the destruction of all, the rulers of the city or nation gave up the most beloved of their children to be slaughtered as a ransom to the avenging demons; and those who were given up were slaughtered with mystic rites. Cronus, then, whom the Phoenicians call Elus, who was king of the country and afterward, at the end of his life, was deified as the star of Cronus, had an only-begotten son by a nymph of the country called Anobret, whom for this reason they called Ieoud (the only-begotten is still so called among the Phoenicians); and when very great dangers from war had seized the country, he adorned his son with royal attire, prepared an altar, and sacrificed him."
1.10.45Dindorf 1:50
Ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς πάλιν περὶ τῶν Φοινίκων στοιχείων ἐκ τῶν Σαγχουνιάθωνος μεταβαλὼν θέα ὁποῖά φησι περὶ τῶν ἑρπυστικῶν καὶ ἰοβόλων θηρίων, ἃ δὴ χρῆσιν μὲν ἀγαθὴν ἀνθρώποις οὐδεμίαν συντελεῖ, φθορὰν δὲ καὶ λύμην οἷς ἂν τὸν δυσαλθῆ καὶ χαλεπὸν ἰὸν ἐγχρίμψειεν ἀπεργάζεται. γράφει δὲ καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς λέξιν ὧδέ πως λέγων
Ho dʼ autos palin peri tōn Phoinikōn stoicheiōn ek tōn Sanchouniathōnos metabalōn thea hopoia phēsi peri tōn herpystikōn kai iobolōn thēriōn, ha dē chrēsin men agathēn anthrōpois oudemian syntelei, phthoran de kai lymēn hois an ton dysalthē kai chalepon ion enchrimpseien apergazetai. graphei de kai tauta pros lexin hōde pōs legōn
The same writer again, translating from Sanchuniathon about the Phoenician letters, see what he says about the creeping and venomous creatures, which contribute nothing good to human use but bring destruction and ruin to whomever they strike with their hard-to-heal and grievous poison. He writes this too, word for word, saying something like this:
1.10.46Dindorf 1:50–51
‟ Τὴν μὲν οὖν τοῦ δράκοντος φύσιν καὶ τῶν ὄφεων αὐτὸς ἐξεθείασεν ὁ Ταυθὸς, καὶ μετʼ αὐτὸν αὖθις Φοίνικές τε καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι· πνευματικώτατον γὰρ τὸ ζῷον πάντων τῶν ἑρπετῶν καὶ πυρῶδες ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ παρεδόθη· παρʼ ὃ καὶ τάχος ἀνυπέρβλητον διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος παρίστησι, χωρὶς ποδῶν τε καὶ χειρῶν ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν ἔκτοσθεν, διʼ ὧν τὰ λοιπὰ ζῷα τὰς κινήσεις ποιεῖται· καὶ ποικίλων σχημάτων τύπους ἀποτελεῖ, καὶ κατὰ τὴν πορείαν ἑλικοειδεῖς ἔχει τὰς ὁρμὰς ἐφʼ ὃ βούλεται τάχος.
‟ Tēn men oun tou drakontos physin kai tōn opheōn autos exetheiasen ho Tauthos, kai metʼ auton authis Phoinikes te kai Aigyptioi; pneumatikōtaton gar to zǭon pantōn tōn herpetōn kai pyrōdes hypʼ autou paredothē; parʼ ho kai tachos anyperblēton dia tou pneumatos paristēsi, chōris podōn te kai cheirōn ē allou tinos tōn ektosthen, diʼ hōn ta loipa zǭa tas kinēseis poieitai; kai poikilōn schēmatōn typous apotelei, kai kata tēn poreian helikoeideis echei tas hormas ephʼ ho bouletai tachos.
"Tauthus himself deified the nature of the dragon and of serpents, and after him again the Phoenicians and Egyptians. For the creature was declared by him to be the most full of spirit of all creeping things, and fiery. Hence it shows an unsurpassable speed by means of its spirit, without feet or hands or any other external members by which the other animals make their movements; it forms shapes of various kinds, and in its progress makes its springs in spirals at whatever speed it wishes.
1.10.47Dindorf 1:51
καὶ πολυχρονιώτατον δέ ἐστιν, οὐ μόνον τε ἐκδυόμενον τὸ γήρας νεάζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὔξησιν ἐπιδέχεσθαι μείζονα πέφυκε· καὶ ἐπειδὰν τὸ ὡρισμένον μέτρον πληρώσῃ, εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναλίσκεται, ὡς ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ὁμοίως αὐτὸς ὁ Ταυθὸς κατέταξε γραφαῖς. διὸ καὶ ἐν ἱεροῖς τοῦτο τὸ ζῷον καὶ ἐν μυστηρίοις συμπαρείληπται.
kai polychroniōtaton de estin, ou monon te ekdyomenon to gēras neazein, alla kai auxēsin epidechesthai meizona pephyke; kai epeidan to hōrismenon metron plērōsę̄, eis heauton analisketai, hōs en tais hierais homoiōs autos ho Tauthos katetaxe graphais. dio kai en hierois touto to zǭon kai en mystēriois sympareilēptai.
It is also very long-lived, and by nature not only grows young again by putting off its old age, but also receives greater growth; and when it has fulfilled its fixed measure, it is consumed into itself, as Tauthus himself likewise set down in the sacred writings. Therefore this creature has been adopted in temples and in mysteries.
1.10.48Dindorf 1:51
εἴρηται δὲ ἡμῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιγραφομένοις Ἐθωθιῶν ὑπομνήμασιν ἐπὶ πλέον· ἐν οἷς κατασκευάζεται ὅτι ἀθάνατον εἴη, καὶ ὡς εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναλύεται, ὥσπερ πρόκειται· οὐ γὰρ θνήσκει ἰδίῳ θανάτῳ, εἰ μὴ βίᾳ τινὶ πληγὲν, τοῦτο τὸ ζῷον. Φοίνικες δὲ αὐτὸ ἀγαθὸν δαίμονα καλοῦσιν· ὁμοίως καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι κνὴφ ἐπονομάζουσι· προστιθέασι δὲ αὐτῷ ἱέρακος κεφαλὴν, διὰ τὸ πρακτικὸν τοῦ ἱέρακος.
eirētai de hēmin peri autou en tois epigraphomenois Ethōthiōn hypomnēmasin epi pleon; en hois kataskeuazetai hoti athanaton eiē, kai hōs eis heauton analyetai, hōsper prokeitai; ou gar thnēskei idiǭ thanatǭ, ei mē bią tini plēgen, touto to zǭon. Phoinikes de auto agathon daimona kalousin; homoiōs kai Aigyptioi knēph eponomazousi; prostitheasi de autǭ hierakos kephalēn, dia to praktikon tou hierakos.
We have spoken about it at greater length in the records entitled Ethothia, in which it is argued that it is immortal and is dissolved into itself, as was said before; for this creature does not die a natural death unless struck by some violence. The Phoenicians call it Agathodaemon (Good Spirit); likewise the Egyptians name it Kneph; and they add to it a hawk's head, because of the hawk's active nature.
1.10.49Dindorf 1:51
καί φησιν ὁ Ἐπήεις ἀλληγορῶν, (ὁ ὀνομασθεὶς παρʼ αὐτοῖς μέγιστος ἱεροφάντης καὶ ἱερογραμματεὺς, ὃν μετέφρασεν Ἄρειος Ἡρακλεοπολίτης) κατὰ λέξιν οὕτως· ῾ τὸ πρῶτον ὂν θειότατον ὄφις ἐστὶν ἱέρακος ἔχων μορφὴν, ἄγαν ἐπίχαρις· ὃς εἰ ἀναβλέψειε, φωτὸς τὸ πᾶν ἐπλήρου ἐν τῇ πρωτογόνῳ χώρᾳ αὐτοῦ· εἰ δὲ καμμύσειε, σκότος ἐγίνετο, ’
kai phēsin ho Epēeis allēgorōn, (ho onomastheis parʼ autois megistos hierophantēs kai hierogrammateus, hon metephrasen Areios Hērakleopolitēs) kata lexin houtōs; ῾ to prōton on theiotaton ophis estin hierakos echōn morphēn, agan epicharis; hos ei anablepseie, phōtos to pan eplērou en tę̄ prōtogonǭ chōrą autou; ei de kammyseie, skotos egineto, ’
And Epeeis, speaking allegorically (he who was named among them the greatest hierophant and sacred scribe, whom Areius of Heracleopolis translated), says word for word: 'The first and most divine being is a serpent having the form of a hawk, exceedingly graceful; whenever he opened his eyes he filled all things with light in his first-born region, and when he closed them, darkness came.'
1.10.50Dindorf 1:51
ἔμφασιν διδοὺς ὁ Ἐπήεις ὅτι καὶ διάπυρόν ἐστι διὰ τοῦ φάναι ῾διηύγασεʼ· φωτὸς γὰρ ἴδιόν ἐστι τὸ διαυγάσαι. παρὰ Φοινίκων δὲ καὶ Φερεκύδης λαβὼν τὰς ἀφορμὰς ἐθεολόγησε περὶ τοῦ παρʼ αὐτῷ λεγομένου Ὀφίονος θεοῦ καὶ τῶν Ὀφιονιδῶν, περὶ ὧν αὖθις λέξομεν.
emphasin didous ho Epēeis hoti kai diapyron esti dia tou phanai ῾diēugaseʼ; phōtos gar idion esti to diaugasai. para Phoinikōn de kai Pherekydēs labōn tas aphormas etheologēse peri tou parʼ autǭ legomenou Ophionos theou kai tōn Ophionidōn, peri hōn authis lexomen.
Epeeis indicates that it is also fiery by saying 'he shone through,' for to shine through is a property of light. From the Phoenicians Pherecydes also took his starting points and wrote theology about the god called by him Ophion and about the Ophionidae, of whom we shall speak again.
1.10.51Dindorf 1:51–52
ἔτι μὴν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐννοίας τὸν κόσμον γράφοντες περιφερῆ κύκλον ἀεροειδῆ καὶ πυρωπὸν χαράσσουσι, καὶ μέσα τεταμένον ὄφιν ἱερακόμορφον· καὶ ἔστι τὸ πᾶν σχῆμα ὡς τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν θῆτα· τὸν μὲν κύκλον κόσμον μηνύοντες, τὸν δὲ μέσον ὄφιν συνεκτικὸν τούτου ἀγαθὸν δαίμονα σημαίνοντες.
eti mēn hoi Aigyptioi apo tēs autēs ennoias ton kosmon graphontes peripherē kyklon aeroeidē kai pyrōpon charassousi, kai mesa tetamenon ophin hierakomorphon; kai esti to pan schēma hōs to parʼ hēmin thēta; ton men kyklon kosmon mēnyontes, ton de meson ophin synektikon toutou agathon daimona sēmainontes.
Further, the Egyptians, from the same idea, when they depict the cosmos, draw a round circle, airy and fiery, and a hawk-shaped serpent stretched across the middle; and the whole figure is like our theta. By the circle they indicate the cosmos, and by the serpent in the middle they signify the Agathodaemon who holds it together.
1.10.52Dindorf 1:52
καὶ Ζωροάστρης δὲ ὁ μάγος ἐν τῇ ἱερᾷ συναγωγῇ τῶν Περσικῶν φησι κατὰ λέξιν ῾ ὁ δὲ θεός ἐστι κεφαλὴν ἔχων ἱέρακος. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πρῶτος ἄφθαρτος, ἀίδιος, ἀγένητος, ἀμερὴς, ἀνομοιότατος, ἡνίοχος παντὸς καλοῦ, ἀδωροδόκητος, ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθώτατος, φρονίμων φρονιμώτατος· ἔστι δὲ καὶ πατὴρ εὐνομίας καὶ δικαιοσύνης, αὐτοδίδακτος, φυσικὸς, καὶ τέλειος, καὶ σοφὸς, καὶ ἱεροῦ φυσικοῦ μόνος εὑρετής.᾿ τὰ δʼ αὐτὰ καὶ Ὀστάνης φησὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἐπιγραφομένῃ Ὀκτατεύχῳ."
kai Zōroastrēs de ho magos en tę̄ hierą synagōgę̄ tōn Persikōn phēsi kata lexin ῾ ho de theos esti kephalēn echōn hierakos. houtos estin ho prōtos aphthartos, aidios, agenētos, amerēs, anomoiotatos, hēniochos pantos kalou, adōrodokētos, agathōn agathōtatos, phronimōn phronimōtatos; esti de kai patēr eunomias kai dikaiosynēs, autodidaktos, physikos, kai teleios, kai sophos, kai hierou physikou monos heuretēs.᾿ ta dʼ auta kai Ostanēs phēsi peri autou en tę̄ epigraphomenę̄ Oktateuchǭ."
And Zoroaster the magus, in the sacred collection of Persian writings, says word for word: 'God has the head of a hawk. He is the first, incorruptible, eternal, unbegotten, without parts, most unlike all, the charioteer of all that is good, not to be bribed, the best of the good, the wisest of the wise; he is also father of good order and justice, self-taught, natural, perfect, wise, and the only discoverer of the sacred natural law.' Ostanes too says the same things about him in the book entitled Octateuch."
1.10.53Dindorf 1:52
Πάντες δὲ τὰς ἀφορμὰς παρὰ Ταυθοῦ λαβόντες ἐφυσιολόγησαν, ὥσπερ πρόκειται. καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα στοιχεῖα τὰ διὰ τῶν ὄφεων ναοὺς κατασκευασάμενοι ἐν ἀδύτοις ἀφιέρωσαν, καὶ τούτοις ἑορτὰς καὶ θυσίας ἐπετέλουν καὶ ὄργια, θεοὺς τοὺς μεγίστους νομίζοντες καὶ ἀρχηγοὺς τῶν ὅλων. τοσαῦτα καὶ περὶ τῶν ὄφεων.
Pantes de tas aphormas para Tauthou labontes ephysiologēsan, hōsper prokeitai. kai ta men prōta stoicheia ta dia tōn opheōn naous kataskeuasamenoi en adytois aphierōsan, kai toutois heortas kai thysias epeteloun kai orgia, theous tous megistous nomizontes kai archēgous tōn holōn. tosauta kai peri tōn opheōn.
All of them, taking their starting points from Tauthus, gave natural explanations, as has been shown. And they built temples and consecrated in shrines the first elements represented by the serpents, and celebrated festivals, sacrifices, and secret rites to them, regarding them as the greatest gods and the rulers of the universe. So much about serpents.
1.10.54Dindorf 1:52
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὰ μὲν τῆς Φοινίκων θεολογίας τοῦτον περιέχει τὸν τρόπον· ἣν ἀμεταστρεπτὶ φεύγειν καὶ τῆς τῶν παλαιῶν φρενοβλαβείας τὴν ἴασιν μεταδιώκειν ὁ σωτήριος εὐαγγελίζεται λόγος.
Alla gar ta men tēs Phoinikōn theologias touton periechei ton tropon; hēn ametastrepti pheugein kai tēs tōn palaiōn phrenoblabeias tēn iasin metadiōkein ho sōtērios euangelizetai logos.
Such, then, is the character of the Phoenician theology. The saving word announces as good news that we should flee from it without turning back, and should seek the cure for the madness of the ancients.
1.10.55Dindorf 1:52–53
ὅτι δὲ μὴ μῦθοι ταῦτα καὶ ποιητῶν ἀναπλάσματα λανθάνουσάν τινα ἐν ὑπονοίαις ἔχοντα θεωρίαν τυγχάνει, σοφῶν δὲ καὶ παλαιῶν, ὡς ἂν αὐτοὶ φαῖεν, θεολόγων ἀληθεῖς μαρτυρίαι, τὰ καὶ ποιητῶν ἁπάντων καὶ λογογράφων πρεσβύτερα περιέχουσαι, τό τε πιστὸν τῶν λόγων ἐπαγόμεναι ἀπὸ τῆς εἰσέτι δεῦρο ἐν ταῖς κατὰ Φοινίκην πόλεσί τε καὶ κώμαις κρατούσης τῶν θεῶν προσηγορίας τε καὶ ἱστορίας, τῶν τε παρʼ ἑκάστοις ἐπιτελουμένων μυστηρίων, δῆλον ἂν εἴη, ὡς μηκέτι χρῆναι τούτων βιαίους ἀνιχνεύειν φυσιολογίας, σαφῆ τὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔλεγχον ἐπιφερομένων τῶν πραγμάτων. τοιαύτη μὲν οὑν ἡ Φοινίκων θεολογία· ὥρα δὲ μεταβάντας καὶ τὰ Αἰγυπτίων ἐπιθεωρῆσαι.
hoti de mē mythoi tauta kai poiētōn anaplasmata lanthanousan tina en hyponoiais echonta theōrian tynchanei, sophōn de kai palaiōn, hōs an autoi phaien, theologōn alētheis martyriai, ta kai poiētōn hapantōn kai logographōn presbytera periechousai, to te piston tōn logōn epagomenai apo tēs eiseti deuro en tais kata Phoinikēn polesi te kai kōmais kratousēs tōn theōn prosēgorias te kai historias, tōn te parʼ hekastois epiteloumenōn mystēriōn, dēlon an eiē, hōs mēketi chrēnai toutōn biaious anichneuein physiologias, saphē ton ex autōn elenchon epipheromenōn tōn pragmatōn. toiautē men houn hē Phoinikōn theologia; hōra de metabantas kai ta Aigyptiōn epitheōrēsai.
That these are not myths and inventions of poets containing some hidden meaning in their allegories, but true testimonies of wise and ancient theologians, as they themselves would say, containing things older than all poets and prose writers, and drawing the credibility of their words from the names and history of the gods that still prevail in the cities and villages of Phoenicia, and from the mysteries performed among each people, would be plain; so that there is no longer any need to search out forced physical explanations of them, when the facts themselves bring their clear refutation. Such, then, is the theology of the Phoenicians; it is time to pass on and examine that of the Egyptians.
Preparation 2, chapter 0
2.0.1Dindorf 1:53
Τὰ μὲν δὴ τῆς Φοινίκων θεολογίας τὸν προειρημένον περιέχει τρόπον· ἣν ἀμεταστρεπτὶ φεύγειν καὶ τῆς τῶν παλαιῶν φρενοβλαβείας τὴν ἴασιν μεταδιώκειν ὁ σωτήριος εὐαγγελίζεται λόγος.
Ta men dē tēs Phoinikōn theologias ton proeirēmenon periechei tropon; hēn ametastrepti pheugein kai tēs tōn palaiōn phrenoblabeias tēn iasin metadiōkein ho sōtērios euangelizetai logos.
The theology of the Phoenicians, then, has the character described above; and the saving word announces as good news that we should flee from it without turning back, and should seek the cure for the madness of the ancients.
2.0.2Dindorf 1:53
ὅτι δὲ μὴ μῦθοι ταῦτα καὶ ποιητῶν ἀναπλάσματα λανθάνουσάν τινα ἐν ὑπονοίαις ἔχοντα θεωρίαν τυγχάνει, σοφῶν δὲ καὶ παλαιῶν, ὡς ἂν αὐτοὶ φαῖεν, θεολόγων ἀληθεῖς μαρτυρίαι, τὰ καὶ ποιητῶν ἁπάντων καὶ λογογράφων πρεσβύτερα περιέχουσαι, τό τε πιστὸν τῶν λόγων ἐπαγόμεναι ἀπὸ τῆς εἰσέτι δεῦρο ἐν ταῖς κατὰ Φοινίκην πόλεσί τε καὶ κώμαις κρατούσης τῶν θεῶν προσηγορίας τε καὶ ἱστορίας, τῶν τε παρʼ ἑκάστοις ἐπιτελουμένων μυστηρίων, δῆλον ἂν εἴη ἀπό τε τῆς τῶν λοιπῶν συγγραφέων καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων θεολόγων ὁμολογίας, διʼ ἧς ἐμαρτύρησαν τοὺς παλαιοὺς καὶ πρώτους τὰ περὶ θεῶν συστησαμένους μηδὲν εἰς φυσικὰς ἀναφέρειν τροπολογίας, μηδʼ ἀλληγορεῖν τοὺς περὶ θεῶν μύθους, ἐπὶ μόνης δὲ τῆς λέξεως φυλάττειν τὰς ἱστορίας.
hoti de mē mythoi tauta kai poiētōn anaplasmata lanthanousan tina en hyponoiais echonta theōrian tynchanei, sophōn de kai palaiōn, hōs an autoi phaien, theologōn alētheis martyriai, ta kai poiētōn hapantōn kai logographōn presbytera periechousai, to te piston tōn logōn epagomenai apo tēs eiseti deuro en tais kata Phoinikēn polesi te kai kōmais kratousēs tōn theōn prosēgorias te kai historias, tōn te parʼ hekastois epiteloumenōn mystēriōn, dēlon an eiē apo te tēs tōn loipōn syngrapheōn kai dē kai tōn nomizomenōn theologōn homologias, diʼ hēs emartyrēsan tous palaious kai prōtous ta peri theōn systēsamenous mēden eis physikas anapherein tropologias, mēdʼ allēgorein tous peri theōn mythous, epi monēs de tēs lexeōs phylattein tas historias.
That these are not myths and inventions of poets containing some hidden meaning in their allegories, but true testimonies of wise and ancient theologians, as they themselves would say, containing things older than all poets and prose writers, and drawing the credibility of their words from the names and history of the gods that still prevail in the cities and villages of Phoenicia and from the mysteries performed among each people, would be plain from the agreement of the other writers and especially of those considered theologians. By it they testified that the ancients who first composed the accounts of the gods referred nothing to physical figurative meanings and did not allegorize the myths about the gods, but kept the histories in their literal sense.
2.0.3Dindorf 1:53–54
ταῦτα γὰρ αἱ προπαρατεθεῖσαι τῶν εἰρημένων ἐδήλουν φωναὶ, ὡς μηκέτι χρῆναι τούτων βιαίους ἀνιχνεύειν φυσιολογίας, σαφῆ τὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔλεγχον ἐπιφερομένων τῶν πραγμάτων.
tauta gar hai proparatetheisai tōn eirēmenōn edēloun phōnai, hōs mēketi chrēnai toutōn biaious anichneuein physiologias, saphē ton ex autōn elenchon epipheromenōn tōn pragmatōn.
For this was shown by the words of the writers mentioned, quoted above; so that there is no longer any need to search out forced physical explanations of them, since the facts bring their clear refutation.
2.0.4Dindorf 1:54
Τοιαύτη μὲν οὖν ἡ Φοινίκων θεολογία. ὥρα δὲ μεταβάντας καὶ τὰ Αἰγυπτίων ἐπιθεωρῆσαι, εἰς τὸ κατανοῆσαι ἀκριβῶς καὶ συνιδεῖν ἐξητασμένως εἰ μὴ κεκριμένη καὶ εὔλογος συνέστηκεν ἡμῖν ἡ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀναχώρησις, οὐδʼ ἄλλως ἢ διὰ μόνης τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ἀποδείξεως, πρώτιστα πάντων αὐτοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις, εἶτα δὲ καὶ τοῖς τὰ ἴσα φρονοῦσιν αὐτοῖς κατορθουμένη.
Toiautē men oun hē Phoinikōn theologia. hōra de metabantas kai ta Aigyptiōn epitheōrēsai, eis to katanoēsai akribōs kai synidein exētasmenōs ei mē kekrimenē kai eulogos synestēken hēmin hē ex autōn anachōrēsis, oudʼ allōs ē dia monēs tēs euangelikēs apodeixeōs, prōtista pantōn autois Aigyptiois, eita de kai tois ta isa phronousin autois katorthoumenē.
Such, then, is the theology of the Phoenicians. It is time to pass on and examine also that of the Egyptians, so as to understand accurately and see by examination whether our withdrawal from them has not been well judged and reasonable, and accomplished by nothing else than the demonstration of the gospel alone, first of all among the Egyptians themselves and then among those who think as they do.
2.0.5Dindorf 1:54
πᾶσαν μὲν οὑν τὴν Αἰγυπτιακὴν ἱστορίαν εἰς πλάτος τῆς Ἑλλήνων μετείληφε φωνῆς ἰδίως τε τὰ περὶ τῆς κατʼ αὐτοὺς θεολογίας Μανεθῶς ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ἔν τε ᾗ ἔγραψεν ἱερᾷ βίβλῳ καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις αὐτοῦ συγγράμμασι.
pasan men houn tēn Aigyptiakēn historian eis platos tēs Hellēnōn meteilēphe phōnēs idiōs te ta peri tēs katʼ autous theologias Manethōs ho Aigyptios en te hę̄ egrapsen hierą biblǭ kai en heterois autou syngrammasi.
The whole Egyptian history, and in particular what concerns their theology, has been put at length into the Greek language by Manetho the Egyptian, both in the Sacred Book he wrote and in other writings of his.
2.0.6Dindorf 1:54
πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Διόδωρος ὁ πρόσθεν ἡμῖν μνημονευθεὶς, ἐκ πλειόνων τὰς ἱστορίας ἀναλεξάμενος καὶ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα τὰ παρʼ ἑκάστοις ἔθνεσιν ἀπηκριβωκὼς, ἐπιφανὴς ἀνὴρ καὶ δόξαν οὐ μικρὰν παιδείας παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς φιλολόγοις κτησάμενος, καὶ δὴ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν παλαιὰν συναγαγὼν ἱστορίαν, συνάψας τε τὰ πρῶτα τοῖς ἑξῆς πράγμασι, τὴν καταρχὴν τῆς ὅλης ἐποιήσατο πραγματείας ἀπὸ τῆς κατʼ Αἰγυπτίους θεολογίας· ἀφʼ ἧς ἡγοῦμαι κρεῖττον εἶναι ποιήσασθαι τὴν τῶν προκειμένων παράθεσιν, ὡς ἂν μᾶλλον οὔσης γνωριμωτέρας τοῖς Ἕλλησι τῆς τούτου γραφῆς. ἱστορεῖ δʼ οὖν ταῦτα πρὸς λέξιν
plēn alla kai Diodōros ho prosthen hēmin mnēmoneutheis, ek pleionōn tas historias analexamenos kai hōs eni malista ta parʼ hekastois ethnesin apēkribōkōs, epiphanēs anēr kai doxan ou mikran paideias para pasi tois philologois ktēsamenos, kai dē kai pasan tēn palaian synagagōn historian, synapsas te ta prōta tois hexēs pragmasi, tēn katarchēn tēs holēs epoiēsato pragmateias apo tēs katʼ Aigyptious theologias; aphʼ hēs hēgoumai kreitton einai poiēsasthai tēn tōn prokeimenōn parathesin, hōs an mallon ousēs gnōrimōteras tois Hellēsi tēs toutou graphēs. historei dʼ oun tauta pros lexin
Diodorus too, whom we mentioned before, having collected his histories from many sources and set out the customs of each nation as accurately as possible, a distinguished man who won no small reputation for learning among all lovers of letters, gathered all ancient history together, joined the earliest events to the later ones, and made the theology of the Egyptians the beginning of his whole work. I think it better to set out the matters before us from him, since his writing is better known to the Greeks. He records the following, word for word:
Preparation 2, chapter 1
2.1.1Dindorf 1:54
‘‘Φασὶ τοίνυν Αἰγύπτιοι κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τῶν ὅλων γένεσιν πρώτους ἀνθρώπους γενέσθαι κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον διά τε τὴν εὐκρασίαν τῆς χώρας καὶ διὰ τὴν φύσιν τοῦ Νείλου. τοῦτον γὰρ πολύγονον ὄντα καὶ τὰς τροφὰς αὐτοφυεῖς παρεχόμενον ῥᾳδίως ἐκτρέφειν τὰ ζωογονηθέντα. —
‘‘Phasi toinyn Aigyptioi kata tēn ex archēs tōn holōn genesin prōtous anthrōpous genesthai kata tēn Aigypton dia te tēn eukrasian tēs chōras kai dia tēn physin tou Neilou. touton gar polygonon onta kai tas trophas autophyeis parechomenon rhądiōs ektrephein ta zōogonēthenta. —
"The Egyptians say, then, that at the original generation of all things the first human beings came into being in Egypt, both because of the good climate of the country and because of the nature of the Nile. For it, being very fertile and providing food that grows of itself, easily nourished the living creatures it brought forth.
2.1.2Dindorf 1:54–55
τοὺς δὲ θεοὺς ἀνθρώπους μὲν ὑπάρξαι θνητοὺς, διὰ δὲ σύνεσιν καὶ κοινὴν ἀνθρώπων εὐεργεσίαν τυχεῖν τῆς ἀθανασίας, ὧν ἐνίους καὶ βασιλεῖς γενέσθαι. μεθερμηνευομένων δὲ αὐτῶν τινὰς μὲν ὁμωνύμους ὑπάρχειν τοῖς οὐρανίοις, τινὰς δὲ ἰδίαν ἐσχηκέναι προσηγορίαν, Ἥλιον τε καὶ Κρόνον ἔτι δὲ καὶ Δία τὸν ὑπό τινων Ἄμμωνα προσαγορευόμενον, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Ἥραν καὶ Ἥφαιστον, ἔτι δὲ Ἑστίαν, καὶ τελευταῖον Ἑρμῆν.
tous de theous anthrōpous men hyparxai thnētous, dia de synesin kai koinēn anthrōpōn euergesian tychein tēs athanasias, hōn enious kai basileis genesthai. methermēneuomenōn de autōn tinas men homōnymous hyparchein tois ouraniois, tinas de idian eschēkenai prosēgorian, Hēlion te kai Kronon eti de kai Dia ton hypo tinōn Ammōna prosagoreuomenon, pros de toutois Hēran kai Hēphaiston, eti de Hestian, kai teleutaion Hermēn.
The gods, they say, were human beings and mortal, but obtained immortality because of their intelligence and their benefits to all mankind; and some of them were also kings. Of these, when their names are translated, some have the same names as the heavenly bodies, while others have had names of their own: Helios (the Sun), Cronus, and also Zeus, called Ammon by some, and besides these Hera and Hephaestus, Hestia, and finally Hermes.
2.1.3Dindorf 1:55
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν Ἥλιον βασιλεῦσαι τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον, ὁμώνυμον ὄντα τῷ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἄστρῳ. ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν ἱερέων φασὶ πρῶτον Ἥφαιστον βασιλεῦσαι, πυρὸς εὑρετὴν γενόμενον.
kai prōton men Hēlion basileusai tōn katʼ Aigypton, homōnymon onta tǭ katʼ ouranon astrǭ. enioi de tōn hiereōn phasi prōton Hēphaiston basileusai, pyros heuretēn genomenon.
And first Helios reigned over Egypt, having the same name as the star in heaven. But some of the priests say that Hephaestus reigned first, having been the discoverer of fire.
2.1.4Dindorf 1:55
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὸν Κρόνον ἄρξαι, καὶ γήμαντα τὴν ἀδελφὴν Ῥέαν γεννῆσαι κατὰ μὲν τινὰς τὸν Ὄσιριν καὶ τὴν Ἰσιν, κατὰ δὲ τοὺς πλείστους Δία τε καὶ Ἥραν, οὓς διʼ ἀρετὴν βασιλεῦσαι τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου.
meta de tauta ton Kronon arxai, kai gēmanta tēn adelphēn Rhean gennēsai kata men tinas ton Osirin kai tēn Isin, kata de tous pleistous Dia te kai Hēran, hous diʼ aretēn basileusai tou sympantos kosmou.
After this Cronus ruled, and having married his sister Rhea he begot, according to some, Osiris and Isis, but according to most, Zeus and Hera, who because of their virtue reigned over the whole world.
2.1.5Dindorf 1:55
ἐκ δὲ τούτων γενέσθαι πέντε θεοὺς, Ὄσιριν καὶ Ἴσιν καὶ Τυφῶνα, Ἀπόλλωνά τε καὶ Ἀφροδίτην. καὶ τὸν μὲν Ὄσιριν εἶναι τὸν Διόνυσον, τὴν δὲ Ἴσιν τὴν Δήμητρα. ταύτην δὲ γήμαντα τὸν Ὄσιριν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν διαδεξάμενον πολλὰ πρᾶξαι πρὸς εὐεργεσίαν τοῦ κοινοῦ·
ek de toutōn genesthai pente theous, Osirin kai Isin kai Typhōna, Apollōna te kai Aphroditēn. kai ton men Osirin einai ton Dionyson, tēn de Isin tēn Dēmētra. tautēn de gēmanta ton Osirin kai tēn basileian diadexamenon polla praxai pros euergesian tou koinou;
From these were born five gods: Osiris, Isis, Typhon, Apollo, and Aphrodite. Osiris is Dionysus, and Isis is Demeter. Osiris married her, succeeded to the kingdom, and did many things for the benefit of the community.
2.1.6Dindorf 1:55
κτίσαι τε πόλιν ἐν τῇ Θηβαίδι ἑκατόμπυλον, ἣν τινὰς μὲν Δῖός πόλιν, ἐνίους δὲ Θήβας προσειπεῖν. — ἱδρύσασθαι δὲ καὶ ἱερὸν τῶν γονέων, Δῖός τε καὶ Ἥρας, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ θεῶν ναοὺς χρυσοῦς, ὧν ἑκάστῳ τιμὰς ἀπονεῖμαι, καὶ καταστῆσαι τοὺς ἐπιμελομένους ἱερεῖς·
ktisai te polin en tę̄ Thēbaidi hekatompylon, hēn tinas men Dios polin, enious de Thēbas proseipein. — hidrysasthai de kai hieron tōn goneōn, Dios te kai Hēras, kai tōn allōn de theōn naous chrysous, hōn hekastǭ timas aponeimai, kai katastēsai tous epimelomenous hiereis;
He founded in the Thebaid a city with a hundred gates, which some called the City of Zeus and others Thebes. He also built a temple to his parents, Zeus and Hera, and golden shrines to the other gods, assigned honors to each of them, and appointed priests to care for them.
2.1.7Dindorf 1:55
εὑρετὴν δὲ γενέσθαι τὸν Ὄσιριν τῆς ἀμπέλου, πρῶτόν τε ψιλῷ χρήσασθαι, καὶ διδάξαι τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους τὴν γεωργίαν.
heuretēn de genesthai ton Osirin tēs ampelou, prōton te psilǭ chrēsasthai, kai didaxai tous allous anthrōpous tēn geōrgian.
Osiris was the discoverer of the vine, was the first to make use of it, and taught the rest of mankind agriculture.
2.1.8Dindorf 1:55–56
τιμᾶσθαι δὲ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ μάλιστα πάντων τὸν Ἑρμῆν διαφόρῳ φύσει κεχορηγημένον πρὸς ἐπίνοιαν τῶν δυναμένων ὠφελῆσαι τὸν κοινὸν βίον. — εὑρετήν τε γὰρ αὐτὸν γενέσθαι τῶν γραμμάτων καὶ θυσίας θεῶν διατάξασθαι, λύραν τε εὑρεῖν, καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας διδάξαι τὴν περὶ τούτων ἑρμηνείαν· ἀφʼ οὗπερ αὐτὸν Ἑρμῆν ὀνομασθῆναι.
timasthai de hypʼ autou malista pantōn ton Hermēn diaphorǭ physei kechorēgēmenon pros epinoian tōn dynamenōn ōphelēsai ton koinon bion. — heuretēn te gar auton genesthai tōn grammatōn kai thysias theōn diataxasthai, lyran te heurein, kai tous Hellēnas didaxai tēn peri toutōn hermēneian; aphʼ houper auton Hermēn onomasthēnai.
Of all his followers he honored Hermes most, who was endowed with an extraordinary nature for devising things that could benefit the common life. For he was the discoverer of letters, arranged the sacrifices to the gods, invented the lyre, and taught the Greeks the art of interpretation (hermeneia) concerning these things; from which he was named Hermes.
2.1.9Dindorf 1:56
τοῦτον δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐλαίας τὸ φυτὸν εὑρεῖν. τὸν δὲ Ὄσιριν ἐπελθόντα πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐπὶ μὲν Φοινίκης καταστῆσαι Βούσιριν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν Αἰθιοπίαν καὶ Λιβύην Ἀνταῖον. αὐτὸν δὲ ἐπιστρατεῦσαι μετὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, ὅν φασιν εὑρετὴν τοῦ φυτοῦ τῆς δάφνης γενέσθαι.
touton de kai tēs elaias to phyton heurein. ton de Osirin epelthonta pasan tēn oikoumenēn epi men Phoinikēs katastēsai Bousirin, kata de tēn Aithiopian kai Libyēn Antaion. auton de epistrateusai meta tou adelphou tou Apollōnos, hon phasin heuretēn tou phytou tēs daphnēs genesthai.
He also discovered the olive plant. Osiris, going through the whole inhabited world, set Busiris over Phoenicia and Antaeus over Ethiopia and Libya. He made his expedition with his brother Apollo, who, they say, was the discoverer of the laurel plant.
2.1.10Dindorf 1:56
συστρατεῦσαι δὲ τῷ Ὀσίριδι τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς, Ἄνουβίν τε καὶ Μακεδόνα, παραλαβεῖν δὲ καὶ τὸν Πᾶνα διαφερόντως ὑπʼ Αἰγυπτίων τιμώμενον, οὗ καὶ ἐπώνυμον εἶναι τὴν Πανὸς πόλιν. ὄντι δὲ αὐτῷ περὶ τὴν Ταφόσιριν ἀχθῆναι τὸ τῶν Σατύρων γένος.
systrateusai de tǭ Osiridi tous dyo huious, Anoubin te kai Makedona, paralabein de kai ton Pana diapherontōs hypʼ Aigyptiōn timōmenon, hou kai epōnymon einai tēn Panos polin. onti de autǭ peri tēn Taphosirin achthēnai to tōn Satyrōn genos.
Osiris's two sons, Anubis and Macedon, went with him on the expedition, and he also took Pan, who is especially honored by the Egyptians; from him the city of Pan is named. While he was near Taphosiris, the race of Satyrs was brought to him.
2.1.11Dindorf 1:56
φιλόμουσον δὲ ὄντα περιάγειν πλῆθος μουσουργῶν, ἐν οἷς παρθένους ἐννέα δυναμένας ᾄδειν καὶ τἄλλα πεπαιδευμένας, τὰς παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὀνομαζομένας Μούσας, ὧν ἡγεῖσθαι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα.
philomouson de onta periagein plēthos mousourgōn, en hois parthenous ennea dynamenas ądein kai talla pepaideumenas, tas para tois Hellēsin onomazomenas Mousas, hōn hēgeisthai ton Apollōna.
Being a lover of music, he took with him a crowd of musicians, among them nine maidens able to sing and trained in other arts, those called the Muses among the Greeks, whose leader was Apollo.
2.1.12Dindorf 1:56
παντὸς δὲ ἔθνους ὡς θεὸν ἀποδεχομένου τὸν Ὄσιριν διὰ τὰς εὐεργεσίας πανταχοῦ μνημεῖα ἑαυτοῦ καταλιπεῖν,
pantos de ethnous hōs theon apodechomenou ton Osirin dia tas euergesias pantachou mnēmeia heautou katalipein,
Since every nation received Osiris as a god because of his benefits, he left memorials of himself everywhere,
2.1.13Dindorf 1:56
κτίσαι δὲ καὶ πόλεις οὐκ ὀλίγας ἐν Ἰνδοῖς.
ktisai de kai poleis ouk oligas en Indois.
and he founded not a few cities among the Indians.
2.1.14Dindorf 1:56
ἐπελθεῖν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ κατὰ τὴν Φρυγίαν ἔθνη, καὶ περαιωθῆναι κατὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην. καὶ Μακεδόνα μὲν τὸν υἱὸν ἀπολιπεῖν βασιλέα τῆς Μακεδονίας, Τριπτολέμῳ δὲ ἐπιτρέψαι τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀττικὴν γεωργίας.
epelthein de kai ta alla ta kata tēn Phrygian ethnē, kai peraiōthēnai kata ton Hellēsponton eis tēn Eurōpēn. kai Makedona men ton huion apolipein basilea tēs Makedonias, Triptolemǭ de epitrepsai tas kata tēn Attikēn geōrgias.
He went also through the other nations of Phrygia and crossed the Hellespont into Europe. He left his son Macedon as king of Macedonia, and entrusted the agriculture of Attica to Triptolemus.
2.1.15Dindorf 1:56
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων εἰς θεοὺς μεταστάντα τυχεῖν ὑπὸ Ἴσιδος καὶ Ἑρμοῦ ἱερόν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων ἐν θεοῖς τιμῶν. τούτους δὲ καὶ τελετὰς καταδεῖξαι καὶ πολλὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ μυστικῶς εἰσηγήσασθαι.
kai meta tauta ex anthrōpōn eis theous metastanta tychein hypo Isidos kai Hermou hieron kai tōn allōn tōn epiphanestatōn en theois timōn. toutous de kai teletas katadeixai kai polla peri autou mystikōs eisēgēsasthai.
And afterward, having passed from among men to the gods, he received from Isis and Hermes a sanctuary and the other most distinguished honors among the gods. They also instituted rites and introduced many mystical things concerning him.
2.1.16Dindorf 1:56–57
ἀναιρεθῆναι δὲ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ Τυφῶνος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, πονηροῦ καὶ ἀσεβοῦς ὄντος· ὃν διελόντα τὸ σῶμα τοῦ φονευθέντος εἰς ἓξ καὶ εἴκοσι μέρη δοῦναι τῶν συνεπιτιθεμένων ἑκάστῳ μερίδα, βουλόμενον ἅπαντας μετασχεῖν τοῦ μύσους.
anairethēnai de auton hypo Typhōnos tou adelphou, ponērou kai asebous ontos; hon dielonta to sōma tou phoneuthentos eis hex kai eikosi merē dounai tōn synepitithemenōn hekastǭ merida, boulomenon hapantas metaschein tou mysous.
He was killed by his brother Typhon, who was wicked and impious; Typhon cut the body of the murdered man into twenty-six pieces and gave a portion to each of his fellow conspirators, wishing all to share in the pollution.
2.1.17Dindorf 1:57
τὴν δὲ Ἴσιν ἀδελφὴν οὖσαν Ὀσίριδος καὶ γυναῖκα μετελθεῖν τὸν φόνον, συναγωνιζομένου τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτῆς Ὤρου. ἀνελοῦσαν δὲ τὸν Τυφῶνα καὶ τοὺς συμπράξαντας παρὰ τὴν νῦν Ἀνταίου κώμην καλουμένην βασιλεῦσαι τῆς Αἰγύπτου.
tēn de Isin adelphēn ousan Osiridos kai gynaika metelthein ton phonon, synagōnizomenou tou paidos autēs Ōrou. anelousan de ton Typhōna kai tous sympraxantas para tēn nyn Antaiou kōmēn kaloumenēn basileusai tēs Aigyptou.
Isis, the sister and wife of Osiris, avenged the murder with the help of her son Horus; and having killed Typhon and his accomplices near the village now called the Village of Antaeus, she reigned over Egypt.
2.1.18Dindorf 1:57
εὑροῦσαν δὲ πάντα τὰ μέρη τοῦ σώματος πλὴν τῶν αἰδοίων τοῦ Ὀσίριδος ἑκάστῳ μέρει περιπλάσαι λέγουσιν αὐτὴν τύπον ἀνθρωποειδῆ, παραπλήσιον Ὀσίριδι τὸ μέγεθος ἐξ ἀρωμάτων καὶ κηροῦ, καὶ παραδοῦναι τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Αἰγύπτου τιμᾶν. καθιερῶσαι δὲ καὶ τῶν γινομένων παρʼ αὐτοῖς ζῴων ἓν ὁποῖον ἂν βουληθῶσιν.
heurousan de panta ta merē tou sōmatos plēn tōn aidoiōn tou Osiridos hekastǭ merei periplasai legousin autēn typon anthrōpoeidē, paraplēsion Osiridi to megethos ex arōmatōn kai kērou, kai paradounai tois hiereusi kathʼ holēs tēs Aigyptou timan. kathierōsai de kai tōn ginomenōn parʼ autois zǭōn hen hopoion an boulēthōsin.
Having found all the parts of the body except the private parts of Osiris, they say she molded around each part a human figure like Osiris in size, out of spices and wax, and gave it to the priests throughout all Egypt to honor; and that she consecrated to him whichever one of the animals among them they chose.
2.1.19Dindorf 1:57
τοὺς δὲ ταύρους τοὺς ἱεροὺς τόν τε ὀνομαζόμενον Ἄπιν καὶ τὸν Μνεῦιν Ὀσίριδι καθιερωθῆναι, καὶ τούτους σέβεσθαι καθάπερ θεοὺς κοινῇ καταδειχθῆναι πᾶσιν Αἰγυπτίοις. ταῦτα γὰρ τοῖς εὑροῦσι τὸν τοῦ σίτου καρπὸν συνεργῆσαι πρὸς τὸν σπόρον καὶ τὰς κοινὰς γεωργίας.
tous de taurous tous hierous ton te onomazomenon Apin kai ton Mneuin Osiridi kathierōthēnai, kai toutous sebesthai kathaper theous koinę̄ katadeichthēnai pasin Aigyptiois. tauta gar tois heurousi ton tou sitou karpon synergēsai pros ton sporon kai tas koinas geōrgias.
The sacred bulls, the one named Apis and Mnevis, were consecrated to Osiris, and it was ordained that all the Egyptians in common should reverence them as gods; for these animals had helped those who discovered the fruit of grain in sowing and in agriculture generally.
2.1.20Dindorf 1:57
ὀμόσαι δὲ τὴν Ἴσιν μηδενὸς ἀνδρὸς ἔτι συνουσίαν προσδέξασθαι μεταστᾶσαν δὲ καὶ αὐτὴν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων τυχεῖν ἀθανάτων τιμῶν καὶ ταφῆναι κατὰ τὴν Μέμφιν.
omosai de tēn Isin mēdenos andros eti synousian prosdexasthai metastasan de kai autēn ex anthrōpōn tychein athanatōn timōn kai taphēnai kata tēn Memphin.
Isis swore that she would accept no man's intercourse any longer; and when she too had passed from among men, she received immortal honors and was buried at Memphis.
2.1.21Dindorf 1:57
τὰ μὲν οὖν ἀνευρεθέντα τοῦ Ὀσίριδος μέρη ταφῆς ἀξιωθῆναί φασι τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον· τὸ δὲ αἰδοῖον ὑπὸ μὲν Τυφῶνος εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ῥιφῆναι λέγουσιν, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς Ἴσιδος οὐδὲν ἧττον τῶν ἄλλων ἀξιωθῆναι τιμῶν ἰσοθέων.
ta men oun aneurethenta tou Osiridos merē taphēs axiōthēnai phasi ton eirēmenon tropon; to de aidoion hypo men Typhōnos eis ton potamon rhiphēnai legousin, hypo de tēs Isidos ouden hētton tōn allōn axiōthēnai timōn isotheōn.
The parts of Osiris that were found, they say, were given burial in the way described. But the private part, they say, was thrown into the river by Typhon, yet was counted worthy by Isis of honors equal to the gods, no less than the other parts.
2.1.22Dindorf 1:57–58
ἔν τε γὰρ τοῖς ἱεροῖς εἴδωλον αὐτοῦ κατασκευάσασαν τιμὰς καταδεῖξαι καὶ τελετὰς καὶ τὰς θυσίας τὰς τῷ θεῷ τούτῳ γινομένας ἐντιμοτάτας ποιῆσαι. διὸ καὶ τοὺς Ἓλληνας ἐξ Αἰγύπτου παρειληφότας τὰ περὶ τοὺς ὀργιασμοὺς καὶ τὰς Διονυσιακὰς ἑορτὰς τιμᾶν τοῦτο τὸ μόριον ἐν τοῖς μυστηρίοις καὶ ταῖς τοῦ θεοῦ τούτου τελεταῖς τε καὶ θυσίαις, ὀνομάζοντας αὐτὸ φαλλόν.
en te gar tois hierois eidōlon autou kataskeuasasan timas katadeixai kai teletas kai tas thysias tas tǭ theǭ toutǭ ginomenas entimotatas poiēsai. dio kai tous Hellēnas ex Aigyptou pareilēphotas ta peri tous orgiasmous kai tas Dionysiakas heortas timan touto to morion en tois mystēriois kai tais tou theou toutou teletais te kai thysiais, onomazontas auto phallon.
For she made an image of it in the temples, instituted honors and rites, and made the sacrifices offered to this god most honored. Therefore the Greeks too, having received from Egypt the orgies and the Dionysiac festivals, honor this member in the mysteries and in the rites and sacrifices of this god, calling it the phallus.
2.1.23Dindorf 1:58
τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας ἐν Θήβαις ταῖς Βοιωτικαῖς γεγονέναι τὸν θεὸν ἐκ Σεμέλης καὶ Δῖός σχεδιάζειν. Ὀρφέα γὰρ εἰς Αἴγυπτον παραβαλόντα καὶ μετασχόντα τῆς τελετῆς καὶ τῶν Διονυσιακῶν μυστηρίων μεταλαβεῖν, τοῖς τε Καδμείοις φίλον ὄντα καὶ τετιμημένον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν μεταθεῖναι τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν γένεσιν ἐκείνοις χαριζόμενον, τοὺς δὲ ὄχλους τὰ μὲν διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν, τὰ δὲ διὰ τὸ βούλεσθαι τὸν θεὸν Ἕλληνα ὀνομάζεσθαι, προσδέξασθαι προσηνῶς τὰς τελετὰς καὶ τὰ μυστήρια.
tous de legontas en Thēbais tais Boiōtikais gegonenai ton theon ek Semelēs kai Dios schediazein. Orphea gar eis Aigypton parabalonta kai metaschonta tēs teletēs kai tōn Dionysiakōn mystēriōn metalabein, tois te Kadmeiois philon onta kai tetimēmenon hypʼ autōn metatheinai tou theou tēn genesin ekeinois charizomenon, tous de ochlous ta men dia tēn agnoian, ta de dia to boulesthai ton theon Hellēna onomazesthai, prosdexasthai prosēnōs tas teletas kai ta mystēria.
Those who say that the god was born at Thebes in Boeotia of Semele and Zeus are inventing. For Orpheus, having visited Egypt and shared in the initiation, received the Dionysiac mysteries; and being a friend of the Cadmeans and honored by them, he transferred the god's birth to them as a favor, while the multitudes, partly through ignorance and partly from wishing the god to be called a Greek, readily accepted the rites and the mysteries.
2.1.24Dindorf 1:58
ἀφορμὰς δὲ ἔχειν τὸν Ὀρφέα πρὸς τὴν μετάθεσιν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ γενέσεως καὶ τελετῆς τοιαύτας· Κάδμον ἐκ Θηβῶν ὄντα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων γεννῆσαι σὺν ἄλλοις τέκνοις καὶ Σεμέλην· ταύτην δὲ ὑφʼ ὅτου δήποτε φθαρεῖσαν ἔγκυον γενέσθαι, καὶ τεκεῖν ἑπτὰ μηνῶν διελθόντων βρέφος οἷόν περ οἱ κατʼ Αἴγυπτον τὸν Ὄσιριν γεγονέναι νομίζουσι·
aphormas de echein ton Orphea pros tēn metathesin tēs tou theou geneseōs kai teletēs toiautas; Kadmon ek Thēbōn onta tōn Aigyptiōn gennēsai syn allois teknois kai Semelēn; tautēn de hyphʼ hotou dēpote phthareisan enkyon genesthai, kai tekein hepta mēnōn dielthontōn brephos hoion per hoi katʼ Aigypton ton Osirin gegonenai nomizousi;
Orpheus had the following occasions for transferring the god's birth and rites: Cadmus, coming from Thebes in Egypt, begot Semele among other children. She, seduced by someone or other, became pregnant and at the end of seven months bore a child such as the Egyptians believe Osiris to have been;
2.1.25Dindorf 1:58
τὸν δὲ Κάδμον τελευτῆσαν τὸ βρέφος χρυσῶσαι, καὶ τὰς καθηκούσας αὐτῷ ποιήσασθαι θυσίας, ἀνάψαι δὲ καὶ τὴν γένεσιν εἰς Δία, σεμνύνοντα τὸν Ὄσιριν, καὶ τῆς φθαρείσης τὴν διαβολὴν ἀφαιρούμενον. διὸ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐκδοθῆναι λόγον ὡς ἡ Κάδμου θυγάτηρ Σεμέλη τέτοκεν ἐκ Δῖός Ὄσιριν.
ton de Kadmon teleutēsan to brephos chrysōsai, kai tas kathēkousas autǭ poiēsasthai thysias, anapsai de kai tēn genesin eis Dia, semnynonta ton Osirin, kai tēs phthareisēs tēn diabolēn aphairoumenon. dio kai para tois Hellēsin ekdothēnai logon hōs hē Kadmou thygatēr Semelē tetoken ek Dios Osirin.
When the child died, Cadmus gilded it and offered the appropriate sacrifices to it, and ascribed its birth to Zeus, thus glorifying Osiris and removing the reproach from his seduced daughter. Therefore the story was published among the Greeks that Semele the daughter of Cadmus bore Osiris by Zeus.
2.1.26Dindorf 1:58
ἔπειτα παρελθόντων τῶν μυθογράφων ἐμπλῆσαι τὸ θέατρον, καὶ τοῖς ἐπιγινομένοις ἰσχυρὰν πίστιν καὶ ἀμετάθετον γενέσθαι. καθόλου δέ φασι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐξιδιάζεσθαι τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους Αἰγυπτίων ἥρωάς τε καὶ θεούς.
epeita parelthontōn tōn mythographōn emplēsai to theatron, kai tois epiginomenois ischyran pistin kai ametatheton genesthai. katholou de phasi tous Hellēnas exidiazesthai tous epiphanestatous Aigyptiōn hērōas te kai theous.
Then, when the mythographers came on the scene, the story filled the theater and became a strong and unchangeable belief for later generations. In general, they say, the Greeks appropriate the most famous heroes and gods of the Egyptians.
2.1.27Dindorf 1:58–59
καὶ γὰρ Ἡρακλέα τὸ γένος Αἰγύπτιον ὄντα διʼ ἀνδρείαν ἐπελθεῖν πολλὴν τῆς οἰκουμένης. ἐξοικειοῦσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν τοὺς, καὶ μὴν ἕτερον ὄντα τοῦ ἐξ Ἀλκμήνης παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ὕστερόν ποτε γενομένου.
kai gar Hēraklea to genos Aigyption onta diʼ andreian epelthein pollēn tēs oikoumenēs. exoikeiousthai de auton tous, kai mēn heteron onta tou ex Alkmēnēs parʼ Hellēsin hysteron pote genomenou.
For Heracles, who was Egyptian by race, went through much of the inhabited world because of his courage; and the Greeks claim him as their own, though he was different from the son of Alcmene who was born among the Greeks at some later time.
2.1.28Dindorf 1:59
φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν Περσέα γενέσθαι κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τῆς Ἴσιδος τὴν γένεσιν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς Ἄργος μεταφέρεσθαι. μυθολογούντων αὐτὴν εἶναι Ἰὼ, τὴν εἰς βοὸς τύπον μεταμορφωθεῖσαν. τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ τοὺς μὲν Ἴσιν, τοὺς δὲ Δήμητρα, τοὺς δὲ Θεσμοφόρον, ἄλλους δὲ Σελήνην, καὶ ἄλλους Ἥραν νομίζειν.
phasi de kai ton Persea genesthai kata tēn Aigypton, kai tēs Isidos tēn genesin hypo tōn Hellēnōn eis Argos metapheresthai. mythologountōn autēn einai Iō, tēn eis boos typon metamorphōtheisan. tēn autēn de tous men Isin, tous de Dēmētra, tous de Thesmophoron, allous de Selēnēn, kai allous Hēran nomizein.
They say that Perseus too was born in Egypt, and that the birth of Isis was transferred by the Greeks to Argos, where they tell the myth that she is Io, who was changed into the form of a cow. Some regard the same goddess as Isis, others as Demeter, others as Thesmophorus, others as Selene, and others as Hera.
2.1.29Dindorf 1:59
τὸν Ὄσιριν τοὺς μὲν Σάραπιν, τοὺς δὲ Διόνυσον, τοὺς δὲ Πλούτωνα, τοὺς δὲ Ἄμμωνα, τοὺς δὲ Δία, ἑτέρους δὲ Πάνα νομίζειν.
ton Osirin tous men Sarapin, tous de Dionyson, tous de Ploutōna, tous de Ammōna, tous de Dia, heterous de Pana nomizein.
Osiris some regard as Sarapis, others as Dionysus, others as Pluto, others as Ammon, others as Zeus, and others as Pan.
2.1.30Dindorf 1:59
εὑρετὴν δὲ γενέσθαι τὴν Ἰσίν φασι φαρμάκων πολλῶν καὶ ἰατρικῆς ἐπιστήμης· εὑρεῖν δὲ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀθανασίας φάρμακον, διʼ οὗ τὸν υἱὸν Ὦρον ὑπὸ τῶν Τιτάνων ἐπιβουλευθέντα, καὶ νεκρὸν εὑρεθέντα καθʼ ὕδατος, μὴ μόνον ἀναστῆσαι δοῦσαν τὴν ψυχὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀθανασίας ποιῆσαι μεταλαβεῖν.
heuretēn de genesthai tēn Isin phasi pharmakōn pollōn kai iatrikēs epistēmēs; heurein de kai to tēs athanasias pharmakon, diʼ hou ton huion Ōron hypo tōn Titanōn epibouleuthenta, kai nekron heurethenta kathʼ hydatos, mē monon anastēsai dousan tēn psychēn, alla kai tēs athanasias poiēsai metalabein.
They say that Isis was the discoverer of many medicines and of the science of healing; she also discovered the medicine of immortality, by which, when her son Horus had been plotted against by the Titans and found dead in the water, she not only raised him up by giving him his soul again, but also made him share in immortality.
2.1.31Dindorf 1:59
τὸν δὲ Ὦρον ὕστατον ὄντα τῶν θεῶν βασιλεῦσαι τῆς Αἰγύπτου. μεθερμηνευόμενον δέ φασιν αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, τήν τε ἰατρικὴν καὶ μαντικὴν ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς Ἴσιδος διδαχθέντα διὰ τῶν χρησμῶν καὶ θεραπειῶν εὐεργετεῖν.
ton de Ōron hystaton onta tōn theōn basileusai tēs Aigyptou. methermēneuomenon de phasin auton einai ton Apollōna, tēn te iatrikēn kai mantikēn hypo tēs mētros Isidos didachthenta dia tōn chrēsmōn kai therapeiōn euergetein.
Horus was the last of the gods to reign over Egypt. When translated, they say, he is Apollo; having been taught medicine and divination by his mother Isis, he benefits mankind through his oracles and healings.
2.1.32Dindorf 1:59
συμφωνεῖται δὲ παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις ὅτι τοῖς περὶ τὸν Δία καὶ τὸν Ὄσιριν θεοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἴσιδος ἡλικίαν μεγαλόσωμοί τινες γίγαντες ἐπὶ τὸ τερατῶδες κοσμούμενοι πόλεμον ἤγειραν. νομοθετήσαι δὲ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους γαμεῖν ἀδελφὰς, διὰ τὸ τὴν Ἶσιν τῷ Ὀσίριδι ἀδελφῷ ὄντι αὐτῆς γαμηθῆναι. ‟
symphōneitai de para tois pleistois hoti tois peri ton Dia kai ton Osirin theois kata tēn Isidos hēlikian megalosōmoi tines gigantes epi to teratōdes kosmoumenoi polemon ēgeiran. nomothetēsai de tous Aigyptious gamein adelphas, dia to tēn Isin tǭ Osiridi adelphǭ onti autēs gamēthēnai. ‟
It is agreed by most that in the time of Isis certain giants of huge body, monstrously arrayed, raised war against the gods around Zeus and Osiris. They say too that the Egyptians made it a law to marry sisters, because Isis was married to Osiris, who was her brother."
2.1.33Dindorf 1:59–60
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτων ἱστοροῦσι. περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀφιερωμένων ζῴων κατʼ Αἴγυπτον τοιοῦτός τις παρʼ αὐτοῖς κατέχει λόγος ‘‘Τινὲς μέν φασι τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενομένους θεοὺς, ὀλίγους ὄντας καὶ κατισχυομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους καὶ τῆς ἀσεβείας τῶν γηγενῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμοιωθῆναί τισιν ἀλόγοις ζῴοις, καὶ οὕτως διαφυγεῖν· ἔπειτα χάριν ἀποδιδόντας τῆς σωτηρίας ἀφιερῶσαι τὰς φύσεις αὐτῶν τῶν ζῴων, οἷς ἀφωμοιώθησαν.
Kai tauta men peri toutōn historousi. peri de tōn aphierōmenōn zǭōn katʼ Aigypton toioutos tis parʼ autois katechei logos ‘‘Tines men phasi tous ex archēs genomenous theous, oligous ontas kai katischyomenous hypo tou plēthous kai tēs asebeias tōn gēgenōn anthrōpōn, homoiōthēnai tisin alogois zǭois, kai houtōs diaphygein; epeita charin apodidontas tēs sōtērias aphierōsai tas physeis autōn tōn zǭōn, hois aphōmoiōthēsan.
Such are their accounts of these things. Concerning the animals consecrated in Egypt, an account of this kind prevails among them: "Some say that the gods who were born in the beginning, being few and overpowered by the number and impiety of the earth-born men, made themselves like certain irrational animals and so escaped; and afterward, in gratitude for their safety, consecrated the kinds of those animals they had resembled.
2.1.34Dindorf 1:60
οἱ δέ φασιν ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους συμβολαῖς κατασκευάσαντας εἰκόνας τῶν ζῴων ἃ νῦν τιμῶσι, φορεῖν ταύτας τοὺς ἡγεμόνας ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς, καὶ τοῦτο γνώρισμα τῆς ἀρχῆς ἔχειν· ἐν δὲ ταῖς κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν νίκαις, ὡς ἂν αἴτια τὰ ζῷα γενόμενα, ὧν τὰς εἰκόνας ἔφερον, ἀποθεῶσαι.
hoi de phasin en tais pros tous polemious symbolais kataskeuasantas eikonas tōn zǭōn ha nyn timōsi, phorein tautas tous hēgemonas epi tēs kephalēs, kai touto gnōrisma tēs archēs echein; en de tais kata tōn echthrōn nikais, hōs an aitia ta zǭa genomena, hōn tas eikonas epheron, apotheōsai.
Others say that in their battles with enemies they made images of the animals they now honor, and the leaders wore these on their heads and had them as a mark of their command; and when they won victories over their enemies, they deified the animals whose images they wore, as having been the cause.
2.1.35Dindorf 1:60
ἕτεροι δὲ τρίτην αἰτίαν φέρουσι, τῆς χρείας ἕνεκα τῶν ζῴων φάσκοντες αὐτὰ τετιμῆσθαι. τὴν μὲν γὰρ θήλειαν βοῦν τίκτειν καὶ ἀροῦν, τὰ δὲ πρόβατα τίκτειν καὶ σκέπην παρέχειν καὶ τὴν διὰ τοῦ γάλακτος καὶ τοῦ τυροῦ τροφὴν, τὸν δὲ κύνα συνθηρεύειν ἀνθρώποις καὶ φυλακτικὸν εἶναι· διόπερ τὸν θεὸν τὸν παρʼ αὐτοῖς καλούμενον Ἄνουβιν κυνὸς ἔχειν κεφαλήν· ἐμφαίνοντες ὅτι σωματοφύλαξ ἦν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὄσιριν καὶ τὴν Ἰσιν.
heteroi de tritēn aitian pherousi, tēs chreias heneka tōn zǭōn phaskontes auta tetimēsthai. tēn men gar thēleian boun tiktein kai aroun, ta de probata tiktein kai skepēn parechein kai tēn dia tou galaktos kai tou tyrou trophēn, ton de kyna synthēreuein anthrōpois kai phylaktikon einai; dioper ton theon ton parʼ autois kaloumenon Anoubin kynos echein kephalēn; emphainontes hoti sōmatophylax ēn tōn peri ton Osirin kai tēn Isin.
Others give a third cause, saying that the animals were honored for their usefulness. For the cow bears calves and plows; sheep bear lambs and provide covering and food through their milk and cheese; and the dog hunts with men and keeps guard. Therefore the god whom they call Anubis has a dog's head, showing that he was the bodyguard of Osiris and Isis.
2.1.36Dindorf 1:60
ἔνιοι δέ φασι Ἰσιδος προηγουμένους τοὺς κύνας καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐζήτει τὸν Ὄσιριν τά τε θηρία καὶ τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας ἀπείργειν.
enioi de phasi Isidos proēgoumenous tous kynas kathʼ hon kairon ezētei ton Osirin ta te thēria kai tous apantōntas apeirgein.
Some say that when Isis was searching for Osiris, the dogs went before her and kept off the wild beasts and those who met her.
2.1.37Dindorf 1:60
καὶ τὸν μὲν αἴλουρον πρὸς τὰς ἀσπίδας εὔθετον ὑπάρχειν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δακετὰ τῶν ἑρπετῶν, τὸν δὲ ἰχνεύμονα τὰ τῶν κροκοδείλων ᾠὰ συντρίβειν, ἀναιρεῖν τε τοὺς κροκοδείλους πηλῷ κυλιόμενον καὶ ἐπιπηδῶντα κεχηνόσι τοῖς στόμασι, διαφαγόντα τε αὐτῶν τὰ ἐντὸς τῆς κοιλίας νεκροὺς ἀπεργάζεσθαι.
kai ton men ailouron pros tas aspidas eutheton hyparchein kai ta alla daketa tōn herpetōn, ton de ichneumona ta tōn krokodeilōn ǭa syntribein, anairein te tous krokodeilous pēlǭ kyliomenon kai epipēdōnta kechēnosi tois stomasi, diaphagonta te autōn ta entos tēs koilias nekrous apergazesthai.
The cat is useful against asps and the other biting reptiles; the ichneumon breaks the crocodiles' eggs and kills the crocodiles themselves, rolling itself in mud, leaping into their open mouths, and eating through their insides so that it leaves them dead.
2.1.38Dindorf 1:60–61
τῶν δὲ ὀρνέων τὴν μὲν ἶβιν χρησίμην ὑπάρχειν πρός τε τοὺς ὄφεις καὶ τὰς ἀκρίδας καὶ τὰς κάμπας, τὸν δὲ ἱέρακα πρὸς τοὺς σκορπίους καὶ κεράστας, καὶ τὰ μικρὰ τῶν δακετῶν θηρίων, καὶ διὰ τὸ συμβάλλεσθαι ταῖς μαντείαις· τὸν δʼ ἀετὸν διὰ τὸ βασιλικὸν εἶναι.
tōn de orneōn tēn men ibin chrēsimēn hyparchein pros te tous opheis kai tas akridas kai tas kampas, ton de hieraka pros tous skorpious kai kerastas, kai ta mikra tōn daketōn thēriōn, kai dia to symballesthai tais manteiais; ton dʼ aeton dia to basilikon einai.
Of the birds, the ibis is useful against snakes, locusts, and caterpillars; the hawk against scorpions, horned serpents, and the small biting creatures, and because it contributes to divination; and the eagle because it is royal.
2.1.39Dindorf 1:61
τὸν δὲ τράγον φασὶν ἀποτεθεῶσθαι, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὸν Πρίαπον, διὰ τὸ γεννητικὸν μόριον· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ζῷον εἶναι τοῦτο κατωφερέστατον πρὸς τὰς συνουσίας, τὸ δὲ μόριον τοῦ σώματος τὸ τῆς γενέσεως αἴτιον τιμᾶσθαι προσηκόντως ὡς ἂν ἀρχέγονον τῆς τῶν ζῴων φύσεως. καθόλου δὲ τὸ αἰδοῖον οὐ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οὐκ ὀλίγους καθιερωκέναι κατὰ τὰς τελετὰς, ὡς αἴτιον τῆς τῶν ζῴων γενέσεως·
ton de tragon phasin apotetheōsthai, kathaper kai tois Hellēsi ton Priapon, dia to gennētikon morion; to men gar zǭon einai touto katōpherestaton pros tas synousias, to de morion tou sōmatos to tēs geneseōs aition timasthai prosēkontōs hōs an archegonon tēs tōn zǭōn physeōs. katholou de to aidoion ou tous Aigyptious monon, alla kai tōn allōn ouk oligous kathierōkenai kata tas teletas, hōs aition tēs tōn zǭōn geneseōs;
The goat, they say, has been deified, as Priapus has among the Greeks, because of the generative member. For this animal is most inclined to intercourse, and the part of the body that is the cause of generation is fittingly honored as the origin of the nature of living things. In general, not only the Egyptians but not a few of other peoples have consecrated the private member in their rites, as the cause of the generation of living things;
2.1.40Dindorf 1:61
τούς τε ἱερεῖς τοὺς παραλαβόντας τὰς πατρικὰς ἱερωσύνας κατʼ Αἴγυπτον τούτῳ τῷ θεῷ μυεῖσθαι. καὶ τοὺς Πᾶνας δὲ καὶ τοὺς Σατύρους φασὶν ἕνεκα τῆς αὐτῆς αἰτίας τιμᾶσθαι παρὰ ἀνθρώποις· διὸ καὶ τὰς εἰκόνας αὐτῶν ἀνατιθέναι τοὺς πλείστους ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἐντεταμένας καὶ τῇ τοῦ τράγου φύσει παραπλησίας· τὸ γάρ τοι ζῷον τοῦτο παραδίδοσθαι πρὸς τὰς συνουσίας ὑπάρχειν ἐνεργότατον.
tous te hiereis tous paralabontas tas patrikas hierōsynas katʼ Aigypton toutǭ tǭ theǭ myeisthai. kai tous Panas de kai tous Satyrous phasin heneka tēs autēs aitias timasthai para anthrōpois; dio kai tas eikonas autōn anatithenai tous pleistous en tois hierois entetamenas kai tę̄ tou tragou physei paraplēsias; to gar toi zǭon touto paradidosthai pros tas synousias hyparchein energotaton.
and the priests in Egypt who have inherited their fathers' priesthoods are initiated first to this god. They say that the Pans and Satyrs too are honored among men for the same reason; therefore most people set up their images in the temples with the member erect and resembling the nature of the goat; for this animal is reported to be most active in intercourse.
2.1.41Dindorf 1:61
τοὺς δὲ ταύρους τοὺς ἱεροὺς τὸν Ἄπιν καὶ τὸν Μνεῦιν τιμᾶσθαι παραπλησίως τοῖς θεοῖς, ἅμα μὲν διὰ τὴν γεωργίαν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ διὰ τὸ τὴν εὕρεσιν τῶν καρπῶν αὐτοῖς ἀνατιθέναι.
tous de taurous tous hierous ton Apin kai ton Mneuin timasthai paraplēsiōs tois theois, hama men dia tēn geōrgian, hama de kai dia to tēn heuresin tōn karpōn autois anatithenai.
The sacred bulls, Apis and Mnevis, are honored like the gods, partly because of agriculture and partly because they ascribe to them the discovery of the fruits of the earth.
2.1.42Dindorf 1:61
τοὺς δὲ λύκους τιμᾶσθαι διὰ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς κύνας τῆς φύσεως ὁμοιότητα καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸ παλαιὸν, φασὶ, τῆς Ἴσιδος μετὰ τοῦ παιδὸς Ὤρου μελλούσης διαγωνίζεσθαι πρὸς Τυφῶνα, παραγενέσθαι βοηθὸν ἐξ Ἅιδου τὸν Ὄσιριν τῷ τέκνῳ καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ, λύκῳ τὴν ὄψιν ὁμοιωθέντα.
tous de lykous timasthai dia tēn pros tous kynas tēs physeōs homoiotēta kai epei to palaion, phasi, tēs Isidos meta tou paidos Ōrou mellousēs diagōnizesthai pros Typhōna, paragenesthai boēthon ex Haidou ton Osirin tǭ teknǭ kai tę̄ gynaiki, lykǭ tēn opsin homoiōthenta.
Wolves are honored because of the likeness of their nature to dogs, and because in ancient times, they say, when Isis with her son Horus was about to fight against Typhon, Osiris came from Hades to help his child and his wife, having taken the appearance of a wolf.
2.1.43Dindorf 1:61–62
ἕτεροι δὲ λέγουσιν Αἰθίοπας στρατεύσαντας ἐπὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ὑπὸ πλήθους λύκων διωχθῆναι· διὸ καὶ Λυκόπολιν κληθῆναι τὴν χώραν. τὸν δὲ κροκόδειλον σέβεσθαί φασι διὰ τὸ μὴ τολμᾶν διανήχεσθαι τὸν Νεῖλον τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀραβίας καὶ Λιβύης λῃστὰς τῶν κροκοδείλων χάριν.
heteroi de legousin Aithiopas strateusantas epi tēn Aigypton hypo plēthous lykōn diōchthēnai; dio kai Lykopolin klēthēnai tēn chōran. ton de krokodeilon sebesthai phasi dia to mē tolman dianēchesthai ton Neilon tous apo tēs Arabias kai Libyēs lę̄stas tōn krokodeilōn charin.
Others say that when the Ethiopians marched against Egypt they were driven off by a multitude of wolves; and therefore the district was called Lycopolis. The crocodile, they say, is reverenced because the robbers from Arabia and Libya do not dare to swim across the Nile because of the crocodiles.
2.1.44Dindorf 1:62
φασὶ δέ τινα τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς βασιλέων διωκόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων κυνῶν καταφυγεῖν εἰς τὴν λίμνην, ἔπειτα ὑπὸ κροκοδείλου παραδόξως ἀναληφθέντα εἰς τὸ πέραν ἀπενεχθῆναι.
phasi de tina tōn parʼ autois basileōn diōkomenon hypo tōn idiōn kynōn kataphygein eis tēn limnēn, epeita hypo krokodeilou paradoxōs analēphthenta eis to peran apenechthēnai.
They say that one of their kings, pursued by his own dogs, fled into the lake, and then was miraculously taken up by a crocodile and carried to the other side.
2.1.45Dindorf 1:62
αἰτίας δὲ καὶ ἄλλας φασί τινες τῆς τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τιμῆς. τοῦ γὰρ πλήθους τὸ παλαιὸν ἀφισταμένου τῶν βασιλέων, καὶ συμφρονοῦντος εἰς τὸ μηκέτι βασιλεύεσθαι, ἐπινοῆσαί τινα διάφορα σεβάσματα αὐτοῖς τῶν ζῴων παρασχεῖν, ὅπως ἑκάστων τὸ μὲν παρʼ αὐτοῖς τιμώμενον σεβομένων, τοῦ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀφιερωμένου καταφρονούντων, μηδέποτε ὁμονοῆσαι δύνωνται πάντες οἱ κατʼ Αἴγυπτον. —
aitias de kai allas phasi tines tēs tōn alogōn zǭōn timēs. tou gar plēthous to palaion aphistamenou tōn basileōn, kai symphronountos eis to mēketi basileuesthai, epinoēsai tina diaphora sebasmata autois tōn zǭōn paraschein, hopōs hekastōn to men parʼ autois timōmenon sebomenōn, tou de para tois allois aphierōmenou kataphronountōn, mēdepote homonoēsai dynōntai pantes hoi katʼ Aigypton. —
Some give still other causes for the honoring of irrational animals. For in ancient times, when the people were revolting from the kings and agreeing to be ruled by kings no longer, one king devised giving them different animals to worship, so that, as each group reverenced the animal honored among themselves and despised the one consecrated among the others, all the Egyptians might never be able to agree together.
2.1.46Dindorf 1:62
ὅταν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ τι τῶν εἰρημένων ζῴων, σινδόνι καλύψαντες καὶ μετʼ οἰμωγῆς τὰ στήθη καταπληξάμενοι ἐν ἱεραῖς θήκαις θάπτουσιν. ὃς δʼ ἄν τι τούτων τῶν ζῴων ἑκὼν διαφθείρῃ, θανάτῳ περιπίπτει, πλὴν ἐὰν αἴλουρον ἢ τὴν ἶβιν ἀποκτείνῃ· ταῦτα δὲ ἐάν τε ἑκὼν ἐάν τε ἄκων ἀποκτείνῃ τις, πάντως θανάτῳ περιπίπτει. —
hotan de apothanę̄ ti tōn eirēmenōn zǭōn, sindoni kalypsantes kai metʼ oimōgēs ta stēthē kataplēxamenoi en hierais thēkais thaptousin. hos dʼ an ti toutōn tōn zǭōn hekōn diaphtheirę̄, thanatǭ peripiptei, plēn ean ailouron ē tēn ibin apokteinę̄; tauta de ean te hekōn ean te akōn apokteinę̄ tis, pantōs thanatǭ peripiptei. —
When one of these animals dies, they cover it with fine linen, beat their breasts with wailing, and bury it in sacred tombs. Whoever kills one of these animals deliberately incurs death; except that if anyone kills a cat or the ibis, whether deliberately or not, he certainly incurs death.
2.1.47Dindorf 1:62
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ καθʼ ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν εὑρεθῇ κύων τετελευτηκὼς, ξυρῶνται πάντες ὅλον τὸ σῶμα καὶ ποιοῦνται πένθος· κἂν οἶνος, ἢ σῖτος, ἤ τι τῶν πρὸς τὸν βίον ἀναγκαίων τύχῃ κείμενον ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι χρήσασθαι αὐτοῖς ὑπομείνειαν.
alla mēn kai kathʼ hēn an oikian heurethę̄ kyōn teteleutēkōs, xyrōntai pantes holon to sōma kai poiountai penthos; kan oinos, ē sitos, ē ti tōn pros ton bion anankaiōn tychę̄ keimenon en tǭ oikǭ, ouk an eti chrēsasthai autois hypomeineian.
Moreover, in whatever house a dead dog is found, all the household shave their whole body and go into mourning; and if wine or grain or any of the necessities of life happens to be stored in the house, they would not bear to use it any longer.
2.1.48Dindorf 1:62–63
τρέφουσι δὲ τὸν Ἄπιν ἐν Μέμφει, καὶ τὸν Μνεῦιν ἐν Ἡλίου πόλει, καὶ τὸν τράγον ἐν Μένδητι, καὶ τὸν κροκόδειλον ἐν τῇ Μοιρίδος λίμνῃ, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ θηρία ἐν ἱεροῖς περιβόλοις, σεμίδαλιν προσφέροντες, ἢ χόνδρον ἕψοντες ἐν γάλακτι, καὶ πέμματα παντοδαπὰ μέλιτι φύροντες καὶ κρέα χήνεια τὰ μὲν ἕψοντες, τὰ δὲ ὀπτῶντες.
trephousi de ton Apin en Memphei, kai ton Mneuin en Hēliou polei, kai ton tragon en Mendēti, kai ton krokodeilon en tę̄ Moiridos limnę̄, kai ta loipa thēria en hierois peribolois, semidalin prospherontes, ē chondron hepsontes en galakti, kai pemmata pantodapa meliti phyrontes kai krea chēneia ta men hepsontes, ta de optōntes.
They keep Apis in Memphis, Mnevis in Heliopolis, the goat in Mendes, the crocodile in the lake of Moeris, and the other animals in sacred enclosures, offering them fine flour, or groats boiled in milk, all kinds of cakes kneaded with honey, and goose meat, some boiled and some roasted.
2.1.49Dindorf 1:63
τοῖς δε ὠμοφάγοις πολλὰ τῶν ὀρνέων παραβάλλουσι, καὶ θηλείας ἑκάστῳ τῶν ζῴων τὰς εὐειδεστάτας συντρέφουσιν, ἃς παλλακίδας προσαγορεύουσιν.
tois de ōmophagois polla tōn orneōn paraballousi, kai thēleias hekastǭ tōn zǭōn tas eueidestatas syntrephousin, has pallakidas prosagoreuousin.
To the flesh-eating ones they throw many birds, and for each of the animals they keep the most beautiful females, whom they call concubines.
2.1.50Dindorf 1:63
ὅταν δὲ ὁ Ἆπις τελευτήσας ταφῇ μεγαλοπρεπῶς, ζητοῦσιν ἕτερον ὅμοιον· ὅταν δὲ εὑρεθῇ, τὰ μὲν πλήθη τοῦ πένθους ἀπολύεται, ἄγεται δὲ ὁ μόσχος πρῶτον εἰς Νείλου πόλιν. καὶ τότε μόνον αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτὸν ὁρῶσι κατὰ πρόσωπον ἱστάμεναι, καὶ δεικνύουσιν ἀνασυράμεναι τὰ ἑαυτῶν γεννητικὰ μόρια, τὸν δὲ ἕτερον χρόνον ἅπαντα κεκωλυμένον ἐστὶν εἰς ὄψιν αὐτὰς ἔρχεσθαι τούτῳ τῷ θεῷ. φασὶ δὲ τὴν τοῦ Ὀσίριδος ψυχὴν εἰς τοῦτον μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν μεταστῆναι.”
hotan de ho Apis teleutēsas taphę̄ megaloprepōs, zētousin heteron homoion; hotan de heurethę̄, ta men plēthē tou penthous apolyetai, agetai de ho moschos prōton eis Neilou polin. kai tote monon hai gynaikes auton horōsi kata prosōpon histamenai, kai deiknyousin anasyramenai ta heautōn gennētika moria, ton de heteron chronon hapanta kekōlymenon estin eis opsin autas erchesthai toutǭ tǭ theǭ. phasi de tēn tou Osiridos psychēn eis touton meta tēn teleutēn metastēnai.”
When Apis dies and has been buried magnificently, they seek another like him; and when he is found, the people are released from their mourning, and the calf is first taken to Nilopolis. Only then do the women see him, standing before him and showing him their private parts by lifting their garments; at all other times they are forbidden to come into the sight of this god. They say that the soul of Osiris passed into this bull after his death."
2.1.51Dindorf 1:63
Τοιαύτη καὶ ἡ Αἰγυπτίων ἀσχήμων ἀθεότης μᾶλλον ἢ θεολογία, πρὸς ἣν καὶ τὸ ἐνίστασθαι αἰσχρόν. ἧς καὶ εἰκότως καταπτύσαντες ἀνεχωρήσαμεν, λύτρωσιν καὶ ἐλευθερίαν τῶν τοσούτων κακῶν οὐδετέρως εὑράμενοι ἢ διὰ μόνης τῆς σωτηρίου καὶ εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας, τῆς τὰς διανοίας τυφλοῖς τὴν ἀνάβλεψιν εὐαγγελισαμένης.
Toiautē kai hē Aigyptiōn aschēmōn atheotēs mallon ē theologia, pros hēn kai to enistasthai aischron. hēs kai eikotōs kataptysantes anechōrēsamen, lytrōsin kai eleutherian tōn tosoutōn kakōn oudeterōs heuramenoi ē dia monēs tēs sōtēriou kai euangelikēs didaskalias, tēs tas dianoias typhlois tēn anablepsin euangelisamenēs.
Such is the shameful atheism, rather than theology, of the Egyptians, which it is disgraceful even to oppose. We have rightly spat upon it and withdrawn from it, having found redemption and freedom from such great evils in no other way than through the saving teaching of the gospel alone, which has announced to those blind in mind the recovery of sight.
2.1.52Dindorf 1:63
τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν τὰς σεμνοτέρας δὴ θεωρίας τε καὶ φυσιολογίας μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐπισκεψόμεθα, ἐπὰν καὶ τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ διαλάβωμεν. οὕτω δῆτα ἀναμὶξ Αἰγυπτιακῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ Φοινικικῆς συνδραμούσης μυθολογίας κεκράτηκεν εἰκότως παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν ἐθνῶν ἡ τῆς παλαιᾶς πλάνης δεισιδαιμονία.
toutōn de autōn tas semnoteras dē theōrias te kai physiologias mikron hysteron episkepsometha, epan kai ta Hellēnika dialabōmen. houtō dēta anamix Aigyptiakēs homou kai Phoinikikēs syndramousēs mythologias kekratēken eikotōs para tois pleistois tōn ethnōn hē tēs palaias planēs deisidaimonia.
Their more dignified theories and natural explanations we shall examine a little later, when we have also discussed the religion of the Greeks. So, as the Egyptian and Phoenician mythologies ran together in a mixture, the superstition of the ancient error naturally prevailed among most of the nations.
2.1.53Dindorf 1:63
ἀλλὰ γὰρ λεκτέον καὶ τὰ Ἑλλήνων. τὰ μὲν δὴ σεμνὰ τῆς Αἰγυπτίων μυθολογίας τὸν προτεθέντα περιείληφε τρόπον, τὰ δὲ Ἑλληνικὰ ὅτι τούτων αὐτῶν ἀποσπάσματα καὶ παρακούσματα τυγχάνει προείρηται μὲν πολλάκις καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν προτεθέντων συγγραφέων διαγνώσεως,
alla gar lekteon kai ta Hellēnōn. ta men dē semna tēs Aigyptiōn mythologias ton protethenta perieilēphe tropon, ta de Hellēnika hoti toutōn autōn apospasmata kai parakousmata tynchanei proeirētai men pollakis kai dia tēs tōn protethentōn syngrapheōn diagnōseōs,
But we must speak of the religion of the Greeks too. The dignified features of the Egyptian mythology are such as have been set out; that the Greek religion consists of fragments and misunderstandings of these very things has been said often before, and through the evidence of the writers already quoted;
2.1.54Dindorf 1:63–64
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς θεολογίας γένοιτʼ ἂν ἔκδηλον, ἐπαγομένων ἐν ταῖς οἰκείαις περὶ θεῶν ἀναγραφαῖς οἴκοθεν μὲν οὐδὲν, ταῖς δὲ τῶν ἔξωθεν περιπιπτόντων μυθολογίαις·
ou mēn alla kai ex autēs tēs Hellēnikēs theologias genoitʼ an ekdēlon, epagomenōn en tais oikeiais peri theōn anagraphais oikothen men ouden, tais de tōn exōthen peripiptontōn mythologiais;
but it would also become plain from the Greek theology itself, since in their own records about the gods they bring in nothing of their own, but fall in with the mythologies of foreigners.
2.1.55Dindorf 1:64
ξοάνοις τε γὰρ τοῖς παραπλησίοις καὶ μυστηρίοις τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀποδείκνυνται συγχρώμενοι, ὡς ἔνεστι μαθεῖν ἐκ τῆς περὶ τούτων ἱστορίας, ἣν ὁ τὰς βιβλιοθήκας ἐπὶ ταὐτὸν ὁμοῦ συναγαγὼν οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν ἐμνημόνευσα, κατὰ τὸ τρίτον καὶ τέταρτον τῆς δηλωθείσης αὐτοῦ πραγματείας ἱστορεῖ, τὴν τῆς ἱστορίας ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῶν Κάδμου χρόνων πεποιημένος.
xoanois te gar tois paraplēsiois kai mystēriois tois autois apodeiknyntai synchrōmenoi, hōs enesti mathein ek tēs peri toutōn historias, hēn ho tas bibliothēkas epi tauton homou synagagōn hou kai prosthen emnēmoneusa, kata to triton kai tetarton tēs dēlōtheisēs autou pragmateias historei, tēn tēs historias archēn apo tōn Kadmou chronōn pepoiēmenos.
For they are shown to use similar images and the same mysteries, as one may learn from the history of these matters which he records who gathered the libraries together into one, whom I mentioned before, in the third and fourth books of the work referred to, beginning his history from the times of Cadmus.
2.1.56Dindorf 1:64
τὸν δὲ Κάδμον μετὰ Μωσέα γενέσθαι αἱ ἀκριβεῖς τῶν χρονογραφιῶν παριστῶσι διαδοχαὶ, ὡς κατὰ καιρὸν ἐπιδείξομεν. ὥστε καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν θεῶν ἀποδείκνυσθαι τὸν Μωσέα προτερεῖν, εἰ δὴ πρὸ Κάδμου μὲν οὗτος, οἱ δὲ θεοὶ νεώτεροι τῆς Κάδμου γεγονότες ἡλικίας ἀναφαίνονται. ἄκουε δʼ οὖν τῶν τοῦ συγγραφέως φωνῶν
ton de Kadmon meta Mōsea genesthai hai akribeis tōn chronographiōn paristōsi diadochai, hōs kata kairon epideixomen. hōste kai tōn Hellēnikōn theōn apodeiknysthai ton Mōsea proterein, ei dē pro Kadmou men houtos, hoi de theoi neōteroi tēs Kadmou gegonotes hēlikias anaphainontai. akoue dʼ oun tōn tou syngrapheōs phōnōn
That Cadmus lived after Moses the accurate successions of the chronologies establish, as we shall show at the proper time; so that Moses is shown to be earlier even than the Greek gods, if he lived before Cadmus and the gods appear to be younger than Cadmus's time. Listen, then, to the words of the historian:
Preparation 2, chapter 2
2.2.1Dindorf 1:64
‟ Κάδμον τὸν Ἀγήνορός φασιν ἐκ Φοινίκης ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀποσταλῆναι πρὸς ἀναζήτησιν τῆς Εὐρώπης, ἣν ὑπὸ Δῖός ἁρπαγῆναι· μὴ εὑρόντα δὲ εἰς Βοιωτίαν ἐλθεῖν κτίσαι τε τὰς αὐτόθι Θήβας, γήμαντα δὲ Ἁρμονίαν τὴν Ἀφροδίτης γεννῆσαι ἐξ αὐτῆς Σεμέλην καὶ τὰς ταύτης ἀδελφάς.
‟ Kadmon ton Agēnoros phasin ek Phoinikēs hypo tou basileōs apostalēnai pros anazētēsin tēs Eurōpēs, hēn hypo Dios harpagēnai; mē heuronta de eis Boiōtian elthein ktisai te tas autothi Thēbas, gēmanta de Harmonian tēn Aphroditēs gennēsai ex autēs Semelēn kai tas tautēs adelphas.
"Cadmus the son of Agenor, they say, was sent from Phoenicia by the king to search for Europa, who had been carried off by Zeus. Not finding her, he came into Boeotia and founded Thebes there; and having married Harmonia, the daughter of Aphrodite, he begot by her Semele and her sisters.
2.2.2Dindorf 1:64
τῇ δὲ Σεμέλῃ Δία μιγέντα παρακληθῆναι τὰς ἐπιπλοκὰς ὁμοίας αὐτῇ ποιήσασθαι ταῖς πρὸς Ἥραν. ἐπελθόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ θεοπρεπῶς μετὰ βροντῶν καὶ ἀστραπῶν, οὐκ ἐνεγκοῦσαν τὴν Σεμέλην ἐγκύμονα οὖσαν ἐκτρῶσαι τὸ βρέφος, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς αὐτὴν τελευτῆσαι.
tę̄ de Semelę̄ Dia migenta paraklēthēnai tas epiplokas homoias autę̄ poiēsasthai tais pros Hēran. epelthontos de autou theoprepōs meta brontōn kai astrapōn, ouk enenkousan tēn Semelēn enkymona ousan ektrōsai to brephos, hypo de tou pyros autēn teleutēsai.
Zeus had intercourse with Semele and was asked by her to make his embraces like those with Hera. When he came to her as befits a god, with thunder and lightning, Semele, who was pregnant, could not bear it and miscarried the child, and she herself died from the fire.
2.2.3Dindorf 1:64–65
τὸν δὲ Δία λαβόντα τὸ παιδίον παραδοῦναι τῷ Ἑρμῇ, ἐκπέμψαι τε εἰς τὸ ἐν τῇ Νύση ἄντρον, κείμενον μεταξὺ Φοινίκης τε καὶ Νείλου. οὕτω δὲ τραφέντα τὸν Διόνυσον ὑπὸ τῶν νυμφῶν εὑρετὴν τοῦ οἴνου γενέσθαι, καὶ τὴν φυτείαν διδάξαι τῆς ἀμπέλου τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
ton de Dia labonta to paidion paradounai tǭ Hermę̄, ekpempsai te eis to en tę̄ Nysē antron, keimenon metaxy Phoinikēs te kai Neilou. houtō de traphenta ton Dionyson hypo tōn nymphōn heuretēn tou oinou genesthai, kai tēn phyteian didaxai tēs ampelou tous anthrōpous.
Zeus took the child, handed it to Hermes, and sent it away to the cave in Nysa, which lies between Phoenicia and the Nile. Dionysus, reared in this way by the nymphs, became the discoverer of wine and taught mankind to plant the vine.
2.2.4Dindorf 1:65
εὑρεῖν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς κριθῆς κατασκευαζόμενον πόμα, τὸ καλούμενον ξύθον· περιφέρειν δὲ στρατόπεδον οὐ μόνον ἀνδρῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναικῶν, καὶ τοὺς ἀδίκους καὶ ἀσεβεῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων κολάζειν. στρατεῦσαι δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἰνδικὴν τριετεῖ χρόνῳ.
heurein de kai to ek tēs krithēs kataskeuazomenon poma, to kaloumenon xython; peripherein de stratopedon ou monon andrōn, alla kai gynaikōn, kai tous adikous kai asebeis tōn anthrōpōn kolazein. strateusai de eis tēn Indikēn trietei chronǭ.
He also discovered the drink made from barley, called zythos. He led about with him an army not only of men but also of women, and punished the unjust and impious among mankind. He made an expedition into India lasting three years.
2.2.5Dindorf 1:65
ἐντεῦθεν τοὺς Ἕλληνας καταδεῖξαι τριετηρικὰς θυσίας Διονύσῳ, καὶ τὸν θεὸν νομίζειν κατὰ τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον ποιεῖσθαι τὰς παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπιφανείας, σέβειν τε αὐτὸν πάντας ἀνθρώπους διὰ τὴν τοῦ οἴνου δόσιν, ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν Δήμητρα διὰ τὴν τῆς τοῦ σίτου τροφῆς εὕρεσιν."
enteuthen tous Hellēnas katadeixai trietērikas thysias Dionysǭ, kai ton theon nomizein kata ton chronon touton poieisthai tas para tois anthrōpois epiphaneias, sebein te auton pantas anthrōpous dia tēn tou oinou dosin, hōsper kai tēn Dēmētra dia tēn tēs tou sitou trophēs heuresin."
From this the Greeks instituted the triennial sacrifices to Dionysus, and believe that the god makes his appearances among men at this time; and all mankind reverence him for the gift of wine, as they reverence Demeter for the discovery of grain for food."
2.2.6Dindorf 1:65
‟ Εἶναι δέ φασι καὶ ἄλλον Διόνυσον πολὺ τοῖς χρόνοις προτεροῦντα τούτου, τὸν ὑπό τινων Σαβάξιον ὀνομαζόμενον, ἐκ Δῖός καὶ Περσεφόνης γενόμενον· οὗ τὴν γένεσιν καὶ τὰς θυσίας καὶ τὰς τιμὰς νυκτερινὰς καὶ κρυφίους εἰσάγουσιν, διὰ τὴν αἰσχύνην τὴν ἐκ τῆς συνουσίας ἐπακολουθοῦσαν.
‟ Einai de phasi kai allon Dionyson poly tois chronois proterounta toutou, ton hypo tinōn Sabaxion onomazomenon, ek Dios kai Persephonēs genomenon; hou tēn genesin kai tas thysias kai tas timas nykterinas kai kryphious eisagousin, dia tēn aischynēn tēn ek tēs synousias epakolouthousan.
"They say there was also another Dionysus much earlier than this one, called Sabazius by some, born of Zeus and Persephone, whose birth, sacrifices, and honors they celebrate by night and in secret because of the shame that attends the intercourse.
2.2.7Dindorf 1:65
ὃν καὶ πρῶτον βοῦς ἐπιχειρῆσαι ζευγνύειν, ἀφʼ οὗ δὴ καὶ κερατίαν αὐτὸν εἰσάγουσι. τὸν δὲ ἐκ Σεμέλης νεώτερον, τρυφερὸν τῷ σώματι, καὶ εὐπρεπείᾳ διενεγκεῖν καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀφροδισιακὰς ἡδονὰς εὐκατάφορον γεγονέναι φασὶ, κατὰ δὲ τὰς στρατείας γυναικῶν πλῆθος περιάγειν καθωπλισμένας λόγχαις συναποδημεῖν
hon kai prōton bous epicheirēsai zeugnyein, aphʼ hou dē kai keratian auton eisagousi. ton de ek Semelēs neōteron, trypheron tǭ sōmati, kai euprepeią dienenkein kai pros tas aphrodisiakas hēdonas eukataphoron gegonenai phasi, kata de tas strateias gynaikōn plēthos periagein kathōplismenas lonchais synapodēmein
He was the first to attempt to yoke oxen, and so they represent him with horns. The younger one, the son of Semele, they say was delicate in body, excelled in beauty, and was much inclined to sexual pleasures; and on his campaigns he led about a crowd of women armed with lances.
2.2.8Dindorf 1:65–66
φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὰς Μούσας αὐτῷ συναποδημεῖν παρθένους οὔσας καὶ πεπαιδευμένας διαφερόντως, ἃς καὶ διὰ μελῳδίας καὶ ὀρχήσεως ψυχαγωγεῖν τὸν θεόν. παιδαγωγόν τε αὐτοῦ Σειληνὸν μεγάλα συμβάλλεσθαι αὐτῷ πρὸς ἀρετήν. πρὸς δὲ τὰς ἐκ τοῦ πλεονάζοντος οἴνου κεφαλαλγίας ἀναδεδέσθαι τὴν κεφαλὴν μίτρᾳ.
phasi de kai tas Mousas autǭ synapodēmein parthenous ousas kai pepaideumenas diapherontōs, has kai dia melǭdias kai orchēseōs psychagōgein ton theon. paidagōgon te autou Seilēnon megala symballesthai autǭ pros aretēn. pros de tas ek tou pleonazontos oinou kephalalgias anadedesthai tēn kephalēn mitrą.
They say that the Muses also traveled with him, being maidens and exceptionally educated, who delighted the god with song and dance; and that his tutor Silenus contributed much to his excellence. Against the headaches caused by too much wine, he bound his head with a headband.
2.2.9Dindorf 1:66
διμήτορα δὲ αὐτὸν προσαγορεύουσι διὰ τὸ πατρὸς μὲν ἑνὸς ὑπάρξαι τοὺς δύο Διονύσους, μητέρων δὲ δυοῖν. νάρθηκα δὲ προσάπτουσιν αὐτῷ, διὰ τὸ πίνοντας ἄκρατον τοὺς παλαιοὺς τὸν οἶνον μανιώδεις γίνεσθαι καὶ ταῖς βακτηρίαις ἀλλήλους τύπτειν, ὡς καὶ ἀναιρεῖσθαί τινας, ὅθεν καὶ ἀντὶ ξύλων νάρθηξι χρῆσθαι καταδεῖξαι.
dimētora de auton prosagoreuousi dia to patros men henos hyparxai tous dyo Dionysous, mēterōn de dyoin. narthēka de prosaptousin autǭ, dia to pinontas akraton tous palaious ton oinon maniōdeis ginesthai kai tais baktēriais allēlous typtein, hōs kai anaireisthai tinas, hothen kai anti xylōn narthēxi chrēsthai katadeixai.
They call him 'of two mothers' because the two Dionysuses had one father but two mothers. They give him the fennel stalk because the ancients, drinking their wine unmixed, became frenzied and struck one another with their staffs, so that some were even killed; hence he taught them to use fennel stalks instead of wooden staffs.
2.2.10Dindorf 1:66
καλεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν Βάκχιον ἀπὸ τῶν Βακχῶν, Ληναῖον δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατεῖσθαι τὰς σταφυλὰς ἐν ληνοῖς, Βρόμιον δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ γενομένου βρόμου.
kaleisthai de auton Bakchion apo tōn Bakchōn, Lēnaion de apo tou pateisthai tas staphylas en lēnois, Bromion de apo tou kata tēn genesin autou genomenou bromou.
He is called Bacchius from the Bacchae, Lenaeus from the treading of grapes in the wine-presses (lenoi), and Bromius from the roaring (bromos) that occurred at his birth.
2.2.11Dindorf 1:66
καὶ Σατύρους δέ φασιν αὐτὸν περιάγεσθαι ἐν ταῖς ὀρχήσεσι καὶ ταῖς τραγῳδίαις τέρψιν αὐτῷ καὶ ἡδονὴν παρέχοντας, καταδεῖξαι δὲ θέατρον καὶ μουσικῶν ἀκροαμάτων σύστημα. τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ περὶ Διόνυσον. "
kai Satyrous de phasin auton periagesthai en tais orchēsesi kai tais tragǭdiais terpsin autǭ kai hēdonēn parechontas, katadeixai de theatron kai mousikōn akroamatōn systēma. toiauta men ta peri Dionyson. "
They say too that he took Satyrs about with him, who gave him delight and pleasure in their dances and tragic performances; and that he instituted the theater and the system of musical performances. Such are the stories about Dionysus."
2.2.12Dindorf 1:66
‟ Τὸν δὲ Πρίαπον υἱὸν εἶναί φασι Διονύσου καὶ Ἀφροδίτης, διὰ τὸ τοὺς οἰνωθέντας ἐντετάσθαι πρὸς τὰς ἀφροδισιακὰς ἡδονάς. τινὲς δέ φασι τὸ αἰδοῖον τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς παλαιοὺς μυθικῶς Πρίαπον ὀνομάζειν.
‟ Ton de Priapon huion einai phasi Dionysou kai Aphroditēs, dia to tous oinōthentas entetasthai pros tas aphrodisiakas hēdonas. tines de phasi to aidoion tōn anthrōpōn tous palaious mythikōs Priapon onomazein.
"Priapus, they say, is the son of Dionysus and Aphrodite, because those who are drunk with wine are aroused toward sexual pleasures. Some say that the ancients called the human member Priapus in their myths.
2.2.13Dindorf 1:66
ἔνιοι δὲ λέγουσι τὸ γεννητικὸν μόριον αἴτιον ὑπάρχειν τῆς γενέσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα τυχεῖν τῆς ἀθανάτου τιμῆς· ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι τὴν Ἶσιν ἔφησαν τὰ μέλη τοῦ Ὀσίριδος ἀναζητοῦσαν, τὸ αἰδοῖον αὐτοῦ μὴ δυναμένην εὑρεῖν, καταδεῖξαι τιμᾶν ὡς θεὸν, καὶ ἀναθεῖναι κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐντεταμένον.
enioi de legousi to gennētikon morion aition hyparchein tēs geneseōs tōn anthrōpōn, kai dia touto eis hapanta ton aiōna tychein tēs athanatou timēs; hōsper oun kai hoi Aigyptioi tēn Isin ephēsan ta melē tou Osiridos anazētousan, to aidoion autou mē dynamenēn heurein, katadeixai timan hōs theon, kai anatheinai kata to hieron entetamenon.
Some say that the generative member, being the cause of human generation, has for this reason received immortal honor for all time; just as the Egyptians said that Isis, searching for the limbs of Osiris and unable to find his member, ordained that it be honored as a god and set it up erect in the temple.
2.2.14Dindorf 1:66–67
ἀλλὰ καὶ παρʼ Ἕλλησιν οὐ μόνον ἐν ταῖς Διονυσιακαῖς τελεταῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἁπάσαις οὗτος ὁ θεὸς τυγχάνει τινὸς τιμῆς, μετὰ γέλωτος καὶ παιδιᾶς παρεισαγόμενος ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις· ὡς καὶ τὸν Ἑρμαφρόδιτον, ὃν ἐξ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Ἀφροδίτης γεννηθέντα τυχεῖν τῆς προσηγορίας.
alla kai parʼ Hellēsin ou monon en tais Dionysiakais teletais, alla kai tais allais hapasais houtos ho theos tynchanei tinos timēs, meta gelōtos kai paidias pareisagomenos en tais thysiais; hōs kai ton Hermaphroditon, hon ex Hermou kai Aphroditēs gennēthenta tychein tēs prosēgorias.
And among the Greeks too this god receives some honor not only in the Dionysiac rites but in all the others, being brought into the sacrifices with laughter and play; as also Hermaphroditus, who was born of Hermes and Aphrodite and received his name from them.
2.2.15Dindorf 1:67
τοῦτον δέ φασι τὸν θεὸν κατά τινας χρόνους φαίνεσθαι παρʼ ἀνθρώποις καὶ γεννᾶσθαι τὴν τοῦ σώματος φύσιν ἔχοντα μεμιγμένην ἐξ ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικός· ἔνιοι δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα τέρατα ὑπάρχειν φασὶ, σπανίως τε γεννώμενα σημαντικὰ ποτὲ μὲν κακῶν, ποτὲ δʼ ἀγαθῶν γίνεσθαι. "
touton de phasi ton theon kata tinas chronous phainesthai parʼ anthrōpois kai gennasthai tēn tou sōmatos physin echonta memigmenēn ex andros kai gynaikos; enioi de ta toiauta terata hyparchein phasi, spaniōs te gennōmena sēmantika pote men kakōn, pote dʼ agathōn ginesthai. "
This god, they say, appears among men at certain times and is born with a bodily nature mixed of man and woman. Some say that such creatures are portents and, being rarely born, are signs sometimes of evils and sometimes of good things."
2.2.16Dindorf 1:67
‟ Τὰς δὲ Μούσας θυγατέρας εἶναι Δῖός καὶ Μνημοσύνης, τινὲς δὲ Οὐρανοῦ καὶ Γῆς. παρθένους τε αὐτὰς οἱ πλεῖστοι μυθολογοῦσι, τυχεῖν τε τῆς προσηγορίας ἀπὸ τοῦ μυεῖν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τοῦτο δέ ἐστι διδάσκειν τὰ καλά. "
‟ Tas de Mousas thygateras einai Dios kai Mnēmosynēs, tines de Ouranou kai Gēs. parthenous te autas hoi pleistoi mythologousi, tychein te tēs prosēgorias apo tou myein tous anthrōpous, touto de esti didaskein ta kala. "
"The Muses are daughters of Zeus and Mnemosyne, or according to some of Ouranus and Ge. Most of the mythographers say that they are maidens, and that they got their name from initiating (myein) men, that is, teaching them what is good."
2.2.17Dindorf 1:67
‘‘Περὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους Ἕλληνες τοιαῦτά φασι· Δανάης τῆς Ἀκρισίου καὶ Δῖός γενέσθαι Περσέα, Πέρσεως δὲ καὶ Ἀνδρομέδας Ἠλεκτρύωνα, ἐκ δὲ τούτου γενέσθαι τὴν Ἀλκμήνην, ᾗ μιγέντα τὸν Δία γεννῆσαι τὸν Ἡρακλέα. μισγόμενον δὲ αὐτῇ τὸν Δία τριπλασίονα τὴν νύκτα ποιῆσαι· μόνην δὲ ταύτην τοῦ Δῖός τὴν ὁμιλίαν οὐκ ἐρωτικῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἕνεκα γενέσθαι, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων γυναικῶν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πλεῖστον τῆς παιδοποιίας χάριν.
‘‘Peri de tou Hērakleous Hellēnes toiauta phasi; Danaēs tēs Akrisiou kai Dios genesthai Persea, Perseōs de kai Andromedas Ēlektryōna, ek de toutou genesthai tēn Alkmēnēn, hę̄ migenta ton Dia gennēsai ton Hēraklea. misgomenon de autę̄ ton Dia triplasiona tēn nykta poiēsai; monēn de tautēn tou Dios tēn homilian ouk erōtikēs epithymias heneka genesthai, kathaper epi tōn allōn gynaikōn, alla to pleiston tēs paidopoiias charin.
"About Heracles the Greeks say this: Perseus was born of Danae daughter of Acrisius and of Zeus; of Perseus and Andromeda was born Electryon; and from him was born Alcmene, with whom Zeus had intercourse and begot Heracles. In lying with her Zeus made the night three times as long; and this union alone of Zeus's took place not for the sake of erotic desire, as with the other women, but chiefly for the begetting of a child.
2.2.18Dindorf 1:67
τὴν δὲ Ἥραν ζηλοτυποῦσαν παρακατασχεῖν μὲν τῆς Ἀλκμήνης τὰς ὠδῖνας, τὸν δὲ Εὐρυσθέα πρὸ τοῦ καθήκοντος χρόνου πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἀγαγεῖν, τοῦ Δῖός προαγορεύσαντος τὸν τεχθησόμενον κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν βασιλεῦσαι τοῦ Περσειδῶν γένους.
tēn de Hēran zēlotypousan parakataschein men tēs Alkmēnēs tas ōdinas, ton de Eurysthea pro tou kathēkontos chronou pros to phōs agagein, tou Dios proagoreusantos ton techthēsomenon katʼ ekeinēn tēn hēmeran basileusai tou Perseidōn genous.
Hera, being jealous, held back Alcmene's labor pains and brought Eurystheus to the light before the proper time, since Zeus had declared that the child born on that day would reign over the race of the Perseids.
2.2.19Dindorf 1:67–68
τεκοῦσα δὲ ἡ Ἀλκμήνη ἐξέθηκεν, ὥς φασι, τὸ βρέφος, φόβῳ τῆς Ἥρας. τὴν δὲ Ἀθηνᾶν ἀγασθεῖσαν τὸ βρέφος πεῖσαι τὴν Ἥραν ὑποσχεῖν αὐτῷ τὴν θηλήν. τοῦ δὲ παιδὸς ὑπὲρ τὴν ἡλικίαν βιαιότερον ἐπισπασαμένου τὴν θηλὴν ἡ μὲν Ἥρα διαλγήσασα τὸ βρέφος ἔρριψεν, Ἀθηνᾶ δὲ κομίσασα αὐτὸ τὴν μητέρα τρέφειν παρεκελεύσατο.’’
tekousa de hē Alkmēnē exethēken, hōs phasi, to brephos, phobǭ tēs Hēras. tēn de Athēnan agastheisan to brephos peisai tēn Hēran hyposchein autǭ tēn thēlēn. tou de paidos hyper tēn hēlikian biaioteron epispasamenou tēn thēlēn hē men Hēra dialgēsasa to brephos erripsen, Athēna de komisasa auto tēn mētera trephein parekeleusato.’’
Alcmene, having given birth, exposed the infant, they say, for fear of Hera. Athena, admiring the infant, persuaded Hera to give it her breast; but when the child drew on the breast more violently than his age warranted, Hera in pain threw the infant away, and Athena took it and told its mother to rear it."
2.2.20Dindorf 1:68
‟ Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἡ μὲν Ἥρα δύο δράκοντας ἀπέστειλε τοὺς ἀναλώσοντας τὸ βρέφος, ὁ δὲ παῖς οὐ καταπλαγεὶς ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν χειρῶν τὸν αὐχένα θλίψας ἀπέπνιξε τοὺς δράκοντας. ἀνδρὶ δὲ γενομένῳ τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ Εὐρυσθεὺς ὁ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχων τῆς Ἀργείας προστάττει ἄθλους ἐκτελέσαι δώδεκα.
‟ Meta de tauta hē men Hēra dyo drakontas apesteile tous analōsontas to brephos, ho de pais ou kataplageis hekaterą tōn cheirōn ton auchena thlipsas apepnixe tous drakontas. andri de genomenǭ tǭ Hēraklei Eurystheus ho tēn basileian echōn tēs Argeias prostattei athlous ektelesai dōdeka.
"After this Hera sent two serpents to destroy the infant; but the child, not dismayed, gripped the neck of each in his two hands and strangled the serpents. When Heracles had become a man, Eurystheus, who held the kingdom of Argos, ordered him to perform twelve labors.
2.2.21Dindorf 1:68
εἰς πολλὴν δὲ ἀμηχανίαν ἐμπεσόντος αὐτοῦ Ἥρα μὲν ἔπεμψεν αὐτῷ λύσσαν, ὁ δὲ τῇ ψυχῇ δυσφορῶν εἰς μανίαν ἐνέπεσε· τοῦ πάθους δὲ αὐξομένου τῶν φρενῶν ἐκτὸς γενόμενος τὸν ἑταῖρον καὶ ἀδελφιδοῦν Ἱόλαον ἐπεβάλλετο κτείνειν, τοῦ δὲ φεύγοντος, τοὺς ἰδίους παῖδας ἐκ Μεγάρας τῆς Κρέοντος τοῦ βασιλέως θυγατρὸς γενομένους αὐτῷ κατετόξευσεν ὡς πολεμίους.
eis pollēn de amēchanian empesontos autou Hēra men epempsen autǭ lyssan, ho de tę̄ psychę̄ dysphorōn eis manian enepese; tou pathous de auxomenou tōn phrenōn ektos genomenos ton hetairon kai adelphidoun Hiolaon epeballeto kteinein, tou de pheugontos, tous idious paidas ek Megaras tēs Kreontos tou basileōs thygatros genomenous autǭ katetoxeusen hōs polemious.
When he fell into great perplexity, Hera sent madness upon him; and being grieved in soul he fell into frenzy. As the affliction grew, he went out of his mind and tried to kill his companion and nephew Iolaus; and when he fled, he shot down with arrows, as if they were enemies, his own children born to him by Megara, daughter of King Creon.
2.2.22Dindorf 1:68
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἠρέμα καταστὰς ὑπουργεῖ τῷ Εὐρυσθεῖ τοὺς δώδεκα ἄθλους. ἀναιρεῖ δὲ καὶ τοὺς Κενταύρους, μεθʼ ὧν καὶ Χείρωνα τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ἰατρικῇ βοώμενον. "
kai meta tauta ērema katastas hypourgei tǭ Eurysthei tous dōdeka athlous. anairei de kai tous Kentaurous, methʼ hōn kai Cheirōna ton epi tę̄ iatrikę̄ boōmenon. "
After this, having come quietly to himself, he performs the twelve labors for Eurystheus. He also kills the Centaurs, and among them Chiron, famous for his medicine."
2.2.23Dindorf 1:68
‟ Φασὶ δὲ ἴδιόν τι συμβῆναι κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦδε τοῦ θεοῦ. Ζεὺς γὰρ πρώτη μὲν ἐμίγη γυναικὶ θνητῇ Νιόβῃ τῇ Φορωνέως, ἐσχάτῃ δὲ Ἀλκμήνῃ τῇ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους μητρί. ταύτην δὲ ἀπὸ Νιόβης ἑκκαιδεκάτην γενεαλογοῦσιν. ἐν ταύτῃ δὲ τὴν πρὸς τὰς θνητὰς ὁμιλίαν κατέλυσεν. "
‟ Phasi de idion ti symbēnai kata tēn genesin toude tou theou. Zeus gar prōtē men emigē gynaiki thnētę̄ Niobę̄ tę̄ Phorōneōs, eschatę̄ de Alkmēnę̄ tę̄ tou Hērakleous mētri. tautēn de apo Niobēs hekkaidekatēn genealogousin. en tautę̄ de tēn pros tas thnētas homilian katelysen. "
"They say that something peculiar happened at the birth of this god. For Zeus had intercourse first with a mortal woman, Niobe daughter of Phoroneus, and last with Alcmene, the mother of Heracles; they reckon her as the sixteenth generation from Niobe; and with her he put an end to his intercourse with mortal women."
2.2.24Dindorf 1:68
‟ Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τελέσας τοὺς ἄθλους ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τὴν μὲν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα Μεγάραν συνῴκισεν Ἰόλα τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ διὰ τὴν περὶ τὰ τέκνα συμφοράν· αὐτὸς δὲ Ἰόλην τὴν Εὐρύτου πρὸς γάμον αἰτήσας, μὴ δόντος δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς νοσήσας, χρησμὸν λαμβάνει ἀπολυθήσεσθαι τῆς νόσου, εἰ πρότερον πραθεὶς δουλεύσειεν.
‟ Alla gar telesas tous athlous ho Hēraklēs tēn men heautou gynaika Megaran synǭkisen Iola tǭ adelphidǭ dia tēn peri ta tekna symphoran; autos de Iolēn tēn Eurytou pros gamon aitēsas, mē dontos de tou patros nosēsas, chrēsmon lambanei apolythēsesthai tēs nosou, ei proteron pratheis douleuseien.
"But when Heracles had completed the labors, he gave his own wife Megara to his nephew Iolaus because of the misfortune with the children; and he himself asked for Iole the daughter of Eurytus in marriage. When her father refused and Heracles fell ill, he received an oracle that he would be freed from his sickness if he were first sold and became a slave.
2.2.25Dindorf 1:68–69
πλεύσας οὖν εἰς τὴν Φρυγίαν ὑπό τινος τῶν φίλων πιπράσκεται, καὶ δοῦλος γίνεται Ὀμφάλης βασιλευούσης τῶν τότε Μαιόνων, νυνὶ δὲ Λυδῶν ὀνομαζομένων. γίνεται δὲ αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸν τῆς δουλείας καιρὸν ἐκ δούλης υἱὸς Κλεόλαος. γήμας δὲ τὴν Ὀμφάλην ποιεῖται καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς παῖδα.
pleusas oun eis tēn Phrygian hypo tinos tōn philōn piprasketai, kai doulos ginetai Omphalēs basileuousēs tōn tote Maionōn, nyni de Lydōn onomazomenōn. ginetai de autǭ kata ton tēs douleias kairon ek doulēs huios Kleolaos. gēmas de tēn Omphalēn poieitai kai ex autēs paida.
So he sailed to Phrygia, was sold by one of his friends, and became the slave of Omphale, queen of those then called Maeonians and now Lydians. During the time of his slavery a son, Cleolaus, was born to him by a slave woman. Then he married Omphale and had a child by her too.
2.2.26Dindorf 1:69
‟ Ἐπανιὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν, καὶ καταλύσας παρʼ Ἄλεῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ, τῇ θυγατρὶ τούτου λάθρα μιγεὶς, καὶ ποιήσας αὐτὴν ἔγκυον, ἐπανῆλθε. "
‟ Epaniōn de eis tēn Arkadian, kai katalysas parʼ Aleǭ tǭ basilei, tę̄ thygatri toutou lathra migeis, kai poiēsas autēn enkyon, epanēlthe. "
"Returning to Arcadia and lodging with King Aleus, he secretly had intercourse with his daughter, made her pregnant, and went away."
2.2.27Dindorf 1:69
‟ Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν ἔγημε Δηιάνειραν τὴν Οἰνέως, τετελευτηκότος ἤδη τοῦ Μελεάγρου. “Λαβὼν δὲ αἰχμάλωτον τὴν Φυλέως θυγατέρα ἐπεμίγη αὐτῇ καὶ ἐτέκνωσε Τληπόλεμον. δειπνῶν δὲ παρʼ Οἰνεῖ τὸν διακονοῦντα περί τι διαμαρτήσαντα κονδύλῳ πατάξας ἀπέκτεινεν.
‟ Kai meta tauta palin egēme Dēianeiran tēn Oineōs, teteleutēkotos ēdē tou Meleagrou. “Labōn de aichmalōton tēn Phyleōs thygatera epemigē autę̄ kai eteknōse Tlēpolemon. deipnōn de parʼ Oinei ton diakonounta peri ti diamartēsanta kondylǭ pataxas apekteinen.
"And after this he married again, Deianeira the daughter of Oeneus, Meleager being already dead. Taking captive the daughter of Phyleus, he had intercourse with her and begot Tlepolemus. While dining with Oeneus, he struck with his fist and killed the servant who had made some mistake in waiting on him.
2.2.28Dindorf 1:69
ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενος ἦλθε πρὸς τὸν Εὔηνον ποταμὸν, καταλαμβάνει Νέσσον τὸν Κένταυρον μισθοῦ διαβιβάζοντα τὸν ποταμόν. οὗτος δὲ πρῶτον διαβιβάσας τὴν Δηιάνειραν, καὶ διὰ τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς ἐρασθεὶς ἐπεχείρησεν αὐτὴν βιάσασθαι· ἐπιβοωμένης δὲ αὐτῆς τὸν ἄνδρα ὁ μὲν Ἡρακλῆς ἐτόξευσε τὸν Κένταυρον, ὁ δὲ Νέσσος μεταξὺ μισγόμενος, καὶ διὰ τὴν ὀξύτητα τῆς πληγῆς εὐθὺς ἀποθνήσκων, ἔφησε τῇ Δηιανείρᾳ δώσειν φίλτρον, ὅπως μηδεμιᾷ τῶν ἄλλων γυναικῶν Ἡρακλῆς θελήσῃ πλησιάσαι.
epei de poreuomenos ēlthe pros ton Euēnon potamon, katalambanei Nesson ton Kentauron misthou diabibazonta ton potamon. houtos de prōton diabibasas tēn Dēianeiran, kai dia to kallos autēs erastheis epecheirēsen autēn biasasthai; epiboōmenēs de autēs ton andra ho men Hēraklēs etoxeuse ton Kentauron, ho de Nessos metaxy misgomenos, kai dia tēn oxytēta tēs plēgēs euthys apothnēskōn, ephēse tę̄ Dēianeirą dōsein philtron, hopōs mēdemią tōn allōn gynaikōn Hēraklēs thelēsę̄ plēsiasai.
When on his journey he came to the river Evenus, he found the Centaur Nessus carrying people across the river for hire. Nessus carried Deianeira across first and, falling in love with her because of her beauty, tried to violate her. When she called aloud to her husband, Heracles shot the Centaur; and Nessus, in the very act and dying at once from the sharpness of the wound, said he would give Deianeira a love charm, so that Heracles would never wish to approach any other woman.
2.2.29Dindorf 1:69
παρεκελεύσατο οὖν λαβοῦσαν τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ πεσόντα γόνον, καὶ τούτῳ προσμίξασαν ἔλαιον καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκίδος ἀποσταζόμενον αἷμα, χρῖσαι τὸν χιτῶνα τοῦ Ἡρακλέους. τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσασα Δηιάνειρα κατεῖχε παρʼ ἑαυτῇ τὸ φάρμακον. "
parekeleusato oun labousan ton ex autou pesonta gonon, kai toutǭ prosmixasan elaion kai to apo tēs akidos apostazomenon haima, chrisai ton chitōna tou Hērakleous. touto de poiēsasa Dēianeira kateiche parʼ heautę̄ to pharmakon. "
He told her, therefore, to take the seed that had fallen from him, mix with it oil and the blood dripping from the arrowhead, and anoint Heracles' tunic with it. Deianeira did this and kept the drug by her."
2.2.30Dindorf 1:69
‟ Πάλιν δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τὴν Φύλαντος θυγατέρα λαβὼν αἰχμάλωτον καὶ μιγεὶς αὐτῇ υἱὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐγέννησε· καὶ πάλιν Ἀστυάνειραν τὴν Ἀρμενίου τοῦ βασιλέως θυγατέρα λαβὼν αἰχμάλωτον καὶ μιγεὶς αὐτῇ Κτήσιππον υἱὸν ἐγέννησε.’
‟ Palin de ho Hēraklēs tēn Phylantos thygatera labōn aichmalōton kai migeis autę̄ huion Antiochon egennēse; kai palin Astyaneiran tēn Armeniou tou basileōs thygatera labōn aichmalōton kai migeis autę̄ Ktēsippon huion egennēse.’
"Again Heracles took captive the daughter of Phylas, had intercourse with her, and begot a son Antiochus; and again, taking captive Astyaneira, the daughter of King Armenius, he had intercourse with her and begot a son Ctesippus."
2.2.31Dindorf 1:69–70
‘‘Θέσπιος δὲ ὁ Ἀθηναῖος Ἐρεχθέως παῖς ἐκ διαφόρων γυναικῶν θυγατέρας ἀριθμῷ πεντήκοντα πεποιηκὼς, φιλοτιμησάμενός τε αὐτὰς ἐξ Ἡρακλέους παῖδας κτήσασθαι, καλέσας ἐπί τινα θυσίαν τὸν Ἡρακλέα, καὶ λαμπρῶς αὐτὸν ἑστιάσας, κατὰ μίαν αὐτῷ τῶν θυγατέρων ἀπέστειλεν. ὁ δὲ ἐν μιᾷ νυκτὶ διέφθειρεν τὰς πάσας, καὶ γίνεται πατὴρ τῶν καλουμένων Θεσπιάδων."
‘‘Thespios de ho Athēnaios Erechtheōs pais ek diaphorōn gynaikōn thygateras arithmǭ pentēkonta pepoiēkōs, philotimēsamenos te autas ex Hērakleous paidas ktēsasthai, kalesas epi tina thysian ton Hēraklea, kai lamprōs auton hestiasas, kata mian autǭ tōn thygaterōn apesteilen. ho de en mią nykti diephtheiren tas pasas, kai ginetai patēr tōn kaloumenōn Thespiadōn."
"Thespius the Athenian, son of Erechtheus, having had fifty daughters by various wives, and being ambitious to have children for them by Heracles, invited Heracles to a sacrifice, entertained him splendidly, and sent his daughters to him one by one. And he violated them all in one night, and became the father of those called the Thespiadae."
2.2.32Dindorf 1:70
‟ Λαβὼν δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἰόλην αἰχμάλωτον καὶ θυσίαν ἐπιτελῶν, ἀποστείλας ἐπὶ τὴν γυναῖκα Δηιάνειραν ᾔτει ἱμάτιον καὶ χιτῶνα οἷς εἰώθει χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς θυσίας· ἡ δὲ τὸν χιτῶνα χρίσασα τῷ παρὰ τοῦ Κενταύρου δεδομένῳ φίλτρῳ ἀποστέλλει.
‟ Labōn de kai tēn Iolēn aichmalōton kai thysian epitelōn, aposteilas epi tēn gynaika Dēianeiran ę̄tei himation kai chitōna hois eiōthei chrēsthai pros tas thysias; hē de ton chitōna chrisasa tǭ para tou Kentaurou dedomenǭ philtrǭ apostellei.
"Having taken Iole captive and being about to offer a sacrifice, he sent to his wife Deianeira asking for the robe and tunic he was accustomed to use for sacrifices; and she anointed the tunic with the charm given her by the Centaur and sent it.
2.2.33Dindorf 1:70
ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλῆς τὸν χιτῶνα περιθέμενος περιέπεσε συμφορᾷ τῇ μεγίστῃ. τῆς γὰρ ἀκίδος τὸν ἐκ τῆς Ἐχίδνης ἰὸν ἀπειληφυίας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ χιτῶνος διὰ τὴν θερμασίαν τὴν σάρκα τοῦ σώματος λυμηναμένου, περιαλγὴς γενόμενος τὸν διακονήσαντα ἀπέκτεινεν, αὐτὸς δὲ κατὰ χρησμὸν πυρὶ ἑαυτὸν παραδοὺς, οὕτως κατέλυσε τὸν βίον. καὶ τὰ μὲν καθʼ Ἡρακλέα τοιαῦτα. "
ho de Hēraklēs ton chitōna perithemenos periepese symphorą tę̄ megistę̄. tēs gar akidos ton ek tēs Echidnēs ion apeilēphuias, kai dia touto tou chitōnos dia tēn thermasian tēn sarka tou sōmatos lymēnamenou, perialgēs genomenos ton diakonēsanta apekteinen, autos de kata chrēsmon pyri heauton paradous, houtōs katelyse ton bion. kai ta men kathʼ Hēraklea toiauta. "
Heracles put on the tunic and fell into the greatest calamity. For since the arrowhead had taken up the venom of the Hydra, and the tunic therefore, through the heat, ravaged the flesh of his body, he was in great agony and killed the servant who had brought it; and he himself, according to an oracle, gave himself to the fire and so ended his life. Such are the stories of Heracles."
2.2.34Dindorf 1:70–71
‘‘Περὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἀσκληπιοῦ φασιν Ἀπόλλωνος υἱὸν εἶναι καὶ Κορωνίδος, ζηλῶσαι δὲ τὴν ἰατρικὴν ἐπιστήμην, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ προβῆναι τῇ δόξῃ ὡς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀπεγνωσμένων ἀρρώστων παραδόξως θεραπεύειν· ὥστε τὸν Δία παροξυνθέντα κεραυνῷ βαλόντα αὐτὸν διαφθεῖραι, τὸν δὲ Ἀπόλλωνα διὰ τὴν ἀναίρεσιν τοῦ παιδὸς παροξυνθέντα φονεῦσαι τοὺς τὸν κεραυνὸν τῷ Διὶ κατασκευάσαντας Κύκλωπας· ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ τούτων τελευτῇ παροξυνθέντα τὸν Δία προστάξαι τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι παρʼ Ἀδμήτῳ, καὶ ταύτην τὴν τιμωρίαν λαβεῖν παρʼ αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων.”
‘‘Peri de tou Asklēpiou phasin Apollōnos huion einai kai Korōnidos, zēlōsai de tēn iatrikēn epistēmēn, epi tosouton de probēnai tę̄ doxę̄ hōs pollous tōn apegnōsmenōn arrōstōn paradoxōs therapeuein; hōste ton Dia paroxynthenta keraunǭ balonta auton diaphtheirai, ton de Apollōna dia tēn anairesin tou paidos paroxynthenta phoneusai tous ton keraunon tǭ Dii kataskeuasantas Kyklōpas; epi de tę̄ toutōn teleutę̄ paroxynthenta ton Dia prostaxai tǭ Apollōni parʼ Admētǭ, kai tautēn tēn timōrian labein parʼ autou tōn enklēmatōn.”
"About Asclepius they say that he was the son of Apollo and Coronis, that he devoted himself to the science of medicine, and advanced so far in fame as to heal unexpectedly many sick people who had been given up. So Zeus, provoked, struck him with a thunderbolt and destroyed him; and Apollo, provoked at the killing of his son, murdered the Cyclopes who had made the thunderbolt for Zeus. Zeus, provoked at their death, ordered Apollo to serve as a laborer with Admetus, and took this penalty from him for his offenses."
2.2.35Dindorf 1:71
Ταῦτα μὲν οὑν ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ τῶν βιβλιοθηκῶν ὁ Διόδωρος παρατέθειται. καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν δὲ θεολογίαν πάλιν ὁ αὐτὸς ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν μετειληφέναι φησὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, γράφων ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἱστορίας τάδε
Tauta men houn en tǭ tetartǭ tōn bibliothēkōn ho Diodōros paratetheitai. kai tēn loipēn de theologian palin ho autos ek tōn allōn ethnōn meteilēphenai phēsi tous Hellēnas, graphōn en tǭ tritǭ tēs autou historias tade
This is what Diodorus has set out in the fourth book of his Library. And the same writer says again that the Greeks borrowed the rest of their theology from other nations, writing as follows in the third book of his history:
2.2.36Dindorf 1:71
‘‘Φασὶ τοίνυν Ἀτλάντειοι πρῶτον παρʼ αὐτοῖς βασιλεῦσαι Οὐρανὸν, τούτου δὲ γενέσθαι παῖδας ὧν πλειόνων γυναικων πέντε προς τοῖς τεσσαρακοντα, ὧν ὀκτωκαίδεκα λέγουσιν ὑπάρχειν ἐκ Τιταίας γυναικός, ἥν σώφρονα γενομένην καὶ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν ἀποθεωθῆναι μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν, Γῆν μετονομασθεῖσαν.
‘‘Phasi toinyn Atlanteioi prōton parʼ autois basileusai Ouranon, toutou de genesthai paidas hōn pleionōn gynaikōn pente pros tois tessarakonta, hōn oktōkaideka legousin hyparchein ek Titaias gynaikos, hēn sōphrona genomenēn kai pollōn agathōn aitian apotheōthēnai meta tēn teleutēn, Gēn metonomastheisan.
"The Atlantians say that Ouranus was the first to reign among them, and that he had forty-five children by several wives, of whom they say eighteen were by one wife, Titaea; she, being chaste and the cause of many good things, was deified after her death and renamed Ge (Earth).
2.2.37Dindorf 1:71
γενέσθαι δὲ Οὐρανῷ θυγατέρας Βασίλειαν καὶ Ῥέαν, τὴν καὶ Πανδώραν. τὴν δὲ Βασίλειαν ἐκθρέψασαν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς μητρὸς εὔνοιαν παρεχομένην μητέρα προσαγορευθῆναι.
genesthai de Ouranǭ thygateras Basileian kai Rhean, tēn kai Pandōran. tēn de Basileian ekthrepsasan tous adelphous mētros eunoian parechomenēn mētera prosagoreuthēnai.
Ouranus had daughters, Basileia and Rhea, who is also Pandora. Basileia brought up her brothers, showing them a mother's kindness, and was called Mother.
2.2.38Dindorf 1:71
ὕστερον δὲ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ τελευτὴν συνοικήσασαν Ὑπερίονι τῷ ἀδελφῷ γεννῆσαι δύο παῖδας, οὓς καὶ ὀνομάσαι Ἥλιον καὶ Σελήνην.
hysteron de meta tēn tou Ouranou teleutēn synoikēsasan Hyperioni tǭ adelphǭ gennēsai dyo paidas, hous kai onomasai Hēlion kai Selēnēn.
Later, after the death of Ouranus, she lived with her brother Hyperion and bore two children, whom she named Helios and Selene (Sun and Moon).
2.2.39Dindorf 1:71
τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφοὺς τῆς Ῥέας φοβηθέντας τὸν μὲν Ὑπερίονα κατασφάξαι, τον δὲ Ἥλιον εἰς τὸν Ἠριδανὸν ποταμὸν ἀποπνῖξαι· τὴν δὲ Σελήνην ταῦτα μαθοῦσαν ἀπὸ τέγους ῥῖψαι, τήν δὲ μητέρα ἐμμανῆ γενομένην πλανᾶσθαι κατὰ τὴν χώραν, λελυμένην μὲν τὰς τρίχας, διὰ τυμπάνων δὲ καὶ κυμβάλων ἐνθεάζουσαν, καὶ ὅλως ἀφανῆ καὶ αὐτὴν γενέσθαι.
tous de adelphous tēs Rheas phobēthentas ton men Hyperiona katasphaxai, ton de Hēlion eis ton Ēridanon potamon apopnixai; tēn de Selēnēn tauta mathousan apo tegous rhipsai, tēn de mētera emmanē genomenēn planasthai kata tēn chōran, lelymenēn men tas trichas, dia tympanōn de kai kymbalōn entheazousan, kai holōs aphanē kai autēn genesthai.
Rhea's brothers, becoming afraid, slaughtered Hyperion and drowned Helios in the river Eridanus. Selene, learning of this, threw herself from the roof; and their mother, gone mad, wandered about the country with her hair loose, frenzied by the sound of drums and cymbals, and she too entirely disappeared.
2.2.40Dindorf 1:71–72
τοὺς δὲ ὄχλους θαυμάσαντας τὴν περιπέτειαν τὸν μὲν Ἥλιον καὶ τὴν Σελήνην μεταγαγεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἄστρα, τὴν δὲ μητέρα τούτων θεόν τε νομίσαι καὶ βωμοὺς ἱδρύσασθαι, καὶ ταῖς διὰ τυμπάνων καὶ κυμβάλων ἐνεργείαις τιμῆσαι.”
tous de ochlous thaumasantas tēn peripeteian ton men Hēlion kai tēn Selēnēn metagagein epi ta katʼ ouranon astra, tēn de mētera toutōn theon te nomisai kai bōmous hidrysasthai, kai tais dia tympanōn kai kymbalōn energeiais timēsai.”
The people, marveling at the calamity, transferred Helios and Selene to the stars of heaven, regarded their mother as a goddess, set up altars, and honored her with ecstatic rites with drums and cymbals."
2.2.41Dindorf 1:72
“Φρύγες δέ φασι Μῄονα βασιλεύσαντα τῆς Φρυγίας παῖδα Κυβέλην κτήσασθαι, ἣν καὶ σύριγγα πρώτην εὑρεῖν, κληθῆναί τε ὀρείαν μητέρα. Μαρσύαν δὲ τὸν Φρύγα πρὸς ταύτην φιλίαν ἔχοντα πρῶτον αὐλοὺς συστήσασθαι, διατελέσαι δὲ μέχρι τελευτῆς ἀπείρατον ἀφροδισίων.
“Phryges de phasi Mę̄ona basileusanta tēs Phrygias paida Kybelēn ktēsasthai, hēn kai syringa prōtēn heurein, klēthēnai te oreian mētera. Marsyan de ton Phryga pros tautēn philian echonta prōton aulous systēsasthai, diatelesai de mechri teleutēs apeiraton aphrodisiōn.
"The Phrygians say that Meion, king of Phrygia, had a daughter Cybele, who was the first to invent the pipe, and was called the Mother of the Mountain. Marsyas the Phrygian, being her friend, first put together the flutes, and remained without experience of sexual pleasures until his death.
2.2.42Dindorf 1:72
τὴν δὲ Κυβέλην συνελθοῦσαν εἰς ὁμιλίαν Ἄττιδι γενέσθαι ἐγκύμονα. οὗ γνωσθέντος ὁ ταύτης πατὴρ τὸν Ἄττιν ἀναιρεῖ καὶ τὰς τροφούς· τὴν δὲ Κυβέλην ἐμμανῆ γενομένην ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν ἐκπηδῆσαι, ἐκεῖσέ τε ὀλολύζουσαν καὶ τυμπανίζουσαν διατελεῖν.
tēn de Kybelēn synelthousan eis homilian Attidi genesthai enkymona. hou gnōsthentos ho tautēs patēr ton Attin anairei kai tas trophous; tēn de Kybelēn emmanē genomenēn epi tēn chōran ekpēdēsai, ekeise te ololyzousan kai tympanizousan diatelein.
Cybele, having come into intimacy with Attis, became pregnant. When this was discovered, her father killed Attis and her nurses; and Cybele, gone mad, rushed out into the country, and there continued wailing and beating the drum.
2.2.43Dindorf 1:72
συνεῖναι δὲ αὐτῇ Μαρσύαν, ὃν εἰς ἅμιλλαν περὶ μουσικῆς ἐλθόντα τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ ἡττηθέντα ζῶντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐκδαρῆναι.
syneinai de autę̄ Marsyan, hon eis hamillan peri mousikēs elthonta tǭ Apollōni kai hēttēthenta zōnta hypo tou Apollōnos ekdarēnai.
Marsyas accompanied her; he entered into a contest of music with Apollo, and, being defeated, was flayed alive by Apollo.
2.2.44Dindorf 1:72
τὸν δὲ Ἀπόλλωνα ἐρασθέντα τῆς Κυβέλης συμπλακῆναι αὐτῇ μέχρι τῶν Ὑπερβορέων, κελεῦσαί τε θάψαι τὸ Ἄττιδος σῶμα καὶ τιμᾶν ὡς θεὸν τὴν Κυβέλην. διόπερ εἰσέτι καὶ σήμερον τοὺς Φρύγας τοῦτο ποιεῖν, θρηνοῦντας τοῦ μειρακίου τὸν θάνατον, βωμούς τε ἱδρυσαμένους θυσίαις Ἄττιν τε καὶ τὴν Κυβέλην τιμᾶν.
ton de Apollōna erasthenta tēs Kybelēs symplakēnai autę̄ mechri tōn Hyperboreōn, keleusai te thapsai to Attidos sōma kai timan hōs theon tēn Kybelēn. dioper eiseti kai sēmeron tous Phrygas touto poiein, thrēnountas tou meirakiou ton thanaton, bōmous te hidrysamenous thysiais Attin te kai tēn Kybelēn timan.
Apollo, falling in love with Cybele, wandered with her as far as the Hyperboreans, and ordered that the body of Attis be buried and that Cybele be honored as a goddess. Therefore even to this day the Phrygians do this, lamenting the young man's death, setting up altars, and honoring Attis and Cybele with sacrifices.
2.2.45Dindorf 1:72
ὕστερον δὲ ἐν Πισινοῦντι τῆς Φρυγίας κατασκευάσαι νεὼν πολυτελῆ, καὶ τιμὰς καὶ θυσίας καταδεῖξαι μεγαλοπρεπεστάτας.”
hysteron de en Pisinounti tēs Phrygias kataskeuasai neōn polytelē, kai timas kai thysias katadeixai megaloprepestatas.”
Later they built a costly temple at Pessinus in Phrygia and established most magnificent honors and sacrifices."
2.2.46Dindorf 1:72–73
“Μετὰ δὲ τὴν Ὑπερίονος τελευτὴν τοὺς Οὐρανοῦ παῖδας διελέσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν, ὧν ὑπάρχειν ἐπιφανεστάτους Ἄτλαντα καὶ Κρόνον. τούτων δὲ τὸν Ἄτλαντα λαβεῖν τοὺς παρὰ τὸν Ὠκεανὸν τόπους γενόμενον ἀστρολόγον ἄριστον· ὑπάρξαι δὲ αὐτῶ καὶ θυγατέρας ἑπτὰ, τὰς καλουμένας Ἀτλαντίδας. ταύτας δὲ μιγείσας τοῖς εὐφυεστάτοις θεοῖς ἀρχηγοὺς καταστῆναι τοῦ πλείστου γένους, τεκούσας δʼ ἀρετὴν θεοὺς καὶ ἥρωας, ὧν τὴν πρεσβυτάτην Μαῖαν Διὶ μιγεῖσαν τεκνοποιῆσαι τὸν Ἑρμῆν. "
“Meta de tēn Hyperionos teleutēn tous Ouranou paidas dielesthai tēn basileian, hōn hyparchein epiphanestatous Atlanta kai Kronon. toutōn de ton Atlanta labein tous para ton Ōkeanon topous genomenon astrologon ariston; hyparxai de autō kai thygateras hepta, tas kaloumenas Atlantidas. tautas de migeisas tois euphyestatois theois archēgous katastēnai tou pleistou genous, tekousas dʼ aretēn theous kai hērōas, hōn tēn presbytatēn Maian Dii migeisan teknopoiēsai ton Hermēn. "
"After the death of Hyperion the sons of Ouranus divided the kingdom, the most famous of whom were Atlas and Cronus. Of these Atlas received the regions along the Ocean, and became the best of astronomers. He had seven daughters, called the Atlantides. These, uniting with the most distinguished gods, became the founders of most of the race, bearing gods and heroes for their excellence; and the eldest of them, Maia, uniting with Zeus, bore Hermes."
2.2.47Dindorf 1:73
‟ Τὸν δὲ Κρόνον διαφέροντα πλεονεξίᾳ καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ γῆμαι τὴν ἀδελφὴν Ῥέαν, ἐξ ἧς γεννῆσαι τὸν Δία. γεγονέναι δὲ καὶ ἕτερον Δία, τὸν ἀδελφὸν μὲν Οὐρανοῦ, τῆς δὲ Κρήτης βασιλεύσαντα, τῇ δόξῃ πολὺ λειπόμενον τοῦ μεταγενεστέρου.
‟ Ton de Kronon diapheronta pleonexią kai aselgeią gēmai tēn adelphēn Rhean, ex hēs gennēsai ton Dia. gegonenai de kai heteron Dia, ton adelphon men Ouranou, tēs de Krētēs basileusanta, tę̄ doxę̄ poly leipomenon tou metagenesterou.
"Cronus, excelling in greed and licentiousness, married his sister Rhea, by whom he begot Zeus. There was also another Zeus, brother of Ouranus, who reigned over Crete, far inferior in fame to the later one.
2.2.48Dindorf 1:73
τοῦτον μὲν οὖν βασιλεῦσαι τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου, τὸν δὲ τῆς Κρήτης, καὶ δέκα παῖδας γεννῆσαι τοὺς ὀνομασθέντας Κουρῆτας. δείκνυσθαι δὲ αὐτοῦ φασιν εἰσέτι νῦν τάφον ἐν Κρήτῃ.
touton men oun basileusai tou sympantos kosmou, ton de tēs Krētēs, kai deka paidas gennēsai tous onomasthentas Kourētas. deiknysthai de autou phasin eiseti nyn taphon en Krētę̄.
The later one reigned over the whole world; the Cretan one begot ten sons, who were named Curetes; and they say his tomb is still shown in Crete.
2.2.49Dindorf 1:73
δυναστεῦσαι δὲ τὸν Κρόνον κατὰ Σικελίαν καὶ Λιβύην καὶ Ἰταλίαν. τούτου δὲ γενόμενον τὸν Δία τὸν ἐναντίον τῷ πατρὶ βίον ζηλῶσαι. διαδέξασθαι δὲ αὐτὸν τὴν βασιλείαν οἱ μέν φασιν ἑκόντος τοῦ πατρὸς παραχωρήσαντος, οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄχλων αἱρεθέντα διὰ τὸ μῖσος τὸ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα.
dynasteusai de ton Kronon kata Sikelian kai Libyēn kai Italian. toutou de genomenon ton Dia ton enantion tǭ patri bion zēlōsai. diadexasthai de auton tēn basileian hoi men phasin hekontos tou patros parachōrēsantos, hoi de hypo tōn ochlōn hairethenta dia to misos to pros ton patera.
Cronus ruled over Sicily, Libya, and Italy. Zeus, his son, followed a life opposite to his father's. Some say he succeeded to the kingdom when his father yielded it willingly, others that he was chosen by the people because of their hatred of his father.
2.2.50Dindorf 1:73
ἐπιστρατεύσαντος δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τοῦ Κρόνου μετὰ τῶν Τιτάνων κρατῆσαι μάχῃ τὸν Δία καὶ ἐπελθεῖν πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην. διενεγκεῖν δὲ αὐτὸν σώματος ῥώμῃ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἀρεταῖς, σπουδήν τε ποιεῖσθαι πᾶσαν εἰς κόλασιν μὲν τῶν ἀσεβῶν, εὐεργεσίας δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀνθʼ ὧν μετὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων μετάστασιν ὀνομασθῆναι Ζῆνα, διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν τοῦ καλῶς ζῆν αἴτιον γενέσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.
epistrateusantos de epʼ auton tou Kronou meta tōn Titanōn kratēsai machę̄ ton Dia kai epelthein pasan tēn oikoumenēn. dienenkein de auton sōmatos rhōmę̄ kai tais allais aretais, spoudēn te poieisthai pasan eis kolasin men tōn asebōn, euergesias de tōn agathōn, anthʼ hōn meta tēn ex anthrōpōn metastasin onomasthēnai Zēna, dia to dokein tou kalōs zēn aition genesthai tois anthrōpois.
When Cronus marched against him with the Titans, Zeus defeated him in battle and went through the whole inhabited world. He excelled in bodily strength and the other virtues, and gave all his zeal to punishing the impious and benefiting the good; for which, after his departure from among men, he was named Zen, because he was thought to have been the cause of living (zen) well for mankind.
2.2.51Dindorf 1:73
τῶν μὲν οὖν παρὰ τοῖς Ἀτλαντείοις θεολογουμένων τὰ κεφάλαια ταῦτά ἐστι. τούτοις δέ φασι καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας συγχρῆσθαι. "
tōn men oun para tois Atlanteiois theologoumenōn ta kephalaia tauta esti. toutois de phasi kai tous Hellēnas synchrēsthai. "
These are the chief points of the theology of the Atlantians; and they say that the Greeks too make use of them."
2.2.52Dindorf 1:73–74
Ταῦτα ὁ Διόδωρος ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν ἱστοριῶν. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς καὶ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἀπὸ τῆς Εὐημέρου τοῦ Μεσσηνίου γραφῆς ἐπικυροῖ τὴν αὐτὴν θεολογίαν ὧδε κατὰ λέξιν φάσκων
Tauta ho Diodōros en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn historiōn. ho dʼ autos kai en tę̄ hektę̄ apo tēs Euēmerou tou Messēniou graphēs epikyroi tēn autēn theologian hōde kata lexin phaskōn
So writes Diodorus in the third book of his histories. The same writer, in the sixth book, confirms the same theology from the writing of Euhemerus the Messenian, speaking thus, word for word:
2.2.53Dindorf 1:74
῾᾿Περὶ θεῶν τοίνυν διττὰς οἱ παλαιοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῖς μεταγενεστέροις παραδεδώκασιν ἐννοίας. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἀιδίους καὶ ἀφθάρτους εἶναί φασιν, οἷον ἥλιόν τε καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἀνέμους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τῆς ὁμοίας φύσεως τούτοις τετευχότας· τούτων γὰρ ἕκαστον ἀίδιον ἔχειν τὴν γένεσιν καὶ τὴν διαμονήν· ἑτέρους δὲ λέγουσιν ἐπιγείους γενέσθαι θεοὺς, διὰ δὲ τὰς εἰς ἀνθρώπους εὐεργεσίας ἀθανάτου τετευχότας τιμῆς τε καὶ δόξης, οἷον Ἡρακλέα, Διόνυσον, Ἀρισταῖον, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τούτοις ὁμοίους.
῾᾿Peri theōn toinyn dittas hoi palaioi tōn anthrōpōn tois metagenesterois paradedōkasin ennoias. tous men gar aidious kai aphthartous einai phasin, hoion hēlion te kai selēnēn kai ta alla astra ta katʼ ouranon, pros de toutois anemous kai tous allous tous tēs homoias physeōs toutois teteuchotas; toutōn gar hekaston aidion echein tēn genesin kai tēn diamonēn; heterous de legousin epigeious genesthai theous, dia de tas eis anthrōpous euergesias athanatou teteuchotas timēs te kai doxēs, hoion Hēraklea, Dionyson, Aristaion, kai tous allous tous toutois homoious.
"Concerning the gods, then, the ancients have handed down to later generations two kinds of notions. Some, they say, are eternal and incorruptible, such as the sun and moon and the other stars of heaven, and besides these the winds and the others that have a nature like theirs; for each of these has its generation and its continuance from eternity. Others, they say, were earthly beings who became gods and obtained immortal honor and glory because of their benefits to mankind, such as Heracles, Dionysus, Aristaeus, and the others like them.
2.2.54Dindorf 1:74
περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐπιγείων θεῶν πολλοὶ καὶ ποικίλοι παραδέδονται λόγοι πάρα τοῖς ἱστορικοῖς τε καὶ μυθογράφοις. καὶ τῶν μὲν ἱστορικῶν Εὐήμερος, ὁ τὴν ἱερὰν ἀναγραφὴν ποιησάμενος, ἰδίως ἀναγέγραφεν, τῶν δὲ μυθολόγων Ὅμηρος καὶ Ἡσίοδος καὶ Ὀρφεὺς καὶ ἕτεροι τοιοῦτοι τερατωδεστέρους μύθους περὶ θεῶν πεπλάκασιν· ἡμεῖς δὲ τὰ παρʼ ἀμφοτέροις ἀναγεγραμμένα πειρασόμεθα συντόμως ἐπιδραμεῖν, στοχαζόμενοι τῆς συμμετρίας. "
peri de tōn epigeiōn theōn polloi kai poikiloi paradedontai logoi para tois historikois te kai mythographois. kai tōn men historikōn Euēmeros, ho tēn hieran anagraphēn poiēsamenos, idiōs anagegraphen, tōn de mythologōn Homēros kai Hēsiodos kai Orpheus kai heteroi toioutoi teratōdesterous mythous peri theōn peplakasin; hēmeis de ta parʼ amphoterois anagegrammena peirasometha syntomōs epidramein, stochazomenoi tēs symmetrias. "
About the earthly gods many varied accounts have been handed down by historians and mythographers. Of the historians, Euhemerus, who composed the Sacred Record, has written in a way of his own; of the mythologists, Homer, Hesiod, Orpheus, and others like them have fashioned more monstrous myths about the gods. We shall try to run briefly over what both have recorded, aiming at due proportion."
2.2.55Dindorf 1:74–75
‟ Εὐήμερος μὲν οὖν φίλος γεγονὼς Κασάνδρου τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ διὰ τοῦτον ἠναγκασμένος τελεῖν βασιλικάς τινας χρείας καὶ μεγάλας ἀποδημίας φησὶν ἐκτοπισθῆναι κατὰ τὴν μεσημβρίαν εἰς τὸν ὠκεανόν· ἐκπλεύσαντα δὲ αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς εὐδαίμονος Ἀραβίας ποιήσασθαι τὸν πλοῦν διʼ ὠκεανοῦ πλείους ἡμέρας καὶ προσενεχθῆναι νήσοις πελαγίαις· μίαν ὑπάρχειν τὴν ὀνομαζομένην Παγχαίαν, ἐν ᾗ τεθεᾶσθαι τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας Παγχαίους εὐσεβείᾳ διαφέροντας, καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς τιμῶντας μεγαλοπρεπεστάταις θυσίαις καὶ ἀναθήμασιν ἀξιολόγοις, ἀργυροῖς τε καὶ χρυσοῖς.
‟ Euēmeros men oun philos gegonōs Kasandrou tou basileōs, kai dia touton ēnankasmenos telein basilikas tinas chreias kai megalas apodēmias phēsin ektopisthēnai kata tēn mesēmbrian eis ton ōkeanon; ekpleusanta de auton ek tēs eudaimonos Arabias poiēsasthai ton ploun diʼ ōkeanou pleious hēmeras kai prosenechthēnai nēsois pelagiais; mian hyparchein tēn onomazomenēn Panchaian, en hę̄ tetheasthai tous enoikountas Panchaious eusebeią diapherontas, kai tous theous timōntas megaloprepestatais thysiais kai anathēmasin axiologois, argyrois te kai chrysois.
"Euhemerus, then, who was a friend of King Cassander and was obliged by him to perform certain royal services and long journeys abroad, says that he traveled southward to the Ocean. Setting sail from Arabia Felix, he made his voyage through the Ocean for several days and was carried to islands in the open sea, one of which was called Panchaea. There he saw the Panchaeans who live there, excelling in piety and honoring the gods with most magnificent sacrifices and remarkable offerings of silver and gold.
2.2.56Dindorf 1:75
εἶναι δὲ καὶ τὴν νῆσον ἱερὰν θεῶν, καὶ ἕτερα πλείω θαυμαζόμενα κατά τε τὴν ἀρχαιότητα καὶ τὴν τῆς κατασκευῆς πολυτεχνίαν, περὶ ὧν τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἐν ταῖς πρὸ ταύτης βίβλοις ἀναγεγράφαμεν.
einai de kai tēn nēson hieran theōn, kai hetera pleiō thaumazomena kata te tēn archaiotēta kai tēn tēs kataskeuēs polytechnian, peri hōn ta kata meros en tais pro tautēs biblois anagegraphamen.
The island is also sacred to the gods, and there are many other things admired both for their antiquity and for the great art of their construction, of which we have written in detail in the books before this one.
2.2.57Dindorf 1:75
εἶναι δʼ ἐν αὐτῇ κατά τινα λόφον ὑψηλὸν καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἱερὸν Δῖός Τριφυλίου, καθιδρυμένον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐβασίλευσε τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης ἔτι κατὰ ἀνθρώπους ὤν. ἐν τούτῳ τῷ ἱερῷ στήλην εἶναι χρυσῆν, ἐν ᾗ τοῖς Παγχαίοις γράμμασιν ὑπάρχειν γεγραμμένας τάς τε Οὐρανοῦ καὶ Κρόνου καὶ Δῖός πράξεις κεφαλαιωδῶς
einai dʼ en autę̄ kata tina lophon hypsēlon kathʼ hyperbolēn hieron Dios Triphyliou, kathidrymenon hypʼ autou kathʼ hon kairon ebasileuse tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs eti kata anthrōpous ōn. en toutǭ tǭ hierǭ stēlēn einai chrysēn, en hę̄ tois Panchaiois grammasin hyparchein gegrammenas tas te Ouranou kai Kronou kai Dios praxeis kephalaiōdōs
On a very high hill there is a temple of Zeus Triphylius, founded by him when he reigned over the whole inhabited world while still among men. In this temple there is a golden pillar, on which are written in Panchaean letters, in summary, the deeds of Ouranus, Cronus, and Zeus.
2.2.58Dindorf 1:75
μετὰ ταῦτά φησι πρῶτον Οὐρανὸν βασιλέα γεγονέναι, ἐπιεικῆ τινα ἄνδρα καὶ εὐεργετικόν καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων κινήσεως ἐπιστήμονα· ὃν καὶ πρῶτον θυσίαις τιμῆσαι τοὺς οὐρανίους θεοὺς, διὸ καὶ Οὐρανὸν προσαγορευθῆναι.
meta tauta phēsi prōton Ouranon basilea gegonenai, epieikē tina andra kai euergetikon kai tēs tōn astrōn kinēseōs epistēmona; hon kai prōton thysiais timēsai tous ouranious theous, dio kai Ouranon prosagoreuthēnai.
After this he says that Ouranus was the first king, an equitable and beneficent man, skilled in the motion of the stars; that he was the first to honor the heavenly gods with sacrifices, and was therefore called Ouranus (Heaven).
2.2.59Dindorf 1:75
υἱοὺς δὲ αὐτῷ γενέσθαι ἀπὸ γυναικὸς Ἑστίας Τιτᾶνα καὶ Κρόνον, θυγατέρας δὲ Ῥέαν καὶ Δήμητρα. Κρόνον δὲ βασιλεῦσαι μετὰ Οὐρανὸν, καὶ γήμαντα Ῥέαν γεννῆσαι Δία καὶ Ἥραν καὶ Ποσειδῶνα.
huious de autǭ genesthai apo gynaikos Hestias Titana kai Kronon, thygateras de Rhean kai Dēmētra. Kronon de basileusai meta Ouranon, kai gēmanta Rhean gennēsai Dia kai Hēran kai Poseidōna.
Sons were born to him by his wife Hestia, Titan and Cronus, and daughters, Rhea and Demeter. Cronus reigned after Ouranus, and having married Rhea begot Zeus, Hera, and Poseidon.
2.2.60Dindorf 1:75
τὸν δὲ Δία διαδεξάμενον τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Κρόνου γῆμαι Ἥραν καὶ Δήμητρα καὶ Θέμιν· ἐξ ὧν παῖδας ποιήσασθαι Κουρῆτας μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης, Περσεφόνην δὲ ἐκ τῆς δευτέρας, Ἀθηνᾶν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς τρίτης.
ton de Dia diadexamenon tēn basileian tou Kronou gēmai Hēran kai Dēmētra kai Themin; ex hōn paidas poiēsasthai Kourētas men apo tēs prōtēs, Persephonēn de ek tēs deuteras, Athēnan de apo tēs tritēs.
Zeus, succeeding to the kingdom of Cronus, married Hera, Demeter, and Themis, and had children by them: the Curetes by the first, Persephone by the second, and Athena by the third.
2.2.61Dindorf 1:75–76
ἐλθόντα δὲ εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἐπιξενωθῆναι Βήλῳ, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰς τὴν Παγχαίαν νῆσον πρὸς τῷ ὠκεανῷ κειμένην παραγενόμενον Οὐρανοῦ τοῦ ἰδίου προπάτορος βωμὸν ἱδρύσασθαι, κἀκεῖθεν διὰ Συρίας ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τὸν τότε δυνάστην Κάσιον, ἐξ οὗ τὸ Κάσιον ὄρος· ἐλθόντα δὲ εἰς Κιλικίαν πολέμῳ νικῆσαι Κίλικα τοπάρχην. καὶ ἄλλα δὲ πλεῖστα ἔθνη ἐπελθόντα παρʼ ἅπασι τιμηθῆναι, καὶ θεὸν ἀναγορευθῆναι.’
elthonta de eis Babylōna epixenōthēnai Bēlǭ, kai meta tauta eis tēn Panchaian nēson pros tǭ ōkeanǭ keimenēn paragenomenon Ouranou tou idiou propatoros bōmon hidrysasthai, kakeithen dia Syrias elthein pros ton tote dynastēn Kasion, ex hou to Kasion oros; elthonta de eis Kilikian polemǭ nikēsai Kilika toparchēn. kai alla de pleista ethnē epelthonta parʼ hapasi timēthēnai, kai theon anagoreuthēnai.’
Going to Babylon, he was entertained by Belus; and afterward, coming to the island of Panchaea, which lies by the Ocean, he set up an altar to Ouranus, his own forefather. From there he went through Syria to Casius, the ruler at that time, from whom Mount Casius is named; and going into Cilicia he conquered Cilix, the local ruler, in war. Visiting very many other nations as well, he was honored by them all and proclaimed a god."
2.2.62Dindorf 1:76
Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια ὡς περὶ θνητῶν ἀνδρῶν περὶ τῶν θεῶν διελθὼν ἐπιφέρει λέγων ‟ Καὶ περὶ μὲν Εὐημέρου τοῦ συνταξαμένου τὴν ἱερὰν ἀναγραφὴν ἀρκεσθησόμεθα τοῖς ῥηθεῖσι· τὰ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι μυθολογούμενα περὶ θεῶν ἀκολούθως Ἡσιόδῳ καὶ Ὁμήρῳ καὶ Ὀρφεῖ πειρασόμεθα συντόμως ἐπιδραμεῖν. Εἶθʼ ἐξῆς ἐπισυνάπτει τὰς τῶν ποιητῶν μυθολογίας.
Tauta kai ta toutois paraplēsia hōs peri thnētōn andrōn peri tōn theōn dielthōn epipherei legōn ‟ Kai peri men Euēmerou tou syntaxamenou tēn hieran anagraphēn arkesthēsometha tois rhētheisi; ta de para tois Hellēsi mythologoumena peri theōn akolouthōs Hēsiodǭ kai Homērǭ kai Orphei peirasometha syntomōs epidramein. Eithʼ exēs episynaptei tas tōn poiētōn mythologias.
Having gone through these things and the like about the gods as about mortal men, he adds, saying: "Concerning Euhemerus, who composed the Sacred Record, we shall be content with what has been said; but we shall try to run briefly over what is told in myth among the Greeks about the gods, following Hesiod, Homer, and Orpheus." Then next he adds the mythologies of the poets.
2.2.63Dindorf 1:76
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοσαῦτα καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλήνων θεολογίας ἀποχρῶντας ἡμῖν ἀποτετμήσθω, οἷς εὔλογον ἐπισυνάψαι τῶν αὐτῶν θεῶν τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις τελετὰς καὶ τὰ ἀπόρρητα μυστήρια, σκέψασθαί τε πότερον θείας ὡς ἀληθῶς θεολογίας ἐχούσης τι θεοπρεπὲς δεῖγμα φέρουσιν, ἢ κάτωθέν ποθεν ἀπὸ μακρᾶς καὶ δαιμονικῆς πλάνης ὁρμῶνται, γέλωτος ἢ καὶ μᾶλλον αἰσχύνης, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἔτι τυφλώττουσιν οἴκτου ὄντα ἄξια.
Alla gar tosauta kai apo tēs Hellēnōn theologias apochrōntas hēmin apotetmēsthō, hois eulogon episynapsai tōn autōn theōn tas en tois adytois teletas kai ta aporrēta mystēria, skepsasthai te poteron theias hōs alēthōs theologias echousēs ti theoprepes deigma pherousin, ē katōthen pothen apo makras kai daimonikēs planēs hormōntai, gelōtos ē kai mallon aischynēs, mallon de kai tois eti typhlōttousin oiktou onta axia.
But let this much, sufficient for us, be cut out from the theology of the Greeks. It is reasonable to add to it the rites of the same gods in their shrines and their secret mysteries, and to consider whether they bear any mark worthy of God, of a theology that is truly divine, or spring from somewhere below, from a long and demonic error, worthy of laughter, or rather of shame, or rather of pity for those still blind.
2.2.64Dindorf 1:76
ταῦτα δὲ Κλήμης ὁ θαυμάσιος ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ἕλληνας Προτρεπτικῷ διαρρήδην ἐκκαλύπτει, πάντων μὲν διὰ πείρας ἐλθὼν ἀνὴρ, θᾶττόν γε μὴν τῆς πλάνης ἀνανεύσας, ὡς ἂν πρὸς τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου καὶ διὰ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας τῶν κακῶν λελυτρωμένος. βραχέα δʼ οὖν καὶ τούτων ἐπάκουσον
tauta de Klēmēs ho thaumasios en tǭ pros Hellēnas Protreptikǭ diarrēdēn ekkalyptei, pantōn men dia peiras elthōn anēr, thatton ge mēn tēs planēs ananeusas, hōs an pros tou sōtēriou logou kai dia tēs euangelikēs didaskalias tōn kakōn lelytrōmenos. brachea dʼ oun kai toutōn epakouson
These the admirable Clement exposes plainly in his Exhortation to the Greeks, a man who had gone through all of them by experience but quickly turned back from the error, as one redeemed from those evils by the saving word and through the teaching of the gospel. Listen, then, briefly to these too:
Preparation 2, chapter 3
2.3.1Dindorf 1:76–77
‟ Ἄδυτα τοίνυν ἄθεα μὴ πολυπραγμονεῖτε, μηδὲ βαράθρων στόματα τερατείας ἔμπλεα, ἢ λέβητα Θεσπρώτειον, ἢ τρίποδα Κιρραῖον, ἢ Δωδωναῖον χαλκεῖον, γεράνδρυον δὲ ψάμμοις ἐρήμαις τετιμημένον καὶ τὸ αὐτόθι μαντεῖον αὐτῇ δρυῒ μεμαρασμένον μύθοις γεγηρακόσι καταλείψατε.
‟ Adyta toinyn athea mē polypragmoneite, mēde barathrōn stomata terateias emplea, ē lebēta Thesprōteion, ē tripoda Kirraion, ē Dōdōnaion chalkeion, gerandryon de psammois erēmais tetimēmenon kai to autothi manteion autę̄ dryï memarasmenon mythois gegērakosi kataleipsate.
"Do not, then, pry into godless shrines, nor into the mouths of chasms full of marvel-mongering, nor the Thesprotian cauldron, nor the Cirrhaean tripod, nor the Dodonaean bronze; and the old oak honored in the desert sands, and the oracle there, withered away together with the oak itself, leave to myths grown old.
2.3.2Dindorf 1:77
σεσίγηται γοῦν ἡ Κασταλίας πηγὴ, καὶ Κολοφῶνος ἄλλη πηγὴ, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὁμοίως τέθνηκε νάματα μαντικά. καὶ δὴ τοῦ τύφου κενὰ ὀψὲ μὲν ὅμως δʼ οὖν διελήλεγκται τοῖς ἰδίοις συνεκρεύσαντα μύθοις.
sesigētai goun hē Kastalias pēgē, kai Kolophōnos allē pēgē, kai ta alla homoiōs tethnēke namata mantika. kai dē tou typhou kena opse men homōs dʼ oun dielēlenktai tois idiois synekreusanta mythois.
The spring of Castalia, at any rate, has been silenced, and the other spring of Colophon; and the other prophetic streams are likewise dead. Emptied of their vanity, late indeed but nonetheless, they have been exposed, having run dry together with their own myths.
2.3.3Dindorf 1:77
διήγησαι ἡμῖν καὶ τῆς ἄλλης μαντικῆς. μᾶλλον δὲ μανικῆς τὰ ἄχρηστα χρηστήρια, τὸν Κλάριον, τὸν Πύθιον, τὸν Διδυμέα, τὸν Ἀμφιάρεω, τὸν Ἀπόλλω, τὸν Ἀμφίλοχον·
diēgēsai hēmin kai tēs allēs mantikēs. mallon de manikēs ta achrēsta chrēstēria, ton Klarion, ton Pythion, ton Didymea, ton Amphiareō, ton Apollō, ton Amphilochon;
Tell us also of the useless oracles of the rest of divination, or rather of madness: the Clarian, the Pythian, the Didymaean, that of Amphiaraus, of Apollo, of Amphilochus;
2.3.4Dindorf 1:77
εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ τερατοσκόπους καὶ οἰωνοσκόπους καὶ τοὺς ὀνείρων κριτὰς ἀνιέρου σὺν αὐτοῖς· στῆσον δὲ ὁμοῦ παρὰ τὸν Πύθιον ἄγων τοὺς ἀλευρομάντεις καὶ κριθομάντεις καὶ τοὺς εἰσέτι παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς τετιμημένους ἐγγαστριμύθους· ναὶ μὴν ἄδυτα Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Τυρρηνῶν νεκυομαντεῖαι σκότῳ παραδεδόσθων· μανικὰ ταῦτα ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀνθρώπων ἀπίστων σοφιστήρια καὶ πλάνης ἀκράτου κυβευτήρια.
ei de boulei kai teratoskopous kai oiōnoskopous kai tous oneirōn kritas anierou syn autois; stēson de homou para ton Pythion agōn tous aleuromanteis kai krithomanteis kai tous eiseti para tois pollois tetimēmenous engastrimythous; nai mēn adyta Aigyptiōn kai Tyrrēnōn nekyomanteiai skotǭ paradedosthōn; manika tauta hōs alēthōs anthrōpōn apistōn sophistēria kai planēs akratou kybeutēria.
and if you will, devote to perdition along with them the interpreters of portents and of birds and the judges of dreams. Set beside the Pythian, too, the diviners by flour and by barley, and the ventriloquists who are still honored by the many. Yes, and let the shrines of the Egyptians and the necromancies of the Etruscans be consigned to darkness. These are truly mad schools of sophistry for faithless men, and gambling houses of undiluted error.
2.3.5Dindorf 1:77
συνέμποροι τῆσδε τῆς γοητείας αἶγες αἱ ἐπὶ μαντικὴν ἠσκημέναι καὶ κόρακες ἀνθρώποις χρᾶν ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων διδασκόμενοι. "
synemporoi tēsde tēs goēteias aiges hai epi mantikēn ēskēmenai kai korakes anthrōpois chran hypʼ anthrōpōn didaskomenoi. "
Partners in this trickery are goats trained for divination, and ravens taught by men to give oracles to men."
2.3.6Dindorf 1:77
Τί δʼ εἴ σοι καταλέγοιμι τὰ μυστήρια; οὐκ ἐξορχήσομαι μὲν ὥσπερ Ἀλκιβιάδην λέγουσιν, ἀπογυμνώσω δὲ εὖ μάλα ἀνὰ τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας λόγον τὴν γοητείαν τὴν ἐγκεκρυμμένην αὐτοῖς, καὶ αὐτούς γε τοὺς καλουμένους ὑμῶν θεοὺς, ὧν αἱ τελεταὶ μυστικαὶ, οἷον ἐπὶ σκηνῆς τοῦ βίου τοῖς ἀληθείας ἐγκυκλήσω θεαταῖς.
Ti dʼ ei soi katalegoimi ta mystēria? ouk exorchēsomai men hōsper Alkibiadēn legousin, apogymnōsō de eu mala ana ton tēs alētheias logon tēn goēteian tēn enkekrymmenēn autois, kai autous ge tous kaloumenous hymōn theous, hōn hai teletai mystikai, hoion epi skēnēs tou biou tois alētheias enkyklēsō theatais.
"What if I were to recount to you the mysteries? I will not mock them in dance, as they say Alcibiades did, but I will strip bare, in accordance with the word of truth, the trickery hidden in them; and your so-called gods themselves, whose rites are mystic, I will wheel out, as on the stage of life, before the spectators of truth.
2.3.7Dindorf 1:77–78
Διόνυσον μαινόλην ὀργιάζουσι Βάκχοι ὠμοφαγίᾳ τὴν ἱερομηνίαν ἄγοντες, καὶ τελίσκουσι τὰς κρεανομίας τῶν φόνων, ἀνεστεμμένοι τοῖς ὄφεσιν, ἐπολολύζοντες Εὐαν Εὖαν ἐκείνην, διʼ ἣν ἡ πλάνη παρηκολούθησε καὶ ὁ θάνατος ἐπηκολούθησε]· καὶ σημεῖον ὀργίων Βακχικῶν ὄφις ἐστὶ τετελεσμένος.
Dionyson mainolēn orgiazousi Bakchoi ōmophagią tēn hieromēnian agontes, kai teliskousi tas kreanomias tōn phonōn, anestemmenoi tois ophesin, epololyzontes Euan Euan ekeinēn, diʼ hēn hē planē parēkolouthēse kai ho thanatos epēkolouthēse]; kai sēmeion orgiōn Bakchikōn ophis esti tetelesmenos.
The Bacchants hold orgies in honor of the mad Dionysus, celebrating their sacred frenzy with the eating of raw flesh, and they perform the distribution of the flesh of their butcheries, crowned with snakes, shrieking out 'Eua, Eua,' the name of that Eve through whom error came in; and a consecrated serpent is the sign of the Bacchic orgies.
2.3.8Dindorf 1:78
αὐτίκα γοῦν κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβῆ τῶν Ἑβραίων φωνὴν τὸ ὄνομα τὸ Εὗα δασυνόμενον ἑρμηνεύεται ὄφις ἡ θήλεια. Δηὼ δὲ καὶ Κόρη δρᾶμα ἤδη ἐγενέσθην μυστικὸν, καὶ τὴν πλάνην καὶ τὴν ἁρπαγὴν καὶ τὸ πένθος αὐταῖν Ἐλευσίς δᾳδουχεῖ.”
autika goun kata tēn akribē tōn Hebraiōn phōnēn to onoma to Heua dasynomenon hermēneuetai ophis hē thēleia. Dēō de kai Korē drama ēdē egenesthēn mystikon, kai tēn planēn kai tēn harpagēn kai to penthos autain Eleusis dądouchei.”
In fact, according to the exact Hebrew pronunciation, the name Heva, with a rough breathing, is interpreted 'the female serpent.' Deo and Kore have now become a mystic drama, and Eleusis lights up with torches their wandering, the rape, and their grief."
2.3.9Dindorf 1:78
“Καί μοι δοκεῖ τὰ ὄργια καὶ τὰ μυστήρια δεῖν ἐτυμολογεῖν, τὰ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς Δηοῦς τῆς πρὸς Δία γεγενημένης, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ μύσους τοῦ συμβεβηκότος περὶ τὸν Διόνυσον· εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ Μυοῦντός τινος Ἀττικοῦ, ὃν ἐν κυνηγίᾳ διαφθαρῆναι Ἀπολλόδωρος λέγει, οὐ φθόνος ὑμῶν δεδοξάσθαι τὰ μυστήρια ἐπιτυμβίῳ [φωνῇ καὶ] τιμῇ.
“Kai moi dokei ta orgia kai ta mystēria dein etymologein, ta men apo tēs orgēs tēs Dēous tēs pros Dia gegenēmenēs, ta de apo tou mysous tou symbebēkotos peri ton Dionyson; ei de kai apo Myountos tinos Attikou, hon en kynēgią diaphtharēnai Apollodōros legei, ou phthonos hymōn dedoxasthai ta mystēria epitymbiǭ [phōnę̄ kai] timę̄.
"And it seems to me that orgies and mysteries must be derived, the one from the wrath (orge) of Deo against Zeus, the other from the pollution (mysos) that befell Dionysus. Or if they come from one Myus of Attica, who, Apollodorus says, was killed in hunting, I do not grudge you that your mysteries have been glorified with funeral honors.
2.3.10Dindorf 1:78
πάρεστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλως μυθάριά σοι νοεῖν, ἀντιστοιχούντων τῶν γραμμάτων, τὰ μυστήρια. θηρεύουσι γὰρ, εἰ καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς, ἀτὰρ δὴ καὶ οἱ μῦθοι οἱ τοιοίδε Θρᾳκῶν τοὺς βαρβαρικωτάτους, Φρυγῶν τοὺς ἀνοητοτάτους, Ἑλλήνων τοὺς δεισιδαίμονας.
paresti de kai allōs mytharia soi noein, antistoichountōn tōn grammatōn, ta mystēria. thēreuousi gar, ei kai alloi tines, atar dē kai hoi mythoi hoi toioide Thrąkōn tous barbarikōtatous, Phrygōn tous anoētotatous, Hellēnōn tous deisidaimonas.
You may also understand the mysteries in another way, as 'myth-ries,' by a change of letters; for myths of this kind, as well as other things, hunt down the most barbarous of the Thracians, the most foolish of the Phrygians, and the superstitious among the Greeks.
2.3.11Dindorf 1:78
ὄλοιτο οὖν ὁ τῆσδε ἄρξας τῆς ἀπάτης ἀνθρώποις, εἴτε ὁ Δάρδανος ὁ μύθους θεῶν καταδείξας τὰ μυστήρια, εἴτε Ἠετίων ὁ τὰ Σαμοθρᾳκῶν ὄργια καὶ τελετὰς ὑποστησάμενος, εἴτε ὁ Φρὺξ ἐκεῖνος ὁ Μίδας, ὁ παρὰ τοῦ Ὀδρύσου μαθὼν, ἔπειτα διαδοὺς τοῖς ὑποτεταγμένοις ἔντεχνον ἀπάτην.
oloito oun ho tēsde arxas tēs apatēs anthrōpois, eite ho Dardanos ho mythous theōn katadeixas ta mystēria, eite Ēetiōn ho ta Samothrąkōn orgia kai teletas hypostēsamenos, eite ho Phryx ekeinos ho Midas, ho para tou Odrysou mathōn, epeita diadous tois hypotetagmenois entechnon apatēn.
Perish, then, whoever began this deceit among men, whether it was Dardanus, who introduced the mysteries of the Mother of the gods, or Eetion, who founded the orgies and rites of the Samothracians, or that Phrygian Midas who learned the artful deceit from Odrysus and then handed it on to his subjects.
2.3.12Dindorf 1:78
οὐ γάρ με ὁ Κύπριος ὁ νησιώτης Κινύρας παραπείσαι ποτʼ ἂν, τὰ περὶ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην μαχλῶντα ὄργια ἐκ νυκτὸς ἡμέρᾳ παραδοῦναι τολμήσας, φιλοτιμούμενος θειάσαι πόρνην πολίτιδα.
ou gar me ho Kyprios ho nēsiōtēs Kinyras parapeisai potʼ an, ta peri tēn Aphroditēn machlōnta orgia ek nyktos hēmerą paradounai tolmēsas, philotimoumenos theiasai pornēn politida.
For Cinyras the Cypriot islander would never persuade me, who dared to bring out from night into day the lewd orgies of Aphrodite, ambitious to deify a harlot of his own city.
2.3.13Dindorf 1:78–79
Μελάμποδα δὲ τὸν Ἀμυθάονος ἄλλοι φασὶν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μετακομίσαι τῇ Ἑλλάδι τὰς Δηοῦς ἑορτὰς, πένθος ὑμνούμενον. τούτους ἔγωγʼ ἂν ἀρχεκάκους φήσαιμι μύθων ἀθέων καὶ δεισιδαιμονίας ὀλεθρίου πατέρας, σπέρμα κακίας καὶ φθορᾶς ἐγκαταφυτεύσαντας τῷ βίῳ τὰ μυστήρια.’’
Melampoda de ton Amythaonos alloi phasin ex Aigyptou metakomisai tę̄ Helladi tas Dēous heortas, penthos hymnoumenon. toutous egōgʼ an archekakous phēsaimi mythōn atheōn kai deisidaimonias olethriou pateras, sperma kakias kai phthoras enkataphyteusantas tǭ biǭ ta mystēria.’’
Others say that Melampus the son of Amythaon brought from Egypt to Greece the festivals of Deo, a grief celebrated in hymns. These I would call the originators of evil, fathers of godless myths and of deadly superstition, who planted the mysteries in human life as a seed of vice and corruption."
2.3.14Dindorf 1:79
Ἤδη δὲ, καὶ γὰρ καιρὸς, αὐτὰ ὑμῶν τὰ ὄργια ἐξελέγξω ἀπάτης καὶ τερατείας ἔμπλεα. καὶ εἰ μεμύησθε, μᾶλλον ἐπιγελάσεσθε τοῖς μύθοις ὑμῶν τούτοις τοῖς τιμωμένοις. ἀγορεύσω δὲ ἀναφανδὸν τὰ κεκρυμμένα, οὐκ αἰδούμενος λέγειν ἃ προσκυνεῖν οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε.
Ēdē de, kai gar kairos, auta hymōn ta orgia exelenxō apatēs kai terateias emplea. kai ei memyēsthe, mallon epigelasesthe tois mythois hymōn toutois tois timōmenois. agoreusō de anaphandon ta kekrymmena, ouk aidoumenos legein ha proskynein ouk aischynesthe.
"And now, for it is time, I will prove your orgies themselves to be full of deceit and marvel-mongering. And if you have been initiated, you will laugh all the more at these myths of yours that are held in honor. I will proclaim openly what is hidden, not ashamed to speak of what you are not ashamed to worship.
2.3.15Dindorf 1:79
ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀφρογενὴς καὶ κυπρογενὴς καὶ Κινύρᾳ φίλη, τὴν Ἀφροδίτην λέγω, τὴν φιλομηδέα, ὅτι μηδέων ἐξεφαάνθη, μηδέων ἐκείνων τῶν ἀποκεκομμένων Οὐρανοῦ, τῶν λάγνων, τῶν μετὰ τὴν τομὴν τὸ κῦμα βεβιασμένων, ὡς ἀσελγῶν ὑμῖν μορίων ἄξιος Ἀφροδίτη γίνεται καρπὸς, ἐν ταῖς τελεταῖς ταύτης τῆς πελαγίας ἡδονῆς, τεκμήριον τῆς γονῆς, ἁλῶν χόνδρος, καὶ φαλλὸς τοῖς μυουμένοις τὴν τέχνην τὴν μοιχικὴν ἐπιδέδοται· νόμισμα δὲ εἰσφέρουσιν αὐτῇ οἱ μυούμενοι ὡς ἑταίρᾳ ἐρασταί.
hē men oun aphrogenēs kai kyprogenēs kai Kinyrą philē, tēn Aphroditēn legō, tēn philomēdea, hoti mēdeōn exephaanthē, mēdeōn ekeinōn tōn apokekommenōn Ouranou, tōn lagnōn, tōn meta tēn tomēn to kyma bebiasmenōn, hōs aselgōn hymin moriōn axios Aphroditē ginetai karpos, en tais teletais tautēs tēs pelagias hēdonēs, tekmērion tēs gonēs, halōn chondros, kai phallos tois myoumenois tēn technēn tēn moichikēn epidedotai; nomisma de eispherousin autę̄ hoi myoumenoi hōs hetairą erastai.
There is, then, the foam-born, the Cyprus-born, the darling of Cinyras: I mean Aphrodite, called philommedes because she was brought forth from the medea, those lustful members cut off from Ouranus, which after the cutting did violence to the wave. See how, from members so licentious, a worthy fruit is born for you, Aphrodite! And in the rites of this sea-born pleasure, a lump of salt and a phallus are given to those initiated into the art of adultery, as a token of her birth; and the initiates bring her a coin, as lovers to a harlot.
2.3.16Dindorf 1:79
" Δῃοῦς δὲ μυστήρια καὶ Δῖός πρὸς μητέρα Δήμητρα ἀφροδίσιοι συμπλοκαὶ καὶ μῆνις, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι φῶ λοιπὸν, μητρὸς ἢ γυναικὸς, τῆς Δῃοῦς· ἧς δὴ χάριν Βριμὼ προσαγορευθῆναι λέγεται· ἱκετηρίαι Δῖός καὶ πόμα χολῆς καὶ καρδιουλκίαι καὶ ἀρρητουργίαι·
" Dę̄ous de mystēria kai Dios pros mētera Dēmētra aphrodisioi symplokai kai mēnis, ouk oidʼ ho ti phō loipon, mētros ē gynaikos, tēs Dę̄ous; hēs dē charin Brimō prosagoreuthēnai legetai; hiketēriai Dios kai poma cholēs kai kardioulkiai kai arrētourgiai;
"The mysteries of Deo are the amorous embraces of Zeus with his mother Demeter, and the wrath of Deo (I do not know what to call her for the rest, mother or wife), on account of which she is said to have been called Brimo; the supplications of Zeus, the drink of gall, the tearing out of hearts, and unspeakable deeds.
2.3.17Dindorf 1:79
ταῦτα οἱ Φρύγες τελίσκουσιν Ἄττιδι καὶ Κυβέλῃ καὶ Κορύβασι. τεθρυλήκασι δὲ ὡς ἄρα ἀποσπάσας ὁ Ζεὺς τοῦ κριοῦ τοὺς διδύμους φέρων ἐν μέσοις ἔρριψε τοῖς κόλποις τῆς Δῃοῦς, τιμωρίαν ψευδῆ τῆς βιαίας συμπλοκῆς ἐκτιννύων, ὡς ἑαυτὸν δῆθεν ἐκτεμών.
tauta hoi Phryges teliskousin Attidi kai Kybelę̄ kai Korybasi. tethrylēkasi de hōs ara apospasas ho Zeus tou kriou tous didymous pherōn en mesois erripse tois kolpois tēs Dę̄ous, timōrian pseudē tēs biaias symplokēs ektinnyōn, hōs heauton dēthen ektemōn.
The same rites the Phrygians perform in honor of Attis, Cybele, and the Corybantes. They have spread the tale that Zeus tore off the testicles of a ram, brought them, and threw them into the lap of Deo, paying a sham penalty for his violent embrace, as though he had castrated himself.
2.3.18Dindorf 1:79–80
τὰ σύμβολα τῆς μυήσεως ταύτης ἐκ περιουσίας παρατεθέντα οἶδʼ ὅτι κινήσει γέλωτα καὶ μὴ γελασείουσιν ὑμῖν διὰ τοὺς ἐλέγχους. ἐκ τυμπάνου ἔφαγον, ἐκ κυμβάλου ἔπιον, ἐκερνοφόρησα, ὑπὸ τὸν παστὸν ὑπέδυν. ταῦτα οὐχ ὕβρις τὰ σύμβολα; οὐ χλεύη τὰ μυστήρια; "
ta symbola tēs myēseōs tautēs ek periousias paratethenta oidʼ hoti kinēsei gelōta kai mē gelaseiousin hymin dia tous elenchous. ek tympanou ephagon, ek kymbalou epion, ekernophorēsa, hypo ton paston hypedyn. tauta ouch hybris ta symbola? ou chleuē ta mystēria? "
The symbols of this initiation, set out over and above, will, I know, move you to laughter, even if you are not disposed to laugh, because of the exposure: 'I ate from the drum; I drank from the cymbal; I carried the sacred dish; I slipped under the bridal chamber.' Are not these symbols an outrage? Are not the mysteries a mockery?"
2.3.19Dindorf 1:80
‟ Τί δʼ εἰ καὶ τὰ ἐπίλοιπα προσθείην; κύει μὲν ἡ Δημήτηρ, ἀνατρέφεται δὲ ἡ κόρη, μίγνυται δʼ αὖθις ὁ γεννήσας οὑτοσὶ Ζεὺς τῇ Φερρεφάττῃ τῇ ἰδίᾳ θυγατρὶ μετὰ τὴν μητέρα τὴν Δῃῶ, ἐκλαθόμενος τοῦ προτέρου μύσους, καὶ μίγνυται δράκων γενόμενος, ὃς ἦν ἐλεγχθείς.
‟ Ti dʼ ei kai ta epiloipa prostheiēn? kyei men hē Dēmētēr, anatrephetai de hē korē, mignytai dʼ authis ho gennēsas houtosi Zeus tę̄ Pherrephattę̄ tę̄ idią thygatri meta tēn mētera tēn Dę̄ō, eklathomenos tou proterou mysous, kai mignytai drakōn genomenos, hos ēn elenchtheis.
"What if I were to add the rest? Demeter conceives; the Maiden is reared; and this same Zeus who begot her has intercourse again with Pherephatta, his own daughter, after her mother Deo, forgetting his former pollution, and he unites with her having become a serpent, which is what he was shown to be.
2.3.20Dindorf 1:80
Σαβαζίων γοῦν μυστηρίων σύμβολον τοῖς μυουμένοις ὁ διὰ κόλπου θεός· δράκων δέ ἐστιν οὗτος διολκούμενος τοῦ κόλπου τῶν τελουμένων, ἔλεγχος ἀκρασίας Δῖός. κύει καὶ ἡ Φερρέφαττα παῖδα ταυρόμορφον.
Sabaziōn goun mystēriōn symbolon tois myoumenois ho dia kolpou theos; drakōn de estin houtos diolkoumenos tou kolpou tōn teloumenōn, elenchos akrasias Dios. kyei kai hē Pherrephatta paida tauromorphon.
At any rate, in the Sabazian mysteries the sign for the initiates is 'the god through the bosom'; and this is a serpent drawn through the bosom of the initiates, a proof of the incontinence of Zeus. Pherephatta too conceives a child in the form of a bull.
2.3.21Dindorf 1:80
ἀμέλει φησί τις ποιητὴς εἰδωλικὸς, ταῦρος δράκοντος καὶ πατὴρ ταύρου δράκων, ἐν ὄρει τὸ κρύφιον βουκόλος τὸ κέντρον· βουκολικὸν, οἶμαι, κέντρον τὸν νάρθηκα ἐπικαλῶν, ὃν δὴ κάλων ἀναστρέφουσιν οἱ Βάκχοι.
amelei phēsi tis poiētēs eidōlikos, tauros drakontos kai patēr taurou drakōn, en orei to kryphion boukolos to kentron; boukolikon, oimai, kentron ton narthēka epikalōn, hon dē kalōn anastrephousin hoi Bakchoi.
Indeed, a certain idolatrous poet says: 'The bull is father of the serpent, and the serpent of the bull; on the mountain the herdsman's hidden goad,' calling, I think, the fennel stalk the herdsman's goad, the stalk that the Bacchants wreathe.
2.3.22Dindorf 1:80
‘‘Βούλει καὶ τὰ Φερρεφάττης ἀνθολόγια διηγήσωμαί σοι, καὶ τὸν κάλαθον, καὶ τὴν ἁρπαγὴν τὴν ὑπὸ Ἀϊδωνέως, καὶ τὸ χάσμα τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰς ὗς τὰς Εὐβουλέως τὰς συγκαταποθείσας ταῖν θεαῖν, διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν ἐν τοῖς Θεσμοφορίοις μεγαρίζοντες χοίρους ἐκβάλλουσι;
‘‘Boulei kai ta Pherrephattēs anthologia diēgēsōmai soi, kai ton kalathon, kai tēn harpagēn tēn hypo Aïdōneōs, kai to chasma tēs gēs, kai tas hys tas Eubouleōs tas synkatapotheisas tain theain, diʼ hēn aitian en tois Thesmophoriois megarizontes choirous ekballousi?
"Would you have me tell you also of Pherephatta's gathering of flowers, the basket, the rape by Aidoneus, the chasm in the earth, and the swine of Eubuleus that were swallowed up together with the two goddesses, for which reason at the Thesmophoria they cast pigs into the chasms?
2.3.23Dindorf 1:80–81
ταύτην τὴν μυθολογίαν ποικίλως κατὰ πόλεις ἑορτάζουσιν αἱ γυναῖκες, Θεσμοφόρια, Σκιροφόρια, Ἀρρητοφόρια, πολυτρόπως τὴν Φερρεφάττης ἐκτραγῳδοῦσαι ἁρπαγήν. τὰ γὰρ Διονύσου μυστήρια τέλεον ἀπάνθρωπα, ὃν εἰσέτι παῖδα ὄντα ἐνόπλῳ κινήσει περιχορευόντων Κουρήτων, δόλῳ δὲ ὑποδύντων Τιτάνων, ἀπατήσαντες παιδαριώδεσιν ἀθύρμασιν οὗτοι δὴ οἱ Τιτᾶνες διέσπασαν ἔτι νηπίαχον ὄντα, ὡς ὁ τῆς τελετῆς ποιητὴς Ὀρφεύς φησιν ὁ Θρᾴκιος, κῶνος καὶ ῥόμβος καὶ παίγνια καμπεσίγυια, μῆλά τε χρύσεα καλὰ παρʼ Ἑσπερίδων λιγυφώνων.
tautēn tēn mythologian poikilōs kata poleis heortazousin hai gynaikes, Thesmophoria, Skirophoria, Arrētophoria, polytropōs tēn Pherrephattēs ektragǭdousai harpagēn. ta gar Dionysou mystēria teleon apanthrōpa, hon eiseti paida onta enoplǭ kinēsei perichoreuontōn Kourētōn, dolǭ de hypodyntōn Titanōn, apatēsantes paidariōdesin athyrmasin houtoi dē hoi Titanes diespasan eti nēpiachon onta, hōs ho tēs teletēs poiētēs Orpheus phēsin ho Thrąkios, kōnos kai rhombos kai paignia kampesiguia, mēla te chrysea kala parʼ Hesperidōn ligyphōnōn.
This mythology the women celebrate in festivals in various ways in their cities, the Thesmophoria, Scirophoria, Arrhetophoria, dramatizing in many ways the rape of Pherephatta. As for the mysteries of Dionysus, they are utterly inhuman. While he was still a child, and the Curetes were dancing around him with armed movement, the Titans crept in by guile, deceived him with childish toys, and these same Titans tore him in pieces while still an infant, as Orpheus the Thracian, the poet of the rite, says: 'cone, and bull-roarer, and limb-bending toys, and fair golden apples from the clear-voiced Hesperides.'
2.3.24Dindorf 1:81
‟ Καὶ τῆσδε ἡμῖν τῆς τελετῆς τὰ ἀχρεῖα σύμβολα οὐκ ἀχρεῖον εἰς κατάγνωσιν παραθέσθαι· ἀστράγαλος, σφαῖρα, στρόβιλος, μῆλα, ῥόμβος, ἔσοπτρον, πόκος.
‟ Kai tēsde hēmin tēs teletēs ta achreia symbola ouk achreion eis katagnōsin parathesthai; astragalos, sphaira, strobilos, mēla, rhombos, esoptron, pokos.
"And it is not useless to set out, for condemnation, the useless symbols of this rite: knucklebone, ball, top, apples, bull-roarer, mirror, fleece.
2.3.25Dindorf 1:81
Ἀθηνᾶ μὲν οὖν τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ Διονύσου ὑφελομένη Πάλλας ἐκ τοῦ πάλλειν τὴν καρδίαν προσηγορεύθη· οἱ δὲ Τιτᾶνες, οἱ καὶ διασπάσαντες αὐτὸν, λέβητά τινα τρίποδι ἐπιθέντες, καὶ τοῦ Διονύσου ἐμβαλόντες τὰ μέλη, καθήψουν πρότερον, ἔπειτα ὀβελίσκοις ἀμπείραντες ὑπείρεχον Ἡφαίστοιο.
Athēna men oun tēn kardian tou Dionysou hyphelomenē Pallas ek tou pallein tēn kardian prosēgoreuthē; hoi de Titanes, hoi kai diaspasantes auton, lebēta tina tripodi epithentes, kai tou Dionysou embalontes ta melē, kathēpsoun proteron, epeita obeliskois ampeirantes hypeirechon Hēphaistoio.
Athena, having stolen away the heart of Dionysus, was called Pallas from its palpitating (pallein). The Titans who tore him in pieces set a cauldron on a tripod, threw in the limbs of Dionysus, and first boiled them; then, piercing them with spits, 'they held them over Hephaestus.'
2.3.26Dindorf 1:81
Ζεὺς δʼ ὕστερον ἐπιφανεὶς — εἰ θεὸς ἦν, τάχα που τῆς κνίσης τῶν ὀπτωμένων κρεῶν μεταλαβὼν, ἧς δὴ τὸ γέρας λαχεῖν ὁμολογοῦσιν ὑμῶν οἱ θεοὶ — κεραυνῷ τοὺς Τιτάνας αἰκίζεται καὶ τὰ μέλη τοῦ Διονύσου Ἀπόλλωνι τῷ παιδὶ παρακατατίθεται καταθάψαι. ὁ δὲ, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠπείθησε Διὶ, εἰς τὸν Παρνασὸν φέρων κατατίθεται διεσπασμένον τὸν νεκρόν.
Zeus dʼ hysteron epiphaneis — ei theos ēn, tacha pou tēs knisēs tōn optōmenōn kreōn metalabōn, hēs dē to geras lachein homologousin hymōn hoi theoi — keraunǭ tous Titanas aikizetai kai ta melē tou Dionysou Apollōni tǭ paidi parakatatithetai katathapsai. ho de, oude gar ēpeithēse Dii, eis ton Parnason pherōn katatithetai diespasmenon ton nekron.
Zeus afterward appeared (if he was a god, perhaps because he had a share of the savor of the roasting flesh, which your gods agree they receive as their portion) and punished the Titans with a thunderbolt, and entrusted the limbs of Dionysus to his son Apollo to bury. And he, for he did not disobey Zeus, carried the dismembered corpse to Parnassus and laid it there.
2.3.27Dindorf 1:81
Εἰ θέλεις δʼ ἐποπτεῦσαι καὶ τὰ Κορυβάντων ὄργια, τὸν τρίτον ἀδελφὸν ἀποκτείναντες οὗτοι τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ νεκροῦ φοινικίδι ἐπεκαλυψάτην, καὶ καταστέψαντες ἐθαψάτην, φέροντες ἐπὶ χαλκῆς ἀσπίδος ὑπὸ τὰς ὑπωρείας τοῦ Ὀλύμπου.
Ei theleis dʼ epopteusai kai ta Korybantōn orgia, ton triton adelphon apokteinantes houtoi tēn kephalēn tou nekrou phoinikidi epekalypsatēn, kai katastepsantes ethapsatēn, pherontes epi chalkēs aspidos hypo tas hypōreias tou Olympou.
If you wish to look upon the orgies of the Corybantes as well: these two, having killed their third brother, covered the dead man's head with a purple cloth, crowned it, and buried it, carrying it on a bronze shield to the foothills of Olympus.
2.3.28Dindorf 1:81–82
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἔστι τὰ μυστήρια, συνελόντι φάναι, φόνοι καὶ τάφοι· οἱ δʼ ἱερεῖς οἱ τῶνδε, οὓς ἀνακτοτελέστας οἷς μέλον καλοῦσι, προσεπιτερατεύονται τῇ συμφορᾷ, ὁλόριξον ἀπαγορεύοντες σέλινον ἐπὶ τραπέζης τιθέναι· οἴονται γὰρ δὴ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἀπορρυέντος τοῦ Κορυβαντικοῦ τὸ σέλινον ἐκπεφυκέναι· ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ αἱ θεσμοφοριάζουσαι τοὺς τῆς ῥοιᾶς κόκκους παραφυλάττουσιν ἐσθίειν· τοὺς γὰρ ἀποπεπτωκότας χαμαὶ ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Διονύσου αἵματος σταγόνων βεβλαστηκέναι νομίζουσι τὰς ῥοιάς.
kai tautʼ esti ta mystēria, synelonti phanai, phonoi kai taphoi; hoi dʼ hiereis hoi tōnde, hous anaktotelestas hois melon kalousi, prosepiterateuontai tę̄ symphorą, holorixon apagoreuontes selinon epi trapezēs tithenai; oiontai gar dē ek tou haimatos tou aporryentos tou Korybantikou to selinon ekpephykenai; hōsper amelei kai hai thesmophoriazousai tous tēs rhoias kokkous paraphylattousin esthiein; tous gar apopeptōkotas chamai ek tōn tou Dionysou haimatos stagonōn beblastēkenai nomizousi tas rhoias.
And these, to put it briefly, are the mysteries: murders and burials. Their priests, whom those concerned call 'kings of the rites,' add further marvels to the calamity, forbidding parsley with its roots to be set on the table; for they think parsley grew from the Corybantic blood that flowed out. Just so the women celebrating the Thesmophoria take care not to eat pomegranate seeds; for they think pomegranates sprang from the drops of the blood of Dionysus that fell to the ground.
2.3.29Dindorf 1:82
Καβείρους δὲ τοὺς Κορύβαντας καλοῦντες καὶ τελετὴν Καβειρικὴν καταγγέλλουσιν. αὐτὼ γὰρ δὴ τούτω τὼ ἀδελφοκτόνω τὴν κίστην ἀνελομένω, ἐν ᾗ τὸ τοῦ Διονύσου αἰδοῖον ἀπέκειτο, εἰς Τυρρηνίαν κατήγαγον, εὐκλεοῦς ἔμποροι φορτίου· κἀνταῦθα διετριβέτην φυγάδε ὄντε, τὴν πολυτίμητον εὐσεβείας διδασκαλίαν, αἰδοῖα καὶ κίστην θρησκεύειν παραθεμένω Τυρρηνοῖς· διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκ ἀπεικότως τὸν Διόνυσον προσαγορεύεσθαί τινες Ἄττιν θέλουσιν, αἰδοίων ἐστερημένον. "
Kabeirous de tous Korybantas kalountes kai teletēn Kabeirikēn katangellousin. autō gar dē toutō tō adelphoktonō tēn kistēn anelomenō, en hę̄ to tou Dionysou aidoion apekeito, eis Tyrrēnian katēgagon, eukleous emporoi phortiou; kantautha dietribetēn phygade onte, tēn polytimēton eusebeias didaskalian, aidoia kai kistēn thrēskeuein parathemenō Tyrrēnois; diʼ hēn aitian ouk apeikotōs ton Dionyson prosagoreuesthai tines Attin thelousin, aidoiōn esterēmenon. "
Calling the Corybantes Cabiri, they also proclaim a Cabiric rite. For these two fratricides took up the chest in which the private part of Dionysus had been laid and brought it to Etruria, merchants of a glorious cargo. There they lived as exiles, entrusting to the Etruscans the precious teaching of piety, to worship private parts and a chest. For this reason some not unreasonably wish Dionysus to be called Attis, as having been deprived of his private parts."
2.3.30Dindorf 1:82
‟ Καὶ τί θαυμαστὸν εἰ Τυρρηνοὶ οἱ βάρβαροι αἰσχροῖς οὕτω τελίσκονται παθήμασιν, ὅπου γε Ἀθηναίοις καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ Ἑλλάδι, αἰδοῦμαι καὶ λέγειν, αἰσχύνης ἔμπλεως ἡ περὶ τὴν Δῃῶ μυθολογία;
‟ Kai ti thaumaston ei Tyrrēnoi hoi barbaroi aischrois houtō teliskontai pathēmasin, hopou ge Athēnaiois kai tę̄ allę̄ Helladi, aidoumai kai legein, aischynēs empleōs hē peri tēn Dę̄ō mythologia?
"And what wonder if the Etruscans, being barbarians, are initiated with such shameful sufferings, when among the Athenians and the rest of Greece (I am ashamed even to say it) the mythology about Deo is full of shame?
2.3.31Dindorf 1:82
ἀλωμένη γὰρ ἡ Δῃῶ κατὰ ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρὸς τῆς Κόρης περὶ τὴν Ἐλευσῖνα — τῆς Ἀττικῆς ἐστι τοῦτο τὸ χωρίον — ἀποκάμνει, καὶ φρέατι ἐπικαθίζει λυπουμένη. τοῦτο τοῖς μυουμένοις ἀπαγορεύεται εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν, ἵνα μὴ δοκοῖεν οἱ τετελεσμένοι μιμεῖσθαι τὴν ὀδυρομένην.
alōmenē gar hē Dę̄ō kata zētēsin tēs thygatros tēs Korēs peri tēn Eleusina — tēs Attikēs esti touto to chōrion — apokamnei, kai phreati epikathizei lypoumenē. touto tois myoumenois apagoreuetai eiseti kai nyn, hina mē dokoien hoi tetelesmenoi mimeisthai tēn odyromenēn.
For Deo, wandering in search of her daughter the Maiden near Eleusis (this place is in Attica), grows weary and sits down by a well in her grief. This is forbidden to the initiates even now, so that those initiated may not seem to imitate the mourning goddess.
2.3.32Dindorf 1:82
ᾤκουν δὲ τηνικάδε τὴν Ἐλευσῖνα οἱ γηγενεῖς· ὀνόματα αὐτοῖς Βαυβὼ καὶ Δυσαύλης καὶ Τριπτόλεμος, ἔτι δὲ Εὔμολπός τε καὶ Εὐβουλεύς· βουκόλος ὁ Τριπτόλεμος ἦν, ποιμὴν δὲ ὁ Εὔμολπος, συβώτης δὲ ὁ Εὐβουλεύς· ἀφʼ ὧν τὸ Εὐμολπιδῶν καὶ τὸ κηρύκων τὸ ἱεροφαντικὸν δὴ τοῦτο Ἀθήνησι γένος ἤνθησε.
ǭkoun de tēnikade tēn Eleusina hoi gēgeneis; onomata autois Baubō kai Dysaulēs kai Triptolemos, eti de Eumolpos te kai Eubouleus; boukolos ho Triptolemos ēn, poimēn de ho Eumolpos, sybōtēs de ho Eubouleus; aphʼ hōn to Eumolpidōn kai to kērykōn to hierophantikon dē touto Athēnēsi genos ēnthēse.
At that time Eleusis was inhabited by the earth-born. Their names were Baubo, Dysaules, and Triptolemus, and also Eumolpus and Eubuleus. Triptolemus was a herdsman, Eumolpus a shepherd, and Eubuleus a swineherd; from them sprang the race of the Eumolpidae and of the Heralds, this priestly race at Athens.
2.3.33Dindorf 1:82–83
καὶ δὴ — οὐ γὰρ ἀνήσω μὴ οὐχὶ εἰπεῖν — ξενίσασα ἡ Βαυβὼ τὴν Δῃῶ ὀρέγει κυκεῶνα αὐτῇ. τῆς δὲ ἀναινομένης λαβεῖν καὶ πιεῖν οὐκ ἐθελούσης — πενθήρης γὰρ ἦν — περιαλγὴς ἡ Βαυβὼ γενομένη, ὡς ὑπεροραθεῖσα δῆθεν, ἀναστέλλεται τὰ αἰδοῖα καὶ ἐπιδεικνύει τῇ θεῷ, ἡ δὲ τέρπεται τῇ ὄψει ἡ Δῃῶ, καὶ μόλις ποτὲ δέχεται τὸ ποτὸν, ἡσθεῖσα τῷ θεάματι. "
kai dē — ou gar anēsō mē ouchi eipein — xenisasa hē Baubō tēn Dę̄ō oregei kykeōna autę̄. tēs de anainomenēs labein kai piein ouk ethelousēs — penthērēs gar ēn — perialgēs hē Baubō genomenē, hōs hyperoratheisa dēthen, anastelletai ta aidoia kai epideiknyei tę̄ theǭ, hē de terpetai tę̄ opsei hē Dę̄ō, kai molis pote dechetai to poton, hēstheisa tǭ theamati. "
And indeed (for I will not refrain from saying it) Baubo, having received Deo as a guest, offers her a mixed drink (kykeon). When she refused to take it and would not drink, since she was mourning, Baubo, deeply hurt as if slighted, uncovered her private parts and showed them to the goddess; and Deo was delighted at the sight and at last received the drink, pleased with the spectacle."
2.3.34Dindorf 1:83
Ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ κρύφια τῶν Ἀθηναίων μυστήρια, ταῦτά τοι καὶ Ὀρφεὺς ἀναγράφει. παραθήσομαι δέ σοι αὐτὰ τοῦ Ὀρφέως τὰ ἔπη, ἵνʼ ἔχῃς μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναισχυντίας τὸν μυσταγωγόν· ὣς εἰποῦσα πέπλους ἀνεσύρατο, δεῖξε δὲ πάντα σώματος οὐδὲ πρέποντα τύπον· παῖς δʼ ἦεν Ἴακχος, χειρί τέ μιν ῥίπτασκε γελῶν Βαυβοῦς ὑπὸ κόλποις ἡ δʼ ἐπεὶ οὑν μείδησε θεὰ, μείδησʼ ἐνὶ θυμῷ, δέξατο δʼ αἰόλον ἄγγος, ἐν ᾧ κυκεὼν ἐνέκειτο.
Tauta esti ta kryphia tōn Athēnaiōn mystēria, tauta toi kai Orpheus anagraphei. parathēsomai de soi auta tou Orpheōs ta epē, hinʼ echę̄s martyra tēs anaischyntias ton mystagōgon; hōs eipousa peplous anesyrato, deixe de panta sōmatos oude preponta typon; pais dʼ ēen Iakchos, cheiri te min rhiptaske gelōn Baubous hypo kolpois hē dʼ epei houn meidēse thea, meidēsʼ eni thymǭ, dexato dʼ aiolon angos, en hǭ kykeōn enekeito.
"These are the secret mysteries of the Athenians; these Orpheus records. I will set before you the very verses of Orpheus, so that you may have the mystagogue himself as witness of the shamelessness: 'So saying, she drew up her robes and showed all her body's unseemly form; and the child Iacchus was there, and laughing he tossed his hand beneath Baubo's breasts. And when the goddess smiled, she smiled in her heart, and received the glittering vessel in which the kykeon lay.'
2.3.35Dindorf 1:83
κἄστι τὸ σύνθημα Ἐλευσινίων μυστηρίων ἐνήστευσα, ἔπιον τὸν κυκεῶνα, ἔλαβον ἐκ κίστης, ἐργασάμενος ἀπεθέμην εἰς κάλαθον, καὶ ἐκ καλάθου εἰς κίστην.’ καλά γε τὰ θεάματα καὶ θεᾷ πρέποντα.
kasti to synthēma Eleusiniōn mystēriōn enēsteusa, epion ton kykeōna, elabon ek kistēs, ergasamenos apethemēn eis kalathon, kai ek kalathou eis kistēn.’ kala ge ta theamata kai theą preponta.
And the password of the Eleusinian mysteries is: 'I fasted; I drank the kykeon; I took from the chest; having done my work, I put it into the basket, and from the basket into the chest.' Fine sights indeed, and fitting for a goddess!
2.3.36Dindorf 1:83
Ἄξια μὲν οὖν νυκτὸς τὰ τελέσματα καὶ πυρὸς καὶ τοῦ μεγαλήτορος, μᾶλλον δὲ ματαιόφρονος Ἐρεχθειδῶν δήμου, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, οὕστινας μένει τελευτήσαντας ἅσσα οὐδὲ ἔλπονται.
Axia men oun nyktos ta telesmata kai pyros kai tou megalētoros, mallon de mataiophronos Erechtheidōn dēmou, pros de kai tōn allōn Hellēnōn, houstinas menei teleutēsantas hassa oude elpontai.
Worthy of night, then, are the rites, and of fire, and of the 'great-hearted,' or rather empty-minded, people of the Erechtheidae, and of the other Greeks besides, 'whom there awaits after death what they do not expect.'
2.3.37Dindorf 1:83
τίσι δὲ μαντεύεται Ἡράκλειτος ὁ Ἐφέσιος; νυκτιπόλοις, μάγοις, βάκχοις, Λήναις, μύσταις· τούτοις ἀπειλεῖ τὰ μετὰ θάνατον, τούτοις μαντεύεται τὸ πῦρ· τὰ γὰρ νομιζόμενα κατʼ ἀνθρώπους μυστήρια ἀνιερωστὶ μυεῦνται.
tisi de manteuetai Hērakleitos ho Ephesios? nyktipolois, magois, bakchois, Lēnais, mystais; toutois apeilei ta meta thanaton, toutois manteuetai to pyr; ta gar nomizomena katʼ anthrōpous mystēria anierōsti myeuntai.
To whom does Heraclitus of Ephesus prophesy? 'To night-wanderers, magi, Bacchants, Lenaeans, initiates.' These he threatens with what comes after death; for these he prophesies the fire. 'For the mysteries customary among men are celebrated in an unholy way.'
2.3.38Dindorf 1:83
νόμος οὖν καὶ ὑπόληψις κενὴ καὶ τοῦ δράκοντος τὰ μυστήρια ἀπάτη τίς ἐστι θρησκευομένη τὰς ἀμυήτους ὄντως μυήσεις καὶ τὰς ἀνοργιάστους τελετὰς εὐσεβείᾳ νόθῳ προτρεπομένων.
nomos oun kai hypolēpsis kenē kai tou drakontos ta mystēria apatē tis esti thrēskeuomenē tas amyētous ontōs myēseis kai tas anorgiastous teletas eusebeią nothǭ protrepomenōn.
Custom, then, and empty opinion; and the mysteries of the serpent are a deceit that is worshipped, of those who with bastard piety urge people to initiations that are in truth no initiations and rites that are no rites.
2.3.39Dindorf 1:83–84
οἷαι δὲ καὶ αἱ κίσται αἱ μυστικαί; — δεῖ γὰρ ἀπογυμνῶσαι τὰ ἅγια αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ ἄρρητα ἐξειπεῖν — οὐ σησαμαῖ ταῦτα καὶ πυραμίδες καὶ τολύπαι καὶ πόπανα πολυόμφαλα, χόνδροι τε ἁλῶν, καὶ δράκων ὄργιον Διονύσου Βασσάρου; οὐχὶ δὲ ῥοιαὶ, πρὸς τοῖσδε καὶ καρδίαι, νάρθηκές τε καὶ κιττοὶ, πρὸς δὲ καὶ φθόις καὶ μήκωνες; ταῦτʼ ἔστιν αὐτῶν τὰ ἅγια.
hoiai de kai hai kistai hai mystikai? — dei gar apogymnōsai ta hagia autōn kai ta arrēta exeipein — ou sēsamai tauta kai pyramides kai tolypai kai popana polyomphala, chondroi te halōn, kai drakōn orgion Dionysou Bassarou? ouchi de rhoiai, pros toisde kai kardiai, narthēkes te kai kittoi, pros de kai phthois kai mēkōnes? tautʼ estin autōn ta hagia.
And what are the mystic chests? (For I must strip bare their holy things and speak out what is unspeakable.) Are they not sesame cakes, pyramid cakes, balls, flat cakes with many knobs, lumps of salt, and a serpent, the sacred object of Dionysus Bassareus? And besides these, pomegranates, hearts, fennel stalks, ivy, and also round cakes and poppies? These are their holy things.
2.3.40Dindorf 1:84
καὶ προσέτι τῆς Θέμιδος τὰ ἄρρητα σύμβολα, ὀρίγανον, λύχνος, ξίφος, κτεὶς γυναικεῖος, ὅς ἐστιν εὐφήμως καὶ μυστικῶς μόριον γυναικεῖον. ὢ τῆς ἐμφανοῦς ἀναισχυντίας· πάλαι μὲν ἀνθρώποις σωφρονοῦσιν ἐπικάλυμμα ἡδονῆς νὺξ ἦν σιωπωμένη, νυνὶ δὲ τοῖς μυουμένοις ἡ ἱερὰ τῆς ἀκρασίας νύξ ἐστι λαλουμένη, καὶ τὸ πῦρ ἐλέγχει τὰ πάθη δᾳδουχούμενον.
kai proseti tēs Themidos ta arrēta symbola, origanon, lychnos, xiphos, kteis gynaikeios, hos estin euphēmōs kai mystikōs morion gynaikeion. ō tēs emphanous anaischyntias; palai men anthrōpois sōphronousin epikalymma hēdonēs nyx ēn siōpōmenē, nyni de tois myoumenois hē hiera tēs akrasias nyx esti laloumenē, kai to pyr elenchei ta pathē dądouchoumenon.
And further, the unspeakable symbols of Themis: marjoram, a lamp, a sword, a woman's comb, which is a euphemistic and mystic term for the female member. O the open shamelessness! Formerly, for sober people, silent night was a covering for pleasure; now, for the initiates, the holy night of incontinence is talked about, and the fire, carried in torches, exposes the passions.
2.3.41Dindorf 1:84
ἀπόσβεσον, ὦ ἱεροφάντα, τὸ πῦρ· αἰδέσθητι, δᾳδοῦχε, τὰς λαμπάδας· ἐλέγχει σου τὸν Ἴακχον τὸ φῶς· ἐπίτρεψον ἀποκρύψαι τῇ νυκτὶ τὰ μυστήρια· σκότει τετιμήσθω τὰ ὄργια. τὸ πῦρ οὐχ ὑποκρίνεται· ἐλέγχειν καὶ κολάζειν κελεύεται.’
aposbeson, ō hierophanta, to pyr; aidesthēti, dądouche, tas lampadas; elenchei sou ton Iakchon to phōs; epitrepson apokrypsai tę̄ nykti ta mystēria; skotei tetimēsthō ta orgia. to pyr ouch hypokrinetai; elenchein kai kolazein keleuetai.’
Put out the fire, hierophant; respect the torches, torchbearer! The light exposes your Iacchus. Allow the mysteries to be hidden by night; let the orgies be honored with darkness. The fire is no actor; it is commanded to expose and to punish."
2.3.42Dindorf 1:84
‟ Ταῦτα τῶν ἀθέων τὰ μυστήρια. ἀθέους δὲ εἰκότως ἀποκαλῶ τούτους, οἳ τὸν μὲν ὄντως ὄντα θεὸν ἠγνοήκασι, παιδίον δὲ ὑπὸ Τιτάνων διασπώμενον καὶ γύναιον πενθοῦν καὶ μόρια ἄρρητα ὡς ἀληθῶς ὑπὸ αἰσχύνης ἀναισχύντως σέβουσι, διττῇ ἐνισχημένοι τῇ ἀθεότητι· προτέρᾳ μὲν, καθʼ ἣν ἀγνοοῦσι τὸν θεὸν, τὸν ὄντως ὄντα μὴ γνωρίζοντες θεὸν, ἑτέρᾳ δὲ καὶ δευτέρᾳ ταύτῃ δὴ τῇ πλάνῃ τοὺς οὐκ ὄντας ὡς ὄντας νομίζοντες, καὶ θεοὺς τούτους ὀνομάζοντες τοὺς οὐκ ὄντως ὄντας, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ὄντας, μόνου δὲ τοῦ ὀνόματος τετυχηκότας." Τοσαῦτα καὶ οὗτος.
‟ Tauta tōn atheōn ta mystēria. atheous de eikotōs apokalō toutous, hoi ton men ontōs onta theon ēgnoēkasi, paidion de hypo Titanōn diaspōmenon kai gynaion penthoun kai moria arrēta hōs alēthōs hypo aischynēs anaischyntōs sebousi, dittę̄ enischēmenoi tę̄ atheotēti; proterą men, kathʼ hēn agnoousi ton theon, ton ontōs onta mē gnōrizontes theon, heterą de kai deuterą tautę̄ dē tę̄ planę̄ tous ouk ontas hōs ontas nomizontes, kai theous toutous onomazontes tous ouk ontōs ontas, mallon de oude ontas, monou de tou onomatos tetychēkotas." Tosauta kai houtos.
"These are the mysteries of the atheists. And I rightly call them atheists, who have not known the God who truly is, but shamelessly worship a child torn in pieces by Titans, a grieving woman, and parts that are truly unspeakable for shame. They are held fast in a twofold atheism: first, that by which they do not know God, not recognizing the God who truly is; and second, this error by which they think things that are not to be, and call these gods, which do not truly exist, or rather do not exist at all, but have obtained only the name." So much this writer too.
Preparation 2, chapter 4
2.4.1Dindorf 1:84–85
Εἰκότως δῆτα ἡμεῖς τούτων ἁπάντων ἐλευθέρους ἡμᾶς γενέσθαι ὁμολογοῦμεν, τῆς μακρᾶς καὶ πεπαλαιωμένης πλάνης ὥσπερ τινὸς δεινῆς καὶ χαλεπωτάτης νόσου λελυτρωμένοι· καὶ πρῶτα μὲν τῇ τοῦ παντοκράτορος θεοῦ χάριτι καὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ, δεύτερον δὲ ἀπορρήτῳ δυνάμει τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας, καὶ τρίτον σώφρονι λογισμῷ κρίναντες ἀνόσιον εἶναι καὶ δυσσεβὲς τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ σεβασμίᾳ προσηγορίᾳ τιμᾶν τοὺς πάλαι ἐν νεκροῖς κειμένους θνητοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ οὐδὲ σωφρόνων ἀνδρῶν μνήμην ἀπολελοιπότας, ἐσχάτης δὲ ἀκρασίας καὶ ἀκολασίας ὠμότητός τε καὶ φρενοβλαβείας δείγματα τοῖς μετʼ αὐτοὺς φυλάττειν παραδεδωκότας
Eikotōs dēta hēmeis toutōn hapantōn eleutherous hēmas genesthai homologoumen, tēs makras kai pepalaiōmenēs planēs hōsper tinos deinēs kai chalepōtatēs nosou lelytrōmenoi; kai prōta men tę̄ tou pantokratoros theou chariti kai euergesią, deuteron de aporrētǭ dynamei tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn euangelikēs didaskalias, kai triton sōphroni logismǭ krinantes anosion einai kai dyssebes tę̄ tou theou sebasmią prosēgorią timan tous palai en nekrois keimenous thnētous andras, kai oude sōphronōn andrōn mnēmēn apoleloipotas, eschatēs de akrasias kai akolasias ōmotētos te kai phrenoblabeias deigmata tois metʼ autous phylattein paradedōkotas
Rightly, then, do we confess that we have become free of all these things, redeemed from the long and inveterate error as from some dreadful and most grievous disease: first by the grace and kindness of God Almighty; second by the secret power of our Savior's gospel teaching; and third because we judged with sober reason that it is unholy and impious to honor with the reverend name of God mortal men who have long lain among the dead, who have not even left behind the memory of sober men, but have handed down to those after them examples of the utmost incontinence and licentiousness, of cruelty and madness to preserve.
2.4.2Dindorf 1:85
πῶς γὰρ οὐ πάντων ἠλιθιώτατον τοὺς σωφροσύνης ἐραστὰς τοῖς αἰσχροῖς καὶ ἀκολάστοις τῶν πρωτείων παραχωρεῖν, καὶ τοὺς συνετοὺς καὶ ἔμφρονας τοῖς τὰς φρένας ἀπολωλεκόσι τὴν σεβασμίαν παρέχειν τιμὴν, τούς τε δικαιοσύνης καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἀσκητὰς τοῖς διʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὠμότητος καὶ ἀπανθρωπίας τεκνοκτονίας καὶ πατροκτονίας μιάσμασιν ἐνισχημένοις;
pōs gar ou pantōn ēlithiōtaton tous sōphrosynēs erastas tois aischrois kai akolastois tōn prōteiōn parachōrein, kai tous synetous kai emphronas tois tas phrenas apolōlekosi tēn sebasmian parechein timēn, tous te dikaiosynēs kai philanthrōpias askētas tois diʼ hyperbolēn ōmotētos kai apanthrōpias teknoktonias kai patroktonias miasmasin enischēmenois?
For how would it not be the height of folly for lovers of self-control to yield the first place to the shameful and licentious, for the wise and sensible to give reverent honor to those who have lost their minds, and for those who practice justice and kindness to give it to those defiled, through the excess of their cruelty and inhumanity, with the pollution of killing children and fathers?
2.4.3Dindorf 1:85
ποίαν δὲ οὐχ ὑπερηκόντισεν ὑπερβολὴν ἀσεβείας τὸ καταβάλλειν εἰς ἄρρητα ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν μόρια καὶ εἰς τὴν ἄλογον καὶ θηριώδη φύσιν τὴν σεμνὴν καὶ παναγίαν τοῦ θεοῦ πρόσρησιν, τοιαῦτά τε αἰσχρὰ καὶ ἀπάνθρωπα θεολογεῖν, οἷα καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις κακουργῶν, εἰ κατελεγχθείη, ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν νόμων ἀπαραιτήτοις ὑποπέσοιεν ἂν τιμωρίαις;
poian de ouch hyperēkontisen hyperbolēn asebeias to kataballein eis arrēta andrōn kai gynaikōn moria kai eis tēn alogon kai thēriōdē physin tēn semnēn kai panagian tou theou prosrēsin, toiauta te aischra kai apanthrōpa theologein, hoia kai epi tōn en anthrōpois kakourgōn, ei katelenchtheiē, tais apo tōn nomōn aparaitētois hypopesoien an timōriais?
And what extreme of impiety has not been surpassed by bringing down the reverend and all-holy name of God to the unspeakable parts of men and women and to irrational and brutish nature, and by attributing to gods such shameful and inhuman things that, if any human wrongdoers were convicted of them, they would fall under the inexorable penalties of the laws?
2.4.4Dindorf 1:85
καὶ τί χρὴ μηκύνειν εὐαγγελιζομένους πάντα βάρβαρον ὁμοῦ καὶ Ἕλληνα τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰρημένων κακῶν ἐλευθερίαν, τῆς τε ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδωνύμων θεῶν ἀποστασίας, τὸ εὔλογον εἰς φῶς ἀγαγόντας, ὁπότε καὶ αὐτῶν ἤδη τῶν σφόδρα δεισιδαιμόνων οἱ πλείους, ὥσπερ ἐκ βαθέος κάρου διανήψαντες, καὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἀχλύος τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα διοίξαντες, τὸν βαθὺν λῆρον συνεῖδον τῆς πατρικῆς πλάνης, καὶ στάντες ἐπὶ λογισμοῦ τὴν ἑτέραν ὁδὸν εἵλοντο, τῆς παλαιᾶς ἀναχωρήσαντες;
kai ti chrē mēkynein euangelizomenous panta barbaron homou kai Hellēna tēn apo tōn eirēmenōn kakōn eleutherian, tēs te apo tōn pseudōnymōn theōn apostasias, to eulogon eis phōs agagontas, hopote kai autōn ēdē tōn sphodra deisidaimonōn hoi pleious, hōsper ek batheos karou dianēpsantes, kai tēs palaias achlyos to tēs psychēs omma dioixantes, ton bathyn lēron syneidon tēs patrikēs planēs, kai stantes epi logismou tēn heteran hodon heilonto, tēs palaias anachōrēsantes?
And why should we go on at length, announcing to every barbarian and Greek alike the good news of freedom from these evils and bringing to light the reasonableness of our departure from the falsely named gods, when already most even of the extremely superstitious, as if sobering up from a deep stupor and opening the eye of the soul from the ancient mist, have seen through the deep nonsense of their ancestral error, and, standing firm on reason, have chosen the other road and withdrawn from the old one?
2.4.5Dindorf 1:85–86
ὧν οἱ μὲν ὁμόσε χωρήσαντες τῆς ὅλης κατέπτυσαν μυθολογίας τῶν σφετέρων προγόνων πλατὺ καταγελάσαντες, οἱ δʼ ἀθεότητος δόξαν ἐκκλίναντες οὔτε ἐπὶ τοῖς πρότερον ἔστησαν οὔτε ἐξ ἅπαντος αὐτῶν ἀνεχώρησαν, κολακεῦσαι δὲ καὶ θεραπεῦσαι τὴν οἰκείαν προθέμενοι δόξαν τὰς περὶ τῶν τεθρυλημένων παρʼ αὐτοῖς θεῶν ἱστορίας ἀληθεῖς μύθους εἶναι πεπλασμένους ὑπὸ ποιητῶν ἐπεφήμισαν, φυσικὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀποκρύπτοντες θεωρίας.
hōn hoi men homose chōrēsantes tēs holēs kateptysan mythologias tōn spheterōn progonōn platy katagelasantes, hoi dʼ atheotētos doxan ekklinantes oute epi tois proteron estēsan oute ex hapantos autōn anechōrēsan, kolakeusai de kai therapeusai tēn oikeian prothemenoi doxan tas peri tōn tethrylēmenōn parʼ autois theōn historias alētheis mythous einai peplasmenous hypo poiētōn epephēmisan, physikas en autois apokryptontes theōrias.
Of these, some went straight at it, spat upon the whole mythology of their forefathers, and laughed it broadly to scorn. Others, avoiding the reputation of atheism, neither stood by the former beliefs nor withdrew from them entirely; but, intending to flatter and serve their own reputation, they declared that the histories of the gods celebrated among them, which were true accounts, were myths fashioned by the poets, hiding physical theories within them.
2.4.6Dindorf 1:86
ὧν, εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα μηδὲν φέρουσιν ἀληθείας δεῖγμα, ὅμως δʼ οὖν ἀναγκαία γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν ἡ ἔκθεσις εἰς θεωρίαν τῶν καὶ παρὰ τούτοις σεμνῶν, ὡς ἂν καὶ τῆς τούτων ἀναχωρήσεως οὐκ ἄλλως ἡμῖν προξενηθείσης ἢ εἰ διὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας τὸ εὔλογον παρασταίη. φέρε οὑν καὶ τούτων τὸν λόγον ἄνωθεν ἀναλαβόντες ἐπισκεψώμεθα.
hōn, ei kai hoti malista mēden pherousin alētheias deigma, homōs dʼ oun anankaia genoitʼ an hēmin hē ekthesis eis theōrian tōn kai para toutois semnōn, hōs an kai tēs toutōn anachōrēseōs ouk allōs hēmin proxenētheisēs ē ei dia tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn euangelikēs didaskalias to eulogon parastaiē. phere houn kai toutōn ton logon anōthen analabontes episkepsōmetha.
Even though these interpretations bear no mark of truth at all, an exposition of them would still be necessary for us, to examine what is dignified among these people too; for our withdrawal from them could not have been brought about otherwise than if its reasonableness were shown through the gospel teaching of our Savior. Come, then, let us take up their account from the beginning and examine it.
Preparation 2, chapter 5
2.5.1Dindorf 1:86–87
Τῆς μὲν οὖν Ἑλληνικῆς θεολογίας, λέγω δὲ τῆς πανδήμου καὶ μυθικωτέρας καὶ πολὺ πρότερον τῆς παρὰ Φοίνιξι καὶ Αἰγυπτίοις τοῖς τε ἄλλοις, ὧν τὴν μνήμην οἱ πρὸ τούτου περιέσχον λόγοι, τοιόσδε τις ὁ τρόπος ἀποδέδεικται, οἷος διὰ τῶν προεκτεθεισῶν φωνῶν αὐτῶν δὴ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν συγγραφέων προδεδήλωται· ὃν καὶ εἰκότως ἐν ἀρχαῖς τῆς προκειμένης Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς εἰς διάγνωσίν τε καὶ ἐπίκρισιν τοῖς ἐντευξομένοις προτεθείκαμεν, ὡς ἂν αὐτοὶ μάθοιμεν ἡμεῖς τε αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ τῶνδε εἰσέτι νῦν ἄπειροι τίνες ὄντες πάλαι πρότερον, καὶ οἵων ἐκ πατέρων φύντες, πηλίκοις τε τὸ πρὶν κακοῖς πεπεδημένοι, δυσσεβείας τε ὁπόσῃ καὶ ἀγνωσίας θεοῦ μέθῃ τὰς ψυχὰς κατορωρυγμένοι τῆς τούτων ἁπάντων ἀνανεύσεως καὶ ἐλευθερίας ἠξιώθημεν διὰ μιᾶς μόνης τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας, οὐκ ἄλλως ἡμῖν πρυτανευθείσης ἢ διʼ ἐπιφανείας τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ·
Tēs men oun Hellēnikēs theologias, legō de tēs pandēmou kai mythikōteras kai poly proteron tēs para Phoinixi kai Aigyptiois tois te allois, hōn tēn mnēmēn hoi pro toutou perieschon logoi, toiosde tis ho tropos apodedeiktai, hoios dia tōn proektetheisōn phōnōn autōn dē tōn Hellēnikōn syngrapheōn prodedēlōtai; hon kai eikotōs en archais tēs prokeimenēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs eis diagnōsin te kai epikrisin tois enteuxomenois protetheikamen, hōs an autoi mathoimen hēmeis te autoi kai hoi tōnde eiseti nyn apeiroi tines ontes palai proteron, kai hoiōn ek paterōn phyntes, pēlikois te to prin kakois pepedēmenoi, dyssebeias te hoposę̄ kai agnōsias theou methę̄ tas psychas katorōrygmenoi tēs toutōn hapantōn ananeuseōs kai eleutherias ēxiōthēmen dia mias monēs tēs euangelikēs didaskalias, ouk allōs hēmin prytaneutheisēs ē diʼ epiphaneias tou sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou tou theou;
The character of the Greek theology, then (I mean the popular and more mythical theology), and long before it that of the Phoenicians, Egyptians, and the others whom the preceding books recorded, has been shown to be such as has been made plain by the words of the Greek writers themselves set out above. We have rightly set it before our readers at the beginning of the present Preparation for the Gospel for their examination and judgment, so that both we ourselves and those still unacquainted with these things might learn who we formerly were, from what kind of fathers we sprang, by what great evils we were formerly fettered, and in what impiety and drunkenness of ignorance of God our souls were buried, when we were counted worthy of turning back and of freedom from all of these through the one teaching of the gospel alone, which was granted us in no other way than through the appearing of our Savior Jesus, the Christ of God.
2.5.2Dindorf 1:87
ὃς οὐ μέρει γῆς, οὐδʼ ἐν γωνίᾳ χώρας ἔθνους ἑνὸς, καθʼ ὅλης δὲ τῆς οἰκουμένης, ἐν ᾗ τὰ τῆς μάλιστα δεισιδαίμονος πλάνης ὑπερίσχυσεν, οἷά τις νοερῶν καὶ λογικῶν ψυχῶν ἥλιος, τὰς τοῦ οἰκείου φωτὸς ἐφαπλώσας ἀκτῖνας, ὁμοῦ πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων, βαρβάρων τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀχλύος δεινῆς καὶ ζοφερωτάτης τε καὶ ἀειδοῦς νυκτὸς τῆς δεισιδαίμονος πλάνης ἐπὶ λαμπρὰν καὶ διαυγεστάτην ἡμέραν τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας τοῦ παμβασιλέως θεοῦ πάντας ἡμὰς μετεστήσατο.
hos ou merei gēs, oudʼ en gōnią chōras ethnous henos, kathʼ holēs de tēs oikoumenēs, en hę̄ ta tēs malista deisidaimonos planēs hyperischysen, hoia tis noerōn kai logikōn psychōn hēlios, tas tou oikeiou phōtos ephaplōsas aktinas, homou pan genos anthrōpōn, barbarōn te kai Hellēnōn, hōsper ex achlyos deinēs kai zopherōtatēs te kai aeidous nyktos tēs deisidaimonos planēs epi lampran kai diaugestatēn hēmeran tēs alēthous eusebeias tou pambasileōs theou pantas hēmas metestēsato.
He, not in one part of the earth nor in a corner of the land of one nation, but throughout the whole inhabited world, where the most superstitious error prevailed, like a sun of intellectual and rational souls spreading out the rays of his own light, brought over the whole human race at once, barbarians and Greeks alike, all of us, as out of a dreadful mist and the gloomiest and unseen night of superstitious error, to the bright and most radiant day of the true worship of God the universal King.
2.5.3Dindorf 1:87
διαρρήδην γοῦν αἱ προπαρατεθεῖσαι φωναὶ νεκρῶν εἴδωλα καὶ ἀνδρῶν πάλαι κατοιχομένων εἰκόνας πάντας πανδημὶ τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὴν πολύθεον πλάνην κατά τε πόλεις καὶ κώμας ἐπτοημένους θεραπεύειν τε καὶ περιέπειν ἐδίδαξαν· τῶν πάλαι ἀνδρῶν διʼ ὑπερβάλλουσαν τοῦ τότε βίου θηριωδίαν θεοῦ μὲν τοῦ πάντων δημιουργοῦ μηδένα λόγον ποιουμένων, μηδὲ τῆς θείας καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς πλημμελουμένοις τιμωροῦ δίκης ἐμπαζομένων, εἰς πάσας δὲ ἀνοσιουργίας καταβαλλόντων.
diarrēdēn goun hai proparatetheisai phōnai nekrōn eidōla kai andrōn palai katoichomenōn eikonas pantas pandēmi tous amphi tēn polytheon planēn kata te poleis kai kōmas eptoēmenous therapeuein te kai periepein edidaxan; tōn palai andrōn diʼ hyperballousan tou tote biou thēriōdian theou men tou pantōn dēmiourgou mēdena logon poioumenōn, mēde tēs theias kai epi tois plēmmeloumenois timōrou dikēs empazomenōn, eis pasas de anosiourgias kataballontōn.
The words quoted earlier plainly taught that all those excited by the polytheistic error, in cities and villages, worshipped and cherished images of the dead and likenesses of men long departed; for the men of old, through the extreme savagery of life at that time, took no account of God the creator of all, paid no heed to divine justice which punishes wrongdoing, and plunged into every unholy deed.
2.5.4Dindorf 1:87–88
οὔπω γὰρ εἰσέτι τότε νόμων καθʼ οὓς χρὴ βιοῦν συνεστώτων, οὐδέ γε τῆς ἡμέρου πολιτείας ἐν ἀνθρώποις κατατεταγμένης, ἀνειμένου δὲ καὶ νομαδικοῦ τοῦ βίου θηριώδους τε καθεστῶτος, τοῖς μὲν θρεμμάτων ἀλόγων δίκην τῶν τῆς γαστρὸς ἀποπληρώσεων πλέον οὐδὲν ἔμελεν, οἷς καὶ πρῶτος ἀθεότητος ὑποικουρεῖ τρόπος· οἱ δʼ εἰς βραχύ τι φυσικαῖς ἐννοίαις ἀνακινούμενοι θεὸν καὶ θεοῦ δύναμιν σωτήριόν τι καὶ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι χρῆμα διενοήθησαν, εὑρεῖν δὲ τοῦτον ἐθελήσαντες ἄνω μὲν τὰς ψυχὰς εἰς οὐρανὸν ἔτειναν, αὐτόθι δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ στάντες καὶ τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν φαινόντων τε καὶ φαινομένων φωστήρων καταπλαγέντες τὰ κάλλη, ταῦτʼ εἶναι θεοὺς ἀπεφήναντο.
oupō gar eiseti tote nomōn kathʼ hous chrē bioun synestōtōn, oude ge tēs hēmerou politeias en anthrōpois katatetagmenēs, aneimenou de kai nomadikou tou biou thēriōdous te kathestōtos, tois men thremmatōn alogōn dikēn tōn tēs gastros apoplērōseōn pleon ouden emelen, hois kai prōtos atheotētos hypoikourei tropos; hoi dʼ eis brachy ti physikais ennoiais anakinoumenoi theon kai theou dynamin sōtērion ti kai agathon einai chrēma dienoēthēsan, heurein de touton ethelēsantes anō men tas psychas eis ouranon eteinan, autothi de tę̄ dianoią stantes kai tōn katʼ ouranon phainontōn te kai phainomenōn phōstērōn kataplagentes ta kallē, tautʼ einai theous apephēnanto.
For laws by which one must live had not yet been established, nor had civilized government been ordered among men; life was unrestrained, nomadic, and beastlike. Some, like irrational cattle, cared for nothing more than filling the belly, and in them the first form of atheism lurks. Others, stirred a little by natural notions, conceived that God and the power of God is something saving and good; and wishing to find him, they stretched their souls up to heaven, but stopped there in their thinking, and, struck with wonder at the beauty of the luminaries that shine and appear in heaven, declared these to be gods.
2.5.5Dindorf 1:88
τρίτοι δὲ ἄλλοι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς ῥίψαντες τοὺς ἐπὶ συνέσει τῶν κατʼ αὐτοὺς προφέρειν νενομισμένους, ἢ καὶ ῥώμῃ σώματος καὶ δυναστείας ἰσχύι τῶν πλειόνων ἐπικρατήσαντας, γίγαντάς τινας, ἢ τυράννους, ἢ καὶ γόητας καὶ φαρμακέας ἄνδρας, ἔκ τινος τῶν θειοτέρων ἀποπτώσεως τὰς κακοτέχνους γοητείας συνεσκευασμένους, ἢ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους κοινῆς τινὸς καὶ βιωφελοῦς εὐεργεσίας προάρξαντας, ζῶντάς τε ἔτι καὶ μετὰ τελευτὴν θεοὺς ἐπεφήμισαν.
tritoi de alloi sphas autous epi gēs rhipsantes tous epi synesei tōn katʼ autous propherein nenomismenous, ē kai rhōmę̄ sōmatos kai dynasteias ischui tōn pleionōn epikratēsantas, gigantas tinas, ē tyrannous, ē kai goētas kai pharmakeas andras, ek tinos tōn theioterōn apoptōseōs tas kakotechnous goēteias syneskeuasmenous, ē kai tous allous koinēs tinos kai biōphelous euergesias proarxantas, zōntas te eti kai meta teleutēn theous epephēmisan.
A third group, casting themselves down to earth, proclaimed as gods, both while they still lived and after their death, those thought to excel in wisdom among their contemporaries, or who had overpowered the many by bodily strength and the might of their power, giants or tyrants; or sorcerers and poisoners who had contrived their wicked arts of magic from some falling away of the more divine beings; or others who had first bestowed some common benefit useful for life.
2.5.6Dindorf 1:88
ἔνθεν αὐτοῖς καὶ οἱ τῶν θεῶν οἶκοι νεκρῶν εἶναι τάφοι μνημονεύονται, ὡς ὁ Κλήμης ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ἕλληνας Προτρεπτικῷ ἱστορεῖ, τοῦ λόγου μάρτυρας αὐτοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπαγόμενος. εἰ δέ σοι φίλον, αὖθις καὶ τούτου τόνδε γράφοντος ἄκουε τὸν τρόπον
enthen autois kai hoi tōn theōn oikoi nekrōn einai taphoi mnēmoneuontai, hōs ho Klēmēs en tǭ pros Hellēnas Protreptikǭ historei, tou logou martyras autous Hellēnas epagomenos. ei de soi philon, authis kai toutou tonde graphontos akoue ton tropon
Hence the houses of the gods are recorded among them to be the tombs of the dead, as Clement relates in his Exhortation to the Greeks, bringing in the Greeks themselves as witnesses of the account. If you like, listen again to him writing in this way:
Preparation 2, chapter 6
2.6.1Dindorf 1:88
‟ Εἰκότως ἄρα ἀρχήν ποθεν ἡ δεισιδαιμονία λαβοῦσα κακίας ἀνοήτου γέγονε πηγή· ἔπειτα μὴ ἀνακοπεῖσα, ἀλλʼ εἰς ἐπίδοσιν ἐλθοῦσα καὶ πολλὴ δὴ ῥυεῖσα δημιουργὸς πολλῶν καθίσταται δαιμόνων, ἑκατόμβας ποιοῦσα καὶ πανηγύρεις ἐπιτελοῦσα καὶ ἀγάλματα ἀνιστᾶσα καὶ νεὼς ἀνοικοδομοῦσα· οὓς δὴ — οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο σιωπήσομαι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ ἐλέγξω — νεὼς μὲν εὐφήμως ὀνομαζομένους, τάφους δὲ γενομένους, τουτέστι τοὺς τάφους νεὼς ἐπικεκλημένους. ὑμεῖς δὲ ἀλλὰ κἂν νῦν δεισιδαιμονίας ἐκλάθεσθε, τοὺς τάφους τιμᾶν αἰσχυνόμενοι. "
‟ Eikotōs ara archēn pothen hē deisidaimonia labousa kakias anoētou gegone pēgē; epeita mē anakopeisa, allʼ eis epidosin elthousa kai pollē dē rhyeisa dēmiourgos pollōn kathistatai daimonōn, hekatombas poiousa kai panēgyreis epitelousa kai agalmata anistasa kai neōs anoikodomousa; hous dē — oude gar touto siōpēsomai, pros de kai auto elenxō — neōs men euphēmōs onomazomenous, taphous de genomenous, toutesti tous taphous neōs epikeklēmenous. hymeis de alla kan nyn deisidaimonias eklathesthe, tous taphous timan aischynomenoi. "
"Naturally, then, superstition, having taken its beginning from somewhere, became the source of senseless vice; then, not being checked but increasing and flowing in full stream, it became the creator of many demons, offering hecatombs, celebrating festivals, setting up statues, and building temples. These (for I will not keep silent about this either, but will expose it too) were euphemistically named temples but were in fact tombs; that is, tombs were called temples. But you, even now at least, forget your superstition, being ashamed to honor tombs."
2.6.2Dindorf 1:88
‟ Ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἐν Λαρίσσῃ ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει τάφος ἐστὶν Ἀκρισίου, Ἀθήνησι δὲ ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει Κέκροπος, ὥς φησιν Ἀντίοχος ἐν τῷ ἐνάτῳ τῶν ἱστοριῶν.
‟ En tǭ naǭ tēs Athēnas en Larissę̄ en tę̄ akropolei taphos estin Akrisiou, Athēnēsi de en tę̄ akropolei Kekropos, hōs phēsin Antiochos en tǭ enatǭ tōn historiōn.
"In the temple of Athena at Larissa, on the acropolis, there is the tomb of Acrisius; and at Athens on the acropolis that of Cecrops, as Antiochus says in the ninth book of his histories.
2.6.3Dindorf 1:88–89
τί δὲ Ἐριχθόνιος; οὐχὶ ἐν τῷ ναῶ τῆς Πολιάδος κεκήδευται; Ἴμμαρος δὲ ὁ Εὐμόλπου καὶ Δαείρας οὐχὶ ἐν τῷ περιβόλῳ κεκήδευται τοῦ Ἐλευσινίου τοῦ ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπόλει; αἱ δὲ Κελεοῦ θυγατέρες ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι τετάφαται;
ti de Erichthonios? ouchi en tǭ naō tēs Poliados kekēdeutai? Immaros de ho Eumolpou kai Daeiras ouchi en tǭ peribolǭ kekēdeutai tou Eleusiniou tou hypo tę̄ akropolei? hai de Keleou thygateres en Eleusini tetaphatai?
And what of Erichthonius? Is he not buried in the temple of Polias? And Immarus, son of Eumolpus and Daeira, is he not buried in the precinct of the Eleusinium below the acropolis? And are not the daughters of Celeus buried at Eleusis?
2.6.4Dindorf 1:89
τί σοι καταλέγω τὰς ἐξ Ὑπερβορέων γυναῖκας; Ὑπερόχη καὶ Λαοδίκη κέκλησθον, ἐν τῷ Ἀρτεμισίῳ ἐν Δήλῳ κεκήδευσθον, τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνος τοῦ Δηλίου ἐστὶν ἱερῷ.
ti soi katalegō tas ex Hyperboreōn gynaikas? Hyperochē kai Laodikē keklēsthon, en tǭ Artemisiǭ en Dēlǭ kekēdeusthon, to de en tǭ Apollōnos tou Dēliou estin hierǭ.
Why should I list for you the women from the Hyperboreans? They were called Hyperoche and Laodice; they are buried in the Artemisium on Delos, which is in the temple of Delian Apollo.
2.6.5Dindorf 1:89
Λέανδρος δὲ Κλεόμαχον ἐν Μιλήτῳ τετάφθαι ἐν τῷ Διδυμαίῳ φησίν. ἐνταῦθα τῆς Λευκοφρύνης τὸ μνῆμα οὐκ ἄξιον παρελθεῖν, ἑπομένους Ζήνωνι τῷ Μυνδίῳ, ἣ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ κεκήδευται· οὐδὲ μὴν τὸν ἐν τῷ Τελμησσῷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος βωμόν· μνῆμα εἶναι καὶ τοῦτον Τελμησσέως τοῦ μάντεως ἱστοροῦσι.
Leandros de Kleomachon en Milētǭ tetaphthai en tǭ Didymaiǭ phēsin. entautha tēs Leukophrynēs to mnēma ouk axion parelthein, hepomenous Zēnōni tǭ Myndiǭ, hē en tǭ hierǭ tēs Artemidos en Magnēsią kekēdeutai; oude mēn ton en tǭ Telmēssǭ tou Apollōnos bōmon; mnēma einai kai touton Telmēsseōs tou manteōs historousi.
Leandrus says that Cleomachus is buried at Miletus in the Didymaeum. Here it is not right to pass over the tomb of Leucophryne, following Zeno of Myndus, who is buried in the temple of Artemis at Magnesia; nor the altar of Apollo at Telmessus, which too they record to be the tomb of Telmessus the seer.
2.6.6Dindorf 1:89
Πτολεμαῖος δὲ ὁ τοῦ Ἀγησάρχου ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν περὶ τὸν Φιλοπάτορα ἐν Πάφῳ λέγει ἐν τῷ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ἱερῷ Κινύραν τε καὶ τοὺς Κινύρου ἀπογόνους κεκηδεῦσθαι.
Ptolemaios de ho tou Agēsarchou en tǭ prōtǭ tōn peri ton Philopatora en Paphǭ legei en tǭ tēs Aphroditēs hierǭ Kinyran te kai tous Kinyrou apogonous kekēdeusthai.
Ptolemy son of Agesarchus, in the first book of his work on Philopator, says that Cinyras and the descendants of Cinyras are buried at Paphos in the temple of Aphrodite.
2.6.7Dindorf 1:89
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπιόντι μοι τοὺς προσκυνουμένους ὑμῖν τάφους ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐδὲ ὁ πᾶς ἂν ἀρκέσαι χρόνος· ὑμᾶς δὲ εἰ μὴ ὑπεισέρχεταί τις αἰσχύνη τῶν τολμωμένων, νεκροὶ ἄρα τέλεον νεκροῖς πεπιστευκότες περιέρχεσθε· ἆ δειλοὶ, τί κακοὶ τόδε πάσχετε;’
alla gar epionti moi tous proskynoumenous hymin taphous emoi men oude ho pas an arkesai chronos; hymas de ei mē hypeiserchetai tis aischynē tōn tolmōmenōn, nekroi ara teleon nekrois pepisteukotes perierchesthe; a deiloi, ti kakoi tode paschete?’
But if I were to go through the tombs you worship, all time would not suffice me. As for you, if no shame for what you dare creeps over you, then you go about utterly dead, trusting in the dead: 'Ah, wretches, what evil is this you suffer?'"
2.6.8Dindorf 1:89
Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα φησί ‟ Καινὸν δὲ ἄλλον ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, ὀλίγου δεῖν καὶ παρʼ Ἕλλησι, σεβασμίως τεθείακε θεὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ Ῥωμαίων, τὸν ἐρώμενον ὡραιότατον σφόδρα γενόμενον Ἀντίνοον ἀνιέρωσεν οὗτος, ὡς Γανυμήδην ὁ Ζεύς·
Kai metʼ oliga phēsi ‟ Kainon de allon en Aigyptǭ, oligou dein kai parʼ Hellēsi, sebasmiōs tetheiake theon ho basileus ho Rhōmaiōn, ton erōmenon hōraiotaton sphodra genomenon Antinoon anierōsen houtos, hōs Ganymēdēn ho Zeus;
And a little later he says: "Another new god, in Egypt, and nearly among the Greeks too, the king of the Romans has solemnly deified: his favorite Antinous, who was exceedingly beautiful, he consecrated, as Zeus did Ganymede.
2.6.9Dindorf 1:89–90
οὐ γὰρ κωλύεται ῥᾳδίως ἐπιθυμία φόβον οὐκ ἔχουσα· καὶ νύκτας ἱερὰς τὰς Ἀντινόου προσκυνοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι νῦν, ἃς αἰσχρὰς ἠπίστατο ὁ συναγρυπνήσας ἐραστής. " Καὶ ἐπάγει ‟ Ἤδη δὲ ὁ τάφος τοῦ ἐρωμένου νεώς ἐστιν Ἀντινόου καὶ πόλις· καθάπερ γὰρ, οἶμαι, οἱ ναοὶ, οὕτω καὶ οἱ τάφοι θαυμάζονται, πυραμίδες καὶ μαυσώλια καὶ λαβύρινθοι· ἄλλοι ναοὶ τῶν νεκρῶν, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι τάφοι τῶν θεῶν. "
ou gar kōlyetai rhądiōs epithymia phobon ouk echousa; kai nyktas hieras tas Antinoou proskynousin anthrōpoi nyn, has aischras ēpistato ho synagrypnēsas erastēs. " Kai epagei ‟ Ēdē de ho taphos tou erōmenou neōs estin Antinoou kai polis; kathaper gar, oimai, hoi naoi, houtō kai hoi taphoi thaumazontai, pyramides kai mausōlia kai labyrinthoi; alloi naoi tōn nekrōn, hōs ekeinoi taphoi tōn theōn. "
For desire that has no fear is not easily restrained. And people now venerate the sacred nights of Antinous, which the lover who kept the vigil with him knew to be shameful." And he continues: "Already the tomb of the favorite is the temple and city of Antinous. For as temples, I suppose, so tombs too are admired: pyramids, mausoleums, and labyrinths, other temples of the dead, as those are tombs of the gods."
2.6.10Dindorf 1:90
Καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα Ἴθι δὴ καὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἐν βραχεῖ περιοδεύσωμεν καὶ τὰς ἐπιτυμβίους ταυτασὶ πανηγύρεις καταλύσωμεν, Ἴσθμιά τε καὶ Νέμεα καὶ Πύθια καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις Ὀλύμπια. Πυθοῖ μὲν οὖν ὁ δράκων ὁ Πύθιος θρησκεύεται καὶ τοῦ ὄφεως ἡ πανήγυρις καταγγέλλεται Πύθια, Ἰσθμοῖ δὲ σκύβαλον προσέπτυσεν ἐλεεινὸν ἡ θάλασσα, καὶ Μελικέρτην ὀδύρεται τὰ Ἴσθμια, Νεμέασι δὲ ἄλλο παιδίον Ἀρχέμορος κεκήδευται, καὶ τοῦ παιδίου ὁ ἐπιτάφιος προσαγορεύεται Νέμεα. Πῖσα δʼ ἐστὶν ἐν ὑμῖν τάφος, ὦ Πανέλληνες, ἡνιόχου Φρυγὸς, καὶ τοῦ Πέλοπος τὰς χοὰς τὰ Ὀλύμπια ὁ Φειδίου σφετερίζεται Ζεύς. "
Kai palin metʼ oliga Ithi dē kai tous agōnas en brachei periodeusōmen kai tas epitymbious tautasi panēgyreis katalysōmen, Isthmia te kai Nemea kai Pythia kai ta epi toutois Olympia. Pythoi men oun ho drakōn ho Pythios thrēskeuetai kai tou opheōs hē panēgyris katangelletai Pythia, Isthmoi de skybalon proseptysen eleeinon hē thalassa, kai Melikertēn odyretai ta Isthmia, Nemeasi de allo paidion Archemoros kekēdeutai, kai tou paidiou ho epitaphios prosagoreuetai Nemea. Pisa dʼ estin en hymin taphos, ō Panellēnes, hēniochou Phrygos, kai tou Pelopos tas choas ta Olympia ho Pheidiou spheterizetai Zeus. "
And again, a little later: "Come, let us briefly go round the games too and put an end to these funeral festivals, the Isthmian, Nemean, Pythian, and besides these the Olympian. At Pytho the Pythian serpent is worshipped, and the festival of the snake is proclaimed as the Pythian games. At the Isthmus the sea cast up a pitiable piece of refuse, and the Isthmian games mourn Melicertes. At Nemea another child, Archemorus, is buried, and the child's funeral rites are called the Nemean games. Pisa, O Panhellenes, is the tomb of a Phrygian charioteer, and the Zeus of Phidias claims for himself the libations to Pelops, the Olympian games."
2.6.11Dindorf 1:90
Ταῦτα μὲν οὗτος· σὺ δὲ τὸν λόγον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀναλαβὼν τῆς δεισιδαίμονος πλάνης ἐπίσκεψαι τὴν διάπτωσιν. φύσει μὲν οὖν καὶ αὐτοδιδάκτοις ἐννοίαις, μᾶλλον δὲ θεοδιδάκτοις, καλόν τι καὶ ὠφέλιμον τυγχάνειν, τὸ σημαῖνον τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ προσηγορίαν τε καὶ οὐσίαν· πάντες γὰρ ἄνθρωποι κοινοῖς λογισμοῖς προειλήφεσαν, τοῦ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργοῦ τοῦτο πάσῃ λογικῇ καὶ νοερᾷ ψυχῇ φυσικαῖς ἐννοίαις ὑποσπείραντος.
Tauta men houtos; sy de ton logon ex archēs analabōn tēs deisidaimonos planēs episkepsai tēn diaptōsin. physei men oun kai autodidaktois ennoiais, mallon de theodidaktois, kalon ti kai ōphelimon tynchanein, to sēmainon tēn tou theou prosēgorian te kai ousian; pantes gar anthrōpoi koinois logismois proeilēphesan, tou tōn holōn dēmiourgou touto pasę̄ logikę̄ kai noerą psychę̄ physikais ennoiais hypospeirantos.
So much this writer. But you, taking up the account from the beginning, consider how the superstitious error fell away. By nature, then, and by self-taught notions, or rather God-taught ones, the thing signified by the name and being of God was held to be something good and beneficial; for all people had grasped this beforehand by common reasoning, since the creator of all things had sown it in every rational and intellectual soul by natural notions.
2.6.12Dindorf 1:90–91
οὐ μὴν καὶ τῇ προαιρέσει τῇ κατὰ λόγον ἐκέχρηντο· εἷς μὲν γάρ που τάχα τις καὶ δεύτερος, ἢ καί τινες ἄλλοι κομιδῆ βραχεῖς, ὧν τὴν μνήμην τὰ Ἑβραίων περιέχει λόγια, εἰς οὐδὲν τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐφαρμόσαντες τὴν περὶ θεοῦ ἔννοιαν, ἀδιαστρόφοις δὲ τοῖς λογισμοῖς ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου δημιουργὸν καὶ τὸν μέγαν τῶν ὅλων ποιητὴν ἐκ τῶν ὁρωμένων ἀναγαγόντες, διανοίας ὄμμασι κεκαθαρμένοις μόνον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεὸν, τὸν πάντων σωτῆρα, καὶ μόνον ἀγαθῶν δοτῆρα συνενόησαν οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ παντοίᾳ ψυχῆς ἀμαυρώσει περιτραπέντες κατὰ βυθὸν ἀσεβείας ἠνέχθησαν, ὥστε θηρίων ἀγρίων τρόπον τὸ καλὸν καὶ συμφέρον καὶ ἀγαθὸν μέχρι σωμάτων καὶ σαρκὸς ἡδονῆς στῆσαι.
ou mēn kai tę̄ proairesei tę̄ kata logon ekechrēnto; heis men gar pou tacha tis kai deuteros, ē kai tines alloi komidē bracheis, hōn tēn mnēmēn ta Hebraiōn periechei logia, eis ouden tōn horōmenōn epharmosantes tēn peri theou ennoian, adiastrophois de tois logismois epi ton tou sympantos kosmou dēmiourgon kai ton megan tōn holōn poiētēn ek tōn horōmenōn anagagontes, dianoias ommasi kekatharmenois monon auton einai theon, ton pantōn sōtēra, kai monon agathōn dotēra synenoēsan hoi de loipoi pantoią psychēs amaurōsei peritrapentes kata bython asebeias ēnechthēsan, hōste thēriōn agriōn tropon to kalon kai sympheron kai agathon mechri sōmatōn kai sarkos hēdonēs stēsai.
Yet they did not use their choice in accordance with reason. Perhaps one here and a second there, or a very few others, whose memory the oracles of the Hebrews preserve, applied the notion of God to none of the things seen, but with undistorted reasoning led it up from the things seen to the creator of the whole world and the great maker of all things, and with the purified eyes of the mind perceived that he alone is God, the Savior of all, and the only giver of good things. But the rest, turned aside by every kind of darkening of the soul, were carried down into the depth of impiety, so that like wild beasts they fixed the beautiful, the advantageous, and the good no higher than bodies and the pleasure of the flesh.
2.6.13Dindorf 1:91
ταύτῃ δὲ κατὰ τὰ προειρημένα τοὺς τῶν νενομισμένων τοῦ σώματος καλῶν καὶ χρησίμων εὑρετὰς, ἢ καὶ δυνάστας τινὰς καὶ τυράννους, ἢ καὶ γόητας καὶ φαρμακέας ἄνδρας, τὴν φύσιν θνητοὺς καὶ ἀνθρωπίναις κεχρημένους συμφοραῖς, ὡς ἀγαθῶν χορηγοὺς, σωτῆρας καὶ θεοὺς ἀναγορεύειν, τὴν σεβάσμιον ἔννοιαν φυσικῶς αὐτοῖς ἐνυπάρχουσαν ἐφʼ οὓς ἐνόμιζον εὐεργέτας μετατεθεικότες.
tautę̄ de kata ta proeirēmena tous tōn nenomismenōn tou sōmatos kalōn kai chrēsimōn heuretas, ē kai dynastas tinas kai tyrannous, ē kai goētas kai pharmakeas andras, tēn physin thnētous kai anthrōpinais kechrēmenous symphorais, hōs agathōn chorēgous, sōtēras kai theous anagoreuein, tēn sebasmion ennoian physikōs autois enyparchousan ephʼ hous enomizon euergetas metatetheikotes.
In this way, as was said before, they proclaimed as saviors and gods, as givers of good things, the discoverers of what were considered the goods and useful things of the body, or some rulers and tyrants, or sorcerers and poisoners, men mortal by nature and subject to human misfortunes, transferring the reverent notion naturally present in them to those whom they thought benefactors.
2.6.14Dindorf 1:91
τοσαύτη δʼ ἄρα συνεῖχεν αὐτοὺς φρενῶν ἀποπληξία, ὡς μηδὲν τῶν πλημμελουμένων τοῖς θεολογουμένοις ὑπολογίζεσθαι, μηδʼ ἐρυθριᾶν ἐπὶ τοῖς αἰσχρῶς περὶ αὐτῶν φημιζομένοις, τὰ πάντα δὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας διὰ τὰς παρʼ αὐτῶν παρεχομένας ὠφελείας, ἢ καὶ διὰ τὰς τότε πρῶτον συνισταμένας δυναστείας τε καὶ τυραννίδας ἀποθαυμάζειν.
tosautē dʼ ara syneichen autous phrenōn apoplēxia, hōs mēden tōn plēmmeloumenōn tois theologoumenois hypologizesthai, mēdʼ erythrian epi tois aischrōs peri autōn phēmizomenois, ta panta de tous andras dia tas parʼ autōn parechomenas ōpheleias, ē kai dia tas tote prōton synistamenas dynasteias te kai tyrannidas apothaumazein.
So great a stupor of mind held them that they took no account of the wrongs done by those they called gods, and did not blush at the shameful things reported of them, but admired the men in everything, because of the benefits they provided, or because of the dominions and tyrannies then first being established.
2.6.15Dindorf 1:91–92
νόμων γοῦν, ὥσπερ ἔφην ἤδη πρότερον, μηδέπω τότε ἐν ἀνθρώποις πολιτευομένων, μηδʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις τιμωρίας ἐπῃωρημένης, μοιχείας καὶ ἀρρένων φθορὰς, ἐκθέσμους τε καὶ παρανόμους γάμους, μιαιφονίας τε καὶ πατροκτονίας, τέκνων τε καὶ ἀδελφῶν σφαγὰς, ναὶ μὴν καὶ πολέμους καὶ στάσεις πεπραγμένας ὄντως τοῖς οἰκείοις προστάταις, οὓς θεοὺς ἡγοῦντό τε καὶ ἀπεκάλουν, ὥσπερ ἐν μέρει κατορθωμάτων καὶ ἀνδραγαθίας ἀπεμνημόνευον, τὴν τούτων μνήμην ὡς σεμνῶν καὶ ἀνδρείων τοῖς ὀψιγόνοις ἀπολιπόντες.
nomōn goun, hōsper ephēn ēdē proteron, mēdepō tote en anthrōpois politeuomenōn, mēdʼ epi tois hamartanomenois timōrias epę̄ōrēmenēs, moicheias kai arrenōn phthoras, ekthesmous te kai paranomous gamous, miaiphonias te kai patroktonias, teknōn te kai adelphōn sphagas, nai mēn kai polemous kai staseis pepragmenas ontōs tois oikeiois prostatais, hous theous hēgounto te kai apekaloun, hōsper en merei katorthōmatōn kai andragathias apemnēmoneuon, tēn toutōn mnēmēn hōs semnōn kai andreiōn tois opsigonois apolipontes.
Since, as I said before, laws were not yet in force among men and no punishment hung over wrongdoing, they recorded adulteries and the corruption of males, lawless and unlawful marriages, murders and parricides, slaughters of children and brothers, yes, and wars and seditions, really committed by their own leaders, whom they regarded and called gods, as if they were great deeds and acts of valor, leaving the memory of them to later generations as of noble and brave men.
2.6.16Dindorf 1:92
Τοιαῦτα ἦν τὰ τῆς παλαιᾶς θεολογίας, ἣν μεταβαλόντες νέοι τινὲς, χθὲς καὶ πρώην ἐπιφυέντες, λογικώτερόν τε φιλοσοφεῖν αὐχοῦντες, τὴν δὴ φυσικωτέραν τῆς περὶ θεῶν ἱστορίας δόξαν εἰσηγήσαντο, σεμνοτέρας εὑρεσιλογίας τοῖς μύθοις προσεπινοήσαντες, καὶ μήτε πάντη τῶν προπατόρων τὸ πλημμελὲς τῆς δυσσεβείας ἐκφυγόντες μήτʼ αὖ πάλιν τὴν αὐτόθεν προφαινομένην τῶν θεολογουμένων μοχθηρίαν ὑπομείναντες.
Toiauta ēn ta tēs palaias theologias, hēn metabalontes neoi tines, chthes kai prōēn epiphyentes, logikōteron te philosophein auchountes, tēn dē physikōteran tēs peri theōn historias doxan eisēgēsanto, semnoteras heuresilogias tois mythois prosepinoēsantes, kai mēte pantē tōn propatorōn to plēmmeles tēs dyssebeias ekphygontes mētʼ au palin tēn autothen prophainomenēn tōn theologoumenōn mochthērian hypomeinantes.
Such was the ancient theology. Some newcomers, who sprang up only yesterday or the day before and boasted of philosophizing more rationally, changed it and introduced the more physical interpretation of the history of the gods, devising more dignified inventions to add to the myths. They neither entirely escaped the impious offense of their forefathers, nor could they endure the depravity of what was said of the gods, which was plain on the face of it.
2.6.17Dindorf 1:92
θεραπεῦσαι δʼ οὖν ὅμως οἵδε τὸ πατρικὸν ἁμάρτημα προθυμηθέντες ἐπὶ φυσικὰς διηγήσεις καὶ θεωρίας τοὺς μύθους μετεσκευάσαντο, τὰ θρεπτικὰ καὶ αὐξητικὰ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων φύσεως ταῦτʼ εἶναι τὰ διὰ τῶν μύθων δηλούμενα ὡς δὴ μυστικώτερον κομπάσαντες.
therapeusai dʼ oun homōs hoide to patrikon hamartēma prothymēthentes epi physikas diēgēseis kai theōrias tous mythous meteskeuasanto, ta threptika kai auxētika tēs tōn sōmatōn physeōs tautʼ einai ta dia tōn mythōn dēloumena hōs dē mystikōteron kompasantes.
Eager nevertheless to remedy their fathers' offense, they turned the myths into physical narratives and theories, boasting, as if it were something more mystical, that the things signified by the myths are the nourishing and growth-giving powers of the nature of bodies.
2.6.18Dindorf 1:92
ἔνθεν ἀνιόντες καὶ οἵδε τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου θεοὺς ἐπεφήμισαν, οὐκ αὐτὸ μόνον ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἄστρα, προσέτι δὲ γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ, ἀέρα τε καὶ πῦρ, τά τε ἐκ τούτων συγκρίματά τε καὶ ἀποτελέσματα, ναὶ μὴν καὶ τοὺς ὡραίους ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καρποὺς, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς ξηρᾶς καὶ ὑγρᾶς τροφῆς βλαστήματα, ἃ καὶ αὐτὰ, ὡς ἂν τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ζωῆς αἴτια, Δήμητρα καὶ Κόρην καὶ Διόνυσον καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τούτοις ἐμφερῆ προσειπόντες τεθειάκασι, βεβιασμένον καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῆ τῶν μύθων τὸν καλλωπισμὸν εἰσηγησάμενοι.
enthen aniontes kai hoide ta stoicheia tou kosmou theous epephēmisan, ouk auto monon hēlion kai selēnēn kai astra, proseti de gēn kai hydōr, aera te kai pyr, ta te ek toutōn synkrimata te kai apotelesmata, nai mēn kai tous hōraious apo tēs gēs karpous, kai ta loipa tēs xēras kai hygras trophēs blastēmata, ha kai auta, hōs an tēs tōn sōmatōn zōēs aitia, Dēmētra kai Korēn kai Dionyson kai hosa alla toutois empherē proseipontes tetheiakasi, bebiasmenon kai ouk alēthē tōn mythōn ton kallōpismon eisēgēsamenoi.
From there they too went up and proclaimed the elements of the world gods: not only the sun, moon, and stars, but also earth and water, air and fire, and the compounds and products of these; yes, and the seasonable fruits of the earth and the other growths of dry and moist food. These too, as causes of the life of bodies, they deified, calling them Demeter, Kore, Dionysus, and whatever else is like them, introducing a forced and untrue embellishment of the myths.
2.6.19Dindorf 1:92–93
ἀλλʼ οὗτοι μὲν ὀψέ ποτε, ὡς ἂν ἐπαισχυνόμενοι τὰς τῶν προγόνων θεολογίας, οἴκοθεν ἃς ἕκαστος ἐφεῦρε σεμνολογίας τοῖς περὶ θεῶν μύθοις προσεπενόησαν, κινεῖν τὰ πάτρια τολμῶντος οὐδενὸς, περὶ πολλοῦ δὲ τὴν ἀρχαιότητα καὶ τὴν συνήθη καὶ σύντροφον ἐκ παίδων ἀγωγὴν τιμώμενοι.
allʼ houtoi men opse pote, hōs an epaischynomenoi tas tōn progonōn theologias, oikothen has hekastos epheure semnologias tois peri theōn mythois prosepenoēsan, kinein ta patria tolmōntos oudenos, peri pollou de tēn archaiotēta kai tēn synēthē kai syntrophon ek paidōn agōgēn timōmenoi.
But these men, late in time, as if ashamed of their forefathers' theologies, added to the myths about the gods such dignified explanations as each invented for himself; for no one dared to disturb the ancestral customs, but they held antiquity and the customary upbringing they had been reared in from childhood in great honor.
2.6.20Dindorf 1:93
οἵ γε μὴν τούτων πρεσβύτεροι ἐν ἴσῳ τῇ τῶν ἀνδρῶν θεοποιίᾳ καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων ἐκθεώσεις διετάξαντο διὰ τὸ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν χρήσιμον κατὰ τὰς πρόσθεν ἀποδοθείσας αἰτίας, καὶ τοῖς ἀλόγοις θηρίοις τὰς ἴσας ἀφιέρωσαν θρησκείας, σπονδαῖς καὶ θυσίαις καὶ μυστικαῖς τελεταῖς, ὕμνοις τε καὶ ᾠδαῖς, ὁμοίως τοῖς τεθεοποιημένοις ἀνδράσι καὶ τὰς τούτων τιμὰς ἐπάραντες· εἰς τοσοῦτον δὲ ἄρα κακῶν ἤλαυνον ὡς διʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἡδυπαθείας ἀκρατοῦς τὰ ὁλκὰ πρὸς αἰσχρουργίαν μέρη τοῦ σώματος τά τε ἀκόλαστα ἐν ἀνθρώποις πάθη ταῖς ἰσοθέοις ἐκθειάσαι τιμαῖς, μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν ἐν τούτοις χρῆναι σεμνολογεῖν τῶν δὴ θεολόγων αὐτῶν ἀποφηναμένων.
hoi ge mēn toutōn presbyteroi en isǭ tę̄ tōn andrōn theopoiią kai tas tōn alogōn zǭōn ektheōseis dietaxanto dia to kai ex autōn chrēsimon kata tas prosthen apodotheisas aitias, kai tois alogois thēriois tas isas aphierōsan thrēskeias, spondais kai thysiais kai mystikais teletais, hymnois te kai ǭdais, homoiōs tois tetheopoiēmenois andrasi kai tas toutōn timas eparantes; eis tosouton de ara kakōn ēlaunon hōs diʼ hyperbolēn hēdypatheias akratous ta holka pros aischrourgian merē tou sōmatos ta te akolasta en anthrōpois pathē tais isotheois ektheiasai timais, mēden to parapan en toutois chrēnai semnologein tōn dē theologōn autōn apophēnamenōn.
Those older than these, on a par with the deification of men, also ordained the deification of irrational animals because of their usefulness, for the reasons given before, and consecrated equal worship to irrational beasts, with libations, sacrifices, mystic rites, hymns, and songs, exalting their honors in the same way as those of deified men. They went so far in evil that through excess of unrestrained luxury they deified with honors equal to the gods the parts of the body that draw to shameful deeds and the licentious passions among men; while the theologians themselves declared that nothing in these things should be dignified with solemn language.
2.6.21Dindorf 1:93
Τηρητέον γοῦν ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα οἱ παλαίτατοι οὐδέν τι πλέον τῆς ἱστορίας εἰδότες, μόνοις δὲ τοῖς μύθοις προσανέχοντες ἐμαρτυρήθησαν. πλὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπείπερ ἅπαξ ὡρμήθημεν καὶ τὰ σεμνὰ καὶ ἀπόρρητα τῶν γενναίων φιλοσόφων κατασκοπῆσαι, φέρε καὶ ταῦτα ἐπιθεωρήσωμεν, ὡς ἂν μὴ δοκοίημεν ἀγνοεῖν καὶ τὰς θαυμαστὰς αὐτῶν φυσιολογίας.
Tērēteon goun hōs hoti malista hoi palaitatoi ouden ti pleon tēs historias eidotes, monois de tois mythois prosanechontes emartyrēthēsan. plēn allʼ epeiper hapax hōrmēthēmen kai ta semna kai aporrēta tōn gennaiōn philosophōn kataskopēsai, phere kai tauta epitheōrēsōmen, hōs an mē dokoiēmen agnoein kai tas thaumastas autōn physiologias.
It must be observed, then, that the most ancient people are attested to have known nothing more than the history and to have devoted themselves only to the myths. However, since we have once set out to examine also the dignified and secret doctrines of the noble philosophers, come, let us survey these too, so that we may not seem to be ignorant of their marvelous natural philosophy.
2.6.22Dindorf 1:93–94
πρὶν δὲ τὴν ἔκθεσιν ποιήσασθαι τούτων, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ προεπισημήνασθαι καὶ τὴν αὐτῶν τῶν θαυμαστῶν φιλοσόφων κἀν τούτοις πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἐναντιολογίαν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τηνάλλως διηγοῦνται καὶ κατὰ τὸ παραστὰν ἑκάστοις ἰδίως ἀποφαίνονται· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀλλήλοις σύμφωνα φυσιολογοῦσιν· οἱ δὲ εὐγνωμονέστερον τὸ σύμπαν ἀναιροῦσιν, καὶ τῆς οἰκείας πολιτείας οὐ μόνον τὰς ἀπρεπεῖς περὶ θεῶν διηγήσεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς τούτων ἑρμηνείας ἀπελαύνουσιν· ἔστι δʼ ὅτε φόβῳ τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν νόμων τιμωρίας τοὺς μύθους ὑποκορίζονται.
prin de tēn ekthesin poiēsasthai toutōn, emoi dokei proepisēmēnasthai kai tēn autōn tōn thaumastōn philosophōn kan toutois pros heautous enantiologian. hoi men gar tēnallōs diēgountai kai kata to parastan hekastois idiōs apophainontai; oude gar allēlois symphōna physiologousin; hoi de eugnōmonesteron to sympan anairousin, kai tēs oikeias politeias ou monon tas aprepeis peri theōn diēgēseis, alla kai tas toutōn hermēneias apelaunousin; esti dʼ hote phobǭ tēs apo tōn nomōn timōrias tous mythous hypokorizontai.
But before setting these out, I think it right to point out first the contradiction of these marvelous philosophers with one another even in this. Some tell their stories at random and declare their own views according to what occurs to each; for they do not agree with one another in their natural explanations. Others, more candidly, do away with the whole thing, and banish from their own commonwealth not only the unseemly stories about the gods but also their interpretations; and sometimes, through fear of the punishment of the laws, they speak indulgently of the myths.
2.6.23Dindorf 1:94
ἄκουε δʼ οὖν αὐτῶν τῶν Ἑλλήνων διʼ ἑνὸς τοῦ πάντων ἀρίστου τοτὲ μὲν ἐξωθοῦντος, τοτὲ δʼ αὖ πάλιν εἰσποιουμένου τοὺς μύθους. ὁ δʼ οὖν θαυμάσιος αὐτῶν Πλάτων, ὅτε μὲν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀπογυμνοῖ προαίρεσιν, τολμηρότερον ἀπαγορεύει καθόλου περὶ θεῶν τοιαῦτα φρονεῖν τε καὶ λέγειν οἷα τοῖς παλαιοῖς εἴρηται, εἴτε περιέχοιέν τι λεληθὸς ἐν ὑπονοίαις δηλούμενον, εἴτε ἐκτὸς πάσης ὑπονοίας λέγοιτο· ὅτε δὲ τοὺς νόμους ὑποκορίζεται, καὶ δεῖν φησι τοῖς περὶ θεῶν μύθοις πιστεύειν, ὡς μηδὲν ἔχουσιν ἐν ὑπονοίαις ἐξ αὐτῶν δηλούμενον.
akoue dʼ oun autōn tōn Hellēnōn diʼ henos tou pantōn aristou tote men exōthountos, tote dʼ au palin eispoioumenou tous mythous. ho dʼ oun thaumasios autōn Platōn, hote men tēn oikeian apogymnoi proairesin, tolmēroteron apagoreuei katholou peri theōn toiauta phronein te kai legein hoia tois palaiois eirētai, eite periechoien ti lelēthos en hyponoiais dēloumenon, eite ektos pasēs hyponoias legoito; hote de tous nomous hypokorizetai, kai dein phēsi tois peri theōn mythois pisteuein, hōs mēden echousin en hyponoiais ex autōn dēloumenon.
Listen, then, to the Greeks themselves, through one who is the best of them all, who now drives out the myths and now again admits them. Their admirable Plato, when he lays bare his own choice, boldly forbids anyone to think and speak of the gods at all such things as the ancients said, whether they contain some hidden meaning in allegories or are said without any allegory; but when he speaks indulgently to the laws, he says that one must believe the myths about the gods, as having no hidden meaning conveyed by them.
2.6.24Dindorf 1:94
ἤδη δέ ποτε τῶν παλαιῶν μύθων τὴν οἰκείαν θεολογίαν ἀφορίσας, περί τε οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων, καὶ ἔτι περὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου, καὶ τῶν τούτου μερῶν κεχωρισμένως φυσιολογήσας, ἰδίως πάλιν καὶ ἀφωρισμένως περὶ τῶν πάλαι γενεαλογηθέντων θεῶν ὧδέ πως αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν ἐν τῷ Τιμαίῳ διέξεισιν
ēdē de pote tōn palaiōn mythōn tēn oikeian theologian aphorisas, peri te ouranou kai hēliou kai selēnēs kai astrōn, kai eti peri tou sympantos kosmou, kai tōn toutou merōn kechōrismenōs physiologēsas, idiōs palin kai aphōrismenōs peri tōn palai genealogēthentōn theōn hōde pōs autois rhēmasin en tǭ Timaiǭ diexeisin
And at one point, having separated his own theology from the ancient myths, and having discussed separately the nature of heaven, sun, moon, and stars, and further of the whole universe and its parts, he goes through again separately and distinctly the gods whose genealogies were told of old, in the Timaeus, in these very words:
Preparation 2, chapter 7
2.7.1Dindorf 1:94
Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἰπεῖν καὶ γνῶναι τὴν γένεσιν μεῖζον ἢ καθʼ ἡμὰς· πιστευτέον δὲ τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν ἔμπροσθεν, ἐκγόνοις μὲν θεῶν οὐσιν, ὡς ἔφασαν, σαφῶς δέ πως τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προγόνους εἰδόσιν. ἀδύνατον οὖν θεῶν παισὶν ἀπιστεῖν, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων λέγουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὡς οἰκεῖα φασκόντων ἀπαγγέλλειν ἑπομένους τῷ νόμῳ πιστευτέον.
Peri de tōn allōn daimonōn eipein kai gnōnai tēn genesin meizon ē kathʼ hēmas; pisteuteon de tois eirēkosin emprosthen, ekgonois men theōn ousin, hōs ephasan, saphōs de pōs tous heautōn progonous eidosin. adynaton oun theōn paisin apistein, kaiper aneu eikotōn kai anankaiōn apodeixeōn legousin, allʼ hōs oikeia phaskontōn apangellein hepomenous tǭ nomǭ pisteuteon.
"But to speak of the other demons and to know their origin is beyond us; we must believe those who have spoken before, who were offspring of gods, as they said, and surely knew their own ancestors. It is impossible, then, to disbelieve children of gods, even though they speak without probable or necessary proofs; but since they profess to report family matters, we must follow the law and believe them.
2.7.2Dindorf 1:94–95
οὕτως οὖν κατʼ ἐκείνους ἡμῖν ἡ γένεσις περὶ τούτων τῶν θεῶν ἐχέτω καὶ λεγέσθω. Γῆς τε καὶ Οὐρανοῦ παῖδες Ὠκεανὸς καὶ Τηθὺς ἐγενέσθην· τούτων δὲ Φόρκυς Κρόνος τε καὶ Ῥέα καὶ ὅσοι μετὰ τούτων· ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου τε καὶ Ῥέας Ζεὺς Ἥρα τε καὶ πάντες ὅσους ἴσμεν πάντας ἀδελφοὺς λεγομένους αὐτῶν, ἔτι δὲ τούτων ἐκγόνους ἄλλους.”
houtōs oun katʼ ekeinous hēmin hē genesis peri toutōn tōn theōn echetō kai legesthō. Gēs te kai Ouranou paides Ōkeanos kai Tēthys egenesthēn; toutōn de Phorkys Kronos te kai Rhea kai hosoi meta toutōn; ek de Kronou te kai Rheas Zeus Hēra te kai pantes hosous ismen pantas adelphous legomenous autōn, eti de toutōn ekgonous allous.”
So let the origin of these gods be held and told by us according to them: Oceanus and Tethys were children of Earth and Heaven; of these were born Phorcys, Cronus and Rhea, and all that go with them; and of Cronus and Rhea were born Zeus and Hera and all those whom we know are called their brothers and sisters, and further others who are their offspring."
2.7.3Dindorf 1:95
Ταῦτά φησιν ὁ Πλάτων ἑπομένους τῷ νόμῳ πιστευτέα εἶναι, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων εἰρῆσθαι αὐτὰ ὁμολογήσας· προσεκτέον δὲ ὡς οὐδὲν ἔχειν ἀπόρρητον τὰς τῶν θεῶν δὴ προσηγορίας τε καὶ γενεαλογίας ἐν φυσιολογίαις δηλούμενον ἐμφαίνει.
Tauta phēsin ho Platōn hepomenous tǭ nomǭ pisteutea einai, kaiper aneu eikotōn kai anankaiōn apodeixeōn eirēsthai auta homologēsas; prosekteon de hōs ouden echein aporrēton tas tōn theōn dē prosēgorias te kai genealogias en physiologiais dēloumenon emphainei.
These things Plato says must be believed by those who follow the law, though he admits that they are said without probable or necessary proofs. And it should be noted that he shows the names and genealogies of the gods to contain no secret meaning signified in physical theories.
2.7.4Dindorf 1:95
αὖθις δʼ ἐν ἑτέροις ὁ αὐτὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀπογυμνῶν προαίρεσιν πάλιν τούτοις κέχρηται τοῖς ῥήμασι “Πρῶτον μὲν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, τὸ μέγιστον καὶ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων ψεῦδος ὁ εἰπὼν οὐ καλῶς ἐψεύσατο, ὡς Οὐρανός τε εἰργάσατο ἅ φησι δρᾶσαι αὐτὸν Ἡσίοδος, ὅ τε αὖ Κρόνος ὡς ἐτιμωρήσατο αὐτόν. τί δὲ δὴ τὰ τοῦ Κρόνου ἔργα καὶ πάθη ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱέος, οὐδʼ ἂν, εἰ ἦν ἀληθῆ, ᾤμην δεῖν ῥᾳδίως οὕτω λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἄφρονάς τε καὶ νέους, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν σιγᾶσθαι, εἰ δʼ ἀνάγκη τις ἦν λέγειν, διʼ ἀπορρήτων ἀκούειν ὡς ὀλιγίστους, θυσαμένους οὐ χοῖρον, ἀλλά τι μέγα καὶ ἄπορον θῦμα, ὅπως ἂν ἐλαχίστοις συνέβη ἀκοῦσαι.
authis dʼ en heterois ho autos tēn oikeian apogymnōn proairesin palin toutois kechrētai tois rhēmasi “Prōton men, ēn dʼ egō, to megiston kai peri tōn megistōn pseudos ho eipōn ou kalōs epseusato, hōs Ouranos te eirgasato ha phēsi drasai auton Hēsiodos, ho te au Kronos hōs etimōrēsato auton. ti de dē ta tou Kronou erga kai pathē hypo tou huieos, oudʼ an, ei ēn alēthē, ǭmēn dein rhądiōs houtō legesthai pros aphronas te kai neous, alla malista men sigasthai, ei dʼ anankē tis ēn legein, diʼ aporrētōn akouein hōs oligistous, thysamenous ou choiron, alla ti mega kai aporon thyma, hopōs an elachistois synebē akousai.
Again elsewhere the same writer, laying bare his own preference, uses these words: "First of all," I said, "he who told the greatest lie, and about the greatest matters, did not lie well: that Ouranus did what Hesiod says he did, and how Cronus in turn took vengeance on him. As for the deeds of Cronus and his sufferings at the hands of his son, even if they were true, I should not think they ought to be told so lightly to foolish young people, but should rather be kept in silence; or if there were some necessity to tell them, as few as possible should hear them in secret, after sacrificing not a pig but some great and hard-to-get victim, so that as few as possible might happen to hear.
2.7.5Dindorf 1:95
καὶ γὰρ, ἦ δʼ ὅς, οὗτοί γε οἱ λόγοι χαλεποί. καὶ οὐ λεκτέοι γε, ὦ Ἀδείμαντε, ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει· οὐδὲ δοτέον νέῳ ἀκούοντι, ὡς ἀδικῶν τὰ ἔσχατα οὐδὲν ἂν θαυμαστὸν ποιοῖ, οὐδʼ αὖ ἀδικοῦντα πατέρα κολάζων παντί τρόπῳ, ἀλλὰ δρῴη ἂν ὅπερ θεῶν οἱ πρῶτοί τε καὶ μέγιστοι. οὐδὲ αὐτῷ μοι δοκεῖ ἐπιτήδεια εἶναι λέγειν.
kai gar, ē dʼ hos, houtoi ge hoi logoi chalepoi. kai ou lekteoi ge, ō Adeimante, en tę̄ hēmeterą polei; oude doteon neǭ akouonti, hōs adikōn ta eschata ouden an thaumaston poioi, oudʼ au adikounta patera kolazōn panti tropǭ, alla drǭē an hoper theōn hoi prōtoi te kai megistoi. oude autǭ moi dokei epitēdeia einai legein.
"Yes," he said, "these stories are hard." "And they must not be told, Adeimantus, in our city; nor must a young man hear it said that in committing the worst crimes he would be doing nothing remarkable, nor again in punishing his father for wrongdoing in every way, but would only be doing what the first and greatest of the gods did." "Nor do I myself," he said, "think they are fit to be told."
2.7.6Dindorf 1:95–96
οὐδέ γε, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, τὸ παράπαν, ὡς θεοὶ θεοῖς πολεμοῦσι καὶ ἐπιβουλεύουσι καὶ μάχονται· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀληθῆ· εἴ γε δεῖ ἡμῖν τοὺς μέλλοντας τὴν πόλιν φυλάξειν αἴσχιστον νομίζειν τὸ ῥᾳδίως ἀλλήλοις ἀπεχθάνεσθαι. πολλοῦ δεῖ γιγαντομαχίας τε μυθολογητέον αὐτοῖς, καὶ ποικιλτέον καὶ ἄλλας ἔχθρας καὶ παντοδαπὰς θεῶν τε καὶ ἡρώων πρὸς συγγενεῖς τε καὶ οἰκείους αὐτῶν· ἀλλʼ εἴ πως μέλλοιμεν πείσειν ὡς οὐδεὶς πώποτε πολίτης ἕτερος ἑτέρῳ ἀπήχθετο, οὐδʼ ἔστι τοῦτο ὅσιον, τοιαῦτα μᾶλλον λεκτέα πρὸς τὰ παιδία εὐθὺς καὶ γέρουσι καὶ γραυσὶ καὶ πρεσβυτέροις γενομένοις, καὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς ἐγγὺς τούτων ἀναγκαστέον λογοποιεῖν.
oude ge, ēn dʼ egō, to parapan, hōs theoi theois polemousi kai epibouleuousi kai machontai; oude gar alēthē; ei ge dei hēmin tous mellontas tēn polin phylaxein aischiston nomizein to rhądiōs allēlois apechthanesthai. pollou dei gigantomachias te mythologēteon autois, kai poikilteon kai allas echthras kai pantodapas theōn te kai hērōōn pros syngeneis te kai oikeious autōn; allʼ ei pōs melloimen peisein hōs oudeis pōpote politēs heteros heterǭ apēchtheto, oudʼ esti touto hosion, toiauta mallon lektea pros ta paidia euthys kai gerousi kai grausi kai presbyterois genomenois, kai tous poiētas engys toutōn anankasteon logopoiein.
"Nor indeed at all," I said, "that gods war against gods and plot and fight; for it is not true either, if those who are to guard our city must think it most shameful to quarrel lightly with one another. Far less must battles of giants be told them in myths and embroidered, and many other enmities of every kind of gods and heroes toward their kin and friends. But if we are somehow to persuade them that no citizen ever quarreled with another, and that this is not holy, such things rather must be told to children from the first by old men and old women, and as they grow older; and the poets must be compelled to compose stories close to these.
2.7.7Dindorf 1:96
Ἥρας δὲ δεσμοὺς ὑπὸ υἱέος καὶ Ἡφαίστου ῥίψεις ὑπὸ πατρὸς, μέλλοντος τῇ μητρὶ τυπτομένῃ ἀμύνειν, καὶ θεομαχίας ὅσας Ὅμηρος πεποίηκεν, οὐ παραδεκτέον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, οὔτʼ ἐν ὑπονοίαις πεποιημένας οὔτʼ ἄνευ ὑπονοιῶν.
Hēras de desmous hypo huieos kai Hēphaistou rhipseis hypo patros, mellontos tę̄ mētri typtomenę̄ amynein, kai theomachias hosas Homēros pepoiēken, ou paradekteon eis tēn polin, outʼ en hyponoiais pepoiēmenas outʼ aneu hyponoiōn.
But the binding of Hera by her son, and the hurling of Hephaestus by his father when he was about to defend his mother from being beaten, and all the battles of the gods that Homer has composed, must not be admitted into the city, whether they are composed with allegorical meanings or without them."
2.7.8Dindorf 1:96
Σαφῶς δὴ διὰ τούτων ὁ φιλόσοφος καὶ τοὺς τῶν παλαιῶν μύθους τοὺς περὶ θεῶν καὶ τὰς τῶν μύθων ἐν ὑπονοίαις εἰρῆσθαι νομιζομένας φυσιολογίας παραιτητέας εἶναι διδάσκει, ὡς μηκέτʼ ἀλόγως ἡμῖν καὶ τὴν ἐκ τούτων ἀναχώρησιν τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελίζεσθαι διδασκαλίαν, ὁπότε καὶ πρὸς τῶν οἰκείων ἀποβέβληται.
Saphōs dē dia toutōn ho philosophos kai tous tōn palaiōn mythous tous peri theōn kai tas tōn mythōn en hyponoiais eirēsthai nomizomenas physiologias paraitēteas einai didaskei, hōs mēketʼ alogōs hēmin kai tēn ek toutōn anachōrēsin tēn tou sōtēros hēmōn euangelizesthai didaskalian, hopote kai pros tōn oikeiōn apobeblētai.
Clearly, then, by these words the philosopher teaches that both the myths of the ancients about the gods and the physical theories supposed to be expressed in the myths in allegories must be rejected; so that it is no longer unreasonable for the teaching of our Savior to announce to us our withdrawal from them, since they have been cast out even by their own people.
2.7.9Dindorf 1:96–97
ὅθεν ἔπεισί μοι καὶ τοὺς παλαιοὺς τῶν Ῥωμαίων θαυμάζειν, τίνα τρόπον ἁπάσας τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς περὶ θεῶν φυσιολογίας ἀτόπους οὔσας καὶ ἀνωφελεῖς, μᾶλλον δὲ βεβιασμένας ἀσυστάτους κατανοήσαντες, αὐτοῖς μύθοις τῆς οἰκείας περιέγραψαν θεολογίας. καὶ τοῦτο δέ σοι γνῶναι πάρεστιν ἀπὸ τῆς Διονυσίου τοῦ Ἁλικαρνασέως Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἀρχαιολογίας· οὗτος γὰρ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τὰ κατὰ Ῥωμύλον τὸν πρῶτον κτίστην τῆς Ῥώμης ἱστορῶν τά τε ἄλλα διέξεισιν αὐτοῦ κατορθώματα, ἀτὰρ καὶ περὶ τῶνδε τοῦτον γράφων τὸν τρόπον
hothen epeisi moi kai tous palaious tōn Rhōmaiōn thaumazein, tina tropon hapasas tas Hellēnikas peri theōn physiologias atopous ousas kai anōpheleis, mallon de bebiasmenas asystatous katanoēsantes, autois mythois tēs oikeias periegrapsan theologias. kai touto de soi gnōnai parestin apo tēs Dionysiou tou Halikarnaseōs Rhōmaïkēs archaiologias; houtos gar en tǭ deuterǭ ta kata Rhōmylon ton prōton ktistēn tēs Rhōmēs historōn ta te alla diexeisin autou katorthōmata, atar kai peri tōnde touton graphōn ton tropon
Hence it occurs to me to admire the ancient Romans too, how, perceiving that all the Greek physical theories about the gods were absurd and unprofitable, or rather forced and inconsistent, they cut off the myths themselves from their own theology. You may learn this from the Roman Antiquities of Dionysius of Halicarnassus. In the second book, recounting the history of Romulus, the first founder of Rome, he goes through his other achievements and writes about these matters too in this way:
Preparation 2, chapter 8
2.8.1Dindorf 1:97
“Ἀλλʼ ἔγνω ὅτι νόμοι σπουδαῖοι καὶ καλῶν ζῆλος ἐπιτηδευμάτων εὐσεβῆ καὶ σώφρονα καὶ τὰ δίκαια ἀσκοῦσαν καὶ τὰ πολέμια ἀγαθὴν ἐξεργάζονται πόλιν· ὧν πολλὴν ἔσχε πρόνοιαν, τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιησάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ τὰ θεῖα καὶ δαιμόνια σεβασμῶν.
“Allʼ egnō hoti nomoi spoudaioi kai kalōn zēlos epitēdeumatōn eusebē kai sōphrona kai ta dikaia askousan kai ta polemia agathēn exergazontai polin; hōn pollēn esche pronoian, tēn archēn poiēsamenos apo tōn peri ta theia kai daimonia sebasmōn.
"But he knew that good laws and the emulation of noble pursuits make a city pious and temperate, practiced in justice and good in war; and he took great care of these, beginning with the worship of the gods and divine beings.
2.8.2Dindorf 1:97
ἱερὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ τεμένη καὶ βωμοὺς καὶ ξοάνων ἱδρύσεις, μορφάς τε αὐτῶν καὶ σύμβολα καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ δωρεὰς, αἷς τὸ γένος ἡμῶν εὐηργέτησαν, ἑορτάς τε ὁποίας τινὰς ἑκάστῳ θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων ἄγεσθαι προσήκει καὶ θυσίας, αἷς χαίρουσι γεραιρόμενοι πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, ἐκεχειρίας τε αὖ καὶ πανηγύρεις καὶ πόνων ἀναπαύλας καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ὁμοίως κατεστήσατο τῶν κρατίστων παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι νομίμων.
hiera men oun kai temenē kai bōmous kai xoanōn hidryseis, morphas te autōn kai symbola kai dynameis kai dōreas, hais to genos hēmōn euērgetēsan, heortas te hopoias tinas hekastǭ theōn ē daimonōn agesthai prosēkei kai thysias, hais chairousi gerairomenoi pros anthrōpōn, ekecheirias te au kai panēgyreis kai ponōn anapaulas kai panta ta toiauta homoiōs katestēsato tōn kratistōn para tois Hellēsi nomimōn.
Temples, then, and precincts and altars, and the setting up of images, their forms and symbols, and the powers and gifts with which they have benefited our race; festivals of the kind that should be held for each of the gods or divine beings, and sacrifices in which they delight when honored by men; holy truces, public festivals, rests from labor, and all such things he established in the same way as the best customs among the Greeks.
2.8.3Dindorf 1:97
τοὺς δὲ παραδεδομένους περὶ αὐτῶν μύθους, ἐν οἷς βλασφημίαι τινές εἰσι περὶ αὐτῶν ἢ κατηγορίαι, πονηροὺς καὶ ἀνωφελεῖς καὶ ἀσχήμονας ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι καὶ οὐχ ὅτι τῶν θεῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθῶν ἀξίους, ἅπαντας ἐξέβαλε, καὶ παρεσκεύασε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τὰ κάλλιστα περὶ θεῶν λέγειν τε καὶ φρονεῖν, μηδὲν αὐτοῖς προσάψας ἀνάξιον ἐπιτήδευμα τῆς μακαρίας φύσεως.
tous de paradedomenous peri autōn mythous, en hois blasphēmiai tines eisi peri autōn ē katēgoriai, ponērous kai anōpheleis kai aschēmonas hypolabōn einai kai ouch hoti tōn theōn, allʼ oudʼ anthrōpōn agathōn axious, hapantas exebale, kai pareskeuase tous anthrōpous ta kallista peri theōn legein te kai phronein, mēden autois prosapsas anaxion epitēdeuma tēs makarias physeōs.
But the myths handed down about them, in which there are some blasphemies or accusations against them, he considered wicked, unprofitable, and indecent, and unworthy not only of gods but even of good men; he rejected them all, and prepared people to speak and think the best things about the gods, attributing to them no pursuit unworthy of their blessed nature.
2.8.4Dindorf 1:97–98
Οὔτε γὰρ Οὐρανὸς ἐκτεμνόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ παίδων παρὰ ῾Ρωμαίοις λέγεται οὔτε Κρόνος ἀφανίζων τὰς ἑαυτοῦ γονὰς φόβῳ τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπιθέσεως, οὔτε Ζεὺς καταλύων τὴν Κρόνου δυναστείαν καὶ κατακλείων ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ τοῦ Ταρτάρου τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα, οὐδέ γε πόλεμοι καὶ τραύματα καὶ δεσμὰ καὶ θητεῖαι θεῶν παρὰ ἀνθρώποις.
Oute gar Ouranos ektemnomenos hypo tōn heautou paidōn para ῾Rōmaiois legetai oute Kronos aphanizōn tas heautou gonas phobǭ tēs ex autōn epitheseōs, oute Zeus katalyōn tēn Kronou dynasteian kai katakleiōn en tǭ desmōtēriǭ tou Tartarou ton heautou patera, oude ge polemoi kai traumata kai desma kai thēteiai theōn para anthrōpois.
For among the Romans neither is Ouranus said to have been castrated by his own sons, nor Cronus to have destroyed his own offspring for fear of their attack, nor Zeus to have overthrown the dominion of Cronus and shut up his own father in the prison of Tartarus; nor are there wars, wounds, bonds, and servitude of gods among men.
2.8.5Dindorf 1:98
ἑορτή τε οὐδεμία παρʼ αὐτοῖς μελανείμων ἢ πένθιμος ἄγεται, κοπετοὺς ἔχουσα καὶ θρήνους γυναικῶν ἐπὶ θεοῖς ἀφανιζομένοις, ἃ παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ἐπιτελοῦνται περί τε Περσεφόνης ἁρπαγὴν καὶ Διονύσου πάθη, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα.
heortē te oudemia parʼ autois melaneimōn ē penthimos agetai, kopetous echousa kai thrēnous gynaikōn epi theois aphanizomenois, ha parʼ Hellēsin epitelountai peri te Persephonēs harpagēn kai Dionysou pathē, kai hosa alla toiauta.
No festival is held among them in black garments or in mourning, with beating of breasts and lamentations of women for vanished gods, such as are performed among the Greeks over the rape of Persephone and the sufferings of Dionysus and all other such things.
2.8.6Dindorf 1:98
οὐδʼ ἂν ἴδοι τις παρʼ αὐτοῖς, καίτοι διεφθαρμένων τῶν ἐθῶν ἤδη, οὐ θεοφορήσεις, οὐ κορυβαντιασμοὺς, οὐ βακχείας καὶ τελετὰς ἀπορρήτους, οὐ διαπαννυχισμοὺς ἐν ἱεροῖς θεῶν ἀνδρῶν σὺν γυναιξὶν, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν παραπλησίων τούτοις τερατευμάτων οὐδὲν, ἀλλʼ εὐλαβῶς ἅπαντα πραττόμενα καὶ λεγόμενα τὰ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς, ὡς οὔτε παρʼ Ἒλλησιν οὔτε παρὰ βαρβάροις.
oudʼ an idoi tis parʼ autois, kaitoi diephtharmenōn tōn ethōn ēdē, ou theophorēseis, ou korybantiasmous, ou bakcheias kai teletas aporrētous, ou diapannychismous en hierois theōn andrōn syn gynaixin, ouk allo tōn paraplēsiōn toutois terateumatōn ouden, allʼ eulabōs hapanta prattomena kai legomena ta peri tous theous, hōs oute parʼ Ellēsin oute para barbarois.
Nor would one see among them, even though their customs are now corrupted, any ecstatic possessions, Corybantic frenzies, Bacchic revels and secret rites, all-night vigils of men with women in the temples of the gods, or any other such monstrosity; but everything said and done concerning the gods is done with reverence, as neither among Greeks nor among barbarians.
2.8.7Dindorf 1:98
καὶ ὃ πάντων μάλιστα ἔγωγε τεθαύμακα, καίπερ μυρίων ὅσων εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐπεληλυθότων ἐθνῶν, οἷς πολλὴ ἀνάγκη σέβειν τοὺς πατρίους θεοὺς τοῖς οἴκοθεν νομίμοις, οὐδενὸς εἰς ζῆλον ἐλήλυθε τῶν ξενικῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἡ πόλις δημοσίᾳ, ὃ πολλοῖς ἤδη συνέβη παθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ τινα κατὰ χρησμοὺς ἐπεισῆκται ἱερὰ, τοῖς αὐτόθι αὐτὰ νομίμοις μεθήρμοσεν, ἅπασαν ἐκβαλοῦσα τερθρείαν μυθικὴν, ὥσπερ τὰ τῆς Ἰδαίας θεᾶς ἱερά.
kai ho pantōn malista egōge tethaumaka, kaiper myriōn hosōn eis tēn polin epelēlythotōn ethnōn, hois pollē anankē sebein tous patrious theous tois oikothen nomimois, oudenos eis zēlon elēlythe tōn xenikōn epitēdeumatōn hē polis dēmosią, ho pollois ēdē synebē pathein, alla kai ei tina kata chrēsmous epeisēktai hiera, tois autothi auta nomimois methērmosen, hapasan ekbalousa terthreian mythikēn, hōsper ta tēs Idaias theas hiera.
And what I have admired most of all: though countless nations have come into the city, who must of necessity worship their ancestral gods by their own customs, the city has never publicly adopted any foreign practice, as has happened to many; and if it has introduced any rites in accordance with oracles, it has adapted them to its own customs, casting out all mythical humbug, as with the rites of the Idaean goddess.
2.8.8Dindorf 1:98
θυσίας μὲν γὰρ αὐτῇ καὶ ἀγῶνας ἄγουσιν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος οἱ στρατηγοὶ κατὰ τοὺς Ῥωμαίων νόμους, ἱερᾶται δʼ αὐτῆς ἀνὴρ Φρὺξ καὶ γυνὴ Φρυγία, καὶ περιάγουσιν ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν οὗτοι μηναγυρτοῦντες, ὥσπερ αὐτοῖς ἔθος, τύπους τε περικείμενοι τοῖς στήθεσι καὶ καταυλούμενοι πρὸς τῶν ἑπομένων τὰ μητρῷα μέλη καὶ τύμπανα κροτοῦντες.
thysias men gar autę̄ kai agōnas agousin ana pan etos hoi stratēgoi kata tous Rhōmaiōn nomous, hieratai dʼ autēs anēr Phryx kai gynē Phrygia, kai periagousin ana tēn polin houtoi mēnagyrtountes, hōsper autois ethos, typous te perikeimenoi tois stēthesi kai katauloumenoi pros tōn hepomenōn ta mētrǭa melē kai tympana krotountes.
For the praetors perform sacrifices and games for her every year according to the laws of the Romans; but her priest is a Phrygian man and a Phrygian woman, and they carry her around the city begging alms for the Mother, as is their custom, wearing images on their breasts, while their followers play the flute to them in the Mother's songs and they beat their drums.
2.8.9Dindorf 1:98–99
Ῥωμαίων δὲ τῶν αὐθιγενῶν οὔτε μηναγυρτῶν τις οὔτε καταυλούμενος πορεύεται διὰ τῆς πόλεως, ποικίλην ἐνδεδυμένος στολὴν, οὔτε ὀργιάζει τὴν θεὸν τοῖς Φρυγίοις ὀργιασμοῖς κατὰ νόμον ἢ ψήφισμα βουλῆς. οὕτως εὐλαβῶς ἡ πόλις ἔχει πρὸς τὰ οὐκ ἐπιχώρια ἔθη περὶ θεῶν καὶ πάντα ὀττεύεται τῦφον, ᾧ μηδέν ἐστι τὸ εὐπρεπές.
Rhōmaiōn de tōn authigenōn oute mēnagyrtōn tis oute katauloumenos poreuetai dia tēs poleōs, poikilēn endedymenos stolēn, oute orgiazei tēn theon tois Phrygiois orgiasmois kata nomon ē psēphisma boulēs. houtōs eulabōs hē polis echei pros ta ouk epichōria ethē peri theōn kai panta otteuetai typhon, hǭ mēden esti to euprepes.
But of the native Romans none goes through the city begging for the Mother or accompanied by flutes, dressed in a many-colored robe, nor celebrates the goddess's orgies with the Phrygian rites, by law and decree of the senate. So cautious is the city toward customs about the gods that are not native, and so does it regard as ill-omened all pretension that has nothing seemly about it.
2.8.10Dindorf 1:99
καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπολάβῃ με ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν μύθων εἰσί τινες ἀνθρώποις χρήσιμοι, οἱ μὲν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τὰ τῆς φύσεως ἔργα διὰ λύπην, οἱ δὲ παραμυθίας ἕνεκα συγκείμενοι τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων συμφορῶν, οἱ δὲ ταραχὰς ἐξαιρούμενοι ψυχῆς καὶ δείματα καὶ δόξας καθαιροῦντες οὐχ ὑγιεῖς, οἱ δὲ ἄλλης τινὸς ἕνεκα συμπλασθέντες ὠφελείας.
kai mēdeis hypolabę̄ me agnoein hoti tōn Hellēnikōn mythōn eisi tines anthrōpois chrēsimoi, hoi men epideiknymenoi ta tēs physeōs erga dia lypēn, hoi de paramythias heneka synkeimenoi tōn anthrōpinōn symphorōn, hoi de tarachas exairoumenoi psychēs kai deimata kai doxas kathairountes ouch hygieis, hoi de allēs tinos heneka symplasthentes ōpheleias.
And let no one suppose that I am unaware that some of the Greek myths are useful to men: some showing the works of nature through allegory, some composed for consolation in human misfortunes, some removing disturbances of the soul and fears and putting down unhealthy opinions, and some fashioned for some other benefit.
2.8.11Dindorf 1:99
ἀλλὰ καίπερ ἐπιστάμενος ταῦτα οὐδενὸς χεῖρον, ὅμως εὐλαβῶς διάκειμαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ τὴν ῾Ρωμαίων μᾶλλον ἀποδέχομαι θεολογίαν, ἐνθυμούμενος ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν μύθων ἀγαθὰ μικρά τέ ἐστι καὶ οὐ πολλοὺς δυνάμενα ὠφελεῖν, ἀλλὰ μόνον τοὺς ἐξητακότας ὧν ἕνεκα γίνεται.
alla kaiper epistamenos tauta oudenos cheiron, homōs eulabōs diakeimai pros autous, kai tēn ῾Rōmaiōn mallon apodechomai theologian, enthymoumenos hoti ta men ek tōn Hellēnikōn mythōn agatha mikra te esti kai ou pollous dynamena ōphelein, alla monon tous exētakotas hōn heneka ginetai.
But although I know these things as well as anyone, nevertheless I am cautious toward them, and I rather approve the theology of the Romans, considering that the good to be had from the Greek myths is small and cannot benefit many, but only those who have examined the purposes for which they are made.
2.8.12Dindorf 1:99
σπάνιοι δʼ εἰσὶν οἱ μετειληφότες ταύτης τῆς φιλοσοφίας· ὁ δὲ πολὺς καὶ ἀφιλοσόφητος ὄχλος ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω λαμβάνειν φιλεῖ τοὺς περὶ αὐτῶν λόγους, καὶ πάσχει θάτερον, ἢ καταφρονεῖ τῶν θεῶν, ὡς ἐν πολλῇ κακοδαιμονίᾳ κυλινδουμένων ἢ τῶν αἰσχίστων τε καὶ παρανομωτάτων οὐδενὸς ἀπέχεται, θεοῖς ὁρῶν αὐτὰ προσκείμενα.
spanioi dʼ eisin hoi meteilēphotes tautēs tēs philosophias; ho de polys kai aphilosophētos ochlos epi ta cheirō lambanein philei tous peri autōn logous, kai paschei thateron, ē kataphronei tōn theōn, hōs en pollę̄ kakodaimonią kylindoumenōn ē tōn aischistōn te kai paranomōtatōn oudenos apechetai, theois horōn auta proskeimena.
And those who have a share of this philosophy are few. The great unphilosophical multitude is apt to take the stories about them in the worse sense, and suffers one of two things: either it despises the gods as wallowing in great misfortune, or it refrains from none of the most shameful and lawless deeds, seeing them attributed to gods.
2.8.13Dindorf 1:99–100
ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ μὲν τούτων τοῖς αὐτὸ μόνον τὸ θεωρητικὸν τῆς φιλοσοφίας μέρος ἀσκοῦσιν ἀφείσθω σκοπεῖν, τῆς δὲ ὑπὸ ῾Ρωμύλου κατασταθείσης πολιτείας καὶ τάδε ἡγησάμην ἱστορίας ἄξια.” Τὰ μὲν δὴ παραστάντα τοῖς κρατίστοις τῶν φιλοσόφων καὶ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ πρώτοις τῆς ῾Ρωμαίων ἡγεμονίας περὶ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς θεολογίας τοιαῦτα ἦν, οὐδαμῶς φυσιολογίας ἐν τοῖς περὶ θεῶν μύθοις παραδεχόμενα, οὐδέ γε τὰς σεμνοφανεῖς καὶ σοφιστικὰς τερθρείας. ἡμεῖς γε μὴν ἐπείπερ ἅπαξ ὡρμήθημεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν τούτων ἔλεγχον, φέρε τὰς ἑρμηνείας αὐτῶν καὶ θεωρίας, τί ποτε ἄρα σεμνὸν καὶ θεοπρεπὲς ἐπικομίζονται, κατίδωμεν, μηδὲν μὲν ἐξ ἡμῶν, πάντα δὲ ταῖς αὐτῶν φωναῖς συγχρώμενοι, ὡς ἂν παρʼ αὐτῶν αὖθις τὰ αὐτῶν οἰκεῖα καταμάθωμεν.
alla hyper men toutōn tois auto monon to theōrētikon tēs philosophias meros askousin apheisthō skopein, tēs de hypo ῾Rōmylou katastatheisēs politeias kai tade hēgēsamēn historias axia.” Ta men dē parastanta tois kratistois tōn philosophōn kai tois palaiois kai prōtois tēs ῾Rōmaiōn hēgemonias peri tēs Hellēnikēs theologias toiauta ēn, oudamōs physiologias en tois peri theōn mythois paradechomena, oude ge tas semnophaneis kai sophistikas terthreias. hēmeis ge mēn epeiper hapax hōrmēthēmen kai epi ton toutōn elenchon, phere tas hermēneias autōn kai theōrias, ti pote ara semnon kai theoprepes epikomizontai, katidōmen, mēden men ex hēmōn, panta de tais autōn phōnais synchrōmenoi, hōs an parʼ autōn authis ta autōn oikeia katamathōmen.
But let the consideration of these things be left to those who practice only the contemplative part of philosophy; I have thought these matters too worth recording in the history of the constitution established by Romulus." Such, then, were the views of the best of the philosophers and of the first and ancient rulers of Rome about the Greek theology: they in no way accepted physical explanations in the myths about the gods, nor their pompous and sophistical quibbles. But since we have once set out to refute these too, come, let us see what dignified thing worthy of God their interpretations and theories bring, adding nothing of our own but using their own words throughout, so that we may learn their own doctrines from themselves.
Preparation 3, chapter 0
3.0.1Dindorf 1:100
Τὰ μὲν παραστάντα τοῖς κρατίστοις τῶν φιλοσόφων καὶ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ πρώτοις τῆς ῾Ρωμαίων ἡγεμονίας περὶ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς θεολογίας τοιαῦτα ἦν, οὐδαμῶς φυσιολογίας ἐν τοῖς περὶ θεῶν μύθοις παραδεχόμενα, οὐδέ γε τὰς σεμνοφανεῖς καὶ σοφιστικὰς τερθρείας.
Ta men parastanta tois kratistois tōn philosophōn kai tois palaiois kai prōtois tēs ῾Rōmaiōn hēgemonias peri tēs Hellēnikēs theologias toiauta ēn, oudamōs physiologias en tois peri theōn mythois paradechomena, oude ge tas semnophaneis kai sophistikas terthreias.
Such, then, were the views of the best of the philosophers and of the first and ancient rulers of Rome about the Greek theology: they in no way accepted physical explanations in the myths about the gods, nor their pompous and sophistical quibbles.
3.0.2Dindorf 1:100
ἡμεῖς γε μὴν ἐπείπερ ἅπαξ ὡρμήθημεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν τούτων ἔλεγχον, φέρε τὰς ἑρμηνείας αὐτῶν καὶ θεωρίας, τί ποτε ἄρα σεμνὸν καὶ θεοπρεπὲς ἐπικομίζονται, συνίδωμεν, μηδὲν μὲν ἐξ ἡμῶν, πάντα δὲ ταῖς αὐτῶν φωναῖς συγχρώμενοι, ὡς ἂν παρʼ αὐτῶν αὖθις τὰ αὐτῶν σεμνὰ καὶ ἀπόρρητα καταμάθωμεν.
hēmeis ge mēn epeiper hapax hōrmēthēmen kai epi ton toutōn elenchon, phere tas hermēneias autōn kai theōrias, ti pote ara semnon kai theoprepes epikomizontai, synidōmen, mēden men ex hēmōn, panta de tais autōn phōnais synchrōmenoi, hōs an parʼ autōn authis ta autōn semna kai aporrēta katamathōmen.
But since we have once set out to refute these too, come, let us consider what dignified thing worthy of God their interpretations and theories bring, adding nothing of our own but using their own words throughout, so that we may learn from themselves again their own dignified and secret doctrines.
3.0.3Dindorf 1:100
Μυρίοις μὲν οὖν ἄλλοις τῶν φιλοσοφεῖν ἐπαγγελλομένων πολὺς περὶ τούτων εἰσῆκται πόνος, διαφόρους τὰς αὐτῶν εὑρεσιλογίας πεποιημένοις, καὶ τὸ παραστὰν καὶ δόξαν ἑκάστῳ τοῦτʼ εἶναι τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀπισχυριζομένοις· ἐμοὶ δὲ ἐξαρκεῖ τὰς ἀποδείξεις ἀπὸ τῶν μάλιστα διαφανῶν καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς φιλοσόφοις γνωρίμων κλέος τε οὐ μικρὸν φιλοσοφίας παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ἀπενηνεγμένων παρασχεῖν.
Myriois men oun allois tōn philosophein epangellomenōn polys peri toutōn eisēktai ponos, diaphorous tas autōn heuresilogias pepoiēmenois, kai to parastan kai doxan hekastǭ toutʼ einai to alēthes apischyrizomenois; emoi de exarkei tas apodeixeis apo tōn malista diaphanōn kai pasi tois philosophois gnōrimōn kleos te ou mikron philosophias parʼ Hellēsin apenēnegmenōn paraschein.
Countless others who profess to philosophize have spent great labor on these matters, producing various inventions of their own, each insisting that whatever occurred to him and seemed right was the truth. For me it is enough to provide the proofs from those who are most distinguished, known to all philosophers, and who have won no small fame for philosophy among the Greeks.
3.0.4Dindorf 1:100–101
ὧν πρώτου λαβὼν ἀνάγνωθι τοῦ Χαιρωνέως Πλουτάρχου τὰς περὶ τῶν προκειμένων φωνὰς, ἐν αἷς σεμνολογῶν παρατρέπει τοὺς μύθους ἐφʼ ἅς φησιν εἶναι μυστηριώδεις θεολογίας· ἅς δὴ ἐκκαλύπτων τὸν μὲν Διόνυσον τὴν μέθην εἶναί φησιν, οὐκέτι τὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου συγγράμματι δεδηλωμένον θνητὸν ἄνδρα, τὴν δὲ Ἥραν τὴν γαμήλιον ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς συμβίωσιν· εἶθʼ, ὡσπερ ἐπιλελησμένος τῆς ἀποδόσεως, ἑτέραν ἑξῆς ἐπισυνάψας ἱστορίαν, τὴν Ἥραν οὐκέτι ὡς τὸ πρότερον, ἀλλὰ τὴν γῆν ὀνομάζει, λήθην δὲ καὶ νύκτα τὴν Λητώ· καὶ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν τῇ Λητοῖ φησιν εἶναι τὴν Ἥραν· εἶτʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις εἰσάγεται αὐτῷ ὁ Ζεὺς εἰς τὴν αἰθέριον δύναμιν ἀλληγορούμενος.
hōn prōtou labōn anagnōthi tou Chairōneōs Ploutarchou tas peri tōn prokeimenōn phōnas, en hais semnologōn paratrepei tous mythous ephʼ has phēsin einai mystēriōdeis theologias; has dē ekkalyptōn ton men Dionyson tēn methēn einai phēsin, ouketi ton hypo tēs historias en tǭ pro toutou syngrammati dedēlōmenon thnēton andra, tēn de Hēran tēn gamēlion andros kai gynaikos symbiōsin; eithʼ, hōsper epilelēsmenos tēs apodoseōs, heteran hexēs episynapsas historian, tēn Hēran ouketi hōs to proteron, alla tēn gēn onomazei, lēthēn de kai nykta tēn Lētō; kai palin tēn autēn tę̄ Lētoi phēsin einai tēn Hēran; eitʼ epi toutois eisagetai autǭ ho Zeus eis tēn aitherion dynamin allēgoroumenos.
First of them, take and read the words of Plutarch of Chaeronea on the matters before us, in which, speaking solemnly, he turns the myths aside to what he says are mystical theologies. Unveiling these, he says that Dionysus is drunkenness, no longer the mortal man shown by history in the preceding book, and Hera the married life of husband and wife; then, as if he had forgotten this explanation, he joins on another account next and calls Hera no longer as before but the earth, and Leto forgetfulness and night; and again he says that Hera is the same as Leto; then after this Zeus is brought in by him, allegorized into the power of the ether.
3.0.5Dindorf 1:101
Καὶ τί με δεῖ ταῦτα προλαμβάνειν, αὐτοῦ παρὸν ἀκοῦσαι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ὧδέ πως ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραφε Περὶ τῶν ἐν Πλαταιαῖς Δαιδάλων τὰ λανθάνοντα τοὺς πολλοὺς τῆς ἀπορρήτου περὶ θεῶν φυσιολογίας ἐκφαίνοντος
Kai ti me dei tauta prolambanein, autou paron akousai tou andros hōde pōs en hois epegraphe Peri tōn en Plataiais Daidalōn ta lanthanonta tous pollous tēs aporrētou peri theōn physiologias ekphainontos
But why should I anticipate these things, when we may hear the man himself, revealing in the work he entitled On the Daedala at Plataea what is hidden from the many of the secret natural philosophy about the gods, somewhat as follows:
Preparation 3, chapter 1
3.1.1Dindorf 1:101
‘‘Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἡ παλαιὰ φυσιολογία καὶ παρʼ Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις λόγος ἦν φυσικὸς ἐγκεκρυμμένος μύθοις, τὰ πολλὰ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων καὶ ὑπονοιῶν ἐπίκρυφος καὶ μυστηριώδης θεολογία, τά τε λαλούμενα τῶν σιγωμένων σαφέστερα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἔχοντα καὶ τὰ σιγώμενα τῶν λαλουμένων ὑποπτότερα, δῆλόν ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς ἐπεσι καὶ τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς καὶ Φρυγίοις λογοις· μάλιστα δὲ οἱ περὶ τὰς τελετὰς ὀργιασμοὶ καὶ τὰ δρώμενα συμβολικῶς ἐν ταῖς ἱερουργίαις τὴν τῶν παλαιῶν ἐμφαίνει διάνοιαν.
‘‘Hoti men oun hē palaia physiologia kai parʼ Hellēsi kai barbarois logos ēn physikos enkekrymmenos mythois, ta polla diʼ ainigmatōn kai hyponoiōn epikryphos kai mystēriōdēs theologia, ta te laloumena tōn sigōmenōn saphestera tois pollois echonta kai ta sigōmena tōn laloumenōn hypoptotera, dēlon estin en tois Orphikois epesi kai tois Aigyptiakois kai Phrygiois logois; malista de hoi peri tas teletas orgiasmoi kai ta drōmena symbolikōs en tais hierourgiais tēn tōn palaiōn emphainei dianoian.
"That the ancient natural philosophy, among both Greeks and barbarians, was a physical doctrine hidden in myths, for the most part a secret and mystical theology conveyed through riddles and hidden meanings, in which what is spoken is clearer to the many than what is kept silent, and what is kept silent more suspect than what is spoken, is plain in the Orphic poems and in the Egyptian and Phrygian stories; but most of all the orgies of the initiations and the symbolic actions in the sacred rites show the mind of the ancients.
3.1.2Dindorf 1:101–102
Οἷον, ἵνα μὴ μακρὰν τῶν ἐνστηκότων λόγων βαδίζωμεν, οὐ νομίζουσιν οὐδὲ ἀξιοῦσι κοινωνίαν εἶναι πρὸς Διόνυσον Ἥρᾳ· φυλάσσονται δὲ συμμιγνύναι τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τὰς Ἀθήνησιν ἱερείας ἀπαντώσας φασὶν ἀλλήλαις μὴ προσαγορεύειν, μηδὲ ὅλως κιττὸν εἰς τὸ τῆς Ἤρας εἰσκομίζεσθαι τέμενος, οὐ διὰ τὰς μυθικὰς καὶ φλυαρώδεις ζηλοτυπίας, ἀλλʼ ὅτι γαμήλιος μὲν ἡ θεὸς καὶ νυμφαγωγὸς, ἀπρεπὲς δὲ νυμφίοις τὸ μεθύειν, καὶ γάμοις ἀναρμοστότατον, ὥς φησιν ὁ Πλάτων· ἀκρατοποσία γὰρ, φησὶ, ταραχὴν ἐμποιεῖ καὶ ψυχαῖς καὶ σώμασιν, ὑφʼ ἧς ἄπλαστα καὶ πεπλανημένα ῥιζοῦται κακῶς τὰ σπειρόμενα καὶ κυϊσκόμενα. πάλιν οἱ θύοντες Ἥρᾳ τὴν χολὴν οὐ καθαγίζουσιν, ἀλλὰ κατορύττουσι παρὰ τὸν βωμὸν, ὡς δέον ἄθυμον καὶ ἄχολον καὶ καθαρεύουσαν ὀργῆς καὶ πικρίας ἁπάσης τὴν γυναικὸς καὶ ἀνδρὸς εἶναι συμβίωσιν.”
Hoion, hina mē makran tōn enstēkotōn logōn badizōmen, ou nomizousin oude axiousi koinōnian einai pros Dionyson Hērą; phylassontai de symmignynai ta hiera kai tas Athēnēsin hiereias apantōsas phasin allēlais mē prosagoreuein, mēde holōs kitton eis to tēs Ēras eiskomizesthai temenos, ou dia tas mythikas kai phlyarōdeis zēlotypias, allʼ hoti gamēlios men hē theos kai nymphagōgos, aprepes de nymphiois to methyein, kai gamois anarmostotaton, hōs phēsin ho Platōn; akratoposia gar, phēsi, tarachēn empoiei kai psychais kai sōmasin, hyphʼ hēs aplasta kai peplanēmena rhizoutai kakōs ta speiromena kai kyïskomena. palin hoi thyontes Hērą tēn cholēn ou kathagizousin, alla katoryttousi para ton bōmon, hōs deon athymon kai acholon kai kathareuousan orgēs kai pikrias hapasēs tēn gynaikos kai andros einai symbiōsin.”
For example, not to wander far from the matters at hand, they do not think or allow that Hera has any partnership with Dionysus. They take care not to mingle their rites; and the priestesses at Athens, they say, do not speak to each other when they meet, nor is ivy ever brought into the precinct of Hera. This is not because of mythical and nonsensical jealousies, but because the goddess presides over marriage and leads the bride, while drunkenness is unseemly for bridegrooms and most unsuited to marriage, as Plato says. For drinking unmixed wine, he says, causes disturbance in souls and bodies, by which what is sown and conceived takes root badly, shapeless and misdirected. Again, those who sacrifice to Hera do not consecrate the gall but bury it beside the altar, signifying that the life together of wife and husband should be without anger and gall, and pure of all wrath and bitterness."
3.1.3Dindorf 1:102–103
Τοῦτο δὴ τὸ συμβολικὸν εἶδος ἐν τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς μύθοις μᾶλλόν ἐστιν. οἷον, ἱστοροῦσι τὴν Ἥραν ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ τρεφομένην ἔτι παρθένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Διός κλαπῆναι, καὶ διακομισθεῖσαν ἐνταῦθα κρύπτεσθαι, Κιθαιρῶνος αὐτοῖς ἐπίσκιόν τινα μυχὸν καὶ θάλαμον αὐτοφυῆ παρασχόντος. ἐλθούσης δὲ τῆς Μακρίδος κατὰ ζήτησιν — ἦν δὲ Ἤρας τιθήνη — καὶ βουλομένης ἐρευνᾶν οὐκ ἐᾶν τὸν Κιθαιρῶνα πολυπραγμονεῖν, οὐδὲ τῷ χωρίῳ προσάγειν, ὡς τοῦ Διὸς ἐκεῖ τῇ Λητοῖ συναναπαυομένου καὶ συνδιατρίβοντος. ἀπελθούσης δὲ τῆς Μακρίδος, οὕτω τότε μὲν διαλαθεῖν τὴν Ἥραν, ὕστερον δὲ τῇ Λητοῖ χάριν ἀπομνημονεύουσαν ὁμοβώμιον θέσθαι καὶ σύνναον, ὥστε καὶ Λητοῖ μυχίᾳ προθύεσθαι· τινὲς δὲ νυχίαν λέγουσι. σημαίνεται δὲ ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν ὀνομάτων τὸ κρύφιον καὶ διαλεληθός. ἔνιοι δὲ τὴν Ἥραν αὐτὴν ἐκεῖ τῷ Διὶ λάθρα συνοῦσαν καὶ λανθάνουσαν οὕτω Λητώ φασιν νυχίαν προσηγορεῦσθαι· φανερῶν δὲ τῶν γάμων γενομένων, καὶ περὶ τὸν Κιθαιρῶνα πρῶτον ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὰς Πλαταιὰς τῆς ὁμιλίας ἀνακαλυφθείσης, Ἤραν τελείαν καὶ γαμήλιον αὐτὴν προσαγορευθηναι.
Touto dē to symbolikon eidos en tois logois kai tois mythois mallon estin. hoion, historousi tēn Hēran en tę̄ Euboią trephomenēn eti parthenon hypo tou Dios klapēnai, kai diakomistheisan entautha kryptesthai, Kithairōnos autois episkion tina mychon kai thalamon autophyē paraschontos. elthousēs de tēs Makridos kata zētēsin — ēn de Ēras tithēnē — kai boulomenēs ereunan ouk ean ton Kithairōna polypragmonein, oude tǭ chōriǭ prosagein, hōs tou Dios ekei tę̄ Lētoi synanapauomenou kai syndiatribontos. apelthousēs de tēs Makridos, houtō tote men dialathein tēn Hēran, hysteron de tę̄ Lētoi charin apomnēmoneuousan homobōmion thesthai kai synnaon, hōste kai Lētoi mychią prothyesthai; tines de nychian legousi. sēmainetai de en hekaterǭ tōn onomatōn to kryphion kai dialelēthos. enioi de tēn Hēran autēn ekei tǭ Dii lathra synousan kai lanthanousan houtō Lētō phasin nychian prosēgoreusthai; phanerōn de tōn gamōn genomenōn, kai peri ton Kithairōna prōton entautha kai tas Plataias tēs homilias anakalyphtheisēs, Ēran teleian kai gamēlion autēn prosagoreuthēnai.
This symbolic manner is found more in the stories and myths. For example, they relate that Hera, while still a maiden being brought up in Euboea, was stolen away by Zeus, carried across to this place, and hidden there, Cithaeron providing them a shady recess and a natural bridal chamber. When Macris, Hera's nurse, came in search of her and wished to look, Cithaeron would not let her pry or approach the place, saying that Zeus was resting and spending his time there with Leto. When Macris went away, Hera escaped notice for the time; and later, in gratitude to Leto, she gave her a share in her altar and temple, so that sacrifice is offered first to Leto Mychia (of the recess); some say Nychia (of the night). In both names the hidden and secret is signified. Some say that Hera herself, secretly united with Zeus there and escaping notice, was thus called Leto Nychia; and when the marriage became public, and their union was first revealed here at Cithaeron and Plataea, she was called Hera Teleia (fulfilled) and Gamelios (of marriage).
3.1.4Dindorf 1:103
‟ οἱ δὲ φυσικῶς μᾶλλον καὶ πρεπόντως ὑπολαμβάνοντες τὸν μῦθον οὕτως εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ τῇ Λητοῖ συνάγουσιν τὴν Ἥραν. γῆ μέν ἐστιν ἡ Ἥρα, καθάπερ εἴρηται, νὺξ δὲ ἡ Λητὼ, λήθω τις οὔσα τῶν εἰς ὕπνον τρεπομένων, νὺξ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ἄλλο πλὴν σκιὰ γῆς· ὅταν γὰρ πλησιάσασα ταῖς δυσμαῖς ἀποκρύψῃ τὸν ἥλιον, ἀναπλατυνομένη μελαίνει τὸν ἀέρα, καὶ τοῦτο ἔστι τὸ ἐκλειπτικὸν ὀλίσθημα τῶν πανσελήνων, ὅταν τῆς σελήνης περιφερομένης ἡ σκιὰ τῆς γῆς ἐπιψαύσῃ καὶ διαθολώσῃ τὸ φέγγος.
‟ hoi de physikōs mallon kai prepontōs hypolambanontes ton mython houtōs eis to auto tę̄ Lētoi synagousin tēn Hēran. gē men estin hē Hēra, kathaper eirētai, nyx de hē Lētō, lēthō tis ousa tōn eis hypnon trepomenōn, nyx de ouden estin allo plēn skia gēs; hotan gar plēsiasasa tais dysmais apokrypsę̄ ton hēlion, anaplatynomenē melainei ton aera, kai touto esti to ekleiptikon olisthēma tōn panselēnōn, hotan tēs selēnēs peripheromenēs hē skia tēs gēs epipsausę̄ kai diatholōsę̄ to phengos.
"Those who interpret the myth more physically and fittingly bring Hera together with Leto in this way. Hera is the earth, as has been said, and Leto is night, being a sort of forgetfulness (letho) of those who turn to sleep; and night is nothing else than the shadow of the earth. For when the shadow, drawing near the west, hides the sun, it spreads out and darkens the air; and this is the eclipsing slip of the full moons, when, as the moon goes round, the shadow of the earth touches it and dims its light.
3.1.5Dindorf 1:103–104
‘‘ Ὅτι οὐκ ἄλλη τίς ἐστι τῆς Ἥρας ἡ Λητὼ μάθοιτʼ ἂν ἐνθένδε. τὴν Ἄρτεμιν ἤδη που θυγατέρα Λητοῦς καλοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Εἰλήθυιαν τὴν αὐτὴν ὀνομάζομεν· οὐκοῦν ἥ τε Ἥρα καὶ ἡ Λητὼ δύο εἰσὶ μιᾶς θεοῦ προσηγορίαι. πάλιν, ἐκ μὲν Λητοῦς ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἐκ Ἥρας ὁ Ἄρης γέγονε, μία δέ ἐστιν ἀμφοτέρων δύναμις, καὶ κέκληται Ἄρης μὲν ὡς ἀρήγων τοῖς κατὰ βίαν καὶ μάχην συμπτώμασιν, Ἀπόλλων δὲ ὡς ἀπαλλάττων καὶ ἀπολύων τῶν περὶ σῶμα νοσηματικῶν παθῶν τὸν ἄνθρωπον. διὸ καὶ τῶν ἐμπυρωτάτων ἄστρων καὶ πυριφλεγεστάτων ὁ μὲν ἥλιος Ἀπόλλων κέκληται, ὁ δὲ πυροειδὴς Ἄρης ἐπωνόμασται. καὶ οὐκ ἀπότροπόν ἐστι τὴν αὐτὴν θεὸν γαμήλιον λέγεσθαι καὶ μητέρα Εἰληθυίας καὶ ἡλίου νομίζεσθαι. γάμου μὲν γὰρ τέλος γένεσίς ἐστι, γένεσις δὲ ἡ εἰς ἥλιον καὶ φῶς ἐκ σκότους πορεία. καὶ καλῶς ἔφη ὁ ποιητής Αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ τόν γε μογοστόκος Εἰλήθυια ἐξάγαγε πρὸ φόωσδε καὶ ἠελίου ἴδεν αὐγάς. εὖ ὁ ποιητὴς τῇ μὲν προθέσει τὴν σύνθεσιν ἔθλιψεν, ἐμφαίνων τὸ βεβιασμένον τῆς ὠδῖνος, τέλος δὲ τῆς γενέσεως ἐποίησεν ἥλιον ἰδεῖν. οὐκοῦν ἡ αὐτὴ θεὸς ἐποίησε καὶ γάμον συνελθεῖν, ἵνα γένεσιν παρασκευάσῃ.”
‘‘ Hoti ouk allē tis esti tēs Hēras hē Lētō mathoitʼ an enthende. tēn Artemin ēdē pou thygatera Lētous kaloumen, alla kai Eilēthuian tēn autēn onomazomen; oukoun hē te Hēra kai hē Lētō dyo eisi mias theou prosēgoriai. palin, ek men Lētous ho Apollōn, ek Hēras ho Arēs gegone, mia de estin amphoterōn dynamis, kai keklētai Arēs men hōs arēgōn tois kata bian kai machēn symptōmasin, Apollōn de hōs apallattōn kai apolyōn tōn peri sōma nosēmatikōn pathōn ton anthrōpon. dio kai tōn empyrōtatōn astrōn kai pyriphlegestatōn ho men hēlios Apollōn keklētai, ho de pyroeidēs Arēs epōnomastai. kai ouk apotropon esti tēn autēn theon gamēlion legesthai kai mētera Eilēthuias kai hēliou nomizesthai. gamou men gar telos genesis esti, genesis de hē eis hēlion kai phōs ek skotous poreia. kai kalōs ephē ho poiētēs Autar epeidē ton ge mogostokos Eilēthuia exagage pro phoōsde kai ēeliou iden augas. eu ho poiētēs tę̄ men prothesei tēn synthesin ethlipsen, emphainōn to bebiasmenon tēs ōdinos, telos de tēs geneseōs epoiēsen hēlion idein. oukoun hē autē theos epoiēse kai gamon synelthein, hina genesin paraskeuasę̄.”
"That Leto is no other than Hera you may learn from this. We call Artemis the daughter of Leto, but we also name her Eileithyia; so Hera and Leto are two names of one goddess. Again, Apollo was born of Leto and Ares of Hera, but both have one power; and he is called Ares as helping (aregon) in the misfortunes of violence and battle, and Apollo as freeing (apallatton) and releasing man from the sicknesses of the body. Therefore, of the most fiery and burning stars, the sun is called Apollo and the fire-colored one is named Ares. Nor is it absurd that the same goddess should be called the goddess of marriage and considered mother of Eileithyia and of the sun. For the end of marriage is birth, and birth is the passage from darkness to the sun and light. And the poet said well: 'But when Eileithyia of the hard labor brought him forth to the light, and he saw the rays of the sun.' The poet did well to compress the compound with the preposition, showing the force of the travail, and to make the end of birth the seeing of the sun. So the same goddess made marriage come together, in order to prepare for birth."
3.1.6Dindorf 1:104
“Δεῖ δὲ ἴσως καὶ τὸν εὐηθέστερον μῦθον εἰπεῖν. λέγεται γὰρ ὁ Ζεὺς, τῆς Ἥρας αὐτῷ διαφερομένης καὶ μηκέτι φοιτᾶν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ βουλομένης, ἀλλὰ κρυπτούσης ἑαυτὴν, ἀμηχανῶν καὶ πλανώμενος Ἀλαλκομένει τῷ αὐτόχθονι συντυχεῖν, καὶ διδαχθῆναι ὑπὸ τούτου ὡς ἐξαπατητέον τὴν Ἥραν, σκηψάμενον γαμεῖν ἑτέραν. συνεργοῦντος δὲ τοῦ Ἀλαλκομένους κρύφα τεμόντας αὐτοὺς εὐκτέανον καὶ παγκάλην δρῦν μορφῶσαί τε αὐτὴν καὶ καταστεῖλαι νυμφικῶς, Δαιδάλην προσαγορεύσαντας· εἶτα οὕτως ἀναμέλπεσθαι μὲν τὸν ὑμέναιον, λουτρὰ δὲ κομίζειν τὰς Τριτωνίδας νύμφας, αὐλοὺς δὲ καὶ κώμους τὴν Βοιωτίαν παρασχεῖν· περαινομένων δὲ τούτων οὐκέτι τὴν Ἥραν καρτερεῖν, ἀλλὰ καταβᾶσαν ἐκ τοῦ Κιθαιρῶνος, τῶν Πλαταιίδων αὐτῇ γυναικῶν ἑπομένων, ὑπʼ ὀργῆς καὶ ζηλοτυπίας θέουσαν ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τὸν Δία, καὶ τοῦ πλάσματος φανεροῦ γενομένου διαλλαγεῖσαν μετὰ χαρᾶς καὶ γέλωτος αὐτὴν νυμφαγωγεῖν· τιμὴν δὲ τῷ ξοάνῳ προσθεῖναι καὶ Δαίδαλα τὴν ἑορτὴν προσαγορεῦσαι, κατακαῦσαι δὲ ὅμως αὐτὸ, καίπερ ἄψυχον ὂν, ὑπὸ ζηλοτυπίας.”
“Dei de isōs kai ton euēthesteron mython eipein. legetai gar ho Zeus, tēs Hēras autǭ diapheromenēs kai mēketi phoitan eis to auto boulomenēs, alla kryptousēs heautēn, amēchanōn kai planōmenos Alalkomenei tǭ autochthoni syntychein, kai didachthēnai hypo toutou hōs exapatēteon tēn Hēran, skēpsamenon gamein heteran. synergountos de tou Alalkomenous krypha temontas autous eukteanon kai pankalēn dryn morphōsai te autēn kai katasteilai nymphikōs, Daidalēn prosagoreusantas; eita houtōs anamelpesthai men ton hymenaion, loutra de komizein tas Tritōnidas nymphas, aulous de kai kōmous tēn Boiōtian paraschein; perainomenōn de toutōn ouketi tēn Hēran karterein, alla katabasan ek tou Kithairōnos, tōn Plataiidōn autę̄ gynaikōn hepomenōn, hypʼ orgēs kai zēlotypias theousan elthein pros ton Dia, kai tou plasmatos phanerou genomenou diallageisan meta charas kai gelōtos autēn nymphagōgein; timēn de tǭ xoanǭ prostheinai kai Daidala tēn heortēn prosagoreusai, katakausai de homōs auto, kaiper apsychon on, hypo zēlotypias.”
"Perhaps we should also tell the more simple-minded myth. It is said that Zeus, when Hera quarreled with him and would no longer come to him but hid herself, at a loss and wandering about, met Alalcomenes, a native of the land, and was taught by him that he must deceive Hera by pretending to marry another. With Alalcomenes' help they secretly cut down a fine, very beautiful oak, shaped it, dressed it as a bride, and called it Daedale. Then the wedding song was raised, the Tritonian nymphs brought the bridal bath, and Boeotia provided flutes and revels. While this was going on, Hera could hold out no longer, but came down from Cithaeron, followed by the women of Plataea, and in anger and jealousy ran to Zeus. When the pretense was revealed, she was reconciled, and with joy and laughter herself led the bridal procession. She gave honor to the wooden image and called the festival Daedala, but nevertheless burned it, lifeless though it was, out of jealousy."
3.1.7Dindorf 1:104–105
“Ὁ μὲν οὖν μῦθος τοιοῦτος, ὁ δὲ λόγος αὐτοῦ τοιόσδε. Ἥρας καὶ Δῖός διαφορὰ καὶ στάσις οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν στοιχείων δυσκρασία καὶ τάραχός ἐστιν, ὅταν ἀλλήλοις μηκέτι συμμετρῆται κατὰ κόσμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνωμαλίας καὶ τραχύτητος ἐγγενομένης δυσμαχήσαντα λύσῃ τὴν κοινωνίαν καὶ φθορὰν τῶν ὅλων ἀπεργάσηται. ἂν μὲν οὖν ὁ Ζεὺς, τουτέστιν ἡ θερμὴ καὶ πυρώδης δύναμις, αἰτίαν παράσχῃ τῆς διαφθορᾶς, αὐχμὸς τὴν γῆν καταλαμβάνει, ἐὰν δὲ περὶ τὴν Ἥραν, τουτέστι τὴν ὑγρὰν καὶ πνευματικὴν φύσιν, ὕβρις τις ἢ πλεονασμὸς γένηται, ῥεῦμα ἦλθε πολὺ καὶ συνώμβρισε καὶ κατέκλυσε τὰ πάντα. τοιούτου δέ τινος γενομένου καὶ περὶ τοὺς τότε χρόνους, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς Βοιωτίας βυθισθείσης, ὡς πρῶτον ἀνέδυ τὸ πεδίον καὶ ἡ πλήμμυρα ἐλώφησεν, ὁ μὲν ἐξ εὐδίας κόσμος τοῦ περιέχοντος ὁμόνοια καὶ διαλλαγὴ τῶν θεῶν ἐλέχθη, πρῶτον δὲ ἀνέσχεν ἐκ τῶν φυτῶν τῆς γῆς ἡ δρῦς, καὶ ταύτην ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, τροφῆς βίου καὶ σωτηρίας διαμονὴν παρασχοῦσαν, οὐ γὰρ μόνον τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν, ὡς Ἡσίοδός φησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὑπολειφθεῖσι τῆς φθορᾶς Ἄκρη μέν τε φέρει βαλάνους, μέσση δὲ μελίσσας.’’
“Ho men oun mythos toioutos, ho de logos autou toiosde. Hēras kai Dios diaphora kai stasis ouden allo plēn stoicheiōn dyskrasia kai tarachos estin, hotan allēlois mēketi symmetrētai kata kosmon, alla kai anōmalias kai trachytētos engenomenēs dysmachēsanta lysę̄ tēn koinōnian kai phthoran tōn holōn apergasētai. an men oun ho Zeus, toutestin hē thermē kai pyrōdēs dynamis, aitian paraschę̄ tēs diaphthoras, auchmos tēn gēn katalambanei, ean de peri tēn Hēran, toutesti tēn hygran kai pneumatikēn physin, hybris tis ē pleonasmos genētai, rheuma ēlthe poly kai synōmbrise kai kateklyse ta panta. toioutou de tinos genomenou kai peri tous tote chronous, kai malista tēs Boiōtias bythistheisēs, hōs prōton anedy to pedion kai hē plēmmyra elōphēsen, ho men ex eudias kosmos tou periechontos homonoia kai diallagē tōn theōn elechthē, prōton de aneschen ek tōn phytōn tēs gēs hē drys, kai tautēn ēgapēsan hoi anthrōpoi, trophēs biou kai sōtērias diamonēn paraschousan, ou gar monon tois eusebesin, hōs Hēsiodos phēsin, alla kai tois hypoleiphtheisi tēs phthoras Akrē men te pherei balanous, messē de melissas.’’
"Such is the myth; and its meaning is this. The quarrel and strife of Hera and Zeus is nothing else than the bad mixture and disturbance of the elements, when they no longer keep due measure with one another in order, but irregularity and harshness arise and they fight against each other, dissolve their partnership, and bring about the destruction of all things. If Zeus, that is, the hot and fiery power, gives the cause of the destruction, drought seizes the earth; but if excess or superabundance arises in Hera, that is, the moist and airy nature, a great flood comes, rains pour down, and everything is inundated. Something of this kind happened about those times, and Boeotia especially was submerged; and as soon as the plain emerged and the flood abated, the fair order of the surrounding air out of the calm was called the concord and reconciliation of the gods. And first of the plants of the earth the oak rose up, and men loved it, since it provided the continuance of food, life, and safety; for not only to the pious, as Hesiod says, but also to those left over from the destruction 'the oak bears acorns at its top and bees in its middle.'"
Preparation 3, chapter 2
3.2.1Dindorf 1:105
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Πλούταρχος. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐκ τῶν παρατεθεισῶν αὐτῷ φωνῶν ὡς ἄρα καὶ ἡ θαυμαστὴ καὶ ἀπόρρητος φυσιολογία τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς θεολογίας θεῖον μὲν οὐδὲν, οὐδέ τι μέγα καὶ θεοπρεπὲς καὶ τῆς ἀνατάσεως ἄξιον ἐπήγετο.
Tauta men ho Ploutarchos. hēmeis de ek tōn paratetheisōn autǭ phōnōn hōs ara kai hē thaumastē kai aporrētos physiologia tēs Hellēnikēs theologias theion men ouden, oude ti mega kai theoprepes kai tēs anataseōs axion epēgeto.
So much Plutarch. And we, from the words he has set out, have learned that even the wonderful and secret natural philosophy of the Greek theology brought with it nothing divine, nothing great, worthy of God, or deserving of such exaltation.
3.2.2Dindorf 1:105
ἀκήκοας γὰρ τὴν Ἥραν, τοτὲ μὲν γαμήλιον ἀναγορευομένην καὶ τὴν ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς συμβίωσιν δηλοῦσαν, τοτὲ δὲ τὴν γῆν πάλιν Ἥραν ὀνομαζομένην, τοτὲ δὲ τὴν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν, τὸν δὲ Διόνυσον εἰς τὴν μέθην μετενηνεγμένον, εἰς νύκτα δὲ τὴν Λητὼ, καὶ τὸν ἥλιον εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα, καὶ αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Δία εἰς τὴν θερμὴν καὶ πυρώδη δύναμιν.
akēkoas gar tēn Hēran, tote men gamēlion anagoreuomenēn kai tēn andros kai gynaikos symbiōsin dēlousan, tote de tēn gēn palin Hēran onomazomenēn, tote de tēn hygran ousian, ton de Dionyson eis tēn methēn metenēnegmenon, eis nykta de tēn Lētō, kai ton hēlion eis Apollōna, kai auton de ton Dia eis tēn thermēn kai pyrōdē dynamin.
For you have heard Hera now proclaimed the goddess of marriage and signifying the life together of husband and wife, now again the earth named Hera, now the moist substance; Dionysus turned into drunkenness, Leto into night, the sun into Apollo, and Zeus himself into the hot and fiery power.
3.2.3Dindorf 1:105–106
οὐκοῦν πρὸς τῇ τῶν μύθων ἀπρεπείᾳ καὶ ἡ δοκοῦσα σεμνοτέρα διήγησις καὶ φυσιολογία οὐκ ἐπί τινας οὐρανίους νοερὰς καὶ θείας δυνάμεις οὐδʼ ἐπὶ λογικὰς καὶ ἀσωμάτους ἀνῆγεν οὐσίας, κάτω δὲ πάλιν καὶ αὐτὴ εἰς μέθας καὶ γάμους καὶ ἀνθρώπεια πάθη, εἴς τε πῦρ καὶ γῆν καὶ ἥλιον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς ὕλης στοιχεῖα κατέστρεφε τὰ μέρη τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ πλέον θεοποιοῦσα οὐδέν.
oukoun pros tę̄ tōn mythōn aprepeią kai hē dokousa semnotera diēgēsis kai physiologia ouk epi tinas ouranious noeras kai theias dynameis oudʼ epi logikas kai asōmatous anēgen ousias, katō de palin kai autē eis methas kai gamous kai anthrōpeia pathē, eis te pyr kai gēn kai hēlion kai ta loipa tēs hylēs stoicheia katestrephe ta merē tou kosmou, kai pleon theopoiousa ouden.
So, besides the unseemliness of the myths, even the supposedly more dignified explanation and natural philosophy did not lead up to any heavenly, intellectual, and divine powers, nor to rational and incorporeal beings, but itself again turned the parts of the world downward to drunkenness and marriages and human passions, to fire and earth and sun and the other elements of matter, and deified nothing more.
3.2.4Dindorf 1:106
τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων οἶδεν. ὁμολογεῖ γοῦν διαρρήδην ἐν τῷ Κρατύλῳ μηδὲν πλέον τῶν ὁρωμένων τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν τοὺς πρώτους τῶν περὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἀνθρώπων ἐγνωκέναι, μόνους δὲ θεοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ φωστῆρας καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν φαινομένων νομίσαι.
touto de kai ho Platōn oiden. homologei goun diarrēdēn en tǭ Kratylǭ mēden pleon tōn horōmenōn tou kosmou merōn tous prōtous tōn peri tēn Hellada anthrōpōn egnōkenai, monous de theous einai tous en ouranǭ phōstēras kai ta loipa tōn phainomenōn nomisai.
Plato too knows this. At any rate he confesses plainly in the Cratylus that the first men in Greece knew nothing more than the visible parts of the world, and thought that the only gods were the luminaries of heaven and the rest of the phenomena.
3.2.5Dindorf 1:106
λέγει δʼ οὖν ὧδε πρὸς λέξιν ‟ Φαίνονταί μοι οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων περὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τούτους μόνους θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι οὕσπερ νῦν πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ γῆν καὶ ἄστρα καὶ οὐρανόν.
legei dʼ oun hōde pros lexin ‟ Phainontai moi hoi prōtoi tōn anthrōpōn peri tēn Hellada toutous monous theous hēgeisthai housper nyn polloi tōn barbarōn, hēlion kai selēnēn kai gēn kai astra kai ouranon.
He says, word for word: "It seems to me that the first men in Greece held as gods only these, which many of the barbarians hold now: sun and moon and earth and stars and heaven."
3.2.6Dindorf 1:106
Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν Ἑλληνικὰ τοιαῦτα· ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰ τούτων παλαίτατα· ἦν δὲ τὰ Αἰγυπτία. τὴν Ἶσίν φασι καὶ Ὄσιριν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην εἶναι, καὶ Δία μὲν τὸ διὰ πάντων χωροῦν πνεῦμα, Ἥφαιστον δὲ τὸ πῦρ, τὴν δὲ γῆν Δήμητρα ἐπονομάσαι, ὠκεανόν τε τὸ ὑγρὸν νομίζεσθαι παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ τὸν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ποταμὸν Νεῖλον, ᾧ καὶ τὰς τῶν θεῶν ἀναθεῖναι γενέσεις· τὸν δὲ ἀέρα φασὶν αὐτοὺς προσαγορεύειν Ἀθηνᾶν.
Alla ta men Hellēnika toiauta; idōmen de kai ta toutōn palaitata; ēn de ta Aigyptia. tēn Isin phasi kai Osirin ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn einai, kai Dia men to dia pantōn chōroun pneuma, Hēphaiston de to pyr, tēn de gēn Dēmētra eponomasai, ōkeanon te to hygron nomizesthai parʼ Aigyptiois kai ton parʼ autois potamon Neilon, hǭ kai tas tōn theōn anatheinai geneseis; ton de aera phasin autous prosagoreuein Athēnan.
Such, then, are the Greek doctrines; let us see also those older than these, the Egyptian. They say that Isis and Osiris are the sun and the moon; that Zeus is the spirit that pervades all things, Hephaestus fire, and that they named the earth Demeter; that the moist element is considered Oceanus among the Egyptians, and their own river the Nile, to which they ascribed the births of the gods; and that they call the air Athena.
3.2.7Dindorf 1:106–107
τούτους δὲ τοὺς πέντε θεοὺς, τὸν Ἀέρα λέγω καὶ τὸ Ὕδωρ τό τε Πῦρ καὶ τὴν Γῆν καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα, τὴν πᾶσαν οἰκουμένην ἐπιπορεύεσθαι, ἄλλοτε ἄλλως εἰς μορφὰς καὶ ἰδέας ἀνθρώπων τε καὶ παντοίων ζῴων σχηματιζομένους, καὶ τούτων ὁμωνύμους παρʼ αὐτοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις γεγονέναι θνητοὺς ἀνθρώπους, Ἥλιον καὶ Κρόνον καὶ ῾Ρέαν, ἔτι δὲ Δία καὶ Ἥραν καὶ Ἥφαιστον καὶ Ἑστίαν ἐπονομασθέντας. γράφει δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τούτων πλατύτερον μὲν ὁ Μανεθῶς, ἐπιτετμημένως δὲ ὁ Διόδωρος ἐν τῇ προλεχθείσῃ αὐτοῦ γραφῇ ὧδέ πως ἱστορῶν κατὰ λέξιν
toutous de tous pente theous, ton Aera legō kai to Hydōr to te Pyr kai tēn Gēn kai to Pneuma, tēn pasan oikoumenēn epiporeuesthai, allote allōs eis morphas kai ideas anthrōpōn te kai pantoiōn zǭōn schēmatizomenous, kai toutōn homōnymous parʼ autois Aigyptiois gegonenai thnētous anthrōpous, Hēlion kai Kronon kai ῾Rean, eti de Dia kai Hēran kai Hēphaiston kai Hestian eponomasthentas. graphei de kai ta peri toutōn platyteron men ho Manethōs, epitetmēmenōs de ho Diodōros en tę̄ prolechtheisę̄ autou graphę̄ hōde pōs historōn kata lexin
These five gods, I mean Air, Water, Fire, Earth, and Spirit, go about the whole inhabited world, taking now one shape and now another, the forms and appearances of men and of all kinds of animals; and among the Egyptians themselves there were mortal men of the same names as these, called Helios, Cronus, and Rhea, and also Zeus, Hera, Hephaestus, and Hestia. Manetho writes about these things more fully, and Diodorus in summary, in the work mentioned before, recording somewhat as follows, word for word:
Preparation 3, chapter 3
3.3.1Dindorf 1:107
‟ Τούτους δὲ τοὺς θεοὺς, τὸν Ἥλιον, φασὶ, καὶ τὴν Σελήνην, Ὄσιριν ὄντας κατʼ Αἰγυπτίους καὶ Ἶσιν, τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον διοικεῖν τρέφοντάς τε καὶ αὔξοντας πάντα τριμερέσιν ὥραις, ἀοράτῳ κινήσει τὴν περίοδον ἀπαρτιζούσαις, τῇ τε ἐαρινῇ καὶ θερινῇ καὶ χειμερινῇ· ταύτας δὲ ἐναντιωτάτην ἀλλήλαις τὴν φύσιν ἐχούσας ἀπαρτίζειν τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἀρίστῃ συμφωνίᾳ.
‟ Toutous de tous theous, ton Hēlion, phasi, kai tēn Selēnēn, Osirin ontas katʼ Aigyptious kai Isin, ton sympanta kosmon dioikein trephontas te kai auxontas panta trimeresin hōrais, aoratǭ kinēsei tēn periodon apartizousais, tę̄ te earinę̄ kai therinę̄ kai cheimerinę̄; tautas de enantiōtatēn allēlais tēn physin echousas apartizein ton eniauton aristę̄ symphōnią.
"These gods, they say, the Sun and the Moon, who are Osiris and Isis among the Egyptians, govern the whole universe, nourishing and increasing all things by the three seasons that complete the cycle in an invisible movement, spring, summer, and winter; and these, though most opposite in nature to one another, complete the year in the best harmony.
3.3.2Dindorf 1:107
φύσιν δὲ συμβάλλεσθαι πλείστην εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀπάντων ζωογονίαν τῶν θεῶν τούτων, τὸν μὲν πυρώδους καὶ πνεύματος, τὴν δὲ ὑγροῦ καὶ ξηροῦ, κοινῇ δʼ ἀμφοτέρους ἀέρος· καὶ διὰ τούτων πάντα γεννᾶσθαι καὶ τρέφεσθαι. διὸ καὶ τὸ μὲν ἅπαν σῶμα τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως ἐξ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης ἀπαρτίζεσθαι, τὰ δὲ τούτων μέρη πέντε τὰ προειρημένα, τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ πῦρ καὶ τὸ ξηρὸν, ἔτι δὲ τὸ ὑγρὸν, καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον τὸ ἀερῶδες, ὥσπερ ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπου κεφαλὴν καὶ χεῖρας καὶ πόδας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα μέρη καταριθμοῦμεν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κόσμου συγκεῖσθαι πᾶν ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων.
physin de symballesthai pleistēn eis tēn tōn apantōn zōogonian tōn theōn toutōn, ton men pyrōdous kai pneumatos, tēn de hygrou kai xērou, koinę̄ dʼ amphoterous aeros; kai dia toutōn panta gennasthai kai trephesthai. dio kai to men hapan sōma tēs tōn holōn physeōs ex hēliou kai selēnēs apartizesthai, ta de toutōn merē pente ta proeirēmena, to pneuma kai to pyr kai to xēron, eti de to hygron, kai to teleutaion to aerōdes, hōsper epʼ anthrōpou kephalēn kai cheiras kai podas kai ta alla merē katarithmoumen, ton auton tropon to sōma tou kosmou synkeisthai pan ek tōn proeirēmenōn.
These gods contribute most to the generation of all living things, the one of the fiery and spiritual nature, the other of the moist and dry, and both in common of the airy; and through these all things are begotten and nourished. Therefore the whole body of the nature of the universe is completed from the sun and moon, and their parts are the five mentioned before, spirit, fire, the dry, the moist, and lastly the airy; and just as in a man we count head, hands, feet, and the other parts, in the same way the whole body of the world is composed of those mentioned.
3.3.3Dindorf 1:107
τούτων δʼ ἕκαστον θεὸν νομίσαι, καὶ προσηγορίαν ἰδίαν ἑκάστῳ θεῖναι κατὰ τὸ οἰκεῖον, τοὺς πρώτους διαλέκτῳ χρησαμένους διηρθρωμένῃ τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον ἀνθρώπων. τὸ μὲν οὖν πνεῦμα Δία προσαγορεῦσαι μεθερμηνευομένης τῆς λέξεως· ὃν αἴτιον ὄντα τοῦ ψυχικοῦ τοῖς ζῴοις ἐνόμισαν ὑπάρχειν πάντων οἱονεί τινα πατέρα.
toutōn dʼ hekaston theon nomisai, kai prosēgorian idian hekastǭ theinai kata to oikeion, tous prōtous dialektǭ chrēsamenous diērthrōmenę̄ tōn katʼ Aigypton anthrōpōn. to men oun pneuma Dia prosagoreusai methermēneuomenēs tēs lexeōs; hon aition onta tou psychikou tois zǭois enomisan hyparchein pantōn hoionei tina patera.
Each of these the first men in Egypt to use articulate speech considered a god and gave each its own name according to its nature. Spirit they called Zeus, by translation of the word; regarding him as the cause of the soul in living things, they considered him a kind of father of all.
3.3.4Dindorf 1:107–108
συμφωνεῖν δὲ τούτοις φασὶ καὶ τὸν ἐπιφανέστατον τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι ποιητῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦτο λέγοντα, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε. τὸ δὲ πῦρ μεθερμηνευόμενον Ἥφαιστον ὀνομάσαι, νομίσαντας μέγαν εἶναι θεὸν καὶ πολλὰ συμβάλλεσθαι πᾶσιν εἰς γένεσίν τε καὶ τελείαν αὔξησιν. τὴν δὲ γῆν ὥσπερ ἀγγεῖόν τι τῶν φυομένων ὑπολαμβάνοντας μητέρα προσαγορεῦσαι· καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας δὲ ταύτην παραπλησίως Δήμητρα καλεῖν, βραχὺ μετατεθείσης διὰ τὸν χρόνον τῆς λέξεως.
symphōnein de toutois phasi kai ton epiphanestaton tōn parʼ Hellēsi poiētōn epi tou theou touto legonta, patēr andrōn te theōn te. to de pyr methermēneuomenon Hēphaiston onomasai, nomisantas megan einai theon kai polla symballesthai pasin eis genesin te kai teleian auxēsin. tēn de gēn hōsper angeion ti tōn phyomenōn hypolambanontas mētera prosagoreusai; kai tous Hellēnas de tautēn paraplēsiōs Dēmētra kalein, brachy metatetheisēs dia ton chronon tēs lexeōs.
They say that the most famous of the Greek poets also agrees with them, saying of the god, 'father of men and gods.' Fire, translated, they named Hephaestus, considering him a great god who contributes much to all things for their generation and full growth. The earth, which they regarded as a kind of vessel of growing things, they called Mother; and the Greeks likewise call her Demeter, the word having been slightly changed over time.
3.3.5Dindorf 1:108
τὸ γὰρ παλαιὸν ὀνομάζεσθαι γῆν μητέρα, καθάπερ καὶ τὸν Ὀρφέα προσμαρτυρεῖν λέγοντα, Γῆ μήτηρ πάντων, Δημήτηρ πλουτοδότειρα. τὸ δʼ ὑγρὸν ὀνομάσαι λέγουσι τοὺς παλαιοὺς ὠκεανὸν, ὃ μεθερμηνευόμενον μὲν εἶναι τροφῆς μητέρα, παρʼ ἐνίοις δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὠκεανὸν ὑπάρχειν ὑπειλῆφθαι, περὶ οὗ καὶ τὸν ποιητὴν λέγειν Ὠκεανόν τε θεῶν γένεσιν καὶ μητέρα Τηθύν.
to gar palaion onomazesthai gēn mētera, kathaper kai ton Orphea prosmartyrein legonta, Gē mētēr pantōn, Dēmētēr ploutodoteira. to dʼ hygron onomasai legousi tous palaious ōkeanon, ho methermēneuomenon men einai trophēs mētera, parʼ eniois de tōn Hellēnōn ōkeanon hyparchein hypeilēphthai, peri hou kai ton poiētēn legein Ōkeanon te theōn genesin kai mētera Tēthyn.
For in ancient times she was called Earth Mother, as Orpheus also testifies, saying: 'Earth, mother of all, Demeter giver of wealth.' The moist element, they say, the ancients named Oceanus, which when translated means 'mother of food'; but some of the Greeks have taken it to be Ocean, of which the poet says: 'Oceanus, the origin of the gods, and mother Tethys.'
3.3.6Dindorf 1:108
οἱ γὰρ Αἰγύπτιοι νομίζουσιν ὠκεανὸν εἶναι τὸν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ποταμὸν Νεῖλον, πρὸς ᾧ καὶ τὰς τῶν θεῶν γενέσεις ὑπάρξαι. τῆς γὰρ πάσης οἰκουμένης κατὰ μόνην τὴν Αἴγυπτον εἷναι πόλεις πολλὰς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχαίων θεῶν ἐκτισμένας· οἷον Δῖός, Ἡλίου, Ἑρμοῦ, Ἀπόλλωνος, Πανὸς, Εἰληθυίας, ἄλλων πλειόνων.
hoi gar Aigyptioi nomizousin ōkeanon einai ton parʼ autois potamon Neilon, pros hǭ kai tas tōn theōn geneseis hyparxai. tēs gar pasēs oikoumenēs kata monēn tēn Aigypton heinai poleis pollas hypo tōn archaiōn theōn ektismenas; hoion Dios, Hēliou, Hermou, Apollōnos, Panos, Eilēthuias, allōn pleionōn.
For the Egyptians consider their own river, the Nile, to be Oceanus, and say that the births of the gods took place beside it. For of the whole inhabited world Egypt alone has many cities founded by the ancient gods, such as those of Zeus, Helios, Hermes, Apollo, Pan, Eileithyia, and many others.
3.3.7Dindorf 1:108
τὸν δὲ ἀέρα προσαγορεῦσαί φασιν Ἀθηνᾶν, μεθερμηνευομένης τῆς λέξεως, καὶ Δῖός θυγατέρα γε νομίσαι ταύτην, καὶ παρθένον ὑποστήσασθαι διά τε τὸ ἄφθορον εἶναι φύσει τὸν ἀέρα καὶ τὸν ἀκρότατον ἐπέχειν τόπον τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου· διόπερ ἐκ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ Δῖός μυθολογηθῆναι γενέσθαι ταύτην. ὠνομάσθαι δὲ αὐτὴν καὶ τριτογένειαν ἀπὸ τοῦ τρὶς μεταβάλλειν τὴν φύσιν αὐτῆς κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν, ἔαρος καὶ θέρους καὶ χειμῶνος.
ton de aera prosagoreusai phasin Athēnan, methermēneuomenēs tēs lexeōs, kai Dios thygatera ge nomisai tautēn, kai parthenon hypostēsasthai dia te to aphthoron einai physei ton aera kai ton akrotaton epechein topon tou sympantos kosmou; dioper ek tēs koryphēs tou Dios mythologēthēnai genesthai tautēn. ōnomasthai de autēn kai tritogeneian apo tou tris metaballein tēn physin autēs katʼ eniauton, earos kai therous kai cheimōnos.
The air, they say, they called Athena, by translation of the word, and considered her the daughter of Zeus, and made her a virgin because the air is by nature incorruptible and occupies the highest place of the whole world; therefore it was said in myth that she was born from the head of Zeus. She was also named Tritogeneia because her nature changes three times a year, in spring, summer, and winter.
3.3.8Dindorf 1:108–109
λέγεσθαι δὲ αὐτὴν καὶ γλαυκῶπιν, οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὑπέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς γλαυκοὺς ἔχειν· τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ εὔηθες ὑπάρχειν· ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸν ἀέρα τὴν πρόσοψιν ἔχειν ἔγγλαυκον. φασὶ δὲ τοὺς πέντε θεοὺς τοὺς προειρημένους τὴν πᾶσαν οἰκουμένην ἐπιπορεύεσθαι φανταζομένους τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐν ἱερῶν ζῴων μορφαῖς, ἔστι δʼ ὅτε καὶ εἰς ἀνθρώπων ἰδέας ἤ τινων ἄλλων μεταβάλλοντας.
legesthai de autēn kai glaukōpin, ouch hōsper enioi tōn Hellēnōn hypelabon apo tou tous ophthalmous glaukous echein; touto men gar euēthes hyparchein; alla apo tou ton aera tēn prosopsin echein englaukon. phasi de tous pente theous tous proeirēmenous tēn pasan oikoumenēn epiporeuesthai phantazomenous tois anthrōpois en hierōn zǭōn morphais, esti dʼ hote kai eis anthrōpōn ideas ē tinōn allōn metaballontas.
She is also called Glaucopis, not, as some of the Greeks supposed, from having grey eyes (for that is silly), but because the air has a bluish appearance. They say that the five gods mentioned go about the whole inhabited world, appearing to men in the forms of sacred animals, and sometimes changing into the appearance of men or of other things.
3.3.9Dindorf 1:109
καὶ τοῦτο μὴ μυθῶδες ὑπάρχειν, ἀλλὰ δύνατον εἴπερ οὗτοι πρὸς ἀλήθειάν εἰσιν οἱ πάντα γεννῶντες. καὶ τὸν ποιητὴν δʼ εἰς Αἴγυπτον παραβαλόντα καὶ μετασχόντα παρὰ τῶν ἱερέων τῶν τοιούτων λόγων, θεῖναί που κατὰ ποίησιν τὸ προειρημένον ὡς γινόμενον, Καί τε θεοὶ ξείνοισιν ἐοικότες ἀλλοδαποῖσι παντοῖοι τελέθοντες ἐπιστρωφῶσι πόληας, ἀνθρώπων ὕβριν τε καὶ εὐνομίην ἐσορῶντες. περὶ μὲν οὑν τῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ θεῶν καὶ γένεσιν ἀίδιον ἐσχηκότων τοσαῦτα λέγουσιν Αἰγύπτιοι.”
kai touto mē mythōdes hyparchein, alla dynaton eiper houtoi pros alētheian eisin hoi panta gennōntes. kai ton poiētēn dʼ eis Aigypton parabalonta kai metaschonta para tōn hiereōn tōn toioutōn logōn, theinai pou kata poiēsin to proeirēmenon hōs ginomenon, Kai te theoi xeinoisin eoikotes allodapoisi pantoioi telethontes epistrōphōsi polēas, anthrōpōn hybrin te kai eunomiēn esorōntes. peri men houn tōn en ouranǭ theōn kai genesin aidion eschēkotōn tosauta legousin Aigyptioi.”
And this is not mythical, but possible, if these are truly the ones who beget all things. And the poet too, having visited Egypt and shared in such accounts from the priests, set down the above somewhere in his poetry as actually happening: 'And the gods, like strangers from abroad, taking all kinds of shapes, go about the cities, watching the violence and the good order of men.' Such are the things the Egyptians say about the gods in heaven who have had an eternal origin."
3.3.10Dindorf 1:109
Ἄλλους δὲ ἐκ τούτων ἐπιγείους γενέσθαι φασὶν, ὑπάρξαντας μὲν θνητοὺς, διὰ δὲ σύνεσιν καὶ κοινὴν ἀνθρώπων εὐεργεσίαν τετευχότας τῆς ἀθανασίας, ὧν ἐνίους καὶ βασιλεῖς γεγονέναι κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον. μεθερμηνευομένων δʼ αὐτῶν τινὰς μὲν ὁμωνύμους ὑπάρχειν τοῖς οὐρανίοις, τινὰς δὲ ἰδίαν ἐσχηκέναι προσηγορίαν, Ἥλιον τε καὶ Κρόνον καὶ Ῥέαν, ἔτι δὲ Δία τὸν ὑπό τινων Ἄμμωνα προσαγορευόμενον, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Ἥραν καὶ Ἥφαιστον, ἔτι δὲ Ἑστίαν, καὶ τελευταῖον Ἑρμῆν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν Ἥλιον βασιλεῦσαι τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον, ὄντα τῷ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἄστρῳ.”
Allous de ek toutōn epigeious genesthai phasin, hyparxantas men thnētous, dia de synesin kai koinēn anthrōpōn euergesian teteuchotas tēs athanasias, hōn enious kai basileis gegonenai kata tēn Aigypton. methermēneuomenōn dʼ autōn tinas men homōnymous hyparchein tois ouraniois, tinas de idian eschēkenai prosēgorian, Hēlion te kai Kronon kai Rhean, eti de Dia ton hypo tinōn Ammōna prosagoreuomenon, pros de toutois Hēran kai Hēphaiston, eti de Hestian, kai teleutaion Hermēn. kai prōton men Hēlion basileusai tōn katʼ Aigypton, onta tǭ katʼ ouranon astrǭ.”
"Others, they say, sprang from these and were earthly, being mortal at first but having obtained immortality because of their intelligence and their common benefits to mankind; and some of them were also kings in Egypt. Of these, when translated, some have the same names as the heavenly ones and some have had their own: Helios, Cronus, and Rhea, and Zeus, called Ammon by some, and besides these Hera and Hephaestus, Hestia, and lastly Hermes. And Helios was the first to reign over Egypt, bearing the same name as the star in heaven."
3.3.11Dindorf 1:109–110
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ δηλωθεὶς συγγραφεύς. καὶ ὁ Πλούταρχος δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἶσιν αὐτοῦ συγγράμματι τάδε γράφει κατὰ λέξιν ‟ Ἀπʼ ἄλλης δὲ ἀρχῆς τῶν φιλοσοφώτερόν τι λέγειν δοκούντων τοὺς ἁπλουστάτους σκεψώμεθα πρῶτον. οὗτοι δʼ εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες, ὥσπερ Ἕλληνες Κρόνον ἀλληγοροῦσι τὸν χρόνον, Ἥραν δὲ τὸν ἀέρα, γένεσιν δὲ Ἡφαίστου τὴν εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἀέρος μεταβολὴν, οὕτω παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις Νεῖλον εἶναι τὸν Ὄσιριν, Ἴσιδι συνόντα τῇ γῇ, Τυφῶνα δὲ τὴν θάλασσαν, εἰς ἣν ὁ Νεῖλος ἐμπίπτων ἀφανίζεται.”
Tauta men oun ho dēlōtheis syngrapheus. kai ho Ploutarchos de en tǭ Peri tōn kata tēn Isin autou syngrammati tade graphei kata lexin ‟ Apʼ allēs de archēs tōn philosophōteron ti legein dokountōn tous haploustatous skepsōmetha prōton. houtoi dʼ eisin hoi legontes, hōsper Hellēnes Kronon allēgorousi ton chronon, Hēran de ton aera, genesin de Hēphaistou tēn eis to pyr aeros metabolēn, houtō parʼ Aigyptiois Neilon einai ton Osirin, Isidi synonta tę̄ gę̄, Typhōna de tēn thalassan, eis hēn ho Neilos empiptōn aphanizetai.”
So much the historian cited. And Plutarch too, in his work On Isis, writes this, word for word: "Let us look first, from another starting point, at the simplest of those who seem to say something more philosophical. These are the ones who say that, as the Greeks allegorize Cronus as time (chronos), Hera as the air, and the birth of Hephaestus as the change of air into fire, so among the Egyptians Osiris is the Nile, consorting with Isis, the earth, and Typhon is the sea, into which the Nile falls and disappears."
3.3.12Dindorf 1:110
Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα εἰπὼν πάλιν εἰς δαίμονας ἀναφέρει τοὺς περὶ τῶν δηλουμένων θεῶν μύθους, καὶ πάλιν ἄλλως ἀποδίδωσι, καὶ αὖθις ἑτέρως ἀλληγορῶν.
Tauta kai ta toiauta eipōn palin eis daimonas anapherei tous peri tōn dēloumenōn theōn mythous, kai palin allōs apodidōsi, kai authis heterōs allēgorōn.
Having said these and similar things, he again refers the myths about the gods in question to demons, and again explains them otherwise, and yet again allegorizes them in another way.
3.3.13Dindorf 1:110
ἦν δʼ ἂν κατὰ λόγον πυθέσθαι ὁποτέρων θεῶν τὰ ξόανα τὰς ἐντετυπωμένας μορφὰς σώζειν φήσουσιν. πότερα δαιμόνων; ἀλλὰ πυρὸς καὶ ἀέρος καὶ γῆς καὶ ὕδατος, ἢ ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν εἰκόνας, καὶ ζῴων ἀλόγων καὶ θηρίων σχήματα;
ēn dʼ an kata logon pythesthai hopoterōn theōn ta xoana tas entetypōmenas morphas sōzein phēsousin. potera daimonōn? alla pyros kai aeros kai gēs kai hydatos, ē andrōn kai gynaikōn eikonas, kai zǭōn alogōn kai thēriōn schēmata?
It would be reasonable to ask of which gods they will say the images preserve the forms carved on them. Of demons? Or of fire, air, earth, and water? Or are they likenesses of men and women, and shapes of irrational animals and beasts?
3.3.14Dindorf 1:110
ἐπεὶ γὰρ καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν συγκεχώρηται ὁμωνύμως ἡλίῳ καὶ τοῖς καθόλου στοιχείοις θνητούς τινας ἄνδρας γεγονέναι, καὶ τούτους θεοὺς ἀνηγορεῦσθαι, τίνων εἰκὸς ἂν εἴη μορφὰς καὶ εἰκόνας λέγειν τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἀψύχοις ξοάνοις γλυφάς; πότερον τῶν καθόλου στοιχείων, ἢ, ὅπερ καὶ τὸ ἐναργὲς τῆς ὄψεως ἐπιδείκνυσι, τῶν ἐν νεκροῖς κειμένων θνητῶν;
epei gar kai pros autōn synkechōrētai homōnymōs hēliǭ kai tois katholou stoicheiois thnētous tinas andras gegonenai, kai toutous theous anēgoreusthai, tinōn eikos an eiē morphas kai eikonas legein tas en tois apsychois xoanois glyphas? poteron tōn katholou stoicheiōn, ē, hoper kai to enarges tēs opseōs epideiknysi, tōn en nekrois keimenōn thnētōn?
For since they themselves concede that certain mortal men bore the same names as the sun and the universal elements and were proclaimed gods, whose forms and likenesses would it be reasonable to call the carvings in lifeless images? Those of the universal elements, or, as the plain evidence of sight shows, those of mortals lying among the dead?
3.3.15Dindorf 1:110
ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ αὐτοὶ μὴ λέγοιεν, ὅ γέ τοι ἀληθὴς λόγος βοᾷ καὶ κέκραγε, μονονουχὶ φωνὴν ἀφιεὶς, θνητοὺς ἄνδρας μαρτυρῶν γεγονέναι τοὺς δηλουμένους. ὁ δὲ Πλούταρχος καὶ τῶν σωμάτων αὐτῶν ἐκ περιουσίας τὸν ποῖον ὑπογράφει τοῦ σχήματος χαρακτῆρα, ἐν τοῖς Περὶ τῆς Ἴσιδος καὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων θεῶν ὧδέ πως λέγων
allʼ ei kai autoi mē legoien, ho ge toi alēthēs logos boą kai kekrage, mononouchi phōnēn aphieis, thnētous andras martyrōn gegonenai tous dēloumenous. ho de Ploutarchos kai tōn sōmatōn autōn ek periousias ton poion hypographei tou schēmatos charaktēra, en tois Peri tēs Isidos kai tōn Aigyptiōn theōn hōde pōs legōn
But even if they themselves do not say so, the true account cries aloud, all but uttering a voice, bearing witness that those in question were mortal men. And Plutarch, over and above, describes even the character of their bodily appearance, in his work On Isis and the Egyptian Gods, speaking somewhat as follows:
3.3.16Dindorf 1:110–111
‟ Ἱστοροῦσι γὰρ Αἰγύπτιοι τὸν μὲν Ἑρμῆν τῷ σώματι γενέσθαι γαλιάγκωνα, τὸν δὲ Τυφῶνα τῇ χροιᾷ πυρρὸν, λευκὸν δὲ τὸν Ἄρην, καὶ μελάγχρουν τὸν Ὄσιριν, ὡς τῇ φύσει γεγονότας ἀνθρώπους.”
‟ Historousi gar Aigyptioi ton men Hermēn tǭ sōmati genesthai galiankōna, ton de Typhōna tę̄ chroią pyrron, leukon de ton Arēn, kai melanchroun ton Osirin, hōs tę̄ physei gegonotas anthrōpous.”
"For the Egyptians relate that Hermes was short-armed in body, Typhon red in complexion, Ares white, and Osiris dark-skinned, as having been men by nature."
3.3.17Dindorf 1:111
Ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Πλούταρχος. νεκρῶν ἄρα ἡ πᾶσα αὐτῶν θεοποιία καθέστηκε· πέπλασται δʼ αὐτοῖς τὰ τῆς φυσιολογίας. τί γὰρ ἐχρῆν ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν σχήματα ζωοπλαστεῖν, παρὸν καὶ δίχα τούτων ἥλιον σέβειν καὶ σελήνην, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ κόσμου στοιχεῖα;
Tauta kai ho Ploutarchos. nekrōn ara hē pasa autōn theopoiia kathestēke; peplastai dʼ autois ta tēs physiologias. ti gar echrēn andrōn kai gynaikōn schēmata zōoplastein, paron kai dicha toutōn hēlion sebein kai selēnēn, kai ta loipa tou kosmou stoicheia?
So much Plutarch too. All their deification, then, is of the dead, and the natural philosophy is a fiction of theirs. For why should they have made living figures of men and women, when they could have worshipped the sun and moon and the other elements of the world without these?
3.3.18Dindorf 1:111
ποτέροις δὲ τούτων καὶ ἐκ τίνων ἀρξάμενοι τὰς τοιάσδε προσηγορίας ἐπεφήμισαν; οἷον, λέγω τὸν Ἥφαιστον καὶ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν, Δία τε καὶ Ποσειδῶνα καὶ Ἥραν. ἆρα γὰρ ταῦτα τῶν καθόλου στοιχείων πρότερον ὄντα ὀνόματα δεύτερον αὐτὰ τοῖς θνητοῖς ὁμωνύμως τοῖς οὐρανίοις ἐπιτεθείκασιν, ἢ τοὔμπαλιν ἐκ τῆς παρʼ ἀνθρώποις ἐπικλήσεως τὴν μεταφορὰν ἐπὶ τὰς οὐσίας πεποίηνται;
poterois de toutōn kai ek tinōn arxamenoi tas toiasde prosēgorias epephēmisan? hoion, legō ton Hēphaiston kai tēn Athēnan, Dia te kai Poseidōna kai Hēran. ara gar tauta tōn katholou stoicheiōn proteron onta onomata deuteron auta tois thnētois homōnymōs tois ouraniois epitetheikasin, ē toumpalin ek tēs parʼ anthrōpois epiklēseōs tēn metaphoran epi tas ousias pepoiēntai?
To which of them, and beginning from what, did they give such names as, for example, Hephaestus and Athena, Zeus, Poseidon, and Hera? Were these first names of the universal elements, given afterward to mortals bearing the same names as the heavenly ones? Or, conversely, did they transfer the names from what men were called to these substances?
3.3.19Dindorf 1:111
καὶ τί χρὴ θνηταῖς προσηγορίαις τὰς καθόλου φύσεις ἐπιφημίζειν; τὰ δὲ καθʼ ἕκαστον θεὸν μυστήρια, οἵ τε ὕμνοι καὶ αἱ ᾠδαὶ καὶ τῶν τελετῶν τὰ ἀπόρρητα, πότερον τῶν καθόλου στοιχείων, ἢ τῶν πάλαι θνητῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν τοῖς θεοῖς ὁμωνύμων ἐπάγονται τὰ σύμβολα;
kai ti chrē thnētais prosēgoriais tas katholou physeis epiphēmizein? ta de kathʼ hekaston theon mystēria, hoi te hymnoi kai hai ǭdai kai tōn teletōn ta aporrēta, poteron tōn katholou stoicheiōn, ē tōn palai thnētōn andrōn tōn tois theois homōnymōn epagontai ta symbola?
And why should they give mortal names to universal natures? And do the mysteries of each god, the hymns, the songs, and the secrets of the rites, carry symbols of the universal elements, or of the mortal men of old who bore the same names as the gods?
3.3.20Dindorf 1:111
ἀλλὰ γὰρ πλάνας καὶ μέθας καὶ ἔρωτας φθοράς τε γυναικῶν καὶ ἀνδρῶν ἐπιβουλὰς καὶ μυρία ἄττα, θνητὰ ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ αἰσχρὰ καὶ ἄσεμνα, πῶς ἄν τις ἀναθείη τοῖς καθόλου στοιχείοις, αὐτόθεν τὸ θνητὸν καὶ ἀνθρωποπαθὲς ἐπενηνεγμένα;
alla gar planas kai methas kai erōtas phthoras te gynaikōn kai andrōn epiboulas kai myria atta, thnēta hōs alēthōs kai aischra kai asemna, pōs an tis anatheiē tois katholou stoicheiois, autothen to thnēton kai anthrōpopathes epenēnegmena?
But wanderings, drunkenness, love affairs, seductions of women, plots of men, and countless things that are truly mortal, shameful, and undignified, how could anyone ascribe them to the universal elements, when they plainly bear the mark of mortality and human passion?
3.3.21Dindorf 1:111–112
ὥστε ἐκ τούτων ἁπάντων ἁλίσκεσθαι τὴν θαυμαστὴν ταύτην καὶ γενναίαν φυσιολογίαν κατʼ οὐδὲν ἀληθείας ἡμμένην, οὐδέ τι θεῖον ἀληθῶς ἐπαγομένην, βεβιασμένην δὲ καὶ διεψευσμένην ἔχουσαν τὴν ἔξωθεν σεμνολογίαν. ἄκουε δʼ οὖν οἷα καὶ ὁ Πορφύριος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἀνεβὼ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ἐπιστολῇ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἱστορεῖ
hōste ek toutōn hapantōn haliskesthai tēn thaumastēn tautēn kai gennaian physiologian katʼ ouden alētheias hēmmenēn, oude ti theion alēthōs epagomenēn, bebiasmenēn de kai diepseusmenēn echousan tēn exōthen semnologian. akoue dʼ oun hoia kai ho Porphyrios en tę̄ pros Anebō ton Aigyption epistolę̄ peri tōn autōn historei
So from all these considerations this wonderful and noble natural philosophy is convicted of having no hold on truth and of bringing nothing truly divine, but of having a forced and false outward show of dignity. Listen then to what Porphyry too records about these same things in his Letter to Anebo the Egyptian:
Preparation 3, chapter 4
3.4.1Dindorf 1:112
‟ Χαιρήμων μὲν γὰρ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οὐδʼ ἄλλο τι πρὸ τῶν ὁρωμένων κόσμων ἡγοῦνται, ἐν ἀρχῆς λόγῳ τιθέμενοι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίων, οὐδʼ ἄλλους θεοὺς πλὴν τῶν πλανητῶν λεγομένων, καὶ τῶν συμπληρούντων τὸν ζωδιακὸν, καὶ ὅσοι τούτοις παρανατέλλουσι· τάς τε εἰς τοὺς δεκανοὺς τομὰς, καὶ τοὺς ὡροσκόπους, καὶ τοὺς λεγομένους κραταιοὺς ἡγεμόνας, ὧν καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν τοῖς ἀλμενιχιακοῖς φέρεται, καὶ θεραπεῖαι παθῶν, καὶ ἀνατολαὶ, καὶ δύσεις, καὶ μελλόντων σημειώσεις.
‟ Chairēmōn men gar kai hoi alloi oudʼ allo ti pro tōn horōmenōn kosmōn hēgountai, en archēs logǭ tithemenoi tous Aigyptiōn, oudʼ allous theous plēn tōn planētōn legomenōn, kai tōn symplērountōn ton zōdiakon, kai hosoi toutois paranatellousi; tas te eis tous dekanous tomas, kai tous hōroskopous, kai tous legomenous krataious hēgemonas, hōn kai ta onomata en tois almenichiakois pheretai, kai therapeiai pathōn, kai anatolai, kai dyseis, kai mellontōn sēmeiōseis.
"For Chaeremon and the others do not think there is anything prior to the visible worlds, putting the gods of the Egyptians at the head of their account, and no other gods except those called planets, and those that fill up the zodiac, and those that rise alongside them: the divisions into decans, the horoscopes, and the so-called mighty leaders, whose names are given in the almanacs, together with cures of diseases, risings and settings, and signs of the future.
3.4.2Dindorf 1:112
ἑώρα γὰρ τοὺς τὸν ἥλιον δημιουργὸν φαμένους καὶ τὰ περὶ Ὄσιριν καὶ τὴν Ἴσιν, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἱερατικοὺς μύθους, ἢ εἰς τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ τὰς τούτων φάνσεις καὶ κρύψεις καὶ ἐπιτολὰς ἑλιττομένους, ἢ εἰς τὰς τῆς σελήνης αὐξήσεις καὶ μειώσεις, ἢ εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἡλίου πορείαν, ἢ τό γε νυκτερινὸν ἡμισφαίριον, ἢ τὸ ἡμερινὸν, ἢ τόν γε ποταμόν· καὶ ὅλως πάντα εἰς τὰ φυσικὰ, καὶ οὐδὲν εἰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ ζώσας οὐσίας ἑρμηνεύοντας. ὧν οἱ πλείους καὶ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἀστέρων ἀνῆψαν κινήσεως, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως δεσμοῖς ἀλύτοις ἀνάγκῃ, ἣν εἱμαρμένην λέγουσι, πάντα καταδήσαντες, καὶ πάντα τούτοις ἀνάψαντες τοῖς θεοῖς. οὕτω λυτῆρας τῆς εἱμαρμένης μόνους ἔν τε ἱεροῖς καὶ ξοάνοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεραπεύουσι.”
heōra gar tous ton hēlion dēmiourgon phamenous kai ta peri Osirin kai tēn Isin, kai pantas tous hieratikous mythous, ē eis tous asteras kai tas toutōn phanseis kai krypseis kai epitolas helittomenous, ē eis tas tēs selēnēs auxēseis kai meiōseis, ē eis tēn tou hēliou poreian, ē to ge nykterinon hēmisphairion, ē to hēmerinon, ē ton ge potamon; kai holōs panta eis ta physika, kai ouden eis asōmatous kai zōsas ousias hermēneuontas. hōn hoi pleious kai to ephʼ hēmin ek tēs tōn asterōn anēpsan kinēseōs, ouk oidʼ hopōs desmois alytois anankę̄, hēn heimarmenēn legousi, panta katadēsantes, kai panta toutois anapsantes tois theois. houtō lytēras tēs heimarmenēs monous en te hierois kai xoanois kai tois allois therapeuousi.”
For he saw that those who said the sun was the creator, and the stories of Osiris and Isis, and all the priestly myths, either turned upon the stars and their appearances, disappearances, and risings, or upon the waxing and waning of the moon, or the course of the sun, or the night or day hemisphere, or the river; and that they interpreted everything in terms of natural things and nothing in terms of incorporeal and living beings. Most of them even made our free will depend on the motion of the stars, binding all things, I know not how, with the indissoluble bonds of necessity, which they call fate, and attaching everything to these gods; and these alone they worship as deliverers from fate, in temples and with images and the rest."
3.4.3Dindorf 1:112–113
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς δηλωθείσης ἐπιστολῆς κείσθω, σαφῶς διαγορεύοντα ὅτι καὶ ἡ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἀπόρρητος θεολογία οὐδὲ ἄλλους πλὴν τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἀστέρων τῶν τε ἀπλανῶν καλουμένων καὶ τῶν ὀνομαζομένων πλανητῶν ἐθεολόγει, δημιουργόν τε τῶν ὅλων εἰσῆγεν οὐτιναοῦν ἀσώματον, οὐδὲ λόγον δημιουργικὸν, οὐδὲ μὴν θεὸν, οὐδὲ θεοὺς, οὐδέ τινας νοερὰς καὶ ἀφανεῖς δυνάμεις, μόνον δὲ τὸν ὁρώμενον ἥλιον· διὸ καὶ μόνοις τοῖς ἄστροις τὴν τῶν ὅλων ἀνετίθεσαν αἰτίαν, τὰ πάντα εἱμαρμένης ἐξάπτοντες καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων κινήσεως τε καὶ φορᾶς, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν ἥδε παρʼ αὐτοῖς κεκράτηκεν ἡ δόξα.
Tauta men oun apo tēs dēlōtheisēs epistolēs keisthō, saphōs diagoreuonta hoti kai hē tōn Aigyptiōn aporrētos theologia oude allous plēn tōn katʼ ouranon asterōn tōn te aplanōn kaloumenōn kai tōn onomazomenōn planētōn etheologei, dēmiourgon te tōn holōn eisēgen outinaoun asōmaton, oude logon dēmiourgikon, oude mēn theon, oude theous, oude tinas noeras kai aphaneis dynameis, monon de ton horōmenon hēlion; dio kai monois tois astrois tēn tōn holōn anetithesan aitian, ta panta heimarmenēs exaptontes kai tēs tōn astrōn kinēseōs te kai phoras, hōsper amelei eiseti kai nyn hēde parʼ autois kekratēken hē doxa.
Let these extracts from the letter cited stand, declaring plainly that the secret theology of the Egyptians too proclaimed as gods none other than the stars in heaven, both the so-called fixed stars and those named planets, and introduced as creator of the universe no incorporeal being whatever, no creative Word, no God, no gods, no intellectual and invisible powers, but only the visible sun. Therefore they ascribed the cause of the universe to the stars alone, hanging all things on fate and on the motion and course of the stars, as indeed this opinion still prevails among them even now.
3.4.4Dindorf 1:113
εἰ τοίνυν εἰς μόνα τὰ ὁρώμενα τοῦ κόσμου στοιχεῖα καὶ οὐδὲν εἰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ ζώσας οὐσίας ἡρμήνευται τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις, τὰ δὲ στοιχεῖα καὶ πάντα τὰ ὁρατὰ σώματα τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ ἄψυχα καὶ ἄλογα ῥευστά τε τῇ φύσει καὶ φθαρτὰ συνέστηκε, θέα εἰς οἶα πάλιν αὐτῶν καταπέπτωκεν ἡ θεολογία, τὴν ἄψυχον οὐσίαν καὶ τὰ νεκρὰ καὶ ἄλογα σώματα θειάζουσα, μάλιστα ὅτε εἰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ νοερὰς οὐσίας οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἀνεφέρετο, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ νοῦν καὶ λόγον δημιουργικὸν τῶν ὅλων.
ei toinyn eis mona ta horōmena tou kosmou stoicheia kai ouden eis asōmatous kai zōsas ousias hērmēneutai tois Aigyptiois, ta de stoicheia kai panta ta horata sōmata tǭ idiǭ logǭ apsycha kai aloga rheusta te tę̄ physei kai phtharta synestēke, thea eis oia palin autōn katapeptōken hē theologia, tēn apsychon ousian kai ta nekra kai aloga sōmata theiazousa, malista hote eis asōmatous kai noeras ousias ouden autois anephereto, oude epi noun kai logon dēmiourgikon tōn holōn.
If, then, the Egyptians interpreted everything in terms of the visible elements of the world alone and nothing in terms of incorporeal and living beings, and if the elements and all visible bodies are by their own nature lifeless and irrational, flowing and perishable, see into what their theology has fallen once more, deifying lifeless substance and dead, irrational bodies, especially since they referred nothing to incorporeal and intellectual beings, nor to a creative mind and word of the universe.
3.4.5Dindorf 1:113
ἐπεὶ δὲ προωμολογήθη διὰ τῶν πρόσθεν εἰς Ἕλληνας παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων τὰ τῆς θεολογίας μετακεκομίσθαι, ὥρα τούτοις στοιχεῖν καὶ Ἕλληνας, καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ Αἰγυπτίοις φυσιολογεῖν, ἀπελέγχεσθαί τε αὐτοὺς οὐδὲν πλέον τῆς ἀψύχου ὕλης θεοποιοῦντας. ταῦτα γὰρ ἦν τὰ σεμνὰ Αἰγυπτίων κατὰ τὴν τοῦ δεδηλωμένου συγγραφέως γραφὴν, ὅστις πάλιν ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀποχῆς τοιαῦτα περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν διέξεισιν
epei de proōmologēthē dia tōn prosthen eis Hellēnas parʼ Aigyptiōn ta tēs theologias metakekomisthai, hōra toutois stoichein kai Hellēnas, kai ta auta Aigyptiois physiologein, apelenchesthai te autous ouden pleon tēs apsychou hylēs theopoiountas. tauta gar ēn ta semna Aigyptiōn kata tēn tou dedēlōmenou syngrapheōs graphēn, hostis palin en hois epegrapse Peri tēs tōn empsychōn apochēs toiauta peri tōn autōn diexeisin
And since it was agreed earlier that the Greeks received their theology from the Egyptians, it is time to conclude that the Greeks too follow them, give the same natural explanations as the Egyptians, and are convicted of deifying nothing more than lifeless matter. For these were the dignified doctrines of the Egyptians according to the writing of the author mentioned, who again, in the work he entitled On Abstinence from Animal Food, goes through such things about the same matters:
3.4.6Dindorf 1:113–114
‟ Ἀπὸ δὲ ταύτης ὁρμώμενοι τῆς ἀσκήσεως καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον οἰκειώσεως ἔγνωσαν ὡς οὐ διʼ ἀνθρώπου μόνου τὸ θεῖον διῆλθεν, οὔτε ψυχὴ ἐν μόνῳ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐπὶ γῆς κατεσκήνωσεν, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν ἡ αὐτὴ διὰ πάντων διῆλθε τῶν ζῴων. διὸ εἰς τὴν θεοποιίαν παρέλαβον πᾶν ζῷον, καὶ ὁμοίως που ἀνέμιξαν θηρία καὶ ἀνθρώπους, καὶ πάλιν ὀρνέων σώματα καὶ ἀνθρώπων.
‟ Apo de tautēs hormōmenoi tēs askēseōs kai tēs pros to theion oikeiōseōs egnōsan hōs ou diʼ anthrōpou monou to theion diēlthen, oute psychē en monǭ anthrōpǭ epi gēs kateskēnōsen, alla schedon hē autē dia pantōn diēlthe tōn zǭōn. dio eis tēn theopoiian parelabon pan zǭon, kai homoiōs pou anemixan thēria kai anthrōpous, kai palin orneōn sōmata kai anthrōpōn.
"Starting from this discipline and their intimacy with the divine, they recognized that the divine did not pass through man alone, nor did the soul dwell on earth in man alone, but that nearly the same soul passed through all living creatures. Therefore they took every living creature into their deification, and likewise mingled wild beasts and men, and again the bodies of birds and men.
3.4.7Dindorf 1:114
εἴκασται γάρ τις παρʼ αὐτοῖς μέχρι τραχήλου ἀνθρωποειδὴς, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπον ὀρνέου ἢ λέοντος ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς ζῴου κεκτημένος· καὶ πάλιν αὖ κεφαλὴ ἀνθρώπειος, καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν ζῴων μέρη, πῇ μὲν ὑποκείμενα, πῇ δὲ ἐπικείμενα· διʼ ὧν δηλοῦσιν ὅτι κατὰ γνώμην θεῶν καὶ ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις κοινωνεῖ, καὶ σύντροφα ἡμῖν καὶ τιθασά ἐστι τῶν θηρίων τὰ ἄγρια οὐκ ἄνευ τινὸς θείας βουλήσεως.
eikastai gar tis parʼ autois mechri trachēlou anthrōpoeidēs, to de prosōpon orneou ē leontos ē allou tinos zǭou kektēmenos; kai palin au kephalē anthrōpeios, kai allōn tinōn zǭōn merē, pę̄ men hypokeimena, pę̄ de epikeimena; diʼ hōn dēlousin hoti kata gnōmēn theōn kai tauta allēlois koinōnei, kai syntropha hēmin kai tithasa esti tōn thēriōn ta agria ouk aneu tinos theias boulēseōs.
For one figure among them is represented as human up to the neck, but has the face of a bird or a lion or some other animal; and again there is a human head with parts of other animals, in one place below and in another above. By these they show that by the will of the gods these too have fellowship with one another, and that the wild among the beasts are reared with us and tamed not without some divine will.
3.4.8Dindorf 1:114
ὅθεν καὶ ὁ λέων ὡς θεὸς θρησκεύεται, καὶ μέρος τι τῆς Αἰγύπτου, ὃ καλοῦσι νομόν, ἐπώνυμον ἔχει Λεοντοπολίτην, ἄλλο δὲ Βουσιρίτην, ἄλλο δὲ Κυνοπολίτην. τὴν γὰρ ἐπὶ πάντα δύναμιν διὰ τῶν συννόμων ζῴων ὧν ἕκαστος τῶν θεῶν παρέσχεν ἐθρήσκευσαν.
hothen kai ho leōn hōs theos thrēskeuetai, kai meros ti tēs Aigyptou, ho kalousi nomon, epōnymon echei Leontopolitēn, allo de Bousiritēn, allo de Kynopolitēn. tēn gar epi panta dynamin dia tōn synnomōn zǭōn hōn hekastos tōn theōn pareschen ethrēskeusan.
Hence the lion too is worshipped as a god, and a part of Egypt, which they call a nome, has the name Leontopolite, another Busirite, another Cynopolite. For they worshipped the power over all things through the animals associated with each of the gods, which each god provided.
3.4.9Dindorf 1:114
ὕδωρ δὲ καὶ πῦρ σέβονται, τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν στοιχείων, ὡς ταῦτα αἰτιώτατα τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν, καὶ ταῦτα δεικνύντες ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς, ὥς που ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐν τῇ ἀνοίξει τοῦ ἁγίου Σαράπιδος ἥ τε θεραπεία διὰ πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατος γίνεται, λείβοντος τοῦ ὑμνῳδοῦ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ φαίνοντος, ὁπηνίκα ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τοῦ οὐδοῦ τῇ πατρίῳ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων φωνῇ ἐγείρει τὸν θεόν.
hydōr de kai pyr sebontai, ta kallista tōn stoicheiōn, hōs tauta aitiōtata tēs sōtērias hēmōn, kai tauta deiknyntes en tois hierois, hōs pou eti kai nyn en tę̄ anoixei tou hagiou Sarapidos hē te therapeia dia pyros kai hydatos ginetai, leibontos tou hymnǭdou to hydōr, kai to pyr phainontos, hopēnika hestōs epi tou oudou tę̄ patriǭ tōn Aigyptiōn phōnę̄ egeirei ton theon.
They revere water and fire, the most beautiful of the elements, as most responsible for our preservation, and display these in the temples; as even now, at the opening of the temple of holy Sarapis, the worship is performed with fire and water, the singer pouring out the water and showing the fire, when he stands on the threshold and awakens the god in the ancestral language of the Egyptians.
3.4.10Dindorf 1:114
ταῦτʼ οὖν σέβονται τὰ μέτοχα, καὶ μάλιστα πλέον τούτων ἐσέφθησαν τὰ ὡς ἐπὶ πλέον τῶν ἱερῶν μετέχοντα. τοιαῦτα δὲ πάντα τὰ ζῷα, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄνθρωπον σέβουσι κατὰ Ἄναβιν κώμην, ἐν ᾗ καὶ τούτῳ θύεται καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν βωμῶν τὰ ἱερὰ ἐκκάεται·
tautʼ oun sebontai ta metocha, kai malista pleon toutōn esephthēsan ta hōs epi pleon tōn hierōn metechonta. toiauta de panta ta zǭa, epei kai anthrōpon sebousi kata Anabin kōmēn, en hę̄ kai toutǭ thyetai kai epi tōn bōmōn ta hiera ekkaetai;
These, then, they revere as having a part in the rites, and they have honored most of all those that have the fullest part in the sacrifices. Such are all animals, since they even worship a man at the village of Anabis, where a man is sacrificed to and the sacred offerings are burned on the altars for him;
3.4.11Dindorf 1:114
ὁ δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγον φάγοι ἂν τὰ ἴδια αὐτῷ ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ παρεσκευασμένα. ὡς οὖν ἀνθρώπου ἀφεκτέον, οὕτω καὶ τῶν ἄλλων.
ho de metʼ oligon phagoi an ta idia autǭ hōs anthrōpǭ pareskeuasmena. hōs oun anthrōpou aphekteon, houtō kai tōn allōn.
and a little later he would eat what had been prepared for him as for a man. As, then, we must abstain from man, so also from the other animals.
3.4.12Dindorf 1:114–115
ἔτι δὲ ἐκ περιττῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον συντροφίας κατέλαβόν τισι τῶν θεῶν προσφιλῆ τῶν ζῴων τινὰ μᾶλλον ἀνθρώπων, ὡς ἡλίῳ ἱέρακα, σύμπασαν μὲν τὴν φύσιν ἐξ αἵματος ἔχοντα καὶ πνεύματος, οἰκτείροντα δὲ καὶ ἄνθρωπον, καὶ κωκύοντα ἐπὶ νεκρῷ κειμένῳ, γῆν τε ἐπαμώμενον. Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησίν
eti de ek perittēs sophias kai tēs peri to theion syntrophias katelabon tisi tōn theōn prosphilē tōn zǭōn tina mallon anthrōpōn, hōs hēliǭ hieraka, sympasan men tēn physin ex haimatos echonta kai pneumatos, oikteironta de kai anthrōpon, kai kōkyonta epi nekrǭ keimenǭ, gēn te epamōmenon. Kai meta brachea phēsin
Further, from their exceeding wisdom and their familiarity with the divine, they perceived that some animals are dearer to some of the gods than men are, as the hawk to the sun, having its whole nature from blood and spirit, pitying man and wailing over a dead body lying unburied, and scattering earth upon it." And a little after he says:
3.4.13Dindorf 1:115
‟ Κάνθαρον δὲ ἀμαθὴς μὲν βδελυχθείη ἂν ἀγνώμων ὑπάρχων τῶν θείων, Αἰγύπτιοι δὲ ἐσέφθησαν ὡς εἰκόνα ἡλίου ἔμψυχον. κάνθαρος γὰρ πᾶς ἄρρην, καὶ ἀφιεὶς τὸν θορὸν ἐν τέλματι καὶ ποιήσας σφαιροειδῆ, τοῖς ὀπισθίοις ἀνταναφέρει ποσὶν, ὡς ἥλιος οὐρανὸν καὶ περίοδον ἡμερῶν ἐκδέχεται σεληνιακήν.
‟ Kantharon de amathēs men bdelychtheiē an agnōmōn hyparchōn tōn theiōn, Aigyptioi de esephthēsan hōs eikona hēliou empsychon. kantharos gar pas arrēn, kai aphieis ton thoron en telmati kai poiēsas sphairoeidē, tois opisthiois antanapherei posin, hōs hēlios ouranon kai periodon hēmerōn ekdechetai selēniakēn.
"The beetle an ignorant man, unacquainted with divine things, would loathe; but the Egyptians revered it as a living image of the sun. For every beetle is male, and, discharging its seed in the mud and making it into a ball, it rolls it back with its hind feet, as the sun turns the heaven, and it awaits a lunar period of days.
3.4.14Dindorf 1:115
οὕτω δὲ καὶ περὶ κριοῦ τι φιλοσοφοῦσι, καὶ ἄλλο τι περὶ κροκοδείλου, περί τε γυπὸς καὶ ἴβεως, καὶ ὅλως καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν ζῴων· ὡς ἐκ φρονήσεως καὶ τῆς ἄγαν θεοσοφίας ἐπὶ τὸ σέβας ἐλθεῖν καὶ τῶν ζῴων.’’
houtō de kai peri kriou ti philosophousi, kai allo ti peri krokodeilou, peri te gypos kai ibeōs, kai holōs kathʼ hekaston tōn zǭōn; hōs ek phronēseōs kai tēs agan theosophias epi to sebas elthein kai tōn zǭōn.’’
So too they philosophize somewhat about the ram, and something else about the crocodile, the vulture, and the ibis, and in general about each of the animals; so that it was from wisdom and exceeding divine knowledge that they came to the worship of the animals as well."
Preparation 3, chapter 5
3.5.1Dindorf 1:115
Τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς γενναίας τῶν σοφῶν Αἰγυπτίων φυσιολογίας τέθειται ὁ δεδηλωμένος, Αἰγυπτίων διασαφήσας ἡμῖν τὰ ἀπόρρητα, ὅτι τε ὕδωρ καὶ πῦρ σέβουσι, καὶ μία λογικῶν καὶ ἀλόγων οὐ μόνον σωμάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχῆς οὐσία κέκριται εἶναι παρʼ αὐτοῖς, ὡς εὐλόγως αὐτῷ δοκεῖν θεοὺς ἀνηγορεῦσθαι τὰ θηρία.
Toiauta kai ta peri tēs gennaias tōn sophōn Aigyptiōn physiologias tetheitai ho dedēlōmenos, Aigyptiōn diasaphēsas hēmin ta aporrēta, hoti te hydōr kai pyr sebousi, kai mia logikōn kai alogōn ou monon sōmatōn, alla kai psychēs ousia kekritai einai parʼ autois, hōs eulogōs autǭ dokein theous anēgoreusthai ta thēria.
Such are the things the author cited has set down about the noble natural philosophy of the wise Egyptians, making clear to us the secrets of the Egyptians: that they revere water and fire, and that among them one substance, not only of bodies but also of soul, has been judged to belong to rational and irrational creatures, so that it seems reasonable to him that the beasts have been proclaimed gods.
3.5.2Dindorf 1:115
καίτοι πῶς οὐ παραλογώτατον εἰς θεοποιίαν παραλαμβάνειν τὴν ἄλογον καὶ θηριώδη φύσιν, διὰ τὸ τῆς ἴσης, ὥς φασιν, ἀνθρώποις μετέχειν ψυχῆς; ἐχρῆν γὰρ, εἴπερ ἄρα, ἀνθρώπους καὶ αὐτὰ ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπείας αὐτοῖς δόξης τε καὶ τιμῆς μεταδιδόναι.
kaitoi pōs ou paralogōtaton eis theopoiian paralambanein tēn alogon kai thēriōdē physin, dia to tēs isēs, hōs phasin, anthrōpois metechein psychēs? echrēn gar, eiper ara, anthrōpous kai auta hēgeisthai, kai tēs anthrōpeias autois doxēs te kai timēs metadidonai.
And yet how could it be anything but most unreasonable to take irrational and beastlike nature into deification because it shares, as they say, in a soul equal to that of men? They ought rather, if anything, to have regarded these too as men, and given them a share of human esteem and honor.
3.5.3Dindorf 1:115–116
οἱ δὲ τοῦτο μὴ πράξαντες, τὰ πρὸς αὐτῆς τῆς φύσεως ἄλογα θηρία γενόμενα, καὶ ταύτην εἰληχότα τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν, καὶ οὐδὲ τῆς ἀνθρώπων προσρήσεως ἠξιωμένα, οὐδʼ ὁμοίως ἀνθρώποις ἠξίωσαν ἀποδέξασθαι· τὴν ἀνωτάτω δὲ τοῦ παμβασιλέως προσηγορίαν καὶ τοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων δημιουργοῦ θεοῦ φέροντες εἰς τὴν θηρίων φύσιν καταβεβλήκασι, καὶ θεοὺς ἐπεφήμισαν ἃ μηδὲ τῆς ἀνθρώπων πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ κατηξίωται προσηγορίας.
hoi de touto mē praxantes, ta pros autēs tēs physeōs aloga thēria genomena, kai tautēn eilēchota tēn epōnymian, kai oude tēs anthrōpōn prosrēseōs ēxiōmena, oudʼ homoiōs anthrōpois ēxiōsan apodexasthai; tēn anōtatō de tou pambasileōs prosēgorian kai tou tōn hapantōn dēmiourgou theou pherontes eis tēn thēriōn physin katabeblēkasi, kai theous epephēmisan ha mēde tēs anthrōpōn pros autou tou theou katēxiōtai prosēgorias.
But they did not do this. The beasts, made irrational by nature itself and having received this name, not even counted worthy of the title of men, they did not think fit to receive even as equal to men; but they took the supreme name of the universal King and of God the creator of all things and brought it down to the nature of beasts, and proclaimed gods those which God himself has not counted worthy even of the name of men.
3.5.4Dindorf 1:116
ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀκήκοας καὶ τῆς θεοσοφίας τῆς μυστικῆς, διʼ ἣν οἱ θαυμάσιοι τῶν Αἰγυπτίων λύκους καὶ κύνας καὶ λέοντας ἐσεβάσθησαν· ἔγνως καὶ τοῦ κανθάρου τὸ θαῦμα καὶ ἱέρακος τὴν ἀρετήν· μὴ δὴ γέλα τοῦ λοιποῦ τοὺς θεοὺς, ἐλέει δὲ τῆς πολλῆς εὐηθείας καὶ ἀβλεψίας τὸ τρισάθλιον ἀνθρώπων γένος.
epi toutois akēkoas kai tēs theosophias tēs mystikēs, diʼ hēn hoi thaumasioi tōn Aigyptiōn lykous kai kynas kai leontas esebasthēsan; egnōs kai tou kantharou to thauma kai hierakos tēn aretēn; mē dē gela tou loipou tous theous, eleei de tēs pollēs euētheias kai ablepsias to trisathlion anthrōpōn genos.
Besides this you have heard of the mystical divine wisdom for which the admirable Egyptians worshipped wolves, dogs, and lions; you have learned the wonder of the beetle and the virtue of the hawk. Do not laugh at the gods any more, but pity the thrice-wretched human race for its great simplicity and blindness.
3.5.5Dindorf 1:116
καὶ δὴ σκόπει πάντα περιαθρῶν οἵων ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν πάρεστι δοτὴρ ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, τοσαύτης νόσου μακρᾶς τε καὶ πολυχρονίου πηρώσεως καὶ τὰς Αἰγυπτίων ψυχὰς διὰ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίας λελυτρωμένος, ὡς τοὺς πλείους ἤδη τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ταύτης ἀπηλλάχθαι τῆς νόσου.
kai dē skopei panta periathrōn hoiōn hēmin agathōn paresti dotēr ho Christos tou theou, tosautēs nosou makras te kai polychroniou pērōseōs kai tas Aigyptiōn psychas dia tēs euangelikēs autou didaskalias lelytrōmenos, hōs tous pleious ēdē tōn katʼ Aigypton kai tautēs apēllachthai tēs nosou.
And consider, looking all around, what good things the Christ of God has given us, who has redeemed even the souls of the Egyptians, through his gospel teaching, from so great a disease and so long and lasting a blindness, so that most of the people in Egypt have now been freed from this disease too.
Preparation 3, chapter 6
3.6.1Dindorf 1:116
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις, ἃ καὶ παλαίτερα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ἁπάντων μνημονεύεται. ἔχεις τοιγαροῦν πρὸς τῇ μυθικῇ καὶ τὴν φυσικωτέραν θεολογίαν Ἑλλήνων ὁμοῦ καὶ Αἰγυπτίων, τῶν πάλαι τὴν πολύθεον δεισιδαιμονίαν συστησαμένων, παρʼ οἷς ὅτι μηδέν τι τῶν ἀληθῶς θείων ἀσωμάτων τε καὶ νοερῶν οὐσιῶν ἐγνωρίζετο μεμάθηκας.
Alla gar toiauta kai ta parʼ Aigyptiois, ha kai palaitera tōn Hellēnikōn hapantōn mnēmoneuetai. echeis toigaroun pros tę̄ mythikę̄ kai tēn physikōteran theologian Hellēnōn homou kai Aigyptiōn, tōn palai tēn polytheon deisidaimonian systēsamenōn, parʼ hois hoti mēden ti tōn alēthōs theiōn asōmatōn te kai noerōn ousiōn egnōrizeto memathēkas.
Such, then, are the doctrines of the Egyptians, which are recorded as older than all the Greek ones. You have, therefore, besides the mythical theology, the more physical theology of both the Greeks and the Egyptians, who in ancient times established polytheistic superstition; and you have learned that among them nothing of the truly divine incorporeal and intellectual beings was known.
3.6.2Dindorf 1:116
πλὴν ἀλλὰ δεδόσθω καὶ συγκεχωρήσθω τουτοισὶ τοῖς μετεωρολέσχαις λέγειν ἀληθῆ, καὶ ἐπιτυγχάνειν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀλληγορουμένων φυσιολογίᾳ γινέσθω τε αὐτοῖς ὁ ἥλιος ποτὲ μὲν Ἀπόλλων, καὶ πάλιν Ὦρος, καὶ Ὄσιρις πάλιν ὁ αὐτὸς, καὶ μυρία ἄλλα ὅσα καὶ θέλοιεν· ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἡ σελήνη, ἢ Ἶσις ἢ Ἄρτεμις, καὶ ὅσα ἄν τις ἐξαριθμεῖν βούλοιτο·
plēn alla dedosthō kai synkechōrēsthō toutoisi tois meteōroleschais legein alēthē, kai epitynchanein en tę̄ tōn allēgoroumenōn physiologią ginesthō te autois ho hēlios pote men Apollōn, kai palin Ōros, kai Osiris palin ho autos, kai myria alla hosa kai theloien; hōsper oun kai hē selēnē, ē Isis ē Artemis, kai hosa an tis exarithmein bouloito;
But let it be granted and conceded to these star-gazers that they speak the truth and succeed in their natural philosophy of allegories: let the sun be for them now Apollo, and again Horus, and again the same one Osiris, and countless other things, as many as they wish; and likewise the moon either Isis or Artemis, and as many names as one might wish to count;
3.6.3Dindorf 1:116–117
μὴ γὰρ ἔστω ταῦτα θνητῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἀλλʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐπουρανίων φωστήρων σημαντικαὶ προσηγορίαι· τὸν ἥλιον ἄρα καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη ὡς θεοὺς προσκυνητέον.
mē gar estō tauta thnētōn andrōn, allʼ autōn tōn epouraniōn phōstērōn sēmantikai prosēgoriai; ton hēlion ara kai tēn selēnēn kai tous asteras kai ta loipa tou kosmou merē hōs theous proskynēteon.
for let these not be names of mortal men, but significant names of the heavenly luminaries themselves: then the sun, the moon, the stars, and the other parts of the world must be worshipped as gods.
3.6.4Dindorf 1:117
καὶ ταύτῃ τοιγαροῦν ἡ γενναία τῶν Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφία ὥσπερ διὰ μηχανῆς πέφηνεν εἰς ὕψος μὲν ἀνάγουσα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ λόγου, κάτω δὲ περιστρέφουσα ἀμφὶ τὴν αἰσθητὴν καὶ φαινομένην τοῦ θεοῦ δημιουργίαν τὴν τῶν σοφῶν διάνοιαν, καὶ πλέον οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ πῦρ καὶ τὴν θερμὴν οὐσίαν, τά τε μέρη τοῦ κόσμου, διὰ τῶν οὐρανίων φωστήρων, ἔστω δὲ καὶ τὴν ὑγρὰν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν καὶ τὴν σύγκρασιν τῶν σωμάτων θειάζουσα.
kai tautę̄ toigaroun hē gennaia tōn Hellēnōn philosophia hōsper dia mēchanēs pephēnen eis hypsos men anagousa tēn epangelian tou logou, katō de peristrephousa amphi tēn aisthētēn kai phainomenēn tou theou dēmiourgian tēn tōn sophōn dianoian, kai pleon ouden allʼ ē pyr kai tēn thermēn ousian, ta te merē tou kosmou, dia tōn ouraniōn phōstērōn, estō de kai tēn hygran kai tēn xēran kai tēn synkrasin tōn sōmatōn theiazousa.
And in this way the noble philosophy of the Greeks has appeared, as if by stage machinery, raising the promise of its doctrine on high, but turning the minds of the wise round and down toward the sensible and visible creation of God, and deifying nothing more than fire and the hot substance, and the parts of the world through the heavenly luminaries, and, let us grant, also the moist and the dry and the mixture of bodies.
3.6.5Dindorf 1:117
πῶς οὖν οὐ μέγα καὶ θαυμάσιον τὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον, πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων παιδεῦον τὸν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης θεὸν καὶ δεσπότην καὶ δημιουργὸν τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου, αὐτὸν τὸν ἀνωτάτω καὶ ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων, ταῖς προσηκούσαις ἐννοίαις εὐσεβεῖν;
pōs oun ou mega kai thaumasion to tou sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou tou Christou tou theou euangelion, pan genos anthrōpōn paideuon ton hēliou kai selēnēs theon kai despotēn kai dēmiourgon tou sympantos kosmou, auton ton anōtatō kai epekeina tōn holōn, tais prosēkousais ennoiais eusebein?
How, then, is not the gospel of our Savior Jesus, the Christ of God, great and wonderful, which teaches every race of men to worship with fitting thoughts the God and Lord of the sun and moon and creator of the whole universe, him who is the most high and beyond all things;
3.6.6Dindorf 1:117–118
καὶ οὐ τὰ τῶν σωμάτων στοιχεῖα, ἀλλὰ τὸν ζωῆς αὐτῆς καὶ τροφὸν καὶ πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν ταμίαν ὑμνεῖν, μέρη τε τοῦ κόσμου τὰ ὁρώμενα καὶ πᾶν τὸ καταληπτὸν σαρκὸς αἰσθήσει, ὡς ἂν τῆς φθαρτῆς ὄντα φύσεως, οὐδαμῶς καταπλήττεσθαι, τὸν δʼ ἐν τούτοις ἅπασιν ἀόρατον, καὶ τὸν καθόλου τε καὶ κατὰ μέρος δημιουργικὸν νοῦν μόνον ἀποθαυμάζειν, καὶ θεολογεῖν μίαν μόνην ἐκείνην τὴν διήκουσαν καὶ διακοσμοῦσαν τὰ πάντα θείαν δύναμιν, ἀσώματον οὖσαν καὶ νοερὰν τὴν φύσιν, μᾶλλον δὲ ἄρρητον εἰπεῖν καὶ ἀκατάληπτον, διὰ πάντων, διʼ ὧν καὶ ἐνεργεῖ παραφαινομένην, διήκουσάν τε ἀσωμάτως καὶ ἀσυμπλόκως τὰ πάντα ἐπιπορευομένην, καὶ διὰ πάντων οὐκ οὐρανίων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς, τῶν τε καθόλου στοιχείων καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους, τὴν τῆς θεότητος διαρκῆ μεγαλουργίαν ἐπιδεικνυμένην, πᾶσί τε ἀφανῶς καὶ ἡμῖν ἀνεπαισθήτως ἐπιστατοῦσαν, καὶ λόγοις ἀνεκφράστου σοφίας τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον διακυβερνῶσαν.
kai ou ta tōn sōmatōn stoicheia, alla ton zōēs autēs kai trophon kai pantōn tōn agathōn tamian hymnein, merē te tou kosmou ta horōmena kai pan to katalēpton sarkos aisthēsei, hōs an tēs phthartēs onta physeōs, oudamōs kataplēttesthai, ton dʼ en toutois hapasin aoraton, kai ton katholou te kai kata meros dēmiourgikon noun monon apothaumazein, kai theologein mian monēn ekeinēn tēn diēkousan kai diakosmousan ta panta theian dynamin, asōmaton ousan kai noeran tēn physin, mallon de arrēton eipein kai akatalēpton, dia pantōn, diʼ hōn kai energei paraphainomenēn, diēkousan te asōmatōs kai asymplokōs ta panta epiporeuomenēn, kai dia pantōn ouk ouraniōn monon, alla kai tōn epi gēs, tōn te katholou stoicheiōn kai tōn epi merous, tēn tēs theotētos diarkē megalourgian epideiknymenēn, pasi te aphanōs kai hēmin anepaisthētōs epistatousan, kai logois anekphrastou sophias ton sympanta kosmon diakybernōsan.
and to hymn not the elements of bodies but the nourisher of life itself and the steward of all good things; to be in no way struck with awe at the visible parts of the world and all that can be grasped by the senses of the flesh, since they are of perishable nature, but to admire only him who is invisible in all of these, the creative Mind of the whole and of the parts; and to proclaim as God that one divine power alone which pervades and orders all things, incorporeal and intellectual by nature, or rather ineffable and incomprehensible, appearing through all things through which it also works, pervading all things incorporeally and without mingling, and displaying through all things, not only heavenly but also earthly, both the universal elements and the particular ones, the sustaining mighty works of the Godhead; presiding over all invisibly and imperceptibly to us, and steering the whole world by the reasons of an inexpressible wisdom.
3.6.7Dindorf 1:118
Τοσούτων ἡμῖν ἀποδεδειγμένων εἰς ἔλεγχον τῆς ἀσυστάτου σοφίας ἢ θεολογίας, τῆς τε λεγομένης μυθικωτέρας καὶ τῆς ὑψηλοτέρας δὴ καὶ φυσικωτέρας, ἣν οἱ παλαιοὶ Ἕλληνές τε καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι σεμνύνοντες ἀπεδείχθησαν, ὥρα καὶ τῶν νέων τῶν δὴ καθʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς φιλοσοφεῖν ἐπαγγελλομένων ἐπαθρῆσαι τὰ καλλωπίσματα· οἵδε γὰρ τὰ περὶ νοῦ δημιουργοῦ τῶν ὅλων καὶ τὰ περὶ ἀσωμάτων ἰδεῶν νοερῶν τε καὶ λογικῶν δυνάμεων τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Πλάτωνα μακροῖς ποθʼ ὕστερον χρόνοις ἐφευρημένα καὶ λογισμοῖς ὀρθοῖς ἐπινενοημένα συμπλέξαι τῇ τῶν παλαιῶν θεολογίᾳ πεπειραμένοι μείζονι τύφῳ τὴν περὶ τῶν μύθων ἐπαγγελίαν ἐξῆραν. ἄκουε δʼ οὖν καὶ τῆς τούτων φυσιολογίας, μεθʼ οἴας ἐξενήνεκται τῷ Πορφυρίῳ ἀλαζονείας·
Tosoutōn hēmin apodedeigmenōn eis elenchon tēs asystatou sophias ē theologias, tēs te legomenēs mythikōteras kai tēs hypsēloteras dē kai physikōteras, hēn hoi palaioi Hellēnes te kai Aigyptioi semnynontes apedeichthēsan, hōra kai tōn neōn tōn dē kathʼ hēmas autous philosophein epangellomenōn epathrēsai ta kallōpismata; hoide gar ta peri nou dēmiourgou tōn holōn kai ta peri asōmatōn ideōn noerōn te kai logikōn dynameōn tois amphi ton Platōna makrois pothʼ hysteron chronois epheurēmena kai logismois orthois epinenoēmena symplexai tę̄ tōn palaiōn theologią pepeiramenoi meizoni typhǭ tēn peri tōn mythōn epangelian exēran. akoue dʼ oun kai tēs toutōn physiologias, methʼ oias exenēnektai tǭ Porphyriǭ alazoneias;
Since we have shown so much in refutation of the inconsistent wisdom or theology, both the so-called more mythical and the loftier and more physical one, which the ancient Greeks and Egyptians have been shown to glorify, it is time to look at the ornaments of the newcomers who profess to philosophize in our own time. These, attempting to weave into the theology of the ancients the doctrines about a creative Mind of the universe and about incorporeal ideas and intellectual and rational powers, which were discovered by Plato's school long ages afterward and conceived by right reasoning, have exalted their profession about the myths with greater pretension. Listen, then, to their natural philosophy too, with what boastfulness it has been put forth by Porphyry:
Preparation 3, chapter 7
3.7.1Dindorf 1:118
‟ Φθέγξομαι οἷς θέμις ἐστὶ, θύρας δʼ ἐπίθεσθε βέβηλοι, σοφίας θεολόγου νοήματα δεικνὺς, οἷς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς δυνάμεις διὰ εἰκόνων συμφύλων αἰσθήσει ἐμήνυσαν ἄνδρες τὰ ἀφανῆ φανεροῖς ὑποτυπώσαντες πλάσμασι, τοῖς καθάπερ ἐκ βίβλων τῶν ἀγαλμάτων ἀναλέγειν τὰ περὶ θεῶν μεμαθηκόσι γράμματα θαυμαστὸν δὲ οὐδὲν ξύλα καὶ λίθους ἡγεῖσθαι τὰ ξόανα τοὺς ἀμαθεστάτους, καθὰ δὴ καὶ τῶν γραμμάτων οἱ ἀνόητοι λίθους μὲν ὁρῶσι τὰς στήλας, ξύλα δὲ τὰς δέλτους, ἐξυφασμένην δὲ πάπυρον τὰς βίβλους.”
‟ Phthenxomai hois themis esti, thyras dʼ epithesthe bebēloi, sophias theologou noēmata deiknys, hois ton theon kai tou theou tas dynameis dia eikonōn symphylōn aisthēsei emēnysan andres ta aphanē phanerois hypotypōsantes plasmasi, tois kathaper ek biblōn tōn agalmatōn analegein ta peri theōn memathēkosi grammata thaumaston de ouden xyla kai lithous hēgeisthai ta xoana tous amathestatous, katha dē kai tōn grammatōn hoi anoētoi lithous men horōsi tas stēlas, xyla de tas deltous, exyphasmenēn de papyron tas biblous.”
"'I speak to those for whom it is lawful; close the doors, you profane,' showing the thoughts of a theological wisdom, by which men have made known God and the powers of God through images akin to sense, sketching invisible things in visible forms, for those who have learned to read in the statues, as in books, what is written about the gods. It is no wonder that the most ignorant think the images are wood and stones, just as those who do not know letters see the pillars as stones, the tablets as wood, and books as woven papyrus."
3.7.2Dindorf 1:118–119
Τοιαῦτα δὲ ὡς ἐν προοιμίῳ κατακοσμήσας ἄκουε οἷα προιὼν ἐξῆς γράφει πρὸς λέξιν ‟ Φωτοειδοῦς δὲ ὄντος τοῦ θείου καὶ ἐν πυρὸς αἰθερίου περιχύσει διάγοντος, ἀφανοῦς τε τυγχάνοντος αἰσθήσει περὶ θνητὸν βίον ἀσχόλῳ, διὰ μὲν τῆς διαυγοῦς ὕλης, οἷον κρυστάλλου ἢ Παρίου λίθου ἢ καὶ ἐλέφαντος, εἰς τὴν τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτοῦ ἔννοιαν ἐνῆγε, διὰ δὲ τῆς τοῦ χρυσοῦ εἰς τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς διανόησιν, καὶ τὸ ἀμίαντον αὐτοῦ, ὅτι χρυσὸς οὐ μιαίνεται.
Toiauta de hōs en prooimiǭ katakosmēsas akoue hoia proiōn exēs graphei pros lexin ‟ Phōtoeidous de ontos tou theiou kai en pyros aitheriou perichysei diagontos, aphanous te tynchanontos aisthēsei peri thnēton bion ascholǭ, dia men tēs diaugous hylēs, hoion krystallou ē Pariou lithou ē kai elephantos, eis tēn tou phōtos autou ennoian enēge, dia de tēs tou chrysou eis tēn tou pyros dianoēsin, kai to amianton autou, hoti chrysos ou miainetai.
Having adorned his preface in this way, listen to what he writes next as he proceeds, word for word: "Since the divine is of the nature of light and dwells in a surrounding of ethereal fire, and is invisible to sense busied with mortal life, by means of transparent material, such as crystal or Parian marble or ivory, he led men to the notion of its light; and by gold to the conception of its fire, and of its undefiled nature, since gold is not defiled.
3.7.3Dindorf 1:119
πολλοὶ δὲ αὖ καὶ μέλανι λίθῳ τὸ ἀφανὲς αὐτοῦ τῆς οὐσίας ἐδήλωσαν, καὶ ἀνθρωποειδεῖς μὲν ἀπετύπουν τοὺς θεοὺς ὅτι λογικὸν τὸ θεῖον, καλοὺς δὲ, ὅτι κάλλος ἐν ἐκείνοις ἀκήρατον· διαφόροις δὲ σχήμασι καὶ ἡλικίαις, καθέδραις τε καὶ στάσεσι καὶ ἀμφιάσεσι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄρρενας, τὰς δὲ θηλείας, καὶ παρθένους, καὶ ἐφήβους, ἢ γάμου πεῖραν εἰληφότας, εἰς παράστασιν αὐτῶν τῆς διαφορᾶς.
polloi de au kai melani lithǭ to aphanes autou tēs ousias edēlōsan, kai anthrōpoeideis men apetypoun tous theous hoti logikon to theion, kalous de, hoti kallos en ekeinois akēraton; diaphorois de schēmasi kai hēlikiais, kathedrais te kai stasesi kai amphiasesi, kai tous men arrenas, tas de thēleias, kai parthenous, kai ephēbous, ē gamou peiran eilēphotas, eis parastasin autōn tēs diaphoras.
Many again showed the invisibility of its substance by black stone; and they represented the gods in human form because the divine is rational, and beautiful because in them there is pure beauty; in various shapes and ages, sitting and standing and clothed, some male and some female, maidens and youths, or those who have experienced marriage, to represent their differences.
3.7.4Dindorf 1:119
ὅθεν πᾶν τὸ λευκὸν τοῖς οὐρανίοις θεοῖς ἀπένειμαν, σφαῖράν τε καὶ τὰ σφαιρικὰ πάντα ἰδίως τε κόσμῳ καὶ ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ, ἔσθʼ ὅπου δὲ καὶ τύχῃ καὶ ἐλπίδι· κύκλον δὲ καὶ τὰ κυκλικὰ αἰῶνι καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν κινήσει ταῖς τε ἐν αὐτῷ ζώναις καὶ τοῖς κύκλοις· κύκλων δὲ τμήματα τοῖς σχηματισμοῖς τῆς σελήνης· πυραμίδας δὲ καὶ ὀβελίσκους τῇ πυρὸς οὐσίᾳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς Ὀλυμπίοις θεοῖς· ὥσπερ αὖ κῶνον μὲν ἡλίῳ, γῇ δὲ κύλινδρον, σπορᾷ δὲ καὶ γενέσει φάλητα, καὶ τὸ τρίγωνον σχῆμα διὰ τὸ μόριον τῆς θηλείας.”
hothen pan to leukon tois ouraniois theois apeneiman, sphairan te kai ta sphairika panta idiōs te kosmǭ kai hēliǭ kai selēnę̄, esthʼ hopou de kai tychę̄ kai elpidi; kyklon de kai ta kyklika aiōni kai tę̄ kata ton ouranon kinēsei tais te en autǭ zōnais kai tois kyklois; kyklōn de tmēmata tois schēmatismois tēs selēnēs; pyramidas de kai obeliskous tę̄ pyros ousią, kai dia touto tois Olympiois theois; hōsper au kōnon men hēliǭ, gę̄ de kylindron, sporą de kai genesei phalēta, kai to trigōnon schēma dia to morion tēs thēleias.”
Hence they assigned everything white to the heavenly gods, and the sphere and all spherical things particularly to the cosmos, the sun, and the moon, and sometimes also to Fortune and Hope; the circle and circular things to eternity and to the motion of the heaven and its zones and circles; segments of circles to the phases of the moon; pyramids and obelisks to the substance of fire, and therefore to the Olympian gods; as again the cone to the sun, the cylinder to the earth, the phallus to sowing and generation, and the triangular figure because of the female part."
3.7.5Dindorf 1:119–120
Ταῦτα ὁ θαυμαστὸς φιλόσοφος, ὧν τί ἂν γένοιτο ἀσχημονέστερον τὰ αἰσχρὰ σεμνολογοῦσιν, τί δὲ βιαιότερον τὰς ἀψύχους ὕλας, χρυσὸν καὶ λίθον καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, εἰκόνας φέρειν τοῦ φωτὸς τῶν θεῶν καὶ τῆς οὐρανίου καὶ αἰθερίου φύσεως δηλώματα φάσκειν; ὅτι δὲ τῶν νέων ἐστὶ ταῦτα σοφίσματα, μηδʼ ὄναρ τῶν παλαιῶν εἰς ἐνθύμησιν ἐλθόν, γνοίης ἂν μαθὼν ὅτι καὶ ἀπόβλητα ἦν παρὰ τοῖς προτέροις τὰ διὰ χρυσοῦ καὶ τῆς νομιζομένης πολυτελεστέρας ὕλης ξόανα. λέγει δʼ οὖν Πλούταρχος ὧδέ πη κατὰ λέξιν
Tauta ho thaumastos philosophos, hōn ti an genoito aschēmonesteron ta aischra semnologousin, ti de biaioteron tas apsychous hylas, chryson kai lithon kai ta toiauta, eikonas pherein tou phōtos tōn theōn kai tēs ouraniou kai aitheriou physeōs dēlōmata phaskein? hoti de tōn neōn esti tauta sophismata, mēdʼ onar tōn palaiōn eis enthymēsin elthon, gnoiēs an mathōn hoti kai apoblēta ēn para tois proterois ta dia chrysou kai tēs nomizomenēs polytelesteras hylēs xoana. legei dʼ oun Ploutarchos hōde pē kata lexin
So says the admirable philosopher. What could be more unseemly than his solemn language about shameful things, and what more forced than to say that lifeless materials, gold and stone and the like, bear images of the light of the gods and are signs of their heavenly and ethereal nature? That these are sophistries of the newcomers, which never came into the minds of the ancients even in a dream, you would know on learning that images of gold and of the material thought more costly were rejected by the earlier men. At any rate Plutarch says, word for word, somewhat as follows:
Preparation 3, chapter 8
3.8.1Dindorf 1:120
‟Ἡ δὲ τῶν ξοάνων ποίησις ἀρχαῖον ἔοικεν εἶναί τι καὶ παλαιὸν, εἴ γε ξύλινον μὲν ἦν τὸ πρῶτον εἰς Δῆλον ὑπὸ Ἐρυσίχθονος Ἀπόλλωνι ἐπὶ τῶν θεωριῶν ἄγαλμα, ξύλινον δὲ τὸ τῆς Πολιάδος ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτοχθόνων ἱδρυθὲν, ὃ μέχρι νῦν Ἀθηναῖοι διαφυλάττουσιν. Ἥρας δὲ καὶ Σάμιοι ξύλινον εἶχον ἕδος, ὥς φησι Καλλίμαχος Οὔπω Σκέλμιον ἔργον ἐύξοον, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τεθμὸν δηναιὸν γλυφάνων ἄξοος ἦσθα σανίς. ὧδε γὰρ ἱδρύοντο θεοὺς τότε· καὶ γὰρ Ἀθήνης ἐν Λίνδῳ Δαναὸς λᾶαν ἔθηκεν ἕδος. λέγεται δὲ Πείρας ὁ πρῶτος Ἀργολίδος Ἥρας ἱερὸν εἱσάμενος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θυγατέρα Καλλίθυιαν ἱέρειαν καταστήσας, ἐκ τῶν περὶ Τίρυνθα δένδρων ὄγχνην τεμὼν εὐκτέανον Ἥρας ἄγαλμα μορφῶσαι. πέτραν μὲν γὰρ εἰς θεοῦ κόπτειν εἰκόνα σκληρὰν καὶ δύσεργον καὶ ἄψυχον οὐκ ἐβούλοντο, χρυσὸν δὲ καὶ ἄργυρον ἡγοῦντο γῆς ἀκάρπου καὶ διεφθαρμένης χρώματα νοσώδη καὶ κηλῖδας ἐξανθεῖν ὥσπερ μώλωπας ὑπὸ πυρὸς ῥαπισθείσης· ἐλέφαντι δὲ παίζοντες μὲν ἴσθʼ ὅπου προσεχρῶντο, ποικίλματι τρυφῆς.”
‟Hē de tōn xoanōn poiēsis archaion eoiken einai ti kai palaion, ei ge xylinon men ēn to prōton eis Dēlon hypo Erysichthonos Apollōni epi tōn theōriōn agalma, xylinon de to tēs Poliados hypo tōn autochthonōn hidrythen, ho mechri nyn Athēnaioi diaphylattousin. Hēras de kai Samioi xylinon eichon hedos, hōs phēsi Kallimachos Oupō Skelmion ergon euxoon, allʼ epi tethmon dēnaion glyphanōn axoos ēstha sanis. hōde gar hidryonto theous tote; kai gar Athēnēs en Lindǭ Danaos laan ethēken hedos. legetai de Peiras ho prōtos Argolidos Hēras hieron heisamenos tēn heautou thygatera Kallithuian hiereian katastēsas, ek tōn peri Tiryntha dendrōn onchnēn temōn eukteanon Hēras agalma morphōsai. petran men gar eis theou koptein eikona sklēran kai dysergon kai apsychon ouk eboulonto, chryson de kai argyron hēgounto gēs akarpou kai diephtharmenēs chrōmata nosōdē kai kēlidas exanthein hōsper mōlōpas hypo pyros rhapistheisēs; elephanti de paizontes men isthʼ hopou prosechrōnto, poikilmati tryphēs.”
"The making of images seems to be something ancient and old, if the first statue sent to Delos by Erysichthon for Apollo on the sacred embassies was of wood, and of wood too the image of Polias set up by the original inhabitants, which the Athenians preserve to this day. The Samians too had a wooden seat of Hera, as Callimachus says: 'Not yet the work of Scelmis, well carved, but after the ancient custom you were a plank untouched by chisels. For so they set up gods then; for Danaus too placed a stone as the seat of Athena in Lindus.' Peiras, they say, who first founded the temple of Argive Hera and made his own daughter Callithyia priestess, cut down a fine pear tree from the trees around Tiryns and shaped an image of Hera. For they did not wish to cut stone into the image of a god, as hard, difficult to work, and lifeless; and they thought that gold and silver were diseased colors and stains of barren and corrupted earth breaking out, like bruises from the strokes of fire. Ivory they sometimes used in play, as an ornament of luxury."
3.8.2Dindorf 1:120–121
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλούταρχος· καὶ τούτου δὲ πολὺ πρότερον ὁ Πλάτων οὐδὲν εἶναι σεμνὸν οὐδὲ προσεοικὸς θείᾳ φύσει ἐν χρυσῷ καὶ λίθοις καὶ ἐλέφαντι τοῖς τε ἐξ ὕλης ἀψύχου κατασκευάσμασιν εὖ μάλα εἰδὼς, ἐπάκουσον ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις ὁποῖα διατάττεται “Γῆ μὲν οὖν ἑστία τε οἰκήσεως ἱερὰ πᾶσι πάντων θεῶν· μηδεὶς οὖν δευτέρως ἱερὰ καθιερούτω θεοῖς. χρυσὸς δὲ καὶ ἄργυρος ἐν ἄλλαις πόλεσιν ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ ἐν ἱεροῖς ἐπίφθονόν ἐστι κτῆμα, ἐλέφας δὲ ἀπολελοιπότος ψυχὴν σώματος οὐκ εὐαγὲς ἀνάθημα· σίδηρος δὲ καὶ χαλκὸς πολέμων ὄργανα.’’ Ταῦτα δὲ σαφῆ περιέχειν ἡγοῦμαι τῆς προτεθείσης ἀνατροπὴν φυσιολογίας, ἧς φέρε καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθεωρήσωμεν. ἐπάκουσον οὖν οἷά φησιν
Tauta ho Ploutarchos; kai toutou de poly proteron ho Platōn ouden einai semnon oude proseoikos theią physei en chrysǭ kai lithois kai elephanti tois te ex hylēs apsychou kataskeuasmasin eu mala eidōs, epakouson en tois Nomois hopoia diatattetai “Gē men oun hestia te oikēseōs hiera pasi pantōn theōn; mēdeis oun deuterōs hiera kathieroutō theois. chrysos de kai argyros en allais polesin idią te kai en hierois epiphthonon esti ktēma, elephas de apoleloipotos psychēn sōmatos ouk euages anathēma; sidēros de kai chalkos polemōn organa.’’ Tauta de saphē periechein hēgoumai tēs protetheisēs anatropēn physiologias, hēs phere kai ta loipa epitheōrēsōmen. epakouson oun hoia phēsin
So says Plutarch. And Plato, long before him, knowing well that there is nothing dignified or resembling the divine nature in gold, stones, ivory, and things made of lifeless matter, listen to what he ordains in the Laws: "The earth, then, and the hearth of every dwelling are sacred to all the gods; let no one, then, consecrate sacred objects to the gods a second time. Gold and silver, in other cities, both privately and in temples, are an invidious possession; ivory, from a body that has left its soul, is not a pure offering; iron and bronze are instruments of war." I think these words contain a clear refutation of the natural philosophy set out before. Come, let us examine the rest of it too. Listen, then, to what he says:
Preparation 3, chapter 9
3.9.1Dindorf 1:121
‟Ὅρα δὲ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων σοφίαν οὑτωσὶ διασκοπούμενος. τὸν γὰρ Δία τὸν νοῦν τοῦ κόσμου ὑπολαμβάνοντες, ὃς τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδημιούργησεν ἔχων τὸν κόσμον, ἐν μὲν ταῖς θεολογίαις ταύτῃ περὶ αὐτοῦ παραδεδώκασιν οἱ τὰ Ὀρφέως εἰπόντες·
‟Hora de tēn tōn Hellēnōn sophian houtōsi diaskopoumenos. ton gar Dia ton noun tou kosmou hypolambanontes, hos ta en autǭ edēmiourgēsen echōn ton kosmon, en men tais theologiais tautę̄ peri autou paradedōkasin hoi ta Orpheōs eipontes;
"See the wisdom of the Greeks by examining it in this way. Taking Zeus to be the mind of the world, which created the things in it, holding the world within itself, those who composed the Orphic verses have handed down this about him in their theologies:
3.9.2Dindorf 1:121–122
Ζεὺς πρῶτος γένετο, Ζεὺς ὕστατος ἀργικέραυνος, Ζεὺς κεφαλὴ, Ζεὺς μέσσα, Δῖός δʼ ἐκ πάντα τέτυκται. Ζεὺς ἄρσην γένετο, Ζεὺς ἄφθιτος ἔπλετο νύμφη. Ζεὺς πυθμὴν γαίης τε καὶ οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος. Ζεὺς βασιλεὺς, Ζεὺς αὐτὸς ἁπάντων ἀρχιγένεθλος. ἓν κράτος, εἶς δαίμων γένετο, μέγας ἀρχὸς ἁπάντων, ἓν δὲ δέμας βασίλειον, ἐν ᾧ τάδε πάντα κυκλεῖται, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα καὶ αἰθὴρ, νύξ τε καὶ ἦμαρ, καὶ Μῆτις, πρῶτος γενέτωρ καὶ Ἕρως πολυτερπής· πάντα γὰρ ἐν μεγάλῳ Ζῆνός τάδε σώματι κεῖται. τοῦ δή τοι κεφαλὴν μὲν ἰδεῖν καὶ καλὰ πρόσωπα οὐρανὸς αἰγλήεις, ὃν χρύσεαι ἀμφὶς ἔθειραι ἄστρων μαρμαρέων περικαλλέες ἠερέθονται, ταύρεα δʼ ἀμφοτέρωθε δύο χρύσεια κέρατα, ἀντολίη τε δύσις τε, θεῶν ὁδοὶ Οὐρανιώνων, ὄμματα δʼ ἠέλιός τε καὶ ἀντιόωσα σελήνη. νοῦς δέ οἱ ἀψευδὴς, βασιλήϊος, ἄφθιτος αἰθὴρ, ᾧ δὴ πάντα κυκλεῖ καὶ φράζεται, οὐδέ τις ἐστὶν αὐδὴ, οὔτʼ ἐνοπὴ, οὔτε κτύπος, οὐδὲ μὲν ὄσσα, ἣ λήθει Διὸς οὖας ὑπερμενέος Κρονίωνος. ὧδε μὲν ἀθανάτην κεφαλὴν ἔχει ἠδὲ νόημα· Σῶμα δέ οἱ περιφεγγὲς, ἀπείριτον, ἀστυφέλικτον, ὄβριμον, ὀβριμόγυιον, ὑπερμενὲς ὧδε τέτυκται. Ὦμοι μὲν καὶ στέρνα καὶ εὐρέα νῶτα θεοῖο ἀὴρ εὐρυβίης, πτέρυγες δέ οἱ ἐξεφύοντο, τῇς ἐπὶ πάντα ποτᾶθʼ, ἱερὴ δέ οἱ ἔπλετο νηδὺς, γαῖα τε παμμήτειρʼ ὁρέων τʼ αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα· μέσση δὲ ζώνη βαρυηχέος οἶδμα θαλάσσης καὶ πόντου· πυμάτη δὲ βάσις, χθονὸς ἔνδοθι ῥίζαι, Τάρταρά τʼ εὐρώεντα καὶ ἔσχατα πείρατα γαίης. Πάντα δʼ ἀποκρύψας αὖθις φάος ἐς πολυγηθὲς μέλλεν ἀπὸ κραδίης προφέρειν πάλι, θέσκελα ῤέζων.
Zeus prōtos geneto, Zeus hystatos argikeraunos, Zeus kephalē, Zeus messa, Dios dʼ ek panta tetyktai. Zeus arsēn geneto, Zeus aphthitos epleto nymphē. Zeus pythmēn gaiēs te kai ouranou asteroentos. Zeus basileus, Zeus autos hapantōn archigenethlos. hen kratos, eis daimōn geneto, megas archos hapantōn, hen de demas basileion, en hǭ tade panta kykleitai, pyr kai hydōr kai gaia kai aithēr, nyx te kai ēmar, kai Mētis, prōtos genetōr kai Herōs polyterpēs; panta gar en megalǭ Zēnos tade sōmati keitai. tou dē toi kephalēn men idein kai kala prosōpa ouranos aiglēeis, hon chryseai amphis etheirai astrōn marmareōn perikallees ēerethontai, taurea dʼ amphoterōthe dyo chryseia kerata, antoliē te dysis te, theōn hodoi Ouraniōnōn, ommata dʼ ēelios te kai antioōsa selēnē. nous de hoi apseudēs, basilēïos, aphthitos aithēr, hǭ dē panta kyklei kai phrazetai, oude tis estin audē, outʼ enopē, oute ktypos, oude men ossa, hē lēthei Dios ouas hypermeneos Kroniōnos. hōde men athanatēn kephalēn echei ēde noēma; Sōma de hoi periphenges, apeiriton, astyphelikton, obrimon, obrimoguion, hypermenes hōde tetyktai. Ōmoi men kai sterna kai eurea nōta theoio aēr eurybiēs, pteryges de hoi exephyonto, tę̄s epi panta potathʼ, hierē de hoi epleto nēdys, gaia te pammēteirʼ horeōn tʼ aipeina karēna; messē de zōnē baryēcheos oidma thalassēs kai pontou; pymatē de basis, chthonos endothi rhizai, Tartara tʼ eurōenta kai eschata peirata gaiēs. Panta dʼ apokrypsas authis phaos es polygēthes mellen apo kradiēs propherein pali, theskela rezōn.
'Zeus was first, Zeus last, lord of the bright lightning; Zeus the head, Zeus the middle, and from Zeus all things were made. Zeus became male, Zeus was an immortal bride. Zeus is the foundation of the earth and of the starry heaven. Zeus is king, Zeus himself the first begetter of all. One power, one deity he became, great ruler of all; one royal body, in which all these things revolve: fire and water and earth and ether, night and day, and Metis, first begetter, and delightful Eros. For all these things lie in the great body of Zeus. His head and fair face, to look upon, are the shining heaven, around which his golden locks, the beautiful glittering stars, float in the air; on either side two golden bull's horns, the rising and the setting, the paths of the heavenly gods; his eyes the sun and the moon that faces it. His mind is the unerring, royal, imperishable ether, by which he moves and considers all things; nor is there any voice, nor cry, nor sound, nor rumor, that escapes the ear of the mighty son of Cronus. So he has an immortal head and thought. His body is radiant, boundless, unshaken, mighty, strong-limbed, of surpassing power, made thus: the shoulders, chest, and broad back of the god are the wide-ruling air, and wings grew from him, with which he flies over all things; his holy belly is the earth, mother of all, and the lofty peaks of the mountains; his middle girdle the swell of the deep-roaring sea and the main; the lowest base, the roots within the earth, the dank Tartarus and the farthest bounds of the earth. And having hidden all things, he was again to bring them forth from his heart into the gladsome light, working wonders.'
3.9.3Dindorf 1:122
Ζεὺς οὖν ὁ πᾶς κόσμος, ζῷον ἐκ ζῴων καὶ θεὸς ἐκ θεῶν· Ζεὺς δὲ, καθὸ νοῦς, ἀφʼ οὗ προφέρει πάντα καὶ δημιουργεῖ τοῖς νοήμασι.
Zeus oun ho pas kosmos, zǭon ek zǭōn kai theos ek theōn; Zeus de, katho nous, aphʼ hou propherei panta kai dēmiourgei tois noēmasi.
Zeus, then, is the whole world, living being from living beings and god from gods; but Zeus as mind, from which he brings forth all things and creates by his thoughts.
3.9.4Dindorf 1:122
Τῶν δὴ θεολόγων τὰ δὴ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦτον ἐξηγησαμένων τὸν τρόπον, εἰκόνα μὲν τοιαύτην δημιουργεῖν, οἵαν ὁ λόγος ἐμήνυσεν, οὔθʼ οἷόν τε ἦν οὔτʼ, εἴ τις ἐπενόησε, τὸ ζωτικὸν καὶ νοερὸν καὶ προνοητικὸν διὰ τῆς σφαίρας ἐδείκνυεν.
Tōn dē theologōn ta dē peri tou theou touton exēgēsamenōn ton tropon, eikona men toiautēn dēmiourgein, hoian ho logos emēnysen, outhʼ hoion te ēn outʼ, ei tis epenoēse, to zōtikon kai noeron kai pronoētikon dia tēs sphairas edeiknyen.
When the theologians had explained the things about God in this way, it was neither possible to make an image such as the account indicated, nor, if anyone had devised one, would it have shown by a sphere the living, intelligent, and provident nature.
3.9.5Dindorf 1:122–123
ἀνθρωπόμορφον δὲ τοῦ Διὸς τὸ δείκηλον πεποιήκασιν, ὅτι νοῦς ἦν καθʼ ὃν ἐδημιούργει καὶ λόγοις σπερματικοῖς ἀπετέλει τὰ πάντα· κάθηται δὲ, τὸ ἑδραῖον τῆς δυνάμεως αἰνιττόμενος· γυμνὰ δὲ ἔχει τὰ ἄνω, ὅτι φανερὸς ἐν τοῖς νοεροῖς καὶ τοῖς οὐρανίοις τοῦ κόσμου μέρεσίν ἐστι· σκέπεται δὲ αὐτῷ τὰ πρόσθια, ὅτι ἀφανὴς τοῖς κάτω κεκρυμμένοις· ἔχει δὲ τῇ μὲν λαιᾷ τὸ σκῆπτρον, καθʼ ὃ μάλιστα τῶν τοῦ σώματος μερῶν τὸ ἡγεμονικώτατόν τε καὶ νοερώτατον ὑποικουρεῖ σπλάγχνον, ἡ καρδία· βασιλεὺς γὰρ τοῦ κόσμου ὁ δημιουργικὸς νοῦς· προτείνει δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ ἢ ἀετὸν, ὅτι κρατεῖ τῶν ἀεροπόρων θεῶν, ὡς τῶν μεταρσίων ὀρνέων ὁ ἀετὸς, ἢ νίκην, ὅτι νενίκηκεν αὐτὸς πάντα.”
anthrōpomorphon de tou Dios to deikēlon pepoiēkasin, hoti nous ēn kathʼ hon edēmiourgei kai logois spermatikois apetelei ta panta; kathētai de, to hedraion tēs dynameōs ainittomenos; gymna de echei ta anō, hoti phaneros en tois noerois kai tois ouraniois tou kosmou meresin esti; skepetai de autǭ ta prosthia, hoti aphanēs tois katō kekrymmenois; echei de tę̄ men laią to skēptron, kathʼ ho malista tōn tou sōmatos merōn to hēgemonikōtaton te kai noerōtaton hypoikourei splanchnon, hē kardia; basileus gar tou kosmou ho dēmiourgikos nous; proteinei de tę̄ dexią ē aeton, hoti kratei tōn aeroporōn theōn, hōs tōn metarsiōn orneōn ho aetos, ē nikēn, hoti nenikēken autos panta.”
So they have made the image of Zeus in human form, because he was mind, by which he created and completed all things by seminal reasons. He is seated, hinting at the steadfastness of his power; he has his upper parts bare, because he is manifest in the intellectual and heavenly parts of the world; his front parts are covered, because he is invisible to things hidden below. He holds the scepter in his left hand, on the side where the heart, the most commanding and most intelligent of the organs of the body, dwells; for the creative mind is king of the world. In his right hand he holds out either an eagle, because he rules the gods who travel through the air, as the eagle rules the birds on high, or a Victory, because he himself has conquered all things."
3.9.6Dindorf 1:123
Ταῦτά σοι ὁ Πορφύριος, ὧν τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον ἀποδεδομένων ἠρέμα καὶ ἐπὶ σχολῆς ἐπιθεωρῆσαι καλὸν τίνα ποτὲ ἄρα τὸν Δία φασὶν εἷναι τὰ ἔπη. ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ ἄλλον ἡγοῦμαι ἢ τὸν ὁρώμενον κόσμον ἐκ παντοίων συνεστῶτα μερῶν, τῶν τε κατʼ οὐρανὸν καὶ αἰθέρα καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις φαινομένων ἄστρων, ὥσπερ ἐν μεγάλου σώματος κεφαλῇ προτεταγμένων, τῶν τε ἐν ἀέρι καὶ γῇ καὶ θαλάττῃ καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις.
Tauta soi ho Porphyrios, hōn ton eirēmenon tropon apodedomenōn ērema kai epi scholēs epitheōrēsai kalon tina pote ara ton Dia phasin heinai ta epē. egō men gar oude allon hēgoumai ē ton horōmenon kosmon ek pantoiōn synestōta merōn, tōn te katʼ ouranon kai aithera kai tōn en toutois phainomenōn astrōn, hōsper en megalou sōmatos kephalę̄ protetagmenōn, tōn te en aeri kai gę̄ kai thalattę̄ kai tois paraplēsiois.
Such is what Porphyry offers you. Since they have been given in the way described, it is well to examine quietly and at leisure whom the verses say Zeus is. I think he is none other than the visible world, composed of all kinds of parts: those in heaven and the ether, and the stars that appear in them, set first as in the head of a great body, and those in the air, the earth, the sea, and the like.
3.9.7Dindorf 1:123
μέρη γοῦν κόσμου καὶ γῆ καὶ ὄρη καὶ βουνοὶ, εἱλεῖταί τε αὐτῶν ἐν μέσῳ ζώνης τρόπον ἡ θάλαττα, καὶ πῦρ δὲ καὶ ὕδωρ νύξ τε καὶ ἡμέρα τῆς αὐτῆς εἶεν ἂν τοῦ κόσμου φύσεως μέρη. ταῦτα δʼ ἄντικρυς τὸν ὁρώμενον ὑποφαίνειν ἡγοῦμαι κόσμον, εἰ μή τι καὶ σφάλλομαι, καὶ τὸ ὅλον ἐκ μερῶν συνεστὼς διδάσκει.
merē goun kosmou kai gē kai orē kai bounoi, heileitai te autōn en mesǭ zōnēs tropon hē thalatta, kai pyr de kai hydōr nyx te kai hēmera tēs autēs eien an tou kosmou physeōs merē. tauta dʼ antikrys ton horōmenon hypophainein hēgoumai kosmon, ei mē ti kai sphallomai, kai to holon ek merōn synestōs didaskei.
Earth, mountains, and hills are parts of the world, and the sea winds round in the midst of them like a girdle; fire and water, night and day, would be parts of the same nature of the world. These, unless I am mistaken, plainly indicate the visible world, and teach that the whole is composed of parts.
3.9.8Dindorf 1:123
λέγει δʼ οὖν Πάντα γὰρ ἐν μεγάλῳ Ζῆνός τάδε σώματι κεῖται. καὶ τίνα τὰ πάντα διασαφεῖ πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα καὶ αἰθὴρ, νύξ τε καὶ ἦμαρ. τοῦ δή τοι κεφαλὴν μὲν ἰδεῖν καὶ καλὰ πρόσωπα οὐρανὸς αἰγλήεις, ὃν χρύσεαι ἀμφὶς ἔθειραι ἄστρων μαρμαρέων περικαλλέες ἠερέθονται,
legei dʼ oun Panta gar en megalǭ Zēnos tade sōmati keitai. kai tina ta panta diasaphei pyr kai hydōr kai gaia kai aithēr, nyx te kai ēmar. tou dē toi kephalēn men idein kai kala prosōpa ouranos aiglēeis, hon chryseai amphis etheirai astrōn marmareōn perikallees ēerethontai,
At any rate he says: 'For all these things lie in the great body of Zeus.' And he makes clear what 'all things' are: 'fire and water and earth and ether, night and day.' 'His head and fair face, to look upon, are the shining heaven, around which his golden locks, the beautiful glittering stars, float in the air,'
3.9.9Dindorf 1:123–124
καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἀκόλουθα· ἐν οἷς ἐπιφέρει τὸν νοῦν τοῦ Δῖός λέγων εἶναι τὸν αἰθέρα καὶ οὐδὲν ἄλλο, κατὰ τοὺς Στωϊκοὺς τὴν πυρώδη καὶ θερμὴν οὐσίαν τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν φάσκοντας εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ τὸν θεὸν εἶναι σῶμα, καὶ τὸν δημιουργὸν αὐτὸν οὐδʼ ἕτερον τῆς τοῦ πυρὸς δυνάμεως. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ γὰρ οἶμαι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔπεσιν εἰρῆσθαι Νοῦς δέ οἱ ἀψευδὴς βασιλήϊος, ἄφθιτος αἰθὴρ, ᾧ δὴ πάντα κυκλεῖ καὶ φράζεται.
kai ta toutois akoloutha; en hois epipherei ton noun tou Dios legōn einai ton aithera kai ouden allo, kata tous Stōïkous tēn pyrōdē kai thermēn ousian to hēgemonikon phaskontas einai tou kosmou, kai ton theon einai sōma, kai ton dēmiourgon auton oudʼ heteron tēs tou pyros dynameōs. kata ta auta gar oimai kai en tois epesin eirēsthai Nous de hoi apseudēs basilēïos, aphthitos aithēr, hǭ dē panta kyklei kai phrazetai.
and what follows. In these he adds that the mind of Zeus is the ether and nothing else, in agreement with the Stoics, who say that the fiery and hot substance is the ruling part of the world, that God is a body, and that the creator himself is nothing other than the power of fire. For in the same sense, I think, it is said in the verses: 'His mind is the unerring, royal, imperishable ether, by which he moves and considers all things.'
3.9.10Dindorf 1:124
διʼ ὧν ἀνεπικαλύπτως ζῷον μέγα τὸν κόσμον ὑποθέμενος, καὶ τοῦτον Δία προσειπὼν, νοῦν μὲν αὐτοῦ τὸν αἰθέρα, σῶμα δὲ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη ἀπεφήνατο εἶναι.
diʼ hōn anepikalyptōs zǭon mega ton kosmon hypothemenos, kai touton Dia proseipōn, noun men autou ton aithera, sōma de ta loipa tou kosmou merē apephēnato einai.
By these words, assuming without disguise that the world is a great living being, and calling it Zeus, he declared its mind to be the ether and its body the other parts of the world.
3.9.11Dindorf 1:124
τοιοῦτος μέν τις ὁ διὰ τῶν ἐπῶν ὑπογραφόμενος τυγχάνει Ζεύς. ὁ δὲ τῶν ἐπῶν ἐξηγητὴς ἀρξάμενος μὲν τοῖς ἔπεσιν ἀκολούθως λέγει, Ζεὺς οὖν ὁ πᾶς κόσμος, ζῷον ἐκ ζῴων, θεὸς ἐκ θεῶν· σαφῶς τὸν θεολογούμενον Δία οὐδὲ ἄλλον ἢ τὸν ὁρώμενον καὶ αἰσθητὸν κόσμον δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τῶν ἐπῶν ἑρμηνεύσας.
toioutos men tis ho dia tōn epōn hypographomenos tynchanei Zeus. ho de tōn epōn exēgētēs arxamenos men tois epesin akolouthōs legei, Zeus oun ho pas kosmos, zǭon ek zǭōn, theos ek theōn; saphōs ton theologoumenon Dia oude allon ē ton horōmenon kai aisthēton kosmon dēlousthai dia tōn epōn hermēneusas.
Such is the Zeus sketched in the verses. And the interpreter of the verses, beginning in agreement with them, says: 'Zeus, then, is the whole world, living being from living beings, god from gods,' clearly interpreting the Zeus proclaimed as god in the verses to be nothing other than the visible and perceptible world.
3.9.12Dindorf 1:124
Αἰγυπτίων δὲ ὁ λόγος, παρʼ ὧν καὶ Ὀρφεὺς τὴν θεολογίαν ἐκλαβὼν τὸν κόσμον εἶναι τὸν θεὸν ᾤετο, ἐκ πλειόνων θεῶν τῶν αὐτοῦ μερῶν, (ὅτι καὶ τὰ μέρη τοῦ κόσμου θεολογοῦντες ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἀπεδείχθησαν, ) συνεστῶτα, καὶ τούτου πλέον οὐδὲν τὰ παρατεθέντα τῶν ἐπῶν ῥήματα διεσάφησεν.
Aigyptiōn de ho logos, parʼ hōn kai Orpheus tēn theologian eklabōn ton kosmon einai ton theon ǭeto, ek pleionōn theōn tōn autou merōn, (hoti kai ta merē tou kosmou theologountes en tois prosthen apedeichthēsan, ) synestōta, kai toutou pleon ouden ta paratethenta tōn epōn rhēmata diesaphēsen.
This is the doctrine of the Egyptians, from whom Orpheus received his theology and thought that the world was God, composed of many gods, its parts (for it was shown earlier that they deified the parts of the world); and the words of the verses quoted made nothing more than this clear.
3.9.13Dindorf 1:124
ὁ δὲ μετὰ τὴν πρώτην ἑρμηνείαν δευτέραν ἐξ αὑτοῦ προστίθησι, τὸν τῶν ὅλων ποιητὴν θεὸν τὸν δημιουργικὸν νοῦν τοῦτον φάσκων εἶναι τὸν τεθεολογημένον.
ho de meta tēn prōtēn hermēneian deuteran ex hautou prostithēsi, ton tōn holōn poiētēn theon ton dēmiourgikon noun touton phaskōn einai ton tetheologēmenon.
But after the first interpretation he adds a second of his own, saying that the god proclaimed is the creative mind, the maker of the universe.
3.9.14Dindorf 1:124
πῶς δʼ ἂν αὐτὸν τοῦτον ἐθεολόγει, ὃν μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔγνω ὁ τῶν ἐπῶν ποιητὴς, εἴτε ὁ Θρᾷξ εἴη Ὀρφεὺς εἴτε τις ἄλλος; εἰ δὴ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων ἢ καὶ τῶν πρώτων Ἑλλήνων ἥκοντα ἦν εἰς αὐτὸν τὰ τῆς θεολογίας, οἳ δέ γε ἀπεδείχθησαν οὐδὲν νοητὸν ἐπιστάμενοι, οὐδʼ ἐν ἀφανεῖ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ οὐσίᾳ περιεχόμενον, εἴ τῳ ἱκανὸς πιστώσασθαι ὁ Πλάτων, ὁμολογῶν ἐν Κρατύλῳ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἀνθρώπων περὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τούτους μόνους θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι, οὕσπερ νῦν πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ γῆν καὶ ἄστρα καὶ οὐρανόν.
pōs dʼ an auton touton etheologei, hon mēde tēn archēn egnō ho tōn epōn poiētēs, eite ho Thrąx eiē Orpheus eite tis allos? ei dē parʼ Aigyptiōn ē kai tōn prōtōn Hellēnōn hēkonta ēn eis auton ta tēs theologias, hoi de ge apedeichthēsan ouden noēton epistamenoi, oudʼ en aphanei kai asōmatǭ ousią periechomenon, ei tǭ hikanos pistōsasthai ho Platōn, homologōn en Kratylǭ tous prōtous tōn anthrōpōn peri tēn Hellada toutous monous theous hēgeisthai, housper nyn polloi tōn barbarōn, hēlion kai selēnēn kai gēn kai astra kai ouranon.
But how could the poet of the verses, whether Orpheus the Thracian or someone else, have proclaimed as god one whom he did not know at all? If his theology came to him from the Egyptians or from the first Greeks, they have been shown to know nothing intelligible, nothing contained in an invisible and incorporeal being, if Plato is a sufficient authority for anyone, when he admits in the Cratylus that the first men in Greece held as gods only those which many barbarians hold now: sun and moon and earth and stars and heaven.
3.9.15Dindorf 1:124–125
καὶ ὁ Χαιρήμων δὲ μικρῷ ἔμπροσθεν ἐμαρτύρει οὐδʼ ἄλλο τι πρὸ τοῦ ὁρωμένου κόσμου τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἡγεῖσθαι, οὐδʼ ἄλλους θεοὺς πλὴν τῶν πλανητῶν καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀστέρων, πάντα τε εἰς τὰ ὁρώμενα τοῦ κόσμου μέρη καὶ οὐδὲν εἰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ ζώσας οὐσίας ἑρμηνεύοντας.
kai ho Chairēmōn de mikrǭ emprosthen emartyrei oudʼ allo ti pro tou horōmenou kosmou tous Aigyptious hēgeisthai, oudʼ allous theous plēn tōn planētōn kai tōn loipōn asterōn, panta te eis ta horōmena tou kosmou merē kai ouden eis asōmatous kai zōsas ousias hermēneuontas.
And Chaeremon too testified a little earlier that the Egyptians believed in nothing prior to the visible world, nor in any gods except the planets and the other stars, interpreting everything in terms of the visible parts of the world and nothing in terms of incorporeal and living beings.
Preparation 3, chapter 10
3.10.1Dindorf 1:125
Ὁ δὴ οὖν ἐκ τούτων ὁρμώμενος ποιητὴς πόθεν, ἢ πῶς, ἢ παρὰ τίνος λαβὼν ἐν τοῖς ἔπεσι τὸν ἐπέκεινα τοῦ κόσμου θεὸν, καὶ τὸν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων αὐτοῦ τε οὐρανοῦ καὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου δημιουργὸν κατεβάλλετο; ἀσωμάτου δὲ ἡ γνῶσις αὐτῷ πόθεν;
Ho dē oun ek toutōn hormōmenos poiētēs pothen, ē pōs, ē para tinos labōn en tois epesi ton epekeina tou kosmou theon, kai ton hēliou kai selēnēs kai astrōn autou te ouranou kai tou sympantos kosmou dēmiourgon kateballeto? asōmatou de hē gnōsis autǭ pothen?
From where, then, or how, or from whom did the poet who started from these sources receive, and set down in his verses, the God who is beyond the world, the creator of the sun and moon and stars, of heaven itself and the whole universe? Where did he get the knowledge of an incorporeal being?
3.10.2Dindorf 1:125
ἀλλʼ οὐ τούτων γε οὐδὲν εἰδὼς τυγχάνει· ὁ γάρ τοι τῶν ὅλων δημιουργικὸς νοῦς οὔτʼ ἐκ πλειόνων μερῶν συνέστηκεν οὔτʼ ἂν γένοιτο αὐτοῦ κεφαλὴ οὐρανὸς, οὐ σῶμα πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη. πῶς δʼ ἂν εἶεν ὦμοι καὶ στέρνα καὶ νῶτα καὶ νηδὺς τοῦ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργοῦ θεοῦ ἀὴρ εὐρυβίης καὶ γῆ καὶ ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα; ἢ πῶς ὁ αἰθὴρ νοῦς ποτʼ ἂν ἐπινοηθείη τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ποιητοῦ, ἢ τοῦ νοῦ τοῦ δημιουργικοῦ;
allʼ ou toutōn ge ouden eidōs tynchanei; ho gar toi tōn holōn dēmiourgikos nous outʼ ek pleionōn merōn synestēken outʼ an genoito autou kephalē ouranos, ou sōma pyr kai hydōr kai gaia, allʼ oude ommata autou hēlios kai selēnē. pōs dʼ an eien ōmoi kai sterna kai nōta kai nēdys tou tōn holōn dēmiourgou theou aēr eurybiēs kai gē kai oreōn aipeina karēna? ē pōs ho aithēr nous potʼ an epinoētheiē tou tōn holōn poiētou, ē tou nou tou dēmiourgikou?
But in fact he knew none of these things. For the creative mind of the universe is not composed of many parts, nor could heaven be its head, nor fire, water, and earth its body, nor the sun and moon its eyes. How could the wide-ruling air, the earth, and the lofty peaks of the mountains be the shoulders, chest, back, and belly of God the creator of all things? Or how could the ether ever be conceived as the mind of the maker of the universe, or of the creative mind?
3.10.3Dindorf 1:125
ὅτι μὲν οὖν ταῦτα σεσόφισται τῷ τῶν ἐπῶν ἑρμηνεῖ οὐδὲν ἐπιλέγειν χρή. ἔγωγε μὴν τὰ ἔσχατα ἀσεβεῖν φημι τὸν φάσκοντα μέρη εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ μέρη τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον τὸν ἀποφηνάμενον τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι τῷ κόσμῳ τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸν ἡγούμενον τοῦ κόσμου νοῦν εἶναι τὸν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργόν.
hoti men oun tauta sesophistai tǭ tōn epōn hermēnei ouden epilegein chrē. egōge mēn ta eschata asebein phēmi ton phaskonta merē einai tou theou ta merē tou kosmou, kai eti mallon ton apophēnamenon ton auton einai tǭ kosmǭ ton theon, kai epi toutois ton hēgoumenon tou kosmou noun einai ton tōn holōn dēmiourgon.
That these things have been sophistically contrived by the interpreter of the verses, there is no need to add. But I say that the one who says that the parts of the world are parts of God commits the utmost impiety, and still more the one who declares God to be the same as the world, and besides these the one who thinks the mind of the world is the creator of the universe.
3.10.4Dindorf 1:125
ποιητὴν μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου ἕτερον ὄντα τοῦ πεποιημένου εὐσεβὲς ἀποφαίνειν, νοῦν δὲ τοῦ κόσμου, ὥσπερ τινὸς ζῴου ψυχὴν, ἡνωμένον διόλου καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἠμφιεσμένον, οὐκέθʼ ὅσιον ἂν εἴη λέγειν.
poiētēn men gar auton kai sōtēra tou kosmou heteron onta tou pepoiēmenou eusebes apophainein, noun de tou kosmou, hōsper tinos zǭou psychēn, hēnōmenon diolou kai to pan ēmphiesmenon, oukethʼ hosion an eiē legein.
For it is pious to declare him the maker and savior of the world, being other than what he has made; but it would no longer be holy to call him the mind of the world, united throughout with it like the soul of a living creature and clothed with the whole.
3.10.5Dindorf 1:125–126
καίτοι παρεῖναι αὐτὸν τῷ παντὶ καὶ προνοεῖν τοῦ κόσμου παιδεύει τὰ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἱερὰ λόγια, θεολογοῦντα ἐπαξίως καὶ θεοπρεπῶς διʼ ὧν φησιν ‘‘οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ; λέγει κύριος.” καὶ πάλιν ‘‘ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω.” καὶ πάλιν ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ καὶ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν· ” ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς ἐν μέρει τοῦ κόσμου, οὐδʼ ὡς ἐν ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ καὶ νοί·.
kaitoi pareinai auton tǭ panti kai pronoein tou kosmou paideuei ta kathʼ hēmas hiera logia, theologounta epaxiōs kai theoprepōs diʼ hōn phēsin ‘‘ouchi ton ouranon kai tēn gēn egō plērō? legei kyrios.” kai palin ‘‘hoti ho theos en tǭ ouranǭ anō kai epi tēs gēs katō.” kai palin en autǭ gar kai zōmen kai kinoumetha kai esmen; ” allʼ ouch hōs en merei tou kosmou, oudʼ hōs en psychę̄ autou kai noi;.
And yet our sacred oracles teach that he is present to the whole and exercises providence over the world, speaking of God worthily and as befits God, where it says: "Do I not fill heaven and earth? says the Lord"; and again: "For God is in heaven above and on the earth below"; and again: "For in him we live and move and have our being." But not as in a part of the world, nor as in its soul and mind.
3.10.6Dindorf 1:126
ἀλλʼ εἰ χρὴ παραδείγματι χρήσασθαι, θεοπρεπέστερον καὶ ἀληθείας οἰκείως ὁ ἱερός που λόγος ἐξεφώνησεν ‟ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος (εἰπὼν), ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου. ”
allʼ ei chrē paradeigmati chrēsasthai, theoprepesteron kai alētheias oikeiōs ho hieros pou logos exephōnēsen ‟ho ouranos moi thronos (eipōn), hē de gē hypopodion tōn podōn mou. ”
But if we must use an illustration, the sacred word has spoken more worthily of God and more fittingly to the truth, saying: "Heaven is my throne, and the earth the footstool of my feet."
3.10.7Dindorf 1:126
εἰ γὰρ χρῆν ὅλως προσωποποιεῖν ἀνθρωπινωτέρῳ λόγῳ, θέα τὸ διάφορον τῆς θεολογίας. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰπὼν θρόνον ἐπέκεινα τοῦ θρόνου καὶ ἀνωτάτω τῶν ὅλων τὸν παμβασιλέα θεὸν ἀφωρίσατο, οὐδὲ τὴν γῆν τῆς προνοίας αὐτοῦ χωρίσας· συγκατιέναι γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τῇδε τῆς θεότητος τὰς προνοητικὰς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις διδάσκει· διό φησιν ‟ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου.’’
ei gar chrēn holōs prosōpopoiein anthrōpinōterǭ logǭ, thea to diaphoron tēs theologias. ho men gar ton ouranon eipōn thronon epekeina tou thronou kai anōtatō tōn holōn ton pambasilea theon aphōrisato, oude tēn gēn tēs pronoias autou chōrisas; synkatienai gar kai epi ta tę̄de tēs theotētos tas pronoētikas autou dynameis didaskei; dio phēsin ‟hē de gē hypopodion tōn podōn mou.’’
For if one must personify at all in more human language, see the difference in the theology. The one who called heaven a throne set God, the universal King, beyond the throne and above all things, without separating the earth from his providence; for he teaches that the provident powers of his Godhead come down also to things here. Therefore he says: "and the earth the footstool of my feet."
3.10.8Dindorf 1:126
ἀλλʼ οὔτε τὸ ὑποπόδιον οὔτε μὴν ὁ θρόνος σῶμα τοῦ καθιδρυμένου, οὐδέ γε μέρη ποτʼ ἂν αὐτοῦ λεχθείη. ὁ δὲ κεφαλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν τούτῳ φήσας καὶ νοῦν αὐτοῦ τὸν αἰθέρα, μέλη τε αὐτοῦ καὶ σῶμα τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη, οὔτε δημιουργὸν οὔτε θεὸν ἁλίσκεται εἰδώς.
allʼ oute to hypopodion oute mēn ho thronos sōma tou kathidrymenou, oude ge merē potʼ an autou lechtheiē. ho de kephalēn tou theou ton ouranon kai ta en toutǭ phēsas kai noun autou ton aithera, melē te autou kai sōma ta loipa tou kosmou merē, oute dēmiourgon oute theon halisketai eidōs.
But neither the footstool nor the throne is the body of the one seated, nor could they ever be called his parts. But the one who called heaven and the things in it the head of God, the ether his mind, and the other parts of the world his limbs and body, is shown to know neither the creator nor God.
3.10.9Dindorf 1:126
οὐ γὰρ ἂν αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν δημιουργοίη, οὐδʼ ἂν ἔτι νοῦς λέγεσθαι δύναιτο οὗ νοῦς ἦν ὁ αἰθήρ. ποῖος δὲ καὶ εἴη ἂν θεὸς οὗ μέρη γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ὄρη, ὄγκοι σωμάτων ἄλογοι; πῶς δὲ καὶ εὔλογον θεὸν ἀναγορεύειν τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγγενῆ πυρὸς καὶ ἀέρος καὶ ὕδατος, ἀλόγου καὶ φθαρτῆς ὕλης ἐκγόνων;
ou gar an autos heauton dēmiourgoiē, oudʼ an eti nous legesthai dynaito hou nous ēn ho aithēr. poios de kai eiē an theos hou merē gē kai ta epi gēs orē, onkoi sōmatōn alogoi? pōs de kai eulogon theon anagoreuein ton adelphon kai syngenē pyros kai aeros kai hydatos, alogou kai phthartēs hylēs ekgonōn?
For he could not create himself; nor could one whose mind was the ether still be called mind. What kind of god would he be whose parts are the earth and the mountains on the earth, irrational masses of bodies? And how is it reasonable to proclaim as god one who is brother and kin of fire, air, and water, the offspring of irrational and perishable matter?
3.10.10Dindorf 1:126–127
εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ νοῦς τοῦ Δῖός οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν τοῦ δηλωθέντος αἰθέρος ἦν, αἰθὴρ δὲ ἀήρ ἐστιν ὁ ὑψηλότατος καὶ πυρώδης ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴθεσθαι, ὅπερ ἐστὶ καίεσθαι, ταύτην, ὥς φασιν, εἰληχὼς τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν, σώματα δὲ ἄμφω ὅ τε ἀὴρ, ὅ τε αἰθὴρ, ὅρα ποῦ σοι τοῦ Δῖός ὁ νοῦς ἀποπέπτωκε.
ei de kai ho nous tou Dios ouden allo plēn tou dēlōthentos aitheros ēn, aithēr de aēr estin ho hypsēlotatos kai pyrōdēs apo tou aithesthai, hoper esti kaiesthai, tautēn, hōs phasin, eilēchōs tēn epōnymian, sōmata de amphō ho te aēr, ho te aithēr, hora pou soi tou Dios ho nous apopeptōke.
And if the mind of Zeus was nothing other than the ether described, and ether is the highest and fiery air, having received this name, as they say, from aithesthai, that is, to burn, and both air and ether are bodies, see where the mind of your Zeus has fallen.
3.10.11Dindorf 1:127
καὶ τίς ἂν ἔτι προσείποι θεὸν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων τοῦτον ᾧ νοῦς ὑπῆρχεν ἄνους καὶ ἄλογος, εἰ δὴ τοιαύτη παντὸς σώματος φύσις; διόπερ ἡμῖν ἐν ταῖς θεολογίαις πάντα τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὰ ἐναντία παραληπτέον, ὅτι τε μὴ οὐρανὸς ὢν τυγχάνει, μήτε αἰθὴρ μήθʼ ἥλιος μήτε σελήνη, μήθʼ ὁ σύμπας τῶν ἄστρων χορὸς μήτʼ αὐτὸς ἀθρόως ὁ πᾶς κόσμος· ἔργα δὲ χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ταῦτα μικρὰ ἔτι καὶ βραχέα, ταῖς ἀσωμάτοις καὶ νοεραῖς δυνάμεσι παραβαλλόμενα· ὅτι δὴ πᾶν σῶμα φθαρτὸν καὶ ἄλογον, τοιαύτη δὲ τῶν ὁρωμένων ἡ φύσις· τὰ δʼ ἐπέκεινα ἐν ἀοράτοις λογικὰ καὶ ἀθάνατα, συνδιαιωνίζοντα τῇ τοῦ παμβασιλέως θεοῦ μακαρίᾳ ζωῇ, μακρῷ γένοιτʼ ἂν τῶν ὁρωμένων ἁπάντων βελτίω.
kai tis an eti proseipoi theon tōn eu phronountōn touton hǭ nous hypērchen anous kai alogos, ei dē toiautē pantos sōmatos physis? dioper hēmin en tais theologiais panta tois eirēmenois ta enantia paralēpteon, hoti te mē ouranos ōn tynchanei, mēte aithēr mēthʼ hēlios mēte selēnē, mēthʼ ho sympas tōn astrōn choros mētʼ autos athroōs ho pas kosmos; erga de cheirōn autou tauta mikra eti kai brachea, tais asōmatois kai noerais dynamesi paraballomena; hoti dē pan sōma phtharton kai alogon, toiautē de tōn horōmenōn hē physis; ta dʼ epekeina en aoratois logika kai athanata, syndiaiōnizonta tę̄ tou pambasileōs theou makarią zōę̄, makrǭ genoitʼ an tōn horōmenōn hapantōn beltiō.
And who among the sensible would still call him a god whose mind was mindless and irrational, if such is the nature of every body? Therefore in our theology we must take everything opposite to what has been said: that God is not heaven, nor ether, nor sun, nor moon, nor the whole choir of the stars, nor the whole world all together; but these are works of his hands, still small and slight when compared with the incorporeal and intellectual powers. For every body is perishable and irrational, and such is the nature of visible things; but the things beyond, among the invisible, are rational and immortal, living through the ages together with the blessed life of God the universal King, and would be far better than all visible things.
3.10.12Dindorf 1:127
εἰκότως οὖν τὰ θεῖα λόγια περὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν ὧδέ πως παιδεύει ὄψομαι τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, ἔργα τῶν δακτύλων σου, σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας, ἃ σὺ ἐθεμελίωσας.” καὶ πάλιν σὺ κύριε κατʼ ἀρχὰς τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας, καὶ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σου εἰσὶν οἱ οὐρανοί.” καὶ αὖθις ‟ ἀναβλέψατε εἰς ὕψος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἴδετε τίς κατέδειξε ταῦτα πάντα.”
eikotōs oun ta theia logia peri tōn horōmenōn tou kosmou merōn hōde pōs paideuei opsomai tous ouranous, erga tōn daktylōn sou, selēnēn kai asteras, ha sy ethemeliōsas.” kai palin sy kyrie katʼ archas tēn gēn ethemeliōsas, kai erga tōn cheirōn sou eisin hoi ouranoi.” kai authis ‟ anablepsate eis hypsos tous ophthalmous hymōn, kai idete tis katedeixe tauta panta.”
Rightly, then, the divine oracles teach about the visible parts of the world somewhat as follows: "I shall see the heavens, the works of your fingers, the moon and stars, which you have established"; and again: "You, Lord, in the beginning laid the foundation of the earth, and the heavens are the works of your hands"; and again: "Lift up your eyes on high, and see who has shown forth all these things."
3.10.13Dindorf 1:127
Ταῦτα μὲν οὑν εἰς τὴν πρώτην τῶν ἐπῶν ἑρμηνείαν εἰρήσθω· φέρε δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς διασκοπήσωμεν. ἐπεὶ μὴ οἷόν τʼ ἦν, φησὶν, εἰκόνα τοιαύτην δημιουργεῖν οἴαν ὁ λόγος ἐμήνυσε, διὰ τοῦτο ἀνθρωπόμορφον τοῦ Δῖός τὸ δείκηλον πεποιήκασιν, ὅτι νοῦς ἦν καθʼ ὃν ἐδημιούργει, καὶ λόγοις σπερματικοῖς ἀπετέλει τὰ πάντα.
Tauta men houn eis tēn prōtēn tōn epōn hermēneian eirēsthō; phere de kai ta exēs diaskopēsōmen. epei mē hoion tʼ ēn, phēsin, eikona toiautēn dēmiourgein oian ho logos emēnyse, dia touto anthrōpomorphon tou Dios to deikēlon pepoiēkasin, hoti nous ēn kathʼ hon edēmiourgei, kai logois spermatikois apetelei ta panta.
Let this be said, then, about the first interpretation of the verses; come, let us examine what follows. Since it was not possible, he says, to make an image such as the account indicated, therefore they made the image of Zeus in human form, because he was mind, by which he created and completed all things by seminal reasons.
3.10.14Dindorf 1:127–128
καὶ πῶς εἰ μὴ οἷόν τε ἦν εἰκόνα τοιαύτην ποιεῖν οἵαν ὁ λόγος ἐμήνυσεν, ἐμήνυσε δὲ ἄρα τοῦ φαινομένου καὶ ὁρωμένου κόσμου τὰ μέρη, οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ, ἀέρα τε καὶ γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν τούτοις· εἰ δὴ οὑν τῶν ὁρωμένων τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν οὐχ οἷόν τε ἦν εἰκόνα συστήσασθαι, καθὸ νοῦς ἦν ὁ θεὸς, πῶς ἄν τις τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ δημιουργήσειεν;
kai pōs ei mē hoion te ēn eikona toiautēn poiein hoian ho logos emēnysen, emēnyse de ara tou phainomenou kai horōmenou kosmou ta merē, ouranon kai ta en ouranǭ, aera te kai gēn kai ta en toutois; ei dē houn tōn horōmenōn tou kosmou merōn ouch hoion te ēn eikona systēsasthai, katho nous ēn ho theos, pōs an tis tēn eikona autou dēmiourgēseien?
And how so? If it was not possible to make an image such as the account indicated, and the account indicated the parts of the apparent and visible world, heaven and the things in heaven, air and earth and the things in them; if, then, it was not possible to make an image of the visible parts of the world, how could anyone fashion his image insofar as God was mind?
3.10.15Dindorf 1:128
τί δʼ ἂν ἔχοι σῶμα ἀνθρώπειον ἐμφερὲς πρὸς τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νοῦν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸν ἀνθρώπινον ἡγοῦμαι· ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν ἀσώματος καὶ ἀσύνθετος καὶ ἀμερὴς, τὸ δὲ βαναύσων ἀνδρῶν ἔργον καὶ θνητοῦ σώματος φύσιν ἀπομεμίμηται, καὶ ζώσης σαρκὸς ἐν ἀψύχῳ καὶ νεκρᾷ ὕλῃ κωφὴν καὶ ἄναυδον εἰκόνα καταγέγραπται.
ti dʼ an echoi sōma anthrōpeion empheres pros ton tou theou noun? egō men gar oude pros ton anthrōpinon hēgoumai; epei ho men asōmatos kai asynthetos kai amerēs, to de banausōn andrōn ergon kai thnētou sōmatos physin apomemimētai, kai zōsēs sarkos en apsychǭ kai nekrą hylę̄ kōphēn kai anaudon eikona katagegraptai.
What likeness could a human body have to the mind of God? I do not think it has any even to the human mind; for the mind is incorporeal, uncompounded, and without parts, while the statue is the work of craftsmen, imitating the nature of a mortal body, and has portrayed in lifeless and dead matter a dumb and voiceless image of living flesh.
3.10.16Dindorf 1:128
ψυχὴ μὲν οὖν λογικὴ καὶ ἀθάνατος καὶ νοῦς ἀπαθὴς ἐν ἀνθρώπου φύσει εὖ μοι δοκεῖ λέγεσθαι εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἀποσώζειν θεοῦ, καθʼ ὅσον ἄυλος καὶ ἀσώματος νοερά τε καὶ λογικὴ τὴν οὐσίαν συνέστηκεν, ἀρετῆς οὖσα καὶ σοφίας δεκτική.
psychē men oun logikē kai athanatos kai nous apathēs en anthrōpou physei eu moi dokei legesthai eikona kai homoiōsin aposōzein theou, kathʼ hoson aulos kai asōmatos noera te kai logikē tēn ousian synestēken, aretēs ousa kai sophias dektikē.
The rational and immortal soul and the impassible mind in human nature may well be said, I think, to preserve the image and likeness of God, insofar as it is immaterial and incorporeal, intellectual and rational in substance, and capable of virtue and wisdom.
3.10.17Dindorf 1:128
εἰ δή τις εἴη δυνατὸς ψυχῆς ἄγαλμα καὶ μορφὴν ἐν εἰκόνι τεκτήνασθαι, δύναιτʼ ἂν οὗτος καί τι τῶν κρειττόνων· εἰ δὲ ἄμορφος καὶ ἀειδὴς καὶ ἀσχημάτιστος, οὔτε ὁράσει θεωρητὸς οὔτε λόγῳ καὶ ἀκοῇ τὴν οὐσίαν καταληπτὸς ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς, τίς ἂν μανείη τοσοῦτον ὡς τὸ ἀνδρείκελον ξόανον θεοῦ τοῦ ἀνωτάτω μορφὴν καὶ εἰκόνα φέρειν ἀποφήνασθαι;
ei dē tis eiē dynatos psychēs agalma kai morphēn en eikoni tektēnasthai, dynaitʼ an houtos kai ti tōn kreittonōn; ei de amorphos kai aeidēs kai aschēmatistos, oute horasei theōrētos oute logǭ kai akoę̄ tēn ousian katalēptos ho anthrōpinos nous, tis an maneiē tosouton hōs to andreikelon xoanon theou tou anōtatō morphēn kai eikona pherein apophēnasthai?
If anyone could fashion a statue and form of the soul in an image, he might also make one of the higher beings. But if the human mind is formless, shapeless, and without figure, neither visible to sight nor comprehensible in its substance by reason and hearing, who would be so mad as to declare that a man-shaped image bears the form and likeness of the most high God?
3.10.18Dindorf 1:128
θεοῦ μὲν οὖν φύσις ἔξω πάσης θνητῆς ὕλης φαντάζεται, νῷ διαυγεῖ καὶ σιγῇ ψυχαῖς κεκαθαρμέναις ἐπινοουμένη· τὸ δέ γε τοῦ ὁρωμένου Δῖός ἐν τῷ δεικήλῳ σχῆμα εἴη ἂν θνητοῦ τὴν φύσιν ἀνδρὸς εἰκὼν, οὐδὲ τὸν ὅλον ἄνθρωπον, μέρος δέ τι τὸ χεῖρον αὐτοῦ μεμιμημένον, ὅτι μηδὲν ἴχνος ζωῆς καὶ ψυχῆς ἐπάγεται.
theou men oun physis exō pasēs thnētēs hylēs phantazetai, nǭ diaugei kai sigę̄ psychais kekatharmenais epinooumenē; to de ge tou horōmenou Dios en tǭ deikēlǭ schēma eiē an thnētou tēn physin andros eikōn, oude ton holon anthrōpon, meros de ti to cheiron autou memimēmenon, hoti mēden ichnos zōēs kai psychēs epagetai.
The nature of God is conceived apart from all mortal matter, contemplated by souls purified by clear thought and silence; but the figure of the visible Zeus in the statue would be the image of a man mortal by nature, imitating not even the whole man but a certain part of him, the worse part, since it carries no trace of life and soul.
3.10.19Dindorf 1:128–129
πῶς οὖν ὁ ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸς καὶ νοῦς ὁ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸς εἴη ἂν ὁ αὐτὸς ὁ ἐν τῷ χαλκῷ ἢ τῷ νεκρῷ ἐλέφαντι Ζεύς; ὁ δὲ δὴ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργικὸς νοῦς πῶς ποτε αὐτὸς ἦν ἄρα ἐκεῖνος ὁ Ζεὺς ὁ τοῦ ἐξ Ἀλκμήνης Ἡρακλέους πατὴρ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐκ Δῖός μυθευομένων ἀνδρῶν, οἱ τὸν θνητὸν βίον κοινῶς ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις καταστρέψαντες τῆς οἰκείας φύσεως ἀνεξάλειπτα τοῖς μετʼ αὐτοὺς μνημεῖα καταλελοίπασι;
pōs oun ho epi pantōn theos kai nous ho tōn holōn dēmiourgos eiē an ho autos ho en tǭ chalkǭ ē tǭ nekrǭ elephanti Zeus? ho de dē tōn holōn dēmiourgikos nous pōs pote autos ēn ara ekeinos ho Zeus ho tou ex Alkmēnēs Hērakleous patēr kai tōn loipōn ek Dios mytheuomenōn andrōn, hoi ton thnēton bion koinōs hapasin anthrōpois katastrepsantes tēs oikeias physeōs anexaleipta tois metʼ autous mnēmeia kataleloipasi?
How, then, could the God over all and the mind that created the universe be the same as the Zeus in bronze or dead ivory? And how could the creative mind of the universe itself have been that Zeus who was the father of Heracles by Alcmene and of the other men said in myth to be sons of Zeus, who ended their mortal life like all other men and left to later generations indelible memorials of their own nature?
3.10.20Dindorf 1:129
Φοινίκων μὲν οὑν οἱ πρῶτοι θεόλογοι, ὡς ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ συγγράμματι παρεστήσαμεν, τὸν Δία παῖδα Κρόνου θνητὸν ἀπὸ θνητοῦ γενόμενον, ἄνδρα Φοίνικα τὸ γένος, ἀπεμνημόνευον, Αἰγύπτιοι δὲ ἐξοικειούμενοι τὸν ἄνδρα θνητὸν πάλιν αὐτὸν ὡμολόγουν, κατὰ τοῦτό γε Φοινιξιν ὁμοφωνοῦντες.
Phoinikōn men houn hoi prōtoi theologoi, hōs en tǭ prōtǭ syngrammati parestēsamen, ton Dia paida Kronou thnēton apo thnētou genomenon, andra Phoinika to genos, apemnēmoneuon, Aigyptioi de exoikeioumenoi ton andra thnēton palin auton hōmologoun, kata touto ge Phoinixin homophōnountes.
The first theologians of the Phoenicians, as we showed in the first book, recorded Zeus as the son of Cronus, a mortal born of a mortal, a Phoenician man by race; and the Egyptians, claiming the man as their own, again confessed him mortal, agreeing in this at least with the Phoenicians.
3.10.21Dindorf 1:129
ἀλλὰ καὶ Κρῆτες τάφον τοῦ Δῖός παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς δεικνύντες τρίτοι ἂν εἶεν τοῦ αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες· καὶ Ἀτλάντειοι δὲ καὶ πάντες οἱ πρὸ τούτου δεδηλωμένοι κατʼ οἰκείαν ἱστορίαν ἐξοικειούμενοι τὸν Δία πάντες ὁμοῦ θνητὸν ἀπεφήναντο, πράξεις αὐτοῦ θνητὰς καὶ ἀνθρωπείους, ἀλλʼ οὐ σεμνάς τινας οὐδὲ φιλοσόφους, αἰσχρουργίας δὲ ἁπάσης καὶ ἀκολασίας ἔμπλεως ἀναγράψαντες.
alla kai Krētes taphon tou Dios parʼ heautois deiknyntes tritoi an eien tou autou martyres; kai Atlanteioi de kai pantes hoi pro toutou dedēlōmenoi katʼ oikeian historian exoikeioumenoi ton Dia pantes homou thnēton apephēnanto, praxeis autou thnētas kai anthrōpeious, allʼ ou semnas tinas oude philosophous, aischrourgias de hapasēs kai akolasias empleōs anagrapsantes.
And the Cretans, who show a tomb of Zeus among themselves, would be a third witness to the same; and the Atlantians and all those mentioned before, each claiming Zeus according to their own history, all alike declared him mortal, recording his deeds as mortal and human, not dignified or philosophical, but full of every shameful act and licentiousness.
3.10.22Dindorf 1:129
τοῖς δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ σεμνότερον τοὺς μύθους τρέπειν ἐπηγγελμένοις τοτὲ μὲν ὁ Ζεὺς θερμή τις ἦν καὶ πυρώδης δύναμις, τοτὲ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα· νῦν δʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως αὐτοῖς ὁ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸς νοῦς ἀναπέφανται.
tois de epi to semnoteron tous mythous trepein epēngelmenois tote men ho Zeus thermē tis ēn kai pyrōdēs dynamis, tote de to pneuma; nyn dʼ ouk oidʼ hopōs autois ho tōn holōn dēmiourgos nous anapephantai.
But for those who profess to turn the myths to more dignified meanings, Zeus was at one time a hot and fiery power, at another the spirit; and now, I know not how, he has appeared to them as the creative mind of the universe.
3.10.23Dindorf 1:129
πευστέον τοιγαροῦν τίνα ἂν εἴποιεν τὸν τούτου πατέρα καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς τὸν προπάτορα· ἐπεὶ κατὰ πάντας τοὺς θεολόγους Ζεὺς Κρόνου παῖς ὁμολογεῖται, καὶ τά γε προκείμενα τοῦ Ὀρφέως ἔπη ‟ ὑπερμένεος Κρονίωνος” ἐμνημόνευσε, Κρόνος δὲ Οὐρανοῦ.
peusteon toigaroun tina an eipoien ton toutou patera kai tou patros ton propatora; epei kata pantas tous theologous Zeus Kronou pais homologeitai, kai ta ge prokeimena tou Orpheōs epē ‟ hypermeneos Kroniōnos” emnēmoneuse, Kronos de Ouranou.
We must ask them, then, whom they would call his father and his father's forefather; since according to all the theologians Zeus is admitted to be the son of Cronus (and the verses of Orpheus quoted above mentioned 'the mighty son of Cronus'), and Cronus the son of Ouranus.
3.10.24Dindorf 1:129–130
δεδόσθω τοίνυν αὐτοῖς εἷναι ὁ Ζεὺς ὁ ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸς καὶ νοῦς ὁ τὰ πάντα δημιουργήσας. τίς οὖν ὁ τούτου πατήρ; Κρόνος. τίς δʼ ὁ προπάτωρ; Οὐρανός. εἰ δὲ πρῶτος ὁ Ζεὺς ὡς ἂν δημιουργὸς ἁπάντων, χρῆν δή που δευτέρους καταλέγεσθαι καὶ μετʼ αὐτὸν τοὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένους.
dedosthō toinyn autois heinai ho Zeus ho epi pantōn theos kai nous ho ta panta dēmiourgēsas. tis oun ho toutou patēr? Kronos. tis dʼ ho propatōr? Ouranos. ei de prōtos ho Zeus hōs an dēmiourgos hapantōn, chrēn dē pou deuterous katalegesthai kai metʼ auton tous hypʼ autou pepoiēmenous.
Let it be granted them, then, that Zeus is the God over all and the mind that created all things. Who, then, is his father? Cronus. And who his forefather? Ouranus. But if Zeus is first, as the creator of all things, those made by him should surely be listed second and after him.
3.10.25Dindorf 1:130
εἴτε γὰρ χρόνος τις εἴη ὁ Κρόνος Οὐρανοῦ πεφυκὼς γέννημα, εἴτε δὴ ἅμα οὐρανῷ συνυπέστη χρόνος, εἴη τε αὐτὸς ὁ Κρόνου πατὴρ Οὐρανὸς καὶ χρόνος μετὰ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ πρό γε τούτων ὁ τῶν ὅλων αἴτιος καὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ χρόνου δημιουργὸς θεός. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο ὁ Ζεὺς τρίτος ἐξ Οὐρανοῦ.
eite gar chronos tis eiē ho Kronos Ouranou pephykōs gennēma, eite dē hama ouranǭ synypestē chronos, eiē te autos ho Kronou patēr Ouranos kai chronos meta touton, alla pro ge toutōn ho tōn holōn aitios kai ouranou kai chronou dēmiourgos theos. ei de touto, ouk an genoito ho Zeus tritos ex Ouranou.
For whether Cronus is time (chronos), born as offspring of Ouranus, or time came into being together with heaven, and Ouranus is himself the father of Cronus and time comes after him, still before these is God, the cause of the universe and creator of both heaven and time. If so, Zeus could not be third from Ouranus.
3.10.26Dindorf 1:130
πῶς οὖν παρὰ πᾶσιν Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ Φοίνιξιν Ἕλλησι τε καὶ φιλοσόφοις τρίτος ἐξ Οὐρανοῦ γενεαλογεῖται ὁ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸς νοῦς; πεφώραται δὴ τοῦ φιλοσόφου τὸ πλάσμα, καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον φωραθήσεται ἐξ ὧν ἐπιφέρει λέγων ὧδε
pōs oun para pasin Aigyptiois kai Phoinixin Hellēsi te kai philosophois tritos ex Ouranou genealogeitai ho tōn holōn dēmiourgos nous? pephōratai dē tou philosophou to plasma, kai eti mallon phōrathēsetai ex hōn epipherei legōn hōde
How, then, is the creative mind of the universe given a genealogy by all the Egyptians and Phoenicians, Greeks and philosophers, as third from Ouranus? The philosopher's fabrication has been detected, and will be detected still more from what he adds, saying this:
Preparation 3, chapter 11
3.11.1Dindorf 1:130
‟ Τὴν δὲ Ἥραν σύνοικον τῷ Διὶ πεποιήκασιν, τὴν αἰθέριον καὶ ἀέριον δύναμιν Ἥραν προσειπόντες. ἔστι γὰρ ὁ αἰθὴρ ἀὴρ ὁ λεπτομερέστατος.
‟ Tēn de Hēran synoikon tǭ Dii pepoiēkasin, tēn aitherion kai aerion dynamin Hēran proseipontes. esti gar ho aithēr aēr ho leptomerestatos.
"They have made Hera the consort of Zeus, calling the ethereal and airy power Hera; for the ether is the finest air.
3.11.2Dindorf 1:130
Ἀνωτέρω μὲν ἐδήλου τὰ ἔπη τὸν νοῦν τοῦ Δῖός εἶναι τὸν αἰθέρα, νυνὶ δὲ ὁ λόγος τί ποτέ ἐστιν ὁ αἰθὴρ διορίζεται, ἀέρα λέγων εἶναι αὐτὸν λεπτομερέστατον· σῶμα δὲ ὁ ἀὴρ, καὶ πολὺ πρότερον ὁ αἰθήρ.
Anōterō men edēlou ta epē ton noun tou Dios einai ton aithera, nyni de ho logos ti pote estin ho aithēr diorizetai, aera legōn einai auton leptomerestaton; sōma de ho aēr, kai poly proteron ho aithēr.
Above, the verses showed that the mind of Zeus is the ether; now the account defines what the ether is, saying that it is the finest air. But air is a body, and the ether far more so.
3.11.3Dindorf 1:130
ὁ δὴ νοῦς ἄρα τοῦ Δῖός ἐλήλεγκται σῶμα τυγχάνων, εἰ καὶ τὸ πάντων λεπτομερέστατον. καὶ πῶς ἂν ταὐτὸν ἐπινοηθείη σῶμα καὶ νοῦς κατὰ διάμετρον ταῖς φύσεσι διεστῶτα;
ho dē nous ara tou Dios elēlenktai sōma tynchanōn, ei kai to pantōn leptomerestaton. kai pōs an tauton epinoētheiē sōma kai nous kata diametron tais physesi diestōta?
So the mind of Zeus has been proved to be a body, even if the finest of all. And how could body and mind, which are diametrically opposed in nature, be conceived as the same?
3.11.4Dindorf 1:130–131
εἶτʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως τῶν ἐπῶν ἐπιλελησμένος διαρρήδην φησάντων Νοῦς δέ οἱ ἀψευδὴς, βασιλήιος ἄφθιτος αἰθὴρ, ᾧ δὴ πάντα κυκλεῖ καὶ φράζεται, οὐδέ τις ἐστὶν αὐδὴ, οὔτʼ ἐνοπὴ, οὔτε κτύπος, οὐδὲ μὲν ὅσσα, ἣ λήθει Δῖός οὖας ὑπερμενέος Κρονίωνος. διʼ ὧν σαφῶς ὁ αἰθὴρ νοῦς ἀνείρηται ὢν τοῦ Δῖός.
eitʼ ouk oidʼ hopōs tōn epōn epilelēsmenos diarrēdēn phēsantōn Nous de hoi apseudēs, basilēios aphthitos aithēr, hǭ dē panta kyklei kai phrazetai, oude tis estin audē, outʼ enopē, oute ktypos, oude men hossa, hē lēthei Dios ouas hypermeneos Kroniōnos. diʼ hōn saphōs ho aithēr nous aneirētai ōn tou Dios.
Then, I know not how, he has forgotten the verses which said plainly: 'His mind is the unerring, royal, imperishable ether, by which he moves and considers all things; nor is there any voice, nor cry, nor sound, nor rumor, that escapes the ear of the mighty son of Cronus.' By these the ether has clearly been declared to be the mind of Zeus.
3.11.5Dindorf 1:131
ὁ δὲ τὴν Ἥραν πάλιν τὴν αἰθέριον καὶ ἀέριον δύναμιν εἶναί φησιν. ἔπειτα διαιρῶν ἐπιλέγει ‟ Καὶ τοῦ μὲν παντὸς ἀέρος ἡ δύναμις Ἥρα τοὔνομα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀέρος κεκλημένη· τοῦ δὲ ὑπὸ σελήνην φωτιζομένου καὶ σκοτιζομένου ἀέρος ἡ Λητὼ σύμβολον· λήθω γὰρ αὐτὴν εἶναι διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον ἀναισθησίαν, καὶ ὅτι ψυχαῖς ὑπὸ σελήνην γινομέναις λήθη ξυνομαρτεῖ τοῦ θείου· διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ μήτηρ Ἀπόλλωνός τε καὶ Ἀρτέμιδος, τῶν αἰτίων φωτισμοῦ τῇ νυκτί.’
ho de tēn Hēran palin tēn aitherion kai aerion dynamin einai phēsin. epeita diairōn epilegei ‟ Kai tou men pantos aeros hē dynamis Hēra tounoma apo tou aeros keklēmenē; tou de hypo selēnēn phōtizomenou kai skotizomenou aeros hē Lētō symbolon; lēthō gar autēn einai dia tēn kata ton hypnon anaisthēsian, kai hoti psychais hypo selēnēn ginomenais lēthē xynomartei tou theiou; dia touto de kai mētēr Apollōnos te kai Artemidos, tōn aitiōn phōtismou tę̄ nykti.’
But he says again that Hera is the ethereal and airy power. Then, making distinctions, he adds: "The power of the whole air is Hera, named from the air (aer); and of the air beneath the moon, which is lit and darkened, Leto is the symbol; for she is forgetfulness (letho), because of the insensibility of sleep, and because forgetfulness of the divine accompanies souls that come to be beneath the moon. For this reason too she is the mother of Apollo and Artemis, the causes of light by night."
3.11.6Dindorf 1:131
Καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης μητέρα φησὶν εἶναι τὸν ὑπὸ σελήνην ἀέρα· τοῦτον γὰρ εἶναι τὴν Λητώ. καὶ πῶς ἂν ὁ ἀὴρ γένοιτο μήτηρ τῶν αἰτίων φωτισμοῦ, μᾶλλον αὐτὸς γενόμενος ἢ ποιῶν; ἥλιος γὰρ καὶ σελήνη ἄλλοτε ἄλλως τὸν ἀέρα μεταβάλλουσιν.
Kai en toutois hēliou kai selēnēs mētera phēsin einai ton hypo selēnēn aera; touton gar einai tēn Lētō. kai pōs an ho aēr genoito mētēr tōn aitiōn phōtismou, mallon autos genomenos ē poiōn? hēlios gar kai selēnē allote allōs ton aera metaballousin.
And here he says that the air beneath the moon is the mother of the sun and moon, for this is Leto. But how could the air be the mother of the causes of light, when it is rather affected by them than acting? For the sun and moon change the air in different ways at different times.
3.11.7Dindorf 1:131
πάλιν δὲ προιὼν ἑξῆς λέγει ‟ Καὶ τὸ μὲν ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς χθονίας δυνάμεως Ἑστία κέκληται, ἧς ἄγαλμα παρθενικὸν ἐφʼ ἑστίας πυρὸς ἱδρυμένον· καθὸ δὲ γόνιμος ἡ δύναμις, σημαίνουσιν αὐτὴν γυναικὸς εἴδει προμάστου. τὴν δὲ ῾Ρέαν προσεῖπον τὴν τῆς πετρώδους καὶ ὀρείου γῆς δύναμιν, τὴν δὲ Δήμητρα τὴν τῆς πεδινῆς καὶ γονίμου. ἡ Δημήτηρ δὲ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἔχει τῇ ῾Ρέᾳ, διενήνοχε δὲ, ὅτι αὐτὴ κυεῖ τὴν Κόρην ἐκ Δῖός, τουτέστι τὸν κόρον ἐκ τῶν φρυγανωδῶν σπερμάτων. διὸ καὶ κατέστεπται τὸ βρέτας αὐτῆς τοῖς στάχυσι, μήκωνές τε περὶ αὐτὴν τῆς πολυγονίας σύμβολον.”
palin de proiōn hexēs legei ‟ Kai to men hēgemonikon tēs chthonias dynameōs Hestia keklētai, hēs agalma parthenikon ephʼ hestias pyros hidrymenon; katho de gonimos hē dynamis, sēmainousin autēn gynaikos eidei promastou. tēn de ῾Rean proseipon tēn tēs petrōdous kai oreiou gēs dynamin, tēn de Dēmētra tēn tēs pedinēs kai gonimou. hē Dēmētēr de ta men alla kata ta auta echei tę̄ ῾Reą, dienēnoche de, hoti autē kyei tēn Korēn ek Dios, toutesti ton koron ek tōn phryganōdōn spermatōn. dio kai katesteptai to bretas autēs tois stachysi, mēkōnes te peri autēn tēs polygonias symbolon.”
Proceeding again, he next says: "The ruling part of the earthly power is called Hestia, whose image, a maiden, is set up on a hearth of fire; but insofar as the power is fruitful, they represent her in the form of a woman with prominent breasts. Rhea they called the power of rocky and mountainous earth, and Demeter that of level and fruitful earth. Demeter in other respects is the same as Rhea, but differs in that she conceives Kore by Zeus, that is, the sprout (koros) from the seeds of the plants. Therefore her statue is crowned with ears of grain, and poppies around her are a symbol of fertility."
3.11.8Dindorf 1:131–132
Κἀνταῦθα πάλιν σκόπει τίνα τρόπον τὴν Ῥέαν μητέρα θεῶν λεγομένην καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Δῖός κάτω που περὶ πέτρας καὶ γῆν καταβέβληκε, καὶ πάντα φύρων τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναί φησι τῇ Δήμητρι, πλὴν ὅτι διενήνοχε, καθὸ, φησὶν, ἡ Δημήτηρ ἐκ Δῖός κυεῖ τὴν Κόρην, ὥσπερ οὖν ἡ πεδιὰς γῆ τὸν κόρον ἐκ τῶν φρυγανωδῶν σπερμάτων. ἰδού σοι πάλιν ὁ Ζεὺς εἰς τὰ φρυγανώδη σπέρματα μεταβέβληται.
Kantautha palin skopei tina tropon tēn Rhean mētera theōn legomenēn kai autou tou Dios katō pou peri petras kai gēn katabeblēke, kai panta phyrōn tēn autēn einai phēsi tę̄ Dēmētri, plēn hoti dienēnoche, katho, phēsin, hē Dēmētēr ek Dios kyei tēn Korēn, hōsper oun hē pedias gē ton koron ek tōn phryganōdōn spermatōn. idou soi palin ho Zeus eis ta phryganōdē spermata metabeblētai.
Here again see how he has brought Rhea, who is called mother of the gods and of Zeus himself, down somewhere to rocks and earth, and, confusing everything, says that she is the same as Demeter, except that she differs because, he says, Demeter conceives Kore by Zeus, as the level ground brings forth the sprout from the seeds of plants. See, Zeus has again been changed for you into the seeds of plants!
3.11.9Dindorf 1:132
τούτοις ἑξῆς ἐπισυνάπτει λέγων ‟ Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν εἰς γῆν βαλλομένων σπερμάτων ἦν τις δύναμις, ἣν ἥλιος περὶ τὸ κάτω ἡμισφαίριον ἰὼν ἕλκει κατὰ τὰς χειμερινὰς τροπὰς, Κόρη μὲν ἡ δύναμις ἡ σπερματοῦχος, Πλούτων δὲ ὁ ὑπὸ γῆν ἰὼν ἥλιος καὶ τὸν ἀφανῆ περινοστῶν κόσμον κατὰ τὰς χειμερίους τροπάς· ὃς ἁρπάζειν λέγεται τὴν Κόρην, ἣν ποθεῖ ἡ Δημήτηρ κρυπτομένην ὑπὸ γῆν.
toutois hexēs episynaptei legōn ‟ Epei de kai tōn eis gēn ballomenōn spermatōn ēn tis dynamis, hēn hēlios peri to katō hēmisphairion iōn helkei kata tas cheimerinas tropas, Korē men hē dynamis hē spermatouchos, Ploutōn de ho hypo gēn iōn hēlios kai ton aphanē perinostōn kosmon kata tas cheimerious tropas; hos harpazein legetai tēn Korēn, hēn pothei hē Dēmētēr kryptomenēn hypo gēn.
Next to this he adds, saying: "And since there was also a power in the seeds cast into the earth, which the sun, going round the lower hemisphere, draws down at the winter solstice, Kore is the seed-bearing power, and Pluto the sun going under the earth and traveling round the invisible world at the winter solstice; he is said to carry off Kore, whom Demeter longs for while she is hidden under the earth.
3.11.10Dindorf 1:132
τῶν δὲ ἀκροδρύων καὶ ὅλως τῶν φυτευτικῶν ἡ δύναμις Διόνυσος ὀνομάζεται. ὅρα δὲ καὶ τούτων τὰς εἰκόνας. σύμβολα γὰρ ἡ Κόρη φέρει τῆς προβολῆς τῶν κατὰ τοὺς καρποὺς ὑπὲρ τὴν γῆν ἐκφύσεων, ὁ δὲ Διόνυσος κοινὰ μὲν πρὸς τὴν Κόρην ἔχει τὰ κέρατα, ἔστι δὲ θηλύμορφος, μηνύων τὴν περὶ τὴν γένεσιν τῶν ἀκροδρύων ἀρρενόθηλυν δύναμιν.
tōn de akrodryōn kai holōs tōn phyteutikōn hē dynamis Dionysos onomazetai. hora de kai toutōn tas eikonas. symbola gar hē Korē pherei tēs probolēs tōn kata tous karpous hyper tēn gēn ekphyseōn, ho de Dionysos koina men pros tēn Korēn echei ta kerata, esti de thēlymorphos, mēnyōn tēn peri tēn genesin tōn akrodryōn arrenothēlyn dynamin.
The power of tree fruits and of plants in general is named Dionysus. See their images too: Kore bears symbols of the putting forth of the shoots of the crops above the earth; Dionysus has horns in common with Kore, but is of female form, indicating the male-female power in the generation of tree fruits.
3.11.11Dindorf 1:132
Πλούτων δὲ ὁ Κόρης ἅρπαξ κυνῆν μὲν ἔχει τοῦ ἀφανοῦς πόλου σύμβολον, τὸ δὲ σκῆπτρον τὸ κολοβὸν σημεῖον τῆς τῶν κάτω βασιλείας· ὁ δὲ κύων αὐτοῦ δηλοῖ τὴν κύησιν τῶν καρπῶν εἰς τρία διῃρημένην, εἰς τὴν καταβολὴν, εἰς τὴν ὑποδοχὴν, εἰς τὴν ἀνάδοσιν. οὐ γὰρ παρὰ τὸ τὰς κῆρας ἔχειν βορὰν, ὃ δηλοῖ τὰς ψυχὰς, κέκληται κύων, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὸ κυεῖν, ᾗ χορηγὸς ὁ Πλούτων, ὅταν ἁρπάσῃ τὴν Κόρην.
Ploutōn de ho Korēs harpax kynēn men echei tou aphanous polou symbolon, to de skēptron to kolobon sēmeion tēs tōn katō basileias; ho de kyōn autou dēloi tēn kyēsin tōn karpōn eis tria dię̄rēmenēn, eis tēn katabolēn, eis tēn hypodochēn, eis tēn anadosin. ou gar para to tas kēras echein boran, ho dēloi tas psychas, keklētai kyōn, alla para to kyein, hę̄ chorēgos ho Ploutōn, hotan harpasę̄ tēn Korēn.
Pluto, the ravisher of Kore, has a helmet as a symbol of the invisible pole, and the shortened scepter as a sign of his kingdom below; and his dog shows the conception (kyesis) of the crops divided into three: the sowing, the receiving, and the springing up. For he is called dog (kyon) not because he has the fates of death (keres) for food, which means the souls, but from conceiving (kyein), of which Pluto is the provider when he carries off Kore.
3.11.12Dindorf 1:132–133
Ἄττις δὲ καὶ Ἄδωνις τῇ τῶν καρπῶν εἰσὶν ἀναλογίᾳ προσήκοντες. ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Ἄττις τῶν κατὰ τὸ ἔαρ προφαινομένων ἀνθέων καὶ πρὶν τελεσιγονῆσαι διαρρεόντων, — ἔνθεν καὶ τὴν τῶν αἰδοίων ἀποκοπὴν αὐτῷ προσανέθεσαν, μὴ φθασάντων ἐλθεῖν τῶν καρπῶν εἰς τὴν σπερματικὴν τελείωσιν — ὁ δὲ Ἄδωνις τῆς τῶν τελείων καρπῶν ἐκτομῆς σύμβολον.
Attis de kai Adōnis tę̄ tōn karpōn eisin analogią prosēkontes. allʼ ho men Attis tōn kata to ear prophainomenōn antheōn kai prin telesigonēsai diarreontōn, — enthen kai tēn tōn aidoiōn apokopēn autǭ prosanethesan, mē phthasantōn elthein tōn karpōn eis tēn spermatikēn teleiōsin — ho de Adōnis tēs tōn teleiōn karpōn ektomēs symbolon.
Attis and Adonis belong to the analogy of the crops. Attis is the symbol of the flowers that appear in spring and fall before they bear seed (hence they also ascribed to him the cutting off of his private parts, since the fruits did not reach seminal completion); and Adonis is the symbol of the cutting of the ripe fruits.
3.11.13Dindorf 1:133
ὁ δὲ Σειληνὸς σύμβολον τῆς πνευματικῆς κινήσεως, οὐκ ὀλίγα συμβαλλομένης τῷ παντί. σύμβολα δέ ἐστι τὸ μὲν φάλανθον καὶ στιλπνὸν κατὰ τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς οὐρανίου περιφορᾶς, ἡ δὲ περικειμένη κόμη τοῖς κάτω μέρεσιν αὐτοῦ ὑπόδειγμα τῆς προσγείου περὶ τὸν ἀέρα παχύτητος.
ho de Seilēnos symbolon tēs pneumatikēs kinēseōs, ouk oliga symballomenēs tǭ panti. symbola de esti to men phalanthon kai stilpnon kata tēn kephalēn tēs ouraniou periphoras, hē de perikeimenē komē tois katō meresin autou hypodeigma tēs prosgeiou peri ton aera pachytētos.
Silenus is a symbol of the motion of the wind (pneuma), which contributes not a little to the universe. His symbols are the bald and shining head, for the revolution of heaven, and the hair around the lower parts, an emblem of the thickness of the air near the earth.
3.11.14Dindorf 1:133
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τῆς μαντικῆς δυνάμεως τις μέτοχος ἦν δύναμις, Θέμις μὲν κέκληται ἡ δύναμις, τῷ τὰ τεθειμένα καὶ ἑκάστῳ κείμενα λέγειν.
epei de kai tēs mantikēs dynameōs tis metochos ēn dynamis, Themis men keklētai hē dynamis, tǭ ta tetheimena kai hekastǭ keimena legein.
And since there was also a power partaking of prophecy, the power is called Themis, from telling what is laid down (tethheimena) and appointed for each.
3.11.15Dindorf 1:133
‟ Διὰ δὴ πάντων τούτων ἡ περίγειος δύναμις ἐξηγήσεως τυχοῦσα θρησκεύεται, ὡς μὲν παρθένος καὶ Ἑστία ἡ κεντροφόρος, ὡς δὲ τοκὰς ἡ τροφὸς, ὡς δὲ ῾Ρέα ἡ πετροποιὸς καὶ ὄρειος, ὡς δὲ Δημήτηρ ἡ χλοηφόρος, ὡς δὲ Θέμις ἡ χρησμῳδὸς, τοῦ εἰς αὐτὴν κατιόντος σπερματικοῦ λόγου εἰς τὸν Πρίαπον ἐκτετυπωμένου· οὗ τὸ μὲν περὶ τοὺς ξηροὺς καρποὺς Κόρη, τὸ δὲ κατὰ τοὺς ὑγροὺς καὶ τὰ ἀκρόδρυα Διόνυσος καλεῖται, τῆς μὲν Κόρης ὑπὸ Πλούτωνος τοῦ ὑπὸ γῆν ἰόντος ἡλίου ἁρπαζομένης κατὰ τὸν σπόρον, τοῦ δὲ Διονύσου τὰ πάθη τῆς δυνάμεως ὑπὸ γῆν μὲν νεωτέρας καὶ καλλιγόνου βλαστάνειν ἀρχομένου, ἐπιμάχου δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἄνθην δυνάμεως σύμβολον Ἄττιν ἐχούσης, τῆς δὲ κατὰ τὴν τελεσιουργίαν ἐκτομῆς τὸν Ἄδωνιν,
‟ Dia dē pantōn toutōn hē perigeios dynamis exēgēseōs tychousa thrēskeuetai, hōs men parthenos kai Hestia hē kentrophoros, hōs de tokas hē trophos, hōs de ῾Rea hē petropoios kai oreios, hōs de Dēmētēr hē chloēphoros, hōs de Themis hē chrēsmǭdos, tou eis autēn kationtos spermatikou logou eis ton Priapon ektetypōmenou; hou to men peri tous xērous karpous Korē, to de kata tous hygrous kai ta akrodrya Dionysos kaleitai, tēs men Korēs hypo Ploutōnos tou hypo gēn iontos hēliou harpazomenēs kata ton sporon, tou de Dionysou ta pathē tēs dynameōs hypo gēn men neōteras kai kalligonou blastanein archomenou, epimachou de tēs kata tēn anthēn dynameōs symbolon Attin echousēs, tēs de kata tēn telesiourgian ektomēs ton Adōnin,
"Through all these, then, the earthly power, once explained, is worshipped: as maiden and Hestia, she who holds the center; as mother, the nurse; as Rhea, she who makes rocks and mountains; as Demeter, she who bears green crops; as Themis, she who utters oracles; while the seminal reason that descends into her is represented in Priapus. Of this, the part concerned with dry fruits is called Kore, and that concerned with moist fruits and tree fruits Dionysus. Kore is carried off at sowing time by Pluto, the sun going under the earth; the sufferings of Dionysus signify the power that is young and fertile under the earth and begins to sprout; the power in the flower, which is open to attack, has Attis as its symbol, and the cutting off at maturity has Adonis;
3.11.16Dindorf 1:133
καὶ τῆς μὲν πνευματικῆς διὰ πάντων δυνάμεως εἰς Σειληνὸν ἀναπλαττομένης, τῆς δὲ εἰς ἔκτασιν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν παραγωγῆς εἰς Βάκχην, ὥσπερ αὖ τῆς εἰς τὰ ἀφροδίσια ἐρεθιζούσης ὁρμῆς διὰ τῶν Σατύρων. διὰ δὴ τούτων τῶν συμβόλων ἡ περίγειος ἐκκαλύπτεται δύναμις.”
kai tēs men pneumatikēs dia pantōn dynameōs eis Seilēnon anaplattomenēs, tēs de eis ektasin apʼ autōn paragōgēs eis Bakchēn, hōsper au tēs eis ta aphrodisia erethizousēs hormēs dia tōn Satyrōn. dia dē toutōn tōn symbolōn hē perigeios ekkalyptetai dynamis.”
the power of the wind through all things is represented as Silenus, the drawing out from them into ecstasy as the Bacchante, as again the impulse that stirs to sexual pleasures is represented through the Satyrs. Through these symbols the earthly power is revealed."
3.11.17Dindorf 1:133–134
Τοσαῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τάδε, ἃ καὶ ἀναγκαίως ἐπιτεμόμενος παρατέθειμαι εἰς τὸ μὴ ἀγνοεῖν ἡμᾶς τὰ σεμνὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων. οὕτω τοιγαροῦν κατὰ τὰ ἀποδεδομένα Κόρη μὲν ἡ τῶν σπορίμων, Διόνυσος δὲ ἡ τῶν ἀκροδρύων δύναμις, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἐαρινῶν ἀνθέων ὁ Ἄττις, τῶν δὲ τελείων καρπῶν ὁ Ἄδωνις σύμβολον.
Tosauta men oun kai tade, ha kai anankaiōs epitemomenos paratetheimai eis to mē agnoein hēmas ta semna tōn philosophōn. houtō toigaroun kata ta apodedomena Korē men hē tōn sporimōn, Dionysos de hē tōn akrodryōn dynamis, kai tōn men earinōn antheōn ho Attis, tōn de teleiōn karpōn ho Adōnis symbolon.
So much for this too, which I have necessarily abridged and set out, so that we may not be ignorant of the dignified doctrines of the philosophers. Thus, according to what has been explained, Kore is the power of the sown crops, Dionysus that of tree fruits; Attis is the symbol of spring flowers and Adonis of ripe fruits.
3.11.18Dindorf 1:134
τί δὴ οὑν ταῦτα χρὴ θεοποιεῖν εἰς τροφὰς σωμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ζῴων πρὸς τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ πεποιημένα; τί δὲ θρησκεύειν τὴν περίγειον δύναμιν προσῆκόν ἐστιν ἡμῖν, οἷς φύσις ἐστὶ ψυχῆς οὐρανία λογική τε καὶ ἀθάνατος παρὰ τοῦ παμβασιλέως τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ, διανοίας ὄμμασι κεκαθαρμένοις θεωρητική;
ti dē houn tauta chrē theopoiein eis trophas sōmatōn tōn epi gēs zǭōn pros tou tōn holōn theou pepoiēmena? ti de thrēskeuein tēn perigeion dynamin prosēkon estin hēmin, hois physis esti psychēs ourania logikē te kai athanatos para tou pambasileōs tōn holōn theou, dianoias ommasi kekatharmenois theōrētikē?
Why, then, should we deify these things, made by the God of the universe as food for the bodies of living creatures on earth? And why is it fitting for us to worship the earthly power, we who have from the universal King, God of all, a heavenly, rational, and immortal nature of soul, able to contemplate with the purified eyes of the mind?
3.11.19Dindorf 1:134
τὸν δὲ Σειληνὸν ἀκούων τὴν πνευματικὴν εἶναι κίνησιν, καὶ τὴν διήκουσαν διὰ πάντων δύναμιν, τοτὲ μὲν τὴν οὐράνιον περιφορὰν διὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐπιδεικνύμενον, τοτὲ δὲ τὴν περὶ τὸν ἀέρα παχύτητα διὰ τῆς λασίας κόμης τοῦ γενείου, πῶς ἄν τις ἀνάσχοιτο τοῦτον μὲν ὁρῶν οὐδεμιᾶς ἠξιωμένον σεβασμίας τιμῆς, ὅν ἐχρῆν πρὸ τῶν πάντων θεοποιεῖν, Ἄδωνιν δὲ καὶ Διόνυσον, τοὺς καρποὺς δηλαδὴ καὶ τὰ ἀκρόδρυα, θεοποιουμένους;
ton de Seilēnon akouōn tēn pneumatikēn einai kinēsin, kai tēn diēkousan dia pantōn dynamin, tote men tēn ouranion periphoran dia tēs kephalēs epideiknymenon, tote de tēn peri ton aera pachytēta dia tēs lasias komēs tou geneiou, pōs an tis anaschoito touton men horōn oudemias ēxiōmenon sebasmias timēs, hon echrēn pro tōn pantōn theopoiein, Adōnin de kai Dionyson, tous karpous dēladē kai ta akrodrya, theopoioumenous?
And hearing that Silenus is the motion of the wind and the power that pervades all things, displaying now the heavenly revolution by his head and now the thickness of the air by the shaggy hair of his beard, how could one bear to see him counted worthy of no reverent honor, when he should have been deified before all, while Adonis and Dionysus, that is, the crops and tree fruits, are deified?
3.11.20Dindorf 1:134
τίς δʼ ἂν ὑπομείνειε σεμνολογουμένους ἀκούων Σατύρους καὶ Βάκχας, τὰ ἐν ἀνθρώποις αἰσχρὰ καὶ ἀκόλαστα πάθη, εἰ δὴ οἱ μὲν ἐδήλουν τὰς εἰς τὰ ἀφροδίσια ἐρεθιζούσας ὁρμὰς οἱ Σάτυροι, αἱ δὲ Βάκχαι τὰς εἰς ἔκτασιν τῶν περὶ ταῦτα συμβαινούσας παραγωγάς;
tis dʼ an hypomeineie semnologoumenous akouōn Satyrous kai Bakchas, ta en anthrōpois aischra kai akolasta pathē, ei dē hoi men edēloun tas eis ta aphrodisia erethizousas hormas hoi Satyroi, hai de Bakchai tas eis ektasin tōn peri tauta symbainousas paragōgas?
And who could endure hearing Satyrs and Bacchantes, the shameful and licentious passions among men, spoken of solemnly, if the Satyrs signified the impulses that stir to sexual pleasures, and the Bacchantes the transports into ecstasy that accompany them?
3.11.21Dindorf 1:134
καὶ τί δεῖ κατὰ μέρος ἕκαστον ἀπελέγχειν, ἐπιδραμεῖν δέον ὡς ἂν μηδὲν ἡμᾶς τῶν ἀπορρήτων λανθάνῃ, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἑξῆς ἐπιτεμέσθαι φυσιολογίαν, ἣν ἐκτέθειται ὁ δηλωθεὶς συγγραφεὺς, τόνδε ἐπεξιὼν τὸν τρόπον
kai ti dei kata meros hekaston apelenchein, epidramein deon hōs an mēden hēmas tōn aporrētōn lanthanę̄, kai tēn tōn hexēs epitemesthai physiologian, hēn ektetheitai ho dēlōtheis syngrapheus, tonde epexiōn ton tropon
But why should I refute each thing in detail, when we should run over them, so that none of the secrets escapes us, and abridge the natural philosophy that follows, which the author mentioned has set out, going through it in this way:
3.11.22Dindorf 1:134–135
‟Τὴν δὲ ὑδροποιὸν ὅλην δύναμιν Ὠκεανὸν προσεῖπον, τὸ σύμβολον αὐτῆς Τηθὺν ὀνομάσαντες. τῆς δὲ ὅλης ἡ μὲν τῶν ποτίμων πεποιημένη Ἀχελῷος αὐτοῖς κέκληται, ἡ δὲ τῶν θαλαττίων Ποσειδῶν, πάλιν τῆς θαλαττοποιοῦ, καθὸ γεννητικὴ, Ἀμφιτρίτης οὔσης. καὶ αἱ μὲν τῶν γλυκέων ὑδάτων μερικαὶ δυνάμεις Νύμφαι, αἱ δὲ τῶν θαλαττίων Νηρηίδες κέκληνται.
‟Tēn de hydropoion holēn dynamin Ōkeanon proseipon, to symbolon autēs Tēthyn onomasantes. tēs de holēs hē men tōn potimōn pepoiēmenē Achelǭos autois keklētai, hē de tōn thalattiōn Poseidōn, palin tēs thalattopoiou, katho gennētikē, Amphitritēs ousēs. kai hai men tōn glykeōn hydatōn merikai dynameis Nymphai, hai de tōn thalattiōn Nērēides keklēntai.
"The whole power that produces water they called Oceanus, naming its symbol Tethys. Of the whole, the power that makes drinkable waters is called by them Achelous, and that of the sea waters Poseidon, while Amphitrite is the power that makes the sea, insofar as it is generative. And the particular powers of sweet waters are called Nymphs, and those of sea waters Nereids.
3.11.23Dindorf 1:135
τοῦ δʼ αὖ πυρὸς τὴν δύναμιν προσειπόντες Ἥφαιστον ἀνθρωποειδὲς μὲν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἄγαλμα πεποιήκασι, πῖλον δὲ περιέθεσαν κυάνεον τῆς οὐρανίου σύμβολον περιφορᾶς, ἔνθα τοῦ πυρός ἐστι τὸ ἀρχοειδές τε καὶ ἀκραιφνέστατον. τὸ δὲ εἰς γῆν κατενεχθὲν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ πῦρ ἀτονώτερον δεόμενόν τε στηρίγματος καὶ βάσεως τῆς ἐφʼ ὕλης· διὸ χωλεύει, ὕλης δεόμενον εἰς ὑπέρεισμα.
tou dʼ au pyros tēn dynamin proseipontes Hēphaiston anthrōpoeides men autou to agalma pepoiēkasi, pilon de periethesan kyaneon tēs ouraniou symbolon periphoras, entha tou pyros esti to archoeides te kai akraiphnestaton. to de eis gēn katenechthen ex ouranou pyr atonōteron deomenon te stērigmatos kai baseōs tēs ephʼ hylēs; dio chōleuei, hylēs deomenon eis hypereisma.
Calling the power of fire Hephaestus, they made his statue in human form, and put a blue cap on him as a symbol of the heavenly revolution, where fire is most primal and purest. The fire brought down from heaven to earth is weaker and needs the support and base of matter; therefore he is lame, needing matter for support.
3.11.24Dindorf 1:135
καὶ ἡλίου δὲ τὴν τοιάνδε δύναμιν ὑπολαβόντες Ἀπόλλωνα προσεῖπον, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀκτίνων αὐτοῦ πάλσεως. ἐννέα δὲ ἐπᾴδουσαι αὐτῷ Μοῦσαι, ἥ τε ὑποσελήνιος σφαῖρα καὶ ἑπτὰ πλανητῶν καὶ μία ἡ τῆς ἀπλανοῦς. περιέθεσαν δὲ αὐτῷ τὴν δάφνην, τοῦτο μὲν ὅτι πυρὸς πλῆρες τὸ φυτὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπεχθὲς δαίμοσι, τοῦτο δὲ ὅτι λάλον καιόμενον, εἰς παράστασιν τοῦ προφητεύειν τὸν θεόν.
kai hēliou de tēn toiande dynamin hypolabontes Apollōna proseipon, apo tēs tōn aktinōn autou palseōs. ennea de epądousai autǭ Mousai, hē te hyposelēnios sphaira kai hepta planētōn kai mia hē tēs aplanous. periethesan de autǭ tēn daphnēn, touto men hoti pyros plēres to phyton kai dia touto apechthes daimosi, touto de hoti lalon kaiomenon, eis parastasin tou prophēteuein ton theon.
Taking such a power to belong to the sun, they called it Apollo, from the quivering (palsis) of its rays. The nine Muses who sing to him are the sublunary sphere, the seven of the planets, and one of the fixed stars. They put the laurel around him, partly because the plant is full of fire and therefore hateful to demons, and partly because it crackles when burned, to represent the god's prophesying.
3.11.25Dindorf 1:135
καθὸ δὲ ἀπαλεξίκακός ἐστι τῶν ἐπιγείων ὁ ἥλιος, Ἡρακλέα προσεῖπον αὐτὸν, ἐκ τοῦ κλᾶσθαι αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν ἀέρα ἀπʼ ἀνατολῆς εἰς δύσιν ἰόντα. δώδεκα δʼ ἄθλους ἐκμοχθεῖν ἐμυθολόγησαν, τῆς κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν διαιρέσεως τῶν ζωδίων τὸ σύμβολον ἐπιφημίσαντες· ῥόπαλον δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ λεοντῆν περιέθεσαν, τὸ μὲν τῆς ἀνωμαλίας μήνυμα, τὸ δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸ ζῴδιον ἐμφανιστικὸν ἰσχύος.
katho de apalexikakos esti tōn epigeiōn ho hēlios, Hēraklea proseipon auton, ek tou klasthai auton pros ton aera apʼ anatolēs eis dysin ionta. dōdeka dʼ athlous ekmochthein emythologēsan, tēs kata ton ouranon diaireseōs tōn zōdiōn to symbolon epiphēmisantes; rhopalon de autǭ kai leontēn periethesan, to men tēs anōmalias mēnyma, to de tēs kata to zǭdion emphanistikon ischyos.
Insofar as the sun wards off evils from earthly things, they called him Heracles, from his being broken (klasthai) against the air as he goes from east to west. They told in myth that he toiled through twelve labors, giving this as the symbol of the division of the signs of the zodiac in heaven; and they gave him a club and a lion's skin, the one indicating the unevenness, the other showing his strength in the sign of the zodiac.
3.11.26Dindorf 1:135–136
τῆς δὲ σωστικῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως Ἀσκληπιὸς τὸ σύμβολον· ᾧ τὸ μὲν βάκτρον δεδώκασι, τῆς τῶν καμνόντων ὑπερείσεως καὶ ἀναπαύσεως, ὁ δὲ ὄφις περισπειρᾶται, τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν σωτηρίας φέρων σημεῖον· (καὶ μὴν ὑφιστάντες ἡμῖν τὸν κόσμον οἱ φυσικοὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν γῆν ἰλυσπώμενα τῶν ζῴων τῆς παχυτάτης καὶ γεώδους ᾐτιάσαντο οὐσίας·) πνευματικώτατον γὰρ τὸ ζῷόν ἐστι καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τοῦ σώματος ἀποδύεται. δοκεῖ δὲ καὶ ἰατρικώτατον εἶναι· τῆς γὰρ ὀξυδορκίας εὗρε τὸ φάρμακον καὶ μυθεύεται τῆς ἀναβιώσεως εἰδέναι τινὰ βοτάνην.
tēs de sōstikēs autou dynameōs Asklēpios to symbolon; hǭ to men baktron dedōkasi, tēs tōn kamnontōn hypereiseōs kai anapauseōs, ho de ophis perispeiratai, tēs peri to sōma kai tēn psychēn sōtērias pherōn sēmeion; (kai mēn hyphistantes hēmin ton kosmon hoi physikoi ta peri tēn gēn ilyspōmena tōn zǭōn tēs pachytatēs kai geōdous ę̄tiasanto ousias;) pneumatikōtaton gar to zǭon esti kai tēn astheneian tou sōmatos apodyetai. dokei de kai iatrikōtaton einai; tēs gar oxydorkias heure to pharmakon kai mytheuetai tēs anabiōseōs eidenai tina botanēn.
Of his saving power Asclepius is the symbol. To him they have given the staff, for the support and rest of the sick, and the serpent coils around it, bearing the sign of the preservation of body and soul (and indeed the natural philosophers who explain the world to us have attributed the creatures that crawl about the earth to the thickest and earthiest substance); for the creature is most full of spirit and puts off the weakness of its body. It seems also to be most skilled in healing; for it discovered the remedy for keen sight, and is said in myth to know a certain herb of revival.
3.11.27Dindorf 1:136
τῆς δʼ αὖ χορευτικῆς τε καὶ ἐγκυκλίου κινήσεως, καθʼ ἣν τοὺς καρποὺς πεπαίνει ἡ πυρὸς δύναμις, Διόνυσος κέκληται ἑτέρως, ἡ τῶν ὑγροποιῶν καρπῶν δύναμις, ἢ παρὰ τὸ περιδινεῖν, ἢ διανύειν τὸν ἥλιον τὴν κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν περιφοράν. ᾗ δὲ περὶ τὰς ὥρας τοῦ κόσμου περιπολεῖ καὶ χρόνων ἐστὶ ποιητικὸς καὶ καιρῶν ὁ ἥλιος, Ὦρος κατὰ τοῦτο κέκληται.
tēs dʼ au choreutikēs te kai enkykliou kinēseōs, kathʼ hēn tous karpous pepainei hē pyros dynamis, Dionysos keklētai heterōs, hē tōn hygropoiōn karpōn dynamis, ē para to peridinein, ē dianyein ton hēlion tēn kata ton ouranon periphoran. hę̄ de peri tas hōras tou kosmou peripolei kai chronōn esti poiētikos kai kairōn ho hēlios, Ōros kata touto keklētai.
Of the dancing and circling motion by which the power of fire ripens the crops, Dionysus is named in another sense than as the power of the moist fruits, either from whirling round (peridinein) or from the sun's accomplishing (dianyein) its revolution in heaven. And insofar as the sun goes round the seasons (horai) of the world and is the maker of times and seasons, he is called Horus.
3.11.28Dindorf 1:136
τῆς δʼ αὖ γεωργικῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως, καθʼ ἣν αἱ δόσεις τοῦ πλούτου, σύμβολον ὁ Πλούτων. ὁμοίως μέντοι καὶ τὴν φθαρτικὴν ἔχει δύναμιν, διὸ τῷ Πλούτωνι συνοικίζουσι τὸν Σάραπιν, τοῦ μὲν δεδυκότος ὑπὸ γῆν φωτὸς τὸν πορφυροῦν χιτῶνα ποιούμενοι σύμβολον, τὸ δὲ ἠκρωτηριασμένον σκῆπτρον τῆς κάτω δυνάμεως, τό τε σχῆμα τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ μεταχωρεῖν εἰς τὸ ἀφανές.
tēs dʼ au geōrgikēs autou dynameōs, kathʼ hēn hai doseis tou ploutou, symbolon ho Ploutōn. homoiōs mentoi kai tēn phthartikēn echei dynamin, dio tǭ Ploutōni synoikizousi ton Sarapin, tou men dedykotos hypo gēn phōtos ton porphyroun chitōna poioumenoi symbolon, to de ēkrōtēriasmenon skēptron tēs katō dynameōs, to te schēma tēs cheiros tou metachōrein eis to aphanes.
Of his agricultural power, by which the gifts of wealth (ploutos) come, Pluto is the symbol. But he has likewise the power of destruction; therefore they set Sarapis beside Pluto, making the purple robe the symbol of the light that has sunk beneath the earth, the docked scepter the symbol of the power below, and the position of the hand the symbol of departure into the invisible.
3.11.29Dindorf 1:136
ὁ δὲ Κέρβερος τρικέφαλος μὲν, ὅτι τρεῖς αἱ ἄνω χῶραι ἡλίου, ἀνατολὴ, μεσημβρία, δύσις.
ho de Kerberos trikephalos men, hoti treis hai anō chōrai hēliou, anatolē, mesēmbria, dysis.
Cerberus is three-headed because the positions of the sun above the earth are three: rising, midday, and setting.
3.11.30Dindorf 1:136
τὴν δὲ σελήνην, παρὰ τὸ σέλας ὑπολαβόντες, Ἄρτεμιν προσηγόρευσαν, οἷον ἀερότεμιν· λοχία τε ἡ Ἄρτεμις, καίπερ οὖσα παρθένος, ὅτι ἡ τῆς νουμηνίας δύναμις προσθετικὴ εἰς τὸ τίκτειν.
tēn de selēnēn, para to selas hypolabontes, Artemin prosēgoreusan, hoion aerotemin; lochia te hē Artemis, kaiper ousa parthenos, hoti hē tēs noumēnias dynamis prosthetikē eis to tiktein.
The moon, taking the name from its brightness (selas), they called Artemis, as it were 'air-cutter' (aerotemis); and Artemis, though a virgin, presides over childbirth, because the power of the new moon is helpful for giving birth.
3.11.31Dindorf 1:136
ὅπερ δὲ Ἀπόλλων ἐν ἡλίῳ, τοῦτο Ἀθηνᾶ ἐν σελήνῃ· ἔστι γὰρ τῆς φρονήσεως σύμβολον, Ἀθρηνᾶ τις οὖσα.
hoper de Apollōn en hēliǭ, touto Athēna en selēnę̄; esti gar tēs phronēseōs symbolon, Athrēna tis ousa.
What Apollo is in the sun, Athena is in the moon; for she is the symbol of wisdom, being a kind of Athrena.
3.11.32Dindorf 1:136–137
Ἑκάτη δὲ ἡ σελήνη πάλιν, τῆς περὶ αὐτὴν μετασχηματίσεως καὶ κατὰ τοὺς σχηματισμοὺς δυνάμεως· διὸ τρίμορφος ἡ δύναμις, τῆς μὲν νουμηνίας φέρουσα τὴν λευχείμονα καὶ χρυσοσάνδαλον καὶ τὰς λαμπάδας ἡμμένας· ὁ δὲ κάλαθος, ὃν ἐπὶ τοῖς μετεώροις φέρει, τῆς τῶν καρπῶν κατεργασίας, οὓς ἀνατρέφει κατὰ τὴν τοῦ φωτὸς παραύξησιν· τῆς δʼ αὖ πανσελήνου ἡ χαλκοσάνδαλος σύμβολον.
Hekatē de hē selēnē palin, tēs peri autēn metaschēmatiseōs kai kata tous schēmatismous dynameōs; dio trimorphos hē dynamis, tēs men noumēnias pherousa tēn leucheimona kai chrysosandalon kai tas lampadas hēmmenas; ho de kalathos, hon epi tois meteōrois pherei, tēs tōn karpōn katergasias, hous anatrephei kata tēn tou phōtos parauxēsin; tēs dʼ au panselēnou hē chalkosandalos symbolon.
The moon again is Hecate, the symbol of its changing phases and of its power according to its phases. Therefore her power is three-formed: that of the new moon bears the white robe, the golden sandals, and the lighted torches; the basket she carries on high is the symbol of the cultivation of the crops, which she nourishes as her light increases; and the bronze sandal is the symbol of the full moon.
3.11.33Dindorf 1:137
ἢ καὶ ἐκ μὲν τοῦ κλάδου τῆς δάφνης λάβοι ἄν τις αὐτῆς τὸ ἔμπυρον, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ μήκωνος τὸ γόνιμον, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εἰσοικιζομένων εἰς αὐτὴν ψυχῶν ὥσπερ εἰς πόλιν, ὅτι πόλεως ὁ μήκων σύμβολον. τόξα δὲ φέρει καθάπερ ἡ Ἄρτεμις διὰ τὴν τῶν ὠδίνων ὀξύτητα.
ē kai ek men tou kladou tēs daphnēs laboi an tis autēs to empyron, ek de tou mēkōnos to gonimon, kai to plēthos tōn eisoikizomenōn eis autēn psychōn hōsper eis polin, hoti poleōs ho mēkōn symbolon. toxa de pherei kathaper hē Artemis dia tēn tōn ōdinōn oxytēta.
Or from the laurel branch one might understand her fiery nature, from the poppy her fertility and the multitude of souls that dwell in her as in a city, since the poppy is a symbol of a city. She bears a bow like Artemis because of the sharpness of birth pains.
3.11.34Dindorf 1:137
πάλιν δʼ αὖ αἱ Μοῖραι ἐπὶ τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτῆς ἀναφέρονται· ἡ μὲν Κλωθὼ ἐπὶ τὴν γεννητικὴν, Λάχεσις δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν θρεπτικὴν, Ἄτροπος δὲ ἡ κατὰ τὸ ἀπαραίτητον τοῦ θεοῦ.
palin dʼ au hai Moirai epi tas dynameis autēs anapherontai; hē men Klōthō epi tēn gennētikēn, Lachesis de epi tēn threptikēn, Atropos de hē kata to aparaitēton tou theou.
Again the Fates are referred to her powers: Clotho to the generative, Lachesis to the nourishing, and Atropos to the inexorable decree of God.
3.11.35Dindorf 1:137
συνοικίζουσι δὲ αὐτῇ καὶ τὴν τῶν καρπῶν γεννητικὴν δύναμιν, ἥπερ ἐστὶ Δημήτηρ, δύναμιν ἐμποιοῦσαν αὐτῇ. καὶ ἔστι συνεκτικὴ τῆς Κόρης ἡ σελήνη. προσοικίζουσι δὲ καὶ τὸν Διόνυσον διά τε τὴν τῶν κεράτων ἔκφυσιν καὶ διὰ τὸν τῶν νεφῶν τόπον τὸν ὑποκείμενον τοῖς κάτω μέρεσι.
synoikizousi de autę̄ kai tēn tōn karpōn gennētikēn dynamin, hēper esti Dēmētēr, dynamin empoiousan autę̄. kai esti synektikē tēs Korēs hē selēnē. prosoikizousi de kai ton Dionyson dia te tēn tōn keratōn ekphysin kai dia ton tōn nephōn topon ton hypokeimenon tois katō meresi.
They also associate with her the power that generates the crops, which is Demeter, as a power producing in her; and the moon contains Kore. They also associate Dionysus with her, both because of the growth of horns and because of the region of the clouds lying beneath the lower parts.
3.11.36Dindorf 1:137
τὴν δὲ τοῦ Κρόνου δύναμιν νωχελῆ καὶ βραδεῖαν καὶ ψυχρὰν κατεῖδον, διὸ τὴν τοῦ χρόνου δύναμιν αὐτῷ προσανέθεσαν· ἀποτυποῦσί τε αὐτὸν ἑστῶτα πολιὸν, πρὸς ἔμφασιν τοῦ γηράσκειν τὸν χρόνον.
tēn de tou Kronou dynamin nōchelē kai bradeian kai psychran kateidon, dio tēn tou chronou dynamin autǭ prosanethesan; apotypousi te auton hestōta polion, pros emphasin tou gēraskein ton chronon.
They saw that the power of Cronus is sluggish, slow, and cold, and therefore ascribed to him the power of time; and they represent him standing and grey-haired, to show that time grows old.
3.11.37Dindorf 1:137
τῶν δὲ καιρῶν σύμβολα οἱ Κουρῆτες, τὸν χρόνον βουκολοῦντες, ὅτι διὰ τῶν καιρῶν ὁ χρόνος παροδεύει.
tōn de kairōn symbola hoi Kourētes, ton chronon boukolountes, hoti dia tōn kairōn ho chronos parodeuei.
The Curetes are symbols of the seasons, tending time like a herd, because time passes through the seasons.
3.11.38Dindorf 1:137
τῶν δὲ Ὡρῶν αἱ μὲν Ὀλυμπιάδες εἰσὶ τοῦ ἡλίου, αἳ καὶ ἀνοίγουσι τὰς κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα πύλας, αἱ δὲ ἐπιχθόνιοι τῆς Δήμητρος· καὶ κάλαθον ἔχουσι τὸν μὲν τῶν ἀνθέων σύμβολον τοῦ ἔαρος, τὸν δὲ τῶν σταχύων τοῦ θέρους.
tōn de Hōrōn hai men Olympiades eisi tou hēliou, hai kai anoigousi tas kata ton aera pylas, hai de epichthonioi tēs Dēmētros; kai kalathon echousi ton men tōn antheōn symbolon tou earos, ton de tōn stachyōn tou therous.
Of the Horae, the Olympian ones belong to the sun and open the gates of the air; the earthly ones belong to Demeter and have baskets, one of flowers, the symbol of spring, the other of ears of grain, of summer.
3.11.39Dindorf 1:137–138
τοῦ δὲ Ἄρεος τὴν δύναμιν καταλαβόντες διάπυρον, πολέμων ποιητικὴν καὶ αἱματουργὸν, βλάπτειν τε καὶ ὠφελεῖν δυναμένην ἐποίησαν.
tou de Areos tēn dynamin katalabontes diapyron, polemōn poiētikēn kai haimatourgon, blaptein te kai ōphelein dynamenēn epoiēsan.
Perceiving the power of Ares to be fiery, they made him the maker of wars and of bloodshed, able both to harm and to help.
3.11.40Dindorf 1:138
τὸν δὲ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ἀστέρα θεωρήσαντες γενεσιουργὸν, ἐπιθυμίας τε καὶ γονῆς αἴτιον, γυναῖκα μὲν ἀνέπλασαν διὰ τὴν γένεσιν, ὡραίαν δὲ, ὅτι καὶ Ἕσπερος, ὃς κάλλιστος ἐν οὐρανῷ ἵσταται ἀστήρ.
ton de tēs Aphroditēs astera theōrēsantes genesiourgon, epithymias te kai gonēs aition, gynaika men aneplasan dia tēn genesin, hōraian de, hoti kai Hesperos, hos kallistos en ouranǭ histatai astēr.
Observing the star of Aphrodite to be productive of generation and the cause of desire and offspring, they fashioned her as a woman because of generation, and beautiful because she is also Hesperus, 'the fairest star that stands in heaven.'
3.11.41Dindorf 1:138
καὶ Ἔρωτα μὲν παρέστησαν διὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν. σκέπει δὲ μαστοὺς καὶ τὸ μόριον, ὅτι γονῆς αἰτία ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἐκθρέψεως. ἔστι δὲ ἀπὸ θαλάττης, στοιχείου διύγρου καὶ θερμοῦ, πολλὰ κινουμένου καὶ διὰ τὴν συγκίνησιν ἀφριῶντος, τὸ σπερματικὸν αἰνιττόμενος.
kai Erōta men parestēsan dia tēn epithymian. skepei de mastous kai to morion, hoti gonēs aitia hē dynamis kai ekthrepseōs. esti de apo thalattēs, stoicheiou diygrou kai thermou, polla kinoumenou kai dia tēn synkinēsin aphriōntos, to spermatikon ainittomenos.
And they set Eros beside her because of desire. She covers her breasts and her private part, because the power is the cause of birth and nurture. She comes from the sea, a moist and hot element, much agitated and foaming from the commotion, hinting at the seminal nature.
3.11.42Dindorf 1:138
τοῦ δὲ λόγου τοῦ πάντων ποιητικοῦ τε καὶ ἑρμηνευτικοῦ ὁ Ἑρμῆς παραστατικός. ὁ δὲ ἐντεταμένος Ἑρμῆς δηλοῖ τὴν εὐτονίαν, δείκνυσι δὲ καὶ τὸν σπερματικὸν λόγον τὸν διήκοντα διὰ πάντων.
tou de logou tou pantōn poiētikou te kai hermēneutikou ho Hermēs parastatikos. ho de entetamenos Hermēs dēloi tēn eutonian, deiknysi de kai ton spermatikon logon ton diēkonta dia pantōn.
Of the reason (logos) that makes and interprets all things, Hermes is the representative. The erect Hermes shows vigor, and indicates also the seminal reason that pervades all things.
3.11.43Dindorf 1:138
λοιπὸν δὲ σύνθετος λόγος, ὁ μὲν ἐν ἡλίῳ Ἑρμῆς, Ἑκάτη δὲ ὁ ἐν σελήνῃ, Ἑρμόπαν δὲ ὁ ἐν τῷ παντί· κατὰ πάντων γὰρ ὁ σπερματικὸς καὶ ποιητικός. σύνθετος δὲ καὶ οἷον μιξέλλην καὶ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις ὁ Ἑρμάνουβις. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐρώσης ἦν δυνάμεως ὁ λόγος, ταύτης ὁ Ἔρως παραστατικός. διὸ παῖς μὲν τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ ὁ Ἔρως, νήπιος δὲ διὰ τὰς αἰφνιδίους περὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐμπτώσεις αὐτοῦ.
loipon de synthetos logos, ho men en hēliǭ Hermēs, Hekatē de ho en selēnę̄, Hermopan de ho en tǭ panti; kata pantōn gar ho spermatikos kai poiētikos. synthetos de kai hoion mixellēn kai parʼ Aigyptiois ho Hermanoubis. epei de kai tēs erōsēs ēn dynameōs ho logos, tautēs ho Erōs parastatikos. dio pais men tou Hermou ho Erōs, nēpios de dia tas aiphnidious peri tas epithymias emptōseis autou.
Further, reason is compound: in the sun it is Hermes, in the moon Hecate, and in the universe Hermopan; for the seminal and creative reason is in all things. Compound too, and as it were half-Greek, is the Hermanubis among the Egyptians. And since reason also belonged to the power of love, Eros represents this. Therefore Eros is the son of Hermes, and an infant because of the sudden onsets of desire.
3.11.44Dindorf 1:138
τοῦ δὲ παντὸς τὸν Πάνα σύμβολον ἔθεντο, τὰ μὲν κέρατα σύμβολα δόντες ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης, τὴν δὲ νεβρίδα τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἀστέρων, ἢ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ποικιλίας.”
tou de pantos ton Pana symbolon ethento, ta men kerata symbola dontes hēliou kai selēnēs, tēn de nebrida tōn katʼ ouranon asterōn, ē tēs tou pantos poikilias.”
Of the universe (to pan) they made Pan the symbol, giving the horns as symbols of the sun and moon, and the fawnskin as that of the stars in heaven, or of the variety of the universe."
3.11.45Dindorf 1:138–139
Καὶ τὰ μὲν Ἑλληνικὰ τοιαῦτα· τὰ δὲ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πάλιν τοιαῦτά φησιν ἔχειν σύμβολα Τὸν δημιουργὸν, ὃν Κνὴφ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι προσαγορεύουσιν, ἀνθρωποειδῆ, τὴν δὲ χροιὰν ἐκ κυανοῦ μέλανος ἔχοντα, κρατοῦντα ζώνην καὶ σκῆπτρον, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς πτερὸν βασίλειον περικείμενον, ὅτι λόγος δυσεύρετος καὶ ἐγκεκρυμμένος καὶ οὐ φανὸς, καὶ ὅτι ζωοποιὸς, καὶ ὅτι βασιλεὺς, καὶ ὅτι νοερῶς κινεῖται· διὸ ἡ τοῦ πτεροῦ φύσις ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ κεῖται.
Kai ta men Hellēnika toiauta; ta de tōn Aigyptiōn palin toiauta phēsin echein symbola Ton dēmiourgon, hon Knēph hoi Aigyptioi prosagoreuousin, anthrōpoeidē, tēn de chroian ek kyanou melanos echonta, kratounta zōnēn kai skēptron, epi de tēs kephalēs pteron basileion perikeimenon, hoti logos dyseuretos kai enkekrymmenos kai ou phanos, kai hoti zōopoios, kai hoti basileus, kai hoti noerōs kineitai; dio hē tou pterou physis en tę̄ kephalę̄ keitai.
Such are the Greek doctrines; and those of the Egyptians, he says, have symbols like these: "The creator, whom the Egyptians call Kneph, is in human form, of a dark blue color, holding a girdle and a scepter, with a royal feather on his head, because the reason is hard to find, hidden and not visible, because it gives life, because it is king, and because it moves intellectually; therefore the feather's nature is placed on the head.
3.11.46Dindorf 1:139
τὸν δὲ θεὸν τοῦτον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος προΐεσθαί φασιν ᾠὸν, ἐξ οὗ γεννᾶσθαι θεὸν, ὃν αὐτοὶ προσαγορεύουσι Φθὰ, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες Ἥφαιστον· ἑρμηνεύειν δὲ τὸ ᾠὸν τὸν κόσμον. ἀφιέρωται δὲ τῷ θεῷ τούτῳ πρόβατον διὰ τὸ τοὺς παλαιοὺς γαλακτοποτεῖν.
ton de theon touton ek tou stomatos proïesthai phasin ǭon, ex hou gennasthai theon, hon autoi prosagoreuousi Phtha, hoi de Hellēnes Hēphaiston; hermēneuein de to ǭon ton kosmon. aphierōtai de tǭ theǭ toutǭ probaton dia to tous palaious galaktopotein.
This god, they say, brings forth from his mouth an egg, from which is born the god whom they call Phtha and the Greeks Hephaestus; and the egg signifies the world. To this god a sheep is consecrated because the ancients drank milk.
3.11.47Dindorf 1:139
αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου τὸ δείκηλον τοιόνδε ἀνέπλασαν· ἀνθρωποειδές ἐστιν ἄγαλμα, τοὺς μὲν πόδας συμβεβηκότας ἔχον, ἄνωθεν δὲ μέχρι ποδῶν ποικίλον ἱμάτιον περιβεβλημένον· ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς σφαῖραν ἔχει χρυσῆν διὰ τὸ μὴ μεταβαίνειν, καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἄστρων ποικίλην φύσιν, καὶ ὅτι σφαιροειδὴς ὁ κόσμος.
autou de tou kosmou to deikēlon toionde aneplasan; anthrōpoeides estin agalma, tous men podas symbebēkotas echon, anōthen de mechri podōn poikilon himation peribeblēmenon; epi de tēs kephalēs sphairan echei chrysēn dia to mē metabainein, kai dia tēn tōn astrōn poikilēn physin, kai hoti sphairoeidēs ho kosmos.
Of the world itself they fashioned an image like this: it is a statue in human form with its feet joined together, clothed from top to feet in a many-colored robe; on its head it has a golden sphere, because it does not move from its place, because of the varied nature of the stars, and because the world is spherical.
3.11.48Dindorf 1:139
ἥλιον δὲ σημαίνουσι ποτὲ μὲν διʼ ἀνθρώπου ἐπιβεβηκότος πλοίου, τοῦ πλοίου ἐπὶ κροκοδείλου κειμένου. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ μὲν πλοῖον τὴν ἐν ὑγρῷ κίνησιν, ὁ δὲ κροκόδειλος πότιμον ὕδωρ, ἐν ᾧ φέρεται ὁ ἥλιος. ἐσήμαινε τοίνυν ὁ ἥλιος διʼ ἀέρος ὑγροῦ καὶ γλυκέος τὴν περιπόλησιν ποιεῖσθαι.
hēlion de sēmainousi pote men diʼ anthrōpou epibebēkotos ploiou, tou ploiou epi krokodeilou keimenou. dēloi de to men ploion tēn en hygrǭ kinēsin, ho de krokodeilos potimon hydōr, en hǭ pheretai ho hēlios. esēmaine toinyn ho hēlios diʼ aeros hygrou kai glykeos tēn peripolēsin poieisthai.
They sometimes signify the sun by a man embarked on a ship, the ship resting on a crocodile. The ship shows motion in a moist element, and the crocodile drinkable water, in which the sun is carried. So the sun was signified as making its circuit through moist and sweet air.
3.11.49Dindorf 1:139
τῆς δὲ οὐρανίας γῆς καὶ τῆς χθονίας τὴν δύναμιν Ἶσιν προσεῖπον διὰ τὴν ἰσότητα, ἀφʼ ἧς τὸ δίκαιον· οὐρανίαν δὲ τὴν σελήνην, χθονίαν δὲ τὴν καρποφόρον, ἐν ᾗ κατοικοῦμεν, λέγουσι.
tēs de ouranias gēs kai tēs chthonias tēn dynamin Isin proseipon dia tēn isotēta, aphʼ hēs to dikaion; ouranian de tēn selēnēn, chthonian de tēn karpophoron, en hę̄ katoikoumen, legousi.
The power of the heavenly and the earthly earth they called Isis because of equality (isotes), from which justice comes; by the heavenly earth they mean the moon, and by the earthly the fruitful earth on which we dwell.
3.11.50Dindorf 1:139–140
τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ δύναται Δημήτηρ παρʼ Ἕλλησι καὶ Ἶσις παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις, καὶ πάλιν Κόρη παρʼ Ἕλλησι καὶ Διόνυσος, καὶ Ἴσις καὶ Ὄσιρις παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις. αὕτη δὲ τρέφουσα καὶ αἱροῦσα τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς· ὁ δὲ Ὄσιρις παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις τὴν κάρπιμον παρίστησι δύναμιν, ἣν θρήνοις ἀπομειλίσσεσθαι εἰς γῆν ἀφανιζομένην ἐν τῷ σπόρῳ, καὶ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν καταναλισκομένην εἰς τροφάς
to de auto dynatai Dēmētēr parʼ Hellēsi kai Isis parʼ Aigyptiois, kai palin Korē parʼ Hellēsi kai Dionysos, kai Isis kai Osiris parʼ Aigyptiois. hautē de trephousa kai hairousa ta epi gēs; ho de Osiris parʼ Aigyptiois tēn karpimon paristēsi dynamin, hēn thrēnois apomeilissesthai eis gēn aphanizomenēn en tǭ sporǭ, kai hyphʼ hēmōn katanaliskomenēn eis trophas
Demeter among the Greeks and Isis among the Egyptians mean the same, and again Kore and Dionysus among the Greeks, and Isis and Osiris among the Egyptians. She nourishes and takes away the things on earth; and Osiris among the Egyptians represents the fruit-bearing power, which they propitiate with lamentations as it disappears into the earth in sowing and is consumed by us for food.
3.11.51Dindorf 1:140
λαμβάνεται δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ τῆς ποταμίας τοῦ Νείλου δυνάμεως· ἀλλʼ ὅταν μὲν τὴν χθονίαν γῆν σημαίνωσιν, Ὄσιρις ἡ κάρπιμος λαμβάνεται δύναμις, ὅταν δὲ τὴν οὐρανίαν, Ὄσιρίς ἐστιν ὁ Νεῖλος, ὃν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταφέρεσθαι οἴονται· πενθοῦσι δὲ καὶ τοῦτον, ἀπομειλισσόμενοι τὴν δύναμιν λήγουσαν καὶ ἀναλισκομένην. ἡ δὲ ἐν τοῖς μύθοις μισγομένη τῷ Ὀσίριδι Ἶσις ἡ Αἰγυπτία ἐστὶ γῆ διόπερ ἰσοῦται καὶ κυεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ τοὺς καρπούς· διὸ ἀνὴρ τῆς Ἴσιδος Ὄσιρις καὶ ἀδελφὸς καὶ υἱὸς παραδέδοται. ”
lambanetai de kai anti tēs potamias tou Neilou dynameōs; allʼ hotan men tēn chthonian gēn sēmainōsin, Osiris hē karpimos lambanetai dynamis, hotan de tēn ouranian, Osiris estin ho Neilos, hon ex ouranou katapheresthai oiontai; penthousi de kai touton, apomeilissomenoi tēn dynamin lēgousan kai analiskomenēn. hē de en tois mythois misgomenē tǭ Osiridi Isis hē Aigyptia esti gē dioper isoutai kai kyei kai poiei tous karpous; dio anēr tēs Isidos Osiris kai adelphos kai huios paradedotai. ”
He is also taken for the river power of the Nile. When they signify the earthly earth, Osiris is taken as the fruit-bearing power; when the heavenly, Osiris is the Nile, which they think comes down from heaven; and they mourn him too, propitiating the power as it fails and is used up. The Isis who in the myths unites with Osiris is the land of Egypt, which is made equal and conceives and produces the crops; therefore Osiris has been handed down as the husband, brother, and son of Isis."
Preparation 3, chapter 12
3.12.1Dindorf 1:140
Κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἐλεφαντίνην πόλιν τετίμηται ἄγαλμα, πεπλασμένον μὲν, ἀλλʼ ἀνδρείκελον καὶ καθήμενον, κυανοῦν τε τὴν χροιὰν, κεφαλὴν δὲ κριοῦ κεκτημένον, καὶ βασίλειον, κέρατα τράγεια ἔχον, οἷς ἔπεστι κύκλος δισκοειδής. κάθηται δὲ, παρακειμένου κεραμέου ἀγγείου, ἐφʼ οὗ ἄνθρωπον ἀναπλάσσειν. δηλοῖ δὲ ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ κριοῦ πρόσωπον ἔχειν καὶ αἰγὸς κέρατα τὴν ἐν κριῷ σύνοδον ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης· τὸ δὲ ἐκ κυανοῦ χρῶμα, ὅτι ὑδραγωγὸς ἐν συνόδῳ ἡ σελήνη.
Kata de tēn Elephantinēn polin tetimētai agalma, peplasmenon men, allʼ andreikelon kai kathēmenon, kyanoun te tēn chroian, kephalēn de kriou kektēmenon, kai basileion, kerata trageia echon, hois epesti kyklos diskoeidēs. kathētai de, parakeimenou kerameou angeiou, ephʼ hou anthrōpon anaplassein. dēloi de apo men tou kriou prosōpon echein kai aigos kerata tēn en kriǭ synodon hēliou kai selēnēs; to de ek kyanou chrōma, hoti hydragōgos en synodǭ hē selēnē.
"At the city of Elephantine an image is honored, fashioned in the shape of a man and seated, blue in color, with a ram's head, and wearing a royal crown with goat's horns, on which is a disk-shaped circle. It sits beside an earthen vessel, on which it is shaping a man. From having the face of a ram and the horns of a goat it signifies the conjunction of the sun and moon in the Ram; and the blue color, that the moon in conjunction brings rain.
3.12.2Dindorf 1:140–141
τὸ δὲ δεύτερον φῶς τῆς σελήνης ἐν Ἀπόλλωνος πόλει καθιέρωται· ἔστι δὲ τούτου σύμβολον ἱερακοπρόσωπος ἄνθρωπος ζιβύνῃ χειρούμενος Τυφῶνα ἱπποποτάμῳ εἰκασμένον. λευκὸν δὲ τῇ χρόᾳ τὸ ἄγαλμα, τῆς μὲν λευκότητος τὸ φωτίζεσθαι τὴν σελήνην παραστησάσης, τοῦ δὲ ἱερακείου προσώπου τὸ ἀφʼ ἡλίου φωτίζεσθαι καὶ πνεῦμα λαμβάνειν. τὸν γὰρ ἱέρακα ἡλίῳ ἀφιεροῦσι· φωτὸς δὲ καὶ πνεύματος ἱέραξ αὐτοῖς σύμβολον διά τε τὴν ὀξυκινησίαν καὶ τὸ πρὸς ὕψος ἀνατρέχειν, ἔνθα τὸ φῶς· ὁ δὲ ἱπποπόταμος τὸν δυτικὸν δηλοῖ πόλον, παρὰ τὸ καταπίνειν εἰς ἑαυτὸν τοὺς περιπολοῦντας.
to de deuteron phōs tēs selēnēs en Apollōnos polei kathierōtai; esti de toutou symbolon hierakoprosōpos anthrōpos zibynę̄ cheiroumenos Typhōna hippopotamǭ eikasmenon. leukon de tę̄ chroą to agalma, tēs men leukotētos to phōtizesthai tēn selēnēn parastēsasēs, tou de hierakeiou prosōpou to aphʼ hēliou phōtizesthai kai pneuma lambanein. ton gar hieraka hēliǭ aphierousi; phōtos de kai pneumatos hierax autois symbolon dia te tēn oxykinēsian kai to pros hypsos anatrechein, entha to phōs; ho de hippopotamos ton dytikon dēloi polon, para to katapinein eis heauton tous peripolountas.
The second phase of the moon is consecrated in the city of Apollo; and its symbol is a man with a hawk's face subduing with a spear Typhon, represented as a hippopotamus. The image is white in color, the whiteness representing the moon's being lit, and the hawk's face its being lit and receiving breath from the sun. For they dedicate the hawk to the sun, and the hawk is for them a symbol of light and breath because of its swiftness and its soaring up on high, where the light is. The hippopotamus signifies the western pole, because it swallows up those that travel round into itself.
3.12.3Dindorf 1:141
θεὸς δὲ τιμᾶται ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ ὁ Ὦρος. ἡ δὲ τῆς Εἰληθυίας πόλις τὸ τρίτον φῶς θεραπεύει· τὸ δὲ ξόανον τετύπωται εἰς γῦπα πετομένην, ἧς τὸ πτέρωμα ἐκ σπουδαίων συνέστηκε λίθων. σημαίνει δὲ τὸ μὲν γυποειδὲς αὐτῆς τὴν γεννητικὴν πνευμάτων σελήνην· ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα, θηλείας πάσας ἀποφαινόμενοι.
theos de timatai en tę̄ polei tautę̄ ho Ōros. hē de tēs Eilēthuias polis to triton phōs therapeuei; to de xoanon tetypōtai eis gypa petomenēn, hēs to pterōma ek spoudaiōn synestēke lithōn. sēmainei de to men gypoeides autēs tēn gennētikēn pneumatōn selēnēn; ek gar tou pneumatos oiontai syllambanein ton gypa, thēleias pasas apophainomenoi.
The god honored in this city is Horus. The city of Eileithyia worships the third phase; its image is shaped as a flying vulture, whose plumage is made of precious stones. Its vulture shape signifies the moon as productive of winds; for they think the vulture conceives from the wind, declaring that all vultures are female.
3.12.4Dindorf 1:141
ἐν δὲ τοῖς κατʼ Ἐλευσῖνα μυστηρίοις ὁ μὲν ἱεροφάντης εἰς εἰκόνα τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ἐνσκευάζεται, δᾳδοῦχος δὲ εἰς τὴν ἡλίου· καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ βωμῷ εἰς τὴν σελήνην, ὁ δὲ ἱεροκῆρυξ Ἑρμοῦ.
en de tois katʼ Eleusina mystēriois ho men hierophantēs eis eikona tou dēmiourgou enskeuazetai, dądouchos de eis tēn hēliou; kai ho men epi bōmǭ eis tēn selēnēn, ho de hierokēryx Hermou.
In the mysteries at Eleusis the hierophant is dressed to represent the creator, the torchbearer the sun, the priest at the altar the moon, and the sacred herald Hermes.
3.12.5Dindorf 1:141
καὶ ἄνθρωπος δὲ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς παρείληπται. Ἄναβις γάρ ἐστι κώμη Αἰγύπτου, ἐν ᾗ θεραπεύεται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ θύεται τούτῳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν βωμῶν τὰ ἱερεῖα καίεται· ὁ δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγον φάγοι ἂν τὰ ὡς ἂν ἀνθρώπῳ αὐτῷ παρεσκευασμένα.
kai anthrōpos de parʼ Aigyptiois en tois hierois pareilēptai. Anabis gar esti kōmē Aigyptou, en hę̄ therapeuetai anthrōpos, kai thyetai toutǭ kai epi tōn bōmōn ta hiereia kaietai; ho de metʼ oligon phagoi an ta hōs an anthrōpǭ autǭ pareskeuasmena.
Among the Egyptians a man too has been taken into the temples. For Anabis is a village of Egypt in which a man is worshipped; sacrifice is offered to him and the victims are burned on the altars; and a little later he would eat what had been prepared for him as for a man.
3.12.6Dindorf 1:141
ὅτι δὲ οὐδὲ τὰ ζῷα θεοὺς ἡγοῦνται, εἰκόνας δὲ ἐποιοῦντο καὶ σύμβολα ταῦτα θεῶν, δηλοῖ τὸ πολλαχοῦ βοῦς ἀναχθέντας θεοῖς ἐν ταῖς ἱερομηνίαις καὶ ταῖς πρὸς θεοὺς θρησκείαις βουθυτεῖν. ἡλίῳ μὲν γὰρ καὶ σελήνῃ βοῦς ἀνιέρωσαν.
hoti de oude ta zǭa theous hēgountai, eikonas de epoiounto kai symbola tauta theōn, dēloi to pollachou bous anachthentas theois en tais hieromēniais kai tais pros theous thrēskeiais bouthytein. hēliǭ men gar kai selēnę̄ bous anierōsan.
That they do not consider the animals gods, but made them images and symbols of gods, is shown by the fact that in many places they sacrifice oxen dedicated to gods on the holy days and in the worship of the gods. For they consecrated oxen to the sun and moon.
Preparation 3, chapter 13
3.13.1Dindorf 1:141
Ἀλλʼ ὅ γε ἡλίῳ ἀνακείμενος ἐν Ἡλίου πόλει, καλούμενος Μνεῦις, βοῶν ἐστι μέγιστος, σφόδρα μέλας, μάλιστα ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἥλιος ὁ πολὺς μελαίνει τὰ ἀνθρώπεια σώματα. ἔχει δὲ τὴν οὐρὰν παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους βοῦς καὶ τὸ πᾶν σῶμα ἀνάτριχον, καθάπερ ὁ ἥλιος τὸν ἐναντίον τῷ πόλῳ ποιεῖται δρόμον· τούς τε ὄρχεις μεγίστους, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ περὶ τὰ ἀφροδίσια ἵμερος γίνεται ὑπὸ θερμότητος, ὅ τε ἥλιος σπερμαίνειν λέγεται τὴν φύσιν.
Allʼ ho ge hēliǭ anakeimenos en Hēliou polei, kaloumenos Mneuis, boōn esti megistos, sphodra melas, malista hoti kai ho hēlios ho polys melainei ta anthrōpeia sōmata. echei de tēn ouran para tous allous bous kai to pan sōma anatrichon, kathaper ho hēlios ton enantion tǭ polǭ poieitai dromon; tous te orcheis megistous, epeidēper ho peri ta aphrodisia himeros ginetai hypo thermotētos, ho te hēlios spermainein legetai tēn physin.
"The one dedicated to the sun in Heliopolis, called Mnevis, is the largest of oxen, very black, chiefly because the sun in its strength blackens human bodies. Unlike other oxen it has its tail and its whole body with hair growing backward, as the sun makes its course opposite to the pole; and very large testicles, since sexual desire arises from heat, and the sun is said to impregnate nature.
3.13.2Dindorf 1:141–142
σελήνῃ δὲ ταῦρον ἀνέθεσαν, ὃν Ἆπιν ἐπονομάζουσι, μέλανα μὲν καὶ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἄλλους, φέροντα δὲ σημεῖα ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης, ὅτι καὶ τῆς σελήνης τὸ φῶς ἐξ ἡλίου· ἡλίου δὲ σημεῖον τὸ μέλαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ ὁ ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶτταν κάνθαρος· σελήνης δὲ σύμβολον τό τε διχότομον καὶ ἀμφίκυρτον.”
selēnę̄ de tauron anethesan, hon Apin eponomazousi, melana men kai auton hyper tous allous, pheronta de sēmeia hēliou kai selēnēs, hoti kai tēs selēnēs to phōs ex hēliou; hēliou de sēmeion to melan tou sōmatos kai ho hypo tēn glōttan kantharos; selēnēs de symbolon to te dichotomon kai amphikyrton.”
To the moon they dedicated a bull whom they call Apis, also blacker than the others, bearing signs of the sun and moon, because the moon's light comes from the sun. The sign of the sun is the blackness of the body and the beetle under the tongue; the symbol of the moon is the half-shaped and gibbous mark."
3.13.3Dindorf 1:142
Ταῦτά μοι ἐκ τῆς τοῦ προειρημένου ἀνδρὸς γραφῆς ἐπιτετμήσθω, ὡς ἂν μηδὲν ἡμᾶς λάθῃ τῶν ἀπορρήτων τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ Αἰγυπτιακῆς θεολογίας, ἧς ἀποστάτας ἑαυτοὺς καὶ φυγάδας ὁμολογοῦμεν, κρίσει καὶ λογισμῷ σώφρονι καὶ τάδε παραιτησάμενοι.
Tauta moi ek tēs tou proeirēmenou andros graphēs epitetmēsthō, hōs an mēden hēmas lathę̄ tōn aporrētōn tēs Hellēnikēs homou kai Aigyptiakēs theologias, hēs apostatas heautous kai phygadas homologoumen, krisei kai logismǭ sōphroni kai tade paraitēsamenoi.
Let these extracts from the writing of the man mentioned suffice, so that none of the secrets of the Greek and Egyptian theology may escape us, from which we confess ourselves deserters and fugitives, having rejected these things too with judgment and sober reasoning.
3.13.4Dindorf 1:142
οὐ γάρ με ἡ ἀλαζὼν ἐκπλήξει φωνὴ, φθέγξομαι οἷς θέμις ἐστὶ, θύρας δʼ ἐπίθεσθε βέβηλοι, φήσασα. βέβηλοι γοῦν οὐχ ἡμεῖς, ἀλλʼ οἵ γε τὰς τοιάσδε αἰσχρὰς καὶ ἀπρεπεῖς μυθολογίας κανθάρων πέρι καὶ θηρίων ἀλόγων σοφίας θεολόγου νοήματα εἶναι ἀποφηνάμενοι, οἱ, κατὰ τὸν θαυμάσιον ἀπόστολον, φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν· ὅτι δὴ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν.”
ou gar me hē alazōn ekplēxei phōnē, phthenxomai hois themis esti, thyras dʼ epithesthe bebēloi, phēsasa. bebēloi goun ouch hēmeis, allʼ hoi ge tas toiasde aischras kai aprepeis mythologias kantharōn peri kai thēriōn alogōn sophias theologou noēmata einai apophēnamenoi, hoi, kata ton thaumasion apostolon, phaskontes einai sophoi emōranthēsan; hoti dē ēllaxan tēn doxan tou aphthartou theou en homoiōmati eikonos phthartou anthrōpou, kai peteinōn kai tetrapodōn kai herpetōn.”
For the boastful voice will not dismay me that says, 'I speak to those for whom it is lawful; close the doors, you profane.' It is not we who are profane, but those who have declared that such shameful and unseemly myths about beetles and irrational beasts are the thoughts of theological wisdom, who, according to the admirable apostle, "professing to be wise became fools," because they "changed the glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of an image of corruptible man, and of birds, and four-footed beasts, and creeping things."
3.13.5Dindorf 1:142
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ πάντα τὸν περὶ τούτων ἀπόρρητον δὴ καὶ μυστικώτερον λόγον εἰς ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις μεταφορικῶς ἀνῆγον, ὥστε δοκεῖν μηκέτʼ ἐπὶ τὰ ὁρώμενα μέρη τοῦ κόσμου τὴν θεοποιίαν αὐτῶν συντείνειν, ἀλλʼ ἐπί τινας ἀοράτους καὶ ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις, σκεψώμεθα εἰ μὴ καὶ οὕτως μίαν χρὴ τὴν θείαν δύναμιν ἀποθαυμάζειν, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλὰς ἡγεῖσθαι.
allʼ epei panta ton peri toutōn aporrēton dē kai mystikōteron logon eis asōmatous dynameis metaphorikōs anēgon, hōste dokein mēketʼ epi ta horōmena merē tou kosmou tēn theopoiian autōn synteinein, allʼ epi tinas aoratous kai asōmatous dynameis, skepsōmetha ei mē kai houtōs mian chrē tēn theian dynamin apothaumazein, allʼ ou pollas hēgeisthai.
But since they referred the whole secret and more mystical account of these things metaphorically to incorporeal powers, so that their deification seems no longer to extend to the visible parts of the world but to certain invisible and incorporeal powers, let us consider whether even so we must not admire one divine power, and not suppose there are many.
3.13.6Dindorf 1:142–143
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπεὶ πολλὰ σχήματα καὶ μέρη καὶ μέλη ὑφʼ ἐνὶ σώματι δεδημιούργηται, τοσαύτας χρῆν ἡμᾶς τὰς ψυχὰς ἔχειν ἡγεῖσθαι, οὐδὲ τοσούτους ποιητὰς καὶ δημιουργοὺς τοῦ σώματος νομίζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχὴν μίαν τὸ πᾶν σῶμα κινεῖν, καὶ μίαν δημιουργὸν δύναμιν τὸ πᾶν ζῷον τεκτήνασθαι.
oude gar epei polla schēmata kai merē kai melē hyphʼ eni sōmati dedēmiourgētai, tosautas chrēn hēmas tas psychas echein hēgeisthai, oude tosoutous poiētas kai dēmiourgous tou sōmatos nomizein, alla kai psychēn mian to pan sōma kinein, kai mian dēmiourgon dynamin to pan zǭon tektēnasthai.
For though many shapes, parts, and limbs have been fashioned in one body, we should not think we have as many souls, nor suppose there are as many makers and creators of the body; but one soul moves the whole body, and one creative power has fashioned the whole living creature.
3.13.7Dindorf 1:143
οὕτω δῆτα καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου, ἑνὸς μὲν ὄντος καὶ ἐκ μιᾶς τῆς σωματικῆς ὕλης συνεστῶτος, εἰς μέρη δὲ πλεῖστα διῃρημένου, καὶ μίαν τῶν ὅλων φυσικὴν συμπάθειαν ὑποφαίνοντος, κρᾶσίν τε καὶ μῖξιν τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ στοιχείων, ἀλλοιώσεις τε καὶ μεταβολὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ἑαυτὰ, ὅλον δὲ καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἔνα κόσμον καὶ μίαν ἁρμονίαν ἐπιδεικνυμένου, οὐ πολλὰς χρῆν ὑποτίθεσθαι δημιουργοὺς δυνάμεις, μόνην δὲ θεολογεῖν τὴν ὡς ἀληθῶς θεοῦ δύναμιν καὶ θεοῦ σοφίαν.
houtō dēta kai epi tou sympantos kosmou, henos men ontos kai ek mias tēs sōmatikēs hylēs synestōtos, eis merē de pleista dię̄rēmenou, kai mian tōn holōn physikēn sympatheian hypophainontos, krasin te kai mixin tōn en autǭ stoicheiōn, alloiōseis te kai metabolas autōn eis heauta, holon de kai to pan ena kosmon kai mian harmonian epideiknymenou, ou pollas chrēn hypotithesthai dēmiourgous dynameis, monēn de theologein tēn hōs alēthōs theou dynamin kai theou sophian.
So too with the whole world: since it is one and composed of one bodily matter, though divided into very many parts, and shows one natural sympathy of the whole, a blending and mingling of the elements in it, and their alterations and changes into one another, and displays the whole and all as one world and one harmony, we should not suppose many creative powers, but proclaim as God only the true power of God and the wisdom of God.
3.13.8Dindorf 1:143
ὁ δὲ καὶ τὰς Αἰγυπτιακὰς μυθολογίας πάλιν ἐπὶ ἀσωμάτους μεταφέρει δυνάμεις, λαθὼν ὁ σοφώτατος αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν. ἀκήκοας γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ὅπως τὸν Χαιρήμονα καὶ πλείους ἄλλους ὡμολόγει μηδʼ ἄλλο τι πρὸ τῶν ὁρωμένων κόσμων ἡγεῖσθαι, ἐν ἀρχῆς τε λόγῳ τίθεσθαι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους· τούτους γὰρ πάντα εἰς τὰ φυσικὰ καὶ οὐδὲν εἰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ ζώσας οὐσίας ἑρμηνεύειν.
ho de kai tas Aigyptiakas mythologias palin epi asōmatous metapherei dynameis, lathōn ho sophōtatos autos heauton. akēkoas gar en tois prosthen hopōs ton Chairēmona kai pleious allous hōmologei mēdʼ allo ti pro tōn horōmenōn kosmōn hēgeisthai, en archēs te logǭ tithesthai tous Aigyptious; toutous gar panta eis ta physika kai ouden eis asōmatous kai zōsas ousias hermēneuein.
But he, most wise as he is, has not noticed that he again transfers the Egyptian mythologies to incorporeal powers. For you heard above how he admitted that Chaeremon and many others thought there was nothing prior to the visible worlds, and that they put the Egyptians at the head of their account; for these interpreted everything in terms of natural things and nothing in terms of incorporeal and living beings.
3.13.9Dindorf 1:143
εἰ δὴ οὖν κατὰ τὴν αὐτῶν ὁμολογίαν Αἰγυπτίων ἦν τὸ μηδὲν ἀνάγειν εἰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ ζώσας οὐσίας, πάντα δὲ τὰ περὶ θεῶν αὐτοῖς μυθολογούμενα ἐπὶ τὰ φυσικὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη μεταφέρειν, τί δὴ ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς εὑρεσιλογοῦντες Αἰγυπτίοις τὰ μηδαμῶς αὐτῶν οἰκεῖα προσγράφετε, ἐπὶ δυνάμεις ἀσωμάτους φάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τὴν ἀναφορὰν τῆς θεολογίας αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι; καθόλου μὲν οὖν ταῦτα αἰτιατέον.
ei dē oun kata tēn autōn homologian Aigyptiōn ēn to mēden anagein eis asōmatous kai zōsas ousias, panta de ta peri theōn autois mythologoumena epi ta physika tou kosmou merē metapherein, ti dē ex hyparchēs heuresilogountes Aigyptiois ta mēdamōs autōn oikeia prosgraphete, epi dynameis asōmatous phaskontes autous tēn anaphoran tēs theologias autōn poieisthai? katholou men oun tauta aitiateon.
If, then, by your own admission it was the way of the Egyptians to refer nothing to incorporeal and living beings, but to transfer all the myths about the gods to the natural parts of the world, why do you, inventing from the beginning, ascribe to the Egyptians what in no way belongs to them, saying that they refer their theology to incorporeal powers? This, then, is the general charge.
3.13.10Dindorf 1:143–144
Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος δὲ ἡγοῦμαι τὸν ἔλεγχον τῆς κατηναγκασμένης ἀποδόσεως αὐτῶν οὐ μακρᾶς ἀνασκευῆς δεῖσθαι. ἵνα γὰρ τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν παρελθών τις λῆρον καὶ τὴν πολλὴν αὐτῶν καὶ ἀδόλεσχον φλυαρίαν ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν σοφῶν Ἑλλήνων μετέλθοι φυσιολογίας, τίς οὐκ ἂν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων αὐτόθεν καταμέμψαιτο τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα παρεξηγεῖσθαι πειρωμένοις;
Kai epi tōn kata meros de hēgoumai ton elenchon tēs katēnankasmenēs apodoseōs autōn ou makras anaskeuēs deisthai. hina gar ton Aigyptiakon parelthōn tis lēron kai tēn pollēn autōn kai adoleschon phlyarian epi tas tōn sophōn Hellēnōn metelthoi physiologias, tis ouk an tōn eu phronountōn autothen katamempsaito tois ta toiauta parexēgeisthai peirōmenois?
In the particulars too, I think, the refutation of their forced interpretation needs no long rebuttal. For if one passes over the Egyptian nonsense and their great and garrulous trifling and turns to the natural philosophy of the wise Greeks, who among the sensible would not at once find fault with those who try to give such false explanations?
3.13.11Dindorf 1:144
ἔστω γὰρ ὁ Ζεὺς μηκέθʼ ἡ πυρώδης καὶ αἰθέριος οὐσία, ὥσπερ οὖν τοῖς παλαιοῖς ἐνομίζετο κατὰ τὸν Πλούταρχον, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ὁ ἀνωτάτω νοῦς, ὁ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸς, ὁ τὰ πάντα ζωογονῶν· πῶς οὖν ἔσται τούτου πατὴρ μὲν ὁ Κρόνος, ὅν φασιν εἶναι τὸν χρόνον, Ῥέα δὲ μήτηρ, ἣν ὁ ἑρμηνεὺς ἔφησεν εἶναι τὴν πετρώδη καὶ ὄρειον δύναμιν; τὴν γὰρ Ἥραν οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως τὸν ἀέρα τὸν καὶ αἰθέρα προσειπὼν ἀδελφὴν ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναῖκά φησιν εἶναι τοῦ κοσμοποιοῦ καὶ ζωοποιοῦ πάντων νοῦ.
estō gar ho Zeus mēkethʼ hē pyrōdēs kai aitherios ousia, hōsper oun tois palaiois enomizeto kata ton Ploutarchon, allʼ autos ho anōtatō nous, ho tōn holōn dēmiourgos, ho ta panta zōogonōn; pōs oun estai toutou patēr men ho Kronos, hon phasin einai ton chronon, Rhea de mētēr, hēn ho hermēneus ephēsen einai tēn petrōdē kai oreion dynamin? tēn gar Hēran ouk oidʼ hopōs ton aera ton kai aithera proseipōn adelphēn homou kai gynaika phēsin einai tou kosmopoiou kai zōopoiou pantōn nou.
For let Zeus no longer be the fiery and ethereal substance, as the ancients thought according to Plutarch, but the supreme mind itself, the creator of the universe, who gives life to all things. How then will Cronus, who they say is time, be his father, and Rhea his mother, whom the interpreter said is the rocky and mountainous power? And Hera, whom, I know not how, he called the air and also the ether, he says is the sister and also the wife of the mind that made the world and gives life to all.
3.13.12Dindorf 1:144
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Λητὼ πάλιν λήθω τις καλείσθω, διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον, ὥς φασιν, ἀναισθησίαν, καὶ ὅτι λήθη ξυνομαρτεῖ ταῖς ὑπὸ σελήνην γενομέναις ψυχαῖς. πῶς ἂν οὖν ἡ λήθη γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης μήτηρ, Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Ἀρτέμιδος τῶν Λητοῦς παίδων εἰς ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην μετενηνεγμένων;
alla kai hē Lētō palin lēthō tis kaleisthō, dia tēn kata ton hypnon, hōs phasin, anaisthēsian, kai hoti lēthē xynomartei tais hypo selēnēn genomenais psychais. pōs an oun hē lēthē genoitʼ an hēliou kai selēnēs mētēr, Apollōnos kai Artemidos tōn Lētous paidōn eis hēlion kai selēnēn metenēnegmenōn?
And let Leto again be called a kind of forgetfulness (letho), because of the insensibility of sleep, as they say, and because forgetfulness accompanies souls born beneath the moon. How then could forgetfulness be the mother of the sun and moon, if Apollo and Artemis, the children of Leto, are transferred to the sun and moon?
3.13.13Dindorf 1:144
τί δὲ χρὴ σέβειν ὡς θεὸν τὴν Ῥέαν ἢ τὴν Δήμητρα, εἰ ἡ μὲν τῆς πετρώδους καὶ ὀρείου γῆς, ἡ δὲ τῆς πεδιάδος τὰ σύμβολα φέρειν ἐλέγετο; τὴν δὲ Κόρην τὸν κόρον ἀλληγοροῦντες τίνι λόγῳ καὶ ταύτην οἴονται δεῖν τῇ σεβασμίῳ προσηγορίᾳ τιμᾶν;
ti de chrē sebein hōs theon tēn Rhean ē tēn Dēmētra, ei hē men tēs petrōdous kai oreiou gēs, hē de tēs pediados ta symbola pherein elegeto? tēn de Korēn ton koron allēgorountes tini logǭ kai tautēn oiontai dein tę̄ sebasmiǭ prosēgorią timan?
Why should Rhea or Demeter be worshipped as a goddess, if the one was said to bear the symbols of rocky and mountainous earth and the other of the plain? And Kore, whom they allegorize as the sprout, on what principle do they think she too should be honored with the reverend name?
3.13.14Dindorf 1:144
τί δὲ μᾶλλον τὴν σπερματοῦχον δύναμιν, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀκροδρύων γένεσιν, ἢ τῶν κατὰ τὸ ἔαρ προφαινομένων ἀνθέων καὶ πρὶν τελεσιγονῆσαι διαρρεόντων, ἢ τῆς τῶν τελείων καρπῶν ἐκτομῆς τὰ σύμβολα, Διόνυσον καὶ Ἄττιν καὶ Ἄδωνιν ἐπονομάζοντας, ὡς θεοὺς χρῆναι σέβειν, οὐχὶ δὲ τούτων ἁπάντων τὸ ἀνθρώπειον γένος προτιμᾶν, ᾧ ταῦτα πρὸς χρῆσιν καὶ τροφὴν ὁ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸς θεὸς ὑπεστήσατο;
ti de mallon tēn spermatouchon dynamin, kai tēn tōn akrodryōn genesin, ē tōn kata to ear prophainomenōn antheōn kai prin telesigonēsai diarreontōn, ē tēs tōn teleiōn karpōn ektomēs ta symbola, Dionyson kai Attin kai Adōnin eponomazontas, hōs theous chrēnai sebein, ouchi de toutōn hapantōn to anthrōpeion genos protiman, hǭ tauta pros chrēsin kai trophēn ho tōn holōn dēmiourgos theos hypestēsato?
Why should one worship as gods the seed-bearing power and the generation of tree fruits, or the symbols of the spring flowers that fall before bearing seed, or of the cutting of ripe fruits, naming them Dionysus, Attis, and Adonis, and not rather prefer to all these the human race, for whose use and food the God who created the universe made them?
3.13.15Dindorf 1:144–145
Μεταβὰς δὲ ἐκ τούτων καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κατὰ τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τῆς γενναίας ἀπελέγξεις φυσιολογίας, εὐλόγως τῆς ἀναισχυντίας ἐπιμεμψάμενος τοῖς, φέρε, τὸν ἥλιον αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν Ἀπόλλω, καὶ πάλιν τὸν Ἡρακλέα, καὶ αὖθις τὸν Διόνυσον, καὶ τὸν Ἀσκληπιὸν ὁμοίως ἀποφαινομένοις.
Metabas de ek toutōn kai ta loipa kata ton homoion tropon tēs gennaias apelenxeis physiologias, eulogōs tēs anaischyntias epimempsamenos tois, phere, ton hēlion auton einai ton Apollō, kai palin ton Hēraklea, kai authis ton Dionyson, kai ton Asklēpion homoiōs apophainomenois.
Passing on from these, you will refute the rest of the noble natural philosophy in the same way, rightly blaming the shamelessness of those who declare that the sun, if you please, is Apollo, and again Heracles, and again Dionysus, and likewise Asclepius.
3.13.16Dindorf 1:145
πῶς γὰρ ὁ αὐτὸς πατὴρ ἂν γένοιτο καὶ υἱὸς, Ἀσκληπιὸς ὁμοῦ καὶ Ἀπόλλων; πῶς δʼ ἂν πάλιν εἰς Ἡρακλέα μετενεχθείη, εἰ δὴ ἐκ θνητῆς γυναικὸς τῆς Ἀλκμήνης ὁ Ἡρακλῆς αὐτοῖς ὡμολόγηται; πῶς δʼ ἂν ἐμμανὴς γένοιτο καὶ σφάξειε τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ παῖδας ὁ ἥλιος, ὅτι δὴ καὶ ταῦτα προσαναγέγραπται τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ;
pōs gar ho autos patēr an genoito kai huios, Asklēpios homou kai Apollōn? pōs dʼ an palin eis Hēraklea metenechtheiē, ei dē ek thnētēs gynaikos tēs Alkmēnēs ho Hēraklēs autois hōmologētai? pōs dʼ an emmanēs genoito kai sphaxeie tous heautou paidas ho hēlios, hoti dē kai tauta prosanagegraptai tǭ Hēraklei?
For how could the same be both father and son, Asclepius and Apollo together? And how could he be transferred to Heracles, if they admit that Heracles was born of a mortal woman, Alcmene? And how could the sun go mad and slaughter his own children, since this too is recorded of Heracles?
3.13.17Dindorf 1:145
ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἄθλους ἐπιτελοῦντα τοὺς δώδεκα τὸν Ἡρακλέα τῆς κατʼ οὐρανὸν διαιρέσεως τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ κύκλου, ὅν φασι τὸν ἥλιον περιπολεῖν, τὸ σύμβολον φέρειν. τίς οὖν ἔτι γένοιτʼ ἂν Εὐρυσθεὺς ὁ τῷ ἡλίῳ, ὥσπερ οὖν τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ, τοὺς ἄθλους ἐκτελεῖν ἐπιτάττων; πῶς δʼ ἂν ἐπὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἀναχθεῖεν αἱ πεντήκοντα Θεστίου θυγατέρες καὶ τὸ τῶν λοιπῶν αἰχμαλωτίδων πλῆθος, αἷς τὸν Ἡρακλέα λόγος ἔχει μιγῆναι, ἐξ ὧν καὶ θνητοὶ παῖδες αὐτῷ γενόμενοι ἐπὶ μήκιστον τὴν τῶν γενῶν παρέτειναν διαδοχήν; τίς δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ Κένταυρος, οὗ τῷ αἵματι τὸν χιτῶνα μολύνασα ἡ Δηιάνειρα τὸν ἥλιον, ὥσπερ οὖν τὸν Ἡρακλέα, τῇ δεδηλωμένῃ περιβάλοι ἂν συμφορᾷ;
alla tous athlous epitelounta tous dōdeka ton Hēraklea tēs katʼ ouranon diaireseōs tou zōdiakou kyklou, hon phasi ton hēlion peripolein, to symbolon pherein. tis oun eti genoitʼ an Eurystheus ho tǭ hēliǭ, hōsper oun tǭ Hēraklei, tous athlous ektelein epitattōn? pōs dʼ an epi ton hēlion anachtheien hai pentēkonta Thestiou thygateres kai to tōn loipōn aichmalōtidōn plēthos, hais ton Hēraklea logos echei migēnai, ex hōn kai thnētoi paides autǭ genomenoi epi mēkiston tēn tōn genōn pareteinan diadochēn? tis dʼ an eiē ho Kentauros, hou tǭ haimati ton chitōna molynasa hē Dēianeira ton hēlion, hōsper oun ton Hēraklea, tę̄ dedēlōmenę̄ peribaloi an symphorą?
But Heracles performing the twelve labors, they say, bears the symbol of the division in heaven of the zodiac, around which the sun travels. Who, then, would be the Eurystheus who ordered the sun, as he did Heracles, to perform the labors? And how could the fifty daughters of Thestius and the crowd of the other captive women be referred to the sun, with whom the story says Heracles had intercourse, and from whom mortal children were born to him who extended the succession of their families very far? And who would be the Centaur, with whose blood Deianeira stained the tunic and could involve the sun, as Heracles, in the calamity described?
3.13.18Dindorf 1:145–146
ἀλλὰ γὰρ μηκέτʼ ἔστω ὁ ἥλιος αὐτοῖς Ἡρακλῆς, ἔστω δʼ ὁ Διόνυσος· καὶ τί ταῦτα πρὸς τὸν Διόνυσον; φαίη τις ἂν εἰκότως. τίς γὰρ ἡ τοῦτον γεννήσασα, εἴτε Σεμέλη τις λέγοιτο εἴτε Περσεφόνη; πῶς δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ Διόνυσος ὁμοῦ καὶ ἥλιος καὶ ἡ κατὰ τοὺς ὑγροὺς καρποὺς καὶ τὰ ἀκρόδρυα βλαστῶσα δύναμις; τί δʼ ἂν γένοιτο τῶν συστρατευσαμένων αὐτῷ γυναικῶν τὸ πλῆθος; τίς δὲ καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἡλίου, ὥσπερ οὑν ἡ τοῦ Διονύσου, Ἀριάδνη; τί δὲ μᾶλλον οἴνου, οὐχὶ δὲ σίτου καὶ ὀσπρίων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς ἁπάντων καρπῶν γένοιτʼ ἂν χορηγὸς ὁ Διόνυσος ἐπὶ τὸν ἥλιον μεταγόμενος;
alla gar mēketʼ estō ho hēlios autois Hēraklēs, estō dʼ ho Dionysos; kai ti tauta pros ton Dionyson? phaiē tis an eikotōs. tis gar hē touton gennēsasa, eite Semelē tis legoito eite Persephonē? pōs dʼ an eiē ho Dionysos homou kai hēlios kai hē kata tous hygrous karpous kai ta akrodrya blastōsa dynamis? ti dʼ an genoito tōn systrateusamenōn autǭ gynaikōn to plēthos? tis de kai hē tou hēliou, hōsper houn hē tou Dionysou, Ariadnē? ti de mallon oinou, ouchi de sitou kai ospriōn kai tōn apo gēs hapantōn karpōn genoitʼ an chorēgos ho Dionysos epi ton hēlion metagomenos?
But let the sun be for them no longer Heracles, but Dionysus. 'And what has this to do with Dionysus?' one might well say. For who was his mother, whether she is called Semele or Persephone? How could Dionysus be at once the sun and the power that makes moist fruits and tree fruits sprout? What would become of the crowd of women who campaigned with him? Who would be the sun's Ariadne, as she was Dionysus'? And why would Dionysus, transferred to the sun, be the provider of wine rather than of grain and pulse and all the fruits of the earth?
3.13.19Dindorf 1:146
εἰ δὲ καὶ Ἀσκληπιὸς αὐτοῖς πάλιν εἴη ὁ ἥλιος, πῶς οὗτος ὑπὸ τοῦ Δῖός κεραυνοῦται ῥυπαρὰς ἕνεκεν αἰσχροκερδείας, κατὰ τὸν Βοιώτιον μελοποιὸν Πίνδαρον ὧδέ πως λέγοντα Ἔτραπεν κἀκεῖνον ἀγάνορι μισθῷ χρυσὸς ἐν χερσὶν φανεὶς,... χερσὶ δʼ ἄρα Κρονίων ῥίψαις διʼ ἀμφοῖν ἀμπνοὰν στέρνων κάθελεν ὠκέως, αἴθων δὲ κεραυνὸς ἐνέσκηψεν μόρον.
ei de kai Asklēpios autois palin eiē ho hēlios, pōs houtos hypo tou Dios keraunoutai rhyparas heneken aischrokerdeias, kata ton Boiōtion melopoion Pindaron hōde pōs legonta Etrapen kakeinon aganori misthǭ chrysos en chersin phaneis,... chersi dʼ ara Kroniōn rhipsais diʼ amphoin ampnoan sternōn kathelen ōkeōs, aithōn de keraunos eneskēpsen moron.
And if Asclepius again is the sun for them, how is he struck by Zeus with a thunderbolt for sordid love of gain, according to the Boeotian lyric poet Pindar, who says: 'Even he was turned aside by a lordly fee, gold shown in his hand ... and the son of Cronus, hurling with his hands through both, swiftly took the breath from their breasts, and the blazing thunderbolt struck down death.'
3.13.20Dindorf 1:146
τίνες δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐξ ἡλίου Ἀσκληπιάδαι, εἰς μακρὸν τοῦ βίου διαφυλαχθέντες καὶ θνητῶν ἀνδρῶν γένεσιν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις παραπλησίαν ὑποστησάμενοι; πλὴν ἀλλὰ πάλιν αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ διὰ μηχανῆς, τὰς αἰσχρὰς καὶ μυθικὰς περὶ θεῶν διηγήσεις ἀποφεύγουσιν, εἰς ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη ἀνατρέχοι ἂν ὁ λόγος.
tines de kai hoi ex hēliou Asklēpiadai, eis makron tou biou diaphylachthentes kai thnētōn andrōn genesin pasin anthrōpois paraplēsian hypostēsamenoi? plēn alla palin autois, hōsper dia mēchanēs, tas aischras kai mythikas peri theōn diēgēseis apopheugousin, eis hēlion kai selēnēn kai ta loipa tou kosmou merē anatrechoi an ho logos.
And who are the Asclepiads descended from the sun, preserved for a long time and producing a birth of mortal men like all other men? But again, as if by stage machinery, as they flee the shameful and mythical stories about the gods, the account would run back for them to the sun, moon, and other parts of the world.
3.13.21Dindorf 1:146–147
εἴ γε πῦρ μὲν ἦν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἥφαιστος καὶ ἡ θερμὴ δύναμις, Ποσειδῶν δὲ ἡ ὑγρὰ οὐσία, Ἥρα δὲ ὁ ἀὴρ, καὶ γῆ πάλιν, ἡ μὲν ὄρειος καὶ πετρώδης Ῥέα, ἡ δὲ πεδινὴ καὶ γόνιμος Δημήτηρ, καὶ Κόρη δὲ ἡ σπερματοῦχος, καὶ Διόνυσος ἡ φυτευτικὴ τῶν ἀκροδρύων δύναμις. καὶ ἥλιος Ἀπόλλων σὺν τοῖς κατειλεγμένοις, σελήνη δὲ ποτὲ μὲν Ἄρτεμις, ποτὲ δὲ Ἀθηνᾶ, καὶ πάλιν Ἑκάτη καὶ Εἰλήθυια, οὐκοῦν πάλιν τὴν κτίσιν παρὰ τὸν κτίστην, καὶ τὴν δημιουργίαν τοῦ παντὸς, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸν δημιουργὸν θεολογοῦντες ἀπελέγχονται, λίαν ἐπισφαλῶς καὶ ἐπικινδύνως καὶ ἐπὶ κακῷ τῆς ἰδίας αὐτῶν κεφαλῆς.
ei ge pyr men ēn autois ho Hēphaistos kai hē thermē dynamis, Poseidōn de hē hygra ousia, Hēra de ho aēr, kai gē palin, hē men oreios kai petrōdēs Rhea, hē de pedinē kai gonimos Dēmētēr, kai Korē de hē spermatouchos, kai Dionysos hē phyteutikē tōn akrodryōn dynamis. kai hēlios Apollōn syn tois kateilegmenois, selēnē de pote men Artemis, pote de Athēna, kai palin Hekatē kai Eilēthuia, oukoun palin tēn ktisin para ton ktistēn, kai tēn dēmiourgian tou pantos, allʼ ou ton dēmiourgon theologountes apelenchontai, lian episphalōs kai epikindynōs kai epi kakǭ tēs idias autōn kephalēs.
If Hephaestus for them was fire and the hot power, Poseidon the moist substance, Hera the air; and the earth again, the mountainous and rocky part Rhea, the plain and fruitful part Demeter; Kore the seed-bearing power and Dionysus the power that plants tree fruits; the sun Apollo with those listed, and the moon now Artemis, now Athena, and again Hecate and Eileithyia, then they are again convicted of proclaiming as gods the creation instead of the Creator, and the work of the universe but not its creator, very dangerously and perilously, and to the ruin of their own heads.
3.13.22Dindorf 1:147
εἰ δὲ μὴ τὰ ὁρώμενα σώματα ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων μηδέ γε τὰ αἰσθητὰ μέρη τοῦ κόσμου φήσουσι θεοποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἐν τούτοις ἀοράτους δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ δὴ τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν, (ἕνα γὰρ ὄντα θεὸν παντοίαις δυνάμεσι τὰ πάντα πληροῦν, καὶ διὰ πάντων διήκειν, καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐπιστατεῖν, ἀσωμάτως δὲ καὶ ἀφανῶς ἐν πᾶσιν ὄντα, καὶ διὰ πάντων διήκοντα, καὶ τοῦτον εἰκότως διὰ τῶν δεδηλωμένων σέβειν φασὶ) τί δῆτα τοιγαροῦν οὐχὶ τὰς αἰσχρὰς καὶ ἀπρεπεῖς περὶ θεῶν μυθολογίας ὡς ἂν ἀθέσμους καὶ ἀσεβεῖς παραιτησάμενοι, καὶ αὐτάς γε τὰς περὶ τούτων βίβλους, ὡς δυσσεβῆ καὶ ἀκόλαστα περιεχούσας, ἀφανεῖς ποιήσαντες, τὸν ἕνα καὶ μόνον καὶ ἀόρατον θεὸν γυμνῶς καὶ καθαρῶς καὶ ἄνευ τινὸς αἰσχρᾶς περιπλοκῆς ἀνυμνοῦσι;
ei de mē ta horōmena sōmata hēliou kai selēnēs kai astrōn mēde ge ta aisthēta merē tou kosmou phēsousi theopoiein, alla tas en toutois aoratous dynameis autou dē tou epi pasin, (hena gar onta theon pantoiais dynamesi ta panta plēroun, kai dia pantōn diēkein, kai tois pasin epistatein, asōmatōs de kai aphanōs en pasin onta, kai dia pantōn diēkonta, kai touton eikotōs dia tōn dedēlōmenōn sebein phasi) ti dēta toigaroun ouchi tas aischras kai aprepeis peri theōn mythologias hōs an athesmous kai asebeis paraitēsamenoi, kai autas ge tas peri toutōn biblous, hōs dyssebē kai akolasta periechousas, aphaneis poiēsantes, ton hena kai monon kai aoraton theon gymnōs kai katharōs kai aneu tinos aischras periplokēs anymnousi?
But if they say they do not deify the visible bodies of the sun, moon, and stars, nor the perceptible parts of the world, but the invisible powers in them of the God over all himself (for, being one God, he fills all things with all kinds of powers, pervades all, and presides over all, being in all incorporeally and invisibly and pervading all, and him, they say, they rightly worship through the things described), why then do they not reject as lawless and impious the shameful and unseemly myths about the gods, and do away with the very books about them as containing impious and licentious things, and hymn the one and only and invisible God plainly and purely, without any shameful entanglement?
3.13.23Dindorf 1:147
τοῦτο γὰρ δέον ἦν ποιεῖν τοῖς τἀληθὲς ἐπεγνωκόσι, μηδὲ κατάγειν καὶ καταβάλλειν εἰς αἰσχρὰς καὶ ἐμπαθεῖς ἀρρητολογίας τὴν σεβάσμιον τοῦ θεοῦ πρόσρησιν· ἀλλὰ μηδʼ ἐν οἰκίσκοις καὶ σκότου μυχοῖς ἀνδρῶν τε οἰκοδομαῖς σφὰς αὐτοὺς ἐναποκλείειν, ὡς ἔνδον εὑρήσοντας τὸν θεὸν, μηδʼ ἐν ξοάνοις ἐξ ἀψύχου πεποιημένοις ὕλης τὰς θείας τιμᾶν οἴεσθαι δυνάμεις, μηδὲ μὴν γεώδεσιν ἀτμοῖς αἱμάτων καὶ λύθρου καὶ νεκρῶν ζῴων αἵμασι κεχαρισμένα τῷ θεῷ πράττειν νομίζειν.
touto gar deon ēn poiein tois talēthes epegnōkosi, mēde katagein kai kataballein eis aischras kai empatheis arrētologias tēn sebasmion tou theou prosrēsin; alla mēdʼ en oikiskois kai skotou mychois andrōn te oikodomais sphas autous enapokleiein, hōs endon heurēsontas ton theon, mēdʼ en xoanois ex apsychou pepoiēmenois hylēs tas theias timan oiesthai dynameis, mēde mēn geōdesin atmois haimatōn kai lythrou kai nekrōn zǭōn haimasi kecharismena tǭ theǭ prattein nomizein.
For this is what those who have recognized the truth ought to have done: not to drag down and degrade the reverend name of God to shameful and passionate unspeakable tales; nor to shut themselves up in little houses and recesses of darkness and buildings made by men, as if they would find God inside; nor to think they honor the divine powers in images made of lifeless matter; nor to suppose that they please God with earthly fumes of blood and gore and the blood of dead animals.
3.13.24Dindorf 1:147–148
τούτων δὲ ἁπάντων, ὡς ἂν πλάνης δεσμῶν ἀπολυθέντας, χρῆν δήπου τοὺς σοφοὺς καὶ μετεωρολέσχας πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας ἀφθόνως κοινωνεῖν, μονονουχὶ γυμνῶς προκηρύττοντας ἅπασι μὴ τὰ φαινόμενα, τὸν δʼ ἀφανῆ δημιουργὸν τῶν φαινομένων μόνον ἀποθαυμάζειν, καὶ τὰς ἀοράτους αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις ἀοράτως καὶ ἀσωμάτως θρησκεύειν, οὐ πῦρ ἅψαντας, οὐδέ γε κριὸν καὶ ταῦρον θυσαμένους, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ στεφάνοις καὶ ξοάνοις καὶ ναῶν οἰκοδομαῖς τὸ θεῖον τιμᾶν οἰομένους, λογισμοῖς δὲ κεκαθαρμένοις καὶ δόγμασιν ὀρθοῖς καὶ ἀληθέσι τοῦτο πράττοντας, ἐν ἀπαθείᾳ ψυχῆς καὶ τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς ὁμοιώσει.
toutōn de hapantōn, hōs an planēs desmōn apolythentas, chrēn dēpou tous sophous kai meteōroleschas pasin anthrōpois tēs physikēs theōrias aphthonōs koinōnein, mononouchi gymnōs prokēryttontas hapasi mē ta phainomena, ton dʼ aphanē dēmiourgon tōn phainomenōn monon apothaumazein, kai tas aoratous autou kai asōmatous dynameis aoratōs kai asōmatōs thrēskeuein, ou pyr hapsantas, oude ge krion kai tauron thysamenous, allʼ oude stephanois kai xoanois kai naōn oikodomais to theion timan oiomenous, logismois de kekatharmenois kai dogmasin orthois kai alēthesi touto prattontas, en apatheią psychēs kai tę̄ pros auton kata to dynaton tēs aretēs homoiōsei.
Released from all these as from bonds of error, the wise and the star-gazers ought surely to have shared their natural theory freely with all men, all but proclaiming openly to all that they should admire not the visible things but only the invisible creator of the visible, and worship his invisible and incorporeal powers invisibly and incorporeally; not lighting fires, nor sacrificing ram and bull, nor thinking to honor the divine with garlands, images, and buildings of temples, but doing this with purified reasonings and right and true doctrines, in tranquility of soul and in likeness to him, as far as possible, through virtue.
3.13.25Dindorf 1:148
ἀλλʼ οὐδείς γε πώποτε, οὐ βάρβαρος, οὐχ Ἕλλην, πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ταύτης κατῆρξε τῆς ἀληθείας ἢ μόνος ὁ ἡμέτερος σωτήρ· ὃς δὴ τῆς παλαιᾶς πλάνης πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀποφυγὴν προκηρύξας τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀφθόνως εὕρετο τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀληθῆ καὶ μόνον τῶν ὅλων θεὸν ἐπιστροφήν τε καὶ εὐσέβειαν· οἱ δὲ τηνάλλως σοφοὶ τοῦ βίου τὴν ἀνωτάτω φιλοσοφίαν αὐχήσαντες, ᾗ φησιν ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος ‘‘γνόντες θεὸν οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν, ἢ εὐχαρίστησαν, ἀλλʼ ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία. φήσαντες γοῦν εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν, καὶ ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα, ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ”
allʼ oudeis ge pōpote, ou barbaros, ouch Hellēn, pasin anthrōpois tautēs katērxe tēs alētheias ē monos ho hēmeteros sōtēr; hos dē tēs palaias planēs pasi tois ethnesin apophygēn prokēryxas tois pasin aphthonōs heureto tēn pros ton alēthē kai monon tōn holōn theon epistrophēn te kai eusebeian; hoi de tēnallōs sophoi tou biou tēn anōtatō philosophian auchēsantes, hę̄ phēsin ho theios apostolos ‘‘gnontes theon ouch hōs theon edoxasan, ē eucharistēsan, allʼ emataiōthēsan en tois dialogismois autōn, kai eskotisthē hē asynetos autōn kardia. phēsantes goun einai sophoi emōranthēsan, kai esebasthēsan kai elatreusan tę̄ ktisei para ton ktisanta, hos estin eulogētos eis tous aiōnas. ”
But no one ever, neither barbarian nor Greek, began to teach this truth to all men except our Savior alone. He proclaimed to all the nations escape from the ancient error, and freely found for all the turning to the true and only God of the universe and piety toward him. But those vainly wise, who boasted of the highest philosophy of life, as the divine apostle says, "knowing God, did not glorify him as God or give thanks, but became futile in their reasonings, and their senseless heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools, and worshipped and served the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed forever."
Preparation 3, chapter 14
3.14.1Dindorf 1:148
Μετὰ γοῦν τὴν μακρὰν καὶ πολλὴν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ μετὰ τὰς σεμνὰς μετεωρολογίας καὶ φυσιολογίας, ἄνωθέν ποθεν ὡς ἀφʼ ὑψηλοτάτης ἀκρωρείας καταπίπτοντες σὺν τοῖς πλήθεσι κατεσύροντο καὶ τῇ τῶν παλαιῶν πολυθέῳ πλάνῃ συνεφύροντο, τὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ὅμοια, διὰ τοῦ θύειν καὶ τοῖς ξοάνοις προσπίπτειν, δοξάζειν ὑποκρινόμενοι, αὔξοντές τε καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον κρατύνοντες τὴν δημώδη τῶν μυθικῶν διηγημάτων περὶ θεῶν ὑπόληψιν.
Meta goun tēn makran kai pollēn philosophian kai meta tas semnas meteōrologias kai physiologias, anōthen pothen hōs aphʼ hypsēlotatēs akrōreias katapiptontes syn tois plēthesi katesyronto kai tę̄ tōn palaiōn polytheǭ planę̄ synephyronto, ta tois pollois homoia, dia tou thyein kai tois xoanois prospiptein, doxazein hypokrinomenoi, auxontes te kai eti mallon kratynontes tēn dēmōdē tōn mythikōn diēgēmatōn peri theōn hypolēpsin.
So after their long and copious philosophy and their solemn talk about the heavens and nature, falling as it were from a very lofty mountain-top, they were swept down with the multitude and mingled with the polytheistic error of the ancients, pretending to hold the same opinions as the many by sacrificing and falling down before images, and increasing and strengthening still more the popular belief in the mythical stories about the gods.
3.14.2Dindorf 1:148–149
πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἂν εἶεν τοῖς πᾶσι πρόδηλοι σεμνολογούμενοι μὲν ταῖς φυσιολογίαις, καὶ μέχρι λόγων τὰ αἰσχρὰ καλλωπίζοντες τῇ παρατροπῇ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἔργοις δʼ αὐτοῖς τὴν μυθικὴν συνιστῶντες πλάνην καὶ τὴν πάνδημον δεισιδαιμονίαν; καὶ οὐδέπω τοῦτο θαυμαστὸν, ὅτε καὶ αὐτοὺς ἀναγράφουσι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν θεοὺς ταῖς περὶ αὐτῶν συμφερομένους μυθολογίαις.
pōs oun ouk an eien tois pasi prodēloi semnologoumenoi men tais physiologiais, kai mechri logōn ta aischra kallōpizontes tę̄ paratropę̄ tēs alētheias, ergois dʼ autois tēn mythikēn synistōntes planēn kai tēn pandēmon deisidaimonian? kai oudepō touto thaumaston, hote kai autous anagraphousi tous heautōn theous tais peri autōn sympheromenous mythologiais.
How, then, would they not be plain to all, speaking solemnly in their natural philosophy and dressing up shameful things in words by turning the truth aside, but in their deeds supporting the mythical error and the popular superstition? And this is not yet surprising, since they record their gods themselves as agreeing with the myths about them.
3.14.3Dindorf 1:149
ἄκουε γοῦν ὅπως ὁ Ἀπόλλων αὐτὸς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ διδάσκει ὕμνον, ὃν εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐξέδωκεν, ὁμολογῶν ἐν Δήλῳ τῇ νήσῳ ὑπὸ Λητοῦς γεγεννῆσθαι, καὶ πάλιν ὁ Ἀσκληπιὸς ἐν Τρίκκῃ, ὡς καὶ Ἑρμῆς τετέχθαι ὁμολογῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Μαίας.
akoue goun hopōs ho Apollōn autos peri heautou didaskei hymnon, hon eis heauton exedōken, homologōn en Dēlǭ tę̄ nēsǭ hypo Lētous gegennēsthai, kai palin ho Asklēpios en Trikkę̄, hōs kai Hermēs tetechthai homologōn apo tēs Maias.
Listen, then, how Apollo himself teaches about himself in a hymn he gave out concerning himself, confessing that he was born of Leto on the island of Delos; and again Asclepius at Tricca; and Hermes too confessing that he was born of Maia.
3.14.4Dindorf 1:149
γράφει δὲ ὁ Πορφύριος καὶ ταῦτα ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας, ἔνθα καὶ τῶν χρησμῶν ἐμνημόνευσεν ὧδέ πως ἐχόντων “ὦ μέγα πᾶσιν χάρμα βροτοῖσιν, ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν ματέρος ἁγνᾶς προθορὼν τοκετῶν.
graphei de ho Porphyrios kai tauta en hois epegrapse Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias, entha kai tōn chrēsmōn emnēmoneusen hōde pōs echontōn “ō mega pasin charma brotoisin, apo tōn hierōn materos hagnas prothorōn toketōn.
Porphyry writes this too in the work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles, where he records the oracles, which run somewhat as follows: "O great joy to all mortals, leaping forth from the holy birth-pangs of a pure mother."
3.14.5Dindorf 1:149
οἷς ἐπιλέγει ἀλλʼ ὅτε Λατὼ ὠδὶς ἱερὰ λάζυτο πᾶσαν, ὀροθυνομένων διδύμων τοκετῶν ἔνδοθι σηκῶν, ἵστατο μὲν γαῖʼ, ἵστατο δʼ ἀὴρ, πάγνυτο νᾶσος, πάγνυτο κῦμα· ἀνὰ δʼ ἐξέθορες, μάντι Λυκωρεῦ, τοξότα Φοῖβε, καὶ χρησμολάλων βασιλεῦ τριπόδων.
hois epilegei allʼ hote Latō ōdis hiera lazyto pasan, orothynomenōn didymōn toketōn endothi sēkōn, histato men gaiʼ, histato dʼ aēr, pagnyto nasos, pagnyto kyma; ana dʼ exethores, manti Lykōreu, toxota Phoibe, kai chrēsmolalōn basileu tripodōn.
To which he adds: "But when holy travail seized Leto wholly, as the twin births were stirring within the shrines, the earth stood still, the air stood still, the island grew firm, the wave grew firm; and you leapt forth, prophet Lycoreus, archer Phoebus, king of the oracle-speaking tripods."
3.14.6Dindorf 1:149
καὶ ὁ Ἀσκληπιὸς πάλιν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ Τρίκκης ἐξ ἱερῆς ἥκω θεὸς, ὅν ποτε μήτηρ Φοίβῳ ὑπευνηθεῖσα κυεῖ σοφίης βασιλῆα, ἴδριν ἰητορίης Ἀσκληπιόν· ἀλλὰ τί πεύθῃ;
kai ho Asklēpios palin peri heautou Trikkēs ex hierēs hēkō theos, hon pote mētēr Phoibǭ hypeunētheisa kyei sophiēs basilēa, idrin iētoriēs Asklēpion; alla ti peuthę̄?
And Asclepius again about himself: "From holy Tricca I come, a god, whom once my mother, bedded with Phoebus, bore as king of wisdom, Asclepius, skilled in healing. But what do you ask?"
3.14.7Dindorf 1:149
ὁ δʼ Ἑρμῆς φησιν ὧδʼ ἐγὼ, ὃν καλέεις, Ζηνὸς καὶ Μαιάδος υἱὸς, Ἑρμείης προβέβηκα, λιπὼν ἀστραῖον ἄνακτα.
ho dʼ Hermēs phēsin hōdʼ egō, hon kaleeis, Zēnos kai Maiados huios, Hermeiēs probebēka, lipōn astraion anakta.
And Hermes says: "Here I am, whom you call, son of Zeus and Maia, Hermes; I have come forth, leaving the starry king."
3.14.8Dindorf 1:149–150
καὶ τὸ εἶδος δὲ ἑαυτῶν ὑπογράφουσι τοῦ σχήματος, ὥσπερ ὁ Πὰν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν χρησμοῖς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ τάδε λέγει διδάσκων Εὔχομαι βροτὸς γεγὼς Πανὶ συμφύτῳ θεῶ, δισσοκέρατι, δισσόποδι, τραγοσκελεῖ, τρυφῶντι.''
kai to eidos de heautōn hypographousi tou schēmatos, hōsper ho Pan kai autos en chrēsmois peri heautou tade legei didaskōn Euchomai brotos gegōs Pani symphytǭ theō, dissokerati, dissopodi, tragoskelei, tryphōnti.''
And they even describe their own bodily form, as Pan himself says in oracles about himself, teaching this: "I, born a mortal, pray to Pan, the god akin to me, two-horned, two-footed, goat-legged, wanton."
3.14.9Dindorf 1:150
ταῦτα ἐν ἀπορρήτοις τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας ὁ δηλωθεὶς ἀνὴρ τέθειται. οὐκέτʼ ἄρα ὁ Πὰν σύμβολον ἦν τοῦ παντὸς, δαίμων δʼ ἂν εἴη τις τοιοῦτος οἷος καὶ ὑπογέγραπται ὁ καὶ τὸν χρησμὸν ἐκδούς· οὐ γὰρ δὴ τὸ πᾶν καὶ ὁ σύμπας κόσμος ἔχρησε τὰ προκείμενα. τούτου τοιγαροῦν τοῦ δαίμονος, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοῦ παντὸς τὴν εἰκόνα ἐκτυπώσαντες ἄνδρες τὸ προγεγραμμένον ἐμιμήσαντο σχῆμα.
tauta en aporrētois tēs ek logiōn philosophias ho dēlōtheis anēr tetheitai. ouketʼ ara ho Pan symbolon ēn tou pantos, daimōn dʼ an eiē tis toioutos hoios kai hypogegraptai ho kai ton chrēsmon ekdous; ou gar dē to pan kai ho sympas kosmos echrēse ta prokeimena. toutou toigaroun tou daimonos, allʼ ou tou pantos tēn eikona ektypōsantes andres to progegrammenon emimēsanto schēma.
These things the man mentioned has set down among the secrets of his Philosophy from Oracles. So Pan was no longer the symbol of the universe (to pan), but would be a demon of the kind described, who gave out the oracle; for surely it was not the universe and the whole world that uttered the words quoted. It was of this demon, then, and not of the universe, that men made the image, imitating the form described.
3.14.10Dindorf 1:150
καὶ ὁ Ἑρμῆς δὲ πῶς ἂν νοοῖτο ὁ τῶν ἁπάντων ποιητικός τε καὶ ἑρμηνευτικὸς λόγος, μητέρα Μαῖαν τὴν Ἄτλαντος ὁμολογῶν ἐσχηκέναι, τήν γε περὶ αὐτοῦ λεγομένην μυθολογίαν, ἀλλʼ οὐ φυσιολογίαν ἐγκρίνας;
kai ho Hermēs de pōs an nooito ho tōn hapantōn poiētikos te kai hermēneutikos logos, mētera Maian tēn Atlantos homologōn eschēkenai, tēn ge peri autou legomenēn mythologian, allʼ ou physiologian enkrinas?
And how could Hermes be understood as the reason that makes and interprets all things, when he confesses that he had Maia the daughter of Atlas for his mother, thus approving the mythology told about him and not the natural philosophy?
3.14.11Dindorf 1:150
οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἀσκληπιὸς πῶς ἂν μετάγοιτο εἰς ἥλιον, πατρίδα τὴν Τρίκκην ἐπιγραψάμενος καὶ ἀπὸ θνητῆς ὁμολογῶν γεγονέναι μητρός; πῶς δʼ ἂν ἥλιος ὢν αὐτὸς τοῦ ἡλίου πάλιν υἱὸς ἀποφανθείη; ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν αὐτοῦ πατέρα τὸν Φοῖβον οὐκ ἄλλον εἶναι τοῦ ἡλίου ἐφυσιολόγησαν.
houtō kai ho Asklēpios pōs an metagoito eis hēlion, patrida tēn Trikkēn epigrapsamenos kai apo thnētēs homologōn gegonenai mētros? pōs dʼ an hēlios ōn autos tou hēliou palin huios apophantheiē? epei kai ton autou patera ton Phoibon ouk allon einai tou hēliou ephysiologēsan.
So too, how could Asclepius be transferred to the sun, when he names Tricca as his fatherland and confesses that he was born of a mortal mother? And how could he, being the sun, be shown in turn to be the son of the sun? For they explained his father Phoebus as being none other than the sun.
3.14.12Dindorf 1:150
ἐξ ἡλίου δὲ καὶ θνητῆς γυναικὸς φάναι αὐτὸν πῶς οὐ πάντων καταγελαστότατον; ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν πατέρα ἥλιον, ὃν δὴ Ἀπόλλωνά φασιν εἶναι, πῶς εἰκὸς ἐν Δήλῳ γεγεννῆσθαι τῇ νήσῳ ὑπὸ θνητῆς πάλιν μητρὸς τῆς Λητοῦς;
ex hēliou de kai thnētēs gynaikos phanai auton pōs ou pantōn katagelastotaton? epei kai auton ton patera hēlion, hon dē Apollōna phasin einai, pōs eikos en Dēlǭ gegennēsthai tę̄ nēsǭ hypo thnētēs palin mētros tēs Lētous?
And to say that he was born of the sun and a mortal woman, how is it not the most ridiculous of all? Since how is it likely that his father the sun himself, whom they say is Apollo, was born on the island of Delos of a mortal mother again, Leto?
3.14.13Dindorf 1:150–151
ἐνταῦθά μοι τήρει ὁπόσους Ἕλληνες θεοὺς γεννητοὺς γυναικῶν ἐθεολόγησαν, εἰς παράθεσιν, εἴ ποτε πειρῷντο σκώπτειν τὴν τοῦ ἡμετέρου σωτῆρος γένεσιν, καὶ ὅτι οὐ ποιητῶν εἰσιν αἱ φωναὶ, ἀλλʼ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν αἱ προκείμεναι σημειώσεις.
entautha moi tērei hoposous Hellēnes theous gennētous gynaikōn etheologēsan, eis parathesin, ei pote peirǭnto skōptein tēn tou hēmeterou sōtēros genesin, kai hoti ou poiētōn eisin hai phōnai, allʼ autōn tōn theōn hai prokeimenai sēmeiōseis.
Here note for me how many gods the Greeks proclaimed as born of women, for comparison, in case they ever try to mock the birth of our Savior; and note that these words are not those of poets, but the statements quoted are from the gods themselves.
Preparation 3, chapter 15
3.15.1Dindorf 1:151
Ποιητῶν μὲν οὖν, ὥς φασι, μύθους περὶ θεῶν πλαττομένων, φιλοσόφων δὲ φυσιολογούντων, χρῆν δήπου εἰκότως τῶν μὲν καταφρονεῖν, τοὺς δὲ θαυμάζειν ὡς φιλοσόφους, καὶ μᾶλλον τῶν ποιητικῶν λήρων τὰς τῶν κρειττόνων ἐκδέχεσθαι πιθανολογίας· θεῶν δʼ αὖ πάλιν καὶ φιλοσόφων εἰς ἅμιλλαν κατιόντων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἐν χρησμοῖς τὰ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς, ὡς ἂν μᾶλλον εἰδότων, ἀκριβῶς διδασκόντων, τῶν δὲ εἰς ἀσυμφώνους καὶ ἀναποδείκτους εὑρεσιλογίας τὰς περὶ ὧν μὴ ἴσασιν ὑπονοίας περιτρεπόντων, τίσιν αἱρεῖ λόγος πείθεσθαι; ἢ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐρωτᾶν ἄξιον;
Poiētōn men oun, hōs phasi, mythous peri theōn plattomenōn, philosophōn de physiologountōn, chrēn dēpou eikotōs tōn men kataphronein, tous de thaumazein hōs philosophous, kai mallon tōn poiētikōn lērōn tas tōn kreittonōn ekdechesthai pithanologias; theōn dʼ au palin kai philosophōn eis hamillan kationtōn, kai tōn men en chrēsmois ta kathʼ heautous, hōs an mallon eidotōn, akribōs didaskontōn, tōn de eis asymphōnous kai anapodeiktous heuresilogias tas peri hōn mē isasin hyponoias peritrepontōn, tisin hairei logos peithesthai? ē touto oude erōtan axion?
If, then, as they say, the poets invent myths about the gods and the philosophers give natural explanations, we should surely despise the former and admire the latter as philosophers, and accept the plausible accounts of the better men rather than the poets' nonsense. But when the gods in turn enter into competition with the philosophers, the gods teaching exactly in their oracles the facts about themselves, as those who know better, and the philosophers turning their conjectures about what they do not know into inconsistent and unproved inventions, whom does reason choose to believe? Or is this not even worth asking?
3.15.2Dindorf 1:151
εἰ δὴ οὑν ἀληθεύσουσιν οἱ θεοὶ κυροῦντες τὰς περὶ αὐτῶν ἀνθρωποπαθείας, ψευδεῖς ἂν εἶεν οἱ ἀθετοῦντες αὐτάς· εἰ δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων ἀληθεῖς αἱ φυσιολογίαι, ψευδεῖς γένοιντʼ ἂν αἱ τῶν θεῶν μαρτυρίαι.
ei dē houn alētheusousin hoi theoi kyrountes tas peri autōn anthrōpopatheias, pseudeis an eien hoi athetountes autas; ei de tōn philosophōn alētheis hai physiologiai, pseudeis genointʼ an hai tōn theōn martyriai.
If, then, the gods speak the truth in confirming the human passions ascribed to them, those who reject them would be false; but if the natural explanations of the philosophers are true, the testimonies of the gods would be false.
3.15.3Dindorf 1:151
ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς, εἴποι τις ἂν, ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔφη που ἐν χρησμοῖς ἐρωτηθεὶς περὶ αὑτοῦ ὅστις εἴη Ἥλιος, Ὧρος, Ὄσιρις, ἄναξ Δῖός υἱὸς, Ἀπόλλων, ὡρῶν καὶ καιρῶν ταμίης, ἀνέμων τε καὶ ὄμβρων, ἠοῦς καὶ νυκτὸς πολυαστέρου ἡνία νωμῶν, ζαφλεγέων ἄστρων βασιλεὺς ἠδʼ ἀθάνατον πῦρ.
alla kai autos, eipoi tis an, ho Apollōn ephē pou en chrēsmois erōtētheis peri hautou hostis eiē Hēlios, Hōros, Osiris, anax Dios huios, Apollōn, hōrōn kai kairōn tamiēs, anemōn te kai ombrōn, ēous kai nyktos polyasterou hēnia nōmōn, zaphlegeōn astrōn basileus ēdʼ athanaton pyr.
But Apollo himself, someone might say, said somewhere in oracles, when asked about himself who he was: "Helios, Horus, Osiris, lord, son of Zeus, Apollo, steward of seasons and times, of winds and rains, guiding the reins of dawn and of starry night, king of the blazing stars and immortal fire."
3.15.4Dindorf 1:151
οὐκοῦν οἱ αὐτοὶ καὶ τοῖς τῶν ποιητῶν μύθοις καὶ ταῖς τῶν φιλοσόφων ὑπονοίαις συμφέρονται, μαχομένοις συνιστάμενοι. εἰ γὰρ μητέρας ἐπιγράφονται θνητὰς καὶ πατρίδας τὰς ἐπὶ γῆς ὁμολογοῦσι, πῶς ἂν εἶεν οἵους φυσιολογοῦσιν;
oukoun hoi autoi kai tois tōn poiētōn mythois kai tais tōn philosophōn hyponoiais sympherontai, machomenois synistamenoi. ei gar mēteras epigraphontai thnētas kai patridas tas epi gēs homologousi, pōs an eien hoious physiologousin?
So the same gods agree both with the myths of the poets and with the conjectures of the philosophers, siding with parties at war with each other. For if they ascribe to themselves mortal mothers and acknowledge earthly fatherlands, how could they be such as the philosophers explain them?
3.15.5Dindorf 1:151–152
ἔστω γὰρ ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἥλιος — πάλιν γὰρ ἄνω καὶ κάτω εἰς τὰ αὐτὰ περιτρέχων αὐτοῖς ἁλώσεται ὁ λόγος — πῶς οὖν ἡ Δῆλος, ἡ κατὰ θάλατταν εἰσέτι νῦν προφαινομένη νῆσος, γένοιτʼ ἂν τοῦ ἡλίου πατρὶς, μήτηρ δὲ ἡ Λητώ; ταυτὶ γὰρ ἀρτίως ἐκύρουν ὡς ἀληθῆ γε ὄντα οἱ αὐτοῦ χρησμοί. πῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦ Ἀσκληπιοῦ ἀνδρος θνητοῦ τὴν φύσιν γένοιτʼ ἂν ὁ ἥλιος πατὴρ, ἐκ θνητῆς αὐτὸν γυναικὸς πεποιημένος; ἀλλὰ παρείσθω ταῦτα.
estō gar ho Apollōn hēlios — palin gar anō kai katō eis ta auta peritrechōn autois halōsetai ho logos — pōs oun hē Dēlos, hē kata thalattan eiseti nyn prophainomenē nēsos, genoitʼ an tou hēliou patris, mētēr de hē Lētō? tauti gar artiōs ekyroun hōs alēthē ge onta hoi autou chrēsmoi. pōs de kai tou Asklēpiou andros thnētou tēn physin genoitʼ an ho hēlios patēr, ek thnētēs auton gynaikos pepoiēmenos? alla pareisthō tauta.
For let Apollo be the sun (for again their argument, running up and down to the same points, will be caught). How then could Delos, the island still seen in the sea today, be the fatherland of the sun, and Leto his mother? For his own oracles just now confirmed these things as true. And how could the sun be the father of Asclepius, a man mortal by nature, having begotten him by a mortal woman? But let these things pass.
Preparation 3, chapter 16
3.16.1Dindorf 1:152
Τοῦ δὲ χρησμοῦ τὸ ψεῦδος καὶ ἄλλως ἔστιν ἀπελέγχειν. οὐ γὰρ δὴ ὁ ἥλιος οὐρανόθεν αὐτοῖς καταβὰς, ἔπειτα τὸν δοχέα πληρώσας, τὸν χρησμὸν ἀπεφοίβαζεν· ἐπεὶ οὔτε δυνατὸν οὔτε θέμις ἀνάγκαις ἀνθρώπων τὸν τηλικοῦτον ὑποτάττεσθαι φωστῆρα· ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ εἰ φαῖεν τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ θείαν καὶ νοερὰν δύναμιν, ὅτι μηδὲ ταύτης γένοιτʼ ἄν ποτε δεκτικὴ ἀνθρωπεία ψυχή.
Tou de chrēsmou to pseudos kai allōs estin apelenchein. ou gar dē ho hēlios ouranothen autois katabas, epeita ton dochea plērōsas, ton chrēsmon apephoibazen; epei oute dynaton oute themis anankais anthrōpōn ton tēlikouton hypotattesthai phōstēra; allʼ oudʼ ei phaien tēn en autǭ theian kai noeran dynamin, hoti mēde tautēs genoitʼ an pote dektikē anthrōpeia psychē.
The falsehood of the oracle can be refuted in another way too. For surely the sun did not come down from heaven to them, fill the receiver, and then utter the oracle; since it is neither possible nor lawful for so great a luminary to be subjected to the compulsions of men. Nor would it be, if they should say it was the divine and intellectual power in it, since a human soul could never receive even this.
3.16.2Dindorf 1:152
ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη λόγος καὶ ἐπὶ σελήνης. εἰ γὰρ τὴν Ἑκάτην αὐτὴν εἶναι φήσουσι καί πως ἀνάγκαις ἀνθρώπων καθέλκεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦ δοχέως χρᾶν, εἴς τε αἰσχρὰς καὶ ἐρωτικὰς διακονίας παραλαμβάνεσθαι αὐτὴν ἄρχουσαν τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων, εἰκὸς ἂν εἴη τὴν Ἑκάτην ταῦτα πράττειν· ὃ καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ συγγραφεὺς, ὡς κατὰ καιρὸν ἀπελέγξομεν.
ho dʼ autos an eiē logos kai epi selēnēs. ei gar tēn Hekatēn autēn einai phēsousi kai pōs anankais anthrōpōn kathelkesthai, kai dia tou docheōs chran, eis te aischras kai erōtikas diakonias paralambanesthai autēn archousan tōn ponērōn daimonōn, eikos an eiē tēn Hekatēn tauta prattein; ho kai ho autos homologei syngrapheus, hōs kata kairon apelenxomen.
The same argument would hold for the moon. For if they say that she is Hecate herself, and is somehow drawn down by the compulsions of men, gives oracles through the receiver, and is employed in shameful and erotic services as ruler of the wicked demons, would it be fitting for Hecate to do these things? Yet the same author admits it, as we shall show at the proper time.
3.16.3Dindorf 1:152
πῶς δὲ ὁ Πλούτων καὶ ὁ Σάραπις εἰς τὸν ἥλιον δυνατοὶ ἂν εἷεν φυσιολογεῖσθαι, ὅτε τὸν ἄρχοντα τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων ὁ αὐτὸς πάλιν ἀποφαίνεται τὸν Σάραπιν εἶναι τὸν αὐτὸν τῷ Πλούτωνι; καὶ χρησμοὺς δὲ τοῦ Σαράπιδος ἐγγράφων πῶς ἂν δύναιτο τοῦ ἡλίου αὐτοὺς λέγειν εἷναι;
pōs de ho Ploutōn kai ho Sarapis eis ton hēlion dynatoi an heien physiologeisthai, hote ton archonta tōn ponērōn daimonōn ho autos palin apophainetai ton Sarapin einai ton auton tǭ Ploutōni? kai chrēsmous de tou Sarapidos engraphōn pōs an dynaito tou hēliou autous legein heinai?
And how could Pluto and Sarapis be explained as the sun, when the same author again declares that Sarapis, the same as Pluto, is the ruler of the wicked demons? And when he records oracles of Sarapis, how could he say they are the sun's?
3.16.4Dindorf 1:152
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐξ ἁπάντων τούτων λείπεται μηδὲν μὲν ἀληθὲς φέρειν ὁμολογεῖν τὰς δηλωθείσας φυσιολογίας, σοφίσματα δʼ εἶναι σοφιστῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ εὑρεσιλογίας.
alla gar ex hapantōn toutōn leipetai mēden men alēthes pherein homologein tas dēlōtheisas physiologias, sophismata dʼ einai sophistōn andrōn kai heuresilogias.
From all these it remains to admit that the natural explanations described carry nothing true, but are sophistries and inventions of sophists.
Preparation 3, chapter 17
3.17.1Dindorf 1:152–153
Τούς γέ τοι τῶν χρησμῶν ὑπηρέτας ἀληθεῖ λόγῳ φάσκειν δαίμονας εἶναι φαύλους, ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπων ἀπάτῃ τὰ ἀμφότερα παίζοντας, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν συντιθεμένους ταῖς μυθικωτέραις περὶ αὐτῶν ὑπολήψεσιν ἐπὶ τῇ πανδήμῳ πλάνῃ, τοτὲ δὲ τὰ τῆς φιλοσόφου γοητείας ἐπικυροῦντας ἐπὶ τῇ καὶ τούτων ἐπιτριβῇ καὶ φυσιώσει· ὥστε πανταχόθεν ἁλίσκεσθαι μηδὲν αὐτοὺς ἀληθεύειν.
Tous ge toi tōn chrēsmōn hypēretas alēthei logǭ phaskein daimonas einai phaulous, epʼ anthrōpōn apatę̄ ta amphotera paizontas, kai tote men syntithemenous tais mythikōterais peri autōn hypolēpsesin epi tę̄ pandēmǭ planę̄, tote de ta tēs philosophou goēteias epikyrountas epi tę̄ kai toutōn epitribę̄ kai physiōsei; hōste pantachothen haliskesthai mēden autous alētheuein.
In truth one must say that the ministers of the oracles are wicked demons, playing both parts to deceive men: at one time agreeing with the more mythical beliefs about them, to promote the popular error, and at another confirming the sorcery of the philosophers, to their ruin and puffing up; so that from every side they are caught telling no truth.
3.17.2Dindorf 1:153
Τοσούτων ἡμῖν εἰρημένων καιρὸς ἤδη μεταβάντας τὸ τρίτον εἶδος ἐπελθεῖν τῆς Ἑλλήνων θεολογίας, ὃ δή φασιν εἶναι πολιτικόν τε καὶ νόμιμον. μάλιστα γὰρ ἱκανὸν τοῦτο πρὸς ἔκπληξιν τῶν πολλῶν εἶναι νενόμισται, διά τε τὰ θρυλούμενα μαντεῖα καὶ τὰς διὰ χρησμῶν ἀκέσεις τε καὶ θεραπείας τῶν πεπονθότων σωμάτων, τάς τε κατά τινων ἐπισκήψεις.
Tosoutōn hēmin eirēmenōn kairos ēdē metabantas to triton eidos epelthein tēs Hellēnōn theologias, ho dē phasin einai politikon te kai nomimon. malista gar hikanon touto pros ekplēxin tōn pollōn einai nenomistai, dia te ta thryloumena manteia kai tas dia chrēsmōn akeseis te kai therapeias tōn peponthotōn sōmatōn, tas te kata tinōn episkēpseis.
Having said so much, it is now time to pass on and go through the third kind of Greek theology, which they say is the civic and legal one. For this above all is thought able to astonish the many, because of the much-talked-of oracles, the cures and healings of afflicted bodies given through oracles, and the punishments inflicted on certain people.
3.17.3Dindorf 1:153
ὧν δὴ καὶ διὰ πείρας ἐλθεῖν φάσκοντες εὖ μάλα πεπείκασιν ἑαυτοὺς μὲν εὐσεβοῦντας εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς δίκαια πράττειν, ἡμᾶς δὲ τὰ μέγιστα ἀσεβεῖν, τὰς οὕτως ἐμφανεῖς καὶ εὐεργετικὰς δυνάμεις μὴ ταῖς προσηκούσαις θεραπείαις τιμῶντας. καὶ πρὸς ταῦτʼ οὖν ἑτέραν λόγου ἀρχὴν ἀναλαβόντες ὑπαντήσωμεν.
hōn dē kai dia peiras elthein phaskontes eu mala pepeikasin heautous men eusebountas eis tous theous dikaia prattein, hēmas de ta megista asebein, tas houtōs emphaneis kai euergetikas dynameis mē tais prosēkousais therapeiais timōntas. kai pros tautʼ oun heteran logou archēn analabontes hypantēsōmen.
Claiming to have experienced these, they have thoroughly persuaded themselves that they do right in being pious toward the gods, and that we commit the greatest impiety in not honoring with fitting worship powers so manifest and beneficent. Let us meet these claims, then, taking up another beginning of our argument.
Preparation 4, chapter 1
4.1.1Dindorf 1:153
Τὸ τρίτον εἶδος τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης, ἀφʼ ἧς δυνάμει καὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ τοῦ λυτρωτοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἠλευθερώθημεν, ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ τούτῳ συγγράμματι τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς καιρὸς ἀπελέγξαι καλεῖ.
To triton eidos tēs polytheou planēs, aphʼ hēs dynamei kai euergesią tou lytrōtou kai sōtēros hēmōn ēleutherōthēmen, en tǭ tetartǭ toutǭ syngrammati tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs kairos apelenxai kalei.
The third kind of polytheistic error, from which we have been set free by the power and kindness of our Redeemer and Savior, the time calls us to refute in this fourth book of the Preparation for the Gospel.
4.1.2Dindorf 1:153–154
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ πᾶν τῆς θεολογίας αὐτῶν εἶδος εἰς τρία γενικώτερον διαιροῦσιν, εἴς τε τὸ μυθικὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ποιητῶν τετραγῳδημένον, καὶ εἰς τὸ φυσικὸν τὸ δὴ πρὸς τῶν φιλοσόφων ἐφευρημένον, εἰς τε τὸ πρὸς τῶν νόμων διεκδικούμενον ἐν ἑκάστῃ πόλει καὶ χώρᾳ πεφυλαγμένον, ταύτων δὲ μέρη δύο ἤδη πρότερον διὰ τῶν πρὸ τούτου συγγραμμάτων ἡμῖν ἐξήπλωται, τό τε ἱστορικὸν, ὃ δὴ μυθικὸν ἀποκαλοῦσι, καὶ τὸ ἐπαναβεβηκὸς τοὺς μύθους, ὃ δὴ φυσικὸν ἢ θεωρητικὸν ἢ ὅπη ἄλλῃ χαίρουσι προσαγορεύοντες, καιρὸς ἂν εἴη τὸ τρίτον ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος διελθεῖν. τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τὸ κατὰ πόλεις καὶ χώρας συνεστὼς, πολιτικὸν αὐτοῖς προσαγορευόμενον· ὃ καὶ μάλιστα πρὸς τῶν νόμων διεκδικεῖται, ὡς ἂν παλαιὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ πάτριον καὶ τῆς τῶν θεολογουμένων δυνάμεως αὐτόθεν τὴν ἀρετὴν ὑποφαῖνον.
epeidē gar to pan tēs theologias autōn eidos eis tria genikōteron diairousin, eis te to mythikon hypo tōn poiētōn tetragǭdēmenon, kai eis to physikon to dē pros tōn philosophōn epheurēmenon, eis te to pros tōn nomōn diekdikoumenon en hekastę̄ polei kai chōrą pephylagmenon, tautōn de merē dyo ēdē proteron dia tōn pro toutou syngrammatōn hēmin exēplōtai, to te historikon, ho dē mythikon apokalousi, kai to epanabebēkos tous mythous, ho dē physikon ē theōrētikon ē hopē allę̄ chairousi prosagoreuontes, kairos an eiē to triton epi tou parontos dielthein. touto de esti to kata poleis kai chōras synestōs, politikon autois prosagoreuomenon; ho kai malista pros tōn nomōn diekdikeitai, hōs an palaion homou kai patrion kai tēs tōn theologoumenōn dynameōs autothen tēn aretēn hypophainon.
For since they divide the whole form of their theology generally into three: the mythical, dramatized by the poets; the physical, invented by the philosophers; and that maintained by the laws and preserved in each city and country; and since two of these parts have already been unfolded by us in the preceding books, the historical, which they call mythical, and that which rises above the myths, which they call physical or theoretical or whatever else they like to call it, it is time now to go through the third. This is the one established in cities and countries, called by them civic, which is above all maintained by the laws, as being at once ancient and ancestral and as displaying at once the excellence of the power of the beings it proclaims as gods.
4.1.3Dindorf 1:154
διατεθρύληται γοῦν αὐτοῖς μαντεῖα καὶ χρησμοὶ, θεραπεῖαί τε καὶ ἀκέσεις παντοίων παθῶν, ἐπισκήψεις τε κατὰ ἀσεβῶν· ὧν δὴ καὶ διὰ πείρας ἐλθεῖν φάσκοντες εὖ μάλα πεπείκασιν ἑαυτοὺς τὰ θεῖα τιμῶντας δίκαια πράττειν, ἡμᾶς δὲ τὰ μέγιστα ἀσεβεῖν, τὰς οὕτως ἐμφανεῖς καὶ εὐεργετικὰς δυνάμεις ἐν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τιθεμένους, ἄντικρυς δὲ παρανομοῦντας, δέον σέβειν ἕκαστον τὰ πάτρια, μηδὲ κινεῖν τὰ ἀκίνητα, στοιχεῖν δὲ καὶ ἐφέπεσθαι τῇ τῶν προπατόρων εὐσεβείᾳ, μηδὲ πολυπραγμονεῖν ἔρωτι καινοτομίας. ταύτῃ γοῦν φασιν ἐπαξίως καὶ θάνατον ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων ὡρίσθαι τοῖς πλημμελοῦσι τὴν ζημίαν.
diatethrylētai goun autois manteia kai chrēsmoi, therapeiai te kai akeseis pantoiōn pathōn, episkēpseis te kata asebōn; hōn dē kai dia peiras elthein phaskontes eu mala pepeikasin heautous ta theia timōntas dikaia prattein, hēmas de ta megista asebein, tas houtōs emphaneis kai euergetikas dynameis en oudeni logǭ tithemenous, antikrys de paranomountas, deon sebein hekaston ta patria, mēde kinein ta akinēta, stoichein de kai ephepesthai tę̄ tōn propatorōn eusebeią, mēde polypragmonein erōti kainotomias. tautę̄ goun phasin epaxiōs kai thanaton hypo tōn nomōn hōristhai tois plēmmelousi tēn zēmian.
For oracles and prophecies are noised abroad among them, healings and cures of all kinds of afflictions, and punishments of the impious. Claiming to have experienced these, they have thoroughly persuaded themselves that they do right in honoring the divine, and that we commit the greatest impiety in holding of no account powers so manifest and beneficent, and that we plainly break the law, since each one should reverence his ancestral religion, not move what is immovable, but walk in and follow the piety of his forefathers, and not meddle out of love of novelty. Thus, they say, death too has rightly been fixed by the laws as the penalty for offenders.
4.1.4Dindorf 1:154–155
τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον ἱστορικόν τε ὂν καὶ μυθικὸν τῆς θεολογίας εἶδος ὅπη τις βούλεται ποιητῶν τιθέσθω, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ φιλοσόφων τὸ δεύτερον, διὰ τῆς τῶν μύθων φυσικωτέρας ἀλληγορίας ἀπηγγελμένον· τὸ δὲ τρίτον, ὃ καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἀρχόντων ὡς ἂν παλαιὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ πολιτικὸν τιμητέον τε καὶ φυλακτέον εἶναι νενομοθέτηται, μήτε τις ποιητῶν, φασὶ, μήτε φιλοσόφων κινείτω, τοῖς δʼ ἐκ παλαιοῦ κρατήσασι θεσμοῖς ἔν τε ἀγροῖς καὶ πόλεσι μενέτω πᾶς στοιχῶν, νόμοις πατρίοις πειθόμενος.
to men oun prōton historikon te on kai mythikon tēs theologias eidos hopē tis bouletai poiētōn tithesthō, hōsper oun kai philosophōn to deuteron, dia tēs tōn mythōn physikōteras allēgorias apēngelmenon; to de triton, ho kai pros tōn archontōn hōs an palaion homou kai politikon timēteon te kai phylakteon einai nenomothetētai, mēte tis poiētōn, phasi, mēte philosophōn kineitō, tois dʼ ek palaiou kratēsasi thesmois en te agrois kai polesi menetō pas stoichōn, nomois patriois peithomenos.
The first kind of theology, the historical and mythical, let anyone, they say, assign to the poets as he likes, as also the second to the philosophers, since it is set forth through the more physical allegory of the myths. But the third, which the rulers have enacted must be honored and preserved as both ancient and civic, let no poet or philosopher disturb; but let everyone, in fields and cities, abide by and walk in the ordinances that have prevailed from of old, obeying the ancestral laws.
4.1.5Dindorf 1:155
πρὸς δὴ οὖν ταῦτα καιρὸς ἀποδοῦναι τὸν παρʼ ἡμῖν λόγον, ἀπολογισμόν τε ὑποσχεῖν τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελικῆς πραγματείας ἀντικηρυττούσης τοῖς εἰρημένοις, καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων νόμοις ἀντινομοθετούσης.
pros dē oun tauta kairos apodounai ton parʼ hēmin logon, apologismon te hyposchein tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn euangelikēs pragmateias antikēryttousēs tois eirēmenois, kai tois tōn ethnōn hapantōn nomois antinomothetousēs.
Against this, then, it is time to give our account and render the reason for the gospel work of our Savior, which proclaims the contrary to what has been said and legislates against the laws of all the nations.
4.1.6Dindorf 1:155
Ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐ θεοὶ τὰ ἄψυχα ξόανα προφανὲς καὶ αὐτοῖς, ὅτι δʼ οὐδὲ τὰ τῆς μυθικῆς αὐτῶν θεολογίας φέρει τινὰ σεμνὸν καὶ θεοπρεπῆ λόγον ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ δέδεικται συγγράμματι, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ καὶ τῷ τρίτῳ ὅτι μηδὲ τὰ τῆς φυσικωτέρας καὶ φιλοσόφου τῶν μύθων ἑρμηνείας ἀβίαστον αὐτοῖς περιέχει τὴν ἐξήγησιν.
Hoti men oun ou theoi ta apsycha xoana prophanes kai autois, hoti dʼ oude ta tēs mythikēs autōn theologias pherei tina semnon kai theoprepē logon en tǭ prōtǭ dedeiktai syngrammati, hōsper oun kai en tǭ deuterǭ kai tǭ tritǭ hoti mēde ta tēs physikōteras kai philosophou tōn mythōn hermēneias abiaston autois periechei tēn exēgēsin.
That the lifeless images are not gods is evident even to themselves; that their mythical theology bears no dignified account worthy of God has been shown in the first book, as in the second and third that the more physical and philosophical interpretation of the myths contains no explanation free from force.
4.1.7Dindorf 1:155
τὸ δὴ τρίτον φέρε σκεψώμεθα, τί ποτε χρὴ νομίζειν τὰς ἐν τοῖς ξοάνοις ἐμφωλευούσας δυνάμεις, πότερα τὸν τρόπον ἀστείας καὶ ἀγαθὰς καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς θείας, ἢ τούτων ἁπάντων τὰ ἐναντία.
to dē triton phere skepsōmetha, ti pote chrē nomizein tas en tois xoanois emphōleuousas dynameis, potera ton tropon asteias kai agathas kai hōs alēthōs theias, ē toutōn hapantōn ta enantia.
Come, then, let us consider the third point: what we should think of the powers lurking in the images, whether they are of a refined character, good and truly divine, or the opposite of all these.
4.1.8Dindorf 1:155
ἄλλος μὲν οὖν τάχα ἂν ἴσως τὸν περὶ τούτων ἐφοδεύων λόγον πλάνην εἶναι τὸ πᾶν καὶ γοήτων ἀνδρῶν τεχνάσματά τε καὶ ῥᾳδιουργίας ὑπεστήσατο, καθόλου περιγράφων τὴν δόξαν, ὡς μὴ ὅτι θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ πονηροῦ δαίμονος εἶναι νομίζειν τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ θρυλούμενα. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ποιήματα καὶ τὰς τῶν χρησμῶν συνθέσεις οὐκ ἀφυῶν ἀνδρῶν, εὖ μάλα δὲ πρὸς ἀπάτην ἐσκευωρημένων πλάσματα τυγχάνειν, μέσῳ καὶ ἀμφιβόλῳ συγκείμενα τρόπῳ, πρὸς ἑκάτερά τε τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκβάσεως προσδοκωμένων οὐκ ἀφυῶς ἐφαρμόζειν· τὰ δὲ τὸν πολὺν ἀπατῶντα διά τινων τερατειῶν θαύματα φυσικαῖς αἰτίαις ἀνῆφθαι.
allos men oun tacha an isōs ton peri toutōn ephodeuōn logon planēn einai to pan kai goētōn andrōn technasmata te kai rhądiourgias hypestēsato, katholou perigraphōn tēn doxan, hōs mē hoti theou, alla mēde ponērou daimonos einai nomizein ta peri autou thryloumena. ta men gar poiēmata kai tas tōn chrēsmōn syntheseis ouk aphyōn andrōn, eu mala de pros apatēn eskeuōrēmenōn plasmata tynchanein, mesǭ kai amphibolǭ synkeimena tropǭ, pros hekatera te tōn apo tēs ekbaseōs prosdokōmenōn ouk aphyōs epharmozein; ta de ton polyn apatōnta dia tinōn terateiōn thaumata physikais aitiais anēphthai.
Another, perhaps, going through the account of these things, might suppose that the whole is deceit and the tricks and knavery of sorcerers, rejecting the belief entirely, so as to think that the things noised abroad about them belong not only not to a god but not even to a wicked demon. For, he would say, the verses and compositions of the oracles are fictions of men not without talent but well equipped for deceit, composed in a middle and ambiguous way, and cleverly fitted to either of the outcomes expected; and the wonders that deceive the many by marvels depend on natural causes.
4.1.9Dindorf 1:155–156
πολλὰ γὰρ εἶναι εἴδη ῥιζῶν καὶ βοτανῶν καὶ φυτῶν καὶ καρπῶν καὶ λίθων, ξηρῶν τε ἄλλων καὶ ὑγρῶν παντοίας ὕλης δυνάμεων ἐν τῇ τῶν ὅλων φύσει, τὰ μὲν ἀποκρουστικὰ καί τινων ἀπελαστικά, τὰ δὲ συνάγειν πεφυκότα καὶ ἐφέλκεσθαι, τὰ δὲ διακρίνειν καὶ σκεδαννύναι πυκνοῦν τε καὶ στέλλειν δυνάμενα, ἕτερα δὲ χαλᾶν καὶ ὑγραίνειν καὶ ἀραιοῦν, σώζειν τε αὖ πάλιν ἄλλα καὶ ἕτερα κτείνειν, τρέπειν τε διόλου, καὶ τὸ παρὸν ἐναλλάττειν, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν τῇδε μεταποιεῖν, τοτὲ δὲ τῇδε, καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς πλείω χρόνον, τὰ δὲ πρὸς βραχὺν τοῦτο ποιεῖν, καὶ πάλιν τὰ μὲν εἰς πλῆθος, τὰ δὲ μέχρις ὀλίγων μόνον ἰσχύειν, καὶ τῶν μὲν τάδε ἡγεῖσθαι, τισὶ δὲ ἕτερα ἐπακολουθεῖν, συντρέχειν τε ἄλλα ἄλλοις καὶ συναύξειν καὶ συμφθείρεσθαι· ναὶ μὴν καὶ ὑγιείας εἶναι τινὰ ποιητικὰ, ἰατρικῆς οὐκ ἄπωθεν ἐπιστήμης, τὰ δὲ νοσοποιὰ τυγχάνειν καὶ δηλητήρια· ἤδη δὲ φυσικαῖς ἀνάγκαις συμβαίνειν τινὰ, καὶ τῇ σελήνῃ συναύξειν καὶ συμφθίνειν, ζῴων τε εἶναι καὶ φυτῶν καὶ ῥιζῶν ἀντιπαθείας μυρίας, καὶ πολλὰ θυμιαμάτων καρωτικῶν τε καὶ ὑπνωτικῶν, ἑτέρων δὲ φαντασίας ποιητικῶν· συναίρεσθαι δὲ οὐχ ἥκιστα καὶ τὰ χωρία καὶ τοὺς τόπους ἐν οἷς τελίσκεται τὰ γιγνόμενα· ὄργανά τε εἶναι καὶ σκεύη πόρρωθεν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτηδείως τῇ τέχνῃ προηυτρεπισμένα· πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ συνεργοὺς τῆς μαγγανείας παραλαμβάνεσθαι ἔξωθεν, πολυπραγμονοῦντας τοὺς ἀφικνουμένους καὶ τὰς ἑκάστου χρείας καὶ ὧν ἧκέ τις δεησόμενος· πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄδυτα καὶ τοὺς τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀβάτους μυχοὺς τῶν ἱερῶν ἐντὸς ἀποκρύπτειν· καὶ τὸ σκότος δὲ οὐ μικρὰ συνεργεῖν τῇ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ὑποθέσει· καὶ αὐτὴν δὲ οὐχ ἥκιστα τὴν προλαβοῦσαν ὑπόληψιν καὶ τὴν τῶν ὡς θεοῖς προσιόντων αὐτοῖς δεισιδαιμονίαν, τήν τε ἐκ προγόνων προκατασχοῦσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς δόξαν.
polla gar einai eidē rhizōn kai botanōn kai phytōn kai karpōn kai lithōn, xērōn te allōn kai hygrōn pantoias hylēs dynameōn en tę̄ tōn holōn physei, ta men apokroustika kai tinōn apelastika, ta de synagein pephykota kai ephelkesthai, ta de diakrinein kai skedannynai pyknoun te kai stellein dynamena, hetera de chalan kai hygrainein kai araioun, sōzein te au palin alla kai hetera kteinein, trepein te diolou, kai to paron enallattein, kai tote men tę̄de metapoiein, tote de tę̄de, kai ta men pros pleiō chronon, ta de pros brachyn touto poiein, kai palin ta men eis plēthos, ta de mechris oligōn monon ischyein, kai tōn men tade hēgeisthai, tisi de hetera epakolouthein, syntrechein te alla allois kai synauxein kai symphtheiresthai; nai mēn kai hygieias einai tina poiētika, iatrikēs ouk apōthen epistēmēs, ta de nosopoia tynchanein kai dēlētēria; ēdē de physikais anankais symbainein tina, kai tę̄ selēnę̄ synauxein kai symphthinein, zǭōn te einai kai phytōn kai rhizōn antipatheias myrias, kai polla thymiamatōn karōtikōn te kai hypnōtikōn, heterōn de phantasias poiētikōn; synairesthai de ouch hēkista kai ta chōria kai tous topous en hois telisketai ta gignomena; organa te einai kai skeuē porrōthen autois epitēdeiōs tę̄ technę̄ proēutrepismena; pollous de kai synergous tēs manganeias paralambanesthai exōthen, polypragmonountas tous aphiknoumenous kai tas hekastou chreias kai hōn hēke tis deēsomenos; polla de kai ta adyta kai tous tois pollois abatous mychous tōn hierōn entos apokryptein; kai to skotos de ou mikra synergein tę̄ katʼ autous hypothesei; kai autēn de ouch hēkista tēn prolabousan hypolēpsin kai tēn tōn hōs theois prosiontōn autois deisidaimonian, tēn te ek progonōn prokataschousan en autois doxan.
For, he would say, there are in the nature of the universe many kinds of roots, herbs, plants, fruits, and stones, and powers of all kinds of other matter, dry and moist: some repelling and driving certain things away, others naturally gathering and drawing them; some able to separate and scatter, to condense and contract, others to loosen, moisten, and rarefy; some again preserving and others killing, changing things entirely, altering what is present, transforming it now this way and now that; some doing this for a longer time, others for a short time; some again effective on a multitude, others only on a few; some leading in these things, others following, some running together with others, increasing and perishing together; yes, and some productive of health, not far from the science of medicine, and others causing disease and deadly. Some things happen by natural necessity, increasing and waning with the moon; there are countless antipathies of animals, plants, and roots, and many fumigations that stupefy and cause sleep, and others that produce visions. The places and spots where the rites are performed contribute not least; and there are instruments and apparatus skillfully prepared for them long beforehand. Many accomplices in the trickery are employed from outside, who inquire about those who arrive, the needs of each, and what each has come to ask. Many things too are hidden in the inner shrines and in the recesses of the temples inaccessible to the many; and darkness contributes no little to their purpose; and not least the preconceived belief and the superstition of those who approach them as gods, and the opinion inherited from their ancestors that has taken hold of them.
4.1.10Dindorf 1:156–157
προσκείσθω καὶ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν ἠλίθιον τῆς διανοίας, τό τε ἀδρανὲς τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ ἀβασάνιστον τοῦ πλήθους, καὶ ἔμπαλιν τὸ δεινὸν καὶ κακεντρεχὲς τῶν περὶ τὴν κακότεχνον ταύτην διατριβὴν τευταζόντων, τό τε τῶν γοήτων ἀπατηλὸν καὶ πανοῦργον τοῦ τρόπου, τοτὲ μὲν τὰ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἑκάστῳ προϋπισχνουμένων καὶ τὸ παρὸν ἐπὶ χρησταῖς ἐλπίσι θεραπευόντων, τοτὲ δὲ τοῦ μέλλοντος καταστοχαζομένων, καὶ εἰς ἄδηλον καταμαντευομένων, τήν τε διάνοιαν τῶν χρησμῶν ἀμφιβολίαις ῥημάτων καὶ ἀσαφείαις ἐπισκοτούντων, ὡς μή τινα συνιέναι τὸ χρησθὲν, τῇ δὲ τοῦ λεχθέντος ἀδηλίᾳ τὸν ἔλεγχον ἐκφεύγειν.
proskeisthō kai to tōn pollōn ēlithion tēs dianoias, to te adranes tou logismou kai abasaniston tou plēthous, kai empalin to deinon kai kakentreches tōn peri tēn kakotechnon tautēn diatribēn teutazontōn, to te tōn goētōn apatēlon kai panourgon tou tropou, tote men ta pros hēdonēn hekastǭ proÿpischnoumenōn kai to paron epi chrēstais elpisi therapeuontōn, tote de tou mellontos katastochazomenōn, kai eis adēlon katamanteuomenōn, tēn te dianoian tōn chrēsmōn amphiboliais rhēmatōn kai asapheiais episkotountōn, hōs mē tina synienai to chrēsthen, tę̄ de tou lechthentos adēlią ton elenchon ekpheugein.
Let there be added the foolishness of the mind of the many, the weakness and want of critical reasoning of the multitude, and on the other hand the cleverness and malice of those busy with this evil art, and the deceitfulness and knavery of the sorcerers' ways: now promising each what will please him beforehand and soothing the present with good hopes, now guessing at the future and prophesying at random, and darkening the meaning of the oracles with ambiguous and obscure words, so that no one understands what was given in the oracle, and they escape refutation by the obscurity of what was said.
4.1.11Dindorf 1:157
πολλὰ δὲ συμβαίνειν καὶ ἄλλαις τισὶν ἀπάταις καὶ τερατείαις, συμπαραλαμβανομένων τοῖς γιγνομένοις ἐπῳδῶν δή τινων μετά τινος ἀσήμου καὶ βαρβαρικῆς ἐπιρρήσεως, ἵνα δὴ ὑπὸ τούτων σπουδάζεσθαι δοκῇ τὰ μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν πρὸς αὐτῶν γιγνόμενα· μάλιστα δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ παιδείας ὁρμᾶσθαι νομιζομένων ἐκπλήττειν αὐτῶν δὴ τῶν χρησμῶν τὰ ποιήματα, εὖ μὲν τῇ συνθέσει τῶν ῥημάτων κεκαλλωπισμένα, εὖ δὲ τῷ τῆς μεγαλοφωνίας ὄγκῳ τετυφωμένα, πολλῷ δὲ καὶ τῷ τῆς ἀνατάσεως κόμπῳ τῷ τε πεπλασμένῳ τύφῳ τῆς θεοφορίας ἐσχηματισμένα, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀμφιβόλου φωνῆς τὸν πάντα σχεδὸν ἀπατῶντα λεών.
polla de symbainein kai allais tisin apatais kai terateiais, symparalambanomenōn tois gignomenois epǭdōn dē tinōn meta tinos asēmou kai barbarikēs epirrēseōs, hina dē hypo toutōn spoudazesthai dokę̄ ta mēdʼ hotioun pros autōn gignomena; malista de tous pollous kai tōn apo paideias hormasthai nomizomenōn ekplēttein autōn dē tōn chrēsmōn ta poiēmata, eu men tę̄ synthesei tōn rhēmatōn kekallōpismena, eu de tǭ tēs megalophōnias onkǭ tetyphōmena, pollǭ de kai tǭ tēs anataseōs kompǭ tǭ te peplasmenǭ typhǭ tēs theophorias eschēmatismena, kai dia tēs amphibolou phōnēs ton panta schedon apatōnta leōn.
Many things too come about by other deceits and marvel-mongering, with certain incantations employed in the proceedings together with some unintelligible and barbarous utterance, so that what in no way comes about through them may seem to be effected by them. Above all, the many, and even those thought to start from education, are dazzled by the verses of the oracles themselves, finely adorned in the composition of words, finely puffed up with the bulk of grandiloquence, fashioned with much pompous elevation and pretended conceit of inspiration, and deceiving almost the whole people by their ambiguous utterance.
Preparation 4, chapter 2
4.2.1Dindorf 1:157–158
Ὅσα γοῦν αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀμφιβολίαν ἐκπέφευγε τῶν χρησμῶν, οὐ κατὰ πρόγνωσιν τοῦ μέλλοντος, κατὰ δέ τινα στοχασμὸν ἐξενηνεγμένα, τούτων μυρία, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ πάντα σχεδὸν, ἥλω πολλάκις τῆς προρρήσεως ἀποπεπτωκότα, ἐναντίως ἢ κατὰ τὸ χρησθὲν τοῦ τῶν πραγμάτων τέλους τὴν ἔκβασιν ἀπειληφότος, εἰ μήποτʼ ἄρα σπανίως ἕν ποτε ἐκ μυρίων συμβὰν κατά τινα φορὰν συντυχικὴν, ἢ κατὰ τὴν στοχασθεῖσαν τοῦ μέλλοντος προσδοκίαν, τὸν χρησμὸν ἐπαληθεύειν ἐνομίσθη ποιεῖν.
Hosa goun autois tēn amphibolian ekpepheuge tōn chrēsmōn, ou kata prognōsin tou mellontos, kata de tina stochasmon exenēnegmena, toutōn myria, mallon de ta panta schedon, hēlō pollakis tēs prorrēseōs apopeptōkota, enantiōs ē kata to chrēsthen tou tōn pragmatōn telous tēn ekbasin apeilēphotos, ei mēpotʼ ara spaniōs hen pote ek myriōn symban kata tina phoran syntychikēn, ē kata tēn stochastheisan tou mellontos prosdokian, ton chrēsmon epalētheuein enomisthē poiein.
Of the oracles that have escaped ambiguity, given out not from foreknowledge of the future but by some conjecture, countless ones, or rather almost all, have often been convicted of falling short of the prediction, the outcome of events turning out contrary to what the oracle said; unless perhaps, rarely, one in ten thousand, happening by some chance course or in line with a guessed expectation of the future, was thought to make the oracle come true.
4.2.2Dindorf 1:158
ὃ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα θρυλοῦντας ἂν ἴδοις καὶ στήλαις ἐγχαράττοντας καὶ πανταχόσε γῆς βοῶντας, ὅτι μὲν, εἰ τύχοι, τοσοίδε τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀπεσφάλησαν, μηδαμῆ μηδενὸς ἐθέλοντας μνημονεύειν, ὅτι δὲ τῷδε ἀπὸ μυρίων συνέτυχέ τι τῶν χρησθέντων ἄνω καὶ κάτω περιφέροντας· ὡς εἴ τις καὶ ἐπὶ δύο λαγχάνουσιν ἀπὸ μυρίων, εἰ ἄρα ποτὲ εἰς ἅπαξ αὐτοὺς κατὰ τῶν αὐτῶν συμπεσεῖν ἔτυχε, θαυμάζοι ὡς κατὰ μαντείαν καὶ πρόγνωσιν ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀμφοτέροις συνέβη περιελθεῖν ἀριθμόν.
ho dē kai malista thrylountas an idois kai stēlais encharattontas kai pantachose gēs boōntas, hoti men, ei tychoi, tosoide ton arithmon apesphalēsan, mēdamē mēdenos ethelontas mnēmoneuein, hoti de tǭde apo myriōn synetyche ti tōn chrēsthentōn anō kai katō peripherontas; hōs ei tis kai epi dyo lanchanousin apo myriōn, ei ara pote eis hapax autous kata tōn autōn sympesein etyche, thaumazoi hōs kata manteian kai prognōsin hena kai ton auton amphoterois synebē perielthein arithmon.
This you would see them noising abroad above all, engraving it on pillars and shouting it everywhere on earth; how many times, it may be, they failed they will never mention at all, but that something of what was foretold happened to one man out of ten thousand they carry up and down. It is as if someone, when two people casting lots out of ten thousand happened once to fall on the same number, should marvel as though it came about by divination and foreknowledge that the same number fell to both.
4.2.3Dindorf 1:158
οὕτω γὰρ ἔχειν τὸ ἀπὸ μυρίων ἐπὶ μυρίοις χρησθέντων ἅπαξ ποτὲ συμβὰν κατὰ τύχην· ὃ καὶ συνιδόντα τὸν μηδὲν στερρὸν ἐν βάθει ψυχῆς κεκτημένον ὑπερεκπλήττεσθαι τὸ χρηστήριον, ᾧ πολὺ κρεῖττον ἦν τὸ μὴ ἀφραίνειν συλλογισαμένῳ ὅσοις ἄλλοις θανάτου γεγόνασιν αἴτιοι στάσεως τε καὶ πολέμων οἱ δεδηλωμένοι, σκέψασθαί τε τῶν παλαιῶν τὰς ἱστορίας, καὶ συνιδεῖν ὡς οὐδὲ τὸ τηνικάδε ἀρετῆς τι θεῖον ἔργον ἐνεδείξαντο, ὁπηνίκα ἤνθει μὲν τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ, συνειστήκει δὲ τὰ πρὶν βοώμενα, νῦν δὲ μηκέτʼ ὄντα χρηστήρια, πάσης προνοίας καὶ σπουδῆς ἠξιωμένα πρὸς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων, τῶν δὴ πατρῴοις νόμοις τε καὶ μυστηρίοις σεβόντων τε αὐτὰ καὶ θεραπευόντων.
houtō gar echein to apo myriōn epi myriois chrēsthentōn hapax pote symban kata tychēn; ho kai synidonta ton mēden sterron en bathei psychēs kektēmenon hyperekplēttesthai to chrēstērion, hǭ poly kreitton ēn to mē aphrainein syllogisamenǭ hosois allois thanatou gegonasin aitioi staseōs te kai polemōn hoi dedēlōmenoi, skepsasthai te tōn palaiōn tas historias, kai synidein hōs oude to tēnikade aretēs ti theion ergon enedeixanto, hopēnika ēnthei men ta Hellēnika, syneistēkei de ta prin boōmena, nyn de mēketʼ onta chrēstēria, pasēs pronoias kai spoudēs ēxiōmena pros tōn epichōriōn, tōn dē patrǭois nomois te kai mystēriois sebontōn te auta kai therapeuontōn.
For such, he would say, is the case of an oracle that once happens to come true by chance out of countless thousands given. A man with nothing solid in the depth of his soul, observing this, is overwhelmed with wonder at the oracle; when it would be far better for him not to be foolish, but to reckon how many others the oracles have caused to die in sedition and war, to examine the histories of the ancients, and to see that even at the time when Greek affairs flourished, and the oracles once so famous, but now no longer existing, stood firm, receiving all care and zeal from the natives who revered and served them with ancestral laws and mysteries, they showed no divine work of virtue.
4.2.4Dindorf 1:158–159
καὶ τότε γοῦν μάλιστα τὸ μηδὲν δύνασθαι ἀπηλέγχθησαν ἐν ταῖς τῶν πολέμων συμφοραῖς, ἐν αἷς βοηθεῖν ἀδυνατοῦντες οἱ γενναῖοι θεσπιῳδοὶ διʼ ἀμφιβολίας τῶν χρησμῶν ἥλωσαν σοφισάμενοι τοὺς πρόσφυγας, ὥσπερ οὖν κατὰ τὸν δέοντα καιρὸν ἐπιδείξομεν, παριστῶντες ὅπως καὶ εἰς τὸν κατʼ ἀλλήλων πόλεμον τοὺς χρωμένους παρώξυνον, καὶ ὡς οὐδὲ περὶ σπουδαίων πραγμάτων τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐποιοῦντο, καὶ ὡς ἐπλάνων διὰ τῶν χρησμῶν παίζοντες τοὺς ἐρωτῶντας, καὶ ὡς τῷ τῆς ἀσαφείας σκότῳ τὴν σφῶν ἄγνοιαν ἀπεκρύπτοντο.
kai tote goun malista to mēden dynasthai apēlenchthēsan en tais tōn polemōn symphorais, en hais boēthein adynatountes hoi gennaioi thespiǭdoi diʼ amphibolias tōn chrēsmōn hēlōsan sophisamenoi tous prosphygas, hōsper oun kata ton deonta kairon epideixomen, paristōntes hopōs kai eis ton katʼ allēlōn polemon tous chrōmenous parōxynon, kai hōs oude peri spoudaiōn pragmatōn tas apokriseis epoiounto, kai hōs eplanōn dia tōn chrēsmōn paizontes tous erōtōntas, kai hōs tǭ tēs asapheias skotǭ tēn sphōn agnoian apekryptonto.
And then most of all they were proved powerless in the calamities of war, in which the noble givers of oracles, unable to help, were caught deceiving those who fled to them for refuge by the ambiguity of their oracles. This we shall show at the proper time, setting out how they even provoked those who consulted them to war against one another, how they did not give their answers about serious matters, how they misled the inquirers in sport through their oracles, and how they hid their own ignorance in the darkness of obscurity.
4.2.5Dindorf 1:159
σκέψαι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς πυθόμενος, ὡς καὶ ἀρρώστοις πολλάκις ῥῶσιν καὶ ζωὴν καὶ σωτηρίαν ὑποσχόμενοι, κἄπειτα πιστευθέντες ὡς δὴ θεοὶ, καὶ τῆς ἐνθέου ταύτης ἐμπορίας μεγάλους τοὺς μισθοὺς εἰσπραξάμενοι, οὐ μετὰ πλεῖστον οἵτινες ἦσαν ἐφωράθησαν, γόητες ἄνδρες, ἀλλʼ οὐ θεοὶ διελεγχθέντες, οὐκ αἰσίας καταστροφῆς τοὺς ἠπατημένους διαλαβούσης.
skepsai de kai autos pythomenos, hōs kai arrōstois pollakis rhōsin kai zōēn kai sōtērian hyposchomenoi, kapeita pisteuthentes hōs dē theoi, kai tēs entheou tautēs emporias megalous tous misthous eispraxamenoi, ou meta pleiston hoitines ēsan ephōrathēsan, goētes andres, allʼ ou theoi dielenchthentes, ouk aisias katastrophēs tous ēpatēmenous dialabousēs.
Consider too, on inquiry, how they often promised the sick strength, life, and recovery, and then, having been believed as gods and having exacted great fees for this inspired trade, were not long after detected for what they were, shown to be sorcerers and not gods, when no happy end overtook those they had deceived.
4.2.6Dindorf 1:159
τί δεῖ λέγειν, ὡς οὐδὲ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν συνοίκοις, τοῖς δὴ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν πόλιν διατρίβουσιν, οἱ θαυμάσιοι μάντεις τὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν παρέσχον ἐπικουρίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ νοσοῦντας ἂν ἴδοις αὐτόσε καὶ ἀναπήρους καὶ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα λελωβημένους μυρίους; τί δή ποτε οὖν τοῖς μὲν ἔξω καὶ πόρρωθεν ἐξ ἀλλοδαπῆς ἀφικνουμένοις τὰς χρηστὰς ὑπέγραφον ἐλπίδας, οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ συνοίκοις, οἷς δὴ πρὸ πάντων ἐχρῆν, ὡς ἂν οἰκείοις φίλοις καὶ συμπολίταις, τὸ ἐκ τῆς τῶν θεῶν παρουσίας ἀγαθὸν παρέχειν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τοὺς μὲν ξένους ἀγνῶτας ὄντας τῆς ῥᾳδιουργίας ῥᾷον ἂν καὶ ἀπατήσαιεν, οὐκέτι δὲ τοὺς συνήθεις, ὡς ἂν τῆς τέχνης οὐκ ἀπείρους, συνίστορας δὲ ὄντας τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς τελουμένοις παιδιᾶς;
ti dei legein, hōs oude tois heautōn synoikois, tois dē kata tēn autēn polin diatribousin, hoi thaumasioi manteis tas ex autōn pareschon epikourias, alla kai nosountas an idois autose kai anapērous kai pan to sōma lelōbēmenous myrious? ti dē pote oun tois men exō kai porrōthen ex allodapēs aphiknoumenois tas chrēstas hypegraphon elpidas, ouketi de kai tois kata to auto synoikois, hois dē pro pantōn echrēn, hōs an oikeiois philois kai sympolitais, to ek tēs tōn theōn parousias agathon parechein, allʼ hoti tous men xenous agnōtas ontas tēs rhądiourgias rhąon an kai apatēsaien, ouketi de tous synētheis, hōs an tēs technēs ouk apeirous, synistoras de ontas tēs epi tois teloumenois paidias?
Why need I say that the wonderful prophets did not give their help even to their own fellow residents living in the same city, but you would see countless people there sick, maimed, and disfigured in their whole body? Why, then, did they hold out good hopes to those coming from outside and far off from foreign lands, but not to their fellow residents, to whom above all, as their own friends and fellow citizens, they should have given the benefit of the presence of the gods? Was it not because they could more easily deceive strangers who did not know their trickery, but not their familiar neighbors, who were not unacquainted with the art and were privy to the game played in the rites?
4.2.7Dindorf 1:159
οὕτω δὲ τὸ πᾶν οὐ θεῖον, οὐδὲ ἀνθρωπίνης ἐπινοίας κρεῖττον ἦν· ὥστε κἀν ταῖς μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς, ταῖς δὴ ἄνωθεν ἐκ τοῦ παμβασιλέως θεοῦ κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐπαιωρουμέναις, αὐτοῖς ἀφιερώμασι καὶ ξοάνοις φθορὰν ἐσχάτην καὶ πτώσεις ἀθρόας τοὺς νεὼς αὐτῶν ὑπομεῖναι.
houtō de to pan ou theion, oude anthrōpinēs epinoias kreitton ēn; hōste kan tais megistais symphorais, tais dē anōthen ek tou pambasileōs theou kata tōn asebōn epaiōroumenais, autois aphierōmasi kai xoanois phthoran eschatēn kai ptōseis athroas tous neōs autōn hypomeinai.
So the whole thing was not divine, nor superior to human contrivance; so that in the greatest calamities, those that hung over the impious from above, from God the universal King, the temples themselves with their offerings and images suffered utter destruction and sudden collapse.
4.2.8Dindorf 1:159–160
ποῦ γάρ σοι τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς ἱερὸν παρὰ πᾶσιν Ἕλλησιν ἐξ αἰῶνος βεβοημένον; ποῦ ὁ Πύθιος; ὁ Κλάριος; ποῦ καὶ ὁ Δωδωναῖος; τὸ μέν γε Δελφικὸν χρηστήριον τρίτον ὑπὸ Θρᾳκῶν ἐμπρησθῆναι κατέχει λόγος, οὐδὲν τοῦ μαντείου εἰς τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος γνῶσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῦ Πυθίου τὰ οἰκεῖα προφυλάξασθαι δεδυνημένου. ταυτὸν δὲ παθεῖν καὶ τὸ ἐν Ῥώμῃ Καπιτώλιον ἱστορεῖται κατὰ τοὺς τῶν Πτολεμαίων χρόνους, καθʼ οὓς λέγεται καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἑστίας ἱερὸν ἐπὶ Ῥώμης ἐμπρησμὸν ὑπομεῖναι· ἀμφὶ δὲ Ἰούλιον Καίσαρα τὸ μέγα τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ Ὀλυμπικὸν ἄγαλμα, τὸ ἐν αὐταῖς Ὀλυμπιάσι, κεραυνῷ πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ βληθὲν ἀναγράφουσι· καὶ ἄλλοτέ φασι τὸν νεὼν τοῦ Καπιτωλίου Δῖός ἐμπρησθῆναι· καὶ τό γε Πάνθεον ὑπὸ κεραυνοῦ διαφθαρῆναι, τό τε Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ ὁμοίως καταφλεχθῆναι.
pou gar soi to en Delphois hieron para pasin Hellēsin ex aiōnos beboēmenon? pou ho Pythios? ho Klarios? pou kai ho Dōdōnaios? to men ge Delphikon chrēstērion triton hypo Thrąkōn emprēsthēnai katechei logos, ouden tou manteiou eis tēn tou mellontos gnōsin, allʼ oude tou Pythiou ta oikeia prophylaxasthai dedynēmenou. tauton de pathein kai to en Rhōmę̄ Kapitōlion historeitai kata tous tōn Ptolemaiōn chronous, kathʼ hous legetai kai to tēs Hestias hieron epi Rhōmēs emprēsmon hypomeinai; amphi de Ioulion Kaisara to mega tōn Hellēnōn kai Olympikon agalma, to en autais Olympiasi, keraunǭ pros tou theou blēthen anagraphousi; kai allote phasi ton neōn tou Kapitōliou Dios emprēsthēnai; kai to ge Pantheon hypo keraunou diaphtharēnai, to te Alexandreią homoiōs kataphlechthēnai.
For where is the temple at Delphi, celebrated among all the Greeks from all time? Where is the Pythian? The Clarian? Where the Dodonaean? The Delphic oracle, the story goes, was burned three times by the Thracians, the oracle being of no avail for knowledge of the future, nor able to protect the Pythian's own property. The Capitol at Rome is recorded to have suffered the same in the times of the Ptolemies, when the temple of Vesta at Rome is also said to have been burned. About the time of Julius Caesar they record that the great Olympian statue of the Greeks, at Olympia itself, was struck by the god with a thunderbolt. At another time, they say, the temple of Capitoline Zeus was burned, the Pantheon destroyed by lightning, and the temple at Alexandria likewise burned down.
4.2.9Dindorf 1:160
καὶ τούτων παρʼ αὐτοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀνάγραπτοι φέρονται μαρτυρίαι. μακρὸς δʼ ἂν εἴη λόγος, εἰ μέλλοι τις τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι, παριστάναι πειρώμενος ὅτι μηδὲ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἱεροῖς ἐπαμῦναι οἱ θαυμαστοὶ χρησμοδόται δυνατοὶ πεφώρανται· οἱ δὲ μηδὲ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ἐν συμφοραῖς γενόμενοι χρήσιμοι σχολῇ γʼ ἂν ποτε κἂν ἄλλοις ἐπαρκέσειαν.
kai toutōn parʼ autois Hellēsin anagraptoi pherontai martyriai. makros dʼ an eiē logos, ei melloi tis ta kathʼ hekaston exarithmeisthai, paristanai peirōmenos hoti mēde tois oikeiois hierois epamynai hoi thaumastoi chrēsmodotai dynatoi pephōrantai; hoi de mēde sphisin autois en symphorais genomenoi chrēsimoi scholę̄ gʼ an pote kan allois eparkeseian.
Of these things testimonies are recorded among the Greeks themselves. It would be a long account if one were to number each, trying to show that the wonderful oracle-givers have been caught unable to defend even their own temples. And those who were of no use to themselves in calamities could hardly ever help others.
4.2.10Dindorf 1:160
ἕν δέ τι προσθεὶς τοῖς εἰρημένοις μέγιστον ἂν εἴη καθεωρακὼς κεφάλαιον, ὡς ἤδη καὶ τῶν ἄγαν θεοφόρων, αὐτῶν δὴ τῶν μάλιστα ἱεροφαντῶν θεολόγων τε αὐτοῖς καὶ προφητῶν, πλείους οὐ μόνον πάλαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔναγχος καθʼ ἡμὰς αὐτοὺς, ἐπὶ τῇ θεοσοφίᾳ ταύτῃ βοηθέντες, διὰ βασάνων αἰκίας ἐπὶ τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν δικαστηρίων τὴν πᾶσαν ἐξέφηναν πλάνην ἀνδρῶν ἀπάταις γίγνεσθαι, γοητείαν τετεχνασμένην τὸ πὰν εἶναι ὁμολογήσαντες· οἵ γε καὶ τὸν πάντα τρόπον τῆς κατασκευῆς καὶ τὰς μεθόδους τῆς κακοτεχνίας ταῖς πρὸς αὐτῶν ἐν ὑπομνήμασιν ἀφεθείσαις φωναῖς ἐνεγράψαντο.
hen de ti prostheis tois eirēmenois megiston an eiē katheōrakōs kephalaion, hōs ēdē kai tōn agan theophorōn, autōn dē tōn malista hierophantōn theologōn te autois kai prophētōn, pleious ou monon palai, alla kai enanchos kathʼ hēmas autous, epi tę̄ theosophią tautę̄ boēthentes, dia basanōn aikias epi tōn Rhōmaïkōn dikastēriōn tēn pasan exephēnan planēn andrōn apatais gignesthai, goēteian tetechnasmenēn to pan einai homologēsantes; hoi ge kai ton panta tropon tēs kataskeuēs kai tas methodous tēs kakotechnias tais pros autōn en hypomnēmasin aphetheisais phōnais enegrapsanto.
But adding one thing to what has been said, one would have seen the greatest point of all: that already many of the extremely inspired, the very chief hierophants, theologians, and prophets among them, celebrated for this divine wisdom, not only long ago but also lately in our own time, under torture before the Roman tribunals revealed that the whole error was produced by the deceits of men, confessing that the whole thing was a contrived sorcery; and they recorded the whole manner of the contrivance and the methods of the evil art in their words taken down in the court records.
4.2.11Dindorf 1:160–161
διὸ δὴ καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν τῆς ὀλεθρίου πλάνης δίκην ἐκτίσαντες πάντα λόγον ἀνεκάλυψαν, αὐτοῖς ἔργοις τὴν τῶν δηλουμένων ἀπόδειξιν πιστωσάμενοι. ὁποῖοι δὲ ἦσαν οὗτοι; μὴ δὴ νόμιζε τῶν ἀπερριμμένων καὶ ἀφανῶν τινάς· οἱ μέν γε αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς θαυμαστῆς ταύτης καὶ γενναίας φιλοσοφίας ὡρμῶντο, τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν τρίβωνα, καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ὀφρῦν ἀνεσπακότων, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τέλει τῆς Ἀντιοχέων ἡλίσκοντο πόλεως, οἱ δὴ μάλιστα καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς καθʼ ἡμῶν ὕβρεσιν ἐν τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς διωγμῷ λαμπρυνόμενοι ἴσμεν δὲ καὶ τὸν φιλόσοφον ὁμοῦ καὶ προφήτην τὰ ὅμοια τοῖς εἰρημένοις κατὰ τὴν Μίλητον ὑπομείναντα.
dio dē kai tēn axian tēs olethriou planēs dikēn ektisantes panta logon anekalypsan, autois ergois tēn tōn dēloumenōn apodeixin pistōsamenoi. hopoioi de ēsan houtoi? mē dē nomize tōn aperrimmenōn kai aphanōn tinas; hoi men ge autois apo tēs thaumastēs tautēs kai gennaias philosophias hōrmōnto, tōn amphi ton tribōna, kai tēn allēn ophryn anespakotōn, hoi de apo tōn en telei tēs Antiocheōn hēliskonto poleōs, hoi dē malista kai epi tais kathʼ hēmōn hybresin en tǭ kathʼ hēmas diōgmǭ lamprynomenoi ismen de kai ton philosophon homou kai prophētēn ta homoia tois eirēmenois kata tēn Milēton hypomeinanta.
So, having paid the just penalty for their destructive error, they revealed the whole matter, confirming the proof of what has been said by the deeds themselves. And who were these? Do not think they were outcasts or obscure people. Some of them came from this wonderful and noble philosophy, of those who wear the cloak and have raised their eyebrows high; others were caught from among the magistrates of the city of Antioch, the very men who were especially distinguished for their outrages against us in the persecution of our time. And we know too that the philosopher and prophet at Miletus suffered things like those described.
4.2.12Dindorf 1:161
Ταῦτα δή τις καὶ τούτων ἔτι πλείω συνάγων εἴποι ἂν μὴ θεοὺς εἶναι, μηδὲ μὴν δαίμονας, τοὺς τῶν κατὰ πόλεις χρηστηρίων αἰτίους, πλάνην δὲ καὶ ἀπάτην ἀνδρῶν γοήτων.
Tauta dē tis kai toutōn eti pleiō synagōn eipoi an mē theous einai, mēde mēn daimonas, tous tōn kata poleis chrēstēriōn aitious, planēn de kai apatēn andrōn goētōn.
Gathering these and still more things, one might say that the causes of the oracles in the cities are neither gods nor even demons, but the error and deceit of sorcerers.
4.2.13Dindorf 1:161
καὶ ἦσάν γε παρʼ αὐτοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅλαι διὰ φιλοσοφίας διαπρεπεῖς αἱρέσεις ταύτης προιστάμεναι τῆς δόξης, ὡς οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀριστοτέλους καὶ πάντες οἱ καθεξῆς τοῦ Περιπάτου, κυνικοὶ τε καὶ Ἐπικούρειοι, οὓς καὶ μάλιστα ἔγωγε ἐθαύμασα, ὅπως ἐν τοῖς Ἑλλήνων ἤθεσι τραφέντες ἐξέτι τε σπαργάνων, παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς θεοὺς εἶναι τοὺς δηλουμένους παρειληφότες, οὐ θατέρᾳ ληπτοὶ γεγόνασιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ κράτος καὶ τὰ βοώμενα χρηστήρια καὶ τὰ παρὰ πᾶσι μεταδιωκόμενα μαντεῖα οὐδὲν φέρειν ἀληθὲς ἀπήλεγξαν, ἀνωφελῆ τε εἶναι ἀπεφήναντο καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπιβλαβῆ τυγχάνειν
kai ēsan ge parʼ autois Hellēsin holai dia philosophias diaprepeis haireseis tautēs proistamenai tēs doxēs, hōs hoi apo tou Aristotelous kai pantes hoi kathexēs tou Peripatou, kynikoi te kai Epikoureioi, hous kai malista egōge ethaumasa, hopōs en tois Hellēnōn ēthesi traphentes exeti te sparganōn, pais para patros theous einai tous dēloumenous pareilēphotes, ou thaterą lēptoi gegonasin, alla kata kratos kai ta boōmena chrēstēria kai ta para pasi metadiōkomena manteia ouden pherein alēthes apēlenxan, anōphelē te einai apephēnanto kai mallon epiblabē tynchanein
And among the Greeks themselves there were whole schools, distinguished in philosophy, that championed this opinion, such as the followers of Aristotle and all the Peripatetics after them, the Cynics, and the Epicureans. These I have admired most of all: how, brought up in Greek ways from their swaddling clothes and having received from father to son the belief that these are gods, they were not caught by either side, but mightily refuted the celebrated oracles and the divinations sought by all as bearing nothing true, and declared them useless and rather harmful.
4.2.14Dindorf 1:161–162
μυρίων δὲ ὄντων—καὶ διὰ πλειόνων τὴν τῶν μαντείων ἀνατροπὴν πεποιημένων, ἐξαρκεῖν ἔμοιγε μαρτυρίας χάριν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἡγοῦμαι καὶ μίαν ἑνὸς τούτων παράθεσιν ἀπαντῶσαν πρὸς τὰ Χρυσίππῳ περὶ εἱμαρμένης ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν μαντείων προρρήσεως κατασκευασθέντα. γράφει δʼ οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ συγγραφεὺς, ἀπελέγχων ὅτι κακῶς ἐκ τῶν μαντείων σημειοῦται τὴν εἱμαρμένην, καὶ ὅτι ἐν τοῖς πλείστοις τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων μαντεῖα διαψεύδονται, καὶ ὅτι σπανίως αὐτοῖς ἐκ συντυχίας ποτέ τινα συμβαίνει, ὅτι τε ἄχρηστος αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς ἡ πρόρρησις. ἄκουε δʼ οὖν ἅ φησι κατὰ λέξιν
myriōn de ontōn—kai dia pleionōn tēn tōn manteiōn anatropēn pepoiēmenōn, exarkein emoige martyrias charin tōn eirēmenōn epi tou parontos hēgoumai kai mian henos toutōn parathesin apantōsan pros ta Chrysippǭ peri heimarmenēs apo tēs tōn manteiōn prorrēseōs kataskeuasthenta. graphei dʼ oun pros auton ho syngrapheus, apelenchōn hoti kakōs ek tōn manteiōn sēmeioutai tēn heimarmenēn, kai hoti en tois pleistois ta tōn Hellēnōn manteia diapseudontai, kai hoti spaniōs autois ek syntychias pote tina symbainei, hoti te achrēstos autōn kai epiblabēs hē prorrēsis. akoue dʼ oun ha phēsi kata lexin
Though there are countless writers who have overthrown divination at greater length, I think it enough for the present, to bear witness to what has been said, to set out one passage of one of them, which answers the arguments constructed by Chrysippus about fate from the prediction of oracles. The writer, then, addressing him, refutes him, showing that he wrongly infers fate from the oracles, that the oracles of the Greeks are false in most things, that they rarely come true by chance, and that their prediction is useless and harmful. Listen, then, to what he says word for word:
Preparation 4, chapter 3
4.3.1Dindorf 1:162
“Φέρει δὲ καὶ ἄλλην ἀπόδειξιν ἐν τῷ προειρημένῳ βιβλίῳ τοιαύτην τινά. μὴ γὰρ ἂν τὰς τῶν μάντεων προρρήσεις ἀληθεῖς εἶναί φησιν, εἰ μὴ πάντα ὑπὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης περιείχοντο· ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ πολλῆς εὐηθείας μεστόν ἐστιν. ὡς γὰρ ἐναργοῦς ὄντος τοῦ πάσας ἀποβαίνειν τὰς τῶν καλουμένων μάντεων προρρήσεις, ἢ ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ὑπό τινος τούτου συγχωρηθέντος, τοῦ πάντα γίνεσθαι καθʼ εἱμαρμένην, καὶ οὐχὶ ὁμοίως ἂν ψευδοῦς ῥηθέντος καὶ αὐτοῦ· ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον, λέγω δὲ τὸ μὴ πάντα ἀποβαίνειν τὰ προαγορευθέντα, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ πλεῖστα αὐτῶν ἡ ἐνάργεια δείκνυσιν.
“Pherei de kai allēn apodeixin en tǭ proeirēmenǭ bibliǭ toiautēn tina. mē gar an tas tōn manteōn prorrēseis alētheis einai phēsin, ei mē panta hypo tēs heimarmenēs perieichonto; ho kai auto pollēs euētheias meston estin. hōs gar enargous ontos tou pasas apobainein tas tōn kaloumenōn manteōn prorrēseis, ē hōs mallon an hypo tinos toutou synchōrēthentos, tou panta ginesthai kathʼ heimarmenēn, kai ouchi homoiōs an pseudous rhēthentos kai autou; epeidē kai to enantion, legō de to mē panta apobainein ta proagoreuthenta, mallon de ta pleista autōn hē enargeia deiknysin.
"He brings another proof too in the book mentioned, of this kind. He says the predictions of the seers could not be true unless all things were encompassed by fate. This too is full of great simplicity. For he argues as if it were evident that all the predictions of the so-called seers come true, or as if this would be granted by anyone more readily than that all things happen by fate, and as if it were not equally false itself; since evidence shows the opposite, I mean that not all the things foretold come true, but rather that most do not.
4.3.2Dindorf 1:162
οὕτω τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἡμῖν Χρύσιππος κεκόμικε, διʼ ἀλλήλων κατασκευάζων ἑκάτερα. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πάντα γίγνεσθαι καθʼ εἱμαρμένην ἐκ τοῦ μαντικὴν εἶναι δεικνύναι βούλεται, τὸ δὲ εἶναι μαντικὴν οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως ἀποδεῖξαι δύναιτο, εἰ μὴ προλάβοι τὸ πάντα συμβαίνειν καθʼ εἱμαρμένην.
houtō tēn apodeixin hēmin Chrysippos kekomike, diʼ allēlōn kataskeuazōn hekatera. to men gar panta gignesthai kathʼ heimarmenēn ek tou mantikēn einai deiknynai bouletai, to de einai mantikēn ouk an allōs apodeixai dynaito, ei mē prolaboi to panta symbainein kathʼ heimarmenēn.
So Chrysippus has given us his proof, establishing each of the two by the other. He wants to show that all things happen by fate from the existence of divination, but he could not prove that divination exists otherwise than by first assuming that all things happen by fate.
4.3.3Dindorf 1:162
ποῖος δʼ ἂν μοχθηρότερος τρόπος ἀποδείξεως τούτου γένοιτο; τὸ γὰρ ἀποβαίνειν τινὰ κατὰ τὴν ἐνάργειαν ὧν προλέγουσιν οἱ μάντεις, οὐ τοῦ μαντικὴν ἐπιστήμην εἶναι σημεῖον ἂν εἴη, ἀλλὰ τοῦ τυχικῶς συμπίπτειν ταῖς προαγορεύσεσι συμφώνους τὰς ἐκβάσεις· ὅπερ οὐδεμίαν ἡμῖν ἐπιστήμην ὑποδείκνυσιν.
poios dʼ an mochthēroteros tropos apodeixeōs toutou genoito? to gar apobainein tina kata tēn enargeian hōn prolegousin hoi manteis, ou tou mantikēn epistēmēn einai sēmeion an eiē, alla tou tychikōs sympiptein tais proagoreusesi symphōnous tas ekbaseis; hoper oudemian hēmin epistēmēn hypodeiknysin.
What method of proof could be worse than this? For that some of what the seers predict evidently comes true would be a sign not that divination is a science, but that outcomes by chance coincide with the predictions; which shows us no science.
4.3.4Dindorf 1:162–163
οὐδὲ γὰρ τοξότην ἂν εἴποιμεν ἐπιστήμονα τὸν ἅπαξ ποτὲ τυχόντα τοῦ σκοποῦ, πολλάκις δὲ ἀποτυγχάνοντα, οὐδὲ ἰατρὸν τὸν ἀναιροῦντα τοὺς πλείους τῶν θεραπευομένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἕνα δέ ποτε διασῶσαι δυνηθέντα· οὐδὲ ὅλως ἐπιστήμην λέγομεν τὴν μὴ πάντα ἢ τά γε πλεῖστα τῶν οἰκείων ἔργων κατορθοῦσαν.
oude gar toxotēn an eipoimen epistēmona ton hapax pote tychonta tou skopou, pollakis de apotynchanonta, oude iatron ton anairounta tous pleious tōn therapeuomenōn hypʼ autou, hena de pote diasōsai dynēthenta; oude holōs epistēmēn legomen tēn mē panta ē ta ge pleista tōn oikeiōn ergōn katorthousan.
For we would not call an archer skilled who once hit the target but often missed, nor a physician one who kills most of those he treats but was once able to save one; nor do we call anything at all a science which does not succeed in all, or at least most, of its proper works.
4.3.5Dindorf 1:163
ὅτι δὲ ἀποτυγχάνεται αἰ τὰ πολλὰ τοῖς καλουμένοις μάντεσιν ὁ πᾶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος μάρτυς ἂν εἴη, καὶ οὗτοί γε αὐτοὶ οἱ τὴν μαντικὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενοι τέχνην, οὐχὶ διὰ ταύτης ἑαυτοῖς βοηθοῦντες ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τὸν βίον χρείαις, ἀλλὰ γνώμῃ τε ἰδίᾳ ποτὲ χρώμενοι καὶ συμβουλῇ καὶ συνεργείᾳ τῶν ἐν ἑκάστοις τῶν πραγμάτων ἐμπειρίαν κεκτῆσθαι νενομισμένων.
hoti de apotynchanetai ai ta polla tois kaloumenois mantesin ho pas tōn anthrōpōn bios martys an eiē, kai houtoi ge autoi hoi tēn mantikēn epangellomenoi technēn, ouchi dia tautēs heautois boēthountes en tais kata ton bion chreiais, alla gnōmę̄ te idią pote chrōmenoi kai symboulę̄ kai synergeią tōn en hekastois tōn pragmatōn empeirian kektēsthai nenomismenōn.
That the so-called seers fail for the most part the whole of human life would testify, and these very men who profess the art of divination, who do not help themselves by it in the needs of life, but sometimes use their own judgment and the counsel and help of those thought to have experience in each matter.
4.3.6Dindorf 1:163
ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τοῦ μὴ συνεστάναι τοῦτο, ὃ προειλήφαμεν καλεῖν μαντικὴν, ἐν ἄλλοις ἀποδώσομεν πληρέστερον, παρατιθέμενοι τὰ Ἐπικούρῳ καὶ περὶ τούτου δοκοῦντα· νυνὶ δὲ τοσοῦτον τοῖς εἰρημένοις προσθήσομεν, ὅτι μάλιστα μὲν τὸ ἀληθεύειν ποτὲ τοὺς καλουμένους μάντεις ἐν ταῖς προαγορεύσεσιν οὐκ ἐπιστήμης, ἀλλὰ τυχικῆς αἰτίας ἔργον ἂν εἴη — οὐ γὰρ τὸ μηδεπώποτε τοῦ προκειμένου τυγχάνειν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ πάντοτε, μηδʼ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον, μηδʼ ἐξ ἐπιστήμης, ὅταν τις καί ποτε τυγχάνῃ, τύχης ἔργον καλεῖν προειλήφαμεν οἱ διειληφότες τὰς ὑφʼ ἕκαστον ὄνομα τεταγμένας ἐναργεῖς ἐννοίας ἑαυτῶν — ἔπειτα εἰ καὶ καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν ἦν ἀληθὲς τὸ δὴ τὴν μαντικὴν τῶν μελλόντων ἁπάντων εἶναι θεωρητικήν τε καὶ προαγορευτικὴν, τὸ μὲν πάντα καθʼ εἱμαρμένην εἶναι συνήγετο ἂν οὕτως, τὸ μέντοι χρειῶδες αὐτῆς καὶ βιωφελὲς οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐδείκνυτο· διὸ καὶ μάλιστα δοκεῖ Χρύσιππος ὑμνεῖν τὴν μαντικήν.
alla peri men tou mē synestanai touto, ho proeilēphamen kalein mantikēn, en allois apodōsomen plēresteron, paratithemenoi ta Epikourǭ kai peri toutou dokounta; nyni de tosouton tois eirēmenois prosthēsomen, hoti malista men to alētheuein pote tous kaloumenous manteis en tais proagoreusesin ouk epistēmēs, alla tychikēs aitias ergon an eiē — ou gar to mēdepōpote tou prokeimenou tynchanein, alla to mē pantote, mēdʼ hōs epi to pleiston, mēdʼ ex epistēmēs, hotan tis kai pote tynchanę̄, tychēs ergon kalein proeilēphamen hoi dieilēphotes tas hyphʼ hekaston onoma tetagmenas enargeis ennoias heautōn — epeita ei kai kathʼ hypothesin ēn alēthes to dē tēn mantikēn tōn mellontōn hapantōn einai theōrētikēn te kai proagoreutikēn, to men panta kathʼ heimarmenēn einai synēgeto an houtōs, to mentoi chreiōdes autēs kai biōpheles ouk an pote edeiknyto; dio kai malista dokei Chrysippos hymnein tēn mantikēn.
But that what we have agreed to call divination does not exist, we shall show more fully elsewhere, setting out Epicurus's views on this. For now we shall add this much to what has been said: first, that the so-called seers' sometimes speaking the truth in their predictions would be the work not of science but of a chance cause (for we who have distinguished the clear notions assigned to each name have agreed to call the work of chance not what never hits the mark, but what does not hit it always, nor for the most part, nor by science, when someone does sometimes hit it); and then, even if it were true by hypothesis that divination observes and foretells all future things, it would follow that all things are by fate, but its usefulness and benefit to life would never be shown; which is the chief reason Chrysippus seems to praise divination.
4.3.7Dindorf 1:163–164
τί γὰρ ὄφελος ἡμῖν ἦν προμανθάνειν τὰ πάντως ἐσόμενα δυσχερῆ, ἃ οὐδὲ προφυλάξασθαι δυνατὸν ἂν εἴη; τὰ γὰρ καθʼ εἱμαρμένην γινόμενα πῶς ἄν τις φυλάξασθαι δύναιτο; ὥστʼ οὐδὲν ὄφελος ἡμῖν τῆς μαντικῆς, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πρὸς κακοῦ τινος ἐγίνετο ἂν αὕτη, τὸ προλυπεῖσθαι μάτην παρέχουσα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπὶ ταῖς προδηλουμέναις δυσχερείαις κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἐσομέναις.
ti gar ophelos hēmin ēn promanthanein ta pantōs esomena dyscherē, ha oude prophylaxasthai dynaton an eiē? ta gar kathʼ heimarmenēn ginomena pōs an tis phylaxasthai dynaito? hōstʼ ouden ophelos hēmin tēs mantikēs, mallon de kai pros kakou tinos egineto an hautē, to prolypeisthai matēn parechousa tois anthrōpois epi tais prodēloumenais dyschereiais katʼ anankēn esomenais.
For what use would it be to us to learn beforehand misfortunes that will certainly come, which we could not even guard against? For how could anyone guard against what happens by fate? So divination would be of no use to us, but rather it would turn to some harm, causing men to grieve in vain beforehand over the misfortunes foretold, which must of necessity come.
4.3.8Dindorf 1:164
οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἴσην πάλιν εὐφροσύνην τις φήσει παρέχειν τὴν τῶν ἐσομένων ἀγαθῶν προαγόρευσιν, ἐπειδήπερ οὐχ οὕτως πέφυκεν ἄνθρωπος χαίρειν ἐπὶ τοῖς προσδοκωμένοις ἀγαθοῖς ὡς ἐπὶ τοῖς κακοῖς ἀνιᾶσθαι. ἄλλως τε καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὐ πάνυ τι περὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἔσεσθαι πρὶν ἀκοῦσαι κατελπίζομεν· τὰ δʼ ἀγαθὰ μᾶλλον ἅπαντες, ὡς εἰπεῖν, προσδοκῶμεν, διὰ τὴν φυσικὴν οἰκείωσιν πρὸς αὐτά· οἱ μὲν γὰρ πολλοὶ καὶ μείζω τῶν δυνατῶν γενέσθαι κατηλπίκασιν.
ou gar tēn isēn palin euphrosynēn tis phēsei parechein tēn tōn esomenōn agathōn proagoreusin, epeidēper ouch houtōs pephyken anthrōpos chairein epi tois prosdokōmenois agathois hōs epi tois kakois aniasthai. allōs te kai tauta men ou pany ti peri heautous esesthai prin akousai katelpizomen; ta dʼ agatha mallon hapantes, hōs eipein, prosdokōmen, dia tēn physikēn oikeiōsin pros auta; hoi men gar polloi kai meizō tōn dynatōn genesthai katēlpikasin.
No one will say that the prediction of future good things gives equal joy in return, since man is not so made as to rejoice over expected goods as much as he is pained by evils. Besides, we do not much expect misfortunes to befall ourselves before we hear of them, but we all, so to speak, rather expect good things, because of our natural affinity to them; for most people even hope for more than is possible.
4.3.9Dindorf 1:164
ἐξ οὗ συμβαίνει τὸ τὴν μὲν τῶν ἀγαθῶν προαγόρευσιν μὴ ἐπιτείνειν πάνυ τι τὴν χαρὰν, διὰ τὸ καὶ χωρὶς τῆς προαγορεύσεως ἕκαστον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ τὰ κρείττω προσδοκᾶν, ἢ ἐπʼ ὀλίγον ἐπιτείνειν τῇ δοκούσῃ βεβαιότητι, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ μειοῦν τὴν χαρὰν, ὅταν ἐλάττω τῶν ἐλπισθέντων ἀκουσθῇ· τὴν δὲ τῶν κακῶν προαγόρευσιν, καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀπόστρεπτον αὐτῶν φύσει, καὶ διὰ τὸ παρʼ ἐλπίδας ἐνίοτε προλέγεσθαι, μεγάλως συνταράττειν.
ex hou symbainei to tēn men tōn agathōn proagoreusin mē epiteinein pany ti tēn charan, dia to kai chōris tēs proagoreuseōs hekaston ex heautou ta kreittō prosdokan, ē epʼ oligon epiteinein tę̄ dokousę̄ bebaiotēti, pollakis de kai meioun tēn charan, hotan elattō tōn elpisthentōn akousthę̄; tēn de tōn kakōn proagoreusin, kai dia to apostrepton autōn physei, kai dia to parʼ elpidas eniote prolegesthai, megalōs syntarattein.
So it happens that the prediction of good things does not much increase joy, because each person even without prediction expects better things of himself, or increases it only a little by the apparent certainty, and often even diminishes the joy, when less than was hoped is heard; but the prediction of evils greatly disturbs, both because they are by nature to be shunned and because they are sometimes foretold contrary to expectation.
4.3.10Dindorf 1:164
ἀλλʼ ὅμως εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῦτο συνέβαινε, τό γε ἀχρεῖον ἔσεσθαι τὴν προαγόρευσιν παντί που δῆλον ἂν εἴη. εἰ γὰρ φήσει τις σωθήσεσθαι τὸ χρήσιμον τῆς μαντικῆς διὰ τὸ προλέγεσθαι τὸ πάντως ἐσόμενον δυσχερὲς εἰ μὴ φυλαξαίμεθα, οὐκέτι πάντα δείξει συμβησόμενα καθʼ εἱμαρμένην, ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ὄντος τοῦ φυλάξασθαί τε καὶ μὴ φυλάξασθαι.
allʼ homōs ei kai mē touto synebaine, to ge achreion esesthai tēn proagoreusin panti pou dēlon an eiē. ei gar phēsei tis sōthēsesthai to chrēsimon tēs mantikēs dia to prolegesthai to pantōs esomenon dyscheres ei mē phylaxaimetha, ouketi panta deixei symbēsomena kathʼ heimarmenēn, ephʼ hēmin ontos tou phylaxasthai te kai mē phylaxasthai.
But even if this did not happen, it would be plain to everyone that prediction would be useless. For if anyone says that the usefulness of divination will be preserved because a misfortune certain to come is foretold unless we guard against it, he will no longer show that all things will happen by fate, since it will be in our power to guard or not to guard against it.
4.3.11Dindorf 1:164–165
εἰ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο κατηναγκάσθαι φήσει τις, ὡς εἰς πάντα τὰ ὄντα διατείνειν τὴν εἱμαρμένην, πάλιν τὸ τῆς μαντικῆς χρήσιμον ἀναιρεῖται· φυλαξόμεθα γὰρ εἰ καθείμαρται, καὶ οὐ φυλαξόμεθα δῆλον ὡς εἰ μὴ καθείμαρται φυλάξασθαι, κἂν πάντες οἱ μάντεις τὸ ἐσόμενον προαγορεύωσιν ἡμῖν.
ei gar kai touto katēnankasthai phēsei tis, hōs eis panta ta onta diateinein tēn heimarmenēn, palin to tēs mantikēs chrēsimon anaireitai; phylaxometha gar ei katheimartai, kai ou phylaxometha dēlon hōs ei mē katheimartai phylaxasthai, kan pantes hoi manteis to esomenon proagoreuōsin hēmin.
And if anyone says that this too has been necessitated, so that fate extends to everything that exists, the usefulness of divination is again destroyed; for we shall guard against it if it is fated, and evidently we shall not guard against it if it is not fated, even if all the seers foretell the future to us.
4.3.12Dindorf 1:165
τὸν γοῦν Οἰδίποδα καὶ τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν τοῦ Πριάμου καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Χρύσιππός φησι πολλὰ μηχανησαμένων τῶν γονέων ὥστε ἀποκτεῖναι, ἵνα τὸ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν προρρηθὲν αὐτοῖς κακὸν φυλάξωνται, μὴ δυνηθῆναι.
ton goun Oidipoda kai ton Alexandron ton tou Priamou kai autos ho Chrysippos phēsi polla mēchanēsamenōn tōn goneōn hōste apokteinai, hina to apʼ autōn prorrēthen autois kakon phylaxōntai, mē dynēthēnai.
At any rate Chrysippus himself says that the parents of Oedipus and of Alexander son of Priam devised many ways of killing them, in order to guard against the evil foretold from them, and could not.
4.3.13Dindorf 1:165
οὕτως οὐδὲν ὄφελος οὐδὲ αὐτοῖς τῆς τῶν κακῶν προαγορεύσεως φησιν εἶναι διὰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς εἱμαρμένης αἰτίαν. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ἐκ περιουσίας εἰρήσθω, πρὸς τὸ μὴ μόνον ἀνυπόστατον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀχρεῖον τῆς μαντικῆς.”
houtōs ouden ophelos oude autois tēs tōn kakōn proagoreuseōs phēsin einai dia tēn ek tēs heimarmenēs aitian. touto men oun ek periousias eirēsthō, pros to mē monon anypostaton, alla kai achreion tēs mantikēs.”
So, he says, there was no benefit even to them from the prediction of evils, because of the causation of fate. Let this be said over and above, to show that divination is not only unreal but also useless."
4.3.14Dindorf 1:165
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ φιλόσοφος. σύ γε μὴν παρὰ σαυτῷ σκέψαι πῶς Ἕλληνες ὄντες, καὶ τὴν Ἑλλήνων σύντροφον παιδείαν ἐκ νέας ἡλικίας κτησάμενοι, τά τε πάτρια περὶ θεῶν πάντων μᾶλλον διεγνωκότες, Ἀριστοτελικοὶ πάντες, Κυνικοί τε καὶ Ἐπικούρειοι, καὶ ὅσοι τούτοις ἐφρόνησαν τὰ παραπλήσια, τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς Ἕλλησι βοωμένων μαντείων κατεγέλασαν.
Tauta men ho philosophos. sy ge mēn para sautǭ skepsai pōs Hellēnes ontes, kai tēn Hellēnōn syntrophon paideian ek neas hēlikias ktēsamenoi, ta te patria peri theōn pantōn mallon diegnōkotes, Aristotelikoi pantes, Kynikoi te kai Epikoureioi, kai hosoi toutois ephronēsan ta paraplēsia, tōn parʼ autois Hellēsi boōmenōn manteiōn kategelasan.
So says the philosopher. But consider for yourself how, being Greeks and having acquired from youth the Greek education with which they were raised, and knowing their ancestral beliefs about the gods better than anyone, all the Aristotelians, the Cynics and Epicureans, and all who thought like them, laughed at the oracles celebrated among the Greeks themselves.
4.3.15Dindorf 1:165
καὶ μὴν, εἴπερ ἦν ἀληθῆ τὰ θρυλούμενα περὶ τῆς τῶν χρηστηρίων παραδοξοποιίας, εἰκὸς ἦν καὶ τούσδε καταπλαγῆναι Ἓλληνας ὄντας, καὶ τὰ πάτρια ἀκριβῶς ἐξεπισταμένους, μηδέν τε τῶν γνωσθῆναι ἀξίων ἐν δευτέρῳ τιθεμένους.
kai mēn, eiper ēn alēthē ta thryloumena peri tēs tōn chrēstēriōn paradoxopoiias, eikos ēn kai tousde kataplagēnai Hellēnas ontas, kai ta patria akribōs exepistamenous, mēden te tōn gnōsthēnai axiōn en deuterǭ tithemenous.
And yet, if the reports about the marvels of the oracles were true, it is likely that these men too would have been astonished, being Greeks, knowing their ancestral customs exactly, and putting nothing worth knowing in second place.
4.3.16Dindorf 1:165–166
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα συνάγειν εἰς ἀνασκευὴν τῆς περὶ τῶν χρηστηρίων ὑποθέσεως πλείστη τις ἦν περιουσία· ἀλλʼ οὐ ταύτῃ μοι δοκεῖ τὸν παρόντα μεθοδεῦσαι λόγον, ἀλλʼ ᾗπερ ὡρμήθημεν ἀρξάμενοι, ἀληθῆ λέγειν δόντες τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν προϊσταμένους, ὡς ἂν ἐκ τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὁμολογουμένων, μαντεῖά τε εἶναι ἀληθῆ καὶ πυθόχρηστα θεοπρόπια τὰ δηλούμενα φασκόντων, τὴν ἀκριβῆ τῶν δηλουμένων ἔκφάνσιν καταμάθωμεν.
tauta men oun kai hosa toiauta synagein eis anaskeuēn tēs peri tōn chrēstēriōn hypotheseōs pleistē tis ēn periousia; allʼ ou tautę̄ moi dokei ton paronta methodeusai logon, allʼ hę̄per hōrmēthēmen arxamenoi, alēthē legein dontes tous hyper autōn proïstamenous, hōs an ek tōn parʼ autois homologoumenōn, manteia te einai alēthē kai pythochrēsta theopropia ta dēloumena phaskontōn, tēn akribē tōn dēloumenōn ekphansin katamathōmen.
There would be a great abundance of these and similar things to collect for the overthrow of the case for the oracles. But I do not think the present argument should proceed this way, but as we began: granting that those who stand up for them speak the truth, let us learn, from what they themselves admit, when they say that the oracles are true and the responses given at Pytho divine, the exact disclosure of what they reveal.
Preparation 4, chapter 4
4.4.1Dindorf 1:166–167
Οἶμαι δὲ παντί τῳ εἶναι σαφὲς ὡς ὁ τῶν προκειμένων ἔλεγχος οὐ μικρὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέγιστον ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον περιέξει μέρος τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ὑποθέσεως. εἰ γὰρ οἱ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας πανταχῆ πάντες, Ἕλληνες καὶ βάρβαροι, δειχθεῖεν μὴ τὸν ἀληθῆ θεὸν ἐπεγνωκότες, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα δοξάζοντες, ἢ ὑπό τινων μοχθηρῶν καὶ θεομάχων πνευμάτων δαιμόνων τε πονηρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων τυφλῶν δίκην ὧδε κἀκεῖσε περιηγμένοι, καὶ βυθῷ κακίας πρὸς αὐτῶν καθειλκυσμένοι· καὶ τί γὰρ ἄλλʼ ἢ δαιμονῶντες;) πῶς οὐ μειζόνως ἂν ὀφθείη τὸ μέγα τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς οἰκονομίας μυστήριον, πάντας πανταχόθεν ἐκ τῆς πατροπαραδότου πλάνης τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων καταδυναστείας διὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν φωνῆς ἀνακεκλημένους, καὶ τοὺς μέχρις ἐσχατιῶν γῆς οἰκοῦντας ἀνθρώπους τῆς ἐξ αἰῶνος κατασχούσης τὸν πάντα βίον ἀπάτης λελυτρωμένους, ὥστε ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ εἰς δεῦρο λελύσθαι μὲν καὶ καθῃρῆσθαι αὐτοῖς ναοῖς καὶ ξοάνοις τὰ πεπαλαιωμένα τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων πλάνης ἱδρύματα, ἱερὰ δὲ ὄντως σεμνὰ καὶ εὐσεβείας διδασκαλεῖα τῷ παμβασιλεῖ καὶ δημιουργῷ τῶν ὅλων ἐν μέσαις πόλεσί τε καὶ κώμαις δυνάμει καὶ ἀρετῇ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀνὰ τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον ἀνεγηγέρθαι, θυσίας τε τὰς θεοπρεπεῖς εὐχαῖς ὁσίων διαθέσει κεκαθαρμένῃ κακίας ἁπάσης, ἔν τε ἀπαθείᾳ ψυχῆς καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς ἀναλήψει, κατὰ τὰ θεῖα καὶ σωτηριώδη παιδεύματα, ἐξ ἁπάντων ὁσημέραι διηνεκῶς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιτελεῖσθαι, τὰς δὴ καὶ μόνας ἀρεστὰς οὔσας καὶ προσηνεῖς θυσίας τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ.
Oimai de panti tǭ einai saphes hōs ho tōn prokeimenōn elenchos ou mikron, alla kai megiston homou kai anankaiotaton periexei meros tēs euangelikēs hypotheseōs. ei gar hoi pro tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou parousias pantachē pantes, Hellēnes kai barbaroi, deichtheien mē ton alēthē theon epegnōkotes, allʼ ētoi ta mē onta hōs onta doxazontes, ē hypo tinōn mochthērōn kai theomachōn pneumatōn daimonōn te ponērōn kai akathartōn typhlōn dikēn hōde kakeise periēgmenoi, kai bythǭ kakias pros autōn katheilkysmenoi; kai ti gar allʼ ē daimonōntes?) pōs ou meizonōs an ophtheiē to mega tēs euangelikēs oikonomias mystērion, pantas pantachothen ek tēs patroparadotou planēs tēs tōn daimonōn katadynasteias dia tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn phōnēs anakeklēmenous, kai tous mechris eschatiōn gēs oikountas anthrōpous tēs ex aiōnos kataschousēs ton panta bion apatēs lelytrōmenous, hōste ex ekeinou kai eis deuro lelysthai men kai kathę̄rēsthai autois naois kai xoanois ta pepalaiōmena tēs tōn ethnōn hapantōn planēs hidrymata, hiera de ontōs semna kai eusebeias didaskaleia tǭ pambasilei kai dēmiourgǭ tōn holōn en mesais polesi te kai kōmais dynamei kai aretę̄ tou sōtēros hēmōn ana ton sympanta kosmon anegēgerthai, thysias te tas theoprepeis euchais hosiōn diathesei kekatharmenę̄ kakias hapasēs, en te apatheią psychēs kai pasēs aretēs analēpsei, kata ta theia kai sōtēriōdē paideumata, ex hapantōn hosēmerai diēnekōs tōn ethnōn epiteleisthai, tas dē kai monas arestas ousas kai prosēneis thysias tǭ epi pantōn theǭ.
I think it plain to everyone that the refutation of these matters will contain no small part, but the greatest and most necessary, of the gospel subject. For if all those everywhere before the coming of our Savior Jesus Christ, Greeks and barbarians, should be shown not to have known the true God, but either to have held as existing things that do not exist, or to have been led about here and there like the blind by certain wicked spirits fighting against God and evil and unclean demons, and dragged down by them into a depth of wickedness (for what else is this than to be possessed by demons?), how would not the great mystery of the gospel dispensation be seen to be all the greater? For all people everywhere have been called back by the voice of our Savior from the inherited error of the tyranny of demons, and those living to the ends of the earth have been redeemed from the deceit that held all life from of old; so that from then until now the ancient foundations of the error of all nations, with their temples and images, have been dissolved and pulled down, and truly holy temples and schools of piety to the universal King and creator of all things have been raised up in the midst of cities and villages throughout the whole world by the power and virtue of our Savior; and sacrifices worthy of God, the prayers of the holy, with a disposition purified from all vice, in tranquility of soul and the taking up of every virtue according to the divine and saving teachings, are offered day by day continually from all the nations, the only sacrifices pleasing and acceptable to the God over all.
4.4.2Dindorf 1:167
τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἴημεν ἐν ταὐτῷ δεδειχότες καὶ ὅτι μετὰ σώφρονος λογισμοῦ, οὐχὶ δὲ ἀλογίᾳ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιδόντες, ἀποστάται τῆς πατροπαραδότου γεγόναμεν δεισιδαιμονίας, κρίσει δικαίᾳ καὶ ἀληθεῖ τὸ κρεῖττον ἀγαπήσαντες, καὶ τῆς ἐνθέου καὶ ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας ἐρασταὶ γεγενημένοι. ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν ἅλις, ἁπτέον δὲ λοιπὸν τῶν προκειμένων.
toutōn de houtōs echontōn, pōs ouk an eiēmen en tautǭ dedeichotes kai hoti meta sōphronos logismou, ouchi de alogią heautous epidontes, apostatai tēs patroparadotou gegonamen deisidaimonias, krisei dikaią kai alēthei to kreitton agapēsantes, kai tēs entheou kai alēthous eusebeias erastai gegenēmenoi. alla toutōn men halis, hapteon de loipon tōn prokeimenōn.
This being so, would we not have shown at the same time that we became apostates from our inherited superstition with sober reasoning and not by giving ourselves up to unreason, loving the better by a just and true judgment and becoming lovers of the inspired and true piety? But enough of this; we must now take up the matters before us.
Preparation 4, chapter 5
4.5.1Dindorf 1:167
Οἱ μὲν δὴ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν θεολογίαν ἐξηκριβωκότες, καθʼ ἕτερον παρὰ τοὺς προειρημένους ἡμῖν τρόπους, εἰς γένη τέτταρα πάντα τὸν λόγον διαιροῦντες, πρώτιστα πάντων τὸν πρῶτον ἀφορίσαντες θεὸν, εἰδέναι φασὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι πρῶτόν τε ὄντα καὶ πάντων θεῶν πατέρα τε καὶ βασιλέα, μεθʼ ὃν γένος τὸ θεῶν ὑπάρχειν δεύτερον, ἑπόμενον δὲ τὸ δαιμόνων, τὸ δὲ ἡρώων τέταρτον· ἃ πάντα τῆς τοῦ κρείττονος ἰδέας μετασχόντα πῆ μὲν ἄγειν, πῆ δὲ ἄγεσθαι, καὶ φῶς ἅπαν προσαγορεύεσθαι τὸ τοιόνδε φωτὸς μετοχῇ· ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τοῦ χείρονος οὐσίας τὸ κακὸν ἡγεῖσθαί φασι· τοῦτο δὲ εἶναι μοχθηρῶν δαιμόνων γένος, φίλῳ μὲν οὐδαμῶς χρώμενον τἀγαθῷ, δύναμίν γε μὴν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἐναντίων φύσει κεκτημένον πρώτην, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς κρείττοσιν ὁ θεός· πᾶν δὲ τὸ τοιόνδε σκότος προσαγορεύεσθαι.
Hoi men dē tēn Hellēnikēn theologian exēkribōkotes, kathʼ heteron para tous proeirēmenous hēmin tropous, eis genē tettara panta ton logon diairountes, prōtista pantōn ton prōton aphorisantes theon, eidenai phasi touton einai ton epi pasi prōton te onta kai pantōn theōn patera te kai basilea, methʼ hon genos to theōn hyparchein deuteron, hepomenon de to daimonōn, to de hērōōn tetarton; ha panta tēs tou kreittonos ideas metaschonta pē men agein, pē de agesthai, kai phōs hapan prosagoreuesthai to toionde phōtos metochę̄; alla kai tēs tou cheironos ousias to kakon hēgeisthai phasi; touto de einai mochthērōn daimonōn genos, philǭ men oudamōs chrōmenon tagathǭ, dynamin ge mēn en tę̄ tōn enantiōn physei kektēmenon prōtēn, kathaper en tois kreittosin ho theos; pan de to toionde skotos prosagoreuesthai.
Those who have studied Greek theology exactly divide the whole account, in another way than the methods we have mentioned, into four classes. First of all they distinguish the first God, saying they know that he is the first over all and the father and king of all the gods; after him the race of gods is second; next that of demons; and fourth that of heroes. All these, sharing in the form of the better, in one way lead and in another are led, and everything of this kind is called light by participation in light. But of the worse substance, they say, evil is the leader; this is the race of wicked demons, which has no friendship with the good but holds the first power in the nature of the opposites, as God does among the better; and everything of this kind is called darkness.
4.5.2Dindorf 1:167–168
ταῦτα τοῦτον διαστειλάμενοι τὸν τρόπον θεοῖς μὲν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸν ἄχρι σελήνης αἰθέρα φασὶν ὑποτετάχθαι· δαίμοσι δὲ τὰ περὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀέρα, ψυχαῖς δὲ τὰ περὶ γῆν καὶ ὑπόγεια. τοιούτῳ δʼ ἀφορισμῷ κεχρημένοι πρῶτον ἁπάντων φασὶ τοὺς οὐρανίους δεῖν καὶ αἰθερίους θεοὺς θεραπεύειν· δεύτερον τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς δαίμονας· τρίτον τὰς τῶν ἡρώων ψυχὰς, τέταρτον τοὺς φαύλους καὶ πονηροὺς ἀπομειλίσσεσθαι δαίμονας.
tauta touton diasteilamenoi ton tropon theois men ouranon kai ton achri selēnēs aithera phasin hypotetachthai; daimosi de ta peri selēnēn kai aera, psychais de ta peri gēn kai hypogeia. toioutǭ dʼ aphorismǭ kechrēmenoi prōton hapantōn phasi tous ouranious dein kai aitherious theous therapeuein; deuteron tous agathous daimonas; triton tas tōn hērōōn psychas, tetarton tous phaulous kai ponērous apomeilissesthai daimonas.
Having made these distinctions in this way, they say that heaven and the ether as far as the moon are assigned to the gods, the regions about the moon and the air to demons, and the regions about the earth and under the earth to souls. Using this division, they say that first of all one must worship the heavenly and ethereal gods; second the good demons; third the souls of heroes; and fourth one must propitiate the bad and wicked demons.
4.5.3Dindorf 1:168
ταῦτα δὲ λόγῳ διαιροῦντες ἔργῳ συγχέουσι τὰ πάντα, μόνας ἀντὶ τῶν εἰρημένων πάντων τὰς πονηρὰς δυνάμεις θεραπεύοντες, καὶ ὅλοι ταύταις καταδουλούμενοι, ὡς ὁ λόγος προιὼν ἀπελέγξει. πάρεστι γοῦν σοι τὰς διὰ τῶν ξοάνων ἐνεργούσας δυνάμεις ὁποίας χρῆν ἀποφαίνεσθαι σκοπεῖν, πότερα θεοὺς ἢ δαίμονας, καὶ εἴτε φαύλους εἴτε ἀγαθοὺς, ἐκ τῶν παρατεθησομένων.
tauta de logǭ diairountes ergǭ syncheousi ta panta, monas anti tōn eirēmenōn pantōn tas ponēras dynameis therapeuontes, kai holoi tautais katadouloumenoi, hōs ho logos proiōn apelenxei. paresti goun soi tas dia tōn xoanōn energousas dynameis hopoias chrēn apophainesthai skopein, potera theous ē daimonas, kai eite phaulous eite agathous, ek tōn paratethēsomenōn.
But while dividing these things in word, in deed they confound everything, worshipping instead of all those mentioned only the wicked powers and being wholly enslaved to them, as the argument will prove as it proceeds. You may, then, consider from what is to be set out what kind of powers working through the images one must declare them to be, whether gods or demons, and whether evil or good.
4.5.4Dindorf 1:168
τὰ μὲν γὰρ παρʼ ἡμῖν θεῖα λόγια οὐδʼ ὅλως ἀγαθὸν οὐδένʼ ὀνομάζει δαίμονα, πάντας δὲ πονηροὺς εἷναι τοὺς τῆς λήξεως ταύτης καὶ δὴ καὶ τῆς προσηγορίας μετειληφότας, ὡς οὐδʼ ἕτερον θεὸν ἀληθῶς καὶ κυρίως πλὴν ἕνα τὸν πάντων αἴτιον· τὰς δὲ ἀστείας καὶ ἀγαθὰς δυνάμεις, ἅτε τὴν φύσιν γεννητὰς οὔσας καὶ πολλῷ τὸν ἀγέννητον καὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν ποιητὴν θεὸν ἀφυστερούσας, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ τῶν δαιμόνων μοχθηροῦ γένους ἀφωρισμένας, οὔτε θεοὺς οὔτε δαίμονας ἀποκαλεῖν ἀξιοῖ, μέσας δὲ οὔσας θεοῦ καὶ δαιμόνων εὐθυβόλῳ καὶ μέσῃ προσηγορίᾳ ἀγγέλους θεοῦ καὶ πνεύματα λειτουργικὰ, δυνάμεις τε θείας καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους, καί τισιν ἄλλαις ἐπωνυμίαις φερωνύμως τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν αὐτῶν ὀνομάζειν εἴωθε, τοὺς δὲ δαίμονας, εἰ δὴ καὶ τούτων ἡμᾶς προσήκει τὴν ἐτυμολογίαν ἐξειπεῖν, οὐχ ᾗπερ Ἕλλησι δοκεῖ παρὰ τὸ δαήμονας εἷναι καὶ ἐπιστήμονας, ἀλλʼ ἢ παρὰ τὸ δειμαίνειν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ φοβεῖσθαι καὶ ἐκφοβεῖν, δαίμονάς τινας προσφυῶς ὀνομάζεσθαι.
ta men gar parʼ hēmin theia logia oudʼ holōs agathon oudenʼ onomazei daimona, pantas de ponērous heinai tous tēs lēxeōs tautēs kai dē kai tēs prosēgorias meteilēphotas, hōs oudʼ heteron theon alēthōs kai kyriōs plēn hena ton pantōn aition; tas de asteias kai agathas dynameis, hate tēn physin gennētas ousas kai pollǭ ton agennēton kai sphōn autōn poiētēn theon aphysterousas, ou mēn alla kai tou tōn daimonōn mochthērou genous aphōrismenas, oute theous oute daimonas apokalein axioi, mesas de ousas theou kai daimonōn euthybolǭ kai mesę̄ prosēgorią angelous theou kai pneumata leitourgika, dynameis te theias kai archangelous, kai tisin allais epōnymiais pherōnymōs tois epitēdeumasin autōn onomazein eiōthe, tous de daimonas, ei dē kai toutōn hēmas prosēkei tēn etymologian exeipein, ouch hę̄per Hellēsi dokei para to daēmonas heinai kai epistēmonas, allʼ ē para to deimainein, hoper esti phobeisthai kai ekphobein, daimonas tinas prosphyōs onomazesthai.
Our divine oracles call no demon at all good, but say that all who have received this lot and this name are wicked, just as they call no other truly and properly God but the one cause of all things. The refined and good powers, since they are begotten by nature and fall far short of the unbegotten God who made them, and are moreover separated from the wicked race of demons, the Scriptures do not see fit to call either gods or demons; but, as being between God and demons, they are accustomed to name them by an apt and middle title: angels of God and ministering spirits, divine powers and archangels, and by some other names suited to their functions. And the demons, if we should give their etymology too, are aptly so named not, as the Greeks think, from being knowing (daemones) and skilled, but from fearing (deimainein), that is, being afraid and terrifying.
4.5.5Dindorf 1:168–169
τάς γέ τοι θείας καὶ ἀγαθὰς δυνάμεις, ὥσπερ οὖν τοῦ τρόπου, οὑτωσὶ δὲ καὶ τῆς προσηγορίας τῆς δαιμονικῆς ἀλλοτρίας τυγχάνειν· ἐπεὶ καὶ πάντων ἂν εἴη παραλογώτατον τὰς μήτε τὴν προαίρεσιν μήτε τὴν ἐκ τοῦ τρόπου φύσιν ὁμοίας μιᾶς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπωνυμίας ἀξιοῦν.
tas ge toi theias kai agathas dynameis, hōsper oun tou tropou, houtōsi de kai tēs prosēgorias tēs daimonikēs allotrias tynchanein; epei kai pantōn an eiē paralogōtaton tas mēte tēn proairesin mēte tēn ek tou tropou physin homoias mias kai tēs autēs epōnymias axioun.
The divine and good powers, they say, are foreign to the demonic name as they are to the demonic character; since it would be the most unreasonable thing of all to count worthy of one and the same name beings unlike both in choice and in the nature of their character.
Preparation 4, chapter 6
4.6.1Dindorf 1:169
Φέρε οὖν ἐπισκεψώμεθα τίς ὁ κατʼ αὐτοὺς τῶν χρηστηρίων τρόπος, ὡς ἂν μάθωμεν ποίας χρὴ δυνάμεως αὐτοὺς ἀποφήνασθαι, καὶ εἴτε ὀρθῶς αὐτῶν ἀνεχωρήσαμεν εἴτε καὶ μή. εἰ δὲ μέλλοιμι παρʼ ἐμαυτοῦ τοὺς ἐλέγχους τῶν δηλουμένων προφέρειν, εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι μηδʼ ἀνεπίληπτον παρέξω τοῖς φιλεγκλήμοσι τὸν λόγον. διόπερ αὐτὸς οὐδὲν οἴκοθεν εἰπὼν αὖθις ταῖς τῶν ἔξωθεν ἀποχρήσομαι μαρτυρίαις.
Phere oun episkepsōmetha tis ho katʼ autous tōn chrēstēriōn tropos, hōs an mathōmen poias chrē dynameōs autous apophēnasthai, kai eite orthōs autōn anechōrēsamen eite kai mē. ei de melloimi parʼ emautou tous elenchous tōn dēloumenōn propherein, eu oidʼ hoti mēdʼ anepilēpton parexō tois philenklēmosi ton logon. dioper autos ouden oikothen eipōn authis tais tōn exōthen apochrēsomai martyriais.
Come, then, let us examine what the nature of their oracles is, so that we may learn to what kind of power one must assign them, and whether we were right to depart from them or not. If I were to bring forward the refutations of these things from myself, I know well that I should not offer an argument beyond reproach to the fault-finders. Therefore, saying nothing of my own, I shall again use the testimonies of outsiders.
4.6.2Dindorf 1:169
μυρίων δὲ ὄντων παρʼ Ἕλλησι λογογράφων τε καὶ φιλοσόφων, πρὸ πάντων ἐπιτήδειον εἰς τὰ προκείμενα ἐγκρίνω τὸν δαιμόνων φίλον αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον, ὃς δὴ καθʼ ἡμᾶς γεγονὼς ταῖς καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐλλαμπρύνεται ψευδηγορίαις. μάλιστα γὰρ φιλοσόφων οὗτος τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς δοκεῖ καὶ δαίμοσι καὶ οἷς φησι θεοῖς ὡμιληκέναι, ὑπέρ τε τούτων πρεσβεῦσαι, καὶ πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὰ περὶ αὐτῶν ἀκριβέστερον διηρευνηκέναι.
myriōn de ontōn parʼ Hellēsi logographōn te kai philosophōn, pro pantōn epitēdeion eis ta prokeimena enkrinō ton daimonōn philon auton ekeinon, hos dē kathʼ hēmas gegonōs tais kathʼ hēmōn ellamprynetai pseudēgoriais. malista gar philosophōn houtos tōn kathʼ hēmas dokei kai daimosi kai hois phēsi theois hōmilēkenai, hyper te toutōn presbeusai, kai pollǭ mallon ta peri autōn akribesteron diēreunēkenai.
Of the countless prose writers and philosophers among the Greeks, I choose before all as suited to the matters at hand that very friend of demons who in our own time has won renown by his falsehoods against us. For he, more than any philosopher of our time, seems to have consorted with demons and with those he calls gods, to have championed them, and much more to have investigated what concerns them more exactly.
4.6.3Dindorf 1:169
οὗτος τοιγαροῦν ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε “Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας " συναγωγὴν ἐποιήσατο χρησμῶν τοῦ τε Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν θεῶν τε καὶ ἀγαθῶν δαιμόνων, οὓς μάλιστα ἐκλεξάμενος αὑτῶ ἡγήσατο ἱκανοὺς εἷναι εἴς τε ἀπόδειξιν τῆς τῶν θεολογουμένων ἀρετῆς εἴς τε προτροπὴν ἧς αὐτῷ φίλον ὀνομάζειν θεοσοφίας.
houtos toigaroun en hois epegrapse “Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias " synagōgēn epoiēsato chrēsmōn tou te Apollōnos kai tōn loipōn theōn te kai agathōn daimonōn, hous malista eklexamenos hautō hēgēsato hikanous heinai eis te apodeixin tēs tōn theologoumenōn aretēs eis te protropēn hēs autǭ philon onomazein theosophias.
In the work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles he made a collection of oracles of Apollo and of the other gods and good demons, choosing those he thought most sufficient both to prove the excellence of those proclaimed as gods and to exhort to what he likes to call divine wisdom.
4.6.4Dindorf 1:169
ἐκ δὴ τούτων τοιγαροῦν τῶν ἐγκριθέντων καὶ μνήμης ἀξιωθέντων λογίων διακρῖναι καλὸν τοὺς χρησμολόγους, καὶ σκέψασθαι ποίας ποτὲ ὄντες τυγχάνουσι δυνάμεως. πρῶτον δὲ θεασώμεθα ὅπως τῆς γραφῆς ὁ δηλωθεὶς ἀνὴρ ἀρχόμενος ἡμῖν ἀληθεύειν ἐπόμνυται λέγων οὕτως
ek dē toutōn toigaroun tōn enkrithentōn kai mnēmēs axiōthentōn logiōn diakrinai kalon tous chrēsmologous, kai skepsasthai poias pote ontes tynchanousi dynameōs. prōton de theasōmetha hopōs tēs graphēs ho dēlōtheis anēr archomenos hēmin alētheuein epomnytai legōn houtōs
From these very oracles, then, that he selected and thought worth recording, it is good to judge the oracle-givers and consider of what power they are. First let us see how the man mentioned, at the beginning of his writing, swears to us that he tells the truth, speaking thus:
Preparation 4, chapter 7
4.7.1Dindorf 1:169–170
" Βέβαιος δὲ καὶ μόνιμος ὁ ἐντεῦθεν ὡς ἂν ἐκ μόνου βεβαίου τὰς ἐλπίδας τοῦ σωθῆναι ἀρυτόμενος, οἷς δὴ καὶ μεταδώσεις μηδὲν ὑφαιρούμενος. ἐπεὶ κἀγὼ τοὺς θεοὺς μαρτύρομαι ὡς οὐδὲν οὔτε προστέθεικα οὔτε ἀφεῖλον τῶν χρησθέντων νοημάτων, εἰ μή που λέξιν ἡμαρτημένην διώρθωσα, ἢ πρὸς τὸ σαφέστερον μεταβέβληκα, ἢ τὸ μέτρον ἐλλεῖπον ἀνεπλήρωσα, ἤ τι τῶν μὴ πρὸς τὴν πρόθεσιν συντεινόντων διέγραψα, τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἀκραιφνῆ τῶν ῥηθέντων διετήρησα, εὐλαβούμενος τὴν ἐκ τούτων ἀσέβειαν μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἱεροσυλίας τιμωρὸν ἑπομένην δίκην.
" Bebaios de kai monimos ho enteuthen hōs an ek monou bebaiou tas elpidas tou sōthēnai arytomenos, hois dē kai metadōseis mēden hyphairoumenos. epei kagō tous theous martyromai hōs ouden oute prostetheika oute apheilon tōn chrēsthentōn noēmatōn, ei mē pou lexin hēmartēmenēn diōrthōsa, ē pros to saphesteron metabeblēka, ē to metron elleipon aneplērōsa, ē ti tōn mē pros tēn prothesin synteinontōn diegrapsa, ton de noun akraiphnē tōn rhēthentōn dietērēsa, eulaboumenos tēn ek toutōn asebeian mallon ē tēn ek tēs hierosylias timōron hepomenēn dikēn.
"Firm and steadfast is he who draws his hopes of salvation from here, as from the only firm source; to whom you shall impart these things, withholding nothing. For I call the gods themselves to witness that I have neither added nor taken away anything of the thoughts of the oracles, except where I have corrected an erroneous expression, or changed it for greater clearness, or filled out a defective meter, or struck out something not bearing on the purpose; but I have kept the sense of what was said pure, guarding against the impiety of such a thing more than against the avenging justice that follows sacrilege.
4.7.2Dindorf 1:170
ἕξει δὲ ἡ παροῦσα συναγωγὴ πολλῶν μὲν τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν δογμάτων ἀναγραφὴν, ὡς οἱ θεοὶ τἀληθὲς ἔχειν ἐθέσπισαν· ἐπʼ ὀλίγον δὲ καὶ τῆς χρηστικῆς ἁψόμεθα πραγματείας, ἥτις πρός τε τὴν θεωρίαν ὀνήσει καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὅλην κάθαρσιν τοῦ βίου. ἣν δʼ ἔχει ὠφέλειαν ἡ συναγωγὴ μάλιστα εἴσονται ὅσοιπερ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὠδίναντες ηὔξαντό ποτε τῆς ἐκ θεῶν ἐπιφανείας τυχόντες ἀνάπαυσιν λαβεῖν τῆς ἀπορίας διὰ τὴν τῶν λεγόντων ἀξιόπιστον διδασκαλίαν." Τοιούτοις χρησάμενος προοιμίοις μαρτύρεται καὶ προκαταγγέλλει μὴ εἰς πολλοὺς ἐκφῆναι τὰ λεχθησόμενα, λέγων οὕτως
hexei de hē parousa synagōgē pollōn men tōn kata philosophian dogmatōn anagraphēn, hōs hoi theoi talēthes echein ethespisan; epʼ oligon de kai tēs chrēstikēs hapsometha pragmateias, hētis pros te tēn theōrian onēsei kai pros tēn holēn katharsin tou biou. hēn dʼ echei ōpheleian hē synagōgē malista eisontai hosoiper tēn alētheian ōdinantes ēuxanto pote tēs ek theōn epiphaneias tychontes anapausin labein tēs aporias dia tēn tōn legontōn axiopiston didaskalian." Toioutois chrēsamenos prooimiois martyretai kai prokatangellei mē eis pollous ekphēnai ta lechthēsomena, legōn houtōs
The present collection will contain a record of many philosophical doctrines, as the gods declared the truth to be; and we shall touch briefly also on the practice of oracles, which will help both contemplation and the whole purification of life. What benefit the collection has will be known best by those who, in travail for the truth, have prayed that they might obtain a manifestation from the gods and find rest from their perplexity through the trustworthy teaching of the speakers." Having used such a preface, he solemnly charges and announces beforehand that what is to be said must not be disclosed to the many, speaking thus:
Preparation 4, chapter 8
4.8.1Dindorf 1:170
Σὺ δʼ εἴπερ τι καὶ ταῦτα πειρῶ μὴ δημοσιεύειν, μηδʼ ἄχρι καὶ τῶν βεβήλων ῥίπτειν αὐτὰ δόξης ἕνεκα ἢ κέρδους ἤ τινος ἄλλης οὐκ εὐαγοῦς κολακείας. κίνδυνος γὰρ οὐ σοὶ μόνον τὰς ἐντολὰς παραβαίνοντι ταύτας, ἀλλὰ κἀμοὶ ῥᾳδίως πιστεύσαντι τῷ στέγειν παρʼ ἑαυτῷ μὴ δυναμένῳ τὰς εὐποιίας. δοτέον δὴ τοῖς τὸν βίον ἐνστησαμένοις πρὸς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς σωτηρίαν.’’
Sy dʼ eiper ti kai tauta peirō mē dēmosieuein, mēdʼ achri kai tōn bebēlōn rhiptein auta doxēs heneka ē kerdous ē tinos allēs ouk euagous kolakeias. kindynos gar ou soi monon tas entolas parabainonti tautas, alla kamoi rhądiōs pisteusanti tǭ stegein parʼ heautǭ mē dynamenǭ tas eupoiias. doteon dē tois ton bion enstēsamenois pros tēn tēs psychēs sōtērian.’’
"Do you, if anything, try not to publish these things, nor to throw them even to the profane, for the sake of glory or gain or some other impure flattery. For there is danger not only to you if you transgress these commands, but also to me, who too easily trusted one unable to keep benefits to himself. They must be given to those who have ordered their life for the salvation of the soul."
4.8.2Dindorf 1:170
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει " Ταῦτά μοι ὡς ἀρρήτων ἀρρητότερα κρύπτειν· οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ θεοὶ φανερῶς περὶ αὑτῶν ἐθέσπισαν, ἀλλὰ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων."
Kai methʼ hetera epilegei " Tauta moi hōs arrētōn arrētotera kryptein; oude gar hoi theoi phanerōs peri hautōn ethespisan, alla diʼ ainigmatōn."
And after other matters he adds: "Hide these things as more secret than secrets; for not even the gods declared the things about themselves openly, but through riddles."
4.8.3Dindorf 1:170–171
Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τοιαῦτα ὁ λόγος ἀνετείνατο, φέρε λοιπὸν διὰ τῶν ἐνθέων καὶ πυθοχρήστων λογίων σκεψώμεθα ποδαπὰς εἶναι τὰς θεολογουμένας ἀφανεῖς δυνάμεις προσήκει λογίζεσθαι· γένοιτο γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἔλεγχος ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων λόγων τε καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων.
Epeidē toinyn toiauta ho logos aneteinato, phere loipon dia tōn entheōn kai pythochrēstōn logiōn skepsōmetha podapas einai tas theologoumenas aphaneis dynameis prosēkei logizesthai; genoito gar an kai andros elenchos ek tōn oikeiōn logōn te kai epitēdeumatōn.
Since, then, the account has raised such expectations, come, let us consider through the inspired and Pythian oracles of what kind we should reckon the invisible powers proclaimed as gods; for a man too may be refuted by his own words and practices.
4.8.4Dindorf 1:171
ὁ δὴ οὖν προδηλωθεὶς ἀνὴρ ἐν αὐτοῖς οἷς ἐπέγραψε ‘Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίαςʼ’ χρησμοὺς τίθησι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, τὰς διὰ ζώων θυσίας ἐργάζεσθαι παρακελευομένου, καὶ μὴ μόνοις δαίμοσι, μηδὲ μόναις ταῖς περιγείοις δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς αἰθερίοις καὶ οὐρανίοις ζῳοθυτεῖν.
ho dē oun prodēlōtheis anēr en autois hois epegrapse ‘Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophiasʼ’ chrēsmous tithēsi tou Apollōnos, tas dia zōōn thysias ergazesthai parakeleuomenou, kai mē monois daimosi, mēde monais tais perigeiois dynamesin, alla kai tais aitheriois kai ouraniois zǭothytein.
The man mentioned, in the very work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles, sets down oracles of Apollo commanding animal sacrifices to be performed, and to sacrifice animals not only to demons, nor only to the earthly powers, but also to the ethereal and heavenly ones.
4.8.5Dindorf 1:171
ἐν ἑτέροις δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς δαίμονας, ἀλλʼ οὐ θεοὺς εἶναι ὁμολογῶν ἅπαντας, οἷς Ἕλληνες τὰς διʼ αἱμάτων καὶ ζῴων ἀλόγων σφαγῆς ἐπετέλουν θυσίας, μὴ χρῆναι μηδʼ ὅσιον εἶναι θεοῖς ζῳοθυτεῖν φησίν.
en heterois de ho autos daimonas, allʼ ou theous einai homologōn hapantas, hois Hellēnes tas diʼ haimatōn kai zǭōn alogōn sphagēs epeteloun thysias, mē chrēnai mēdʼ hosion einai theois zǭothytein phēsin.
But elsewhere the same writer, admitting that all those to whom the Greeks performed sacrifices with blood and the slaughter of irrational animals are demons and not gods, says that it is neither necessary nor holy to sacrifice animals to gods.
4.8.6Dindorf 1:171
ἄκουε τοιγαροῦν τῶν πρώτων αὐτοῦ φωνῶν, διʼ ὧν τὰ περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας συνάγων, πῶς ὁ Ἀπόλλων χρῆναι θεραπεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς διδάσκει. ὃ καὶ παρατίθεται γράφων ὧδε
akoue toigaroun tōn prōtōn autou phōnōn, diʼ hōn ta peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias synagōn, pōs ho Apollōn chrēnai therapeuein tous theous didaskei. ho kai paratithetai graphōn hōde
Listen, then, to his first words, in which, collecting the material on the philosophy from oracles, he shows how Apollo teaches that the gods must be served. He sets it out, writing thus:
Preparation 4, chapter 9
4.9.1Dindorf 1:171
" Ἀκολούθως μετὰ τὰ ῥηθέντα περὶ εὐσεβείας ἃ περὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτῶν ἔχρησαν ἀναγράφοιμεν ἂν, ὧν ἐκ μέρους κἀν τοῖς περὶ εὐσεβείας φθάσαντες παρατεθείκαμεν. ἔστι δὲ ὁ χρησμὸς τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἅμα καὶ διαίρεσιν τῆς τῶν θεῶν περιέχων τάξεως,
" Akolouthōs meta ta rhēthenta peri eusebeias ha peri tēs therapeias autōn echrēsan anagraphoimen an, hōn ek merous kan tois peri eusebeias phthasantes paratetheikamen. esti de ho chrēsmos tou Apollōnos hama kai diairesin tēs tōn theōn periechōn taxeōs,
"Next, after what has been said about piety, we may record what they declared in oracles about their worship, part of which we have already set out in the books On Piety. The oracle of Apollo, which also contains a division of the order of the gods, is this:
4.9.2Dindorf 1:171–172
ἐργάζευ, φίλε, τήνδε θεόσδοτον ἐς τρίβον ἐλθὼν, μηδʼ ἐπιλήθεο τῶν μακάρων, θυσίας ἐναρίζων πῇ μὲν ἐπιχθονίοις, πῇ δʼ οὐρανίοις, ποτὲ δʼ αἴθρης αὐτοῖσιν βασιλεῦσι καὶ ἠέρος ὑγροπόροιο, ἠδὲ θαλασσαίοις καὶ ὑποχθονίοισιν ἅπασι· πάντα γὰρ ἐνδέδεται φύσεως μεστώμασι τῶνδε. ζῴων δʼ ὡς θέμις ἐστὶ τελευτῆσαι καθαγισμοὺς ἀείσω, δέλτοις δὲ χαράσσετε χρησμὸν ἐμεῖο, τοὺς μὲν ἐπιχθονίοις, τοὺς δʼ οὐρανίοισι θεοῖσι· φαιδρὰ μὲν οὐρανίοις, χθονίοις δʼ ἐναλίγκια χροιῇ. τῶν χθονίων διάειρε τριχῇ θυσίας ἐναρίζων, νερτερίων κατάθαπτε, καὶ εἰς βόθρον αἷμα ἴαλλε, χεῦε δὲ μέλι νύμφας τε Διωνύσοιό τε δῶρα. ὅσσοι δʼ ἀμφὶ γέην πωτώμενοι αἰὲν ἔασι, τοῖσδε φόνου πλήσας πάντη πυριπληθέα βωμὸν ἐν πυρὶ βάλλε δέμας θύσας ζῴοιο ποτανοῦ, καὶ μέλι φυράσας Δηωΐῳ ἀλφίτῳ ἔνθευ, ἀτμούς τε λιβάνοιο καὶ οὐλοχύτας ἐπίβαλλε. εὖτε δὲ πὰρ ψαμάθοισιν ἴῃς, γλαυκὴν ἅλα χεύας κὰκ κεφαλῆς θυσίαζε, καὶ εἰς βαθὺ κῦμα θαλάσσης ζῷον ὅλον προίαλλε. τελευτήσας τάδε πάντα ἐς πλατὺν ἠερίων χορὸν ἔρχεο Οὐρανιώνων. ἀστραίοις δʼ ἔπειτα καὶ αἰθερίοις ἐπὶ πᾶσιν αἷμα μὲν ἐκ λαιμῶν κρουνώμασιν ἀμφὶ θυηλὰς λιμνάζειν, τὰ δὲ γυῖα θεοῖς ἐν δαιτὶ πονεῖσθαι. ἄκρα Ἡφαίστῳ δόμεναι, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ πάσασθαι, ἀτμοῖσιν λαροῖσιν ἐνιπλήσαντες ἅπαντα ἠέρα ῥευσταλέον· ἐπὶ δʼ εὐχὰς πέμπε θεοῖσιν.·’
ergazeu, phile, tēnde theosdoton es tribon elthōn, mēdʼ epilētheo tōn makarōn, thysias enarizōn pę̄ men epichthoniois, pę̄ dʼ ouraniois, pote dʼ aithrēs autoisin basileusi kai ēeros hygroporoio, ēde thalassaiois kai hypochthonioisin hapasi; panta gar endedetai physeōs mestōmasi tōnde. zǭōn dʼ hōs themis esti teleutēsai kathagismous aeisō, deltois de charassete chrēsmon emeio, tous men epichthoniois, tous dʼ ouranioisi theoisi; phaidra men ouraniois, chthoniois dʼ enalinkia chroię̄. tōn chthoniōn diaeire trichę̄ thysias enarizōn, nerteriōn katathapte, kai eis bothron haima ialle, cheue de meli nymphas te Diōnysoio te dōra. hossoi dʼ amphi geēn pōtōmenoi aien easi, toisde phonou plēsas pantē pyriplēthea bōmon en pyri balle demas thysas zǭoio potanou, kai meli phyrasas Dēōïǭ alphitǭ entheu, atmous te libanoio kai oulochytas epiballe. eute de par psamathoisin ię̄s, glaukēn hala cheuas kak kephalēs thysiaze, kai eis bathy kyma thalassēs zǭon holon proialle. teleutēsas tade panta es platyn ēeriōn choron ercheo Ouraniōnōn. astraiois dʼ epeita kai aitheriois epi pasin haima men ek laimōn krounōmasin amphi thyēlas limnazein, ta de guia theois en daiti poneisthai. akra Hēphaistǭ domenai, ta de loipa pasasthai, atmoisin laroisin eniplēsantes hapanta ēera rheustaleon; epi dʼ euchas pempe theoisin.;’
'Work, friend, having come upon this god-given path, and do not forget the blessed ones, slaying sacrifices, now to the gods of the earth, now to the heavenly, now to the kings of the ether themselves and of the watery air, and to those of the sea and to all those beneath the earth; for all things are bound in the fullness of the nature of these. I will sing how it is lawful to perform the offerings of animals (and engrave my oracle on tablets): some to the earthly, some to the heavenly gods; bright ones to the heavenly, and to those of the earth like them in color. Divide the sacrifices of the earthly gods in three as you slay them; bury those for the gods below, and pour the blood into a pit, and pour honey, the nymphs, and the gifts of Dionysus. For those who ever fly about the earth, fill the altar everywhere full of fire with blood, cast into the fire the body of a winged creature you have sacrificed, and knead honey with Deo's barley meal and put it in, and throw on fumes of frankincense and sacred grains. When you go by the sands, pour grey brine on the head and sacrifice, and cast the whole animal into the deep wave of the sea. Having finished all these, go to the broad chorus of the airy gods of heaven. Then for the starry and ethereal gods over all, let the blood from the throats pool around the offerings in streams, and the limbs be prepared for the gods in a feast; give the extremities to Hephaestus, and eat the rest, filling all the flowing air with sweet fumes; and send up prayers to the gods.'
4.9.3Dindorf 1:172
Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπεξηγεῖται τὸν χρησμὸν ἑρμηνεύων ὧδε “Αἱ δὲ θυσίαι ἔχουσι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον κατὰ τὴν προρρηθεῖσαν διαίρεσιν τῶν θεῶν ἐκδεδομέναι. ὄντων γὰρ ὑποχθονίων καὶ ἐπιχθονίων θεῶν, καὶ τῶν μὲν ὑποχθονίων καὶ νερτερίων καλουμένων, τῶν δʼ ἐπιχθονίων καὶ χθονίων κληθέντων θεῶν, κοινῶς μὲν τούτοις ἱερεῖα τετράποδα μέλανα θύειν παρακελεύεται, περὶ δὲ τὸν τρόπον τῆς θυσίας ἐξαλλάττει· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐπιχθονίοις σφάζειν ἐπὶ βωμῶν, τοῖς δʼ ὑποχθονίοις ἐπὶ βόθρων παρακελεύεται, καὶ μέντοι καὶ θάπτειν τούτοις θύσαντας τὰ σώματα.
Kai metʼ oliga epexēgeitai ton chrēsmon hermēneuōn hōde “Hai de thysiai echousi ton tropon touton kata tēn prorrētheisan diairesin tōn theōn ekdedomenai. ontōn gar hypochthoniōn kai epichthoniōn theōn, kai tōn men hypochthoniōn kai nerteriōn kaloumenōn, tōn dʼ epichthoniōn kai chthoniōn klēthentōn theōn, koinōs men toutois hiereia tetrapoda melana thyein parakeleuetai, peri de ton tropon tēs thysias exallattei; tois men gar epichthoniois sphazein epi bōmōn, tois dʼ hypochthoniois epi bothrōn parakeleuetai, kai mentoi kai thaptein toutois thysantas ta sōmata.
And a little later he explains the oracle, interpreting it thus: "The sacrifices are of this kind, assigned according to the division of the gods mentioned before. For since there are gods under the earth and on the earth, the former called subterranean and infernal, the latter terrestrial and earthly, he commands in common to sacrifice black four-footed victims to these; but he varies the manner of the sacrifice. For he commands to slaughter them on altars for the gods on the earth, and over pits for those under the earth, and moreover, having sacrificed, to bury the bodies for these.
4.9.4Dindorf 1:172–173
ὅτι γὰρ κοινὰ τούτων καὶ τὰ τετράποδα αὐτὸς ἐρωτηθεὶς ἐπήγαγε ξυνὰ πέλει χθονίων καὶ ὑποχθονίων τάδε μούνων, τετράποδα χθονίοις ἀρνῶν νεοπηγέα γυῖα. τοῖς δὲ ἀερίοις πτηνὰ θύειν παρακελεύεται ὁλοκαυτοῦντας καὶ τὸ αἷμα ἐπὶ τῶν βωμῶν περιάγοντας· τοῖς δὲ θαλασσίοις πτηνὰ μὲν, ζῶντα δὲ ἀφιέναι εἰς τὰ κύματα, μέλανα τὴν χρόαν ὄντα. φησὶ γὰρ τοῖς δὲ θεοῖς τὰ πετεινὰ, θαλασσαίοις δὲ κελαινά,
hoti gar koina toutōn kai ta tetrapoda autos erōtētheis epēgage xyna pelei chthoniōn kai hypochthoniōn tade mounōn, tetrapoda chthoniois arnōn neopēgea guia. tois de aeriois ptēna thyein parakeleuetai holokautountas kai to haima epi tōn bōmōn periagontas; tois de thalassiois ptēna men, zōnta de aphienai eis ta kymata, melana tēn chroan onta. phēsi gar tois de theois ta peteina, thalassaiois de kelaina,
For that four-footed victims are common to these he himself added when asked: 'These are common to the earthly and the subterranean alone: four-footed creatures for the earthly, the fresh-formed limbs of lambs.' To the gods of the air he commands to sacrifice birds, burning them whole and carrying the blood round the altars; to those of the sea, birds too, but to release them alive into the waves, being black in color. For he says: 'To the gods the winged creatures, and to those of the sea the black ones,'
4.9.5Dindorf 1:173
πᾶσι μὲν λέγων τοῖς θεοῖς πλὴν τῶν χθονίων τὰ πετεινὰ, μόνοις δὲ τοῖς θαλασσίοις τὰ κελαινὰ, οὐκοῦν τοῖς ἄλλοις λευκά. τοῖς δʼ οὐρανίοις καὶ αἰθερίοις τὰ ἄκρα τῶν ἱερείων λευκῶν ὄντων ἀφιεροῦν, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ μέρη ἐσθίειν· ἐκ μόνων γὰρ τούτων βρωτέον σοι, ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων μή. οὓς δὲ εἴρηκεν ἐν τῇ διαιρέσει οὐρανίους, τούτους οὑς ἐνταῦθα ἀστραίους.
pasi men legōn tois theois plēn tōn chthoniōn ta peteina, monois de tois thalassiois ta kelaina, oukoun tois allois leuka. tois dʼ ouraniois kai aitheriois ta akra tōn hiereiōn leukōn ontōn aphieroun, ta de loipa merē esthiein; ek monōn gar toutōn brōteon soi, ek de tōn allōn mē. hous de eirēken en tę̄ diairesei ouranious, toutous hous entautha astraious.
meaning winged creatures for all the gods except the earthly, and black ones only for those of the sea, so white for the others. To the heavenly and ethereal gods one must dedicate the extremities of the victims, which are white, and eat the other parts; for of these alone you may eat, but not of the others. Those he called heavenly in the division he here calls starry.
4.9.6Dindorf 1:173
ἆρʼ οὖν δεήσει ἐξηγήσασθαι τῶν θυσιῶν τὰ σύμβολα τῷ εὐσυνέτῳ δῆλα; τετράποδα μὲν γὰρ τοῖς χθονίοις καὶ χερσαῖα· τῷ γὰρ ὁμοίῳ χαίρει τὸ ὅμοιον. χθόνιον δὲ τὸ πρόβατον καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Δήμητρι φίλον, καὶ ἐν οὐρανῷ τὴν ἔκφανσιν ἐκ τῆς γῆς τῶν καρπῶν μεθʼ ἡλίου λοχεύει. μέλανα δέ· τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ γῆ φύσει σκοτεινή. τρία δέ· τοῦ γὰρ σωματικοῦ καὶ γεώδους τὰ τρία σύμβολον.
arʼ oun deēsei exēgēsasthai tōn thysiōn ta symbola tǭ eusynetǭ dēla? tetrapoda men gar tois chthoniois kai chersaia; tǭ gar homoiǭ chairei to homoion. chthonion de to probaton kai dia touto Dēmētri philon, kai en ouranǭ tēn ekphansin ek tēs gēs tōn karpōn methʼ hēliou locheuei. melana de; toiautē gar hē gē physei skoteinē. tria de; tou gar sōmatikou kai geōdous ta tria symbolon.
Will it be necessary, then, to explain the symbols of the sacrifices, which are plain to the intelligent? Four-footed and land animals to the earthly gods, for like rejoices in like. The sheep is earthly and therefore dear to Demeter, and with the sun in heaven it brings to birth the appearing of the fruits out of the earth. They are black, for such is the earth, dark by nature. And three, for three is the symbol of the bodily and earthy.
4.9.7Dindorf 1:173–174
τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἐπιχθονίοις ἄνω ἐπὶ βωμῶν δεῖ θῦσαι· ἐπὶ γὰρ τῆς γῆς ἀναστρέφονται· τοῖς δʼ ὑποχθονίοις ἐν βόθρῳ καὶ ἐν ταφῇ, ἔνθα διατρίβουσι. τὰ πτηνὰ δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὅτι πάντα θεῖ. καὶ γὰρ τὸ ὕδωρ ἀεικίνητον τῆς θαλάσσης, μέλαν δέ· διὸ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἱερεία πρόσφορα. τοῖς δὲ ἀερίοις λευκά· πεφώτισται γὰρ καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ φύσεως ὢν διαφανοῦς. οὐρανίοις δὲ καὶ αἰθερίοις τὰ ἐπὶ τῶν ζῴων κουφότερα, ἅπερ ἐστὶν ἄκρα, οἷς κοινωνεῖν τῆς θυσίας δεῖ. δοτῆρες γὰρ οὗτοι ἀγαθῶν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι τῶν κακῶν κωλυτῆρες.’ Τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας τοῦ θαυμαστοῦ θεοσόφου.
tois men oun epichthoniois anō epi bōmōn dei thysai; epi gar tēs gēs anastrephontai; tois dʼ hypochthoniois en bothrǭ kai en taphę̄, entha diatribousi. ta ptēna de tois allois, hoti panta thei. kai gar to hydōr aeikinēton tēs thalassēs, melan de; dio kai ta toiauta hiereia prosphora. tois de aeriois leuka; pephōtistai gar kai ho aēr physeōs ōn diaphanous. ouraniois de kai aitheriois ta epi tōn zǭōn kouphotera, haper estin akra, hois koinōnein tēs thysias dei. dotēres gar houtoi agathōn, hoi de alloi tōn kakōn kōlytēres.’ Toiauta men ta apo tēs ek logiōn philosophias tou thaumastou theosophou.
To the gods on the earth one must sacrifice above, on altars, for they dwell on the earth; to those under the earth in a pit and with burial, where they spend their time. Winged creatures to the others, because all things move. For the water of the sea too is ever-moving, but black; therefore such victims are suitable. To the gods of the air white ones, for the air too is lit up, being of transparent nature. To the heavenly and ethereal gods the lighter parts of the animals, that is, the extremities, of which one must share in the sacrifice. For these are givers of good things, while the others are averters of evils." Such are the extracts from the Philosophy from Oracles of the wonderful divine sage.
Preparation 4, chapter 10
4.10.1Dindorf 1:174
Φέρε δὲ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐναντίας τούτοις φωνὰς συγκρίνωμεν, ἃς τέθειται ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε " Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀποχῆς. " ἔνθα δὴ ὀρθῷ λογισμῷ κινούμενος πρῶτον ἁπάντων ὁμολογεῖ μὴ δεῖν τὸ καθόλου μηδὲν μήτε θυμιᾶν μήτε θύειν τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ταῖς μετʼ αὐτὸν θείαις καὶ οὐρανίαις δυνάμεσιν.
Phere de tou autou tas enantias toutois phōnas synkrinōmen, has tetheitai en hois epegrapse " Peri tēs tōn empsychōn apochēs. " entha dē orthǭ logismǭ kinoumenos prōton hapantōn homologei mē dein to katholou mēden mēte thymian mēte thyein tǭ epi pasi theǭ, alla mēde tais metʼ auton theiais kai ouraniais dynamesin.
Come, let us compare with these the contrary words of the same writer, which he has set down in the work he entitled On Abstinence from Animal Food. There, moved by right reasoning, he first of all admits that one must not burn incense or sacrifice anything at all to the God over all, nor even to the divine and heavenly powers after him.
4.10.2Dindorf 1:174
εἶτα δὲ ἐπεξιὼν τὰς τῶν πολλῶν ὑπολήψεις ἀνασκευάζει, μὴ χρῆναι φάσκων θεοὺς ὑπολαμβάνειν τοὺς ταῖς διὰ ζῴων θυσίαις χαίροντας. εἶναι γάρ φησι πάντων ἀδικώτατον τὸ ζῳοθυτεῖν, καὶ ἀνόσιον καὶ μυσαρὸν καὶ βλαβερὸν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μηδὲ θεοῖς προσφιλές. ταῦτα δὲ λέγων δῆλος ἂν εἴη τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θεὸν ἀπελέγχων· προστάττειν γὰρ ἀρτίως ἔφησε τὸν χρησμὸν μὴ μόνον τοῖς ὑποχθονίοις καὶ ἐπιχθονίοις θεοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀερίοις οὐρανίοις τε καὶ αἰθερίοις ζῳοθυτεῖν.
eita de epexiōn tas tōn pollōn hypolēpseis anaskeuazei, mē chrēnai phaskōn theous hypolambanein tous tais dia zǭōn thysiais chairontas. einai gar phēsi pantōn adikōtaton to zǭothytein, kai anosion kai mysaron kai blaberon, kai dia touto mēde theois prosphiles. tauta de legōn dēlos an eiē ton heautou theon apelenchōn; prostattein gar artiōs ephēse ton chrēsmon mē monon tois hypochthoniois kai epichthoniois theois, alla kai tois aeriois ouraniois te kai aitheriois zǭothytein.
Then, going on, he refutes the beliefs of the many, saying that one must not suppose those who delight in animal sacrifices to be gods. For he says that to sacrifice animals is the most unjust of all things, unholy, abominable, and harmful, and therefore not pleasing to gods. In saying this he would plainly refute his own god; for he said just now that the oracle commanded animal sacrifice not only to the subterranean and earthly gods, but also to those of the air, heaven, and ether.
4.10.3Dindorf 1:174
καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἀπόλλων τοιαῦτα· ὁ δὲ τὸν Θεόφραστον μαρτυρόμενος θεοῖς μὲν οὔ φησιν ἁρμόζειν τὴν διὰ ζῴων θυσίαν, δαίμοσι δὲ μόνοις· ὥστε κατὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ Θεοφράστου λόγον δαίμονα εἶναι, ἀλλʼ οὐ θεὸν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι νενομισμένους θεοὺς, οἶς τὰς διὰ ζῴων θυσίας πανδημὶ πάντες ἄρχοντές τε καὶ ἀρχόμενοι κατά τε πόλεις καὶ χώρας ἐκτελοῦσι· τούτους γὰρ οὐκ ἄλλο τι τυγχάνειν ἡγεῖσθαι χρὴ κατὰ τοὺς εἰρημένους ἢ δαίμονας.
kai ho men Apollōn toiauta; ho de ton Theophraston martyromenos theois men ou phēsin harmozein tēn dia zǭōn thysian, daimosi de monois; hōste kata ton autou kai Theophrastou logon daimona einai, allʼ ou theon ton Apollōna, ou mēn alla kai pantas tous para pasi tois ethnesi nenomismenous theous, ois tas dia zǭōn thysias pandēmi pantes archontes te kai archomenoi kata te poleis kai chōras ektelousi; toutous gar ouk allo ti tynchanein hēgeisthai chrē kata tous eirēmenous ē daimonas.
So says Apollo; but Porphyry, calling Theophrastus to witness, says that animal sacrifice befits not gods but demons only. So, according to his and Theophrastus's account, Apollo is a demon and not a god, and so are all those considered gods among all the nations, to whom all, rulers and ruled alike, in cities and countries, perform animal sacrifices; for according to the writers mentioned these must be thought nothing other than demons.
4.10.4Dindorf 1:174–175
εἰ δὲ ἀγαθοὺς εἶναί φασιν αὐτοὺς, καὶ πῶς, εἴπερ ἀνόσιος ἦν καὶ μυσαρὰ καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς ἡ διʼ αἱμάτων θυσία, ἀγαθοὶ ἂν εἶεν οἱ τοῖς τοιοῖσδε χαίροντες; εἰ δὲ καὶ μὴ μόναις ταῖς τοιαύταις δὴ θυσίαις, καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν δὲ ὠμότητος καὶ ἀπανθρωπίας φανεῖεν ἀνδροκτασίαις καὶ ἀνθρωποθυσίαις ἡδόμενοι, πῶς οὐκ ἄντικρυς εἶεν ἂν μιαιφόνοι, καὶ πάσης ὠμότητος καὶ ἀπανθρωπίας οἰκεῖοι, καὶ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ πονηροὶ δαίμονες;
ei de agathous einai phasin autous, kai pōs, eiper anosios ēn kai mysara kai epiblabēs hē diʼ haimatōn thysia, agathoi an eien hoi tois toioisde chairontes? ei de kai mē monais tais toiautais dē thysiais, kathʼ hyperbolēn de ōmotētos kai apanthrōpias phaneien androktasiais kai anthrōpothysiais hēdomenoi, pōs ouk antikrys eien an miaiphonoi, kai pasēs ōmotētos kai apanthrōpias oikeioi, kai ouden allo ē ponēroi daimones?
But if they say they are good, how, if sacrifice by blood was unholy, abominable, and harmful, could those who delight in such things be good? And if they should appear to delight not only in such sacrifices, but, through excess of cruelty and inhumanity, in the slaughter and sacrifice of men, how would they not plainly be bloodthirsty, akin to all cruelty and inhumanity, and nothing else than wicked demons?
4.10.5Dindorf 1:175
τούτων δὲ ἡμῖν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν εἰληφότων οἶμαι τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐκ τῶν δηλουμένων ἀναχωρήσεως τὸ εὔλογον ἀποδεδόσθαι. μὴ γὰρ εἶναι ὅσιον μηδʼ εὐσεβὲς, μὴ ὅτι τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ σεβασμίαν προσηγορίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνωτάτω τιμὴν ἐπὶ τὰ πονηρὰ πνεύματα καταβάλλειν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τοῦ παρʼ ἀνθρώποις τὴν βασίλειον ἐπιειμένου ἀξίαν λῃσταῖς καὶ τοιχωρύχοις περιτιθέναι.
toutōn de hēmin tēn apodeixin eilēphotōn oimai tēs hēmeteras ek tōn dēloumenōn anachōrēseōs to eulogon apodedosthai. mē gar einai hosion mēdʼ eusebes, mē hoti tēn tou theou sebasmian prosēgorian kai tēn anōtatō timēn epi ta ponēra pneumata kataballein, alla mēde tou parʼ anthrōpois tēn basileion epieimenou axian lę̄stais kai toichōrychois peritithenai.
When we have received the proof of these things, I think the reasonableness of our withdrawal from the beings described will have been shown. For it is neither holy nor pious to bring down the reverend name of God and the highest honor to wicked spirits; it would not even be so to confer on robbers and housebreakers the title of one invested with royal dignity among men.
4.10.6Dindorf 1:175
ὅθεν ἡμεῖς μόνον τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων σέβειν δεδιδαγμένοι θεὸν, τιμᾶν τε κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον καὶ τὰς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν θεοφιλεῖς τε καὶ μακαρίας δυνάμεις, οὐδὲν μὲν γεῶδες καὶ νεκρὸν, οὐδὲ λύθρους καὶ αἵματα, οὐδέ τι τῆς φθαρτῆς καὶ ὑλικῆς οὐσίας ἐπαγόμεθα· νῷ δὲ πάσης κεκαθαρμένῳ κακίας καὶ σώματι τὸν ἐξ ἁγνείας καὶ σωφροσύνης κόσμον πάσης λαμπρότερον ὄντα στολῆς περιβεβλημένῳ, δόγμασί τε ὀρθοῖς καὶ θεοπρεπέσι, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις διαθέσει γνησίᾳ τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παραδοθεῖσαν εὐσέβειαν μέχρι καὶ θανάτου φυλάττειν εὐχόμεθα.
hothen hēmeis monon ton epi pantōn sebein dedidagmenoi theon, timan te kata to prosēkon kai tas amphʼ auton theophileis te kai makarias dynameis, ouden men geōdes kai nekron, oude lythrous kai haimata, oude ti tēs phthartēs kai hylikēs ousias epagometha; nǭ de pasēs kekatharmenǭ kakias kai sōmati ton ex hagneias kai sōphrosynēs kosmon pasēs lamproteron onta stolēs peribeblēmenǭ, dogmasi te orthois kai theoprepesi, kai epi pasi toutois diathesei gnēsią tēn hypo tou sōtēros hēmōn paradotheisan eusebeian mechri kai thanatou phylattein euchometha.
Therefore we, taught to worship only the God over all and to honor fittingly the God-loving and blessed powers around him, bring nothing earthly and dead, no gore and blood, nothing of perishable and material substance; but with a mind purified of all vice, and a body clothed with the adornment of purity and self-control, brighter than any robe, with right doctrines worthy of God, and above all with a genuine disposition, we pray to keep even to death the piety handed down by our Savior.
4.10.7Dindorf 1:175
ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων ἡμῖν προδιηρθρωμένων ὥρα καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις τῶν εἰρημένων χωρεῖν. πρῶτα δὲ πάντων διελθεῖν εὔλογον διʼ ὧν ὁ προειρημένος συγγραφεὺς ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀποχῆς" μὴ χρῆναί φησι μήτε τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ μήτε ταῖς μετʼ αὐτὸν θείαις δυνάμεσι γεῶδες μηδὲν μήτε θυμιᾶν μήτε θύειν· ἀλλότρια γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἢ κατὰ τὴν πρέπουσαν εὐσέβειαν.
alla gar toutōn hēmin prodiērthrōmenōn hōra kai epi tas apodeixeis tōn eirēmenōn chōrein. prōta de pantōn dielthein eulogon diʼ hōn ho proeirēmenos syngrapheus en hois epegrapse Peri tēs tōn empsychōn apochēs" mē chrēnai phēsi mēte tǭ epi pantōn theǭ mēte tais metʼ auton theiais dynamesi geōdes mēden mēte thymian mēte thyein; allotria gar ta toiauta ē kata tēn prepousan eusebeian.
But having set out these things first, it is time to proceed to the proofs of what has been said. First of all it is reasonable to go through the passages in which the writer mentioned, in the work he entitled On Abstinence from Animal Food, says that one must neither burn incense nor sacrifice anything earthly to the God over all or to the divine powers after him; for such things are foreign to fitting piety.
Preparation 4, chapter 11
4.11.1Dindorf 1:175–176
" Θεῷ μὲν τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν, ὥς τις ἀνὴρ σοφὸς ἔφη, μηδὲν τῶν αἰσθητῶν μήτε θυμιῶντες μήτʼ ἐπονομάζοντες· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔνυλον ὃ μὴ τῷ ἀύλῳ εὐθύς ἐστιν ἀκάθαρτον. διὸ οὐδὲ λόγος τούτῳ ὁ κατὰ φωνὴν οἰκεῖος, οὐδʼ ὁ ἔνδον, ὅταν πάθει ψυχῆς ᾖ μεμολυσμένος· διὰ δὲ σιγῆς καθαρᾶς καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ καθαρῶν ἐννοιῶν θρησκεύομεν αὐτόν. δεῖ ἄρα συναφθέντας καὶ ὁμοιωθέντας αὐτῷ τὴν αὑτῶν ἀναγωγὴν θυσίαν ἱερὰν προσάγειν τῷ θεῷ, τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ καὶ ὕμνον οὖσαν καὶ ἡμῶν σωτηρίαν. ἐν ἀπαθείᾳ ἄρα τῆς ψυχῆς, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ θεωρίᾳ ἡ θυσία αὕτη τελεῖται.”
" Theǭ men tǭ epi pasin, hōs tis anēr sophos ephē, mēden tōn aisthētōn mēte thymiōntes mētʼ eponomazontes; ouden gar enylon ho mē tǭ aulǭ euthys estin akatharton. dio oude logos toutǭ ho kata phōnēn oikeios, oudʼ ho endon, hotan pathei psychēs ę̄ memolysmenos; dia de sigēs katharas kai tōn peri autou katharōn ennoiōn thrēskeuomen auton. dei ara synaphthentas kai homoiōthentas autǭ tēn hautōn anagōgēn thysian hieran prosagein tǭ theǭ, tēn autēn de kai hymnon ousan kai hēmōn sōtērian. en apatheią ara tēs psychēs, tou de theou theōrią hē thysia hautē teleitai.”
"To the God over all, as a wise man said, we neither burn nor name anything perceptible; for there is nothing material that is not at once impure to the immaterial. Therefore not even speech uttered by the voice is fitting for him, nor inner speech when it is defiled by passion of the soul; but we worship him in pure silence and with pure thoughts about him. We must, then, united with him and made like him, offer our own elevation as a holy sacrifice to God, which is also our hymn and our salvation. This sacrifice, then, is performed in the impassibility of the soul and in the contemplation of God."
Preparation 4, chapter 12
4.12.1Dindorf 1:176
“Τοῖς δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐκγόνοις, νοητοῖς δὲ θεοῖς, ἤδη καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ λόγου ὑμνῳδίαν προσθετέον. ἀπαρχὴ γὰρ ἑκάστῳ ὧν δέδωκεν ἡ θυσία, καὶ διʼ ὧν ἡμῶν τρέφει καὶ εἰς τὸ εἶναι συνέχει τὴν οὐσίαν. ὡς οὖν γεωργὸς δραγμάτων ἀπάρχεται καὶ τῶν ἀκροδρύων, οὕτως ἡμεῖς ἀπαρξώμεθα αὐτοῖς ἐννοιῶν τῶν περὶ αὐτῶν καλῶν, εὐχαριστοῦντες ὧν ἡμῖν δεδώκασι τὴν θεωρίαν, καὶ ὅτι ἡμᾶς διὰ τῆς αὐτῶν θέας ἀληθινῶς τρέφουσι, συνόντες καὶ φαινόμενοι καὶ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ σωτηρίᾳ ἐπιλάμποντες.” Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οὗτος. ἀδελφὰ δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ συγγενῆ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ μεγάλου θεοῦ ἐν τῷ Περὶ θυσιῶν ὁ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ᾀδόμενος αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ Τυανεὺς Ἀπολλώνιος γράφειν τοιάδε λέγεται
“Tois de autou ekgonois, noētois de theois, ēdē kai tēn ek tou logou hymnǭdian prostheteon. aparchē gar hekastǭ hōn dedōken hē thysia, kai diʼ hōn hēmōn trephei kai eis to einai synechei tēn ousian. hōs oun geōrgos dragmatōn aparchetai kai tōn akrodryōn, houtōs hēmeis aparxōmetha autois ennoiōn tōn peri autōn kalōn, eucharistountes hōn hēmin dedōkasi tēn theōrian, kai hoti hēmas dia tēs autōn theas alēthinōs trephousi, synontes kai phainomenoi kai tę̄ hēmeterą sōtērią epilampontes.” Tauta men oun houtos. adelpha de autǭ kai syngenē peri tou prōtou kai megalou theou en tǭ Peri thysiōn ho para tois pollois ądomenos autos ekeinos ho Tyaneus Apollōnios graphein toiade legetai
"To his offspring, the intelligible gods, we must now add hymns in words. For the sacrifice is a first-fruit of what each has given, through which he nourishes our being and holds it in existence. As a farmer offers first-fruits of his sheaves and tree fruits, so let us offer to them first-fruits of good thoughts about them, giving thanks for the contemplation they have given us, and because they truly nourish us by the sight of themselves, being with us, appearing, and shining on our salvation." So says this writer. And akin to him are the words about the first and great God that Apollonius of Tyana himself, celebrated by the many, is said to write in his work On Sacrifices, as follows:
Preparation 4, chapter 13
4.13.1Dindorf 1:176–177
“Οὕτως τοίνυν μάλιστα ἄν τις, οἶμαι, τὴν προσήκουσαν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιοῖτο τοῦ θείου, τυγχάνοι τε αὐτόθεν ἵλεώ τε καὶ εὐμενοῦς αὐτοῦ παρʼ ὅντινα οὖν μόνος ἀνθρώπων, εἰ θεῷ μὲν, ὃν δὴ πρῶτον ἔφαμεν, ἑνί τε ὄντι κεχωρισμένῳ πάντων, μεθʼ ὃν γνωρίζεσθαι τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀναγκαῖον, μὴ θύοι τι τὴν ἀρχὴν, μήτε ἀνάπτοι πῦρ, μήτε καθόλου τι τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπονομάζοι· (δεῖται γὰρ οὐδενὸς οὐδὲ παρὰ τῶν κρειττόνων ἤπερ ἡμεῖς, οὐδʼ ἔστιν ὃ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνίησι γῆ φυτὸν, ἢ τρέφει ζῷον, ἢ ἀὴρ, ᾧ μὴ πρόσεστί γέ τι μίασμα·) μόνῳ δὲ χρῷτο πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀεὶ τῷ κρείττονι λόγῳ, λέγω δὲ τῷ μὴ διὰ στόματος ἰόντι, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ καλλίστου τῶν ὄντων διὰ τοῦ καλλίστου τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αἰτοίη τἀγαθά· νοῦς δέ ἐστιν οὗτος, ὀργάνου μὴ δεόμενος. οὐκοῦν κατὰ ταῦτα οὐδαμῶς τῷ μεγάλῳ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ θυτέον." Τούτων δὲ ὧδε ἐχόντων θέα δὴ λοιπὸν ὁποῖα περὶ τοῦ ζῳοθυτεῖν ὁ πρότερος ἱστορεῖ συγγραφεὺς, μάρτυρα τοῦ λόγου τὸν Θεόφραστον ἀνακαλούμενος·
“Houtōs toinyn malista an tis, oimai, tēn prosēkousan epimeleian poioito tou theiou, tynchanoi te autothen hileō te kai eumenous autou parʼ hontina oun monos anthrōpōn, ei theǭ men, hon dē prōton ephamen, heni te onti kechōrismenǭ pantōn, methʼ hon gnōrizesthai tous loipous anankaion, mē thyoi ti tēn archēn, mēte anaptoi pyr, mēte katholou ti tōn aisthētōn eponomazoi; (deitai gar oudenos oude para tōn kreittonōn ēper hēmeis, oudʼ estin ho tēn archēn aniēsi gē phyton, ē trephei zǭon, ē aēr, hǭ mē prosesti ge ti miasma;) monǭ de chrǭto pros auton aei tǭ kreittoni logǭ, legō de tǭ mē dia stomatos ionti, kai para tou kallistou tōn ontōn dia tou kallistou tōn en hēmin aitoiē tagatha; nous de estin houtos, organou mē deomenos. oukoun kata tauta oudamōs tǭ megalǭ kai epi pantōn theǭ thyteon." Toutōn de hōde echontōn thea dē loipon hopoia peri tou zǭothytein ho proteros historei syngrapheus, martyra tou logou ton Theophraston anakaloumenos;
"In this way, I think, one would best pay fitting attention to the divine and obtain its favor and kindness above all other men: if to God, whom we called first, who is one and separate from all, after whom the others must be recognized, he should sacrifice nothing at all, nor kindle fire, nor name anything perceptible at all (for he needs nothing even from those greater than we are, and there is no plant that the earth sends up, nor animal that it or the air nourishes, which has not some defilement); but should always use toward him only the higher speech, I mean that which does not pass through the mouth, and should ask good things from the most beautiful of beings through the most beautiful thing in us, which is mind, needing no instrument. So according to this no sacrifice must be offered to the great God over all." This being so, see now what the former writer records about animal sacrifice, calling Theophrastus as witness to the account:
Preparation 4, chapter 14
4.14.1Dindorf 1:177
‘‘Πόρρω δὲ τῶν περὶ τὰς θυσίας ἀπαρχῶν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προιουσῶν παρανομίας ἡ τῶν δεινοτάτων θυμάτων παράληψις ἐπεισήχθη ὠμότητος πλήρης, ὡς δοκεῖν τὰς πρόσθεν λεχθείσας καθʼ ἡμῶν ἀρὰς νῦν τέλος εἰληφέναι, σφαξάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς αἱμαξάντων, ἀφʼ οὗ λιμῶν τε καὶ πολέμων πειραθέντες αἱμάτων ἥψαντο. τοιγαροῦν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ὥς φησιν ὁ Θεόφραστος, τούτων ἑκατέρων νεμεσῆσαν, ἐπιθεῖναι τὴν πρέπουσαν ἔοικε τιμωρίαν· καθὸ οἱ μὲν ἄθεοι γεγόνασι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οἱ δὲ κακόφρονες μᾶλλον ἢ κακόθεοι λεχθέντες ἂν ἐν δίκῃ, διὰ τὸ φαύλους καὶ μηδὲν ἡμῶν βελτίους ἡγεῖσθαι τὴν φύσιν εἶναι τοὺς θεούς. οὕτως οἱ μὲν ἄθυτοι φαίνονται γενέσθαι τινὲς, οἱ δὲ κακόθυτοι καὶ παρανόμων ἁψάμενοι θυμάτων. "
‘‘Porrō de tōn peri tas thysias aparchōn tois anthrōpois proiousōn paranomias hē tōn deinotatōn thymatōn paralēpsis epeisēchthē ōmotētos plērēs, hōs dokein tas prosthen lechtheisas kathʼ hēmōn aras nyn telos eilēphenai, sphaxantōn tōn anthrōpōn kai tous bōmous haimaxantōn, aphʼ hou limōn te kai polemōn peirathentes haimatōn hēpsanto. toigaroun to daimonion, hōs phēsin ho Theophrastos, toutōn hekaterōn nemesēsan, epitheinai tēn prepousan eoike timōrian; katho hoi men atheoi gegonasi tōn anthrōpōn, hoi de kakophrones mallon ē kakotheoi lechthentes an en dikę̄, dia to phaulous kai mēden hēmōn beltious hēgeisthai tēn physin einai tous theous. houtōs hoi men athytoi phainontai genesthai tines, hoi de kakothytoi kai paranomōn hapsamenoi thymatōn. "
"But as men advanced far from the first-fruits in sacrifices into lawlessness, the adoption of the most dreadful offerings, full of cruelty, was brought in, so that the curses spoken of before against us seem now to have been fulfilled, when men slaughtered victims and bloodied the altars, from the time when, having experienced famines and wars, they touched blood. Therefore the divine power, as Theophrastus says, indignant at both, seems to have inflicted the fitting punishment; so that some men have become atheists, and others might justly be called evil-minded rather than worshippers of evil gods, because they think the gods are wicked by nature and no better than we are. Thus some appear to have become men who offer no sacrifice, and others men who sacrifice wrongly and touch unlawful victims."
4.14.2Dindorf 1:177
Πάλιν δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς προστίθησι καὶ ταῦτα Ὧν δὴ τοῦτον ἐχόντων τὸν τρόπον, εἰκότως ὁ Θεόφραστος ἀπαγορεύει μὴ θύειν τὰ ἔμψυχα τοὺς τῷ ὄντι εὐσεβεῖν ἐθέλοντας, χρώμενος καὶ τοιαύταις ἄλλαις αἰτίαις."
Palin de ho autos prostithēsi kai tauta Hōn dē touton echontōn ton tropon, eikotōs ho Theophrastos apagoreuei mē thyein ta empsycha tous tǭ onti eusebein ethelontas, chrōmenos kai toiautais allais aitiais."
Again the same writer adds this: "These things being so, Theophrastus rightly forbids those who wish to be truly pious to sacrifice living creatures, using also such other reasons as these."
4.14.3Dindorf 1:177–178
Καὶ ἐπιλέγει " Καὶ μὴν θύειν δεῖ ἐκεῖνα ἃ θύοντες οὐδένα πημανοῦμεν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ὡς τὸ θῦμα ἀβλαβὲς εἶναι χρή πάβι. ΐί λίγοι τις ότι ονχ ήττον των καρ- πών καϊ τά ζώα ημϊν εις χρήΰιν ό θεός δέδωκεν, άλλʼ ονν γε έπιθνομένων των ζώων φέρει τινά βλά- βην αντοίς, ίίτε της ψνχής νοαφιζομένων. ου τέον ονν ταύταʼ ή, γαρ θυσία οαία τις έΰτι κατά τον- νομα οβίος δΐ ουδείς os ek twn αλλότριων άποδίδωαι χάριτας, καν καρπούς λάβη, καν φυτά μή έθέλον- (ΐ τος. πώς γαρ όΰιον αδικούμενων των αφαιρεθέντων; ει δε ούδϊ καρπών ό άψάμενος αλλότριων όαίως θύει, τά γε_τούτων τιμιώτερα παντελώς ονχ οΰιον άφαιρονμένονς τινών θύειν· το γαρ δεινό ν οντω γί- νεται μείζον, ή ψνχή δε πολλω τιμιώτερον τών έκ γης φνομένων, ην άφαιρεϊσθαι Ονοντα ζώα ον προα- ήκεν."
Kai epilegei " Kai mēn thyein dei ekeina ha thyontes oudena pēmanoumen; ouden gar hōs to thyma ablabes einai chrē pabi. ïi ligoi tis oti onch ētton tōn kar- pōn kaï ta zōa ēmïn eis chrēÿin o theos dedōken, allʼ onn ge epithnomenōn tōn zōōn pherei tina bla- bēn antois, iite tēs psnchēs noaphizomenōn. ou teon onn tautaʼ ē, gar thysia oaia tis eÿti kata ton- noma obios dï oudeis os ek twn allotriōn apodidōai charitas, kan karpous labē, kan phyta mē ethelon- (ï tos. pōs gar oÿion adikoumenōn tōn aphairethentōn? ei de oudï karpōn o apsamenos allotriōn oaiōs thyei, ta ge_toutōn timiōtera pantelōs onch oÿion aphaironmenons tinōn thyein; to gar deino n ontō gi- netai meizon, ē psnchē de pollō timiōteron tōn ek gēs phnomenōn, ēn aphaireïsthai Ononta zōa on proa- ēken."
And he adds: "We must sacrifice those things by sacrificing which we shall harm no one; for nothing ought to be so harmless as a sacrifice. But if someone says that God has given us animals for our use no less than fruits, yet in sacrificing animals one does them some harm, since they are deprived of their soul. These, then, must not be sacrificed. For sacrifice (thysia) is, as the name shows, something holy (hosia); and no one is holy who repays favors out of what belongs to others, whether he takes fruits or plants without the owner's will. For how is it holy when those deprived are wronged? And if one who takes another's fruits does not sacrifice holily, it is altogether unholy to sacrifice things more precious than these, taking them from someone; for so the outrage becomes greater. And the soul is far more precious than what grows from the earth, and it is not fitting to take it away by sacrificing animals."
4.14.4Dindorf 1:178
Καϊ έπιλέγει “Ἀφεκτέον άρα τών ζώων έν ταΐς θυσίαις.” Καὶ πάλιν φησὶ “Τό τοίννν μη όαιον μήτʼ ενδάπανον ον ϋντέον.” Καϊ εξής ζο
Kaï epilegei “Aphekteon ara tōn zōōn en taïs thysiais.” Kai palin phēsi “To toinnn mē oaion mētʼ endapanon on ÿnteon.” Kaï exēs zo
And he adds: "We must, then, abstain from animals in sacrifices." And again he says: "What is unholy, then, or costly, must not be sacrificed." And next:
4.14.5Dindorf 1:178–179
“Ωστε καὶ τών ζώων εΐ άπαρκτέον, αυτά &εοΐς τούτων τινός εʼνεκα δντέονʼ καϊ gar a onomen, τούτων τινός e'neka 9nomen. ar' onn τιμής ήγήσαιτʼ αν τις τνγχάνειν ημών, ηεός, όταν άδικονντες en- ns dia τής απαρχής φαινώμεθα, ή μάλλον άτιμίαν οΐήβαιτʼ άν τό τοιούτο δραν; έν τωδέ γε ύειν άναι- ρονντες τά μηδέν άδικονντα τών ζώων άδικήσειν ομολογονμενʼ ώΰτε τιμής μίν εʼνεκα ον 9ντέον τών λοιπών ζώων ονδένʼ ον μην ονδΐ τών ενεργεβιών χάριν αύτοϊς άποδιδόντας. ό γαρ την δικαίαν άμοι- β ην τής ενεργεσίας καϊ τής ενποιίας τό αντάξιον άποδιδονς ουκ έκ τον κακώς τινάς δράν οφείλει ταύτα παρέχειν. οὐδὲν γὰρ μᾶλλον ἀμείβεσθαι δόξει ἢ κἂν εἰ τὰ τοῦ πέλας ἀρπάσας τις στεφανοίη τινὰς, ὡς χάριν ἀποδιδοὺς καὶ τιμήν.
“Ōste kai tōn zōōn eï aparkteon, auta &eoïs toutōn tinos eʼneka dnteonʼ kaï gar a onomen, toutōn tinos e'neka 9nomen. ar' onn timēs ēgēsaitʼ an tis tnnchanein ēmōn, ēeos, otan adikonntes en- ns dia tēs aparchēs phainōmetha, ē mallon atimian oïēbaitʼ an to toiouto dran? en tōde ge yein anai- ronntes ta mēden adikonnta tōn zōōn adikēsein omologonmenʼ ōÿte timēs min eʼneka on 9nteon tōn loipōn zōōn ondenʼ on mēn ondï tōn energebiōn charin autoïs apodidontas. o gar tēn dikaian amoi- b ēn tēs energesias kaï tēs enpoiias to antaxion apodidons ouk ek ton kakōs tinas dran opheilei tauta parechein. ouden gar mallon ameibesthai doxei ē kan ei ta tou pelas arpasas tis stephanoiē tinas, hōs charin apodidous kai timēn.
"So, even if we must offer first-fruits of animals, we must sacrifice them to the gods for one of these reasons; for we sacrifice for one of these reasons. Would anyone think, then, that God receives honor from us when we are seen to do wrong in our first-fruits, or rather that he would consider such an act a dishonor? In this very thing, by killing in sacrifice animals that do no wrong, we admit that we do wrong; so for the sake of honor none of the other animals must be sacrificed. Nor indeed in repaying benefits to them; for one who repays a just return for a benefit and the worth of a kindness ought not to provide it from wronging others. He will seem no more to repay a favor than if someone should seize his neighbor's goods and crown others with them, as if repaying a favor and honor.
4.14.6Dindorf 1:179
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ χάριν τινὸς ἕνεκα τῶν ἀγαθῶν. ὁ γὰρ ἀδίκῳ πράξει τὸ παθεῖν εὖ θηρεύων ὕποπτός ἐστι μηδὲ εὖ παθὼν χάριν ἕξειν. ὥστε οὐδὲ ἐλπιζομένης εὐεργεσίας θυτέον ἐστὶ τοῖς θεοῖς τὰ ζῷα. καὶ γὰρ δὴ τῶν μὲν ἀνθρώπων λάθοι τις ἂν ἴσως τινὰ τοῦτο πράττων, τὸν δὲ θεὸν ἀμήχανον καὶ λαθεῖν. εἰ τοίνυν θυτέον μὲν τούτων τινὸς ἕνεκα, οὐδενὸς δὲ τούτων χάριν αὐτὸ πρακτέον, δῆλον ὡς οὐ θυτέον ἐστὶ τὰ ζῷα τὸ παράπαν τοῖς θεοῖς."
allʼ oude charin tinos heneka tōn agathōn. ho gar adikǭ praxei to pathein eu thēreuōn hypoptos esti mēde eu pathōn charin hexein. hōste oude elpizomenēs euergesias thyteon esti tois theois ta zǭa. kai gar dē tōn men anthrōpōn lathoi tis an isōs tina touto prattōn, ton de theon amēchanon kai lathein. ei toinyn thyteon men toutōn tinos heneka, oudenos de toutōn charin auto prakteon, dēlon hōs ou thyteon esti ta zǭa to parapan tois theois."
Nor for the sake of some good things. For he who hunts for good treatment by an unjust act is suspected of being ungrateful even when he is well treated. So animals must not be sacrificed to the gods even in hope of benefit. For one might perhaps escape the notice of men in doing this, but it is impossible to escape the notice of God. If, then, one must sacrifice for one of these reasons, but none of them should lead us to do it, it is plain that animals must not be sacrificed to the gods at all."
4.14.7Dindorf 1:179
Καὶ πάλιν ἐπιλέγει Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἥ τε φύσις καὶ πᾶσα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς αἴσθησις δρωμένοις συνηρέσκετο, ταύρων δʼ ἀκράτοισι φόνοις οὐ δεύετο βωμὸς, ἄλλα μύσος τοῦτʼ ἔσκεν ἐν ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστον, θυμὸν ἀπορραίσαντας ἐέδμεναι ἤια γυῖα.’ Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα
Kai palin epilegei Tois men gar hē te physis kai pasa tōn anthrōpōn hē tēs psychēs aisthēsis drōmenois synēresketo, taurōn dʼ akratoisi phonois ou deueto bōmos, alla mysos toutʼ esken en anthrōpoisi megiston, thymon aporraisantas eedmenai ēia guia.’ Kai methʼ hetera
And again he adds: "For with these [the first offerings] both nature and every sense of the human soul were pleased: 'And the altar was not drenched with the unmixed blood of bulls, but this was the greatest abomination among men, to tear out the life and eat the goodly limbs.'" And after other matters:
4.14.8Dindorf 1:179
“Ὅταν γε νέος θεοὺς χαίρειν πολυτελείαις γνῷ, καὶ, ὥς φασι, ταῖς τῶν βοῶν καὶ ἄλλων ζώων θοίναις, πότʼ ἂν ἑκὼν σωφρονήσειε; πῶς δὲ κεχαρισμένα θύειν ἡγούμενος τοῖς θεοῖς ταῦτα οὐκ ἐξεῖναι ἀδικεῖν οἰήσεται αὐτῷ μέλλοντι διὰ τῶν θυσιῶν ἐξωνεῖσθαι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν; πεισθεὶς δὲ ὅτι τούτων χρείαν οὐκ ἔχουσιν οἱ θεοὶ, εἰς δὲ τὸ ἦθος ἀποβλέπουσι τῶν προσιόντων, μεγίστην θυσίαν λαμβάνοντες τὴν ὀρθὴν περὶ αὐτῶν τε καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων διάληψιν, πῶς οὐ σώφρων καὶ δίκαιος καὶ ὅσιος ἔσεται;
“Hotan ge neos theous chairein polyteleiais gnǭ, kai, hōs phasi, tais tōn boōn kai allōn zōōn thoinais, potʼ an hekōn sōphronēseie? pōs de kecharismena thyein hēgoumenos tois theois tauta ouk exeinai adikein oiēsetai autǭ mellonti dia tōn thysiōn exōneisthai tēn hamartian? peistheis de hoti toutōn chreian ouk echousin hoi theoi, eis de to ēthos apoblepousi tōn prosiontōn, megistēn thysian lambanontes tēn orthēn peri autōn te kai tōn pragmatōn dialēpsin, pōs ou sōphrōn kai dikaios kai hosios esetai?
"When a young man learns that the gods delight in extravagance and, as they say, in feasts of oxen and other animals, when would he willingly be sober? And thinking that he sacrifices things pleasing to the gods, how will he not think himself free to do wrong, since he will buy off his sin through sacrifices? But if he is persuaded that the gods have no need of these things, but look to the character of those who approach them, receiving as the greatest sacrifice right understanding about themselves and about things, how will he not be self-controlled, just, and holy?
4.14.9Dindorf 1:179–180
θεοῖς δὲ ἀρίστη μὲν ἀπαρχὴ νοῦς καθαρὸς καὶ ψυχὴ ἀπαθής· οἰκεῖον δὲ καὶ τὸ μετρίων μὲν ἀπάρχεσθαι τῶν ἄλλων, μὴ παρέργως δὲ, ἀλλὰ σὺν πάσῃ προθυμίᾳ. ἐοικέναι γὰρ δεῖ τὰς τιμὰς ταῖς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν προεδρίαις ὑπαναστάσεσί τε καὶ κατακλίσεσιν, οὐ συντάξεων δόσεσι.
theois de aristē men aparchē nous katharos kai psychē apathēs; oikeion de kai to metriōn men aparchesthai tōn allōn, mē parergōs de, alla syn pasę̄ prothymią. eoikenai gar dei tas timas tais epi tōn agathōn proedriais hypanastasesi te kai kataklisesin, ou syntaxeōn dosesi.
To the gods the best first-fruit is a pure mind and a soul free from passion; but it is fitting also to offer moderate first-fruits of other things, not carelessly but with all eagerness. For honors should be like the seats of precedence, the rising up and making room for good men, not like the payment of taxes."
4.14.10Dindorf 1:180
Σαφῶς δὴ διὰ τούτων κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ τοὺς τούτων φιλοσόφους ὡμολογήθη ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔμψυχον τυθείη ἂν εὐλόγως τοῖς θεοῖς· ἀνόσιον γὰρ καὶ ἄδικον καὶ ἐπιβλαβὲς εἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα, οὐκ ἀλλότριόν τε μύσους. οὐκ ἦν ἄρα θεὸς, οὐδέ τις ἀψευδὴς καὶ ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, ὁ τὰς διʼ αἱμάτων λοιβάς τε καὶ κνίσας μικρῷ πρόσθεν εἰσπραττόμενος χρησμῳδός· οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνοι πάντες οἷς ὁ χρησμὸς θύειν ζῷα παρεκελεύσατο. πλάνον ἄρα καὶ ἀπατεῶνα καὶ πονηρὸν ἄντικρυς δαίμονα χρὴ φάναι τὸν καταψευσάμενον, καὶ θεοὺς τοὺς μὴ ὄντας ἀνειπόντα, καὶ προστάξαντα μὴ μόνον τοῖς χθονίοις καὶ καταχθονίοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς οὐρανίοις καὶ αἰθερίοις καὶ ἀστραίοις ζῳοθυτεῖν. τίνας οὖν εἰ μὴ θεοὺς τοὺς εἰρημένους ἅπαντας προσήκοι ἂν ὑπολαμβάνειν αὐτὸς πάλιν ὁ συγγραφεὺς διηγήσεται διὰ τούτων
Saphōs dē dia toutōn kata tous Hellēnas kai tous toutōn philosophous hōmologēthē hoti ouden empsychon tytheiē an eulogōs tois theois; anosion gar kai adikon kai epiblabes einai to pragma, ouk allotrion te mysous. ouk ēn ara theos, oude tis apseudēs kai agathos daimōn, ho tas diʼ haimatōn loibas te kai knisas mikrǭ prosthen eisprattomenos chrēsmǭdos; oudʼ ekeinoi pantes hois ho chrēsmos thyein zǭa parekeleusato. planon ara kai apateōna kai ponēron antikrys daimona chrē phanai ton katapseusamenon, kai theous tous mē ontas aneiponta, kai prostaxanta mē monon tois chthoniois kai katachthoniois, alla kai tois ouraniois kai aitheriois kai astraiois zǭothytein. tinas oun ei mē theous tous eirēmenous hapantas prosēkoi an hypolambanein autos palin ho syngrapheus diēgēsetai dia toutōn
Clearly, then, it has been admitted by these words, according to the Greeks and their philosophers, that no living thing could reasonably be sacrificed to the gods; for the thing is unholy, unjust, harmful, and not free from pollution. So he was no god, nor any truthful and good demon, the oracle-giver who a little before was exacting libations of blood and savor of fat; nor were all those to whom the oracle commanded animals to be sacrificed. We must, then, call the one who lied a deceiver, a cheat, and plainly a wicked demon, who proclaimed as gods beings that are not, and commanded animal sacrifice not only to the earthly and subterranean but also to the heavenly, ethereal, and starry gods. Whom, then, if not gods, one should take all those mentioned to be, the writer himself will relate in the following:
Preparation 4, chapter 15
4.15.1Dindorf 1:180
“Οἶδε δὲ ὁ τῆς εὐσεβείας φροντίζων ὡς θεοῖς μὲν οὐ θύεται ἔμψυχον οὐδὲν, δαίμοσιν δὲ, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι ἀγαθοῖς, ἢ καὶ φαύλοις· καὶ τίνων ἐστὶ τὸ θύειν τούτοις καὶ τῶν ἄχρι τινὸς αὐτῶν δεομένων.”
“Oide de ho tēs eusebeias phrontizōn hōs theois men ou thyetai empsychon ouden, daimosin de, allʼ ētoi agathois, ē kai phaulois; kai tinōn esti to thyein toutois kai tōn achri tinos autōn deomenōn.”
"He who cares for piety knows that no living thing is sacrificed to gods, but to demons, either good or bad; and he knows whose part it is to sacrifice to these, and to what extent they need it."
4.15.2Dindorf 1:180
Καὶ αὖθις ἐξῆς φησιν “Ὅτι δὲ οὐ θεοῖς, ἀλλὰ δαίμοσι τὰς θυσίας τὰς διὰ τῶν αἱμάτων προσῆγον οἱ τὰς ἐν τῷ παντὶ δυνάμεις καταμαθόντες, καὶ τοῦτο πεπίστωται παρʼ αὐτῶν τῶν θεολόγων· καὶ μὴν ὅτι τούτων οἱ μὲν κακοποιοὶ, οἱ δὲ ἀγαθοὶ οὐκ ἐνοχλήσουσιν ἡμῖν."
Kai authis exēs phēsin “Hoti de ou theois, alla daimosi tas thysias tas dia tōn haimatōn prosēgon hoi tas en tǭ panti dynameis katamathontes, kai touto pepistōtai parʼ autōn tōn theologōn; kai mēn hoti toutōn hoi men kakopoioi, hoi de agathoi ouk enochlēsousin hēmin."
And next again he says: "That those who understood the powers in the universe offered sacrifices of blood not to gods but to demons has been confirmed by the theologians themselves; and also that of these some are evil-doers, while the good will not trouble us."
4.15.3Dindorf 1:180–181
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ δεδηλωμένος. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν δαιμόνων μόνων ἔφησε τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους εἶναι, φέρε πῶς ἴδωμεν ὅτι οὐδὲ ἀγαθοὶ δαίμονες, φαῦλοι δὲ οἱ νενομισμένοι αὐτῶν θεοὶ πάντες ἁλίσκονται; λάβοις δʼ ἂν καὶ τούτου τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ὧδε.
Tauta men ho dedēlōmenos. epei de tōn daimonōn monōn ephēse tous men agathous, tous de phaulous einai, phere pōs idōmen hoti oude agathoi daimones, phauloi de hoi nenomismenoi autōn theoi pantes haliskontai? labois dʼ an kai toutou tēn apodeixin hōde.
So says the writer mentioned. And since he said that of the demons alone some are good and some bad, come, let us see how all those considered gods by them are convicted of being not good demons but bad ones. You may take the proof of this as follows.
4.15.4Dindorf 1:181
τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὠφελεῖ, βλάπτει δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον. εἰ δὲ φανεῖεν οἱ κατὰ πάντα τόπον ἀνηγορευμένοι εἴτε θεοὶ εἴτε δαίμονες, αὐτοὶ δὴ οἱ παρὰ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς βεβοημένοι καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων προσκυνούμενοι, ὅ τε Κρόνος καὶ ὁ Ζεὺς, Ἥρα τε καὶ Ἀθηνᾶ καὶ οἱ παραπλήσιοι, αἵ τε ἀφανεῖς δυνάμεις καὶ οἱ δαίμονες οἱ διὰ τῶν ξοάνων ἐνεργοῦντες, οὐ μόνον ζῴων ἀλόγων σφαγαῖς καὶ θυσίαις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνδροκτασίαις καὶ ἀνθρωποθυσίαις χαίροντες, καὶ ταύτῃ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἀθλίων ἀνθρώπων λυμαινόμενοι, τίνα χείρονα ταύτης βλάβην ἐπινοήσειας;
to agathon ōphelei, blaptei de to enantion. ei de phaneien hoi kata panta topon anēgoreumenoi eite theoi eite daimones, autoi dē hoi para pasin autois beboēmenoi kai pros tōn ethnōn hapantōn proskynoumenoi, ho te Kronos kai ho Zeus, Hēra te kai Athēna kai hoi paraplēsioi, hai te aphaneis dynameis kai hoi daimones hoi dia tōn xoanōn energountes, ou monon zǭōn alogōn sphagais kai thysiais, alla kai androktasiais kai anthrōpothysiais chairontes, kai tautę̄ tas psychas tōn athliōn anthrōpōn lymainomenoi, tina cheirona tautēs blabēn epinoēseias?
The good benefits, and its opposite harms. If, then, those proclaimed everywhere, whether gods or demons, the very ones celebrated by all and worshipped by all the nations, Cronus and Zeus, Hera and Athena and the like, and the invisible powers and demons working through the images, should be shown to delight not only in the slaughter and sacrifice of irrational animals but also in the killing and sacrifice of men, and in this way to ruin the souls of wretched men, what harm could you conceive worse than this?
4.15.5Dindorf 1:181
εἰ γὰρ ἡ διὰ ζῴων ἀλόγων θυσία ἐπάρατος καὶ κακόθυτος πρὸς τῶν φιλοσόφων ἐλέχθη, μυσαρά τε καὶ ἄδικος καὶ ἀνόσιος καὶ οὐκ ἀβλαβὴς τοῖς θύουσι, καὶ διά γε ταῦτα πάντα θεῶν ἀναξία, τί χρὴ νομίζειν τὴν διʼ ἀνθρώπων σφαγῆς; ἢ παντὸς αὕτη γένοιτʼ ἂν ἀσεβεστάτη καὶ ἀνοσιωτάτη; πῶς οὖν ἀγαθοῖς δαίμοσιν, οὐχὶ δὲ τοῖς παμμιάροις καὶ πανωλέθροις πνεύμασιν εἰκότως ἂν λεχθείη προσφιλής;
ei gar hē dia zǭōn alogōn thysia eparatos kai kakothytos pros tōn philosophōn elechthē, mysara te kai adikos kai anosios kai ouk ablabēs tois thyousi, kai dia ge tauta panta theōn anaxia, ti chrē nomizein tēn diʼ anthrōpōn sphagēs? ē pantos hautē genoitʼ an asebestatē kai anosiōtatē? pōs oun agathois daimosin, ouchi de tois pammiarois kai panōlethrois pneumasin eikotōs an lechtheiē prosphilēs?
For if the sacrifice of irrational animals was called by the philosophers accursed and wrongly offered, abominable, unjust, unholy, and not harmless to those who sacrifice, and for all these reasons unworthy of gods, what should one think of sacrifice by the slaughter of men? Would not this be the most impious and unholy of all? How, then, could it reasonably be called dear to good demons, and not to utterly abominable and destructive spirits?
4.15.6Dindorf 1:181
φέρε οὖν ἐλέγξωμεν καὶ ἀποδείξωμεν ὁπόσον ἡ τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης λύμη τοῦ βίου τῶν ἀνθρώπων πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας ἐκράτει. λελύσθαι γὰρ αὐτὴν καὶ καθῃρῆσθαι οὐκ ἄλλοτε ἢ κατὰ τοὺς Ἀδριανοῦ χρόνους, φωτὸς δίκην ἤδη διαλαμπούσης ἐπὶ πάντα τόπον τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίας.
phere oun elenxōmen kai apodeixōmen hoposon hē tēs polytheou planēs lymē tou biou tōn anthrōpōn pro tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn euangelikēs didaskalias ekratei. lelysthai gar autēn kai kathę̄rēsthai ouk allote ē kata tous Adrianou chronous, phōtos dikēn ēdē dialampousēs epi panta topon tēs tou Christou didaskalias.
Come, then, let us prove and show how great a hold the ruin of polytheistic error had on human life before the gospel teaching of our Savior. For, as will be shown, it was dissolved and overthrown not at any other time than in the times of Hadrian, when the teaching of Christ was already shining out like light in every place.
4.15.7Dindorf 1:181–182
οἷς οὐχ ἡμεῖς, ἀλλʼ αὐτῶν πάλιν τῶν μὴ τὰ ἡμέτερα φρονούντων μαρτυρήσουσιν αἱ φωναὶ διαρρήδην, τῶν πρὸ τούτου χρόνων τοσαύτην κατηγοροῦσαι μοχθηρίαν ὥστε ἤδη τοὺς δεισιδαίμονας πέρα καὶ τῶν τῆς φύσεως ὅρων χωρεῖν, ὑπὸ τῶν ὀλεθρίων πνευμάτων ἐξοιστρουμένους καὶ δαιμονῶντας ἄντικρυς, ὡς καὶ τοῖς τῶν φιλτάτων αἵμασι καὶ ἄλλαις μυρίαις ἀνθρωποθυσίαις ἱλεοῦσθαι νομίζειν τὰς μιαιφόνους δυνάμεις.
hois ouch hēmeis, allʼ autōn palin tōn mē ta hēmetera phronountōn martyrēsousin hai phōnai diarrēdēn, tōn pro toutou chronōn tosautēn katēgorousai mochthērian hōste ēdē tous deisidaimonas pera kai tōn tēs physeōs horōn chōrein, hypo tōn olethriōn pneumatōn exoistroumenous kai daimonōntas antikrys, hōs kai tois tōn philtatōn haimasi kai allais myriais anthrōpothysiais hileousthai nomizein tas miaiphonous dynameis.
To these things, not we, but the words of those who do not share our views will again plainly testify, accusing the times before this of such wickedness that the superstitious went beyond even the bounds of nature, maddened and plainly possessed by the destructive spirits, so as to think that the bloodthirsty powers were appeased by the blood of those dearest to them and by countless other human sacrifices.
4.15.8Dindorf 1:182
καί τις πατὴρ τὸν μονογενῆ παῖδα καὶ μήτηρ τὴν ἀγαπητὴν θυγατέρα προσέθυσεν τῷ δαίμονι, καὶ κατέσφαττον οἱ φίλτατοι ὥς τι τῶν ἀλόγων καὶ ἀλλοτρίων θρεμμάτων τοὺς προσήκοντας, ἔθυόν τε τοῖς δὴ θεοῖς κατὰ πόλεις καὶ χώρας τοὺς συνοίκους καὶ πολίτας, τὴν φιλάνθρωπον καὶ συμπαθῆ φύσιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀνηλεὲς καὶ ἀπάνθρωπον ἀκονήσαντες, καὶ τὸν μανιώδη καὶ δαιμονιακὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τρόπον.
kai tis patēr ton monogenē paida kai mētēr tēn agapētēn thygatera prosethysen tǭ daimoni, kai katesphatton hoi philtatoi hōs ti tōn alogōn kai allotriōn thremmatōn tous prosēkontas, ethyon te tois dē theois kata poleis kai chōras tous synoikous kai politas, tēn philanthrōpon kai sympathē physin epi to anēlees kai apanthrōpon akonēsantes, kai ton maniōdē kai daimoniakon hōs alēthōs epideiknymenoi tropon.
A father would sacrifice his only son, and a mother her beloved daughter, to the demon; those dearest slaughtered their kin as if they were irrational animals belonging to others; and they sacrificed to their so-called gods, in cities and countries, their neighbors and fellow citizens, whetting their humane and compassionate nature to mercilessness and inhumanity, and showing a truly mad and demonic character.
4.15.9Dindorf 1:182
εὕροις δʼ ἂν οὖν πάσαν ἐξετάζων Ἑλληνικήν τε καὶ βάρβαρον ἱστορίαν, ὅπως οἱ μὲν υἱεῖς, οἱ δὲ θυγατέρας, οἱ δὲ καὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τῶν δαιμόνων καθιέρουν θυσίαις. ἐγὼ δέ σοι καὶ τούτων τὸν καὶ πρότερον παρίστημι μάρτυρα ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς, ἐν οἷς τὴν τῶν ἀλόγων θρεμμάτων θυσίαν ὡς ἀνοσίαν καὶ ἀδικωτάτην ἀπηγόρευσε, ταῦτα φάσκοντα πρὸς ῥῆμα
heurois dʼ an oun pasan exetazōn Hellēnikēn te kai barbaron historian, hopōs hoi men huieis, hoi de thygateras, hoi de kai sphas autous tōn daimonōn kathieroun thysiais. egō de soi kai toutōn ton kai proteron paristēmi martyra en tois autois, en hois tēn tōn alogōn thremmatōn thysian hōs anosian kai adikōtatēn apēgoreuse, tauta phaskonta pros rhēma
You would find, if you examined all Greek and barbarian history, how some consecrated sons, others daughters, and others even themselves in sacrifices to the demons. I bring before you as witness of these things the same writer as before, in the same work in which he forbade the sacrifice of irrational animals as unholy and most unjust, saying this word for word:
Preparation 4, chapter 16
4.16.1Dindorf 1:182
“Καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ πλήρους οὔσης τῆς ἱστορίας λέγομεν, αὐτάρκη καὶ ταῦτα παραστῆσαι. ἐθύετο γὰρ καὶ ἐν Ῥόδῳ μηνὶ τνιῶνι ἕκτῃ ἱσταμένου ἄνθρωπος τῷ Κρόνῳ. ὃ δὴ ἐπὶ πολὺ κρατῆσαν ἔθος μετεβλήθη· ἕνα γὰρ τῶν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ δημοσίᾳ κατακριθέντων μέχρι τῶν Κρονίων συνεῖχον, ἐνστάσης δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς προαγαγόντες τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἔξω πυλῶν ἀντικρὺ τοῦ Ἀριστοβούλης ἕδους οἴνου ποτίσαντες ἔσφαττον.
“Kai hoti tauta ouch haplōs, alla plērous ousēs tēs historias legomen, autarkē kai tauta parastēsai. ethyeto gar kai en Rhodǭ mēni tniōni hektę̄ histamenou anthrōpos tǭ Kronǭ. ho dē epi poly kratēsan ethos meteblēthē; hena gar tōn epi thanatǭ dēmosią katakrithentōn mechri tōn Kroniōn syneichon, enstasēs de tēs heortēs proagagontes ton anthrōpon exō pylōn antikry tou Aristoboulēs hedous oinou potisantes esphatton.
"And that we say these things not lightly, since history is full of them, these examples will be enough to show. In Rhodes, in the month Metageitnion, on the sixth day of the month, a man was sacrificed to Cronus. This custom, after prevailing a long time, was changed: they kept one of those publicly condemned to death until the Cronia, and when the festival came, they led the man outside the gates, opposite the shrine of Aristobule, gave him wine to drink, and slaughtered him.
4.16.2Dindorf 1:182–183
ἐν δὲ τῇ νῦν Σαλαμῖνι, πρότερον δὲ Κορωνείᾳ ὀνομαζομένη, μηνὶ κατὰ Κυπρίους Ἀφροδισίῳ, ἐθύετο ἄνθρωπος τῇ Ἀγραύλῳ τῇ Κέκροπος καὶ νύμφης Ἀγραυλίδος. καὶ διέμενε τὸ ἔθος ἄχρι τῶν Διομήδους χρόνων· εἶτα μετέβαλεν, ὥστε τῷ Διομήδει τὸν ἄνθρωπον θύεσθαι· ὑφʼ ἕνα δὲ περίβολον ὅ τε τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς νεὼς καὶ ὁ τῆς Ἀγραύλου καὶ Διομήδους. ὁ δὲ σφαγιαζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἐφήβων ἀγόμενος τρὶς περιέθει τὸν βωμόν· ἔπειτα ὁ ἱερεὺς αὐτὸν λόγχῃ ἔπαιε κατὰ τοῦ στομάχου, καὶ οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν νηθεῖσαν πυρὰν ὡλοκαύτιζον.
en de tę̄ nyn Salamini, proteron de Korōneią onomazomenē, mēni kata Kyprious Aphrodisiǭ, ethyeto anthrōpos tę̄ Agraulǭ tę̄ Kekropos kai nymphēs Agraulidos. kai diemene to ethos achri tōn Diomēdous chronōn; eita metebalen, hōste tǭ Diomēdei ton anthrōpon thyesthai; hyphʼ hena de peribolon ho te tēs Athēnas neōs kai ho tēs Agraulou kai Diomēdous. ho de sphagiazomenos hypo tōn ephēbōn agomenos tris periethei ton bōmon; epeita ho hiereus auton lonchę̄ epaie kata tou stomachou, kai houtōs auton epi tēn nētheisan pyran hōlokautizon.
In what is now Salamis, formerly called Coronea, in the month called Aphrodisius among the Cyprians, a man was sacrificed to Agraulus, daughter of Cecrops and of the nymph Agraulis. The custom continued until the time of Diomedes; then it changed, so that the man was sacrificed to Diomedes. The temple of Athena and that of Agraulus and Diomedes are in one enclosure. The victim, led by the young men, ran three times round the altar; then the priest struck him with a spear in the throat, and so they burned him whole on the heaped pyre.
4.16.3Dindorf 1:183
τοῦτον δὲ τὸν θεσμὸν Δίφιλος ὁ τῆς Κύπρου βασιλεὺς κατέλυσε, κατὰ τοὺς Σελεύκου χρόνους τοῦ θεολόγου γενόμενος, τὸ ἔθος εἰς βουθυσίαν μεταστήσας. προσήκατο δὲ ὁ δαίμων ἀντʼ ἀνθρώπου τὸν βοῦν.
touton de ton thesmon Diphilos ho tēs Kyprou basileus katelyse, kata tous Seleukou chronous tou theologou genomenos, to ethos eis bouthysian metastēsas. prosēkato de ho daimōn antʼ anthrōpou ton boun.
This ordinance Diphilus, king of Cyprus, abolished in the time of Seleucus the theologian, changing the custom to the sacrifice of an ox; and the demon accepted the ox instead of the man.
4.16.4Dindorf 1:183
οὕτως ἰσάξιόν ἐστι τὸ δρώμενον. κατέλυσε δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἡλίου πόλει τῆς Αἰγύπτου τὸν τῆς ἀνθρωποκτονίας νόμον Ἅμωσις, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ Μανεθῶς ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἀρχαισμοῦ καὶ εὐσεβείας. ἐθύοντο δὲ τῇ Ἥρᾳ, καὶ ἐδοκιμάζοντο καθάπερ οἱ ζητούμενοι καθαροὶ μόσχοι καὶ συσφραγιζόμενοι. ἐθύοντο δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας τρεῖς· ἀνθʼ ὧν κηρίνους ἐκέλευσεν ὁ Ἄμωσις τοὺς ἴσους ἐπιτίθεσθαι.
houtōs isaxion esti to drōmenon. katelyse de kai en Hēliou polei tēs Aigyptou ton tēs anthrōpoktonias nomon Hamōsis, hōs martyrei Manethōs en tǭ Peri archaismou kai eusebeias. ethyonto de tę̄ Hērą, kai edokimazonto kathaper hoi zētoumenoi katharoi moschoi kai sysphragizomenoi. ethyonto de tēs hēmeras treis; anthʼ hōn kērinous ekeleusen ho Amōsis tous isous epitithesthai.
So equivalent is the act. At Heliopolis in Egypt too Amosis abolished the law of human sacrifice, as Manetho testifies in his work On Ancient Customs and Piety. They were sacrificed to Hera, and were examined like the pure calves that are sought out and sealed. Three were sacrificed each day; in their place Amosis ordered the same number of wax figures to be offered.
4.16.5Dindorf 1:183
ἔθυον δὲ καὶ ἐν Χίῳ τῷ Ὠμαδίῳ Διονύσῳ ἄνθρωπον διασπῶντες, καὶ ἐν Τενέδῳ, ὥς φησιν Εὔελπις ὁ Καρύστιος· ἐπεὶ καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους φησὶν ὁ Ἀπολλόδωρος τῷ Ἄρει θύειν ἄνθρωπον.
ethyon de kai en Chiǭ tǭ Ōmadiǭ Dionysǭ anthrōpon diaspōntes, kai en Tenedǭ, hōs phēsin Euelpis ho Karystios; epei kai Lakedaimonious phēsin ho Apollodōros tǭ Arei thyein anthrōpon.
In Chios too they sacrificed a man to Dionysus Omadius (the Raw-eater), tearing him apart, and in Tenedos, as Euelpis of Carystus says; and Apollodorus says that the Lacedaemonians sacrificed a man to Ares.
4.16.6Dindorf 1:183
Φοίνικες δὲ ἐν ταῖς μεγάλαις συμφοραῖς ἢ πολέμων, ἢ λοιμῶν, ἢ αὐχμῶν, ἔθυον τῶν φιλτάτων τινὰ ἐπιψηφίζοντες Κρόνῳ· καὶ πλήρης γε ἡ Φοινικικὴ ἱστορία τῶν θυσάντων, ἣν Σαγχουνιάθων μὲν τῇ Φοινίκων γλώττῃ συνέγραψε, Φίλων δὲ ὁ Βύβλιος εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα γλῶτταν διʼ ὀκτὼ βιβλίων ἡρμήνευσεν.
Phoinikes de en tais megalais symphorais ē polemōn, ē loimōn, ē auchmōn, ethyon tōn philtatōn tina epipsēphizontes Kronǭ; kai plērēs ge hē Phoinikikē historia tōn thysantōn, hēn Sanchouniathōn men tę̄ Phoinikōn glōttę̄ synegrapse, Philōn de ho Byblios eis tēn Hellada glōttan diʼ oktō bibliōn hērmēneusen.
The Phoenicians, in great calamities of war, plague, or drought, sacrificed one of their dearest, chosen by vote, to Cronus; and the Phoenician history is full of those who sacrificed, which Sanchuniathon wrote in the Phoenician language and Philo of Byblos translated into Greek in eight books.
4.16.7Dindorf 1:183–184
Ἴστρος δὲ ἐν τῇ Συναγωγῇ τῶν Κρητικῶν θυσιῶν φησι τοὺς Κουρῆτας τὸ παλαιὸν τῷ Κρόνῳ θύειν παῖδας. καταλυθῆναι δὲ τὰς ἀνθρωποθυσίας σχεδὸν τὰς παρὰ πᾶσί φησι Πάλλας, ὁ ἄριστα περὶ τῶν τοῦ Μίθρα συναγαγὼν μυστηρίων ἐπὶ Ἀδριανοῦ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος. ἐθύετο γὰρ καὶ ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ τῇ κατὰ Συρίαν τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ κατʼ ἔτος παρθένος, νῦν δὲ ἔλαφος.
Istros de en tę̄ Synagōgę̄ tōn Krētikōn thysiōn phēsi tous Kourētas to palaion tǭ Kronǭ thyein paidas. katalythēnai de tas anthrōpothysias schedon tas para pasi phēsi Pallas, ho arista peri tōn tou Mithra synagagōn mystēriōn epi Adrianou tou autokratoros. ethyeto gar kai en Laodikeią tę̄ kata Syrian tę̄ Athēną katʼ etos parthenos, nyn de elaphos.
Ister, in his Collection of Cretan Sacrifices, says that the Curetes in ancient times sacrificed children to Cronus. And Pallas, who made the best collection about the mysteries of Mithras, says that human sacrifices were abolished almost everywhere under the emperor Hadrian. For in Laodicea in Syria a virgin was sacrificed to Athena every year, but now a deer.
4.16.8Dindorf 1:184
καὶ μὴν καὶ οἱ ἐν Λιβύῃ Καρχηδόνιοι ἐποίουν τὴν θυσίαν, ἣν Ἰφικράτης ἔπαυσε. καὶ Δουματηνοὶ δὲ τῆς Ἀραβίας κατʼ ἔτος ἕκαστον ἔθυον παῖδα, ὃν ὑπὸ βωμὸν ἔθαπτον, ᾧ χρῶνται ὡς ξοάνῳ.
kai mēn kai hoi en Libyę̄ Karchēdonioi epoioun tēn thysian, hēn Iphikratēs epause. kai Doumatēnoi de tēs Arabias katʼ etos hekaston ethyon paida, hon hypo bōmon ethapton, hǭ chrōntai hōs xoanǭ.
And indeed the Carthaginians in Libya performed this sacrifice, which Iphicrates stopped. And the Dumatenes of Arabia sacrificed a boy every year and buried him under the altar, which they use as an image.
4.16.9Dindorf 1:184
Φύλαρχος δὲ κοινῶς πάντας τοὺς Ἕλληνας, πρὶν ἐπὶ πολεμίους ἐξιέναι, ἀνθρωποκτονεῖν ἱστορεῖ. καὶ παρίημι Θρᾷκας καὶ Σκύθας, καὶ ὡς Ἀθηναῖοι τὴν Ἐρεχθέως καὶ Πραξιθέας θυγατέρα ἀνεῖλον. ἀλλʼ ἔτι γε νῦν τίς ἀγνοεῖ κατὰ τὴν Μεγάλην πόλιν τῇ τοῦ Λατιαρίου Δῖός ἑορτῇ σφαζόμενον ἄνθρωπον;
Phylarchos de koinōs pantas tous Hellēnas, prin epi polemious exienai, anthrōpoktonein historei. kai pariēmi Thrąkas kai Skythas, kai hōs Athēnaioi tēn Erechtheōs kai Praxitheas thygatera aneilon. allʼ eti ge nyn tis agnoei kata tēn Megalēn polin tę̄ tou Latiariou Dios heortę̄ sphazomenon anthrōpon?
Phylarchus records that all the Greeks in common killed a man before going out against their enemies. And I pass over the Thracians and Scythians, and how the Athenians put to death the daughter of Erechtheus and Praxithea. But even now who does not know that in the great city a man is slaughtered at the feast of Jupiter Latiaris?
4.16.10Dindorf 1:184
Καὶ πάλιν φησὶν “Ἀφʼ οὗ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν οὐκ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ μόνον τοῖς Λυκαίοις, οὐδʼ ἐν Καρχηδόνι τῷ Κρόνῳ κοινῇ πάντες ἀνθρωποθυτοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ περίοδον, τῆς τοῦ νομίμου χάριν μνήμης, ἐμφύλιον ἀεὶ αἷμα ῥαίνουσι πρὸς τοὺς βωμούς.”
Kai palin phēsin “Aphʼ hou mechri tou nyn ouk en Arkadią monon tois Lykaiois, oudʼ en Karchēdoni tǭ Kronǭ koinę̄ pantes anthrōpothytousin, alla kata periodon, tēs tou nomimou charin mnēmēs, emphylion aei haima rhainousi pros tous bōmous.”
And again he says: "From that time until now, not only in Arcadia at the Lycaea, nor in Carthage to Cronus, do all in common offer human sacrifices, but periodically, in memory of the custom, they sprinkle the altars with the blood of their own kin."
4.16.11Dindorf 1:184–185
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐκ τῆς προδηλωθείσης κείσθω γραφῆς. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πρώτου συγγράμματος τῆς Φίλωνος Φοινικικῆς ἱστορίας παραθήσομαι ταῦτα “Ἔθος ἦν τοῖς παλαιοῖς ἐν ταῖς μεγάλαις συμφοραῖς τῶν κινδύνων ἀντὶ τῆς πάντων φθορᾶς τὸ ἠγαπημένον τῶν τέκνων τοὺς κρατοῦντας ἢ πόλεως ἢ ἔθνους εἰς σφαγὴν ἐπιδιδόναι λύτρον τοῖς τιμωροῖς δαίμοσι· κατεσφάττοντο δὲ οἱ διδόμενοι μυστικῶς. Κρόνος τοίνυν, ὃν οἱ Φοίνικες Ἦλ προσαγορεύουσι, βασιλεύων τῆς χώρας, καὶ ὕστερον μετὰ τὴν τοῦ βίου τελευτὴν εἰς τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου ἀστέρα καθιερωθεὶς, ἐξ ἐπιχωρίας νύμφης Ἀνωβρὲτ λεγομένης υἱὸν ἔχων μονογενῆ, ὃν διὰ τοῦτο Ἰεοὺδ ἐκάλουν, τοῦ μονογενοῦς οὕτως ἔτι καὶ νῦν καλουμένου παρὰ τοῖς Φοίνιξι, κινδύνων ἐκ πολέμου μεγίστων κατειληφότων τὴν χώραν, βασιλικῷ κοσμήσας σχήματι τὸν υἱὸν, βωμόν τε κατασκευασάμενος κατέθυσε.”
Tauta men oun ek tēs prodēlōtheisēs keisthō graphēs. ek de tou prōtou syngrammatos tēs Philōnos Phoinikikēs historias parathēsomai tauta “Ethos ēn tois palaiois en tais megalais symphorais tōn kindynōn anti tēs pantōn phthoras to ēgapēmenon tōn teknōn tous kratountas ē poleōs ē ethnous eis sphagēn epididonai lytron tois timōrois daimosi; katesphattonto de hoi didomenoi mystikōs. Kronos toinyn, hon hoi Phoinikes Ēl prosagoreuousi, basileuōn tēs chōras, kai hysteron meta tēn tou biou teleutēn eis ton tou Kronou astera kathierōtheis, ex epichōrias nymphēs Anōbret legomenēs huion echōn monogenē, hon dia touto Ieoud ekaloun, tou monogenous houtōs eti kai nyn kaloumenou para tois Phoinixi, kindynōn ek polemou megistōn kateilēphotōn tēn chōran, basilikǭ kosmēsas schēmati ton huion, bōmon te kataskeuasamenos katethyse.”
Let these extracts from the work mentioned be set down. From the first book of Philo's Phoenician History I shall set out this: "It was the custom of the ancients, in great calamities of danger, that instead of the destruction of all, the rulers of the city or nation gave up the most beloved of their children to be slaughtered as a ransom to the avenging demons; and those given up were slaughtered with mystic rites. Cronus, then, whom the Phoenicians call El, who was king of the country and afterward, at the end of his life, was deified as the star of Cronus, having an only-begotten son by a nymph of the country called Anobret, whom they called Ieoud for this reason (the only-begotten is still so called among the Phoenicians), when very great dangers from war had seized the country, adorned his son with royal attire, prepared an altar, and sacrificed him."
4.16.12Dindorf 1:185–186
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν τοῦτον εἶχε τὸν τρόπον. εἰκότως ἄρα ὁ θαυμάσιος Κλήμης ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ἕλληνας Προτρεπτικῷ, αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα ἐπιμεμφόμενος, τοιάδε καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν πλάνην τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπολοφύρεται λέγων “Φέρʼ οὖν δὴ καὶ τοῦτο προσθῶμεν, ὡς ἀπάνθρωποι καὶ μισάνθρωποι δαίμονες εἶεν ὑμῶν οἱ θεοὶ καὶ οὐχὶ μόνον ἐπιχαίροντες τῇ φρενοβλαβείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἀνθρωποκτονίας ἀπολαύοντες· νυνὶ μὲν τὰς ἐν σταδίοις ἐνόπλους φιλονεικίας, νυνὶ δὲ τὰς ἐν πολέμοις ἀναρίθμους φιλοτιμίας ἀφορμὰς σφίσιν ἡδονῆς ποριζόμενοι, ὅπως ὅτι μάλιστα ἔχοιεν ἀνθρωπείων ἀνέδην ἐμφορεῖσθαι φόνων. ἤδη δὲ κατὰ πόλεις καὶ ἔθνη, οἱονεὶ λοιμοὶ ἐπισκήψαντες, σπονδὰς ἀπῄτησαν ἀνημέρους. Ἀριστομένης γοῦν ὁ Μεσσήνιος τῷ Ἰθωμήτῃ Διὶ τριακοσίους ἀπέσφαξε, τοσαύτας ὁμοῦ καὶ τοιαύτας καλλιερεῖν οἰόμενος ἑκατόμβας· ἐν οἷς καὶ Θεόπομπος ἦν ὁ Λακεδαιμονίων βασιλεὺς, ἱερεῖον εὐγενές. Ταῦροι δὲ τὸ ἔθνος, οἱ περὶ τὴν Ταυρικὴν Χερρόνησον κατοικοῦντες, οὓς ἂν τῶν ξένων παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἕλωσι, τούτων δὴ τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν ἐπταικότων, αὐτίκα μάλα τῇ Ταυρικῇ καταθύουσιν Ἀρτέμιδι. ταύτας σου τὰς θυσίας Εὐριπίδης ἐπὶ σκηνῆς τραγῳδεῖ. Μόνιμος δὲ ἱστορεῖ ἐν τῇ τῶν θαυμασίων Συναγωγῇ ἐν Πέλλῃ τῆς Θετταλίας Ἀχαιὸν ἄνθρωπον Πηλεῖ καὶ Χείρωνι καταθύεσθαι. Λυκτίους γὰρ — Κρητῶν δὲ ἔθνος εἰσὶν οὗτοι — Ἀντικλείδης ἐν Νόστοις ἀποφαίνεται ἀνθρώπους ἀποσφάττειν τῷ Διὶ, καὶ Λεσβίους Διονύσῳ τὴν ὁμοίαν προσάγειν θυσίαν Δωσίδας λέγει. Φωκαεῖς δὲ — οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτοὺς παραπέμψομαι — τούτους Πυθοκλῆς ἐν τρίτῳ Περὶ ὁμονοίας τῇ Ταυροπόλῳ Ἀρτέμιδι ἄνθρωπον ὁλοκαυτεῖν ἱστορεῖ. Ἐρεχθεὺς δὲ ὁ Ἀττικὸς καὶ Μάριος ὁ Ῥωμαῖος τὰς αὑτῶν ἐθυσάτην θυγατέρας· ὧν ὁ μὲν τῇ Φερρεφάττῃ, ὡς Δημάρατος ἐν πρώτῃ Τραγῳδουμένων, ὁ δὲ τοῖς ἀποτροπαίοις, ὁ Μάριος, ὡς Δωρόθεος ἐν τετάρτῃ Ἰταλικῶν ἱστορεῖ. φιλάνθρωποί γε ἐκ τούτων καταφαίνονται οἱ δαίμονες· πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀνόσιοι ἀναλόγως οἱ δεισιδαίμονες, οἱ μὲν σωτῆρες εὐφημούμενοι, οἱ δὲ σωτηρίαν αἰτούμενοι παρὰ τῶν ἐπιβούλων σωτηρίας; καλλιερεῖν γοῦν τοπάζοντες αὐτοῖς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς λελήθασιν ἀποσφάττοντες ἀνθρώπους. οὐ γὰρ οὖν παρὰ τὸν τόπον ἱερεῖον γίνεται ὁ φόνος· οὐδʼ εἰ Ἀρτέμιδί τις καὶ Διὶ ἐν ἱερῷ δῆθεν χωρίῳ μᾶλλον ἢ ὀργῇ καὶ φιλαργυρίᾳ, ἄλλοις ὁμοίοις δαίμοσιν ἐπὶ βωμοῖς, ἢ ἐν ὁδοῖς ἀποσφάττοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἱερὸν ἱερεῖον ἐπιφημίσας· ἀλλὰ φόνος ἐστὶ καὶ ἀνδροκτασία ἡ τοιαύτη θυσία.
Tauta men oun touton eiche ton tropon. eikotōs ara ho thaumasios Klēmēs en tǭ pros Hellēnas Protreptikǭ, auta dē tauta epimemphomenos, toiade kai autos tēn planēn tōn anthrōpōn apolophyretai legōn “Pherʼ oun dē kai touto prosthōmen, hōs apanthrōpoi kai misanthrōpoi daimones eien hymōn hoi theoi kai ouchi monon epichairontes tę̄ phrenoblabeią tōn anthrōpōn, pros de kai anthrōpoktonias apolauontes; nyni men tas en stadiois enoplous philoneikias, nyni de tas en polemois anarithmous philotimias aphormas sphisin hēdonēs porizomenoi, hopōs hoti malista echoien anthrōpeiōn anedēn emphoreisthai phonōn. ēdē de kata poleis kai ethnē, hoionei loimoi episkēpsantes, spondas apę̄tēsan anēmerous. Aristomenēs goun ho Messēnios tǭ Ithōmētę̄ Dii triakosious apesphaxe, tosautas homou kai toiautas kallierein oiomenos hekatombas; en hois kai Theopompos ēn ho Lakedaimoniōn basileus, hiereion eugenes. Tauroi de to ethnos, hoi peri tēn Taurikēn Cherronēson katoikountes, hous an tōn xenōn parʼ autois helōsi, toutōn dē tōn kata thalattan eptaikotōn, autika mala tę̄ Taurikę̄ katathyousin Artemidi. tautas sou tas thysias Euripidēs epi skēnēs tragǭdei. Monimos de historei en tę̄ tōn thaumasiōn Synagōgę̄ en Pellę̄ tēs Thettalias Achaion anthrōpon Pēlei kai Cheirōni katathyesthai. Lyktious gar — Krētōn de ethnos eisin houtoi — Antikleidēs en Nostois apophainetai anthrōpous aposphattein tǭ Dii, kai Lesbious Dionysǭ tēn homoian prosagein thysian Dōsidas legei. Phōkaeis de — oude gar autous parapempsomai — toutous Pythoklēs en tritǭ Peri homonoias tę̄ Tauropolǭ Artemidi anthrōpon holokautein historei. Erechtheus de ho Attikos kai Marios ho Rhōmaios tas hautōn ethysatēn thygateras; hōn ho men tę̄ Pherrephattę̄, hōs Dēmaratos en prōtę̄ Tragǭdoumenōn, ho de tois apotropaiois, ho Marios, hōs Dōrotheos en tetartę̄ Italikōn historei. philanthrōpoi ge ek toutōn kataphainontai hoi daimones; pōs de ouk anosioi analogōs hoi deisidaimones, hoi men sōtēres euphēmoumenoi, hoi de sōtērian aitoumenoi para tōn epiboulōn sōtērias? kallierein goun topazontes autois sphas autous lelēthasin aposphattontes anthrōpous. ou gar oun para ton topon hiereion ginetai ho phonos; oudʼ ei Artemidi tis kai Dii en hierǭ dēthen chōriǭ mallon ē orgę̄ kai philargyrią, allois homoiois daimosin epi bōmois, ē en hodois aposphattoi ton anthrōpon, hieron hiereion epiphēmisas; alla phonos esti kai androktasia hē toiautē thysia.
This is how these things were. Rightly, then, the admirable Clement in his Exhortation to the Greeks, blaming these very things, himself laments the error of men, saying: "Come, then, let us add this too: that your gods are inhuman and man-hating demons, who not only rejoice in the madness of men but also enjoy the murder of men; providing themselves occasions of pleasure, now in the armed contests in the stadiums, now in the countless rivalries for glory in wars, so that they may be able to glut themselves to the full with human blood. And already, falling upon cities and nations like plagues, they have demanded savage libations. Aristomenes the Messenian, at any rate, slaughtered three hundred men to Zeus of Ithome, thinking he was offering so many and such fine hecatombs; among them was Theopompus, king of the Lacedaemonians, a noble victim. The Tauri, the people who live around the Tauric Chersonese, at once sacrifice to the Tauric Artemis any strangers they catch among them, those shipwrecked at sea. These sacrifices of yours Euripides represents on the stage. Monimus records in his Collection of Marvels that at Pella in Thessaly an Achaean man is sacrificed to Peleus and Chiron. Anticlides in his Returns declares that the Lyctians (they are a people of Crete) slaughter men to Zeus; and Dosiadas says the Lesbians offer the like sacrifice to Dionysus. As for the Phocaeans (for I will not pass them by), Pythocles in the third book On Concord records that they burn a man whole to Artemis Tauropolus. Erechtheus of Attica and Marius the Roman sacrificed their own daughters, the one to Pherephatta, as Demaratus says in the first book of his Tragic Subjects, the other, Marius, to the averting gods, as Dorotheus records in the fourth book of his Italian History. How humane the demons are shown to be from this! And how are not the superstitious correspondingly unholy, the demons being acclaimed as saviors, and the people asking salvation from those who plot against salvation? Supposing they offer fair sacrifices to them, they have not noticed that they are slaughtering men. For murder does not become a sacrifice because of the place; not even if someone slaughters a man to Artemis and Zeus in a supposedly sacred place rather than to anger and love of money, other demons like them, on altars or on roads, calling it a sacred victim; such a sacrifice is murder and manslaughter.
4.16.13Dindorf 1:186–187
τί δὴ οὖν, ὦ σοφώτατοι τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἄνθρωποι, τὰ μὲν θηρία περιφεύγομεν τὰ ἀνήμερα, κἄν που περιτύχωμεν ἄρκτῳ, ἢ λέοντι, ἐκτρεπόμεθα, ὡς δʼ ὅτε τίς τε δράκοντα ἰδὼν παλίνορσος ἀπέστη οὔρεος ἐν βήσσῃς, ὑπό τε τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα, ἄψ τʼ ἀνεχώρησε. δαίμονας δʼ ὀλεθρίους καὶ ἀλιτηρίους, ἐπιβούλους τε καὶ μισανθρώπους καὶ λυμεῶνας ὄντας προαισθόμενοι καὶ συνιέντες οὐκ ἐντρέπεσθε, οὐδὲ ἀποστρέφεσθε;”
ti dē oun, ō sophōtatoi tōn allōn zǭōn anthrōpoi, ta men thēria peripheugomen ta anēmera, kan pou peritychōmen arktǭ, ē leonti, ektrepometha, hōs dʼ hote tis te drakonta idōn palinorsos apestē oureos en bēssę̄s, hypo te tromos ellabe guia, aps tʼ anechōrēse. daimonas dʼ olethrious kai alitērious, epiboulous te kai misanthrōpous kai lymeōnas ontas proaisthomenoi kai synientes ouk entrepesthe, oude apostrephesthe?”
Why, then, O wisest of all living creatures, men, do we flee from savage beasts, and if we meet a bear or a lion somewhere, turn aside, 'as when a man, seeing a serpent in the mountain glens, starts back, and trembling seizes his limbs beneath, and he retreats again'; but when you perceive and understand that demons are destructive and accursed, plotting against men, hating them, and ruining them, do you not turn away or flee from them?"
4.16.14Dindorf 1:187
Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ Κλήμης. ἔχω δέ σοι καὶ ἄλλον παραστῆσαι μάρτυρα τῆς τῶν ἀθέων καὶ ἀπανθρώπων δαιμόνων μιαιφονίας, Διονύσιον τὸν Ἁλικαρνασσέα, ἄνδρα τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἱστορίας ἀκριβῆ τὴν γραφὴν ἅπασαν ἐκθέμενον. γράφει δʼ οὖν καὶ οὗτος τὸν Δία καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα αἰτῆσαί ποτε ἀνθρωποθυσίας, τοὺς δʼ αἰτηθέντας καρπῶν μὲν ἀπάντων καὶ βοσκημάτων τὸ λάχος ἀποθῦσαι τοῖς θεοῖς, ὅτι δὲ μὴ καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἔθυσαν παντοίαις περιστῆναι συμφοραῖς. οὐδὲν δὲ οἷον καὶ τοῦ συγγραφέως ἀκοῦσαι ὧδέ πη διεξιόντος
Tosauta kai ho Klēmēs. echō de soi kai allon parastēsai martyra tēs tōn atheōn kai apanthrōpōn daimonōn miaiphonias, Dionysion ton Halikarnassea, andra tēs Rhōmaïkēs historias akribē tēn graphēn hapasan ekthemenon. graphei dʼ oun kai houtos ton Dia kai ton Apollōna aitēsai pote anthrōpothysias, tous dʼ aitēthentas karpōn men apantōn kai boskēmatōn to lachos apothysai tois theois, hoti de mē kai anthrōpous ethysan pantoiais peristēnai symphorais. ouden de hoion kai tou syngrapheōs akousai hōde pē diexiontos
So much Clement. I can also produce for you another witness of the bloodguiltiness of the godless and inhuman demons, Dionysius of Halicarnassus, a man who set out the whole of Roman history accurately. He too writes that Zeus and Apollo once demanded human sacrifices, and that those of whom they were demanded offered to the gods the portion of all their fruits and cattle, but, because they did not sacrifice men too, fell into all kinds of calamities. There is nothing like hearing the historian himself relating it thus:
4.16.15Dindorf 1:187–188
" Ὀλίγον δὲ κατέμεινεν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ τῶν Ἀβοριγίνων προνοίᾳ. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν τῆς οἰκοφθορίας ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐδόκει αὐχμῷ ἡ γῆ κακωθεῖσα ἄρξαι, ἡνίκα οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς δένδρεσι καρπὸς οὐδεὶς ὡραῖος διέμεινεν, ἀλλʼ ὠμοὶ κατέρρεον, οὔτε ὁπόσα σπερμάτων ἀνέντα βλαστοὺς ἀνθήσειεν ὡς στάχυος ἀκμῆς τοὺς κατὰ νόμον ἐξεπλήρου χρόνους, οὔτε πόα κτήνεσιν ἐφύετο διαρκὴς, τῶν τε ναμάτων τὰ μὲν οὐκέτι πίνεσθαι σπουδαῖα ἦν, τὰ δʼ ὑπελίμπανε θέρους, τὰ δʼ εἰς τέλος ἀπεσβέννυτο. ἀδελφὰ δὲ τούτοις ἐγίνετο περὶ προβάτων καὶ γυναικῶν γονάς· ἢ γὰρ ἐξημβλοῦτο τὰ ἔμβρυα, ἢ κατὰ τοὺς τόκους διεφθείρετο, ἔστιν ἃ καὶ τὰς φερούσας συνδιαλυμηνάμενα. εἰ δέ τι διαφύγοι τὸν ἐκ τῶν ὠδίνων κίνδυνον ἀνάπηρον, ἢ ἀτελὲς, ἢ διὰ ἄλλην τινὰ τύχην βλαφθὲν, τρέφεσθαι χρηστὸν οὐκ ἦν· ἔπειτα καὶ τὸ ἄλλο πλῆθος τὸ ἐν ἀκμῇ μάλιστα ἐκακοῦτο νόσοις καὶ θανάτοις παρὰ τὰ εἰκότα συχνοῖς. μαντευομένοις δὲ αὐτοῖς τίνα θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων παραβάντες τάδε πάσχουσι καὶ τί ποιήσασιν αὐτοῖς λωφῆσαι τὰ δεινὰ ἐλπὶς, ὁ θεὸς ἀνεῖλεν ὅτι τυχόντες ὧν ἐβούλοντο οὐκ ἀπέδοσαν ἃ ηὔξαντο, ἀλλὰ προσοφείλουσι τὰ πλείστου ἄξια. οἱ γὰρ Πελασγοὶ, ἀφορίας αὐτοῖς γενομένης ἐν τῇ γῇ πάντων χρημάτων, ηὔξαντο τῷ Διὶ καὶ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ τοῖς Καβείροις καταθύσειν δεκάτας τῶν προσγενησομένων ἁπάντων, τελεσθείσης δὲ τῆς εὐχῆς ἐξελόμενοι καρπῶν τε καὶ βοσκημάτων ἁπάντων τὸ λάχος ἀπέθυσαν τοῖς θεοῖς, ὡς δὴ κατὰ τούτων μόνων εὐξάμενοι. ταῦτα δὲ Μυρσίλος ὁ Λέσβιος ἱστόρηκεν ὀλίγου δεῖν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὀνόμασι γράφων οἷς ἐγὼ νῦν, πλὴν ὅσον οὐ Πελασγοὺς καλεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλὰ Τυρρηνούς· τὴν δʼ αἰτίαν ὀλίγον ὕστερον ἀλλὰ.”
" Oligon de katemeinen en Italią tōn Aboriginōn pronoią. prōton men oun tēs oikophthorias tais polesin edokei auchmǭ hē gē kakōtheisa arxai, hēnika outʼ epi tois dendresi karpos oudeis hōraios diemeinen, allʼ ōmoi katerreon, oute hoposa spermatōn anenta blastous anthēseien hōs stachyos akmēs tous kata nomon exeplērou chronous, oute poa ktēnesin ephyeto diarkēs, tōn te namatōn ta men ouketi pinesthai spoudaia ēn, ta dʼ hypelimpane therous, ta dʼ eis telos apesbennyto. adelpha de toutois egineto peri probatōn kai gynaikōn gonas; ē gar exēmblouto ta embrya, ē kata tous tokous diephtheireto, estin ha kai tas pherousas syndialymēnamena. ei de ti diaphygoi ton ek tōn ōdinōn kindynon anapēron, ē ateles, ē dia allēn tina tychēn blaphthen, trephesthai chrēston ouk ēn; epeita kai to allo plēthos to en akmę̄ malista ekakouto nosois kai thanatois para ta eikota sychnois. manteuomenois de autois tina theōn ē daimonōn parabantes tade paschousi kai ti poiēsasin autois lōphēsai ta deina elpis, ho theos aneilen hoti tychontes hōn eboulonto ouk apedosan ha ēuxanto, alla prosopheilousi ta pleistou axia. hoi gar Pelasgoi, aphorias autois genomenēs en tę̄ gę̄ pantōn chrēmatōn, ēuxanto tǭ Dii kai tǭ Apollōni kai tois Kabeirois katathysein dekatas tōn prosgenēsomenōn hapantōn, telestheisēs de tēs euchēs exelomenoi karpōn te kai boskēmatōn hapantōn to lachos apethysan tois theois, hōs dē kata toutōn monōn euxamenoi. tauta de Myrsilos ho Lesbios historēken oligou dein tois autois onomasi graphōn hois egō nyn, plēn hoson ou Pelasgous kalei tous anthrōpous, alla Tyrrēnous; tēn dʼ aitian oligon hysteron alla.”
"Few remained in Italy through the foresight of the Aborigines. First, then, the ruin of their homes seemed to begin for the cities when the land was afflicted by drought, when no fruit remained ripe on the trees, but fell off unripe; nor did the seeds that sent up shoots and flowered fulfill their natural time to the ripeness of the ear; nor did enough grass grow for the cattle; and of the springs some were no longer good to drink, some failed in summer, and some dried up altogether. Things akin to these happened to the births of cattle and of women: either the embryos miscarried, or perished in birth, sometimes destroying the mothers as well; and if any escaped the danger of birth maimed or imperfect or harmed by some other mischance, it was of no use to rear it. Then the rest of the population too, those in their prime, were afflicted with diseases and deaths beyond the usual number. When they consulted the oracle, asking which of the gods or demons they had offended to suffer these things, and what they must do to hope for relief from their troubles, the god answered that, having obtained what they wished, they had not paid what they vowed, but still owed what was of most value. For the Pelasgians, when a dearth of all goods had come upon their land, had vowed to Zeus, Apollo, and the Cabiri to sacrifice tithes of all that should accrue to them; and when the prayer was fulfilled, they set aside the portion of all their fruits and cattle and sacrificed it to the gods, as if they had vowed these alone. This Myrsilus of Lesbos has recorded, writing almost in the same words as I do now, except that he calls the people not Pelasgians but Tyrrhenians; the reason I shall give a little later."
4.16.16Dindorf 1:188
“Ὡς δὲ ἀπενεχθέντα τὸν χρησμὸν ἔμαθον, οὐκ εἶχον τὰ λεγόμενα συμβαλεῖν. ἀμηχανοῦσι δὲ αὐτοῖς τῶν γεραιτέρων τις λέγει συμβαλὼν τὸ λόγιον, ὅτι τοῦ παντὸς ἡμαρτήκασιν, εἰ οἴονται τοὺς θεοὺς ἀδίκως αὐτοῖς ἐγκαλεῖν· χρημάτων μὲν γὰρ ἀποδεδόσθαι τὰς ἀπαρχὰς αὐτοῖς ἁπάσας ὀρθῶς τε καὶ σὺν δίκῃ, ἀνθρώπων δὲ γονῆς τὸ λάχος, χρῆμα παντὸς μάλιστα θεοῖς τιμιώτατον, ὀφείλεσθαι· εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ τούτων λάβοιεν τὴν δικαίαν μοῖραν, τέλος ἕξειν σφίσι τὸ λόγιον. τοῖς μὲν δὴ ὀρθῶς ἐδόκει λέγεσθαι ταῦτα, τοῖς δʼ ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς συγκεῖσθαι ὁ λόγος· εἰσηγησαμένου δέ τινος τὴν γνώμην τὸν θεὸν ἐπερέσθαι, εἰ αὐτῷ φίλον ἀνθρώπων δεκάτας ἀπολαμβάνειν, πέμπουσι τὸ δεύτερον θεοπρόπους, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἀνεῖλεν οὕτω ποιεῖν.
“Hōs de apenechthenta ton chrēsmon emathon, ouk eichon ta legomena symbalein. amēchanousi de autois tōn geraiterōn tis legei symbalōn to logion, hoti tou pantos hēmartēkasin, ei oiontai tous theous adikōs autois enkalein; chrēmatōn men gar apodedosthai tas aparchas autois hapasas orthōs te kai syn dikę̄, anthrōpōn de gonēs to lachos, chrēma pantos malista theois timiōtaton, opheilesthai; ei de dē kai toutōn laboien tēn dikaian moiran, telos hexein sphisi to logion. tois men dē orthōs edokei legesthai tauta, tois dʼ ex epiboulēs synkeisthai ho logos; eisēgēsamenou de tinos tēn gnōmēn ton theon eperesthai, ei autǭ philon anthrōpōn dekatas apolambanein, pempousi to deuteron theopropous, kai ho theos aneilen houtō poiein.
"When they learned the oracle that was brought back, they could not understand what was said. In their perplexity one of the elders, interpreting the oracle, said that they were wholly mistaken if they thought the gods accused them unjustly; for the first-fruits of their goods had all been paid rightly and justly, but the portion of human offspring, the thing above all most precious to the gods, was still owed; and if the gods received their just share of these too, the oracle would be fulfilled. Some thought this rightly said, others that the account had been concocted by design. When someone proposed asking the god whether it pleased him to receive tithes of men, they sent envoys a second time, and the god answered that they should do so.
4.16.17Dindorf 1:188–189
ἐκ δὲ τούτου στάσις αὐτοὺς καταλαμβάνει περὶ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς δεκατεύσεως· καὶ ἐν ἀλλήλοις οἱ προεστηκότες τῶν πόλεων τότε πρῶτον ἐταράχθησαν, ἔπειτα καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος διʼ ὑποψίας τοὺς ἐν τέλει ἐλάμβανεν. ἐγίνοντο δὲ οὐδενὶ κόσμῳ αἱ ἐπαναστάσεις, ἀλλʼ, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς, οἴστρῳ καὶ θεοβλαβείᾳ ἀπελαυνομένων, καὶ πολλὰ ἐφέστια ὅλα ἐξηλείφθη μέρους αὐτῶν μεθισταμένου· οὐ γὰρ ἐδικαίουν οἱ προσήκοντες τοῖς ἐξιοῦσιν ἀπολείπεσθαι τῶν φιλτάτων καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐχθίστοις ὑπομένειν. πρῶτον μὲν δὴ οὗτοι μεταστάντες ἐξ Ἰταλίας εἴς τε τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ τῆς βαρβάρου πολλὴν ἐπλανήθησαν. μετὰ δὲ τοὺς πρώτους ἕτεροι τὸ αὐτὸ ἔπαθον, καὶ τοῦτο διετέλει γινόμενον ἐπὶ ἔτη. οὐ γὰρ ἀνίεσαν οἱ δυναστεύοντες ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι τῆς ἀνδρουμένης ἀεὶ νεότητος ἐξαιρούμενοι τὰς ἀπαρχὰς, τοῖς τε θεοῖς τὰ δίκαια ὑπουργεῖν ἀξιοῦντες καὶ στασιασμοὺς ἐκ τῶν διαλαθόντων δεδιότες. ἦν δὲ πολὺ καὶ τὸ πρὸς ἔχθραν σὺν προφάσει εὐπρεπεῖ ἀπελαυνόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν διαφόρων· ὥστε πολλαὶ αἱ ἐπαναστάσεις ἐγίνοντο καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον γῆς τὸ Πελασγικὸν γένος διεφορήθη."
ek de toutou stasis autous katalambanei peri tou tropou tēs dekateuseōs; kai en allēlois hoi proestēkotes tōn poleōn tote prōton etarachthēsan, epeita kai to loipon plēthos diʼ hypopsias tous en telei elambanen. eginonto de oudeni kosmǭ hai epanastaseis, allʼ, hōsper eikos, oistrǭ kai theoblabeią apelaunomenōn, kai polla ephestia hola exēleiphthē merous autōn methistamenou; ou gar edikaioun hoi prosēkontes tois exiousin apoleipesthai tōn philtatōn kai en tois echthistois hypomenein. prōton men dē houtoi metastantes ex Italias eis te tēn Hellada kai tēs barbarou pollēn eplanēthēsan. meta de tous prōtous heteroi to auto epathon, kai touto dietelei ginomenon epi etē. ou gar aniesan hoi dynasteuontes en tais polesi tēs androumenēs aei neotētos exairoumenoi tas aparchas, tois te theois ta dikaia hypourgein axiountes kai stasiasmous ek tōn dialathontōn dediotes. ēn de poly kai to pros echthran syn prophasei euprepei apelaunomenon hypo tōn diaphorōn; hōste pollai hai epanastaseis eginonto kai epi pleiston gēs to Pelasgikon genos diephorēthē."
From this, strife seized them about the manner of the tithing; and first the leaders of the cities fell into confusion among themselves, then the rest of the people came to suspect those in authority. The expulsions took place in no order, but, as was natural, of men driven out by frenzy and divine madness; and many whole households were wiped out when part of them was removed, since the kinsmen did not think it right to be left behind by those who were departing, their dearest ones, and to remain among their worst enemies. These, then, were the first to leave Italy, and they wandered over much of Greece and of the barbarian land. After the first, others suffered the same, and this went on for years. For the rulers in the cities did not cease taking the first-fruits of the youth as they came to manhood, thinking it right to render the gods their due and fearing seditions from those who escaped notice. Many too were driven out by their adversaries out of enmity under a fair pretext; so that there were many expulsions, and the Pelasgian race was scattered over most of the earth."
4.16.18Dindorf 1:189–190
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησὶ " Λέγουσι δὲ καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἐπιτελεῖν τῷ Κρόνῳ τοὺς παλαιοὺς, ὥσπερ ἐν Καρχηδόνι τέως ἡ πόλις διέμεινε καὶ παρὰ Κελτοῖς εἰς τόδε χρόνου γίνεται, καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις τισὶ τῶν προσεσπερίων ἐθνῶν ἀνδροφονοῦσιν, Ἡρακλέα δὲ παῦσαι τὸν νόμον τῆς θυσίας βουληθέντα τόν τε βωμὸν ἱδρύσασθαι τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ Σατορνίῳ καὶ κατάρξασθαι θυμάτων ἁγνῶν ἐπὶ καθαρῷ πυρὶ ἁγιζομένων, ἵνα δὲ μηδὲν ᾖ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δέους ἐνθύμιον, ὡς πατρίων ἠλογηκόσι θυσιῶν, διδάξαι τοὺς ἐπιχωρίους ἀπομειλιττομένους τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ μῆνιν ἀντὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οὓς συμποδίζοντες καὶ τῶν χειρῶν ἀκρατεῖς ποιοῦντες ἐρρίπτουν εἰς τὸ τοῦ Τιβέριος ῥεῖθρον, εἴδωλα ποιοῦντας ἀνδρείκελα, κεκοσμημένα τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκείνοις τρόπον, ἐμβάλλειν εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν, ἵνα δὴ τὸ τῆς ὀττείας ὅ τι δή ποτε ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἀπάντων ψυχαῖς παραμένον ἐξαιρεθῇ, τῶν εἰκόνων τοῦ παλαιοῦ πάθους ἔτι σωζομένων. τοῦτο δὲ καὶ μέχρις ἐμοῦ διετέλουν Ῥωμαῖοι δρῶντες ἔτι μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐαρινῆς ἰσημερίας, ἐν μηνὶ Μαίῳ ταῖς καλουμέναις εἰδοῖς, διχομήνιδα βουλόμενοι ταύτην εἶναι τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾗ προθύσαντες ἱερεῖα τὰ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους οἱ καλούμενοι ποντίφικες, ἱερέων οἱ διαφανέστατοι, καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς αἱ τὸ ἀθάνατον πῦρ διαφυλάττουσαι παρθένοι, στρατηγοί τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν οὓς παρεῖναι ταῖς ἱερουργίαις θέμις, εἴδωλα εἰς μορφὰς ἀνθρώπων εἰκασμένα, τριάκοντα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἱερᾶς γεφύρας βάλλουσιν εἰς τὸ ῥεῦμα τοῦ Τιβέριος, Ἀργείους αὐτὰ καλοῦντες."
Kai meta brachea phēsi " Legousi de kai tas thysias epitelein tǭ Kronǭ tous palaious, hōsper en Karchēdoni teōs hē polis diemeine kai para Keltois eis tode chronou ginetai, kai en allois tisi tōn prosesperiōn ethnōn androphonousin, Hēraklea de pausai ton nomon tēs thysias boulēthenta ton te bōmon hidrysasthai ton epi tǭ Satorniǭ kai katarxasthai thymatōn hagnōn epi katharǭ pyri hagizomenōn, hina de mēden ę̄ tois anthrōpois deous enthymion, hōs patriōn ēlogēkosi thysiōn, didaxai tous epichōrious apomeilittomenous tēn tou theou mēnin anti tōn anthrōpōn, hous sympodizontes kai tōn cheirōn akrateis poiountes erriptoun eis to tou Tiberios rheithron, eidōla poiountas andreikela, kekosmēmena ton auton ekeinois tropon, emballein eis ton potamon, hina dē to tēs otteias ho ti dē pote ēn en tais apantōn psychais paramenon exairethę̄, tōn eikonōn tou palaiou pathous eti sōzomenōn. touto de kai mechris emou dieteloun Rhōmaioi drōntes eti mikron hysteron earinēs isēmerias, en mēni Maiǭ tais kaloumenais eidois, dichomēnida boulomenoi tautēn einai tēn hēmeran, en hę̄ prothysantes hiereia ta kata tous nomous hoi kaloumenoi pontiphikes, hiereōn hoi diaphanestatoi, kai syn autois hai to athanaton pyr diaphylattousai parthenoi, stratēgoi te kai tōn allōn politōn hous pareinai tais hierourgiais themis, eidōla eis morphas anthrōpōn eikasmena, triakonta ton arithmon apo tēs hieras gephyras ballousin eis to rheuma tou Tiberios, Argeious auta kalountes."
And a little later he says: "They say too that the ancients performed the sacrifices to Cronus, as was done at Carthage as long as the city lasted and is done among the Celts to this day, and among some other western nations they kill men; and that Heracles, wishing to put an end to the custom of this sacrifice, set up the altar on the Saturnian hill and began sacrifices of pure victims consecrated on a pure fire. And so that men should have no scruple, as having neglected ancestral sacrifices, he taught the natives to appease the god's wrath by making images in the likeness of men, adorned in the same way as the men they used to bind hand and foot and throw into the stream of the Tiber, and casting these into the river instead of the men, so that whatever ominous fear remained in the souls of all might be removed, while images of the ancient practice were still preserved. This the Romans continued to do even to my time, a little after the spring equinox, in the month of May, on the so-called Ides, meaning this to be the day of the full moon. On it, after offering beforehand the victims prescribed by the laws, the so-called pontiffs, the most distinguished of the priests, and with them the virgins who guard the undying fire, the praetors, and those of the other citizens who may lawfully be present at the rites, throw from the sacred bridge into the stream of the Tiber images made in the forms of men, thirty in number, calling them Argei."
4.16.19Dindorf 1:190–191
Τοσαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα. καὶ ὁ Διόδωρος δὲ τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις ἐν εἰκοστῇ βίβλῳ τῆς ἱστορικῆς Βιβλιοθήκης ἱστορεῖ, μετὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Μακεδόνος τελευτὴν, ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου Πτολεμαίου, περὶ Καρχηδονίων ὑπὸ Ἀγαθοκλέους τοῦ Σικελίας τυράννου πολιορκουμένων, ταῦτα πρὸς λέξιν γράφων “Ἠιτιῶντο δὲ καὶ τὸν Κρόνον αὐτοῖς ἐναντιοῦσθαι, καθʼ ὅσον ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις θύοντες τούτῳ τῷ θεῷ τῶν υἱῶν τοὺς κρατίστους, ὕστερον ὠνούμενοι λάθρα παῖδας, καὶ θρέψαντες ἔπεμπον ἐπὶ τὴν θυσίαν, καὶ ζητήσεως γενομένης εὑρέθησάν τινες τῶν καθιερουργημένων ὑποβολιμαῖοι γεγονότες. τούτων δὲ λαβόντες ἔννοιαν, καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους πρὸς τοῖς τείχεσιν ὁρῶντες στρατοπεδεύοντας, ἐδεισιδαιμόνουν ὡς καταλελυκότες τὰς πατρίους τῶν θεῶν τιμάς. διορθώσασθαι δὲ τὰς ἀγνοίας σπεύδοντες διακοσίους μὲν τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων παίδων προκρίναντες ἔθυσαν δημοσίᾳ, ἄλλοι δʼ ἐν διαβολαῖς ὄντες ἑκουσίως ἑαυτοὺς ἔδοσαν, οὐκ ἐλάττους ὄντες τριακοσίων. ἦν δὲ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀνδριὰς Κρόνου χαλκοῦς, ἐκτετακὼς τὰς χεῖρας ὑπτίας ἐκτεταμένας ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ὥστε τὸν συντιθέντα τῶν παίδων ἀποκωλύεσθαι καὶ πίπτειν εἴς τι χάσμα πλῆρες πυρός.”
Tosauta men dē tauta. kai ho Diodōros de ta homoia toutois en eikostę̄ biblǭ tēs historikēs Bibliothēkēs historei, meta tēn Alexandrou tou Makedonos teleutēn, epi tou prōtou Ptolemaiou, peri Karchēdoniōn hypo Agathokleous tou Sikelias tyrannou poliorkoumenōn, tauta pros lexin graphōn “Ēitiōnto de kai ton Kronon autois enantiousthai, kathʼ hoson en tois emprosthen chronois thyontes toutǭ tǭ theǭ tōn huiōn tous kratistous, hysteron ōnoumenoi lathra paidas, kai threpsantes epempon epi tēn thysian, kai zētēseōs genomenēs heurethēsan tines tōn kathierourgēmenōn hypobolimaioi gegonotes. toutōn de labontes ennoian, kai tous polemious pros tois teichesin horōntes stratopedeuontas, edeisidaimonoun hōs katalelykotes tas patrious tōn theōn timas. diorthōsasthai de tas agnoias speudontes diakosious men tōn epiphanestatōn paidōn prokrinantes ethysan dēmosią, alloi dʼ en diabolais ontes hekousiōs heautous edosan, ouk elattous ontes triakosiōn. ēn de parʼ autois andrias Kronou chalkous, ektetakōs tas cheiras hyptias ektetamenas epi tēn gēn, hōste ton syntithenta tōn paidōn apokōlyesthai kai piptein eis ti chasma plēres pyros.”
So much for these things. Diodorus too records things like these in the twentieth book of his Historical Library, after the death of Alexander of Macedon, under the first Ptolemy, about the Carthaginians when they were besieged by Agathocles, tyrant of Sicily, writing this word for word: "They also blamed Cronus for opposing them, inasmuch as in former times they had sacrificed to this god the best of their sons, but later bought children secretly, reared them, and sent them to the sacrifice; and when an inquiry was made, some of those sacrificed were found to have been substituted. Taking these things to heart and seeing the enemy encamped before their walls, they were filled with superstitious fear, as having abolished the ancestral honors of the gods. Eager to correct their errors, they selected two hundred of the noblest children and sacrificed them publicly; and others who were under suspicion gave themselves up voluntarily, not fewer than three hundred. There was among them a bronze statue of Cronus, stretching out its hands palm upward and sloping toward the ground, so that the child placed on them rolled off and fell into a pit full of fire."
4.16.20Dindorf 1:191
Τοιαῦτα δὴ καὶ οὗτος διὰ τῆς οἰκείας ἱστορίας παρέδωκεν. εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ ἡ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις γραφὴ καταμέμφεται τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα ζηλώσασι τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς, φάσκουσα “καὶ ἔθυον τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτῶν τοῖς δαιμονίοις· καὶ ἐφονοκτονήθη ἡ γῆ ἐν τοῖς αἵμασι, καὶ ἐμιάνθη ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτῶν.” ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι διὰ τούτων ἀπεληλέγχθαι σαφῶς δαιμονικήν τινα γεγονέναι τὴν παλαιτάτην καὶ πρώτην τῶν ξοάνων ἵδρυσιν, καὶ πάσαν τὴν εἰδωλικὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν θεοποιίαν καὶ δαιμόνων οὐκ ἀγαθῶν, ἀλλὰ πάντα μοχθηροτάτων καὶ φαύλων· ὡς ἐπαληθεύειν τὸ φάσκον ἐν προφητείαις λόγιον “πάντες οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαιμόνια·” τό τε ἀποστολικὸν, διʼ οὗ φησιν ὅτι “ἃ θύουσι, δαιμονίοις καὶ οὐ θεῷ θύουσιν.”
Toiauta dē kai houtos dia tēs oikeias historias paredōken. eikotōs ara kai hē parʼ Hebraiois graphē katamemphetai tois ta toiauta zēlōsasi tōn ek peritomēs, phaskousa “kai ethyon tous huious autōn kai tas thygateras autōn tois daimoniois; kai ephonoktonēthē hē gē en tois haimasi, kai emianthē en tois ergois autōn.” alla gar hēgoumai dia toutōn apelēlenchthai saphōs daimonikēn tina gegonenai tēn palaitatēn kai prōtēn tōn xoanōn hidrysin, kai pasan tēn eidōlikēn tōn ethnōn theopoiian kai daimonōn ouk agathōn, alla panta mochthērotatōn kai phaulōn; hōs epalētheuein to phaskon en prophēteiais logion “pantes hoi theoi tōn ethnōn daimonia;” to te apostolikon, diʼ hou phēsin hoti “ha thyousi, daimoniois kai ou theǭ thyousin.”
Such things this writer too has handed down through his history. Rightly, then, the Scripture of the Hebrews also blames those of the circumcision who imitated such things, saying: "And they sacrificed their sons and their daughters to demons; and the land was polluted with blood, and was defiled by their works." But I think it has been clearly proved by these things that the most ancient and first setting up of images was demonic, and all the idolatrous deification of the nations was the work of demons, not good but altogether most wicked and evil; so that the oracle spoken in the prophecies is fulfilled: "All the gods of the nations are demons"; and the apostolic word, in which it says that "what they sacrifice, they sacrifice to demons and not to God."
4.16.21Dindorf 1:191–192
ἢ εἴ τί γε ἦν ἀγαθὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὡς διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν μεταλαχεῖν προσηγορίας, εὐεργετικὸν ἂν ἦν καὶ πάντων σωτήριον, φίλον τε δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἀνθρώπων κηδεμονικόν. τοιοῦτον δὲ ὂν πῶς ἀνθρώπων ἔχαιρε σφαγαῖς; πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀπεῖργε διὰ χρησμῶν τὸ ἀνθρώπειον γένος τοιαῦτα πράττειν; ἦ που χεῖρον ἦν καὶ φαυλότερον ἀνθρώπων, οἵ γε νόμων τιμωρίαις ἐξάντεις τοὺς μιαιφόνους κατέστησαν. οὐ γὰρ θεός τις ἦν, ἀλλʼ ἄνθρωπος, ὁ τῆς ἀνθρωποθυσίας τὴν χρόνιον καὶ μακρὰν παραλύσας νόσον.
ē ei ti ge ēn agathon en autois, hōs dia touto kai tēs tōn agathōn metalachein prosēgorias, euergetikon an ēn kai pantōn sōtērion, philon te dikaiosynēs kai anthrōpōn kēdemonikon. toiouton de on pōs anthrōpōn echaire sphagais? pōs de ouk apeirge dia chrēsmōn to anthrōpeion genos toiauta prattein? ē pou cheiron ēn kai phauloteron anthrōpōn, hoi ge nomōn timōriais exanteis tous miaiphonous katestēsan. ou gar theos tis ēn, allʼ anthrōpos, ho tēs anthrōpothysias tēn chronion kai makran paralysas noson.
Or if there were anything good in them, so as on this account to share the title of the good, it would be beneficent and a savior of all, a friend of justice and protective of men. Being such, how could it delight in the slaughter of men? And how did it not prevent the human race by oracles from doing such things? Surely it was worse and baser than men, who by the penalties of the laws brought the bloodthirsty to their senses. For it was no god but a man who put an end to the long and lasting disease of human sacrifice.
4.16.22Dindorf 1:192
Ὅτι δὲ φαύλων ἦν καὶ πονηρῶν ταῦτα δαιμόνων εἴη ἄν σοι ἔτι μᾶλλον συμφανὲς, εἰ λογίσαιο τὰ τῆς ἐπιρρήτου καὶ ἀκολάστου πορνείας αὐτῶν τῆς ἐν Ἡλίου πόλει τῆς Φοινίκης εἰσέτι νῦν ἐπιτελούμενα καὶ παρὰ πλείστοις ἄλλοις ἀνθρώπων. μοιχείας γοῦν καὶ φθορὰς καὶ παρανόμους ἑτέρας μίξεις ἐπὶ τιμῇ θεῶν, ὥσπερ τι χρέος ὀφειλόμενον, χρῆναί φασιν ἐκτελεῖν, καὶ τῆς μοιχιδίου καὶ πορνικῆς πράξεως τοῖς θεοῖς ἀπάρχεσθαι, τῆς ἀκλεοῦς ταύτης καὶ ἀσέμνου ἐμπορίας, ὥσπερ τι χαριστήριον ἀγαθὸν, τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῖς ἀνατιθέντας. ὅμοια γὰρ ταῦτα ταῖς ἀνθρωποθυσίαις.
Hoti de phaulōn ēn kai ponērōn tauta daimonōn eiē an soi eti mallon symphanes, ei logisaio ta tēs epirrētou kai akolastou porneias autōn tēs en Hēliou polei tēs Phoinikēs eiseti nyn epiteloumena kai para pleistois allois anthrōpōn. moicheias goun kai phthoras kai paranomous heteras mixeis epi timę̄ theōn, hōsper ti chreos opheilomenon, chrēnai phasin ektelein, kai tēs moichidiou kai pornikēs praxeōs tois theois aparchesthai, tēs akleous tautēs kai asemnou emporias, hōsper ti charistērion agathon, tous karpous autois anatithentas. homoia gar tauta tais anthrōpothysiais.
That these things belonged to bad and wicked demons would be still plainer to you if you considered the infamous and licentious prostitution practiced in their honor even now at Heliopolis in Phoenicia and among very many other peoples. For they say that adulteries, seductions, and other unlawful unions must be performed in honor of the gods, as a debt owed, and that first-fruits of the act of adultery and prostitution must be offered to the gods, dedicating to them the gains of this inglorious and indecent traffic as some good thank-offering. For these things are like the human sacrifices.
4.16.23Dindorf 1:192–193
εἰ δὴ οὖν οὐδὲ σώφρονος ἀνδρὸς οἰκεῖον τὸ χαίρειν φόνοις αἰσχρορρημοσύναις τε καὶ παρανόμοις γυναικῶν μίξεσιν, ἐπὶ μισθῷ τὴν ὥραν ἀπεμπολούσαις, πολλοῦ δεῖ φάναι θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων εἶναι ἀγαθῶν τὸ ἀποδέχεσθαι τὰ τοιαῦτα. εἰ δὲ δὴ λέγοι τις φαύλων μὲν ὁμολογουμένως εἶναι ταῦτα δαιμόνων, πλὴν ἀλλʼ ἑτέρους εἶναι τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς, οὓς δὴ μάλιστα σέβειν αὐτοὺς οἷα σωτῆρας, πευστέον ποῦ ἄρα ἦσαν αὐτοῖς οἱ ἀγαθοὶ σωτῆρες, εἰ δὴ καὶ τούτους ἔσεβον, ὥστε μὴ τοὺς πονηροὺς τοιαῦτα δρῶντας κατὰ τῶν προσφύγων ἀπερύκειν, ποῦ δὲ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ δαίμονες, τοὺς βλαπτικοὺς μὴ ἀπελαύνειν καὶ τοῖς θεραπεύουσι συμμαχεῖν; τί δὲ καὶ περιεφρόνουν παρορῶντες τὸ λογικὸν καὶ θεοφιλὲς ἀνθρώπων γένος τῇ τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων ὠμότητι κατατρυχόμενον, οὐχὶ δὲ ἄντικρυς τοῖς πᾶσι προεκήρυττον ἀμεταστρεπτὶ φεύγειν καὶ ἀποτρέπεσθαι πάντα θεὸν ὀνομαζόμενον ὡς οὐ θεὸν, ἀλλὰ φαῦλον δαίμονα, ᾧ τὰ ὠμὰ καὶ ἀπάνθρωπα καὶ παράνομα καὶ αἰσχρὰ φίλα τυγχάνει;
ei dē oun oude sōphronos andros oikeion to chairein phonois aischrorrēmosynais te kai paranomois gynaikōn mixesin, epi misthǭ tēn hōran apempolousais, pollou dei phanai theōn ē daimonōn einai agathōn to apodechesthai ta toiauta. ei de dē legoi tis phaulōn men homologoumenōs einai tauta daimonōn, plēn allʼ heterous einai tous agathous, hous dē malista sebein autous hoia sōtēras, peusteon pou ara ēsan autois hoi agathoi sōtēres, ei dē kai toutous esebon, hōste mē tous ponērous toiauta drōntas kata tōn prosphygōn aperykein, pou de hoi agathoi daimones, tous blaptikous mē apelaunein kai tois therapeuousi symmachein? ti de kai periephronoun parorōntes to logikon kai theophiles anthrōpōn genos tę̄ tōn phaulōn daimonōn ōmotēti katatrychomenon, ouchi de antikrys tois pasi proekērytton ametastrepti pheugein kai apotrepesthai panta theon onomazomenon hōs ou theon, alla phaulon daimona, hǭ ta ōma kai apanthrōpa kai paranoma kai aischra phila tynchanei?
If, then, it is not fitting even for a self-controlled man to delight in murders, foul talk, and unlawful unions with women who sell their youth for hire, far less can it be said that it belongs to gods or good demons to accept such things. And if anyone should say that these things admittedly belong to bad demons, but that the good ones are others, whom they especially worship as saviors, we must ask where their good saviors were, if they worshipped these too, that they did not keep the wicked from doing such things against those who fled to them for refuge? Where were the good demons, that they did not drive away the harmful ones and fight for their worshippers? Why did they disregard, overlooking it, the rational and God-loving race of men worn down by the cruelty of the bad demons, and not proclaim plainly to all to flee without turning back and to reject every so-called god, as being no god but a bad demon, to whom cruel, inhuman, lawless, and shameful things are dear?
4.16.24Dindorf 1:193
καὶ εἴτε τις ἦν πάλαι πρότερον ἐν Ῥόδῳ νενομισμένος θεὸς χαίρων ἀνθρωποθυσίαις, τοῦτον ὁ ἀληθὴς θεὸς, εἴ τις ἦν ἄρα τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐπισχὼν, οὐ θεὸν, ἀλλὰ φαῦλον ἡγεῖσθαι δαίμονα τοῖς πάσι προεκήρυξεν, εἴτε ἐν Σαλαμῖνι τῇ πρότερον Κορωνείᾳ ὀνομαζομένῃ, ἐν ᾗ ἐν μηνὶ κατὰ Κυπρίους Ἀφροδισίῳ ἐθύετο ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τοῦτον ὁ ἀληθὴς θεὸς ἀπέφηνεν ἂν ἀλιτήριον εἶναι δαίμονα, παύσας ὡς ἀσεβὲς καὶ ἀνόσιον τὸ γινόμενον;
kai eite tis ēn palai proteron en Rhodǭ nenomismenos theos chairōn anthrōpothysiais, touton ho alēthēs theos, ei tis ēn ara tēn praxin epischōn, ou theon, alla phaulon hēgeisthai daimona tois pasi proekēryxen, eite en Salamini tę̄ proteron Korōneią onomazomenę̄, en hę̄ en mēni kata Kyprious Aphrodisiǭ ethyeto anthrōpos, kai touton ho alēthēs theos apephēnen an alitērion einai daimona, pausas hōs asebes kai anosion to ginomenon?
And if formerly at Rhodes there was a so-called god who delighted in human sacrifices, the true God, if there were one, would have stopped the practice and proclaimed to all that this was not a god but a bad demon; and if at Salamis, formerly called Coronea, where in the month called Aphrodisius by the Cyprians a man was sacrificed, the true God would have declared this one too to be an accursed demon, stopping the practice as impious and unholy.
4.16.25Dindorf 1:193
εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἡλίου πόλει τῆς Αἰγύπτου τὸν τῆς ἀνθρωποκτονίας νόμον Ἄμωσις ἔλυσε, πολὺ κρείττονα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ ἀληθὴς θεὸς ἐδίδαξεν ἂν γεγονέναι· οὐ γὰρ θεὸς, δαίμων δὲ πάλιν κἀκεῖνος ἦν ὁ κατάρχων τῆς ἀνθρωποκτονίας. οὐκ ἂν δὲ ὁ ἀληθὴς θεὸς καὶ τὸν τῆς Ἥρας δαίμονα οὐχὶ μιαρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι δεῖν ἐνομοθέτησεν, ᾧ τῆς ἡμέρας ἑκάστης τρεῖς ἀνθρώπους θύεσθαι παρέστησεν ἡ ἱστορία.
ei de kai en Hēliou polei tēs Aigyptou ton tēs anthrōpoktonias nomon Amōsis elyse, poly kreittona tou theou ton anthrōpon ho alēthēs theos edidaxen an gegonenai; ou gar theos, daimōn de palin kakeinos ēn ho katarchōn tēs anthrōpoktonias. ouk an de ho alēthēs theos kai ton tēs Hēras daimona ouchi miaron hēgeisthai dein enomothetēsen, hǭ tēs hēmeras hekastēs treis anthrōpous thyesthai parestēsen hē historia.
And if at Heliopolis in Egypt Amosis abolished the law of human sacrifice, the true God would have taught that the man had been far better than the god; for it was no god, but again a demon, that led the human sacrifice. Nor would the true God have failed to ordain that Hera's demon be regarded as abominable, to whom, as the history shows, three men were sacrificed every day.
4.16.26Dindorf 1:193
τί δʼ ἂν γένοιτο δαιμονικώτερον ἀληθῶς τοῦ καλουμένου Ὠμαδίου Διονύσου, ᾧ φασιν ἐν Χίῳ ἄνθρωπον μελιστὶ διασπῶντας θύειν, ἢ τοῦ ἐν Τενέδῳ ὡσαύτως, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸν διὰ τῆς ἀνθρωποθυσίας ἱλάσκοντο; ἀπηγόρευσε δʼ ἂν ὁ ἀληθὴς θεὸς καὶ τῷ Ἄρει τῷ βροτολοιγῷ καὶ φιλοπολέμῳ δαίμονι θύειν ἄνθρωπον, ἐνομοθέτησε δʼ ἂν μήτε τῶν οἰκείων μήτε τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὰ φίλτατα κατασφάττειν αὐτῷ.
ti dʼ an genoito daimonikōteron alēthōs tou kaloumenou Ōmadiou Dionysou, hǭ phasin en Chiǭ anthrōpon melisti diaspōntas thyein, ē tou en Tenedǭ hōsautōs, hon kai auton dia tēs anthrōpothysias hilaskonto? apēgoreuse dʼ an ho alēthēs theos kai tǭ Arei tǭ brotoloigǭ kai philopolemǭ daimoni thyein anthrōpon, enomothetēse dʼ an mēte tōn oikeiōn mēte tōn allotriōn ta philtata katasphattein autǭ.
And what could be more truly demonic than the so-called Dionysus Omadius, to whom they say they sacrificed a man in Chios, tearing him limb from limb, or the one in Tenedos likewise, whom they too appeased with human sacrifice? The true God would have forbidden sacrificing a man to Ares, the man-destroying and war-loving demon, and would have ordained that no one slaughter for him the dearest of his own or of others.
4.16.27Dindorf 1:193–194
εἰ δὲ καὶ τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ κατʼ ἔτος παρθένος, ὥς φασιν, ἐθύετο ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ τῇ κατὰ Συρίαν, καὶ ταύτην εἰπεῖν πονηρὸν δαίμονα οὐκ ἂν ἐφυλάξατο ὁ ἀληθὴς θεός· ὡς καὶ τὸν ἐν Λιβύῃ τοῖς ὁμοίοις χαίροντα καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀραβίας, ᾧ καὶ αὐτῷ κατʼ ἔτος ἕκαστον ἔθυον παῖδα, ὃν καὶ ὑπὸ βωμὸν ἔθαπτον.
ei de kai tę̄ Athēną katʼ etos parthenos, hōs phasin, ethyeto en Laodikeią tę̄ kata Syrian, kai tautēn eipein ponēron daimona ouk an ephylaxato ho alēthēs theos; hōs kai ton en Libyę̄ tois homoiois chaironta kai ton epi tēs Arabias, hǭ kai autǭ katʼ etos hekaston ethyon paida, hon kai hypo bōmon ethapton.
And if a virgin, as they say, was sacrificed every year to Athena at Laodicea in Syria, the true God would not have hesitated to call her too a wicked demon; as also the one in Libya who delighted in the like, and the one in Arabia, to whom they sacrificed a boy every year and buried him under the altar.
Preparation 4, chapter 17
4.17.1Dindorf 1:194
Τούτους ἅπαντας, καὶ τούς γε αἰσχρορρημοσύναις καὶ γυναικῶν παρανόμοις διαφθοραῖς τῇ τε ἄλλῃ τῇ προκατειλεγμένῃ μανίᾳ χαίροντας, προεφώνησεν ἂν ὁ ἀληθὴς καὶ ἀγαθὸς εἴτε θεὸς εἴτε καὶ δαίμων μηδαμῶς ἡγεῖσθαι θεούς. τοῦτο δὲ οὐδεὶς τῶν πώποτε ἢ μόνος ὁ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις τιμώμενος, ὡς ἂν μόνος καὶ ἀληθὴς θεὸς, πεποιηκὼς μνημονεύεται.
Toutous hapantas, kai tous ge aischrorrēmosynais kai gynaikōn paranomois diaphthorais tę̄ te allę̄ tę̄ prokateilegmenę̄ manią chairontas, proephōnēsen an ho alēthēs kai agathos eite theos eite kai daimōn mēdamōs hēgeisthai theous. touto de oudeis tōn pōpote ē monos ho parʼ Hebraiois timōmenos, hōs an monos kai alēthēs theos, pepoiēkōs mnēmoneuetai.
All these, and those who delighted in foul speech and the unlawful corruption of women and in the rest of the madness listed before, the true and good god, or demon, would have warned people beforehand by no means to regard as gods. But no one of all who ever were is recorded to have done this, except only the God honored among the Hebrews, as the only and true God.
4.17.2Dindorf 1:194
μόνος γὰρ οὗτος διὰ τοῦ προφήτου καὶ θεολόγου Μωυσέως προεκήρυξε τοῖς πᾶσι μὴ σέβειν ὡς ἀγαθοὺς δαίμονας τοὺς φαύλους, ἔμπαλιν δὲ ἀποτρέπεσθαι καὶ ἀπελαύνειν, ὡς ἂν πονηρὰ τυγχάνοντας πνεύματα· καὶ μὴν καὶ καθαιρεῖν αὐτῶν τούς τε νεὼς καὶ τὰς ἀνιέρους καὶ ἀτελέστους θρησκείας, καὶ πάμπαν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀφανίζειν τὴν ὡς περὶ θεῶν αὐτῶν μνήμην, καὶ τὴν ἀπονεμομένην αὐτοῖς τιμὴν ἐνομοθέτησεν. οὐδὲ γὰρ τοὺς φαύλους ἀπομειλίσσεσθαι ὅσιον ἦν τοὺς τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς μεμελημένους.
monos gar houtos dia tou prophētou kai theologou Mōyseōs proekēryxe tois pasi mē sebein hōs agathous daimonas tous phaulous, empalin de apotrepesthai kai apelaunein, hōs an ponēra tynchanontas pneumata; kai mēn kai kathairein autōn tous te neōs kai tas anierous kai atelestous thrēskeias, kai pampan ex anthrōpōn aphanizein tēn hōs peri theōn autōn mnēmēn, kai tēn aponemomenēn autois timēn enomothetēsen. oude gar tous phaulous apomeilissesthai hosion ēn tous tois agathois memelēmenous.
For he alone, through Moses the prophet and theologian, proclaimed to all not to worship the bad demons as good, but on the contrary to turn away from them and drive them off as being evil spirits; and he legislated, moreover, to pull down their temples and their unholy and profane rites, and to wipe out entirely from among men the memory of them as gods and the honor paid to them. For it was not holy for those cared for by the good to propitiate the bad.
4.17.3Dindorf 1:194
εἴτε δὲ Φύλαρχος εἴτε καὶ ὁστισοῦν ἱστορεῖ πάντας τοὺς Ἓλληνας πρὶν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολέμους ἐξιέναι ἀνθρωποκτονεῖν, καὶ τοῦτον μάρτυρα τῆς Ἑλλήνων δαιμονικῆς ἐπιληψίας μὴ ὄκνει παραλαμβάνειν· μὴ παρίδῃς μηδὲ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀφρικὴν, τούς τε Θρᾷκας καὶ τοὺς Σκύθας τὰ ὅμοια πράττοντας, ταῖς αὐταῖς τῶν δαιμόνων ὑπῆχθαι μανίαις ἀποφαίνεσθαι· ὡς καὶ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Μεγάλην πόλιν, εἰ δὴ καὶ οὗτοι κατὰ τὰς τοῦ Μεγάλου Δῖός ἑορτὰς ἀνθρώπους ἔσφαζον.
eite de Phylarchos eite kai hostisoun historei pantas tous Hellēnas prin epi tous polemous exienai anthrōpoktonein, kai touton martyra tēs Hellēnōn daimonikēs epilēpsias mē oknei paralambanein; mē paridę̄s mēde tous kata tēn Aphrikēn, tous te Thrąkas kai tous Skythas ta homoia prattontas, tais autais tōn daimonōn hypēchthai maniais apophainesthai; hōs kai tous Athēnaious kai tous kata tēn Megalēn polin, ei dē kai houtoi kata tas tou Megalou Dios heortas anthrōpous esphazon.
Whether it is Phylarchus or anyone else who records that all the Greeks killed a man before going out to war, do not hesitate to take him too as a witness of the demonic seizure of the Greeks; nor fail to declare that those in Africa, and the Thracians and Scythians who do the like, have been led into the same madness of the demons; as also the Athenians and those in the Great City, if indeed they too slaughtered men at the festivals of great Jupiter.
4.17.4Dindorf 1:194–195
ἀλλὰ γὰρ συναγαγὼν ὁμοῦ τὸν πάντων τῶν προειρημένων κατάλογον εὕροις ἂν σχεδὸν εἰπεῖν πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν θεοποιίαν τούτοις αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνθρωποκτόνοις πνεύμασι καὶ τοῖς πονηροῖς δαιμονίοις ἀνακειμένην. εἰ γὰρ ἐν Ῥόδῳ καὶ ἐν Σαλαμῖνι καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις νήσοις, ἔν τε Ἡλίου πόλει τῇ κατʼ Αἴγυπτον, ἔν τε Χίω καὶ Τενέδῳ καὶ Λακεδαίμονι καὶ Ἀρκαδίᾳ, Φοινίκῃ τε καὶ Λιβύῃ, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐν Συρίᾳ καὶ Ἀραβίᾳ, καὶ παρά γε τοῖς Πανέλλησιν καὶ ἔτι τούτων τοῖς κορυφαιοτάτοις Ἀθηναίοις, κατά τε Καρχηδόνα καὶ τὴν Ἀφρικὴν καὶ παρὰ Θρᾳξὶ καὶ Σκύθαις ἀποδέδεικται τὰ τῆς δαιμονικῆς ἀνθρωποκτονίας κατὰ τοὺς παλαιοὺς χρόνους ἐπιτελούμενα, καὶ μέχρι τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρατείναντα· πῶς οὐκ εὐλόγως τοὺς πάντας εἴποις ἂν τότε τοῖς πονηροῖς δαίμοσι δεδουλῶσθαι, οὐ πρότερόν τε παῦλαν τῶν τοσούτων γενέσθαι τῷ βίῳ κακῶν ἢ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν καταλάμψαι διδασκαλίαν; ὅτι δὴ μέχρι τῶν Ἀδριανοῦ χρόνων διαμεῖναι ταῦτα, λελύσθαι δʼ ἐξ ἐκείνου παρέστησεν ὁ τῆς ἱστορίας λόγος. οὗτος δὲ μάλιστα ἦν ὁ χρόνος, καθʼ ὃν ἡ σωτήριος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἤκμαζε διδασκαλία.
alla gar synagagōn homou ton pantōn tōn proeirēmenōn katalogon heurois an schedon eipein pasan tēn tōn ethnōn theopoiian toutois autois tois anthrōpoktonois pneumasi kai tois ponērois daimoniois anakeimenēn. ei gar en Rhodǭ kai en Salamini kai tais allais nēsois, en te Hēliou polei tę̄ katʼ Aigypton, en te Chiō kai Tenedǭ kai Lakedaimoni kai Arkadią, Phoinikę̄ te kai Libyę̄, kai pros toutois hapasin en Syrią kai Arabią, kai para ge tois Panellēsin kai eti toutōn tois koryphaiotatois Athēnaiois, kata te Karchēdona kai tēn Aphrikēn kai para Thrąxi kai Skythais apodedeiktai ta tēs daimonikēs anthrōpoktonias kata tous palaious chronous epiteloumena, kai mechri tou sōtēros hēmōn parateinanta; pōs ouk eulogōs tous pantas eipois an tote tois ponērois daimosi dedoulōsthai, ou proteron te paulan tōn tosoutōn genesthai tǭ biǭ kakōn ē tēn tou sōtēros hēmōn katalampsai didaskalian? hoti dē mechri tōn Adrianou chronōn diameinai tauta, lelysthai dʼ ex ekeinou parestēsen ho tēs historias logos. houtos de malista ēn ho chronos, kathʼ hon hē sōtērios eis pantas anthrōpous ēkmaze didaskalia.
But gathering together the list of all those mentioned, you would find, one may almost say, that all the deification of the nations was dedicated to these very murderous spirits and wicked demons. For if at Rhodes and Salamis and the other islands, at Heliopolis in Egypt, at Chios and Tenedos, Sparta and Arcadia, Phoenicia and Libya, and besides all these in Syria and Arabia, and among all the Greeks and their foremost, the Athenians, at Carthage and in Africa, and among Thracians and Scythians, the demonic killing of men has been shown to have been practiced in ancient times and to have lasted until our Savior, how could you not reasonably say that all were then enslaved to the wicked demons, and that there was no rest from such great evils for human life before the teaching of our Savior shone forth? For the account of the history showed that these things lasted until the times of Hadrian and were abolished from then on; and this was above all the time when the saving teaching was flourishing among all men.
4.17.5Dindorf 1:195
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ δυνατὸν αὐτοῖς εἰπεῖν ὡς τοῖς πονηροῖς δαίμοσιν· αὐτοῖς γὰρ μάλιστα τοῖς μεγίστοις θεοῖς ἡ ἱστορία τὰς ἀνθρωποθυσίας ἐδήλωσεν ἐπιτελεῖσθαι. θύεσθαι γὰρ ἔφησε τῇ Ἥρᾳ καὶ τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ Κρόνῳ τε καὶ Ἄρει καὶ Διονύσω, καὶ αὐτῶ τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων Διὶ καὶ τῷ Φοίβῳ, τῷ δὴ σεμνοτάτῳ πάντων καὶ σοφωτάτῳ Ἀπόλλωνι· τούτους δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἄλλους τοὺς μεγίστους θεοὺς ἀγαθοὺς καὶ σωτῆρας ἀναγορεύουσιν.
kai mēn oude dynaton autois eipein hōs tois ponērois daimosin; autois gar malista tois megistois theois hē historia tas anthrōpothysias edēlōsen epiteleisthai. thyesthai gar ephēse tę̄ Hērą kai tę̄ Athēną Kronǭ te kai Arei kai Dionysō, kai autō tǭ epi pantōn Dii kai tǭ Phoibǭ, tǭ dē semnotatǭ pantōn kai sophōtatǭ Apollōni; toutous de kai ouk allous tous megistous theous agathous kai sōtēras anagoreuousin.
Nor can they say that these were offered to the wicked demons; for the history showed that human sacrifices were performed above all to the greatest gods themselves. For it said they were sacrificed to Hera, Athena, Cronus, Ares, and Dionysus, to Zeus himself who is over all, and to Phoebus, the most revered and wisest of all, Apollo; and these and no others they proclaim the greatest gods, good and saviors.
4.17.6Dindorf 1:195–196
αὐτοὶ δʼ ἄρα εἶεν ἂν οἱ πονηροὶ δαίμονες. εἰ γὰρ οἵδε τοιαύταις ἀνθρωποθυσίαις καὶ ἀνθρωποκτονίαις ἔχαιρον, πῶς οὐκ ἂν αὐτοὺς εἰκότως τῇ τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων μιαιφονίᾳ καταριθμήσειας, εἴτε αὐτοὶ χαίρειν λέγοιντο τοῖς τοιούτοις εἴτε συγχωρεῖν καὶ περιορᾶν ἑτέροις γιγνόμενα;
autoi dʼ ara eien an hoi ponēroi daimones. ei gar hoide toiautais anthrōpothysiais kai anthrōpoktoniais echairon, pōs ouk an autous eikotōs tę̄ tōn ponērōn pneumatōn miaiphonią katarithmēseias, eite autoi chairein legointo tois toioutois eite synchōrein kai perioran heterois gignomena?
So these themselves would be the wicked demons. For if they delighted in such human sacrifices and killings, how could you not reasonably count them among the bloodguilty wicked spirits, whether they are said to delight in such things themselves or to permit and overlook them when done by others?
4.17.7Dindorf 1:196
τί γὰρ χρῆν ὅλως ἐπιτρέπειν ἀνθρώποις ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰ πονηρὰ πνεύματα; τί δὲ τοσοῦτον πλανᾶσθαι ὡς θεραπεύειν καὶ κολακεύειν τοὺς φαύλους; τί δὲ τοῖς πονηροῖς καταδουλοῦσθαι, δέον ἀγαθοὺς ὄντας καὶ θεοὺς πορρωτάτω τῆς ἀνθρώπων διατριβῆς πᾶν ὅ τι φαῦλον καὶ πονηρὸν δυνάμει κρείττονι καὶ θειοτέρᾳ ἀπελαύνειν;
ti gar chrēn holōs epitrepein anthrōpois hilaskesthai ta ponēra pneumata? ti de tosouton planasthai hōs therapeuein kai kolakeuein tous phaulous? ti de tois ponērois katadoulousthai, deon agathous ontas kai theous porrōtatō tēs anthrōpōn diatribēs pan ho ti phaulon kai ponēron dynamei kreittoni kai theioterą apelaunein?
For why should they allow men at all to propitiate the wicked spirits? Why should they go so astray as to serve and flatter the bad? Why be enslaved to the wicked, when, being good and gods, they ought to drive away as far as possible from the haunts of men everything bad and wicked by a stronger and more divine power?
4.17.8Dindorf 1:196
ἦ πατὴρ μὲν ἀγαθὸς οὐκ ἂν ὑπὸ φαύλοις ἀνδράσι φθειρόμενον περιίδοι ἂν τὸν αὑτοῦ παῖδα, οὐδὲ τὸν οἰκέτην σώφρων δεσπότης ὑπὸ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἀγόμενον περιόψεται, οὐδέ γε πολέμου στρατηγὸς, τοὺς οἰκείους παρὸν διασώσασθαι, τοῖς πολεμίοις αἰχμαλώτους ἀνήσει, οὐδὲ ποιμὴν τὰ θρέμματα τοῖς λύκοις· θεοὶ δὲ ἄρα καὶ ἀγαθοὶ δαίμονες ὑπὸ τοῖς μοχθηροῖς καὶ φαύλοις ἀνήσουσι τὸ ἀνθρώπων γένος;
ē patēr men agathos ouk an hypo phaulois andrasi phtheiromenon periidoi an ton hautou paida, oude ton oiketēn sōphrōn despotēs hypo tois echthrois agomenon periopsetai, oude ge polemou stratēgos, tous oikeious paron diasōsasthai, tois polemiois aichmalōtous anēsei, oude poimēn ta thremmata tois lykois; theoi de ara kai agathoi daimones hypo tois mochthērois kai phaulois anēsousi to anthrōpōn genos?
A good father would not allow his own son to be ruined by wicked men; a sober master will not overlook his servant being carried off by enemies; a general in war, when he can save his own men, will not give them up as captives to the enemy; nor a shepherd his flock to the wolves. Will gods and good demons, then, give up the human race to the wicked and bad?
4.17.9Dindorf 1:196
καὶ οἱ τρισμύριοι φύλακες μερόπων ἀνθρώπων, οἱ δὴ ποιμένες καὶ σωτῆρες, βασιλεῖς τε καὶ πατέρες καὶ κύριοι, τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καὶ πολεμίοις καὶ ἀγρίοις θηρσὶν ἀνηλεῶς οὕτως καὶ ὠμῶς ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν τὰ φίλτατα παραδώσουσιν, οὐχὶ δὲ προπολεμήσουσιν ὑπερασπίζοντες τῶν προσφύγων, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐχθροὺς καὶ πονηροὺς δαίμονας τῆς ἀνθρώπων ἀγέλης μακρὰν ὥσπερ τινὰς ἀγρίους καὶ ὠμοβόρους θῆρας ἀποδιώξουσι, διδάξουσι δὲ πάντα ἄνθρωπον μυρίων θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων ἀγαθῶν πλήθει προσῳκειωμένων ἐπιθαρσοῦντα, καὶ τοῖς οὐ μόνον κρείττοσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείοσιν καὶ μεγίστοις θεοῖς καθωσιωμένον, σμικρὰ, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ μηδὲν ἐπιστρέφεσθαι τῆς τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων ἀσθενείας;
kai hoi trismyrioi phylakes meropōn anthrōpōn, hoi dē poimenes kai sōtēres, basileis te kai pateres kai kyrioi, tois echthrois kai polemiois kai agriois thērsin anēleōs houtōs kai ōmōs agein kai pherein ta philtata paradōsousin, ouchi de propolemēsousin hyperaspizontes tōn prosphygōn, kai tous men echthrous kai ponērous daimonas tēs anthrōpōn agelēs makran hōsper tinas agrious kai ōmoborous thēras apodiōxousi, didaxousi de panta anthrōpon myriōn theōn kai daimonōn agathōn plēthei prosǭkeiōmenōn epitharsounta, kai tois ou monon kreittosin, alla kai pleiosin kai megistois theois kathōsiōmenon, smikra, mallon de to mēden epistrephesthai tēs tōn ponērōn daimonōn astheneias?
And will the thirty thousand guardians of mortal men, the shepherds and saviors, kings, fathers, and lords, hand over their dearest so pitilessly and cruelly to be harried by enemies, foes, and wild beasts, and not fight in front of them, shielding those who flee to them; driving the hostile and wicked demons far from the flock of men like savage and flesh-eating beasts; and teaching every man, trusting in the multitude of countless gods and good demons that are his kin, and consecrated to gods not only stronger but more numerous and greatest, to care little, or rather not at all, for the weakness of the wicked demons?
4.17.10Dindorf 1:196–197
ὅτε δὲ τοῦτο μὴ ἔπραττον, συνήργουν δʼ ἔμπαλιν τοῖς πονηροῖς αὐτοὶ, διὰ τῶν χρησμῶν τὰς προδηλωθείσας ἀνιέντες ἀνθρωποθυσίας, χαίροντές τε αἰσχρορρημοσύναις ἀπάσαις καὶ ταῖς τούτων ἀκολούθοις πράξεσιν, ἔργῳ, φασὶ, δῆλον ὡς οὐδέν τι καὶ αὐτοὶ φαύλων δαιμόνων τὴν φύσιν διήλλαττον, μᾶλλον δὲ μιᾶς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑπῆρχον προαιρέσεως καὶ γνώμης· καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐδὲ ὅλως θεός τις ἦν, οὐδέ τις ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, ὁ πάλαι πρὸς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων κατὰ πόλεις τε καὶ χώρας προσκυνούμενος.
hote de touto mē epratton, synērgoun dʼ empalin tois ponērois autoi, dia tōn chrēsmōn tas prodēlōtheisas anientes anthrōpothysias, chairontes te aischrorrēmosynais apasais kai tais toutōn akolouthois praxesin, ergǭ, phasi, dēlon hōs ouden ti kai autoi phaulōn daimonōn tēn physin diēllatton, mallon de mias kai tēs autēs hypērchon proaireseōs kai gnōmēs; kai eti mallon eipein hōs oude holōs theos tis ēn, oude tis agathos daimōn, ho palai pros tōn ethnōn hapantōn kata poleis te kai chōras proskynoumenos.
But since they did not do this, but on the contrary themselves worked with the wicked, sending up through their oracles the human sacrifices described and delighting in all foul speech and the deeds that follow it, it is plain in fact, as they say, that they too differed in no way in nature from bad demons, or rather were of one and the same choice and mind; and still more, that there was no god at all, nor any good demon, among those worshipped of old by all the nations in cities and countries.
4.17.11Dindorf 1:197
πῶς γὰρ ἂν γένοιτό ποτε τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ φαῦλον φίλον, εἰ μὴ καὶ φωτὸς καὶ σκότους κρᾶσιν δύνασθαι μίαν φαίη τις ἄν γενέσθαι; πόσῳ δὲ κρείττων ὁ παρʼ ἀνθρώποις λογισμὸς τῶν νενομισμένων θεῶν, μηδὲ φαύλοις δαίμοσι χρῆναι θύειν παρακελευόμενος; λέγει δʼ οὖν ὁ πρόσθεν εἰρημένος συγγραφεὺς, ἐν οἷς ἔφησε μὴ δεῖν ζῳοθυτεῖν, ὅτι μηδὲ φαύλοις δαίμοσι θυτέον, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον
pōs gar an genoito pote tǭ agathǭ to phaulon philon, ei mē kai phōtos kai skotous krasin dynasthai mian phaiē tis an genesthai? posǭ de kreittōn ho parʼ anthrōpois logismos tōn nenomismenōn theōn, mēde phaulois daimosi chrēnai thyein parakeleuomenos? legei dʼ oun ho prosthen eirēmenos syngrapheus, en hois ephēse mē dein zǭothytein, hoti mēde phaulois daimosi thyteon, touton ton tropon
For how could the bad ever be dear to the good, unless one should say that light and darkness can be mixed into one? And how much better is human reasoning than the reputed gods, bidding men not to sacrifice even to bad demons! The writer mentioned before, where he said one must not sacrifice animals, says that one must not sacrifice even to bad demons, in this way:
Preparation 4, chapter 18
4.18.1Dindorf 1:197
" Διὸ συνετὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ σώφρων εὐλαβηθήσεται τοιαύταις χρῆσθαι θυσίαις, διʼ ὧν ἐπισπάσεται πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τοὺς τοιούτους, σπουδάσει δὲ καθαίρειν τὴν ψυχὴν παντοίως· καθαρᾷ γὰρ ψυχῇ οὐκ ἐπιτίθενται, διὰ τὸ αὐτοῖς ἀνόμοιον. εἰ δὲ ταῖς πόλεσιν ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τούτους ἀπομειλίττεσθαι, οὐδὲν πρὸς ἡμὰς· ταύταις γὰρ καὶ πλοῦτος καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς καὶ τὰ σωματικὰ ἀγαθὰ εἶναι νενόμισται, καὶ τὰ ἐναντία, κακὰ, ὀλιγοστὸν δὲ ἐν αὐταῖς τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμελούμενον." Τούτοις ἑξῆς ἐπάγει λέγων
" Dio synetos anēr kai sōphrōn eulabēthēsetai toiautais chrēsthai thysiais, diʼ hōn epispasetai pros heauton tous toioutous, spoudasei de kathairein tēn psychēn pantoiōs; katharą gar psychę̄ ouk epitithentai, dia to autois anomoion. ei de tais polesin anankaion kai toutous apomeilittesthai, ouden pros hēmas; tautais gar kai ploutos kai ta ektos kai ta sōmatika agatha einai nenomistai, kai ta enantia, kaka, oligoston de en autais to tēs psychēs epimeloumenon." Toutois hexēs epagei legōn
"Therefore a wise and sober man will beware of using such sacrifices, through which he will draw such beings to himself, and will be eager to purify his soul in every way; for they do not attack a pure soul, because it is unlike them. And if it is necessary for cities to propitiate these too, that is nothing to us; for in cities wealth and external and bodily things are thought to be goods, and their opposites evils, and care for the soul is very rare in them." Next to this he adds, saying:
Preparation 4, chapter 19
4.19.1Dindorf 1:197–198
"Ἡμεῖς δὲ κατὰ δύναμιν οὐ δεησόμεθα ὧν οὗτοι παρέχουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἔκ τε ψυχῆς ἔκ τε τῶν ἐκτὸς πάσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμεθα θεῷ μὲν καὶ τοῖς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ὁμοιοῦσθαι, ( ὃ γίνεται διʼ ἀπαθείας καὶ τῆς περὶ τῶν ὄντως ὄντων διηρθρωμένης διαλήψεως καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰ καὶ κατʼ αὐτὰ ζωῆς, ) πονηροῖς δὲ ἀνθρώποις καὶ δαίμοσι καὶ ὅλως παντὶ τῷ χαίροντι τῷ θνητῷ τε καὶ ὑλικῷ ἀνομοιοῦσθαι.
"Hēmeis de kata dynamin ou deēsometha hōn houtoi parechousin, allʼ ek te psychēs ek te tōn ektos pasan spoudēn poioumetha theǭ men kai tois amphʼ auton homoiousthai, ( ho ginetai diʼ apatheias kai tēs peri tōn ontōs ontōn diērthrōmenēs dialēpseōs kai pros auta kai katʼ auta zōēs, ) ponērois de anthrōpois kai daimosi kai holōs panti tǭ chaironti tǭ thnētǭ te kai hylikǭ anomoiousthai.
"But we, as far as we can, shall not need what these provide, but make every effort, both from the soul and from external things, to become like God and those around him (which happens through freedom from passion and through a clear understanding of what truly is, and a life directed toward it and in accordance with it), and to become unlike wicked men and demons and everything in general that delights in the mortal and material.
4.19.2Dindorf 1:198
“Ὃν δὲ ἡμεῖς ὑπογράφομεν φιλόσοφον ἀφιστάμενον τῶν ἐκτὸς, εἰκότως φαμὲν μὴ ἐνοχλήσειν δαίμοσι, μηδὲ μάντεων δεήσεσθαι, μηδὲ σπλάγχνων ζῴων. ὧν γὰρ ἕνεκα αἱ μαντεῖαι, τούτων οὗτος μεμελέτηκεν ἀφίστασθαι. οὔτε γὰρ εἰς γάμον καθίησιν, ἵνα περὶ γάμου τὸν μάντιν ἐνοχλήσῃ· οὐκ εἰς ἐμπορίαν, οὐ περὶ οἰκέτου, οὐ περὶ κλοπῆς καὶ τῆς ἄλλης παρὰ ἀνθρώποις δοξοκοπίας. περὶ ὧν δὲ ζητεῖ, μάντις μὲν οὐδεὶς, οὐδὲ σπλάγχνα ζῴων μηνύσει τὸ σαφές· αὐτὸς δὲ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς λέγομεν, προσιὼν τῷ θεῷ, ὃς ἐν τοῖς ἀληθινοῖς αὐτοῦ σπλάγχνοις ἵδρυται, περὶ τοῦ αἰωνίου βίου λήψεται τὰς ὑποθήκας, ὅλος ἐκεῖ συρρεύσας.
“Hon de hēmeis hypographomen philosophon aphistamenon tōn ektos, eikotōs phamen mē enochlēsein daimosi, mēde manteōn deēsesthai, mēde splanchnōn zǭōn. hōn gar heneka hai manteiai, toutōn houtos memeletēken aphistasthai. oute gar eis gamon kathiēsin, hina peri gamou ton mantin enochlēsę̄; ouk eis emporian, ou peri oiketou, ou peri klopēs kai tēs allēs para anthrōpois doxokopias. peri hōn de zētei, mantis men oudeis, oude splanchna zǭōn mēnysei to saphes; autos de diʼ heautou, hōs legomen, prosiōn tǭ theǭ, hos en tois alēthinois autou splanchnois hidrytai, peri tou aiōniou biou lēpsetai tas hypothēkas, holos ekei syrreusas.
"The philosopher we describe, who stands apart from external things, will reasonably, we say, not trouble demons, nor need seers, nor the entrails of animals. For he has practiced withdrawing from the things for whose sake divinations exist. He does not engage in marriage, so as to trouble the seer about marriage; nor in commerce, nor about a servant, nor about theft and the other vainglory among men. And about what he seeks, no seer nor the entrails of animals will show the truth; but he himself through himself, as we say, approaching God, who is established in his true inward parts, will receive counsels about eternal life, having flowed wholly there."
4.19.3Dindorf 1:198
Σαφέστατα δὴ διὰ τούτων ὁ λόγος ἐξέφηνεν τίνων ἡγεῖσθαι χρὴ τὰ μαντεῖα καὶ τὰς διὰ θυτικῆς ἐρωτήσεις, τάς τε παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς θαυμαζομένας περὶ τῶν ἀδήλων προγνώσεις. ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα δοξοκοπίας ὀνομάσας ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ δαιμόνων πονηρῶν ἐνεργούμενα ἀποβάλλει.
Saphestata dē dia toutōn ho logos exephēnen tinōn hēgeisthai chrē ta manteia kai tas dia thytikēs erōtēseis, tas te para tois pollois thaumazomenas peri tōn adēlōn prognōseis. tauta gar panta doxokopias onomasas hōs an hypo daimonōn ponērōn energoumena apoballei.
Very clearly, then, the account has shown by these words to whom one must ascribe the oracles, inquiries by sacrifice, and the foreknowledge of hidden things admired by the many. For he calls all these vainglory and rejects them as worked by wicked demons.
4.19.4Dindorf 1:198
τὸν γοῦν περὶ φαύλων δαιμόνων διεξιὼν λόγον, καὶ φάσκων τὸν συνετὸν ἄνδρα καὶ σώφρονα μή ποτε τούτοις ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδοῦναι, μηδʼ ἐπισπάσασθαι εἰς ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῶν θυσιῶν τοὺς τοιούτους, ἑξῆς ἐπισυνάπτει λέγων τὸν φιλόσοφον μηδὲ μαντείων δεήσεσθαι, μηδὲ σπλάγχνων ζῴων, καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων, ὡς ἂν τῆς δαιμονικῆς ὄντων κακοτεχνίας.
ton goun peri phaulōn daimonōn diexiōn logon, kai phaskōn ton syneton andra kai sōphrona mē pote toutois heauton epidounai, mēdʼ epispasasthai eis heauton dia tōn thysiōn tous toioutous, hexēs episynaptei legōn ton philosophon mēde manteiōn deēsesthai, mēde splanchnōn zǭōn, kai tōn paraplēsiōn, hōs an tēs daimonikēs ontōn kakotechnias.
At any rate, going through the account of bad demons, and saying that the wise and sober man will never give himself up to them nor draw them to himself by sacrifices, he next adds that the philosopher will not need oracles, nor entrails of animals, nor the like, since these belong to the evil art of demons.
4.19.5Dindorf 1:198–199
εἰ δὴ οὖν κατὰ ταῦτα εὐλαβητέον τῷ συνετῷ καὶ σώφρονι τοιαύταις χρῆσθαι θυσίαις, διʼ ὧν ἐπισπάσεται πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τοὺς δαίμονας—αὗται δʼ ἦσαν αἱ διʼ αἱμάτων ἐκχύσεως καὶ διʼ ἀλόγων ζῴων σφαγῆς — οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐνδίκως ῥηθείη σώφρων καὶ συνετὸς τῶν πάλαι ζῳοθυτούντων τοῖς δαίμοσι, καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον τῶν ἀνθρωποθυτούντων.
ei dē oun kata tauta eulabēteon tǭ synetǭ kai sōphroni toiautais chrēsthai thysiais, diʼ hōn epispasetai pros heauton tous daimonas—hautai dʼ ēsan hai diʼ haimatōn ekchyseōs kai diʼ alogōn zǭōn sphagēs — oudeis an endikōs rhētheiē sōphrōn kai synetos tōn palai zǭothytountōn tois daimosi, kai poly mallon tōn anthrōpothytountōn.
If, then, according to this, the wise and sober man must beware of using such sacrifices as draw the demons to himself (and these were the sacrifices by shedding of blood and slaughter of irrational animals), none of those of old who sacrificed animals to the demons, and much less those who sacrificed men, could justly be called sober and wise.
4.19.6Dindorf 1:199
ἥλω δὲ τὰ πανταχοῦ πάντα σχεδὸν εἰπεῖν ἔθνη, πρόσθεν ἢ τὸν ἡμέτερον σωτῆρα εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἀναδειχθῆναι, τοὺς φαύλους ἱλεούμενα δαίμονας ταῖς κατὰ πάντα τόπον ἐπιτελουμέναις ἀνθρωποθυσίαις. οὐδεὶς ἄρα τούτων συνετὸς ἦν καὶ σώφρων.
hēlō de ta pantachou panta schedon eipein ethnē, prosthen ē ton hēmeteron sōtēra eis anthrōpous anadeichthēnai, tous phaulous hileoumena daimonas tais kata panta topon epiteloumenais anthrōpothysiais. oudeis ara toutōn synetos ēn kai sōphrōn.
And almost all the nations everywhere, before our Savior was shown to men, were caught propitiating the bad demons with human sacrifices performed in every place. So none of them was wise and sober.
4.19.7Dindorf 1:199
ὁ μὲν οὖν κοινὸς καὶ ἀνθρώπινος λογισμὸς ἑπόμενος ὀρθῷ λόγῳ παντὶ τῷ συνετῷ καὶ σώφρονι διαρρήδην προκηρύττει μὴ χρῆσθαι θυσίαις ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων, σπουδάζειν δὲ καθαίρειν τὴν ψυχὴν παντοίως· καθαρᾷ γὰρ ψυχῇ μὴ ἐπιτίθεσθαι, διὰ τὸ αὐτοῖς ἀνόμοιον·
ho men oun koinos kai anthrōpinos logismos hepomenos orthǭ logǭ panti tǭ synetǭ kai sōphroni diarrēdēn prokēryttei mē chrēsthai thysiais epi therapeią tōn ponērōn daimonōn, spoudazein de kathairein tēn psychēn pantoiōs; katharą gar psychę̄ mē epitithesthai, dia to autois anomoion;
Common human reasoning, then, following right reason, plainly proclaims to every wise and sober man not to use sacrifices in the service of wicked demons, but to be eager to purify the soul in every way; for they do not attack a pure soul, because it is unlike them.
4.19.8Dindorf 1:199
ὁ δὲ θεὸς αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ( πάλιν γὰρ ἀνθρώποις τοῦτον παραβλητέον, καὶ δεικτέον ὅσον τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λείπεται λογισμοῦ, ) προστάττει τῷ πονηρῷ δαίμονι θύειν, οὐκ ἄλλως ἢ δηλαδὴ φίλος ὢν αὐτῷ· κακῷ δὲ τὸ ὅμοιον φίλον. τούτου δὲ μάρτυς ὁ καὶ πρόσθεν ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίαςʼ’ ὧδε ἱστορῶν πρὸς λέξιν.
ho de theos autois ho Apollōn, ( palin gar anthrōpois touton parablēteon, kai deikteon hoson tou orthou leipetai logismou, ) prostattei tǭ ponērǭ daimoni thyein, ouk allōs ē dēladē philos ōn autǭ; kakǭ de to homoion philon. toutou de martys ho kai prosthen en hois epegrapse Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophiasʼ’ hōde historōn pros lexin.
But their god Apollo (for he must again be compared with men, and it must be shown how far he falls short of right reasoning) commands sacrifice to the wicked demon, plainly as being his friend; for like is dear to the bad. The witness of this is the same writer as before, in the work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles, recording thus word for word:
Preparation 4, chapter 20
4.20.1Dindorf 1:199–200
“ Σπεύδοντος γοῦν τοῦ προφήτου αὐτοπτῆσαι τὸ θεῖον καὶ ἐπειγομένου ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἀδύνατον ἔφη τὸ τοιοῦτον πρὶν λύτρα τῷ πονηρῷ δαίμονι δοῦναι. λέγει δὲ οὕτως λύτρα δίδου γαίης πατρίης οἰκήτορι σεμνῷ, πρῶτα χοὰς, μετέπειτα πυρὴν ἠδʼ αἷμα κελαινὸν οἴνου παμμέλανός τʼ ὀίων θʼ ἅμα λευκὰ ῥέεθρα. καὶ σαφέστερον εἶπε περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν οἶνον καὶ γάλα βάλλε καὶ ὕδατος ἀγλαὸν εἶδος, καὶ ξύλα καρπὸν ἔχοντα διογνήτων ἀκυλάων· σπλάγχνα δὲ κατθέμενος λιπαροῖς ἅμα νάμασι σπένδε. μετὰ ποίας δὲ εὐχῆς ἐρωτηθεὶς ἤρξατο μὲν, οὐ μὴν ἐπλήρωσεν, οὕτως εἰπὼν δαῖμον ἀλιτρονόων ψυχῶν διάδημα λελογχὼς, ἠερίων ὑπένερθε μυχῶν χθονίων τʼ ἐγύπερθεν.”
“ Speudontos goun tou prophētou autoptēsai to theion kai epeigomenou ho Apollōn adynaton ephē to toiouton prin lytra tǭ ponērǭ daimoni dounai. legei de houtōs lytra didou gaiēs patriēs oikētori semnǭ, prōta choas, metepeita pyrēn ēdʼ haima kelainon oinou pammelanos tʼ oiōn thʼ hama leuka rheethra. kai saphesteron eipe peri tōn autōn oinon kai gala balle kai hydatos aglaon eidos, kai xyla karpon echonta diognētōn akylaōn; splanchna de katthemenos liparois hama namasi spende. meta poias de euchēs erōtētheis ērxato men, ou mēn eplērōsen, houtōs eipōn daimon alitronoōn psychōn diadēma lelonchōs, ēeriōn hypenerthe mychōn chthoniōn tʼ egyperthen.”
"At any rate, when the prophet was eager and pressing to see the divine with his own eyes, Apollo said that such a thing was impossible before giving ransoms to the wicked demon. He says thus: 'Give ransoms to the dread dweller of your native land: first libations, then a pyre, and the dark blood of black wine, and the white streams of sheep together.' And he spoke more clearly about the same things: 'Cast wine and milk and the bright form of water, and fruit-bearing wood of Zeus-born oaks; and laying down the entrails, pour libations with rich streams.' And when asked with what prayer, he began but did not finish, saying thus: 'Demon, who have received the crown of sinful souls, beneath the recesses of the air and above those of the earth.'"
4.20.2Dindorf 1:200
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ θαυμάσιος θεὸς, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ πολυπλανὲς δαιμόνιον· τὰ δὲ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν λογισμοῦ τἀναντία, καθαίρειν τὴν ψυχὴν, ἀλλὰ μὴ θυσίαις ἐπισπᾶσθαι τοὺς πονηροὺς δαίμονας, παρακελευόμενα· καθαρᾷ γὰρ ψυχῇ μὴ ἐπιτίθεσθαι διὰ τὸ αὐτοῖς ἀνόμοιον. εἰ δὲ δὴ συνετὸς εἶναι καὶ σώφρων ἀνὴρ ὀρθῶς ἐκρίθη ὁ εὐλαβὴς καὶ μὴ θύων δαίμοσιν, ὁ τοῖς πονηροῖς θύειν διὰ τοῦ χρησμοῦ παραινῶν τίς ἂν εὐλόγως καὶ ποδαπὸς νομισθείη σοὶ καταλείπω σκοπεῖν.
Tauta men ho thaumasios theos, mallon de to polyplanes daimonion; ta de tou kata physin logismou tanantia, kathairein tēn psychēn, alla mē thysiais epispasthai tous ponērous daimonas, parakeleuomena; katharą gar psychę̄ mē epitithesthai dia to autois anomoion. ei de dē synetos einai kai sōphrōn anēr orthōs ekrithē ho eulabēs kai mē thyōn daimosin, ho tois ponērois thyein dia tou chrēsmou parainōn tis an eulogōs kai podapos nomistheiē soi kataleipō skopein.
So says the wonderful god, or rather the much-erring demon. But the teachings of natural reasoning command the opposite: to purify the soul, and not to draw the wicked demons by sacrifices; for they do not attack a pure soul, because it is unlike them. And if the man who is cautious and does not sacrifice to demons has rightly been judged wise and sober, I leave you to consider whom, and of what kind, one should reasonably think the one who advises through the oracle to sacrifice to the wicked.
4.20.3Dindorf 1:200
ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἀναδραμόντι προφανὲς ἔσται ποῖοί τινες ὑπῆρχον τὴν τοῦ τρόπου φύσιν οἱ ταῖς ἀνθρωποθυσίαις χαίροντες, ἢ οἱ τούτοις πᾶν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος πάλαι πρότερον καταδεδουλωμένοι. εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις μὴ φαῦλον εἶναι τὸν τῆς ἀνθρωποθυσίας τρόπον, ὀρθότατα δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν παλαιῶν τελεῖσθαι, ὥρα τοῖς νῦν καταμέμφεσθαι πᾶσιν, ὅτι μηδεὶς ὁμοίως τοῖς πατράσιν εὐσεβεῖ.
enteuthen de anadramonti prophanes estai poioi tines hypērchon tēn tou tropou physin hoi tais anthrōpothysiais chairontes, ē hoi toutois pan to anthrōpinon genos palai proteron katadedoulōmenoi. ei de legoi tis mē phaulon einai ton tēs anthrōpothysias tropon, orthotata dʼ hypo tōn palaiōn teleisthai, hōra tois nyn katamemphesthai pasin, hoti mēdeis homoiōs tois patrasin eusebei.
Running back from here it will be plain what kind of character belonged to those who delighted in human sacrifices, or who formerly enslaved the whole human race to them. And if anyone should say that the practice of human sacrifice is not bad, but was most rightly performed by the ancients, it is time to blame all men now, because no one is as pious as their fathers.
Preparation 4, chapter 21
4.21.1Dindorf 1:200
Εἰ δʼ ἐμφρόνως οἱ καθʼ ἡμὰς τῆς ἀπηνοῦς καὶ ἀγρίας ὠμότητος τὴν ἀποστροφὴν ἐποιήσαντο, τῶν παλαιῶν οὐδεὶς ἦν ἄρα σοφὸς, τοὺς πονηροὺς δαίμονας ταῖς ἀνθρωποκτονίαις μειλισσόμενος. ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τυφλῷ, φασὶ, δῆλον ὡς οὔτε θεοὶ ἂν εἶεν οὔτε δαίμονες ἀγαθοὶ οἱ πάλαι πρὸς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων θεολογούμενοι, πορρωτάτω δὲ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐξῳκισμένοι.
Ei dʼ emphronōs hoi kathʼ hēmas tēs apēnous kai agrias ōmotētos tēn apostrophēn epoiēsanto, tōn palaiōn oudeis ēn ara sophos, tous ponērous daimonas tais anthrōpoktoniais meilissomenos. alla gar kai typhlǭ, phasi, dēlon hōs oute theoi an eien oute daimones agathoi hoi palai pros tōn ethnōn hapantōn theologoumenoi, porrōtatō de tou agathou exǭkismenoi.
But if the men of our time wisely turned away from the harsh and savage cruelty, then none of the ancients was wise who appeased the wicked demons with human killings. Indeed, even to a blind man, as they say, it is plain that those proclaimed as gods of old by all the nations would be neither gods nor good demons, but banished very far from the good.
4.21.2Dindorf 1:200–201
διὸ καὶ ἐνδίκως θεομάχοι τινὲς καὶ ἀσεβεῖς λεχθεῖεν ἂν, τὸν πάντα λυμηνάμενοι βίον, ὧν ἐξ αἰῶνος· οὐδεὶς ἢ μόνος ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ κύριος ἡμῶν ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ θεοῦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις τὴν φυγὴν προεξένησεν, εὐαγγελιζόμενος ὁμοῦ πάντας Ἕλληνάς τε καὶ βαρβάρους θεραπείαν τῆς πατρικῆς νόσου, καὶ τῆς πικρᾶς καὶ παλαιτάτης δουλείας ἐλευθερίαν· ἐφʼ ἣν σπεύδειν ὁ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ἀποδείξεως παρορμᾷ λόγος, μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ τοῖς πᾶσιν εἰς ἐξάκουστον βοῶν “πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπʼ ἐμὲ, οὗ ἕνεκεν ἔχρισέ με, εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς ἀπέσταλκέ με, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν.’ καὶ πάλιν ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ δεσμῶν πεπεδημένους, καὶ ἐξ οἴκου φυλακῆς καθημένους ἐν σκότει.’’
dio kai endikōs theomachoi tines kai asebeis lechtheien an, ton panta lymēnamenoi bion, hōn ex aiōnos; oudeis ē monos ho sōtēr kai kyrios hēmōn ho Christos tou theou pasin anthrōpois tēn phygēn proexenēsen, euangelizomenos homou pantas Hellēnas te kai barbarous therapeian tēs patrikēs nosou, kai tēs pikras kai palaitatēs douleias eleutherian; ephʼ hēn speudein ho tēs euangelikēs apodeixeōs parormą logos, megalę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ tois pasin eis exakouston boōn “pneuma kyriou epʼ eme, hou heneken echrise me, euangelisasthai ptōchois apestalke me, kēryxai aichmalōtois aphesin kai typhlois anablepsin, iasasthai tous syntetrimmenous tēn kardian.’ kai palin exagagein ek desmōn pepedēmenous, kai ex oikou phylakēs kathēmenous en skotei.’’
Therefore they might justly be called enemies of God and impious, having ruined all life; from whom, from all time, no one but our Savior and Lord, the Christ of God, provided for all men the means of escape, announcing as good news to all alike, Greeks and barbarians, the cure of their ancestral disease and freedom from their bitter and most ancient slavery. To this the word of the gospel demonstration urges us to hasten, crying with a loud voice to all, for all to hear: "The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he has anointed me; he has sent me to proclaim good news to the poor, to preach release to captives and recovery of sight to the blind, to heal the brokenhearted"; and again: "to bring out those bound from their chains, and from the prison house those who sit in darkness."
4.21.3Dindorf 1:201
ταῦτα γὰρ ἄνωθεν ἐκ παλαιοῦ τὰ θεῖα ὡς ἀληθῶς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἐθέσπιζε λόγια, τὴν ἡμῶν τῶν πάλαι τυφλῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ δαιμόνων πονηρῶν πολυπλόκοις δεσμοῖς πεπεδημένων ἀπολύτρωσιν εὐαγγελιζόμενα. ὅθεν εἰκότως τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ὀφθαλμοὺς πρὸς τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου καταυγασθέντες, σώφρονές τε καὶ εὐλαβεῖς καὶ συνετοὶ γενόμενοι, καὶ πάντων ἐλεύθεροι κακῶν, οὔτε θύσομεν οὔτε δουλεύσομεν τοῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν νενομισμένοις θεοῖς, οἳ δὴ καὶ ἡμῶν τὸ πρὶν κατετυράννουν· ἀχθέντες δὲ καὶ προσαχθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διδασκαλίας τῷ μόνῳ καὶ ἀληθεῖ θεῷ, τῷ δὴ καὶ δεσπότῃ καὶ τροφεῖ, σωτῆρί τε καὶ εὐεργέτῃ, καὶ ἔτι ποιητῇ καὶ δημιουργῷ καὶ παμβασιλεῖ τῶν ὅλων, μόνον τοῦτον ἀληθῆ θεὸν ἡγησόμεθα, καὶ μόνῳ τὸ προσῆκον ἀπονεμοῦμεν σέβας, μόνον γεραίροντες καὶ μόνον αὐτὸν εὐσεβοῦντες, οὐχ ᾗ τοῖς δαίμοσι φίλον, ἀλλʼ ᾗ τῷ πρὸς αὐτοῦ καταπεμφθέντι πάντων ἀνθρώπων σωτῆρι διὰ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίας παραδέδοται.
tauta gar anōthen ek palaiou ta theia hōs alēthōs parʼ Hebraiois ethespize logia, tēn hēmōn tōn palai typhlōn tas psychas kai daimonōn ponērōn polyplokois desmois pepedēmenōn apolytrōsin euangelizomena. hothen eikotōs tous tēs dianoias ophthalmous pros tou sōtēriou logou kataugasthentes, sōphrones te kai eulabeis kai synetoi genomenoi, kai pantōn eleutheroi kakōn, oute thysomen oute douleusomen tois tōn ethnōn nenomismenois theois, hoi dē kai hēmōn to prin katetyrannoun; achthentes de kai prosachthentes hypo tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn didaskalias tǭ monǭ kai alēthei theǭ, tǭ dē kai despotę̄ kai trophei, sōtēri te kai euergetę̄, kai eti poiētę̄ kai dēmiourgǭ kai pambasilei tōn holōn, monon touton alēthē theon hēgēsometha, kai monǭ to prosēkon aponemoumen sebas, monon gerairontes kai monon auton eusebountes, ouch hę̄ tois daimosi philon, allʼ hę̄ tǭ pros autou katapemphthenti pantōn anthrōpōn sōtēri dia tēs euangelikēs autou didaskalias paradedotai.
For these things the truly divine oracles among the Hebrews foretold from of old, announcing the redemption of us who were formerly blind in soul and bound in the many-stranded chains of wicked demons. Therefore, having rightly had the eyes of our understanding enlightened by the saving word, and having become sober, reverent, wise, and free from all evils, we will neither sacrifice to nor serve the reputed gods of the nations, who once tyrannized over us too; but, led and brought by our Savior's teaching to the only and true God, who is Lord and nourisher, Savior and benefactor, and also maker, creator, and universal King of all things, we will hold him alone to be true God and give the fitting worship to him alone, honoring him alone and revering him alone, not in the way the demons like, but as has been handed down by the Savior of all men whom he sent, through his gospel teaching.
4.21.4Dindorf 1:201–202
ταύτῃ δὲ θεοσεβοῦντες διώξομεν καὶ ἀπελάσομεν ἑαυτῶν, πολλοῦ δεῖ φοβηθησόμεθα, τοὺς πονηροὺς δαίμονας μόνας διʼ ἁγνείας καὶ καθαροῦ τρόπου βίου τε σώφρονος καὶ παναρέτου, τοῦ δὴ πρὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διωρισμένου. καθαρᾷ γὰρ μὴ δύνασθαι ψυχῇ πλησιάζειν διὰ τὸ ἀνόμοιον ὡμολόγηται ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ μαντείας καὶ χρησμῶν δεησόμεθα, οὐδὲ σπλάγχνα ζῴων διερευνήσομεν, οὐδέ τι τῶν διὰ δαιμονικῆς κινήσεως ἐνεργουμένων πολυπραγμονήσομεν.
tautę̄ de theosebountes diōxomen kai apelasomen heautōn, pollou dei phobēthēsometha, tous ponērous daimonas monas diʼ hagneias kai katharou tropou biou te sōphronos kai panaretou, tou dē pros tou sōtēros hēmōn diōrismenou. katharą gar mē dynasthai psychę̄ plēsiazein dia to anomoion hōmologētai allʼ oude manteias kai chrēsmōn deēsometha, oude splanchna zǭōn diereunēsomen, oude ti tōn dia daimonikēs kinēseōs energoumenōn polypragmonēsomen.
Worshipping God in this way, we will drive away and banish the wicked demons from ourselves, far from fearing them, by purity alone, a clean character, and a sober and all-virtuous life, the life prescribed by our Savior; for it is agreed that they cannot approach a pure soul because it is unlike them. Nor will we need divinations and oracles, nor search the entrails of animals, nor meddle with anything worked by demonic agency.
4.21.5Dindorf 1:202
ὧν γὰρ ἕνεκα ταῦτα τοῖς πολλοῖς σπουδάζεται, τούτων ἡμῖν ἀφίστασθαι μελετᾶν ὁ τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγος διεστείλατο, μόνων δὲ ἐκείνων ἐφίεσθαι προύτρεψε, περὶ ὧν ἀληθῶς μάντις μὲν οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ σπλάγχνα ζῴων μηνύσει τὸ σαφὲς, αὐτὸς δὲ μόνος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, ὁ ἐν τοῖς ἀληθινοῖς ἐνοικῶν σπλάγχνοις τῶν οἴων τε αὐτὸν διʼ ἄκραν ψυχῆς καθαρότητα ἔνδον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς χωρεῖν. περὶ ὧν φησί που ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς γράμμασιν " ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσω, καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῶν θεὸς, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι λαός.’’
hōn gar heneka tauta tois pollois spoudazetai, toutōn hēmin aphistasthai meletan ho tou Christou logos diesteilato, monōn de ekeinōn ephiesthai proutrepse, peri hōn alēthōs mantis men oudeis oude splanchna zǭōn mēnysei to saphes, autos de monos ho tou theou logos, ho en tois alēthinois enoikōn splanchnois tōn oiōn te auton diʼ akran psychēs katharotēta endon en heautois chōrein. peri hōn phēsi pou en tois hierois grammasin " enoikēsō en autois, kai emperipatēsō, kai esomai autōn theos, kai autoi esontai moi laos.’’
For the word of Christ has instructed us to practice withdrawing from the things for whose sake the many pursue these, and has urged us to seek only those things about which truly no seer nor the entrails of animals will show the truth, but only the Word of God himself, who dwells in the true inward parts of those able, through the utmost purity of soul, to receive him within themselves. Concerning them he says somewhere in the sacred writings: "I will dwell in them and walk among them, and I will be their God, and they shall be my people."
4.21.6Dindorf 1:202–203
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ θυσιῶν τόπου ἀπελεγκτικὰ τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων μοχθηρίας. ἄκουε δʼ οἷα περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν αὖθις ὁ τῆς Περὶ τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀποχῆς συγγραφεὺς ἱστορεῖ, διαρρήδην ὁμολογῶν τοὺς πονηροὺς δαίμονας ἐν σχήμασι πλείοσιν ἐκτυπουμένοις, καὶ παντοίας μορφὰς χαρακτηρίζοντας, λανθάνειν καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ἀγαθῶν γὰρ, φησὶν, ὑποδυόμενοι πρόσωπα καὶ προσεταιριζόμενοι τὰ πλήθη διὰ τοῦ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκκαίειν, τοὺς ἀνωτάτω θεοὺς ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιφημίζεσθαι βούλονται. τοσοῦτόν τέ φησιν αὐτοὺς ἰσχῦσαι ὡς ἀπατῆσαι καὶ τοὺς σοφωτάτους τῶν Ἑλλήνων ποιητὰς καὶ φιλοσόφους, οὓς καὶ ὁμολογεῖ τῆς τοῦ πλήθους γεγονέναι διαστροφῆς αἰτίους· ὅτι τε ἐξ αὐτῶν πᾶσα γοητεία συνέστη, καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀνθρώποις διʼ αὐτῶν προξενεῖται· ὅπως τε θεοὶ εἶναι βούλονται, δαίμονες ὄντες φαῦλοι· καὶ ὡς ἡ προεστῶσα αὐτῶν δύναμις δοκεῖ θεὸς εἶναι ὁ μέγιστος. ταῦτα δὲ ὁ Πορφύριος πάντα τοῦτον ἱστορεῖ τὸν τρόπον
Tauta men oun ta apo tou peri thysiōn topou apelenktika tēs tōn daimonōn mochthērias. akoue dʼ hoia peri tōn autōn authis ho tēs Peri tōn empsychōn apochēs syngrapheus historei, diarrēdēn homologōn tous ponērous daimonas en schēmasi pleiosin ektypoumenois, kai pantoias morphas charaktērizontas, lanthanein kai exapatan tous pollous tōn anthrōpōn. agathōn gar, phēsin, hypodyomenoi prosōpa kai prosetairizomenoi ta plēthē dia tou tas epithymias tōn anthrōpōn ekkaiein, tous anōtatō theous heautous epiphēmizesthai boulontai. tosouton te phēsin autous ischysai hōs apatēsai kai tous sophōtatous tōn Hellēnōn poiētas kai philosophous, hous kai homologei tēs tou plēthous gegonenai diastrophēs aitious; hoti te ex autōn pasa goēteia synestē, kai ta pros hēdonēn anthrōpois diʼ autōn proxeneitai; hopōs te theoi einai boulontai, daimones ontes phauloi; kai hōs hē proestōsa autōn dynamis dokei theos einai ho megistos. tauta de ho Porphyrios panta touton historei ton tropon
These, then, are the refutations of the wickedness of the demons drawn from the subject of sacrifices. Listen also to what the author of On Abstinence from Animal Food records again about the same things, plainly admitting that the wicked demons, molding themselves in many shapes and taking forms of every kind, escape the notice of the many and deceive them. For, he says, putting on the masks of the good and winning over the multitudes by inflaming the desires of men, they wish to be called the highest gods. And he says they have been so strong as to deceive even the wisest poets and philosophers of the Greeks, whom he admits to have been the causes of the perversion of the multitude; that from them all sorcery arose, and pleasures are procured for men through them; how, being bad demons, they wish to be gods; and how the power that presides over them is thought to be the greatest god. Porphyry records all this in this way:
Preparation 4, chapter 22
4.22.1Dindorf 1:203
" Ὅσαι δὲ ψυχαὶ τοῦ συνεχοῦς πνεύματος οὐ κρατοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ὡς τὸ πολὺ καὶ κρατοῦνται, διὰ τοῦτο ἄγονταί τε καὶ φέρονται λίαν, ὅταν αἱ τοῦ πνεύματος ὀργαί τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίαι τὴν ὁρμὴν λάβωσιν· αὗται δὲ αἱ ψυχαὶ δαίμονες μὲν καὶ αὐταὶ, κακοεργοὶ δʼ ἂν εἰκότως λέγοιντο.
" Hosai de psychai tou synechous pneumatos ou kratousin, allʼ hōs to poly kai kratountai, dia touto agontai te kai pherontai lian, hotan hai tou pneumatos orgai te kai epithymiai tēn hormēn labōsin; hautai de hai psychai daimones men kai autai, kakoergoi dʼ an eikotōs legointo.
"All souls that do not master the pneuma joined to them, but are for the most part mastered by it, are for this reason carried and swept about greatly whenever the passions and desires of the pneuma take their impulse; and these souls are demons too, but may reasonably be called evil-doing.
4.22.2Dindorf 1:203
καί εἰσιν οἱ σύμπαντες οὗτοί τε καὶ οἱ τῆς ἐναντίας δυνάμεως, ἀόρατοί τε καὶ τελείως ἀναίσθητοι αἰσθήσεσιν ἀνθρωπίναις. οὐ γὰρ στερεὸν σῶμα περιβέβληνται, οὐδὲ μορφὴν πάντες μίαν, ἀλλʼ ἐν σχήμασι πλείοσιν· ἐκτυπούμεναι δὲ καὶ χαρακτηρίζουσαι τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῶν αἱ μορφαὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἐπιφαίνονται, τοτὲ δὲ ἀφανεῖς εἰσιν· ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ μεταβάλλουσι τὰς μορφὰς οἵ γε χείρους.
kai eisin hoi sympantes houtoi te kai hoi tēs enantias dynameōs, aoratoi te kai teleiōs anaisthētoi aisthēsesin anthrōpinais. ou gar stereon sōma peribeblēntai, oude morphēn pantes mian, allʼ en schēmasi pleiosin; ektypoumenai de kai charaktērizousai to pneuma autōn hai morphai tote men epiphainontai, tote de aphaneis eisin; eniote de kai metaballousi tas morphas hoi ge cheirous.
And all of these, and those of the opposite power, are invisible and entirely imperceptible to human senses. For they are not clothed in a solid body, nor do all have one form, but they exist in many shapes; and the forms that mold and stamp their pneuma sometimes appear and sometimes are invisible; and sometimes the worse ones even change their forms.
4.22.3Dindorf 1:203
τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ᾗ μέν ἐστι σωματικὸν, παθητικόν ἐστι καὶ φθαρτόν· τῷ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν οὕτως δεδέσθαι ὥστε τὸ εἶδος αὐτῶν διαμένειν πλείω χρόνον, οὐ μήν ἐστιν αἰώνιον· καὶ γὰρ ἀπορρεῖν αὐτοῦ τι συνεχῶς εἰκός ἐστι καὶ τρέπεσθαι.
to de pneuma hę̄ men esti sōmatikon, pathētikon esti kai phtharton; tǭ de hypo tōn psychōn houtōs dedesthai hōste to eidos autōn diamenein pleiō chronon, ou mēn estin aiōnion; kai gar aporrein autou ti synechōs eikos esti kai trepesthai.
The pneuma, insofar as it is bodily, is passible and perishable; but because it is so bound by the souls that their form lasts a long time, it is still not eternal; for it is likely that something is continually flowing away from it and changing.
4.22.4Dindorf 1:203–204
ἐν συμμετρίᾳ μὲν οὖν τὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ὡς καὶ τὰ σώματα τῶν φαινομένων, τῶν δὲ κακοποιῶν ἀσύμμετρα, οἵ πλέον τῷ παθητικῷ νέμοντες τὸν περίγειον τόπον οὐδὲν ὅ τι τῶν κακῶν οὐκ ἐπιχειροῦσι δρᾶν. βίαιον γὰρ ὅλως καὶ ὕπουλον ἔχοντες ἦθος, ἐστερημένον τε τῆς φυλακῆς τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος δαιμονίου, σφοδρὰς καὶ αἰφνιδίους, οἷον ἐνέδρας, ὡς τὸ πολὺ ποιοῦν τὰς ἐμπτώσεις, πῇ μὲν λανθάνειν πειρώμενοι, πῇ δὲ βιαζόμενοι.’’
en symmetrią men oun ta tōn agathōn, hōs kai ta sōmata tōn phainomenōn, tōn de kakopoiōn asymmetra, hoi pleon tǭ pathētikǭ nemontes ton perigeion topon ouden ho ti tōn kakōn ouk epicheirousi dran. biaion gar holōs kai hypoulon echontes ēthos, esterēmenon te tēs phylakēs tēs apo tou kreittonos daimoniou, sphodras kai aiphnidious, hoion enedras, hōs to poly poioun tas emptōseis, pę̄ men lanthanein peirōmenoi, pę̄ de biazomenoi.’’
The bodies of the good are well proportioned, like those of visible beings, but those of the evil-doers are disproportioned. These, assigning more to the passive part, inhabit the region about the earth and there is no evil they do not attempt. For having a wholly violent and treacherous character, and being deprived of the protection of the better daemon, they make their attacks mostly vehement and sudden, like ambushes, sometimes trying to escape notice, and sometimes using force."
4.22.5Dindorf 1:204
Καὶ ἐξῆς ἐπιλέγει Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τὰ ὅμοια ποιοῦσι μεταστῆσαι ἡμᾶς ἐθέλοντες ἀπὸ τῆς ὀρθῆς ἐννοίας τῶν θεῶν καὶ ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιστρέψαι. πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς οὕτως ἀνομολόγως καὶ ἀκαταλλήλως γιγνομένοις αὐτοὶ χαίρουσι, καὶ ὥσπερ ὑποδύντες τὰ τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν πρόσωπα τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀβουλίας ἀπολαύουσι, προσεταιριζόμενοι τὰ πλήθη, διὰ τοῦ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκκαίειν ἔρωσι καὶ πόθοις πλούτων καὶ δυναστειῶν καὶ ἡδονῶν, κενοδοξίας τε αὖ, ἐξ ὧν στάσεις καὶ πόλεμοι φύονται καὶ τὰ συγγενῆ τούτων.
Kai exēs epilegei Tauta de kai ta homoia poiousi metastēsai hēmas ethelontes apo tēs orthēs ennoias tōn theōn kai ephʼ heautous epistrepsai. pasi gar tois houtōs anomologōs kai akatallēlōs gignomenois autoi chairousi, kai hōsper hypodyntes ta tōn allōn theōn prosōpa tēs hēmeteras aboulias apolauousi, prosetairizomenoi ta plēthē, dia tou tas epithymias tōn anthrōpōn ekkaiein erōsi kai pothois ploutōn kai dynasteiōn kai hēdonōn, kenodoxias te au, ex hōn staseis kai polemoi phyontai kai ta syngenē toutōn.
And next he adds: "They do these and similar things wishing to turn us away from the right notion of the gods and to turn us to themselves. For they themselves delight in all things done so inconsistently and incongruously; and as if putting on the masks of the other gods, they enjoy our folly, winning over the multitudes by inflaming the desires of men with loves and longings for wealth, power, and pleasures, and vainglory too, from which arise seditions, wars, and things akin to these.
4.22.6Dindorf 1:204
τὸ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ἐπαναβαίνουσιν ἐκ τῶνδε, καὶ τὰ ὅμοια ἀναπείθουσι καὶ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων θεῶν, μέχρι τοῦ καὶ τὸν ἄριστον θεὸν τούτοις τοῖς ἐγκλήμασιν ὑπάγειν· ᾧ δὴ καὶ τεταράχθαι φασὶ πάντʼ ἄνω κάτω. πεπόνθασι δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἰδιῶται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ διατριβόντων οὐκ ὀλίγοι.
to de pantōn deinotaton, epanabainousin ek tōnde, kai ta homoia anapeithousi kai peri tōn megistōn theōn, mechri tou kai ton ariston theon toutois tois enklēmasin hypagein; hǭ dē kai tetarachthai phasi pantʼ anō katō. peponthasi de touto ouk idiōtai monon, alla kai tōn en philosophią diatribontōn ouk oligoi.
And worst of all, they go further from here and persuade men of the same things about the greatest gods, even to the point of bringing the best god under these charges; by whom, they say, everything has been thrown into confusion. And this has happened not only to ordinary people, but also to not a few of those engaged in philosophy.
4.22.7Dindorf 1:204
ἡ δʼ αἰτία διʼ ἀλλήλων γέγονε. καὶ γὰρ τῶν φιλοσοφούντων οἱ μὴ ἀποστάντες τῆς καινῆς φορᾶς εἰς τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς πλήθεσι συνέβησαν· καὶ πάλιν αὖ τὰ πλήθη σύμφωνα ταῖς αὐτῶν δόξαις παρὰ τῶν δοκούντων σοφῶν ἀκούοντα ἐπερρώσθη φρονεῖν ἐπὶ μᾶλλον περὶ τῶν θεῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα.
hē dʼ aitia diʼ allēlōn gegone. kai gar tōn philosophountōn hoi mē apostantes tēs kainēs phoras eis ta auta tois plēthesi synebēsan; kai palin au ta plēthē symphōna tais autōn doxais para tōn dokountōn sophōn akouonta eperrōsthē phronein epi mallon peri tōn theōn ta toiauta.
And the cause has come from both sides. For those philosophers who did not stand apart from the common course fell in with the multitudes in the same opinions; and the multitudes in turn, hearing from those thought wise things agreeing with their own opinions, were strengthened all the more in thinking such things about the gods.
4.22.8Dindorf 1:204–205
τὸ μὲν γὰρ ποιητικὸν καὶ προσεξέκαυσε τὰς ὑπολήψεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῷ χρῆσθαι φράσει πρὸς ἔκπληξιν καὶ γοητείαν πεποιημένῃ, κήλησίν τε ἐμποιῆσαι καὶ πίστιν περὶ τῶν ἀδυνατωτάτων δυναμένῃ, δέον ἐμπέδως πεπεῖσθαι ὅτι οὔτε τὸ ἀγαθὸν βλάπτει ποτὲ οὔτε τὸ κακὸν ὠφελεῖ. οὐ γὰρ θερμότητος, ὥς φησι Πλάτων, τὸ ψύχειν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐναντίου, οὐδὲ ψυχρότητος τὸ θερμαίνειν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐναντίου, οὕτως οὐδὲ τοῦ δικαίου τὸ βλάπτειν.
to men gar poiētikon kai prosexekause tas hypolēpseis tōn anthrōpōn tǭ chrēsthai phrasei pros ekplēxin kai goēteian pepoiēmenę̄, kēlēsin te empoiēsai kai pistin peri tōn adynatōtatōn dynamenę̄, deon empedōs pepeisthai hoti oute to agathon blaptei pote oute to kakon ōphelei. ou gar thermotētos, hōs phēsi Platōn, to psychein, alla tou enantiou, oude psychrotētos to thermainein, alla tou enantiou, houtōs oude tou dikaiou to blaptein.
For poetry further inflamed men's beliefs by using language made for astonishment and enchantment, able to produce spellbinding and belief about the most impossible things; whereas one ought to be firmly persuaded that the good never harms and the bad never helps. For it is not the work of heat, as Plato says, to cool, but of its opposite, nor of cold to heat, but of its opposite; so neither is it the work of the just to harm.
4.22.9Dindorf 1:205
δικαιότατον δὲ δήπου φύσει πάντων τὸ θεῖον, ἐπεὶ οὐδʼ ἂν ἦν θεῖον. οὐκοῦν ἀποτετμῆσθαι δεῖ ταύτην τὴν δύναμιν καὶ μοῖραν τῶν δαιμόνων τῶν ἀγαθοεργῶν. ἡ γὰρ βλάπτειν πεφυκυῖά τε καὶ βουλομένη ἐναντία τῇ ἀγαθοεργῷ· τὰ δʼ ἐναντία περὶ τὸ αὐτὸ οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο.”
dikaiotaton de dēpou physei pantōn to theion, epei oudʼ an ēn theion. oukoun apotetmēsthai dei tautēn tēn dynamin kai moiran tōn daimonōn tōn agathoergōn. hē gar blaptein pephykuia te kai boulomenē enantia tę̄ agathoergǭ; ta dʼ enantia peri to auto ouk an pote genoito.”
And the divine is surely by nature the most just of all, since otherwise it would not be divine. So this power and function must be cut off from the beneficent demons. For the power that is naturally disposed and willing to harm is opposite to the beneficent one; and opposites could never exist in the same subject."
4.22.10Dindorf 1:205
Καὶ αὖθις “Διὰ μέντοι τῶν ἐναντίων καὶ ἡ πᾶσα γοητεία ἐπιτελεῖται· τούτους γὰρ μάλιστα καὶ τὸν προεστῶτα αὐτῶν ἐκτιμῶσιν οἱ τὰ κακὰ διὰ τῶν γοητειῶν διαπραττόμενοι
Kai authis “Dia mentoi tōn enantiōn kai hē pasa goēteia epiteleitai; toutous gar malista kai ton proestōta autōn ektimōsin hoi ta kaka dia tōn goēteiōn diaprattomenoi
And again: "It is through the opposite powers that all sorcery is accomplished; for these and their leader are especially honored by those who bring about evils through sorcery.
4.22.11Dindorf 1:205
πλήρεις γάρ εἰσι πάσης φαντασίας καὶ ἀπατῆσαι ἱκανοὶ διὰ τῆς τερατουργίας. διὰ τούτων φίλτρα καὶ ἐρωτικὰ κατασκευάζουσιν οἱ κακοδαίμονες· πᾶσα γὰρ ἀκολασία καὶ πλούτων ἐλπὶς καὶ δόξης διὰ τούτων, καὶ μάλιστα ἡ ἀπάτη.
plēreis gar eisi pasēs phantasias kai apatēsai hikanoi dia tēs teratourgias. dia toutōn philtra kai erōtika kataskeuazousin hoi kakodaimones; pasa gar akolasia kai ploutōn elpis kai doxēs dia toutōn, kai malista hē apatē.
For they are full of every kind of illusion and able to deceive by their wonder-working. Through them the wretched prepare philters and love charms; for all licentiousness, and hope of wealth and glory, come through them, and above all deceit.
4.22.12Dindorf 1:205
τὸ γὰρ ψεῦδος τούτοις οἰκεῖον· βούλονται γὰρ εἶναι θεοὶ καὶ ἡ προεστῶσα αὐτῶν δύναμις δοκεῖν θεὸς εἶναι ὁ μέγιστος. οὗτοι οἱ χαίροντες ῾λοιβῇ τε κνίσῃ τέ, ᾿ διʼ ὧν αὐτῶν τὸ πνευματικὸν καὶ σωματικὸν πιαίνεται. ζῇ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀτμοῖς καὶ ἀναθυμιάσεσι, ποικίλως διὰ τῶν ποικίλων, καὶ δυναμοῦται ταῖς ἐκ τῶν αἱμάτων καὶ σαρκῶν θυσίαις.”
to gar pseudos toutois oikeion; boulontai gar einai theoi kai hē proestōsa autōn dynamis dokein theos einai ho megistos. houtoi hoi chairontes ῾loibę̄ te knisę̄ te, ᾿ diʼ hōn autōn to pneumatikon kai sōmatikon piainetai. zę̄ gar touto atmois kai anathymiasesi, poikilōs dia tōn poikilōn, kai dynamoutai tais ek tōn haimatōn kai sarkōn thysiais.”
For falsehood is akin to them; for they wish to be gods, and the power that presides over them wishes to seem the greatest god. These are they who delight 'in libation and savor of fat,' by which their pneumatic and bodily part is fattened. For this lives on vapors and exhalations, in various ways through various things, and is strengthened by the sacrifices of blood and flesh."
4.22.13Dindorf 1:205–206
Διὰ δὴ τούτων ἀκηκόαμεν ὁμολογούντων ὅτι μὴ μόνον οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι ποιηταὶ προσεξέκαυσαν τὰς ὑπολήψεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰς περὶ τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων ὡς περὶ θεῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ διατριβόντων οἱ περὶ θεοὺς δοκοῦντες σπουδαίως ἔχειν, οἳ καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐ θεοὺς, ἀλλὰ πονηροὺς δαίμονας περιέποντες τὰ πλήθη καὶ τοὺς δήμους εἰς τὴν ὁμοίαν πλάνην ἐξετραχήλισαν.
Dia dē toutōn akēkoamen homologountōn hoti mē monon hoi parʼ Hellēsi poiētai prosexekausan tas hypolēpseis tōn anthrōpōn tas peri tōn phaulōn daimonōn hōs peri theōn kai agathōn, alla kai tōn en philosophią diatribontōn hoi peri theous dokountes spoudaiōs echein, hoi kai autoi ou theous, alla ponērous daimonas periepontes ta plēthē kai tous dēmous eis tēn homoian planēn exetrachēlisan.
By these words we have heard them admit that not only the poets among the Greeks inflamed men's beliefs about the bad demons as about gods and good beings, but also those engaged in philosophy who seemed to be in earnest about the gods; and they themselves, honoring not gods but wicked demons, threw the multitudes and the peoples headlong into the like error.
4.22.14Dindorf 1:206
ὡμολόγησε γοῦν σαφῶς ὁ λόγος ὡς ἄρα παρὰ τῶν δοκούντων σοφῶν ἀκούοντα περὶ θεῶν τὰ πλήθη σύμφωνα ταῖς αὐτῶν δόξαις ἐπερρώσθη φρονεῖν ἐπὶ μᾶλλον ὡς περὶ θεῶν περὶ τῶν μοχθηρῶν δαιμόνων. καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐξ ἡμῶν κατηγορεῖται, ἀλλʼ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀκριβέστατα τὰ οἰκεῖα μᾶλλον ἢ ἡμεῖς εἰδότων.
hōmologēse goun saphōs ho logos hōs ara para tōn dokountōn sophōn akouonta peri theōn ta plēthē symphōna tais autōn doxais eperrōsthē phronein epi mallon hōs peri theōn peri tōn mochthērōn daimonōn. kai tauta ouk ex hēmōn katēgoreitai, allʼ hypʼ autōn tōn akribestata ta oikeia mallon ē hēmeis eidotōn.
At any rate the account plainly admitted that the multitudes, hearing from those thought wise things about the gods agreeing with their own opinions, were strengthened all the more in thinking of the wicked demons as of gods. And these charges are brought not by us, but by those who know their own affairs more exactly than we do.
4.22.15Dindorf 1:206
ὁ γέ τοι αὐτὸς συγγραφεὺς οὐ παρέργως ὁμιλήσας τῇ τοὺς πολλοὺς λανθανούσῃ δεισιδαιμονίᾳ φησὶ τοὺς πονηροὺς δαίμονας βούλεσθαι εἶναι θεοὺς καὶ ἀγαθῶν δόξαν ἔχειν παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, τίς τε προεστῶσα αὐτῶν δύναμις τυγχάνει ὁ αὐτὸς πάλιν διασαφήσει, τοὺς ἄρχοντας τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων λέγων εἶναι τὸν Σάραπιν καὶ τὴν Ἑκάτην· ἡ δὲ θεία γραφὴ τὸν βελζεβούλ. ἄκουε δʼ ὅπως καὶ περὶ τούτου γράφει ἐν τοῖς ‘‘Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας.”
ho ge toi autos syngrapheus ou parergōs homilēsas tę̄ tous pollous lanthanousę̄ deisidaimonią phēsi tous ponērous daimonas boulesthai einai theous kai agathōn doxan echein para anthrōpois, tis te proestōsa autōn dynamis tynchanei ho autos palin diasaphēsei, tous archontas tōn ponērōn daimonōn legōn einai ton Sarapin kai tēn Hekatēn; hē de theia graphē ton belzeboul. akoue dʼ hopōs kai peri toutou graphei en tois ‘‘Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias.”
The same writer, at any rate, being no casual acquaintance with the superstition hidden from the many, says that the wicked demons wish to be gods and to have the reputation of good beings among men; and who the power presiding over them is, the same will again make plain, saying that the rulers of the wicked demons are Sarapis and Hecate; the divine Scripture says Beelzebul. Listen how he writes about this too in his On the Philosophy from Oracles:
Preparation 4, chapter 23
4.23.1Dindorf 1:206
“ Τοὺς δὲ πονηροὺς δαίμονας οὐκ εἰκῆ ὑπὸ τὸν Σάραπιν ὑποπτεύομεν, οὐδʼ ἐκ τῶν συμβόλων μόνων ἀναπεισθέντες, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὰ μειλίγματα καὶ τὰ τούτων ἀποτρόπαια πρὸς τὸν Πλούτωνα γίνεται, ὡς ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ἐδείκνυμεν. αὐτὸς δὲ τῷ Πλούτωνι ὁ θεὸς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα δαιμόνων ἄρχων, καὶ σύμβολα διδοὺς πρὸς τὴν τούτων ἔλασιν.
“ Tous de ponērous daimonas ouk eikē hypo ton Sarapin hypopteuomen, oudʼ ek tōn symbolōn monōn anapeisthentes, allʼ hoti ta meiligmata kai ta toutōn apotropaia pros ton Ploutōna ginetai, hōs en tǭ prōtǭ edeiknymen. autos de tǭ Ploutōni ho theos, kai dia touto malista daimonōn archōn, kai symbola didous pros tēn toutōn elasin.
"We suspect, not without reason, that the wicked demons are under Sarapis, persuaded not only by the symbols, but because the propitiations and averting rites concerning them are addressed to Pluto, as we showed in the first book. And this god is the same as Pluto, and for this reason is above all ruler of demons and gives tokens for driving them away.
4.23.2Dindorf 1:206
οὗτος γοῦν καὶ τοῖς ἱκέταις ἐδήλωσεν ὡς πᾶσι ζῴοις ὁμοιούμενοι προσίασι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· ὅθεν καὶ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ παρὰ Φοίνιξι καὶ ὅλως παρὰ τοῖς τὰ θεῖα σοφοῖς ἱμάντες ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἐπιρρήσσονται, καὶ ζῷα προσουδίζεται πρὸ τῆς θρησκείας τῶν θεῶν, ἐξελαυνόντων τῶν ἱερέων τούτους, διὰ τοῦ δοῦναι πνεῦμα, ἢ αἷμα ζῴων, καὶ διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἀέρος πληγῆς, ἵνα τούτων ἀπελθόντων παρουσία τοῦ θεοῦ γένηται.
houtos goun kai tois hiketais edēlōsen hōs pasi zǭois homoioumenoi prosiasi tois anthrōpois; hothen kai parʼ Aigyptiois kai para Phoinixi kai holōs para tois ta theia sophois himantes en tois hierois epirrēssontai, kai zǭa prosoudizetai pro tēs thrēskeias tōn theōn, exelaunontōn tōn hiereōn toutous, dia tou dounai pneuma, ē haima zǭōn, kai dia tēs tou aeros plēgēs, hina toutōn apelthontōn parousia tou theou genētai.
He it was, at any rate, who made known to his suppliants that they approach men taking the likeness of all kinds of animals. Hence among the Egyptians and Phoenicians, and in general among those wise in divine things, thongs are cracked in the temples and animals dashed on the ground before the worship of the gods, the priests driving these demons away by giving them the breath or blood of animals and by beating the air, so that when they have gone the presence of the god may come.
4.23.3Dindorf 1:206–207
καὶ οἶκος δὲ πᾶς μεστὸς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προκαθαίρουσι καὶ ἐκβάλλουσι τούτους, ὅταν θεὸν κατακαλῶσι. καὶ τὰ σώματα τοίνυν μεστὰ ἀπὸ τούτων· καὶ γὰρ μάλιστα ταῖς ποιαῖς τροφαῖς χαίρουσι. σιτουμένων γὰρ ἡμῶν προσίασι καὶ προσιζάνουσι τῷ σώματι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ ἁγνεῖαι, οὐ διὰ τοὺς θεοὺς προηγουμένως, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ οὗτοι ἀποστῶσι. μάλιστα δὲ αἵματι χαίρουσι καὶ ταῖς ἀκαθαρσίαις, καὶ ἀπολαύουσι τούτων εἰσδύνοντες τοῖς χρωμένοις.
kai oikos de pas mestos, kai dia touto prokathairousi kai ekballousi toutous, hotan theon katakalōsi. kai ta sōmata toinyn mesta apo toutōn; kai gar malista tais poiais trophais chairousi. sitoumenōn gar hēmōn prosiasi kai prosizanousi tǭ sōmati, kai dia touto hai hagneiai, ou dia tous theous proēgoumenōs, allʼ hinʼ houtoi apostōsi. malista de haimati chairousi kai tais akatharsiais, kai apolauousi toutōn eisdynontes tois chrōmenois.
Every house too is full of them, and for this reason they first purify it and cast them out when they call down a god. And our bodies too are full of them; for they delight especially in certain kinds of food. When we eat they approach and settle on the body; and this is the reason for the purifications, not chiefly because of the gods, but so that these may depart. They delight most in blood and in impurities, and enjoy these by entering those who use them.
4.23.4Dindorf 1:207
ὅλως γὰρ ἡ ἐπίτασις τῆς πρός τι ἐπιθυμίας καὶ ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ὀρέξεως ὁρμὴ ἀλλαχόθεν οὐ σφοδρύνεται ἢ ἐκ τῆς τούτων παρουσίας· οἱ καὶ εἰς ἀσήμους φθόγγους καὶ φύσας ἀναγκάζουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐμπίπτειν διὰ τῆς συναπολαύσεως τῆς μετʼ αὐτῶν γιγνομένης.
holōs gar hē epitasis tēs pros ti epithymias kai hē tou pneumatos tēs orexeōs hormē allachothen ou sphodrynetai ē ek tēs toutōn parousias; hoi kai eis asēmous phthongous kai physas anankazousi tous anthrōpous empiptein dia tēs synapolauseōs tēs metʼ autōn gignomenēs.
For in general the intensifying of desire toward anything and the impulse of the pneuma's appetite grow vehement from no other cause than their presence; and they compel men to fall into inarticulate sounds and belchings through the shared enjoyment that comes about with them.
4.23.5Dindorf 1:207
ὅπου γὰρ πνεύματος πλείονος ὁλκὴ ἢ τῆς γαστρὸς ἐξ ἡδυπαθείας πεπληρωμένης, ἢ τῆς προθυμίας διʼ ἡδονῆς ἐπίτασιν ἐκφυσώσης καὶ πολὺ τὸ ἔξωθεν σπώσης, ἐκεῖ παρουσία τῶν τοιούτων πνευμάτων σοι δηλούσθω. ἄχρι τούτων τολμᾷ φύσις ἀνθρώπου εὑρίσκειν τὰς περὶ αὑτῆς συνεστώσας παγίδας· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ὅταν εἰσκριθῇ, πολυπλασιάζεται τὸ πνεῦμα.”
hopou gar pneumatos pleionos holkē ē tēs gastros ex hēdypatheias peplērōmenēs, ē tēs prothymias diʼ hēdonēs epitasin ekphysōsēs kai poly to exōthen spōsēs, ekei parousia tōn toioutōn pneumatōn soi dēlousthō. achri toutōn tolmą physis anthrōpou heuriskein tas peri hautēs synestōsas pagidas; kai gar ho theos hotan eiskrithę̄, polyplasiazetai to pneuma.”
For wherever there is a drawing in of much breath, either because the belly has been filled through indulgence or because eagerness from the intensity of pleasure blows out and draws in much from outside, there let the presence of such spirits be shown to you. So far does human nature dare to discover the snares set around it; for when the god enters, the breath is multiplied."
4.23.6Dindorf 1:207
Ταῦτα μὲν οὑν περὶ τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων, ὧν φησιν ἄρχοντα εἶναι τὸν Σάραπιν. καὶ τὴν Ἑκάτην δὲ τούτων ἄρχειν ὁ αὐτὸς διδάσκει λέγων οὕτως “ Μήποτε οὗτοί εἰσιν ὧν ἄρχει ὁ Σάραπις, καὶ τούτων σύμβολον ὁ τρίκρανος κύων, τουτέστιν ὁ ἐν τοῖς τρισὶ στοιχείοις, ὕδατι, γῇ, ἀέρι, πονηρὸς δαίμων· οὓς καταπαύει ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἔχων ὑπὸ χεῖρα. ἄρχει δʼ αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ Ἑκάτη, ὡς συνέχουσα τὸ τρίστοιχον.” Καὶ πάλιν φησὶν
Tauta men houn peri tōn ponērōn daimonōn, hōn phēsin archonta einai ton Sarapin. kai tēn Hekatēn de toutōn archein ho autos didaskei legōn houtōs “ Mēpote houtoi eisin hōn archei ho Sarapis, kai toutōn symbolon ho trikranos kyōn, toutestin ho en tois trisi stoicheiois, hydati, gę̄, aeri, ponēros daimōn; hous katapauei ho theos ho echōn hypo cheira. archei dʼ autōn kai hē Hekatē, hōs synechousa to tristoichon.” Kai palin phēsin
So much, then, about the wicked demons, whose ruler he says is Sarapis. The same writer teaches that Hecate too rules them, saying thus: "Perhaps these are the ones whom Sarapis rules, and whose symbol is the three-headed dog, that is, the wicked demon in the three elements, water, earth, and air; whom the god who has them in hand restrains. And Hecate too rules them, as holding together the three elements." And again he says:
4.23.7Dindorf 1:207–208
“Ἕν χρηστήριον ἔτι παραθεὶς, ὅπερ αὐτὴ ἡ Ἑκάτη πεποίηται, καταπαύσω τὸν περὶ ταύτης λόγον ἥδʼ ἐγώ εἰμι κόρη πολυφάσματος, οὐρανόφοιτος, ταυρῶπις, τρικάρηνος, ἀπηνὴς, χρυσοβέλεμνος, Φοίβη ἀπειρολεχὴς, φαεσίμβροτος Εἰλήθυια, τριστοίχου φύσεως συνθήματα τρισσὰ φέρουσα· αἰθέρα μὲν πυρόεσσιν ἐειδομένη εἰδώλοις, ἠέρα δʼ ἀργεννοῖσι τροχάσμασιν ἀμφικάθημαι· γαῖα δʼ ἐμῶν σκυλάκων δνοφερὸν γένος ἡνιοχεύει.’
“Hen chrēstērion eti paratheis, hoper autē hē Hekatē pepoiētai, katapausō ton peri tautēs logon hēdʼ egō eimi korē polyphasmatos, ouranophoitos, taurōpis, trikarēnos, apēnēs, chrysobelemnos, Phoibē apeirolechēs, phaesimbrotos Eilēthuia, tristoichou physeōs synthēmata trissa pherousa; aithera men pyroessin eeidomenē eidōlois, ēera dʼ argennoisi trochasmasin amphikathēmai; gaia dʼ emōn skylakōn dnopheron genos hēniocheuei.’
"Adding one more oracle, which Hecate herself has given, I will end the account of her: 'Here am I, the maiden of many forms, roaming the heavens, bull-faced, three-headed, ruthless, with golden arrows, Phoebe who knows no bed, Eileithyia bringing light to mortals, bearing the threefold tokens of a threefold nature: in the ether I appear in fiery images, the air I occupy with gleaming wheels, and the earth guides the dark race of my whelps.'"
4.23.8Dindorf 1:208
οἷς ἐπιλέγει ὁ συγγραφεὺς σαφῶς τίνες οἱ σκύλακες· ὅτι οἱ πονηροὶ δαίμονες, περὶ ὧν ἄρτι πεπαύμεθα λέγοντες. τοσαῦτα μὲν δὴ καὶ ταῦτα. περὶ δὲ τοῦ δαίμονας εἶναι πονηροὺς ἀληθῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν ἀγαθὸν ἐπαγομένους, τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς θεολογουμένους, φέρε ἔτι μᾶλλον διὰ πλειόνων κρατύνωμεν.
hois epilegei ho syngrapheus saphōs tines hoi skylakes; hoti hoi ponēroi daimones, peri hōn arti pepaumetha legontes. tosauta men dē kai tauta. peri de tou daimonas einai ponērous alēthōs, allʼ ouden agathon epagomenous, tous para tois pollois theologoumenous, phere eti mallon dia pleionōn kratynōmen.
To which the writer adds plainly who the whelps are: that they are the wicked demons, of whom we have just finished speaking. So much for this. But let us confirm still more, by further proofs, that those whom the many proclaim as gods are truly wicked demons and bring nothing good.
Preparation 5, chapter 1
5.1.1Dindorf 1:208
Ἱκανὰ μὲν καὶ τὰ προπαρατεθέντα συστῆσαι ἦν ὅτι μὴ θεοὶ, μηδʼ ἀγαθοὶ δαίμονες, πᾶν δὲ τοὐναντίον ὑπῆρχον οἱ παρὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσι κατά τε πόλεις καὶ χώρας ὡς θεοὶ τετιμημένοι· οὐ λυπεῖ δὲ ἐκ περιουσίας τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἔτι μᾶλλον βεβαιώσασθαι πλείοσι καὶ δαψιλεστέροις ἐλέγχοις τῆς τούτων ἀποδείξεως τὴν διὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας προξενηθεῖσαν ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις ἐλευθερίαν τῶν πάλαι κακῶν ἐκφαινούσης.
Hikana men kai ta proparatethenta systēsai ēn hoti mē theoi, mēdʼ agathoi daimones, pan de tounantion hypērchon hoi para tois ethnesi kata te poleis kai chōras hōs theoi tetimēmenoi; ou lypei de ek periousias tēn autēn hypothesin eti mallon bebaiōsasthai pleiosi kai dapsilesterois elenchois tēs toutōn apodeixeōs tēn dia tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn euangelikēs didaskalias proxenētheisan hapasin anthrōpois eleutherian tōn palai kakōn ekphainousēs.
What has been set out before would be enough to establish that those honored as gods among the nations in cities and countries were not gods nor good demons, but the very opposite. But it does no harm to confirm the same thesis over and above with more numerous and more abundant refutations, as the proof of these things shows forth the freedom from ancient evils provided for all men through the gospel teaching of our Savior.
5.1.2Dindorf 1:208
ἄκουε τοιγαροῦν αὐτῶν Ἑλλήνων ὁμολογούντων ἐκλελοιπέναι αὐτῶν τὰ χρηστήρια, οὐκ ἄλλοτέ ποτε ἐξ αἰῶνος ἢ μετὰ τοὺς χρόνους τῆς σωτηρίου καὶ εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας τὴν ἑνὸς τοῦ παμβασιλέως καὶ δημιουργοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ γνῶσιν φωτὸς δίκην πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἀνατειλάσης.
akoue toigaroun autōn Hellēnōn homologountōn ekleloipenai autōn ta chrēstēria, ouk allote pote ex aiōnos ē meta tous chronous tēs sōtēriou kai euangelikēs didaskalias tēn henos tou pambasileōs kai dēmiourgou tōn holōn theou gnōsin phōtos dikēn pasin anthrōpois anateilasēs.
Listen, then, to the Greeks themselves admitting that their oracles have failed, at no other time in all the ages than after the times of the saving gospel teaching, which made the knowledge of the one God, universal King and creator of all, rise like light upon all men.
5.1.3Dindorf 1:208–209
αὐτίκα γοῦν μάλα ὅσον οὐδέπω παραστήσομεν ὡς ἄρα μετὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ καὶ θάνατοι τῶν δαιμόνων ἱστορήθησαν καὶ τὰ θαυμαστὰ καὶ πάλαι βοώμενα χρηστήρια διαλέλοιπεν.
autika goun mala hoson oudepō parastēsomen hōs ara meta tēn epiphaneian autou kai thanatoi tōn daimonōn historēthēsan kai ta thaumasta kai palai boōmena chrēstēria dialeloipen.
Presently, then, we shall show that after his appearing deaths of demons were recorded, and the wonderful oracles celebrated of old ceased.
5.1.4Dindorf 1:209
ἤδη δὲ καὶ πρότερον ἀποδέδεικται ὅτι δὴ παῦλαν κακῶν οὐδʼ ἄλλοτέ πω πρότερον ἢ μετὰ τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν διδασκαλίαν εἰλήφασιν αἱ παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὠμῶς καὶ ἀνηλεῶς ἐπιτελούμεναι τὸ πρὶν ἀνθρωποθυσίαι· οἷς ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος προσθεῖναι καλὸν ὅτι μὴ μόνον ἐξ ἐκείνου τὰ τῆς δαιμονικῆς ἀπέσβη δεισιδαιμονίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν πολυαρχίας.
ēdē de kai proteron apodedeiktai hoti dē paulan kakōn oudʼ allote pō proteron ē meta tēn euangelikēn didaskalian eilēphasin hai para pasi tois ethnesin ōmōs kai anēleōs epiteloumenai to prin anthrōpothysiai; hois epi tou parontos prostheinai kalon hoti mē monon ex ekeinou ta tēs daimonikēs apesbē deisidaimonias, alla kai ta tēs tōn ethnōn polyarchias.
It has already been shown before that the human sacrifices formerly performed cruelly and mercilessly among all the nations found rest from their evils at no time before the gospel teaching. To this it is well to add now that from then on not only the demonic superstition was quenched, but also the rule of many over the nations.
5.1.5Dindorf 1:209
σχεδὸν γὰρ κατὰ πᾶσαν πόλιν καὶ κώμην βασιλεῖς καὶ τυράννους τοπάρχας τε καὶ δυνάστας παλαιὸν ἦν ὁρᾶν, ἐθναρχίας τε καὶ πολυαρχίας, διʼ ἃς ἐπὶ τοὺς κατʼ ἀλλήλων πολέμους συνεχῶς ὁρμῶντες δῃώσεις τε χωρῶν καὶ πόλεων πολιορκίας ἀνδραποδισμούς τε καὶ αἰχμαλωσίας τῶν πλησιοχώρων ἀεὶ καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἐνήργουν, πρὸς τῶν οἰκείων δαιμόνων ἐπὶ τὸν κατʼ ἀλλήλων πόλεμον ἐξοιστρούμενοι.
schedon gar kata pasan polin kai kōmēn basileis kai tyrannous toparchas te kai dynastas palaion ēn horan, ethnarchias te kai polyarchias, diʼ has epi tous katʼ allēlōn polemous synechōs hormōntes dę̄ōseis te chōrōn kai poleōn poliorkias andrapodismous te kai aichmalōsias tōn plēsiochōrōn aei kai dia pantos enērgoun, pros tōn oikeiōn daimonōn epi ton katʼ allēlōn polemon exoistroumenoi.
For in ancient times one could see in almost every city and village kings and tyrants, local rulers and princes, governments by nations and by many rulers, through which, continually rushing into wars against one another, they were always and everywhere ravaging lands, besieging cities, and enslaving and taking captive their neighbors, driven to frenzy by their own demons into war against one another.
5.1.6Dindorf 1:209
ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων ἐν ὁποία τότε συγχύσει κακῶν συμφορῶν τε ἐπαλλήλων ὁ πᾶς ἐνέσχητο βίος καὶ αὐτῷ σοι παραλείπω σκοπεῖν.
hōn houtōs echontōn en hopoia tote synchysei kakōn symphorōn te epallēlōn ho pas eneschēto bios kai autǭ soi paraleipō skopein.
These things being so, I leave you to consider for yourself in what confusion of evils and successive calamities all life was then held.
5.1.7Dindorf 1:209–210
τούτων δὴ οὖν ἀθρόως ἁπάντων ὁμοῦ σὺν τῇ πολυθέῳ πλάνῃ ἐκποδὼν μεταστάντων οὐκ ἄλλοτε ἢ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐπιδημίαν, πῶς οὐ χρὴ τὸ μέγα μυστήριον τῆς ἀληθῶς σωτηρίου καὶ εὐαγγελικῆς ἀποδείξεως ὑπερθαυμάζειν, διʼ ἧς ἀθρόως κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἰκουμένην προσευκτήρια καὶ ναοὶ τῷ παμβασιλεῖ καὶ δημιουργῷ τῶν ἁπάντων καὶ μόνῳ θεῷ ἔν τε πόλεσι καὶ κώμαις βαρβάρων τε ἐθνῶν ἐν ἐρημίαις ἀφιερωμένα συνέστη, βίβλοι τε καὶ ἀναγνώσματα, μαθήματά τε παντοῖα διδασκαλίαι, περὶ τῆς εἰς ἄκρον ἀρετῆς καὶ τρόπου τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ θεοσέβειαν παραγγέλματα περιέχουσαι, ἀνδράσιν ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναιξὶ καὶ παισὶν εἰς ἐπήκοον παραδέδονται, νεκρὰ δὲ τὰ ἀπὸ δαιμόνων πάντα χρηστήριά τε καὶ μαντεύματα;
toutōn dē oun athroōs hapantōn homou syn tę̄ polytheǭ planę̄ ekpodōn metastantōn ouk allote ē meta tēn tou sōtēros hēmōn eis anthrōpous epidēmian, pōs ou chrē to mega mystērion tēs alēthōs sōtēriou kai euangelikēs apodeixeōs hyperthaumazein, diʼ hēs athroōs kata pasan tēn tōn anthrōpōn oikoumenēn proseuktēria kai naoi tǭ pambasilei kai dēmiourgǭ tōn hapantōn kai monǭ theǭ en te polesi kai kōmais barbarōn te ethnōn en erēmiais aphierōmena synestē, bibloi te kai anagnōsmata, mathēmata te pantoia didaskaliai, peri tēs eis akron aretēs kai tropou tou kata tēn alēthē theosebeian parangelmata periechousai, andrasin homou kai gynaixi kai paisin eis epēkoon paradedontai, nekra de ta apo daimonōn panta chrēstēria te kai manteumata?
Since, then, all these were removed at once together with the polytheistic error at no other time than after our Savior's coming among men, how should one not greatly admire the great mystery of the truly saving gospel demonstration, through which, all at once, throughout the whole inhabited world, houses of prayer and temples dedicated to the universal King and creator of all, the only God, have been established in cities and villages, and in the deserts of barbarian nations; books and readings, and all kinds of teachings, containing precepts about the highest virtue and the way of true piety, are handed down for men, women, and children to hear; while all the oracles and divinations from demons are dead?
5.1.8Dindorf 1:210
οὐδέ τις εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων μέμηνε νῦν, ἐξ οὑπερ εἰς πάντας φωτὸς δίκην ἐξέλαμψεν ἡ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἔνθεος καὶ εὐαγγελικὴ δύναμις, ὡς τολμᾶν τῷ τοῦ φιλτάτου φόνῳ καὶ ταῖς διʼ ἀνθρωποθυσιῶν σφαγαῖς τὰ φονικὰ καὶ φίλαιμα καὶ μισάνθρωπά τε καὶ ἀπάνθρωπα δαιμόνια ἐξιλεοῦσθαι, οἷα πράττειν τοῖς πάλαι σοφοῖς τε καὶ βασιλεῦσι δαιμονῶσιν ὡς ἀληθῶς φίλον ἦν.
oude tis eis tosouton anthrōpōn memēne nyn, ex houper eis pantas phōtos dikēn exelampsen hē tou sōtēros hēmōn entheos kai euangelikē dynamis, hōs tolman tǭ tou philtatou phonǭ kai tais diʼ anthrōpothysiōn sphagais ta phonika kai philaima kai misanthrōpa te kai apanthrōpa daimonia exileousthai, hoia prattein tois palai sophois te kai basileusi daimonōsin hōs alēthōs philon ēn.
Nor is anyone now so mad, since the divine gospel power of our Savior shone out like light upon all, as to dare to appease the murderous, blood-loving, man-hating, and inhuman demons with the murder of his dearest and the slaughter of human sacrifices, such as the wise men and kings of old, truly possessed by demons, liked to do.
5.1.9Dindorf 1:210
περὶ δὲ τοῦ μηκέτι δύνασθαί τι καὶ ἰσχύειν τοὺς φαύλους δαίμονας μετὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εἰς ἀνθρώπους πάροδον καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τῶν δαιμόνων προήγορος ἐν τῇ καθʼ ἡμῶν συσκευῇ τοῦτόν που λέγων μαρτυρεῖ τὸν τρόπον
peri de tou mēketi dynasthai ti kai ischyein tous phaulous daimonas meta tēn tou sōtēros hēmōn eis anthrōpous parodon kai autos ho kathʼ hēmas tōn daimonōn proēgoros en tę̄ kathʼ hēmōn syskeuę̄ touton pou legōn martyrei ton tropon
And that the bad demons no longer have any power or strength since our Savior's coming among men, the very advocate of the demons in our time testifies in his attack on us, speaking somewhere in this way:
5.1.10Dindorf 1:210
“ Νυνὶ δὲ θαυμάζουσιν εἰ τοσούτων ἐτῶν κατείληφε τὴν πόλιν ἡ νόσος, Ἀσκληπιοῦ μὲν ἐπιδημίας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν μηκέτʼ οὔσης. Ἰησοῦ γὰρ τιμωμένου οὐδεμιᾶς τις θεῶν δημοσίας ὠφελείας ᾔσθετο.’’
“ Nyni de thaumazousin ei tosoutōn etōn kateilēphe tēn polin hē nosos, Asklēpiou men epidēmias kai tōn allōn theōn mēketʼ ousēs. Iēsou gar timōmenou oudemias tis theōn dēmosias ōpheleias ę̄stheto.’’
"And now they wonder that the plague has held the city for so many years, since there is no longer any visitation of Asclepius and the other gods. For since Jesus has been honored, no one has perceived any public help from the gods."
5.1.11Dindorf 1:210
Ταῦτα ῥήμασιν αὐτοῖς ὁ Πορφύριος. εἰ δὴ οὖν κατὰ τήνδε τὴν ὁμολογίαν Ἰησοῦ τιμωμένου οὐδεμιᾶς τις θεῶν δημοσίας ὠφελείας ᾔσθετο, μηκέτʼ οὔσης μήτʼ Ἀσκληπιοῦ ἐπιδημίας μήτε τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν, πόθεν δὴ λοιπὸν τὸ ὡς περὶ θεῶν καὶ ἡρώων δόγμα;
Tauta rhēmasin autois ho Porphyrios. ei dē oun kata tēnde tēn homologian Iēsou timōmenou oudemias tis theōn dēmosias ōpheleias ę̄stheto, mēketʼ ousēs mētʼ Asklēpiou epidēmias mēte tōn allōn theōn, pothen dē loipon to hōs peri theōn kai hērōōn dogma?
So says Porphyry in his own words. If, then, according to this admission, since Jesus has been honored no one has perceived any public help from the gods, there being no longer any visitation either of Asclepius or of the other gods, where does the doctrine about gods and heroes come from any longer?
5.1.12Dindorf 1:210–211
τί γὰρ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον τὰ τῶν θεῶν καὶ τὰ Ἀσκληπιοῦ κρατεῖ τῆς Ἰησοῦ δυνάμεως; εἰ δὴ ὁ μὲν θνητὸς, ὡς ἂν φαῖεν, ἄνθρωπος — τάχα δʼ ἂν εἴποιεν ὅτι καὶ πλάνος — οἱ δὲ σωτῆρες καὶ θεοὶ, τί δῆτα τοίνυν πάντες ἀθρόως αὐτῷ Ἀσκληπιῷ πεφεύγασι, τὰ νῶτα τῷ θνητῷ, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξῆς ὑποχείριον τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα τῷ μηκέτʼ ὄντι, ὡς ἂν εἴποιεν αὐτοὶ, παραδεδωκότες;
ti gar ouchi mallon ta tōn theōn kai ta Asklēpiou kratei tēs Iēsou dynameōs? ei dē ho men thnētos, hōs an phaien, anthrōpos — tacha dʼ an eipoien hoti kai planos — hoi de sōtēres kai theoi, ti dēta toinyn pantes athroōs autǭ Asklēpiǭ pepheugasi, ta nōta tǭ thnētǭ, kai pasan exēs hypocheirion tēn anthrōpotēta tǭ mēketʼ onti, hōs an eipoien autoi, paradedōkotes?
For why does not the power of the gods and of Asclepius rather prevail over that of Jesus? If he was a mortal man, as they would say (perhaps they would even say a deceiver), and they were saviors and gods, why then have they all, Asclepius included, fled at once, turning their backs on the mortal, and handed over all mankind to the one who, as they themselves would say, no longer exists?
5.1.13Dindorf 1:211
ὁ δὲ καὶ μετὰ θάνατον παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁσημέραι διαιωνίζει τιμώμενος, ἄντικρυς τῆς μετὰ θάνατον ζωῆς τὸ ἐναργὲς καὶ ἔνθεον τοῖς οἵοις τε συνορᾶν ἐπιδεικνύμενος.
ho de kai meta thanaton para pasi tois ethnesin hosēmerai diaiōnizei timōmenos, antikrys tēs meta thanaton zōēs to enarges kai entheon tois hoiois te synoran epideiknymenos.
But he, even after death, is honored day by day among all the nations through the ages, plainly showing to those able to perceive it the clear and divine reality of life after death.
5.1.14Dindorf 1:211
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἶς ὢν, καὶ, ὡς ἄν τις ὑπολάβοι, μόνος, τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην θεῶν ἐλαύνει, καὶ τάς γε τιμὰς αὐτῶν ἀθετῶν κρατεῖ, ὡς τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς μηκέτʼ εἶναι, μηδʼ ἐνεργεῖν, μηδέ πη παραφαίνεσθαι, μηδὲ συνήθως ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐπιδημεῖν, ὅτι μὴ θεοὶ, δαίμονες δʼ ἦσαν πονηροί· μόνου δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ καταπέμψαντος αὐτὸν θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων αὔξειν ὁσημέραι τὰς τιμὰς, καὶ εἰς μεῖζον ἀρετῆς καθʼ ὅλης τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος ἐπιδιδόναι,
alla kai eis ōn, kai, hōs an tis hypolaboi, monos, to plēthos tōn ana pasan tēn oikoumenēn theōn elaunei, kai tas ge timas autōn athetōn kratei, hōs tous men theous mēketʼ einai, mēdʼ energein, mēde pē paraphainesthai, mēde synēthōs tais polesin epidēmein, hoti mē theoi, daimones dʼ ēsan ponēroi; monou de autou kai tou katapempsantos auton theou tōn holōn auxein hosēmerai tas timas, kai eis meizon aretēs kathʼ holēs tēs anthrōpotētos epididonai,
Moreover, being one and, as one might suppose, alone, he drives out the multitude of gods throughout the whole world and prevails, setting aside their honors, so that the gods no longer exist, nor work, nor appear anywhere, nor visit the cities as they used to, because they were not gods but wicked demons; while the honors of him alone, and of the God of the universe who sent him, increase day by day and advance to greater excellence throughout all mankind;
5.1.15Dindorf 1:211
δέον ἔμπαλιν τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς, εἰ δή τινες ὄντως ἦσαν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς κηδεμόνες, τοῦ μὲν ἄρδην μεταστήσασθαι τὴν πλάνην, εἰ ἄρα τις ἦν, αὐτοὺς δὲ τὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν θεραπείας τε καὶ ὠφελείας ἀφθόνως τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐμπαρέχειν.
deon empalin tous men theous, ei dē tines ontōs ēsan tōn epi gēs kēdemones, tou men ardēn metastēsasthai tēn planēn, ei ara tis ēn, autous de tas ex autōn therapeias te kai ōpheleias aphthonōs tois pasin emparechein.
whereas, on the contrary, the gods, if they were truly guardians of those on earth, ought to have removed his deception utterly, if there was any, and themselves to have provided their healings and benefits ungrudgingly to all.
5.1.16Dindorf 1:211
νυνὶ δὲ τοῖσδε καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐπικεχείρηται μὲν πολλάκις, διὰ τῶν κατὰ χρόνους ἀρχόντων τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν κραταιοτάτην πολεμησάντων διδασκαλίαν· ἄπρακτον δʼ ὅμως εὕροντο τῆς ἐγχειρήσεως τὸ τέλος, ὑπερνικώσης τοὺς πάντας ἀεὶ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐνθέου δυνάμεως, καὶ πάσας τὰς κατὰ τῆς διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων ἐπαναστάσεις καθαιρούσης, αὐτούς τε ἐλαυνούσης, δαίμονας μὲν ἀληθῶς φαύλους ὄντας, ψευδῶς δὲ νενομισμένους εἶναι θεοὺς ἢ καὶ ἀγαθοὺς δαίμονας.
nyni de toisde kai toutʼ epikecheirētai men pollakis, dia tōn kata chronous archontōn tēn tou sōtēros hēmōn krataiotatēn polemēsantōn didaskalian; aprakton dʼ homōs heuronto tēs encheirēseōs to telos, hypernikōsēs tous pantas aei tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn entheou dynameōs, kai pasas tas kata tēs didaskalias autou tōn ponērōn daimonōn epanastaseis kathairousēs, autous te elaunousēs, daimonas men alēthōs phaulous ontas, pseudōs de nenomismenous einai theous ē kai agathous daimonas.
And they have often attempted this very thing, through the rulers of each age who made war on our Savior's most mighty teaching; but they found the outcome of the attempt fruitless, since the divine power of our Savior always overcomes all, destroying all the uprisings of the wicked demons against his teaching and driving them out, demons that are truly bad but falsely thought to be gods or good demons.
Preparation 5, chapter 2
5.2.1Dindorf 1:211–212
Οἵδε γοῦν περίγειοί τινες ὄντες καὶ καταχθόνιοι, τόν τε ἐπὶ γῆς βαρὺν καὶ ζοφερὸν ἀέρα περιπολοῦντες, καὶ τὸ σκότιον καὶ γεῶδες οἰκητήριον ἔχειν κατακεκριμένοι διʼ ἃς ὕστερον ἀποδώσομεν αἰτίας, τάφοις νεκρῶν καὶ μνήμασι καὶ πάσῃ τῇ μυσαρᾷ καὶ ἀκαθάρτῳ ὕλῃ ἐμφιλοχωροῦντες, αἵμασί τε καὶ λύθροις καὶ παντοίων ζῴων σώμασι τῇ τε ἐκ τῶν ἀναθυμιωμένων καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐξατμιζομένων ἀναδόσει χαίροντες, οἵ τε τούτων ἄρχοντες ἀέριοί τινες ὑπάρχοντες, ἢ καὶ καταχθόνιοι δυνάμεις, ἐπεὶ κατέμαθον τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος κάτω που περὶ νεκρῶν ἀνδρῶν θεοποιίαν ἰλυσπώμενον, θυσίαις τε καὶ κνίσαῖς ταῖς δὴ μάλιστα αὐτοῖς κεχαρισμέναις διὰ πάσης σπουδῆς ἐκπονούμενον, ἐγγύθεν ἔφεδροι καὶ συνεργοὶ τῆς πλάνης παρῆσαν, τοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων κακοῖς ἐπεντρυφῶντες, καὶ τοὺς ἠλιθίους τὰς ψυχὰς εὐχερῶς ἀπατῶντες κινήσεσί τε ξοάνων, ἃ δὴ ἐπὶ τιμῇ τῶν κατοιχομένων ἀνδρῶν πρὸς τῶν παλαιῶν ἀφιέρωται, καὶ ταῖς διὰ χρησμῶν φαντασίαις, θεραπείαις τε σωμάτων, ἃ διὰ τῆς οἰκείας αὐτῶν ἐνεργείας ἀφανῶς αὐτοὶ λυμαινόμενοι, πάλιν οἱ αὐτοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀνέσεως ἐλευθέρους παθῶν ἠφίεσαν.
Hoide goun perigeioi tines ontes kai katachthonioi, ton te epi gēs baryn kai zopheron aera peripolountes, kai to skotion kai geōdes oikētērion echein katakekrimenoi diʼ has hysteron apodōsomen aitias, taphois nekrōn kai mnēmasi kai pasę̄ tę̄ mysarą kai akathartǭ hylę̄ emphilochōrountes, haimasi te kai lythrois kai pantoiōn zǭōn sōmasi tę̄ te ek tōn anathymiōmenōn kai apo tēs gēs exatmizomenōn anadosei chairontes, hoi te toutōn archontes aerioi tines hyparchontes, ē kai katachthonioi dynameis, epei katemathon to anthrōpinon genos katō pou peri nekrōn andrōn theopoiian ilyspōmenon, thysiais te kai knisais tais dē malista autois kecharismenais dia pasēs spoudēs ekponoumenon, engythen ephedroi kai synergoi tēs planēs parēsan, tois tōn anthrōpōn kakois epentryphōntes, kai tous ēlithious tas psychas eucherōs apatōntes kinēsesi te xoanōn, ha dē epi timę̄ tōn katoichomenōn andrōn pros tōn palaiōn aphierōtai, kai tais dia chrēsmōn phantasiais, therapeiais te sōmatōn, ha dia tēs oikeias autōn energeias aphanōs autoi lymainomenoi, palin hoi autoi dia tēs ex autōn aneseōs eleutherous pathōn ēphiesan.
These, then, being earthly and infernal beings, haunting the heavy and gloomy air about the earth, and condemned to have a dark and earthy dwelling for reasons we shall give later, delighting in tombs of the dead and monuments and all foul and unclean matter, rejoicing in blood and gore and the bodies of all kinds of animals and in the rising of what is exhaled and steams up from the earth; and their rulers, being certain aerial or infernal powers, when they learned that the human race was groveling below in the deification of dead men and laboring with all eagerness at sacrifices and savors of fat, which are most pleasing to them, were at hand close by as watchers and accomplices of the error, reveling in the evils of men and easily deceiving the foolish in soul by movements of the images dedicated by the ancients in honor of the departed, by the illusions of oracles, and by cures of bodies, which they themselves secretly harmed by their own working, and then, by relaxing it, set free from their sufferings.
5.2.2Dindorf 1:212
διʼ ὧν ἐπὶ μᾶλλον κατὰ κρημνῶν ἔφερον τοὺς δεισιδαίμονας, ὡς αὐτοὺς εἶναι νομίζειν ποτὲ μὲν οὐρανίους δυνάμεις καί τινας ἀληθῶς θεοὺς, ποτὲ δὲ τὰς τῶν τεθεοποιημένων ἡρώων ψυχάς.
diʼ hōn epi mallon kata krēmnōn epheron tous deisidaimonas, hōs autous einai nomizein pote men ouranious dynameis kai tinas alēthōs theous, pote de tas tōn tetheopoiēmenōn hērōōn psychas.
By these means they swept the superstitious still further down precipices, so that they thought them sometimes heavenly powers and some truly gods, sometimes the souls of deified heroes.
5.2.3Dindorf 1:212
ἐντεῦθεν γοῦν ἤδη μείζων τις εἶναι καὶ σεμνοτέρα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐνομίζετο ἡ τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης ὑπόληψις, μεταβαινούσης τῆς διανοίας ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐπὶ τὸ ἀφανὲς τῶν ἐγκρυπτομένων τοῖς ξοάνοις, καὶ τὴν πλάνην κραταιότερον ἐπικυρούσης.
enteuthen goun ēdē meizōn tis einai kai semnotera tois pollois enomizeto hē tēs polytheou planēs hypolēpsis, metabainousēs tēs dianoias apo tōn horōmenōn epi to aphanes tōn enkryptomenōn tois xoanois, kai tēn planēn krataioteron epikyrousēs.
From this, then, the belief of the polytheistic error came to be thought by the many something greater and more dignified, as the mind passed over from the visible to the invisible beings hidden in the images, and confirmed the error more strongly.
5.2.4Dindorf 1:212
οὕτω δῆτα λοιπὸν οἱ περίγειοι δαίμονες, οἵ τε ἀμφὶ τὸν ἀέρα κοσμοκράτορες καὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας, ὅ τε ἐπὶ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς τῆς κακίας ἐξάρχων, θεῶν οἱ μέγιστοι παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐνομίζοντο· ἥ τε τῶν πάλαι νεκρῶν μνήμη τῆς μείζονος ἠξιοῦτο θεραπείας.
houtō dēta loipon hoi perigeioi daimones, hoi te amphi ton aera kosmokratores kai ta pneumatika tēs ponērias, ho te epi pasin autois tēs kakias exarchōn, theōn hoi megistoi para tois pasin enomizonto; hē te tōn palai nekrōn mnēmē tēs meizonos ēxiouto therapeias.
So, then, the earthly demons, the world-rulers about the air, and the spiritual hosts of wickedness, and the leader of evil over them all, were thought by all to be the greatest of the gods; and the memory of the dead of old was counted worthy of the greater worship.
5.2.5Dindorf 1:212–213
ὧν τὰς μὲν τῶν σωμάτων ἰδέας οἱ τῶν κατὰ πόλεις ἀφιερωμένων εἰκόνων φέρειν ἐδόκουν τύποι, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐνθέους καὶ ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις οἱ φαῦλοι δαίμονες καθυπεκρίνοντο διὰ πολλῆς τερατοποιίας· καὶ αὐτῶν ἤδη τῶν θεραπευόντων καὶ ἱερωμένων αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον ἀεὶ τὸν ἐκ τῆς φαντασίας τῦφον ἀπαγόντων, καὶ δὴ καὶ γοητικαῖς κακοτεχνίαις τὰ πολλὰ συσκευαζόντων, τῆς καὶ τούτων διδασκαλίας αὐτῶν πάλιν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων τοῖς θεραπεύουσι προκαταρξάντων. οἵδε γοῦν καὶ τῆς ἀρχεκάκου γοητείας παντὶ τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίῳ κατέστησαν αἴτιοι, ὡσπεροῦν ὁ πρὸ τούτου διήλεγξε λόγος.
hōn tas men tōn sōmatōn ideas hoi tōn kata poleis aphierōmenōn eikonōn pherein edokoun typoi, tas de psychas kai tas entheous kai asōmatous dynameis hoi phauloi daimones kathypekrinonto dia pollēs teratopoiias; kai autōn ēdē tōn therapeuontōn kai hierōmenōn autois epi to meizon aei ton ek tēs phantasias typhon apagontōn, kai dē kai goētikais kakotechniais ta polla syskeuazontōn, tēs kai toutōn didaskalias autōn palin tōn phaulōn daimonōn tois therapeuousi prokatarxantōn. hoide goun kai tēs archekakou goēteias panti tǭ tōn anthrōpōn biǭ katestēsan aitioi, hōsperoun ho pro toutou diēlenxe logos.
The forms of the images dedicated in the cities seemed to bear the shapes of their bodies, while the bad demons played the part of their souls and of divine and incorporeal powers through much marvel-working; and their own servants and priests always carried the pretension of the illusion further, and contrived much by the evil arts of sorcery, the bad demons themselves having first taught these too to their worshippers. These, at any rate, became the authors of sorcery, the source of evils, for all human life, as the preceding argument proved.
Preparation 5, chapter 3
5.3.1Dindorf 1:213
Τούτων τοιγαροῦν τῶν μοχθηρῶν καὶ περιγείων δαιμόνων, τῶν τε ἀερίων καὶ καταχθονίων πνευμάτων, οὓς κοσμοκράτορας καὶ πνευματικὰ πονηρίας ἀρχάς τε καὶ ἐξουσίας οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι προσαγορεύουσι, τοτὲ μὲν εἰς ἀγαθοὺς δαίμονας ὑποκρινομένων, τοτὲ δὲ εἰς οὐρανίους θεοὺς σχηματιζομένων, καὶ πάλιν ἄλλοτε εἰς ἥρωας μεταμορφουμένων, ἔστι δʼ ὅπη ἄντικρυς διὰ τῶν δρωμένων τῆς μοχθηρίας τὸ δεῖγμα παραφαινόντων, εἰκότως πολὺς ὁ πλάνος ἀνθρώποις ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπῄει, τῶν μὲν θεοὺς εἶναι, τῶν δὲ ἥρωας καὶ δαίμονας, ἀλλʼ οὐ θεοὺς ὑπάρχειν ὁμολογούντων, καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς ἐπιφημιζόντων, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους ἐπικαλούντων, πλὴν ἀλλὰ δεῖν φασκόντων καὶ τοὺς φαύλους ἐξιλεοῦσθαι διὰ τὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν βλάβας· ὥστε τὴν πᾶσαν αὐτοῖς θεοποιίαν εἰς εἴδη πλείονα καταπίπτειν.
Toutōn toigaroun tōn mochthērōn kai perigeiōn daimonōn, tōn te aeriōn kai katachthoniōn pneumatōn, hous kosmokratoras kai pneumatika ponērias archas te kai exousias hoi theioi logoi prosagoreuousi, tote men eis agathous daimonas hypokrinomenōn, tote de eis ouranious theous schēmatizomenōn, kai palin allote eis hērōas metamorphoumenōn, esti dʼ hopē antikrys dia tōn drōmenōn tēs mochthērias to deigma paraphainontōn, eikotōs polys ho planos anthrōpois eti mallon epę̄ei, tōn men theous einai, tōn de hērōas kai daimonas, allʼ ou theous hyparchein homologountōn, kai tōn daimonōn tous men agathous epiphēmizontōn, tous de phaulous epikalountōn, plēn alla dein phaskontōn kai tous phaulous exileousthai dia tas ex autōn blabas; hōste tēn pasan autois theopoiian eis eidē pleiona katapiptein.
Since, then, these wicked earthly demons and aerial and infernal spirits, whom the divine words call world-rulers, spiritual hosts of wickedness, principalities, and powers, at one time pretended to be good demons, at another took the form of heavenly gods, and again at another changed into heroes, and sometimes plainly displayed the sign of their wickedness through what was done, naturally great error came upon men still more: some declaring them gods, others heroes and demons but not gods; and of the demons calling some good and others bad, yet saying that even the bad must be propitiated because of the harm they do; so that all their deification fell into several kinds.
5.3.2Dindorf 1:213–214
πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ἐκ τῶν φαινομένων κατʼ οὐρανὸν φωστήρων, οὓς καί φασι διὰ τὸ θέειν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τρέχειν, διά τε τὸ αἰτίους εἶναι τοῦ θεωρεῖν τὰ ὁρώμενα, πρώτους θεοὺς ἀνηγορεῦσθαι· δεύτερον τὸ διὰ τὰς εἰς τὸν κοινὸν βίον, ὥς φασιν, εὐεργεσίας ἐκτετιμημένον, ὃ δὴ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γεγεννῆσθαι καὶ αὐτοὶ ὁμολογοῦσι, τοὺς καλουμένους ἥρωας παραφέροντες, Ἡρακλέα καὶ Διοσκούρους, Διόνυσόν τε καὶ τοὺς παρὰ βαρβάροις ὁμοίους.
prōton men to ek tōn phainomenōn katʼ ouranon phōstērōn, hous kai phasi dia to theein, hoper esti trechein, dia te to aitious einai tou theōrein ta horōmena, prōtous theous anēgoreusthai; deuteron to dia tas eis ton koinon bion, hōs phasin, euergesias ektetimēmenon, ho dē ex anthrōpōn gegennēsthai kai autoi homologousi, tous kaloumenous hērōas parapherontes, Hēraklea kai Dioskourous, Dionyson te kai tous para barbarois homoious.
First, that from the luminaries appearing in heaven, which they say were first proclaimed gods because of their running (thein) and because they are the cause of beholding (theorein) what is seen; second, that honored for benefits to the common life, as they say, which they themselves admit was born of men, bringing forward the so-called heroes, Heracles, the Dioscuri, Dionysus, and their like among the barbarians.
5.3.3Dindorf 1:214
ἐξ ὧν ἀφορίσαντες καὶ διαστειλάμενοι τὰ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν αἰσχρότερα μνημονευόμενα τρίτον εἶδος θεοποιίας ὑπέθεντο, μυθικὸν αὐτὸ ἐπικαλέσαντες. ὃ δὴ ἐπαισχυνθέντες, καίπερ ἀληθὲς καὶ παλαίτατον τυγχάνον, ἐπὶ τὸ φυσικώτερον, ὥς φασι, μεταβεβλήκασι τροπικωτέραις ἀλληγορίαις, θεωρίας δή τινας εὑρεσιλογήσαντες.
ex hōn aphorisantes kai diasteilamenoi ta peri tōn autōn aischrotera mnēmoneuomena triton eidos theopoiias hypethento, mythikon auto epikalesantes. ho dē epaischynthentes, kaiper alēthes kai palaitaton tynchanon, epi to physikōteron, hōs phasi, metabeblēkasi tropikōterais allēgoriais, theōrias dē tinas heuresilogēsantes.
Separating from these and distinguishing the more shameful things recorded about them, they set up a third kind of deification, calling it mythical. Ashamed of it, although it was true and most ancient, they changed it, as they say, to the more physical, by more figurative allegories, inventing certain theories.
5.3.4Dindorf 1:214
ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ εἰς τοῦτο πλάνης αὐτοῖς ἀπήρκει στῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι τῶν οἰκείων παθῶν τὸ σεβάσμιον καὶ προσκυνητὸν ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ καταβαλόντες τέταρτον θεοποιίας προσεπενοήσατο τρόπον, οὐδʼ ἀντιρρήσεως ἄξιον, τῷ καὶ αὐτὸν προφανὲς ἐπάγεσθαι τὸ αἶσχος,
allʼ oudʼ eis touto planēs autois apērkei stēnai, alla kai mechri tōn oikeiōn pathōn to sebasmion kai proskynēton onoma tou theou katabalontes tetarton theopoiias prosepenoēsato tropon, oudʼ antirrēseōs axion, tǭ kai auton prophanes epagesthai to aischos,
But it did not suffice them to stop at this point of error; bringing down the reverend and adorable name of God even to their own passions, they devised a fourth manner of deification, not even worth refuting, since it plainly brings its own shame with it:
5.3.5Dindorf 1:214
εἰ δή Ἔρωτα καὶ Ἀφροδίτην καὶ Πόθον, τὰς αἰσχρὰς καὶ ἀκολάστους αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμίας, θεοὺς ἀνειπόντες, καὶ τὸν μὲν λόγον Ἑρμῆν, τὸν δὲ λογισμὸν Ἀθηνᾶν ἐπονομάσαντες, καὶ ταῦτα τῇ οἰκείᾳ παρειλήφασι θεολογίᾳ, ὡς καὶ τὸ πέμπτον ἐκ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις γιγνομένων πραγμάτων ἀναπλασάμενοι.
ei dē Erōta kai Aphroditēn kai Pothon, tas aischras kai akolastous autōn epithymias, theous aneipontes, kai ton men logon Hermēn, ton de logismon Athēnan eponomasantes, kai tauta tę̄ oikeią pareilēphasi theologią, hōs kai to pempton ek tōn en anthrōpois gignomenōn pragmatōn anaplasamenoi.
proclaiming as gods Eros, Aphrodite, and Pothos, their shameful and licentious desires, and naming speech Hermes and reason Athena, they took these too into their own theology, as also forming a fifth kind out of the things done among men.
5.3.6Dindorf 1:214
τὰς γὰρ ἐνεργείας τάς τε πολεμικὰς καὶ τὰς τεχνικὰς ἀνειδωλοποιήσαντες θεοῖς ἀπένειμαν, Ἄρει μὲν καὶ Ἀθηνᾷ τὰς πολεμικὰς, Ἡφαίστῳ δὲ καί τισιν ἑτέροις τὰς τεχνικάς.
tas gar energeias tas te polemikas kai tas technikas aneidōlopoiēsantes theois apeneiman, Arei men kai Athēną tas polemikas, Hēphaistǭ de kai tisin heterois tas technikas.
For they made idols of the activities of war and of the crafts and assigned them to gods: the warlike to Ares and Athena, the crafts to Hephaestus and some others.
5.3.7Dindorf 1:214
ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις ἕκτον καὶ ἕβδομον εἶδος αὐτοῖς τὸ δαιμονικὸν παρεισήχθη, πολύτροπον ἀληθῶς τυγχάνον καὶ πολύμορφον, τοτὲ μὲν θεοὺς ὑποκρινόμενον, τοτὲ δὲ ψυχὰς τεθνηκότων, καὶ μηδὲν μὲν ἡμῖν εἰς ἀρετὴν ψυχῆς συμβαλλόμενον, ἐπιτωθάζον δὲ ἀεὶ καὶ κατὰ κρημνῶν φέρον διὰ τῆς ἀπατηλοῦ πλάνης πάντα τὸν δεισιδαίμονα·
epi pasi toutois hekton kai hebdomon eidos autois to daimonikon pareisēchthē, polytropon alēthōs tynchanon kai polymorphon, tote men theous hypokrinomenon, tote de psychas tethnēkotōn, kai mēden men hēmin eis aretēn psychēs symballomenon, epitōthazon de aei kai kata krēmnōn pheron dia tēs apatēlou planēs panta ton deisidaimona;
Besides all these, a sixth and seventh kind, the demonic, was brought in among them, truly versatile and of many forms, now pretending to be gods, now souls of the dead, contributing nothing to us for virtue of soul, but always mocking every superstitious man and carrying him over precipices through deceitful error;
5.3.8Dindorf 1:214–215
ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ διόλου φαῦλον ὂν εἰς δύο διελόντες, εἴς τε τὸ βλαπτικὸν καὶ εἰς τὸ ὠφελοῦν, ἀγαθῶν καὶ φαύλων αὐτοῖς τεθείκασι προσηγορίας.
ho kai auto diolou phaulon on eis dyo dielontes, eis te to blaptikon kai eis to ōpheloun, agathōn kai phaulōn autois tetheikasi prosēgorias.
and this, though wholly bad, they divided into two, the harmful and the helpful, and gave them the names of good and bad.
5.3.9Dindorf 1:215
ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων ἀναγκαῖον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ τὰ μηδʼ ἀντιρρήσεως δεόμενα παρεκθεμένους τὸν περὶ τῆς δαιμονικῆς ἐνεργείας ἀκόλουθον συνιδεῖν λόγον· ὃν ἐκ μέρους προθεωρήσαντες ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου συγγράμματι τὰ λείποντα νῦν ἀποπληρώσομέν.
hōn houtōs echontōn anankaion einai moi dokei ta mēdʼ antirrēseōs deomena parekthemenous ton peri tēs daimonikēs energeias akolouthon synidein logon; hon ek merous protheōrēsantes en tǭ pro toutou syngrammati ta leiponta nyn apoplērōsomen.
These things being so, it seems necessary to me to set aside what needs no refutation and consider the logical account of demonic activity; part of which we examined in the preceding book, and we shall now complete what is lacking.
5.3.10Dindorf 1:215
φέρʼ οὖν ἤδη λοιπὸν ἐπʼ αὐτὰς χωρήσωμεν τὰς ἀποδείξεις. θήσω δὲ πρώτας τὰς ἀπὸ τῆς Πλουτάρχου γραφῆς, ἣν πεποίηται Περὶ τῶν ἐκλελοιπότων χρηστηρίων·’ ἔνθα περὶ τοῦ πονηρῶν δαιμόνων εἶναι τὰ παρὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσι μαντεῖά τε καὶ χρηστήρια τόνδε γράφει τὸν τρόπον
pherʼ oun ēdē loipon epʼ autas chōrēsōmen tas apodeixeis. thēsō de prōtas tas apo tēs Ploutarchou graphēs, hēn pepoiētai Peri tōn ekleloipotōn chrēstēriōn;’ entha peri tou ponērōn daimonōn einai ta para tois ethnesi manteia te kai chrēstēria tonde graphei ton tropon
Come, then, let us now go on to the proofs themselves. I shall set down first those from the writing of Plutarch On the Failure of the Oracles, where he writes in this way that the divinations and oracles among the nations belong to wicked demons:
Preparation 5, chapter 4
5.4.1Dindorf 1:215–216
“Εὖ μὲν οὖν λέγουσι καὶ οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι Πλάτων τὸ ταῖς γεννωμέναις ποιότησιν ὑποκείμενον στοιχεῖον ἐξευρὼν, ἣν ὕλην καλοῦσι, πολλῶν ἀπήλλαξε καὶ μεγάλων ἀποριῶν τοὺς φιλοσόφους· ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκοῦσι πλείονας λῦσαι καὶ μείζονας ἀπορίας οἱ τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων γένος ἐν μέσῳ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων θέντες, καὶ τρόπον τινὰ τὴν κοινωνίαν ἡμῶν συνάγον εἰς ταὐτὸ καὶ συνάπτον ἐξευρόντες, εἴτε μάγων τῶν περὶ Ζωροάστρην ὁ λόγος οὗτός ἐστιν, εἴτε Θρᾴκιος ἀπὸ Ὀρφέως, ἢ Αἰγύπτιος, ἢ Φρύγιος, ὡς τεκμαιρόμεθα ταῖς ἑκατέρωθι τελεταῖς ἀναμεμιγμένα πολλὰ θνητὰ καὶ πένθιμα τῶν ὀργιαζομένων καὶ δρωμένων ἱερῶν ὁρῶντες. Ἑλλήνων δὲ Ὅμηρος μὲν ἐπιφαίνεται κοινῶς ἀμφοτέροις χρώμενος τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἔστιν ὅτε δαίμονας προσαγορεύων. Ἡσίοδος δὲ καθαρῶς καὶ διωρισμένως πρῶτος ἐξέθηκε τῶν λογικῶν τέσσαρα γένη· θεοὺς, εἶτα δαίμονας, εἶτα ἥρωας, τὸ δʼ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν, ἀνθρώπους. ἐξ ὧν ἔοικε ποιεῖν τὴν μεταβολὴν, τοῦ μὲν χρυσοῦ γένους εἰς δαίμονας πολλοὺς κἀγαθοὺς, τῶν δʼ ἡμιθέων εἰς ἥρωας ἀποκριθέντων.’’
“Eu men oun legousi kai hoi legontes hoti Platōn to tais gennōmenais poiotēsin hypokeimenon stoicheion exeurōn, hēn hylēn kalousi, pollōn apēllaxe kai megalōn aporiōn tous philosophous; emoi de dokousi pleionas lysai kai meizonas aporias hoi to tōn daimonōn genos en mesǭ theōn kai anthrōpōn thentes, kai tropon tina tēn koinōnian hēmōn synagon eis tauto kai synapton exeurontes, eite magōn tōn peri Zōroastrēn ho logos houtos estin, eite Thrąkios apo Orpheōs, ē Aigyptios, ē Phrygios, hōs tekmairometha tais hekaterōthi teletais anamemigmena polla thnēta kai penthima tōn orgiazomenōn kai drōmenōn hierōn horōntes. Hellēnōn de Homēros men epiphainetai koinōs amphoterois chrōmenos tois onomasi kai tous theous estin hote daimonas prosagoreuōn. Hēsiodos de katharōs kai diōrismenōs prōtos exethēke tōn logikōn tessara genē; theous, eita daimonas, eita hērōas, to dʼ epi pasin, anthrōpous. ex hōn eoike poiein tēn metabolēn, tou men chrysou genous eis daimonas pollous kagathous, tōn dʼ hēmitheōn eis hērōas apokrithentōn.’’
"They speak well, then, who say that Plato, by discovering the element underlying the qualities that come into being, which they call matter, freed the philosophers from many great difficulties; but to me those seem to have solved more and greater difficulties who placed the race of demons between gods and men, and discovered what in a way brings together and joins our fellowship with them; whether this doctrine belongs to the Magi of Zoroaster, or is Thracian from Orpheus, or Egyptian, or Phrygian, as we conjecture when we see many mortal and mournful elements mixed in the rites of both, in the orgies and sacred acts performed. Of the Greeks, Homer appears to use both names in common, sometimes calling the gods demons. Hesiod first set out clearly and distinctly four classes of rational beings: gods, then demons, then heroes, and last of all men. From these he seems to make the change: the golden race being separated into many good demons, and the demigods into heroes."
5.4.2Dindorf 1:216
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς φησιν “ Ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτων οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἡμᾶς Δημητρίῳ διαφέρεσθαι. καὶ γὰρ κἂν πλείων εἴη χρόνος, κἂν ἐλάττων, κἂν τεταγμένος, κἂν ἄτακτος, ἐν ᾧ μεταλλάττει δαίμονος ψυχὴ καὶ ἥρωος βίος, οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐφʼ ᾧ βούλεται δεδείξεται μετὰ μαρτύρων σοφῶν καὶ παλαιῶν ὅτι φύσεις τινές εἰσιν ὥσπερ ἐν μεθορίῳ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων δεχόμεναι πάθη θνητὰ καὶ μεταβολὰς ἀναγκαίας, οὓς δαίμονας ὀρθῶς ἔχει κατὰ νόμον πατέρων ἡγουμένους καὶ ὀνομάζοντας σέβεσθαι.’’ Τούτοις μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει Τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐφεστάναι τοῖς χρηστηρίοις μὴ θεοὺς, οἷς ἀπηλλάχθαι τῶν περὶ γῆν προσῆκόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ δαίμονας ὑπηρέτας θεῶν, οὐ δοκεῖ μοι κακῶς ἀξιοῦσθαι· τὸ δὲ τοῖς δαίμοσι τούτοις, μονονουχὶ δραχμὴν λαμβάνοντας ἐκ τῶν ἐπῶν τῶν Ἐμπεδοκλέους, ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἄτας καὶ πλάνας θεηλάτους ἐπιφέρειν, τελευτῶντας δὲ καὶ θανάτους ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπων ὑποτίθεσθαι, θρασύτερον ἡγοῦμαι καὶ βαρβαρικώτερον.’
Eithʼ hexēs phēsin “ Alla peri men toutōn ouk anankaion hēmas Dēmētriǭ diapheresthai. kai gar kan pleiōn eiē chronos, kan elattōn, kan tetagmenos, kan ataktos, en hǭ metallattei daimonos psychē kai hērōos bios, ouden hētton ephʼ hǭ bouletai dedeixetai meta martyrōn sophōn kai palaiōn hoti physeis tines eisin hōsper en methoriǭ theōn kai anthrōpōn dechomenai pathē thnēta kai metabolas anankaias, hous daimonas orthōs echei kata nomon paterōn hēgoumenous kai onomazontas sebesthai.’’ Toutois methʼ hetera epilegei To men oun ephestanai tois chrēstēriois mē theous, hois apēllachthai tōn peri gēn prosēkon estin, alla daimonas hypēretas theōn, ou dokei moi kakōs axiousthai; to de tois daimosi toutois, mononouchi drachmēn lambanontas ek tōn epōn tōn Empedokleous, hamartias kai atas kai planas theēlatous epipherein, teleutōntas de kai thanatous hōsper anthrōpōn hypotithesthai, thrasyteron hēgoumai kai barbarikōteron.’
Then next he says: "But on these points we need not differ with Demetrius. For whether the time in which the soul of a demon and the life of a hero changes is longer or shorter, fixed or unfixed, he will none the less have shown what he wishes, with wise and ancient witnesses: that there are certain natures, as it were on the border between gods and men, subject to mortal passions and necessary changes, whom it is right, following the custom of our fathers, to regard as demons, name so, and reverence." After other matters he adds to this: "That not gods, for whom it is fitting to be free of earthly things, but demons, servants of the gods, preside over the oracles, does not seem to me a bad opinion; but to take, as it were, a handful from the verses of Empedocles and impose on these demons sins, calamities, and god-sent wanderings, and finally to suppose deaths for them as for men, I consider rather rash and barbarous."
5.4.3Dindorf 1:216–217
Καὶ πάλιν προστίθησι τοῖς εἰρημένοις ταῦτα “ Εἰσὶ γὰρ ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις καὶ δαίμοσιν ἀρετῆς διαφοραί, καὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ καὶ ἀλόγου τοῖς μὲν ἀσθενὲς καὶ ἀμαυρόν ἐστι λείψανον, ὡς περίττωμα, τοῖς δὲ πολὺ καὶ δυσκατάσβεστον ἔνεστιν, ὧν ἴχνη καὶ σύμβολα πολλαχοῦ θυσίαι τε καὶ τελεταὶ καὶ μυθολογίαι σώζουσι καὶ διαφυλάττουσι διεσπαρμέναι. καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν μυστικῶν, ἐν οἷς τὰς μεγίστας ἐμφάσεις καὶ διαφάσεις λαβεῖν ἔστι τῆς περὶ δαιμόνων ἀληθείας, εὔστομά μοι κείσθω καθʼ Ἡρόδοτον· ἑορτὰς δὲ καὶ θυσίας, ὥσπερ ἡμέρας ἀποφράδας καὶ σκυθρωπάς, ἐν αἷς ὠμοφαγίαι καὶ διασπασμοὶ νηστεῖαί τε καὶ κοπετοὶ, πολλαχοῦ δὲ πάλιν αἰσχρολογίαι πρὸς ἱεροῖς, μανίαι τε ἄλλαι ὀρινόμεναι ῥιψαύχενι σὺν κλόνῳ, θεῶν μὲν οὐδενὶ, δαιμόνων δὲ φαύλων ἀποτροπῆς ἕνεκα φήσαιμʼ ἂν τελεῖσθαι παραμύθια· καὶ τὰς πάλαι ποιουμένας ἀνθρωποθυσίας οὔτε θεοὺς ἀπαιτεῖν ἢ προσδέχεσθαι πιθανόν ἐστιν, οὔτε μάτην ἂν ἐδέχοντο βασιλεῖς καὶ στρατηγοὶ, παῖδας αὑτῶν ἐπιδιδόντες καὶ καταρχόμενοι καὶ σφάττοντες, ἀλλὰ χαλεπῶν καὶ δυστρόπων ὀργὰς καὶ βαρυθυμίας ἀφοσιούμενοι καὶ ἀποπιμπλάντες ἀλαστόρων, ἐνίων δὲ μανικοὺς ἔρωτας, οὐ δυναμένων οὐδὲ βουλομένων σώμασι καὶ διὰ σωμάτων ὁμιλεῖν. ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ Ἡρακλῆς Οἰχαλίαν ἐπολιόρκει διὰ παρθένον, οὕτω πολλάκις ἰσχυροὶ καὶ βίαιοι δαίμονες ἐξαιτούμενοι ψυχὴν ἀνθρωπίνην περιεχομένην σώματι λοιμούς τε πόλεσι καὶ γῆς ἀφορίας ἐπάγουσι, καὶ πολέμους καὶ στάσεις ταράττουσιν, ἄχρις οὗ λάβωσι καὶ τύχωσιν οὗ ἐρῶσι.’
Kai palin prostithēsi tois eirēmenois tauta “ Eisi gar hōs en anthrōpois kai daimosin aretēs diaphorai, kai tou pathētikou kai alogou tois men asthenes kai amauron esti leipsanon, hōs perittōma, tois de poly kai dyskatasbeston enestin, hōn ichnē kai symbola pollachou thysiai te kai teletai kai mythologiai sōzousi kai diaphylattousi diesparmenai. kai peri men tōn mystikōn, en hois tas megistas emphaseis kai diaphaseis labein esti tēs peri daimonōn alētheias, eustoma moi keisthō kathʼ Hērodoton; heortas de kai thysias, hōsper hēmeras apophradas kai skythrōpas, en hais ōmophagiai kai diaspasmoi nēsteiai te kai kopetoi, pollachou de palin aischrologiai pros hierois, maniai te allai orinomenai rhipsaucheni syn klonǭ, theōn men oudeni, daimonōn de phaulōn apotropēs heneka phēsaimʼ an teleisthai paramythia; kai tas palai poioumenas anthrōpothysias oute theous apaitein ē prosdechesthai pithanon estin, oute matēn an edechonto basileis kai stratēgoi, paidas hautōn epididontes kai katarchomenoi kai sphattontes, alla chalepōn kai dystropōn orgas kai barythymias aphosioumenoi kai apopimplantes alastorōn, eniōn de manikous erōtas, ou dynamenōn oude boulomenōn sōmasi kai dia sōmatōn homilein. allʼ hōsper Hēraklēs Oichalian epoliorkei dia parthenon, houtō pollakis ischyroi kai biaioi daimones exaitoumenoi psychēn anthrōpinēn periechomenēn sōmati loimous te polesi kai gēs aphorias epagousi, kai polemous kai staseis tarattousin, achris hou labōsi kai tychōsin hou erōsi.’
And again he adds to what has been said: "For there are, as among men, differences of virtue among demons too; and in some the passionate and irrational element is a weak and faint remnant, like a residue, while in others it is abundant and hard to quench; of which sacrifices, rites, and myths, scattered here and there, preserve and guard traces and tokens. And concerning the mysteries, in which one may find the greatest manifestations and illuminations of the truth about demons, 'let my lips be sealed,' as Herodotus says. But festivals and sacrifices, like unlucky and gloomy days, in which there are eating of raw flesh and tearings apart, fastings and beatings of the breast, and again in many places foul language at the sacred rites, and other frenzies 'raving with tossing of necks in tumult,' I would say are performed not for any god, but as appeasements to avert bad demons. And it is not credible that gods demanded or accepted the human sacrifices made of old; nor would kings and generals have accepted them in vain, giving up their children, beginning the rites, and slaughtering them; but they were averting and satisfying the anger and resentment of harsh and morose avenging spirits, and the mad loves of some, who could not and would not consort with bodies and through bodies. But as Heracles besieged Oechalia for a maiden, so often strong and violent demons, demanding a human soul contained in a body, bring plagues on cities and barrenness on the land, and stir up wars and seditions, until they take and obtain what they love."
5.4.4Dindorf 1:217
Σαφῶς διὰ τούτων ὁ προδηλωθεὶς φιλόσοφος ὅτι δαίμοσι πονηροῖς τὰ προειρημένα κατὰ πάσας τὰς πόλεις ἐπετελεῖτο παρέστησεν. εἰ δὲ καί τινες ἦσαν ἐν τούτοις, ὥς φασιν, ἀγαθοὶ τὴν φύσιν ἢ καὶ θεοὶ, τί χρῆν θεραπεύειν τοὺς φαύλους, πρὸς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπελαύνεσθαι αὐτοὺς δέον;
Saphōs dia toutōn ho prodēlōtheis philosophos hoti daimosi ponērois ta proeirēmena kata pasas tas poleis epeteleito parestēsen. ei de kai tines ēsan en toutois, hōs phasin, agathoi tēn physin ē kai theoi, ti chrēn therapeuein tous phaulous, pros tōn agathōn apelaunesthai autous deon?
By these words the philosopher mentioned has clearly shown that the things described were performed in all the cities to wicked demons. And if there were among them, as they say, some good by nature, or even gods, why should they serve the bad, when these ought to be driven away by the good?
5.4.5Dindorf 1:217–218
εἰ γὰρ δή τινες ἦσαν αὐτοῖς ἀγαθοὶ προστάται, τούτοις ἐπιθαρσοῦντας τὸ μηδὲν τῶν χειρόνων χρῆν δήπου φροντίζειν, καὶ διὰ σωφρόνων λόγων τε καὶ εὐχῶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ διʼ αἰσχρορρημοσυνῶν τὰς ἐναντίας ἀποτρέπεσθαι δυνάμεις
ei gar dē tines ēsan autois agathoi prostatai, toutois epitharsountas to mēden tōn cheironōn chrēn dēpou phrontizein, kai dia sōphronōn logōn te kai euchōn, alla mē diʼ aischrorrēmosynōn tas enantias apotrepesthai dynameis
For if they had any good protectors, trusting in these they ought surely to have cared nothing for the worse, and to have turned aside the opposing powers by sober words and prayers, and not by foul language.
5.4.6Dindorf 1:218
ὅτε δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐδὲν ἔπραττον, βίῳ δʼ αἰσχρῷ καὶ ἀκολάστῳ καὶ ῥήμασιν ἀσέμνοις ὠμοφαγίαις τε καὶ διασπασμοῖς καὶ ἀνθρωποθυσίαις τοῖς πονηροῖς δαίμοσιν ἐκαθικέτευον, πῶς καὶ δυνατὸν ἦν αὐτοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα δρῶντας, καὶ τὰ τοῖς φαύλοις κεχαρισμένα διαπραττομένους, τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ, ἢ ταῖς ὑπʼ αὐτὸν θείαις δυνάμεσιν, ἢ ὅλως ἀγαθοῖς τισὶ προσοικειοῦσθαι;
hote de toutōn men ouden epratton, biǭ dʼ aischrǭ kai akolastǭ kai rhēmasin asemnois ōmophagiais te kai diaspasmois kai anthrōpothysiais tois ponērois daimosin ekathiketeuon, pōs kai dynaton ēn autous ta toiauta drōntas, kai ta tois phaulois kecharismena diaprattomenous, tǭ epi pantōn theǭ, ē tais hypʼ auton theiais dynamesin, ē holōs agathois tisi prosoikeiousthai?
But when they did none of these things, but supplicated the wicked demons with a shameful and licentious life, indecent words, eating of raw flesh, tearings apart, and human sacrifices, how was it possible that men who did such things and performed what pleases the bad should be akin to the God over all, or to the divine powers under him, or to any good beings at all?
5.4.7Dindorf 1:218
ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοῖς πᾶσι πρόδηλον ὡς ὁ τὰ φίλα τοῖς φαύλοις ἐπιτελῶν οὐκ ἄν ποτε τῶν ἀγαθῶν γένοιτο προσφιλής. οὐκ ἄρα θεοῖς, οὐδʼ ἀγαθοῖς δαίμοσιν, μόνοις δὲ τοῖς φαύλοις ἐλάτρευον οἱ δεδηλωμένοι.
alla gar tois pasi prodēlon hōs ho ta phila tois phaulois epitelōn ouk an pote tōn agathōn genoito prosphilēs. ouk ara theois, oudʼ agathois daimosin, monois de tois phaulois elatreuon hoi dedēlōmenoi.
It is plain to all that he who does what is dear to the bad could never be dear to the good. So those described served neither gods nor good demons, but only the bad.
5.4.8Dindorf 1:218
ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον τοῦτον πιστοῦται τὸν λόγον ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐν οἷς φησι τὰς μυθικὰς ὡς περὶ θεῶν διηγήσεις λόγους εἶναί τινας περὶ δαιμόνων, τά τε παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ᾀδόμενα γιγαντικά τινα καὶ Τιτανικὰ δαιμονικὰ εἶναι διηγήματα, ὡς καινοτέραν ὑποβάλλειν διάνοιαν.
eti de mallon touton pistoutai ton logon ho Ploutarchos en hois phēsi tas mythikas hōs peri theōn diēgēseis logous einai tinas peri daimonōn, ta te parʼ Hellēsin ądomena gigantika tina kai Titanika daimonika einai diēgēmata, hōs kainoteran hypoballein dianoian.
Plutarch confirms this argument still more where he says that the mythical narratives as if about gods are accounts about demons, and that the tales of giants and Titans sung among the Greeks are demonic narratives, so as to suggest a newer meaning.
5.4.9Dindorf 1:218
μήποτε ἄρα τοιαῦτα ἦν τὰ περὶ τῶν πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ γιγάντων ἐν τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ λεγόμενα, τά τε περὶ τῶν τούτους γεγεννηκότων, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται “ ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅτι καλαί εἰσιν, ἔλαβον ἑαυτοῖς γυναῖκας ἐκ πασῶν ὧν ἐξελέξαντο· ἀφʼ ὧν ἐγεννήθησαν οἱ γίγαντες οἱ ὀνομαστοὶ ἐξ αἰῶνος.’
mēpote ara toiauta ēn ta peri tōn pro tou kataklysmou gigantōn en tę̄ theią graphę̄ legomena, ta te peri tōn toutous gegennēkotōn, peri hōn eirētai “ idontes de hoi angeloi tou theou tas thygateras tōn anthrōpōn, hoti kalai eisin, elabon heautois gynaikas ek pasōn hōn exelexanto; aphʼ hōn egennēthēsan hoi gigantes hoi onomastoi ex aiōnos.’
Perhaps, then, such were the things said in the divine Scripture about the giants before the flood, and about those who begot them, of whom it is said: "And the angels of God, seeing the daughters of men, that they were fair, took wives for themselves of all whom they chose; from whom were born the giants, the renowned ones of old."
5.4.10Dindorf 1:218–219
εἴποι γὰρ ἄν τις τούτους ἐκείνους εἶναι, καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων πνεύματα παρὰ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ἀνθρώποις τεθεοποιημένα, καὶ τὰς ἐκείνων μάχας, τάς τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαστάσεις, καὶ τοὺς πολέμους. ταῦτʼ εἶναι τὰ ὡς περὶ θεῶν μυθευόμενα. λέγει δʼ οὖν ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐν ᾧ συνέταξε λόγῳ " Περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἴσιν καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίων θεούςʼ’ αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι ταῦτα
eipoi gar an tis toutous ekeinous einai, kai ta ekeinōn pneumata para tois meta tauta anthrōpois tetheopoiēmena, kai tas ekeinōn machas, tas te pros allēlous diastaseis, kai tous polemous. tautʼ einai ta hōs peri theōn mytheuomena. legei dʼ oun ho Ploutarchos en hǭ synetaxe logǭ " Peri tōn kata tēn Isin kai tous Aigyptiōn theousʼ’ autois rhēmasi tauta
For one might say that these are those beings, and that their spirits were deified by later men, and that their battles, their quarrels with one another, and their wars are what is told in myth as about gods. At any rate Plutarch, in the treatise he composed On Isis and the Egyptian Gods, says this in these very words:
Preparation 5, chapter 5
5.5.1Dindorf 1:219
“Βέλτιον οὖν οἱ τὰ περὶ Τυφῶνα καὶ Ὄσιριν καὶ Ἴσιν ἱστορούμενα μήτε θεῶν πάθη, μήτε ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ δαιμόνων μεγάλων εἶναι νομίζοντες, οὓς καὶ Πλάτων καὶ Πυθαγόρας καὶ Ξενοκράτης καὶ Χρύσιππος, ἑπόμενοι τοῖς πάλαι θεολόγοις, ἐρρωμενεστέρους ἀνθρώπων λέγουσι γεγονέναι, καὶ πολὺ τῇ δυνάμει τὴν φύσιν ὑπερφέροντας ἡμῶν, τὸ δὲ θεῖον οὐκ ἀμιγὲς οὐδὲ ἄκρατον ἔχοντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχῆς φύσει καὶ σώματος αἰσθήσει συνειληχὸς, ἡδονὴν δεχομένῃ καὶ πόνον, καὶ ὅσα ταύταις γινόμενα ταῖς μεταβολαῖς πάθη τοὺς μὲν μᾶλλον, τοὺς δʼ ἧττον ἐπιταράττει. γίνονται γὰρ ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις καὶ δαίμοσιν ἀρετῆς διαφοραὶ καὶ κακίας. τὰ γὰρ γιγαντικὰ καὶ Τιτανικὰ παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ᾀδόμενα, καὶ πολλαί τινες ἄθεσμοι πράξεις, καὶ Πυθῶνος ἀντιτάξεις πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνα, φυγαί τε Διονύσου καὶ πλάναι Δήμητρος, οὐδὲν ἀπολείπουσι τῶν Ὀσιριακῶν καὶ Τυφωνικῶν, ὧν παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνέδην ἔξεστι μυθολογουμένων ἀκούειν· ὅσα τε μυστικοῖς ἱεροῖς μυθολογουμένων τελεταῖς ἄρρητα διασώζεται καὶ ἀθέατα πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ὅμοιον ἔχει λόγον.”
“Beltion oun hoi ta peri Typhōna kai Osirin kai Isin historoumena mēte theōn pathē, mēte anthrōpōn, alla daimonōn megalōn einai nomizontes, hous kai Platōn kai Pythagoras kai Xenokratēs kai Chrysippos, hepomenoi tois palai theologois, errōmenesterous anthrōpōn legousi gegonenai, kai poly tę̄ dynamei tēn physin hyperpherontas hēmōn, to de theion ouk amiges oude akraton echontas, alla kai psychēs physei kai sōmatos aisthēsei syneilēchos, hēdonēn dechomenę̄ kai ponon, kai hosa tautais ginomena tais metabolais pathē tous men mallon, tous dʼ hētton epitarattei. ginontai gar hōs en anthrōpois kai daimosin aretēs diaphorai kai kakias. ta gar gigantika kai Titanika parʼ Hellēsin ądomena, kai pollai tines athesmoi praxeis, kai Pythōnos antitaxeis pros Apollōna, phygai te Dionysou kai planai Dēmētros, ouden apoleipousi tōn Osiriakōn kai Typhōnikōn, hōn para pasin anedēn exesti mythologoumenōn akouein; hosa te mystikois hierois mythologoumenōn teletais arrēta diasōzetai kai atheata pros tous theous homoion echei logon.”
"Better, then, are those who think that what is told of Typhon, Osiris, and Isis are sufferings neither of gods nor of men, but of great demons, whom Plato, Pythagoras, Xenocrates, and Chrysippus, following the ancient theologians, say were stronger than men and far surpassed our nature in power, but did not have the divine unmixed and pure, but sharing in the nature of soul and in the perception of body, receiving pleasure and pain, and all the passions that arise from these changes, which disturb some more and others less. For there arise among demons, as among men, differences of virtue and vice. For the tales of giants and Titans sung among the Greeks, and many lawless deeds, and the battles of Python against Apollo, the flights of Dionysus and the wanderings of Demeter, fall in no way short of those of Osiris and Typhon, which anyone may freely hear told in myth; and all that is preserved unspoken and unseen in mystic rites has a like account."
5.5.2Dindorf 1:219–220
Καὶ ἐπιφέρει λέγων ἑξῆς Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δὲ καὶ δίκας φησὶ διδόναι τοὺς δαίμονας ὧν ἂν ἐξαμάρτωσιν καὶ πλημμελήσωσιν, αἰθέριον μὲν γάρ σφε μένος πόντονδε διώκει· πόντος δὲ χθονὸς οὖδας ἀπέπτυσε, γαῖα δʼ ἐς αὐγὰς ἠελίου ἀκάμαντος· ὁ δʼ αἰθέρος ἔμβαλε δίναις· ἄλλος δʼ ἐξ ἄλλου δέχεται, στυγέουσι δὲ πάντες· ἄχρις οὗ κολασθέντες αὖθις τὴν κατὰ φύσιν χώραν καὶ τάξιν ἀπολάβωσι. τούτων δὴ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀδελφὰ λέγεσθαί φασι περὶ Τυφῶνος, ὡς δεινὰ μὲν ὑπὸ φθόνου καὶ δυσμενείας εἰργάσατο, πάντα πράγματα ταράξας, ἐνέπλησε δὲ κακῶν γῆν ὁμοῦ τε πᾶσαν καὶ θάλασσαν, εἶτα δίκην ἔδωκε.’’
Kai epipherei legōn hexēs Empedoklēs de kai dikas phēsi didonai tous daimonas hōn an examartōsin kai plēmmelēsōsin, aitherion men gar sphe menos pontonde diōkei; pontos de chthonos oudas apeptyse, gaia dʼ es augas ēeliou akamantos; ho dʼ aitheros embale dinais; allos dʼ ex allou dechetai, stygeousi de pantes; achris hou kolasthentes authis tēn kata physin chōran kai taxin apolabōsi. toutōn dē kai tōn toioutōn adelpha legesthai phasi peri Typhōnos, hōs deina men hypo phthonou kai dysmeneias eirgasato, panta pragmata taraxas, eneplēse de kakōn gēn homou te pasan kai thalassan, eita dikēn edōke.’’
And he adds next: "Empedocles says that demons too pay the penalty for whatever they sin and transgress: 'For the might of the ether chases them into the sea; the sea spits them out onto the floor of the earth; the earth into the rays of the tireless sun; and he casts them into the eddies of the ether. One receives them from another, and all hate them'; until, having been punished, they recover their natural place and rank. Akin to these and the like, they say, are the things told of Typhon: that out of envy and ill will he did dreadful things, throwing all things into confusion, and filled all the earth and sea alike with evils, and then paid the penalty."
5.5.3Dindorf 1:220–221
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐν τῷ δηλωθέντι συγγράμματι παραθέμενος, καὶ διὰ πλειόνων ἐξεργασάμενος τὸν λόγον, τὰ παραπλήσια καὶ ἐν τῷ “ Περὶ τῶν ἐκλελοιπότων χρηστηρίων τοῦτον ἱστορεῖ τὸν τρόπον " Ἐκεῖνος οὖν τὴν μαντικὴν ἀνῆγεν εἰς δαίμονας, πλεῖστον δὲ Δελφῶν λόγον εἶχε, καὶ τῶν λεγομένων περὶ τὸν Διόνυσον ἐνταῦθα καὶ δρωμένων ἱερῶν οὐδενὸς ἀνήκοος ἦν, ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνα δαιμόνων ἔφασκεν εἶναι πάθη μεγάλα, καὶ ταῦτα δὴ τὰ περὶ τὴν Πυθίαν. τῷ δὲ ἀποκτείναντι μήτε ἐννέα ἐτῶν, μήτε εἰς τὰ Τέμπη γενέσθαι τὴν φυγὴν, ἀλλʼ ἐκπεσόντα ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἕτερον κόσμον· ὕστερον δʼ ἐκεῖθεν ἐνιαυτῶν μεγάλων ἐννέα περιόδοις ἁγνὸν γενόμενον, καὶ Φοῖβον ὡς ἀληθῶς κατελθόντα τὸ χρηστήριον παραλαβεῖν, τέως ὑπὸ Θέμιδος φυλασσόμενον. δὲ ἔχειν καὶ τὰ Τυφωνικὰ καὶ τὰ Τιτανικὰ, δαιμόνων μάχας γεγονέναι πρὸς δαίμονας, εἶτα φυγὰς τῶν κρατηθέντων, ἢ δίκας ὑπὸ θεοῦ τῶν ἐξαμαρτόντων, οἷα Τυφών τε λέγεται περὶ Ὄσιριν ἐξαμαρτεῖν καὶ Κρόνος περὶ Οὐρανόν· ὧν ἀμαυρότεραι γεγόνασιν αἱ τιμαὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἢ παντάπασιν ἐκλελοίπασι, μεταστάντων εἰς ἕτερον κόσμον. ἐπεὶ καὶ Σολύμους πυνθάνομαι, τοὺς Λυκίων προσοίκους, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα τιμᾶν τὸν Κρόνον· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀποκτείνας τοὺς ἀρχηγέτας αὐτῶν Ἄρσαλον καὶ Ἄρυτον καὶ Τόσιβιν, ἔφυγε, καὶ μετεχώρησεν ὁποιδήποτε—τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκ ἔχουσιν εἰπεῖν — ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἀμεληθῆναι, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄρσαλον σκιροὺς θεοὺς προσαγορεύεσθαι, καὶ τὰς κατάρας ἐπὶ τούτων ποιεῖσθαι δημοσίᾳ καὶ ἰδίᾳ Λυκίους. τούτοις μὲν οὑν ὅμοια πολλὰ λαβεῖν ἔστιν ἐκ τῶν μυθολογουμένων. εἰ δὲ τοῖς νενομισμένοις τῶν θεῶν ὀνόμασι δαίμονάς τινας καλοῦμεν οὐ θαυμαστέον, εἶπεν ὁ ξένος. ᾧ γὰρ ἕκαστος συντέτακται, καὶ οὗ τῆς δυνάμεως μετείληχεν, ἀπὸ τούτου φιλεῖ καλεῖσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ἡμῶν ὁ μέν τίς ἐστι Δῖος, ὁ δὲ Ἀθηναῖος, ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος, ἢ Διονύσιος, ἢ Ἕρμαιος. ἀλλʼ ἔνιοι μὲν ὀρθῶς κατὰ τύχην ἐκλήθησαν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ μηδὲν προσηκούσας, ἀλλʼ ἐνηλλαγμένας ἐκτήσαντο θεῶν παρωνυμίας.’’
Tauta ho Ploutarchos en tǭ dēlōthenti syngrammati parathemenos, kai dia pleionōn exergasamenos ton logon, ta paraplēsia kai en tǭ “ Peri tōn ekleloipotōn chrēstēriōn touton historei ton tropon " Ekeinos oun tēn mantikēn anēgen eis daimonas, pleiston de Delphōn logon eiche, kai tōn legomenōn peri ton Dionyson entautha kai drōmenōn hierōn oudenos anēkoos ēn, alla kakeina daimonōn ephasken einai pathē megala, kai tauta dē ta peri tēn Pythian. tǭ de apokteinanti mēte ennea etōn, mēte eis ta Tempē genesthai tēn phygēn, allʼ ekpesonta elthein eis heteron kosmon; hysteron dʼ ekeithen eniautōn megalōn ennea periodois hagnon genomenon, kai Phoibon hōs alēthōs katelthonta to chrēstērion paralabein, teōs hypo Themidos phylassomenon. de echein kai ta Typhōnika kai ta Titanika, daimonōn machas gegonenai pros daimonas, eita phygas tōn kratēthentōn, ē dikas hypo theou tōn examartontōn, hoia Typhōn te legetai peri Osirin examartein kai Kronos peri Ouranon; hōn amauroterai gegonasin hai timai parʼ hēmin, ē pantapasin ekleloipasi, metastantōn eis heteron kosmon. epei kai Solymous pynthanomai, tous Lykiōn prosoikous, en tois malista timan ton Kronon; epei de apokteinas tous archēgetas autōn Arsalon kai Aryton kai Tosibin, ephyge, kai metechōrēsen hopoidēpote—touto gar ouk echousin eipein — ekeinon men amelēthēnai, tous de peri ton Arsalon skirous theous prosagoreuesthai, kai tas kataras epi toutōn poieisthai dēmosią kai idią Lykious. toutois men houn homoia polla labein estin ek tōn mythologoumenōn. ei de tois nenomismenois tōn theōn onomasi daimonas tinas kaloumen ou thaumasteon, eipen ho xenos. hǭ gar hekastos syntetaktai, kai hou tēs dynameōs meteilēchen, apo toutou philei kaleisthai; kai gar hēmōn ho men tis esti Dios, ho de Athēnaios, ho de Apollōnios, ē Dionysios, ē Hermaios. allʼ enioi men orthōs kata tychēn eklēthēsan, hoi de polloi mēden prosēkousas, allʼ enēllagmenas ektēsanto theōn parōnymias.’’
Having set out this in the work mentioned and developed the argument at greater length, Plutarch records similar things in On the Failure of the Oracles in this way: "He, then, traced divination back to demons, and had a very high regard for Delphi; he was not unacquainted with any of the sacred things said and done there about Dionysus, but said that these too were great sufferings of demons, and so were those about the Python. For the slayer, he said, the exile was not for nine years nor to Tempe, but he was cast out and went into another world; later, purified after nine periods of great years, he came back truly Phoebus (pure) and took over the oracle, which till then had been guarded by Themis. [So too,] the stories of Typhon and the Titans were battles of demons against demons, then flights of the defeated or punishments by God of those who sinned, such as Typhon is said to have sinned against Osiris and Cronus against Ouranus; whose honors among us have become fainter or have failed altogether, since they have gone over into another world. For I learn that the Solymi, the neighbors of the Lycians, especially honored Cronus; but since he killed their leaders Arsalus, Arytus, and Tosibis, and fled and removed somewhere or other (this they cannot say), he was neglected, while Arsalus and his companions are called the Sciri gods, and the Lycians make their curses by them publicly and privately. Many things like these may be taken from the myths. And if we call some demons by the customary names of the gods, it is not to be wondered at," said the stranger. "For each is usually called after the god to whom he is attached and whose power he shares; for among us too one is Dius, another Athenaeus, another Apollonius, Dionysius, or Hermaeus. But some were rightly so named by chance, while most have acquired names derived from gods that do not suit them but are misapplied."
5.5.4Dindorf 1:221
Τοσαῦθʼ ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐν οἷς ἐσπούδασε ‘‘Περὶ τῶν ἐκλελοιπότων χρηστηρίων, ” πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ θνήσκειν παριστὰς τοὺς δαίμονας, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ κατὰ τὸν δέοντα καιρὸν παραθήσομαι.
Tosauthʼ ho Ploutarchos en hois espoudase ‘‘Peri tōn ekleloipotōn chrēstēriōn, ” pros tois allois kai thnēskein paristas tous daimonas, ho kai auto kata ton deonta kairon parathēsomai.
So much Plutarch, in his treatise On the Failure of the Oracles, showing besides other things that the demons also die; this too I shall set out at the proper time.
5.5.5Dindorf 1:221
τέως δὲ φέρε συλλεξώμεθα ὅσα ἄλλα περὶ τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ὥς φησι, δαιμόνων δυνάμεως τε καὶ ἐνεργείας αὖθις ὁ τὴν καθʼ ἡμῶν συσκευὴν πεποιημένος ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε “ Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας ἐκτίθεται μάλιστα γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ νῦν ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ πολλάκις μάρτυρι χρήσομαι καὶ ἐλέγχῳ τῆς περὶ οὓς ὑπολαμβάνουσι θεοὺς πλάνης, ὡς ἂν ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων βελῶν καὶ τοξευμάτων βαλλόμενοι καταισχύνοιντο.
teōs de phere syllexōmetha hosa alla peri tēs tōn agathōn, hōs phēsi, daimonōn dynameōs te kai energeias authis ho tēn kathʼ hēmōn syskeuēn pepoiēmenos en hois epegrapse “ Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias ektithetai malista gar autǭ kai nyn hōsper oun kai pollakis martyri chrēsomai kai elenchǭ tēs peri hous hypolambanousi theous planēs, hōs an ek tōn oikeiōn belōn kai toxeumatōn ballomenoi kataischynointo.
Meanwhile, come, let us collect whatever else about the power and activity of the good demons, as he calls them, is set out by the one who composed the attack on us, in the work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles. For now especially, as often before, I shall use him as witness and refutation of the error about those they suppose to be gods, so that they may be shamed, struck by their own darts and arrows.
5.5.6Dindorf 1:221
οὕτως γὰρ καὶ γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν τοῖς θεοῖς προσφιλῶν, καὶ δὴ καὶ εὐσεβῶν νενομισμένων, ἀκριβῶς τε τὸν περὶ τῶν οἰκείων λόγον διηρευνηκότων, ἀνελλιπὴς καὶ ἀπαραίτητος ἡ τῶν προκειμένων ἀπόδειξις.
houtōs gar kai genoitʼ an hēmin ex autōn tōn tois theois prosphilōn, kai dē kai eusebōn nenomismenōn, akribōs te ton peri tōn oikeiōn logon diēreunēkotōn, anellipēs kai aparaitētos hē tōn prokeimenōn apodeixis.
For in this way the proof of what is before us would be complete and unanswerable, coming from those dear to the gods themselves, thought to be pious, and having exactly investigated what concerns their own.
5.5.7Dindorf 1:221–222
γράφει δὲ ταῦτα ὁ δεδηλωμένος ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε “ Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας ” ἔνθα μαρτύρεται μὴ τὰ ἀπόρρητα τῶν θεῶν ἐκφαίνειν, ἐπομνύμενός τε αὐτὸς καὶ παραγγέλλων κρύπτειν καὶ μὴ εἰς πολλοὺς ἐκφέρειν τὰ λεχθησόμενα.
graphei de tauta ho dedēlōmenos en hois epegrapse “ Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias ” entha martyretai mē ta aporrēta tōn theōn ekphainein, epomnymenos te autos kai parangellōn kryptein kai mē eis pollous ekpherein ta lechthēsomena.
The writer mentioned writes this in the work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles, where he solemnly protests that he does not reveal the secrets of the gods, swearing himself and charging others to hide and not to publish to the many what is to be said.
5.5.8Dindorf 1:222
τίνα δὲ ἦν τὰ τοιαῦτα; τὸν Πᾶνα Διονύσου φησὶ θεράποντα εἶναι, τοῦτον δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὄντα δαιμόνων ἐπιφανέντα ποτὲ τοῖς κατʼ ἀγρὸν γεωπονοῦσι. τί χρῆν ἀγαθὸν ὄντα παρασχεῖν ἢ πάντως ἀγαθοῦ τινὸς παρουσίαν τοῖς τῆς θεοφανείας τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ κατηξιωμένοις;
tina de ēn ta toiauta? ton Pana Dionysou phēsi theraponta einai, touton de tōn agathōn onta daimonōn epiphanenta pote tois katʼ agron geōponousi. ti chrēn agathon onta paraschein ē pantōs agathou tinos parousian tois tēs theophaneias tou agathou katēxiōmenois?
What were these things? He says that Pan is a servant of Dionysus and, being one of the good demons, once appeared to those tilling the fields. What should a good being have given, if not the presence of something good to those counted worthy of the appearance of the good?
5.5.9Dindorf 1:222
ἆρʼ οὖν ὑπῆρξεν ἀγαθόν τι τοῖς θεαταῖς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ δαίμονος, ἢ κακὸν εἰλήχασι δαίμονα, ἔργῳ τῆς πείρας ᾐσθημένοι; φησὶ γοῦν ὁ θαυμάσιος μάρτυς τοὺς τῆς ἀγαθῆς ταύτης θέας ἠξιωμένους ἄθρουν θάνατον ὑπομεῖναι λέγων ὧδε
arʼ oun hypērxen agathon ti tois theatais tou agathou daimonos, ē kakon eilēchasi daimona, ergǭ tēs peiras ę̄sthēmenoi? phēsi goun ho thaumasios martys tous tēs agathēs tautēs theas ēxiōmenous athroun thanaton hypomeinai legōn hōde
Did anything good, then, come to those who beheld the good demon, or did they get a bad demon, having perceived it by actual experience? At any rate the wonderful witness says that those counted worthy of this good sight suffered sudden death, speaking thus:
Preparation 5, chapter 6
5.6.1Dindorf 1:222
“Ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις οἱ μὲν θεράποντές τινων ἀνεδείχθησαν, ὡς ὁ Πὰν τοῦ Διονύσου· δεδήλωκε δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ἐν Βραγχίδαις Ἀπόλλων διὰ τούτων. ἐννέα γὰρ εὑρέθησαν ἀποθανόντες· πυνθανομένων οὖν τῶν τὸν ἀγρὸν οἰκούντων τὴν αἰτίαν ἔχρησεν ὁ θεὸς χρυσόκερως βλοσυροῖο Διωνύσου θεράπων Πὰν, βαίνων ὑλήεντα κατʼ οὔρεα, χειρὶ κραταιῇ ῥάβδον ἔχεν, ἑτέρη δὲ λιγὺ πνείουσαν ἔμαρπτε σύριγγα γλαφυρὴν, Νύμφῃσι δὲ θυμὸν ἔθελγεν· ὀξὺ δὲ συρίξας μέλος ἀνέρας ἐπτοίησεν ὑλοτόμους πάντας, θάμβος δʼ ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας δαίμονος ὀρνυμένου κρυερὸν δέμας οἰστρήεντος. καί νύ κε πάντας ἔμαρψε τέλος κρυεροῦ θανάτοιο, εἰ μή οἱ κότον αἰνὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔχουσα Ἄρτεμις ἀγροτέρη παῦσεν μένεος κρατεροῖο, ἣν καὶ χρὴ λίσσεσθʼ, ἵνα σοι γίγνητʼ ἐπαρωγός.”
“Ēdē de kai en allois hoi men therapontes tinōn anedeichthēsan, hōs ho Pan tou Dionysou; dedēlōke de touto ho en Branchidais Apollōn dia toutōn. ennea gar heurethēsan apothanontes; pynthanomenōn oun tōn ton agron oikountōn tēn aitian echrēsen ho theos chrysokerōs blosyroio Diōnysou therapōn Pan, bainōn hylēenta katʼ ourea, cheiri krataię̄ rhabdon echen, heterē de ligy pneiousan emarpte syringa glaphyrēn, Nymphę̄si de thymon ethelgen; oxy de syrixas melos aneras eptoiēsen hylotomous pantas, thambos dʼ echen eisoroōntas daimonos ornymenou kryeron demas oistrēentos. kai ny ke pantas emarpse telos kryerou thanatoio, ei mē hoi koton ainon eni stēthessin echousa Artemis agroterē pausen meneos krateroio, hēn kai chrē lissesthʼ, hina soi gignētʼ eparōgos.”
"Already in other cases some have been shown to be servants of certain gods, as Pan of Dionysus; and Apollo at Branchidae has shown this through the following. For nine men were found dead; and when those who lived in the countryside asked the cause, the god gave this oracle: 'Pan, golden-horned servant of grim Dionysus, going over the wooded mountains, held a staff in his strong hand, and in the other grasped a hollow pipe sounding clear, and charmed the hearts of the Nymphs. Piping a shrill tune he terrified all the woodcutters, and amazement seized them as they beheld the chilling form of the raging demon rushing on. And the end of chilling death would have seized them all, had not Artemis the huntress, holding dread anger in her breast, checked his mighty fury; to her you must pray, that she may be your helper.'"
5.6.2Dindorf 1:222–223
Ἀκήκοας οἷα τοῦ δαίμονος, οὗ φησιν ἀγαθοῦ, τό τε σχῆμα καὶ τὰς πράξεις ὁ ἐν Βραγχίδαις Ἀπόλλων· θέα δὴ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τὰ γενναῖα κατορθώματα, ὧν δὴ ἕνεκα τὴν οὐράνιον ἀπολελοιπότες διατριβὴν τὴν σὺν ἀνθρώποις ἀντικατηλλάξαντο.
Akēkoas hoia tou daimonos, hou phēsin agathou, to te schēma kai tas praxeis ho en Branchidais Apollōn; thea dē kai tōn loipōn ta gennaia katorthōmata, hōn dē heneka tēn ouranion apoleloipotes diatribēn tēn syn anthrōpois antikatēllaxanto.
You have heard what the Apollo at Branchidae says of the form and deeds of the demon whom he calls good. Look now at the noble achievements of the rest, for whose sake they left their heavenly abode and exchanged it for life among men.
5.6.3Dindorf 1:223
πάντως δήπου χρῆν αὐτοὺς σωφροσύνης κατάρχειν, καὶ τὰ λυσιτελῆ καὶ ὠφέλιμα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὑποτίθεσθαι. οἱ δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐδέν· ἄκουε δʼ οἷα ἐκφαίνει ὁ τὰ ἀρρητότερα τῶν ἀρρήτων διηρευνηκὼς καὶ τῶν ἀπορρήτων ἀξιωθεὶς τῆς γνώσεως.
pantōs dēpou chrēn autous sōphrosynēs katarchein, kai ta lysitelē kai ōphelima tois anthrōpois hypotithesthai. hoi de toutōn men ouden; akoue dʼ hoia ekphainei ho ta arrētotera tōn arrētōn diēreunēkōs kai tōn aporrētōn axiōtheis tēs gnōseōs.
They surely ought to have led the way in self-control and suggested to men what is profitable and useful. But they did none of these things. Listen to what he reveals who has searched out the secrets more secret than secrets and been counted worthy of the knowledge of hidden things.
5.6.4Dindorf 1:223
τοτὲ μὲν οὖν τινὰς τῶν ἀγαθῶν τούτων δαιμόνων φησὶν ἐρωτικαῖς ἡδυπαθείαις ὑπηρετεῖσθαι, τοτὲ δʼ ἑτέρους τυμπάνοις καὶ αὐλοῖς καὶ θηλειῶν πατάγοις χαίρειν, ἄλλους δὲ αὖ πάλιν μάχαις καὶ πολέμοις ἀγάλλεσθαι, καὶ κυνηγεσίοις τὴν Ἄρτεμιν καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ γῆς καρποῖς τὴν Δῃῶ· θρηνεῖν δὲ τὸν Ὄσιριν εἰσέτι νῦν τὴν Ἶσιν καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλω μαντεύεσθαι. τοιαῦται ὧν φασιν ἀγαθῶν δαιμόνων αἱ εἰς ἀνθρώπους ὠφέλειαι. δέχου δὲ καὶ τούτων τὰς ἀποδείξεις
tote men oun tinas tōn agathōn toutōn daimonōn phēsin erōtikais hēdypatheiais hypēreteisthai, tote dʼ heterous tympanois kai aulois kai thēleiōn patagois chairein, allous de au palin machais kai polemois agallesthai, kai kynēgesiois tēn Artemin kai tois apo gēs karpois tēn Dę̄ō; thrēnein de ton Osirin eiseti nyn tēn Isin kai ton Apollō manteuesthai. toiautai hōn phasin agathōn daimonōn hai eis anthrōpous ōpheleiai. dechou de kai toutōn tas apodeixeis
He says that some of these good demons minister to erotic pleasures, others delight in drums and flutes and the clatter of women, others again exult in battles and wars; Artemis in hunting and Deo in the fruits of the earth; Isis still mourns Osiris, and Apollo gives oracles. Such are the benefits to men of those they call good demons. Receive the proofs of these things too.
Preparation 5, chapter 7
5.7.1Dindorf 1:223
οὐδὲν ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖς ποτὲ δία μάταιον οὐδʼ ἄκραντον ἔλεξε σοφοῖς Ἑκάτη θεοφήταις· ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ παγχράτοιο νόου πατρόθεν κατιοῦσα αἰὲν ἀληθείῃ σελαγίζεται, ἀμφὶ δὲ μῆτις ἔμπεδος ἀρρήκτοισι μένει λογίοις βεβαυῖα. δεσμῷ δʼ οὖν κλήιζε· θεὴν γὰρ ἄγεις με τοσήνδε, ὅσση ψυχῶσαι πανυπέρτατον ἤρκεσα κόσμον.
ouden en athanatoisi theois pote dia mataion oudʼ akranton elexe sophois Hekatē theophētais; allʼ apo panchratoio noou patrothen katiousa aien alētheię̄ selagizetai, amphi de mētis empedos arrēktoisi menei logiois bebauia. desmǭ dʼ oun klēize; theēn gar ageis me tosēnde, hossē psychōsai panypertaton ērkesa kosmon.
"Divine Hecate never spoke anything vain or unfulfilled among the immortal gods to wise prophets; but coming down from the all-powerful mind of the Father, she always shines with truth, and wisdom stands steadfast around her, established in unbroken oracles. So call me with a bond; for you are bringing a goddess as great as I, who have been able to give soul to the highest world."
5.7.2Dindorf 1:223
καὶ μήποτε διὰ τοῦτο τρίμορφος τριμερής τε καὶ ἡ ψυχή. ταύτης δὲ τὸ μὲν θυμοειδὲς, τὸ δὲ ἐπιθυμητικόν· ὅθεν καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἐρωτικὰ καλεῖται. ταῦτα οὐκ ἐμὰ, μήτοι νομίσῃς, τοῦ δὲ προειρημένου συγγραφέως ἀκήκοας, οὗ πάλιν ἐστὶ καὶ ταῦτα
kai mēpote dia touto trimorphos trimerēs te kai hē psychē. tautēs de to men thymoeides, to de epithymētikon; hothen kai pros ta erōtika kaleitai. tauta ouk ema, mētoi nomisę̄s, tou de proeirēmenou syngrapheōs akēkoas, hou palin esti kai tauta
"And perhaps for this reason the soul too is three-formed and threefold; and of it one part is spirited and another desiring; hence she is also called upon for erotic purposes." Do not think these are my words; you have heard them from the writer mentioned, to whom these words also belong:
5.7.3Dindorf 1:223–224
‘Πάνυ δέ με θράττει πῶς ὡς κρείττους παρακαλούμενοι ἐπιτάττονται ὡς χείρους· καὶ δίκαιον εἶναι ἀξιοῦντες τὸν θεράποντα, τἄδικα αὐτοὶ κελευσθέντες δρᾶν ὑπομένουσι, καὶ καθαρῷ μὲν μὴ ὄντι ἐξ ἀφροδισίων οὐκ ἂν καλοῦντι ὑπακούσαιεν, αὐτοὶ δʼ ἄγειν εἰς παράνομα ἀφροδίσια τοὺς τυχόντας οὐκ ὀκνοῦσιν.’’
‘Pany de me thrattei pōs hōs kreittous parakaloumenoi epitattontai hōs cheirous; kai dikaion einai axiountes ton theraponta, tadika autoi keleusthentes dran hypomenousi, kai katharǭ men mē onti ex aphrodisiōn ouk an kalounti hypakousaien, autoi dʼ agein eis paranoma aphrodisia tous tychontas ouk oknousin.’’
"It greatly troubles me how, being invoked as superior beings, they are commanded as inferior; and while they require their worshipper to be just, they themselves submit to do unjust things when ordered; and they would not hearken to one who calls on them if he is not pure from sexual intercourse, while they themselves do not hesitate to lead anyone at all into unlawful sexual relations."
5.7.4Dindorf 1:224
Εὕροις δʼ ἂν καὶ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ Πρὸς Ἀνεβῶ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολῇ. ἐν δὲ τῇ προλεχθείσῃ πραγματείᾳ Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας προστίθησι τοῖς εἰρημένοις λέγων ὧδε “Καὶ μὴν ὅ τι ἑκάστῳ ἐπιτέτακται αὐτοὶ δεδηλώκασιν, ὥσπερ ὁ Διδυμαῖος διὰ τούτων· ἦν δʼ ἡ πεῦσις εἰ δεῖ ὀμόσαι τῷ ἐπαγαγόντι τὸν ὅρκον·)
Heurois dʼ an kai tauta en tę̄ Pros Anebō ton Aigyption tou autou epistolę̄. en de tę̄ prolechtheisę̄ pragmateią Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias prostithēsi tois eirēmenois legōn hōde “Kai mēn ho ti hekastǭ epitetaktai autoi dedēlōkasin, hōsper ho Didymaios dia toutōn; ēn dʼ hē peusis ei dei omosai tǭ epagagonti ton horkon;)
You will find this too in his Letter to Anebo the Egyptian. And in the treatise mentioned before, On the Philosophy from Oracles, he adds to what has been said, speaking thus: "And what is assigned to each they themselves have made known, as the Didymaean god did through these lines (the inquiry was whether one should swear when someone tendered the oath):
5.7.5Dindorf 1:224
μητέρι μὲν μακάρων μέλεται Τιτηνίδι Ῥείῃ αὐλοὶ καὶ τυπάνων πάταγοι καὶ θῆλυς ὅμιλος· Παλλάδι δʼ εὐπήληκι μόθοι καὶ δῆρις Ἐνυοῦς, καὶ βαλίαις σκυλάκεσσι βαθυσκοπέλους ἀνὰ πρῶνας θῆρας ὀρειονόμους ἐλάαν Λητωίδι κούρῃ· Ἥρῃ δʼ εὐκελάδῳ μαλακὴ χύσις ἠέρος ὑγρῆς· λήια δʼ εὐαλδῆ κομέειν σταχυητρόφα Δῃοῖ· Ἴσιδι δʼ αὖ Φαρίῃ, γονίμοις παρὰ χεύμασι Νείλου, μαστεύειν οἴστροισιν ἑὸν πόσιν ἁβρὸν Ὄσιριν.
mēteri men makarōn meletai Titēnidi Rheię̄ auloi kai typanōn patagoi kai thēlys homilos; Palladi dʼ eupēlēki mothoi kai dēris Enyous, kai baliais skylakessi bathyskopelous ana prōnas thēras oreionomous elaan Lētōidi kourę̄; Hērę̄ dʼ eukeladǭ malakē chysis ēeros hygrēs; lēia dʼ eualdē komeein stachyētropha Dę̄oi; Isidi dʼ au Pharię̄, gonimois para cheumasi Neilou, masteuein oistroisin heon posin habron Osirin.
'To Rhea the Titaness, mother of the blessed ones, flutes are dear and the clatter of drums and the throng of women; to Pallas of the fine helmet the din of battle and Enyo's strife; and to Leto's maiden daughter, with dappled hounds, to drive the mountain beasts over the deep-cliffed headlands; to sweet-voiced Hera the soft outpouring of moist air; to Deo, nurse of the ears of grain, to tend the thriving crops; and to Pharian Isis, by the fertile streams of the Nile, to seek in frenzy her delicate husband Osiris.'"
5.7.6Dindorf 1:224
εἰ δὴ οὖν ‘αὐλοὶ καὶ τυπάνων πάταγοι καὶ θῆλυς ὅμιλος” μέλεται τῇ μητρὶ τῶν θεῶν, ἀσκητέον δὴ ταῦτα πάσης ἀρετῆς ἀφεμένους, ὅτι μηδὲν σωφροσύνης μηδέ τινος ἄλλης θεοφιλοῦς πράξεως μέλεται τῇ προειρημένῃ, ὡς καὶ τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ μόθοι καὶ μάχαι καὶ πόλεμοι, ἀλλʼ οὐκ εἰρήνη καὶ τὰ ἐν εἰρήνῃ πράγματα. καὶ τῇ Λητωίδι δὲ κούρῃ, τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι, μελέσθων αἱ βαλίαι σκύλακες, διὰ τὸ κατʼ ἀγροὺς κυνηγὸν οὖσαν τοῖς θηρσὶ πολεμεῖν, ὡς καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τὰ κατειλεγμένα. τί οὖν δὴ ταῦτα πρὸς τὸν θεοφιλῆ καὶ μακάριον συντείνοι ἂν βίον; ἐπίσκεψαι δὲ πότερά σοι θείας εἷναι δοκεῖ φύσεως, ἢ φαύλης καὶ μοχθηροτάτης, τὰ ἑξῆς ἐπιλεγόμενα
ei dē oun ‘auloi kai typanōn patagoi kai thēlys homilos” meletai tę̄ mētri tōn theōn, askēteon dē tauta pasēs aretēs aphemenous, hoti mēden sōphrosynēs mēde tinos allēs theophilous praxeōs meletai tę̄ proeirēmenę̄, hōs kai tę̄ Athēną mothoi kai machai kai polemoi, allʼ ouk eirēnē kai ta en eirēnę̄ pragmata. kai tę̄ Lētōidi de kourę̄, tę̄ Artemidi, melesthōn hai baliai skylakes, dia to katʼ agrous kynēgon ousan tois thērsi polemein, hōs kai tais allais ta kateilegmena. ti oun dē tauta pros ton theophilē kai makarion synteinoi an bion? episkepsai de potera soi theias heinai dokei physeōs, ē phaulēs kai mochthērotatēs, ta hexēs epilegomena
If, then, "flutes and the clatter of drums and the throng of women" are dear to the mother of the gods, we must practice these, letting go all virtue, since nothing of self-control or of any other God-loving action is dear to her; as to Athena the din of battle, fights, and wars, and not peace and the things of peace. And let the dappled hounds be dear to Leto's maiden daughter, Artemis, because as a huntress in the fields she wars against beasts; and to the others what was listed. What, then, would these contribute to a God-loving and blessed life? Consider whether what is next said seems to you to belong to a divine nature, or to a bad and most wicked one:
Preparation 5, chapter 8
5.8.1Dindorf 1:224–225
“Ὀρθῶς καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Ῥόδιος Πυθαγόρας ἀπεφήνατο, ὅτι οὐχ ἥδονται οἱ κλῃζόμενοι ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις θεοὶ, ἀνάγκῃ δέ τινι ἀκολουθίας συρόμενοι παραγίνονται, καὶ οἱ μὲν μᾶλλον, οἱ δὲ ἧττον.
“Orthōs kai touto ho Rhodios Pythagoras apephēnato, hoti ouch hēdontai hoi klę̄zomenoi epi tais thysiais theoi, anankę̄ de tini akolouthias syromenoi paraginontai, kai hoi men mallon, hoi de hētton.
"Pythagoras of Rhodes rightly declared this too: that the gods invoked at sacrifices do not take pleasure in them, but come because they are dragged by a certain necessity of consequence, some more and some less.
5.8.2Dindorf 1:225
τινὲς δὲ καὶ ὥσπερ ἔθος ποιησάμενοι τῆς ἑαυτῶν παρουσίας εὐμαρέστερον φοιτῶσι, καὶ μάλιστα ἐὰν καὶ φύσει ἀγαθοὶ τυγχάνωσιν· οἱ δὲ, κἂν ἔθος ἔχωσι τοῦ παραγίνεσθαι, βλάβην τινὰ προθυμοῦνται ποιεῖν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐὰν ἀμελέστερόν τις δοκῆ ἀναστρέφεσθαί ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι.
tines de kai hōsper ethos poiēsamenoi tēs heautōn parousias eumaresteron phoitōsi, kai malista ean kai physei agathoi tynchanōsin; hoi de, kan ethos echōsi tou paraginesthai, blabēn tina prothymountai poiein, kai malista ean amelesteron tis dokē anastrephesthai en tois pragmasi.
Some, as if they had made a habit of their presence, come more readily, especially if they happen to be good by nature; but others, even if they have a habit of coming, are eager to do some harm, especially if someone seems to conduct himself rather carelessly in the matters.
5.8.3Dindorf 1:225
τοῦ γὰρ Πυθαγόρου ταῦτα εἰρηκότος παρετήρησα ἐκ τῶν λογίων ὡς ἀληθές ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον. πάντες γὰρ διʼ ἀνάγκην φασὶν ἀφῖχθαι, οὐχ ἀπλῶς δὲ, ἀλλʼ οἷον, εἰ χρὴ οὕτω φάναι, πειθανάγκην.
tou gar Pythagorou tauta eirēkotos paretērēsa ek tōn logiōn hōs alēthes esti to eirēmenon. pantes gar diʼ anankēn phasin aphichthai, ouch aplōs de, allʼ hoion, ei chrē houtō phanai, peithanankēn.
For when Pythagoras had said this, I observed from the oracles that what was said is true. For all say that they have come under necessity, not simply, but, if one may so put it, a persuasive necessity.
5.8.4Dindorf 1:225
εἴρηται δʼ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἐκεῖνα τὰ τῆς Ἑκάτης, διʼ ὧν φησιν ἐπι φαίνειν ἠέριον μετὰ φέγγος ἀπείριτον ἀστεροπληθὲς ἄχραντον πολὺ δῶμα θεοῦ λίπον, ἠδʼ ἐπιβαίνω γαίης ζῳοτρόφοιο, τεῇς ὑποθημοσύνῃσι, πειθοῖ τʼ ἀρρήτων ἐπέων, οἷς δὴ φρένα τέρπειν ἀθανάτων ἐδάη θνητὸς βροτός.
eirētai dʼ en tois emprosthen ekeina ta tēs Hekatēs, diʼ hōn phēsin epi phainein ēerion meta phengos apeiriton asteroplēthes achranton poly dōma theou lipon, ēdʼ epibainō gaiēs zǭotrophoio, teę̄s hypothēmosynę̄si, peithoi tʼ arrētōn epeōn, hois dē phrena terpein athanatōn edaē thnētos brotos.
The words of Hecate have been quoted earlier, in which she says she appears: 'Leaving the airy, boundless, star-filled, undefiled great house of God, I set foot on the life-nourishing earth, at your counsels and by the persuasion of unspeakable words, with which mortal man has learned to delight the minds of immortals.'
5.8.5Dindorf 1:225
καὶ πάλιν ἤλυθον εἰσαίουσα τεῆς πολυφράδμονος εὐχῆς. ἣν θνητῶν φύσις εὗρε θεῶν ὑποθημοσύνῃσι.
kai palin ēlython eisaiousa teēs polyphradmonos euchēs. hēn thnētōn physis heure theōn hypothēmosynę̄si.
And again: 'I have come, hearing your eloquent prayer, which the nature of mortals found by the counsels of the gods.'
5.8.6Dindorf 1:225–226
καὶ ἔτι σαφέστερον τίπτε δʼ ἀεὶ θείοντος ἀπʼ αἰθέρος ὧδε χατίζων θειοδάμοις Ἑκάτην με θεὴν ἐκάλεσσας ἀνάγκαις; καὶ ἐξῆς τοὺς μὲν ἀπορρήτοις ἐρύων ἴυγξιν ἀπʼ αἴθρης ῥηιδίως ἀέκοντας ἐπὶ χθόνα δίαν ἄγεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ μέσους μεσάτοισιν ἐπεμβεβαῶτας ἀήταις, νόσφι πυρὸς θείοιο, πανομφέας ὥσπερ ὀνείρους, εἰσκρίνεις μερόπεσσιν, ἀεικέα δαίμονας ἕρδων.
kai eti saphesteron tipte dʼ aei theiontos apʼ aitheros hōde chatizōn theiodamois Hekatēn me theēn ekalessas anankais? kai exēs tous men aporrētois eryōn iynxin apʼ aithrēs rhēidiōs aekontas epi chthona dian agesthai, tous de mesous mesatoisin epembebaōtas aētais, nosphi pyros theioio, panompheas hōsper oneirous, eiskrineis meropessin, aeikea daimonas herdōn.
And still more clearly: 'Why, ever needing me from the swift-running ether, have you called me, the goddess Hecate, with god-subduing compulsions?' And next: 'Some you drag from the sky with unspeakable spells, easily, unwilling, to be brought to the divine earth; others, the middle ones, mounted on the middle winds, apart from the divine fire, like all-voiced dreams, you bring in to mortals, doing unseemly things to demons.'
5.8.7Dindorf 1:226
καὶ πάλιν ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν καθύπερθε μετήοροι Οὐρανίωνες σπερχόμενοι κούφαισι μεθʼ Ἁρπυίαισι φέρονται· ῥίμφα δὲ θειοδάμοισιν ἐπημύσαντες ἀνάγκαις εἰς χθόνʼ ἐπειγόμενοι Δηώϊον ἀίσσουσι, θνητοῖς ἐσσομένων ὑποφήτορες. καὶ πάλιν ἄλλος ἀναγκαζόμενος ἔφη κλῦθί μευ οὐκ ἐθέλοντος, ἐπεί μʼ ἐπέδησας ἀνάγκῃ.
kai palin allʼ hoi men kathyperthe metēoroi Ouraniōnes sperchomenoi kouphaisi methʼ Harpuiaisi pherontai; rhimpha de theiodamoisin epēmysantes anankais eis chthonʼ epeigomenoi Dēōïon aissousi, thnētois essomenōn hypophētores. kai palin allos anankazomenos ephē klythi meu ouk ethelontos, epei mʼ epedēsas anankę̄.
And again: 'But the heavenly ones on high, hastening, are borne with the swift Harpies; and quickly, yielding to the god-subduing compulsions, rushing to Deo's earth they dart down, interpreters of the future to mortals.' And again another, under compulsion, said: 'Hear me, unwilling though I am, since you have bound me by compulsion.'
5.8.8Dindorf 1:226
Ἐπὶ τούτοις πάλιν ὁ συγγραφεύς φησιν “Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐπανάγκους ἑαυτῶν ἐκδιδόασιν, ὡς δηλώσει ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐκδοθεὶς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπάναγκος.
Epi toutois palin ho syngrapheus phēsin “Epei kai epanankous heautōn ekdidoasin, hōs dēlōsei ho apo tou Apollōnos ekdotheis peri heautou epanankos.
To these the writer adds again: "For they even give out compulsions against themselves, as the compelling spell given out by Apollo about himself will show.
5.8.9Dindorf 1:226
λέγεται δὲ οὕτως οὔνομʼ ἀναγκαίης τόδε καρτερὸν ἠδʼ ἔτι βριθύ. καὶ ἐπήγαγε
legetai de houtōs ounomʼ anankaiēs tode karteron ēdʼ eti brithy. kai epēgage
It runs thus: 'This is a mighty name of compulsion, and heavy besides.' And he added:
5.8.10Dindorf 1:226
μόλε δʼ ἐσσυμένως τοισίδε μύθοις, οὓς ἀπʼ ἐμῆς κραδίης ἀνάγω ἱεροῖσι τύποις συνθλιβομένου πυρὸς ἁγνοῦ. τολμᾷ δὲ φύσις ταῦτα προφαίνειν τῆς σῆς γενέθλης, ἄμβροτε Παιάν.
mole dʼ essymenōs toiside mythois, hous apʼ emēs kradiēs anagō hieroisi typois synthlibomenou pyros hagnou. tolmą de physis tauta prophainein tēs sēs genethlēs, ambrote Paian.
'Come swiftly at these words, which I bring up from my heart with sacred figures, the holy fire being pressed together. Your nature, immortal Paean, dares to reveal these things of your birth.'
5.8.11Dindorf 1:226
καὶ πάλιν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ῥεῦμα τὸ Φοιβείης ἀπονεύμενον ὑψόθεν αἴγλης πνοιῇ ὑπὸ λιγυρῇ κεκαλυμμένον ἠέρος ἁγνοῦ, θελγόμενον μολπαῖσι καὶ ἀρρήτοις ἐπέεσσι, κάππεσεν ἀμφὶ κάρηνον ἀμωμήτοιο δοχῆος λεπταλέων ὑμένων· μαλακὸν δʼ ἐνέπλησε χιτῶνα, ἀμβολάδην διὰ γαστρὸς ἀνεσσύμενον παλίνορσον· αὐλοῦ δʼ ἐκ βροτέοιο φίλην ἐτεκνώσατο φωνήν.”
kai palin ho Apollōn rheuma to Phoibeiēs aponeumenon hypsothen aiglēs pnoię̄ hypo ligyrę̄ kekalymmenon ēeros hagnou, thelgomenon molpaisi kai arrētois epeessi, kappesen amphi karēnon amōmētoio dochēos leptaleōn hymenōn; malakon dʼ eneplēse chitōna, amboladēn dia gastros anessymenon palinorson; aulou dʼ ek broteoio philēn eteknōsato phōnēn.”
And again Apollo: 'The stream from the Phoebean radiance, coming down from on high, wrapped in the shrill breath of pure air, charmed by songs and unspeakable words, fell around the head of the blameless receiver, of delicate membranes, and filled his soft tunic, rushing up through his belly and back again; and from a mortal pipe it brought forth a dear voice.'"
5.8.12Dindorf 1:226–227
Τούτοις ὁ συγγραφεὺς ἐπιλέγει " Τούτων οὔτε σαφέστερα οὔτε θεϊκώτερα καὶ φυσικώτερα γένοιτʼ ἄν. πνεῦμα γὰρ τὸ κατιὸν καὶ ἀπόρροια ἐκ τῆς ἐπουρανίου δυνάμεως εἰς ὀργανικὸν σῶμα καὶ ἔμψυχον εἰσελθοῦσα, βάσει χρωμένη τῇ ψυχῇ, διὰ τοῦ στόματος ὡς ὀργάνου φωνὴν ἀποδίδωσιν.”
Toutois ho syngrapheus epilegei " Toutōn oute saphestera oute theïkōtera kai physikōtera genoitʼ an. pneuma gar to kation kai aporroia ek tēs epouraniou dynameōs eis organikon sōma kai empsychon eiselthousa, basei chrōmenē tę̄ psychę̄, dia tou stomatos hōs organou phōnēn apodidōsin.”
To these the writer adds: "Nothing could be clearer, more divine, or more natural than these. For a spirit coming down, an emanation from the heavenly power, entering into an organic and living body and using the soul as its base, gives forth a voice through the mouth as an instrument."
5.8.13Dindorf 1:227
Ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὲν ἀναγκάζονται ἱκανὰ καὶ ταῦτα παραστῆσαι· ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἀξιοῦσιν ἀπολυθῆναι, ὡς οὐκ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τῆς ἀναχωρήσεως κειμένης, μάθοις ἂν ἐκ τούτων
Allʼ hoti men anankazontai hikana kai tauta parastēsai; hoti de kai axiousin apolythēnai, hōs ouk epʼ autois tēs anachōrēseōs keimenēs, mathois an ek toutōn
That they are compelled, these things suffice to show; and that they ask to be released, since departure does not lie in their own power, you may learn from the following:
Preparation 5, chapter 9
5.9.1Dindorf 1:227
“Ὅτι δὲ σπεύδουσιν ἀναχωρεῖν οἱ κληθέντες θεοὶ δηλώσει τὰ τοιαῦτα, λεγόντων λύετε λοιπὸν ἄνακτα, βροτὸς θεὸν οὐκέτι χωρεῖ.
“Hoti de speudousin anachōrein hoi klēthentes theoi dēlōsei ta toiauta, legontōn lyete loipon anakta, brotos theon ouketi chōrei.
"That the gods who have been called hasten to depart will be shown by such things, when they say: 'Release the lord now; a mortal no longer holds the god.'
5.9.2Dindorf 1:227
καὶ πάλιν τίπτʼ ἐπιδευόμενοι δηρὸν βροτὸν αἰκίζεσθε;
kai palin tiptʼ epideuomenoi dēron broton aikizesthe?
And again: 'Why, needing nothing further, do you torment the mortal so long?'
5.9.3Dindorf 1:227
καὶ πάλιν ἕρπε, καὶ ὀτραλέως ἐπιέρχεο τόνδε σαώσας.
kai palin herpe, kai otraleōs epiercheo tonde saōsas.
And again: 'Go, and quickly come and save this man.'
5.9.4Dindorf 1:227
καὶ πῶς ἀπολύειν αὐτοὺς χρὴ αὐτὸς διδάξει λέγων παύεο δὴ πρόφρων ὀάρων, ἀνάπαυε δὲ φῶτα, ῥάμνων ἐκλύων πολιὸν τύπον, ἠδʼ ἀπὸ γυίων Νειλῴην ὀθόνην χερσὶν στιβαραῖς ἀπαείρας.
kai pōs apolyein autous chrē autos didaxei legōn paueo dē prophrōn oarōn, anapaue de phōta, rhamnōn eklyōn polion typon, ēdʼ apo guiōn Neilǭēn othonēn chersin stibarais apaeiras.
And how they must be released he himself will teach, saying: 'Cease now, kindly, from converse; give the man rest, loosing the grey figure of thorn, and lifting from his limbs the Nilotic linen with strong hands.'
5.9.5Dindorf 1:227
καὶ τὴν ἀπόλυσιν εἶπεν ὑψίπρῳρον αἶρε ταρσὸν, ἴσχε βάξιν ἐκ μυχῶν,
kai tēn apolysin eipen hypsiprǭron aire tarson, ische baxin ek mychōn,
And he gave the release: 'Raise the high-prowed sail, check the voice from the recesses,'
5.9.6Dindorf 1:227
καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἐπιλεγόμενα. οἷς ἐπιφέρει “καὶ βραδυνόντων ἀπολῦσαι φησὶ σινδόνας ἀμπέτασον, νεφέλην λῦσόν τε δοχῆα. καὶ πάλιν ἄλλοτε ἀπόλυσιν ἐξέδωκε τοιαύτην
kai ta toutois epilegomena. hois epipherei “kai bradynontōn apolysai phēsi sindonas ampetason, nephelēn lyson te dochēa. kai palin allote apolysin exedōke toiautēn
and what follows. To which he adds: "And when they delayed to release him, he says: 'Spread out the linen, and loose the receiver from the cloud.' And again at another time he gave such a release:
5.9.7Dindorf 1:227
Ναιάδες Νύμφαι, Μοῦσαι μέγα κλείετε Φοῖβον, ἀείδουσαι ὅσαι ἑκατηβόλον Ἀπόλλωνα.
Naiades Nymphai, Mousai mega kleiete Phoibon, aeidousai hosai hekatēbolon Apollōna.
'Naiad Nymphs, Muses, greatly celebrate Phoebus, all you who sing of far-shooting Apollo.'
5.9.8Dindorf 1:227–228
καὶ πάλιν ἄλλοτέ φησι λύσατέ μοι στεφάνους, καί μευ πόδας ὕδατι λευκῷ ῥάνατε, καὶ γραμμὰς ἀπαλείψατε, καί κε μόλοιμι. χειρὸς δεξιτερῆς δάφνης κλάδον ἄρατε χερσὶ, ψήχετέ τʼ ὀφθαλμοὺς διδύμους ῥῖνάς τε προσώπου ἄρατε φῶτα γέηθεν ἀναστήσαντες ἑταῖροι.’’
kai palin allote phēsi lysate moi stephanous, kai meu podas hydati leukǭ rhanate, kai grammas apaleipsate, kai ke moloimi. cheiros dexiterēs daphnēs kladon arate chersi, psēchete tʼ ophthalmous didymous rhinas te prosōpou arate phōta geēthen anastēsantes hetairoi.’’
And again at another time he says: 'Loose my garlands, sprinkle my feet with clear water, and wipe away the lines, and I may go. Take the laurel branch with your hands from the right hand, and rub the two eyes and the nostrils of the face; lift up the man from the ground, raising him, companions.'"
5.9.9Dindorf 1:228
Οἷς ἐπιλέγει ὁ συγγραφεὺς “Τὰς γραμμὰς τοίνυν παρακελεύεται ἀπαλείφειν, ἵνα ἀπέλθῃ· ταύτας γὰρ κρατεῖν, καὶ μέντοι καὶ τὸ ἄλλο σχῆμα τῆς ἐνδύσεως, διὰ τὸ φέρειν εἰκονίσματα τῶν κεκλημένων θεῶν.”
Hois epilegei ho syngrapheus “Tas grammas toinyn parakeleuetai apaleiphein, hina apelthę̄; tautas gar kratein, kai mentoi kai to allo schēma tēs endyseōs, dia to pherein eikonismata tōn keklēmenōn theōn.”
To which the writer adds: "He commands them, then, to wipe away the lines, so that he may depart; for these hold him fast, as does the rest of the form of the clothing, because it bears images of the gods who have been called."
5.9.10Dindorf 1:228
Δεδεῖχθαι σαφῶς ἡγοῦμαι διὰ τούτων ὅτι μηδὲν τὸ καθόλου θεοπρεπὲς, μήτε μέγα μήτε ἀληθῶς θεῖον, ἔνεστι τοῖς εἰς τοσοῦτον ταπεινότητος καταπεπτωκόσι πνεύμασιν, ὡς τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἀνθρώποις ὑποσύρεσθαι καθέλκεσθαί τε οὐ διʼ ἀρετῆς καὶ σοφίας ἀνάληψιν, ἀλλʼ εἰ μόνον τὰ τῆς περιέργου γοητείας μετέλθοιέν τε καὶ διαπράξοιντο.
Dedeichthai saphōs hēgoumai dia toutōn hoti mēden to katholou theoprepes, mēte mega mēte alēthōs theion, enesti tois eis tosouton tapeinotētos katapeptōkosi pneumasin, hōs tois tychousin anthrōpois hyposyresthai kathelkesthai te ou diʼ aretēs kai sophias analēpsin, allʼ ei monon ta tēs periergou goēteias metelthoien te kai diapraxointo.
I think it has been clearly shown by these things that there is nothing at all worthy of God, nothing great or truly divine, in spirits fallen so low as to be dragged and drawn down by any chance men, not through their acquiring virtue and wisdom, but if only they pursue and practice the arts of curious sorcery.
5.9.11Dindorf 1:228
οὔτʼ οὖν ὀρθῶς ὁ Ῥόδιος Πυθαγόρας οὔθʼ ὁ τούτῳ ταύτην παρασχὼν τὴν μαρτυρίαν οὔθʼ ὁστισοῦν ἀνθρώπων θεοὺς προσείποι ἂν εὐλόγως, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀγαθοὺς δαίμονας, τοὺς ὑπὸ θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ταῦτα γοήτων, οὐ κατὰ γνώμην οἰκείαν, βίᾳ δὲ καὶ ἀνάγκῃ συρομένους, καὶ μηδὲ τῆς τῶν δεσμῶν ἀπολύσεως τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῖς ἔχοντας.
outʼ oun orthōs ho Rhodios Pythagoras outhʼ ho toutǭ tautēn paraschōn tēn martyrian outhʼ hostisoun anthrōpōn theous proseipoi an eulogōs, allʼ oude agathous daimonas, tous hypo thnētōn anthrōpōn, kai tauta goētōn, ou kata gnōmēn oikeian, bią de kai anankę̄ syromenous, kai mēde tēs tōn desmōn apolyseōs tēn exousian ephʼ heautois echontas.
So neither Pythagoras of Rhodes, nor the one who gave him this testimony, nor anyone at all would reasonably call gods, or even good demons, those dragged by mortal men, and sorcerers at that, not of their own will but by force and compulsion, and not having in their own power even release from their bonds.
5.9.12Dindorf 1:228
εἰ γὰρ δὴ ἀβίαστον καὶ ἀκατανάγκαστον καὶ πάντων κρεῖττον τὴν φύσιν ἀπαθὲς ὂν καὶ ἐλεύθερον τὸ θεῖον, πῶς ἂν εἷεν θεοὶ, μαγγανείαις ταῖς διὰ τοιῶνδε σχημάτων καὶ γραμμῶν καὶ τύπων στεφάνοις τε καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ γῆς ἄνθεσι καί τισιν ἄλλοις ἀσήμοις καὶ βαρβάροις ἤχοις τε καὶ φωναῖς κηλούμενοι, καὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἀνθρώποις χειρούμενοι, καὶ ὡσπερεὶ δεσμοῖς καταδουλούμενοι, ὥστε μηδὲ τὴν αὐτεξούσιον καὶ προαιρετικὴν σώζειν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῖς δύναμιν;
ei gar dē abiaston kai akatanankaston kai pantōn kreitton tēn physin apathes on kai eleutheron to theion, pōs an heien theoi, manganeiais tais dia toiōnde schēmatōn kai grammōn kai typōn stephanois te kai tois apo gēs anthesi kai tisin allois asēmois kai barbarois ēchois te kai phōnais kēloumenoi, kai tois tychousin anthrōpois cheiroumenoi, kai hōsperei desmois katadouloumenoi, hōste mēde tēn autexousion kai proairetikēn sōzein ephʼ heautois dynamin?
For if the divine is free from force and compulsion, stronger than all, impassible and free in nature, how could they be gods who are charmed by trickeries through such figures, lines, and shapes, garlands and flowers of the earth, and certain other unintelligible and barbarous sounds and words, mastered by any chance men, and as it were enslaved by bonds, so as not even to keep in their own hands the power of free will and choice?
5.9.13Dindorf 1:228
πῶς δὲ κἂν ἀγαθοὶ δαίμονες λεχθεῖεν βίᾳ καὶ ἀνάγκῃ κατασπώμενοι; τί γὰρ τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ ἄκοντας, οὐχὶ δὲ αὐτεξουσίους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τοῖς βοηθείας δεομένοις ἐπιδιδόναι;
pōs de kan agathoi daimones lechtheien bią kai anankę̄ kataspōmenoi? ti gar to aition tou akontas, ouchi de autexousious sphas autous tois boētheias deomenois epididonai?
And how could they be called good demons who are drawn down by force and compulsion? What is the reason why they do not give themselves freely, rather than unwillingly, to those who need help?
5.9.14Dindorf 1:228–229
εἰ γὰρ ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ ποιοῦνται τὴν πάροδον ἀγαθοὶ ὄντες, καὶ εἴ τις ἦν ἐξ αὐτῶν ψυχῆς ὠφέλεια, χρῆν δήπου προαιρέσει τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀσπάζεσθαι, φθάνοντας ταῖς εὐποιίαις τοὺς δεομένους, ἀλλὰ μὴ περιμένειν ἀνάγκην·
ei gar epʼ agathǭ poiountai tēn parodon agathoi ontes, kai ei tis ēn ex autōn psychēs ōpheleia, chrēn dēpou proairesei to agathon aspazesthai, phthanontas tais eupoiiais tous deomenous, alla mē perimenein anankēn;
For if, being good, they make their visit for good, and if there was any benefit to the soul from them, they ought surely to embrace the good by choice, anticipating the needy with their kindnesses, and not to wait for compulsion.
5.9.15Dindorf 1:229
εἰ δʼ οὐ καλὸν ἦν οὐδʼ ὠφελοῦν τὸ πραττόμενον, διὸ μηδὲ κατὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς γίνεσθαι, καὶ πῶς ἂν ἀγαθοὶ εἶεν, τὸ μὴ καλὸν μηδὲ συμφέρον πράττοντες;
ei dʼ ou kalon ēn oudʼ ōpheloun to prattomenon, dio mēde kata gnōmēn autois ginesthai, kai pōs an agathoi eien, to mē kalon mēde sympheron prattontes?
But if what was done was not good or beneficial, and therefore did not happen with their consent, how could they be good, doing what is neither good nor profitable?
5.9.16Dindorf 1:229
πῶς δὲ θαυμάζεσθαι ἄξιοι καὶ θεραπείαις θεῶν τιμᾶσθαι, οἱ καὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσι γόησι τὸν τρόπον πανωλεστάτοις καταδουλούμενοι καὶ τὸ μὴ καλὸν μηδὲ συμφέρον παρὰ γνώμην πράττειν ἀναγκαζόμενοι, ἀγόμενοί τε καὶ καθελκόμενοι, οὐ διʼ ἀποδοχὴν σωφροσύνης ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ ἀρετῆς χάριν ἤ τινος μέρους φιλοσοφίας, μεθόδοις δὲ γοήτων ἀπειρημέναις, ἃς ὁ αὐτὸς αὖθις συγγραφεὺς ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν εἰρημένον Αἰγύπτιον ἐπιστολῇ, ὡς ἂν προφήτῃ τἀληθῆ καὶ ἀπόρρητα κοινούμενος, τέθειται, τοὺς λόγους, καθʼ οὓς ταῦτα συντελοῦσιν, ἀξιῶν παρʼ αὐτοῦ διδαχθῆναι; πυνθάνεται γοῦν ὧδέ πως ἀπορῶν καὶ λέγων
pōs de thaumazesthai axioi kai therapeiais theōn timasthai, hoi kai tois tychousi goēsi ton tropon panōlestatois katadouloumenoi kai to mē kalon mēde sympheron para gnōmēn prattein anankazomenoi, agomenoi te kai kathelkomenoi, ou diʼ apodochēn sōphrosynēs anthrōpōn, oude aretēs charin ē tinos merous philosophias, methodois de goētōn apeirēmenais, has ho autos authis syngrapheus en tę̄ pros ton eirēmenon Aigyption epistolę̄, hōs an prophētę̄ talēthē kai aporrēta koinoumenos, tetheitai, tous logous, kathʼ hous tauta syntelousin, axiōn parʼ autou didachthēnai? pynthanetai goun hōde pōs aporōn kai legōn
And how are they worthy to be admired and honored with the worship of gods, who are enslaved to any chance sorcerers, utterly abandoned in character, compelled against their will to do what is neither good nor profitable, led and dragged down not through any approval of men's self-control, nor for the sake of virtue or any part of philosophy, but by forbidden methods of sorcerers? These methods the same writer has set out in his Letter to the Egyptian mentioned, as if sharing true and secret things with a prophet, asking to be taught by him the reasons by which these things are accomplished. At any rate he asks, in perplexity, somewhat as follows:
Preparation 5, chapter 10
5.10.1Dindorf 1:229
“Πάνυ δέ με θράττει πῶς ὡς κρείττους παρακαλούμενοι ἐπιτάττονται ὡς χείρους, καὶ δίκαιον εἶναι ἀξιοῦντες τὸν θεράποντα τὰ ἄδικα αὐτοὶ κελευσθέντες δρᾶν ὑπομένουσι· καὶ καθαρῷ μὲν μὴ ὄντι ἐξ ἀφροδισίων οὐκ ἂν καλοῦντι ὑπακούσαιεν, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἄγειν εἰς παράνομα ἀφροδίσια τοὺς τυχόντας οὐκ ὀκνοῦσι.
“Pany de me thrattei pōs hōs kreittous parakaloumenoi epitattontai hōs cheirous, kai dikaion einai axiountes ton theraponta ta adika autoi keleusthentes dran hypomenousi; kai katharǭ men mē onti ex aphrodisiōn ouk an kalounti hypakousaien, autoi de agein eis paranoma aphrodisia tous tychontas ouk oknousi.
"It greatly troubles me how, being invoked as superior beings, they are commanded as inferior; and while requiring their worshipper to be just, they themselves submit to do unjust things when ordered; and they would not hearken to one who calls them if he is not pure from sexual intercourse, while they themselves do not hesitate to lead anyone at all into unlawful sexual relations.
5.10.2Dindorf 1:229
καὶ ἀπὸ ἐμψύχων μὲν ἀποχῆς κελεύουσι δεῖν εἶναι τοὺς ὑποφήτας, ἵνα μὴ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν σωμάτων ἀτμοῖς χραίνωνται, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἀτμοῖς τοῖς ἀπὸ θυσιῶν μάλιστα δελεάζονται, καὶ νεκροῦ μὲν ἀθιγῆ δεῖν εἶναι τὸν ἐπόπτην, διὰ νεκρῶν δὲ τὰ πολλὰ ζῴων αἱ θεαγωγίαι ἐκτελοῦνται.
kai apo empsychōn men apochēs keleuousi dein einai tous hypophētas, hina mē tois apo tōn sōmatōn atmois chrainōntai, autoi de atmois tois apo thysiōn malista deleazontai, kai nekrou men athigē dein einai ton epoptēn, dia nekrōn de ta polla zǭōn hai theagōgiai ektelountai.
And they command their interpreters to abstain from animal food, so as not to be defiled by the vapors from bodies, while they themselves are enticed most of all by the vapors from sacrifices; and the initiate must not touch a corpse, while most of the evocations of the gods are performed by means of dead animals.
5.10.3Dindorf 1:229–230
πολλῷ δὲ τούτων ἀλογώτερον τὸ μὴ δαίμονι, εἰ τύχοι, ἢ ψυχῇ τεθνηκότος, αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ ἡλίῳ, ἢ σελήνῃ, ἤ τινι τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν, ἄνθρωπον τῷ τυχόντι ὑποχείριον ἀπειλὰς προσφέροντα ἐκφοβεῖν, ψευδόμενον, ἵνʼ ἐκεῖνοι ἀληθεύσωσι.
pollǭ de toutōn alogōteron to mē daimoni, ei tychoi, ē psychę̄ tethnēkotos, autǭ de tǭ basilei hēliǭ, ē selēnę̄, ē tini tōn katʼ ouranon, anthrōpon tǭ tychonti hypocheirion apeilas prospheronta ekphobein, pseudomenon, hinʼ ekeinoi alētheusōsi.
And much more absurd than these is that a man subject to any chance being should utter threats and frighten, not a demon, it may be, or the soul of a dead man, but the king, the sun himself, or the moon, or one of the heavenly beings, lying so that they may tell the truth.
5.10.4Dindorf 1:230
τὸ γὰρ λέγειν ὅτι τὸν οὐρανὸν προσαράξει καὶ τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς Ἴσιδος ἐκφανεῖ, καὶ τὸ ἐν Ἀβύδῳ ἀπόρρητον δείξει, καὶ τὴν βᾶριν στήσει, καὶ τὰ μέλη τοῦ Ὀσίριδος διασκεδάσει τῷ Τυφῶνι, τίνα οὐχ ὑπερβολὴν ἐμπληξίας μὲν τῷ ἀπειλοῦντι, ἃ μήτε οἶδε μήτε δύναται, καταλείπει, ταπεινότητος δὲ τοῖς δεδοικόσιν οὕτω κενὸν φόβον καὶ πλάσματα, ὡς κομιδῆ παῖδες ἀνόητοι;
to gar legein hoti ton ouranon prosaraxei kai ta krypta tēs Isidos ekphanei, kai to en Abydǭ aporrēton deixei, kai tēn barin stēsei, kai ta melē tou Osiridos diaskedasei tǭ Typhōni, tina ouch hyperbolēn emplēxias men tǭ apeilounti, ha mēte oide mēte dynatai, kataleipei, tapeinotētos de tois dedoikosin houtō kenon phobon kai plasmata, hōs komidē paides anoētoi?
For to say that he will dash the heaven to pieces, reveal the secrets of Isis, show the hidden thing at Abydos, stop the sacred boat, and scatter the limbs of Osiris to Typhon, what extreme of madness does it not leave in the one who threatens things he neither knows nor can do, and of abjectness in those who fear so empty a terror and such fictions, like utterly foolish children?
5.10.5Dindorf 1:230
καίτοι καὶ Χαιρήμων ὁ ἱερογραμματεὺς ἀναγράφει ταῦτα, ὡς καὶ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις θρυλούμενα, καὶ ταῦτά φασιν εἶναι καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα βιαστικώτατα.
kaitoi kai Chairēmōn ho hierogrammateus anagraphei tauta, hōs kai parʼ Aigyptiois thryloumena, kai tauta phasin einai kai ta toiauta biastikōtata.
And yet Chaeremon the sacred scribe records these things as current among the Egyptians too, and they say that these and such things are most compelling.
5.10.6Dindorf 1:230
αὐταὶ δὲ αἱ εὐχαὶ τίνα ἔχουσι λόγον, τὸν ἐξ ἰλύος ἀναφανέντα λέγουσαι, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ λωτῷ καθήμενον, καὶ ἐπὶ πλοίου ναυτιλλόμενον, καὶ καθʼ ὥραν τὰς μορφὰς ἀμείβοντα, καὶ κατὰ ζῴδιον μετασχηματιζόμενον; οὕτω γάρ φασιν αὐτοπτεῖσθαι, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅτι τὸ ἴδιον πάθος τῆς αὐτῶν φαντασίας ἐκείνῳ περιάπτουσιν.
autai de hai euchai tina echousi logon, ton ex ilyos anaphanenta legousai, kai epi tǭ lōtǭ kathēmenon, kai epi ploiou nautillomenon, kai kathʼ hōran tas morphas ameibonta, kai kata zǭdion metaschēmatizomenon? houtō gar phasin autopteisthai, agnoountes hoti to idion pathos tēs autōn phantasias ekeinǭ periaptousin.
And what meaning have the prayers themselves, which speak of him who appeared out of the mud, who sits on the lotus, who sails in a boat, who changes his forms every hour, and is transformed according to each sign of the zodiac? For so they say he is seen, not knowing that they attach to him the peculiar experience of their own imagination.
5.10.7Dindorf 1:230
εἰ δὲ συμβολικῶς λέγεται ταῦτα, τῶν ἐκείνου δυνάμεων ὄντα σύμβολα, τὴν ἑρμηνείαν τῶν συμβόλων εἰπάτωσαν. δῆλον γὰρ ὡς εἰ τοῦ ἡλίου ἦν τὸ πάθος, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς ἐκλείψεσι, πᾶσιν ἂν ὤφθη ταυτὸν τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν ἀτενίζουσι.
ei de symbolikōs legetai tauta, tōn ekeinou dynameōn onta symbola, tēn hermēneian tōn symbolōn eipatōsan. dēlon gar hōs ei tou hēliou ēn to pathos, kathaper en tais ekleipsesi, pasin an ōphthē tauton tois eis auton atenizousi.
And if these things are said symbolically, being symbols of his powers, let them tell the interpretation of the symbols. For plainly, if the experience were the sun's, as in eclipses, it would have appeared the same to all who gaze at it.
5.10.8Dindorf 1:230
τί δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄσημα βούλεται ὀνόματα καὶ τῶν ἀσήμων τὰ βάρβαρα πρὸ τῶν ἑκάστῳ οἰκείων; εἰ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον ἀφορᾷ τὸ ἀκοῦον, αὐτάρκης ἡ αὐτὴ μένουσα ἔννοια δηλῶσαι, κἂν ὁποιονοῦν ὑπάρχῃ, τοὔνομα.
ti de kai ta asēma bouletai onomata kai tōn asēmōn ta barbara pro tōn hekastǭ oikeiōn? ei gar pros to sēmainomenon aphorą to akouon, autarkēs hē autē menousa ennoia dēlōsai, kan hopoionoun hyparchę̄, tounoma.
And what do the meaningless names mean, and among meaningless names the barbarous ones preferred to those proper to each? For if the hearer looks to what is signified, the same notion remaining is enough to make it plain, whatever the name may be.
5.10.9Dindorf 1:230–231
οὐ γάρ που καὶ ὁ καλούμενος Αἰγύπτιος ἦν τῷ γένει· εἰ δὲ καὶ Αἰγύπτιος, ἀλλʼ οὔ τί γε Αἰγυπτίᾳ χρώμενος φωνῇ, οὐδʼ ἀνθρωπείᾳ ὅλως χρώμενος. ἢ γὰρ γοήτων ἦν ταῦτα πάντα τεχνάσματα καὶ προκαλύμματα διὰ τῶν ἐπιφημιζομένων τῷ θείῳ τῶν περὶ ἡμὰς γινομένων παθῶν, ἢ λελήθαμεν ἐναντίας ἐννοίας ἔχοντες περὶ τοῦ θείου ἢ αὐτὸ τῷ ὄντι διάκειται.’’
ou gar pou kai ho kaloumenos Aigyptios ēn tǭ genei; ei de kai Aigyptios, allʼ ou ti ge Aigyptią chrōmenos phōnę̄, oudʼ anthrōpeią holōs chrōmenos. ē gar goētōn ēn tauta panta technasmata kai prokalymmata dia tōn epiphēmizomenōn tǭ theiǭ tōn peri hēmas ginomenōn pathōn, ē lelēthamen enantias ennoias echontes peri tou theiou ē auto tǭ onti diakeitai.’’
For surely the one invoked was not Egyptian by race; and even if Egyptian, he certainly did not use the Egyptian language, nor any human language at all. For either all these were contrivances of sorcerers, and screens for the passions that arise in us, by means of what is ascribed to the divine, or we have unawares held notions about the divine contrary to how it really is."
5.10.10Dindorf 1:231
Ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν πάλιν ἀπορεῖ πρὸς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον λέγων Εἰ δὲ οἱ μὲν ἀπαθεῖς, οἱ δὲ ἐμπαθεῖς, οἷς διὰ τούτων φαλλούς φασιν ἱστάναι καὶ ποιεῖσθαι αἰσχρορρημοσύνας, μάταιοι αἱ θεῶν κλήσεις ἔσονται, προσκλήσεις αὐτῶν ἐπαγγελλόμεναι, καὶ μήνιδος ἐξιλάσεις, καὶ ἐκθύσεις, καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον αἱ λεγόμεναι ἀνάγκαι θεῶν. ἀκήλητον γὰρ καὶ ἀβίαστον καὶ ἀκατανάγκαστον τὸ ἀπαθές.’’
Tautʼ eipōn palin aporei pros ton Aigyption legōn Ei de hoi men apatheis, hoi de empatheis, hois dia toutōn phallous phasin histanai kai poieisthai aischrorrēmosynas, mataioi hai theōn klēseis esontai, prosklēseis autōn epangellomenai, kai mēnidos exilaseis, kai ekthyseis, kai eti mallon hai legomenai anankai theōn. akēlēton gar kai abiaston kai akatanankaston to apathes.’’
Having said this he again raises a difficulty with the Egyptian, saying: "If some are impassible and others passible, for whom, they say, they set up phalluses and use obscene language on this account, the invocations of the gods will be vain, which promise to summon them, and the appeasements of wrath, and expiations, and still more the so-called compulsions of the gods. For the impassible cannot be charmed, forced, or compelled."
5.10.11Dindorf 1:231
Καὶ πάλιν ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει “Μάτην αὐτοῖς ἡ σοφία ἐξήσκηται περὶ δραπέτου εὑρέσεως, ἢ χωρίου ὠνῆς, ἢ γάμου, εἰ τύχοι, ἢ ἐμπορίας, τὸν θεῖον νοῦν ἐνοχλήσασιν. εἰ δʼ οὐ παρεῖται μὲν, οἱ δὲ συνόντες περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων τάληθέστατα λέγουσι, περὶ δὲ εὐδαιμονίας οὐδὲν ἀσφαλὲς οὐδʼ ἐχέγγυον, οὐκ ἦσαν ἄρα οὔτε θεοὶ οὔτʼ ἀγαθοὶ δαίμονες, ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐκεῖνος ὁ λεγόμενος πλάνος.’’
Kai palin hexēs epilegei “Matēn autois hē sophia exēskētai peri drapetou heureseōs, ē chōriou ōnēs, ē gamou, ei tychoi, ē emporias, ton theion noun enochlēsasin. ei dʼ ou pareitai men, hoi de synontes peri men tōn allōn talēthestata legousi, peri de eudaimonias ouden asphales oudʼ echengyon, ouk ēsan ara oute theoi outʼ agathoi daimones, allʼ ē ekeinos ho legomenos planos.’’
And again next he adds: "In vain has their wisdom been practiced in troubling the divine mind about finding a runaway slave, or buying land, or a marriage, it may be, or trade. And if it is not neglected, and those present speak most truly about other things but say nothing safe or reliable about happiness, then they were neither gods nor good demons, but that one who is called the deceiver."
5.10.12Dindorf 1:231
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης προκείσθω τῆς Πορφυρίου γραφῆς. καὶ μὴν καὶ διδάσκαλοί γε τῆς κακοτέχνου γοητείας αὐτοὶ δὴ πρῶτοι οἱ γενναῖοι θεοὶ κατέστησαν. πόθεν γὰρ ἀνθρώποις ταῦτα παρῆν εἰδέναι ἢ τῶν δαιμόνων αὐτῶν τὰ περὶ ἑαυτῶν ἐξειπόντων καὶ τοὺς καταδέσμους τοὺς κατʼ ἀλλήλων ἐξηγορευκότων;
Tauta men oun epi tosouton kai apo tautēs prokeisthō tēs Porphyriou graphēs. kai mēn kai didaskaloi ge tēs kakotechnou goēteias autoi dē prōtoi hoi gennaioi theoi katestēsan. pothen gar anthrōpois tauta parēn eidenai ē tōn daimonōn autōn ta peri heautōn exeipontōn kai tous katadesmous tous katʼ allēlōn exēgoreukotōn?
So much, then, from this writing of Porphyry. And indeed the noble gods themselves were the first teachers of the evil art of sorcery. For from where could men have known these things, unless the demons themselves had told the things about themselves and revealed the binding spells against one another?
5.10.13Dindorf 1:231–232
μηδὲ τοῦτον δὲ ἡμέτερον εἶναι τὸν λόγον ἡγοῦ· οὐδὲν γὰρ τούτων ἡμεῖς ὁμολογοῦμεν οὔτε ἐπίστασθαι οὔτε θέλειν εἰδέναι. πλὴν εἰς ἔλεγχον τῆς περὶ ταῦτα ἀτοπίας καὶ εἰς ἡμετέραν ὁμοῦ τῆς τούτων ἀναχωρήσεως ἀπολογίαν ὁ τούτων ἡμῖν παρεισήχθω μάρτυς, σοφὸς ὢν ἐν τοῖς γνωρίμοις, καὶ πάντα ἀκριβῶς τὰ οἰκεῖα εἰδώς τε καὶ ὑποτιθέμενος. ὁ δὴ οὑν αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ δηλωθείσῃ τῶν λογίων συναγωγῇ ταῦτα λέγει πρὸς λέξιν
mēde touton de hēmeteron einai ton logon hēgou; ouden gar toutōn hēmeis homologoumen oute epistasthai oute thelein eidenai. plēn eis elenchon tēs peri tauta atopias kai eis hēmeteran homou tēs toutōn anachōrēseōs apologian ho toutōn hēmin pareisēchthō martys, sophos ōn en tois gnōrimois, kai panta akribōs ta oikeia eidōs te kai hypotithemenos. ho dē houn autos en tę̄ dēlōtheisę̄ tōn logiōn synagōgę̄ tauta legei pros lexin
Do not think this argument ours either; for we confess that we neither know nor wish to know any of these things. But, to refute the absurdity of these things and at the same time as our defense for withdrawing from them, let this witness be brought in, who is wise among his familiars and knows exactly and teaches all his own affairs. He says this word for word in the collection of oracles mentioned:
Preparation 5, chapter 11
5.11.1Dindorf 1:232
“ Οὐ μόνον δὲ τὴν πολιτείαν αὐτῶν αὐτοὶ μεμηνύκασι, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ εἰρημένα, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἷστισι χαίρουσι καὶ κρατοῦνται ὑπηγόρευσαν, καὶ μὴν καὶ τίσιν ἀναγκάζονται, τίνα δὲ δεῖ θύειν, καὶ ἐκ ποίας ἡμέρας ἐκτρέπεσθαι, τό τε σχῆμα τῶν ἀγαλμάτων ποταπὸν δεῖ ποιεῖν, αὐτοί τε ποίοις σχήμασι φαίνονται, ἔν τε ποίοις διατρίβουσι τόποις, καὶ ὅλως ἕν οὐδέν ἐστιν ὃ μὴ παρʼ αὐτῶν μαθόντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἐτίμησαν. πολλῶν δʼ ὄντων ἃ τούτων ἐστὶ παραστατικὰ, ὀλίγα ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν παραθησόμεθα, ἵνα μὴ ἀμάρτυρον τὸν λόγον καταλείπωμεν. “ Ὅτι δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα αὐτοὶ ὑπέθεντο πῶς χρὴ ποιεῖν καὶ ἐκ ποίας ὕλης δηλώσει τὰ τῆς Ἑκάτης ἔχοντα τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον
“ Ou monon de tēn politeian autōn autoi memēnykasi, kai ta alla ta eirēmena, alla kai hoistisi chairousi kai kratountai hypēgoreusan, kai mēn kai tisin anankazontai, tina de dei thyein, kai ek poias hēmeras ektrepesthai, to te schēma tōn agalmatōn potapon dei poiein, autoi te poiois schēmasi phainontai, en te poiois diatribousi topois, kai holōs hen ouden estin ho mē parʼ autōn mathontes hoi anthrōpoi houtōs autous etimēsan. pollōn dʼ ontōn ha toutōn esti parastatika, oliga ek tōn pollōn parathēsometha, hina mē amartyron ton logon kataleipōmen. “ Hoti de kai ta agalmata autoi hypethento pōs chrē poiein kai ek poias hylēs dēlōsei ta tēs Hekatēs echonta touton ton tropon
"They themselves have made known not only their way of life and the other things mentioned, but have also prescribed in what they delight and by what they are mastered, and indeed by what they are compelled, what one must sacrifice, and from what day one must refrain, of what kind the form of the statues must be made, in what forms they themselves appear, and in what places they dwell; in short, there is not one thing which men did not learn from them before honoring them in this way. Since there are many things that show this, we shall set out a few out of many, so as not to leave the account without witness." "That they themselves prescribed how statues should be made and of what material, the words of Hecate will show, which run thus:
Preparation 5, chapter 12
5.12.1Dindorf 1:232
ἀλλὰ τέλει ξόανον κεκαθαρμένον ὥς σε διδάξω· πηγάνου ἐξ ἀγρίοιο δετὰς ποίει, ἠδʼ ἐπικόσμει ζῴοισιν λεπτοῖσι κατοικιδίοις ἀσκαλαβώταις· σμύρνης καὶ στύρακος λιβάνοιό τε μίγματα τρίψας σὺν κείνοις ζῴοισι καὶ αἰθριάσας ὑπὸ μήνην αὔξουσαν τέλει, αὐτὸς ἐπευχόμενος τήνδʼ εὐχήν.
alla telei xoanon kekatharmenon hōs se didaxō; pēganou ex agrioio detas poiei, ēdʼ epikosmei zǭoisin leptoisi katoikidiois askalabōtais; smyrnēs kai styrakos libanoio te migmata tripsas syn keinois zǭoisi kai aithriasas hypo mēnēn auxousan telei, autos epeuchomenos tēndʼ euchēn.
'But make a purified image, as I shall teach you: make the frame of wild rue, and adorn it with small house lizards; grinding mixtures of myrrh, storax, and frankincense with those creatures, set it in the open air under the waxing moon and complete it, praying this prayer yourself.'
5.12.2Dindorf 1:232–233
Εἶτʼ ἐξέδωκεν εὐχὴν, ἐδίδαξέ τε πόσους ληπτέον ἀσκαλαβώτας ὅσσαι μορφαί μοι, τόσσοις ζῴοις σε κελεύω, καὶ σφόδρα ταῦτα τελεῖν· δάφνης δέ μοι αὐτογενέθλου οἴκου ἐμοῦ χώρημα ποιεῖν· καὶ ἀγάλματι πολλὸν κείνῳ ἐπευχόμενος διʼ ὕπνων τοίαν ἀναθρήσεις. καὶ πάλιν ἄλλοτε ἄγαλμα αὐτῆς ἐξέδωκε τοιοῦτον.”
Eitʼ exedōken euchēn, edidaxe te posous lēpteon askalabōtas hossai morphai moi, tossois zǭois se keleuō, kai sphodra tauta telein; daphnēs de moi autogenethlou oikou emou chōrēma poiein; kai agalmati pollon keinǭ epeuchomenos diʼ hypnōn toian anathrēseis. kai palin allote agalma autēs exedōke toiouton.”
Then she gave out the prayer, and taught how many lizards should be taken: 'As many as my forms, with so many creatures I bid you, and complete these things carefully; and make for me a dwelling of self-grown laurel; and praying much to that image you will see me in sleep.' And again at another time she gave out such an image of herself."
Preparation 5, chapter 13
5.13.1Dindorf 1:233
Καὶ περὶ τῶν σχημάτων ὅπως φαντάζονται αὐτοὶ μεμηνύκασιν, ἀφʼ ὧν καὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα οὕτω καθιδρύθη. λέγει γοῦν ὁ Σάραπις ἰδὼν τὸν Πάνα περὶ ἑαυτοῦ φαιδρὴ μὲν κατὰ δῶμα θεοῦ καταλάμπεται αὐγή· ἦλθε γὰρ, ἠντεβόλησε θεὸς μέγας· εἶδεν ἐμεῖο κάρτος ἀμαιμάκετον, λαμπηδόνα φλογμοτύραννον, βόστρυχον ἐκ κεφαλῆς νεάτης χαροποῖσι μετώποις ἀμφὶς ἰαινόμενον πλοχμοῖς θʼ ἱεροῖσι γενείου.’’
Kai peri tōn schēmatōn hopōs phantazontai autoi memēnykasin, aphʼ hōn kai ta agalmata houtō kathidrythē. legei goun ho Sarapis idōn ton Pana peri heautou phaidrē men kata dōma theou katalampetai augē; ēlthe gar, ēntebolēse theos megas; eiden emeio kartos amaimaketon, lampēdona phlogmotyrannon, bostrychon ek kephalēs neatēs charopoisi metōpois amphis iainomenon plochmois thʼ hieroisi geneiou.’’
"And they themselves have made known in what forms they appear, according to which the statues were set up. Sarapis, at any rate, having seen Pan, says about himself: 'A bright radiance shines through the house of the god; for a great god came and met me; he saw my resistless might, my lightning of tyrant flame, the lock of hair from the crown of my head, spread around my gleaming brow, and the sacred locks of my beard.'"
5.13.2Dindorf 1:233
“ Καὶ ὁ Πὰν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ὕμνον ἐδίδαξεν ἔχοντα οὕτως εὔχομαι βροτὸς γεγὼς Πανὶ συμφύτῳ θεῷ, δισσοκέρατι, δισσόποδι, τραγοσκελεῖ, τρυφῶντι. καὶ τὰ ἀκόλουθα.
“ Kai ho Pan peri heautou hymnon edidaxen echonta houtōs euchomai brotos gegōs Pani symphytǭ theǭ, dissokerati, dissopodi, tragoskelei, tryphōnti. kai ta akoloutha.
"And Pan taught a hymn about himself which runs thus: 'I, born a mortal, pray to Pan, the god akin to me, two-horned, two-footed, goat-legged, wanton,' and what follows.
5.13.3Dindorf 1:233
καὶ ἡ Ἑκάτη δὲ περὶ ἑαυτῆς οὕτω φησὶν ἤδη μοι σύ γε πάντα ποίει· ξοάνῳ δʼ ἄρʼ ἐν αὐτῷ μορφή μοι πέλεται Δημήτερος ἀγλαοκάρπου, εἵμασι παλλεύκοις, περὶ ποσσὶ δὲ χρυσοπέδιλος· ἀμφὶ δέ τοι ζώνῃ δολιχοὶ δράκοντες, ἴχνεσιν ἀχράντοισιν ἐφερπύζοντες, ἄνωθεν αὐτῆς ἐκ κεφαλῆς ἀρτώμενοι ἐς πόδας ἄκρους, σπειρηδὸν περὶ πᾶσαν ἑλισσόμενοι κατὰ κόσμον. ὕλη δὲ (φησὶν) ἢ Παρίοιο λίθου, ἢ εὐξέστου ἐλέφαντος.”
kai hē Hekatē de peri heautēs houtō phēsin ēdē moi sy ge panta poiei; xoanǭ dʼ arʼ en autǭ morphē moi peletai Dēmēteros aglaokarpou, heimasi palleukois, peri possi de chrysopedilos; amphi de toi zōnę̄ dolichoi drakontes, ichnesin achrantoisin epherpyzontes, anōthen autēs ek kephalēs artōmenoi es podas akrous, speirēdon peri pasan helissomenoi kata kosmon. hylē de (phēsin) ē Parioio lithou, ē euxestou elephantos.”
And Hecate says thus about herself: 'Now do everything for me; in the image itself let my form be that of Demeter of the splendid fruits, in pure white robes, with golden sandals on her feet; and around her girdle long serpents, creeping with undefiled tracks, hanging from above, from her head to the tips of her feet, coiling around her whole body in order.' And the material, she says, is either Parian marble or well-polished ivory."
Preparation 5, chapter 14
5.14.1Dindorf 1:233–234
Ἐμφαίνουσι δὲ πολλαχοῦ οἱ θεοὶ ἅπερ λέγουσι προσημαίνοντες, τῷ ἑκάστου γινώσκειν τὴν τῆς γενέσεως σύστασιν, εἶναι αὐτοὺς, εἰ χρὴ οὕτω φάναι, ἄκρους τε μάγους καὶ ἄκρους γενεθλιαλόγους. καὶ πάλιν ἐν χρησμοῖς ἔφη τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἰπεῖν ‘‘κλῄζειν Ἑρμείην ἠδʼ Ἠέλιον κατὰ ταὐτὰ, ἡμέρῃ Ἠελίου, Μήνην δʼ ὅτε τῆσδε παρείη, ἠδὲ Κρόνον καὶ Ῥέαν ἠδʼ ἑξείης Ἀφροδίτην κλήσεσιν ἀφθέγκτοις, ἃς εὗρε μάγων ὄχʼ ἄριστος τῆς ἑπταφθόγγου βασιλεὺς, ὃν πάντες ἴσασιν· Ὀστάνην λέγεις εἰπόντων ἐπήγαγεν καὶ σφόδρα καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀεὶ θεὸν ἑπτάκι φωνεῖν.”
Emphainousi de pollachou hoi theoi haper legousi prosēmainontes, tǭ hekastou ginōskein tēn tēs geneseōs systasin, einai autous, ei chrē houtō phanai, akrous te magous kai akrous genethlialogous. kai palin en chrēsmois ephē ton Apollōna eipein ‘‘klę̄zein Hermeiēn ēdʼ Ēelion kata tauta, hēmerę̄ Ēeliou, Mēnēn dʼ hote tēsde pareiē, ēde Kronon kai Rhean ēdʼ hexeiēs Aphroditēn klēsesin aphthenktois, has heure magōn ochʼ aristos tēs heptaphthongou basileus, hon pantes isasin; Ostanēn legeis eipontōn epēgagen kai sphodra kai kathʼ hekaston aei theon heptaki phōnein.”
"The gods often make plain what they say, foretelling it, by knowing the constitution of each man's nativity, being, if one may so say, consummate magi and consummate astrologers. And again in oracles he says that Apollo said: 'Invoke Hermes and the Sun likewise, on the day of the Sun, and the Moon when her day comes, and Cronus and Rhea and next Aphrodite, with unspoken invocations, which the best of the magi found, the king of the seven-voiced, whom all know.' When they said, 'You mean Ostanes,' he added: 'And earnestly, and always call each god seven times.'"
5.14.2Dindorf 1:234
ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς καὶ ταῦτα παρατίθησιν “Ἒστι δὲ σύμβολα μὲν τῆς Ἑκάτης κηρὸς τρίχρωμος, ἐκ λευκοῦ καὶ μέλανος καὶ ἐρυθροῦ συνεστὼς, ἔχων τύπον Ἑκάτης φερούσης μάστιγα καὶ λαμπάδα καὶ ξίφος, περὶ ἣν εἱλείσθω δράκων· οὐρανοῦ δὲ ἀστέρες οἱ θαλάττιοι πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν πεπατταλευμένοι. ταῦτα γὰρ οἱ θεοὶ αὐτοὶ μεμηνύκασι διὰ τούτων. λέγει δὲ ὁ Πὰν τούσδε δʼ αὖ ἐλαύνετε, κηρὸν ἐν πυρὸς μένει θέντες αἰόλου χροός· λευκὸς ἔστω καὶ μέλας, καὶ τὸ πῦρ φαεσφόρον ἄνθρακος πεφλεγμένου, δεῖμα νερτέρων κυνῶν γλύμμα δεινὸν Ἑκάτης. λαμπὰς ἔστω πρὸς χέρας, καὶ ξίφος τὸ ποίνιμον, καὶ δράκων περισταλὴς ἅμμασιν κόρην κρατῶν, δεινὸν ἀμφὶ κρᾶτα θεὶς, αἰόλη τε κλεὶς ὁμοῦ καὶ τὸ δαιμόνων κράτος μάστιγος ψόφος πολύς.”
ho dʼ autos kai tauta paratithēsin “Esti de symbola men tēs Hekatēs kēros trichrōmos, ek leukou kai melanos kai erythrou synestōs, echōn typon Hekatēs pherousēs mastiga kai lampada kai xiphos, peri hēn heileisthō drakōn; ouranou de asteres hoi thalattioi pro tōn thyrōn pepattaleumenoi. tauta gar hoi theoi autoi memēnykasi dia toutōn. legei de ho Pan tousde dʼ au elaunete, kēron en pyros menei thentes aiolou chroos; leukos estō kai melas, kai to pyr phaesphoron anthrakos pephlegmenou, deima nerterōn kynōn glymma deinon Hekatēs. lampas estō pros cheras, kai xiphos to poinimon, kai drakōn peristalēs hammasin korēn kratōn, deinon amphi krata theis, aiolē te kleis homou kai to daimonōn kratos mastigos psophos polys.”
The same writer sets down this too: "The symbols of Hecate are wax of three colors, white, black, and red, bearing a figure of Hecate holding a whip, a torch, and a sword, with a serpent coiled around her; and the symbols of Heaven are the starfish nailed up before the doors. For the gods themselves have made these known through the following. Pan says: 'Drive these away, setting wax of varied color in the might of fire; let it be white and black, and the fire light-bearing from the kindled coal, the dread carved image of Hecate, terror of the hounds below. Let a torch be in her hands, and the avenging sword, and a serpent coiled around, holding the maiden in its knots, set dreadfully about her head, and a gleaming key too, and, power over the demons, the loud crack of the whip.'"
5.14.3Dindorf 1:234–235
Διὰ τούτων καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὁμοίων ὁ γενναῖος Ἑλλήνων φιλόσοφος, ὁ θαυμαστὸς θεολόγος, ὁ τῶν ἀπορρήτων μύστης, τὴν ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίαν ὡς ἀπόρρητα θεῶν περιέχουσαν λόγια παραφαίνει, ἄντικρυς τῆς πονηρᾶς καὶ δαιμονικῆς ἀληθῶς δυνάμεως ἐξαγορεύων τὰς κατʼ ἀνθρώπων ἐνέδρας. τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη βιωφελὲς ἀνθρώποις ἐκ τῆς κακοτέχνου γοητείας;
Dia toutōn kai tōn toutois homoiōn ho gennaios Hellēnōn philosophos, ho thaumastos theologos, ho tōn aporrētōn mystēs, tēn ek logiōn philosophian hōs aporrēta theōn periechousan logia paraphainei, antikrys tēs ponēras kai daimonikēs alēthōs dynameōs exagoreuōn tas katʼ anthrōpōn enedras. ti gar an eiē biōpheles anthrōpois ek tēs kakotechnou goēteias?
Through these and similar things the noble philosopher of the Greeks, the wonderful theologian, the initiate in secrets, displays his Philosophy from Oracles as containing secret oracles of the gods, plainly revealing the snares laid against men by the wicked and truly demonic power. For what could be useful to human life from the evil art of sorcery?
5.14.4Dindorf 1:235
τί δʼ ἂν ἔχοι θεοφιλὲς ἡ τῶν ἀψύχων ξοάνων περιεργία; ποίας δʼ εἰκὼν ἐνθέου γένοιτʼ ἂν δυνάμεως ἡ τῶν τοιῶνδε σχημάτων μόρφωσις; τί δʼ οὐ μᾶλλον φιλοσοφεῖν ἢ μαγεύειν καὶ τὰ ἀπειρημένα διώκειν συμβουλεύειν ἐχρῆν, τοῦ κατʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν τρόπου πρὸς εὐδαίμονα καὶ μακάριον βίον αὐτάρκους τυγχάνοντος; ὁ δὲ ἐπιτείνων τὸν οἰκεῖον ἔλεγχον προστίθησι τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ταῦτα
ti dʼ an echoi theophiles hē tōn apsychōn xoanōn periergia? poias dʼ eikōn entheou genoitʼ an dynameōs hē tōn toiōnde schēmatōn morphōsis? ti dʼ ou mallon philosophein ē mageuein kai ta apeirēmena diōkein symbouleuein echrēn, tou katʼ aretēn kai philosophian tropou pros eudaimona kai makarion bion autarkous tynchanontos? ho de epiteinōn ton oikeion elenchon prostithēsi tois eirēmenois kai tauta
What God-loving thing could the curious fashioning of lifeless images contain? Of what divine power could the shaping of such figures be an image? Why should they not rather have advised philosophizing than practicing magic and pursuing what is forbidden, when the way of virtue and philosophy is sufficient for a happy and blessed life? But he, increasing his own refutation, adds to what has been said this too:
Preparation 5, chapter 15
5.15.1Dindorf 1:235
“Ὅτι δὲ φιλοῦσι τὰ σύμβολα τῶν χαρακτήρων ἡ Ἑκάτη παραβάλλουσα πρὸς ἃ φιλοῦσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μεμήνυκε διὰ τούτων τίς βροτὸς οὐ πεπόθηκε χαρακτῆρας ὀπάσασθαι χαλκοῦ καὶ χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου αἰγλήεντος; τίς δὲ τάδʼ οὐ φιλέει, τῶν δὴ καθύπερθεν ἐφεστὼς, εἰς ἓν ἀγειρόμενος εἴρω πολυμοιρέα φωτῶν;
“Hoti de philousi ta symbola tōn charaktērōn hē Hekatē paraballousa pros ha philousin hoi anthrōpoi memēnyke dia toutōn tis brotos ou pepothēke charaktēras opasasthai chalkou kai chrysou kai argyrou aiglēentos? tis de tadʼ ou phileei, tōn dē kathyperthen ephestōs, eis hen ageiromenos eirō polymoirea phōtōn?
"That they love the symbols of the characters, Hecate has made known, comparing them with what men love, through these lines: 'What mortal has not longed to obtain stamped pieces of bronze, gold, and gleaming silver? And who, standing above, does not love these things, as I, gathered into one, string the many destinies of men?'
5.15.2Dindorf 1:235
οὐ μόνον δʼ ὅτι φίλοι οἱ χαρακτῆρες δεδήλωκεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ, ὅπερ ἔφαμεν, αὐτοὶ περιγράφονται, καί εἰσιν οἷον ἐν ἱερῷ χωρίῳ τῇ ὑποκειμένῃ εἰκόνι· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀχεῖσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ γῆς ἱερὰς ἐδυνήθησαν· ἱερὰ δὲ ἡ εἰκόνα φέρουσα θεοῦ, ἧς ἀρθείσης λέλυται τὸ κρατοῦν ἐπὶ γῆς τὸ θεῖον.”
ou monon dʼ hoti philoi hoi charaktēres dedēlōken, allʼ hoti kai, hoper ephamen, autoi perigraphontai, kai eisin hoion en hierǭ chōriǭ tę̄ hypokeimenę̄ eikoni; ou gar epi gēs ocheisthai, allʼ epi gēs hieras edynēthēsan; hiera de hē eikona pherousa theou, hēs artheisēs lelytai to kratoun epi gēs to theion.”
And she has shown not only that the characters are dear, but also, as we said, that they themselves are circumscribed and are, as it were, in a sacred place in the underlying image; for they could not be carried on earth, but on sacred earth; and sacred is that which bears the image of the god, and when it is removed, what holds the divine on earth is loosed."
5.15.3Dindorf 1:235
Διὰ δὴ τούτων ἁπάντων ἡγοῦμαι σαφῶς ἐληλέγχθαι ὡς ἄρα περίγειοί τινες καὶ φιλοπαθεῖς δαίμονες ἥλωσαν αὐτῶν ὄντες οἱ θεοί· διό μοι δοκῶ σώφρονι λογισμῷ τὴν ἀποστροφὴν αὐτῶν πεποιῆσθαι.
Dia dē toutōn hapantōn hēgoumai saphōs elēlenchthai hōs ara perigeioi tines kai philopatheis daimones hēlōsan autōn ontes hoi theoi; dio moi dokō sōphroni logismǭ tēn apostrophēn autōn pepoiēsthai.
Through all these things I think it has been clearly proved that their gods have been caught being earthly demons, lovers of passion. Therefore I think I have turned away from them with sober reasoning.
5.15.4Dindorf 1:235–236
ὁρᾷς γοῦν ὡς κρατεῖν αὐτοὺς ἔν τισι γῆς χωρίοις τοὺς κατὰ μαγείαν φασὶ τύπους καὶ τοὺς τοιούσδε χαρακτῆρας, δέον, εἴπερ ἄρα θεῖόν τι ἦν ἀληθῶς, μηδʼ ἀλλαχῆ πη ἐπιβαίνειν ἢ ἐν μόνῃ ψυχῆς διανοίᾳ, καὶ ταύτῃ παντὸς ῥύπου καὶ πάσης κηλῖδος κεκαθαρμένῃ, σωφροσύνῃ τε καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἀρεταῖς κεκοσμημένῃ.
horąs goun hōs kratein autous en tisi gēs chōriois tous kata mageian phasi typous kai tous toiousde charaktēras, deon, eiper ara theion ti ēn alēthōs, mēdʼ allachē pē epibainein ē en monę̄ psychēs dianoią, kai tautę̄ pantos rhypou kai pasēs kēlidos kekatharmenę̄, sōphrosynę̄ te kai dikaiosynę̄ kai tais allais aretais kekosmēmenę̄.
You see, at any rate, that they say magical figures and such characters master them in certain places on earth; whereas, if there were truly anything divine, it should alight nowhere else than in the mind of the soul alone, and that purified of all filth and every stain, and adorned with self-control, justice, and the other virtues.
5.15.5Dindorf 1:236
τούτων γὰρ ἐν ἀνθρώπου ψυχῇ ὡς ἐν ἀληθῶς ἱερῷ χωρίῳ προυποκειμένων, εἰκότως ἂν ἐπέλθοι θείου πνεύματος παρουσία· οὐδʼ ἂν ἦν ἔτι χρεία τῆς κακοτέχνου γοητείας ταῖς εἰς ὑποδοχὴν τοῦ θείου κατὰ τὴν ἐνάρετον καὶ φιλόθεον πρᾶξιν προηυτρεπισμέναις ψυχαῖς.
toutōn gar en anthrōpou psychę̄ hōs en alēthōs hierǭ chōriǭ proupokeimenōn, eikotōs an epelthoi theiou pneumatos parousia; oudʼ an ēn eti chreia tēs kakotechnou goēteias tais eis hypodochēn tou theiou kata tēn enareton kai philotheon praxin proēutrepismenais psychais.
For when these are first laid as foundations in a man's soul as in a truly sacred place, the presence of the divine Spirit may reasonably come upon it; and there would be no further need of the evil art of sorcery for souls prepared by virtuous and God-loving action to receive the divine.
5.15.6Dindorf 1:236
ὥστε διαρρήδην ἐξ ἀπάντων τούτων περιγείους τινὰς ἁλίσκεσθαι, φιλοπαθεῖς τε καὶ φιλοσωμάτους ὑπάρχειν δαίμονας, περὶ ὧν ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἑξῆς τούτοις ἄκουε οἷα ὁ αὐτὸς συγγραφεὺς περὶ τοῦ ἐκλελοιπέναι αὐτῶν τὰ βοώμενα χρηστήρια ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς τίθησι τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον
hōste diarrēdēn ex apantōn toutōn perigeious tinas haliskesthai, philopatheis te kai philosōmatous hyparchein daimonas, peri hōn arti elegomen. alla gar hexēs toutois akoue hoia ho autos syngrapheus peri tou ekleloipenai autōn ta boōmena chrēstēria en tois autois tithēsi touton ton tropon
So from all these they are expressly caught being earthly demons, lovers of passion and of the body, of whom we spoke just now. But listen next to what the same writer sets down in the same work about the failure of their celebrated oracles, in this way:
Preparation 5, chapter 16
5.16.1Dindorf 1:236
“ Ἄμφι δὲ Πύθω οἱ Κλαρίην τε θεοπρόπα Φοίβου αὐδήσει φάτις ἡμετέρη θεμιτώδεσιν ὀμφαῖς. μύρια μὲν γαίης μαντήια θέσκελα νώτῳ ἐβλύσθη, πηγαί τε καὶ ἄσθματα δινήεντα· καὶ τὰ μὲν ἂψ χθονίοισιν ὑπαὶ κόλποισιν ἔδεκτο ἀυτὴ γαία χανοῦσα, τὰ δʼ ὤλεσε μυρίος αἰὼν. μούνῳ δʼ ἠελίῳ φαεσιμβρότῳ εἰσέτʼ ἔασιν ἐν Διδύμων γυάλοις Μυκαλήϊον ἔνθεον ὕδωρ, Πυθῶνός τʼ ἀνὰ πέζαν ὑπαὶ Παρνάσιον αἶπος, καὶ κραναὴ Κλαρίη, τρηχὺ στόμα φοιβάδος ὀμφῆς. Νικαεῦσι δὲ χρῶν ἔφη Πυθῷον δʼ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀναρρῶσαι λάλον ὀμφήν· ἤδη γὰρ δολιχοῖσιν ἀμαυρωθεῖσα χρόνοισιν βέβληται κληῖδας ἀμαντεύτοιο σιωπῆς. ῥέξατε δʼ ὡς ἔθος ἐστὶ θεοπρόπα θύματα Φοίβῳ.
“ Amphi de Pythō hoi Klariēn te theopropa Phoibou audēsei phatis hēmeterē themitōdesin omphais. myria men gaiēs mantēia theskela nōtǭ eblysthē, pēgai te kai asthmata dinēenta; kai ta men aps chthonioisin hypai kolpoisin edekto autē gaia chanousa, ta dʼ ōlese myrios aiōn. mounǭ dʼ ēeliǭ phaesimbrotǭ eisetʼ easin en Didymōn gyalois Mykalēïon entheon hydōr, Pythōnos tʼ ana pezan hypai Parnasion aipos, kai kranaē Klariē, trēchy stoma phoibados omphēs. Nikaeusi de chrōn ephē Pythǭon dʼ ouk estin anarrōsai lalon omphēn; ēdē gar dolichoisin amaurōtheisa chronoisin beblētai klēidas amanteutoio siōpēs. rhexate dʼ hōs ethos esti theopropa thymata Phoibǭ.
"'About Pytho and the Clarian oracles of Phoebus our word will speak with lawful voices. Countless wondrous oracles gushed forth on the back of the earth, springs and whirling exhalations; and some the earth herself, gaping, took back again into her nether bosom, and others countless ages destroyed. Only for the Sun who gives light to mortals do there still remain the divine water of Mycale in the vales of Didyma, and at the foot of Pytho beneath the height of Parnassus, and rocky Claros, the rough mouth of Phoebus's voice.' And giving an oracle to the Nicaeans he said: 'It is not possible to restore the talking voice of Pytho; for already, darkened by long ages, it has thrown the bolts of oracle-less silence. But offer to Phoebus, as is the custom, the prophetic sacrifices.'"
5.16.2Dindorf 1:236–237
Τούτοις κατὰ καιρὸν ἐνταῦθα προσήκει καὶ τὰ Πλουτάρχου προσθεῖναι ἀφʼ οὗ πεποίηται συγγράμματος “ Περὶ τῶν ἐκλελοιπότων χρηστηρίων.’’ Παυσαμένου δὲ τοῦ Ἀμμωνίου, Μᾶλλον, ἔφην ἐγὼ, περὶ τοῦ μαντείου δίελθε ἡμῖν, ὦ Κλεόμβροτε· μεγάλη γὰρ ἡ πάλαι δόξα τῆς ἐκεῖ θεότητος, τὰ δὲ νῦν ἔοικεν ἀπομαραίνεσθαι.
Toutois kata kairon entautha prosēkei kai ta Ploutarchou prostheinai aphʼ hou pepoiētai syngrammatos “ Peri tōn ekleloipotōn chrēstēriōn.’’ Pausamenou de tou Ammōniou, Mallon, ephēn egō, peri tou manteiou dielthe hēmin, ō Kleombrote; megalē gar hē palai doxa tēs ekei theotētos, ta de nyn eoiken apomarainesthai.
To these it is timely to add here the words of Plutarch from the treatise he composed On the Failure of the Oracles: "When Ammonius had finished, I said: 'Tell us rather about the oracle there, Cleombrotus; for great was the ancient fame of the godhead there, but now it seems to be fading away.'
5.16.3Dindorf 1:237
τοῦ δὲ Κλεομβρότου σιωπῶντος καὶ κάτω βλέποντος ὁ Δημήτριος οὐδὲν ἔφη δεῖν περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ πυνθάνεσθαι καὶ διαπορεῖν, τὴν ἐνταῦθα τῶν χρηστηρίων ἀμαύρωσιν, μᾶλλον δὲ πλὴν ἑνὸς ἢ δυοῖν ἁπάντων ἔκλειψιν ὁρῶντας, ἀλλὰ κοινῇ σκοπεῖν διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν οὕτως ἐξησθένηκε.
tou de Kleombrotou siōpōntos kai katō blepontos ho Dēmētrios ouden ephē dein peri tōn ekei pynthanesthai kai diaporein, tēn entautha tōn chrēstēriōn amaurōsin, mallon de plēn henos ē dyoin hapantōn ekleipsin horōntas, alla koinę̄ skopein diʼ hēn aitian houtōs exēsthenēke.
And when Cleombrotus was silent and looked down, Demetrius said there was no need to inquire and raise questions about things there, when we see the fading of the oracles here, or rather the failure of all but one or two, but rather to consider together for what reason it has become so weak.
5.16.4Dindorf 1:237
τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα τί δεῖ λέγειν, ὅπου γε τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἕνεκα χρηστηρίων πολύφωνον οὖσαν ἐν τοῖς πρότερον χρόνοις νῦν ἐπιλέλοιπε κομιδῆ, καθάπερ νάματα, καὶ πολὺς ἐπέσχε μαντικῆς αὐχμὸς τὴν χώραν. οὐδαμοῦ γὰρ ἀλλαχόθι νῦν ἢ περὶ Λεβάδειαν ἡ Βοιωτία παρέχει τοῖς χρῄζουσιν ἀρύσασθαι μαντικῆς· τῶν δʼ ἄλλων τὰ μὲν σιγὴ, τὰ δὲ παντελὴς ἐρημία κατέσχηκε.” Ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ὁ αὐτὸς περὶ τοῦ καὶ θνήσκειν τοὺς αὐτῶν δαίμονας ταῦτά φησι
ta gar alla ti dei legein, hopou ge tēn Boiōtian heneka chrēstēriōn polyphōnon ousan en tois proteron chronois nyn epileloipe komidē, kathaper namata, kai polys epesche mantikēs auchmos tēn chōran. oudamou gar allachothi nyn ē peri Lebadeian hē Boiōtia parechei tois chrę̄zousin arysasthai mantikēs; tōn dʼ allōn ta men sigē, ta de pantelēs erēmia kateschēke.” Eti pros toutois ho autos peri tou kai thnēskein tous autōn daimonas tauta phēsi
For why speak of the others, when Boeotia, which in former times was many-voiced with oracles, has now been utterly deserted by them, like springs dried up, and a great drought of prophecy has seized the land? For nowhere else in Boeotia now but at Lebadea can those in need draw from prophecy; of the others, some are held by silence and some by total desolation." Further, besides these, the same writer says this about their demons dying:
Preparation 5, chapter 17
5.17.1Dindorf 1:237
“Τὸ μὲν ἐφεστάναι τοῖς χρηστηρίοις, εἶπε, μὴ θεοὺς, οἷς ἀπηλλάχθαι τῶν περὶ γῆν προσῆκόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ δαίμονας ὑπηρέτας θεῶν, οὐ δοκεῖ μοι κακῶς ἀξιοῦσθαι. τὸ δὲ τοῖς δαίμοσι τούτοις, μονονουχὶ δραχμὴν λαμβάνοντας ἐκ τῶν ἐπῶν τῶν Ἐμπεδοκλέους, ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἄτας καὶ πλάνας θεηλάτους ἐπιφέρειν, τελευτῶντας δὲ καὶ θανάτους ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπων ὑποτίθεσθαι, θρασύτερον ἡγοῦμαι καὶ βαρβαρικώτερον.
“To men ephestanai tois chrēstēriois, eipe, mē theous, hois apēllachthai tōn peri gēn prosēkon estin, alla daimonas hypēretas theōn, ou dokei moi kakōs axiousthai. to de tois daimosi toutois, mononouchi drachmēn lambanontas ek tōn epōn tōn Empedokleous, hamartias kai atas kai planas theēlatous epipherein, teleutōntas de kai thanatous hōsper anthrōpōn hypotithesthai, thrasyteron hēgoumai kai barbarikōteron.
"'That not gods, for whom it is fitting to be free of earthly things, but demons, servants of the gods, preside over the oracles,' he said, 'does not seem to me a bad opinion. But to take, as it were, a handful from the verses of Empedocles and impose on these demons sins, calamities, and god-sent wanderings, and finally to suppose deaths for them as for men, I consider rather rash and barbarous.'
5.17.2Dindorf 1:237–238
ἠρώτησεν οὖν ὁ Κλεόμβροτος τὸν Φίλιππον ὅστις εἴη καὶ ὁπόθεν ὁ νεανίας. πυθόμενος δὲ τοὔνομα καὶ τὴν πόλιν, οὐδὲ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς, ἔφη, λανθάνομεν, ὦ Ἡρακλέων, ἐν λόγοις ἀτόποις γεγονότες, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστι περὶ πραγμάτων μεγάλων μὴ μεγάλαις προσχρησάμενον ἀρχαῖς ἐπὶ τὸ εἰκὸς τῇ δόξῃ προελθεῖν.
ērōtēsen oun ho Kleombrotos ton Philippon hostis eiē kai hopothen ho neanias. pythomenos de tounoma kai tēn polin, oude hēmas autous, ephē, lanthanomen, ō Hērakleōn, en logois atopois gegonotes, allʼ ouk esti peri pragmatōn megalōn mē megalais proschrēsamenon archais epi to eikos tę̄ doxę̄ proelthein.
Cleombrotus then asked Philip who the young man was and where he came from; and having learned his name and city, he said: 'We ourselves are not unaware, Heracleon, that we have come into strange arguments; but it is not possible in great matters to arrive at a probable opinion without using great principles.
5.17.3Dindorf 1:238
σὺ δὲ σεαυτὸν λέληθας ὃ δίδως ἀφαιρούμενος. ὁμολογεῖς γὰρ εἶναι δαίμονας, τῷ δὲ μὴ φαύλους ἀξιοῦν εἶναι, μηδὲ θνητοὺς, οὐκέτι δαίμονας φυλάττεις. τίνι γὰρ τῶν θεῶν διαφέρουσιν, εἰ καὶ κατʼ οὐσίαν τὸ ἄφθαρτον καὶ κατʼ ἀρετὴν τὸ ἀπαθὲς καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχουσι;
sy de seauton lelēthas ho didōs aphairoumenos. homologeis gar einai daimonas, tǭ de mē phaulous axioun einai, mēde thnētous, ouketi daimonas phylatteis. tini gar tōn theōn diapherousin, ei kai katʼ ousian to aphtharton kai katʼ aretēn to apathes kai anamartēton echousi?
But you do not notice that you take away what you grant. For you admit that demons exist, but by not allowing them to be bad or mortal you no longer keep them demons. For in what do they differ from the gods, if in substance they have incorruptibility and in virtue freedom from passion and sin?'
5.17.4Dindorf 1:238
πρὸς ταῦτα τοῦ Ἡρακλέωνος σιωπῇ διανοουμένου τι πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Φίλιππος, ἀλλὰ φαύλους μὲν δαίμονας οὐκ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς μόνον, ὦ Ἡρακλέων, ἀπέλιπεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Πλάτων καὶ Ξενοκράτης καὶ Χρύσιππος· ἔτι δὲ Δημόκριτος εὐχόμενος εὐλόγχων εἰδώλων τυγχάνειν δῆλος ἦν ἕτερα δυστράπελα καὶ μοχθηρὰς γινώσκων ἔχοντα προαιρέσεις τινὰς καὶ ὁρμάς.
pros tauta tou Hērakleōnos siōpę̄ dianooumenou ti pros auton ho Philippos, alla phaulous men daimonas ouk Empedoklēs monon, ō Hērakleōn, apelipen, alla kai Platōn kai Xenokratēs kai Chrysippos; eti de Dēmokritos euchomenos eulonchōn eidōlōn tynchanein dēlos ēn hetera dystrapela kai mochthēras ginōskōn echonta proaireseis tinas kai hormas.
While Heracleon was silently pondering a reply, Philip said: 'But bad demons were admitted not only by Empedocles, Heracleon, but also by Plato, Xenocrates, and Chrysippus; and Democritus too, praying to meet with propitious images, plainly knew of others that are perverse and have wicked purposes and impulses.
5.17.5Dindorf 1:238
περὶ δὲ τοῦ θανάτου τῶν τοιούτων ἀκήκοα λόγον ἀνδρὸς οὐκ ἄφρονος οὐδὲ ἀλαζόνος. Αἰμιλιανοῦ γὰρ τοῦ ῥήτορος, οὗ καὶ ἡμῶν ἔνιοι διακηκόασιν, Ἐπιθέρσης ἦν πατὴρ, ἐμὸς πολίτης καὶ διδάσκαλος γραμματικῶν.
peri de tou thanatou tōn toioutōn akēkoa logon andros ouk aphronos oude alazonos. Aimilianou gar tou rhētoros, hou kai hēmōn enioi diakēkoasin, Epithersēs ēn patēr, emos politēs kai didaskalos grammatikōn.
And about the death of such beings I have heard an account from a man neither foolish nor boastful. Epitherses, my fellow citizen and teacher of grammar, was the father of Aemilianus the rhetor, whom some of you too have heard.
5.17.6Dindorf 1:238
οὗτος ἔφη ποτὲ πλέων εἰς Ἰταλίαν ἐπιβῆναι νεὼς ἐμπορικὰ χρήματα καὶ συχνοὺς ἐπιβάτας ἀγούσης· ἐσπέρας δʼ ἤδη περὶ τὰς Ἐχινάδας νήσους ἀποσβῆναι τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὴν ναῦν διαφερομένην πλησίον γενέσθαι Παξῶν· ἐγρηγορέναι δὲ τοὺς πλείστους καὶ πίνειν, ἐπεὶ δεδειπνηκότες ἦσαν· ἐξαίφνης δὲ φωνῆς ἀπὸ τῆς νήσου τῶν Παξῶν ἀκουσθῆναι, Θαμνοῦν τινὸς βοῇ καλοῦντος, ὥστε θαυμάζειν· ὁ γὰρ Θαμνοῦς Αἰγύπτιος ἦν κυβερνήτης, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐμπλεόντων γνώριμος πολλοῖς ἀπʼ ὀνόματος. δὶς μὲν οὖν κληθέντα σιωπῆσαι, τὸ δὲ τρίτον ὑπακοῦσαι τῷ καλοῦντι, κἀκεῖνον ἐπιτείναντα τὴν φωνὴν εἰπεῖν, ὁπόταν γένῃ κατὰ τὸ Παλῶδες, ἀπάγγειλον ὅτι Πὰν ὁ μέγας τέθνηκεν.
houtos ephē pote pleōn eis Italian epibēnai neōs emporika chrēmata kai sychnous epibatas agousēs; esperas dʼ ēdē peri tas Echinadas nēsous aposbēnai to pneuma kai tēn naun diapheromenēn plēsion genesthai Paxōn; egrēgorenai de tous pleistous kai pinein, epei dedeipnēkotes ēsan; exaiphnēs de phōnēs apo tēs nēsou tōn Paxōn akousthēnai, Thamnoun tinos boę̄ kalountos, hōste thaumazein; ho gar Thamnous Aigyptios ēn kybernētēs, oude tōn empleontōn gnōrimos pollois apʼ onomatos. dis men oun klēthenta siōpēsai, to de triton hypakousai tǭ kalounti, kakeinon epiteinanta tēn phōnēn eipein, hopotan genę̄ kata to Palōdes, apangeilon hoti Pan ho megas tethnēken.
He said that once, sailing to Italy, he embarked on a ship carrying merchandise and many passengers. In the evening, near the Echinades islands, the wind dropped, and the ship drifted near Paxi. Most were awake and drinking, since they had dined. Suddenly a voice was heard from the island of Paxi, someone loudly calling Thamus, so that they wondered; for Thamus was an Egyptian pilot, not known by name even to many of those on board. Twice called, he was silent, but the third time he answered the caller, and the other, raising his voice, said: "When you come opposite Palodes, announce that the great Pan is dead."
5.17.7Dindorf 1:238–239
τοῦτο ἀκούσαντας ὁ Ἐπιθέρσης ἔφη πάντας ἐκπλαγῆναι, καὶ διδόντας ἑαυτοῖς λόγον, εἴτε ποιῆσαι βέλτιον εἴη τὸ προστεταγμένον, εἴτε μὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐὰν, οὕτω γνῶναι τὸν Θαμνοῦν, εἰ μὲν εἴη πνεῦμα, παραπλεῖν ἡσυχίαν ἔχοντα, νηνεμίας δὲ καὶ γαλήνης περὶ τὸν τόπον γενομένης ἀνειπεῖν ἃ ἤκουσεν.
touto akousantas ho Epithersēs ephē pantas ekplagēnai, kai didontas heautois logon, eite poiēsai beltion eiē to prostetagmenon, eite mē polypragmonein, allʼ ean, houtō gnōnai ton Thamnoun, ei men eiē pneuma, paraplein hēsychian echonta, nēnemias de kai galēnēs peri ton topon genomenēs aneipein ha ēkousen.
On hearing this, Epitherses said, all were astonished, and they debated among themselves whether it would be better to carry out the command or not to meddle but let it be; and Thamus decided thus: if there were a wind, to sail past keeping quiet, but if calm and stillness came about the place, to announce what he had heard.
5.17.8Dindorf 1:239
ὡς οὖν ἐγένετο κατὰ τὸ Παλῶδες, οὔτε πνεύματος ὄντος οὔτε κλύδωνος, ἐκ πρύμνης βλέποντα τὸν Θαμνοῦν πρὸς τὴν γῆν εἰπεῖν, ὥσπερ ἤκουσεν, ὅτι Πὰν ὁ μέγας τέθνηκεν, οὐ φθῆναι δὲ παυσάμενον αὐτὸν, καὶ γενέσθαι μέγαν οὐχ ἑνὸς, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν στεναγμὸν, ἅμα θαυμασμῷ μεμιγμένον.
hōs oun egeneto kata to Palōdes, oute pneumatos ontos oute klydōnos, ek prymnēs bleponta ton Thamnoun pros tēn gēn eipein, hōsper ēkousen, hoti Pan ho megas tethnēken, ou phthēnai de pausamenon auton, kai genesthai megan ouch henos, alla pollōn stenagmon, hama thaumasmǭ memigmenon.
So when they came opposite Palodes, there being neither wind nor wave, Thamus, looking from the stern toward the land, said as he had heard, that the great Pan is dead; and he had not yet finished when there arose a great lamentation, not of one but of many, mingled with amazement.
5.17.9Dindorf 1:239
οἷα δὲ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων παρόντων ταχὺ τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ σκεδασθῆναι καὶ Θαμνοῦν γενέσθαι μετάπεμπτον ὑπὸ Τιβερίου Καίσαρος· οὕτω δὲ πιστεῦσαι τῷ λόγῳ τὸν Τιβέριον ὥστε διαπυνθάνεσθαι καὶ ζητεῖν περὶ τοῦ Πανός· εἰκάζειν δὲ τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν φιλολόγους συχνοὺς ὄντας τὸν ἐξ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Πηνελόπης γεγενημένον.
hoia de pollōn anthrōpōn parontōn tachy ton logon en tę̄ Rhōmę̄ skedasthēnai kai Thamnoun genesthai metapempton hypo Tiberiou Kaisaros; houtō de pisteusai tǭ logǭ ton Tiberion hōste diapynthanesthai kai zētein peri tou Panos; eikazein de tous peri auton philologous sychnous ontas ton ex Hermou kai Pēnelopēs gegenēmenon.
Since many people were present, the story quickly spread in Rome, and Thamus was summoned by Tiberius Caesar. Tiberius believed the story so much that he made inquiries and investigations about Pan; and the many scholars about him conjectured that he was the son born of Hermes and Penelope.
5.17.10Dindorf 1:239
ὁ μὲν οὑν Φίλιππος εἶχε τῶν παρόντων ἐνίους μάρτυρας, Αἰμιλιανοῦ τοῦ γέροντος ἀκηκοότας ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος ἔφη τῶν περὶ τὴν Βρεττανίαν νήσων εἶναι πολλὰς ἐρήμους σποράδας, ὧν ἐνίας δαιμόνων καὶ ἡρώων ὀνομάζεσθαι· πλεῦσαι δὲ αὐτὸς ἱστορίας καὶ θέας ἕνεκα πομπῇ τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς τὴν ἔγγιστα κειμένην τῶν ἐρήμων, ἔχουσαν οὐ πολλοὺς ἐποικοῦντας, ἱεροὺς δὲ καὶ ἀσύλους πάντας ὑπὸ τῶν Βρεττανῶν ὄντας.
ho men houn Philippos eiche tōn parontōn enious martyras, Aimilianou tou gerontos akēkootas ho de Dēmētrios ephē tōn peri tēn Brettanian nēsōn einai pollas erēmous sporadas, hōn enias daimonōn kai hērōōn onomazesthai; pleusai de autos historias kai theas heneka pompę̄ tou basileōs eis tēn engista keimenēn tōn erēmōn, echousan ou pollous epoikountas, hierous de kai asylous pantas hypo tōn Brettanōn ontas.
Philip had some of those present as witnesses, who had heard it from the old man Aemilianus. And Demetrius said that of the islands around Britain many are deserted and scattered, some of which are named after demons and heroes; and that he himself, sent by the king to inquire and observe, sailed to the nearest of the deserted ones, which had few inhabitants, all of whom were held sacred and inviolable by the Britons.
5.17.11Dindorf 1:239–240
ἀφιγμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ νεωστὶ σύγχυσιν μεγάλην περὶ τὸν ἀέρα καὶ διοσημίας πολλὰς γενέσθαι, καὶ πνεύματα καταρραγῆναι, καὶ πεσεῖν πρηστῆρας. ἐπεὶ δʼ ἐλώφησε, λέγειν τοὺς νησιώτας ὅτι τῶν κρειττόνων τινὸς ἔκλειψις γέγονεν· ὡς γὰρ λύχνος ἀναπτόμενος, φάναι, δεινὸν οὐδὲν ἔχει, σβεννύμενος δὲ πολλοῖς λυπηρός ἐστιν, οὕτως αἱ μεγάλαι ψυχαὶ τὰς μὲν ἀναλάμψεις εὐμενεῖς καὶ ἀλύπους ἔχουσιν, αἱ δὲ σβέσεις αὐτῶν καὶ φθοραὶ πολλάκις μὲν, ὡς νῦν, πνεύματα καὶ χαλάζας τρέφουσι, πολλάκις δὲ λοιμικοῖς πάθεσι τὸν ἀέρα φαρμάττουσιν.
aphigmenou de autou neōsti synchysin megalēn peri ton aera kai diosēmias pollas genesthai, kai pneumata katarragēnai, kai pesein prēstēras. epei dʼ elōphēse, legein tous nēsiōtas hoti tōn kreittonōn tinos ekleipsis gegonen; hōs gar lychnos anaptomenos, phanai, deinon ouden echei, sbennymenos de pollois lypēros estin, houtōs hai megalai psychai tas men analampseis eumeneis kai alypous echousin, hai de sbeseis autōn kai phthorai pollakis men, hōs nyn, pneumata kai chalazas trephousi, pollakis de loimikois pathesi ton aera pharmattousin.
Soon after he arrived, there was great disturbance in the air, many portents, winds bursting out, and whirlwinds falling. When it abated, the islanders said that one of the higher beings had passed away. 'For as a lamp,' they said, 'when lit has nothing dreadful, but when quenched is grievous to many, so the great souls have kindlings that are kindly and harmless, but their quenchings and destructions often, as now, nourish winds and hail, and often poison the air with pestilential afflictions.'
5.17.12Dindorf 1:240
ἐκεῖ μέντοι μίαν εἶναι νῆσον, ἐν ᾗ τὸν Κρόνον καθεῖρχθαι φρουρούμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Βριάρεω καθεύδοντα· δεσμὸν γὰρ αὐτῷ τὸν ὕπνον μεμηχανῆσθαι· πολλοὺς δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι δαίμονας ὀπαδοὺς καὶ θεράποντας.”
ekei mentoi mian einai nēson, en hę̄ ton Kronon katheirchthai phrouroumenon hypo tou Briareō katheudonta; desmon gar autǭ ton hypnon memēchanēsthai; pollous de peri auton einai daimonas opadous kai therapontas.”
There is one island there, moreover, in which Cronus is imprisoned, guarded by Briareus as he sleeps; for sleep has been devised as his bond; and many demons are around him as attendants and servants."
5.17.13Dindorf 1:240
Τοσαῦτα ὁ Πλούταρχος. ἐπιτηρῆσαι δὲ ἄξιον τὸν καιρὸν ἐν ᾧ φησι τὸν θάνατον γεγονέναι τοῦ δαίμονος. οὗτος δὲ ἦν ὁ κατὰ Τιβέριον καθʼ ὃν ὁ ἡμέτερος σωτὴρ τὰς σὺν ἀνθρώποις ποιούμενος διατριβὰς πᾶν γένος δαιμόνων ἐξελαύνειν τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀναγέγραπται βίου· ὥστε ἤδη τινὰς τῶν δαιμόνων γονυπετεῖν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἱκετεύειν μὴ τῷ περιμένοντι αὐτοὺς Ταρτάρῳ παραδοῦναι.
Tosauta ho Ploutarchos. epitērēsai de axion ton kairon en hǭ phēsi ton thanaton gegonenai tou daimonos. houtos de ēn ho kata Tiberion kathʼ hon ho hēmeteros sōtēr tas syn anthrōpois poioumenos diatribas pan genos daimonōn exelaunein tou tōn anthrōpōn anagegraptai biou; hōste ēdē tinas tōn daimonōn gonypetein auton, kai hiketeuein mē tǭ perimenonti autous Tartarǭ paradounai.
So much Plutarch. It is worth observing the time at which he says the death of the demon took place. This was the time of Tiberius, in which our Savior, spending his life among men, is recorded to have driven every kind of demon out of human life, so that some of the demons even fell on their knees before him and begged him not to hand them over to the Tartarus awaiting them.
5.17.14Dindorf 1:240
ἔχεις οὖν καὶ τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων καθαιρέσεως τὸν χρόνον, οὐκ ἄλλοτε ἐξ αἰῶνος ἱστορηθείσης, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ τῆς ἀνθρωποθυσίας τῶν ἐθνῶν τὴν κατάλυσιν οὐκ ἄλλοτε ἢ μετὰ τὸ προελθὸν εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους κήρυγμα τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας γεγενημένην. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τῆς νεωτέρας ἱστορίας ἐληλέγχθω.
echeis oun kai tēs tōn daimonōn kathaireseōs ton chronon, ouk allote ex aiōnos historētheisēs, hōsper oun kai tēs anthrōpothysias tōn ethnōn tēn katalysin ouk allote ē meta to proelthon eis pantas anthrōpous kērygma tēs euangelikēs didaskalias gegenēmenēn. tauta men oun hēmin apo tēs neōteras historias elēlenchthō.
You have, then, the time of the destruction of the demons, recorded at no other time in all the ages, just as the abolition of human sacrifice among the nations took place at no other time than after the preaching of the gospel teaching went out to all men. Let these things, then, be proved by us from more recent history.
Preparation 5, chapter 18
5.18.1Dindorf 1:240
Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ μὴ τοῖς πᾶσι γνώριμα τυγχάνει τὰ εἰρημένα, εὖ μοι δοκεῖ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὰ πᾶσι πρόδηλα τοῖς φιλολόγοις μεταβῆναι, καὶ τοὺς παλαιτάτους τῷ χρόνῳ χρησμοὺς ἐξετάσαι ἀνὰ στόμα πάντων Ἑλλήνων ᾀδομένους, κἀν ταῖς κατὰ πόλιν διατριβαῖς τοῖς ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ φοιτῶσι παραδιδομένους.
Allʼ epei mē tois pasi gnōrima tynchanei ta eirēmena, eu moi dokei enteuthen epi ta pasi prodēla tois philologois metabēnai, kai tous palaitatous tǭ chronǭ chrēsmous exetasai ana stoma pantōn Hellēnōn ądomenous, kan tais kata polin diatribais tois epi paideią phoitōsi paradidomenous.
But since what has been said is not known to all, it seems good to me to pass from here to what is plain to all lovers of learning, and to examine the most ancient oracles, sung on the lips of all the Greeks and handed down in the schools of the cities to those who attend for education.
5.18.2Dindorf 1:240–241
ἄνωθεν τοίνυν ἀναλαβὼν τὰς παλαιὰς ἱστορίας ἐπίσκεψαι οἷα ὁ Πύθιος Ἀθηναίοις χρᾷ λοιμῷ πιεσθεῖσι διὰ τὴν Ἀνδρόγεω τελευτήν. ἐλοίμωσσον δὲ πάντες Ἀθηναῖοι διʼ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς θάνατον, τῆς δʼ ἐκ τῶν θεῶν ἐπικουρίας τυχεῖν ἠξίουν.
anōthen toinyn analabōn tas palaias historias episkepsai hoia ho Pythios Athēnaiois chrą loimǭ piestheisi dia tēn Androgeō teleutēn. eloimōsson de pantes Athēnaioi diʼ henos andros thanaton, tēs dʼ ek tōn theōn epikourias tychein ēxioun.
Taking up, then, the ancient histories from the beginning, consider what the Pythian god declared to the Athenians when they were oppressed by plague on account of the death of Androgeos. All the Athenians were stricken with plague because of the death of one man, and they asked to obtain help from the gods.
5.18.3Dindorf 1:241
τί ποτʼ οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ θεὸς παραινεῖ; τάχα πού τις οἰήσεται δικαιοσύνης τοῦ λοιποῦ καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἐπιμέλεσθαι καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς, ἢ μετανοεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ πλημμελήματι, καί τι τῶν ὁσίων καὶ εὐσεβῶν ἐκτελεῖν, ὡς ἂν τῶν θεῶν τούτοις ἱλασκομένων. ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν ἦν οὐδέν.
ti potʼ oun autois ho sōtēr kai theos parainei? tacha pou tis oiēsetai dikaiosynēs tou loipou kai philanthrōpias epimelesthai kai tēs allēs aretēs, ē metanoein epi tǭ plēmmelēmati, kai ti tōn hosiōn kai eusebōn ektelein, hōs an tōn theōn toutois hilaskomenōn. alla toutōn men ēn ouden.
What, then, did the savior and god advise them? Perhaps someone will suppose: to care for justice and kindness and the rest of virtue for the future, or to repent of the offense and to perform some holy and pious act, so that the gods might be appeased by these. But it was none of these.
5.18.4Dindorf 1:241
τί γὰρ δὴ καὶ μέλον ἦν τούτων τοῖς θαυμασίοις θεοῖς, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῖς παμπονήροις δαίμοσι; πάλιν οὖν τὰ αὐτοῖς συγγενῆ καὶ οἰκεῖα, τὰ ἀνηλεῆ καὶ ὠμὰ καὶ ἀπάνθρωπα, λοιμὸν ἐπὶ λοιμῷ φασι καὶ θανάτους ἐπὶ θανάτῳ.
ti gar dē kai melon ēn toutōn tois thaumasiois theois, mallon de tois pamponērois daimosi? palin oun ta autois syngenē kai oikeia, ta anēleē kai ōma kai apanthrōpa, loimon epi loimǭ phasi kai thanatous epi thanatǭ.
For what concern had the wonderful gods, or rather the utterly wicked demons, for these things? Again, then, they speak what is akin and proper to them, things pitiless, savage, and inhuman: plague upon plague and deaths for a death.
5.18.5Dindorf 1:241
κελεύει γοῦν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔτους ἑκάστου πέμπειν αὐτοὺς τῶν ἰδίων παίδων ἄρρενας ἐνήβους ἑπτὰ καὶ θηλειῶν ἰσαρίθμους παρθένους, ἀνθʼ ἑνὸς δέκα καὶ τέσσαρας ἀναιτίους καὶ ἀπράγμονας, οὐκ εἰς ἅπαξ, ἀλλὰ, καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἔτος τυθησομένους ἐν Κρήτῃ παρὰ τῷ Μίνωϊ· ὥστε καὶ μέχρι τῶν τοῦ Σωκράτους χρόνων πλέον ἢ πεντακοσίοις ὕστερον ἔτεσιν ὁ δεινὸς οὗτος καὶ ἀπανθρωπότατος δασμὸς μνήμην παρʼ Ἀθηναίοις διεφύλαττε. τοῦτο δὲ ἦν ἄρα τὸ καὶ Σωκράτει τὴν ἀναβολὴν τοῦ θανάτου πεποιημένον.
keleuei goun ho Apollōn etous hekastou pempein autous tōn idiōn paidōn arrenas enēbous hepta kai thēleiōn isarithmous parthenous, anthʼ henos deka kai tessaras anaitious kai apragmonas, ouk eis hapax, alla, kai kata pan etos tythēsomenous en Krētę̄ para tǭ Minōï; hōste kai mechri tōn tou Sōkratous chronōn pleon ē pentakosiois hysteron etesin ho deinos houtos kai apanthrōpotatos dasmos mnēmēn parʼ Athēnaiois diephylatte. touto de ēn ara to kai Sōkratei tēn anabolēn tou thanatou pepoiēmenon.
Apollo, at any rate, commands them to send every year seven of their own sons in the bloom of youth and as many maiden daughters, fourteen innocent and harmless persons for one, not once only but every year, to be put to death in Crete by Minos; so that even down to the times of Socrates, more than five hundred years later, this terrible and most inhuman tribute kept its memory among the Athenians. This, it seems, was what caused the postponement of Socrates' death.
5.18.6Dindorf 1:241
τίθησι γοῦν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀπελέγχει τὸν χρησμὸν εὖ μάλα τις τῶν νέων ἀνδρικῷ λογισμῷ γοήτων φωρὰν ἐν οἰκείῳ συγγραμματι πεποιημένος οὗ καὶ αὐτοῦ τῶν φωνῶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῶν ἐμῶν ἄκουε, πρὸς τὸν χρησμῳδὸν ὧδέ πως ἀποτεινομένου·
tithēsi goun homou kai apelenchei ton chrēsmon eu mala tis tōn neōn andrikǭ logismǭ goētōn phōran en oikeiǭ syngrammati pepoiēmenos hou kai autou tōn phōnōn, alla mē tōn emōn akoue, pros ton chrēsmǭdon hōde pōs apoteinomenou;
One of the more recent writers, at any rate, who made a Detection of Impostors in a treatise of his own, sets out the oracle and very well refutes it with manly reasoning. Hear his words, not mine, as he addresses the oracle-giver somewhat as follows:
Preparation 5, chapter 19
5.19.1Dindorf 1:241–242
“ Τί δʼ; οὐκ Ἀθηναῖοι τὸν Ἀνδρόγεων ἀποκτείναντες, καὶ λοιμώξαντες ἐπὶ τούτῳ, εἶπον ἂν μετανοεῖν; ἢ μὴ λεγόντων, οὐ σὲ προσῆκον ἦν εἰπεῖν μετανοεῖτέ μᾶλλον ἢ λοιμοῦ καὶ λιμοῦ τέλος ἔσσεται, ἤνπερ ἑαυτῶν σώματʼ ἀπὸ κλήρου ἄρρεν καὶ θῆλυ νέμητε Μίνωι, εἰς ἅλα δῖαν ἀποστέλλοντες, ἀμοιβὴν τῶν ἀδίκων ἔργων· οὕτω θεὸς ἴλαος ἔσται.
“ Ti dʼ? ouk Athēnaioi ton Androgeōn apokteinantes, kai loimōxantes epi toutǭ, eipon an metanoein? ē mē legontōn, ou se prosēkon ēn eipein metanoeite mallon ē loimou kai limou telos essetai, ēnper heautōn sōmatʼ apo klērou arren kai thēly nemēte Minōi, eis hala dian apostellontes, amoibēn tōn adikōn ergōn; houtō theos ilaos estai.
"What? Would not the Athenians, after killing Androgeos and suffering plague because of it, have said they repented? Or, if they did not say so, was it not fitting for you to say, 'Repent,' rather than: 'There will be an end of plague and famine if you allot by lot bodies of your own, male and female, to Minos, sending them over the divine sea as recompense for your unjust deeds; so the god will be gracious'?
5.19.2Dindorf 1:242
ἐῶ γὰρ τὸ Ἀνδρόγεω μὲν Ἀθήνησιν ἀποθανόντος ὑμᾶς ἀγανακτεῖν, τῶν δὲ τοσούτων καὶ πανταχόθι καὶ πάντοτε καθεύδειν. καίτοι εἰδὼς ὅτι ἐθαλασσοκράτει τότε ὁ Μίνως, καὶ μέγα ἐδύνατο, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἑλλὰς αὐτὸν ἐθεράπευε, καὶ ἦν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δικαιότατος, καὶ νομοθέτης ἀγαθὸς, καὶ Ὁμήρῳ ἐδόκει Δῖός μεγάλου εἶναι ὀαριστὴς, καὶ ἀποθανὼν ἐν Ἅιδου δικαστὴς, καὶ σὺ διὰ τοῦθʼ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τὰς δίκας ταύτας εἰσεπράττου.
eō gar to Androgeō men Athēnēsin apothanontos hymas aganaktein, tōn de tosoutōn kai pantachothi kai pantote katheudein. kaitoi eidōs hoti ethalassokratei tote ho Minōs, kai mega edynato, kai pasa hē Hellas auton etherapeue, kai ēn kai dia touto dikaiotatos, kai nomothetēs agathos, kai Homērǭ edokei Dios megalou einai oaristēs, kai apothanōn en Haidou dikastēs, kai sy dia touthʼ hyper autou tas dikas tautas eiseprattou.
For I pass over the fact that you gods were indignant when Androgeos died at Athens, but sleep when so many died everywhere and always. And yet you knew that Minos was then master of the sea and very powerful, and all Greece courted him; and for this reason he was also most just, and a good lawgiver, and in Homer's view 'the familiar friend of great Zeus,' and after death a judge in Hades; and you, for this reason, exacted these penalties on his behalf.
5.19.3Dindorf 1:242
ἀλλὰ παραλείπω γε οὐδὲν ταῦτα ὑμῶν, καὶ ὅτι τοὺς φονεῖς ἐάσαντες τοὺς οὐδὲν αἰτίους πέμπειν ἐκελεύετε ἀποθανουμένους, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐπʼ ἄνδρα, ὃν ἀναδεικνύναι ἐμέλλετε κοινὸν ἀνθρώπων δικαστὴν, ὃς οὐδʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἠπίστατο δικάσαι. καίτοι πόσους ὑμεῖς οἱ θεοὶ ἀντὶ τούτων τῶν κορῶν δίκαιοι πέμπειν ἐστὲ Ἀθηναίοις, οὓς ἀδίκως Ἀνδρόγεω ἀπεκτείνατε;”
alla paraleipō ge ouden tauta hymōn, kai hoti tous phoneis easantes tous ouden aitious pempein ekeleuete apothanoumenous, kai toutʼ epʼ andra, hon anadeiknynai emellete koinon anthrōpōn dikastēn, hos oudʼ auto touto ēpistato dikasai. kaitoi posous hymeis hoi theoi anti toutōn tōn korōn dikaioi pempein este Athēnaiois, hous adikōs Androgeō apekteinate?”
But I pass over this of yours too, that letting the murderers go you ordered the guiltless to be sent to die, and that to a man whom you were about to proclaim a common judge of mankind, who did not know how to judge even this. And yet how many of you gods would justly be sent to the Athenians instead of these young people, whom you unjustly killed for Androgeos?"
5.19.4Dindorf 1:242
Ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς οὗτος συγγραφεὺς ὁπόσοις ὁ Ἀπόλλων διὰ τῆς τῶν χρησμῶν ἀμφιβολίας θανάτου αἴτιος γέγονε, τὴν ἀμφὶ τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας ἀναλαβὼν ἱστορίαν, εὐθύνει λέγων οὕτως
Ho dʼ autos houtos syngrapheus hoposois ho Apollōn dia tēs tōn chrēsmōn amphibolias thanatou aitios gegone, tēn amphi tous Hērakleidas analabōn historian, euthynei legōn houtōs
This same writer, taking up the story of the Heraclidae, calls Apollo to account for how many deaths he has caused through the ambiguity of his oracles, speaking thus:
Preparation 5, chapter 20
5.20.1Dindorf 1:242
" Ἐπεὶ δέ πως ἐπεμνήσθην τοῦδε τοῦ λόγου, φέρε τὰ καθήκοντα διέλθω τοῦ κατὰ τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας διηγήματος. οὗτοι γάρ ποθʼ ὡρμημένοι κατὰ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν εἰσβαλεῖν εἰς Πελοπόννησον ἐσφάλησαν. Ἀριστόμαχος οὖν ὁ Ἀριδαίου, ἐπειδὴ ὁ Ἀριδαῖος ἀποτεθνήκει ἐν τῇ εἰσβολῇ, ἔρχεται ἀκουσόμενος παρὰ σοῦ περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ· ἐπεθύμει δὲ ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ πατήρ.
" Epei de pōs epemnēsthēn toude tou logou, phere ta kathēkonta dielthō tou kata tous Hērakleidas diēgēmatos. houtoi gar pothʼ hōrmēmenoi kata ton Isthmon eisbalein eis Peloponnēson esphalēsan. Aristomachos oun ho Aridaiou, epeidē ho Aridaios apotethnēkei en tę̄ eisbolę̄, erchetai akousomenos para sou peri tēs hodou; epethymei de hōsper kai ho patēr.
"But since I have somehow come to mention this account, come, let me go through the relevant parts of the story of the Heraclidae. They once set out to invade the Peloponnese by the Isthmus and failed. Aristomachus, son of Aridaeus, since Aridaeus had died in the invasion, comes to hear from you about the way; for he desired it as his father had.
5.20.2Dindorf 1:242–243
σὺ δʼ αὐτῷ λέγεις νίκην σοι φαίνουσι θεοὶ διʼ ὁδοῖο στενύγρων, καὶ ὃς κατὰ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν ὥρμησεν ἐπιχειρεῖν καὶ μάχῃ τελευτᾷ. τούτου υἱὸς ὁ Τήμενος κακοδαίμων ἧκεν ἐκ κακοδαιμόνων τρίτος· σὺ δʼ αὐτῷ παρεγγυᾷς ἃ καὶ Ἀριστομάχῳ τῷ πατρί· καὶ ὃς, ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνός σοι, ἔφη, πεισθεὶς ἀπέθανεν ἐν τῇ εἰσβολῇ.
sy dʼ autǭ legeis nikēn soi phainousi theoi diʼ hodoio stenygrōn, kai hos kata ton Isthmon hōrmēsen epicheirein kai machę̄ teleutą. toutou huios ho Tēmenos kakodaimōn hēken ek kakodaimonōn tritos; sy dʼ autǭ parengyąs ha kai Aristomachǭ tǭ patri; kai hos, alla kakeinos soi, ephē, peistheis apethanen en tę̄ eisbolę̄.
And you say to him: 'The gods show you victory by way of the narrows.' And he set out to attempt it by the Isthmus and died in battle. His son Temenus came, ill-starred third of an ill-starred line; and you charge him with the same as Aristomachus his father. And he said: 'But he too obeyed you and died in the invasion.'
5.20.3Dindorf 1:243
καὶ σὺ ἔφης, οὐ κατὰ γῆν λέγω στενύγρην, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν εὐρυγάστορα, ἐπειδὴ χαλεπὸν ἦν εἰπεῖν κατὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, κἀκεῖνος ᾔει κατὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, δόξαν ἐμποιήσας ὅτι κατὰ γῆν εἰσίοι, καὶ μέσον στρατοπεδεύεται Ναυάτου καὶ Τυπαίου· καὶ διακοντίζει Κάρνον ἱππότην φυλάνδρου τὸν Αἰτωλὸν, εὖ, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, ποιῶν· καὶ ἐπειδὴ συνεκύρησε νόσος πλησία καὶ ἀπέθανεν Ἀριστόδημος, πάλιν ἐπανεχώρουν, καὶ ὁ Τήμενος ἐλθὼν ἀπεμέμφετο τῇ ἀποτυχίᾳ, καὶ ἤκουσεν ὅτι ποινὴν ἀνεμάξατο τοῦ θείου ἀγγέλου, καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐχῆς Ἀπόλλωνι Καρνείῳ ποίημα τὸ διὰ τοῦ χρησμοῦ λέγον ἄγγελον ἡμέτερον κτείνας ἀνεμάξαο ποινήν.
kai sy ephēs, ou kata gēn legō stenygrēn, alla kata tēn eurygastora, epeidē chalepon ēn eipein kata tēn thalassan, kakeinos ę̄ei kata tēn thalassan, doxan empoiēsas hoti kata gēn eisioi, kai meson stratopedeuetai Nauatou kai Typaiou; kai diakontizei Karnon hippotēn phylandrou ton Aitōlon, eu, emoi dokei, poiōn; kai epeidē synekyrēse nosos plēsia kai apethanen Aristodēmos, palin epanechōroun, kai ho Tēmenos elthōn apemempheto tę̄ apotychią, kai ēkousen hoti poinēn anemaxato tou theiou angelou, kai to hyper tēs euchēs Apollōni Karneiǭ poiēma to dia tou chrēsmou legon angelon hēmeteron kteinas anemaxao poinēn.
And you said: 'I do not mean the narrows by land, but the wide-bellied one,' since it was hard to say 'by the sea.' And he went by sea, having given the impression that he would invade by land, and encamps between Naupactus and Typaeum; and he spears Carnus the Aetolian, a horseman, son of Phylander, doing well, it seems to me. And when a sickness befell them close at hand and Aristodemus died, they withdrew again, and Temenus came and complained of the failure, and heard that he had brought on himself a penalty for the divine messenger, and the poem to Apollo Carneius about the prayer, which says in the oracle: 'Having killed our messenger you have brought a penalty on yourself.'
5.20.4Dindorf 1:243
τί οὖν φησιν ὁ Τήμενος; τί χρὴ ποιεῖν; καὶ πῶς ἂν ἱλασαίμην ὑμᾶς; εὔχεο Καρνείῳ τελέειν σέβας Ἀπόλλωνι. ὢ μιαρώτατε καὶ ἀναισχυντότατε μάντι· εἶτʼ οὐκ ἠπίστασο ὅτι διαμαρτήσεται τῆς στενύγρης ὁ τὴν στενύγρην ἀκούσας; ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐπιστάμενος χρᾷς, ἔπειτα περιορᾷς διαμαρτάνοντα.
ti oun phēsin ho Tēmenos? ti chrē poiein? kai pōs an hilasaimēn hymas? eucheo Karneiǭ teleein sebas Apollōni. ō miarōtate kai anaischyntotate manti; eitʼ ouk ēpistaso hoti diamartēsetai tēs stenygrēs ho tēn stenygrēn akousas? allʼ ouden hētton epistamenos chrąs, epeita periorąs diamartanonta.
What then does Temenus say? 'What must I do? And how may I appease you?' 'Pray to perform worship to Apollo Carneius.' O most foul and most shameless seer! Did you not know, then, that he who heard 'the narrows' would miss the narrows? But knowing it none the less, you give oracles, and then look on while he fails.
5.20.5Dindorf 1:243–244
ἀλλʼ ἀμφίβολος ἡ στενύγρη, ὅπως νικήσαντι μὲν αἴτιος εἶναι δοκῆς νίκης, ἡττηθέντι δὲ μηδὲν αἴτιος εἶναι ἥττης, ἔχῃς δὲ ἀποφυγεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν εὐρυγάστορα. ἀλλʼ ἧκεν ἄνθρωπος ἐπὶ τὴν εὐρυγάστορα, καὶ οὐκ ἔτυχεν. εὕρηται πάλιν εἰς ἀποφυγὴν Κάρνος ἄγγελος ἀποθανῶν.
allʼ amphibolos hē stenygrē, hopōs nikēsanti men aitios einai dokēs nikēs, hēttēthenti de mēden aitios einai hēttēs, echę̄s de apophygein epi tēn eurygastora. allʼ hēken anthrōpos epi tēn eurygastora, kai ouk etychen. heurētai palin eis apophygēn Karnos angelos apothanōn.
But 'the narrows' is ambiguous, so that if he won you might seem the cause of the victory, and if he were defeated you would be no cause of the defeat, and could escape to 'the wide-bellied.' But the man went to 'the wide-bellied,' and did not succeed. Again, as an escape, Carnus the messenger, killed, has been found.
5.20.6Dindorf 1:244
καίτοι πῶς, ὦ κράτιστε, ὁ κηδόμενος οὕτω τοῦ Κάρνου ἄλλοις μὲν αὐτὸν θεοφορεῖσθαι ἐκέλευες, ἑαυτῷ δὲ οὔ; καὶ δέον σώζειν ἕνα ὄντα Κάρνον, αὐτόν τε περιεῖδες καὶ ἐναποθανόντι αὐτῷ Ὁμηρικὴν νόσον ἐνέβαλες εἰς τὸ πλῆθος καὶ εὐχὰς ἐπὶ τῇ νόσῳ ἀφηγοῦ;
kaitoi pōs, ō kratiste, ho kēdomenos houtō tou Karnou allois men auton theophoreisthai ekeleues, heautǭ de ou? kai deon sōzein hena onta Karnon, auton te perieides kai enapothanonti autǭ Homērikēn noson enebales eis to plēthos kai euchas epi tę̄ nosǭ aphēgou?
And yet how was it, most excellent one, that you, caring so much for Carnus, ordered him to be inspired for others but not for himself? And when you ought to have saved Carnus, being only one man, you both neglected him and, when he had died, cast a Homeric plague upon the host, and prescribed prayers about the plague?
5.20.7Dindorf 1:244
εἰ δʼ εὐχόμενος οὐδὲν ἤνυεν, ἄλλο τι ἂν ἐξεύροιτο ἄκος τῷ σῷ σοφίσματι, καὶ οὐδέποτʼ ἂν ἐλήξατε, οἱ μὲν ἐρωτῶντες, σὺ δὲ σοφιζόμενος, ἵνα καὶ νικῶσι καὶ ἡττωμένοις ᾖς ἀφώρατος κακουργῶν. ἱκανὸν γὰρ τὸ πάθος καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία παραβουκολῆσαι, ὡς μηδʼ εἰ χιλιάκις σφαγεῖεν ἀπιστεῖν σοι ποιῆσαι.’
ei dʼ euchomenos ouden ēnyen, allo ti an exeuroito akos tǭ sǭ sophismati, kai oudepotʼ an elēxate, hoi men erōtōntes, sy de sophizomenos, hina kai nikōsi kai hēttōmenois ę̄s aphōratos kakourgōn. hikanon gar to pathos kai hē epithymia paraboukolēsai, hōs mēdʼ ei chiliakis sphageien apistein soi poiēsai.’
And if by praying he achieved nothing, some other remedy would be found by your trickery, and you would never have stopped, they asking and you playing the sophist, so that both for the winners and for the losers you would be undetected in your wrongdoing. For passion and desire are enough to beguile them, so that even if they were slaughtered a thousand times they would not be made to distrust you."
5.20.8Dindorf 1:244
Τούτοις ἄξιον ἐπισυνάψαι τὰ περὶ Κροῖσον. Λυδίας οὗτος ἐβασίλευσεν, ἄνωθεν ἐκ παλαιῶν εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκουσαν παραλαβὼν τὴν ἀρχήν· εἶτά τι πλέον τῶν προγόνων κατορθώσειν ἐλπίσας τοὺς θεοὺς εὐσεβεῖν διενοήθη, καὶ διὰ πείρας ἐλθὼν ἁπάντων τὸν ἐν Δελφοῖς Ἀπόλλω προκρίνει, κἄπειτα κρατῆρσι καὶ πλίνθοις χρυσαῖς ἀναθημάτων τε μυρίων πλήθει κοσμήσας τὸ ἱερὸν τῶν πανταχοῦ γῆς ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ πλουσιώτατον ἀπέφηνεν, οὐδʼ ὅσα πρὸς θυσίας ἐξήρκει παραλιπὼν τῇ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ.
Toutois axion episynapsai ta peri Kroison. Lydias houtos ebasileusen, anōthen ek palaiōn eis auton hēkousan paralabōn tēn archēn; eita ti pleon tōn progonōn katorthōsein elpisas tous theous eusebein dienoēthē, kai dia peiras elthōn hapantōn ton en Delphois Apollō prokrinei, kapeita kratērsi kai plinthois chrysais anathēmatōn te myriōn plēthei kosmēsas to hieron tōn pantachou gēs en oligǭ chronǭ plousiōtaton apephēnen, oudʼ hosa pros thysias exērkei paralipōn tę̄ megalopsychią.
To these it is worth adding the story of Croesus. He was king of Lydia, having received the kingdom that had come down to him from his ancestors of old. Then, hoping to achieve something more than his forefathers, he resolved to show reverence to the gods, and having tested them all he chose the Apollo at Delphi above the rest; and then, adorning the temple with bowls and golden bricks and a multitude of countless offerings, in a short time he made it the richest of all temples on earth, in his magnanimity not even neglecting what would supply the sacrifices.
5.20.9Dindorf 1:244
ἐπειδὴ οὖν τὰ τοσαῦτα προδεδάνειστο τῷ θεῷ, ταῖς τῆς εὐσεβείας εἰκότως ὁ Λυδὸς ἐπιθαρσῶν μεγαλουργίαις στρατεῦσαι ἐπὶ Πέρσας διανοεῖται, αὐξῆσαι τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰς μέγα τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ συμμαχίᾳ προμηθούμενος.
epeidē oun ta tosauta prodedaneisto tǭ theǭ, tais tēs eusebeias eikotōs ho Lydos epitharsōn megalourgiais strateusai epi Persas dianoeitai, auxēsai tēn archēn eis mega tę̄ tou theou symmachią promēthoumenos.
Since, then, he had paid so much to the god in advance, the Lydian, reasonably relying on the great works of his piety, resolves to make war on the Persians, planning to increase his kingdom greatly with the god's alliance.
5.20.10Dindorf 1:244–245
τί οὖν ὁ θαυμάσιος χρησμῳδός; αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἐν Δελφοῖς, ὁ Πύθιος, ὁ φίλιος, τὸν ἱκέτην, τὸν εὐσεβῆ, τὸν πρόσφυγα, οὐχ ὅπως τῆς ἀλλοτρίας τυχεῖν ἀρχῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς οἰκείας ἐκπεσεῖν παρασκευάζει, οὔ τι ἑκὼν, ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, ἀγνοίᾳ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῦ ἀποβησομένου· (μὴ γὰρ τὸ μέλλον εἰδὼς ὁ θεὸς, ἐπεὶ μὴ θεὸς ἦν μηδέ τις ἀνθρώπου κρείττων δύναμις, ἐπὶ θάτερα σοφιστικῶς τὸν χρησμὸν ἡρμόσατο·) καὶ μονονουχὶ φήσας Κροῖσος Ἅλυν διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει, τὴν ἐκ προγόνων διαδοχῆς εἰς τὸν εὐσεβῆ κατελθοῦσαν τῆς Λυδίας ἀρχὴν, μεγάλην οὖσαν καὶ πολυχρόνιον, καταστρέφει, τῆς ἄγαν περὶ αὐτὸν σπουδῆς τοῦτον ἀποδοὺς τῷ θεοφιλεῖ τὸν καρπόν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ συγγραφεὺς οἷα οὐκ ἀλόγως διαγανακτεῖ ἄκουε
ti oun ho thaumasios chrēsmǭdos? autos ekeinos ho en Delphois, ho Pythios, ho philios, ton hiketēn, ton eusebē, ton prosphyga, ouch hopōs tēs allotrias tychein archēs, alla kai tēs oikeias ekpesein paraskeuazei, ou ti hekōn, emoige dokei, agnoią de mallon tou apobēsomenou; (mē gar to mellon eidōs ho theos, epei mē theos ēn mēde tis anthrōpou kreittōn dynamis, epi thatera sophistikōs ton chrēsmon hērmosato;) kai mononouchi phēsas Kroisos Halyn diabas megalēn archēn katalysei, tēn ek progonōn diadochēs eis ton eusebē katelthousan tēs Lydias archēn, megalēn ousan kai polychronion, katastrephei, tēs agan peri auton spoudēs touton apodous tǭ theophilei ton karpon. Epi toutois ho syngrapheus hoia ouk alogōs diaganaktei akoue
What then did the wonderful oracle-giver do? That very one at Delphi, the Pythian, the god of friendship, brings it about that his suppliant, the pious man, the refugee, not only does not gain another's kingdom but even falls from his own; not willingly, it seems to me, but rather through ignorance of what would happen. (For the god, not knowing the future, since he was no god nor any power stronger than man, cunningly fitted the oracle to either outcome.) And all but saying, 'Croesus, crossing the Halys, will destroy a great empire,' he overthrows the kingdom of Lydia, which had come down to the pious man by succession from his ancestors, a great and long-lasting one, paying back this fruit to the god-beloved man for his great zeal toward him. On these things hear how the writer, not without reason, expresses his indignation:
Preparation 5, chapter 21
5.21.1Dindorf 1:245
“Ἔοικας δὴ ὡς ἀληθῶς τὰ μὲν ὅσα ψάμμου ἄξιά ἐστιν εἰδέναι, καλὸν δὲ μηδὲν εἰδέναι. τὸ γοῦν ὀσμὴν ἐς φρένας σὰς ἐλθεῖν κραταιρίνοιο χελώνης ἑψομένης ψάμμου ἄξιον ἐπίστημά ἐστιν, οὐκ ἀληθὲς μὲν ὂν οὐδʼ αὐτὸ, ἀλλὰ προσεοικός γε ὅμως τῷ ἀλαζόνι καὶ ἀναιδεῖ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς κενοῖς εἰδήμασι τὴν ὀφρὺν ἐπαίροντι, καὶ τὸ Λύδιον ἀνδράποδον τὸν Κροῖσον πείθοντι μὴ καταφρονεῖν αὐτοῦ·
“Eoikas dē hōs alēthōs ta men hosa psammou axia estin eidenai, kalon de mēden eidenai. to goun osmēn es phrenas sas elthein kratairinoio chelōnēs hepsomenēs psammou axion epistēma estin, ouk alēthes men on oudʼ auto, alla proseoikos ge homōs tǭ alazoni kai anaidei kai epi tois kenois eidēmasi tēn ophryn epaironti, kai to Lydion andrapodon ton Kroison peithonti mē kataphronein autou;
"You seem truly to know things worth as much as sand, but to know nothing good. At any rate, that 'the smell came to your mind of a hard-shelled tortoise being boiled' is a piece of knowledge worth as much as sand, not true even itself, but still befitting a braggart, shameless, and one who raises his brows over empty pieces of knowledge, and who persuades the Lydian slave Croesus not to despise him.
5.21.2Dindorf 1:245
ὃς μετʼ ὀλίγον ἐπὶ τῇ πείρᾳ ἤμελλεν ἀνερωτᾶν σε εἰ στρατεύοι ἐπὶ Πέρσας, καὶ σύμβουλον ποιεῖσθαι ὑπὲρ τῆς αὐτοῦ μανίας καὶ πλεονεξίας. ᾧ οὐκ ὤκνησας εἰπεῖν ὅτι Ἅλυν διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει.
hos metʼ oligon epi tę̄ peirą ēmellen anerōtan se ei strateuoi epi Persas, kai symboulon poieisthai hyper tēs autou manias kai pleonexias. hǭ ouk ōknēsas eipein hoti Halyn diabas megalēn archēn katalysei.
He was soon, after the test, to ask you whether he should march against the Persians, and to make you counsellor of his madness and greed; and you did not hesitate to tell him that 'crossing the Halys he will destroy a great empire.'
5.21.3Dindorf 1:245–246
ἐκεῖνο μέντοι εὖ, ὅτι σοι οὐδὲν ἔμελεν εἴ τι ἄτοπον πείσεται ὑπʼ ἀμφιβόλου χρησμοῦ ἐπαρθεὶς ἐπʼ ἀλλοτρίαν ἀρχὴν, οὐδʼ εἰ πικροί τινες ἄνθρωποι καὶ δέον ἐπαινεῖν σε ἐπὶ τῷ τραχηλίσαι μαινόμενον ἄνθρωπον, καὶ προσεγκαλοῖεν ὡς οὐδὲ ἰσόρροπον φωνὴν ἀφέντα, ἵν ὀκνήσειεν καὶ βουλεύσαιτο ὁ Λυδός· ἀλλὰ ‘καταλῦσαιʼ καθʼ ἕνα τρόπον ἔστι νοεῖσθαι πρὸς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, οὐ τὸ τῆς οἰκείας ἀρχῆς ἐκπεσεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν περιποιήσασθαι.
ekeino mentoi eu, hoti soi ouden emelen ei ti atopon peisetai hypʼ amphibolou chrēsmou epartheis epʼ allotrian archēn, oudʼ ei pikroi tines anthrōpoi kai deon epainein se epi tǭ trachēlisai mainomenon anthrōpon, kai prosenkaloien hōs oude isorropon phōnēn aphenta, hin oknēseien kai bouleusaito ho Lydos; alla ‘katalysaiʼ kathʼ hena tropon esti noeisthai pros tōn Hellēnōn, ou to tēs oikeias archēs ekpesein, alla to tēn allotrian peripoiēsasthai.
This, however, was well done, that you did not care whether he would suffer something terrible, lifted up by an ambiguous oracle against another's empire; nor whether certain bitter men, when they ought to praise you for overthrowing a madman, should actually accuse you of not even uttering a balanced word, so that the Lydian might hesitate and take counsel; but 'destroy' was meant in only one way the Greeks could understand: not falling from his own empire, but acquiring another's.
5.21.4Dindorf 1:246
ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἡμίμηδος ἢ ἡμιπέρσης Κῦρος, ἢ ὁ μητρόθεν μὲν ἐκ τυραννικοῦ, πατρόθεν δὲ ἐξ ἰδιωτικοῦ γένους ἡμίονος ὢν ἐν τῷ αἰνίγματι, παρεμφαίνει μὲν τὴν ἔκτυφον μοῦσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἄμαντιν μαντικὴν, εἴπερ οὐκ ᾔδη μὴ οὐ συνήσοντα τοῦ αἰνίγματος ὁ μάντις.
ho men gar hēmimēdos ē hēmipersēs Kyros, ē ho mētrothen men ek tyrannikou, patrothen de ex idiōtikou genous hēmionos ōn en tǭ ainigmati, paremphainei men tēn ektyphon mousan, alla kai tēn amantin mantikēn, eiper ouk ę̄dē mē ou synēsonta tou ainigmatos ho mantis.
For Cyrus, half-Mede or half-Persian, or, being on his mother's side of royal and on his father's side of common stock, the 'mule' in the riddle, shows the puffed-up muse, but also the prophecy that is no prophecy, if the prophet did not know that Croesus would not understand the riddle.
5.21.5Dindorf 1:246
εἰ δʼ οὐχ ὑπὸ ἀγνοίας, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τρυφῆς καὶ πονηρίας ἔπαιζε, βαβαὶ οἶα τὰ θεῖα παίγνιά ἐστιν. εἰ δʼ οὐδὲ τοῦτο, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐχρῆν οὕτω γενέσθαι, ἀνιερώτατος μὲν οὗτος λόγων σοφιστικῶν· τί δʼ ὅμως, εἰ οὕτως ἐχρῆν γενέσθαι, σὺ ὁ δύστηνος ἐν Δελφοῖς καθέζῃ τὰ κενὰ καὶ μάταια ᾄδων; τί δὲ σοῦ ὄφελος ἡμῖν; τί δὲ μαινόμεθα οἱ πανταχόθεν τῆς γῆς ἐπὶ σὲ διώκοντες; τί δὲ σὺ κνισιᾶς;’’
ei dʼ ouch hypo agnoias, allʼ hypo tryphēs kai ponērias epaize, babai oia ta theia paignia estin. ei dʼ oude touto, allʼ hoti echrēn houtō genesthai, anierōtatos men houtos logōn sophistikōn; ti dʼ homōs, ei houtōs echrēn genesthai, sy ho dystēnos en Delphois kathezę̄ ta kena kai mataia ądōn? ti de sou ophelos hēmin? ti de mainometha hoi pantachothen tēs gēs epi se diōkontes? ti de sy knisias?’’
But if it was not from ignorance, but from wantonness and wickedness that he was playing, alas, what games the gods play! And if not even this, but because it had to happen so, this is the most unholy of sophistical arguments. Yet, if it had to happen so, why do you, wretch, sit at Delphi singing empty and vain songs? What use are you to us? Why are we mad, we who press to you from every part of the earth? And why do you savor the smoke of sacrifice?"
5.21.6Dindorf 1:246
Τοιαῦτα τῆς Οἰνομάου παρρησίας τὰ τῆς τῶν γοήτων φωρᾶς, κυνικῆς οὐκ ἀπηλλαγμένα πικρίας. οὐδὲ γὰρ δαίμονος, μὴ ὅτι θεοῦ, τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς Πανέλλησι θαυμαζομένους χρησμοὺς εἶναι βούλεται, γοήτων δʼ ἀνδρῶν πλάνας καὶ σοφίσματα ἐπὶ ἀπάτῃ τῶν πολλῶν ἐσκευωρημένα· ὧν ἐπείπερ ἅπαξ ἐμνήσθημεν, οὐδὲν ἂν γένοιτο ἐμποδὼν τοῦ καὶ ἑτέρων ἐλέγχων ἐπακοῦσαι, καὶ πρώτου γε διʼ οὗ φησιν ὁ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κλαρίου Ἀπόλλωνος ἠπατῆσθαι, γράφων ὧδε
Toiauta tēs Oinomaou parrēsias ta tēs tōn goētōn phōras, kynikēs ouk apēllagmena pikrias. oude gar daimonos, mē hoti theou, tous para tois Panellēsi thaumazomenous chrēsmous einai bouletai, goētōn dʼ andrōn planas kai sophismata epi apatę̄ tōn pollōn eskeuōrēmena; hōn epeiper hapax emnēsthēmen, ouden an genoito empodōn tou kai heterōn elenchōn epakousai, kai prōtou ge diʼ hou phēsin ho autos heauton hypo tou Klariou Apollōnos ēpatēsthai, graphōn hōde
Such is the outspokenness of Oenomaus in his Detection of Impostors, not free from Cynic bitterness. For he will not have the oracles admired among all the Greeks to be from a demon, let alone a god, but deceits and tricks of impostors contrived to delude the many. Since we have once mentioned them, nothing would prevent our hearing other refutations too, and first the one in which the same writer says that he himself was deceived by the Clarian Apollo, writing thus:
Preparation 5, chapter 22
5.22.1Dindorf 1:246–247
“ Ἀλλὰ δὴ ἔδει τι καὶ ἡμᾶς τῆς κωμῳδίας μετασχεῖν καὶ μὴ σεμνύνεσθαι ὡς οὐκ ἐμπεσόντας εἰς τὴν κοινήν παραπληξίαν, καὶ τὴν ἐμπορίαν εἰπεῖν, ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ περὶ σοφίας ἐνεπορευσάμεθα ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας, ὦ Κλάριε, παρὰ σοῦ· ἔστιν ἐν Τρηχῖνος αἴῃ κῆπος Ἡρακλήιος πάντʼ ἔχων θάλλοντα, πᾶσι δρεπόμενος πανημαδὸν, οὐδʼ ὀλιζοῦται, βέβριθε δʼ ὑδάτεσιν διηνεκές.
“ Alla dē edei ti kai hēmas tēs kōmǭdias metaschein kai mē semnynesthai hōs ouk empesontas eis tēn koinēn paraplēxian, kai tēn emporian eipein, hēn kai autoi peri sophias eneporeusametha ek tēs Asias, ō Klarie, para sou; estin en Trēchinos aię̄ kēpos Hēraklēios pantʼ echōn thallonta, pasi drepomenos panēmadon, oudʼ olizoutai, bebrithe dʼ hydatesin diēnekes.
"But I too had to share in the comedy and not put on airs as if I had not fallen into the common madness, and to tell of the trade which I myself made about wisdom, coming from Asia, O Clarian, from you: 'There is in the land of Trachis a garden of Heracles, with all things blooming, plucked by all every day, nor is it lessened, but it is laden with waters continually.'
5.22.2Dindorf 1:247
εἶτʼ ἐγὼ ἀκούσας ὁ βάκηλος καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους ἐφυσήθην, καὶ τοῦ Ἡρακληίου κήπου θάλλοντος Ἡσιόδειόν τινα ὀνειροπολῶν ἱδρῶτα διὰ τὴν Τρηχῖνα, καὶ ῥηιδίην αὖθις ζωὴν διὰ τὸν θάλλοντα κῆπον.
eitʼ egō akousas ho bakēlos kai autos hypo tou Hērakleous ephysēthēn, kai tou Hēraklēiou kēpou thallontos Hēsiodeion tina oneiropolōn hidrōta dia tēn Trēchina, kai rhēidiēn authis zōēn dia ton thallonta kēpon.
Then I, the fool, hearing it, was myself puffed up by Heracles, and, because of the blooming garden of Heracles, dreaming of a sort of Hesiodic sweat because of Trachis, and again of an easy life because of the blooming garden.
5.22.3Dindorf 1:247
εἶτά μοι ἐπερομένῳ εἴ μοι συναίρονται οἱ θεοὶ εἷς τις ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν λέγει, ἐπομνύμενος αὐτοὺς τοὺς συναιρομένους θεοὺς, ἦ μὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἀκηκοέναι αὐτὸ τοῦτο Καλλιστράτῳ δεδομένον Ποντικῷ τινὶ ἐμπόρῳ.
eita moi eperomenǭ ei moi synairontai hoi theoi heis tis ek tōn pollōn legei, epomnymenos autous tous synairomenous theous, ē mēn para sou akēkoenai auto touto Kallistratǭ dedomenon Pontikǭ tini emporǭ.
Then, when I asked whether the gods were helping me, one of the many tells me, swearing by the very gods who help, that he had certainly heard from you this same oracle given to Callistratus, a merchant of Pontus.
5.22.4Dindorf 1:247
ἐγὼ οὖν ὡς ἤκουσα, πῶς οἴει ἠγανάκτησα, ὡς δὴ τῆς ἀρετῆς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀποστερούμενος; ἀλλὰ καίπερ ὅμως δυσφορῶν ἀνεσκοπούμην τὸν ἔμπορον, εἰ τι κἀκεῖνος ἐθάλφθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους· ἐφαίνετο δὴ οὖν κἀκεῖνος πόνον τινὰ πονεῖν, καὶ κέρδους ἐφίεσθαι, καὶ βίον τινὰ ἡδὺν ἐκ τοῦ κέρδους προσδοκᾶν.
egō oun hōs ēkousa, pōs oiei ēganaktēsa, hōs dē tēs aretēs hypʼ autou aposteroumenos? alla kaiper homōs dysphorōn aneskopoumēn ton emporon, ei ti kakeinos ethalphthē hypo tou Hērakleous; ephaineto dē oun kakeinos ponon tina ponein, kai kerdous ephiesthai, kai bion tina hēdyn ek tou kerdous prosdokan.
So when I heard it, how indignant do you think I was, as if robbed of my virtue by him? But though vexed I considered the merchant, whether he too had been warmed by Heracles; and he too appeared to toil at some toil, and to aim at profit, and to expect a pleasant life from the profit.
5.22.5Dindorf 1:247
ὡς δʼ ἐφαίνετο ὁ ἔμπορος ἐξισούμενος, οὐκέτι τὸν χρησμὸν ἐδεχόμην, οὐδὲ τὸν Ἡρακλέα, ἀλλʼ ἀπηξίουν τῶν αὐτῶν κοινωνεῖν, εἴς τε τοὺς παρόντας πόνους αὐτῶν ἀποβλέπων καὶ τὰς ἐν ἐλπίδι φάτνας.
hōs dʼ ephaineto ho emporos exisoumenos, ouketi ton chrēsmon edechomēn, oude ton Hēraklea, allʼ apēxioun tōn autōn koinōnein, eis te tous parontas ponous autōn apoblepōn kai tas en elpidi phatnas.
And when the merchant appeared to be put on an equal footing, I no longer accepted the oracle, nor Heracles, but disdained to share the same things with them, looking at their present toils and the mangers they hoped for.
5.22.6Dindorf 1:247
ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὁ λῃστὴς ἄμοιρος ἐφαίνετο τοῦ χρησμοῦ, οὐδʼ ὁ στρατιώτης, οὐδʼ ἐρῶν ἀνὴρ, οὐδʼ ἐρῶσα γυνὴ, οὐδὲ κόλαξ, οὐδὲ ῥήτωρ, οὐδὲ συκοφάντης. ἑκάστῳ γὰρ ὡς ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡγεῖσθαι μὲν τὸν πόνον, προσδοκᾶσθαι δὲ τὴν εὐφροσύνην.”
allʼ oudʼ ho lę̄stēs amoiros ephaineto tou chrēsmou, oudʼ ho stratiōtēs, oudʼ erōn anēr, oudʼ erōsa gynē, oude kolax, oude rhētōr, oude sykophantēs. hekastǭ gar hōs epithymei hēgeisthai men ton ponon, prosdokasthai de tēn euphrosynēn.”
But neither the robber appeared without a share in the oracle, nor the soldier, nor a man in love, nor a woman in love, nor the flatterer, nor the orator, nor the informer. For to each, as he desires, the toil leads the way and the good cheer is expected."
5.22.7Dindorf 1:247
Ταῦτα ἐκθέμενος εὐθὺς ἐπισυνάπτει ὡς καὶ δεύτερον ἐρωτήσας καὶ τρίτον οὐδὲν εἰδότας ἔγνω τοὺς θαυμασίους, μόνῳ δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀσαφείας σκότῳ τὴν σφῶν ἄγνοιαν ἐπικρύπτοντας. λέγει δʼ οὖν
Tauta ekthemenos euthys episynaptei hōs kai deuteron erōtēsas kai triton ouden eidotas egnō tous thaumasious, monǭ de tǭ tēs asapheias skotǭ tēn sphōn agnoian epikryptontas. legei dʼ oun
Having set out these things he at once adds that, asking a second and a third time, he found the wonderful gods knowing nothing, but hiding their ignorance only in the darkness of obscurity. He says, then:
Preparation 5, chapter 23
5.23.1Dindorf 1:247–248
“ Ἐπεὶ δέ μοι τὰ τῆς ἐμπορίας ἤδη πρὸ ὁδοῦ ἦν, ἀνδρὸς δὲ ἔδει τοῦ ξεναγωγήσοντος ἐπὶ τὴν σοφίαν, ἄπορος δὲ ἐφαίνετο οὗτος, σὲ ἐδεόμην καὶ τούτου γενέσθαι ἐνδείκτην ἔν τε τοῖσιν εὐπελέεσσιν ἠδʼ Ἀχαιοῖσιν χρέος θήσεται, τὸ δʼ ἐκτεκμαρθὲν οὐδὲ μικρὸν ἕξεται.
“ Epei de moi ta tēs emporias ēdē pro hodou ēn, andros de edei tou xenagōgēsontos epi tēn sophian, aporos de ephaineto houtos, se edeomēn kai toutou genesthai endeiktēn en te toisin eupeleessin ēdʼ Achaioisin chreos thēsetai, to dʼ ektekmarthen oude mikron hexetai.
"When my business was already well forward, and a man was needed to guide me to wisdom, and none seemed to be found, I asked you to point him out too: 'Among the well-hulled ships and the Achaeans he will make need; and what is tracked out will hold not even a little.'
5.23.2Dindorf 1:248
τί φῄς; εἰ δʼ ἀγαλματοποιός τις ἢ ζωγράφος ἐπεθύμουν γενέσθαι καὶ διδασκάλους ἐζήτουν, ἆρά μοι ἤρκει ἀκοῦσαι ἔν τε τοῖσιν εὐπελἐεσσινʼ, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν μαίνεσθαι εἶπον τὸν λέγοντα;
ti phę̄s? ei dʼ agalmatopoios tis ē zōgraphos epethymoun genesthai kai didaskalous ezētoun, ara moi ērkei akousai en te toisin eupeleessinʼ, allʼ ouk an mainesthai eipon ton legonta?
What do you say? If I had wished to become a sculptor or a painter and were looking for teachers, would it have been enough for me to hear 'among the well-hulled'? Would I not have said that the speaker was mad?
5.23.3Dindorf 1:248
ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ἴσως οὐχ ἱκανὸς εἶ διανοῆσαι, ἀσάφειαν γὰρ ἔχει πολλὴν τὰ ἀνθρώπεια ἤθη· ὅπου δέ μοι ἐκ Κολοφῶνος ἄμεινον πορεύεσθαι, οὐκέθʼ οὕτως ἀφανὲς τῷ θεῷ, ἐκ τανυστρόφοιο λᾶας σφενδόνης ἱεὶς ἀνὴρ χῆνας ἐναρίζειν βολαῖσιν ἀσπέτους ποιηβόρους. τοὺς δὲ ἀσπέτους ποιηβόρους χῆνας τίς μοι μηνύσει ὅ τί ποτε λέγουσι; τίς δὲ τὴν τανύστροφον σφενδόνην; ὁ Ἀμφίλοχος, ἢ ὁ Δωδωναῖος, ἢ σὺ ἐν Δελφοῖς εἰ γενοίμην, οὐκ ἀπάγξῃ που ἀπελθὼν τῇ τανυστρόφῳ σφενδόνῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἀδιανοήτου ποιήματος;”
alla touto men isōs ouch hikanos ei dianoēsai, asapheian gar echei pollēn ta anthrōpeia ēthē; hopou de moi ek Kolophōnos ameinon poreuesthai, oukethʼ houtōs aphanes tǭ theǭ, ek tanystrophoio laas sphendonēs hieis anēr chēnas enarizein bolaisin aspetous poiēborous. tous de aspetous poiēborous chēnas tis moi mēnysei ho ti pote legousi? tis de tēn tanystrophon sphendonēn? ho Amphilochos, ē ho Dōdōnaios, ē sy en Delphois ei genoimēn, ouk apanxę̄ pou apelthōn tę̄ tanystrophǭ sphendonę̄ meta tou adianoētou poiēmatos?”
But perhaps you are not able to understand this, for human characters have much obscurity. But where it was better for me to travel from Colophon was no longer so hidden from the god: 'A man hurling stones from a far-whirling sling, slaying with his shots countless grass-eating geese.' Who will tell me what the countless grass-eating geese mean? And who the far-whirling sling? Amphilochus, or the god of Dodona? Or you, if I came to Delphi, will you not go off and hang yourself with the far-whirling sling along with your unintelligible poem?"
5.23.4Dindorf 1:248
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων ὧδε ἐληλεγμένων ὥρα συνιδεῖν αὖθις ἄνωθεν ὅπως τοὺς παλαιτάτους χρησμοὺς τοὺς ἐν Δελφοῖς ὁ αὐτὸς ἀπελέγχει, τοὺς δὴ μάλιστα ἐν ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς ἱστορίαις θαυμαζομένους.
Alla gar toutōn hōde elēlegmenōn hōra synidein authis anōthen hopōs tous palaitatous chrēsmous tous en Delphois ho autos apelenchei, tous dē malista en tais Hellēnikais historiais thaumazomenous.
But now that these have been refuted in this way, it is time to see again from the beginning how the same writer refutes the most ancient oracles at Delphi, those most admired in the Greek histories.
5.23.5Dindorf 1:248
‘Πολὺς ἦν ὁ Περσῶν στρατὸς ὡπλισμένος κατὰ Ἀθηναίων, οὐδʼ ἦν τις αὐτοῖς ἄλλη σωτηρίας ἐλπὶς ἢ μόνος ὁ θεός· οἳ δὴ τοῦτον ὅστις ἦν οὐκ εἰδότες τὸν πάτριον ἀρωγὸν ἐπεκαλοῦντο· ὁ ἐν Δελφοῖς Ἀπόλλων οὗτος ἦν.
‘Polys ēn ho Persōn stratos hōplismenos kata Athēnaiōn, oudʼ ēn tis autois allē sōtērias elpis ē monos ho theos; hoi dē touton hostis ēn ouk eidotes ton patrion arōgon epekalounto; ho en Delphois Apollōn houtos ēn.
"Great was the army of the Persians armed against the Athenians, and they had no other hope of safety than the god alone; and not knowing who he was, they called on their ancestral helper; this was Apollo at Delphi.
5.23.6Dindorf 1:248
τί οὖν ὁ θαυμαστὸς οὗτος; ἀρά γε τῶν οἰκείων ὑπερεμάχει; ἆρα λοιβῆς καὶ κνίσης ἐμέμνητο καὶ ὧν αὐτῷ συνήθως ἐτέλουν τὰς ἑκατόμβας ἐπιθύοντες; οὐμενοῦν. ἀλλὰ τί φησιν; φεύγειν, καὶ φεύγειν ξύλινον τεῖχος παρασκευασαμένους, οὕτω τὸ ναυτικὸν δηλῶν, διʼ οὗ μόνου φησὶν αὐτοὺς σωθήσεσθαι τῆς πόλεως ἐμπρησθείσης.
ti oun ho thaumastos houtos? ara ge tōn oikeiōn hyperemachei? ara loibēs kai knisēs ememnēto kai hōn autǭ synēthōs eteloun tas hekatombas epithyontes? oumenoun. alla ti phēsin? pheugein, kai pheugein xylinon teichos paraskeuasamenous, houtō to nautikon dēlōn, diʼ hou monou phēsin autous sōthēsesthai tēs poleōs emprēstheisēs.
What then did this wonderful god do? Did he fight for his own? Did he remember the libation and savor and the hecatombs they habitually offered him? Not at all. But what does he say? To flee, and to flee having prepared a wooden wall, thus meaning the fleet, through which alone, he says, they will be saved when the city has been burned.
5.23.7Dindorf 1:248–249
ὢ μεγάλης θεοῦ βοηθείας. εἶτα πολιορκίαν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἄλλων κατὰ τὴν πόλιν οἰκοδομημάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀφιερωμένων προλέγειν δῆθεν προσποιεῖται. τοῦτο δὲ καὶ δίχα χρησμοῦ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐκ τῆς τῶν πολεμίων ἐφόδου προσδοκᾶν ἦν.” Εἰκότα δῆτα ποιῶν ὁ συγγραφεὺς διαπαίζει πάλιν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἀπάτην ἐξελέγχων ἐν τούτοις
ō megalēs theou boētheias. eita poliorkian ou monon tōn allōn kata tēn polin oikodomēmatōn, alla kai autōn tōn tois theois aphierōmenōn prolegein dēthen prospoieitai. touto de kai dicha chrēsmou tois pasin ek tēs tōn polemiōn ephodou prosdokan ēn.” Eikota dēta poiōn ho syngrapheus diapaizei palin tēn Hellēnikēn apatēn exelenchōn en toutois
O great help of a god! Then he pretends, forsooth, to foretell the besieging not only of the other buildings in the city but even of those dedicated to the gods. But this, even without an oracle, all could expect from the enemy's advance." Reasonably indeed the writer mocks again, refuting the Greek deception in these words:
Preparation 5, chapter 24
5.24.1Dindorf 1:249
“ Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα ἴσως ἐθελοκάκου τινός ἐστιν, ἐκεῖνα δὲ δεῖ μᾶλλον εἰς τὴν κρίσιν προάγειν τὰ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους. καὶ δὴ λεγέσθω τὰ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους ὢ μέλεοι, τί κάθησθε; πόλιν φύγετʼ ἔσχατα γαίης· οὔτε γὰρ ἡ κεφαλὴ μένει ἔμπεδος οὔτε τὸ σῶμα, οὐ χέρες, οὐδὲ πόδες νέατοι· κατὰ γάρ μιν ἐρείψει πῦρ τε καὶ ὀξὺς Ἄρης, συριηγενὲς ἅρμα διώκων· πολλὰ δὲ τῇδʼ ἀπολεῖ πυργώματα καὶ κατερείψει· πολλοὺς δʼ ἀθανάτων νηοὺς μαλερῷ πυρὶ δώσει· οἴ που νῦν ἱδρῶτι ῥεούμενοι ἑστήκασιν, δείματι παλλόμενοι.
“ Alla ta men toiauta isōs ethelokakou tinos estin, ekeina de dei mallon eis tēn krisin proagein ta pros Athēnaious. kai dē legesthō ta pros Athēnaious ō meleoi, ti kathēsthe? polin phygetʼ eschata gaiēs; oute gar hē kephalē menei empedos oute to sōma, ou cheres, oude podes neatoi; kata gar min ereipsei pyr te kai oxys Arēs, syriēgenes harma diōkōn; polla de tę̄dʼ apolei pyrgōmata kai katereipsei; pollous dʼ athanatōn nēous malerǭ pyri dōsei; oi pou nyn hidrōti rheoumenoi hestēkasin, deimati pallomenoi.
"But such things perhaps belong to someone willfully malicious; rather, we must bring to judgment the oracles to the Athenians. Let what was said to the Athenians be told: 'Wretches, why do you sit? Flee to the ends of the earth from the city; for neither the head remains firm nor the body, nor the hands nor the feet below; for fire and swift Ares, driving a Syrian-born chariot, will bring it down. Many towers will he destroy and bring down; and many temples of the immortals will he give to the raging fire, which now stand streaming with sweat, quivering with fear.'
5.24.2Dindorf 1:249–250
ἰδοὺ δή σοι τὸ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους λόγιον· ἦπού τι μαντικὸν ἔνεστι; σὺ γὰρ οὕτως ἐθάρρεις αὐτῷ νὴ Δία, φαίη τις ἄν. εἰ δὲ προσθείης ἃ δεομένων βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπιλέγεται, γνωσθήσεται. ἰδοὺ δὴ προσκείσθω, οὐ δύναται Πάλλας Δίʼ Ὀλύμπιον ἐξιλάσασθαι, λισσομένη πολλοῖσι λόγοις...... σοὶ δὲ τόδʼ αὖτις ἔπος ἐρέω, ἀδάμαντι πελάσσας· τῶν ἄλλων γὰρ ἁλισκομένων..... τεῖχος Τριτογενεῖ ξύλινον διδιοῖ εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς μοῦνον ἀπόρθητον τελέθειν, τὸ σὲ τέκνα τʼ ὀνήσει· μηδὲ σύ γʼ ἱπποσύνην τε μένειν καὶ πεξὸν ἰόντα, νῶτον ἐπιστρέψας· ἔτι τοί ποτε κἀντίος ἔσται. ὦ θείη Σαλαμὶς, ἀπολεῖς δὲ σὺ τέκνα γυναικῶν, ἤ που σκιδναμένης Δημήτερος, ἢ συνιούσης.
idou dē soi to pros Athēnaious logion; ēpou ti mantikon enesti? sy gar houtōs etharreis autǭ nē Dia, phaiē tis an. ei de prostheiēs ha deomenōn boēthein autois epilegetai, gnōsthēsetai. idou dē proskeisthō, ou dynatai Pallas Diʼ Olympion exilasasthai, lissomenē polloisi logois...... soi de todʼ autis epos ereō, adamanti pelassas; tōn allōn gar haliskomenōn..... teichos Tritogenei xylinon didioi euryopa Zeus mounon aporthēton telethein, to se tekna tʼ onēsei; mēde sy gʼ hipposynēn te menein kai pexon ionta, nōton epistrepsas; eti toi pote kantios estai. ō theiē Salamis, apoleis de sy tekna gynaikōn, ē pou skidnamenēs Dēmēteros, ē syniousēs.
Here, then, is your oracle to the Athenians: is there anything prophetic in it? 'For you were so confident in it, by Zeus,' someone might say. If you add what is said in reply to their asking for help, it will be known. Look, let it be added: 'Pallas cannot appease Olympian Zeus, though entreating him with many words ... But to you I will speak this word again, making it like adamant: when the others are taken ... far-seeing Zeus grants to Tritogeneia a wooden wall alone to remain unsacked, which will help you and your children. Nor do you wait for the horsemen and the foot coming on, but turn your back; you will yet face them some day. O divine Salamis, you will destroy the children of women, either when Demeter is scattered or when she is gathered.'
5.24.3Dindorf 1:250
ἄξιός τέ σοι ὁ Ζεὺς τοῦ Δῖός, ὦ υἱὲ τοῦ Δῖός ’ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς, ὦ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἀδελφέ· ἥ τε σπουδὴ αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἀντισπουδία ἐπιπρέπει τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῇ θυγατρὶ, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῖς θεοῖς ’ ὅ τε Ὀλύμπιος οὗτος ὁ τὴν μίαν ταύτην ἐξελεῖν πόλιν ἀσθενῶν, εἰ μὴ ἀπὸ Σούσων ἐπάγοι αὐτῇ τὸν ἄπειρον ἐκεῖνον στρατὸν, μέγας τις ἄρα ἦν καὶ τὴν τοῦ παντὸς κυρίαν ἔχων, καὶ πιθανὸς ἅμα, ἐκ μὲν τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην κινῶν ἔθνη τοσαῦτα, ἐν δὲ τῇ Εὐρώπῃ μίαν πόλιν ἀνατρέψαι ἀδύνατος ὤν.
axios te soi ho Zeus tou Dios, ō huie tou Dios ’ alla kai hē Athēna tēs Athēnas, ō tēs Athēnas adelphe; hē te spoudē hautē kai hē antispoudia epiprepei tǭ patri kai tę̄ thygatri, mallon de tois theois ’ ho te Olympios houtos ho tēn mian tautēn exelein polin asthenōn, ei mē apo Sousōn epagoi autę̄ ton apeiron ekeinon straton, megas tis ara ēn kai tēn tou pantos kyrian echōn, kai pithanos hama, ek men tēs Asias eis tēn Eurōpēn kinōn ethnē tosauta, en de tę̄ Eurōpę̄ mian polin anatrepsai adynatos ōn.
Worthy of Zeus is your Zeus, O son of Zeus! And Athena of Athena, O brother of Athena! This zeal and counter-zeal befit the father and the daughter, or rather the gods. And this Olympian, who was too weak to destroy this one city unless he brought upon it that boundless army from Susa, was a great one indeed, and had lordship over the universe, and was persuasive too, moving so many nations from Asia into Europe, yet unable to overturn one city in Europe.
5.24.4Dindorf 1:250
καὶ σὺ δὲ, ὁ τολμηρὸς ἅμα καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ μηδενὶ ῥιψοκίνδυνος, οὐκ οἰμώζεις; εἶπον ἂν ἄνθρωποι, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἡ Πάλλας οὐ δύναται Δίʼ Ὀλύμπιον ἐξιλάσασθαι·) ἢ οὐ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐμήνιεν ὁ Ζεὺς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς λίθοις καὶ τοῖς ξύλοις ’ κἄπειτα σὺ μὲν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἔσωζες, ὁ δὲ τὰ οἰκοδομήματα ἐνεπίμπρα ἐπακτῷ πυρί; οὐ γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ κεραυνὸς τηνικαῦτα.
kai sy de, ho tolmēros hama kai epi tǭ mēdeni rhipsokindynos, ouk oimōzeis? eipon an anthrōpoi, hyper hōn hē Pallas ou dynatai Diʼ Olympion exilasasthai;) ē ou tois anthrōpois emēnien ho Zeus, alla tois lithois kai tois xylois ’ kapeita sy men tous anthrōpous esōzes, ho de ta oikodomēmata enepimpra epaktǭ pyri? ou gar ēn autǭ keraunos tēnikauta.
And you, the daring one, who run risks over nothing, will you not suffer for it? So men would have said, on whose behalf Pallas cannot appease Olympian Zeus. Or was Zeus angry not with men but with stones and timbers, and then you saved the men while he burned the buildings with imported fire? For he had no thunderbolt at that time.
5.24.5Dindorf 1:250
ἢ μή τι μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς τολμηροί τε ἐσμὲν καὶ ῥιψοκίνδυνοι, οὐκ ἐπιτρέποντες ὑμῖν οὕτω φληναφεῖν. πῶς δὲ, ὦ μάντι, ὅτι μὲν ἡ θείη Σαλαμὶς ἀπολεῖ τέκνα γυναικῶν ᾔδεις, πότερα δὲ σκιδναμένης Δημήτερος ἢ συνιούσης οὐκέτʼ ᾔδεις; πῶς δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ᾔδεις, ὅτι τὰ τέκνα τῶν γυναικῶν εἴποι μὲν ἄν τις εἶναι καὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα, εἴποι δʼ ἂν καὶ τὰ πολέμια, αἰσθόμενος τοῦ κακοτεχνήματος;
ē mē ti mallon hēmeis tolmēroi te esmen kai rhipsokindynoi, ouk epitrepontes hymin houtō phlēnaphein. pōs de, ō manti, hoti men hē theiē Salamis apolei tekna gynaikōn ę̄deis, potera de skidnamenēs Dēmēteros ē syniousēs ouketʼ ę̄deis? pōs de oude touto ę̄deis, hoti ta tekna tōn gynaikōn eipoi men an tis einai kai ta oikeia, eipoi dʼ an kai ta polemia, aisthomenos tou kakotechnēmatos?
Or are we rather the daring and reckless ones, for not allowing you to talk such nonsense? How, O seer, did you know that divine Salamis would destroy the children of women, but no longer know whether it would be when Demeter is scattered or gathered? And how did you not know this either, that one perceiving your trickery might say that 'the children of women' are one's own people, and might also say the enemy?
5.24.6Dindorf 1:250–251
περιμένειν δὲ δεῖ τὸ ἀποβησόμενον ’ ἒν γὰρ δεῖ τι τούτων ἀποβήσεσθαι. ἡ γάρ τοι Σαλαμὶς ἡ θείη οὐδὲ ἡττωμένων ἀφήρμοσεν ἂν, ὡς εἰς οἶκτον οὕτως ἐπιφωνουμένη· ἥ τε μέλλουσα τῶν νηῶν μάχη, ἤτοι που σκιδναμένης Δημήτερος ἢ συνιούσης, καταπέπλασται τῇ ποιητικῇ σεμνολογίᾳ, ἵνα γένηται μάντευμα ἀφώρατον τῷ σοφισμῷ καὶ μὴ εὐθὺς καταφανὲς ᾖ, ὅτι ἐν χειμῶνι μάχη ναυτικὴ οὐ συνίσταται.
perimenein de dei to apobēsomenon ’ en gar dei ti toutōn apobēsesthai. hē gar toi Salamis hē theiē oude hēttōmenōn aphērmosen an, hōs eis oikton houtōs epiphōnoumenē; hē te mellousa tōn nēōn machē, ētoi pou skidnamenēs Dēmēteros ē syniousēs, katapeplastai tę̄ poiētikę̄ semnologią, hina genētai manteuma aphōraton tǭ sophismǭ kai mē euthys kataphanes ę̄, hoti en cheimōni machē nautikē ou synistatai.
But one must wait for the outcome; for one of these things must come about. For 'divine Salamis' would not be unsuitable even if they were defeated, as being addressed so for pity's sake; and the coming sea battle, 'either when Demeter is scattered or when she is gathered,' has been plastered over with poetic grandiloquence so that the prophecy might go undetected through the trick and it might not at once be plain that a sea battle is not fought in winter.
5.24.7Dindorf 1:251
ἤδη δὲ οὐδὲ ἡ τραγῳδία ἀφανὴς, οὐδὲ οἱ θεοὶ ἐπεισκυκλούμενοι, ὁ μὲν ἱκετεύων, ὁ δὲ οὐ κατακαμπτόμενος ’ χρήσιμοι τῷ μέλλοντι καὶ τῇ τοῦ πολέμου παραδόξῳ ῥοπῇ, ὁ μὲν σωζομένοις, ὁ δʼ ἀπολλυμένοις. εἴτε γὰρ σώζοιντο, ἰδοὺ αἱ τῆς Παλλάδος λιταὶ προμεμήνυνται, ἱκαναὶ οὖσαι κάμψαι τὴν τοῦ Δῖός ὀργήν· εἴτε καὶ μὴ, οὐδὲ τοῦτο τῷ μάντει ἀκατασκεύαστον· οὐ γὰρ δύναται Πάλλας τὸν Δία ἐξιλάσασθαι· πρός τε τὰς ἡμικάκους τύχας ὁ τεχνίτης ἐκέρασε τὸ λόγιον, ὡς δὴ τοῦ Δῖός τῇ μὲν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πρόθεσιν ἐκτελέσαντος, τῇ δὲ τὴν δέησιν τῆς θυγατρὸς οὐ περιφρονήσαντος.
ēdē de oude hē tragǭdia aphanēs, oude hoi theoi epeiskykloumenoi, ho men hiketeuōn, ho de ou katakamptomenos ’ chrēsimoi tǭ mellonti kai tę̄ tou polemou paradoxǭ rhopę̄, ho men sōzomenois, ho dʼ apollymenois. eite gar sōzointo, idou hai tēs Pallados litai promemēnyntai, hikanai ousai kampsai tēn tou Dios orgēn; eite kai mē, oude touto tǭ mantei akataskeuaston; ou gar dynatai Pallas ton Dia exilasasthai; pros te tas hēmikakous tychas ho technitēs ekerase to logion, hōs dē tou Dios tę̄ men tēn heautou prothesin ektelesantos, tę̄ de tēn deēsin tēs thygatros ou periphronēsantos.
And now the tragedy is not hidden either, nor the gods wheeled on stage, the one entreating and the other unbending, useful for the future and for the unexpected turn of the war, the one for those saved and the other for those destroyed. For if they were saved, look, the prayers of Pallas have been announced beforehand, able to bend the anger of Zeus; and if not, not even this was left unprepared by the seer: for Pallas cannot appease Zeus. And for half-bad fortunes the craftsman mixed the oracle, as though Zeus had in part carried out his own purpose, and in part had not despised his daughter's request.
5.24.8Dindorf 1:251
τά τε πυργώματα ὅτι πολλὰ ἀπολεῖται, εἰ μετὰ ναρθήκων, ἀλλὰ μὴ μετὰ σιδήρου καὶ πυρὸς ἐπῄεσαν, τάχα ἂν ψεῦδος ἦν, ὁπότε καὶ μετὰ ναρθήκων ἔπραξαν ἄν τι πάντως οἱ τοσοῦτοι. ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ, φησὶν, ἐξεῦρον τὸ ξύλινον τεῖχος, τὸ μόνον ἀπόρθητον. συμβούλευμα σύ γε, ἀλλʼ οὐ μάντευμα, οὐκ ἀπεοικὸς τῷ φεύγειν, μηδὲ μένειν, μηδʼ αἰδεῖσθαι κακὸς εἶναι.
ta te pyrgōmata hoti polla apoleitai, ei meta narthēkōn, alla mē meta sidērou kai pyros epę̄esan, tacha an pseudos ēn, hopote kai meta narthēkōn epraxan an ti pantōs hoi tosoutoi. allʼ egō, phēsin, exeuron to xylinon teichos, to monon aporthēton. symbouleuma sy ge, allʼ ou manteuma, ouk apeoikos tǭ pheugein, mēde menein, mēdʼ aideisthai kakos einai.
And as for the towers, that many would be destroyed: if they had come with fennel stalks and not with iron and fire, perhaps it would have been false, though even with fennel stalks so great a host would surely have accomplished something. 'But I,' he says, 'found the wooden wall, the only thing unsacked.' Advice, yes, but not prophecy; not unlike the line: 'flee, and do not stay, nor be ashamed to be a coward.'
5.24.9Dindorf 1:251
ὁ γοῦν ἐπιλυσάμενος ἐκεῖνο τὸ αἴνιγμα οὐ χείρων ἦν σου κατιδεῖν, ὅτι ἡ τῶν Ἀθηναίων πόλις πρόφασις ἦν τῷ Πέρσῃ τῆς ὁδοῦ, καὶ ἡ πᾶσα ἔλασις ἐπὶ ταύτην πρώτην τε καὶ ἐξοχωτάτην ἐγένετο, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ ἄμαντις αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τοῦτʼ αἰσθόμενος καὶ τὸν Ἀθηναῖον ἂν, οὐ μόνον τὸν Λυδὸν, ἐκέλευον φεύγειν νῶτα ἐπιστρέψαντα. ἔτι γάρ ποτε κἀντίος ἔσται· πολλὴ γὰρ ἱπποσύνη καὶ πεζὸς ἐπέρχεται.
ho goun epilysamenos ekeino to ainigma ou cheirōn ēn sou katidein, hoti hē tōn Athēnaiōn polis prophasis ēn tǭ Persę̄ tēs hodou, kai hē pasa elasis epi tautēn prōtēn te kai exochōtatēn egeneto, epei kai ho amantis autos egō toutʼ aisthomenos kai ton Athēnaion an, ou monon ton Lydon, ekeleuon pheugein nōta epistrepsanta. eti gar pote kantios estai; pollē gar hipposynē kai pezos eperchetai.
He, at any rate, who solved that riddle was no worse than you at seeing that the city of the Athenians was the Persian's pretext for the march, and that the whole expedition was directed against it first and foremost; since even I myself, who am no prophet, perceiving this, would have bidden the Athenian too, not only the Lydian, to flee, turning his back. 'For you will yet face him some day'; for many horsemen and foot are coming on.
5.24.10Dindorf 1:251–252
ὅτι δὲ ναυσὶν, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατʼ ἤπειρον· καὶ γὰρ ἦν γελοῖον ἔχοντας ναυτικὸν καὶ ἐπὶ θαλάσσης κατοικοῦντας μὴ οὐ πασσυδὶ σκευωρησαμένους καὶ τροφὰς ὅσας εἶχον συνεμβαλλομένους σώζεσθαι, παραδόντας τοῖς βουλομένοις τὴν γῆν. ”
hoti de nausin, allʼ ou katʼ ēpeiron; kai gar ēn geloion echontas nautikon kai epi thalassēs katoikountas mē ou passydi skeuōrēsamenous kai trophas hosas eichon synemballomenous sōzesthai, paradontas tois boulomenois tēn gēn. ”
And that it should be by ships and not on the mainland: for it would have been ridiculous for people who had a fleet and lived by the sea not to pack up in all haste, put aboard what food they had, and save themselves, handing over the land to whoever wanted it."
5.24.11Dindorf 1:252
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν τὰ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους· ἀσθενῆ δὲ σφόδρα καὶ καταγέλαστα τὰ πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους. ἤτοι γὰρ πᾶσα, φησὶν, ἡ πόλις πολιορκηθήσεται, ἢ ἀπολωλότα τὸν βασιλέα πενθήσει. τοῦτο δʼ ἐξ ἅπαντος εἰκὸς ἦν παντί τῳ στοχάζεσθαι, τὸ ἤτοι τόδε ἢ τόδε συμβήσεσθαι.
Tauta men oun ta pros Athēnaious; asthenē de sphodra kai katagelasta ta pros Lakedaimonious. ētoi gar pasa, phēsin, hē polis poliorkēthēsetai, ē apolōlota ton basilea penthēsei. touto dʼ ex hapantos eikos ēn panti tǭ stochazesthai, to ētoi tode ē tode symbēsesthai.
These, then, were the oracles to the Athenians; but those to the Lacedaemonians were very weak and ridiculous. For either, he says, the whole city will be besieged, or it will mourn its king, perished. But anyone at all could reasonably guess that either this or that would happen.
5.24.12Dindorf 1:252
ἀλλʼ οὐ δήπου θεοῦ ἦν μάντευμα ὧδέ πως ἀμφιβάλλειν ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ μέλλοντος, βοηθεῖν δέον καὶ σωτῆρα τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐν καιρῷ παραφαίνεσθαι, καὶ μᾶλλον τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν καὶ βαρβάρων νίκην τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὡς ἂν οἰκείοις φίλοις προξενεῖν· εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο δυνατὸς ἦν, κἂν τὸ μὴ παθεῖν αὐτοὺς, μηδʼ ἁλῶναι παρέχειν. ὁ δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὅπως αὐτοῖς τὰ τῆς ἥττης περιστήσεται γινώσκει. διὸ καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα οἷά φησιν ὁ ἔλεγχος ἄκουε
allʼ ou dēpou theou ēn manteuma hōde pōs amphiballein agnoią tou mellontos, boēthein deon kai sōtēra tōn Hellēnōn en kairǭ paraphainesthai, kai mallon tēn kata tōn echthrōn kai barbarōn nikēn tois Hellēsin hōs an oikeiois philois proxenein; ei de mē touto dynatos ēn, kan to mē pathein autous, mēdʼ halōnai parechein. ho de oude touto, allʼ oudʼ hopōs autois ta tēs hēttēs peristēsetai ginōskei. dio kai pros tauta hoia phēsin ho elenchos akoue
But surely it was not the prophecy of a god to equivocate in this way through ignorance of the future, when he ought to have helped and appeared at the right time as savior of the Greeks, and rather to have procured for the Greeks, as his own friends, victory over their enemies and the barbarians; and if he was not able to do this, at least to grant that they should not suffer or be captured. But he did not do even this; he does not even know how their defeat will turn out for them. Hear, therefore, what the refutation says on this too:
Preparation 5, chapter 25
5.25.1Dindorf 1:252
“ ‘Αλλʼ οὐ δεῖ Λακεδαιμονίοις, φήσεις, ταὐτὸν παραινεῖν. ἀληθῆ λέγεις. οὐ γὰρ ἠπίστασο, ὦ σοφιστὰ, οἷ χωρήσει τὰ τῆς Σπάρτης ὥσπερ τὰ τῆς Ἀττικῆς. ἐδεδοίκεις οὖν μὴ σὺ μὲν κελεύσῃς αὐτοὺς φεύγειν, κἄπειτα οἱ μὲν φεύγοιεν, οἱ δὲ μὴ ἐπέλθοιεν.
“ ‘Allʼ ou dei Lakedaimoniois, phēseis, tauton parainein. alēthē legeis. ou gar ēpistaso, ō sophista, hoi chōrēsei ta tēs Spartēs hōsper ta tēs Attikēs. ededoikeis oun mē sy men keleusę̄s autous pheugein, kapeita hoi men pheugoien, hoi de mē epelthoien.
"'But one must not give the Lacedaemonians the same advice,' you will say. You speak the truth. For you did not know, O sophist, how the affairs of Sparta would turn out, as you did those of Attica. So you were afraid that if you bade them flee, they might flee and the enemy might not come.
5.25.2Dindorf 1:252
ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔδει τι λέγειν, οὕτως εἶπας τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις ὑμῖν, ὢ Σπάρτης οἰκήτορες εὐρυχόροιο, ἢ μέγα ἄστυ ἐρικυδὲς ὑπʼ ἀνδράσι Περσείδῃσι πέρσεται, ἢ τὸ μὲν οὐχὶ, ἀφʼ Ἡρακλέος δὲ γενέθλης πενθήσει βασιλῆ φθίμενον Λακεδαίμονος οὖρος.
epei oun edei ti legein, houtōs eipas tois Lakedaimoniois hymin, ō Spartēs oikētores eurychoroio, ē mega asty erikydes hypʼ andrasi Perseidę̄si persetai, ē to men ouchi, aphʼ Hērakleos de genethlēs penthēsei basilē phthimenon Lakedaimonos ouros.
Since, then, you had to say something, you spoke thus to the Lacedaemonians: 'For you, dwellers in spacious Sparta, either your great and glorious city is sacked by men of Perseus's line, or, if not that, the land of Lacedaemon will mourn a king of Heracles's race, perished.'
5.25.3Dindorf 1:252
πάλιν ὁ ἀμαντευτότατος σύνδεσμος. ἀλλʼ ἐῶμεν αὐτὸν, ὡς μὴ δὶς περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σοι ἐπιπηδῶντες ἐπαχθεῖς ἅμα καὶ ἄποροι δοκῶμεν εἶναι, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἐπισκοπῶμεν.
palin ho amanteutotatos syndesmos. allʼ eōmen auton, hōs mē dis peri tou autou soi epipēdōntes epachtheis hama kai aporoi dokōmen einai, ta de loipa episkopōmen.
Again the most unprophetic of conjunctions! But let it go, so that we may not seem both tiresome and at a loss by leaping on you twice for the same thing; let us examine the rest.
5.25.4Dindorf 1:252–253
εἰς σὲ μὲν ἀπέβλεπον ἅπαντες ἐν τηλικούτῳ κινδύνῳ, σὺ δʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ τῶν μελλόντων μηνυτὴς καὶ τῶν ποιητέων ἦσθα σύμβουλος. καὶ σὲ μὲν ἐκεῖνοι πιστὸν, σὺ δʼ αὐτοὺς ἐπέπεισο ἠλιθίους εἶναι, καὶ ὁ καθεστὼς καιρὸς ὅτι ἱκανὸς ἦν ἄγειν καὶ τραχηλίζειν τοὺς ἀβελτέρους οὐ μόνον εἰς Δέλφικά καὶ Δωδωναῖα σοφιστήρια, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ὀρνιθομαντεῖα καὶ ἀλευρομαντεῖα καὶ τοὺς ἐγγαστριμύθους.
eis se men apeblepon hapantes en tēlikoutǭ kindynǭ, sy dʼ autois kai tōn mellontōn mēnytēs kai tōn poiēteōn ēstha symboulos. kai se men ekeinoi piston, sy dʼ autous epepeiso ēlithious einai, kai ho kathestōs kairos hoti hikanos ēn agein kai trachēlizein tous abelterous ou monon eis Delphika kai Dōdōnaia sophistēria, allʼ ēdē kai epi ta ornithomanteia kai aleuromanteia kai tous engastrimythous.
All were looking to you in so great a danger, and you were for them both informer of the future and counsellor of what must be done. And they were persuaded that you were trustworthy, and you that they were fools, and that the present crisis was enough to lead and drive the simpletons headlong not only to the schools of sophistry at Delphi and Dodona, but even to bird-oracles and flour-oracles and ventriloquists.
5.25.5Dindorf 1:253
πιστοὶ δὲ οὐ μόνον οἱ θεοὶ τηνικαῦτα, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ αἱ γαλαῖ καὶ αἱ κορῶναι καὶ τὰ καθύπνια παραπταίσματα οὔκουν ἄδηλον ὅτι οὔτʼ ἂν ἀμφότερα μᾶλλον ἐδέξαντο ἢ τὸ ἕτερον οὔτʼ ἂν τὸ μεῖζον ἀντὶ τοῦ μείονος, μεῖον δὲ εἶναι ἕνα ἀντὶ πάντων πεσεῖν τὸν βασιλέα.
pistoi de ou monon hoi theoi tēnikauta, allʼ ēdē kai hai galai kai hai korōnai kai ta kathypnia paraptaismata oukoun adēlon hoti outʼ an amphotera mallon edexanto ē to heteron outʼ an to meizon anti tou meionos, meion de einai hena anti pantōn pesein ton basilea.
And at that time not only the gods were trusted, but even weasels and crows and stumbles in dreams. It was not unclear, then, that they would neither have preferred both misfortunes to one, nor the greater instead of the lesser; and the lesser was that one, the king, should fall instead of all.
5.25.6Dindorf 1:253
μετὰ μὲν δὴ τῆς πόλεως πιπτούσης οὐδεμία οὐδʼ αὐτῷ ἀποφυγή· εἰ δʼ αὐτὸς ἄλλῃ πη τάττοιτο, τάχα ἄν τι καὶ παράδοξον γένοιτο. λείπεται δὴ τοὺς ταῦτα λογιζομένους τὸν μὲν βασιλέα πέμψαι προσπολεμήσοντα, αὐτοὺς δὲ οἴκοι μένοντας ἔξω κινδύνων καραδοκεῖν.
meta men dē tēs poleōs piptousēs oudemia oudʼ autǭ apophygē; ei dʼ autos allę̄ pē tattoito, tacha an ti kai paradoxon genoito. leipetai dē tous tauta logizomenous ton men basilea pempsai prospolemēsonta, autous de oikoi menontas exō kindynōn karadokein.
If the city fell, there would be no escape for him either; but if he were posted somewhere else, perhaps something unexpected might happen. It remained, then, for those reasoning thus to send the king to fight and to stay at home themselves out of danger, waiting for the outcome.
5.25.7Dindorf 1:253
τῷ μὲν οὖν μετʼ ὀλίγων ἐναντίῳ ἱσταμένῳ πρὸς τὸν ἄπειρον ὄχλον ὄλεθρος προφανὴς, ἡ δὲ Σπάρτη ἀνοχὰς εἶχε τοῦ φόβου καὶ παραδόξους ἐλπίδας. μηδὲν δὲ ἧττον ἀφώρατον εἶναι τὸ σόφισμα καὶ διαφυγούσης καὶ ἁλούσης.
tǭ men oun metʼ oligōn enantiǭ histamenǭ pros ton apeiron ochlon olethros prophanēs, hē de Spartē anochas eiche tou phobou kai paradoxous elpidas. mēden de hētton aphōraton einai to sophisma kai diaphygousēs kai halousēs.
For him, then, standing with a few against the boundless crowd, destruction was manifest; but Sparta had respite from fear and unexpected hopes. And the trick was no less undetectable whether the city escaped or was taken.
5.25.8Dindorf 1:253
τί δή ποτε; ὅτι οὐκ εἴρητο μὰ Δία εἰ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀποθάνοι, ἡ πόλις σωθήσεται, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἢ μόνος ἀπολεῖται ἢ ἡ σύμπασα πόλις· τοῦτο δὲ ἐν ἑκατέρῳ ἀνεύθυνον, καὶ μόνου αὐτοῦ ἀπολουμένου καὶ μὴ μόνου. οὗτος δὲ τύφου καὶ ἀφροσύνης καρπός. ” Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ταύτῃ. οὐκ ἄξιον δὲ παρελθεῖν καὶ ἅπερ Κνιδίοις ἔχρησε πάλιν εὐχομένοις καὶ τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ συμμαχίαν αἰτοῦσιν. ”
ti dē pote? hoti ouk eirēto ma Dia ei ho basileus apothanoi, hē polis sōthēsetai, allʼ hoti ē monos apoleitai ē hē sympasa polis; touto de en hekaterǭ aneuthynon, kai monou autou apoloumenou kai mē monou. houtos de typhou kai aphrosynēs karpos. ” Alla tauta men tautę̄. ouk axion de parelthein kai haper Knidiois echrēse palin euchomenois kai tēn para tou theou symmachian aitousin. ”
Why so? Because it had not been said, by Zeus, that if the king died the city would be saved, but that either he alone would perish or the whole city; and this could not be called to account either way, whether he perished alone or not alone. This is the fruit of conceit and folly." So much for this. But it is not right to pass over what he gave as oracle to the Cnidians, when they in turn prayed and asked for the god's alliance.
Preparation 5, chapter 26
5.26.1Dindorf 1:253–254
“ Ἔπαθον δὲ καὶ οἱ Κνίδιοι τούτῳ προσεοικὸς Ἁρπάγου ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς στρατεύσαντος. τὸν γὰρ ἰσθμὸν τὸν αὐτόθι διακόπτειν ἐπιχειροῦντες καὶ τὴν πόλιν νησοποιεῖν, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τοῦ ἔργου εἴχοντο, ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐτοῖς ἀπήντα ἡ ἐργασία, ἀπαγορεύοντες ἤδη ἐχρῶντο.
“ Epathon de kai hoi Knidioi toutǭ proseoikos Harpagou epʼ autous strateusantos. ton gar isthmon ton autothi diakoptein epicheirountes kai tēn polin nēsopoiein, ta men prōta tou ergou eichonto, epei de autois apēnta hē ergasia, apagoreuontes ēdē echrōnto.
"The Cnidians too suffered something like this when Harpagus marched against them. For, attempting to cut through the isthmus there and make their city an island, at first they kept at the work, but when the labor went against them, they gave up and consulted the oracle.
5.26.2Dindorf 1:254
σὺ δὲ αὐτοῖς εἶπας Ἰσθμὸν δὲ μὴ πυργοῦτε μηδʼ ὀρύσσετε· Ζεὺς γάρ κʼ ἔθηκε νῆσον, εἴ κʼ ἐβούλετο, καὶ οἱ βλᾶκες ἐπείσθησαν καὶ ἀποτραπόμενοι παρέδωκαν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Ἁρπάγῳ. τὸ δὲ ῥᾳδιούργημα. ἐπεὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἦν βέβαιος ἀποφυγὴ ὀρύξασι, τούτου μὲν ἔπαυσας· ὡς δὲ μὴ κελεύων ἔργου ἔχεσθαι ἐπαγγέλλῃ τὴν ἀποφυγήν.
sy de autois eipas Isthmon de mē pyrgoute mēdʼ oryssete; Zeus gar kʼ ethēke nēson, ei kʼ ebouleto, kai hoi blakes epeisthēsan kai apotrapomenoi paredōkan heautous tǭ Harpagǭ. to de rhądiourgēma. epei gar ouk ēn bebaios apophygē oryxasi, toutou men epausas; hōs de mē keleuōn ergou echesthai epangellę̄ tēn apophygēn.
And you said to them: 'Do not fortify the isthmus nor dig it; for Zeus would have made it an island if he had wished.' And the dullards were persuaded, turned back, and surrendered themselves to Harpagus. But note the knavery: since there was no sure escape if they dug, you stopped them from that; and by not bidding them keep at the work, you seem to promise them escape.
5.26.3Dindorf 1:254
τούτῳ δὲ οὐ τὸ λῷον εἶναι μὴ ὀρύξασι προσετίθεις, ἀλλʼ ὅτι οὐ δοκεῖ τῷ Διὶ αὐτὴν νῆσον εἶναι. ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ ἀποτροπῇ ἀμφότερα ἰσόρροπα, ἐν δὲ τῇ προτροπῇ τὸ διαφεύξεσθαι προεῖχεν· οὗ δὴ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν τῷ σοφιστῇ τὸ ἀνατρέπειν. οὕτως τε οὐδὲν εἰπὼν ὧν ἕνεκα ἦσαν ἀφιγμένοι ἀπέπεμψας οἰομένους ἀκηκοέναι τι.”
toutǭ de ou to lǭon einai mē oryxasi prosetitheis, allʼ hoti ou dokei tǭ Dii autēn nēson einai. en men oun tę̄ apotropę̄ amphotera isorropa, en de tę̄ protropę̄ to diapheuxesthai proeichen; hou dē asphales ēn tǭ sophistę̄ to anatrepein. houtōs te ouden eipōn hōn heneka ēsan aphigmenoi apepempsas oiomenous akēkoenai ti.”
To this you added, not that it was better for them not to dig, but that it did not please Zeus that it should be an island. In dissuading them, then, both outcomes were evenly balanced; but in encouraging them, escape would have been expected; so it was safe for the sophist to turn them back. And so, saying nothing of what they had come for, you sent them away thinking they had heard something."
5.26.4Dindorf 1:254
Ταῦτα δὲ ἡγοῦμαι τὸ ἀδρανὲς τῶν τε χρώντων καὶ τῶν χρωμένων ἀπελέγχειν αὐταρκῶς, καὶ ὅτι μηδὲν ἀληθὲς ἢ ἔνθεον ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἐν τοῖς δηλουμένοις.
Tauta de hēgoumai to adranes tōn te chrōntōn kai tōn chrōmenōn apelenchein autarkōs, kai hoti mēden alēthes ē entheon estin heurein en tois dēloumenois.
These things, I think, sufficiently refute the impotence both of those who give the oracles and of those who consult them, and show that nothing true or divine can be found in what they declare.
5.26.5Dindorf 1:254
τὸ δὲ κακότροπον τοῦ ἤθους εἴτε τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων εἴτε τῶν τὰ μαντεῖα καθυποκρινομένων ἀνδρῶν ἴδοις ἂν, εἰ μάθοις ὡς καὶ εἰς τὸν κατʼ ἀλλήλων πόλεμον τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτοῖς ἠρέθιζον, εἰρήνης καὶ φιλίας δέον αὐτοὺς εἶναι βραβευτάς.
to de kakotropon tou ēthous eite tōn ponērōn daimonōn eite tōn ta manteia kathypokrinomenōn andrōn idois an, ei mathois hōs kai eis ton katʼ allēlōn polemon tous chrōmenous autois ērethizon, eirēnēs kai philias deon autous einai brabeutas.
And you would see the malice of their character, whether of the wicked demons or of the men who played the part of the oracles, if you learned how they stirred up those who consulted them to war against one another, when they ought to have been arbiters of peace and friendship.
5.26.6Dindorf 1:254
τοτὲ μὲν οὖν Λακεδαιμονίους ὡς ἂν οἰκείους καὶ φίλους ὁ ἐν Δελφοῖς πάλιν κατὰ Μεσσηνίων παροξύνει, τοτὲ δʼ αὖ Μεσσηνίοις κατὰ Λακεδαιμονίων χρᾷ, εἰ πάλιν οὗτοι διʼ ἀνθρωποθυσίας ἱλάσοιντο τοὺς δαίμονας. ἄκουε δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τούτων
tote men oun Lakedaimonious hōs an oikeious kai philous ho en Delphois palin kata Messēniōn paroxynei, tote dʼ au Messēniois kata Lakedaimoniōn chrą, ei palin houtoi diʼ anthrōpothysias hilasointo tous daimonas. akoue de kai ta peri toutōn
At one time, then, the god at Delphi again incites the Lacedaemonians, as his own people and friends, against the Messenians; at another he gives oracles to the Messenians against the Lacedaemonians, if they in turn would appease the demons by human sacrifice. Hear about these things too:
Preparation 5, chapter 27
5.27.1Dindorf 1:254–255
“Ἐπικρινεῖ δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἡ σοφία παροὖσα τῇ μαντικῇ, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιτρέψει αὐτῇ ὡς ἔτυχε διαλέγεσθαι, ἅτε δὴ τῶν πάντων ἀναψαμένη τὰ πείσματα καὶ ἐπιθεμένη τὰ πρεσβεῖα, οὐδʼ ἐφήσει ματαίῳ ὄντι τῷ Πυθίῳ χρᾶν οὔτε τούτοις οὔτε Λακεδαιμονίοις περὶ Μεσσηνίων καὶ τῆς γῆς, ἧς εἶχον Μεσσήνιοι ἀπάτῃ νικήσαντες Λακεδαιμονίους οὔ σε μάχης μόνον ἔργʼ ἐφέπειν χερὶ Φοῖβος ἄνωγεν, ἀλλʼ ἀπάτῃ μὲν ἔχει γαῖαν Μεσσηνίδα λαός· ταῖς δʼ αὐταῖς τέχναις τις ἁλώσεται αἷσπερ ὑπῆρξεν.
“Epikrinei de ta toiauta hē sophia parousa tę̄ mantikę̄, kai ouk epitrepsei autę̄ hōs etyche dialegesthai, hate dē tōn pantōn anapsamenē ta peismata kai epithemenē ta presbeia, oudʼ ephēsei mataiǭ onti tǭ Pythiǭ chran oute toutois oute Lakedaimoniois peri Messēniōn kai tēs gēs, hēs eichon Messēnioi apatę̄ nikēsantes Lakedaimonious ou se machēs monon ergʼ ephepein cheri Phoibos anōgen, allʼ apatę̄ men echei gaian Messēnida laos; tais dʼ autais technais tis halōsetai haisper hypērxen.
"Wisdom, when present with prophecy, will judge such things, and will not permit it to speak at random, since she has fastened the cables of all things to herself and holds the place of honor; nor will she let the Pythian, being vain, give oracles either to these or to the Lacedaemonians about the Messenians and the land which the Messenians held, having conquered the Lacedaemonians by deceit: 'Phoebus bids you not to pursue only the works of battle with your hand; but by deceit the people holds the Messenian land, and by the same arts by which it began it will be taken.'
5.27.2Dindorf 1:255
εἰρήνης μᾶλλον μεμνῆσθαι κελεύει καὶ ὀλιγοδείας καὶ αὐταρκείας. οἱ δέ που τοῖς Λυκούργου νόμοις κατακοσμούμενοι ἧκον ὑπὸ ἀπληστίας καὶ δόξης κενῆς ἐρησόμενοι, ὡς μὴ δοκοῖεν Μεσσηνίων μάχῃ λείπεσθαι, ἐν νόμοις καρτερικοῖς τεθράφθαι δοκοῦντες.
eirēnēs mallon memnēsthai keleuei kai oligodeias kai autarkeias. hoi de pou tois Lykourgou nomois katakosmoumenoi hēkon hypo aplēstias kai doxēs kenēs erēsomenoi, hōs mē dokoien Messēniōn machę̄ leipesthai, en nomois karterikois tethraphthai dokountes.
Wisdom bids them rather to remember peace, and frugality, and self-sufficiency. But they, adorned with the laws of Lycurgus, came to ask out of greed and vainglory, so as not to seem inferior to the Messenians in battle, though they were thought to have been reared under laws of endurance.
5.27.3Dindorf 1:255
εἰ δέ γε οἱ ἐν καρτερικοῖς ἦσαν νόμοις οὕτω τεθραμμένοι, ἐκαρτέρουν ἂν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀλίγοις, καὶ οὐδὲν ἂν μάχης αὐτοῖς ἔδει, οὐδὲ ὅπλων καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς ἀποπληξίας.
ei de ge hoi en karterikois ēsan nomois houtō tethrammenoi, ekarteroun an epi tois oligois, kai ouden an machēs autois edei, oude hoplōn kai tēs loipēs apoplēxias.
But if they had really been reared so under laws of endurance, they would have endured with little, and would have had no need of battle, or arms, or the rest of such folly.
5.27.4Dindorf 1:255
ταῦτα Λακεδαιμονίοις κατὰ Μεσσηνίων, πάλιν δʼ αὖ Μεσσηνίοις κατὰ Λακεδαιμονίων ταῦτα· σὺ γὰρ καὶ Μεσσηνίοις κατὰ Λακεδαιμονίων, οὐ μόνον Λακεδαιμονίοις κατὰ Μεσσηνίων χρησμῳδεῖς παρθένον Αἰπυτίδα κλῆρος καλεῖ, ἥντινα δοίης δαίμοσι νερτερίοις, καί κεν σώσειας Ἰθώμην.
tauta Lakedaimoniois kata Messēniōn, palin dʼ au Messēniois kata Lakedaimoniōn tauta; sy gar kai Messēniois kata Lakedaimoniōn, ou monon Lakedaimoniois kata Messēniōn chrēsmǭdeis parthenon Aipytida klēros kalei, hēntina doiēs daimosi nerteriois, kai ken sōseias Ithōmēn.
This was to the Lacedaemonians against the Messenians; and again, to the Messenians against the Lacedaemonians, this. For you prophesy to the Messenians against the Lacedaemonians too, not only to the Lacedaemonians against the Messenians: 'The lot calls a maiden of the line of Aepytus; give her to the demons below, and you would save Ithome.'
5.27.5Dindorf 1:255–256
τὰ γὰρ παρευρήματα οὐ δέχομαι, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν καθαρὸν ἐκ γένους Αἰπύτου τὸ ἱερεῖον, ὅθεν ἀτέλεστα Μεσσηνίοις εἶναι. τοιοῦτος γὰρ εἶ οἷος ταράττειν. ” Τὰ μὲν δὴ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας τοιαῦτα. μυρία δʼ ἐστὶ καὶ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τούτοις συνιδεῖν ὅμοια, ἐκ παλαιοῦ χρόνου καὶ εἰς ἡμὰς αὐτοὺς τῶν κατὰ χρόνους ἀρχόντων τοτὲ μὲν εἰς ἀπράκτους πολέμους διὰ τῆς τῶν χρησμῶν συμβουλίας ὁρμώντων, τοτὲ δὲ σφαλλομένων ἐκ τῆς τῶν χρησθέντων ἀδηλίας, ἄλλοτε δὲ ἀποπλανωμένων ἐκ τῆς αὐτόθεν τῶν λογίων ἀπάτης.
ta gar pareurēmata ou dechomai, hoti ouk ēn katharon ek genous Aipytou to hiereion, hothen atelesta Messēniois einai. toioutos gar ei hoios tarattein. ” Ta men dē tēs palaias historias toiauta. myria dʼ esti kai kathʼ hēmas toutois synidein homoia, ek palaiou chronou kai eis hēmas autous tōn kata chronous archontōn tote men eis apraktous polemous dia tēs tōn chrēsmōn symboulias hormōntōn, tote de sphallomenōn ek tēs tōn chrēsthentōn adēlias, allote de apoplanōmenōn ek tēs autothen tōn logiōn apatēs.
For I do not accept the excuses, that the victim was not pure, of the line of Aepytus, and therefore the sacrifice was ineffective for the Messenians. For you are the sort to make confusion." Such are the things of ancient history. And countless things like these can be seen in our own times too, from ancient times down to ourselves, when the rulers of each age at one time rushed into fruitless wars on the counsel of the oracles, at another were tripped up by the obscurity of the responses, and at another were led astray by the outright deceit of the oracles.
5.27.6Dindorf 1:256
τί δεῖ δὲ λέγειν, ὥς ποτε ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς, ἤτοι τῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς παρατάξεων, ἢ τῶν ἐν ταῖς σωματικαῖς ἀρρωστίαις κινδύνων, τῆς τῶν νενομισμένων θεῶν ἐπικουρίας ἢ θεραπείας οὐδὲν ὤναντο.
ti dei de legein, hōs pote en tais megistais symphorais, ētoi tōn pros tous echthrous parataxeōn, ē tōn en tais sōmatikais arrōstiais kindynōn, tēs tōn nenomismenōn theōn epikourias ē therapeias ouden ōnanto.
What need is there to say how at times, in the greatest calamities, whether in battles against enemies or in the dangers of bodily illness, they gained nothing from the help or service of the reputed gods?
5.27.7Dindorf 1:256
τοιαῦτα δὲ ἀεὶ καὶ διὰ παντὸς αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν χρησμῶν ἐκπίπτει, οἷα καὶ τὰ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας συνίστησιν.
toiauta de aei kai dia pantos autois ta apo tōn chrēsmōn ekpiptei, hoia kai ta tēs palaias historias synistēsin.
And always and throughout, the results of the oracles turn out for them such as the ancient history also establishes.
5.27.8Dindorf 1:256
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τῶν μάλιστα παρὰ Ἕλλησι θρυλουμένων τοῦ Πυθίου χρησμῶν εἶς τις ἦν καὶ ὁ πρὸς Λυκοῦργον, ᾧ προσιόντι ἡ Πυθία ἐπεφώνησε τὸ βοώμενον ἐκεῖνο, ἥκεις, ὦ Λυκόεργε, ἐμόν ποτὶ πίονα νηὸν, Ζηνὶ φίλος καὶ πᾶσιν Ὀλύμπια δώματʼ ἔχουσι· δίζω ἤ σε θεὸν μαντεύσομαι, ἢ ἄνθρωπον· ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον θεὸν ἔλπομαι· ὦ Λυκόεργε, ἥκεις εὐνομίην διζήμενος· αὐτὰρ ἐγώ τοι δώσω, καὶ τὰ τούτοις συνεπιλεγόμενα· φέρε καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα τίνα ποτὲ συνεῖδεν ὁ προδηλωθεὶς ἔλεγχος ἐποπτεύσωμεν. γράφει δὲ ὧδε
allʼ epei tōn malista para Hellēsi thryloumenōn tou Pythiou chrēsmōn eis tis ēn kai ho pros Lykourgon, hǭ prosionti hē Pythia epephōnēse to boōmenon ekeino, hēkeis, ō Lykoerge, emon poti piona nēon, Zēni philos kai pasin Olympia dōmatʼ echousi; dizō ē se theon manteusomai, ē anthrōpon; allʼ eti kai mallon theon elpomai; ō Lykoerge, hēkeis eunomiēn dizēmenos; autar egō toi dōsō, kai ta toutois synepilegomena; phere kai pros tauta tina pote syneiden ho prodēlōtheis elenchos epopteusōmen. graphei de hōde
But since among the Pythian's oracles most talked of among the Greeks one was that to Lycurgus, to whom, as he approached, the Pythia uttered that famous saying: 'You have come, Lycurgus, to my rich temple, dear to Zeus and to all who have Olympian homes. I doubt whether I shall declare you god or man; but still more I hope you are a god, Lycurgus. You have come seeking good order; and I will give it to you,' with what is said along with these, come, let us observe what the refutation already cited perceived in reply. He writes thus:
Preparation 5, chapter 28
5.28.1Dindorf 1:256
“ Ἀλλὰ σὺ τὸν Τυρταῖον προκαθηγεμόνα καὶ σκοπὸν ἐλθόντα ποτὲ ὡς σὲ ἥκειν ἔφης ἔκ κοίλης Λακεδαίμονος Ζηνὶ φίλον καὶ πᾶσιν Ὀλύμπια δώματʼ ἔχουσι, δίζεσθαί τε εἰ θεὸν αὐτὸν μαντεύσῃ, ἢ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον θεὸν, ὅτι ἦλθεν εὐνομίην αἰτήσων.
“ Alla sy ton Tyrtaion prokathēgemona kai skopon elthonta pote hōs se hēkein ephēs ek koilēs Lakedaimonos Zēni philon kai pasin Olympia dōmatʼ echousi, dizesthai te ei theon auton manteusę̄, ē anthrōpon, allʼ eti kai mallon theon, hoti ēlthen eunomiēn aitēsōn.
"But you said that the forerunner and model of Tyrtaeus, when he once came to you, had come from hollow Lacedaemon, 'dear to Zeus and to all who have Olympian homes,' and that you doubted whether you would declare him god or man, 'but still more a god,' because he came to ask for good order.
5.28.2Dindorf 1:256–257
καὶ πῶς, εἰ θεὸς, οὐκ ἠπίστατο νόμον πολιτικὸν ὁ φίλος τοῦ Δῖός καὶ πάντων τῶν Ὀλυμπίων; ἀλλʼ ἐπεί τοι καὶ οὐ δίχα θεοῦ ἴσως τὰ τοιαῦτα εὑρίσκεται, ἃ δέδεικται τῷ θειοτάτῳ ἀνθρώπων ὑπὸ τῆς θεοῦ φωνῆς, φέρε ἴδωμεν τὴν θείαν φωνὴν, καὶ ἃ ἐδίδαξας τὸν Λυκοῦργον ἥκεις εὐνομίην διζήμενος, αὐτὰρ ἐγώ τοι δώσω.
kai pōs, ei theos, ouk ēpistato nomon politikon ho philos tou Dios kai pantōn tōn Olympiōn? allʼ epei toi kai ou dicha theou isōs ta toiauta heurisketai, ha dedeiktai tǭ theiotatǭ anthrōpōn hypo tēs theou phōnēs, phere idōmen tēn theian phōnēn, kai ha edidaxas ton Lykourgon hēkeis eunomiēn dizēmenos, autar egō toi dōsō.
And how, if he was a god, did the friend of Zeus and of all the Olympians not know civic law? But since perhaps such things are not found without a god, things shown to the most godlike of men by the voice of the god, come, let us look at the divine voice and what you taught Lycurgus: 'You have come seeking good order; and I will give it to you.'
5.28.3Dindorf 1:257
δὸς, εἴποιμι ἂν ἐγώ· οὐδεμίαν γάρ πω δόσιν οὐδενὶ ἐπηγγείλω τοιαύτην. ὡς ἂν μαντείῃσιν ὑποσχέσιάς τε καὶ ὅρκους, καὶ δίκας ἀλλήλοισι καὶ ἀλλοδαποῖσι διδῶτε, ἁγνῶς καὶ καθαρῶς πρεσβηγενέας τιμῶντες, Τυνδαρίδας δʼ ἐποπιζόμενοι, Μενέλαν τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀθανάτους ἥρωας, οἳ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι δίῃ, οὕτω δή χʼ ὑμῶν περιφείδοιτʼ εὐρύοπα Ζεύς.
dos, eipoimi an egō; oudemian gar pō dosin oudeni epēngeilō toiautēn. hōs an manteię̄sin hyposchesias te kai horkous, kai dikas allēloisi kai allodapoisi didōte, hagnōs kai katharōs presbēgeneas timōntes, Tyndaridas dʼ epopizomenoi, Menelan te kai allous athanatous hērōas, hoi en Lakedaimoni dię̄, houtō dē chʼ hymōn peripheidoitʼ euryopa Zeus.
Give it, I would say; for you never yet promised such a gift to anyone. 'If you give to the oracles promises and oaths, and justice to one another and to strangers, honoring the elders purely and cleanly, and revering the Tyndaridae, and Menelaus, and the other immortal heroes who are in divine Lacedaemon, so will far-seeing Zeus spare you.'
5.28.4Dindorf 1:257
Ἄπολλον, διδασκαλίας καὶ παρεγγυήσεως θείας· καὶ οὐ μακρὸς ἕνεκα τούτων ὁ στόλος, οὐδὲ ὅπως εἰς Δελφοὺς ἐκ Πελοποννήσου, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ εἰς Ὑπερβορέους αὐτοὺς, ὅθεν ἀφῖχθαι λέγουσι κατὰ χρησμὸν Ἁστερίας ἄλλης μάντεως οἰκητὰς Δήλοιο θυώδεος ἠδʼ ἱερῆας.
Apollon, didaskalias kai parengyēseōs theias; kai ou makros heneka toutōn ho stolos, oude hopōs eis Delphous ek Peloponnēsou, allʼ oudʼ eis Hyperboreous autous, hothen aphichthai legousi kata chrēsmon Hasterias allēs manteōs oikētas Dēloio thyōdeos ēdʼ hierēas.
Apollo, what divine teaching and exhortation! And for this no long voyage is needed, not even from the Peloponnese to Delphi, let alone to the Hyperboreans themselves, whence, they say, according to the oracle of Asteria, another prophetess, there came 'the settlers and priests of fragrant Delos.'
5.28.5Dindorf 1:257
δοκεῖ δέ μοι ὁ Λυκοῦργος οὗτος οὐκ ἐσχηκέναι τιτθὴν, οὐδὲ σύνθωκος πρεσβυτέρων οὐδέποτε κεκαθικέναι, παρʼ ὧν καὶ παρʼ ἧς εἶχε καλλίω τούτων ἀκοῦσαι καὶ σοφώτερα.
dokei de moi ho Lykourgos houtos ouk eschēkenai titthēn, oude synthōkos presbyterōn oudepote kekathikenai, parʼ hōn kai parʼ hēs eiche kalliō toutōn akousai kai sophōtera.
This Lycurgus, it seems to me, never had a nurse, nor ever sat among a council of elders, from whom, and from her, he could have heard better and wiser things than these.
5.28.6Dindorf 1:257
τάχα δέ πού τι προσθήσεις, ἐάν σε λιπαρῇ ὁ Λυκοῦργος εἰπεῖν τι σαφές. εἰ οἱ μὲν εὖ ἡγοῖντο, οἱ δʼ ἕποιντο, οὐκέτι φήσω τοῦ αὐτοῦ εἶναι συνθώκου τοῦτο, καὶ ἀξιώσω τὸν Λυκοῦργον μὴ ἀποκαμεῖν εἴ τι δύναιτο πολιτικὸν παρὰ σοῦ δίδαγμα ἀναλαβὼν ἀπιέναι εἰς τὴν Σπάρτην.
tacha de pou ti prosthēseis, ean se liparę̄ ho Lykourgos eipein ti saphes. ei hoi men eu hēgointo, hoi dʼ hepointo, ouketi phēsō tou autou einai synthōkou touto, kai axiōsō ton Lykourgon mē apokamein ei ti dynaito politikon para sou didagma analabōn apienai eis tēn Spartēn.
Perhaps you will add something, if Lycurgus begs you to say something clear: 'if some lead well and others follow.' I shall no longer say that this belongs to the same council, and I shall ask Lycurgus not to grow weary, in case he could go away to Sparta having received from you some political lesson.
5.28.7Dindorf 1:257
εἰσὶν ὁδοὶ δύο πλεῖστον ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων ἀπέχουσαι, ἡ μὲν ἐλευθερίας εἰς τίμιον οἶκον ἄγουσα, ἡ δʼ ἐπὶ δουλείας φυκτὸν δόμον ἡμερίοισι ’ καὶ τὴν μὲν διά τʼ ἀνδροσύνης ἱερῆς θʼ ὁμονοίας ἔστι περᾶν, ἣν δὴ λαοῖς ἡγεῖσθε κέλευθον, τὴν δὲ διὰ στυγερῆς ἴριδος καὶ ἀνάλκιδος ἄτης εἰσαφικάνουσι..., τὴν δὲ πεφυλάχθαι.
eisin hodoi dyo pleiston apʼ allēlōn apechousai, hē men eleutherias eis timion oikon agousa, hē dʼ epi douleias phykton domon hēmerioisi ’ kai tēn men dia tʼ androsynēs hierēs thʼ homonoias esti peran, hēn dē laois hēgeisthe keleuthon, tēn de dia stygerēs iridos kai analkidos atēs eisaphikanousi..., tēn de pephylachthai.
'There are two roads, very far apart from each other, the one leading to the honored house of freedom, the other to the house of slavery, to be shunned by mortals. The one may be traveled through manliness and holy concord; and this is the path you must lead the peoples on. The other they reach through hateful strife and feeble ruin ... and that one you must guard against.'
5.28.8Dindorf 1:257–258
μάλιστα ἀνδρείους εἶναι κελεύεις· τοῦτο μὲν καὶ παρὰ τῶν δειλῶν πολλάκις ἠκούσαμεν ’ ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁμόφρονας ’ τοῦτο οὐ παρὰ τῶν σοφῶν μόνων, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ παρʼ αὐτῶν τῶν στασιαζόντων. ὥστε τούτου μὲν τοῦ παρεγγυήματος ἀφίεμέν σε.
malista andreious einai keleueis; touto men kai para tōn deilōn pollakis ēkousamen ’ alla kai homophronas ’ touto ou para tōn sophōn monōn, allʼ ēdē kai parʼ autōn tōn stasiazontōn. hōste toutou men tou parengyēmatos aphiemen se.
You bid them above all to be brave: this we have often heard even from cowards. And of one mind: this not from the wise only, but even from the very men who stir up faction. So we excuse you from this exhortation.
5.28.9Dindorf 1:258
καίτοι μάντις ὢν οὐκ ἔγνως ἡμᾶς πολλάκις καὶ παρὰ πολλῶν εἰληφότας αὐτὸ, οὔτε τῆς δάφνης ἐμφαγόντων οὔτε τὸ Κασταλίας ὕδωρ πιόντων, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ τὴν ὀφρύν ποτε ἀνασπασάντων;
kaitoi mantis ōn ouk egnōs hēmas pollakis kai para pollōn eilēphotas auto, oute tēs daphnēs emphagontōn oute to Kastalias hydōr piontōn, oudʼ epi sophią tēn ophryn pote anaspasantōn?
And yet, being a prophet, did you not know that we have often received this, and from many people, who neither chewed the laurel nor drank the water of Castalia nor ever raised their brows over wisdom?
5.28.10Dindorf 1:258
λέγʼ οὖν περὶ ἀνδρείας, λέγε περὶ ἐλευθερίας, λέγε περὶ ὁμοφροσύνης, τίνα τρόπον ἐγγίνεται ταῦτα πόλει, καὶ μὴ ἡμᾶς τοὺς οὐκ εἰδότας κέλευε ἡγεῖσθαι τοῖς λαοῖς τῆς κελεύθου ταύτης, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ἡγοῦ. καλὴ μὲν γὰρ, ἀλλʼ ἄπορος ἡμῖν καὶ φοβερά. ” Τούτοις προστίθησι λέγων
legʼ oun peri andreias, lege peri eleutherias, lege peri homophrosynēs, tina tropon enginetai tauta polei, kai mē hēmas tous ouk eidotas keleue hēgeisthai tois laois tēs keleuthou tautēs, allʼ autos hēgou. kalē men gar, allʼ aporos hēmin kai phobera. ” Toutois prostithēsi legōn
Speak, then, about courage; speak about freedom; speak about concord, how these arise in a city; and do not bid us, who do not know, to lead the peoples on this path, but lead it yourself. For it is noble, but impassable and fearful for us." To these he adds, saying:
Preparation 5, chapter 29
5.29.1Dindorf 1:258
Σὺ δὲ καὶ περὶ γάμου ἕτοιμος λέγειν Ἄργεος ἱπποβότου πῶλον λάβε κυανοχαίτου.
Sy de kai peri gamou hetoimos legein Argeos hippobotou pōlon labe kyanochaitou.
"And you are ready to speak about marriage too: 'Take a foal of horse-pasturing Argos, of a dark-maned sire.'
5.29.2Dindorf 1:258
περὶ δὲ παίδων Ἠετίων, οὔ τίς σε τίει πολύτιτον ἐόντα· λάβδα κύει, τέξει δʼ ὀλοοίτροχον.
peri de paidōn Ēetiōn, ou tis se tiei polytiton eonta; labda kyei, texei dʼ olooitrochon.
And about children: 'Eetion, no one honors you, though you are worthy of much honor; Labda is with child, and will bear a rolling stone.'
5.29.3Dindorf 1:258
περὶ δὲ ἀποικίας στέλλʼ ἐπὶ χρυσείους ἄνδρας πολυεθνέα λαὸν, ὤμοις μὲν χαλκὸν προφέρων, χερσὶν δὲ σίδηρον.
peri de apoikias stellʼ epi chryseious andras polyethnea laon, ōmois men chalkon propherōn, chersin de sidēron.
And about a colony: 'Send against men of gold a people of many nations, bearing bronze on the shoulders and iron in the hands.'
5.29.4Dindorf 1:258
περὶ δὲ κενῆς δόξης γαίης μὲν πάσης τὸ Πελασγικὸν οὖδας ἄμεινον· ἵπποι Θρηίκιαι, Λακεδαιμόνιαι δὲ γυναῖκες, ἄνδρες θʼ οἳ πίνουσιν ὕδωρ καλῆς Ἀρεθούσης.
peri de kenēs doxēs gaiēs men pasēs to Pelasgikon oudas ameinon; hippoi Thrēikiai, Lakedaimoniai de gynaikes, andres thʼ hoi pinousin hydōr kalēs Arethousēs.
And about vainglory: 'Of all the earth the Pelasgian ground is best; Thracian mares, Lacedaemonian women, and men who drink the water of fair Arethusa.'
5.29.5Dindorf 1:258
καί μοι δοκεῖς οὐδὲν τῶν τερατοσκόπων καλουμένων κρείττων εἶναι, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγυρτῶν καὶ σοφιστῶν. ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν οὐδὲν ἔγωγε ἐθαύμασα, εἰ μισθοῦ τραχηλίζουσι, σοῦ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, εἰ μισθοῦ τραχηλίζονται.
kai moi dokeis ouden tōn teratoskopōn kaloumenōn kreittōn einai, allʼ oude tōn allōn agyrtōn kai sophistōn. alla tōn men ouden egōge ethaumasa, ei misthou trachēlizousi, sou de tou theou kai tōn anthrōpōn, ei misthou trachēlizontai.
And you seem to me no better than the so-called portent-watchers, nor than the other mendicants and sophists. But at them I have never wondered, if they throw men headlong for pay; but at you, the god, and at men, if they are thrown headlong for pay.
5.29.6Dindorf 1:258–259
εἶθʼ ὁ μὲν Σωκράτης ἐκεῖνος οὐδέτερον ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς τὸν ἐρωτήσαντα πότερον γαμήσει ἢ μὴ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι μετανοήσει ἀμφότερα· πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἐπιθυμοῦντα παίδων οὐκ εὖ ἔφη αὐτὸν ποιήσειν, ὃς ἐάσας ἐπιχειρεῖν ὅπως, εἴ οἱ παῖδες γένοιντο, ἄριστα αὐτοῖς χρῷτο, τούτου μὲν οὐδένα λόγον ἐποιήσατο, αὐτὸ δὲ μόνον ἐσκοπεῖτο, πῶς ἂν αὐτῷ γένοιντο.
eithʼ ho men Sōkratēs ekeinos oudeteron apekrinato pros ton erōtēsanta poteron gamēsei ē mē, allʼ hoti metanoēsei amphotera; pros de ton epithymounta paidōn ouk eu ephē auton poiēsein, hos easas epicheirein hopōs, ei hoi paides genointo, arista autois chrǭto, toutou men oudena logon epoiēsato, auto de monon eskopeito, pōs an autǭ genointo.
Then that Socrates answered neither way to the man who asked whether he should marry or not, but said that he would regret both; and to the man who desired children he said that he would not do well if, neglecting to try how, should he have children, he might best treat them, he gave no thought to this, but considered only how he might get them.
5.29.7Dindorf 1:259
ἑτέρου δὲ ἀποδημεῖν ἐγνωκότος διὰ τὸ κακῶς ἔχειν αὐτὸν οἴκοι οὐκ ἔφη ὀρθῶς αὐτὸν βουλεύεσθαι· τὴν μὲν γὰρ πατρίδα αὐτόθι ἀπολιπὼν ἄπεισι, τὴν δὲ ἀμαθίαν μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἄγων, ἥτις αὐτὸν καὶ τοῖς ἐκεῖ δυσαρεστεῖν ποιήσει καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς ἐνθάδε. καὶ οὐχ ὁπότε ἠρωτᾶτο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτόκλητος ἐπὶ τὰς τοιάσδε συνουσίας ἰών·
heterou de apodēmein egnōkotos dia to kakōs echein auton oikoi ouk ephē orthōs auton bouleuesthai; tēn men gar patrida autothi apolipōn apeisi, tēn de amathian methʼ heautou agōn, hētis auton kai tois ekei dysarestein poiēsei kathaper kai tois enthade. kai ouch hopote ērōtato monon, alla kai autoklētos epi tas toiasde synousias iōn;
And when another had decided to go abroad because things were bad for him at home, he said that he was not deciding rightly; for he would go away leaving his country there, but taking with him his ignorance, which would make him displeasing to people there as to people here. And he went to such conversations not only when he was asked, but also uninvited.
Preparation 5, chapter 30
5.30.1Dindorf 1:259
εἴκοσι τὰς πρὸ κυνὸς καὶ εἴκοσι τὰς μετέπειτα οἴκῳ ἐνὶ σκιερῷ Διονύσῳ χρῆσθαι ἰητρῷ. Ἀθηναίοις ὑπὸ καύματος ἐνοχλουμένοις ἰατρικὸν, ἀλλʼ οὐ μαντικὸν.
eikosi tas pro kynos kai eikosi tas metepeita oikǭ eni skierǭ Dionysǭ chrēsthai iētrǭ. Athēnaiois hypo kaumatos enochloumenois iatrikon, allʼ ou mantikon.
'For twenty days before the Dog-star and twenty after, use Dionysus as physician in a shady house.' To the Athenians troubled by the heat: medical advice, not prophecy.
5.30.2Dindorf 1:259
Ἐργῖνε Κλυμένοιο πάι Πρεσβωνιάδας, ὄψʼ ἦλθες γενεὴν διζήμενος· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης ἱστοβοῆι γέροντι νέαν ποτίβαλλε κορώνην. γέροντι νέαν συνοικεῖν, εἰ παίδων ἐπιθυμεῖ, οὐ μάντεως οὐδὲ τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ φύσιν ἐπισταμένου. ἀλλʼ ἡ ἐπιθυμία τοὺς βλᾶκας ἐξίστησι. ”
Ergine Klymenoio pai Presbōniadas, opsʼ ēlthes geneēn dizēmenos; alla kai empēs histoboēi geronti nean potiballe korōnēn. geronti nean synoikein, ei paidōn epithymei, ou manteōs oude touto, alla physin epistamenou. allʼ hē epithymia tous blakas existēsi. ”
'Erginus, son of Clymenus, of Presbon's line, you have come late seeking offspring; but even so, fit a new tip to the old plough-pole.' That a young woman should live with an old man if he wants children: this too is not of a prophet, but of one who knows nature. But desire drives the dullards out of their wits."
Preparation 5, chapter 31
5.31.1Dindorf 1:259–260
Διόπερ σοι καὶ νάρθηκα παραινῶ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς λαμβάνειν, εἰ μὴ πείθοις μανθάνειν ἀντὶ τῶν καταπτύστων ἐρωτημάτων ἄξιόν τι τοῦ θείου φοιτητηρίου· ἢ Ἀντιόχῳ τῷ Παρίῳ ἀποβαλόντι τὴν οὐσίαν ἐν πολιτικῇ φλυαρίᾳ καὶ ὑπὸ λύπης ἥκοντι πρὸς σὲ λέγειν Ἀντίοχʼ, εἰς Θάσον ἐλθὲ, καὶ οἴκει εὐκλέα νῆσον· ὃς ἐκείνως ἂν μᾶλλον ὤνατο ἀκούσας, Ἀντίοχʼ, εἰς νοῦν ἐλθὲ, καὶ ἐν πενίᾳ μὴ ὀδύρου.
Dioper soi kai narthēka parainō epʼ autous lambanein, ei mē peithois manthanein anti tōn kataptystōn erōtēmatōn axion ti tou theiou phoitētēriou; ē Antiochǭ tǭ Pariǭ apobalonti tēn ousian en politikę̄ phlyarią kai hypo lypēs hēkonti pros se legein Antiochʼ, eis Thason elthe, kai oikei euklea nēson; hos ekeinōs an mallon ōnato akousas, Antiochʼ, eis noun elthe, kai en penią mē odyrou.
"Therefore I advise you to take a rod to them, if you cannot persuade them to learn, instead of their contemptible questions, something worthy of a god's school; rather than to say to Antiochus of Paros, when he had lost his property in political nonsense and came to you in grief: 'Antiochus, go to Thasos and dwell in the famous island.' He would have profited more by hearing: 'Antiochus, come to your senses, and do not lament in poverty.'
5.31.2Dindorf 1:260
ἢ τοῖς ἥκουσι Κρητῶν Φαιστοῦ καὶ Τάρρας ναέται, Δίου τε πολύρρου, Πυθῷον κέλομαι τελέειν Φοίβοιο καθαρμὸν εὐαγέοντας, ὅπως Κρήτην καταναιετάητε, ὄλβον μὴ πατρίοισι νόμοις, καὶ Ζῆνα σέβοντες.
ē tois hēkousi Krētōn Phaistou kai Tarras naetai, Diou te polyrrou, Pythǭon kelomai teleein Phoiboio katharmon euageontas, hopōs Krētēn katanaietaēte, olbon mē patrioisi nomois, kai Zēna sebontes.
Or to the Cretans who came: 'Dwellers of Phaestus and Tarrha and of Dium rich in streams, I bid you perform the Pythian purification of Phoebus, being pure, so that you may dwell in Crete, revering prosperity and Zeus by laws not those of your fathers.'
5.31.3Dindorf 1:260
οἷς ἀκοῦσαι ἐκεῖνο κρεῖττον ἦν λήρου καὶ μανίας ναέται, πολλοῦ θʼ ἅμα τύφου οἰκεῖον τελέειν κέλομαι λήροιο καθαρμὸν εὐαγέοντας, ὅπως σοφίαν καταναιετάητε, ὄλβον μὴ πατρίοισι νόμοις, θείοις δὲ σέβοντες. ὡς μὴ μᾶλλον τῆς Κρήτης σὺ καθαρμοῦ προσδέῃ, Ὀρφικούς τινας ἢ Ἐπιμενιδείους καθαρμοὺς φανταζόμενος.
hois akousai ekeino kreitton ēn lērou kai manias naetai, pollou thʼ hama typhou oikeion teleein kelomai lēroio katharmon euageontas, hopōs sophian katanaietaēte, olbon mē patrioisi nomois, theiois de sebontes. hōs mē mallon tēs Krētēs sy katharmou prosdeę̄, Orphikous tinas ē Epimenideious katharmous phantazomenos.
For them it would have been better to hear this: 'Dwellers of nonsense and madness, and much conceit as well, I bid you perform your own purification from nonsense, being pure, so that you may dwell in wisdom, revering prosperity by laws not those of your fathers but divine'; so that you yourself may not need purification more than Crete does, imagining some Orphic or Epimenidean purifications.
Preparation 5, chapter 32
5.32.1Dindorf 1:260
Διὰ τί δὲ, ὦ σοφώτατε, Χαρίλαος καὶ Ἀρχέλαος οἱ Λακεδαιμονίων βασιλεῖς, εἴ κεν ἐπικτήτου μοίρης λάχος Ἀπόλλωνι ἥμισυ δάσσωνται, πολὺ λώιον ἔσσεται αὐτοῖς, ποίῳ δὲ καὶ ἄλλῳ λέγεις Ἀπόλλωνι; οὐ γὰρ δὴ αὐτῷ σοι, ὦ ἀναίσχυντε μάντι, ὡς μή τίς σοι αὐτῷ ἐπιπλήξειεν, ἅτε κακῶς οὕτω συνδιαιρουμένῳ τοῖς λῃσταῖς.”
Dia ti de, ō sophōtate, Charilaos kai Archelaos hoi Lakedaimoniōn basileis, ei ken epiktētou moirēs lachos Apollōni hēmisy dassōntai, poly lōion essetai autois, poiǭ de kai allǭ legeis Apollōni? ou gar dē autǭ soi, ō anaischynte manti, hōs mē tis soi autǭ epiplēxeien, hate kakōs houtō syndiairoumenǭ tois lę̄stais.”
"And why, most wise one, did you say: 'Charilaus and Archelaus, kings of the Lacedaemonians, if they share half the portion of what they acquire with Apollo, it will be much better for them'? And to what other Apollo do you mean? For surely not to yourself, shameless seer, so that no one might rebuke you yourself for sharing so wickedly with robbers."
5.32.2Dindorf 1:260–261
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὧδε ἐχέτω. φέρε δὲ τούτοις προσθῶμεν καὶ διʼ ὧν αὖθις ὁ Ἀπόλλων θαυμάζει τὸν Ἀρχίλοχον, ἄνδρα παντοίαις κατὰ γυναικῶν αἰσχρορρημοσύναις καὶ ἀρρητολογίαις, ἃς οὐδʼ ἀκοῦσαί τις σώφρων ἀνὴρ ὑπομείνειεν ἂν, ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις ποιήμασι κεχρημένον· καὶ τὸν Εὐριπίδην τῆς μὲν Σωκράτους διατριβῆς καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἐκπεσόντα, εἰσέτι δὲ καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ τῆς θυμέλης τραγῳδούμενον· καὶ Ὅμηρον ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὃν ὁ γενναῖος Πλάτων ἐξωθεῖ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ πολιτείας ὡς κατʼ οὐδὲν ὠφέλιμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα τοὺς νέους λυμαινομένων λόγων ποιητὴν γεγενημένον. ἐφʼ οἷς πάλιν ὁ προδηλωθεὶς τὸν χρησμῳδὸν θεὸν ὧδέ πως σκώπτει
Tauta men oun hōde echetō. phere de toutois prosthōmen kai diʼ hōn authis ho Apollōn thaumazei ton Archilochon, andra pantoiais kata gynaikōn aischrorrēmosynais kai arrētologiais, has oudʼ akousai tis sōphrōn anēr hypomeineien an, en tois oikeiois poiēmasi kechrēmenon; kai ton Euripidēn tēs men Sōkratous diatribēs kai philosophias ekpesonta, eiseti de kai nyn epi tēs thymelēs tragǭdoumenon; kai Homēron epi toutois, hon ho gennaios Platōn exōthei tēs heautou politeias hōs katʼ ouden ōphelimon, alla kai ta eschata tous neous lymainomenōn logōn poiētēn gegenēmenon. ephʼ hois palin ho prodēlōtheis ton chrēsmǭdon theon hōde pōs skōptei
So let these things stand thus. But come, let us add to them the oracles in which Apollo in turn admires Archilochus, a man who in his own poems used every kind of obscenity and unspeakable language against women, which no self-controlled man would endure even to hear; and Euripides, who fell away from the school and philosophy of Socrates and is even now still played in tragedy on the stage; and Homer besides, whom the noble Plato expels from his own republic as in no way useful, but as the author of words that corrupt the young in the extreme. On these the writer already cited again mocks the oracle-giving god somewhat as follows:
Preparation 5, chapter 33
5.33.1Dindorf 1:261
“ Ἀθάνατός σοι παῖς καὶ ἀοίδιμος, ὦ Τελεσίκλεις, ἔσσετʼ ἐν ἀνθρώποις. ὁ δὲ παῖς ἦν Ἀρχίλοχος.
“ Athanatos soi pais kai aoidimos, ō Telesikleis, essetʼ en anthrōpois. ho de pais ēn Archilochos.
"'Immortal and famed in song will your son be among men, O Telesicles.' And the son was Archilochus.
5.33.2Dindorf 1:261
ἔσται σοι κοῦρος, Μνησαρχίδῃ, ὅντινα πάντες ἄνθρωποι τίσουσι, καὶ ἐς κλέος ἐσθλὸν ὀρούσει, καὶ στεφέων ἱερῶν γλυκερὴν χάριν ἀμφιβαλεῖται.
estai soi kouros, Mnēsarchidę̄, hontina pantes anthrōpoi tisousi, kai es kleos esthlon orousei, kai stepheōn hierōn glykerēn charin amphibaleitai.
'You will have a boy, son of Mnesarchus, whom all men will honor, and he will rush to noble fame, and will put on the sweet grace of sacred crowns.'
5.33.3Dindorf 1:261
ὁ δὲ κοῦρος ἦν Εὐριπίδης. Ὅμηρος δὲ σοὶ ζωὴ δοιὰς μοίρας λάχεν, ἡ μὲν ἀμαυρῶν ἠελίων δισσῶν, ἡ δʼ ἀθανάτοις ἰσόμοιρος, ζῶν καὶ ἀποφθίμενος. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἤκουεν ὄλβιε καὶ δύσδαιμον, ἔφυς γὰρ ἐπʼ ἀμφοτέροισι.
ho de kouros ēn Euripidēs. Homēros de soi zōē doias moiras lachen, hē men amaurōn ēeliōn dissōn, hē dʼ athanatois isomoiros, zōn kai apophthimenos. kai dia tauta ēkouen olbie kai dysdaimon, ephys gar epʼ amphoteroisi.
And the boy was Euripides. And to Homer: 'Your life has received two portions, the one of two darkened suns, the other equal to the immortals, living and dead.' And for this he heard: 'Blessed and ill-starred, for you were born to both.'
5.33.4Dindorf 1:261
λέγει δὲ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλά τις διατεινάμενός ποτε, ὅτι αὐτὸν οὐ χρὴ ἀνθρώπων θεὸν ὄντα δυηπαθέων ἀλεγίζειν. ἄγε οὖν, ὦ θεὲ, μὴ περιίδῃς μηδʼ ἡμᾶς. ἐπιθυμοῦμεν γὰρ, εἰ μή τι ἀδικοῦμεν, οἱ μὲν κλέους ἐσθλοῦ, οἱ δὲ στεφάνων ἱερῶν, οἱ δὲ πρὸς θεοὺς ἰσομοιρίας, οἱ δὲ αὐτῆς ἀθανασίας.
legei de ouk anthrōpos, alla tis diateinamenos pote, hoti auton ou chrē anthrōpōn theon onta dyēpatheōn alegizein. age oun, ō thee, mē periidę̄s mēdʼ hēmas. epithymoumen gar, ei mē ti adikoumen, hoi men kleous esthlou, hoi de stephanōn hierōn, hoi de pros theous isomoirias, hoi de autēs athanasias.
And it is not a man who says, but one who once insisted, that he, being a god, ought not to care for wretched men. Come then, O god, do not neglect us either. For we desire, if we do no wrong, some of us noble fame, some sacred crowns, some an equal portion with the gods, and some immortality itself.
5.33.5Dindorf 1:261
τί ποτʼ οὖν ἦν τοῦτο διʼ ὅ σοι Ἀρχίλοχος ἔδοξεν ἄξιος εἶναι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ; μὴ φθονήσῃς, ὦ φιλανθρωπότατε θεῶν, μηδʼ ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις τῆς ἄνω ὁδοῦ. τί πράττειν κελεύεις ἡμᾶς; ἢ δηλαδὴ τὰ Ἀρχιλόχου, εἰ μέλλοιμεν ἄξιοι φανεῖσθαι τῆς ὑμετέρας ἑστίας,
ti potʼ oun ēn touto diʼ ho soi Archilochos edoxen axios einai tou ouranou? mē phthonēsę̄s, ō philanthrōpotate theōn, mēdʼ allois anthrōpois tēs anō hodou. ti prattein keleueis hēmas? ē dēladē ta Archilochou, ei melloimen axioi phaneisthai tēs hymeteras hestias,
What, then, was it for which Archilochus seemed to you worthy of heaven? Do not begrudge, most kind of the gods, the upward road to other men too. What do you bid us do? Or, plainly, the deeds of Archilochus, if we are to appear worthy of your hearth:
5.33.6Dindorf 1:261
λοιδορῆσαι μὲν πικρῶς τὰς οὐκ ἐθελούσας ἡμῖν γαμεῖσθαι, ἅψασθαι δὲ καὶ τῶν κιναίδων, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἄλλων πονηρῶν πολὺ πονηρότεροί εἰσιν· οὐχὶ δίχα μέτρου, αὕτη γὰρ διάλεκτος καὶ θεῶν, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ θείων ἀνδρῶν, ὥσπερ Ἀρχιλόχου.
loidorēsai men pikrōs tas ouk ethelousas hēmin gameisthai, hapsasthai de kai tōn kinaidōn, epeidē tōn allōn ponērōn poly ponēroteroi eisin; ouchi dicha metrou, hautē gar dialektos kai theōn, hōsper oun kai theiōn andrōn, hōsper Archilochou.
to revile bitterly the women who will not marry us, and to attack the effeminates too, since they are much worse than other wicked men; and not without meter, for this is the language of the gods, as also of divine men, such as Archilochus.
5.33.7Dindorf 1:261–262
καὶ οὐδὲν ἴσως θαυμαστόν. διὰ γὰρ τὴν ἐν τούτοις ὑπεροχὴν εὖ μὲν οἶκος οἰκεῖται, εὖ δὲ ἰδιώτης βίος, πόλεις δὲ ὁμοφρόνως καὶ ἔθνη εὐνόμως συνεστᾶσιν.
kai ouden isōs thaumaston. dia gar tēn en toutois hyperochēn eu men oikos oikeitai, eu de idiōtēs bios, poleis de homophronōs kai ethnē eunomōs synestasin.
And perhaps there is nothing surprising in that. For through excellence in these things a house is well managed, and a private life well led, and cities and nations stand together in concord and good order.
5.33.8Dindorf 1:262
οὐκ ἀπεικότως ἄρα σοι καὶ Μουσῶν θεράπων ἔδοξεν εἶναι, καὶ ὁ φονεὺς αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἄξιος εἶναι τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοὺς θεοὺς εἰσόδου, οὐδὲ τῆς παρʼ ὑμῶν φωνῆς, ἄνδρα φωνάεντα ἀποκτείνας.
ouk apeikotōs ara soi kai Mousōn therapōn edoxen einai, kai ho phoneus autou ouk axios einai tēs pros hymas tous theous eisodou, oude tēs parʼ hymōn phōnēs, andra phōnaenta apokteinas.
Not unreasonably, then, he seemed to you a servant of the Muses, and his killer unworthy of entering in to you gods, or of hearing your voice, since he had killed a man of song.
5.33.9Dindorf 1:262
οὔκουν ἄδικος ἡ πρὸς τὸν Ἀρχίαν ἀπειλὴ, οὐδʼ ἄκαιρος ἡ Πυθία τιμωροῦσα Ἀρχιλόχῳ τῷ πάλαι νεκρῷ καὶ κελεύουσα ἐξιέναι τοῦ ναοῦ τὸν ἐναγῆ· Μουσάων γὰρ ἀπέκτεινε θεράποντα.
oukoun adikos hē pros ton Archian apeilē, oudʼ akairos hē Pythia timōrousa Archilochǭ tǭ palai nekrǭ kai keleuousa exienai tou naou ton enagē; Mousaōn gar apekteine theraponta.
Not unjust, then, was the threat against Archias, nor untimely the Pythia, avenging Archilochus long dead and ordering the polluted man to leave the temple: 'for he killed the servant of the Muses.'
5.33.10Dindorf 1:262
οὔκουν ἔμοιγʼ ἐφάνης ἐπαμύνων τῷ ποιητῇ ἀπρεπὴς εἶναι· ἐμεμνήμην γὰρ καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου ποιητοῦ καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν τοῦ Εὐριπίδου στεφάνων, καίτοι ἀπορῶν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἐπιθυμῶν οὐχ ὅτι ἐστεφανοῦτο, ἀλλὰ πῶς ἦν τὰ στέφη ταῦτα ἱερά· οὐδʼ ὅτι αὐτοῦ κλέος ὄρουσεν, ἀλλὰ πῶς ἐσθλὸν ἦν τοῦτο.
oukoun emoigʼ ephanēs epamynōn tǭ poiētę̄ aprepēs einai; ememnēmēn gar kai tou heterou poiētou kai tōn hierōn tou Euripidou stephanōn, kaitoi aporōn kai akousai epithymōn ouch hoti estephanouto, alla pōs ēn ta stephē tauta hiera; oudʼ hoti autou kleos orousen, alla pōs esthlon ēn touto.
So to me you did not appear unseemly in defending the poet; for I remembered also the other poet, and the sacred crowns of Euripides, though I was at a loss and wished to hear, not that he was crowned, but how these crowns were sacred; nor that his fame rushed forth, but how it was noble.
5.33.11Dindorf 1:262
ἐκροταλίζετο μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις, οἶδα, καὶ τυράννοις ἤρεσκε, καὶ τοῦτο οἶδα· καὶ ἔργον ἐπετήδευεν, ἐφʼ ᾧ οὐχ ὅπως αὐτὸς ἐθαυμάζετο ὁ ἐραστὴς, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ ἡ τῶν Ἀθηναίων πόλις, ὅτι μόνη τραγῳδοὺς ἤνεγκεν.
ekrotalizeto men gar en tois ochlois, oida, kai tyrannois ēreske, kai touto oida; kai ergon epetēdeuen, ephʼ hǭ ouch hopōs autos ethaumazeto ho erastēs, allʼ ēdē kai hē tōn Athēnaiōn polis, hoti monē tragǭdous ēnenken.
For he was applauded by the crowds, I know, and pleased tyrants, this too I know; and he practiced a craft for which not only he himself, the lover of it, was admired, but even the city of the Athenians, because it alone produced tragedians.
5.33.12Dindorf 1:262
εἰ μὲν οὖν ὁ κρότος ἱκανὸς κριτὴς καὶ ἡ ἐν ἀκροπόλει τράπεζα, οὐδὲν ἔτι λέγω, βλέπων ἐν ἀκροπόλει δειπνοῦντα τὸν Εὐριπίδην καὶ τὸν Ἀθηναίων ἅμα καὶ τὸν Μακεδόνων δῆμον ἐπιψοφοῦντα· εἰ δὲ καὶ δίχα τούτων ἐστί τις καὶ θεῶν ψῆφος, καὶ αὕτη πιστὴ, καὶ οὐχ ἥττων τῆς τῶν τυράννων, οὐδὲ τῆς τῶν ὄχλων, φέρε, φράσον σὸν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τίνι τῶν καλῶν ἠνέγκατε ὑμεῖς οἱ θεοὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ Εὐριπίδου ψῆφον, ἵνα σπεύσωμεν καὶ διώξωμεν τὸν οὐρανὸν κατὰ πόδας τῶν ὑμετέρων ἐπαίνων.
ei men oun ho krotos hikanos kritēs kai hē en akropolei trapeza, ouden eti legō, blepōn en akropolei deipnounta ton Euripidēn kai ton Athēnaiōn hama kai ton Makedonōn dēmon epipsophounta; ei de kai dicha toutōn esti tis kai theōn psēphos, kai hautē pistē, kai ouch hēttōn tēs tōn tyrannōn, oude tēs tōn ochlōn, phere, phrason son hēmin epi tini tōn kalōn ēnenkate hymeis hoi theoi tēn hyper tou Euripidou psēphon, hina speusōmen kai diōxōmen ton ouranon kata podas tōn hymeterōn epainōn.
If, then, applause is a sufficient judge, and the table in the acropolis, I say no more, seeing Euripides dining in the acropolis and the people of the Athenians and of the Macedonians applauding together. But if apart from these there is also a vote of the gods, and that a trustworthy one, and no less than that of tyrants or crowds, come, tell us yourself for which of his fine deeds you gods cast your vote for Euripides, so that we may hasten and pursue heaven in the footsteps of your praises.
5.33.13Dindorf 1:262–263
οὐ γὰρ δὴ οὐκ εἰσὶ καὶ νῦν ἕτοιμοι κωμῳδεῖσθαι καὶ Σαβαῖοι καὶ Λυκάμβαι, πρὸς δέ γε τὸ τραγῳδεῖσθαι οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ νῦν ἐνσταίη οὔτε ὁ Θυέστης οὔτε ὁ Οἰδίπους οὔτε ὁ Φινεὺς ἐκεῖνος, οὐδʼ ἂν, οἶμαι, φθονήσαιεν οὐδενὶ ἐπιθυμοῦντι φιλίας τῆς τῶν θεῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἄν μοι δοκοῦσιν ἐκεῖνοι, εἰ ᾔσθοντο ὅτι ἔσοιτό τις Εὐριπίδης ἀνὴρ ἐπὶ τῷ διασκευάσαι αὐτοὺς γενόμενος θεοφιλὴς, ἐμελῆσαι ἂν τῶν κακῶν ἐκείνων, καὶ οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸ κρείττονα φρονεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸ μετροποιεῖν τραπέσθαι·
ou gar dē ouk eisi kai nyn hetoimoi kōmǭdeisthai kai Sabaioi kai Lykambai, pros de ge to tragǭdeisthai ouk an oude nyn enstaiē oute ho Thyestēs oute ho Oidipous oute ho Phineus ekeinos, oudʼ an, oimai, phthonēsaien oudeni epithymounti philias tēs tōn theōn, alla kai autoi an moi dokousin ekeinoi, ei ę̄sthonto hoti esoito tis Euripidēs anēr epi tǭ diaskeuasai autous genomenos theophilēs, emelēsai an tōn kakōn ekeinōn, kai ouk epi to kreittona phronein, allʼ epi to metropoiein trapesthai;
For surely there are even now Sabaei and Lycambae ready to be mocked in comedy, and as for being made tragedies of, neither Thyestes nor Oedipus nor that Phineus would object even now; nor, I think, would they begrudge anyone who desires the friendship of the gods. Rather, it seems to me, they themselves, had they perceived that there would be a Euripides, a man who would become dear to the gods by working them up, would have cared about those evils, and turned not to wiser thinking but to making verses;
5.33.14Dindorf 1:263
καὶ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ἀνθρώπων εἰ τὰ ὀνόματα ὄγκου πλήρη ἤκουον, χρῆσθαι τούτοις εἰς τὴν πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ὁδοιπορίαν, ἵν ἐλθόντες καθίζοιντο ἐν τῷ Ὀλύμπῳ μετὰ τῶν πυκτῶν ἐν τῇ τοῦ Δῖός αὐλῇ· ταῦτα γὰρ λέγει ὁ ἐν Δελφοῖς ποιητής.
kai tōn emprosthen anthrōpōn ei ta onomata onkou plērē ēkouon, chrēsthai toutois eis tēn pros ton ouranon hodoiporian, hin elthontes kathizointo en tǭ Olympǭ meta tōn pyktōn en tę̄ tou Dios aulę̄; tauta gar legei ho en Delphois poiētēs.
and, if they heard the names of earlier men full of pomp, they would have used them for the journey to heaven, so as to go and sit on Olympus with the boxers in the court of Zeus; for this is what the poet at Delphi says.
5.33.15Dindorf 1:263
φέρε καὶ τὴν Ὁμήρου τοῦ ὀλβίου ἴδωμεν ἐρώτησιν, ἣν τὸν θεὸν ἐρωτᾷ· ἦπου γάρ τις οὐρανία ἦν καὶ ἱκανὴ τὸν θεὸν ἐκκαλέσασθαι· οὐ γὰρ ἂν οὕτω ῥᾳδίως ὁ θεὸς ὄλβιον μὲν ἐπεφώνησεν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ὀλβίῳ ῥῆσιν ἀπένειμε πατρίδα δίζηαι· μητρὶς δέ τοι, οὐ πατρίς ἐστι· Μίνωος δʼ ἀπὸ γῆς, οὔτε σχεδὸν οὔτʼ ἀπὸ τηλοῦ, ἐν τῇ σοι μοῖρʼ ἐστὶ τελευτῆσαι βιότοιο, εὖτʼ ἂν ἀπὸ γλώσσης παίδων μὴ γνῷς ἐπακούσας ἀξύνετον πολλοῖσι λόγοις εἰρημένον ὕμνον.
phere kai tēn Homērou tou olbiou idōmen erōtēsin, hēn ton theon erōtą; ēpou gar tis ourania ēn kai hikanē ton theon ekkalesasthai; ou gar an houtō rhądiōs ho theos olbion men epephōnēsen, epi de tǭ olbiǭ rhēsin apeneime patrida dizēai; mētris de toi, ou patris esti; Minōos dʼ apo gēs, oute schedon outʼ apo tēlou, en tę̄ soi moirʼ esti teleutēsai biotoio, eutʼ an apo glōssēs paidōn mē gnǭs epakousas axyneton polloisi logois eirēmenon hymnon.
Come, let us see also the question of the blessed Homer which he asks the god. Surely it was some heavenly question, able to call the god forth; for otherwise the god would not so readily have called him blessed, and after 'blessed' assigned him this speech: 'You seek your fatherland; but you have a motherland, not a fatherland. In the land of Minos, neither near nor far, it is your lot to end your life, when from the tongue of children you hear and do not understand a song spoken in riddling words.'
5.33.16Dindorf 1:263
δεινὸν γὰρ, ὦ σοφώτατε ἀνδρῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ θεῶν, εἰ μήτε ὅπου τῆς γῆς ἐξέθορε τῆς μητρὸς εἰδείη ὄλβιος μήτε ὅπου καταμύσας κείσεται. ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ᾤμην ἴσον Ὅμηρόν τε ὄντα περὶ τούτων προσιέναι τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἕνα τῶν κανθάρων, καὶ τὸν θεὸν μὴ μᾶλλον ἂν Ὁμήρῳ ἀφηγήσασθαι περὶ τοιούτων ἀγνοημάτων ἢ κανθάρῳ.
deinon gar, ō sophōtate andrōn, mallon de theōn, ei mēte hopou tēs gēs exethore tēs mētros eideiē olbios mēte hopou katamysas keisetai. egō de kai ǭmēn ison Homēron te onta peri toutōn prosienai tǭ theǭ kai hena tōn kantharōn, kai ton theon mē mallon an Homērǭ aphēgēsasthai peri toioutōn agnoēmatōn ē kantharǭ.
For it would be terrible, most wise of men, or rather of gods, if a blessed man knew neither where on earth he sprang from his mother nor where he will lie when he has closed his eyes. But I thought it was the same thing for Homer to approach the god about such matters as for one of the beetles, and that the god would no more explain such things unknown to Homer than to a beetle.
5.33.17Dindorf 1:263–264
οἷον εἰ καὶ κάνθαρός τις γεννηθεὶς οὐκ ἐνεβίωσε οὐδʼ ἐνεγήρασεν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ κοπρίᾳ, ἀλλʼ ἐχθρῷ ἀνέμῳ περιέτυχε, καὶ κανθαρίῳ δαίμονι σκληρῷ, ὃς αὐτὸν μετέωρον ἄρας βίᾳ ἀπήνεγκεν ἐπί τινα ἄλλην γῆν καὶ ἄλλην κοπρίαν, κἄπειτα ἐλθὼν εἰς Δελφοὺς ἀνηρώτα ἥτις ἄρα ποτὲ αὐτῷ ἦν ἡ πατρῴα κοπρία, καὶ ἥτις αὐτὸν γῆ δέξεται ἀποθανόντα. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν περὶ τῶν ποιητῶν.
hoion ei kai kantharos tis gennētheis ouk enebiōse oudʼ enegērasen en ekeinę̄ tę̄ koprią, allʼ echthrǭ anemǭ perietyche, kai kanthariǭ daimoni sklērǭ, hos auton meteōron aras bią apēnenken epi tina allēn gēn kai allēn koprian, kapeita elthōn eis Delphous anērōta hētis ara pote autǭ ēn hē patrǭa kopria, kai hētis auton gē dexetai apothanonta. Tauta men oun peri tōn poiētōn.
It is as if a beetle, once born, had not lived and grown old in that dung, but met a hostile wind and a harsh beetle-demon, which lifted it up by force and carried it off to some other land and other dung, and then it came to Delphi and asked which was its ancestral dung, and what land would receive it when dead." So much about the poets.
Preparation 5, chapter 34
5.34.1Dindorf 1:264
Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐ μόνους ποιητὰς, ἤδη δὲ καὶ πύκτας καὶ ἀθλητὰς ὁ θαυμάσιος θεὸς διὰ τῶν οἰκείων χρησμῶν ἐξεθέωσεν, εἰκότως μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ταῦτα ἀπελέγχειν ὁ δεδηλωμένος τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν
Epei de ou monous poiētas, ēdē de kai pyktas kai athlētas ho thaumasios theos dia tōn oikeiōn chrēsmōn exetheōsen, eikotōs moi dokei kai tauta apelenchein ho dedēlōmenos toutois tois rhēmasin
But since the wonderful god deified through his oracles not only poets but even boxers and athletes, the writer cited above reasonably, it seems to me, refutes these too, in these words:
5.34.2Dindorf 1:264
ὢ εἰδὼς ψάμμου τʼ ἀριθμὸν καὶ μέτρα θαλάσσης, καὶ κωφοῦ ξυνιεὶς καὶ μὴ λαλέοντος ἀκούων. εἴθε ὤφελες τὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα πάντα ἀγνοεῖν, ἐκεῖνο δὲ εἰδέναι, ὅτι ἡ πυκτικὴ τῆς λακτιστικῆς οὐδὲν διαφέρει, ἔν ἢ καὶ τοὺς ὄνους ἀπηθανάτους, ἢ μηδὲ Κλεομήδην πύκτην Ἀστυπαλαιέα, λέγων οὕτως ὕστατος ἡρώων Κλεομήδης Ἁστυπαλαιεὺς, ὃν θυσίαις τιμᾶθʼ ὡς οὐκέτι θνητὸν ἐόντα.
ō eidōs psammou tʼ arithmon kai metra thalassēs, kai kōphou xynieis kai mē laleontos akouōn. eithe ōpheles ta men toiauta panta agnoein, ekeino de eidenai, hoti hē pyktikē tēs laktistikēs ouden diapherei, en ē kai tous onous apēthanatous, ē mēde Kleomēdēn pyktēn Astypalaiea, legōn houtōs hystatos hērōōn Kleomēdēs Hastypalaieus, hon thysiais timathʼ hōs ouketi thnēton eonta.
"'O you who know the number of the sand and the measures of the sea, and understand the dumb and hear him who does not speak!' Would that you had been ignorant of all such things, and had known this instead: that boxing differs nothing from kicking, so that you would either make asses immortal too, or not even Cleomedes the boxer of Astypalaea, when you say: 'Last of the heroes is Cleomedes of Astypalaea; honor him with sacrifices, as being no longer mortal.'
5.34.3Dindorf 1:264
διὰ τί γὰρ, ὦ πάτριε τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐξηγητὰ, ὥς σε καλεῖ Πλάτων, ἐθέωσας τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον; ἢ ὅτι Ὀλυμπίασι πληγῇ μιᾷ πατάξας τὸν ἀνταγωνιστὴν ἀνέῳξε τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα ἐλάβετο τοῦ πνεύμονος;
dia ti gar, ō patrie tōn Hellēnōn exēgēta, hōs se kalei Platōn, etheōsas ton andra touton? ē hoti Olympiasi plēgę̄ mią pataxas ton antagōnistēn aneǭxe tēn pleuran autou kai embalōn tēn cheira elabeto tou pneumonos?
For why, O ancestral interpreter of the Greeks, as Plato calls you, did you deify this man? Was it because at Olympia, striking his opponent with one blow, he opened his side and, thrusting in his hand, seized his lung?
5.34.4Dindorf 1:264
Ἄπολλον, ἀξιοθέου ἔργου· ἢ οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι προστιμηθεὶς τεσσάρων ταλάντων ζημίαν ἐπὶ τούτῳ οὐχ ὑπέστη, ἀλλʼ ὑπʼ ἀχθηδόνος καὶ βαρυθυμίας ἐνήρεισε τὸν θυμὸν τοῖς ἐν τῷ διδασκαλείῳ παισὶ, τὸν κίονα ὑφελκύσας, ὃς ἀνεῖχε τὴν στέγην; ἆρʼ, ὦ θεοποιὲ, διὰ ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν ὁ Κλεομήδης τιμητέος ἐστίν;
Apollon, axiotheou ergou; ē ou monon, alla kai hoti prostimētheis tessarōn talantōn zēmian epi toutǭ ouch hypestē, allʼ hypʼ achthēdonos kai barythymias enēreise ton thymon tois en tǭ didaskaleiǭ paisi, ton kiona hyphelkysas, hos aneiche tēn stegēn? arʼ, ō theopoie, dia tauthʼ hymin ho Kleomēdēs timēteos estin?
Apollo, what a deed worthy of a god! Or not only that, but also because, being fined four talents for it, he did not submit, but in vexation and rage vented his anger on the boys in the school, pulling away the pillar that held up the roof? Is it for this, maker of gods, that Cleomedes is to be honored by you?
5.34.5Dindorf 1:264–265
ἢ κἀκεῖνο προσθήσεις, τὸ ἕτερον δεῖγμα τῆς ἐκείνου ἀνδρείας ἅμα καὶ θεοφιλίας, ὅτι δὴ ἐμβὰς εἰς ἱερὸν κιβώτιον καὶ τὸ πῶμα ἐπαγόμενος ἄληπτος ἐγένετο τοῖς διώκουσι, πειρωμένοις αὐτὸν ἐξελκύσαι. ὦ Κλεόμηδες, ἆρα ἥρως οὐκέτι θνητὸς, οἷα τὰ μηχανήματα ὑπὲρ ἀθανασίας ἐξεῦρες.
ē kakeino prosthēseis, to heteron deigma tēs ekeinou andreias hama kai theophilias, hoti dē embas eis hieron kibōtion kai to pōma epagomenos alēptos egeneto tois diōkousi, peirōmenois auton exelkysai. ō Kleomēdes, ara hērōs ouketi thnētos, hoia ta mēchanēmata hyper athanasias exeures.
Or will you add that other proof of his courage and at the same time his love for the gods, that, getting into a sacred chest and pulling the lid down, he could not be caught by his pursuers when they tried to drag him out? O Cleomedes, hero no longer mortal, what contrivances you invented for immortality!
5.34.6Dindorf 1:265
ᾔσθοντο γοῦν εὐθέως οἱ θεοὶ τῆς ἀγαθουργίας καὶ ἀνηρείψαντό σε, ὥσπερ οἱ τοῦ Ὁμήρου τὸν Γανυμήδην· ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει, σὲ δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἰσχύϊ καὶ τῆς ἰσχύος τῇ χρήσει τῇ ἀγαθῇ.
ę̄sthonto goun eutheōs hoi theoi tēs agathourgias kai anēreipsanto se, hōsper hoi tou Homērou ton Ganymēdēn; alla ton men epi tǭ kallei, se de epi tę̄ ischyï kai tēs ischyos tę̄ chrēsei tę̄ agathę̄.
The gods at once perceived his good deeds and snatched you up, as Homer's gods did Ganymede; but him for his beauty, and you for your strength and your good use of strength.
5.34.7Dindorf 1:265
εἴθε οὖν, ὦ μάντι, ὡς ἔφην, ἐάσας τὴν ψάμμον καὶ τὴν ἅλμην ἀντʼ αὐτῶν ἐξέμαθες ὁπόσου ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἡ πυκτικὴ, ἵνα καὶ τοὺς πύκτας ὄνους θεοὺς ἐνόμιζες καὶ τοὺς ὀνάγρους τῶν θεῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους· καὶ ἦν ἄν τι οἰκεῖον λόγιον ἐπʼ ἀποθανόντι ὀνάγρῳ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ πύκτῃ ἔξοχος ἀθανάτων ὄνος ἄγριος, οὐ Κλεομήδης, ὃν θυσίαις τιμᾶθʼ ὡς οὐκέτι θνητὸν ἐόντα.
eithe oun, ō manti, hōs ephēn, easas tēn psammon kai tēn halmēn antʼ autōn exemathes hoposou axion estin hē pyktikē, hina kai tous pyktas onous theous enomizes kai tous onagrous tōn theōn tous aristous; kai ēn an ti oikeion logion epʼ apothanonti onagrǭ mallon ē epi tǭ sǭ pyktę̄ exochos athanatōn onos agrios, ou Kleomēdēs, hon thysiais timathʼ hōs ouketi thnēton eonta.
Would then, O seer, as I said, that you had left the sand and the brine and learned instead what boxing is worth, so that you might have counted boxers asses for gods and wild asses the best of gods; and there would have been a fitting oracle on a dead wild ass rather than on your boxer: 'Highest of immortals is the wild ass, not Cleomedes; honor him with sacrifices, as being no longer mortal.'
5.34.8Dindorf 1:265
μὴ γὰρ δὴ θαυμάσῃς εἰ καὶ ὄναγρος ἐπιδικάσεται ἀθανασίας, ἱκανῶς τὰ θεῖα παρεσκευασμένος· καὶ ἀκούσας μὴ ἀνασχέσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἀπειλῆσαι καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Κλεομήδην πατάξας εἰς τὸ βάραθρον ἐμβαλεῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιτρέψειν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβῆναι·
mē gar dē thaumasę̄s ei kai onagros epidikasetai athanasias, hikanōs ta theia pareskeuasmenos; kai akousas mē anaschesthai, allʼ apeilēsai kai auton ton Kleomēdēn pataxas eis to barathron embalein, kai ouk epitrepsein autǭ eis ton ouranon anabēnai;
For do not be surprised if a wild ass too lays claim to immortality, being well equipped for divine things; and that on hearing of it he would not bear it, but would threaten to strike Cleomedes himself and throw him into the pit, and would not let him go up to heaven.
5.34.9Dindorf 1:265
εἶναι γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἀξιώτερος αὐτῶν τῶν θείων δώρων, ἅτε μήτε αὐτῷ μόνῳ ἕτοιμος ὢν μάχεσθαι, κἂν εἰ σιδηροῖς χρῷτο τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ Θασίῳ πύκτῃ ἅμα ἀμφοτέροις, ὑπὲρ οὗ τοῦ ἀνδριάντος ἐχαλέπηναν οἱ θεοὶ καὶ τὴν Θασίων γῆν ἄφορον εἰργάσαντο.
einai gar autou axiōteros autōn tōn theiōn dōrōn, hate mēte autǭ monǭ hetoimos ōn machesthai, kan ei sidērois chrǭto tois himasin, alla kai tǭ Thasiǭ pyktę̄ hama amphoterois, hyper hou tou andriantos echalepēnan hoi theoi kai tēn Thasiōn gēn aphoron eirgasanto.
For he would be worthier than he of the divine gifts themselves, being ready to fight not only him alone, even if he used iron thongs, but also the Thasian boxer, both at once, over whose statue the gods were angry and made the land of the Thasians barren.
5.34.10Dindorf 1:265
πιστεύομεν δὲ καὶ περὶ τούτου οὐκ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἀλλὰ θεῷ τῷ αὐτῷ. ἐξ ὧν ἐγὼ καὶ πάνυ κατενόησα ὅτι θεῖόν τι ἄρα ἦν ἐπιτήδευμα ἡ πυκτικὴ, τοὺς δὲ πολλοὺς καὶ οἰομένους εἶναι σοφοὺς ἐλελήθει, ἵνʼ ἀφέμενοι τοῦ καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ εἶναι ἤσκουν τὰ τοῦ Θασίου πύκτου· ᾧ ἀθανασίαν μὲν, ὥσπερ Κλεομήδει, οὐκ ἔδωκαν, ἐφίλησαν δὲ μεγάλως οἱ θεοί.
pisteuomen de kai peri toutou ouk anthrōpǭ, alla theǭ tǭ autǭ. ex hōn egō kai pany katenoēsa hoti theion ti ara ēn epitēdeuma hē pyktikē, tous de pollous kai oiomenous einai sophous elelēthei, hinʼ aphemenoi tou kaloi kagathoi einai ēskoun ta tou Thasiou pyktou; hǭ athanasian men, hōsper Kleomēdei, ouk edōkan, ephilēsan de megalōs hoi theoi.
And about this too we trust not a man but the same god. From which I fully perceived that boxing was, it seems, a divine pursuit, though it had escaped the many and those who think themselves wise, so that, giving up being honorable and good, they might practice the arts of the Thasian boxer, to whom the gods did not give immortality, as to Cleomedes, but loved him greatly.
5.34.11Dindorf 1:265–266
οὕτω καὶ ὁ χάλκεος αὐτοῦ ἀνδριὰς ἔδειξέ τι ὑπὲρ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων εἰκόνας, ἐπικατενεχθεὶς τῷ μαστιγοῦντι ἐχθρῷ, κατά τινα, ὡς ἔοικε, δαιμονίαν μέριμναν.
houtō kai ho chalkeos autou andrias edeixe ti hyper tas tōn allōn anthrōpōn eikonas, epikatenechtheis tǭ mastigounti echthrǭ, kata tina, hōs eoike, daimonian merimnan.
So his bronze statue too showed something beyond the images of other men, falling upon the enemy who was flogging it, by some demonic care, it seems.
5.34.12Dindorf 1:266
ἀλλʼ οἱ ἄφρονες Θάσιοι καὶ θείων ἄπειροι πραγμάτων ἠγανάκτησάν τε καὶ ἄγος ἐπεκάλεσαν τῷ ἀνδριάντι, καὶ δίκην εἰσεπράξαντο, καὶ καταδῦσαι ἐτόλμησαν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν.
allʼ hoi aphrones Thasioi kai theiōn apeiroi pragmatōn ēganaktēsan te kai agos epekalesan tǭ andrianti, kai dikēn eisepraxanto, kai katadysai etolmēsan eis tēn thalassan.
But the foolish Thasians, inexperienced in divine matters, were indignant, charged the statue with pollution, exacted a penalty, and dared to sink it in the sea.
5.34.13Dindorf 1:266
οὐ μὴν διέφυγόν γε οἱ Θάσιοι, ἀλλʼ οἱ θεοὶ ἔδειξαν ἡλίκον κακὸν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐτολμήθη, λιμὸν ἐπιπέμψαντες τὸν τῆς θείας δίκης διάκονον, ὃς ἐδίδαξε μόλις αὐτοὺς τὰ τῶν θεῶν βουλεύματα, ὅ τε φιλανθρωπότατος θεῶν σὺ τῷ οἰκείῳ τρόπῳ τὴν βοήθειαν αὐτοῖς ἔπεμψας λέγων εἰς πάτρην φυγάδας κατάγων Δήμητρʼ ἀπαμήσεις.
ou mēn diephygon ge hoi Thasioi, allʼ hoi theoi edeixan hēlikon kakon hypʼ autōn etolmēthē, limon epipempsantes ton tēs theias dikēs diakonon, hos edidaxe molis autous ta tōn theōn bouleumata, ho te philanthrōpotatos theōn sy tǭ oikeiǭ tropǭ tēn boētheian autois epempsas legōn eis patrēn phygadas katagōn Dēmētrʼ apamēseis.
Yet the Thasians did not escape; the gods showed how great an evil they had dared, sending famine, the minister of divine justice, which barely taught them the gods' counsels; and you, kindest of the gods, sent them help in your own fashion, saying: 'Bring the exiles back to their fatherland, and you will reap Demeter.'
5.34.14Dindorf 1:266
ἀλλʼ οἱ ἀβέλτεροι πάλιν τοὺς φεύγοντας ἀνθρώπους ᾤοντο ὅτι δεῖ αὐτοὺς κατακαλεῖν· κακῶς εἰδότες. τί γὰρ δὴ καὶ μέλει τοῖς ἀφιλανθρωποτάτοις θεοῖς ἀνθρώπων κατακαλουμένων ὅσονπερ ἀνδριάντων; ἀμέλει οὐδὲν ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὠφελήθη ἡ γῆ ὥστε παύσασθαι νοσοῦσα, εἰ μὴ τῶν σοφῶν καὶ ἐπισταμένων τις τὸν θεῖον νοῦν συνῆκε φυγάδα εἶναι τὸν καταπεποντωμένον ἀνδριάντα. καὶ ἦν οὕτως. ἅμα γὰρ ἀνεστάθη καὶ εὐθὺς ἡ μὲν γῆ ἀνέθαλλεν, οἱ δὲ ἐκόμων Δήμητρι λοιπόν.
allʼ hoi abelteroi palin tous pheugontas anthrōpous ǭonto hoti dei autous katakalein; kakōs eidotes. ti gar dē kai melei tois aphilanthrōpotatois theois anthrōpōn katakaloumenōn hosonper andriantōn? amelei ouden epi toutǭ ōphelēthē hē gē hōste pausasthai nosousa, ei mē tōn sophōn kai epistamenōn tis ton theion noun synēke phygada einai ton katapepontōmenon andrianta. kai ēn houtōs. hama gar anestathē kai euthys hē men gē anethallen, hoi de ekomōn Dēmētri loipon.
But the fools again thought they must recall the men who were in exile, ill-informed as they were. For what do the most unkind gods care about the recall of men, compared with that of statues? Of course the land gained nothing by this so as to stop being sick, until one of the wise who knew the divine mind understood that the exile was the statue sunk in the sea. And so it was. For as soon as it was set up again, the land at once flourished again, and they thereafter grew their hair long for Demeter.
5.34.15Dindorf 1:266
πῶς οὖν οὐ τεκμήρια ταῦτά εἰσιν ἐναργῆ τῆς θεοπρεποῦς ἀθλητικῆς, ὅτι ἐστὶ θεοτίμητος; καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ πεντάθλου ἀνδριάντι ὑβρισμένῳ ἐμήνισαν οἱ θεοὶ, καὶ Λοκροὶ ἐπείνησαν διὰ τοῦτο, ὥσπερ Θάσιοι, ἕως αὐτοὺς ἰάσατο λόγιον σὸν ἔχον οὕτως ἐν τιμῇ τὸν ἄτιμον ἔχων τότε γῆν ἀναρώσεις.
pōs oun ou tekmēria tauta eisin enargē tēs theoprepous athlētikēs, hoti esti theotimētos? kai gar kai epi pentathlou andrianti hybrismenǭ emēnisan hoi theoi, kai Lokroi epeinēsan dia touto, hōsper Thasioi, heōs autous iasato logion son echon houtōs en timę̄ ton atimon echōn tote gēn anarōseis.
How, then, are these not clear proofs of god-befitting athletics, that it is honored by the gods? For the gods were angry also over the insulted statue of a pentathlete, and the Locrians starved because of it, like the Thasians, until an oracle of yours healed them, running thus: 'Holding the dishonored one in honor, then you will till the land.'
5.34.16Dindorf 1:266–267
οὐδὲ γὰρ Λοκροὶ ᾔσθοντο θείας διανοίας πρότερον ἢ σὲ αὐτοῖς τούτου πρόξενον γενέσθαι. ἀλλʼ Εὐθυκλέα τὸν πένταθλον ἐνέβαλον εἰς εἱρκτὴν, αἰτιασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῇ πατρίδι εἰληφέναι δῶρα· καὶ οὐ μόνον τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανόντος καὶ οὗτοι εἰς τὰς εἰκόνας ἐξύβριζον, ἕως οἱ θεοὶ οὐκ ἀνασχόμενοι τῶν γινομένων ἐπαφῆκαν αὐτοῖς τὸν κράτιστον λιμόν· κἂν ὑπὸ τοῦ λιμοῦ διώλοντο ἂν, εἰ μὴ ἡ παρὰ σοῦ ἦλθε βοήθεια, λέγουσα ὅτι δεῖ αὐτοὺς τιμᾶν ἄνδρας πεφατνευμένους, οὓς οἱ θεοὶ φιλοῦσιν οὐχ ἡττον ἢ οὓς οἱ ἀλφιτοποιοὶ πιαίνουσι βοῦς, διʼ ὧν ὑμᾶς οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐνίοτε θύοντες πείθουσιν· οὐχ ἡττον ἴσως, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον παχέων βοῶν οἱ παχεῖς ἄνθρωποι εὐφραίνουσιν ὑμᾶς οὕτως ὥστε ἐνίοτε ὅλῃ πόλει καὶ ὅλῳ ἔθνει ὀργίζεσθαι, ἑνὸς ἢ δυοῖν ἀδικούντων ταῦτα τὰ θρέμματα.
oude gar Lokroi ę̄sthonto theias dianoias proteron ē se autois toutou proxenon genesthai. allʼ Euthyklea ton pentathlon enebalon eis heirktēn, aitiasamenoi auton epi tę̄ patridi eilēphenai dōra; kai ou monon touto, alla kai apothanontos kai houtoi eis tas eikonas exybrizon, heōs hoi theoi ouk anaschomenoi tōn ginomenōn epaphēkan autois ton kratiston limon; kan hypo tou limou diōlonto an, ei mē hē para sou ēlthe boētheia, legousa hoti dei autous timan andras pephatneumenous, hous hoi theoi philousin ouch hētton ē hous hoi alphitopoioi piainousi bous, diʼ hōn hymas hoi anthrōpoi eniote thyontes peithousin; ouch hētton isōs, alla kai poly mallon pacheōn boōn hoi pacheis anthrōpoi euphrainousin hymas houtōs hōste eniote holę̄ polei kai holǭ ethnei orgizesthai, henos ē dyoin adikountōn tauta ta thremmata.
For the Locrians did not perceive the divine intent before you became their patron in this. But they threw Euthycles the pentathlete into prison, accusing him of having taken bribes against his country; and not only this, but after he died they too outraged his images, until the gods, not bearing what was happening, let loose upon them the mightiest famine; and they would have perished by the famine, had not help come from you, saying that they must honor stall-fed men, whom the gods love no less than the oxen fattened by millers, by sacrificing which men sometimes persuade you gods; no less, perhaps, but much more than fat oxen, fat men gladden you, so that you are sometimes angry with a whole city and a whole nation when one or two wrong these cattle of yours.
5.34.17Dindorf 1:267
ὡς δὴ ὤφελες, ὦ μάντι, ἀλείπτης ἡμῖν ἀντὶ μάντεως γενέσθαι, ἢ καὶ μάντις ἅμα καὶ ἀλείπτης, ἵν ᾖ ὥσπερ χρηστήριον Δελφικὸν, οὕτω καὶ γυμναστήριον. καὶ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἀλλότριον ἦν ἀγῶνος Πυθικοῦ Πυθικὸν εἶναι καὶ τὸ γυμναστήριον.’ Τούτοις ἐπισυνάψω καὶ ἅ φησιν ἀπελέγχων ὡς καὶ τοὺς τυράννους κολακεύειν εἰώθασιν οἱ περὶ ὧν ὁ λόγος.
hōs dē ōpheles, ō manti, aleiptēs hēmin anti manteōs genesthai, ē kai mantis hama kai aleiptēs, hin ę̄ hōsper chrēstērion Delphikon, houtō kai gymnastērion. kai gar oudʼ allotrion ēn agōnos Pythikou Pythikon einai kai to gymnastērion.’ Toutois episynapsō kai ha phēsin apelenchōn hōs kai tous tyrannous kolakeuein eiōthasin hoi peri hōn ho logos.
Would, O seer, that you had become a trainer for us instead of a seer, or seer and trainer at once, so that as there is an oracle at Delphi, so there might be a gymnasium too. For it would not be foreign to the Pythian games for the gymnasium also to be Pythian." To these I shall add what he says in refutation, showing how those of whom we speak are accustomed to flatter tyrants too:
Preparation 5, chapter 35
5.35.1Dindorf 1:267
“ οὗτος ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἐμὸν δόμον ἐσκαταβαίνει, Κύψελος Αἰακίδης, βασιλεὺς κλεινοῖο Κορίνθου. οὐκοῦν καὶ οἱ τύραννοι, οὐ μόνον οἱ τῶν τυράννων ἐπίβουλοι, Κύψελος, ὃς δὴ πολλὰ Κορίνθῳ πήματα τεύξει, καὶ Μελάνιππος ὁ πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ τῇ Γελώων πόλει τεύξας.
“ houtos anēr, hos emon domon eskatabainei, Kypselos Aiakidēs, basileus kleinoio Korinthou. oukoun kai hoi tyrannoi, ou monon hoi tōn tyrannōn epibouloi, Kypselos, hos dē polla Korinthǭ pēmata teuxei, kai Melanippos ho polla agatha tę̄ Gelōōn polei teuxas.
"'This man who comes down into my house is Cypselus, son of Eetion, king of famous Corinth.' So tyrants too are blessed, not only those who plot against tyrants: Cypselus, who will bring many woes on Corinth, and Melanippus, who brought many goods to the city of Gela.
5.35.2Dindorf 1:267–268
πῶς δʼ εἰ Κύψελος ὄλβιος, ὦ κακόδαιμον, οὐ καὶ Φαλαρὶς ὄλβιός, ὁμότροπος ὢν Κυψέλῳ; ὥστʼ ἂν ἐκείνως ἄμεινον εἶναι ὑμῖν εὐδαίμων Φαλαρὶς καὶ Μελάνιππος ἔφυ, θείας ἁγητῆρες ἐν ἀνθρώποις διχονοίας.
pōs dʼ ei Kypselos olbios, ō kakodaimon, ou kai Phalaris olbios, homotropos ōn Kypselǭ? hōstʼ an ekeinōs ameinon einai hymin eudaimōn Phalaris kai Melanippos ephy, theias hagētēres en anthrōpois dichonoias.
And how, if Cypselus is blessed, wretch, is not Phalaris blessed too, being of the same character as Cypselus? So that it would be better for you to say: 'Happy were Phalaris and Melanippus, leaders among men of divine discord.'
5.35.3Dindorf 1:268
ἤκουσα δέ σου καὶ διαλελυμένον χρησμὸν περὶ τοῦ Φαλάριδος, ἐπαινοῦντα καὶ τιμῶντα, ὅτι λαβὼν ἐπιβουλεύοντας ᾐκίσατο μὲν, καρτεροῦντας δὲ ἀγάμενος ἀφῆκε· Λοξίας καὶ Ζεὺς πατὴρ ἀναβολὴν ἐψηφίσαντο θανάτου Φαλαρίδι, ἀνθʼ ὧν ἡμέρως Χαρίτωνι καὶ Μελανίππῳ προσηνέχθη. ἀλλʼ εὖ γε καὶ μόλις ἡμῖν τὰ περὶ τοῦ θανάτου ἔδειξας καὶ τῆς ζωῆς, ὅτι κάλλιστόν τι ἐστὶν ἡ ζωή. ἐπὶ τούτοις ἅπασι καὶ τόδε προσκείσθω
ēkousa de sou kai dialelymenon chrēsmon peri tou Phalaridos, epainounta kai timōnta, hoti labōn epibouleuontas ę̄kisato men, karterountas de agamenos aphēke; Loxias kai Zeus patēr anabolēn epsēphisanto thanatou Phalaridi, anthʼ hōn hēmerōs Charitōni kai Melanippǭ prosēnechthē. allʼ eu ge kai molis hēmin ta peri tou thanatou edeixas kai tēs zōēs, hoti kalliston ti estin hē zōē. epi toutois hapasi kai tode proskeisthō
And I heard from you a prose oracle too about Phalaris, praising and honoring him because, when he caught men plotting against him, he tortured them, but admiring their endurance let them go: 'Loxias and father Zeus have voted a postponement of death for Phalaris, because he dealt gently with Chariton and Melanippus.' Well done, and with difficulty you have shown us the truth about death and life, that life is a very fine thing." To all these let this too be added:
Preparation 5, chapter 36
5.36.1Dindorf 1:268
ἀλλά κε Μηθύμνης ναέταις πολὺ λώιον ἔσται φαλληνὸν τιμῶσι Διωνύσοιο κάρηνον. θύουσι γὰρ αἱ πόλεις καὶ τελετὰς ἄγουσιν οὐ μόνον φαλληνοῖς Διωνύσοιο καρήνοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ λιθίνοις καὶ χαλκέοις καὶ χρυσέοις, καὶ οὐ μόνον φαλληνοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς Διονυσίοις καὶ ἄλλοις παμπόλλοις Ἡσιοδείοις θεοῖς.
alla ke Mēthymnēs naetais poly lōion estai phallēnon timōsi Diōnysoio karēnon. thyousi gar hai poleis kai teletas agousin ou monon phallēnois Diōnysoio karēnois, alla kai lithinois kai chalkeois kai chryseois, kai ou monon phallēnois, alla kai autois tois Dionysiois kai allois pampollois Hēsiodeiois theois.
"'But it will be much better for the dwellers of Methymna if they honor the phallic head of Dionysus.' For cities sacrifice and hold rites not only for phallic heads of Dionysus, but also for stone, bronze, and golden ones; and not only for phallic ones, but also for the Dionysuses themselves and very many other Hesiodic gods.
5.36.2Dindorf 1:268
τρὶς γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς μύριοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ, οὐκ ἀθάνατοι, ἀλλὰ λίθινοι καὶ ξύλινοι δεσπόται ἀνθρώπων· οἳ εἰ ἀνθρώπων ὕβριν τε καὶ εὐνομίην ἐφεώρων, οὐκ ἂν τοσοῦτος ἤρθη λῆρος, ὥστε καὶ ἤδη καὶ μέχρις ὑμῶν κεχωρηκέναι τὸ κακὸν, ἐπιδιαβὰν καὶ εἰς τὸν Ὄλυμπον, ὅθι, φασὶ, θεῶν ἶδος ἀσφαλὲς αἰεί.
tris gar hōs alēthōs myrioi eisin epi chthoni poulyboteirę̄, ouk athanatoi, alla lithinoi kai xylinoi despotai anthrōpōn; hoi ei anthrōpōn hybrin te kai eunomiēn epheōrōn, ouk an tosoutos ērthē lēros, hōste kai ēdē kai mechris hymōn kechōrēkenai to kakon, epidiaban kai eis ton Olympon, hothi, phasi, theōn idos asphales aiei.
For truly 'thrice ten thousand are there on the much-nourishing earth,' not immortals, but stone and wooden masters of men; who, if they watched over men's insolence and good order, so much nonsense would not have arisen that the evil has now reached even to you, crossing over to Olympus as well, 'where, they say, is the seat of the gods, ever secure.'
5.36.3Dindorf 1:268
καίτοι εἰ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν, οὐκ ἂν ἦν ἐπιβατὸν λήρῳ, οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς τις τῶν Ὀλυμπίων εἰς τοῦτο ἦλθε παρανοίας ὥστʼ ἐλάινον κορμὸν θεῶσαι, ὃν οἱ Μηθυμναῖοι σαγήνης ἐμπλακέντα τοῖς λίνοις ἀνείλκυσαν, καὶ δὶς, εἰ βούλει, καὶ τρὶς καὶ πλεονάκις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ σαγηνεύοντες ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου εἰς τὸ Λιβυκὸν ἐξοκείλαντες, οὐδʼ εἰς τὴν γῆν ἔξω ἐκβαλόντες αὐτόν· ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν, μὰ τὸν Διόνυσον, ἔτι αὐτοῖς ἐνεπλάκη τοῖς λίνοις.
kaitoi ei asphales ēn, ouk an ēn epibaton lērǭ, oudʼ an heis tis tōn Olympiōn eis touto ēlthe paranoias hōstʼ elainon kormon theōsai, hon hoi Mēthymnaioi sagēnēs emplakenta tois linois aneilkysan, kai dis, ei boulei, kai tris kai pleonakis en tǭ autǭ sagēneuontes anthrōpoi, kai ex ekeinou eis to Libykon exokeilantes, oudʼ eis tēn gēn exō ekbalontes auton; epei ouk an, ma ton Dionyson, eti autois eneplakē tois linois.
And yet if it were secure, it would not be accessible to nonsense, nor would any one of the Olympians have come to such madness as to deify an olive trunk which the Methymnaeans drew up caught in the meshes of a net, men casting their nets twice, if you like, and three times and more in the same place, and running aground from there on the Libyan coast, without even casting it out onto the land; since, by Dionysus, it would not otherwise have been caught in their nets again.
5.36.4Dindorf 1:268–269
ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἄκρου κεφαλοειδὴς ὁ κορμὸς (Ἄπολλον, ξένου κατασκευάσματος·) τί ποτʼ οὖν ἔπραττεν ἐν τῷ πελάγει; ἀπορήσαι ἄν τις. τί γὰρ ἄλλο ἢ ἐκάθητο, νὴ Δία, ἀναμένων ἕως ἄνθρωποι μαινόμενοι, οὐ γὰρ φήσω ὅτι καὶ θεοὶ, ἐγκυρήσαντες αὐτῷ, οὐ διοπετὲς, ἀλλὰ ποσειδωνοπετὲς ἡγήσωνται, κἄπειτα εἰς ἄστυ ἀπαγάγωσιν, ὥσπερ τινὰ ἀγαθὴν τύχην, κακὴν οὖσαν ὡς ἀληθῶς, οὐ τύχην, ἀλλὰ τυφεδόνα; ἢ οὐκ ἤρκει ἄρα αὐτοῖς οἴκοθεν διολλύουσα, ἀλλʼ αὐτὴν ἐπέρρωσέ τε καὶ προσεπέτεινε θεοπληξίας, ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι, ἐκ Δελφῶν μετάπεμπτος ἐπιθήκη.’
allʼ ex akrou kephaloeidēs ho kormos (Apollon, xenou kataskeuasmatos;) ti potʼ oun epratten en tǭ pelagei? aporēsai an tis. ti gar allo ē ekathēto, nē Dia, anamenōn heōs anthrōpoi mainomenoi, ou gar phēsō hoti kai theoi, enkyrēsantes autǭ, ou diopetes, alla poseidōnopetes hēgēsōntai, kapeita eis asty apagagōsin, hōsper tina agathēn tychēn, kakēn ousan hōs alēthōs, ou tychēn, alla typhedona? ē ouk ērkei ara autois oikothen diollyousa, allʼ autēn eperrōse te kai prosepeteine theoplēxias, hōs an tis eipoi, ek Delphōn metapemptos epithēkē.’
But the trunk had a head-shaped top (Apollo, what a strange contrivance!). What, then, was it doing in the sea? One might be at a loss. What else, by Zeus, but sitting and waiting until men in their madness (for I will not say gods too) should come upon it and think it fallen not from Zeus but from Poseidon, and then carry it off to the city like some good fortune, though in truth it was bad, not fortune but folly? Or was the folly not enough for them, ruining them from home, but a further load sent for from Delphi strengthened it and stretched it further into god-stricken madness, as one might say?"
5.36.5Dindorf 1:269
Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ Οἰνόμαος. ἀλλὰ γὰρ μετὰ τὰ εἰρημένα μεταβὰς αὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν Ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίαν τοῦ τὴν συσκευὴν καθʼ ἡμῶν πεποιημένου, ἀνάγνωθι ἐκ τῶν περὶ εἱμαρμένης τοῦ Πυθίου χρησμῶν, εἰ μὴ καὶ σοὶ θείας ἀλλότριος ὢν δυνάμεως ἔτι μᾶλλον ὁ περὶ τῶν θρυλουμένων χρηστηρίων ὑποπεσεῖται λόγος.
Tosauta kai ho Oinomaos. alla gar meta ta eirēmena metabas authis epi tēn Ek logiōn philosophian tou tēn syskeuēn kathʼ hēmōn pepoiēmenou, anagnōthi ek tōn peri heimarmenēs tou Pythiou chrēsmōn, ei mē kai soi theias allotrios ōn dynameōs eti mallon ho peri tōn thryloumenōn chrēstēriōn hypopeseitai logos.
So much, then, from Oenomaus. But after what has been said, turn again to the Philosophy from Oracles of the man who composed the attack against us, and read from the Pythian's oracles on fate, to see whether the account of the much-talked-of oracles will not strike you too as still more foreign to divine power.
Preparation 6, chapter 0
6.0.1Dindorf 1:269–270
Τοῦ περὶ τῶν χρηστηρίων τρόπου διὰ τῶν προδιηνυσμένων αὐτάρκως ἡμῖν ἀπεληλεγμένου, καὶ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίας τὸ θεοπρεπὲς ἅμα καὶ βιωφελὲς ἐπιδεδειγμένης, ὅτι δὴ διὰ μόνης αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐ διʼ ἄλλης, τῶν ἐξ αἰῶνος τὸν πάντα βίον ἐπισκοτισάντων τε καὶ λυμηναμένων δαιμονικῶν φαντασμάτων ἐλευθερία πᾶσιν ὑπῆρχεν ἀνθρώποις, φέρε καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ εἱμαρμένης ψευδοδοξουμένων αὐτοῖς τὸν περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀπευθύνωμεν λόγον, ὡς ἂν μὴ διὰ μόνης τῆς τοῦ τρόπου μοχθηρίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν οὐκ ὀρθῶς οὐδὲ ἀληθῶς αὐτοῖς δοξαζομένων, φαῦλοι καὶ ἀδρανεῖς ὄντες οἱ τὰ χρηστήρια κινεῖν νενομισμένοι δαίμονες δειχθεῖεν.
Tou peri tōn chrēstēriōn tropou dia tōn prodiēnysmenōn autarkōs hēmin apelēlegmenou, kai tēs theias dynameōs tou sōtēros hēmōn dia tēs euangelikēs autou didaskalias to theoprepes hama kai biōpheles epidedeigmenēs, hoti dē dia monēs autēs, kai ou diʼ allēs, tōn ex aiōnos ton panta bion episkotisantōn te kai lymēnamenōn daimonikōn phantasmatōn eleutheria pasin hypērchen anthrōpois, phere kai apo tōn peri heimarmenēs pseudodoxoumenōn autois ton peri tōn autōn apeuthynōmen logon, hōs an mē dia monēs tēs tou tropou mochthērias, alla kai dia tōn ouk orthōs oude alēthōs autois doxazomenōn, phauloi kai adraneis ontes hoi ta chrēstēria kinein nenomismenoi daimones deichtheien.
In what has gone before, the character of the oracles has been sufficiently refuted by us, and the divine power of our Savior has been shown, through his gospel teaching, to be at once worthy of God and beneficial to life, since through it alone, and through no other, freedom has come to all people from the demonic phantoms that from of old darkened and ruined the whole of human life. Come, then, let us also direct our account of these same beings against their false opinions about fate, so that the demons who are thought to move the oracles may be shown to be worthless and powerless, not only by the wickedness of their character, but also by the opinions they hold that are neither right nor true.
6.0.2Dindorf 1:270
σκέψαι δʼ οὖν εἰ μὴ καὶ σοὶ θείας ἀλλότριος ὢν δυνάμεως ὁ περὶ αὐτῶν ὑποπεσεῖται λόγος, ἔκ τε ὧν παραθήσομαι ἀνατρεπτικῶν τοῦ περὶ εἱμαρμένης καὶ αὐτόθεν ἐκ τοῦ τρόπου, καθʼ ὃν τὰς μαντείας ποιεῖσθαι λέγονται.
skepsai dʼ oun ei mē kai soi theias allotrios ōn dynameōs ho peri autōn hypopeseitai logos, ek te hōn parathēsomai anatreptikōn tou peri heimarmenēs kai autothen ek tou tropou, kathʼ hon tas manteias poieisthai legontai.
Consider, then, whether you too will not find their account of these things foreign to divine power, both from the passages I shall set out that overturn the doctrine of fate, and directly from the manner in which they are said to make their divinations.
6.0.3Dindorf 1:270
οὐ γὰρ δὴ δυνάμει κρείττονι τὴν τῶν μελλόντων γνῶσιν προειληφέναι φασὶν αὐτοὺς, ἐκ θεωρίας δὲ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων κινήσεως ὁμοίως ἀνθρώποις τὰ μέλλοντα καταστοχάζεσθαι. οὕτως οὐδὲν δύνασθαι οὔτʼ ὠφελεῖν οὔτε τι τὸ παράπαν ἐνεργεῖν αὐτοὺς, εἰ μὴ τὰ καθʼ εἱμαρμένην, φασί. τούτων δὲ ἔλεγχος αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ τῶν δαιμόνων προήγορος, ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε “Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας” ὧδε λέγων πρὸς λέξιν
ou gar dē dynamei kreittoni tēn tōn mellontōn gnōsin proeilēphenai phasin autous, ek theōrias de tēs tōn astrōn kinēseōs homoiōs anthrōpois ta mellonta katastochazesthai. houtōs ouden dynasthai outʼ ōphelein oute ti to parapan energein autous, ei mē ta kathʼ heimarmenēn, phasi. toutōn de elenchos autos ekeinos ho tōn daimonōn proēgoros, en hois epegrapse “Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias” hōde legōn pros lexin
For they do not say that the demons have gained knowledge of the future beforehand by some higher power, but that, like human beings, they guess at what is to come from observing the motion of the stars. So, they say, the demons can neither help nor do anything at all, except what accords with fate. The proof of this is that very advocate of the demons himself, in the work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles, where he speaks word for word as follows:
Preparation 6, chapter 1
6.1.1Dindorf 1:270
“Ἃ γὰρ λέγουσιν οἱ θεοὶ, εἴπερ τὰ μεμοιραμένα γινώσκοντες λέγουσιν, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων φορᾶς δηλοῦσιν, καὶ τοῦτο σχεδὸν πάντες ἐξέφηναν οἱ ἀψευδεῖς τῶν θεῶν.”
“Ha gar legousin hoi theoi, eiper ta memoiramena ginōskontes legousin, apo tēs tōn astrōn phoras dēlousin, kai touto schedon pantes exephēnan hoi apseudeis tōn theōn.”
"For what the gods say, if indeed they speak with knowledge of what is fated, they declare from the movement of the stars; and nearly all the truthful gods have made this plain."
6.1.2Dindorf 1:270
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς ὑποβάς φησιν “Ἐρωτηθεὶς ὁ Ἀπόλλων τί τέξεται ἡ γυνὴ, ἐκ τῶν ἄστρων εἶπεν ὅτι θῆλυ, ἐκ τοῦ σπορίμου ἐπιγνοὺς χρόνου. λέγει δʼ οὕτως ἐκφύεται γαίηθεν ὁδῶν, ὅθι λείμακες ὄμβρου διψοσύνῃ κατέμαρψαν ὅλον πόμα μητέρος αὐτῆς, ἔνδον ὀρινομένης χρόνον ἄρκιον· οὔ τι δὲ κοῦρον, ἀλλὰ κόρην· Φοίβη γὰρ ἐΰσκοπος ἤροσεν ἁγνὴν Κύπριν, ἐπειγομένην θῆλυν γόνον, ὦ φίλε, σεῖο.
Eithʼ hexēs hypobas phēsin “Erōtētheis ho Apollōn ti texetai hē gynē, ek tōn astrōn eipen hoti thēly, ek tou sporimou epignous chronou. legei dʼ houtōs ekphyetai gaiēthen hodōn, hothi leimakes ombrou dipsosynę̄ katemarpsan holon poma mēteros autēs, endon orinomenēs chronon arkion; ou ti de kouron, alla korēn; Phoibē gar eÿskopos ērosen hagnēn Kyprin, epeigomenēn thēlyn gonon, ō phile, seio.
Then, a little further on, he says: "Apollo, asked what a woman would bear, said from the stars that it would be female, having learned it from the time of conception. He speaks thus: 'It springs from the earth along the paths where the meadows, in their thirst for rain, have drunk up all the drink of their own mother, while within her it stirs for its due time. No boy, but a girl; for Phoebe, keen of sight, has ploughed chaste Cypris, who hastens on a female birth for you, my friend.'
6.1.3Dindorf 1:270–271
ἰδοὺ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ σπορίμου, ὅτι σελήνη ἐπὶ Ἀφροδίτην ἐφέρετο, εἶπεν ὅτι θῆλυ γεννηθήσεται. καὶ μὴν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐκεῖθεν προλέγουσιν. ἐπάκουσον γὰρ ἡ μάλα μιν κακὸς ἰὸς ἐνὶ στέρνοισι δαμάζει, πνεύμονος ἀλγινόεσσαν ὑπερβλύζων κακότητα.
idou kai apo tou sporimou, hoti selēnē epi Aphroditēn ephereto, eipen hoti thēly gennēthēsetai. kai mēn kai tas nosous ekeithen prolegousin. epakouson gar hē mala min kakos ios eni sternoisi damazei, pneumonos alginoessan hyperblyzōn kakotēta.
See, from the time of conception, because the moon was moving toward Venus, he said that a female child would be born. Indeed, they also foretell diseases from that source. Listen: 'Surely an evil poison overpowers him within his breast, pouring forth the painful evil of the lung.'
6.1.4Dindorf 1:271
καὶ ἑξῆς, οἷς ἐπιλέγει ταῦτα δὲ Μοιράων νόος ἤγαγεν, ἠδὲ κελαινὴν εἰς ἔριν ἐστήριξε, κακηπελίῃσι δαμάζειν, ὑψιπόλοιο Κρόνοιο κακὴν ὑπʼ ἀταρπὸν ἰόντος.
kai hexēs, hois epilegei tauta de Moiraōn noos ēgagen, ēde kelainēn eis erin estērixe, kakēpelię̄si damazein, hypsipoloio Kronoio kakēn hypʼ atarpon iontos.
And next, after which he adds: 'These things the mind of the Fates brought on, and fixed him in dark strife, to be overcome by sickness, as lofty Cronus goes along his evil path.'
6.1.5Dindorf 1:271
καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἀλλά σε μόρσιμον ἦμαρ ἀναπλῆσαι βιότοιο ἀλγινόεις βροτολοιγὸς ἐπισπέρχων Κρόνῳ ἄντα σπεύσατο, σῆς δὲ θέμειλον ἀπὸ φρενὸς ἠίστωσε· τοὔνεκα καὶ πατέρος θεοειδέος ἱερὸν ἦτορ φευγέμεναι κακοεργὸν ἐπηπείλησεν Ἄρηα.
kai methʼ hetera alla se morsimon ēmar anaplēsai biotoio alginoeis brotoloigos episperchōn Kronǭ anta speusato, sēs de themeilon apo phrenos ēistōse; touneka kai pateros theoeideos hieron ētor pheugemenai kakoergon epēpeilēsen Arēa.
And after other lines: 'But the painful destroyer of mortals, hastening on against Cronus, pressed you to fill up the fated day of your life and laid waste the foundation of your mind; therefore your godlike father's sacred heart threatened you to flee the evil-working Ares.'
6.1.6Dindorf 1:271
ταῦτα μὲν ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐκ θείας αὐτῶν δυνάμεως μαντεύονται, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἄστρων ἐπιτηρήσεως κατὰ τοὺς μαθηματικῶν λόγους, ὡς μηδὲν ἐν τούτῳ διαφέρειν ἀνθρώπων μηδέ τι κρεῖττον καὶ φύσεως θειοτέρας ἔργον ἐπιδείκνυσθαι.
tauta men hoti oude ek theias autōn dynameōs manteuontai, allʼ ex astrōn epitērēseōs kata tous mathēmatikōn logous, hōs mēden en toutǭ diapherein anthrōpōn mēde ti kreitton kai physeōs theioteras ergon epideiknysthai.
These things show that they do not prophesy from any divine power of their own, but from watching the stars by the methods of the astrologers, so that in this they differ in no way from human beings and display no work of anything higher or of a more divine nature.
6.1.7Dindorf 1:271
θέα δʼ ὡς καὶ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἀναιροῦσιν, οὐ μόνον τὰ ἐκτὸς καὶ τὰ οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν τῇ τῶν ἄστρων ἀνατιθέντες φορᾷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἡμετέρας προαιρέσεις.
thea dʼ hōs kai to ephʼ hēmin anairousin, ou monon ta ektos kai ta ouk ephʼ hēmin tę̄ tōn astrōn anatithentes phorą, alla kai tas hēmeteras proaireseis.
But see how they also do away with free will, ascribing to the movement of the stars not only external things and things not in our power, but even our own choices.
Preparation 6, chapter 2
6.2.1Dindorf 1:271
“ Οὓτως καὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων περί τινος, ἅμα καὶ b τὴν περὶ στρατιὰν προθυμίαν ἀφηγούμενος πόθεν αὐτῷ γίνεται, ἔφη Ἄρεα κραιπνὸν ἔχει γενεθλήιον, ὅς μιν ὀρίνει, οὐδέ ἑ ταρχύσει· Ζῆνός γὰρ ἐπέχραε βουλὴ, ἤ οἱ κῦδος ἄρειον ἀπʼ Ἄρεος εὐθὺς ὀρέξει. καὶ πάλιν ἐπʼ ἄλλου εὐχαίτης ἐπέκειτο Κρόνος, στυγεροῖσι δὲ κέντροις ἄλγυνεν παιδὸς Ταλαοῦ δυσπέμφελον ἠῶ.
“ Houtōs kai ho Apollōn peri tinos, hama kai b tēn peri stratian prothymian aphēgoumenos pothen autǭ ginetai, ephē Area kraipnon echei genethlēion, hos min orinei, oude he tarchysei; Zēnos gar epechrae boulē, ē hoi kydos areion apʼ Areos euthys orexei. kai palin epʼ allou euchaitēs epekeito Kronos, stygeroisi de kentrois algynen paidos Talaou dyspemphelon ēō.
"So also Apollo, speaking about a certain man and at the same time explaining where his eagerness for military service came from, said: 'He has swift Ares at his birth, who stirs him on, yet will not bring him to the grave; for the counsel of Zeus has fallen upon him, which will at once hold out to him martial glory from Ares.' And again, about another: 'Long-haired Cronus lay upon him, and with hateful goads afflicted the stormy dawn of the son of Talaus.'
6.2.2Dindorf 1:271–272
εἰς τοσοῦτον δὲ τὴν εἱμαρμένην οἱ γενναῖοι θεοὶ πεφρίκασιν ὡς ὁμολογεῖν μηδὲ κεραυνουμένοις αὐτῶν τοῖς ἱεροῖς δύνασθαι ἐπαμύνειν. πολλὴ ἄρα γένοιτʼ ἂν ἐλπὶς ἀνθρώποις εὐχομένοις τυχεῖν βοηθείας παρὰ τῶν μηδὲ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ἐπαρήγειν δυνατῶν. τί δὲ χρὴ λοιπὸν εὐσεβεῖν καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς προσκυνεῖν καὶ θεραπεύειν, μηδὲν οἵους τε καθόλου μηδὲ ἑαυτοῖς ἐπαρκεῖν; ἄκουε δʼ οὖν ἅ φησιν ὁ χρησμός·
eis tosouton de tēn heimarmenēn hoi gennaioi theoi pephrikasin hōs homologein mēde keraunoumenois autōn tois hierois dynasthai epamynein. pollē ara genoitʼ an elpis anthrōpois euchomenois tychein boētheias para tōn mēde sphisin autois eparēgein dynatōn. ti de chrē loipon eusebein kai tous theous proskynein kai therapeuein, mēden hoious te katholou mēde heautois eparkein? akoue dʼ oun ha phēsin ho chrēsmos;
These noble gods stand in such dread of fate that they admit they cannot defend even their own temples when struck by lightning. Great, then, must be the hope for human beings who pray to obtain help from those who cannot help even themselves! And what need is there any longer to be devout and to worship and serve the gods, if they are wholly unable to help even themselves? Listen, then, to what the oracle says:
Preparation 6, chapter 3
6.3.1Dindorf 1:272
Οὕτω καὶ ναῶν μοῖραι καὶ ἱερῶν, καὶ αὐτοῦ γε τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος τὸ ἱερὸν μεμοίρατο κεραυνωθῆναι, ὥς φησιν ὦ ζαθέης γεγαῶτες Ἐριχθονίοιο γενέθλης, ἔτλητʼ ἐλθέμεναι καὶ ἐμὴν ἐρεεινέμεν ὀμφὴν, ὁππόθι δῃωθῇ περικαλλέος ἕδρανα σηκοῦ. κλῦτε δαφνηρεφέων μυχάτων ἄπο θέσκελον ὀμφήν. εὖτʼ ἂν ἄνω πνείοντες ὑπηέριοι κελάδοντες τρίβωνται πατάγοισιν ἐναντία δηριόωντες — κρυμὸς δʼ αὖ περὶ κόσμον ἀπείρονα νήνεμος ἔσται — μηδὲ διεξερύγησιν ἔχῃ κεκακωμένος αἰθὴρ, αἰθαλόεις περὶ γαῖαν, ὅπη τύχεν, ἔκπεσε πυρσός ’ τὸν μὲν δὴ θῆρές τε κατʼ οὔρεα δειμαίνοντες φεύγουσιν πυμάτοις ὑπὸ κεύθεσιν, οὐδὲ μένουσιν εἰσιδέειν ὄσσοισι καταιβάσιον Δῖός ἔγχος. τοῦ μὲν καὶ νηοὶ μακάρων καὶ δένδρεα μακρὰ ἠλιβάτων τʼ ὀρέων κορυφαὶ νῆές τʼ ἐνὶ πόντῳ δάμνανται ζαπύροις πωτήμασιν ἐμπελάοντος· καὶ δʼ αὐτὴ πληγεῖσα Ποσειδάωνος ἑταίρη πολλάκις ἠχήεσσʼ ἀναχάζεται Ἀμφιτρίτη. ὑμεῖς οὖν καὶ ἄτλητον ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ἄλγος ἔχοντες, τέτλατε Μοιράων ἀμετάτροπα δήνεα θυμῷ ’ ταῖσι γὰρ Οὐρανίδαο Δῖός κατένευσε κάρηνον, ὅττι κε δινήσωσι μένειν ἀσάλευτον ἀτράκτοις. αἶσα γὰρ ἢν δολιχοῖσι χρόνοις περικαλλέα σηκὸν πυρσῶν αἰώρῃσι διιπετέεσσι δαμῆναι.
Houtō kai naōn moirai kai hierōn, kai autou ge tou Apollōnos to hieron memoirato keraunōthēnai, hōs phēsin ō zatheēs gegaōtes Erichthonioio genethlēs, etlētʼ elthemenai kai emēn ereeinemen omphēn, hoppothi dę̄ōthę̄ perikalleos hedrana sēkou. klyte daphnērepheōn mychatōn apo theskelon omphēn. eutʼ an anō pneiontes hypēerioi keladontes tribōntai patagoisin enantia dērioōntes — krymos dʼ au peri kosmon apeirona nēnemos estai — mēde diexerygēsin echę̄ kekakōmenos aithēr, aithaloeis peri gaian, hopē tychen, ekpese pyrsos ’ ton men dē thēres te katʼ ourea deimainontes pheugousin pymatois hypo keuthesin, oude menousin eisideein ossoisi kataibasion Dios enchos. tou men kai nēoi makarōn kai dendrea makra ēlibatōn tʼ oreōn koryphai nēes tʼ eni pontǭ damnantai zapyrois pōtēmasin empelaontos; kai dʼ autē plēgeisa Poseidaōnos hetairē pollakis ēchēessʼ anachazetai Amphitritē. hymeis oun kai atlēton eni phresin algos echontes, tetlate Moiraōn ametatropa dēnea thymǭ ’ taisi gar Ouranidao Dios kateneuse karēnon, hotti ke dinēsōsi menein asaleuton atraktois. aisa gar ēn dolichoisi chronois perikallea sēkon pyrsōn aiōrę̄si diipeteessi damēnai.
"So temples and sanctuaries too have their fates, and even Apollo's own sanctuary was fated to be struck by lightning, as he says: 'O you born of the most holy race of Erichthonius, you have dared to come and ask my voice when the seats of the most beautiful shrine will be laid waste. Hear the wondrous voice from the laurel-roofed recesses. When the winds in the upper air, blowing aloft and roaring, clash with din as they fight against each other, while a windless frost lies over the boundless world, and the afflicted air has no outlet, a blazing torch falls about the earth wherever it chances. The wild beasts on the mountains flee from it in terror into their deepest lairs, and do not stay to look with their eyes upon the descending spear of Zeus. When it draws near, the temples of the blessed ones, tall trees, the peaks of lofty mountains, and ships at sea are overcome by its fiery flights; and Amphitrite herself, the consort of Poseidon, often struck, falls back with a roar. You, then, though you have unbearable grief in your hearts, bear in your spirit the unchangeable counsels of the Fates; for to them the head of Zeus, son of Uranus, nodded assent, that whatever they spin should remain unshaken on their spindles. For it was the lot of the most beautiful shrine, in long ages, to be overcome by the hovering of torches fallen from Zeus.'
6.3.2Dindorf 1:272–273
εἰ δὴ οὖν Μοιρῶν ἀτράκτοις καὶ τῶν σεβασμίων θεῶν οἱ ναοὶ, τά τε ἱερὰ αὐτῶν δώματα δάμναται ζαπύροις πωτήμασι, τίς ἂν ἔτι λείποιτο ἐλπὶς θνητοῖς ἀνθρώποις τῆς τῶν πεπρωμένων ἀποφυγῆς; εἰ δὲ καὶ μηδεμία ἐκ θεῶν ὑπάρχοι βοήθεια, δεῖ δὲ ἐξ ἅπαντος τετλάναι Μοιράων ἀμετάτροπα δήνεα θυμῷ, τίς ἡ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ματαία σπουδή; εἴποι ἄν τις.
ei dē oun Moirōn atraktois kai tōn sebasmiōn theōn hoi naoi, ta te hiera autōn dōmata damnatai zapyrois pōtēmasi, tis an eti leipoito elpis thnētois anthrōpois tēs tōn peprōmenōn apophygēs? ei de kai mēdemia ek theōn hyparchoi boētheia, dei de ex hapantos tetlanai Moiraōn ametatropa dēnea thymǭ, tis hē peri tous theous mataia spoudē? eipoi an tis.
If, then, by the spindles of the Fates even the temples of the revered gods and their holy dwellings are overcome "by fiery flights," what hope would still remain for mortal men of escaping their destiny? And if there is no help at all from the gods, but one must in every case "bear in one's spirit the unchangeable counsels of the Fates," what is the use of this vain zeal about the gods? one might ask.
6.3.3Dindorf 1:273
τί δὲ δεῖ λοιβῆς τε κνίσης τε καὶ τὸ ἐκ τούτων γέρας τοῖς μηδὲ τούτων ἀξίοις ἀπονέμειν, εἰ κατʼ οὐδὲν ἧμας ὠφελεῖν δύνανται; ἐπεὶ μηδὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν δοτῆρας οἴεσθαι χρῆν αὐτοὺς, ἀλλʼ ἣν καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων ὡμολόγουν αἰτίαν.
ti de dei loibēs te knisēs te kai to ek toutōn geras tois mēde toutōn axiois aponemein, ei katʼ ouden hēmas ōphelein dynantai? epei mēde tōn agathōn dotēras oiesthai chrēn autous, allʼ hēn kai tōn enantiōn hōmologoun aitian.
And why must one assign "libation and the savour of sacrifice" and the honor that comes from them to beings not worthy even of these, if they cannot help us in any way? For then one ought not to think of them as givers of good things either, but rather that cause which they admitted was the cause of the opposite.
6.3.4Dindorf 1:273
εἰ γὰρ πέπρωται ἀνθρώποις εἴτε τι ἀγαθὸν εἴτε τι καὶ ἐναντίον, ἔσται ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ παρέσται τοῦτο καὶ βουλομένων καὶ μὴ τῶν θεῶν. μόνην ἄρα τὴν ἀνάγκην θεραπευτέον, σμικρὰ, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ μηδὲν φροντίσαντας τῶν θεῶν, μήτε λυπεῖν μήτε εὐεργετεῖν δυναμένων.
ei gar peprōtai anthrōpois eite ti agathon eite ti kai enantion, estai ex anankēs kai parestai touto kai boulomenōn kai mē tōn theōn. monēn ara tēn anankēn therapeuteon, smikra, mallon de to mēden phrontisantas tōn theōn, mēte lypein mēte euergetein dynamenōn.
For if something is fated for human beings, whether something good or its opposite, it will come of necessity and will be present whether the gods will it or not. Necessity alone, then, should be worshiped, and the gods given little thought, or rather none, since they can neither harm nor benefit.
6.3.5Dindorf 1:273
εἰ δὲ δὴ τῶν Μοιρῶν μόνος ὁ ἐπὶ πάντων ἐπιστατεῖ θεὸς, καὶ μόνος καὶ τούτων ὑπάρχει κύριος, ταῖσι γὰρ Οὐρανίδαο (φησὶ) Δῖός κατένευσε κάρηνον, ὅττι κε δινήσωσι μένειν ἀσάλευτον ἀτράκτοις, τί δὴ οὐχὶ πάντα ὑπερθέμενος τὸν παμβασιλέα καὶ τῆς εἱμαρμένης δεσπότην μόνον θεὸν εἶναι ὁμολογεῖς, καὶ μόνον ἀγαθῶν δοτῆρα καὶ σωτῆρα; ὅτι δὴ μόνῳ αὐτῷ καὶ ἃ φῄς Μοιράων ἀμετάτροπα δήνεα τρέπειν καὶ μεταλλάττειν ῥᾴδιον· ὡς μήτʼ ἀνάγκῃ μήτε εἱμαρμένῃ τὸν τῷ παμβασιλεῖ θεῷ καθωσιωμένον καὶ μόνον αὐτὸν εὐσεβοῦντα δουλεύειν, οἷα δὲ ἐλεύθερον καὶ παντὸς ἀφειμένον δεσμοῦ ταῖς ἐνθέοις καὶ σωτηριώδεσιν οἰκονομίαις ἀκωλύτως ἐφέπεσθαι. ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἀληθὴς τοιαῦτα προφαίνει λόγος, ὁ δʼ ἔμπαλιν ὅρα διὰ τίνων φησὶ τὰ τῆς εἱμαρμένης λύεσθαι.
ei de dē tōn Moirōn monos ho epi pantōn epistatei theos, kai monos kai toutōn hyparchei kyrios, taisi gar Ouranidao (phēsi) Dios kateneuse karēnon, hotti ke dinēsōsi menein asaleuton atraktois, ti dē ouchi panta hyperthemenos ton pambasilea kai tēs heimarmenēs despotēn monon theon einai homologeis, kai monon agathōn dotēra kai sōtēra? hoti dē monǭ autǭ kai ha phę̄s Moiraōn ametatropa dēnea trepein kai metallattein rhądion; hōs mētʼ anankę̄ mēte heimarmenę̄ ton tǭ pambasilei theǭ kathōsiōmenon kai monon auton eusebounta douleuein, hoia de eleutheron kai pantos apheimenon desmou tais entheois kai sōtēriōdesin oikonomiais akōlytōs ephepesthai. allʼ ho men alēthēs toiauta prophainei logos, ho dʼ empalin hora dia tinōn phēsi ta tēs heimarmenēs lyesthai.
But if the God who is over all alone presides over the Fates, and alone is Lord of these too ("for to them," he says, "the head of Zeus, son of Uranus, nodded assent, that whatever they spin should remain unshaken on their spindles"), why do you not set all else aside and confess that the King of all and Master of fate alone is God, and alone the giver of good things and Savior? For to him alone is it easy to turn and change even what you call "the unchangeable counsels of the Fates," so that the one who is consecrated to God the King of all and worships him alone is enslaved neither to necessity nor to fate, but, as one free and released from every bond, follows unhindered the divine and saving dispensations. That is what the true account shows; but see, on the contrary, by what means he says the decrees of fate are undone.
Preparation 6, chapter 4
6.4.1Dindorf 1:273–274
Δεηθέντος γάρ τινος καταδέξασθαι θεὸν, εἰπὼν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι ἀνεπιτήδειός ἐστι διὰ τὸ ὑπὸ φύσεως καταδεδέσθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποτροπιασμοὺς ὑπαγορεύσας, ἐπάγει ῥιπῇ δαιμονίη γὰρ ἅλις ἐπιδέδρομεν ἀλκὴ σαῖσι γοναῖς, ἃς χρή σε φυγεῖν τοίαισι μαγείαις.
Deēthentos gar tinos katadexasthai theon, eipōn ho theos hoti anepitēdeios esti dia to hypo physeōs katadedesthai, kai dia touto apotropiasmous hypagoreusas, epagei rhipę̄ daimoniē gar halis epidedromen alkē saisi gonais, has chrē se phygein toiaisi mageiais.
"For when someone begged to receive a god, the god said he was unfit because he was bound down by nature; and so, after prescribing rites to avert this, he adds: 'For a demonic force has rushed abundantly with its blast upon your birth, which you must escape by such magic arts.'
6.4.2Dindorf 1:274
διʼ ὧν καὶ σαφῶς δεδήλωται ὅτι ἡ μαγεία ἐν τῷ λύειν τὰ τῆς εἱμαρμένης παρὰ θεῶν ἐδόθη εἰς τὸ ὁπωσοῦν ταύτην παρατρέπειν. ”
diʼ hōn kai saphōs dedēlōtai hoti hē mageia en tǭ lyein ta tēs heimarmenēs para theōn edothē eis to hopōsoun tautēn paratrepein. ”
By this it is also clearly shown that magic was given by the gods for loosing the decrees of fate, to turn it aside by any means whatever."
6.4.3Dindorf 1:274
Ταῦτά σοι ὁ Πορφύριος, οὐκ ἐγώ. ὁ τοίνυν μαγείαις παραινῶν λύειν τὰ τῆς εἱμαρμένης πῶς αὐτὸς θεὸς ὢν τὰ πεπρωμένα κατὰ τοῦ ἰδίου ναοῦ κεραυνῷ πιμπραμένου μὴ ἔλυσεν; ὁ δὲ δὴ μαγεύειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ φιλοσοφεῖν παρορμῶν, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἴη δῆλος ὁποῖος ὢν τυγχάνει τὸν τρόπον; ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις καὶ ψεύδεσθαι τοὺς θεοὺς ὁ αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ.
Tauta soi ho Porphyrios, ouk egō. ho toinyn mageiais parainōn lyein ta tēs heimarmenēs pōs autos theos ōn ta peprōmena kata tou idiou naou keraunǭ pimpramenou mē elysen? ho de dē mageuein, alla mē philosophein parormōn, pōs ouk an eiē dēlos hopoios ōn tynchanei ton tropon? epi pasi toutois kai pseudesthai tous theous ho autos homologei.
Porphyry tells you this, not I. How then did the one who advises loosing the decrees of fate by magic not, though himself a god, loose what was fated against his own temple when it was burned by lightning? And one who urges people to practice magic rather than philosophy, how could it not be plain what sort of character he has? On top of all this, the same author admits that the gods lie.
Preparation 6, chapter 5
6.5.1Dindorf 1:274
“ ‘Αλλʼ ἤδη καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς φορὰς τὴν ἀκριβῆ καὶ τὰς ἐκ τούτων συμβάσεις ἀκατάληπτον εἶναι ἀνθρώποις, καὶ οὐ μόνον τούτοις, ἀλλὰ καί τισι τῶν δαιμονίων ’ ὅθεν καὶ ψεύδονται περὶ πολλῶν ἐρωτηθέντες. ”
“ ‘Allʼ ēdē kai tēn gnōsin tēs phoras tēn akribē kai tas ek toutōn symbaseis akatalēpton einai anthrōpois, kai ou monon toutois, alla kai tisi tōn daimoniōn ’ hothen kai pseudontai peri pollōn erōtēthentes. ”
"But further, exact knowledge of the movement of the heavens and of the events that follow from it is beyond the grasp of human beings, and not only of them but also of some of the daemons; hence they lie when asked about many things."
6.5.2Dindorf 1:274
Τούτοις αὖθις ἐπιλέγει “ Καὶ τὸ περιέχον ἀναγκάζον ψευδῆ γίνεσθαι τὰ μαντεῖα, οὐ τοὺς παρόντας ἑκόντας προστιθέναι τὸ ψεῦδος. πολλάκις γοῦν προλέγουσιν ὅτι ψεύσονται· οἱ δὲ μένουσι καὶ λέγειν ἀναγκάζουσι διὰ τὴν ἀμαθίαν.
Toutois authis epilegei “ Kai to periechon anankazon pseudē ginesthai ta manteia, ou tous parontas hekontas prostithenai to pseudos. pollakis goun prolegousin hoti pseusontai; hoi de menousi kai legein anankazousi dia tēn amathian.
To this he again adds: "And it is the surrounding air that compels the oracles to be false, not the beings present who add the falsehood willingly. Often, at any rate, they say beforehand that they will lie; but the inquirers stay and compel them to speak, through ignorance.
6.5.3Dindorf 1:274
εἶπε γοῦν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ποτὲ, τοιαύτης οὒσης τῆς καταστάσεως, ὡς ἐδείξαμεν, πονηρᾶς τοῦ περιέχοντος, κλεῖε βίην κάρτος τε λόγων· ψευδηγόρα λέξω. καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ ἐστιν ἅπερ ἔφαμεν δηλώσει τὰ ὢ λόγια.
eipe goun ho Apollōn pote, toiautēs ousēs tēs katastaseōs, hōs edeixamen, ponēras tou periechontos, kleie biēn kartos te logōn; pseudēgora lexō. kai hoti tauta alēthē estin haper ephamen dēlōsei ta ō logia.
Apollo, at any rate, once said, when the condition of the surrounding air was evil, as we have shown: 'Hold back force and the power of words: I shall speak falsehoods.' And that what we have said is true, the oracles will show.
6.5.4Dindorf 1:274–275
ἔφη γοῦν τις κληθεὶς τῶν θεῶν σήμερον οὐκ ἐπέοικε λέγειν ἄστρων ὁδὸν ἱρήν ’ ἕδρανα μαντοσύνης γὰρ ἐν ἄστρασι νῦν πεπέδηται. καὶ ἐπιλέγει “ Πέφηνεν ἄρα πόθεν πολλάκις τὸ ψεῦδος συνίσταται.”
ephē goun tis klētheis tōn theōn sēmeron ouk epeoike legein astrōn hodon hirēn ’ hedrana mantosynēs gar en astrasi nyn pepedētai. kai epilegei “ Pephēnen ara pothen pollakis to pseudos synistatai.”
One of the gods, at any rate, when summoned, said: 'Today it is not fitting to tell the holy path of the stars; for the seats of prophecy are now fettered among the stars.' And he adds: "It has been made plain, then, how falsehood often arises."
Preparation 6, chapter 6
6.6.1Dindorf 1:275
Ἀρά σοι πέπαυται λοιπὸν τὰ τῆς ἀμφιβόλου γνώμης, ὅτι μηδέν τι ἢν θεῖον ἐν τοῖς τῶν θεῶν χρησμοῖς. πῶς γάρ ποτε τὸ θεῖον ψεύσαιτʼ ἂν, τὴν φύσιν ὂν ἀψευδέστατον, εἴ γε ἀψευδὲς τὸ θεῖον; πῶς δὲ ἀγαθὸς δαίμων ταῖς ψευδολογίαις ἀπατήσειέ ποτε τοὺς χρωμένους; πῶς δʼ ἂν εἴη κρεῖττον ἀνθρώπου τὸ τῇ τῶν ἄστρων φορᾷ πεπεδημένον;
Ara soi pepautai loipon ta tēs amphibolou gnōmēs, hoti mēden ti ēn theion en tois tōn theōn chrēsmois. pōs gar pote to theion pseusaitʼ an, tēn physin on apseudestaton, ei ge apseudes to theion? pōs de agathos daimōn tais pseudologiais apatēseie pote tous chrōmenous? pōs dʼ an eiē kreitton anthrōpou to tę̄ tōn astrōn phorą pepedēmenon?
Has your uncertainty now come to an end, then, that there was nothing divine in the gods' oracles? For how could the divine ever lie, being by nature most free of falsehood, if indeed the divine is free of falsehood? And how could a good daemon ever deceive those who consult it with lying words? And how could that which is fettered by the movement of the stars be better than a human being?
6.6.2Dindorf 1:275
θνητὸς μὲν οὑν ἀνὴρ βραχεῖαν ἀρετῆς σπουδὴν εἰσενεγκάμενος οὔποτʼ ἂν ψεύσαιτο, τἀληθὲς προτιμᾶν προθέμενος, οὐδʼ εἱμαρμένης ἀνάγκην οὐδʼ ἄστρων φορὰν αἰτιάσαιτο ψευσάμενος· ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ τῷ σώματι πῦρ τις ἢ σίδηρον προσφέροι, διαφθείρειν ἐξαναγκάζων τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ἐλευθεροστομῶν ἀντιφθέγξεται, ἴτω μὲν πῦρ, ἴτω δὲ φάσγανα· τέμνε, κάταιθε σάρκας, ἐμπλήσθητί μου πίνων κελαινὸν αἷμα· πρόσθε γὰρ κάτω γῆς εἶσιν ἄστρα, γῆ δʼ ἄνεισʼ ἐς οὐρανὸν, πρὶν ἐξ ἐμοῦ σοι θῶπʼ ἀπαντῆσαι λόγον.
thnētos men houn anēr bracheian aretēs spoudēn eisenenkamenos oupotʼ an pseusaito, talēthes protiman prothemenos, oudʼ heimarmenēs anankēn oudʼ astrōn phoran aitiasaito pseusamenos; allʼ ei kai tǭ sōmati pyr tis ē sidēron prospheroi, diaphtheirein exanankazōn ton alēthē logon, alla kai pros touto eleutherostomōn antiphthenxetai, itō men pyr, itō de phasgana; temne, kataithe sarkas, emplēsthēti mou pinōn kelainon haima; prosthe gar katō gēs eisin astra, gē dʼ aneisʼ es ouranon, prin ex emou soi thōpʼ apantēsai logon.
A mortal man who has given even a little attention to virtue would never lie, having resolved to honor the truth above all, nor, if he lied, would he blame the necessity of fate or the movement of the stars. Rather, even if someone applied fire or iron to his body to force him to corrupt the true word, he would answer this too with freedom of speech: "Let fire come, let swords come; cut, burn up my flesh, glut yourself drinking my dark blood; for sooner will the stars go down beneath the earth, and earth go up to heaven, than a flattering word from me will meet you."
6.6.3Dindorf 1:275
τὸ δέ γε λαοπλάνον καὶ ἀπατηλὸν δαιμόνιον σκήπτεται τοὺς ἄφρονας σοφιζόμενον, ἵνʼ ἐν οἷς ἂν τῆς τοῦ μέλλοντος προρρήσεως ἀποπίπτοι καταφυγὴν αὐτῷ τῆς ἀλογίας τὴν εἱμαρμένην πορίζοιτο.
to de ge laoplanon kai apatēlon daimonion skēptetai tous aphronas sophizomenon, hinʼ en hois an tēs tou mellontos prorrēseōs apopiptoi kataphygēn autǭ tēs alogias tēn heimarmenēn porizoito.
But the demon that leads the people astray and deceives them makes a pretext and plays the sophist with the foolish, so that whenever he fails in foretelling the future he may provide himself with fate as a refuge for his absurdity.
6.6.4Dindorf 1:275–276
πάντα δʼ εἱμαρμένης διὰ τῶν χρησμῶν ἀναρτήσας ὁ δαίμων, καὶ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς αὐτοπροαιρέτου κινήσεως ἀνελὼν, ἀνάγκῃ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο καταδουλώσας, θέα εἰς οἷον κακῶν δογμάτων ὄλεθρον τοὺς αὐτῷ πειθομένους καταβέβληκεν.
panta dʼ heimarmenēs dia tōn chrēsmōn anartēsas ho daimōn, kai to ephʼ hēmin ek tēs autoproairetou kinēseōs anelōn, anankę̄ de kai touto katadoulōsas, thea eis hoion kakōn dogmatōn olethron tous autǭ peithomenous katabeblēken.
And when the demon, through his oracles, had made everything depend on fate, and had done away with what is in our power through self-chosen movement, enslaving this too to necessity, see into what ruin of evil doctrines he has thrown those who believe him.
6.6.5Dindorf 1:276
εἰ γὰρ ἄστροις καὶ εἱμαρμένῃ οὐ μόνα τὰ ἐκτὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς κατὰ λογισμὸν προθυμίας ἀναθετέον, καί τις ἀπαραίτητος ἀνάγκη τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας ἐκβιάζεται γνώμας, οἰχήσεταί σοι φιλοσοφία, οἰχήσεται καὶ εὐσέβεια· οὐδέ τις ἦν τοῖς σπουδαίοις ἔπαινος ἀρετῆς, οὐδέ τις θεοφιλία, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐν ἀσκήσει πόνων καρπὸς ἐπάξιος, ἀνάγκης καὶ εἱμαρμένης τὴν αἰτίαν πάντων ἀναδεδεγμένης.
ei gar astrois kai heimarmenę̄ ou mona ta ektos, alla kai tas kata logismon prothymias anatheteon, kai tis aparaitētos anankē tas anthrōpinas ekbiazetai gnōmas, oichēsetai soi philosophia, oichēsetai kai eusebeia; oude tis ēn tois spoudaiois epainos aretēs, oude tis theophilia, oude tōn en askēsei ponōn karpos epaxios, anankēs kai heimarmenēs tēn aitian pantōn anadedegmenēs.
For if not only external things but even the impulses of our reasoning are to be ascribed to the stars and to fate, and some inexorable necessity forces human decisions, then philosophy is gone, and piety too is gone; there would be no praise of virtue for the earnest, no love of God, no worthy fruit of the labors of discipline, since necessity and fate would have taken on themselves the cause of everything.
6.6.6Dindorf 1:276
οὐ δὴ οὖν προσήκει καταμέμφεσθαι τοῖς περὶ τὸν βίον πλημμελοῦσιν, οὐδέ γε τοῖς ἀσεβέσι καὶ ἐπιρρητοτάτοις, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς σπουδαίους θαυμάζειν· ταύτῃ δὲ, ὡς ἔφην, οἰχήσεται καὶ τὸ μέγα τῆς φιλοσοφίας κλέος, οὐκ αὐτοπροαιρέτου μελέτης καὶ ἀσκήσεως, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων ἀνάγκης ἀπῃωρημένον.
ou dē oun prosēkei katamemphesthai tois peri ton bion plēmmelousin, oude ge tois asebesi kai epirrētotatois, allʼ oude tous spoudaious thaumazein; tautę̄ de, hōs ephēn, oichēsetai kai to mega tēs philosophias kleos, ouk autoproairetou meletēs kai askēseōs, allʼ ek tēs tōn astrōn anankēs apę̄ōrēmenon.
It would not be right, then, to blame those who go wrong in their way of life, nor even the impious and most infamous, nor indeed to admire the earnest. In this way, as I said, the great glory of philosophy will also be gone, since it would depend not on self-chosen study and discipline but on the necessity of the stars.
6.6.7Dindorf 1:276
ὅρα οὖν εἰς οἷον κακῶν δογμάτων βυθὸν οἱ θαυμάσιοι θεοὶ καταβεβλήκασι, καὶ σκέψαι ὡς εἰς ἀσωτίαν καὶ ἀδικίαν καὶ ἄλλα μυρία κακὰ παρορμᾷ καὶ προτρέπει τουτὶ τὸ δόγμα, ἀνατροπὴν τοῦ παντὸς βίου ἀθρόως κατεργαζόμενον.
hora oun eis hoion kakōn dogmatōn bython hoi thaumasioi theoi katabeblēkasi, kai skepsai hōs eis asōtian kai adikian kai alla myria kaka parormą kai protrepei touti to dogma, anatropēn tou pantos biou athroōs katergazomenon.
See, then, into what an abyss of evil doctrines the wonderful gods have cast people down, and consider how this doctrine urges and drives them toward profligacy, injustice, and countless other evils, bringing about the overthrow of all life at once.
6.6.8Dindorf 1:276
εἰ γοῦν τις αὐτόθεν πιστεύσειε τοῖς θαυμαστοῖς τῶν θεῶν χρησμοῖς, ὅτι τε τὸ ἀληθεύειν καὶ τὸ ψεύδεσθαι οὐχ ἡμέτερον ἔργον ἦν, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀπαραιτήτου εἱμαρμένης, καὶ τὸ θέλειν ἐπὶ στρατείαν ἢ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι τῶν πρακτέων ὁρμᾶν, καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν τὰ τοιάδε, πῶς οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσειεν ἀμελεῖν καὶ καταρρᾳθυμεῖν ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς μὴ ἄνευ καμάτων καὶ πόνων καὶ τῆς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν προθυμίας κατορθοῦσθαι δυναμένοις;
ei goun tis autothen pisteuseie tois thaumastois tōn theōn chrēsmois, hoti te to alētheuein kai to pseudesthai ouch hēmeteron ergon ēn, alla tēs aparaitētou heimarmenēs, kai to thelein epi strateian ē epʼ allo ti tōn prakteōn horman, kai to mē thelein ta toiade, pōs ouk an ethelēseien amelein kai katarrąthymein en hapasi tois mē aneu kamatōn kai ponōn kai tēs hēmōn autōn prothymias katorthousthai dynamenois?
If someone, at any rate, were to believe the gods' wonderful oracles outright, that telling the truth and lying are not our work but that of inexorable fate, and likewise wishing to set out on a campaign or on any other action, and not wishing to do such things, how would he not wish to be careless and idle in everything that cannot be accomplished without toil and labor and our own eagerness?
6.6.9Dindorf 1:276
εἰ γὰρ ἐξ εἱμαρμένης τόδε τι γενήσεσθαι νομίζοι, εἴτε πονοίημεν ἡμεῖς περὶ αὐτὸ καὶ σπουδάζοιμεν εἴτε καὶ μὴ, πῶς οὐκ ἄν τις ἐθελήσειε τὸ ῥᾷον αἱρεῖσθαι, παρεὶς ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀμελῶν, ὡς ἐξ εἱμαρμένης καὶ ἀνάγκης γενησομένου τοῦ πραχθησομένου;
ei gar ex heimarmenēs tode ti genēsesthai nomizoi, eite ponoiēmen hēmeis peri auto kai spoudazoimen eite kai mē, pōs ouk an tis ethelēseie to rhąon haireisthai, pareis heauton kai amelōn, hōs ex heimarmenēs kai anankēs genēsomenou tou prachthēsomenou?
For if he thinks that this or that will happen by fate, whether we labor and take pains over it or not, how would he not wish to choose the easier way, letting himself go and neglecting it, since what is to be done will come about by fate and necessity?
6.6.10Dindorf 1:276–277
ὅθεν καὶ λεγόντων ἔστιν ἀκοῦσαι τῶν πολλῶν ὅτι ἄρα πραχθήσεται τοῦτο, εἴ γε εἵμαρταί μοι, καὶ τί με χρὴ παρέχειν ἐμαυτῷ πράγματα;
hothen kai legontōn estin akousai tōn pollōn hoti ara prachthēsetai touto, ei ge heimartai moi, kai ti me chrē parechein emautǭ pragmata?
That is why one can hear most people saying, "This will be done, then, if it is fated for me; so why should I give myself trouble?"
6.6.11Dindorf 1:277
εἰ γὰρ ὁ ἐπὶ στρατείαν ὁρμῶν οὐκ ἐκ προαιρέσεως οἰκείας τοῦτʼ ἔπραττεν, ελαυνόμενος δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς ἔξωθεν ἀνάγκης, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ λῃστείαν καὶ τυμβωρυχίας καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἤτοι ἀνοσιουργίας καὶ ἀκολασίας ἢ κοσμίους καὶ σώφρονας ἐπιτηδεύσεις ’ τοῦτο γὰρ ἂν εἴη ἀκόλουθον τῷ περὶ εἱμαρμένης λόγῳ.
ei gar ho epi strateian hormōn ouk ek proaireseōs oikeias toutʼ epratten, elaunomenos de hypo tēs exōthen anankēs, dēlon hoti kai ho epi lę̄steian kai tymbōrychias kai epi tas allas ētoi anosiourgias kai akolasias ē kosmious kai sōphronas epitēdeuseis ’ touto gar an eiē akolouthon tǭ peri heimarmenēs logǭ.
For if the one who sets out on a campaign does this not by his own choice but driven by necessity from outside, then clearly so does the one who sets out on robbery and grave-robbing and the other practices, whether impious and licentious or orderly and temperate; for this would follow from the doctrine of fate.
6.6.12Dindorf 1:277
πῶς οὖν ὁ ταῦτα μὴ ἐξ αὑτοῦ ἡγούμενος ἐγχειρεῖν, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐξωθεν ἀνάγκης προσέξοι ἄν ποτε τῷ νουθετοῦντι καὶ διδάσκοντι μὴ ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδιδόναι ἔκδοτον τοῖς προειρημένοις;
pōs oun ho tauta mē ex hautou hēgoumenos encheirein, allʼ hypo tēs exōthen anankēs prosexoi an pote tǭ nouthetounti kai didaskonti mē heauton epididonai ekdoton tois proeirēmenois?
How, then, would one who thinks that he undertakes these things not of himself but under necessity from outside ever pay attention to someone who admonishes and teaches him not to give himself over to the things just mentioned?
6.6.13Dindorf 1:277
εἴποι γὰρ ἂν πρὸς τὸν νουθετοῦντα ὡς καὶ τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν τισὶν εἴρηται, τί με, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, νουθετεῖς; ταῦτα γὰρ οὐ δήπου ἐστὶν ἐπʼ ἐμοὶ, τὸ μεταβάλλειν τὴν προαίρεσιν· ἡ γὰρ εἱμαρμένη προκατείληφε.
eipoi gar an pros ton nouthetounta hōs kai tōn pro hēmōn tisin eirētai, ti me, ō anthrōpe, noutheteis? tauta gar ou dēpou estin epʼ emoi, to metaballein tēn proairesin; hē gar heimarmenē prokateilēphe.
For he would say to the one admonishing him, as some before us have put it: "Why do you admonish me, sir? To change my choice is surely not in my power; fate has decided it beforehand.
6.6.14Dindorf 1:277
τί οὖν δεῖ συντετάσθαι πρὸς ἃ οὐδὲ προθυμεῖσθαι δυνήσομαι, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοῦτο καθείμαρταί μοι; προθυμήσομαι δὲ, εἰ καθείμαρται, καὶ ἄνευ τῆς σῆς διδασκαλίας ὑπὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης ἀγόμενος. τί οὖν μάτην σεαυτῷ ἐνοχλεῖς;
ti oun dei syntetasthai pros ha oude prothymeisthai dynēsomai, ei mē kai touto katheimartai moi? prothymēsomai de, ei katheimartai, kai aneu tēs sēs didaskalias hypo tēs heimarmenēs agomenos. ti oun matēn seautǭ enochleis?
Why then must I strain toward things I shall not even be able to desire, unless this too is fated for me? But if it is fated, I shall desire it even without your teaching, led by fate. Why then do you trouble yourself in vain?
6.6.15Dindorf 1:277
ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ τὸ σὲ παραινεῖν καὶ διδάσκειν φήσεις κατὰ ἀνάγκην ἐπιτελεῖσθαι εἰς τὸ παραινεῖν καὶ πείθειν ἐμὲ τοιαῦτα, ἀλλὰ κἀν τούτῳ τί χρὴ σπουδάζειν; ἀργὴ γὰρ καὶ ἀνωφελὴς ἡ παραίνεσις. εἰ γὰρ εἵμαρταί μοι, φιλοπονήσω ’ εἰ δὲ μὴ εἵμαρται, ματαίαν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν σπουδὴν ἀμφοτέρους συμβήσεται.
allʼ ei kai to se parainein kai didaskein phēseis kata anankēn epiteleisthai eis to parainein kai peithein eme toiauta, alla kan toutǭ ti chrē spoudazein? argē gar kai anōphelēs hē parainesis. ei gar heimartai moi, philoponēsō ’ ei de mē heimartai, mataian poieisthai tēn spoudēn amphoterous symbēsetai.
And if you say that your exhorting and teaching is also done by necessity, so that you exhort and persuade me in this way, still, even so, why be earnest about it? The exhortation is idle and useless. For if it is fated for me, I shall work hard; and if it is not fated, it will turn out that we both made our effort in vain."
6.6.16Dindorf 1:277–278
πῶς δὲ οὐ μᾶλλον ἀπορρᾳθυμῶν εἴποι ἂν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὁ ταύτην ἔχων τὴν δόξαν, ἄγε μηδαμῶς φιλοπονήσω, μηδὲ μάτην ἐνοχλήσω ἐμαυτῷ· γενήσεται γὰρ τὸ εἱμαρτὸν ἐξ ἀνάγκης· ὁ δὲ περί τι σπουδάζων, ἢ διδάσκων ἢ προτρέπων ἑαυτὸν ἢ ἄλλον καὶ τὸ πείθεσθαι καὶ τὸ μὴ πείθεσθαι, καὶ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν καὶ μὴ, τό τε ἐπιτιμᾶν ἁμαρτάνουσι, καὶ τὸ ἐπαινεῖν τοὺς κατορθοῦντας, πῶς οὐκ ἐναργῶς ἐλέγχεται τὸ μὲν ἔργον καταλιπὼν τοῦ παρʼ ἡμῖν καὶ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου, τὸ δὲ τῆς εἱμαρμένης ὄνομα αὐτῷ συνάπτων μόνον;
pōs de ou mallon aporrąthymōn eipoi an pros heauton ho tautēn echōn tēn doxan, age mēdamōs philoponēsō, mēde matēn enochlēsō emautǭ; genēsetai gar to heimarton ex anankēs; ho de peri ti spoudazōn, ē didaskōn ē protrepōn heauton ē allon kai to peithesthai kai to mē peithesthai, kai to hamartanein kai mē, to te epitiman hamartanousi, kai to epainein tous katorthountas, pōs ouk enargōs elenchetai to men ergon katalipōn tou parʼ hēmin kai tou autexousiou, to de tēs heimarmenēs onoma autǭ synaptōn monon?
And would not one who holds this opinion rather give up in idleness and say to himself, "Come, I shall not work hard at all, nor trouble myself in vain; for what is fated will come about of necessity"? But one who is earnest about something, or who teaches or urges himself or another both to obey and not to obey, to sin and not to sin, and who rebukes those who sin and praises those who do right, is he not plainly convicted of leaving intact the reality of what is in our power and of free will, and attaching to it only the name of fate?
6.6.17Dindorf 1:278
ὥσπερ εἰ τις τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσιν, ἧς κατὰ τὴν παρουσίαν ἄριστα διοικεῖται τὸ ζῷον, τῷ τοῦ κακοῦ προσαγορεύοι ὀνόματι. οὕτω γὰρ ἐπεὶ ἐναργῶς ἑαυτῶν αἰσθανόμεθα μὴ βιαζομένων ὑπʼ ἄλλης τινὸς αἰτίας ἐν τῷ παιδεύειν τοὺς υἱεῖς καὶ μαστίζειν τοὺς οἰκέτας ἁμαρτήσαντας, καὶ ἐν τῷ τόδε τι βούλεσθαι καὶ μὴ βούλεσθαι, ἀλλʼ αὐτοτελῶς ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας ἐξουσίας εἰς τὰς τοιαύτας κινήσεις ἀφικνουμένων, ἁμαρτάνοι ἂν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων γίνεσθαι καθʼ εἱμαρμένην, πρὸς τὸ παραλύειν τάς τε ἡμῶν αὐτῶν προθυμίας καὶ τὰς εἰς ἄλλους γινομένας παρακλήσεις καὶ νουθετήσεις, ἐξ ὧν ὁρῶμεν μάλιστα κατορθούμενα τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράγματα.
hōsper ei tis tēn tou agathou physin, hēs kata tēn parousian arista dioikeitai to zǭon, tǭ tou kakou prosagoreuoi onomati. houtō gar epei enargōs heautōn aisthanometha mē biazomenōn hypʼ allēs tinos aitias en tǭ paideuein tous huieis kai mastizein tous oiketas hamartēsantas, kai en tǭ tode ti boulesthai kai mē boulesthai, allʼ autotelōs ek tēs idias exousias eis tas toiautas kinēseis aphiknoumenōn, hamartanoi an ho tauta legōn ginesthai kathʼ heimarmenēn, pros to paralyein tas te hēmōn autōn prothymias kai tas eis allous ginomenas paraklēseis kai nouthetēseis, ex hōn horōmen malista katorthoumena ta tōn anthrōpōn pragmata.
It is as if someone were to call by the name of evil the nature of the good, by whose presence the living creature is best governed. For since we plainly perceive ourselves, when we discipline our sons and flog our servants who have done wrong, and when we will or do not will this or that, not to be forced by any other cause, but to come to such movements of ourselves, by our own power, one who says these things happen by fate would be wrong, and would tend to paralyze both our own eagerness and the encouragements and admonitions given to others, from which we see human affairs most of all set right.
6.6.18Dindorf 1:278
καὶ μὴν καὶ νόμους ἀνατρέποι ἂν οὗτος ὁ λόγος τοὺς τοῦ συμφέροντος ἕνεκεν ἀνθρώποις κειμένους. τί γὰρ δεῖ προστάττειν ἢ ἀπαγορεύειν τοῖς ὑφʼ ἑτέρας ἀνάγκης κατεσχημένοις; ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας δεήσει κολάζειν μὴ παρὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν ἡμαρτηκότας, οὐδὲ τοῖς τὰ κάλλιστα πράττουσι τιμὰς ἀπονέμειν, ὧν ἑκάτερον πολλὴν αἰτίαν παρέσχηκεν εἰς ἀναστολὴν ἀδικίας καὶ εἰς εὐποιίας ἑτοιμότητα.
kai mēn kai nomous anatrepoi an houtos ho logos tous tou sympherontos heneken anthrōpois keimenous. ti gar dei prostattein ē apagoreuein tois hyphʼ heteras anankēs kateschēmenois? allʼ oude tous hamartanontas deēsei kolazein mē para tēn autēn aitian hēmartēkotas, oude tois ta kallista prattousi timas aponemein, hōn hekateron pollēn aitian pareschēken eis anastolēn adikias kai eis eupoiias hetoimotēta.
Moreover, this doctrine would also overturn the laws laid down for people's benefit. For why must one command or forbid those held fast by another necessity? Nor will it be necessary to punish wrongdoers, who will not have sinned through their own cause, nor to award honors to those who do the noblest deeds; yet each of these has been a great cause of restraining injustice and of readiness to do good.
6.6.19Dindorf 1:278
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον εὐσέβειαν ἀνατρέποι ἂν ἥδε ἡ δόξα, εἴ γε μηδὲν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς, μηδὲ μὴν αὐτοὶ οἶ τῶνδε χρησμῳδοὶ, μήτʼ εὐχομένοις μήτʼ εὐσεβοῦσι συμβάλλονται εἱμαρμένης ἀνάγκαις πεπεδημένοις.
alla kai tēn pros to theion eusebeian anatrepoi an hēde hē doxa, ei ge mēden hēmin ho theos, mēde mēn autoi oi tōnde chrēsmǭdoi, mētʼ euchomenois mētʼ eusebousi symballontai heimarmenēs anankais pepedēmenois.
And this opinion would also overturn piety toward the divine, if neither God nor even these oracle-givers themselves help us at all, whether we pray or practice piety, since we are fettered by the necessities of fate.
6.6.20Dindorf 1:278–279
τὸ δὲ δίκην ἀψύχων λέγειν κινεῖσθαι ἡμὰς, τῇδε καὶ τῇδε ὑπό τινος ἔξωθεν δυνάμεως νευροσπαστουμένους, εἰς τὸ ἐπάναγκες ἐθελῆσαι τάδε πρᾶξαι, καὶ ἑλέσθαι παρὰ προαίρεσιν ἕτερα, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἀναιδὲς καὶ ἀναισχυντότατον, ἐπείπερ ἐναργῶς αἰσθανόμεθα ἑαυτῶν ἡμετέρᾳ ὁρμῇ καὶ κινήσει τάδε τινὰ προθυμουμένων, καὶ ἀμελούντων, πάλιν ἑαυτῶν ἀντιλαμβανόμεθα, καὶ παρὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν κατορθούντων ἢ μὴ κατορθούντων, καὶ ἐξ οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου βιαζομένων, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἑκουσίῳ γνώμῃ αἱρουμένων, τὰ δὲ φευγόντων καὶ παραιτουμένων ἐκ τῆς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν προαιρέσεως;
to de dikēn apsychōn legein kineisthai hēmas, tę̄de kai tę̄de hypo tinos exōthen dynameōs neurospastoumenous, eis to epanankes ethelēsai tade praxai, kai helesthai para proairesin hetera, pōs ouk an eiē anaides kai anaischyntotaton, epeiper enargōs aisthanometha heautōn hēmeterą hormę̄ kai kinēsei tade tina prothymoumenōn, kai amelountōn, palin heautōn antilambanometha, kai para tautēn tēn aitian katorthountōn ē mē katorthountōn, kai ex oudenos heterou biazomenōn, alla ta men hekousiǭ gnōmę̄ hairoumenōn, ta de pheugontōn kai paraitoumenōn ek tēs hēmōn autōn proaireseōs?
And to say that we are moved like lifeless things, pulled this way and that by strings by some power from outside, so that we will of necessity to do these things and choose other things against our choice, how would this not be shameless and most impudent? For we plainly perceive ourselves, by our own impulse and movement, eager for some things; and when we neglect them we take ourselves to task again; and we perceive ourselves succeeding or failing for this reason, and forced by nothing else, but choosing some things by a willing judgment, and fleeing and refusing others by our own choice.
6.6.21Dindorf 1:279
οὕτω δὲ ἄρα ἐναργὴς ἦν ὁ τοῦ αὐθεκουσίου λόγος ὥστε ὁμοίως τὸ ἀλγεῖν καὶ τὸ ἥδεσθαι, καὶ τὸ τόδε τι ὁρᾶν, καὶ τόδʼ ἀκούειν, οὐ συλλογισμῷ, ἀλλʼ ἐνεργείᾳ καταλαμβανομένων, συναισθέσθαι ἑαυτῶν ἐξ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας βουλῆς ὁρμώντων, καὶ τάδε τινὰ αἱρουμένων, τινὰ δὲ ἀποστρεφομένων, ὥστε ἐξ ἅπαντος τὸ ἐλεύθερον καὶ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν λογικῆς καὶ νοερὰς φύσεως ἐνδίκως ὁμολογεῖσθαι.
houtō de ara enargēs ēn ho tou authekousiou logos hōste homoiōs to algein kai to hēdesthai, kai to tode ti horan, kai todʼ akouein, ou syllogismǭ, allʼ energeią katalambanomenōn, synaisthesthai heautōn ex hēmōn autōn kai tēs hēmeteras boulēs hormōntōn, kai tade tina hairoumenōn, tina de apostrephomenōn, hōste ex hapantos to eleutheron kai to autexousion tēs en hēmin logikēs kai noeras physeōs endikōs homologeisthai.
So plain, then, is the case for free will that, just as pain and pleasure, and seeing this and hearing that, are grasped not by reasoning but by direct experience, so we are conscious of ourselves setting out from ourselves and from our own will, choosing some things and turning away from others; so that the freedom and self-determination of the rational and intelligent nature within us must in every way be rightly acknowledged.
6.6.22Dindorf 1:279
εἰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ προαίρεσιν μυρία συμβαίνοντα ἡμῖν τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ταράττει, διαιρετέον ἐνταῦθα τὴν τῶν ἐν οἷς ἐσμὲν φύσιν, καὶ τὸν λόγον, καθʼ ὃν τὰ οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν γίνεται, ἐπιθεωρητέον. οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τούτων τὸ αἴτιον οὔτις ἄλογος ἀναδέξεται εἱμαρμένη, λόγος δὲ πάλιν ἄλλος τῆς τῶν ὅλων προνοίας ἀπηρτημένος. φέρʼ οὖν ἐπιμελῶς τὸ πρόβλημα ἐπισκεψώμεθα.
ei de kai para proairesin myria symbainonta hēmin tous pollous tōn anthrōpōn tarattei, diaireteon entautha tēn tōn en hois esmen physin, kai ton logon, kathʼ hon ta ouk ephʼ hēmin ginetai, epitheōrēteon. houtō gar kai toutōn to aition outis alogos anadexetai heimarmenē, logos de palin allos tēs tōn holōn pronoias apērtēmenos. pherʼ oun epimelōs to problēma episkepsōmetha.
And if the countless things that happen to us against our choice disturb most people, we must here distinguish the nature of the conditions in which we live, and examine the principle by which things not in our power come about. For in this way the cause of these things too will be taken up by no irrational fate, but by another principle that depends on the providence of the universe. Come, then, let us examine the problem carefully.
6.6.23Dindorf 1:279
Πάντα μὲν ἀθρόως ἐκ θεοῦ προνοίας εἶναί τε καὶ διοικεῖσθαι οἱ τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας θεσμοὶ διαγορεύουσιν.
Panta men athroōs ek theou pronoias einai te kai dioikeisthai hoi tēs alēthous eusebeias thesmoi diagoreuousin.
The ordinances of true religion declare that all things together exist and are governed by the providence of God.
6.6.24Dindorf 1:279–280
ἤδη δὲ κατʼ εἶδος ἰδίως ἕκαστα τῶν γιγνομένων τὰ μὲν ἔξει, τὰ δὲ φύσει, τὰ δὲ ὁρμῇ καὶ φαντασίᾳ, τὰ δὲ λογισμῷ καὶ οἰκείᾳ κρίσει τε καὶ προαιρέσει κινούμενα, καὶ ἄλλα μὲν κατὰ προηγούμενον λόγον γιγνόμενα, ἕτερα δὲ κατʼ ἐπισυμβεβηκότα τοῖς προηγουμένως γεγονόσι, ποικίλην καὶ πολύτροπον τὴν τοῦ παντὸς συνεστήσατο διακόσμησιν, ἑκάστῳ γένει τῶν ὄντων ἰδίαν καὶ ἀφωρισμένην τινὰ φύσεως κατασκευὴν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου διανείμαντος.
ēdē de katʼ eidos idiōs hekasta tōn gignomenōn ta men exei, ta de physei, ta de hormę̄ kai phantasią, ta de logismǭ kai oikeią krisei te kai proairesei kinoumena, kai alla men kata proēgoumenon logon gignomena, hetera de katʼ episymbebēkota tois proēgoumenōs gegonosi, poikilēn kai polytropon tēn tou pantos synestēsato diakosmēsin, hekastǭ genei tōn ontōn idian kai aphōrismenēn tina physeōs kataskeuēn tou tōn holōn aitiou dianeimantos.
But now, taken by kinds, each of the things that come to be is moved in its own way: some by habit, some by nature, some by impulse and impression, some by reasoning and their own judgment and choice; and some come about by a primary principle, others as consequences of what has come about primarily. Thus the cause of the universe has made the ordering of the whole various and manifold, assigning to each kind of being its own distinct constitution of nature.
6.6.25Dindorf 1:280
σχολῇ μὲν οὖν τις τὸν περὶ τῶν ἄλλων διεξέλθοι λόγον, τὸν δὲ περὶ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου ῥᾷον ἂν καταμάθοι ὡδε
scholę̄ men oun tis ton peri tōn allōn diexelthoi logon, ton de peri tou autexousiou rhąon an katamathoi hōde
It would take much leisure to go through the account of all the others, but that of free will one may more easily learn as follows.
6.6.26Dindorf 1:280
ἐπεὶ μὴ μονογενὲς χρῆμα μηδʼ ἐκ μιᾶς συνεστὼς φύσεως τυγχάνει ὢν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ δυοῖν δὲ ἐναντίων εἴληχε τὴν σύνοδον, σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς, τοῦ μὲν κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς ὀργάνου τῇ ψυχῇ δεδεμένου, τῆς δὲ νοερᾶς οὐσίας κατὰ τὸν προηγούμενον ὑποστάσης λόγον, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀλόγου, τῆς δὲ λογικῆς τυγχανούσης, καὶ τοῦ μὲν φθαρτοῦ, τῆς δὲ ἀφθάρτου, καὶ θατέρου θνητοῦ, θατέρας δὲ ἀθανάτου, ὥσθʼ ἡμᾶς θηρσὶ μὲν ἀλόγοις ἀδελφὸν φέρειν τὸ σῶμα, ψυχὴν δὲ τῇ λογικῇ καὶ ἀθανάτῳ φύσει συγγενῆ ’ ταύτῃ τοι εἰκὸς τὸ διφυὲς τουτὶ βλάστημα, διττῆς ἅτε φύσεως κεκοινωνηκὸς, διττῷ καὶ διαφόρῳ τὸ ζῆν ἀπευθύνειν τρόπῳ, τοτὲ μὲν φύσει σώματος δουλεῦον, τοτὲ δὲ τῇ θειοτέρᾳ μοίρᾳ τὴν οἰκείαν ἀσπαζόμενον ἐλευθερίαν· ὡς καὶ δοῦλον εἶναι τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐλεύθερον, τοιαύτην τινὰ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, διʼ οὓς οἶδε λόγους αὐτὸς, κεκληρωμένον ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος ἐπιμιξίαν.
epei mē monogenes chrēma mēdʼ ek mias synestōs physeōs tynchanei ōn ho anthrōpos, ek dyoin de enantiōn eilēche tēn synodon, sōmatos kai psychēs, tou men kata symbebēkos organou tę̄ psychę̄ dedemenou, tēs de noeras ousias kata ton proēgoumenon hypostasēs logon, kai tou men alogou, tēs de logikēs tynchanousēs, kai tou men phthartou, tēs de aphthartou, kai thaterou thnētou, thateras de athanatou, hōsthʼ hēmas thērsi men alogois adelphon pherein to sōma, psychēn de tę̄ logikę̄ kai athanatǭ physei syngenē ’ tautę̄ toi eikos to diphyes touti blastēma, dittēs hate physeōs kekoinōnēkos, dittǭ kai diaphorǭ to zēn apeuthynein tropǭ, tote men physei sōmatos douleuon, tote de tę̄ theioterą moirą tēn oikeian aspazomenon eleutherian; hōs kai doulon einai ton auton kai eleutheron, toiautēn tina para tou theou, diʼ hous oide logous autos, keklērōmenon psychēs kai sōmatos epimixian.
Since a human being is not a thing of one kind, nor composed of a single nature, but has been allotted a union of two opposites, body and soul (the one bound to the soul as an instrument, by consequence, the intelligent being existing by the primary principle; the one irrational, the other rational; the one perishable, the other imperishable; the one mortal, the other immortal), so that we carry a body akin to the irrational beasts but a soul related to the rational and immortal nature, it is surely fitting that this twofold growth, sharing as it does in a double nature, should direct its life in a double and differing way, at one time serving the nature of the body, at another embracing with its diviner part the freedom proper to it. So the same being is both slave and free, having been allotted by God, for reasons he himself knows, such a mixture of soul and body.
6.6.27Dindorf 1:280–281
εἰ δὴ οὑν τις τὰ κατὰ φύσιν ἤτοι τοῦ σώματος ἢ καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, εἱμαρμένης ὀνόματι χρώμενος, ὑπʼ αἰτίαν ἀνάγκης καταβάλλοι, διαμάρτοι ἂν τῆς οἰκείας προσηγορίας. εἰ γὰρ εἱμαρμένης ἀνάγκη τις ἦν ἀκώλυτος, πολλὰ δὲ τῶν τῷ σώματι καὶ τῇ ψυχὴ κατὰ φύσιν προσόντων παραποδίζεται, μυρία τε ἔξωθεν ἄλλα συναντᾷ παρὰ φύσιν κατά τι συμβεβηκὸς καὶ ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι παρεπόμενα, πῶς ἂν εἴη ταὐτὸν εἱμαρμένη καὶ φύσις;
ei dē houn tis ta kata physin ētoi tou sōmatos ē kai tēs psychēs, heimarmenēs onomati chrōmenos, hypʼ aitian anankēs kataballoi, diamartoi an tēs oikeias prosēgorias. ei gar heimarmenēs anankē tis ēn akōlytos, polla de tōn tǭ sōmati kai tę̄ psychē kata physin prosontōn parapodizetai, myria te exōthen alla synantą para physin kata ti symbebēkos kai psychę̄ kai sōmati parepomena, pōs an eiē tauton heimarmenē kai physis?
If, then, someone were to bring what is natural to the body or to the soul under the cause of necessity, using the name of fate, he would miss the proper name. For if there were some unhindered necessity of fate, while many of the things that belong by nature to the body and the soul are impeded, and countless other things from outside meet them against nature and accompany both soul and body by some accident, how could fate and nature be the same?
6.6.28Dindorf 1:281
εἰ γὰρ ἀπαράλλακτόν φασιν εἷναι τὴν εἱμαρμένην, καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι τι παρʼ αὐτὴν γίνεσθαι (ἀνάγκην γὰρ εἶναι ἀπαραίτητον·) πολλὰ δὲ, ὡς ἔφην, παρὰ τὰ κατὰ φύσιν καὶ ψυχὴ καὶ σώματι συμβαίνει, οὐκ ἂν ὀρθῶς τις ὀνομάζοι ταὐτὸν εἶναι λέγων εἱμαρμένην καὶ φύσιν.
ei gar aparallakton phasin heinai tēn heimarmenēn, kai mē dynasthai ti parʼ autēn ginesthai (anankēn gar einai aparaitēton;) polla de, hōs ephēn, para ta kata physin kai psychē kai sōmati symbainei, ouk an orthōs tis onomazoi tauton einai legōn heimarmenēn kai physin.
For if they say that fate is unchangeable and that nothing can happen contrary to it (for necessity, they say, is inexorable), while many things, as I said, happen to both soul and body contrary to what is natural, no one would name things rightly who says that fate and nature are the same.
6.6.29Dindorf 1:281
γένοιτʼ ἂν οὑν τῶν ὄντων ἐν ἡμῖν τὰ μὲν κατὰ λογισμὸν καὶ προαίρεσιν τὴν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν γιγνόμενα, οἶα τὰ κατὰ φύσιν ψυχῆς, τὰ δὲ κατὰ φύσιν τοῦ σώματος, τὰ δὲ τούτοις μὲν συμβεβηκότα, ψυχῇ λέγω καὶ σώματι, ἑτέροις δὲ συντελούμενα κατὰ φύσιν· ἀλλʼ οὔτε τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν οὔτε τοῦ σώματος τὸ κατὰ φύσιν, οὐδὲ μὴν τῶν ἔξωθεν τὸ κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς, ἐνδίκως ἄν τις ἀποστεροίη τὸν αἴτιον.
genoitʼ an houn tōn ontōn en hēmin ta men kata logismon kai proairesin tēn ephʼ hēmin gignomena, oia ta kata physin psychēs, ta de kata physin tou sōmatos, ta de toutois men symbebēkota, psychę̄ legō kai sōmati, heterois de synteloumena kata physin; allʼ oute tēs psychēs to ephʼ hēmin oute tou sōmatos to kata physin, oude mēn tōn exōthen to kata symbebēkos, endikōs an tis aposteroiē ton aition.
Of the things within us, then, some would come about by reasoning and the choice that is in our power, such as what is natural to the soul; some by the nature of the body; and some are accidents happening to these, I mean to soul and body, but brought about naturally by other things. Yet one could not rightly deprive their cause of the power in our soul, or of what is natural to the body, or indeed of what is accidental from outside.
6.6.30Dindorf 1:281
θεὸς γὰρ αὐτὸς ὁ τῶν ὅλων καὶ τῶν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, καὶ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ τῶν κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς δημιουργὸς ὢν ἀποπέφανται. καθόλου γὰρ περὶ πάντων ἀκουστέον τῆς θείας γραφῆς, τὸ “ αὐτὸς εἶπεν, καὶ ἐγενήθησαν· αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν” ἀποφηναμένης.
theos gar autos ho tōn holōn kai tōn ephʼ hēmin, kai tōn kata physin, kai tōn kata symbebēkos dēmiourgos ōn apopephantai. katholou gar peri pantōn akousteon tēs theias graphēs, to “ autos eipen, kai egenēthēsan; autos eneteilato, kai ektisthēsan” apophēnamenēs.
For God himself has been declared the maker of the universe, both of what is in our power and of what is natural and of what is accidental. For the divine Scripture must be heard as speaking universally about all things when it declares, "He spoke, and they came to be; he commanded, and they were created."
6.6.31Dindorf 1:281
εἰ δὴ οὖν βουλομένοις ποτέ τινα ἕτερα παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν γνώμην συμβαίνει, ὑπομνηστέον αὐτοὺς ὡς ἄρα τοῦτʼ ἦν ἐκεῖνο τὸ διττὸν καὶ ἑτερογενὲς τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν συμπλοκῆς, λέγω δὴ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, παρʼ ὃ καὶ ψυχῆς οὐσία, τὴν φύσιν οὖσα νοερὰ καὶ λογικὴ, ἐν νηπιάζοντι κατὰ φύσιν σώματι παρὰ φύσιν αὐτὴ χώραν ἀλόγου μετείληφε· καὶ νοῦς ὁ φρονήσεως οἰκεῖος ἀφραίνει πολλάκις κατά τι συμβεβηκὸς, παρατραπεὶς ἐν ὑπερβαλλούσαις φέρε σώματος ἀρρωστίαις.
ei dē oun boulomenois pote tina hetera para tēn hēmeteran gnōmēn symbainei, hypomnēsteon autous hōs ara toutʼ ēn ekeino to ditton kai heterogenes tēs en hēmin symplokēs, legō dē psychēs kai sōmatos, parʼ ho kai psychēs ousia, tēn physin ousa noera kai logikē, en nēpiazonti kata physin sōmati para physin autē chōran alogou meteilēphe; kai nous ho phronēseōs oikeios aphrainei pollakis kata ti symbebēkos, paratrapeis en hyperballousais phere sōmatos arrōstiais.
If, then, when we will something, other things sometimes happen contrary to our intention, we should remind ourselves that this is that double and mixed character of the union within us, I mean of soul and body. Because of it the substance of the soul, though intelligent and rational by nature, takes the place of something irrational, against its nature, in a body that is by nature still infantile; and the mind, at home with wisdom, often becomes foolish by some accident, deranged, say, by excessive illnesses of the body.
6.6.32Dindorf 1:281
πολλάκις δὲ καὶ γήρας ἐπελθὸν σώματι κατὰ φύσιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀκμὴν κατορθωμάτων τὴν διάνοιαν ἀπεστέρησε, τῆς νοερᾶς ψυχῆς τὸ λογικὸν παρὰ φύσιν ἀμβλῦναν.
pollakis de kai gēras epelthon sōmati kata physin tōn kata tēn akmēn katorthōmatōn tēn dianoian apesterēse, tēs noeras psychēs to logikon para physin amblynan.
And often old age, coming upon the body by nature, has robbed the understanding of the achievements of its prime, blunting the rational part of the intelligent soul against nature.
6.6.33Dindorf 1:281–282
αἰκίαι δʼ αὖ πάλιν καὶ ἀλγηδόνες σώματι πηρώσεις τε ἐπισυμβᾶσαι πάρα φύσιν, τὸ αὐθεκούσιον τῆς ψυχῆς παρὰ τὸ συμβεβηκὸς ἐξενίκησαν, ἐνδούσης ταῖς ἀλγηδόσι διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ σῶμα συμπλοκήν ’ ὡς ἁλίσκεσθαι δεσμὸν ἄφυκτον ἐμποδὼν προβεβλῆσθαι τῷ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἐλευθέρῳ τοτὲ μὲν τὴν τοῦ σώματος φύσιν, τοτὲ δὲ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἐπισυμβαίνοντα.
aikiai dʼ au palin kai algēdones sōmati pērōseis te episymbasai para physin, to authekousion tēs psychēs para to symbebēkos exenikēsan, endousēs tais algēdosi dia tēn pros to sōma symplokēn ’ hōs haliskesthai desmon aphykton empodōn probeblēsthai tǭ kata psychēn eleutherǭ tote men tēn tou sōmatos physin, tote de ta ektos episymbainonta.
Again, injuries and pains and mutilations that befall the body against nature have, by accident, overpowered the soul's free will, as it gives way to the pains because of its union with the body; so that sometimes the nature of the body, sometimes what happens from outside, is found to have been thrown in the way of the soul's freedom as an inescapable bond.
6.6.34Dindorf 1:282
ἦν δὲ ἄρα καὶ τὸ τῆς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν προαιρέσεως εἰς τοσοῦτον ἧκον ἀρετῆς καὶ ἰσχύος ὡς ἀντιβαίνειν ἐπὶ πολλῶν τολμᾶν καὶ ἀντιλέγειν τῇ τε τοῦ σώματος φύσει καὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν ἐπισυμβαίνουσιν.
ēn de ara kai to tēs ephʼ hēmin proaireseōs eis tosouton hēkon aretēs kai ischyos hōs antibainein epi pollōn tolman kai antilegein tę̄ te tou sōmatos physei kai tois exōthen episymbainousin.
Yet the power of the choice that is in our power has come to such a degree of virtue and strength that in many cases it dares to resist and contradict both the nature of the body and what happens from outside.
6.6.35Dindorf 1:282
ἡ μέν γε τοῦ σώματος φύσις ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀφροδισίων ὁρμὴν τὸν ἄνδρα καλεῖ, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ λόγῳ σώφρονι χαλινὸν ἐμβαλοῦσα τῷ πάθει κρείττων καθίσταται τῆς τοῦ σώματος φύσεως· καὶ πάλιν ἡ μὲν πεινῆν καὶ διψῆν καὶ ῥιγοῦν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα προσαναγκάζουσα ἐπὶ τὰς κατὰ φύσιν θεραπείας τε καὶ πληρώσεις παρακαλεῖ, ἡ δὲ προαίρεσις λόγοις σώφροσιν ἀναπεισθεῖσα, καί τινας ἀσκητικὰς προτροπὰς αὐθεκουσίως ἀγαπήσασα, πολυημέροις ἀσιτίαις καὶ καρτερίαις παρακρούεται τὴν τοῦ σώματος φύσιν, ἀρετῇ λογισμοῦ κρίνασα τοῦτο καὶ ἑλομένη.
hē men ge tou sōmatos physis epi tēn tōn aphrodisiōn hormēn ton andra kalei, hē de psychē logǭ sōphroni chalinon embalousa tǭ pathei kreittōn kathistatai tēs tou sōmatos physeōs; kai palin hē men peinēn kai dipsēn kai rhigoun kai ta toiauta prosanankazousa epi tas kata physin therapeias te kai plērōseis parakalei, hē de proairesis logois sōphrosin anapeistheisa, kai tinas askētikas protropas authekousiōs agapēsasa, polyēmerois asitiais kai karteriais parakrouetai tēn tou sōmatos physin, aretę̄ logismou krinasa touto kai helomenē.
The nature of the body calls a man to the impulse of sexual desire, but the soul, putting a bridle on the passion by temperate reason, becomes master of the body's nature. Again, the body, compelling us to be hungry, thirsty, and cold and the like, calls us to the remedies and satisfactions that accord with nature; but the will, persuaded by temperate arguments and freely embracing certain ascetic exhortations, overrides the nature of the body with fasts and endurance lasting many days, having judged and chosen this by the virtue of its reasoning.
6.6.36Dindorf 1:282
καὶ αὖ πάλιν ἡ μὲν κατὰ φύσιν πάσαις ἡδοναῖς χαίρει καὶ τῇ λείᾳ τῶν σωμάτων κινήσει, ἡ δὲ προαίρεσις ἀρετῆς ἐπιθυμίᾳ τὸν ἐπίπονον καὶ τραχὺν ἠσπάσατο βίον.
kai au palin hē men kata physin pasais hēdonais chairei kai tę̄ leią tōn sōmatōn kinēsei, hē de proairesis aretēs epithymią ton epiponon kai trachyn ēspasato bion.
And again, the body by nature delights in all pleasures and in the smooth movement of bodies, but the will, out of desire for virtue, has embraced the laborious and rough life.
6.6.37Dindorf 1:282
εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον τραπέντες “ μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν, ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσι τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι.
eisi de hoi kai epi to cheiron trapentes “ metēllaxan tēn physikēn chrēsin eis tēn para physin, arsenes en arsesi tēn aschēmosynēn katergazomenoi.
And there are those who have turned for the worse and "exchanged the natural use for that which is against nature, males working shamelessness with males."
6.6.38Dindorf 1:282–283
οὕτως ἄρα καὶ τῇ φύσει οὐ κατὰ πάντα ἐνδίδωσιν ὁ λογισμὸς, κρατεῖ δὲ ἐν πλείστοις, ὡς καὶ κρατεῖται, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν αὐτὸς ἄγει, τοτὲ δὲ αὐτὸς ἄγεται, ὡς καὶ πρὸ ὥρας ἔσθʼ ὅπη χερσὶν ἐπισπᾶσθαι τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τοῦ σώματος, ὅτε τὸ ζῆν αὐτῷ μὴ λυσιτελὲς κριθείη.
houtōs ara kai tę̄ physei ou kata panta endidōsin ho logismos, kratei de en pleistois, hōs kai krateitai, kai tote men autos agei, tote de autos agetai, hōs kai pro hōras esthʼ hopē chersin epispasthai tēn apallagēn tou sōmatos, hote to zēn autǭ mē lysiteles kritheiē.
So reason does not yield to nature in everything; it prevails in very many things, just as it is also overcome; and at times it leads, at times it is itself led, so that sometimes it even draws on itself with its own hands release from the body before its time, when life is judged not to profit it.
6.6.39Dindorf 1:283
εἰ μὲν οὖν πρὸς μόνην τὴν οἰκείαν τοῦ σώματος φύσιν ὁ πᾶς ἀγὼν ἦν αὐτῷ, μέτριος ἂν ἦν οὗτος ’ ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν πολιτείαν καὶ τὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις βίον ὁ θεὸς αὐτῷ μεταξὺ πολλῶν καταβέβληται, ὡς μετὰ θηρίων καὶ ἑρπετῶν ἰοβόλων, ἐν μέσῳ τε πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατος ἀέρος τε τοῦ περιέχοντος καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις ἅπασι παρηλλαγμένων καὶ διαφόρων φύσεων τὰς διατριβὰς πεποιῆσθαι, εἰκότως αὐτῷ ἡ διαμάχη καὶ ἡ ἔνστασις οὐ πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐστὶ καὶ συνημμένην αὐτῷ μόνον φύσιν τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς μυρία τὰ ἐκτὸς συμβεβηκότα, ὧν ἐν μέσῳ ζῇ ὁ τὸν θνητὸν βίον διεξάγων, ὥστε καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα καρτερῶς ἀντέχειν.
ei men oun pros monēn tēn oikeian tou sōmatos physin ho pas agōn ēn autǭ, metrios an ēn houtos ’ epei de tēn politeian kai ton en anthrōpois bion ho theos autǭ metaxy pollōn katabeblētai, hōs meta thēriōn kai herpetōn iobolōn, en mesǭ te pyros kai hydatos aeros te tou periechontos kai tōn en toutois hapasi parēllagmenōn kai diaphorōn physeōn tas diatribas pepoiēsthai, eikotōs autǭ hē diamachē kai hē enstasis ou pros tēn oikeian esti kai synēmmenēn autǭ monon physin tou sōmatos, alla kai pros myria ta ektos symbebēkota, hōn en mesǭ zę̄ ho ton thnēton bion diexagōn, hōste kai pros tauta karterōs antechein.
Now if a person's whole contest were with the proper nature of his body alone, it would be moderate. But since God has set his civic and social life among many things, so that he spends his days with wild beasts and venomous reptiles, in the midst of fire and water and the surrounding air, and of the varied and differing natures in all of these, it is fitting that his struggle and resistance should be not only against the nature of the body that is his own and joined to him, but also against countless external accidents in the midst of which the one who passes mortal life lives, so that he must hold out bravely against these too.
6.6.40Dindorf 1:283
πολλαὶ γοῦν ἤδη καὶ τοιόνδε τροφῶν φύσεις καὶ τοιαίδε συγκράσεις τοῦ περιέχοντος, κρυμῶν τε ἐπιφοραὶ καὶ φλογμῶν ἐκκαύσεις, πλεῖστά τε ἄλλα κατά τινας οἰκείους λόγους φυσικῶς μὲν κινούμενα, συμβατικῶς δὲ ἡμῖν προσπίπτοντα τάραχον οὐ τὸν τυχόντα τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτεξουσίῳ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ σῶμα συμπλοκὴν παρέσχηκε, τῆς τῶν ἡμετέρων σωμάτων φύσεως τὰς τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπιφορὰς οὐχ ὑπομενούσης, κρατουμένης δὲ καὶ νικωμένης ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκτὸς κατὰ φύσιν οἰκείαν ἐπιτελουμένων.
pollai goun ēdē kai toionde trophōn physeis kai toiaide synkraseis tou periechontos, krymōn te epiphorai kai phlogmōn ekkauseis, pleista te alla kata tinas oikeious logous physikōs men kinoumena, symbatikōs de hēmin prospiptonta tarachon ou ton tychonta tǭ kathʼ hēmas autexousiǭ dia tēn pros to sōma symplokēn pareschēke, tēs tōn hēmeterōn sōmatōn physeōs tas tōn exōthen epiphoras ouch hypomenousēs, kratoumenēs de kai nikōmenēs hypo tōn ektos kata physin oikeian epiteloumenōn.
Many particular kinds of food, at any rate, and particular mixtures of the air, onsets of frost and blazes of heat, and very many other things, moving naturally by certain principles of their own but falling on us by accident, have caused no small disturbance to our free will because of its union with the body, since the nature of our bodies does not withstand the onsets of things from outside but is overpowered and defeated by external things acting according to their own nature.
6.6.41Dindorf 1:283
πάλιν τε αὖ, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ πλείστων ἀνδρῶν ποιούμεθα τὰς διατριβὰς, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ τῆς ἴσης ἡμῖν λαχόντες οὐσίας τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας ἐξουσίας ἀποφέρονται, ἐλευθέρᾳ τῇ σφῶν χρώμενοι προαιρέσει, ταύτῃ πάλιν εἰκότως καὶ ταῖς ἑτέρων γνώμαις ὑποκεισόμεθα, τοῦ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων αὐτεξουσίου ὧδέ πως ἡμῖν κατὰ τοῦ σώματος ἢ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν χρωμένου.
palin te au, epeidē meta pleistōn andrōn poioumetha tas diatribas, hoi de kai autoi tēs isēs hēmin lachontes ousias to ephʼ hēmin autois epi tēs idias exousias apopherontai, eleutherą tę̄ sphōn chrōmenoi proairesei, tautę̄ palin eikotōs kai tais heterōn gnōmais hypokeisometha, tou autōn ekeinōn autexousiou hōde pōs hēmin kata tou sōmatos ē peri tēn psychēn chrōmenou.
And again, since we spend our lives with a great many people, and they too, having been given the same substance as we, exercise what is in their power by their own authority, using their own free choice, in this way too we shall naturally be subject to the decisions of others, when their free will makes use of us in some such way, against the body or concerning the soul.
6.6.42Dindorf 1:283–284
ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν φύσις νικᾶται πολλάκις πρὸς τῶν ἔξωθεν προσπιπτόντων, οὕτως ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ προαίρεσις ὑπὸ μυρίων ἔξωθεν ἐνοχλουμένη προαιρέσεων, αὐτεξουσίῳ γνώμῃ πεισθεῖσα, ἑαυτὴν τοῖς ἔξωθεν ἐπιδίδωσι, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν βελτίων, τοτὲ δὲ χείρων ἀποτελεῖται. οἶδε γὰρ συνουσία φαύλη κακύνειν, ὥσπερ αὖ τούναντίον ποιεῖν ἀμείνους τῶν καλῶν ὁμιλία. “ φθείρουσι γὰρ ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί, ” ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ σώζουσι βελτιοῦσαι τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἱ συνουσίαι.
hōsper gar hē tou sōmatos hēmōn physis nikatai pollakis pros tōn exōthen prospiptontōn, houtōs estin hote kai proairesis hypo myriōn exōthen enochloumenē proaireseōn, autexousiǭ gnōmę̄ peistheisa, heautēn tois exōthen epididōsi, kai tote men beltiōn, tote de cheirōn apoteleitai. oide gar synousia phaulē kakynein, hōsper au tounantion poiein ameinous tōn kalōn homilia. “ phtheirousi gar ēthē chrēsta homiliai kakai, ” hōsper oun kai sōzousi beltiousai tōn agathōn hai synousiai.
For just as the nature of our body is often overcome by things falling on it from outside, so there are times when the will too, troubled by countless choices from outside, is persuaded by its own free judgment and gives itself over to things outside, and is made at times better, at times worse. For bad company is apt to corrupt, just as, conversely, the society of good people makes us better. "For bad company corrupts good morals," just as the companionship of the good preserves and improves.
6.6.43Dindorf 1:284
καὶ λόγοις μὲν ἡ λογικὴ τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμις τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπισυμβαινόντων ὧδέ πως καὶ τῇδε φέρεται ’ ἰσχύει δὲ πάλιν οἰκεία καὶ λογικῆς οὐσίας ἀρετὴ, καὶ θείαν ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ θεοειδῆ τὴν δύναμιν ἐπιδείκνυται, ὅτε πρὸς πάντα τὰ ἐκτὸς ἀντέχουσα, καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐλευθέρῳ φρονήματι ὑπερνικῶσα, πρὸς οὐδὲν τῆς οἰκείας ἀρετῆς ὑφιεμένη, φιλοσοφεῖν παρεσκεύασται. ὅτε μὴν ὀλιγωρεῖ, ὑπὸ τῶν χειρόνων τὰ χείριστα διατίθεται, ὥσπερ οὑν καὶ βελτιοῦται τῆς ἔξωθεν τυγχάνουσα ἐπιμελείας.
kai logois men hē logikē tēs psychēs dynamis tōn exōthen episymbainontōn hōde pōs kai tę̄de pheretai ’ ischyei de palin oikeia kai logikēs ousias aretē, kai theian hōs alēthōs kai theoeidē tēn dynamin epideiknytai, hote pros panta ta ektos antechousa, kai ta panta eleutherǭ phronēmati hypernikōsa, pros ouden tēs oikeias aretēs hyphiemenē, philosophein pareskeuastai. hote mēn oligōrei, hypo tōn cheironōn ta cheirista diatithetai, hōsper houn kai beltioutai tēs exōthen tynchanousa epimeleias.
And the rational power of the soul is carried this way and that by the arguments of what happens to it from outside; but again the proper virtue of the rational substance is strong, and shows its power to be truly divine and godlike, when, holding out against all external things and conquering them all with a free mind, yielding nothing of its own virtue, it is made ready to pursue philosophy. When it is careless, however, it is brought by the worse into the worst state, just as it is also improved when it receives care from outside.
6.6.44Dindorf 1:284
τί χρὴ λέγειν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὡς καὶ φοραὶ καὶ ἀφορίαι τοιῶνδε ψυχῶν καὶ σωμάτων, κατά τινα περίπτωσιν οἰκείως τῇ τοῦ παντὸς διοικήσει συντελούμεναι, εὑ τε καὶ ὀρθῶς ἔχουσαι τῷ παντὶ, πλείστην ὅσην τοῖς κατὰ μέρος καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῖς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν παντοίας κινήσεως περιουσίαν ἀπειργάσαντο;
ti chrē legein epi toutois, hōs kai phorai kai aphoriai toiōnde psychōn kai sōmatōn, kata tina periptōsin oikeiōs tę̄ tou pantos dioikēsei synteloumenai, heu te kai orthōs echousai tǭ panti, pleistēn hosēn tois kata meros kai dē kai tois ephʼ hēmin pantoias kinēseōs periousian apeirgasanto?
What need is there to add that the fruitfulness and barrenness of souls and bodies of this or that kind, brought about by some chance in a way proper to the government of the universe, and good and right for the whole, have produced a great abundance of every kind of disturbance for individual parts, and indeed for what is in our power?
6.6.45Dindorf 1:284–285
πᾶσιν δὲ καθόλου τοῖς οὖσι, τοῖς τε παρʼ ἡμᾶς γινομένοις καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν αἰτίαν, καὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς ἐπιοῦσι, τοῖς τε φυσικῶς ἐνεργουμένοις, μία παναλκὴς καὶ παντοδύναμος ἐπιστατεῖ ἡ διὰ πάντων ἐπιπορευομένη τοῦ θεοῦ πρόνοια, ἣ καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα θειοτέροις ἡμῖν τε ἀρρήτοις οἰκονομεῖ λόγοις, εὐηνίως τὸ πᾶν διακυβερνῶσα, πολλά τε καὶ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐπὶ τὸ προσῆκον τοῖς καιροῖς μετασκευάζουσα, συνεργοῦσά τε καὶ συμπράττουσα τοῖς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, καὶ τοῖς ἐκτὸς πάλιν συμβαίνουσι τὴν δέουσαν τάξιν ἀπονέμουσα.
pasin de katholou tois ousi, tois te parʼ hēmas ginomenois kai para tēn hēmeteran aitian, kai tois exōthen kata symbebēkos epiousi, tois te physikōs energoumenois, mia panalkēs kai pantodynamos epistatei hē dia pantōn epiporeuomenē tou theou pronoia, hē kai ta pleista theioterois hēmin te arrētois oikonomei logois, euēniōs to pan diakybernōsa, polla te kai tōn kata physin epi to prosēkon tois kairois metaskeuazousa, synergousa te kai symprattousa tois ephʼ hēmin, kai tois ektos palin symbainousi tēn deousan taxin aponemousa.
Yet over all beings universally, those that come about through us and through our own cause, those that come upon us by accident from outside, and those brought about by nature, there presides one all-powerful and almighty providence of God that goes through all things. It manages most things by principles more divine and inexpressible to us, steering the whole with a ready rein, changing many even of the things of nature to what fits the times, working together and cooperating with what is in our power, and assigning in turn the proper order to what happens from outside.
6.6.46Dindorf 1:285
Τούτων εἰς τρία τοῦτον διῃρημένων τὸν τρόπον, εἴς τε τὰ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, καὶ τὰ κατὰ φύσιν γινόμενα, τά τε κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς, πάντων δὲ ἐφʼ ἔνα λόγον τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ βουλῆς ἀνακεφαλαιουμένων, οὐδαμοῦ μὲν ὁ περὶ εἱμαρμένης χώραν ἔξει λόγος.
Toutōn eis tria touton dię̄rēmenōn ton tropon, eis te ta ephʼ hēmin, kai ta kata physin ginomena, ta te kata symbebēkos, pantōn de ephʼ ena logon ton ek theou boulēs anakephalaioumenōn, oudamou men ho peri heimarmenēs chōran exei logos.
Since these things are divided in this way into three, what is in our power, what comes about by nature, and what is accidental, and all are summed up under one principle, that of the will of God, the doctrine of fate will have no place anywhere.
6.6.47Dindorf 1:285
γένοιτο δʼ ἂν ἡμῖν εὑρημένη καὶ ἡ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀπορουμένη τῆς κακίας πηγὴ, ἐν οὐδενὶ μὲν χώραν ἔχουσα τῶν κατὰ φύσιν, οὔτʼ ἐν σώμασιν οὔτʼ ἐν οὐσίαις, πολλοῦ δεῖ ἐν τοῖς κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς ἔξωθεν ἐπιγινομένοις· εὑρεθείη δʼ ἂν ἐν μόνῃ τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοπροαιρέτῳ κινήσει, καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ οὐχ ὅτε κατὰ φύσιν ὁδεύουσα τὴν εὐθεῖαν βαδίζει, ἀλλʼ ὅτε τῆς βασιλικῆς ἐκστᾶσα οἰκείᾳ γνώμῃ τὴν παρὰ φύσιν τρέπεται, αὐτὴ ἑαυτῆς καθεστῶσα κυρία
genoito dʼ an hēmin heurēmenē kai hē para tois pollois aporoumenē tēs kakias pēgē, en oudeni men chōran echousa tōn kata physin, outʼ en sōmasin outʼ en ousiais, pollou dei en tois kata symbebēkos exōthen epiginomenois; heuretheiē dʼ an en monę̄ tę̄ tēs psychēs autoproairetǭ kinēsei, kai en tautę̄ ouch hote kata physin hodeuousa tēn eutheian badizei, allʼ hote tēs basilikēs ekstasa oikeią gnōmę̄ tēn para physin trepetai, autē heautēs kathestōsa kyria
And we shall also have found the source of evil, which perplexes most people. It has no place in any of the things that are by nature, neither in bodies nor in substances, still less in what happens by accident from outside. It would be found only in the self-chosen movement of the soul, and in this not when it travels by nature and walks the straight way, but when it steps off the royal road and by its own decision turns to what is against nature, being its own master.
6.6.48Dindorf 1:285
ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο γέρας ἐξαίρετον παρὰ θεοῦ λαβοῦσα ἐλευθέρα καὶ αὐτοκράτωρ τυγχάνει, τῆς οἰκείας ὁρμῆς τὸ κριτήριον εἰς ἑαυτὴν ἀναδεδεγμένη· νόμος δὲ θεῖος αὐτῇ συνεζευγμένος κατὰ φύσιν, λαμπτῆρος καὶ φωστῆρος δίκην, ἐπιφωνεῖ ἔνδοθεν ὑπηχῶν αὐτῇ καὶ λέγων, Ὁδῷ βασιλικῇ πορεύσῃ, οὐκ ἐκκλινεῖς δεξιὰ οὐδὲ ἀριστερά· βασιλικὴν τὴν κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον πορείαν εἶναι διδάσκων.
epeidē touto geras exaireton para theou labousa eleuthera kai autokratōr tynchanei, tēs oikeias hormēs to kritērion eis heautēn anadedegmenē; nomos de theios autę̄ synezeugmenos kata physin, lamptēros kai phōstēros dikēn, epiphōnei endothen hypēchōn autę̄ kai legōn, Hodǭ basilikę̄ poreusę̄, ouk ekklineis dexia oude aristera; basilikēn tēn kata ton orthon logon poreian einai didaskōn.
For having received this special privilege from God, it is free and self-governing, having taken into itself the judgment of its own impulse. But a divine law, yoked to it by nature like a lamp and a light, calls out to it, sounding within it and saying, "You shall go by the royal road; you shall not turn aside to the right or to the left," teaching that the royal road is the course that follows right reason.
6.6.49Dindorf 1:285–286
τοῦτον γὰρ ἁπάσῃ ψυχῇ φυσικὸν νόμον βοηθὸν αὐτῇ καὶ σύμμαχον ἐπὶ τῶν πρακτέων ὁ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸς ὑπεστήσατο, διὰ μὲν τοῦ νόμου τὴν εὐθεῖαν αὐτῇ παραδείξας ὁδὸν, διὰ δὲ τῆς αὐτῇ δεδωρημένης αὐτεξουσίου ἐλευθερίας τὴν τῶν κρειττόνων αἵρεσιν ἐπαίνου καὶ ἀποδοχῆς ἀξίαν ἀποφήνας γερῶν τε καὶ μειζόνων ἐπάθλων τῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς κατορθουμένοις, ὅτι μὴ βεβιασμένως, γνώμῃ δὲ αὐτεξουσίῳ κατώρθου, παρὸν καὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἑλέσθαι· ὡς ἔμπαλιν τὴν τὰ χείριστα ἑλομένην ψόγου καὶ τιμωρίας εἶναι ἀξίαν, ἅτε οἰκείᾳ κινήσει τοῦ μὲν κατὰ φύσιν νόμου παραμελήσασαν, κακίας δὲ ἀρχὴν καὶ πηγὴν ἀπογεννήσασαν, φαύλως τε ἑαυτῇ κεχρημένην οὐκ ἔκ τινος ἔξωθεν ἀνάγκης, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἐλευθέρας γνώμης καὶ κρίσεως.
touton gar hapasę̄ psychę̄ physikon nomon boēthon autę̄ kai symmachon epi tōn prakteōn ho tōn holōn dēmiourgos hypestēsato, dia men tou nomou tēn eutheian autę̄ paradeixas hodon, dia de tēs autę̄ dedōrēmenēs autexousiou eleutherias tēn tōn kreittonōn hairesin epainou kai apodochēs axian apophēnas gerōn te kai meizonōn epathlōn tōn epi tois katorthoumenois, hoti mē bebiasmenōs, gnōmę̄ de autexousiǭ katōrthou, paron kai tēn enantian helesthai; hōs empalin tēn ta cheirista helomenēn psogou kai timōrias einai axian, hate oikeią kinēsei tou men kata physin nomou paramelēsasan, kakias de archēn kai pēgēn apogennēsasan, phaulōs te heautę̄ kechrēmenēn ouk ek tinos exōthen anankēs, allʼ ex eleutheras gnōmēs kai kriseōs.
For the maker of the universe established this natural law in every soul as its helper and ally in what it must do. Through the law he showed it the straight road, and through the free self-determination given to it he declared the choice of the better worthy of praise and acceptance and of greater prizes and rewards for what is done rightly, because it did right not under compulsion but by free judgment, when it could also have chosen the opposite; and conversely, that the soul that chooses the worst deserves blame and punishment, since by its own movement it neglected the natural law, gave birth to the beginning and source of evil, and used itself badly, not from any necessity outside but from free judgment and decision.
6.6.50Dindorf 1:286
αἰτία δὴ τοῦ ἑλομένου, θεὸς ἀναίτιος. οὔτε γὰρ φύσιν φαύλην ὁ θεὸς εἰργάσατο, οὐδέ γε ψυχῆς οὐσίαν· ἀγαθῷ γὰρ οὐδὲν πλὴν ἀγαθὰ δημιουργεῖν θέμις. ἀγαθὸν δὲ πᾶν ὅ τι κατὰ φύσιν. ψυχῇ δὲ πάσῃ λογικῇ κατὰ φύσιν πάρεστι τὸ αὐτεξούσιον ἀγαθὸν, καὶ τοῦτο ἐπʼ ἀγαθῶν αἱρέσει γεγενημένον.
aitia dē tou helomenou, theos anaitios. oute gar physin phaulēn ho theos eirgasato, oude ge psychēs ousian; agathǭ gar ouden plēn agatha dēmiourgein themis. agathon de pan ho ti kata physin. psychę̄ de pasę̄ logikę̄ kata physin paresti to autexousion agathon, kai touto epʼ agathōn hairesei gegenēmenon.
The blame lies with the one who chooses; God is blameless. For God made no evil nature, nor indeed the substance of the soul evil; for it is not lawful for the good to make anything but good things. And everything natural is good. And free will is present by nature in every rational soul as a good, and this was brought into being for the choice of good things.
6.6.51Dindorf 1:286
φαύλως δὲ ὅτε πράττει, οὐ τὴν φύσιν αἰτιατέον. οὐ γὰρ κατὰ φύσιν, παρὰ φύσιν δὲ αὐτῇ γίνεται τὸ φαῦλον, προαιρέσεως ὂν, ἀλλʼ οὐ φύσεως ἔργον. ᾧ γὰρ παρήν δύναμις τῆς τἀγαθοῦ αἱρέσεως, ὅτε μὴ τοῦτο εἴλετο, ἑκὼν δὲ τὸ κρεῖττον ἀπεστράφη τοῦ χείρονος μεταποιηθεὶς, τίς ἂν τούτῳ τόπος ἀποφυγῆς λείποιτο τῆς οἰκείας αἰτίῳ καταστάντι νόσου, τοῦ τε συμφύτου νόμου σωτῆρος οἶα καὶ ἰατροῦ παραμελήσαντι;
phaulōs de hote prattei, ou tēn physin aitiateon. ou gar kata physin, para physin de autę̄ ginetai to phaulon, proaireseōs on, allʼ ou physeōs ergon. hǭ gar parēn dynamis tēs tagathou haireseōs, hote mē touto eileto, hekōn de to kreitton apestraphē tou cheironos metapoiētheis, tis an toutǭ topos apophygēs leipoito tēs oikeias aitiǭ katastanti nosou, tou te symphytou nomou sōtēros oia kai iatrou paramelēsanti?
When the soul acts badly, nature is not to be blamed. For evil does not come to it according to nature but against nature, being the work of choice, not of nature. For one who had the power to choose the good, when he did not choose it, but willingly turned away from the better and took up the worse, what room for escape would be left to him, since he has become the cause of his own sickness and has neglected the inborn law, his savior and physician?
6.6.52Dindorf 1:286
ὁ δὴ τούτων ἀπάντων μηδένα λόγον ποιούμενος, ἀνάγκης τε καὶ ἄστρων φορᾶς ἀναρτῶν τὰ πάντα, τῆς τε τῶν πλημμελουμένων ἀνθρώποις ἀτοπίας μὴ ἐξ ἡμῶν εἶναι φάσκων τὰ αἴτια, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς τὰ πάντα κινούσης δυνάμεως, πῶς οὐκ ἀνόσιον καὶ δυσσεβῆ λογισμὸν εἰσφέροι ἄν;
ho dē toutōn apantōn mēdena logon poioumenos, anankēs te kai astrōn phoras anartōn ta panta, tēs te tōn plēmmeloumenōn anthrōpois atopias mē ex hēmōn einai phaskōn ta aitia, allʼ ek tēs ta panta kinousēs dynameōs, pōs ouk anosion kai dyssebē logismon eispheroi an?
And one who takes no account of all this, hanging everything on necessity and the movement of the stars, and saying that the causes of the wrongs people commit are not from us but from the power that moves all things, how would he not be introducing an unholy and impious way of thinking?
6.6.53Dindorf 1:286–287
εἴτε γὰρ αὐτόματον καὶ ἀπρονόητον θείη τὴν τοῦ παντὸς φορὰν, ἐλέγχοιτʼ ἂν ὡς αὐτόθεν ἄθεος, πρὸς τῷ καὶ ἀβλεπτεῖν περὶ τὴν πάνσοφον ἁρμονίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅλων διάταξιν εὖ καὶ ἐν κόσμῳ τὴν διʼ αἰῶνος κίνησιν ἀνακυκλουμένην· εἴτε θεοῦ πρόνοιαν ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν ἐπιστατεῖν τε πᾶσι καὶ πανσόφῳ λόγῳ διοικεῖν ὁμολογήσει, οὐδʼ οὕτω τοῦ δυσσεβοῦς ἐκπέφευγε τὴν ἀτοπίαν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἁμαρτανομένων τοὺς μὲν πλημμελοῦντας ἀπολύει, ὡς μηδὲν τῶν ἀτόπων ἐξ οἰκείας γνώμης διαπεπραγμένους, ἀνάγει δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν κακῶν ἐπὶ τὴν καθόλου πρόνοιαν, ἀνάγκην αὐτὴν καὶ εἱμαρμένην ἀποκαλῶν, καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις αἰσχρουργίας καὶ ἀρρητοποιίας ὠμότητός τε καὶ μιαιφονίας αἰτίαν εἶναι λέγων.
eite gar automaton kai apronoēton theiē tēn tou pantos phoran, elenchoitʼ an hōs autothen atheos, pros tǭ kai ableptein peri tēn pansophon harmonian kai tēn tōn holōn diataxin eu kai en kosmǭ tēn diʼ aiōnos kinēsin anakykloumenēn; eite theou pronoian agein kai pherein epistatein te pasi kai pansophǭ logǭ dioikein homologēsei, oudʼ houtō tou dyssebous ekpepheuge tēn atopian, epeidē tōn en anthrōpois hamartanomenōn tous men plēmmelountas apolyei, hōs mēden tōn atopōn ex oikeias gnōmēs diapepragmenous, anagei de tēn aitian tōn kakōn epi tēn katholou pronoian, anankēn autēn kai heimarmenēn apokalōn, kai pasēs tēs en anthrōpois aischrourgias kai arrētopoiias ōmotētos te kai miaiphonias aitian einai legōn.
For if he holds that the movement of the universe is spontaneous and without providence, he would be convicted at once of atheism, besides being blind to the all-wise harmony and the ordering of the whole, and to the motion that revolves well and in order through the ages. But if he admits that the providence of God leads and carries all things, presides over all, and governs them by all-wise reason, not even so has he escaped the absurdity of impiety; for he acquits those who do wrong among men of the sins committed, as though they had done none of their outrages by their own decision, and he refers the cause of evils to providence in general, calling it necessity and fate, and saying that it is the cause of all the shameful and unspeakable deeds, the cruelty and the bloodshed among men.
6.6.54Dindorf 1:287
καὶ τίς ἂν εἴη τούτου δυσσεβὴς ἄλλος, τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν, αὐτὸν δὴ τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ δημιουργὸν τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς, εἰσάγων ἐπάναγκες ἐκβιαζόμενον τόνδε μὲν οὐκ ἐθέλοντα ἀσεβεῖν τοῦτο πράττειν, καὶ ἄθεον εἶναι κατʼ ἀνάγκην, καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὸν βλάσφημον, τόνδε δὲ, ὃν αὐτὸς τὴν φύσιν ἄρρενα συνεστήσατο, πάσχειν παρὰ φύσιν τὰ θηλειῶν οὐ κατὰ προαίρεσιν, κατηναγκασμένον δὲ πρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἄλλον ἀνδροφόνον γίνεσθαι μὴ παρὰ τὴν οἰκείαν γνώμην, ὑπʼ ἀνάγκης δὲ ἐλαυνόμενον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς μηδʼ εὐλόγως ἐπιμέμφεσθαι τοῖς πλημμελοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι μηδὲ ἁμαρτήματα ταῦτʼ εἶναι ἡγεῖσθαι, ἢ τῶν κακῶν ἁπάντων ποιητὴν εἶναι τὸν θεὸν ἀποφαίνεσθαι;
kai tis an eiē toutou dyssebēs allos, ton tōn holōn theon, auton dē ton poiētēn kai dēmiourgon toude tou pantos, eisagōn epanankes ekbiazomenon tonde men ouk ethelonta asebein touto prattein, kai atheon einai katʼ anankēn, kai eis heauton blasphēmon, tonde de, hon autos tēn physin arrena synestēsato, paschein para physin ta thēleiōn ou kata proairesin, katēnankasmenon de pros autou, kai allon androphonon ginesthai mē para tēn oikeian gnōmēn, hypʼ anankēs de elaunomenon tou theou, hōs mēdʼ eulogōs epimemphesthai tois plēmmelousin, allʼ ētoi mēde hamartēmata tautʼ einai hēgeisthai, ē tōn kakōn hapantōn poiētēn einai ton theon apophainesthai?
And who could be more impious than one who presents the God of the universe, the very maker and creator of this whole world, as forcing by necessity one man who does not wish to be impious to do so, and to be an atheist by necessity and a blasphemer against himself; another, whom he himself made male by nature, to suffer against nature what belongs to women, not by his own choice but compelled by God; and another to become a murderer, not by his own decision but driven by God's necessity, so that one could not reasonably blame wrongdoers, but must either think that these are not sins at all, or declare that God is the maker of all evils?
6.6.55Dindorf 1:287
εἴτε γὰρ αὐτὸς τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐπιπαρὼν καὶ τὰ πάντα ὁρῶν καὶ πάντα ἀκούων ταῦτα πράττειν ἀναγκάζει, εἴτε τὴν τοῦ παντὸς φορὰν καὶ τὴν τοιάνδε τῶν ἄστρων κίνησιν αὐτὸς τούτων ποιητικὴν καὶ ἀναγκαστικὴν ὑπεστήσατο, ὁ τὸ τοιόνδε συστήσας ὄργανον, καὶ τὴν τῶν θηρωμένων παγίδα μηχανησάμενος, εἴη ἂν αὐτὸς ὁ καὶ τῶν ἁλισκομένων αἴτιος.
eite gar autos tois pasin epiparōn kai ta panta horōn kai panta akouōn tauta prattein anankazei, eite tēn tou pantos phoran kai tēn toiande tōn astrōn kinēsin autos toutōn poiētikēn kai anankastikēn hypestēsato, ho to toionde systēsas organon, kai tēn tōn thērōmenōn pagida mēchanēsamenos, eiē an autos ho kai tōn haliskomenōn aitios.
For whether he himself, present to all things and seeing and hearing all things, compels them to do these deeds, or he established the movement of the universe and such a motion of the stars as productive and compulsive of them, the one who constructed such an instrument and devised the snare for the hunted would himself be the cause of those who are caught.
6.6.56Dindorf 1:287–288
εἴτʼ οὖν αὐτὸς καθʼ ἑαυτὸν, εἴτʼ οὖν πάλιν αὐτὸς διά τινος ἄλλης πρὸς αὐτοῦ μεμηχανημένης ἀνάγκης τοὺς οὐκ ἐθέλοντας τοῖσδε τοῖς κακοῖς περιβάλλει, αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλος, ὁ πάντων κακῶν ποιητικὸς, καὶ οὐκέτʼ ἂν ἐν δίκῃ ἡμαρτηκὼς ὁ ἄνθρωπος λέγοιτο, ἀλλʼ ὁ τούτου ποιητὴς θεός.
eitʼ oun autos kathʼ heauton, eitʼ oun palin autos dia tinos allēs pros autou memēchanēmenēs anankēs tous ouk ethelontas toisde tois kakois periballei, autos an eiē, kai ouk allos, ho pantōn kakōn poiētikos, kai ouketʼ an en dikę̄ hēmartēkōs ho anthrōpos legoito, allʼ ho toutou poiētēs theos.
Whether, then, he by himself, or again he through some other necessity devised by him, entangles unwilling people in these evils, he himself and no other would be the maker of all evils, and it would no longer be just to say that man has sinned, but God who made him do it.
6.6.57Dindorf 1:288
καὶ τίς ἂν τούτου γένοιτο ἕτερος λόγων ἀσεβέστερος; ὁ δὴ οὑν εἱμαρμένην εἰσάγων ἄντικρυς θεὸν καὶ θεοῦ πρόνοιαν ἐξωθεῖ, ὥσπερ ὁ τὸν θεὸν ἐφιστὰς τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀνέλοι ἂν τὸν περὶ εἱμαρμένης λόγον. ἢ γὰρ ταὐτὸν ἂν εἴη ὁ θεὸς καὶ εἱμαρμένη, ἢ θάτερον διεστὼς ἑτέρου. ταὐτὸν μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο.
kai tis an toutou genoito heteros logōn asebesteros? ho dē houn heimarmenēn eisagōn antikrys theon kai theou pronoian exōthei, hōsper ho ton theon ephistas tois pasin aneloi an ton peri heimarmenēs logon. ē gar tauton an eiē ho theos kai heimarmenē, ē thateron diestōs heterou. tauton men oun ouk an genoito.
And what doctrine could be more impious than this? The one who brings in fate, then, plainly drives out God and God's providence, just as the one who sets God over all things would do away with the doctrine of fate. For either God and fate would be the same, or the one distinct from the other. They could not be the same.
6.6.58Dindorf 1:288
εἰ γὰρ τὴν εἱμαρμένην εἱρμόν τινα αἰτιῶν εἶναί φασιν ἀπʼ αἰῶνος ἀπαραβάτως καὶ ἀμετακινήτως ἐκ τῆς τῶν οὐρανίων ἄστρων φορᾶς καθήκοντα, πῶς οὐ πρότερα ἂν εἴη τῆς εἱμαρμένης τὰ σωματικὰ στοιχεῖα, ἐξ ὧν καὶ τὰ οὐράνια συνέστηκεν, ὣν τὴν εἱμαρμένην συμβεβηκός τι σύμπτωμα λέγοι ἄν τις εἰκότως;
ei gar tēn heimarmenēn heirmon tina aitiōn einai phasin apʼ aiōnos aparabatōs kai ametakinētōs ek tēs tōn ouraniōn astrōn phoras kathēkonta, pōs ou protera an eiē tēs heimarmenēs ta sōmatika stoicheia, ex hōn kai ta ourania synestēken, hōn tēn heimarmenēn symbebēkos ti symptōma legoi an tis eikotōs?
For if they say that fate is a chain of causes coming down from eternity, unbreakable and unalterable, from the movement of the heavenly stars, how would the bodily elements, of which the heavenly bodies too are composed, not be prior to fate, so that one could fairly call fate an accidental consequence of them?
6.6.59Dindorf 1:288
καὶ πῶς ἂν ταὐτὸν εἴη τὸ συμβεβηκὸς τοῖς στοιχείοις τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ, εἰ δὴ τὰ στοιχεῖα ἄψυχα καὶ ἄλογα κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν ἐπιθεωρεῖται φύσιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἔξω σωμάτων αὐτοζωὴ καὶ σοφία τυγχάνει ὢν, τῆς ἐξ αὐτοῦ δημιουργίας τοῖς τε κατὰ μέρος στοιχείοις καὶ τῇ τῶν ὅλων διακοσμήσει τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν δωρούμενος; οὐ ταὐτὸν ἄρα θεὸς καὶ εἱμαρμένη.
kai pōs an tauton eiē to symbebēkos tois stoicheiois tǭ epi pantōn theǭ, ei dē ta stoicheia apsycha kai aloga kata tēn oikeian epitheōreitai physin, ho de theos exō sōmatōn autozōē kai sophia tynchanei ōn, tēs ex autou dēmiourgias tois te kata meros stoicheiois kai tę̄ tōn holōn diakosmēsei tēn apolausin dōroumenos? ou tauton ara theos kai heimarmenē.
And how could what is accidental to the elements be the same as the God over all, if the elements are seen, in their own nature, to be lifeless and irrational, while God is beyond bodies, life itself and wisdom, granting the enjoyment of his creative work both to the individual elements and to the ordering of the whole? God and fate, then, are not the same.
6.6.60Dindorf 1:288
εἰ δὲ δὴ ἕτερον, πότερον κρεῖττον; ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν τοῦ θεοῦ κάλλιον, οὐδέ τι δυναμικώτερον. οὐκοῦν κρατήσει καὶ περιέσται τοῦ χείρονος, ἢ συγχωρῶν κακοποιῷ τυγχανούσῃ τῇ εἱμαρμένῃ αὐτὸς ἂν ἐφέλκοιτο τὴν αἰτίαν, ὃς δυνατὸς ὢν ἐπισχεῖν τὴν κακοποιὸν ἀνάγκην οὐκ ἐπέσχεν, ἀνῆκε δʼ ἄφετον ἐπὶ λύμῃ καὶ διαφθορᾷ τῶν ἁπάντων, μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτὸς τοῦτο εἰργάσατο, εἰ δὴ πάντων καὶ αὐτῆς εἱμαρμένης ποιητὴς καὶ δημιουργὸς εἰσάγοιτο.
ei de dē heteron, poteron kreitton? allʼ ouden tou theou kallion, oude ti dynamikōteron. oukoun kratēsei kai periestai tou cheironos, ē synchōrōn kakopoiǭ tynchanousę̄ tę̄ heimarmenę̄ autos an ephelkoito tēn aitian, hos dynatos ōn epischein tēn kakopoion anankēn ouk epeschen, anēke dʼ apheton epi lymę̄ kai diaphthorą tōn hapantōn, mallon de autos touto eirgasato, ei dē pantōn kai autēs heimarmenēs poiētēs kai dēmiourgos eisagoito.
And if they are different, which is stronger? But nothing is finer than God, nor anything more powerful. He will therefore master and prevail over the worse; or else, by permitting fate to do evil, he would draw the blame on himself, since, being able to restrain the evil-working necessity, he did not restrain it, but let it loose to the ruin and destruction of all; or rather he himself did this, if he is represented as the maker and creator of all things, fate included.
6.6.61Dindorf 1:288–289
εἰ δʼ οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ λόγος τῆς τοῦ παντὸς διατάξεως, ἀθέων αὖθις ἀνακύψειεν ἂν φωνὴ, πρὸς ἣν τὰς ἀκοὰς ἀποκλειστέον, τῆς ἐνθέου προνοίας καὶ δυνάμεως ἐναργῶς ἀποφαινούσης ἑαυτὴν ἔκ τε τῶν καθόλου πανσόφων καὶ τεχνικῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων ἔκ τε τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἀναμφιλόγως τὴν ἐλευθέραν καὶ αὐτεξούσιον τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς δύναμιν παραδεικνυμένων.
ei dʼ oudeis autǭ logos tēs tou pantos diataxeōs, atheōn authis anakypseien an phōnē, pros hēn tas akoas apokleisteon, tēs entheou pronoias kai dynameōs enargōs apophainousēs heautēn ek te tōn katholou pansophōn kai technikōn apotelesmatōn ek te tōn kathʼ hēmas anamphilogōs tēn eleutheran kai autexousion tēs logikēs psychēs dynamin paradeiknymenōn.
And if he takes no account of the ordering of the universe, the voice of the atheists would raise its head again, to which we must shut our ears, since the divine providence and power plainly shows itself both from the all-wise and skilful works in the universe and from those in us that indisputably display the free and self-determining power of the rational soul.
6.6.62Dindorf 1:289
καθʼ ἣν καίτοι μυρίων ἔξωθεν ἐμποδὼν τῇ τε τοῦ σώματος φύσει ταῖς τε κατὰ προαίρεσιν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ὁρμαῖς κατά τι συμβεβηκὸς προσπιπτόντων, ὅμως πρὸς ἅπαντα τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀρετῆς τὸ ἐλεύθερον ἀντέχει, ἄμαχον καὶ ἀήττητον τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν τῶν καλῶν τὴν αἵρεσιν ἐπιδεικνύμενον.
kathʼ hēn kaitoi myriōn exōthen empodōn tę̄ te tou sōmatos physei tais te kata proairesin ephʼ hēmin hormais kata ti symbebēkos prospiptontōn, homōs pros hapanta tēs kata psychēn aretēs to eleutheron antechei, amachon kai aēttēton to ephʼ hēmin tōn kalōn tēn hairesin epideiknymenon.
By this power, although countless obstacles fall by accident from outside upon the nature of the body and upon the impulses of choice that are in our power, the freedom of the soul's virtue nevertheless holds out against them all, showing that what is in our power, the choice of noble things, cannot be fought down or conquered.
6.6.63Dindorf 1:289
τοῦτο δὲ μάλιστα καὶ ὁ παρὼν καιρὸς τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διδασκαλίας ἔργοις αὐτοῖς παρεστήσατο ὅτι γὰρ ταῦτα μὴ ψόφοι καὶ κενὰ ῥήματα πάρεστί σοι τὸν τῶν θεοσεβῶν ἀγῶνα ἐπιβλέψαι, καὶ συνιδεῖν τοὺς προαιρέσει αὐθεκουσίῳ τοὺς πόνους τῶν ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἄθλων ἀναδεδεγμένους, οὓς καθʼ ὅλης τῆς ἀνθρώπων οἰκουμένης μυρία πλήθη Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων ἐνεδείξατο, πάσας μὲν προθύμως τὰς κατὰ τοῦ σώματος ὑπομείναντα αἰκίας, πᾶν δὲ βασάνων εἶδος φαιδρῷ τῷ προσώπῳ διελθόντα, καὶ τέλος πολυτρόποις σχήμασι τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος λύσιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀσπαστῶς καταδεξάμενα.
touto de malista kai ho parōn kairos tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn didaskalias ergois autois parestēsato hoti gar tauta mē psophoi kai kena rhēmata paresti soi ton tōn theosebōn agōna epiblepsai, kai synidein tous proairesei authekousiǭ tous ponous tōn hyper eusebeias athlōn anadedegmenous, hous kathʼ holēs tēs anthrōpōn oikoumenēs myria plēthē Hellēnōn te kai barbarōn enedeixato, pasas men prothymōs tas kata tou sōmatos hypomeinanta aikias, pan de basanōn eidos phaidrǭ tǭ prosōpǭ dielthonta, kai telos polytropois schēmasi tēn apo tou sōmatos lysin tēs psychēs aspastōs katadexamena.
And the present time of our Savior's teaching has shown this most of all by the deeds themselves. For that these are not mere noise and empty words, you may look at the contest of the God-fearing and observe those who by free choice have taken on themselves the labors of the contests for piety. Throughout the whole inhabited world countless multitudes of Greeks and barbarians have displayed them, enduring eagerly every outrage against the body, passing through every kind of torture with a bright face, and at last gladly accepting, in many forms, the release of the soul from the body.
6.6.64Dindorf 1:289
καὶ μὴν οὐδεὶς ἐνταῦθα λόγος ἐπιτρέψειεν ἂν τὴν εἱμαρμένην αἰτιᾶσθαι. ποῦ γάρ σοι ἐξ αἰῶνος τοιούσδε ἀθλητὰς εὐσεβείας ἤνεγκεν ἡ τῶν ἄστρων φορά; ἢ πότε ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους καταβληθείσης διδασκαλίας τοιόνδε προβέβληται καθʼ ὅλης τῆς ἀνθρώπων οἰκουμένης ἀγῶνα;
kai mēn oudeis entautha logos epitrepseien an tēn heimarmenēn aitiasthai. pou gar soi ex aiōnos toiousde athlētas eusebeias ēnenken hē tōn astrōn phora? ē pote ho tōn anthrōpōn bios pro tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn eis pantas anthrōpous katablētheisēs didaskalias toionde probeblētai kathʼ holēs tēs anthrōpōn oikoumenēs agōna?
And here no argument would allow us to blame fate. For where in all the ages has the movement of the stars produced such athletes of piety for you? Or when did human life, before our Savior's teaching was laid down for all people, put forward such a contest throughout the whole inhabited world?
6.6.65Dindorf 1:289–290
ποῦ δὲ τοιωνδὶ λόγων διδασκάλιον, δεισιδαίμονος μὲν πλάνης ἀναιρετικὸν, ἑνὸς δὲ τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ γνώσεως διδακτικὸν, ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις, Ἕλλησι τε καὶ βαρβάροις, ὁ πᾶς αἰὼν ἤνεγκε;
pou de toiōndi logōn didaskalion, deisidaimonos men planēs anairetikon, henos de tou epi pantōn theou gnōseōs didaktikon, hapasin anthrōpois, Hellēsi te kai barbarois, ho pas aiōn ēnenke?
And where in all the ages was there such a school of doctrine for all people, Greeks and barbarians, to destroy superstitious error and to teach the knowledge of the one God over all?
6.6.66Dindorf 1:290
τίς δὲ τῶν ἐξ αἰῶνος ἀοιδίμων σοφῶν, βάρβαρος ἢ Ἕλλην, τοιᾶσδέ ποτε ἠξιώθη εἱμαρμένης ὡς εἰς τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον διαφανῆ καταστῆσαι τὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ προβληθέντα λόγον, γνωσθέντα τε μέχρι καὶ τῶν ἐσχατιῶν, καὶ θεοῦ δόξαν παρὰ τοῖς αὐτῷ καθωσιωμένοις κτήσασθαι;
tis de tōn ex aiōnos aoidimōn sophōn, barbaros ē Hellēn, toiasde pote ēxiōthē heimarmenēs hōs eis ton sympanta kosmon diaphanē katastēsai ton hypʼ autou problēthenta logon, gnōsthenta te mechri kai tōn eschatiōn, kai theou doxan para tois autǭ kathōsiōmenois ktēsasthai?
And which of the famous sages of all the ages, barbarian or Greek, was ever granted such a fate as to make the doctrine he put forward shine out to the whole world, known even to its farthest bounds, and to win the reputation of a god among those devoted to him?
6.6.67Dindorf 1:290
εἰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐξ αἰῶνος οὔτʼ ἦν οὔτε γέγονεν οὔτε ἀκοαῖς ἤκουσται, οὐκ ἦν ἄρα εἱρμὸς αἰτιῶν καὶ ἀνάγκη τὸ τούτων αἴτιον. πάλαι γὰρ ἂν διὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀνακυκλήσεως καὶ περιφορᾶς τῶν ἄστρων οὐδεὶς ἦν φθόνος καὶ ἄλλους τῆς αὐτῆς τυχεῖν γενέσεως τε καὶ εἱμαρμένης
ei de tauta ex aiōnos outʼ ēn oute gegonen oute akoais ēkoustai, ouk ēn ara heirmos aitiōn kai anankē to toutōn aition. palai gar an dia tēs autēs anakyklēseōs kai periphoras tōn astrōn oudeis ēn phthonos kai allous tēs autēs tychein geneseōs te kai heimarmenēs
And if these things neither were nor happened in all the ages, nor were heard of by report, then a chain of causes and necessity was not their cause. For long ago, through the same revolution and circuit of the stars, nothing would have prevented others too from having the same birth and fate.
6.6.68Dindorf 1:290
ἐκ ποίας δὲ ἄρα εἱμαρμένης ὁ μὲν ἡμέτερος σωτὴρ θεὸς ἐπιφανεὶς καθʼ ὅλης τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀνηγόρευται, οἱ δὲ πάλαι νενομισμένοι παρά τε Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις θεοὶ καθῄρηνται, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως καθῄρηνται ἢ διὰ τῆς τοῦ νέου θεοῦ διδασκαλίας;
ek poias de ara heimarmenēs ho men hēmeteros sōtēr theos epiphaneis kathʼ holēs tēs oikoumenēs anēgoreutai, hoi de palai nenomismenoi para te Hellēsi kai barbarois theoi kathę̄rēntai, kai ouk allōs kathę̄rēntai ē dia tēs tou neou theou didaskalias?
From what sort of fate, then, has our Savior, having appeared as God, been proclaimed throughout the whole inhabited world, while the gods long believed in among Greeks and barbarians have been overthrown, and overthrown by no other means than the teaching of the new God?
6.6.69Dindorf 1:290
ποία δʼ αὐτῶν εἱμαρμένη θεὸν δημιουργὸν ἀπάντων πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις κατήγγειλεν, εἱμαρμένην δὲ μὴ εἶναι φάναι ἐξηνάγκασε; καὶ πῶς ἡ εἱμαρμένη μὴ εἶναι ἑαυτὴν λέγειν τε καὶ φρονεῖν ἐβιάσατο; τί δὲ οἱ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐσεβοῦς ἕνεκα διδασκαλίας παντοίους ἄθλους ἔκπαλαι ἠγωνισμένοι, καὶ εἰσέτι δεῦρο διαθλοῦντες;
poia dʼ autōn heimarmenē theon dēmiourgon apantōn pasin anthrōpois katēngeilen, heimarmenēn de mē einai phanai exēnankase? kai pōs hē heimarmenē mē einai heautēn legein te kai phronein ebiasato? ti de hoi tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn eusebous heneka didaskalias pantoious athlous ekpalai ēgōnismenoi, kai eiseti deuro diathlountes?
And what fate of theirs proclaimed to all people a God who is creator of all things, and compelled them to say that fate does not exist? And how did fate force them to say and to think that it does not itself exist? And what of those who long ago contended in every kind of contest for the sake of our Savior's teaching of piety, and still contend to this day?
6.6.70Dindorf 1:290
μιᾶς ἄρα καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἔτυχον μοίρας, ὡς ὑφʼ ἐνὶ λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ δουλωθῆναι, μίαν τε γνώμην καὶ προαίρεσιν ἐνδείξασθαι, καὶ ψυχῆς ἀρετὴν μίαν, ἔνα τε καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀναδέξασθαι βίον, καὶ λόγον ἀγαπήσαι τὸν αὐτὸν, τάς τε αὐτὰς ἀγαπητικῶς ὑπομεῖναι πάθας διʼ ἔνστασιν εὐσεβείας.
mias ara kai tēs autēs etychon moiras, hōs hyphʼ eni logǭ kai didaskalią doulōthēnai, mian te gnōmēn kai proairesin endeixasthai, kai psychēs aretēn mian, ena te kai ton auton anadexasthai bion, kai logon agapēsai ton auton, tas te autas agapētikōs hypomeinai pathas diʼ enstasin eusebeias.
So, it seems, they all received one and the same lot: to be made subject to one doctrine and teaching, to display one judgment and choice and one virtue of soul, to take up one and the same life, to love the same doctrine, and to endure lovingly the same sufferings for their steadfastness in piety.
6.6.71Dindorf 1:290–291
καὶ τίς ἂν ὀρθὸς τοῦτο συγχωρήσειε λόγος, νέους κατὰ ταὐτὸ καὶ πρεσβύτας, καὶ πᾶν μέτρον ἡλικίας, ἀρρένων τε καὶ θηλειῶν γένη, φύσεις τε βαρβάρων ἀνδρῶν, οἰκετῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἐλευθερίων, λογίων τε καὶ παιδείας ἀμετόχων, οὐκ ἐν γωνίᾳ γῆς οὐδʼ ὑπὸ τοῖσδε γενομένων τοῖς ἄστροις, καθʼ ὅλης δὲ τῆς ἀνθρώπων οἰκουμένης, εἱμαρμένης ἀνάγκῃ φάναι βεβιασμένους τόνδε τινὰ τῶν πατρῴων ἁπάντων προτιμῆσαι λόγον, καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἑνὸς τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ θάνατον ἀσπάσασθαι, τά τε περὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας εὖ μάλα δόγματα παιδεύεσθαι, καὶ φιλοσοφίαν οὐ τὴν ἐν λόγοις, τὴν δὲ διʼ ἔργων προτιμῆσαι;
kai tis an orthos touto synchōrēseie logos, neous kata tauto kai presbytas, kai pan metron hēlikias, arrenōn te kai thēleiōn genē, physeis te barbarōn andrōn, oiketōn homou kai eleutheriōn, logiōn te kai paideias ametochōn, ouk en gōnią gēs oudʼ hypo toisde genomenōn tois astrois, kathʼ holēs de tēs anthrōpōn oikoumenēs, heimarmenēs anankę̄ phanai bebiasmenous tonde tina tōn patrǭōn hapantōn protimēsai logon, kai ton hyper eusebeias henos tou epi pantōn theou thanaton aspasasthai, ta te peri psychēs athanasias eu mala dogmata paideuesthai, kai philosophian ou tēn en logois, tēn de diʼ ergōn protimēsai?
And what sound reasoning would grant this: that young and old alike, and every age, the race of men and of women, the natures of barbarian men, slaves and free together, the learned and those without education, not in a corner of the earth nor born under these particular stars, but throughout the whole inhabited world, were forced by the necessity of fate to prefer this teaching above all the ways of their fathers, to welcome death for the sake of piety toward the one God over all, to be very well taught the doctrines of the soul's immortality, and to prefer a philosophy not of words but of deeds?
6.6.72Dindorf 1:291
ταῦτα γὰρ ἂν εἴη τὰ καὶ τυφλῷ δῆλα, ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς ἀνάγκης, μαθήσεως δὲ καὶ διδασκαλίας οἰκεῖα τυγχάνει, αὐθεκουσίου γνώμης καὶ προαιρέσεως ἐλευθέρας ἐναργῆ τυγχάνοντα παραδείγματα.
tauta gar an eiē ta kai typhlǭ dēla, hōs oudemias anankēs, mathēseōs de kai didaskalias oikeia tynchanei, authekousiou gnōmēs kai proaireseōs eleutheras enargē tynchanonta paradeigmata.
For these things would be plain even to a blind man: that they belong to no necessity, but to learning and teaching, being clear examples of a free judgment and of free choice.
6.6.73Dindorf 1:291
γένοιτο δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλα τοῦ προβλήματος παραστατικὰ μυρία, ὧν τὰ πολλὰ παρεὶς, αὐτὸς μὲν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀρκεσθήσομαι, σοὶ δὲ τὸ σὸν ἀνάγνωσμα τῶν σεπτῶν σου φιλοσόφων καταλείψω σκοπεῖν, ὡς ἂν μάθῃς ὅσον ἄρα τῶν χρησμῳδῶν σου θεῶν σοφώτερος ἦν καὶ βελτίων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ τοὺς θαυμασίους χρησμοὺς ψευδεῖς ἀπελέγχων καὶ τὸν Πύθιον αὐτὸν ἐφʼ οἷς ἔχρησε περὶ εἱμαρμένης ἐπιρραπίζων.
genoito dʼ an kai alla tou problēmatos parastatika myria, hōn ta polla pareis, autos men tois eirēmenois arkesthēsomai, soi de to son anagnōsma tōn septōn sou philosophōn kataleipsō skopein, hōs an mathę̄s hoson ara tōn chrēsmǭdōn sou theōn sophōteros ēn kai beltiōn ho anthrōpos ho tous thaumasious chrēsmous pseudeis apelenchōn kai ton Pythion auton ephʼ hois echrēse peri heimarmenēs epirrapizōn.
Countless other arguments could also be brought to establish the point. Passing over most of them, I shall be content with what has been said, and leave you to examine your own reading of your revered philosophers, so that you may learn how much wiser and better than your oracle-giving gods was the man who refuted their wonderful oracles as false and rebuked the Pythian himself for what he declared about fate.
6.6.74Dindorf 1:291
ἄκουε δʼ οὖν αὖθις τοῦ τὴν τῶν γοήτων φωρὰν τὸ οἰκεῖον ἐπονομάσαντος σύγγραμμα, ὡς εὖ μάλα νεανικῷ φρονήματι τὸν πλάνον τῶν πολλῶν καὶ αὐτοῦ γε τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐπανορθοῦται, διʼ ὧν γράφει τάδε κατὰ λέξιν
akoue dʼ oun authis tou tēn tōn goētōn phōran to oikeion eponomasantos syngramma, hōs eu mala neanikǭ phronēmati ton planon tōn pollōn kai autou ge tou Apollōnos epanorthoutai, diʼ hōn graphei tade kata lexin
Listen, then, again to the man who entitled his own treatise The Detection of Impostors, how with a truly youthful spirit he corrects the error of the many and of Apollo himself, in which he writes as follows, word for word:
Preparation 6, chapter 7
6.7.1Dindorf 1:291
“ Σὲ οὖν ἐν Δελφοῖς καθῆσθαι μὴ δυνάμενον, μηδʼ εἰ βούλοιο, σιωπᾶν. ὁ δʼ Ἀπόλλων ἄρα ὁ τοῦ Δῖός υἱὸς νυνὶ βούλεται, οὐχ ὅτι βούλεται, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ὑπʼ ἀνάγκης εἰς τὸ βουληθῆναι τέτακται.
“ Se oun en Delphois kathēsthai mē dynamenon, mēdʼ ei bouloio, siōpan. ho dʼ Apollōn ara ho tou Dios huios nyni bouletai, ouch hoti bouletai, allʼ hoti hypʼ anankēs eis to boulēthēnai tetaktai.
"You, then, sitting at Delphi, cannot keep silent even if you wished. So Apollo, the son of Zeus, now wills, not because he wills, but because he has been appointed by necessity to will.
6.7.2Dindorf 1:291–292
δοκῶ δέ μοι τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα παρεὶς, ἐπειδὴ εἰς τοῦτον τὸν λόγον οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ὑπήχθην, οἰκεῖόν τι καὶ ἀξιοζήτητον ζητήσειν πρᾶγμα. ἀπόλωλε γὰρ, τό γ ἐπὶ τοῖς σοφοῖς, ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου, ἀπόλωλεν, εἴτε οἴακά τις αὐτὸ εἴτε ἕρμα εἴτε κρηπῖδα ὀνομάζων χαίρει, τῆς ἡμετέρας ζωῆς ἡ ἐξουσία, ἣν ἡμεῖς μὲν αὐτοκράτορα τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων τιθέμεθα, Δημόκριτος δέ γε, εἰ μή τι ἠπάτημαι, καὶ Χρύσιππος, ὁ μὲν δοῦλον, ὁ δὲ ἡμίδουλον ἐπινοεῖ τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἐπιδεῖξαι.
dokō de moi ta loipa panta pareis, epeidē eis touton ton logon ouk oidʼ hopōs hypēchthēn, oikeion ti kai axiozētēton zētēsein pragma. apolōle gar, to g epi tois sophois, ek tou anthrōpinou biou, apolōlen, eite oiaka tis auto eite herma eite krēpida onomazōn chairei, tēs hēmeteras zōēs hē exousia, hēn hēmeis men autokratora tōn anankaiotatōn tithemetha, Dēmokritos de ge, ei mē ti ēpatēmai, kai Chrysippos, ho men doulon, ho de hēmidoulon epinoei to kalliston tōn anthrōpinōn epideixai.
I think I shall leave everything else aside, since I have somehow been led into this subject, and inquire into a matter that is close to us and worth inquiring into. For, as far as the sages are concerned, it has perished from human life, perished, whether one likes to call it the rudder or the ballast or the foundation of our life: our own authority, which we set as sovereign over the most necessary things, but which Democritus, unless I am mistaken, and Chrysippus mean to show, the one as a slave, the other as half a slave, though it is the finest of human things.
6.7.3Dindorf 1:292
ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν λόγος τοσοῦτος, ὅσον ἄν τις ἀξιώσειεν ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἀνθρωπίνοις· εἰ δʼ ἤδη καὶ τὸ θεῖον ἡμῶν καταστρατεύεται, παπαῖ, οἷα πεισόμεθα.
alla toutōn men logos tosoutos, hoson an tis axiōseien anthrōpos ōn anthrōpinois; ei dʼ ēdē kai to theion hēmōn katastrateuetai, papai, hoia peisometha.
But the account of these men is worth as much as one might think, being a man, of human views. But if the divine too now makes war on us, alas, what shall we suffer!
6.7.4Dindorf 1:292
ἀλλʼ οὐκ εἰκὸς, οὐδὲ δίκαιον, ἀπὸ γοῦν τούτων τεκμαιρομένοις ἡμῖν ἐχθρὲ περικτιόνεσσι, φίλʼ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν, εἴσω τὸ προβόλαιον ἔχων πεφυλαγμένος ἧσο.
allʼ ouk eikos, oude dikaion, apo goun toutōn tekmairomenois hēmin echthre periktionessi, philʼ athanatoisi theoisin, eisō to probolaion echōn pephylagmenos hēso.
But it is neither likely nor just, at least as we judge from these words: 'Hated by your neighbors, dear to the immortal gods, keep your spear within and sit on guard.'
6.7.5Dindorf 1:292
τί γὰρ, φησὶν ὁ Ἀργεῖος, εἰ βουλοίμην, ἔξεστί μοι, καὶ δύναμαι, εἴ μοι δόξειεν, ἧσθαι καὶ πεφυλάχθαι; ἔξεστιν, εἴποις ἂν, καὶ δύνασαι· ἢ πῶς ἄν σοι τοῦτʼ ἐγὼ προσέταττον;
ti gar, phēsin ho Argeios, ei bouloimēn, exesti moi, kai dynamai, ei moi doxeien, hēsthai kai pephylachthai? exestin, eipois an, kai dynasai; ē pōs an soi toutʼ egō prosetatton?
For what, says the Argive, if I wish, am I allowed, and am I able, if I so decide, to sit and be on guard? You are allowed, you would say, and you are able; or how could I give you this command?
6.7.6Dindorf 1:292
Χείρωνος φίλε τέκνον ἀγακλειτοῖο Κάρυστε, Πήλιον ἐκπρολιπὼν Εὐβοίας ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι, ἔνθʼ ἱερὰν χώραν κτίζειν σοι θέσφατόν ἐστιν. ἀλλʼ ἴθι. μηκέτι μέλλε.
Cheirōnos phile teknon agakleitoio Karyste, Pēlion ekprolipōn Euboias akron hikesthai, enthʼ hieran chōran ktizein soi thesphaton estin. allʼ ithi. mēketi melle.
'Carystus, dear son of glorious Chiron, leave Pelion and go to the headland of Euboea, where it is decreed that you shall found a holy land. Go now; delay no longer.'
6.7.7Dindorf 1:292
ἦ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπῳ τί ἐστιν, ὦ Ἄπολλον, καὶ βουληθῆναι Πήλιον ἐκπρολιπεῖν κύριός εἰμι ἐγώ; καὶ μὴν ἤκουον παρὰ πολλῶν καὶ σοφῶν ὅτι εἴ μοι πέπρωται Εὐβοίας ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι καὶ ἱερὰν χώραν κτίζειν, καὶ ἕξομαι καὶ καθιῶ, εἴτε λέγοις εἴτε μὴ, καὶ εἴτε βουλοίμην εἴτε μή. εἰ δέ με δεῖ καὶ βουληθῆναι ὅ τι μοι ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ καὶ εἰ μὴ βουλοίμην βουληθῆναι, ἀλλὰ σὺ, ὦ Ἄπολλον, πιστεύεσθαι δικαιότερος.
ē gar hōs alēthōs epʼ anthrōpǭ ti estin, ō Apollon, kai boulēthēnai Pēlion ekprolipein kyrios eimi egō? kai mēn ēkouon para pollōn kai sophōn hoti ei moi peprōtai Euboias akron hikesthai kai hieran chōran ktizein, kai hexomai kai kathiō, eite legois eite mē, kai eite bouloimēn eite mē. ei de me dei kai boulēthēnai ho ti moi anankē esti kai ei mē bouloimēn boulēthēnai, alla sy, ō Apollon, pisteuesthai dikaioteros.
Is there really something in a man's power, Apollo, and am I master of willing to leave Pelion? And yet I used to hear from many wise men that if it is fated for me to reach the headland of Euboea and found a holy land, I shall go there and settle, whether you speak or not, and whether I will or not. And if I must also will what is necessary for me, and will it even if I do not will it, still you, Apollo, have the better claim to be believed.
6.7.8Dindorf 1:292–293
ἔοικα δή σοι μᾶλλον προσέξειν. ἄγγειλον Παρίοις, Τελεσίκλεες, ὥς σε κελεύω νήσῳ ἐν Ἠερίῃ κτίζειν εὐδείελον ἄστυ. Ἀγγέλω, νὴ Δία, φήσει τάχα που τις τετυφωμένος, ἢ σὲ ἐλέγχων, κἂν μὴ κελεύσῃς ’ πέπρωται γάρ. καὶ ἔστι Θάσος μὲν ἡ Ἠερία νῆσος· ἥξουσι δʼ ἐπʼ αὐτὴν Παρίοι, Ἀρχιλόχου τοῦ ἐμοῦ υἱοῦ φράσαντος ὅτι ἡ νῆσος αὕτη πρὶν Ἠερία ἐκαλεῖτο. σὺ οὖν, δεινὸς γὰρ ἐπεξελθεῖν, οὐκ ἀνέξῃ, οἶμαι, αὐτοῦ οὕτως ὄντος ἀχαρίστου καὶ θρασέος, ὃς, εἰ μὴ σὺ μηνῦσαι αὐτῷ ἐβουλήθης, οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἤγγειλεν, οὐδʼ ἂν Ἀρχίλοχος ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Παρίους ἐξενάγησεν, οὐδʼ ἂν οἱ Παρίοι Θάσον ᾤκησαν.
eoika dē soi mallon prosexein. angeilon Pariois, Telesiklees, hōs se keleuō nēsǭ en Ēerię̄ ktizein eudeielon asty. Angelō, nē Dia, phēsei tacha pou tis tetyphōmenos, ē se elenchōn, kan mē keleusę̄s ’ peprōtai gar. kai esti Thasos men hē Ēeria nēsos; hēxousi dʼ epʼ autēn Parioi, Archilochou tou emou huiou phrasantos hoti hē nēsos hautē prin Ēeria ekaleito. sy oun, deinos gar epexelthein, ouk anexę̄, oimai, autou houtōs ontos acharistou kai thraseos, hos, ei mē sy mēnysai autǭ eboulēthēs, ouk an pote ēngeilen, oudʼ an Archilochos ho huios autou Parious exenagēsen, oudʼ an hoi Parioi Thason ǭkēsan.
I think I had better attend to you. 'Tell the Parians, Telesicles, that I bid you found a city clear to see in the misty island.' 'I shall tell them, by Zeus,' perhaps someone puffed up would say, or someone refuting you, 'even if you do not bid me; for it is fated.' And Thasos is the misty island; and the Parians will come to it, when Archilochus, my son, explains that this island was formerly called the Misty. You, then, being quick to punish, will not, I suppose, put up with him, so ungrateful and bold, who would never have told them if you had not chosen to reveal it to him; nor would Archilochus his son have led the Parians out as colonists, nor would the Parians have settled Thasos.
6.7.9Dindorf 1:293
οὐκ οἶδʼ οὖν εἰ σὺ λέγεις μὲν ταῦτα, οὐκ οἶσθα δὲ ἃ λέγεις. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ σχολὴν ἄγειν ἐοίκαμεν καὶ μακρὰ διαλέγεσθαι, ὁ δὲ λόγος οὐ πάρεργος, ἐκεῖνό μοι λέγε· ἴσως γὰρ καὶ ὀλίγα ἐκ πολλῶν ἀρκεῖ·)
ouk oidʼ oun ei sy legeis men tauta, ouk oistha de ha legeis. allʼ epei scholēn agein eoikamen kai makra dialegesthai, ho de logos ou parergos, ekeino moi lege; isōs gar kai oliga ek pollōn arkei;)
I do not know, then, whether you say these things without knowing what you say. But since we seem to be at leisure and to be having a long discussion, and the subject is not a minor one, tell me this; for perhaps a few things out of many are enough.
6.7.10Dindorf 1:293
ἆρά γέ τί ἐσμεν ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ; φαίης ἄν. τοῦτο δὲ ὁπόθεν ἴσμεν; τῷ ποτʼ ἄρα τοῦτο εἰδέναι ἐκρίναμεν; ἢ οὐκ ἄλλο ἱκανὸν οὕτως ὡς ἡ συναίσθησίς τε καὶ ἀντίληψις ἡμῶν αὐτῶν;
ara ge ti esmen egō te kai sy? phaiēs an. touto de hopothen ismen? tǭ potʼ ara touto eidenai ekrinamen? ē ouk allo hikanon houtōs hōs hē synaisthēsis te kai antilēpsis hēmōn autōn?
Are you and I something? You would say so. And how do we know this? By what did we judge that we know it? Or is nothing else as adequate as our awareness and perception of ourselves?
6.7.11Dindorf 1:293
τί δʼ; ὅτι ζῷά ἐσμεν πῶς ποτʼ ἄρα ἐξεύρομεν; πῶς δʼ ὅτι καὶ ζῴων, ὡς μὲν ἂν ἐγὼ εἴποιμι, ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ἀνθρώπων ὁ μὲν γόης, ὁ δὲ γόητος ἀπελεγκτής· ὡς δʼ ἂν σὺ, ὁ μὲν ἄνθρωπος, ὁ δὲ θεὸς, καὶ ὁ μὲν μάντις, ὁ δὲ συκοφάντης; καὶ ἔστω γέ σοι οὕτως ἔχον, ἐάνπερ ἔγωγε ἁλῶ.
ti dʼ? hoti zǭa esmen pōs potʼ ara exeuromen? pōs dʼ hoti kai zǭōn, hōs men an egō eipoimi, anthrōpoi, kai anthrōpōn ho men goēs, ho de goētos apelenktēs; hōs dʼ an sy, ho men anthrōpos, ho de theos, kai ho men mantis, ho de sykophantēs? kai estō ge soi houtōs echon, eanper egōge halō.
Well then, how did we find out that we are living creatures? And how that among living creatures we are, as I would say, human beings, and among human beings one is an impostor and the other an exposer of impostors; or, as you would say, one is a man and the other a god, one a prophet and the other a slanderer? And let it be so for you, if I am convicted.
6.7.12Dindorf 1:293
πῶς δʼ ὅτι διαλεγόμεθα ἐν τῷ παρόντι ἐγνώκαμεν; τί φής; ἆρʼ οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἐκρίναμεν τὴν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἀντίληψιν τῷ πάντων ἐγγυτάτῳ πράγματι αὐτῷ; δῆλον ὅτι. οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἄλλο αὐτοῦ οὔτε ἀνώτερον οὔτε πρεσβύτερον οὔτε πιστότερον.
pōs dʼ hoti dialegometha en tǭ paronti egnōkamen? ti phēs? arʼ ouk orthōs ekrinamen tēn hēmōn autōn antilēpsin tǭ pantōn engytatǭ pragmati autǭ? dēlon hoti. ou gar ēn allo autou oute anōteron oute presbyteron oute pistoteron.
And how have we come to know that we are conversing at present? What do you say? Did we not rightly judge our perception of ourselves by that very thing, which is nearest of all? Clearly so. For there was nothing else higher than it, nor older, nor more trustworthy.
6.7.13Dindorf 1:293–294
ἐπεὶ εἰ μὴ οὕτως ἕξει, μήτε ἄρα ὥς σέ τις εἰς Δελφοὺς παραγενέσθω λοιπὸν ὄνομα Ἀλκμαίων, ἀπεκτονὼς τὴν μητέρα, καὶ οἴκοθεν ἐλαυνόμενος καὶ οἴκαδε ἐπιθυμῶν. οὐ γὰρ οἶδεν οὔτʼ εἰ ἔστι τι αὐτὸς τὸ παράπαν, οὔτε εἰ οἴκοθεν ἐλαύνεται, οὔτʼ εἰ οἴκαδε ἐπιθυμεῖ· ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ μαίνεται ὁ Ἀλκμαίων καὶ ὑπονοεῖ τὰ μὴ ὄντα, ὅ γε Πύθιος οὐ μαίνεται. μηδὲ λέγε οὕτως νόστον δίζηαι πατρίην ἐς γαῖαν ἱκέσθαι Αμφιαρηιάδη. οὐδὲ γὰρ σὺ οἶσθά πω εἰ σέ τις ἐρωτᾷ Ἀμφιαρηιάδης, οὐδʼ εἰ σὺ τὶ εἶ ὁ ἐρωτώμενος, καὶ λέγειν ἔχων περὶ ὧν τις ἐρωτᾷ.
epei ei mē houtōs hexei, mēte ara hōs se tis eis Delphous paragenesthō loipon onoma Alkmaiōn, apektonōs tēn mētera, kai oikothen elaunomenos kai oikade epithymōn. ou gar oiden outʼ ei esti ti autos to parapan, oute ei oikothen elaunetai, outʼ ei oikade epithymei; allʼ ei kai mainetai ho Alkmaiōn kai hyponoei ta mē onta, ho ge Pythios ou mainetai. mēde lege houtōs noston dizēai patriēn es gaian hikesthai Amphiarēiadē. oude gar sy oistha pō ei se tis erōtą Amphiarēiadēs, oudʼ ei sy ti ei ho erōtōmenos, kai legein echōn peri hōn tis erōtą.
For if it will not be so, then let no one named Alcmaeon come to you at Delphi any more, having killed his mother, driven from home and longing for home. For he does not know whether he himself is anything at all, nor whether he is driven from home, nor whether he longs for home. Yet even if Alcmaeon is mad and imagines what does not exist, the Pythian at least is not mad. And do not say, 'You seek a return, to reach your fatherland, son of Amphiaraus.' For you do not yet know whether a son of Amphiaraus is questioning you, or whether you who are questioned are anything, and have something to say about what someone asks.
6.7.14Dindorf 1:294
μηδὲ Χρύσιππος ἄρα ὁ τὴν ἡμιδουλείαν εἰσάγων, ὅ τί ποτέ ἐστιν αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὐκ εἰδὼς, ἀπαντάτω εἰς τὴν Στοὰν, μηδʼ οἰέσθω ἀπαντήσεσθαι τοὺς βλέννους ἐκείνους ὡς αὐτὸν ἀκουσομένους τὸν Οὖτιν ’ μηδὲ διατεινέσθω περὶ μηδενὸς καταστὰς πρὸς μὲν Ἀρκεσίλαον παρόντα, πρὸς δὲ Ἐπίκουρον οὐ παρόντα.
mēde Chrysippos ara ho tēn hēmidouleian eisagōn, ho ti pote estin auto touto ouk eidōs, apantatō eis tēn Stoan, mēdʼ oiesthō apantēsesthai tous blennous ekeinous hōs auton akousomenous ton Outin ’ mēde diateinesthō peri mēdenos katastas pros men Arkesilaon paronta, pros de Epikouron ou paronta.
Then let not Chrysippus either, who brings in half-slavery without knowing what this very thing is, go to the Stoa, nor suppose that those simpletons will meet him to hear Nobody himself; nor let him take his stand and argue about nothing against Arcesilaus, who is present, and against Epicurus, who is not.
6.7.15Dindorf 1:294
τί γάρ ἐστιν ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος, τί δὲ ὁ Ἐπίκουρος, ἢ τί ἡ Στοὰ, ἢ τί οἱ νέοι, ἢ τίς ὁ Οὖτις, οὒτ οἶδεν οὔτε οἷος εἰδέναι ’ πολὺ γὰρ· πρότερον οὐδʼ εἰ αὐτός τί ἐστιν οἶδεν.
ti gar estin ho Arkesilaos, ti de ho Epikouros, ē ti hē Stoa, ē ti hoi neoi, ē tis ho Outis, out oiden oute hoios eidenai ’ poly gar; proteron oudʼ ei autos ti estin oiden.
For what Arcesilaus is, or what Epicurus is, or what the Stoa is, or what the young men are, or who Nobody is, he neither knows nor is able to know; much less, before that, does he know whether he himself is anything.
6.7.16Dindorf 1:294
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀνέξεσθε οὔτε ὑμεῖς οὔτε ὁ Δημόκριτος, εἰ λέγοι τις ταῦτα ’ οὐ γὰρ εἶναι πιστότερον μέτρον οὑ λέγω ’ οὐδʼ εἰ δοκεῖ καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ εἶναι, τούτῳ γʼ ἂν παρισωθείη ’ ἢ παρισωθείη μὲν ἂν, ὑπερβάλλοι δὲ οὐκ ἄν.
allʼ ouk anexesthe oute hymeis oute ho Dēmokritos, ei legoi tis tauta ’ ou gar einai pistoteron metron hou legō ’ oudʼ ei dokei kai alla tina einai, toutǭ gʼ an parisōtheiē ’ ē parisōtheiē men an, hyperballoi de ouk an.
But neither you nor Democritus will bear it if anyone says this; for there is no measure more trustworthy than the one I speak of; and even if there seem to be some others, they could not be put on a level with it; or if they could be put on a level, they could not surpass it.
6.7.17Dindorf 1:294
οὐκοῦν, φήσειεν ἄν τις, ὦ Δημόκριτε, καὶ σὺ, ὦ Χρύσιππε, καὶ σὺ, ὦ μάντι, ἐπειδὴ ἀγανακτεῖτε εἴ τις ἐθελήσαι παρελέσθαι τὴν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀντίληψιν — οὐ γὰρ ἔτι τὰς πολλὰς ἐκείνας βίβλους εἶναι — φέρε καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀνταγανακτήσωμεν.
oukoun, phēseien an tis, ō Dēmokrite, kai sy, ō Chrysippe, kai sy, ō manti, epeidē aganakteite ei tis ethelēsai parelesthai tēn hymōn autōn antilēpsin — ou gar eti tas pollas ekeinas biblous einai — phere kai hēmeis antaganaktēsōmen.
Well then, someone might say, Democritus, and you, Chrysippus, and you, prophet, since you are indignant if anyone wants to take away your own perception of yourselves (for then all those many books would no longer exist), come, let us be indignant in turn.
6.7.18Dindorf 1:294–295
τί δή ποτε; ἔνθα μὲν ἂν ὑμῖν δοκῇ, ἔσται τοῦτο καὶ πιστότατον καὶ πρεσβύτατον, ἔνθα δʼ ἂν μὴ δοκῇ, ἐκεῖ καταδυναστεύσει τι λεληθὸς αὐτοῦ εἱμαρμένη πεπρωμένη, διαφορὰν ἑκάστῳ ὑμῶν ἔχουσα, τῷ μὲν ἐκ θεοῦ, τῷ δὲ ἐκ τῆς τῶν μικρῶν ἐκείνων σωμάτων τῶν φερομένων κάτω καὶ ἀναπαλλομένων ἄνω καὶ περιπλεκομένων καὶ διαλυομένων καὶ διισταμένων καὶ παρατιθεμένων ἐξ ἀνάγκης;
ti dē pote? entha men an hymin dokę̄, estai touto kai pistotaton kai presbytaton, entha dʼ an mē dokę̄, ekei katadynasteusei ti lelēthos autou heimarmenē peprōmenē, diaphoran hekastǭ hymōn echousa, tǭ men ek theou, tǭ de ek tēs tōn mikrōn ekeinōn sōmatōn tōn pheromenōn katō kai anapallomenōn anō kai periplekomenōn kai dialyomenōn kai diistamenōn kai paratithemenōn ex anankēs?
Why, indeed? Where it suits you, this will be most trustworthy and oldest; but where it does not suit you, there some hidden fate, a destiny, will overpower it, differing for each of you: for one it comes from God, for the other from those little bodies borne downward and bouncing upward, entangling and separating, standing apart and lying side by side, by necessity?
6.7.19Dindorf 1:295
ἰδοὺ γὰρ ᾧ τρόπῳ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἀντειλήμμεθα, τούτῳ καὶ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αὐθαιρέτων καὶ βιαίων. οὐ λέληθε δὲ ἡμᾶς ὅσον τὸ μεταξὺ τοῦ βαδίζειν καὶ τοῦ ἄγεσθαι, οὐδὲ ὅσον τοῦ αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ τοῦ ἀναγκάζεσθαι.
idou gar hǭ tropǭ hēmōn autōn anteilēmmetha, toutǭ kai tōn en hēmin authairetōn kai biaiōn. ou lelēthe de hēmas hoson to metaxy tou badizein kai tou agesthai, oude hoson tou haireisthai kai tou anankazesthai.
For see: in the same way as we perceive ourselves, we perceive also what is voluntary in us and what is forced. It does not escape us how great the difference is between walking and being led, or between choosing and being compelled.
6.7.20Dindorf 1:295
ὧν δὲ ἕνεκα ταῦτα προσήνεγκα τῷ λόγῳ; ὅτι σε ἐκπέφευγεν, ὦ μάντι, ὧν κύριοί ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς, καὶ ὁ τὰ πάντα εἰδὼς ταῦτά γε οὐκ ἂν εἰδείης, ὧν τὰ πείσματα ἀνῆπται ἐκ τῆς ἡμετέρας βουλήσεως.
hōn de heneka tauta prosēnenka tǭ logǭ? hoti se ekpepheugen, ō manti, hōn kyrioi esmen hēmeis, kai ho ta panta eidōs tauta ge ouk an eideiēs, hōn ta peismata anēptai ek tēs hēmeteras boulēseōs.
And why have I brought these things into the discussion? Because, prophet, the things of which we are masters have escaped you, and you who know all things would not know these, whose cables are fastened to our own will.
6.7.21Dindorf 1:295
αὕτη δέ γε ἐφαίνετο οὐκ ὀλίγων οὖσα πραγμάτων ἀρχή ὃν δὲ ἡ ἀρχὴ, ἥτις ἦν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα αἰτία, ἐκπέφευγεν, ἦ πού γε τὰ μετὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰδείη ἂν οὗτος.
hautē de ge ephaineto ouk oligōn ousa pragmatōn archē hon de hē archē, hētis ēn tōn meta tauta aitia, ekpepheugen, ē pou ge ta meta tēn archēn eideiē an houtos.
And this will was plainly the beginning of not a few things. And one whom the beginning has escaped, which was the cause of what followed, would hardly know what comes after the beginning.
6.7.22Dindorf 1:295
ἀναίσχυντος δηλαδὴ ὁ Λαΐῳ προμαντευόμενος ὅτι αὐτὸν ἀποκτενεῖ ὁ φύς. ἤμελλε γάρ που ὁ φὺς κύριος ἔσεσθαι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ βουλήσεως, καὶ οὔτε τις Ἀπόλλων οὔτε τις αὐτοῦ ὑπέρτερος ἐξικνεῖσθαι ἱκανὸς οὐδεμιᾷ δυνάμει ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε ὕπαρξις οὔτε γενέσεως ἀνάγκη
anaischyntos dēladē ho Laïǭ promanteuomenos hoti auton apoktenei ho phys. ēmelle gar pou ho phys kyrios esesthai tēs heautou boulēseōs, kai oute tis Apollōn oute tis autou hyperteros exikneisthai hikanos oudemią dynamei hōn ouk estin oute hyparxis oute geneseōs anankē
Shameless, plainly, was the one who prophesied to Laius that his son would kill him. For the son was surely going to be master of his own will, and neither any Apollo nor anyone higher than he could reach, by any power, things that have neither existence nor the necessity of coming to be.
6.7.23Dindorf 1:295
ἐκεῖνο γὰρ δὴ τὸ καταγελαστότατον ἀπάντων, τὸ μίγμα καὶ ἡ σύνοδος τοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τι εἶναι, καὶ εἱρμὸν οὐδὲν ἧττον εἶναι. προσεοικέναι γὰρ αὐτὸν, ὡς λέγουσιν οἱ σοφώτεροι, τῷ Εὐριπιδείῳ λόγῳ ’
ekeino gar dē to katagelastotaton apantōn, to migma kai hē synodos tou kai epi tois anthrōpois ti einai, kai heirmon ouden hētton einai. proseoikenai gar auton, hōs legousin hoi sophōteroi, tǭ Euripideiǭ logǭ ’
For that is the most ridiculous thing of all: the mixture and combination of saying both that something is in human power and that there is nonetheless a chain of causes. For, as the wiser ones say, it is like the story in Euripides.
6.7.24Dindorf 1:295
τεκνῶσαι μὲν γὰρ ἐθελήσαι τὸν Λάϊον, κύριον εἶναι τὸν Λάϊον, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκπεφευγέναι τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν ὄψιν ’ τεκνώσαντι δʼ αὐτῷ ἐπεῖναι ἀνάγκην ἄφυκτον ὑπὸ τοῦ φύντος αὐτὸν ἀποθανεῖν ’ οὕτως οὑν τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ μελλοντι ἀνάγκην παρέχειν τῷ μάντει τὴν τοῦ γενησομένου προαίσθησιν.
teknōsai men gar ethelēsai ton Laïon, kyrion einai ton Laïon, kai touto ekpepheugenai tēn Apollōnian opsin ’ teknōsanti dʼ autǭ epeinai anankēn aphykton hypo tou phyntos auton apothanein ’ houtōs houn tēn epi tǭ mellonti anankēn parechein tǭ mantei tēn tou genēsomenou proaisthēsin.
For Laius, they say, was master of whether he would choose to beget a child, and this escaped Apollo's sight; but once he had begotten one, an inescapable necessity lay on him of dying at the hands of his son. In this way, then, the necessity attached to the future gave the prophet his foreknowledge of what would happen.
6.7.25Dindorf 1:295–296
ἦν δέ που καὶ ὁ φὺς τῆς ἰδίας βουλήσεως κύριος, ὥσπερ ὁ φύσας, καὶ ὡς ἐκεῖνος τοῦ τεκνῶσαι καὶ μὴ, οὕτως οὗτος τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι καὶ μή. τοιαῦτα δὲ ὑμῶν τὰ μαντεύματα πάντα· καὶ ὁ Εὐριπίδειος Ἀπόλλων τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνο ἦν ὃ ἔλεγεν, τὸ καὶ πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται διʼ αἵματος.
ēn de pou kai ho phys tēs idias boulēseōs kyrios, hōsper ho physas, kai hōs ekeinos tou teknōsai kai mē, houtōs houtos tou apokteinai kai mē. toiauta de hymōn ta manteumata panta; kai ho Euripideios Apollōn toutʼ ekeino ēn ho elegen, to kai pas sos oikos bēsetai diʼ haimatos.
But surely the son, like the father, was master of his own will, and just as the father was master of begetting or not, so the son was of killing or not. All your prophecies are like this; and this is just what the Apollo of Euripides was saying: 'And your whole house shall walk through blood.'
6.7.26Dindorf 1:296
ὅτι πήρωσις μὲν ἔσται αὐτοχειρίᾳ τοῦ φύντος ἐπὶ γάμῳ μητρὸς καὶ τυραννίδι, ἣν παρέλαβεν ἐπʼ αἰνίγματος λύσει, παίδων δὲ ἀλληλοκτόνοι σφαγαὶ ἐπὶ φυγῇ μὲν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ ἑτέρου, τοῦ δὲ ἑτέρου πλεονεξίᾳ, καὶ γάμῳ τοῦ φυγάδος ἐν Ἄργει, καὶ στόλῳ στρατηγῶν ἑπτὰ καταγελάστων καὶ συμβολῇ· ὣν ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας διαιρουμένων πῶς ἂν εἴη σοι ἐξεπίστασθαι ἢ ὁ εἱρμὸς συνδεῖν δύναιτο;
hoti pērōsis men estai autocheirią tou phyntos epi gamǭ mētros kai tyrannidi, hēn parelaben epʼ ainigmatos lysei, paidōn de allēloktonoi sphagai epi phygę̄ men ek tēs archēs tou heterou, tou de heterou pleonexią, kai gamǭ tou phygados en Argei, kai stolǭ stratēgōn hepta katagelastōn kai symbolę̄; hōn epi pollas archas kai exousias diairoumenōn pōs an eiē soi exepistasthai ē ho heirmos syndein dynaito?
That is, that there will be a self-inflicted blinding of the son because of his marriage to his mother and the kingship he received for solving the riddle; and slaughters of the sons by each other's hand, because of the banishment of one from the throne and the greed of the other, the marriage of the exile in Argos, the expedition of seven ridiculous generals, and the battle. Since these depend on many beginnings and powers, how could you know them thoroughly, or how could the chain bind them together?
6.7.27Dindorf 1:296
εἰ γὰρ αὑτοῦ κύριος ὢν μὴ ἐβουλήθη τυραννεῖν ὁ Οἰδίπους, ἢ τοῦτο βουληθεὶς καὶ πράξας γαμεῖν τὴν Ἰοκάστην οὐ προείλετο, ἢ γήμας μὴ ἐτετύφωτο μηδʼ ἦν δύσθυμος καὶ δυσάρεστος, πῶς ἂν τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστα ἐπράχθη; πῶς δʼ ἂν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἥψατο; πῶς δʼ ἂν τοῖς παισὶν ἐπηράσατο τὴν Εὐριπίδου καὶ τὴν σὴν ἀράν;
ei gar hautou kyrios ōn mē eboulēthē tyrannein ho Oidipous, ē touto boulētheis kai praxas gamein tēn Iokastēn ou proeileto, ē gēmas mē etetyphōto mēdʼ ēn dysthymos kai dysarestos, pōs an ta kathʼ hekasta eprachthē? pōs dʼ an tōn ophthalmōn hēpsato? pōs dʼ an tois paisin epērasato tēn Euripidou kai tēn sēn aran?
For if Oedipus, being master of himself, had not wished to be king, or, having wished and done this, had not chosen to marry Jocasta, or, having married her, had not been puffed up, nor been bad-tempered and hard to please, how would the particular events have happened? How would he have laid hands on his eyes? How would he have laid on his sons the curse of Euripides, and yours?
6.7.28Dindorf 1:296
τά τε ἑξῆς τούτων τίνα ἂν τρόπον ἐγεγόνει, μὴ πρότερον αἰτιῶν γιγνομένων ἢ σὺ τὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων λέγειν ἠδύνασο; πάλιν δʼ αὖ εἰ συμβάντες οἱ παῖδες ἄμα ἐβασίλευον, ἢ εἰ συνθέμενοι παρὰ μέρος ἔμενον ἐπὶ τοῖς συγκειμένοις, ἢ εἰ ὁ ἀπελαθεὶς ἔγνω μὴ εἰς Ἄργος, ἀλλʼ εἰς Λιβύην ἢ εἰς Περραιβοὺς ἀπελθεῖν, ἢ εἰσελθὼν ἐπὶ τὸ Ἀργὸς ἔγνω ταριχοπωλεῖν, καὶ μὴ πλουσίαν λαβεῖν γυναῖκα,
ta te hexēs toutōn tina an tropon egegonei, mē proteron aitiōn gignomenōn ē sy ti peri tōn mellontōn legein ēdynaso? palin dʼ au ei symbantes hoi paides ama ebasileuon, ē ei synthemenoi para meros emenon epi tois synkeimenois, ē ei ho apelatheis egnō mē eis Argos, allʼ eis Libyēn ē eis Perraibous apelthein, ē eiselthōn epi to Argos egnō tarichopōlein, kai mē plousian labein gynaika,
And how would what followed have come about, unless causes came to be first, before you could say anything about the future? And again, if the sons had come to terms and reigned together, or if by agreement they had kept to the arrangement of ruling in turn, or if the exiled one had decided to go not to Argos but to Libya or to the Perrhaebians, or, having gone to Argos, had decided to sell salt fish and not to take a rich wife,
6.7.29Dindorf 1:296–297
ἀλλὰ χερνῆτίν τινα ἢ καπηλιν, ἢ εἰ ὁ Ἄδραστος μὴ ἔδωκε τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτῷ, ἢ εἰ ὁ μὲν ἔδωκεν, ὁ δʼ οὐκ ἐπεθύμησε τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, ἢ εἰ ἐπιθυμήσας ἐκράτησεν ἑαυτοῦ ἢ εἰ μὴ προσέσχεν αὐτῷ δεομένῳ συμμαχίας ὁ Ἄδραστος, ἢ εἰ τῷ Ἀδράστῳ μήτε ὁ Ἀμφιάραος μήτε ὁ Τυδεὺς μηδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ταξιάρχων ἕκαστος ἠκολούθουν, ἢ εἰ οἱ μὲν συνηκολούθουν, ὁ δὲ ἐλθὼν οὐκ ἐμάχετο τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἀλλʼ ἢ συμβὰς ἐβασίλευσεν ἅμα αὐτῷ ἢ μὴ βουλομένῳ ἀνεχώρησε, πεισθεὶς Εὐριπίδῃ λέγοντι ἀσύνετα δʼ ἦλθες καὶ σὺ πορθήσων πάτραν,
alla chernētin tina ē kapēlin, ē ei ho Adrastos mē edōke tēn thygatera autǭ, ē ei ho men edōken, ho dʼ ouk epethymēse tēs oikade hodou, ē ei epithymēsas ekratēsen heautou ē ei mē proseschen autǭ deomenǭ symmachias ho Adrastos, ē ei tǭ Adrastǭ mēte ho Amphiaraos mēte ho Tydeus mēde tōn allōn taxiarchōn hekastos ēkolouthoun, ē ei hoi men synēkolouthoun, ho de elthōn ouk emacheto tǭ adelphǭ, allʼ ē symbas ebasileusen hama autǭ ē mē boulomenǭ anechōrēse, peistheis Euripidę̄ legonti asyneta dʼ ēlthes kai sy porthēsōn patran,
but some laboring woman or a tavern-keeper; or if Adrastus had not given him his daughter; or if he had given her, but Polynices had not desired the road home; or if, having desired it, he had mastered himself; or if Adrastus had paid no heed to him when he asked for an alliance; or if neither Amphiaraus nor Tydeus nor any of the other commanders had followed Adrastus; or if they had followed, but Polynices on arrival had not fought his brother, but had either come to terms and reigned with him or, if the brother was unwilling, had withdrawn, persuaded by Euripides saying, 'And you too have come senselessly to sack your fatherland';
6.7.30Dindorf 1:297
ἢ εἰ οὗτος μὲν μὴ, ὁ δʼ ἕτερος, τῶν Εὐριπιδείων ἀκούσας σοφιστευμάτων ἐκείνων τῶν ἄλλων εἶθʼ ἥλιος μὲν νύξ τε δουλεύει βροτοῖς, σὺ δʼ οὐκ ἀνέξῃ δωμάτων ἔχειν ἴσον; πῶς ἂν συστάντες ἐμάχοντο καὶ Λαΐου πᾶν δῶμα ἔβη διʼ αἵματος;
ē ei houtos men mē, ho dʼ heteros, tōn Euripideiōn akousas sophisteumatōn ekeinōn tōn allōn eithʼ hēlios men nyx te douleuei brotois, sy dʼ ouk anexę̄ dōmatōn echein ison? pōs an systantes emachonto kai Laïou pan dōma ebē diʼ haimatos?
or if not he, but the other had listened to those other clever sayings of Euripides, 'Then sun and night serve mortals, and will you not bear to have an equal share of the house?', how would they have come together to fight, and the whole house of Laius have walked through blood?
6.7.31Dindorf 1:297
ἀλλὰ μὴν, φήσεις, γέγονε ταῦτα. γέγονεν· ἀλλὰ σὺ ποίᾳ ὁδῷ εἰσῆλθες εἰς τὴν τούτων εἴδησιν; ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὡς πυκνὰ διακέκοφε τὸ ὅλον δρᾶμα ἡ ἐν ἡμῖν τοῖς τὸ δρᾶμα συμπληροῦσι δύναμις; οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἣν βούλει ὑπόθεσιν λαβὼν διατεμῶ τὸν εἱρμὸν ὑμῶν, ἀποφανῶ τε ἀδύνατον ὄντα.
alla mēn, phēseis, gegone tauta. gegonen; alla sy poią hodǭ eisēlthes eis tēn toutōn eidēsin? ē ouch horąs hōs pykna diakekophe to holon drama hē en hēmin tois to drama symplērousi dynamis? houtō de kai hēn boulei hypothesin labōn diatemō ton heirmon hymōn, apophanō te adynaton onta.
But, you will say, these things happened. They did; but by what road did you come to know them? Or do you not see how often the power within us who fill out the drama has cut through the whole drama? In this way, too, taking any plot you like, I shall cut through your chain and show that it is impossible.
6.7.32Dindorf 1:297
ἀλλὰ σὺ τὰ τῆς ὑποθέσεως ἔσχατα εἰδέναι λέγεις, ἡ δὲ ὑπόθεσις ἐκ διακοπῆς εἱρμοῦ δυνάμεως ὅλη συντέτακται.
alla sy ta tēs hypotheseōs eschata eidenai legeis, hē de hypothesis ek diakopēs heirmou dynameōs holē syntetaktai.
But you say you know the last parts of the plot, while the whole plot is made up of interruptions of the chain's power.
6.7.33Dindorf 1:297
ἢ ὃ λέγω οὐ συνίης; ἀλλὰ καθʼ ἑκάστην ὑπόθεσιν, ὠ μάντι, τὰ ζῷα ἢ ὀλίγας πολλάκις ἀρχὰς ποιούμενα, ἢ πολλὰς ἐν αὐτῇ. αἱ δὲ ἀρχαὶ ἀεὶ τὰ μέχρις αὐτῶν διακόψασαι αὐτὰ ἄλλα προάγουσι πράγματα· τὰ δʼ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον προχωρεῖν δύναται, ἐφʼ ὅσον ἂν μὴ ἄλλη ποθὲν ἐπιστᾶσα ἀρχὴ τὰ μετʼ αὐτὴν μὴ τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἀκολουθεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτῇ κελεύσῃ.
ē ho legō ou syniēs? alla kathʼ hekastēn hypothesin, ō manti, ta zǭa ē oligas pollakis archas poioumena, ē pollas en autę̄. hai de archai aei ta mechris autōn diakopsasai auta alla proagousi pragmata; ta dʼ epi tosouton prochōrein dynatai, ephʼ hoson an mē allē pothen epistasa archē ta metʼ autēn mē tois emprosthen akolouthein, allʼ heautę̄ keleusę̄.
Or do you not understand what I mean? In each plot, prophet, living creatures make sometimes few beginnings, sometimes many within it. And beginnings always cut off what led up to them and bring forward other events; and these can go forward only so far as another beginning, arising from somewhere, does not order what follows it to follow what went before, but to follow itself.
6.7.34Dindorf 1:297
εἴη δʼ ἂν ἀρχὴ καὶ ὄνος καὶ κύων καὶ ψύλλα. οὐ γὰρ παραιρήσει οὐδὲ τῆς ψύλλης, μὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλω, τὴν ἐξουσίαν· ἀλλʼ ὁρμήσει τινὰ ἰδίαν ὁρμὴν ἡ ψύλλα, ἣ καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις πράγμασιν ἐνίοτε συμπλακεῖσα ἀρχὴν ἑαυτὴν παρέξεταί τινος ὁδοῦ. σὺ δὲ χρώμενος οὐκ αἴσθῃ τῷ γένει τούτῳ.
eiē dʼ an archē kai onos kai kyōn kai psylla. ou gar parairēsei oude tēs psyllēs, ma ton Apollō, tēn exousian; allʼ hormēsei tina idian hormēn hē psylla, hē kai tois anthrōpinois pragmasin eniote symplakeisa archēn heautēn parexetai tinos hodou. sy de chrōmenos ouk aisthę̄ tǭ genei toutǭ.
And a donkey, a dog, or a flea could be a beginning. For you will not take away, by Apollo, even the flea's power; the flea will move with an impulse of its own, and sometimes, becoming entangled in human affairs, it will provide the beginning of some course of events. And you, though you deal with this class of things, do not perceive it.
6.7.35Dindorf 1:297–298
Τρηχῖνʼ ἐξεῖλες πόλιν Ἡρακλέος θείοιο, ὦ Λοκρέ· σοὶ δὲ Ζεὺς ἄλλας δῶκʼ ἠδʼ ἔτι δώσει. τί φῄς; οὐ γὰρ ἐπέπρωτο ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξαιρεθῆναι αὐτήν; καὶ τί αἴτιοι ἡμεῖς, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἡ ὑμετέρα ἀνάγκη; οὐ δίκαια ποιεῖς, ὦ Ἄπολλον, οὐδʼ ὀρθῶς ἐπιτιμᾷς τοῖς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦσιν ἡμῖν.
Trēchinʼ exeiles polin Hērakleos theioio, ō Lokre; soi de Zeus allas dōkʼ ēdʼ eti dōsei. ti phę̄s? ou gar epeprōto hyphʼ hymōn exairethēnai autēn? kai ti aitioi hēmeis, allʼ ouch hē hymetera anankē? ou dikaia poieis, ō Apollon, oudʼ orthōs epitimąs tois ouden adikousin hēmin.
'You destroyed Trachis, the city of divine Heracles, O Locrian; but Zeus has given you ruin, and will give yet more.' What do you say? Was it not fated that it should be destroyed by you? Then why are we to blame, and not your necessity? You do not act justly, Apollo, nor do you rightly rebuke us who do no wrong.
6.7.36Dindorf 1:298
ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς οὗτος, ἡ τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀνάγκης ἀνάγκη, τί ἡμᾶς τίννυται, ἀλλʼ οὐκ, εἴπερ ἄρα, ἑαυτὸν, ὅτι τοιαύτην κατέδειξεν εἶναι τὴν ἀνάγκην; τί δὲ καὶ ἀπειλεῖ ἡμῖν; ἢ τί ἡμεῖς, ὡς ὄντες τούτου κύριοι, λιμώττομεν; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἤτοι ἀνοιγισθήσεται πρὸς ἡμῶν, ἢ οὔ· ὁπότερον δʼ ἂν ᾖ, τοῦτο πέπρωται.
ho de Zeus houtos, hē tēs hymeteras anankēs anankē, ti hēmas tinnytai, allʼ ouk, eiper ara, heauton, hoti toiautēn katedeixen einai tēn anankēn? ti de kai apeilei hēmin? ē ti hēmeis, hōs ontes toutou kyrioi, limōttomen? alla kai ētoi anoigisthēsetai pros hēmōn, ē ou; hopoteron dʼ an ę̄, touto peprōtai.
And this Zeus, the necessity of your necessity, why does he punish us, and not, if anyone, himself, for having made necessity to be such? And why does he even threaten us? Or why do we suffer famine, as though we were masters of this? Either the city will be resettled by us or not; whichever it is, that is fated.
6.7.37Dindorf 1:298
λῆξον δὴ, ὦ Ζεῦ λιμοποιὲ, τοῦ θυμοῦ· ἔσται γὰρ ὃ πέπρωται, καὶ τοῦτο προστέτακται ποιεῖν ὁ σὸς εἱρμός· ἡμεῖς δὲ πρὸς τοῦτον οὐδέν ἐσμεν. παῦσαι δὲ καὶ σὺ, ὦ Ἄπολλον, μάταια χρησμῳδῶν· ἔσται γὰρ ὃ δεῖ, ἔσται, κἂν σὺ σιωπᾷς. ἡμεῖς δὲ, ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ Ἄπολλον, τί πάθωμεν, οὐδὲν ὄντες αἴτιοι τῆς ὑμετέρας νομοθετήσεως, τουτέστιν ἀναγκοθετήσεως; τί δʼ ἡμῖν καὶ ταῖς ὑμετέραις ἄταις, ἃς αὐτοὶ ἔχειν δίκαιοί ἐστε ὑπὲρ ὧν ἡμεῖς ἠναγκάσθημεν;
lēxon dē, ō Zeu limopoie, tou thymou; estai gar ho peprōtai, kai touto prostetaktai poiein ho sos heirmos; hēmeis de pros touton ouden esmen. pausai de kai sy, ō Apollon, mataia chrēsmǭdōn; estai gar ho dei, estai, kan sy siōpąs. hēmeis de, ō Zeu kai Apollon, ti pathōmen, ouden ontes aitioi tēs hymeteras nomothetēseōs, toutestin anankothetēseōs? ti dʼ hēmin kai tais hymeterais atais, has autoi echein dikaioi este hyper hōn hēmeis ēnankasthēmen?
Cease your anger, then, Zeus, maker of famine; for what is fated will be, and your chain has been ordered to do this; we are nothing against it. And you too, Apollo, stop uttering vain oracles; for what must be will be, even if you keep silent. But we, Zeus and Apollo, what are we to suffer, who are in no way the cause of your legislation, that is, your necessity-making? What have we to do with your curses, which you yourselves deserve to bear for what we were compelled to do?
6.7.38Dindorf 1:298
Οἰταῖοι, μὴ σπεύδετʼ ἀτασθαλίῃσι νόοιο. ἀλλʼ οὐ σπεύδομεν, ὦ Ἄπολλον, ἀλλʼ ἐλαυνόμεθα, οὐδὲ ἀτασθαλίαις, ἀλλὰ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ ἀνάγκῃ.
Oitaioi, mē speudetʼ atasthalię̄si nooio. allʼ ou speudomen, ō Apollon, allʼ elaunometha, oude atasthaliais, alla tę̄ hymeterą anankę̄.
'Men of Oeta, do not hasten in the recklessness of your minds.' But we do not hasten, Apollo; we are driven, and not by recklessness but by your necessity.
6.7.39Dindorf 1:298
τὸν δὲ Λυκοῦργον ἐκεῖνον πῶς, ὦ Ἄπολλον, ἐπαινεῖς, ὃς οὐκ ἦν ἀγαθὸς, οὔτε ἑκὼν οὔθʼ ἑλόμενος, ἀλλὰ ἄκων; εἴπερ που καὶ γίνεταί τις ἀγαθὸς ἄκων. ἔοικε δὲ ὃ νῦν ποιεῖτε, ὡς εἴ τις τοὺς μὲν καλοὺς τὰ σώματα ἐπαινοίη καὶ γεραίροι, τοὺς δὲ αἰσχροὺς ψέγοι καὶ κολάζοι.
ton de Lykourgon ekeinon pōs, ō Apollon, epaineis, hos ouk ēn agathos, oute hekōn outhʼ helomenos, alla akōn? eiper pou kai ginetai tis agathos akōn. eoike de ho nyn poieite, hōs ei tis tous men kalous ta sōmata epainoiē kai gerairoi, tous de aischrous psegoi kai kolazoi.
And how, Apollo, do you praise that Lycurgus, who was not good willingly or by choice, but unwillingly, if anyone ever becomes good unwillingly? What you are doing now is like someone praising and honoring those with beautiful bodies, and blaming and punishing the ugly.
6.7.40Dindorf 1:298–299
δίκαια γὰρ εἴποιεν ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς οἱ πονηροὶ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπετρέψατε ἡμῖν, ὦ θεοὶ, ἀγαθοῖς γίνεσθαι, οὐ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐβιάσασθε εἶναι πονηρούς· οἵ τε ἀγαθοὶ, εἰ ἐξηγκωνισμένοι περιπατοῖεν, οὐκ ἐπιτρέψει τις αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ φήσει, ὦ Χρύσιππέ τε καὶ Κλέανθες καὶ ὅσοι τούτου τοῦ χοροῦ, ὑμεῖς γὰρ πεποίησθε εἶναι ἀγαθοί, ἐγὼ μὲν ἀρετὴν ἐπαινῶ, ὑμᾶς δὲ τοὺς ἐναρέτους οὐκ ἐπαινῶ.
dikaia gar eipoien an pros hymas hoi ponēroi, hoti ouk epetrepsate hēmin, ō theoi, agathois ginesthai, ou monon de, alla kai ebiasasthe einai ponērous; hoi te agathoi, ei exēnkōnismenoi peripatoien, ouk epitrepsei tis autois, alla phēsei, ō Chrysippe te kai Kleanthes kai hosoi toutou tou chorou, hymeis gar pepoiēsthe einai agathoi, egō men aretēn epainō, hymas de tous enaretous ouk epainō.
For the wicked could justly say to you, 'You did not allow us, gods, to become good; and not only that, but you forced us to be wicked.' And as for the good, if they walked about with their arms akimbo, no one would allow it, but would say, 'Chrysippus and Cleanthes and all of that chorus, you have been made to be good. I praise virtue, but I do not praise you virtuous men.'
6.7.41Dindorf 1:299
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἐπίκουρον, ὃν σὺ πολλὰ, ὦ Χρύσιππε, ἐβλασφήμησας, ἐγὼ τό γε ἐπὶ σοὶ ἀφίημι τῶν ἐγκλημάτων. τί γὰρ πάθῃ ὃς οὐχ ἑκὼν ἦν μαλακὸς οὐδὲ ἄδικος, ὥσπερ πολλάκις αὐτὸν ἐλοιδόρησας;
alla kai ton Epikouron, hon sy polla, ō Chrysippe, eblasphēmēsas, egō to ge epi soi aphiēmi tōn enklēmatōn. ti gar pathę̄ hos ouch hekōn ēn malakos oude adikos, hōsper pollakis auton eloidorēsas?
And Epicurus too, whom you, Chrysippus, reviled so much, I acquit of the charges, at least so far as you are concerned. For what is he to suffer, who was not willingly soft or unjust, as you often abused him?
6.7.42Dindorf 1:299
εὐτάκτων θνητῶν βιοτῇ θεοὶ ἵλαοι εἰσιν, εὐσεβέων θʼ ἁγίας θυσίας τιμάς τε δέχονται. δοκεῖτε δέ μοι οὐκ ἂν ταῦτα λέγειν, μὴ πεπεισμένοι ὅτι οὐκ ἄκοντες, ἀλλὰ βουλόμενοι χωροῦσιν ἐφʼ ἃ χωροῦσιν. ἃ δʼ ἂν βουληθῶσιν, οὔτε θεὸς οὔτε ἄνθρωπος σοφιστὴς, οὕτω προεληλεγμένων, τολμήσει λέγειν ὅτι ὑποτέτακται· ἢ λόγους μὲν οὐκέτι πρὸς αὐτὸν ποιησόμεθα, σκῦτος δέ τι τῶν εὐτόνων λαβόντες, ὡς ἐπʼ ἀνάγωγον παῖδα, τὰς πλευρὰς εὖ μάλα καταξανοῦμεν αὐτοῦ.’
eutaktōn thnētōn biotę̄ theoi hilaoi eisin, eusebeōn thʼ hagias thysias timas te dechontai. dokeite de moi ouk an tauta legein, mē pepeismenoi hoti ouk akontes, alla boulomenoi chōrousin ephʼ ha chōrousin. ha dʼ an boulēthōsin, oute theos oute anthrōpos sophistēs, houtō proelēlegmenōn, tolmēsei legein hoti hypotetaktai; ē logous men ouketi pros auton poiēsometha, skytos de ti tōn eutonōn labontes, hōs epʼ anagōgon paida, tas pleuras eu mala kataxanoumen autou.’
'The gods are gracious to the life of orderly mortals, and receive the holy sacrifices and honors of the devout.' It seems to me you would not say this unless you were persuaded that people go where they go not unwillingly but willingly. And what they will, neither god nor human sophist, once so refuted beforehand, will dare to say is subject to necessity; or else we shall argue with him no longer, but, taking a stout strap, as for an unruly boy, we shall give his ribs a good thrashing."
6.7.43Dindorf 1:299
Τοσαῦτα πρὸς τὸν χρησμῳδὸν ὁ Οἰνόμαος ἀπετείνατο. σὺ δʼ ἀλλʼ εἰ μὴ τῷ τοιῷδε χαίρεις, λαβῶν ἀνάγνωθι τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων φιλοσόφων περὶ εἱμαρμένης οὐ μόνον τῶν προπαρατεθέντων χρησμῶν ἀνατρεπτικὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων καθόλου περὶ τοῦ δόγματος ἐπινοουμένων.
Tosauta pros ton chrēsmǭdon ho Oinomaos apeteinato. sy dʼ allʼ ei mē tǭ toiǭde chaireis, labōn anagnōthi ta ek tōn allōn philosophōn peri heimarmenēs ou monon tōn proparatethentōn chrēsmōn anatreptika, alla kai tōn allōn katholou peri tou dogmatos epinooumenōn.
So much did Oenomaus argue at length against the oracle-giver. But if you do not take pleasure in this sort of thing, take and read what other philosophers have said about fate, which overturns not only the oracles quoted above but all the other notions held about the doctrine in general.
6.7.44Dindorf 1:299–300
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ μὴ μόνον ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἰδιῶται, ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ μέγα φρονήσαντες πλείους κατεσύρησαν ὁμόσε τῷ δόγματι, ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν ἀναγκαίως τὰς αὐτῶν τῶν φιλοσόφων πρὸς σφὰς αὐτοὺς ἀντιρρήσεις ἐκθέσθαι εἰς ἀκριβῆ τοῦ προβλήματος διάσκεψιν. πρῶτα δὴ οὑν σοι παραναγνώσομαι ἀπὸ τῶν Διογενιανοῦ τὰ περὶ εἱμαρμένης, ὧδέ πως τῷ Χρυσίππῳ ἀντειρημένα
epeidē gar mē monon amatheis kai idiōtai, ēdē de kai epi paideią kai philosophią mega phronēsantes pleious katesyrēsan homose tǭ dogmati, hēgoumai dein anankaiōs tas autōn tōn philosophōn pros sphas autous antirrēseis ekthesthai eis akribē tou problēmatos diaskepsin. prōta dē houn soi paranagnōsomai apo tōn Diogenianou ta peri heimarmenēs, hōde pōs tǭ Chrysippǭ anteirēmena
For since not only the unlearned and ordinary people, but also very many who prided themselves on education and philosophy, have been swept along together into this doctrine, I think it necessary to set out the philosophers' own rebuttals of one another, for an exact examination of the problem. First, then, I shall read to you from Diogenianus what he says about fate in answer to Chrysippus, as follows:
Preparation 6, chapter 8
6.8.1Dindorf 1:300
‘‘Ἄξιον δὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἅπασι παραθέσθαι καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα Χρυσίππῳ τῷ στωικῷ περὶ τοῦ λόγου τοῦδε. οὗτος γὰρ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ Περὶ εἱμαρμένης βιβλίῳ βουλόμενος δεικνύναι τὸ δὴ πάνθʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀνάγκης καὶ τῆς εἱμαρμένης κατειλῆφθαι, μαρτυρίοις ἄλλοις τέ τισι χρῆται καὶ τοῖς οὑτωσὶ παρʼ Ὁμήρῳ τῷ ποιητῇ λεγομένοις ἀλλʼ ἐμὲ μὲν κὴρ ἀμφέχανε στυγερὴ, ἥπερ λάχε γεινόμενόν περ.
‘‘Axion de epi toutois hapasi parathesthai kai ta dokounta Chrysippǭ tǭ stōikǭ peri tou logou toude. houtos gar en tǭ prōtǭ Peri heimarmenēs bibliǭ boulomenos deiknynai to dē panthʼ hypo tēs anankēs kai tēs heimarmenēs kateilēphthai, martyriois allois te tisi chrētai kai tois houtōsi parʼ Homērǭ tǭ poiētę̄ legomenois allʼ eme men kēr amphechane stygerē, hēper lache geinomenon per.
"After all this it is worth setting out also the views of Chrysippus the Stoic on this subject. For in the first book of his On Fate, wishing to show that all things are held fast by necessity and fate, he uses, among other testimonies, the words spoken thus by the poet Homer: 'But hateful doom has gaped about me, the doom that was allotted me even at my birth.'
6.8.2Dindorf 1:300
καὶ ὕστερον αὖτε τὰ πείσεται ἅσσα οἱ αἶσα γεινομένῳ ἐπένησε λίνῳ, ὅτε μιν τέκε μήτηρ· καὶ Μοῖραν δʼ οὔ τινά φημι πεφυγμένον ἔμμεναι ἀνδρῶν. οὐ θεωρῶν ὅτι τὰ ἀλλαχοῦ πάλιν παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ λεγόμενα τούτοις ἄντικρυς ἠναντίωται, οἷς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ βιβλίῳ χρῆται, βουλόμενος συνιστᾶν τὸ καὶ παρʼ ἡμὰς πολλὰ γίνεσθαι, οἷον τὸ αὐτοὶ γὰρ σφετέρῃσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ὄλοντο. καὶ τὸ ὢ πόποι, οἷον δή νυ θεοὺς βροτοὶ αἰτιόωνται. ἐξ ἡμέων γάρ φασι κάκ ἔμμεναι, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ σφῇσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ὑπὲρ μόρον ἄλγεʼ ἔχουσι.
kai hysteron aute ta peisetai hassa hoi aisa geinomenǭ epenēse linǭ, hote min teke mētēr; kai Moiran dʼ ou tina phēmi pephygmenon emmenai andrōn. ou theōrōn hoti ta allachou palin para tǭ poiētę̄ legomena toutois antikrys ēnantiōtai, hois kai autos en tǭ deuterǭ bibliǭ chrētai, boulomenos synistan to kai parʼ hēmas polla ginesthai, hoion to autoi gar spheterę̄sin atasthalię̄sin olonto. kai to ō popoi, hoion dē ny theous brotoi aitioōntai. ex hēmeōn gar phasi kak emmenai, hoi de kai autoi sphę̄sin atasthalię̄sin hyper moron algeʼ echousi.
And: 'Afterward he shall suffer whatever Fate spun for him with her thread at his birth, when his mother bore him.' And: 'No man, I say, has escaped his Fate.' He did not see that what is said elsewhere by the poet is directly opposed to these, words which he himself uses in his second book when he wants to establish that many things also come about through us, such as 'For they perished by their own recklessness,' and 'Alas, how mortals blame the gods! For they say evils come from us; but they themselves by their own recklessness have sorrows beyond what is fated.'
6.8.3Dindorf 1:300
ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῷ πάντα γίνεσθαι καθʼ εἱμαρμένην ἠναντίωται. οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνο συνιδεῖν ἠδυνήθη, τὸ μηδαμῶς τὸν Ὅμηρον μηδʼ ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς ἔπεσι συμμαρτυρεῖν αὐτοῦ τῷ δόγματι. οὐ γὰρ τὸ πάντα γίνεσθαι καθʼ εἱμαρμένην, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τό τινα κατʼ ἐκείνην συμβαίνειν ἐξ αὐτῶν ὑποβάλλων εὑρεθήσεται.
tauta gar kai ta toiauta tǭ panta ginesthai kathʼ heimarmenēn ēnantiōtai. ou mēn oudʼ ekeino synidein ēdynēthē, to mēdamōs ton Homēron mēdʼ en ekeinois tois epesi symmartyrein autou tǭ dogmati. ou gar to panta ginesthai kathʼ heimarmenēn, alla mallon to tina katʼ ekeinēn symbainein ex autōn hypoballōn heurethēsetai.
For these and similar words are opposed to the claim that all things come about by fate. Nor could he see that Homer does not support his doctrine even in those other verses. For he will be found to suggest from them not that all things come about by fate, but rather that some things happen according to it.
6.8.4Dindorf 1:300–301
τὸ γὰρ ἀλλʼ ἐμὲ μὲν κὴρ ἀμφέχανε στυγερὴ, ἥτις λάχε γεινόμενόν περ, οὐχ ὅτι πάντα κατὰ τὴν κῆρα συμβαίνει λέγοιτο ἂν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ τὸ τεθνήξεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς παντὶ γεννητῷ ζῴῳ θανεῖν καθείμαρται.
to gar allʼ eme men kēr amphechane stygerē, hētis lache geinomenon per, ouch hoti panta kata tēn kēra symbainei legoito an, allʼ auto to tethnēxesthai; kai gar hōs alēthōs panti gennētǭ zǭǭ thanein katheimartai.
For 'But hateful doom has gaped about me, the doom that was allotted me even at my birth' would not be said to mean that everything happens according to doom, but only death itself; and indeed it is truly fated for every living creature that is born to die.
6.8.5Dindorf 1:301
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὸ ὕστερον αὖτε τὰ πείσεται ἅσσα οἱ αἶσα γεινομένῳ ἐπένησε λίνῳ, ὅτε μιν τέκε μήτηρ, τὸ αὐτὸ βούλεται. οὐ γὰρ ὅτι πάντα αὐτῷ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα καθʼ εἱμαρμένην συμβήσεται λέγει, ἀλλʼ ὅτι κατʼ ἀνάγκην αὐτῷ τινὰ συμβήσεται. ἡ γὰρ τοῦ ἅσσα διαστολὴ τί ποτε ἕτερον ἢ τοῦτο σημαίνει; πολλὰ δὲ κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἡμῖν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα, ἐπίκειται.
alla mēn kai to hysteron aute ta peisetai hassa hoi aisa geinomenǭ epenēse linǭ, hote min teke mētēr, to auto bouletai. ou gar hoti panta autǭ ta meta tauta kathʼ heimarmenēn symbēsetai legei, allʼ hoti katʼ anankēn autǭ tina symbēsetai. hē gar tou hassa diastolē ti pote heteron ē touto sēmainei? polla de katʼ anankēn hēmin, ei kai mē panta, epikeitai.
Again, 'Afterward he shall suffer whatever Fate spun for him with her thread at his birth, when his mother bore him' means the same. For it does not say that everything that follows will happen to him by fate, but that certain things will happen to him by necessity. For what else does the qualification 'whatever' signify than this? Many things, if not all, lie upon us by necessity.
6.8.6Dindorf 1:301
καὶ τὸ Μοῖραν δʼ οὔ τινά φημι πεφυγμένον ἔμμεναι ἀνδρῶν, ἄριστα εἴρηται. τίς γὰρ ἂν δύναιτο τὰ κατʼ ἀνάγκην παντὶ ζῴῳ συγκυροῦντα διαφυγεῖν; ὥστʼ οὐχ ὅπως σύμψηφον ἂν ἔχοι τὸν Ὅμηρον Χρύσιππος ἐν τῷ πάντα καθʼ εἱμαρμένην γίνεσθαι νομίζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναντιούμενον, εἴ γε ἐκεῖνος μὲν ὅτι πολλὰ γίνεται παρʼ ἡμᾶς σαφῶς καὶ πολλάκις εἴρηκε, τὸ δʼ ὅτι κατὰ ἀνάγκην πάντα συμβαίνει, οὐδαμοῦ ῥητῶς λέγων ἂν εὑρεθείη.
kai to Moiran dʼ ou tina phēmi pephygmenon emmenai andrōn, arista eirētai. tis gar an dynaito ta katʼ anankēn panti zǭǭ synkyrounta diaphygein? hōstʼ ouch hopōs sympsēphon an echoi ton Homēron Chrysippos en tǭ panta kathʼ heimarmenēn ginesthai nomizein, alla kai enantioumenon, ei ge ekeinos men hoti polla ginetai parʼ hēmas saphōs kai pollakis eirēke, to dʼ hoti kata anankēn panta symbainei, oudamou rhētōs legōn an heuretheiē.
And 'No man, I say, has escaped his Fate' is very well said. For who could escape what by necessity befalls every living creature? So far from having Homer on his side in thinking that all things come about by fate, Chrysippus has him against him, since Homer has said clearly and often that many things come about through us, but he would nowhere be found saying explicitly that all things happen by necessity.
6.8.7Dindorf 1:301
καὶ τῷ ποιητῇ μὲν, ἅτε οὐ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἡμῖν τῆς τῶν ὄντων φύσεως ὑπισχνουμένῳ, ἀλλὰ μιμουμένῳ πάθη τε καὶ ἤθη καὶ δόξας παντοίας ἀνθρώπων, ἁρμόττον ἂν εἴη καὶ τὰ ἐναντία λέγειν πολλάκις· φιλοσόφῳ δὲ οὔτε τὰ ἐναντία λέγειν οὔτε ποιητῇ διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο χρῆσθαι μάρτυρι
kai tǭ poiētę̄ men, hate ou tēn alētheian hēmin tēs tōn ontōn physeōs hypischnoumenǭ, alla mimoumenǭ pathē te kai ēthē kai doxas pantoias anthrōpōn, harmotton an eiē kai ta enantia legein pollakis; philosophǭ de oute ta enantia legein oute poiētę̄ diʼ auto touto chrēsthai martyri
And for the poet, since he does not promise us the truth about the nature of things but imitates the passions, characters, and opinions of all kinds of people, it would be fitting even to say contrary things often; but for a philosopher it is fitting neither to say contrary things nor, for that very reason, to use a poet as a witness."
6.8.8Dindorf 1:301–302
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερά φησι “Τεκμήριον δὲ καὶ ἄλλο ἰσχυρὸν φέρειν Χρύσιππος οἴεται τῆς ἐν ἅπασιν εἱμαρμένης τὴν θέσιν τῶν τοιούτων ὀνομάτων. τήν τε γὰρ πεπρωμένην πεπερασμένην τινά φησιν εἶναι καὶ συντετελεσμένην διοίκησιν, τήν τε εἱμαρμένην, εἰρομένην τινὰ εἴτε ἐκ θεοῦ βουλήσεως εἴτε ἐξ ἧς δή ποτε αἰτίας.
Kai methʼ hetera phēsi “Tekmērion de kai allo ischyron pherein Chrysippos oietai tēs en hapasin heimarmenēs tēn thesin tōn toioutōn onomatōn. tēn te gar peprōmenēn peperasmenēn tina phēsin einai kai syntetelesmenēn dioikēsin, tēn te heimarmenēn, eiromenēn tina eite ek theou boulēseōs eite ex hēs dē pote aitias.
And after other things he says: "Chrysippus thinks he brings another strong proof of fate in all things: the coining of such names as these. For he says that 'destiny' (pepromene) is a government that is limited (peperasmene) and brought to completion, and 'fate' (heimarmene) a government strung together (eiromene), whether from the will of God or from whatever cause.
6.8.9Dindorf 1:302
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς Μοίρας ὠνομάσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ μεμερίσθαι καὶ κατανενεμῆσθαί τινα ἡμῶν ἑκάστω. οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὸ χρεὼν εἰρῆσθαι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον καὶ καθῆκον κατὰ τὴν εἱμαρμένην. τόν τε ἀριθμὸν τῶν Μοιρῶν τοὺς τρεῖς ὑποβάλλει χρόνους ἐν οἷς κυκλεῖται τὰ πάντα καὶ διʼ ὧν ἐπιτελεῖται.
alla kai tas Moiras ōnomasthai apo tou memeristhai kai katanenemēsthai tina hēmōn hekastō. houtō de kai to chreōn eirēsthai to epiballon kai kathēkon kata tēn heimarmenēn. ton te arithmon tōn Moirōn tous treis hypoballei chronous en hois kykleitai ta panta kai diʼ hōn epiteleitai.
And he says that the Fates (Moirai) are named from having been divided (memeristhai) and distributed to each of us; and in the same way 'what must be' (to chreon) is so called as what falls due and is proper according to fate. And he takes the number of the Fates to suggest the three times in which all things revolve and through which they are accomplished.
6.8.10Dindorf 1:302
καὶ Λάχεσιν μὲν κεκλῆσθαι παρὰ τὸ λαγχάνειν ἑκάστῳ τὸ πεπρωμένον, Ἄτροπον δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀμετάθετον τοῦ μερισμοῦ, Κλωθὼ δὲ παρὰ τὸ συγκεκλῶσθαι καὶ συνείρεσθαι τὰ πάντα, καὶ μίαν αὐτῶν τεταγμένην τινὰ εἶναι διέξοδον. ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια φλυαρῶν ἀποδεικνύναι τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν ἀνάγκην νομίζει.
kai Lachesin men keklēsthai para to lanchanein hekastǭ to peprōmenon, Atropon de kata to atrepton kai ametatheton tou merismou, Klōthō de para to synkeklōsthai kai syneiresthai ta panta, kai mian autōn tetagmenēn tina einai diexodon. tauta gar kai ta toutois paraplēsia phlyarōn apodeiknynai tēn en hapasin anankēn nomizei.
And Lachesis is so called from allotting (lanchanein) to each his destiny; Atropos from the unturnable (atrepton) and unalterable character of the allotment; and Clotho from all things being spun together (synkeklosthai) and strung together, and from their being one ordered course. By babbling these and similar things he thinks he proves necessity in all things.
6.8.11Dindorf 1:302
ἐμοὶ δὲ θαυμάζειν ἔπεισιν εἰ τοιαῦτα λέγων οὐκ ᾐσθάνετο τῆς ματαιολογίας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ. ἔστω γὰρ ταύταις ταῖς ἐννοίαις κεχρημένους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καθὼς αὐτὸς ἐτυμολογεῖ, τὰ ὀνόματα τεθεῖσθαι τὰ ἐκκείμενα, δοξάζοντας τὰ πάντα κατειληφέναι τὴν εἱμαρμένην, καὶ ἀμεταθέτους εἶναι τὰς ἐξ αἰῶνος προκατειλημμένας ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς οὐσί τε καὶ γινομένοις αἰτίας.
emoi de thaumazein epeisin ei toiauta legōn ouk ę̄sthaneto tēs mataiologias tēs heautou. estō gar tautais tais ennoiais kechrēmenous tous anthrōpous, kathōs autos etymologei, ta onomata tetheisthai ta ekkeimena, doxazontas ta panta kateilēphenai tēn heimarmenēn, kai ametathetous einai tas ex aiōnos prokateilēmmenas en pasi tois ousi te kai ginomenois aitias.
I am moved to wonder whether, saying such things, he did not perceive his own idle talk. For let it be granted that people, using these notions, coined the names in question, as he derives them, believing that fate holds all things fast and that the causes established beforehand from eternity in all that is and comes to be are unalterable.
6.8.12Dindorf 1:302
τί οὖν ἀκολουθεῖς, ὦ Χρύσιππε, πάσαις ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων δόξαις, καὶ οὐδεμία σοι περὶ οὐδενὸς φαίνεται διεψευσμένη, ἀλλὰ πάντες τῆς ἀληθείας εἰσὶ θεωρητικοί;
ti oun akoloutheis, ō Chrysippe, pasais tais tōn anthrōpōn doxais, kai oudemia soi peri oudenos phainetai diepseusmenē, alla pantes tēs alētheias eisi theōrētikoi?
Why then, Chrysippus, do you follow all human opinions, as though none seemed to you mistaken about anything, but all were contemplators of the truth?
6.8.13Dindorf 1:302
πῶς οὖν οὐδένα φῂς ἄνθρωπον, ὃς οὐχὶ μαίνεσθαί σοι δοκεῖ κατʼ ἴσον Ὀρέστῃ τε καὶ Ἀλκμαίωνι, πλὴν τοῦ σοφοῦ; ἕνα δὲ ἢ δύο μόνους φὴς σοφοὺς γεγονέναι, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους διʼ ἀφροσύνην ἐπʼ ἴσης τοῖς προειρημένοις μεμηνέναι;
pōs oun oudena phę̄s anthrōpon, hos ouchi mainesthai soi dokei katʼ ison Orestę̄ te kai Alkmaiōni, plēn tou sophou? hena de ē dyo monous phēs sophous gegonenai, tous de allous diʼ aphrosynēn epʼ isēs tois proeirēmenois memēnenai?
How then do you say that there is no one, except the sage, who does not seem to you mad, equally with Orestes and Alcmaeon? And that only one or two sages have ever existed, while the rest, through folly, are as mad as those just mentioned?
6.8.14Dindorf 1:302–303
πῶς δὲ ἀνασκευάζεις αὐτῶν τὰς δόξας ἐκείνας ὡς διημαρτημένας, οἷον τὰς περὶ πλούτου καὶ δόξης καὶ τυραννίδος καθόλου τε ἡδονῆς, ἅπερ ἀγαθὰ νενομίκασιν οἱ πλεῖστοι; πῶς δὲ τοὺς κειμένους νόμους ἡμαρτῆσθαι φῂς ἅπαντας καὶ τὰς πολιτείας; ἢ διὰ τί πλῆθος τοσοῦτον βιβλίων συνέγραψας, εἰ περὶ μηδενὸς εἶχον οἱ ἄνθρωποι δόξας διημαρτημένας;
pōs de anaskeuazeis autōn tas doxas ekeinas hōs diēmartēmenas, hoion tas peri ploutou kai doxēs kai tyrannidos katholou te hēdonēs, haper agatha nenomikasin hoi pleistoi? pōs de tous keimenous nomous hēmartēsthai phę̄s hapantas kai tas politeias? ē dia ti plēthos tosouton bibliōn synegrapsas, ei peri mēdenos eichon hoi anthrōpoi doxas diēmartēmenas?
And how do you refute those opinions of theirs as mistaken, such as those about wealth and fame and tyranny and pleasure in general, which most people have thought good? How do you say that all established laws and constitutions are mistaken? Or why did you write such a multitude of books, if people held mistaken opinions about nothing?
6.8.15Dindorf 1:303
οὐ γὰρ, ὅταν μὲν ταὐτὰ σοὶ δοξάζωσιν, ὀρθῶς φρονεῖν αὐτοὺς φήσομεν, ὅταν δὲ διάφορα, μαίνεσθαι.
ou gar, hotan men tauta soi doxazōsin, orthōs phronein autous phēsomen, hotan de diaphora, mainesthai.
For we shall not say that when they hold the same opinions as you they think rightly, and when different ones they are mad.
6.8.16Dindorf 1:303
πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ σὺ φῂς σοφὸν εἶναι σεαυτὸν, μήτι γε ἡμεῖς, ἵνα κριτήριον ποιώμεθα τοῦ καλῶς ποτὲ ἐκείνους φρονεῖν τὸ τῇ σῇ δόξῃ συνδραμεῖν· ἔπειτʼ, εἰ καὶ τοῦτο ἦν ἀληθὲς τί λέγειν ἐχρῆν μαίνεσθαι πάντας ἐπʼ ἴσης, καὶ οὐχὶ καθὸ μὲν ἐφαίνοντο ταυτὰ σοὶ δοξάζοντες κατὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἐπαινεῖν, ὡς ὀρθοῦ τινὸς ἐπειλημμένους, καθὸ δὲ διεφώνουν ἁμαρτάνειν αὐτοὺς ὑπολαμβάνειν;
prōton men gar oude sy phę̄s sophon einai seauton, mēti ge hēmeis, hina kritērion poiōmetha tou kalōs pote ekeinous phronein to tę̄ sę̄ doxę̄ syndramein; epeitʼ, ei kai touto ēn alēthes ti legein echrēn mainesthai pantas epʼ isēs, kai ouchi katho men ephainonto tauta soi doxazontes kata touto autous epainein, hōs orthou tinos epeilēmmenous, katho de diephōnoun hamartanein autous hypolambanein?
For in the first place, not even you say that you are a sage, much less we, so that we should make agreement with your opinion the criterion of their ever thinking rightly. Next, even if this were true, what should one have said: that all are equally mad, and not rather praise them so far as they plainly held the same opinions as you, as having grasped something right, and suppose them to err so far as they disagreed?
6.8.17Dindorf 1:303
μαρτύριον μέντοι τῆς ἀληθείας ἱκανὸν ἡγεῖσθαι τὸ δοκοῦν ἐκείνοις οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐχρῆν φύσει, καὶ μὴ μαίνεσθαι καθάπερ σὺ οἴει, ἀλλὰ πολύ γε ἀφεστηκέναι σοφίας πᾶς ἄν τις ὁμολογήσειε.
martyrion mentoi tēs alētheias hikanon hēgeisthai to dokoun ekeinois oude houtōs echrēn physei, kai mē mainesthai kathaper sy oiei, alla poly ge aphestēkenai sophias pas an tis homologēseie.
Yet even so one ought not to regard their opinion as sufficient testimony to the truth; everyone would agree that they are, not mad as you think, but far removed from wisdom.
6.8.18Dindorf 1:303
γελοίως οὖν καὶ σὺ χρήσῃ μάρτυσι τούτοις διὰ τῆς θέσεως τῶν ὀνομάτων, οὓς οὐδὲν ἂν κατά γε σύνεσιν σεαυτοῦ φήσαις διαφέρειν, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς θεμένους ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα σοφοὺς εἶναι συμβέβηκεν, ὅπερ οὐδαμῶς δεῖξαι δυνήσῃ.
geloiōs oun kai sy chrēsę̄ martysi toutois dia tēs theseōs tōn onomatōn, hous ouden an kata ge synesin seautou phēsais diapherein, ei mē ara tous ex archēs themenous tauta ta onomata sophous einai symbebēken, hoper oudamōs deixai dynēsę̄.
It is ridiculous, then, for you to use as witnesses, through the coining of names, people whom you would say differ in no way from yourself in understanding, unless it happens that those who first coined these names were sages, which you will in no way be able to show.
6.8.19Dindorf 1:303
ἀλλὰ γὰρ δεδόσθω σοι τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν, καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα ἐκεῖνα τίθεσθαι ὡς σὺ βούλει τὰς σημασίας ἔχοντα, καὶ μὴ κατὰ δόξας ψευδεῖς τὸ τοιοῦτον γεγονέναι· ποῦ τοίνυν διʼ αὐτῶν σημαίνεται τὰ πάντα ἁπαξαπλῶς καθʼ εἱμαρμένην εἶναι, καὶ μὴ, εἰ ἄρα, ταῦτα μόνα ὧν ἐστιν εἱμαρμένη;
alla gar dedosthō soi touthʼ houtōs echein, kai ta onomata ekeina tithesthai hōs sy boulei tas sēmasias echonta, kai mē kata doxas pseudeis to toiouton gegonenai; pou toinyn diʼ autōn sēmainetai ta panta hapaxaplōs kathʼ heimarmenēn einai, kai mē, ei ara, tauta mona hōn estin heimarmenē?
But let it be granted to you that this is so, and that those names were coined with the meanings you wish, and that this did not happen through false opinions. Where, then, do they signify that absolutely all things are by fate, and not, if anything, only those things of which there is a fate?
6.8.20Dindorf 1:303–304
ὅ τε γὰρ τῶν Μοιρῶν ἀριθμὸς καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ τῆς Κλωθοῦς ἄτρακτος, καὶ τὸ ἐπειλημένον αὐτῷ νῆμα, καὶ τὸ ἐπίκλωσμα τούτου, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα λέγεται ἐν ἐκείνοις, ἐνδείκνυται τὸ ἀπαράβατον καὶ ἐξ αἰῶνος καθῆγον τῶν αἰτιῶν, ὅσα οὑτωσὶ κατηνάγκασται γενέσθαι, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλως ἔχειν κεκώλυται.
ho te gar tōn Moirōn arithmos kai ta onomata autōn kai ho tēs Klōthous atraktos, kai to epeilēmenon autǭ nēma, kai to epiklōsma toutou, kai hosa alla toiauta legetai en ekeinois, endeiknytai to aparabaton kai ex aiōnos kathēgon tōn aitiōn, hosa houtōsi katēnankastai genesthai, kai hosa allōs echein kekōlytai.
For the number of the Fates and their names, and Clotho's spindle and the thread wound on it and its spinning, and all such things said in those accounts, indicate the inviolable and eternal sequence of causes for those things that are thus compelled to happen, and that are prevented from being otherwise.
6.8.21Dindorf 1:304
πολλὰ δʼ ἂν εἴη τὰ τοιαῦτα· ὅσα δὲ οὐχ οὕτω γίνεται, τούτων τισὶ μὲν οἱ ἄνθρωποι θεοὺς διοικητὰς καὶ δημιουργοὺς ἐπεφήμισαν, τινῶν δὲ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς αἰτίους ὑπέλαβον, ἄλλων δὲ αὖ πάλιν τὴν φύσιν, ἄλλων τὴν τύχην.
polla dʼ an eiē ta toiauta; hosa de ouch houtō ginetai, toutōn tisi men hoi anthrōpoi theous dioikētas kai dēmiourgous epephēmisan, tinōn de hēmas autous aitious hypelabon, allōn de au palin tēn physin, allōn tēn tychēn.
Such things may be many; but of those that do not come about in this way, people have ascribed some to gods as their governors and makers, have supposed us ourselves to be the cause of others, and again nature of others, and chance of others.
6.8.22Dindorf 1:304
ἧς τὸ εὐμετάβολον καὶ ἄστατον καὶ νῦν μὲν οὕτω, νῦν δὲ οὕτως ἔχον ἐνδείξασθαι βουλόμενοι, εἰδωλοποιήσαντες τὸ ποιὸν τοῦτο σύμπτωμα τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐπὶ σφαίρας βεβηκυῖαν τὴν τύχην ἔδειξαν.
hēs to eumetabolon kai astaton kai nyn men houtō, nyn de houtōs echon endeixasthai boulomenoi, eidōlopoiēsantes to poion touto symptōma tōn pragmatōn, epi sphairas bebēkuian tēn tychēn edeixan.
Wishing to show how changeable and unstable chance is, now one way and now another, they made an image of this sort of coincidence of events and depicted Fortune standing on a ball.
6.8.23Dindorf 1:304
ἢ οὐχὶ δεδόξασται παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ ταῦτα; καὶ γὰρ εἴ ποτε συνταράττουσι τὰ αἴτια, καὶ ὅσα μὲν καθʼ εἱμαρμένην ἢ κατὰ τύχην γίνεται, ταῦτα ἐκ θείας δυνάμεως γίνεσθαι νομίζουσιν, ὅσα δὲ παρʼ ἡμᾶς, ταῦτα καθʼ εἱμαρμένην, ἀλλʼ ὅτι γε πάντα τὰ αἴτια ταῦτα ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν εἶναι δοξάζουσι παντί που δῆλον.
ē ouchi dedoxastai para tois anthrōpois kai tauta? kai gar ei pote syntarattousi ta aitia, kai hosa men kathʼ heimarmenēn ē kata tychēn ginetai, tauta ek theias dynameōs ginesthai nomizousin, hosa de parʼ hēmas, tauta kathʼ heimarmenēn, allʼ hoti ge panta ta aitia tauta en tois ousin einai doxazousi panti pou dēlon.
Or are these not also held by people? For even if they sometimes confuse the causes, and think that what happens by fate or by chance happens by divine power, and what happens through us happens by fate, still it is surely plain to everyone that they believe all these causes to exist among things.
6.8.24Dindorf 1:304
ὥστε οὐδὲ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπολήψεις, οὐδὲ τὰς θέσεις τῶν τοιούτων ὀνομάτων συμμαρτυρεῖν τῇ Χρυσίππου δόξῃ συμβέβηκε.”
hōste oude tas tōn anthrōpōn hypolēpseis, oude tas theseis tōn toioutōn onomatōn symmartyrein tę̄ Chrysippou doxę̄ symbebēke.”
So neither people's assumptions nor the coining of such names turns out to support Chrysippus's opinion."
6.8.25Dindorf 1:304
Τούτοις ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει “Ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ πρώτῳ Περὶ εἱμαρμένης βιβλίῳ τοιαύταις τισὶν ἀποδείξεσιν κέχρηται, ἐν δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ λύειν πειρᾶται τὰ ἀκολουθεῖν δοκοῦντα ἄτοπα τῷ λόγῳ τῷ πάντα κατηναγκάσθαι λέγοντι, ἅπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἐτίθεμεν· οἷον τὸ ἀναιρεῖσθαι διʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν προθυμίαν περὶ ψόγους τε καὶ ἐπαίνους καὶ προτροπὰς καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν αἰτίαν γινόμενα φαίνεται.
Toutois hexēs epilegei “En men oun tǭ prōtǭ Peri heimarmenēs bibliǭ toiautais tisin apodeixesin kechrētai, en de tǭ deuterǭ lyein peiratai ta akolouthein dokounta atopa tǭ logǭ tǭ panta katēnankasthai legonti, haper kai hēmeis katʼ archas etithemen; hoion to anaireisthai diʼ autou tēn ex hēmōn autōn prothymian peri psogous te kai epainous kai protropas kai panthʼ hosa para tēn hēmeteran aitian ginomena phainetai.
Next after this he adds: "In the first book of On Fate, then, he uses proofs of this kind; but in the second he tries to answer the absurdities that seem to follow from the doctrine that all things are compelled, which we too set out at the beginning: for instance, that it does away with our own eagerness concerning blame and praise and exhortation, and with everything that appears to happen through our own cause.
6.8.26Dindorf 1:304
φησὶν οὖν ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ βιβλίῳ τὸ μὲν ἐξ ἡμῶν πολλὰ γίνεσθαι δῆλον εἶναι, οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον συγκαθειμάρθαι καὶ ταῦτα τῇ τῶν ὅλων διοικήσει.
phēsin oun en tǭ deuterǭ bibliǭ to men ex hēmōn polla ginesthai dēlon einai, ouden de hētton synkatheimarthai kai tauta tę̄ tōn holōn dioikēsei.
He says, then, in the second book that it is plain that many things come about from us, but that these are no less co-fated with the government of the universe.
6.8.27Dindorf 1:304–305
κέχρηταί τε παραδείγμασι τοιούτοις τισί. τὸ γὰρ μὴ ἀπολεῖσθαι, φησὶ, θοἰμάτιον οὐχ ἁπλῶς καθείμαρτο, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοῦ φυλάττεσθαι, καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων σωθήσεσθαι τόνδε τινὰ μετὰ τοῦ φεύγειν αὐτὸν τοὺς πολεμίους· καὶ τὸ γενέσθαι παῖδας μετὰ τοῦ βούλεσθαι κοινωνεῖν γυναικί.
kechrētai te paradeigmasi toioutois tisi. to gar mē apoleisthai, phēsi, thoimation ouch haplōs katheimarto, alla meta tou phylattesthai, kai to ek tōn polemiōn sōthēsesthai tonde tina meta tou pheugein auton tous polemious; kai to genesthai paidas meta tou boulesthai koinōnein gynaiki.
And he uses examples of this kind. That the cloak would not be lost, he says, was not fated simply, but together with its being guarded; and that this man would be saved from the enemy, together with his fleeing the enemy; and that children would be born, together with being willing to lie with a woman.
6.8.28Dindorf 1:305
ὥσπερ γὰρ, φησὶν, λέγοντός τινος Ἡγήσαρχον τὸν πύκτην ἐξελεύσεσθαι τοῦ ἀγῶνος πάντως ἄπληκτον, ἀτόπως ἄν τις ἠξίου καθιέντα τὰς χεῖρας τὸν Ηγήσαρχον μάχεσθαι, ἐπεὶ ἄπληκτον αὐτὸν καθείμαρτο ἀπελθεῖν, τοῦ τὴν ἀπόφασιν ποιησαμένου διὰ τὴν περιττοτέραν τἀνθρώπου πρὸς τὸ μὴ πλήττεσθαι φυλακὴν τοῦτο εἰπόντος, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔχει.
hōsper gar, phēsin, legontos tinos Hēgēsarchon ton pyktēn exeleusesthai tou agōnos pantōs aplēkton, atopōs an tis ēxiou kathienta tas cheiras ton Ēgēsarchon machesthai, epei aplēkton auton katheimarto apelthein, tou tēn apophasin poiēsamenou dia tēn perittoteran tanthrōpou pros to mē plēttesthai phylakēn touto eipontos, houtō kai epi tōn allōn echei.
For just as, he says, if someone said that Hegesarchus the boxer would certainly leave the contest unhit, it would be absurd to expect Hegesarchus to fight with his hands down because it was fated that he would come away unhit, since the one who made the declaration said this because of the man's exceptional guard against being hit, so it is with other things.
6.8.29Dindorf 1:305
πολλὰ γὰρ μὴ δύνασθαι γενέσθαι χωρὶς τοῦ καὶ ἡμᾶς βούλεσθαι καὶ ἐκτενεστάτην γε περὶ αὐτὰ προθυμίαν τε καὶ σπουδὴν εἰσφέρεσθαι, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ τούτου, φησὶν, αὐτὰ γενέσθαι καθείμαρτο.
polla gar mē dynasthai genesthai chōris tou kai hēmas boulesthai kai ektenestatēn ge peri auta prothymian te kai spoudēn eispheresthai, epeidē meta toutou, phēsin, auta genesthai katheimarto.
For many things cannot come about without our also willing them and bringing the most strenuous eagerness and effort to them, since it was fated, he says, that they should come about together with this.
6.8.30Dindorf 1:305
πάλιν οὖν κἀνταῦθα θαυμάσειέ τις ἂν τἀνθρώπου τὸ ἀθεώρητον καὶ ἀνεπιλόγιστον, καὶ τῶν ἐνεργειῶν καὶ τῆς τῶν ἰδίων λόγων ἀνακολουθίας. οἶμαι γὰρ ὅτι καθάπερ τὸ καλούμενον γλυκὺ τῷ καλουμένῳ πικρῷ συμβέβηκεν ἐναντιώτατον εἶναι, τῷ τε λευκῷ τὸ μέλαν καὶ τῷ ψυχρῷ τὸ θερμὸν, οὑτωσὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ παρʼ ἡμᾶς τῷ καθʼ εἱμαρμένην, εἴ γε καθʼ εἱμαρμένην μὲν ἐκεῖνα καλεῖν προείληφεν ὅσα καὶ ἑκόντων ἡμῶν καὶ ἀκόντων πάντως γίνεται, παρʼ ὅσα ἐκ τοῦ σπουδάζειν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐνεργεῖν ἐπὶ τέλος ἔρχεται, ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἀμελεῖν καὶ ῥᾳθυμεῖν οὐκ ἐπιτελεῖται.
palin oun kantautha thaumaseie tis an tanthrōpou to atheōrēton kai anepilogiston, kai tōn energeiōn kai tēs tōn idiōn logōn anakolouthias. oimai gar hoti kathaper to kaloumenon glyky tǭ kaloumenǭ pikrǭ symbebēken enantiōtaton einai, tǭ te leukǭ to melan kai tǭ psychrǭ to thermon, houtōsi de kai to parʼ hēmas tǭ kathʼ heimarmenēn, ei ge kathʼ heimarmenēn men ekeina kalein proeilēphen hosa kai hekontōn hēmōn kai akontōn pantōs ginetai, parʼ hosa ek tou spoudazein hēmas kai energein epi telos erchetai, ē para to amelein kai rhąthymein ouk epiteleitai.
Here again one might wonder at the man's lack of reflection and of reasoning, both about the facts and about the inconsistency of his own arguments. For I think that just as what is called sweet is most opposed to what is called bitter, black to white, and hot to cold, so too what is through us is opposed to what is by fate; since he has already chosen to call 'by fate' those things that come about in any case, whether we will or not, and 'through us' those that reach their end because we are earnest and active, or are not accomplished because we are careless and idle.
6.8.31Dindorf 1:305–306
ἐὰν τοίνυν ἐκ τοῦ σπουδάζειν ἐμὲ θοιμάτιον φυλάττειν ἐκεῖνο σώζηται, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ βούλεσθαι τῇ γυναικὶ πλησιάζειν τὰ τέκνα γίγνηται, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ βούλεσθαι φεύγειν τοὺς πολεμίους τὸ μὴ ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ διαμάχεσθαι πρὸς τὸν ἀνταγωνιστὴν ἀνδρείως φυλάττεσθαί τε αὐτοῦ τὰς τῶν χειρῶν ἐπιβολὰς τὸ ἄπληκτον ἐκ τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, πῶς τὸ καθʼ εἱμαρμένην ἐνταῦθα σωθήσεται;
ean toinyn ek tou spoudazein eme thoimation phylattein ekeino sōzētai, kai ek tou boulesthai tę̄ gynaiki plēsiazein ta tekna gignētai, kai ek tou boulesthai pheugein tous polemious to mē apothnēskein hypʼ autōn, kai ek tou diamachesthai pros ton antagōnistēn andreiōs phylattesthai te autou tas tōn cheirōn epibolas to aplēkton ek tou agōnos apallattesthai, pōs to kathʼ heimarmenēn entautha sōthēsetai?
If, then, the cloak is saved because I am earnest in guarding it, and children are born because I am willing to approach my wife, and not dying at the enemy's hands because of the will to flee them, and leaving the contest unhit because of fighting bravely against the opponent and guarding against his blows, how will 'by fate' be preserved here?
6.8.32Dindorf 1:306
εἰ μὲν γὰρ κατʼ ἐκείνην ταῦτα συμβαίνει, παρʼ ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἂν λέγοιτο συμβαίνειν, εἰ δὲ παρʼ ἡμὰς, οὐκ ἂν κατʼ ἐκείνην δηλαδὴ, διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι συνδραμεῖν ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις.
ei men gar katʼ ekeinēn tauta symbainei, parʼ hēmas ouk an legoito symbainein, ei de parʼ hēmas, ouk an katʼ ekeinēn dēladē, dia to mē dynasthai syndramein tauta allēlois.
For if these things happen according to fate, they could not be said to happen through us; and if through us, then clearly not according to fate, because these cannot coincide with each other.
6.8.33Dindorf 1:306
ἀλλὰ παρʼ ἡμᾶς μὲν ἔσται, φησὶ, περιειλημμένου μέντοι τοῦ παρʼ ἡμᾶς ὑπὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης. καὶ πῶς, εἴποιμʼ ἂν, περιειλημμένου; εἴ γε καὶ τὸ φυλάττειν θοιμάτιον καὶ τὸ μὴ φυλάττειν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξουσίας ἐγίνετο τῆς ἐμῆς. οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τοῦ σώζεσθαι τοῦτο δηλονότι κύριος ἂν εἴην ἐγώ.
alla parʼ hēmas men estai, phēsi, perieilēmmenou mentoi tou parʼ hēmas hypo tēs heimarmenēs. kai pōs, eipoimʼ an, perieilēmmenou? ei ge kai to phylattein thoimation kai to mē phylattein apo tēs exousias egineto tēs emēs. houtō gar kai tou sōzesthai touto dēlonoti kyrios an eiēn egō.
But it will be through us, he says, though what is through us is encompassed by fate. And how, I would ask, encompassed? If guarding the cloak and not guarding it came about from my own power, then clearly I would be master also of its being saved.
6.8.34Dindorf 1:306
καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς διαστολῆς, ἣν ποιεῖται Χρύσιππος, δῆλον γίνεται τὸ ἀπολελύσθαι τῆς εἱμαρμένης τὴν παρʼ ἡμᾶς αἰτίαν. καθείμαρται γὰρ, φησὶ, σωθῆναι θοιμάτιον, εἰ φυλάττοις αὐτὸ, καὶ παῖδας ἔσεσθαι, εἰ καὶ σὺ βουληθείης, ἄλλως δὲ μὴ ἂν ἔσεσθαί τι τούτων. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης προκατειλημμένων οὐκ ἄν ποτε ὑποτιμήσεσι τοιαύταις χρησαίμεθα.
kai ex autēs de tēs diastolēs, hēn poieitai Chrysippos, dēlon ginetai to apolelysthai tēs heimarmenēs tēn parʼ hēmas aitian. katheimartai gar, phēsi, sōthēnai thoimation, ei phylattois auto, kai paidas esesthai, ei kai sy boulētheiēs, allōs de mē an esesthai ti toutōn. epi de tōn hypo tēs heimarmenēs prokateilēmmenōn ouk an pote hypotimēsesi toiautais chrēsaimetha.
And from the very distinction Chrysippus makes it becomes plain that the cause that lies in us is set free from fate. For it is fated, he says, that the cloak will be saved if you guard it, and that there will be children if you too are willing, but otherwise neither of these would be. But in the case of things foreordained by fate we would never use such qualifications.
6.8.35Dindorf 1:306
οὐκ οὖν φαμὲν τεθνήξεσθαι πάντα ἄνθρωπον εἰ τόδε τι γένοιτο, μὴ τεθνήξεσθαι δὲ εἰ μὴ γένοιτο, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς τεθνήξεσθαι, κἂν ὁτιοῦν πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀποθνήσκειν καθόλου γίγνοιτο· ἢ μὴ ἀλγηδόνος ἔσεσθαι δεκτικὸν ἄνθρωπόν τινα, κἂν ταδὶ πράττῃ, ἀλλὰ πάντʼ ἄνθρωπον ἀλγηδόνος εἶναι δεκτικὸν, ἐάν τε βούληται ἐάν τε μή· καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα οὑτωσὶ καὶ μὴ ἄλλως ἔχειν καθείμαρται.
ouk oun phamen tethnēxesthai panta anthrōpon ei tode ti genoito, mē tethnēxesthai de ei mē genoito, allʼ haplōs tethnēxesthai, kan hotioun pros to mē apothnēskein katholou gignoito; ē mē algēdonos esesthai dektikon anthrōpon tina, kan tadi prattę̄, alla pantʼ anthrōpon algēdonos einai dektikon, ean te boulētai ean te mē; kai hosa alla houtōsi kai mē allōs echein katheimartai.
We do not say that every man will die if this or that happens, and will not die if it does not, but simply that he will die, whatever is done to keep him from dying at all; nor that a certain man will not be capable of pain if he does such-and-such, but that every man is capable of pain whether he wills it or not; and so with all other things fated to be thus and not otherwise.
6.8.36Dindorf 1:306
ὥστε εἰ τὸ γενέσθαι τόδε τι ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν, εἰ βουληθείημεν ἡμεῖς, ἄλλως δὲ οὐχὶ, φανερὸν ὅτι τὸ ἡμὰς βουληθῆναί τε καὶ μὴ βουληθῆναι ὑπʼ οὐδεμιᾶς ἑτέρας αἰτίας προκατείχετο, ἀλλʼ ἦν αὐτεξούσιον·
hōste ei to genesthai tode ti anankaion estin, ei boulētheiēmen hēmeis, allōs de ouchi, phaneron hoti to hēmas boulēthēnai te kai mē boulēthēnai hypʼ oudemias heteras aitias prokateicheto, allʼ ēn autexousion;
So if it is necessary that something come about if we will it, but not otherwise, it is evident that our willing and not willing was not held fast beforehand by any other cause, but was self-determined.
6.8.37Dindorf 1:306–307
εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ἀκατανάγκαστον ἦν, καὶ τὸ γενέσθαι τόδε τι δῆλον ὡς ἀπʼ αἰῶνος οὐ προκατείχετο, εἰ μή τι καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ βούλεσθαι φυλάττειν θοἰμάτιον, ἢ μὴ βούλεσθαι, παρά τινα εἱμαρμένην καὶ κατὰ αἰτίαν ἔξωθεν ἀναγκαίαν ἐγίνετο.
ei de touto akatanankaston ēn, kai to genesthai tode ti dēlon hōs apʼ aiōnos ou prokateicheto, ei mē ti kai auto to boulesthai phylattein thoimation, ē mē boulesthai, para tina heimarmenēn kai kata aitian exōthen anankaian egineto.
And if this was not compelled, then clearly the coming about of the thing was not held fast from eternity either, unless the very willing or not willing to guard the cloak also came about by some fate and by a necessary cause from outside.
6.8.38Dindorf 1:307
ἀλλʼ οὕτω τέλεον ἡ παρʼ ἡμᾶς ἐξουσιαστικὴ δύναμις ἀναιρεῖται, καὶ οὐκέτι σώζοιτο ἂν θοἰμάτιον παρὰ τὴν αἰτίαν τὴν ἐμὴν, ἢ ἀπολλύοιτο· διὸ καὶ εἴην ἂν ἐγὼ καὶ ἀπολλυμένου τούτου κατὰ λόγον ἀνεπιτίμητος, (ἄλλη γὰρ αὐτό τις ἀπώλλυεν αἰτία) καὶ σωζομένου πάλιν οὐδαμῶς ἐπαινούμενος, ὅτι μηδὲ τοῦτο εἰργαζόμην ἐγώ. σὺ δὲ ὡς σῶσαι πάντα δυνάμενος οὕτʼ ὡς ἀνετείνου τῷ λόγῳ.
allʼ houtō teleon hē parʼ hēmas exousiastikē dynamis anaireitai, kai ouketi sōzoito an thoimation para tēn aitian tēn emēn, ē apollyoito; dio kai eiēn an egō kai apollymenou toutou kata logon anepitimētos, (allē gar auto tis apōllyen aitia) kai sōzomenou palin oudamōs epainoumenos, hoti mēde touto eirgazomēn egō. sy de hōs sōsai panta dynamenos houtʼ hōs aneteinou tǭ logǭ.
But in that case the power of authority that is in us is completely abolished, and the cloak would no longer be saved or lost through my cause. So I would reasonably be blameless when it is lost (for some other cause was destroying it), and again in no way praised when it is saved, since I did not bring this about either. But you strained in your argument as though you could save everything."
6.8.39Dindorf 1:307
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ προδηλωθεὶς ἀνήρ. συνήφθω δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Αφροδισιέως, ἀνδρὸς εὖ μάλα διαφανοῦς ἐν τοῖς κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν λόγοις, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τοῖς Περὶ εἱμαρμένης τοιαῖσδʼ ἐχρήσατο φωναῖς εἰς ἀνασκευὴν τοῦ δόγματος
Tauta men ho prodēlōtheis anēr. synēphthō de toutois kai ta apo tōn Alexandrou tou Aphrodisieōs, andros eu mala diaphanous en tois kata philosophian logois, hos kai autos en tois Peri heimarmenēs toiaisdʼ echrēsato phōnais eis anaskeuēn tou dogmatos
So much for the man already mentioned. Let there be joined to these the passages from Alexander of Aphrodisias, a man very distinguished in philosophical writing, who in his work On Fate also used such words as these to refute the doctrine:
Preparation 6, chapter 9
6.9.1Dindorf 1:307
“ Διαιρεῖται δὲ τὰ τῶν γινομένων αἴτια εἰς τρόπους αἰτιῶν τέσσαρας, καθὼς ὁ θεῖος Ἀριστοτέλης δέδειχε· τῶν γὰρ αἰτίων τὰ μέν ἐστι ποιητικὰ, τὰ δὲ ὕλης ἐπέχοντα λόγον· ἔστι δέ τις ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἡ κατὰ τὸ εἶδος αἰτία· παρὰ δὲ τὰς τρεῖς ταύτας αἰτίας ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτοῖς αἴτιον καὶ τέλος, οὗ χάριν τὸ γινόμενον γίνεται.
“ Diaireitai de ta tōn ginomenōn aitia eis tropous aitiōn tessaras, kathōs ho theios Aristotelēs dedeiche; tōn gar aitiōn ta men esti poiētika, ta de hylēs epechonta logon; esti de tis en autois kai hē kata to eidos aitia; para de tas treis tautas aitias estin en autois aition kai telos, hou charin to ginomenon ginetai.
"The causes of what comes to be are divided into four kinds of cause, as the divine Aristotle has shown. For of causes some are productive, others have the character of matter; there is also among them the cause according to form; and besides these three there is among them a cause that is also an end, for the sake of which what comes to be comes to be.
6.9.2Dindorf 1:307
καὶ τοσαῦται μὲν αἱ τῶν αἰτίων διαφοραί· ὅ τι γὰρ ἂν αἴτιον ᾖ τινὸς ὑπό τι τούτων τῶν αἰτιῶν ὂν εὑρεθήσεται. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ πάντα τὰ γινόμενα τοσούτων αἰτίων δεῖται, ἀλλὰ τά γε πλείστων δεόμενα οὐχ ὑπερβαίνει τὸν εἰρημένον ἀριθμόν.
kai tosautai men hai tōn aitiōn diaphorai; ho ti gar an aition ę̄ tinos hypo ti toutōn tōn aitiōn on heurethēsetai. kai gar ei mē panta ta ginomena tosoutōn aitiōn deitai, alla ta ge pleistōn deomena ouch hyperbainei ton eirēmenon arithmon.
So many are the differences among causes; for whatever is the cause of something will be found to fall under one of these causes. And even if not everything that comes to be needs so many causes, those that need the most do not exceed the number stated.
6.9.3Dindorf 1:307–308
γνωριμωτέρα δʼ ἂν αὐτῶν ἡ διαφορὰ γένοιτο, εἰ ἐπὶ παραδείγματός τινος τῶν γινομένων ὁραθείη. ἴστω δὴ ἐπʼ ἀνδριάντος ἡμῖν ἡ τῶν αἰτίων δεικνυμένη διαίρεσις. τοῦ δὴ ἀνδριάντος ὡς μὲν ποιητικὸν αἴτιον ὁ ποιήσας τεχνίτης, ὃν ἀνδριαντοποιὸν καλοῦμεν, ὡς δὲ ὕλη ὁ ὑποκείμενος χαλκὸς, ἢ λίθος, ἢ ὅ τι ἂν ᾖ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ τεχνίτου σχηματιζόμενον κατὰ τὴν τέχνην· αἴτιον γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ γεγονέναι τε καὶ εἶναι τὸν ἀνδριάντα.
gnōrimōtera dʼ an autōn hē diaphora genoito, ei epi paradeigmatos tinos tōn ginomenōn horatheiē. istō dē epʼ andriantos hēmin hē tōn aitiōn deiknymenē diairesis. tou dē andriantos hōs men poiētikon aition ho poiēsas technitēs, hon andriantopoion kaloumen, hōs de hylē ho hypokeimenos chalkos, ē lithos, ē ho ti an ę̄ to hypo tou technitou schēmatizomenon kata tēn technēn; aition gar kai touto tou gegonenai te kai einai ton andrianta.
Their difference would become clearer if it were seen in the example of something that comes to be. Let the division of causes be shown for us in a statue. Of the statue, the productive cause is the craftsman who made it, whom we call a sculptor; the matter is the underlying bronze or stone, or whatever is shaped by the craftsman according to his art; for this too is a cause of the statue's having come to be and of its being.
6.9.4Dindorf 1:308
ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ εἶδος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ τούτῳ γενόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ τεχνίτου καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦ ἀνδριάντος αἴτιον· διὸ εἶδός ἐστι δισκεῦον, ἢ ἀκοντίζον, ἢ ἐπʼ ἄλλου τινὸς ὡρισμένου σχήματος.
esti de kai to eidos to en tǭ hypokeimenǭ toutǭ genomenon hypo tou technitou kai auto tou andriantos aition; dio eidos esti diskeuon, ē akontizon, ē epʼ allou tinos hōrismenou schēmatos.
And the form produced by the craftsman in this underlying material is also itself a cause of the statue; which is why it is the form of a discus-thrower, or a javelin-thrower, or of some other definite figure.
6.9.5Dindorf 1:308
οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα τῆς τοῦ ἀνδριάντος γενέσεως αἴτια, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν οὐδενὸς τῶν αἰτίων τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ δεύτερον τὸ τέλος, οὗ χάριν γέγονε, τουτέστιν, ἢ τιμή τινος, ἢ εἰς θεὸν εὐσέβειά τις. ἄνευ γὰρ τῆς τοιαύτης αἰτίας οὐδʼ ἂν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁ ἀνδριὰς ἐγένετο.
ou monon de tauta tēs tou andriantos geneseōs aitia, allʼ estin oudenos tōn aitiōn tēs geneseōs autou deuteron to telos, hou charin gegone, toutestin, ē timē tinos, ē eis theon eusebeia tis. aneu gar tēs toiautēs aitias oudʼ an tēn archēn ho andrias egeneto.
And these are not the only causes of the statue's coming to be; second to none of the causes of its coming to be is the end for whose sake it came to be, that is, the honor of someone or some act of piety toward a god. For without such a cause the statue would not have come to be at all.
6.9.6Dindorf 1:308
ὄντων τοίνυν τοσούτων τῶν αἰτίων καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα διαφορὰν ἐχόντων γνώριμον, τὴν εἱμαρμένην ἐν τοῖς ποιητικοῖς αἰτίοις δικαίως ἂν καταριθμοῖμεν, ἀναλογίαν σῴζουσαν πρὸς τὰ γινόμενα κατʼ αὐτὴν τῇ τοῦ ἀνδριάντος δημιουργῷ τέχνῃ.’’
ontōn toinyn tosoutōn tōn aitiōn kai tēn pros allēla diaphoran echontōn gnōrimon, tēn heimarmenēn en tois poiētikois aitiois dikaiōs an katarithmoimen, analogian sǭzousan pros ta ginomena katʼ autēn tę̄ tou andriantos dēmiourgǭ technę̄.’’
Since the causes are so many, and their difference from one another is clear, we would rightly count fate among the productive causes, as bearing the same relation to what comes about according to it as the sculptor's art does to the statue."
6.9.7Dindorf 1:308
‘‘Τούτου δὲ οὕτως ἔχοντος ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη περὶ τῶν ποιητικῶν αἰτίων ποιήσασθαι τὸν λόγον· οὕτω γὰρ ἔσται γνώριμον εἴτε πάντων τῶν γιγνομένων χρὴ τὴν εἱμαρμένην αἰτιᾶσθαι εἴτε δὴ καὶ ἄλλοις τισὶ παρὰ τήνδε συγχωρεῖν, ὡς οὖσι ποιητικοῖς τινῶν αἰτίοις.
‘‘Toutou de houtōs echontos akolouthon an eiē peri tōn poiētikōn aitiōn poiēsasthai ton logon; houtō gar estai gnōrimon eite pantōn tōn gignomenōn chrē tēn heimarmenēn aitiasthai eite dē kai allois tisi para tēnde synchōrein, hōs ousi poiētikois tinōn aitiois.
"This being so, it would follow to give an account of productive causes. For so it will become clear whether fate must be held the cause of everything that comes to be, or whether other things too besides it must be allowed, as being productive causes of some things.
6.9.8Dindorf 1:308–309
ἁπάντων δὴ τῶν γιγνομένων Ἀριστοτέλης ποιούμενος τὴν διαίρεσιν τὰ μὲν αὐτῶν τινὸς χάριν γίγνεσθαι λέγει, σκοπόν τινα καὶ τέλος τῶν γιγνομένων προκείμενον ἔχοντος τοῦ ποιοῦντος αὐτὰ, τὰ δὲ οὐδενὸς, ὅσα οὐ κατὰ πρόθεσίν τινα τοῦ ποιοῦντος γίγνεται, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τέλος ὡρισμένον ἔχει τὴν ἀναφορὰν, τοιαῦτα οἷόν ἐστι καρφῶν τε τινῶν διακρατήσεις καὶ περιστροφαὶ, καὶ τριχῶν ἐπαφαί τε καὶ ἐκτάσεις, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ὁμοίως γίνεται.
hapantōn dē tōn gignomenōn Aristotelēs poioumenos tēn diairesin ta men autōn tinos charin gignesthai legei, skopon tina kai telos tōn gignomenōn prokeimenon echontos tou poiountos auta, ta de oudenos, hosa ou kata prothesin tina tou poiountos gignetai, oudʼ epi telos hōrismenon echei tēn anaphoran, toiauta hoion esti karphōn te tinōn diakratēseis kai peristrophai, kai trichōn epaphai te kai ektaseis, kai hosa toutois homoiōs ginetai.
Aristotle, dividing everything that comes to be, says that some things come to be for the sake of something, the one who makes them having some aim and end set before him for what comes to be; and others for the sake of nothing, such as come to be not by any purpose of the maker and have no reference to a definite end, such as holding and twirling bits of straw, touching and pulling at hairs, and whatever else happens in the same way.
6.9.9Dindorf 1:309
ὅτι μὲν γὰρ γίνεται καὶ αὐτὰ γνώριμον· οὐ μὴν ἔχει τὴν κατὰ τὸ τέλος καὶ τὴν οὗ χάριν αἰτίαν. τὰ μὲν οὖν οὕτω γινόμενα ἀσκόπως καὶ ἀπλῶς γινόμενα οὐδεμίαν εὔλογον ἔχει διαίρεσιν·
hoti men gar ginetai kai auta gnōrimon; ou mēn echei tēn kata to telos kai tēn hou charin aitian. ta men oun houtō ginomena askopōs kai aplōs ginomena oudemian eulogon echei diairesin;
That these too come to be is clear; but they do not have the cause that is the end and the 'for the sake of which.' Things that come to be in this way, aimlessly and simply, admit of no reasonable division.
6.9.10Dindorf 1:309
τῶν δὲ ἐπί τι τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐχόντων καί τινος γιγνομένων χάριν τὰ μὲν κατὰ φύσιν, τὰ δὲ κατὰ λόγον γίγνεται. τὰ τε γὰρ φύσιν αἰτίαν ἔχοντα τῆς γενέσεως κατά τινας ἀριθμοὺς καὶ τάξιν ὡρισμένην πρόεισιν ἐπί τι τέλος, ἐν ᾧ γιγνόμενα τοῦ γίγνεσθαι παύονται, εἰ μή τι αὐτοῖς ἐνστὰν ἐμποδὼν γίγνοιτο τῇ κατὰ φύσιν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον ὁδῷ.
tōn de epi ti tēn anaphoran echontōn kai tinos gignomenōn charin ta men kata physin, ta de kata logon gignetai. ta te gar physin aitian echonta tēs geneseōs kata tinas arithmous kai taxin hōrismenēn proeisin epi ti telos, en hǭ gignomena tou gignesthai pauontai, ei mē ti autois enstan empodōn gignoito tę̄ kata physin autōn epi to prokeimenon hodǭ.
But of those that have reference to something and come to be for the sake of something, some come to be by nature and others by reason. For things that have nature as the cause of their coming to be proceed by certain numbers and a definite order toward some end, at which, once they have come to be, they cease coming to be, unless something stands in their way and becomes an obstacle to their natural path toward the goal set before them.
6.9.11Dindorf 1:309
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κατὰ λόγον γιγνόμενα ἔχει τι τέλος. οὐδὲν γὰρ ὡς ἔτυχε τῶν κατὰ λόγον γιγνομένων γίγνεται, ἀλλʼ ἐπί τινα σκοπὸν ἡ ἀναφορὰ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς.
alla kai ta kata logon gignomena echei ti telos. ouden gar hōs etyche tōn kata logon gignomenōn gignetai, allʼ epi tina skopon hē anaphora pasin autois.
And things that come to be by reason also have an end. For none of the things that come to be by reason comes to be at random; all of them refer to some aim.
6.9.12Dindorf 1:309
ἔστι δὲ κατὰ λόγον γιγνόμενα ὅσα ὑπὸ τῶν ποιούντων αὐτὰ γίγνεται λογιζομένων τε περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ συντιθέντων καθʼ ὃν ἂν τρόπον γένοιτο. οὕτω γίγνεται τά τε κατὰ τὰς τέχνας γιγνόμενα πάντα καὶ τὰ κατὰ προαίρεσιν·
esti de kata logon gignomena hosa hypo tōn poiountōn auta gignetai logizomenōn te peri autōn kai syntithentōn kathʼ hon an tropon genoito. houtō gignetai ta te kata tas technas gignomena panta kai ta kata proairesin;
Things that come to be by reason are those that come to be through their makers reasoning about them and working out how they might come to be. In this way come to be all things done by the arts and by choice.
6.9.13Dindorf 1:309
ἃ διαφέρει τῶν γιγνομένων φύσει τῷ τὰ μὲν φύσει γιγνόμενα ἐν αὑτοῖς ἔχειν τὴν ἀρχήν τε καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τῆς τοιαύτης γενέσεως, τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ φύσις, καὶ γίγνεσθαι μὲν κατὰ τάξιν τινὰ, οὐ μὴν τῆς ποιούσης αὐτὰ φύσεως ὁμοίως ταῖς τέχναις λογισμῷ περὶ αὐτῶν χρωμένης.
ha diapherei tōn gignomenōn physei tǭ ta men physei gignomena en hautois echein tēn archēn te kai tas aitias tēs toiautēs geneseōs, toiouton gar hē physis, kai gignesthai men kata taxin tina, ou mēn tēs poiousēs auta physeōs homoiōs tais technais logismǭ peri autōn chrōmenēs.
These differ from things that come to be by nature in that things that come to be by nature have in themselves the principle and causes of such coming to be (for that is what nature is), and come to be in a certain order, but without the nature that makes them using reasoning about them as the arts do.
6.9.14Dindorf 1:309
τὰ δὲ γιγνόμενα κατὰ τέχνην τε καὶ προαίρεσιν ἔξωθεν ἔχει τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς κινήσεως καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τὴν ποιοῦσαν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν αὑτοῖς, καὶ τῆς γενέσεως αὐτῶν ὁ τοῦ ποιοῦντος ἡγεῖται περὶ αὐτῶν λογισμός.
ta de gignomena kata technēn te kai proairesin exōthen echei tēn archēn tēs kinēseōs kai tēn aitian tēn poiousan, allʼ ouk en hautois, kai tēs geneseōs autōn ho tou poiountos hēgeitai peri autōn logismos.
But things that come to be by art and choice have the principle of motion and the producing cause outside, not in themselves, and the maker's reasoning about them directs their coming to be.
6.9.15Dindorf 1:309–310
τρίτον δέ ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς ἕνεκά του γιγνομένοις καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τύχης τε καὶ τοῦ αὐτομάτου γίγνεσθαι πεπιστευμένα, ταύτῃ τῶν προηγουμένως ἕνεκά του γιγνομένων διαφέροντα, ᾗ ἐπʼ ἐκείνων μὲν τὰ πρὸ τοῦ τέλους τοῦ τέλους χάριν γίγνεται, ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων τὰ μὲν γιγνόμενα πρὸ τοῦ τέλους ἄλλου χάριν γίγνεται, ἀπαντᾷ δὲ αὐτοῖς ἄλλου χάριν γιγνομένοις, ὡς τέλος, τὸ αὐτομάτως τε καὶ ἀπὸ τύχης γίγνεσθαι λεγόμενον.”
triton de estin en tois heneka tou gignomenois kai ta apo tychēs te kai tou automatou gignesthai pepisteumena, tautę̄ tōn proēgoumenōs heneka tou gignomenōn diapheronta, hę̄ epʼ ekeinōn men ta pro tou telous tou telous charin gignetai, epi de toutōn ta men gignomena pro tou telous allou charin gignetai, apantą de autois allou charin gignomenois, hōs telos, to automatōs te kai apo tychēs gignesthai legomenon.”
And third among the things that come to be for the sake of something are those believed to come about by chance and spontaneously. They differ from things that come to be primarily for the sake of something in this: in the latter, what comes before the end comes to be for the sake of the end; but in these, what comes before the end comes to be for the sake of something else, and there meets them, as they come to be for the sake of something else, as an end, what is said to come about spontaneously and by chance."
6.9.16Dindorf 1:310
“Τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων καὶ πάντων τῶν γιγνομένων εἰς τούτους τοὺς τρόπους νενεμημένων ἀκόλουθον ἐπὶ τούτοις ἰδεῖν ἐν τίνι τῶν ποιητικῶν αἰτίων χρὴ τιθέναι τὴν εἱμαρμένην.
“Toutōn de houtōs echontōn kai pantōn tōn gignomenōn eis toutous tous tropous nenemēmenōn akolouthon epi toutois idein en tini tōn poiētikōn aitiōn chrē tithenai tēn heimarmenēn.
"This being so, and everything that comes to be having been distributed into these modes, it follows next to see in which of the productive causes fate must be placed.
6.9.17Dindorf 1:310
ἆρά γε ἐν τοῖς οὐδενὸς γιγνομένοις χάριν; ἢ τοῦτο μὲν παντάπασιν ἄλογον; ἀεὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τέλους τινὸς τῷ τῆς εἱμαρμένης ὀνόματι χρώμεθα, καθʼ εἱμαρμένην τε αὐτὸ λέγοντες γεγονέναι· διὸ ἐν τοῖς ἕνεκά του γινομένοις ἀναγκαῖον τιθέναι τὴν εἱμαρμένην.”
ara ge en tois oudenos gignomenois charin? ē touto men pantapasin alogon? aei gar epi telous tinos tǭ tēs heimarmenēs onomati chrōmetha, kathʼ heimarmenēn te auto legontes gegonenai; dio en tois heneka tou ginomenois anankaion tithenai tēn heimarmenēn.”
Is it among the things that come to be for the sake of nothing? Or is this altogether unreasonable? For we always use the name of fate with reference to some end, saying that it came about by fate. So it is necessary to place fate among the things that come to be for the sake of something."
6.9.18Dindorf 1:310
Ταῦτα αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν ὁ προδηλωθεὶς ἀνὴρ διελὼν διὰ πλειόνων ἑξῆς συνίστησιν, οὐδʼ ἄλλο τι εἶναι τὴν εἱμαρμένην ἢ τὰ κατὰ φύσιν γινόμενα· μὴ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς κατὰ λογισμὸν ἡμέτερον καὶ κατὰ τέχνην ἐπιτελουμένοις τὴν τῆς εἱμαρμένης ἀνάγκην ἐπιθεωρεῖσθαι
Tauta autois rhēmasin ho prodēlōtheis anēr dielōn dia pleionōn hexēs synistēsin, oudʼ allo ti einai tēn heimarmenēn ē ta kata physin ginomena; mē gar en tois kata logismon hēmeteron kai kata technēn epiteloumenois tēn tēs heimarmenēs anankēn epitheōreisthai
Having made these distinctions in these very words, the man already mentioned next establishes at greater length that fate is nothing other than what comes about by nature; for the necessity of fate, he says, is not seen in what is accomplished by our reasoning and by art.
6.9.19Dindorf 1:310
φησὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν πλεῖστα ἐμποδίζεσθαι συμβαίνειν, ἃ καὶ καλεῖσθαι παρὰ φύσιν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν τέχνην τὰ παρὰ τὴν τέχνην λέγεσθαι. εἰ δὲ ὅλως παρὰ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν γίγνεταί τινα, γένοιτʼ ἂν καὶ παρὰ τὴν εἱμαρμένην, εἴπερ τὰ κατὰ φύσιν ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ καθʼ εἱμαρμένην.
phēsi de tōn kata physin pleista empodizesthai symbainein, ha kai kaleisthai para physin, hōsper kai en tois kata tēn technēn ta para tēn technēn legesthai. ei de holōs para to kata physin gignetai tina, genoitʼ an kai para tēn heimarmenēn, eiper ta kata physin tauta esti ta kathʼ heimarmenēn.
And he says that very many natural things happen to be hindered, and these are called contrary to nature, just as in matters of art what is contrary to art is so called. And if anything at all comes about contrary to what is natural, it would also come about contrary to fate, if indeed what is according to nature is the same as what is according to fate.
6.9.20Dindorf 1:310–311
“Ὁρῶμεν γοῦν, φησὶν, ὅτι καὶ τὸ σῶμα τῷ τοιόνδε ἢ τοιόνδε εἶναι τὴν φύσιν ἐν νόσοις καὶ φθοραῖς ἀκολούθως τῇ φυσικῇ συστάσει γίνεται, οὐ μὴν ὁμοίως ἐπὶ πάντων, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης. ἱκαναὶ γὰρ ἐκκροῦσαι πολλάκις τὴν τοιάνδε ἕξιν ἐπιμέλειαι καὶ βίων ὑπαλλαγαὶ καὶ προστάξεις ἰατρῶν καὶ συμβουλίαι θεῶν.
“Horōmen goun, phēsin, hoti kai to sōma tǭ toionde ē toionde einai tēn physin en nosois kai phthorais akolouthōs tę̄ physikę̄ systasei ginetai, ou mēn homoiōs epi pantōn, oude ex anankēs. hikanai gar ekkrousai pollakis tēn toiande hexin epimeleiai kai biōn hypallagai kai prostaxeis iatrōn kai symbouliai theōn.
"We see, at any rate," he says, "that the body too, because its nature is of this kind or that, falls into diseases and decay in accordance with its natural constitution, yet not in the same way in all cases, nor of necessity. For care, changes in way of life, the prescriptions of physicians, and the counsels of gods are often enough to drive out such a condition.
6.9.21Dindorf 1:311
κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς εὕροι τις ἂν παρὰ τὴν φυσικὴν κατασκευὴν διαφόρους ἐν ἑκάστῳ προαιρέσεις καὶ πράξεις καὶ βίους ἐξ ἀσκήσεως καὶ ἀπὸ μαθημάτων καὶ ἀπὸ λόγων κρειττόνων βελτιουμένων....
kata de ton auton tropon kai epi tēs psychēs heuroi tis an para tēn physikēn kataskeuēn diaphorous en hekastǭ proaireseis kai praxeis kai bious ex askēseōs kai apo mathēmatōn kai apo logōn kreittonōn beltioumenōn....
In the same way, in the case of the soul too, one would find in each person choices, actions, and ways of life that differ from the natural constitution, as people are improved by training, by learning, and by better teachings....
6.9.22Dindorf 1:311
εἰπόντος γοῦν ποτὲ τοῦ φυσιογνώμονος περὶ τοῦ Σωκράτους τοῦ φιλοσόφου ἄτοπά τινα καὶ πλεῖστον ἀφεστῶτα τῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτοῦ τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Σωκράτην καταγελωμένου, οὐδὲν εἶπεν ὁ Σωκράτης ἐσφάλθαι τὸν Ζώπυρον· ἦν γὰρ ἂν τοιοῦτος, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ φύσει, εἰ μὴ διὰ τὴν ἐκ φιλοσοφίας ἄσκησιν ἀμείνων τῆς φύσεως ἐγένετο.
eipontos goun pote tou physiognōmonos peri tou Sōkratous tou philosophou atopa tina kai pleiston aphestōta tēs proaireseōs autou tēs kata ton bion, kai epi toutois hypo tōn peri ton Sōkratēn katagelōmenou, ouden eipen ho Sōkratēs esphalthai ton Zōpyron; ēn gar an toioutos, hoson epi tę̄ physei, ei mē dia tēn ek philosophias askēsin ameinōn tēs physeōs egeneto.
When, for example, the physiognomist once said some outrageous things about Socrates the philosopher, very far from his chosen way of life, and was laughed at for it by Socrates' companions, Socrates said that Zopyrus had not erred at all; for he would have been such a man, as far as his nature went, had he not become better than his nature through the training of philosophy.
6.9.23Dindorf 1:311
Καὶ τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ κατὰ φύσιν, ἃ καὶ μηδέν φησι διαφέρειν τῶν καθʼ εἱμαρμένην. “Τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ τύχης τοιαῦτα, ὅταν ἄλλου τινὸς χάριν γενομένῳ τινὶ μὴ τοῦτο ἀπαντήσῃ οὗ χάριν ἐγένετο, ἄλλο δέ τι ὅπερ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐδὲ ἠλπίζετο. θησαυρόν τε γάρ φησιν ἀπὸ τύχης εὑρηκέναι τινὰ, ὅταν ἄλλου χάριν ὀρύσσων, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῦ θησαυρὸν εὑρεῖν, θησαυρῷ περιπέσῃ· καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον ἀπὸ τύχης κεκομίσθαι τινὰ λέγουσιν, ὅταν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν προελθὼν ἄλλου τινὸς χάριν ἀργύριον ἔχοντι περιπεσὼν τῷ χρεώστῃ τὸ ὀφειλόμενον λάβῃ· καὶ ὁ ἵππος δὲ αὐτομάτως τισὶ λέγεται σεσῶσθαι, ὅταν τροφῆς μὲν ἐλπίδι, ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς χάριν, ἀποφύγῃ τοὺς κατέχοντας αὐτὸν, ἀπαντήσῃ δὲ αὐτοῦ τῇ φυγῇ καὶ τῷ δρόμῳ τὸ τοῖς δεσπόταις περιπεσεῖν.
Kai toiauta men ta kata physin, ha kai mēden phēsi diapherein tōn kathʼ heimarmenēn. “Ta de apo tychēs toiauta, hotan allou tinos charin genomenǭ tini mē touto apantēsę̄ hou charin egeneto, allo de ti hoper tēn archēn oude ēlpizeto. thēsauron te gar phēsin apo tychēs heurēkenai tina, hotan allou charin oryssōn, alla mē tou thēsauron heurein, thēsaurǭ peripesę̄; kai to argyrion apo tychēs kekomisthai tina legousin, hotan eis tēn agoran proelthōn allou tinos charin argyrion echonti peripesōn tǭ chreōstę̄ to opheilomenon labę̄; kai ho hippos de automatōs tisi legetai sesōsthai, hotan trophēs men elpidi, ē allou tinos charin, apophygę̄ tous katechontas auton, apantēsę̄ de autou tę̄ phygę̄ kai tǭ dromǭ to tois despotais peripesein.
Such are natural things, which he says differ in no way from what is by fate. "And things that come from chance are of this kind: when something has come about for the sake of something else, and what it came about for does not result, but something else that was not even expected at the start. For one is said to have found a treasure by chance when, digging for some other purpose and not to find treasure, he comes upon treasure. And people say someone recovered his money by chance when, having gone to the marketplace for some other reason, he comes upon the debtor who has money and receives what was owed. And a horse is said by some to have been saved spontaneously when, in hope of food or for some other reason, it escapes those holding it, and the result of its flight and running is that it comes upon its masters.
6.9.24Dindorf 1:311–312
ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων οὐδὲ ταῦτα ἂν εἴη καθʼ εἱμαρμένην. καὶ ἄδηλα δέ ἐστί τινα αἴτια ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ, ἃ κατά τινας ἀντιπαθείας γίνεσθαι πεπίστευται, ἀγνοουμένης τῆς αἰτίας διʼ ἣν γίνεται. ὁποῖα περίαπτά τινα ποιεῖν προείληπται, οὐδεμίαν εὔλογον καὶ πιθανὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἔχοντα· ἔτι δὲ ἐπαοιδαὶ, καὶ τοιαῦταί τινες μαγγανεῖαι. τούτων γὰρ ὁμολογεῖται μὲν ὑπὸ πάντων ἄδηλος εἶναι ἡ αἰτία· διὸ καὶ ἀναιτιολόγητα λέγουσιν αὐτά.
hōn houtōs echontōn oude tauta an eiē kathʼ heimarmenēn. kai adēla de esti tina aitia anthrōpinǭ logismǭ, ha kata tinas antipatheias ginesthai pepisteutai, agnooumenēs tēs aitias diʼ hēn ginetai. hopoia periapta tina poiein proeilēptai, oudemian eulogon kai pithanēn aitian tou tauta poiein echonta; eti de epaoidai, kai toiautai tines manganeiai. toutōn gar homologeitai men hypo pantōn adēlos einai hē aitia; dio kai anaitiologēta legousin auta.
This being so, these things too would not be by fate. And there are some causes hidden from human reasoning, which are believed to work by certain antipathies, the cause through which they happen being unknown: such as certain amulets are supposed to produce effects, though there is no reasonable or persuasive cause for their producing them; and further, incantations and some such trickeries. For of these everyone agrees that the cause is hidden; which is why they call them inexplicable.
6.9.25Dindorf 1:312
πολλὰ δʼ εἶναι παρὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐνδεχομένως καὶ ὁπότερα ἔτυχε γινόμενα, ἃ οὐδὲ ταῦτʼ ἂν εἴη καθʼ εἱμαρμένην.
polla dʼ einai para tauta kai endechomenōs kai hopotera etyche ginomena, ha oude tautʼ an eiē kathʼ heimarmenēn.
And besides these there are many things that happen contingently and either way, and these too would not be by fate.
6.9.26Dindorf 1:312
λέγεται δὲ ἐνδεχομένως γίνεσθαι ταῦτα ἐφʼ ὧν καὶ τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι χώραν ἔχει, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ὁπότερα ἔτυχε λεγόμενον ποιεῖ γνώριμον· οἷον τὸ κινῆσαί τι τῶν ἑαυτοῦ μερῶν, καὶ τὴν τυχοῦσαν τοῦ τραχήλου περιστροφὴν καὶ τὴν τοῦ δακτύλου ἔκτασιν καὶ τὸ ἐπᾶραι τὰ βλέφαρα, καὶ τὸν καθεζόμενον στῆσαι, καὶ τὸν κινούμενον ἠρεμῆσαι, καὶ τὸν λαλοῦντα σιγῆσαι, καὶ ἐπὶ μυρίων εὕροι τις ἂν δύναμίν τινα ἐνυπάρχουσαν τῶν ἐναντίων δεκτικὴν, ἃ οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο ἐξ εἱμαρμένης· τὰ γὰρ ἐξ αὐτῆς οὐ δέχεται τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἐστι τὸ ἐναντίον.”
legetai de endechomenōs ginesthai tauta ephʼ hōn kai to mē genesthai chōran echei, hōs kai auto to hopotera etyche legomenon poiei gnōrimon; hoion to kinēsai ti tōn heautou merōn, kai tēn tychousan tou trachēlou peristrophēn kai tēn tou daktylou ektasin kai to eparai ta blephara, kai ton kathezomenon stēsai, kai ton kinoumenon ēremēsai, kai ton lalounta sigēsai, kai epi myriōn heuroi tis an dynamin tina enyparchousan tōn enantiōn dektikēn, ha ouk an genoito ex heimarmenēs; ta gar ex autēs ou dechetai tou en hǭ esti to enantion.”
Things are said to happen contingently in cases where not happening also has room, as the very expression 'either way' makes known: for instance, moving one of one's own limbs, a chance turn of the neck, stretching out a finger, raising the eyelids, a seated person standing up, a moving person resting, a speaking person falling silent. In countless cases one would find a power present that is capable of opposites, and these could not come from fate; for what comes from fate does not admit the opposite in the one in whom it is."
6.9.27Dindorf 1:312
“Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ βουλεύεσθαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐκ εἰς μάτην αὐτῷ ὑπάρχει· ἦν δʼ ἂν εἰς μάτην βουλευτικὸς, εἰ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔπραττε τὰ πραττόμενα ἀλλʼ ἐναργῶς φαίνεται τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ὁ ἄνθρωπος μόνος τοῦτο παρὰ τῆς φύσεως ἔχων πλέον, τὸ μὴ ὁμοίως ἐκείνοις ταῖς φαντασίαις ἕπεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἔχειν τῶν προσπιπτόντων κριτὴν τὸν λόγον· ᾧ χρώμενος, εἰ μὲν ἐξεταζόμενα τὰ φαντασθέντα οἷα τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐφάνη καὶ ἔστι, συγκατατίθεται τῇ φαντασίᾳ, καὶ οὕτω μέτεισιν αὐτά· εἰ δὲ ἀλλοῖα φαίνεται, οὐκέτι ἔμεινεν ἐπὶ τῆς προλήψεως, ἐλέγξαντος αὐτὰ τοῦ λόγου, διὰ τὸ συμβουλεύσασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.”
“Alla kai to bouleuesthai ton anthrōpon ouk eis matēn autǭ hyparchei; ēn dʼ an eis matēn bouleutikos, ei ex anankēs epratte ta prattomena allʼ enargōs phainetai tōn allōn zǭōn ho anthrōpos monos touto para tēs physeōs echōn pleon, to mē homoiōs ekeinois tais phantasiais hepesthai, allʼ echein tōn prospiptontōn kritēn ton logon; hǭ chrōmenos, ei men exetazomena ta phantasthenta hoia tēn archēn ephanē kai esti, synkatatithetai tę̄ phantasią, kai houtō meteisin auta; ei de alloia phainetai, ouketi emeinen epi tēs prolēpseōs, elenxantos auta tou logou, dia to symbouleusasthai peri autōn.”
"Moreover, deliberation is not given to man in vain; but he would be capable of deliberation in vain if he did of necessity what he does. Yet man plainly appears to be the only living creature that has this advantage from nature over the others: he does not follow impressions as they do, but has reason as the judge of what strikes him. Using it, if on examination the things imagined are such as they appeared at first and really are, he assents to the impression and so pursues them; but if they appear otherwise, he no longer holds to his first assumption, reason having refuted it, because he has deliberated about them."
6.9.28Dindorf 1:312–313
“Βουλευόμεθα γοῦν περὶ μόνων ὧν δυνάμεθα πράττειν· εἰ δέ ποτε μὴ βουλευσάμενοι πράττοιμεν, πολλάκις μετανοοῦμεν καὶ μεμφόμεθα ἑαυτοῖς τῆς ἀβουλίας· ἀλλὰ κἂν ἄλλους ἴδωμεν ἀβούλως πράττοντας, ἐπικαλοῦμεν ὡς ἁμαρτάνουσιν, ἀξιοῦμέν τε συμβούλοις τοῖσδε χρῆσθαι, ὡς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ὄντων τῶν τοιούτων.’
“Bouleuometha goun peri monōn hōn dynametha prattein; ei de pote mē bouleusamenoi prattoimen, pollakis metanooumen kai memphometha heautois tēs aboulias; alla kan allous idōmen aboulōs prattontas, epikaloumen hōs hamartanousin, axioumen te symboulois toisde chrēsthai, hōs ephʼ hēmin ontōn tōn toioutōn.’
"We deliberate, at any rate, only about things we are able to do. And if we ever act without deliberating, we often repent and blame ourselves for our thoughtlessness; and if we see others acting thoughtlessly, we reproach them as wrongdoers and think they should use counselors, since such things are in our power."
6.9.29Dindorf 1:313
Ὅτι δὲ ψεῦδος ἦν αὐτῶν ὁ περὶ εἱμαρμένης λόγος, ἱκανὸν μαρτύριον τὸ μηδʼ αὐτοὺς τοὺς προστάτας αὐτοῦ δύνασθαι πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λεγομένοις. καὶ γὰρ καὶ προτρέπειν καὶ διδάσκειν ἐπαγγέλλονται, καὶ μανθάνειν καὶ παιδεύεσθαι συμβουλεύουσιν, ἐπιτιμῶσί τε καὶ ἐπιπλήττουσι τοῖς οὐ τὰ προσήκοντα δρῶσιν, ὡς κατὰ προαίρεσιν ἰδίαν ἁμαρτάνουσιν.
Hoti de pseudos ēn autōn ho peri heimarmenēs logos, hikanon martyrion to mēdʼ autous tous prostatas autou dynasthai peithesthai tois hypʼ autōn legomenois. kai gar kai protrepein kai didaskein epangellontai, kai manthanein kai paideuesthai symbouleuousin, epitimōsi te kai epiplēttousi tois ou ta prosēkonta drōsin, hōs kata proairesin idian hamartanousin.
"That their doctrine of fate was false, sufficient proof is that not even its champions themselves can abide by what they say. For they profess to exhort and teach, they advise people to learn and be educated, and they rebuke and censure those who do not do what they should, as though they sinned by their own choice.
6.9.30Dindorf 1:313
ἀλλὰ καὶ συγγράμματα πλεῖστα καταλείπουσι, διʼ ὧν ἀξιοῦσι παιδεύεσθαι τοὺς νέους. ἐπαύσαντο δʼ ἂν τῆς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις φιλοτιμίας, εἰ προσέσχον ὅτι καὶ συγγνώμης ἀξιοῦσι τοὺς ἀκουσίως ἁμαρτάνοντας, τοὺς δὲ ἑκουσίως πλημμελοῦντας κολάσεως, ὡς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς δηλονότι τοῦ τε ἁμαρτάνειν καὶ τοῦ μὴ κειμένου.
alla kai syngrammata pleista kataleipousi, diʼ hōn axiousi paideuesthai tous neous. epausanto dʼ an tēs en tois logois philotimias, ei proseschon hoti kai syngnōmēs axiousi tous akousiōs hamartanontas, tous de hekousiōs plēmmelountas kolaseōs, hōs epʼ autois dēlonoti tou te hamartanein kai tou mē keimenou.
They also leave behind very many writings by which they think the young should be educated. They would have stopped their ambition in argument if they had noticed that they think those who sin involuntarily deserve pardon, but those who do wrong voluntarily deserve punishment, plainly because both sinning and not sinning lie in their power.
6.9.31Dindorf 1:313
ὥστε καὶ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἀναιρεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξ εἱμαρμένης ἀνάγκην, συνίστασθαι δὲ κατὰ φύσιν ἡμῖν ὑπάρχειν τὸ αὐτεξούσιον· μετὰ τοῦ πλεῖστα εἶναι καὶ τὰ μὴ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ τὰ κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ τὰ ἐκ τύχης, ἕτερα ὄντα καὶ αὐτὰ παρὰ τὸν τῆς εἱμαρμένης λόγον, καθὼς προδέδεικται.’’
hōste kai katʼ autous anaireisthai tēn ex heimarmenēs anankēn, synistasthai de kata physin hēmin hyparchein to autexousion; meta tou pleista einai kai ta mē ephʼ hēmin, hōsper ta kata physin, kai ta ek tychēs, hetera onta kai auta para ton tēs heimarmenēs logon, kathōs prodedeiktai.’’
So even on their own showing the necessity of fate is abolished, and it is established that free will belongs to us by nature; while there are also very many things not in our power, such as natural things and those from chance, which are themselves different from the account of fate, as has been shown before."
6.9.32Dindorf 1:313–314
Τούτων ἡμῖν ἀπὸ πλείστων ἐπιτετμημένων, τῷ πολὺν εἶναι τὸν περὶ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου λόγον ἐν τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς δόγμασιν· ᾧ καὶ τῶν φιλοσόφων συνέδραμον αἱ παρατεθεῖσαι φωναὶ, τοῖς μὲν καθʼ ἡμᾶς θείοις γράμμασιν ἐπιμαρτυροῦσαι, τὰς δὲ περὶ εἱμαρμένης οὐ μόνον τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν θαυμαστῶν χρησμῳδῶν θεῶν τὰς δόξας ψευδεῖς οὔσας ἀπελέγχουσαι·) καὶ τῶν μὲν πρὸς τοὺς γενναίους χρησμοὺς κυνικώτερον ἀποταθέντων, τῶν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς θαυμαστοὺς φιλοσόφους παρὰ τῶν αὐτοῖς γνωρίμων ἀντειρημένων, ὥρα καὶ τῶν ἐξ ἀστρολογίας πρὸς τοὺς Χαλδαίζοντας τῶν τὴν κακότεχνον ταύτην γοητείαν ὡς ἐν μέρει μαθήματος ἐπαγγελλομένων τοὺς λόγους ἐπισκέψασθαι· παραθήσομαι δέ σοι καὶ τῶνδε τὰς ἀποδείξεις ἐξ ἀνδρὸς Σύρου μὲν τὸ γένος, ἐπʼ ἄκρον δὲ τῆς Χαλδαικῆς ἐπιστήμης ἐληλακότος. Βαρδησάνης ὄνομα τῷ ἀνδρὶ, ὃς ἐν τοῖς πρὸς τοὺς ἑταίρους διαλόγοις τάδε πη μνημονεύεται φάναι
Toutōn hēmin apo pleistōn epitetmēmenōn, tǭ polyn einai ton peri tou autexousiou logon en tois kathʼ hēmas dogmasin; hǭ kai tōn philosophōn synedramon hai paratetheisai phōnai, tois men kathʼ hēmas theiois grammasin epimartyrousai, tas de peri heimarmenēs ou monon tōn pollōn anthrōpōn, alla kai tōn thaumastōn chrēsmǭdōn theōn tas doxas pseudeis ousas apelenchousai;) kai tōn men pros tous gennaious chrēsmous kynikōteron apotathentōn, tōn de pros tous thaumastous philosophous para tōn autois gnōrimōn anteirēmenōn, hōra kai tōn ex astrologias pros tous Chaldaizontas tōn tēn kakotechnon tautēn goēteian hōs en merei mathēmatos epangellomenōn tous logous episkepsasthai; parathēsomai de soi kai tōnde tas apodeixeis ex andros Syrou men to genos, epʼ akron de tēs Chaldaikēs epistēmēs elēlakotos. Bardēsanēs onoma tǭ andri, hos en tois pros tous hetairous dialogois tade pē mnēmoneuetai phanai
These have been abridged by us from a great many, because the account of free will is extensive in our own doctrines; and the passages of the philosophers quoted agree with it, bearing witness to our divine writings and refuting as false the opinions about fate held not only by the mass of people but also by the wonderful oracle-giving gods. Some of these were directed rather in the Cynic manner against the noble oracles, and others were answers to the wonderful philosophers from their own associates. It is time now to examine also the arguments drawn from astrology against those who play the Chaldean, who profess this wicked art of sorcery as a branch of learning. I shall set before you the proofs of these too, from a man who was a Syrian by race and had advanced to the summit of Chaldean science. Bardesanes was the man's name, who in his dialogues with his companions is recorded to have said something like this:
Preparation 6, chapter 10
6.10.1Dindorf 1:314
“Κατὰ φύσιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος γεννᾶται, ἀκμάζει, γεννᾷ, ἐσθίει, πίνει, κοιμᾶται, γηρᾷ, ἀποθνήσκει, καὶ τοῦτο παντὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ παντός ἀλόγου ζῴου.
“Kata physin ho anthrōpos gennatai, akmazei, genną, esthiei, pinei, koimatai, gērą, apothnēskei, kai touto pantos anthrōpou kai pantos alogou zǭou.
"By nature a human being is born, grows to maturity, begets, eats, drinks, sleeps, grows old, and dies; and this is true of every human being and of every irrational animal.
6.10.2Dindorf 1:314
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ζῷα ψυχικὰ ὄντα καὶ διόλου κατὰ συμπλοκὴν γεγενημένα διόλου σχεδὸν κατὰ φύσιν φέρεται. λέων σαρκοφαγεῖ καὶ ἀμύνεται ἀδικηθεὶς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάντες οἱ λέοντες σαρκοφαγοῦσι καὶ ἀμύνονται· καὶ ἀμνάδες χορτοφαγοῦσι καὶ κρεῶν οὐχ ἅπτονται καὶ ἀδικούμεναι οὐκ ἀμύνονται· καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς τρόπος πάσης ἀμνάδος.
kai ta men alla zǭa psychika onta kai diolou kata symplokēn gegenēmena diolou schedon kata physin pheretai. leōn sarkophagei kai amynetai adikētheis, kai dia touto pantes hoi leontes sarkophagousi kai amynontai; kai amnades chortophagousi kai kreōn ouch haptontai kai adikoumenai ouk amynontai; kai ho autos tropos pasēs amnados.
And the other animals, being merely animate and born wholly by union, are carried along almost wholly by nature. The lion eats flesh and avenges itself when wronged, and therefore all lions eat flesh and avenge themselves; and ewes eat grass, do not touch meat, and do not avenge themselves when wronged; and the same is the way of every ewe.
6.10.3Dindorf 1:314
σκορπίος γῆν ἐσθίει καὶ τοὺς μὴ ἀδικήσαντας ἀδικεῖ, κέντρῳ ἰοβόλῳ πλήσσων· καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ κακία πάντων σκορπίων. μύρμηξ κατὰ φύσιν οἶδε χειμῶνος παρουσίαν καὶ διʼ ὅλης θερείας κάμνων ἀποτίθεται ἑαυτῷ τροφάς· καὶ ὁμοίως πάντες μύρμηκες ἐργάζονται.
skorpios gēn esthiei kai tous mē adikēsantas adikei, kentrǭ iobolǭ plēssōn; kai hē autē kakia pantōn skorpiōn. myrmēx kata physin oide cheimōnos parousian kai diʼ holēs thereias kamnōn apotithetai heautǭ trophas; kai homoiōs pantes myrmēkes ergazontai.
The scorpion eats earth and harms those who have not harmed it, striking with its venomous sting; and the same malice belongs to all scorpions. The ant knows by nature that winter is coming, and toiling all summer stores up food for itself; and all ants likewise work.
6.10.4Dindorf 1:314
μέλισσα μέλι γεωργεῖ, ἐξ οὗ καὶ τρέφεται· καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ γεωργία πάσαις μελίσσαις. καὶ ἦν πολλὰ εἴδη ἐκθέσθαι ἡμῖν τῶν ζῴων, ἅτινα τῆς φύσεως μὴ δυνάμενα ἐκστῆναι πολὺν θαυμασμὸν παρασχεῖν ὑμῖν ἐδύνατο,
melissa meli geōrgei, ex hou kai trephetai; kai hē autē geōrgia pasais melissais. kai ēn polla eidē ekthesthai hēmin tōn zǭōn, hatina tēs physeōs mē dynamena ekstēnai polyn thaumasmon paraschein hymin edynato,
The bee cultivates honey, from which it also feeds; and the same cultivation belongs to all bees. And we could set out many kinds of animals which, unable to depart from their nature, could cause you great wonder;
6.10.5Dindorf 1:314–315
ἀλλʼ αὐτάρκη ἡγησάμην ἐκ τῶν παρακειμένων τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ποιήσασθαι, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ζῷα κατὰ τὴν κοινότητα καὶ τὴν διαφορὰν κατὰ φύσιν δοθεῖσαν ἑκάστῳ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἡδέως φέρεται, ἄνθρωποι δὲ μόνοι, τὸ ἐξαίρετον ἔχοντες τόν τε νοῦν καὶ τὸν ἐκ τούτου προφερόμενον λόγον, κατὰ μὲν τὴν κοινότητα ἕπονται τῇ φύσει, ὡς προεῖπον, κατὰ δὲ τὸ ἐξαίρετον οὐ κατὰ φύσιν πολιτεύονται.
allʼ autarkē hēgēsamēn ek tōn parakeimenōn tēn apodeixin poiēsasthai, hoti ta men alla zǭa kata tēn koinotēta kai tēn diaphoran kata physin dotheisan hekastǭ ex anankēs hēdeōs pheretai, anthrōpoi de monoi, to exaireton echontes ton te noun kai ton ek toutou propheromenon logon, kata men tēn koinotēta hepontai tę̄ physei, hōs proeipon, kata de to exaireton ou kata physin politeuontai.
but I thought it enough to make the demonstration from those at hand: that the other animals are carried along gladly, by necessity, according to what they share in common and the difference given to each by nature, while human beings alone, having as their special gift the mind and the speech that proceeds from it, follow nature in what they share in common, as I said before, but in what is special to them do not live according to nature.
6.10.6Dindorf 1:315
οὐδὲ γὰρ μία βρῶσις ἡ τῶν ἁπάντων· ἄλλοι μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τοὺς λέοντας τρέφονται, ἄλλοι δὲ κατὰ τὰς ἀμνάδας, οὐχ ἓν ἔχοντες σχῆμα φορημάτων, οὐκ ἔθος ἕν, οὐχ εἷς νόμος πολιτείας ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὐ μία κίνησις ἐπιθυμίας τῶν πραγμάτων, ἀλλʼ ἕκαστος τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν θέλησιν αἱρεῖται ἑαυτῷ βίον, τὸν πλησίον μὴ μιμούμενος, πλὴν ἐν οἷς βούλεται.
oude gar mia brōsis hē tōn hapantōn; alloi men gar kata tous leontas trephontai, alloi de kata tas amnadas, ouch hen echontes schēma phorēmatōn, ouk ethos hen, ouch heis nomos politeias en autois, ou mia kinēsis epithymias tōn pragmatōn, allʼ hekastos tōn anthrōpōn kata tēn idian thelēsin haireitai heautǭ bion, ton plēsion mē mimoumenos, plēn en hois bouletai.
For not all have one diet: some feed like lions, others like ewes; they do not have one style of dress, nor one custom, nor one law of life among them, nor one movement of desire for things; but each person chooses a life for himself according to his own will, not imitating his neighbor except where he wishes.
6.10.7Dindorf 1:315
τὸ γὰρ ἐλεύθερον αὐτοῦ οὐχ ὑπόκειται δουλείᾳ, καὶ εἰ ποτε ἑκὼν δουλεύσει, καὶ τοῦτο τῆς ἐλευθερίας αὐτοῦ ἐστι, τὸ δύνασθαι δουλεύειν ἑκόντα.
to gar eleutheron autou ouch hypokeitai douleią, kai ei pote hekōn douleusei, kai touto tēs eleutherias autou esti, to dynasthai douleuein hekonta.
For his freedom is not subject to slavery; and if he ever serves willingly, this too belongs to his freedom, to be able to serve willingly.
6.10.8Dindorf 1:315
πόσοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν Ἀλαναίων, ὡς τὰ ἄγρια ζῷα, κρεοβοροῦσιν ἄρτου μὴ γευόμενοι, καὶ οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μὴ θέλειν; ἄλλοι κρεῶν οὐ γεύονται, ὡς τὰ ἥμερα ζῷα· ἄλλοι ἰχθυοφαγοῦσι μόνον· ἕτεροι δὲ ἰχθύων οὐ γεύονται, οὐδʼ ἂν λιμώσσωσιν. οἱ μὲν ὑδροποτοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ οἰνοποτοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ σικερατίζουσι.
posoi tōn anthrōpōn, kai malista tōn Alanaiōn, hōs ta agria zǭa, kreoborousin artou mē geuomenoi, kai ou dia to mē echein, alla dia to mē thelein? alloi kreōn ou geuontai, hōs ta hēmera zǭa; alloi ichthyophagousi monon; heteroi de ichthyōn ou geuontai, oudʼ an limōssōsin. hoi men hydropotousin, hoi de oinopotousin, hoi de sikeratizousi.
How many people, and especially among the Alans, eat flesh like wild animals, not tasting bread, and not because they do not have it but because they do not wish to! Others do not taste meat, like tame animals; others eat only fish; and others do not taste fish even if they are starving. Some drink water, others wine, others strong drink.
6.10.9Dindorf 1:315–316
καὶ ἀπλῶς πολλὴ διαφορὰ βρωμάτων καὶ πομάτων ἐν τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι, μέχρι καὶ ἐν τῇ τῶν λαχάνων καὶ ὀπωρῶν βρώσει διαφερόμενοι. ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ μὲν, ὡς σκορπίοι καὶ ὡς ἀσπίδες, μὴ ἀδικηθέντες ἀδικοῦσιν· οἱ δὲ, ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἀδικούμενοι ἀμύνονται· ἕτεροι δὲ ὡς λύκοι ἁρπάζουσι καὶ ὡς γαλαῖ κλέπτουσιν· ἄλλοι δὲ ὡς ἀμνάδες καὶ μηκάδες ὑπὸ τῶν ὁμοιοπαθῶν ἐλαύνονται καὶ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας οὐκ ἀδικοῦσι· καὶ οἱ μὲν λέγονται ἀγαθοὶ, οἱ δὲ κακοὶ, οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι.
kai aplōs pollē diaphora brōmatōn kai pomatōn en tę̄ anthrōpotēti, mechri kai en tę̄ tōn lachanōn kai opōrōn brōsei diapheromenoi. alla kai hoi men, hōs skorpioi kai hōs aspides, mē adikēthentes adikousin; hoi de, hōs ta aloga zǭa adikoumenoi amynontai; heteroi de hōs lykoi harpazousi kai hōs galai kleptousin; alloi de hōs amnades kai mēkades hypo tōn homoiopathōn elaunontai kai tous adikountas ouk adikousi; kai hoi men legontai agathoi, hoi de kakoi, hoi de dikaioi.
In short, there is much difference in foods and drinks among humankind, people differing even in eating vegetables and fruits. Moreover, some, like scorpions and asps, harm without having been harmed; others, like irrational animals, avenge themselves when harmed; others snatch like wolves and steal like weasels; others, like ewes and goats, are driven off by those of like nature and do not harm those who harm them. And some are called good, others bad, others just.
6.10.10Dindorf 1:316
ὅθεν ἔστι νοεῖν μὴ πάντως κατὰ φύσιν ἄγεσθαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον· ποίαν γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐροῦμεν φύσιν; ἀλλὰ πῆ μὲν φέρεται κατὰ φύσιν, πῆ δὲ κατὰ προαίρεσιν. διὸ τὸν ἔπαινον καὶ τὸν ψόγον καὶ τὴν καταδίκην ἔχει ἐν τοῖς κατὰ προαίρεσιν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν ἔχει τὴν ἀνεγκλησίαν οὐ κατὰ ἔλεος, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λόγον.’
hothen esti noein mē pantōs kata physin agesthai ton anthrōpon; poian gar autou eroumen physin? alla pē men pheretai kata physin, pē de kata proairesin. dio ton epainon kai ton psogon kai tēn katadikēn echei en tois kata proairesin, en de tois kata physin echei tēn anenklēsian ou kata eleos, alla kata logon.’
From this one can see that a human being is not led wholly by nature (for which would we call his nature?), but is carried partly by nature and partly by choice. That is why he receives praise, blame, and condemnation in what is by choice, while in what is by nature he is free of blame, not out of pity but by reason."
6.10.11Dindorf 1:316
Καὶ ἐξῆς φησι ‘‘Νόμους ἔθεντο διαφόρους οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐν ἑκάστῃ χώρᾳ, τινὰς γεγραμμένους, τινὰς δὲ ἀγράφους· ἐξ ὧν διηγήσομαι, ὡς οἶδα καὶ ὧν μέμνημαι, ἀρξάμενος ἐκ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ἀρχῆς.
Kai exēs phēsi ‘‘Nomous ethento diaphorous hoi anthrōpoi en hekastę̄ chōrą, tinas gegrammenous, tinas de agraphous; ex hōn diēgēsomai, hōs oida kai hōn memnēmai, arxamenos ek tēs tou kosmou archēs.
And next he says: "People in each country have laid down different laws, some written and some unwritten. Of these I shall describe those I know and remember, beginning from the beginning of the world.
6.10.12Dindorf 1:316
νόμος ἐστὶ παρὰ Σήραις μηδένα φονεύειν, μήτε πορνεύειν μήτε κλέπτειν μήτε ξόανα προσκυνεῖν, καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ μεγίστῃ χώρᾳ οὐ ναὸν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, οὐ γυναῖκα πορνι κἠν, οὐ μοιχαλίδα ὀνομαζομένην, οὐ κλέπτην ἐλκόμενον ἐπὶ δίκην, οὐκ ἀνδροφόνον, οὐ πεφονευμένον.
nomos esti para Sērais mēdena phoneuein, mēte porneuein mēte kleptein mēte xoana proskynein, kai en ekeinę̄ tę̄ megistę̄ chōrą ou naon estin idein, ou gynaika porni kēn, ou moichalida onomazomenēn, ou kleptēn elkomenon epi dikēn, ouk androphonon, ou pephoneumenon.
Among the Seres there is a law to kill no one, to commit no sexual immorality, not to steal, and not to worship images; and in that very large country one cannot see a temple, nor a woman who is a prostitute, nor one called an adulteress, nor a thief dragged to court, nor a murderer, nor anyone murdered.
6.10.13Dindorf 1:316
οὐδενὸς γὰρ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον ἠνάγκασεν ὁ τοῦ πυριλαμπέος Ἄρεος ἀστὴρ μεσουρανῶν ἄνδρα σιδήρῳ ἀνελεῖν, οὐ Κύπρις σὺν Ἄρει τυχοῦσα ἀλλοτρίᾳ γυναικὶ μιγῆναί τινα παρʼ ἐκείνοις, πάντως πάσῃ ἡμέρᾳ μεσουρανοῦντος τοῦ Ἄρεος, καὶ πάσῃ ὥρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ γεννωμένων τῶν Σηρῶν.
oudenos gar to autexousion ēnankasen ho tou pyrilampeos Areos astēr mesouranōn andra sidērǭ anelein, ou Kypris syn Arei tychousa allotrią gynaiki migēnai tina parʼ ekeinois, pantōs pasę̄ hēmerą mesouranountos tou Areos, kai pasę̄ hōrą kai hēmerą gennōmenōn tōn Sērōn.
For the star of fiery Ares, standing at mid-heaven, has not compelled anyone's free will to kill a man with iron, nor has Cypris, being with Ares, compelled anyone among them to lie with another man's wife, though surely Ares stands at mid-heaven every day, and Seres are born every hour and every day.
6.10.14Dindorf 1:316
παρὰ Ἰνδοῖς καὶ Βάκτροις εἰσὶ χιλιάδες πολλαὶ τῶν λεγομένων Βραχμάνων, οἵτινες κατὰ παράδοσιν τῶν προγόνων καὶ νόμων οὔτε φονεύουσιν οὔτε ξόανα σέβονται, οὐκ ἐμψύχου γεύονται, οὐ μεθύσκονταί ποτε, οἴνου καὶ σίκερος μὴ γευόμενοι, οὐ κακίᾳ τινὶ κοινωνοῦσι προσέχοντες τῷ θεῷ, τῶν ἄλλων Ἰνδῶν φονευόντων καὶ ἑταιρευόντων καὶ μεθυσκομένων καὶ σεβομένων ξόανα, καὶ πάντα σχεδὸν καθʼ εἱμαρμένην φερομένων.
para Indois kai Baktrois eisi chiliades pollai tōn legomenōn Brachmanōn, hoitines kata paradosin tōn progonōn kai nomōn oute phoneuousin oute xoana sebontai, ouk empsychou geuontai, ou methyskontai pote, oinou kai sikeros mē geuomenoi, ou kakią tini koinōnousi prosechontes tǭ theǭ, tōn allōn Indōn phoneuontōn kai hetaireuontōn kai methyskomenōn kai sebomenōn xoana, kai panta schedon kathʼ heimarmenēn pheromenōn.
Among the Indians and Bactrians there are many thousands of the so-called Brahmans, who by the tradition of their ancestors and laws neither kill nor worship images, do not taste anything that has had life, are never drunk, never tasting wine or strong drink, and take part in no wickedness, attending to God; while the other Indians kill, commit fornication, get drunk, worship images, and are carried along almost entirely by fate.
6.10.15Dindorf 1:316–317
ἔστι δὲ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κλίματι τῆς Ἰνδίας φυλή τις Ἰνδῶν, οἵτινες τοὺς ἐμπίπτοντας ξένους ἀγρεύοντες καὶ θύοντες ἐσθίουσι· καὶ οὔτε οἱ ἀγαθοποιοὶ τῶν ἄστρων κεκωλύκασι τούτους μὴ μιαιφονεῖν καὶ μὴ ἀθεμιτογαμεῖν, οὔτε οἱ κακοποιοὶ ἠνάγκασαν τοὺς Βραχμᾶνας κακουργεῖν.
esti de en tǭ autǭ klimati tēs Indias phylē tis Indōn, hoitines tous empiptontas xenous agreuontes kai thyontes esthiousi; kai oute hoi agathopoioi tōn astrōn kekōlykasi toutous mē miaiphonein kai mē athemitogamein, oute hoi kakopoioi ēnankasan tous Brachmanas kakourgein.
And in the same region of India there is a tribe of Indians who hunt down strangers who fall into their hands, sacrifice them, and eat them; and neither have the beneficent stars prevented these from committing murder and unlawful unions, nor have the maleficent ones compelled the Brahmans to do evil.
6.10.16Dindorf 1:317
παρὰ Πέρσαις νόμος ἦν γαμεῖν τὰς θυγατέρας καὶ τὰς ἀδελφὰς καὶ τὰς μητέρας, καὶ οὐ μόνον ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ἐκείνῃ καὶ ἐν τῷ κλίματι ἐκείνῳ τούτους τοὺς ἀνοσίους γάμους οἱ Πέρσαι ἐποίησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσοι αὐτῶν τῆς Περσίδος ἐξεδήμησαν, οἵτινες καλοῦνται Μαγουσαῖοι, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀθεμιστίαν διαπράττονται, παραδιδόντες τοὺς αὐτοὺς νόμους καὶ τὰ ἔθη τοῖς τέκνοις κατὰ διαδοχήν.
para Persais nomos ēn gamein tas thygateras kai tas adelphas kai tas mēteras, kai ou monon en tę̄ chōrą ekeinę̄ kai en tǭ klimati ekeinǭ toutous tous anosious gamous hoi Persai epoiēsan, alla kai hosoi autōn tēs Persidos exedēmēsan, hoitines kalountai Magousaioi, tēn autēn athemistian diaprattontai, paradidontes tous autous nomous kai ta ethē tois teknois kata diadochēn.
Among the Persians there was a law to marry their daughters, sisters, and mothers; and not only in that country and that region did the Persians make these unholy marriages, but also those of them who have emigrated from Persia, who are called Magusaeans, practice the same lawlessness, handing down the same laws and customs to their children in succession.
6.10.17Dindorf 1:317
ἐξ ὧν εἰσι μέχρι νῦν πολλοὶ ἐν Μηδίᾳ καὶ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν Φρυγίᾳ καὶ ἐν Γαλατίᾳ. καὶ οὐ δήπου Κύπρις ἐν ὁρίοις καὶ οἴκοις Κρόνου, σὺν Κρόνῳ ἐφομαρτοῦντος τοῦ Ἄρεος, ἐν ταῖς τῶν πάντων γενέσεσιν εὑρίσκετο.
ex hōn eisi mechri nyn polloi en Mēdią kai en Aigyptǭ kai en Phrygią kai en Galatią. kai ou dēpou Kypris en horiois kai oikois Kronou, syn Kronǭ ephomartountos tou Areos, en tais tōn pantōn genesesin heurisketo.
Of these there are many to this day in Media, Egypt, Phrygia, and Galatia. And surely Cypris was not found in the bounds and houses of Cronus, with Ares accompanying Cronus, at the births of all of them.
6.10.18Dindorf 1:317
παρὰ Γήλοις νόμος ἐστὶ τὰς γυναῖκας γεωργεῖν καὶ οἰκοδομεῖν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐργατικὰ πράσσειν, καὶ κοινωνεῖν οἷς ἂν βούλωνται, καὶ μὴ ἐγκαλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, μήτε καλεῖσθαί τινα μοιχαλίδα, τῷ πάσας ἐργατικὰς εἶναι, καὶ πᾶσι κοινωνεῖν, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς ξένοις.
para Gēlois nomos esti tas gynaikas geōrgein kai oikodomein kai panta ta ergatika prassein, kai koinōnein hois an boulōntai, kai mē enkaleisthai hypo tōn andrōn, mēte kaleisthai tina moichalida, tǭ pasas ergatikas einai, kai pasi koinōnein, malista de tois xenois.
Among the Gelae there is a law that the women farm, build, and do all the manual work, and have intercourse with whomever they wish, without being accused by their husbands, and no one is called an adulteress, because all are workers and have intercourse with all, especially with strangers.
6.10.19Dindorf 1:317
καὶ οὔτε μυρίζονται Γήλισσαι γυναῖκες οὔθʼ ἱμάτια βαπτὰ φοροῦσιν, ἀνυπόδητοι δέ εἰσι πᾶσαι, καίτοι τῶν Γήλων ἀνδρῶν κοσμουμένων ἐν φορήμασι μαλακοῖς καὶ ἐν διαφόροις χρώμασι, καὶ χρυσοφορούντων καὶ μυριζομένων, καὶ οὐ κατά τινα ἄλλην μαλακίαν, εἰσὶ γὰρ ἀνδρεῖοι καὶ πολεμικώτατοι καὶ κυνηγετικώτατοι.
kai oute myrizontai Gēlissai gynaikes outhʼ himatia bapta phorousin, anypodētoi de eisi pasai, kaitoi tōn Gēlōn andrōn kosmoumenōn en phorēmasi malakois kai en diaphorois chrōmasi, kai chrysophorountōn kai myrizomenōn, kai ou kata tina allēn malakian, eisi gar andreioi kai polemikōtatoi kai kynēgetikōtatoi.
And the Gelaean women use no perfume and wear no dyed garments, but all go barefoot; whereas the Gelaean men adorn themselves in soft garments and various colors, wear gold, and use perfume, and not from any other effeminacy, for they are brave, most warlike, and great hunters.
6.10.20Dindorf 1:317–318
καὶ οὐ πᾶσαι αἱ τῶν Γήλων γυναῖκες ἔλαχον ἐν Αἰγοκέρωτι ἢ ἐν Ὑδρηχόῳ κακοδαιμονοῦσαν τὴν Κύπριν, οὐδʼ οἱ ἄνδρες αὐτῶν πάντες ἔχουσιν ἐν Κριῷ σὺν Ἄρει τὴν Παφίην, ἔνθα τοὺς ἀνδρείους καὶ σπατάλους οἱ Χαλδαΐζοντες λέγουσι.
kai ou pasai hai tōn Gēlōn gynaikes elachon en Aigokerōti ē en Hydrēchoǭ kakodaimonousan tēn Kyprin, oudʼ hoi andres autōn pantes echousin en Kriǭ syn Arei tēn Paphiēn, entha tous andreious kai spatalous hoi Chaldaïzontes legousi.
And not all the women of the Gelae were allotted Cypris in an evil station in Capricorn or Aquarius, nor do all their men have the Paphian with Ares in Aries, where those who play the Chaldean say the brave and the luxurious are found.
6.10.21Dindorf 1:318
παρὰ Βάκτροις αἱ γυναῖκες παντὶ κόσμῳ διαφέροντι καὶ παντὶ μύρῳ χρῶνται, ὑπηρετούμεναι ὑπὸ παιδίσκων καὶ νεανίσκων μᾶλλον ἢ οἱ ἄνδρες, προερχόμεναι μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας ἔφιπποι, κοσμοῦσαι πολλῷ χρυσῷ καὶ λίθοις βαρυτίμοις τοὺς ἵππους, καὶ οὐ σωφρονοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀδιαφόρως κοινωνοῦσι τοῖς δούλοις καὶ τοῖς ξένοις, ἄδειαν ἔχουσαι τοιαύτην, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν μὴ ἐγκαλούμεναι σχεδὸν κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν.
para Baktrois hai gynaikes panti kosmǭ diapheronti kai panti myrǭ chrōntai, hypēretoumenai hypo paidiskōn kai neaniskōn mallon ē hoi andres, proerchomenai meta pollēs phantasias ephippoi, kosmousai pollǭ chrysǭ kai lithois barytimois tous hippous, kai ou sōphronousin, allʼ adiaphorōs koinōnousi tois doulois kai tois xenois, adeian echousai toiautēn, kai hypo tōn andrōn mē enkaloumenai schedon kyrieuousin autōn.
Among the Bactrians the women use every kind of distinguished ornament and every perfume, served by maids and young men more than the men are, going about on horseback with great display, adorning their horses with much gold and costly stones; and they are not chaste, but have intercourse indiscriminately with slaves and strangers, having such license, and, not being accused by their husbands, they almost rule over them.
6.10.22Dindorf 1:318
καὶ οὐ πάντως ἐν πάσῃ γενέσει τῶν ἐν Βακτρίᾳ γυναικῶν μεσουρανεῖ μετὰ Διὸς καὶ Ἄρεος ἐν ἰδίοις ὅροις ἡ φιλόγελως Ἀφροδίτη. ἐν δὲ τῇ Ἀραβίᾳ καὶ τῇ Ὀσροηνῇ οὐ μόνον αἱ μοιχαλίδες φονεύονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ ὑποπτευόμεναι οὐκ ἀφίενται ἀτιμώρητοι.
kai ou pantōs en pasę̄ genesei tōn en Baktrią gynaikōn mesouranei meta Dios kai Areos en idiois horois hē philogelōs Aphroditē. en de tę̄ Arabią kai tę̄ Osroēnę̄ ou monon hai moichalides phoneuontai, alla kai hai hypopteuomenai ouk aphientai atimōrētoi.
And surely laughter-loving Aphrodite does not stand at mid-heaven with Zeus and Ares in her own bounds at every birth of the women of Bactria. But in Arabia and Osrhoene not only are adulteresses put to death, but even those suspected do not go unpunished.
6.10.23Dindorf 1:318
παρὰ Πάρθοις καὶ Ἀρμενίοις οἱ φονεῖς ἀναιροῦνται ποτὲ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν δικαστῶν, ποτὲ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν καθʼ αἷμα τῶν φονευθέντων. καὶ ἐάν τις φονεύσῃ γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, ἢ ἀδελφὸν ἄτεκνον, ἢ ἀδελφὴν ἄγαμον, ἢ υἱὸν, ἢ θυγατέρα, οὐκ ἐγκαλεῖται ὑπό του, νόμου τοιούτου ὑπάρχοντος ἐν ταῖς χώραις ἐκείναις· παρʼ Ἕλλησι δὲ καὶ ῾Ρωμαίοις μείζονι τιμωρίᾳ ὑποβάλλονται οἱ τῶν συγγενῶν φονευταί.
para Parthois kai Armeniois hoi phoneis anairountai pote men hypo tōn dikastōn, pote de hypo tōn kathʼ haima tōn phoneuthentōn. kai ean tis phoneusę̄ gynaika autou, ē adelphon ateknon, ē adelphēn agamon, ē huion, ē thygatera, ouk enkaleitai hypo tou, nomou toioutou hyparchontos en tais chōrais ekeinais; parʼ Hellēsi de kai ῾Rōmaiois meizoni timōrią hypoballontai hoi tōn syngenōn phoneutai.
Among the Parthians and Armenians murderers are put to death, sometimes by the judges, sometimes by the blood relatives of the murdered. And if someone kills his wife, or a childless brother, or an unmarried sister, or a son or daughter, he is not accused by anyone, such being the law in those countries. But among Greeks and Romans those who kill their relatives are subjected to greater punishment.
6.10.24Dindorf 1:318
ἐν Ἄτροις ὁ κλέπτων τι ὀβολοῦ ἄξιον λιθάζεται, παρὰ Βάκτροις ὁ ὀλίγα κλέπτων ἐμπτύεται, παρὰ ῾Ρωμαίοις πληγαῖς αἰκίζεται· τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ νόμοι.
en Atrois ho kleptōn ti obolou axion lithazetai, para Baktrois ho oliga kleptōn emptyetai, para ῾Rōmaiois plēgais aikizetai; toioutoi gar hoi nomoi.
In Hatra one who steals something worth an obol is stoned; among the Bactrians one who steals a little is spat upon; among the Romans he is beaten with blows; for such are the laws.
6.10.25Dindorf 1:318
ἀπὸ Εὐφράτου ποταμοῦ καὶ μέχρι τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ, ὡς ἐπὶ ἀνατολὰς, ὁ λοιδορούμενος ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ ὡς κλέπτης, οὐ πάνυ ἀγανακτεῖ, ὁ δὲ ὡς ἀρσενοκοίτης λοιδορούμενος ἑαυτὸν ἐκδικεῖ μέχρι καὶ φόνου· παρʼ Ἕλλησι δὲ καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ ἐρωμένους ἔχοντες οὐ ψέγονται.
apo Euphratou potamou kai mechri tou Ōkeanou, hōs epi anatolas, ho loidoroumenos hōs phoneus, ē hōs kleptēs, ou pany aganaktei, ho de hōs arsenokoitēs loidoroumenos heauton ekdikei mechri kai phonou; parʼ Hellēsi de kai hoi sophoi erōmenous echontes ou psegontai.
From the river Euphrates to the Ocean, toward the east, one who is reviled as a murderer or a thief is not very angry, but one reviled as a man who sleeps with men avenges himself even to the point of murder; but among the Greeks even the wise who have boy-loves are not blamed.
6.10.26Dindorf 1:318–319
ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ἀνατολῇ ὑβριζόμενοι, ἐὰν γνωσθῶσιν, ὑπὸ ἀδελφῶν, ἢ πατέρων, καὶ συγγενῶν φονεύονται, καὶ ταφῆς προδήλου οὐκ ἀξιοῦνται.
en tę̄ autę̄ anatolę̄ hybrizomenoi, ean gnōsthōsin, hypo adelphōn, ē paterōn, kai syngenōn phoneuontai, kai taphēs prodēlou ouk axiountai.
In the same East, those who are violated in this way, if it becomes known, are killed by their brothers or fathers and relatives, and are not even granted a public burial.
6.10.27Dindorf 1:319
παρὰ δὲ Γάλλοις οἱ νέοι γαμοῦνται μετὰ παρρησίας, οὐ ψόγον τοῦτο ἡγούμενοι διὰ τὸν παρʼ αὐτοῖς νόμον. καὶ οὐ δυνατόν ἐστι πάντας τοὺς ἐν Γαλλίᾳ οὕτως ἀθέως ὑβριζομένους λαχεῖν ἐν ταῖς γενέσεσι Φωσφόρον μεθʼ Ἑρμοῦ ἐν οἴκοις Κρόνου καὶ ὁρίοις Ἄρεος δύνοντα.
para de Gallois hoi neoi gamountai meta parrēsias, ou psogon touto hēgoumenoi dia ton parʼ autois nomon. kai ou dynaton esti pantas tous en Gallią houtōs atheōs hybrizomenous lachein en tais genesesi Phōsphoron methʼ Hermou en oikois Kronou kai horiois Areos dynonta.
But among the Gauls the young men are married to men openly, not thinking this a reproach because of their law. And it is not possible that all in Gaul who are so godlessly violated were allotted at their births the Morning Star with Hermes setting in the houses of Cronus and the bounds of Ares.
6.10.28Dindorf 1:319
ἐν Βρεττανίᾳ πολλοὶ ἄνδρες μίαν γυναῖκα ἔχουσιν, ἐν δὲ τῇ Παρθίᾳ πολλαὶ γυναῖκες ἔνα ἄνδρα, καὶ πᾶσαι σωφρονοῦσι πειθόμεναι αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸν νόμον.
en Brettanią polloi andres mian gynaika echousin, en de tę̄ Parthią pollai gynaikes ena andra, kai pasai sōphronousi peithomenai autǭ kata ton nomon.
In Britain many men have one wife, but in Parthia many wives have one husband, and all are chaste, obeying him according to the law.
6.10.29Dindorf 1:319
αἱ δὲ Ἀμαζόνες πᾶσαι ἄνδρας οὐκ ἔχουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἅπαξ τοῦ ἔτους περὶ τὴν ἐαρινὴν ἰσημερίαν ὑπερβαίνουσαι τοὺς ἰδίους ὅρους κοινωνοῦσι τοῖς πλησιοχώροις, ἑορτήν τινα ταύτην ἡγουμένοις· ἐξ ὧν συλλαμβάνουσαι ὑποστρέφουσι, καὶ ἀναγκαίως ἐν ἐνὶ καιρῷ κυίσκουσι κατὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως νόμον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν γεννωμένους ἄρρενας ῥίπτουσι, τὰς δὲ θηλείας ἀνατρέφουσι· πολεμικαί τέ εἰσι, καὶ γυμνασίων προνοούμεναι.
hai de Amazones pasai andras ouk echousin, allʼ hōs ta aloga zǭa hapax tou etous peri tēn earinēn isēmerian hyperbainousai tous idious horous koinōnousi tois plēsiochōrois, heortēn tina tautēn hēgoumenois; ex hōn syllambanousai hypostrephousi, kai anankaiōs en eni kairǭ kuiskousi kata ton tēs physeōs nomon, kai tous men gennōmenous arrenas rhiptousi, tas de thēleias anatrephousi; polemikai te eisi, kai gymnasiōn pronooumenai.
And the Amazons all have no husbands, but, like irrational animals, once a year about the spring equinox they cross their own borders and have intercourse with their neighbors, who regard this as a kind of festival. Having conceived by them, they return, and of necessity all give birth at one season, according to the law of nature; they cast out the male children and rear the female. They are warlike and take care of physical training.
6.10.30Dindorf 1:319
Ἑρμῆς μετὰ Ἀφροδίτης ἐν οἴκοις Ἑρμοῦ ποιεῖ πλάστας καὶ ζωγράφους καὶ τραπεζίτας, ἐν οἴκοις δὲ Ἀφροδίτης μυρεψοὺς, ἢ φωνασκοὺς, καὶ ὑποκριτὰς ποιημάτων.
Hermēs meta Aphroditēs en oikois Hermou poiei plastas kai zōgraphous kai trapezitas, en oikois de Aphroditēs myrepsous, ē phōnaskous, kai hypokritas poiēmatōn.
Hermes with Aphrodite in the houses of Hermes makes sculptors, painters, and bankers; in the houses of Aphrodite, perfumers, or singers, and actors of poems.
6.10.31Dindorf 1:319–320
καὶ παρὰ Ταηνοῖς καὶ Σαρακηνοῖς καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀνωτέρᾳ Λιβύῃ, καὶ παρὰ Μαύροις καὶ παρὰ τοῖς παρὰ τὸ στόμα τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ Νομάσι, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐξωτέρᾳ Γερμανίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀνωτέρᾳ Σαρματίᾳ, καὶ ἐν τῇ Σκυθίᾳ, καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐξ ἀρκτικῶν μερῶν τοῦ Πόντου ἔθνεσι, καὶ ὅλη τῇ Ἀλανίᾳ καὶ Ἀλβανίᾳ καὶ Ὠτηνῇ καὶ Σαυνίᾳ καὶ ἐν Χρυσῇ οὐκ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν οὐ τραπεζίτην, οὐ πλάστην, οὐ ζωγράφον, οὐκ ἀρχιτέκτονα, οὐ γεωμέτρην, οὐ φώνασκον, οὐχ ὑποκριτὴν ποιημάτων ἀλλʼ ἐστέρηται ὁ τῆς τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ἐνεργείας τρόπος ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κύκλῳ τούτῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης.
kai para Taēnois kai Sarakēnois kai en tę̄ anōterą Libyę̄, kai para Maurois kai para tois para to stoma tou Ōkeanou Nomasi, kai en tę̄ exōterą Germanią kai en tę̄ anōterą Sarmatią, kai en tę̄ Skythią, kai en pasi tois ex arktikōn merōn tou Pontou ethnesi, kai holē tę̄ Alanią kai Albanią kai Ōtēnę̄ kai Saunią kai en Chrysę̄ ouk estin idein ou trapezitēn, ou plastēn, ou zōgraphon, ouk architektona, ou geōmetrēn, ou phōnaskon, ouch hypokritēn poiēmatōn allʼ esterētai ho tēs tou Hermou kai tēs Aphroditēs energeias tropos en holǭ tǭ kyklǭ toutǭ tēs oikoumenēs.
Yet among the Taeni and Saracens, in upper Libya, among the Moors, among the Nomads at the mouth of the Ocean, in outer Germany, in upper Sarmatia, in Scythia, among all the nations of the northern parts of the Pontus, in all Alania and Albania, in Otene and Saunia, and in Chryse, one cannot see a banker, a sculptor, a painter, an architect, a geometer, a singer, or an actor of poems; the mode of action of Hermes and Aphrodite is lacking in this whole circle of the inhabited world.
6.10.32Dindorf 1:320
οἱ Μῆδοι πάντες τοῖς μετὰ σπουδῆς τρεφομένοις κυσὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἔτι ἐμπνέοντας παραβάλλουσι, καὶ οὐ πάντες σὺν τῇ μήνῃ τὸν Ἄρεα ἐφημερινῆς γενέσεως ἐν Καρκίνῳ ὑπὸ γῆν ἔχουσιν.
hoi Mēdoi pantes tois meta spoudēs trephomenois kysi tous nekrous eti empneontas paraballousi, kai ou pantes syn tę̄ mēnę̄ ton Area ephēmerinēs geneseōs en Karkinǭ hypo gēn echousin.
The Medes all throw their dead, while still breathing, to dogs reared with care; and not all of them have Ares with the Moon below the earth in Cancer in a daytime nativity.
6.10.33Dindorf 1:320
Ἰνδοὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς καίουσι, μεθʼ ὧν συγκαίουσιν ἑκούσας τὰς γυναῖκας, καὶ οὐ δήπου πᾶσαι αἱ καιόμεναι ζῶσαι Ἰνδῶν γυναῖκες ἔχουσιν ὑπὸ γῆν ἐπὶ νυκτερινῆς γενέσεως σὺν Ἄρει τὸν ἥλιον ἐν Λέοντι ὁρίοις Ἄρεος.
Indoi tous nekrous kaiousi, methʼ hōn synkaiousin hekousas tas gynaikas, kai ou dēpou pasai hai kaiomenai zōsai Indōn gynaikes echousin hypo gēn epi nykterinēs geneseōs syn Arei ton hēlion en Leonti horiois Areos.
The Indians burn their dead, and with them burn their wives, who go willingly; and surely not all the Indian women burned alive have the Sun with Ares below the earth in a night nativity, in Leo, in the bounds of Ares.
6.10.34Dindorf 1:320
Γερμανῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἀγχονιμαίῳ μόρῳ ἀποθνήσκουσι, καὶ οὐ πάντως τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Γερμανῶν τὴν σελήνην καὶ τὴν ὥραν μεσολαβουμένας ὑπὸ Κρόνου καὶ Ἄρεος ἔχει.
Germanōn hoi pleistoi anchonimaiǭ morǭ apothnēskousi, kai ou pantōs to plēthos tōn Germanōn tēn selēnēn kai tēn hōran mesolaboumenas hypo Kronou kai Areos echei.
Most of the Germans die by hanging, and surely the mass of the Germans do not have the Moon and the hour-sign hemmed in by Cronus and Ares.
6.10.35Dindorf 1:320
παντὶ ἔθνει καὶ πάσῃ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ παντὶ τρόπῳ τῆς γενέσεως γεννῶνται ἄνθρωποι· κρατεῖ δὲ ἐν ἑκάστῃ μοίρᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων νόμος καὶ ἔθος διὰ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· καὶ οὐκ ἀναγκάζει ἡ γένεσις τοὺς Σῆρας μὴ θέλοντας φονεύειν, ἢ τοὺς Βραχμᾶνας κρεοφαγεῖν, ἢ τοὺς Πέρσας ἀθεμίτως μὴ γαμεῖν, ἢ τοὺς Ἰνδοὺς μὴ καίεσθαι, ἢ τοὺς Μήδους μὴ ἐσθίεσθαι ὑπὸ κυνῶν, ἢ τοὺς Πάρθους μὴ πολυγαμεῖν, ἢ τὰς ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ γυναῖκας μὴ σωφρονεῖν, ἢ τοὺς Ἕλληνας μὴ γυμνάζεσθαι γυμνοῖς τοῖς σώμασιν, ἢ τοὺς ῾Ρωμαίους μὴ κρατεῖν, ἢ τοὺς Γάλλους μὴ γαμεῖσθαι, ἢ τὰ ἄλλα βάρβαρα ἔθνη ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων λεγομέναις Μούσαις κοινωνεῖν· ἀλλʼ, ὡς προεῖπον, ἕκαστον ἔθνος καὶ ἕκαστος τῶν ἀνθρώπων χρῆται τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἐλευθερίᾳ ὡς βούλεται καὶ ὅτε βούλεται, καὶ δουλεύει τῇ γενέσει καὶ τῇ φύσει διʼ ἣν περίκειται σάρκα, πῆ μὲν ὠς βούλεται, πῆ δὲ ὡς μὴ βούλεται.
panti ethnei kai pasę̄ hēmerą kai panti tropǭ tēs geneseōs gennōntai anthrōpoi; kratei de en hekastę̄ moirą tōn anthrōpōn nomos kai ethos dia to autexousion tou anthrōpou; kai ouk anankazei hē genesis tous Sēras mē thelontas phoneuein, ē tous Brachmanas kreophagein, ē tous Persas athemitōs mē gamein, ē tous Indous mē kaiesthai, ē tous Mēdous mē esthiesthai hypo kynōn, ē tous Parthous mē polygamein, ē tas en tę̄ Mesopotamią gynaikas mē sōphronein, ē tous Hellēnas mē gymnazesthai gymnois tois sōmasin, ē tous ῾Rōmaious mē kratein, ē tous Gallous mē gameisthai, ē ta alla barbara ethnē tais hypo tōn Hellēnōn legomenais Mousais koinōnein; allʼ, hōs proeipon, hekaston ethnos kai hekastos tōn anthrōpōn chrētai tę̄ heautou eleutherią hōs bouletai kai hote bouletai, kai douleuei tę̄ genesei kai tę̄ physei diʼ hēn perikeitai sarka, pē men ōs bouletai, pē de hōs mē bouletai.
In every nation, on every day, and under every kind of nativity people are born; but in each portion of humankind law and custom prevail, because of human free will. Nativity does not compel the Seres to kill against their will, or the Brahmans to eat meat, or the Persians not to marry unlawfully, or the Indians not to be burned, or the Medes not to be eaten by dogs, or the Parthians not to have many wives, or the women in Mesopotamia not to be chaste, or the Greeks not to exercise with naked bodies, or the Romans not to rule, or the Gauls not to be married as brides, or the other barbarian nations to take part in what the Greeks call the Muses. But, as I said before, each nation and each person uses his own freedom as he wishes and when he wishes, and is subject to nativity and to nature, because of the flesh he wears, partly as he wishes and partly as he does not wish.
6.10.36Dindorf 1:320–321
πανταχῆ γὰρ καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει εἰσὶ πλούσιοι καὶ πένητες καὶ ἄρχοντες καὶ ἀρχόμενοι καὶ ἐρρωμένοι καὶ νοσοῦντες, ἕκαστος κατὰ τοὺς τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ κλήρους.” “Ταῦτα, ὦ Βαρδησάνη, ἄκρως ἡμᾶς πέπεικε, φημὶ αὐτῷ. οἱ δὲ ἀστρονόμοι φασὶ τὴν γῆν ταύτην μεμερίσθαι εἰς ἑπτὰ κλίματα, καὶ ἄρχειν ἑκάστου κλίματος ἕνα τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων· καὶ τοὺς διαφόρους νόμους μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τεθεικέναι ἑαυτοῖς. ἀλλʼ ἑκάστου ἄρχοντος πλεονάζειν τὸ θέλημα ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ χώρᾳ, ὃν νόμον νενομίκασιν οἱ κρατούμενοιʼ’
pantachē gar kai en panti ethnei eisi plousioi kai penētes kai archontes kai archomenoi kai errōmenoi kai nosountes, hekastos kata tous tēs geneseōs autou klērous.” “Tauta, ō Bardēsanē, akrōs hēmas pepeike, phēmi autǭ. hoi de astronomoi phasi tēn gēn tautēn memeristhai eis hepta klimata, kai archein hekastou klimatos hena tōn hepta asterōn; kai tous diaphorous nomous mē tous anthrōpous tetheikenai heautois. allʼ hekastou archontos pleonazein to thelēma en tę̄ idią chōrą, hon nomon nenomikasin hoi kratoumenoiʼ’
For everywhere and in every nation there are rich and poor, rulers and ruled, healthy and sick, each according to the lots of his nativity." "These things, Bardesanes," I say to him, "have thoroughly persuaded us. But the astronomers say that this earth has been divided into seven climes, and that one of the seven stars rules each clime; and that the different laws were not laid down by people for themselves, but the will of each ruler prevails in its own region, and what the ruled have made custom is that law."
6.10.37Dindorf 1:321
“’Απεκρίνατο, οὐκ ἀληθὴς ἡ διάκρισις αὕτη, ὦ Φίλιππε. εἰ γὰρ καὶ διῄρηται ἡ οἰκουμένη εἰς μέρη ἑπτὰ, ἀλλʼ οὖν γε ἐν μιᾷ μερίδι εὑρίσκομεν πολλὰς διαφορὰς νόμων. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἑπτὰ νόμοι εἰσὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας, οὐδὲ δώδεκα κατὰ τὰ ζῴδια, οὐδὲ τριάκοντα ἓξ κατὰ τοὺς δεκανοὺς, ἀλλὰ μυρίοι.
“’Apekrinato, ouk alēthēs hē diakrisis hautē, ō Philippe. ei gar kai dię̄rētai hē oikoumenē eis merē hepta, allʼ oun ge en mią meridi heuriskomen pollas diaphoras nomōn. oude gar hepta nomoi eisi kata tous hepta asteras, oude dōdeka kata ta zǭdia, oude triakonta hex kata tous dekanous, alla myrioi.
"He answered: 'This division is not true, Philip. For even if the inhabited world has been divided into seven parts, still in one part we find many differences of laws. There are not seven laws according to the seven stars, nor twelve according to the signs of the zodiac, nor thirty-six according to the decans, but countless.
6.10.38Dindorf 1:321
μνημονεύειν τε ὀφείλετε ὧν προεῖπον, ὅτι καὶ ἐν ἐνὶ κλίματι καὶ ἐν μιᾷ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰνδῶν εἰσιν ἀνθρωποφάγοι Ἰνδοὶ, καί εἰσιν οἱ ἐμψύχων ἀπεχόμενοι· καὶ ὅτι οἱ Μαγουσαῖοι οὐκ ἐν Πέρσιδι μόνῃ τὰς θυγατέρας γαμοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει, ὅπου ἂν οἰκήσωσι, τοὺς τῶν προγόνων φυλάσσοντες νόμους καὶ τῶν μυστηρίων αὐτῶν τὰς τελετάς.
mnēmoneuein te opheilete hōn proeipon, hoti kai en eni klimati kai en mią chōrą tōn Indōn eisin anthrōpophagoi Indoi, kai eisin hoi empsychōn apechomenoi; kai hoti hoi Magousaioi ouk en Persidi monę̄ tas thygateras gamousin, alla kai en panti ethnei, hopou an oikēsōsi, tous tōn progonōn phylassontes nomous kai tōn mystēriōn autōn tas teletas.
And you should remember what I said before: that in one clime and in one region of the Indians there are cannibal Indians and there are those who abstain from living things; and that the Magusaeans marry their daughters not in Persia alone but in every nation where they live, keeping the laws of their ancestors and the rites of their mysteries.
6.10.39Dindorf 1:321
ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὰ βάρβαρα ἔθνη κατελέξαμεν, τά τε ὄντα ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ καὶ δύσει, καὶ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἄρκτῳ, τουτέστιν ἐν διαφόροις κλίμασι, μὴ μετέχοντα Ἑρμαικῆς ἐπιστήμης.
alla kai polla barbara ethnē katelexamen, ta te onta en mesēmbrią kai dysei, kai anatolę̄ kai arktǭ, toutestin en diaphorois klimasi, mē metechonta Hermaikēs epistēmēs.
We have also listed many barbarian nations, in the south and west, east and north, that is, in different climes, that have no share in the science of Hermes.
6.10.40Dindorf 1:321
πόσοι, νομίζετε, ἄνδρες σοφοὶ παρήγαγον τοὺς κακῶς κειμένους νόμους; πόσοι δὲ νόμοι ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπορίας κατελύθησαν; πόσοι βασιλεῖς κρατήσαντες ἐθνῶν παρήγαγον τοὺς πρὸ αὐτῶν νόμους καὶ ἔθεντο τοὺς ἰδίους; καὶ οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀστέρων ἀπώλεσε τὸ ἴδιον κλίμα.
posoi, nomizete, andres sophoi parēgagon tous kakōs keimenous nomous? posoi de nomoi hypo tēs aporias katelythēsan? posoi basileis kratēsantes ethnōn parēgagon tous pro autōn nomous kai ethento tous idious? kai oudeis tōn asterōn apōlese to idion klima.
How many wise men, do you think, have abolished badly laid down laws? How many laws have been dissolved through impracticability? How many kings, having conquered nations, have abolished the laws before them and laid down their own? And none of the stars lost its own clime.
6.10.41Dindorf 1:321–322
χθὲς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τῆς Ἀραβίας κρατήσαντες τοὺς τῶν βαρβάρων νόμους ἤλλαξαν· ἕπεται γὰρ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον τῷ αὐτεξουσίῳ, τὸ δὲ δυνάμενον πεῖσαι καὶ τοὺς ἀπίστους ἐκθήσομαι ὑμῖν.
chthes hoi Rhōmaioi tēs Arabias kratēsantes tous tōn barbarōn nomous ēllaxan; hepetai gar to autexousion tǭ autexousiǭ, to de dynamenon peisai kai tous apistous ekthēsomai hymin.
Yesterday the Romans, having conquered Arabia, changed the laws of the barbarians; for free will follows free will. And I shall set out for you what can persuade even the unbelieving.
6.10.42Dindorf 1:322
Ἰουδαῖοι πάντες οἱ διὰ Μώσεως δεξάμενοι νόμον τοὺς γεννωμένους ἄρρενας παῖδας ἐν τῇ ὀγδόῃ ἡμέρᾳ αἱμάσσουσι περιτέμνοντες, οὐκ ἀστέρος παρουσίαν ἀναμένοντες, οὐ κλίματος ἐξουσίαν ἐντρεπόμενοι, οὐχ ὑπὸ νόμου ἀλλοτρίας χώρας ἀγόμενοι ἀλλʼ εἴτε ἐν Συρίᾳ τυγχάνουσιν, εἴτε ἐν Γαλλίᾳ, εἴτε ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ, εἴτε ἐν Ἑλλάδι, ἢ ἐν Παρθίᾳ, ἢ ἂν ὦσι, τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν.
Ioudaioi pantes hoi dia Mōseōs dexamenoi nomon tous gennōmenous arrenas paidas en tę̄ ogdoę̄ hēmerą haimassousi peritemnontes, ouk asteros parousian anamenontes, ou klimatos exousian entrepomenoi, ouch hypo nomou allotrias chōras agomenoi allʼ eite en Syrią tynchanousin, eite en Gallią, eite en Italią, eite en Helladi, ē en Parthią, ē an ōsi, touto poiousin.
All the Jews who received the law through Moses shed the blood of their male children on the eighth day by circumcising them, not waiting for the presence of a star, not respecting the authority of a clime, not led by the law of a foreign land; but whether they are in Syria, or in Gaul, or in Italy, or in Greece, or in Parthia, or wherever they are, they do this.
6.10.43Dindorf 1:322
ὅπερ οὐκ ἔστι κατὰ γένεσιν· οὐ γὰρ δύνανται πάντες οἶ Ἰουδαῖοι μίαν γένεσιν ἔχειν. ἀλλὰ καὶ διʼ ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ πάντες ὅπου ἂν ὦσιν ἀργοῦσιν ἐκ παντὸς ἔργου, καὶ οὔτε ὁδεύουσιν οὔτε πυρὶ χρῶνται, οὔτε ἀναγκάζει ἡ γένεσις Ἰουδαῖον οὐ κτίσαι οἶκον, οὐ καταλῦσαι, οὐκ ἐργάσασθαι, οὐ πωλῆσαι, οὐκ ἀγοράσαι ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ σαββάτου, καίτοι ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ γεννώντων Ἰουδαίων καὶ γεννωμένων καὶ νοσούντων καὶ ἀποθνησκόντων.
hoper ouk esti kata genesin; ou gar dynantai pantes oi Ioudaioi mian genesin echein. alla kai diʼ hēmerōn hepta pantes hopou an ōsin argousin ek pantos ergou, kai oute hodeuousin oute pyri chrōntai, oute anankazei hē genesis Ioudaion ou ktisai oikon, ou katalysai, ouk ergasasthai, ou pōlēsai, ouk agorasai tais hēmerais tou sabbatou, kaitoi en tę̄ autę̄ hēmerą gennōntōn Ioudaiōn kai gennōmenōn kai nosountōn kai apothnēskontōn.
This is not according to nativity; for not all the Jews can have one nativity. Moreover, every seven days, wherever they are, they all rest from all work, neither travel nor use fire; and nativity does not compel a Jew to build a house, or pull one down, or work, or sell, or buy on the days of the Sabbath, although on that same day Jews beget and are born, are sick and die.
6.10.44Dindorf 1:322
ταῦτα γὰρ οὐκέτι ἐστὶ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου. ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ὀσροηνῇ ἀπεκόπτοντο πολλοὶ τῇ Ῥέᾳ, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ μιᾷ ῥοπῇ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἄβγαρος ἐκέλευσε τῶν ἀποκοπτομένων τὰ αἰδοῖα ἀποκόπτεσθαι καὶ τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ἐκ τότε οὐδεὶς ἀπεκόψατο ἐν τῇ Ὀσροηνῇ.
tauta gar ouketi esti tou autexousiou. en tę̄ Syrią kai en tę̄ Osroēnę̄ apekoptonto polloi tę̄ Rheą, kai en toutǭ mią rhopę̄ ho basileus Abgaros ekeleuse tōn apokoptomenōn ta aidoia apokoptesthai kai tas cheiras, kai ek tote oudeis apekopsato en tę̄ Osroēnę̄.
For these things no longer belong to free will. In Syria and in Osrhoene many used to castrate themselves for Rhea; and then, by a single decree, King Abgar ordered that those who castrated themselves should have their hands cut off as well; and from that time no one castrated himself in Osrhoene.
6.10.45Dindorf 1:322
τί δὲ ἐροῦμεν περὶ τῆς τῶν Χριστιανῶν αἱρέσεως, ἧς ἡμεῖς οἶ δοξασταὶ πολλοὶ ὄντες καὶ ἐν διαφόροις ἀνέστημεν κλίμασιν, ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει καὶ κλίματι, οἵτινες πολλοὶ ὄντες ἐνὶ ὀνόματι κεκλήμεθα;
ti de eroumen peri tēs tōn Christianōn haireseōs, hēs hēmeis oi doxastai polloi ontes kai en diaphorois anestēmen klimasin, en panti ethnei kai klimati, hoitines polloi ontes eni onomati keklēmetha?
And what shall we say about the sect of the Christians, to which we, many as we are, belong, who have arisen in different climes, in every nation and clime, and who, many as we are, are called by one name?
6.10.46Dindorf 1:322–323
καὶ οὔτε οἱ ἐν Παρθίᾳ Χριστιανοὶ πολυγαμοῦσι, Πάρθοι τυγχάνοντες, οὔθʼ οἱ ἐν Μηδίᾳ κυσὶ προτιθέασι τοὺς νεκροὺς, οὐχ οἱ ἐν Περσίδι γαμοῦσι τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτῶν, Πέρσαι ὄντες, παρὰ Βάκτροις καὶ Γήλοις φθείρουσι τοὺς γάμους, οὐχ οἱ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ θρησκεύουσι τὸν Ἄπιν ἢ τὸν κύνα ἢ τὸν τράγον ἢ αἴλουρον, ἀλλʼ ὅπου εἰσὶν, οὔτε ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶς κειμένων νόμων καὶ ἐθῶν νικῶνται οὔθʼ ἡ ὕπο τῶν ἄρχων πρυτανευομένη γένεσις αὐτοὺς ἀναγκάζει τοῖς ἀπειρημένοις κακοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ διδασκάλου αὐτῶν χρῆσθαι, νόσῳ δὲ καὶ πενίᾳ καὶ πάθεσι καὶ ταῖς νομιζομέναις ἀτιμίαις ὑπόκεινται.
kai oute hoi en Parthią Christianoi polygamousi, Parthoi tynchanontes, outhʼ hoi en Mēdią kysi protitheasi tous nekrous, ouch hoi en Persidi gamousi tas thygateras autōn, Persai ontes, para Baktrois kai Gēlois phtheirousi tous gamous, ouch hoi en Aigyptǭ thrēskeuousi ton Apin ē ton kyna ē ton tragon ē ailouron, allʼ hopou eisin, oute hypo tōn kakōs keimenōn nomōn kai ethōn nikōntai outhʼ hē hypo tōn archōn prytaneuomenē genesis autous anankazei tois apeirēmenois kakois hypo tou didaskalou autōn chrēsthai, nosǭ de kai penią kai pathesi kai tais nomizomenais atimiais hypokeintai.
The Christians in Parthia, though Parthians, do not take many wives; those in Media do not throw their dead to dogs; those in Persia, though Persians, do not marry their daughters; among the Bactrians and Gelae they do not defile marriage; those in Egypt do not worship Apis, or the dog, or the goat, or the cat. But wherever they are, they are neither overcome by badly laid down laws and customs, nor does the nativity presided over by the ruling stars compel them to practice the evils forbidden by their teacher; yet they are subject to sickness and poverty, sufferings and what are thought dishonors.
6.10.47Dindorf 1:323
ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ ἐλεύθερος ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος δουλεύειν οὐκ ἀναγκάζεται, κἂν ἀναγκασθῇ ἀνθίσταται τοῖς ἀναγκάζουσιν, οὕτως οὐδὲ ὁ φαινόμενος ἡμῶν δοῦλος ἄνθρωπος τῆς ὑποταγῆς ἐκφεύγειν ῥᾳδίως δύναται.
hōsper gar ho eleutheros hēmōn anthrōpos douleuein ouk anankazetai, kan anankasthę̄ anthistatai tois anankazousin, houtōs oude ho phainomenos hēmōn doulos anthrōpos tēs hypotagēs ekpheugein rhądiōs dynatai.
For just as a free man among us is not compelled to be a slave, and if he is compelled, resists those who compel him, so too the man among us who appears to be a slave cannot easily escape his subjection.
6.10.48Dindorf 1:323
εἰ γὰρ πάντα ἐδυνάμεθα, ἡμεῖς ἂν ἦμεν τὸ πᾶν, ὥστε εἰ μηδὲν ἐδυνάμεθα, ἄλλων ἦμεν, ὡς προεῖπον, ὄργανα, καὶ οὐχ ἑαυτῶν. θεοῦ δʼ ἐπινεύσαντος πάντα δυνατὰ καὶ ἀνεμπόδιστα· τῇ γὰρ ἐκείνου βουλήσει οὐδὲν ἀντιστῆναι δύναται. καὶ γὰρ τὰ δοκοῦντα ἀνθίστασθαι, αὐτοῦ χρηστοῦ ὄντος, καὶ συγχωροῦντος ἑκάστῃ φύσει ἔχειν τὴν ἰδιότητα καὶ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον τοῦ θελήματος, ἀνθίσταται.’’
ei gar panta edynametha, hēmeis an ēmen to pan, hōste ei mēden edynametha, allōn ēmen, hōs proeipon, organa, kai ouch heautōn. theou dʼ epineusantos panta dynata kai anempodista; tę̄ gar ekeinou boulēsei ouden antistēnai dynatai. kai gar ta dokounta anthistasthai, autou chrēstou ontos, kai synchōrountos hekastę̄ physei echein tēn idiotēta kai to autexousion tou thelēmatos, anthistatai.’’
For if we could do everything, we would be the whole; and if we could do nothing, we would be, as I said before, the instruments of others and not our own. But when God consents, all things are possible and unhindered; for nothing can resist his will. Even the things that seem to resist do resist because he is good and allows each nature to have its own character and the free will of its choice.'"
6.10.49Dindorf 1:323
Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ Σύρος. ἑνὸς δὲ ἔτι μνησθεὶς περιγράψω τὸν λόγον. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν γραμμάτων αὐταρκῶς παρατέθειται, λείπει δὲ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων, ὧν δὴ καὶ μάλιστα ἡμῖν δεῖ εἰς τὴν τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Ἀποδείξεως Προπαρασκευὴν, εὖ ἂν ἔχοι καὶ τάδε ἐποπτεῦσαι, ὡς ἂν κατὰ μηδὲν ὁ λόγος ἐλλείποι τῶν εἰς τὸ πρόβλημα θεωρουμένων.
Tosauta kai ho Syros. henos de eti mnēstheis perigrapsō ton logon. epeidē gar ta men apo tōn exōthen grammatōn autarkōs paratetheitai, leipei de ta apo tōn hierōn grammatōn, hōn dē kai malista hēmin dei eis tēn tēs Euangelikēs Apodeixeōs Proparaskeuēn, eu an echoi kai tade epopteusai, hōs an kata mēden ho logos elleipoi tōn eis to problēma theōroumenōn.
So much from the Syrian too. I shall mention one more thing and close the discussion. Since the passages from outside writings have been set out sufficiently, but those from the sacred writings remain, which we need above all for the Preparation for the Proof of the Gospel, it would be well to survey these too, so that the discussion may lack nothing of what bears on the problem.
6.10.50Dindorf 1:323–324
ὅθεν δὴ καὶ τάδε σοι σαφῆ καταστήσω. οὐ μὴν οἷός τʼ ἂν εἴης γυμνῶν ἐπαίειν τῶν ἱερῶν λογίων τὰ πολλὰ συνεσκιασμένως προενηνεγμένων. διόπερ ἐγώ σοι τὸν ἑρμηνέα τούτων παραστήσομαι· σὺ δʼ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς κρείττοσι βασκαίνεις, οἶσθά που τὸν ἄνδρα, Χριστοῦ μὲν θιάσοις εἰσέτι δεῦρο χορεύοντα διʼ ὧν ἀπολέλοιπε πόνων, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῖς ἐκτὸς ἀγνῶτα διʼ ἣν ἐπιδέδεικται καὶ πρὸς τὰ τῶνδε μαθήματα φιλοτιμίαν. σκέψαι δʼ οὖν ὅσα τε καὶ ὁποῖα ἐν τοῖς εἰς τὴν Γένεσιν Ἐξηγητικοῖς θαυμάσιος Ὠριγένης περὶ τῆς προκειμένης ὑποθέσεως διείληφε, καὶ ὅπως ἐφώδευσε τὸν περὶ εἱμαρμένης λόγον.
hothen dē kai tade soi saphē katastēsō. ou mēn hoios tʼ an eiēs gymnōn epaiein tōn hierōn logiōn ta polla syneskiasmenōs proenēnegmenōn. dioper egō soi ton hermēnea toutōn parastēsomai; sy dʼ, ei mē tois kreittosi baskaineis, oistha pou ton andra, Christou men thiasois eiseti deuro choreuonta diʼ hōn apoleloipe ponōn, ou mēn oude tois ektos agnōta diʼ hēn epidedeiktai kai pros ta tōnde mathēmata philotimian. skepsai dʼ oun hosa te kai hopoia en tois eis tēn Genesin Exēgētikois thaumasios Ōrigenēs peri tēs prokeimenēs hypotheseōs dieilēphe, kai hopōs ephōdeuse ton peri heimarmenēs logon.
So I shall make these things clear to you as well. But you would not be able to understand the sacred oracles bare, since many of them have been put forward in a veiled way. Therefore I shall present to you their interpreter. And you, unless you begrudge your betters, surely know the man, who still dances among the companies of Christ to this day through the labors he has left behind, and is not unknown to outsiders either because of the zeal he showed even for their learning. Consider, then, how much and what kind of things the wonderful Origen set out on the present subject in his Commentaries on Genesis, and how he went through the doctrine of fate.
Preparation 6, chapter 11
6.11.1Dindorf 1:324
“ Περὶ τοῦ εἰς σημεῖα γεγονέναι τοὺς φωστῆρας, οὐκ ἄλλους ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄστρων τυγχάνοντας, τῶν σφόδρα ἀναγκαιοτάτων ἔστι διαλαβεῖν, οὐ μόνον ἐθνῶν τῶν τῆς Χριστοῦ πίστεως ἀλλοτρίων σφαλλομένων εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς εἱμαρμένης τόπον, τῇ τῶν καλουμένων πλανωμένων ἀστέρων ἐπιπλοκῇ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῷ ζωδιακῷ πάντων αὐτοῖς νομιζομένων συμβαίνειν τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν περὶ ἕκαστον ἄνθρωπον, τάχα δὲ καὶ ἀλόγων ζῴων, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ πολλῶν τῶν πεπιστευκέναι ὑπολαμβανομένων περισπωμένων μὴ ἄρα ἠνάγκασται τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράγματα καὶ ἀμήχανον ἄλλως γενέσθαι ἢ ὡς οἱ ἀστέρες κατὰ διαφόρους σχηματισμοὺς ἐπιτελοῦσιν.
“ Peri tou eis sēmeia gegonenai tous phōstēras, ouk allous hēliou kai selēnēs kai tōn astrōn tynchanontas, tōn sphodra anankaiotatōn esti dialabein, ou monon ethnōn tōn tēs Christou pisteōs allotriōn sphallomenōn eis ton peri tēs heimarmenēs topon, tę̄ tōn kaloumenōn planōmenōn asterōn epiplokę̄ pros tous en tǭ zōdiakǭ pantōn autois nomizomenōn symbainein tōn epi tēs gēs kai tōn peri hekaston anthrōpon, tacha de kai alogōn zǭōn, alla gar kai pollōn tōn pepisteukenai hypolambanomenōn perispōmenōn mē ara ēnankastai ta tōn anthrōpōn pragmata kai amēchanon allōs genesthai ē hōs hoi asteres kata diaphorous schēmatismous epitelousin.
"Concerning the lights, which are none other than the sun, the moon, and the stars, having come to be 'for signs,' it is among the most necessary things to discuss. For not only do nations foreign to the faith of Christ go astray on the subject of fate, thinking that everything that happens on earth and to each person, and perhaps even to irrational animals, comes about through the combination of the so-called planets with the signs of the zodiac; but many also who are supposed to have believed are distracted by the question whether human affairs are not, after all, compelled, and cannot possibly happen otherwise than as the stars bring them about in their different configurations.
6.11.2Dindorf 1:324
ἕπεται δὲ τοῖς ταῦτα δογματίζουσιν ἐξ ὅλων τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἀναιρεῖν· διόπερ καὶ ἔπαινον καὶ ψόγον, καὶ πράξεις ἀποδέκτας πάλιν τε αὖ ψεκτάς.
hepetai de tois tauta dogmatizousin ex holōn to ephʼ hēmin anairein; dioper kai epainon kai psogon, kai praxeis apodektas palin te au psektas.
It follows for those who teach this that they wholly do away with what is in our power, and therefore also with praise and blame, and with actions worthy of acceptance and, again, worthy of censure.
6.11.3Dindorf 1:324
ἅπερ εἰ οὕτως ἔχει, τὰ τῆς κεκηρυγμένης τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσεως οἴχεται, καὶ ἀπειλαὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας, ὡς κολασθησομένους· τιμαί τε αὖ πρὸς τοὺς τοῖς κρείττοσιν ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιδεδωκότας καὶ μακαριότητες· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔτι τούτων εὐλόγως ἔσται γενόμενον.
haper ei houtōs echei, ta tēs kekērygmenēs tou theou kriseōs oichetai, kai apeilai pros tous hēmartēkotas, hōs kolasthēsomenous; timai te au pros tous tois kreittosin heautous epidedōkotas kai makariotētes; ouden gar eti toutōn eulogōs estai genomenon.
If this is so, what is proclaimed about God's judgment is gone, together with the threats against sinners that they will be punished, and the honors and blessings for those who have given themselves to better things; for none of these will any longer reasonably come to pass.
6.11.4Dindorf 1:324–325
καὶ εἰ τὰ ἀκόλουθά τις ἑαυτῷ ἐφʼ οἷς δογματίζει βλέποι, καὶ ἡ πίστις ἔσται ματαία, ἥ τε Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημία οὐδὲν ἀνύουσα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν οἰκονομία, κάματοί τε ἀποστόλων ὑπὲρ τοῦ συστῆσαι τὰς διὰ Χριστοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησίας·
kai ei ta akoloutha tis heautǭ ephʼ hois dogmatizei blepoi, kai hē pistis estai mataia, hē te Christou epidēmia ouden anyousa, kai pasa hē dia nomou kai prophētōn oikonomia, kamatoi te apostolōn hyper tou systēsai tas dia Christou tou theou ekklēsias;
And if one saw the consequences of what he teaches, faith too will be vain, and the coming of Christ achieving nothing, and the whole dispensation through the law and the prophets, and the labors of the apostles to establish the churches of God through Christ;
6.11.5Dindorf 1:325
εἰ μὴ ἄρα καὶ Χριστὸς, κατὰ τοὺς οὕτω τολμῶντας ὑπὸ τὴν ἀνάγκην τῆς τῶν ἄστρων κινήσεως τῷ γένεσιν ἀνειληφέναι γενόμενος, πάντα πεποιήκοι τε καὶ πάθοι, οὐ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων αὐτῷ τὰς παραδόξους δυνάμεις δωρησαμένου. ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀστέρων. οἷς ἀθέοις καὶ ἀσεβέσι τυγχάνουσι λόγοις ἀκολουθεῖ καὶ τὸ τοὺς πιστεύοντας ὑπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων ἀγομένους πιστεύειν εἰς θεὸν λέγεσθαι.
ei mē ara kai Christos, kata tous houtō tolmōntas hypo tēn anankēn tēs tōn astrōn kinēseōs tǭ genesin aneilēphenai genomenos, panta pepoiēkoi te kai pathoi, ou tou theou kai patros tōn holōn autǭ tas paradoxous dynameis dōrēsamenou. alla tōn asterōn. hois atheois kai asebesi tynchanousi logois akolouthei kai to tous pisteuontas hypo tōn asterōn agomenous pisteuein eis theon legesthai.
unless, according to those who dare to say such things, Christ too, having come under the necessity of the stars' motion by taking on birth, did and suffered everything, and it was not the God and Father of the universe who granted him his wondrous powers, but the stars. And from these godless and impious doctrines it follows also that believers are said to believe in God because they are led by the stars.
6.11.6Dindorf 1:325
πυθοίμεθα δʼ ἂν αὐτῶν τί ὁ θεὸς βουλόμενος τοιοῦτον ἐποίει κόσμον, ἵν οἱ μὲν ἐν αὐτῷ ἄνδρες ὄντες τὰ γυναικῶν πάσχωσιν, οὐδαμῶς ἑαυτοῖς αἴτιοι τῆς ἀσελγείας γεγενημένοι, ἕτεροι δὲ ἀγρίων ζῴων κατάστασιν εἰληφότες, τῷ τὴν φορὰν τοῦ παντὸς τοιούτους αὐτοὺς πεποιηκέναι, διὰ τὸ τὸν θεὸν οὕτω κεκοσμηκέναι τὸ πᾶν, ἐπιδιδόασιν ἑαυτοὺς ὠμοτάτοις καὶ σφόδρα ἀπανθρώποις πράγμασιν, ἀνδροφονίαις καὶ πειρατείαις;
pythoimetha dʼ an autōn ti ho theos boulomenos toiouton epoiei kosmon, hin hoi men en autǭ andres ontes ta gynaikōn paschōsin, oudamōs heautois aitioi tēs aselgeias gegenēmenoi, heteroi de agriōn zǭōn katastasin eilēphotes, tǭ tēn phoran tou pantos toioutous autous pepoiēkenai, dia to ton theon houtō kekosmēkenai to pan, epididoasin heautous ōmotatois kai sphodra apanthrōpois pragmasin, androphoniais kai peirateiais?
We would ask them what God intended in making such a world, in which some who are men suffer what belongs to women, without being in any way the cause of their own licentiousness, while others, having been given the condition of wild animals because the movement of the universe has made them so, since God ordered the whole in this way, give themselves up to the most savage and utterly inhuman deeds, murders and piracies?
6.11.7Dindorf 1:325
καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν ἡμᾶς περὶ τῶν συμβαινόντων ἐν ἀνθρώποις καὶ ἁμαρτανομένων ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, μυρίων ὅσων τυγχανόντων, οὕστινας οἱ τῶν προϊστάμενοι τούτων λόγων ἀπολύοντες παντὸς ἐγκλήματος τῷ θεῷ προσγράφουσι πάντων τῶν κακῶς καὶ ψεκτῶς πραττομένων τὴν αἰτίαν;”
kai ti dei legein hēmas peri tōn symbainontōn en anthrōpois kai hamartanomenōn hypʼ autōn, myriōn hosōn tynchanontōn, houstinas hoi tōn proïstamenoi toutōn logōn apolyontes pantos enklēmatos tǭ theǭ prosgraphousi pantōn tōn kakōs kai psektōs prattomenōn tēn aitian?”
And what need is there for us to speak of what happens among human beings and of the sins they commit, countless as they are, whom the champions of these doctrines acquit of all blame, ascribing to God the cause of all that is done badly and blameworthily?"
6.11.8Dindorf 1:325
“Ἐὰν δέ τινες αὐτῶν, ὡς ἀπολογούμενοι περὶ θεοῦ, ἕτερον μὲν εἶναι λέγωσι τὸν ἀγαθὸν, οὐδενὸς τούτων ἔχοντα τὴν ἀρχὴν, τῷ δὲ δημιουργῷ πάντων τὰ τοιαῦτα προσάπτωσι, πρῶτον μὲν οὐδʼ ὣς ὃ βούλονται δυνήσονται ἀποδεικνύναι, ὅτι ἐστὶ δίκαιος. πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὁ τοσούτων κακῶν κατʼ αὐτοὺς πατὴρ εὐλόγως χρηματίζοι δίκαιος;
“Ean de tines autōn, hōs apologoumenoi peri theou, heteron men einai legōsi ton agathon, oudenos toutōn echonta tēn archēn, tǭ de dēmiourgǭ pantōn ta toiauta prosaptōsi, prōton men oudʼ hōs ho boulontai dynēsontai apodeiknynai, hoti esti dikaios. pōs gar an ho tosoutōn kakōn katʼ autous patēr eulogōs chrēmatizoi dikaios?
"And if some of them, as if defending God, say that the good God is another, who is the source of none of these things, and attach all such things to the Creator, then first, not even so will they be able to prove what they want, that he is just. For how could one who is, on their view, the father of so many evils reasonably be called just?
6.11.9Dindorf 1:325–326
δεύτερον δὲ περὶ ἑαυτῶν τί ποτε φήσουσιν ἐξεταστέον, πότερον ὑπόκεινται τῇ φορᾷ τῶν ἀστέρων, ἢ ἠλευθέρωνται, καὶ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τυγχάνοντες οὐδὲν ἐνεργούμενον εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἔχουσιν ἐκεῖθεν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ φήσουσιν ὑποκεῖσθαι τοῖς ἄστροις, δῆλον ὅτι τὰ ἄστρα τὸ νοῆσαι αὐτοῖς τοῦτο ἐχαρίσατο, καὶ ὁ δημιουργὸς ὑποβεβληκὼς ἔσται διὰ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κινήσεως τὸν λόγον τὸν περὶ τοῦ ἀνωτέρω ἀναπεπλασμένου θεοῦ, ὅπερ οὐ βούλονται.
deuteron de peri heautōn ti pote phēsousin exetasteon, poteron hypokeintai tę̄ phorą tōn asterōn, ē ēleutherōntai, kai en tǭ biǭ tynchanontes ouden energoumenon eis heautous echousin ekeithen. ei men gar phēsousin hypokeisthai tois astrois, dēlon hoti ta astra to noēsai autois touto echarisato, kai ho dēmiourgos hypobeblēkōs estai dia tēs tou pantos kinēseōs ton logon ton peri tou anōterō anapeplasmenou theou, hoper ou boulontai.
Second, we must examine what they will say about themselves: whether they are subject to the movement of the stars, or have been set free and, while living in this life, have nothing worked on them from there. For if they say they are subject to the stars, plainly the stars granted them this very thought, and the Creator, through the motion of the universe, will have suggested the doctrine about the higher God whom they have invented, which they do not want.
6.11.10Dindorf 1:326
εἰ δὲ ἀποκρινοῦνται ὅτι ἔξω τῶν νόμων τυγχάνουσι τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἵνα μὴ ἀπόφασις ᾖ τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀναπόδεικτος, πειραθήτωσαν ἡμᾶς προσάγειν ἀναγκαστικώτερον, διαφορὰν παριστάντες νοῦ τινὸς ὑποκειμένου γενέσει καὶ εἱμαρμένῃ καὶ ἑτέρου ἀπὸ τούτων ἐλευθέρου. δῆλον γάρ ἐστι τοὺς τοιούτους ὅτι λόγον ἀπαιτηθέντες διδόναι αὐτοῖς οὐδαμῶς δυνήσονται.
ei de apokrinountai hoti exō tōn nomōn tynchanousi tou dēmiourgou tōn kata tous asteras, hina mē apophasis ę̄ to legomenon hypʼ autōn anapodeiktos, peirathētōsan hēmas prosagein anankastikōteron, diaphoran paristantes nou tinos hypokeimenou genesei kai heimarmenę̄ kai heterou apo toutōn eleutherou. dēlon gar esti tous toioutous hoti logon apaitēthentes didonai autois oudamōs dynēsontai.
But if they answer that they are outside the Creator's laws concerning the stars, then, so that what they say may not be an unproved assertion, let them try to bring us to it more compellingly, by showing the difference between a mind subject to birth and fate and another free from them. For it is plain that such people, if asked to give an account, will be quite unable to do so.
6.11.11Dindorf 1:326
πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ εὐχαὶ παρέλκουσι μάτην παραλαμβανόμεναι. εἰ γὰρ κατηνάγκασται τάδε τινὰ γενέσθαι, καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες ποιοῦσιν, οὐδὲν δὲ παρὰ τὴν τούτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπιπλοκὴν δύναται γενέσθαι, θεὸν ἀλογίστως ἀξιοῦμεν τάδε τινὰ ἡμῖν δωρήσασθαι.
pros de tois eirēmenois kai euchai parelkousi matēn paralambanomenai. ei gar katēnankastai tade tina genesthai, kai hoi asteres poiousin, ouden de para tēn toutōn pros allēlous epiplokēn dynatai genesthai, theon alogistōs axioumen tade tina hēmin dōrēsasthai.
And besides what has been said, prayers too become superfluous, used in vain. For if it is compelled that certain things happen, and the stars do them, and nothing can happen apart from their combination with one another, we unreasonably ask God to grant us these things.
6.11.12Dindorf 1:326
καὶ τί ἐπὶ πλεῖον μηκύνειν τὸν λόγον δεῖ, παριστάντα τὸ ἀσεβὲς τοῦ κατημαξευμένου ἀβασανίστως παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς περὶ εἱμαρμένης τόπου; αὐτάρκη γὰρ εἰς ὑπογραφὴν καὶ τὰ εἰρημένα.”
kai ti epi pleion mēkynein ton logon dei, paristanta to asebes tou katēmaxeumenou abasanistōs para tois pollois peri heimarmenēs topou? autarkē gar eis hypographēn kai ta eirēmena.”
And why must one lengthen the discussion further, demonstrating the impiety of the doctrine of fate, which has become a beaten track among the many without examination? For what has been said is enough for an outline."
6.11.13Dindorf 1:326–327
“Πόθεν δὲ ἐξετάζοντες τὸ ῾ἔστωσαν εἰς σημεῖα οἱ φωστῆρεςʼ ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἐληλύθαμεν ἑαυτοὺς ὑπομνήσωμεν. οἱ μανθάνοντες περί τινων ἀληθῆ, ἤτοι αὐτόπται τῶν πραγμάτων γενόμενοι, ἀποφαίνονται τάδε τινὰ ὑγιῶς, τὸ πάθος καὶ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῶν πεπονθότων ἢ ἐνηργηκότων θεασάμενοι, ἢ ἀπαγγελλόντων τῶν οὐδαμῶς αἰτίων τοῖς γεγενημένοις ἀκούσαντες τάδε τινὰ γινώσκουσιν
“Pothen de exetazontes to ῾estōsan eis sēmeia hoi phōstēresʼ epi tauta elēlythamen heautous hypomnēsōmen. hoi manthanontes peri tinōn alēthē, ētoi autoptai tōn pragmatōn genomenoi, apophainontai tade tina hygiōs, to pathos kai tēn energeian tōn peponthotōn ē enērgēkotōn theasamenoi, ē apangellontōn tōn oudamōs aitiōn tois gegenēmenois akousantes tade tina ginōskousin
"Let us remind ourselves from what point we came to these matters, examining 'Let the lights be for signs.' Those who learn the truth about things either declare them soundly as eyewitnesses of the events, having seen what the sufferers suffered and the doers did; or they come to know them by hearing from those who report them without being in any way the cause of what happened
6.11.14Dindorf 1:327
(ὑπεξῃρήσθω δὲ νῦν τοῦ λόγου τὸ δύνασθαι τοὺς δεδρακότας ἢ πεπονθότας, διηγουμένους ἃ δεδράκασιν ἢ πεπόνθασιν, ἐνάγειν εἰς γνῶσιν τῶν πεπραγμένων τὸν μὴ παρατετυχηκότα).
(hypexę̄rēsthō de nyn tou logou to dynasthai tous dedrakotas ē peponthotas, diēgoumenous ha dedrakasin ē peponthasin, enagein eis gnōsin tōn pepragmenōn ton mē paratetychēkota).
(let us leave aside for now the fact that the doers or sufferers, by recounting what they have done or suffered, can lead one who was not present to knowledge of what was done).
6.11.15Dindorf 1:327
ἐὰν οὖν ὁ διδασκόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ μηδαμῶς αἰτίου τῶν γινομένων τὸ τάδε τινὰ τοῖσδε γεγονέναι ἢ συμβήσεσθαι μὴ διακρίνῃ ὅτι οὐ πάντως ὁ διδάσκων περί τινος ὡς γενομένου ἢ ἐσομένου αἴτιός ἐστι τοῦ τὸ πρᾶγμα τοιόνδε τι τυγχάνειν, οἰήσεται τὸν παραστήσαντα περὶ τοῦ τάδε τινὰ γεγονέναι, ἢ τάδε τινὰ ἔσεσθαι, πεποιηκέναι ἢ ποιήσειν τὰ περὶ ὧν διδάσκει, οἰήσεται δὲ δηλονότι ἐσφαλμένως.
ean oun ho didaskomenos hypo tou mēdamōs aitiou tōn ginomenōn to tade tina toisde gegonenai ē symbēsesthai mē diakrinę̄ hoti ou pantōs ho didaskōn peri tinos hōs genomenou ē esomenou aitios esti tou to pragma toionde ti tynchanein, oiēsetai ton parastēsanta peri tou tade tina gegonenai, ē tade tina esesthai, pepoiēkenai ē poiēsein ta peri hōn didaskei, oiēsetai de dēlonoti esphalmenōs.
If, then, someone taught by one who is in no way the cause of events that such things have happened or will happen to such people does not distinguish that the one who teaches about something as past or future is not necessarily the cause of the thing's being so, he will think that the one who showed that these things happened or will happen made them or will make them; but plainly he will think wrongly.
6.11.16Dindorf 1:327
ὡς εἴ τις ἐντυχὼν προφητικῇ βίβλῳ προδηλούσῃ τὰ περὶ Ἰούδαν τὸν προδότην νομίσαι, μαθὼν τὸ ἐσόμενον, ὁρῶν αὐτὸ ἀποτελούμενον, τὴν βίβλον αἰτίαν εἶναι τόδε τι γεγονέναι ὕστερον, ἐπεὶ ἀπὸ τῆς βίβλου μεμάθηκε τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰούδα πραχθησόμενα ὕστερον· ἢ πάλιν μὴ τὴν βίβλον ὑπολάβοι εἶναι αἰτίαν, ἀλλὰ τὸν πρῶτον γράψαντα αὐτὴν, ἢ τὸν ἐνεργήσαντα φέρε εἰπεῖν τὸν θεόν.
hōs ei tis entychōn prophētikę̄ biblǭ prodēlousę̄ ta peri Ioudan ton prodotēn nomisai, mathōn to esomenon, horōn auto apoteloumenon, tēn biblon aitian einai tode ti gegonenai hysteron, epei apo tēs biblou memathēke ta hypo tou Iouda prachthēsomena hysteron; ē palin mē tēn biblon hypolaboi einai aitian, alla ton prōton grapsanta autēn, ē ton energēsanta phere eipein ton theon.
It is as if someone, coming upon a prophetic book foretelling the things about Judas the betrayer, having learned what would happen and seeing it fulfilled, were to think that the book was the cause of its happening afterward, since he had learned from the book what Judas would do afterward; or again, were to suppose that not the book was the cause, but the one who first wrote it, or the one who inspired it, God, let us say.
6.11.17Dindorf 1:327
ὥσπερ δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα προφητευομένων αὐταὶ αἱ λέξεις ἐξεταζόμεναι ἐμφαίνουσι τὸν θεὸν ποιητὴν μὴ γεγονέναι τῆς τοῦ Ἰούδα προδοσίας, ἀλλὰ μόνον δεδηλωκέναι προεγνωκότα τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τούτου κακίας πραχθησόμενα παρὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ αἰτίαν,
hōsper de epi tōn peri tou Iouda prophēteuomenōn autai hai lexeis exetazomenai emphainousi ton theon poiētēn mē gegonenai tēs tou Iouda prodosias, alla monon dedēlōkenai proegnōkota ta apo tēs toutou kakias prachthēsomena para tēn autou aitian,
But just as, in the case of the prophecies about Judas, the words themselves, when examined, show that God did not become the maker of Judas's betrayal, but only revealed, having foreknown them, the things that would be done by Judas's wickedness through his own fault,
6.11.18Dindorf 1:327
οὕτως εἴ τις ἐμβαθύναι τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ προειδέναι τὰ πάντα τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐν οἷς οἷον ἐτύπωσε τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προγνώσεως τοὺς λόγους, κατανοήσαι ἂν ὅτι οὔτε ὁ προγνοὺς πάντως αἴτιος τῶν προεγνωσμένων οὔτε τὰ τοὺς τύπους τῶν λόγων τῆς προγνώσεως τοῦ προεγνωκότος δεξάμενα.”
houtōs ei tis embathynai tǭ logǭ tou proeidenai ta panta ton theon kai tous en hois hoion etypōse tēs heautou prognōseōs tous logous, katanoēsai an hoti oute ho prognous pantōs aitios tōn proegnōsmenōn oute ta tous typous tōn logōn tēs prognōseōs tou proegnōkotos dexamena.”
so, if someone were to go deeply into the account of God's foreknowing all things, and into those in whom he, as it were, impressed the accounts of his foreknowledge, he would understand that neither the one who foreknew is necessarily the cause of what was foreknown, nor are the things that received the imprints of the accounts of the foreknower's foreknowledge."
6.11.19Dindorf 1:327–328
“Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἕκαστον τῶν ἐσομένων πρὸ πολλοῦ οἶδεν ὁ θεὸς γενησόμενον, καὶ χωρὶς μὲν γραφῆς αὐτόθεν ἐκ τῆς ἐννοίας τῆς περὶ θεοῦ δῆλον τῷ συνιέντι ἀξίωμα δυνάμεως νοῦ θεοῦ.
“Hoti men oun hekaston tōn esomenōn pro pollou oiden ho theos genēsomenon, kai chōris men graphēs autothen ek tēs ennoias tēs peri theou dēlon tǭ synienti axiōma dynameōs nou theou.
"That God knows long beforehand that each future thing will happen is plain even without Scripture, directly from the notion of God, to one who understands it as an axiom of the power of God's mind.
6.11.20Dindorf 1:328
εἰ δὲ δεῖ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν τοῦτο παραστήσαι, πλήρεις μέν εἰσιν αἱ προφητεῖαι τοιούτων παραδειγμάτων, καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Σωσάνναν δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ γινώσκοντος τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν, οὕτω λέγουσαν “ ὁ θεὸς ὁ αἰώνιος, ὁ τῶν κρυπτῶν γνώστης, ὁ εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν, σὺ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι ψευδῆ μου κατεμαρτύρησαν οὗτοι.’’
ei de dei kai apo tōn graphōn touto parastēsai, plēreis men eisin hai prophēteiai toioutōn paradeigmatōn, kai ta kata tēn Sōsannan de tou theou ginōskontos ta panta prin geneseōs autōn, houtō legousan “ ho theos ho aiōnios, ho tōn kryptōn gnōstēs, ho eidōs ta panta prin geneseōs autōn, sy epistasai hoti pseudē mou katemartyrēsan houtoi.’’
But if this must also be established from the Scriptures, the prophecies are full of such examples; and so is the story of Susanna, where God knows all things before they come to be, as she says: "Eternal God, who knows what is hidden, who knows all things before they come to be, you know that these men have borne false witness against me."
6.11.21Dindorf 1:328
σαφέστατα δὲ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν καὶ ὄνομα βασιλεύοντος καὶ πράξεις ἀνεγράφησαν πρὸ πλειόνων ἐτῶν τοῦ γενέσθαι προφητευόμενα οὕτως ‘καὶ ἐποίησεν Ἱεροβοὰμ ἑορτὴν ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ὀγδόῳ, ἐν τῇ πέμπτῃ καὶ δεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς, κατὰ τὴν ἑορτὴν τὴν ἐν γῇ Ἰούδα. καὶ ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἐν Βαιθὴλ, ὃ ἐποίησεν ἐν ταῖς δαμάλεσιν αἷς ἐποίησεν.’ εἶτα μετʼ ὀλίγα ‘καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξ Ἰούδα παρεγένετο ἐν λόγῳ κυρίου ἐν Βαιθὴλ, καὶ ‘Ἱεροβοὰμ εἱστήκει ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον αὐτοῦ ἐπιθῦσαι· καὶ ἐπεκάλεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐν λόγῳ κυρίου, καὶ εἶπε, θυσιαστήριον, θυσιαστήριον, τάδε λέγει κύριος, ἰδοὺ υἱὸς τίκτεται τῷ οἴκῳ Δαβὶδ, Ἰωσίας ὄνομα αὐτῷ, καὶ θύσει ἐπὶ σὲ τοὺς ἱερεῖς τῶν ὑψηλῶν τῶν ἐπιθυόντων ἐπὶ σὲ, καὶ ὀστᾶ ἀνθρώπων καύσει ἐπὶ σέ. καὶ ἔδωκεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τέρας, λέγων, ‘τοῦτο τὸ τέρας ὃ ἐλάλησε κύριος λέγων, ἰδοὺ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ῥήγνυται, καὶ ἐκχυθήσεται ἡ πιότης ἡ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ. καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα δηλοῦται ὅτι καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐρράγη καὶ ἐξεχύθη ἡ πιότης ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κατὰ τὸ τέρας ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐν λόγῳ κυρίου.
saphestata de en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn kai onoma basileuontos kai praxeis anegraphēsan pro pleionōn etōn tou genesthai prophēteuomena houtōs ‘kai epoiēsen Hieroboam heortēn en tǭ mēni tǭ ogdoǭ, en tę̄ pemptę̄ kai dekatę̄ hēmerą tou mēnos, kata tēn heortēn tēn en gę̄ Iouda. kai anebē epi to thysiastērion to en Baithēl, ho epoiēsen en tais damalesin hais epoiēsen.’ eita metʼ oliga ‘kai idou anthrōpos tou theou ex Iouda paregeneto en logǭ kyriou en Baithēl, kai ‘Hieroboam heistēkei epi to thysiastērion autou epithysai; kai epekalesen epi to thysiastērion en logǭ kyriou, kai eipe, thysiastērion, thysiastērion, tade legei kyrios, idou huios tiktetai tǭ oikǭ Dabid, Iōsias onoma autǭ, kai thysei epi se tous hiereis tōn hypsēlōn tōn epithyontōn epi se, kai osta anthrōpōn kausei epi se. kai edōken en tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄ teras, legōn, ‘touto to teras ho elalēse kyrios legōn, idou to thysiastērion rhēgnytai, kai ekchythēsetai hē piotēs hē epʼ autǭ. kai metʼ oliga dēloutai hoti kai to thysiastērion erragē kai exechythē hē piotēs apo tou thysiastēriou kata to teras ho edōken ho anthrōpos en logǭ kyriou.
Most clearly, in the third book of Kingdoms, both the name of a king and his deeds were written down, prophesied many years before they happened, as follows: "And Jeroboam made a feast in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, like the feast in the land of Judah. And he went up to the altar in Bethel which he had made for the heifers he had made." Then a little later: "And behold, a man of God came from Judah by the word of the Lord to Bethel, and Jeroboam was standing at his altar to offer sacrifice; and he cried out against the altar by the word of the Lord, and said, 'Altar, altar, thus says the Lord: Behold, a son is born to the house of David, Josiah is his name, and he shall sacrifice upon you the priests of the high places who offer sacrifice upon you, and he shall burn human bones upon you.' And he gave a sign on that day, saying, 'This is the sign that the Lord has spoken, saying: Behold, the altar is torn apart, and the fat that is on it shall be poured out.'" And a little later it is shown that the altar was torn apart and the fat was poured out from the altar, according to the sign that the man had given by the word of the Lord.
6.11.22Dindorf 1:328–329
καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἠσαίᾳ, γενομένῳ πρὸ πολλοῦ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, μεθʼ ἣν αἰχμαλωσίαν ὕστερόν ποτε γίνεται Κῦρος ὁ Περσῶν βασιλεὺς συνεργήσας τῇ οἰκοδομῇ τοῦ ναοῦ, γενομένῃ κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους Ἔσδρα, ταῦτα περὶ ὀνομαστὶ προφητεύεται οὕτω λέγει κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῷ χριστῷ μου Κύρῳ, οὗ ἐκράτησα τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ, ἐπακοῦσαι ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἔθνη, καὶ ἰσχὺν βασιλέων διαρρήξω, ἀνοίξω ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ θύρας, καὶ πόλεις οὐ συγκλεισθήσονται. ἐγὼ ἔμπροσθέν σου πορεύσομαι, καὶ ὄρη ὁμαλιῶ, θύρας χαλκὰς συντρίψω, καὶ μοχλοὺς σιδηροῦς συνθλάσω· καὶ δώσω σοι θησαυροὺς σκοτεινοὺς, ἀποκρύφους, ἀοράτους ἀνοίξω σοι, ἵνα γνῷς ὅτι ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς, ὁ καλῶν τὸ ὄνομά σου, θεὸς Ἰσραήλ. ἕνεκεν τοῦ παιδός μου Ἰακὼβ, καὶ Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ ἐκλεκτοῦ μου, ἐγὼ καλέσω σε τῷ ὀνόματί μου, καὶ προσδέξομαί σε.
kai en tǭ Ēsaią, genomenǭ pro pollou tēs aichmalōsias tēs eis Babylōna, methʼ hēn aichmalōsian hysteron pote ginetai Kyros ho Persōn basileus synergēsas tę̄ oikodomę̄ tou naou, genomenę̄ kata tous chronous Esdra, tauta peri onomasti prophēteuetai houtō legei kyrios ho theos tǭ christǭ mou Kyrǭ, hou ekratēsa tēs dexias autou, epakousai emprosthen autou ethnē, kai ischyn basileōn diarrēxō, anoixō emprosthen autou thyras, kai poleis ou synkleisthēsontai. egō emprosthen sou poreusomai, kai orē homaliō, thyras chalkas syntripsō, kai mochlous sidērous synthlasō; kai dōsō soi thēsaurous skoteinous, apokryphous, aoratous anoixō soi, hina gnǭs hoti egō kyrios ho theos, ho kalōn to onoma sou, theos Israēl. heneken tou paidos mou Iakōb, kai Israēl tou eklektou mou, egō kalesō se tǭ onomati mou, kai prosdexomai se.
And in Isaiah, who lived long before the captivity to Babylon, after which captivity Cyrus king of the Persians later came and helped in the building of the temple, which took place in the times of Ezra, these things are prophesied about him by name: "Thus says the Lord God to my anointed, Cyrus, whose right hand I have grasped, that nations may obey before him; and I will break the strength of kings; I will open doors before him, and cities shall not be shut. I will go before you and level mountains; I will shatter bronze doors and crush iron bars; and I will give you dark treasures; hidden, unseen ones I will open to you, that you may know that I am the Lord God, who calls your name, the God of Israel. For the sake of my servant Jacob, and Israel my chosen, I will call you by my name, and I will receive you."
6.11.23Dindorf 1:329
σαφῶς γὰρ καὶ ἐκ τούτων δεδήλωται ὅτι διὰ τὸν λαὸν ὃν εὐηργέτησεν, ὁ κύριος ὁ θεὸς μὴ γινώσκοντι αὐτῷ τὴν καθʼ Ἑβραίους θεοσέβειαν ἐδωρήσατο ἐθνῶν πλειόνων ἄρξαι. καὶ ἔστι ταῦτα μαθεῖν καὶ ἀπὸ Ἑλλήνων τῶν ἀναγραψάντων τὰ περὶ τὸν προφητευθέντα Κῦρον.
saphōs gar kai ek toutōn dedēlōtai hoti dia ton laon hon euērgetēsen, ho kyrios ho theos mē ginōskonti autǭ tēn kathʼ Hebraious theosebeian edōrēsato ethnōn pleionōn arxai. kai esti tauta mathein kai apo Hellēnōn tōn anagrapsantōn ta peri ton prophēteuthenta Kyron.
For from these words too it is clearly shown that, for the sake of the people whom Cyrus benefited, the Lord God granted him, though he did not know the religion of the Hebrews, to rule many nations. And one can learn these things also from the Greeks who recorded the history of Cyrus, the subject of the prophecy.
6.11.24Dindorf 1:329
ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ, Βαβυλωνίων βασιλευόντων τότε, τῷ Ναβουχοδονόσορ δείκνυνται αἱ ἐσόμεναι βασιλεῖαι μετʼ αὐτόν. δείκνυνται δὲ διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος, χρυσίου μὲν τῆς Βαβυλωνίων ἀρχῆς ὀνομαζομένης, ἀργυρίου δὲ τῆς Περσῶν, χαλκοῦ δὲ τῆς Μακεδόνων, σιδήρου δὲ τῆς Ρωμαίων.
eti de kai en tǭ Daniēl, Babylōniōn basileuontōn tote, tǭ Nabouchodonosor deiknyntai hai esomenai basileiai metʼ auton. deiknyntai de dia tēs eikonos, chrysiou men tēs Babylōniōn archēs onomazomenēs, argyriou de tēs Persōn, chalkou de tēs Makedonōn, sidērou de tēs Rōmaiōn.
Further, in Daniel, when the Babylonians were then ruling, the kingdoms that would come after him are shown to Nebuchadnezzar. They are shown through the image: the empire of the Babylonians is called gold, that of the Persians silver, that of the Macedonians bronze, and that of the Romans iron.
6.11.25Dindorf 1:329–330
καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ προφήτῃ τὰ περὶ Δαρεῖον καὶ Ἀλέξανδρον, καὶ τοὺς τέσσαρας διαδόχους Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Μακεδόνων βασιλέως, καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἄρξαντα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Λαγὼν, οὕτω προφητεύεται καὶ ἴδον τράγος αἰγῶν ἤρχετο ἀπὸ λιβὸς ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς. καὶ τῷ τράγῳ κέρας ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν. καὶ ἦλθεν ἕως τοῦ κριοῦ τοῦ τὰ κέρατα ἔχοντος, οὗ εἶδον ἑστῶτος ἐνώπιον τοῦ Οὐβὰλ, καὶ ἔδραμε πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐνώπιον τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ. καὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν φθάνοντα ἕως τοῦ κριοῦ, καὶ ἐξηγριώθη πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ ἔπαισε τὸν κριὸν, καὶ συνέτριψεν ἀμφότερα τὰ κέρατα αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἰσχὺς τῷ κριῷ στῆναι ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ συνεπάτησεν αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἐξαιρούμενος τὸν κριὸν ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ. καὶ ὁ τράγος τῶν αἰγῶν ἐμεγαλύνθη ἕως σφόδρα. καὶ ἐν τῷ ἰσχῦσαι αὐτὸν συνετρίβη τὸ κέρας αὐτοῦ τὸ μέγα, καὶ ἀνέβη ἕτερα κέρατα ὑποκάτω αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀνέμους τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐξῆλθεν κέρας ἓν ἰσχυρὸν, καὶ ἐμεγαλύνθη περισσῶς πρὸς τὸν νότον καὶ τὴν δύσιν.
kai palin en tǭ autǭ prophētę̄ ta peri Dareion kai Alexandron, kai tous tessaras diadochous Alexandrou tou Makedonōn basileōs, kai Ptolemaion ton tēs Aigyptou arxanta, ton epikaloumenon Lagōn, houtō prophēteuetai kai idon tragos aigōn ērcheto apo libos epi prosōpon pasēs tēs gēs. kai tǭ tragǭ keras ana meson tōn ophthalmōn. kai ēlthen heōs tou kriou tou ta kerata echontos, hou eidon hestōtos enōpion tou Oubal, kai edrame pros auton enōpion tēs ischyos autou. kai eidon auton phthanonta heōs tou kriou, kai exēgriōthē pros auton kai epaise ton krion, kai synetripsen amphotera ta kerata autou, kai ouk ēn ischys tǭ kriǭ stēnai enōpion autou, kai erripsen auton epi tēn gēn, kai synepatēsen auton, kai ouk ēn ho exairoumenos ton krion ek cheiros autou. kai ho tragos tōn aigōn emegalynthē heōs sphodra. kai en tǭ ischysai auton synetribē to keras autou to mega, kai anebē hetera kerata hypokatō autou eis tous tessaras anemous tou ouranou, kai ek tou henos exēlthen keras hen ischyron, kai emegalynthē perissōs pros ton noton kai tēn dysin.
And again in the same prophet the things concerning Darius and Alexander, and the four successors of Alexander the king of the Macedonians, and Ptolemy who ruled Egypt, called Lagus, are prophesied thus: "And behold, a he-goat came from the southwest over the face of the whole earth, and the goat had a horn between its eyes. And it came up to the ram that had the horns, which I had seen standing before the Ubal, and it ran at it in the force of its strength. And I saw it reach the ram, and it was enraged against it and struck the ram and broke both its horns, and the ram had no strength to stand before it; and it threw it to the ground and trampled it, and there was none to rescue the ram from its hand. And the he-goat grew exceedingly great; and when it was strong its great horn was broken, and other horns came up beneath it toward the four winds of heaven; and from one of them came out one strong horn, and it grew exceedingly toward the south and the west."
6.11.26Dindorf 1:330
τί δὲ δεῖ λέγειν τὰς περὶ Χριστοῦ προφητείας, οἷον τόπον γενέσεως αὐτοῦ Βηθλεὲμ, καὶ τόπον ἀνατροφῆς αὐτοῦ Νάζαρα, καὶ τὴν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀναχώρησιν, καὶ τεράστια ἃ ἐποίησε, καὶ τίνα τρόπον ὑπὸ Ἰούδα τοῦ εἰς ἀποστολὴν κεκλημένου προεδόθη; πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα σημεῖά ἐστι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προγνώσεως.
ti de dei legein tas peri Christou prophēteias, hoion topon geneseōs autou Bēthleem, kai topon anatrophēs autou Nazara, kai tēn eis Aigypton anachōrēsin, kai terastia ha epoiēse, kai tina tropon hypo Iouda tou eis apostolēn keklēmenou proedothē? panta gar tauta sēmeia esti tēs tou theou prognōseōs.
And what need is there to mention the prophecies about Christ, such as Bethlehem the place of his birth, Nazareth the place of his upbringing, the withdrawal into Egypt, the wonders he did, and the way in which he was betrayed by Judas, who had been called to be an apostle? For all these are signs of God's foreknowledge.
6.11.27Dindorf 1:330
ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ, ὅταν, φησὶν, ἴδητε κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, τότε γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς. προεῖπε γὰρ τὸ ὕστερον συμβεβηκὸς τὸ τέλος τῆς κατασκαφῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ.”
alla kai autos ho sōtēr, hotan, phēsin, idēte kykloumenēn hypo stratopedōn tēn Hierousalēm, tote gnōsesthe hoti ēngiken hē erēmōsis autēs. proeipe gar to hysteron symbebēkos to telos tēs kataskaphēs Hierousalēm.”
And the Savior himself says, "When you see Jerusalem surrounded by armies, then you will know that its desolation has come near." For he foretold what happened later, the end in the razing of Jerusalem."
6.11.28Dindorf 1:330–331
“Ἀποδεδειγμένου τοίνυν ἡμῖν περὶ τοῦ προγνώστην εἶναι τὸν θεὸν οὐκ ἀκαίρως, ἵνα διηγησώμεθα πῶς οἱ ἀστέρες γίνονται εἰς σημεῖα, νοητέον τοὺς ἀστέρας οὕτω τετάχθαι κινεῖσθαι, ἐναντιοφορούντων τῶν καλουμένων πλανωμένων τοῖς ἀπλανέσιν, ἵνα σημεῖα ἀπὸ τοῦ σχηματισμοῦ τῶν ἀστέρων πάντων τῶν περὶ ἕκαστον γινομένων καὶ τῶν καθόλου λαμβάνοντες γινώσκωσιν, οὐχὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι, πολλῷ γὰρ μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον τὸ δύνασθαι κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐκλαμβάνειν ἀπὸ τῆς κινήσεως τῶν ἀστέρων τὰ περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ὅ τί ποτε οὖν ἐνεργούντων ἢ πασχόντων) ἀλλʼ αἱ δυνάμεις, ἃς ἀναγκαῖον διὰ πολλὰ ταῦτα γινώσκειν, ὡς κατὰ δύναμιν διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς δείξομεν.
“Apodedeigmenou toinyn hēmin peri tou prognōstēn einai ton theon ouk akairōs, hina diēgēsōmetha pōs hoi asteres ginontai eis sēmeia, noēteon tous asteras houtō tetachthai kineisthai, enantiophorountōn tōn kaloumenōn planōmenōn tois aplanesin, hina sēmeia apo tou schēmatismou tōn asterōn pantōn tōn peri hekaston ginomenōn kai tōn katholou lambanontes ginōskōsin, ouchi hoi anthrōpoi, pollǭ gar meizon ē kata anthrōpon to dynasthai kata alētheian eklambanein apo tēs kinēseōs tōn asterōn ta peri hekastou tōn ho ti pote oun energountōn ē paschontōn) allʼ hai dynameis, has anankaion dia polla tauta ginōskein, hōs kata dynamin dia tōn hexēs deixomen.
"Since it has been shown, then, not inappropriately, that God has foreknowledge, in order to explain how the stars become signs we must understand that the stars have been ordered to move in such a way, the so-called planets moving contrary to the fixed stars, that from the configuration of the stars, taking signs of everything that happens to each person and to the whole, there may come to know them not human beings (for it is far beyond human power to be able truly to read from the motion of the stars what concerns each of those who act or suffer in any way), but the powers, who must know these things for many reasons, as we shall show, as far as we can, in what follows.
6.11.29Dindorf 1:331
συνέντες δὲ οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἔκ τινων τηρήσεων, ἢ καὶ ἐκ διδασκαλίας ἀγγέλων τὴν ἰδίαν τάξιν παραβεβηκότων, καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν ἐπιτριβῇ διδαξάντων περὶ τούτων τινὰ, ᾠήθησαν τοὺς ἀφʼ ὧν τὰ σημεῖα οἴονται λαμβάνειν αἰτίους ὑπάρχειν τούτων, ἃ σημαίνειν ὁ λόγος φησι· περὶ ὧν καὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ἐν ἐπιτομῇ κατὰ δύναμιν ἐπιμελέστερον εὐθέως διαληψόμεθα.
synentes de hoi anthrōpoi ek tinōn tērēseōn, ē kai ek didaskalias angelōn tēn idian taxin parabebēkotōn, kai epi tę̄ tou genous hēmōn epitribę̄ didaxantōn peri toutōn tina, ǭēthēsan tous aphʼ hōn ta sēmeia oiontai lambanein aitious hyparchein toutōn, ha sēmainein ho logos phēsi; peri hōn kai autōn hōs en epitomę̄ kata dynamin epimelesteron eutheōs dialēpsometha.
But human beings, having come to understand something from certain observations, or from the teaching of angels who transgressed their proper order and taught some things about these matters for the ruin of our race, supposed that the things from which they think they take the signs are the causes of what the word says they signify. We shall discuss these points too, briefly but as carefully as we can, at once.
6.11.30Dindorf 1:331
προκείσεται τοίνυν ταῦτα τὰ προβλήματα. (ά) Πῶς, προγνώστου ὄντος ἐξ αἰῶνος τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ τῶν ὑφʼ ἑκάστου πράττεσθαι νομιζομένων, τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν σώζεται· (βʼ) καὶ τίνα τρόπον οἱ ἀστέρες οὐκ εἰσὶ ποιητικοὶ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, σημαντικοὶ δὲ μόνον· (γʼ) καὶ ὅτι ἄνθρωποι τὴν περὶ τούτων γνῶσιν ἀκριβῶς ἔχειν οὐ δύνανται, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεσιν ἀνθρώπων κρείττοσι τὰ σημεῖα ἔκκειται. (δʼ) τίς γὰρ ἡ αἰτία τοῦ τὰ σημεῖα τὸν θεὸν πεποιηκέναι εἰς γνῶσιν τῶν δυνάμεων, τέταρτον ἐξετασθήσεται.
prokeisetai toinyn tauta ta problēmata. (a) Pōs, prognōstou ontos ex aiōnos tou theou peri tōn hyphʼ hekastou prattesthai nomizomenōn, to ephʼ hēmin sōzetai; (bʼ) kai tina tropon hoi asteres ouk eisi poiētikoi tōn en anthrōpois, sēmantikoi de monon; (gʼ) kai hoti anthrōpoi tēn peri toutōn gnōsin akribōs echein ou dynantai, alla dynamesin anthrōpōn kreittosi ta sēmeia ekkeitai. (dʼ) tis gar hē aitia tou ta sēmeia ton theon pepoiēkenai eis gnōsin tōn dynameōn, tetarton exetasthēsetai.
These problems, then, will be set before us. (1) How, since God foreknows from eternity what each person is thought to do, is what is in our power preserved? (2) In what way are the stars not productive of human affairs, but only significant of them? (3) That human beings cannot have exact knowledge of these things, but the signs are set out for powers higher than humans. (4) What is the reason why God made the signs for the knowledge of the powers? This will be examined fourth.
6.11.31Dindorf 1:331–332
καὶ τοίνυν ἴδωμεν τὸ πρῶτον, ὅπερ εὐλαβηθέντες πολλοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, οἰόμενοι κατηναγκάσθαι τὰ πράγματα καὶ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν μηδαμῶς σώζεσθαι εἰ ὁ θεὸς προγινώσκει τὰ μέλλοντα, ἀσεβὲς δόγμα ἐτόλμησαν ἀναδέξασθαι μᾶλλον ἢ προσέσθαι τὸ, ὥς φασιν ἐκεῖνοι, ἔνδοξον μὲν περὶ θεοῦ, ἀναιροῦν δὲ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔπαινον καὶ ψόγον, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀποδεκτὸν τῶν τε κακιῶν ψεκτόν.
kai toinyn idōmen to prōton, hoper eulabēthentes polloi tōn Hellēnōn, oiomenoi katēnankasthai ta pragmata kai to ephʼ hēmin mēdamōs sōzesthai ei ho theos proginōskei ta mellonta, asebes dogma etolmēsan anadexasthai mallon ē prosesthai to, hōs phasin ekeinoi, endoxon men peri theou, anairoun de to ephʼ hēmin, kai dia touto epainon kai psogon, kai to tōn aretōn apodekton tōn te kakiōn psekton.
Let us look, then, at the first. Many of the Greeks, fearing it, and thinking that events are compelled and what is in our power is in no way preserved if God foreknows the future, dared to adopt an impious doctrine rather than accept one that is, as they say, glorious for God but does away with what is in our power, and therefore with praise and blame, and with the acceptability of virtues and the blameworthiness of vices.
6.11.32Dindorf 1:332
καί φασιν, εἰ ἐξ αἰῶνος ἔγνω ὁ θεὸς τόνδε τινὰ ἀδικήσειν καὶ τάδε ποιῆσαι τὰ ἀδικήματα, ἀψευδὴς δὲ ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ πάντως ἔσται ἄδικος ποιήσων τάδε τὰ ἀδικήματα ὁ τοιοῦτος εἶναι προεωραμένος, καὶ ἀμήχανον μὴ ἀδικήσειν αὐτόν· εἰ δὲ ἀμήχανον μὴ ἀδικήσειν αὐτὸν, κατηνάγκασται τὸ ἀδικήσειν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀδύνατον ἔσται ἄλλο τι πρᾶξαι αὐτὸν ἢ ὅπερ ὁ θεὸς ἔγνω. εἰ δὲ ἀδύνατον ἄλλο τι πρᾶξαι αὐτὸν, οὐδεὶς δὲ ἀδύνατον μὴ ποιήσας ψεκτός ἐστι, μάτην αἰτιώμεθα τοὺς ἀδίκους
kai phasin, ei ex aiōnos egnō ho theos tonde tina adikēsein kai tade poiēsai ta adikēmata, apseudēs de hē gnōsis tou theou, kai pantōs estai adikos poiēsōn tade ta adikēmata ho toioutos einai proeōramenos, kai amēchanon mē adikēsein auton; ei de amēchanon mē adikēsein auton, katēnankastai to adikēsein auton, kai adynaton estai allo ti praxai auton ē hoper ho theos egnō. ei de adynaton allo ti praxai auton, oudeis de adynaton mē poiēsas psektos esti, matēn aitiōmetha tous adikous
And they say: If God knew from eternity that a certain man would do wrong and commit these wrongs, and God's knowledge does not err, then the one foreseen to be such will certainly be unjust and commit these wrongs, and it is impossible that he will not do wrong. And if it is impossible that he will not do wrong, his doing wrong is compelled, and it will be impossible for him to do anything other than what God knew. And if it is impossible for him to do anything else, and no one is blameworthy for not doing the impossible, we accuse the unjust in vain.
6.11.33Dindorf 1:332
ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἀδίκου καὶ τῶν ἀδικημάτων ἐπέρχονται καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἁμαρτήματα, εἶτα ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου καὶ τὰ νομιζόμενα κατορθώματα· καί φασιν ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ τὸν θεὸν τὰ μέλλοντα προεγνωκέναι τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν σώζεσθαι.
apo de tou adikou kai tōn adikēmatōn eperchontai kai epi ta alla hamartēmata, eita ek tou enantiou kai ta nomizomena katorthōmata; kai phasin akolouthein tǭ ton theon ta mellonta proegnōkenai to mē dynasthai to ephʼ hēmin sōzesthai.
And from the unjust man and his wrongs they go on to other sins too, and then, from the opposite side, to what are thought good deeds; and they say that it follows from God's having foreknown the future that what is in our power cannot be preserved.
6.11.34Dindorf 1:332
πρὸς οὓς λεκτέον ὅτι ἐπιβάλλων ὁ θεὸς τῇ ἀρχῇ τῆς κοσμοποιίας, οὐδενὸς ἀναιτίως γινομένου, ἐπιπορεύεται τῷ νῷ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐσομένων ὁρῶν ὅτι ἐπεὶ τόδε γέγονε τόδε ἕπεται, ἐὰν δὲ γένηται τόδε τὸ ἑπόμενον τόδε ἀκολουθεῖ· οὗ ὑποστάντος τόδε ἔσται· καὶ οὕτω μέχρι τέλους τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιπορευθεὶς οἶδεν ἃ ἔσται, οὐ πάντως ἑκάστῳ τῶν γινωσκομένων αἴτιος τοῦ αὐτὸ συμβῆναι τυγχάνων.
pros hous lekteon hoti epiballōn ho theos tę̄ archę̄ tēs kosmopoiias, oudenos anaitiōs ginomenou, epiporeuetai tǭ nǭ hekaston tōn esomenōn horōn hoti epei tode gegone tode hepetai, ean de genētai tode to hepomenon tode akolouthei; hou hypostantos tode estai; kai houtō mechri telous tōn pragmatōn epiporeutheis oiden ha estai, ou pantōs hekastǭ tōn ginōskomenōn aitios tou auto symbēnai tynchanōn.
To them it must be said that God, applying himself to the beginning of the making of the world, since nothing comes about without a cause, goes through each future thing in his mind, seeing that since this has happened, this follows; and if this follows, this comes next; and when it has come about, this will be; and so, going through to the end of events, he knows what will be, without being in every case the cause of each thing known coming about.
6.11.35Dindorf 1:332
ὥσπερ γὰρ εἴ τις ὁρῶν τινὰ διὰ μὲν ἀμαθίαν προπετῆ, διὰ δὲ τὴν προπέτειαν ἀλογίστως ἐπιβαίνοντα ὁδοῦ ὀλισθηρᾶς, καὶ καταλάβοι πεσεῖσθαι ὀλισθήσαντα, οὐχὶ αἴτιος τοῦ ὀλίσθου ἐκείνῳ γίνεται, οὕτω νοητέον τὸν θεὸν προεωρακότα ὁποῖος ἔσται ἕκαστος καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τοῦ τοιοῦτον αὐτὸν ἔσεσθαι καθορᾶν, καὶ ὅτι ἁμαρτήσεται τάδε, ἢ κατορθώσει τάδε.
hōsper gar ei tis horōn tina dia men amathian propetē, dia de tēn propeteian alogistōs epibainonta hodou olisthēras, kai katalaboi peseisthai olisthēsanta, ouchi aitios tou olisthou ekeinǭ ginetai, houtō noēteon ton theon proeōrakota hopoios estai hekastos kai tas aitias tou toiouton auton esesthai kathoran, kai hoti hamartēsetai tade, ē katorthōsei tade.
For just as, if someone sees a man rash through ignorance, and through his rashness stepping thoughtlessly onto a slippery road, and grasps that he will slip and fall, he does not become the cause of the man's slipping, so we must understand that God, having foreseen what each will be, also sees the causes of his being such, and that he will commit these sins or do these good deeds.
6.11.36Dindorf 1:332–333
καὶ εἰ χρὴ λέγειν οὐ τὴν πρόγνωσιν αἰτίαν τῶν γινομένων, (οὐ γὰρ ἐφάπτεται τοῦ προεγνωσμένου ἁμαρτησομένου ὁ θεὸς, ὅταν ἁμαρτάνῃ) ἀλλὰ παραδοξότερον μὲν, ἀληθὲς δὲ ἐροῦμεν, τὸ ἐσόμενον αἴτιον τοῦ τοιάνδε εἶναι τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ πρόγνωσιν.
kai ei chrē legein ou tēn prognōsin aitian tōn ginomenōn, (ou gar ephaptetai tou proegnōsmenou hamartēsomenou ho theos, hotan hamartanę̄) alla paradoxoteron men, alēthes de eroumen, to esomenon aition tou toiande einai tēn peri autou prognōsin.
And if we must say so, foreknowledge is not the cause of what happens (for God does not lay hold of the one foreknown to sin when he sins); rather, we shall say something more paradoxical but true: the future event is the cause of the foreknowledge about it being such as it is.
6.11.37Dindorf 1:333
οὐ γὰρ ἐπεὶ ἔγνωσται γίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ γίνεσθαι ἔμελλεν ἔγνωσται. διαστολῆς δὲ δεῖται. εἰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ῾πάντως ἔσταιʼ οὕτω τις ἑρμηνεύει, ὡς ἀνάγκην εἶναι γενέσθαι τὸ προεγνωσμένον, οὐ διδόαμεν αὐτῷ· οὐ γὰρ ἐροῦμεν, ἐπεὶ προέγνωσται Ἰούδαν προδότην γενέσθαι, ὅτι πᾶσα ἀνάγκη ἦν Ἰούδαν προδότην γενέσθαι.
ou gar epei egnōstai ginetai, allʼ epei ginesthai emellen egnōstai. diastolēs de deitai. ei men gar to ῾pantōs estaiʼ houtō tis hermēneuei, hōs anankēn einai genesthai to proegnōsmenon, ou didoamen autǭ; ou gar eroumen, epei proegnōstai Ioudan prodotēn genesthai, hoti pasa anankē ēn Ioudan prodotēn genesthai.
For it does not happen because it is known, but it is known because it was going to happen. But a distinction is needed. If someone interprets 'it will certainly be' to mean that what is foreknown must necessarily happen, we do not grant it to him; for we shall not say that, since Judas was foreknown to become a traitor, there was every necessity for Judas to become a traitor.
6.11.38Dindorf 1:333
ἐν γοῦν ταῖς περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα προφητείαις μέμψεις καὶ κατηγορίαι τοῦ Ἰούδα ἀναγεγραμμέναι εἰσὶ, παντί τῳ παριστῶσαι τὸ ψεκτὸν αὐτοῦ. οὐκ ἂν δὲ ψόγος αὐτῷ προσήπτετο, εἰ ἐπάναγκες προδότης ἦν, καὶ μὴ ἐνεδέχετο αὐτὸν ὅμοιον τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀποστόλοις γενέσθαι.
en goun tais peri tou Iouda prophēteiais mempseis kai katēgoriai tou Iouda anagegrammenai eisi, panti tǭ paristōsai to psekton autou. ouk an de psogos autǭ prosēpteto, ei epanankes prodotēs ēn, kai mē enedecheto auton homoion tois loipois apostolois genesthai.
In the prophecies about Judas, at any rate, reproaches and accusations against Judas are written down, showing everyone that he was blameworthy. But blame would not have been attached to him if he had been a traitor of necessity, and it had not been possible for him to become like the other apostles.
6.11.39Dindorf 1:333
ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ ταῦτα δηλοῦται διʼ ὧν παραθησόμεθα ῥητῶν οὕτως ἐχόντων· μηδὲ γενηθήτω οἰκτίρμων τοῖς ὀρφανοῖς αὐτοῦ, ἀνθʼ ὧν οὐκ ἐμνήσθη ποιῆσαι ἔλεος· καὶ κατεδίωξεν ἄνθρωπον πένητα καὶ πτωχὸν, καὶ κατανενυγμένον τῇ καρδίᾳ τοῦ θανατῶσαι· καὶ ἠγάπησε κατάραν, καὶ ἥξει αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν εὐλογίαν, καὶ μακρυνθήσεται ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ.”
hora de ei mē tauta dēloutai diʼ hōn parathēsometha rhētōn houtōs echontōn; mēde genēthētō oiktirmōn tois orphanois autou, anthʼ hōn ouk emnēsthē poiēsai eleos; kai katediōxen anthrōpon penēta kai ptōchon, kai katanenygmenon tę̄ kardią tou thanatōsai; kai ēgapēse kataran, kai hēxei autǭ, kai ouk ēthelēsen eulogian, kai makrynthēsetai apʼ autou.”
See whether this is not shown by the passages we shall quote, which run as follows: "Let there be none to pity his orphans, because he did not remember to show mercy, and persecuted a poor and needy man, and one pierced in heart, to put him to death. And he loved a curse, and it shall come to him; and he did not desire blessing, and it shall be far from him."
6.11.40Dindorf 1:333
“Εἰ δέ τις διηγήσεται τὸ πάντως ἔσται, κατὰ τὸ σημαίνειν αὐτὸ λέγων ὅτι ἔσται μὲν τάδε τινὰ, ἐνεδέχετο δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως γενέσθαι, τοῦτο ὡς ἀληθὲς συγχωροῦμεν. τὸν μὲν γὰρ θεὸν οὐκ ἐνδέχεται ψεύσασθαι, ἐνδέχεται δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐνδεχομένων γενέσθαι καὶ μὴ γενέσθαι φρονῆσαι τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὰ καὶ μὴ γενέσθαι.
“Ei de tis diēgēsetai to pantōs estai, kata to sēmainein auto legōn hoti estai men tade tina, enedecheto de kai heterōs genesthai, touto hōs alēthes synchōroumen. ton men gar theon ouk endechetai pseusasthai, endechetai de peri tōn endechomenōn genesthai kai mē genesthai phronēsai to genesthai auta kai mē genesthai.
"But if someone explains 'it will certainly be' as meaning that these things will be, but it was possible for them to happen otherwise, we grant this as true. For it is not possible for God to be mistaken, but it is possible, concerning things that may or may not happen, to think that they will happen or will not happen.
6.11.41Dindorf 1:333–334
σαφέστερον δὲ τοῦτο ἐροῦμεν οὕτως· εἰ ἐνδέχεται Ἰούδαν εἶναι ἀπόστολον ὁμοίως Πέτρῳ, ἐνδέχεται τὸν θεὸν νοῆσαι περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα ὅτι μενεῖ ἀπόστολος ὁμοίως Πέτρῳ· εἰ ἐνδέχεται Ἰούδαν προδότην γενέσθαι, ἐνδέχεται τὸν θεὸν φρονῆσαι περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι προδότης ἔσται.
saphesteron de touto eroumen houtōs; ei endechetai Ioudan einai apostolon homoiōs Petrǭ, endechetai ton theon noēsai peri tou Iouda hoti menei apostolos homoiōs Petrǭ; ei endechetai Ioudan prodotēn genesthai, endechetai ton theon phronēsai peri autou hoti prodotēs estai.
We shall say this more clearly thus: if it is possible for Judas to be an apostle like Peter, it is possible for God to think of Judas that he will remain an apostle like Peter; if it is possible for Judas to become a traitor, it is possible for God to think of him that he will be a traitor.
6.11.42Dindorf 1:334
εἰ δὲ προδότης ἔσται Ἰούδας, ὁ θεὸς τῇ προγνώσει αὐτοῦ τῶν προειρημένων ἐνδεχομένων δύο, ἐνδεχομένου τοῦ εἶναι ἑνὶ αὐτῶν, τὸ ἀληθὲς προγινώσκων, προγνώσεται τὸν Ἰούδαν προδότην γενέσθαι· τὸ δὲ περὶ οὗ ἡ γνῶσις ἐνδέχεται καὶ ἑτέρως γενέσθαι· καὶ λέγοι ἂν ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι ἐνδέχεται μὲν τόνδε τόδε ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον· ἐνδεχομένων δὲ ἀμφοτέρων οἶδα ὅτι τάδε ποιήσει.
ei de prodotēs estai Ioudas, ho theos tę̄ prognōsei autou tōn proeirēmenōn endechomenōn dyo, endechomenou tou einai heni autōn, to alēthes proginōskōn, prognōsetai ton Ioudan prodotēn genesthai; to de peri hou hē gnōsis endechetai kai heterōs genesthai; kai legoi an hē gnōsis tou theou hoti endechetai men tonde tode poiēsai, alla kai to enantion; endechomenōn de amphoterōn oida hoti tade poiēsei.
And if Judas will be a traitor, God, foreknowing the truth by his foreknowledge of the two possibilities just mentioned, either of which could be, will foreknow that Judas becomes a traitor; but the thing of which there is knowledge could also have happened otherwise. And God's knowledge would say: It is possible for this man to do this, but also the opposite; and both being possible, I know that he will do this.
6.11.43Dindorf 1:334
οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ, ὁ θεὸς εἴποι ἂν, οὐκ ἐνδέχεται τόνδε τινὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον πτῆναι, οὕτω χρησμὸν, φέρε εἰπεῖν, περί τινος διδοὺς ἐρεῖ ὅτι οὐκ ἐνδέχεται τόνδε σωφρονῆσαι· δύναμις μὲν γὰρ πάντη οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ πτῆναι οὐδαμῶς ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, δύναμις δέ ἐστι τοῦ σωφρονῆσαι καὶ τοῦ ἀκολαστῆσαι.
ou gar hōsper, ho theos eipoi an, ouk endechetai tonde tina ton anthrōpon ptēnai, houtō chrēsmon, phere eipein, peri tinos didous erei hoti ouk endechetai tonde sōphronēsai; dynamis men gar pantē ouk esti tou ptēnai oudamōs en tǭ anthrōpǭ, dynamis de esti tou sōphronēsai kai tou akolastēsai.
For God would not, in giving an oracle about someone, say, 'It is not possible for this man to be self-controlled,' in the way that he would say, 'It is not possible for this man to fly.' For there is no power at all of flying in a human being, but there is a power both of self-control and of licentiousness.
6.11.44Dindorf 1:334
ὧν ἀμφοτέρων δυνάμεων ὑπαρχουσῶν, ὁ μὴ προσέχων λόγοις ἐπιτρεπτικοῖς καὶ παιδευτικοῖς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδίδωσι τῇ χειρίστῃ· κρείττονι δὲ ὁ ζητήσας τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ βιῶσαι βεβουλημένος κατʼ αὐτό. οὐ ζητεῖ δὲ ὅδε μὲν τἀληθῆ, ἐπεὶ ἐπιρρέπει ἐπὶ τὴν ἡδονήν· ὅδε δὲ ἐξετάζει περὶ αὐτῶν, αἱρεθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν κοινῶν ἐννοιῶν καὶ λόγου προτρεπτικοῦ.
hōn amphoterōn dynameōn hyparchousōn, ho mē prosechōn logois epitreptikois kai paideutikois heauton epididōsi tę̄ cheiristę̄; kreittoni de ho zētēsas to alēthes kai biōsai beboulēmenos katʼ auto. ou zētei de hode men talēthē, epei epirrepei epi tēn hēdonēn; hode de exetazei peri autōn, hairetheis hypo tōn koinōn ennoiōn kai logou protreptikou.
Both powers being present, the one who pays no heed to words of exhortation and instruction gives himself to the worse; but the one who seeks the truth and wishes to live by it gives himself to the better. This man does not seek the truth because he leans toward pleasure; that one examines these things, won over by the common notions and by exhorting reason.
6.11.45Dindorf 1:334
πάλιν δʼ αὖ ὅδε μὲν αἱρεῖται τὴν ἡδονὴν, οὐχὶ οὐ δυνάμενος ἀντιβλέπειν αὐτῇ, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀγωνιζόμενος· ὅδε δὲ καταφρονεῖ αὐτῆς, τὸ ἄσχημον ὁρῶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ πολλάκις τυγχάνον.
palin dʼ au hode men haireitai tēn hēdonēn, ouchi ou dynamenos antiblepein autę̄, allʼ ouk agōnizomenos; hode de kataphronei autēs, to aschēmon horōn to en autę̄ pollakis tynchanon.
And again, this man chooses pleasure, not because he is unable to face it down, but because he does not struggle; while that man despises it, seeing the shamefulness that is often in it.
6.11.46Dindorf 1:334–335
ὅτι μέντοι γε ἡ πρόγνωσις τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἀνάγκην ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς περὶ ὧν κατείληφε, πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τοῦτο λελέξεται, ὅτι πολλαχοῦ τῶν γραφῶν ὁ θεὸς κελεύει τοῖς προφήταις κηρύσσειν μετάνοιαν, οὐ προσποιησάμενος τὸ ἐγνωκέναι πότερον οἱ ἀκούσαντες ἐπιστρέψουσιν, ἢ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἑαυτῶν ἐμμενοῦσιν· ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ λέγεται “ ἴσως ἀκούσονται καὶ μετανοήσουσιν.’’
hoti mentoi ge hē prognōsis tou theou ouk anankēn epitithēsi tois peri hōn kateilēphe, pros tois eirēmenois kai touto lelexetai, hoti pollachou tōn graphōn ho theos keleuei tois prophētais kēryssein metanoian, ou prospoiēsamenos to egnōkenai poteron hoi akousantes epistrepsousin, ē tois hamartēmasin heautōn emmenousin; hōsper en tǭ Hieremią legetai “ isōs akousontai kai metanoēsousin.’’
That God's foreknowledge does not impose necessity on the things it has grasped, this too will be said in addition to what has been said: that in many places of the Scriptures God commands the prophets to preach repentance, without pretending to know whether the hearers will turn or will remain in their sins; as in Jeremiah it is said, "Perhaps they will hear and repent."
6.11.47Dindorf 1:335
οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοῶν ὁ θεὸς πότερον ἀκούσουσιν, ἢ οὔ, φησὶν ‘‘ἴσως ἀκούσονται καὶ μετανοήσουσιν, ’’ ἀλλʼ οἱονεὶ τὸ ἰσοστάσιον τῶν δυνάμεων γενέσθαι δεικνὺς ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων, ἵνα μὴ προκατηγγελμένη ἡ πρόγνωσις αὐτοῦ καταπεσεῖν ποιήσῃ τοὺς ἀκούοντας, δόξαν ἀνάγκης παριστᾶσα, ὡς οὐκ ὄντος ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι, καὶ οἱονεὶ καὶ αὕτη αἰτία γένηται τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων.
ou gar agnoōn ho theos poteron akousousin, ē ou, phēsin ‘‘isōs akousontai kai metanoēsousin, ’’ allʼ hoionei to isostasion tōn dynameōn genesthai deiknys ek tōn legomenōn, hina mē prokatēngelmenē hē prognōsis autou katapesein poiēsę̄ tous akouontas, doxan anankēs paristasa, hōs ouk ontos epʼ autois tou epistrepsai, kai hoionei kai hautē aitia genētai tōn hamartēmatōn.
For it is not because God does not know whether they will hear or not that he says, "Perhaps they will hear and repent," but as showing by what is said the equal balance, so to speak, of the powers, so that his foreknowledge, announced beforehand, may not make the hearers lose heart, by presenting an appearance of necessity, as though it were not in their power to turn, and so itself become, as it were, a cause of their sins.
6.11.48Dindorf 1:335
ἢ πάλιν τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ ἀγνοεῖν τὸ προεγνωσμένον καλὸν δυναμένοις ἐν τῷ ἀγωνίσασθαι καὶ ἀντιτείνειν πρὸς τὴν κακίαν ἐν ἀρετῇ βιῶσαι αἰτία γένηται ἡ πρόγνωσις ἐκλύσεως, οὐκέτι εὐτόνως ἱσταμένοις κατὰ τῆς ἀμαρτίας, ὡς πάντως ἐσομένου τοῦ προειρημένου. καὶ οὕτω γὰρ οἷον ἐμπόδιον γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡ πρόγνωσις τοῦ ἐσομένου καλοῦ.
ē palin tois ek tou agnoein to proegnōsmenon kalon dynamenois en tǭ agōnisasthai kai antiteinein pros tēn kakian en aretę̄ biōsai aitia genētai hē prognōsis eklyseōs, ouketi eutonōs histamenois kata tēs amartias, hōs pantōs esomenou tou proeirēmenou. kai houtō gar hoion empodion genoitʼ an hē prognōsis tou esomenou kalou.
Or again, for those who, by not knowing the good that is foreknown, could live in virtue by struggling and resisting vice, foreknowledge might become a cause of slackness, as they would no longer stand firmly against sin, since what was foretold would certainly come about. In this way too foreknowledge of the good to come would become a kind of hindrance.
6.11.49Dindorf 1:335
πάντα γοῦν χρησίμως ὁ θεὸς τὰ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον οἰκονομῶν εὐλόγως ἡμᾶς καὶ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα ἐτύφλωσεν. ἡ γὰρ γνῶσις αὐτῶν ἀνῆκε μὲν ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀθλεῖν κατὰ τῆς κακίας, ἐπέτρεψε δʼ ἂν δόξασα κατειλῆφθαι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀντιπαλαίσαντας ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ τάχιον αὐτῇ ὑποχειρίους γενέσθαι.
panta goun chrēsimōs ho theos ta kata ton kosmon oikonomōn eulogōs hēmas kai pros ta mellonta etyphlōsen. hē gar gnōsis autōn anēke men hēmas apo tou athlein kata tēs kakias, epetrepse dʼ an doxasa kateilēphthai, pros to mē antipalaisantas hēmas tę̄ hamartią tachion autę̄ hypocheirious genesthai.
God, then, ordering everything in the world for our benefit, reasonably blinded us also to the future. For knowledge of it would have released us from the contest against vice, and, appearing to have settled the matter, would have let us become subject to sin the sooner by not wrestling against it.
6.11.50Dindorf 1:335
ἅμα δὲ καὶ μαχόμενον ἐγίνετο τῷ καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι τινὰ τὸ τὴν πρόγνωσιν ἐληλυθέναι εἰς τόνδε τινὰ, ὅτι πάντως ἔσται ἀγαθός. πρὸς οἷς γὰρ ἔχομεν καὶ σφοδρότητος καὶ τάσεως πλείονος χρεία πρὸς τὸ καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι· προκαταληφθεῖσα δὲ ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ πάντως καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἔσεσθαι ὑπεκλύει τὴν ἄσκησιν. διόπερ συμφερόντως οὐκ ἴσμεν οὔτε εἰ ἀγαθοὶ οὔτε εἰ πονηροὶ ἐσόμεθα.’
hama de kai machomenon egineto tǭ kalon kai agathon genesthai tina to tēn prognōsin elēlythenai eis tonde tina, hoti pantōs estai agathos. pros hois gar echomen kai sphodrotētos kai taseōs pleionos chreia pros to kalon kai agathon genesthai; prokatalēphtheisa de hē gnōsis tou pantōs kalon kai agathon esesthai hypeklyei tēn askēsin. dioper sympherontōs ouk ismen oute ei agathoi oute ei ponēroi esometha.’
At the same time, it would also conflict with someone's becoming noble and good for the foreknowledge to have come to him that he will certainly be good. For in addition to what we have, there is need of greater vehemence and effort to become noble and good; but knowledge grasped beforehand that one will certainly be noble and good slackens the discipline. Therefore it is to our advantage that we do not know whether we shall be good or wicked."
6.11.51Dindorf 1:335–336
‘‘Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰρήκαμεν ὅτι ἀπετύφλωσεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα ὁ θεὸς, ζητούμενόν τι ῥητὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐξόδου ὅρα εἰ δυνάμεθα οὕτω σαφηνίσαι τις ἐποίησε δύσκωφον καὶ κωφὸν, καὶ βλέποντα καὶ τυφλόν; οὐκ ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεός; ἵνα τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ τυφλὸν καὶ βλέποντα πεποιηκὼς ᾖ· βλέποντα μὲν πρὸς τὰ ἐνεστηκότα, τυφλὸν δὲ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα. τὸ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ δυσκώφου καὶ κωφοῦ οὐ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ διηγήσασθαι.
‘‘Epei de eirēkamen hoti apetyphlōsen hēmas pros ta mellonta ho theos, zētoumenon ti rhēton apo tēs Exodou hora ei dynametha houtō saphēnisai tis epoiēse dyskōphon kai kōphon, kai bleponta kai typhlon? ouk egō kyrios ho theos? hina ton auton kai typhlon kai bleponta pepoiēkōs ę̄; bleponta men pros ta enestēkota, typhlon de pros ta mellonta. to gar peri tou dyskōphou kai kōphou ou tou parontos kairou diēgēsasthai.
"Since we have said that God blinded us to the future, see whether we can in this way make clear a passage from Exodus that is inquired about: "Who made the deaf and the dumb, the seeing and the blind? Was it not I, the Lord God?" That is, he has made the same person both blind and seeing: seeing as to the present, blind as to the future. As for the deaf and the dumb, this is not the time to explain it.
6.11.52Dindorf 1:336
ὅτι μέντοι γε πολλῶν τῶν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν αἴτια πλεῖστα τῶν οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐστι καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμολογήσομεν· ὧν μὴ γενομένων, λέγω δὲ τῶν οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, οὐκ ἂν τάδε τινὰ τῶν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐπράττετο. πράττεται δὲ τάδε τινὰ τῶν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἀκόλουθα τοῖσδε τοῖς προγενομένοις οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, ἐνδεχομένου τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς προγενομένοις καὶ ἕτερα πρᾶξαι παρʼ ἃ πράττομεν.
hoti mentoi ge pollōn tōn ephʼ hēmin aitia pleista tōn ouk ephʼ hēmin esti kai hēmeis homologēsomen; hōn mē genomenōn, legō de tōn ouk ephʼ hēmin, ouk an tade tina tōn ephʼ hēmin epratteto. prattetai de tade tina tōn ephʼ hēmin akoloutha toisde tois progenomenois ouk ephʼ hēmin, endechomenou tou epi tois autois progenomenois kai hetera praxai parʼ ha prattomen.
That very many things not in our power are causes of many things in our power, we too shall admit; if these did not happen, I mean the things not in our power, certain things in our power would not be done. But certain things in our power are done in consequence of certain prior events not in our power, while it remains possible, given the same prior events, to do other things than what we do.
6.11.53Dindorf 1:336
εἰ δέ τις ζητεῖ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἀπολελυμένον εἶναι τοῦ παντὸς, ὥστε μὴ διὰ τάδε τινὰ συμβεβηκότα ἡμῖν ἡμᾶς αἱρεῖσθαι τάδε, ἐπιλέλησται κόσμου μέρος ὢν καὶ ἐμπεριεχόμενος ἀνθρώπων κοινωνίᾳ καὶ τοῦ περιέχοντος.
ei de tis zētei to ephʼ hēmin apolelymenon einai tou pantos, hōste mē dia tade tina symbebēkota hēmin hēmas haireisthai tade, epilelēstai kosmou meros ōn kai emperiechomenos anthrōpōn koinōnią kai tou periechontos.
If anyone seeks for what is in our power to be released from the whole, so that we do not choose these things because of what has happened to us, he has forgotten that he is a part of the world and is enclosed in the fellowship of humans and of the surrounding world.
6.11.54Dindorf 1:336
μετρίως μὲν οὖν ὡς ἐν ἐπιτομῇ οἶμαι ἀποδεδεῖχθαι, τὸ τὴν πρόγνωσιν τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ εἶναι καταναγκαστικὴν τῶν προεγνωσμένων πάντως. “Φέρε δὲ ἀγωνισώμεθα καὶ περὶ τοῦ τοὺς ἀστέρας μηδαμῶς εἶναι ποιητικοὺς τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, σημαντικοὺς δὲ μόνον.
metriōs men oun hōs en epitomę̄ oimai apodedeichthai, to tēn prognōsin tou theou mē einai katanankastikēn tōn proegnōsmenōn pantōs. “Phere de agōnisōmetha kai peri tou tous asteras mēdamōs einai poiētikous tōn en anthrōpois, sēmantikous de monon.
I think it has been shown moderately, as in summary, that God's foreknowledge does not in every case compel what is foreknown. "Come now, let us also contend that the stars are in no way productive of human affairs, but only significant.
6.11.55Dindorf 1:336
σαφὲς δὴ ὅτι εἰ ὅδε τις ὁ σχηματισμὸς τῶν ἀστέρων ποιητικὸς νομίζοιτο τῶνδέ τινων τῶν γινομένων περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον· ἔστω γὰρ περὶ τούτου νῦν ζητεῖσθαι τὸν λόγον·) οὐκ ἂν ὁ σήμερον, φέρε εἰπεῖν, γενόμενος σχηματισμὸς περὶ τόνδε δύναται νοεῖσθαι πεποιηκέναι τὰ παρεληλυθότα περὶ ἕτερον ἢ καὶ περὶ ἑτέρους· πᾶν γὰρ τὸ ποιοῦν πρεσβύτερον τοῦ πεποιημένου.
saphes dē hoti ei hode tis ho schēmatismos tōn asterōn poiētikos nomizoito tōnde tinōn tōn ginomenōn peri ton anthrōpon; estō gar peri toutou nyn zēteisthai ton logon;) ouk an ho sēmeron, phere eipein, genomenos schēmatismos peri tonde dynatai noeisthai pepoiēkenai ta parelēlythota peri heteron ē kai peri heterous; pan gar to poioun presbyteron tou pepoiēmenou.
It is clear that if a certain configuration of the stars were thought to produce certain things that happen to a person (let the discussion now be about this), the configuration that occurred today, say, regarding this person could not be thought to have produced past events concerning another person or other people; for everything that produces is prior to what is produced.
6.11.56Dindorf 1:336–337
ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς μαθήμασι τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπαγγελλομένων, πρεσβύτερα τοῦ σχηματισμοῦ προλέγεσθαι νομίζεται περὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
hoson de epi tois mathēmasi tōn ta toiauta epangellomenōn, presbytera tou schēmatismou prolegesthai nomizetai peri tous anthrōpous.
Yet according to the learning of those who profess such things, things prior to the configuration are thought to be foretold concerning people.
6.11.57Dindorf 1:337
ἐπαγγέλλονται γὰρ τόνδε τινὰ τρόπον, τὴν ὥραν λαβόντες τοῦδε τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καταλαμβάνειν πῶς ἕκαστος τῶν πλανωμένων κατὰ κάθετον, ἢ τῆσδε τῆς μοίρας τοῦ ζῳδίου, ἢ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ λεπτῶν, καὶ ποῖος ἀστὴρ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ κατὰ τοῦ ἀνατολικοῦ ἐτύγχανεν ὁρίζοντος, ποῖός τε κατὰ τοῦ δυτικοῦ καὶ τίς κατὰ τοῦ μεσουρανήματος καὶ τίς κατὰ τοῦ ἀντιμεσουρανήματος.
epangellontai gar tonde tina tropon, tēn hōran labontes toude tou anthrōpou, katalambanein pōs hekastos tōn planōmenōn kata katheton, ē tēsde tēs moiras tou zǭdiou, ē tōn en autǭ leptōn, kai poios astēr tou zōdiakou kata tou anatolikou etynchanen horizontos, poios te kata tou dytikou kai tis kata tou mesouranēmatos kai tis kata tou antimesouranēmatos.
For they profess to grasp, in some such way, taking the hour of a given person, how each of the planets stood, vertically over this or that degree of the sign of the zodiac, or the minutes within it; and which star of the zodiac was on the eastern horizon, which on the western, which at mid-heaven, and which at the point opposite mid-heaven.
6.11.58Dindorf 1:337
καὶ ἐπὰν θῶσι τοὺς ἀστέρας, οὓς νομίζουσιν ἑαυτοῖς ἐσχηματικέναι, κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τοῦ δεῖνος γενέσεως ἐσχηματισμένους οὑτωσὶ, τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς ἀποτέξεως τοῦ περὶ οὗ σκοποῦσιν, οὐ μόνον τὰ μέλλοντα ἐξετάζουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ παρεληλυθότα καὶ τὰ πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως καὶ τῆς σπορᾶς τοῦ περὶ οὗ ὁ λόγος γεγενημένα, περὶ πατρὸς, ποταπὸς ὢν τυγχάνει, πλούσιος ἢ πένης, ὁλόκληρος τὸ σῶμα ἢ σεσινωμένος, τὸ ἦθος βελτίων ἢ χείρων, ἀκτήμων ἢ πολυκτήμων, τήνδε τὴν πρᾶξιν ἢ τήνδε ἔχων. τὰ δʼ αὐτὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς μητρὸς καὶ περὶ πρεσβυτέρων ἀδελφῶν, ἐὰν τύχωσιν ὄντες.
kai epan thōsi tous asteras, hous nomizousin heautois eschēmatikenai, kata ton kairon tēs tou deinos geneseōs eschēmatismenous houtōsi, tǭ chronǭ tēs apotexeōs tou peri hou skopousin, ou monon ta mellonta exetazousin, alla kai ta parelēlythota kai ta pro tēs geneseōs kai tēs sporas tou peri hou ho logos gegenēmena, peri patros, potapos ōn tynchanei, plousios ē penēs, holoklēros to sōma ē sesinōmenos, to ēthos beltiōn ē cheirōn, aktēmōn ē polyktēmōn, tēnde tēn praxin ē tēnde echōn. ta dʼ auta kai peri tēs mētros kai peri presbyterōn adelphōn, ean tychōsin ontes.
And when they have set out the stars, which they think they have configured for themselves, as so configured at the time of a given person's birth, at the time of delivery of the one they are considering, they examine not only the future but also the past, and what happened before the birth and conception of the person in question: about the father, what sort of man he is, rich or poor, sound in body or maimed, better or worse in character, without property or wealthy, having this occupation or that; and the same about the mother and about older brothers, if there are any.
6.11.59Dindorf 1:337
ἔστω δὲ ἡμὰς ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος προσίεσθαι αὐτοὺς καταλαμβάνειν τὰ ἐν τόπῳ ἀληθῆ, περὶ οὗ καὶ αὐτοῦ ὕστερον δείξομεν ὅτι οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει. πευσώμεθα τοίνυν τῶν ὑπολαμβανόντων κατηναγκάσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἄστρων τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράγματα τίνα τρόπον ὁ σήμερον σχηματισμὸς ὁ τοιόσδε δύναται πεποιηκέναι τὰ πρεσβύτερα.
estō de hēmas epi tou parontos prosiesthai autous katalambanein ta en topǭ alēthē, peri hou kai autou hysteron deixomen hoti ouch houtōs echei. peusōmetha toinyn tōn hypolambanontōn katēnankasthai hypo tōn astrōn ta tōn anthrōpōn pragmata tina tropon ho sēmeron schēmatismos ho toiosde dynatai pepoiēkenai ta presbytera.
Let us grant for the present that they grasp the truth on this point, though we shall show later that this too is not so. Let us ask, then, those who suppose human affairs to be compelled by the stars how today's configuration of a certain kind can have produced what is earlier.
6.11.60Dindorf 1:337–338
εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀμήχανον, καθʼ ὃ δὴ ὅ τι εὑρίσκεται τὸ περὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ χρόνου ἀληθὲς, σαφὲς τὸ μὴ πεποιηκέναι τοὺς ἀστέρας οὑτωσὶ κινουμένους ἐν οὐρανῷ τὰ παρεληλυθότα καὶ γενόμενα πρὸ τοῦ οὕτως ἔχειν αὐτούς. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, τάχα ὁ προσιέμενος ἀληθεύειν αὐτοὺς, ἐπιστήσας τοῖς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων λεγομένοις, ἐρεῖ ἀληθεύειν οὐ τῷ ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἀλλὰ τῷ σημαίνειν μόνον.
ei gar touto amēchanon, kathʼ ho dē ho ti heurisketai to peri tōn presbyterōn tou chronou alēthes, saphes to mē pepoiēkenai tous asteras houtōsi kinoumenous en ouranǭ ta parelēlythota kai genomena pro tou houtōs echein autous. ei de touto, tacha ho prosiemenos alētheuein autous, epistēsas tois peri tōn mellontōn legomenois, erei alētheuein ou tǭ poiein tous asteras, alla tǭ sēmainein monon.
For if this is impossible, then insofar as anything true is found about what is earlier in time, it is clear that the stars, moving in this way in heaven, did not produce what is past and happened before they were in that position. And if so, perhaps one who grants that they speak truly, attending to what is said about the future, will say that they speak truly not because the stars produce, but only because they signify.
6.11.61Dindorf 1:338
ἐὰν δέ τις φάσκῃ τὰ μὲν παρεληλυθότα μὴ ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἀλλὰ ἄλλους μὲν σχηματισμοὺς τοὺς τῆς ἐκείνων γενέσεως αἰτίους γενομέναι, τὸν δὲ νῦν σχηματισμὸν σεσημαγκέναι μόνον, τὰ μέντοι μέλλοντα δηλοῦσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐνεστηκότος σχηματισμοῦ τῆς τοῦ δεῖνος γενέσεως, παραστησάτω τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων δύνασθαι δεῖξαι ὅτι τάδε μὲν νενόηται ἀληθῆ, ὡς ἀπὸ ποιούντων, τάδε δὲ ὡς ἀπὸ σημαινόντων μόνον.
ean de tis phaskę̄ ta men parelēlythota mē poiein tous asteras, alla allous men schēmatismous tous tēs ekeinōn geneseōs aitious genomenai, ton de nyn schēmatismon sesēmankenai monon, ta mentoi mellonta dēlousthai apo tou enestēkotos schēmatismou tēs tou deinos geneseōs, parastēsatō tēn diaphoran tou apo tōn asterōn dynasthai deixai hoti tade men nenoētai alēthē, hōs apo poiountōn, tade de hōs apo sēmainontōn monon.
But if someone claims that the stars do not produce the past, but that other configurations were the causes of those events, while the present configuration only signified them, and that the future, however, is shown by the present configuration of a given person's birth, let him show the difference by which one can demonstrate from the stars that some things are understood to be true as from producing causes, and others as from signs only.
6.11.62Dindorf 1:338
μὴ ἔχοντες δὲ δοῦναι τὴν διαφορὰν εὐγνωμόνως συγκαταθήσονται μηδὲν τῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων γίνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ὡς προειρήκαμεν, εἰ ἄρα, σημαίνεσθαι· ὡς εἰ μὴ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων τις ἐλάμβανε τὰ παρεληλυθότα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ νοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ διά τινος λόγου προφητικοῦ.
mē echontes de dounai tēn diaphoran eugnōmonōs synkatathēsontai mēden tōn kata tous anthrōpous apo tōn asterōn ginesthai, allʼ hōs proeirēkamen, ei ara, sēmainesthai; hōs ei mē kai apo tōn asterōn tis elambane ta parelēlythota kai ta mellonta, allʼ apo tou nou tou theou dia tinos logou prophētikou.
Unable to give the difference, they will in fairness agree that nothing in human affairs comes about from the stars, but, as we said before, is at most signified; as if someone took past and future not from the stars but from the mind of God through some prophetic word.
6.11.63Dindorf 1:338
ὥσπερ γὰρ προαπεδείξαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν λυπεῖ τὸν περὶ τοῦ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν λόγον τὸ τὸν θεὸν εἰδέναι τὰ πραχθησόμενα ἑκάστῳ, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὰ σημεῖα, ἃ ἔταξεν ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸ σημαίνειν, ἐμποδίζει τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ παραπλησίως βιβλίῳ περιέχοντι τὰ μέλλοντα προφητικῶς ὁ πᾶς οὐρανὸς δύναται, οἱονεὶ βίβλος ὢν θεοῦ, περιέχειν τὰ μέλλοντα.
hōsper gar proapedeixamen hoti ouden lypei ton peri tou ephʼ hēmin logon to ton theon eidenai ta prachthēsomena hekastǭ, houtōs oude ta sēmeia, ha etaxen ho theos eis to sēmainein, empodizei to ephʼ hēmin, alla paraplēsiōs bibliǭ periechonti ta mellonta prophētikōs ho pas ouranos dynatai, hoionei biblos ōn theou, periechein ta mellonta.
For just as we showed earlier that God's knowing what each will do does no harm to the doctrine of what is in our power, so neither do the signs that God appointed to signify hinder what is in our power. Rather, just like a book that contains the future prophetically, the whole heaven, being as it were God's book, can contain the future.
6.11.64Dindorf 1:338
διόπερ ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ δύναται οὕτω νοεῖσθαι τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἀνέγνων γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πλαξὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὅσα συμβήσεται ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς ὑμῶν.’ τάχα δὲ καὶ τὸ εἱλιγήσεται ὁ οὐρανὸς ὡς βιβλίονʼ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς περιεχομένους σημαντικοὺς τῶν ἐσομένων δηλοῖ ἀπαρτισθησομένους καὶ, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, πληρωθησομένους, ὥσπερ λέγονται αἱ προφητεῖαι πεπληρῶσθαι τῷ ἐκβεβηκέναι.
dioper en tę̄ proseuchę̄ tou Iōsēph dynatai houtō noeisthai to legomenon hypo tou Iakōb anegnōn gar en tais plaxi tou ouranou hosa symbēsetai hymin kai tois huiois hymōn.’ tacha de kai to heiligēsetai ho ouranos hōs biblionʼ tous logous tous periechomenous sēmantikous tōn esomenōn dēloi apartisthēsomenous kai, hinʼ houtōs eipō, plērōthēsomenous, hōsper legontai hai prophēteiai peplērōsthai tǭ ekbebēkenai.
That is why, in the Prayer of Joseph, what Jacob says can be understood in this way: "For I read in the tablets of heaven all that will befall you and your sons." And perhaps "The heaven shall be rolled up like a scroll" shows that the words it contains, which signify what will be, will be completed and, so to speak, fulfilled, just as prophecies are said to have been fulfilled by coming to pass.
6.11.65Dindorf 1:338–339
καὶ οὕτως ἔσται εἰς σημεῖα τὰ ἄστρα γεγονότα, κατὰ τὴν λέγουσαν φωνὴν ‘ ἔστωσαν εἰς σημεῖα.’ ὁ δὲ Ἱερεμίας ἐπιστρέφων ἡμᾶς πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ περιαιρῶν φόβον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς νομιζομένοις σημαίνεσθαι, τάχα δὲ καὶ ὑπολαμβανομένοις ἐκεῖθεν ἔρχεσθαι, φησὶν ἀπὸ τῶν σημείων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μὴ φοβεῖσθε.’’’
kai houtōs estai eis sēmeia ta astra gegonota, kata tēn legousan phōnēn ‘ estōsan eis sēmeia.’ ho de Hieremias epistrephōn hēmas pros heautous kai periairōn phobon ton epi tois nomizomenois sēmainesthai, tacha de kai hypolambanomenois ekeithen erchesthai, phēsin apo tōn sēmeiōn tou ouranou mē phobeisthe.’’’
And in this way the stars will have come to be for signs, according to the saying, "Let them be for signs." But Jeremiah, turning us back to ourselves and removing the fear of what are thought to be signified, and perhaps also supposed to come from there, says, "Do not be afraid of the signs of heaven.""
6.11.66Dindorf 1:339
“ Ἴδωμεν καὶ δεύτερον ἐπιχείρημα, πῶς οὐ δύνανται οἱ ἀστέρες εἶναι ποιητικοὶ, ἀλλʼ, εἰ ἄρα, σημαντικοί. ἀπὸ πλείστων γὰρ ὅσων γενέσεων ἔστι λαβεῖν τὰ περὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου· (τοῦτο δὲ καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν λέγομεν, συγχωροῦντες τὸ ἐπιστήμην αὐτῶν ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων δύνασθαι·) φέρε γὰρ εἰπεῖν, περὶ τοῦ τόνδε πείσεσθαι τόδε καὶ τεθνήξεσθαι περιπεσόντα λῃσταῖς καὶ ἀναιρεθέντα φησὶ δύνασθαι λαμβάνειν ἀπό τε τῆς ἰδίας αὐτοῦ γενέσεως, κἂν τύχη ἔχων ἀδελφοὺς πλείονας, ἀπὸ τῆς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν.
“ Idōmen kai deuteron epicheirēma, pōs ou dynantai hoi asteres einai poiētikoi, allʼ, ei ara, sēmantikoi. apo pleistōn gar hosōn geneseōn esti labein ta peri henos anthrōpou; (touto de kathʼ hypothesin legomen, synchōrountes to epistēmēn autōn analambanesthai hypʼ anthrōpōn dynasthai;) phere gar eipein, peri tou tonde peisesthai tode kai tethnēxesthai peripesonta lę̄stais kai anairethenta phēsi dynasthai lambanein apo te tēs idias autou geneseōs, kan tychē echōn adelphous pleionas, apo tēs hekastou autōn.
"Let us look also at a second argument, how the stars cannot be productive but, if anything, significant. From a great many nativities one can take what concerns one person (we say this by hypothesis, granting that knowledge of them can be acquired by humans). For example, about this man suffering this and dying by falling among robbers and being murdered, one can, he says, take it from his own nativity, and, if he happens to have several brothers, from that of each of them.
6.11.67Dindorf 1:339
περιέχειν γὰρ οἴονται τὴν ἑκάστου γένεσιν, ἀδελφὸν ὑπὸ λῃστῶν τεθνηξόμενον, ὁμοίως καὶ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὴν τῆς μητρὸς καὶ τὴν τῆς γαμετῆς καὶ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν καὶ τῶν φιλτάτων, τάχα δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀναιρούντων.
periechein gar oiontai tēn hekastou genesin, adelphon hypo lę̄stōn tethnēxomenon, homoiōs kai tēn tou patros kai tēn tēs mētros kai tēn tēs gametēs kai tōn huiōn autou kai tōn oiketōn kai tōn philtatōn, tacha de kai autōn tōn anairountōn.
For they think that the nativity of each contains a brother who will die at the hands of robbers, and likewise that of the father and of the mother and of the wife and of his sons and of his servants and of his dearest friends, and perhaps even of the murderers themselves.
6.11.68Dindorf 1:339
πῶς οὑν δυνατὸν τὸν τοσαύταις γενέσεσιν, ἵνα αὐτοῖς τοῦτο συγχωρηθῇ, ἐμπεριεχόμενον γίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ σχηματισμοῦ τῶν ἀστέρων τῆσδε μᾶλλον τῆς γενέσεως ἢ τῶνδε; ἀπίθανον γὰρ καὶ τὸ φάσκειν τὸν σχηματισμὸν τὸν ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ τοῦδέ τινος γενέσει ταῦτα πεποιηκέναι, τὸν δὲ ἐν τῇ τῶνδε γενέσει μὴ πεποιηκέναι, ἀλλὰ σεσημασμέναι μόνον.
pōs houn dynaton ton tosautais genesesin, hina autois touto synchōrēthę̄, emperiechomenon ginesthai hypo tou schēmatismou tōn asterōn tēsde mallon tēs geneseōs ē tōnde? apithanon gar kai to phaskein ton schēmatismon ton en tę̄ idią toude tinos genesei tauta pepoiēkenai, ton de en tę̄ tōnde genesei mē pepoiēkenai, alla sesēmasmenai monon.
How then is it possible that one contained in so many nativities (to grant them this) should be subject to the configuration of the stars of this nativity rather than of those? It is unconvincing to claim that the configuration at this man's own nativity produced these things, while that at the nativities of the others did not produce them but only signified them.
6.11.69Dindorf 1:339–340
ἠλίθιον γὰρ τὸ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἡ πάντων γένεσις περιεῖχε καθʼ ἕκαστον ποιητικὸν τοῦ τόνδε ἀναιρεθῆναι· ὥστε ἐν γενέσεσιν, καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν λέγω, πεντήκοντα περιέχεσθαι τὸ τόνδε τινὰ ἀναιρεθῆναι. οὐκ οἶδα δʼ ὅπως δυνήσονται σῶσαι τὸ τῶν μὲν ἐν Ἰουδαίᾳ σχεδὸν πάντων τοιόνδε εἶναι τὸν σχηματισμὸν ἐπὶ τῆς γενέσεως, ὡς ὀκταήμερον αὐτοὺς λαμβάνειν περιτομὴν, ἀκρωτηριαζομένους καὶ ἑλκουμένους καὶ φλεγμονῇ περιπεσουμένους καὶ τραύμασι, καὶ ἅμα τῇ εἰς τὸν βίον εἰσόδῳ ἰατρῶν δεομένους· τῶν δὲ ἐν Ἰσμαηλίταις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀραβίαν τοιόνδε ὡς πάντας περιτέμνεσθαι τρισκαιδεκαετεῖς. τοῦτο γὰρ ἱστόρηται περὶ αὐτῶν.
ēlithion gar to eipein hoti hē pantōn genesis perieiche kathʼ hekaston poiētikon tou tonde anairethēnai; hōste en genesesin, kathʼ hypothesin legō, pentēkonta periechesthai to tonde tina anairethēnai. ouk oida dʼ hopōs dynēsontai sōsai to tōn men en Ioudaią schedon pantōn toionde einai ton schēmatismon epi tēs geneseōs, hōs oktaēmeron autous lambanein peritomēn, akrōtēriazomenous kai helkoumenous kai phlegmonę̄ peripesoumenous kai traumasi, kai hama tę̄ eis ton bion eisodǭ iatrōn deomenous; tōn de en Ismaēlitais tois kata tēn Arabian toionde hōs pantas peritemnesthai triskaidekaeteis. touto gar historētai peri autōn.
For it is silly to say that the nativity of all of them contained, each one, what produced this man's murder; so that in fifty nativities, let us suppose, this man's murder would be contained. And I do not know how they will be able to account for the fact that the configuration at the birth of nearly all those in Judea is such that they receive circumcision on the eighth day, being mutilated and wounded and falling into inflammation and injuries, and needing physicians at their very entrance into life; while that of the Ishmaelites in Arabia is such that all are circumcised at thirteen. For this is recorded of them.
6.11.70Dindorf 1:340
καὶ πάλιν τῶνδέ τινων τῶν ἐν Αἰθίοψι τοῖσδε τὰς κόγχας τῶν γονάτων περιαιρεῖσθαι καὶ τῶν Ἀμαζόνων τοὺς ἑτέρους τῶν μαστῶν. πῶς γὰρ ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν οἱ ἀστέρες τοῖσδε τοῖς ἔθνεσιν; οἶμαι ὅτι εἰ ἐπιστήσαιμεν οὐδὲ μέχρι τοῦ στῆσαι δυνησόμεθά τι ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν.
kai palin tōnde tinōn tōn en Aithiopsi toisde tas konchas tōn gonatōn periaireisthai kai tōn Amazonōn tous heterous tōn mastōn. pōs gar tauta poiousin hoi asteres toisde tois ethnesin? oimai hoti ei epistēsaimen oude mechri tou stēsai dynēsometha ti alēthes eipein peri autōn.
And again, that certain people among the Ethiopians have their kneecaps removed, and the Amazons one of their breasts. How do the stars do these things to these nations? I think that if we gave it attention we would not be able even to establish anything true to say about them.
6.11.71Dindorf 1:340
τοσούτων δὲ φερομένων ὁδῶν προγνωστικῶν, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἐξώκειλαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐπὶ τὸ τὴν μὲν οἰωνιστικὴν καὶ τὴν θυτικὴν μὴ λέγειν περιέχειν τὸ ποιοῦν αἴτιον, ἀλλὰ σημαίνειν μόνον, καὶ τὴν ἀστεροσκοπικὴν, οὐκέτι δὲ τὴν γενεθλιαλογικήν.
tosoutōn de pheromenōn hodōn prognōstikōn, ouk oidʼ hopōs exōkeilan hoi anthrōpoi epi to tēn men oiōnistikēn kai tēn thytikēn mē legein periechein to poioun aition, alla sēmainein monon, kai tēn asteroskopikēn, ouketi de tēn genethlialogikēn.
Though so many ways of foretelling are current, I do not know how people ran aground on saying that augury and sacrificial divination do not contain the producing cause but only signify, and the observation of shooting stars likewise, but no longer the casting of nativities.
6.11.72Dindorf 1:340
εἰ γὰρ ἐπιγινώσκεται, (ἵνα καὶ χαρισώμεθα τὸ γινώσκεσθαι) γίνεται δὲ ἐκεῖθεν ὅθεν ἡ γνῶσις λαμβάνεται, τί μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰωνῶν ἔσται τὰ γινόμενα, καὶ μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τῶν οἰωνῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν σπλάγχνων τῶν θυομένων; τί δὲ μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τῶν σπλάγχνων τῶν θυομένων ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν διᾳττόντων ἀστέρων; ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀρκέσει εἰς ἀναίρεσιν τοῦ ποιητικοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἀστέρας τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων.’’
ei gar epiginōsketai, (hina kai charisōmetha to ginōskesthai) ginetai de ekeithen hothen hē gnōsis lambanetai, ti mallon apo tōn asterōn ē apo tōn oiōnōn estai ta ginomena, kai mallon apo tōn oiōnōn ē apo tōn splanchnōn tōn thyomenōn? ti de mallon apo tōn splanchnōn tōn thyomenōn ē apo tōn diąttontōn asterōn? tauta men oun epi tou parontos arkesei eis anairesin tou poiētikous einai tous asteras tōn anthrōpinōn.’’
For if events are recognized (to grant that they are known) and come about from the source from which the knowledge is taken, why should things come about from the stars rather than from birds, and from birds rather than from the entrails of sacrifices? And why from the entrails of sacrifices rather than from shooting stars? This will suffice for the present to refute the view that the stars produce human affairs."
6.11.73Dindorf 1:340–341
“ Ὅπερ δὲ συγκεχωρήκαμεν, οὐ γὰρ ἐλύπει τὸν λόγον, ὡς τῶν ἀνθρώπων δυναμένων καταλαμβάνειν τοὺς οὐρανίους σχηματισμοὺς, καὶ τὰ σημεῖα, καὶ ὧν ἐστι σημεῖα, τοῦτο φέρε νῦν ἐξετάσωμεν εἰ ἀληθές ἐστι.
“ Hoper de synkechōrēkamen, ou gar elypei ton logon, hōs tōn anthrōpōn dynamenōn katalambanein tous ouranious schēmatismous, kai ta sēmeia, kai hōn esti sēmeia, touto phere nyn exetasōmen ei alēthes esti.
"But what we conceded (for it did no harm to the argument), that humans can grasp the heavenly configurations, and the signs, and what they are signs of, let us now examine whether it is true.
6.11.74Dindorf 1:341
φασὶ τοίνυν οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοὶ τὸν μέλλοντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν γενεθλιαλογίαν ἀληθῶς καταλαμβάνειν εἰδέναι οὐ μόνον τὸ κατὰ πόστου δωδεκατημορίου ἐστὶν ὁ καλούμενος ἀστὴρ, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ ποίας μοίρας τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου καὶ κατὰ ποίου ἐξηκοστοῦ, οἱ δὲ ἀκριβέστεροι καὶ κατὰ ποίου ἐξηκοστοῦ τοῦ ἑξηκοστοῦ, καὶ τοῦτό φασι δεῖν ποιεῖν ἐφʼ ἑκάστου τῶν πλανωμένων, ἐξετάζοντα τὴν σχέσιν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἀπλανεῖς.
phasi toinyn hoi peri tauta deinoi ton mellonta ta kata tēn genethlialogian alēthōs katalambanein eidenai ou monon to kata postou dōdekatēmoriou estin ho kaloumenos astēr, alla kai kata poias moiras tou dōdekatēmoriou kai kata poiou exēkostou, hoi de akribesteroi kai kata poiou exēkostou tou hexēkostou, kai touto phasi dein poiein ephʼ hekastou tōn planōmenōn, exetazonta tēn schesin tēn pros tous aplaneis.
Those skilled in these matters say that one who is to grasp truly the matters of nativity-casting must know not only in which twelfth-part the so-called star is, but also in which degree of the twelfth-part and in which sixtieth; and the more exact say also in which sixtieth of the sixtieth; and they say this must be done for each of the planets, examining its relation to the fixed stars.
6.11.75Dindorf 1:341
πάλιν αὖ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνατολικοῦ ὁρίζοντος δεήσει, φασὶν, ἰδεῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ δωδεκατημόριον ποῖον ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν μοῖραν καὶ τὸ ἑξηκοστὸν τῆς μοίρας, τὸ πρῶτον ἢ τὸ δεύτερον ἑξηκοστόν.
palin au epi tou anatolikou horizontos deēsei, phasin, idein ou monon to dōdekatēmorion poion ēn epʼ autou, alla kai tēn moiran kai to hexēkoston tēs moiras, to prōton ē to deuteron hexēkoston.
Again, on the eastern horizon, they say, one will need to see not only which twelfth-part was on it, but also the degree and the sixtieth of the degree, the first or the second sixtieth.
6.11.76Dindorf 1:341
πῶς τοίνυν τῆς ὥρας πλατεῖ λόγῳ ἥμισυ δωδεκατημορίου περιεχούσης δύναταί τις λαβεῖν τὸ ἑξηκοστὸν, μὴ ἔχων τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς διαιρέσεως τῶν ὡρῶν, ὥστε, φέρε εἰπεῖν, εἰδέναι ὅτι γεγέννηται ὁ δεῖνα ὥρα τετάρτῃ καὶ ἡμίσει ὥρας, καὶ τετάρτῳ, ὀγδόῳ, καὶ ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ, καὶ δυοτριακοστῷ;
pōs toinyn tēs hōras platei logǭ hēmisy dōdekatēmoriou periechousēs dynatai tis labein to hexēkoston, mē echōn tēn analogian tēs diaireseōs tōn hōrōn, hōste, phere eipein, eidenai hoti gegennētai ho deina hōra tetartę̄ kai hēmisei hōras, kai tetartǭ, ogdoǭ, kai hekkaidekatǭ, kai dyotriakostǭ?
How then, since an hour, broadly speaking, covers half a twelfth-part, can one take the sixtieth, without having a proportional division of the hours, so as to know, for example, that so-and-so was born at the fourth hour and a half, and a fourth, an eighth, a sixteenth, and a thirty-second of an hour?
6.11.77Dindorf 1:341
παρὰ πολὺ γάρ φασι παραλλάττειν τὰ σημαινόμενα παρὰ τὴν ἀγνωσίαν οὐ τῆς ὅλης ὥρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ποστημορίου αὐτῆς. ἐν γοῦν τοῖς διδύμοις γεννωμένοις πολλάκις τὸ μεταξὺ καὶ ἀκαριαῖον ὥρας ἐστὶ, καὶ πολλαὶ παραλλαγαὶ τῶν συμβαινόντων καὶ τῶν πραττομένων ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἀπαντῶσιν, ὥς φασιν ἐκεῖνοι, παρὰ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς σχέσεως τῶν ἀστέρων, καὶ τὸ μόριον τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου τὸ παρὰ τὸν ὁρίζοντα, οὐ καταλαμβανόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν νομιζομένων τὴν ὥραν τετηρηκέναι.
para poly gar phasi parallattein ta sēmainomena para tēn agnōsian ou tēs holēs hōras, alla kai tou postēmoriou autēs. en goun tois didymois gennōmenois pollakis to metaxy kai akariaion hōras esti, kai pollai parallagai tōn symbainontōn kai tōn prattomenōn epʼ autōn apantōsin, hōs phasin ekeinoi, para tēn aitian tēs scheseōs tōn asterōn, kai to morion tou dōdekatēmoriou to para ton horizonta, ou katalambanomenon hypo tōn nomizomenōn tēn hōran tetērēkenai.
For they say that what is signified varies greatly through ignorance not of the whole hour but even of a fraction of it. In twins, at any rate, the interval is often a mere instant of an hour, and many differences in what befalls them and what they do occur, as they say, because of the relation of the stars, and the part of the twelfth-part on the horizon, which is not grasped by those who think they have observed the hour.
6.11.78Dindorf 1:341–342
οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται λέγειν ὅτι τὸ μεταξὺ τοῦδε τῆς γενέσεως πρὸς τὴν τοῦδε ἐστὶν ὥρας τριακοστόν. ἀλλʼ ἔστω συγκεχωρημένον αὐτοῖς τόδε κατὰ τὸ ἐκλαβεῖν τὴν ὥραν. φέρεται δὴ θεώρημα ἀποδεικνύον τὸν ζωδιακὸν κύκλον ὁμοίως τοῖς πλανωμένοις φέρεσθαι ἀπὸ δυσμῶν ἐπὶ ἀνατολὰς διʼ ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν μοῖραν μίαν, καὶ τοῦτο τῷ πολλῷ χρόνῳ ἐναλλάττειν τὴν θέσιν τῶν δωδεκατημορίων ἑτέρου μὲν τυγχάνοντος τοῦ νοητοῦ δωδεκατημορίου, ἑτέρου δὲ τοῦ ὡσανεὶ μορφώματος. τὰ δὲ ἀποτελέσματα φασὶν εὑρίσκεσθαι οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ μορφώματος, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τοῦ νοητοῦ ζῳδίου, ὅπερ οὐ πάνυ τι δυνατὸν καταλαμβάνεσθαι.
oudeis gar dynatai legein hoti to metaxy toude tēs geneseōs pros tēn toude estin hōras triakoston. allʼ estō synkechōrēmenon autois tode kata to eklabein tēn hōran. pheretai dē theōrēma apodeiknyon ton zōdiakon kyklon homoiōs tois planōmenois pheresthai apo dysmōn epi anatolas diʼ hekaton etōn moiran mian, kai touto tǭ pollǭ chronǭ enallattein tēn thesin tōn dōdekatēmoriōn heterou men tynchanontos tou noētou dōdekatēmoriou, heterou de tou hōsanei morphōmatos. ta de apotelesmata phasin heuriskesthai ouk ek tou morphōmatos, allʼ ek tou noētou zǭdiou, hoper ou pany ti dynaton katalambanesthai.
For no one can say that the interval between one's birth and the other's is a thirtieth of an hour. But let this be granted them as to taking the hour. There is, however, a theorem current showing that the circle of the zodiac moves, like the planets, from west to east one degree in a hundred years, and that in a long time this changes the position of the twelfth-parts, the intelligible twelfth-part being one thing and the visible figure, so to speak, another. And they say the outcomes are found not from the figure but from the intelligible sign, which can hardly be grasped at all.
6.11.79Dindorf 1:342
ἔστω δὲ καὶ τοῦτο συγκεχωρημένον, τὸ καταλαμβάνεσθαι τὸ νοητὸν δωδεκατημόριον, ἢ δύνασθαι ἐκ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ δωδεκατημορίου λαμβάνεσθαι τὸ ἀληθές· ἀλλὰ τήν γε σύγκρασιν παρʼ αὐτοῖς καλουμένην τῶν ἐν τοῖσδε τοῖς σχηματισμοῖς τυγχανόντων καὶ αὐτοὶ ὁμολογήσουσιν οὐχ οἷοί τε σῶσαι κατὰ πᾶν, ἀμαυρουμένου τοῦ δηλουμένου, φέρε εἰπεῖν, χείρονος, ἀπὸ τοῦδε διὰ τὸ ἐπιβλέπεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ κρείττονος, καὶ ἐπὶ τοσόνδε ἢ τοσόνδε ἀμαυρουμένου. πολλάκις πάλιν τῆς ἀμαυρώσεως τῆς τοῦ χείρονος ὑπὸ τῆς ἐπιβλέψεως τῆς τοῦ κρείττονος ἐμποδιζομένης, ἐκ τοῦ ἕτερον οὑτωσὶ ἐσχηματίσθαι, χειρόνων ὄντα σημαντικόν.
estō de kai touto synkechōrēmenon, to katalambanesthai to noēton dōdekatēmorion, ē dynasthai ek tou aisthētou dōdekatēmoriou lambanesthai to alēthes; alla tēn ge synkrasin parʼ autois kaloumenēn tōn en toisde tois schēmatismois tynchanontōn kai autoi homologēsousin ouch hoioi te sōsai kata pan, amauroumenou tou dēloumenou, phere eipein, cheironos, apo toude dia to epiblepesthai auton hypo toude tou kreittonos, kai epi tosonde ē tosonde amauroumenou. pollakis palin tēs amaurōseōs tēs tou cheironos hypo tēs epiblepseōs tēs tou kreittonos empodizomenēs, ek tou heteron houtōsi eschēmatisthai, cheironōn onta sēmantikon.
But let this too be granted, that the intelligible twelfth-part can be grasped, or that the truth can be taken from the visible twelfth-part. Yet the so-called blending, as they call it, of the stars in these configurations they themselves will admit they cannot account for completely: what is shown as worse, say, is obscured by this star because it is aspected by that better one, and obscured to this or that degree; and often again the obscuring of the worse by the aspect of the better is hindered because another star is so configured as to signify worse things.
6.11.80Dindorf 1:342
καὶ οἶμαι ἐπιστήσαντά τινα τοῖς τόποις ἀπογνῶναι τὴν περὶ τούτων κατάληψιν, οὐδαμῶς ἀνθρώποις ἐκκειμένην, ἀλλʼ, εἰ ἄρα, μέχρι τοῦ σημανθῆναι μόνον φθάνουσαν.
kai oimai epistēsanta tina tois topois apognōnai tēn peri toutōn katalēpsin, oudamōs anthrōpois ekkeimenēn, allʼ, ei ara, mechri tou sēmanthēnai monon phthanousan.
And I think that anyone who attends to these topics would despair of grasping these things, which are in no way set out for humans, but at most reach as far as being signified.
6.11.81Dindorf 1:342–343
εἰ δέ τις ἐν πείρᾳ γεγένηται τῶν πραγμάτων, μᾶλλον εἴσεται τὸ ἐν τῷ στοχάζεσθαι ἀποπτωτικὸν τῶν λεγόντων καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν συγγραψαμένων ἤπερ νομιζόμενον ἐπιτευκτικόν. καὶ Ἡσαΐας γοῦν, ὡς οὐ δυναμένων τούτων εὑρίσκεσθαι ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων, φησὶ πρὸς τὴν θυγατέρα τῶν Χαλδαίων τῶν ταῦτα μάλιστα παρὰ πάντας ἐπαγγελλομένων ‘στήτωσαν δὴ καὶ σωσάτωσάν σε οἱ ἀστρολόγοι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἀναγγειλάτωσάν σοι τί μέλλει ἐπὶ σὲ ἔρχεσθαι.’ διὰ γὰρ τούτων διδασκόμεθα μὴ δύνασθαι τοὺς πάνυ περὶ ταῦτα φιλομαθεῖς προδηλοῦν ἃ βεβούληται κύριος ἑκάστῳ ἔθνει ἐπαγαγεῖν.”
ei de tis en peirą gegenētai tōn pragmatōn, mallon eisetai to en tǭ stochazesthai apoptōtikon tōn legontōn kai autōn tōn syngrapsamenōn ēper nomizomenon epiteuktikon. kai Hēsaïas goun, hōs ou dynamenōn toutōn heuriskesthai hypo anthrōpōn, phēsi pros tēn thygatera tōn Chaldaiōn tōn tauta malista para pantas epangellomenōn ‘stētōsan dē kai sōsatōsan se hoi astrologoi tou ouranou, anangeilatōsan soi ti mellei epi se erchesthai.’ dia gar toutōn didaskometha mē dynasthai tous pany peri tauta philomatheis prodēloun ha beboulētai kyrios hekastǭ ethnei epagagein.”
And if anyone has had experience of these matters, he will know rather how often those who speak, and even those who have written, miss the mark in their guessing, than how they are thought to hit it. Isaiah, at any rate, as though these things cannot be found out by humans, says to the daughter of the Chaldeans, who more than all others professed these things: "Let the astrologers of heaven stand up and save you; let them tell you what is about to come upon you." For by these words we are taught that even those most devoted to such study cannot foretell what the Lord has willed to bring on each nation."
6.11.82Dindorf 1:343
Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ δηλωθεὶς ἀνήρ. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὁ πᾶς ἡμῖν οὗτος εἰς δύο τὰ μέγιστα συναιρεῖται λόγος, εἴς τε τὸ μὴ θεοὺς εἶναι τοὺς κατὰ πόλιν χρᾶν νενομισμένους καὶ εἰς τὸ μηδὲ ἀγαθοὺς δαίμονας, τοὐναντίον δὲ γόητάς τινας καὶ πλάνους καὶ ἀπατεῶνας, ἐπʼ ὀλέθρῳ καὶ διαστροφῇ τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας τὴν εἰς ἀνθρώπους πλάνην τήν τε ἄλλην καὶ τὴν περὶ εἱμαρμένης προβεβλημένους.
Tosauta kai ho dēlōtheis anēr. alla gar ho pas hēmin houtos eis dyo ta megista synaireitai logos, eis te to mē theous einai tous kata polin chran nenomismenous kai eis to mēde agathous daimonas, tounantion de goētas tinas kai planous kai apateōnas, epʼ olethrǭ kai diastrophę̄ tēs alēthous eusebeias tēn eis anthrōpous planēn tēn te allēn kai tēn peri heimarmenēs probeblēmenous.
So much from the man already mentioned. But this whole discussion of ours comes down to two main points: that those thought to give oracles city by city are not gods, nor even good daemons, but on the contrary impostors, deceivers, and cheats, who have put forward, for the ruin and perversion of true piety, their deception of humankind, both the rest of it and that concerning fate.
6.11.83Dindorf 1:343
ἀφʼ ἧς μηδενὸς τῶν ἐξ αἰῶνος πλὴν Ἰησοῦ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τὸ πᾶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος λελυτρωμένου, εἰκότως ἡμῖν ἐν ἀρχαῖς τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς τὰ παρόντα πάντα διὰ σπουδῆς γέγονεν, ὡς ἂν ἔργῳ μάθοιμεν ἐκ τίνων προγόνων φύντες καὶ οἵᾳ τὸ πρὶν ἀπάτη συνεχομένων, ἐξ ὁπόσης τε καὶ πηλίκης ἀνανεύσαντες αὐτοί τε ἡμεῖς καὶ ὁ σύμπας τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος ἀβλεψίας τε καὶ ἀθεότητος τὴν ἴασιν τῆς μακρᾶς καὶ πολυχρονίου δαιμονικῆς ἐνεργείας διὰ μόνης τῆς σωτηρίου Εὐαγγελικῆς εὑράμεθα διδασκαλίας.
aphʼ hēs mēdenos tōn ex aiōnos plēn Iēsou tou sōtēros hēmōn to pan tōn anthrōpōn genos lelytrōmenou, eikotōs hēmin en archais tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs ta paronta panta dia spoudēs gegonen, hōs an ergǭ mathoimen ek tinōn progonōn phyntes kai hoią to prin apatē synechomenōn, ex hoposēs te kai pēlikēs ananeusantes autoi te hēmeis kai ho sympas tōn anthrōpōn bios ablepsias te kai atheotētos tēn iasin tēs makras kai polychroniou daimonikēs energeias dia monēs tēs sōtēriou Euangelikēs heurametha didaskalias.
Since from this deception no one in all the ages except Jesus our Savior has redeemed the whole human race, it was fitting that all the present material should be treated by us with care at the beginning of the Preparation for the Gospel, so that we might learn by fact from what ancestors we are sprung, and in what deception they were formerly held fast, and from how much and how great blindness and godlessness we ourselves and the whole of human life have looked up and found healing from the long and age-old working of demons through the saving gospel teaching alone.
Preparation 7, chapter 1
7.1.1Dindorf 1:343
Ἑβραίων πέρι λοιπὸν καὶ τῆς κατʼ αὐτοὺς φιλοσοφίας τε καὶ εὐσεβείας, ἣν τῶν πατρίων ἀπάντων προτετιμήκαμεν, τὸν τοῦ βίου τρόπον ὑπογράψαι καιρός.
Hebraiōn peri loipon kai tēs katʼ autous philosophias te kai eusebeias, hēn tōn patriōn apantōn protetimēkamen, ton tou biou tropon hypograpsai kairos.
It is time now to sketch the way of life of the Hebrews and of their philosophy and piety, which we have preferred above all our ancestral traditions.
7.1.2Dindorf 1:343–344
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἀλόγῳ, κεκριμένῳ δὲ καὶ σώφρονι λογισμῷ τῆς διεψευσμένης ὁμοῦ πάντων Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων θεολογίας τὴν ἀπόλειψιν Πεποιημένοι συνέστημεν, ὥρα λοιπὸν τὴν δευτέραν ἐπιλύσασθαι, τὴν αἰτίαν ἀποδιδόντας τῆς τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν λόγων μεταποιήσεως.
epeidē gar ouk alogǭ, kekrimenǭ de kai sōphroni logismǭ tēs diepseusmenēs homou pantōn Hellēnōn te kai barbarōn theologias tēn apoleipsin Pepoiēmenoi synestēmen, hōra loipon tēn deuteran epilysasthai, tēn aitian apodidontas tēs tōn Hebraïkōn logōn metapoiēseōs.
For since we have established that we made our departure from the false theology of all Greeks and barbarians alike not by irrational but by judicious and sober reasoning, it is time now to settle the second question, giving the reason for our taking up the Hebrew writings instead.
7.1.3Dindorf 1:344
Τὸ μὲν οὖν μὴ φέρειν τινὰ μέμψιν ἡμῖν τὴν ἀπὸ βαρβάρων τοῦ συμφέροντος μετάληψιν ἐπὶ τῆς δεούσης σχολῆς παραστήσομεν, πάντα τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ αὐτοῖς γε τοῖς βοωμένοις αὐτῶν φιλοσόφοις τὰ φιλόσοφα μαθήματα, καὶ τὰ ἄλλως κοινὰ καὶ ταῖς πολιτικαῖς λυσιτελοῦντα χρείαις, παρὰ βαρβάρων ἐσκευωρῆσθαι ἐπιδείξοντες· τὸ δὲ μηδέν πω μηδʼ ὅλως παρά τισιν εὑρῆσθαι τῶν ἐθνῶν, οἷον τὸ παρʼ Ἑβραίων ἡμῖν ἀγαθὸν πεπορισμένον, ὧδε ἂν γένοιτο πρόδηλον.
To men oun mē pherein tina mempsin hēmin tēn apo barbarōn tou sympherontos metalēpsin epi tēs deousēs scholēs parastēsomen, panta tois Hellēsi kai autois ge tois boōmenois autōn philosophois ta philosopha mathēmata, kai ta allōs koina kai tais politikais lysitelounta chreiais, para barbarōn eskeuōrēsthai epideixontes; to de mēden pō mēdʼ holōs para tisin heurēsthai tōn ethnōn, hoion to parʼ Hebraiōn hēmin agathon peporismenon, hōde an genoito prodēlon.
That our taking what is useful from barbarians brings no reproach on us, we shall show at the proper place, by demonstrating that the Greeks, and even their celebrated philosophers, have procured from barbarians all their philosophical learning, as well as what is otherwise common and useful for civic needs. But that no good such as has been provided for us by the Hebrews has ever been found at all among any of the nations will become plain as follows.
Preparation 7, chapter 2
7.2.1Dindorf 1:344
Οἱ μὲν δὴ λοιποὶ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, ἄνωθεν ἐκ πρώτης τοῦ βίου συστάσεως καὶ εἰς τὸν χρόνον μόνῃ τῇ τῶν σωμάτων προσανασχόντες αἰσθήσει τῷ μηδέν περὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς ψυχῆς διειληφέναι πλέον τε οὐδὲν τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ὑπάρχειν ἡγησάμενοι, τὸ καλόν καὶ συμφέρον καὶ μόνον ἀγαθὸν τῇ τῶν σωμάτων ἀνέθηκαν ἡδονῇ· μόνην τε ταύτην, ὡς τὸ μόνον οὖσαν ἀγαθὸν καὶ προσηνὲς καὶ ἡδὺ πρὸς ἀπόλαυσίν τε εὐδαίμονος βίου αὐτάρκη, περισπούδαστον ὑποθέμενοι θεῶν μεγίστην ἡγήσαντό τε καὶ τεθειάκασιν, οὐδὲ τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῆς, εἰ μὴ μετέχοι τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ἡδονῆς, ἐφιέμενοι, καὶ ζῆν οὐ διὰ τὸ ζῆν, διὰ δὲ τὸ ἡδέως ζῆν ἀσπαζόμενοι, τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις εὐξάμενοι παισὶν ὡς μόνον ἀγαθὸν παρεῖναι.
Hoi men dē loipoi pantes anthrōpoi, anōthen ek prōtēs tou biou systaseōs kai eis ton chronon monę̄ tę̄ tōn sōmatōn prosanaschontes aisthēsei tǭ mēden peri tēs en autois psychēs dieilēphenai pleon te ouden tōn horōmenōn en tois ousin hyparchein hēgēsamenoi, to kalon kai sympheron kai monon agathon tę̄ tōn sōmatōn anethēkan hēdonę̄; monēn te tautēn, hōs to monon ousan agathon kai prosēnes kai hēdy pros apolausin te eudaimonos biou autarkē, perispoudaston hypothemenoi theōn megistēn hēgēsanto te kai tetheiakasin, oude tēs zōēs autēs, ei mē metechoi tēs tōn sōmatōn hēdonēs, ephiemenoi, kai zēn ou dia to zēn, dia de to hēdeōs zēn aspazomenoi, touto kai tois idiois euxamenoi paisin hōs monon agathon pareinai.
All other people, from the first formation of life onward through time, attending only to the senses of the body, because they had understood nothing more about the soul within them and thought that nothing exists among things beyond what is seen, assigned what is noble, useful, and the only good to the pleasure of the body. And supposing this alone to be worth pursuing, as the only good, agreeable and sweet, and sufficient for the enjoyment of a happy life, they considered and deified it as the greatest of gods. They did not desire even life itself unless it shared in bodily pleasure; they embraced living not for the sake of living but for the sake of living pleasantly, and prayed that this alone, as the only good, might be present to their own children.
7.2.2Dindorf 1:344–345
ἔνθεν οἱ μὲν τὰ χορηγὰ τῆς ἐνσάρκου ζωῆς ἥλιον εἶναι καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας ὑποτοπάσαντες, καί πως καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν τοῦ φωτὸς καταπλαγέντες πρώτους θεοὺς ἀνηγόρευσαν, μόνους αἰτίους τῶν ὅλων εἶναι ἀποφηνάμενοι· οἱ δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ γῆς καρποὺς τήν τε ὑγρὰν καὶ ξηρὰν καὶ θερμὴν οὐσίαν τά τε λοιπὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη, διʼ ὧν αὐτοῖς τὰ σώματα τρεφόμενά τε καὶ πιαινόμενα τὴν ἔνσαρκον ὁμοῦ ζωήν τε καὶ ἡδονὴν ἐθηρᾶτο, θεῶν πάλιν προσηγορίᾳ τετιμήκασιν· οἱ δὲ πολὺ πρότερον τούτων γυμνῇ καὶ ἀκαλύπτῳ κεφαλῇ τὰ σφέτερα πάθη καὶ τὴν δέσποιναν αὐτῶν ἡδονὴν, ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον καὶ ἀφροδίτην, καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν κρατεῖν εἰπόντες ἀπεθέωσαν· οἱ δὲ τοὺς τῶν ἡδέων χορηγούς τε καὶ εὑρετὰς αὐτοῖς γενομένους ἄνδρας τυράννους τινὰς καὶ δυνάστας, διʼ ἃς ἔτυχον ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐπαθείας, ζῶντάς τε ἔτι καὶ μετὰ τελευτὴν ἐθεοποίησαν· οἱ δὲ μοχθηρῶν πνευμάτων καὶ δαιμόνων γενόμενοι παραπαίγνια ἔτι μειζόνως τὸ παθητικὸν αὐτῶν μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς συνηύξησαν, τὰ ἡδέα καὶ παρὰ τούτων διὰ τῆς νενομισμένης αὐτῶν θεραπείας ἐκπορίζοντες· οἱ δὲ μηδενὸς τούτων ἀνασχόμενοι τὸ ἄθεον ὡς πολὺ κρεῖττον τῆς τοιᾶσδε θεολογίας εἰσηγήσαντο· οἱ δὲ ἔτι τούτων ἁπάντων ἀναιδέστεροι τὸν φιλόσοφον καὶ τρισευδαίμονα βίον οὐδʼ ἄλλον εἶναι ἢ τὸν ἡδὺν ἀπεφήναντο, τέλος τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὴν ἡδονὴν ὁρισάμενοι.
enthen hoi men ta chorēga tēs ensarkou zōēs hēlion einai kai selēnēn kai asteras hypotopasantes, kai pōs kai pros tēn opsin tou phōtos kataplagentes prōtous theous anēgoreusan, monous aitious tōn holōn einai apophēnamenoi; hoi de tous apo gēs karpous tēn te hygran kai xēran kai thermēn ousian ta te loipa tou kosmou merē, diʼ hōn autois ta sōmata trephomena te kai piainomena tēn ensarkon homou zōēn te kai hēdonēn ethērato, theōn palin prosēgorią tetimēkasin; hoi de poly proteron toutōn gymnę̄ kai akalyptǭ kephalę̄ ta sphetera pathē kai tēn despoinan autōn hēdonēn, erōta kai pothon kai aphroditēn, kai autōn tōn theōn kratein eipontes apetheōsan; hoi de tous tōn hēdeōn chorēgous te kai heuretas autois genomenous andras tyrannous tinas kai dynastas, diʼ has etychon ex autōn eupatheias, zōntas te eti kai meta teleutēn etheopoiēsan; hoi de mochthērōn pneumatōn kai daimonōn genomenoi parapaignia eti meizonōs to pathētikon autōn meros tēs psychēs synēuxēsan, ta hēdea kai para toutōn dia tēs nenomismenēs autōn therapeias ekporizontes; hoi de mēdenos toutōn anaschomenoi to atheon hōs poly kreitton tēs toiasde theologias eisēgēsanto; hoi de eti toutōn hapantōn anaidesteroi ton philosophon kai triseudaimona bion oudʼ allon einai ē ton hēdyn apephēnanto, telos tōn agathōn tēn hēdonēn horisamenoi.
Hence some, supposing the sun, moon, and stars to be the suppliers of life in the flesh, and being somehow also struck with awe at the sight of their light, proclaimed them the first gods, declaring them the sole causes of all things. Others honored again with the title of gods the fruits of the earth, the moist, dry, and hot substance, and the other parts of the world through which their bodies, nourished and fattened, pursued the life and pleasure of the flesh together. Others, long before these, barefacedly (literally, with bare and uncovered head) deified their own passions and their mistress pleasure, love and desire and Aphrodite, saying that these rule even the gods. Others deified, both while still living and after death, the men who had become suppliers and inventors of pleasures for them, certain tyrants and potentates, because of the comforts they had received from them. Others, becoming the playthings of wicked spirits and demons, increased still more the passionate part of their soul, procuring pleasures from these too through their customary worship. Others, putting up with none of these, introduced atheism as far better than such theology. And others, more shameless than all of these, declared that the philosophic and thrice-blessed life is nothing other than the pleasant life, defining pleasure as the end of goods.
7.2.3Dindorf 1:345–346
ταύτῃ δʼ οὖν τὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων γένος, ὡς ἂν δεσποίνῃ πικρᾷ καὶ χαλεπωτάτῃ, ἡδονῇ θεῷ, μᾶλλον δὲ αἰσχρῷ καὶ ἀκολάστῳ δαίμονι, καταδεδουλωμένον παντοίαις ἐνεφύρετο ταλαιπωρίαις. αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν ἀπόστολον, μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρρενες, ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας, ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἄρρενες ἐν ἄρρεσι τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι, καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν, ἣν ἔδει, τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες.
tautę̄ dʼ oun to pantōn anthrōpōn genos, hōs an despoinę̄ pikrą kai chalepōtatę̄, hēdonę̄ theǭ, mallon de aischrǭ kai akolastǭ daimoni, katadedoulōmenon pantoiais enephyreto talaipōriais. hai te gar thēleiai autōn, kata ton hieron apostolon, metēllaxan tēn physikēn chrēsin tēs thēleias eis tēn para physin; homoiōs de kai hoi arrenes, aphentes tēn physikēn chrēsin tēs thēleias, exekauthēsan en tę̄ orexei autōn eis allēlous, arrenes en arresi tēn aschēmosynēn katergazomenoi, kai tēn antimisthian, hēn edei, tēs planēs autōn en heautois apolambanontes.
In this way the whole human race, enslaved to pleasure as to a bitter and most cruel mistress, a god, or rather a shameful and licentious demon, was mired in every kind of misery. For their females, as the holy apostle says, "exchanged the natural use of the female for that which is against nature; and likewise the males also, leaving the natural use of the female, were inflamed in their desire for one another, males with males working shamelessness, and receiving in themselves the due recompense of their error."
7.2.4Dindorf 1:346
ταύτῃ καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ βάρβαροι, σοφοί τε καὶ ἰδιῶται, χαμαί τε καὶ ἐπὶ γαστέρα πεσόντες, ὡς θεῷ τῇ ἡδονῇ προσεκύνησαν, πρηνεῖς τε σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἑρπετῶν δίκην καταβαλόντες, ἄμαχον καὶ ἀπαραίτητον θεὸν ταύτην ἡγήσαντό τε καὶ ἔστερξαν· ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ ὕμνοις, ἔν τε θεῶν ἑορταῖς, ἔν τε ταῖς πανδήμοις θέαις, μόνης τῆς αἰσχρᾶς καὶ ἀκολάστου ἡδονῆς τὰ ὄργια καὶ τὰς ἀσέμνους τελετὰς μυούμενοί τε καὶ τελοῦντες, ὡς εἰ καί τι ἄλλο, καὶ τόδε καλῶς παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀνῃρῆσθαι. “ἀρχὴ γὰρ πορνείας ἐπίνοια εἰδώλων.”
tautę̄ kai Hellēnes kai barbaroi, sophoi te kai idiōtai, chamai te kai epi gastera pesontes, hōs theǭ tę̄ hēdonę̄ prosekynēsan, prēneis te sphas autous herpetōn dikēn katabalontes, amachon kai aparaitēton theon tautēn hēgēsanto te kai esterxan; en te ǭdais kai hymnois, en te theōn heortais, en te tais pandēmois theais, monēs tēs aischras kai akolastou hēdonēs ta orgia kai tas asemnous teletas myoumenoi te kai telountes, hōs ei kai ti allo, kai tode kalōs parʼ hēmin anę̄rēsthai. “archē gar porneias epinoia eidōlōn.”
In this way Greeks and barbarians, wise and ignorant, fallen on the ground and on their bellies, worshiped pleasure as a god; casting themselves down prone like reptiles, they thought her an invincible and inexorable god and loved her. In songs and hymns, at the festivals of the gods and at public spectacles, they were initiated into and celebrated the orgies and indecent rites of shameful and licentious pleasure alone; so that this, if anything, has rightly been abolished among us. "For the beginning of sexual immorality is the devising of idols."
7.2.5Dindorf 1:346
καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν θεολογίας τοσαύτην εἰλήφει, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ φάναι, τὴν πολυτροπίαν, μιᾶς μὲν ἀρχῆς τῆς ἀκαθάρτου καὶ μιαρᾶς ἡδονῆς ἀνημμένα, ὕδρας δὲ πολυαυχένου καὶ πολυκεφάλου τρόπον εἰς πολλὰς καὶ ποικίλας διαιρέσεις τε καὶ τομὰς ἐξενηνεγμένα.
kai ta men peri tēs tōn allōn ethnōn theologias tosautēn eilēphei, hōs en brachei phanai, tēn polytropian, mias men archēs tēs akathartou kai miaras hēdonēs anēmmena, hydras de polyauchenou kai polykephalou tropon eis pollas kai poikilas diaireseis te kai tomas exenēnegmena.
So the theology of the other nations had taken on, to put it briefly, so great a variety, all depending on one principle, unclean and foul pleasure, but branching out, like a many-necked and many-headed hydra, into many and various divisions and sections.
7.2.6Dindorf 1:346
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τοσαύτην ἔτυχον προβεβλημένοι τὴν πλάνην, εἰκότα δὴ αὐτοῖς ἡδονῇ θεῷ καὶ κακῷ δαίμονι χρωμένοις ἐπὶ κακοῖς κακὰ συνηγείρετο, γυναικομανίαις καὶ ἀρρένων φθοραῖς μητρογαμίαις τε καὶ θυγατρομιξίαις τὸν πάντα καταφυρομένοις βίον, καὶ τὴν ἄγριον καὶ θηριώδη φύσιν ὑπερβολῇ φαυλότητος νενικηκόσι. τοιοῦτος μὲν οὖν ὁ τρόπος τῶν παλαιῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ τῆς διεψευσμένης αὐτῶν θεολογίας, διὰ τῶν συνηγμένων ἡμῖν Ἑλληνικῶν λογογράφων τε καὶ φιλοσόφων ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἀποδέδεικται.
epeidē toinyn tosautēn etychon probeblēmenoi tēn planēn, eikota dē autois hēdonę̄ theǭ kai kakǭ daimoni chrōmenois epi kakois kaka synēgeireto, gynaikomaniais kai arrenōn phthorais mētrogamiais te kai thygatromixiais ton panta kataphyromenois bion, kai tēn agrion kai thēriōdē physin hyperbolę̄ phaulotētos nenikēkosi. toioutos men oun ho tropos tōn palaiōn ethnōn kai tēs diepseusmenēs autōn theologias, dia tōn synēgmenōn hēmin Hellēnikōn logographōn te kai philosophōn en tois emprosthen apodedeiktai.
Since, then, they had put forward so great an error, it was fitting that, as they made use of pleasure as a god and an evil demon, evils were heaped on evils for them, as they defiled their whole life with madness for women and corruptions of males, marriages with mothers and unions with daughters, and surpassed even wild and beastly nature in excess of wickedness. Such, then, was the way of the ancient nations and of their false theology, as has been shown earlier through the Greek historians and philosophers we have collected.
Preparation 7, chapter 3
7.3.1Dindorf 1:346
Εἰ δὴ οὖν συνῶπταί σοι ὁ τῶν παλαιῶν βίος, ἄθρει δὴ λοιπὸν τῇ διανοίᾳ μόνους παῖδας Ἑβραίων ἐν τοσούτοις τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀπιόντας.
Ei dē oun synōptai soi ho tōn palaiōn bios, athrei dē loipon tę̄ dianoią monous paidas Hebraiōn en tosoutois tēn enantian apiontas.
If, then, you have taken in the life of the ancients, consider now in your mind the sons of the Hebrews alone, among so many, going the opposite way.
7.3.2Dindorf 1:346–347
οἵδε γὰρ πρῶτοι καὶ μόνοι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἄνωθεν ἐκ πρώτῆς τοῦ βίου καταβολῆς λογικῇ θεωρίᾳ τὴν διάνοιαν ἀναθέντες, καὶ τῇ περὶ τοῦ παντὸς φυσιολογίᾳ εὐσεβῶς ἐπιστήσαντες, πρῶτα μὲν τὰ τῶν σωμάτων στοιχεῖα, γῆν, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, πῦρ, ἐξ ὧν τόδε τὸ πᾶν συνεστὼς κατεμάνθανον, ἥλιόν τε καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας, οὐ θεοὺς, ἔργα δὲ εἶναι θεοῦ διελογίσαντο, τὴν φύσιν τῆς σωματικῆς οὐσίας οὐ μόνον ἄλογον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄψυχον εἶναι, καθʼ ὅσον ῥοώδης καὶ φθαρτὴ οὔσα τυγχάνει, συννοήσαντες, κἄπειτα λογισάμενοι ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε τὴν τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου διάταξιν, εὖ καὶ σοφῶς ἡρμοσμένην, ἔμπλεων τε ζῴων ἐμψύχων λογικῶν τε καὶ ἀλόγων ὑπάρχουσαν, αὐτόματον ἐπιγράφεσθαι τὴν αἰτίαν, οὐδέ γε τῶν ἐμψύχων τὴν ποιητικὴν ἀρχὴν ἄψυχον ὑπολαμβάνειν, οὐδʼ ἄλογον τὴν τῶν λογικῶν δημιουργόν.
hoide gar prōtoi kai monoi pantōn anthrōpōn anōthen ek prōtēs tou biou katabolēs logikę̄ theōrią tēn dianoian anathentes, kai tę̄ peri tou pantos physiologią eusebōs epistēsantes, prōta men ta tōn sōmatōn stoicheia, gēn, hydōr, aera, pyr, ex hōn tode to pan synestōs katemanthanon, hēlion te kai selēnēn kai asteras, ou theous, erga de einai theou dielogisanto, tēn physin tēs sōmatikēs ousias ou monon alogon, alla kai apsychon einai, kathʼ hoson rhoōdēs kai phthartē ousa tynchanei, synnoēsantes, kapeita logisamenoi hōs ouch hoion te tēn tou sympantos kosmou diataxin, eu kai sophōs hērmosmenēn, empleōn te zǭōn empsychōn logikōn te kai alogōn hyparchousan, automaton epigraphesthai tēn aitian, oude ge tōn empsychōn tēn poiētikēn archēn apsychon hypolambanein, oudʼ alogon tēn tōn logikōn dēmiourgon.
For they were the first and only people of all who, from the very first foundation of life, devoted their minds to rational contemplation and gave pious attention to the study of the nature of the universe. First they learned the elements of bodies, earth, water, air, and fire, of which this universe is composed; and they reasoned that the sun, moon, and stars are not gods but works of God, realizing that the nature of bodily substance is not only irrational but also lifeless, inasmuch as it is fluid and perishable. Then they reasoned that it is not possible to ascribe to chance the cause of the ordering of the whole world, so well and wisely fitted together and full of living creatures both rational and irrational, nor to suppose that the productive principle of living things is lifeless, nor that the maker of rational beings is irrational.
7.3.3Dindorf 1:347
ἐπεὶ δὲ μηδὲ ξύλων καὶ λίθων αὐτόματός ποτʼ ἂν οἰκοδομία συσταίη, οὐδέ γε ἐσθὴς ὑφάντου δίχα συντελεσθείη, οὐδὲ πόλεις καὶ πολιτεῖαι νόμων ἐκτὸς καὶ ἀρχοντικῆς διατάξεως, οὐδὲ ἐκτὸς κυβερνήτου ναῦς, οὐδὲ τὸ σμικρότατον τέχνης ὄργανον ὑποσταίη ἂν μὴ διὰ τεχνίτου, οὐδʼ εὐόρμου ποτὲ ναῦς λιμένος τύχοι μὴ οὐχὶ σὺν ἀγαθῷ κυβερνήτῃ· οὐδʼ ἡ τῶν καθόλου στοιχείων ἄρα φύσις, ἄψυχος οὖσα καὶ ἄλογος, τῷ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν λόγῳ δίχα τῆς ἀνωτάτω τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας λόγου ποτὲ καὶ ζωῆς ἀνθέξεται. ταῦτα δὴ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα διανοηθέντες οἱ τῆς Ἑβραίων εὐσεβείας πατέρες, ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς κτισμάτων νῷ κεκαθαρμένῳ καὶ ψυχῆς διαυγέσιν ὄμμασι τὸν πάντων δημιουργὸν θεὸν ἐσεβάσθησαν.
epei de mēde xylōn kai lithōn automatos potʼ an oikodomia systaiē, oude ge esthēs hyphantou dicha syntelestheiē, oude poleis kai politeiai nomōn ektos kai archontikēs diataxeōs, oude ektos kybernētou naus, oude to smikrotaton technēs organon hypostaiē an mē dia technitou, oudʼ euormou pote naus limenos tychoi mē ouchi syn agathǭ kybernētę̄; oudʼ hē tōn katholou stoicheiōn ara physis, apsychos ousa kai alogos, tǭ kathʼ heautēn logǭ dicha tēs anōtatō tou theou sophias logou pote kai zōēs anthexetai. tauta dē kai ta toiauta dianoēthentes hoi tēs Hebraiōn eusebeias pateres, ek megethous kai kallonēs ktismatōn nǭ kekatharmenǭ kai psychēs diaugesin ommasi ton pantōn dēmiourgon theon esebasthēsan.
And since not even a building of wood and stone could ever put itself together, nor a garment be completed without a weaver, nor cities and constitutions exist without laws and the ordering of rulers, nor a ship without a pilot, nor the smallest tool of a craft come into being except through a craftsman, nor a ship ever reach a good harbor without a good pilot, so neither would the nature of the universal elements, being lifeless and irrational, ever of itself lay hold of reason and life without the supreme wisdom of God. Having thought through these and similar things, the fathers of Hebrew piety, from the greatness and beauty of created things, with purified mind and clear-sighted eyes of the soul, worshiped God the maker of all.
Preparation 7, chapter 4
7.4.1Dindorf 1:347–348
Κἄπειτα μέρος οὐ μικρὸν τοῦ παντὸς σφὰς αὐτοὺς εἶναι συναισθόμενοι τὸ μέν τι αὐτῶν τίμιον εἶναι ἡγήσαντο, (τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ ἄνθρωπον, τὸν κατὰ ψυχὴν νενοημένον) τὸ δὲ τούτου χώραν περιβολῆς ἐπέχειν· τοῦτο δὲ εἶναι τὸ σῶμα. καὶ δὴ τοῦτον διελόμενοι τὸν τρόπον τὴν πᾶσαν περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἔνδον ἀνθρώπου ζωῆς φροντίδα καὶ σπουδὴν εἰσηνέγκαντο.
Kapeita meros ou mikron tou pantos sphas autous einai synaisthomenoi to men ti autōn timion einai hēgēsanto, (touto de kai ton alēthē anthrōpon, ton kata psychēn nenoēmenon) to de toutou chōran peribolēs epechein; touto de einai to sōma. kai dē touton dielomenoi ton tropon tēn pasan peri tēs tou endon anthrōpou zōēs phrontida kai spoudēn eisēnenkanto.
Then, perceiving that they themselves are no small part of the whole, they considered one part of themselves precious (this being the true man, understood as the soul), and the other to hold the place of a covering for it; and this is the body. Having divided things in this way, they devoted all their care and effort to the life of the inner man.
7.4.2Dindorf 1:348
τοῦτο δὲ παρὰ τῷ πάντων δημιουργῷ θεῷ προσφιλὲς εἶναι λογισάμενοι, ὅς που τὴν ἀνθρώπων φύσιν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἀπάντων κρατεῖν οὐ ῥώμῃ σώματος ὡς ἀρετῇ ψυχῆς ἐδωρήσατο· τὰ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ὄντων εἶναι ἄψυχα, οἷα λίθους καὶ ξύλα, τὰ δὲ ζωτικῆς δυνάμεως μέτοχα, οἷα τὰ ἀπὸ γῆς βλαστήματα, τὰ δὲ αἰσθήσεως ὁρμῆς τε φανταστικῆς μεμοιραμένα, οἷα ζῴων τὰ ἄλογα· πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ἑνὶ τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν δουλοῦσθαι, οὐ ῥώμῃ σώματος καὶ ἰσχύι κατηναγκασμένα, λογισμῷ δὲ καὶ ψυχῆς ἀρετῇ, ᾗ τὸ κατὰ πάντων τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἀρχικόν τε καὶ βασιλικὸν γέρας ἄνωθεν παρὰ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου συγκεχωρῆσθαι κατειλήφασιν·)
touto de para tǭ pantōn dēmiourgǭ theǭ prosphiles einai logisamenoi, hos pou tēn anthrōpōn physin tōn epi gēs apantōn kratein ou rhōmę̄ sōmatos hōs aretę̄ psychēs edōrēsato; ta men gar tōn ontōn einai apsycha, hoia lithous kai xyla, ta de zōtikēs dynameōs metocha, hoia ta apo gēs blastēmata, ta de aisthēseōs hormēs te phantastikēs memoiramena, hoia zǭōn ta aloga; panta de tauta heni tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei pros hypēresian doulousthai, ou rhōmę̄ sōmatos kai ischui katēnankasmena, logismǭ de kai psychēs aretę̄, hę̄ to kata pantōn tōn epi gēs archikon te kai basilikon geras anōthen para tou tōn holōn aitiou synkechōrēsthai kateilēphasin;)
They reasoned that this was dear to God the maker of all, who granted human nature to rule over everything on earth not by bodily strength but by virtue of soul. For of beings, some are lifeless, like stones and wood; some share in vital power, like the plants of the earth; some have been allotted sensation and the impulse of imagination, like the irrational animals; but all these are subjected to the service of the human race alone, not compelled by bodily strength and might, but by reason and virtue of soul, by which they understood that the privilege of ruling and reigning over all things on earth had been granted from above by the cause of all.
7.4.3Dindorf 1:348
ἔνθεν ὁρμώμενοι σῶμα μὲν καὶ τὰ σωμάτων ἡδέα οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἐπὶ γῆς θρεμμάτων προτιμᾶν διενοήθησαν, τὸ δʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἄρχον, ὡς ἂν τοῦ πάντων ἄρχοντος οἰκεῖον, καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ λογικόν τε καὶ νοερὸν, θεῖόν τε καὶ ἐπιστημονικὸν ὡς ἂν τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ τὴν ὁμοίωσιν φέρον, μόνον διὰ σπουδῆς ἔσχον.
enthen hormōmenoi sōma men kai ta sōmatōn hēdea ouden ti mallon tōn allōn epi gēs thremmatōn protiman dienoēthēsan, to dʼ en autois archon, hōs an tou pantōn archontos oikeion, kai tēs psychēs to logikon te kai noeron, theion te kai epistēmonikon hōs an tou epi pantōn theou tēn homoiōsin pheron, monon dia spoudēs eschon.
Setting out from this, they resolved to value the body and bodily pleasures no more than the other creatures on earth do, but devoted their efforts only to the ruling part in them, as akin to the ruler of all, and to the rational and intelligent part of the soul, divine and capable of knowledge, as bearing the likeness of God over all.
7.4.4Dindorf 1:348
εἶτα μηδὲν ἄλλο τι ἐνθυμηθέντες ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τοῦ πάντων ἀγαθῶν χορηγοῦ θεοῦ, τέλος ἁπάσης εὐδαιμονίας τὴν αὐτοῦ γνῶσίν τε καὶ φιλίαν εἶναι ἀπεφήναντο, ὅτι καὶ αὐτῆς ζωῆς καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ τῶν τούτοις ἀναγκαίων μόνος αὐτὸς ἀνῆπται τὴν αἰτίαν.
eita mēden allo ti enthymēthentes agathon einai tou pantōn agathōn chorēgou theou, telos hapasēs eudaimonias tēn autou gnōsin te kai philian einai apephēnanto, hoti kai autēs zōēs kai psychēs kai sōmatos kai tōn toutois anankaiōn monos autos anēptai tēn aitian.
Then, considering that there is no good other than God, the supplier of all goods, they declared that the end of all happiness is knowledge of him and friendship with him, since he alone holds the cause of life itself, of soul and body, and of what is necessary for them.
7.4.5Dindorf 1:348–349
τούτῳ δὴ οὖν σφᾶς ὅλους αὐτῷ σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ φέροντες ἀνατεθείκασι, τὸν πάντα αὐτῶν βίον ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀναρτησάμενοι, καὶ μόνῳ προσέχειν, ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων ἀξιώσαντες.
toutǭ dē oun sphas holous autǭ sōmati kai psychę̄ pherontes anatetheikasi, ton panta autōn bion epʼ auton anartēsamenoi, kai monǭ prosechein, allǭ de mēdeni tōn horōmenōn axiōsantes.
To him, then, they dedicated themselves wholly, body and soul together, hanging their whole life on him, and thinking it right to attend to him alone and to nothing else that is seen.
7.4.6Dindorf 1:349
οὕτω δὴ φιλόθεοι ὁμοῦ καὶ θεοφιλεῖς ἀναφανέντες θεραπευταί τινες ὄντως καὶ ἱερεῖς τοῦ ὑψίστου θεοῦ ἀπεφάνθησαν, ἢ καὶ γένος ἐκλεκτὸν καὶ βασιλικὸν ἱεράτευμά τε θεοῦ καὶ ἔθνος ἅγιον προσαγορευθῆναι ἠξιώθησαν, σπέρμα τῆς ἀληθοῦς ταύτης εὐσεβείας καὶ τοῖς ὀψιγόνοις αὐτῶν ἀπολελοιπότες.
houtō dē philotheoi homou kai theophileis anaphanentes therapeutai tines ontōs kai hiereis tou hypsistou theou apephanthēsan, ē kai genos eklekton kai basilikon hierateuma te theou kai ethnos hagion prosagoreuthēnai ēxiōthēsan, sperma tēs alēthous tautēs eusebeias kai tois opsigonois autōn apoleloipotes.
So, having shown themselves both lovers of God and loved by God, they were declared true worshipers and priests of the most high God, and were thought worthy to be called a chosen race and a royal priesthood of God and a holy nation, leaving the seed of this true piety to their descendants as well.
7.4.7Dindorf 1:349
ἆρʼ οὖν λογισμῷ σοι δοκοῦμεν τούσδε τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν προτετιμηκέναι, καὶ μᾶλλον τῶν Φοινίκων τε καὶ Αἰγυπτίων θεῶν τῶν τε περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς δυσφήμων ἀτοπημάτων τὰς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις περὶ εὐσεβῶν ἀνδρῶν διηγήσεις ἀποδέξασθαι;
arʼ oun logismǭ soi dokoumen tousde tōn Hellēnikōn protetimēkenai, kai mallon tōn Phoinikōn te kai Aigyptiōn theōn tōn te peri tous theous dysphēmōn atopēmatōn tas parʼ Hebraiois peri eusebōn andrōn diēgēseis apodexasthai?
Do you think, then, that we have been reasonable in preferring these to the Greek accounts, and in accepting the Hebrews' narratives about pious men rather than those about the gods of the Phoenicians and Egyptians and their blasphemous absurdities concerning the gods?
Preparation 7, chapter 5
7.5.1Dindorf 1:349
Θέα δʼ οὖν ἔτι εἰς ὅσον θεοφιλοῦς ἀρετῆς προελθεῖν φασι τοὺς δηλουμένους. ἀποδεξάμενον τὸ θεῖον τῆς τε ἄλλης τοῦ βίου εὐσεβείας καὶ φιλοσοφίας τῆς τε περὶ αὐτὸ θεραπείας τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἤδη καὶ θειοτέρων χρησμῶν θεοφανειῶν τε αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀγγελικῶν ὀπτασιῶν ἠξίου, τὰ ἐνδέοντα τῇ θνητῇ φύσει ταῖς τῶν πρακτέων ὑποθήκαις ἐπιδιορθούμενον, δογμάτων τε καὶ μαθημάτων αὐτοῖς θεοπρεπῶν τὴν γνῶσιν ἀποκαλύπτον, ὡς μηκέτι συλλογισμοῖς, μηδὲ εἰκασίαις, ἐκλάμψει δὲ αὐτῆς ἀληθείας φωτίζεσθαι τὰς διανοίας αὐτῶν, ὥστε ἤδη θεοφορουμένους τὴν τῶν μέλλοντων ἔσεσθαι ὡς παρόντων ἐπιθεωρεῖν κατάληψιν, καὶ τὰ καθόλου συμβησόμενα τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει θεσπίζειν.
Thea dʼ oun eti eis hoson theophilous aretēs proelthein phasi tous dēloumenous. apodexamenon to theion tēs te allēs tou biou eusebeias kai philosophias tēs te peri auto therapeias tous andras, ēdē kai theioterōn chrēsmōn theophaneiōn te autous kai angelikōn optasiōn ēxiou, ta endeonta tę̄ thnētę̄ physei tais tōn prakteōn hypothēkais epidiorthoumenon, dogmatōn te kai mathēmatōn autois theoprepōn tēn gnōsin apokalypton, hōs mēketi syllogismois, mēde eikasiais, eklampsei de autēs alētheias phōtizesthai tas dianoias autōn, hōste ēdē theophoroumenous tēn tōn mellontōn esesthai hōs parontōn epitheōrein katalēpsin, kai ta katholou symbēsomena tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei thespizein.
See, further, how far in God-loving virtue the men described are said to have advanced. The divine, having accepted these men for the piety and philosophy of their life in general and for their worship of it, thought them worthy also of more divine oracles, theophanies, and angelic visions. It corrected what was lacking in mortal nature by counsels on what to do, and revealed to them the knowledge of doctrines and teachings worthy of God, so that their minds were enlightened no longer by reasonings or guesses but by the shining of truth itself; so that, now inspired by God, they beheld the apprehension of things to come as present and prophesied what would befall the human race as a whole.
7.5.2Dindorf 1:349
τοιαῦτα τῆς Ἑβραίων ἀρετῆς τὰ πολυύμνητα καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς θεοφιλῆ περιέχει λόγια, ἃ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ πατρίων μύθων τε καὶ λήρων προτετιμήκαμεν· οἱ μέν γε περὶ θεῶν τὰ αἰσχρότατα περιεῖχον, οἱ δὲ περὶ θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν τὰς εὐσεβεῖς διδασκαλίας.
toiauta tēs Hebraiōn aretēs ta polyymnēta kai hōs alēthōs theophilē periechei logia, ha tōn Hellēnikōn kai patriōn mythōn te kai lērōn protetimēkamen; hoi men ge peri theōn ta aischrotata perieichon, hoi de peri theophilōn andrōn tas eusebeis didaskalias.
Such are the much-praised and truly God-loving oracles that contain the virtue of the Hebrews, which we have preferred to the myths and nonsense of the Greeks and of our ancestors; for the latter contained the most shameful things about gods, the former the pious teachings of God-loving men.
Preparation 7, chapter 6
7.6.1Dindorf 1:349–350
Ταῦτα δὲ πάλαι πρότερον πρὶν ἢ καὶ Μωσέα καὶ τὸ Ἰουδαίων γένος ὑποστῆναι ἐξ ἔτι μακροῦ αἰῶνος παρὰ τοῖς Ἰουδαίων προπάτορσιν ἐγνωρίζετο. καὶ γὰρ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο διαρθρῶσαι καλὸν, ὡς ὁ Ἰουδαϊσμὸς οὐκ ἦν πω τότε, ἀλλʼ Ἑβραῖοι μὲν οἱ δηλούμενοι ὁμοῦ τῇ προσηγορίᾳ καὶ τὸν τρόπον ὑπῆρχον, Ἰουδαῖοι δὲ οὔτʼ ἦσάν πω οὔτʼ ἐχρημάτιζον.
Tauta de palai proteron prin ē kai Mōsea kai to Ioudaiōn genos hypostēnai ex eti makrou aiōnos para tois Ioudaiōn propatorsin egnōrizeto. kai gar oun kai touto diarthrōsai kalon, hōs ho Ioudaïsmos ouk ēn pō tote, allʼ Hebraioi men hoi dēloumenoi homou tę̄ prosēgorią kai ton tropon hypērchon, Ioudaioi de outʼ ēsan pō outʼ echrēmatizon.
These things were known among the forefathers of the Jews long before, ages before Moses and the Jewish race came into being. For it is good to make this distinction too: that Judaism did not yet exist then, but the men described were Hebrews in name and in way of life, while Jews neither yet existed nor were so called.
7.6.2Dindorf 1:350
Ἑβραίων δὲ καὶ Ἰουδαίων τὸ διάφορον γνοίης ἂν ὧδε· τὴν μὲν προσηγορίαν οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰούδα, ἐξ οὗ τῆς φυλῆς τὸ Ἰουδαίων μακροῖς ὕστερον χρόνοις βασίλειον συνέστη, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἕβερ (προπάτωρ δὲ τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ οὗτος ἦν) ἐπεγράφοντο.
Hebraiōn de kai Ioudaiōn to diaphoron gnoiēs an hōde; tēn men prosēgorian hoi men apo tou Iouda, ex hou tēs phylēs to Ioudaiōn makrois hysteron chronois basileion synestē, hoi de apo tou Heber (propatōr de tou Habraam houtos ēn) epegraphonto.
You may learn the difference between Hebrews and Jews thus: the latter took their name from Judah, from whose tribe the kingdom of the Jews was established long afterward; the former from Eber (he was a forefather of Abraham).
7.6.3Dindorf 1:350
προτερεῖν τε Ἰουδαίων Ἑβραίους διδάσκουσιν οἱ ἱεροὶ λόγοι. τὸν δὲ τῆς εὐσεβείας τρόπον Ἰουδαίοις μὲν πρῶτον ἀπάρξασθαι τῆς νομοθεσίας Μωσέα, σαββάτου τινὸς παραδόντα ἡμέραν, καὶ ταύτης πλείστην ὅσην φυλακὴν εἰς ὑπόμνησιν σχολῆς τῶν ἱερῶν λόγων, βρωτέων τε καὶ οὐ βρωτέων ζῴων διαστολὴν, ἑορτάς τε ἐτησίους, καί τινας σωμάτων καθαρμοὺς, ἄλλης τε μακρᾶς περιόδου κατά τινα σύμβολα θειότερον ἐπιτελουμένης. Ἑβραῖοι δὲ πρεσβύτεροι Μωσέως γενόμενοι τοῖς χρόνοις, πάσης τῆς διὰ Μωσέως νομοθεσίας ἀνεπήκοοι ὄντες, ἐλεύθερον καὶ ἀνειμένον εὐσεβείας κατώρθουν τρόπον, βίῳ μὲν τῷ κατὰ φύσιν κεκοσμημένοι, ὡς μηδὲν νόμων δεῖσθαι τῶν ἀρξόντων αὐτῶν διʼ ἄκραν ψυχῆς ἀπάθειαν, γνῶσιν δὲ ἀληθῆ τῶν περὶ θεοῦ δογμάτων ἀνειληφέναι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τῶνδε τοῦτον εἰρημένων τὸν τρόπον, ὥρα καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐγγράφων ἐλθεῖν.
proterein te Ioudaiōn Hebraious didaskousin hoi hieroi logoi. ton de tēs eusebeias tropon Ioudaiois men prōton aparxasthai tēs nomothesias Mōsea, sabbatou tinos paradonta hēmeran, kai tautēs pleistēn hosēn phylakēn eis hypomnēsin scholēs tōn hierōn logōn, brōteōn te kai ou brōteōn zǭōn diastolēn, heortas te etēsious, kai tinas sōmatōn katharmous, allēs te makras periodou kata tina symbola theioteron epiteloumenēs. Hebraioi de presbyteroi Mōseōs genomenoi tois chronois, pasēs tēs dia Mōseōs nomothesias anepēkooi ontes, eleutheron kai aneimenon eusebeias katōrthoun tropon, biǭ men tǭ kata physin kekosmēmenoi, hōs mēden nomōn deisthai tōn arxontōn autōn diʼ akran psychēs apatheian, gnōsin de alēthē tōn peri theou dogmatōn aneilēphenai. alla gar tōnde touton eirēmenōn ton tropon, hōra kai dia tōn engraphōn elthein.
The sacred writings teach that the Hebrews were earlier than the Jews. And as for the way of piety, Moses first began the legislation for the Jews, handing down a certain day of Sabbath and its strictest observance as a reminder of leisure for the sacred words, a distinction between animals that may and may not be eaten, yearly feasts, certain purifications of the body, and a long course of other rites performed in a more divine sense according to certain symbols. But the Hebrews, being earlier than Moses in time and knowing nothing of the whole legislation given through Moses, practiced a free and unconstrained way of piety, adorned with a life according to nature, so that through the soul's complete freedom from passion they needed no laws to rule them, and having received true knowledge of the doctrines about God. With these things said in this way, it is time to proceed to the written evidence.
Preparation 7, chapter 7
7.7.1Dindorf 1:350–351
Ὁ τοίνυν μέγας θεόλογος Μωσῆς Ἑβραῖος ὢν ἐξ Ἑβραίων, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, εὖ τε τὰ πάτρια ἐξεπιστάμενος, ὡς ἐν προοιμίοις τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων τοὺς τῶν προπατόρων Ἑβραίων βίους μνήμαις ἀνεξαλείπτοις παραδέδωκεν, ὧν τε ἀγαθῶν οὗτοι παρὰ θεοῦ ἠξιοῦντο, καὶ αὖ πάλιν ἄλλων ἀθέων τε καὶ ἀσεβῶν τρόπους τε καὶ τιμωρίας, ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμενος ὑπάρξειν τοῦτο τοῖς μέλλουσι τοὺς αὐτοῦ νόμους παιδεύεσθαι μάθημα εἴς τε ἀποφυγὴν τῆς τῶν φαύλων ὁμοιοτροπίας καὶ εἰς προτροπὴν τοῦ τῶν εὐσεβῶν βίου.
Ho toinyn megas theologos Mōsēs Hebraios ōn ex Hebraiōn, ei kai tis allos, eu te ta patria exepistamenos, hōs en prooimiois tōn hierōn nomōn tous tōn propatorōn Hebraiōn bious mnēmais anexaleiptois paradedōken, hōn te agathōn houtoi para theou ēxiounto, kai au palin allōn atheōn te kai asebōn tropous te kai timōrias, anankaion hēgēsamenos hyparxein touto tois mellousi tous autou nomous paideuesthai mathēma eis te apophygēn tēs tōn phaulōn homoiotropias kai eis protropēn tou tōn eusebōn biou.
Moses, then, the great theologian, a Hebrew of Hebrews if anyone was, and well acquainted with his ancestral traditions, at the beginning of the sacred laws handed down in indelible records the lives of the Hebrew forefathers and the good things of which they were thought worthy by God, and again the ways and punishments of others who were godless and impious. He considered that this lesson would be necessary for those who were to be trained in his laws, for avoiding the ways of the wicked and for encouragement to the life of the pious.
7.7.2Dindorf 1:351
χρῆν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως μὴ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι δὴ φθάσαντες, καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἐγγράφων αὐτοῦ νόμων, πλείους ἤδη τῶν προπατόρων ὀρθοῖς λογισμοῖς θεοσεβείας ἀρετῇ κατεκοσμήθησαν· οἳ καὶ φίλοι θεοῦ καὶ προφῆται χρηματίσαντες αἰωνίας ἔτυχον παρʼ αὐτῷ μνήμης, ὣν μηδὲ ἀλλοτρίους τὸ γένος εἶναι τούτους, οἷς τοὺς νόμους διετάττετο.
chrēn de kai allōs mē agnoein hoti dē phthasantes, kai pro tōn engraphōn autou nomōn, pleious ēdē tōn propatorōn orthois logismois theosebeias aretę̄ katekosmēthēsan; hoi kai philoi theou kai prophētai chrēmatisantes aiōnias etychon parʼ autǭ mnēmēs, hōn mēde allotrious to genos einai toutous, hois tous nomous dietatteto.
And besides, they ought not to be unaware that already, even before his written laws, many of the forefathers had been adorned with the virtue of piety by right reasoning; and they, being called friends of God and prophets, obtained eternal remembrance with him; and those to whom he was giving the laws were not of a different race from them.
7.7.3Dindorf 1:351
διὸ καὶ μᾶλλον χρῆναι αὐτοὺς, ἀπογόνους θεοφιλῶν καὶ δικαίων ἀνδρῶν φύντας, τῆς τῶν προπατόρων εὐσεβείας ζηλωτὰς ἀναδειχθῆναι, σπεῦσαί τε τῶν ἴσων τοῖς γεννήσασι παρὰ θεοῦ τυχεῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀποναρκῆσαι, μηδʼ ἀποκνῆσαι ὡς ἐπʼ ἀδυνάτοις τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδος ἑαυτοὺς ἀπογνόντας·
dio kai mallon chrēnai autous, apogonous theophilōn kai dikaiōn andrōn phyntas, tēs tōn propatorōn eusebeias zēlōtas anadeichthēnai, speusai te tōn isōn tois gennēsasi para theou tychein, alla mē aponarkēsai, mēdʼ apoknēsai hōs epʼ adynatois tēs tōn agathōn elpidos heautous apognontas;
So all the more must they, born descendants of God-loving and righteous men, show themselves zealous for the piety of their forefathers, and hasten to obtain from God the same things as their ancestors, and not grow numb or shrink back, giving up the hope of good things as though they were impossible.
7.7.4Dindorf 1:351
δυνατὰ γὰρ εἶναι καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις αὐτῶν προπάτορσιν ἐντελῶς κατωρθωμένα· ὧν καὶ τὰς εἰκόνας τοῖς τὰ θεῖα παιδευομένοις παρεδίδου, τοὺς βίους καταλέγων τῶν παλαιῶν, καὶ τὴν ἰδιάζουσαν ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἀρετὴν ὥσπερ ἐν εἰκόσι γραφῆς διατυπούμενος.
dynata gar einai kai tois oikeiois autōn propatorsin entelōs katōrthōmena; hōn kai tas eikonas tois ta theia paideuomenois paredidou, tous bious katalegōn tōn palaiōn, kai tēn idiazousan henos hekastou aretēn hōsper en eikosi graphēs diatypoumenos.
For these things were possible, having been fully achieved by their own forefathers. Their images he handed down to those being trained in divine things, recounting the lives of the ancients and portraying the special virtue of each one as in painted images.
Preparation 7, chapter 8
7.8.1Dindorf 1:351–352
Καὶ τούτων δὲ οὐδὲν ἐμποδὼν μὴ οὐχὶ διὰ βραχέων ἐπιδραμεῖν τὴν ἱστορίαν. πρὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, ὥσπερ ἡ αὐτοῦ Μώσεως περιέχει γραφή· δεῖ δέ που, ὡς οἶμαι, μὴ ἄλλοθεν ἢ πάλιν οἴκοθεν τὰ Ἑβραίων πάτρια διασκοπῆσαι, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ Αἰγυπτία παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τὰ Φοινίκων παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἐμανθάνομεν, ὡς αὖ πάλιν τὰ Ἑλλήνων παρὰ τῶν ἐν τούτοις διαφανῶν, τά τε φιλοσόφων παρὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων, ἀλλʼ οὐ παρὰ τῶν ἀπείρων φιλοσοφίας· πόθεν δὲ ἄλλοθεν προσήκοι ἂν καὶ τὰ ἰατρικῆς ἢ παρὰ τῶν ἐπιστημόνων πυνθάνεσθαι; οὕτω δὴ κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων ἐκ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις λογίων, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἄλλοθέν ποθεν ἀποδέχεσθαι)
Kai toutōn de ouden empodōn mē ouchi dia bracheōn epidramein tēn historian. pro men oun tou kataklysmou, hōsper hē autou Mōseōs periechei graphē; dei de pou, hōs oimai, mē allothen ē palin oikothen ta Hebraiōn patria diaskopēsai, epei kai ta Aigyptia parʼ Aigyptiōn kai ta Phoinikōn para tōn oikeiōn emanthanomen, hōs au palin ta Hellēnōn para tōn en toutois diaphanōn, ta te philosophōn para tōn philosophōn, allʼ ou para tōn apeirōn philosophias; pothen de allothen prosēkoi an kai ta iatrikēs ē para tōn epistēmonōn pynthanesthai? houtō dē kata to akolouthon hēgoumai dein kai ta Hebraiōn ek tōn parʼ Hebraiois logiōn, alla mē allothen pothen apodechesthai)
Nothing prevents us from running briefly through their history too. Before the flood, then, as Moses' own writing records (for I think we must examine the ancestral traditions of the Hebrews from no other source than from their own, since we learned the Egyptian ones from Egyptians and the Phoenician from their own people, as again the Greek ones from those eminent among them, and the philosophers' from the philosophers, not from those without experience of philosophy; and from where else would it be fitting to inquire into medicine than from those who know it? So, consistently, I think we must accept the Hebrews' matters too from the oracles among the Hebrews, and not from anywhere else).
7.8.2Dindorf 1:352
ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ παρὰ τούτοις κατέχει λόγος, ἄνωθεν πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ ἐκ πρώτης ἀνθρώπων γενέσεως καὶ εἰς τὰς ἑξῆς διαδοχὰς θεοφιλεῖς τινες ἄνδρες γεγόνασι καὶ δίκαιοι πλείους· ὧν ὁ μὲν ‘ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ.”
hōsper oun ho para toutois katechei logos, anōthen pro tou kataklysmou ek prōtēs anthrōpōn geneseōs kai eis tas hexēs diadochas theophileis tines andres gegonasi kai dikaioi pleious; hōn ho men ‘ēlpisen epikaleisthai to onoma kyriou tou theou.”
As their account holds, then, from the beginning before the flood, from the first birth of humans and in the following generations, there were some God-loving men and a number of righteous ones. Of these one "hoped to call on the name of the Lord God."
7.8.3Dindorf 1:352
τοῦτο δὲ δηλοῖ τὸ μηδένα πλὴν τῶν ἁπάντων τὸν δημιουργὸν δεσπότην ὁμοῦ καὶ θεὸν τῶν ὅλων ἐπιγράψασθαι. πεπεῖσθαι γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐ μόνον ποιητικῇ δυνάμει εὖ καὶ ἐν κόσμῳ τὸ πᾶν διατεθεικέναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεσπότου δίκην, ὡς ἂν μεγάλης πόλεως, τοῦ σύμπαντος κυριεύειν, οἰκονομεῖν τε καὶ οἰκοδεσποτεῖν ὁμοῦ καὶ κύριον ὄντα καὶ βασιλέα καὶ θεόν.
touto de dēloi to mēdena plēn tōn hapantōn ton dēmiourgon despotēn homou kai theon tōn holōn epigrapsasthai. pepeisthai gar auton ou monon poiētikę̄ dynamei eu kai en kosmǭ to pan diatetheikenai, alla kai despotou dikēn, hōs an megalēs poleōs, tou sympantos kyrieuein, oikonomein te kai oikodespotein homou kai kyrion onta kai basilea kai theon.
This shows that he acknowledged no one but the maker of all things as Master and God of the universe. For he was persuaded that God not only arranged the whole well and in order by his creative power, but also, like a master of a great city, is lord of the whole, managing and governing it as its householder, being at once Lord and King and God.
7.8.4Dindorf 1:352
οὗ τὴν ὡς κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ ἔννοιάν τε καὶ προσηγορίαν πρῶτος ὁ δηλούμενος θεοφιλὴς ἐν νῷ βαλλόμενος, ἀντὶ πάσης ὑπάρξεως καὶ προσηγορίας καὶ περιουσίας, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀντὶ παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ “ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦτον ἑαυτῷ θησαυρὸν ἀγαθῶν ψυχῆς τε ὁμοῦ καὶ σώματος πεπορισμένος.
hou tēn hōs kyriou kai theou ennoian te kai prosēgorian prōtos ho dēloumenos theophilēs en nǭ ballomenos, anti pasēs hyparxeōs kai prosēgorias kai periousias, mallon de anti pantos agathou “ēlpisen epikaleisthai to onoma kyriou tou theou, touton heautǭ thēsauron agathōn psychēs te homou kai sōmatos peporismenos.
Taking to heart, first of all, the notion and the name of him as Lord and God, the God-loving man described, in place of all possessions, titles, and wealth, or rather in place of every good, "hoped to call on the name of the Lord God," having provided this for himself as a treasure of goods for soul and body alike.
7.8.5Dindorf 1:352
παρʼ ὃ πρῶτος ἀληθὴς ἄνθρωπος χρηματίσαι παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἀναγέγραπται. κέκληται δʼ οὖν Ἐνὼς, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀληθὴς ἄνθρωπος, εὐθυβόλῳ προσωνυμίᾳ. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλον φασὶν ἀληθῆ προσήκειν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ ὀνομάζειν ἄνθρωπον ἢ τὸν θεοῦ γνώσεως καὶ εὐσεβείας ἐπήβολον, τὸν ἀληθῶς γνωστικὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ εὐσεβῆ.
parʼ ho prōtos alēthēs anthrōpos chrēmatisai parʼ Hebraiois anagegraptai. keklētai dʼ oun Enōs, hoper estin alēthēs anthrōpos, euthybolǭ prosōnymią. oude gar allon phasin alēthē prosēkein hēgeisthai kai onomazein anthrōpon ē ton theou gnōseōs kai eusebeias epēbolon, ton alēthōs gnōstikon homou kai eusebē.
For this reason he is recorded among the Hebrews as the first to be called a true man. He was named Enosh, which means "true man," an apt name. For they say that no other ought to be considered and named a true man than one who has attained the knowledge of God and piety, one who is truly a knower and pious at once.
7.8.6Dindorf 1:352–353
ὅτι δὴ τοὺς μὴ τοιούτους, θρεμμάτων κατʼ οὐδὲν ἀλόγων διαφέροντας, οἷα ἐπὶ γαστέρα καὶ ἡδονὴν πρηνεῖς καταβεβλημένους, θῆρας μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώπους ἡ Ἑβραίων ἀποκαλεῖν διδάσκει γραφὴ, κυριολεκτεῖν εἰθισμένη τὰς προσηγορίας.
hoti dē tous mē toioutous, thremmatōn katʼ ouden alogōn diapherontas, hoia epi gastera kai hēdonēn prēneis katabeblēmenous, thēras mallon ē anthrōpous hē Hebraiōn apokalein didaskei graphē, kyriolektein eithismenē tas prosēgorias.
For the Scripture of the Hebrews teaches us to call those who are not such, who differ in no way from irrational beasts, cast down prone on belly and pleasure, wild beasts rather than men, since it is accustomed to use names in their proper sense.
7.8.7Dindorf 1:353
παρʼ ὃ τοὺς τοιούσδε τοτὲ μὲν λύκους καὶ κύνας, τοτὲ δὲ σύας φορυτῷ χρωμένους καὶ χαίροντας, καὶ πάλιν ἑρπετὰ καὶ ὄφεις, τοῖς τῆς κακίας πολυτρόποις ἐμφερῶς εἴδεσι, προσαγορεύειν εἴωθεν.
parʼ ho tous toiousde tote men lykous kai kynas, tote de syas phorytǭ chrōmenous kai chairontas, kai palin herpeta kai opheis, tois tēs kakias polytropois empherōs eidesi, prosagoreuein eiōthen.
That is why it is accustomed to call such people sometimes wolves and dogs, sometimes swine wallowing in and delighting in filth, and again reptiles and snakes, according to the many forms of wickedness.
7.8.8Dindorf 1:353
εἰ δὲ καί ποτε τὸν κοινὸν καὶ πολὺν ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὸ γένος αὐτὸ χρεὼν διασημῆναι, πάλιν οἰκείᾳ καὶ προσφυεῖ χρωμένη προσηγορίᾳ τὸν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τῇ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἐπωνυμίᾳ σημαίνει, ὅτι δὴ τοῦτο τῷ προγόνῳ καὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων προπάτορι κύριον εἶναι καὶ προσφυὲς ὄνομα, τὸν γηγενῆ δηλοῦν κατὰ τὴν εἰς Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν μετάληψιν, ὑποφαίνει.
ei de kai pote ton koinon kai polyn anthrōpon kai to genos auto chreōn diasēmēnai, palin oikeią kai prosphyei chrōmenē prosēgorią ton panta anthrōpon tę̄ tou Adam epōnymią sēmainei, hoti dē touto tǭ progonǭ kai pantōn anthrōpōn propatori kyrion einai kai prosphyes onoma, ton gēgenē dēloun kata tēn eis Hellada phōnēn metalēpsin, hypophainei.
And if ever it must indicate the common and ordinary man and the race itself, it again uses an appropriate and fitting name and signifies every man by the name of Adam, intimating that this is the proper and fitting name for the ancestor and forefather of all people, meaning "earth-born" when translated into the Greek language.
7.8.9Dindorf 1:353
ὅ γέ τοι Ἐνὼς πρῶτος θεοφιλῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἱστόρηται, ἐπεὶ πρῶτος ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ κατὰ ψυχὴν παριστὰς λογικὸν ὄντως καὶ γνωστικὸν καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον εὐσεβείας ἐπιστημονικόν· ὧν τὸ μὲν πρῶτον θεογνωσίας ἀληθοῦς, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον τῆς εἰς τὸν ἐπιγνωσθέντα θεὸν ἐλπίδος γένοιτʼ ἂν ἀποδεικτικόν.
ho ge toi Enōs prōtos theophilōn parʼ Hebraiois historētai, epei prōtos ēlpisen epikaleisthai to onoma kyriou tou theou, to kata psychēn paristas logikon ontōs kai gnōstikon kai tēs peri to theion eusebeias epistēmonikon; hōn to men prōton theognōsias alēthous, to de deuteron tēs eis ton epignōsthenta theon elpidos genoitʼ an apodeiktikon.
Enosh, at any rate, is recorded among the Hebrews as the first of the God-loving, since he first hoped to call on the name of the Lord God, showing what in the soul is truly rational and knowing and skilled in piety toward the divine. Of these, the first would show true knowledge of God, the second hope in the God who has been come to know.
7.8.10Dindorf 1:353
τὸ γὰρ μὴ παραμελεῖν μηδʼ ἐν δευτέρῳ τίθεσθαι τὰ τῆς θείας ἐπιγνώσεως, ἀεὶ δὲ καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἐλπίζειν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ μὲν ὡς οἰκετῶν δεσπότου, τὸ δʼ ὡς ἵλεω καὶ ἀγαθοῦ πατρὸς, τοῦτʼ ἂν εἴη τὸ πάντων τρισμακάριον τέλος.
to gar mē paramelein mēdʼ en deuterǭ tithesthai ta tēs theias epignōseōs, aei de kai dia pantos elpizein epikaleisthai to onoma kyriou tou theou, to men hōs oiketōn despotou, to dʼ hōs hileō kai agathou patros, toutʼ an eiē to pantōn trismakarion telos.
For not to neglect nor to put in second place the matters of divine knowledge, but always and continually to hope to call on the name of the Lord God, on the one hand as servants on a master, on the other as on a gracious and good father, this would be the thrice-blessed end of all.
7.8.11Dindorf 1:353
τοιόσδε μὲν οὖν ὁ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις εἰσῆκται πρῶτος καὶ ἀληθὴς ἄνθρωπος, οὐχ ὁ γηγενὴς ἐπίκλην Ἀδὰμ διʼ ἐντολῆς θεοῦ παράβασιν τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἐκπεσὼν λήξεως, ἀλλʼ ὁ θεοφιλῶν πρώτιστος, ὃς ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ.
toiosde men oun ho parʼ Hebraiois eisēktai prōtos kai alēthēs anthrōpos, ouch ho gēgenēs epiklēn Adam diʼ entolēs theou parabasin tēs tōn kreittonōn ekpesōn lēxeōs, allʼ ho theophilōn prōtistos, hos ēlpisen epikaleisthai to onoma kyriou tou theou.
Such, then, is the one presented among the Hebrews as the first and true man: not the earth-born, called Adam, who fell from his better lot through transgression of God's command, but the very first of the God-loving, who hoped to call on the name of the Lord God.
7.8.12Dindorf 1:353–354
κρίναντες οὑν καὶ αὐτοὶ λογισμῷ σώφρονι τὸ τοιόνδε ζηλοῦν ἠγαπήσαμεν, καὶ ἀπεδεξάμεθα ὡς λυσιτελῆ καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτην ἡμῖν τὴν τοῦ λόγου διήγησιν, εὐχὴν θέμενοι κατʼ ἴσα τῇ τοῦ δηλωθέντος εἰκόνι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων δημιουργοῦ τε καὶ δεσπότου μετὰ βεβαίας καὶ ἀγαθῆς ἐλπίδος ἐπικαλεῖσθαι.
krinantes houn kai autoi logismǭ sōphroni to toionde zēloun ēgapēsamen, kai apedexametha hōs lysitelē kai ōphelimōtatēn hēmin tēn tou logou diēgēsin, euchēn themenoi katʼ isa tę̄ tou dēlōthentos eikoni to onoma tou tōn hapantōn dēmiourgou te kai despotou meta bebaias kai agathēs elpidos epikaleisthai.
Having judged with sober reasoning, then, we too have loved to imitate such a man, and have accepted the account of the word as profitable and most beneficial to us, making it our prayer, after the image of the one described, to call with firm and good hope on the name of the maker and master of all.
7.8.13Dindorf 1:354
ἀλλὰ γὰρ μετὰ τὸν εἰρημένον ἄλλος εὐηρέστησε τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκετο, ὥς φησι Μωσῆς, διότι μετέθηκεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς διʼ ἄκραν ἀρετῆς τελείωσιν. δυσεύρετος γὰρ ὅ γε σοφὸς ἀληθῶς.
alla gar meta ton eirēmenon allos euērestēse tǭ kyriǭ, kai ouch heurisketo, hōs phēsi Mōsēs, dioti metethēken auton ho theos diʼ akran aretēs teleiōsin. dyseuretos gar ho ge sophos alēthōs.
But after him another "pleased the Lord, and was not found," as Moses says, "because God translated him," on account of his consummate perfection in virtue. For the truly wise man is hard to find.
7.8.14Dindorf 1:354
οὗτος δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ ἐν τῷ θεῷ τέλειος, ὁ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν διατριβῆς μετατεθειμένος. ὁ γὰρ μὴ τοιοῦτος ἀγορὰς καὶ δικαστήρια καπηλείας τε καὶ ἐμπορίας καὶ τὸν πολὺν ὄχλον μεταδιώκων, ὠθούμενός τε καὶ ὠθῶν, μέσος ἐν αὐτῷ κακίας βυθῷ καταπίνεται· ὁ δʼ ὑπὸ θεοῦ ληφθεὶς καὶ τῶν τῇδε ἐκεῖσε μετατεθειμένος ἀφανὴς μὲν καὶ ἀνεύρετος ἀνθρώποις, θεῷ δὲ φίλος γεγονὼς, ὑπὸ θεοῦ εὕρηται.
houtos dʼ an eiē ho en tǭ theǭ teleios, ho tēs tōn pollōn diatribēs metatetheimenos. ho gar mē toioutos agoras kai dikastēria kapēleias te kai emporias kai ton polyn ochlon metadiōkōn, ōthoumenos te kai ōthōn, mesos en autǭ kakias bythǭ katapinetai; ho dʼ hypo theou lēphtheis kai tōn tę̄de ekeise metatetheimenos aphanēs men kai aneuretos anthrōpois, theǭ de philos gegonōs, hypo theou heurētai.
This would be the man perfect in God, who has been translated from the haunts of the many. For one who is not such, pursuing marketplaces and law courts, retail trade and commerce and the great crowd, pushed and pushing, is swallowed up in the midst of the depth of vice; but one who has been taken by God and translated from things here to there, though hidden and not to be found by men, having become a friend of God, has been found by God.
7.8.15Dindorf 1:354
τοῦτον Ἐνὼχ Ἑβραίοις ὀνομάζειν φίλον· χάριν δὲ θεοῦ σημαίνοι ἂν τοὔνομα. καὶ ταύτης τοιγαροῦν ὡς ἀγαθῆς εἰκόνος τὸν βίον ζηλοῦν μακάριον εἶναι ἡγησάμεθα.
touton Enōch Hebraiois onomazein philon; charin de theou sēmainoi an tounoma. kai tautēs toigaroun hōs agathēs eikonos ton bion zēloun makarion einai hēgēsametha.
The Hebrews like to name this man Enoch, and the name would mean "the grace of God." So we have thought it blessed to imitate his life too, as a good image.
7.8.16Dindorf 1:354–355
τρίτος μετὰ τούτους πάλιν ἄλλος ἄνθρωπος δίκαιος πεφηνὼς ὁ Νῶε ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ αὐτοῦ μεμαρτύρηται. τεκμήρια δὲ καὶ τῆς τούτου δικαιοσύνης εἴη ἂν τάδε. πολὺς αὐχμὸς καὶ γνόφος ἀλέκτου κακίας τὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων κατειλήφει γένος, οἵ τε πάντων ἀνὰ στόμα θρυλούμενοι γίγαντες τὰς εἰς δεῦρο βοωμένας θεομαχίας ἀθέοις καὶ δυσσεβέσιν ἐγχειρήμασιν ἀπειργάζοντο· ἤδη δὲ καὶ οἱ τῆς τούτων γενέσεως αἴτιοι, εἴτε τινὸς κρείττονος μοίρας ἢ κατὰ θνητῶν φύσιν ὑπάρξαντες, εἴθʼ ὁπωσοῦν κατεσκευασμένοι, τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις περιέργου διδασκαλίας ἀπάρξαντες, γοητείας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης κακοτρόπου μαγγανείας ἐπιτεχνήματα λέγονται παραδοῦναι τῷ βίῳ, ὥστε πᾶν τὸ ἀνθρώπειον γένος μιᾶς ὑπὸ ψῆφον γενέσθαι παρὰ θεῷ δίκης.
tritos meta toutous palin allos anthrōpos dikaios pephēnōs ho Nōe en tę̄ geneą autou memartyrētai. tekmēria de kai tēs toutou dikaiosynēs eiē an tade. polys auchmos kai gnophos alektou kakias to pantōn anthrōpōn kateilēphei genos, hoi te pantōn ana stoma thryloumenoi gigantes tas eis deuro boōmenas theomachias atheois kai dyssebesin encheirēmasin apeirgazonto; ēdē de kai hoi tēs toutōn geneseōs aitioi, eite tinos kreittonos moiras ē kata thnētōn physin hyparxantes, eithʼ hopōsoun kateskeuasmenoi, tēs en anthrōpois periergou didaskalias aparxantes, goēteias kai tēs allēs kakotropou manganeias epitechnēmata legontai paradounai tǭ biǭ, hōste pan to anthrōpeion genos mias hypo psēphon genesthai para theǭ dikēs.
Third after these, another righteous man appeared, Noah, who is attested as "righteous in his generation." The proofs of his righteousness would be these. A great drought and darkness of unspeakable wickedness had seized the whole human race; and the giants, spoken of by everyone, were carrying out by godless and impious undertakings the battles against God celebrated to this day. Already, too, those who were the cause of their birth, whether they were of some higher lot or of mortal nature, or however they were constituted, having begun the superfluous teaching among humans, are said to have handed down to life the devices of sorcery and other mischievous magic, so that the whole human race came under one sentence of judgment before God.
7.8.17Dindorf 1:355
καὶ δὴ πάντων ἑνὶ νεύματι διαφθείρεσθαι μελλόντων, μόνος εἷς οὗτος ὁ νῦν ἡμῖν δηλούμενος δίκαιος ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ αὐτοῦ σὺν καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις εὕρηται. πάντων δῆτα τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς κατακλυσμῷ διολλυμένων καὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτῆς ὑδάτων ἀθρόᾳ πλημμύρᾳ τῶν προτέρων κακῶν ἀποκαθαιρομένης ὁ θεοφιλὴς σὺν παισὶν ἅμα καὶ γυναιξὶ τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα βίῳ ζώπυρον σπέρμα παραδοξότατον πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τετήρηται.
kai dē pantōn heni neumati diaphtheiresthai mellontōn, monos heis houtos ho nyn hēmin dēloumenos dikaios en tę̄ geneą autou syn kai tois oikeiois heurētai. pantōn dēta tōn epi gēs kataklysmǭ diollymenōn kai tēs gēs autēs hydatōn athroą plēmmyrą tōn proterōn kakōn apokathairomenēs ho theophilēs syn paisin hama kai gynaixi tǭ meta tauta biǭ zōpyron sperma paradoxotaton pros tou theou tetērētai.
And when all were about to be destroyed by a single nod, this one man now described was found alone righteous in his generation, together with his household. As all things on earth perished in the flood, and the earth itself was purged of its former evils by a sudden inundation of waters, the God-loving man, with his sons and their wives, was preserved by God in a most extraordinary way as a living seed for the life that followed.
7.8.18Dindorf 1:355
γένοιτο δʼ ἂν καὶ οὗτος ἀρχέτυπος εἰκὼν, ζῶσα καὶ ἔμψυχος, τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένοις ὑπόδειγμα τρόπου θεοφιλοῦς παρεσχημένος.
genoito dʼ an kai houtos archetypos eikōn, zōsa kai empsychos, tois ex autou gegenēmenois hypodeigma tropou theophilous pareschēmenos.
He too would be an archetypal image, living and animate, having provided for those born from him an example of a God-loving way of life.
7.8.19Dindorf 1:355
Καὶ οἱ μὲν πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ τοιοίδε· οἱ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτον ἐπʼ εὐσεβείᾳ διαπρεπεῖς ἄλλοι πάλιν, ὧν τὴν μνήμην τὰ ἱερὰ διασώζει λόγια. τούτων τις ἱερεὺς ἀνείρηται τοῦ ὑψίστου θεοῦ, βασιλεὺς δίκαιος τῇ Ἑβραίων προσηγορίᾳ χρηματίσας.
Kai hoi men pro tou kataklysmou toioide; hoi de meta touton epʼ eusebeią diaprepeis alloi palin, hōn tēn mnēmēn ta hiera diasōzei logia. toutōn tis hiereus aneirētai tou hypsistou theou, basileus dikaios tę̄ Hebraiōn prosēgorią chrēmatisas.
Such were those before the flood. And after it there were others again distinguished for piety, whose memory the sacred oracles preserve. One of them is proclaimed a priest of the most high God, called in the Hebrew language "king of righteousness."
7.8.20Dindorf 1:355
τούτοις δὴ πᾶσιν οὐδὲ εἷς σώματος περιτομῆς λόγος ἦν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῶν Μώσεως Ἰουδαϊκῶν παραγγελμάτων· διόπερ αὐτοὺς οὐδὲ Ἰουδαίους φάναι δίκαιον, οὐδέ γε Ἕλληνας, ὅτι μηδὲ πλείους θεοὺς ὁμοίως Ἕλλησιν ἢ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν ἡγοῦντο. Ἑβραῖοι δʼ ἂν κυριώτερον ἐπικληθεῖεν, ἤτοι παρὰ τὸν Ἕβερ, ἢ καὶ μᾶλλον παρὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν τῆς προσηγορίας.
toutois dē pasin oude heis sōmatos peritomēs logos ēn, allʼ oude tōn Mōseōs Ioudaïkōn parangelmatōn; dioper autous oude Ioudaious phanai dikaion, oude ge Hellēnas, hoti mēde pleious theous homoiōs Hellēsin ē tois loipois ethnesin hēgounto. Hebraioi dʼ an kyriōteron epiklētheien, ētoi para ton Heber, ē kai mallon para tēn hermēneian tēs prosēgorias.
None of all these had any account of bodily circumcision, nor of the Jewish precepts of Moses; so it is not right to call them Jews, nor indeed Greeks, since they did not believe in many gods like the Greeks or the other nations. They would more properly be called Hebrews, either from Eber or rather from the meaning of the name.
7.8.21Dindorf 1:355
περατικοὶ γάρ τινες ἑρμηνεύονται, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν τῇδε ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ διάβασίν τε καὶ θεωρίαν στειλάμενοι. φυσικοῖς γάρ τοι λογισμοῖς καὶ νόμοις ἀγράφοις τὴν ὀρθὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς διευθύναντες πορείαν, καὶ πέραν τῶν σαρκὸς ἡδονῶν ἐπὶ τὸν πάνσοφον καὶ θεοσεβῆ βίον διαβεβηκότες ἀναγράφονται.
peratikoi gar tines hermēneuontai, tēn apo tōn tę̄de epi tēn tou tōn holōn theou diabasin te kai theōrian steilamenoi. physikois gar toi logismois kai nomois agraphois tēn orthēn tēs aretēs dieuthynantes poreian, kai peran tōn sarkos hēdonōn epi ton pansophon kai theosebē bion diabebēkotes anagraphontai.
For they are interpreted as "people who pass over," having set out on the passage from things here to the contemplation of the God of the universe. For they are recorded as having directed the right course of virtue by natural reasonings and unwritten laws, and as having passed over beyond the pleasures of the flesh to the all-wise and God-fearing life.
7.8.22Dindorf 1:355–356
ἐν δὴ τούτοις ἡμῖν ἅπασι καὶ ὁ βοώμενος τοῦ παντὸς ἔθνους γενάρχης Ἁβραὰμ καταριθμείσθω, ᾧ μαρτυρεῖ τὰ λόγια δικαιοσύνην, οὐ τὴν ἐκ νόμου πάλιν Μωσέως, ὅτι μηδὲ ἦν πω τότε, (μετὰ γοῦν τὸν Ἁβραὰμ ἑβδόμῃ γενεᾷ Μωσῆς ἀναπέφηνε) πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐσεβὴς, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, ἀνείρηται, τοῖς ἄνωθεν δεδηλωμένοις παραπλησίως.
en dē toutois hēmin hapasi kai ho boōmenos tou pantos ethnous genarchēs Habraam katarithmeisthō, hǭ martyrei ta logia dikaiosynēn, ou tēn ek nomou palin Mōseōs, hoti mēde ēn pō tote, (meta goun ton Habraam hebdomę̄ geneą Mōsēs anapephēne) plēn alla kai houtos dikaios kai eusebēs, ei kai tis allos, aneirētai, tois anōthen dedēlōmenois paraplēsiōs.
Among all these let us count also the famous founder of the whole nation, Abraham, to whom the oracles bear witness of righteousness, not again the righteousness from the law of Moses, since that did not yet exist (Moses appeared in the seventh generation after Abraham); but he too is proclaimed righteous and pious, if anyone was, like those described above.
7.8.23Dindorf 1:356
λέγει δʼ οὖν ἡ γραφὴ “καὶ ἐπίστευσεν Ἁβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην.” πατέρα δὴ πολλῶν ἐθνῶν ὁ θεῖος χρησμὸς τοῦτον ἔσεσθαι προαγορεύει, διαρρήδην τε εὐλογηθήσεσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ φησι πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς καὶ πάσας τὰς φυλὰς, ἄντικρυς τὰ νῦν καθʼ ἡμὰς συντελούμενα θεσπίζων.
legei dʼ oun hē graphē “kai episteusen Habraam tǭ theǭ, kai elogisthē autǭ eis dikaiosynēn.” patera dē pollōn ethnōn ho theios chrēsmos touton esesthai proagoreuei, diarrēdēn te eulogēthēsesthai en autǭ phēsi panta ta ethnē tēs gēs kai pasas tas phylas, antikrys ta nyn kathʼ hēmas synteloumena thespizōn.
Scripture says, then: "And Abraham believed God, and it was reckoned to him as righteousness." The divine oracle foretells that he will be the father of many nations, and says expressly that in him all the nations of the earth and all the tribes will be blessed, plainly prophesying what is now being fulfilled in our time.
7.8.24Dindorf 1:356
ἀλλʼ ὅ γε Ἁβραὰμ ἐκεῖνος μετὰ τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ τελείωσιν, οὐ διὰ τοῦ Μωσέως νόμου, διὰ δὲ πίστεως κατωρθωμένης αὐτῷ, μετά γε τὰς ἀναγράπτους θεοφανείας, ἐπʼ αὐτῷ γήρᾳ μέλλων γνησίου παιδὸς χρηματίζειν πατὴρ, πρῶτος ἀπάντων κατὰ χρησμὸν τὸ σῶμα περιτέμνεται, τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεννωμένοις ἐπιτελεῖν παραδοὺς, εἴτε εἰς ἐμφανῆ σημείωσιν τῆς τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ παίδων πολυπληθίας, εἴτε καὶ ὡς ἔχοιεν οἱ παῖδες πάτριον γνώρισμα, ἤτοι βιοῦντες κατὰ τὸν τῶν προγόνων ζῆλον, ἢ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀρετῆς ἀπολειπόμενοι, εἴτε καθʼ ἑτέρας οἱασδηποτοῦν αἰτίας, ἃς οὐ νῦν σχολὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν.
allʼ ho ge Habraam ekeinos meta tēn en dikaiosynę̄ teleiōsin, ou dia tou Mōseōs nomou, dia de pisteōs katōrthōmenēs autǭ, meta ge tas anagraptous theophaneias, epʼ autǭ gērą mellōn gnēsiou paidos chrēmatizein patēr, prōtos apantōn kata chrēsmon to sōma peritemnetai, touto kai tois ex autou gennōmenois epitelein paradous, eite eis emphanē sēmeiōsin tēs tōn ex autou paidōn polyplēthias, eite kai hōs echoien hoi paides patrion gnōrisma, ētoi biountes kata ton tōn progonōn zēlon, ē tēs ekeinōn aretēs apoleipomenoi, eite kathʼ heteras hoiasdēpotoun aitias, has ou nyn scholē polypragmonein.
But that Abraham, after his perfection in righteousness, achieved not through the law of Moses but through faith, and after the recorded theophanies, when he was about in his old age to become the father of a legitimate son, was the first of all to be circumcised in body according to an oracle, handing this down to be performed also by those born of him; whether as a visible sign of the great number of his children, or so that the children might have an ancestral mark, whether they lived in imitation of their forefathers or fell short of their virtue, or for whatever other reasons, which there is no leisure now to inquire into.
7.8.25Dindorf 1:356–357
τοιόσδε μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτος εἰς μίμησιν ἐκκείμενος. μετὰ δʼ αὐτὸν Ἰσαὰκ τῆς πατρῴας ὁμοῦ θεογνωσίας τε καὶ θεοφιλίας διάδοχος ἀναδείκνυται, κλήρων ἁπάντων τοῦτον κάλλιστόν τε καὶ τρισμακάριον τοῦ πατρὸς διαδεδεγμένος. μιᾷ τοῦτον γαμετῇ τὰ θεῖά φασι συνελθόντα λόγια μιᾷ χρήσασθαι παιδοποιίᾳ· καθʼ ἣν διδύμου γονῆς ἀποδειχθεὶς πατὴρ εἰς τοῦτο περιγράψασθαι τὴν πρὸς τὴν γαμετὴν ὁμιλίαν ὑπερβολῇ σωφροσύνης λέγεται.
toiosde men oun kai houtos eis mimēsin ekkeimenos. meta dʼ auton Isaak tēs patrǭas homou theognōsias te kai theophilias diadochos anadeiknytai, klērōn hapantōn touton kalliston te kai trismakarion tou patros diadedegmenos. mią touton gametę̄ ta theia phasi synelthonta logia mią chrēsasthai paidopoiią; kathʼ hēn didymou gonēs apodeichtheis patēr eis touto perigrapsasthai tēn pros tēn gametēn homilian hyperbolę̄ sōphrosynēs legetai.
Such, then, is he too, set forth for imitation. After him Isaac is shown to be the successor of his father's knowledge and love of God, having received this as the finest and thrice-blessed of all his father's inheritances. The divine oracles say that he was united to one wife and had one occasion of begetting children; and having become father of twins by it, he is said to have limited his intercourse with his wife to this, from exceeding self-control.
7.8.26Dindorf 1:357
ἐνταῦθά σοι καὶ Ἰακὼβ, ὁ καὶ Ἰσραὴλ, εἰσήχθω, διώνυμός τις γεγονὼς ἀνὴρ παρὰ τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἀρετῶν διαλλάττουσαν προκοπήν. ὅτε μὲν οὑν ἐγγυμναζόμενος τοῖς πρακτικοῖς ἤθεσί τε καὶ βίοις τῶν ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας πόνων ἀπεπειρᾶτο, Ἰακὼβ αὐτῷ ὄνομα ἦν, ἀσκητὴν δὲ καὶ ἀθλητὴν ἡ προσηγορία δηλοῖ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μεταληφθεῖσα φωνήν·
entautha soi kai Iakōb, ho kai Israēl, eisēchthō, diōnymos tis gegonōs anēr para tēn tōn oikeiōn aretōn diallattousan prokopēn. hote men houn engymnazomenos tois praktikois ēthesi te kai biois tōn hyper eusebeias ponōn apepeirato, Iakōb autǭ onoma ēn, askētēn de kai athlētēn hē prosēgoria dēloi epi tēn Hellada metalēphtheisa phōnēn;
Here let Jacob, also called Israel, be brought in for you, a man who came to have two names according to the different progress in his virtues. When he was being trained in practical habits and ways of life and was undergoing the labors for piety, his name was Jacob, which, translated into the Greek language, means "one who practices discipline" and "athlete";
7.8.27Dindorf 1:357
ὅτε δὲ λοιπὸν τὰ νικητήρια κατὰ τῶν ἀντιπάλων ἀπολαβὼν στέφεται, ἤδη τε τῶν κατὰ θεωρίαν ἀγαθῶν ἀπολαύει, τηνικαῦτα αὐτῷ καὶ τοὔνομα μεταβάλλει ὁ χρηματίζων θεὸς, ὁμοῦ καὶ θεοπτίας αὐτὸν ἀξιῶν, καὶ τῶν θειοτέρων γερῶν τε καὶ τιμῶν τὰς ἀμοιβὰς διὰ τῆς προσηγορίας δωρούμενος.
hote de loipon ta nikētēria kata tōn antipalōn apolabōn stephetai, ēdē te tōn kata theōrian agathōn apolauei, tēnikauta autǭ kai tounoma metaballei ho chrēmatizōn theos, homou kai theoptias auton axiōn, kai tōn theioterōn gerōn te kai timōn tas amoibas dia tēs prosēgorias dōroumenos.
But when at last he has won the prizes of victory over his adversaries and is crowned, and already enjoys the goods of contemplation, then the God who speaks to him changes his name too, thinking him worthy also of the vision of God, and bestowing through the name the rewards of more divine prizes and honors.
7.8.28Dindorf 1:357
λέγει δʼ οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ χρησμὸς “οὐκέτι κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἰακὼβ, ἀλλʼ Ἰσραὴλ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι ἐνίσχυσας μετὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων δυνατός, ” τὸν ὁρατικὸν ἄνδρα καὶ θεωρητικὸν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ὑποφαίνοντος· ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὔνομα μεταβληθὲν σημαίνει ἄνθρωπον ὁρῶντα θεόν.
legei dʼ oun pros auton ho chrēsmos “ouketi klēthēsetai to onoma sou Iakōb, allʼ Israēl estai to onoma sou, hoti enischysas meta tou theou, kai meta anthrōpōn dynatos, ” ton horatikon andra kai theōrētikon tou Israēl hypophainontos; epei kai tounoma metablēthen sēmainei anthrōpon horōnta theon.
The oracle, then, says to him, "Your name shall no longer be called Jacob, but Israel shall be your name, because you have prevailed with God and are mighty with men," the name Israel indicating the man of vision and contemplation; for the changed name means "a man who sees God."
7.8.29Dindorf 1:357
τοιόσδε μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτος ἐξ οὗ τὸ δωδεκάφυλον τοῦ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους ὑπέστη γένος. μυρία δʼ ἂν λεχθείη περὶ τοῦ βίου τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῆς φιλοσόφου καρτερίας τε αὐτῶν καὶ ἀσκήσεως, τὰ μὲν πρὸς λέξιν θεωρούμενα, τὰ δὲ καὶ διʼ ὑπονοιῶν ἀλληγορούμενα· ’ περὶ ὧν εἴρηται μὲν καὶ ἄλλοις, ἀτὰρ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐν οἷς ἐπραγματευσάμεθα περὶ τῆς τῶν παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν πολυπαιδίας. τοιοίδε μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτοι.
toiosde men oun kai houtos ex hou to dōdekaphylon tou Ioudaiōn ethnous hypestē genos. myria dʼ an lechtheiē peri tou biou tōn andrōn kai tēs philosophou karterias te autōn kai askēseōs, ta men pros lexin theōroumena, ta de kai diʼ hyponoiōn allēgoroumena; ’ peri hōn eirētai men kai allois, atar kai hēmin en hois epragmateusametha peri tēs tōn palaiōn andrōn polypaidias. toioide men oun kai houtoi.
Such, then, was he too, from whom the twelve-tribed race of the Jewish nation came into being. Countless things could be said about the life of these men and their philosophical endurance and discipline, some to be considered literally, others interpreted allegorically by their hidden sense. These have been discussed by others, and by us too in our work on the many children of the ancient men. Such, then, were these too.
7.8.30Dindorf 1:357–358
Ἔχω σοι παρʼ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἄλλον εἰπεῖν, Ἰὼβ ὄνομα τῷ ἀνδρὶ, ὃν τὰ ἱερὰ μαρτυρεῖ λόγια γεγονέναι ἄνθρωπον ἄμεμπτον, ἀληθινὸν, δίκαιον, θεοσεβῆ, ἀπεχόμενον ἀπὸ παντὸς πονηροῦ πράγματος· οὗτός γέ τοι οὐδὲν προσήκων τῷ Ἰουδαίων γένει ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τῆς εὐσεβείας κατορθώμασι μεμαρτύρηται.
Echō soi parʼ autous kai allon eipein, Iōb onoma tǭ andri, hon ta hiera martyrei logia gegonenai anthrōpon amempton, alēthinon, dikaion, theosebē, apechomenon apo pantos ponērou pragmatos; houtos ge toi ouden prosēkōn tǭ Ioudaiōn genei epi pasi tois tēs eusebeias katorthōmasi memartyrētai.
Besides them I can mention another to you, a man named Job, whom the sacred oracles testify was "a blameless, true, righteous, God-fearing man, keeping away from every evil thing"; he, though in no way belonging to the Jewish race, is attested for all the achievements of piety.
7.8.31Dindorf 1:358
οἵ γε μὴν τοῦ Ἰακὼβ παῖδες, τὴν πάτριον θεογνωσίαν τε καὶ θεοσέβειαν ἠγαπηκότες, τὴν τῶν ἀνέκαθεν Ἑβραίων φήμην ἐπὶ μέγα δόξης προῆγον, ὥστε ἤδη καὶ πάσης Αἰγύπτου τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνάψασθαι.
hoi ge mēn tou Iakōb paides, tēn patrion theognōsian te kai theosebeian ēgapēkotes, tēn tōn anekathen Hebraiōn phēmēn epi mega doxēs proēgon, hōste ēdē kai pasēs Aigyptou tēn archēn anapsasthai.
Jacob's sons, loving their fathers' knowledge and worship of God, advanced the fame of the Hebrews of old to great glory, so that they even came to hold the rule of all Egypt.
7.8.32Dindorf 1:358
ὁ γάρ τοι Ἰωσὴφ τοῖς σωφροσύνης προαναστεφθεὶς βραβείοις, κἄπειτα τὴν Αἰγυπτίων ὑποδεξάμενος ἡγεμονίαν, τὸν θεοφιλῆ τῶν Ἑβραίων διέδειξε τρόπον, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸν ζηλοῦν διʼ εὐχῆς πεποιήμεθα, δοῦλον αὐτὸν ἐξ οἰκείων ἐπιβουλῆς γεγενημένον καὶ δοῦλον Αἰγυπτίου ἀνδρός.
ho gar toi Iōsēph tois sōphrosynēs proanastephtheis brabeiois, kapeita tēn Aigyptiōn hypodexamenos hēgemonian, ton theophilē tōn Hebraiōn diedeixe tropon, hon kai auton zēloun diʼ euchēs pepoiēmetha, doulon auton ex oikeiōn epiboulēs gegenēmenon kai doulon Aigyptiou andros.
For Joseph, first crowned with the prizes of self-control and then receiving the government of the Egyptians, displayed the God-loving way of the Hebrews, which we too have made it our prayer to imitate; he became a slave through the plot of his own family, and the slave of an Egyptian man.
7.8.33Dindorf 1:358
τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα ὅσα εἰς ὡραιότητα καὶ ῥώμην σώματος αὐτῷ καὶ εὐμορφίαν ηὐτύχητο παρίημι, εἰ καὶ τὰ λόγια κάλλους αὐτὸν ὥρᾳ πάντων διενεγκεῖν ἀναγράφει· τὰ δὲ περὶ ψυχῆς πῶς ἄν τις ἀναγράψειε, κατʼ ἀξίαν τῆς τἀνδρὸς ἀρετῆς τὸν ἔπαινον διελθεῖν προῃρημένος;
ta men gar alla hosa eis hōraiotēta kai rhōmēn sōmatos autǭ kai eumorphian ēutychēto pariēmi, ei kai ta logia kallous auton hōrą pantōn dienenkein anagraphei; ta de peri psychēs pōs an tis anagrapseie, katʼ axian tēs tandros aretēs ton epainon dielthein proę̄rēmenos?
I pass over everything else that fell to his good fortune in beauty, strength of body, and comeliness, even though the oracles record that he surpassed all in bloom of beauty. But as for his soul, how could anyone record it who undertook to give praise worthy of the man's virtue?
7.8.34Dindorf 1:358
φύσει μὲν αὐτῷ παρεῖναι λόγος τὸ ἐλευθέριον γνώρισμα, τοῦ τε τρόπου τὸ εὐγενὲς ἐπανθοῦν τῷ προσώπῳ· τοῖς δὲ εὐσεβείας διαπρέπουσι κόσμοις διαφερόντως ἐξήσκητο, ὡς ἐν σωφροσύνῃ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ φρονήσει τε καὶ ἀνδρείᾳ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκλάμπειν, καὶ πολὺ πρότερον ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ εὐσεβείᾳ τοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων θεοῦ, ἣν οἱ γεννήσαντες ἐκ σπαργάνων λέγονται αὐτοῦ τῇ ψυχῇ καταβεβληκέναι.
physei men autǭ pareinai logos to eleutherion gnōrisma, tou te tropou to eugenes epanthoun tǭ prosōpǭ; tois de eusebeias diaprepousi kosmois diapherontōs exēskēto, hōs en sōphrosynę̄ kai dikaiosynę̄ phronēsei te kai andreią tēn psychēn eklampein, kai poly proteron en epignōsei kai eusebeią tou tōn hapantōn theou, hēn hoi gennēsantes ek sparganōn legontai autou tę̄ psychę̄ katabeblēkenai.
By nature, it is said, the mark of a free man was present in him, and the nobility of his character bloomed in his face; but he had been especially trained in the distinguished adornments of piety, so that his soul shone with self-control and justice, prudence and courage, and long before these with knowledge and reverence of the God of all, which his parents are said to have laid down in his soul from his swaddling clothes.
7.8.35Dindorf 1:358–359
ἐπιμανείσῃ δʼ οὖν αὐτῷ τῇ τοῦ δεσπότου γαμετῇ, εἰς ἀκολάστους τε καὶ ἐρωτικὰς ὁμιλίας ἅτε νέον τὸ σῶμα κατασύρειν πειρωμένῃ, καὶ πρῶτα μὲν λόγοις ἀπατᾶν αὐτὸν ἐπιχειρούσῃ, εἶτα δὲ ἱκεσίαις ἀντιβολούσῃ, καὶ τέλος βιαιότερον χεῖρας ἐπάγειν τολμώσῃ, ἀναιδέσι τε ἤδη καὶ ἀναισχύντοις περιπλοκαῖς χρωμένη, τῆς τῶν πατέρων εὐσεβοῦς διδασκαλίας ὁ ἥρως τὴν μνήμην ἀναπεμπασάμενος, καὶ τὸν θεοσεβῆ καὶ ἀληθῶς Ἑβραῖον ἔργοις ὁμοῦ καὶ λόγοις ἀποδείξας, τὸ μὲν αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἀκόλαστον γύναιον διασείεται, κραταιοτέρᾳ τῇ χειρὶ παραλλάξας· ὥσπερ δέ τινος δεινοῦ καὶ λελυττηκότος θηρὸς ἀποδρὰς φυγῇ τὴν σωτηρίαν πορίζεται.
epimaneisę̄ dʼ oun autǭ tę̄ tou despotou gametę̄, eis akolastous te kai erōtikas homilias hate neon to sōma katasyrein peirōmenę̄, kai prōta men logois apatan auton epicheirousę̄, eita de hikesiais antibolousę̄, kai telos biaioteron cheiras epagein tolmōsę̄, anaidesi te ēdē kai anaischyntois periplokais chrōmenē, tēs tōn paterōn eusebous didaskalias ho hērōs tēn mnēmēn anapempasamenos, kai ton theosebē kai alēthōs Hebraion ergois homou kai logois apodeixas, to men aischron kai akolaston gynaion diaseietai, krataioterą tę̄ cheiri parallaxas; hōsper de tinos deinou kai lelyttēkotos thēros apodras phygę̄ tēn sōtērian porizetai.
When his master's wife went mad for him, and tried to drag his young body into licentious and amorous relations, first attempting to deceive him with words, then pleading with entreaties, and finally daring to lay hands on him more violently, using shameless and brazen embraces, the hero, calling to mind the pious teaching of his fathers and showing himself God-fearing and truly a Hebrew in deeds and words alike, shook off the shameful and licentious woman, getting free with a stronger hand; and fleeing as from a terrible and raging beast, he found safety in flight.
7.8.36Dindorf 1:359
κἄπειτα αὐτὸς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν σώφρονι λογισμῷ τοιάδε ἐπιλογίζεται, καί φησιν “εἰ ὁ κύριός μου διʼ ἐμὲ οὐδὲν γινώσκει τῶν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῷ δέδωκεν εἰς τὰς χεῖράς μου, καὶ πῶς ποιήσω τὸ πονηρὸν ῥῆμα τὸ μέγα τοῦτο, καὶ ἁμαρτήσομαι ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ;” ἐφʼ οἷς οἶα νικηφόρον τοῖς ἀρετῆς βραβείοις ἀναστέψας αὐτὸν ὁ τῶν ὅλων θεὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν δεσποτῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ αὐτῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλείαν τε καὶ ἡγεμονίαν παραδίδωσι· πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗτος Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, οὐχὶ δὲ Ἰουδαῖος, ὅτι μηδὲ ἦν πω τὰ Ἰουδαίων, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα θεοφιλέσι καὶ τρισμακαρίοις ἀνείληπται.
kapeita autos pros heauton sōphroni logismǭ toiade epilogizetai, kai phēsin “ei ho kyrios mou diʼ eme ouden ginōskei tōn en tǭ oikǭ autou, kai panta hosa estin en autǭ dedōken eis tas cheiras mou, kai pōs poiēsō to ponēron rhēma to mega touto, kai hamartēsomai enantion tou theou?” ephʼ hois oia nikēphoron tois aretēs brabeiois anastepsas auton ho tōn holōn theos tēn kata tōn despotōn autou kai autēs Aigyptou basileian te kai hēgemonian paradidōsi; plēn alla kai houtos Hebraios ex Hebraiōn, ouchi de Ioudaios, hoti mēde ēn pō ta Ioudaiōn, en tois malista theophilesi kai trismakariois aneilēptai.
And then he reasons with himself with sober thought and says, "If my master, because of me, knows nothing of what is in his house, and has given all that is in it into my hands, how then shall I do this great evil thing and sin before God?" For this, the God of the universe crowned him as a victor with the prizes of virtue and gave him kingship and government over his masters and over Egypt itself. Yet he too, a Hebrew of Hebrews, not a Jew, since the Jewish things did not yet exist, has been received among the most God-loving and thrice-blessed.
7.8.37Dindorf 1:359
Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς εἰρημένους Ἑβραίους, ἐπειδὴ εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπεδίδου τὸ τῶν ἀπογόνων γένος, ἤδη τε καὶ τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔθνος συνεστὼς ἐπλεόναζέν τε ὁσημέραι καὶ ἐπλήθυνεν, τὰ μὲν τῆς εὐσεβοῦς ἀγωγῆς τῶν πρόπαλαι θεοφιλῶν προπατόρων κατὰ σμικρὸν αὐτοῖς ἐξησθένει καὶ ἀπημβλύνετο, τὰ δὲ τῆς παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις διατριβῆς τοσοῦτον τῆς τῶν δηλουμένων κατίσχυε πληθύος ὡς τῆς μὲν πατρίου ἀρετῆς εἰς λήθην ἐλθεῖν, τῇ δὲ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις ὁμοιοτροπίᾳ τοὺς βίους περιενεχθῆναι, ὡς κατὰ μηδὲν Αἰγυπτίων τὸν τρόπον διαφέρειν δοκεῖν.
Meta de tous eirēmenous Hebraious, epeidē eis polyanthrōpian epedidou to tōn apogonōn genos, ēdē te kai to Ioudaiōn ex autōn ethnos synestōs epleonazen te hosēmerai kai eplēthynen, ta men tēs eusebous agōgēs tōn propalai theophilōn propatorōn kata smikron autois exēsthenei kai apēmblyneto, ta de tēs parʼ Aigyptiois diatribēs tosouton tēs tōn dēloumenōn katischye plēthyos hōs tēs men patriou aretēs eis lēthēn elthein, tę̄ de parʼ Aigyptiois homoiotropią tous bious perienechthēnai, hōs kata mēden Aigyptiōn ton tropon diapherein dokein.
After the Hebrews mentioned, when the race of their descendants grew into a great population, and the Jewish nation formed from them was already increasing and multiplying daily, the pious way of life of their God-loving forefathers of long ago gradually weakened and was blunted among them, while the influence of their stay among the Egyptians so prevailed over the multitude described that they forgot their ancestral virtue and their lives were turned to the ways of the Egyptians, so that they seemed to differ in no way from Egyptians in character.
7.8.38Dindorf 1:359–360
ἐνταῦθα δῆτα αὐτοῖς τοιοῖσδε ἀποτελεσθεῖσιν ὁ τῶν προπατόρων θεὸς ἡγεμόνα καὶ νομοθέτην ἐκπέμπει Μωσέα, τὰς διὰ χρησμῶν τῶν πρὸς τοὺς προγόνους αὐτῶν πιστούμενος ἐπαγγελίας· κἄπειτα διʼ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἀνάγραπτα θαύματα καὶ τὰς παραδόξους θεοσημίας ἐπιτελέσας τὸν ἁρμόδιον τοῖς τῶν ἀκροωμένων ἤθεσι προβάλλεται νόμον·
entautha dēta autois toioisde apotelestheisin ho tōn propatorōn theos hēgemona kai nomothetēn ekpempei Mōsea, tas dia chrēsmōn tōn pros tous progonous autōn pistoumenos epangelias; kapeita diʼ autou ta anagrapta thaumata kai tas paradoxous theosēmias epitelesas ton harmodion tois tōn akroōmenōn ēthesi proballetai nomon;
Then, when they had become such, the God of their forefathers sent them Moses as leader and lawgiver, confirming the promises made through oracles to their ancestors; and then, having performed through him the recorded wonders and extraordinary divine signs, he set before them a law suited to the character of the hearers;
7.8.39Dindorf 1:360
οἳ μὴ ζηλώσαντες τὴν πάτριον ἀρετὴν διʼ ἀβελτερίαν, οἷα δὴ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐμπαθεῖς καὶ νενοσηλευμένοι, τὴν κατάλληλον παρελάμβανον πολιτείαν, τὰ μὲν προφανῶς ἐκ τοῦ προδήλου διαταττομένου Μώσεως, τὰ δὲ διʼ ὑπονοιῶν αἰνιττομένου, σύμβολά τε καὶ σκιὰς, ἀλλʼ οὐ γυμνὴν ἀλήθειαν φυλάττειν αὐτοῖς καὶ περιέπειν ὑποθεμένου.
hoi mē zēlōsantes tēn patrion aretēn diʼ abelterian, hoia dē tas psychas empatheis kai nenosēleumenoi, tēn katallēlon parelambanon politeian, ta men prophanōs ek tou prodēlou diatattomenou Mōseōs, ta de diʼ hyponoiōn ainittomenou, symbola te kai skias, allʼ ou gymnēn alētheian phylattein autois kai periepein hypothemenou.
who, not emulating their ancestral virtue through dullness, being diseased and passionate in their souls, received a constitution suited to them; Moses ordered some things openly and plainly, and hinted at others through hidden meanings, prescribing them to keep and observe symbols and shadows, but not the naked truth.
7.8.40Dindorf 1:360
καὶ δὴ τὸ Ἰουδαίων πολίτευμα ἐντεῦθέν ποθεν ἀπὸ Μώσεως ἀρξάμενον μέχρι καὶ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας ταῖς τῶν οἰκείων προφητῶν ἀκολούθως φωναῖς διαρκεῖ, ὅτι δὴ καὶ τοῦτο Μωσέως ἦν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν μετέπειτα προφητῶν θέσπισμα, μὴ πρότερον ἐκλιπεῖν τὰ Μωσέως νόμιμά τε καὶ διατάγματα ἢ τὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ φανῆναι, τὰ τῆς καινῆς δηλαδὴ διαθήκης, τῆς διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι κατηγγελμένης· ἃ καὶ ὧδε τέλους ἔτυχεν, ᾗ καὶ ἀναπεφώνηται.
kai dē to Ioudaiōn politeuma enteuthen pothen apo Mōseōs arxamenon mechri kai tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou parousias tais tōn oikeiōn prophētōn akolouthōs phōnais diarkei, hoti dē kai touto Mōseōs ēn autou kai tōn metepeita prophētōn thespisma, mē proteron eklipein ta Mōseōs nomima te kai diatagmata ē ta tou Christou phanēnai, ta tēs kainēs dēladē diathēkēs, tēs dia tou sōtēros hēmōn pasi tois ethnesi katēngelmenēs; ha kai hōde telous etychen, hę̄ kai anapephōnētai.
And so the Jewish polity, beginning from about this time with Moses, lasted until the coming of our Savior Jesus Christ, in accordance with the words of their own prophets; for this too was the prophecy of Moses himself and of the prophets after him, that the ordinances and decrees of Moses would not fail before those of Christ appeared, that is, those of the new covenant proclaimed to all the nations through our Savior; and these came to their end just as was foretold.
7.8.41Dindorf 1:360
Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τὸν τῶν πρὸ Μώσεως Ἑβραίων βίον ἐν ὀλίγῳ διεληλύθαμεν, καὶ τόν γε τῆς κατʼ αὐτοὺς εὐσεβείας χαρακτῆρα παρεστήσαμεν, ὥρα καὶ τὸν δογματικὸν αὐτῶν τρόπον ἀπό τε τῆς Μώσεως γραφῆς καὶ τῶν μετʼ αὐτὸν προφητῶν ἐπισκέψασθαι.
Allʼ epeidē ton tōn pro Mōseōs Hebraiōn bion en oligǭ dielēlythamen, kai ton ge tēs katʼ autous eusebeias charaktēra parestēsamen, hōra kai ton dogmatikon autōn tropon apo te tēs Mōseōs graphēs kai tōn metʼ auton prophētōn episkepsasthai.
But since we have gone through briefly the life of the Hebrews before Moses and have set out the character of their piety, it is time also to examine their doctrinal teaching from the writing of Moses and the prophets after him.
Preparation 7, chapter 9
7.9.1Dindorf 1:360–361
Πρῶτος δʼ οὖν ἁπάντων αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ θαυμάσιος θεόλογος τε καὶ νομοθέτης, πολιτείαν εὐσεβείᾳ προσήκουσαν διὰ τῆς οἰκείας γραφῆς τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει προκαταβαλλόμενος, οὐ τοῖς κοινοῖς καὶ πεπατημένοις ᾠήθη δεῖν χρήσασθαι προοιμίοις τῶν λόγων, προλαβὼν δὲ πάντα νόμον προστακτικὸν τῶν ποιητέων καὶ τῶν οὐ ποιητέων ἀπαγορευτικὸν, τάς τε δημοτελεῖς καὶ πολιτικὰς περὶ τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους συμβολαίων διατάξεις, ἀπὸ τῆς πατρίου θεολογίας δεῖν ᾤετο τὴν καταρχὴν ποιήσασθαι τῆς διδασκαλίας, οὐδὲ ἑτέραν μάθησιν οἰκείαν νόμοις εὐσεβείᾳ προσήκουσιν ἡγησάμενος, ἢ τὴν ἄνωθεν ἐκ προπατόρων εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκουσαν θεολογίαν.
Prōtos dʼ oun hapantōn autos ekeinos ho thaumasios theologos te kai nomothetēs, politeian eusebeią prosēkousan dia tēs oikeias graphēs tǭ Ioudaiōn ethnei prokataballomenos, ou tois koinois kai pepatēmenois ǭēthē dein chrēsasthai prooimiois tōn logōn, prolabōn de panta nomon prostaktikon tōn poiēteōn kai tōn ou poiēteōn apagoreutikon, tas te dēmoteleis kai politikas peri tōn pros allēlous symbolaiōn diataxeis, apo tēs patriou theologias dein ǭeto tēn katarchēn poiēsasthai tēs didaskalias, oude heteran mathēsin oikeian nomois eusebeią prosēkousin hēgēsamenos, ē tēn anōthen ek propatorōn eis auton hēkousan theologian.
First of all, then, that wonderful theologian and lawgiver himself, laying down in his own writing a constitution befitting piety for the Jewish nation, did not think he should use the common and well-worn preambles; but before every law that commands what should be done and forbids what should not, and before the public and civil ordinances about contracts between people, he thought he should make the ancestral theology the beginning of his teaching, considering no other learning suited to laws befitting piety than the theology that had come down to him from his forefathers.
7.9.2Dindorf 1:361
ἄρχεται τοιγαροῦν ἀπὸ θεοῦ κατὰ τὰ πάτρια τῆς τῶν προγόνων Ἑβραίων θεολογίας, οὐχ ᾗ φίλον Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ Φοίνιξιν ἦν ἢ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς πλῆθος καταβάλλουσι τὴν σεβάσμιον προσηγορίαν, θεούς τε ὁρωμένους μὲν τοὺς κατʼ οὐρανὸν φωστῆρας νομίζουσιν, ἀφανεῖς δὲ καὶ ἀοράτους, ἤτοι τοὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων κατοιχομένους, ἢ καὶ τοὺς χθονίους καὶ ἀερίους δαίμονας, κατὰ τὰ πρόσθεν ἡμῖν ἀπεληλεγμένα.
archetai toigaroun apo theou kata ta patria tēs tōn progonōn Hebraiōn theologias, ouch hę̄ philon Aigyptiois kai Phoinixin ēn ē tois loipois ethnesin eis plēthos kataballousi tēn sebasmion prosēgorian, theous te horōmenous men tous katʼ ouranon phōstēras nomizousin, aphaneis de kai aoratous, ētoi tous ex anthrōpōn katoichomenous, ē kai tous chthonious kai aerious daimonas, kata ta prosthen hēmin apelēlegmena.
He begins, therefore, from God, according to the ancestral tradition of the theology of the Hebrew forefathers; not as the Egyptians and Phoenicians and the other nations liked, who spread the revered name among a multitude, considering as visible gods the lights in heaven, and as invisible and unseen ones either those who departed from among humans or the earthly and aerial demons, as was refuted by us earlier.
7.9.3Dindorf 1:361
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου ἀοράτων τε καὶ ὁρατῶν δημιουργοῦ τὴν καταρχὴν τοῦ παντὸς λόγου πεποιημένος νομοθέτην τοῦτον εἶναι διδάσκει τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως, ὥσπερ μιᾶς τινὸς μεγαλοπόλεως τοῦ κόσμου βασιλέα καταστήσας.
alla gar apo tou pantōn aitiou aoratōn te kai horatōn dēmiourgou tēn katarchēn tou pantos logou pepoiēmenos nomothetēn touton einai didaskei tēs tou pantos systaseōs, hōsper mias tinos megalopoleōs tou kosmou basilea katastēsas.
Rather, having made the beginning of his whole account from the cause of all things, the maker of things invisible and visible, he teaches that this one is the lawgiver of the constitution of the universe, setting him up as king of the world, as of one great city.
7.9.4Dindorf 1:361
παιδεύει τοιγαροῦν ἀρχόμενος τοῦτον ἡγεῖσθαι μὴ μόνον τῶν πρὸς αὐτοῦ σμικρὸν ὕστερον διαταχθησομένων ἀνθρώποις νόμων αὐθέντην εἶναι καὶ κύριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν ὅλων.
paideuei toigaroun archomenos touton hēgeisthai mē monon tōn pros autou smikron hysteron diatachthēsomenōn anthrōpois nomōn authentēn einai kai kyrion, alla kai tōn en tę̄ physei tōn holōn.
So he teaches from the beginning that this one should be regarded as the author and lord not only of the laws to be ordained by him for humans a little later, but also of those in the nature of the universe.
Preparation 7, chapter 10
7.10.1Dindorf 1:361
Βασιλέα γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ νομοθέτην τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου παριστᾷ· νεύματι μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ καὶ δυνάμει τὴν τῶν ἁπάντων οὐσίωσιν γεγονέναι, νόμοις δὲ καὶ ὅροις πάλιν αὐτοῦ ὁδῷ καὶ τάξει τὸν σύμπαντα διακυβερνᾶσθαι αἰῶνα.
Basilea gar auton kai nomothetēn tou sympantos kosmou paristą; neumati men gar autou kai dynamei tēn tōn hapantōn ousiōsin gegonenai, nomois de kai horois palin autou hodǭ kai taxei ton sympanta diakybernasthai aiōna.
For he presents him as king and lawgiver of the whole world: by his nod and power the substance of all things came to be, and by his laws and limits again the whole age is steered in way and order.
7.10.2Dindorf 1:361–362
λόγῳ μὲν γὰρ καὶ νόμῳ θεοῦ πρῶτον ἀπάντων οὐρανὸν ἐστερεῶσθαι, καὶ γῆς τὸ βαρὺ καὶ στερέμνιον παρὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν τοῖς λεπτομερεστέροις τῶν στοιχείων θαυμασίως ἐπαιωρεῖσθαι· λόγῳ δὲ καὶ νόμῳ θείῳ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας τὸν ἀμοιβαῖον ἀνακυκλεῖσθαι δρόμον, λόγῳ δὲ θεοῦ καὶ νόμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὴν τῶν λοιπῶν ἀστέρων χορείαν ἐν πρέποντι κόσμῳ τὴν προσήκουσαν ἐξανύειν πορείαν, νόμῳ δὲ τοῦ παμβασιλέως τροπῶν ἀλλαγὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς καιρῶν ἐνιαυτοῦ τε κύκλους καὶ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας τῇ παναρμονίῳ τοῦ παντὸς ἀποπληροῦσθαι συμφωνίᾳ, νόμῳ θεοῦ χειμῶνα μὲν ὑποχωρεῖν ἔαρι, τοῦτο δὲ ταῖς ἄγχιστα τῶν ὡρῶν τροπαῖς, καὶ θαλάττης δὲ βυθοὺς ταῖς χειμαδίοις πλημμυρίσιν ἐπικυματίζοντας νόμῳ θείῳ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἐναποκεκλεῖσθαι πελάγεσιν, ὡς μηδὲ τοὺς ὅρους τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων ὑπερβαίνειν τολμᾶν, καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν οὐσίαν ὀμβρίοις νάμασι καὶ νιφετοῖς νόμῳ θείῳ πάλιν συμμέτρως ἐπιχορηγουμένοις ἀρδομένην τὴν γῆν μυρία γένη φυτῶν τε καὶ ζῴων ἀναδιδόναι·
logǭ men gar kai nomǭ theou prōton apantōn ouranon estereōsthai, kai gēs to bary kai steremnion para tēn oikeian physin tois leptomeresterois tōn stoicheiōn thaumasiōs epaiōreisthai; logǭ de kai nomǭ theiǭ nyktos kai hēmeras ton amoibaion anakykleisthai dromon, logǭ de theou kai nomǭ kai auton hēlion kai selēnēn kai tēn tōn loipōn asterōn choreian en preponti kosmǭ tēn prosēkousan exanyein poreian, nomǭ de tou pambasileōs tropōn allagas kai metabolas kairōn eniautou te kyklous kai tas etēsious hōras tę̄ panarmoniǭ tou pantos apoplērousthai symphōnią, nomǭ theou cheimōna men hypochōrein eari, touto de tais anchista tōn hōrōn tropais, kai thalattēs de bythous tais cheimadiois plēmmyrisin epikymatizontas nomǭ theiǭ tois oikeiois enapokekleisthai pelagesin, hōs mēde tous horous tōn hierōn nomōn hyperbainein tolman, kai tēn xēran ousian ombriois namasi kai niphetois nomǭ theiǭ palin symmetrōs epichorēgoumenois ardomenēn tēn gēn myria genē phytōn te kai zǭōn anadidonai;
For by the word and law of God, first of all, heaven was made firm, and the heavy and solid earth, contrary to its own nature, wonderfully suspended upon the finer elements; by divine word and law night and day run their alternating course; by the word and law of God the sun himself and the moon and the choir of the other stars accomplish their fitting course in becoming order; by the law of the King of all the changes of solstices, the alterations of seasons, the cycles of the year, and the yearly seasons are fulfilled in the all-harmonious concord of the universe; by God's law winter gives way to spring, and this to the seasons next to it; the depths of the sea, surging in winter floods, are shut up by divine law in their own seas, so that they do not dare to overstep the bounds of the sacred laws; and the dry substance, the earth, watered by rains and snows supplied again in measure by divine law, sends up countless kinds of plants and animals.
7.10.3Dindorf 1:362
ἑνί τε λόγῳ, τὴν παμμήτορα τῶν ὅλων φύσιν, προστάγματι θεοῦ δεδουλωμένην, νόμοις θείοις ὑπείκειν καὶ τῇ τοῦ πανηγεμόνος θεοῦ βουλῇ· μὴ γὰρ εἰκῆ, μηδʼ ὡς ἔτυχε, μηδʼ αὐτομάτῳ καὶ ἀλόγῳ φορᾷ συνεστάναι τὸν τηλικοῦτον διάκοσμον, μηδʼ ἀναιτίου φύσεως ἔργον τυγχάνειν τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ περικαλλὲς τεχνούργημα, ἀλλʼ εἶναι μὲν ποίημα τοῦ πανσόφου τῶν ὅλων ἀρχιτέκτονος, τοῦ δὲ αὐτοῦ λόγοις καὶ νόμοις ἱεροῖς διακυβερνᾶσθαι.
heni te logǭ, tēn pammētora tōn holōn physin, prostagmati theou dedoulōmenēn, nomois theiois hypeikein kai tę̄ tou panēgemonos theou boulę̄; mē gar eikē, mēdʼ hōs etyche, mēdʼ automatǭ kai alogǭ phorą synestanai ton tēlikouton diakosmon, mēdʼ anaitiou physeōs ergon tynchanein to mega touto kai perikalles technourgēma, allʼ einai men poiēma tou pansophou tōn holōn architektonos, tou de autou logois kai nomois hierois diakybernasthai.
In a word, the all-mother nature of the universe, enslaved to God's command, yields to divine laws and to the will of God the ruler of all. For so great an ordering did not come about at random, nor by chance, nor by a spontaneous and irrational motion, nor is this great and most beautiful work of art the product of a causeless nature; but it is the work of the all-wise architect of the universe and is steered by his words and sacred laws.
7.10.4Dindorf 1:362–363
ἔνθεν ἀρξάμενος ὁ προφήτης, καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀνθρώπων νομοθεσίας τοὺς περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως προστάξας νόμους, πρώτιστα πάντων προσέχειν τῷ παμβασιλεῖ θεῷ, καὶ μὴ ἀπορρᾳθυμεῖν αὐτοῦ τῶν νόμων παρεκελεύσατο, ὅτι δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἥλιος οὐρανός τε καὶ κόσμος γῆ τε καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ἅπαντα, ὅσα τε ἔργα φύσεως εἶναι νενόμισται, ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ διατάξεσιν ἱεροῖς τε νόμοις καὶ λόγοις δουλεύει.
enthen arxamenos ho prophētēs, kai pro tēs anthrōpōn nomothesias tous peri tēs tōn holōn physeōs prostaxas nomous, prōtista pantōn prosechein tǭ pambasilei theǭ, kai mē aporrąthymein autou tōn nomōn parekeleusato, hoti dē kai autos hēlios ouranos te kai kosmos gē te kai ta epi gēs hapanta, hosa te erga physeōs einai nenomistai, entolais autou kai diataxesin hierois te nomois kai logois douleuei.
Beginning from this, the prophet, having set out the laws concerning the nature of the universe before the legislation for humans, commanded first of all to attend to God the King of all and not to neglect his laws, since even the sun, heaven and the world, the earth and all things on earth, and whatever are considered works of nature, serve his commands and ordinances, his sacred laws and words.
7.10.5Dindorf 1:363
διὸ καὶ μᾶλλον χρῆναι τὸ ἀνθρώπειον γένος, οὐ σμικρὸν μέρος τυγχάνον τοῦ παντός, κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον τοῖς θείοις προσανέχειν διατάγμασι, μηδʼ ἐλαττοῦσθαι τῶν κατὰ μέρος στοιχείων. γῇ μὲν γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ νομοθετῆσαι τὸν φήσαντα “βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος, καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν καρπόν·” τὴν δὲ, ἅμα λόγῳ τὸ εὐπειθὲς ἐπιδεικνυμένην τῷ νόμῳ, οὔπω καὶ εἰς δεῦρο τῆς θείας παραμελῆσαι διατάξεως.
dio kai mallon chrēnai to anthrōpeion genos, ou smikron meros tynchanon tou pantos, kata to akolouthon tois theiois prosanechein diatagmasi, mēdʼ elattousthai tōn kata meros stoicheiōn. gę̄ men gar en archę̄ nomothetēsai ton phēsanta “blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou, speiron sperma kata genos, kai xylon karpimon poioun karpon;” tēn de, hama logǭ to eupeithes epideiknymenēn tǭ nomǭ, oupō kai eis deuro tēs theias paramelēsai diataxeōs.
So all the more must the human race, being no small part of the whole, consistently attend to the divine ordinances, and not fall short of the individual elements. For in the beginning, he says, the one who said, "Let the earth bring forth herbage of grass, sowing seed according to its kind, and the fruit tree bearing fruit," gave a law to the earth; and the earth, showing its obedience to the law at the word, has not neglected the divine ordinance even to this day.
7.10.6Dindorf 1:363
οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὴν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν; φήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ “ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν, καὶ πετεινὰ πετόμενα κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ” ἅμα λόγῳ τοὔργον ἀποδοῦναι, ὁρᾶσθαί τε εἰσέτι δεῦρο τῷ νόμῳ παρέχουσαν τὸ πειθήνιον.
houtō de kai tēn hygran ousian? phēsantos tou theou “exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn, kai peteina petomena kata to stereōma tou ouranou, ” hama logǭ tourgon apodounai, horasthai te eiseti deuro tǭ nomǭ parechousan to peithēnion.
So too the watery substance: when God said, "Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls, and birds flying along the firmament of heaven," it rendered the work at the word, and is still seen to this day showing its obedience to the law.
7.10.7Dindorf 1:363
εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ἀστέρες, τοῦ θείου νόμου καὶ αὐτοῖς διωρισμένου τοὺς οἰκείους ἀποδιδόναι δρόμους, εἶναί τε καὶ εἰς σημεῖα καὶ εἰς καιροὺς καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας καὶ εἰς ἐνιαυτοὺς, οὐ παραμελοῦσι τῆς νομοθεσίας, τίς ἂν ἔτι σοι λείποιτο συγγνώμης ἀποφυγὴ, τῶν θείων κατολιγωροῦντι νόμων;
ei de dē kai hēlios kai selēnē kai asteres, tou theiou nomou kai autois diōrismenou tous oikeious apodidonai dromous, einai te kai eis sēmeia kai eis kairous kai eis hēmeras kai eis eniautous, ou paramelousi tēs nomothesias, tis an eti soi leipoito syngnōmēs apophygē, tōn theiōn katoligōrounti nomōn?
And if the sun and moon and stars, the divine law having appointed them too to render their proper courses and to be for signs and for seasons and for days and for years, do not neglect the legislation, what escape into pardon would still remain for you if you despise the divine laws?
7.10.8Dindorf 1:363
Ταῦτα προπαιδεύσας ὁ θαυμάσιος ἡμὰς τε εἶλε καὶ τῆς οἰκείας θεογνωσίας τε καὶ εὐσεβείας εἰκότως ζηλωτὰς κατεστήσατο, ὅτι μηδὲν τούτοις ὅμοιον παρὰ τοῖς τῶν προδηλωθέντων ἐθνῶν θεολόγοις εὑρεῖν δεδυνήμεθα.
Tauta propaideusas ho thaumasios hēmas te eile kai tēs oikeias theognōsias te kai eusebeias eikotōs zēlōtas katestēsato, hoti mēden toutois homoion para tois tōn prodēlōthentōn ethnōn theologois heurein dedynēmetha.
By this preliminary teaching the wonderful man won us over and rightly made us zealous for his knowledge and worship of God, since we have been able to find nothing like this among the theologians of the nations mentioned earlier.
7.10.9Dindorf 1:363–364
μετὰ δὲ τὴν πρώτην θεολογίαν μέτεισιν ἐπὶ τὸ δεύτερον δόγμα φυσικὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλόσοφον. μετὰ γοῦν τὴν περὶ θεοῦ γνῶσιν, τήν τε περὶ τῶν ὅλων διακόσμησιν, τάξει πρόεισιν ἐπὶ τὸ καὶ τῇ φύσει δεύτερον· τοῦτο δʼ ἦν τὸ περὶ φύσεως ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι δὴ μετὰ θεοῦ γνῶσιν ἀναγκαῖον γνῶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν, διόπερ ἐξῆς παιδεύει τί ἄνθρωπος καὶ τί τὸ προάγον αὐτὸν εἰς γνῶσιν καὶ εὐσέβειαν θεοῦ, τίς τε ἡ κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον ἀνθρώπου ζωή. διελόμενος δῆτα τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος λόγον ἐν ψυχῇ μὲν ὁρίζεται τὸν ἀληθῆ ἄνθρωπον, νοερᾶς οὐσίας καὶ ἀσωμάτου καὶ λογικῆς μέτοχον, ὡς ἂν κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ δεδημιουργημένον· σῶμα δὲ γεῶδες εἶναι περίβλημα ψυχῆς· τρίτον δὲ τούτοις προστίθησι, πνοὴν ζωῆς, ἑνωτικήν τινα καὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ γῆς ληφθέντος τῷ κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ πεποιημένῳ συναπτικὴν δύναμιν.
meta de tēn prōtēn theologian meteisin epi to deuteron dogma physikon homou kai philosophon. meta goun tēn peri theou gnōsin, tēn te peri tōn holōn diakosmēsin, taxei proeisin epi to kai tę̄ physei deuteron; touto dʼ ēn to peri physeōs anthrōpou, hoti dē meta theou gnōsin anankaion gnōnai tina heauton, dioper exēs paideuei ti anthrōpos kai ti to proagon auton eis gnōsin kai eusebeian theou, tis te hē kata to proēgoumenon anthrōpou zōē. dielomenos dēta ton peri psychēs kai sōmatos logon en psychę̄ men horizetai ton alēthē anthrōpon, noeras ousias kai asōmatou kai logikēs metochon, hōs an katʼ eikona theou dedēmiourgēmenon; sōma de geōdes einai periblēma psychēs; triton de toutois prostithēsi, pnoēn zōēs, henōtikēn tina kai tou apo gēs lēphthentos tǭ katʼ eikona theou pepoiēmenǭ synaptikēn dynamin.
After the first teaching about God he passes to the second doctrine, both natural and philosophical. After the knowledge of God and of the ordering of the universe, he proceeds in order to what is second by nature too: this is the doctrine of the nature of man, since after knowledge of God one must know oneself. So he next teaches what man is, what leads him to knowledge and worship of God, and what man's life is in the primary sense. Dividing the account into soul and body, he defines the true man as being in the soul, which shares in an intelligent, bodiless, and rational substance, as made according to the image of God; the earthy body is the covering of the soul; and to these he adds a third, the breath of life, a uniting power that joins what was taken from the earth to what was made according to the image of God.
7.10.10Dindorf 1:364
καὶ τὴν πρώτην γε τοῦ δηλουμένου ἀνδρὸς διατριβὴν ἐν τρισμακαρίῳ θεοῦ παραδείσῳ, ἀθανάτων καὶ αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν ἔμπλεῳ, γεγονέναι ἱστορεῖ· νόμῳ δὲ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦτον ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐν ἀρχαῖς τοῦ παντὸς ὑποβληθέντα διʼ ἀπροσεξίαν καὶ τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς παράβασιν τῆς τριποθήτου στερηθῆναι ζωῆς.
kai tēn prōtēn ge tou dēloumenou andros diatribēn en trismakariǭ theou paradeisǭ, athanatōn kai aiōniōn agathōn empleǭ, gegonenai historei; nomǭ de theou kai touton homoiōs tois allois en archais tou pantos hypoblēthenta diʼ aprosexian kai tēs theias entolēs parabasin tēs tripothētou sterēthēnai zōēs.
And he relates that the first dwelling of the man described was in the thrice-blessed paradise of God, full of immortal and eternal goods; but that, subject like the others at the beginning of the universe to a law of God, he was deprived of that thrice-longed-for life through carelessness and transgression of the divine command.
7.10.11Dindorf 1:364
Ταῦτά τοι ὁ Μώσης ἐν προοιμίοις τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων φιλοσοφεῖ, μονονουχὶ προκηρύττων μὴ παραμελεῖν τῆς οἰκείας ἀξίας καὶ ἧς ἐτύχομεν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀφομοιώσεως, ἐξ ἧς ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ ἀθάνατον τῆς ψυχῆς προσκεκληρῶσθαι.
Tauta toi ho Mōsēs en prooimiois tōn hierōn nomōn philosophei, mononouchi prokēryttōn mē paramelein tēs oikeias axias kai hēs etychomen pros to theion aphomoiōseōs, ex hēs hēmin kai to athanaton tēs psychēs proskeklērōsthai.
These things Moses teaches as philosophy in the preface of the sacred laws, all but proclaiming beforehand that we must not neglect our own dignity and the likeness to the divine that we received, from which immortality of soul too has been allotted to us.
7.10.12Dindorf 1:364
μὴ γὰρ δὴ θεμιτὸν εἶναι βασιλέως ἀφανίζεσθαι εἰκόνα· εἶναι δὲ ἀρχέτυπον καὶ ἀληθῆ τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων εἰκόνα τὸν αὐτοῦ λόγον, αὐτοσοφίαν τυγχάνοντα καὶ αὐτοζωὴν καὶ φῶς καὶ ἀλήθειαν, καὶ εἴ τι καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθόν τις ἐπινοήσειεν· εἰκόνα δὲ εἰκόνος τὸν ἀνθρώπειον νοῦν, παρʼ ὃ καὶ κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ γεγονέναι ἀνωμολόγηται.
mē gar dē themiton einai basileōs aphanizesthai eikona; einai de archetypon kai alēthē tou theou tōn holōn eikona ton autou logon, autosophian tynchanonta kai autozōēn kai phōs kai alētheian, kai ei ti kalon kai agathon tis epinoēseien; eikona de eikonos ton anthrōpeion noun, parʼ ho kai katʼ eikona theou gegonenai anōmologētai.
For it is not lawful that a king's image be destroyed. The archetypal and true image of the God of the universe is his Word, who is wisdom itself and life itself and light and truth, and whatever good and beautiful thing one might conceive; and the human mind is an image of the image, which is why man is acknowledged to have been made according to the image of God.
7.10.13Dindorf 1:364–365
ἀναγκαῖα δὲ ταῦτα εἶναι ᾤετο προπαιδεύεσθαι τοὺς μέλλοντας ἱεροῖς προσανέχειν νόμοις, μνημονεύειν τε τί τὸ ἀπὸ γῆς ληφθὲν αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰς γῆν αὖθις ἀναλυθησόμενον, καὶ τί τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν κρεῖττον καὶ θεῷ ἐμφερὲς, ὅπως τε χρῆν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν εἰρημένων προσφέρεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐνυβρίζειν καὶ ἀσεβεῖν εἰς τὸν κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον, μηδέ γε αὑτὸν ῥυπαίνειν αἰσχραῖς καὶ παρανόμοις πράξεσι, φέρειν δὲ διὰ παντὸς τῆς πρώτης καὶ τρισμακαρίας ἐκείνης διατριβῆς τε καὶ ζωῆς τὸν πόθον, καὶ σπεύδειν παλινδρομεῖν, εὐχὴν ποιουμένους τῆς πρώτης καὶ τρισμακαρίου ζωῆς τε καὶ ἀξίας τυχεῖν· ἀλλὰ καὶ παρασκευάζεσθαι ἐνθένδε ἤδη ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκεῖσε ἀποδημίαν, ὅτι μηδὲ ἄλλως δυνατὸν βεβήλοις καὶ μὴ κεκαθαρμένοις τῶν ἱερῶν ἐκείνων ἐπιβαίνειν, ὧν καὶ ὁ πρῶτος διʼ ἀπροσεξίαν, θείας καταφρονήσας ἐντολῆς, ἀποπέπτωκεν.
anankaia de tauta einai ǭeto propaideuesthai tous mellontas hierois prosanechein nomois, mnēmoneuein te ti to apo gēs lēphthen autois kai eis gēn authis analythēsomenon, kai ti to en hēmin kreitton kai theǭ empheres, hopōs te chrēn hekaterǭ tōn eirēmenōn prospheresthai, mēde enybrizein kai asebein eis ton katʼ eikona tou theou anthrōpon, mēde ge hauton rhypainein aischrais kai paranomois praxesi, pherein de dia pantos tēs prōtēs kai trismakarias ekeinēs diatribēs te kai zōēs ton pothon, kai speudein palindromein, euchēn poioumenous tēs prōtēs kai trismakariou zōēs te kai axias tychein; alla kai paraskeuazesthai enthende ēdē epi tēn ekeise apodēmian, hoti mēde allōs dynaton bebēlois kai mē kekatharmenois tōn hierōn ekeinōn epibainein, hōn kai ho prōtos diʼ aprosexian, theias kataphronēsas entolēs, apopeptōken.
He thought it necessary for those who were to give heed to sacred laws to be taught these things beforehand: to remember what in them was taken from the earth and will be dissolved again into earth, and what in us is better and like God, and how they ought to treat each of these; not to insult and act impiously against the man made in the image of God, nor to defile himself with shameful and lawless deeds, but always to carry a longing for that first and thrice-blessed dwelling and life, and to hasten to return there, praying to attain the first and thrice-blessed life and dignity; and even now to prepare from here for the journey there, since it is not otherwise possible for the profane and unpurified to set foot in those holy places from which even the first man fell through carelessness, having despised a divine command.
7.10.14Dindorf 1:365
ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ ἱεροφάντης προστίθησιν ἄλλο συνεκτικώτατον δόγμα, μὴ ἀμφιγνοεῖν διδάσκων ὅτι δὴ πάρεστί τις ἑκάστῳ πονηρὸς δαίμων ἔφεδρος, βάσκανος καὶ μισόκαλος καὶ τῆς ἀνθρώπων ἀρχῆθεν ἐπίβουλος σωτηρίας.
epi toutois ho hierophantēs prostithēsin allo synektikōtaton dogma, mē amphignoein didaskōn hoti dē paresti tis hekastǭ ponēros daimōn ephedros, baskanos kai misokalos kai tēs anthrōpōn archēthen epiboulos sōtērias.
To these the hierophant adds another most essential doctrine, teaching us not to doubt that there is present with each person an evil demon lying in wait, envious, hating good, and from the beginning plotting against human salvation.
7.10.15Dindorf 1:365
δράκοντα δὲ τοῦτον καὶ ὄφιν ὀνομάζει, μέλανά τε καὶ σκότους οἰκεῖον, ἰοῦ τε καὶ κακίας πλήρη· ὃν καί φησι φθόνῳ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐνθέου ζωῆς ὑποσκελίζειν εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν καὶ ὑποσύρειν ἕκαστον τῶν τῷ θεῷ προσανεχόντων πειρᾶσθαι· τούτου δʼ ἀπάτῃ καὶ τοὺς προπάτορας ἡμῶν τοῦ γένους τῆς θειοτέρας λήξεως ἐκπεσεῖν· διὸ καὶ χρῆναι διὰ παντὸς ἐγρηγορέναι πρὸς τὰς τοῦ δηλωθέντος κακοτέχνους ῥᾳδιουργίας.
drakonta de touton kai ophin onomazei, melana te kai skotous oikeion, iou te kai kakias plērē; hon kai phēsi phthonǭ tēs hēmeteras entheou zōēs hyposkelizein eiseti kai nyn kai hyposyrein hekaston tōn tǭ theǭ prosanechontōn peirasthai; toutou dʼ apatę̄ kai tous propatoras hēmōn tou genous tēs theioteras lēxeōs ekpesein; dio kai chrēnai dia pantos egrēgorenai pros tas tou dēlōthentos kakotechnous rhądiourgias.
He calls him dragon and serpent, black and at home in darkness, full of venom and wickedness; and he says that out of envy of our divine life he tries even now to trip up and drag down each of those who devote themselves to God; and that by his deceit the forefathers of our race fell from their more divine lot. So we must always be watchful against the wicked tricks of the one described.
7.10.16Dindorf 1:365
καὶ τί χρὴ ταῦτα προλαμβάνειν, δέον ἤδη ποτὲ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐγγράφων ἕκαστα διελθεῖν τῶν διηγορευμένων; ἀρξώμεθα δὴ πρῶτον ἀπὸ θεοῦ, βοηθὸν αὐτὸν ἐν πρώτοις διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπικαλεσάμενοι.
kai ti chrē tauta prolambanein, deon ēdē pote kai ex autōn tōn engraphōn hekasta dielthein tōn diēgoreumenōn? arxōmetha dē prōton apo theou, boēthon auton en prōtois dia tou sōtēros hēmōn epikalesamenoi.
But why anticipate these things, when we must now at last go through each of the points described from the writings themselves? Let us begin first from God, calling on him first of all as our helper through our Savior.
Preparation 7, chapter 11
7.11.1Dindorf 1:365–366
Τὴν μὲν δὴ τῆς θεολογίας ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ποιητικῆς τε καὶ δημιουργικῆς δυνάμεως ἀρχόμενος ὁ κατʼ αὐτοὺς λόγος παρίστησιν, οὐ συλλογισμοῖς οὐδὲ πιθανολογίαις, δογματικώτερον δὲ καὶ διδασκαλικώτερον ἐπιθειάζων τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι· ὑφʼ οὗ θεοφορούμενος ὧδέ πως ὁ Μωσῆς ἀπήρξατο τῆς θεολογίας, “ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.”
Tēn men dē tēs theologias archēn apo tēs tōn holōn poiētikēs te kai dēmiourgikēs dynameōs archomenos ho katʼ autous logos paristēsin, ou syllogismois oude pithanologiais, dogmatikōteron de kai didaskalikōteron epitheiazōn tǭ hagiǭ pneumati; hyphʼ hou theophoroumenos hōde pōs ho Mōsēs apērxato tēs theologias, “en archę̄ epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn.”
Their account, then, presents the beginning of theology starting from the creative and formative power of the universe, not by syllogisms or plausible arguments, but in a more dogmatic and didactic way, speaking by inspiration of the Holy Spirit; inspired by whom Moses began his theology thus: "In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth."
7.11.2Dindorf 1:366
εἶτά φησιν “εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, γενηθήτω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς.” καὶ πάλιν “εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, γενηθήτω στερέωμα, καὶ ἐγένετο.” καὶ πάλιν “εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος καὶ καθʼ ὁμοιότητα, καὶ πᾶν ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν καρπὸν, οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, κατὰ γένος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο.” καὶ αὖθις “εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὥστε φαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔστωσαν εἰς σημεῖα, καὶ εἰς καιροὺς, καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας, καὶ εἰς ἐνιαυτοὺς, καὶ ἐγένετο.” καὶ πάλιν “εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν κατὰ γένος, καὶ πάντα τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατὰ γένος, καὶ ἐγένετο.” καὶ πάλιν “ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ τετράποδα καὶ ἑρπετὰ καὶ θηρία τῆς γῆς κατὰ γένος, καὶ ἐγένετο.”
eita phēsin “eipen ho theos, genēthētō phōs, kai egeneto phōs.” kai palin “eipen ho theos, genēthētō stereōma, kai egeneto.” kai palin “eipen ho theos, blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou, speiron sperma kata genos kai kathʼ homoiotēta, kai pan xylon karpimon poioun karpon, hou to sperma autou en autǭ, kata genos epi tēs gēs, kai egeneto.” kai authis “eipen ho theos genēthētōsan phōstēres en tǭ stereōmati tou ouranou, hōste phainein epi tēs gēs, kai estōsan eis sēmeia, kai eis kairous, kai eis hēmeras, kai eis eniautous, kai egeneto.” kai palin “eipen ho theos, exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn kata genos, kai panta ta peteina tou ouranou kata genos, kai egeneto.” kai palin “exagagetō hē gē tetrapoda kai herpeta kai thēria tēs gēs kata genos, kai egeneto.”
Then he says, "God said, Let there be light, and there was light." And again, "God said, Let there be a firmament, and it was so." And again, "God said, Let the earth bring forth herbage of grass, sowing seed according to kind and according to likeness, and every fruit tree bearing fruit whose seed is in it, according to kind, on the earth; and it was so." And again, "God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of heaven, to give light upon the earth, and let them be for signs and for seasons and for days and for years; and it was so." And again, "God said, Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls according to kind, and all the birds of heaven according to kind; and it was so." And again, "Let the earth bring forth quadrupeds and creeping things and wild beasts of the earth according to kind; and it was so."
7.11.3Dindorf 1:366
ἐν δὴ τούτοις φάσκουσα ἡ γραφὴ “εἶπεν ὁ θεός” τὸ θεῖον νεῦμα καὶ τὸ ὡδί πως γενέσθαι τὰ ὄντα βουληθῆναι τὸν θεὸν παρίστησιν, οὐ μὴν δὲ φωνῇ καὶ συλλαβαῖς φάναι αὐτὸν ἐπινοεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, ἀλλὰ τὸν πάντα λόγον ἀνακεφαλαιούμενος “αὕτη” φησὶν “ἡ βίβλος γενέσεως οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς.”
en dē toutois phaskousa hē graphē “eipen ho theos” to theion neuma kai to hōdi pōs genesthai ta onta boulēthēnai ton theon paristēsin, ou mēn de phōnę̄ kai syllabais phanai auton epinoein anankaion, alla ton panta logon anakephalaioumenos “hautē” phēsin “hē biblos geneseōs ouranou kai gēs, hę̄ hēmerą epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn kai panta ta en autois.”
In these words, when Scripture says "God said," it presents the divine nod and God's willing that things come to be in this way; we need not think that he spoke with voice and syllables. Summing up the whole account, it says: "This is the book of the generation of heaven and earth, in the day that God made the heaven and the earth and all things in them."
7.11.4Dindorf 1:366–367
τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ καθʼ Ἑβραίους θεολογία, λόγῳ θεοῦ δημιουργικῷ τὰ πάντα συνεστάναι παιδεύουσα. ἔπειτα δὲ, οὐχ ὧδε ἔρημον ὡς ὀρφανὸν ὑπὸ πατρὸς καταλειφθέντα τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον ὑπὸ τοῦ συστησαμένου διδάσκει, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίας αὐτὸν διοικεῖσθαι, ὡς μὴ μόνον δημιουργὸν εἶναι τῶν ὅλων καὶ ποιητὴν τὸν θεὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σωτῆρα καὶ διοικητὴν καὶ βασιλέα καὶ ἡγεμόνα, ἡλίῳ αὐτῷ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ ἄστροις καὶ τῷ σύμπαντι οὐρανῷ τε καὶ κόσμῳ διʼ αἰῶνος ἐπιστατοῦντα, μεγάλῳ τε ὀφθαλμῷ καὶ ἐνθέῳ δυνάμει πάντʼ ἐφορῶντα, καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν οὐρανίοις τε καὶ ἐπιγείοις ἐπιπαρόντα, καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐν κόσμῳ διατάττοντά τε καὶ διοικοῦντα.
toiautē men hē kathʼ Hebraious theologia, logǭ theou dēmiourgikǭ ta panta synestanai paideuousa. epeita de, ouch hōde erēmon hōs orphanon hypo patros kataleiphthenta ton sympanta kosmon hypo tou systēsamenou didaskei, allʼ eis to aei hypo tēs tou theou pronoias auton dioikeisthai, hōs mē monon dēmiourgon einai tōn holōn kai poiētēn ton theon, alla kai sōtēra kai dioikētēn kai basilea kai hēgemona, hēliǭ autǭ kai selēnę̄ kai astrois kai tǭ sympanti ouranǭ te kai kosmǭ diʼ aiōnos epistatounta, megalǭ te ophthalmǭ kai entheǭ dynamei pantʼ ephorōnta, kai tois pasin ouraniois te kai epigeiois epiparonta, kai ta panta en kosmǭ diatattonta te kai dioikounta.
Such is the theology of the Hebrews, teaching that all things were constituted by the creative Word of God. Then it teaches that the whole world was not left by its maker desolate, like an orphan by its father, but is forever governed by God's providence, so that God is not only the creator and maker of the universe but also its preserver and governor, king and ruler, presiding through the ages over the sun itself, the moon, the stars, and the whole heaven and world, overseeing all things with a great eye and divine power, present to all things in heaven and on earth, and ordering and governing all things in the world.
7.11.5Dindorf 1:367
ὥσπερ οὖν ἀμέλει καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα προφῆται, ἀκόλουθα καὶ αὐτοὶ θειάζοντες, τοτὲ μὲν ἀνεφώνουν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θείου λέγοντες προσώπου ‘‘θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, λέγει κύριος, καὶ οὐχὶ θεὸς πόρρωθεν. εἰ ποιήσει τι ἄνθρωπος ἐν κρυφαίοις, κἀγὼ οὐ γνώσομαι αὐτό; οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ; λέγει κύριος, ”
hōsper oun amelei kai hoi meta tauta prophētai, akoloutha kai autoi theiazontes, tote men anephōnoun ex autou tou theiou legontes prosōpou ‘‘theos engizōn egō eimi, legei kyrios, kai ouchi theos porrōthen. ei poiēsei ti anthrōpos en kryphaiois, kagō ou gnōsomai auto? ouchi ton ouranon kai tēn gēn egō plērō? legei kyrios, ”
Just so, of course, the prophets after these, uttering inspired words consistent with them, sometimes cried out, speaking from the very person of God: "I am a God near at hand, says the Lord, and not a God far off. If a man does something in secret, shall I not know it? Do I not fill heaven and earth? says the Lord."
7.11.6Dindorf 1:367
τοτὲ δὲ ὧδέ πη θεολογοῦντες “τίς ἐμέτρησε τῇ χειρὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν σπιθαμῇ, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν δρακί; τίς ἔστησε τὰ ὄρη σταθμῷ καὶ τὰς νάπας ζυγῷ; τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, καὶ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο;” καὶ πάλιν “ὁ στήσας ὡς καμάραν τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ διατείνας ὡς σκηνὴν κατοικεῖν.” καὶ αὖθις ἀναβλέψατε εἰς ὕψος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἴδετε τίς κατέδειξε ταῦτα πάντα.” καὶ ἑξῆς “κύριος κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ πήξας αὐτὸν, ὁ στερεώσας τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ διδοὺς πνοὴν τῷ λαῷ τῷ ἐπʼ αὐτῆς, καὶ πνεῦμα τοῖς πατοῦσιν αὐτὴν, ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεός.” καὶ ἑξῆς “ἐξέτεινα τὸν οὐρανὸν μόνος, καὶ ἐστερέωσα τὴν γῆν· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς, οὐκ ἔστι πλὴν ἐμοῦ.”
tote de hōde pē theologountes “tis emetrēse tę̄ cheiri to hydōr, kai ton ouranon spithamę̄, kai pasan tēn gēn draki? tis estēse ta orē stathmǭ kai tas napas zygǭ? tis egnō noun kyriou, kai tis symboulos autou egeneto?” kai palin “ho stēsas hōs kamaran ton ouranon, kai diateinas hōs skēnēn katoikein.” kai authis anablepsate eis hypsos tous ophthalmous hymōn, kai idete tis katedeixe tauta panta.” kai hexēs “kyrios kyrios ho theos ho poiēsas ton ouranon, kai pēxas auton, ho stereōsas tēn gēn kai ta en autę̄, kai didous pnoēn tǭ laǭ tǭ epʼ autēs, kai pneuma tois patousin autēn, egō kyrios ho theos.” kai hexēs “exeteina ton ouranon monos, kai estereōsa tēn gēn; egō kyrios ho theos, ouk esti plēn emou.”
And sometimes, speaking of God thus: "Who measured the water with his hand, and heaven with a span, and all the earth with a handful? Who set the mountains in a balance and the valleys on scales? Who has known the mind of the Lord, and who became his counselor?" And again: "He who set up the heaven like a vault, and stretched it out like a tent to dwell in." And again: "Lift up your eyes on high and see who has displayed all these things." And next: "The Lord, the Lord God, who made the heaven and fixed it, who made firm the earth and what is in it, and gives breath to the people on it and spirit to those who walk on it: I am the Lord God." And next: "I stretched out the heaven alone and made firm the earth; I am the Lord God, there is none besides me."
7.11.7Dindorf 1:367–368
καὶ πάλιν ’ οὕτως ἐρεῖτε αὐτοῖς, θεοὶ, οἱ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐποίησαν, ἀπολέσθωσαν ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτωθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. κύριος ὁ ποιήσας τὴν γῆν ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ ἀνώρθωσε τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ φρονήσει αὐτοῦ ἐξέτεινε τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ ἀνήγαγε νεφέλας ἐξ ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, ἀστραπὰς εἰς ὑετὸν ἐποίησε, καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἀνέμους ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτοῦ. ἐμωράνθη πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ γνώσεως.”
kai palin ’ houtōs ereite autois, theoi, hoi ton ouranon kai tēn gēn ouk epoiēsan, apolesthōsan apo prosōpou tēs gēs, kai hypokatōthen tou ouranou. kyrios ho poiēsas tēn gēn en tę̄ ischui autou anōrthōse tēn oikoumenēn en tę̄ sophią autou, kai en tę̄ phronēsei autou exeteine ton ouranon, kai anēgage nephelas ex eschatou tēs gēs, astrapas eis hyeton epoiēse, kai exēgagen anemous ek thēsaurōn autou. emōranthē pas anthrōpos apo gnōseōs.”
And again: "Thus you shall say to them: The gods who did not make the heaven and the earth, let them perish from the face of the earth and from under heaven. The Lord, who made the earth by his strength, set up the world by his wisdom, and by his understanding stretched out the heaven, and brought up clouds from the end of the earth; he made lightnings for rain, and brought out winds from his treasuries. Every man has become foolish, without knowledge."
7.11.8Dindorf 1:368
καὶ πάλιν ’ ποῦ πορευθῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός σου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου ποῦ κρυβῶ; ἐὰν ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, σὺ ἐκεῖ εἶ· ἐὰν στρώσω εἰς τὸν ᾅδην, πάρει. εἰ ἀναλάβοιμι τὰς πτέρυγάς μου κατʼ ὄρθρον, καὶ κατασκηνώσαιμι εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς θαλάσσης· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ ἡ χείρ σου ὁδηγήσει με.”
kai palin ’ pou poreuthō apo tou pneumatos sou, kai apo tou prosōpou sou pou krybō? ean anabō eis ton ouranon, sy ekei ei; ean strōsō eis ton hądēn, parei. ei analaboimi tas pterygas mou katʼ orthron, kai kataskēnōsaimi eis ta eschata tēs thalassēs; kai gar ekei hē cheir sou hodēgēsei me.”
And again: "Where shall I go from your Spirit, and from your face where shall I hide? If I go up into heaven, you are there; if I make my bed in Hades, you are present. If I take up my wings at dawn and settle at the farthest parts of the sea, even there your hand will guide me."
7.11.9Dindorf 1:368
Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια τῶν μετὰ Μωσέα θεολόγων, τῶν δὴ καὶ Ἑβραίων, τυγχάνει, συνῳδὰ τοῖς παλαιτάτοις προπάτορσι θεολογούντων· τῶν δέ γε πρὸ Μώσεως θεοφιλῶν καὶ τρισμακαρίων ἀνδρῶν, τῶν δὴ καὶ πρώτων Ἑβραίων, αὐτοῦ τε πρώτου πάντων Ἁβραὰμ, ὃς καὶ προπάτωρ τοῦ παντὸς Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους ἀνείρηται, ἄκουε.
Alla tauta men kai ta toutois homoia tōn meta Mōsea theologōn, tōn dē kai Hebraiōn, tynchanei, synǭda tois palaitatois propatorsi theologountōn; tōn de ge pro Mōseōs theophilōn kai trismakariōn andrōn, tōn dē kai prōtōn Hebraiōn, autou te prōtou pantōn Habraam, hos kai propatōr tou pantos Ioudaiōn ethnous aneirētai, akoue.
These and similar words belong to the theologians after Moses, who were themselves Hebrews too, speaking of God in harmony with their most ancient forefathers. But hear the God-loving and thrice-blessed men before Moses, the first Hebrews, and first of all Abraham himself, who is proclaimed forefather of the whole Jewish nation.
7.11.10Dindorf 1:368
“εἶπε δὲ Ἁβραὰμ πρὸς βασιλέα Σοδόμων, ἐκτενῶ τὴν χεῖρά μου πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν ὕψιστον, ὃς ἔκτισε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.” καὶ πρό γε τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ εἰσάγεται ὁ Μελχισεδὲκ ἱερεὺς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου, τὸν Ἁβραὰμ εὐλογῶν τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν “εὐλογημένος Ἁβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ τῷ ὑψίστῳ, ὃς παρέδωκε τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποχειρίους σοι· καὶ εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεὸς, ὃς ἔκτισε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.”
“eipe de Habraam pros basilea Sodomōn, ektenō tēn cheira mou pros ton theon ton hypsiston, hos ektise ton ouranon kai tēn gēn.” kai pro ge tou Habraam eisagetai ho Melchisedek hiereus tou theou tou hypsistou, ton Habraam eulogōn toutois tois rhēmasin “eulogēmenos Habraam tǭ theǭ tǭ hypsistǭ, hos paredōke tous echthrous sou hypocheirious soi; kai eulogētos ho theos, hos ektise ton ouranon kai tēn gēn.”
"And Abraham said to the king of Sodom, I will stretch out my hand to God Most High, who created the heaven and the earth." And before Abraham, Melchizedek, priest of God Most High, is brought in blessing Abraham in these words: "Blessed be Abraham by God Most High, who delivered your enemies into your hands; and blessed be God, who created the heaven and the earth."
7.11.11Dindorf 1:368
ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ὁ λόγος τὸν Ἁβραὰμ εἰσάγει τῷ οἰκείῳ τοιάδε προσδιαλεγόμενον “θὲς τὴν χεῖρά σου ὑπὸ τὸν μηρὸν μου, καὶ ἐξορκιῶ σε κύριον τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τὸν θεὸν τῆς γῆς.” καὶ ἐπιλέγει “κύριος ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ὁ θεὸς τῆς γῆς, ὃς ἔλαβέ με ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἧς ἐγεννήθην.”
eti pros toutois ho logos ton Habraam eisagei tǭ oikeiǭ toiade prosdialegomenon “thes tēn cheira sou hypo ton mēron mou, kai exorkiō se kyrion ton theon tou ouranou, kai ton theon tēs gēs.” kai epilegei “kyrios ho theos tou ouranou, kai ho theos tēs gēs, hos elabe me ek tou oikou tou patros mou, kai ek tēs gēs, hēs egennēthēn.”
Further, the word brings in Abraham speaking thus to his servant: "Put your hand under my thigh, and I will make you swear by the Lord, the God of heaven and the God of the earth." And he adds: "The Lord, the God of heaven and the God of the earth, who took me from my father's house and from the land in which I was born."
7.11.12Dindorf 1:368–369
ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις ἐν τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν Μωσέα θεοφανείᾳ, πυθομένῳ τῷ Μωσεῖ, τίνα χρὴ τὸν θεὸν ἡγεῖσθαι, φησὶν ὁ χρησμὸς ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν· οὕτως ἐρεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ, ὁ ὢν ἀπέσταλκέ με πρὸς ὑμᾶς.”
epi pasi toutois en tę̄ pros auton Mōsea theophaneią, pythomenǭ tǭ Mōsei, tina chrē ton theon hēgeisthai, phēsin ho chrēsmos egō eimi ho ōn; houtōs ereis tois huiois Israēl, ho ōn apestalke me pros hymas.”
Besides all these, in the theophany to Moses himself, when Moses asked what he should consider God to be, the oracle says: "I am He Who Is; thus you shall say to the sons of Israel, He Who Is has sent me to you."
7.11.13Dindorf 1:369
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ μυρίων ὅσων τῆς Ἑβραίων θεολογίας ἐκκείσθω. ἆρʼ οὖν ἄξιον ἐν συγκρίσει παραβάλλειν αὐτοῖς τὰς τῶν σοφῶν Ἑλλήνων θεολογίας, τῶν μὲν μηδʼ ὅλως εἶναι θεὸν ἀποφηναμένων, τῶν δὲ τοὺς ἀστέρας εἶναι φασκόντων, οὓς καὶ μύδρους τυγχάνειν διαπύρους, ἥλων καὶ πετάλων δίκην ἐμπεπηγότας τῷ οὐρανῷ, τῶν δὲ πῦρ εἶναι τεχνικὸν ὁδῷ βαδίζον, καὶ τῶν μὲν μὴ προνοίᾳ θεοῦ διοικεῖσθαι τὸν κόσμον, φύσει δέ τινι ἀλόγῳ, τῶν δὲ τὰ μὲν οὐράνια μόνα ὑπὸ θεοῦ διοικεῖσθαι, οὐ μὴν καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς, καὶ πάλιν ἀγέννητον εἶναι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ μηδʼ ὅλως ὑπὸ θεοῦ γενέσθαι, αὐτομάτως δὲ καὶ συντυχικῶς ὑφεστάναι, τῶν δὲ ἐξ ἀτόμων καὶ λεπτῶν σωμάτων ἀψύχων τινῶν καὶ ἀλόγων τὴν τοῦ παντὸς σύστασιν γεγονέναι;
Tauta men oun apo myriōn hosōn tēs Hebraiōn theologias ekkeisthō. arʼ oun axion en synkrisei paraballein autois tas tōn sophōn Hellēnōn theologias, tōn men mēdʼ holōs einai theon apophēnamenōn, tōn de tous asteras einai phaskontōn, hous kai mydrous tynchanein diapyrous, hēlōn kai petalōn dikēn empepēgotas tǭ ouranǭ, tōn de pyr einai technikon hodǭ badizon, kai tōn men mē pronoią theou dioikeisthai ton kosmon, physei de tini alogǭ, tōn de ta men ourania mona hypo theou dioikeisthai, ou mēn kai ta epi gēs, kai palin agennēton einai ton kosmon, kai mēdʼ holōs hypo theou genesthai, automatōs de kai syntychikōs hyphestanai, tōn de ex atomōn kai leptōn sōmatōn apsychōn tinōn kai alogōn tēn tou pantos systasin gegonenai?
Let these be set out from the countless passages of Hebrew theology. Is it worth comparing with them the theologies of the wise Greeks: some declaring that there is no God at all; others that the stars are gods, which they say are red-hot lumps of metal fixed in the heaven like nails and plates; others that God is a craftsmanlike fire proceeding methodically; some that the world is governed not by God's providence but by some irrational nature; others that only heavenly things are governed by God, not those on earth; and again that the world is uncreated and did not come into being at all from God, but exists spontaneously and by chance; and others that the constitution of the universe came from atoms, fine bodies without soul or reason?
7.11.14Dindorf 1:369
ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις λογίων περὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ ὡς ἐν βραχέσι τοιαῦτα· συνιδεῖν δὲ ἕπεται καὶ τὰ μετὰ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν περὶ τῆς τῶν γενητῶν ἀρχῆς Ἑβραίοις πεφιλοσοφημένα.
alla ta men ek tōn parʼ Hebraiois logiōn peri tou tōn holōn theou hōs en brachesi toiauta; synidein de hepetai kai ta meta ton tōn holōn theon peri tēs tōn genētōn archēs Hebraiois pephilosophēmena.
So much, briefly, from the oracles of the Hebrews about the God of the universe. Next we must look at what the Hebrews have taught philosophically, after the God of the universe, about the principle of things that have come into being.
Preparation 7, chapter 12
7.12.1Dindorf 1:369
Θαλῆς μὲν ὁ Μιλήσιος ἀρχὴν τῶν ἁπάντων τὸ ὕδωρ εἶναι ἀπεφήνατο, Ἀναξιμένης δὲ τὸν ἀέρα, Ἡράκλειτος τὸ πῦρ, Πυθαγόρας ἀριθμοὺς, Ἐπίκουρος ἅμα Δημοκρίτῳ σώματα ἄτομα, Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα. ἴδωμεν τοιγαροῦν καὶ τὰ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις λόγια.
Thalēs men ho Milēsios archēn tōn hapantōn to hydōr einai apephēnato, Anaximenēs de ton aera, Hērakleitos to pyr, Pythagoras arithmous, Epikouros hama Dēmokritǭ sōmata atoma, Empedoklēs ta tessara stoicheia. idōmen toigaroun kai ta parʼ Hebraiois logia.
Thales of Miletus declared that the first principle of all things is water, Anaximenes air, Heraclitus fire, Pythagoras numbers, Epicurus together with Democritus atomic bodies, Empedocles the four elements. Let us look, then, at the oracles among the Hebrews too.
7.12.2Dindorf 1:369–370
μετὰ τὴν ἄναρχον καὶ ἀγένητον τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων οὐσίαν, ἄμικτον οὖσαν καὶ ἐπέκεινα πάσης καταλήψεως, δευτέραν οὐσίαν καὶ θείαν δύναμιν, ἀρχὴν τῶν γενητῶν ἀπάντων πρώτην τε ὑποστᾶσαν κἀκ τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου γεγενημένην, εἰσάγουσι, λόγον καὶ σοφίαν καὶ θεοῦ δύναμιν αὐτὴν προσαγορεύοντες.
meta tēn anarchon kai agenēton tou theou tōn holōn ousian, amikton ousan kai epekeina pasēs katalēpseōs, deuteran ousian kai theian dynamin, archēn tōn genētōn apantōn prōtēn te hypostasan kak tou prōtou aitiou gegenēmenēn, eisagousi, logon kai sophian kai theou dynamin autēn prosagoreuontes.
After the beginningless and unbegotten being of the God of the universe, which is unmixed and beyond all comprehension, they introduce a second being and divine power, the beginning of all things that have come into being, which subsisted first and was begotten from the first cause, calling it Word and Wisdom and Power of God.
7.12.3Dindorf 1:370
τοῦτο δὲ πρῶτος διδάσκει λέγων Ἰὼβ “ἡ δὲ σοφία πόθεν εὑρέθη; ποῖος δὲ τόπος ἐστὶ τῆς ἐπιστήμης; οὐκ οἶδε βροτὸς ὁδὸν αὐτῆς, οὐδὲ μὴν εὑρέθη ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἀκηκόαμεν δὲ αὐτῆς τὸ κλέος. ὁ κύριος συνέστησεν αὐτῆς τὴν ὁδὸν, αὐτὸς δὲ οἶδε τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς.
touto de prōtos didaskei legōn Iōb “hē de sophia pothen heurethē? poios de topos esti tēs epistēmēs? ouk oide brotos hodon autēs, oude mēn heurethē en anthrōpois, akēkoamen de autēs to kleos. ho kyrios synestēsen autēs tēn hodon, autos de oide ton topon autēs.
Job is the first to teach this, saying: "But wisdom, where was it found? And what is the place of understanding? A mortal does not know its way, nor was it found among men, but we have heard its fame. The Lord established its way, and he knows its place."
7.12.4Dindorf 1:370
καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ δέ που ἐν ψαλμῳδίαις, ἑτέρῳ προσειπὼν τὴν σοφίαν ὀνόματι, φησὶ “τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν, ” τὸν τῶν ἁπάντων δημιουργὸν λόγον θεοῦ τοῦτον ἐνευφημήσας τὸν τρόπον· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τούτου παῖς Σολομῶν ὧδέ πη ἐξ αὐτῆς προσωποποιεῖ τῆς σοφίας λέγων “ἐγὼ ἡ σοφία κατεσκήνωσα βουλὴν καὶ γνῶσιν, καὶ ἔννοιαν ἐγὼ ἐπεκαλεσάμην. διʼ ἐμοῦ βασιλεῖς βασιλεύουσι, καὶ οἱ δυνάσται γράφουσι δικαιοσύνην.”
kai ho Dabid de pou en psalmǭdiais, heterǭ proseipōn tēn sophian onomati, phēsi “tǭ logǭ kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan, ” ton tōn hapantōn dēmiourgon logon theou touton eneuphēmēsas ton tropon; ou mēn alla kai ho toutou pais Solomōn hōde pē ex autēs prosōpopoiei tēs sophias legōn “egō hē sophia kateskēnōsa boulēn kai gnōsin, kai ennoian egō epekalesamēn. diʼ emou basileis basileuousi, kai hoi dynastai graphousi dikaiosynēn.”
And David somewhere in the Psalms, calling Wisdom by another name, says, "By the Word of the Lord the heavens were made firm," thus praising the Word of God, the maker of all things. And his son Solomon personifies Wisdom herself, saying: "I, Wisdom, have made counsel my dwelling, and I have called on knowledge and thought. By me kings reign, and princes write justice."
7.12.5Dindorf 1:370
καὶ πάλιν “κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέ με, ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιῆσαι, πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους γενέσθαι, πρὸ τοῦ ὄρη ἑδρασθῆναι, πρὸ δὲ πάντων βουνῶν γεννᾷ με, ἡνίκα ἡτοίμαζε τὸν οὐρανὸν συμπαρήμην αὐτῷ, καὶ ὡς ἀσφαλεῖς ἐτίθει πηγὰς τῆς ὑπʼ οὐρανὸν, ἤμην σὺν αὐτῷ ἁρμόζουσα. ἐγὼ ἤμην ᾗ προσέχαιρε καθʼ ἡμέραν, ηὐφραινόμην δὲ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ, ὅτε ηὐφραίνετο τὴν οἰκουμένην συντελέσας.”
kai palin “kyrios ektise me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou, pro tou aiōnos ethemeliōse me, en archę̄ pro tou tēn gēn poiēsai, pro tou tas abyssous genesthai, pro tou orē hedrasthēnai, pro de pantōn bounōn genną me, hēnika hētoimaze ton ouranon symparēmēn autǭ, kai hōs asphaleis etithei pēgas tēs hypʼ ouranon, ēmēn syn autǭ harmozousa. egō ēmēn hę̄ prosechaire kathʼ hēmeran, ēuphrainomēn de enōpion autou en panti kairǭ, hote ēuphraineto tēn oikoumenēn syntelesas.”
And again: "The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works; before the age he founded me, in the beginning, before he made the earth, before the depths came to be, before the mountains were settled, and before all the hills he begets me. When he prepared the heaven I was present with him, and when he set firm the fountains of the earth under heaven, I was with him, fitting all together. I was she in whom he rejoiced day by day, and I was glad before him at every time, when he rejoiced at having completed the world."
7.12.6Dindorf 1:370–371
ταῦτα Σολομῶν ἐν Παροιμίαις. καὶ ταῦτα δέ πη ἐξ αὐτοῦ λέγεται τοῦ προσώπου “τί δέ ἐστιν σοφία, καὶ πῶς ἐγένετο, ἀπαγγελῶ, καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύψω ὑμῖν μυστήρια, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενέσεως ἐξιχνιάσω.” οἷς ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει “ἔστι γὰρ αὕτη πνεῦμα νοερὸν, ἅγιον, μονογενὲς, πολυμερὲς, λεπτὸν, εὐκίνητον, τρανὸν, ἀμόλυντον, παντοδύναμον, παντεπίσκοπον, καὶ διὰ πάντων χωροῦν πνευμάτων, νοερῶν, καθαρῶν, λεπτοτάτων.
tauta Solomōn en Paroimiais. kai tauta de pē ex autou legetai tou prosōpou “ti de estin sophia, kai pōs egeneto, apangelō, kai ouk apokrypsō hymin mystēria, allʼ ex archēs geneseōs exichniasō.” hois hexēs epilegei “esti gar hautē pneuma noeron, hagion, monogenes, polymeres, lepton, eukinēton, tranon, amolynton, pantodynamon, pantepiskopon, kai dia pantōn chōroun pneumatōn, noerōn, katharōn, leptotatōn.
This is what Solomon says in Proverbs. And these words too are spoken somewhere in his person: "What Wisdom is and how she came to be I will declare, and I will not hide mysteries from you, but I will trace her out from the beginning of her origin." To which he adds next: "For she is a spirit intelligent, holy, only-begotten, manifold, subtle, mobile, clear, undefiled, all-powerful, overseeing all, and passing through all spirits that are intelligent, pure, and most subtle.
7.12.7Dindorf 1:371
πάσης γὰρ κινήσεως κινητικώτερον σοφία, διήκει δὲ καὶ χωρεῖ διὰ πάντων διὰ τὴν καθαρότητα. ἀτμὶς γάρ ἐστι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀπόρροια τῆς τοῦ παντοκράτορος δόξης εἰλικρινής· διὸ οὐδὲν μεμολυσμένον εἰς αὐτὴν παρεμπίπτει. ἀπαύγασμα γάρ ἐστι φωτὸς ἀιδίου, καὶ ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεργείας, καὶ εἰκὼν τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ. διατείνει δὲ ἀπὸ πέρατος ἐπὶ πέρας εὐρώστως, καὶ διοικεῖ τὰ πάντα χρηστῶς.”
pasēs gar kinēseōs kinētikōteron sophia, diēkei de kai chōrei dia pantōn dia tēn katharotēta. atmis gar esti tēs tou theou dynameōs kai aporroia tēs tou pantokratoros doxēs eilikrinēs; dio ouden memolysmenon eis autēn parempiptei. apaugasma gar esti phōtos aidiou, kai esoptron akēlidōton tēs tou theou energeias, kai eikōn tēs agathotētos autou. diateinei de apo peratos epi peras eurōstōs, kai dioikei ta panta chrēstōs.”
For Wisdom is more mobile than any motion, and pervades and penetrates all things because of her purity. For she is a vapor of the power of God and a pure emanation of the glory of the Almighty; therefore nothing defiled enters into her. For she is a radiance of eternal light, a spotless mirror of the activity of God, and an image of his goodness. She reaches mightily from end to end and orders all things well."
7.12.8Dindorf 1:371
καὶ δὴ τόνδε τὸν ἔνθεον λόγον διαφόρως ἡ θεία γραφὴ πρὸς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίᾳ πεπεμμένον εἰσάγει. αὐτὸν δʼ οὖν καὶ τῷ Ἁβραὰμ Μωσεῖ τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοφιλέσι προφήταις φῆναι ἑαυτὸν, καὶ χρησμοῖς τὰ πολλὰ παιδεῦσαί τε καὶ θεσπίσαι τὰ μέλλοντα ἱστορεῖ, ὁπηνίκα θεὸν καὶ κύριον ὦφθαί τε καὶ εἰς λόγους τῶν προφητῶν ἐλθεῖν μνημονεύει.
kai dē tonde ton entheon logon diaphorōs hē theia graphē pros tou patros epi tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn sōtērią pepemmenon eisagei. auton dʼ oun kai tǭ Habraam Mōsei te kai tois allois theophilesi prophētais phēnai heauton, kai chrēsmois ta polla paideusai te kai thespisai ta mellonta historei, hopēnika theon kai kyrion ōphthai te kai eis logous tōn prophētōn elthein mnēmoneuei.
And the divine Scripture introduces this divine Word in various ways as sent by the Father for the salvation of humans. It records that he showed himself to Abraham, to Moses, and to the other God-loving prophets, and taught them many things by oracles and foretold the future, whenever it mentions that God and Lord was seen and came into converse with the prophets.
7.12.9Dindorf 1:371
τοῦτον καὶ πᾶσιν εἰς γνῶσιν ἐλθεῖν ἀνθρώποις, οἷα νοσούντων σωτῆρα καὶ ψυχῶν ἰατρὸν πρὸς τοῦ μείζονος ἀπεσταλμένον, ὧδέ πη θεσπίζει ἀπέστειλε τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰάσατο αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἐρρύσατο αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν διαφθορῶν αὐτῶν.’ καὶ πάλιν ἄλλοτέ φησιν ἕως τάχους δραμεῖται ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ.” ἔνθεν καὶ ἡ εὐαγγελικὴ διδασκαλία τὸ προφητικὸν καὶ πάτριον ἀνανεουμένη δόγμα ταύτῃ πη διασαφεῖ τὴν θεολογίαν “ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν. πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν. ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων.”
touton kai pasin eis gnōsin elthein anthrōpois, hoia nosountōn sōtēra kai psychōn iatron pros tou meizonos apestalmenon, hōde pē thespizei apesteile ton logon autou, kai iasato autous, kai errysato autous ek tōn diaphthorōn autōn.’ kai palin allote phēsin heōs tachous drameitai ho logos autou.” enthen kai hē euangelikē didaskalia to prophētikon kai patrion ananeoumenē dogma tautę̄ pē diasaphei tēn theologian “en archę̄ ēn ho logos, kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho logos. houtos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon. panta diʼ autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen ho gegonen. en autǭ zōē ēn, kai hē zōē ēn to phōs tōn anthrōpōn.”
That he would come to the knowledge of all people, sent by the greater as savior of the sick and physician of souls, it prophesies thus: "He sent his Word and healed them, and rescued them from their corruptions." And again elsewhere it says, "His Word shall run swiftly." Hence the gospel teaching too, renewing the prophetic and ancestral doctrine, makes the theology clear in this way: "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. He was in the beginning with God. All things came into being through him, and without him not one thing came into being that has come into being. In him was life, and the life was the light of men."
7.12.10Dindorf 1:371–372
εἰκότως δῆτα τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι καὶ Μώσης ὁ πάνσοφος, ἀρχόμενος τῆς κατʼ αὐτὸν κοσμογονίας, ἐν τῇ προαποδοθείσῃ ἀρχῇ, πεποιηκέναι τὸν θεὸν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν φησίν· αὐτῷ τε εἰσάγει, ὡς ἂν οἰκείῳ καὶ πρωτογόνῳ αὐτοῦ λόγῳ, κοινολογούμενον ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δημιουργίας τὸν θεὸν ἐν οἷς γράφει καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν.”
eikotōs dēta tǭ autǭ pneumati kai Mōsēs ho pansophos, archomenos tēs katʼ auton kosmogonias, en tę̄ proapodotheisę̄ archę̄, pepoiēkenai ton theon ton ouranon kai tēn gēn phēsin; autǭ te eisagei, hōs an oikeiǭ kai prōtogonǭ autou logǭ, koinologoumenon epi tēs tou anthrōpou dēmiourgias ton theon en hois graphei kai eipen ho theos, poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ homoiōsin.”
Fittingly, then, by the same Spirit Moses too, the all-wise, beginning his account of the world's creation, says that God made the heaven and the earth in the beginning already spoken of; and he introduces God conversing with him, as with his own firstborn Word, at the making of man, where he writes: "And God said, Let us make man according to our image and according to likeness."
7.12.11Dindorf 1:372
τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ ψαλμῳδὸς ᾐνίττετο, ὁπηνίκα περὶ τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου διεξιὼν “αὐτὸς” φησὶν “εἶπε, καὶ ἐγεννήθησαν· αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν·” ἄντικρυς τὴν τοῦ πρώτου πρὸς τὸ δεύτερον αἴτιον, ὡς ἂν πατρὸς πρὸς υἱὸν, διάταξίν τε καὶ παρακέλευσιν ὑφιστάμενος πάντη γὰρ δήπουθεν δῆλον ὡς πᾶς ὁ λέγων τι ἑτέρῳ λέγει, καὶ ὁ ἐντελλόμενος ἑτέρῳ παρʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐντέλλεται.
touto de kai ho psalmǭdos ę̄nitteto, hopēnika peri tou prōtou aitiou diexiōn “autos” phēsin “eipe, kai egennēthēsan; autos eneteilato, kai ektisthēsan;” antikrys tēn tou prōtou pros to deuteron aition, hōs an patros pros huion, diataxin te kai parakeleusin hyphistamenos pantē gar dēpouthen dēlon hōs pas ho legōn ti heterǭ legei, kai ho entellomenos heterǭ parʼ heauton entelletai.
The psalmist too hinted at this when, speaking of the first cause, he says, "He spoke, and they were begotten; he commanded, and they were created," plainly implying the arrangement and command of the first cause to the second, as of father to son. For it is surely altogether plain that everyone who says something says it to another, and one who commands commands another than himself.
7.12.12Dindorf 1:372
διαρρήδην δʼ αὖ πάλιν Μώσης ἄμφω δυοῖν μνημονεύων κυρίων, πατρὸς δηλαδὴ καὶ υἱοῦ, ὧδέ πη ἐπὶ τῆς κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν τιμωρίας ἱστορεῖ λέγων “καὶ ἔβρεξε κύριος παρὰ κυρίου ἐπὶ Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα θεῖον καὶ πῦρ.”
diarrēdēn dʼ au palin Mōsēs amphō dyoin mnēmoneuōn kyriōn, patros dēladē kai huiou, hōde pē epi tēs kata tōn asebōn timōrias historei legōn “kai ebrexe kyrios para kyriou epi Sodoma kai Gomorra theion kai pyr.”
And again Moses expressly mentions both of two Lords, that is, Father and Son, relating the punishment of the impious thus: "And the Lord rained from the Lord on Sodom and Gomorrah sulfur and fire."
7.12.13Dindorf 1:372
οἷς συμφώνως καὶ Δαβὶδ ψάλλων ἔφησεν “εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου. καὶ προϊὼν τὴν κρύφιον καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀπόρρητον αὐτοῦ γενεσιουργίαν ᾐνίξατο, φάσκων ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε.”
hois symphōnōs kai Dabid psallōn ephēsen “eipen ho kyrios tǭ kyriǭ mou, kathou ek dexiōn mou, heōs an thō tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou. kai proïōn tēn kryphion kai tois pasin aporrēton autou genesiourgian ę̄nixato, phaskōn ek gastros pro heōsphorou egennēsa se.”
In agreement with these, David too sang: "The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet." And going on, he hinted at his hidden generation, unspeakable to all: "From the womb before the morning star I begot you."
7.12.14Dindorf 1:372–373
ἵνα δὲ μὴ σοφίζεσθαί με ταῦτα νομίσῃς, ἑρμηνέα σοι τῆς ἐν τῇ γραφῇ διανοίας Ἑβραῖον ἄνδρα παραστήσω, τὰ οἰκεῖα πατρόθεν ἀκριβοῦντα καὶ παρὰ διδασκάλων τὸ δόγμα μεμαθηκότα, εἰ δή σοι τοιοῦτος ὁ Φίλων. ἐπάκουσον οὖν καὶ τοῦδε, ὅπως τὰς θείας ἑρμηνεύει φωνάς·
hina de mē sophizesthai me tauta nomisę̄s, hermēnea soi tēs en tę̄ graphę̄ dianoias Hebraion andra parastēsō, ta oikeia patrothen akribounta kai para didaskalōn to dogma memathēkota, ei dē soi toioutos ho Philōn. epakouson oun kai toude, hopōs tas theias hermēneuei phōnas;
So that you may not think I am inventing these things, I shall present to you as interpreter of the meaning in Scripture a Hebrew man, accurate in his ancestral traditions and having learned the doctrine from teachers, if Philo seems such to you. Listen, then, to him too, how he interprets the divine words:
Preparation 7, chapter 13
7.13.1Dindorf 1:373
“Διὰ τί ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου θεοῦ φησι τὸ ἐν εἰκόνι θεοῦ ἐποίησα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ; παγκάλως καὶ σοφῶς τουτὶ κεχρησμῴδηται. θνητὸν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἀπεικονισθῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀνωτάτω καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ἐδύνατο, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν δεύτερον θεὸν, ὅς ἐστιν ἐκείνου λόγος.
“Dia ti hōs peri heterou theou phēsi to en eikoni theou epoiēsa ton anthrōpon, allʼ ouchi tę̄ heautou? pankalōs kai sophōs touti kechrēsmǭdētai. thnēton gar ouden apeikonisthēnai pros ton anōtatō kai patera tōn holōn edynato, alla pros ton deuteron theon, hos estin ekeinou logos.
"Why does he say, as if of another God, 'In the image of God I made man,' and not 'in my own'? This has been uttered very finely and wisely. For nothing mortal could be made in the likeness of the most high Father of the universe, but only of the second God, who is his Word.
7.13.2Dindorf 1:373
ἔδει γὰρ τὸν λογικὸν ἐν ἀνθρώπου ψυχῇ τύπον ὑπὸ θείου λόγου χαραχθῆναι, ἐπειδὴ ὁ πρὸ τοῦ λόγου θεὸς κρείσσων ἐστὶν ἢ πᾶσα λογικὴ φύσις· τῷ δὲ ὑπὲρ τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ βελτίστῃ καί τινι ἐξαιρέτῳ καθεστῶτι ἰδέᾳ οὐδὲν θέμις ἦν γεννητὸν ἐξομοιοῦσθαι.
edei gar ton logikon en anthrōpou psychę̄ typon hypo theiou logou charachthēnai, epeidē ho pro tou logou theos kreissōn estin ē pasa logikē physis; tǭ de hyper ton logon en tę̄ beltistę̄ kai tini exairetǭ kathestōti ideą ouden themis ēn gennēton exomoiousthai.
For the rational imprint in the human soul had to be stamped by the divine Word, since the God who is before the Word is better than every rational nature; and it was not lawful for anything begotten to be made like the one who is above the Word, established in the best and a special form."
7.13.3Dindorf 1:373
Ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ πρώτου μοι κείσθω τῶν Φίλωνος Ζητημάτων καὶ Λύσεων. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Περὶ γεωργίας προτέρῳ καὶ υἱὸν θεοῦ τὸν πρωτόγονον αὐτοῦ λόγον τοῦτον ὀνομάζει τὸν τρόπον. ‘Ταῦτα δὴ πάντα ὁ ποιμὴν καὶ βασιλεὺς θεὸς ἄγει κατὰ δίκην, νόμον προστησάμενος τὸν ὀρθὸν αὐτοῦ λόγον καὶ πρωτόγονον υἱὸν, ὃς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς ἱερᾶς ταύτης ἀγέλης, οἷά τις μεγάλου βασιλέως ὕπαρχος, διαδέξεται.”
Tauta ek tou prōtou moi keisthō tōn Philōnos Zētēmatōn kai Lyseōn. ho dʼ autos en tǭ Peri geōrgias proterǭ kai huion theou ton prōtogonon autou logon touton onomazei ton tropon. ‘Tauta dē panta ho poimēn kai basileus theos agei kata dikēn, nomon prostēsamenos ton orthon autou logon kai prōtogonon huion, hos tēn epimeleian tēs hieras tautēs agelēs, hoia tis megalou basileōs hyparchos, diadexetai.”
Let this be set down from the first book of Philo's Questions and Answers. The same author, in the first book On Husbandry, also names this firstborn Word of his Son of God, in this way: "All these things God, as shepherd and king, leads according to justice and law, setting over them his right Word and firstborn Son, who will take over the care of this sacred flock like a viceroy of a great king."
7.13.4Dindorf 1:373
Καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ δὲ πάλιν ὁ αὐτὸς τάδε γράφει πρὸς λέξιν ‘Τὰς δυστροπίας οὖν εἴ τις ἀποδιδράσκειν βούλεται τὰς ἐν τοῖς διαπορηθεῖσι, λεγέτω μετὰ παρρησίας ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ἐνύλων κραταιὸν οὕτως ὡς τὸν κόσμον ἀχθοφορεῖν ἰσχῦσαι. λόγος δʼ ὁ ἀΐδιος θεοῦ τοῦ αἰωνίου τὸ ὀχυρώτατον καὶ βεβαιότατον ἔρεισμα τῶν ὅλων ἐστίν.
Kai en tǭ deuterǭ de palin ho autos tade graphei pros lexin ‘Tas dystropias oun ei tis apodidraskein bouletai tas en tois diaporētheisi, legetō meta parrēsias hoti ouden tōn enylōn krataion houtōs hōs ton kosmon achthophorein ischysai. logos dʼ ho aïdios theou tou aiōniou to ochyrōtaton kai bebaiotaton ereisma tōn holōn estin.
And in the second book again the same author writes this, word for word: "If anyone, then, wishes to escape the difficulties in what has been discussed, let him say boldly that nothing material is strong enough to be able to bear the burden of the world; but the eternal Word of the everlasting God is the strongest and most secure support of the universe.
7.13.5Dindorf 1:373–374
οὗτος ἀπὸ τῶν μέσων ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄκρων ἐπὶ τὰ μέσα ταθεὶς δολιχεύει τὸν φύσεως ἀήττητον δρόμον, συνάγων τὰ μέρη πάντα καὶ σφίγγων. δεσμὸν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἄρρηκτον τοῦ παντὸς ὁ γεννήσας ἐποίει πατήρ.
houtos apo tōn mesōn epi ta perata kai apo tōn akrōn epi ta mesa tatheis dolicheuei ton physeōs aēttēton dromon, synagōn ta merē panta kai sphingōn. desmon gar auton arrēkton tou pantos ho gennēsas epoiei patēr.
He, stretched from the middle to the ends and from the extremes to the middle, runs the long, unconquerable course of nature, gathering all the parts together and binding them fast. For the Father who begot him made him an unbreakable bond of the universe.
7.13.6Dindorf 1:374
εἰκότως οὖν οὐδὲ γῆ πᾶσα διαλυθήσεται πρὸς παντὸς ὕδατος, ὅπερ αὐτῆς οἱ κόλποι κεχωρήκασιν, οὐδʼ ὑπὸ ἀέρος σβεσθήσεται πῦρ, οὐδʼ ἔμπαλιν ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἀὴρ ἀναφλεχθήσεται, τοῦ θείου λόγου μεθόριον τάττοντος αὑτὸν φωνῆεν στοιχείων ἀφώνων, ἵνα τὸ ὅλον ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐγγράμμου μουσικῆς συνηχήσῃ, τὰς τῶν ἐναντίων ἀπειλὰς πειθοῖ τῇ συνόδῳ μεσιτεύοντός τε καὶ διαιτῶντος.”
eikotōs oun oude gē pasa dialythēsetai pros pantos hydatos, hoper autēs hoi kolpoi kechōrēkasin, oudʼ hypo aeros sbesthēsetai pyr, oudʼ empalin hypo pyros aēr anaphlechthēsetai, tou theiou logou methorion tattontos hauton phōnēen stoicheiōn aphōnōn, hina to holon hōsper epi tēs engrammou mousikēs synēchēsę̄, tas tōn enantiōn apeilas peithoi tę̄ synodǭ mesiteuontos te kai diaitōntos.”
Fittingly, then, the whole earth will not be dissolved by all the water that its hollows have received, nor fire quenched by air, nor conversely air set ablaze by fire, since the divine Word sets himself as a boundary, like a vowel among voiceless elements, so that the whole may sound in harmony as in written music, mediating and arbitrating the threats of opposites by persuasive reconciliation."
7.13.7Dindorf 1:374
Ταῦτα ὁ Φίλων. καὶ Ἀριστόβουλος δὲ ἄλλος Ἑβραίων σοφὸς ἀνὴρ, κατὰ τὴν τῶν Πτολεμαίων ἀκμάσας ἡγεμονίαν, κυροῖ τὸ δόγμα ὡς πάτριον, αὐτῷ Πτολεμαίῳ τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων προσφωνῶν ἑρμηνείαν, ἐν ᾗ τάδε φησί
Tauta ho Philōn. kai Aristoboulos de allos Hebraiōn sophos anēr, kata tēn tōn Ptolemaiōn akmasas hēgemonian, kyroi to dogma hōs patrion, autǭ Ptolemaiǭ tēn tōn hierōn nomōn prosphōnōn hermēneian, en hę̄ tade phēsi
So Philo. And Aristobulus too, another wise man of the Hebrews, who flourished under the rule of the Ptolemies, confirms the doctrine as ancestral, addressing his interpretation of the sacred laws to Ptolemy himself, in which he says this:
Preparation 7, chapter 14
7.14.1Dindorf 1:374
“Μεταφέροιτο δʼ ἂν τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σοφίας· τὸ γὰρ πᾶν φῶς ἐστὶν ἐξ αὐτῆς. διὸ καί τινες εἰρήκασι τῶν ἐκ τῆς αἱρέσεως ὄντες τοῦ Περιπάτου λαμπτῆρος αὐτὴν ἔχειν τάξιν. ἀκολουθοῦντες γὰρ αὐτῇ συνεχῶς, ἀτάραχοι καταστήσονται διʼ ὅλου τοῦ βίου. σαφέστερον δὲ καὶ κάλλιον τῶν ἡμετέρων προγόνων τις εἶπε Σολομῶν, πρὸ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς αὐτὴν ὑπάρχειν· τὸ δὲ σύμφωνόν ἐστι τῷ προειρημένῳ.”
“Metapheroito dʼ an to auto kai epi tēs sophias; to gar pan phōs estin ex autēs. dio kai tines eirēkasi tōn ek tēs haireseōs ontes tou Peripatou lamptēros autēn echein taxin. akolouthountes gar autę̄ synechōs, atarachoi katastēsontai diʼ holou tou biou. saphesteron de kai kallion tōn hēmeterōn progonōn tis eipe Solomōn, pro ouranou kai gēs autēn hyparchein; to de symphōnon esti tǭ proeirēmenǭ.”
"The same thing could be transferred to wisdom; for all light comes from her. That is why some of those of the Peripatetic school have said that she holds the place of a lamp; for those who follow her constantly will be calm throughout their whole life. But one of our ancestors, Solomon, said more clearly and better that she existed before heaven and earth; and this agrees with what has been said."
7.14.2Dindorf 1:374
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα περὶ τοῦδε καὶ παῖδες Ἑβραίων πεφιλοσοφήκασιν ἆρʼ οὖν οὐχ οὗτος λόγων εἴη ἂν ὁ θεοπρεπέστατος, δυνάμει θεοῦ λογικῇ καὶ πανσόφῳ, μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ αὐτῷ θεοῦ λόγῳ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνατιθεὶς τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως ἢ τοῖς ἀψύχοις καὶ ἀλόγοις στοιχείοις;
Tauta men oun kai ta toiauta peri toude kai paides Hebraiōn pephilosophēkasin arʼ oun ouch houtos logōn eiē an ho theoprepestatos, dynamei theou logikę̄ kai pansophǭ, mallon de autę̄ sophią kai autǭ theou logǭ tēn archēn anatitheis tēs tou pantos systaseōs ē tois apsychois kai alogois stoicheiois?
Such things and the like the sons of the Hebrews have taught on this subject. Would not this be the most God-befitting of doctrines, which ascribes the beginning of the constitution of the universe to the rational and all-wise power of God, or rather to Wisdom itself and the very Word of God, rather than to lifeless and irrational elements?
7.14.3Dindorf 1:374–375
ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα παρʼ Ἑβραίοις καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς. σκεψώμεθα δὲ καὶ ἃ περὶ τῆς τῶν λογικῶν συστάσεως, τῶν μετὰ τὴν πρώτην ἀρχὴν, ἐκδιδάσκουσι.
alla gar toiauta parʼ Hebraiois kai ta peri tēs tōn holōn archēs. skepsōmetha de kai ha peri tēs tōn logikōn systaseōs, tōn meta tēn prōtēn archēn, ekdidaskousi.
Such, then, is the Hebrews' teaching on the first principle of the universe. Let us examine also what they teach about the constitution of rational beings, which come after the first principle.
Preparation 7, chapter 15
7.15.1Dindorf 1:375
Μετὰ τὴν ἄναρχον καὶ ἀγέννητον τοῦ θεοῦ παμβασιλέως οὐσίαν, τὴν οὐκ ἄλλοθεν ἢ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς γεγεννημένην ἀρχὴν, πρωτότοκόν τε οὖσαν καὶ συνεργὸν τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς βουλῆς, πρὸς αὐτόν τε ἀπεικονισμένην διδάσκουσι.
Meta tēn anarchon kai agennēton tou theou pambasileōs ousian, tēn ouk allothen ē ek tou patros gegennēmenēn archēn, prōtotokon te ousan kai synergon tēs tou patros boulēs, pros auton te apeikonismenēn didaskousi.
After the beginningless and unbegotten being of God the King of all, they teach a beginning begotten from no other source than the Father, being firstborn and co-worker of the Father's will, and made in his likeness.
7.15.2Dindorf 1:375
ταύτην δὲ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα γενητῶν ἀπάντων πρωτεύειν, παρʼ ὃ καὶ εἰκόνα θεοῦ αὐτὴν, καὶ θεοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ θεοῦ σοφίαν, καὶ θεοῦ λόγον, ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἀρχιστράτηγον δυνάμεως κυρίου, μεγάλης τε βουλῆς ἄγγελον ἀποκαλεῖν εἰώθασι.
tautēn de tōn meta tauta genētōn apantōn prōteuein, parʼ ho kai eikona theou autēn, kai theou dynamin, kai theou sophian, kai theou logon, nai mēn kai archistratēgon dynameōs kyriou, megalēs te boulēs angelon apokalein eiōthasi.
This, they teach, holds the first place among all things that came into being after it; which is why they are accustomed to call it the image of God, the power of God, the wisdom of God, the Word of God, and indeed the commander-in-chief of the host of the Lord and the angel of great counsel.
7.15.3Dindorf 1:375
τὰς δὲ μετὰ τήνδε τὴν ἀρχὴν νοερὰς καὶ λογικὰς δυνάμεις οὐ λεκτὰς εἶναι ἀνθρώπου φύσει, τοῦ τε πλήθους ἕνεκα τῆς τε κατʼ εἶδος διαφορὰς, πλὴν ὅσον ἐπιβάλλειν δυνατὸν τοῖς παραδείγμασιν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων ἀναλογίας, ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων καὶ αὐτοῦ δὴ οὐρανοῦ ἔνδον ὑφʼ ἑαυτῷ τὰ σύμπαντα περιειληφότος.
tas de meta tēnde tēn archēn noeras kai logikas dynameis ou lektas einai anthrōpou physei, tou te plēthous heneka tēs te katʼ eidos diaphoras, plēn hoson epiballein dynaton tois paradeigmasin ek tēs tōn horōmenōn analogias, hēliou kai selēnēs kai astrōn kai autou dē ouranou endon hyphʼ heautǭ ta sympanta perieilēphotos.
The intelligent and rational powers that come after this beginning cannot be expressed by human nature, because of their number and their differences of kind, except so far as one can approach them by examples from the analogy of visible things: the sun, the moon, the stars, and heaven itself, which embraces all things within itself.
7.15.4Dindorf 1:375
“ἄλλη γὰρ δόξα ἡλίου καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης καὶ ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων” φησὶν ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος· ἀστέρα γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρειν ἐν δόξῃ.
“allē gar doxa hēliou kai allē doxa selēnēs kai allē doxa asterōn” phēsin ho theios apostolos; astera gar asteros diapherein en doxę̄.
"For there is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars," says the divine apostle; for star differs from star in glory.
7.15.5Dindorf 1:375
ταύτῃ πη τοιγαροῦν καὶ τὸν ἐν ἀσωμάτοις καὶ νοεραῖς οὐσίαις κόσμον χρὴ νοεῖν, τὰ πάντα μὲν ἀθρόως ἀπολαβούσης τῆς ἀνεκφράστου καὶ ἀπειρομεγέθους δυνάμεως τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων, δευτερευούσης δὲ μετὰ τὸν πατέρα τῆς δημιουργικῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ φωτιστικῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ θείου λόγου. διὸ καὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἥλιον Ἑβραίοις φίλον αὐτὸν ὀνομάζειν.
tautę̄ pē toigaroun kai ton en asōmatois kai noerais ousiais kosmon chrē noein, ta panta men athroōs apolabousēs tēs anekphrastou kai apeiromegethous dynameōs tou theou tōn holōn, deutereuousēs de meta ton patera tēs dēmiourgikēs homou kai phōtistikēs dynameōs tou theiou logou. dio kai phōs alēthinon kai dikaiosynēs hēlion Hebraiois philon auton onomazein.
In this way, then, we must conceive of the world among bodiless and intelligent beings: the inexpressible and infinitely great power of the God of the universe embraces all things at once, and second after the Father is the creative and illuminating power of the divine Word. That is why the Hebrews like to call him true light and sun of righteousness.
7.15.6Dindorf 1:375–376
τρίτης δὲ ἤδη μετὰ τὴν δευτέραν οὐσίαν ἐν χώρᾳ σελήνης καθισταμένης τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ βασιλικῇ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς ἀξίᾳ καὶ τιμῇ καταλέγουσιν, εἰς ἀρχὴν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα γενητῶν, λέγω δὲ τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων καὶ τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῦ χορηγίας ἐπιδεομένων, καὶ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ποιητοῦ κατατεταγμένου.
tritēs de ēdē meta tēn deuteran ousian en chōrą selēnēs kathistamenēs tou hagiou pneumatos, ho kai auto en tę̄ prōtę̄ kai basilikę̄ tēs tōn holōn archēs axią kai timę̄ katalegousin, eis archēn tōn meta tauta genētōn, legō de tōn hypobebēkotōn kai tēs parʼ autou chorēgias epideomenōn, kai autou pros tou tōn holōn poiētou katatetagmenou.
And third, after the second being, in the place of the moon, is set the Holy Spirit, which they also number in the first and royal dignity and honor of the principle of the universe, he too having been appointed by the maker of the universe as principle of the things that came into being after these, I mean those that are lower and need his supply.
7.15.7Dindorf 1:376
ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν, τρίτην ἐπέχον τὴν τάξιν, τοῖς ὑποβεβηκόσι τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κρειττόνων δυνάμεων ἐπιχορηγεῖ, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀντιλαμβάνει παρʼ ἑτέρου [του ἢ παρὰ θεοῦ λόγου, ] τοῦ δὴ καὶ ἀνωτέρω καὶ κρείττονος, ὃν δὴ δευτερεύειν ἔφαμεν τῆς ἀνωτάτω καὶ ἀγεννήτου φύσεως θεοῦ τοῦ παμβασιλέως· παρʼ οὗ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιχορηγούμενος ὁ θεὸς λόγος, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀενάου πηγῆς θεότητα ἀναβλυστανούσης ἀρυτόμενος, τοῖς πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ καὶ δὴ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, μᾶλλον ἁπάντων αὐτῷ προσεχεῖ καὶ ἐγγυτάτω ὄντι, ταῖς τε μετὰ τοῦτο νοεραῖς καὶ θείαις δυνάμεσιν ἀθρόως καὶ ἀνεπιφθόνως τῶν τοῦ οἰκείου φωτὸς μαρμαρυγῶν μεταδίδωσι.
alla touto men, tritēn epechon tēn taxin, tois hypobebēkosi tōn en autǭ kreittonōn dynameōn epichorēgei, ou mēn alla kai antilambanei parʼ heterou [tou ē para theou logou, ] tou dē kai anōterō kai kreittonos, hon dē deutereuein ephamen tēs anōtatō kai agennētou physeōs theou tou pambasileōs; parʼ hou dē kai autos epichorēgoumenos ho theos logos, kai hōsper ex aenaou pēgēs theotēta anablystanousēs arytomenos, tois pasin homou kai dē kai autǭ tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, mallon hapantōn autǭ prosechei kai engytatō onti, tais te meta touto noerais kai theiais dynamesin athroōs kai anepiphthonōs tōn tou oikeiou phōtos marmarygōn metadidōsi.
But this Spirit, holding the third rank, supplies to those below the better powers within it, and receives in turn from another, higher and better, whom we said is second to the supreme and unbegotten nature of God the King of all; from whom the God the Word himself is also supplied, and drawing, as from an ever-flowing spring that wells up divinity, he gives a share of the radiance of his own light, ungrudgingly and to all at once, to the Holy Spirit himself, who is nearest and closest to him of all, and to the intelligent and divine powers after him.
7.15.8Dindorf 1:376
τὴν δὲ τῶν ὅλων ἀγένητον ἀρχὴν, ἀγαθῶν ἁπάντων οὖσαν πηγὴν, θεότητός τε καὶ ζωῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ φωτὸς καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς αἰτίαν, καὶ πρώτην γε οὖσαν τῶν πρώτων καὶ ἀρχῶν ἀρχὴν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἀρχῆς καὶ πρώτου καὶ πάσης ῥητῆς τε καὶ καταληπτῆς ἐπινοίας ἐπέκεινα, τὰ μὲν πάντα ὅσα περ ἐν ἀρρήτοις δυνάμεσι περιείληφε τῷ πρώτῳ γεννήματι κοινωνεῖν μόνῳ, ὡς ἂν μόνως οἵῳ τε χωρεῖν καὶ ἀποδέχεσθαι τὴν τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐκ ἐφικτὴν οὐδὲ χωρητὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίαν.
tēn de tōn holōn agenēton archēn, agathōn hapantōn ousan pēgēn, theotētos te kai zōēs homou kai phōtos kai pasēs aretēs aitian, kai prōtēn ge ousan tōn prōtōn kai archōn archēn, mallon de kai archēs kai prōtou kai pasēs rhētēs te kai katalēptēs epinoias epekeina, ta men panta hosa per en arrētois dynamesi perieilēphe tǭ prōtǭ gennēmati koinōnein monǭ, hōs an monōs hoiǭ te chōrein kai apodechesthai tēn tois allois ouk ephiktēn oude chōrētēn tou patros tōn agathōn aphthonian.
And the unbegotten principle of the universe, being the source of all goods and the cause of divinity, life, light, and all virtue, and being first of the first and principle of principles, or rather beyond principle and first and every expressible and comprehensible thought, shares everything that it embraces in its ineffable powers with its first offspring alone, as alone able to contain and receive the abundance of the Father's goods, which is unattainable and uncontainable by the others.
7.15.9Dindorf 1:376
τὰ δʼ ἐν μέρει τοῖς κατὰ μέρος ἀξίοις διὰ τῆς τοῦ δευτέρου διακονίας τε καὶ μεσιτείας κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστῳ ἐφικτὸν ἐμπαρέχειν· ὧν τὰ τέλεια καὶ ἄκρως ἅγια τῷ τρίτῳ μὲν ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ, ἄρχοντι δὲ καὶ ἡγουμένῳ τῶν μετέπειτα, διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπικομιζομένῳ, δεδωρῆσθαι.
ta dʼ en merei tois kata meros axiois dia tēs tou deuterou diakonias te kai mesiteias kata to hekastǭ ephikton emparechein; hōn ta teleia kai akrōs hagia tǭ tritǭ men aphʼ heautou, archonti de kai hēgoumenǭ tōn metepeita, dia tou huiou ta para tou patros epikomizomenǭ, dedōrēsthai.
But partial goods he grants to those worthy of them part by part, through the ministry and mediation of the second, as each can attain; and of these, the perfect and supremely holy have been given to the one who is third from him, but is ruler and leader of those that follow, and who conveys through the Son what comes from the Father.
7.15.10Dindorf 1:376–377
ἔνθεν οἱ πάντες Ἑβραίων θεόλογοι, μετὰ τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν καὶ μετὰ τὴν πρωτότοκον αὐτοῦ σοφίαν τὴν τρίτην καὶ ἁγίαν δύναμιν, ἅγιον πνεῦμα προσειπόντες ἀποθειάζουσιν, ὑφʼ οὗ καὶ ἐφωτίζοντο θεοφορούμενοι.
enthen hoi pantes Hebraiōn theologoi, meta ton epi pantōn theon kai meta tēn prōtotokon autou sophian tēn tritēn kai hagian dynamin, hagion pneuma proseipontes apotheiazousin, hyphʼ hou kai ephōtizonto theophoroumenoi.
Hence all the theologians of the Hebrews, after the God over all and after his firstborn Wisdom, ascribe divinity to the third and holy power, calling it Holy Spirit, by whom they too were enlightened when inspired.
7.15.11Dindorf 1:377
ἑξῆς δὲ οὐρανῷ καὶ ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ ἀστέρα φασὶν ἀστέρος διαφέρειν ἐν δόξῃ. θνητῇ μὲν οὑν φύσει οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμὸν ἄστρων δυνατὸν εὑρεῖν, πλὴν ἀλλὰ τὸν παμβασιλέα θεὸν τὰ Ἑβραίων φασὶ λόγια καὶ τῆς κατʼ οὐρανὸν στρατιᾶς τὰ πλήθη καὶ τὰς προσηγορίας μὴ ἀγνοεῖν. διὸ παρʼ αὐτοῖς λέγεσθαι “ὁ ἀριθμῶν πλήθη ἄστρων καὶ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα καλῶν.’
hexēs de ouranǭ kai hēliǭ kai selēnę̄ astera phasin asteros diapherein en doxę̄. thnētę̄ men houn physei ouk estin arithmon astrōn dynaton heurein, plēn alla ton pambasilea theon ta Hebraiōn phasi logia kai tēs katʼ ouranon stratias ta plēthē kai tas prosēgorias mē agnoein. dio parʼ autois legesthai “ho arithmōn plēthē astrōn kai pasin autois onomata kalōn.’
Next after heaven, sun, and moon, they say, star differs from star in glory. For mortal nature it is not possible to find the number of the stars; but the oracles of the Hebrews say that God the King of all is not ignorant of the multitudes of the host of heaven and their names. Therefore it is said among them: "He who numbers the multitudes of stars and calls them all by names."
7.15.12Dindorf 1:377
οὕτω δὴ μετὰ τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐν ἀσωμάτοις δυνάμεσιν ἐπινοουμένων ἄστρων, φωτὸς νοεροῦ δυνάμει τε καὶ οὐσίᾳ διαπρεπόντων, πολλή τις καὶ ἡμῖν ἀπερινόητος διαφορὰ τυγχάνει, ἀναρίθμητά τε φῦλα καὶ γένη, ἀλλʼ οὐ καὶ τῷ τῶν ὅλων ποιητῇ.
houtō dē meta ta prōta tōn en asōmatois dynamesin epinooumenōn astrōn, phōtos noerou dynamei te kai ousią diaprepontōn, pollē tis kai hēmin aperinoētos diaphora tynchanei, anarithmēta te phyla kai genē, allʼ ou kai tǭ tōn holōn poiētę̄.
So too, after the first of the stars conceived among bodiless powers, distinguished in power and substance of intelligent light, there is a great difference, inconceivable to us, and countless tribes and kinds, though not to the maker of the universe.
7.15.13Dindorf 1:377
διὸ καὶ τὸ καταληπτὸν αὐτῶν μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ παριστάς τις θεολόγων φησὶ “μύριαι μυριάδες ἐλειτούργουν αὐτῷ καὶ χίλιαι χιλιάδες παρειστήκεισαν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ” διὰ μὲν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ δηλῶν τὸ τῷ θεῷ καταληπτὸν αὐτῶν, διὰ δὲ τοῦ ποσοῦ τὸ ἡμῖν ἄπειρον· παρʼ ὃ καὶ εἰώθαμεν ὀνομάζειν καθʼ ὑπερβολῆς ἔμφασιν τὰ πολλὰ καὶ ἄπειρα μυρία.
dio kai to katalēpton autōn monǭ tǭ theǭ paristas tis theologōn phēsi “myriai myriades eleitourgoun autǭ kai chiliai chiliades pareistēkeisan emprosthen autou” dia men tou arithmou dēlōn to tǭ theǭ katalēpton autōn, dia de tou posou to hēmin apeiron; parʼ ho kai eiōthamen onomazein kathʼ hyperbolēs emphasin ta polla kai apeira myria.
So one of the theologians, presenting their number as comprehensible to God alone, says: "Ten thousand times ten thousand ministered to him, and thousands of thousands stood before him," showing by the number that they are comprehensible to God, and by the quantity that they are infinite to us; which is why we are accustomed to call things many and infinite "myriads," by way of hyperbole.
7.15.14Dindorf 1:377
ἄλλος δέ τις προφήτης περὶ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῶν διεξιὼν ὧδέ πως τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν ἀπάντων θεολογεῖ, φάσκων κύριε ὁ θεός μου, ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθης σφόδρα, ἐξομολόγησιν καὶ μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσω, ἀναβαλλόμενος φῶς ὡς ἱμάτιον, ἐκτείνων τὸν οὐρανὸν ὡσεὶ δέρριν· ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα.”
allos de tis prophētēs peri tēs ousias autōn diexiōn hōde pōs ton poiētēn tōn apantōn theologei, phaskōn kyrie ho theos mou, hōs emegalynthēs sphodra, exomologēsin kai megaloprepeian enedysō, anaballomenos phōs hōs himation, ekteinōn ton ouranon hōsei derrin; ho poiōn tous angelous autou pneumata kai tous leitourgous autou pyros phloga.”
Another prophet, describing their substance, speaks of the maker of all things thus: "O Lord my God, how greatly you are magnified! You have clothed yourself with praise and majesty, putting on light as a garment, stretching out the heaven like a skin; who makes his angels spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire."
7.15.15Dindorf 1:377–378
μή τοι νομίσῃς τοῦ παρʼ ἡμῖν θνητοῦ καὶ γεώδους πυρὸς οὐσίας μετέχειν τὰ δηλούμενα, μηδέ γε τῶν ἐξ ἀλόγου φύσεως ἀέρος πνευμάτων· ἀλλʼ οἷόν περ καὶ αὐτὸν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν θεὸν, ἀσώματον μὲν καὶ ἄϋλον καὶ αὐτόνουν, μᾶλλον δὲ ὑπὲρ νοῦν καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντα λόγον ὄντα τὴν φύσιν, τροπικώτερον δὲ καὶ πνεῦμα καὶ πῦρ καὶ φῶς, καὶ ἄλλαις τισὶ προσηγορίαις θνηταῖς ἀκοαῖς καταλλήλοις ὀνομαζόμενον, ἀγγέλους δῆτα καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους, καὶ πνεύματα καὶ θείας δυνάμεις καὶ στρατιὰς οὐρανίους, ἀρχάς τε καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ θρόνους καὶ κυριότητας, ὡς ἂν μυρίους ἐπὶ μυρίοις ἀστέρας τε καὶ φωστῆρας, τὰς νοερὰς καὶ λογικὰς οὐσίας οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι προσειπόντες, ἄρχειν ἁπάντων καὶ ἐπιστατεῖν τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης φασὶν ἥλιον, καὶ τὸ τούτου σύζυγον ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
mē toi nomisę̄s tou parʼ hēmin thnētou kai geōdous pyros ousias metechein ta dēloumena, mēde ge tōn ex alogou physeōs aeros pneumatōn; allʼ hoion per kai auton onomazousi ton theon, asōmaton men kai aÿlon kai autonoun, mallon de hyper noun kai hyper panta logon onta tēn physin, tropikōteron de kai pneuma kai pyr kai phōs, kai allais tisi prosēgoriais thnētais akoais katallēlois onomazomenon, angelous dēta kai archangelous, kai pneumata kai theias dynameis kai stratias ouranious, archas te kai exousias kai thronous kai kyriotētas, hōs an myrious epi myriois asteras te kai phōstēras, tas noeras kai logikas ousias hoi theioi logoi proseipontes, archein hapantōn kai epistatein ton tēs dikaiosynēs phasin hēlion, kai to toutou syzygon hagion pneuma.
Do not think that the beings described share in the substance of our mortal and earthy fire, or of the winds that come from the irrational nature of air. Rather, just as they name God himself, who is bodiless, immaterial, and pure mind, or rather beyond mind and beyond all reason in nature, more figuratively spirit and fire and light, and by other names suited to mortal ears, so the divine words call the intelligent and rational beings angels and archangels, spirits and divine powers and heavenly hosts, principalities and authorities, thrones and dominions, as if tens of thousands upon tens of thousands of stars and lights; and they say that the sun of righteousness rules and presides over them all, and the Holy Spirit, his yoke-fellow.
7.15.16Dindorf 1:378
τὰ δὲ πάντα ἀθρόως αὐτῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νοερά τε ζῷα καὶ λογικὰ, σὺν καὶ τοῖς κατʼ οὐρανὸν φαινομένοις, οὐρανόν τε αὐτὸν, καὶ ὅσα ἔνδον οὗτος ἐν αὐτῷ περιλαβὼν ἔχει, μόνῳ τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ, τῷ διὰ πάντων καὶ ἐν πᾶσι παμβασιλεῖ καὶ πανηγεμόνι καὶ αἰτίῳ τῶν ὅλων, ὡς ἂν δημιουργῷ πάντων ποιητῇ τε καὶ φροντιστῇ καὶ σωτῆρι, τὸν πρέποντα ὕμνον καὶ τὴν προσήκουσαν θεολογίαν ἡ θεία καὶ προφητικὴ γραφὴ νέμειν παρακελεύεται, φάσκουσα
ta de panta athroōs autǭ huiǭ kai hagiǭ pneumati, noera te zǭa kai logika, syn kai tois katʼ ouranon phainomenois, ouranon te auton, kai hosa endon houtos en autǭ perilabōn echei, monǭ tǭ epi pantōn theǭ, tǭ dia pantōn kai en pasi pambasilei kai panēgemoni kai aitiǭ tōn holōn, hōs an dēmiourgǭ pantōn poiētę̄ te kai phrontistę̄ kai sōtēri, ton preponta hymnon kai tēn prosēkousan theologian hē theia kai prophētikē graphē nemein parakeleuetai, phaskousa
But all things together, with the Son himself and the Holy Spirit, intelligent and rational living beings, together with those that appear in heaven, heaven itself and all that it holds embraced within it, the divine and prophetic Scripture bids give the fitting hymn and proper acknowledgment of deity to the God over all alone, who through all and in all is King of all and ruler of all and cause of the universe, as creator, maker, guardian, and savior of all, saying:
7.15.17Dindorf 1:378
“αἰνεῖτε τὸν θεὸν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν πάντα τὰ ἄστρα καὶ τὸ φῶς, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν οἱ οὐρανοὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ τὰ ὕδατα τὰ ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν αἰνεσάτωσαν τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπε, καὶ ἐγεννήθησαν, αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν. ἔστησεν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος, προστάγματα ἔθετο, καὶ οὐ παρελεύσεται.”
“aineite ton theon ek tōn ouranōn, aineite auton en tois hypsistois, aineite auton pantes hoi angeloi autou, aineite auton pasai hai dynameis autou, aineite auton hēlios kai selēnē, aineite auton panta ta astra kai to phōs, aineite auton hoi ouranoi tōn ouranōn, kai ta hydata ta hyperanō tōn ouranōn ainesatōsan to onoma kyriou, hoti autos eipe, kai egennēthēsan, autos eneteilato, kai ektisthēsan. estēsen auta eis ton aiōna kai eis ton aiōna tou aiōnos, prostagmata etheto, kai ou pareleusetai.”
"Praise God from the heavens, praise him in the highest; praise him, all his angels; praise him, all his powers; praise him, sun and moon; praise him, all you stars and light; praise him, you heavens of heavens, and the waters above the heavens; let them praise the name of the Lord. For he spoke, and they were begotten; he commanded, and they were created. He established them forever and to the age of ages; he set a decree, and it shall not pass away."
7.15.18Dindorf 1:378–379
Τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ παρὰ Ἑβραίων δόγματα, ἃ τῆς Ἑλλήνων πολυθέου καὶ δαιμονικῆς πλάνης προτετιμήκαμεν, θείας μὲν δυνάμεις ὑπηρετικὰς τοῦ παμβασιλέως θεοῦ καὶ λειτουργικὰς εἰδότες, καὶ κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον τιμῶντες, μόνον δὲ θεὸν ὁμολογοῦντες, καὶ μόνον ἐκεῖνον σέβοντες, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸς οὐρανὸς, καὶ τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἅπαντα, τά τε ἐπέκεινα οὐρανοῦ σέβειν καὶ ὑμνεῖν καὶ θεολογεῖν ἐδιδάχθη· ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πρωτότοκος τῶν ὅλων ἡ πάντων ἀρχὴ τὸν αὐτοῦ πατέρα μόνον ἡγεῖσθαι θεὸν ἀληθῆ καὶ μόνον σέβειν ἡμῖν παρακελεύεται.
Toiauta kai ta para Hebraiōn dogmata, ha tēs Hellēnōn polytheou kai daimonikēs planēs protetimēkamen, theias men dynameis hypēretikas tou pambasileōs theou kai leitourgikas eidotes, kai kata to prosēkon timōntes, monon de theon homologountes, kai monon ekeinon sebontes, hon kai autos ouranos, kai ta katʼ ouranon hapanta, ta te epekeina ouranou sebein kai hymnein kai theologein edidachthē; hoti kai autos ho monogenēs tou theou kai prōtotokos tōn holōn hē pantōn archē ton autou patera monon hēgeisthai theon alēthē kai monon sebein hēmin parakeleuetai.
Such are the doctrines of the Hebrews too, which we have preferred to the polytheistic and demonic error of the Greeks. We know the divine powers to be servants and ministers of God the King of all and honor them as is fitting, but we confess one God alone and worship him alone, whom heaven itself and all things in heaven and beyond heaven have been taught to worship, hymn, and acknowledge as God. For the only-begotten of God himself, the firstborn of the universe, the principle of all things, bids us regard his Father alone as true God and worship him alone.
Preparation 7, chapter 16
7.16.1Dindorf 1:379
Ἕπεται καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐναντίας δυνάμεως τίνα ποτὲ τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια παραδίδωσιν ἐπισκέψασθαι. τὰς μὲν οὖν θείας δυνάμεις, νεύματι τοῦ πατρὸς τῷ σύμπαντι ἐφεστώσας κόσμῳ, τά τε λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα, διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν βασιλείαν, τούς τε ἱεροὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους, πᾶσάν τε τὴν διάκονον τῶν ἀγαθῶν νοερὰν οὐσίαν, φωτεινὴν οὖσαν, καὶ πάντων ὑπηρέτιν τῶν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐκ θεοῦ δωρουμένων ἀγαθῶν, τὸν παμβασιλέα πάντων δορυφορεῖν θεὸν, κἄπειτα τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν δίκην ἄστρων, τὸν ἥλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης, καὶ τὸ σύζυγον αὐτῷ ἅγιον πνεῦμα περιπολεῖν, τῆς τε τούτων χορηγίας τοῦ φωτὸς ἀπολαύειν· διὸ καὶ φωστῆρσι τοῖς κατʼ οὐρανὸν εἰκότως παραβάλλεσθαι·
Hepetai kai peri tēs enantias dynameōs tina pote ta Hebraiōn logia paradidōsin episkepsasthai. tas men oun theias dynameis, neumati tou patros tǭ sympanti ephestōsas kosmǭ, ta te leitourgika pneumata eis diakonian apostellomena, dia tous mellontas klēronomein basileian, tous te hierous angelous tou theou kai archangelous, pasan te tēn diakonon tōn agathōn noeran ousian, phōteinēn ousan, kai pantōn hypēretin tōn eis anthrōpous ek theou dōroumenōn agathōn, ton pambasilea pantōn doryphorein theon, kapeita tōn katʼ ouranon dikēn astrōn, ton hēlion tēs dikaiosynēs, kai to syzygon autǭ hagion pneuma peripolein, tēs te toutōn chorēgias tou phōtos apolauein; dio kai phōstērsi tois katʼ ouranon eikotōs paraballesthai;
It follows to examine what the oracles of the Hebrews hand down about the opposing power. The divine powers set over the whole world at the Father's nod, the ministering spirits sent out for service for the sake of those who are to inherit the kingdom, the holy angels and archangels of God, and the whole intelligent being that ministers good things, being full of light and the servant of all the goods given by God to humans: these, they say, form the bodyguard of God the King of all; and then, like the stars in heaven, they circle around the sun of righteousness and the Holy Spirit his yoke-fellow, and enjoy the supply of light from them; which is why they are fittingly compared to the lights in heaven.
7.16.2Dindorf 1:379
τὴν δὲ ἐκ τούτων παρατετραμμένην, καὶ τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων χορείας διʼ οἰκείαν φαυλότητα στερομένην, σκότος τε ἀντὶ φωτὸς ἀλλαξαμένην, ἔμπαλιν ἢ τὰ πρῶτα, ταῖς ἁρμοττούσαις τῇ τοῦ τρόπου μοχθηρίᾳ προσηγορίαις ὀνομάζει.
tēn de ek toutōn paratetrammenēn, kai tēs tōn kreittonōn choreias diʼ oikeian phaulotēta steromenēn, skotos te anti phōtos allaxamenēn, empalin ē ta prōta, tais harmottousais tę̄ tou tropou mochthērią prosēgoriais onomazei.
But the being that turned aside from these, deprived through its own wickedness of the chorus of the better ones, and taking darkness instead of light, Scripture names, in contrast to the first, with names suited to the depravity of its character.
7.16.3Dindorf 1:379–380
τὸν γοῦν κατάρξαντα τῆς πτώσεως, αὑτῷ τε καὶ ἑτέροις τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἀποστασίας γενόμενον αἴτιον, ὡς ἂν διόλου χαμαὶ τῆς τῶν θειοτέρων εὐσεβείας ἐκπεπτωκότα, καὶ κακίας μὲν ἰοῦ καὶ δυσσεβείας αὐτὸν αὐτῷ δημιουργὸν ὑποστάντα, σκότους δὲ καὶ ἀλογίας ποιητὴν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ φωτὸς αὐθεκουσίου ἀναχωρήσεως γεγονότα, δράκοντα καὶ ὄφιν, μέλανά τε καὶ ἑρπυστικὸν, ἰοῦ θανατηφόρου γεννητικὸν, θῆρά τε ἄγριον, καὶ ἀνθρωποβόρον λέοντα, καὶ πάλιν τὸν ἐν ἑρπετοῖς βασιλίσκον ἀποκαλεῖν εἴωθεν.
ton goun katarxanta tēs ptōseōs, hautǭ te kai heterois tēs tōn kreittonōn apostasias genomenon aition, hōs an diolou chamai tēs tōn theioterōn eusebeias ekpeptōkota, kai kakias men iou kai dyssebeias auton autǭ dēmiourgon hypostanta, skotous de kai alogias poiētēn ek tēs tou phōtos authekousiou anachōrēseōs gegonota, drakonta kai ophin, melana te kai herpystikon, iou thanatēphorou gennētikon, thēra te agrion, kai anthrōpoboron leonta, kai palin ton en herpetois basiliskon apokalein eiōthen.
The one, at any rate, who began the fall and became for himself and others the cause of apostasy from the better ones, having fallen wholly to the ground from the piety of diviner things, and become for himself the maker of wickedness, venom, and impiety, and having become the creator of darkness and irrationality by his voluntary withdrawal from the light, Scripture is accustomed to call dragon and serpent, black and creeping, begetter of deadly venom, a wild beast, a man-eating lion, and again the basilisk among reptiles.
7.16.4Dindorf 1:380
ὑπόθεσιν δʼ αὐτῷ φασιν οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι γεγονέναι τῆς ἀποπτώσεως μανίαν φρενῶν καὶ διανοίας ἔκστασιν, ὧδέ πως ὁμοῦ τὴν πτῶσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν φρενοβλάβειαν διηγούμενοι “πῶς ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ ἑωσφόρος, ὁ πρωὶ ἀνατέλλων; συνετρίβη ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὁ ἀποστέλλων πρὸς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. σὺ δὲ εἶπας ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ σου, εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι, ἐπάνω τῶν ἄστρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ θήσω τὸν θρόνον μου, ἔσομαι ὅμοιος τῷ ὑψίστῳ.”
hypothesin dʼ autǭ phasin hoi theioi logoi gegonenai tēs apoptōseōs manian phrenōn kai dianoias ekstasin, hōde pōs homou tēn ptōsin autou kai tēn phrenoblabeian diēgoumenoi “pōs exepesen ek tou ouranou ho heōsphoros, ho prōi anatellōn? synetribē epi tēn gēn ho apostellōn pros panta ta ethnē. sy de eipas en tę̄ dianoią sou, eis ton ouranon anabēsomai, epanō tōn astrōn tou ouranou thēsō ton thronon mou, esomai homoios tǭ hypsistǭ.”
The divine words say that the occasion of his falling away was madness of mind and derangement of understanding, describing his fall and his insanity together thus: "How has the morning star fallen from heaven, he who rose at dawn! He who sent out to all the nations has been crushed to the earth. But you said in your mind, I will ascend into heaven, I will set my throne above the stars of heaven, I will be like the Most High."
7.16.5Dindorf 1:380
καὶ πάλιν ‘τάδε λέγει κύριος, ἀνθʼ ὧν ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία σου, καὶ εἶπας, θεός εἰμι ἐγὼ, κατοικίαν θεοῦ κατῴκηκα.” καὶ αὖθις “σὺ ἀποσφράγισμα ὁμοιώσεως, καὶ στέφανος κάλλους, ἐν τῇ τρυφῇ τοῦ παραδείσου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγενήθης, πάντα λίθον χρηστὸν ἐνδέδεσαι” καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
kai palin ‘tade legei kyrios, anthʼ hōn hypsōthē hē kardia sou, kai eipas, theos eimi egō, katoikian theou katǭkēka.” kai authis “sy aposphragisma homoiōseōs, kai stephanos kallous, en tę̄ tryphę̄ tou paradeisou tou theou egenēthēs, panta lithon chrēston endedesai” kai ta hexēs.
And again: "Thus says the Lord: Because your heart was lifted up, and you said, I am a god, I have dwelt in the dwelling of God." And again: "You were a seal of likeness and a crown of beauty; you were in the delight of the paradise of God; you were bound about with every precious stone," and so on.
7.16.6Dindorf 1:380
οἷς ἐπιλέγει ἐν ὄρει ἁγίῳ θεοῦ ἐγενήθης, ἐν μέσῳ λίθων πυρίνων ἐγεννήθης, ἄμωμος σὺ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις σου, ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας σὺ ἐκτίσθης, ἕως εὑρέθη τὰ ἀδικήματα ἐν σοί. ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία σου ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει σου, διεφθάρη ἡ ἐπιστήμη σου μετὰ τοῦ κάλλους σου, διὰ πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν σου ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἔρριψά σε.”
hois epilegei en orei hagiǭ theou egenēthēs, en mesǭ lithōn pyrinōn egennēthēs, amōmos sy en tais hēmerais sou, aphʼ hēs hēmeras sy ektisthēs, heōs heurethē ta adikēmata en soi. hypsōthē hē kardia sou epi tǭ kallei sou, diephtharē hē epistēmē sou meta tou kallous sou, dia plēthos hamartiōn sou epi tēn gēn erripsa se.”
To which he adds: "You were on the holy mountain of God; you were born in the midst of fiery stones; you were blameless in your days from the day you were created, until iniquities were found in you. Your heart was lifted up at your beauty; your understanding was corrupted with your beauty; for the multitude of your sins I cast you to the earth."
7.16.7Dindorf 1:380–381
Διὰ δὴ τούτων ἄντικρυς τὴν μετὰ τῶν θειοτέρων δυνάμεων προτέραν τοῦ δηλουμένου διατριβὴν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν κρειττόνων διʼ οἰκείαν μεγαλαυχίαν καὶ θεομαχίαν ἀπόπτωσιν μεμαθήκαμεν. μυρίον δέ ἐστιν ἄλλο γένος ὑπὸ τούτῳ τοῖς παραπλησίοις ἔνοχον πλημμελήμασιν, ὃ τῆς δυσσεβείας χάριν τῆς τῶν εὐσεβῶν ἀποπεσὸν λήξεως, ἀντὶ τῆς πάλαι φωτοειδοῦς καὶ θειοτέρας περιβολῆς τῆς τε ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις τιμῆς καὶ τῆς ἐν μακαρίοις καὶ ἀγγελικοῖς χοροῖς διατριβῆς τὸν ἐφαρμόζοντα τοῖς δυσσεβέσι χῶρον, κρίσει δικαίᾳ καὶ ἀποφάσει τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ, Τάρταρον οἰκεῖν, ὃν ἄβυσσον οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι προσαγορεύουσι, καὶ σκότος οὐ τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν, τὸ δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν θείων λογίων δηλούμενον, ἀντικατηλλάξατο
Dia dē toutōn antikrys tēn meta tōn theioterōn dynameōn proteran tou dēloumenou diatribēn kai tēn apo tōn kreittonōn diʼ oikeian megalauchian kai theomachian apoptōsin memathēkamen. myrion de estin allo genos hypo toutǭ tois paraplēsiois enochon plēmmelēmasin, ho tēs dyssebeias charin tēs tōn eusebōn apopeson lēxeōs, anti tēs palai phōtoeidous kai theioteras peribolēs tēs te en tois basileiois timēs kai tēs en makariois kai angelikois chorois diatribēs ton epharmozonta tois dyssebesi chōron, krisei dikaią kai apophasei tou megalou theou, Tartaron oikein, hon abysson hoi theioi logoi prosagoreuousi, kai skotos ou to parʼ hēmin, to dʼ hypo tōn theiōn logiōn dēloumenon, antikatēllaxato
Through these words we have plainly learned of the former dwelling of the one described with the diviner powers, and of his falling away from the better ones through his own boastfulness and fighting against God. And there is a countless other race under him, guilty of similar offenses, which, having fallen from the lot of the pious because of its impiety, exchanged its former luminous and diviner raiment, its honor in the royal courts, and its dwelling among blessed and angelic choirs, for the place fitting for the impious, by the just judgment and sentence of the great God: to dwell in Tartarus, which the divine words call the abyss, and in darkness, not the darkness we know, but that indicated by the divine oracles.
7.16.8Dindorf 1:381
ὧν βραχύ τι καὶ μικρὸν ἀπόσπασμα, γυμνασίου χάριν τῶν εὐσεβείας ἀθλητῶν, ἀμφὶ γῆν καὶ τὸν ὑπὸ σελήνην ἀέρα καταλειφθὲν, τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις πολυθέου πλάνης κατʼ οὐδὲν ἀθεότητος διαφερούσης συναίτιον γέγονε.
hōn brachy ti kai mikron apospasma, gymnasiou charin tōn eusebeias athlētōn, amphi gēn kai ton hypo selēnēn aera kataleiphthen, tēs en anthrōpois polytheou planēs katʼ ouden atheotētos diapherousēs synaition gegone.
A small and slight remnant of these, left about the earth and the air below the moon for the training of the athletes of piety, has become a joint cause of polytheistic error among humans, which differs in no way from atheism.
7.16.9Dindorf 1:381
τέθειται δὲ καὶ τούτοις ἡ θεία γραφὴ προσφυεῖς τὰς προσηγορίας, γυμνότερον μὲν, ὅτε πνεύματα πονηρὰ καὶ δαίμονας, ἀρχάς τε καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ κοσμοκράτορας, καὶ πνευματικὰ πονηρίας ἐπονομάζει· συμβολικῶς δὲ, ὅτε τὸν θεοφιλῆ παρορμῇ μηδὲν δεδίττεσθαι τὸ τῶν πολεμίων δαιμόνων στῖφος, διʼ ὧν φησιν “ἐπʼ ἀσπίδα καὶ βασιλίσκον ἐπιβήσῃ, καὶ καταπατήσεις λέοντα καὶ δράκοντα.”
tetheitai de kai toutois hē theia graphē prosphyeis tas prosēgorias, gymnoteron men, hote pneumata ponēra kai daimonas, archas te kai exousias, kai kosmokratoras, kai pneumatika ponērias eponomazei; symbolikōs de, hote ton theophilē parormę̄ mēden dedittesthai to tōn polemiōn daimonōn stiphos, diʼ hōn phēsin “epʼ aspida kai basiliskon epibēsę̄, kai katapatēseis leonta kai drakonta.”
The divine Scripture has given these too fitting names: more plainly, when it calls them evil spirits and demons, principalities and authorities, world-rulers, and spiritual forces of wickedness; symbolically, when it urges the God-loving man not to fear the mass of hostile demons, saying, "You shall tread on the asp and the basilisk, and you shall trample the lion and the dragon."
7.16.10Dindorf 1:381–382
δεῖγμα δὲ τούτων τῆς θεοεχθρίας τὸ θέλειν σφὰς αὐτοὺς θεοὺς ἀναγορεύεσθαι, καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ θεῷ τιμὰς εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ὑφαρπάζειν, μαντείαις τε πειρᾶσθαι καὶ χρησμοῖς, ὥσπερ τισὶ θελγήτροις καὶ προβολίοις, τοὺς εὐχερεῖς δελεάζειν, καὶ τῆς μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν ἀνανεύσεως ἀποσπᾶν, κατασύρειν ἐπὶ τὸν πανώλεθρον τῆς δυσσεβοῦς καὶ ἀθέου δεισιδαιμονίας βυθόν· διὸ προτροπάδην φεύγειν αὐτῶν τὰς ἀπάτας μόνοις Ἑβραίοις ἄνωθεν ἐξ αἰῶνος ἐσπουδάζετο. διαρρήδην παιδεύουσιν ὅτι πάντες οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαιμόνια.
deigma de toutōn tēs theoechthrias to thelein sphas autous theous anagoreuesthai, kai tas epi theǭ timas eis heautous hypharpazein, manteiais te peirasthai kai chrēsmois, hōsper tisi thelgētrois kai proboliois, tous euchereis deleazein, kai tēs men epi ton tōn holōn theon ananeuseōs apospan, katasyrein epi ton panōlethron tēs dyssebous kai atheou deisidaimonias bython; dio protropadēn pheugein autōn tas apatas monois Hebraiois anōthen ex aiōnos espoudazeto. diarrēdēn paideuousin hoti pantes hoi theoi tōn ethnōn daimonia.
A sign of their enmity to God is their wish to be proclaimed gods themselves, to snatch for themselves the honors due to God, and to try by divinations and oracles, as by charms and bait, to lure the easily led, drawing them away from looking up to the God of the universe and dragging them down into the all-destroying abyss of impious and godless superstition. That is why the Hebrews alone, from the beginning of the ages, took pains to flee headlong from their deceits. They teach expressly that all the gods of the nations are demons.
7.16.11Dindorf 1:382
νυνὶ δὲ, σὺν θεῷ φάναι, διὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας πάντα τὰ πανταχόθεν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔθνη, δεσμῶν δαιμονικῶν ἀπηλλαγμένα, τὸν θεὸν ἀνυμνεῖ, ὃν δὴ καὶ μόνον ὑπάρχειν σωτῆρα καὶ βασιλέα καὶ θεὸν τῶν ὅλων μεμαθήκαμεν.
nyni de, syn theǭ phanai, dia tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn euangelikēs didaskalias panta ta pantachothen tēs oikoumenēs ethnē, desmōn daimonikōn apēllagmena, ton theon anymnei, hon dē kai monon hyparchein sōtēra kai basilea kai theon tōn holōn memathēkamen.
But now, God willing, through the gospel teaching of our Savior all the nations from every part of the world, freed from demonic bonds, hymn God, whom we have learned to be alone Savior and King and God of the universe.
Preparation 7, chapter 17
7.17.1Dindorf 1:382
Κἀνταῦθα πάλιν ἡ μὲν τῶν Φοινίκων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων ζωογονία αὐτόματον εἰσῆγε τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἁπάντων ζῴων τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων τὴν γένεσιν, μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁμοίως φύσιν συντυχικῶς ἀπὸ γῆς προελθεῖν διαγράφουσα, κατʼ οὐδέν τε τὴν ἄλογον διαφέρειν τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς τε καὶ οὐσίας ὑποτιθεμένη.
Kantautha palin hē men tōn Phoinikōn kai Aigyptiōn zōogonia automaton eisēge tōn epi gēs hapantōn zǭōn te kai anthrōpōn tēn genesin, mian kai tēn autēn homoiōs physin syntychikōs apo gēs proelthein diagraphousa, katʼ ouden te tēn alogon diapherein tēs logikēs psychēs te kai ousias hypotithemenē.
Here again the Phoenicians' and Egyptians' account of the origin of living things introduced a spontaneous generation of all creatures on earth, both animals and humans, describing one and the same nature as having come forth from the earth by chance, and supposing that the irrational soul and being differ in no way from the rational.
7.17.2Dindorf 1:382
ταῦτα γοῦν ἐδήλουν αἱ προπαρατεθεῖσαι τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς συγγραφέων λέξεις. παῖδες δὲ πάλιν Ἑβραίων εἰκότως ἡμῖν προτετίμηνται, τὰ περὶ τῆς πρώτης ἀνθρώπων συστάσεως παγκάλως καὶ σοφῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς διειληφότες,
tauta goun edēloun hai proparatetheisai tōn parʼ autois syngrapheōn lexeis. paides de palin Hebraiōn eikotōs hēmin protetimēntai, ta peri tēs prōtēs anthrōpōn systaseōs pankalōs kai sophōs kai alēthōs dieilēphotes,
The passages of their writers quoted earlier showed this. But again the sons of the Hebrews have rightly been preferred by us, having understood the first constitution of humans most finely, wisely, and truly,
7.17.3Dindorf 1:382
ὅτι δὴ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν τὸ μέν τι φασὶ θεῖον εἶναι καὶ ἀθάνατον, ἄσαρκόν τε τὴν φύσιν καὶ ἀσώματον, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ τυγχάνειν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ καὶ ὁμοίωσιν γεγενημένον, εἶναι δὲ αὐτὸν ἔργον θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τύχης οὐδʼ αὐτομάτου φύσεως, αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου, κρίσει θείᾳ βεβουλημένου μηδὲ τὰ κατὰ γῆν νοερᾶς καὶ λογικῆς οὐσίας ἀμοιρεῖν, ὅπως διὰ πάντων αὐτῷ οὐρανίων τε καὶ αἰθερίων τῶν τε ἐπὶ γῆς λογικῶν καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ θειότητος ἀντιληπτικῶν ὁ προσήκων ὕμνος ἀναπέμποιτο.
hoti dē tōn en hēmin to men ti phasi theion einai kai athanaton, asarkon te tēn physin kai asōmaton, touto de kai ton alēthē tynchanein anthrōpon katʼ eikona theou kai homoiōsin gegenēmenon, einai de auton ergon theou, allʼ ou tychēs oudʼ automatou physeōs, autou de tou tōn holōn aitiou, krisei theią beboulēmenou mēde ta kata gēn noeras kai logikēs ousias amoirein, hopōs dia pantōn autǭ ouraniōn te kai aitheriōn tōn te epi gēs logikōn kai tēs autou theiotētos antilēptikōn ho prosēkōn hymnos anapempoito.
since they say that of what is in us one part is divine and immortal, fleshless and bodiless in nature, and this is the true man, made according to the image and likeness of God; and that he is the work of God, not of chance nor of spontaneous nature, but of the cause of the universe himself, who willed by divine judgment that things on earth too should not be without a share of intelligent and rational being, so that the fitting hymn might be sent up to him through all, heavenly and ethereal beings and the rational beings on earth capable of perceiving his divinity.
7.17.4Dindorf 1:382–383
οὕτω δʼ οὖν περιέχει τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια “καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν· καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν.” καὶ πάλιν “καὶ ἔλαβεν ὁ θεὸς χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔπλασε τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν.” καὶ ταῦτα δὲ πάλιν ὁ Ἑβραῖος ἑρμηνεύει Φίλων, ταῖς ἐκτεθείσαις αὐτοῦ φωναῖς ἔτι καὶ τάδε ἐπιλέγων
houtō dʼ oun periechei ta Hebraiōn logia “kai eipen ho theos, poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ homoiōsin; kai epoiēsen ho theos ton anthrōpon, katʼ eikona theou epoiēsen auton.” kai palin “kai elaben ho theos choun apo tēs gēs, kai eplase ton anthrōpon, kai enephysēsen eis to prosōpon autou pnoēn zōēs, kai egeneto ho anthrōpos eis psychēn zōsan.” kai tauta de palin ho Hebraios hermēneuei Philōn, tais ektetheisais autou phōnais eti kai tade epilegōn
The oracles of the Hebrews, then, contain this: "And God said, Let us make man according to our image and according to likeness; and God made man, according to the image of God he made him." And again: "And God took dust from the earth and formed man, and breathed into his face a breath of life, and man became a living soul." And the Hebrew Philo interprets these too, adding the following to the words of his already set out:
Preparation 7, chapter 18
7.18.1Dindorf 1:383
“Αλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι, τῆς αἰθερίου φύσεως τὸν ἡμέτερον νοῦν μοῖραν εἰπόντες εἶναι, συγγένειαν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πρὸς αἰθέρα συνῆψαν. ὁ δὲ μέγας Μώσης οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγονότων τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς τὸ εἶδος ὡμοίωσεν, ἀλλʼ εἶπεν αὐτὴν τοῦ θείου καὶ ἀοράτου πνεύματος ἐκείνου δόκιμον εἶναι νόμισμα, σημειωθὲν καὶ τυπωθὲν σφραγῖδι θεοῦ, ἧς ὁ χαρακτήρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀίδιος “ἐνέπνευσε γὰρ” φησὶν ὁ θεὸς “εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν”, ὥστε ἀνάγκη πρὸς τὸν ἐκπέμποντα τὸν δεχόμενον ἀπεικονίζεσθαι.
“Allʼ hoi men alloi, tēs aitheriou physeōs ton hēmeteron noun moiran eipontes einai, syngeneian tou anthrōpou pros aithera synēpsan. ho de megas Mōsēs oudeni tōn gegonotōn tēs logikēs psychēs to eidos hōmoiōsen, allʼ eipen autēn tou theiou kai aoratou pneumatos ekeinou dokimon einai nomisma, sēmeiōthen kai typōthen sphragidi theou, hēs ho charaktēr estin ho aidios “enepneuse gar” phēsin ho theos “eis to prosōpon autou pnoēn zōēs, kai egeneto anthrōpos eis psychēn zōsan”, hōste anankē pros ton ekpemponta ton dechomenon apeikonizesthai.
"But the others, saying that our mind is a portion of the ethereal nature, connected man by kinship with the ether. The great Moses, however, likened the form of the rational soul to none of the things that have come into being, but said that it is a genuine coin of that divine and invisible Spirit, marked and stamped with the seal of God, whose imprint is the eternal [Word]. 'For God breathed,' he says, 'into his face a breath of life, and man became a living soul'; so that the one who receives must be made in the likeness of the one who sends.
7.18.2Dindorf 1:383
διὸ καὶ λέγεται κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ τὸν ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι, οὐ μὴν κατʼ εἰκόνα τινὸς τῶν γεγονότων. ἀκόλουθον οὖν ἦν τῆς ἀνθρώπου ψυχῆς κατὰ τὸν ἀρχέτυπον τοῦ αἰτίου λόγον ἀπεικονισθείσης, καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀνεγερθὲν πρὸς τὴν καθαρωτάτην τοῦ παντὸς μοῖραν, οὐρανὸν, τὰς ὄψεις ἀνατεῖναι.”
dio kai legetai katʼ eikona theou ton anthrōpon genesthai, ou mēn katʼ eikona tinos tōn gegonotōn. akolouthon oun ēn tēs anthrōpou psychēs kata ton archetypon tou aitiou logon apeikonistheisēs, kai to sōma anegerthen pros tēn katharōtatēn tou pantos moiran, ouranon, tas opseis anateinai.”
That is why man is said to have been made according to the image of God, not according to the image of any created thing. It followed, then, that since the human soul was made in the likeness of the archetypal Word of the cause, the body too, raised upright, lifted its eyes toward the purest part of the universe, heaven."
7.18.3Dindorf 1:383–384
Ταῦτα μὲν οὗτος. εἰκότως δῆτα καὶ ἡ θεία γραφὴ οὐχ ὡς τὰ λοιπὰ ζῷα γεγονέναι τὸν ἄνθρωπόν φησι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ γῆς προελθεῖν ἑνὶ κελεύσματι τοῦ παμβασιλέως θεοῦ, τὰ δʼ ἐκ τῆς ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας ἀναπτῆναι πάλιν αὐτοῦ νεύματι· μόνον δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ζῴων τὸ θεοφιλέστατον, ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς, κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν τὴν ψυχὴν γεγονέναι· πρὸς ὃ καὶ ὁρᾶσθαι ἀρχικὸν καὶ βασιλικὸν τὴν φύσιν, μόνον τε τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς εἶναι λογικὸν καὶ δημιουργικὸν καὶ κριτικὸν καὶ νομοθετικὸν, τεχνῶν τε καὶ ἐπιστημῶν καταληπτικόν· εἶναι γὰρ μόνην τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ ψυχὴν νοερὰν καὶ λογικὴν οὐσίαν, ἧς μὴ μετεῖναι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπὶ γῆς ζῴοις.
Tauta men houtos. eikotōs dēta kai hē theia graphē ouch hōs ta loipa zǭa gegonenai ton anthrōpon phēsi; ta men gar apo gēs proelthein heni keleusmati tou pambasileōs theou, ta dʼ ek tēs hygras ousias anaptēnai palin autou neumati; monon de tōn epi gēs zǭōn to theophilestaton, hēmas autous, katʼ eikona theou kai kathʼ homoiōsin tēn psychēn gegonenai; pros ho kai horasthai archikon kai basilikon tēn physin, monon te tōn epi gēs einai logikon kai dēmiourgikon kai kritikon kai nomothetikon, technōn te kai epistēmōn katalēptikon; einai gar monēn tēn en anthrōpǭ psychēn noeran kai logikēn ousian, hēs mē meteinai tois allois epi gēs zǭois.
So he says. Rightly, then, the divine Scripture says that man did not come into being like the other living creatures. Some came forth from the earth at a single command of God the King of all, and others flew up from the watery substance again at his nod; but only the most God-beloved of the living creatures on earth, we ourselves, were made according to the image and likeness of God as to the soul. In view of this, man is seen to be by nature ruling and royal, alone of creatures on earth rational, creative, capable of judgment and of legislation, and able to grasp arts and sciences; for the soul in man alone is an intelligent and rational being, in which the other creatures on earth have no share.
7.18.4Dindorf 1:384
διὸ τὰ μὲν θητεύειν καὶ χώραν οἰκετῶν παρέχειν ἀνθρώπῳ, τὸν δὲ, οἶα δεσπότην καὶ ἡγεμόνα δουλοῦσθαι καὶ ὑποτάττειν τὰ ῥώμῃ μὲν σώματος πολὺ κρείττονα, μείονα δὲ τῇ κατὰ τὴν νοερὰν οὐσίαν στερήσει.
dio ta men thēteuein kai chōran oiketōn parechein anthrōpǭ, ton de, oia despotēn kai hēgemona doulousthai kai hypotattein ta rhōmę̄ men sōmatos poly kreittona, meiona de tę̄ kata tēn noeran ousian sterēsei.
That is why the others serve and hold the place of servants to man, while he, as master and leader, enslaves and subjects creatures much stronger in bodily might, but lesser through their lack of intelligent being.
7.18.5Dindorf 1:384
τοῦτον μὲν οὖν κατʼ εἰκόνα φασὶ θεοῦ καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μετά τινος διαφερούσης ὑπεροχῆς ὑποστῆναι. διὸ καὶ θεοῦ ἐννοίας εἰς φαντασίαν ἰέναι, σοφίας τε καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς ἀντιλήψεις ποιεῖσθαι, δρόμους τε ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων ἡμερῶν τε καὶ ὡρῶν κύκλους ἀπαριθμεῖσθαι δυνατῶς ἔχειν, τῆς πρὸς τὰ ἄνω συγγενείας χάριν, ἣν θνητῶν μόνος ἄνθρωπος ἐπιδείκνυται.
touton men oun katʼ eikona phasi theou kai kathʼ homoiōsin pros autou tou theou meta tinos diapherousēs hyperochēs hypostēnai. dio kai theou ennoias eis phantasian ienai, sophias te kai dikaiosynēs kai pasēs aretēs antilēpseis poieisthai, dromous te hēliou kai selēnēs kai astrōn hēmerōn te kai hōrōn kyklous aparithmeisthai dynatōs echein, tēs pros ta anō syngeneias charin, hēn thnētōn monos anthrōpos epideiknytai.
This one, then, they say, was constituted by God himself according to the image and likeness of God, with a certain distinguishing excellence. That is why he is able to form conceptions of God, to grasp wisdom, justice, and every virtue, and to count the courses of sun, moon, and stars and the cycles of days and hours, because of his kinship with things above, which man alone of mortals displays.
7.18.6Dindorf 1:384
τὸ δὲ τούτῳ περιπεπλασμένον ἔξωθεν ἑτερογενὲς μὲν ὑπάρχειν τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ γηγενὲς, εἶναι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ θεοῦ ἔργον ἀπὸ γῆς ληφθὲν καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν ὑποστρέφον. διὸ καὶ χρῆναι τούτου μὲν ὅσα καὶ ἀλόγου θρέμματος τὸν δεσπότην ἠχθισμένου φροντίζειν, ἄγειν τε πράως αὐτὸ, καὶ τρέφειν οἷα δοῦλον, πρὸς ἀνθρωπείου βίου διακονίαν εὖ προσηνωμένον, τὸν δʼ εἴσω δεσπότην, ὡς ἂν εὐγενῆ καὶ θεοῦ συγγενῆ τὴν φύσιν, ἐλευθερίοις τρόποις τιμᾶν, ἅτε καὶ πρὸς τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου τετιμημένον.
to de toutǭ peripeplasmenon exōthen heterogenes men hyparchein tēn ousian kai gēgenes, einai de kai auto theou ergon apo gēs lēphthen kai eis autēn hypostrephon. dio kai chrēnai toutou men hosa kai alogou thremmatos ton despotēn ēchthismenou phrontizein, agein te praōs auto, kai trephein hoia doulon, pros anthrōpeiou biou diakonian eu prosēnōmenon, ton dʼ eisō despotēn, hōs an eugenē kai theou syngenē tēn physin, eleutheriois tropois timan, hate kai pros tou pantōn aitiou tetimēmenon.
But what has been molded around this from outside is of a different kind of substance and earth-born; yet it too is the work of God, taken from the earth and returning to it. Therefore one should care for it as much as a master burdened with an irrational animal would, leading it gently and feeding it like a servant well fitted for the service of human life; but the master within, being noble and akin to God by nature, should be honored in a manner befitting the free, since he has been honored by the cause of all.
7.18.7Dindorf 1:384
λέγει δʼ οὖν τὰ λόγια ὡς ἄρα τὴν πρώτην ἀνθρώπου φύσιν δυνάμεσι θείαις καὶ ὁμοιώσει θεοῦ κοσμήσας ὁ παμβασιλεὺς ἁρμόδιον οἷς ἐδωρήσατο τὴν πρώτην ἀπεκλήρωσε διατριβὴν τοῦ βίου ἐν ἀγαθῶν παραδείσῳ, χορείαις συγκαταλέξας θείαις.
legei dʼ oun ta logia hōs ara tēn prōtēn anthrōpou physin dynamesi theiais kai homoiōsei theou kosmēsas ho pambasileus harmodion hois edōrēsato tēn prōtēn apeklērōse diatribēn tou biou en agathōn paradeisǭ, choreiais synkatalexas theiais.
The oracles say, then, that the King of all, having adorned the first human nature with divine powers and likeness to God, allotted to him, as fitting to his gifts, his first dwelling place of life in a paradise of good things, enrolling him among divine choirs.
7.18.8Dindorf 1:384–385
καὶ τὸν μὲν τάδε ἐν ἀρχαῖς οἷα πανάγαθον αὐτῷ δεδωρῆσθαι πατέρα, τὸν δʼ αὐθεκουσίῳ αἱρέσει τῶν κρειττόνων ἀποπεσεῖν, καὶ τὸν θνητὸν χῶρον ἀντικαταλλάξασθαι θείας ἐντολῆς ὀλιγωρίᾳ.
kai ton men tade en archais hoia panagathon autǭ dedōrēsthai patera, ton dʼ authekousiǭ hairesei tōn kreittonōn apopesein, kai ton thnēton chōron antikatallaxasthai theias entolēs oligōrią.
And the Father, being all-good, gave him these things at the beginning; but man by his own free choice fell from the better things and exchanged them for the mortal place through neglect of the divine command.
7.18.9Dindorf 1:385
διὸ καὶ μάλιστα προσήκειν εὐσεβείας ἐν πρώτοις ἀντιποιεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ πρώτως πλημμεληθὲν δευτέροις αἰσίοις ἐπιδιορθοῦσθαι, σπεύδειν τε ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἀναδρομήν τε καὶ ἀποκατάστασιν. εἶναι γὰρ τέλος ἀνθρώπου φύσεως οὐχ ὧδε ἐπὶ γῆς εἰς φθορὰν καταστρέφον καὶ ἀπώλειαν, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖθεν ὅθεν καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἀπέσφηλε.
dio kai malista prosēkein eusebeias en prōtois antipoieisthai, kai to prōtōs plēmmelēthen deuterois aisiois epidiorthousthai, speudein te epi tēn tōn oikeiōn anadromēn te kai apokatastasin. einai gar telos anthrōpou physeōs ouch hōde epi gēs eis phthoran katastrephon kai apōleian, allʼ ekeithen hothen kai ho prōtos apesphēle.
That is why it is most fitting to lay hold of piety first of all, to correct the first wrong by a second, better course, and to hasten toward the return to and restoration of what is our own. For the end of human nature is not here on earth, turning to corruption and destruction, but there, from where the first man fell.
7.18.10Dindorf 1:385
διὸ χρῆναι τὸ καθαρὸν αὖθις καὶ τὸ θεοείκελον ἀνακτήσασθαι τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν νοερᾶς οὐσίας, ἐφʼ ἣν προθυμητέον ἀνιέναι παντὶ σθένει πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εὐσεβείας καὶ ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελομένοις.
dio chrēnai to katharon authis kai to theoeikelon anaktēsasthai tēs en hēmin noeras ousias, ephʼ hēn prothymēteon anienai panti sthenei pasin anthrōpois eusebeias kai aretēs epimelomenois.
Therefore we must recover again the purity and godlikeness of the intelligent being within us, to which all people who care for piety and virtue must eagerly strive to ascend with all their strength.
7.18.11Dindorf 1:385
Τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ περὶ ἀνθρώπου φύσεως Ἑβραίοις πεφιλοσοφημένα ἄνωθεν, πρὶν ἢ καὶ εἰς ἀνθρώπους παρελθεῖν Ἕλληνας· οἱ χθιζοί τινες καὶ κομιδῇ νέοι ἀπὸ γῆς ἀνακύψαντες, τά τε βαρβάρων ὑποσυλᾶν διανοηθέντες, καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις οὐκ ἀπέσχοντο, ὡς προϊὼν ὁ λόγος αὐτίκα μάλα ἐπιδείξει.
Toiauta kai ta peri anthrōpou physeōs Hebraiois pephilosophēmena anōthen, prin ē kai eis anthrōpous parelthein Hellēnas; hoi chthizoi tines kai komidę̄ neoi apo gēs anakypsantes, ta te barbarōn hyposylan dianoēthentes, kai tōn parʼ Hebraiois ouk apeschonto, hōs proïōn ho logos autika mala epideixei.
Such are the philosophical teachings about human nature among the Hebrews from of old, before the Greeks even came into human existence. These, as people of yesterday and quite young, sprung up from the earth, set out to filch the barbarians' teachings and did not keep their hands off those of the Hebrews, as the discussion will show very soon as it proceeds.
7.18.12Dindorf 1:385
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν δογμάτων ἴδιον ἦν τὸ ἕνα τῶν ἀπάντων ποιητὴν νομίζεσθαι τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν, αὐτῆς τε τῆς ὑποκειμένης τοῖς σώμασιν οὐσίας, ἣν ὕλην προσαγορεύουσιν Ἕλληνες· τούτῳ δὲ μυρίοι βαρβάρων ὁμοῦ καὶ Ἑλλήνων ἐξ ἐναντίας ἔστησαν, οἱ μὲν κακίας πηγὴν τὴν ὕλην εἶναι ἀποφηνάμενοι ἀγέννητόν τε ὑπάρχειν, οἱ δὲ τῇ μὲν οἰκείᾳ φύσει ἄποιον καὶ ἀσχημάτιστον, τῇ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμει τὸν κόσμον αὐταῖς ποιότησι προσειληφέναι, δεικτέον ὡς πολὺ κρεῖττον ἡ Ἑβραίων ἐπέχει δόξα, μετʼ ἀποδείξεως λογικῆς παρισταμένη τῷ προβλήματι, καὶ τὸν ἐναντίον λογισμοῖς ὀρθοῖς ἀποσκευαζομένη λόγον.
allʼ epei tōn Hebraïkōn dogmatōn idion ēn to hena tōn apantōn poiētēn nomizesthai ton epi pantōn theon, autēs te tēs hypokeimenēs tois sōmasin ousias, hēn hylēn prosagoreuousin Hellēnes; toutǭ de myrioi barbarōn homou kai Hellēnōn ex enantias estēsan, hoi men kakias pēgēn tēn hylēn einai apophēnamenoi agennēton te hyparchein, hoi de tę̄ men oikeią physei apoion kai aschēmatiston, tę̄ de tou theou dynamei ton kosmon autais poiotēsi proseilēphenai, deikteon hōs poly kreitton hē Hebraiōn epechei doxa, metʼ apodeixeōs logikēs paristamenē tǭ problēmati, kai ton enantion logismois orthois aposkeuazomenē logon.
But since it was a distinctive Hebrew doctrine that the God over all is to be considered the one maker of all things, including the very substance underlying bodies, which the Greeks call matter; and since countless barbarians and Greeks alike have opposed this, some declaring that matter is the source of evil and unbegotten, others that it is in its own nature without quality and without shape, but that by the power of God it has received the world with its qualities: we must show that the opinion of the Hebrews holds far the better position, standing by the problem with rational demonstration and refuting the opposite account by right reasoning.
7.18.13Dindorf 1:385–386
θήσω δὲ φωνὰς τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν τὸ δόγμα διηκριβωκότων, καὶ πρώτου γε Διονυσίου, ὃς ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν Πρὸς Σαβέλλιον αὐτῷ γεγυμνασμένων τάδε περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου γράφει
thēsō de phōnas tōn pro hēmōn to dogma diēkribōkotōn, kai prōtou ge Dionysiou, hos en tǭ prōtǭ tōn Pros Sabellion autǭ gegymnasmenōn tade peri tou prokeimenou graphei
I shall set out the words of those before us who have examined the doctrine closely, and first of Dionysius, who in the first of his exercises Against Sabellius writes this on the subject:
Preparation 7, chapter 19
7.19.1Dindorf 1:386
“Οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ὅσιοι οἱ τὴν ὕλην ὡς ἀγέννητον ὑποχείριον εἰς διακόσμησιν διδόντες τῷ θεῷ ’ παθητὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν καὶ τρεπτὴν ὑπάρχουσαν εἴκειν ταῖς θεοποιήτοις ἀλλοιώσεσι.
“Oudʼ ekeinoi men gar hosioi hoi tēn hylēn hōs agennēton hypocheirion eis diakosmēsin didontes tǭ theǭ ’ pathētēn gar autēn kai treptēn hyparchousan eikein tais theopoiētois alloiōsesi.
"Nor are they pious who make matter, as unbegotten, subject to God for the ordering of the world, saying that, being passive and changeable, it yields to the alterations made by God.
7.19.2Dindorf 1:386
καὶ πόθεν γὰρ ὑπάρχει καὶ τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῇ ὕλῃ τό τε ὅμοιον καὶ τὸ ἀνόμοιον διασαφείτωσαν. ἑκατέρου γὰρ δεῖ τινα ἐπινοῆσαι κρείττονα, ὃ μηδὲ θεμιτὸν ἐννοῆσαι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ. τό τε γὰρ ἀγέννητον, ὅμοιον ἐν ἀμφοτέροις λεγόμενον, καὶ ἕτερον νοούμενον παρʼ ἑκάτερον, πόθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο;
kai pothen gar hyparchei kai tǭ theǭ kai tę̄ hylę̄ to te homoion kai to anomoion diasapheitōsan. hekaterou gar dei tina epinoēsai kreittona, ho mēde themiton ennoēsai peri tou theou. to te gar agennēton, homoion en amphoterois legomenon, kai heteron nooumenon parʼ hekateron, pothen en autois egeneto?
For let them explain how both likeness and unlikeness belong to God and to matter. For one must conceive something superior to both, which it is not lawful even to think of concerning God. For unbegottenness, said alike of both and yet conceived as other besides each, where did it come from in them?
7.19.3Dindorf 1:386
εἰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸ ἀγέννητόν ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς, καὶ οὐσία ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, ἡ ἀγεννησία, οὐκ ἂν ἀγέννητον εἴη ἡ ὕλη· οὐ γὰρ ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ὁ θεός· εἰ δὲ ἑκάτερον μέν ἐστιν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ὁ θεὸς, πρόσεστι δὲ ἀμφοτέροις τὸ ἀγέννητον, δῆλον ὡς ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἑκατέρου, καὶ ἀμφοτέρων πρεσβύτερόν τε καὶ ἀνωτέρω.
ei men gar auto agennēton estin ho theos, kai ousia estin autou, hōs an eipoi tis, hē agennēsia, ouk an agennēton eiē hē hylē; ou gar tauton estin hē hylē kai ho theos; ei de hekateron men estin, hoper estin hē hylē kai ho theos, prosesti de amphoterois to agennēton, dēlon hōs heteron estin hekaterou, kai amphoterōn presbyteron te kai anōterō.
For if God is the unbegotten itself, and unbegottenness is, so to speak, his being, matter could not be unbegotten; for matter and God are not the same. But if each is what it is, matter and God, and unbegottenness belongs to both, clearly it is something other than each, and older and higher than both.
7.19.4Dindorf 1:386
ἀνατρεπτικὴ δὲ παντελῶς καὶ τοῦ ταῦτα συνυπάρχειν, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῦτο ἕτερον αὐτῶν τὴν ὕλην ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆς ὑπάρχειν, καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐναντίας ἕξεως διαφορά.
anatreptikē de pantelōs kai tou tauta synyparchein, mallon de touto heteron autōn tēn hylēn ephʼ heautēs hyparchein, kai hē tēs enantias hexeōs diaphora.
And the difference of their opposite states utterly overturns their coexisting, or rather the matter's existing by itself as something other than them.
7.19.5Dindorf 1:386
εἰπάτωσαν γὰρ τὴν αἰτίαν, διʼ ἣν, ἀμφοτέρων ὄντων ἀγεννήτων, ὁ μὲν θεὸς ἀπαθὴς, ἄτρεπτος, ἀκίνητος, ἐργαστικὸς, ἡ δὲ τὰ ἐναντία παθητὴ, τρεπτὴ, ἄστατος, μεταποιουμένη.
eipatōsan gar tēn aitian, diʼ hēn, amphoterōn ontōn agennētōn, ho men theos apathēs, atreptos, akinētos, ergastikos, hē de ta enantia pathētē, treptē, astatos, metapoioumenē.
For let them say the reason why, when both are unbegotten, God is impassible, unchangeable, unmoved, active, while matter is the opposite, passive, changeable, unstable, transformed.
7.19.6Dindorf 1:386
καὶ πῶς ἥρμοσαν καὶ συνέδραμον; πότερον κατὰ τὴν τῆς ὕλης φύσιν ἐξοικειώσας ἑαυτὸν ἐτεχνίτευσεν αὐτὴν ὁ θεός; ἀλλὰ τοῦτό γε ἄτοπον ὁμοίως ἀνθρώποις χρυσοχοεῖν καὶ λιθουργεῖν καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας τέχνας, ὅσας αἱ ὗλαι μορφοῦσθαι καὶ τυποῦσθαι δύνανται, χειροκμητεῖν τὸν θεόν.
kai pōs hērmosan kai synedramon? poteron kata tēn tēs hylēs physin exoikeiōsas heauton etechniteusen autēn ho theos? alla touto ge atopon homoiōs anthrōpois chrysochoein kai lithourgein kai kata tas allas technas, hosas hai hylai morphousthai kai typousthai dynantai, cheirokmētein ton theon.
And how did they fit and come together? Did God, adapting himself to the nature of matter, work it as a craftsman? But it is absurd that God, like humans, should work gold and stone and labor with his hands at all the other crafts by which materials can be shaped and molded.
7.19.7Dindorf 1:386–387
εἰ δὲ οἴαν αὐτὸς ἐβούλετο κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σοφίαν ἐποίωσε τὴν ὕλην, τὸ πολύμορφον καὶ παμποίκιλον τῆς δημιουργίας ἑαυτοῦ σχῆμα καὶ τύπον ἐνσφραγιζόμενος αὐτῇ, καὶ εὔφημος καὶ ἀληθὴς οὗτος ὁ λόγος, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὴν ὑπόστασιν τῶν ὅλων τὸν θεὸν ἀγέννητον εἶναι κρατύνει.
ei de oian autos ebouleto kata tēn heautou sophian epoiōse tēn hylēn, to polymorphon kai pampoikilon tēs dēmiourgias heautou schēma kai typon ensphragizomenos autę̄, kai euphēmos kai alēthēs houtos ho logos, kai proseti kai tēn hypostasin tōn holōn ton theon agennēton einai kratynei.
But if he gave matter such quality as he himself wished according to his own wisdom, stamping on it the many-formed and all-various shape and imprint of his own creation, this account is both reverent and true, and moreover it confirms that God is the unbegotten foundation of all things.
7.19.8Dindorf 1:387
τῷ γὰρ εἶναι ἀγέννητον ἅμα καὶ τό πως εἶναι προσῆψε. πολὺς μὲν οὑν καὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος, ἀλλʼ οὐ νῦν ἡμῖν πρόκειται· συγκρίσει δὲ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς ἀθεωτάτους πολυθέους εὐφημότεροι οὗτοι.” Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν Διονυσίου καὶ τῶν Ὠριγένους δὲ ἄκουε
tǭ gar einai agennēton hama kai to pōs einai prosēpse. polys men houn kai pros toutous ho logos, allʼ ou nyn hēmin prokeitai; synkrisei de tę̄ pros tous atheōtatous polytheous euphēmoteroi houtoi.” Tauta men oun kai apo tōn Dionysiou kai tōn Ōrigenous de akoue
For to being unbegotten he attached also the manner of being. There is much to say against these people too, but it is not our present purpose; compared with the most godless polytheists, these are more reverent." So much from Dionysius. Hear also from Origen:
Preparation 7, chapter 20
7.20.1Dindorf 1:387
“Εἰ δέ τινι προσκόπτει διὰ τοὺς ἀνθρωπίνους τεχνίτας μὴ δύνασθαι παραδέξασθαι τὸν θεὸν χωρὶς ὕλης ἀγεννήτου ὑποκειμένης κατασκευάζειν τὰ ὄντα, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ἀνδριαντοποιὸς χωρὶς χαλκοῦ τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον ποιῆσαι δύναται, μηδὲ τέκτων χωρὶς ξύλων, μηδὲ οἰκοδόμος χωρὶς λίθων, ζητητέον πρὸς αὐτοῦ περὶ δυνάμεως θεοῦ, εἰ θελήσας ὑποστῆσαι ὅ τι βούλεται ὁ θεὸς, τῆς θελήσεως αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀπορουμένης οὐδὲ ἀτονούσης, οὐ δύναται ὑποστῆσαι ὃ βούλεται.
“Ei de tini proskoptei dia tous anthrōpinous technitas mē dynasthai paradexasthai ton theon chōris hylēs agennētou hypokeimenēs kataskeuazein ta onta, epei mēde andriantopoios chōris chalkou to idion ergon poiēsai dynatai, mēde tektōn chōris xylōn, mēde oikodomos chōris lithōn, zētēteon pros autou peri dynameōs theou, ei thelēsas hypostēsai ho ti bouletai ho theos, tēs thelēseōs autou ouk aporoumenēs oude atonousēs, ou dynatai hypostēsai ho bouletai.
"If anyone is troubled because of human craftsmen and cannot accept that God makes the things that exist without unbegotten matter lying ready, since a sculptor cannot make his work without bronze, nor a carpenter without wood, nor a builder without stones, we must ask him about the power of God: whether, when God wills to bring into being whatever he wishes, his will being neither at a loss nor weak, he cannot bring into being what he wishes.
7.20.2Dindorf 1:387
ᾧ γὰρ λόγῳ τὰς ποιότητας, (κατὰ πάντας πρόνοιαν εἰσάγοντας τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ, ) οὐκ οὔσας ὡς βούλεται εἰς διακόσμησιν τοῦ παντὸς ὑφίστησι τῇ ἀφάτῳ αὐτοῦ δυνάμει καὶ σοφίᾳ, τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ὅσης χρῄζει ἱκανή ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ἡ βούλησις ποιῆσαι γενέσθαι.
hǭ gar logǭ tas poiotētas, (kata pantas pronoian eisagontas tǭ idiǭ logǭ, ) ouk ousas hōs bouletai eis diakosmēsin tou pantos hyphistēsi tę̄ aphatǭ autou dynamei kai sophią, toutǭ tǭ logǭ kai tēn ousian hosēs chrę̄zei hikanē estin autou hē boulēsis poiēsai genesthai.
For by the same reasoning by which he brings into being, by his ineffable power and wisdom, the qualities that did not exist, as he wills, for the ordering of the universe (as all who acknowledge providence agree in their own reasoning), by this reasoning his will is able to make come into being also the substance, as much as he needs.
7.20.3Dindorf 1:387–388
ἀπορήσομεν γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς οὐ βουλομένους ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν, εἰ μὴ ἀκολουθεῖ αὐτοῖς εὐτυχηκέναι τὸν θεὸν, ἀγέννητον εὑρόντα τὴν οὐσίαν, ἣν εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀγέννητον αὐτῷ ὑποβεβληκὸς ἦν, οὐδὲν ἔργον δυνατὸς ἦν ποιῆσαι, ἀλλʼ ἔμενεν οὐ δημιουργὸς, οὐ πατὴρ, οὐκ εὐεργέτης, οὐκ ἀγαθός, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν εὐλόγως λεγομένων περὶ θεοῦ.
aporēsomen gar pros tous ou boulomenous tauthʼ houtōs echein, ei mē akolouthei autois eutychēkenai ton theon, agennēton heuronta tēn ousian, hēn ei mē to agennēton autǭ hypobeblēkos ēn, ouden ergon dynatos ēn poiēsai, allʼ emenen ou dēmiourgos, ou patēr, ouk euergetēs, ouk agathos, ouk allo ti tōn eulogōs legomenōn peri theou.
For we shall raise this difficulty against those who will not have it so: does it not follow for them that God was fortunate in finding the substance unbegotten, and that if the unbegotten had not lain ready for him, he would have been able to make no work at all, but would have remained no creator, no father, no benefactor, not good, nor anything else reasonably said of God?
7.20.4Dindorf 1:388
πόθεν δὲ καὶ τὸ μετρεῖν τῆς ὑποκειμένης οὐσίας τὸ τοσόνδε, ὡς διαρκέσαι τῇ τηλικούτου κόσμου ὑποστάσει; οἱονεὶ γὰρ πρόνοιά τις πρεσβυτέρα θεοῦ ἀναγκαίως τὴν ὕλην ἔσται ὑποβεβληκυῖα τῷ θεῷ, προνοουμένη τοῦ τὴν τέχνην τὴν ἐνυπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ μὴ κενοπαθῆσαι, οὐκ οὔσης οὐσίας, ᾗ ὁμιλῆσαι δυνάμενος κατεκόσμησε τὸ τηλικοῦτον κόσμου κάλλος.
pothen de kai to metrein tēs hypokeimenēs ousias to tosonde, hōs diarkesai tę̄ tēlikoutou kosmou hypostasei? hoionei gar pronoia tis presbytera theou anankaiōs tēn hylēn estai hypobeblēkuia tǭ theǭ, pronooumenē tou tēn technēn tēn enyparchousan autǭ mē kenopathēsai, ouk ousēs ousias, hę̄ homilēsai dynamenos katekosmēse to tēlikouton kosmou kallos.
And where did the measuring of the underlying substance to such an amount come from, so as to suffice for the existence of so great a world? For a kind of providence older than God will necessarily have supplied the matter to God, taking care that the art within him should not be idle for want of a substance with which he could work and adorn the world's great beauty.
7.20.5Dindorf 1:388
πόθεν δὲ καὶ δεκτικὴ γεγένηται πάσης ἧς βούλεται ὁ θεὸς ποιότητος, μὴ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἑαυτῷ τοσαύτην καὶ τοιαύτην ποιήσαντος ὁποίαν ἔχειν ἐβούλετο;
pothen de kai dektikē gegenētai pasēs hēs bouletai ho theos poiotētos, mē autou tou theou heautǭ tosautēn kai toiautēn poiēsantos hopoian echein ebouleto?
And where did it get its capacity to receive every quality God wishes, unless God himself made it for himself of such amount and kind as he wished to have?
7.20.6Dindorf 1:388
καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν γοῦν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸ ἀγέννητον εἶναι τὴν ὕλην ταῦτα ἐροῦμεν πρὸς τοὺς τοῦτο βουλομένους, ὅτι εἰ προνοίας οὐχ ὑποβαλλούσης τὴν οὐσίαν τῷ θεῷ τοιαύτη γεγένηται, εἰ πρόνοια ἦν ὑφεστῶσα, τί ἂν πλέον πεποιήκει τοῦ αὐτομάτου;
kathʼ hypothesin goun apodexamenoi to agennēton einai tēn hylēn tauta eroumen pros tous touto boulomenous, hoti ei pronoias ouch hypoballousēs tēn ousian tǭ theǭ toiautē gegenētai, ei pronoia ēn hyphestōsa, ti an pleon pepoiēkei tou automatou?
Accepting by hypothesis, then, that matter is unbegotten, we shall say this to those who hold it: if, without providence supplying the substance to God, it came to be such, then had providence been in existence, what more would it have done than chance?
7.20.7Dindorf 1:388
καὶ εἰ αὐτὸς, μὴ οὔσης ὕλης, ἐβούλετο κατασκευάσαι αὐτὴν, τί ἂν πλέον ἡ σοφία καὶ ἡ θειότης αὐτοῦ πεποιήκει τοῦ ἐξ ἀγεννήτου ὑποστάντος; εἰ γὰρ εὑρίσκεται ταὐτὸν γενόμενον ἂν ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας, ὅπερ καὶ χωρὶς προνοίας ὑπέστη, διὰ τί οὐχὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἀθετήσομεν τὸν δημιουργὸν καὶ τὸν τεχνίτην;
kai ei autos, mē ousēs hylēs, ebouleto kataskeuasai autēn, ti an pleon hē sophia kai hē theiotēs autou pepoiēkei tou ex agennētou hypostantos? ei gar heurisketai tauton genomenon an hypo tēs pronoias, hoper kai chōris pronoias hypestē, dia ti ouchi kai epi tou kosmou athetēsomen ton dēmiourgon kai ton technitēn?
And if he himself, matter not existing, had wished to construct it, what more would his wisdom and divinity have done than what existed from the unbegotten? For if the same thing is found that would have been made by providence and that came about without providence, why should we not also set aside the creator and craftsman of the world?
7.20.8Dindorf 1:388
ὥσπερ γὰρ ἄτοπον ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου εἰπεῖν οὕτω τεχνικῶς κατεσκευασμένου τὸ χωρὶς τεχνίτου σοφοῦ αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον γεγονέναι, οὕτω καὶ τὸ τὴν ὕλην τοσαύτην καὶ τοιαύτην καὶ οὕτως εἰκτικὴν τῷ τεχνίτῃ λόγῳ θεοῦ ὑφεστηκέναι ἀγεννήτως ἐπʼ ἴσης ἐστὶν ἄλογον.
hōsper gar atopon epi tou kosmou eipein houtō technikōs kateskeuasmenou to chōris technitou sophou auton toiouton gegonenai, houtō kai to tēn hylēn tosautēn kai toiautēn kai houtōs eiktikēn tǭ technitę̄ logǭ theou hyphestēkenai agennētōs epʼ isēs estin alogon.
For just as it is absurd to say of the world, so skillfully constructed, that it became such without a wise craftsman, so it is equally irrational to say that matter, of such amount and kind and so yielding to God's craftsmanlike Word, existed unbegotten.
7.20.9Dindorf 1:388–389
πρὸς μέντοι γε τοὺς παραβάλλοντας ὅτι οὐδεὶς δημιουργὸς χωρὶς ὕλης ποιεῖ λεκτέον ὅτι ἀνομοίως παραβάλλουσι. πρόνοια γὰρ παντὶ τεχνίτῃ ὑποβάλλει τὴν ὕλην ἀπὸ προτέρας τέχνης, ἢ θείας ἢ ἀνθρωπίνης, ἐρχομένην. ταῦτα μὲν οὑν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀρκέσει πρὸς τοὺς διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι “ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος” οἰομένους ἀγέννητον εἶναι τὴν σωματικὴν φύσιν.” Τοσαῦτα καὶ οὗτος. καὶ ὁ Ἑβραῖος δὲ Φίλων ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς προνοίας ταῦτα περὶ τῆς ὕλης διέξεισι
pros mentoi ge tous paraballontas hoti oudeis dēmiourgos chōris hylēs poiei lekteon hoti anomoiōs paraballousi. pronoia gar panti technitę̄ hypoballei tēn hylēn apo proteras technēs, ē theias ē anthrōpinēs, erchomenēn. tauta men houn epi tou parontos arkesei pros tous dia to legesthai “hē de gē ēn aoratos kai akataskeuastos” oiomenous agennēton einai tēn sōmatikēn physin.” Tosauta kai houtos. kai ho Hebraios de Philōn en tǭ peri tēs pronoias tauta peri tēs hylēs diexeisi
To those who compare that no craftsman makes anything without matter, it must be said that they compare unlike things. For providence supplies every craftsman with matter coming from a prior art, either divine or human. This will suffice for the present against those who, because it is said, 'And the earth was invisible and unformed,' think that bodily nature is unbegotten." So much from him too. And the Hebrew Philo too, in his work on providence, sets out this about matter:
Preparation 7, chapter 21
7.21.1Dindorf 1:389
’ Περὶ δὲ τοῦ ποσοῦ τῆς οὐσίας, εἰ δὴ γέγονεν ὄντως, ἐκεῖνο λεκτέον. ἐστοχάσατο πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν ὁ θεὸς αὐταρκεστάτης ὕλης, ὡς μήτʼ ἐνδέοι μήθʼ ὑπερβάλλοι. καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον ἦν τοῖς μὲν κατὰ μέρος τεχνίταις, ὁπότε τι δημιουργοῖεν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν πολυτελῶν, τὸ ἐν ὕλαις αὔταρκες σταθμήσασθαι, τὸν δʼ ἀριθμοὺς καὶ μέτρα καὶ τὰς ἐν τούτοις ἰσότητας ἀνευρηκότα μὴ φροντίσαι τοῦ ἱκανοῦ.
’ Peri de tou posou tēs ousias, ei dē gegonen ontōs, ekeino lekteon. estochasato pros tēn tou kosmou genesin ho theos autarkestatēs hylēs, hōs mētʼ endeoi mēthʼ hyperballoi. kai gar atopon ēn tois men kata meros technitais, hopote ti dēmiourgoien, kai malista tōn polytelōn, to en hylais autarkes stathmēsasthai, ton dʼ arithmous kai metra kai tas en toutois isotētas aneurēkota mē phrontisai tou hikanou.
"About the quantity of the substance, if indeed it really came into being, this must be said. God aimed, for the creation of the world, at a most sufficient amount of matter, so that there should be neither lack nor excess. For it would be absurd that particular craftsmen, whenever they make something, especially costly things, should weigh out the sufficient amount of materials, while the one who discovered numbers and measures and the equalities in them should take no thought for what was enough.
7.21.2Dindorf 1:389
λέξω δὴ μετὰ παρρησίας ὅτι οὔτʼ ἐλάττονος οὔτε πλείονος οὐσίας ἔδει τῷ κόσμῳ πρὸς κατασκευὴν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐγένετο τέλειος, οὐδʼ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ὁλόκληρος, εὖ δὲ δεδημιουργημένος ἐκ τελείας οὐσίας ἀπετελέσθη. πανσόφου γὰρ τὴν τέχνην ἴδιον, πρὶν ἄρξασθαί τινος κατασκευῆς, τὴν ἱκανὴν ἰδεῖν ὕλην.
lexō dē meta parrēsias hoti outʼ elattonos oute pleionos ousias edei tǭ kosmǭ pros kataskeuēn, epei ouk an egeneto teleios, oudʼ en pasi tois meresin holoklēros, eu de dedēmiourgēmenos ek teleias ousias apetelesthē. pansophou gar tēn technēn idion, prin arxasthai tinos kataskeuēs, tēn hikanēn idein hylēn.
I shall say boldly, then, that the world needed neither less nor more substance for its construction, since otherwise it would not have become perfect, nor complete in all its parts; but, well made, it was completed from a perfect substance. For it is proper to one all-wise in art, before beginning any construction, to see the sufficient matter.
7.21.3Dindorf 1:389
ἄνθρωπος μὲν οὖν κἂν εἰ τῶν ἄλλων τὴν ἐπιστήμην διαφέροι, μὴ δυνάμενος κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἐκφυγεῖν τὴν συγγενῆ τῶν θνητῶν πλάνην, ἀπατῷτο ἂν ἴσως περὶ τὴν ποσότητα τῆς ὕλης, ὁπότε τεχνιτεύοι, τοτὲ μὲν ὡς ἐλάττονι προστιθέναι, τοτὲ δὲ ὡς περιττῆς ἀφαιρεῖν· ὁ δὲ πηγή τις ὢν ἐπιστημῶν ἐνδέον ἢ περιττεῦον οὐδὲν ἔμελλεν ὑποβάλλεσθαι, μέτροις ἅτε χρώμενος εἰς ἀκρίβειαν ὑπερφυῶς πεπονημένοις ἅπασιν ἐπαινετοῖς.
anthrōpos men oun kan ei tōn allōn tēn epistēmēn diapheroi, mē dynamenos kata to panteles ekphygein tēn syngenē tōn thnētōn planēn, apatǭto an isōs peri tēn posotēta tēs hylēs, hopote techniteuoi, tote men hōs elattoni prostithenai, tote de hōs perittēs aphairein; ho de pēgē tis ōn epistēmōn endeon ē peritteuon ouden emellen hypoballesthai, metrois hate chrōmenos eis akribeian hyperphyōs peponēmenois hapasin epainetois.
A man, even if he surpasses others in knowledge, being unable entirely to escape the error native to mortals, might perhaps be deceived about the quantity of matter when he practiced his craft, at one time adding as to something too little, at another taking away as from something too much; but he who is a fountain of sciences was not going to supply anything lacking or excessive, using measures all worked out to marvelous exactness and praiseworthy.
7.21.4Dindorf 1:389–390
ὁ δὲ βουλόμενος ἄλλως ὑθλεῖν οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι καὶ τὰ πάντων ἔργα τῶν τεχνιτῶν αἴτια τιθέμενος, ὡς ἄμεινον τῆς κατασκευῆς ἐπιλαχόντα προσθέσει τινὸς ἢ μειώσει τῶν ἐν ὕλαις. ἀλλὰ γὰρ σοφιστείας μὲν ἔργον εὑρεσιλογεῖν, σοφίας δὲ ἕκαστα διερευνᾶν τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει.
ho de boulomenos allōs hythlein ouk an phthanoi kai ta pantōn erga tōn technitōn aitia tithemenos, hōs ameinon tēs kataskeuēs epilachonta prosthesei tinos ē meiōsei tōn en hylais. alla gar sophisteias men ergon heuresilogein, sophias de hekasta diereunan tōn en tę̄ physei.
And one who wishes to talk nonsense otherwise might as well blame the works of all craftsmen too, as though they would have attained a better construction by some addition to or subtraction from their materials. But it is the work of sophistry to invent arguments, and of wisdom to search out each thing in nature."
7.21.5Dindorf 1:390
Καὶ τὰ μὲν τοῦ Φίλωνος τοῦτον ἐχέτω τὸν τρόπον. Μαξίμῳ δὲ τῆς Χριστοῦ διατριβῆς οὐκ ἀσήμῳ ἀνδρὶ καὶ λόγος οἰκεῖος συγγέγραπται ὁ Περὶ τῆς ὕλης. ἐξ οὗ μοι δοκῶ μέτρια χρησίμως παραθήσεσθαι εἰς ἀκριβῆ τοῦ προβλήματος ἔλεγχον.
Kai ta men tou Philōnos touton echetō ton tropon. Maximǭ de tēs Christou diatribēs ouk asēmǭ andri kai logos oikeios syngegraptai ho Peri tēs hylēs. ex hou moi dokō metria chrēsimōs parathēsesthai eis akribē tou problēmatos elenchon.
Let Philo's words stand thus. And Maximus, a man not undistinguished in the school of Christ, has also written a treatise of his own, On Matter. From it I think I shall usefully quote a moderate amount for an exact examination of the problem.
Preparation 7, chapter 22
7.22.1Dindorf 1:390
“Ὅτι μὲν ἀδύνατον ὑπάρχειν ἀγέννητα δύο ἅμα οὐδὲ σὲ ἀγνοεῖν νομίζω, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα δοκεῖς προλαβὼν τοῦτο προστεθεικέναι τῷ λόγῳ, τὸ πάντως ἐξ ἀνάγκης τὸ ἕτερον δεῖν λέγειν, ἢ ὅτι κεχώρισται τῆς ὕλης ὁ θεὸς, ἢ αὖ πάλιν ὅτι ἀμέριστος αὐτῆς τυγχάνει.
“Hoti men adynaton hyparchein agennēta dyo hama oude se agnoein nomizō, ei kai ta malista dokeis prolabōn touto prostetheikenai tǭ logǭ, to pantōs ex anankēs to heteron dein legein, ē hoti kechōristai tēs hylēs ho theos, ē au palin hoti ameristos autēs tynchanei.
"That it is impossible for two unbegotten things to exist together I think you too are not unaware, even though you seem particularly to have anticipated this and added it to the argument, that one must necessarily say one of two things: either that God is separate from matter, or again that he is inseparable from it.
7.22.2Dindorf 1:390
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡνῶσθαί τις αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν ἐθέλοι, ἕν τὸ ἀγέννητον λέξει· ἑκάτερον γὰρ τούτων μέρος ἔσται τοῦ πλησίον· ἀλλήλων δὲ μέρη τυγχάνοντα οὐκ ἔσται ἀγέννητα δύο, ὡς οὐδὲ διάφορα μέρη κατακερματιζόμενα εἰς πολλὰ γεννητὰ, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὡς ὁ λόγος ἀπαιτεῖ) ἔν τι γεννητὸν τὸν ἄνθρωπον πολυμερὲς πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι φαμέν. οὕτως ἀνάγκη, εἰ μὴ κεχώρισται τῆς ὕλης ὁ θεὸς, ἓν τὸ ἀγέννητον εἶναι λέγειν.
ei men oun hēnōsthai tis auton eipein etheloi, hen to agennēton lexei; hekateron gar toutōn meros estai tou plēsion; allēlōn de merē tynchanonta ouk estai agennēta dyo, hōs oude diaphora merē katakermatizomena eis polla gennēta, allʼ ē hōs ho logos apaitei) en ti gennēton ton anthrōpon polymeres pros tou theou gegonenai phamen. houtōs anankē, ei mē kechōristai tēs hylēs ho theos, hen to agennēton einai legein.
If, then, anyone wishes to say that he is united with it, he will say that the unbegotten is one; for each of these will be a part of the other, and being parts of one another they will not be two unbegotten things; just as, though man is divided into different parts, we do not say that many begotten things came into being, but (as reason requires) that man is one begotten thing of many parts made by God. So, if God is not separate from matter, one must say that the unbegotten is one.
7.22.3Dindorf 1:390
εἰ δὲ κεχωρίσθαι φήσει τις, ἀνάγκη εἶναί τι τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων, ὅπερ καὶ τὸν χωρισμὸν αὐτῶν δείκνυσιν. ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἐν διαστάσει ἐξετάζεσθαί τι ἀπό τινος, οὐκ ὄντος ἑτέρου καθʼ ὃ ἡ διάστασις ἑκατέρου γίνεται· ὅπερ οὐ μέχρι τούτου ἵσταται καὶ μόνου, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείστων ὅσων.
ei de kechōristhai phēsei tis, anankē einai ti to ana meson amphoterōn, hoper kai ton chōrismon autōn deiknysin. adynaton gar en diastasei exetazesthai ti apo tinos, ouk ontos heterou kathʼ ho hē diastasis hekaterou ginetai; hoper ou mechri toutou histatai kai monou, alla kai pleistōn hosōn.
But if anyone says they are separate, there must be something between both, which shows their separation. For it is impossible for one thing to be examined as standing apart from another unless there is something else in respect of which the separation of each takes place; and this does not stop here alone, but extends to very many.
7.22.4Dindorf 1:390–391
ὃν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν δύο ἀγεννήτων εἴπομεν λόγον, τοῦτον ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὁμοίως προχωρεῖν, εἰ τὰ ἀγέννητα δοθείη τρία. καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτων ἐροίμην ἂν εἰ κεχώρισται ἀλλήλων, ἢ αὖ πάλιν ἕκαστον ἥνωται τῷ πλησίον.
hon gar epi tōn dyo agennētōn eipomen logon, touton ex anankēs homoiōs prochōrein, ei ta agennēta dotheiē tria. kai gar epi toutōn eroimēn an ei kechōristai allēlōn, ē au palin hekaston hēnōtai tǭ plēsion.
For the argument we stated about two unbegotten things must likewise proceed of necessity if three unbegotten things are granted. For about these too I would ask whether they are separate from each other, or again each is united to its neighbor.
7.22.5Dindorf 1:391
εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἡνῶσθαί τις εἰπεῖν ἐθέλοι, τὸν αὐτὸν ἀκούσει τῷ πρώτῳ λόγον· εἰ δʼ αὖ πάλιν κεχωρίσθαι, οὐ φεύξεται τὴν ἐξ ἀνάγκης τοῦ χωρίζοντος ὑπόστασιν.”
ei men gar hēnōsthai tis eipein etheloi, ton auton akousei tǭ prōtǭ logon; ei dʼ au palin kechōristhai, ou pheuxetai tēn ex anankēs tou chōrizontos hypostasin.”
For if anyone wishes to say they are united, he will hear the same argument as the first; and if again separate, he will not escape the necessary existence of what separates them."
7.22.6Dindorf 1:391
“Ἂν δὲ ἄρα τις καὶ τρίτον εἶναι λέξῃ λόγον ὡς ἁρμόζοντα περὶ τῶν ἀγεννήτων λέγεσθαι, τουτέστι τὸ μήτε κεχωρίσθαι τῆς ὕλης τὸν θεὸν μήτʼ αὖ πάλιν ὡς ἐν μέρει ἡνῶσθαι, εἶναι δὲ καθάπερ ἐν τόπῳ τῇ ὕλῃ τὸν θεὸν, ἢ καὶ τὴν ὕλην ἐν τῷ θεῷ, τὸ συνέχον ἀκουέτω, ὅτι ἐὰν τόπον τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ὕλην εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνάγκης αὐτὸν καὶ χωρητὸν λέγειν δεῖ καὶ πρὸς τῆς ὕλης περιγραφόμενον.
“An de ara tis kai triton einai lexę̄ logon hōs harmozonta peri tōn agennētōn legesthai, toutesti to mēte kechōristhai tēs hylēs ton theon mētʼ au palin hōs en merei hēnōsthai, einai de kathaper en topǭ tę̄ hylę̄ ton theon, ē kai tēn hylēn en tǭ theǭ, to synechon akouetō, hoti ean topon tou theou tēn hylēn eipōmen, ex anankēs auton kai chōrēton legein dei kai pros tēs hylēs perigraphomenon.
"But if someone says there is also a third account suitable to be given of the unbegotten things, namely that God is neither separate from matter nor again united to it as a part, but that God is in matter as in a place, or matter in God, let him hear the consequence: that if we say matter is God's place, we must necessarily say that he is contained and circumscribed by matter.
7.22.7Dindorf 1:391
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ ὁμοίως αὐτὸν τῇ ὕλῃ ἀτάκτως φέρεσθαι, μὴ ἵστασθαί τε μηδὲ μένειν αὐτὸν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἀνάγκη, τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἐστὶν ἄλλοτʼ ἄλλως φερομένου. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ ἐν χείροσι γεγονέναι τὸν θεὸν εἰπεῖν ἀνάγκη. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ποτὲ ἄκοσμος ἡ ὕλη, ἐκόσμησε δὲ αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον τρέψαι προαιρούμενος, ἦν ποτὲ ὅτε ἐν ἀκοσμήτοις ἦν ὁ θεός.
alla mēn kai homoiōs auton tę̄ hylę̄ ataktōs pheresthai, mē histasthai te mēde menein auton ephʼ heautou anankē, tou en hǭ estin allotʼ allōs pheromenou. pros de toutois kai en cheirosi gegonenai ton theon eipein anankē. ei gar ēn pote akosmos hē hylē, ekosmēse de autēn eis to kreitton trepsai proairoumenos, ēn pote hote en akosmētois ēn ho theos.
Moreover, he must necessarily be carried about in disorder like matter, and not stand or remain by himself, since that in which he is is carried now one way, now another. Besides this, one must say that God was among worse things. For if matter was once without order, and he ordered it, choosing to turn it to the better, there was a time when God was among disordered things.
7.22.8Dindorf 1:391
δικαίως δʼ ἂν καὶ τοῦτον ἐροίμην τὸν λόγον, πότερον ἐπλήρου τὴν ὕλην ὁ θεὸς, ἢ ἐν μέρει τινὶ τῆς ὕλης ἦν. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐν μέρει τινὶ τῆς ὕλης εἰπεῖν τις ἐθέλοι τὸν θεὸν, πλεῖστον ὅσον μικρότερον τῆς ὕλης λέγει, εἰ δὴ μέρος αὐτῆς ὅλον ἐχώρησεν αὐτόν· εἰ δʼ ἐν πάσῃ εἶναι λέγοι τῇ ὕλῃ, πῶς ταύτην ἐδημιούργει φραστέον. ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἢ συστολήν τινα τοῦ θεοῦ λέγειν, ἧς γενομένης ἐδημιούργει ἐκεῖνο ἀφʼ οὗ ὑπεχώρησεν, ἢ καὶ ἑαυτὸν τῇ ὕλῃ συνδημιουργεῖν, οὐκ ἔχοντα ὑποχωρήσεως τόπον.
dikaiōs dʼ an kai touton eroimēn ton logon, poteron eplērou tēn hylēn ho theos, ē en merei tini tēs hylēs ēn. ei men oun en merei tini tēs hylēs eipein tis etheloi ton theon, pleiston hoson mikroteron tēs hylēs legei, ei dē meros autēs holon echōrēsen auton; ei dʼ en pasę̄ einai legoi tę̄ hylę̄, pōs tautēn edēmiourgei phrasteon. anankē gar ē systolēn tina tou theou legein, hēs genomenēs edēmiourgei ekeino aphʼ hou hypechōrēsen, ē kai heauton tę̄ hylę̄ syndēmiourgein, ouk echonta hypochōrēseōs topon.
I might fairly ask this question too: whether God filled matter, or was in some part of matter. If anyone wishes to say God was in some part of matter, he calls him far smaller than matter, if a part of it contained him wholly. But if he says he was in all matter, he must explain how he made it. For one must say either that there was some contraction of God, upon which he made that from which he withdrew, or that he made himself together with matter, having no place to withdraw to.
7.22.9Dindorf 1:391–392
εἰ δὲ τὴν ὕλην ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναί τις λέξει, ὁμοίως ἐξετάζειν δεῖ πότερον ὡς διισταμένου αὐτοῦ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν ἀέρι ζῴων ὑπάρχει γένη, διαιρουμένου καὶ μεριζομένου αὐτοῦ εἰς ὑποδοχὴν τῶν γινομένων ἐν αὐτῷ, ἢ ὡς ἐν τόπῳ, τουτέστιν ὥσπερ ἐν γῇ ὕδωρ.
ei de tēn hylēn en tǭ theǭ einai tis lexei, homoiōs exetazein dei poteron hōs diistamenou autou aphʼ heautou. kai hōsper en aeri zǭōn hyparchei genē, diairoumenou kai merizomenou autou eis hypodochēn tōn ginomenōn en autǭ, ē hōs en topǭ, toutestin hōsper en gę̄ hydōr.
And if anyone says that matter is in God, we must likewise examine whether it is as though he were divided from himself, just as kinds of animals exist in air, the air being divided and parted to receive what comes to be in it, or as in a place, that is, as water in earth.
7.22.10Dindorf 1:392
εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἴποιμεν ὡς ἐν ἀέρι, μεριστὸν ἀνάγκη τὸν θεὸν εἰπεῖν· εἰ δʼ ὥσπερ ἐν γῇ τὸ ὕδωρ, ἦν δὲ ἄτακτος ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἀκόσμητος, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἔχουσα καὶ κακὰ, τὸν θεὸν λέγειν ἀνάγκη τόπον εἶναι τῶν ἀκοσμήτων καὶ τῶν κακῶν. ὅπερ οὐκ εὔφημον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, ἐπισφαλὲς δὲ μᾶλλον. ὕλην γὰρ εἶναι θέλεις, ἵνα μὴ τῶν κακῶν ποιητὴν εἴπῃς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοῦτο φεύγειν προαιρούμενος δοχεῖον αὐτὸν τῶν κακῶν εἶναι λέγεις.”
ei men gar eipoimen hōs en aeri, meriston anankē ton theon eipein; ei dʼ hōsper en gę̄ to hydōr, ēn de ataktos hē hylē kai akosmētos, pros de toutois echousa kai kaka, ton theon legein anankē topon einai tōn akosmētōn kai tōn kakōn. hoper ouk euphēmon einai moi dokei, episphales de mallon. hylēn gar einai theleis, hina mē tōn kakōn poiētēn eipę̄s ton theon kai touto pheugein proairoumenos docheion auton tōn kakōn einai legeis.”
For if we say 'as in air,' we must say that God is divisible; but if 'as water in earth,' and matter was disordered and unadorned, and moreover contained evils, we must say that God is the place of disordered things and of evils. This seems to me not reverent, but rather dangerous. For you want matter to exist so that you need not call God the maker of evils, and in choosing to avoid this you say that he is a receptacle of evils."
7.22.11Dindorf 1:392
“Εἰ μὲν οὖν τὴν ὕλην ἐκ τῶν ὑποστάντων γενητῶν ὑπονοεῖν ἀγέννητον ὑπάρχειν ἔλεγες, πολὺν ἂν περὶ αὐτῆς ἐποιησάμην λόγον εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ ὅτι ἀδύνατον ὑπάρχειν αὐτὴν ἀγέννητον· ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν τῶν κακῶν γένεσιν αἰτίαν ἔφησθα εἶναι τῆς τοιαύτης ὑπονοίας, διὰ τοῦτʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξέτασιν τούτων ἔρχεσθαί μοι δοκῶ. φανεροῦ γὰρ γενομένου τοῦ λόγου καθʼ ὃν τρόπον ἐστὶ τὰ κακὰ καὶ ὅτι οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ἀναίτιον τῶν κακῶν εἰπεῖν τὸν θεὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὕλην αὐτῷ ὑποτιθέναι, τὴν τοιαύτην ὑπόνοιαν ἀναιρεῖσθαί μοι δοκεῖ.
“Ei men oun tēn hylēn ek tōn hypostantōn genētōn hyponoein agennēton hyparchein eleges, polyn an peri autēs epoiēsamēn logon eis apodeixin tou hoti adynaton hyparchein autēn agennēton; epei de tēn tōn kakōn genesin aitian ephēstha einai tēs toiautēs hyponoias, dia toutʼ epi tēn exetasin toutōn erchesthai moi dokō. phanerou gar genomenou tou logou kathʼ hon tropon esti ta kaka kai hoti ouch hoion te estin anaition tōn kakōn eipein ton theon ek tou hylēn autǭ hypotithenai, tēn toiautēn hyponoian anaireisthai moi dokei.
"If you had said that you supposed matter to be unbegotten from the things that have come into being, I would have said much about it to prove that it cannot be unbegotten. But since you said that the origin of evils is the reason for this supposition, I think I should therefore proceed to examine this. For once the account of how evils exist has been made plain, and that it is not possible to call God blameless for evils by supposing matter beside him, such a supposition seems to me to be done away with.
7.22.12Dindorf 1:392
Φῂς τοίνυν ἄποιον ὕλην συνυπάρχειν τῷ θεῷ, ἐξ ἧς τὴν τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν ἐδημιούργησεν. Οὕτω μοι δοκεῖ.
Phę̄s toinyn apoion hylēn synyparchein tǭ theǭ, ex hēs tēn toude tou kosmou genesin edēmiourgēsen. Houtō moi dokei.
You say, then, that matter without qualities coexists with God, from which he made the generation of this world? —So it seems to me.
7.22.13Dindorf 1:392
οὐκοῦν εἰ ἄποιος ἐτύγχανεν ἡ ὕλη, γέγονε δὲ κόσμος πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ αἱ ποιότητες, τῶν ποιοτήτων ποιητὴς γέγονεν ὁ θεός. Οὕτως ἔχει.
oukoun ei apoios etynchanen hē hylē, gegone de kosmos pros tou theou, en de tǭ kosmǭ hai poiotētes, tōn poiotētōn poiētēs gegonen ho theos. Houtōs echei.
Then if matter was without qualities, and the world came into being from God, and the qualities are in the world, God has become the maker of the qualities. —That is so.
7.22.14Dindorf 1:392–393
Ἐπεὶ δέ σου καὶ λέγοντος ἔμπροσθεν ἤκουον ὡς ἀδύνατον ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γίνεσθαί τι, πρὸς τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἀπόκριναι τὴν ἐμήν· δοκεῖ σοι τὰς τοῦ κόσμου ποιότητας μὴ ἐξ ὑποκειμένων ποιοτήτων γεγονέναι; Δοκεῖ. Ἕτερον δέ τι παρὰ τὰς οὐσίας ὑπάρχειν αὐτάς; Οὕτως ἔχει.
Epei de sou kai legontos emprosthen ēkouon hōs adynaton ex ouk ontōn ginesthai ti, pros tēn erōtēsin apokrinai tēn emēn; dokei soi tas tou kosmou poiotētas mē ex hypokeimenōn poiotētōn gegonenai? Dokei. Heteron de ti para tas ousias hyparchein autas? Houtōs echei.
And since I heard you saying before that it is impossible for anything to come into being from what is not, answer my question: do you think that the qualities of the world did not come from underlying qualities? —I do. —And that they are something other than the substances? —That is so.
7.22.15Dindorf 1:393
Εἰ μὲν οὖν μήτε ἐξ ὑποκειμένων ποιοτήτων τὰς ποιότητας ἐδημιούργησεν ὁ θεὸς μήτε ἐκ τῶν οὐσιῶν, τῷ μηδὲ οὐσίας αὐτὰς εἶναι, ἐκ μὴ ὄντων αὐτὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι εἰπεῖν ἀναγκαῖον. ὅθεν περιττῶς ἐδόκεις μοι λέγειν ἀδύνατον εἶναι δοξάζειν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γεγονέναι τι πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ.
Ei men oun mēte ex hypokeimenōn poiotētōn tas poiotētas edēmiourgēsen ho theos mēte ek tōn ousiōn, tǭ mēde ousias autas einai, ek mē ontōn autas hypo tou theou gegonenai eipein anankaion. hothen perittōs edokeis moi legein adynaton einai doxazein ex ouk ontōn gegonenai ti pros tou theou.
If, then, God made the qualities neither from underlying qualities nor from the substances, since they are not substances, one must say that they came into being from God out of what is not. So you seemed to me to say needlessly that it is impossible to hold that anything came into being from what is not by God.
7.22.16Dindorf 1:393
ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν περὶ τούτου λόγος ὧδε ἐχέτω. καὶ γὰρ παρʼ ἡμῖν θεωροῦμεν ἀνθρώπους ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ποιοῦντάς τινα, εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα δοκοῦσι ποιεῖν ἔν τινι, οἷον ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρχιτεκτόνων τὸ παράδειγμα λάβωμεν. καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι ποιοῦσι πόλεις οὐκ ἐκ πόλεων καὶ ναοὺς ὁμοίως οὐκ ἐκ ναῶν.
allʼ ho men peri toutou logos hōde echetō. kai gar parʼ hēmin theōroumen anthrōpous ex ouk ontōn poiountas tina, ei kai hoti malista dokousi poiein en tini, hoion epi tōn architektonōn to paradeigma labōmen. kai gar houtoi poiousi poleis ouk ek poleōn kai naous homoiōs ouk ek naōn.
But let the account of this stand thus. For among us too we see people making some things from what is not, even if they seem especially to make them in something; let us take the example of architects. For they make cities not from cities, and likewise temples not from temples.
7.22.17Dindorf 1:393
εἰ δʼ, ὅτι τούτοις οὐσίαι ὑπόκεινται, οἴει ἐξ ὄντων αὐτοὺς ταῦτα ποιεῖν, σφάλλῃ τῷ λόγῳ. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ οὐσία ἐστὶν ἡ ποιοῦσα τὴν πόλιν, ἢ αὖ πάλιν τοὺς ναοὺς, ἀλλʼ ἡ περὶ τὴν οὐσίαν τέχνη· ἡ δὲ τέχνη οὐκ ἐξ ὑποκειμένης τινὸς ἐν ταῖς οὐσίαις τέχνης γίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἐξ οὐκ οὔσης ἐν αὐταῖς γίνεται.
ei dʼ, hoti toutois ousiai hypokeintai, oiei ex ontōn autous tauta poiein, sphallę̄ tǭ logǭ. oude gar hē ousia estin hē poiousa tēn polin, ē au palin tous naous, allʼ hē peri tēn ousian technē; hē de technē ouk ex hypokeimenēs tinos en tais ousiais technēs ginetai, allʼ ex ouk ousēs en autais ginetai.
And if you think that, because substances underlie these, they make them from what exists, you err in your reasoning. For it is not the substance that makes the city or the temples, but the art applied to the substance; and the art does not come from some underlying art in the substances, but comes into them from what was not in them.
7.22.18Dindorf 1:393
ἀπαντήσειν δέ μοι δοκεῖς οὕτω τῷ λόγῳ, ὅτι ὁ τεχνίτης ἐξ ἧς ἔχει τέχνης τὴν ἐν τῇ οὐσίᾳ τέχνην ποιεῖ. πρὸς δὲ τοῦτο λέγεσθαι τοῦτʼ εὖ ἔχειν μοι δοκεῖ, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἔκ τινος ὑποκειμένης τέχνης γίνεται. οὐ γὰρ ἔνεστιν αὐτὴν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆς οὖσαν δοῦναι τὴν τέχνην· τῶν γὰρ συμβεβηκότων ἐστὶν καὶ τῶν τότε τὸ εἶναι λαμβανόντων, ὁπόταν ἐν οὐσίᾳ γίνωνται.
apantēsein de moi dokeis houtō tǭ logǭ, hoti ho technitēs ex hēs echei technēs tēn en tę̄ ousią technēn poiei. pros de touto legesthai toutʼ eu echein moi dokei, hoti oude en tǭ anthrōpǭ ek tinos hypokeimenēs technēs ginetai. ou gar enestin autēn ephʼ heautēs ousan dounai tēn technēn; tōn gar symbebēkotōn estin kai tōn tote to einai lambanontōn, hopotan en ousią ginōntai.
You seem likely to meet the argument thus: that the craftsman makes the art in the substance from the art he has. To this it seems good to me to say that not even in man does it come from some underlying art. For art cannot be given as existing by itself; for it belongs to the accidents and to the things that receive their being only when they come to be in a substance.
7.22.19Dindorf 1:393–394
ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἄνθρωπος καὶ χωρὶς τῆς ἀρχιτεκτονικῆς ἔσται· ἡ δʼ οὐκ ἔσται, ἐὰν μὴ πρότερον ἄνθρωπος ᾖ. ὅθεν τὰς τέχνας ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς ἀνθρώπους πεφυκέναι γίνεσθαι λέγειν ἀναγκαῖον. εἰ τοίνυν τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχον ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπων ἐδείξαμεν, πῶς οὐχὶ προσῆκε τὸν θεὸν μὴ μόνον ποιότητας ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων φάναι δύνασθαι ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐσίας; τῷ γὰρ δυνατὸν φανῆναι γίνεσθαί τι ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὸ καὶ τὰς οὐσίας οὕτως ἔχειν δείκνυται.
ho men gar anthrōpos kai chōris tēs architektonikēs estai; hē dʼ ouk estai, ean mē proteron anthrōpos ę̄. hothen tas technas ex ouk ontōn eis anthrōpous pephykenai ginesthai legein anankaion. ei toinyn touto houtōs echon epʼ anthrōpōn edeixamen, pōs ouchi prosēke ton theon mē monon poiotētas ex ouk ontōn phanai dynasthai poiein, alla kai ousias? tǭ gar dynaton phanēnai ginesthai ti ex ouk ontōn to kai tas ousias houtōs echein deiknytai.
For man will exist even without architecture, but it will not exist unless man first exists. Hence one must say that the arts naturally come into being in humans from what was not. If, then, we have shown this to be so in the case of humans, how is it not fitting to say that God can make not only qualities but also substances from what is not? For by its appearing possible for something to come into being from what is not, it is shown that the same holds for substances.
7.22.20Dindorf 1:394
ἐπεὶ δὲ πόθος ἐστί σοι περὶ τῆς τῶν κακῶν γενέσεως ζητεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸν τούτων ἐλεύσομαι λόγον, καί σου βραχέα πυθέσθαι βούλομαι. τὰ κακὰ πότερον οὐσίαι σοι δοκοῦσιν εἶναι, ἢ ποιότητες οὐσιῶν; Ποιότητας οὐσιῶν εὖ ἔχειν λέγειν μοι δοκεῖ.
epei de pothos esti soi peri tēs tōn kakōn geneseōs zētein, epi ton toutōn eleusomai logon, kai sou brachea pythesthai boulomai. ta kaka poteron ousiai soi dokousin einai, ē poiotētes ousiōn? Poiotētas ousiōn eu echein legein moi dokei.
But since you long to inquire into the origin of evils, I shall come to the account of these, and I wish to ask you briefly: do evils seem to you to be substances, or qualities of substances? —It seems right to me to call them qualities of substances.
7.22.21Dindorf 1:394
Ἡ δὲ ὕλη ἄποιος ἦν καὶ ἀσχημάτιστος; Οὕτω προλαβὼν ἐξεῖπον τῷ λόγῳ. Οὐκοῦν εἰ τὰ κακὰ ποιότητες ὑπάρχουσιν οὐσιῶν, ἡ δὲ ὕλη ἄποιος ἦν, τῶν δὲ ποιοτήτων ποιητὴν εἶπας τὸν θεὸν εἶναι, ἔσται καὶ τῶν κακῶν δημιουργὸς ὁ θεός. ὅτε τοίνυν οὐδʼ οὕτως ἀναίτιον τῶν κακῶν δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν τὸν θεὸν, ὕλην αὐτῷ προσάπτειν περιττὸν εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ. εἰ δέ τι πρὸς ταῦτα λέγειν ἔχεις, ἄρχου τοῦ λόγου.
Hē de hylē apoios ēn kai aschēmatistos? Houtō prolabōn exeipon tǭ logǭ. Oukoun ei ta kaka poiotētes hyparchousin ousiōn, hē de hylē apoios ēn, tōn de poiotētōn poiētēn eipas ton theon einai, estai kai tōn kakōn dēmiourgos ho theos. hote toinyn oudʼ houtōs anaition tōn kakōn dynaton eipein ton theon, hylēn autǭ prosaptein peritton einai moi dokei. ei de ti pros tauta legein echeis, archou tou logou.
—And matter was without qualities and without shape? —So I stated at the outset of the discussion. —Then if evils are qualities of substances, and matter was without qualities, and you said God is the maker of the qualities, God will be the creator of evils too. Since, then, not even so is it possible to call God blameless for evils, it seems to me superfluous to attach matter to him. If you have anything to say to this, begin your reply.
7.22.22Dindorf 1:394–395
εἰ μὲν ἐκ φιλονεικίας ἡμῖν ἡ ζήτησις ἐγίνετο, οὐκ ἂν δεύτερον περὶ τῶν κακῶν ἠξίουν ὁρίζεσθαι ’ ἐπεὶ δὲ φιλίας ἕνεκα μᾶλλον καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ὠφελείας τὴν ἐξέτασιν ποιούμεθα τῶν λόγων, ἄνωθεν περὶ τούτων ὁρίζεσθαι ἀξιῶ συγχωρεῖν. Τὴν μὲν προαίρεσιν τὴν ἐμὴν ἐκ πολλοῦ σοι φανερὰν εἶναι δοκῶ καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σπουδὴν, ὅτι οὐ πιθανῶς εἰπὼν ψεῦδος νικῆσαι θέλω, ἀλλὰ δειχθῆναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν μετὰ ἀκριβοῦς ἐξετάσεως, καὶ σὲ δὲ οὕτω διακεῖσθαι σαφῶς ἐπίσταμαι· ὅθεν οἵῳ τρόπῳ χρώμενος νομίζεις δύνασθαι τὸ ἀληθὲς εὑρεῖν, τούτῳ χρῆσαι μηδὲν δυσωπούμενος. οὐ γὰρ σεαυτὸν ὠφελήσεις μόνον χρησάμενος τῷ κρείττονι, ἀλλὰ πάντως κἀμὲ περὶ ὧν ἀγνοῶ.
ei men ek philoneikias hēmin hē zētēsis egineto, ouk an deuteron peri tōn kakōn ēxioun horizesthai ’ epei de philias heneka mallon kai tēs pros ton plēsion ōpheleias tēn exetasin poioumetha tōn logōn, anōthen peri toutōn horizesthai axiō synchōrein. Tēn men proairesin tēn emēn ek pollou soi phaneran einai dokō kai tēn en tois logois spoudēn, hoti ou pithanōs eipōn pseudos nikēsai thelō, alla deichthēnai tēn alētheian meta akribous exetaseōs, kai se de houtō diakeisthai saphōs epistamai; hothen hoiǭ tropǭ chrōmenos nomizeis dynasthai to alēthes heurein, toutǭ chrēsai mēden dysōpoumenos. ou gar seauton ōphelēseis monon chrēsamenos tǭ kreittoni, alla pantōs kame peri hōn agnoō.
—If our inquiry arose from love of contention, I would not ask to define evils a second time; but since we are examining the arguments rather for friendship's sake and for our neighbor's benefit, I ask you to allow us to define them again from the beginning. —I think my purpose and my earnestness in discussion have long been plain to you: that I do not wish to win by plausibly speaking falsehood, but for the truth to be shown with exact examination; and I clearly know that you are of the same mind. So use whatever method you think can find the truth, without any embarrassment. For by using the better you will benefit not only yourself, but surely me too in what I do not know.
7.22.23Dindorf 1:395
Σαφῶς παραστῆναί μοι δοκεῖς καὶ τὰ κακὰ οὐσίας ὑπάρχειν τινάς· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκτὸς οὐσιῶν αὐτὰ ὄντα βλέπω. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν, ὦ οὗτος, καὶ τὰ κακὰ οὐσίας εἶναι λέγεις, ἀνάγκη τὸν τῆς οὐσίας ἐξετάζειν λόγον. δοκεῖ σοι τὴν οὐσίαν σωματικήν τινα σύστασιν εἶναι; Δοκεῖ.
Saphōs parastēnai moi dokeis kai ta kaka ousias hyparchein tinas; oude gar ektos ousiōn auta onta blepō. epei toinyn, ō houtos, kai ta kaka ousias einai legeis, anankē ton tēs ousias exetazein logon. dokei soi tēn ousian sōmatikēn tina systasin einai? Dokei.
—You seem to me plainly to hold that evils too are certain substances? —Yes, for I do not see them existing apart from substances. —Since, then, my friend, you say that evils too are substances, we must examine the definition of substance. Do you think substance is a certain bodily structure? —I do.
7.22.24Dindorf 1:395
Ἡ δὲ σωματικὴ σύστασις αὐτὴ ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆς ὑπάρχει οὐ δεομένη τινὸς, οὗ γενομένου τὸ εἶναι λήψεται; Οὕτως ἔχει.
Hē de sōmatikē systasis autē ephʼ heautēs hyparchei ou deomenē tinos, hou genomenou to einai lēpsetai? Houtōs echei.
—And bodily structure exists by itself, needing nothing in which it comes to be in order to receive its being? —That is so.
7.22.25Dindorf 1:395
Δοκεῖ δέ σοι τὰ κακὰ ἐνεργείας εἶναί τινος; Οὕτω μοι φαίνεται.
Dokei de soi ta kaka energeias einai tinos? Houtō moi phainetai.
—And do evils seem to you to be activities of someone? —So it appears to me.
7.22.26Dindorf 1:395
Αἱ δὲ ἐνέργειαι τότε τὸ εἶναι λαμβάνουσιν, ὁπόταν ὁ ἐνεργῶν παρῇ; Οὕτως ἔχει.
Hai de energeiai tote to einai lambanousin, hopotan ho energōn parę̄? Houtōs echei.
—And activities receive their being when the one acting is present? —That is so.
7.22.27Dindorf 1:395
Οὐκ ὄντος δὲ τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος, οὐδʼ ὅπερ ἐνεργεῖ ἔσται ποτέ; Οὐκ ἔσται.
Ouk ontos de tou energountos, oudʼ hoper energei estai pote? Ouk estai.
—And if the one acting does not exist, neither will what he does ever exist? —It will not.
7.22.28Dindorf 1:395
Οὐκοῦν εἰ ἡ οὐσία σωματική τις ἐστὶ σύστασις, αὕτη δὲ οὐ δεῖταί τινος, ἐν ᾧ γενομένη τὸ εἶναι λήψεται, τὰ δὲ κακὰ ἐνέργειαι ὑπάρχουσί τινος, αἱ δὲ ἐνέργειαι δέονταί τινος, ἐν ᾧ γενόμεναι τὸ εἶναι λαμβάνουσιν, οὐκ ἔσονται οὐσίαι τὰ κακά.
Oukoun ei hē ousia sōmatikē tis esti systasis, hautē de ou deitai tinos, en hǭ genomenē to einai lēpsetai, ta de kaka energeiai hyparchousi tinos, hai de energeiai deontai tinos, en hǭ genomenai to einai lambanousin, ouk esontai ousiai ta kaka.
—Then if substance is a certain bodily structure, and it needs nothing in which it comes to be to receive its being, while evils are activities of someone, and activities need something in which they come to be to receive their being, evils will not be substances.
7.22.29Dindorf 1:395–396
εἰ δὲ οὐσίαι τὰ κακὰ, κακὸν δὲ ὁ φόνος, οὐσία ἔσται ὁ φόνος· ἀλλὰ μὴν ὁ φόνος ἐνέργεια ὑπάρχει τινὸς, οὐκ ἔστιν ἄρα οὐσία ὁ φόνος. εἰ δὲ τὰ ἐνεργοῦντα οὐσίαν εἶναι θέλεις, σύμφημι κἀγώ. οἷον ἄνθρωπος ὁ φονεὺς, καθʼ ὃν μὲν λόγον ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ὑπάρχει οὐσία· ὁ δὲ ὃν ποιεῖ φόνος οὐκ ἔστιν οὐσία, ἀλλʼ ἔργον τῆς οὐσίας.
ei de ousiai ta kaka, kakon de ho phonos, ousia estai ho phonos; alla mēn ho phonos energeia hyparchei tinos, ouk estin ara ousia ho phonos. ei de ta energounta ousian einai theleis, symphēmi kagō. hoion anthrōpos ho phoneus, kathʼ hon men logon anthrōpos estin hyparchei ousia; ho de hon poiei phonos ouk estin ousia, allʼ ergon tēs ousias.
And if evils are substances, and murder is an evil, murder will be a substance; but murder is an activity of someone, so murder is not a substance. But if you mean that the agents are substance, I agree too. For example, a man who is a murderer is a substance insofar as he is a man; but the murder he commits is not a substance, but a work of the substance.
7.22.30Dindorf 1:396
λέγομεν δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ποτὲ μὲν κακὸν διὰ τὸ φονεύειν, ποτὲ δʼ αὖ πάλιν διὰ τὸ εὐεργετεῖν ἀγαθόν. καὶ προσπλέκεται ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῇ οὐσίᾳ ἐκ τῶν συμβεβηκότων αὐτῇ, ἅτινα οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτή· οὔτε γὰρ ὁ φόνος ἐστὶν ἡ οὐσία οὔτʼ αὖ πάλιν ἡ μοιχεία οὔτε τι τῶν ὁμοίων κακῶν· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τῆς γραμματικῆς ὁ γραμματικὸς λέγεται καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ῥητορικῆς ὁ ῥήτωρ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἰατρικῆς ὁ ἰατρὸς, τῆς οὐσίας οὔτʼ ἰατρικῆς οὔσης οὔτε μὴν ῥητορικῆς οὔτε γραμματικῆς ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῶν συμβεβηκότων αὐτῇ τὴν προσηγορίαν λαμβανούσης, ἀφʼ ὧν οὕτως ὀνομάζεσθαι δοκεῖ, οὐδʼ ὁπότερον αὐτῶν οὖσα, ὁμοίως μοι φαίνεται καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι κακῶν τὴν οὐσίαν ὄνομα προσλαμβάνειν, οὐδʼ ὁπότερον οὖσαν αὐτῶν.
legomen de ton anthrōpon pote men kakon dia to phoneuein, pote dʼ au palin dia to euergetein agathon. kai prospleketai tauta ta onomata tę̄ ousią ek tōn symbebēkotōn autę̄, hatina ouk estin autē; oute gar ho phonos estin hē ousia outʼ au palin hē moicheia oute ti tōn homoiōn kakōn; allʼ hōsper apo tēs grammatikēs ho grammatikos legetai kai apo tēs rhētorikēs ho rhētōr kai apo tēs iatrikēs ho iatros, tēs ousias outʼ iatrikēs ousēs oute mēn rhētorikēs oute grammatikēs allʼ apo tōn symbebēkotōn autę̄ tēn prosēgorian lambanousēs, aphʼ hōn houtōs onomazesthai dokei, oudʼ hopoteron autōn ousa, homoiōs moi phainetai kai apo tōn dokountōn einai kakōn tēn ousian onoma proslambanein, oudʼ hopoteron ousan autōn.
We call a man sometimes evil because he murders, and sometimes again good because he does good. And these names are attached to the substance from what happens to it, which it is not itself. For neither is murder the substance, nor again adultery, nor any of the like evils. But just as the grammarian is named from grammar, the orator from rhetoric, and the physician from medicine, though the substance is neither medicine nor rhetoric nor grammar, but takes its name from what happens to it, from which it seems to be so named while being neither of them, so it seems to me that the substance takes its name from what are thought to be evils, while being none of them.
7.22.31Dindorf 1:396
καί μοι ὁμοίως ἐπινόησον, εἴ τινα ἕτερον ἀναπλάττεις ἐν τῷ νῷ τῶν κακῶν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αἴτιον, ὡς κἀκεῖνος, καθὸ ἐν τούτοις ἐνεργεῖ καὶ ὑποβάλλει ποιεῖν τὰ κακὰ, ἔστι καὶ αὐτὸς κακὸς ἐξ ὧν ποιεῖ. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ κἀκεῖνος κακὸς εἶναι λέγεται, ὅτι τῶν κακῶν ἐστι ποιητής. ἃ δέ τις ποιεῖ, οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτὸς, ἀλλʼ αἱ ἐνέργειαι αὐτοῦ, ἀφʼ ὧν τὴν προσηγορίαν τοῦ κακὸς λέγεσθαι λαμβάνει.
kai moi homoiōs epinoēson, ei tina heteron anaplatteis en tǭ nǭ tōn kakōn tois anthrōpois aition, hōs kakeinos, katho en toutois energei kai hypoballei poiein ta kaka, esti kai autos kakos ex hōn poiei. dia touto gar kakeinos kakos einai legetai, hoti tōn kakōn esti poiētēs. ha de tis poiei, ouk estin autos, allʼ hai energeiai autou, aphʼ hōn tēn prosēgorian tou kakos legesthai lambanei.
And consider likewise, if you imagine in your mind someone else as the cause of evils for humans, that he too, insofar as he works in them and prompts them to do evils, is himself evil from what he does. For he too is called evil for this reason, that he is the maker of evils. But what someone does is not himself, but his activities, from which he takes the name of being called evil.
7.22.32Dindorf 1:396
εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸν ὑπάρχειν εἴποιμεν ἃ ποιεῖ, ποιεῖ δὲ φόνους καὶ μοιχείας καὶ κλοπὰς καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ὅμοια, αὐτὸς ἔσται ταῦτα· εἰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν αὐτὸς, ταῦτα δʼ ὅτε γίνεται τὴν σύστασιν ἔχει, οὐ γινόμενα δὲ καὶ τοῦ εἶναι παύεται, γίνεται δὲ ταῦτα πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, ἔσονται τούτων οἱ ἄνθρωποι ποιηταὶ, καὶ τοῦ εἶναι καὶ τοῦ μηκέτʼ εἶναι αἴτιοι.
ei gar auton hyparchein eipoimen ha poiei, poiei de phonous kai moicheias kai klopas kai hosa toutois homoia, autos estai tauta; ei de tautʼ estin autos, tauta dʼ hote ginetai tēn systasin echei, ou ginomena de kai tou einai pauetai, ginetai de tauta pros anthrōpōn, esontai toutōn hoi anthrōpoi poiētai, kai tou einai kai tou mēketʼ einai aitioi.
For if we were to say that he is what he does, and he does murders and adulteries and thefts and the like, he himself will be these things. And if he is these, and these have existence when they happen, but when they do not happen they cease to be, and they are done by humans, then humans will be their makers, and the causes both of his being and of his no longer being.
7.22.33Dindorf 1:396–397
εἰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ φὴς, ἐξ ὧν ποιεῖ τὸ κακὸς εἶναι ἔχει, οὐκ ἐξ ὧν ἐστιν ἡ οὐσία. κακὸν δὲ εἴπομεν λέγεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν συμβεβηκότων τῇ οὐσίᾳ, ἅτινα οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ οὐσία, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς ἰατρικῆς ὁ ἰατρός.
ei de tauta energeias autou phēs, ex hōn poiei to kakos einai echei, ouk ex hōn estin hē ousia. kakon de eipomen legesthai apo tōn symbebēkotōn tę̄ ousią, hatina ouk estin hē ousia, hōs apo tēs iatrikēs ho iatros.
But if you say these are his activities, he is evil from what he does, not from what his substance is. And we said that evil is so called from what happens to the substance, which is not the substance, as the physician from medicine.
7.22.34Dindorf 1:397
εἰ δὲ ἐξ ὧν ἐνεργεῖ ἕκαστος ὑπάρχει κακὸς, ἃ δὲ ἐνεργεῖ ἀρχὴν τοῦ εἶναι λαμβάνει, ἤρξατο κἀκεῖνος εἶναι κακὸς, ἤρξατο δὲ καὶ ταυτὶ τὰ κακά. εἰ δὲ οὕτως ἔχει, οὐκ ἔσται ἀνάρχως κακὸς, οὐδὲ ἀγέννητα τὰ κακὰ τῷ γεννητὰ πρὸς αὐτοῦ εἶναι φάναι.
ei de ex hōn energei hekastos hyparchei kakos, ha de energei archēn tou einai lambanei, ērxato kakeinos einai kakos, ērxato de kai tauti ta kaka. ei de houtōs echei, ouk estai anarchōs kakos, oude agennēta ta kaka tǭ gennēta pros autou einai phanai.
And if each is evil from what he does, and what he does receives a beginning of being, then he too began to be evil, and these evils too began. If so, he will not be evil without beginning, nor will the evils be unbegotten, since we say they are begotten by him.
7.22.35Dindorf 1:397
Τὸν μὲν πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, ὦ φίλε, λόγον ἱκανῶς μοι πεποιηκέναι δοκεῖς· ἐξ ὧν γὰρ προύλαβες τῷ λόγῳ, ἐκ τούτων συνάγειν ἔδοξας καλῶς. ὡς ἀληθῶς γὰρ, εἰ ἄποιος ἐτύγχανεν ἡ ὕλη, τῶν δὲ ποιοτήτων δημιουργὸς ὑπάρχει ὁ θεὸς, ποιότητες δὲ τὰ κακὰ, τῶν κακῶν ἔσται ποιητὴς ὁ θεός.
Ton men pros ton heteron, ō phile, logon hikanōs moi pepoiēkenai dokeis; ex hōn gar proulabes tǭ logǭ, ek toutōn synagein edoxas kalōs. hōs alēthōs gar, ei apoios etynchanen hē hylē, tōn de poiotētōn dēmiourgos hyparchei ho theos, poiotētes de ta kaka, tōn kakōn estai poiētēs ho theos.
—You seem to me, my friend, to have answered the other man sufficiently; for from what you assumed in the argument you seem to have drawn your conclusions well. For truly, if matter was without qualities, and God is the creator of the qualities, and evils are qualities, God will be the maker of evils.
7.22.36Dindorf 1:397
οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὁ λόγος πρὸς ἐκεῖνον εἰρήσθω καλῶς, ἐμοὶ δὲ ψεῦδος δοκεῖ τὴν ὕλην ἄποιον εἶναι λέγειν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔνεστιν εἰπεῖν περὶ ἡστινοσοῦν οὐσίας ὡς ἔστιν ἄποιος. καὶ γὰρ ἐν ᾧ ἄποιον εἶναι λέγει, τὴν ποιότητα αὐτῆς μηνύει, ὁποία ἐστὶν ἡ ὕλη διαγραφόμενος, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ποιότητος εἶδος.
houtos men oun ho logos pros ekeinon eirēsthō kalōs, emoi de pseudos dokei tēn hylēn apoion einai legein; oude gar enestin eipein peri hēstinosoun ousias hōs estin apoios. kai gar en hǭ apoion einai legei, tēn poiotēta autēs mēnyei, hopoia estin hē hylē diagraphomenos, hoper estin poiotētos eidos.
Let this argument be said well against him; but to me it seems false to say that matter is without qualities. For one cannot say of any substance whatever that it is without qualities. Indeed, in the very act of saying it is without qualities, he indicates its quality, describing what kind of thing matter is, which is a form of quality.
7.22.37Dindorf 1:397
ὅθεν, εἴ σοι φίλον ἐστὶν, ἄνωθεν ἔχου πρὸς ἐμὲ τοῦ λόγου. ἐμοὶ γὰρ ἡ ὕλη ἀνάρχως ποιότητας ἔχειν δοκεῖ. οὕτως γὰρ καὶ τὰ κακὰ ἐκ τῆς ἀπορροίας αὐτῆς εἶναι λέγω, ἵνα τῶν κακῶν ὁ μὲν θεὸς ἀναίτιος ᾖ, τούτων δὲ ἀπάντων ἡ ὕλη αἰτία.
hothen, ei soi philon estin, anōthen echou pros eme tou logou. emoi gar hē hylē anarchōs poiotētas echein dokei. houtōs gar kai ta kaka ek tēs aporroias autēs einai legō, hina tōn kakōn ho men theos anaitios ę̄, toutōn de apantōn hē hylē aitia.
So, if you like, take up the argument with me from the beginning. For to me matter seems to have qualities without beginning. In this way I also say that evils come from its outflow, so that God may be blameless for evils, and matter the cause of all of them.
7.22.38Dindorf 1:397–398
Τὴν μὲν προθυμίαν τὴν σὴν ἀποδέχομαι, ὦ φίλε, καί σου τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σπουδὴν ἐπαινῶ. προσῆκε γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἕκαστον τῶν φιλομαθῶν μὴ ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε συγκατατίθεσθαι τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἀλλʼ ἀκριβῆ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξέτασιν τῶν λόγων. οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ ὁ προσζητῶν παρὰ λόγον ὁρισάμενος ἀφορμὴν παρέσχε τῷ προσδιαλεγομένῳ συνάγειν ὡς ἐθέλει, τοῦτο καὶ τὸν ἀκροατὴν πείσει, ἀλλʼ εἴ τι δοκεῖ δυνατὸν εἶναι λέγεσθαι καλῶς, τοῦτο λέξει· παρʼ ὧν δυοῖν θάτερον ἔσται· ἢ γὰρ καὶ πρὸς ὃ κινεῖσθαι δοκεῖ ἀκούσας τέλεον ὠφεληθήσεται, ἢ τὸν προσδιαλεγόμενον ἐλέγξει οὐ τἀληθῆ λέγοντα.
Tēn men prothymian tēn sēn apodechomai, ō phile, kai sou tēn en tois logois spoudēn epainō. prosēke gar hōs alēthōs hekaston tōn philomathōn mē haplōs kai hōs etyche synkatatithesthai tois legomenois, allʼ akribē poieisthai tēn exetasin tōn logōn. oude gar ei ho proszētōn para logon horisamenos aphormēn paresche tǭ prosdialegomenǭ synagein hōs ethelei, touto kai ton akroatēn peisei, allʼ ei ti dokei dynaton einai legesthai kalōs, touto lexei; parʼ hōn dyoin thateron estai; ē gar kai pros ho kineisthai dokei akousas teleon ōphelēthēsetai, ē ton prosdialegomenon elenxei ou talēthē legonta.
—I welcome your readiness, my friend, and praise your earnestness in the discussion. For truly every lover of learning ought not simply and at random to assent to what is said, but to examine the arguments exactly. For even if the questioner, by defining against reason, has given the one he is talking with an opening to draw what conclusions he likes, this will not persuade the listener too; but if anything seems possible to say well, he will say it. From this one of two things will follow: either he will hear an answer to what seems to move him and be fully benefited, or he will refute the one he is talking with as not speaking the truth.
7.22.39Dindorf 1:398
Οὐ δοκεῖς δέ μοι δεόντως εἰρηκέναι τὴν ὕλην ἄνωθεν ποιότητας ἔχειν. εἰ γὰρ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, τίνος ἔσται ποιητὴς ὁ θεός; εἴτε γὰρ οὐσίας ἐροῦμεν, προεῖναι ταύτας φαμέν· εἴτʼ αὖ πάλιν ποιότητας, καὶ ταύτας ὑπάρχειν.
Ou dokeis de moi deontōs eirēkenai tēn hylēn anōthen poiotētas echein. ei gar touthʼ houtōs echei, tinos estai poiētēs ho theos? eite gar ousias eroumen, proeinai tautas phamen; eitʼ au palin poiotētas, kai tautas hyparchein.
But you do not seem to me to have said rightly that matter had qualities from the beginning. For if this is so, of what will God be the maker? Whether we say substances, we say that these existed before; or again qualities, that these too existed.
7.22.40Dindorf 1:398
οὐκοῦν οὐσίας τε οὔσης καὶ ποιοτήτων περιττὸν εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ δημιουργὸν λέγειν τὸν θεόν. ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐμαυτῷ κατασκευάζειν τινὰ δόξω λόγον, ἀπόκριναι νῦν ἐρωτώμενος, τίνι τρόπῳ δημιουργὸν εἶναι φῄς τὸν θεόν; πότερον ὅτι τὰς οὐσίας ἔτρεψεν εἰς τὸ μηκέθʼ ὑπάρχειν ἐκείνας αἵπερ ἦσάν ποτε, ἀλλʼ ἑτέρας παρʼ αὐτὰς γενέσθαι, ἢ ὅτι τὰς μὲν οὐσίας ἐφύλαξεν ἐκείνας αἵπερ ἦσαν πρὸ τούτου, τὰς δὲ ποιότητας ἔτρεψεν αὐτῶν;
oukoun ousias te ousēs kai poiotētōn peritton einai moi dokei dēmiourgon legein ton theon. hina de mē emautǭ kataskeuazein tina doxō logon, apokrinai nyn erōtōmenos, tini tropǭ dēmiourgon einai phę̄s ton theon? poteron hoti tas ousias etrepsen eis to mēkethʼ hyparchein ekeinas haiper ēsan pote, allʼ heteras parʼ autas genesthai, ē hoti tas men ousias ephylaxen ekeinas haiper ēsan pro toutou, tas de poiotētas etrepsen autōn?
Since, then, both substance and qualities existed, it seems to me superfluous to call God a creator. But so that I may not seem to be constructing an argument for myself, answer now when asked: in what way do you say God is a creator? Is it that he changed the substances so that they were no longer what they once were, but others came to be in their place? Or that he kept the substances as they were before, but changed their qualities?
7.22.41Dindorf 1:398
Οὔ τι μοι δοκεῖ ἀλλαγήν τινα οὐσιῶν γεγονέναι καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον τοῦτο λέγειν μοι φαίνεται τροπὴν δέ τινα τῶν ποιοτήτων γεγονέναι φημὶ, καθʼ ἃς δημιουργὸν εἶναι λέγω τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ὥσπερ εἰ τύχοι λέγειν ἐκ λίθων οἰκίαν γεγονέναι, ἐφʼ ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐκέτι λίθοι μένουσι τῇ οὐσίᾳ, οἰκία γενόμενοι οἱ λίθοι
Ou ti moi dokei allagēn tina ousiōn gegonenai kai gar atopon touto legein moi phainetai tropēn de tina tōn poiotētōn gegonenai phēmi, kathʼ has dēmiourgon einai legō ton theon, kai hōsper ei tychoi legein ek lithōn oikian gegonenai, ephʼ hōn ouk estin eipein hōs ouketi lithoi menousi tę̄ ousią, oikia genomenoi hoi lithoi
—I do not think any change of substances took place, for it seems absurd to me to say this; but I say a change of the qualities took place, in respect of which I call God a creator; just as if one should happen to say that a house came to be from stones, in which case one cannot say that the stones no longer remain stones in substance when they have become a house
7.22.42Dindorf 1:398–399
τῇ γὰρ ποιότητι τῆς συνθέσεως τὴν οἰκίαν γεγονέναι φημὶ, τραπείσης δηλονότι τῆς προτέρας τῶν λίθων ποιότητος), οὕτω μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τὸν θεὸν, ὑπομενούσης τῆς οὐσίας, τροπήν τινα τῶν ποιοτήτων αὐτῆς πεποιηκέναι, καθʼ ἣν τὴν τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι λέγω.
tę̄ gar poiotēti tēs syntheseōs tēn oikian gegonenai phēmi, trapeisēs dēlonoti tēs proteras tōn lithōn poiotētos), houtō moi dokei kai ton theon, hypomenousēs tēs ousias, tropēn tina tōn poiotētōn autēs pepoiēkenai, kathʼ hēn tēn toude tou kosmou genesin pros tou theou gegonenai legō.
(for I say the house came to be by the quality of construction, the former quality of the stones plainly having been changed), so it seems to me that God too, the substance remaining, made a certain change of its qualities, by which I say the generation of this world came about from God.
7.22.43Dindorf 1:399
Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν τροπήν τινα τῶν ποιοτήτων πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι φῄς, ἀπόκριναί μοι βραχέα πυθέσθαι προαιρουμένῳ. λέγε δὴ εἰ ὁμοίως καὶ σοὶ δοκεῖ τὰ κακὰ ποιότητας εἶναι τῶν οὐσιῶν; Δοκεῖ.
Epei toinyn tropēn tina tōn poiotētōn pros tou theou gegonenai phę̄s, apokrinai moi brachea pythesthai proairoumenǭ. lege dē ei homoiōs kai soi dokei ta kaka poiotētas einai tōn ousiōn? Dokei.
—Since, then, you say a change of the qualities was made by God, answer me briefly, as I wish to ask. Tell me whether you too think likewise that evils are qualities of substances? —I do.
7.22.44Dindorf 1:399
Ἄνωθεν δὲ ἦσαν αἱ ποιότητες αὗται ἐν τῇ ὕλῃ, ἢ ἀρχὴν ἔσχον τοῦ εἶναι; Συνεῖναί φημι ἀγεννήτως τῇ ὕλῃ ταυτασὶ τὰς ποιότητας.
Anōthen de ēsan hai poiotētes hautai en tę̄ hylę̄, ē archēn eschon tou einai? Syneinai phēmi agennētōs tę̄ hylę̄ tautasi tas poiotētas.
—And were these qualities in matter from the beginning, or did they have a beginning of being? —I say these qualities coexisted with matter unbegotten.
7.22.45Dindorf 1:399
Οὐχὶ δὲ τὸν θεὸν φὴς τροπήν τινα τῶν ποιοτήτων πεποιηκέναι; Τοῦτό φημι.
Ouchi de ton theon phēs tropēn tina tōn poiotētōn pepoiēkenai? Touto phēmi.
—And do you not say that God made a certain change of the qualities? —I say so.
7.22.46Dindorf 1:399
Πότερον οὖν εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον, ἢ εἰς τὸ χεῖρον; Εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον λέγειν μοι δοκεῖ.
Poteron oun eis to kreitton, ē eis to cheiron? Eis to kreitton legein moi dokei.
—For the better, or for the worse? —For the better, it seems to me right to say.
7.22.47Dindorf 1:399
Οὐκοῦν εἰ ποιότητες τῆς ὕλης τὰ κακὰ, τὰς δὲ ποιότητας αὐτῆς εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον ἔτρεψεν ὁ θεὸς, πόθεν τὰ κακὰ ζητεῖν ἀνάγκη; οὐ γὰρ ἔμειναν αἱ ποιότητες ὁποῖαί ποτʼ ἦσαν τῇ φύσει. ἢ, εἰ μὲν πρότερον οὐκ ἦσαν ποιότητες κακαὶ, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ τραπῆναι πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς πρώτας τοιαύτας περὶ τὴν ὕλην γεγονέναι ποιότητας φῄς, αἴτιος ἔσται τῶν κακῶν ὁ θεὸς, τρέψας τὰς οὐκ οὔσας ποιότητας κακὰς εἰς τὸ εἶναι κακάς·
Oukoun ei poiotētes tēs hylēs ta kaka, tas de poiotētas autēs eis to kreitton etrepsen ho theos, pothen ta kaka zētein anankē? ou gar emeinan hai poiotētes hopoiai potʼ ēsan tę̄ physei. ē, ei men proteron ouk ēsan poiotētes kakai, ek de tou trapēnai pros tou theou tas prōtas toiautas peri tēn hylēn gegonenai poiotētas phę̄s, aitios estai tōn kakōn ho theos, trepsas tas ouk ousas poiotētas kakas eis to einai kakas;
—Then if evils are qualities of matter, and God changed its qualities for the better, we must ask where evils come from. For the qualities did not remain such as they were by nature. Or, if there were formerly no evil qualities, but you say that from God's changing them the first such qualities arose in matter, God will be the cause of evils, having changed qualities that were not evil into being evil;
7.22.48Dindorf 1:399
ἢ τὰς μὲν κακὰς ποιότητας εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον οὐ δοκεῖ σοι τρέψαι τὸν θεὸν, τὰς δὲ λοιπὰς καὶ μόνας, ὅσαι ἀδιάφοροι ἐτύγχανον τῆς διακοσμήσεως ἕνεκα, πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τετράφθαι λέγεις; Οὕτως ἄνωθεν ἔσχον ἐγώ.
ē tas men kakas poiotētas eis to kreitton ou dokei soi trepsai ton theon, tas de loipas kai monas, hosai adiaphoroi etynchanon tēs diakosmēseōs heneka, pros tou theou tetraphthai legeis? Houtōs anōthen eschon egō.
or do you think that God did not change the evil qualities for the better, but say that only the remaining ones, those that happened to be indifferent, were changed by God for the sake of ordering the world? —That is what I held from the beginning.
7.22.49Dindorf 1:399–400
Πῶς τοίνυν αὐτὸν τὰς τῶν φαύλων ποιότητας ὡς εἶχον καταλελοιπέναι λέγεις; πότερον δυνάμενον μὲν κἀκείνας ἀνελεῖν, οὐ βουληθέντα δὲ, ἢ τὸ δύνασθαι μὴ ἔχοντα; εἰ μὲν γὰρ δυνάμενον λέξεις, οὐ βουληθέντα δὲ, αὐτὸν αἴτιον τούτων εἰπεῖν ἀνάγκη, ὅτι δυνάμενος ποιῆσαι μὴ εἶναι κακὰ, συνεχώρησεν αὐτὰ μένειν ὡς ἦν, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτε δημιουργεῖν τὴν ὕλην ἤρξατο.
Pōs toinyn auton tas tōn phaulōn poiotētas hōs eichon kataleloipenai legeis? poteron dynamenon men kakeinas anelein, ou boulēthenta de, ē to dynasthai mē echonta? ei men gar dynamenon lexeis, ou boulēthenta de, auton aition toutōn eipein anankē, hoti dynamenos poiēsai mē einai kaka, synechōrēsen auta menein hōs ēn, kai malista hote dēmiourgein tēn hylēn ērxato.
—How then do you say he left the qualities of bad things as they were? Was he able to remove them too but unwilling, or did he lack the power? If you say he was able but unwilling, you must say that he is the cause of them, since, being able to make evils not exist, he allowed them to remain as they were, especially when he began to fashion matter.
7.22.50Dindorf 1:400
εἰ γὰρ μηδʼ ὅλως ἔμελεν αὐτῷ τῆς ὕλης, οὐκ ἂν αἴτιος ἦν ὧν συνεχώρει μένειν· ἐπεὶ δὲ μέρος μέν τι αὐτῆς ἐδημιούργει, μέρος δέ τι οὕτως εἴα, δυνάμενος κἀκεῖνα τρέπειν εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον, αἰτίαν ὀφλισκάνειν ἄξιος εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, καταλιπὼν μέρος ὕλης εἶναι πονηρὸν ἐπʼ ὀλέθρῳ οὗ ἐδημιούργησε μέρους.
ei gar mēdʼ holōs emelen autǭ tēs hylēs, ouk an aitios ēn hōn synechōrei menein; epei de meros men ti autēs edēmiourgei, meros de ti houtōs eia, dynamenos kakeina trepein eis to kreitton, aitian ophliskanein axios einai moi dokei, katalipōn meros hylēs einai ponēron epʼ olethrǭ hou edēmiourgēse merous.
For if he had no care at all for matter, he would not be the cause of what he allowed to remain; but since he fashioned part of it and left part as it was, though able to change that too for the better, he seems to me to deserve to incur the blame, having left part of matter evil to the ruin of the part he fashioned.
7.22.51Dindorf 1:400
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὰ μέγιστα κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἠδικῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ, τοῦθʼ ὅπερ κατεσκεύασε τῆς ὕλης μέρος ἀντιλαμβανόμενον τανῦν τῶν κακῶν. εἰ γάρ τις ἐξετάζοι ἐπʼ ἀκριβὲς τὰ πράγματα, χαλεπώτερον νῦν εὑρήσει τὴν ὕλην πεπονθυῖαν τῆς προτέρας ἀκοσμίας. πρὶν γὰρ αὐτὴν διακριθῆναι τὸ μηδὲ αἰσθέσθαι τῶν κακῶν παρῆν αὐτῇ· νυνὶ δὲ ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν αὐτῆς αἴσθησιν λαμβάνει τῶν κακῶν.
alla mēn kai ta megista kata touto to meros ēdikēsthai moi dokei, touthʼ hoper kateskeuase tēs hylēs meros antilambanomenon tanyn tōn kakōn. ei gar tis exetazoi epʼ akribes ta pragmata, chalepōteron nyn heurēsei tēn hylēn peponthuian tēs proteras akosmias. prin gar autēn diakrithēnai to mēde aisthesthai tōn kakōn parēn autę̄; nyni de hekaston tōn merōn autēs aisthēsin lambanei tōn kakōn.
Moreover, it seems to me that the greatest wrong has been done in this respect to the very part of matter he constructed, which now perceives evils. For if one examines things exactly, he will find that matter now suffers worse than in its former disorder. For before it was distinguished, it was not even able to perceive evils; but now each of its parts receives perception of evils.
7.22.52Dindorf 1:400
καί μοι ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπου τὸ παράδειγμα λάβε. πρὶν γὰρ εἰκονισθῇ καὶ ζῷον γένηται τῇ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τέχνῃ, τὸ μηδενὸς ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν κακῶν παρὰ τῆς φύσεως εἶχεν· ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος γίνεται, καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν τοῦ προσπελάζοντος κακοῦ προσλαμβάνει, καὶ τοῦθʼ, ὅπερ ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῆς ὕλης πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι λέγεις, εὑρίσκεται μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῷ χείρονι προσγενόμενον αὐτῇ.
kai moi epʼ anthrōpou to paradeigma labe. prin gar eikonisthę̄ kai zǭon genētai tę̄ tou dēmiourgou technę̄, to mēdenos antilambanesthai tōn kakōn para tēs physeōs eichen; aphʼ hou de pros tou theou anthrōpos ginetai, kai tēn aisthēsin tou prospelazontos kakou proslambanei, kai touthʼ, hoper epi euergesią tēs hylēs pros tou theou gegonenai legeis, heurisketai mallon epi tǭ cheironi prosgenomenon autę̄.
Take the example of man. Before he was formed and became a living creature by the creator's art, he had from nature the advantage of perceiving no evil; but from the time he becomes a man by God's act, he also acquires perception of approaching evil; and what you say came about from God for the benefit of matter is found rather to have befallen it for the worse.
7.22.53Dindorf 1:400
εἰ δʼ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι τὸν θεὸν ἀνελεῖν τὰ κακὰ τὸ μὴ πεπαῦσθαι λέγεις, ἀδύνατον τὸν θεὸν φήσεις ὑπάρχειν. τὸ δὲ ἀδύνατον ἤτοι τῷ φύσει ἀσθενῆ ὑπάρχειν αὐτὸν ἔσται, ἢ τῷ νικᾶσθαι τῷ φόβῳ δεδουλωμένον πρός τινος κρείττονος.
ei dʼ ek tou mē dynasthai ton theon anelein ta kaka to mē pepausthai legeis, adynaton ton theon phēseis hyparchein. to de adynaton ētoi tǭ physei asthenē hyparchein auton estai, ē tǭ nikasthai tǭ phobǭ dedoulōmenon pros tinos kreittonos.
But if you say that evils have not ceased because God is unable to remove them, you will be saying that God is powerless. And his powerlessness will be either because he is weak by nature, or because he is overcome, enslaved by fear of something stronger.
7.22.54Dindorf 1:400–401
εἰ μὲν οὖν τὸν θεὸν φύσει ἀσθενῆ ὄντα τολμήσεις εἰπεῖν, περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῆς κινδυνεύειν μοι δοκεῖς· εἰ δὲ τῷ νικᾶσθαι φόβῳ πρός του μείζονος, μείζονα ἔσται τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ κακὰ, νικῶντα τῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτοῦ τὴν ὁρμήν· ὅπερ ἄτοπον εἶναί μοι λέγειν περὶ θεοῦ δοκεῖ.
ei men oun ton theon physei asthenē onta tolmēseis eipein, peri tēs sōtērias autēs kindyneuein moi dokeis; ei de tǭ nikasthai phobǭ pros tou meizonos, meizona estai tou theou ta kaka, nikōnta tēs proaireseōs autou tēn hormēn; hoper atopon einai moi legein peri theou dokei.
If, then, you dare to say that God is weak by nature, you seem to me to be risking your very salvation; and if that he is overcome by fear of something greater, evils will be greater than God, overcoming the impulse of his will; which seems to me absurd to say of God.
7.22.55Dindorf 1:401
διὰ τί γὰρ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ταῦτʼ ἔσονται θεοὶ, νικᾶν κατὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν σὸν δυνάμενα τὸν θεὸν, εἴπερ θεὸν ἐκεῖνό φαμεν ὃ τὴν ἁπάντων ἐξουσίαν ἔχει;
dia ti gar ouchi mallon tautʼ esontai theoi, nikan kata ton logon ton son dynamena ton theon, eiper theon ekeino phamen ho tēn hapantōn exousian echei?
For why will not these rather be gods, being able on your account to overcome God, if we call God that which has authority over all things?
7.22.56Dindorf 1:401
Βραχέα δέ σου καὶ περὶ τῆς ὕλης αὐτῆς πυθέσθαι βούλομαι· καί μοι φέρων λέγε, πότερον ἁπλῆ τις ἦν ἡ ὕλη, ἢ σύνθετος γὰρ διαφορὰ τῶν γεγονότων εἰς τοιαύτην με περιίστησιν ἐξέτασιν τοῦδε τοῦ λόγου. εἰ γὰρ ἁπλῆ τις ἐτύγχανεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ μονοειδὴς, σύνθετος δὲ ὁ κόσμος, καὶ ἐκ διαφόρων οὐσιῶν τε καὶ κράσεων τὴν σύστασιν ἔχει * * * τὸ γὰρ σύνθετον ἁπλῶν τινων μίξιν μηνύει.
Brachea de sou kai peri tēs hylēs autēs pythesthai boulomai; kai moi pherōn lege, poteron haplē tis ēn hē hylē, ē synthetos gar diaphora tōn gegonotōn eis toiautēn me periistēsin exetasin toude tou logou. ei gar haplē tis etynchanen hē hylē kai monoeidēs, synthetos de ho kosmos, kai ek diaphorōn ousiōn te kai kraseōn tēn systasin echei * * * to gar syntheton haplōn tinōn mixin mēnyei.
I want to ask you briefly about matter itself too. Come, tell me whether matter was something simple or composite; for the difference among things that have come into being leads me to such an examination of this account. For if matter was something simple and of one form, while the world is composite and has its constitution from different substances and mixtures * * * for the composite indicates a mixture of certain simple things.
7.22.57Dindorf 1:401
εἰ δʼ αὖ πάλιν τὴν ὕλην σύνθετον λέγειν ἐθέλοις, πάντως ἐξ ἁπλῶν τινων συντεθεῖσθαι φήσεις. εἰ δὲ ἐξ ἁπλῶν συνετέθη, ἦν ποτε καθʼ ἑαυτὰ τὰ ἁπλὰ, ὧν συντεθέντων γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη, ἐξ οὗπερ καὶ γεννητὴ οὖσα δείκνυται.
ei dʼ au palin tēn hylēn syntheton legein ethelois, pantōs ex haplōn tinōn syntetheisthai phēseis. ei de ex haplōn synetethē, ēn pote kathʼ heauta ta hapla, hōn syntethentōn gegonen hē hylē, ex houper kai gennētē ousa deiknytai.
But if again you wish to call matter composite, you will certainly say it was composed of certain simple things. And if it was composed of simple things, the simple things existed once by themselves, and when they were put together matter came to be; from which it is shown to be begotten.
7.22.58Dindorf 1:401
εἰ γὰρ σύνθετος ἡ ὕλη, τὰ δὲ σύνθετα ἐξ ἁπλῶν τὴν σύστασιν ἔχει, ἢν ποτε καιρὸς ὅτε ἡ ὕλη οὐκ ἦν, τουτέστι πρὶν τὰ ἁπλᾶ συνελθεῖν εἰ δὲ ἢν ποτε καιρὸς ὅτε ἡ ὕλη οὐκ ἣν, οὐκ ἦν δέ ποτε καιρὸς ὅτε τὸ ἀγέννητον οὐκ ἢν, οὐκ ἔσται ἀγέννητος ἡ ὕλη.
ei gar synthetos hē hylē, ta de syntheta ex haplōn tēn systasin echei, ēn pote kairos hote hē hylē ouk ēn, toutesti prin ta hapla synelthein ei de ēn pote kairos hote hē hylē ouk hēn, ouk ēn de pote kairos hote to agennēton ouk ēn, ouk estai agennētos hē hylē.
For if matter is composite, and composite things have their constitution from simple ones, there was once a time when matter was not, that is, before the simple things came together. And if there was once a time when matter was not, while there was never a time when the unbegotten was not, matter will not be unbegotten.
7.22.59Dindorf 1:401–402
τὸ δʼ ἐντεῦθεν ἄρα ἔσται πολλὰ τὰ ἀγέννητα. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἀγέννητος ὁ θεὸς καὶ τὰ ἁπλὰ ἐξ ὧν ἡ ὕλη συνετέθη, οὐκ ἔσται δύο μόνα τὰ ἀγέννητα. δοκεῖ δέ σοι μηδὲν τῶν ὄντων αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ ἀντικεῖσθαι; Δοκεῖ.
to dʼ enteuthen ara estai polla ta agennēta. ei gar ēn agennētos ho theos kai ta hapla ex hōn hē hylē synetethē, ouk estai dyo mona ta agennēta. dokei de soi mēden tōn ontōn auto heautǭ antikeisthai? Dokei.
From this, then, there will be many unbegotten things. For if God was unbegotten, and also the simple things from which matter was composed, the unbegotten things will not be two only. —Do you think nothing that exists is opposed to itself? —I do.
7.22.60Dindorf 1:402
Ἀντίκειται δὲ τῷ πυρὶ τὸ ὕδωρ; Ἀντικεῖσθαί μοι φαίνεται. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῷ φωτὶ τὸ σκότος καὶ τῷ ψυχρῷ τὸ θερμὸν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τῷ ξηρῷ τὸ ὑγρόν; Οὕτως ἔχειν μοι δοκεῖ.
Antikeitai de tǭ pyri to hydōr? Antikeisthai moi phainetai. Homoiōs de kai tǭ phōti to skotos kai tǭ psychrǭ to thermon, pros de toutois kai tǭ xērǭ to hygron? Houtōs echein moi dokei.
—And is water opposed to fire? —It appears to me to be opposed. —And likewise darkness to light, hot to cold, and moreover wet to dry? —So it seems to me.
7.22.61Dindorf 1:402
Οὐκοῦν εἰ μηδὲν τῶν ὄντων αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ ἀντίκειται, οὐκ ἔσονται ὕλη μία, οὐδὲ μὴν ἐξ ὕλης μιᾶς. ὅμοιον δέ τινα τούτῳ λόγον πάλιν πυθέσθαι σου βούλομαι. δοκεῖ σοι τὰ μέρη μὴ ἀναιρετικὰ τυγχάνειν ἀλλήλων; Δοκεῖ.
Oukoun ei mēden tōn ontōn auto heautǭ antikeitai, ouk esontai hylē mia, oude mēn ex hylēs mias. homoion de tina toutǭ logon palin pythesthai sou boulomai. dokei soi ta merē mē anairetika tynchanein allēlōn? Dokei.
—Then if nothing that exists is opposed to itself, they will not be one matter, nor indeed from one matter. I want to ask you again an argument like this: do you think parts are not destructive of one another? —I do.
7.22.62Dindorf 1:402
Εἶναι δὲ τῆς ὕλης μέρη τό τε πῦρ καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὰ λοιπά; Οὕτως ἔχει. Τί δέ; οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ἀνατρεπτικὸν μὲν εἶναι τοῦ πυρὸς τὸ ὕδωρ, τοῦ δὲ σκότους τὸ φῶς, καὶ τἄλλα ὅσα τούτοις παραπλήσια; Δοκεῖ.
Einai de tēs hylēs merē to te pyr kai to hydōr, hōsautōs de kai ta loipa? Houtōs echei. Ti de? ou dokei soi anatreptikon men einai tou pyros to hydōr, tou de skotous to phōs, kai talla hosa toutois paraplēsia? Dokei.
—And that fire and water are parts of matter, and likewise the rest? —That is so. —Well then, do you not think water is destructive of fire, light of darkness, and so with all other such things? —I do.
7.22.63Dindorf 1:402
Οὐκοῦν εἰ τὰ μέρη οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλλήλων ἀναιρετικὰ, οὐκ ἔσται ἀλλήλων μέρη· εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλλήλων μέρη, οὐκ ἔσονται ὕλης μιᾶς. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ αὐτὰ ἔσονται ὕλη τῷ μηδέν τι τῶν ὄντων αὐτὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἀναιρετικὸν ὑπάρχειν κατὰ τὸν τοῦ ἀντικειμένου λόγον.
Oukoun ei ta merē ouk estin allēlōn anairetika, ouk estai allēlōn merē; ei de ouk estin allēlōn merē, ouk esontai hylēs mias. alla mēn oudʼ auta esontai hylē tǭ mēden ti tōn ontōn auto heautou anairetikon hyparchein kata ton tou antikeimenou logon.
—Then if parts are not destructive of one another, they will not be parts of one another; and if they are not parts of one another, they will not belong to one matter. Indeed, they will not even themselves be matter, since nothing that exists is destructive of itself, according to the account of opposition.
7.22.64Dindorf 1:402–403
οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστί τι αὑτῷ ἀντικείμενον· τὰ γὰρ ἀντικείμενα ἑτέροις ἀντικεῖσθαι πέφυκεν. οἷον τὸ λευκὸν αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ οὐκ ἀντίκειται, πρὸς δὲ τὸ μέλαν ἀντικείμενον λέγεται καὶ τὸ φῶς ὁμοίως ἑαυτῷ μὴ ἀντικεῖσθαι δείκνυται‚ πρὸς δὲ τὸ σκότος οὕτως ἔχον φαίνεται, καὶ ἄλλα γοῦν ὁμοίως πλεῖστα ὅσα εἰ τοίνυν καὶ ὕλη μία τις ἦν, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὴ αὑτῇ ἀντέκειτο. οὕτω δὲ τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἐχόντων τὸ μὴ εἶναι τὴν ὕλην δείκνυται.’’ Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ προδηλωθεὶς συγγραφεύς. αὐτάρκη δὲ περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος τοῦ λόγου, ἐπὶ τὸν ὄγδοον τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς μεταβάντες, τὰ λείποντα τῷ προκειμένῳ σκέμματι, σύμμαχον ἐπικαλεσάμενοι τὸν θεὸν, ἀναπληρώσομεν
oude gar esti ti hautǭ antikeimenon; ta gar antikeimena heterois antikeisthai pephyken. hoion to leukon auto heautǭ ouk antikeitai, pros de to melan antikeimenon legetai kai to phōs homoiōs heautǭ mē antikeisthai deiknytai‚ pros de to skotos houtōs echon phainetai, kai alla goun homoiōs pleista hosa ei toinyn kai hylē mia tis ēn, ouk an autē hautę̄ antekeito. houtō de tōn antikeimenōn echontōn to mē einai tēn hylēn deiknytai.’’ Tosauta kai ho prodēlōtheis syngrapheus. autarkē de perigraphēn eilēphotos tou logou, epi ton ogdoon tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs metabantes, ta leiponta tǭ prokeimenǭ skemmati, symmachon epikalesamenoi ton theon, anaplērōsomen
For nothing is opposed to itself; opposites are naturally opposed to others. For example, white is not opposed to itself, but is said to be opposed to black; and light likewise is shown not to be opposed to itself, but appears so toward darkness; and so with very many other things. If, then, there were one single matter, it would not be opposed to itself. With opposites standing thus, it is shown that there is no such matter." So much from the author already mentioned. Since the discussion has received a sufficient outline, we shall pass to the eighth book of the Preparation for the Gospel and, calling on God as our ally, fill out what remains of the present inquiry.
Preparation 8, chapter 1
8.1.1Dindorf 1:403
ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ. Τοὺς βίους τῶν παλαιῶν Ἑβραίων‚ τόν δὴ καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐπαληθευσάντων θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν, πρόσθεν ἢ Μωσἐα φανῆναι πάσης ἀρετῆς βραβείοις ἀναδησαμένων ‚ τά τε θεοσεβῆ δόγματά τε καὶ παιδεύματα ‚ καὶ προσέτι τὰς παναληθεῖς καὶ εὐσεβεῖς αὐτῶν θεολογίας ‚ ὧν εἰς ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον ἐλθεῖν ὡμολογήκαμεν ‚ διελθὼν ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου) μέτειμι νῦν ἀκολούθῳ τῇ τάξει χρώμενος ἐπὶ τὴν κατὰ Μωσἐα πολιτείαν ‚ δεύτερον ἐπέχουσαν εὐσεβείας μετὰ τὸν πρῶτον ἐκεῖνον βαθμὸν ‚ τὸν δὴ καὶ μόνῳ τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει νενομοθετημένον.
PROOIMION. Tous bious tōn palaiōn Hebraiōn‚ ton dē kai tēn prosēgorian epalētheusantōn theophilōn andrōn, prosthen ē Mōsea phanēnai pasēs aretēs brabeiois anadēsamenōn ‚ ta te theosebē dogmata te kai paideumata ‚ kai proseti tas panalētheis kai eusebeis autōn theologias ‚ hōn eis erōta kai pothon elthein hōmologēkamen ‚ dielthōn en tǭ pro toutou) meteimi nyn akolouthǭ tę̄ taxei chrōmenos epi tēn kata Mōsea politeian ‚ deuteron epechousan eusebeias meta ton prōton ekeinon bathmon ‚ ton dē kai monǭ tǭ Ioudaiōn ethnei nenomothetēmenon.
Preface. In the previous book I went through the lives of the ancient Hebrews, God-loving men who proved the truth of their name and who, before Moses appeared, were crowned with the prizes of every virtue; and their God-fearing doctrines and teachings, and moreover their all-true and pious theology, for which we have confessed that we came to feel love and longing. I now pass, following the proper order, to the polity of Moses, which holds the second step of piety after that first one, and which was legislated for the Jewish nation alone.
8.1.2Dindorf 1:403
ὡς γὰρ μόνοις Ἰουδαίοις ‚ οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἔθνεσιν, ἦν ἁρμόδια τὰ διὰ Μώσεως, οὐδὲ δυνατὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ‚ λέγω δὲ τοῖς πόρρω που τῆς Ἰουδαίας γῆς οἰκοῦσιν Ἕλλησί τε καὶ βαρβάροις, φυλάττεσθαι κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον καιρὸν ἀποδείξομεν.
hōs gar monois Ioudaiois ‚ ouketi de kai tois kata tēn oikoumenēn ethnesin, ēn harmodia ta dia Mōseōs, oude dynata pasin anthrōpois ‚ legō de tois porrō pou tēs Ioudaias gēs oikousin Hellēsi te kai barbarois, phylattesthai kata ton oikeion kairon apodeixomen.
For we shall show at the proper time that the ordinances given through Moses were suited to the Jews alone, and no longer to the nations throughout the world, and could not be kept by all people, I mean the Greeks and barbarians who live far from the land of Judea.
8.1.3Dindorf 1:403–404
νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τούτου, λέγω δὲ τοῦ κατὰ Μωσέα βίου, τὸν τρόπον ‚ οὐκ ἐμαῖς φωναῖς, αὐτῶν δὲ μόνων πάλιν τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπὶ τῇ πατρίῳ δεδοκιμασμένοις παιδεύσει ‚ παραθήσομαι· καὶ γάρ μοι προσήκειν ἡγοῦμαι ταύτῃ, ᾗπερ καὶ ἠρξάμην, διὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἑκάστῳ τὰς τῶν ἀποδείξεων μαρτυρίας παρέχειν.
nyni de kai toutou, legō de tou kata Mōsea biou, ton tropon ‚ ouk emais phōnais, autōn de monōn palin tōn para tois andrasin epi tę̄ patriǭ dedokimasmenois paideusei ‚ parathēsomai; kai gar moi prosēkein hēgoumai tautę̄, hę̄per kai ērxamēn, dia tōn oikeiōn hekastǭ tas tōn apodeixeōn martyrias parechein.
But now I shall set out the manner of this way of life too, I mean the life according to Moses, not in my own words, but again in the words only of those among them approved in their ancestral learning. For I think it right for me, in the way I began, to provide the testimonies for the proofs through each people's own writers.
8.1.4Dindorf 1:404
ὥσπερ οὑν Φοίνικας καὶ Αἰγυπτίους καὶ Ἕλληνας τῶν παρὰ σφίσιν γνωρίμων κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν χώραν μάρτυρας ἀνεκαλούμην, ταύτῃ μοι καὶ τούσδε ὁ παρὼν καιρὸς δοκεῖ ἐπιτηδείως εἰσποιεῖσθαι ‚ ἀλλὰ μὴ ἡμὰς αὐτοὺς τὰ ὀθνεῖα νομίζεσθαι κατασχεδιάζειν.
hōsper houn Phoinikas kai Aigyptious kai Hellēnas tōn para sphisin gnōrimōn kata tēn oikeian chōran martyras anekaloumēn, tautę̄ moi kai tousde ho parōn kairos dokei epitēdeiōs eispoieisthai ‚ alla mē hēmas autous ta othneia nomizesthai kataschediazein.
Just as I called Phoenicians, Egyptians, and Greeks as witnesses from those known among them in their own country, so the present occasion seems to me suitable for bringing in these too, so that we may not be thought to improvise foreign matters ourselves.
8.1.5Dindorf 1:404
Πρὶν δʼ ἐπὶ τοῦτʼ ἐλθεῖν, ὅπως εἰς Ἕλληνας τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς παρῆλθε λόγια, καὶ τίς ὁ τρόπος συνέστη τῆς τῶν πεπιστευμένων αὐτοῖς θείων γραφῶν ἑρμηνείας ‚ διʼ ὅσων τε καὶ ὁποίων ἀνδρῶν καὶ διʼ ὁπόσης βασιλικῆς σπουδῆς τῆς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα γλῶσσαν μεταβολῆς ἔτυχε, τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἡγοῦμαι εἰς φανερὸν θέσθαι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν ‚ οὐκ ἀσυμβούλου μοι γενησομένης καὶ τῆς τούτων ἐκθέσεως εἰς τὴν τῆς γενησομένης Προπαρασκευῆς ἀπόδειξιν.
Prin dʼ epi toutʼ elthein, hopōs eis Hellēnas ta parʼ autois parēlthe logia, kai tis ho tropos synestē tēs tōn pepisteumenōn autois theiōn graphōn hermēneias ‚ diʼ hosōn te kai hopoiōn andrōn kai diʼ hoposēs basilikēs spoudēs tēs eis tēn Hellada glōssan metabolēs etyche, tōn anankaiōn hēgoumai eis phaneron thesthai tois entynchanousin ‚ ouk asymboulou moi genēsomenēs kai tēs toutōn ektheseōs eis tēn tēs genēsomenēs Proparaskeuēs apodeixin.
But before coming to this, I think it necessary to make plain to readers how the oracles among them passed to the Greeks, and how the translation of the divine Scriptures entrusted to them came about: through how many and what sort of men, and with how much royal zeal, they were changed into the Greek language. The setting out of these things too will not be unhelpful for the demonstration of the Preparation in hand.
8.1.6Dindorf 1:404–405
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὅσον οὔπω τὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν βιωφελοῦς κηρύξεως ἔμελλεν ἐπὶ τῆς Ρωμαίων ἀρχῆς εἰς πάντας ἐκλάμπειν ἀνθρώπους, λόγος τε οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν ᾕρει τὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείας τόν τε βίον τῶν πάλαι θεοφιλῶν Ἑβραίων καὶ τὰ τῆς εὐσεβοῦς διδασκαλίας αὐτῶν μαθήματα, τῇ πατρίῳ αὐτῶν φωνῇ ἐξ αἰῶνος μακροῦ κεκαλυμμένα ‚ ἤδη ποτὲ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, οἷς τὶ τῆς θεογνωσίας ἔμελλε προξενεῖσθαι, παρελθεῖν· θεὸς αὐτὸς ὁ τῶνδε τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος, προλαβὼν τὸ μέλλον ὡς ἂν θεὸς τῇ προγνώσει, τὰς περὶ τοῦ πάντων ἀνθρώπων οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν ἀναφανησομένου σωτῆρος ‚ διδασκάλου τε εὐσεβείας ἑνὸς τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ πᾶσι τοῖς ὑφʼ ἥλιον ἔθνεσι καταστησομένου ‚ προρρήσεις ἀποκαλυφθῆναι τοῖς πᾶσιν εἰς φῶς τε ἐλθεῖν ἐπʼ ἀκριβὲς μεταβληθείσας δημοσίαις τε βιβλιοθήκαις ἀνατεθείσας διοικεῖται ‚ βασιλεῖ Πτολεμαίῳ τοῦτο πρᾶξαι κατὰ νοῦν ἐμβαλὼν, εἰς προπαρασκευὴν, ὡς ἔοικε, τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων ὅσον οὔπω μελλούσης ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔσεσθαι μεταλήψεως.
epeidē gar hoson oupō ta tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn biōphelous kēryxeōs emellen epi tēs Rōmaiōn archēs eis pantas eklampein anthrōpous, logos te ouch ho tychōn hę̄rei tas peri autou prophēteias ton te bion tōn palai theophilōn Hebraiōn kai ta tēs eusebous didaskalias autōn mathēmata, tę̄ patriǭ autōn phōnę̄ ex aiōnos makrou kekalymmena ‚ ēdē pote eis panta ta ethnē, hois ti tēs theognōsias emelle proxeneisthai, parelthein; theos autos ho tōnde tōn agathōn aitios, prolabōn to mellon hōs an theos tę̄ prognōsei, tas peri tou pantōn anthrōpōn ouk eis makron anaphanēsomenou sōtēros ‚ didaskalou te eusebeias henos tou epi pantōn theou pasi tois hyphʼ hēlion ethnesi katastēsomenou ‚ prorrēseis apokalyphthēnai tois pasin eis phōs te elthein epʼ akribes metablētheisas dēmosiais te bibliothēkais anatetheisas dioikeitai ‚ basilei Ptolemaiǭ touto praxai kata noun embalōn, eis proparaskeuēn, hōs eoike, tēs tōn ethnōn hapantōn hoson oupō mellousēs ex autōn esesthai metalēpseōs.
For since the life-giving proclamation of our Savior was very soon to shine out to all people under the rule of the Romans, and no ordinary reason required that the prophecies about him, the life of the God-loving Hebrews of old, and the lessons of their pious teaching, long hidden in their ancestral language, should now at last pass to all the nations to whom the knowledge of God was to be granted: God himself, the cause of these goods, anticipating the future as God by his foreknowledge, arranged that the predictions about the Savior of all people, who was soon to appear and to establish as teacher of the piety of the one God over all among all nations under the sun, should be revealed to all and come to light, accurately translated and deposited in public libraries. He put it into King Ptolemy's mind to do this, in preparation, it seems, for the participation in them that all the nations were very soon to have.
8.1.7Dindorf 1:405
ὧν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως ἐτύχομεν παρὰ Ἰουδαίων, ἀποκρυψάντων ἂν τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς λόγια διὰ τὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φθόνον, τούτων ἐκ τῆς θεόθεν οἰκονομηθείσης ἑρμηνείας ἠξιώθημεν πρὸς τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπί τε συνέσει καὶ τῇ πατρίῳ παιδείᾳ δεδοκιμασμένων ἀνδρῶν μεταβληθέντων.
hōn gar ouk an allōs etychomen para Ioudaiōn, apokrypsantōn an ta parʼ autois logia dia ton pros hēmas phthonon, toutōn ek tēs theothen oikonomētheisēs hermēneias ēxiōthēmen pros tōn parʼ autois epi te synesei kai tę̄ patriǭ paideią dedokimasmenōn andrōn metablēthentōn.
For we would not otherwise have obtained from the Jews what they would have hidden from us out of envy; but through the translation arranged by God we have been granted these oracles, translated by men among them approved for understanding and ancestral learning.
8.1.8Dindorf 1:405
γράφει δὲ ταῦτα Ἀρισταῖος, ἀνὴρ λόγιος μὲν ἄλλως, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ παρατυχὼν τοῖς πραχθεῖσι κατὰ τὸν δεύτερον Πτολεμαῖον, τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Φιλάδελφον, καθʼ ὃν τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν γραφῶν, διὰ σπουδῆς τοῦ βασιλέως γενόμενα, τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν βιβλιοθηκῶν ἠξιώθη. ἐπακοῦσαι δὲ αὐτοῦ καιρὸς, τόνδε πρὸς λέξιν ἱστοροῦντος τὸν τρόπον
graphei de tauta Aristaios, anēr logios men allōs, ou mēn alla kai paratychōn tois prachtheisi kata ton deuteron Ptolemaion, ton epiklēthenta Philadelphon, kathʼ hon ta tēs hermēneias tōn Ioudaïkōn graphōn, dia spoudēs tou basileōs genomena, tōn kata tēn Alexandreian bibliothēkōn ēxiōthē. epakousai de autou kairos, tonde pros lexin historountos ton tropon
Aristeas writes about these things, a learned man in other respects, but also present at the events under the second Ptolemy, called Philadelphus, in whose reign the translation of the Jewish Scriptures, accomplished through the king's zeal, was thought worthy of the libraries of Alexandria. It is time to listen to him as he relates it word for word as follows:
Preparation 8, chapter 2
8.2.1Dindorf 1:405
“Κατασταθεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως βιβλιοθήκης Δημήτριος ὁ Φαληρεὺς ἐχρηματίσθη πολλὰ διάφορα πρὸς τὸ συναγαγεῖν ἅπαντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην βιβλία, καὶ ποιούμενος ἀγορασμοὺς καὶ μεταγραφὰς ἐπὶ τέλος ἤγαγεν ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πρόθεσιν.
“Katastatheis epi tēs tou basileōs bibliothēkēs Dēmētrios ho Phalēreus echrēmatisthē polla diaphora pros to synagagein hapanta ta kata tēn oikoumenēn biblia, kai poioumenos agorasmous kai metagraphas epi telos ēgagen hoson ephʼ heautǭ tēn tou basileōs prothesin.
"Demetrius of Phalerum, put in charge of the king's library, was given large sums to collect, if possible, all the books in the world; and by making purchases and copies he brought the king's purpose to completion as far as lay in him.
8.2.2Dindorf 1:405
παρόντων οὖν ἡμῶν ἐρωτηθεὶς πόσαι τινὲς μυριάδες τυγχάνουσι βιβλίων, εἶπεν, ὑπὲρ τὰς εἴκοσι, βασιλεῦ· σπουδάσω δʼ ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ πρὸς τὸ πληρωθῆναι πεντήκοντα μυριάδας τὰ λοιπά. προσήγγελται δέ μοι καὶ τὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νόμιμα μεταγραφῆς ἄξια καὶ τῆς παρὰ σοὶ βιβλιοθήκης εἶναι.
parontōn oun hēmōn erōtētheis posai tines myriades tynchanousi bibliōn, eipen, hyper tas eikosi, basileu; spoudasō dʼ en oligǭ chronǭ pros to plērōthēnai pentēkonta myriadas ta loipa. prosēngeltai de moi kai ta tōn Ioudaiōn nomima metagraphēs axia kai tēs para soi bibliothēkēs einai.
When he was asked, then, in our presence, how many tens of thousands of books there were, he said, 'More than two hundred thousand, O king; and I shall make haste in a short time to make up the rest to five hundred thousand. I have been informed that the laws of the Jews too are worth copying and worthy of your library.'
8.2.3Dindorf 1:405–406
τί τὸ κωλῦον οὖν, εἶπεν, ἐστί σε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; πάντα γὰρ ἀποτέτακταί σοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος εἶπεν, ἑρμηνείας προσδεῖται· χαρακτῆρσι γὰρ ἰδίοις κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν χρῶνται, καθάπερ Αἰγύπτιοι τῇ τῶν γραμμάτων θέσει, καθὸ καὶ φωνὴν ἰδίαν ἔχουσιν. ὑπολαμβάνονται δὲ Συριακῇ χρῆσθαι· τὸ δʼ οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλʼ ἕτερος τρόπος.
ti to kōlyon oun, eipen, esti se touto poiēsai? panta gar apotetaktai soi ta pros tēn chreian ho de Dēmētrios eipen, hermēneias prosdeitai; charaktērsi gar idiois kata tēn Ioudaian chrōntai, kathaper Aigyptioi tę̄ tōn grammatōn thesei, katho kai phōnēn idian echousin. hypolambanontai de Syriakę̄ chrēsthai; to dʼ ouk estin, allʼ heteros tropos.
'What prevents you from doing this, then?' he said. 'Everything needed has been placed at your disposal.' Demetrius said, 'It needs translation; for in Judea they use their own characters, just as the Egyptians use their arrangement of letters, as they also have their own language. They are supposed to use Syriac, but this is not so; it is another kind.'
8.2.4Dindorf 1:406
μεταλαβὼν δὲ ἕκαστα ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπε γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅπως τὰ προειρημένα τελείωσιν λάβῃ.’’ Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει
metalabōn de hekasta ho basileus eipe graphēnai pros ton archierea tōn Ioudaiōn, hopōs ta proeirēmena teleiōsin labę̄.’’ Kai methʼ hetera epilegei
The king, having learned each thing, said that a letter should be written to the high priest of the Jews, so that the matters mentioned might be completed." And after other things he adds:
8.2.5Dindorf 1:406
“ Ὡς δὲ κατεπράχθη ταῦτα, τὸν Δημήτριον ἐκέλευσεν ἐκδοῦναι περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν βιβλίων ἀναγραφῆς πάντα γὰρ διὰ προσταγμάτων καὶ μεγάλης ἀκριβείας τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τούτοις διῳκεῖτο ‚ καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπερριμένως οὐδὲ εἰκῆ. διόπερ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἐκδόσεως καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα κατακεχώρικα, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων πλῆθος, καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου κατασκευὴν ‚ διὰ τὸ μεγαλομερείᾳ καὶ τέχνῃ διαφέρειν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. τῆς δὲ ἐκδόσεώς ἐστιν ἀντίγραφον τόδε·
“ Hōs de kateprachthē tauta, ton Dēmētrion ekeleusen ekdounai peri tēs tōn Ioudaïkōn bibliōn anagraphēs panta gar dia prostagmatōn kai megalēs akribeias tois basileusi toutois diǭkeito ‚ kai ouden aperrimenōs oude eikē. dioper kai to tēs ekdoseōs kai ta tōn epistolōn antigrapha katakechōrika, kai to tōn apestalmenōn plēthos, kai tēn hekastou kataskeuēn ‚ dia to megalomereią kai technę̄ diapherein hekaston autōn. tēs de ekdoseōs estin antigraphon tode;
"When this had been done, he ordered Demetrius to submit a memorandum about the copying of the Jewish books. For everything was administered by these kings through decrees and with great exactness, and nothing carelessly or at random. That is why I have set down both the memorandum and the copies of the letters, and the number of the gifts sent and the workmanship of each, because each of them excelled in magnificence and art. The copy of the memorandum is this:
Preparation 8, chapter 3
8.3.1Dindorf 1:406
Βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ παρὰ Δημητρίου. Προστάξαντός σου ‚ βασιλεῦ, περὶ τῶν ἀπολειφθέντων εἰς τὴν συμπλήρωσιν τῆς βιβλιοθήκης βιβλίων, ὅπως ἐπισυναχθῇ καὶ τὰ διαπεπτωκότα τύχῃ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπισκευῆς ‚ πεποιημένος οὐ παρέργως τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπιμέλειαν προσαναφέρω σοι
Basilei megalǭ para Dēmētriou. Prostaxantos sou ‚ basileu, peri tōn apoleiphthentōn eis tēn symplērōsin tēs bibliothēkēs bibliōn, hopōs episynachthę̄ kai ta diapeptōkota tychę̄ tēs prosēkousēs episkeuēs ‚ pepoiēmenos ou parergōs tēn en toutois epimeleian prosanapherō soi
To the great king, from Demetrius. Since you commanded, O king, concerning the books still missing for the completion of the library, that they should be collected and that those that have fallen into disrepair should receive proper restoration, I have taken no casual care in these matters and now report to you.
8.3.2Dindorf 1:406
τὰ δὲ τοῦ νόμου τῶν Ἰουδαίων βιβλία σὺν ἑτέροις ὀλίγοις τισὶν ἀπολείπει τυγχάνει γὰρ Ἑβραϊκοῖς γράμμασι καὶ φωνῇ λεγόμενα· ἀμελέστερον δὲ καὶ οὐχ ὡς ὑπάρχει σεσήμανται, καθὼς ὑπὸ τῶν εἰδότων προσαναφέρεται· προνοίας γὰρ βασιλικῆς οὐ τετύχηκε.
ta de tou nomou tōn Ioudaiōn biblia syn heterois oligois tisin apoleipei tynchanei gar Hebraïkois grammasi kai phōnę̄ legomena; amelesteron de kai ouch hōs hyparchei sesēmantai, kathōs hypo tōn eidotōn prosanapheretai; pronoias gar basilikēs ou tetychēke.
The books of the law of the Jews, with a few others, are missing. For they are written in Hebrew letters and language, and have been copied rather carelessly and not as they are, as is reported by those who know; for they have not received royal care.
8.3.3Dindorf 1:406–407
δέον δὲ ἔτι καὶ ταῦθʼ ὑπάρχειν παρὰ σοὶ διηκριβωμένα ‚ διὰ τὸ καὶ φιλοσοφωτέραν εἶναι καὶ ἀκέραιον τὴν νομοθεσίαν ταύτην, ὡς ἂν οὖσαν θείαν. διὸ πόρρω γεγόνασιν οἵ τε συγγραφεῖς καὶ ποιηταὶ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἱστορικῶν πλῆθος τῆς ἐπιμνήσεως τῶν προειρημένων βιβλίων ‚ καὶ τῶν κατʼ αὐτὰ πεπολιτευμένων ἀνδρῶν, διὰ τὸ ἁγνήν τινα καὶ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρίαν ‚ ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης.
deon de eti kai tauthʼ hyparchein para soi diēkribōmena ‚ dia to kai philosophōteran einai kai akeraion tēn nomothesian tautēn, hōs an ousan theian. dio porrō gegonasin hoi te syngrapheis kai poiētai kai to tōn historikōn plēthos tēs epimnēseōs tōn proeirēmenōn bibliōn ‚ kai tōn katʼ auta pepoliteumenōn andrōn, dia to hagnēn tina kai semnēn einai tēn en autois theōrian ‚ hōs phēsin Hekataios ho Abdēritēs.
These too should be present with you in an accurate form, because this legislation is very philosophical and pure, as being divine. For this reason prose writers, poets, and the mass of historians have kept away from mentioning the books just named and the men who lived by them, because the contemplation in them is holy and venerable, as Hecataeus of Abdera says.
8.3.4Dindorf 1:407
ἐὰν οὖν φαίνηται, βασιλεῦ, γραφήσεται πρὸς τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀρχιερέα ἀποστεῖλαι τοὺς μάλιστα καλῶς βεβιωκότας καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ἄνδρας, ἐμπείρους τῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἑαυτῶν, ἀφʼ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἓξ, ὅπως τὸ σύμφωνον ἐκ τῶν πλειόνων ἐξετάσαντες, καὶ λαβόντες τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν ἀκριβὲς, ἀξίως καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς σῆς προαιρέσεως, θῶμεν εὐσήμως. εὐτύχει διὰ παντός.’
ean oun phainētai, basileu, graphēsetai pros ton en Hierosolymois archierea aposteilai tous malista kalōs bebiōkotas kai presbyterous andras, empeirous tōn kata ton nomon heautōn, aphʼ hekastēs phylēs hex, hopōs to symphōnon ek tōn pleionōn exetasantes, kai labontes to kata tēn hermēneian akribes, axiōs kai tōn pragmatōn kai tēs sēs proaireseōs, thōmen eusēmōs. eutychei dia pantos.’
If, then, it seems good, O king, a letter will be written to the high priest in Jerusalem to send elders who have lived most excellently and are experienced in their own law, six from each tribe, so that, having examined what is agreed by the majority and obtained accuracy in the translation, we may set it forth clearly, in a manner worthy both of the matter and of your purpose. Farewell always."
8.3.5Dindorf 1:407
Τῆς δὲ ἐκδόσεως ταύτης γενομένης ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον περὶ τούτων, ‚ σημάναντας καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. ἔδωκε δὲ καὶ εἰς κατασκευὴν κρατήρων τε καὶ φιαλῶν καὶ τραπέζης καὶ σπονδείων χρυσίου μὲν ὁλκῆς τάλαντα πεντήκοντα ‚ καὶ ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑβδομήκοντα, καὶ λίθων ἱκανόν τι πλῆθος.
Tēs de ekdoseōs tautēs genomenēs ekeleusen ho basileus graphēnai pros ton Eleazaron peri toutōn, ‚ sēmanantas kai tēn genomenēn apolytrōsin tōn aichmalōtōn. edōke de kai eis kataskeuēn kratērōn te kai phialōn kai trapezēs kai spondeiōn chrysiou men holkēs talanta pentēkonta ‚ kai argyriou talanta hebdomēkonta, kai lithōn hikanon ti plēthos.
When this memorandum had been made, the king ordered a letter to be written to Eleazar about these matters, also indicating the release of the captives that had taken place. He also gave, for the making of mixing bowls, cups, a table, and libation vessels, fifty talents' weight of gold, seventy talents of silver, and a considerable quantity of precious stones.
8.3.6Dindorf 1:407
ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς χρηματοφύλακας τοῖς τεχνίταις ὧν ἂν προαιρῶνται τὴν ἐκλογὴν διδόναι, καὶ νομίσματος εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πρὸς τάλαντα ἑκατόν. δηλώσομεν δέ σοι περὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς ‚ ὡς ἂν τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα διέλθωμεν. ἦν δὲ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ τὸν τύπον ἔχουσα τοῦτον
ekeleuse de tous chrēmatophylakas tois technitais hōn an proairōntai tēn eklogēn didonai, kai nomismatos eis thysias kai ta alla pros talanta hekaton. dēlōsomen de soi peri tēs kataskeuēs ‚ hōs an ta tōn epistolōn antigrapha dielthōmen. ēn de hē tou basileōs epistolē ton typon echousa touton
He ordered the treasurers to give the craftsmen the choice of whatever they preferred, and money for sacrifices and other things up to a hundred talents. We shall tell you about the workmanship after we have gone through the copies of the letters. The king's letter had this form:
Preparation 8, chapter 4
8.4.1Dindorf 1:407–408
‘ Βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος ἀρχιερεῖ Ἐλεαζάρῳ χαίρειν καὶ ἐρρῶσθαι. Ἐπεὶ συμβαίνει πλείονας τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν κατῳκίσθαι, γενηθέντας ἀναρπάστους ἐκ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὑπὸ Περσῶν ‚ καθʼ ὃν ἐπεκράτουν χρόνον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ συνεληλυθέναι τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον αἰχμαλώτους ‚ ἀφʼ ὧν καὶ πλείονας εἰς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν σύνταγμα κατεχώρισεν ἐπὶ μείζοσι μισθοφορίαις ‚ ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προόντας κρίνας πιστοὺς, φρούρια κτίσας, ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοῖς, ὅπως τὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἔθνος φόβον ἔχῃ διὰ τούτων· καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ παραλαβόντες τὴν βασιλείαν φιλανθρωπότερον ἀπαντῶμεν τοῖς πᾶσι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς σοῖς πολίταις ‚ ὑπὲρ δέκα μυριάδας αἰχμαλώτων ἠλευθερώκαμεν ‚ ἀποδόντες τοῖς κρατοῦσι τὴν κατʼ ἀξίαν ἀργυρικὴν τιμὴν, διορθούμενοι καὶ εἴ τι κακῶς ἐπράχθη διὰ τὰς τῶν ὄχλων ὁρμὰς, διειληφότες εὐσεβῶς τοῦτο πράσσειν, καὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ χαριστικὸν ἀνατιθέντες, ὃς ἡμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ δόξῃ τῇ κρατίστῃ παρʼ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην διατετήρηκεν· εἴς τε τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς ἀκμαιοτάτους ταῖς ἡλικίαις τετάχαμεν ‚ τοὺς δὲ δυναμένους καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς εἶναι καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν πίστεως ἀξίους ἐπικρίνων κατέστησα.
‘ Basileus Ptolemaios archierei Eleazarǭ chairein kai errōsthai. Epei symbainei pleionas tōn Ioudaiōn eis tēn hēmeteran chōran katǭkisthai, genēthentas anarpastous ek tōn Hierosolymōn hypo Persōn ‚ kathʼ hon epekratoun chronon, eti de kai synelēlythenai tǭ patri hēmōn eis tēn Aigypton aichmalōtous ‚ aphʼ hōn kai pleionas eis to stratiōtikon syntagma katechōrisen epi meizosi misthophoriais ‚ homoiōs de kai tous proontas krinas pistous, phrouria ktisas, apedōken autois, hopōs to tōn Aigyptiōn ethnos phobon echę̄ dia toutōn; kai hēmeis de paralabontes tēn basileian philanthrōpoteron apantōmen tois pasi, poly de mallon tois sois politais ‚ hyper deka myriadas aichmalōtōn ēleutherōkamen ‚ apodontes tois kratousi tēn katʼ axian argyrikēn timēn, diorthoumenoi kai ei ti kakōs eprachthē dia tas tōn ochlōn hormas, dieilēphotes eusebōs touto prassein, kai tǭ megistǭ theǭ charistikon anatithentes, hos hēmin tēn basileian en eirēnę̄ kai doxę̄ tę̄ kratistę̄ parʼ holēn tēn oikoumenēn diatetērēken; eis te to strateuma tous akmaiotatous tais hēlikiais tetachamen ‚ tous de dynamenous kai peri hēmas einai kai tēs peri tēn aulēn pisteōs axious epikrinōn katestēsa.
"King Ptolemy to Eleazar the high priest, greeting and good health. Since it happens that many Jews have been settled in our country, having been carried off from Jerusalem by the Persians at the time when they held power, and moreover came with our father into Egypt as captives, many of whom he enrolled in the military corps at higher pay, and likewise, judging those already here to be loyal, he built fortresses and handed them over to them, so that the Egyptian nation might be in fear through them; and since we, having received the kingdom, meet all with greater humanity, and much more your fellow citizens, we have freed more than a hundred thousand captives, paying their owners the proper price in silver, and correcting whatever wrong was done through the impulses of crowds, having resolved to do this piously and offering it as a thank-offering to the greatest God, who has preserved our kingdom in peace and the highest glory throughout the whole world. Those in the prime of life we have enrolled in the army, and those able to be about us and worthy of trust at court I have appointed.
8.4.2Dindorf 1:408
βουλομένων δὲ ἡμῶν καὶ σοὶ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἰουδαίοις, καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα, προῃρήμεθα τὸν νόμον ὑμῶν μεθερμηνευθῆναι γράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς ἐκ τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν Ἑβραϊκῶν λεγομένων γραμμάτων, ἵνʼ ὑπάρχῃ καὶ ταῦτα παρʼ ἡμῖν ἐν βιβλιοθήκῃ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις βασιλικοῖς βιβλίοις.
boulomenōn de hēmōn kai soi charizesthai kai pasi tois kata tēn oikoumenēn Ioudaiois, kai tois metepeita, proę̄rēmetha ton nomon hymōn methermēneuthēnai grammasin Hellēnikois ek tōn parʼ hymin Hebraïkōn legomenōn grammatōn, hinʼ hyparchę̄ kai tauta parʼ hēmin en bibliothēkę̄ syn tois allois basilikois bibliois.
Wishing to show favor to you and to all the Jews throughout the world, and to those after them, we have resolved that your law be translated into Greek letters from the letters you call Hebrew, so that these too may be in our library with the other royal books.
8.4.3Dindorf 1:408
καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας σπουδῆς ἀξίως ‚ ἐπιλέξας ἄνδρας καλῶς βεβιωκότας ‚ πρεσβυτέρους, ἐμπειρίαν ἔχοντας τοῦ νόμου ‚ καὶ δυνατοὺς ἑρμηνεῦσαι, ἀφʼ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως ἐκ τῶν πλειόνων τὸ σύμφωνον εὑρεθῇ, διὰ τὸ περὶ μειζόνων εἶναι τὴν σκέψιν. οἰόμεθα γὰρ ἐπιτελεσθέντος τούτου μεγάλην ἀποίσεσθαι δόξαν.
kalōs oun poiēseis kai tēs hēmeteras spoudēs axiōs ‚ epilexas andras kalōs bebiōkotas ‚ presbyterous, empeirian echontas tou nomou ‚ kai dynatous hermēneusai, aphʼ hekastēs phylēs hex, hopōs ek tōn pleionōn to symphōnon heurethę̄, dia to peri meizonōn einai tēn skepsin. oiometha gar epitelesthentos toutou megalēn apoisesthai doxan.
You will do well, then, and worthily of our zeal, to choose men who have lived excellently, elders experienced in the law and able to translate, six from each tribe, so that what is agreed by the majority may be found, since the inquiry concerns matters of great importance. For we think that when this is completed we shall win great glory.
8.4.4Dindorf 1:408–409
ἀπεστάλκαμεν δὲ περὶ τούτων Ἀνδρέαν τῶν ἀρχισωματοφυλάκων καὶ Ἀρισταῖον, τιμωμένους παρʼ ἡμῖν, διαλεξομένους σοι καὶ κομίζοντας ἀπαρχὰς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἀναθημάτων καὶ εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατόν. γράφε δὲ καὶ σὺ πρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ ὧν ἂν βούλῃ· κεχαρισμένος γὰρ ἔσῃ καὶ φιλίας ἄξιόν τι πράξεις· ὡς ἐπιτελεσθησομένων τὴν ταχίστην περὶ ὧν ἂν αἱρῇ. ἔρρωσο.’ Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀντέγραψεν ἐνδεχομένως ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος οὕτως
apestalkamen de peri toutōn Andrean tōn archisōmatophylakōn kai Aristaion, timōmenous parʼ hēmin, dialexomenous soi kai komizontas aparchas eis to hieron anathēmatōn kai eis thysias kai ta alla argyriou talanta hekaton. graphe de kai sy pros hēmas peri hōn an boulę̄; kecharismenos gar esę̄ kai philias axion ti praxeis; hōs epitelesthēsomenōn tēn tachistēn peri hōn an hairę̄. errōso.’ Pros tauta antegrapsen endechomenōs ho Eleazaros houtōs
We have sent about these matters Andreas, one of the chief bodyguards, and Aristeas, men held in honor by us, to confer with you and bringing first-fruits of offerings for the temple and a hundred talents of silver for sacrifices and other things. Write to us too about whatever you wish; for you will be doing us a favor and an act worthy of friendship, as whatever you choose will be done with all speed. Farewell." To this Eleazar replied appropriately as follows:
Preparation 8, chapter 5
8.5.1Dindorf 1:409
’ Ἐλεάζαρος ἀρχιερεὺς βασιλεῖ Πτολεμαίῳ‚ φίλῳ γνησίῳ, χαίρειν. Εἰ αὐτός τε ἔρρωσαι καὶ ἡ βασίλισσα Ἀρσινόη ‚ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ‚ καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι καὶ ὡς βουλόμεθα ‚ καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑγιαίνομεν. λαβόντες τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστολὴν, μεγάλως ἐχάρημεν διὰ τὴν προαίρεσίν σου καὶ τὴν καλὴν βουλὴν ‚ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος παρανέγνωμεν αὐτὴν αὐτοῖς, ἵνʼ εἰδῶσιν ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν εὐσέβειαν
’ Eleazaros archiereus basilei Ptolemaiǭ‚ philǭ gnēsiǭ, chairein. Ei autos te errōsai kai hē basilissa Arsinoē ‚ hē adelphē ‚ kai ta tekna, kalōs an echoi kai hōs boulometha ‚ kai autoi de hygiainomen. labontes tēn para sou epistolēn, megalōs echarēmen dia tēn proairesin sou kai tēn kalēn boulēn ‚ kai synagagontes to pan plēthos paranegnōmen autēn autois, hinʼ eidōsin hēn echeis pros ton theon hēmōn eusebeian
"Eleazar the high priest to King Ptolemy, true friend, greeting. If you are well, and Queen Arsinoe, your sister, and your children, it would be well and as we wish; we too are in good health. On receiving your letter we rejoiced greatly at your purpose and good counsel; and gathering the whole people we read it to them, so that they might know the piety you have toward our God.
8.5.2Dindorf 1:409
ἐπεδείξαμεν δὲ καὶ τὰς φιάλας, ἃς ἀπέστειλας, χρυσᾶς εἴκοσι καὶ ἀργυρᾶς τριάκοντα ‚ κρατῆρας πέντε, καὶ τράπεζαν εἰς ἀνάθεσιν, καὶ εἰς προσαγωγὴν θυσιῶν, καὶ εἰς ἐπισκευὰς ὧν ἂν προσδέηται τὸ ἱερὸν, ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατὸν, ἅπερ ἐκόμισεν Ἀνδρέας τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ σοὶ καὶ Ἀρισταῖος, ἄνδρες καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντες καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἄξιοι κατὰ πάντα
epedeixamen de kai tas phialas, has apesteilas, chrysas eikosi kai argyras triakonta ‚ kratēras pente, kai trapezan eis anathesin, kai eis prosagōgēn thysiōn, kai eis episkeuas hōn an prosdeētai to hieron, argyriou talanta hekaton, haper ekomisen Andreas tōn tetimēmenōn para soi kai Aristaios, andres kaloi kai agathoi kai paideią diapherontes kai tēs sēs agōgēs kai dikaiosynēs axioi kata panta
We also showed them the bowls you sent, twenty of gold and thirty of silver, five mixing bowls, and a table for dedication, and, for offering sacrifices and for repairs the temple may need, a hundred talents of silver, which Andreas, one of those honored by you, and Aristeas brought, men noble and good, distinguished in education, and in every way worthy of your conduct and justice.
8.5.3Dindorf 1:409
οἱ καὶ μετέδωκαν ἡμῖν τὰ παρὰ σοῦ, πρὸς ἃ καὶ παρʼ ἡμῶν ἀκηκόασιν ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς σοῖς πράγμασι. πάντα γὰρ ὅσα σοι συμφέρει, καὶ εἰ παρὰ φύσιν ἐστὶν, ὑπακουσόμεθα. τοῦτο γὰρ φιλίας καὶ ἀγαπήσεως ἐστι σημεῖον. μεγάλα γὰρ καὶ ἀνεπίληστα τοὺς πολίτας ἡμῶν κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους εὐεργέτηκας.
hoi kai metedōkan hēmin ta para sou, pros ha kai parʼ hēmōn akēkoasin harmozonta tois sois pragmasi. panta gar hosa soi sympherei, kai ei para physin estin, hypakousometha. touto gar philias kai agapēseōs esti sēmeion. megala gar kai anepilēsta tous politas hēmōn kata pollous tropous euergetēkas.
They also delivered your messages to us, and have heard from us what accords with your affairs. For we shall comply with everything that is to your advantage, even if it goes against our nature; for this is a sign of friendship and love. For you have done great and unforgettable benefits to our citizens in many ways.
8.5.4Dindorf 1:409–410
εὐθέως οὖν προσηγάγομεν ὑπὲρ σοῦ θυσίας καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς καὶ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶν φίλων ‚ καὶ ηὔξατο πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, ἵνα σοι γένηται καθὼς προαιρῇ διὰ παντὸς, καὶ διασώζῃ σοι τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ μετὰ δόξης ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων θεός.
eutheōs oun prosēgagomen hyper sou thysias kai tēs adelphēs kai tōn teknōn kai tōn philōn ‚ kai ēuxato pan to plēthos, hina soi genētai kathōs proairę̄ dia pantos, kai diasōzę̄ soi tēn basileian en eirēnę̄ meta doxēs ho kyrieuōn hapantōn theos.
So we at once offered sacrifices for you and your sister and your children and your friends, and the whole people prayed that things might always go for you as you choose, and that God, the Lord of all, might preserve your kingdom in peace with glory.
8.5.5Dindorf 1:410
καὶ ὅπως γένηται συμφερόντως καὶ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου νόμου μεταγραφὴ ‚ παρόντων πάντων, ἐπελεξάμην ἄνδρας καλοὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ‚ πρεσβυτέρους, ἀφʼ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, οὓς καὶ ἀπεστάλκαμεν ἔχοντας τὸν νόμον. καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις, βασιλεῦ δίκαιε, προστάξας ὡς ἂν ἡ μεταγραφὴ γένηται τῶν βιβλίων ‚ ἵνα πάλιν ἀποκατασταθῶσι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀσφαλῶς οἱ ἄνδρες. ἔρρωσο.”
kai hopōs genētai sympherontōs kai meta asphaleias hē tou hagiou nomou metagraphē ‚ parontōn pantōn, epelexamēn andras kalous kai agathous ‚ presbyterous, aphʼ hekastēs phylēs hex, hous kai apestalkamen echontas ton nomon. kalōs oun poiēseis, basileu dikaie, prostaxas hōs an hē metagraphē genētai tōn bibliōn ‚ hina palin apokatastathōsi pros hēmas asphalōs hoi andres. errōso.”
And so that the transcription of the holy law might take place profitably and safely, I chose in the presence of all men noble and good, elders, six from each tribe, whom we have sent with the law. You will do well, then, righteous king, to give orders that, when the transcription of the books has been made, the men may be restored to us again safely. Farewell."
8.5.6Dindorf 1:410
Τούτοις ἐξῆς, πολλὰ διὰ μέσου περὶ τῆς προτεθείσης εἰπὼν πραγματείας ‚ μετὰ τὴν τῶν γραφῶν ἑρμηνείαν ἐπιφέρει αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι “ Καθὼς δʼ ἀνεγνώσθη ταῦτα τὰ τεύχη ‚ στάντες οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ τῶν ἑρμηνέων οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ‚ καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πολιτεύματος, οἱ τε ἡγούμενοι τοῦ πλήθους, εἶπον, ἐπεὶ καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως διηρμήνευται καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἀκριβῶς ‚ καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶν, ἵνα διαμένῃ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχοντα, καὶ μὴ γένηται μηδεμία διασκευή. πάντων δὲ ἐπιφωνησάντων τοῖς εἰρημένοις ‚ ἐκέλευσαν ἐπαρᾶσθαι, καθὼς ἔθος ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς, εἴ τις διασκευάσει προστιθεὶς ἢ μεταφέρων τι τὸ σύνολον τῶν γεγραμμένων ἢ ποιούμενος ἀφαίρεσιν ‚ καλῶς τοῦτο πράσσοντες ‚ ἵνα διὰ παντὸς ἀέναα μένοντα φυλάσσηται.
Toutois exēs, polla dia mesou peri tēs protetheisēs eipōn pragmateias ‚ meta tēn tōn graphōn hermēneian epipherei autois rhēmasi “ Kathōs dʼ anegnōsthē tauta ta teuchē ‚ stantes hoi hiereis kai tōn hermēneōn hoi presbyteroi ‚ kai tōn apo tou politeumatos, hoi te hēgoumenoi tou plēthous, eipon, epei kalōs kai hosiōs diērmēneutai kai kata pan akribōs ‚ kalōs echon estin, hina diamenę̄ tauthʼ houtōs echonta, kai mē genētai mēdemia diaskeuē. pantōn de epiphōnēsantōn tois eirēmenois ‚ ekeleusan eparasthai, kathōs ethos estin autois, ei tis diaskeuasei prostitheis ē metapherōn ti to synolon tōn gegrammenōn ē poioumenos aphairesin ‚ kalōs touto prassontes ‚ hina dia pantos aenaa menonta phylassētai.
Next to this, after saying much in between about the undertaking set forth, he adds, after the translation of the Scriptures, in these very words: "When the scrolls had been read, the priests and the elders of the translators and some of those from the community, and the leaders of the people, stood up and said: 'Since it has been translated well and piously and in every respect accurately, it is right that it should remain as it is, and that no revision should take place.' When all had assented to what was said, they ordered, as is their custom, a curse to be pronounced on anyone who should revise it by adding to or altering anything at all of what had been written, or by making any omission; and they did this well, so that it might be preserved always and forever.
8.5.7Dindorf 1:410–411
προσφωνηθέντων δὲ καὶ τούτων τῷ βασιλεῖ μεγάλως ἐχάρη· τὴν γὰρ πρόθεσιν ἣν εἶχεν ἀσφαλῶς ἔδοξε τετελειῶσθαι. παρανεγνώσθη δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πάντα ‚ καὶ λίαν ἐξεθαύμασε τὴν τοῦ νομοθέτου διάνοιαν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον εἶπε, πῶς τηλικούτων πραγμάτων συντετελεσμένων οὐδεὶς ἐπεβάλετο τῶν ἱστορικῶν οὐδὲ ποιητῶν ἐπιμνησθῆναι; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη, διὰ τὸ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν νομοθεσίαν καὶ διὰ θεοῦ γεγονέναι, καὶ τῶν ἐπιβαλλομένων τινὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πληγέντες τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀπέστησαν
prosphōnēthentōn de kai toutōn tǭ basilei megalōs echarē; tēn gar prothesin hēn eichen asphalōs edoxe teteleiōsthai. paranegnōsthē de autǭ kai panta ‚ kai lian exethaumase tēn tou nomothetou dianoian, kai pros ton Dēmētrion eipe, pōs tēlikoutōn pragmatōn syntetelesmenōn oudeis epebaleto tōn historikōn oude poiētōn epimnēsthēnai? ekeinos de ephē, dia to semnēn einai tēn nomothesian kai dia theou gegonenai, kai tōn epiballomenōn tines hypo tou theou plēgentes tēs epibolēs apestēsan
When this too was reported to the king, he rejoiced greatly; for he thought that the purpose he had was safely accomplished. All of it was also read to him, and he greatly admired the mind of the lawgiver, and said to Demetrius: 'How is it that, when such great things were accomplished, none of the historians or poets undertook to mention them?' He said: 'Because the legislation is venerable and came about through God; and some of those who undertook it were struck by God and desisted from the attempt.
8.5.8Dindorf 1:411
καὶ γὰρ ἔφησεν ἀκηκοέναι Θεοπόμπου, διότι μέλλων τινὰ τῶν προηρμηνευμένων ἐπισφαλέστερον ἐκ τοῦ νόμου προσιστορεῖν, ταραχὴν λάβοι τῆς διανοίας πλέον ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἄνεσιν ἐξιλάσκεσθαι τὸν θεὸν σαφὲς αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τίνος χάριν τὸ συμβαῖνόν ἐστι· διʼ ὀνείρου δὲ σημανθέντος ὅτι τὰ θεῖα βούλεται περιεργασάμενος εἰς κοινοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκφέρειν ‚ ἀποσχόμενον οὕτως ἀποκαταστῆναι.
kai gar ephēsen akēkoenai Theopompou, dioti mellōn tina tōn proērmēneumenōn episphalesteron ek tou nomou prosistorein, tarachēn laboi tēs dianoias pleon hēmerōn triakonta kata de tēn anesin exilaskesthai ton theon saphes autǭ genesthai tinos charin to symbainon esti; diʼ oneirou de sēmanthentos hoti ta theia bouletai periergasamenos eis koinous anthrōpous ekpherein ‚ aposchomenon houtōs apokatastēnai.
For he said he had heard from Theopompus that, when he was about to add to his history, rather rashly, some of the things previously translated from the law, he suffered a disturbance of mind for more than thirty days; and in a remission of it he prayed to propitiate God, that it might become clear to him why this had happened. When it was shown to him in a dream that he wished, from idle curiosity, to bring divine things out to common men, he desisted and so was restored.
8.5.9Dindorf 1:411
καὶ παρὰ Θεοδέκτου δὲ τοῦ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητοῦ μετέλαβον ἐγὼ διότι παραφέρειν μέλλοντός τι τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ πρός τι δρᾶμα τὰς ὄψεις ἀπεγλαυκώθη, καὶ λαβὼν ὑπόνοιαν ὅτι διὰ ταὐτʼ αὐτῷ γέγονεν, ἐξιλασάμενος τὸν θεὸν ‚ ἐν πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ἀποκατέστη
kai para Theodektou de tou tōn tragǭdiōn poiētou metelabon egō dioti parapherein mellontos ti tōn anagegrammenōn en tę̄ biblǭ pros ti drama tas opseis apeglaukōthē, kai labōn hyponoian hoti dia tautʼ autǭ gegonen, exilasamenos ton theon ‚ en pollais hēmerais apokatestē
And I learned from Theodectes the tragic poet that, when he was about to transfer something written in the book into a drama, his eyes were afflicted with cataract; and suspecting that this had happened to him for that reason, he propitiated God and was restored after many days.
8.5.10Dindorf 1:411
μεταλαβὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς, καθὼς προεῖπον, περὶ τούτων τὰ περὶ τοῦ Δημητρίου προσκυνήσας ἐκέλευσε μεγάλην ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν βιβλίων καὶ συντηρεῖσθαι ἁγνῶς. ”
metalabōn de ho basileus, kathōs proeipon, peri toutōn ta peri tou Dēmētriou proskynēsas ekeleuse megalēn epimeleian poieisthai tōn bibliōn kai syntēreisthai hagnōs. ”
The king, having received from Demetrius, as I said before, the account of these things, did obeisance and ordered great care to be taken of the books and that they be kept in purity."
8.5.11Dindorf 1:411–412
Ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ δηλωθέντος ἐπιτετμήσθω γραφῆς. φέρε δὴ καὶ τὸ πολίτευμα τῆς κατὰ Μωσέα νομοθεσίας ἐκ τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσι διαφανῶν θεασώμεθα. πρῶτα δὲ θήσω Φίλωνος τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου πορείας τῶν Ἰουδαίων ‚ ἣν πεποίηνται Μώσεως ἡγουμένου, ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου συγγράμματος ὧν ἐπέγραψεν Ὑποθετικῶν, ἔνθα τὸν Ἰουδαίων, ὡς πρὸς κατηγόρους αὐτῶν, ποιούμενος λόγον ταῦτά φησιν
Tauthʼ hēmin ek tēs tou dēlōthentos epitetmēsthō graphēs. phere dē kai to politeuma tēs kata Mōsea nomothesias ek tōn para tois andrasi diaphanōn theasōmetha. prōta de thēsō Philōnos ta peri tēs apʼ Aigyptou poreias tōn Ioudaiōn ‚ hēn pepoiēntai Mōseōs hēgoumenou, apo tou prōtou syngrammatos hōn epegrapsen Hypothetikōn, entha ton Ioudaiōn, hōs pros katēgorous autōn, poioumenos logon tauta phēsin
Let these things be abridged by us from the writing of the author mentioned. Come now, let us view the polity of the legislation of Moses from those eminent among the people. First I shall set out Philo's account of the departure of the Jews from Egypt, which they made under Moses' leadership, from the first book of what he entitled Hypothetica, where, speaking for the Jews as against their accusers, he says this:
Preparation 8, chapter 6
8.6.1Dindorf 1:412
“ Τὸν μὲν παλαιὸν αὐτοῖς πρόγονον ἀπὸ Χαλδαίων εἶναι, τὸν δὲ λαὸν ἀναστῆναι τοῦτον ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μετῳκισμένον ἀπὸ Συρίας τὸ πάλαι, μυριάσι τε ἀμυθήτοις πλήθοντα ‚ καὶ τῆς γῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἱκανῆς ‚ πρὸς δʼ ἔτι καὶ νεότητι φρονημάτων ἐντεθραμμένον μεγάλως, καὶ ἅμα τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ φασμάτων καὶ ὀνειράτων ἔξοδον αὐτοῖς δηλοῦντος, καὶ οὐδενὸς ἧττον εἰς πόθον κατὰ δαίμονα ἐμπεσόντας τῆς πατρίου καὶ ἀρχαίας γῆς· ὅθεν δὴ καὶ τὸν πρόγονον ἐκεῖνον αὐτοῖς μετὰ τὸ ἐλθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ‚ εἴτε τῷ θεῷ δὴ δόξαν εἴτε προνοίᾳ τινὶ, πάντων εὐδαιμονῆσαι μάλιστα, ὡς ἀπʼ ἐκείνου μέχρις εἰς τὸ παρὸν τό τε ἔθνος αὐτοῖς καὶ γεγενῆσθαι καὶ διαμένειν, κἀπὶ τοσοῦτον ὑπερβάλλειν εἰς πολυανδρίαν.’
“ Ton men palaion autois progonon apo Chaldaiōn einai, ton de laon anastēnai touton ex Aigyptou metǭkismenon apo Syrias to palai, myriasi te amythētois plēthonta ‚ kai tēs gēs ouk ousēs hikanēs ‚ pros dʼ eti kai neotēti phronēmatōn entethrammenon megalōs, kai hama tou theou dia phasmatōn kai oneiratōn exodon autois dēlountos, kai oudenos hētton eis pothon kata daimona empesontas tēs patriou kai archaias gēs; hothen dē kai ton progonon ekeinon autois meta to elthein eis Aigypton ‚ eite tǭ theǭ dē doxan eite pronoią tini, pantōn eudaimonēsai malista, hōs apʼ ekeinou mechris eis to paron to te ethnos autois kai gegenēsthai kai diamenein, kapi tosouton hyperballein eis polyandrian.’
"Their ancient forefather was from the Chaldeans, and this people set out from Egypt, having migrated long ago from Syria, teeming with countless tens of thousands, the land not being sufficient for them; besides, they had been reared in great youthfulness of spirit, and at the same time God was revealing departure to them through visions and dreams, and they had fallen, by divine impulse, into no less a longing for their ancestral and ancient land. Hence that forefather of theirs, after coming to Egypt, whether because it seemed good to God or by some providence, prospered most of all, so that from him down to the present their nation has come into being and endures and has grown to so great a population.
8.6.2Dindorf 1:412
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησὶν ‘‘Ἀνήρ γε μὴν αὐτοῖς ἡγεῖτο τῆς τε ἐξόδου καὶ τῆς πορείας εἰς οὐδὲν τῶν πολλῶν ‚ εἰ βούλει, διάφορος· οὕτω καὶ ἐλοιδόρουν γόητα καὶ κέρκωπα λόγων. καλῆς μέντοι γοητείας καὶ πανουργίας, ἐξ ἧς τόν γε λαὸν ἅπαντα ἐν ἀνυδρίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ καὶ τῶν ὁδῶν ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ ἀπορίᾳ τῶν συμπάντων οὐ μόνον εἰς τὸ παντελὲς διεσώσατο, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ πάσῃ καὶ παραπομπῇ τῶν μεταξὺ κειμένων ἐθνῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀστασιάστους αὐτοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν μάλιστα εὐπειθεῖς διεφύλαξε.
Kai meta brachea phēsin ‘‘Anēr ge mēn autois hēgeito tēs te exodou kai tēs poreias eis ouden tōn pollōn ‚ ei boulei, diaphoros; houtō kai eloidoroun goēta kai kerkōpa logōn. kalēs mentoi goēteias kai panourgias, ex hēs ton ge laon hapanta en anydrią kai limǭ kai tōn hodōn agnoią kai aporią tōn sympantōn ou monon eis to panteles diesōsato, kai hōsper en euthēnią pasę̄ kai parapompę̄ tōn metaxy keimenōn ethnōn, alla kai pros allēlous astasiastous autous kai pros heauton malista eupeitheis diephylaxe.
And a little later he says: "A man led them in their departure and journey who, if you like, differed in nothing from the many; so they even reviled him as an impostor and a trickster in words. A fine imposture, though, and villainy, by which he not only preserved the whole people completely in drought and hunger, ignorance of the roads and lack of everything, as if in all abundance and with an escort through the nations lying between, but also kept them free from strife with one another and most obedient to himself.
8.6.3Dindorf 1:412–413
καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ὀλίγον δήπου χρόνον ‚ ἀλλʼ ὅσον οὐδʼ οἰκίαν ἐν ὁμοφροσύνῃ συμμεῖναι μετὰ πάσης εὐθηνίας εἰκός ἐστιν. καὶ οὐ δίψος, οὐ λιμὸς, οὐ φθορὰ σωμάτων, οὐχὶ φόβος περὶ τῶν μελλόντων, οὐκ ἄγνοια τῶν συμβησομένων, ἐπὶ τὸν γόητα ἐκεῖνον ἐπῆρε τοὺς ἐξαπατωμένους καὶ περιφθειρομένους λαούς.
kai tauta ouk oligon dēpou chronon ‚ allʼ hoson oudʼ oikian en homophrosynę̄ symmeinai meta pasēs euthēnias eikos estin. kai ou dipsos, ou limos, ou phthora sōmatōn, ouchi phobos peri tōn mellontōn, ouk agnoia tōn symbēsomenōn, epi ton goēta ekeinon epēre tous exapatōmenous kai periphtheiromenous laous.
And this not for a short time, but for longer than it is likely even a household could remain in harmony with every abundance. And neither thirst, nor hunger, nor wasting of bodies, nor fear of the future, nor ignorance of what would happen, stirred up the deceived and perishing peoples against that impostor.
8.6.4Dindorf 1:413
καίτοι τί βούλει, φῶμεν ἐκείνῳ τινὰ εἶναι τοσαύτην τέχνην, ἢ δεινότητα λόγων ‚ ἢ σύνεσιν, ὡς τῶν τοσούτων καὶ τοιούτων ἀτόπων καὶ πρὸς ὄλεθρον ἅπαντας ἀγόντων ἐπικρατεῖν; ἢ γὰρ τὰς φύσεις τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἀμαθῶς οὐδὲ δυσκόλως, ἀλλʼ εὐπειθῶς καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος οὐκ ἀπρονοήτως ἔχειν· ἢ τούτους μὲν ὡς μάλιστα κακοὺς εἶναι, τὸν δὲ θεὸν τὰς δυσκολίας αὐτῶν πραύνειν, καὶ τοῦ παρόντος καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ὥσπερ ἐπιστατεῖν. ὅπερ γάρ σοι μάλιστα ἂν ἐκ τούτων ἀληθὲς εἶναι δόξῃ, πρὸς ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῆς καὶ ζήλου περὶ αὐτῶν συμπάντων ἰσχύειν φαίνεται.
kaitoi ti boulei, phōmen ekeinǭ tina einai tosautēn technēn, ē deinotēta logōn ‚ ē synesin, hōs tōn tosoutōn kai toioutōn atopōn kai pros olethron hapantas agontōn epikratein? ē gar tas physeis tōn hypʼ auton anthrōpōn ouk amathōs oude dyskolōs, allʼ eupeithōs kai tou mellontos ouk apronoētōs echein; ē toutous men hōs malista kakous einai, ton de theon tas dyskolias autōn praunein, kai tou parontos kai tou mellontos hōsper epistatein. hoper gar soi malista an ek toutōn alēthes einai doxę̄, pros epainou kai timēs kai zēlou peri autōn sympantōn ischyein phainetai.
Yet what do you want us to say: that he had so great an art, or skill in speech, or understanding, as to prevail over so many and such absurdities leading all to destruction? Either the natures of the people under him were not ignorant or difficult, but obedient and not improvident of the future; or they were as wicked as can be, but God softened their difficult temper and, as it were, presided over both present and future. Whichever of these seems to you most likely to be true, it plainly tends to the praise, honor, and emulation of them all.
8.6.5Dindorf 1:413
καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς ἐξόδου δὴ ταῦτα. ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην ἦλθον, ὅπως μέν ποτε ἄρα ἱδρύθησαν καὶ τὴν χώραν ἔσχον ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγραφαῖς δηλοῦται· οὐ μὴν ἔγωγε δικαιῶ μᾶλλον καθʼ ἱστορίαν ἢ κατά τινα λογισμὸν περὶ αὐτῶν τὰ εἰκότα διεξελθεῖν
kai ta men tēs exodou dē tauta. epeidē de eis tēn gēn tautēn ēlthon, hopōs men pote ara hidrythēsan kai tēn chōran eschon en tais hierais anagraphais dēloutai; ou mēn egōge dikaiō mallon kathʼ historian ē kata tina logismon peri autōn ta eikota diexelthein
So much for the departure. When they came into this land, how they settled and took possession of the country is shown in the sacred records; but I do not think it right to go through what is probable about them by history rather than by some reasoning.
8.6.6Dindorf 1:413
πότερον γάρ ποτε βούλει τῷ πλήθει τῶν σωμάτων ἔτι περιόντας ‚ καίπερ εἰς τέλος κεκακωμένους, ὅμως δʼ ἰσχύοντας, καὶ τὰ ὅπλα ἐν χερσὶν ἔχοντας, εἶτα κατὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν τὴν χώραν ‚ Σύρους τε ὁμοῦ καὶ Φοίνικας ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἐκείνων γῇ μαχομένους νικῶντας· ἢ τοὺς μὲν ἀπολέμους καὶ ἀνάνδρους εἶναι καὶ παντελῶς ὀλίγους ὑποθώμεθα, καὶ τῶν εἰς πόλεμον παρασκευῶν ἀπόρους, αἰδέσεως δὲ τυχεῖν παρὰ τούτοις καὶ τὴν γῆν λαβεῖν παρʼ ἑκόντων, ἔπειτα δʼ εὐθὺς οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν τόν τε νεὼν οἰκοδομῆσαι, καὶ τἄλλα εἰς εὐσέβειαν καὶ ἁγιστείαν καταστήσασθαι;
poteron gar pote boulei tǭ plēthei tōn sōmatōn eti periontas ‚ kaiper eis telos kekakōmenous, homōs dʼ ischyontas, kai ta hopla en chersin echontas, eita kata kratos helein tēn chōran ‚ Syrous te homou kai Phoinikas en autę̄ tę̄ ekeinōn gę̄ machomenous nikōntas; ē tous men apolemous kai anandrous einai kai pantelōs oligous hypothōmetha, kai tōn eis polemon paraskeuōn aporous, aideseōs de tychein para toutois kai tēn gēn labein parʼ hekontōn, epeita dʼ euthys ouk eis makron ton te neōn oikodomēsai, kai talla eis eusebeian kai hagisteian katastēsasthai?
Would you have it that, still prevailing in number of bodies, though worn out to the end, yet still strong and with weapons in hand, they then took the country by force, conquering Syrians and Phoenicians fighting in their own land? Or let us suppose that they were unwarlike and unmanly and altogether few, and lacking in preparations for war, but found respect among these people and received the land from willing hands, and then immediately, not long after, built the temple and established the other things for piety and holy worship?
8.6.7Dindorf 1:413
δηλοῖ γὰρ, ὡς ἔοικε ‚ ταῦτα καὶ θεοφιλεστάτους αὐτοὺς ἀνωμολογῆσθαι καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. ἐχθροὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὧν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξαίφνης ἦλθον ὡς ἀφαιρησόμενοι.
dēloi gar, hōs eoike ‚ tauta kai theophilestatous autous anōmologēsthai kai para tois echthrois. echthroi gar ēsan ex anankēs hōn epi tēn gēn exaiphnēs ēlthon hōs aphairēsomenoi.
For this shows, it seems, that they were acknowledged as most dear to God even by their enemies. For those whose land they came upon suddenly, as if to take it away, were of necessity their enemies.
8.6.8Dindorf 1:413–414
παρὰ τούτοις δʼ οὖν αἰδέσεως καὶ τιμῆς τυγχάνοντες πῶς οὐχ ὑπερβάλλειν εὐτυχίᾳ τοὺς ἄλλους φαίνονται; τίνα δὲ τὰ δεύτερα ἐφεξῆς, ἢ τὰ τρίτα πρὸς τούτοις λέγωμεν; πότερον τὸ τῆς εὐνομίας καὶ εὐπειθείας αὐτῶν, ἢ τῆς ὁσιότητος καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ εὐσεβείας; ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν ἄνδρα ἐκεῖνον, ὅστις ποτὲ ἦν ὁ τοὺς νόμους αὐτοῖς θεὶς ‚ οὕτω σφόδρα ἐθαύμασαν ὡς ὅ τι δήποτε ἔδοξεν ἐκείνῳ, καὶ αὐτοῖς.
para toutois dʼ oun aideseōs kai timēs tynchanontes pōs ouch hyperballein eutychią tous allous phainontai? tina de ta deutera ephexēs, ē ta trita pros toutois legōmen? poteron to tēs eunomias kai eupeitheias autōn, ē tēs hosiotētos kai dikaiosynēs kai eusebeias? alla ton men andra ekeinon, hostis pote ēn ho tous nomous autois theis ‚ houtō sphodra ethaumasan hōs ho ti dēpote edoxen ekeinǭ, kai autois.
And if they met with respect and honor among these, how do they not plainly surpass others in good fortune? And what are we to name second after this, or third besides? Their good order and obedience, or their holiness, justice, and piety? But that man, whoever he was, who gave them their laws, they admired so much that whatever seemed good to him seemed good to them too.
8.6.9Dindorf 1:414
εἴτε οὖν λελογισμένος αὐτὸς εἴτε ἀκούων παρὰ δαίμονος ἔφρασε, τοῦτο ἅπαν εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀνάγειν, καὶ πλειόνων ἐτῶν διεληλυθότων, τὸ μὲν ἀκριβὲς οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν ὁπόσα ‚ πλέον δʼ οὖν ἢ δισχίλια ἔτη ‚ μηδὲ ῥῆμά γε αὐτὸ μόνον τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένων κινῆσαι, ἀλλὰ κἂν μυριάκις αὐτοὺς ἀποθανεῖν ὑπομεῖναι θᾶττον ἢ τοῖς ἐκείνου νόμοις καὶ ἔθεσιν ἐναντία πεισθῆναι.”
eite oun lelogismenos autos eite akouōn para daimonos ephrase, touto hapan eis ton theon anagein, kai pleionōn etōn dielēlythotōn, to men akribes ouk echō legein hoposa ‚ pleon dʼ oun ē dischilia etē ‚ mēde rhēma ge auto monon tōn hypʼ autou gegrammenōn kinēsai, alla kan myriakis autous apothanein hypomeinai thatton ē tois ekeinou nomois kai ethesin enantia peisthēnai.”
Whether, then, he spoke from his own reasoning or from hearing a divine voice, they referred all of it to God; and though many years have passed, I cannot say exactly how many, but more than two thousand years, they have not changed even a single word of what he wrote, but would rather endure dying ten thousand times than be persuaded to act against his laws and customs."
8.6.10Dindorf 1:414
Ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἐπιτέμνεται τὴν ἐκ τῶν Μωσέως νόμων καταβεβλημένην τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει πολιτείαν, γράφων οὕτως
Tautʼ eipōn epitemnetai tēn ek tōn Mōseōs nomōn katabeblēmenēn tǭ Ioudaiōn ethnei politeian, graphōn houtōs
Having said this, he summarizes the polity laid down for the Jewish nation from the laws of Moses, writing thus:
Preparation 8, chapter 7
8.7.1Dindorf 1:414
“ Ἀρά τι τούτων ἢ τούτοις προσόμοιον παρʼ ἐκείνοις ἐστὶ, πρᾶον εἶναι δοκοῦν καὶ τιθασὸν, καὶ δικῶν ἐπαγωγὰς καὶ σκήψεις καὶ ἀναβολὰς καὶ τιμήσεις καὶ πάλιν ὑποτιμήσεις ἔχον; οὐδὲν ‚ ἀλλὰ πάντα ἁπλᾶ καὶ δῆλα ἐὰν παιδεραστῇς ‚ ἐὰν μοιχεύῃς, ἐὰν βιάσῃ παῖδα, ἄρρενα μὲν μηδὲ λέγε) ἀλλὰ κἂν θήλειαν· ὁμοίως ἐὰν σαυτὸν καταπορνεύῃς ‚ ἐὰν καὶ παρʼ ἡλικίαν αἰσχρόν τι πάθῃς, ἢ δοκῇς, ἢ μέλλῃς, θάνατος ἡ ζημία.
“ Ara ti toutōn ē toutois prosomoion parʼ ekeinois esti, praon einai dokoun kai tithason, kai dikōn epagōgas kai skēpseis kai anabolas kai timēseis kai palin hypotimēseis echon? ouden ‚ alla panta hapla kai dēla ean paiderastę̄s ‚ ean moicheuę̄s, ean biasę̄ paida, arrena men mēde lege) alla kan thēleian; homoiōs ean sauton kataporneuę̄s ‚ ean kai parʼ hēlikian aischron ti pathę̄s, ē dokę̄s, ē mellę̄s, thanatos hē zēmia.
"Is there among them any of these things, or anything like them, that seems mild and tame, admitting the bringing of lawsuits, pleas, postponements, assessments of penalty and again reductions of them? Nothing; but everything is simple and plain. If you practice pederasty, if you commit adultery, if you violate a child, not to speak of a male but even a female; likewise if you prostitute yourself, if even beyond the age for it you suffer something shameful, or seem to, or intend to: the penalty is death.
8.7.2Dindorf 1:414–415
ἐὰν εἰς δοῦλον σῶμα, ἐὰν εἰς ἐλεύθερον ὑβρίζῃς ‚ ἐὰν δεσμοῖς συνέχῃς ‚ ἐὰν ἀπάγων πωλῇς, ἐὰν βέβηλα, ἐὰν ἱερὰ παρακλέπτῃς, ἐὰν ἀσεβῇς, οὐκ ἔργῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ῥήματι τῷ τυχόντι, εἰς μὲν θεὸν αὐτὸν, (ἵλεως ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς περὶ τούτων ἐννοίας γένοιτο, οὐδὲ ἄξιον λέγειν, ) ἀλλʼ εἰς πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, ἢ εὐεργέτην σαυτοῦ, θάνατος ὁμοίως, καὶ οὗτος οὐ κοινὸς οὐδʼ ὁ τυχὼν, ἀλλὰ δεῖ καταλευσθῆναι τὸν εἰπόντα μόνον, ὡς οὐ χείρονα ἀσεβείας πράξαντα.
ean eis doulon sōma, ean eis eleutheron hybrizę̄s ‚ ean desmois synechę̄s ‚ ean apagōn pōlę̄s, ean bebēla, ean hiera parakleptę̄s, ean asebę̄s, ouk ergǭ monon, alla kai ean rhēmati tǭ tychonti, eis men theon auton, (hileōs hēmin ho theos kai autēs tēs peri toutōn ennoias genoito, oude axion legein, ) allʼ eis patera ē mētera, ē euergetēn sautou, thanatos homoiōs, kai houtos ou koinos oudʼ ho tychōn, alla dei kataleusthēnai ton eiponta monon, hōs ou cheirona asebeias praxanta.
If you outrage a slave's body or a free person's, if you hold someone in bonds, if you carry someone off and sell him, if you steal profane or sacred things, if you act impiously, not only in deed but even by any chance word, against God himself (may God be gracious to us even for the thought of these things; it is not even fit to speak of it), or against father or mother or your own benefactor, death likewise; and this not an ordinary or common death, but the one who merely spoke must be stoned, as having done nothing less than impiety.
8.7.3Dindorf 1:415
ἄλλα δʼ αὖ πάλιν, ὁποῖά τινα, γυναῖκας ἀνδράσι δουλεύειν ‚ πρὸς ὕβρεως μὲν οὐδεμιᾶς, πρὸς εὐπείθειαν δʼ ἐν ἅπασι· γονεῖς ἄρχειν, ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ καὶ πολυωρίᾳ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ κτημάτων ἴνα ἕκαστον κύριον εἶναι ‚ μὴ θεόν γε ἐπιφημίσαντα αὐτοῖς ‚ μηδʼ ὡς τῷ θεῷ ταῦτα ἀνίησιν εἰ δὲ λόγῳ μόνον ὑποσχέσθαι προσπέσοι ‚ ψαῦσαι καὶ θιγεῖν αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς ἁπάντων ἀποκεκλεῖσθαι.
alla dʼ au palin, hopoia tina, gynaikas andrasi douleuein ‚ pros hybreōs men oudemias, pros eupeitheian dʼ en hapasi; goneis archein, epi sōtērią kai polyōrią tōn heautou ktēmatōn ina hekaston kyrion einai ‚ mē theon ge epiphēmisanta autois ‚ mēdʼ hōs tǭ theǭ tauta aniēsin ei de logǭ monon hyposchesthai prospesoi ‚ psausai kai thigein autōn ouk estin, allʼ euthys hapantōn apokekleisthai.
Other things again, such as these: wives are to serve their husbands, not with any outrage, but with obedience in all things; parents are to rule over children, for their safety and great care; each is to be master of his own possessions, unless he has called God's name upon them, or given them up as to God. And if he happens even to promise them by word only, it is not permitted to touch or handle them, but he is at once shut out from all of them.
8.7.4Dindorf 1:415
μή μοι τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἁρπάζειν, μηδʼ ἀποσυλᾶν ἑτέρων ἀναθέντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν οἰκείων, ὥσπερ ἔφην, προσπεσόν τι καὶ λαθὸν αὐτὸν ῥῆμα ἐπʼ ἀναθέσει εἰπόντα δὲ πάντων στέρεσθαι, μεταγινώσκοντι δὲ ἢ ἐπανορθουμένῳ τὰ λελεγμένα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν προσαφαιρεῖσθαι.
mē moi ta tōn theōn harpazein, mēdʼ aposylan heterōn anathentōn, alla kai tōn oikeiōn, hōsper ephēn, prospeson ti kai lathon auton rhēma epʼ anathesei eiponta de pantōn steresthai, metaginōskonti de ē epanorthoumenǭ ta lelegmena kai tēn psychēn prosaphaireisthai.
Let me not speak of seizing what belongs to the gods, or plundering what others have dedicated; but even of one's own goods, as I said, if a word of dedication slips out and escapes him, once he has spoken it he is deprived of all of it; and if he changes his mind or tries to retract what was said, his life is taken besides.
8.7.5Dindorf 1:415
καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὧν κυριεύει ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος ἐὰν ἐπιφημίσῃ τροφὴν γυναικὸς ἀνὴρ ἱερὰν εἶναι ‚ τροφῆς ἀνέχειν· ἐὰν πατὴρ υἱῷ, ἐὰν ἄρχων τῷ ὑπηκόῳ ‚ ταὐτόν. καὶ ἔκλυσις δὲ ἐπιφημισθέντων ἡ μὲν τελειοτάτη καὶ μεγίστη, τοῦ ἱερέως ἀποφήσαντος· ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ κύριος οὗτος δέξασθαι· καὶ μετὰ ταύτην δὲ ἡ παρὰ τῶν μᾶλλον ἀεὶ κυρίων ὁσία ἵλεων τὸν θεὸν ἀποφαίνειν ‚ ὡς μηδὲ ἐπάναγκες τὴν ἀνάθεσιν δέχεσθαι.
kai epi tōn allōn hōn kyrieuei ho autos logos ean epiphēmisę̄ trophēn gynaikos anēr hieran einai ‚ trophēs anechein; ean patēr huiǭ, ean archōn tǭ hypēkoǭ ‚ tauton. kai eklysis de epiphēmisthentōn hē men teleiotatē kai megistē, tou hiereōs apophēsantos; hypo gar tou theou kyrios houtos dexasthai; kai meta tautēn de hē para tōn mallon aei kyriōn hosia hileōn ton theon apophainein ‚ hōs mēde epanankes tēn anathesin dechesthai.
And the same rule holds for the others over whom he has authority. If a husband declares his wife's food sacred, he must withhold her food; if a father does so to a son, or a ruler to a subject, the same. And the release from such declarations: the most perfect and greatest is when the priest annuls it, for he is empowered by God to receive it; and after this, that from those who have greater authority in each case, which is holy, in declaring God propitious, so that it is not necessary to accept the dedication.
8.7.6Dindorf 1:415–416
μυρία δὲ ἄλλα ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὅσα καὶ ἐπὶ ἀγράφων ἐθῶν καὶ νομίμων, κἀν τοῖς νομίμοις αὐτοῖς. ἅ τις παθεῖν ἐχθαίρει, μὴ ποιεῖν αὐτόν· ἃ μὴ κατέθηκεν, μηδʼ ἀναιρεῖσθαι, μηδʼ ἐκ πρασιᾶς ‚ μηδʼ ἐκ ληνοῦ ‚ μηδʼ ἐξ ἅλωνος· μὴ θημῶνος ὑφαιρεῖσθαι μέγα ἢ μικρὸν ἀπλῶς μηδέν· μὴ πυρὸς δεηθέντι φθονεῖν· μὴ νάματα ὑδάτων ἀποκλείειν ‚ ἀλλὰ καὶ πτωχοῖς καὶ πηροῖς τροφὴν ἐρανίζουσι πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐαγῶς ἀνέχειν.
myria de alla epi toutois, hosa kai epi agraphōn ethōn kai nomimōn, kan tois nomimois autois. ha tis pathein echthairei, mē poiein auton; ha mē katethēken, mēdʼ anaireisthai, mēdʼ ek prasias ‚ mēdʼ ek lēnou ‚ mēdʼ ex halōnos; mē thēmōnos hyphaireisthai mega ē mikron aplōs mēden; mē pyros deēthenti phthonein; mē namata hydatōn apokleiein ‚ alla kai ptōchois kai pērois trophēn eranizousi pros ton theon euagōs anechein.
And countless other things besides these, belonging to unwritten customs and usages, and in the laws themselves: what one hates to suffer, he must not do himself; what he did not deposit, he must not take up, not from a garden bed, nor from a winepress, nor from a threshing floor; he must not filch from a stack anything at all, great or small; he must not grudge fire to one who needs it; he must not shut off flowing water, but must even give food to the poor and maimed who beg, as a pious offering to God.
8.7.7Dindorf 1:416
μὴ ταφῆς νεκρὸν ἐξείργειν ‚ ἀλλὰ καὶ γῆς ὅσον γε εἰς τὴν ὁσίαν προσεπιβάλλειν· μὴ θήκας ‚ μὴ μνήματα ὅλως κατοιχομένων κινεῖν· μὴ δεσμὰ, μὴ κακὸν μηδὲν πλέον τῷ ἐν ἀνάγκαις προσεπιφέρειν· μὴ γονὴν ἀνδρῶν ἐκτέμνοντας, μὴ γυναικῶν ἀτοκίοις καὶ ἄλλαις μηχαναῖς ἀμβλοῦν· μὴ ζῴοις ἔμπαλιν ἢ κατέδειξεν εἴτʼ οὑν ὁ θεὸς, εἴτε τις καὶ νομοθέτης, προσφέρεσθαι· μὴ σπέρμα ἀφανίζειν· μὴ γέννημα δουλοῦν·
mē taphēs nekron exeirgein ‚ alla kai gēs hoson ge eis tēn hosian prosepiballein; mē thēkas ‚ mē mnēmata holōs katoichomenōn kinein; mē desma, mē kakon mēden pleon tǭ en anankais prosepipherein; mē gonēn andrōn ektemnontas, mē gynaikōn atokiois kai allais mēchanais ambloun; mē zǭois empalin ē katedeixen eitʼ houn ho theos, eite tis kai nomothetēs, prospheresthai; mē sperma aphanizein; mē gennēma douloun;
He must not keep a corpse from burial, but must even cast on it as much earth as piety requires; he must not disturb the tombs or monuments of the departed at all; he must not add bonds or any further harm to one in distress; men must not destroy the generative power of males by castration, nor that of women by abortifacients and other devices; he must not treat animals otherwise than God, or some lawgiver, has shown; he must not destroy seed; he must not enslave offspring;
8.7.8Dindorf 1:416
μὴ ζυγὸν ἄδικον ἀνθυποβάλλειν, μὴ χοίνικα ἄμετρον, μὴ νόμισμα ἄδικον· μὴ φίλων ἀπόρρητα ἐν ἔχθρᾳ φαίνειν· ποῖ δὴ πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῖν τὰ Βουζύγια ἐκεῖνα; ἄλλα δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ὅρα. μὴ παίδων διοικίζειν γονέας, μηδʼ ἂν αἰχμαλώτους ἔχῃς· μὴ γυναῖκα ἀνδρὸς, κἂν νομίμως ἐωνημένος ᾖς δεσπότης.
mē zygon adikon anthypoballein, mē choinika ametron, mē nomisma adikon; mē philōn aporrēta en echthrą phainein; poi dē pros tou theou hēmin ta Bouzygia ekeina? alla de pros toutois hora. mē paidōn dioikizein goneas, mēdʼ an aichmalōtous echę̄s; mē gynaika andros, kan nomimōs eōnēmenos ę̄s despotēs.
he must not substitute an unjust balance, nor an unmeasured bushel, nor false coin; he must not disclose a friend's secrets in enmity. Where, in God's name, are those Buzygian rules of ours? See these others besides: he must not separate parents from children, even if you hold them as captives; nor a wife from her husband, even if you are their master by lawful purchase.
8.7.9Dindorf 1:416
ἦ που σεμνότερα καὶ μείζω ταῦτα, ἄλλα δὲ μικρὰ καὶ τὰ τυχόντα. μὴ νεοττιάν φησι κατοικίδιον ἐρημοῦν, μὴ ζῴων ἱκεσίαν, οἷα ἔσθʼ ὅτε προσφευγόντων ἀναιρεῖν· μὴ εἴ τι τῶν τοιούτων ἧττόν ἐστιν. οὐδενὸς ἄξια ταῦτά γε εἴποις ἄν· ἀλλʼ ὅ γε ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς νόμος ἐστὶ μέγας, καὶ πάσης ἐπιμελείας αἴτιος ‚ καὶ αἱ προρρήσεις μεγάλαι, καὶ ἀραὶ κατά τε ἐξωλείας ‚ καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐπόπτης τῶν τοιούτων, καὶ τιμωρὸς ἁπανταχοῦ.
ē pou semnotera kai meizō tauta, alla de mikra kai ta tychonta. mē neottian phēsi katoikidion erēmoun, mē zǭōn hikesian, hoia esthʼ hote prospheugontōn anairein; mē ei ti tōn toioutōn hētton estin. oudenos axia tauta ge eipois an; allʼ ho ge epʼ autois nomos esti megas, kai pasēs epimeleias aitios ‚ kai hai prorrēseis megalai, kai arai kata te exōleias ‚ kai ho theos epoptēs tōn toioutōn, kai timōros hapantachou.
Surely these are more solemn and greater things; but there are others small and ordinary. He must not, it says, leave a domestic nest desolate, nor kill animals that take refuge as suppliants, as sometimes happens; nor anything even less than these. You might say these are worth nothing; but the law over them is great and the cause of all care, the warnings are great, and the curses for utter destruction, and God is overseer of such things and avenger everywhere.
8.7.10Dindorf 1:416
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησὶν ‘ Ὅλην δὲ ἡμέραν τύχοι, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ μίαν, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς, καὶ ταύτας οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐφεξῆς ἀλλήλαις, ἀλλʼ ἐκ διαλειμμάτων, (καὶ τούτων δὲ παρʼ ἑπτὰ, κρατοῦντος, ὡς καὶ εἰκὸς ἀεὶ, τοῦ παρὰ τὰς βεβήλους ἔθους, ) μηδὲν ἂν παραβῆναι τῶν προστεταγμένων, οὐ θαυμάζεις;
Kai meta brachea phēsin ‘ Holēn de hēmeran tychoi, mallon de oude mian, alla pollas, kai tautas ouk euthys ephexēs allēlais, allʼ ek dialeimmatōn, (kai toutōn de parʼ hepta, kratountos, hōs kai eikos aei, tou para tas bebēlous ethous, ) mēden an parabēnai tōn prostetagmenōn, ou thaumazeis?
And after a little he says: "If it should be for a whole day, or rather not one but many, and these not one right after another but at intervals (and these every seven days, the custom against profane activity always prevailing, as is natural), that they transgress none of the commands, do you not wonder at it?
8.7.11Dindorf 1:416–417
ἆρʼ οὐ πρὸς ἀσκήσεως μόνον αὐτοῖς τοῦτο ἐγκρατείας ἐστὶν, ὡς ἐξ ἴσου καὶ δρᾶν τι πονοῦντας καὶ ἀνέχειν ἰσχύειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων‚ εἰ δέοι; οὐ δῆτα. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ πρὸς ἔργου μεγάλου καὶ θαυμαστοῦ τινος ᾠήθη δεῖν ὁ νομοθέτης, αὐτοὺς μὴ τἄλλα μόνον ἱκανοὺς εἶναι δρᾶν καὶ μὴ δρᾶν ὡσαύτως ‚ ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ τῶν πατρίων νόμων καὶ ἐθῶν ἐμπείρως ἔχειν.
arʼ ou pros askēseōs monon autois touto enkrateias estin, hōs ex isou kai dran ti ponountas kai anechein ischyein apo tōn ergōn‚ ei deoi? ou dēta. allʼ ei kai pros ergou megalou kai thaumastou tinos ǭēthē dein ho nomothetēs, autous mē talla monon hikanous einai dran kai mē dran hōsautōs ‚ allʼ eti kai tōn patriōn nomōn kai ethōn empeirōs echein.
Is this for them only an exercise in self-control, so that they may be equally able to toil at work and to abstain from work if need be? Not at all. Rather, the lawgiver thought it necessary, for some great and wonderful purpose, that they should not only be able alike to act and not act in other matters, but also be expert in their ancestral laws and customs.
8.7.12Dindorf 1:417
τί οὖν ἐποίησε ταῖς ἑβδόμαις ταύταις ἡμέραις; αὐτοὺς εἰς ταὐτὸν ἠξίου συνάγεσθαι καὶ καθεζομένους μετʼ ἀλλήλων σὺν αἰδοῖ καὶ κόσμῳ τῶν νόμων ἀκροᾶσθαι τοῦ μηδένα ἀγνοῆσαι χάριν.
ti oun epoiēse tais hebdomais tautais hēmerais? autous eis tauton ēxiou synagesthai kai kathezomenous metʼ allēlōn syn aidoi kai kosmǭ tōn nomōn akroasthai tou mēdena agnoēsai charin.
What, then, did he do on these seventh days? He required them to gather together in the same place and, sitting with one another with reverence and order, to listen to the laws, so that no one should be ignorant of them.
8.7.13Dindorf 1:417
καὶ δῆτα συνέρχονται μὲν ἀεὶ καὶ συνεδρεύουσι μετʼ ἀλλήλων, οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ σιωπῇ, πλὴν εἴ τι προσεπιφημίσαι τοῖς ἀναγινωσκομένοις νομίζεται ’ τῶν ἱερέων δέ τις ὁ παρὼν, ἢ τῶν γερόντων εἶς ἀναγινώσκει τοὺς ἱεροὺς νόμους αὐτοῖς, καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐξηγεῖται μέχρι σχεδὸν δείλης ὀψίας· κἀκ τοῦδε ἀπολύονται τῶν τε νόμων τῶν ἱερῶν ἐμπείρως ἔχοντες καὶ πολὺ δὴ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἐπιδεδωκότες.
kai dēta synerchontai men aei kai synedreuousi metʼ allēlōn, hoi men polloi siōpę̄, plēn ei ti prosepiphēmisai tois anaginōskomenois nomizetai ’ tōn hiereōn de tis ho parōn, ē tōn gerontōn eis anaginōskei tous hierous nomous autois, kai kathʼ hekaston exēgeitai mechri schedon deilēs opsias; kak toude apolyontai tōn te nomōn tōn hierōn empeirōs echontes kai poly dē pros eusebeian epidedōkotes.
And indeed they always come together and sit with one another, most of them in silence, except when it is customary to add some acclamation to what is read; and one of the priests who is present, or one of the elders, reads the sacred laws to them and explains them one by one until nearly late evening; and after this they depart, expert in the sacred laws and having advanced much in piety.
8.7.14Dindorf 1:417
ἀρά σοι οὐ δοκεῖ ταῦτα παντὸς σπουδάσματος μᾶλλον ἀναγκαῖα αὐτοῖς; τοιγαροῦν οὐκ ἐπὶ θεσμῳδοὺς ἔρχονται περὶ τῶν πρακτέων ‚ καὶ μὴ διερωτῶντες οὐδὲ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ὑπʼ ἀγνοίας τῶν νόμων ῥᾳδιουργοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ὅντινα αὐτῶν κινεῖς καὶ περὶ τῶν πατρίων διαπυνθάνῃ ‚ προχείρως ἔχει καὶ ῥᾳδίως εἰπεῖν, καὶ ἀνὴρ γυναικὶ ‚ καὶ παισὶ πατὴρ, καὶ δούλοις δεσπότης ἱκανὸς εἶναι δοκεῖ τοὺς νόμους παραδιδόναι.
ara soi ou dokei tauta pantos spoudasmatos mallon anankaia autois? toigaroun ouk epi thesmǭdous erchontai peri tōn prakteōn ‚ kai mē dierōtōntes oude kathʼ heautous hypʼ agnoias tōn nomōn rhądiourgousin, allʼ hontina autōn kineis kai peri tōn patriōn diapynthanę̄ ‚ procheirōs echei kai rhądiōs eipein, kai anēr gynaiki ‚ kai paisi patēr, kai doulois despotēs hikanos einai dokei tous nomous paradidonai.
Do these things not seem to you more necessary for them than any pursuit? Therefore they do not go to expounders of law about what they should do, nor, by not asking, do they act carelessly on their own through ignorance of the laws; but whichever of them you stir up and question about their ancestral customs is ready to answer easily; and husband to wife, father to children, and master to slaves seems able to hand down the laws.
8.7.15Dindorf 1:417–418
καὶ μὴν περὶ τοῦ γε ἔτους τοῦ ἑβδόμου ῥᾴδιον ὡσαύτως λέγειν ‚ οὐ μὴν ταὐτὸν ἴσως. οὐ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἔργων ἀφεστᾶσιν ‚ ὥσπερ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις ἐκείναις ἡμέραις, ἀλλὰ τὴν γῆν ἀργὴν ἀφιᾶσιν εἰς τὰ μέλλοντα αὖθις, εὐθενείας χάριν. πολὺ γὰρ διαφέρειν αὐτὴν ἀνάπαυλαν λαβοῦσαν, εἶτα δὲ εἰς νέωτα γεωργεῖσθαι, καὶ μὴ τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς ἐργασίας κατεξάνθαι.
kai mēn peri tou ge etous tou hebdomou rhądion hōsautōs legein ‚ ou mēn tauton isōs. ou gar autoi tōn ergōn aphestasin ‚ hōsper tais hebdomais ekeinais hēmerais, alla tēn gēn argēn aphiasin eis ta mellonta authis, eutheneias charin. poly gar diapherein autēn anapaulan labousan, eita de eis neōta geōrgeisthai, kai mē tę̄ synecheią tēs ergasias katexanthai.
And about the seventh year it is likewise easy to speak, though perhaps not in the same way. For they themselves do not cease from work as on those seventh days, but leave the land idle for the future, for the sake of abundance. For it makes a great difference if it takes a rest and is then farmed the next year, rather than being worn out by continual working.
8.7.16Dindorf 1:418
ταυτὸν δὲ καὶ περὶ τὰ σώματα ἂν ἴδοις συμβαῖνον εἰς ῥώμην· οὐ γὰρ δὴ πρὸς ὑγείαν μόνον διαλείμματα καί τινας ἀναπαύλας ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων τοὺς ἰατροὺς προστάττοντας· τὸ γὰρ συνεχὲς καὶ ὁμοιοειδὲς ἀεὶ, μάλιστα δὲ ἐπʼ ἔργων, βλάπτειν ἔοικε.
tauton de kai peri ta sōmata an idois symbainon eis rhōmēn; ou gar dē pros hygeian monon dialeimmata kai tinas anapaulas apo tōn ergōn tous iatrous prostattontas; to gar syneches kai homoioeides aei, malista de epʼ ergōn, blaptein eoike.
You may see the same thing happen with bodies, for their strength; for physicians prescribe intervals and some rests from work not only for health; for what is continuous and always the same, especially in work, seems to do harm.
8.7.17Dindorf 1:418
σημεῖον δέ· τὴν γὰρ γῆν αὐτὴν εἴ τις ἐπαγγέλλοιτο αὐτοῖς ἐξεργάσεσθαι πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ πρόσθεν τὸ ἕβδομον ἔτος τουτὶ καὶ τῶν καρπῶν πάντων συμπαραχωρήσειν ὅλων, οὐκ ἂν οὐδαμῶς δέξαιντο. οὐ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τῶν πόνων ἀνέχειν οἴονται δεῖν μόνοι· (καίτοι κἂν εἰ τοῦτʼ ἐποίουν, οὐδὲν ἂν θαυμαστὸν ἦν·) ἀλλὰ τὴν χώραν αὐτοῖς ἄνεσίν τινα καὶ ῥᾳστώνην, εἰς ἀρχὴν ἑτέραν τῆς αὖθις ἐπιμελείας καὶ γεωργίας, λαβεῖν.
sēmeion de; tēn gar gēn autēn ei tis epangelloito autois exergasesthai poly mallon ē prosthen to hebdomon etos touti kai tōn karpōn pantōn symparachōrēsein holōn, ouk an oudamōs dexainto. ou gar autoi tōn ponōn anechein oiontai dein monoi; (kaitoi kan ei toutʼ epoioun, ouden an thaumaston ēn;) alla tēn chōran autois anesin tina kai rhąstōnēn, eis archēn heteran tēs authis epimeleias kai geōrgias, labein.
Here is a sign: if someone offered to work the land for them in this seventh year much better than before and to give up to them all the produce entirely, they would by no means accept. For they do not think that they alone must abstain from labor (though there would be nothing remarkable if they did), but that the country should receive some relief and ease, as a fresh beginning for its renewed care and cultivation.
8.7.18Dindorf 1:418
ἐπεὶ τί ἐκώλυε πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρελθόντος ἔτους αὐτὴν προεκδοῦναι καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὸν ἐκείνων φόρον τοῦ ἔτους ἐκλέγειν; ἀλλʼ, ὥσπερ ἔφην, κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων, προνοίᾳ, μοι δοκεῖ, τῆς χώρας, ἐκδέχονται.
epei ti ekōlye pros tou theou epi tou parelthontos etous autēn proekdounai kai para tōn ergazomenōn ton ekeinōn phoron tou etous eklegein? allʼ, hōsper ephēn, katʼ oudena tropon ouden tōn toioutōn, pronoią, moi dokei, tēs chōras, ekdechontai.
For what, in God's name, prevented them from leasing it out the year before and collecting the rent for that year from those who worked it? But, as I said, they accept nothing of the kind in any way, out of care, it seems to me, for the land.
8.7.19Dindorf 1:418
τῆς δὲ φιλανθρωπίας αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦτο μέγα ὡς ἀληθῶς σημεῖον. ἐπεὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἔργων ἐκείνου τοῦ ἔτους ἀνέχουσι, τοὺς γινομένους καρποὺς οὐκ οἴονται δεῖν συλλέγειν οὐδʼ ἀποτίθεσθαι, μὴ ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων πόνων περιόντας αὐτοῖς· ἀλλʼ, ἅτε τοῦ θεοῦ παρεσχηκότος αὐτοῖς, ἀνιείσης ἐπʼ αὐτομάτου τῆς γῆς, τοὺς βουλομένους ἢ δεομένους τῶν τε ὁδοιπόρων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀξιοῦσι μετὰ ἀδείας χρῆσθαι.
tēs de philanthrōpias autōn kai touto mega hōs alēthōs sēmeion. epei gar autoi tōn ergōn ekeinou tou etous anechousi, tous ginomenous karpous ouk oiontai dein syllegein oudʼ apotithesthai, mē ek tōn oikeiōn ponōn periontas autois; allʼ, hate tou theou pareschēkotos autois, anieisēs epʼ automatou tēs gēs, tous boulomenous ē deomenous tōn te hodoiporōn kai tōn allōn axiousi meta adeias chrēsthai.
And this is truly a great sign of their humanity. Since they themselves abstain from work that year, they do not think they should gather or store the fruits that grow, as they do not come from their own labors; but since God has provided them, the earth sending them up of itself, they think it right that those who wish or need, travelers and others, should use them freely.
8.7.20Dindorf 1:418–419
καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἅλις σοι. τὸ γὰρ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις ἤδη τὸν νόμον αὐτοῖς στῆσαι, ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐμὲ ἀπαιτήσαις, ἴσως πολλῶν πολλάκις καὶ ἰατρῶν καὶ φυσιολόγων καὶ φιλοσόφων ἀκηκοὼς περὶ τούτου πρότερον, ἥντινʼ ἄρα δύναμιν ἔχει πρός τε τὴν τῶν συμπάντων καὶ δὴ πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρωπείαν φύσιν. οὗτος ὁ τῆς ἑβδόμης λόγος.
kai peri men toutōn halis soi. to gar tais hebdomais ēdē ton nomon autois stēsai, tauta ouk an eme apaitēsais, isōs pollōn pollakis kai iatrōn kai physiologōn kai philosophōn akēkoōs peri toutou proteron, hēntinʼ ara dynamin echei pros te tēn tōn sympantōn kai dē pros tēn anthrōpeian physin. houtos ho tēs hebdomēs logos.
Enough for you on these matters. As for their having established the law on the seventh days, you would not ask it of me, having perhaps often heard before from many physicians, natural philosophers, and philosophers about this, what power it has for the nature of all things and especially for human nature. This is the account of the seventh."
8.7.21Dindorf 1:419
Τοσαῦτα μὲν ὁ Φίλων. ὅμοια δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ Ἰώσηπος ἱστορεῖ ἐν δευτέρῳ συγγράμματι ὧν πεποίηται Περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχαιότητος ‚ τοῦτον γράφων καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν τρόπον
Tosauta men ho Philōn. homoia dʼ autǭ kai Iōsēpos historei en deuterǭ syngrammati hōn pepoiētai Peri tēs tōn Ioudaiōn archaiotētos ‚ touton graphōn kai autos ton tropon
So much from Philo. Josephus too relates similar things in the second book of his work On the Antiquity of the Jews, writing in this way himself:
Preparation 8, chapter 8
8.8.1Dindorf 1:419
“ Τίς δʼ ἦν ὁ μάλιστα κατορθώσας τοὺς νόμους καὶ τῆς δικαιοτάτης περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ πίστεως ἐπιτυχὼν πάρεστιν ἐξ αὐτῶν κατανοεῖν τῶν νόμων ἀντιπαραβάλλοντας· ἤδη γὰρ περὶ τούτων λεκτέον
“ Tis dʼ ēn ho malista katorthōsas tous nomous kai tēs dikaiotatēs peri tou theou pisteōs epitychōn parestin ex autōn katanoein tōn nomōn antiparaballontas; ēdē gar peri toutōn lekteon
"Who it was that most successfully established laws and attained the most just belief about God, one may learn from the laws themselves by comparing them; for it is now time to speak of these things.
8.8.2Dindorf 1:419
οὐκοῦν ἄπειροι μὲν αἱ κατὰ μέρος τῶν ἐθῶν καὶ τῶν νόμων παρὰ τοῖς ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις διαφοραὶ, κεφαλαιωδῶς ἂν ἐπίοι τίς.
oukoun apeiroi men hai kata meros tōn ethōn kai tōn nomōn para tois hapasin anthrōpois diaphorai, kephalaiōdōs an epioi tis.
Now the particular differences of customs and laws among all people are endless, but one may go over them in summary.
8.8.3Dindorf 1:419
οἱ μὲν γὰρ μοναρχίαις, οἱ δὲ ταῖς ὀλίγων δυναστείαις, ἄλλοι δὲ τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἐπέτρεψαν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῶν πολιτευμάτων, ὁ δʼ ἡμέτερος νομοθέτης εἰς μὲν τούτων οὐδʼ ὁτιοῦν ἀπεῖδεν, ὡς δʼ ἄν τις εἴποι βιασάμενος τὸν λόγον θεοκρατίαν ἀπέδειξε τὸ πολίτευμα ‚ θεῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὸ κράτος ἀναθεὶς, καὶ πείσας εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἅπαντας ἀφορᾶν ὡς αἴτιον μὲν ἀπάντων ὄντα τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἃ κοινῇ τε πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὑπάρχει καὶ ὅσων ἔτυχον αὐτοὶ δεηθέντες ἐν ἀμηχάνοις· λαθεῖν δὲ τὴν ἐκείνου γνώμην οὐκ ἐνὸν οὔτε τι τῶν πραττομένων οὐδὲν οὔθʼ ὧν ἄν τις παρʼ αὐτῷ διανοηθείη.
hoi men gar monarchiais, hoi de tais oligōn dynasteiais, alloi de tois plēthesin epetrepsan tēn exousian tōn politeumatōn, ho dʼ hēmeteros nomothetēs eis men toutōn oudʼ hotioun apeiden, hōs dʼ an tis eipoi biasamenos ton logon theokratian apedeixe to politeuma ‚ theǭ tēn archēn kai to kratos anatheis, kai peisas eis ekeinon hapantas aphoran hōs aition men apantōn onta tōn agathōn, ha koinę̄ te pasin anthrōpois hyparchei kai hosōn etychon autoi deēthentes en amēchanois; lathein de tēn ekeinou gnōmēn ouk enon oute ti tōn prattomenōn ouden outhʼ hōn an tis parʼ autǭ dianoētheiē.
Some have entrusted the authority of their states to monarchies, others to oligarchies, others to the masses; but our lawgiver paid no attention at all to any of these, but made the polity, as one might say by forcing the language, a theocracy, ascribing the rule and power to God, and persuading all to look to him as the cause of all good things, both those common to all people and those they themselves obtained by prayer in difficulties; and that it is not possible to escape his knowledge, neither anything that is done nor anything one thinks in one's heart.
8.8.4Dindorf 1:419
ἀλλʼ αὐτὸν ἀπέφηνε καὶ ἀγέννητον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀίδιον χρόνον ἀναλλοίωτον, πάσης ἰδέας θνητῆς κάλλει διαφέροντα, καὶ δυνάμει μὲν ἡμῖν γνώριμον ‚ ὁποῖος δὲ κατʼ οὐσίαν ἐστὶν ἄγνωστον.
allʼ auton apephēne kai agennēton kai pros ton aidion chronon analloiōton, pasēs ideas thnētēs kallei diapheronta, kai dynamei men hēmin gnōrimon ‚ hopoios de katʼ ousian estin agnōston.
He declared him unbegotten and unchangeable for eternal time, surpassing every mortal form in beauty, known to us by his power, but unknown as to what he is in his being.
8.8.5Dindorf 1:419–420
ταῦτα περὶ θεοῦ φρονεῖν οἱ σοφώτατοι παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ὅτι μὲν ἐδιδάχθησαν‚ ἐκείνου τὰς ἀρχὰς παρασχόντος‚ ἐῶ νῦν λέγειν· ὅτι δέ ἐστι καλὰ καὶ πρέποντα τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ φύσει καὶ μεγαλειότητι σφόδρα μεμαρτυρήκασι· καὶ γὰρ Πυθαγόρας καὶ Ἀναξαγόρας καὶ Πλάτων οἵ τε μετʼ ἐκεῖνον ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι καὶ μικροῦ δεῖν ἅπαντες οὕτω φαίνονται περὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ φύσεως πεφρονηκότες.
tauta peri theou phronein hoi sophōtatoi parʼ Hellēsin hoti men edidachthēsan‚ ekeinou tas archas paraschontos‚ eō nyn legein; hoti de esti kala kai preponta tę̄ tou theou physei kai megaleiotēti sphodra memartyrēkasi; kai gar Pythagoras kai Anaxagoras kai Platōn hoi te metʼ ekeinon apo tēs Stoas philosophoi kai mikrou dein hapantes houtō phainontai peri tēs tou theou physeōs pephronēkotes.
That the wisest of the Greeks were taught to think these things about God, he having supplied the principles, I leave aside for now; but that these thoughts are noble and befitting the nature and majesty of God they have strongly testified. For Pythagoras, Anaxagoras, Plato, and the Stoic philosophers after him, and almost all, plainly thought thus about the nature of God.
8.8.6Dindorf 1:420
ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν πρὸς ὀλίγους φιλοσοφοῦντες εἰς πλήθη δόξαις κατειλημμένα τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ δόγματος ἐξενεγκεῖν οὐκ ἐτόλμησαν ‚ ὁ δʼ ἡμέτερος νομοθέτης, ἅτε δὴ τὰ ἔργα παρέχων τοῖς νόμοις σύμφωνα, οὐ μόνον τοὺς καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἔπεισεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ ἐκείνων ἀεὶ γενησομένοις τὴν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ πίστιν ἐνέφυσεν ἀμετακίνητον.
allʼ hoi men pros oligous philosophountes eis plēthē doxais kateilēmmena tēn alētheian tou dogmatos exenenkein ouk etolmēsan ‚ ho dʼ hēmeteros nomothetēs, hate dē ta erga parechōn tois nomois symphōna, ou monon tous kathʼ heauton epeisen, alla kai tois ex ekeinōn aei genēsomenois tēn peri tou theou pistin enephysen ametakinēton.
But they, philosophizing for a few, did not dare to bring the truth of the doctrine out to masses held by opinions; while our lawgiver, since he made his deeds agree with his laws, not only persuaded his own contemporaries but implanted an immovable belief about God also in all who would ever be born from them.
8.8.7Dindorf 1:420
αἴτιον δʼ, ὅτι καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς νομοθεσίας πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον πάντων πολὺ διήνεγκεν. οὐ γὰρ μέρος ἀρετῆς ἐποίησε τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἀλλὰ ταύτης μέρη τε ἄλλα καὶ συνεῖδεν αὐτὰ καὶ κατέστησε· λέγω δὲ τὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν σωφροσύνην ‚ τὴν καρτερίαν, τὴν τῶν πολιτῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐν ἅπασι συμφωνίαν.
aition dʼ, hoti kai tǭ tropǭ tēs nomothesias pros to chrēsimon pantōn poly diēnenken. ou gar meros aretēs epoiēse tēn eusebeian, alla tautēs merē te alla kai syneiden auta kai katestēse; legō de tēn dikaiosynēn, tēn sōphrosynēn ‚ tēn karterian, tēn tōn politōn pros allēlous en hapasi symphōnian.
The reason is that in the manner of his legislation too he far surpassed all others for usefulness. For he did not make piety a part of virtue, but saw and established the other virtues as parts of it, I mean justice, self-control, endurance, and the harmony of citizens with one another in all things.
8.8.8Dindorf 1:420
ἅπασαι γὰρ αἱ πράξεις καὶ διατριβαὶ καὶ λόγοι πάντες ἐπὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν εὐσέβειαν ἔχουσι τὴν ἀναφοράν· οὐδὲν γὰρ τούτων ἀνεξέταστον οὐδʼ ἀόριστον παρέλιπεν.
hapasai gar hai praxeis kai diatribai kai logoi pantes epi tēn pros ton theon hēmōn eusebeian echousi tēn anaphoran; ouden gar toutōn anexetaston oudʼ aoriston parelipen.
For all our actions, occupations, and words refer to piety toward our God; for he left none of these unexamined or undefined.
8.8.9Dindorf 1:420–421
δύο μὲν γάρ εἰσιν ἁπάσης παιδείας τρόποι καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰ ἤθη κατασκευῆς, ὧν ὁ μὲν λόγῳ διδασκαλικὸς, ὁ δὲ διὰ τῆς ἀσκήσεως τῶν ἠθῶν. οἱ μὲν οὖν ἄλλοι νομοθέται ταῖς γνώμαις διέστησαν καὶ τὸν ἕτερον αὐτῶν ὃν ἔδοξεν ἑκάστοις ἑλόμενοι τὸν ἕτερον παρέλιπον· οἷον Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν καὶ Κρῆτες ἔθεσιν ἐπαίδευον, οὐ λόγοις, Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ καὶ σχεδὸν οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες Ἕλληνες ἃ μὲν χρὴ πράττειν ἢ μὴ προσέταττον διὰ τῶν νόμων ‚ τοῦ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὰ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐθίζειν ὠλιγώρουν.
dyo men gar eisin hapasēs paideias tropoi kai tēs peri ta ēthē kataskeuēs, hōn ho men logǭ didaskalikos, ho de dia tēs askēseōs tōn ēthōn. hoi men oun alloi nomothetai tais gnōmais diestēsan kai ton heteron autōn hon edoxen hekastois helomenoi ton heteron parelipon; hoion Lakedaimonioi men kai Krētes ethesin epaideuon, ou logois, Athēnaioi de kai schedon hoi alloi pantes Hellēnes ha men chrē prattein ē mē prosetatton dia tōn nomōn ‚ tou de pros auta dia tōn ergōn ethizein ōligōroun.
There are two ways of all education and of forming character: one by teaching in words, the other by the practice of habits. The other lawgivers were divided in their opinions, each choosing the one that seemed good to them and neglecting the other. The Lacedaemonians and Cretans, for example, educated by customs, not by words; while the Athenians and almost all the other Greeks prescribed through their laws what one must do or not, but neglected to accustom people to them by deeds.
8.8.10Dindorf 1:421
ὁ δʼ ἡμέτερος νομοθέτης ἄμφω ταῦτα συνήρμοσε κατὰ πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν· οὔτε γὰρ κωφὴν ἀπέλιπε τὴν τῶν ἠθῶν ἄσκησιν οὔτε τὸν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου λόγον ἄπρακτον εἴασεν, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἀρξάμενος τροφῆς καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ἑκάστων διαίτης οὐδὲν οὐδὲ τῶν βραχυτάτων αὐτεξούσιον ἐπὶ ταῖς βουλήσεσι τῶν χρησομένων κατέλιπεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ σιτίων ὅσων ἀπέχεσθαι χρὴ καὶ τίνα προσφέρεσθαι, καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινωνησάντων τῆς διαίτης, ἔργων τε συντονίας καὶ τοὔμπαλιν ἀναπαύσεως ὅρον ἔθηκεν αὐτὸς καὶ κανόνα τὸν νόμον, ἵνʼ ὥσπερ ὑπὸ πατρὶ τούτῳ καὶ δεσπότῃ ζῶντες μήτε βουλόμενοι μηδὲν μήθʼ ὑπʼ ἀγνοίας ἁμαρτάνωμεν.
ho dʼ hēmeteros nomothetēs amphō tauta synērmose kata pollēn epimeleian; oute gar kōphēn apelipe tēn tōn ēthōn askēsin oute ton ek tou nomou logon aprakton eiasen, allʼ euthys apo tēs prōtēs arxamenos trophēs kai tēs kata ton oikon hekastōn diaitēs ouden oude tōn brachytatōn autexousion epi tais boulēsesi tōn chrēsomenōn katelipen, alla kai peri sitiōn hosōn apechesthai chrē kai tina prospheresthai, kai peri tōn koinōnēsantōn tēs diaitēs, ergōn te syntonias kai toumpalin anapauseōs horon ethēken autos kai kanona ton nomon, hinʼ hōsper hypo patri toutǭ kai despotę̄ zōntes mēte boulomenoi mēden mēthʼ hypʼ agnoias hamartanōmen.
But our lawgiver joined both with great care. He neither left the practice of habits mute nor allowed the word of the law to go unpracticed; but beginning at once from the first nurture and the way of life of each in the home, he left nothing, not even the smallest thing, to the free will of those who would follow it. He himself set the law as limit and rule about what foods one must abstain from and what one may take, about those who share one's table, and about the intensity of work and, conversely, rest, so that, living under it as under a father and master, we might sin in nothing, whether willingly or through ignorance.
8.8.11Dindorf 1:421
οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑποτίμησιν κατέλιπεν ‚ ἀλλὰ καὶ κάλλιστον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον ἀπέδειξε παίδευμα τὸν νόμον, οὐκ εἰσάπαξ ἀκροασαμένοις, οὐδὲ δὶς ἢ πολλάκις, ἀλλʼ ἑκάστης ἑβδομάδος τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων ἀφεμένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρόασιν ἐκέλευσε τοῦ νόμου συλλέγεσθαι καὶ τοῦτον ἀκριβῶς ἐκμανθάνειν· ὃ δὴ πάντες ἐοίκασιν οἱ νομοθέται παραλιπεῖν.
oude gar tēn hypo tēs agnoias hypotimēsin katelipen ‚ alla kai kalliston kai anankaiotaton apedeixe paideuma ton nomon, ouk eisapax akroasamenois, oude dis ē pollakis, allʼ hekastēs hebdomados tōn allōn ergōn aphemenous epi tēn akroasin ekeleuse tou nomou syllegesthai kai touton akribōs ekmanthanein; ho dē pantes eoikasin hoi nomothetai paralipein.
For he did not leave even the excuse of ignorance, but showed the law to be the finest and most necessary instruction, commanding that it be heard not once, nor twice or several times, but that every week people should leave their other work and gather to hear the law and learn it exactly; something that all lawgivers seem to have neglected.
8.8.12Dindorf 1:421
καὶ τοσοῦτον οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπέχουσι τοῦ κατὰ τοὺς οἰκείους ζῆν νόμους ὥστε σχεδὸν αὐτοὺς οὐδʼ ἴσασιν· ἀλλʼ ὅταν ἐξαμαρτάνωσι, τότε παρʼ ἄλλων μανθάνουσιν ὅτι τὸν νόμον παραβεβήκασιν. οἵ τε τὰς μεγίστας καὶ κυριωτάτας παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀρχὰς διοικοῦντες ὁμολογοῦσι τὴν ἄγνοιαν· ἐπιστάτας γὰρ παρακαθίστανται τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων οἰκονομίας τοὺς ἐμπειρίαν ἔχειν τῶν νόμων ὑπισχνουμένους.
kai tosouton hoi pleistoi tōn anthrōpōn apechousi tou kata tous oikeious zēn nomous hōste schedon autous oudʼ isasin; allʼ hotan examartanōsi, tote parʼ allōn manthanousin hoti ton nomon parabebēkasin. hoi te tas megistas kai kyriōtatas parʼ autois archas dioikountes homologousi tēn agnoian; epistatas gar parakathistantai tēs tōn pragmatōn oikonomias tous empeirian echein tōn nomōn hypischnoumenous.
And most people are so far from living by their own laws that they hardly even know them; but when they do wrong, then they learn from others that they have broken the law. Even those who hold the greatest and most authoritative offices among them confess their ignorance; for they appoint as supervisors of the administration of affairs those who profess to have experience of the laws.
8.8.13Dindorf 1:421–422
ἡμῶν δʼ ὁντινοῦν τις ἕλοιτο, τοὺς νόμους ῥᾷον ἄν τις εἴποι πάντας ἢ τοὔνομα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ. τοιγαροῦν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης εὐθὺς αἰσθήσεως αὐτοὺς ἐκμανθάνοντες ἔχομεν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὥσπερ ἐγκεχαραγμένους. καὶ σπάνιος μὲν ὁ παραβαίνων ‚ ἀδύνατος δʼ ἡ τῆς κολάσεως παραίτησις.
hēmōn dʼ hontinoun tis heloito, tous nomous rhąon an tis eipoi pantas ē tounoma to heautou. toigaroun apo tēs prōtēs euthys aisthēseōs autous ekmanthanontes echomen en tais psychais hōsper enkecharagmenous. kai spanios men ho parabainōn ‚ adynatos dʼ hē tēs kolaseōs paraitēsis.
But if anyone were to ask any one of us, he would recite all the laws more easily than his own name. Learning them from our very first awareness, we have them engraved, as it were, on our souls. And a transgressor is rare, and escape from punishment impossible.
8.8.14Dindorf 1:422
“ Τοῦτο πρῶτον ἁπάντων τὴν θαυμαστὴν ὁμόνοιαν ἡμῖν ἐμπεποίηκε. τὸ γὰρ μίαν μὲν ἔχειν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν δόξαν περὶ θεοῦ, τῷ βίῳ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσι μηδὲν ἀλλήλων διαφέρειν ‚ καλλίστην ἐν ἤθεσιν ἀνθρώπων συμφωνίαν ἀποτελεῖ.
“ Touto prōton hapantōn tēn thaumastēn homonoian hēmin empepoiēke. to gar mian men echein kai tēn autēn doxan peri theou, tǭ biǭ de kai tois ethesi mēden allēlōn diapherein ‚ kallistēn en ēthesin anthrōpōn symphōnian apotelei.
"This above all has produced in us our wonderful unanimity. For to have one and the same opinion about God, and to differ in nothing from one another in way of life and customs, produces the finest harmony in human character.
8.8.15Dindorf 1:422
παρʼ ἡμῖν γὰρ μόνοις οὔτε περὶ θεοῦ λόγους ἀκούσεται τοὺς ἀλλήλοις ὑπεναντίους, ὁποῖα πολλὰ παρʼ ἑτέροις· οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων γὰρ μόνον τὸ κατὰ τὸ προσπεσὸν ἑκάστῳ λέγεται πάθος, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρά τισι τῶν φιλοσόφων ἀποτετόλμηται, τῶν μὲν τὴν ὅλην τοῦ θεοῦ φύσιν ἀναιρεῖν τοῖς λόγοις ἐπικεχειρηκότων ‚ ἄλλων δὲ τὴν ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων αὐτὸν πρόνοιαν ἀφαιρουμένων· οὐδʼ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι τῶν βίων ὄψεται διαφορὰν ‚ ἀλλὰ κοινὰ μὲν ἔργα πάντων παρʼ ἡμῖν, εἷς δʼ ὁ λόγος ὁ τῷ νόμῳ συμφωνῶν περὶ θεοῦ, πάντα λέγων ἐκεῖνον ἐφορᾶν.
parʼ hēmin gar monois oute peri theou logous akousetai tous allēlois hypenantious, hopoia polla parʼ heterois; ouch hypo tōn tychontōn gar monon to kata to prospeson hekastǭ legetai pathos, alla kai para tisi tōn philosophōn apotetolmētai, tōn men tēn holēn tou theou physin anairein tois logois epikecheirēkotōn ‚ allōn de tēn hyper anthrōpōn auton pronoian aphairoumenōn; oudʼ en tois epitēdeumasi tōn biōn opsetai diaphoran ‚ alla koina men erga pantōn parʼ hēmin, heis dʼ ho logos ho tǭ nomǭ symphōnōn peri theou, panta legōn ekeinon ephoran.
For among us alone will one hear no conflicting statements about God, such as are many among others (for not only do ordinary people say whatever occurs to each in his feelings, but even some of the philosophers have dared it, some attempting by their arguments to do away with the very nature of God, others depriving him of providence for humans); nor will one see any difference in the practices of life, but among us all works are common, and there is one doctrine about God, agreeing with the law, saying that he oversees all things.
8.8.16Dindorf 1:422
καὶ μὴν περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐπιτηδευμάτων ‚ ὅτι δεῖ πάντα τὰ ἄλλα τέλος ἔχειν τὴν εὐσέβειαν, καὶ γυναικῶν ἀκούσειεν ἄν τις καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν. ὅθεν δὴ καὶ τὸ προσφερόμενον ἡμῖν ὑπό τινων ἔγκλημα, τὸ δὴ μὴ καινῶν εὑρετὰς ἔργων ἢ λόγων ἄνδρας παρασχεῖν, ἐντεῦθεν συμβέβηκεν.
kai mēn peri tōn kata ton bion epitēdeumatōn ‚ hoti dei panta ta alla telos echein tēn eusebeian, kai gynaikōn akouseien an tis kai tōn oiketōn. hothen dē kai to prospheromenon hēmin hypo tinōn enklēma, to dē mē kainōn heuretas ergōn ē logōn andras paraschein, enteuthen symbebēken.
And about the practices of life, that piety must be the end of all else, one may hear even from women and servants. Hence also the charge brought against us by some, that we have not produced men who are inventors of new works or words, has arisen from this.
8.8.17Dindorf 1:422
οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι τὸ μηδενὶ τῶν πατρίων ἐμμένειν καλὸν εἶναι νομίζουσι, καὶ τοῖς μάλιστα τολμῶσι ταῦτα παραβαίνειν σοφίας δεινότητα μαρτυροῦσιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον μίαν εἶναι καὶ φρόνησιν καὶ ἀρετὴν ὑπειλήφαμεν, τὸ μηδὲν ὅλως ὑπεναντίον μήτε πρᾶξαι μήτε διανοηθῆναι τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς νομοθετηθεῖσιν.
hoi men gar alloi to mēdeni tōn patriōn emmenein kalon einai nomizousi, kai tois malista tolmōsi tauta parabainein sophias deinotēta martyrousin, hēmeis de tounantion mian einai kai phronēsin kai aretēn hypeilēphamen, to mēden holōs hypenantion mēte praxai mēte dianoēthēnai tois ex archēs nomothetētheisin.
For the others think it good to abide by nothing ancestral, and attest the cleverness of wisdom to those who most dare to transgress it; but we, on the contrary, have supposed that the one wisdom and virtue is to do or think nothing at all contrary to what was legislated from the beginning.
8.8.18Dindorf 1:422–423
ὅπερ εἰκότως ἂν εἴη τεκμήριον τοῦ κάλλιστα τὸν νόμον τεθῆναι. τὰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτον ἔχοντα τὸν τρόπον αἱ πεῖραι δεόμεναι διορθώσεως ἐλέγχουσιν· ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς πεισθεῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τεθῆναι τὸν νόμον κατὰ θεοῦ βούλησιν οὐδʼ εὐσεβὲς ἦν ἔτι τοῦτο μὴ φυλάττειν.
hoper eikotōs an eiē tekmērion tou kallista ton nomon tethēnai. ta gar mē touton echonta ton tropon hai peirai deomenai diorthōseōs elenchousin; hēmin de tois peistheisin ex archēs tethēnai ton nomon kata theou boulēsin oudʼ eusebes ēn eti touto mē phylattein.
This would fairly be a proof that the law was laid down most excellently. For experience shows that laws not of this kind need correction; but for us, who were persuaded that the law was laid down from the beginning according to God's will, it would not even be pious not to keep it.
8.8.19Dindorf 1:423
τί γὰρ αὐτοῦ τις ἂν μετακινήσειεν; ἢ τί κάλλιον ἐξεῦρεν, ἢ τί παρʼ ἑτέρων ὡς ἄμεινον μετήνεγκεν; ἆρά γε τὴν ὅλην κατάστασιν τοῦ πολιτεύματος; καὶ τίς ἂν καλλίων ἢ δικαιοτέρα γένοιτο τῆς τὸν θεὸν μὲν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων ἡγεῖσθαι πεποιημένης, τοῖς ἱερεῦσι δὲ κοινῇ μὲν τὰ μέγιστα διοικεῖν ἐπιτρεπούσης, τῷ δὲ πάντων ἀρχιερεῖ πάλιν πεπιστευκυίας τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἱερέων ἡγεμονίαν;
ti gar autou tis an metakinēseien? ē ti kallion exeuren, ē ti parʼ heterōn hōs ameinon metēnenken? ara ge tēn holēn katastasin tou politeumatos? kai tis an kalliōn ē dikaiotera genoito tēs ton theon men hēgemona tōn holōn hēgeisthai pepoiēmenēs, tois hiereusi de koinę̄ men ta megista dioikein epitrepousēs, tǭ de pantōn archierei palin pepisteukuias tēn tōn allōn hiereōn hēgemonian?
For what of it could one change? Or what better could one find, or bring over from others as superior? The whole constitution of the polity? And what could be finer or more just than one that has made God leader of all, entrusts the greatest matters to the priests in common, and has committed in turn to the high priest the leadership of the other priests?
8.8.20Dindorf 1:423
οὓς οὐ κατὰ πλοῦτον οὐδέ τισιν ἄλλαις προύχοντας πλεονεξίαις τὸ πρῶτον εὐθὺς ὁ νομοθέτης ἐπὶ τὴν τιμὴν ἔταξεν, ἀλλʼ ὅσοι τῶν μετʼ αὐτοῦ πειθοῖ τε καὶ σωφροσύνῃ τῶν ἄλλων διέφερον, τούτοις τὴν περὶ τὸν θεὸν θεραπείαν ἐνεχείρισεν.
hous ou kata plouton oude tisin allais prouchontas pleonexiais to prōton euthys ho nomothetēs epi tēn timēn etaxen, allʼ hosoi tōn metʼ autou peithoi te kai sōphrosynę̄ tōn allōn diepheron, toutois tēn peri ton theon therapeian enecheirisen.
These the lawgiver did not appoint to the honor at the very first for wealth or any other advantages; but to those of his companions who excelled the rest in persuasiveness and self-control he entrusted the service of God.
8.8.21Dindorf 1:423
τοῦτο δʼ ἦν καὶ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀκριβὴς ἐπιμέλεια· καὶ γὰρ ἐπόπται πάντων καὶ δικασταὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων καὶ κολασταὶ τῶν κατεγνωσμένων οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐτάχθησαν.”
touto dʼ ēn kai tou nomou kai tōn allōn epitēdeumatōn akribēs epimeleia; kai gar epoptai pantōn kai dikastai tōn amphisbētoumenōn kai kolastai tōn kategnōsmenōn hoi hiereis etachthēsan.”
And this involved exact care of the law and of the other practices; for the priests were appointed overseers of all things, judges of disputes, and punishers of the condemned."
8.8.22Dindorf 1:423
“Τίς ἂν οὖν ἀρχὴ γένοιτο ταύτης ὁσιωτέρα; τίς δὲ τιμὴ θεῷ μᾶλλον ἁρμόζουσα; παντὸς μὲν τοῦ πλήθους κατεσκευασμένου πρὸς τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἐξαίρετον δὲ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν ἱερέων πεπιστευμένων, ὥσπερ δὲ τελετή ἐστι τῆς ὅλης πολιτείας οἰκονομουμένης.
“Tis an oun archē genoito tautēs hosiōtera? tis de timē theǭ mallon harmozousa? pantos men tou plēthous kateskeuasmenou pros tēn eusebeian, exaireton de tēn epimeleian tōn hiereōn pepisteumenōn, hōsper de teletē esti tēs holēs politeias oikonomoumenēs.
"What rule, then, could be holier than this? What honor more fitting to God? The whole people is prepared for piety, the priests have been entrusted with special care, and the whole polity is administered as if it were a sacred rite.
8.8.23Dindorf 1:423
ἃ γὰρ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν ἀριθμὸν ἐπιτηδεύοντες ἄλλοι φυλάττειν οὐ δύνανται, μυστήρια καὶ τελετὰς ἐπονομάζοντες, ταῦτα μετὰ πολλῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ γνώμης ἀμεταθέτου φυλάττομεν ἡμεῖς διὰ τοῦ παντὸς αἰῶνος.
ha gar oligōn hēmerōn arithmon epitēdeuontes alloi phylattein ou dynantai, mystēria kai teletas eponomazontes, tauta meta pollēs hēdonēs kai gnōmēs ametathetou phylattomen hēmeis dia tou pantos aiōnos.
For what others, practicing them for a number of days, cannot keep, calling them mysteries and rites, these we keep with great delight and unchangeable resolve throughout our whole life.
8.8.24Dindorf 1:423–424
τίνες οὖν εἰσιν αἱ προρρήσεις καὶ προαγορεύσεις; ἁπλαῖ τε καὶ γνώριμοι. πρώτη δʼ ἡγεῖται ἡ περὶ θεοῦ λέγουσα, θεὸς ἔχει τὰ σύμπαντα, παντελὴς καὶ μακάριος, αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ καὶ πᾶσιν αὐτάρκης, ἀρχὴ καὶ μέση καὶ τέλος πάντων οὗτος· ἔργοις μὲν καὶ χάρισιν ἐναργὴς καὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν φανερώτερος, μορφὴν δὲ καὶ μέγεθος ἡμῖν ἀφανέστατος.
tines oun eisin hai prorrēseis kai proagoreuseis? haplai te kai gnōrimoi. prōtē dʼ hēgeitai hē peri theou legousa, theos echei ta sympanta, pantelēs kai makarios, autos heautǭ kai pasin autarkēs, archē kai mesē kai telos pantōn houtos; ergois men kai charisin enargēs kai pantos houtinosoun phanerōteros, morphēn de kai megethos hēmin aphanestatos.
What, then, are the precepts and prohibitions? They are simple and well known. First comes the one about God, which says: God holds all things, perfect and blessed, sufficient for himself and for all; he is beginning, middle, and end of all things; manifest in his works and gifts, and more evident than anything whatever, but in form and magnitude most hidden from us.
8.8.25Dindorf 1:424
πᾶσα μὲν ὕλη πρὸς εἰκόνα τὴν τούτου, κἂν ᾖ πολυτελὴς, ἄτιμος· πᾶσα δὲ τέχνη πρὸς μιμήσεως ἐπίνοιαν ἄτεχνος· οὐδὲν ὅμοιον οὔτʼ εἴδομεν οὔτʼ ἐπινοοῦμεν οὔτʼ εἰκάζειν ἐστὶν ὅσιον.
pasa men hylē pros eikona tēn toutou, kan ę̄ polytelēs, atimos; pasa de technē pros mimēseōs epinoian atechnos; ouden homoion outʼ eidomen outʼ epinooumen outʼ eikazein estin hosion.
All material, however costly, is worthless for an image of him; every art is artless for conceiving a copy of him. We have seen nothing like him, nor do we conceive anything, nor is it holy to make a likeness.
8.8.26Dindorf 1:424
ἔργα βλέπομεν αὐτοῦ, φῶς, οὐρανὸν, γῆν, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην, ὕδατα, ζῴων γενέσεις, καρπῶν ἀναδόσεις. ταῦτα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν, οὐ χερσὶν, οὐ πόνοις, οὔ τινων ἐργασαμένων ἐπιδεηθεὶς, ἀλλʼ αὐτοῦ καλὰ θελήσαντος καλῶς ἦν εὐθὺς γεγονότα.
erga blepomen autou, phōs, ouranon, gēn, hēlion kai selēnēn, hydata, zǭōn geneseis, karpōn anadoseis. tauta ho theos epoiēsen, ou chersin, ou ponois, ou tinōn ergasamenōn epideētheis, allʼ autou kala thelēsantos kalōs ēn euthys gegonota.
We see his works: light, heaven, earth, sun and moon, waters, the births of animals, the yields of fruits. These God made not with hands, not with toil, needing no co-workers; but when he willed them to be beautiful, they were at once beautifully made.
8.8.27Dindorf 1:424
τούτῳ δεῖ πάντας ἀκολουθεῖν καὶ θεραπεύειν αὐτὸν ἀσκοῦντας ἀρετήν· τρόπος γὰρ θεοῦ θεραπείας οὗτος ὁσιώτατος.
toutǭ dei pantas akolouthein kai therapeuein auton askountas aretēn; tropos gar theou therapeias houtos hosiōtatos.
All must follow him and serve him by practicing virtue; for this is the holiest way of serving God.
8.8.28Dindorf 1:424
εἷς ναὸς ἑνὸς θεοῦ, (φίλον γὰρ ἀεὶ παντὶ τὸ ὅμοιον, ) κοινὸς ἁπάντων, κοινοῦ θεοῦ ἁπάντων. τοῦτον θεραπεύουσι μὲν διὰ παντὸς οἱ ἱερεῖς· ἡγεῖται δὲ τούτων ὁ πρῶτος ἀεὶ κατὰ γένος. οὗτος μετὰ τῶν συνιερέων θύσει τῷ θεῷ, φυλάξει τοὺς νόμους, δικάσει περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, κολάσει τοὺς ἐλεγχθέντας. ὁ τούτῳ μὴ πειθόμενος ὑφέξει δίκην, ὡς εἰς τὸν θεὸν αὐτὸν ἀσεβῶν.
heis naos henos theou, (philon gar aei panti to homoion, ) koinos hapantōn, koinou theou hapantōn. touton therapeuousi men dia pantos hoi hiereis; hēgeitai de toutōn ho prōtos aei kata genos. houtos meta tōn syniereōn thysei tǭ theǭ, phylaxei tous nomous, dikasei peri tōn amphisbētoumenōn, kolasei tous elenchthentas. ho toutǭ mē peithomenos hyphexei dikēn, hōs eis ton theon auton asebōn.
One temple of the one God (for like is always dear to like), common to all, of the God common to all. The priests serve him continually, and the first by descent always leads them. He, with his fellow priests, will sacrifice to God, guard the laws, judge disputes, and punish the convicted. Whoever disobeys him will pay the penalty as one impious toward God himself.
8.8.29Dindorf 1:424
θύομεν τὰς θυσίας οὐκ εἰς πλήρωσιν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ μέθην, (ἀβούλητα γὰρ τῷ θεῷ τάδε, καὶ πρόφασις ἂν ὕβρεως γένοιτο καὶ πολυτελείας·) ἀλλὰ σώφρονας, εὐτάκτους, εὐσταλεῖς, ὅπως μάλιστα θύοντες σωφρονῶσι. καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις χρὴ πρῶτον ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς εὔχεσθαι σωτηρίας, εἶθʼ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν· (ἐπὶ γὰρ κοινωνίᾳ γεγόναμεν·) καὶ ταύτην ὁ προτιμῶν τοῦ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἰδίου μάλιστα εἴη θεῷ κεχαρισμένος.
thyomen tas thysias ouk eis plērōsin heautois kai methēn, (aboulēta gar tǭ theǭ tade, kai prophasis an hybreōs genoito kai polyteleias;) alla sōphronas, eutaktous, eustaleis, hopōs malista thyontes sōphronōsi. kai epi tais thysiais chrē prōton hyper tēs koinēs euchesthai sōtērias, eithʼ hyper heautōn; (epi gar koinōnią gegonamen;) kai tautēn ho protimōn tou kathʼ heauton idiou malista eiē theǭ kecharismenos.
We offer sacrifices not for our own surfeit and drunkenness (for these things are unwelcome to God, and would become a pretext for insolence and extravagance), but sober, orderly, and simple, so that in sacrificing people may be most self-controlled. And at the sacrifices one must pray first for the common welfare, then for oneself (for we were born for fellowship); and one who prefers this to his own private good would be most pleasing to God.
8.8.30Dindorf 1:424–425
παράκλησις δὲ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἔστω διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς καὶ δέησις, οὐχ ὅπως διδῷ τὰ ἀγαθά· (δέδωκε γὰρ αὐτὸς ἑκὼν καὶ πᾶσιν εἰς μέσον κατατέθεικεν·) ἀλλʼ ὅπως δέχεσθαι δυνώμεθα καὶ λαβόντες φυλάττωμεν.
paraklēsis de pros ton theon estō dia tēs euchēs kai deēsis, ouch hopōs didǭ ta agatha; (dedōke gar autos hekōn kai pasin eis meson katatetheiken;) allʼ hopōs dechesthai dynōmetha kai labontes phylattōmen.
Let appeal and petition be made to God in prayer, not that he may give good things (for he has given them himself willingly and laid them out in common for all), but that we may be able to receive them and, having received them, keep them.
8.8.31Dindorf 1:425
ἁγνείας ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις διῄρηκεν ὁ νόμος ἀπὸ κήδους, ἀπὸ λέχους ‚ ἀπὸ κοινωνίας τῆς πρὸς γυναῖκα καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων, ἃ μακρὸν ἂν εἴη νῦν γράφειν. ”
hagneias epi tais thysiais dię̄rēken ho nomos apo kēdous, apo lechous ‚ apo koinōnias tēs pros gynaika kai pollōn allōn, ha makron an eiē nyn graphein. ”
For the sacrifices the law has prescribed purifications after a funeral, after childbirth, after intercourse with a woman, and many other things, which it would take long to write now."
8.8.32Dindorf 1:425
‘‘Τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐκείνου θεραπείας λόγος ἡμῖν ἐστίν· ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἅμα καὶ νόμος. τίνες δὲ οἱ περὶ γάμων νόμοι; μίξιν μόνην οἶδεν ὁ νόμος τὴν κατὰ φύσιν τὴν πρὸς γυναῖκα, καὶ ταύτην, εἰ μέλλοι τέκνων ἕνεκα γίνεσθαι· τὴν δὲ πρὸς ἄρρενα ἀρρένων ἐστύγηκε, καὶ θάνατος τὸ ἐπιτίμιον εἴ τις ἐπιχειρήσειε.
‘‘Toioutos men ho peri theou kai tēs ekeinou therapeias logos hēmin estin; ho dʼ autos hama kai nomos. tines de hoi peri gamōn nomoi? mixin monēn oiden ho nomos tēn kata physin tēn pros gynaika, kai tautēn, ei melloi teknōn heneka ginesthai; tēn de pros arrena arrenōn estygēke, kai thanatos to epitimion ei tis epicheirēseie.
"Such is our account of God and his worship, and the same is also our law. And what are the laws about marriage? The law knows only the natural union with a woman, and this only if it is for the sake of children. Intercourse of males with males it abhors, and death is the penalty if anyone attempts it.
8.8.33Dindorf 1:425
γαμεῖν δὲ κελεύει μὴ προικὶ προσέχοντας, μηδὲ βιαίοις ἁρπαγαῖς, μηδʼ αὖ δόλῳ καὶ διʼ ἀπάτης πείσαντας ‚ ἀλλὰ μνηστεύειν παρὰ τοῦ δοῦναι κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ συγγένειαν ἐπιτήδειον. γυνὴ χείρων, φησὶν, ἀνδρὸς εἰς ἅπαντα· τοιγαροῦν ὑπακουέτω, μὴ πρὸς ὕβριν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα ἄρχηται· θεὸς γὰρ ἀνδρὶ κράτος ἔδωκε.
gamein de keleuei mē proiki prosechontas, mēde biaiois harpagais, mēdʼ au dolǭ kai diʼ apatēs peisantas ‚ alla mnēsteuein para tou dounai kyriou, kai kata syngeneian epitēdeion. gynē cheirōn, phēsin, andros eis hapanta; toigaroun hypakouetō, mē pros hybrin, allʼ hina archētai; theos gar andri kratos edōke.
It commands men to marry without regard to dowry, not by violent abduction, nor again by persuading through craft and deceit, but to seek her in betrothal from the one who has authority to give her, and of suitable kinship. 'The woman,' it says, 'is inferior to the man in all things'; let her therefore obey, not for outrage, but so that she may be governed; for God gave authority to the man.
8.8.34Dindorf 1:425
ταύτῃ συνεῖναι δεῖ τὸν γήμαντα μόνῃ· τὸ δὲ τὴν ἄλλου πειρᾶν ἀνόσιον. εἰ δέ τις τοῦτο πράξειεν, οὐδεμία θανάτου παραίτησις· οὔτε εἰ βιάσαιτο παρθένον ἑτέρῳ συνωμολογημένην οὔτʼ εἰ πείσαι γεγαμημένην.
tautę̄ syneinai dei ton gēmanta monę̄; to de tēn allou peiran anosion. ei de tis touto praxeien, oudemia thanatou paraitēsis; oute ei biasaito parthenon heterǭ synōmologēmenēn outʼ ei peisai gegamēmenēn.
The one who has married must be with her alone; to make an attempt on another man's wife is unholy. If anyone does this, there is no escape from death; neither if he violates a virgin betrothed to another, nor if he seduces a married woman.
8.8.35Dindorf 1:425
τέκνα τρέφειν ἅπαντα προσέταξε. καὶ γυναιξὶν ἀπεῖπε μήτʼ ἀμβλοῦν τὸ σπαρὲν μήτε διαφθείρειν ‚ ἀλλὰ ἢν φανείη, τεκνοκτόνος ἂν εἴη ψυχὴν ἀφανίζουσα καὶ τὸ γένος ἐλαττοῦσα.
tekna trephein hapanta prosetaxe. kai gynaixin apeipe mētʼ ambloun to sparen mēte diaphtheirein ‚ alla ēn phaneiē, teknoktonos an eiē psychēn aphanizousa kai to genos elattousa.
He commanded that all children be raised, and forbade women to cause abortion of what was conceived or to destroy it; if she were discovered, she would be a child-killer, destroying a soul and diminishing the race.
8.8.36Dindorf 1:425–426
τοιγαροῦν οὐδʼ εἴ τις ἐπὶ λέχους φθορὰν παρέλθοι, καθαρὸς εἶναι τότε προσήκει. καὶ μετὰ τὴν νόμιμον συνουσίαν ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς ἀπολούεσθαι, ψυχῆς ἔχειν τοῦτο μερισμὸν πρὸς ἄλλην χώραν ὑπέλαβε. καὶ γὰρ ἐμφυομένη σώμασι κακοπαθεῖ, καὶ τούτων αὖ πάλιν θανάτῳ διακριθεῖσα. διόπερ ἁγνείας ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔταξεν.
toigaroun oudʼ ei tis epi lechous phthoran parelthoi, katharos einai tote prosēkei. kai meta tēn nomimon synousian andros kai gynaikos apolouesthai, psychēs echein touto merismon pros allēn chōran hypelabe. kai gar emphyomenē sōmasi kakopathei, kai toutōn au palin thanatǭ diakritheisa. dioper hagneias epi pasi tois toioutois etaxen.
So then, if anyone proceeds to the corruption of the marriage bed, he can no longer be clean. And even after the lawful intercourse of husband and wife he required washing, supposing that this involves a division of the soul into another place; for the soul suffers when implanted in bodies, and again when separated from them by death. Therefore he ordained purifications for all such things.
8.8.37Dindorf 1:426
οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν παίδων γενέσεσιν ἐπέτρεψεν εὐωχίαν συντελεῖν καὶ προφάσεις ποιεῖσθαι μέθης, ἀλλὰ σώφρονα τὴν ἀρχὴν εὐθὺς τῆς τροφῆς ἔταξε, καὶ γράμματα παιδεύειν ἐκέλευσε τὰ περὶ τοὺς νόμους, καὶ τῶν προγόνων τὰς πράξεις ἐπίστασθαι, τὰς μὲν ἵνα μιμῶνται, τοῖς δʼ ἵνα συντρεφόμενοι μήτε παραβαίνωσι μήτε σκῆψιν ἀγνοίας ἔχωσι.
ou mēn oudʼ epi tais tōn paidōn genesesin epetrepsen euōchian syntelein kai prophaseis poieisthai methēs, alla sōphrona tēn archēn euthys tēs trophēs etaxe, kai grammata paideuein ekeleuse ta peri tous nomous, kai tōn progonōn tas praxeis epistasthai, tas men hina mimōntai, tois dʼ hina syntrephomenoi mēte parabainōsi mēte skēpsin agnoias echōsi.
Nor did he allow feasting to be held at the births of children and occasions made for drunkenness, but ordained a sober beginning of their upbringing from the very first; and he commanded that children be taught letters concerning the laws and be acquainted with the deeds of their forefathers, the latter so that they may imitate them, and the former so that, growing up with them, they may neither transgress nor have the excuse of ignorance.
8.8.38Dindorf 1:426
τῆς εἰς τοὺς τετελευτηκότας προενόησεν ὁσίας, οὐ πολυτελείαις ἐνταφίων, οὐδὲ κατασκευαῖς μνημείων ἐπιφανῶν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν περὶ τὴν κηδείαν ἔταξε τοῖς οἰκειοτάτοις ἐπιτελεῖν, πᾶσι δὲ τοῖς παριοῦσι θαπτομένου τινὸς καὶ προσελθεῖν καὶ συναποδύρεσθαι νόμιμον ἐποίησε. καθαίρειν δὲ κελεύει καὶ τὸν οἶκον καὶ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας ἀπὸ κήδους, ἵνα πλεῖστον ἀπέχῃ τοῦ δοκεῖν καθαρὸς εἶναί τις φόνον ἐργασάμενος.
tēs eis tous teteleutēkotas proenoēsen hosias, ou polyteleiais entaphiōn, oude kataskeuais mnēmeiōn epiphanōn, alla ta men peri tēn kēdeian etaxe tois oikeiotatois epitelein, pasi de tois pariousi thaptomenou tinos kai proselthein kai synapodyresthai nomimon epoiēse. kathairein de keleuei kai ton oikon kai tous enoikountas apo kēdous, hina pleiston apechę̄ tou dokein katharos einai tis phonon ergasamenos.
He provided for piety toward the dead, not by costly funerals or the building of conspicuous monuments; but he ordained that the closest relatives perform the funeral rites, and made it lawful for all passers-by, when someone is being buried, to come and join in the mourning. He commands that the house and its inhabitants be purified after a funeral, so that one who has committed murder may be very far from seeming pure.
8.8.39Dindorf 1:426
γονέων τιμὴν μετὰ τὴν πρὸς θεὸν δευτέραν ἔταξε καὶ τὸν οὐκ ἀμειβόμενον τὰς παρʼ αὐτῶν χάριτας, ἀλλʼ εἰς ὁτιοῦν ἐλλείποντα ‚ λευσθησόμενον παραδίδωσι.
goneōn timēn meta tēn pros theon deuteran etaxe kai ton ouk ameibomenon tas parʼ autōn charitas, allʼ eis hotioun elleiponta ‚ leusthēsomenon paradidōsi.
He ranked honor of parents second after honor toward God, and he hands over to be stoned one who does not repay their kindnesses but falls short in anything.
8.8.40Dindorf 1:426
καὶ παντὸς τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου τιμὴν ἔχειν τοὺς νέους φησὶν ‚ ἐπεὶ πρεσβύτατον ὁ θεός.
kai pantos tou presbyterou timēn echein tous neous phēsin ‚ epei presbytaton ho theos.
He says that the young must honor every elder, since God is the eldest.
8.8.41Dindorf 1:426
κρύπτειν οὐδὲν ἐᾷ πρὸς φίλους, οὐ γὰρ εἶναι φιλίαν τὴν μὴ πάντα πιστεύουσαν· κἂν συμβῇ τις ἔχθρα, τούτων ἀπόρρητα λέγειν κεκώλυκε.
kryptein ouden eą pros philous, ou gar einai philian tēn mē panta pisteuousan; kan symbę̄ tis echthra, toutōn aporrēta legein kekōlyke.
He allows nothing to be hidden from friends, for friendship that does not trust in everything is not friendship; and if some enmity arises, he has forbidden telling their secrets.
8.8.42Dindorf 1:426
δικάζων εἰ δῶρά τις λάβοι ‚ θάνατος ἡ ζημία. περιορῶν ἱκέτην, βοηθεῖν ἐνὸν, ὑπεύθυνος. ὃ μὴ κατέθηκέ τις, οὐκ ἀναιρήσεται. τῶν ἀλλοτρίων οὐδενὸς ἄψεται. δανείσας τόκον οὐ λήψεται. ταῦτα καὶ πολλὰ τούτοις ὅμοια τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἡμῶν συνέχει κοινωνίαν.”
dikazōn ei dōra tis laboi ‚ thanatos hē zēmia. periorōn hiketēn, boēthein enon, hypeuthynos. ho mē katethēke tis, ouk anairēsetai. tōn allotriōn oudenos apsetai. daneisas tokon ou lēpsetai. tauta kai polla toutois homoia tēn pros allēlous hēmōn synechei koinōnian.”
If a judge takes bribes, death is the penalty. One who disregards a suppliant when able to help is liable. What one did not deposit he shall not take up. He shall touch nothing belonging to others. One who lends shall not take interest. These and many like them hold together our fellowship with one another."
8.8.43Dindorf 1:426–427
Πῶς δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλοφύλους ἐπιεικείας ἐφρόνησεν ὁ νομοθέτης ἄξιον ἰδεῖν· φανεῖται γὰρ ἄριστα πάντων προνοησάμενος ὅπως μήτε τὰ οἰκεῖα διαφθείρωμεν μήτε φθονήσωμεν τοῖς μετέχειν τῶν ἡμετέρων προαιρουμένοις.
Pōs de kai peri tēs pros allophylous epieikeias ephronēsen ho nomothetēs axion idein; phaneitai gar arista pantōn pronoēsamenos hopōs mēte ta oikeia diaphtheirōmen mēte phthonēsōmen tois metechein tōn hēmeterōn proairoumenois.
It is worth seeing too how the lawgiver thought about fairness toward foreigners; for he will be seen to have provided best of all that we should neither corrupt our own ways nor grudge those who choose to share in ours.
8.8.44Dindorf 1:427
ὅσοι μὲν γὰρ θέλουσιν ὑπὸ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν νόμους ζῆν ὑπελθόντες, δέχεται φιλοφρόνως ‚ οὐ τῷ γένει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ προαιρέσει τοῦ βίου νομίζων εἶναι τὴν οἰκειότητα· τοὺς δὲ ἐκ παρέργου προσιόντας ἀναμίγνυσθαι τῇ συνηθείᾳ οὐκ ἠθέλησε.
hosoi men gar thelousin hypo tous autous hēmin nomous zēn hypelthontes, dechetai philophronōs ‚ ou tǭ genei monon, alla kai tę̄ proairesei tou biou nomizōn einai tēn oikeiotēta; tous de ek parergou prosiontas anamignysthai tę̄ synētheią ouk ēthelēse.
For all who wish to come and live under the same laws as we, he receives kindly, thinking that kinship consists not in race alone but also in choice of life; but he did not wish those who approach casually to mingle in our intimate fellowship.
8.8.45Dindorf 1:427
τἄλλα δὲ προείρηκεν ὧν ἡ μετάδοσίς ἐστιν ἀναγκαία· πᾶσι παρέχειν τοῖς δεομένοις πῦρ, ὕδωρ, τροφὴν ‚ ὁδοὺς φράζειν, ἄταφον μὴ περιορᾶν.
talla de proeirēken hōn hē metadosis estin anankaia; pasi parechein tois deomenois pyr, hydōr, trophēn ‚ hodous phrazein, ataphon mē perioran.
The other things whose sharing is necessary he has prescribed: to provide fire, water, and food to all who need them, to point out the road, and not to leave anyone unburied.
8.8.46Dindorf 1:427
ἐπιεικεῖς δὲ καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους κριθέντας εἶναι· οὐ γὰρ ἐᾷ τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν πυρπολεῖν ‚ οὐδὲ κόπτειν ἥμερα δένδρα συγκεχώρηκεν· ἀλλὰ καὶ σκυλεύειν ἀπείρηκε τοὺς ἐν τῇ μάχῃ πεσόντας, καὶ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων προυνόησεν, ὅπως αὐτῶν ὕβρις ἀπῇ, μάλιστα δὲ γυναικῶν.
epieikeis de kai ta pros tous polemious krithentas einai; ou gar eą tēn gēn autōn pyrpolein ‚ oude koptein hēmera dendra synkechōrēken; alla kai skyleuein apeirēke tous en tę̄ machę̄ pesontas, kai tōn aichmalōtōn prounoēsen, hopōs autōn hybris apę̄, malista de gynaikōn.
He wished us to be fair even toward those judged enemies. For he does not allow their land to be burned, nor has he permitted cultivated trees to be cut down; he has forbidden stripping those fallen in battle, and has provided for captives, that outrage be kept from them, especially from women.
8.8.47Dindorf 1:427
οὕτως δὲ πόρρωθεν ἡμερότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν διδάσκειν ἡμᾶς ἐσπούδασεν ὥστε οὐδὲ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων ὠλιγώρησεν, ἀλλὰ μόνην ἀφῆκε τούτων χρῆσιν τὴν νενομισμένην, πᾶσαν δʼ ἑτέραν ἐκώλυσεν. ἃ δʼ ὥσπερ ἱκετεύοντα προσφεύγει ταῖς οἰκίαις, ἀπεῖπεν ἀνελεῖν· οὐδὲ νεοττοῖς τοὺς γονέας αὐτῶν ἐπέτρεψε συνεξαίρειν· φείδεσθαι δὲ κἀν τῇ πολεμίᾳ τῶν ἐργαζομένων ζῴων καὶ μὴ φονεύειν.’’
houtōs de porrōthen hēmerotēta kai philanthrōpian didaskein hēmas espoudasen hōste oude tōn alogōn zǭōn ōligōrēsen, alla monēn aphēke toutōn chrēsin tēn nenomismenēn, pasan dʼ heteran ekōlysen. ha dʼ hōsper hiketeuonta prospheugei tais oikiais, apeipen anelein; oude neottois tous goneas autōn epetrepse synexairein; pheidesthai de kan tę̄ polemią tōn ergazomenōn zǭōn kai mē phoneuein.’’
So far-reaching was his zeal to teach us gentleness and humanity that he did not neglect even irrational animals, but permitted only the customary use of them and forbade every other. Those that flee to houses as if in supplication he forbade to kill; nor did he allow the parents to be taken together with their young; and in enemy country one must spare and not kill working animals."
8.8.48Dindorf 1:427
“ Οὕτω πανταχόθεν τὰ πρὸς ἐπιείκειαν περιεσκέψατο, διδασκαλικοῖς μὲν τοῖς προειρημένοις χρησάμενος νόμοις, τοὺς δʼ αὖ κατὰ τῶν παραβαινόντων τιμωρητικοὺς τάξας ‚ οὐκ ἄνευ προφάσεως. ζημία γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν παραβαινόντων ὁ θάνατος, ἂν μοιχεύσῃ τις, ἂν βιάσηται κόρην, ἂν ἄρρενι τολμήσῃ πεῖραν προσφέρειν ‚ ἂν ὑπομείνῃ παθεῖν ὁ πειρασθείς.
“ Houtō pantachothen ta pros epieikeian perieskepsato, didaskalikois men tois proeirēmenois chrēsamenos nomois, tous dʼ au kata tōn parabainontōn timōrētikous taxas ‚ ouk aneu prophaseōs. zēmia gar epi tois pleistois tōn parabainontōn ho thanatos, an moicheusę̄ tis, an biasētai korēn, an arreni tolmēsę̄ peiran prospherein ‚ an hypomeinę̄ pathein ho peirastheis.
"Thus he considered fairness from every side, using the laws mentioned before for teaching, and appointing in turn punitive laws against transgressors, not without reason. For death is the penalty for most transgressors: if anyone commits adultery, if anyone violates a girl, if anyone dares to make an attempt on a male, if the one attempted submits to it.
8.8.49Dindorf 1:427–428
ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ δούλοις ὁμοίως ὁ νόμος ἀπαραίτητος. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ μέτρων, ἤν τις κακουργήσειεν, ἢ σταθμῶν, ἢ περὶ πράσεως ἀδίκου καὶ δόλῳ γενομένης ‚ κἂν ὑφέληταί τις ἀλλότριον, κἂν ὃ μὴ κατέθηκεν ἀνέληται, πάντων εἰσὶ κολάσεις, οὐχ οἷαι παρʼ ἑτέροις, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον. περὶ μὲν γὰρ γονέων ἀδικίας, ἢ τῆς εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀσεβείας, κἂν μέλλῃ τις ‚ εὐθὺς ἀπόλλυται.
esti de kai epi doulois homoiōs ho nomos aparaitētos. alla kai peri metrōn, ēn tis kakourgēseien, ē stathmōn, ē peri praseōs adikou kai dolǭ genomenēs ‚ kan hyphelētai tis allotrion, kan ho mē katethēken anelētai, pantōn eisi kolaseis, ouch hoiai parʼ heterois, allʼ epi to meizon. peri men gar goneōn adikias, ē tēs eis ton theon asebeias, kan mellę̄ tis ‚ euthys apollytai.
And the law is likewise inexorable in the case of slaves. Moreover, if anyone cheats in measures or weights, or in an unjust and deceitful sale, or steals what belongs to another, or takes up what he did not deposit, there are punishments for all, not such as among others, but more severe. For wrongs against parents, or impiety toward God, even if one only intends it, one is at once put to death.
8.8.50Dindorf 1:428
τοῖς μέντοι γε κατὰ τοὺς νόμους πάντα πράττουσι γέρας ἐστὶν οὐκ ἀργύριον, οὐδὲ χρυσὸς, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ κοτίνου στέφανος, ἢ σελίνου, καὶ τοιαύτη τις ἀνακήρυξις, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ἕκαστος αὑτῷ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔχων μαρτυροῦν πεπίστευκε, (τοῦ μὲν νομοθέτου προφητεύσαντος, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τὴν πίστιν ἰσχυρὰν παρεσχηκότος, ) ὅτι τοῖς τοὺς νόμους διαφυλάξασιν, κἂν εἰ δέοι θνήσκειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, προθύμως ἀποθανεῖν ‚ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς γενέσθαι τε πάλιν καὶ βίον ἀμείνω λαβεῖν ἐκ περιτροπῆς.’’
tois mentoi ge kata tous nomous panta prattousi geras estin ouk argyrion, oude chrysos, ou mēn oude kotinou stephanos, ē selinou, kai toiautē tis anakēryxis, allʼ autos hekastos hautǭ to syneidos echōn martyroun pepisteuke, (tou men nomothetou prophēteusantos, tou de theou tēn pistin ischyran pareschēkotos, ) hoti tois tous nomous diaphylaxasin, kan ei deoi thnēskein hyper autōn, prothymōs apothanein ‚ edōken ho theos genesthai te palin kai bion ameinō labein ek peritropēs.’’
But for those who do everything according to the laws, the prize is not silver or gold, nor a crown of wild olive or celery, nor any such proclamation; but each one, having his own conscience as witness, has believed (the lawgiver having prophesied it and God having given strong assurance) that to those who have kept the laws, and, if they must die for them, have died willingly, God has granted to come into being again and to receive a better life in the turning of the ages.
8.8.51Dindorf 1:428–429
“ Ὤκνουν δʼ ἂν ἐγὼ νῦν ταῦτα γράφειν ‚ εἰ μὴ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἅπασιν ἦν φανερὸν ὅτι πολλοὶ καὶ πολλάκις ἤδη τῶν ἡμετέρων περὶ τοῦ μηδὲ ῥῆμα φθέγξασθαι παρὰ τὸν νόμον πάντα παθεῖν γενναίως προείλοντο. καίτοι γε εἰ μὴ συμβεβήκει γνώριμον ἡμῶν τὸ ἔθνος ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις ὑπάρχειν ‚ κἀν φανερῷ κεῖσθαι τὴν ἐθελούσιον ἡμῶν τοῖς νόμοις ἀκολουθίαν, ἀλλά τις ἢ συγγράψαι λέγων αὐτὸς ἀνεγίνωσκε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἤ που περιτυχεῖν ἔξω τῆς γινωσκομένης γῆς ἔφασκεν ἀνθρώποις ‚ τοιαύτην μὲν ἔχουσι δόξαν οὕτω σεμνὴν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοιούτοις δὲ νόμοις πολὺν αἰῶνα βεβαίως ἐμμεμενηκόσι, πάντας ἂν οἶμαι θαυμάσαι διὰ τὰς συνεχεῖς παρʼ αὐτοῖς μεταβολάς· ἀμέλει τῶν γράψαι τι παραπλήσιον εἰς πολιτείαν καὶ νόμους ἐπιχειρησάντων ὡς θαυμαστὰ συνθέντων κατηγοροῦσι ‚ φάσκοντες αὐτοὺς λαβεῖν ἀδυνάτους ὑποθέσεις.
“ Ōknoun dʼ an egō nyn tauta graphein ‚ ei mē dia tōn ergōn hapasin ēn phaneron hoti polloi kai pollakis ēdē tōn hēmeterōn peri tou mēde rhēma phthenxasthai para ton nomon panta pathein gennaiōs proeilonto. kaitoi ge ei mē symbebēkei gnōrimon hēmōn to ethnos hapasin anthrōpois hyparchein ‚ kan phanerǭ keisthai tēn ethelousion hēmōn tois nomois akolouthian, alla tis ē syngrapsai legōn autos aneginōske tois Hellēsin, ē pou peritychein exō tēs ginōskomenēs gēs ephasken anthrōpois ‚ toiautēn men echousi doxan houtō semnēn peri tou theou, toioutois de nomois polyn aiōna bebaiōs emmemenēkosi, pantas an oimai thaumasai dia tas synecheis parʼ autois metabolas; amelei tōn grapsai ti paraplēsion eis politeian kai nomous epicheirēsantōn hōs thaumasta synthentōn katēgorousi ‚ phaskontes autous labein adynatous hypotheseis.
"I would have hesitated to write these things now, were it not plain to all from the facts that many of our people, many times, have chosen to suffer everything nobly rather than utter even a word against the law. And indeed, if our nation did not happen to be known to all people, and our willing obedience to the laws were not in plain view, but someone either said he had written it himself and read it to the Greeks, or claimed that he had met people beyond the known world who had so venerable an opinion of God and had firmly abided for a long age by such laws, I think all would wonder at it, because of the continual changes among themselves. Certainly they accuse those who have tried to write anything similar on polity and laws of having composed marvels, saying that they took impossible premises.
8.8.52Dindorf 1:429
καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους παραλείπω φιλοσόφους ‚ ὅσοι τι τοιοῦτον ἐν τοῖς συγγράμμασιν ἐπραγματεύσαντο· Πλάτων δὲ θαυμαζόμενος παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὡς καὶ σεμνότητι βίου διενεγκὼν, καὶ δυνάμει λόγων καὶ πειθοῖ πάντας ὑπεράρας τοὺς ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ γεγονότας ‚ ὑπὸ τῶν φασκόντων δεινῶν εἶναι τὰ πολιτικὰ μικροῦ δεῖν χλευαζόμενος καὶ κωμῳδούμενος διατελεῖ.
kai tous men allous paraleipō philosophous ‚ hosoi ti toiouton en tois syngrammasin epragmateusanto; Platōn de thaumazomenos para tois Hellēsin, hōs kai semnotēti biou dienenkōn, kai dynamei logōn kai peithoi pantas hyperaras tous en philosophią gegonotas ‚ hypo tōn phaskontōn deinōn einai ta politika mikrou dein chleuazomenos kai kōmǭdoumenos diatelei.
I pass over the other philosophers who treated some such subject in their writings; but Plato, admired among the Greeks as one who excelled in dignity of life and surpassed all philosophers in power of speech and persuasion, continues to be all but mocked and ridiculed by those who claim to be skilled in politics.
8.8.53Dindorf 1:429
καίτοι τἀκείνου σκώπτων συχνῶς τις ἂν εὕροι ῥᾷον καὶ τὰς τῶν πολλῶν ἔγγιον συνηθείας. αὐτὸς δὲ Πλάτων ὡμολόγηκεν ὅτι τὴν ἀληθῆ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ δόξαν εἰς τὴν τῶν ὄχλων ἄνοιαν οὐκ ἦν ἀσφαλὲς ἐξενεγκεῖν.
kaitoi takeinou skōptōn sychnōs tis an heuroi rhąon kai tas tōn pollōn engion synētheias. autos de Platōn hōmologēken hoti tēn alēthē peri tou theou doxan eis tēn tōn ochlōn anoian ouk ēn asphales exenenkein.
And yet anyone examining his works closely would find them easier, and nearer to the customs of the many. Plato himself admitted that it was not safe to bring out the true opinion about God to the ignorance of the crowds.
8.8.54Dindorf 1:429
ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν Πλάτωνος λόγους τινὲς εἶναι κενοὺς νομίζουσι ‚ κατὰ πολλὴν ἐξουσίαν κεκαλλιγραφημένους. μάλιστα δὲ τῶν νομοθετῶν Λυκοῦργον τεθαυμάκασι, καὶ τὴν Σπάρτην ἅπαντες ὑμνοῦσιν, ὅτι τοῖς ἐκείνου νόμοις ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐνεκαρτέρησαν.
alla ta men Platōnos logous tines einai kenous nomizousi ‚ kata pollēn exousian kekalligraphēmenous. malista de tōn nomothetōn Lykourgon tethaumakasi, kai tēn Spartēn hapantes hymnousin, hoti tois ekeinou nomois epi pleiston enekarterēsan.
But some think Plato's works are empty words, written beautifully with great license. Among lawgivers they have admired Lycurgus most, and all praise Sparta because they persevered longest in his laws.
8.8.55Dindorf 1:429
οὐκοῦν τοῦτο μὲν ὁμολογείσθω τεκμήριον ἀρετῆς εἶναι, τὸ πείθεσθαι τοῖς νόμοις. οἱ δὲ Λακεδαιμονίους θαυμάζοντες τὸν ἐκείνων χρόνον Λακεδαιμονίους ’σαν τοῖς πλείοσιν ἢ δισχιλίοις ἔτεσι τῆς ἡμετέρας πολιτείας· καὶ προσέτι λογιζέσθωσαν ὅτι Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν, ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν χρόνον εἶχον τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἀκριβῶς ἔδοξαν τοὺς νόμους διαφυλάττειν, ἐπεὶ μέντοι περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐγένοντο μεταβολαὶ τῆς τύχης‚ μικροῦ δεῖν ἁπάντων ἐξελάθοντο τῶν νόμων· ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐν τύχαις μυρίαις γεγονότες, διὰ τὰς τῶν βασιλευσάντων τῆς Ἀσίας μεταβολὰς, οὐδʼ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις τῶν δεινῶν τοὺς νόμους προύδομεν. ”
oukoun touto men homologeisthō tekmērion aretēs einai, to peithesthai tois nomois. hoi de Lakedaimonious thaumazontes ton ekeinōn chronon Lakedaimonious ’san tois pleiosin ē dischiliois etesi tēs hēmeteras politeias; kai proseti logizesthōsan hoti Lakedaimonioi men, hoson ephʼ heautōn chronon eichon tēn eleutherian, akribōs edoxan tous nomous diaphylattein, epei mentoi peri autous egenonto metabolai tēs tychēs‚ mikrou dein hapantōn exelathonto tōn nomōn; hēmeis de en tychais myriais gegonotes, dia tas tōn basileusantōn tēs Asias metabolas, oudʼ en tois eschatois tōn deinōn tous nomous proudomen. ”
Let this, then, be agreed to be a proof of virtue: obedience to the laws. But let those who admire the Lacedaemonians compare their duration with the more than two thousand years of our polity; and let them consider besides that the Lacedaemonians seemed to keep the laws exactly only as long as they had their freedom, but when changes of fortune came upon them they forgot almost all their laws; while we, having been in countless misfortunes through the changes of the kings who ruled Asia, did not betray our laws even in the extremity of dangers."
8.8.56Dindorf 1:429–430
Ταῦτα μὲν καὶ Ἰώσηπος περὶ τῆς κατὰ Μωσέα Ἰουδαίων πολιτείας. περὶ δὲ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τεθεῖσι νόμοις ἐπεσκιασμένης καὶ ἀλληγορικῆς θεωρίας πολλὰ ἔχων εἰπεῖν ἐπαρκεῖν ἡγοῦμαι τὰς Ἐλεαζάρου καὶ Ἀριστοβούλου διηγήσεις, ἀνδρῶν τὸ μὲν Ἑβραίων ἀνέκαθεν, τὸν δὲ χρόνον κατὰ τοὺς Πτολεμαίων χρόνους διαπρεψάντων.
Tauta men kai Iōsēpos peri tēs kata Mōsea Ioudaiōn politeias. peri de tēs en tois hypʼ autou tetheisi nomois epeskiasmenēs kai allēgorikēs theōrias polla echōn eipein eparkein hēgoumai tas Eleazarou kai Aristoboulou diēgēseis, andrōn to men Hebraiōn anekathen, ton de chronon kata tous Ptolemaiōn chronous diaprepsantōn.
So much from Josephus too about the Jewish polity according to Moses. About the veiled and allegorical meaning in the laws he laid down, though I have much to say, I think the accounts of Eleazar and Aristobulus suffice, men Hebrew by descent who flourished in the times of the Ptolemies.
8.8.57Dindorf 1:430
ὧν ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος καὶ τῷ τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης ἀξιώματι τετιμημένος μικρῷ πρότερον ἡμῖν ἐδηλοῦτο, ὃς δὴ τοῖς παρὰ βασιλέως ὡς αὐτὸν ἥκουσι πρεσβείας ἕνεκα τῆς τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν λόγων ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μεταβολῆς τὸν τρόπον ὑποτυπούμενος τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις ἀλληγορουμένης ἰδέας, τοιαύτην πεποίηται τοῦ λόγου τὴν διδασκαλίαν
hōn ho Eleazaros kai tǭ tēs archierōsynēs axiōmati tetimēmenos mikrǭ proteron hēmin edēlouto, hos dē tois para basileōs hōs auton hēkousi presbeias heneka tēs tōn Hebraïkōn logōn epi tēn Hellada metabolēs ton tropon hypotypoumenos tēs en tois hierois nomois allēgoroumenēs ideas, toiautēn pepoiētai tou logou tēn didaskalian
Of these, Eleazar, honored with the dignity of the high priesthood, was mentioned by us a little earlier. To those who came to him from the king on the embassy for the translation of the Hebrew writings into Greek, sketching the manner of the allegorical meaning in the sacred laws, he gave this teaching:
Preparation 8, chapter 9
8.9.1Dindorf 1:430
Ἄξιον δὲ ἐπιμνησθῆναι διὰ βραχέων τῶν ὑποδειχθέντων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ διʼ ἡμῶν ἐπιζητηθέντα· νομίζειν γὰρ τοῖς πολλοῖς περιεργίαν ἔχειν τινὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ νομοθεσίᾳ, λέγω δὲ περί τε βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων ἀκαθάρτων εἶναι κνωδάλων.
Axion de epimnēsthēnai dia bracheōn tōn hypodeichthentōn hypʼ autou pros ta diʼ hēmōn epizētēthenta; nomizein gar tois pollois periergian echein tina tōn en tę̄ nomothesią, legō de peri te brōtōn kai potōn kai tōn nomizomenōn akathartōn einai knōdalōn.
"It is worth mentioning briefly what he showed us in answer to our questions. For most people think there is a certain overscrupulousness in some parts of the legislation, I mean concerning foods and drinks and the creatures considered unclean.
8.9.2Dindorf 1:430
πυνθανομένων γὰρ ἡμῶν διὰ τί, μιᾶς καταβολῆς οὔσης ‚ τὰ μὲν ἀκάθαρτα νομίζεται πρὸς βρῶσιν, τὰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἁφήν· (δεισιδαιμόνως γὰρ τὰ πλεῖστα τὴν νομοθεσίαν ἔχειν ‚ ἐν δὲ τούτοις πάλιν δεισιδαιμόνως·) πρὸς ταῦτα οὕτως ἐνήρξατο·
pynthanomenōn gar hēmōn dia ti, mias katabolēs ousēs ‚ ta men akatharta nomizetai pros brōsin, ta de kai pros tēn haphēn; (deisidaimonōs gar ta pleista tēn nomothesian echein ‚ en de toutois palin deisidaimonōs;) pros tauta houtōs enērxato;
For when we asked why, there being one creation, some things are considered unclean for eating and some even for touching (for the legislation, we said, is superstitious in most things, and in these again superstitious), he began thus in reply:
8.9.3Dindorf 1:430
Θεωρεῖς ‚ ἔφη, τὰς ἀναστροφὰς καὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας, οἷον ἐνεργάζονται πρᾶγμα, διότι κακοῖς ὁμιλήσαντες διαστροφὰς ἐπιλαμβάνουσιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ταλαίπωροι διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν εἰσίν· ἐὰν δὲ σοφοῖς καὶ φρονίμοις συζῶσιν, ἐξ ἀγνοίας ἐπανορθώσεως εἰς τὸν βίον ἔτυχον.
Theōreis ‚ ephē, tas anastrophas kai tas homilias, hoion energazontai pragma, dioti kakois homilēsantes diastrophas epilambanousin anthrōpoi, kai talaipōroi diʼ holou tou zēn eisin; ean de sophois kai phronimois syzōsin, ex agnoias epanorthōseōs eis ton bion etychon.
"You see," he said, "what effect ways of life and associations have: people who associate with the bad acquire perversions and are wretched all their lives; but if they live with the wise and prudent, they gain correction from ignorance for their life.
8.9.4Dindorf 1:430–431
διαστειλάμενος οὑν τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης πρῶτον ὁ νομοθέτης ἡμῶν καὶ διδάξας ἕκαστα περὶ τούτων, οὐκ ἀπαγορευτικῶς μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἐνδεικτικῶς ‚ καὶ τὰς βλάβας προδήλους καὶ τὰς ὑπὸ θεοῦ γενομένας ἐπιπομπὰς τοῖς αἰτίοις.
diasteilamenos houn ta tēs eusebeias kai dikaiosynēs prōton ho nomothetēs hēmōn kai didaxas hekasta peri toutōn, ouk apagoreutikōs monon, allʼ endeiktikōs ‚ kai tas blabas prodēlous kai tas hypo theou genomenas epipompas tois aitiois.
Our lawgiver, then, first set out the matters of piety and justice and taught each point about them, not only by prohibition but by demonstration, showing plainly both the harms and the visitations sent by God on the guilty.
8.9.5Dindorf 1:431
προυπέδειξε γὰρ πρῶτον πάντων ὅτι μόνος ὁ θεός ἐστι καὶ διὰ πάντων ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται, πεπληρωμένου παντὸς τόπου τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτὸν λανθάνει τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς γινομένων ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων κρυφίως ‚ ἀλλʼ ὅσα ποιεῖ τις αὐτῷ φανερὰ καθέστηκε καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι.
proupedeixe gar prōton pantōn hoti monos ho theos esti kai dia pantōn hē dynamis autou phanera ginetai, peplērōmenou pantos topou tēs dynasteias, kai ouden auton lanthanei tōn epi gēs ginomenōn hypʼ anthrōpōn kryphiōs ‚ allʼ hosa poiei tis autǭ phanera kathestēke kai ta mellonta ginesthai.
For he showed first of all that God is one, and that his power is made manifest through all things, every place being filled with his sovereignty, and nothing done secretly by people on earth escapes him, but whatever anyone does is manifest to him, as also what is to come.
8.9.6Dindorf 1:431
ταῦτʼ οὖν ἐξεργαζόμενος ἀκριβῶς καὶ πρόδηλα θεὶς ἔδειξεν ὅτι καὶ ἐὰν ἐννοηθῇ τις κακίαν ἐπιτελεῖν οὐκ ἂν λάθοι, μὴ ὅτι καὶ πράξας ‚ διʼ ὅλης τῆς νομοθεσίας τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνατὸν ἐνδεικνύμενος.
tautʼ oun exergazomenos akribōs kai prodēla theis edeixen hoti kai ean ennoēthę̄ tis kakian epitelein ouk an lathoi, mē hoti kai praxas ‚ diʼ holēs tēs nomothesias to tou theou dynaton endeiknymenos.
Working this out exactly and making it plain, he showed that even if one thinks of doing wrong, he would not escape notice, let alone if he does it, showing God's power throughout the whole legislation.
8.9.7Dindorf 1:431
ποιησάμενος οὖν τὴν καταρχὴν ταύτην, καὶ δείξας ὅτι πάντες οἱ λοιποὶ παρʼ ἡμὰς ἄνθρωποι πολλοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι νομίζουσιν, αὐτοὶ δυναμικώτεροι πολλῷ καθεστῶτες ὧν σέβονται ματαίως. ἀγάλματα γὰρ ποιήσαντες ἐκ λίθων ἢ ξύλων εἰκόνας φασὶν εἶναι τῶν ἐξευρόντων τι πρὸς τὸ ζῆν αὐτοῖς χρήσιμον, οἷς προσκυνοῦσι, παρὰ πόδας ἔχοντες τὴν ἀναισθησίαν.
poiēsamenos oun tēn katarchēn tautēn, kai deixas hoti pantes hoi loipoi parʼ hēmas anthrōpoi pollous theous einai nomizousin, autoi dynamikōteroi pollǭ kathestōtes hōn sebontai mataiōs. agalmata gar poiēsantes ek lithōn ē xylōn eikonas phasin einai tōn exeurontōn ti pros to zēn autois chrēsimon, hois proskynousi, para podas echontes tēn anaisthēsian.
Having made this beginning, he showed that all other people besides us think there are many gods, though they themselves are much more powerful than the things they vainly worship. For they make statues of stones or wood and say they are images of those who discovered something useful to them for life, and they worship them, though their insensibility is before their feet.
8.9.8Dindorf 1:431
εἴτε γὰρ κατʼ ἐκεῖνό τις θείη, κατὰ τὴν ἐξεύρεσιν, παντελῶς ἀνόητον. τῶν γὰρ ἐν τῇ κτίσει λαβόντες τινὰ συνέθηκαν καὶ προσυπέδειξαν εὐχρηστοτάτην τὴν κατασκευὴν αὐτῶν, οὐ ποιήσαντες αὐτοί· διὸ κενὸν καὶ μάταιον τοὺς ὁμοίους ἀποθεοῦν.
eite gar katʼ ekeino tis theiē, kata tēn exeuresin, pantelōs anoēton. tōn gar en tę̄ ktisei labontes tina synethēkan kai prosypedeixan euchrēstotatēn tēn kataskeuēn autōn, ou poiēsantes autoi; dio kenon kai mataion tous homoious apotheoun.
For if one were to reckon by that, by invention, it is utterly foolish. For they took some of the things in creation and put them together and showed their construction to be most useful, but did not make them themselves; therefore it is empty and vain to deify those like themselves.
8.9.9Dindorf 1:431
καὶ γὰρ ἔτι καὶ νῦν εὑρετικώτεροι καὶ πολυμαθέστεροι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν πρίν εἰσι πολλοὶ ‚ καὶ οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν αὐτοὺς προσκυνοῦντες.
kai gar eti kai nyn heuretikōteroi kai polymathesteroi tōn anthrōpōn tōn prin eisi polloi ‚ kai ouk an phthanoien autous proskynountes.
For even now there are many more inventive and learned than people of old, and they would be quick to worship them too.
8.9.10Dindorf 1:431–432
καὶ νομίζουσιν οἱ ταῦτα διαπλάσαντες καὶ μυθοποιήσαντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ σοφώτατοι καθεστάναι. τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων πολυματαίων τί δεῖ λέγειν, Αἰγυπτίων τε καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων, οἵτινες ἐπὶ θηρία καὶ τῶν ἑρπετῶν τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ κνωδάλων τὴν ἀπέρεισιν πεποίηνται, καὶ ταῦτα προσκυνοῦσι, καὶ θύουσι τούτοις καὶ ζῶσι καὶ τελευτήσασι;
kai nomizousin hoi tauta diaplasantes kai mythopoiēsantes tōn Hellēnōn hoi sophōtatoi kathestanai. tōn men gar allōn polymataiōn ti dei legein, Aigyptiōn te kai tōn paraplēsiōn, hoitines epi thēria kai tōn herpetōn ta pleista kai knōdalōn tēn apereisin pepoiēntai, kai tauta proskynousi, kai thyousi toutois kai zōsi kai teleutēsasi?
And those who have fashioned and invented these myths think they are the wisest of the Greeks. As for the other utterly vain people, the Egyptians and the like, what need is there to speak of them, who have placed their reliance on beasts and most of the reptiles and creatures, and worship them, and sacrifice to them both living and dead?
8.9.11Dindorf 1:432
συνθεωρήσας τοιγαροῦν ἕκαστα σοφὸς ὢν ὁ νομοθέτης, καὶ ὑπὸ θεοῦ κατεσκευασμένος εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τῶν ἁπάντων, περιέφραξεν ἡμᾶς ἀδιακόποις χάραξι καὶ σιδηροῖς τείχεσιν, ὅπως μηδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν ἐπιμισγώμεθα κατὰ μηδὲν, ἁγνοὶ καθεστῶτες κατὰ σῶμα καὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν, ἀπολελυμένοι ματαίων δοξῶν, τὸν μόνον θεὸν καὶ δυνατὸν σεβόμενοι παρʼ ὅλην τὴν πᾶσαν κτίσιν.
syntheōrēsas toigaroun hekasta sophos ōn ho nomothetēs, kai hypo theou kateskeuasmenos eis epignōsin tōn hapantōn, periephraxen hēmas adiakopois charaxi kai sidērois teichesin, hopōs mēdeni tōn allōn ethnōn epimisgōmetha kata mēden, hagnoi kathestōtes kata sōma kai kata psychēn, apolelymenoi mataiōn doxōn, ton monon theon kai dynaton sebomenoi parʼ holēn tēn pasan ktisin.
Having considered each of these things, then, being wise and equipped by God for the knowledge of all things, the lawgiver fenced us around with unbroken palisades and iron walls, so that we should not mingle in any way with any of the other nations, being pure in body and soul, freed from vain opinions, worshiping the only and mighty God above the whole creation.
8.9.12Dindorf 1:432
ὅθεν Αἰγυπτίων οἱ καθηγεμόνες ἱερεῖς ἐγκεκυφότες εἰς πολλὰ καὶ μετεσχηκότες πραγμάτων ἀνθρώπους θεοῦ προσονομάζουσιν ἡμᾶς· ὃ τοῖς λοιποῖς οὐ πρόσεστιν, εἰ μή τις σέβεται τὸν κατʼ ἀλήθειαν θεόν· ἀλλʼ εἰσὶν ἄνθρωποι βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ σκέπης· ἡ γὰρ πᾶσα διάθεσις αὐτῶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα καταφεύγει.
hothen Aigyptiōn hoi kathēgemones hiereis enkekyphotes eis polla kai meteschēkotes pragmatōn anthrōpous theou prosonomazousin hēmas; ho tois loipois ou prosestin, ei mē tis sebetai ton katʼ alētheian theon; allʼ eisin anthrōpoi brōtōn kai potōn kai skepēs; hē gar pasa diathesis autōn epi tauta katapheugei.
Hence the leading priests of the Egyptians, who have looked closely into many things and have experience of affairs, call us 'men of God,' a title that belongs to no others, unless one worships the true God; but they are men of food and drink and clothing, for their whole disposition takes refuge in these.
8.9.13Dindorf 1:432
τοῖς δὲ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἐν οὐδενὶ ταῦτα λελόγισται, περὶ δὲ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυναστείας διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν ἡ σκέψις αὐτοῖς ἐστί. ὅπως οὖν μηδενὶ συναλισγόμενοι μηδὲ ὁμιλοῦντες φαύλῳ διαστροφὰς λαμβάνοιμεν, πάντοθεν ἡμᾶς περιέφραξαν ἁγνείαις, καὶ διὰ βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ ἁφῆς καὶ ἀκοῆς καὶ ὁράσεως νομικῆς.
tois de parʼ hēmin en oudeni tauta lelogistai, peri de tēs tou theou dynasteias diʼ holou tou zēn hē skepsis autois esti. hopōs oun mēdeni synalisgomenoi mēde homilountes phaulǭ diastrophas lambanoimen, pantothen hēmas periephraxan hagneiais, kai dia brōtōn kai potōn kai haphēs kai akoēs kai horaseōs nomikēs.
But among our people these things are reckoned as nothing; their contemplation throughout their whole life concerns the sovereignty of God. So that we might not be defiled by mixing or associating with anything base and so be perverted, he fenced us around on all sides with purifications, in foods and drinks and touch and hearing and sight, by law.
8.9.14Dindorf 1:432
τὸ γὰρ καθόλου πάντα πρὸς τὸν φυσικὸν λόγον ὅμοια καθέστηκεν, ὑπὸ μιᾶς δυνάμεως οἰκονομούμενα, καὶ καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστα ἔχει λόγον βαθὺν, ἀφʼ ὧν ἀπεχόμεθα κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν καὶ οἷς συγχρώμεθα.
to gar katholou panta pros ton physikon logon homoia kathestēken, hypo mias dynameōs oikonomoumena, kai kathʼ hen hekasta echei logon bathyn, aphʼ hōn apechometha kata tēn chrēsin kai hois synchrōmetha.
For in general all things are alike as regards natural reason, being governed by one power; and each particular thing from which we abstain in use, and which we use, has a deep reason.
8.9.15Dindorf 1:432
χάριν δὲ ὑποδείγματος ἓν ἢ δεύτερον ἐπιδραμών σοι σημανῶ. μὴ γὰρ εἰς τὸν καταπεπτωκότα λόγον εἰσέλθῃς, ὅτι μυιῶν καὶ γαλῆς ἢ τῶν τοιούτων χάριν περιεργίας ποιούμενος ἐνομοθέτει ταῦτα Μωσῆς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἁγνὴν ἐπίσκεψιν καὶ τρόπων ἐξαρτισμὸν, δικαιοσύνης ἕνεκεν σεμνῶς πάντα ἀνατέτακται.
charin de hypodeigmatos hen ē deuteron epidramōn soi sēmanō. mē gar eis ton katapeptōkota logon eiselthę̄s, hoti muiōn kai galēs ē tōn toioutōn charin periergias poioumenos enomothetei tauta Mōsēs, alla pros hagnēn episkepsin kai tropōn exartismon, dikaiosynēs heneken semnōs panta anatetaktai.
For an example I shall run through one or two and explain them to you. Do not fall into the discredited view that Moses made these laws out of fussiness about mice and weasels or such things; rather, everything has been solemnly ordained for pure contemplation and the perfecting of character, for the sake of justice.
8.9.16Dindorf 1:432–433
τῶν γὰρ πετεινῶν οἷς χρώμεθα πάντα ἥμερα καθέστηκε, καὶ διαφέρει καθαριότητι, πυροῖς καὶ ὀσπρίοις χρώμενα πρὸς τροφὴν, οἷον περιστεραὶ ‚ τρυγόνες, ἄττακοί, πέρδικες, ἔτι δὲ χῆνες καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα· περὶ ὧν δὲ ἀπηγόρευται πετεινῶν, εὑρήσεις ἄγριά τε καὶ σαρκοφάγα, καὶ καταδυναστεύοντα τῇ περὶ αὐτὰ δυνάμει τὰ λοιπὰ, καὶ τὴν τροφὴν ἔχοντα τὴν δαπάνησιν τῶν προειρημένων ἡμέρων μετὰ ἀδικίας. οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄρνας καὶ ἐρίφους ἁρπάζουσι, καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δὲ ἀδικοῦσι, νεκρούς τε καὶ ζῶντας.
tōn gar peteinōn hois chrōmetha panta hēmera kathestēke, kai diapherei kathariotēti, pyrois kai ospriois chrōmena pros trophēn, hoion peristerai ‚ trygones, attakoi, perdikes, eti de chēnes kai ta alla hosa toiauta; peri hōn de apēgoreutai peteinōn, heurēseis agria te kai sarkophaga, kai katadynasteuonta tę̄ peri auta dynamei ta loipa, kai tēn trophēn echonta tēn dapanēsin tōn proeirēmenōn hēmerōn meta adikias. ou monon de tauta, alla kai tous arnas kai eriphous harpazousi, kai tous anthrōpous de adikousi, nekrous te kai zōntas.
For all the birds we use are tame and distinguished by cleanliness, feeding on grain and pulse, such as pigeons, turtledoves, francolins, partridges, and also geese and others of that sort. But of the birds that are forbidden, you will find that they are wild and carnivorous, and with the strength they have oppress the rest, and get their food by unjustly devouring the tame birds just mentioned. And not only these, but they also seize lambs and kids, and injure people, both dead and living.
8.9.17Dindorf 1:433
παράσημον οὖν ἔθετο διὰ τούτων, ἀκάθαρτα προσονομάσας ‚ ὅτι δέον ἐστὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν ‚ οἷς ἡ νομοθεσία διατέτακται, δικαιοσύνῃ συγχρῆσθαι καὶ μηδένα καταδυναστεύειν πεποιθότας ἰσχύι τῇ ἑαυτῶν, μηδʼ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι μηδὲν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ δικαιοτάτου βίου διακυβερνᾶν, ὡς τὰ τῶν προειρημένων πετεινῶν ἥμερα ζῷα τὰ φυόμενα τῶν ὀσπρίων ἐπὶ γῆς δαπανᾷ καὶ οὐ καταδυναστεύει πρὸς τὴν ἐπαναίρεσιν οὔτε τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων οὔτε τῶν συγγενικῶν.
parasēmon oun etheto dia toutōn, akatharta prosonomasas ‚ hoti deon esti kata psychēn ‚ hois hē nomothesia diatetaktai, dikaiosynę̄ synchrēsthai kai mēdena katadynasteuein pepoithotas ischui tę̄ heautōn, mēdʼ aphaireisthai mēden, allʼ ek dikaiotatou biou diakybernan, hōs ta tōn proeirēmenōn peteinōn hēmera zǭa ta phyomena tōn ospriōn epi gēs dapaną kai ou katadynasteuei pros tēn epanairesin oute tōn hypobebēkotōn oute tōn syngenikōn.
By these, then, calling them unclean, he gave a sign that those for whom the legislation has been ordained must practice justice in their souls, and oppress no one, trusting in their own strength, nor take away anything, but guide their life by the most just conduct, as the tame creatures among the birds just mentioned eat the pulses that grow on the earth and do not oppress others to destroy them, either those beneath them or their own kind.
8.9.18Dindorf 1:433
διὰ τούτων οὖν παρέδωκεν ὁ νομοθέτης σημειοῦσθαι τοῖς συνετοῖς εἶναι δικαίους τε καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιτελεῖν βίᾳ, μηδὲ τῇ περὶ αὐτοὺς ἰσχύι πεποιθότας ἑτέρους καταδυναστεύειν.
dia toutōn oun paredōken ho nomothetēs sēmeiousthai tois synetois einai dikaious te kai mēden epitelein bią, mēde tę̄ peri autous ischui pepoithotas heterous katadynasteuein.
Through these, then, the lawgiver handed down to the wise the sign that they should be just and do nothing by force, nor oppress others trusting in their own strength.
8.9.19Dindorf 1:433
ὅπου γὰρ οὐδʼ ἅψασθαι καθῆκε τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστα διάθεσιν, πῶς οὐ φυλακτέον παντάπασι τοὺς τρόπους εἰς τοῦτο κατακλασθῆναι;
hopou gar oudʼ hapsasthai kathēke tōn proeirēmenōn dia tēn peri hekasta diathesin, pōs ou phylakteon pantapasi tous tropous eis touto kataklasthēnai?
For where it is not even proper to touch the creatures mentioned because of the disposition of each, how must one not guard altogether against one's character being bent toward this?
8.9.20Dindorf 1:433
πάντα οὖν τὰ συγχωρηθέντα ἐπὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν κτηνῶν τροπολογῶν ἐκτέθεικε. τὸ γὰρ διχηλεύειν καὶ διαστέλλειν ὁπλῆς ὄνυχας σημεῖόν ἐστι τοῦ διαστέλλειν ἕκαστα τῶν πράξεων ἐπὶ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον.
panta oun ta synchōrēthenta epi toutōn kai tōn ktēnōn tropologōn ektetheike. to gar dichēleuein kai diastellein hoplēs onychas sēmeion esti tou diastellein hekasta tōn praxeōn epi to kalōs echon.
He has set out, then, all that is permitted regarding these and the cattle in a figurative sense. For dividing the hoof and parting the claws of the hoof is a sign of distinguishing each of our actions with a view to what is right.
8.9.21Dindorf 1:433–434
ἡ γὰρ ἰσχὺς τῶν ὅλων σωμάτων μετὰ ἐνεργείας ἀπέρεισιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους ἔχει καὶ τὰ σκέλη. μετὰ διαστολῆς οὖν ἅπαντα ἐπιτελεῖν πρὸς δικαιοσύνην ἀναγκάζει τῷ σημειοῦσθαι διὰ τούτων, ἔτι δὲ καὶ διότι παρὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους διεστάλμεθα.
hē gar ischys tōn holōn sōmatōn meta energeias apereisin epi tous ōmous echei kai ta skelē. meta diastolēs oun hapanta epitelein pros dikaiosynēn anankazei tǭ sēmeiousthai dia toutōn, eti de kai dioti para pantas anthrōpous diestalmetha.
For the strength of the whole body in action rests on the shoulders and the legs. By signifying this through these things, then, he compels us to do everything with discernment toward justice, and further because we have been set apart from all people.
8.9.22Dindorf 1:434
οἱ γὰρ πλείονες τῶν λοιπῶν ἑαυτοὺς μολύνουσιν ἐπιμισγόμενοι, συντελοῦντες μεγάλην ἀδικίαν, καὶ χῶραι καὶ πόλεις ὅλαι ἐπὶ τούτοις σεμνύνονται. οὐ μόνον γὰρ πρὸς ἄρρενας προσάγουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκούσας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ θυγατέρας μολύνουσιν. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τούτων διεστάλμεθα.
hoi gar pleiones tōn loipōn heautous molynousin epimisgomenoi, syntelountes megalēn adikian, kai chōrai kai poleis holai epi toutois semnynontai. ou monon gar pros arrenas prosagousin, alla kai tekousas, eti de kai thygateras molynousin. hēmeis de apo toutōn diestalmetha.
For most other people defile themselves by their unions, committing great injustice, and whole countries and cities pride themselves on these things. For they not only have intercourse with males, but even defile mothers who have given birth, and daughters too. But we have been set apart from these things.
8.9.23Dindorf 1:434
περὶ ὃν δέ ἐστιν ὁ προειρημένος τῆς διαστολῆς τρόπος, περὶ τοῦτον καὶ τὸν τῆς μνήμης εἶναι κεχαρακτήρικε. πάντα γὰρ ὅσα διχηλεῖ καὶ μηρυκισμὸν ἀνάγει, σαφῶς τοῖς νοοῦσιν ἐκτίθεται τὸ τῆς μνήμης. ἡ γὰρ ἀναμηρύκισις οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀλλʼ ἢ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ συστάσεως ὑπόμνησίς ἐστι.
peri hon de estin ho proeirēmenos tēs diastolēs tropos, peri touton kai ton tēs mnēmēs einai kecharaktērike. panta gar hosa dichēlei kai mērykismon anagei, saphōs tois noousin ektithetai to tēs mnēmēs. hē gar anamērykisis ouden heteron allʼ ē tēs zōēs kai systaseōs hypomnēsis esti.
And concerning the one to whom the manner of separation just mentioned refers, he has marked out that the manner of memory too refers to him. For all creatures that part the hoof and chew the cud plainly set forth to the thoughtful the meaning of memory. For chewing the cud is nothing else than a reminder of life and sustenance.
8.9.24Dindorf 1:434
τὸ γὰρ ζῆν διὰ τῆς τροφῆς συνεστάναι νομίζει. διὸ παρακελεύεται διὰ τῆς γραφῆς λέγων οὕτως μνείᾳ μνησθήσῃ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ‚ τοῦ ποιήσαντος ἐν σοὶ τὰ μεγάλα καὶ θαυμαστά.”
to gar zēn dia tēs trophēs synestanai nomizei. dio parakeleuetai dia tēs graphēs legōn houtōs mneią mnēsthēsę̄ kyriou tou theou ‚ tou poiēsantos en soi ta megala kai thaumasta.”
For he considers that life is sustained through food. Therefore he exhorts through Scripture, saying thus: "You shall surely remember the Lord God, who did in you great and wonderful things."
8.9.25Dindorf 1:434
κατανοούμενα γὰρ ἔνδοξα φαίνεται, πρῶτα μὲν ἡ τοῦ σώματος σύμπηξις καὶ ἡ τῆς τροφῆς διοίκησις καὶ ἡ περὶ ἕκαστον μέρος διαστολὴ, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ τῶν αἰσθήσεων διακόσμησις, διανοίας ἐνέργημα, καὶ κίνησις ἀόρατος, ἥ τε ὀξύτης τοῦ πρὸς ἕκαστόν τι πράσσειν, καὶ τεχνῶν εὕρεσις, ἀπέρατον περιέχει τρόπον.
katanooumena gar endoxa phainetai, prōta men hē tou sōmatos sympēxis kai hē tēs trophēs dioikēsis kai hē peri hekaston meros diastolē, pollǭ de mallon hē tōn aisthēseōn diakosmēsis, dianoias energēma, kai kinēsis aoratos, hē te oxytēs tou pros hekaston ti prassein, kai technōn heuresis, aperaton periechei tropon.
For when considered they appear glorious: first the framing of the body, the management of food, and the distinction of each part; and much more the ordering of the senses, the working of the mind and its invisible motion, its quickness in doing each thing, and the invention of arts, which contains a boundless manner.
8.9.26Dindorf 1:434
διὸ παρακελεύεται μνείαν ἔχειν, ὡς συντηρεῖται τὰ προειρημένα συνεχόμενα θείᾳ δυνάμει. πάντα γὰρ τόπον καὶ χρόνον ὥρικε, πρὸς τὸ διὰ παντὸς μνημονεύειν τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ ‚ συντηροῦντας καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ μεσότητας καὶ τελευτάς.
dio parakeleuetai mneian echein, hōs syntēreitai ta proeirēmena synechomena theią dynamei. panta gar topon kai chronon hōrike, pros to dia pantos mnēmoneuein tou kratountos theou ‚ syntērountas kai tas archas kai mesotētas kai teleutas.
Therefore he exhorts us to remember how the things mentioned are preserved, held together by divine power. For he has appointed every place and time for us to remember continually God who rules, who preserves beginnings, middles, and ends.
8.9.27Dindorf 1:434–435
καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν ἀπαρξαμένους εὐθέως τότε συγχρῆσθαι κελεύει. καὶ μὴν καὶ ἐκ τῶν περιβολαίων παράσημον ἡμῖν μνείας δέδωκεν· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πόλεων καὶ οἰκήσεων διὰ τὸ σκεπάζεσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πυλῶν καὶ θυρῶν προστέταχεν ἡμῖν τιθέναι τὰ λόγια, πρὸς τὸ μνείαν εἶναι θεοῦ· καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν δὲ διαρρήδην τὸ σημεῖον κελεύει περιῆφθαι, σαφῶς ἀποδεικνὺς ὅτι πᾶσαν ἐνέργειαν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἐπιτελεῖν δεῖ, μνήμην ἔχοντας τῆς ἑαυτῶν κατασκευῆς, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τὸν περὶ θεοῦ φόβον.
kai gar epi tōn brōtōn kai potōn aparxamenous eutheōs tote synchrēsthai keleuei. kai mēn kai ek tōn peribolaiōn parasēmon hēmin mneias dedōken; hōsautōs de kai epi tōn poleōn kai oikēseōn dia to skepazesthai kai epi tōn pylōn kai thyrōn prostetachen hēmin tithenai ta logia, pros to mneian einai theou; kai epi tōn cheirōn de diarrēdēn to sēmeion keleuei periēphthai, saphōs apodeiknys hoti pasan energeian meta dikaiosynēs epitelein dei, mnēmēn echontas tēs heautōn kataskeuēs, epi pasi de ton peri theou phobon.
For in the case of foods and drinks he commands us to offer first-fruits and only then to make use of them. And from our garments too he has given us a token of remembrance; likewise on cities and dwellings, because they shelter us, and on gates and doors he has commanded us to place the oracles, so that there may be remembrance of God; and on the hands he expressly commands the sign to be bound, clearly showing that every action must be done with justice, remembering our own constitution, and above all the fear of God.
8.9.28Dindorf 1:435
κελεύει δὲ καὶ κοιταζομένους καὶ διανισταμένους καὶ πορευομένους μελετᾶν τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ κατασκευὰς, οὐ λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διαλήψει θεωροῦντας τὴν κίνησιν καὶ τὴν ὑπόληψιν ἑαυτῶν, ὅταν εἰς ὕπνον ἔρχωνται, καὶ τὴν ἔγερσιν ὡς θεία τίς ἐστι καὶ ἀκατάληπτος ἡ τούτων μετάθεσις.
keleuei de kai koitazomenous kai dianistamenous kai poreuomenous meletan tas tou theou kataskeuas, ou logǭ monon, alla kai dialēpsei theōrountas tēn kinēsin kai tēn hypolēpsin heautōn, hotan eis hypnon erchōntai, kai tēn egersin hōs theia tis esti kai akatalēptos hē toutōn metathesis.
He commands us also, when lying down and rising up and walking, to meditate on God's works, not in word only but contemplating with understanding the movement and the impression of ourselves when we go to sleep, and the waking, how divine and incomprehensible is the change between them.
8.9.29Dindorf 1:435
Δέδεικται δέ σοι καὶ τὸ περισσὸν τῆς λογίας τῆς κατὰ τὴν διαστολὴν καὶ μνείαν, ὡς ἐξεθέμεθα τὴν διχηλίαν καὶ τὸν μηρυκισμόν. οὐ γὰρ εἰκῆ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐμπεσὸν εἰς ψυχὴν νενομοθέτηται ‚ πρὸς δʼ ἀλήθειαν καὶ σημείωσιν ὀρθοῦ λόγου.
Dedeiktai de soi kai to perisson tēs logias tēs kata tēn diastolēn kai mneian, hōs exethemetha tēn dichēlian kai ton mērykismon. ou gar eikē kai kata to empeson eis psychēn nenomothetētai ‚ pros dʼ alētheian kai sēmeiōsin orthou logou.
The excellence of the reasoning concerning separation and memory has been shown to you, as we explained the parting of the hoof and the chewing of the cud. For it has not been legislated at random or as it occurred to the mind, but for truth and as a sign of right reason.
8.9.30Dindorf 1:435
διατάξας γὰρ ἐπὶ βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἁφὰς ἕκαστα κελεύει μηδὲν εἰκῆ μήτε πράσσειν μήτε ἀκούειν μήτε τῇ τοῦ λόγου δυναστείᾳ συγχρωμένος ἐπὶ τὴν ἀδικίαν τρέπεσθαι.
diataxas gar epi brōtōn kai potōn kai tōn kata tas haphas hekasta keleuei mēden eikē mēte prassein mēte akouein mēte tę̄ tou logou dynasteią synchrōmenos epi tēn adikian trepesthai.
For having given orders about foods and drinks and touch, he commands us in each case neither to do nor to hear anything at random, nor, using the power of speech, to turn to injustice.
8.9.31Dindorf 1:435
καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κνωδάλων δὲ ταὐτὸν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν. κακοποιητικὸς γὰρ ὁ τρόπος ἐστὶ καὶ γαλῆς καὶ μυῶν καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὁμοίων, ὅσα διηγόρευται. πάντα γὰρ λυμαίνονται καὶ κακοποιοῦσι μύες ‚ οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῶν τροφὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ παντελῶς ἄχρηστον γίνεσθαι ἀνθρώπῳ ὅ τι ἂν δή ποτʼ οὖν ἐπιβάλληται κακοποιεῖν.
kai epi tōn knōdalōn de tauton estin heurein. kakopoiētikos gar ho tropos esti kai galēs kai myōn kai tōn toutois homoiōn, hosa diēgoreutai. panta gar lymainontai kai kakopoiousi myes ‚ ou monon pros tēn heautōn trophēn, alla kai eis to pantelōs achrēston ginesthai anthrōpǭ ho ti an dē potʼ oun epiballētai kakopoiein.
And the same can be found with the creatures. For the character of the weasel and of mice and things like them, which are expressly named, is harmful. For mice spoil and damage everything, not only for their own food, but so that whatever they set about to harm becomes altogether useless to man.
8.9.32Dindorf 1:435–436
τό τε τῆς γαλῆς γένος ἰδιάζον ἐστί· χωρὶς γὰρ τοῦ προειρημένου ἔχει λυμαντικὸν κατάστημα. διὰ γὰρ τῶν ὤτων συλλαμβάνει, τεκνοποιεῖ δὲ τῷ στόματι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ οὖν ὁ τοιοῦτος τρόπος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀκάθαρτός ἐστιν. ὅσα γὰρ διʼ ἀκοῆς λαβόντες, ταῦτα τῷ λόγῳ σωματοποιήσαντες κακοῖς ἑτέρους ἐνεκύλισαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν τε οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἀπετέλεσαν, μιανθέντες αὐτοὶ παντάπασι τῷ τῆς ἀσεβείας μολυσμῷ.
to te tēs galēs genos idiazon esti; chōris gar tou proeirēmenou echei lymantikon katastēma. dia gar tōn ōtōn syllambanei, teknopoiei de tǭ stomati. kai dia toutʼ oun ho toioutos tropos tois anthrōpois akathartos estin. hosa gar diʼ akoēs labontes, tauta tǭ logǭ sōmatopoiēsantes kakois heterous enekylisan, akatharsian te ou tēn tychousan apetelesan, mianthentes autoi pantapasi tǭ tēs asebeias molysmǭ.
And the weasel's kind is peculiar; for besides what has been said, it has a destructive nature. For it conceives through the ears and gives birth through the mouth. For this reason such a character is unclean for humans. For those who take in things by hearing and give them body by speech, involving others in evils, have produced no ordinary uncleanness, being themselves wholly defiled by the pollution of impiety.
8.9.33Dindorf 1:436
καλῶς δὲ ποιῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀναιρεῖ, καθὼς μεταλαμβάνομεν. ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα, τοὺς ἐμφανιστὰς οἴομαί σε λέγειν· καὶ γὰρ αἰκίαις καὶ θανάτοις ἐπαλγέσιν αὐτοὺς παραβάλλει συνεχῶς. τούτους γὰρ καὶ λέγω· ἐπαγρύπνησις γὰρ εἰς ἀνθρώπων ἀπώλειαν ἀνόσιος. ὁ δὲ νόμος ἡμῶν κελεύει μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ κακοποιεῖν μηδένα.
kalōs de poiōn ho basileus hymōn tous toioutous anairei, kathōs metalambanomen. egō de eipa, tous emphanistas oiomai se legein; kai gar aikiais kai thanatois epalgesin autous paraballei synechōs. toutous gar kai legō; epagrypnēsis gar eis anthrōpōn apōleian anosios. ho de nomos hēmōn keleuei mēte logǭ mēte ergǭ kakopoiein mēdena.
And your king does well to put such people to death, as we learn." I said, "I think you mean informers; for he continually subjects them to tortures and painful deaths." "Yes, I mean these; for watchfulness for people's destruction is unholy. Our law commands us to harm no one in word or deed.
8.9.34Dindorf 1:436
καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν ὅσον ἐπὶ βραχὺ διεξελθεῖν, προσυποδείξαντά σοι διότι πάντα κεκανόνισται πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καὶ οὐδὲν εἰκῆ κατατέτακται διὰ τῆς γραφῆς οὐδὲ μυθωδῶς, ἀλλʼ ἵνα διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν καὶ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἀσκῶμεν δικαιοσύνην πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ‚ μεμνημένοι τοῦ δυναστεύοντος θεοῦ.
kai peri toutōn oun hoson epi brachy diexelthein, prosypodeixanta soi dioti panta kekanonistai pros dikaiosynēn kai ouden eikē katatetaktai dia tēs graphēs oude mythōdōs, allʼ hina diʼ holou tou zēn kai en tais praxesin askōmen dikaiosynēn pros pantas anthrōpous ‚ memnēmenoi tou dynasteuontos theou.
So much, then, to go through briefly about these things, showing you besides that everything has been regulated for justice, and nothing has been ordained at random through Scripture or in a fabulous way, but so that throughout our whole life and in our actions we may practice justice toward all people, remembering God who rules.
8.9.35Dindorf 1:436
περὶ βρωτῶν οὖν καὶ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων, ἑρπετῶν καὶ κνωδάλων, ὁ πᾶς λόγος ἀνατείνει πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων συναναστροφὴν δικαίαν.
peri brōtōn oun kai tōn akathartōn, herpetōn kai knōdalōn, ho pas logos anateinei pros dikaiosynēn kai tēn tōn anthrōpōn synanastrophēn dikaian.
Concerning foods, then, and unclean things, reptiles and creatures, the whole account points to justice and just dealings among people."
8.9.36Dindorf 1:436
ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν καλῶς ἐνόμιζε περὶ ἑκάστων ἀπολελογῆσθαι· καὶ γὰρ περὶ τῶν προσφερομένων ἔλεγε μόσχων καὶ κριῶν καὶ χιμάρων ὅτι δεῖ ταῦτʼ ἐκ βουκολίων καὶ ποιμνίων λαμβάνοντας ἥμερα κατασκευάζειν καὶ μηδὲν ἄγριον, ὅπως οἱ προσφέροντες τὰς θυσίας μηδὲν ὑπερήφανον ἑαυτοῖς συνιστορῶσι, σημειώσει κεχρημένοι τοῦ διατάξαντος.
emoi men oun kalōs enomize peri hekastōn apolelogēsthai; kai gar peri tōn prospheromenōn elege moschōn kai kriōn kai chimarōn hoti dei tautʼ ek boukoliōn kai poimniōn lambanontas hēmera kataskeuazein kai mēden agrion, hopōs hoi prospherontes tas thysias mēden hyperēphanon heautois synistorōsi, sēmeiōsei kechrēmenoi tou diataxantos.
"He seemed to me to have made a good defense on each point. For about the calves, rams, and goats that are offered he said that these must be taken from herds and flocks and be tame, nothing wild, so that those who offer the sacrifices may be conscious of no arrogance in themselves, using the sign given by the one who ordained them.
8.9.37Dindorf 1:436–437
τῆς γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς τοῦ παντὸς τρόπου τὴν προσφορὰν ποιεῖται ὁ τὴν θυσίαν προσάγων. καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν νομίζω τὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας ἄξια λόγου καθεστάναι ‚ διὰ τὴν σεμνότητα τοῦ νόμου ‚ ἣν προὴμαι διασαφῆσαί σοι, Φιλόκρατες ‚ διʼ ἣν ἔχεις φιλομάθειαν.”
tēs gar heautou psychēs tou pantos tropou tēn prosphoran poieitai ho tēn thysian prosagōn. kai peri toutōn oun nomizō ta tēs homilias axia logou kathestanai ‚ dia tēn semnotēta tou nomou ‚ hēn proēmai diasaphēsai soi, Philokrates ‚ diʼ hēn echeis philomatheian.”
For the one who brings the sacrifice makes an offering of his own soul in its whole character. And about these things, then, I think what was said in the conversation is worth recording, because of the solemnity of the law, which I have chosen to make clear to you, Philocrates, because of your love of learning."
8.9.38Dindorf 1:437
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς τοῖς ἥκουσιν ὡς αὐτὸν Ἕλλησι περὶ τῆς ἀλληγορουμένης ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις ἰδέας διεστείλατο, ὡς ἂν μέλλουσι ταῖς ἐκδοθησομέναις περιτεύξεσθαι τῶν γραφῶν ἑρμηνείαις. ὁ δὲ Ἀριστόβουλος καὶ τῆς κατʼ Ἀριστοτέλην φιλοσοφίας πρὸς τῇ πατρίῳ μετειληχὼς, (ὁποῖα περὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις φερομένων ὡς περὶ θεοῦ μελῶν διῆλθεν ἐπακοῦσαι καιρός· οὗτος δʼ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος, οὗ καὶ ἡ δευτέρα τῶν Μακκαβαίων ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς βίβλου μνημονεύει·) ἐν τῷ πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον τὸν βασιλέα συγγράμματι τοῦτον καὶ αὐτὸς διασαφεῖ τὸν τρόπον
Tauta men ho archiereus tois hēkousin hōs auton Hellēsi peri tēs allēgoroumenēs en tois hierois nomois ideas diesteilato, hōs an mellousi tais ekdothēsomenais periteuxesthai tōn graphōn hermēneiais. ho de Aristoboulos kai tēs katʼ Aristotelēn philosophias pros tę̄ patriǭ meteilēchōs, (hopoia peri tōn en tais hierais biblois pheromenōn hōs peri theou melōn diēlthen epakousai kairos; houtos dʼ autos ekeinos, hou kai hē deutera tōn Makkabaiōn en archę̄ tēs biblou mnēmoneuei;) en tǭ pros Ptolemaion ton basilea syngrammati touton kai autos diasaphei ton tropon
These things the high priest explained to the Greeks who came to him about the allegorical meaning in the sacred laws, as to men who were going to meet the translations of the Scriptures that would be published. Aristobulus too, who had a share in the philosophy of Aristotle besides his ancestral one (it is time to hear what he set out about the things said in the sacred books as if about God's limbs; he is the very man mentioned at the beginning of the book of Second Maccabees), in his treatise to King Ptolemy himself also explains it in this way:
Preparation 8, chapter 10
8.10.1Dindorf 1:437
“Πλὴν ἱκανῶς εἰρημένων πρὸς τὰ προκείμενα ζητήματα ἐπεφώνησας καὶ σὺ, βασιλεῦ, διότι σημαίνεται διὰ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ παρʼ ἡμῖν καὶ χεῖρες καὶ βραχίων καὶ πρόσωπον καὶ πόδες καὶ περίπατος ἐπὶ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως· ἃ τεύξεται λόγου καθήκοντος καὶ οὐκ ἀντιδοξήσει τοῖς προειρημένοις ὑφʼ ἡμῶν οὐδέν.
“Plēn hikanōs eirēmenōn pros ta prokeimena zētēmata epephōnēsas kai sy, basileu, dioti sēmainetai dia tou nomou tou parʼ hēmin kai cheires kai brachiōn kai prosōpon kai podes kai peripatos epi tēs theias dynameōs; ha teuxetai logou kathēkontos kai ouk antidoxēsei tois proeirēmenois hyphʼ hēmōn ouden.
"But when enough had been said in answer to the questions set before us, you too, O king, asked why through our law hands, arm, face, feet, and walking are signified in the case of the divine power. These will receive a fitting explanation and will in no way contradict what we have said before.
8.10.2Dindorf 1:437
παρακαλέσαι δέ σε βούλομαι πρὸς τὸ φυσικῶς λαμβάνειν τὰς ἐκδοχὰς καὶ τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν ἔννοιαν περὶ θεοῦ κρατεῖν, καὶ μὴ ἐκπίπτειν εἰς τὸ μυθῶδες καὶ ἀνθρώπινον κατάστημα.
parakalesai de se boulomai pros to physikōs lambanein tas ekdochas kai tēn harmozousan ennoian peri theou kratein, kai mē ekpiptein eis to mythōdes kai anthrōpinon katastēma.
I want to urge you to take the interpretations in a natural sense and to hold the fitting conception of God, and not to fall into a mythical and human view.
8.10.3Dindorf 1:437
πολλαχῶς γὰρ ὃ βούλεται λέγειν ὁ νομοθέτης ἡμῶν Μωσῆς, ἐφʼ ἑτέρων πραγμάτων λόγους ποιούμενος, λέγω δὲ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν, φυσικὰς διαθέσεις ἀπαγγέλλει καὶ μεγάλων πραγμάτων κατασκευάς.
pollachōs gar ho bouletai legein ho nomothetēs hēmōn Mōsēs, ephʼ heterōn pragmatōn logous poioumenos, legō de tōn kata tēn epiphaneian, physikas diatheseis apangellei kai megalōn pragmatōn kataskeuas.
For often what our lawgiver Moses wishes to say, he expresses by speaking of other things, I mean things in appearance, while he declares natural dispositions and the constitutions of great matters.
8.10.4Dindorf 1:437
οἷς μὲν οὖν πάρεστι τὸ καλῶς νοεῖν θαυμάζουσι τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν σοφίαν καὶ τὸ θεῖον πνεῦμα, καθʼ ὃ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται· ὧν εἰσιν οἱ προειρημένοι φιλόσοφοι καὶ πλείονες ἕτεροι καὶ ποιηταὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ μεγάλας ἀφορμὰς εἰληφότες, καθὸ καὶ θαυμάζονται.
hois men oun paresti to kalōs noein thaumazousi tēn peri auton sophian kai to theion pneuma, kathʼ ho kai prophētēs anakekēryktai; hōn eisin hoi proeirēmenoi philosophoi kai pleiones heteroi kai poiētai parʼ autou megalas aphormas eilēphotes, katho kai thaumazontai.
Those, then, who are able to understand rightly admire his wisdom and the divine spirit by which he has been proclaimed a prophet; among them are the philosophers mentioned before and many others, and poets, who have taken great starting points from him, for which they too are admired.
8.10.5Dindorf 1:437–438
τοῖς δὲ μὴ μετέχουσι δυνάμεως καὶ συνέσεως, ἀλλὰ τῷ γραπτῷ μόνον προσκειμένοις, οὐ φαίνεται μεγαλεῖόν τι διασαφῶν.
tois de mē metechousi dynameōs kai syneseōs, alla tǭ graptǭ monon proskeimenois, ou phainetai megaleion ti diasaphōn.
But to those who have no share of power and understanding, but cling only to the letter, he does not appear to be explaining anything grand.
8.10.6Dindorf 1:438
ἄρξομαι δὲ λαμβάνειν καθʼ ἕκαστον σημαινόμενον καθʼ ὅσον ἂν ὦ δυνατός. εἰ δὲ μὴ τεύξομαι τἀληθοῦς, μηδὲ πείσω, μὴ τῷ νομοθέτῃ προσάψῃς τὴν ἀλογίαν ‚ ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ τῷ μὴ δυναμένῳ διαιρεῖσθαι τὰ ἐκείνῳ νενοημένα.
arxomai de lambanein kathʼ hekaston sēmainomenon kathʼ hoson an ō dynatos. ei de mē teuxomai talēthous, mēde peisō, mē tǭ nomothetę̄ prosapsę̄s tēn alogian ‚ allʼ emoi tǭ mē dynamenǭ diaireisthai ta ekeinǭ nenoēmena.
I shall begin to take each thing signified as far as I am able. And if I do not attain the truth or persuade, do not attach the absurdity to the lawgiver, but to me, who am unable to distinguish what he understood.
8.10.7Dindorf 1:438
χεῖρες μὲν οὖν νοοῦνται προδήλως καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν κοινότερον. ὅταν γὰρ δυνάμεις ἐξαποστέλλῃς σὺ βασιλεὺς ὢν, βουλόμενός τι κατεργάσασθαι, λέγομεν, μεγάλην χεῖρα ἔχει ὁ βασιλεὺς, φερομένων τῶν ἀκουόντων ἐπὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἣν ἔχεις.
cheires men oun noountai prodēlōs kai ephʼ hēmōn koinoteron. hotan gar dynameis exapostellę̄s sy basileus ōn, boulomenos ti katergasasthai, legomen, megalēn cheira echei ho basileus, pheromenōn tōn akouontōn epi tēn dynamin hēn echeis.
Hands, then, are clearly understood in a more common way even with us. For when you, being king, send out forces, wishing to accomplish something, we say, 'The king has a mighty hand,' the hearers being carried to the power you have.
8.10.8Dindorf 1:438
ἐπισημαίνεται δὲ τοῦτο καὶ διὰ τῆς νομοθεσίας ἡμῶν λέγων ὁ Μώσης οὕτως “ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ ἐξήγαγεν ὁ θεός σε ἐξ Αἰγύπτου.’’ καὶ πάλιν ‘‘ἀποστελῶ, φησὶν ὁ θεὸς, τὴν χεῖρά μου, καὶ πατάξω τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους.’’ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ τῶν κτηνῶν θανάτου φησὶ τῷ Φαραῷ ὁ Μώσης “ ἰδοὺ χεὶρ κυρίου ἔσται ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσί σου καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις θάνατος μέγας.’’ ὥστε αἱ χεῖρες ἐπὶ δυνάμεως νοοῦνται θεοῦ. καὶ γὰρ ἔστι νοῆσαι τὴν πᾶσαν ἰσχὺν τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὰς ἐνεργείας ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν εἶναι.
episēmainetai de touto kai dia tēs nomothesias hēmōn legōn ho Mōsēs houtōs “en cheiri krataią exēgagen ho theos se ex Aigyptou.’’ kai palin ‘‘apostelō, phēsin ho theos, tēn cheira mou, kai pataxō tous Aigyptious.’’ kai epi tou tōn ktēnōn thanatou phēsi tǭ Pharaǭ ho Mōsēs “ idou cheir kyriou estai en tois ktēnesi sou kai en pasi tois en tois pediois thanatos megas.’’ hōste hai cheires epi dynameōs noountai theou. kai gar esti noēsai tēn pasan ischyn tōn anthrōpōn kai tas energeias en tais chersin einai.
Moses indicates this through our legislation too, saying thus: "With a mighty hand God brought you out of Egypt." And again: "I will stretch out my hand," says God, "and strike the Egyptians." And about the death of the cattle Moses says to Pharaoh: "Behold, the hand of the Lord will be on your cattle, and on all that are in the fields, a great death." So the hands are understood of the power of God. For one may understand that all human strength and activities are in the hands.
8.10.9Dindorf 1:438
διόπερ καλῶς ὁ νομοθέτης ἐπὶ τὸ μεγαλεῖον μετενήνοχε, λέγων τὰς συντελείας χεῖρας εἶναι θεοῦ. στάσις δὲ θεία καλῶς ἂν λέγοιτο κατὰ τὸ μεγαλεῖον ἡ τοῦ κόσμου κατασκευή.
dioper kalōs ho nomothetēs epi to megaleion metenēnoche, legōn tas synteleias cheiras einai theou. stasis de theia kalōs an legoito kata to megaleion hē tou kosmou kataskeuē.
Therefore the lawgiver has well transferred it to the grand sense, saying that the accomplishments of God are his hands. And the constitution of the world might well be called, in the grand sense, the standing of God.
8.10.10Dindorf 1:438
καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ πάντων ὁ θεὸς, καὶ πάνθʼ ὑποτέτακται, καὶ στάσιν εἴληφεν· ὥστε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καταλαμβάνειν ἀκίνητα εἶναι ταῦτα. λέγω δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτον, ὡς οὐδέποτε γέγονεν οὐρανὸς γῆ, γῆ δʼ οὐρανὸς, οὐδʼ ἥλιος σελήνη λάμπουσα, οὐδὲ σελήνη πάλιν ἥλιος, οὐδὲ ποταμοὶ θάλασσα, οὐδὲ θάλασσα ποταμοί.
kai gar epi pantōn ho theos, kai panthʼ hypotetaktai, kai stasin eilēphen; hōste tous anthrōpous katalambanein akinēta einai tauta. legō de to toiouton, hōs oudepote gegonen ouranos gē, gē dʼ ouranos, oudʼ hēlios selēnē lampousa, oude selēnē palin hēlios, oude potamoi thalassa, oude thalassa potamoi.
For God is over all, and all things have been subjected and have received standing; so that people perceive these things to be unmoved. I mean this: that heaven never became earth, nor earth heaven, nor the sun the shining moon, nor again the moon the sun, nor rivers the sea, nor the sea rivers.
8.10.11Dindorf 1:438–439
καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ τῶν ζῴων ὁ αὐτός ἐστι λόγος. οὐ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἔσται θηρίον ‚ οὐδὲ θηρίον ἄνθρωπος. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν δὲ ταὐτὸν ὑπάρχει φυτῶν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων· ἀμετάβλητα μέν ἐστι, τὰς αὐτὰς δʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς τροπὰς λαμβάνει καὶ φθοράς.
kai palin epi tōn zǭōn ho autos esti logos. ou gar anthrōpos estai thērion ‚ oude thērion anthrōpos. kai epi tōn loipōn de tauton hyparchei phytōn te kai epi tōn allōn; ametablēta men esti, tas autas dʼ en autois tropas lambanei kai phthoras.
And again the same account holds for living creatures. A man will not become a beast, nor a beast a man. And the same holds for the rest, plants and the others: they are unchangeable, though they undergo the same changes and perishings within themselves.
8.10.12Dindorf 1:439
ἡ στάσις οὖν ἡ θεία κατὰ ταῦτα ἂν λέγοιτο ‚ πάντων ὑποκειμένων τῷ θεῷ. λέγεται δὲ κατάβασις ἐπὶ τὸ ὅρος θεία γεγονέναι διὰ τῆς γραφῆς τοῦ νόμου, καθʼ ὃν ἐνομοθέτει καιρὸν, ἵνα πάντες θεωρήσωσι τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ θεοῦ. κατάβασις γὰρ αὕτη σαφής ἐστι· καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν οὕτως ἄν τις ἐξηγήσαιτο ‚ βουλόμενος συντηρεῖν τὸν περὶ θεοῦ λόγον.
hē stasis oun hē theia kata tauta an legoito ‚ pantōn hypokeimenōn tǭ theǭ. legetai de katabasis epi to horos theia gegonenai dia tēs graphēs tou nomou, kathʼ hon enomothetei kairon, hina pantes theōrēsōsi tēn energeian tou theou. katabasis gar hautē saphēs esti; kai peri toutōn oun houtōs an tis exēgēsaito ‚ boulomenos syntērein ton peri theou logon.
The divine standing, then, might be spoken of in this sense, all things being subject to God. And through the writing of the law a divine descent upon the mountain is said to have taken place at the time when he gave the law, so that all might see the working of God. For this descent is plain; and about these things one might explain thus, wishing to preserve the right account of God.
8.10.13Dindorf 1:439
δηλοῦται γὰρ ὡς τὸ ὄρος ἐκαίετο πυρὶ, καθώς φησιν ἡ νομοθεσία, διὰ τὸ τὸν θεὸν καταβεβηκέναι σαλπίγγων τε φωνὰς καὶ τὸ πῦρ φλεγόμενον ἀνυποστάτως εἶναι.
dēloutai gar hōs to oros ekaieto pyri, kathōs phēsin hē nomothesia, dia to ton theon katabebēkenai salpingōn te phōnas kai to pyr phlegomenon anypostatōs einai.
For it is shown that the mountain was burning with fire, as the legislation says, because God had descended; and that the sounds of trumpets and the blazing fire were irresistible.
8.10.14Dindorf 1:439
τοῦ γὰρ παντὸς πλήθους μυριάδων οὐκ ἔλαττον ἑκατὸν, χωρὶς τῶν ἀφηλίκων ‚ ἐκκλησιαζομένων κυκλόθεν τοῦ ὄρους, οὐκ ἔλασσον ἡμερῶν πέντε οὔσης τῆς περιόδου περὶ αὐτὸ, κατὰ πάντα τόπον τῆς ὁράσεως πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς κυκλόθεν ‚ ὡς ἦσαν παρεμβεβληκότες ‚ τὸ πῦρ φλεγόμενον ἐθεωρεῖτο·
tou gar pantos plēthous myriadōn ouk elatton hekaton, chōris tōn aphēlikōn ‚ ekklēsiazomenōn kyklothen tou orous, ouk elasson hēmerōn pente ousēs tēs periodou peri auto, kata panta topon tēs horaseōs pasin autois kyklothen ‚ hōs ēsan parembeblēkotes ‚ to pyr phlegomenon etheōreito;
For the whole multitude, not less than a million, apart from those under age, being assembled round about the mountain, the circuit of it being not less than five days' journey, from every place of sight to all of them round about, as they were encamped, the blazing fire was seen;
8.10.15Dindorf 1:439
ὥστε τὴν κατάβασιν μὴ τοπικὴν εἶναι· πανταχοῦ γὰρ ὁ θεός ἐστιν. ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς δύναμιν παρὰ πάντα θαυμάσιον ὑπάρχουσαν ‚ διὰ τὸ πάντα ἀναλίσκειν, οὐκ ἂν ἔδειξε φλεγομένην ἀνυποστάτως, μηδὲν ἐξαναλίσκουσαν ‚ εἰ μὴ τὸ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δυναμικὸν αὐτῇ προσείη.
hōste tēn katabasin mē topikēn einai; pantachou gar ho theos estin. alla tēn tou pyros dynamin para panta thaumasion hyparchousan ‚ dia to panta analiskein, ouk an edeixe phlegomenēn anypostatōs, mēden exanaliskousan ‚ ei mē to para tou theou dynamikon autę̄ proseiē.
so that the descent was not local; for God is everywhere. But the power of the fire, being wonderful beyond all things because it consumes all, he would not have shown blazing irresistibly yet consuming nothing, unless the power from God were present with it.
8.10.16Dindorf 1:439–440
τῶν γὰρ φυομένων ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκείνῳ ἀναλισκομένων σφοδρῶς οὐδὲν ἐξανάλωσεν, ἀλλʼ ἔμεινε τῶν ἁπάντων ἡ χλόη πυρὸς ἄθικτος, σαλπίγγων τε φωναὶ σφοδρότερον συνηκούοντο σὺν τῇ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀστραπηδὸν ἐκφάνσει, μὴ προκειμένων ὀργάνων τοιούτων, μηδὲ τοῦ φωνήσαντος, ἀλλὰ θείᾳ κατασκευῇ γινομένων πάντων.
tōn gar phyomenōn en tǭ orei ekeinǭ analiskomenōn sphodrōs ouden exanalōsen, allʼ emeine tōn hapantōn hē chloē pyros athiktos, salpingōn te phōnai sphodroteron synēkouonto syn tę̄ tou pyros astrapēdon ekphansei, mē prokeimenōn organōn toioutōn, mēde tou phōnēsantos, alla theią kataskeuę̄ ginomenōn pantōn.
For though the things growing on that mountain are very readily consumed, it consumed none of them, but the green of all remained untouched by the fire; and the sounds of trumpets were heard more vehemently together with the lightning-like flashing of the fire, though no such instruments were present, nor anyone to sound them, but all things came about by divine arrangement.
8.10.17Dindorf 1:440
ὥστε σαφὲς εἶναι διὰ ταῦτα τὴν κατάβασιν τὴν θείαν γεγονέναι, διὰ τὸ τοὺς συνορῶντας ἐκφαντικῶς ἕκαστα καταλαμβάνειν, μήτε τὸ πῦρ κεκαυκὸς, ὡς προείρηται, μηδὲν μήτε τὰς τῶν σαλπίγγων φωνὰς διʼ ἀνθρωπίνης ἐνεργείας ἢ κατασκευῆς ὀργάνων γίνεσθαι, τὸν δὲ θεὸν ἄνευ τινὸς δεικνύναι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ διὰ πάντων μεγαλειότητα.’
hōste saphes einai dia tauta tēn katabasin tēn theian gegonenai, dia to tous synorōntas ekphantikōs hekasta katalambanein, mēte to pyr kekaukos, hōs proeirētai, mēden mēte tas tōn salpingōn phōnas diʼ anthrōpinēs energeias ē kataskeuēs organōn ginesthai, ton de theon aneu tinos deiknynai tēn heautou dia pantōn megaleiotēta.’
So it is clear from these things that the divine descent took place, because those who beheld it clearly perceived each thing: that the fire burned nothing, as has been said, and that the sounds of the trumpets came about through no human working or construction of instruments, but that God, without anything, displayed his own majesty through all things."
8.10.18Dindorf 1:440
Ταῦτα ὁ Ἀριστόβουλος. ἐπεὶ δὲ διεληλύθαμεν τά τε τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων παραγγέλματα τόν τε τρόπον τῆς ἀλληγορουμένης παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἰδέας, ἑξῆς ἂν εἴη καὶ τόδε ἐπισημήνασθαι, ὡς τὸ πᾶν Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος εἰς δύο τμήματα διῄρηται, καὶ τὴν μὲν πληθὺν ταῖς τῶν νόμων κατὰ τὴν ῥητὴν διάνοιαν παρηγγελμέναις ὑποθήκαις ὑπῆγε ‚ τὸ δʼ ἕτερον τῶν ἐν ἕξει τάγμα ταύτης μὲν ἠφίει, θειοτέρᾳ δέ τινι καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπαναβεβηκυίᾳ φιλοσοφίᾳ προσέχειν ἠξίου, θεωρίᾳ τε τῶν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις κατὰ διάνοιαν σημαινομένων.
Tauta ho Aristoboulos. epei de dielēlythamen ta te tōn hierōn nomōn parangelmata ton te tropon tēs allēgoroumenēs parʼ autois ideas, hexēs an eiē kai tode episēmēnasthai, hōs to pan Ioudaiōn ethnos eis dyo tmēmata dię̄rētai, kai tēn men plēthyn tais tōn nomōn kata tēn rhētēn dianoian parēngelmenais hypothēkais hypēge ‚ to dʼ heteron tōn en hexei tagma tautēs men ēphiei, theioterą de tini kai tous pollous epanabebēkuią philosophią prosechein ēxiou, theōrią te tōn en tois nomois kata dianoian sēmainomenōn.
So Aristobulus. Since we have gone through the precepts of the sacred laws and the manner of the allegorical meaning among them, it would follow next to point out also that the whole Jewish nation is divided into two parts. The lawgiver led the multitude by the precepts of the laws enjoined in their literal sense, but the other order, of those with trained understanding, he released from this and thought them worthy to attend to a diviner philosophy, raised above the many, and to the contemplation of what is signified by the laws in their meaning.
8.10.19Dindorf 1:440
ἦν δὲ τοῦτο φιλοσόφων Ἰουδαίων γένος, ὧν τὴν τοῦ βίου ἄσκησιν καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν κατεπλάγησαν μυρίοι, τῶν δʼ οἰκείων οἱ περιφανέστατοι καὶ μνήμης ἀλήστου τούτους ἠξίωσαν, Ἰώσηπός τε καὶ Φίλων καὶ ἕτεροι πλείους· ὧν τὰ πολλὰ παρεὶς, δείγματος αὐτὸ μόνον ἕνεκα, τῇ τοῦ Φίλωνος ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀρκεσθήσομαι μαρτυρίᾳ, ἣν περὶ τῶν δηλουμένων κατὰ πολλὰ τῶν οἰκείων ὑπομνημάτων τέθειται. τούτων δʼ ἀπὸ τῆς Ὑπὲρ Ἰουδαίων ἀπολογίας λαβὼν σύ γε ἀνάγνωθι ταῦτα
ēn de touto philosophōn Ioudaiōn genos, hōn tēn tou biou askēsin kai tōn exōthen kateplagēsan myrioi, tōn dʼ oikeiōn hoi periphanestatoi kai mnēmēs alēstou toutous ēxiōsan, Iōsēpos te kai Philōn kai heteroi pleious; hōn ta polla pareis, deigmatos auto monon heneka, tę̄ tou Philōnos epi tou parontos arkesthēsomai martyrią, hēn peri tōn dēloumenōn kata polla tōn oikeiōn hypomnēmatōn tetheitai. toutōn dʼ apo tēs Hyper Ioudaiōn apologias labōn sy ge anagnōthi tauta
This was a class of Jewish philosophers, whose discipline of life countless outsiders admired, and the most distinguished of their own people thought them worthy of unforgettable memory: Josephus, Philo, and many others. Passing over most of them, I shall be content for now, merely as a sample, with the testimony of Philo, which he has set down about them in many of his own works. Take and read these words from his Apology for the Jews:
Preparation 8, chapter 11
8.11.1Dindorf 1:440–441
Μυρίους δὲ τῶν γνωρίμων ὁ ἡμέτερος νομοθέτης ἤλειψεν ἐπὶ κοινωνίαν, οἳ καλοῦνται μὲν Ἐσσαῖοι, παρὰ τὴν ὁσιότητά μοι δοκῶ τῆς προσηγορίας ἀξιωθέντες. οἰκοῦσι δὲ πολλὰς μὲν πόλεις τῆς Ἰουδαίας ‚ πολλὰς δὲ κώμας καὶ μεγάλους καὶ πολυανθρώπους ὁμίλους.
Myrious de tōn gnōrimōn ho hēmeteros nomothetēs ēleipsen epi koinōnian, hoi kalountai men Essaioi, para tēn hosiotēta moi dokō tēs prosēgorias axiōthentes. oikousi de pollas men poleis tēs Ioudaias ‚ pollas de kōmas kai megalous kai polyanthrōpous homilous.
"Our lawgiver trained countless of his disciples for a life in common; they are called Essenes, having been thought worthy of the name, I think, because of their holiness. They live in many cities of Judea, and in many villages, and in large and populous groups.
8.11.2Dindorf 1:441
ἔστι δʼ αὐτοῖς ἡ προαίρεσις οὐ γένει, γένος γὰρ ἐφʼ ἑκουσίοις οὐ γράφεται, διὰ δὲ ζῆλον ἀρετῆς καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἵμερον.
esti dʼ autois hē proairesis ou genei, genos gar ephʼ hekousiois ou graphetai, dia de zēlon aretēs kai philanthrōpias himeron.
Their choice is not by birth (for birth is not reckoned in matters of free will), but by zeal for virtue and longing for humanity.
8.11.3Dindorf 1:441
Ἐσσαίων γοῦν κομιδῇ νήπιος οὐδεὶς ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ πρωτογένειος, ἢ μειράκιον, ἐπεὶ τά γε τούτων ἀβέβαια ἤθη τῷ τῆς ἡλικίας ἀτελεῖ συννεωτερίζονται· τέλειοι δʼ ἄνδρες καὶ πρὸς γῆρας ἀποκλίναντες ἤδη, μηκέθʼ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ σώματος ἐπιρροῆς ἐπικλυζόμενοι, μηδʼ ὑπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἀγόμενοι, τὴν ἀψευδῆ δὲ καὶ μόνην ὄντως ἐλευθερίαν καρπούμενοι.
Essaiōn goun komidę̄ nēpios oudeis allʼ oude prōtogeneios, ē meirakion, epei ta ge toutōn abebaia ēthē tǭ tēs hēlikias atelei synneōterizontai; teleioi dʼ andres kai pros gēras apoklinantes ēdē, mēkethʼ hypo tēs tou sōmatos epirroēs epiklyzomenoi, mēdʼ hypo tōn pathōn agomenoi, tēn apseudē de kai monēn ontōs eleutherian karpoumenoi.
No Essene, at any rate, is a mere child, nor even a youth with a first beard, or a young man, since their characters are unstable and change with the immaturity of their age; but they are full-grown men already declining toward old age, no longer flooded by the flow of the body nor led by the passions, but enjoying the true and only real freedom.
8.11.4Dindorf 1:441
μάρτυς δὲ τῆς ἐλευθερίας αὐτῶν ὁ βίος. ἴδιον οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν ὑπομένει κτήσασθαι τὸ παράπαν ‚ οὐκ οἰκίαν, οὐκ ἀνδράποδον‚ οὐ χωρίον, οὐ βοσκήματα, οὐχ ὅσα ἄλλα παρασκευαὶ καὶ χορηγίαι πλούτου· πάντα δʼ εἰς μέσον ἀθρόα καταθέντες κοινὴν καρποῦνται τὴν ἁπάντων ὠφέλειαν.
martys de tēs eleutherias autōn ho bios. idion oudeis ouden hypomenei ktēsasthai to parapan ‚ ouk oikian, ouk andrapodon‚ ou chōrion, ou boskēmata, ouch hosa alla paraskeuai kai chorēgiai ploutou; panta dʼ eis meson athroa katathentes koinēn karpountai tēn hapantōn ōpheleian.
Their life bears witness to their freedom. No one is willing to acquire any private property at all, not a house, not a slave, not a field, not flocks, nor any of the other supplies and resources of wealth; but placing everything together in common, they enjoy the common benefit of all.
8.11.5Dindorf 1:441
οἰκοῦσι δʼ ἐν ταὐτῷ, κατὰ θιάσους ἑταιρίας καὶ συσσίτια πεποιημένοι, καὶ πάνθʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινωφελοῦς πραγματευόμενοι διατελοῦσιν.
oikousi dʼ en tautǭ, kata thiasous hetairias kai syssitia pepoiēmenoi, kai panthʼ hyper tou koinōphelous pragmateuomenoi diatelousin.
They live together, formed into fellowships, companies, and common meals, and continue doing everything for the common good.
8.11.6Dindorf 1:441
ἀλλʼ ἑτέρων ἕτεραι πραγματεῖαι, αἷς ἐπαποδύντες ἀόκνως διαθλοῦσιν, οὐ κρυμὸν ‚ οὐ θάλπος, οὐχ ὅσα ἀέρος νεωτερίσματα προφασιζόμενοι· πρὶν δʼ ἥλιον ἀνασχεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ συνήθη τρεπόμενοι, δυομένου μόλις ἐπανίασι χαίροντες, οὐχ ἧττον τῶν ἐν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἐξεταζομένων ἀγῶσιν.
allʼ heterōn heterai pragmateiai, hais epapodyntes aoknōs diathlousin, ou krymon ‚ ou thalpos, ouch hosa aeros neōterismata prophasizomenoi; prin dʼ hēlion anaschein epi ta synēthē trepomenoi, dyomenou molis epaniasi chairontes, ouch hētton tōn en tois gymnikois exetazomenōn agōsin.
But different people have different occupations, to which they strip and labor without hesitation, making no excuse of cold, or heat, or any changes of weather; turning to their usual tasks before sunrise, they return when it has scarcely set, rejoicing no less than those tested in athletic contests.
8.11.7Dindorf 1:441
ὑπολαμβάνουσι γὰρ ἄττʼ ἂν ἐπιτηδεύσωσιν εἶναι βιωφελέστερα καὶ ἡδίω ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι τὰ γυμνάσματα, καὶ πολυχρονιώτερα τῶν ἐν ἀθλήσεσι, μὴ συναφηβῶντα τῇ τοῦ σώματος ἀκμῇ.
hypolambanousi gar attʼ an epitēdeusōsin einai biōphelestera kai hēdiō psychę̄ kai sōmati ta gymnasmata, kai polychroniōtera tōn en athlēsesi, mē synaphēbōnta tę̄ tou sōmatos akmę̄.
For they suppose that whatever they practice are exercises more useful for life and more pleasant to soul and body, and more lasting than those of athletes, since they do not fade with the body's prime.
8.11.8Dindorf 1:441–442
εἰσὶ γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν γεηπόνοι, τῶν περὶ σπορὰν καὶ γεωργίαν ἐπιστήμονες ‚ οἱ δʼ ἀγελάρχαι, παντοδαπῶν θρεμμάτων ἡγεμόνες, ἔνιοι δὲ σμήνη μελιττῶν ἐπιτροπεύουσιν.
eisi gar autōn hoi men geēponoi, tōn peri sporan kai geōrgian epistēmones ‚ hoi dʼ agelarchai, pantodapōn thremmatōn hēgemones, enioi de smēnē melittōn epitropeuousin.
For some of them are farmers, skilled in sowing and cultivation; others are herdsmen, leaders of all kinds of flocks; some tend swarms of bees.
8.11.9Dindorf 1:442
ἄλλοι δὲ δημιουργοὶ τῶν κατὰ τέχνας εἰσὶν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲν ὧν αἱ ἀναγκαῖαι χρεῖαι βιάζονται παθεῖν ‚ οὐδὲν ἀναβαλλόμενοι τῶν εἰς πορισμὸν ἀνυπαίτιον.
alloi de dēmiourgoi tōn kata technas eisin, hyper tou mēden hōn hai anankaiai chreiai biazontai pathein ‚ ouden anaballomenoi tōn eis porismon anypaition.
Others are craftsmen in the various arts, so as to suffer none of the things that necessary needs compel, putting off nothing that leads to blameless provision.
8.11.10Dindorf 1:442
ἐκ δὴ τῶν οὕτως διαφερόντων ἕκαστοι τὸν μισθὸν λαβόντες ἑνὶ διδόασι τῷ χειροτονηθέντι ταμίᾳ· λαβὼν δʼ ἐκεῖνος αὐτίκα τἀπιτήδεια ὠνεῖται, καὶ παρέχει τροφὰς ἀφθόνους καὶ τἄλλα ὧν ὁ ἀνθρώπινος βίος χρειώδης.
ek dē tōn houtōs diapherontōn hekastoi ton misthon labontes heni didoasi tǭ cheirotonēthenti tamią; labōn dʼ ekeinos autika tapitēdeia ōneitai, kai parechei trophas aphthonous kai talla hōn ho anthrōpinos bios chreiōdēs.
From those so differing, each receives his wages and gives them to the one elected treasurer; and he, on receiving them, at once buys what is needed and provides abundant food and the other things of which human life has need.
8.11.11Dindorf 1:442
οἱ δʼ ὁμοδίαιτοι καὶ ὁμοτράπεζοι καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν εἰσὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀσμενίζοντες ‚ ὀλιγοδεείας ἐρασταὶ, πολυτέλειαν ὡς ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος νόσον ἐκτρεπόμενοι.
hoi dʼ homodiaitoi kai homotrapezoi kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran eisi tois autois asmenizontes ‚ oligodeeias erastai, polyteleian hōs psychēs kai sōmatos noson ektrepomenoi.
They live and eat together every day, content with the same things, lovers of frugality, avoiding extravagance as a disease of soul and body.
8.11.12Dindorf 1:442
κοινὴ δʼ οὐ τράπεζα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐσθὴς αὐτοῖς ἐστί. πρόκεινται γὰρ χειμῶνι μὲν στιφραὶ χλαῖναι, θέρει δʼ ἐξωμίδες εὐτελεῖς, ὡς εὐμαρῶς ἐξεῖναι τῷ βουλομένῳ ἣν ἂν ἐθελήσῃ λαβεῖν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὰ ἑνὸς ἀπάντων καὶ τὰ πάντων ἔμπαλιν ἑνὸς ὑπείληπται.
koinē dʼ ou trapeza monon, alla kai esthēs autois esti. prokeintai gar cheimōni men stiphrai chlainai, therei dʼ exōmides euteleis, hōs eumarōs exeinai tǭ boulomenǭ hēn an ethelēsę̄ labein, epeidē kai ta henos apantōn kai ta pantōn empalin henos hypeilēptai.
Not only the table but also clothing is common to them. For thick cloaks are laid out for winter and cheap tunics for summer, so that anyone who wishes may easily take whichever he likes, since what belongs to one is considered to belong to all, and conversely what belongs to all to each.
8.11.13Dindorf 1:442
καὶ μὴν εἴ τις αὐτῶν ἀσθενήσειεν, ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν νοσηλεύεται, θεραπευόμενος ταῖς ἁπάντων ἐπιμελείαις καὶ φροντίσιν. οἶ δὲ δὴ πρεσβῦται κἂν εἰ τύχοιεν ἄτεκνοι, καθάπερ οὐ πολύπαιδες μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα εὔπαιδες, ἐν εὐτυχεστάτῳ καὶ λιπαρωτάτῳ γήρᾳ τὸν βίον εἰώθασι καταλύειν, ὑπὸ τοσούτων προνομίας ἀξιούμενοι καὶ τιμῆς, ἑκουσίῳ γνώμῃ μᾶλλον ἢ φύσεως ἀνάγκῃ θεραπεύειν ἀξιούντων.
kai mēn ei tis autōn asthenēseien, ek tōn koinōn nosēleuetai, therapeuomenos tais hapantōn epimeleiais kai phrontisin. oi de dē presbytai kan ei tychoien ateknoi, kathaper ou polypaides monon, alla kai sphodra eupaides, en eutychestatǭ kai liparōtatǭ gērą ton bion eiōthasi katalyein, hypo tosoutōn pronomias axioumenoi kai timēs, hekousiǭ gnōmę̄ mallon ē physeōs anankę̄ therapeuein axiountōn.
Moreover, if any of them falls ill, he is nursed from the common resources, cared for with the attention and concern of all. And the old men, even if they happen to be childless, are accustomed to end their lives in a most fortunate and comfortable old age, as though they had not only many children but very good ones, being thought worthy of privilege and honor by so many who think it right to care for them by free choice rather than by the necessity of nature.
8.11.14Dindorf 1:442
ἔτι τοίνυν ὅπερ ἢ μόνον ἢ μάλιστα τὴν κοινωνίαν ἔμελλε διαλύειν ὀξυδερκέστερον ἰδόντες γάμον παρῃτήσαντο μετὰ καὶ τοῦ διαφερόντως ἀσκεῖν ἐγκράτειαν. Ἐσσαίων γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἄγεται γυναῖκα, διότι φίλαυτον ἡ γυνὴ καὶ ζηλότυπον οὐ μετρίως καὶ δεινὸν ἀνδρὸς ἤθη παλεῦσαι καὶ συνεχέσι γοητείαις ὑπάγεσθαι.
eti toinyn hoper ē monon ē malista tēn koinōnian emelle dialyein oxyderkesteron idontes gamon parę̄tēsanto meta kai tou diapherontōs askein enkrateian. Essaiōn gar oudeis agetai gynaika, dioti philauton hē gynē kai zēlotypon ou metriōs kai deinon andros ēthē paleusai kai synechesi goēteiais hypagesthai.
Further, perceiving with keener sight what alone or most of all would dissolve their community, they renounced marriage, together with practicing self-control in a special degree. For no Essene takes a wife, because a wife is selfish, excessively jealous, and clever at ensnaring a man's character and leading him on by continual enchantments.
8.11.15Dindorf 1:442–443
μελετήσασά γὰρ θῶπας λόγους καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ὑπόκρισιν ‚ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σκηνῆς, ὄψεις καὶ ἀκοὰς ὅταν δελεάσῃ, διηπατημένων οἷα ὑπηκόων, τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν φενακίζει.
meletēsasa gar thōpas logous kai tēn allēn hypokrisin ‚ hōsper epi skēnēs, opseis kai akoas hotan deleasę̄, diēpatēmenōn hoia hypēkoōn, ton hēgemona noun phenakizei.
For having practiced flattering words and the other forms of play-acting, as on a stage, when she has ensnared the eyes and ears, deceiving them like subjects, she cheats the ruling mind.
8.11.16Dindorf 1:443
παῖδες δʼ εἰ γένοιντο, φρονήματος ὑποπλησθεῖσα καὶ παρρησίας, ὅσα κατʼ εἰρωνείαν πρότερον ὑπούλως ὑπῃνίττετο, ταῦτα ἀπʼ εὐτολμοτέρου θράσους ἐκλαλεῖ καὶ ἀναισχυντοῦσα βιάζεται πράττειν, ὧν ἕκαστον κοινωνίας ἐχθρόν.
paides dʼ ei genointo, phronēmatos hypoplēstheisa kai parrēsias, hosa katʼ eirōneian proteron hypoulōs hypę̄nitteto, tauta apʼ eutolmoterou thrasous eklalei kai anaischyntousa biazetai prattein, hōn hekaston koinōnias echthron.
And if children are born, filled with pride and boldness of speech, she blurts out with more daring audacity what she previously hinted at slyly in irony, and shamelessly forces him to do things each of which is hostile to community.
8.11.17Dindorf 1:443
ὁ γὰρ ἢ γυναικὸς φίλτροις ἐνδεθεὶς ἢ τέκνων ἀνάγκῃ φύσεως προκηδόμενος οὐκέτι πρὸς ἄλλους ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν ‚ ἀλλʼ ἕτερος γέγονε λεληθὼς ἀντʼ ἐλευθέρου δοῦλος.
ho gar ē gynaikos philtrois endetheis ē teknōn anankę̄ physeōs prokēdomenos ouketi pros allous ho autos estin ‚ allʼ heteros gegone lelēthōs antʼ eleutherou doulos.
For one who is bound by a wife's love-charms, or anxious for his children by the necessity of nature, is no longer the same toward others, but has become another without noticing it, a slave instead of a free man.
8.11.18Dindorf 1:443
οὕτως γοῦν ὁ βίος ἐστὶν αὐτῶν περιμάχητος, ὥστʼ οὐκ ἰδιῶται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μεγάλοι βασιλεῖς ἀγάμενοι τοὺς ἄνδρας τεθήπασι, καὶ τὸ σεμνὸν αὐτῶν ἀποδοχαῖς καὶ τιμαῖς ἔτι μᾶλλον σεμνοποιοῦσι.
houtōs goun ho bios estin autōn perimachētos, hōstʼ ouk idiōtai monon, alla kai megaloi basileis agamenoi tous andras tethēpasi, kai to semnon autōn apodochais kai timais eti mallon semnopoiousi.
So enviable, at any rate, is their life that not only private persons but even great kings, admiring the men, are amazed, and further dignify their dignity with approval and honors.
8.11.19Dindorf 1:443
Ταῦτα μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ εἰρημένου κείσθω συγγράμματος· ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Περὶ τοῦ πάντα σπουδαῖον ἐλεύθερον εἶναι τὰ οὕτως ἔχοντα παραθήσομαι
Tauta men apo tou eirēmenou keisthō syngrammatos; apo de tou Peri tou panta spoudaion eleutheron einai ta houtōs echonta parathēsomai
Let these be set down from the treatise mentioned; and from the work That Every Good Man Is Free I shall quote the following:
Preparation 8, chapter 12
8.12.1Dindorf 1:443
“ Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ Συρία καλοκαγαθίας οὐκ ἄγονος, ἣν πολυανθρωποτάτου ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὐκ ὀλίγη μοῖρα νέμεται.
“ Esti de kai hē en Palaistinę̄ Syria kalokagathias ouk agonos, hēn polyanthrōpotatou ethnous tōn Ioudaiōn ouk oligē moira nemetai.
"Palestinian Syria too is not barren of nobility of character; it is inhabited by no small part of the very populous nation of the Jews.
8.12.2Dindorf 1:443
λέγονται δέ τινες παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὄνομα Ἐσσαῖοι, πλῆθος ὑπὲρ τετρακισχιλίους ‚ κατʼ ἐμὴν δόξαν οὐκ ἀκριβεῖ τύπῳ διαλέκτου Ἑλληνικῆς, παρώνυμοι ὁσιότητος ‚ ἐπειδὴ κἀν τοῖς μάλιστα θεραπευταὶ θεοῦ γεγόνασιν ‚ οὐ ζῷα καταθύοντες, ἀλλʼ ἱεροπρεπεῖς τὰς ἑαυτῶν διανοίας κατασκευάζειν ἀξιοῦντες.
legontai de tines parʼ autois onoma Essaioi, plēthos hyper tetrakischilious ‚ katʼ emēn doxan ouk akribei typǭ dialektou Hellēnikēs, parōnymoi hosiotētos ‚ epeidē kan tois malista therapeutai theou gegonasin ‚ ou zǭa katathyontes, allʼ hieroprepeis tas heautōn dianoias kataskeuazein axiountes.
Some among them are called Essenes, more than four thousand in number; in my opinion, by an inexact form of the Greek language, derived from holiness, since they have become servants of God in the highest degree, not by sacrificing animals, but by resolving to make their own minds fit for holiness.
8.12.3Dindorf 1:443
οὗτοι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον κωμηδὸν οἰκοῦσι τὰς πόλεις ἐκτρεπόμενοι, διὰ τὰς τῶν πολιτευομένων χειροήθεις ἀνομίας, εἰδότες ἐκ τῶν συνόντων, ὡς ἀπὸ ἀέρος φθοροποιοῦ νόσον, ἐγγινομένην προσβολὴν ψυχαῖς ἀνίατον.
houtoi to men prōton kōmēdon oikousi tas poleis ektrepomenoi, dia tas tōn politeuomenōn cheiroētheis anomias, eidotes ek tōn synontōn, hōs apo aeros phthoropoiou noson, enginomenēn prosbolēn psychais aniaton.
These, first of all, live in villages, avoiding the cities because of the habitual lawlessness of their inhabitants, knowing that from companions, as disease from a pestilential air, an incurable attack arises in souls.
8.12.4Dindorf 1:443–444
ὧν οἱ μὲν γεωπονοῦντες, οἱ δὲ τέχνας μετιόντες, ὅσαι συνεργάτιδες εἰρήνης, ἑαυτούς τε καὶ τοὺς πλησιάζοντας ὠφελοῦσιν, οὐκ ἄργυρον καὶ χρυσὸν θησαυροφυλακοῦντες, οὐδʼ ἀποτομὰς γῆς μεγάλας κτώμενοι διʼ ἐπιθυμίαν προσόδων, ἀλλʼ ὅσα πρὸς τὰς ἀναγκαίας τοῦ βίου χρείας ἐκπορίζοντες.
hōn hoi men geōponountes, hoi de technas metiontes, hosai synergatides eirēnēs, heautous te kai tous plēsiazontas ōphelousin, ouk argyron kai chryson thēsaurophylakountes, oudʼ apotomas gēs megalas ktōmenoi diʼ epithymian prosodōn, allʼ hosa pros tas anankaias tou biou chreias ekporizontes.
Of them, some till the soil, others pursue the crafts that cooperate with peace, benefiting themselves and their neighbors; they do not hoard silver and gold, nor acquire large tracts of land from desire for revenue, but provide only what is needed for the necessary uses of life.
8.12.5Dindorf 1:444
μόνοι γὰρ ἐξ ἁπάντων σχεδὸν ἀνθρώπων ἀχρήματοι καὶ ἀκτήμονες αὐτοὶ γεγονότες, ἐπιτηδεύσει τὸ πλέον ἢ ἐνδείᾳ εὐτυχίας, πλουσιώτατοι νομίζονται, τὴν ὀλιγοδεΐαν καὶ εὐκολίαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν, κρίνοντες περιουσίαν.
monoi gar ex hapantōn schedon anthrōpōn achrēmatoi kai aktēmones autoi gegonotes, epitēdeusei to pleon ē endeią eutychias, plousiōtatoi nomizontai, tēn oligodeïan kai eukolian, hoper estin, krinontes periousian.
For they alone of almost all people, having become without money and without possessions by deliberate practice rather than by lack of good fortune, are considered very rich, judging frugality and contentment, as indeed they are, to be abundance.
8.12.6Dindorf 1:444
βελῶν ‚ ἢ ἀκόντων, ἢ ξιφιδίων, ἢ κράνους, ἢ θώρακος, ἢ ἀσπίδος, οὐδένα παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἂν εὕροις δημιουργὸν, οὐδὲ συνόλως ὁπλοποιὸν, ἢ μηχανοποιὸν, ἤ τι τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἐπιτηδεύοντα, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὅσα κατʼ εἰρήνην εὐόλισθα εἰς κακίαν· ἐμπορίας γὰρ ἢ καπηλείας ἢ ναυκληρίας οὐδʼ ὄναρ ἴσασι, τὰς εἰς πλεονεξίαν ἀφορμὰς ἀποδιοπομπούμενοι.
belōn ‚ ē akontōn, ē xiphidiōn, ē kranous, ē thōrakos, ē aspidos, oudena parʼ autois an heurois dēmiourgon, oude synolōs hoplopoion, ē mēchanopoion, ē ti tōn kata polemon epitēdeuonta, allʼ oudʼ hosa katʼ eirēnēn euolistha eis kakian; emporias gar ē kapēleias ē nauklērias oudʼ onar isasi, tas eis pleonexian aphormas apodiopompoumenoi.
You would find among them no maker of arrows, javelins, daggers, helmet, breastplate, or shield, nor in general any armorer, engine-maker, or anyone engaged in the business of war, nor even in the things of peace that easily slip into wickedness; for they do not even dream of trade, retail, or shipping, banishing the occasions of greed.
8.12.7Dindorf 1:444
δοῦλός τε παρʼ αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ εἷς ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ ἐλεύθεροι πάντες, ἀνθυπουργοῦντες ἀλλήλοις· καταγινώσκουσί τε τῶν δεσποτῶν οὐ μόνον ὡς ἀδίκων ἰσότητα λυμαινομένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἀσεβῶν, θεσμὸν φύσεως ἀναιρούντων ‚ ἢ πάντας ὁμοίως γεννήσασα καὶ θρέψασα μητρὸς τρόπον ἀδελφοὺς γνησίους, οὐ λεγομένους, ἀλλʼ ὄντας ὄντως ἀπειργάσατο.
doulos te parʼ autois oude heis estin, allʼ eleutheroi pantes, anthypourgountes allēlois; kataginōskousi te tōn despotōn ou monon hōs adikōn isotēta lymainomenōn, alla kai hōs asebōn, thesmon physeōs anairountōn ‚ ē pantas homoiōs gennēsasa kai threpsasa mētros tropon adelphous gnēsious, ou legomenous, allʼ ontas ontōs apeirgasato.
There is not a single slave among them, but all are free, serving one another in turn. They condemn masters, not only as unjust, corrupting equality, but also as impious, destroying the ordinance of nature, which, having begotten and nourished all alike as a mother, made them genuine brothers, not in name but in truth.
8.12.8Dindorf 1:444
ὧν τὴν συγγένειαν ἡ ἐπίβουλος πλεονεξία παρευημερήσασα διέσεισεν, ἀντʼ οἰκειότητος ἀλλοτριότητα καὶ ἀντὶ φιλίας ἔχθραν ἐργασαμένη.
hōn tēn syngeneian hē epiboulos pleonexia pareuēmerēsasa dieseisen, antʼ oikeiotētos allotriotēta kai anti philias echthran ergasamenē.
This kinship, scheming greed has overthrown by prevailing, producing estrangement instead of intimacy and enmity instead of friendship.
8.12.9Dindorf 1:444–445
φιλοσοφίας τε τὸ μὲν λογικὸν, ὡς οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον εἰς κτῆσιν ἀρετῆς, λογοθήραις, τὸ δὲ φυσικὸν, ὡς μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, μετεωρολέσχαις ἀπολιπόντες, πλὴν ὅσον αὐτοῦ περὶ ὑπάρξεως θεοῦ καὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς γενέσεως φιλοσοφεῖται ‚ τὸ ἠθικὸν εὖ μάλα διαπονοῦσιν, ἀλείπταις χρώμενοι τοῖς πατρῴοις νόμοις, οὓς ἀμήχανον ἀνθρωπίνην ἐπινοῆσαι ψυχὴν ἄνευ κατακωχῆς ἐνθέου.
philosophias te to men logikon, hōs ouk anankaion eis ktēsin aretēs, logothērais, to de physikon, hōs meizon ē kata anthrōpinēn physin, meteōroleschais apolipontes, plēn hoson autou peri hyparxeōs theou kai tēs tou pantos geneseōs philosopheitai ‚ to ēthikon eu mala diaponousin, aleiptais chrōmenoi tois patrǭois nomois, hous amēchanon anthrōpinēn epinoēsai psychēn aneu katakōchēs entheou.
Of philosophy, they leave the logical part, as not necessary for the acquisition of virtue, to word-hunters, and the natural part, as too great for human nature, to talkers about the heavens, except so much of it as concerns the existence of God and the origin of the universe; but the ethical part they work at very thoroughly, using as trainers their ancestral laws, which a human soul could not possibly have conceived without divine inspiration.
8.12.10Dindorf 1:445
τούτους ἀναδιδάσκονται μὲν καὶ παρὰ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις διαφερόντως. ἱερὰ γὰρ ἡ ἑβδόμη νενόμισται, καθʼ ἣν τῶν ἄλλων ἀνέχοντες ἔργων, εἰς ἱεροὺς ἀφικνούμενοι τόπους, οἳ καλοῦνται συναγωγαὶ, καθʼ ἡλικίας ἐν τάξεσιν ὑπὸ πρεσβυτέροις νέοι καθέζονται, μετὰ κόσμου τοῦ προσήκοντος ἔχοντες ἀκροατικῶς. εἷς μέν τις τὰς βίβλους ἀναγινώσκει λαβὼν, ἕτερος δὲ τῶν ἐμπειροτάτων ὅσα μὴ γνώριμα παρελθὼν ἀναδιδάσκει· τὰ γὰρ πλεῖστα διὰ συμβόλων ἀρχαιοτρόπῳ ζηλώσει παρʼ αὐτοῖς φιλοσοφεῖται.
toutous anadidaskontai men kai para ton allon chronon, en de tais hebdomais diapherontōs. hiera gar hē hebdomē nenomistai, kathʼ hēn tōn allōn anechontes ergōn, eis hierous aphiknoumenoi topous, hoi kalountai synagōgai, kathʼ hēlikias en taxesin hypo presbyterois neoi kathezontai, meta kosmou tou prosēkontos echontes akroatikōs. heis men tis tas biblous anaginōskei labōn, heteros de tōn empeirotatōn hosa mē gnōrima parelthōn anadidaskei; ta gar pleista dia symbolōn archaiotropǭ zēlōsei parʼ autois philosopheitai.
They are taught these at other times too, but especially on the seventh days. For the seventh day is held sacred; on it they abstain from other work and come to sacred places called synagogues, where they sit in rows by age, the young below the elders, listening with fitting decorum. Then one takes the books and reads, and another of the most experienced comes forward and explains what is not understood; for most things are treated philosophically among them through symbols, with an ancient zeal.
8.12.11Dindorf 1:445
παιδεύονται δὲ εὐσέβειαν, ὁσιότητα, δικαιοσύνην, οἰκονομίαν, πολιτείαν, καὶ ἐπιστήμην τῶν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν καὶ ἀδιαφόρων, αἱρέσεις ὧν χρὴ καὶ φυγὰς τῶν ἐναντίων, νόμοις καὶ κανόσι τριττοῖς χρώμενοι, τῷ τε φιλοθέῳ καὶ φιλαρέτῳ καὶ φιλανθρώπῳ.
paideuontai de eusebeian, hosiotēta, dikaiosynēn, oikonomian, politeian, kai epistēmēn tōn pros alētheian agathōn kai kakōn kai adiaphorōn, haireseis hōn chrē kai phygas tōn enantiōn, nomois kai kanosi trittois chrōmenoi, tǭ te philotheǭ kai philaretǭ kai philanthrōpǭ.
They are taught piety, holiness, justice, household management, citizenship, and knowledge of what is truly good, bad, and indifferent, what to choose and what opposites to flee, using a threefold set of rules and standards: love of God, love of virtue, and love of humanity.
8.12.12Dindorf 1:445
τοῦ μὲν οὖν φιλοθέου δείγματα μυρία παρέχει ἡ παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον συνεχὴς καὶ ἐπάλληλος ἁγνεία, τὸ ἀνώμοτον, τὸ ἀψευδὲς, τὸ πάντων μὲν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον, κακοῦ δὲ μηδενὸς νομίζειν εἶναι τὸ θεῖον· τοῦ δὲ φιλαρέτου τὸ ἀφιλοχρήματον, τὸ ἀφιλόδοξον, τὸ ἀφιλήδονον, τὸ ἐγκρατὲς, τὸ καρτερικὸν, ἔτι δὲ ὀλιγοδέειαν, ἀφέλειαν, εὐκολίαν, τὸ ἄτυφον, τὸ νόμιμον, τὸ εὐσταθὲς, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ὁμοιότροπα· τοῦ δὲ φιλανθρώπου δείγματα εὔνοια, ἰσότης, ἡ παντὸς λόγου κρείττων κοινωνία, περὶ ἧς οὐκ ἄκαιρον βραχέα εἰπεῖν.
tou men oun philotheou deigmata myria parechei hē parʼ holon ton bion synechēs kai epallēlos hagneia, to anōmoton, to apseudes, to pantōn men agathōn aition, kakou de mēdenos nomizein einai to theion; tou de philaretou to aphilochrēmaton, to aphilodoxon, to aphilēdonon, to enkrates, to karterikon, eti de oligodeeian, apheleian, eukolian, to atyphon, to nomimon, to eustathes, kai hosa toutois homoiotropa; tou de philanthrōpou deigmata eunoia, isotēs, hē pantos logou kreittōn koinōnia, peri hēs ouk akairon brachea eipein.
Of love of God they give countless proofs: continual and unbroken purity throughout their whole life, abstention from oaths, truthfulness, and the belief that the divine is the cause of all good and of no evil. Of love of virtue: freedom from love of money, of fame, and of pleasure, self-control, endurance, and further frugality, simplicity, contentment, modesty, respect for law, steadiness, and all such things. Of love of humanity: goodwill, equality, and a fellowship beyond all description, about which it is not out of place to say a little.
8.12.13Dindorf 1:445–446
πρῶτον τοίνυν οὐδενὸς οἰκία τίς ἐστιν ἰδία, ἣν οὐχὶ πάντων εἶναι κοινὴν συμβέβηκε. πρὸς γὰρ τῷ κατὰ θιάσους συνοικεῖν ἀναπέπταται καὶ τοῖς ἑτέρωθεν ἀφικνουμένοις τῶν ὁμοζήλων.
prōton toinyn oudenos oikia tis estin idia, hēn ouchi pantōn einai koinēn symbebēke. pros gar tǭ kata thiasous synoikein anapeptatai kai tois heterōthen aphiknoumenois tōn homozēlōn.
First, then, no one's house is his own, but it is common to all. For besides their living together in fellowships, it is open to those of like zeal who come from elsewhere.
8.12.14Dindorf 1:446
εἶτʼ ἐστὶ ταμεῖον ἓν πάντων καὶ δαπάναι· καὶ κοιναὶ μὲν ἐσθῆτες, κοιναὶ δὲ τροφαὶ συσσίτια πεποιημένων. τὸ γὰρ ὁμωρόφιον ‚ ἢ ὁμοδίαιτον ‚ ἢ ὁμοτράπεζον ‚ οὐκ ἄν τις εὕροι παρʼ ἑτέροις μᾶλλον ἔργῳ βεβαιούμενον, καὶ μήποτʼ εἰκότως·
eitʼ esti tameion hen pantōn kai dapanai; kai koinai men esthētes, koinai de trophai syssitia pepoiēmenōn. to gar homōrophion ‚ ē homodiaiton ‚ ē homotrapezon ‚ ouk an tis heuroi parʼ heterois mallon ergǭ bebaioumenon, kai mēpotʼ eikotōs;
Then there is one treasury for all and common expenses; common are the garments, common the food, for they hold common meals. For living under one roof, one way of life, and one table would not be found more firmly established in practice among others; and perhaps reasonably so.
8.12.15Dindorf 1:446
ὅσα γὰρ ἂν μεθʼ ἡμέραν ἐργασάμενοι λάβωσιν ἐπὶ μισθῷ, ταῦτʼ οὐκ ἴδια φυλάττουσιν ‚ ἀλλʼ εἰς μέσον προτιθέντες κοινὴν τοῖς ἐθέλουσι χρῆσθαι τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν παρασκευάζουσιν ὠφέλειαν· οἵ τε νοσοῦντες οὐχ ὅτι πορίζειν ἀδυνατοῦσιν ἀμελοῦνται, πρὸς τὰς νοσηλείας ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν ἔχοντες ἐν ἑτοίμῳ, ὡς μετὰ πάσης ἀδείας ἐξ ἀφθονωτέρων ἀναλίσκειν.
hosa gar an methʼ hēmeran ergasamenoi labōsin epi misthǭ, tautʼ ouk idia phylattousin ‚ allʼ eis meson protithentes koinēn tois ethelousi chrēsthai tēn apʼ autōn paraskeuazousin ōpheleian; hoi te nosountes ouch hoti porizein adynatousin amelountai, pros tas nosēleias ek tōn koinōn echontes en hetoimǭ, hōs meta pasēs adeias ex aphthonōterōn analiskein.
For whatever they receive as wages for their day's work they do not keep as their own, but put it out in common and make its benefit available to those who wish to use it. And the sick are not neglected because they cannot earn, having ready from the common funds what they need for nursing, so that they may spend with all freedom from a plentiful supply.
8.12.16Dindorf 1:446
αἰδὼς δʼ ἐστὶ πρεσβυτέρων καὶ φροντὶς, οἵα γονέων ὑπὸ γνησίων παίδων, χερσὶ καὶ διανοίαις μυρίαις ἐν ἀφθονίᾳ τῇ πάσῃ γηροτροφουμένων. τοιούτους ἡ δίχα περιεργίας Ἑλληνικῶν ὀνομάτων ἀθλητὰς ἀρετῆς ἀπεργάζεται φιλοσοφία, γυμνάσματα προτιθεῖσα τὰς ἐπαινετὰς πράξεις, ἐξ ὧν ἡ ἀδούλωτος ἐλευθερία βεβαιοῦται.
aidōs dʼ esti presbyterōn kai phrontis, hoia goneōn hypo gnēsiōn paidōn, chersi kai dianoiais myriais en aphthonią tę̄ pasę̄ gērotrophoumenōn. toioutous hē dicha periergias Hellēnikōn onomatōn athlētas aretēs apergazetai philosophia, gymnasmata protitheisa tas epainetas praxeis, ex hōn hē adoulōtos eleutheria bebaioutai.
They show respect and care for the elders, such as genuine children give their parents, nursing them in old age in all abundance with countless hands and thoughts. Such athletes of virtue does philosophy produce, free of the fussiness of Greek terms, setting before them praiseworthy actions as exercises, by which unenslaved freedom is made secure.
8.12.17Dindorf 1:446
σημεῖον δὲ, πολλῶν κατὰ καιροὺς ἐπαναστάντων τῇ χώρᾳ δυναστῶν ‚ καὶ φύσεσι καὶ προαιρέσεσι χρησαμένων διαφερούσαις ‚ οἱ μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὸ ἀτίθασον ἀγριότητα θηρίων ἐκνικῆσαι σπουδάσαντες, οὐδὲν παραλιπόντες τῶν εἰς ὠμότητα, τοὺς ὑπηκόους ἀγεληδὸν ἱερεύοντες ‚ ἢ καὶ ζῶντας ἔτι μαγείρων τρόπον κατὰ μέρη καὶ μέλη κρεουργοῦντες, ἄχρι τοῦ τὰς αὐτὰς ὑπομεῖναι συμφορὰς ὑπὸ τῆς τὰ ἀνθρώπεια ἐφορώσης δίκης, οὐκ ἐπαύσαντο· ’
sēmeion de, pollōn kata kairous epanastantōn tę̄ chōrą dynastōn ‚ kai physesi kai proairesesi chrēsamenōn diapherousais ‚ hoi men gar eis to atithason agriotēta thēriōn eknikēsai spoudasantes, ouden paralipontes tōn eis ōmotēta, tous hypēkoous agelēdon hiereuontes ‚ ē kai zōntas eti mageirōn tropon kata merē kai melē kreourgountes, achri tou tas autas hypomeinai symphoras hypo tēs ta anthrōpeia ephorōsēs dikēs, ouk epausanto; ’
A proof of this: many rulers at various times have risen up against the country, differing in nature and policy. Some, striving to outdo the savagery of wild beasts in untamability, leaving nothing undone in cruelty, slaughtering their subjects in herds, or even cutting them up alive, like cooks, part by part and limb by limb, did not stop until they themselves suffered the same calamities from the justice that oversees human affairs;
8.12.18Dindorf 1:446–447
οἱ δὲ τὸ παρακεκινημένον καὶ λελυττηκὸς εἰς ἑτέρας εἶδος κακίας μεθαρμοσάμενοι, πικρίαν ἄλεκτον ἐπιτηδεύσαντες, ἡσυχῆ διαλαλοῦντες, ἠρεμαιοτέρας φωνῆς ὑποκρίσει βαρύμηνι ἦθος ἐπιδεικνύμενοι, κυνῶν ἰοβόλων τρόπον προσσαίνοντες, ἀνιάτων γενόμενοι κακῶν αἴτιοι, κατὰ πόλεις μνημεῖα τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀσεβείας καὶ μισανθρωπίας ἀπέλιπον τὰς τῶν πεπονθότων ἀλήστους συμφοράς.
hoi de to parakekinēmenon kai lelyttēkos eis heteras eidos kakias metharmosamenoi, pikrian alekton epitēdeusantes, hēsychē dialalountes, ēremaioteras phōnēs hypokrisei barymēni ēthos epideiknymenoi, kynōn iobolōn tropon prossainontes, aniatōn genomenoi kakōn aitioi, kata poleis mnēmeia tēs heautōn asebeias kai misanthrōpias apelipon tas tōn peponthotōn alēstous symphoras.
others, changing their frenzy and madness into another form of wickedness, practicing unspeakable bitterness, talking quietly, displaying a wrathful character under the pretense of a gentler voice, fawning like venomous dogs, became the causes of incurable evils, and left behind in the cities, as monuments of their impiety and hatred of humanity, the unforgettable calamities of those who suffered.
8.12.19Dindorf 1:447
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὔτε τῶν σφόδρα ὠμοθύμων οὔτε τῶν πάνυ δολερῶν καὶ ὑπούλων ἴσχυσε τὸν λεχθέντα τῶν Ἐσσαίων ἢ Ὁσίων ὅμιλον αἰτιάσασθαι· πάντες δʼ ἀσθενέστεροι τῆς τῶν ἀνδρῶν καλοκαγαθίας γενόμενοι καθάπερ αὐτονόμοις καὶ ἐλευθέροις οὖσιν ἐκ φύσεως προσηνέχθησαν ‚ ᾄδοντες αὐτῶν τὰ συσσίτια καὶ τὴν παντὸς λόγου κρείττονα κοινωνίαν, ἣ βίου τελείου καὶ σφόδρα εὐδαίμονός ἐστι σαφέστατον δεῖγμα.”
alla gar oudeis oute tōn sphodra ōmothymōn oute tōn pany dolerōn kai hypoulōn ischyse ton lechthenta tōn Essaiōn ē Hosiōn homilon aitiasasthai; pantes dʼ asthenesteroi tēs tōn andrōn kalokagathias genomenoi kathaper autonomois kai eleutherois ousin ek physeōs prosēnechthēsan ‚ ądontes autōn ta syssitia kai tēn pantos logou kreittona koinōnian, hē biou teleiou kai sphodra eudaimonos esti saphestaton deigma.”
But none, either of the very savage or of the very deceitful and treacherous, was able to bring a charge against the company of the Essenes or Holy Ones; but all, overcome by the men's nobility of character, treated them as independent and free by nature, praising their common meals and their fellowship beyond all description, which is the clearest proof of a perfect and very happy life."
8.12.20Dindorf 1:447
Τὰ μὲν οὖν τῆς φιλοσόφου παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις ἀσκήσεως τε καὶ πολιτείας διὰ τῶνδε προκείσθω· τὰ δὲ τοῦ λοιποῦ βίου, ὃν δὴ τῷ πλήθει τοῦ παντὸς ἔθνους οἱ θεῖοι διηγόρευον νόμοι, τέθειται προλαβὼν ὁ λόγος.
Ta men oun tēs philosophou para Ioudaiois askēseōs te kai politeias dia tōnde prokeisthō; ta de tou loipou biou, hon dē tǭ plēthei tou pantos ethnous hoi theioi diēgoreuon nomoi, tetheitai prolabōn ho logos.
Let these, then, set forth the philosophical discipline and way of life among the Jews; the rest of the life, which the divine laws prescribed for the multitude of the whole nation, the discussion has already set out.
8.12.21Dindorf 1:447
τί δῆτα λείπεται ἐπὶ τούτοις ἢ καὶ τὰ τῆς τῶν νέων θεολογίας σύμφωνα ταῖς τῶν προπατόρων εὐσεβείαις παραστήσασθαι, ὡς ἂν καὶ τῆσδε τῆς ὑποθέσεως ἐντελὴς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος ἀποδεδομένος εἴη;
ti dēta leipetai epi toutois ē kai ta tēs tōn neōn theologias symphōna tais tōn propatorōn eusebeiais parastēsasthai, hōs an kai tēsde tēs hypotheseōs entelēs hēmin ho logos apodedomenos eiē?
What, then, remains after this but to show also that the theology of the later Jews agrees with the piety of their forefathers, so that our account of this subject too may be complete?
8.12.22Dindorf 1:447
ἐπεὶ τοίνυν τὰ τῆς ἐνθέου γραφῆς λόγια πρόκειται διὰ τοῦ πρὸ τούτου συγγράμματος, φέρʼ οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τὰ τῆς διανοίας τῶν παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις σοφῶν ἐπαθρήσωμεν, ὡς ἂν μάθοιμεν ὁποῖοί τινες καὶ ἐν τῇ θεολογίᾳ κἀν τῇ περὶ λόγους ἀρετῇ παῖδες Ἑβραίων γεγόνασι. πάλιν οὖν τὸν Φίλωνα παριτέον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου τῶν Εἰς τὸν Νόμον
epei toinyn ta tēs entheou graphēs logia prokeitai dia tou pro toutou syngrammatos, pherʼ oun epi tou parontos ta tēs dianoias tōn para Ioudaiois sophōn epathrēsōmen, hōs an mathoimen hopoioi tines kai en tę̄ theologią kan tę̄ peri logous aretę̄ paides Hebraiōn gegonasi. palin oun ton Philōna pariteon apo tou prōtou tōn Eis ton Nomon
Since the oracles of the inspired Scripture have been set out in the previous book, come, let us now look at the thought of the wise men among the Jews, so that we may learn what sort of men the sons of the Hebrews have been both in theology and in excellence of speech. We must again bring in Philo, from the first of his books On the Law:
Preparation 8, chapter 13
8.13.1Dindorf 1:447–448
“ Τινὲς γὰρ τὸν κόσμον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν κοσμοποιὸν θαυμάσαντες τὸν μὲν ἀγέννητόν τε καὶ ἀίδιον ἀπεφήναντο, τοῦ θεοῦ πολλὴν ἀπραξίαν ἀνάγνως καταψευσάμενοι ‚ δέον ἔμπαλιν τούτου τὰς δυνάμεις ὡς ποιητοῦ καὶ πατρὸς καταπλαγῆναι ‚ τὸν δὲ μὴ πλέον ἀποσεμνῦναι τοῦ μετρίου.
“ Tines gar ton kosmon mallon ē ton kosmopoion thaumasantes ton men agennēton te kai aidion apephēnanto, tou theou pollēn apraxian anagnōs katapseusamenoi ‚ deon empalin toutou tas dynameis hōs poiētou kai patros kataplagēnai ‚ ton de mē pleon aposemnynai tou metriou.
"For some, admiring the world rather than its maker, declared it unbegotten and eternal, impiously and falsely charging God with great inactivity; whereas they ought, on the contrary, to have been struck with amazement at his powers as maker and father, and not to have glorified the world beyond measure.
8.13.2Dindorf 1:448
Μώσης δὲ καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἐπʼ αὐτὴν φθάσας ἀκρότητα καὶ χρησμοῖς τὰ πολλὰ καὶ συνεκτικώτατα τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναδιδαχθεὶς ἔγνω διότι ἀναγκαιότατόν ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ μὲν εἶναι δραστήριον * * ὁ τῶν ὅλων νοῦς ἐστιν εἰλικρινέστατος καὶ ἀκραιφνέστατος, κρείττων ἢ ἐπιστήμη, καὶ κρείττων ἢ αὐτὸ τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ καλόν· τὸ δὲ παθητικὸν ἄψυχον καὶ ἀκίνητον ἐξ αὐτοῦ, κινηθὲν δὲ καὶ μετασχηματισθὲν καὶ ψυχωθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ μετέβαλεν εἰς τὸ τελειότατον ἔργον τόνδε τὸν κόσμον· ὃν οἱ φάσκοντες ἀγέννητον λελήθασι τὸ ὠφελιμώτατον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον τῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν ὑποτεμνόμενοι, τὴν πρόνοιαν.
Mōsēs de kai philosophias epʼ autēn phthasas akrotēta kai chrēsmois ta polla kai synektikōtata tōn tēs physeōs anadidachtheis egnō dioti anankaiotaton estin en tois ousi to men einai drastērion * * ho tōn holōn nous estin eilikrinestatos kai akraiphnestatos, kreittōn ē epistēmē, kai kreittōn ē auto to agathon kai auto to kalon; to de pathētikon apsychon kai akinēton ex autou, kinēthen de kai metaschēmatisthen kai psychōthen hypo tou nou metebalen eis to teleiotaton ergon tonde ton kosmon; hon hoi phaskontes agennēton lelēthasi to ōphelimōtaton kai anankaiotaton tōn eis eusebeian hypotemnomenoi, tēn pronoian.
But Moses, having reached the very summit of philosophy and having been taught by oracles most and the most essential things of nature, knew that it is most necessary that among existing things there be an active [cause and a passive one, and that the active] is the mind of the universe, most pure and unmixed, better than knowledge, and better than the good itself and the beautiful itself; while the passive is lifeless and unmoved of itself, but, moved, shaped, and ensouled by the mind, changed into the most perfect work, this world. Those who say it is unbegotten fail to notice that they are cutting away the most useful and necessary of the things that lead to piety: providence.
8.13.3Dindorf 1:448
τοῦ μὲν γὰρ γεγονότος ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν αἱρεῖ λόγος. καὶ γὰρ πατὴρ ἐκγόνων καὶ δημιουργὸς τῶν δημιουργηθέντων στοχάζεται τῆς διαμονῆς, καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐπιζήμια μηχανῇ πάσῃ διωθεῖται, ὅσα δὲ ὠφέλιμα καὶ λυσιτελῆ πάντα τρόπον ἐκπορίζειν ἐπιποθεῖ· πρὸς δὲ τὸ μὴ γεγονὸς οἰκείωσις οὐδεμία τῷ μὴ πεποιηκότι.
tou men gar gegonotos epimeleisthai ton patera kai poiētēn hairei logos. kai gar patēr ekgonōn kai dēmiourgos tōn dēmiourgēthentōn stochazetai tēs diamonēs, kai hosa men epizēmia mēchanę̄ pasę̄ diōtheitai, hosa de ōphelima kai lysitelē panta tropon ekporizein epipothei; pros de to mē gegonos oikeiōsis oudemia tǭ mē pepoiēkoti.
For reason requires that the father and maker care for what has come into being. A father aims at the preservation of his offspring and a craftsman of his works; he drives away by every means whatever is harmful and longs to provide in every way whatever is useful and profitable. But toward what has not come into being, one who did not make it has no attachment.
8.13.4Dindorf 1:448
περιμάχητον δὲ δόγμα καὶ ἀνωφελὲς ἀναρχίαν ὡς ἐν πόλει κατασκευάζειν τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ, τὸν ἔφορον, ἢ βραβευτὴν, ἢ δικαστὴν οὐκ ἔχοντι, ὑφʼ οὗ πάντα οἰκονομεῖσθαι καὶ πρυτανεύεσθαι θέμις.
perimachēton de dogma kai anōpheles anarchian hōs en polei kataskeuazein tǭde tǭ kosmǭ, ton ephoron, ē brabeutēn, ē dikastēn ouk echonti, hyphʼ hou panta oikonomeisthai kai prytaneuesthai themis.
And it is a contentious and unprofitable doctrine that sets up anarchy, as in a city, for this world, which then would have no overseer, umpire, or judge, by whom all things should rightly be managed and governed.
8.13.5Dindorf 1:448
ἀλλʼ ὅ γε μέγας Μωσῆς ἀλλοτριώτατον τοῦ ὁρατοῦ νομίσας εἶναι τὸ ἀγέννητον ‚ (πᾶν γὰρ τὸ αἰσθητὸν ἐν γενέσει καὶ μεταβολαῖς οὐδέ ποτε κατὰ ταὐτὰ ὂν) τῷ μὲν ἀοράτῳ καὶ νοητῷ προσένειμεν, ὡς ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγγενῆ, ἀιδιότητα, τῷ δʼ αἰσθητῷ γένεσιν τὸ οἰκεῖον ὄνομα ἐπεφήμισεν.
allʼ ho ge megas Mōsēs allotriōtaton tou horatou nomisas einai to agennēton ‚ (pan gar to aisthēton en genesei kai metabolais oude pote kata tauta on) tǭ men aoratǭ kai noētǭ proseneimen, hōs adelphon kai syngenē, aidiotēta, tǭ dʼ aisthētǭ genesin to oikeion onoma epephēmisen.
But the great Moses, considering the unbegotten to be most foreign to what is visible (for everything perceptible is in becoming and change and never the same), assigned eternity to the invisible and intelligible, as its brother and kin, and gave to the perceptible its proper name, becoming.
8.13.6Dindorf 1:448–449
ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁρατός τε καὶ αἰσθητὸς ὅδε ὁ κόσμος, ἀναγκαίως ἂν εἴη καὶ γεννητὸς, ὅθεν οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ καὶ τὴν γένεσιν ἀνέγραψεν αὐτοῦ, μάλα σεμνῶς θεολογήσας.
epei oun horatos te kai aisthētos hode ho kosmos, anankaiōs an eiē kai gennētos, hothen ouk apo skopou kai tēn genesin anegrapsen autou, mala semnōs theologēsas.
Since, then, this world is visible and perceptible, it must necessarily also have come into being; hence not without purpose did he record its origin, speaking of God with great reverence."
8.13.7Dindorf 1:449
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν περὶ τοῦ γεννητὸν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ περὶ τοῦ προνοίᾳ διοικεῖσθαι τὸ πᾶν ἐν τῷ Περὶ προνοίας νεανικώτατα διέξεισι, τὰς τῶν ἀθέων ἀντιθέσεις προτάξας καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰς ἑξῆς ἀποκρινάμενος. καὶ τούτων δὲ, εἰ καὶ μακρότερα δόξειεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀναγκαῖα τὰ πλεῖστα συντεμὼν ἐκθήσομαι. κατασκευάζει δὲ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον
Tauta men oun peri tou gennēton einai ton kosmon. ho de autos anēr kai peri tou pronoią dioikeisthai to pan en tǭ Peri pronoias neanikōtata diexeisi, tas tōn atheōn antitheseis protaxas kai pros autas hexēs apokrinamenos. kai toutōn de, ei kai makrotera doxeien, allʼ hōs anankaia ta pleista syntemōn ekthēsomai. kataskeuazei de ton logon touton ton tropon
So much on the world's having come into being. The same man also goes through, very vigorously, in his On Providence, the case that the universe is governed by providence, first setting out the objections of the godless and then answering them in order. Though these may seem rather long, I shall set out most of them, abridged, as necessary. He constructs the argument in this way:
Preparation 8, chapter 14
8.14.1Dindorf 1:449
“Πρόνοιαν εἶναι λέγεις ἐν τοσαύτῃ τῶν πραγμάτων ταραχῇ καὶ συγχύσει; τί γὰρ τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον διατέτακται; τί μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἀταξίας γέμει καὶ φορᾶς; ἢ μόνος ἀγνοεῖς ὅτι τοῖς μὲν κακίστοις καὶ πονηροτάτοις ἄφθονα ἐπικωμάζει τὰ ἀγαθὰ, πλοῦτος, εὐδοξία, τιμαὶ παρὰ τοῖς πλήθεσιν· ἡγεμονία πάλιν, ὑγεία, εὐαισθησία, κάλλος, ἰσχὺς, ἀπόλαυσις ἡδονῶν ἀκώλυτος, διά τε παρασκευῶν περιουσίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν εἰρηνικωτάτην σώματος εὐμοιρίαν; οἱ δὲ φρονήσεως καὶ ἀρετῆς ἁπάσης ἐρασταί τε καὶ ἀσκηταὶ πάντες εἰσὶν, ὀλίγου δέω φάναι, πένητες, ἀφανεῖς, ἄδοξοι, ταπεινοί;’’
“Pronoian einai legeis en tosautę̄ tōn pragmatōn tarachę̄ kai synchysei? ti gar tōn kata ton anthrōpinon bion diatetaktai? ti men oun ouk ataxias gemei kai phoras? ē monos agnoeis hoti tois men kakistois kai ponērotatois aphthona epikōmazei ta agatha, ploutos, eudoxia, timai para tois plēthesin; hēgemonia palin, hygeia, euaisthēsia, kallos, ischys, apolausis hēdonōn akōlytos, dia te paraskeuōn periousian kai dia tēn eirēnikōtatēn sōmatos eumoirian? hoi de phronēseōs kai aretēs hapasēs erastai te kai askētai pantes eisin, oligou deō phanai, penētes, aphaneis, adoxoi, tapeinoi?’’
"Do you say there is a providence amid such great confusion and disorder of affairs? For what in human life has been set in order? What, rather, is not full of disorder and ruin? Or are you alone ignorant that good things come in riotous abundance to the worst and most wicked: wealth, reputation, honors among the masses, again power, health, keen senses, beauty, strength, unhindered enjoyment of pleasures, through abundance of resources and the most settled good condition of body; while the lovers and practicers of wisdom and every virtue are, I may almost say, all poor, obscure, without honor, and lowly?"
8.14.2Dindorf 1:449–450
Ταῦτα εἰς ἀνασκευὴν καὶ μυρία ἄλλα πλείω τούτων εἰπὼν ἑξῆς ἐπιλύεται τὰς ἀντιθέσεις διὰ τούτων Οὐ τύραννος ὁ θεὸς, ὠμότητα καὶ βίαν καὶ ὅσα δεσπότης ἀνημέρου ἀρχῆς ἔργα ἐπιτετηδευκὼς, ἀλλὰ βασιλεὺς ἥμερον καὶ νόμιμον ἀνημμένος ἡγεμονίαν, μετὰ δικαιοσύνης τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανόν τε καὶ κόσμον βραβεύει.
Tauta eis anaskeuēn kai myria alla pleiō toutōn eipōn hexēs epilyetai tas antitheseis dia toutōn Ou tyrannos ho theos, ōmotēta kai bian kai hosa despotēs anēmerou archēs erga epitetēdeukōs, alla basileus hēmeron kai nomimon anēmmenos hēgemonian, meta dikaiosynēs ton sympanta ouranon te kai kosmon brabeuei.
After saying these and countless other things by way of objection, he next resolves the objections as follows: "God is not a tyrant, practicing cruelty and violence and all the deeds of a despot of savage rule, but a king who has taken up a gentle and lawful rule, and governs the whole heaven and world with justice.
8.14.3Dindorf 1:450
βασιλεῖ δὲ οὐκ ἔστι πρόσρησις οἰκειοτέρα πατρός. ὃ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς συγγενείαις πρὸς τέκνα γονεῖς, τοῦτο βασιλεὺς μὲν πρὸς πόλιν, πρὸς δὲ κόσμον ὁ θεὸς, δύο κάλλιστα φύσεως θεσμοῖς ἀκινήτοις ἀδιαλύτῳ ἑνώσει ἁρμοσάμενος, τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν μετὰ τοῦ κηδεμονικοῦ.
basilei de ouk esti prosrēsis oikeiotera patros. ho gar en tais syngeneiais pros tekna goneis, touto basileus men pros polin, pros de kosmon ho theos, dyo kallista physeōs thesmois akinētois adialytǭ henōsei harmosamenos, to hēgemonikon meta tou kēdemonikou.
And for a king there is no more fitting title than father. For what parents are to children in families, a king is to a city, and God to the world, having joined by the unmoved ordinances of nature, in indissoluble union, the two finest things: governance with care.
8.14.4Dindorf 1:450
καθάπερ οὖν τῶν ἀσώτων υἱέων οὐ περιορῶσιν οἱ τοκέες, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀτυχίας οἶκτον λαμβάνοντες περιέπουσι καὶ τημελοῦσι, νομίζοντες ἐχθρῶν ἀσπόνδων ἔργον εἶναι κακοπραγίαις ἐπεμβαίνειν, φίλων δὲ καὶ συγγενῶν ἐπελαφρίζειν τὰ πταίσματα·
kathaper oun tōn asōtōn huieōn ou periorōsin hoi tokees, alla tēs atychias oikton lambanontes periepousi kai tēmelousi, nomizontes echthrōn aspondōn ergon einai kakopragiais epembainein, philōn de kai syngenōn epelaphrizein ta ptaismata;
Just as parents do not neglect their prodigal sons, but, taking pity on their misfortune, care for and tend them, considering it the work of implacable enemies to trample on misfortunes, but of friends and kin to lighten their failings;
8.14.5Dindorf 1:450
πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τούτοις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς σώφροσιν ἐπιδαψιλευόμενοι χαρίζονται, σαφῶς εἰδότες ὡς ἐκείνοις μὲν ἄφθονος εἰς εὐπορίαν ἀφορμὴ πάρεστιν ἡ σωφροσύνη, τοῖς δʼ ἐλπὶς μία οἱ γονεῖς, ἧς εἰ σφαλεῖεν, ἀπορήσουσι καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων·
pollakis de kai toutois mallon ē tois sōphrosin epidapsileuomenoi charizontai, saphōs eidotes hōs ekeinois men aphthonos eis euporian aphormē parestin hē sōphrosynē, tois dʼ elpis mia hoi goneis, hēs ei sphaleien, aporēsousi kai tōn anankaiōn;
and often they lavish favors on these even more than on the sensible, knowing clearly that for the latter self-control is an abundant resource for prosperity, while for the former their parents are their one hope, and if they fail of it they will lack even necessities;
8.14.6Dindorf 1:450
τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὁ θεὸς, λογικῆς συνέσεως πατὴρ ὢν, ἀπάντων μὲν τῶν λογισμοῦ μεμοιραμένων κήδεται, προμηθεῖται δὲ καὶ τῶν ὑπαιτίως ζώντων, ἅμα μὲν καιρὸν εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν αὐτοῖς διδοὺς, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἵλεων φύσιν αὐτοῦ μὴ ὑπερβαίνων, ἧς ὀπαδὸς ἀρετὴ καὶ φιλανθρωπία γέγονεν, ἐπαξία τὸν θεῖον περιπολεῖν οἶκον. ”
ton auton tropon kai ho theos, logikēs syneseōs patēr ōn, apantōn men tōn logismou memoiramenōn kēdetai, promētheitai de kai tōn hypaitiōs zōntōn, hama men kairon eis epanorthōsin autois didous, hama de kai tēn hileōn physin autou mē hyperbainōn, hēs opados aretē kai philanthrōpia gegonen, epaxia ton theion peripolein oikon. ”
in the same way God too, being the father of rational understanding, cares for all who have been allotted reason, and provides even for those who live blameworthily, at once giving them time for correction and not transgressing his own merciful nature, whose attendants are virtue and love of humanity, worthy to keep watch about the divine house."
8.14.7Dindorf 1:450
“Ἕνα μὲν δὴ λόγον τοῦτον, ὦ ψυχὴ, δέξαι τέως αὐτοῦ παρακαταθήκην, ἕτερον δὲ συνῳδὸν καὶ ἐναρμόνιον αὐτῷ τοιόνδε μὴ τοσοῦτόν ποτε ψευσθείης τῆς ἀληθείας ὡς εὐδαίμονά τινα τῶν φαύλων εἶναι νομίσαι, κἂν πλουσιώτερος μὲν ᾖ Κροίσου, Λυγκέως δʼ ὀξυωπέστερος, ἀνδρειότερος δὲ τοῦ Κροτωνιάτου Μίλωνος, καλλίων δὲ Γανυμήδους, ὃν καὶ ἀνηρείψαντο θεοὶ Διὶ οἰνοχοεύειν, κάλλεος εἵνεκα οἷο.
“Hena men dē logon touton, ō psychē, dexai teōs autou parakatathēkēn, heteron de synǭdon kai enarmonion autǭ toionde mē tosouton pote pseustheiēs tēs alētheias hōs eudaimona tina tōn phaulōn einai nomisai, kan plousiōteros men ę̄ Kroisou, Lynkeōs dʼ oxyōpesteros, andreioteros de tou Krotōniatou Milōnos, kalliōn de Ganymēdous, hon kai anēreipsanto theoi Dii oinochoeuein, kalleos heineka hoio.
"Receive this one argument, my soul, as his deposit for now, and another in harmony and accord with it, as follows: may you never be so deceived about the truth as to think any of the wicked happy, even if he is richer than Croesus, sharper-sighted than Lynceus, braver than Milo of Croton, and more beautiful than Ganymede, 'whom the gods carried off to be cupbearer to Zeus, for his beauty.'
8.14.8Dindorf 1:450–451
τὸν γοῦν ἴδιον δαίμονα, λέγω δὲ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ νοῦν, μυρίων ὅσων δεσποτῶν δοῦλον ἀποφήνας, ἔρωτος, ἐπιθυμίας, ἡδονῆς, φόβου, λύπης, ἀφροσύνης, ἀκολασίας, δειλίας, ἀδικίας, οὐκ ἂν εἶναί ποτε δύναιτο εὐδαίμων, κἂν οἱ πολλοὶ σφαλλόμενοι κρίσεως ἀληθοῦς νομίζωσι, δεκασθέντες ὑπὸ κακοῦ διδύμου, τύφου καὶ κενῆς δόξης, δεινῶν παλεῦσαι καὶ παραγαγεῖν ἀνερματίστους ψυχὰς, περὶ ἃ κηραίνει γένος τὸ πλεῖστον ἀνθρώπων.
ton goun idion daimona, legō de ton heautou noun, myriōn hosōn despotōn doulon apophēnas, erōtos, epithymias, hēdonēs, phobou, lypēs, aphrosynēs, akolasias, deilias, adikias, ouk an einai pote dynaito eudaimōn, kan hoi polloi sphallomenoi kriseōs alēthous nomizōsi, dekasthentes hypo kakou didymou, typhou kai kenēs doxēs, deinōn paleusai kai paragagein anermatistous psychas, peri ha kērainei genos to pleiston anthrōpōn.
For having made his own daemon, I mean his own mind, the slave of countless masters, love, desire, pleasure, fear, grief, folly, licentiousness, cowardice, injustice, he could never be happy, even if the many, mistaken in their judgment, think so, bribed by a twin evil, vanity and empty opinion, which are clever at ensnaring and leading astray unballasted souls, over which the greater part of the human race is ruined.
8.14.9Dindorf 1:451
εἰ μέντοι τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα τείνας βουληθείης περιαθρῆσαι θεοῦ πρόνοιαν, ὡς ἔνεστιν ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ, τρανοτέραν τὴν τοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθοῦ λαβὼν φαντασίαν, γελάσῃ τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἃ τέως ἐθαύμαζες. ἀεὶ γὰρ ἀπουσίᾳ τῶν κρειττόνων τιμᾶται τὰ χείρονα, τὴν ἐκείνων κληρονομοῦντα τάξιν· ἐπιφανέντων δὲ ὑποστέλλει, δευτερείοις ἄθλων ἀρκούμενα.
ei mentoi to tēs psychēs omma teinas boulētheiēs periathrēsai theou pronoian, hōs enestin anthrōpinǭ logismǭ, tranoteran tēn tou pros alētheian agathou labōn phantasian, gelasę̄ ta parʼ hēmin, ha teōs ethaumazes. aei gar apousią tōn kreittonōn timatai ta cheirona, tēn ekeinōn klēronomounta taxin; epiphanentōn de hypostellei, deutereiois athlōn arkoumena.
But if you were willing to strain the eye of the soul and look around at God's providence, as far as human reason can, gaining a clearer impression of the true good, you will laugh at the things among us that you used to admire. For in the absence of the better, the worse are always honored, inheriting their rank; but when the better appear, the worse withdraw, content with second prizes.
8.14.10Dindorf 1:451
καταπλαγεὶς οὖν τὸ θεοειδὲς ἐκεῖνο ἀγαθόν τε καὶ καλὸν, πάντως ἐννοήσεις ὅτι παρὰ θεῷ τῶν εἰρημένων πρότερον οὐδὲν καθʼ ἑαυτὸ τῆς ἀγαθοῦ μοίρας ἠξίωται, διότι τὰ μὲν ἀργύρου μέταλλα καὶ χρυσοῦ γῆς ἐστιν ἡ φαυλοτάτη μοῖρα, τῆς πρὸς καρπῶν ἀνειμένης γένεσιν ὅλῳ καὶ τῷ παντὶ λειπομένη.
kataplageis oun to theoeides ekeino agathon te kai kalon, pantōs ennoēseis hoti para theǭ tōn eirēmenōn proteron ouden kathʼ heauto tēs agathou moiras ēxiōtai, dioti ta men argyrou metalla kai chrysou gēs estin hē phaulotatē moira, tēs pros karpōn aneimenēs genesin holǭ kai tǭ panti leipomenē.
Struck with amazement, then, at that godlike good and beautiful, you will surely realize that none of the things mentioned before has in itself been thought worthy by God of the rank of good; for mines of silver and gold are the meanest part of the earth, falling short in every way of the part given over to the growing of crops.
8.14.11Dindorf 1:451
οὐ γάρ ἐσθʼ ὅμοιον τροφῆς, ἧς ἄνευ ζῆν ἀδύνατον, εὐπορία χρημάτων. μία τούτων ἐστὶ βάσανος ἐναργεστάτη λιμὸς, ᾧ τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀναγκαῖον καὶ χρήσιμον δοκιμάζεται· θησαυροὺς γὰρ τοὺς πανταχοῦ πάντας ἀντικαταλλάξαιτʼ ἄν τις βραχείας ποτὲ τροφῆς ἄσμενος.
ou gar esthʼ homoion trophēs, hēs aneu zēn adynaton, euporia chrēmatōn. mia toutōn esti basanos enargestatē limos, hǭ to pros alētheian anankaion kai chrēsimon dokimazetai; thēsaurous gar tous pantachou pantas antikatallaxaitʼ an tis bracheias pote trophēs asmenos.
For abundance of money is not like food, without which it is impossible to live. The clearest test of these is famine, by which what is truly necessary and useful is proved; for anyone would gladly exchange all the treasures everywhere for a little food.
8.14.12Dindorf 1:451–452
ὅταν δὲ ἡ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀφθονία μυρίῳ φορᾶς ἀκατασχέτῳ πλήθει ῥυεῖσα κατὰ πόλεις ἀναχέηται, τοῖς τῆς φύσεως ἀγαθοῖς ἐντρυφῶντες ἐπʼ αὐτῶν μόνων οὐκ ἀξιοῦμεν ἵστασθαι, κόρον δʼ ὑβριστὴν ἡγεμόνα τοῦ βίου ποιησάμενοι, ἀργύρου τε καὶ χρυσοῦ κτήσεσιν ἐπαποδύντες, ἅπασι, παρʼ ὧν ἄν τι κερδανεῖν ἐπελπέσωμεν, κονιόμεθα καθάπερ τυφλοὶ, μηκέτι τῇ διανοίᾳ βλέποντες ὑπὸ φιλαργυρίας ὅτι γῆς εἰσιν ὄγκοι, περὶ ὧν ἐκ μὲν εἰρήνης συνεχὴς καὶ ἀδιάστατος πόλεμος.
hotan de hē tōn anankaiōn aphthonia myriǭ phoras akataschetǭ plēthei rhyeisa kata poleis anacheētai, tois tēs physeōs agathois entryphōntes epʼ autōn monōn ouk axioumen histasthai, koron dʼ hybristēn hēgemona tou biou poiēsamenoi, argyrou te kai chrysou ktēsesin epapodyntes, hapasi, parʼ hōn an ti kerdanein epelpesōmen, koniometha kathaper typhloi, mēketi tę̄ dianoią blepontes hypo philargyrias hoti gēs eisin onkoi, peri hōn ek men eirēnēs synechēs kai adiastatos polemos.
But when an abundance of necessities, flowing in a vast and unchecked flood of produce, pours over the cities, luxuriating in the goods of nature we do not think fit to stop at them alone, but making insolent satiety the guide of life, and stripping for the acquisition of silver and gold, we struggle with everyone from whom we hope to gain anything, like blind men, no longer seeing with the mind, because of love of money, that these are lumps of earth, over which, instead of peace, there is continual and unceasing war.
8.14.13Dindorf 1:452
ἐσθῆτές γε μὴν προβάτων εἰσὶν, ὡς οἱ ποιηταί πού φασιν, ἄνθος, κατὰ δὲ τὴν δημιουργὸν τέχνην ὑφαντῶν ἔπαινος. εἰ δέ τις ἐπὶ δόξῃ μέγα φρονεῖ, τὴν παρὰ τῶν φαύλων ἀποδοχὴν ἀσπαζόμενος, ἴστω μὲν καὶ αὐτὸς φαῦλος ὤν· τὸ γὰρ ὅμοιον χαίρει τῷ ὁμοίῳ·
esthētes ge mēn probatōn eisin, hōs hoi poiētai pou phasin, anthos, kata de tēn dēmiourgon technēn hyphantōn epainos. ei de tis epi doxę̄ mega phronei, tēn para tōn phaulōn apodochēn aspazomenos, istō men kai autos phaulos ōn; to gar homoion chairei tǭ homoiǭ;
Garments, as the poets somewhere say, are the flower of sheep, and, as regards the craftsman's art, the praise of weavers. And if anyone prides himself on reputation, welcoming the approval of the wicked, let him know that he too is wicked; for like rejoices in like.
8.14.14Dindorf 1:452
εὐχέσθω δὲ καθαρσίων μεταλαχὼν ἰαθῆναι τὰ ὦτα, διʼ ὧν αἱ μεγάλαι ψυχῇ νόσοι κατασκήπτουσι. μαθέτωσαν δὲ καὶ ὅσοι ἐπʼ εὐτονίᾳ πεφύσηνται μὴ ὑψαυχενεῖν, ἀπιδόντες εἰς τὰς τῶν ἡμέρων καὶ ἀτιθάσων ζῴων ἀμυθήτους ἀγέλας, αἷς ἰσχὺς καὶ ῥώμη συγγεγένηνται. τῶν γὰρ ἀτοπωτάτων ἐστὶν ἐπὶ θηρίων ἀρεταῖς, καὶ ταῦτα σεμνύνεσθαι. μένον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα σεμνύνεσθαι.
euchesthō de katharsiōn metalachōn iathēnai ta ōta, diʼ hōn hai megalai psychę̄ nosoi kataskēptousi. mathetōsan de kai hosoi epʼ eutonią pephysēntai mē hypsauchenein, apidontes eis tas tōn hēmerōn kai atithasōn zǭōn amythētous agelas, hais ischys kai rhōmē syngegenēntai. tōn gar atopōtatōn estin epi thēriōn aretais, kai tauta semnynesthai. menon hypʼ autōn anthrōpon onta semnynesthai.
Let him pray to obtain purifications and be healed in his ears, through which the great diseases fall upon the soul. And let those too who are puffed up with physical vigor learn not to hold their heads high, looking at the countless herds of tame and wild animals, to which strength and might are innate. For it is among the most absurd things for one who is a man to pride himself on the excellences of beasts, and that when he is surpassed by them.
8.14.15Dindorf 1:452
διὰ τί δʼ ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν ἐπὶ σώματος εὐμορφίᾳ ἀγάλλοιτο, ἣν βραχὺς καιρὸς ἔσβεσε, πρὶν ἐπὶ μήκιστον ἀνθῆσαι, τὴν ἀπατηλὴν αὐτῆς ἀκμὴν ἀμαυρώσας, καὶ ταῦθʼ ὁρῶν ἐν ἀψύχοις περιμάχητα καλλιγράφων ἔργα καὶ πλαστῶν καὶ ἄλλων τεχνιτῶν, ἔν τε ζωγραφήμασι καὶ ἀνδριᾶσι καὶ ὑφασμάτων ποικιλίαις, ἐν Ἑλλάδι καὶ βαρβάρῳ κατὰ πόλιν ἑκάστην εὐδοκιμοῦντα;
dia ti dʼ an tis eu phronōn epi sōmatos eumorphią agalloito, hēn brachys kairos esbese, prin epi mēkiston anthēsai, tēn apatēlēn autēs akmēn amaurōsas, kai tauthʼ horōn en apsychois perimachēta kalligraphōn erga kai plastōn kai allōn technitōn, en te zōgraphēmasi kai andriasi kai hyphasmatōn poikiliais, en Helladi kai barbarǭ kata polin hekastēn eudokimounta?
And why would anyone in his right mind exult in bodily beauty, which a short time extinguishes before it has bloomed for long, darkening its deceptive prime; especially when he sees the works of painters, sculptors, and other craftsmen in lifeless things admired, in paintings, statues, and embroidered fabrics, esteemed in every city in Greece and the barbarian world?
8.14.16Dindorf 1:452
τούτων οὖν, ὅπερ ἔφην, οὐδὲν παρὰ θεῷ τῆς ἀγαθοῦ μοίρας ἠξίωται. καὶ τί θαυμάζομεν εἰ μὴ παρὰ θεῷ; οὐδὲ γὰρ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις τοῖς θεοφιλέσι, παρʼ οἷς τὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθὰ καὶ καλὰ τετίμηται, φύσεως μὲν εὐμοίρου λαχοῦσι, μελέτῃ δὲ μετʼ ἀσκήσεως τὴν φύσιν ἐπικοσμήσασιν, ὧν ἡ ἄνοθος φιλοσοφία δημιουργός.
toutōn oun, hoper ephēn, ouden para theǭ tēs agathou moiras ēxiōtai. kai ti thaumazomen ei mē para theǭ? oude gar para anthrōpois tois theophilesi, parʼ hois ta pros alētheian agatha kai kala tetimētai, physeōs men eumoirou lachousi, meletę̄ de metʼ askēseōs tēn physin epikosmēsasin, hōn hē anothos philosophia dēmiourgos.
None of these, then, as I said, has been thought worthy by God of the rank of good. And why do we wonder if not by God? Not even by God-beloved men, among whom what is truly good and beautiful is honored, who have been allotted a fortunate nature and have adorned that nature with study and discipline, of whom genuine philosophy is the maker.
8.14.17Dindorf 1:452–453
ὅσοι δὲ νόθου παιδείας ἐπεμελήθησαν, οὐδὲ τοὺς ἰατροὺς ἐμιμήσαντο τὸ δοῦλον ψυχῆς σῶμα θεραπεύοντας οἱ τὴν δέσποιναν ἐπιφάσκοντες ἰᾶσθαι. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ, ἐπειδάν τις εὐτυχὴς νοσήσῃ, κἂν ὁ μέγας ᾖ βασιλεὺς, πάνθʼ ὑπερβάντες τὰ περίστῳα, τοὺς ἀνδρῶνας, τὰς γυναικωνίτιδας, γραφὰς, ἄργυρον, χρυσὸν, ἄσημον, ἐπίσημον, ἐκπωμάτων ἢ ὑφασμάτων πλῆθος, τὸν ἄλλον τῶν βασιλέων ἀοίδιμον κόσμον, ἔτι δὲ τὸν οἰκετικὸν ὄχλον, καὶ τὴν φίλων ἢ συγγενῶν, ὑπηκόων τῶν ἐν τέλει θεραπείαν ἄξαντες, τῶν σωματοφυλάκων, ἄχρι τῆς εὐνῆς ἀφικόμενοι, καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸ τὸ σῶμα ἀλογήσαντες, οὔθʼ ὅτι κλῖναι λιθοκόλλητοι καὶ ὁλόχρυσοι θαυμάσαντες, οὔθʼ ὅτι ἀραχνοϋφεῖς ἢ λινορραφούμεναι στρωμναὶ, οὔθʼ ὅτι ἐσθημάτων ἰδέαι διάφοροι· προσέτι δὲ τὰς περὶ αὐτὸν χλαίνας ἀπαμφιάσαντες ἅπτονται χειρῶν καὶ τὰς φλέβας προσπιεζοῦντες ἀκριβοῦσι τοὺς παλμοὺς, εἰ σωτήριοι· πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τοὺς χιτωνίσκους ἀναστείλαντες εἰ περιπληθής ἐσθʼ ἡ γαστὴρ ἐξετάζουσιν, εἰ πεπυρωμένος ὁ θώραξ, εἰ ἄτακτα ἡ καρδία πηδᾷ· κἄπειτα τὴν οἰκείαν προσφέρουσι θεραπείαν.
hosoi de nothou paideias epemelēthēsan, oude tous iatrous emimēsanto to doulon psychēs sōma therapeuontas hoi tēn despoinan epiphaskontes iasthai. ekeinoi men gar, epeidan tis eutychēs nosēsę̄, kan ho megas ę̄ basileus, panthʼ hyperbantes ta peristǭa, tous andrōnas, tas gynaikōnitidas, graphas, argyron, chryson, asēmon, episēmon, ekpōmatōn ē hyphasmatōn plēthos, ton allon tōn basileōn aoidimon kosmon, eti de ton oiketikon ochlon, kai tēn philōn ē syngenōn, hypēkoōn tōn en telei therapeian axantes, tōn sōmatophylakōn, achri tēs eunēs aphikomenoi, kai tōn peri auto to sōma alogēsantes, outhʼ hoti klinai lithokollētoi kai holochrysoi thaumasantes, outhʼ hoti arachnoÿpheis ē linorraphoumenai strōmnai, outhʼ hoti esthēmatōn ideai diaphoroi; proseti de tas peri auton chlainas apamphiasantes haptontai cheirōn kai tas phlebas prospiezountes akribousi tous palmous, ei sōtērioi; pollakis de kai tous chitōniskous anasteilantes ei periplēthēs esthʼ hē gastēr exetazousin, ei pepyrōmenos ho thōrax, ei atakta hē kardia pēdą; kapeita tēn oikeian prospherousi therapeian.
But those who pursued a spurious education did not even imitate the physicians who treat the body, the soul's slave, though they claimed to heal its mistress. For they, when some fortunate man falls sick, even if he is the great king, pass by everything: the colonnades, the men's quarters, the women's quarters, paintings, silver, gold, coined and uncoined, the abundance of cups and fabrics, the rest of the kings' celebrated finery, and further the crowd of servants and the attendance of friends or kinsmen or subjects in office, and of the bodyguards; reaching the bed, and disregarding what is around the body itself, not admiring the beds inlaid with stones and all of gold, nor the spider-fine or linen-sewn coverings, nor the various kinds of clothing, they even strip off the cloaks about him, touch his hands, and, pressing the veins, examine the pulse exactly, whether it is healthy; and often, drawing up his tunic, they examine whether the belly is overfull, whether the chest is fevered, whether the heart leaps irregularly; and then they apply the proper treatment.
8.14.18Dindorf 1:453
ἔδει δὲ καὶ τοὺς φιλοσόφους ἰατρικὴν ὁμολογοῦντας ἐπιτηδεύειν τῆς φύσει βασιλίδος ψυχῆς, καταφρονεῖν μὲν ἁπάντων ὅσα αἱ κεναὶ δόξαι τυφλοπλαστοῦσιν, εἴσω δὲ προσιόντας ἅπτεσθαι διανοίας αὐτῆς, εἰ ὑπʼ ὀργῆς ἀνισοταχεῖς καὶ παρὰ φύσιν κεκινημένοι παλμοί· ἅπτεσθαι καὶ γλώττης, εἰ τραχεῖα καὶ κακήγορος, εἰ πεπορνευκυῖα καὶ ἀταμίευτος· ἅπτεσθαι καὶ γαστρὸς, εἰ ἀπλήστῳ σχήματι ἐπιθυμίας διῴδηκε· καὶ συνόλως παθῶν καὶ νοσημάτων καὶ ἀρρωστημάτων, εἰ κεκράσθαι δοκεῖ, διερευνᾶν ἕκαστον, ἵνα μὴ διαμαρτάνωσι τῶν προσφόρων εἰς τὸ σώζειν.
edei de kai tous philosophous iatrikēn homologountas epitēdeuein tēs physei basilidos psychēs, kataphronein men hapantōn hosa hai kenai doxai typhloplastousin, eisō de prosiontas haptesthai dianoias autēs, ei hypʼ orgēs anisotacheis kai para physin kekinēmenoi palmoi; haptesthai kai glōttēs, ei tracheia kai kakēgoros, ei peporneukuia kai atamieutos; haptesthai kai gastros, ei aplēstǭ schēmati epithymias diǭdēke; kai synolōs pathōn kai nosēmatōn kai arrōstēmatōn, ei kekrasthai dokei, diereunan hekaston, hina mē diamartanōsi tōn prosphorōn eis to sōzein.
So too the philosophers, who profess to practice medicine for the soul, by nature a queen, ought to despise everything that empty opinions fashion for the blind, and, going within, touch the mind itself, to see whether its pulses are uneven and moved against nature by anger; touch the tongue too, whether it is harsh and abusive, whether it is licentious and unrestrained; touch the belly, whether it is swollen with the insatiable shape of desire; and in general search out each of the passions, diseases, and infirmities, whether it seems to be mixed in, so that they may not miss what is suitable for saving it.
8.14.19Dindorf 1:453–454
νυνὶ δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἔξω περιαυγασθέντες λαμπρότητος, ἅτε νοητὸν φῶς ἰδεῖν ἀδυνατοῦντες, πλαζόμενοι διετέλεσαν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, πρὸς μὲν τὸν βασιλέα λογισμὸν φθάσαι μὴ δυνηθέντες, ἄχρι δὲ τῶν προπυλαίων μόλις ἀφικνούμενοι, καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ θύραις ἀρετῆς, πλοῦτόν τε καὶ δόξαν καὶ ὑγείαν καὶ τὰ συγγενῆ τεθαυμακότες, προσεκύνουν.
nyni de hypo tēs tōn exō periaugasthentes lamprotētos, hate noēton phōs idein adynatountes, plazomenoi dietelesan eis ton aiōna, pros men ton basilea logismon phthasai mē dynēthentes, achri de tōn propylaiōn molis aphiknoumenoi, kai tous epi thyrais aretēs, plouton te kai doxan kai hygeian kai ta syngenē tethaumakotes, prosekynoun.
But as it is, dazzled by the brilliance of external things, and unable to see the intelligible light, they have gone on wandering forever, unable to reach the king, reason, barely arriving at the entrance gates, and admiring and doing obeisance to those at virtue's doors: wealth, reputation, health, and things akin to them.
8.14.20Dindorf 1:454
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὡς ὑπερβολὴ μανίας χρωμάτων κριταῖς χρῆσθαι τυφλοῖς ἢ κωφοῖς τῶν κατὰ μουσικὴν φθόγγων, οὕτω καὶ φαύλοις ἀνδράσι τῶν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθῶν. καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι τὸ κυριώτατον τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς διάνοιαν πεπήρωνται, ἧς βαθὺ σκότος ἀφροσύνη κατέχεεν.
alla gar hōs hyperbolē manias chrōmatōn kritais chrēsthai typhlois ē kōphois tōn kata mousikēn phthongōn, houtō kai phaulois andrasi tōn pros alētheian agathōn. kai gar houtoi to kyriōtaton tōn en autois dianoian pepērōntai, hēs bathy skotos aphrosynē katecheen.
But just as it is the height of madness to use the blind as judges of colors or the deaf of musical sounds, so too to use wicked men as judges of true goods. For they too are maimed in the most important part within them, the mind, over which folly has poured deep darkness.
8.14.21Dindorf 1:454
εἶτα νῦν θαυμάζομεν εἰ Σωκράτης καὶ ὁ δεῖνα ἢ ὁ δεῖνα τῶν σπουδαίων ἐν πενίᾳ διετέλεσαν, ἄνθρωποι μηδὲν πώποτε τῶν εἰς πορισμὸν ἐπιτηδεύσαντες, ἀλλὰ μηδʼ ὅσα ἢ παρὰ φίλων πολυχρημάτων ἢ παρὰ βασιλέων δωρεὰς μεγάλας προτεινόντων [παρῆν] λαβεῖν ἀξιώσαντες, ἕνεκα τοῦ μόνον ἀγαθὸν καὶ καλὸν τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν ἡγεῖσθαι, περὶ ἣν πονούμενοι τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν πάντων ἠλόγουν;
eita nyn thaumazomen ei Sōkratēs kai ho deina ē ho deina tōn spoudaiōn en penią dietelesan, anthrōpoi mēden pōpote tōn eis porismon epitēdeusantes, alla mēdʼ hosa ē para philōn polychrēmatōn ē para basileōn dōreas megalas proteinontōn [parēn] labein axiōsantes, heneka tou monon agathon kai kalon tēn tēs aretēs ktēsin hēgeisthai, peri hēn ponoumenoi tōn allōn agathōn pantōn ēlogoun?
Do we now wonder, then, if Socrates and this or that one of the earnest lived in poverty, men who never practiced anything for gain, and did not even think fit to accept what was offered by wealthy friends or by kings holding out great gifts, because they held the possession of virtue alone to be good and beautiful, and toiling for it, disregarded all other goods?
8.14.22Dindorf 1:454
τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἀλογήσαι νόθων ἕνεκα προνοίας τῶν γνησίων; εἰ δὲ σώματος θνητοῦ μεταλαχόντες καὶ κηρῶν γέμοντες ἀνθρωπίνων, καὶ μετὰ τοσούτου πλήθους ἀδίκων ζῶντες, ὧν οὐδʼ ἀριθμὸν εὑρεῖν εὔπορον, ἐπεβουλεύθησαν, τί τὴν φύσιν αἰτιώμεθα, δέον τὴν τῶν ἐπιθεμένων κακίζειν ὠμότητα;
tis dʼ ouk an alogēsai nothōn heneka pronoias tōn gnēsiōn? ei de sōmatos thnētou metalachontes kai kērōn gemontes anthrōpinōn, kai meta tosoutou plēthous adikōn zōntes, hōn oudʼ arithmon heurein euporon, epebouleuthēsan, ti tēn physin aitiōmetha, deon tēn tōn epithemenōn kakizein ōmotēta?
And who would not disregard the spurious for the sake of care for the genuine? And if, having a share of a mortal body and full of human fates, and living with so great a multitude of the unjust that it is not easy even to count them, they were plotted against, why do we blame nature, when we should condemn the cruelty of the attackers?
8.14.23Dindorf 1:454–455
καὶ γὰρ εἰ ἐν ἀέρι γεγένηντο λοιμικῷ, πάντως ὤφειλον νοσῆσαι· καταστάσεως δὲ λοιμικῆς μᾶλλον, ἢ οὐχ ἧττον, φθοροποιός ἐστιν ἡ κακία. ὡς δʼ ὁπόταν ὑετοῦ μὲν ὄντος, ἀνάγκη τὸν σοφὸν, εἰ ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ διάγοι, καταβρέχεσθαι, βορέου δὲ ψυχροῦ καταπνέοντος ῥίγει πιέζεσθαι [καὶ ψύχει], θέρους δʼ ἀκμάζοντος ἀλεαίνεσθαι, (ταῖς γὰρ ἐτησίοις τροπαῖς τὰ σώματα συμπάσχειν νόμος φύσεως) τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις χωρίοις ἐνοικοῦντα, ἔνθα φόνοι τελοῦνται καὶ ἄλλων ἔθνεα κηρῶν, ἐναλλάττεσθαι τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων τιμὰς ἀναγκαῖον.
kai gar ei en aeri gegenēnto loimikǭ, pantōs ōpheilon nosēsai; katastaseōs de loimikēs mallon, ē ouch hētton, phthoropoios estin hē kakia. hōs dʼ hopotan hyetou men ontos, anankē ton sophon, ei en hypaithrǭ diagoi, katabrechesthai, boreou de psychrou katapneontos rhigei piezesthai [kai psychei], therous dʼ akmazontos aleainesthai, (tais gar etēsiois tropais ta sōmata sympaschein nomos physeōs) ton auton tropon ton en tois toioutois chōriois enoikounta, entha phonoi telountai kai allōn ethnea kērōn, enallattesthai tas apo tōn toioutōn timas anankaion.
For if they had been born in a pestilential air, they would certainly have fallen ill; and vice is more destructive than a pestilential condition, or no less. Just as, when there is rain, the wise man, if he lives in the open air, must be drenched, and when a cold north wind blows must be pinched with cold, and in the height of summer must be heated (for it is a law of nature that bodies suffer with the yearly changes of season), in the same way one who lives in such places, where murders are committed and other kinds of deadly evils, must necessarily receive the penalties that come from such things.
8.14.24Dindorf 1:455
ἐπεὶ Πολυκράτει γε, ἐφʼ οἷς δεινοῖς ἠδίκησε καὶ ἠσέβησε, χορηγὸς ἀπήντησε, χείρων μὲν ἡ τοῦ βίου βαρυδαιμονία· πρόσθες δʼ ὡς ὑπὸ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἐκολάζετο καὶ προσηλοῦτο, χρησμὸν ἐκπιμπλὰς, οἶδα, ἔφη, κἀμαυτὸν οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ ᾐωρῆσθαι δόξαντα ὑπὸ μὲν ἡλίου ἀλείφεσθαι, λούεσθαι δʼ ὑπὸ Δῖός. αἱ γὰρ διὰ συμβόλων αἰνιγματώδεις αὗται φάσεις, ἀδηλούμεναι τὸ πάλαι, τὴν διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἀριδηλοτάτην ἐλάμβανον πίστιν.
epei Polykratei ge, ephʼ hois deinois ēdikēse kai ēsebēse, chorēgos apēntēse, cheirōn men hē tou biou barydaimonia; prosthes dʼ hōs hypo megalou basileōs ekolazeto kai prosēlouto, chrēsmon ekpimplas, oida, ephē, kamauton ou pro pollou ę̄ōrēsthai doxanta hypo men hēliou aleiphesthai, louesthai dʼ hypo Dios. hai gar dia symbolōn ainigmatōdeis hautai phaseis, adēloumenai to palai, tēn dia tōn ergōn aridēlotatēn elambanon pistin.
For as for Polycrates, for the terrible wrongs and impieties he committed, retribution met him, and worse was the misery of his life; add that he was punished by the great king and nailed up, fulfilling an oracle: 'I know,' he said, 'that I myself, not long ago, dreamed that I was raised aloft, anointed by the sun and washed by Zeus.' For these riddling sayings expressed through symbols, obscure of old, received their most evident confirmation through the events.
8.14.25Dindorf 1:455
οὐκ ἐπὶ τελευτῇ δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ παρὰ πάντα τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς βίον, ἐλελήθει πρὸ τοῦ σώματος τὴν ψυχὴν κρεμάμενος. ἀεὶ γὰρ φοβούμενος καὶ τρέμων τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων ἐπτόητο, σαφῶς ἐξεπιστάμενος ὅτι εὔνους μὲν ἦν οὐδεὶς, ἐχθροὶ δὲ πάντες δυσπραξίᾳ ἀμείλικτοι.’’
ouk epi teleutę̄ de monon, alla para panta ton ex archēs bion, elelēthei pro tou sōmatos tēn psychēn kremamenos. aei gar phoboumenos kai tremōn to plēthos tōn epitithemenōn eptoēto, saphōs exepistamenos hoti eunous men ēn oudeis, echthroi de pantes dyspraxią ameiliktoi.’’
And not only at the end, but throughout his whole life from the beginning, he was unaware that his soul was impaled before his body. For always fearing and trembling, he was terrified of the multitude of those plotting against him, knowing well that no one was well disposed, but all were enemies, implacable because of their misery."
8.14.26Dindorf 1:455
“ Τῆς δὲ ἀνηνύτου καὶ συνεχοῦς Διονυσίου εὐλαβείας μάρτυρες οἱ τὰ Σικελικὰ συγγράψαντες, οἴ φασιν ὅτι καὶ τὴν θυμηρεστάτην ὕποπτον εἶχε γυναῖκα· σημεῖον δέ· τὴν εἰς τὸ δωμάτιον εἴσοδον, διʼ ἧς φοιτήσειν ἔμελλεν ὡς αὐτὸν, ἐκέλευσε στορεσθῆναι σανίσιν, ἵνα μὴ λάθῃ ποτὲ παρεισερπύσασα, ψόφῳ δὲ καὶ κτύπῳ τῆς ἐπιβάσεως προμηνύῃ τὴν ἄφιξιν· εἶτʼ οὐκ ἀνείμονα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσι γυμνήν, ἃ μὴ θέμις ὑπʼ ἀνδρῶν ὁρᾶσθαι, παρέρχεσθαι· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὸ συνεχὲς τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐδάφους εἰς τάφρου γεωργικῆς εὖρος καὶ βάθος διακοπῆναι, κατὰ δέος μή τι πρὸς ἐπιβουλὴν ἀφανῶς ἐπικρύπτηται, ὅπερ ἢ ἅλμασιν ἢ μακραῖς διαβάσεσιν ἔμελλε διελέγχεσθαι.
“ Tēs de anēnytou kai synechous Dionysiou eulabeias martyres hoi ta Sikelika syngrapsantes, oi phasin hoti kai tēn thymērestatēn hypopton eiche gynaika; sēmeion de; tēn eis to dōmation eisodon, diʼ hēs phoitēsein emellen hōs auton, ekeleuse storesthēnai sanisin, hina mē lathę̄ pote pareiserpysasa, psophǭ de kai ktypǭ tēs epibaseōs promēnyę̄ tēn aphixin; eitʼ ouk aneimona monon, alla kai pasi tois meresi gymnēn, ha mē themis hypʼ andrōn horasthai, parerchesthai; pros de toutois to syneches tou kata tēn hodon edaphous eis taphrou geōrgikēs euros kai bathos diakopēnai, kata deos mē ti pros epiboulēn aphanōs epikryptētai, hoper ē halmasin ē makrais diabasesin emelle dielenchesthai.
"The historians of Sicily are witnesses to the endless and continual caution of Dionysius, who say that he suspected even his dearest wife. Here is a sign: he ordered the entrance to his chamber, through which she was to come to him, to be floored with planks, so that she might never creep in unnoticed, but announce her arrival by the noise and clatter of her step; and that she should come in not only unclothed but naked even in those parts that it is not lawful for men to see; and besides this, that the continuous floor along the way be cut through to the width and depth of a farm ditch, for fear that something might be hidden there for a plot, which would be detected by leaps or long strides.
8.14.27Dindorf 1:455–456
πόσων ἄρα κακῶν ὁ ταῦτα παρατηρῶν καὶ τεχνάζων ἐπὶ γυναικὸς ᾗ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ὤφειλε πιστεύειν, μεστὸς ἦν; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐῴκει τοῖς διʼ ἀπορρῶγος ὄρους ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ φύσεις ἀριδηλοτέρας κατανοῆσαι κρημνοβατοῦσιν, οἳ μόλις φθάνοντες ἄχρι προνενευκότος αὐχένος οὔτʼ ἀναχωρεῖν ἔτι δύνανται, πρὸς τὸ λειπόμενον ὕψος ἀπειρηκότες, οὔτε καταβαίνειν θαρροῦσι, πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν τῶν χασμάτων ἰλιγγιῶντες.
posōn ara kakōn ho tauta paratērōn kai technazōn epi gynaikos hę̄ pro tōn allōn ōpheile pisteuein, mestos ēn? alla gar eǭkei tois diʼ aporrōgos orous epi tǭ tas en ouranǭ physeis aridēloteras katanoēsai krēmnobatousin, hoi molis phthanontes achri proneneukotos auchenos outʼ anachōrein eti dynantai, pros to leipomenon hypsos apeirēkotes, oute katabainein tharrousi, pros tēn opsin tōn chasmatōn ilingiōntes.
With how many evils, then, was he filled who watched and contrived such things against a wife whom he ought to have trusted before all others? He was like those who climb along a sheer mountain to observe the bodies in heaven more clearly, who, having barely reached a projecting ridge, can neither go back, having given up on the height that remains, nor dare to go down, dizzy at the sight of the chasms.
8.14.28Dindorf 1:456
ἐρασθεὶς γὰρ, ὡς θείου πράγματος καὶ περιμαχήτου, τυραννίδος οὔτε μένειν οὔτε ἀποδιδράσκειν ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι ὑπελάμβανε. μένοντι μὲν γὰρ ἀλλεπάλληλα ἐπέρρει κακὰ ἀμύθητα, βουλομένῳ δʼ ἀποδιδράσκειν ὁ περὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἐπεκρέματο κίνδυνος, ὡπλισμένων, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς σώμασιν, ἀλλά τοι ταῖς διανοίαις κατʼ αὐτοῦ.
erastheis gar, hōs theiou pragmatos kai perimachētou, tyrannidos oute menein oute apodidraskein asphales einai hypelambane. menonti men gar allepallēla eperrei kaka amythēta, boulomenǭ dʼ apodidraskein ho peri tou zēn epekremato kindynos, hōplismenōn, ei kai mē tois sōmasin, alla toi tais dianoiais katʼ autou.
For having fallen in love with tyranny as a divine and enviable thing, he thought it safe neither to remain nor to run away. If he remained, unspeakable evils poured upon him one after another; if he wished to flee, the danger to his life hung over him, since people were armed against him, if not in body, at least in mind.
8.14.29Dindorf 1:456
δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔργον, ᾧ πρὸς τὸν μακαρίζοντα τὸν τῶν τυράννων βίον φασὶ χρήσασθαι Διονύσιον. καλέσας γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ λαμπροτάτου καὶ πολυτελεστάτου δείπνου παρασκευὴν, ἐκ μηρίνθου πάνυ λεπτῆς προσέταξεν ἠκονημένον ὑπεραιωρηθῆναι πέλεκυν. ἐπεὶ δὲ κατακλιθεὶς εἶδεν αἰφνίδιον, οὔτʼ ἐξαναστῆναι θαρρῶν διὰ τὸν τύραννον, οὔτʼ ἀπολαῦσαί τινος τῶν παρεσκευασμένων διὰ δέος οἷός τε ὢν, ἀφθόνων καὶ πλουσίων ἀλογήσας ἡδονῶν, ἀνατείνας τὸν αὐχένα καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἐκαραδόκει τὸν οἰκεῖον ὄλεθρον.
dēloi de kai to ergon, hǭ pros ton makarizonta ton tōn tyrannōn bion phasi chrēsasthai Dionysion. kalesas gar auton epi lamprotatou kai polytelestatou deipnou paraskeuēn, ek mērinthou pany leptēs prosetaxen ēkonēmenon hyperaiōrēthēnai pelekyn. epei de kataklitheis eiden aiphnidion, outʼ exanastēnai tharrōn dia ton tyrannon, outʼ apolausai tinos tōn pareskeuasmenōn dia deos hoios te ōn, aphthonōn kai plousiōn alogēsas hēdonōn, anateinas ton auchena kai tas opseis ekaradokei ton oikeion olethron.
The deed Dionysius is said to have used against the man who called the tyrant's life blessed also shows this. Inviting him to a most splendid and costly banquet, he ordered a sharpened axe to be hung over him by a very fine thread. When, having reclined, he suddenly saw it, neither daring to get up because of the tyrant nor able to enjoy any of the things prepared because of fear, disregarding the abundant and rich pleasures, he stretched up his neck and eyes, waiting for his own destruction.
8.14.30Dindorf 1:456
συνεὶς δʼ ὁ Διονύσιος, ἆρʼ ἤδη κατανοεῖς, ἔφη, τὸν ἀοίδιμον καὶ περιμάχητον ἡμῶν βίον; ἔστι γὰρ τοιοῦτος, εἰ μὴ βούλοιτό τις ἑαυτὸν φενακίζειν, ἐπειδὴ περιέχει παμπληθεῖς μὲν χορηγίας, ἀπόλαυσιν δʼ οὐδενὸς χρηστοῦ, φόβους δʼ ἐπαλλήλους καὶ κινδύνους ἀνηκέστους καὶ νόσον ἑρπηνώδους καὶ φθινάδος χαλεπωτέραν, ἀθεράπευτον ἀεὶ φέρουσαν ὄλεθρον.
syneis dʼ ho Dionysios, arʼ ēdē katanoeis, ephē, ton aoidimon kai perimachēton hēmōn bion? esti gar toioutos, ei mē bouloito tis heauton phenakizein, epeidē periechei pamplētheis men chorēgias, apolausin dʼ oudenos chrēstou, phobous dʼ epallēlous kai kindynous anēkestous kai noson herpēnōdous kai phthinados chalepōteran, atherapeuton aei pherousan olethron.
Dionysius, perceiving it, said, 'Do you now understand our celebrated and envied life? It is like this, unless one wishes to deceive oneself; for it contains abundant resources, but enjoyment of nothing good, only continual fears, incurable dangers, and a disease worse than a spreading or wasting one, always bringing incurable ruin.'
8.14.31Dindorf 1:456–457
οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνεξετάστων ὑπὸ τῆς λαμπρᾶς φανερότητος ἀπατώμενοι ταὐτὸν πεπόνθασι τοῖς ἀγκιστρευομένοις ὑπὸ τῶν εἰδεχθῶν ἑταιρίδων, ἃ τὴν δυσμορφίαν ἐσθῆτι καὶ χρυσῷ καὶ ταῖς τῆς ὄψεως ὑπογραφαῖς ἐπισκιάζοντα, γνησίου κάλλους ἀπορίᾳ, νόθον ἐπʼ ἐνέδρᾳ τῶν θεωμένων δημιουργεῖ.
hoi de polloi tōn anexetastōn hypo tēs lampras phanerotētos apatōmenoi tauton peponthasi tois ankistreuomenois hypo tōn eidechthōn hetairidōn, ha tēn dysmorphian esthēti kai chrysǭ kai tais tēs opseōs hypographais episkiazonta, gnēsiou kallous aporią, nothon epʼ enedrą tōn theōmenōn dēmiourgei.
But most of the unreflecting, deceived by the brilliant appearance, suffer the same as those hooked by ugly courtesans, who, hiding their deformity with clothes and gold and eye-paint, for lack of genuine beauty, fashion a counterfeit to ensnare the beholders.
8.14.32Dindorf 1:457
τοιαύτης γέμουσι βαρυδαιμονίας οἱ λίαν εὐτυχεῖς, ἧς τὰς ὑπερβολὰς αὐτοὶ δικάσαντες παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς οὐ στέγουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ οἱ τὰ ἀρρωστήματα ὑπʼ ἀνάγκης ἐκλαλοῦντες ἀφιᾶσι τὰς ἐκ πάθους ἀψευδεστάτας φωνὰς, ἐπὶ συνουσίᾳ τιμωριῶν καὶ παρουσῶν καὶ προσδοκωμένων ζῶντες, καθάπερ τῶν θρεμμάτων τὰ πρὸς ἱερουργίαν πιαινόμενα. καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα τῆς πλείστης ἐπιμελείας ἐπὶ τῷ σφαγῆναι τυγχάνει διὰ πολύκρεων εὐωχίαν.
toiautēs gemousi barydaimonias hoi lian eutycheis, hēs tas hyperbolas autoi dikasantes parʼ heautois ou stegousin, allʼ hōsper hoi ta arrōstēmata hypʼ anankēs eklalountes aphiasi tas ek pathous apseudestatas phōnas, epi synousią timōriōn kai parousōn kai prosdokōmenōn zōntes, kathaper tōn thremmatōn ta pros hierourgian piainomena. kai gar tauta tēs pleistēs epimeleias epi tǭ sphagēnai tynchanei dia polykreōn euōchian.
With such misery are the very fortunate filled, the excess of which they themselves judge and do not keep to themselves; but, like those who are compelled to speak of their ailments, they let out the truest cries of suffering, living in the company of punishments both present and expected, like animals fattened for sacrifice. For these too receive the greatest care in order to be slaughtered for a feast of much meat.
8.14.33Dindorf 1:457
εἰσὶ δʼ οἱ καὶ περὶ χρημάτων ἀσεβῶν οὐκ ἀδήλους, ἀλλὰ φανερὰς ἔδοσαν δίκας, ὧν τὰ πλήθη καταλέγεσθαι περιττὸς πόνος, ἀπόχρη δʼ ἓν ἔργον παράδειγμα πάντων ἑστάναι. λέγεται τοίνυν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀναγεγραφότων τὸν ἱερὸν πόλεμον τὸν ἐν Φωκίδι, νόμου κειμένου τὸν ἱερόσυλον κατακρημνίζεσθαι ἢ καταποντοῦσθαι ἢ καταπίμπρασθαι, τρεῖς συλήσαντας τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς ἱερὸν, Φιλόμηλον καὶ Ὀνόμαρχον καὶ Φάϋλλον, διανείμασθαι τὰς τιμωρίας. τὸν μὲν γὰρ διὰ λόφου τραχέος καὶ λιθώδους ῥαγείσης πέτρας κατακρημνισθῆναί τε καὶ καταλευσθῆναι ’ τὸν δὲ, ἀφηνιάσαντος τοῦ κομίζοντος ἵππου καὶ μέχρι θαλάσσης καταβάντος, ἐπιδραμόντος τοῦ πελάγους, εἰς ἀχανῆ βυθὸν αὐτῷ ζῴῳ καταδῦναι· Φάϋλλον δὲ φθινάδι νόσῳ (διττὸς γὰρ ὁ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγος) συντακῆναι, ἢ ἐν τῷ ἐν Ἄβαις ἱερῷ συνεμπρησθέντα ἀπολέσθαι.
eisi dʼ hoi kai peri chrēmatōn asebōn ouk adēlous, alla phaneras edosan dikas, hōn ta plēthē katalegesthai perittos ponos, apochrē dʼ hen ergon paradeigma pantōn hestanai. legetai toinyn hypo tōn anagegraphotōn ton hieron polemon ton en Phōkidi, nomou keimenou ton hierosylon katakrēmnizesthai ē katapontousthai ē katapimprasthai, treis sylēsantas to en Delphois hieron, Philomēlon kai Onomarchon kai Phaÿllon, dianeimasthai tas timōrias. ton men gar dia lophou tracheos kai lithōdous rhageisēs petras katakrēmnisthēnai te kai kataleusthēnai ’ ton de, aphēniasantos tou komizontos hippou kai mechri thalassēs katabantos, epidramontos tou pelagous, eis achanē bython autǭ zǭǭ katadynai; Phaÿllon de phthinadi nosǭ (dittos gar ho peri autou logos) syntakēnai, ē en tǭ en Abais hierǭ synemprēsthenta apolesthai.
And there are those who, for impiety concerning money, paid penalties not hidden but manifest; to list them all would be superfluous labor, and one deed suffices as an example of all. It is said by those who wrote the history of the Sacred War in Phocis that, there being a law that a temple-robber be thrown from a cliff, drowned, or burned, the three who plundered the temple at Delphi, Philomelus, Onomarchus, and Phayllus, divided the punishments among them. One, falling from a rough and rocky hill when a rock broke away, was hurled down and stoned; the second, his horse bolting and carrying him down to the sea, was overwhelmed by the sea and sank with the beast into the vast deep; and Phayllus wasted away with consumption (for there are two accounts about him), or perished, burned in the temple at Abae.
8.14.34Dindorf 1:457–458
ταῦτα γὰρ φιλονεικότατον λέγειν ἀποβῆναι κατὰ τύχην. εἰ μὲν γάρ τινες ἢ ἐν διαφέρουσι καιροῖς ἢ ἑτέραις ἐκολάσθησαν τιμωρίαις, εἰκὸς ἦν τὸ ἄστατον τῆς τύχης προφασίζεσθαι πάντων δʼ ἀθρόως καὶ ὑφʼ ἕνα καιρὸν καὶ μὴ ἑτέραις τιμωρίαις, ἀλλὰ ταῖς περιεχομέναις ἐν τοῖς νόμοις κολασθέντων εὔλογον φάσκειν ὅτι θεοῦ δικάσαντος ἑάλωσαν.”
tauta gar philoneikotaton legein apobēnai kata tychēn. ei men gar tines ē en diapherousi kairois ē heterais ekolasthēsan timōriais, eikos ēn to astaton tēs tychēs prophasizesthai pantōn dʼ athroōs kai hyphʼ hena kairon kai mē heterais timōriais, alla tais periechomenais en tois nomois kolasthentōn eulogon phaskein hoti theou dikasantos healōsan.”
To say these things happened by chance is most contentious. For if some had been punished at different times or by other penalties, it would be reasonable to plead the instability of fortune; but since all were punished together, at one time, and not by other penalties but by those contained in the laws, it is reasonable to say that they were caught by God's judgment."
8.14.35Dindorf 1:458
“Εἰ δέ τινες τῶν ὑπολειφθέντων βιαίων, καὶ τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἐπαναστάντων, καὶ δουλωσαμένων οὐ μόνον δήμους ἑτέρους, ἀλλὰ καὶ πατρίδας τὰς ἑαυτῶν, ἀτιμώρητοι διετέλεσαν, θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οὐχ ὁμοίως ἄνθρωπος δικάζει καὶ θεὸς, διότι τὰ μὲν φανερὰ ἡμεῖς ἐρευνῶμεν, ὁ δὲ ἄχρι μυχῶν ψυχῆς εἰσδυόμενος ἀψοφητὶ, καθάπερ ἐν ἡλίῳ λαμπρὰν διάνοιαν αὐγάζει, ἀπαμπίσχων μὲν τὰ περίαπτα, οἷς ἐγκατείληπται, γυμνὰ δὲ περιαθρῶν τὰ βουλήματα, καὶ διαγινώσκων εὐθὺς τά τε παράσημα καὶ δόκιμα.
“Ei de tines tōn hypoleiphthentōn biaiōn, kai tois plēthesin epanastantōn, kai doulōsamenōn ou monon dēmous heterous, alla kai patridas tas heautōn, atimōrētoi dietelesan, thaumaston ouden. prōton men gar ouch homoiōs anthrōpos dikazei kai theos, dioti ta men phanera hēmeis ereunōmen, ho de achri mychōn psychēs eisdyomenos apsophēti, kathaper en hēliǭ lampran dianoian augazei, apampischōn men ta periapta, hois enkateilēptai, gymna de periathrōn ta boulēmata, kai diaginōskōn euthys ta te parasēma kai dokima.
"And if some of the violent who remain, who rose up against the masses and enslaved not only other peoples but their own homelands too, have gone unpunished, it is no wonder. First, man and God do not judge alike, for we search out what is manifest, but he, entering silently into the recesses of the soul, sees the mind as in bright sunlight, stripping off the trappings in which it is wrapped, viewing its intentions naked, and at once discerning the counterfeit and the genuine.
8.14.36Dindorf 1:458
μηδέποτʼ οὖν τὸ οἰκεῖον δικαστήριον τοῦ θείου προκρίναντες ἀψευδέστερον αὐτὸ καὶ εὐβουλότερον εἶναι φῶμεν· οὐ γὰρ ὅσιον. ἐν ᾧ μὲν γὰρ πολλὰ τὰ σφάλλοντα, ἀπατηλαὶ αἰσθήσεις, πάθη ἐπίβουλα, κακιῶν ὁ βαρύτατος ἐπιτειχισμὸς, ἐν ᾧ δὲ οὐδὲν μὲν τῶν ἐπʼ ἐξαπάτῃ, δικαιότης δὲ καὶ ἀλήθεια, αἷς ἕκαστον βραβευόμενον ἐπαινετῶς ἐξορθοῦσθαι πέφυκεν.
mēdepotʼ oun to oikeion dikastērion tou theiou prokrinantes apseudesteron auto kai eubouloteron einai phōmen; ou gar hosion. en hǭ men gar polla ta sphallonta, apatēlai aisthēseis, pathē epiboula, kakiōn ho barytatos epiteichismos, en hǭ de ouden men tōn epʼ exapatę̄, dikaiotēs de kai alētheia, hais hekaston brabeuomenon epainetōs exorthousthai pephyken.
Let us never, then, prefer our own tribunal to the divine and say it is more truthful and better advised; for it is not holy. In the one there are many things that mislead: deceptive senses, treacherous passions, the most grievous siege-works of vices; in the other, nothing that makes for deceit, but justice and truth, by which everything judged is naturally set right in a praiseworthy way.
8.14.37Dindorf 1:458
ἔπειτʼ, ὦ γενναῖε, μὴ νομίσῃς ἀλυσιτελὲς ἐπίκαιρον εἶναι τυραννίδα. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ κόλασις ἀλυσιτελὲς, ἀλλὰ τιμωρίας διδόναι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἢ ὠφελιμώτερον ἢ οὐκ ἀποδέον. οὗ χάριν ἐν ἅπασι μὲν τοῖς ὀρθῶς γραφεῖσι παρείληπται νόμοις· οἱ δὲ γράψαντες ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινοῦνται. ὅπερ γὰρ ἐν δήμῳ τύραννος, τοῦτʼ ἐν νόμῳ κόλασις.
epeitʼ, ō gennaie, mē nomisę̄s alysiteles epikairon einai tyrannida. oude gar hē kolasis alysiteles, alla timōrias didonai tois agathois ē ōphelimōteron ē ouk apodeon. hou charin en hapasi men tois orthōs grapheisi pareilēptai nomois; hoi de grapsantes hypo pantōn epainountai. hoper gar en dēmǭ tyrannos, toutʼ en nomǭ kolasis.
Next, my good friend, do not think that tyranny, at the right time, is unprofitable. For punishment is not unprofitable either; rather, to inflict penalties is either more beneficial to the good or not less. That is why it is included in all rightly written laws, and those who wrote them are praised by all. For what a tyrant is in a people, punishment is in law.
8.14.38Dindorf 1:458–459
ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἔνδεια μὲν καὶ σπάνις δεινὴ καταλάβῃ τὰς πόλεις ἀρετῆς, ἀφθονία δʼ ἀφροσύνης ἐπιπολάσῃ, τηνικαῦτα ὁ θεὸς, ὥσπερ ῥεῦμα χειμάρρου τὴν φορὰν τῆς κακίας ἀποχετεῦσαι γλιχόμενος, ἵνα καθαρῇ τὸ γένος ἡμῶν, ἰσχὺν καὶ κράτος δίδωσι τοῖς τὰς φύσεις ἀρχικοῖς.
epeidan oun endeia men kai spanis deinē katalabę̄ tas poleis aretēs, aphthonia dʼ aphrosynēs epipolasę̄, tēnikauta ho theos, hōsper rheuma cheimarrou tēn phoran tēs kakias apocheteusai glichomenos, hina katharę̄ to genos hēmōn, ischyn kai kratos didōsi tois tas physeis archikois.
When, then, a terrible want and scarcity of virtue seizes cities, and an abundance of folly overflows, then God, eager to drain off the flood of wickedness like the stream of a torrent, so that he may cleanse our race, gives strength and power to those who are by nature fit to rule.
8.14.39Dindorf 1:459
ὠμῆς γὰρ δίχα ψυχῆς οὐ καθαίρεται κακία. καὶ ὅνπερ τρόπον αἱ πόλεις ἐπʼ ἀνδροφόνοις καὶ προδόταις καὶ θεοσύλαις δημίους ἀνατρέφουσιν, οὐ τὴν γνώμην ἀποδεχόμεναι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῆς ὑπηρεσίας χρήσιμον ἐξετάζουσαι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὁ τῆς μεγαλοπόλεως τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου κηδεμὼν οἷα δημοκοίνους ἐφίστησι τοὺς τυράννους ταῖς πόλεσιν, ἐν αἷς ἂν αἴσθηται βίαν, ἀδικίαν, ἀσέβειαν, τὰ ἄλλα κακὰ πλημμύροντα, ὅπως ἤδη ποτὲ στάντα λωφήσῃ.
ōmēs gar dicha psychēs ou kathairetai kakia. kai honper tropon hai poleis epʼ androphonois kai prodotais kai theosylais dēmious anatrephousin, ou tēn gnōmēn apodechomenai tōn andrōn, alla to tēs hypēresias chrēsimon exetazousai, ton auton tropon kai ho tēs megalopoleōs toude tou kosmou kēdemōn hoia dēmokoinous ephistēsi tous tyrannous tais polesin, en hais an aisthētai bian, adikian, asebeian, ta alla kaka plēmmyronta, hopōs ēdē pote stanta lōphēsę̄.
For vice is not purged without a harsh soul. And just as cities maintain executioners for murderers, traitors, and temple-robbers, not approving the men's disposition but examining the usefulness of their service, so too the guardian of this great city, the world, sets tyrants over cities as public executioners, wherever he perceives violence, injustice, impiety, and other evils overflowing, so that they may at last stop and abate.
8.14.40Dindorf 1:459
τηνικαῦτα καὶ τοὺς αἰτίους, ὡς ἐκ δυσκαθάρτου καὶ ἀνηλεοῦς ψυχῆς ὑπηρετήσαντας, ἐφʼ ἅπασιν, ὥσπερ τινὰς κορυφαίους, ἀξιοῖ μετέρχεσθαι. καθάπερ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ πυρὸς δύναμις, ὅταν παραβληθεῖσαν ὕλην ἀναλώσῃ, τελευταῖον αὑτὴν ἐπινέμεται, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τοῖς πλήθεσι δυναστείας εἰληφότες, ὅταν δαπανήσαντες τὰς πόλεις κενὰς ἀνδρῶν ἐργάσωνται, τὰς ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων τίνοντες δίκας ἐπιδιαφθείρονται.
tēnikauta kai tous aitious, hōs ek dyskathartou kai anēleous psychēs hypēretēsantas, ephʼ hapasin, hōsper tinas koryphaious, axioi meterchesthai. kathaper gar hē tou pyros dynamis, hotan parablētheisan hylēn analōsę̄, teleutaion hautēn epinemetai, touton ton tropon kai hoi epi tois plēthesi dynasteias eilēphotes, hotan dapanēsantes tas poleis kenas andrōn ergasōntai, tas hyper hapantōn tinontes dikas epidiaphtheirontai.
Then he thinks fit to pursue the guilty ones too, as having served from an impure and pitiless soul, last of all, as ringleaders. For just as the power of fire, when it has consumed the material laid before it, at last feeds on itself, in the same way those who have taken power over the masses, when they have consumed the cities and made them empty of men, are themselves destroyed in turn, paying the penalty for all.
8.14.41Dindorf 1:459
καὶ τί θαυμάζομεν εἰ διὰ τυράννων ὁ θεὸς κακίαν ἀναχυθεῖσαν ἐν πόλεσι καὶ χώραις καὶ ἔθνεσιν ἀποδιοπομπεῖται; πολλάκις γὰρ μὴ χρώμενος ὑπηρέταις ἄλλοις αὐτὸς διʼ ἑαυτοῦ τοῦτʼ ἐργάζεται, λιμὸν ἐπάγων ἢ λοιμὸν ἢ σεισμὸν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα θεήλατα, οἷς ὅμιλοι μεγάλοι καὶ πολυάνθρωποι καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀπόλλυνται, καὶ πολλὴ μοῖρα τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐρημοῦται διὰ προμήθειαν ἀρετῆς. ”
kai ti thaumazomen ei dia tyrannōn ho theos kakian anachytheisan en polesi kai chōrais kai ethnesin apodiopompeitai? pollakis gar mē chrōmenos hypēretais allois autos diʼ heautou toutʼ ergazetai, limon epagōn ē loimon ē seismon kai hosa alla theēlata, hois homiloi megaloi kai polyanthrōpoi kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran apollyntai, kai pollē moira tēs oikoumenēs erēmoutai dia promētheian aretēs. ”
And why do we wonder if through tyrants God drives out vice that has spread in cities, countries, and nations? Often, using no other servants, he does this himself through himself, bringing famine, pestilence, earthquake, and other god-sent things, by which great and populous multitudes perish every day and much of the inhabited world is made desolate, out of care for virtue."
8.14.42Dindorf 1:459–460
“Ἱκανῶς μὲν οὖν εἴς γε τὰ παρόντα περὶ τοῦ μή τινα τῶν φαύλων εὐδαιμονεῖν, ὡς οἶμαι, λέλεκται· διʼ οὗ μάλιστα παρίσταται τὸ εἶναι πρόνοιαν. εἰ δὲ μηδέπω πέπεισαι, τὸν ἔθʼ ὑποικουροῦντα ἐνδοιασμὸν εἰπὲ θαρρῶν· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ ᾗ τἀληθὲς ἔχει συνδιαπορήσαντες εἰσόμεθα.’’
“Hikanōs men oun eis ge ta paronta peri tou mē tina tōn phaulōn eudaimonein, hōs oimai, lelektai; diʼ hou malista paristatai to einai pronoian. ei de mēdepō pepeisai, ton ethʼ hypoikourounta endoiasmon eipe tharrōn; amphoteroi gar hę̄ talēthes echei syndiaporēsantes eisometha.’’
"Enough, then, I think, has been said for the present about no wicked person being happy; by which especially it is established that there is providence. But if you are not yet persuaded, state boldly the doubt still lurking within you; for by examining it together we shall both know how the truth stands."
8.14.43Dindorf 1:460
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα πάλιν φησίν ‘‘Ἀνέμων καὶ ὑετῶν φορὰς οὐκ ἐπὶ λύμῃ τῶν πλεόντων, ὡς ἐνόμιζες, ἢ γεωργούντων, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ τοῦ παντὸς ἡμῶν γένους ὁ θεὸς εἰργάζετο. ὕδασι μὲν γὰρ τὴν γῆν καθαίρει, τὸν δʼ ὑπὸ σελήνην ἅπαντα χῶρον πνεύμασιν· ἀμφοτέροις δὲ ζῷα καὶ φυτὰ τρέφει καὶ αὔξει καὶ τελειοῖ.
Kai methʼ hetera palin phēsin ‘‘Anemōn kai hyetōn phoras ouk epi lymę̄ tōn pleontōn, hōs enomizes, ē geōrgountōn, allʼ epʼ ōpheleią tou pantos hēmōn genous ho theos eirgazeto. hydasi men gar tēn gēn kathairei, ton dʼ hypo selēnēn hapanta chōron pneumasin; amphoterois de zǭa kai phyta trephei kai auxei kai teleioi.
And after other things he says again: "God did not make the movements of winds and rains to harm sailors or farmers, as you thought, but for the benefit of our whole race. For with waters he cleanses the earth, and with winds the whole region below the moon; and with both he nourishes, increases, and perfects animals and plants.
8.14.44Dindorf 1:460
εἰ δὲ τοὺς μὴ ἐν καιρῷ πλωτῆρας ἢ γεωπόνους ἔστιν ὅτε βλάπτει, θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν· βραχὺ γὰρ οὗτοι μέρος, ἡ δʼ ἐπιμέλεια τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους. ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ ἄλειμμα τίθεται μὲν ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ, πολλάκις δʼ ὁ γυμνασίαρχος ἕνεκα πολιτικῶν χρειῶν ὥρας τῆς ἐν ἔθει μετέθηκε τὴν τάξιν, διʼ ἧς ὑστέρησαν ἔνιοι τῶν ἀλειφομένων, οὕτω καὶ ὁ θεὸς, οἷα πόλεως τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιμελούμενος κόσμου, θέρη χειμαίνοντα καὶ χειμῶνας ἐαρίζοντας εἴωθε ποιεῖν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ παντὸς ὠφελείᾳ, κἂν εἰ ναύκληροί τινες ἢ γῆς ἐργάται μέλλοιεν ταῖς τούτων ἀνωμαλίαις ζημιοῦσθαι.
ei de tous mē en kairǭ plōtēras ē geōponous estin hote blaptei, thaumaston ouden; brachy gar houtoi meros, hē dʼ epimeleia tou pantos anthrōpōn genous. hōsper oun to en tǭ gymnasiǭ aleimma tithetai men epʼ ōpheleią, pollakis dʼ ho gymnasiarchos heneka politikōn chreiōn hōras tēs en ethei metethēke tēn taxin, diʼ hēs hysterēsan enioi tōn aleiphomenōn, houtō kai ho theos, hoia poleōs tou pantos epimeloumenos kosmou, therē cheimainonta kai cheimōnas earizontas eiōthe poiein epi tę̄ tou pantos ōpheleią, kan ei nauklēroi tines ē gēs ergatai melloien tais toutōn anōmaliais zēmiousthai.
And if they sometimes harm untimely sailors or farmers, it is no wonder; for these are a small part, while his care is for the whole human race. Just as in the gymnasium oil is provided for benefit, but often the gymnasiarch, because of civic needs, changes the order of the usual hours, by which some of those being anointed have missed out, so too God, caring for the whole world as for a city, is accustomed to make wintry summers and spring-like winters for the benefit of the whole, even if some shipowners or tillers of the earth are going to be harmed by their irregularities.
8.14.45Dindorf 1:460
τὰς οὖν τῶν στοιχείων εἰς ἄλληλα μεταβολὰς, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος ἐπάγη καὶ συνέστηκεν, εἰδὼς ἀναγκαιότατον ἔργον, ἀκωλύτους παρέχεται· πάχναι δὲ καὶ χιόνες καὶ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα ἀέρος ἐπακολουθεῖ καταψύξει, καὶ πάλιν προσαράξει καὶ παρατρίψει νεφῶν, ἀστραπαί τε καὶ βρονταί· ὧν οὐδὲν ἴσως κατὰ πρόνοιαν, ἀλλʼ ὑετοὶ καὶ πνεύματα ζωῆς καὶ τροφῆς καὶ αὐξήσεως τοῖς περὶ γῆν αἴτια, ὧν ταῦτα ἐπακολουθήματα.
tas oun tōn stoicheiōn eis allēla metabolas, ex hōn ho kosmos epagē kai synestēken, eidōs anankaiotaton ergon, akōlytous parechetai; pachnai de kai chiones kai hosa homoiotropa aeros epakolouthei katapsyxei, kai palin prosaraxei kai paratripsei nephōn, astrapai te kai brontai; hōn ouden isōs kata pronoian, allʼ hyetoi kai pneumata zōēs kai trophēs kai auxēseōs tois peri gēn aitia, hōn tauta epakolouthēmata.
The changes of the elements into one another, then, of which the world was put together and consists, he keeps unhindered, knowing it to be a most necessary work. Frosts and snows and the like follow upon the chilling of the air, and again lightnings and thunders upon the collision and friction of clouds; none of these perhaps is by providence, but rains and winds are causes of life, nourishment, and growth for things on earth, and these are their consequences.
8.14.46Dindorf 1:460–461
οἷα, γυμνασιάρχου φιλοτιμίαις πολλάκις ἀνειμένας ποιουμένου δαπάνας, ἀνθʼ ὕδατος ἐλαίῳ καταιονούμενοί τινες τῶν ἀπειροκάλων εἰς τοὔδαφος ῥανίδας ἀποστάζουσιν, ὁ δʼ ὀλισθηρότατος αὐτίκα γίνεται πηλὸς, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν εἴποι τὸν πηλὸν καὶ τὸν ὄλισθον προμηθείᾳ τοῦ γυμνασιάρχου γεγονέναι, παρηκολουθηκέναι δὲ ἄλλως τῇ ἀφθονίᾳ τῶν χορηγιῶν ταῦτα.
hoia, gymnasiarchou philotimiais pollakis aneimenas poioumenou dapanas, anthʼ hydatos elaiǭ kataionoumenoi tines tōn apeirokalōn eis toudaphos rhanidas apostazousin, ho dʼ olisthērotatos autika ginetai pēlos, allʼ ouk an tis eu phronōn eipoi ton pēlon kai ton olisthon promētheią tou gymnasiarchou gegonenai, parēkolouthēkenai de allōs tę̄ aphthonią tōn chorēgiōn tauta.
Just as, when a gymnasiarch out of generosity often makes lavish expenses, some of the vulgar, being drenched with oil instead of water, let drops fall on the ground, and at once very slippery mud forms; but no one in his right mind would say that the mud and the slipperiness came about by the gymnasiarch's forethought, but that these were incidental consequences of the abundance of his provisions.
8.14.47Dindorf 1:461
ἶρις δὲ καὶ ἄλως καὶ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα πάλιν ἐστὶν αὐγῶν ἐγκιρναμένων τοῖς νέφεσιν ἐπακολουθήματα, οὐκ ἔργα φύσεως προηγούμενα, φυσικοῖς δʼ ἐπισυμβαίνοντα ἔργοις· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ παρέχει τινὰ καὶ ταῦτα χρείαν ἀναγκαίαν τοῖς φρονιμωτέροις· νηνεμίας γὰρ καὶ πνεύματα, εὐδίας τε καὶ χειμῶνας ἀπὸ τούτων τεκμαιρόμενοι προλέγουσι.
iris de kai alōs kai hosa homoiotropa palin estin augōn enkirnamenōn tois nephesin epakolouthēmata, ouk erga physeōs proēgoumena, physikois dʼ episymbainonta ergois; ou mēn alla parechei tina kai tauta chreian anankaian tois phronimōterois; nēnemias gar kai pneumata, eudias te kai cheimōnas apo toutōn tekmairomenoi prolegousi.
Again, the rainbow, the halo, and the like are consequences of rays mixing with the clouds, not primary works of nature but incidental to natural works. Yet these too provide a necessary use to the more prudent; for from them they infer and foretell calms and winds, fair weather and storms.
8.14.48Dindorf 1:461
τὰς κατὰ πόλιν στοὰς οὐχ ὁρᾷς; τούτων αἱ πλείους πρὸς μεσημβρίαν νενεύκασιν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ τοὺς ἐμπεριπατοῦντας χειμῶνι μὲν ἀλεαίνεσθαι, θέρους δὲ καταπνεῖσθαι. παρακολουθεῖ δέ τι καὶ ἕτερον, ὃ μὴ τῇ γνώμῃ τοῦ κατεσκευακότος ἐπιγίνεται. τί δὲ τοῦτʼ ἔστιν; αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν ἐκπίπτουσαι σκιαὶ τὰ μέτρα διασημαίνουσι ταῖς ὥραις.
tas kata polin stoas ouch horąs? toutōn hai pleious pros mesēmbrian neneukasin, hyper tou tous emperipatountas cheimōni men aleainesthai, therous de katapneisthai. parakolouthei de ti kai heteron, ho mē tę̄ gnōmę̄ tou kateskeuakotos epiginetai. ti de toutʼ estin? hai apo tōn podōn ekpiptousai skiai ta metra diasēmainousi tais hōrais.
Do you not see the colonnades in the city? Most of them face south, so that those walking in them may be warmed in winter and cooled by the breeze in summer. But something else follows, which does not come about by the builder's intention. What is this? The shadows cast from the feet mark the measures of the hours.
8.14.49Dindorf 1:461
καὶ μὲν δὴ τὸ πῦρ φύσεως ἀναγκαιότατον ἔργον, ἐπακολούθημα δὲ τούτου καπνός· ἀλλʼ ὅμως παρέχεταί τινα ὠφέλειαν ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ αὐτός. ἐν γοῦν ταῖς μεθημεριναῖς πυρσείαις, ἡνίκα τὸ πῦρ ὑπὸ τῶν ἡλιακῶν καταλαμπόμενον αὐγῶν ἐξαμαυροῦται, καπνῷ μηνύεται πολεμίων ἔφοδος.
kai men dē to pyr physeōs anankaiotaton ergon, epakolouthēma de toutou kapnos; allʼ homōs parechetai tina ōpheleian estin hote kai autos. en goun tais methēmerinais pyrseiais, hēnika to pyr hypo tōn hēliakōn katalampomenon augōn examauroutai, kapnǭ mēnyetai polemiōn ephodos.
And fire is a most necessary work of nature, and smoke a consequence of it; yet it too sometimes provides some benefit. In daytime fire signals, at any rate, when the fire is outshone by the sun's rays and becomes faint, the approach of enemies is announced by smoke.
8.14.50Dindorf 1:461
οἷός γʼ οὖν ἐπὶ τῆς ἴριδος, τοιοῦτος καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκλείψεων ὁ λόγος· θείαις γὰρ φύσεσιν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης ἐπακολουθοῦσιν ἐκλείψεις· αἱ δὲ μηνύματά εἰσιν ἢ βασιλέων τελευτῆς, ἢ πόλεων φθορᾶς· ὃ καὶ Πίνδαρος ᾐνίξατο γενομένης ἐκλείψεως διὰ τῶν πρόσθεν εἰρημένων.
hoios gʼ oun epi tēs iridos, toioutos kai epi tōn ekleipseōn ho logos; theiais gar physesin hēliou kai selēnēs epakolouthousin ekleipseis; hai de mēnymata eisin ē basileōn teleutēs, ē poleōn phthoras; ho kai Pindaros ę̄nixato genomenēs ekleipseōs dia tōn prosthen eirēmenōn.
The same account as for the rainbow applies to eclipses. For eclipses follow on the divine natures of the sun and moon; and they are signs either of the death of kings or of the destruction of cities, as Pindar too hinted when an eclipse took place, in the words quoted earlier.
8.14.51Dindorf 1:461–462
ὁ δὲ δὴ τοῦ γάλακτος κύκλος τῆς μὲν αὐτῆς οὐσίας τοῖς ἄλλοις ἄστροις μετέσχηκε, δυσαιτιολόγητος δʼ εἴπερ ἐστὶ, μὴ ἀποκνείτωσαν οἱ τὰ φύσεως ἐρευνᾶν εἰωθότες. ὠφελιμώτατον γὰρ ἡ εὕρεσις, ἥδιστον δὲ καὶ καθʼ αὑτὸ τοῖς φιλομαθέσιν ἡ ζήτησις.
ho de dē tou galaktos kyklos tēs men autēs ousias tois allois astrois meteschēke, dysaitiologētos dʼ eiper esti, mē apokneitōsan hoi ta physeōs ereunan eiōthotes. ōphelimōtaton gar hē heuresis, hēdiston de kai kathʼ hauto tois philomathesin hē zētēsis.
The circle of the Milky Way shares the same substance as the other stars; and if it is hard to explain, let those accustomed to investigate nature not shrink from it. For the discovery is most useful, and the search in itself most pleasant to lovers of learning.
8.14.52Dindorf 1:462
ὥσπερ οὖν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη προνοίᾳ γεγόνασιν, οὕτω καὶ τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ πάντα, κἂν ἡμεῖς τὰς ἑκάστων φύσεις τε καὶ δυνάμεις ἰχνηλατεῖν ἀδυνατοῦντες ἡσυχάζωμεν.
hōsper oun hēlios kai selēnē pronoią gegonasin, houtō kai ta en ouranǭ panta, kan hēmeis tas hekastōn physeis te kai dynameis ichnēlatein adynatountes hēsychazōmen.
Just as the sun and moon came into being by providence, so did all things in heaven, even if we, unable to track the natures and powers of each, keep silent.
8.14.53Dindorf 1:462
σεισμοί τε καὶ λοιμοὶ καὶ κεραυνῶν βολαὶ, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, λέγεται μὲν εἶναι θεήλατα, πρὸς δʼ ἀλήθειαν οὐκ ἔστι, θεὸς γὰρ οὐδενὸς αἴτιος κακοῦ τὸ παράπαν· ἀλλʼ αἱ τῶν στοιχείων μεταβολαὶ ταῦτα γεννῶσιν, οὐ προηγούμενα ἔργα φύσεως, ἀλλʼ ἑπόμενα τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις καὶ τοῖς προηγουμένοις ἐπακολουθοῦντα.
seismoi te kai loimoi kai keraunōn bolai, kai hosa toiauta, legetai men einai theēlata, pros dʼ alētheian ouk esti, theos gar oudenos aitios kakou to parapan; allʼ hai tōn stoicheiōn metabolai tauta gennōsin, ou proēgoumena erga physeōs, allʼ hepomena tois anankaiois kai tois proēgoumenois epakolouthounta.
Earthquakes, pestilences, strokes of lightning, and the like are said to be sent by God, but in truth they are not, for God is the cause of no evil at all; but the changes of the elements produce these, not as primary works of nature, but following on the necessary and primary ones as consequences.
8.14.54Dindorf 1:462
εἰ δέ τινες τῶν χαριεστέρων συναπολαύουσι τῆς ἀπὸ τούτων βλάβης, οὐκ αἰτιατέον τὴν διοίκησιν. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οὐκ εἴ τινες ἀγαθοὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν νομίζονται, καὶ πρὸς ἀλήθειάν εἰσιν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ θεοῦ κριτήρια τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον νοῦν πάντων ἀκριβέστερα· δεύτερον δὲ τὸ προμηθὲς ἐπὶ τὰ τῶν ἐν κόσμῳ συνεκτικώτατα ἐφορᾶν ἀγαπᾷ, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς βασιλείαις καὶ στραταρχίαις ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα, οὐκ τινα τῶν ἠμελημένων καὶ ἀφανῶν ἕνα τὸν προστυχόντα.
ei de tines tōn chariesterōn synapolauousi tēs apo toutōn blabēs, ouk aitiateon tēn dioikēsin. prōton men gar ouk ei tines agathoi parʼ hēmin nomizontai, kai pros alētheian eisin, epeidē ta theou kritēria tōn kata ton anthrōpinon noun pantōn akribestera; deuteron de to promēthes epi ta tōn en kosmǭ synektikōtata ephoran agapą, kathaper en tais basileiais kai stratarchiais epi tas poleis kai ta stratopeda, ouk tina tōn ēmelēmenōn kai aphanōn hena ton prostychonta.
And if some of the more virtuous share in the harm from these, the government of the world is not to be blamed. First, if some are thought good among us, they are not necessarily so in truth, since God's standards are more exact than all those of the human mind. Second, providence loves to look to the things that most hold the world together, as in kingdoms and military commands it looks to the cities and the armies, not to some one neglected and obscure person who happens along.
8.14.55Dindorf 1:462
λέγουσι δέ τινες, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς τυραννοκτονίαις καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς ἀναιρεῖσθαι νόμιμόν ἐστιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μεγέθει τῆς τιμωρίας ἐπισχεθῆναι τὰ ἀδικήματα, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον κἀν ταῖς λοιμώδεσι νόσοις παραπόλλυσθαί τινας τῶν μὴ ὑπαιτίων, ἵνα πόρρωθεν οἱ ἄλλοι σωφρονίζωνται, δίχα τοῦ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοὺς ἐμφερομένους ἀέρι νοσώδει νοσεῖν, ὥσπερ καὶ τοὺς ἐν νηὶ χειμαζομένους κινδυνεύειν ἐξίσου.
legousi de tines, kathaper en tais tyrannoktoniais kai tous syngeneis anaireisthai nomimon estin hyper tou megethei tēs timōrias epischethēnai ta adikēmata, ton auton tropon kan tais loimōdesi nosois parapollysthai tinas tōn mē hypaitiōn, hina porrōthen hoi alloi sōphronizōntai, dicha tou anankaion einai tous empheromenous aeri nosōdei nosein, hōsper kai tous en nēi cheimazomenous kindyneuein exisou.
Some say that, just as in the punishment of tyrants it is lawful to put their kinsmen to death too, so that wrongdoing may be checked by the greatness of the penalty, in the same way in pestilential diseases some of the guiltless perish together with the rest, so that others far off may be brought to self-control; besides the fact that those who are in diseased air must fall ill, just as those on a storm-tossed ship are equally in danger.
8.14.56Dindorf 1:462–463
τὰ δʼ ἄλκιμα τῶν θηρίων γέγονεν, οὐ γὰρ ὑποσιωπητέον, εἰ καὶ τῷ δεινὸς εἰπεῖν εἶναι προλαβὼν τὴν ἀπολογίαν διέσυρες, ἀσκήσεως ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμικοὺς ἀγῶνας. τὰ γὰρ γυμνάσια καὶ αἱ συνεχεῖς θῆραι συγκροτοῦσι καὶ νευροῦσιν εὖ μάλα τὰ σώματα, καὶ πρὸ τῶν σωμάτων τὰς ψυχὰς ἐθίζουσιν ἐχθρῶν ἐξαπιναίας ἐφόδους τῷ καρτερῷ τῆς ῥώμης ἀλογεῖν.
ta dʼ alkima tōn thēriōn gegonen, ou gar hyposiōpēteon, ei kai tǭ deinos eipein einai prolabōn tēn apologian diesyres, askēseōs heneka tēs pros tous polemikous agōnas. ta gar gymnasia kai hai synecheis thērai synkrotousi kai neurousin eu mala ta sōmata, kai pro tōn sōmatōn tas psychas ethizousin echthrōn exapinaias ephodous tǭ karterǭ tēs rhōmēs alogein.
And the fierce beasts came into being (for this must not be passed over in silence, even though, being clever at speaking, you have anticipated and disparaged the defense) for training for the contests of war. For exercises and continual hunts harden and brace bodies well, and, before bodies, accustom souls to disregard sudden attacks of enemies through strength and endurance.
8.14.57Dindorf 1:463
τοῖς δὲ τὰς φύσεις εἰρηνικοῖς ἔξεστιν οὐ μόνον τειχῶν ἐντὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ κλισιάδων θαλαμευομένοις, ἀποζῆν ἀνεπιβουλεύτως, ἔχουσιν εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἀφθονωτάτας ἡμέρων ἀγέλας· ἐπειδὴ σῦς καὶ λέοντες καὶ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα, ἑκουσίᾳ φύσει χρώμενα, μακρὰν ἄστεος ἀπελήλαται τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ἀγαπῶντα τῆς ἀνθρώπων ἐπιβουλῆς.
tois de tas physeis eirēnikois exestin ou monon teichōn entos, alla kai klisiadōn thalameuomenois, apozēn anepibouleutōs, echousin eis apolausin aphthonōtatas hēmerōn agelas; epeidē sys kai leontes kai hosa homoiotropa, hekousią physei chrōmena, makran asteos apelēlatai to mēden pathein agapōnta tēs anthrōpōn epiboulēs.
But those of peaceful nature may live free from attack not only within walls but even shut up in their chambers, having abundant herds of tame animals to enjoy; since boars, lions, and the like, following their own nature, have been driven far from the city, content to suffer nothing from the plots of men.
8.14.58Dindorf 1:463
εἰ δέ τινες ὑπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας ἄοπλοι καὶ ἀπαράσκευοι ταῖς καταδύσεσι τῶν θηρίων ἀδεῶς ἐνδιαιτῶνται, τῶν συμβαινόντων ἑαυτοὺς, ἀλλὰ μὴ τὴν φύσιν αἰτιάσθωσαν, διότι φυλάξασθαι παρὸν ὠλιγώρησαν. ἤδη γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἱπποδρομίαις εἶδόν τινας εἴξαντας ἀλογιστίᾳ, οἳ, δέον ἐγκαθέζεσθαι καὶ σὺν κόσμῳ θεωρεῖν, ἐν μέσῳ στάντες, ὑπὸ τῆς ῥύμης τῶν τεθρίππων ἀνωσθέντες, ποσὶ καὶ τροχοῖς κατηλοήθησαν, ἀνοίας τἀπίχειρα εὑράμενοι.”
ei de tines hypo rhąthymias aoploi kai aparaskeuoi tais katadysesi tōn thēriōn adeōs endiaitōntai, tōn symbainontōn heautous, alla mē tēn physin aitiasthōsan, dioti phylaxasthai paron ōligōrēsan. ēdē goun kai en hippodromiais eidon tinas eixantas alogistią, hoi, deon enkathezesthai kai syn kosmǭ theōrein, en mesǭ stantes, hypo tēs rhymēs tōn tethrippōn anōsthentes, posi kai trochois katēloēthēsan, anoias tapicheira heuramenoi.”
And if some, out of carelessness, unarmed and unprepared, live fearlessly in the lairs of beasts, let them blame themselves for what happens, not nature, since they neglected to guard themselves when they could. I have seen some at chariot races give way to thoughtlessness: when they should have sat down and watched in order, they stood in the middle, were knocked over by the rush of the four-horse chariots, and were trampled by hooves and wheels, reaping the reward of their folly."
8.14.59Dindorf 1:463
“Περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἀπόχρη τὰ λεχθέντα. τῶν δʼ ἑρπετῶν τὰ ἰοβόλα γέγονεν οὐ κατὰ πρόνοιαν, ἀλλὰ κατʼ ἐπακολούθησιν, ὡς καὶ πρότερον εἶπον. ζωογονεῖται γὰρ, ὅταν ἡ ἐνυπάρχουσα ἰκμὰς μεταβάλῃ πρὸς τὸ θερμότερον. ἔνια δὲ καὶ σῆψις ἐψύχωσεν, ὡς ἕλμινθας μὲν ἡ περὶ τροφὴν, φθεῖρας δʼ ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν ἱδρώτων. ὅσα δʼ ἐξ οἰκείας ὕλης κατὰ φύσιν σπερματικὴν καὶ προηγουμένην ἔχει γένεσιν, εἰκότως ἐπιγέγραπται πρόνοιαν.
“Peri men oun toutōn apochrē ta lechthenta. tōn dʼ herpetōn ta iobola gegonen ou kata pronoian, alla katʼ epakolouthēsin, hōs kai proteron eipon. zōogoneitai gar, hotan hē enyparchousa ikmas metabalę̄ pros to thermoteron. enia de kai sēpsis epsychōsen, hōs helminthas men hē peri trophēn, phtheiras dʼ hē apo tōn hidrōtōn. hosa dʼ ex oikeias hylēs kata physin spermatikēn kai proēgoumenēn echei genesin, eikotōs epigegraptai pronoian.
"Enough has been said about these things. The venomous reptiles came into being not by providence but as a consequence, as I said before. For they are brought to life when the moisture within changes to greater heat. Some, too, decay has ensouled, as worms are produced by the decay of food and lice by sweat. But whatever has its origin from its own matter by a seminal and primary nature is rightly ascribed to providence.
8.14.60Dindorf 1:463–464
ἤκουσα δὲ καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων διττοὺς λόγους ὡς ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γεγονότων, οὓς οὐκ ἂν ἐπικρυψαίμην. ἦν δʼ ὁ μὲν ἕτερος τοιόσδε· πρὸς πολλὰ τῶν ἰατρικῶν ἔφασάν τινες τὰ ἰοβόλα συνεργεῖν καὶ τοὺς μεθοδεύοντας τὴν τέχνην, εἰς ἃ δεῖ καταχρωμένους αὐτοῖς ἐπιστημόνως, ἀλεξιφαρμάκων εὐπορεῖν, ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν μάλιστα ἐπισφαλῶς ἐχόντων ἀπροσδοκήτῳ σωτηρίᾳ· καὶ μέχρι νῦν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τοὺς μὴ ῥᾳθύμως καὶ ἀμελῶς ἰατρεύειν ἐπιχειροῦντας ἐν ταῖς συνθέσεσι τῶν φαρμάκων καταχρωμένους ἑκάστοις οὐ παρέργως.
ēkousa de kai peri ekeinōn dittous logous hōs epʼ ōpheleią tou anthrōpou gegonotōn, hous ouk an epikrypsaimēn. ēn dʼ ho men heteros toiosde; pros polla tōn iatrikōn ephasan tines ta iobola synergein kai tous methodeuontas tēn technēn, eis ha dei katachrōmenous autois epistēmonōs, alexipharmakōn euporein, epi tę̄ tōn malista episphalōs echontōn aprosdokētǭ sōtērią; kai mechri nyn estin idein tous mē rhąthymōs kai amelōs iatreuein epicheirountas en tais synthesesi tōn pharmakōn katachrōmenous hekastois ou parergōs.
I have also heard two accounts of these as having come into being for man's benefit, which I would not conceal. One was this: some said that venomous creatures help with many medical needs, and that those who practice the art, using them skillfully for what is needed, have an abundance of antidotes for the unexpected rescue of those most dangerously ill; and to this day one can see those who undertake to practice medicine not carelessly or negligently using each of them with attention in compounding their drugs.
8.14.61Dindorf 1:464
ὁ δʼ ἕτερος λόγος οὐκ ἰατρικὸς, ἀλλὰ φιλόσοφος ἦν, ὡς ἔοικε. τῷ γὰρ θεῷ ταῦτʼ ἔφασκεν ηὐτρεπίσθαι κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων κολαστήρια, ὡς στρατηγοῖς καὶ ἡγεμόσιν ὕστριχας ἢ σίδηρον· οὗ χάριν ἠρεμοῦντα τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἀνερεθίζεσθαι πρὸς ἀλκὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς κατακριθεῖσιν, ὧν ἡ φύσις ἐν τῷ ἀδωροδοκήτῳ δικαστηρίῳ ἑαυτῆς κατέγνω θάνατον.
ho dʼ heteros logos ouk iatrikos, alla philosophos ēn, hōs eoike. tǭ gar theǭ tautʼ ephasken ēutrepisthai kata tōn hamartanontōn kolastēria, hōs stratēgois kai hēgemosin hystrichas ē sidēron; hou charin ēremounta ton allon chronon anerethizesthai pros alkēn epi tois katakritheisin, hōn hē physis en tǭ adōrodokētǭ dikastēriǭ heautēs kategnō thanaton.
The other account was not medical but philosophical, it seems. It said that these have been prepared by God as punishments for sinners, as scourges or the sword are for generals and governors; and for this reason, though at rest the rest of the time, they are roused to strength against the condemned, whom nature in her incorruptible court has sentenced to death.
8.14.62Dindorf 1:464
τὸ δʼ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις πεφωλευκέναι μᾶλλον ἐστὶ μὲν ψεῦδος· ἔξω γὰρ ἄστεος ἐν ἀγρῷ καὶ ἐρημίαις θεωρεῖται, φεύγοντα ὡς δεσπότην τὸν ἄνθρωπον. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ, εἰ καὶ ἀληθές ἐστιν, ἔχει τινὰ λόγον. ἐν γὰρ μυχοῖς σεσώρευται φορυτὸς καὶ σκυβάλων πλῆθος, οἷς εἰσδύεσθαι φιλεῖ δίχα τοῦ καὶ τὴν κνῖσαν ὁλκὸν ἔχειν δύναμιν.
to dʼ en tais oikiais pephōleukenai mallon esti men pseudos; exō gar asteos en agrǭ kai erēmiais theōreitai, pheugonta hōs despotēn ton anthrōpon. ou mēn allʼ, ei kai alēthes estin, echei tina logon. en gar mychois sesōreutai phorytos kai skybalōn plēthos, hois eisdyesthai philei dicha tou kai tēn knisan holkon echein dynamin.
That they lurk in houses more is false; for they are seen outside the city in the countryside and deserts, fleeing man as their master. Yet even if it is true, it has a reason. For in corners rubbish and a mass of refuse are heaped up, into which they like to creep, besides the fact that the smell has an attractive power.
8.14.63Dindorf 1:464
εἰ δὲ καὶ χελιδόνες ἡμῖν συνδιαιτῶνται θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν· τῆς γὰρ τούτων θήρας ἀπεχόμεθα. σωτηρίας δὲ πόθος ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς οὐ λογικαῖς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀλόγοις ἐνίδρυται, τῶν δὲ πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν οὐδὲν ὁμοδίαιτον διὰ τὰς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐπιβουλὰς, πλὴν παρʼ οἷς ἡ τῶν τοιούτων χρῆσις ἀπηγόρευται νόμῳ.
ei de kai chelidones hēmin syndiaitōntai thaumaston ouden; tēs gar toutōn thēras apechometha. sōtērias de pothos en tais psychais ou logikais monon, alla kai alogois enidrytai, tōn de pros apolausin ouden homodiaiton dia tas ex hēmōn epiboulas, plēn parʼ hois hē tōn toioutōn chrēsis apēgoreutai nomǭ.
And if swallows live with us, it is no wonder; for we refrain from hunting them. And the longing for safety is implanted in souls not only rational but also irrational; but none of the animals good to eat lives with us, because of our plots against them, except among those for whom the use of such animals is forbidden by law.
8.14.64Dindorf 1:464–465
τῆς Συρίας ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ πόλις ἐστὶν Ἀσκάλων ὄνομα· γενόμενος ἐν ταύτῃ, καθʼ ὃν χρόνον εἰς τὸ πατρῷον ἱερὸν ἐστελλόμην, εὐξόμενός τε καὶ θύσων, ἀμήχανόν τι πελειάδων πλῆθος ἐπὶ τῶν τριόδων καὶ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἑκάστην ἐθεασάμην. πυνθανομένῳ δέ μοι τὴν αἰτίαν ἔφασαν οὐ θεμιτὸν εἶναι συλλαμβάνειν· ἀπειρῆσθαι γὰρ ἐκ παλαιοῦ τοῖς οἰκήτορσι τὴν χρῆσιν. οὕτως ἡμέρωται τὸ ζῷον ὑπʼ ἀδείας ὥστʼ οὐ μόνον ὑπωρόφιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁμοτράπεζον ἀεὶ γίνεσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἐκεχειρίαις ἐντρυφᾶν.
tēs Syrias epi thalattę̄ polis estin Askalōn onoma; genomenos en tautę̄, kathʼ hon chronon eis to patrǭon hieron estellomēn, euxomenos te kai thysōn, amēchanon ti peleiadōn plēthos epi tōn triodōn kai katʼ oikian hekastēn etheasamēn. pynthanomenǭ de moi tēn aitian ephasan ou themiton einai syllambanein; apeirēsthai gar ek palaiou tois oikētorsi tēn chrēsin. houtōs hēmerōtai to zǭon hypʼ adeias hōstʼ ou monon hypōrophion, alla kai homotrapezon aei ginesthai kai tois ekecheiriais entryphan.
There is a city of Syria on the sea named Ascalon. Being there at the time when I was on my way to the ancestral temple to pray and sacrifice, I saw an enormous number of doves at the crossroads and in every house. When I asked the reason, they said it was not lawful to catch them, for their use had been forbidden to the inhabitants from of old. So tame has the creature become through freedom from fear that it is not only under the roof but always at the table, and revels in the truce.
8.14.65Dindorf 1:465
ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δὲ καὶ θαυμασιώτερον ἰδεῖν ἐστιν. τὸ γὰρ ἀνθρωποβόρον καὶ θηρίων ἀργαλεώτατον ὁ κροκόδειλος, γεννώμενος καὶ τρεφόμενος ἐν τῷ ἱερωτάτῳ Νείλῳ, τῆς ὠφελείας, καίτοι βύθιος ὢν, ἐπαισθάνεται. παρʼ οἷς μὲν γὰρ τιμᾶται πληθύνει μάλιστα, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς λυμαινομένοις οὐδʼ ὄναρ φαίνεται· ὡς τῶν πλεόντων ὅπου μὲν καὶ τοὺς πάνυ θρασεῖς μηδʼ ἄκρον ἐπιτολμᾶν καθιέναι δάκτυλον, ἀγεληδὸν ἐπιφοιτώντων ὅπου δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄγαν δειλοὺς ἐξαλλομένους νήχεσθαι μετὰ παιδιὰς.
en Aigyptǭ de kai thaumasiōteron idein estin. to gar anthrōpoboron kai thēriōn argaleōtaton ho krokodeilos, gennōmenos kai trephomenos en tǭ hierōtatǭ Neilǭ, tēs ōpheleias, kaitoi bythios ōn, epaisthanetai. parʼ hois men gar timatai plēthynei malista, para de tois lymainomenois oudʼ onar phainetai; hōs tōn pleontōn hopou men kai tous pany thraseis mēdʼ akron epitolman kathienai daktylon, agelēdon epiphoitōntōn hopou de kai tous agan deilous exallomenous nēchesthai meta paidias.
In Egypt there is something more wonderful to see. For the man-eating crocodile, most troublesome of beasts, born and reared in the most sacred Nile, perceives, though it lives in the deep, what benefits it. Among those who honor it, it multiplies most; but among those who harm it, it does not appear even in a dream; so that, of those sailing, in one place even the very bold dare not dip the tip of a finger, as they come in herds, while in another even the very timid leap out and swim playfully.
8.14.66Dindorf 1:465
χώρα δʼ ἡ Κυκλώπων, ἐπειδὴ τὸ γένος αὐτῶν ἐστι πλάσμα μύθου, δίχα σπορᾶς καὶ γεωπόνων ἀνδρῶν ἥμερος καρπὸς οὐ φύεται, καθάπερ οὐδʼ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τι γεννᾶται. τῆς Ἑλλάδος δʼ οὐ κατηγορητέον ὡς λυπρὰς καὶ ἀγόνου· πολὺ γὰρ κἀν ταύτῃ τὸ βαθύγειον. εἰ δʼ ἡ βάρβαρος διαφέρει ταῖς εὐκαρπίαις, πλεονεκτεῖ μὲν τροφαῖς, ἐλαττοῦται δὲ τοῖς τρεφομένοις, ὧν χάριν αἱ τροφαί· μόνη γὰρ ἡ Ἑλλάς ἀψευδῶς ἀνθρωπογονεῖ, φυτὸν οὐράνιον καὶ βλάστημα θεῖον ἠκριβωμένον, λογισμὸν ἀποτίκτουσα οἰκειούμενον ἐπιστήμῃ. τὸ δʼ αἴτιον· λεπτότητι ἀέρος ἡ διάνοια πέφυκεν ἀκονᾶσθαι.
chōra dʼ hē Kyklōpōn, epeidē to genos autōn esti plasma mythou, dicha sporas kai geōponōn andrōn hēmeros karpos ou phyetai, kathaper oudʼ ek tou mē ontos ti gennatai. tēs Hellados dʼ ou katēgorēteon hōs lypras kai agonou; poly gar kan tautę̄ to bathygeion. ei dʼ hē barbaros diapherei tais eukarpiais, pleonektei men trophais, elattoutai de tois trephomenois, hōn charin hai trophai; monē gar hē Hellas apseudōs anthrōpogonei, phyton ouranion kai blastēma theion ēkribōmenon, logismon apotiktousa oikeioumenon epistēmę̄. to dʼ aition; leptotēti aeros hē dianoia pephyken akonasthai.
In the land of the Cyclopes, since their race is the invention of myth, cultivated fruit does not grow without sowing and farmers, just as nothing comes into being from what is not. Nor is Greece to be accused of being poor and barren; for in it too there is much deep soil. And if the barbarian world excels in fertility, it has more food but is inferior in those who are fed, for whose sake the food exists. For Greece alone truly bears human beings, a heavenly plant and divine offshoot brought to perfection, bringing forth reasoning akin to knowledge. The cause is that the mind is naturally sharpened by the fineness of the air.
8.14.67Dindorf 1:465
διὸ καὶ Ἡράκλειτος οὐκ ἄπο σκοποῦ φησιν ‘αὐγὴ ξηρὴ, ψυχὴ σοφωτάτη καὶ ἀρίστη.’’ τεκμηριώσαιτο δʼ ἄν τις καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς μὲν νήφοντας καὶ ὀλιγοδεεῖς συνετωτέρους εἶναι, τοὺς δὲ ποτῶν ἀεὶ καὶ σιτίων ἐμπιπλαμένους ἥκιστα φρονίμους, ἅτε βαπτιζομένου τοῖς ἐπιοῦσι τοῦ λογισμοῦ.
dio kai Hērakleitos ouk apo skopou phēsin ‘augē xērē, psychē sophōtatē kai aristē.’’ tekmēriōsaito dʼ an tis kai ek tou tous men nēphontas kai oligodeeis synetōterous einai, tous de potōn aei kai sitiōn empiplamenous hēkista phronimous, hate baptizomenou tois epiousi tou logismou.
That is why Heraclitus too says, not beside the mark, 'A dry ray of light is the wisest and best soul.' One might prove it also from the fact that the sober and frugal are more intelligent, while those always filled with drink and food are least prudent, since their reasoning is drowned by what comes upon it.
8.14.68Dindorf 1:465–466
διὸ κατὰ τὴν βάρβαρον ἔρνη μὲν ταῖς εὐτροφίαις καὶ στελέχη περιμήκιστα, καὶ ζῴων ἀλόγων σφόδρα τὰ γονιμώτατα, νοῦν δʼ ἥκιστα γεννᾷ. διότι τὸ ὑψωθῆναι ἐξ ἀέρος αὐτοῦ, αἱ γῆς καὶ ὕδατος ἐπάλληλοι καὶ συνεχεῖς ἀναθυμιάσεις κατεκράτησαν.
dio kata tēn barbaron ernē men tais eutrophiais kai stelechē perimēkista, kai zǭōn alogōn sphodra ta gonimōtata, noun dʼ hēkista genną. dioti to hypsōthēnai ex aeros autou, hai gēs kai hydatos epallēloi kai synecheis anathymiaseis katekratēsan.
That is why in the barbarian world shoots and stems grow to great height through rich nourishment, and the most prolific of irrational animals, but it produces mind least of all; because the continual and successive exhalations of earth and water have overpowered the air, preventing it from rising.
8.14.69Dindorf 1:466
ἰχθύων δὲ καὶ ὀρνίθων καὶ χερσαίων γένη ζῴων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐγκλήματα φύσεως ἐφʼ ἡδονὴν παρακαλούσης, ἀλλὰ δεινὸς ψόγος τῆς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἀκρασίας. ἀναγκαῖον μὲν γὰρ ἦν εἰς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου συμπλήρωσιν, ἵνα γένηται κόσμος ἐν ἑκάστῳ μέρει, φῦναι ζῴων ἰδέας ἁπάντων· οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν τούτων ἀπόλαυσιν ὁρμῆσαι τὸ σοφίας συγγενέστατον χρῆμα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, μεταβαλόντα εἰς ἀγριότητα θηρίων.
ichthyōn de kai ornithōn kai chersaiōn genē zǭōn ouk estin enklēmata physeōs ephʼ hēdonēn parakalousēs, alla deinos psogos tēs hēmōn autōn akrasias. anankaion men gar ēn eis tēn tou holou symplērōsin, hina genētai kosmos en hekastǭ merei, phynai zǭōn ideas hapantōn; ouk anankaion de epi tēn toutōn apolausin hormēsai to sophias syngenestaton chrēma ton anthrōpon, metabalonta eis agriotēta thēriōn.
The kinds of fish, birds, and land animals are not charges against nature as inviting us to pleasure, but a serious reproach of our own incontinence. For it was necessary for the completion of the whole, so that there should be order in each part, that the forms of all animals should come into being; but it was not necessary that man, the thing most akin to wisdom, should rush to enjoy them, changing into the savagery of beasts.
8.14.70Dindorf 1:466
διὸ καὶ μέχρι νῦν οἷς λόγος ἐγκρατείας ἁπαξαπάντων ἀπέχονται, λαχανώδει χλόῃ καὶ καρποῖς δένδρων προσοψήμασιν ἡδίστῃ ἀπολαύσει χρώμενοι. τοῖς δὲ τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων θοίνην ἡγουμένοις εἶναι κατὰ φύσιν ἐπέστησαν διδάσκαλοι, σωφρονισταὶ, νομοθέται κατὰ πόλεις, οἷς ἐμέλησε τὴν ἀμετρίαν τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν στεῖλαι, μὴ ἐπιτρέψασι τὴν χρῆσιν ἀδεᾶ πᾶσι πάντων.
dio kai mechri nyn hois logos enkrateias hapaxapantōn apechontai, lachanōdei chloę̄ kai karpois dendrōn prosopsēmasin hēdistę̄ apolausei chrōmenoi. tois de tēn tōn eirēmenōn thoinēn hēgoumenois einai kata physin epestēsan didaskaloi, sōphronistai, nomothetai kata poleis, hois emelēse tēn ametrian tōn epithymiōn steilai, mē epitrepsasi tēn chrēsin adea pasi pantōn.
That is why even now those who care for self-control abstain from all of them altogether, using as relishes green vegetables and the fruits of trees, a most pleasant enjoyment. But for those who think feasting on such things to be according to nature, teachers, correctors, and lawgivers have been set up in the cities, whose concern it was to restrain the immoderation of desires, not permitting the unrestricted use of all things to all.
8.14.71Dindorf 1:466
εἰ δὲ καὶ ῥόδα καὶ κρόκος καὶ ἡ ἄλλη τῶν ἀνθέων ποικιλία πρὸς ὑγίειαν, οὐ πρὸς ἡδονὴν γέγονεν. ἄπλετοι γὰρ τούτων αἱ δυνάμεις, καὶ καθʼ αὑτὰς διὰ τῶν ὀσμῶν ὠφελοῦσιν, εὐωδίας πάντας ἀναπιμπλᾶσαι, καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐν ταῖς ἰατρικαῖς συνθέσεσι τῶν φαρμάκων. ἔνια γὰρ ἀναμιχθέντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν δυνάμεις ἀριδηλοτέρας παρέχεται, καθάπερ εἰς ζῴου γένεσιν ἡ ἄρρενος καὶ θήλεος μίξις, ἰδίᾳ ἑκατέρου μὴ πεφυκότος ποιεῖν ἅπερ ἄμφω συνελθόντα.
ei de kai rhoda kai krokos kai hē allē tōn antheōn poikilia pros hygieian, ou pros hēdonēn gegonen. apletoi gar toutōn hai dynameis, kai kathʼ hautas dia tōn osmōn ōphelousin, euōdias pantas anapimplasai, kai poly mallon en tais iatrikais synthesesi tōn pharmakōn. enia gar anamichthenta tas heautōn dynameis aridēloteras parechetai, kathaper eis zǭou genesin hē arrenos kai thēleos mixis, idią hekaterou mē pephykotos poiein haper amphō synelthonta.
And roses, crocus, and the rest of the variety of flowers came into being for health, not for pleasure. For their powers are immense: they benefit by themselves through their scents, filling all with fragrance, and much more in the medical compounding of drugs. For some, when mixed, make their own powers more evident, just as the union of male and female does for the generation of an animal, neither being able by itself to do what both do together.
8.14.72Dindorf 1:466–467
ταῦτʼ ἀναγκαίως λέλεκται πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ διαπορηθέντων, ἱκανὴν πίστιν ἐργάσασθαι δυνάμενα τοῖς μὴ φιλονείκως ἔχουσι περὶ τοῦ τὸν θεὸν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι πραγμάτων. ”
tautʼ anankaiōs lelektai pros ta loipa tōn hypo sou diaporēthentōn, hikanēn pistin ergasasthai dynamena tois mē philoneikōs echousi peri tou ton theon tōn anthrōpinōn epimeleisthai pragmatōn. ”
These things have necessarily been said in answer to the rest of the doubts you raised, able to produce sufficient belief, in those who are not contentious, that God takes care of human affairs."
8.14.73Dindorf 1:467
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐκ τοῦ δηλωθέντος ἐπετεμόμην ἀνδρὸς, ὁμοῦ μὲν δεικνὺς οἷοι καὶ κατὰ τοὺς νέους γεγόνασιν Ἑβραίων παῖδες, ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ τὰ τῆς εὐσεβοῦς αὐτῶν περὶ θεοῦ διαλήψεως, τά τε τῆς πρὸς τοὺς προπάτορας ὁμοφωνίας ἐμφανῆ καθιστάς. ἤδη δʼ ἐντεῦθεν μεταβῆναι καιρὸς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν ἔξωθεν περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν μαρτυρίας.
Tauta men oun ek tou dēlōthentos epetemomēn andros, homou men deiknys hoioi kai kata tous neous gegonasin Hebraiōn paides, homou de kai ta tēs eusebous autōn peri theou dialēpseōs, ta te tēs pros tous propatoras homophōnias emphanē kathistas. ēdē dʼ enteuthen metabēnai kairos kai epi tas tōn exōthen peri tōn autōn martyrias.
These things I have abridged from the man mentioned, showing at once what the sons of the Hebrews have been like in recent times, and making plain their pious conception of God and their agreement with their forefathers. It is time now to pass on to the testimonies of outsiders on the same matters.
Preparation 9, chapter 1
9.1.1Dindorf 1:467
Καὶ τῆς τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις λογίων ἀποδοχῆς οὐκ ἀσυλλογίστως ἡμῖν, κρίσει δὲ καὶ διανοίᾳ ἐξητασμένῃ γεγενημένης, ἐπειδὴ συνῶπται τὰ τῆς ἀποδείξεως, ὥρα συνιδεῖν ὡς καὶ αὐτῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ μάλιστα διαφανεῖς τῶν καθʼ Ἑβραίους οὐκ ἄπειροι γεγόνασι πραγμάτων, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν καὶ τῷ βίῳ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ταῖς τε παρʼ αὐτοῖς φερομέναις ἱστορικαῖς διηγήσεσιν ἀλήθειαν ἐπεμαρτύρησαν, οἱ δὲ καὶ τῆς δογματικῆς ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς ἐφήψαντο θεολογίας.
Kai tēs tōn parʼ Hebraiois logiōn apodochēs ouk asyllogistōs hēmin, krisei de kai dianoią exētasmenę̄ gegenēmenēs, epeidē synōptai ta tēs apodeixeōs, hōra synidein hōs kai autōn Hellēnōn hoi malista diaphaneis tōn kathʼ Hebraious ouk apeiroi gegonasi pragmatōn, allʼ hoi men kai tǭ biǭ tōn andrōn tais te parʼ autois pheromenais historikais diēgēsesin alētheian epemartyrēsan, hoi de kai tēs dogmatikēs homoiōs autois ephēpsanto theologias.
Since our acceptance of the oracles among the Hebrews has come about not without reasoning but by tested judgment and understanding, and the proof has been surveyed, it is time to see that the most distinguished of the Greeks themselves were not unacquainted with the affairs of the Hebrews: some bore witness to the truth both of the men's way of life and of the historical narratives current among them, and others even touched on their doctrinal theology in the same way.
9.1.2Dindorf 1:467
πρῶτα δὲ τὰ πρῶτα παραθήσομαι, δεικνὺς ὅσοι τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν συγγραφέων ἐπʼ ὀνόματος Ἰουδαίων τε καὶ Ἑβραίων τῆς τε παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὸ παλαιὸν ἀσκουμένης φιλοσοφίας καὶ τῆς ἀνέκαθεν τῶν προπατόρων ἱστορίας ἐμνημόνευσαν.
prōta de ta prōta parathēsomai, deiknys hosoi tōn Hellēnikōn syngrapheōn epʼ onomatos Ioudaiōn te kai Hebraiōn tēs te parʼ autois to palaion askoumenēs philosophias kai tēs anekathen tōn propatorōn historias emnēmoneusan.
I shall set out first things first, showing how many of the Greek writers mentioned the Jews and Hebrews by name, the philosophy practiced among them of old, and the history of their forefathers from the beginning.
9.1.3Dindorf 1:467
ἄρξεται δέ μοι ὁ λόγος ἀπὸ τοῦ τῶν ἀνδρῶν βίου, ὡς ἂν μάθοις ὅτι μὴ ἐκτὸς σώφρονος λογισμοῦ τὴν τῶν δηλουμένων φιλοσοφίαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων προτετιμήκαμεν.
arxetai de moi ho logos apo tou tōn andrōn biou, hōs an mathois hoti mē ektos sōphronos logismou tēn tōn dēloumenōn philosophian tōn Hellēnōn protetimēkamen.
My account will begin from the life of these men, so that you may learn that not without sober reasoning have we preferred the philosophy of the people described to that of the Greeks.
9.1.4Dindorf 1:467–468
ἀκόλουθα γοῦν τοῖς προεξητασμένοις ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου συγγράμματι καὶ τὰ τῆς ἠθικῆς αὐτοῖς ἐπιτελεῖσθαι συνασκήσεως, οὐ μόνον αἱ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἱεραὶ βίβλοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων οἱ μάλιστα διαφανεῖς καὶ καθʼ ἡμᾶς βεβοημένοι μαρτυροῦσι. καὶ δὴ λαβὼν ἀνάγνωθι τὰ Θεοφράστου ἐν τοῖς Πορφυρίῳ γραφεῖσι Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀποχῆς κείμενα τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον
akoloutha goun tois proexētasmenois en tǭ pro toutou syngrammati kai ta tēs ēthikēs autois epiteleisthai synaskēseōs, ou monon hai parʼ autois hierai bibloi, alla kai tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn hoi malista diaphaneis kai kathʼ hēmas beboēmenoi martyrousi. kai dē labōn anagnōthi ta Theophrastou en tois Porphyriǭ grapheisi Peri tēs tōn empsychōn apochēs keimena touton ton tropon
That the practice of ethical discipline among them is carried out consistently with what was examined in the previous book, not only their sacred books but also the most distinguished philosophers among the Greeks, celebrated even in our time, bear witness. Take and read what Theophrastus says, as set down in Porphyry's work On Abstinence from Animal Food, as follows:
Preparation 9, chapter 2
9.2.1Dindorf 1:468
“ Καίτοι Σύρων μὲν Ἰουδαῖοι διὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς θυσίαν ἔτι καὶ νῦν, φησὶν ὁ Θεόφραστος, ζῳοθυτούντων, εἰ τὸν αὐτὸν ἡμὰς τρόπον τις κελεύοι θύειν, ἀποσταίημεν ἂν τῆς πράξεως. οὐ γὰρ ἑστιώμενοι τῶν τυθέντων, ὁλοκαυτοῦντες δὲ ταῦτα νυκτὸς, καὶ κατʼ αὐτῶν πολὺ μέλι καὶ οἶνον λείβοντες, ἀνήλισκον τὴν θυσίαν θᾶττον, ἵνα τοῦ δεινοῦ μηδʼ ὁ πανόπτης γένοιτο θεατής.
“ Kaitoi Syrōn men Ioudaioi dia tēn ex archēs thysian eti kai nyn, phēsin ho Theophrastos, zǭothytountōn, ei ton auton hēmas tropon tis keleuoi thyein, apostaiēmen an tēs praxeōs. ou gar hestiōmenoi tōn tythentōn, holokautountes de tauta nyktos, kai katʼ autōn poly meli kai oinon leibontes, anēliskon tēn thysian thatton, hina tou deinou mēdʼ ho panoptēs genoito theatēs.
"And yet, though the Jews among the Syrians, says Theophrastus, still sacrifice living creatures because of their original sacrifice, if anyone bade us sacrifice in the same way, we would shrink from the deed. For they do not feast on what is sacrificed, but, burning them whole at night and pouring much honey and wine on them, they consume the sacrifice quickly, so that even the all-seeing one may not become a spectator of the dreadful thing.
9.2.2Dindorf 1:468
καὶ τοῦτο δρῶσι νηστεύοντες τὰς ἀνὰ μέσον τούτων ἡμέρας· κατὰ δὲ πάντα τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ἅτε φιλόσοφοι τὸ γένος ὄντες, περὶ τοῦ θείου μὲν ἀλλήλοις λαλοῦσι, τῆς δὲ νυκτὸς τῶν ἄστρων ποιοῦνται τὴν θεωρίαν, βλέποντες εἰς αὐτὰ, καὶ διὰ τῶν εὐχῶν θεοκλυτοῦντες. κατήρξαντο γὰρ οὗτοι πρῶτοι τῶν τε λοιπῶν ζῴων καὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν, ἀνάγκῃ καὶ οὐκ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τοῦτο πράξαντες.’
kai touto drōsi nēsteuontes tas ana meson toutōn hēmeras; kata de panta touton ton chronon, hate philosophoi to genos ontes, peri tou theiou men allēlois lalousi, tēs de nyktos tōn astrōn poiountai tēn theōrian, blepontes eis auta, kai dia tōn euchōn theoklytountes. katērxanto gar houtoi prōtoi tōn te loipōn zǭōn kai sphōn autōn, anankę̄ kai ouk epithymią touto praxantes.’
And they do this while fasting on the days in between. Throughout all this time, being philosophers by race, they talk with one another about the divine, and at night they contemplate the stars, gazing at them and calling on God in their prayers. For these were the first to begin the sacrifice both of the other animals and of themselves, doing it from necessity and not from desire."
Preparation 9, chapter 3
9.3.1Dindorf 1:468
Καὶ ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποθέσεως τοιαῦτα περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἱστορεῖ ὁ Πορφύριος· Εἰσὶ τοίνυν οἱ Ἐσσαῖοι Ἰουδαῖοι μὲν τὸ γένος, φιλάλληλοι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πλέον.
Kai en tǭ tetartǭ de tēs autēs hypotheseōs toiauta peri tōn autōn historei ho Porphyrios; Eisi toinyn hoi Essaioi Ioudaioi men to genos, philallēloi de kai tōn allōn pleon.
And in the fourth book of the same subject Porphyry relates such things about them: "There are the Essenes, Jews by race, more affectionate to one another than others are.
9.3.2Dindorf 1:468–469
οὗτοι τὰς μὲν ἡδονὰς ὡς κακίαν ἀποστρέφονται, τὴν δὲ ἐγκράτειαν καὶ τὸ μὴ τοῖς πάθεσιν ὑποπίπτειν ἀρετὴν ὑπολαμβάνουσι. καὶ γάμου μὲν αὐτοῖς ὑπεροψία, τοὺς δʼ ἀλλοτρίους παῖδας ἐκλαμβάνοντες ἁπαλοὺς ἔτι πρὸς τὰ μαθήματα συγγενεῖς ἡγοῦνται καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσιν ἑαυτῶν ἐντυποῦσι, τὸν μὲν γάμον καὶ τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἀναιροῦντες, τὰς δὲ τῶν γυναικῶν ἀσελγείας φυλαττόμενοι· καταφρονηταὶ δὲ πλούτου καὶ θαυμάσιον παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὸ κοινωνικὸν, οὐδʼ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν κτήσει τινὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὑπερέχοντα.
houtoi tas men hēdonas hōs kakian apostrephontai, tēn de enkrateian kai to mē tois pathesin hypopiptein aretēn hypolambanousi. kai gamou men autois hyperopsia, tous dʼ allotrious paidas eklambanontes hapalous eti pros ta mathēmata syngeneis hēgountai kai tois ēthesin heautōn entypousi, ton men gamon kai tēn ex autou diadochēn ouk anairountes, tas de tōn gynaikōn aselgeias phylattomenoi; kataphronētai de ploutou kai thaumasion parʼ autois to koinōnikon, oudʼ estin heurein ktēsei tina parʼ autois hyperechonta.
They turn away from pleasures as vice, and regard self-control and not yielding to the passions as virtue. They disdain marriage, but taking other people's children while still tender for instruction, they treat them as kin and mold them in their own ways; not abolishing marriage and the succession it brings, but guarding against the licentiousness of women. They despise wealth, and their sharing is admirable; nor can one find anyone among them superior in possessions.
9.3.3Dindorf 1:469
νόμος γὰρ τοὺς εἰς τὴν αἵρεσιν εἰσιόντας δημεύειν τῷ τάγματι τὴν οὐσίαν, ὥστε ἐν ἅπασι μήτε πενίας ταπεινότητα φαίνεσθαι μήθʼ ὑπεροχὴν πλούτου, τῶν δὲ ἑκάστου κτημάτων ἀναμεμιγμένων μίαν ὥσπερ ἀδελφοῖς ἅπασιν οὐσίαν εἶναι.
nomos gar tous eis tēn hairesin eisiontas dēmeuein tǭ tagmati tēn ousian, hōste en hapasi mēte penias tapeinotēta phainesthai mēthʼ hyperochēn ploutou, tōn de hekastou ktēmatōn anamemigmenōn mian hōsper adelphois hapasin ousian einai.
For it is a law that those entering the sect make over their property to the order, so that in all of them neither the humiliation of poverty nor the superiority of wealth appears, but, the possessions of each being mixed together, there is one property for all as for brothers.
9.3.4Dindorf 1:469
κηλῖδα δὲ ὑπολαμβάνουσι τοὔλαιον, κἂν ἀλειφθῇ τις ἄκων, σμήχεται τὸ σῶμα· τὸ γὰρ αὐχμεῖν ἐν καλῷ τίθενται, λευχειμονεῖν τε διὰ παντός.
kēlida de hypolambanousi toulaion, kan aleiphthę̄ tis akōn, smēchetai to sōma; to gar auchmein en kalǭ tithentai, leucheimonein te dia pantos.
They regard oil as a defilement, and if anyone is anointed against his will, he wipes his body clean; for they think it good to be rough and dry, and always to wear white.
9.3.5Dindorf 1:469
χειροτονητοὶ δὲ τῶν κοινῶν οἱ ἐπιμεληταὶ καὶ ἀδιαίρετοι πρὸς ἁπάντων εἰς τὰς χρείας ἕκαστοι. μία δʼ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῶν πόλις, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἑκάστῃ μετοικοῦσι πολλοὶ, καὶ τοῖς ἑτέρωθεν ἥκουσιν αἱρετισταῖς ἀναπέπταται τὰ παρʼ ἀλλήλοις· καὶ οἱ πρῶτον ἰδόντες εἰσίασιν ὡς πρὸς συνήθεις· διὸ οὐδὲν ἐπικομιζόμενοι ἀποδημοῦσιν ἀναλωμάτων ἕνεκα.
cheirotonētoi de tōn koinōn hoi epimelētai kai adiairetoi pros hapantōn eis tas chreias hekastoi. mia dʼ ouk estin autōn polis, allʼ en hekastę̄ metoikousi polloi, kai tois heterōthen hēkousin hairetistais anapeptatai ta parʼ allēlois; kai hoi prōton idontes eisiasin hōs pros synētheis; dio ouden epikomizomenoi apodēmousin analōmatōn heneka.
The managers of the common goods are elected, and each is appointed without distinction by all for the various needs. They have no one city, but many settle in each, and what they have is open to members of the sect who come from elsewhere; and they go in to those they have never seen before as to intimates. Therefore they take nothing with them for expenses when they travel.
9.3.6Dindorf 1:469
οὔτε δὲ ἐσθῆτα οὔτε ὑποδήματα ἀμείβουσι, πρὶν διαρραγῆναι πρότερον παντάπασιν, ἢ δαπανηθῆναι τῷ χρόνῳ. οὐδʼ ἀγοράζουσί τι, οὐδὲ πωλοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ χρῄζοντι διδοὺς ἕκαστος τὰ παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τὸ παρʼ ἐκείνου χρήσιμον ἀντικομίζεται· καὶ χωρὶς τῆς ἀντιδόσεως ἀκώλυτος ἡ μετάληψις αὐτοῖς παρʼ ὧν ἂν ἐθέλωσι.’’
oute de esthēta oute hypodēmata ameibousi, prin diarragēnai proteron pantapasin, ē dapanēthēnai tǭ chronǭ. oudʼ agorazousi ti, oude pōlousin, alla tǭ chrę̄zonti didous hekastos ta parʼ heautǭ to parʼ ekeinou chrēsimon antikomizetai; kai chōris tēs antidoseōs akōlytos hē metalēpsis autois parʼ hōn an ethelōsi.’’
They do not change clothing or shoes until they are completely torn or worn out by time. They neither buy nor sell anything, but each gives what he has to one in need and receives in return what is useful from him; and even without exchange they may freely take from whomever they wish."
9.3.7Dindorf 1:469–470
“ Πρός γε μὴν τὸ θεῖον ἰδίως εὐσεβεῖς. πρὶν γὰρ ἀνασχεῖν τὸν ἥλιον οὐδὲν φθέγγονται τῶν βεβήλων, πατρίους δέ τινας εἰς αὐτὸν εὐχὰς ὥσπερ ἱκετεύοντες ἀνατεῖλαι. μετὰ ταῦτα πρὸς ἃς ἕκαστοι τέχνας ἴσασιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπιμελητῶν ἀφεῖνται, καὶ μέχρι πέμπτης ὥρας ἐργασάμενοι συντόνως, ἔπειτα πάλιν εἰς ἓν ἀθροίζονται χωρίον, ζωσάμενοί τε σκεπάσμασιν οὕτως ἀπολούονται τὸ σῶμα ψυχροῖς ὕδασι· καὶ μετὰ ταύτην τὴν ἁγνείαν εἰς ἴδιον οἴκημα συνίασιν, ἐν ᾧ μηδενὶ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων ἐπιτέτραπται παρελθεῖν.
“ Pros ge mēn to theion idiōs eusebeis. prin gar anaschein ton hēlion ouden phthengontai tōn bebēlōn, patrious de tinas eis auton euchas hōsper hiketeuontes anateilai. meta tauta pros has hekastoi technas isasin hypo tōn epimelētōn apheintai, kai mechri pemptēs hōras ergasamenoi syntonōs, epeita palin eis hen athroizontai chōrion, zōsamenoi te skepasmasin houtōs apolouontai to sōma psychrois hydasi; kai meta tautēn tēn hagneian eis idion oikēma syniasin, en hǭ mēdeni tōn heterodoxōn epitetraptai parelthein.
"Toward the divine they are especially pious. Before the sun rises they utter nothing profane, but offer certain ancestral prayers toward it, as if begging it to rise. After this they are dismissed by the managers to the crafts each knows, and having worked hard until the fifth hour, they gather again in one place, and, girding themselves with linen coverings, wash their bodies in cold water. After this purification they gather in a private building, into which none of another persuasion is permitted to enter.
9.3.8Dindorf 1:470
αὐτοὶ δὲ καθαροὶ καθάπερ εἰς ἅγιόν τι τέμενος παραγίνονται τὸ δειπνητήριον. καθεσθέντων δὲ μεθʼ ἡσυχίας ὁ μὲν σιτοποιὸς ἐν τάξει παρατίθησιν ἄρτους, ὁ δὲ μάγειρος ἓν ἀγγεῖον ἐξ ἑνὸς ἐδέσματος ἑκάστῳ. προκατεύχεται δὲ ὁ ἱερεὺς τῆς τροφῆς, ἁγνῆς οὔσης καὶ καθαρᾶς, καὶ γεύσασθαί τινα πρὶν τῆς εὐχῆς ἀθέμιτον· ἀριστοποιησαμένοις δὲ ἐπεύχεται πάλιν, ἀρχόμενοί τε καὶ παυόμενοι γεραίρουσι τὸν θεόν.
autoi de katharoi kathaper eis hagion ti temenos paraginontai to deipnētērion. kathesthentōn de methʼ hēsychias ho men sitopoios en taxei paratithēsin artous, ho de mageiros hen angeion ex henos edesmatos hekastǭ. prokateuchetai de ho hiereus tēs trophēs, hagnēs ousēs kai katharas, kai geusasthai tina prin tēs euchēs athemiton; aristopoiēsamenois de epeuchetai palin, archomenoi te kai pauomenoi gerairousi ton theon.
And being pure themselves, they come to the dining room as to some holy precinct. When they have sat down in quiet, the baker sets out loaves in order, and the cook one dish of one kind of food for each. The priest prays before the food, which is pure and clean, and it is unlawful for anyone to taste before the prayer; and when they have breakfasted he prays again; at beginning and end they honor God.
9.3.9Dindorf 1:470
ἔπειθʼ ὡς ἱερὰς καταθέμενοι τὰς ἐσθῆτας πάλιν ἐπʼ ἔργα τρέπονται μέχρι δείλης. δειπνοῦσι δʼ ὑποστρέψαντες ὁμοίως, συγκαθεζομένων τῶν ξένων, εἰ τύχοιεν αὐτοῖς παρόντες.
epeithʼ hōs hieras katathemenoi tas esthētas palin epʼ erga trepontai mechri deilēs. deipnousi dʼ hypostrepsantes homoiōs, synkathezomenōn tōn xenōn, ei tychoien autois parontes.
Then, laying aside their garments as sacred, they turn again to work until evening. Returning, they dine in the same way, guests sitting with them if any happen to be present.
9.3.10Dindorf 1:470
οὔτε δὲ κραυγή ποτε τὸν οἶκον οὔτε θόρυβος μιαίνει· τὰς δὲ λαλιὰς ἐν τάξει παραχωροῦσιν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν ὡς μυστήριόν τι φρικτὸν ἡ τῶν ἔνδον σιωπὴ καταφαίνεται. τούτου δὲ αἴτιον ἡ διηνεκὴς νῆψις καὶ τὸ μετρεῖσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς τροφὴν καὶ ποτὸν μέχρι κόρου.’’
oute de kraugē pote ton oikon oute thorybos miainei; tas de lalias en taxei parachōrousin allēlois, kai tois exōthen hōs mystērion ti phrikton hē tōn endon siōpē kataphainetai. toutou de aition hē diēnekēs nēpsis kai to metreisthai parʼ autois trophēn kai poton mechri korou.’’
Neither shouting nor uproar ever defiles the house; they yield speech to one another in turn, and to outsiders the silence of those within appears like some awesome mystery. The cause of this is their continual sobriety, and the fact that food and drink are measured out among them only to satisfy."
9.3.11Dindorf 1:470
Τοῖς δὲ ζηλοῦσι τὴν αἵρεσιν οὐκ εὐθὺς ἡ πάροδος, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔξω μένοντι τὴν αὐτὴν ὑποτίθενται δίαιταν, ἀξινάριόν τε καὶ περίζωμα δόντες καὶ λευκὴν ἐσθῆτα. ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ πεῖραν ἐγκρατείας δῷ, πρόσεισι μὲν ἔγγιον τῇ διαίτῃ καὶ καθαρώτερον τῶν πρὸς ἁγνείαν ὑδάτων μεταλαμβάνει,
Tois de zēlousi tēn hairesin ouk euthys hē parodos, allʼ epʼ eniauton exō menonti tēn autēn hypotithentai diaitan, axinarion te kai perizōma dontes kai leukēn esthēta. epeidan de en toutǭ tǭ chronǭ peiran enkrateias dǭ, proseisi men engion tę̄ diaitę̄ kai katharōteron tōn pros hagneian hydatōn metalambanei,
"For those who desire to join the sect, entrance is not immediate; but they prescribe for him the same way of life while he stays outside for a year, giving him a small hatchet, a loincloth, and a white garment. When in this time he has given proof of self-control, he comes nearer to their way of life and shares in the purer waters of purification;
9.3.12Dindorf 1:470–471
παραλαμβάνεται δὲ εἰς τὰς συμβιώσεις οὐδέπω· μετὰ γὰρ τὴν τῆς καρτερίας ἐπίδειξιν δυσὶν ἄλλοις ἔτεσι τὸ ἦθος δοκιμάζεται, καὶ φανεὶς ἄξιος, οὕτως εἰς τὸν ὅμιλον ἐγκρίνεται.
paralambanetai de eis tas symbiōseis oudepō; meta gar tēn tēs karterias epideixin dysin allois etesi to ēthos dokimazetai, kai phaneis axios, houtōs eis ton homilon enkrinetai.
but he is not yet received into their common life; for after showing his endurance, his character is tested for two more years, and if he appears worthy, he is then admitted to the company.
9.3.13Dindorf 1:471
πρὶν δὲ τῆς κοινῆς ἅψασθαι τροφῆς, ὅρκους αὐτοῖς ὄμνυσι φρικώδεις· πρῶτον μὲν εὐσεβήσειν τὸ θεῖον, ἔπειτα τὰ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους δίκαια φυλάξειν, καὶ μήτε κατὰ γνώμην βλάψειν τινὰ μήτʼ ἐξ ἐπιτάγματος, μισήσειν δʼ ἀεὶ τοὺς ἀδίκους καὶ συναδικεῖσθαι τοῖς δικαίοις· τὸ πιστὸν πᾶσι μὲν παρέξειν, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς κρατοῦσιν· οὐ γὰρ δίχα θεοῦ περιγίγνεσθαί τινι τὸ ἄρχειν. κἂν αὐτὸς ἄρχῃ, μηδεπώποτε ἐξυβρίσαι εἰς τὴν ἐξουσίαν, μηδὲ ἐσθῆτι, ἤ τινι πλέονι κόσμῳ τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους ὑπερλαμπρύνεσθαι· τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀγαπᾶν ἀεὶ καὶ τοὺς ψευδομένους προβάλλεσθαι· χεῖρας κλοπῆς καὶ ψυχὴν ἀνοσίου κέρδους καθαρὰν φυλάξειν, καὶ μήτε κρύψειν τι τοὺς αἱρετιστὰς μήθʼ ἑτέροις αὐτῶν τι μηνύσειν, κἂν μέχρι θανάτου τις βιάζηται.
prin de tēs koinēs hapsasthai trophēs, horkous autois omnysi phrikōdeis; prōton men eusebēsein to theion, epeita ta pros anthrōpous dikaia phylaxein, kai mēte kata gnōmēn blapsein tina mētʼ ex epitagmatos, misēsein dʼ aei tous adikous kai synadikeisthai tois dikaiois; to piston pasi men parexein, malista de tois kratousin; ou gar dicha theou perigignesthai tini to archein. kan autos archę̄, mēdepōpote exybrisai eis tēn exousian, mēde esthēti, ē tini pleoni kosmǭ tous hypotetagmenous hyperlamprynesthai; tēn alētheian agapan aei kai tous pseudomenous proballesthai; cheiras klopēs kai psychēn anosiou kerdous katharan phylaxein, kai mēte krypsein ti tous hairetistas mēthʼ heterois autōn ti mēnysein, kan mechri thanatou tis biazētai.
Before touching the common food, he swears awesome oaths to them: first, that he will revere the divine; next, that he will keep justice toward men, and harm no one either of his own will or by command; that he will always hate the unjust and help the just; that he will keep faith with all, and especially with those in power, for to no one does rule come without God; and that if he himself rules, he will never be insolent in his authority, nor outshine those under him in dress or any greater adornment; that he will always love the truth and expose liars; that he will keep his hands pure from theft and his soul from unholy gain; and that he will neither hide anything from the members of the sect nor disclose anything of theirs to others, even if one should force him to the point of death.
9.3.14Dindorf 1:471
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὄμνυσι μηδενὶ μὲν μεταδοῦναι τῶν δογμάτων ἑτέρως ἢ ὡς αὐτὸς παρέλαβεν, ἀφέξεσθαι δὲ λῃστείας, καὶ συντηρήσειν ὁμοίως τά τε τῆς αἱρέσεως αὐτῶν βιβλία καὶ τὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων ὀνόματα.
pros de toutois omnysi mēdeni men metadounai tōn dogmatōn heterōs ē hōs autos parelaben, aphexesthai de lę̄steias, kai syntērēsein homoiōs ta te tēs haireseōs autōn biblia kai ta tōn angelōn onomata.
Besides these, he swears to impart the doctrines to no one otherwise than as he received them, to abstain from robbery, and likewise to preserve the books of their sect and the names of the angels.
9.3.15Dindorf 1:471
τοιοῦτοι μὲν οἱ ὅρκοι· οἱ δὲ ἁλόντες καὶ ἐκβληθέντες κακῷ μόρῳ φθείρονται. τοῖς γὰρ ὅρκοις καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσιν ἐνδεδεμένοι οὐδὲ τῆς παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις τροφῆς δύνανται μεταλαμβάνειν, ποηφαγοῦντες δὲ καὶ λιμῷ διαφθειρόμενοι ἀπόλλυνται.
toioutoi men hoi horkoi; hoi de halontes kai ekblēthentes kakǭ morǭ phtheirontai. tois gar horkois kai tois ethesin endedemenoi oude tēs para tois allois trophēs dynantai metalambanein, poēphagountes de kai limǭ diaphtheiromenoi apollyntai.
Such are the oaths. Those convicted and expelled perish by a miserable death. For, bound by the oaths and customs, they cannot even partake of food among others, but eating grass and wasting from hunger, they perish.
9.3.16Dindorf 1:471
διὸ δὴ πολλοὺς ἐλεήσαντες ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἀνάγκαις ἀνέλαβον, ἱκανὴν τιμωρίαν δεδωκέναι νομίζοντες ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι τὴν μέχρι θανάτου βάσανον.’’
dio dē pollous eleēsantes en tais eschatais anankais anelabon, hikanēn timōrian dedōkenai nomizontes epi tois hamartēmasi tēn mechri thanatou basanon.’’
Therefore, out of pity, they have taken many back in their last extremity, thinking that torment to the point of death was sufficient punishment for their sins."
9.3.17Dindorf 1:471–472
“ Τὴν δὲ σκαλίδα διδόασι τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἱρετισταῖς, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἄλλως οὐ θακεύουσιν ἢ βόθρον ὀρύξαντες εἰς βάθος ποδιαῖον, περικαλύψαντες θοἰματίῳ, ὡς μὴ ταῖς αὐγαῖς ἐνυβρίζειν τοῦ θεοῦ.
“ Tēn de skalida didoasi tois mellousin hairetistais, epei kai autoi allōs ou thakeuousin ē bothron oryxantes eis bathos podiaion, perikalypsantes thoimatiǭ, hōs mē tais augais enybrizein tou theou.
"They give the small spade to those who are to join the sect, since they themselves do not relieve themselves otherwise than by digging a pit a foot deep and covering themselves with the cloak, so as not to insult the rays of God.
9.3.18Dindorf 1:472
τοσαύτη δʼ ἐστὶν αὐτῶν ἡ λιτότης ἡ περὶ τὴν δίαιταν καὶ ἡ ὀλιγότης ὡς ἐν τῇ ἑβδομάδι μὴ δεῖσθαι κενώσεως, ἣν τηρεῖν εἰώθασιν εἰς ὕμνους τῷ θεῷ καὶ εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν.
tosautē dʼ estin autōn hē litotēs hē peri tēn diaitan kai hē oligotēs hōs en tę̄ hebdomadi mē deisthai kenōseōs, hēn tērein eiōthasin eis hymnous tǭ theǭ kai eis anapausin.
So great is their frugality and the smallness of their diet that on the seventh day they have no need of evacuation, which day they are accustomed to keep for hymns to God and for rest.
9.3.19Dindorf 1:472
ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἀσκήσεως ταύτης τοσαύτην πεποίηνται καρτερίαν, ὡς στρεβλούμενοι καὶ λυγιζόμενοι καὶ καόμενοι καὶ διὰ πάντων ὁδεύοντες τῶν βασανιστηρίων ὀργάνων, ἵνʼ ἢ βλασφημήσωσι τὸν νομοθέτην, ἢ φάγωσί τι τῶν ἀσυνήθων, οὐδέτερον ὑπομένειν.
ek de tēs askēseōs tautēs tosautēn pepoiēntai karterian, hōs strebloumenoi kai lygizomenoi kai kaomenoi kai dia pantōn hodeuontes tōn basanistēriōn organōn, hinʼ ē blasphēmēsōsi ton nomothetēn, ē phagōsi ti tōn asynēthōn, oudeteron hypomenein.
From this discipline they have acquired such endurance that, though racked and twisted and burned and made to pass through every instrument of torture, so that they might either blaspheme the lawgiver or eat something unaccustomed, they endure neither.
9.3.20Dindorf 1:472
διέδειξαν δὲ τοῦτο ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πολέμῳ. ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ κολακεῦσαι τοὺς αἰκιζομένους, ἢ δακρῦσαι ὑπομένουσι, μειδιῶντες δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἀλγηδόσι, καὶ κατειρωνευόμενοι τῶν τὰς βασάνους προσφερόντων, εὔθυμοι τὰς ψυχὰς ἠφίεσαν, ὡς πάλιν κομιούμενοι· καὶ γὰρ ἔρρωται παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἥδε ἡ δόξα, φθαρτὰ μὲν εἶναι τὰ σώματα, καὶ τὴν ὕλην οὐ μόνιμον αὐτῶν, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς ἀθανάτους ἀεὶ διαμένειν· καὶ συμπλέκεσθαι μὲν ἐκ τοῦ λεπτοτάτου φοιτώσας αἰθέρος, ῥύμῃ φυσικῇ κατασπωμένας, ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἀνεθῶσι τῶν κατὰ σάρκα δεσμῶν, οἷον δὴ μακρᾶς δουλείας ἀπηλλαγμένας, τότε χαίρειν καὶ μετεώρους φέρεσθαι.
diedeixan de touto en tǭ pros Rhōmaious polemǭ. epei oude kolakeusai tous aikizomenous, ē dakrysai hypomenousi, meidiōntes de en tais algēdosi, kai kateirōneuomenoi tōn tas basanous prospherontōn, euthymoi tas psychas ēphiesan, hōs palin komioumenoi; kai gar errōtai parʼ autois hēde hē doxa, phtharta men einai ta sōmata, kai tēn hylēn ou monimon autōn, tas de psychas athanatous aei diamenein; kai symplekesthai men ek tou leptotatou phoitōsas aitheros, rhymę̄ physikę̄ kataspōmenas, epeidan dʼ anethōsi tōn kata sarka desmōn, hoion dē makras douleias apēllagmenas, tote chairein kai meteōrous pheresthai.
They showed this in the war against the Romans. For they would not flatter their torturers or shed tears, but smiling in their pains and mocking those who applied the tortures, they gave up their souls cheerfully, as expecting to receive them again. For this belief is strong among them: that bodies are perishable and their matter not lasting, but souls remain immortal forever; and that, coming from the finest ether, they are entangled, drawn down by a natural attraction; but when released from the bonds of the flesh, as if freed from long slavery, they then rejoice and are carried aloft.
9.3.21Dindorf 1:472
ἀπὸ δὴ τῆς τοιαύτης διαίτης καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀσκήσεως εἰκότως ἐν αὐτοῖς πολλοὶ, οἱ καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα προγινώσκουσιν, ὡς ἂν βίβλοις ἱεραῖς καὶ διαφόροις ἁγνείαις καὶ προφητῶν ἀποφθέγμασιν ἐμπαιδοτριβούμενοι· σπάνιον δὲ, εἰ ἐν ταῖς προαγορεύσεσιν ἀστοχοῦσι.’’
apo dē tēs toiautēs diaitēs kai tēs pros alētheian kai tēn eusebeian askēseōs eikotōs en autois polloi, hoi kai ta mellonta proginōskousin, hōs an biblois hierais kai diaphorois hagneiais kai prophētōn apophthegmasin empaidotriboumenoi; spanion de, ei en tais proagoreusesin astochousi.’’
From such a way of life and from discipline in truth and piety, there are naturally many among them who foreknow the future, being trained in sacred books, various purifications, and the sayings of prophets; and rarely do they miss in their predictions."
9.3.22Dindorf 1:472–473
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Πορφύριος, ἐκ παλαιῶν, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἀναγνωσμάτων, τῇ τῶν δηλουμένων ἀνδρῶν εὐσεβείᾳ τε ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ συγγράμματι τῶν σπουδασθέντων αὐτῷ Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀποχῆς ἐμαρτύρησεν.
Tauta men ho Porphyrios, ek palaiōn, hōs eikos, anagnōsmatōn, tę̄ tōn dēloumenōn andrōn eusebeią te homou kai philosophią en tǭ tetartǭ syngrammati tōn spoudasthentōn autǭ Peri tēs tōn empsychōn apochēs emartyrēsen.
So Porphyry, drawing, it seems, from ancient writings, bore witness to the piety and philosophy of the men described, in the fourth book of his work On Abstinence from Animal Food.
Preparation 9, chapter 4
9.4.1Dindorf 1:473
Ἑκαταῖος δὲ ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης, ἀνὴρ φιλόσοφος ἅμα καὶ περὶ τὰς πράξεις ἱκανώτατος, ἰδίαν βίβλον ἀναθεὶς τῇ περὶ Ἰουδαίων ἱστορίᾳ, πλεῖστα περὶ αὐτῶν διέξεισιν, ἀφʼ ὧν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀρκέσει παρατεθέντα ταῦτα
Hekataios de ho Abdēritēs, anēr philosophos hama kai peri tas praxeis hikanōtatos, idian biblon anatheis tę̄ peri Ioudaiōn historią, pleista peri autōn diexeisin, aphʼ hōn epi tou parontos arkesei paratethenta tauta
Hecataeus of Abdera, a philosopher and very capable in affairs, devoted a book of his own to the history of the Jews and goes through a great deal about them; of which these will suffice to be quoted for the present:
9.4.2Dindorf 1:473
“Ἔστι γὰρ τῶν Ἰουδαίων τὰ πολλὰ ὀχυρώματα κατὰ τὴν χώραν καὶ κῶμαι· μία δὲ ἡ Ἱερουσαλὴμ πόλις ὀχυρὰ, πεντήκοντα μάλιστα σταδίων τὴν περίμετρον, ἣν οἰκοῦσι μὲν ἀνθρώπων περὶ δώδεκα μυριάδες, καλοῦσι δʼ αὐτὴν Ἱεροσόλυμα.
“Esti gar tōn Ioudaiōn ta polla ochyrōmata kata tēn chōran kai kōmai; mia de hē Hierousalēm polis ochyra, pentēkonta malista stadiōn tēn perimetron, hēn oikousi men anthrōpōn peri dōdeka myriades, kalousi dʼ autēn Hierosolyma.
"The Jews have many fortresses and villages throughout the country, but one fortified city, Jerusalem, about fifty stadia in circumference, inhabited by about one hundred and twenty thousand people; they call it Hierosolyma.
9.4.3Dindorf 1:473
ἐνταῦθα δέ ἐστι κατὰ μέσον μάλιστα τῆς πόλεως περίβολος λίθινος, μῆκος ὡς πεντάπλεθρος, εὖρος δὲ πήχεων ἑκατὸν, ἔχων διπλᾶς πύλας, ἐν ᾧ βωμός ἐστι τετράγωνος, ἀτμήτων συλλέκτων ἀργῶν λίθων οὕτω συγκείμενος· πλευρὰν δὲ ἑκάστην εἴκοσι πήχεων, ὕψος δωδεκάπηχυ.
entautha de esti kata meson malista tēs poleōs peribolos lithinos, mēkos hōs pentaplethros, euros de pēcheōn hekaton, echōn diplas pylas, en hǭ bōmos esti tetragōnos, atmētōn syllektōn argōn lithōn houtō synkeimenos; pleuran de hekastēn eikosi pēcheōn, hypsos dōdekapēchy.
Here, about the middle of the city, is a stone enclosure, about five plethra long and a hundred cubits wide, with double gates, in which there is a square altar, built of unhewn, gathered, unworked stones put together thus: each side twenty cubits, and twelve cubits high.
9.4.4Dindorf 1:473
καὶ παρʼ αὐτὸν οἴκημα μέγα, οὗ βωμός ἐστι καὶ λυχνίον· ἀμφότερα χρυσᾶ, δύο τάλαντα τὴν ὁλκήν· ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων φῶς ἐστιν ἀναπόσβεστον καὶ τὰς νύκτας καὶ τὰς ἡμέρας. ἄγαλμα δʼ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδʼ ἀνάθημα τοπαράπαν, οὐδὲ φύτευμα παντελῶς, οὐδὲ οἷον ἀλσῶδες, ἤ τι τοιοῦτον.
kai parʼ auton oikēma mega, hou bōmos esti kai lychnion; amphotera chrysa, dyo talanta tēn holkēn; epi de toutōn phōs estin anaposbeston kai tas nyktas kai tas hēmeras. agalma dʼ ouk estin oudʼ anathēma toparapan, oude phyteuma pantelōs, oude hoion alsōdes, ē ti toiouton.
And beside it is a great building, where there is an altar and a lampstand, both of gold, two talents in weight; and on these is a light that is never extinguished, night or day. There is no statue or votive offering at all, and no plant whatever, nor anything like a grove or such.
9.4.5Dindorf 1:473
διατρίβουσι δʼ ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ τὰς νύκτας καὶ τὰς ἡμέρας ἱερεῖς, ἁγνείας τινὰς ἁγνεύοντες, καὶ τοπαράπαν οἷνον οὐ πίνοντες ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ.”
diatribousi dʼ en autǭ kai tas nyktas kai tas hēmeras hiereis, hagneias tinas hagneuontes, kai toparapan hoinon ou pinontes en tǭ hierǭ.”
Priests spend the nights and days in it, performing certain purifications, and drinking no wine at all in the temple."
9.4.6Dindorf 1:473
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὑποβὰς ὅτι καὶ Ἀλεξάνδρῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ συνεστρατεύσαντο, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τοῖς διαδόχοις αὐτοῦ, μεμαρτύρηκεν. οἷς δʼ αὐτὸς παρατυχεῖν φησιν ὑπʼ ἀνδρὸς Ἰουδαίου κατὰ τὴν στρατείαν γενομένοις, τοῦτο παραθήσομαι. λέγει δὲ οὕτως
Tauta eipōn hypobas hoti kai Alexandrǭ tǭ basilei synestrateusanto, kai meta tauta tois diadochois autou, memartyrēken. hois dʼ autos paratychein phēsin hypʼ andros Ioudaiou kata tēn strateian genomenois, touto parathēsomai. legei de houtōs
Having said this, he testifies a little further on that they served in the army with King Alexander and afterward with his successors. What he says he himself witnessed done by a Jewish man during the campaign I shall set out. He says this:
9.4.7Dindorf 1:473–474
“Ἐμοῦ γοῦν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν βαδίζοντος συνηκολούθει τις μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν παραπεμπόντων ἡμὰς ἱππέων Ἰουδαίων ὄνομα Μοσόμαμος, ἄνθρωπος ἱκανὸς κατὰ ψυχὴν, εὔρωστος, καὶ τοξότης ὑπὸ δὴ πάντων ὁμολογούμενος καὶ Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἄριστος.
“Emou goun epi tēn erythran thalassan badizontos synēkolouthei tis meta tōn allōn tōn parapempontōn hēmas hippeōn Ioudaiōn onoma Mosomamos, anthrōpos hikanos kata psychēn, eurōstos, kai toxotēs hypo dē pantōn homologoumenos kai Hellēnōn kai tōn barbarōn aristos.
"When I was marching toward the Red Sea, among the other Jewish horsemen escorting us was one named Mosollamus, a man of strong spirit, robust, and acknowledged by all, Greeks and barbarians, as the best archer.
9.4.8Dindorf 1:474
οὗτος οὖν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, βαδιζόντων πολλῶν κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, καὶ μάντεως τινος ὀρνιθευομένου, καὶ πάντας ἐπισχεῖν ἀξιοῦντος, ἠρώτησε διὰ τί προσμένουσι· δείξαντος δὲ τοῦ μάντεως αὐτῷ τὸν ὄρνιθα, καὶ φήσαντος, ἐὰν μὲν αὐτοῦ μένῃ, προσμένειν συμφέρει πᾶσιν, ἐὰν δὲ ἀναστὰς εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν πέτηται, προάγειν, ἐὰν δὲ εἰς τὸ ὄπισθεν, ἀναχωρεῖν αὖθις· σιωπήσας καὶ ἑλκύσας τὸ τόξον ἔβαλε, καὶ τὸν ὄρνιθα πατάξας ἀπέκτεινεν.
houtos oun ho anthrōpos, badizontōn pollōn kata tēn hodon, kai manteōs tinos ornitheuomenou, kai pantas epischein axiountos, ērōtēse dia ti prosmenousi; deixantos de tou manteōs autǭ ton ornitha, kai phēsantos, ean men autou menę̄, prosmenein sympherei pasin, ean de anastas eis toumprosthen petētai, proagein, ean de eis to opisthen, anachōrein authis; siōpēsas kai helkysas to toxon ebale, kai ton ornitha pataxas apekteinen.
This man, then, when many were marching along the road, and a seer was taking omens from birds and asking all to halt, asked why they were waiting. When the seer showed him the bird and said that if it stayed there it was best for all to wait, if it rose and flew forward to advance, and if backward to retreat again, he said nothing, but drew his bow and shot, and struck and killed the bird.
9.4.9Dindorf 1:474
ἀγανακτούντων δὲ τοῦ μάντεως καί τινων ἄλλων καὶ καταρωμένων αὐτῷ, Τί μαίνεσθε, ἔφη, κακοδαίμονες; εἶτα τὸν ὄρνιθα λαβὼν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, Πῶς γὰρ οὗτος, ἔφη, τὴν αὑτοῦ σωτηρίαν οὐ προϊδὼν, περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας πορείας ἡμῖν ἄν τι ὑγιὲς ἀνήγγειλεν; εἰ γὰρ ἠδύνατο προγινώσκειν τὸ μέλλον, εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον οὐκ ἂν ἦλθε, φοβούμενος μὴ τοξεύσας αὐτὸν ἀποκτείνῃ Μοσόμαμος ὁ Ἰουδαῖος. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Ἑκαταῖος.
aganaktountōn de tou manteōs kai tinōn allōn kai katarōmenōn autǭ, Ti mainesthe, ephē, kakodaimones? eita ton ornitha labōn eis tas cheiras, Pōs gar houtos, ephē, tēn hautou sōtērian ou proïdōn, peri tēs hēmeteras poreias hēmin an ti hygies anēngeilen? ei gar ēdynato proginōskein to mellon, eis ton topon touton ouk an ēlthe, phoboumenos mē toxeusas auton apokteinę̄ Mosomamos ho Ioudaios. kai tauta men ho Hekataios.
When the seer and some others were angry and cursed him, he said, 'Why are you mad, you wretches?' Then, taking the bird in his hands, he said, 'How could this bird, which did not foresee its own safety, tell us anything sound about our march? For if it could foreknow the future, it would not have come to this place, fearing that Mosollamus the Jew would shoot and kill it.'" So Hecataeus.
Preparation 9, chapter 5
9.5.1Dindorf 1:474
‘‘Κλέαρχος δὲ ὁ περιπατητικὸς φιλόσοφος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ Περὶ ὕπνου βιβλίῳ Ἀριστοτέλει τῷ φιλοσόφῳ τοιόνδε τινὰ περὶ Ἰουδαίων ἀνατίθησι λόγον, ὧδε πρὸς ῥῆμα γράφων,
‘‘Klearchos de ho peripatētikos philosophos en tǭ prōtǭ Peri hypnou bibliǭ Aristotelei tǭ philosophǭ toionde tina peri Ioudaiōn anatithēsi logon, hōde pros rhēma graphōn,
"Clearchus, the Peripatetic philosopher, in the first book On Sleep, attributes to the philosopher Aristotle an account of the Jews like this, writing word for word:
9.5.2Dindorf 1:474
‘ ’ Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν πολλὰ μακρὸν ἂν εἴη λέγειν· ὅσα δὲ ἔχει τῶν ἐκείνου θαυμασιότητά τινα καὶ φιλοσοφίαν ὁμοίως διελθεῖν οὐ χεῖρον. Σαφῶς δʼ ἴσθι, εἶπεν, Ὑπεροχίδη, θαυμαστὸν ὀνείροις ἴσα σοι δόξω λέγειν.
‘ ’ Alla ta men polla makron an eiē legein; hosa de echei tōn ekeinou thaumasiotēta tina kai philosophian homoiōs dielthein ou cheiron. Saphōs dʼ isthi, eipen, Hyperochidē, thaumaston oneirois isa soi doxō legein.
"'It would take long to tell most of it; but it would not be bad to go through equally those of his traits that have something wonderful and philosophical. Know clearly,' he said, 'Hyperochides, that I shall seem to you to be telling something as wonderful as dreams.'
9.5.3Dindorf 1:474–475
καὶ ὁ Ὑπεροχίδης εὐλαβούμενος, Διʼ αὐτὸ γὰρ, ἔφη, τοῦτο καὶ ζητοῦμεν ἀκοῦσαι πάντες.
kai ho Hyperochidēs eulaboumenos, Diʼ auto gar, ephē, touto kai zētoumen akousai pantes.
And Hyperochides said respectfully, 'For that very reason we all want to hear it.'
9.5.4Dindorf 1:475
Οὐκοῦν, εἶπεν ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης, κατὰ τὸ τῶν ῥητορικῶν παράγγελμα, γένος αὐτοῦ πρῶτον διέλθωμεν, ἵνα μὴ ἀπειθῶμεν τοῖς τῶν ἀπαγγελιῶν διδασκάλοις.
Oukoun, eipen ho Aristotelēs, kata to tōn rhētorikōn parangelma, genos autou prōton dielthōmen, hina mē apeithōmen tois tōn apangeliōn didaskalois.
'Then,' said Aristotle, 'following the rule of the rhetoricians, let us first go through his race, so that we may not disobey the teachers of narration.'
9.5.5Dindorf 1:475
Λέγε, εἶπεν ὁ Ὑπεροχίδης, οὕτως εἰ δοκεῖ.
Lege, eipen ho Hyperochidēs, houtōs ei dokei.
'Speak,' said Hyperochides, 'if you think so.'
9.5.6Dindorf 1:475
Κεῖνος τοίνυν τὸ μὲν γένος ἦν Ἰουδαῖος, ἐκ τῆς Κοίλης Συρίας, οὗτοι δʼ εἰσὶν ἀπόγονοι τῶν ἐν Ἰνδοῖς φιλοσόφων· καλοῦνται δὲ, ὥς φασιν, οἱ φιλόσοφοι παρὰ μὲν Ἰνδοῖς Καλανοί, παρὰ δὲ Σύροις Ἰουδαῖοι, τοὔνομα λαβόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου. προσαγορεύεται γὰρ ὃν κατοικοῦσι τόπον Ἰουδαία· τὸ δὲ τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν ὄνομα πάνυ σκολιόν ἐστιν, Ἰερουσαλὴμ γὰρ αὐτὴν καλοῦσιν.
Keinos toinyn to men genos ēn Ioudaios, ek tēs Koilēs Syrias, houtoi dʼ eisin apogonoi tōn en Indois philosophōn; kalountai de, hōs phasin, hoi philosophoi para men Indois Kalanoi, para de Syrois Ioudaioi, tounoma labontes apo tou topou. prosagoreuetai gar hon katoikousi topon Ioudaia; to de tēs poleōs autōn onoma pany skolion estin, Ierousalēm gar autēn kalousin.
'That man, then, was a Jew by race, from Coele-Syria. These people are descendants of the philosophers in India; the philosophers, they say, are called Calani among the Indians and Jews among the Syrians, taking the name from the place; for the place they inhabit is called Judea. The name of their city is very awkward: they call it Jerusalem.
9.5.7Dindorf 1:475
οὗτος οὖν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπιξενούμενός τε πολλοῖς κἀκ τῶν ἄνω τόπων εἰς τοὺς ἐπιθαλαττίους ὑποκαταβαίνων Ἑλληνικὸς ἦν οὐ τῇ διαλέκτῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ. καὶ τότε διατριβόντων ἡμῶν περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, παραβαλὼν εἰς τοὺς αὐτοὺς τόπους ἄνθρωπος, ἐντυγχάνει ἡμῖν τε καί τισιν ἑτέροις τῶν σχολαστικῶν, πειρώμενος αὐτῶν τῆς σοφίας. ὡς δὲ πολλοῖς τῶν ἐν παιδείᾳ συνῳκείωτο, παρεδίδου τι μᾶλλον ὧν εἶχε. ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Κλέαρχος.
houtos oun ho anthrōpos epixenoumenos te pollois kak tōn anō topōn eis tous epithalattious hypokatabainōn Hellēnikos ēn ou tę̄ dialektǭ monon, alla kai tę̄ psychę̄. kai tote diatribontōn hēmōn peri tēn Asian, parabalōn eis tous autous topous anthrōpos, entynchanei hēmin te kai tisin heterois tōn scholastikōn, peirōmenos autōn tēs sophias. hōs de pollois tōn en paideią synǭkeiōto, paredidou ti mallon hōn eiche. tauta kai ho Klearchos.
This man, then, being received as a guest by many and coming down from the upper regions to the coast, was Greek not only in language but also in soul. And when we were staying in Asia, the man, coming to the same places, met us and some other scholars, testing their wisdom. And as he had become intimate with many people of education, he imparted something more of what he had.' So Clearchus too.
Preparation 9, chapter 6
9.6.1Dindorf 1:475
Τούτου δὲ μνημονεύει καὶ ὁ ἡμέτερος Κλήμης ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ Στρωματεῖ, διʼ ὧν ταῦτά φησι
Toutou de mnēmoneuei kai ho hēmeteros Klēmēs en tǭ prōtǭ Strōmatei, diʼ hōn tauta phēsi
Our own Clement too mentions this in the first Miscellany, where he says this:
9.6.2Dindorf 1:475
Κλέαρχος δʼ ὁ περιπατητικὸς εἰδέναι φησί τινα Ἰουδαῖον, ὃς Ἀριστοτέλει συνεγένετο.’’ Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει
Klearchos dʼ ho peripatētikos eidenai phēsi tina Ioudaion, hos Aristotelei synegeneto.’’ Kai methʼ hetera epilegei
"Clearchus the Peripatetic says he knew a certain Jew who associated with Aristotle." And after other things he adds:
9.6.3Dindorf 1:475
“ Νουμᾶς δὲ ὁ Ρωμαίων βασιλεὺς Πυθαγόρειος μὲν ἦν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν Μώσεως ὠφεληθεὶς διεκώλυσεν ἀνθρωποειδῆ καὶ ζωόμορφον εἰκόνα θεοῦ Ῥωμαίους κτίζειν.
“ Noumas de ho Rōmaiōn basileus Pythagoreios men ēn, ek de tōn Mōseōs ōphelētheis diekōlysen anthrōpoeidē kai zōomorphon eikona theou Rhōmaious ktizein.
"Numa, king of the Romans, was a Pythagorean, and benefiting from the writings of Moses, he forbade the Romans to make an image of God in human or animal form.
9.6.4Dindorf 1:475–476
ἐν γοῦν ἑκατὸν καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα τοῖς πρώτοις ἔτεσι ναοὺς οἰκοδομούμενοι ἄγαλμα οὐδὲν οὔτε πλαστὸν οὔτε μὴν γραπτὸν ἐποιήσαντο. ἐπεδείκνυτο γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁ Νουμᾶς διʼ ἐπικρύψεως ὡς οὐκ ἐφάψασθαι τοῦ βελτίστου δυνατὸν γλώττῃ, μόνῳ δὲ τῷ νῷ. Ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ἐξῆς ὑποβὰς τάδε φησί
en goun hekaton kai hebdomēkonta tois prōtois etesi naous oikodomoumenoi agalma ouden oute plaston oute mēn grapton epoiēsanto. epedeiknyto gar autois ho Noumas diʼ epikrypseōs hōs ouk ephapsasthai tou beltistou dynaton glōttę̄, monǭ de tǭ nǭ. Eti pros toutois exēs hypobas tade phēsi
For in the first hundred and seventy years, though building temples, they made no image, either modeled or painted. For Numa showed them secretly that it is not possible to lay hold of the best by the tongue, but by the mind alone." Further, a little after this, he says:
9.6.5Dindorf 1:476
“ Φανερώτατα δὲ Μεγασθενὴς ὁ συγγραφεὺς ὁ Σελεύκῳ τῷ Νικάνορι συμβεβιωκὼς ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Ἰνδικῶν ὧδε γράφει· ἅπαντα μέντοι τὰ περὶ φύσεως εἰρημένα παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις λέγεται καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔξω τῆς Ἑλλάδος φιλοσοφοῦσι, τὰ μὲν παρὰ Ἰνδοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν Βραχμάνων, τὰ δὲ ἐν Συρίᾳ ὑπὸ τῶν καλουμένων Ἰουδαίων. ”
“ Phanerōtata de Megasthenēs ho syngrapheus ho Seleukǭ tǭ Nikanori symbebiōkōs en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Indikōn hōde graphei; hapanta mentoi ta peri physeōs eirēmena para tois archaiois legetai kai para tois exō tēs Hellados philosophousi, ta men para Indois hypo tōn Brachmanōn, ta de en Syrią hypo tōn kaloumenōn Ioudaiōn. ”
"Megasthenes, the historian who lived with Seleucus Nicator, writes most plainly thus in the third book of his Indica: 'All that was said about nature among the ancients is said also among those who philosophize outside Greece: some among the Indians by the Brahmans, and some in Syria by those called Jews.'"
9.6.6Dindorf 1:476
Ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ὁ Κλήμης Ἀριστοβούλου τοῦ περιπατητικοῦ καὶ Νουμηνίου τοῦ Πυθαγορείου μνημονεύει λέγων “ Ἀριστόβουλος δὲ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν πρὸς τὸν Φιλομήτορα κατὰ λέξιν γράφει· Κατηκολούθηκε δὲ ὁ Πλάτων τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς νομοθεσίᾳ, καὶ φανερός ἐστι περιειργασμένος ἕκαστα τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ λεγομένων.
Eti pros toutois ho Klēmēs Aristoboulou tou peripatētikou kai Noumēniou tou Pythagoreiou mnēmoneuei legōn “ Aristoboulos de en tǭ prōtǭ tōn pros ton Philomētora kata lexin graphei; Katēkolouthēke de ho Platōn tę̄ kathʼ hēmas nomothesią, kai phaneros esti perieirgasmenos hekasta tōn en autę̄ legomenōn.
Besides these, Clement mentions Aristobulus the Peripatetic and Numenius the Pythagorean, saying: "Aristobulus, in the first book of his work addressed to Philometor, writes word for word: 'Plato followed our legislation, and has plainly studied carefully each of the things said in it.
9.6.7Dindorf 1:476
διηρμήνευται δὲ πρὸ Δημητρίου ὑφʼ ἑτέρων, πρὸ τῆς Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Περσῶν ἐπικρατήσεως, τά τε κατὰ τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐξαγωγὴν τῶν Ἑβραίων τῶν ἡμετέρων πολιτῶν, καὶ ἡ τῶν γεγονότων ἁπάντων αὐτοῖς ἐπιφάνεια, καὶ κράτησις τῆς χώρας, καὶ τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἐπεξήγησις.
diērmēneutai de pro Dēmētriou hyphʼ heterōn, pro tēs Alexandrou kai Persōn epikratēseōs, ta te kata tēn ex Aigyptou exagōgēn tōn Hebraiōn tōn hēmeterōn politōn, kai hē tōn gegonotōn hapantōn autois epiphaneia, kai kratēsis tēs chōras, kai tēs holēs nomothesias epexēgēsis.
For before Demetrius, before the conquest of Alexander and the Persians, others had translated the account of the exodus from Egypt of the Hebrews, our fellow citizens, the manifestation of all that happened to them, the conquest of the land, and the explanation of the whole legislation.
9.6.8Dindorf 1:476–477
ὥστε εὔδηλον εἶναι τὸν προειρημένον φιλόσοφον εἰληφέναι πολλά· γέγονε γὰρ πολυμαθής· καθὼς καὶ Πυθαγόρας πολλὰ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν μετενέγκας εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δογματοποιίαν.
hōste eudēlon einai ton proeirēmenon philosophon eilēphenai polla; gegone gar polymathēs; kathōs kai Pythagoras polla tōn parʼ hēmin metenenkas eis tēn heautou dogmatopoiian.
So it is quite clear that the philosopher mentioned took much from it, for he was very learned; as Pythagoras too transferred many of our teachings into his own doctrine.'
9.6.9Dindorf 1:477
Νουμήνιος δὲ ὁ Πυθαγορικὸς φιλόσοφος ἄντικρυς γράφει· τί γάρ ἐστι Πλάτων ἢ Μώσης ἀττικίζων; Ταῦτα ὁ Κλήμης.
Noumēnios de ho Pythagorikos philosophos antikrys graphei; ti gar esti Platōn ē Mōsēs attikizōn? Tauta ho Klēmēs.
And Numenius, the Pythagorean philosopher, writes outright: 'For what is Plato but Moses speaking Attic?'" So Clement.
Preparation 9, chapter 7
9.7.1Dindorf 1:477
Καὶ αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ Πυθαγορικοῦ φιλοσόφου, τοῦ Νουμηνίου λέγω, ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Περὶ τἀγαθοῦ τάδε παραθήσομαι “ Εἰς δὲ τοῦτο δεήσει εἰπόντα καὶ σημηνάμενον ταῖς μαρτυρίαις ταῖς Πλάτωνος ἀναχωρήσασθαι καὶ ξυνδήσασθαι τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ Πυθαγόρου, ἐπικαλέσασθαι δὲ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ εὐδοκιμοῦντα, προσφερόμενον αὐτῶν τὰς τελετὰς καὶ τὰ δόγματα, τάς τε ἱδρύσεις συντελουμένας Πλάτωνι ὁμολογουμένως, ὁπόσας Βραχμᾶνες καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ Μάγοι καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι διέθεντο Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν περὶ τῶνδε.
Kai autou de tou Pythagorikou philosophou, tou Noumēniou legō, apo tou prōtou Peri tagathou tade parathēsomai “ Eis de touto deēsei eiponta kai sēmēnamenon tais martyriais tais Platōnos anachōrēsasthai kai xyndēsasthai tois logois tou Pythagorou, epikalesasthai de ta ethnē ta eudokimounta, prospheromenon autōn tas teletas kai ta dogmata, tas te hidryseis synteloumenas Platōni homologoumenōs, hoposas Brachmanes kai Ioudaioi kai Magoi kai Aigyptioi diethento Tauta men oun peri tōnde.
And from the Pythagorean philosopher himself, Numenius I mean, I shall set out these words from the first book On the Good: "Having spoken and indicated this, one will need to go back to the testimonies of Plato and bind them to the doctrines of Pythagoras, and then call in the nations of good repute, bringing forward their rites and doctrines and their institutions carried out in agreement with Plato, as many as the Brahmans, Jews, Magi, and Egyptians have established." So much on these matters.
Preparation 9, chapter 8
9.8.1Dindorf 1:477
Καὶ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ δὲ βίβλῳ Μώσεως ὁ αὐτὸς τάδε λέγων μνημονεύει “Τὰ δʼ ἐξῆς Ἰαννῆς καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς Αἰγύπτιοι ἱερογραμματεῖς, ἄνδρες οὐδενὸς ἥττους μαγεῦσαι κριθέντες εἶναι, ἐπὶ Ἰουδαίων ἐξελαυνομένων ἐξ Αἰγύπτου.
Kai en tę̄ tritę̄ de biblǭ Mōseōs ho autos tade legōn mnēmoneuei “Ta dʼ exēs Iannēs kai Iambrēs Aigyptioi hierogrammateis, andres oudenos hēttous mageusai krithentes einai, epi Ioudaiōn exelaunomenōn ex Aigyptou.
And in the third book the same author mentions Moses, saying this: "Next came Jannes and Jambres, Egyptian sacred scribes, men judged second to none in magic, when the Jews were being driven out of Egypt.
9.8.2Dindorf 1:477
Μουσαίῳ γοῦν τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἐξηγησαμένῳ, ἀνδρὶ γενομένῳ θεῷ εὔξασθαι δυνατωτάτῳ, οἱ παραστῆναι ἀξιωθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τοῦ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων οὗτοι ἦσαν, τῶν τε συμφορῶν ἃς ὁ Μουσαῖος ἐπῆγε τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, τὰς νεανικωτάτας αὐτῶν ἐπιλύεσθαι ὤφθησαν δυνατοί.’
Mousaiǭ goun tǭ Ioudaiōn exēgēsamenǭ, andri genomenǭ theǭ euxasthai dynatōtatǭ, hoi parastēnai axiōthentes hypo tou plēthous tou tōn Aigyptiōn houtoi ēsan, tōn te symphorōn has ho Mousaios epēge tę̄ Aigyptǭ, tas neanikōtatas autōn epilyesthai ōphthēsan dynatoi.’
These, then, were the men whom the multitude of the Egyptians thought fit to stand against Musaeus, who led the Jews, a man who was most powerful in prayer to God; and of the calamities that Musaeus brought on Egypt, they were seen to be able to undo the most violent."
9.8.3Dindorf 1:477
Διὰ δὴ τούτων ὁ Νουμήνιος καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ Μώσεως ἐπιτελεσθεῖσι παραδόξοις θαύμασι καὶ αὐτῷ δὲ ὡς θεοφιλεῖ γενομένῳ μαρτυρεῖ.
Dia dē toutōn ho Noumēnios kai tois hypo Mōseōs epitelestheisi paradoxois thaumasi kai autǭ de hōs theophilei genomenǭ martyrei.
By these words Numenius bears witness both to the extraordinary wonders performed by Moses and to Moses himself as dear to God.
Preparation 9, chapter 9
9.9.1Dindorf 1:477–478
“ Τοῦ δὲ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους καὶ Χοιρίλος ἀρχαῖος γενόμενος ποιητὴς μέμνηται, καὶ ὡς συνεστράτευσαν τῷ βασιλεῖ Ξέρξῃ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα. λέγει δὲ οὕτως τῶν δʼ ὄπιθεν διέβαινε γένος θαυμαστὸν ἰδέσθαι, γλῶσσαν μὲν Φοίνισσαν ἀπὸ στομάτων ἀφιέντες, ᾤκουν δʼ ἐν Σολύμοις ὄρεσι, πλατέῃ παρὰ λίμνῃ, αὐχμαλέοι κεφαλὰς, τροχοκουράδες· αὐτὰρ ὕπερθεν ἵππων δαρτὰ πρόσωπʼ ἐφόρουν ἐσκληκότα καπνῷ.
“ Tou de Ioudaiōn ethnous kai Choirilos archaios genomenos poiētēs memnētai, kai hōs synestrateusan tǭ basilei Xerxę̄ epi tēn Hellada. legei de houtōs tōn dʼ opithen diebaine genos thaumaston idesthai, glōssan men Phoinissan apo stomatōn aphientes, ǭkoun dʼ en Solymois oresi, plateę̄ para limnę̄, auchmaleoi kephalas, trochokourades; autar hyperthen hippōn darta prosōpʼ ephoroun esklēkota kapnǭ.
"The ancient poet Choerilus too mentions the Jewish nation, and how they served with King Xerxes against Greece. He speaks thus: 'Behind them passed a people wonderful to behold, uttering from their mouths the Phoenician tongue; they lived in the Solymian mountains by a broad lake, squalid-headed, with round-cropped hair; and above they wore the flayed scalps of horses, hardened in smoke.'
9.9.2Dindorf 1:478
δῆλον δʼ ἐστὶν ὅτι περὶ Ἰουδαίων αὐτῷ ταῦτʼ εἴρητο ἐκ τοῦ καὶ τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐν τοῖς παρʼ Ἕλλησι Σολύμοις ὀνομαζομένοις ὄρεσι κεῖσθαι, πλησίον δὲ εἶναι τὴν Ἀσφαλτῖτιν λίμνην, πλατυτάτην οὖσαν κατὰ τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ μείζονα πασῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ λιμνῶν.” Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτος.
dēlon dʼ estin hoti peri Ioudaiōn autǭ tautʼ eirēto ek tou kai ta Hierosolyma en tois parʼ Hellēsi Solymois onomazomenois oresi keisthai, plēsion de einai tēn Asphaltitin limnēn, platytatēn ousan kata ton poiētēn kai meizona pasōn tōn en tę̄ Syrią limnōn.” Tauta men oun kai houtos.
It is clear that he said this about the Jews, from the fact that Jerusalem lies in what the Greeks call the Solymian mountains, and that the Asphalt Lake is near, which is very broad, as the poet says, and larger than all the lakes in Syria." So he too.
Preparation 9, chapter 10
9.10.1Dindorf 1:478
Ὁ δὲ Πορφύριος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς Ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας αὐτὸν εἰσάγει τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θεὸν τῷ Ἑβραίων γένει μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐπὶ συνέσει βοωμένων ἐθνῶν σοφίαν ἐπιμαρτυροῦντα.
Ho de Porphyrios en tǭ prōtǭ tēs Ek logiōn philosophias auton eisagei ton heautou theon tǭ Hebraiōn genei meta tōn allōn tōn epi synesei boōmenōn ethnōn sophian epimartyrounta.
And Porphyry, in the first book of his Philosophy from Oracles, brings in his own god himself, bearing witness to the wisdom of the race of the Hebrews along with the other nations famed for understanding.
9.10.2Dindorf 1:478
λέγει δὲ ὁ παρʼ αὐτῷ Ἀπόλλων διʼ οὗ ἐκτίθεται χρησμοῦ τάδε. ἐκκειμένων δὲ ἔτι περὶ τῶν θυσιῶν ἐπάγει, οἷς προσέχειν δεῖ, ἅτε μεστοῖς οὖσι πάσης θεοσοφίας αἰπεινὴ μὲν ὁδὸς μακάρων, τρηχεῖά τε πολλὸν, χαλκοδέτοις τὰ πρῶτα διοιγομένη πυλεῶσιν· ἀτραπιτοὶ δὲ ἔασιν ἀθέσφατοι ἐγγεγαυῖαι, ἃς πρῶτοι μερόπων ἐπʼ ἀπείρονα πρῆξιν ἔφηναν οἱ τὸ καλὸν πίνοντες ὕδωρ Νειλώτιδος αἴης· πολλὰς καὶ Φοίνικες ὁδοὺς μακάρων ἐδάησαν, Ἀσσύριοι Λυδοί τε καὶ Ἑβραίων γένος ἀνδρῶν, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἀκόλουθα. οἷς ὁ συγγραφεὺς ἐπιλέγει
legei de ho parʼ autǭ Apollōn diʼ hou ektithetai chrēsmou tade. ekkeimenōn de eti peri tōn thysiōn epagei, hois prosechein dei, hate mestois ousi pasēs theosophias aipeinē men hodos makarōn, trēcheia te pollon, chalkodetois ta prōta dioigomenē pyleōsin; atrapitoi de easin athesphatoi engegauiai, has prōtoi meropōn epʼ apeirona prēxin ephēnan hoi to kalon pinontes hydōr Neilōtidos aiēs; pollas kai Phoinikes hodous makarōn edaēsan, Assyrioi Lydoi te kai Hebraiōn genos andrōn, kai ta toutois akoloutha. hois ho syngrapheus epilegei
The Apollo in his work says this in the oracle he sets out. After what is set out about sacrifices, he adds the people to whom one must attend, as full of all divine wisdom: 'Steep is the road of the blessed, and very rough, opened first by gates bound with bronze; and there are unspeakable paths within it, which those who drink the fair water of the land of the Nile first revealed to mortals for boundless action. Many roads of the blessed the Phoenicians too learned, the Assyrians and Lydians, and the race of Hebrew men,' and what follows. To these the writer adds:
9.10.3Dindorf 1:478–479
“Χαλκόδετος γὰρ ἡ πρὸς θεοὺς ὁδὸς, αἰπεινή τε καὶ τραχεῖα, ἧς πολλὰς ἀτραποὺς βάρβαροι μὲν ἐξεῦρον, Ἕλληνες δὲ ἐπλανήθησαν, οἱ δὲ κρατοῦντες ἤδη καὶ διέφθειραν. τὴν δὲ εὕρεσιν Αἰγυπτίοις ὁ θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησε Φοίνιξί τε καὶ Χαλδαίοις, Ἀσσύριοι γὰρ οὗτοι Λυδοῖς τε καὶ Ἑβραίοις.
“Chalkodetos gar hē pros theous hodos, aipeinē te kai tracheia, hēs pollas atrapous barbaroi men exeuron, Hellēnes de eplanēthēsan, hoi de kratountes ēdē kai diephtheiran. tēn de heuresin Aigyptiois ho theos emartyrēse Phoinixi te kai Chaldaiois, Assyrioi gar houtoi Lydois te kai Hebraiois.
"For the road to the gods is bound with bronze, steep and rough, and barbarians discovered many paths of it, while Greeks went astray, and those in power have even ruined it. The god testified to the discovery for the Egyptians, the Phoenicians, and the Chaldeans (for these are Assyrians), the Lydians, and the Hebrews.
9.10.4Dindorf 1:479
ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ χρησμῷ φησιν ὁ Ἀπόλλων, μοῦνοι Χαλδαῖοι σοφίαν λάχον, ἠδʼ ἄρ Ἑβραῖοι, αὐτογένεθλον ἄνακτα σεβαζόμενοι θεὸν ἁγνῶς.
eti pros toutois kai en heterǭ chrēsmǭ phēsin ho Apollōn, mounoi Chaldaioi sophian lachon, ēdʼ ar Hebraioi, autogenethlon anakta sebazomenoi theon hagnōs.
Besides this, in another oracle Apollo says: 'Only the Chaldeans obtained wisdom, and the Hebrews, who worship in purity the self-begotten king, God.'
9.10.5Dindorf 1:479
καὶ πάλιν ἐρωτηθεὶς, τίνι λόγῳ πολλοὺς λέγουσιν οὐρανοὺς, ἔχρησε τάδε εἷς ἐν παντὶ πέλει κόσμου κύκλος, ἀλλὰ σὺν ἑπτὰ ζώναισιν πεφόρηται εἰς ἀστερόεντα κέλευθα, ἃς δὴ Χαλδαῖοι καὶ ἀριζήλωτοι Ἑβραῖοι οὐρανίας ὀνόμηναν, ἐς ἑβδόματον δρόμον ἕρπειν.
kai palin erōtētheis, tini logǭ pollous legousin ouranous, echrēse tade heis en panti pelei kosmou kyklos, alla syn hepta zōnaisin pephorētai eis asteroenta keleutha, has dē Chaldaioi kai arizēlōtoi Hebraioi ouranias onomēnan, es hebdomaton dromon herpein.
And again, asked for what reason they speak of many heavens, he gave this oracle: 'There is one circle of the world in all, but with seven zones it is borne along starry paths, which the Chaldeans and the much-envied Hebrews named heavens, to move in the seventh course.'
9.10.6Dindorf 1:479
Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς Ἰουδαίων τε καὶ Ἑβραίων προσηγορίας τῆς τε παρʼ αὐτοῖς πάλαι διαπρεπούσης εὐσεβείας τε καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἐκκείσθω ταῦτα, περὶ δὲ τῆς πατρίου αὐτῶν ἱστορίας θέα ὁπόσοι συνεφώνησαν·
Peri men oun tēs Ioudaiōn te kai Hebraiōn prosēgorias tēs te parʼ autois palai diaprepousēs eusebeias te kai philosophias ekkeisthō tauta, peri de tēs patriou autōn historias thea hoposoi synephōnēsan;
Let these be set out, then, about the names of Jews and Hebrews and the piety and philosophy distinguished among them of old; and as for their ancestral history, see how many agreed with it.
9.10.7Dindorf 1:479
Μώσεως ἐν ταῖς περὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχαιολογίαις κατακλυσμὸν ἱστορήσαντος, καὶ ὡς ὁ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ὀνομαζόμενος Νῶε ἐν λάρνακι ξύλου πεποιημένῃ μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων διασέσωσται, Βηρωσσὸς ὁ Χαλδαῖος, καὶ Ἱερώνυμος ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, Νικόλαος τε ὁ Δαμασκηνὸς ἱστορικοὶ συγγραφεῖς, ὅπως τῶν αὐτῶν ἐμνημόνευσαν, Ἰώσηπος ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῆς Ἀρχαιολογίας τοῦτον παρατίθεται τὸν τρόπον
Mōseōs en tais peri tou pantos archaiologiais kataklysmon historēsantos, kai hōs ho parʼ Hebraiois onomazomenos Nōe en larnaki xylou pepoiēmenę̄ meta tōn oikeiōn diasesōstai, Bērōssos ho Chaldaios, kai Hierōnymos ho Aigyptios, Nikolaos te ho Damaskēnos historikoi syngrapheis, hopōs tōn autōn emnēmoneusan, Iōsēpos en tę̄ prōtę̄ tēs Archaiologias touton paratithetai ton tropon
Since Moses, in his ancient history of the universe, recorded a flood, and how the man called among the Hebrews Noah was saved with his household in an ark made of wood, Josephus, in the first book of his Antiquities, sets out in this way how the historians Berossus the Chaldean, Hieronymus the Egyptian, and Nicolaus of Damascus mentioned the same things:
Preparation 9, chapter 11
9.11.1Dindorf 1:479
“ Τοῦ δὲ κατακλυσμοῦ τούτου καὶ τῆς λάρνακος μέμνηνται πάντες οἱ τὰς βαρβαρικὰς ἱστορίας ἀναγεγραφότες, ὧν ἐστι καὶ Βηρωσσὸς ὁ Χαλδαῖος. διηγούμενος γὰρ τὰ περὶ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν οὕτω που διέξεισι·
“ Tou de kataklysmou toutou kai tēs larnakos memnēntai pantes hoi tas barbarikas historias anagegraphotes, hōn esti kai Bērōssos ho Chaldaios. diēgoumenos gar ta peri ton kataklysmon houtō pou diexeisi;
"This flood and the ark are mentioned by all who have written barbarian histories, among whom is Berossus the Chaldean. For in describing the flood he goes through it somehow thus:
9.11.2Dindorf 1:479–480
λέγεται δὲ καὶ τοῦ πλοίου ἐν τῇ Ἀρμενίᾳ πρὸς τῷ ὄρει τῶν Κορδυαίων ἔτι μέρος τι εἶναι, καὶ κομίζειν τινὰς τῆς ἀσφάλτου ἀφαιροῦντας. χρῶνται δὲ μάλιστα οἱ ἄνθρωποι τῷ κομιζομένῳ πρὸς τοὺς ἀποτροπιασμούς.
legetai de kai tou ploiou en tę̄ Armenią pros tǭ orei tōn Kordyaiōn eti meros ti einai, kai komizein tinas tēs asphaltou aphairountas. chrōntai de malista hoi anthrōpoi tǭ komizomenǭ pros tous apotropiasmous.
'It is said that part of the vessel still remains in Armenia, at the mountain of the Cordyaeans, and that some carry off pitch, scraping it off; and people use what they carry off chiefly for averting evil.'
9.11.3Dindorf 1:480
μέμνηται δὲ τούτων καὶ Ἱερώνυμος ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ τὴν ἀρχαιολογίαν τὴν Φοινικικὴν συγγραψάμενος, καὶ Μνασέας δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι πλείους. καὶ Νικόλαος δὲ ὁ Δαμασκηνὸς ἐν ἐνενηκοστῇ καὶ ἕκτῃ βίβλῳ ἱστορεῖ περὶ αὐτῶν, λέγων οὕτως·
memnētai de toutōn kai Hierōnymos ho Aigyptios, ho tēn archaiologian tēn Phoinikikēn syngrapsamenos, kai Mnaseas de kai alloi pleious. kai Nikolaos de ho Damaskēnos en enenēkostę̄ kai hektę̄ biblǭ historei peri autōn, legōn houtōs;
Hieronymus the Egyptian, who wrote the Phoenician Antiquities, also mentions these things, as do Mnaseas and many others. And Nicolaus of Damascus in his ninety-sixth book tells about them, saying thus:
9.11.4Dindorf 1:480
ἔστιν ὑπὲρ τὴν Μινυάδα μέγα ὄρος κατὰ τὴν Ἀρμενίαν, Βάρις λεγόμενον, εἰς ὃ πολλοὺς συμφυγόντας ἐπὶ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ λόγος ἔχει περισωθῆναι, καί τινα ἐπὶ λάρνακος ὀχούμενον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρώρειαν ὀκεῖλαι, καὶ τὰ λείψανα τῶν ξύλων ἐπὶ πολὺ σωθῆναι. γένοιτο δʼ ἂν οὗτος ὅντινα καὶ Μώσης ἀνέγραψεν ὁ Ἰουδαίων νομοθέτης.’’ Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Ἰώσηπος.
estin hyper tēn Minyada mega oros kata tēn Armenian, Baris legomenon, eis ho pollous symphygontas epi tou kataklysmou logos echei perisōthēnai, kai tina epi larnakos ochoumenon epi tēn akrōreian okeilai, kai ta leipsana tōn xylōn epi poly sōthēnai. genoito dʼ an houtos hontina kai Mōsēs anegrapsen ho Ioudaiōn nomothetēs.’’ Tauta men ho Iōsēpos.
'There is above Minyas, in Armenia, a great mountain called Baris, on which, the story goes, many who fled for refuge at the time of the flood were saved, and one, carried in an ark, came aground on the summit, and the remains of the timbers were preserved for a long time. This would be the man whom Moses too, the lawgiver of the Jews, recorded.'" So Josephus.
Preparation 9, chapter 12
9.12.1Dindorf 1:480
Ἐγὼ δέ σοι τὰ Μηδικὰ καὶ Ἀσσύρια διελθὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἀβυδηνοῦ γραφῆς περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἱστορίας τάσδε τοῦ ἀνδρὸς παραθήσομαι τὰς λέξεις
Egō de soi ta Mēdika kai Assyria dielthōn ek tēs Abydēnou graphēs peri tēs autēs historias tasde tou andros parathēsomai tas lexeis
But I, having gone through the Median and Assyrian histories, shall set out for you these words of the man from the writing of Abydenus on the same story:
9.12.2Dindorf 1:480
“ Μεθʼ ὃν ἄλλοι τε ἦρξαν καὶ Σείσιθρος, ᾧ δὴ Κρόνος προσημαίνει μὲν ἔσεσθαι πλῆθος ὄμβρων Δεσίου πέμπτῃ ἐπὶ δέκα, κελεύει δὲ πᾶν ὅ τι γραμμάτων ἦν ἐχόμενον ἐν Ἡλίου πόλει τῇ ἐν Σιππάροισιν ἀποκρύψαι.
“ Methʼ hon alloi te ērxan kai Seisithros, hǭ dē Kronos prosēmainei men esesthai plēthos ombrōn Desiou pemptę̄ epi deka, keleuei de pan ho ti grammatōn ēn echomenon en Hēliou polei tę̄ en Sipparoisin apokrypsai.
"After him others ruled, and Seisithrus, to whom Cronus foretold that there would be a great quantity of rains on the fifteenth of Desius, and bade him hide everything that had to do with writings in Heliopolis in Sippara.
9.12.3Dindorf 1:480
Σείσιθρος δὲ ταῦτα ἐπιτελέα ποιήσας εὐθέως ἐπʼ Ἀρμενίης ἀνέπλωε, καὶ παραυτίκα μιν κατελάμβανε τὰ ἐκ θεοῦ. τρίτῃ δὲ ἡμέρῃ ἐπεί τε ὕων ἐκόπασε, μετῄει τῶν ὀρνίθων πείρην ποιεύμενος, εἴ κου γῆν ἴδοιεν τοῦ ὕδατος ἐκδῦσαν.
Seisithros de tauta epitelea poiēsas eutheōs epʼ Armeniēs aneplōe, kai parautika min katelambane ta ek theou. tritę̄ de hēmerę̄ epei te hyōn ekopase, metę̄ei tōn ornithōn peirēn poieumenos, ei kou gēn idoien tou hydatos ekdysan.
Seisithrus, having done these things, at once sailed toward Armenia, and immediately what came from the god overtook him. On the third day, when the rain had ceased, he let birds go, making trial whether they might see land risen out of the water.
9.12.4Dindorf 1:480
αἱ δὲ ἐκδεχομένου σφέας πελάγεος ἀχανέος ἀπορέουσαι ὅκη κατορμίσονται παρὰ τὸν Σείσιθρον ὀπίσω κομίζονται, καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῇσιν ἕτεραι.
hai de ekdechomenou spheas pelageos achaneos aporeousai hokē katormisontai para ton Seisithron opisō komizontai, kai epʼ autę̄sin heterai.
But they, since a vast sea received them and they did not know where to settle, came back to Seisithrus, and others after them.
9.12.5Dindorf 1:480–481
ὡς δὲ τῇσι τρίτῃσιν εὐτύχεεν, ἀπίκατο γὰρ δὴ πηλοῦ κατάπλεοι τοὺς ταρσοὺς, θεοί μιν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀφανίζουσιν· τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἐν Ἀρμενίῃ περίαπτα ξύλων ἀλεξιφάρμακα τοῖσιν ἐπιχωρίοισι παρείχετο.’’ Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οὗτος.
hōs de tę̄si tritę̄sin eutycheen, apikato gar dē pēlou katapleoi tous tarsous, theoi min ex anthrōpōn aphanizousin; to de ploion en Armenię̄ periapta xylōn alexipharmaka toisin epichōrioisi pareicheto.’’ Tauta men oun houtos.
When he succeeded with the third ones (for they had come back with their feet full of mud), the gods removed him from among men; and the vessel in Armenia provided the inhabitants with amulets of its wood as protective charms." So he.
Preparation 9, chapter 13
9.13.1Dindorf 1:481
Πάλιν δὲ Μώσεως τοὺς πρώτους φύντας ἀνθρώπων μακροβίους γεγονέναι φήσαντος, μάρτυρας καὶ τούτου παρατίθεται τοῦ λόγου τοὺς Ἑλλήνων συγγραφεῖς ὧδε λέγων ὁ Ἰώσηπος
Palin de Mōseōs tous prōtous phyntas anthrōpōn makrobious gegonenai phēsantos, martyras kai toutou paratithetai tou logou tous Hellēnōn syngrapheis hōde legōn ho Iōsēpos
Again, since Moses said that the first humans were long-lived, Josephus sets out the Greek writers as witnesses to this account too, saying this:
9.13.2Dindorf 1:481
“ Μηδεὶς δὲ πρὸς τὸν νῦν βίον καὶ τὴν βραχύτητα τῶν ἐτῶν ἃ ζῶμεν συμβαλὼν τὸν τῶν παλαιῶν ψευδῆ νομιζέτω τὰ περὶ ἐκείνων λεγόμενα, τῷ μηδὲ νῦν τοσοῦτον ἐν τῷ βίῳ παρατείνειν χρόνον τεκμαιρόμενος μηδʼ ἐκείνους εἰς ἐκεῖνο τὸ μῆκος τῆς ζωῆς ἀφῖχθαι.
“ Mēdeis de pros ton nyn bion kai tēn brachytēta tōn etōn ha zōmen symbalōn ton tōn palaiōn pseudē nomizetō ta peri ekeinōn legomena, tǭ mēde nyn tosouton en tǭ biǭ parateinein chronon tekmairomenos mēdʼ ekeinous eis ekeino to mēkos tēs zōēs aphichthai.
"Let no one, comparing the present life and the shortness of the years we live with that of the ancients, think false what is said of them, inferring that because no one now extends life to such a length, neither did they reach that length of life.
9.13.3Dindorf 1:481
οἱ μὲν γὰρ θεοφιλεῖς ὄντες, καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενοι, καὶ διὰ τὸ τὰς τροφὰς ἐπιτηδειοτέρας πρὸς πλείονα χρόνον οὔσας, εἰκότως ἔζων πλῆθος τοσούτων ἐτῶν.
hoi men gar theophileis ontes, kai hypʼ autou tou theou genomenoi, kai dia to tas trophas epitēdeioteras pros pleiona chronon ousas, eikotōs ezōn plēthos tosoutōn etōn.
For they, being dear to God and made by God himself, and because their foods were more suited to a longer time, reasonably lived so great a number of years.
9.13.4Dindorf 1:481
ἔπειτα καὶ διʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ διʼ εὐχρηστίαν ὧν ἐπενόουν, ἀστρολογίας καὶ γεωμετρίας, εἰς πλείονα ζῆν τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῖς παρασχεῖν, ἅπερ οὐκ ἦν ἀσφαλῶς αὐτοῖς προειπεῖν μὴ ζήσασιν ἑξακοσίους ἐνιαυτούς· διὰ γὰρ τούτων ὁ μέγας ἐνιαυτὸς πληροῦται.
epeita kai diʼ aretēn kai diʼ euchrēstian hōn epenooun, astrologias kai geōmetrias, eis pleiona zēn ton theon autois paraschein, haper ouk ēn asphalōs autois proeipein mē zēsasin hexakosious eniautous; dia gar toutōn ho megas eniautos plēroutai.
Then too, because of their virtue and the usefulness of what they discovered, astronomy and geometry, God granted them to live longer, things they could not have foretold safely unless they had lived six hundred years; for in that time the great year is completed.
9.13.5Dindorf 1:481–482
μαρτυροῦσι δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ πάντες οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις συγγραψάμενοι τὰς ἀρχαιολογίας. καὶ γὰρ καὶ Μάνεθως ὁ τὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν ποιησάμενος ἀναγραφὴν καὶ Βηρωσσὸς ὁ τὰ Χαλδαικὰ συναγαγὼν καὶ Μόλος καὶ Ἑστιαῖος, καὶ πρὸς αὐτοῖς ὁ Αἰγύπτιος Ἱερώνυμος, οἵ τε τὰ Φοινικικὰ συνταξάμενοι, συμφωνοῦσι τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις· Ἡσίοδός τε καὶ Ἑκαταῖος καὶ Ἑλλάνικος καὶ Ἀκουσίλαος, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις Ἔφορος καὶ Νικόλαος ἱστοροῦσι τοὺς ἀρχαίους ζήσαντας ἔτη χίλια. περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων, ὡς ἂν ἑκάστοις ᾖ φίλον, οὕτω σκοπείτωσαν.”
martyrousi de mou tǭ logǭ pantes hoi parʼ Hellēsi kai barbarois syngrapsamenoi tas archaiologias. kai gar kai Manethōs ho tēn tōn Aigyptiakōn poiēsamenos anagraphēn kai Bērōssos ho ta Chaldaika synagagōn kai Molos kai Hestiaios, kai pros autois ho Aigyptios Hierōnymos, hoi te ta Phoinikika syntaxamenoi, symphōnousi tois hypʼ emou legomenois; Hēsiodos te kai Hekataios kai Hellanikos kai Akousilaos, kai pros toutois Ephoros kai Nikolaos historousi tous archaious zēsantas etē chilia. peri men oun toutōn, hōs an hekastois ę̄ philon, houtō skopeitōsan.”
All who wrote ancient histories among Greeks and barbarians bear witness to my account. For Manetho, who made the record of Egyptian history, Berossus, who compiled the Chaldean, Molus and Hestiaeus, and besides them Hieronymus the Egyptian, and those who composed the Phoenician histories, agree with what I say; and Hesiod, Hecataeus, Hellanicus, Acusilaus, and besides these Ephorus and Nicolaus relate that the ancients lived a thousand years. About these things, then, let each consider as he pleases."
Preparation 9, chapter 14
9.14.1Dindorf 1:482
Πάλιν Μωσέως περὶ τῆς τοῦ πύργου κατασκευῆς καὶ ὡς ἀπὸ μιᾶς γλώττης εἰς πολλὰς συνεχύθησαν διαλέκτους ἱστορήσαντος, ἐν τῇ λεχθείσῃ Περὶ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων γραφῇ ὁ μικρῷ πρόσθεν δηλωθεὶς συγγραφεὺς τὰ ὅμοια μαρτυρεῖ λέγων ὧδε
Palin Mōseōs peri tēs tou pyrgou kataskeuēs kai hōs apo mias glōttēs eis pollas synechythēsan dialektous historēsantos, en tę̄ lechtheisę̄ Peri tōn Assyriōn graphę̄ ho mikrǭ prosthen dēlōtheis syngrapheus ta homoia martyrei legōn hōde
Again, since Moses recounted the building of the tower, and how from one tongue they were confused into many languages, the writer mentioned a little earlier gives similar testimony in the work called On the Assyrians, saying thus:
9.14.2Dindorf 1:482
“Ἐντὶ δʼ οἳ λέγουσι τοὺς πρώτους ἐκ γῆς ἀνασχόντας, ῥώμῃ τε καὶ μεγέθει χαυνωθέντας καὶ δὴ θεῶν καταφρονήσαντας ἀμείνονας εἶναι, τύρσιν ἠλίβατον ἀείρειν, ἵνα νῦν Βαβυλών ἐστιν· ἤδη τε ἆσσον εἶναι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἀνέμους θεοῖσι βωθέοντας ἀνατρέψαι περὶ αὐτοῖσι τὸ μηχάνημα· τοῦ δὴ τὰ ἐρείπια λέγεσθαι Βαβυλῶνα. τέως δὲ ὄντας ὁμογλώσσους ἐκ θεῶν πολύθροον φωνὴν ἐνείκασθαι, μετὰ δὲ Κρόνῳ τε καὶ Τιτῆνι συστῆναι πόλεμον.
“Enti dʼ hoi legousi tous prōtous ek gēs anaschontas, rhōmę̄ te kai megethei chaunōthentas kai dē theōn kataphronēsantas ameinonas einai, tyrsin ēlibaton aeirein, hina nyn Babylōn estin; ēdē te asson einai tou ouranou, kai tous anemous theoisi bōtheontas anatrepsai peri autoisi to mēchanēma; tou dē ta ereipia legesthai Babylōna. teōs de ontas homoglōssous ek theōn polythroon phōnēn eneikasthai, meta de Kronǭ te kai Titēni systēnai polemon.
"There are those who say that the first men who rose up out of the earth, puffed up with strength and size, and despising the gods as being better than they, raised a lofty tower where Babylon now is; and when it was already near heaven, the winds, coming to the help of the gods, overturned the structure upon them; and its ruins are called Babylon. Until then they had been of one tongue, but from the gods they received a speech of many sounds; and afterward war arose between Cronus and Titan."
9.14.3Dindorf 1:482
“Ὁ δὲ τόπος ἐν ᾧ τὸν πύργον ᾠκοδόμησαν νῦν Βαβυλὼν καλεῖται, διὰ τὴν σύγχυσιν τοῦ περὶ τὴν διάλεκτον πρῶτον ἐναργοῦς. Ἑβραῖοι γὰρ τὴν σύγχυσιν Βαβὲλ καλοῦσι.”
“Ho de topos en hǭ ton pyrgon ǭkodomēsan nyn Babylōn kaleitai, dia tēn synchysin tou peri tēn dialekton prōton enargous. Hebraioi gar tēn synchysin Babel kalousi.”
"The place in which they built the tower is now called Babylon, because of the confusion of what had at first been clear in their language; for the Hebrews call confusion Babel."
Preparation 9, chapter 15
9.15.1Dindorf 1:482–483
“Περὶ δὲ τοῦ πύργου τούτου καὶ τῆς ἀλλοφωνίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων μέμνηται καὶ Σίβυλλα, λέγουσα οὕτως ῾πάντων ὁμοφώνων ὄντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων πύργον ᾠκοδόμησάν τινες ὑψηλότατον, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβησόμενοι διʼ αὐτοῦ. οἱ δὲ θεοὶ ἀνέμους ἐπιπέμψαντες ἀνέτρεψαν τὸν πύργον, καὶ ἰδίαν ἑκάστῳ φωνὴν ἔδωκαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Βαβυλῶνα συνέβη κληθῆναι τὴν πόλιν.᾿ περὶ δὲ τοῦ πεδίου τοῦ λεγομένου Σενναὰρ ἐν τῇ Βαβυλωνίᾳ χώρᾳ μνημονεύει Ἑστιαῖος, λέγων οὕτως “τῶν ἱερέων τοὺς διασωθέντας, τὰ τοῦ Ἐνυαλίου Δῖός ἱερώματα λαβόντας, εἰς Σενναὰρ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας ἐλθεῖν· σκίδνανται δὴ τὸ λοιπὸν ἐντεῦθεν ὑπὸ τῆς ὁμογλωσσίας, τὰς συνοικίας ποιησάμενοι πανταχοῦ, καὶ γῆν ἕκαστοι κατελάμβανον τὴν ἐντυχοῦσαν.’’
“Peri de tou pyrgou toutou kai tēs allophōnias tōn anthrōpōn memnētai kai Sibylla, legousa houtōs ῾pantōn homophōnōn ontōn tōn anthrōpōn pyrgon ǭkodomēsan tines hypsēlotaton, hōs epi ton ouranon anabēsomenoi diʼ autou. hoi de theoi anemous epipempsantes anetrepsan ton pyrgon, kai idian hekastǭ phōnēn edōkan, kai dia touto Babylōna synebē klēthēnai tēn polin.᾿ peri de tou pediou tou legomenou Sennaar en tę̄ Babylōnią chōrą mnēmoneuei Hestiaios, legōn houtōs “tōn hiereōn tous diasōthentas, ta tou Enyaliou Dios hierōmata labontas, eis Sennaar tēs Babylōnias elthein; skidnantai dē to loipon enteuthen hypo tēs homoglōssias, tas synoikias poiēsamenoi pantachou, kai gēn hekastoi katelambanon tēn entychousan.’’
"The Sibyl too mentions this tower and the diversity of human speech, saying thus: 'When all men were of one speech, some built a very high tower, so as to go up to heaven by it. But the gods sent winds and overturned the tower, and gave each his own speech; and for this reason the city came to be called Babylon.' And Hestiaeus mentions the plain called Shinar in the Babylonian country, saying thus: 'Those of the priests who were saved took the sacred vessels of Zeus Enyalius and came to Shinar in Babylonia. From there they were then scattered, forming their settlements everywhere according to their common languages, and each occupied whatever land he came upon.'"
Preparation 9, chapter 16
9.16.1Dindorf 1:483
πάλιν Μώσεως τὴν κατὰ τὸν Ἑβραίων προπάτορα Ἀβραὰμ ἱστορίαν εἰς πλάτος ἐκθεμένου, μαρτυρεῖν αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς ἔξωθεν ἱστορικοὺς ὁ Ἰώσηπος λέγει διὰ τούτων
palin Mōseōs tēn kata ton Hebraiōn propatora Abraam historian eis platos ekthemenou, martyrein autǭ kai tous exōthen historikous ho Iōsēpos legei dia toutōn
Again, since Moses set out at length the history of Abraham, the forefather of the Hebrews, Josephus says that outside historians also bear witness to him, in these words:
9.16.2Dindorf 1:483
“ Μνημονεύει δὲ ἡμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς Ἀβραάμου Βηρωσσὸς, οὐκ ὀνομάζων, λέγων δὲ οὕτως μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν δεκάτῃ γενεᾷ παρὰ Χαλδαίοις τις ἦν δίκαιος ἀνὴρ καὶ μέγας καὶ τὰ οὐράνια ἔμπειρος.’’
“ Mnēmoneuei de hēmōn tou patros Abraamou Bērōssos, ouk onomazōn, legōn de houtōs meta ton kataklysmon dekatę̄ geneą para Chaldaiois tis ēn dikaios anēr kai megas kai ta ourania empeiros.’’
"Berossus mentions our father Abraham, not naming him, but saying thus: 'In the tenth generation after the flood there was among the Chaldeans a righteous man, great and skilled in heavenly things.'"
9.16.3Dindorf 1:483
Ἑκαταῖος δὲ καὶ τοῦ μνησθῆναι πλεῖόν τι πεποίηκε· βιβλίον γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ συνταξάμενος κατέλιπε.
Hekataios de kai tou mnēsthēnai pleion ti pepoiēke; biblion gar peri autou syntaxamenos katelipe.
And Hecataeus did more than mention him; for he composed and left a book about him.
9.16.4Dindorf 1:483
Νικόλαος δὲ ὁ Δαμασκηνὸς ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ τῶν ἱστοριῶν λέγει οὕτως “ Ἀβραάμης ἐβασίλευε Δαμάσκου, ἔπηλυς σὺν στρατῷ ἀφιγμένος ἐκ τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑπὲρ Βαβυλῶνος, Χαλδαίων λεγομένης. μετʼ οὐ πολὺν δὲ χρόνον ἐξαναστὰς καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς χώρας σὺν τῷ σφετέρῳ λαῷ εἰς τὴν τότε μὲν Χαναναίαν λεγομένην, νῦν δὲ Ἰουδαίαν μετῴκησε, καὶ οἱ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου πληθύσαντες, περὶ ὧν ἐν ἑτέρῳ λόγῳ διέξειμι τὰ ἱστορούμενα.’’
Nikolaos de ho Damaskēnos en tę̄ tetartę̄ tōn historiōn legei houtōs “ Abraamēs ebasileue Damaskou, epēlys syn stratǭ aphigmenos ek tēs gēs tēs hyper Babylōnos, Chaldaiōn legomenēs. metʼ ou polyn de chronon exanastas kai apo tautēs tēs chōras syn tǭ spheterǭ laǭ eis tēn tote men Chananaian legomenēn, nyn de Ioudaian metǭkēse, kai hoi apʼ ekeinou plēthysantes, peri hōn en heterǭ logǭ diexeimi ta historoumena.’’
And Nicolaus of Damascus in the fourth book of his histories says thus: "Abraham reigned in Damascus, having come as an immigrant with an army from the land beyond Babylon called Chaldea. Not long after, he moved from this country too with his own people into the land then called Canaan, now Judea, and so did those who multiplied from him, about whom I shall relate the history in another book."
9.16.5Dindorf 1:483–484
τοῦ τε Ἀβραάμου ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐν τῇ Δαμασκηνῇ τὸ ὄνομα δοξάζεται, καὶ κώμη ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ δείκνυται Ἀβραάμου οἴκησις λεγομένη. λιμοῦ δὲ χρόνοις ὕστερον τὴν Χαναναίαν καταλαβόντος, Ἅβραμος Αἰγυπτίους εὐδαιμονεῖν πυθόμενος διαίρειν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἦν πρόθυμος, τῆς τε ἀφθονίας τῆς ἐκείνων μεθέξων καὶ τῶν ἱερέων ἀκροατὴς ἐσόμενος, ὧν λέγοιεν περὶ θεῶν· ἢ γὰρ κρείσσοσιν εὑρεθεῖσι κατακολουθήσειν, ἢ μετακοσμήσειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, αὐτὸς ἄμεινον φρονῶν.’’
tou te Abraamou eti kai nyn en tę̄ Damaskēnę̄ to onoma doxazetai, kai kōmē apʼ autou deiknytai Abraamou oikēsis legomenē. limou de chronois hysteron tēn Chananaian katalabontos, Habramos Aigyptious eudaimonein pythomenos diairein pros autous ēn prothymos, tēs te aphthonias tēs ekeinōn methexōn kai tōn hiereōn akroatēs esomenos, hōn legoien peri theōn; ē gar kreissosin heuretheisi katakolouthēsein, ē metakosmēsein autous epi to beltion, autos ameinon phronōn.’’
"The name of Abraham is still honored in the territory of Damascus, and a village is shown named after him, called Abraham's Dwelling. Later, when a famine had seized Canaan, Abraham, learning that the Egyptians were prospering, was eager to go over to them, both to share their abundance and to hear what their priests said about the gods; for if they were found better, he would follow them, or else he would bring them over to the better view, if he himself thought better."
9.16.6Dindorf 1:484
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει “ Καὶ συνῆν Αἰγυπτίων τοῖς λογιωτάτοις, τήν τε ἀρετὴν αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ δόξαν ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιφανεστέραν συνέβη γενέσθαι.
Eithʼ hexēs epilegei “ Kai synēn Aigyptiōn tois logiōtatois, tēn te aretēn autǭ kai tēn epʼ autǭ doxan enteuthen epiphanesteran synebē genesthai.
Then he adds next: "And he associated with the most learned of the Egyptians, and from this it came about that his virtue and reputation became more conspicuous.
9.16.7Dindorf 1:484
τῶν γὰρ Αἰγυπτίων διαφόροις ἀρεσκομένων ἔθεσι, καὶ τὰ παρʼ ἀλλήλοις ἐκφαυλιζόντων νόμιμα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δυσμενῶς ἐχόντων τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, συμβαλὼν αὐτῶν ἑκάστοις, καὶ διαπτύων τοὺς λόγους οὓς ἐποιοῦντο περὶ τῶν ἰδίων, κενοὺς καὶ μηδὲν ἀληθὲς ἔχοντας ἀπέφαινε.
tōn gar Aigyptiōn diaphorois areskomenōn ethesi, kai ta parʼ allēlois ekphaulizontōn nomima, kai dia touto dysmenōs echontōn tōn pros allēlous, symbalōn autōn hekastois, kai diaptyōn tous logous hous epoiounto peri tōn idiōn, kenous kai mēden alēthes echontas apephaine.
For since the Egyptians favored different customs and disparaged one another's practices, and were therefore hostile to one another, he conversed with each of them, and, refuting the arguments they made for their own customs, showed them to be empty and to contain nothing true.
9.16.8Dindorf 1:484
θαυμασθεὶς οὖν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐν ταῖς συνουσίαις ὡς συνετώτατος, καὶ δεινὸς ἀνὴρ οὐ νοῆσαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πεῖσαι λέγων περὶ ὧν ἂν ἐπιχειρήσειε διδάσκειν, τήν τε ἀριθμητικὴν αὐτοῖς χαρίζεται καὶ τὰ περὶ ἀστρολογίαν παραδίδωσι. πρὸ γὰρ τῆς Ἀβραάμου παρουσίας Αἰγύπτιοι τούτων εἶχον ἀμαθῶς. ἐκ Χαλδαίων γὰρ ταῦτʼ ἐφοίτησεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ὅθεν ἦλθε καὶ εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας. ’ Ταῦτα ὁ Ἰώσηπος.
thaumastheis oun hypʼ autōn en tais synousiais hōs synetōtatos, kai deinos anēr ou noēsai monon, alla kai peisai legōn peri hōn an epicheirēseie didaskein, tēn te arithmētikēn autois charizetai kai ta peri astrologian paradidōsi. pro gar tēs Abraamou parousias Aigyptioi toutōn eichon amathōs. ek Chaldaiōn gar tautʼ ephoitēsen eis Aigypton, hothen ēlthe kai eis tous Hellēnas. ’ Tauta ho Iōsēpos.
Admired by them, then, in their meetings as most intelligent, and a man clever not only at understanding but at persuading by speech about whatever he undertook to teach, he gave them arithmetic and handed on astronomy. For before Abraham's coming the Egyptians were ignorant of these; for these came from the Chaldeans to Egypt, and from there to the Greeks also." So Josephus.
Preparation 9, chapter 17
9.17.1Dindorf 1:484
Συνᾴδει δὲ τούτοις καὶ ὁ Πολυΐστωρ Ἀλέξανδρος, ὢν καὶ πολυμαθὴς ἀνὴρ, τοῖς τε μὴ πάρεργον τὸν ἀπὸ παιδείας καρπὸν πεποιημένοις Ἕλλησι γνωριμώτατος, ὃς ἐν τῇ Περὶ Ἰουδαίων συντάξει τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ τοῦτον ἱστορεῖ κατὰ λέξιν τὸν τρόπον
Synądei de toutois kai ho Polyïstōr Alexandros, ōn kai polymathēs anēr, tois te mē parergon ton apo paideias karpon pepoiēmenois Hellēsi gnōrimōtatos, hos en tę̄ Peri Ioudaiōn syntaxei ta kata ton Abraam touton historei kata lexin ton tropon
Alexander Polyhistor agrees with these too, a very learned man and well known to those Greeks who have not treated the fruit of education as a side matter, who in his work On the Jews relates the things about this Abraham, word for word, in this way:
9.17.2Dindorf 1:484–485
“ Εὐπόλεμος δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἰουδαίων τῆς Ἀσσυρίας φησὶ πόλιν Βαβυλῶνα πρῶτον μὲν κτισθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν διασωθέντων ἐκ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ· εἶναι δὲ αὐτοὺς γίγαντας, οἰκοδομεῖν δὲ τὸν ἱστορούμενον πύργον.
“ Eupolemos de en tǭ peri Ioudaiōn tēs Assyrias phēsi polin Babylōna prōton men ktisthēnai hypo tōn diasōthentōn ek tou kataklysmou; einai de autous gigantas, oikodomein de ton historoumenon pyrgon.
"Eupolemus, in his work On the Jews of Assyria, says that the city of Babylon was first founded by those saved from the flood; that they were giants, and built the tower of which history tells.
9.17.3Dindorf 1:485
πεσόντος δὲ τούτου ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεργείας τοὺς γίγαντας διασπαρῆναι καθʼ ὅλην τὴν γῆν. δεκάτῃ δὲ γενεᾷ, φησὶν, ἐν πόλει τῆς Βαβυλωνίας Καμαρίνῃ, ἥν τινας λέγειν πόλιν Οὐρίην· εἶναι δὲ μεθερμηνευομένην Χαλδαίων πόλιν· ἐν τρισκαιδεκάτῃ γενέσθαι Ἀβραὰμ γενεᾷ, εὐγενείᾳ καὶ σοφίᾳ πάντας ὑπερβεβηκότα, ὃν δὴ καὶ τὴν ἀστρολογίαν καὶ Χαλδαικὴν εὑρεῖν, ἐπί τε τὴν εὐσέβειαν ὁρμήσαντα εὐαρεστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ.
pesontos de toutou hypo tēs tou theou energeias tous gigantas diasparēnai kathʼ holēn tēn gēn. dekatę̄ de geneą, phēsin, en polei tēs Babylōnias Kamarinę̄, hēn tinas legein polin Ouriēn; einai de methermēneuomenēn Chaldaiōn polin; en triskaidekatę̄ genesthai Abraam geneą, eugeneią kai sophią pantas hyperbebēkota, hon dē kai tēn astrologian kai Chaldaikēn heurein, epi te tēn eusebeian hormēsanta euarestēsai tǭ theǭ.
When it fell by the working of God, the giants were scattered over the whole earth. And in the tenth generation, he says, in the city of Babylonia Camarina, which some call the city Urie (meaning, when translated, a city of the Chaldeans), in the thirteenth generation Abraham was born, surpassing all in nobility and wisdom; he discovered astronomy and the Chaldean art, and, setting out on piety, pleased God.
9.17.4Dindorf 1:485
τοῦτον δὲ διὰ τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς Φοινίκην ἐλθόντα κατοικῆσαι, καὶ τροπὰς ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα διδάξαντα τοὺς Φοίνικας εὐαρεστῆσαι τῷ βασιλεῖ αὐτῶν. ὕστερον δὲ Ἀρμενίους ἐπιστρατεῦσαι τοῖς Φοίνιξι· νικησάντων δὲ καὶ αἰχμαλωτισαμένων τὸν ἀδελφιδοῦν αὐτοῦ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ μετὰ οἰκετῶν βοηθήσαντα ἐγκρατῆ γενέσθαι τῶν αἰχμαλωτισαμένων, καὶ τῶν πολεμίων αἰχμαλωτίσαι τέκνα καὶ γυναῖκας.
touton de dia ta prostagmata tou theou eis Phoinikēn elthonta katoikēsai, kai tropas hēliou kai selēnēs kai ta alla panta didaxanta tous Phoinikas euarestēsai tǭ basilei autōn. hysteron de Armenious epistrateusai tois Phoinixi; nikēsantōn de kai aichmalōtisamenōn ton adelphidoun autou ton Abraam meta oiketōn boēthēsanta enkratē genesthai tōn aichmalōtisamenōn, kai tōn polemiōn aichmalōtisai tekna kai gynaikas.
He, at God's commands, came to Phoenicia and settled there, and, teaching the Phoenicians the solstices of sun and moon and all the rest, pleased their king. Later the Armenians made war on the Phoenicians; and when they had won and taken his nephew captive, Abraham, coming to help with his servants, overpowered the captors and took captive the enemies' children and wives.
9.17.5Dindorf 1:485
πρέσβεων δὲ παραγενομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅπως χρήματα λαβὼν ἀπολυτρώσῃ ταῦτα, μὴ προελέσθαι τοῖς δυστυχοῦσιν ἐπεμβαίνειν, ἀλλὰ τὰς τροφὰς λαβόντα τῶν νεανίσκων ἀποδοῦναι τὰ αἰχμάλωτα, ξενισθῆναί τε αὐτὸν ὑπὸ πόλεως ἱερὸν Αρυαριξὶν, ὃ εἶναι μεθερμηνευόμενον ὄρος ὑψίστου·
presbeōn de paragenomenōn pros auton hopōs chrēmata labōn apolytrōsę̄ tauta, mē proelesthai tois dystychousin epembainein, alla tas trophas labonta tōn neaniskōn apodounai ta aichmalōta, xenisthēnai te auton hypo poleōs hieron Aryarixin, ho einai methermēneuomenon oros hypsistou;
When envoys came to him that he might take money and release these, he did not choose to trample on the unfortunate, but, taking the food for his young men, returned the captives; and he was received as a guest by the city at the temple Argarizin, which means, translated, 'mountain of the Most High';
9.17.6Dindorf 1:485
παρὰ δὲ τοῦ Μελχισεδὲκ ἱερέως ὄντος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ βασιλεύοντος λαβεῖν δῶρα. λιμοῦ δὲ γενομένου τὸν Ἀβραὰμ ἀπαλλαγῆναι εἰς Αἴγυπτον πανοικίᾳ, κἀκεῖ κατοικεῖν, τήν τε γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων γῆμαι, φάντος αὐτοῦ ἀδελφὴν εἶναι.
para de tou Melchisedek hiereōs ontos tou theou kai basileuontos labein dōra. limou de genomenou ton Abraam apallagēnai eis Aigypton panoikią, kakei katoikein, tēn te gynaika autou ton basilea tōn Aigyptiōn gēmai, phantos autou adelphēn einai.
and from Melchizedek, who was priest of God and king, he received gifts. When a famine came, Abraham moved to Egypt with his whole household and lived there, and the king of the Egyptians married his wife, since he said she was his sister.
9.17.7Dindorf 1:485–486
περισσότερον δʼ ἱστόρησεν ὅτι οὐκ ἠδύνατο αὐτῇ συγγενέσθαι, καὶ ὅτι συνέβη φθείρεσθαι αὐτοῦ τὸν λαὸν καὶ τὸν οἶκον. μάντεις δὲ αὐτοῦ καλέσαντος τοῦτο φάναι, μὴ εἶναι χήραν τὴν γυναῖκα· τὸν δὲ βασιλέα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων οὕτως ἐπιγνῶναι ὅτι γυνὴ ἦν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ἀποδοῦναι αὐτὴν τῷ ἀνδρί.
perissoteron dʼ historēsen hoti ouk ēdynato autę̄ syngenesthai, kai hoti synebē phtheiresthai autou ton laon kai ton oikon. manteis de autou kalesantos touto phanai, mē einai chēran tēn gynaika; ton de basilea tōn Aigyptiōn houtōs epignōnai hoti gynē ēn tou Abraam, kai apodounai autēn tǭ andri.
He related further that the king could not have intercourse with her, and that it happened that his people and his house were being destroyed. When he called his seers, they told him this, that the woman was not a widow; and so the king of the Egyptians recognized that she was Abraham's wife and gave her back to her husband.
9.17.8Dindorf 1:486
συζήσαντα δὲ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ ἐν Ἡλιουπόλει τοῖς Αἰγυπτίων ἱερεῦσι πολλὰ μεταδιδάξαι αὐτοὺς, καὶ τὴν ἀστρολογίαν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦτον αὐτοῖς εἰσηγήσασθαι, φάμενον Βαβυλωνίους ταῦτα καὶ αὑτὸν εὑρηκέναι, τὴν δὲ εὕρεσιν αὐτῶν εἰς Ἑνὼχ ἀναπέμπειν, καὶ τοῦτον εὑρηκέναι πρῶτον τὴν ἀστρολογίαν, οὐκ Αἰγυπτίους.
syzēsanta de ton Abraam en Hēlioupolei tois Aigyptiōn hiereusi polla metadidaxai autous, kai tēn astrologian kai ta loipa touton autois eisēgēsasthai, phamenon Babylōnious tauta kai hauton heurēkenai, tēn de heuresin autōn eis Henōch anapempein, kai touton heurēkenai prōton tēn astrologian, ouk Aigyptious.
Abraham, living at Heliopolis with the Egyptian priests, taught them many things, and introduced astronomy and the rest to them, saying that the Babylonians and he himself had discovered these, but he traced their discovery back to Enoch, and that Enoch first discovered astronomy, not the Egyptians.
9.17.9Dindorf 1:486
Βαβυλωνίους γὰρ λέγειν πρῶτον γενέσθαι Βῆλον, ὃν εἶναι Κρόνον· ἐκ τούτου δὲ γενέσθαι Βῆλον καὶ Χαναὰν, τοῦτον δὲ τὸν Χαναὰν γεννῆσαι τὸν πατέρα τῶν Φοινίκων, τούτου δὲ Χοὺμ υἱὸν γενέσθαι, ὃν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων λέγεσθαι Ἄσβολον, πατέρα δὲ Αἰθιόπων, ἀδελφὸν δὲ τοῦ Μεστραεὶμ, πατέρα Αἰγυπτίων· Ἕλληνας δὲ λέγειν τὸν Ἄτλαντα εὑρηκέναι ἀστρολογίαν· εἶναι δὲ τὸν Ἄτλαντα τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ Ἑνώχ· τοῦ δὲ Ἑνὼχ γενέσθαι υἱὸν Μαθουσάλαν, ὃν πάντα διʼ ἀγγέλων θεοῦ γνῶναι, καὶ ἡμὰς οὕτως ἐπιγνῶναι.’’
Babylōnious gar legein prōton genesthai Bēlon, hon einai Kronon; ek toutou de genesthai Bēlon kai Chanaan, touton de ton Chanaan gennēsai ton patera tōn Phoinikōn, toutou de Choum huion genesthai, hon hypo tōn Hellēnōn legesthai Asbolon, patera de Aithiopōn, adelphon de tou Mestraeim, patera Aigyptiōn; Hellēnas de legein ton Atlanta heurēkenai astrologian; einai de ton Atlanta ton auton kai Henōch; tou de Henōch genesthai huion Mathousalan, hon panta diʼ angelōn theou gnōnai, kai hēmas houtōs epignōnai.’’
For the Babylonians say that first there was Belus, who is Cronus; from him were born Belus and Canaan; this Canaan begot the father of the Phoenicians; and his son was Chum, whom the Greeks call Asbolus, father of the Ethiopians and brother of Mestraim, father of the Egyptians. The Greeks say that Atlas discovered astronomy; but Atlas is the same as Enoch; and Enoch's son was Methuselah, who knew all things through angels of God, and so we came to know them."
Preparation 9, chapter 18
9.18.1Dindorf 1:486
“ Ἀρτάπανος δέ φησιν ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαϊκοῖς τοὺς μὲν Ἰουδαίους ὀνομάζεσθαι Ἑρμιοὺθ, ὃ εἶναι μεθερμηνευθὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν Ἰουδαῖοι· καλεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτοὺς Ἑβραίους ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμου. τοῦτον δέ φησι πανοικίᾳ ἐλθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον πρὸς τὸν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέα Φαρεθώνην, καὶ τὴν ἀστρολογίαν αὐτὸν διδάξαι· μείναντα δὲ ἔτη ἐκεῖ εἴκοσι πάλιν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ Συρίαν ἀπαλλαγῆναι τόπους· τῶν δὲ τούτῳ συνελθόντων πολλοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καταμεῖναι διὰ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τῆς χώρας.
“ Artapanos de phēsin en tois Ioudaïkois tous men Ioudaious onomazesthai Hermiouth, ho einai methermēneuthen kata tēn Hellada phōnēn Ioudaioi; kaleisthai de autous Hebraious apo Abraamou. touton de phēsi panoikią elthein eis Aigypton pros ton tōn Aigyptiōn basilea Pharethōnēn, kai tēn astrologian auton didaxai; meinanta de etē ekei eikosi palin eis tous kata Syrian apallagēnai topous; tōn de toutǭ synelthontōn pollous en Aigyptǭ katameinai dia tēn eudaimonian tēs chōras.
"Artapanus says in his Judaica that the Jews are called Hermiouth, which, translated into the Greek language, means Jews; and that they are called Hebrews from Abraham. He says that Abraham came with his whole household into Egypt to Pharethothes, the king of the Egyptians, and taught him astronomy; and that having stayed there twenty years he returned to the regions of Syria, while many of those who came with him remained in Egypt because of the prosperity of the land.
9.18.2Dindorf 1:486–487
ἐν δὲ ἀδεσπότοις εὕρομεν τὸν Ἀβραὰμ ἀναφέροντα εἰς τοὺς γίγαντας, τούτους δὲ οἰκοῦντας ἐν τῇ Βαβυλωνίᾳ διὰ τὴν ἀσέβειαν ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν ἀναιρεθῆναι, ὧν ἕνα Βῆλον ἐκφεύγοντα τὸν θάνατον ἐν Βαβυλῶνι κατοικῆσαι, πύργον τε κατασκευάσαντα ἐν αὐτῷ διαιτᾶσθαι, ὃν δὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ κατασκευάσαντος Βήλου Βῆλον ὀνομασθῆναι. τὸν δὲ Ἄβραμον τὴν ἀστρολογικὴν ἐπιστήμην παιδευθέντα πρῶτον μὲν ἐλθεῖν εἰς Φοινίκην καὶ τοὺς Φοίνικας ἀστρολογίαν διδάξαι, ὕστερον δὲ εἰς Αἴγυπτον παραγενέσθαι.
en de adespotois heuromen ton Abraam anapheronta eis tous gigantas, toutous de oikountas en tę̄ Babylōnią dia tēn asebeian hypo tōn theōn anairethēnai, hōn hena Bēlon ekpheugonta ton thanaton en Babylōni katoikēsai, pyrgon te kataskeuasanta en autǭ diaitasthai, hon dē apo tou kataskeuasantos Bēlou Bēlon onomasthēnai. ton de Abramon tēn astrologikēn epistēmēn paideuthenta prōton men elthein eis Phoinikēn kai tous Phoinikas astrologian didaxai, hysteron de eis Aigypton paragenesthai.
In anonymous writings we found that Abraham traced his descent to the giants; that these, living in Babylonia, were destroyed by the gods for their impiety; that one of them, Belus, escaping death, settled in Babylon, built a tower and lived in it, which was called Belus after Belus who built it; and that Abraham, having been taught the science of astronomy, first came to Phoenicia and taught the Phoenicians astronomy, and later arrived in Egypt."
Preparation 9, chapter 19
9.19.1Dindorf 1:487
“ Ὁ δὲ τὴν συσκευὴν τὴν κατὰ Ἰουδαίων γράψας Μολὼν κατὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν φησιν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρμενίας ἀπελθεῖν τὸν περιλειφθέντα ἄνθρωπον μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἐξελαυνόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων· διανύσαντα δὲ τὴν μεταξὺ χώραν ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν ὀρεινὴν τῆς Συρίας οὖσαν ἔρημον.
“ Ho de tēn syskeuēn tēn kata Ioudaiōn grapsas Molōn kata ton kataklysmon phēsin apo tēs Armenias apelthein ton perileiphthenta anthrōpon meta tōn huiōn, ek tōn idiōn exelaunomenon hypo tōn enchōriōn; dianysanta de tēn metaxy chōran elthein eis tēn oreinēn tēs Syrias ousan erēmon.
"Molon, who wrote the Attack on the Jews, says that at the time of the flood the man who survived went away from Armenia with his sons, driven from his own land by the inhabitants; and having crossed the country between, he came into the mountainous part of Syria, which was uninhabited.
9.19.2Dindorf 1:487
μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς γενεὰς Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ὃν δὴ μεθερμηνεύεσθαι πατρὸς φίλον· ὃν δὴ σοφὸν γενόμενον τὴν ἐρημίαν μεταδιώκειν· λαβόντα δὲ δύο γυναῖκας, τὴν μὲν ἐντοπίαν, συγγενῆ, τὴν δὲ Αἰγυπτίαν, θεράπαιναν, ἐκ μὲν τῆς Αἰγυπτίας γεννῆσαι υἱοὺς ιβʼ, οὓς δὴ εἰς Ἀραβίαν ἀπαλλαγέντας διελέσθαι τὴν χώραν καὶ πρώτους βασιλεῦσαι τῶν ἐγχωρίων· ὅθεν ἕως καθʼ ἡμὰς δώδεκα εἶναι βασιλεῖς Ἀράβων ὁμωνύμους ἐκείνοις.
meta de treis geneas Abraam genesthai, hon dē methermēneuesthai patros philon; hon dē sophon genomenon tēn erēmian metadiōkein; labonta de dyo gynaikas, tēn men entopian, syngenē, tēn de Aigyptian, therapainan, ek men tēs Aigyptias gennēsai huious ibʼ, hous dē eis Arabian apallagentas dielesthai tēn chōran kai prōtous basileusai tōn enchōriōn; hothen heōs kathʼ hēmas dōdeka einai basileis Arabōn homōnymous ekeinois.
After three generations Abraham was born, which name is translated 'father's friend'; who, becoming wise, sought out the desert; and taking two wives, one a native and kinswoman, the other an Egyptian handmaid, from the Egyptian he begot twelve sons, who went off to Arabia, divided the country, and were the first to rule over its inhabitants; hence to our time there are twelve kings of the Arabs with the same names as they.
9.19.3Dindorf 1:487
ἐκ δὲ τῆς γαμετῆς υἱὸν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι ἕνα, ὃν Ἑλληνιστὶ Γέλωτα ὀνομασθῆναι. καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἀβραὰμ γήρᾳ τελευτῆσαι, Γέλωτος δὲ καὶ γυναικός ἐγχωρίου υἱοὺς ἕνδεκα γενέσθαι, καὶ δωδέκατον Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦδε τρίτον Μωσῆν.’’
ek de tēs gametēs huion autǭ genesthai hena, hon Hellēnisti Gelōta onomasthēnai. kai ton men Abraam gērą teleutēsai, Gelōtos de kai gynaikos enchōriou huious hendeka genesthai, kai dōdekaton Iōsēph, kai apo toude triton Mōsēn.’’
By his wedded wife one son was born to him, who in Greek was named Laughter (Gelos). Abraham died in old age, and Gelos and a native wife had eleven sons, and a twelfth, Joseph, and third from him Moses."
9.19.4Dindorf 1:487–488
Τοσαῦτα ὁ Πολυΐστωρ ’ οἷς μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιφέρει λέγων Μετʼ οὐ πολὺν δὲ χρόνον τὸν θεὸν τῷ Ἀβραὰμ προστάξαι Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν ὁλοκαρπῶσαι αὐτῷ. τὸν δὲ ἀναγαγόντα τὸν παῖδα ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος πυρὰν νῆσαι καὶ ἐπιθεῖναι τὸν Ἰσαάκ· σφάζειν δὲ μέλλοντα κωλυθῆναι ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου, κριὸν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν κάρπωσιν παραστήσαντος ’ τὸν δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τὸν μὲν παῖδα καθελεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς πυρᾶς, τὸν δὲ κριὸν καρπῶσαι.’’
Tosauta ho Polyïstōr ’ hois methʼ hetera epipherei legōn Metʼ ou polyn de chronon ton theon tǭ Abraam prostaxai Isaak ton huion holokarpōsai autǭ. ton de anagagonta ton paida epi to oros pyran nēsai kai epitheinai ton Isaak; sphazein de mellonta kōlythēnai hypo angelou, krion autǭ pros tēn karpōsin parastēsantos ’ ton de Abraam ton men paida kathelein apo tēs pyras, ton de krion karpōsai.’’
So much from Polyhistor; to which after other things he adds: "Not long after, God commanded Abraham to offer Isaac his son as a whole burnt offering to him. He led the boy up to the mountain, heaped up a pyre, and laid Isaac on it; but when he was about to slay him, he was prevented by an angel, who set a ram beside him for the offering; and Abraham took the boy down from the pyre and offered the ram."
Preparation 9, chapter 20
9.20.1Dindorf 1:488
“ Φησὶ δὲ περὶ τούτου καὶ Φίλων ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν περὶ τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἔκλυον ἀρχεγόνοισι τὸ μυρίον ὥς ποτε θεσμοῖς Ἀβραὰμ κλυτοηχὲς ὑπέρτερον ἅμματι δεσμῶν παμφαὲς πλήμμυρε, μεγαυχήτοισι λογισμοῖς, θειοφιλῆ θέλγητρα. λιπόντι γὰρ ἀγλαὸν ἕρκος αἰνοφύτων, ἔκκαυμα βριήπυος αἰνετὸς ἴσχων, ἀθάνατον ποίησεν ἑὴν φάτιν, ἐξ ὅτʼ ἐκείνου ἔκγονος αἰνογόνοιο πολύμνιον ἔλλαχε κῦδος, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οἷς μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπιφέρει ἄρτι χερὸς θηκτοῖο ξιφηφόρον ἐντύνοντος λήμματι, καὶ σφαράγοιο παρακλιδὸν ἀθροισθέντος, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἐν χείρεσσι κερασφόρον ὤπασε κριόν, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑπόμενα.’’
“ Phēsi de peri toutou kai Philōn en tǭ prōtǭ tōn peri ta Hierosolyma, eklyon archegonoisi to myrion hōs pote thesmois Abraam klytoēches hyperteron hammati desmōn pamphaes plēmmyre, megauchētoisi logismois, theiophilē thelgētra. liponti gar aglaon herkos ainophytōn, ekkauma briēpyos ainetos ischōn, athanaton poiēsen heēn phatin, ex hotʼ ekeinou ekgonos ainogonoio polymnion ellache kydos, kai ta hexēs; hois metʼ oliga epipherei arti cheros thēktoio xiphēphoron entynontos lēmmati, kai spharagoio paraklidon athroisthentos, allʼ ho men en cheiressi kerasphoron ōpase krion, kai ta toutois hepomena.’’
"Philo too speaks of this in the first book of his work on Jerusalem: 'I heard that once, by the ancient ordinances, ten thousand times more famous, Abraham, exalted above the bond of chains, overflowed in splendor with proud reasonings, charms dear to God. For when he left the splendid fence of dread plants, the praiseworthy one, holding the blaze of the mighty-voiced, made his word immortal; since from that time his offspring, of dread descent, obtained much-hymned glory,' and so on. To which after a little he adds: 'Just as he was readying the sword-bearing sharp blade in his hand for the sacrifice, and the throat was gathered beside it, he put into his hands a horned ram,' and what follows."
9.20.2Dindorf 1:488
Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ἀπὸ τῆς προειρημένης τοῦ πολυΐστορος γραφῆς. καὶ ὁ Ἰώσηπος δὲ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῆς Ἀρχαιολογίας τοῦ αὐτοῦ μνημονεύει διὰ τούτων “ Λέγεται δὲ ὡς οὗτος ὁ Ἀφρὴν στρατεύσας ἐπὶ τὴν Λιβύην κατέσχεν αὐτὴν, καὶ οἱ υἱωνοὶ αὐτοῦ κατοικήσαντες ἐν αὐτῇ τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐκείνου ὀνόματος Ἀφρικὰ προσηγόρευσαν.
Tauta men dē apo tēs proeirēmenēs tou polyïstoros graphēs. kai ho Iōsēpos de en tę̄ prōtę̄ tēs Archaiologias tou autou mnēmoneuei dia toutōn “ Legetai de hōs houtos ho Aphrēn strateusas epi tēn Libyēn kateschen autēn, kai hoi huiōnoi autou katoikēsantes en autę̄ tēn gēn apo tou ekeinou onomatos Aphrika prosēgoreusan.
These things, then, are from the aforesaid writing of Polyhistor. Josephus too, in the first book of his Antiquities, mentions the same man in these words: "It is said that this Apher made an expedition against Libya and took it, and his grandsons settled in it and called the land Africa after his name.
9.20.3Dindorf 1:488–489
μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Πολυΐστωρ λέγων οὕτως· Κλεόδημος δέ φησιν ὁ προφήτης, ὁ καὶ Μάλχας, ἱστορῶν τὰ περὶ Ἰουδαίων, καθὼς καὶ Μώσης ἱστόρηκεν ὁ νομοθέτης αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἐκ Χεττούρας Ἀβραάμῳ ἐγένοντο παῖδες ἱκανοί· λέγει δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα, ὀνομάζων τρεῖς, Ἀφὲρ, Ἀσοὺρ, Ἄφραν.
martyrei de mou tǭ logǭ Alexandros ho Polyïstōr legōn houtōs; Kleodēmos de phēsin ho prophētēs, ho kai Malchas, historōn ta peri Ioudaiōn, kathōs kai Mōsēs historēken ho nomothetēs autōn, hoti ek Chettouras Abraamǭ egenonto paides hikanoi; legei de autōn kai ta onomata, onomazōn treis, Apher, Asour, Aphran.
Alexander Polyhistor bears witness to my account, saying thus: 'Cleodemus the prophet, also called Malchas, in his history of the Jews, as Moses their lawgiver too has related, says that from Keturah many sons were born to Abraham; and he gives their names, naming three: Apher, Assouri, and Aphran.
9.20.4Dindorf 1:489
καὶ ἀπὸ Ἀσοὺρ μὲν τὴν Ἀσσυρίαν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν δύο, Ἄφρα τε καὶ Ἀφὲρ, πόλιν τε Ἀφρὰν καὶ τὴν χώραν Ἀφρικὰ ὀνομασθῆναι. τούτους δὲ Ἡρακλεῖ συστρατεῦσαι ἐπὶ Λιβύην καὶ Ἀνταῖον ’ γήμαντα δὲ τὴν Ἀφρὰ θυγατέρα Ἡρακλέα γεννῆσαι υἱὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς Διόδωρον. τούτου δὲ γενέσθαι Σοφωνᾶν, ἀφʼ οὗ τοὺς βαρβάρους Σοφὰς λέγεσθαι.’’ Τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ὡς ἐν ὀλίγοις τοσαῦτα παρακείσθω.
kai apo Asour men tēn Assyrian, apo de tōn dyo, Aphra te kai Apher, polin te Aphran kai tēn chōran Aphrika onomasthēnai. toutous de Hēraklei systrateusai epi Libyēn kai Antaion ’ gēmanta de tēn Aphra thygatera Hēraklea gennēsai huion ex autēs Diodōron. toutou de genesthai Sophōnan, aphʼ hou tous barbarous Sophas legesthai.’’ Ta men oun peri tou Abraam hōs en oligois tosauta parakeisthō.
From Assouri Assyria was named, and from the two, Aphran and Apher, the city Aphra and the country Africa. These joined Heracles in his campaign against Libya and Antaeus; and Heracles, marrying Aphran's daughter, begot by her a son, Diodorus; and from him came Sophonas, from whom the barbarians are called Sophaces.'" Let so much, briefly, be set down about Abraham.
Preparation 9, chapter 21
9.21.1Dindorf 1:489
Ἀπίωμεν δὲ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν Πολυίστορα “ Δημήτριός φησι τὸν Ἰακὼβ γενόμενον ἐτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε φυγεῖν εἰς Χαρρὰν τῆς Μεσοποταμίας, ἀποσταλέντα ὑπὸ τῶν γονέων διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν κρυφίαν ἔχθραν Ἠσαῦ, διὰ τὸ εὐλογῆσαι αὐτὸν πατέρα δοκοῦντα εἶναι τὸν Ἠσαῦ, καὶ ὅπως λάβῃ ἐκεῖθεν γυναῖκα.
Apiōmen de palin epi ton Poluistora “ Dēmētrios phēsi ton Iakōb genomenon etōn hebdomēkonta pente phygein eis Charran tēs Mesopotamias, apostalenta hypo tōn goneōn dia tēn pros ton adelphon kryphian echthran Ēsau, dia to eulogēsai auton patera dokounta einai ton Ēsau, kai hopōs labę̄ ekeithen gynaika.
Let us return again to Polyhistor: "Demetrius says that Jacob, at the age of seventy-five, fled to Haran in Mesopotamia, sent by his parents because of the secret enmity of his brother Esau, since his father had blessed him thinking he was Esau, and so that he might take a wife from there.
9.21.2Dindorf 1:489
ἀφορμῆσαι οὖν τὸν Ἰακὼβ εἰς Χαρρὰν τῆς Μεσοποταμίας, τὸν μὲν πατέρα καταλιπόντα Ἰσαὰκ ἐτῶν ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα ἑπτὰ, αὐτὸν δὲ ὄντα ἐτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα ἑπτά
aphormēsai oun ton Iakōb eis Charran tēs Mesopotamias, ton men patera kataliponta Isaak etōn hekaton triakonta hepta, auton de onta etōn hebdomēkonta hepta
So Jacob set out for Haran in Mesopotamia, leaving his father Isaac aged one hundred and thirty-seven, he himself being seventy-seven.
9.21.3Dindorf 1:489–490
διατρίψαντα οὖν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ ἑπτὰ ἔτη λαβὰν τοῦ μητρῴου δύο θυγατέρας γῆμαι, Λείαν καὶ Ῥαχὴλ, ὄντα ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων· καὶ γενέσθαι ἐν ἑπτὰ ἔτεσιν ἄλλοις αὐτῷ παιδία ιβʼ· ὀγδόῳ μὲν ἔτει μηνὶ δεκάτῳ Ῥουβίν· καὶ τῷ ἔτει δὲ τῷ ἐνάτῳ μηνὶ ὀγδόῳ Συμεών· καὶ τῷ ἔτει δὲ τῷ δεκάτῳ μηνὶ ἕκτῳ Λευίν· τῷ δὲ ἑνδεκάτῳ ἔτει μηνὶ τετάρτῳ Ἰούδαν. Ῥαχὴλ τε μὴ τίκτουσαν ζηλῶσαι τὴν ἀδελφὴν, καὶ παρακοιμίσαι τῷ Ἰακὼβ τὴν ἑαυτῆς παιδίσκην Ζελφὰν, τῷ αὐτῷ χρόνῳ ᾧ καὶ Βάλλαν συλλαβεῖν τὸν Νεφθαλείμ, τῷ ἑνδεκάτῳ ἔτει μηνὶ πέμπτῳ καὶ τεκεῖν τῷ δωδεκάτῳ ἔτει μηνὶ δευτέρῳ υἱὸν, ὃν ὑπὸ Λείας Γὰδ ὀνομασθῆναι· καὶ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔτους καὶ μηνὸς δωδεκάτου ἕτερον τεκεῖν, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸν προσαγορευθῆναι ὑπὸ Λείας Ἀσήρ.
diatripsanta oun auton ekei hepta etē laban tou mētrǭou dyo thygateras gēmai, Leian kai Rhachēl, onta etōn ogdoēkonta tessarōn; kai genesthai en hepta etesin allois autǭ paidia ibʼ; ogdoǭ men etei mēni dekatǭ Rhoubin; kai tǭ etei de tǭ enatǭ mēni ogdoǭ Symeōn; kai tǭ etei de tǭ dekatǭ mēni hektǭ Leuin; tǭ de hendekatǭ etei mēni tetartǭ Ioudan. Rhachēl te mē tiktousan zēlōsai tēn adelphēn, kai parakoimisai tǭ Iakōb tēn heautēs paidiskēn Zelphan, tǭ autǭ chronǭ hǭ kai Ballan syllabein ton Nephthaleim, tǭ hendekatǭ etei mēni pemptǭ kai tekein tǭ dōdekatǭ etei mēni deuterǭ huion, hon hypo Leias Gad onomasthēnai; kai ek tēs autēs tou autou etous kai mēnos dōdekatou heteron tekein, hon kai auton prosagoreuthēnai hypo Leias Asēr.
Having stayed there seven years, he married two daughters of Laban his mother's brother, Leah and Rachel, being eighty-four years old; and in seven more years twelve children were born to him: in the eighth year, tenth month, Reuben; in the ninth year, eighth month, Simeon; in the tenth year, sixth month, Levi; in the eleventh year, fourth month, Judah. And Rachel, not bearing, was jealous of her sister, and gave Jacob her handmaid Zilpah to lie with, at the same time that Bilhah conceived Naphtali, in the eleventh year, fifth month; and she bore in the twelfth year, second month, a son, who was named Gad by Leah; and from the same woman, in the same year and the twelfth month, she bore another, who was also called Asher by Leah.
9.21.4Dindorf 1:490
καὶ Λείαν πάλιν ἀντὶ τῶν μήλων τῶν μανδραγόρου, ἃ Ῥουβὶν εἰσενεγκεῖν παρὰ Ῥαχὴλ, συλλαβεῖν ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ χρόνῳ τὴν παιδίσκην αὐτῆς Ζελφὰν, τῷ δωδεκάτῳ ἔτει μηνὶ τρίτῳ, καὶ τεκεῖν τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔτους μηνὸς δωδεκάτου υἱὸν, καὶ ὄνομα αὐτῷ θέσθαι Ἰσσαχάρ.
kai Leian palin anti tōn mēlōn tōn mandragorou, ha Rhoubin eisenenkein para Rhachēl, syllabein en gastri, kai tǭ autǭ chronǭ tēn paidiskēn autēs Zelphan, tǭ dōdekatǭ etei mēni tritǭ, kai tekein tou autou etous mēnos dōdekatou huion, kai onoma autǭ thesthai Issachar.
And Leah again, in exchange for the mandrake apples that Reuben brought to Rachel, conceived, and at the same time her handmaid Zilpah, in the twelfth year, third month, and bore in the twelfth month of the same year a son and named him Issachar.
9.21.5Dindorf 1:490
καὶ πάλιν Λείαν τῷ τρισκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει μηνὶ δεκάτῳ υἱὸν ἄλλον τεκεῖν, ᾧ ὄνομα Ζαβουλὼν, καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τῷ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει μηνὶ ὀγδόῳ τεκεῖν υἱὸν ὄνομα Δάν. ἐν ᾧ καὶ Ῥαχὴλ λαβεῖν ἐν γαστρὶ τῷ αὐτῷ χρόνῳ, ᾧ καὶ Λείαν τεκεῖν θυγατέρα Δεῖναν, καὶ τεκεῖν τῷ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει μηνὶ ὀγδόῳ υἱὸν, ὃν ὀνομασθῆναι Ἰωσὴφ, ὥστε γεγονέναι ἐν τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἔτεσι τοῖς παρὰ λαβὰν δώδεκα παιδία.
kai palin Leian tǭ triskaidekatǭ etei mēni dekatǭ huion allon tekein, hǭ onoma Zaboulōn, kai tēn autēn tǭ tessareskaidekatǭ etei mēni ogdoǭ tekein huion onoma Dan. en hǭ kai Rhachēl labein en gastri tǭ autǭ chronǭ, hǭ kai Leian tekein thygatera Deinan, kai tekein tǭ tessareskaidekatǭ etei mēni ogdoǭ huion, hon onomasthēnai Iōsēph, hōste gegonenai en tois hepta etesi tois para laban dōdeka paidia.
And again Leah in the thirteenth year, tenth month, bore another son, named Zebulun; and the same woman in the fourteenth year, eighth month, bore a son named Dan. At the same time Rachel conceived, when Leah bore a daughter, Dinah; and she bore in the fourteenth year, eighth month, a son who was named Joseph; so that in the seven years with Laban twelve children were born.
9.21.6Dindorf 1:490
θέλοντα δὲ τὸν Ἰακὼβ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα εἰς Χαναὰν ἀπιέναι, ἀξιωθέντα ὑπὸ λαβὰν ἄλλα ἔτη ἓξ μεῖναι, ὥστε τὰ πάντα αὐτὸν μεῖναι ἐν Χαρρὰν παρὰ λαβὰν ἔτη εἴκοσι.
thelonta de ton Iakōb pros ton patera eis Chanaan apienai, axiōthenta hypo laban alla etē hex meinai, hōste ta panta auton meinai en Charran para laban etē eikosi.
When Jacob wished to go away to his father in Canaan, he was asked by Laban to stay another six years, so that in all he stayed in Haran with Laban twenty years.
9.21.7Dindorf 1:490
πορευομένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ εἰς Χαναὰν ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ παλαῖσαι, καὶ ἅψασθαι τοῦ πλάτους τοῦ μηροῦ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, τὸν δὲ ναρκήσαντα ἐπισκάζειν· ὅθεν οὐκ ἐσθίεσθαι τῶν κτηνῶν τὸ ἐν τοῖς μηροῖς νεῦρον. καὶ φάναι αὐτῷ τὸν ἄγγελον ἀπὸ τοῦδε μηκέτι Ἰακὼβ, ἀλλʼ Ἰσραὴλ ὀνομασθήσεσθαι.
poreuomenǭ de autǭ eis Chanaan angelon tou theou palaisai, kai hapsasthai tou platous tou mērou tou Iakōb, ton de narkēsanta episkazein; hothen ouk esthiesthai tōn ktēnōn to en tois mērois neuron. kai phanai autǭ ton angelon apo toude mēketi Iakōb, allʼ Israēl onomasthēsesthai.
As he was going to Canaan, an angel of God wrestled with him and touched the flat of Jacob's thigh, and it became numb and he limped; hence the sinew in the thigh of cattle is not eaten. And the angel said to him that from now on he would be called no longer Jacob but Israel.
9.21.8Dindorf 1:490–491
καὶ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν τῆς Χαναὰν γῆς εἰς ἑτέραν πόλιν Σικίμων, ἔχοντα παιδία Ῥουβὶν ἐτῶν ιβʼ μηνῶν δυοῖν, Συμεῶνα ἐτῶν ία μηνῶν τεσσάρων, Λευὶν ἐτῶν δέκα μηνῶν ἔξ, Ἰούδαν ἐτῶν θʼ μηνῶν ὀκτὼ, Νεφθαλείμ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ μηνῶν δέκα, Γὰδ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ μηνῶν δέκα, Ἀσὴρ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ, Ἰσσαχὰρ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ, Ζαβουλὼν ἐτῶν ἑπτὰ μηνῶν δυοῖν, Δεῖναν ἐτῶν ἓξ μηνῶν τεσσάρων, Ἰωσὴφ ἐτῶν ἔξ μηνῶν τεσσάρων.
kai elthein auton tēs Chanaan gēs eis heteran polin Sikimōn, echonta paidia Rhoubin etōn ibʼ mēnōn dyoin, Symeōna etōn ia mēnōn tessarōn, Leuin etōn deka mēnōn ex, Ioudan etōn thʼ mēnōn oktō, Nephthaleim etōn oktō mēnōn deka, Gad etōn oktō mēnōn deka, Asēr etōn oktō, Issachar etōn oktō, Zaboulōn etōn hepta mēnōn dyoin, Deinan etōn hex mēnōn tessarōn, Iōsēph etōn ex mēnōn tessarōn.
And he came, in the land of Canaan, to another city, Shechem, with his children: Reuben aged twelve years and two months, Simeon eleven years and four months, Levi ten years and six months, Judah nine years and eight months, Naphtali eight years and ten months, Gad eight years and ten months, Asher eight years, Issachar eight years, Zebulun seven years and two months, Dinah six years and four months, Joseph six years and four months.
9.21.9Dindorf 1:491
παροικῆσαι δὲ Ἰσραὴλ παρὰ Ἑμμὼρ ἔτη δέκα, καὶ φθαρῆναι τὴν Ἰσραὴλ θυγατέρα Δεῖναν ὑπὸ Συχὲμ τοῦ Ἐμμὼρ υἱοῦ, ἐτῶν οὖσαν δεκαὲξ μηνῶν τεσσάρων. ἐξαλλομένους δὲ τοὺς Ἰσραὴλ υἱοὺς, Συμεῶνα μὲν ὄντα ἐτῶν εἴκοσι ἑνὸς μηνῶν τεσσάρων, Λευὶν δὲ ἐτῶν εἴκοσι μηνῶν ἕξ, ἀποκτεῖναι τόν τε Ἑμμὼρ καὶ Συχὲμ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἄρσενας διὰ τὴν Δεῖνας φθοράν· Ἰακὼβ δὲ τότε εἶναι ἐτῶν ἑκατὸν ἑπτά.
paroikēsai de Israēl para Hemmōr etē deka, kai phtharēnai tēn Israēl thygatera Deinan hypo Sychem tou Emmōr huiou, etōn ousan dekaex mēnōn tessarōn. exallomenous de tous Israēl huious, Symeōna men onta etōn eikosi henos mēnōn tessarōn, Leuin de etōn eikosi mēnōn hex, apokteinai ton te Hemmōr kai Sychem ton huion autou kai pantas tous arsenas dia tēn Deinas phthoran; Iakōb de tote einai etōn hekaton hepta.
Israel sojourned with Hamor ten years, and Israel's daughter Dinah was violated by Shechem the son of Hamor, being sixteen years and four months old. The sons of Israel leapt out, Simeon aged twenty-one years and four months and Levi twenty years and six months, and killed Hamor and his son Shechem and all the males because of the violation of Dinah; Jacob was then one hundred and seven years old.
9.21.10Dindorf 1:491
ἐλθόντα δʼ οὖν αὐτὸν εἰς Λουζὰ τῆς Βαιθὴλ, φάναι τὸν θεὸν μηκέτι Ἰακὼβ, ἀλλʼ Ἰσραὴλ ὀνομάζεσθαι. ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ἐλθεῖν εἰς Χαφραθὰ, ἔνθεν παραγενέσθαι εἰς Ἐφραθὰ, ἣν εἶναι Βηθλεὲμ, καὶ γεννῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ Βενιαμὶν, καὶ τελευτῆσαι Ῥαχὴλ, τεκοῦσαν τὸν Βενιαμὶν, συμβιῶσαι δʼ αὐτῇ τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἔτη εἴκοσι τρία.
elthonta dʼ oun auton eis Louza tēs Baithēl, phanai ton theon mēketi Iakōb, allʼ Israēl onomazesthai. ekeithen de elthein eis Chaphratha, enthen paragenesthai eis Ephratha, hēn einai Bēthleem, kai gennēsai auton ekei Beniamin, kai teleutēsai Rhachēl, tekousan ton Beniamin, symbiōsai dʼ autę̄ ton Iakōb etē eikosi tria.
When he came to Luz in Bethel, God said that he should be called no longer Jacob but Israel. From there he came to Chaphratha, and from there arrived at Ephrath, which is Bethlehem, and there begot Benjamin; and Rachel died giving birth to Benjamin, Jacob having lived with her twenty-three years.
9.21.11Dindorf 1:491
αὐτόθεν δὲ ἐλθεῖν τὸν Ἰακὼβ εἰς Μαμβρὶ τῆς Χεβρὼν πρὸς Ἰσαὰκ τὸν πατέρα. εἶναι δὲ τότε Ἰωσὴφ ἐτῶν δεκαεπτὰ, καὶ πραθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ μεῖναι ἔτη δεκατρία, ὥστʼ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐτῶν τριάκοντα, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐτῶν ἑκατὸν δέκα, ἐν ᾧ καὶ τελευτῆσαι τὸν Ἰσαὰκ ἔτει ἑνὶ ἔμπροσθεν, ἐτῶν ὄντα ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα.
autothen de elthein ton Iakōb eis Mambri tēs Chebrōn pros Isaak ton patera. einai de tote Iōsēph etōn dekaepta, kai prathēnai auton eis Aigypton, kai en tǭ desmōtēriǭ meinai etē dekatria, hōstʼ einai auton etōn triakonta, Iakōb de etōn hekaton deka, en hǭ kai teleutēsai ton Isaak etei heni emprosthen, etōn onta hekaton ogdoēkonta.
From there Jacob came to Mamre of Hebron to Isaac his father. Joseph was then seventeen years old, and was sold into Egypt, and stayed in prison thirteen years, so that he was thirty years old, and Jacob one hundred and ten, in which year Isaac too had died a year before, aged one hundred and eighty.
9.21.12Dindorf 1:491
κρίναντα δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τὰ ἐνύπνια ἄρξαι Αἰγύπτου ἔτη ἑπτὰ, ἐν οἷς καὶ συνοικῆσαι Ἀσενὲθ, Πεντεφρὴ τοῦ Ἡλιουπόλεως ἱερέως θυγατρὶ, καὶ γεννῆσαι Μανασσῆν καὶ Ἐφραΐμ· καὶ τοῦ λιμοῦ ἐπιγενέσθαι ἔτη βʼ.
krinanta de tǭ basilei ton Iōsēph ta enypnia arxai Aigyptou etē hepta, en hois kai synoikēsai Aseneth, Pentephrē tou Hēlioupoleōs hiereōs thygatri, kai gennēsai Manassēn kai Ephraïm; kai tou limou epigenesthai etē bʼ.
Joseph, having interpreted the king's dreams, ruled Egypt seven years, during which he married Asenath, daughter of Pentephres the priest of Heliopolis, and begot Manasseh and Ephraim; and two years of the famine followed.
9.21.13Dindorf 1:491–492
τὸν δὲ Ἰωσὴφ ἔτη ἐννέα εὐτυχήσαντα πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μὴ πέμψαι, διὰ τὸ ποιμένα αὐτόν τε καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς εἶναι· ἐπονείσιστον δὲ Αἰγυπτίοις εἶναι τὸ ποιμαίνειν· ὅτι δὲ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔπεμψεν αὐτὸν δεδηλωκέναι. ἐλθόντων γὰρ αὐτοῦ τῶν συγγενῶν φάναι αὐτοῖς, ἐὰν κληθῶσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἐρωτῶνται τί διαπράσσονται, λέγειν κτηνοτρόφους αὐτοὺς εἶναι.
ton de Iōsēph etē ennea eutychēsanta pros ton patera mē pempsai, dia to poimena auton te kai tous adelphous einai; eponeisiston de Aigyptiois einai to poimainein; hoti de dia touto ouk epempsen auton dedēlōkenai. elthontōn gar autou tōn syngenōn phanai autois, ean klēthōsin hypo tou basileōs kai erōtōntai ti diaprassontai, legein ktēnotrophous autous einai.
Joseph, though prosperous for nine years, did not send for his father, because he and his brothers were shepherds, and shepherding was a disgrace to the Egyptians; and that he did not send for him for this reason he has shown. For when his kinsmen came, he told them that if they were summoned by the king and asked what they did, they should say they were keepers of cattle.
9.21.14Dindorf 1:492
διαπορεῖσθαι δὲ διὰ τί ποτε ὁ Ἰωσὴφ Βενιαμὶν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀρίστου πενταπλασίονα μερίδα ἔδωκε, μὴ δυναμένου αὐτοῦ τοσαῦτα καταναλῶσαι κρέα. τοῦτο οὖν αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι διὰ τὸ ἐκ τῆς Λείας τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ γεγονέναι υἱοὺς ἑπτὰ, ἐκ Ῥαχὴλ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δύο· διὰ τοῦτο τῷ Βενιαμὶν πέντε μερίδας παραθεῖναι, καὶ αὐτὸν λαβεῖν δύο· γενέσθαι οὖν ἑπτὰ, ὅσας καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Λείας υἱοὺς λαβεῖν.
diaporeisthai de dia ti pote ho Iōsēph Beniamin epi tou aristou pentaplasiona merida edōke, mē dynamenou autou tosauta katanalōsai krea. touto oun auton pepoiēkenai dia to ek tēs Leias tǭ patri autou gegonenai huious hepta, ek Rhachēl tēs mētros autou dyo; dia touto tǭ Beniamin pente meridas paratheinai, kai auton labein dyo; genesthai oun hepta, hosas kai tous ek tēs Leias huious labein.
It is asked why Joseph gave Benjamin a fivefold portion at the meal, since he could not consume so much meat. He did this, then, because seven sons had been born to his father from Leah, and two from Rachel his mother; therefore he set five portions before Benjamin and took two himself; so they had seven, as many as the sons of Leah received.
9.21.15Dindorf 1:492
ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ τὰς στολὰς δοῦναι ἑκάστῳ διπλᾶς, τῷ δὲ Βενιαμὶν πέντε καὶ τριακοσίους χρυσοῦς καὶ τῷ πατρὶ δὲ ἀποστεῖλαι κατὰ ταὐτὰ, ὥστε τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ τῆς μητρὸς εἶναι ἴσον.
hōsautōs de kai epi tou tas stolas dounai hekastǭ diplas, tǭ de Beniamin pente kai triakosious chrysous kai tǭ patri de aposteilai kata tauta, hōste ton oikon autou tēs mētros einai ison.
In the same way also, when he gave each of them two robes, he gave Benjamin five and three hundred gold pieces, and sent to his father on the same scale, so that his mother's house should be equal.
9.21.16Dindorf 1:492
οἰκῆσαι δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐν γῇ Χαναὰν, ἀφʼ οὗ ἐκλεγῆναι Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ μετελθεῖν εἰς Χαναὰν, Ἀβραὰμ ἐτῶν εἴκοσι πέντε, Ἰσαὰκ ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα, Ἰακὼβ ἐτῶν ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα, γίνεσθαι τὰ πάντα ἔτη ἐν γῇ Χαναὰν σιέ.
oikēsai de autous en gę̄ Chanaan, aphʼ hou eklegēnai Abraam ek tōn ethnōn kai metelthein eis Chanaan, Abraam etōn eikosi pente, Isaak etōn hexēkonta, Iakōb etōn hekaton triakonta, ginesthai ta panta etē en gę̄ Chanaan sie.
They lived in the land of Canaan, from the time Abraham was chosen out of the nations and moved to Canaan, Abraham twenty-five years, Isaac sixty years, Jacob one hundred and thirty years; so that the whole time in the land of Canaan comes to 215 years.
9.21.17Dindorf 1:492
καὶ τῷ τρίτῳ ἔτει λιμοῦ οὔσης ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐλθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον τὸν Ἰακὼβ, ὄντα ἐτῶν ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα, Ῥουβὶν ἐτῶν μέ, Συμεῶνα ἐτῶν μδʼ, Λευὶν ἐτῶν μγʼ, Ἰούδαν ἐτῶν μβʼ μηνῶν τριῶν, Ἀσὴρ ἐτῶν μʼ μηνῶν ὀκτὼ, Νεφθαλεὶμ ἐτῶν μὰ μηνῶν ’ς, Γὰδ ἐτῶν μὰ μηνῶν γʼ, Ζαβουλὼν ἐτῶν μʼ, Δεῖναν ἐτῶν ’λθʼ, Βενιαμὶν ἐτῶν κη.
kai tǭ tritǭ etei limou ousēs en Aigyptǭ elthein eis Aigypton ton Iakōb, onta etōn hekaton triakonta, Rhoubin etōn me, Symeōna etōn mdʼ, Leuin etōn mgʼ, Ioudan etōn mbʼ mēnōn triōn, Asēr etōn mʼ mēnōn oktō, Nephthaleim etōn ma mēnōn ’s, Gad etōn ma mēnōn gʼ, Zaboulōn etōn mʼ, Deinan etōn ’lthʼ, Beniamin etōn kē.
And in the third year of the famine in Egypt Jacob came into Egypt, being one hundred and thirty years old, Reuben forty-five, Simeon forty-four, Levi forty-three, Judah forty-two years and three months, Asher forty years and eight months, Naphtali forty-one years and six months, Gad forty-one years and three months, Zebulun forty, Dinah thirty-nine, Benjamin twenty-eight.
9.21.18Dindorf 1:492–493
τὸν δὲ Ἰωσήφ φησι γενέσθαι ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἔτη ’λθʼ. εἶναι δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἕως τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον τοὺς τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ συγγενεῖς ἔτη ιγχκδ. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ ἕως τῆς Ἰακὼβ παρουσίας εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἴτη ἔτη ’ ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ ἐκλεγῆναι Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐλθεῖν ἐκ Χαρρὰν εἰς Χαναὰν ἕως εἰς Αἴγυπτον τοὺς περὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐλθεῖν ἔτη σιέ.
ton de Iōsēph phēsi genesthai en Aigyptǭ etē ’lthʼ. einai de apo tou Adam heōs tou eiselthein eis Aigypton tous tou Iōsēph syngeneis etē inchkd. apo de tou kataklysmou heōs tēs Iakōb parousias eis Aigypton itē etē ’ aphʼ hou de eklegēnai Abraam ek tōn ethnōn kai elthein ek Charran eis Chanaan heōs eis Aigypton tous peri Iakōb elthein etē sie.
He says that Joseph was in Egypt thirty-nine years; that from Adam until Joseph's kinsmen entered Egypt there were 3,624 years; from the flood until Jacob's arrival in Egypt … years; and from the time Abraham was chosen out of the nations and came from Haran to Canaan until Jacob and his household came into Egypt, 215 years.
9.21.19Dindorf 1:493
Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐκ Χαρρὰν πρὸς Λάβαν ἐλθεῖν, ἐτῶν ὄντα πʼ, καὶ γεννῆσαι Λευίν· Λευὶν δὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐπιγενέσθαι ἔτη ιζ΄, ἀφʼ οὗ ἐκ Χαναὰν αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ὥστε εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐτῶν ξ΄, καὶ γεννῆσαι Κλάθ· τῷ αὐτῷ δὲ ἔτει ᾧ γενέσθαι Κλὰθ, τελευτῆσαι Ἰακὼβ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, εὐλογήσαντα τοὺς Ἰωσὴφ υἱοὺς, ὄντα ἐτῶν ρμζ΄, καταλιπόντα Ἰωσὴφ ἐτῶν νϛ΄. Λευὶν δὲ γενόμενον ἐτῶν ρλζ΄ τελευτῆσαι, Κλὰθ δὲ ὄντα ἐτῶν μ΄ γεννῆσαι Ἀμρὰμ, ὃν ἐτῶν εἶναι ιδ΄ ἐν ᾧ τελευτῆσαι Ἰωσὴφ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ὄντα ρι΄ ἐτῶν· Κλὰθ δὲ γενόμενον ἐτῶν ἑκατὸν λγ΄ τελευτῆσαι. Ἀμρὰμ λαβεῖν γυναῖκα τὴν τοῦ θείου θυγατέρα Ἰωχαβὲτ, καὶ ὄντα ἐνιαυτῶν οε΄ γεννῆσαι Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μωσῆν· γεννῆσαι δὲ Μωσῆν τὸν Ἀμρὰμ ὄντα ἐτῶν οή, καὶ γενόμενον Ἀμρὰμ ἐτῶν ρλϛ΄ τελευτῆσαι.” Ταῦτά μοι κείσθω ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Πολυΐστορος γραφῆς. ἐξῆς δʼ ἐπισυνήφθω καὶ τάδε
Iakōb de ek Charran pros Laban elthein, etōn onta pʼ, kai gennēsai Leuin; Leuin de en Aigyptǭ epigenesthai etē iz΄, aphʼ hou ek Chanaan auton elthein eis Aigypton, hōste einai auton etōn x΄, kai gennēsai Klath; tǭ autǭ de etei hǭ genesthai Klath, teleutēsai Iakōb en Aigyptǭ, eulogēsanta tous Iōsēph huious, onta etōn rmz΄, kataliponta Iōsēph etōn nϛ΄. Leuin de genomenon etōn rlz΄ teleutēsai, Klath de onta etōn m΄ gennēsai Amram, hon etōn einai id΄ en hǭ teleutēsai Iōsēph en Aigyptǭ onta ri΄ etōn; Klath de genomenon etōn hekaton lg΄ teleutēsai. Amram labein gynaika tēn tou theiou thygatera Iōchabet, kai onta eniautōn oe΄ gennēsai Aarōn kai Mōsēn; gennēsai de Mōsēn ton Amram onta etōn oē, kai genomenon Amram etōn rlϛ΄ teleutēsai.” Tauta moi keisthō apo tēs Alexandrou tou Polyïstoros graphēs. exēs dʼ episynēphthō kai tade
Jacob came from Haran to Laban at eighty years of age and begot Levi; and Levi lived in Egypt seventeen years from the time he came from Canaan into Egypt, so that he was sixty when he begot Kohath; and in the same year in which Kohath was born Jacob died in Egypt, having blessed the sons of Joseph, aged one hundred and forty-seven, leaving Joseph fifty-six years old. Levi died aged one hundred and thirty-seven; Kohath at forty begot Amram, who was fourteen when Joseph died in Egypt, aged one hundred and ten; Kohath died aged one hundred and thirty-three. Amram took as wife his uncle's daughter Jochebed, and at seventy-five begot Aaron and Moses; Amram was seventy-eight when he begot Moses, and died aged one hundred and thirty-six." Let this stand from the writing of Alexander Polyhistor; and next let the following also be added.
Preparation 9, chapter 22
9.22.1Dindorf 1:493
“Τὰ δὲ Σίκιμά φησι Θεόδοτος ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἰουδαίων ἀπὸ Σικιμίου τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν ὀνομασίαν· τοῦτον γὰρ καὶ κτίσαι τὴν πόλιν· κεῖσθαι δʼ αὐτήν φησιν ἐν τῇ περὶ Ἰουδαίων οὕτως, ἡ δʼ ἄρʼ ἔην ἀγαθή τε καὶ αἰγινόμος καὶ ὑδρηλὴ, οὐδὲ μὲν ἔσκεν ὁδὸς δολιχὴ πόλιν εἰσαφικέσθαι ἀγρόθεν· οὐδέ ποτε δρία λαχνήεντα πονεῦσιν. ἐξ αὐτῆς δὲ μάλʼ ἄγχι δύʼ οὔρεα φαίνετʼ ἐρυμνὰ, ποίης τε πλήθοντα καὶ ὕλης· τῶν δὲ μεσηγὺ ἀτραπιτὸς τέτμηται, ἀραιὴ, [αὐλῶπις·] ἐν δʼ ἑτέρωθι ἡδʼ ἱερὴ Σικίμων καταφαίνεται, ἱερὸν ἄστυ, νέρθεν ὑπὸ ῥίζῃ δεδμημένον, ἀμφὶ δὲ τεῖχος λισσὸν ὑπώρειαν, ὑπὸ δʼ ἔδραμεν αἰπύθεν ἕρκος.
“Ta de Sikima phēsi Theodotos en tǭ peri Ioudaiōn apo Sikimiou tou Hermou labein tēn onomasian; touton gar kai ktisai tēn polin; keisthai dʼ autēn phēsin en tę̄ peri Ioudaiōn houtōs, hē dʼ arʼ eēn agathē te kai aiginomos kai hydrēlē, oude men esken hodos dolichē polin eisaphikesthai agrothen; oude pote dria lachnēenta poneusin. ex autēs de malʼ anchi dyʼ ourea phainetʼ erymna, poiēs te plēthonta kai hylēs; tōn de mesēgy atrapitos tetmētai, araiē, [aulōpis;] en dʼ heterōthi hēdʼ hierē Sikimōn kataphainetai, hieron asty, nerthen hypo rhizę̄ dedmēmenon, amphi de teichos lisson hypōreian, hypo dʼ edramen aipythen herkos.
"Theodotus in his work On the Jews says that Shechem took its name from Shechemius son of Hermes, for he also founded the city; and he describes its situation in his On the Jews thus: 'The land was good, a pasture for goats, and well watered; nor was the road long to reach the city from the fields; nor were the leafy thickets ever a toil to the workers. Close beside it two steep mountains appear, full of grass and woodland; between them a path is cut, narrow, [a hollow glen;] and on the other side holy Shechem comes into view, a sacred town, built below at the root, and around it a smooth wall along the foot of the hill, and above, a rampart runs down from the height.'
9.22.2Dindorf 1:493–494
ὕστερον δέ φησιν αὐτὴν ὑπὸ Ἑβραίων κατασχεθῆναι, δυναστεύοντος Ἑμμὼρ· τὸν γὰρ Ἑμμὼρ υἱὸν γεννῆσαι Συχέμ. φησὶ δὲ ἐνθένδε, ξένε, ποιμενόθι πόλιν ἤλυθʼ Ἰακὼβ εὐρεῖαν Σικίμων· ἐπὶ δʼ ἀνδράσι τοῖσιν ἔτῃσιν ἀρχὸς Ἐμὼρ σὺν παιδὶ Συχὲμ, μάλʼ ἀτειρέε φῶτε.
hysteron de phēsin autēn hypo Hebraiōn kataschethēnai, dynasteuontos Hemmōr; ton gar Hemmōr huion gennēsai Sychem. phēsi de enthende, xene, poimenothi polin ēlythʼ Iakōb eureian Sikimōn; epi dʼ andrasi toisin etę̄sin archos Emōr syn paidi Sychem, malʼ ateiree phōte.
Later, he says, it was taken by the Hebrews, when Hamor was ruler; for Hamor begot a son Shechem. He says: 'From there, stranger, Jacob came from the shepherds' place to the broad city of Shechem; and over its men ruled Hamor with his son Shechem, two very stubborn men.'
9.22.3Dindorf 1:494
εἶτα περὶ Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὴν εἰς Μεσοποταμίαν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν, καὶ τὸν τῶν δύο γυναικῶν γάμον, καὶ τὴν τῶν τέκνων γένεσιν, καὶ τὴν παρουσίαν τὴν ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας ἐπὶ τὰ Σίκιμα, εἰς δʼ Ἰακὼβ Συρίην κτηνοτρόφον ἷκτο, καὶ εὐρὺ ῥεῖθρον Εὐφρήταο λίπεν ποταμοῦ κελάδοντος· ἤλυθε γὰρ κἀκεῖθι λιπὼν δριμεῖαν ἐνιπὴν αὐτοκασιγνήτοιο ’ πρόφρων ὑπέδεκτο δόμονδε Λαβὰν, ὅς οἱ ἔην μὲν ἀνεψιὸς, ἀλλὰ τότʼ οἶος ἤνασσεν Συρίης, νειηγενὲς αἷμα λελογχώς. τῷ δὲ γάμον κούρης μὲν ὑπέσχετο καὶ κατένευσεν ὁπλοτάτης· οὐ μὴν τελέθειν ἐπεμαίετο πάμπαν, ἀλλὰ δόλον τολύπευσε, καὶ εἰς λέχος ἀνέρι πέμπε Λείαν, ἥ οἱ ἔην προγενεστέρη. οὐδέ μιν ἔμπης ἔλλαθεν, ἀλλʼ ἐνόησε κακορραφίην, καὶ ἔδεκτο παῖδʼ ἑτέρην, ἀμφοῖν δʼ ἐμίγη σὺν ὁμαίμοσιν ᾗσι. τῷ δʼ υἱεῖς ἐγένοντο νόῳ πεπνυμένοι αἰνῶς ἕνδεκα, καὶ κούρη Δεῖνα περικαλλὲς ἔχουσα εἶδος, ἐπίτρεπτον δὲ δέμας καὶ ἀμύμονα θυμόν.
eita peri Iakōb kai tēn eis Mesopotamian autou parousian, kai ton tōn dyo gynaikōn gamon, kai tēn tōn teknōn genesin, kai tēn parousian tēn ek Mesopotamias epi ta Sikima, eis dʼ Iakōb Syriēn ktēnotrophon hikto, kai eury rheithron Euphrētao lipen potamou keladontos; ēlythe gar kakeithi lipōn drimeian enipēn autokasignētoio ’ prophrōn hypedekto domonde Laban, hos hoi eēn men anepsios, alla totʼ oios ēnassen Syriēs, neiēgenes haima lelonchōs. tǭ de gamon kourēs men hypescheto kai kateneusen hoplotatēs; ou mēn telethein epemaieto pampan, alla dolon tolypeuse, kai eis lechos aneri pempe Leian, hē hoi eēn progenesterē. oude min empēs ellathen, allʼ enoēse kakorraphiēn, kai edekto paidʼ heterēn, amphoin dʼ emigē syn homaimosin hę̄si. tǭ dʼ huieis egenonto noǭ pepnymenoi ainōs hendeka, kai kourē Deina perikalles echousa eidos, epitrepton de demas kai amymona thymon.
Then, about Jacob and his arrival in Mesopotamia, his marriage to the two wives, the birth of his children, and his coming from Mesopotamia to Shechem: 'Jacob came to Syria, rich in cattle, and left the broad stream of the loud-sounding river Euphrates; for he had come there leaving the bitter threats of his own brother … Laban received him gladly into his house, who was his kinsman, and then alone ruled Syria, having lately come to power. To him he promised marriage with his youngest daughter and nodded assent; yet he did not mean to fulfil it at all, but wove a trick, and sent to the man's bed Leah, who was the elder. Yet it did not escape him; he perceived the wicked contrivance, and received the other girl too, and lay with both, his own kinswomen. And to him were born eleven sons, exceedingly wise in mind, and a daughter, Dinah, of very beautiful appearance, of comely form and blameless spirit.'
9.22.4Dindorf 1:494–495
ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Εὐφράτου φησὶ τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὰ Σίκιμα πρὸς Ἑμμὼρ· τὸν δʼ ὑποδέξασθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ μέρος τι τῆς χώρας δοῦναι. καὶ αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν Ἰαχώβ γεωμορεῖν, τοὺς δὲ υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ ἕνδεκα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὄντας ποιμαίνειν, τὴν δὲ θυγατέρα Δείναν καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἐριουργεῖν· καὶ τὴν Δεῖναν παρθένον οὖσαν εἰς τὰ Σίκιμα ἐλθεῖν πανηγύρεως οὔσης βουλομένην θεάσασθαι τὴν πόλιν· Συχὲμ δὲ τὸν τοῦ Ἑμμὼρ υἱὸν ἰδόντα ἐρασθῆναι αὐτῆς, καὶ ἁρπάσαντα ὡς ἑαυτὸν διακομίσαι καὶ φθεῖραι αὐτήν.
apo de tou Euphratou phēsi ton Iakōb elthein eis ta Sikima pros Hemmōr; ton dʼ hypodexasthai auton, kai meros ti tēs chōras dounai. kai auton men ton Iachōb geōmorein, tous de huious autou hendeka ton arithmon ontas poimainein, tēn de thygatera Deinan kai tas gynaikas eriourgein; kai tēn Deinan parthenon ousan eis ta Sikima elthein panēgyreōs ousēs boulomenēn theasasthai tēn polin; Sychem de ton tou Hemmōr huion idonta erasthēnai autēs, kai harpasanta hōs heauton diakomisai kai phtheirai autēn.
He says that Jacob came from the Euphrates to Shechem to Hamor; that Hamor received him and gave him a part of the land; that Jacob himself farmed, while his sons, eleven in number, kept the flocks, and his daughter Dinah and the women worked wool; and that Dinah, being a virgin, came into Shechem when a festival was being held, wishing to see the city; and Shechem the son of Hamor saw her and fell in love with her, seized her, carried her off to his house, and violated her.
9.22.5Dindorf 1:495
αὖθις δὲ σὺν τῷ πατρὶ ἐλθόντα πρὸς τὸν Ἰακὼβ αἰτεῖν αὐτὴν πρὸς γάμου κοινωνίαν· τὸν δὲ οὐ φάναι δώσειν, πρὶν ἂν ἢ πάντας τοὺς οἰκοῦντας τὰ Σίκιμα περιτεμνομένους Ἰουδαίσαι· τὸν δὲ Ἑμμὼρ φάναι πείσειν αὐτούς. φησὶ δὲ περὶ τοῦ δεῖν περιτέμνεσθαι αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰακὼβ
authis de syn tǭ patri elthonta pros ton Iakōb aitein autēn pros gamou koinōnian; ton de ou phanai dōsein, prin an ē pantas tous oikountas ta Sikima peritemnomenous Ioudaisai; ton de Hemmōr phanai peisein autous. phēsi de peri tou dein peritemnesthai autous ho Iakōb
Later he came with his father to Jacob and asked for her in the partnership of marriage; but Jacob said he would not give her until all who lived in Shechem were circumcised and adopted the Jewish way of life; and Hamor said he would persuade them. About the need for them to be circumcised, Jacob says:
9.22.6Dindorf 1:495
οὐ γὰρ δὴ θεμιτόν γε τόδʼ Ἑβραίοισι τέτυκται, γαμβροὺς ἄλλοθεν εἴς γε νυοὺς ἀγέμεν ποτὶ δῶμα, ἀλλʼ ὅστις γενεῆς ἐξεύχεται εἶναι ὁμοίης.
ou gar dē themiton ge todʼ Hebraioisi tetyktai, gambrous allothen eis ge nyous agemen poti dōma, allʼ hostis geneēs exeuchetai einai homoiēs.
'For this is not lawful for the Hebrews, to bring sons-in-law from elsewhere into the house for their daughters, but only one who boasts to be of the same race.'
9.22.7Dindorf 1:495
εἶτα ὑποβὰς περὶ τῆς περιτομῆς, ὅς ποθʼ ἑῆς πάτρης ἐξήγαγε δῖον Ἀβραὰμ, αὐτὸς ἀπʼ οὐρανόθεν κέλετʼ ἀνέρα παντὶ σὺν οἴκῳ σάρκʼ ἀποσυλῆσαι πόσθης ἄπο, καί ῥʼ ἐτέλεσσεν· ἀστεμφὲς δὲ τέτυκται, ἐπεὶ θεὸς αὐτὸς ἔειπε.
eita hypobas peri tēs peritomēs, hos pothʼ heēs patrēs exēgage dion Abraam, autos apʼ ouranothen keletʼ anera panti syn oikǭ sarkʼ aposylēsai posthēs apo, kai rhʼ etelessen; astemphes de tetyktai, epei theos autos eeipe.
Then, a little further on, about circumcision: 'He who once led godlike Abraham out of his homeland, himself from heaven bade the man with all his household strip the flesh from the foreskin; and he performed it. It stands unshaken, since God himself spoke it.'
9.22.8Dindorf 1:495
πορευθέντος οὖν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τοῦ Ἑμμὼρ καὶ τοὺς ὑποτασσομένους παρακαλοῦντος περιτέμνεσθαι, ἕνα τῶν Ἰακὼβ υἱῶν τὸ ὄνομα Συμεῶνα διαγνῶναι τόν τε Ἑμμὼρ καὶ τὸν Συχὲμ ἀνελεῖν, τὴν ὕβριν τῆς ἀδελφῆς μὴ βουληθέντα πολιτικῶς ἐνεγκεῖν· ταῦτα δὲ διαγνόντα Λευὶν τῷ ἀδελφῷ κοινώσασθαι· λαβόντα δʼ αὐτὸν συγκάταινον ἐπὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν παρορμῆσαι, λόγιον προφερόμενον τὸν θεὸν ἀνελεῖν φάμενον τοῖς Ἀβραὰμ ἀπογόνοις δέκα ἔθνη δώσειν.
poreuthentos oun eis tēn polin tou Hemmōr kai tous hypotassomenous parakalountos peritemnesthai, hena tōn Iakōb huiōn to onoma Symeōna diagnōnai ton te Hemmōr kai ton Sychem anelein, tēn hybrin tēs adelphēs mē boulēthenta politikōs enenkein; tauta de diagnonta Leuin tǭ adelphǭ koinōsasthai; labonta dʼ auton synkatainon epi tēn praxin parormēsai, logion propheromenon ton theon anelein phamenon tois Abraam apogonois deka ethnē dōsein.
So when Hamor had gone into the city and was urging his subjects to be circumcised, one of Jacob's sons, Simeon by name, resolved to kill Hamor and Shechem, being unwilling to bear his sister's outrage like a peaceable citizen; and having resolved this he shared it with his brother Levi, and having taken him as partner he urged him on to the deed, bringing forward an oracle in which God had said he would give ten nations to the descendants of Abraham.
9.22.9Dindorf 1:495
φησὶ δὲ οὕτως ὁ Συμεὼν πρὸς τὸν Λευὶν εὖ γὰρ ἐγὼ μῦθόν γε πεπυσμένος εἰμὶ θεοῖο· δώσειν γάρ ποτʼ ἔφησε δέκʼ ἔθνεα παισὶν Ἀβραάμ. τὸν δὲ θεὸν αὐτοῖς τοῦτον τὸν νοῦν ἐμβαλεῖν, διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἐν Σικίμοις ἀσεβεῖς εἶναι. φησὶ δέ βλάπτε θεὸς Σικίμων οἰκήτορας, οὐ γὰρ ἔτιον εἰς αὐτοὺς ὅστις κε μόλῃ κακὸς, οὐδὲ μὲν ἐσθλός· οὐδὲ δίκας ἐδίκαζον ἀνὰ πτόλιν οὐδὲ θέμιστας· λοίγια δʼ ὠρώρει τοῖσιν μεμελημένα ἔργα.
phēsi de houtōs ho Symeōn pros ton Leuin eu gar egō mython ge pepysmenos eimi theoio; dōsein gar potʼ ephēse dekʼ ethnea paisin Abraam. ton de theon autois touton ton noun embalein, dia to tous en Sikimois asebeis einai. phēsi de blapte theos Sikimōn oikētoras, ou gar etion eis autous hostis ke molę̄ kakos, oude men esthlos; oude dikas edikazon ana ptolin oude themistas; loigia dʼ ōrōrei toisin memelēmena erga.
Simeon speaks to Levi thus: 'For I have well learned the word of God: for he once said he would give ten nations to the children of Abraham.' And God put this purpose into them because the people in Shechem were impious. He says: 'God smote the inhabitants of Shechem; for they did not honor anyone who came among them, whether bad or good; nor did they give judgments or laws throughout the city; but deadly deeds were their concern.'
9.22.10Dindorf 1:495–496
τὸν οὖν Λευὶν καὶ τὸν Συμεῶνα εἰς τὴν πόλιν καθωπλισμένους ἐλθεῖν, καὶ πρῶτα μὲν τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας ἀναιρεῖν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἐμμὼρ καὶ τὸν Συχὲμ φονεῦσαι.
ton oun Leuin kai ton Symeōna eis tēn polin kathōplismenous elthein, kai prōta men tous entynchanontas anairein, epeita de kai ton Emmōr kai ton Sychem phoneusai.
So Levi and Simeon came armed into the city, and first killed those they met, and then slew Hamor and Shechem as well.
9.22.11Dindorf 1:496
λέγει δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως αὐτῶν οὕτως ὡς τότε δὴ Συμεὼν μὲν μὼρ ὤρουσεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, πλῆξέ τέ οἱ κεφαλὴν, δειρὴν δʼ ἕλεν ἐν χερὶ λαιῇ, λεῖψε δʼ ἔτι σπαίρουσαν, ἐπεὶ πόνος ἄλλος ὀρώρει. τόφρα δὲ καὶ Λευὶν μένος ἄσχετος ἔλλαβε χαίτης γούνων ἁπτόμενον Συχὲμ, ἄσπετα μαργήναντα. ἤλασε δὲ κληῖδα μέσην· δῦ δὲ ξίφος ὀξὺ σπλάγχνα διὰ στέρνων, λίπε δὲ ψυχὴ δέμας εὐθύς. πυθομένους δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἑτέρους ἀδελφοὺς τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῶν ἐπιβοηθῆσαι, καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐκπορθῆσαι, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἀναρρυσαμένους μετὰ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν ἔπαυλιν διακομίσαι.·’
legei de peri tēs anaireseōs autōn houtōs hōs tote dē Symeōn men mōr ōrousen epʼ auton, plēxe te hoi kephalēn, deirēn dʼ helen en cheri laię̄, leipse dʼ eti spairousan, epei ponos allos orōrei. tophra de kai Leuin menos aschetos ellabe chaitēs gounōn haptomenon Sychem, aspeta margēnanta. ēlase de klēida mesēn; dy de xiphos oxy splanchna dia sternōn, lipe de psychē demas euthys. pythomenous de kai tous heterous adelphous tēn praxin autōn epiboēthēsai, kai tēn polin ekporthēsai, kai tēn adelphēn anarrysamenous meta tōn aichmalōtōn eis tēn patrǭan epaulin diakomisai.;’
He speaks of their slaying thus: 'Then Simeon rushed upon Hamor and struck his head, seized his throat in his left hand, and left him still gasping, since another task had arisen. Meanwhile an irresistible fury seized Levi, and he took Shechem by the hair, as he clasped his knees, raging beyond words; he drove at the middle of the collarbone, and the sharp sword sank through the breast into the vitals, and the soul at once left the body.' And the other brothers, learning what they had done, came to their help, sacked the city, rescued their sister, and brought her with the captives to their father's dwelling."
Preparation 9, chapter 23
9.23.1Dindorf 1:496
Τούτοις καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς περὶ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς τοῦ Πολυίστορος γραφῆς ἐπισυνήφθω “ Ἀρτάπανος δέ φησιν ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἰουδαίων τῷ Ἀβραὰμ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπόγονον γενέσθαι, υἱὸν δὲ Ἰακώβου· συνέσει δὲ καὶ φρονήσει παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους διενεγκόντα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπιβουλευθῆναι· προϊδόμενον δὲ τὴν ἐπισύστασιν δεηθῆναι τῶν ἀστυγειτόνων Ἀράβων εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον αὐτὸν διακομίσαι· τοὺς δὲ τὸ ἐντυγχανόμενον ποιῆσαι· εἶναι γὰρ τοὺς τῶν Ἀράβων βασιλεῖς ἀπογόνους Ἰσραὴλ, υἱοὺς τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ἀδελφούς.
Toutois kai ta exēs peri tou Iōsēph ek tēs autēs tou Poluistoros graphēs episynēphthō “ Artapanos de phēsin en tǭ peri Ioudaiōn tǭ Abraam Iōsēph apogonon genesthai, huion de Iakōbou; synesei de kai phronēsei para tous allous dienenkonta hypo tōn adelphōn epibouleuthēnai; proïdomenon de tēn episystasin deēthēnai tōn astygeitonōn Arabōn eis tēn Aigypton auton diakomisai; tous de to entynchanomenon poiēsai; einai gar tous tōn Arabōn basileis apogonous Israēl, huious tou Abraam, Isaak de adelphous.
To these let us add what follows about Joseph from the same writing of Polyhistor: "Artapanus says in his On the Jews that Joseph was a descendant of Abraham and a son of Jacob; that, excelling the others in understanding and wisdom, he was plotted against by his brothers; that, foreseeing the conspiracy, he asked the neighboring Arabs to take him to Egypt; and they did what was asked, for the kings of the Arabs are descendants of Israel, sons of Abraham, brothers of Isaac.
9.23.2Dindorf 1:496–497
ἐλθόντα δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ συσταθέντα τῷ βασιλεῖ διοικητὴν τῆς ὅλης γενέσθαι χώρας. καὶ πρότερον ἀτάκτως τῶν Αἰγυπτίων γεωμορούντων, διὰ τὸ τὴν χώραν ἀδιαίρετον εἶναι καὶ τῶν ἐλασσόνων ὑπὸ τῶν κρεισσόνων ἀδικουμένων, τοῦτον πρῶτον τήν τε γῆν διελεῖν καὶ ὄροις διασημήνασθαι, καὶ πολλὴν χερσευομένην γεωργήσιμον ἀποτελέσαι, καί τινας τῶν ἀρουρῶν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἀποκληρῶσαι.
elthonta de auton eis tēn Aigypton kai systathenta tǭ basilei dioikētēn tēs holēs genesthai chōras. kai proteron ataktōs tōn Aigyptiōn geōmorountōn, dia to tēn chōran adiaireton einai kai tōn elassonōn hypo tōn kreissonōn adikoumenōn, touton prōton tēn te gēn dielein kai orois diasēmēnasthai, kai pollēn cherseuomenēn geōrgēsimon apotelesai, kai tinas tōn arourōn tois hiereusin apoklērōsai.
When he came to Egypt and was introduced to the king, he became administrator of the whole country. And whereas formerly the Egyptians farmed without order, because the land was undivided and the weaker were wronged by the stronger, he was the first to divide the land and mark it with boundaries, made much waste land cultivable, and allotted some of the arable plots to the priests.
9.23.3Dindorf 1:497
τοῦτον δὲ καὶ μέτρα εὑρεῖν, καὶ μεγάλως αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων διὰ ταῦτα ἀγαπηθῆναι. γῆμαι δʼ αὐτὸν Ἡλιουπολίτου ἱερέως Ἀσενὲθ θυγατέρα, ἐξ ἧς γεννῆσαι παῖδας. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παραγενέσθαι πρὸς αὐτὸν τόν τε πατέρα καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς κομίζοντας πολλὴν ὕπαρξιν, καὶ κατοικισθῆναι ἐν τῇ πόλει Καισὰν, καὶ τοὺς Σύρους πλεονάσαι ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ.
touton de kai metra heurein, kai megalōs auton hypo tōn Aigyptiōn dia tauta agapēthēnai. gēmai dʼ auton Hēlioupolitou hiereōs Aseneth thygatera, ex hēs gennēsai paidas. meta de tauta paragenesthai pros auton ton te patera kai tous adelphous komizontas pollēn hyparxin, kai katoikisthēnai en tę̄ polei Kaisan, kai tous Syrous pleonasai en tę̄ Aigyptǭ.
He also invented measures, and for these things was greatly loved by the Egyptians. He married Asenath, daughter of a priest of Heliopolis, and had children by her. After this his father and brothers came to him bringing much property, and were settled in the city of Kaisan, and the Syrians multiplied in Egypt.
9.23.4Dindorf 1:497
τούτους δέ φησι καὶ τὸ ἐν Ἄθως καὶ τὸ ἐν Ἡλιουπόλει ἱερὸν κατασκευάσαι τοὺς Ἑρμιοὺθ ὀνομαζομένους. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τελευτῆσαι τόν τε Ἰωσὴφ καὶ τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων. τὸν οὖν Ἰωσὴφ κρατοῦντα τῆς Αἰγύπτου τὸν ἐτῶν ἑπτὰ σῖτον, γενόμενον κατὰ τὴν φορὰν ἄπλετον, παραθέσθαι, καὶ τῆς Αἰγύπτου δεσπότην γενέσθαι.’
toutous de phēsi kai to en Athōs kai to en Hēlioupolei hieron kataskeuasai tous Hermiouth onomazomenous. meta de tauta teleutēsai ton te Iōsēph kai ton basilea tōn Aigyptiōn. ton oun Iōsēph kratounta tēs Aigyptou ton etōn hepta siton, genomenon kata tēn phoran apleton, parathesthai, kai tēs Aigyptou despotēn genesthai.’
These, he says, called Hermiouth, built both the temple at Athos and the one at Heliopolis. After this both Joseph and the king of the Egyptians died. Joseph, while ruling Egypt, stored the grain of the seven years, which had been produced in immense abundance, and became master of Egypt."
Preparation 9, chapter 24
9.24.1Dindorf 1:497
“ Μαρτυρεῖ δὲ ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις καὶ Φίλων ἐν τῇ ἰδʼ τῶν περὶ Ἱεροσόλυμα, λέγων οὕτως τοῖσιν ἕδος μακαριστὸν ὅλης μέγας ἔκτισεν ἄκτωρ ὕψιστος, καὶ πρόσθεν ἀφʼ Ἀβραάμοιο καὶ Ἰσὰκ, Ἰακὼβ εὐτέκνοιο τόκος Ἰωσὴφ, ὃς ὀνείρων θεσπιστὴς, σκηπτοῦχος ἐν Αἰγύπτοιο θρόνοισι, δινεύσας λαθραῖα χρόνου πλημμυρίδι μοίρης, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. ”
“ Martyrei de tais hierais biblois kai Philōn en tę̄ idʼ tōn peri Hierosolyma, legōn houtōs toisin hedos makariston holēs megas ektisen aktōr hypsistos, kai prosthen aphʼ Abraamoio kai Isak, Iakōb euteknoio tokos Iōsēph, hos oneirōn thespistēs, skēptouchos en Aigyptoio thronoisi, dineusas lathraia chronou plēmmyridi moirēs, kai ta hexēs. tauta kai peri tou Iōsēph. ”
"Philo too, in the fourteenth book of his On Jerusalem, bears witness to the sacred books, speaking thus: 'For them the great founder, the Most High, built a most blessed seat of the whole …, and before that, from Abraham and Isaac, the offspring of Jacob rich in children, Joseph, who as prophet of dreams, sceptre-bearer on Egypt's thrones, turned the hidden things of time in the flood of fate,' and so on. This much about Joseph also."
Preparation 9, chapter 25
9.25.1Dindorf 1:497
“Ἄκουε δὲ οἷα καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰὼβ ὁ αὐτὸς ἱστορεῖ· Ἀριστέας δέ φησιν ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἰουδαίων τὸν Ἠσαῦ γήμαντα Βασσάραν ἐν Ἐδὼμ γεννῆσαι Ἰὼβ· κατοικεῖν δὲ τοῦτον ἐν τῇ Αὐσίτιδι χώρᾳ, ἐπὶ τοῖς ὅροις τῆς Ἰδουμαίας καὶ Ἀραβίας.
“Akoue de hoia kai peri tou Iōb ho autos historei; Aristeas de phēsin en tǭ peri Ioudaiōn ton Ēsau gēmanta Bassaran en Edōm gennēsai Iōb; katoikein de touton en tę̄ Ausitidi chōrą, epi tois horois tēs Idoumaias kai Arabias.
"Hear also what the same writer relates about Job: 'Aristeas says in his On the Jews that Esau married Bassara and begot Job in Edom; and that Job lived in the land of Ausitis, on the borders of Idumaea and Arabia.
9.25.2Dindorf 1:497–498
γενέσθαι δʼ αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ πολύκτηνον· κτήσασθαι γὰρ αὐτὸν πρόβατα μὲν ἑπτακισχίλια, καμήλους δὲ τρισχιλίας, ζεύγη βοῶν πεντακόσια, ὄνους θηλείας νομάδας πεντακοσίας· εἶχε δὲ καὶ γεωργίας ἱκανάς.
genesthai dʼ auton dikaion kai polyktēnon; ktēsasthai gar auton probata men heptakischilia, kamēlous de trischilias, zeugē boōn pentakosia, onous thēleias nomadas pentakosias; eiche de kai geōrgias hikanas.
He was righteous and rich in cattle: he possessed seven thousand sheep, three thousand camels, five hundred yoke of oxen, five hundred grazing she-asses; and he also had a good deal of farmland.
9.25.3Dindorf 1:498
τοῦτον δὲ τὸν Ἰὼβ πρότερον Ἰωβὰβ ὀνομάζεσθαι. πειράξοντα δʼ αὐτὸν τὸν θεὸν ἐμμεῖναι, μεγάλαις δὲ περιβαλεῖν αὐτὸν ἀτυχίαις. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τούς τε ὄνους καὶ τοὺς βοῦς ὑπὸ λῃστῶν ἀπελαθῆναι, εἶτα τὰ πρόβατα ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντος κατακαῆναι σὺν τοῖς ποιμέσι· μετʼ οὐ πολὺ δὲ καὶ τὰς καμήλους ὑπὸ λῃστῶν ἀπελαθῆναι· εἶτα τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ ἀποθανεῖν, πεσούσης τῆς οἰκίας· αὐθημερὸν δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἑλκῶσαι.
touton de ton Iōb proteron Iōbab onomazesthai. peiraxonta dʼ auton ton theon emmeinai, megalais de peribalein auton atychiais. prōton men gar autou tous te onous kai tous bous hypo lę̄stōn apelathēnai, eita ta probata hypo pyros ek tou ouranou pesontos katakaēnai syn tois poimesi; metʼ ou poly de kai tas kamēlous hypo lę̄stōn apelathēnai; eita ta tekna autou apothanein, pesousēs tēs oikias; authēmeron de autou kai to sōma helkōsai.
This Job was formerly named Jobab. God, to test him, had him remain steadfast, and surrounded him with great misfortunes. First his asses and oxen were driven off by robbers; then his sheep with their shepherds were burned up by fire falling from heaven; not long after, his camels too were driven off by robbers; then his children died when the house fell; and on the same day his body was covered with sores.
9.25.4Dindorf 1:498
φαύλως δὲ αὐτοῦ διακειμένου ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἐπίσκεψιν Ἐλίφαν τὸν Θαιμανιτῶν βασιλέα καὶ Βαλδὰδ τὸν Σαυχαίων τύραννον καὶ Σωφὰρ τὸν Μινναίων βασιλέα, ἐλθεῖν δὲ καὶ Ἐλιοῦν τὸν Βαραχιὴλ τὸν Ζωβίτην. παρακαλούμενον δὲ φάναι καὶ χωρὶς παρακλήσεως ἐμμενεῖν αὑτὸν ἔν τε τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ τοῖς δεινοῖς. τὸν δὲ θεὸν ἀγασθέντα τὴν εὐψυχίαν αὐτοῦ τῆς τε νόσου αὐτὸν ἀπολῦσαι καὶ πολλῶν κύριον ὑπάρξεων ποιῆσαι.’’ Τοσαῦτα καὶ περὶ τούτων ὁ Πολυΐστωρ.
phaulōs de autou diakeimenou elthein eis episkepsin Eliphan ton Thaimanitōn basilea kai Baldad ton Sauchaiōn tyrannon kai Sōphar ton Minnaiōn basilea, elthein de kai Elioun ton Barachiēl ton Zōbitēn. parakaloumenon de phanai kai chōris paraklēseōs emmenein hauton en te tę̄ eusebeią kai tois deinois. ton de theon agasthenta tēn eupsychian autou tēs te nosou auton apolysai kai pollōn kyrion hyparxeōn poiēsai.’’ Tosauta kai peri toutōn ho Polyïstōr.
While he was in this bad state there came to visit him Eliphaz, king of the Temanites, Bildad, ruler of the Shuhites, and Zophar, king of the Minaeans; and Elihu son of Barachel the Buzite came too. When they comforted him, he said that even without comfort he would remain steadfast both in his piety and in his sufferings; and God, admiring his courage, freed him from his disease and made him master of many possessions.'" So much about these also from Polyhistor.
Preparation 9, chapter 26
9.26.1Dindorf 1:498
Καὶ περὶ Μώσεως δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς πάλιν πλεῖστα παρατίθεται, ὧν καὶ αὐτῶν ἐπακοῦσαι ἄξιον Εὐπόλεμος δέ φησι τὸν Μωσῆν πρῶτον σοφὸν γενέσθαι, καὶ γράμματα παραδοῦναι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις πρῶτον, παρὰ δὲ Ἰουδαίων Φοίνικας παραλαβεῖν, Ἕλληνας δὲ παρὰ Φοινίκων, νόμους τε πρῶτον γράψαι Μωσῆν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις.’’
Kai peri Mōseōs de ho autos palin pleista paratithetai, hōn kai autōn epakousai axion Eupolemos de phēsi ton Mōsēn prōton sophon genesthai, kai grammata paradounai tois Ioudaiois prōton, para de Ioudaiōn Phoinikas paralabein, Hellēnas de para Phoinikōn, nomous te prōton grapsai Mōsēn tois Ioudaiois.’’
About Moses too the same writer again sets out a great deal, which also deserves a hearing: "Eupolemus says that Moses was the first wise man, and was the first to hand down letters to the Jews; that the Phoenicians received them from the Jews, and the Greeks from the Phoenicians; and that Moses was the first to write laws for the Jews."
Preparation 9, chapter 27
9.27.1Dindorf 1:498
“ Ἀρτάπανος δέ φησιν ἐν τῇ περὶ Ἰουδαίων, Ἀβραὰμ τελευτήσαντος καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Μεμψασθενὼθ, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, τὴν δυναστείαν παραλαβεῖν τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ Παλμανώθην.
“ Artapanos de phēsin en tę̄ peri Ioudaiōn, Abraam teleutēsantos kai tou huiou autou Mempsasthenōth, homoiōs de kai tou basileōs tōn Aigyptiōn, tēn dynasteian paralabein ton huion autou Palmanōthēn.
"Artapanus says in his On the Jews that when Abraham had died, and his son Mempsasthenoth, and likewise the king of the Egyptians, the king's son Palmanothes took over the rule.
9.27.2Dindorf 1:498–499
τοῦτον δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις φαύλως προσφέρεσθαι· καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν Κεσσὰν οἰκοδομῆσαι, τό τε ἐπʼ αὐτῆ̣ ἱερὸν καθιδρύσασθαι, εἶτα τὸν ἐν Ἡλιουπόλει ναὸν κατασκευάσαι.
touton de tois Ioudaiois phaulōs prospheresthai; kai prōton men tēn Kessan oikodomēsai, to te epʼ autē hieron kathidrysasthai, eita ton en Hēlioupolei naon kataskeuasai.
He treated the Jews badly; first he built Kessa and founded the temple in it, then constructed the shrine at Heliopolis.
9.27.3Dindorf 1:499
τοῦτον δὲ γεννῆσαι θυγατέρα Μέρριν, ἣν Χενεφρῇ τινι κατεγγυῆσαι, τῶν ὑπὲρ Μέμφιν τόπων βασιλεύοντι· πολλοὺς γὰρ τότε τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεύειν· ταύτην δὲ στεῖραν ὑπάρχουσαν ὑποβαλέσθαι τινὸς τῶν Ἰουδαίων παιδίον, τοῦτο δὲ Μώϋσον ὀνομάσαι· ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων αὐτὸν ἀνδρωθέντα Μουσαῖον προσαγορευθῆναι.
touton de gennēsai thygatera Merrin, hēn Chenephrę̄ tini katengyēsai, tōn hyper Memphin topōn basileuonti; pollous gar tote tēs Aigyptou basileuein; tautēn de steiran hyparchousan hypobalesthai tinos tōn Ioudaiōn paidion, touto de Mōÿson onomasai; hypo de tōn Hellēnōn auton andrōthenta Mousaion prosagoreuthēnai.
He begot a daughter, Merris, whom he betrothed to a certain Chenephres, who ruled the regions above Memphis, for at that time there were many kings in Egypt. She, being barren, adopted as her own a child of one of the Jews and named him Mouysos; and when he grew to manhood the Greeks called him Musaeus.
9.27.4Dindorf 1:499
γενέσθαι δὲ τὸν Μώϋσον τοῦτον Ὀρφέως διδάσκαλον· ἀνδρωθέντα δʼ αὐτὸν πολλὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εὔχρηστα παραδοῦναι. καὶ γὰρ πλοῖα καὶ μηχανὰς πρὸς τὰς λιθοθεσίας, καὶ τὰ Αἰγυπτία ὅπλα, καὶ τὰ ὄργανα τὰ ὑδρευτικὰ καὶ πολεμικὰ καὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐξευρεῖν· ἔτι δὲ τὴν πόλιν εἰς λς νομοὺς διελεῖν, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν νομῶν ἀποτάξαι τὸν θεὸν σεφθήσεσθαι, τά τε ἱερὰ γράμματα τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν· εἶναι δὲ καὶ αἰλούρους καὶ κύνας καὶ ἴβεις· ἀπονεῖμαι δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἐξαίρετον χώραν.
genesthai de ton Mōÿson touton Orpheōs didaskalon; andrōthenta dʼ auton polla tois anthrōpois euchrēsta paradounai. kai gar ploia kai mēchanas pros tas lithothesias, kai ta Aigyptia hopla, kai ta organa ta hydreutika kai polemika kai tēn philosophian exeurein; eti de tēn polin eis ls nomous dielein, kai hekastǭ tōn nomōn apotaxai ton theon sephthēsesthai, ta te hiera grammata tois hiereusin; einai de kai ailourous kai kynas kai ibeis; aponeimai de kai tois hiereusin exaireton chōran.
This Mouysos became the teacher of Orpheus; and when he had grown up he handed on to mankind many useful things: he invented ships, machines for setting stones, Egyptian weapons, the instruments for drawing water and for war, and philosophy. He also divided the state into thirty-six nomes and assigned to each of the nomes the god to be worshiped, and the sacred letters to the priests; and the gods were to be cats, dogs, and ibises. He also allotted the priests a select territory.
9.27.5Dindorf 1:499
ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ποιῆσαι χάριν τοῦ τὴν μοναρχίαν βεβαίαν τῷ Χενεφρῇ διαφυλάξαι. πρότερον γὰρ ἀδιατάκτους ὄντας τοὺς ὄχλους ποτὲ μὲν ἐκβάλλειν, ποτὲ δὲ καθιστάνειν βασιλεῖς, καὶ πολλάκις μὲν τοὺς αὐτοὺς, ἐνιάκις δὲ ἄλλους.
tauta de panta poiēsai charin tou tēn monarchian bebaian tǭ Chenephrę̄ diaphylaxai. proteron gar adiataktous ontas tous ochlous pote men ekballein, pote de kathistanein basileis, kai pollakis men tous autous, eniakis de allous.
All this he did in order to keep the monarchy secure for Chenephres; for previously the crowds, being without order, would sometimes expel kings and sometimes install them, often the same ones, sometimes others.
9.27.6Dindorf 1:499
διὰ ταῦτα οὖν τὸν Μώϋσον ὑπὸ τῶν ὄχλων ἀγαπηθῆναι, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἱερέων ἰσοθέου τιμῆς καταξιωθέντα προσαγορευθῆναι Ἑρμῆν, διὰ τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων ἑρμηνείαν.
dia tauta oun ton Mōÿson hypo tōn ochlōn agapēthēnai, kai hypo tōn hiereōn isotheou timēs kataxiōthenta prosagoreuthēnai Hermēn, dia tēn tōn hierōn grammatōn hermēneian.
For these reasons Mouysos was loved by the crowds, and, being thought worthy by the priests of honor equal to a god's, he was called Hermes, because of his interpretation of the sacred letters.
9.27.7Dindorf 1:499–500
τὸν δὲ Χενεφρῆν ὁρῶντα τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ Μωΰσου φθονῆσαι αὐτῷ, καὶ ζητεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπʼ εὐλόγῳ αἰτίᾳ τινὶ ἀνελεῖν. καὶ δή ποτε τῶν Αἰθιόπων ἐπιστρατευσαμένων τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ τὸν Χενεφρῆν ὑπολαβόντα εὑρηκέναι καιρὸν εὔθετον πέμψαι τὸν Μώϋσον ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς στρατηγὸν μετὰ δυνάμεως· τὸ δὲ τῶν γεωργῶν αὐτῷ συστῆσαι πλῆθος, ὑπολαβόντα ῥᾳδίως αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀσθένειαν ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων ἀναιρεθήσεσθαι.
ton de Chenephrēn horōnta tēn aretēn tou Mōÿsou phthonēsai autǭ, kai zētein auton epʼ eulogǭ aitią tini anelein. kai dē pote tōn Aithiopōn epistrateusamenōn tę̄ Aigyptǭ ton Chenephrēn hypolabonta heurēkenai kairon eutheton pempsai ton Mōÿson epʼ autous stratēgon meta dynameōs; to de tōn geōrgōn autǭ systēsai plēthos, hypolabonta rhądiōs auton dia tēn tōn stratiōtōn astheneian hypo tōn polemiōn anairethēsesthai.
But Chenephres, seeing Mouysos's excellence, envied him and sought to kill him on some plausible pretext. And when the Ethiopians once invaded Egypt, Chenephres, thinking he had found a fitting opportunity, sent Mouysos against them as general with an army; he enrolled for him the mass of farmers, supposing that because of the weakness of the soldiers he would easily be killed by the enemy.
9.27.8Dindorf 1:500
τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον ἐλθόντα ἐπὶ τὸν Ἑρμοπολίτην ὀνομαζόμενον νομὸν, ἔχοντα περὶ δέκα μυριάδας γεωργῶν, αὐτοῦ καταστρατοπεδεῦσαι· πέμψαι δὲ στρατηγοὺς τοὺς προκαθεδουμένους τῆς χώρας, οὓς δὴ πλεονεκτεῖν ἐπιφανῶς κατὰ τὰς μάχας· λέγειν δέ φησιν Ἡλιουπολίτας τὸν πόλεμον τοῦτον ἔτη δέκα.
ton de Mōÿson elthonta epi ton Hermopolitēn onomazomenon nomon, echonta peri deka myriadas geōrgōn, autou katastratopedeusai; pempsai de stratēgous tous prokathedoumenous tēs chōras, hous dē pleonektein epiphanōs kata tas machas; legein de phēsin Hēlioupolitas ton polemon touton etē deka.
Mouysos came to the so-called Hermopolite nome with about a hundred thousand farmers and encamped there; he sent generals to occupy the country in advance, who won conspicuous advantages in the battles. He says the people of Heliopolis say this war lasted ten years.
9.27.9Dindorf 1:500
τοὺς οὖν περὶ τὸν Μώϋσον διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς στρατιᾶς πόλιν ἐν τούτῳ κτίσαι τῷ τόπῳ καὶ τὴν ἶβιν ἐν αὐτῇ καθιερῶσαι, διὰ τὸ ταύτην τὰ βλάπτοντα ζῷα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναιρεῖν. προσαγορεῦσαι δὲ αὐτὴν Ἑρμοῦ πόλιν.
tous oun peri ton Mōÿson dia to megethos tēs stratias polin en toutǭ ktisai tǭ topǭ kai tēn ibin en autę̄ kathierōsai, dia to tautēn ta blaptonta zǭa tous anthrōpous anairein. prosagoreusai de autēn Hermou polin.
So Mouysos and his men, because of the size of the army, founded a city in that place and consecrated the ibis in it, because this bird kills the creatures harmful to men; and they called it Hermopolis.
9.27.10Dindorf 1:500
οὕτω δὴ τοὺς Αἰθίοπας, καίπερ ὄντας πολεμίους, στέρξαι τὸν Μώϋσον ὥστε καὶ τὴν περιτομὴν τῶν αἰδοίων παρʼ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν· οὐ μόνον δὲ τούτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς ἅπαντας.
houtō dē tous Aithiopas, kaiper ontas polemious, sterxai ton Mōÿson hōste kai tēn peritomēn tōn aidoiōn parʼ ekeinou mathein; ou monon de toutous, alla kai tous hiereis hapantas.
The Ethiopians, though enemies, came to love Mouysos so much that they learned circumcision of the private parts from him; and not they alone, but all the priests as well.
9.27.11Dindorf 1:500
τὸν δὲ Χενεφρῆν, λυθέντος τοῦ πολέμου, λόγῳ μὲν αὐτὸν ἀποδέξασθαι, ἔργῳ δὲ ἐπιβουλεύειν. παρελόμενον γοῦν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὄχλους τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρια τῆς Αἰθιοπίας πέμψαι προφυλακῆς χάριν, τοῖς δὲ προστάξαι τὸν ἐν Δῖός πόλει ναὸν ἐξ ὀπτῆς πλίνθου κατεσκευασμένον καθαιρεῖν, ἕτερον δὲ λίθινον κατασκευάσαι τὸ πλησίον ὄρος λατομήσαντας ’ τάξαι δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκοδομίας ἐπιστάτην Ναχέρωτα.
ton de Chenephrēn, lythentos tou polemou, logǭ men auton apodexasthai, ergǭ de epibouleuein. parelomenon goun autou tous ochlous tous men epi ta horia tēs Aithiopias pempsai prophylakēs charin, tois de prostaxai ton en Dios polei naon ex optēs plinthou kateskeuasmenon kathairein, heteron de lithinon kataskeuasai to plēsion oros latomēsantas ’ taxai de epi tēs oikodomias epistatēn Nacherōta.
When the war was over, Chenephres welcomed him in word but plotted against him in deed. Taking his troops away from him, he sent some to the borders of Ethiopia as a guard, and ordered others to pull down the temple at Diospolis, which was built of baked brick, and to build another of stone, quarrying the nearby mountain; and he set Nacheros over the building as overseer.
9.27.12Dindorf 1:500–501
τὸν δὲ ἐλθόντα μετὰ Μωΰσου εἰς Μέμφιν πυθέσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῦ εἴ τι ἄλλο ἐστὶν εὔχρηστον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· τὸν δὲ φάναι γένος τῶν βοῶν, διὰ τὸ τὴν γῆν ὑπὸ τούτων ἀροῦσθαι· τὸν δὲ Χενεφρῆν, προσαγορεύσαντα ταῦρον Ἄπιν, κελεῦσαι ἱερὸν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὄχλους καθιδρύσασθαι, καὶ τὰ ζῷα τὰ καθιερωθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Μωΰσου κελεύειν ἐκεῖ φέροντας θάπτειν, κατακρύπτειν θέλοντα τὰ τοῦ Μωΰσου ἐπινοήματα.
ton de elthonta meta Mōÿsou eis Memphin pythesthai parʼ autou ei ti allo estin euchrēston tois anthrōpois; ton de phanai genos tōn boōn, dia to tēn gēn hypo toutōn arousthai; ton de Chenephrēn, prosagoreusanta tauron Apin, keleusai hieron autou tous ochlous kathidrysasthai, kai ta zǭa ta kathierōthenta hypo tou Mōÿsou keleuein ekei pherontas thaptein, katakryptein thelonta ta tou Mōÿsou epinoēmata.
When Chenephres came with Mouysos to Memphis, he asked him whether there was anything else useful to mankind; he said the breed of oxen, because the land is ploughed by them. Chenephres named a bull Apis and ordered the crowds to found a temple for it, and ordered them to bring the animals consecrated by Mouysos there and bury them, wishing to conceal Mouysos's inventions.
9.27.13Dindorf 1:501
ἀποξενωσάντων δὲ αὐτὸν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ὁρκωμοτῆσαι τοὺς φίλους μὴ ἐξαγγεῖλαι τῷ Μωΰσῳ τὴν ἐπισυνισταμένην αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλὴν καὶ προβαλέσθαι τοὺς ἀναιρήσοντας αὐτόν.
apoxenōsantōn de auton tōn Aigyptiōn horkōmotēsai tous philous mē exangeilai tǭ Mōÿsǭ tēn episynistamenēn autǭ epiboulēn kai probalesthai tous anairēsontas auton.
When the Egyptians had become estranged from him, he bound his friends by oath not to report to Mouysos the plot being formed against him, and to put forward men to kill him.
9.27.14Dindorf 1:501
μηδενὸς δʼ ὑπακούσαντος ὀνειδίσαι τὸν Χενεφρῆν Χανεθώθην, τὸν μάλιστα προσαγορευόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ· τὸν δὲ ὀνειδισθέντα ὑποσχέσθαι τὴν ἐπίθεσιν, λαβόντα καιρόν.
mēdenos dʼ hypakousantos oneidisai ton Chenephrēn Chanethōthēn, ton malista prosagoreuomenon hypʼ autou; ton de oneidisthenta hyposchesthai tēn epithesin, labonta kairon.
When no one obeyed, Chenephres reproached Chanethothes, the one he had most particularly addressed; and he, reproached, promised to make the attack when he found an opportunity.
9.27.15Dindorf 1:501
ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν τῆς Μέρριδος τελευτησάσης ὑποσχέσθαι τὸν Χενεφρὴν τῷ τε Μωΰσῳ καὶ τῷ Χανεθώθῃ τὸ σῶμα διακομίσαντας εἰς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Αἴγυπτον τόπους θάψαι, ὑπολαβόντα τὸν Μώϋσον ὑπὸ τοῦ Χανεθὼθ ἀναιρεθήσεσθαι.
hypo de touton ton kairon tēs Merridos teleutēsasēs hyposchesthai ton Chenephrēn tǭ te Mōÿsǭ kai tǭ Chanethōthę̄ to sōma diakomisantas eis tous hyper Aigypton topous thapsai, hypolabonta ton Mōÿson hypo tou Chanethōth anairethēsesthai.
About this time Merris died, and Chenephres charged Mouysos and Chanethothes to carry the body to the regions beyond Egypt and bury it, supposing that Mouysos would be killed by Chanethothes.
9.27.16Dindorf 1:501
πορευομένων δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν τῷ Μωΰσῳ τῶν συνειδότων ἐξαγγεῖλαί τινα· τὸν δὲ φυλάσσοντα αὐτὸν τὴν μὲν Μέρριν θάψαι, τὸν δὲ ποταμὸν καὶ τὴν ἐν ἐκείνῳ πόλιν Μερόην προσαγορεῦσαι. τιμᾶσθαι δὲ τὴν Μέρριν ταύτην ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων οὐκ ἔλαττον ἢ τὴν Ἶσιν.
poreuomenōn de autōn tēn epiboulēn tǭ Mōÿsǭ tōn syneidotōn exangeilai tina; ton de phylassonta auton tēn men Merrin thapsai, ton de potamon kai tēn en ekeinǭ polin Meroēn prosagoreusai. timasthai de tēn Merrin tautēn hypo tōn enchōriōn ouk elatton ē tēn Isin.
As they were going, one of those who knew of the plot reported it to Mouysos; and he, keeping guard over himself, buried Merris and named the river and the city on it Meroe. This Merris is honored by the inhabitants no less than Isis.
9.27.17Dindorf 1:501
Ἀάρωνα δὲ τὸν τοῦ Μωΰσου ἀδελφὸν τὰ περὶ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ἐπιγνόντα συμβουλεῦσαι τῷ ἀδελφῷ φυγεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀραβίαν· τὸν δὲ πεισθέντα, ἀπὸ Μέμφεως τὸν Νεῖλον διαπλεύσαντα, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἀραβίαν.
Aarōna de ton tou Mōÿsou adelphon ta peri tēn epiboulēn epignonta symbouleusai tǭ adelphǭ phygein eis tēn Arabian; ton de peisthenta, apo Mempheōs ton Neilon diapleusanta, apallassesthai eis tēn Arabian.
Aaron, Mouysos's brother, learning of the plot, advised his brother to flee to Arabia; and he, persuaded, crossed the Nile from Memphis and set off for Arabia.
9.27.18Dindorf 1:501
τὸν δὲ Χανεθώθην πυθόμενον τοῦ Μωΰσου τὴν φυγὴν ἐνεδρεύειν ὡς ἀναιρήσοντα· ἰδόντα δὲ ἐρχόμενον σπάσασθαι τὴν μάχαιραν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον προκαταταχήσαντα τήν τε χεῖρα κατασχεῖν αὐτοῦ καὶ σπασάμενον τὸ ξίφος φονεῦσαι τὸν Χανεθώθην·
ton de Chanethōthēn pythomenon tou Mōÿsou tēn phygēn enedreuein hōs anairēsonta; idonta de erchomenon spasasthai tēn machairan epʼ auton, ton de Mōÿson prokatatachēsanta tēn te cheira kataschein autou kai spasamenon to xiphos phoneusai ton Chanethōthēn;
Chanethothes, learning of Mouysos's flight, lay in ambush to kill him; and seeing him coming he drew his dagger against him; but Mouysos was too quick for him, seized his hand, drew the sword, and killed Chanethothes.
9.27.19Dindorf 1:501–502
διεκδρᾶναι δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἀραβίαν, καὶ Ῥαγουήλῳ τῷ τῶν τόπων ἄρχοντι συμβιοῦν, λαβόντα τὴν ἐκείνου θυγατέρα· τὸν δὲ Ῥαγουῆλον βούλεσθαι στρατεύειν ἐπὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους, κατάγειν βουλόμενον τὸν Μώϋσον, καὶ τὴν δυναστείαν τῇ τε θυγατρὶ καὶ τῷ γαμβρῷ κατασκευάσαι· τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον ἀποκωλῦσαι, στοχαζόμενον τῶν ὁμοφύλων ’ τὸν δὲ Ῥαγουῆλον διακωλύοντα στρατεύειν τοῖς Ἄραψι προστάξαι λῃστεύειν τὴν Αἴγυπτον.
diekdranai de eis tēn Arabian, kai Rhagouēlǭ tǭ tōn topōn archonti symbioun, labonta tēn ekeinou thygatera; ton de Rhagouēlon boulesthai strateuein epi tous Aigyptious, katagein boulomenon ton Mōÿson, kai tēn dynasteian tę̄ te thygatri kai tǭ gambrǭ kataskeuasai; ton de Mōÿson apokōlysai, stochazomenon tōn homophylōn ’ ton de Rhagouēlon diakōlyonta strateuein tois Arapsi prostaxai lę̄steuein tēn Aigypton.
He escaped to Arabia and lived with Raguel, the ruler of the region, taking his daughter as wife. Raguel wanted to campaign against the Egyptians, wishing to bring Mouysos back and to secure the rule for his daughter and son-in-law; but Mouysos prevented it, having regard for his own people; and Raguel, being prevented from campaigning, ordered the Arabs to raid Egypt.
9.27.20Dindorf 1:502
ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον καὶ τὸν Χενεφρῆν πρῶτον ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐλεφαντιάσαντα μεταλλάξαι ’ τούτῳ δὲ τῷ πάθει περιπεσεῖν διὰ τὸ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους προστάξαι σινδόνας ἀμφιέννυσθαι, ἐρεᾶν δʼ ἐσθῆτα μὴ ἀμπέχεσθαι, ὅπως ὄντες ἐπίσημοι κολάζωνται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.
hypo de ton auton chronon kai ton Chenephrēn prōton hapantōn anthrōpōn elephantiasanta metallaxai ’ toutǭ de tǭ pathei peripesein dia to tous Ioudaious prostaxai sindonas amphiennysthai, erean dʼ esthēta mē ampechesthai, hopōs ontes episēmoi kolazōntai hypʼ autou.
About the same time Chenephres, the first of all men to suffer elephantiasis, died; he fell into this affliction because he had ordered the Jews to wear linen garments and not to put on woolen clothing, so that, being conspicuous, they might be punished by him.
9.27.21Dindorf 1:502
τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον εὔχεσθαι τῷ θεῷ, ἤδη ποτὲ τοὺς λαοὺς παῦσαι τῶν κακοπαθειῶν. ἱλασκομένου δʼ αὐτοῦ αἰφνιδίως φησὶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς πῦρ ἀναφθῆναι, καὶ τοῦτο κάεσθαι, μήτε ὕλης μήτε ἄλλης τινὸς ξυλείας οὔσης ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον δείσαντα τὸ γεγονὸς φεύγειν· φωνὴν δʼ αὐτῷ θείαν εἰπεῖν στρατεύειν ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους διασώσαντα εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν ἀγαγεῖν πατρίδα.
ton de Mōÿson euchesthai tǭ theǭ, ēdē pote tous laous pausai tōn kakopatheiōn. hilaskomenou dʼ autou aiphnidiōs phēsin ek tēs gēs pyr anaphthēnai, kai touto kaesthai, mēte hylēs mēte allēs tinos xyleias ousēs en tǭ topǭ. ton de Mōÿson deisanta to gegonos pheugein; phōnēn dʼ autǭ theian eipein strateuein epʼ Aigypton, kai tous Ioudaious diasōsanta eis tēn archaian agagein patrida.
Mouysos prayed to God to stop the peoples' sufferings at last. And as he was entreating, he says, fire was suddenly kindled from the earth and kept burning, though there was neither wood nor any other timber in the place. Mouysos, afraid at what had happened, fled; but a divine voice told him to march against Egypt, rescue the Jews, and lead them to their ancient homeland.
9.27.22Dindorf 1:502
τὸν δὲ θαρρήσαντα δύναμιν πολεμίαν ἐπάγειν διαγνῶναι τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις. πρῶτον δὲ πρὸς Ἀάρωνα τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐλθεῖν· τὸν δὲ βασιλέα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πυθόμενον τὴν τοῦ Μωΰσου παρουσίαν καλέσαι πρὸς αὑτὸν, καὶ πυνθάνεσθαι ἐφʼ ὅ τι ἥκοι ’ τὸν δὲ φάναι, διότι προστάσσειν αὐτῷ τὸν τῆς οἰκουμένης δεσπότην ἀπολῦσαι τοὺς Ἰουδαίους.
ton de tharrēsanta dynamin polemian epagein diagnōnai tois Aigyptiois. prōton de pros Aarōna ton adelphon elthein; ton de basilea tōn Aigyptiōn pythomenon tēn tou Mōÿsou parousian kalesai pros hauton, kai pynthanesthai ephʼ ho ti hēkoi ’ ton de phanai, dioti prostassein autǭ ton tēs oikoumenēs despotēn apolysai tous Ioudaious.
Taking courage, he resolved to lead a hostile force against the Egyptians. First he went to Aaron his brother. The king of the Egyptians, learning of Mouysos's arrival, summoned him and asked why he had come; and he said, because the Lord of the world commanded him to release the Jews.
9.27.23Dindorf 1:502
τὸν δὲ πυθόμενον εἰς φυλακὴν αὐτὸν καθεῖρξαι. νυκτὸς δὲ ἐπιγενομένης τάς τε θύρας πάσας αὐτομάτως ἀνοιχθῆναι τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου καὶ τῶν φυλάκων οὓς μὲν τελευτῆσαι, τινὰς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου παρεθῆναι, τά τε ὅπλα κατεαγῆναι.
ton de pythomenon eis phylakēn auton katheirxai. nyktos de epigenomenēs tas te thyras pasas automatōs anoichthēnai tou desmōtēriou kai tōn phylakōn hous men teleutēsai, tinas de hypo tou hypnou parethēnai, ta te hopla kateagēnai.
When the king heard this, he shut him up in prison. But when night came, all the doors of the prison opened of their own accord, and of the guards some died, some were overcome by sleep, and their weapons were broken.
9.27.24Dindorf 1:502–503
ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὸν Μώϋσον ἐπὶ τὰ βασίλεια ἐλθεῖν· εὑρόντα δὲ ἀνεῳγμένας τὰς θύρας εἰσελθεῖν, καὶ ἐνθάδε τῶν φυλάκων παρειμένων τὸν βασιλέα ἐξεγεῖραι. τὸν δὲ ἐκπλαγέντα ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι κελεῦσαι τῷ Μωΰσῳ τὸ τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν θεοῦ εἰπεῖν ὄνομα, διαχλευάσαντα αὐτόν·
exelthonta de ton Mōÿson epi ta basileia elthein; heuronta de aneǭgmenas tas thyras eiselthein, kai enthade tōn phylakōn pareimenōn ton basilea exegeirai. ton de ekplagenta epi tǭ gegonoti keleusai tǭ Mōÿsǭ to tou pempsantos auton theou eipein onoma, diachleuasanta auton;
Mouysos went out and came to the palace; finding the doors open he went in, and, the guards there too being overcome, he woke the king. The king, astounded at what had happened, ordered Mouysos, mockingly, to tell him the name of the God who had sent him.
9.27.25Dindorf 1:503
τὸν δὲ προσκύψαντα πρὸς τὸ οὖς εἰπεῖν, ἀκούσαντα δὲ τὸν βασιλέα πεσεῖν ἄφωνον, διακρατηθέντα δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Μωΰσου πάλιν ἀναβιῶσαι·
ton de proskypsanta pros to ous eipein, akousanta de ton basilea pesein aphōnon, diakratēthenta de hypo tou Mōÿsou palin anabiōsai;
He bent down and spoke it into his ear; and the king, hearing it, fell speechless, but, held fast by Mouysos, came back to life.
9.27.26Dindorf 1:503
γράψαντα δὲ τοὔνομα εἰς δέλτον κατασφραγίσασθαι· τῶν δὲ ἱερέων τὸν ἐκφαυλίσαντα ἐν τῇ πινακίδι τὰ γεγραμμένα μετὰ σπασμοῦ τὸν βίον ἐκλιμπάνειν·
grapsanta de tounoma eis delton katasphragisasthai; tōn de hiereōn ton ekphaulisanta en tę̄ pinakidi ta gegrammena meta spasmou ton bion eklimpanein;
He wrote the name on a tablet and sealed it; and one of the priests, who made light of what was written on the tablet, died in convulsions.
9.27.27Dindorf 1:503
εἰπεῖν τε τὸν βασιλέα σημεῖόν τι αὐτῷ ποιήσαι· τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον ἣν εἶχε ῥάβδον ἐκβαλόντα ὄφιν ποιῆσαι ’ πτοηθέντων δὲ πάντων, ἐπιλαβόμενον τῆς οὐρᾶς ἀνελέσθαι, καὶ πάλιν ῥάβδον ποιῆσαι·
eipein te ton basilea sēmeion ti autǭ poiēsai; ton de Mōÿson hēn eiche rhabdon ekbalonta ophin poiēsai ’ ptoēthentōn de pantōn, epilabomenon tēs ouras anelesthai, kai palin rhabdon poiēsai;
The king told him to perform some sign for him; and Mouysos threw down the staff he had and made it a serpent; and when all were terrified, he took it by the tail, picked it up, and made it a staff again.
9.27.28Dindorf 1:503
προελθόντα δὲ μικρὸν τὸν Νεῖλον τῇ ῥάβδῳ πατάξαι ’ τὸν δὲ ποταμὸν πολύχουν γενόμενον κατακλύζειν ὅλην τὴν Αἴγυπτον· ἀπὸ τότε δὲ καὶ τὴν κατάβασιν αὐτοῦ γίνεσθαι· συναγαγὸν δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ ἀποζέσαι καὶ τὰ ποτάμια διαφθεῖραι ζῷα, τούς τε λαοὺς διὰ τὴν δίψαν φθείρεσθαι.
proelthonta de mikron ton Neilon tę̄ rhabdǭ pataxai ’ ton de potamon polychoun genomenon kataklyzein holēn tēn Aigypton; apo tote de kai tēn katabasin autou ginesthai; synagagon de to hydōr apozesai kai ta potamia diaphtheirai zǭa, tous te laous dia tēn dipsan phtheiresthai.
Going forward a little, he struck the Nile with the staff; and the river, swelling, flooded all Egypt; and from that time its annual flooding began. The water, gathered into pools, putrefied and killed the river creatures, and the people perished from thirst.
9.27.29Dindorf 1:503
τὸν δὲ βασιλέα, τούτων γενομένων τῶν τεράτων, φάναι μετὰ μῆνα τοὺς λαοὺς ἀπολύσειν, ἐὰν ἀποκαταστήσῃ τὸν ποταμόν ’ τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον πάλιν τῇ ῥάβδῳ πατάξαντα τὸ ὕδωρ συστεῖλαι τὸ ῥεῦμα.
ton de basilea, toutōn genomenōn tōn teratōn, phanai meta mēna tous laous apolysein, ean apokatastēsę̄ ton potamon ’ ton de Mōÿson palin tę̄ rhabdǭ pataxanta to hydōr systeilai to rheuma.
When these wonders had happened, the king said he would release the peoples after a month if he restored the river; and Mouysos, striking the water again with the staff, checked the flow.
9.27.30Dindorf 1:503
τούτου δὲ γενομένου τὸν βασιλέα τοὺς ἱερεῖς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Μέμφιν καλέσαι, καὶ φάναι αὐτοὺς ἀναιρήσειν, καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ κατασκάψειν, ἐὰν μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ τερατουργήσωσί τι. τοὺς δὲ τότε διά τινων μαγγάνων καὶ ἐπαοιδῶν δράκοντα ποιῆσαι καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν μεταχρῶσαι.
toutou de genomenou ton basilea tous hiereis tous hyper Memphin kalesai, kai phanai autous anairēsein, kai ta hiera kataskapsein, ean mē kai autoi teratourgēsōsi ti. tous de tote dia tinōn manganōn kai epaoidōn drakonta poiēsai kai ton potamon metachrōsai.
When this had been done, the king summoned the priests from above Memphis and said he would kill them and demolish the temples unless they too worked some wonder. They then, by certain charms and incantations, made a serpent and changed the color of the river.
9.27.31Dindorf 1:503–504
τὸν δὲ βασιλέα φρονηματισθέντα ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι, πάσῃ τιμωρίᾳ καὶ κολάσει καταικίζειν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους. τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον ταῦτα ὁρῶντα ἄλλα τε σημεῖα ποιήσαι καὶ πατάξαντα τὴν γῆν τῇ ῥάβδῳ ζῷόν τι πτηνὸν ἀνεῖναι λυμαίνεσθαι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους, πάντα τε ἐξελκωθῆναι τὰ σώματα. τῶν δὲ ἰατρῶν μὴ δυναμένων ἰᾶσθαι τοὺς κάμνοντας, οὕτω πάλιν ἀνέσεως τυχεῖν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους.
ton de basilea phronēmatisthenta epi tǭ gegonoti, pasę̄ timōrią kai kolasei kataikizein tous Ioudaious. ton de Mōÿson tauta horōnta alla te sēmeia poiēsai kai pataxanta tēn gēn tę̄ rhabdǭ zǭon ti ptēnon aneinai lymainesthai tous Aigyptious, panta te exelkōthēnai ta sōmata. tōn de iatrōn mē dynamenōn iasthai tous kamnontas, houtō palin aneseōs tychein tous Ioudaious.
The king, elated at what had happened, maltreated the Jews with every punishment and penalty. Mouysos, seeing this, worked other signs; and striking the earth with the staff he sent up a winged creature to ravage the Egyptians, and all their bodies broke out in sores. When the physicians could not heal the sufferers, the Jews again obtained relief.
9.27.32Dindorf 1:504
πάλιν τε τὸν Μώϋσον βάτραχον διὰ τῆς ῥάβδου ἀνεῖναι, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἀκρίδας καὶ σκνίφας. διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους τὴν ῥάβδον ἀνατιθέναι εἰς πᾶν ἱερὸν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῇ Ἴσιδι, διὰ τὸ τὴν γῆν εἶναι Ἶσιν, παιομένην δὲ τῇ ῥάβδῳ τὰ τέρατα ἀνεῖναι.
palin te ton Mōÿson batrachon dia tēs rhabdou aneinai, pros de toutois akridas kai skniphas. dia touto de kai tous Aigyptious tēn rhabdon anatithenai eis pan hieron, homoiōs de kai tę̄ Isidi, dia to tēn gēn einai Isin, paiomenēn de tę̄ rhabdǭ ta terata aneinai.
Again Mouysos sent up frogs by the staff, and besides these locusts and gnats. For this reason the Egyptians dedicate the staff in every temple, and likewise to Isis, because the earth is Isis, and when struck by the staff it sent up the wonders.
9.27.33Dindorf 1:504
τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἔτι ἀφρονουμένου τὸν Μώϋσον χάλαζάν τε καὶ σεισμοὺς διὰ νυκτὸς ἀποτελέσαι, ὥστε τοὺς τὸν σεισμὸν φεύγοντας ἀπὸ τῆς χαλάζης ἀναιρεῖσθαι, τούς τε τὴν χάλαζαν ἐκκλίνοντας ὑπὸ τῶν σεισμῶν διαφθείρεσθαι. συμπεσεῖν δὲ τότε τὰς μὲν οἰκίας πάσας τῶν τε ναῶν τοὺς πλείστους.
tou de basileōs eti aphronoumenou ton Mōÿson chalazan te kai seismous dia nyktos apotelesai, hōste tous ton seismon pheugontas apo tēs chalazēs anaireisthai, tous te tēn chalazan ekklinontas hypo tōn seismōn diaphtheiresthai. sympesein de tote tas men oikias pasas tōn te naōn tous pleistous.
As the king still acted senselessly, Mouysos brought about hail and earthquakes by night, so that those fleeing the earthquake were killed by the hail, and those avoiding the hail were destroyed by the earthquakes. At that time all the houses and most of the temples collapsed.
9.27.34Dindorf 1:504
τελευταῖον τοιαύταις συμφοραῖς περιπεσόντα τὸν βασιλέα τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀπολῦσαι ’ τοὺς δὲ χρησαμένους παρὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πολλὰ μὲν ἐκπώματα, οὐκ ὀλίγον δὲ ἱματισμὸν ἄλλην τε παμπληθῆ γάζαν, διαβάντας τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀραβίαν ποταμοὺς, καὶ διαβάντας ἱκανὸν τόπον ἐπὶ τὴν ἐρυθρὰν τριταίους ἐλθεῖν θάλασσαν.
teleutaion toiautais symphorais peripesonta ton basilea tous Ioudaious apolysai ’ tous de chrēsamenous para tōn Aigyptiōn polla men ekpōmata, ouk oligon de himatismon allēn te pamplēthē gazan, diabantas tous kata tēn Arabian potamous, kai diabantas hikanon topon epi tēn erythran tritaious elthein thalassan.
At last, having fallen into such calamities, the king released the Jews; and they, having borrowed from the Egyptians many drinking cups, much clothing, and a great quantity of other treasure, crossed the rivers toward Arabia, and after crossing a good stretch of country came on the third day to the Red Sea.
9.27.35Dindorf 1:504
Μεμφίτας μὲν οὖν λέγειν ἔμπειρον ὄντα τὸν Μώϋσον τῆς χώρας τὴν ἄμπωτιν τηρήσαντα διὰ ξηρᾶς τῆς θαλάσσης τὸ πλῆθος περαιῶσαι. Ἡλιουπολίτας δὲ λέγειν ἐπικαταδραμεῖν τὸν βασιλέα μετὰ πολλῆς δυνάμεως, ἅμα καὶ τοῖς καθιερωμένοις ζῴοις, διὰ τὸ τὴν ὕπαρξιν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τῶν Αἰγυπτίων χρησαμένους διακομίζειν.
Memphitas men oun legein empeiron onta ton Mōÿson tēs chōras tēn ampōtin tērēsanta dia xēras tēs thalassēs to plēthos peraiōsai. Hēlioupolitas de legein epikatadramein ton basilea meta pollēs dynameōs, hama kai tois kathierōmenois zǭois, dia to tēn hyparxin tous Ioudaious tōn Aigyptiōn chrēsamenous diakomizein.
The people of Memphis say that Mouysos, knowing the country, watched for the ebb tide and took the multitude across the sea on dry ground. The people of Heliopolis say that the king rushed upon them with a large force, together with the consecrated animals, because the Jews were carrying off the property they had borrowed from the Egyptians.
9.27.36Dindorf 1:504–505
τῷ δὲ Μωΰσῳ θείαν φωνὴν γενέσθαι πατάξαι τὴν θάλασσαν τῇ ῥάβδῳ καὶ διαστῆναι. τὸν δὲ Μώϋσον ἀκούσαντα ἐπιθιγεῖν τῇ ῥάβδῳ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ οὕτω τὸ μὲν νᾶμα διαστῆναι, τὴν δὲ δύναμιν διὰ ξηρᾶς ὁδοῦ πορεύεσθαι.
tǭ de Mōÿsǭ theian phōnēn genesthai pataxai tēn thalassan tę̄ rhabdǭ kai diastēnai. ton de Mōÿson akousanta epithigein tę̄ rhabdǭ tou hydatos, kai houtō to men nama diastēnai, tēn de dynamin dia xēras hodou poreuesthai.
A divine voice came to Mouysos to strike the sea with the staff and it would part. Mouysos, hearing it, touched the water with the staff; and so the stream parted, and the host went through by a dry path.
9.27.37Dindorf 1:505
συνεμβάντων δὲ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ διωκόντων φησὶ πῦρ αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ἐκλάμψαι, τὴν δὲ θάλασσαν πάλιν τὴν ὁδὸν ἐπικλύσαι· τοὺς δὲ Αἰγυπτίους ὑπό τε τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τῆς πλημμυρίδος πάντας διαφθαρῆναι· τοὺς δὲ Ἰουδαίους διαφυγόντας τὸν κίνδυνον τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ διατρῖψαι, βρέχοντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ κρίμνον ὅμοιον ἐλύμῳ, χιόνι παραπλήσιον τὴν χρόαν. γεγονέναι δέ φησι τὸν Μώϋσον μακρὸν, πυρρακῆ, πολιὸν, κομήτην, ἀξιωματικόν. ταῦτα δὲ πρᾶξαι περὶ ἔτη ὄντα ὀγδοήκοντα ἐννέα.”
synembantōn de tōn Aigyptiōn kai diōkontōn phēsi pyr autois ek tōn emprosthen eklampsai, tēn de thalassan palin tēn hodon epiklysai; tous de Aigyptious hypo te tou pyros kai tēs plēmmyridos pantas diaphtharēnai; tous de Ioudaious diaphygontas ton kindynon tessarakonta etē en tę̄ erēmǭ diatripsai, brechontos autois tou theou krimnon homoion elymǭ, chioni paraplēsion tēn chroan. gegonenai de phēsi ton Mōÿson makron, pyrrakē, polion, komētēn, axiōmatikon. tauta de praxai peri etē onta ogdoēkonta ennea.”
When the Egyptians went in with them and pursued, he says, fire shone out against them from in front, and the sea flooded the path again; and the Egyptians were all destroyed by the fire and the flood. The Jews, escaping the danger, spent forty years in the desert, God raining on them a meal like millet, close to snow in color. He says Mouysos was tall, ruddy, grey-haired, long-haired, and of dignified bearing; and he did these things when he was about eighty-nine years old."
Preparation 9, chapter 28
9.28.1Dindorf 1:505–507
“ Περὶ δὲ τοῦ τὸν Μώϋσον ἐκτεθῆναι ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς εἰς τὸ ἕλος καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως θυγατρὸς ἀναιρεθῆναι καὶ τραφῆναι ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἐζεκιῆλος ὁ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητὴς, ἄνωθεν ἀναλαβὼν τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀπὸ τῶν σὺν Ἰακὼβ παραγενομένων εἰς Αἴγυπτον πρὸς Ἰωσήφ. λέγει δὲ οὕτως, τὸν Μώϋσον παρεισάγων λέγοντα ἀφʼ οὗ δʼ Ἰακὼβ γῆν λιπὼν Χαναναίαν κατῆλθʼ ἔχων Αἴγυπτον ἑπτάκις δέκα ψυχὰς σὺν αὐτῷ, κἀπεγέννησεν πολὺν λαὸν κακῶς πράσσοντα καὶ τεθλιμμένον, ἐς ἄχρι τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον κακούμενον κακῶν ὑπʼ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δυναστείας χερός. ἰδὼν γὰρ ἡμῶν γένναν ἅλις ηὐξημένην δόλον καθʼ ἡμῶν πολὺν ἐμηχανήσατο βασιλεὺς Φαραὼ, τοὺς μὲν ἐν πλινθεύμασιν οἰκοδομίας τε βάρεσιν αἰκίζων βροτοὺς, πόλεις τʼ ἐπύργου, σφῶν ἕκατι δυσμόρων. ἔπειτα κηρύσσει μὲν Ἑβραίων γένει τἀρσενικὰ ῥίπτειν ποταμὸν ἐς βαθύρροον. ἐνταῦθα μήτηρ ἡ τεκοῦσʼ ἔκρυπτέ με τρεῖς μῆνας, ὡς ἔφασκεν. οὐ λαθοῦσα δὲ ὑπεξέθηκε, κόσμον ἀμφιθεῖσά μοι, παρʼ ἄκρα ποταμοῦ, λάσιον, εἰς ἕλος δασύ. Μαριὰμ δʼ ἀδελφή μου κατώπτευεν πέλας· κἄπειτα θυγάτηρ βασιλέως ἅβραις ὁμοῦ κατῆλθε λουτροῖς χρῶτα φαιδρῦναι νέον· ἰδοῦσα δʼ εὐθὺς καὶ λαβοῦσʼ ἀνείλετο, ἔγνω δʼ Ἑβραῖον ὄντα· καὶ λέγει τάδε Μαριὰμ ἀδελφὴ προσδραμοῦσα βασιλίδι, ‘θέλεις τροφόν σοι παιδὶ τῷδʼ εὕρω ταχὺ ἐκ Ἑβραίων;' ἡ δʼ ἐπέσπευσεν κόρην· μολοῦσα δʼ εἶπε μητρὶ, καὶ παρῆν ταχὺ αὐτή τε μήτηρ κἄλαβέν μʼ ἐς ἀγκάλας. εἶπεν δὲ θυγάτηρ βασιλέως ‘τοῦτον, γύναι, τρόφευε, κἀγὼ μισθὸν ἀποδώσω σέθεν. ὄνομα δὲ Μωσῆν ὠνόμαζε, τοῦ χάριν ὑγρὰς ἀνεῖλε ποταμίας ἀπʼ ᾐόνος. τούτοις μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει καὶ περὶ τούτων ὁ Ἐζεκιῆλος ἐν τῇ τραγῳδίᾳ, τὸν Μωυσῆν παρεισάγων λέγοντα Ἐπεὶ δὲ καιρὸς νηπίων παρῆλθέ μοι, ἦγέν με μήτηρ βασιλίδος πρὸς δώματα, ἅπαντα μυθεύσασα, καὶ λέξασά μοι γένος πατρῷον καὶ θεοῦ δωρήματα. ἕως μὲν οὖν τὸν παιδὸς εἴχομεν χρόνον, τροφαῖσι βασιλικαῖσι καὶ παιδεύμασιν ἅπανθʼ ὑπισχνεῖθʼ, ὡς ἀπὸ σπλάγχνων ἑῶν· ἐπεὶ δὲ πλήρης κόλπος ἡμερῶν παρῆν, ἐξῆλθον οἴκων βασιλικῶν, πρὸς ἔργα γὰρ θυμός μʼ ἄνωγε καὶ τέχνασμα βασιλέως·) ὁρῶ δὲ πρῶτον ἄνδρας ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ, τὸν μὲν γεγῶθʼ Ἑβραῖον, ὃν δʼ Αἰγύπτιον. ἰδὼν δʼ ἐρήμους καὶ παρόντα μηδένα ἐρρυσάμην ἀδελφὸν, ὃν δʼ ἔκτεινʼ ἐγὼ, ἔκρυψα δʼ ἄμμῳ τοῦτον, ὥστε μὴ εἰσιδεῖν ἕτερόν τινʼ ἡμὰς κἀπογυμνῶσαι φόνον. τῇ ’παύριον δὲ πάλιν ἰδὼν ἄνδρας δύο, μάλιστα δʼ αὐτοὺς συγγενεῖς, πατουμένους, λέγω ῾τί τύπτεις ἀσθενέστερον σέθεν;᾿ ὁ δʼ εἶπεν ῾ἡμῖν τίς σʼ ἀπέστειλεν κριτὴν, ἢ᾿πιστάτην ἐνταῦθα; μὴ κτενεῖς σύ με, ὥσπερ τὸν ἐχθὲς ἄνδρα; ῾καὶ δείσας ἐγὼ ἔλεξα ῾πῶς ἐγένετο συμφανὲς τόδε;᾿ καὶ πάντα βασιλεῖ ταῦτʼ ἀπήγγειλεν ταχύ· ζητεῖ δὲ Φαραὼ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν λαβεῖν· ἐγὼ δʼ ἀκούσας ἐκποδὼν μεθίσταμαι, καὶ νῦν πλανῶμαι γῆν ἐπʼ ἀλλοτέρμονα. εἶτα περὶ τῶν τοῦ ῾Ραγουὴλ θυγατέρων οὕτως ἐπιβάλλει, ὁρῶ δὲ ταύτας ἑπτὰ παρθένους τινάς. ἐρωτήσαντός τε αὐτὰς τίνες εἴησαν αἱ παρθένοι φησὶν ἡ Σεπφώρα Λιβύη μὲν ἡ γῆ πᾶσα κλῄζεται, ξένε, οἰκοῦσι δʼ αὐτὴν φῦλα παντοίων γενῶν, Αἰθίοπες ἄνδρες μέλανες· ἄρχων δʼ ἐστὶ γῆς εἷς καὶ τύραννος καὶ στρατηλάτης μόνος. ἄρχει δὲ πόλεως τῆσδε καὶ κρίνει βροτοὺς ἱερεὺς, ὅς ἐστʼ ἐμοῦ τε καὶ τούτων πατήρ. εἶτα περὶ τοῦ ποτισμοῦ τῶν θρεμμάτων διελθὼν περὶ τοῦ τῆς Σεπφώρας ἐπιβάλλει γάμου, διʼ ἀμοιβαίων παρεισάγων τόν τε Χοὺμ καὶ τὴν Σεπφώραν λέγοντας, Σ. ὅμως κατειπεῖν χρή σε, Σεπφώρα, τάδε. Χ. ξένῳ πατήρ με τῷδʼ ἔδωκεν εὐνέτιν.”
“ Peri de tou ton Mōÿson ektethēnai hypo tēs mētros eis to helos kai hypo tēs tou basileōs thygatros anairethēnai kai traphēnai historei kai Ezekiēlos ho tōn tragǭdiōn poiētēs, anōthen analabōn tēn historian apo tōn syn Iakōb paragenomenōn eis Aigypton pros Iōsēph. legei de houtōs, ton Mōÿson pareisagōn legonta aphʼ hou dʼ Iakōb gēn lipōn Chananaian katēlthʼ echōn Aigypton heptakis deka psychas syn autǭ, kapegennēsen polyn laon kakōs prassonta kai tethlimmenon, es achri touton ton chronon kakoumenon kakōn hypʼ andrōn kai dynasteias cheros. idōn gar hēmōn gennan halis ēuxēmenēn dolon kathʼ hēmōn polyn emēchanēsato basileus Pharaō, tous men en plintheumasin oikodomias te baresin aikizōn brotous, poleis tʼ epyrgou, sphōn hekati dysmorōn. epeita kēryssei men Hebraiōn genei tarsenika rhiptein potamon es bathyrroon. entautha mētēr hē tekousʼ ekrypte me treis mēnas, hōs ephasken. ou lathousa de hypexethēke, kosmon amphitheisa moi, parʼ akra potamou, lasion, eis helos dasy. Mariam dʼ adelphē mou katōpteuen pelas; kapeita thygatēr basileōs habrais homou katēlthe loutrois chrōta phaidrynai neon; idousa dʼ euthys kai labousʼ aneileto, egnō dʼ Hebraion onta; kai legei tade Mariam adelphē prosdramousa basilidi, ‘theleis trophon soi paidi tǭdʼ heurō tachy ek Hebraiōn?' hē dʼ epespeusen korēn; molousa dʼ eipe mētri, kai parēn tachy autē te mētēr kalaben mʼ es ankalas. eipen de thygatēr basileōs ‘touton, gynai, tropheue, kagō misthon apodōsō sethen. onoma de Mōsēn ōnomaze, tou charin hygras aneile potamias apʼ ę̄onos. toutois methʼ hetera epilegei kai peri toutōn ho Ezekiēlos en tę̄ tragǭdią, ton Mōysēn pareisagōn legonta Epei de kairos nēpiōn parēlthe moi, ēgen me mētēr basilidos pros dōmata, hapanta mytheusasa, kai lexasa moi genos patrǭon kai theou dōrēmata. heōs men oun ton paidos eichomen chronon, trophaisi basilikaisi kai paideumasin hapanthʼ hypischneithʼ, hōs apo splanchnōn heōn; epei de plērēs kolpos hēmerōn parēn, exēlthon oikōn basilikōn, pros erga gar thymos mʼ anōge kai technasma basileōs;) horō de prōton andras en cheirōn nomǭ, ton men gegōthʼ Hebraion, hon dʼ Aigyption. idōn dʼ erēmous kai paronta mēdena errysamēn adelphon, hon dʼ ekteinʼ egō, ekrypsa dʼ ammǭ touton, hōste mē eisidein heteron tinʼ hēmas kapogymnōsai phonon. tę̄ ’paurion de palin idōn andras dyo, malista dʼ autous syngeneis, patoumenous, legō ῾ti typteis asthenesteron sethen?᾿ ho dʼ eipen ῾hēmin tis sʼ apesteilen kritēn, ē᾿pistatēn entautha? mē kteneis sy me, hōsper ton echthes andra? ῾kai deisas egō elexa ῾pōs egeneto symphanes tode?᾿ kai panta basilei tautʼ apēngeilen tachy; zētei de Pharaō tēn emēn psychēn labein; egō dʼ akousas ekpodōn methistamai, kai nyn planōmai gēn epʼ allotermona. eita peri tōn tou ῾Ragouēl thygaterōn houtōs epiballei, horō de tautas hepta parthenous tinas. erōtēsantos te autas tines eiēsan hai parthenoi phēsin hē Sepphōra Libyē men hē gē pasa klę̄zetai, xene, oikousi dʼ autēn phyla pantoiōn genōn, Aithiopes andres melanes; archōn dʼ esti gēs heis kai tyrannos kai stratēlatēs monos. archei de poleōs tēsde kai krinei brotous hiereus, hos estʼ emou te kai toutōn patēr. eita peri tou potismou tōn thremmatōn dielthōn peri tou tēs Sepphōras epiballei gamou, diʼ amoibaiōn pareisagōn ton te Choum kai tēn Sepphōran legontas, S. homōs kateipein chrē se, Sepphōra, tade. Ch. xenǭ patēr me tǭdʼ edōken eunetin.”
"About Moses' being put out by his mother in the marsh and taken up and reared by the king's daughter, Ezekiel the writer of tragedies also tells, taking up the story from the beginning, from those who came with Jacob into Egypt to Joseph. He speaks thus, bringing on Moses as speaker: 'Since Jacob left the land of Canaan and came down to Egypt, having seventy souls with him, and begot a great people, faring ill and afflicted, ill-treated to this very time by wicked men and the hand of power. For seeing our race grown great enough, King Pharaoh devised much craft against us: tormenting men with brickmaking and heavy labors of building, and he built towered cities by the work of us wretched ones. Then he proclaims to the race of the Hebrews to throw the male children into the deep-flowing river. Then the mother who bore me hid me three months, as she used to say; but, unable to escape notice, she put me out, wrapping clothing round me, by the edge of the river, in the thick marsh, overgrown. Miriam my sister kept watch nearby. And then the king's daughter came down with her maids to refresh her young skin with bathing; and seeing me she at once took me and lifted me up, and knew I was a Hebrew. And Miriam my sister, running up to the princess, says this: "Do you want me to find you quickly a nurse for this child from the Hebrews?" And she urged the girl on; she went and told our mother, and quickly my mother herself was there and took me in her arms. And the king's daughter said: "Nurse this child, woman, and I will pay you your wage." And she named him Moses, because she had taken him up from the wet bank of the river.' After these lines, Ezekiel in the tragedy goes on to speak of the following too, bringing on Moses as speaker: 'When the time of my infancy had passed, my mother brought me to the princess's palace, having first told me everything and declared to me my father's race and the gifts of God. As long as I was of the age of a child, she provided everything, with royal upbringing and education, as though I were from her own womb. But when the full round of days had come, I went out of the royal house, for my spirit and the king's contrivance urged me to deeds. I first see men fighting hand to hand, one a Hebrew, the other an Egyptian; and seeing them alone, with no one present, I rescued my brother and killed the other, and hid him in the sand, so that no one else should see us and lay the killing bare. On the next day, again seeing two men, and they kinsmen, beating each other, I say: "Why do you strike one weaker than yourself?" And he said: "Who sent you here as judge or overseer over us? Will you not kill me, as you did the man yesterday?" And in fear I said: "How did this become known?" And he quickly reported all this to the king; and Pharaoh seeks to take my life. Hearing this I take myself out of the way, and now I wander in a land of foreign borders.' Then about the daughters of Raguel he continues thus: 'I see these seven maidens.' And when he asks them who the maidens are, Sepphora says: 'Stranger, this whole land is called Libya, and it is inhabited by tribes of every race, black Ethiopian men; and there is one ruler of the land, sole king and general. This city is ruled, and men are judged, by a priest, who is father of me and of these.' Then, having gone through the watering of the flocks, he continues about Sepphora's marriage, bringing on Choum and Sepphora speaking in turn: 'Choum: Still, you must tell me this, Sepphora. Sepphora: My father gave me to this stranger as wife.'"
Preparation 9, chapter 29
9.29.1Dindorf 1:507–508
“Δημήτριος δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου καὶ τῆς διαφορᾶς τῆς πρὸς τὸν μηνύσαντα τὸν τελευτήσαντα ὁμοίως τῷ τὴν ἱερὰν βίβλον γράψαντι ἱστόρησε· φυγεῖν μέντοι γε τὸν Μωσῆν εἰς Μαδιὰν, καὶ συνοικῆσαι ἐκεῖ τῇ Ἰοθὸρ θυγατρὶ Σεπφώρᾳ, ἣν εἶναι, ὅσα στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων, τῶν γενομένων ἐκ Χεττούρας, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένους, ἐκ τοῦ Ἰεζὰν τοῦ γενομένου Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ Χεττούρας· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ Ἰεζὰν γενέσθαι Δαδὰν, ἐκ δὲ Δαδὰν Ῥαγουὴλ, ἐκ δὲ Ῥαγουὴλ Ἰοθὸρ καὶ Ἀβὰβ, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ Ἰοθὸρ Σεπφώραν, ἣν γήμαι Μωσῆν.
“Dēmētrios de peri tēs anaireseōs tou Aigyptiou kai tēs diaphoras tēs pros ton mēnysanta ton teleutēsanta homoiōs tǭ tēn hieran biblon grapsanti historēse; phygein mentoi ge ton Mōsēn eis Madian, kai synoikēsai ekei tę̄ Iothor thygatri Sepphōrą, hēn einai, hosa stochazesthai apo tōn onomatōn, tōn genomenōn ek Chettouras, tou Abraam genous, ek tou Iezan tou genomenou Abraam ek Chettouras; ek de tou Iezan genesthai Dadan, ek de Dadan Rhagouēl, ek de Rhagouēl Iothor kai Abab, ek de tou Iothor Sepphōran, hēn gēmai Mōsēn.
"Demetrius related the killing of the Egyptian and the quarrel with the man who informed about the dead man in the same way as the writer of the sacred book; but he says that Moses fled to Midian and there married Sepphora, Jothor's daughter, who was, so far as one can conjecture from the names, of the descendants of Keturah, of the line of Abraham, from Jokshan, who was born to Abraham of Keturah. From Jokshan came Dedan, from Dedan Raguel, from Raguel Jothor and Hobab, and from Jothor Sepphora, whom Moses married.
9.29.2Dindorf 1:508
καὶ τὰς γενεὰς δὲ συμφωνεῖν· τὸν γὰρ Μωσῆν εἶναι ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕβδομον, τὴν δὲ Σεπφώραν ἕκτην. συνοικοῦντος γὰρ ἤδη τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ, ἀφʼ οὗ Μωσῆν εἶναι, γῆμαι Ἀβραὰμ τὴν Χεττούραν ὄντα ἐτῶν ρμ, καὶ γεννῆσαι Ἰσαὰρ ἐξ αὐτῆς δεύτερον· τὸν δὲ Ἰσαὰκ, ὄντα ἐτῶν ἑκατὸν, γεννῆσαι. ὥστε μβ ἐτῶν ὕστερον γεγονέναι τὸν Ἰσαὰρ, ἀφʼ οὗ τὴν Σεπφώραν γεγενεαλογῆσθαι.
kai tas geneas de symphōnein; ton gar Mōsēn einai apo Abraam hebdomon, tēn de Sepphōran hektēn. synoikountos gar ēdē tou Isaak, aphʼ hou Mōsēn einai, gēmai Abraam tēn Chettouran onta etōn rm, kai gennēsai Isaar ex autēs deuteron; ton de Isaak, onta etōn hekaton, gennēsai. hōste mb etōn hysteron gegonenai ton Isaar, aphʼ hou tēn Sepphōran gegenealogēsthai.
The generations also agree: Moses was seventh from Abraham, Sepphora sixth. For when Isaac, from whom Moses came, was already married, Abraham married Keturah at the age of 140 and begot of her Ishbak as his second son; and he begot Isaac at a hundred; so Ishbak, from whom Sepphora's descent is traced, was born forty-two years after.
9.29.3Dindorf 1:508
οὐδὲν οὖν ἀντιπίπτει τὸν Μωσῆν καὶ τὴν Σεπφώραν κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς γεγονέναι χρόνους. κατοικεῖν δʼ αὐτοὺς Μαδιὰμ πόλιν, ἣν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς τῶν Ἀβραὰμ παίδων ὀνομασθῆναι. φησὶ γὰρ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ τοὺς παῖδας πρὸς ἀνατολὰς ἐπὶ κατοικίαν πέμψαι· διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μαριὰμ εἰπεῖν ἐν Ἀσηρὼθ Μωσῆν Αἰθιοπίδα γῆμαι γυναῖκα.
ouden oun antipiptei ton Mōsēn kai tēn Sepphōran kata tous autous gegonenai chronous. katoikein dʼ autous Madiam polin, hēn apo henos tōn Abraam paidōn onomasthēnai. phēsi gar ton Abraam tous paidas pros anatolas epi katoikian pempsai; dia touto de kai Aarōn kai Mariam eipein en Asērōth Mōsēn Aithiopida gēmai gynaika.
There is therefore no difficulty in Moses and Sepphora having lived at the same time. They lived in the city of Midian, which was named after one of Abraham's sons; for he says that Abraham sent his sons east to settle; and for this reason Aaron and Miriam said at Hazeroth that Moses had married an Ethiopian woman.
9.29.4Dindorf 1:508
λέγει δὲ περὶ τούτων καὶ Ἐζεκιῆλος ἐν τῇ Ἐξαγωγῇ, προσπαρειληφὼς τὸν ὄνειρον τὸν ὑπὸ Μώσεως μὲν ἑωραμένον, ὑπὸ δὲ πενθεροῦ διακεκριμένον. λέγει δὲ αὐτὸς ὁ Μώσης διʼ ἀμοιβαίων πρὸς τὸν πενθερὸν οὕτω πως
legei de peri toutōn kai Ezekiēlos en tę̄ Exagōgę̄, prospareilēphōs ton oneiron ton hypo Mōseōs men heōramenon, hypo de pentherou diakekrimenon. legei de autos ho Mōsēs diʼ amoibaiōn pros ton pentheron houtō pōs
Ezekiel too speaks of these things in the Exagoge, adding the dream seen by Moses and interpreted by his father-in-law. Moses himself speaks to his father-in-law in alternating lines somewhat thus:
9.29.5Dindorf 1:508–509
ἔδοξʼ ὄρους κατʼ ἄκρα Σιναίου θρόνον μέγαν τινʼ εἶναι μέχρις οὐρανοῦ πτυχὸς, ἐν ᾧ καθῆσθαι φῶτα γενναῖόν τινα διάδημʼ ἔχοντα, καὶ μέγα σκῆπτρον χερὶ εὐωνύμῳ μάλιστα. δεξιᾷ δέ μοι ἔνευσε, κἀγὼ πρόσθεν ἐστάθην θρόνου. σκῆπτρον δέ μοι παρέδωκε, κεἰς θρόνον μέγαν εἶπεν καθῆσθαι· βασιλικὸν δʼ ἔδωκέ μοι διάδημα, καὐτὸς ἐκ θρόνων χωρίζεται. • ἐγὼ δʼ ἐσεῖδον γῆν ἅπασαν ἔγκυκλον, κἄνερθε γαίας κἀξύπερθεν οὐρανοῦ, καί μοί τι πλῆθος ἀστέρων πρὸς γούνατα ἔπιπτʼ, ἐγὼ δὲ πάντας ἠριθμησάμην, κἀμοὶ παρῆγεν ὡς παρεμβολὴ βροτῶν. εἶτʼ ἐμφοβηθεὶς ἐξανίσταμʼ ἐξ ὕπνου.
edoxʼ orous katʼ akra Sinaiou thronon megan tinʼ einai mechris ouranou ptychos, en hǭ kathēsthai phōta gennaion tina diadēmʼ echonta, kai mega skēptron cheri euōnymǭ malista. dexią de moi eneuse, kagō prosthen estathēn thronou. skēptron de moi paredōke, keis thronon megan eipen kathēsthai; basilikon dʼ edōke moi diadēma, kautos ek thronōn chōrizetai. • egō dʼ eseidon gēn hapasan enkyklon, kanerthe gaias kaxyperthen ouranou, kai moi ti plēthos asterōn pros gounata epiptʼ, egō de pantas ērithmēsamēn, kamoi parēgen hōs parembolē brotōn. eitʼ emphobētheis exanistamʼ ex hypnou.
'I dreamed that on the summit of Mount Sinai there was a great throne reaching to the folds of heaven, and on it sat a noble man wearing a diadem and holding a great sceptre in his left hand. With his right hand he beckoned to me, and I stood before the throne. He handed me the sceptre and told me to sit on the great throne; he gave me the royal diadem, and he himself withdrew from the throne. I looked upon the whole circle of the earth, both beneath the earth and above heaven; and a multitude of stars fell at my knees, and I counted them all, and they passed before me like a camp of mortals. Then in terror I start up from sleep.'
9.29.6Dindorf 1:509
ὁ δὲ πενθερὸς αὐτοῦ τὸν ὄνειρον ἐπικρίνει οὕτως ὢ ξένε, καλόν σοι τοῦτʼ ἐσήμηνεν θεός· ζώοιν δʼ ὅταν σοι ταῦτα συμβαίνῃ ποτέ. ἆρά γε μέγαν τινʼ ἐξαναστήσεις θρόνον, καὐτὸς βραβεύσεις καὶ καθηγήσῃ βροτῶν. τὸ δʼ εἰσθεᾶσθαι γῆν ὅλην τʼ οἰκουμένην, καὶ τὰ ὑπένερθεν χὐπὲρ οὐρανὸν θεοῦ, ὄψει τά τʼ ὄντα τά τε προτοῦ τά θʼ ὕστερον.
ho de pentheros autou ton oneiron epikrinei houtōs ō xene, kalon soi toutʼ esēmēnen theos; zōoin dʼ hotan soi tauta symbainę̄ pote. ara ge megan tinʼ exanastēseis thronon, kautos brabeuseis kai kathēgēsę̄ brotōn. to dʼ eistheasthai gēn holēn tʼ oikoumenēn, kai ta hypenerthen chyper ouranon theou, opsei ta tʼ onta ta te protou ta thʼ hysteron.
His father-in-law interprets the dream thus: 'Stranger, God has shown you this as a good sign; may I live when these things happen to you. You will raise up a great throne, and you yourself will judge and lead mortals. And as for seeing the whole inhabited earth, and what is beneath and above God's heaven: you will see what is, what was before, and what will be afterward.'
9.29.7Dindorf 1:509
περὶ δὲ τῆς καιομένης βάτου καὶ τῆς ἀποστολῆς αὐτοῦ τῆς πρὸς Φαραὼ πάλιν παρεισάγει διʼ ἀμοιβαίων τὸν Μωσῆν τῷ θεῷ διαλεγόμενον. φησὶ δὲ ὁ Μώσης ἔα ’ τί μοι σημεῖον ἐκ βάτου τόδε, τεράστιόν τε καὶ βροτοῖς ἀπιστία; ἄφνω βάτος μὲν καίεται πολλῷ πυρὶ, αὐτοῦ δὲ χλωρὸν πᾶν μένει τὸ βλαστάνον. τί δή; προελθὼν ὄψομαι τεράστιον μέγιστον • οὐ γὰρ πίστιν ἀνθρώποις φέρει.
peri de tēs kaiomenēs batou kai tēs apostolēs autou tēs pros Pharaō palin pareisagei diʼ amoibaiōn ton Mōsēn tǭ theǭ dialegomenon. phēsi de ho Mōsēs ea ’ ti moi sēmeion ek batou tode, terastion te kai brotois apistia? aphnō batos men kaietai pollǭ pyri, autou de chlōron pan menei to blastanon. ti dē? proelthōn opsomai terastion megiston • ou gar pistin anthrōpois pherei.
About the burning bush and his mission to Pharaoh he again brings on Moses conversing with God in alternating lines. Moses says: 'Ah! What is this sign from the bush, a marvel and beyond men's belief? Suddenly the bush is burning with much fire, yet all its growth remains green. What then? I will go forward and see this very great marvel; for it brings no belief to men.'
9.29.8Dindorf 1:509–510
εἶτα ὁ θεὸς αὐτῷ προσομιλεῖ ἐπίσχες, ὢ φέριστε, μὴ προσεγγίσῃς, Μωσῆ, πρὶν ἢ τῶν σῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι δέσιν· ἁγία γὰρ ἧς σὺ γῆς ἐφέστηκας πέλει ’ ὁ δʼ ἐκ βάτου σοι θεῖος ἐκλάμπει λόγος • θάρσησον, ὢ παῖ, καὶ λόγων ἄκουʼ ἐμῶν· ἰδεῖν γὰρ ὄψιν τὴν ἐμὴν ἀμήχανον θνητὸν γεγῶτα, τῶν λόγων δʼ ἔξεστί σοι ἐμῶν ἀκούειν, τῶν ἕκατʼ ἐλήλυθα. ἐγὼ θεὸς σῶν, ὧν λέγεις, γεννητόρων, Ἀβραάμ τε κ Ἰσαὰκ κʼ Ἰακώβου τρίτου. μνησθεὶς δʼ ἐκείνων καὶ ἔτʼ ἐμῶν δωρημάτων πάρειμι σῶσαι λαὸν Ἑβραίων ἐμὸν, ἰδὼν κάκωσιν καὶ πόνον δούλων ἐμῶν. ἀλλʼ ἕρπε καὶ σήμαινε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, πρῶτον μὲν αὐτοῖς πᾶσιν Ἑβραίοις ὁμοῦ, ἔπειτα βασιλεῖ, τὰ ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ τεταγμένα, ὅπως σὺ λαὸν τὸν ἐμὸν ἐξάγοις χθονός.
eita ho theos autǭ prosomilei episches, ō pheriste, mē prosengisę̄s, Mōsē, prin ē tōn sōn podōn lysai desin; hagia gar hēs sy gēs ephestēkas pelei ’ ho dʼ ek batou soi theios eklampei logos • tharsēson, ō pai, kai logōn akouʼ emōn; idein gar opsin tēn emēn amēchanon thnēton gegōta, tōn logōn dʼ exesti soi emōn akouein, tōn hekatʼ elēlytha. egō theos sōn, hōn legeis, gennētorōn, Abraam te k Isaak kʼ Iakōbou tritou. mnēstheis dʼ ekeinōn kai etʼ emōn dōrēmatōn pareimi sōsai laon Hebraiōn emon, idōn kakōsin kai ponon doulōn emōn. allʼ herpe kai sēmaine tois emois logois, prōton men autois pasin Hebraiois homou, epeita basilei, ta hypʼ emou tetagmena, hopōs sy laon ton emon exagois chthonos.
Then God speaks to him: 'Stop, noblest one, do not come near, Moses, before you loose the binding of your feet; for the ground on which you stand is holy; and the divine word shines out to you from the bush. Take courage, my son, and hear my words; for to see my face is impossible for one born mortal, but you may hear my words, for whose sake I have come. I am the God of your forefathers whom you name, of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob the third. Remembering them and also my gifts, I am here to save my people of the Hebrews, having seen the ill-treatment and toil of my servants. But go and make known by my words, first to all the Hebrews together, then to the king, what I have commanded, that you may lead my people out of the land.'
9.29.9Dindorf 1:510
εἶτα ὑποβάς τινα ἀμοιβαῖα αὐτὸς ὁ Μώσης λέγει οὐκ εὔλογος πέφυκα, γλῶσσα δʼ ἐστί μου δύσφραστος, ἰσχνόφωνος, ὥστε μὴ λόγους ἐμοὺς γενέσθαι βασιλέως ἐναντίον.
eita hypobas tina amoibaia autos ho Mōsēs legei ouk eulogos pephyka, glōssa dʼ esti mou dysphrastos, ischnophōnos, hōste mē logous emous genesthai basileōs enantion.
Then, after some lines of dialogue, Moses himself says: 'I am not eloquent by nature; my tongue is hard of speech, faint-voiced, so that my words cannot come before the king.'
9.29.10Dindorf 1:510
εἶτα πρὸς ταῦτα ὁ θεὸς αὐτῷ ἀποκρίνεται Ἀάρωνα πέμψον σὸν κασίγνητον ταχὺ, ᾧ πάντα λέξεις τἀξ ἐμοῦ λελεγμένα, καὐτὸς λαλήσει βασιλέως ἐναντίον, σὺ μὲν πρὸς ἡμῶν, ὁ δὲ λαβὼν σέθεν πάρα.
eita pros tauta ho theos autǭ apokrinetai Aarōna pempson son kasignēton tachy, hǭ panta lexeis tax emou lelegmena, kautos lalēsei basileōs enantion, sy men pros hēmōn, ho de labōn sethen para.
Then God answers him: 'Send Aaron your brother quickly, to whom you will tell all that has been said by me, and he will speak before the king: you from us, and he receiving from you.'
9.29.11Dindorf 1:510
περὶ δὲ τῆς ῥάβδου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεράτων οὕτω διʼ ἀμοιβαίων εἴρηκε, Θ. τί δʼ ἐν χεροῖν σοῖν τοῦτʼ ἔχεις; λέξον τάχος. Μ. ῥάβδον τετραπόδων καὶ βροτῶν κολάστριαν. Θ. ῥῖψον πρὸς οὖδας, κἀποχώρησον ταχύ. δράκων γὰρ ἔσται φοβερὸς, ὥστε θαυμάσαι. Μ. ἰδοὺ βέβληται· δέσποθʼ, ἵλεως γενοῦ· ὡς φοβερὸς, ὡς πέλωρος· οἴκτειρον σύ με, πέφρικʼ ἰδὼν, μέλη δὲ σώματος τρέμει. Θ. μηδὲν φοβηθῇς, χεῖρα δʼ ἐκτείνας Με οὐρὰν, πάλιν δὲ ῥάβδος ἔσσεθʼ ὥσπερ ἢν. ἔνθες δὲ χείρ εἰς κόλπον, ἐξένεγκέ τε. ἰδοὺ τὸ ταχθὲν, γέγονεν ὡσπερεὶ χιών. ἔνθες πάλιν δʼ εἰς κόλπον, ἔσται δʼ ὥσπερ ην.”
peri de tēs rhabdou kai tōn allōn teratōn houtō diʼ amoibaiōn eirēke, Th. ti dʼ en cheroin soin toutʼ echeis? lexon tachos. M. rhabdon tetrapodōn kai brotōn kolastrian. Th. rhipson pros oudas, kapochōrēson tachy. drakōn gar estai phoberos, hōste thaumasai. M. idou beblētai; despothʼ, hileōs genou; hōs phoberos, hōs pelōros; oikteiron sy me, pephrikʼ idōn, melē de sōmatos tremei. Th. mēden phobēthę̄s, cheira dʼ ekteinas Me ouran, palin de rhabdos essethʼ hōsper ēn. enthes de cheir eis kolpon, exenenke te. idou to tachthen, gegonen hōsperei chiōn. enthes palin dʼ eis kolpon, estai dʼ hōsper ēn.”
About the staff and the other wonders he has spoken thus in alternating lines: 'God: What is this you have in your hands? Tell me quickly. Moses: A staff, to chastise four-footed beasts and men. God: Throw it to the ground and step back quickly; for it will be a fearful serpent, so that you will marvel. Moses: See, it is thrown. Master, be merciful! How fearful, how monstrous! Pity me; I shudder at the sight, and my limbs tremble. God: Fear nothing; stretch out your hand and take its tail, and it will be a staff again as it was. Put your hand into your bosom and bring it out. Moses: See, what was commanded: it has become like snow. God: Put it into your bosom again, and it will be as it was.'"
9.29.12Dindorf 1:510–512
τούτοις ἐπάγει, μετά τινα τὰ μεταξὺ αὐτῷ εἰρημένα, λέγων “ Ταῦτα δέ φησιν οὕτω καὶ Ἐζεκιῆλος ἐν τῇ Ἐξαγωγῇ λέγων, περὶ μὲν τῶν σημείων τὸν θεὸν παρεισάγων λέγοντα οὕτως ἐν τῇδε ῥάβδῳ πάντα ποιήσεις κακά ’ πρῶτον μὲν αἷμα ποτάμιον ῥυήσεται, πηγαί τε πᾶσαι χυδάτων συστήματα • βατράχων τε πλῆθος καὶ σκνίπας ἐμβαλῶ χθονί. ἔπειτα τέφραν οἶς καμιναίαν πάσω, ἀναβλύσει δείνʼ ἐν βροτοῖς ἕλκη πικρά. κυνόμυια δʼ ἥξει, καὶ βροτοὺς Αἰγυπτίων πολλοὺς κακώσει. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἔσται πάλιν λοιμὸς, θανοῦνται δʼ οἶς ἔνεστι καρδία σκληρά· πικρανῶ δʼ οὐρανόν· χάλαζα νῦν σὺν πυρὶ πεσεῖται, καὶ νεκροὺς θήσει βροτούς. καρποί τʼ ὀλοῦνται, τετραπόδων τε σώματα· σκότος δὲ θήσω τρεῖς ἐφʼ ἡμέρας ὅλας, ἀκρίδας τε πέμψω. καὶ περισσὰ βρώματα ἅπαντʼ ἀναλώσουσι καἰ καρποῦ χλόην. ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις τέκνʼ ἀποκτενῶ βροτῶν πρωτόγονα. παύσω δʼ ὕβριν ανθρώπων κακῶν. Φαραὼ δὲ βασιλεὺς πείσετʼ οὐδὲν ὣν λέγω, πλὴν τέκνον αὐτοῦ πρωτόγονον ἕξει νεκρόν· καὶ τότε φοβηθεὶς λαὸν ἐκπέμψει ταχύ· πρὸς τοῖσδε λέξεις πᾶσιν Ἑβραίοις ὁμοῦ ὁ μεὶς ὅδʼ ὑμῖν πρῶτος ἐνιαυτοῦ πέλει· ἐν τῶδʼ ἀπάξω λαὸν εἰς ἄλλην χθόνα, εἰς ἣν ὑπέστην πατράσιν Ἑβραίων γένους.’ λέξεις δὲ λαῷ παντὶ, μηνὸς οὑ λέγω διχομηνίᾳ, τὸ πάσχα θύσαντας θεῷ τῇ πρόσθε νυκτὶ, αἵματι ψαῦσαι θύρας, ὅπως παρέλθῃ σῆμα δεινὸς ἄγγελος. ὑμεῖς δὲ νυκτὸς ὀπτὰ δαίσεσθε κρέα. σπουδῇ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐκβαλεῖ πρόπαντʼ ὄχλον. ὅταν δὲ μέλλητʼ ἀποτρέχειν, δώσω χάριν λαῷ, γυνή τε παρὰ γυναικὸς λήψεται σκεύη, κόσμον τε πάνθʼ, ὃν ἄνθρωπος φέρει, χρυσόν τε καὶ ἄργυρον ἠδὲ καὶ στολὰς, ἴνα ἀνθʼ ὧν ἔπραξαν μισθὸν ἀποδῶσιν βροτοῖς. ὅταν δʼ ἐς ἴδιον χῶρον εἰσέλθηθʼ, ὅπως ἀφʼ ἧσπερ ἠοῦς ἐφύγετʼ, Αἰγύπτου δʼ ἄπο ἑπτὰ διοδοιποροῦντες ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν, πάντες τοσαύτας ἡμέρας ἔτος κάτα ἄζυμʼ ἔδεσθε, καὶ θεῷ λατρεύσετε, τὰ πρωτότευκτα ζῷα θύοντες θεῶ, ὅσʼ ἂν τέκωσι παρθένοι πρώτως τέκνα τἀρσενικὰ, διανοίγοντα μήτρας μητέρων.
toutois epagei, meta tina ta metaxy autǭ eirēmena, legōn “ Tauta de phēsin houtō kai Ezekiēlos en tę̄ Exagōgę̄ legōn, peri men tōn sēmeiōn ton theon pareisagōn legonta houtōs en tę̄de rhabdǭ panta poiēseis kaka ’ prōton men haima potamion rhyēsetai, pēgai te pasai chydatōn systēmata • batrachōn te plēthos kai sknipas embalō chthoni. epeita tephran ois kaminaian pasō, anablysei deinʼ en brotois helkē pikra. kynomuia dʼ hēxei, kai brotous Aigyptiōn pollous kakōsei. meta de tautʼ estai palin loimos, thanountai dʼ ois enesti kardia sklēra; pikranō dʼ ouranon; chalaza nyn syn pyri peseitai, kai nekrous thēsei brotous. karpoi tʼ olountai, tetrapodōn te sōmata; skotos de thēsō treis ephʼ hēmeras holas, akridas te pempsō. kai perissa brōmata hapantʼ analōsousi kai karpou chloēn. epi pasi toutois teknʼ apoktenō brotōn prōtogona. pausō dʼ hybrin anthrōpōn kakōn. Pharaō de basileus peisetʼ ouden hōn legō, plēn teknon autou prōtogonon hexei nekron; kai tote phobētheis laon ekpempsei tachy; pros toisde lexeis pasin Hebraiois homou ho meis hodʼ hymin prōtos eniautou pelei; en tōdʼ apaxō laon eis allēn chthona, eis hēn hypestēn patrasin Hebraiōn genous.’ lexeis de laǭ panti, mēnos hou legō dichomēnią, to pascha thysantas theǭ tę̄ prosthe nykti, haimati psausai thyras, hopōs parelthę̄ sēma deinos angelos. hymeis de nyktos opta daisesthe krea. spoudę̄ de basileus ekbalei propantʼ ochlon. hotan de mellētʼ apotrechein, dōsō charin laǭ, gynē te para gynaikos lēpsetai skeuē, kosmon te panthʼ, hon anthrōpos pherei, chryson te kai argyron ēde kai stolas, ina anthʼ hōn epraxan misthon apodōsin brotois. hotan dʼ es idion chōron eiselthēthʼ, hopōs aphʼ hēsper ēous ephygetʼ, Aigyptou dʼ apo hepta diodoiporountes hēmerōn hodon, pantes tosautas hēmeras etos kata azymʼ edesthe, kai theǭ latreusete, ta prōtoteukta zǭa thyontes theō, hosʼ an tekōsi parthenoi prōtōs tekna tarsenika, dianoigonta mētras mēterōn.
To these, after some things said in between, he adds: "Ezekiel too says this in the Exagoge, bringing on God speaking about the signs thus: 'With this staff you will do all the plagues. First the river will flow with blood, and all the springs and gatherings of waters; and I will send a multitude of frogs and gnats on the land. Then I will sprinkle ashes from the furnace, and dreadful bitter sores will break out on men. The dog-fly will come and afflict many of the Egyptians. After that there will be pestilence again, and those with hard hearts will die. I will make the heaven bitter: hail with fire will now fall and lay men dead; fruits will perish, and the bodies of beasts. I will set darkness for three whole days, and I will send locusts, and they will consume all the remaining food and the green of the crops. On top of all these I will kill the firstborn children of men, and I will end the insolence of wicked men. King Pharaoh will heed nothing that I say until he has his firstborn child dead; and then in fear he will quickly send the people out. Besides this you will tell all the Hebrews together: "This month is the first of the year for you; in it I will lead the people away into another land, which I promised to the fathers of the Hebrew race." And you will tell all the people, in the month I speak of, at the full moon, having sacrificed the Passover to God on the night before, to touch the door with blood, so that the dread angel may pass by the sign. And you will feast on roasted meat at night. And in haste the king will drive out the whole crowd. When you are about to depart, I will give the people favor, and woman will receive from woman vessels and every ornament that a person wears, gold and silver and clothing, so that they may repay men a wage for what they did. And when you enter your own country, then for as many days as you journeyed, from the very dawn on which you fled, a seven days' road out of Egypt, every year you shall all eat unleavened bread for so many days and worship God, sacrificing to God the firstborn of animals, all male offspring that virgins first bear, opening their mothers' wombs.'
9.29.13Dindorf 1:512
καὶ πάλιν περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ταύτης ἐορτῆς φησὶν ἐπεξεργαζόμενον ἀκριβέστερον εἰρηκέναι ἀνδρῶν Ἑβραίων τοῦδε τοῦ μηνός λαβών κατὰ συγγενείας πρόβατα καὶ μόσκους βοῶν ἄμωμα δεκάτῃ· καὶ φυλαχθήτω μέχρι τετράς ἐπιλάμψει δεκάδι, καὶ πρὸς ἑσπέραν θύσαντες, ὀπτὰ πάντα σὺν τοῖς ἔνδοθεν οὔτω φάγεσθε ταῦτα· περιεζωσμένοι, καὶ κοῖλα ποσὶν ὑποδέδεσθε, καὶ χερὶ βακτηρίαν ἔχοντες. ἐν σπουδῇ τε γαρ βασιλεὺς κελεύσει πάντας ἐκβαλεῖν χθονός· κεκλήσεται δὲ πᾶς. ὄταν θύσητε δὲ, δεσμην λαβόντες χερσὶν ὑσσώπου κόμης εἰς αἷμα βάψαι, καὶ θιγεῖν σταθμῶν δυοῖν, ὄπως παρέλθῃ θάνατος Ἑβραίων ἄπο. ταύτην δʼ ἐορτήν δεσπότῃ τηρήσετε, ἔφθʼ ἡμέρας ἄζυμα· κοὐ βρωθήσεται ζύμη. κακῶν γὰρ τῶνδʼ ἀραλλαγήσεται, καὶ τοῦδε μηνὸς ἔξοδον διδῖ θεός· ἀρχὴ δὲ μηνῶν καὶ χρόνων οὖτος πέλει.”
kai palin peri tēs autēs tautēs eortēs phēsin epexergazomenon akribesteron eirēkenai andrōn Hebraiōn toude tou mēnos labōn kata syngeneias probata kai moskous boōn amōma dekatę̄; kai phylachthētō mechri tetras epilampsei dekadi, kai pros hesperan thysantes, opta panta syn tois endothen outō phagesthe tauta; periezōsmenoi, kai koila posin hypodedesthe, kai cheri baktērian echontes. en spoudę̄ te gar basileus keleusei pantas ekbalein chthonos; keklēsetai de pas. otan thysēte de, desmēn labontes chersin hyssōpou komēs eis haima bapsai, kai thigein stathmōn dyoin, opōs parelthę̄ thanatos Hebraiōn apo. tautēn dʼ eortēn despotę̄ tērēsete, ephthʼ hēmeras azyma; kou brōthēsetai zymē. kakōn gar tōndʼ arallagēsetai, kai toude mēnos exodon didi theos; archē de mēnōn kai chronōn outos pelei.”
And again about this same feast he says he spoke more exactly, working it out further: 'From the tenth day of this month let each of the Hebrew men take, by families, sheep and calves without blemish; and let them be kept until the fourteenth day dawns; and sacrificing toward evening, you shall eat them thus, all roasted with the inward parts: girded, with sandals bound on your feet, and with staff in hand; for in haste the king will order all to be driven from the land. Each one shall be called. When you sacrifice, take a bunch of hyssop in your hands, dip it in the blood, and touch the two doorposts, so that death may pass away from the Hebrews. And you shall keep this feast to the Lord, seven days of unleavened bread, and no leaven shall be eaten; for you will be released from these evils, and in this month God grants the exodus; and this is the beginning of months and of seasons.'"
9.29.14Dindorf 1:512–514
πάλιν μεθʼ ἔτερα ἐπιλέγει “Φησὶ δὲ καὶ Ἐζεκιῆλος ἐν τῷ δράματι τῷ ἐπιγραφομένῳ Ἐξαγωγὴ, παρεισάγων ἄγγελον λέγοντα τήν τε τῶν Ἑβραίων διάθεσιν καὶ τὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων φθορὰν οὔτως ὡς γὰρ σὺν ὄχλῳ τῷδʼ ἀφώρμησεν δόμων βασιλευς Φαραὼ μυρίων ὄπλων μέτα, ἵππου τε πάσης ἁρμάτων τετραόρων, καὶ προστάταισι καὶ παραστάταις ομοῦ, ἦν φρικτὸς ἀνδρῶν ἐκτεταγμένων ὄχλος. πεζοὶ μὲν ἐν μέσοισι καὶ φαλαγγικοὶ διεκδρομὰς ἔχοντες ἄρμασιν τόπους· ἱππεῖς δʼ ἔταξε, τοὺς μὲν ἐξ εὐωνύμων ἐκ δεξιῶν δὲ ράντας Αἰγύπτου στρατοῦ. τὸν πάντας δʼ ἀριθμὸν ἠρόμην ἐγὼ στρατοῦ· μυριάδες ἦσαν ἑκατον τὐανδρου μεώ. ἐπεὶ δʼ Ἐβραίων οὑμὸς ἤντησεν στρατὸς, οἱ μὲν παρʼ ἀκτὴν πλησίον βεβλημένοι ἐρυθρὰς θαλάσσης ἤσαν ἠθροισμένοι· οἱ μὲν τέκνοισι νηπίοις δίδουν βορὰν, ὁμοῦ τε καὶ δάμαρσιν, ἔμπονοι κόπῳ· κτήνη τε πολλὰ, καὶ δόμων ἀποσκευὴ, αὐτοὶ δʼ ἄνοπλοι πάντες εἰς μάχην χέρας ἰδόντες ἡμᾶς ἠλάλαξαν ἔνδακρυν φωνὴν, πρὸς αἰθέρα τʼ ἐτάθησαν ἀθρόοι, θεὸν πατρῷον. ἦν πολὺς δʼ ἀνδρῶν ὄχλος. ἡμᾶς δὲ χάρμα πάντας εἶχεν ἐν μέρει. ἔπειθʼ ὑπʼ αὐτοὺς θήκαμεν παρεμβολὴν, Βεελζεφών τις κλῄζεται πόλις βροτοῖς. ἐπεὶ δὲ Τιτᾶν ἥλιος δυσμαῖς προσῆν, ἐπέσχομεν, θέλοντες ὄρθριον μάχην, πεποιθότες λαοῖσι καὶ φρικτοῖς ὅπλοις. ἔπειτα θείων ἄρχεται τεραστίων θαυμάστʼ ἰδέσθαι. καί τις ἐξαίφνης μέγας στῦλος νεφώδης ἐστάθη πρὸ γῆς μέγας. παρεμβολῆς ἡμῶν τε χἐβραίων μέσος. κἄπειθʼ ὁ κείνων ἡγεμὼν Μώσης, λαβὼν ῥάβδον θεοῦ, τῇ δὴ πρὶν Αἰγύπτῳ κακὰ σημεῖα καὶ τεράστιʼ ἐξεμήσατο ’ ἔτυψʼ ἐρυθρᾶς νῶτα κἄσχισεν μέσον βάθος θαλάσσης· οἱ δὲ σύμπαντες ὤρουσαν ὠκεῖς ἁλμυρᾶς διʼ ἀτραποῦ. ἡμεῖς δʼ ἐπʼ αὐτῆς ᾠχόμεσθα συντόμως κατʼ ἴχνος αὐτῶν· νυκτὸς εἰσεκύρσαμεν βοηδρομοῦντες· ἁρμάτων δʼ ἄφνω οὐκ ἐστρέφοντο, δέσμιοι δʼ ὣς ἥρμοσαν. ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ δὲ φέγγος ὡς πυρὸς μέγα ὤφθη τι ἡμῖν· ὡς μὲν εἰκάζειν, παρὴν αὐτοῖς ἀρωγὸς ὁ θεός. ὡς δʼ ἤδη πέραν ἤσαν θαλάσσης, κῦμα δʼ ἐρροίβδει μέγα σύνεγγυς ἡμῶν· καί τις ἠλάλαξʼ ἰδὼν, φεύγωμεν οἴκοι πρόσθεν ὑψίστου χέρας· οἶς μὲν γάρ ἐστʼ ἀρωγὸς, ἡμῖν δʼ ἀθλίοις ὄλεθρον ἕρδει· καὶ συνεκλύσθη πόρος ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης καὶ στρατὸν διώλεσε.”
palin methʼ etera epilegei “Phēsi de kai Ezekiēlos en tǭ dramati tǭ epigraphomenǭ Exagōgē, pareisagōn angelon legonta tēn te tōn Hebraiōn diathesin kai tēn tōn Aigyptiōn phthoran outōs hōs gar syn ochlǭ tǭdʼ aphōrmēsen domōn basileus Pharaō myriōn oplōn meta, hippou te pasēs harmatōn tetraorōn, kai prostataisi kai parastatais omou, ēn phriktos andrōn ektetagmenōn ochlos. pezoi men en mesoisi kai phalangikoi diekdromas echontes armasin topous; hippeis dʼ etaxe, tous men ex euōnymōn ek dexiōn de rantas Aigyptou stratou. ton pantas dʼ arithmon ēromēn egō stratou; myriades ēsan hekaton tyandrou meō. epei dʼ Ebraiōn houmos ēntēsen stratos, hoi men parʼ aktēn plēsion beblēmenoi erythras thalassēs ēsan ēthroismenoi; hoi men teknoisi nēpiois didoun boran, homou te kai damarsin, emponoi kopǭ; ktēnē te polla, kai domōn aposkeuē, autoi dʼ anoploi pantes eis machēn cheras idontes hēmas ēlalaxan endakryn phōnēn, pros aithera tʼ etathēsan athrooi, theon patrǭon. ēn polys dʼ andrōn ochlos. hēmas de charma pantas eichen en merei. epeithʼ hypʼ autous thēkamen parembolēn, Beelzephōn tis klę̄zetai polis brotois. epei de Titan hēlios dysmais prosēn, epeschomen, thelontes orthrion machēn, pepoithotes laoisi kai phriktois hoplois. epeita theiōn archetai terastiōn thaumastʼ idesthai. kai tis exaiphnēs megas stylos nephōdēs estathē pro gēs megas. parembolēs hēmōn te chebraiōn mesos. kapeithʼ ho keinōn hēgemōn Mōsēs, labōn rhabdon theou, tę̄ dē prin Aigyptǭ kaka sēmeia kai terastiʼ exemēsato ’ etypsʼ erythras nōta kaschisen meson bathos thalassēs; hoi de sympantes ōrousan ōkeis halmyras diʼ atrapou. hēmeis dʼ epʼ autēs ǭchomestha syntomōs katʼ ichnos autōn; nyktos eisekyrsamen boēdromountes; harmatōn dʼ aphnō ouk estrephonto, desmioi dʼ hōs hērmosan. apʼ ouranou de phengos hōs pyros mega ōphthē ti hēmin; hōs men eikazein, parēn autois arōgos ho theos. hōs dʼ ēdē peran ēsan thalassēs, kyma dʼ erroibdei mega synengys hēmōn; kai tis ēlalaxʼ idōn, pheugōmen oikoi prosthen hypsistou cheras; ois men gar estʼ arōgos, hēmin dʼ athliois olethron herdei; kai syneklysthē poros erythras thalassēs kai straton diōlese.”
Again, after other things, he adds: "Ezekiel too, in the drama entitled Exagoge, brings on a messenger describing the state of the Hebrews and the destruction of the Egyptians thus: 'When King Pharaoh set out from his palace with this throng, with countless armed men, with all his cavalry and four-horse chariots, with commanders and men at their sides, there was a fearsome throng of men in battle order. Foot soldiers and men of the phalanx in the middle, leaving lanes for the chariots to run through; horsemen he posted, some on the left and some on the right, of all the army of Egypt. I asked the number of the whole army: there were a hundred myriads of men. When our army met the Hebrews, they were gathered on the shore, encamped near the Red Sea; some were giving food to their little children and their wives, worn out with toil; there were many cattle and household goods; and they, all unarmed for battle, seeing us raised a tearful cry and all together stretched their hands to heaven, to their fathers' God. There was a great crowd of men; and joy held all of us in turn. Then we pitched our camp close to them, at a city men call Baal-zephon. When the Titan sun drew near its setting, we halted, wishing to fight at dawn, trusting in our numbers and fearsome arms. Then divine wonders began, marvelous to see. Suddenly a great pillar of cloud stood up from the earth, between our camp and the Hebrews. And then their leader Moses, taking the staff of God, with which before he had wrought evil signs and wonders on Egypt, struck the surface of the Red Sea and split the depth of the sea in the middle; and all of them rushed swiftly through the salt-sea path. We went straight after them on it, on their track; by night we came upon them, running to battle; but suddenly our chariot wheels would not turn, but stuck fast as if bound. From heaven a great light as of fire appeared to us; so that, as one might guess, God was there as their helper. When they were already across the sea, a great wave roared close to us; and someone, seeing it, cried out: "Let us flee home before the hands of the Most High; for to them he is a helper, but for us wretches he works destruction." And the passage of the Red Sea was flooded over and destroyed the army.'"
9.29.15Dindorf 1:514
καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα ’’ Ἐκεῖθεν ἦλθον ἡμέρας τρεῖς, ὡς αὐτός τε ὁ Δημήτριος λέγει καὶ συμφώνως τούτῳ ἡ ἱερὰ βίβλος. μὴ ἔχοντα δὲ ὕδωρ ἐκεῖ γλυκὺ, ἀλλὰ πικρὸν, τοῦ θεοῦ εἰπόντος ξύλον τι ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν πηγὴν, καὶ γενέσθαι γλυκὺ τὸ ὕδωρ. ἐκεῖθεν δὲ εἰς Ἐλεὶμ ἐλθεῖν, καὶ εὑρεῖν ἐκεῖ δώδεκα μὲν πηγὰς ὑδάτων, ἑβδομήκοντα δὲ στελέχη φοινίκων. περὶ τούτων καὶ τοῦ φανέντος ὀρνέου Ἐζεκιῆλος ἐν τῇ Ἐξαγωγῇ παρεισάγει τινὰ λέγοντα τῷ Μώσῃ περὶ μὲν τῶν φοινίκων καὶ τῶν δώδεκα πηγῶν οὕτως
kai palin metʼ oliga ’’ Ekeithen ēlthon hēmeras treis, hōs autos te ho Dēmētrios legei kai symphōnōs toutǭ hē hiera biblos. mē echonta de hydōr ekei glyky, alla pikron, tou theou eipontos xylon ti embalein eis tēn pēgēn, kai genesthai glyky to hydōr. ekeithen de eis Eleim elthein, kai heurein ekei dōdeka men pēgas hydatōn, hebdomēkonta de stelechē phoinikōn. peri toutōn kai tou phanentos orneou Ezekiēlos en tę̄ Exagōgę̄ pareisagei tina legonta tǭ Mōsę̄ peri men tōn phoinikōn kai tōn dōdeka pēgōn houtōs
And again, a little later: "From there they went three days, as Demetrius himself says, and the sacred book in agreement with him. Having no sweet water there but bitter, God told him to throw a piece of wood into the spring, and the water became sweet. From there they came to Elim and found there twelve springs of water and seventy palm trunks. About these and the bird that appeared, Ezekiel in the Exagoge brings on someone speaking to Moses, about the palms and the twelve springs thus:
9.29.16Dindorf 1:514–515
κράτιστε Μωσῆ, πρόσχες, οἷον εὕρομεν τόπον πρὸς αὐτῇ τῇδέ γʼ εὐαεῖ νάπῃ. ἔστιν γὰρ, ὡς που καὶ σὺ τυγχάνεις ὁρῶν, ἐκεῖ. τόθεν δὲ φέγγος ἐξέλαμψέ νιν, κατʼ εὐφρόνην σημεῖον ὡς στῦλος πυρός. ἐνταῦθα λειμῶνʼ εὕρομεν κατάσκιον, ὑγράς τε λιβάδας· δαψιλὴς χῶρος βαθὺς, πηγὰς ἀφύσσων δώδεκʼ ἐκ μιᾶς πέτρας· στελέχη δʼ ἐρυμνὰ πολλὰ φοινίκων πέλει ἔγκαρπα, δεκάκις ἑπτὰ, καὶ ἐπίρρυτος πέφυκε χλοίη θρέμμασιν χορτάσματα. εἶτα ὑποβὰς περὶ τοῦ φανέντος ὀρνέου διεξέρχεται ἕτερον δὲ πρὸς τοῖσδʼ εἴδομεν ζῷον ξένον, θαυμαστὸν, οἷον οὐδέπω ὥρακέ τις. διπλοῦν γὰρ ἤν τὸ μῆκος ἀετοῦ σχεδὸν, πτεροῖσι ποικίλοισιν ἠδὲ χρώμασι. στῆθος μὲν αὐτοῦ πορφυροῦν ἐφαίνετο, σκέλη δὲ μιλτόχρωτα, καὶ κατʼ αὐχένα κροκωτίνοις μαλλοῖσιν εὐτρεπίζετο. κάρα δὲ κοττοῖς ἡμέροις παρεμφερὲς, καὶ μηλίνῃ μὲν τῇ κόρῃ προσέβλεπε κύκλῳ· κόρη δὲ κόκκος ὡς ἐφαίνετο· φωνὴν δὲ πάντων εἶχεν ἐκπρεπεστάτην. βασιλεὺς δὲ πάντων ὀρνέων ἐφαίνετο, ως ἠν νοῆσαι. πάντα γὰρ τὰ πτήνʼ ὁμοῦ ὄπισθεν αὐτοῦ δειλιῶντʼ ἐπέσσυτο, αὐτὸς δὲ πρόσθεν, ταῦρος ὣς γαυρούμενος, ἔβαινε κραιπνὸν βῆμα βαστάζων ποδός.’ καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ‘‘ Ἐπιζητεῖν δέ τινα πῶς οἱ Ἰσραηλῖται ὅπλα ἔσχον ἄνοπλοι ἐξελθόντες. ἔφασαν γὰρ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἐξελθόντας καὶ θυσιάσαντας πάλιν ἀνακάμψειν. φαίνεται οὖν τοὺς μὴ κατακλυσθέντας τοῖς ἐκείνων ὅπλοις χρήσασθαι.’
kratiste Mōsē, prosches, hoion heuromen topon pros autę̄ tę̄de gʼ euaei napę̄. estin gar, hōs pou kai sy tynchaneis horōn, ekei. tothen de phengos exelampse nin, katʼ euphronēn sēmeion hōs stylos pyros. entautha leimōnʼ heuromen kataskion, hygras te libadas; dapsilēs chōros bathys, pēgas aphyssōn dōdekʼ ek mias petras; stelechē dʼ erymna polla phoinikōn pelei enkarpa, dekakis hepta, kai epirrytos pephyke chloiē thremmasin chortasmata. eita hypobas peri tou phanentos orneou diexerchetai heteron de pros toisdʼ eidomen zǭon xenon, thaumaston, hoion oudepō hōrake tis. diploun gar ēn to mēkos aetou schedon, pteroisi poikiloisin ēde chrōmasi. stēthos men autou porphyroun ephaineto, skelē de miltochrōta, kai katʼ auchena krokōtinois malloisin eutrepizeto. kara de kottois hēmerois parempheres, kai mēlinę̄ men tę̄ korę̄ proseblepe kyklǭ; korē de kokkos hōs ephaineto; phōnēn de pantōn eichen ekprepestatēn. basileus de pantōn orneōn ephaineto, ōs ēn noēsai. panta gar ta ptēnʼ homou opisthen autou deiliōntʼ epessyto, autos de prosthen, tauros hōs gauroumenos, ebaine kraipnon bēma bastazōn podos.’ kai meta brachea ‘‘ Epizētein de tina pōs hoi Israēlitai hopla eschon anoploi exelthontes. ephasan gar triōn hēmerōn hodon exelthontas kai thysiasantas palin anakampsein. phainetai oun tous mē kataklysthentas tois ekeinōn hoplois chrēsasthai.’
'Most excellent Moses, see what a place we have found, by this breezy glen. It is there, as you too can see; from there a light shone out by night, a sign like a pillar of fire. There we found a shady meadow and moist springs; a rich, deep place, drawing twelve springs from one rock; and there are many strong palm trunks, laden with fruit, ten times seven; and well-watered grass grows, fodder for the flocks.' Then, going on, he describes the bird that appeared: 'Besides these we saw another creature, strange and marvelous, such as no one has ever seen. Its length was nearly twice an eagle's, with wings of varied colors. Its breast appeared purple, its legs vermilion, and along its neck it was adorned with saffron-colored plumes. Its head was like that of tame cocks, and it looked around with a yellow eye; the pupil looked like a scarlet berry. It had the most splendid voice of all. It appeared to be king of all the birds, as one could see; for all the winged creatures together rushed fearfully behind it, while it went in front, proud as a bull, stepping with a swift stride.' And after a little: "Someone asks how the Israelites had weapons, since they went out unarmed. They said that they would go out a three days' journey, sacrifice, and return. It seems, then, that they used the weapons of those who were not drowned."
Preparation 9, chapter 30
9.30.1Dindorf 1:515
“Εὐπόλεμος δέ φησιν ἔν τινι περὶ τῆς Ἠλίου προφητείας Μωσῆν προφητεῦσαι ἔτη μʼ· εἶτα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν τοῦ Ναυῆ υἱὸν, ἔτη λ· βιῶσαι δʼ αὐτὸν ἔτη ι πρὸς τοῖς ρ, πῆξαί τε τὴν ἱερὰν σκηνὴν ἐν Σηλοῖ.
“Eupolemos de phēsin en tini peri tēs Ēliou prophēteias Mōsēn prophēteusai etē mʼ; eita Iēsoun, ton tou Nauē huion, etē l; biōsai dʼ auton etē i pros tois r, pēxai te tēn hieran skēnēn en Sēloi.
"Eupolemus says in a work on the prophecy of Elijah that Moses prophesied forty years; then Joshua the son of Nun thirty years; and he lived a hundred and ten years and pitched the holy tabernacle at Shiloh.
9.30.2Dindorf 1:515
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα προφήτην γενέσθαι Σαμουήλ. εἶτα τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλήσει ὑπὸ Σαμουὴλ Σαοῦλον βασιλέα αἱρεθῆναι, ἄρξαντα δὲ ἔτη κα τελευτῆσαι.
meta de tauta prophētēn genesthai Samouēl. eita tę̄ tou theou boulēsei hypo Samouēl Saoulon basilea hairethēnai, arxanta de etē ka teleutēsai.
After this Samuel became prophet. Then by the will of God Saul was chosen king by Samuel, and after reigning twenty-one years he died.
9.30.3Dindorf 1:515
εἶτα Δαβὶδ τὸν τούτου υἱὸν δυναστεῦσαι, ὃν καταστρέψασθαι Σύρους, τοὺς παρὰ τὸν Εὐφράτην οἰκοῦντας ποταμὸν, καὶ τὴν Κομμαγηνὴν καὶ τοὺς ἐν Γαλαδηνῇ Ἀσσυρίους καὶ Φοίνικας. στρατεῦσαι δʼ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπὶ Ἰδουμαίους καὶ Ἀμμανίτας καὶ Μωαβίτας καὶ Ἰτουραίους καὶ Ναβαταίους καὶ Ναβδαίους.
eita Dabid ton toutou huion dynasteusai, hon katastrepsasthai Syrous, tous para ton Euphratēn oikountas potamon, kai tēn Kommagēnēn kai tous en Galadēnę̄ Assyrious kai Phoinikas. strateusai dʼ auton kai epi Idoumaious kai Ammanitas kai Mōabitas kai Itouraious kai Nabataious kai Nabdaious.
Then David his son ruled, who subdued the Syrians living by the river Euphrates, and Commagene, and the Assyrians in Galaditis, and the Phoenicians. He also campaigned against the Idumaeans, Ammanites, Moabites, Ituraeans, Nabataeans, and Nabdaeans.
9.30.4Dindorf 1:515
αὖθις δὲ ἐπιστρατεῦσαι ἐπὶ Σούρωνα βασιλέα Τυροῦ καὶ Φοινίκης, οὓς καὶ ἀναγκάσαι φόρους Ἰουδαίοις ὑποτελεῖν· πρός τε Οὐαφρῆν τὸν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέα φιλίαν συνθέσθαι.
authis de epistrateusai epi Sourōna basilea Tyrou kai Phoinikēs, hous kai anankasai phorous Ioudaiois hypotelein; pros te Ouaphrēn ton Aigyptiōn basilea philian synthesthai.
Again he campaigned against Souron, king of Tyre and Phoenicia, and compelled them to pay tribute to the Jews; and he made a treaty of friendship with Vaphres, king of the Egyptians.
9.30.5Dindorf 1:515–516
βουλόμενόν τε τὸν Δαβὶδ οἰκοδομῆσαι ἱερὸν τῷ θεῷ ἀξιοῦν τὸν θεὸν τόπον αὐτῷ δείξαι τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου· ἔνθα δὴ ἄγγελον αὐτῷ ὀφθῆναι ἑστῶτα ἐπάνω τοῦ τόπου, οὗ τὸν βωμὸν ἱδρῦσθαι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, καὶ κελεύειν αὐτὸν μὴ ἱδρῦσθαι τὸ ἱερὸν, διὰ τὸ αἵματι ἀνθρωπίνῳ πεφύρθαι καὶ πολλὰ ἔτη πεπολεμηκέναι.
boulomenon te ton Dabid oikodomēsai hieron tǭ theǭ axioun ton theon topon autǭ deixai tou thysiastēriou; entha dē angelon autǭ ophthēnai hestōta epanō tou topou, hou ton bōmon hidrysthai en Hierosolymois, kai keleuein auton mē hidrysthai to hieron, dia to haimati anthrōpinǭ pephyrthai kai polla etē pepolemēkenai.
When David wished to build a temple for God, he asked God to show him the place for the altar. Then an angel appeared to him, standing above the place where the altar is set up in Jerusalem, and told him not to set up the temple, because he was stained with human blood and had waged war for many years.
9.30.6Dindorf 1:516
εἶναι δʼ αὐτῷ ὄνομα Διαναθάν· προστάξαι τε αὐτῷ τοῦτον ὅπως τῷ υἱῷ ἐπιτρέψῃ τὴν οἰκοδομίαν· αὐτὸν δὲ εὐτρεπίζειν τὰ πρὸς τὴν κατασκευὴν ἀνήκοντα, χρυσίον, ἀργύριον, χαλκὸν, λίθους, ξύλα κυπαρίσσινα καὶ κέδρινα.
einai dʼ autǭ onoma Dianathan; prostaxai te autǭ touton hopōs tǭ huiǭ epitrepsę̄ tēn oikodomian; auton de eutrepizein ta pros tēn kataskeuēn anēkonta, chrysion, argyrion, chalkon, lithous, xyla kyparissina kai kedrina.
His name was Dianathan; and he commanded him to entrust the building to his son, while he himself prepared what belonged to the construction: gold, silver, bronze, stones, cypress and cedar wood.
9.30.7Dindorf 1:516
ἀκούσαντα δὲ τὸν Δαβὶδ πλοῖα ναυπηγήσασθαι ἐν Ἀϊλάνοις πόλει τῆς Ἀραβίας, καὶ πέμψαι μεταλλευτὰς εἰς τὴν Οὐρφῆ νῆσον, κειμένην ἐν τῇ ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ, μέταλλα χρυσικὰ ἔχουσαν ’ καὶ τὸ χρυσίον ἐκεῖθεν μετακομίσαι τοὺς μεταλλευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν.
akousanta de ton Dabid ploia naupēgēsasthai en Aïlanois polei tēs Arabias, kai pempsai metalleutas eis tēn Ourphē nēson, keimenēn en tę̄ erythrą thalassę̄, metalla chrysika echousan ’ kai to chrysion ekeithen metakomisai tous metalleutas eis tēn Ioudaian.
Hearing this, David built ships at Ailana, a city of Arabia, and sent miners to the island of Ourphe, which lies in the Red Sea and has gold mines; and the miners brought the gold from there to Judaea.
9.30.8Dindorf 1:516
βασιλεύσαντα δὲ τὸν Δαβὶδ ἔτη μʼ Σολομῶνι τῷ υἱῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν παραδοῦναι, ὄντι ἐτῶν ιβ, ἐνώπιον Ἠλεὶ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως καὶ τῶν ιβ φυλάρχων, καὶ παραδοῦναι αὐτῷ τόν τε χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ χαλκὸν καὶ λίθον καὶ ξύλα κυπαρίσσινα καὶ κέδρινα. καὶ αὐτὸν μὲν τελευτῆσαι, Σολομῶνα δὲ βασιλεύειν, καὶ γράψαι πρὸς Οὐαφρῆν τὸν Αἰγύπτου βασιλέα τὴν ὑπογεγραμμένην ἐπιστολήν.”
basileusanta de ton Dabid etē mʼ Solomōni tǭ huiǭ tēn archēn paradounai, onti etōn ib, enōpion Ēlei tou archiereōs kai tōn ib phylarchōn, kai paradounai autǭ ton te chryson kai argyron kai chalkon kai lithon kai xyla kyparissina kai kedrina. kai auton men teleutēsai, Solomōna de basileuein, kai grapsai pros Ouaphrēn ton Aigyptou basilea tēn hypogegrammenēn epistolēn.”
After reigning forty years, David handed over the rule to his son Solomon, who was twelve years old, in the presence of Eli the high priest and the twelve heads of tribes, and handed over to him the gold, silver, bronze, stone, and cypress and cedar wood. He himself died, and Solomon reigned and wrote to Vaphres, king of Egypt, the letter written below."
Preparation 9, chapter 31
9.31.1Dindorf 1:516–517
“ Βασιλεὺς Σολομῶν Οὐαφρῇ βασιλεῖ Αἰγύπτου φίλῳ πατρικῷ χαίρειν. Γίνωσκέ με παρειληφότα τὴν βασιλείαν παρὰ Δαβὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ μεγίστου, καὶ ἐπιτεταχότος μοι οἰκοδομῆσαι ἱερὸν τῷ θεῷ, ὃς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἔκτισεν· ἅμα δέ σοι γράψαι ἀποστεῖλαί μοι τῶν παρὰ σοῦ λαῶν, οἱ παραστήσονταί μοι μέχρι τοῦ ἐπιτελέσαι πάντα κατὰ τὴν χρείαν, καθότι ἐπιτέτακται.”
“ Basileus Solomōn Ouaphrę̄ basilei Aigyptou philǭ patrikǭ chairein. Ginōske me pareilēphota tēn basileian para Dabid tou patros dia tou theou tou megistou, kai epitetachotos moi oikodomēsai hieron tǭ theǭ, hos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn ektisen; hama de soi grapsai aposteilai moi tōn para sou laōn, hoi parastēsontai moi mechri tou epitelesai panta kata tēn chreian, kathoti epitetaktai.”
"King Solomon to Vaphres, king of Egypt, friend of my father, greeting. Know that I have received the kingdom from David my father through God the Most High, who has commanded me to build a temple to God, who created heaven and earth; and at the same time to write to you to send me some of your people, who will stand by me until I have completed everything as needed, as has been commanded."
Preparation 9, chapter 32
9.32.1Dindorf 1:517
“ Βασιλεὺς Οὐαφρῆς Σολομῶνι βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ χαίρειν. Ἅμα τῷ ἀναγνῶναι τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστολὴν σφόδρα ἐχάρην, καὶ λαμπρὰν ἡμέραν ἤγαγον ἐγώ τε καὶ ἡ δύναμίς μου πᾶσα ἐπὶ τῷ παρειληφέναι σε τὴν βασιλείαν παρὰ χρηστοῦ ἀνδρὸς καὶ δεδοκιμασμένου ὑπὸ τηλικούτου θεοῦ. περὶ δὲ ὧν γράφεις μοι περὶ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς λαοὺς τοὺς παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἀπέσταλκά σοι μυριάδας ὀκτὼ, ὧν καὶ τὰ πλήθη ἐξ ὧν εἰσι διασεσάφηκά σοι· ἐκ μὲν τοῦ Σεβριθίτου νομοῦ μυρίους, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ Μενδησίου καὶ Σεβεννύτου δισμυρίους· Βουσιρίτου, Λεοντοπολίτου καὶ Ἀθριβίτου ἀνὰ μυρίους. φρόντισον δὲ καὶ τὰ δέοντα αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ὅπως εὐτακτῇ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποκατασταθῶσιν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν, ὡς ἂν ἀπὸ τῆς χρείας γενόμενοι.
“ Basileus Ouaphrēs Solomōni basilei megalǭ chairein. Hama tǭ anagnōnai tēn para sou epistolēn sphodra echarēn, kai lampran hēmeran ēgagon egō te kai hē dynamis mou pasa epi tǭ pareilēphenai se tēn basileian para chrēstou andros kai dedokimasmenou hypo tēlikoutou theou. peri de hōn grapheis moi peri tōn kata tous laous tous parʼ hēmin, apestalka soi myriadas oktō, hōn kai ta plēthē ex hōn eisi diasesaphēka soi; ek men tou Sebrithitou nomou myrious, ek de tou Mendēsiou kai Sebennytou dismyrious; Bousiritou, Leontopolitou kai Athribitou ana myrious. phrontison de kai ta deonta autois kai ta alla, hopōs eutaktę̄, kai hina apokatastathōsin eis tēn idian, hōs an apo tēs chreias genomenoi.
"King Vaphres to Solomon, the great king, greeting. On reading your letter I rejoiced greatly, and I and all my forces kept a splendid day because you have received the kingdom from an excellent man approved by so great a God. As for what you write to me about the people with us, I have sent you eighty thousand, and I have made clear to you the numbers and where they come from: from the Sebrithite nome ten thousand, from the Mendesian and Sebennyte twenty thousand, from the Busirite, Leontopolite, and Athribite ten thousand each. See to what they need and to everything else, so that there may be good order, and that they may be returned to their own country when they are no longer needed."
Preparation 9, chapter 33
9.33.1Dindorf 1:517–518
‘‘Βασιλεὺς Σολομῶν Σούρωνι τῷ βασιλεῖ Τυροῦ καὶ Σιδῶνος καὶ Φοινίκης φίλῳ πατρικῷ χαίρειν. Γίνωσκέ με παρειληφότα τὴν βασιλείαν παρὰ Δαβὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς, διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ μεγίστου, καὶ ἐπιτεταχότος μοι οἰκοδομῆσαι ἱερὸν τῷ θεῷ, ὃς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἔκτισεν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ σοὶ γράψαι ἀποστεῖλαί μοι τῶν παρὰ σοῦ λαῶν, οἳ συμπαραστήσονται ἡμῖν μέχρι τοῦ ἐπιτελέσαι τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ χρείαν, καθότι μοι ἐπιτέτακται. γέγραφα δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν καὶ Σαμαρεῖτιν καὶ Μωαβῖτιν καὶ Ἀμμανῖτιν καὶ Γαλαδῖτιν χορηγεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς τὰ δέοντα ἐκ τῆς χώρας κατὰ μῆνα, κόρους σίτου μυρίους· ὁ δὲ κόρος ἐστὶν ἀρταβῶν ἕξ· καὶ οἴνου κόρους μυρίους· ὁ δὲ κόρος τοῦ οἴνου ἐστὶ μέτρα δέκα. τὸ δὲ ἔλαιον καὶ τὰ ἄλλα χορηγηθήσεται αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἱερεῖα δὲ εἰς κρεοφαγίαν ἐκ τῆς Ἀραβίας.’
‘‘Basileus Solomōn Sourōni tǭ basilei Tyrou kai Sidōnos kai Phoinikēs philǭ patrikǭ chairein. Ginōske me pareilēphota tēn basileian para Dabid tou patros, dia tou theou tou megistou, kai epitetachotos moi oikodomēsai hieron tǭ theǭ, hos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn ektisen, hama de kai soi grapsai aposteilai moi tōn para sou laōn, hoi symparastēsontai hēmin mechri tou epitelesai tēn tou theou chreian, kathoti moi epitetaktai. gegrapha de kai eis tēn Galilaian kai Samareitin kai Mōabitin kai Ammanitin kai Galaditin chorēgeisthai autois ta deonta ek tēs chōras kata mēna, korous sitou myrious; ho de koros estin artabōn hex; kai oinou korous myrious; ho de koros tou oinou esti metra deka. to de elaion kai ta alla chorēgēthēsetai autois ek tēs Ioudaias, hiereia de eis kreophagian ek tēs Arabias.’
"King Solomon to Souron, king of Tyre, Sidon, and Phoenicia, friend of my father, greeting. Know that I have received the kingdom from David my father through God the Most High, who has commanded me to build a temple to God, who created heaven and earth; and at the same time to write to you too to send me some of your people, who will stand by us until we have completed God's requirement, as has been commanded me. I have also written to Galilee, Samaritis, Moabitis, Ammanitis, and Galaditis to supply them with what they need from the country each month: ten thousand cors of grain (the cor is six artabas) and ten thousand cors of wine (the cor of wine is ten measures). The oil and the rest will be supplied to them from Judaea, and animals to eat from Arabia."
Preparation 9, chapter 34
9.34.1Dindorf 1:518
“ Σούρων Σολομῶνι βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ χαίρειν. Εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεὸς, ὃς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἔκτισεν, ὃς εἴλετο ἄνθρωπον χρηστὸν ἐκ χρηστοῦ ἀνδρός. ἅμα τῷ ἀναγνῶναι τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστολὴν σφόδρα ἐχάρην, καὶ εὐλόγησα τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τῷ παρειληφέναι σὲ τὴν βασιλείαν.
“ Sourōn Solomōni basilei megalǭ chairein. Eulogētos ho theos, hos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn ektisen, hos eileto anthrōpon chrēston ek chrēstou andros. hama tǭ anagnōnai tēn para sou epistolēn sphodra echarēn, kai eulogēsa ton theon epi tǭ pareilēphenai se tēn basileian.
"Souron to Solomon, the great king, greeting. Blessed be God, who created heaven and earth, who has chosen an excellent man, son of an excellent man. On reading your letter I rejoiced greatly and blessed God because you have received the kingdom.
9.34.2Dindorf 1:518
περὶ δὲ ὧν γράφεις μοι περὶ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς λαοὺς τοὺς παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀπέσταλκά σοι Τυρίων καὶ Φοινίκων ὀκτακισμυρίους, καὶ ἀρχιτέκτονά σοι ἀπέσταλκα ἄνθρωπον Τύριον, ἐκ μητρὸς Ἰουδαίας, ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς τῆς Δαβίδ. ὑπὲρ ὧν ἂν αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσῃς τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν πάντων, καὶ ἀρχιτεκτονίαν, ὑφηγήσεταί σοι καὶ ποιήσει.
peri de hōn grapheis moi peri tōn kata tous laous tous parʼ hēmin apestalka soi Tyriōn kai Phoinikōn oktakismyrious, kai architektona soi apestalka anthrōpon Tyrion, ek mētros Ioudaias, ek tēs phylēs tēs Dabid. hyper hōn an auton erōtēsę̄s tōn hypo ton ouranon pantōn, kai architektonian, hyphēgēsetai soi kai poiēsei.
As for what you write to me about the people with us, I have sent you eighty thousand Tyrians and Phoenicians; and I have sent you a master builder, a man of Tyre, of a Jewish mother, of the tribe of David. Whatever you ask him about all things under heaven, and architecture, he will explain to you and do.
9.34.3Dindorf 1:518
περὶ δὲ τῶν δεόντων καὶ ἀποστελλομένων σοι παίδων καλῶς ποιήσεις ἐπιστείλας τοῖς κατὰ τόπον ἐπάρχοις, ὅπως χορηγῆται τὰ δέοντα.’’
peri de tōn deontōn kai apostellomenōn soi paidōn kalōs poiēseis episteilas tois kata topon eparchois, hopōs chorēgētai ta deonta.’’
As for what is needed and the servants sent to you, you will do well to write to the local governors, so that what is needed may be supplied."
9.34.4Dindorf 1:518
’’ Διελθὼν δὲ Σολομῶν, ἔχων τοὺς πατρικοὺς φίλους ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ τοῦ Λιβάνου μετὰ τῶν Σιδωνίων καὶ Τυρίων, μετήνεγκε τὰ ξύλα τὰ προκεκομμένα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ διὰ τῆς θαλάττης εἰς Ἰόππην, ἐκεῖθεν δὲ πεζῇ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. καὶ ἄρξασθαι οἰκοδομεῖν τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὄντα ἐτῶν ιγ· ἐργάζεσθαι δὲ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ προειρημένα, καὶ φυλὰς ιβ τῶν Ἰουδαίων παρέχειν ταῖς ἑκκαίδεκα μυριάσι τὰ δέοντα πάντα, κατὰ μῆνα φυλὴν μίαν, θεμελιῶσαί τε τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, μῆκος πηχῶν ’ξ, πλάτος πηχῶν ’ξ, τὸ δὲ πλάτος τῆς οἰκοδομῆς καὶ τῶν θεμελίων πηχῶν ι· οὕτω γὰρ αὐτῷ προστάξαι Νάθαν τὸν προφήτην τοῦ θεοῦ.
’’ Dielthōn de Solomōn, echōn tous patrikous philous epi to oros to tou Libanou meta tōn Sidōniōn kai Tyriōn, metēnenke ta xyla ta prokekommena hypo tou patros autou dia tēs thalattēs eis Ioppēn, ekeithen de pezę̄ eis Hierosolyma. kai arxasthai oikodomein to hieron tou theou, onta etōn ig; ergazesthai de ta ethnē ta proeirēmena, kai phylas ib tōn Ioudaiōn parechein tais hekkaideka myriasi ta deonta panta, kata mēna phylēn mian, themeliōsai te ton naon tou theou, mēkos pēchōn ’x, platos pēchōn ’x, to de platos tēs oikodomēs kai tōn themeliōn pēchōn i; houtō gar autǭ prostaxai Nathan ton prophētēn tou theou.
"Solomon, going with his father's friends to Mount Lebanon with the Sidonians and Tyrians, carried the timber previously cut by his father by sea to Joppa, and from there overland to Jerusalem. He began to build the temple of God at the age of thirteen. The aforesaid nations did the work, and the twelve tribes of the Jews supplied everything needed for the hundred and sixty thousand, one tribe each month. He laid the foundations of the temple of God, sixty cubits long, sixty cubits wide, and the width of the building and the foundations ten cubits; for so Nathan the prophet of God had commanded him.
9.34.5Dindorf 1:518–519
οἰκοδομεῖν δὲ ἐναλλὰξ δόμον λίθινον καὶ ἔνδεσμον κυπαρίσσινον, πελεκίνοις χαλκοῖς ταλαντιαίοις καταλαμβάνοντας τοὺς β δόμους. οὕτω δʼ αὐτὸν οἰκοδομήσαντα ξυλῶσαι ἔξωθεν κεδρίνοις ξύλοις καὶ κυπαρισσίνοις, ὥστε τὴν λιθίνην οἰκοδομὴν μὴ φαίνεσθαι· χρυσῶσαί τε τὸν ναὸν ἔσωθεν χωννύντα πλινθία χρυσᾶ πενταπήχη, καὶ προστιθέναι προσηλοῦντα ἥλοις ἀργυροῖς, ταλαντιαίοις τὴν ὁλκὴν, μαστοειδέσι τὸν ῥυθμὸν, τέσσαρσι δὲ τὸν ἀριθμόν.
oikodomein de enallax domon lithinon kai endesmon kyparissinon, pelekinois chalkois talantiaiois katalambanontas tous b domous. houtō dʼ auton oikodomēsanta xylōsai exōthen kedrinois xylois kai kyparissinois, hōste tēn lithinēn oikodomēn mē phainesthai; chrysōsai te ton naon esōthen chōnnynta plinthia chrysa pentapēchē, kai prostithenai prosēlounta hēlois argyrois, talantiaiois tēn holkēn, mastoeidesi ton rhythmon, tessarsi de ton arithmon.
He built in alternating courses of stone and binding beams of cypress, holding the two courses together with bronze clamps weighing a talent. Having built it thus, he paneled it outside with cedar and cypress wood, so that the stone building was not seen; and he gilded the temple inside, overlaying it with golden plates five cubits long, and fixed them on, nailing them with silver nails a talent in weight, breast-shaped in form, four in number.
9.34.6Dindorf 1:519
οὕτω δʼ αὐτὸν χρυσῶσαι ἀπὸ ἐδάφους ἕως τῆς ὀροφῆς, τό τε ὀρόφωμα ποιῆσαι ἐκ φατνωμάτων χρυσῶν, τὸ δὲ δῶμα ποιῆσαι χαλκοῦν ἀπὸ κεραμίδων χαλκῶν, χαλκὸν χωνεύσαντα, καὶ τοῦτον καταχέαντα. ποιήσαι δὲ δύο στύλους χαλκοῦς, καὶ καταχρυσῶσαι αὐτοὺς χρυσίῳ ἀδόλῳ, δακτύλῳ τὸ πάχος.
houtō dʼ auton chrysōsai apo edaphous heōs tēs orophēs, to te orophōma poiēsai ek phatnōmatōn chrysōn, to de dōma poiēsai chalkoun apo keramidōn chalkōn, chalkon chōneusanta, kai touton katacheanta. poiēsai de dyo stylous chalkous, kai katachrysōsai autous chrysiǭ adolǭ, daktylǭ to pachos.
So he gilded it from floor to roof, made the ceiling of golden coffers, and made the roof of bronze, of bronze tiles, smelting bronze and pouring it on. He made two bronze pillars and overlaid them with pure gold a finger thick.
9.34.7Dindorf 1:519
εἶναι δὲ τοὺς στύλους τῷ ναῷ ἰσομεγέθεις, τὸ δὲ πλάτος κύκλῳ ἕκαστον κίονα πηχῶν δέκα· στῆναι δὲ αὐτοὺς τοῦ οἴκου ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ εὐωνύμων. ποιῆσαι δὲ καὶ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς, δέκα τάλαντα ἑκάστην τὴν ὁλκὴν ἀγούσας, ὑπόδειγμα λαβόντα τὴν ὑπὸ Μώσεως ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου τεθεῖσαν.
einai de tous stylous tǭ naǭ isomegetheis, to de platos kyklǭ hekaston kiona pēchōn deka; stēnai de autous tou oikou hon men ek dexiōn, hon de ex euōnymōn. poiēsai de kai lychnias chrysas, deka talanta hekastēn tēn holkēn agousas, hypodeigma labonta tēn hypo Mōseōs en tę̄ skēnę̄ tou martyriou tetheisan.
The pillars were as tall as the temple, and each column ten cubits in circumference; they stood one on the right of the house, the other on the left. He also made golden lampstands, each weighing ten talents, taking as a model the one set by Moses in the tent of witness.
9.34.8Dindorf 1:519
στῆσαι δʼ ἐξ ἑκατέρου μέρους τοῦ σηκοῦ τὰς μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, τὰς δὲ ἐξ εὐωνύμων. ποιῆσαι δʼ αὐτὸν καὶ λύχνους χρυσοῦς οʼ, ὥστε καίεσθαι ἐφʼ ἑκάστης λυχνίας ἑπτά. οἰκοδομῆσαι δὲ καὶ τὰς πύλας τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ κατακοσμῆσαι χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ· καὶ καταστεγάσαι φατνώμασι κεδρίνοις καὶ κυπαρισσίνοις.
stēsai dʼ ex hekaterou merous tou sēkou tas men ek dexiōn, tas de ex euōnymōn. poiēsai dʼ auton kai lychnous chrysous oʼ, hōste kaiesthai ephʼ hekastēs lychnias hepta. oikodomēsai de kai tas pylas tou hierou kai katakosmēsai chrysiǭ kai argyriǭ; kai katastegasai phatnōmasi kedrinois kai kyparissinois.
He set them on each side of the sanctuary, some on the right, some on the left. He also made seventy golden lamps, so that seven burned on each lampstand. He built the gates of the temple and adorned them with gold and silver, and roofed them with coffers of cedar and cypress.
9.34.9Dindorf 1:519–520
ποιῆσαι δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸ πρὸς βορρᾶν μέρος τοῦ ἱεροῦ στοὰν, καὶ στύλους αὐτῇ ὑποστῆσαι χαλκοῦς μή. κατασκευάσαι δὲ καὶ λουτῆρα χαλκοῦν, μῆκος πηχῶν κʼ καὶ πλάτος πηχῶν κʼ, τὸ δὲ ὕψος πηχῶν ἑ. ποιῆσαι δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ στεφάνην πρὸς τὴν βάσιν ἔξω ὑπερέχουσαν πῆχυν ἕνα πρὸς τὸ τοὺς ἱερεῖς τούς τε πόδας προσκλύζεσθαι καὶ τὰς χεῖρας νίπτεσθαι ἐπιβαίνοντας· ποιῆσαι δὲ καὶ τὰς βάσεις τοῦ λουτῆρος τορευτὰς χωνευτὰς δώδεκα, καὶ τῷ ὕψει ἀνδρομήκεις, καὶ στῆσαι ἐξ ὑστέρου μέρους ὑπὸ τὸν λουτῆρα, ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου.
poiēsai de kai kata to pros borran meros tou hierou stoan, kai stylous autę̄ hypostēsai chalkous mē. kataskeuasai de kai loutēra chalkoun, mēkos pēchōn kʼ kai platos pēchōn kʼ, to de hypsos pēchōn he. poiēsai de epʼ autǭ stephanēn pros tēn basin exō hyperechousan pēchyn hena pros to tous hiereis tous te podas prosklyzesthai kai tas cheiras niptesthai epibainontas; poiēsai de kai tas baseis tou loutēros toreutas chōneutas dōdeka, kai tǭ hypsei andromēkeis, kai stēsai ex hysterou merous hypo ton loutēra, ek dexiōn tou thysiastēriou.
He also made a portico on the north side of the temple and set forty-eight bronze pillars under it. He made a bronze laver, twenty cubits long, twenty wide, and five high; and on it he made a rim projecting outward toward the base by one cubit, so that the priests could stand on it to wash their feet and hands. He made the laver's stands, twelve, cast and chased, of a man's height, and set them at the back, under the laver, to the right of the altar.
9.34.10Dindorf 1:520
ποιῆσαι δὲ καὶ βάσιν χαλκῆν τῷ ὕψει πηχῶν δυοῖν, κατὰ τὸν λουτῆρα, ἔν ἐφεστήκῃ ἐπʼ αὐτῆς ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὅταν προσεύχηται, ὅπως ὀπτάνηται τῷ λαῷ τῶν Ἰουδαίων. οἰκοδομῆσαι δὲ καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον πηχῶν κε ἐπὶ πήχεις κʼ, τὸ δὲ ὕψος πηχῶν ιβ.
poiēsai de kai basin chalkēn tǭ hypsei pēchōn dyoin, kata ton loutēra, en ephestēkę̄ epʼ autēs ho basileus, hotan proseuchētai, hopōs optanētai tǭ laǭ tōn Ioudaiōn. oikodomēsai de kai to thysiastērion pēchōn ke epi pēcheis kʼ, to de hypsos pēchōn ib.
He also made a bronze platform two cubits high, beside the laver, so that the king might stand on it when he prays and be seen by the people of the Jews. He built the altar twenty-five cubits by twenty, and twelve cubits high.
9.34.11Dindorf 1:520
ποιῆσαι δὲ καὶ δακτυλίους δύο χαλκοῦς λυσιδωτοὺς, καὶ στῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ μηχανημάτων ὑπερεχόντων τῷ ὕψει τὸν ναὸν πήχεις κʼ, καὶ σκιάζειν ἐπάνω παντὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ· καὶ προσκρεμάσαι ἑκάστῃ δίκτυι· κώδωνας χαλκοῦς ταλαντιαίους τετρακοσίους· καὶ ποιῆσαι ὅλας τὰς δίκτυας πρὸς τὸ ψοφεῖν τοὺς κώδωνας καὶ ἀποσοβεῖν τὰ ὄρνεα, ὅπως μὴ καθίζῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, μηδὲ νοσσεύῃ ἐπὶ τοῖς φατνώμασι τῶν πυλῶν καὶ στοῶν καὶ μολύνῃ τοῖς ἀποπατήμασι τὸ ἱερόν.
poiēsai de kai daktylious dyo chalkous lysidōtous, kai stēsai autous epi mēchanēmatōn hyperechontōn tǭ hypsei ton naon pēcheis kʼ, kai skiazein epanō pantos tou hierou; kai proskremasai hekastę̄ diktui; kōdōnas chalkous talantiaious tetrakosious; kai poiēsai holas tas diktyas pros to psophein tous kōdōnas kai aposobein ta ornea, hopōs mē kathizę̄ epi tou hierou, mēde nosseuę̄ epi tois phatnōmasi tōn pylōn kai stoōn kai molynę̄ tois apopatēmasi to hieron.
He also made two bronze rings of chain-work and set them on frames rising twenty cubits above the temple, and they cast shade over the whole temple; and on each network he hung four hundred bronze bells, each a talent in weight; and he made the networks whole, so that the bells would sound and scare away the birds, so that they would not settle on the temple or nest on the coffers of the gates and porticoes and foul the temple with their droppings.
9.34.12Dindorf 1:520
περιβαλεῖν δὲ καὶ τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα τὴν πόλιν τείχεσι καὶ πύργοις καὶ τάφροις· οἰκοδομῆσαι δὲ καὶ βασίλεια ἑαυτῷ.
peribalein de kai ta Hierosolyma tēn polin teichesi kai pyrgois kai taphrois; oikodomēsai de kai basileia heautǭ.
He also surrounded the city of Jerusalem with walls, towers, and ditches, and built a palace for himself.
9.34.13Dindorf 1:520
προσαγορευθῆναι δὲ τὸ ἀνάκτορον πρῶτον μὲν ἱερὸν Σολομῶνος, ὕστερον δὲ παρεφθαρμένως τὴν πόλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὀνομασθῆναι, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων φερωνύμως Ἱεροσόλυμα λέγεσθαι.
prosagoreuthēnai de to anaktoron prōton men hieron Solomōnos, hysteron de parephtharmenōs tēn polin apo tou hierou Hierousalēm onomasthēnai, hypo de tōn Hellēnōn pherōnymōs Hierosolyma legesthai.
The sanctuary was at first called the Temple (hieron) of Solomon; later, by corruption, the city was named Jerusalem from the temple, and by the Greeks it is called correspondingly Hierosolyma.
9.34.14Dindorf 1:520
συντελέσαντα δὲ τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ τὴν πόλιν τειχίσαντα ἐλθεῖν εἰς Σηλὼμ, καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ εἰς ὁλοκάρπωσιν προσαγαγεῖν βοῦς χιλίους. λαβόντα δὲ τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ τὰ σκεύη, ἃ ἐποίησε Μώσης, εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐνεγκεῖν καὶ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ θεῖναι.
syntelesanta de to hieron kai tēn polin teichisanta elthein eis Sēlōm, kai thysian tǭ theǭ eis holokarpōsin prosagagein bous chilious. labonta de tēn skēnēn kai to thysiastērion kai ta skeuē, ha epoiēse Mōsēs, eis Hierosolyma enenkein kai en tǭ oikǭ theinai.
Having completed the temple and walled the city, he went to Shiloh and brought a sacrifice to God as a whole burnt offering, a thousand oxen. He took the tabernacle, the altar, and the vessels that Moses had made, brought them to Jerusalem, and placed them in the house.
9.34.15Dindorf 1:520–521
καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν δὲ καὶ τὸν βωμὸν τὸν χρυσοῦν καὶ τὴν λυχνίαν καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα σκεύη ἐκεῖ κατατίθεσθαι, καθὼς προστάξαι αὐτῷ τὸν προφήτην.
kai tēn kibōton de kai ton bōmon ton chrysoun kai tēn lychnian kai tēn trapezan kai ta alla skeuē ekei katatithesthai, kathōs prostaxai autǭ ton prophētēn.
And the ark, the golden altar, the lampstand, the table, and the other vessels were deposited there, as the prophet had commanded him.
9.34.16Dindorf 1:521
προσαγαγεῖν δὲ τῷ θεῷ θυσίαν μυρίαν, πρόβατα δισχίλια, μόσχους τρισχιλίους πεντακοσίους. τὸ δὲ σύμπαν χρυσίον, τὸ εἰς τοὺς δύο στύλους καὶ τὸν ναὸν καταχρησθὲν, εἶναι τάλαντα μυριάδων υςʼ εἰς δὲ τοὺς ἥλους καὶ τὴν ἄλλην κατασκευὴν ἀργυρίου τάλαντα χίλια διακόσια τριάκοντα δύο· χαλκοῦ δὲ εἰς τοὺς κίονας καὶ τὸν λουτῆρα καὶ τὴν στοὰν τάλαντα μυρία ὀκτακισχίλια πεντήκοντα.
prosagagein de tǭ theǭ thysian myrian, probata dischilia, moschous trischilious pentakosious. to de sympan chrysion, to eis tous dyo stylous kai ton naon katachrēsthen, einai talanta myriadōn ysʼ eis de tous hēlous kai tēn allēn kataskeuēn argyriou talanta chilia diakosia triakonta dyo; chalkou de eis tous kionas kai ton loutēra kai tēn stoan talanta myria oktakischilia pentēkonta.
He offered God an immense sacrifice, two thousand sheep and three thousand five hundred calves. The total gold used on the two pillars and the temple was 4,600,000 talents; for the nails and the other furnishings, 1,232 talents of silver; and of bronze for the columns, the laver, and the portico, 18,050 talents.
9.34.17Dindorf 1:521
ἀποπέμψαι δὲ τὸν Σολομῶνα καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους καὶ τοὺς Φοίνικας, ἑκάστους εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν, ἑκάστῳ χρυσοῦ σίκλους δόντα δέκα· τὸ δὲ τάλαντον εἶναι σίκλον. καὶ τῷ μὲν Αἰγύπτου βασιλεῖ Οὐαφρῇ ἐλαίου μετρητὰς μυρίους, φοινικοβαλάνων ἀρτάβας χιλίας, μέλιτος δὲ ἀγγεῖα ἑκατὸν, καὶ ἀρώματα πέμψαι·
apopempsai de ton Solomōna kai tous Aigyptious kai tous Phoinikas, hekastous eis tēn heautōn, hekastǭ chrysou siklous donta deka; to de talanton einai siklon. kai tǭ men Aigyptou basilei Ouaphrę̄ elaiou metrētas myrious, phoinikobalanōn artabas chilias, melitos de angeia hekaton, kai arōmata pempsai;
Solomon sent away the Egyptians and the Phoenicians, each to their own land, giving each ten gold shekels; and the talent is a shekel. To Vaphres king of Egypt he sent ten thousand measures of oil, a thousand artabas of dates, a hundred jars of honey, and spices.
9.34.18Dindorf 1:521
τῷ δὲ Σούρωνι εἰς Τυρὸν πέμψαι τὸν χρυσοῦν κίονα, τὸν ἐν Τυρῷ ἀνακείμενον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοῦ Δῖός.
tǭ de Sourōni eis Tyron pempsai ton chrysoun kiona, ton en Tyrǭ anakeimenon en tǭ hierǭ tou Dios.
To Souron in Tyre he sent the golden column that is set up in Tyre in the temple of Zeus.
9.34.19Dindorf 1:521
Θεόφιλος δέ φησι τὸν περισσεύσαντα χρυσὸν τὸν Σολομῶνα τῷ Τυρίων βασιλεῖ πέμψαι· τὸν δὲ εἰκόνα τῆς θυγατρὸς ζῷον ὁλοσώματον κατασκευάσαι, καὶ ἔλυτρον τῷ ἀνδριάντι τὸν χρυσοῦν κίονα περιθεῖναι.
Theophilos de phēsi ton perisseusanta chryson ton Solomōna tǭ Tyriōn basilei pempsai; ton de eikona tēs thygatros zǭon holosōmaton kataskeuasai, kai elytron tǭ andrianti ton chrysoun kiona peritheinai.
Theophilus says that Solomon sent the surplus gold to the king of the Tyrians, and that he made a life-size statue of his daughter, and put the golden column round the statue as a sheath.
9.34.20Dindorf 1:521
ποιῆσαι δέ φησιν ὁ Εὐπόλεμος τὸν Σολομῶνα καὶ ἀσπίδας χρυσᾶς χιλίας, ὧν ἑκάστην πεντακοσίων εἶναι χρυσῶν. βιῶσαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἔτη πεντήκοντα δύο, ὧν ἐν εἰρήνῃ βασιλεῦσαι ἔτη μʼ.
poiēsai de phēsin ho Eupolemos ton Solomōna kai aspidas chrysas chilias, hōn hekastēn pentakosiōn einai chrysōn. biōsai de auton etē pentēkonta dyo, hōn en eirēnę̄ basileusai etē mʼ.
Eupolemus says that Solomon also made a thousand golden shields, each of five hundred gold pieces. He lived fifty-two years, of which he reigned forty in peace.
Preparation 9, chapter 35
9.35.1Dindorf 1:521–522
“ Τιμοχάρης δέ φησιν ἐν τοῖς περὶ Ἀντιόχου τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα τὴν μὲν περίμετρον ἔχειν σταδίους μʼ· εἶναι δʼ αὐτὴν δυσάλωτον, πάντοθεν ἀπορρῶξι περικλειομένην φάραγξιν. ὅλην δὲ τὴν πόλιν ὕδασι καταρρεῖσθαι, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς κήπους ἐκ τῶν ἀπορρεόντων ὑδάτων ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἄρδεσθαι. τὴν δὲ μεταξὺ ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἄχρι τεσσαράκοντα σταδίων ἄνυδρον εἶναι, ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν μʼ σταδίων πάλιν κάθυδρον ὑπάρχειν.’’
“ Timocharēs de phēsin en tois peri Antiochou ta Hierosolyma tēn men perimetron echein stadious mʼ; einai dʼ autēn dysalōton, pantothen aporrōxi perikleiomenēn pharanxin. holēn de tēn polin hydasi katarreisthai, hōste kai tous kēpous ek tōn aporreontōn hydatōn ek tēs poleōs ardesthai. tēn de metaxy apo tēs poleōs achri tessarakonta stadiōn anydron einai, apo de tōn mʼ stadiōn palin kathydron hyparchein.’’
"Timochares says in his History of Antiochus that Jerusalem has a circuit of forty stades, and that it is hard to capture, being enclosed on all sides by steep ravines. The whole city flows with water, so that even the gardens are irrigated by the water running off from the city; but the land between, from the city to forty stades out, is waterless, and beyond the forty stades it is well watered again."
Preparation 9, chapter 36
9.36.1Dindorf 1:522
“Ὁ δὲ τῆς Συρίας σχοινομέτρησιν γράψας ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ φησὶ κεῖσθαι Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐπὶ μετεώρου τε καὶ τραχέος τόπου· ᾠκοδομῆσθαι δὲ τινὰ μὲν μέρη τοῦ τείχους ἀπὸ λίθου ξεστοῦ, τὰ δὲ πλείονα ἀπὸ χάλικος· καὶ ἔχειν τὴν περίμετρον τὴν πόλιν σταδίων κζ, ὑπάρχειν δὲ καὶ πηγὴν ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ ὕδωρ δαψιλὲς ἀναβλύζουσαν.’’
“Ho de tēs Syrias schoinometrēsin grapsas en tę̄ prōtę̄ phēsi keisthai Hierosolyma epi meteōrou te kai tracheos topou; ǭkodomēsthai de tina men merē tou teichous apo lithou xestou, ta de pleiona apo chalikos; kai echein tēn perimetron tēn polin stadiōn kz, hyparchein de kai pēgēn en tǭ chōriǭ hydōr dapsiles anablyzousan.’’
"The writer of the Measurement of Syria says in his first book that Jerusalem lies on a high and rugged site; that some parts of the wall are built of dressed stone, but most of rubble; that the city has a circuit of twenty-seven stades; and that there is also a spring in the place gushing up abundant water."
Preparation 9, chapter 37
9.37.1Dindorf 1:522
Φησὶ δὲ ὁ Φίλων ἐν τοῖς περὶ Ἱεροσολύμων κρήνην εἶναι, ταύτην δὲ ἐν μὲν τῷ χειμῶνι ξηραίνεσθαι, ἐν δὲ τῷ θέρει πληροῦσθαι. λέγει δὲ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ οὕτως νηχόμενος δʼ ἐφύπερθε τὸ θαμβηέστατον ἄλλο δέρκηθρον σὺν ἀοιδὰ μεγιστούχοιο λοετροῖς ῥεύματος ἐμπίπλησι βαθὺν ῥόον ἐξανιείσης, καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς.
Phēsi de ho Philōn en tois peri Hierosolymōn krēnēn einai, tautēn de en men tǭ cheimōni xērainesthai, en de tǭ therei plērousthai. legei de en tę̄ prōtę̄ houtōs nēchomenos dʼ ephyperthe to thambēestaton allo derkēthron syn aoida megistouchoio loetrois rheumatos empiplēsi bathyn rhoon exanieisēs, kai ta exēs.
Philo says in his On Jerusalem that there is a fountain, and that it dries up in winter but fills in summer. He says in the first book: 'And swimming above, another most wondrous sight … with the baths of the mighty stream it fills the deep flow as it sends it forth,' and so on.
9.37.2Dindorf 1:522
οἶς πάλιν ὑποβὰς περὶ τῆς πληρώσεως ἐπιλέγει ῥεῦμα γὰρ ὑψιφάεννον, ἐν ὑετίοις νιφετοῖσιν ἱέμενον, πολυγηθὲς, ὑπὲρ πύργοισιν ὄροισι στρωφᾶται, καὶ ξηρὰ πέδῳ κεκονιμένα, κρήνης τηλεφαῆ δείκνυσιν ὑπέρτατα θάμβεα λαῶν, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἀκόλουθα.
ois palin hypobas peri tēs plērōseōs epilegei rheuma gar hypsiphaennon, en hyetiois niphetoisin hiemenon, polygēthes, hyper pyrgoisin oroisi strōphatai, kai xēra pedǭ kekonimena, krēnēs tēlephaē deiknysin hypertata thambea laōn, kai ta toutois akoloutha.
Going on again, he adds about its filling: 'For the high-shining stream, sent down in rainy snows, rich in joy, winds past towers and heights, and over the dry, dusty ground shows the far-shining, supreme wonders of the fountain to the peoples,' and what follows.
9.37.3Dindorf 1:522
εἶτα πάλιν περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως κρήνης καὶ τῆς ἀποχετεύσεως διέξεισιν οὕτως αἰπὺ δʼ ἄρ ἐκπτύουσι διὰ χθονὸς ὑδροχόοισι σωλῆνες, καὶ ὅσʼ ἄλλα τούτοις ἕπεται.” Τοσαῦτα μὲν δὴ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Πολυίστορος.
eita palin peri tēs tou archiereōs krēnēs kai tēs apocheteuseōs diexeisin houtōs aipy dʼ ar ekptyousi dia chthonos hydrochooisi sōlēnes, kai hosʼ alla toutois hepetai.” Tosauta men dē ta apo tōn Alexandrou tou Poluistoros.
Then again he describes the high priest's fountain and its channeling thus: 'And steeply the pipes spout forth through the earth with water-carrying …,' and all that follows." So much, then, from Alexander Polyhistor.
Preparation 9, chapter 38
9.38.1Dindorf 1:522–523
Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὑδάτων καὶ ὁ Ἀρισταῖος ἐν τῷ γραφέντι αὐτῷ βιβλίῳ Περὶ τῆς ἑρμηνείας τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νόμου ταῦτα ἱστορεῖ
Peri de tōn en tę̄ Hierousalēm hydatōn kai ho Aristaios en tǭ graphenti autǭ bibliǭ Peri tēs hermēneias tou tōn Ioudaiōn nomou tauta historei
About the waters in Jerusalem, Aristaeus too, in the book he wrote On the Translation of the Law of the Jews, relates this:
9.38.2Dindorf 1:523
“Ὁ δὲ οἶκος ἀποβλέπει πρὸς ἠῶ, τὰ δʼ ὀπίσθια αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἑσπέραν. τὸ δὲ πᾶν ἔδαφος λιθόστρωτον καθέστηκε καὶ κλίματα πρὸς τοὺς καθήκοντας τόπους ἔχει τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιρροῆς ἕνεκεν, ἣ γίνεται διὰ τὴν σμῆξιν τῶν ἀπὸ τῶν θυσιῶν αἱμάτων· πολλαὶ γὰρ μυριάδες κτηνῶν προσάγονται κατὰ τὰς τῶν ἑορτῶν ἡμέρας.
“Ho de oikos apoblepei pros ēō, ta dʼ opisthia autou pros hesperan. to de pan edaphos lithostrōton kathestēke kai klimata pros tous kathēkontas topous echei tēs tōn hydatōn epirroēs heneken, hē ginetai dia tēn smēxin tōn apo tōn thysiōn haimatōn; pollai gar myriades ktēnōn prosagontai kata tas tōn heortōn hēmeras.
"The house faces east, and its back is toward the west. The whole floor is paved with stone and has slopes toward the proper places for the flow of the water, which is needed for cleansing away the blood of the sacrifices; for many myriads of beasts are offered on the feast days.
9.38.3Dindorf 1:523
ὕδατος δὲ ἀνέκλειπτός ἐστι σύστασις, ὡς ἂν καὶ πηγῆς ἔσωθεν πολυρρύτου φυσικῶς ἐπιρρεούσης, ἔτι δὲ θαυμασίων καὶ ἀδιηγήτων ὑποδοχείων ὑπαρχόντων ὑπὸ γῆν, καθὼς ἐπέφαινον, πέντε σταδίων κυκλόθεν τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν καταβολῆς, καὶ ἐκ τούτων σύριγγας ἀναρίθμους, καθʼ ἔκαστον μέρος ἑαυταῖς συναπτόντων τῶν ῥευμάτων· καὶ ταῦτα πάντα μεμολιβδῶσθαι κατʼ ἐδάφους καὶ τῶν τοίχων, ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων κεχύσθαι πολὺ πλῆθος κονιάσεως, ἐνεργῶς γεγενημένων ἁπάντων.”
hydatos de anekleiptos esti systasis, hōs an kai pēgēs esōthen polyrrytou physikōs epirreousēs, eti de thaumasiōn kai adiēgētōn hypodocheiōn hyparchontōn hypo gēn, kathōs epephainon, pente stadiōn kyklothen tēs kata to hieron katabolēs, kai ek toutōn syringas anarithmous, kathʼ ekaston meros heautais synaptontōn tōn rheumatōn; kai tauta panta memolibdōsthai katʼ edaphous kai tōn toichōn, epi de toutōn kechysthai poly plēthos koniaseōs, energōs gegenēmenōn hapantōn.”
There is an unfailing supply of water, as if from an abundant spring flowing up naturally within; and besides there are wonderful, indescribable reservoirs underground, as they showed, for five stades around the foundation of the temple, and from them countless pipes, the streams joining one another on every side. All these are leaded at the bottom and on the walls, and over them a great quantity of plaster has been spread, all having been done with care."
Preparation 9, chapter 39
9.39.1Dindorf 1:523
Ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ τῆς Ἱερεμίου προφητείας τοῦ Πολυίστορος μνήμην πεποιημένου, ἡμᾶς ἀποσιωπῆσαι ταύτην πάντων ἂν εἴη παραλογώτατον. κείσθω τοίνυν καὶ αὕτη
Epi toutois kai tēs Hieremiou prophēteias tou Poluistoros mnēmēn pepoiēmenou, hēmas aposiōpēsai tautēn pantōn an eiē paralogōtaton. keisthō toinyn kai hautē
Besides these, since Polyhistor has also made mention of the prophecy of Jeremiah, it would be most unreasonable of all for us to pass it over in silence. Let it, then, be set down too:
9.39.2Dindorf 1:523
“ Εἶτα Ἰωναχείμ· ἐπὶ τούτου προφητεῦσαι Ἰερεμίαν τὸν προφήτην. τοῦτον ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποσταλέντα καταλαβεῖν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους θυσιάζοντας εἰδώλῳ χρυσῷ, ᾧ εἶναι ὄνομα Βάαλ.
“ Eita Iōnacheim; epi toutou prophēteusai Ieremian ton prophētēn. touton hypo tou theou apostalenta katalabein tous Ioudaious thysiazontas eidōlǭ chrysǭ, hǭ einai onoma Baal.
"Then Jonachim; in his time Jeremiah the prophet prophesied. Sent by God, he found the Jews sacrificing to a golden idol whose name was Baal.
9.39.3Dindorf 1:523–524
τοῦτον δὲ αὐτοῖς τὴν μέλλουσαν ἀτυχίαν δηλῶσαι. τὸν δὲ Ἰωναχεὶμ ζῶντα αὐτὸν ἐπιβαλέσθαι κατακαῦσαι· τὸν δὲ φάναι τοῖς ξύλοις τούτοις Βαβυλωνίοις ὀψοποιήσειν, καὶ σκάψειν τὰς τοῦ Τίγριδος καὶ Εὐφράτου διώρυχας αἰχμαλωτισθέντας.
touton de autois tēn mellousan atychian dēlōsai. ton de Iōnacheim zōnta auton epibalesthai katakausai; ton de phanai tois xylois toutois Babylōniois opsopoiēsein, kai skapsein tas tou Tigridos kai Euphratou diōrychas aichmalōtisthentas.
He revealed to them the misfortune to come. Jonachim tried to burn him alive; but he said that with this wood they would cook food for the Babylonians, and as captives would dig the canals of the Tigris and Euphrates.
9.39.4Dindorf 1:524
τὸν δὲ τῶν Βαβυλωνίων βασιλέα ἀκούσαντα Ναβουχοδονόσορ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἱερεμίου προμαντευθέντα παρακαλέσαι Ἀστιβάρην τὸν Μηδῶν βασιλέα συστρατεύειν αὐτῷ.
ton de tōn Babylōniōn basilea akousanta Nabouchodonosor ta hypo tou Hieremiou promanteuthenta parakalesai Astibarēn ton Mēdōn basilea systrateuein autǭ.
When Nebuchadnezzar, king of the Babylonians, heard what Jeremiah had foretold, he called on Astibares, king of the Medes, to campaign with him.
9.39.5Dindorf 1:524
παραλαβόντα δὲ Βαβυλωνίους καὶ Μήδους, καὶ συναγαγόντα πεζῶν μὲν ὀκτωκαίδεκα, ἱππέων δὲ μυριάδας δώδεκα, καὶ πεζῶν ἅρματα μυρία, πρῶτον μὲν τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν καταστρέψασθαι καὶ Γαλιλαίαν καὶ Σκυθόπολιν καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Γαλαδίτιδι οἰκοῦντας Ἰουδαίους· αὖθις δὲ τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα παραλαβεῖν, καὶ τὸν Ἰουδαίων βασιλέα Ἰωναχεὶμ ζωγρῆσαι· τὸν δὲ χρυσὸν τὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ χαλκὸν ἐκλέξαντας εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἀποστείλαι, χωρὶς τῆς κιβωτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ πλακῶν· ταύτην δὲ τὸν Ἱερεμίαν κατασχεῖν. ”
paralabonta de Babylōnious kai Mēdous, kai synagagonta pezōn men oktōkaideka, hippeōn de myriadas dōdeka, kai pezōn harmata myria, prōton men tēn Samareitin katastrepsasthai kai Galilaian kai Skythopolin kai tous en tę̄ Galaditidi oikountas Ioudaious; authis de ta Hierosolyma paralabein, kai ton Ioudaiōn basilea Iōnacheim zōgrēsai; ton de chryson ton en tǭ hierǭ kai argyron kai chalkon eklexantas eis Babylōna aposteilai, chōris tēs kibōtou kai tōn en autę̄ plakōn; tautēn de ton Hieremian kataschein. ”
Taking Babylonians and Medes, and gathering a hundred and eighty thousand foot, a hundred and twenty thousand horse, and ten thousand chariots, he first subdued Samaritis, Galilee, Scythopolis, and the Jews living in Galaditis; then he took Jerusalem and captured Jonachim, the king of the Jews alive; and they picked out the gold, silver, and bronze in the temple and sent it to Babylon, except the ark and the tablets in it; this Jeremiah kept back."
Preparation 9, chapter 40
9.40.1Dindorf 1:524
Τούτοις ἐπισυνάψαι ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίων αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς ὑπὸ Ναβουχοδονόσορ γεγενημένης “ Συμμίξας δὲ Ναβουχοδονόσορ τῷ ἀποστάτῃ καὶ παραταξάμενος αὐτοῦ τε ἐκυρίευσε καὶ τὴν χώραν ἐξαῦθις ὑπὸ τὴν αὐτοῦ βασιλείαν ἐποιήσατο.
Toutois episynapsai anankaion kai ta peri tēs Ioudaiōn aichmalōsias tēs hypo Nabouchodonosor gegenēmenēs “ Symmixas de Nabouchodonosor tǭ apostatę̄ kai parataxamenos autou te ekyrieuse kai tēn chōran exauthis hypo tēn autou basileian epoiēsato.
To these it is necessary to add also the account of the Jews' captivity under Nebuchadnezzar: "Nebuchadnezzar engaged the rebel, drew up against him, overcame him, and brought the country under his own rule again.
9.40.2Dindorf 1:524–525
τῷ τε πατρὶ αὐτοῦ συνέβη Ναβοπαλλασάρῳ, κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν ἀρρωστήσαντι, ἐν τῇ Βαβυλωνίων πόλει μεταλλάξαι τὸν βίον, ἔτη βεβασιλευκότι κά· αἰσθόμενος δὲ μετʼ οὐ πολὺν χρόνον τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τελευτὴν Ναβουχοδονόσορος, καταστήσας τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον πράγματα καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν χώραν καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους Ἰουδαίων τε καὶ Φοινίκων καὶ Σύρων τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐθνῶν συντάξας τισὶ τῶν φίλων εἰς τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν παρεγένετο. ”
tǭ te patri autou synebē Nabopallasarǭ, kata touton ton kairon arrōstēsanti, en tę̄ Babylōniōn polei metallaxai ton bion, etē bebasileukoti ka; aisthomenos de metʼ ou polyn chronon tēn tou patros teleutēn Nabouchodonosoros, katastēsas ta kata tēn Aigypton pragmata kai tēn loipēn chōran kai tous aichmalōtous Ioudaiōn te kai Phoinikōn kai Syrōn tōn kata tēn Aigypton ethnōn syntaxas tisi tōn philōn eis tēn Babylōnian paregeneto. ”
It happened that his father Nabopolassar fell ill at that time and died in the city of Babylon, having reigned twenty-one years. Nebuchadnezzar, learning not long after of his father's death, settled affairs in Egypt and the rest of the country, entrusted the captives—Jews, Phoenicians, and Syrians, and the peoples of Egypt—to some of his friends, and came to Babylonia."
9.40.3Dindorf 1:525
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερά φησι “Ναβουχοδονόσορος μὲν οὖν μετὰ τὸ ἄρξασθαι τοῦ προειρημένου τείχους ἐμπεσὼν εἰς ἀρρωστίαν μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον, βεβασιλευκὼς ἔτη μγ, τῆς δὲ βασιλείας κύριος ἐγένετο ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Εὐιλμαλούρουχος.
Kai methʼ hetera phēsi “Nabouchodonosoros men oun meta to arxasthai tou proeirēmenou teichous empesōn eis arrōstian metēllaxe ton bion, bebasileukōs etē mg, tēs de basileias kyrios egeneto ho huios autou Euilmalourouchos.
And after other things he says: "Nebuchadnezzar, after beginning the aforesaid wall, fell ill and died, having reigned forty-three years; and his son Evilmalourouchos became master of the kingdom.
9.40.4Dindorf 1:525
οὗτος προστὰς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀνόμως καὶ ἀσελγῶς, ἐπιβουλευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἔχοντος αὐτοῦ Νηριγλισάρου, ἀνῃρέθη, βασιλεύσας ἔτη β.
houtos prostas tōn pragmatōn anomōs kai aselgōs, epibouleutheis hypo tou tēn adelphēn echontos autou Nēriglisarou, anę̄rethē, basileusas etē b.
He managed affairs lawlessly and licentiously, was plotted against by Neriglisar, his sister's husband, and was killed, having reigned two years.
9.40.5Dindorf 1:525
μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἀναιρεθῆναι τοῦτον διαδεξάμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁ ἐπιβουλεύσας αὐτῷ Νηριγλίσαρος ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη δ. τούτου υἱὸς Χαβαεσσοαρᾶχος ἐκυρίευσε μὲν τῆς βασιλείας, παῖς ὢν, μῆνας ἐννέα· ἐπιβουλευθεὶς δὲ, διὰ τὸ πολλὰ ἐκφαίνειν κακοήθη, ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων ἀπετυμπανίσθη.
meta de to anairethēnai touton diadexamenos tēn archēn ho epibouleusas autǭ Nēriglisaros ebasileusen etē d. toutou huios Chabaessoarachos ekyrieuse men tēs basileias, pais ōn, mēnas ennea; epibouleutheis de, dia to polla ekphainein kakoēthē, hypo tōn philōn apetympanisthē.
After he was killed, Neriglisar, who had plotted against him, succeeded to the rule and reigned four years. His son Chabaessoarachos became master of the kingdom while a boy, for nine months; but, plotted against because he showed many signs of a bad character, he was beaten to death by his friends.
9.40.6Dindorf 1:525
ἀπολομένου δὲ τούτου συνελθόντες οἱ ἐπιβουλεύσαντες αὐτῷ κοινῇ τὴν βασιλείαν περιέθηκαν Ναβοννήδῳ τινὶ τῶν ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος ὄντι ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπισυστάσεως.
apolomenou de toutou synelthontes hoi epibouleusantes autǭ koinę̄ tēn basileian periethēkan Nabonnēdǭ tini tōn ek Babylōnos onti ek tēs autēs episystaseōs.
When he was dead, those who had plotted against him met and together conferred the kingship on Nabonnedus, a man from Babylon, who was of the same conspiracy.
9.40.7Dindorf 1:525
ἐπὶ τούτου τὰ περὶ ποταμὸν τείχη τῆς Βαβυλωνίων πόλεως ἐξ ὀπτῆς πλίνθου καὶ ἀσφάλτου κατεκοσμήθη. οὔσης δὲ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ἑπτακαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει προσεληλυθὼς Κῦρος ἐκ τῆς Πέρσιδος μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς, καταστρεψάμενος τὴν λοιπὴν βασιλείαν ἅπασαν, ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας.
epi toutou ta peri potamon teichē tēs Babylōniōn poleōs ex optēs plinthou kai asphaltou katekosmēthē. ousēs de tēs basileias autou en tǭ heptakaidekatǭ etei proselēlythōs Kyros ek tēs Persidos meta dynameōs pollēs, katastrepsamenos tēn loipēn basileian hapasan, hōrmēsen epi tēs Babylōnias.
Under him the walls of the city of Babylon along the river were finished with baked brick and asphalt. In the seventeenth year of his reign Cyrus came from Persia with a large force, and having subdued all the rest of the kingdom, set out against Babylonia.
9.40.8Dindorf 1:525
αἰσθόμενος δὲ Ναβόννηδος τὴν ἔφοδον αὐτοῦ, ἀπαντήσας μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ παραταξάμενος, ἡσσηθεὶς τῇ μάχῃ, καὶ φυγὼν ὀλιγοστὸς, συνεκλείσθη εἰς τὴν Βορσιππηνῶν πόλιν.
aisthomenos de Nabonnēdos tēn ephodon autou, apantēsas meta tēs dynameōs kai parataxamenos, hēssētheis tę̄ machę̄, kai phygōn oligostos, synekleisthē eis tēn Borsippēnōn polin.
Nabonnedus, learning of his approach, met him with his army, joined battle, was defeated, and fled with a few, and was shut up in the city of the Borsippenes.
9.40.9Dindorf 1:525
Κῦρος δὲ Βαβυλῶνα καταλαβόμενος, καὶ συντάξας τὰ ἔξω τῆς πόλεως τείχη κατασκάψαι διὰ τὸ λίαν αὐτῷ πραγματικὴν καὶ δυσάλωτον φανῆναι τὴν πόλιν, ἀνέξευξεν ἐπὶ Βόρσιππον, ἐκπολιορκήσων τὸν Ναβόννηδον.
Kyros de Babylōna katalabomenos, kai syntaxas ta exō tēs poleōs teichē kataskapsai dia to lian autǭ pragmatikēn kai dysalōton phanēnai tēn polin, anexeuxen epi Borsippon, ekpoliorkēsōn ton Nabonnēdon.
Cyrus, having taken Babylon and ordered the walls outside the city to be demolished, because the city seemed to him very troublesome and hard to capture, marched off to Borsippa to besiege Nabonnedus.
9.40.10Dindorf 1:525–526
τοῦ δὲ Ναβοννήδου οὐχ ὑπομείναντος τὴν πολιορκίαν, ἀλλʼ ἐγχειρίσαντος αὑτὸν πρότερον, χρησάμενος Κῦρος φιλανθρώπως, καὶ δοὺς οἰκητήριον αὐτῷ Καρμανίαν, ἐξέπεμψεν ἐκ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας. Ναβόννηδος μὲν οὖν τὸν λοιπὸν τοῦ χρόνου διαγενόμενος ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ χώρᾳ κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον.”
tou de Nabonnēdou ouch hypomeinantos tēn poliorkian, allʼ encheirisantos hauton proteron, chrēsamenos Kyros philanthrōpōs, kai dous oikētērion autǭ Karmanian, exepempsen ek tēs Babylōnias. Nabonnēdos men oun ton loipon tou chronou diagenomenos en ekeinę̄ tę̄ chōrą katestrepse ton bion.”
Nabonnedus did not await the siege but surrendered first; Cyrus treated him kindly, gave him Carmania to live in, and sent him out of Babylonia. Nabonnedus spent the rest of his time in that country and ended his life there."
9.40.11Dindorf 1:526
Ταῦτα σύμφωνον ἔχει ταῖς ἡμετέραις βίβλοις τὴν ἀλήθειαν. γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν αὐταῖς ὅτι Ναβουχοδονόσορος ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς αὐτοῦ βασιλείας ἔτει τὸν παρʼ ἡμῖν ναὸν ἠρήμωσε, καὶ ἦν ἀφανὴς ἐπὶ ἔτη πεντήκοντα. δευτέρῳ δὲ τῆς Κύρου βασιλείας ἔτει, τῶν θεμελίων ὑποβληθέντων, δεκάτῳ πάλιν τῆς Δαρείου βασιλείας ἐτελέσθη.” Ταῦτα ὁ Ἰώσηπος.
Tauta symphōnon echei tais hēmeterais biblois tēn alētheian. gegraptai gar en autais hoti Nabouchodonosoros oktōkaidekatǭ tēs autou basileias etei ton parʼ hēmin naon ērēmōse, kai ēn aphanēs epi etē pentēkonta. deuterǭ de tēs Kyrou basileias etei, tōn themeliōn hypoblēthentōn, dekatǭ palin tēs Dareiou basileias etelesthē.” Tauta ho Iōsēpos.
"This account has the truth in agreement with our books. For it is written in them that Nebuchadnezzar in the eighteenth year of his reign laid waste our temple, and it lay unseen for fifty years; and in the second year of the reign of Cyrus its foundations were laid, and it was completed again in the tenth year of the reign of Darius." So Josephus.
Preparation 9, chapter 41
9.41.1Dindorf 1:526
Εὗρον δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀβυδηνοῦ περὶ Ἀσσυρίων γραφῇ περὶ τοῦ Ναβουχοδονόσορ ταῦτα “Μεγασθένης δέ φησι Ναβουκοδρόσορον Ἡρακλέους ἀλκιμώτερον γεγονότα ἐπί τε Λιβύην καὶ Ἰβηρίην στρατεῦσαι· ταύτας δὲ χειρωσάμενον ἀπόδασμον αὐτέων εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ Πόντου κατοικίσαι.
Heuron de kai en tę̄ Abydēnou peri Assyriōn graphę̄ peri tou Nabouchodonosor tauta “Megasthenēs de phēsi Naboukodrosoron Hērakleous alkimōteron gegonota epi te Libyēn kai Ibēriēn strateusai; tautas de cheirōsamenon apodasmon auteōn eis ta dexia tou Pontou katoikisai.
I have also found the following about Nebuchadnezzar in Abydenus's writing On the Assyrians: "Megasthenes says that Nabucodrosor, who became mightier than Heracles, campaigned against Libya and Iberia, and having subdued them settled a portion of them on the right-hand shore of the Pontus.
9.41.2Dindorf 1:526
μετὰ δὲ, λέγεται πρὸς Χαλδαίων, ὡς ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὰ βασιλήϊα κατασχεθείη θεῷ ὅτεῳ δὴ, φθεγξάμενος δὲ εἶπεν, οὗτος ἐγὼ Ναβουκοδρόσορος, ὦ Βαβυλώνιοι, τὴν μέλλουσαν ὑμῖν προαγγέλλω συμφορὴν, τὴν ὅ τε Βῆλος ἐμὸς πρόγονος ἥ τε βασίλεια Βῆλτις ἀποτρέψαι Μοίρας πεῖσαι ἀσθενοῦσιν.
meta de, legetai pros Chaldaiōn, hōs anabas epi ta basilēïa kataschetheiē theǭ hoteǭ dē, phthenxamenos de eipen, houtos egō Naboukodrosoros, ō Babylōnioi, tēn mellousan hymin proangellō symphorēn, tēn ho te Bēlos emos progonos hē te basileia Bēltis apotrepsai Moiras peisai asthenousin.
Afterwards, it is said by the Chaldaeans, he went up to his palace and was possessed by some god or other, and uttering a cry he said: 'I, Nabucodrosor, men of Babylon, foretell to you the coming disaster, which neither Belus my forefather nor queen Beltis has the power to persuade the Fates to turn aside.
9.41.3Dindorf 1:526–527
ἥξει Πέρσης ἡμίονος, τοῖσιν ὑμετέροισι δαίμοσι χρεώμενος συμμάχοισιν· ἐπάξει δὲ δουλοσύνην. οὗ δὴ συναίτιος ἔσται Μήδης, τὸ Ἀσσύριον αὔχημα. ὡς εἴθε μιν, πρόσθεν ἢ δοῦναι τοὺς πολιήτας, Χάρυβδίν τινα ἢ θάλασσαν εἰς δεξαμενὴν ἀϊστῶσαι πρόρριζον· ἤ μιν ἄλλας ὁδοὺς στραφέντα φέρεσθαι διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου, ἵνα οὔτε ἄστεα οὔτε πάτος ἀνθρώπων, θῆρες δὲ νομὸν ἔχουσι, καὶ ὄρνιθες πλάζονται, ἔν τε πέτρῃσι καὶ χαράδρῃσι μοῦνον ἀλώμενον· ἐμέ τε πρὶν εἰς νόον βαλέσθαι ταῦτα τέλεος ἀμείνονος κυρῆσαι.
hēxei Persēs hēmionos, toisin hymeteroisi daimosi chreōmenos symmachoisin; epaxei de doulosynēn. hou dē synaitios estai Mēdēs, to Assyrion auchēma. hōs eithe min, prosthen ē dounai tous poliētas, Charybdin tina ē thalassan eis dexamenēn aïstōsai prorrizon; ē min allas hodous straphenta pheresthai dia tēs erēmou, hina oute astea oute patos anthrōpōn, thēres de nomon echousi, kai ornithes plazontai, en te petrę̄si kai charadrę̄si mounon alōmenon; eme te prin eis noon balesthai tauta teleos ameinonos kyrēsai.
A Persian mule will come, using your own daimones as allies, and will bring slavery; and his accomplice will be a Mede, the boast of Assyria. Would that before he gave up my citizens some Charybdis or sea might take him into its depths and blot him out root and branch; or that, turned aside on other roads, he might be carried through the desert, where there are neither cities nor footsteps of men, but wild beasts have pasture and birds wander, roaming alone among rocks and ravines; and that I, before I took these things to heart, had met a better end.'
9.41.4Dindorf 1:527
ὁ μὲν θεσπίσας παραχρῆμα ἠφάνιστο· ὁ δέ οἱ παῖς Ἀμιλμαρούδοκος ἐβασίλευε. τὸν δʼ ὁ κηδεστὴς ἀποκτείνας Ἰγλισάρης λείπει παῖδα Λαβασσοάρασκον. τούτου δὲ ἀποθανόντος βιαίῳ μόρῳ, Ναβαννίδοχον ἀποδεικνῦσι βασιλέα, προσήκοντά οἱ οὐδέν. τὸν δὲ Κῦρος, ἑλὼν Βαβυλῶνα, Καρμανίης ἡγεμονίῃ δωρέεται.”
ho men thespisas parachrēma ēphanisto; ho de hoi pais Amilmaroudokos ebasileue. ton dʼ ho kēdestēs apokteinas Iglisarēs leipei paida Labassoaraskon. toutou de apothanontos biaiǭ morǭ, Nabannidochon apodeiknysi basilea, prosēkonta hoi ouden. ton de Kyros, helōn Babylōna, Karmaniēs hēgemonię̄ dōreetai.”
Having prophesied, he at once vanished; and his son Amilmaroudokos became king. Iglisares, his relative by marriage, killed him and left a son, Labassoaraskos. When he died a violent death, they appointed as king Nabannidochos, who was no relation of his. Cyrus, having taken Babylon, made him a gift of the governorship of Carmania."
9.41.5Dindorf 1:527
Καὶ περὶ τοῦ κτίσαι δὲ τὸν Ναβοθχοδονόσορ τὴν Βαβυλῶνα ὁ αὐτὸς ταῦτα γράφει “ Λέγεται δὲ πάντα μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὕδωρ εἶναι, θάλασσαν καλεομένην. Βῆλον δέ σφεα παῦσαι, χώρην ῥὴν ἑκάστῳ ἀπονείμαντα, καὶ Βαβυλῶνα τείχει περιβαλεῖν· τῷ χρόνῳ δὲ τῷ ἱκνευμένῳ ἀφανισθῆναι.
Kai peri tou ktisai de ton Nabothchodonosor tēn Babylōna ho autos tauta graphei “ Legetai de panta men ex archēs hydōr einai, thalassan kaleomenēn. Bēlon de sphea pausai, chōrēn rhēn hekastǭ aponeimanta, kai Babylōna teichei peribalein; tǭ chronǭ de tǭ hikneumenǭ aphanisthēnai.
And about Nebuchadnezzar's founding of Babylon the same writer writes this: "It is said that in the beginning everything was water, called sea; that Belus stopped it, assigning each its own land, and surrounded Babylon with a wall; and that in the appointed time it disappeared.
9.41.6Dindorf 1:527
τειχίσαι δὲ αὖθις Ναβουχοδονόσορον τὸ μέχρι τῆς Μακεδονίων ἀρχῆς διαμεῖναν ἐὸν χαλκόπυλον.’ Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει
teichisai de authis Nabouchodonosoron to mechri tēs Makedoniōn archēs diameinan eon chalkopylon.’ Kai methʼ hetera epilegei
And that Nebuchadnezzar walled it again, the wall with bronze gates that lasted until the empire of the Macedonians." And after other things he adds:
9.41.7Dindorf 1:527
“ Ναβουχοδονόσορος δὲ διαδεξάμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν Βαβυλῶνα μὲν ἐτείχισε τριπλῷ περιβόλῳ ἐν πεντεκαίδεκα ἡμέρῃσι, τόν τε Ἀρμακάλην ποταμὸν ἐξήγαγεν, ἐόντα κέρας Εὐφρήτεω, τόν τε Ἀκράκανον. ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς Σιππαρηνῶν πόλιος λάκκον ὀρυξάμενος, περίμετρον μὲν τεσσαράκοντα παρασαγγέων, βάθος δʼ ὀργυιέων εἴκοσι, πύλας ἐπέστησεν, τὰς ἀνοίγοντες ἄρδεσκον τὸ πεδίον· καλέουσι δʼ αὐτὰς ἐχετογνώμονας.
“ Nabouchodonosoros de diadexamenos tēn archēn Babylōna men eteichise triplǭ peribolǭ en pentekaideka hēmerę̄si, ton te Armakalēn potamon exēgagen, eonta keras Euphrēteō, ton te Akrakanon. hyper de tēs Sipparēnōn polios lakkon oryxamenos, perimetron men tessarakonta parasangeōn, bathos dʼ orguieōn eikosi, pylas epestēsen, tas anoigontes ardeskon to pedion; kaleousi dʼ autas echetognōmonas.
"Nebuchadnezzar, having succeeded to the rule, walled Babylon with a triple circuit in fifteen days; he led off the river Armakales, which is a branch of the Euphrates, and the Akrakanos. Above the city of the Sipparenes he dug a reservoir forty parasangs in circuit and twenty fathoms deep, and set gates on it, by opening which they watered the plain; they call them echetognomones.
9.41.8Dindorf 1:527
ἐπετείχισε δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐρυθρῆς θαλάσσης τὴν ἐπίκλυσιν, καὶ Τερηδόνα πόλιν ἔκτισεν κατὰ τὰς Ἀράβων εἰσβολάς· τά τε βασιλήια δένδροις ἤσκησε, κρεμαστοὺς παραδείσους ὀνομάσας.”
epeteichise de kai tēs erythrēs thalassēs tēn epiklysin, kai Terēdona polin ektisen kata tas Arabōn eisbolas; ta te basilēia dendrois ēskēse, kremastous paradeisous onomasas.”
He also walled off the flooding of the Red Sea, founded the city of Teredon facing the incursions of the Arabs, and furnished the palace with trees, naming them the hanging gardens."
9.41.9Dindorf 1:527–528
Καὶ ταῦτα δέ μοι ἀπὸ τῆς δηλωθείσης κείσθω γραφῆς, διὰ τὸ φέρεσθαι ἐν τῇ τοῦ Δανιὴλ προφητείᾳ ὡς ἄρα Ναβουχοδονόσορ ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ τῷ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι περιπατῶν, μέγα φρονήσας, ἀπηυθαδίσατο εἰπὼν, οὐχ αὕτη ἐστὶ Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, ἣν ἐγὼ ᾠκοδόμησα εἰς οἶκον βασιλείας, ἐν τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος μου, εἰς τιμὴν τῆς δόξης μου; ὅτε ἔτι τοῦ λόγου ἐπὶ στόματος ὄντος αὐτοῦ, τὰ τῆς μετελθούσης καταστροφῆς αὐτῷ γέγονε.”
Kai tauta de moi apo tēs dēlōtheisēs keisthō graphēs, dia to pheresthai en tę̄ tou Daniēl prophēteią hōs ara Nabouchodonosor en tǭ naǭ tēs basileias autou tǭ en Babylōni peripatōn, mega phronēsas, apēuthadisato eipōn, ouch hautē esti Babylōn hē megalē, hēn egō ǭkodomēsa eis oikon basileias, en tǭ kratei tēs ischyos mou, eis timēn tēs doxēs mou? hote eti tou logou epi stomatos ontos autou, ta tēs metelthousēs katastrophēs autǭ gegone.”
Let these too be set down from the writing named, because it is reported in the prophecy of Daniel that Nebuchadnezzar, walking in the temple of his kingdom in Babylon, with proud thoughts spoke arrogantly, saying: "Is not this great Babylon, which I have built as a royal house by the might of my strength, for the honor of my glory?" when, while the word was still in his mouth, the overthrow that followed came upon him.
Preparation 9, chapter 42
9.42.1Dindorf 1:528
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν αὐτάρκως περὶ τῶνδε. προσκείσθω δὲ ἐπὶ πᾶσι καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίων Ἀρχαιότητος Ἰωσήπου, ἔνθα μυρίων συγγραφέων αὐτολεξεὶ παραθεὶς φωνὰς ταῦτα ἐπιλέγει
Tauta men oun hēmin autarkōs peri tōnde. proskeisthō de epi pasi kai ta apo tēs Ioudaiōn Archaiotētos Iōsēpou, entha myriōn syngrapheōn autolexei paratheis phōnas tauta epilegei
This, then, is enough from us on these matters. But to all of these let there be added the passage from Josephus's Antiquity of the Jews, where, after setting out word for word the statements of countless writers, he adds this:
9.42.2Dindorf 1:528
“ Ἀρκοῦσι δʼ ὅμως εἰς τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἀρχαιότητος αἵ τε Σύρων καὶ Χαλδαίων καὶ Φοινίκων ἀναγραφαὶ, πρὸς ἐκείναις τε τοσοῦτοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων συγγραφεῖς, ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις Θεόφιλος καὶ Θεόδοτος καὶ Μνασέας καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης καὶ Ἑρμογένης, Εὐήμερός τε καὶ Κόμων καὶ Ζωπυρίων καὶ πολλοί τινες ἄλλοι τάχα, (οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγε πᾶσιν ἐντετύχηκα τοῖς βιβλίοις, ) οὐ παρέργως ἡμῶν μεμνημονεύκασιν.
“ Arkousi dʼ homōs eis tēn apodeixin tēs archaiotētos hai te Syrōn kai Chaldaiōn kai Phoinikōn anagraphai, pros ekeinais te tosoutoi tōn Hellēnōn syngrapheis, eti de pros tois eirēmenois Theophilos kai Theodotos kai Mnaseas kai Aristophanēs kai Hermogenēs, Euēmeros te kai Komōn kai Zōpyriōn kai polloi tines alloi tacha, (ou gar egōge pasin entetychēka tois bibliois, ) ou parergōs hēmōn memnēmoneukasin.
"Nevertheless, for the proof of our antiquity the records of the Syrians, Chaldaeans, and Phoenicians suffice, and besides them so many of the Greek writers; and in addition to those mentioned, Theophilus, Theodotus, Mnaseas, Aristophanes, Hermogenes, Euhemerus, Conon, Zopyrion, and perhaps many others (for I have not come across all the books) have mentioned us more than in passing.
9.42.3Dindorf 1:528
οἱ πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀνδρῶν τῆς μὲν ἀληθείας τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πραγμάτων διήμαρτον, ὅτι μὴ ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἡμῶν βίβλοις ἐνέτυχον· κοινῶς μέντοι περὶ τῆς ἀρχαιότητος ἅπαντες μεμαρτυρήκασιν, ὑπὲρ οὗ τανῦν λέγειν προεθέμην. ὁ μέντοι Φαληρεὺς Δημήτριος καὶ Φίλων ὁ πρεσβύτερος καὶ Εὐπόλεμος οὐ πολὺ τῆς ἀληθείας διήμαρτον. οἷς συγγινώσκειν ἄξιον· οὐ γὰρ ἐνῆν αὐτοῖς μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας τοῖς ἡμετέροις γράμμασι παρακολουθεῖν.”
hoi polloi de tōn eirēmenōn andrōn tēs men alētheias tōn ex archēs pragmatōn diēmarton, hoti mē tais hierais hēmōn biblois enetychon; koinōs mentoi peri tēs archaiotētos hapantes memartyrēkasin, hyper hou tanyn legein proethemēn. ho mentoi Phalēreus Dēmētrios kai Philōn ho presbyteros kai Eupolemos ou poly tēs alētheias diēmarton. hois synginōskein axion; ou gar enēn autois meta pasēs akribeias tois hēmeterois grammasi parakolouthein.”
Most of the men named missed the truth about our earliest history, because they had not read our sacred books; yet all alike have borne witness to our antiquity, which is what I set out to speak of now. Demetrius of Phalerum, however, and Philo the elder and Eupolemus did not go far astray from the truth; and they deserve to be pardoned, for it was not possible for them to follow our writings with full accuracy."
9.42.4Dindorf 1:528–529
Ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Ἰώσηπος. ὅτῳ δὲ φίλον τοῖς περὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίων ἀρχαιότητος λόγοις ἐντυχεῖν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς πλείστας ἂν εὕροι συμφώνους ταῖς ἐκτεθείσαις μαρτυρίας. καὶ πολὺς δὲ ἄλλος μαρτύρων ἡμῖν ὄχλος παλαιῶν τε καὶ νέων συγγραφέων ἐπιρρεῖ, τὴν ὁμοίαν τοῖς τεθεῖσι ψῆφον ἐπισφραγιζομένων, ὧν τὰς φωνὰς, λόγου προνοούμενοι συμμετρίας, τοῖς φιλομαθέσι ζητεῖν τε καὶ διερευνᾶν ἀπολείψαντες ἐπὶ τὴν λείπουσαν αὐτοὶ μεταβησόμεθα ἐπαγγελίαν.
Tauta kai ho Iōsēpos. hotǭ de philon tois peri tēs Ioudaiōn archaiotētos logois entychein tou andros pleistas an heuroi symphōnous tais ektetheisais martyrias. kai polys de allos martyrōn hēmin ochlos palaiōn te kai neōn syngrapheōn epirrei, tēn homoian tois tetheisi psēphon episphragizomenōn, hōn tas phōnas, logou pronooumenoi symmetrias, tois philomathesi zētein te kai diereunan apoleipsantes epi tēn leipousan autoi metabēsometha epangelian.
So Josephus too. Anyone who cares to read the man's books on the antiquity of the Jews will find a great many testimonies agreeing with those set out here. And a great crowd of other witnesses, ancient and recent writers, pours in upon us, setting their seal to the same verdict as those quoted; but, mindful of proportion in our work, we leave their words for the studious to seek out and examine, and ourselves pass on to the promise that remains.
Preparation 10, chapter 1
10.1.1Dindorf 1:529
Τίσι ποτὲ λόγοις τὴν καθʼ Ἑβραίους φιλοσοφίαν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς προτετιμήκαμεν, ὁποίοις τε λογισμοῖς τὰς παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἱερὰς βίβλους ἀπεδεξάμεθα προδιειληφότες, κἄπειτα καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς Ἕλληνας μὴ ἀγνοῆσαι τοὺς ἄνδρας, μνημονεῦσαι δὲ ὀνομαστὶ, καὶ τὸν βίον καταπλαγῆναι, τῆς τε βασιλικῆς μητροπόλεως καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς αὐτῶν ἱστορίας πολὺν πεποιῆσθαι λόγον παραστήσαντες, φέρε ἐπιθεωρήσωμεν, ὡς οὐ μόνον τῶνδε γραφὴς ἠξίωσαν τὴν μνήμην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ὁμοίας αὐτοῖς διδασκαλίας τε καὶ μαθήσεως ἔν τισι τῶν εἰς βελτίωσιν ψυχῆς συντεινόντων δογμάτων ζηλωταὶ κατέστησαν.
Tisi pote logois tēn kathʼ Hebraious philosophian tēs Hellēnikēs protetimēkamen, hopoiois te logismois tas para tois andrasin hieras biblous apedexametha prodieilēphotes, kapeita kai autous tous Hellēnas mē agnoēsai tous andras, mnēmoneusai de onomasti, kai ton bion kataplagēnai, tēs te basilikēs mētropoleōs kai tēs loipēs autōn historias polyn pepoiēsthai logon parastēsantes, phere epitheōrēsōmen, hōs ou monon tōnde graphēs ēxiōsan tēn mnēmēn, alla kai tēs homoias autois didaskalias te kai mathēseōs en tisi tōn eis beltiōsin psychēs synteinontōn dogmatōn zēlōtai katestēsan.
We have already set out the reasons for which we have preferred the philosophy of the Hebrews to that of the Greeks, and the considerations on which we accepted the sacred books current among those men; and we then showed that the Greeks themselves were not ignorant of these men, but mentioned them by name, were struck with admiration at their way of life, and gave a long account of their royal capital and of the rest of their history. Come, then, let us go on to observe how they not only thought the memory of these things worth writing down, but also became zealous imitators of teaching and learning like theirs in some of the doctrines that tend toward the improvement of the soul.
10.1.2Dindorf 1:529
ὡς μὲν οὖν τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν μαθημάτων ἄλλοθεν ἄλλος τῶν θαυμαστῶν Ἑλλήνων τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐκπεριιὼν συνελέξατο, γεωμετρίαν, ἀριθμητικὴν, μουσικὴν, ἀστρονομίαν, ἰατρικὴν, αὐτά τε τὰ πρῶτα τῆς γραμματικῆς στοιχεῖα, μυρίας τε ἄλλας τεχνικὰς καὶ βιωφελεῖς ἐπιτηδεύσεις, αὐτίκα μάλα παραστήσω.
hōs men oun ta loipa tōn mathēmatōn allothen allos tōn thaumastōn Hellēnōn tous barbarous ekperiiōn synelexato, geōmetrian, arithmētikēn, mousikēn, astronomian, iatrikēn, auta te ta prōta tēs grammatikēs stoicheia, myrias te allas technikas kai biōpheleis epitēdeuseis, autika mala parastēsō.
I shall show very shortly how, one from one source and another from another, these admirable Greeks went round among the barbarians and gathered up the other branches of learning: geometry, arithmetic, music, astronomy, medicine, the very first elements of grammar, and countless other arts and pursuits useful for life.
10.1.3Dindorf 1:529–530
ὥσπερ οὖν τὴν περὶ πλειόνων θεῶν δόξαν, τά τε μυστήρια καὶ τὰς τελετὰς καὶ προσέτι τὰς ἱστορίας καὶ τὰς μυ- θικὰς περὶ θεῶν διηγήσεις, τῶν τε μύθων τὰς ἀλληγορουμένας φυσιολογίας, καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν δεισιδαίμονα πλάνην, παρὰ βαρβάρων εἰλῆφθαι αὐτοῖς φθάσας ὁ λόγος ἀπέδειξεν, ὁπηνίκα τὰ πάντα τοὺς Ἓλληνας, γῆν πολλὴν πλανηθέντας, οὐκ ἀταλαιπώρως μὲν, ἐξ ἐράνου δὲ τῶν παρὰ βαρβάροις μαθημάτων, τὴν οἰκείαν ὑποστήσασθαι θεολογίαν ἐφωράσαμεν·
hōsper oun tēn peri pleionōn theōn doxan, ta te mystēria kai tas teletas kai proseti tas historias kai tas my- thikas peri theōn diēgēseis, tōn te mythōn tas allēgoroumenas physiologias, kai tēn loipēn deisidaimona planēn, para barbarōn eilēphthai autois phthasas ho logos apedeixen, hopēnika ta panta tous Hellēnas, gēn pollēn planēthentas, ouk atalaipōrōs men, ex eranou de tōn para barbarois mathēmatōn, tēn oikeian hypostēsasthai theologian ephōrasamen;
Our discourse has already shown that they took from barbarians their belief in many gods, their mysteries and rites, and also their histories and mythical narratives about the gods, the allegorical natural explanations of the myths, and the rest of their superstitious error; that was when we caught the Greeks, after wandering over much of the earth, building up their own theology in every point, not without toil indeed, but out of a collection of contributions from the learning current among barbarians.
10.1.4Dindorf 1:530
ὡς δὲ τὰ περὶ εὐσεβείας ἑνὸς τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ, τά τε περὶ τῶν μάλιστα ζητουμένων εἰς ψυχῆς ὠφέλειαν δογμάτων, ἃ δὴ καὶ συνεκτικώτατα γένοιτʼ ἂν τῶν ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λόγων, οὐκ ἄλλοθεν εἶεν ἂν ἢ παρὰ μόνων Ἑβραίων πεπορισμένοι, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἀποδειχθήσεται.
hōs de ta peri eusebeias henos tou epi pantōn theou, ta te peri tōn malista zētoumenōn eis psychēs ōpheleian dogmatōn, ha dē kai synektikōtata genoitʼ an tōn en philosophią logōn, ouk allothen eien an ē para monōn Hebraiōn peporismenoi, ouk eis makran apodeichthēsetai.
But that the teaching about the worship of the one God over all, and the doctrines most sought after for the benefit of the soul, which would indeed be the most essential parts of philosophical discussion, could have been obtained from no other source than from the Hebrews alone, will be shown before long.
10.1.5Dindorf 1:530
ἢ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, συνενεχθηναι δὲ φαίη τις αὐτοὺς φυσικαῖς ὑποκινηθέντας ἐννοίαις, καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς ἡμῶν ἂν εἴη, εἰ τὰ μὴ μόνοις Ἑβραίοις ἄνωθεν ἐξ αἰῶνος ὑπὸ θεολόγων προφητῶν ἀνδρῶν παραδεδομένα, ἀλλὰ τὰ καί τισιν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πᾶσιν, αὐτοῖς δέ γε ὧν μέγα κλέος καθʼ Ελλάδα, καὶ φιλοσόφων διατριβαῖς ἐξητασμένα, ζηλοῦν προειλόμεθα.
ē ei mē touto, synenechthēnai de phaiē tis autous physikais hypokinēthentas ennoiais, kai touto pros hēmōn an eiē, ei ta mē monois Hebraiois anōthen ex aiōnos hypo theologōn prophētōn andrōn paradedomena, alla ta kai tisin, ei kai mē pasin, autois de ge hōn mega kleos kathʼ Ellada, kai philosophōn diatribais exētasmena, zēloun proeilometha.
Or if not, and someone should say that they arrived at the same views moved by natural notions, this too would tell in our favour: for we have chosen to follow teachings handed down not to the Hebrews alone from the beginning of time by prophets who spoke of God, but also to some others, if not to all, at least to those of great renown in Greece, and examined in the schools of the philosophers.
10.1.6Dindorf 1:530
τούτους δʼ ἂν εὕροις ἀριθμῷ μὲν ὄντας ληπτοὺς, ὅτι καὶ πάντα χαλεπά φασιν εἶναι τὰ καλὰ, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ πρωτείοις τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων τετιμημένους, ὡς διὰ τὴν πολλὴν εὐδοκίμησιν τῇ δόξῃ τοὺς ὁμοίους καλύπτειν.
toutous dʼ an heurois arithmǭ men ontas lēptous, hoti kai panta chalepa phasin einai ta kala, ou mēn alla prōteiois tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn tetimēmenous, hōs dia tēn pollēn eudokimēsin tę̄ doxę̄ tous homoious kalyptein.
These men you would find few in number, since, as they say, all fine things are hard; nevertheless they have been honoured with the first place among the philosophers of the Greeks, so that through their great fame they overshadow the reputation of their fellows.
10.1.7Dindorf 1:530
οὐ χρὴ δὲ θαυμάζειν, εἰ καὶ τὰ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις δόγματα δυνατὸν εἶναί φαμεν ἐσκευωρῆσθαι αὐτοῖς, ὅτε μὴ μόνον τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν μαθημάτων Αἰγυπτίους καὶ Χαλδαίους τά τε ἄλλα τῶν βαρβάρων ἐθνῶν συνίστανται ἀποσυλήσαντες, ἀλλʼ εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν ἁλλίσκονται τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν ἐν συγγράμμασι φιλοτιμίας ἀποστεροῦντες ἀλλήλους.
ou chrē de thaumazein, ei kai ta parʼ Hebraiois dogmata dynaton einai phamen eskeuōrēsthai autois, hote mē monon ta loipa tōn mathēmatōn Aigyptious kai Chaldaious ta te alla tōn barbarōn ethnōn synistantai aposylēsantes, allʼ eiseti kai nyn halliskontai tēs sphōn autōn en syngrammasi philotimias aposterountes allēlous.
And no one should be surprised if we say that the doctrines of the Hebrews may have been pilfered by them, since they are shown not only to have robbed the Egyptians, the Chaldeans, and the other barbarian nations of the other branches of learning, but even to this day are caught robbing one another of the credit for their own writings.
10.1.8Dindorf 1:530–531
τὰς γοῦν τῶν πέλας ὁ καθʼ εἷς αὐτῶν λέξεις ὁμοῦ καὶ διανοίας καὶ ὅλας λόγων συντάξεις ὑποκλέψας, ὡς ἐπʼ οἰκείοις πόνοις ἐσεμνύνατο. μηδὲ τοῦτον ὑπολάβῃς ἐμὸν εἶναι τὸν λόγον· αὐτῶν γὰρ τῶν πανσόφων ἀκούσῃ πάλιν τῆς ἐν λόγοις κλοπῆς ἀλλήλους ἀπελεγχόντων.
tas goun tōn pelas ho kathʼ heis autōn lexeis homou kai dianoias kai holas logōn syntaxeis hypoklepsas, hōs epʼ oikeiois ponois esemnynato. mēde touton hypolabę̄s emon einai ton logon; autōn gar tōn pansophōn akousę̄ palin tēs en logois klopēs allēlous apelenchontōn.
Each one of them, at any rate, filched his neighbours’ phrases together with their thoughts and whole arrangements of arguments, and prided himself on them as on his own labours. And do not suppose this is my own statement; you will hear the all-wise men themselves once more convicting one another of literary theft.
10.1.9Dindorf 1:531
τοῦτο δέ γε αὐτὸ, ἐπείπερ ἅπαξ ὡρμήθημεν, ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον ἁπάντων συνιδεῖν εἰς ἔλεγχον τοῦ τῶν δηλουμένων τρόπου. ὁ μὲν οὖν ἡμέτερος Κλήμης ἐν ἕκτῳ Στρωματεῖ τὴν περὶ τούτου σύστασιν εἰς πλάτος ἀπηύθυνε. τούτου δέ μοι πρώτου λαβὼν ἀνάγνωθι τὰς τοιάσδε φωνάς
touto de ge auto, epeiper hapax hōrmēthēmen, anankaion prōton hapantōn synidein eis elenchon tou tōn dēloumenōn tropou. ho men oun hēmeteros Klēmēs en hektǭ Strōmatei tēn peri toutou systasin eis platos apēuthyne. toutou de moi prōtou labōn anagnōthi tas toiasde phōnas
Since we have once started on it, this very point must be considered first of all, as a proof of the character of the men in question. Now our own Clement, in his sixth Miscellany, has set out the case on this at length. Take him first and read me these words of his:
Preparation 10, chapter 2
10.2.1Dindorf 1:531
“Παραστήσαντες δὲ τὴν ἔμφασιν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἐπινοίας ἐκ τῆς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς δεδομένης ἀληθείας περιαυγασθεῖσαν, καθʼ ὃ σημαινόμενον διήκειν εἰς αὐτοὺς τὴν κλοπὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκδεχόμενοι, εἰ μὴ ἐπαχθὲς εἰπεῖν, ἀπεδείξαμεν, φέρε μάρτυρας τῆς κλοπῆς αὐτοὺς καθʼ αὑτῶν παραστήσωμεν Ἕλληνας.
“Parastēsantes de tēn emphasin tēs Hellēnikēs epinoias ek tēs dia tōn graphōn eis hēmas dedomenēs alētheias periaugastheisan, kathʼ ho sēmainomenon diēkein eis autous tēn klopēn tēs alētheias ekdechomenoi, ei mē epachthes eipein, apedeixamen, phere martyras tēs klopēs autous kathʼ hautōn parastēsōmen Hellēnas.
“Having shown that the meaning of Greek thought was lit up by the truth given to us through the Scriptures, according to the sense in which we took it that the theft of the truth (if it is not offensive to say so) reached them, come, let us bring forward the Greeks themselves as witnesses of the theft against themselves.
10.2.2Dindorf 1:531
οἱ γὰρ τὰ οἰκεῖα οὕτως ἄντικρυς παρʼ ἀλλήλων ὑφαιρούμενοι βεβαιοῦσι μὲν τὸ κλέπται εἶναι, σφετερίζεσθαι δὲ ὅμως καὶ ἄκοντες τὴν παρʼ ἡμῶν ἀλήθειαν εἰς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους λάθρα διαδείκνυνται. εἰ γὰρ μηδὲ ἑαυτῶν, σχολῇ γʼ ἂν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀφέξονται.
hoi gar ta oikeia houtōs antikrys parʼ allēlōn hyphairoumenoi bebaiousi men to kleptai einai, spheterizesthai de homōs kai akontes tēn parʼ hēmōn alētheian eis tous homophylous lathra diadeiknyntai. ei gar mēde heautōn, scholę̄ gʼ an tōn hēmeterōn aphexontai.
For those who so openly steal their own writings from one another confirm that they are thieves, and show that, even against their will, they are secretly appropriating for their own countrymen the truth that comes from us. For if they do not keep their hands even off one another, they will hardly keep them off our writings.
10.2.3Dindorf 1:531–532
καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν σιωπήσομαι δόγματα, αὐτῶν ὁμολογούντων ἐγγράφως τῶν τὰς αἱρέσεις διανενεμημένων, ὡς μὴ ἀχάριτοι εὑρεθεῖεν, παρὰ Σωκράτους εἰληφέναι τὰ κυριώτατα τῶν δογμάτων· ὀλίγοις δὲ τῶν καθωμιλημένων καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκίμων ἀνδρῶν χρησάμενος μαρτυρίοις, τὸ κλεπτικὸν διελέγξας αὐτῶν εἶδος, διαφόροις τοῖς χρόνοις καταχρώμενος, ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τρέψομαι.”
kai ta men kata philosophian siōpēsomai dogmata, autōn homologountōn engraphōs tōn tas haireseis dianenemēmenōn, hōs mē acharitoi heuretheien, para Sōkratous eilēphenai ta kyriōtata tōn dogmatōn; oligois de tōn kathōmilēmenōn kai para tois Hellēsin eudokimōn andrōn chrēsamenos martyriois, to kleptikon dielenxas autōn eidos, diaphorois tois chronois katachrōmenos, epi ta hexēs trepsomai.”
I shall say nothing of the doctrines of philosophy, since those who have divided into the schools confess in writing, so as not to be found ungrateful, that they received the most important of their doctrines from Socrates. But after using the testimony of a few men well known and esteemed among the Greeks, and exposing their way of stealing, drawing on various periods, I shall turn to what follows.”
10.2.4Dindorf 1:532
Ταῦθʼ ὡς ἐν προοιμίοις φήσας τοὺς ἐλέγχους ἑξῆς ἐπάγει, παντοίαις κεχρημένος ἀποδείξεσι, καὶ πρώτους γε τοὺς ποιητὰς τὰ παρὰ τῶν ὁμοίων κεκλοφέναι διὰ παραθέσεως τῶν ἑκάστου φωνῶν εὐθύνει.
Tauthʼ hōs en prooimiois phēsas tous elenchous hexēs epagei, pantoiais kechrēmenos apodeixesi, kai prōtous ge tous poiētas ta para tōn homoiōn keklophenai dia paratheseōs tōn hekastou phōnōn euthynei.
After saying this by way of preface, he brings forward the proofs one after another, using all kinds of demonstration, and first calls the poets to account for having stolen from their fellows, by setting out the words of each side by side.
10.2.5Dindorf 1:532
εἶθʼ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει ταῦτα. “Ὡς μηδὲ ἄμοιρον τήν τε φιλοσοφίαν τήν τε ἱστορίαν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὴν ῥητορικὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου ἐλέγχου περιίδωμεν, καὶ τούτων ὀλίγα παραθέσθαι εὔλογον.”
eithʼ hexēs epilegei tauta. “Hōs mēde amoiron tēn te philosophian tēn te historian, alla mēde tēn rhētorikēn tou homoiou elenchou periidōmen, kai toutōn oliga parathesthai eulogon.”
Then he adds next: “So that we may not leave philosophy and history, or even rhetoric, without a share in the same exposure, it is reasonable to set out a few examples from these as well.”
10.2.6Dindorf 1:532
Εἶτʼ ἀκολούθως Ὀρφέως, Ἡρακλείτου, Πλάτωνος, Πυθαγόρου, Ἡροδότου, Θεοπόμπου, Θουκυδίδου, Δημοσθένους, Αἰσχίνου, Λυσίου, Ἰσοκράτους, μυρίων ἄλλων παρατίθησιν, ὧν περιττὸν ἐμὲ καταλέγειν τὰς φωνὰς, προκειμένης τῆς τἀνδρὸς γραφῆς, ἐν ᾗ μετὰ τοὺς ἐλέγχους τῶν εἰρημένων ταῦτα πάλιν φησίν
Eitʼ akolouthōs Orpheōs, Hērakleitou, Platōnos, Pythagorou, Hērodotou, Theopompou, Thoukydidou, Dēmosthenous, Aischinou, Lysiou, Isokratous, myriōn allōn paratithēsin, hōn peritton eme katalegein tas phōnas, prokeimenēs tēs tandros graphēs, en hę̄ meta tous elenchous tōn eirēmenōn tauta palin phēsin
Then in order he sets out passages of Orpheus, Heraclitus, Plato, Pythagoras, Herodotus, Theopompus, Thucydides, Demosthenes, Aeschines, Lysias, Isocrates, and countless others, whose words it is unnecessary for me to list, since the man’s writing is available; in it, after the proofs about these authors, he says again:
10.2.7Dindorf 1:532
“ Αἱ μὲν οὖν ἰδέαι κατὰ διάνοιαν Ἑλληνικῆς κλοπῆς εἰς ὑπόδειγμα ἐναργὲς τῷ διορᾶν δυναμένῳ τοιαίδε οὖσαι ἅλις ἔστωσάν. ἤδη δὲ οὐ τὰς διανοίας μόνον καὶ τὰς λέξεις ὑφελόμενοι καὶ παραφράσαντες ἐφωράθησαν, ὡς δειχθήσονται, αὐτοτελῶς δὲ τὰ ἑτέρων ὑφελόμενοι ὡς ἴδια ἐξήνεγκαν, καθάπερ Εὐγάμμων ὁ Κυρηναῖος ἐκ Μουσαίου τὸ Περὶ Θεσπρωτῶν βιβλίον ὁλόκληρον.
“ Hai men oun ideai kata dianoian Hellēnikēs klopēs eis hypodeigma enarges tǭ dioran dynamenǭ toiaide ousai halis estōsan. ēdē de ou tas dianoias monon kai tas lexeis hyphelomenoi kai paraphrasantes ephōrathēsan, hōs deichthēsontai, autotelōs de ta heterōn hyphelomenoi hōs idia exēnenkan, kathaper Eugammōn ho Kyrēnaios ek Mousaiou to Peri Thesprōtōn biblion holoklēron.
“Let these be enough, then, as plain examples of Greek theft in thought, for anyone able to see clearly. But now they have been caught not only stealing and paraphrasing thoughts and expressions, but, as will be shown, stealing the works of others entire and publishing them as their own, as Eugammon of Cyrene took the whole book On the Thesprotians from Musaeus.”
10.2.8Dindorf 1:532
Αὖθις δὲ τούτοις ἐπαγαγὼν πλείστας ἀποδείξεις τοῦ λόγου πάλιν τελευτῶν προστίθησι τάδε Ἐπιλείψει με ὁ βίος, εἰ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐπεξιέναι πειρῴμην τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν διελέγχων φίλαυτον κλοπὴν, καὶ ὡς σφετερίζονται τὴν εὕρεσιν τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς καλλίστων δογμάτων, ἣν παρʼ ἡμῶν εἰλήφασιν.
Authis de toutois epagagōn pleistas apodeixeis tou logou palin teleutōn prostithēsi tade Epileipsei me ho bios, ei kathʼ hekaston epexienai peirǭmēn tēn Hellēnikēn dielenchōn philauton klopēn, kai hōs spheterizontai tēn heuresin tōn parʼ autois kallistōn dogmatōn, hēn parʼ hēmōn eilēphasin.
Again, after adding a great many proofs of his argument to these, he finally adds the following: “Life would fail me if I tried to go through each case, exposing the self-serving theft of the Greeks and how they claim for themselves the discovery of the finest doctrines among them, which they received from us.
10.2.9Dindorf 1:532–533
ἤδη δὲ οὐ μόνον ὑφαιρούμενοι τὰ δόγματα παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων διελέγχονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσέτι ἀπομιμούμενοι τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἄνωθεν ἐκ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως διὰ τῶν ἁγίως βεβιωκότων εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐπιστροφὴν παραδόξως ἐνεργούμενα, Ἑλληνικῇ μυθολογίᾳ τερατευόμενοι.
ēdē de ou monon hyphairoumenoi ta dogmata para tōn barbarōn dielenchontai, alla kai proseti apomimoumenoi ta parʼ hēmin, anōthen ek tēs theias dynameōs dia tōn hagiōs bebiōkotōn eis tēn hēmeteran epistrophēn paradoxōs energoumena, Hellēnikę̄ mythologią terateuomenoi.
But now they are convicted not only of stealing their doctrines from the barbarians, but also of imitating our own records of the things wonderfully wrought of old by the divine power through men of holy life for our conversion, and dressing them up as marvels in Greek mythology.
10.2.10Dindorf 1:533
καὶ δὴ πευσόμεθα παρʼ αὐτῶν ἤτοι ἀληθῆ ταῦτά ἐστιν, ἃ ἱστοροῦσιν, ἢ ψευδῆ. ψευδῆ μὲν οὐκ ἂν φήσαιεν· οὐ γὰρ ἂν καταψηφίσαιντο ἑαυτῶν ἑκόντες τὴν μεγίστην εὐήθειαν, τὸ ψευδῆ συγγράφειν· ἀληθῆ δʼ εἶναι ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὁμολογήσαιεν.
kai dē peusometha parʼ autōn ētoi alēthē tauta estin, ha historousin, ē pseudē. pseudē men ouk an phēsaien; ou gar an katapsēphisainto heautōn hekontes tēn megistēn euētheian, to pseudē syngraphein; alēthē dʼ einai ex anankēs homologēsaien.
And so we shall ask them whether the things they relate are true or false. False they would not say; for they would not willingly condemn themselves of the greatest folly, writing falsehoods. They must of necessity admit them to be true.
10.2.11Dindorf 1:533
καὶ πῶς ἔτι ἄπιστα αὐτοῖς καταφαίνεται τὰ διὰ Μώσεως καὶ τῶν ἄλλων προφητῶν τεραστίως ἐπιδεδειγμένα; πάντων γὰρ ἀνθρώπων ὁ παντοκράτωρ κηδόμενος θεὸς τοὺς μὲν ἐντολαῖς, τοὺς δʼ ἀπειλαῖς, ἔστι δʼ οὓς σημείοις τεραστίοις, ἐνίους δὲ ἠπίαις ἐπαγγελίαις ἐπιστρέφει πρὸς σωτηρίαν.
kai pōs eti apista autois kataphainetai ta dia Mōseōs kai tōn allōn prophētōn terastiōs epidedeigmena? pantōn gar anthrōpōn ho pantokratōr kēdomenos theos tous men entolais, tous dʼ apeilais, esti dʼ hous sēmeiois terastiois, enious de ēpiais epangeliais epistrephei pros sōtērian.
How then can the things wonderfully displayed through Moses and the other prophets still seem incredible to them? For the almighty God, caring for all people, turns them toward salvation, some by commandments, some by threats, some by miraculous signs, and some by gentle promises.
10.2.12Dindorf 1:533
πλὴν ἀλλʼ οἱ Ἕλληνες, αὐχμοῦ ποτὲ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολυχρονίως φθείροντος καὶ ἐπεχούσης ἀγονίας καρπῶν, οἱ καταλειφθέντες, φασὶ, διὰ λιμὸν ἱκέται παραγενόμενοι εἰς Δελφοὺς ἤροντο τὴν Πυθίαν πῶς ἂν ἀπαλλαγεῖεν τοῦ δεινοῦ. μίαν δʼ αὐτοῖς ἔχρησεν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῆς συμφορᾶς, εἰ χρήσαιντο τῇ Αἰακοῦ εὐχῇ.
plēn allʼ hoi Hellēnes, auchmou pote tēn Hellada polychroniōs phtheirontos kai epechousēs agonias karpōn, hoi kataleiphthentes, phasi, dia limon hiketai paragenomenoi eis Delphous ēronto tēn Pythian pōs an apallageien tou deinou. mian dʼ autois echrēsen apallagēn tēs symphoras, ei chrēsainto tę̄ Aiakou euchę̄.
Now the Greeks, when once a drought was ruining Greece for a long time and a failure of crops prevailed, those who were left, they say, came as suppliants to Delphi because of the famine and asked the Pythia how they might be freed from the disaster. She gave them one way of release from the calamity: if they would use the prayer of Aeacus.
10.2.13Dindorf 1:533
πεισθεὶς οὖν αὐτοῖς Αἰακὸς, ἀνελθὼν ἐπὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ὅρος, τὰς καθαρὰς χεῖρας ἐκτείνας εἰς οὐρανὸν, κοινὸν ἐπικαλέσας πατέρα τὸν θεὸν, ηὔξατο οἰκτεῖραι αὐτὸν τετρυχωμένην τὴν Ἑλλάδα.
peistheis oun autois Aiakos, anelthōn epi to Hellēnikon horos, tas katharas cheiras ekteinas eis ouranon, koinon epikalesas patera ton theon, ēuxato oikteirai auton tetrychōmenēn tēn Hellada.
So Aeacus, persuaded by them, went up the Hellenic mountain, stretched out his pure hands to heaven, called on God as common Father, and prayed him to have pity on worn-out Greece.
10.2.14Dindorf 1:533
ἅμα δὲ εὐχομένου βροντὴ ἐξαίσιος ἐπεκτύπει, καὶ πᾶς ὁ πέριξ ἀὴρ ἐνεφοῦτο· λάβροι δὲ καὶ συνεχεῖς ὄμβροι καταρραγέντες ὅλην ἐπλήρωσαν τὴν χώραν. ἐντεῦθεν ἄφθονος καὶ πλουσία τελεσφορεῖται εὐκαρπία, ταῖς Αἰακοῦ γεωργηθεῖσα εὐχαῖς.
hama de euchomenou brontē exaisios epektypei, kai pas ho perix aēr enephouto; labroi de kai synecheis ombroi katarragentes holēn eplērōsan tēn chōran. enteuthen aphthonos kai plousia telesphoreitai eukarpia, tais Aiakou geōrgētheisa euchais.
And even as he prayed, extraordinary thunder rang out, and all the surrounding air was clouded over; violent and continuous rains broke out and filled the whole land. As a result a plentiful and rich harvest was brought to completion, cultivated by the prayers of Aeacus.
10.2.15Dindorf 1:533–534
καὶ ἐπεκαλέσατο, φησὶ, Σαμουὴλ τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἔδωκε κύριος φωνὰς καὶ ὑετὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θερισμοῦ. ὁρᾷς ὅτι ὁ βρέχων ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους διὰ τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων δυνάμεων εἶς ἐστι θεός;” καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς.
kai epekalesato, phēsi, Samouēl ton kyrion, kai edōke kyrios phōnas kai hyeton en hēmerą therismou. horąs hoti ho brechōn epi dikaious kai adikous dia tōn hypotetagmenōn dynameōn eis esti theos?” kai ta exēs.
‘And Samuel called on the Lord,’ it says, ‘and the Lord gave thunder and rain in the day of harvest.’ Do you see that he who sends rain on the righteous and the unrighteous through the powers subject to him is one God?” And so on.
10.2.16Dindorf 1:534
Τούτοις μυρία συνάψας ὁ Κλήμης κλέπτας γεγονέναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀναμφιλέκτοις ἐλέγχοις κατεφώρασεν. εἰ δέ σοι μὴ πιστὸς οὗτος, ἅτε τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν βάρβαρον ὁμοίως ἡμῖν προτετιμηκὼς φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ δὴ ἐάσθω, καίπερ οὐκ οἰκείαις φωναῖς, ταῖς δʼ αὐτῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀπευθύνας τὸν λόγον. τί δʼ ἂν εἴποις, εἰ τὰ ὅμοια καὶ παρʼ αὐτῶν μάθοις τῶν γενναίων σου φιλοσόφων; δέχου δῆτα καὶ τούτων τὰς μαρτυρίας. Πορφυρίου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁ τῆς φιλολόγου ἀκροάσεως.
Toutois myria synapsas ho Klēmēs kleptas gegonenai tous Hellēnas anamphilektois elenchois katephōrasen. ei de soi mē pistos houtos, hate tēs Hellēnikēs kai autos tēn barbaron homoiōs hēmin protetimēkōs philosophian, kai dē easthō, kaiper ouk oikeiais phōnais, tais dʼ autōn Hellēnōn apeuthynas ton logon. ti dʼ an eipois, ei ta homoia kai parʼ autōn mathois tōn gennaiōn sou philosophōn? dechou dēta kai toutōn tas martyrias. Porphyriou apo tou ha tēs philologou akroaseōs.
Adding countless such examples to these, Clement has caught the Greeks being thieves with indisputable proofs. But if you do not trust him, because he too, like us, has preferred the barbarian philosophy to the Greek, then let him be set aside, although he directed his argument not in his own words but in those of the Greeks themselves. But what would you say if you learned the same things from your own noble philosophers? Receive, then, their testimonies too. From Porphyry, Book 1 of The Lecture on Literature.
Preparation 10, chapter 3
10.3.1Dindorf 1:534
“Τὰ Πλατώνεια ἑστιῶν ἡμὰς Λογγῖνος ‘Αθήνησι κέκληκεν ἄλλους τε πολλοὺς καὶ Νικαγόραν τὸν σοφιστὴν καὶ Μαΐωρα, Ἀπολλώνιόν τε τὸν γραμματικὸν, καὶ Δημήτριον τὸν γεωμέτρην, Προσήνην τε τὸν περιπατητικὸν καὶ τὸν Στωϊκὸν Καλλιέτην.
“Ta Platōneia hestiōn hēmas Longinos ‘Athēnēsi keklēken allous te pollous kai Nikagoran ton sophistēn kai Maïōra, Apollōnion te ton grammatikon, kai Dēmētrion ton geōmetrēn, Prosēnēn te ton peripatētikon kai ton Stōïkon Kallietēn.
“Longinus, celebrating Plato’s birthday feast at Athens, invited many others and among them Nicagoras the sophist, Maior, Apollonius the grammarian, Demetrius the geometer, Prosenes the Peripatetic, and Calliëtes the Stoic.
10.3.2Dindorf 1:534
μεθʼ ὧν ἕβδομος αὐτὸς κατακλινεὶς, τοῦ δείπνου προκόπτοντος, καί τινος ζητήσεως περὶ Ἐφόρου ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις γενομένης, Ἀκούσωμεν, ἔφη, τίς ὁ περὶ Ἐφόρου θόρυβος. ἦσαν δʼ οἱ ζητοῦντες Καύστριός τε καὶ Μάξιμος· ὁ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ Θεοπόμπου προυτίθει, ὁ δὲ Καύστριος κλέπτην ἀπεκάλει.
methʼ hōn hebdomos autos kataklineis, tou deipnou prokoptontos, kai tinos zētēseōs peri Ephorou en tois allois genomenēs, Akousōmen, ephē, tis ho peri Ephorou thorybos. ēsan dʼ hoi zētountes Kaustrios te kai Maximos; ho men gar auton kai Theopompou proutithei, ho de Kaustrios kleptēn apekalei.
He himself reclined with them as the seventh. As the dinner went on, and a question about Ephorus arose among the others, he said, ‘Let us hear what this uproar about Ephorus is.’ Those disputing were Caystrius and Maximus: the one preferred him even to Theopompus, while Caystrius called him a thief.
10.3.3Dindorf 1:534
καὶ τί γὰρ Ἐφόρου ἴδιον, ἔφη, ἐκ τῶν Δαιμάχου καὶ Καλλισθένους καὶ Ἀναξιμένους αὐταῖς λέξεσιν ἔστιν ὅτε τρισχιλίους ὅλους μετατιθέντος στίχους;
kai ti gar Ephorou idion, ephē, ek tōn Daimachou kai Kallisthenous kai Anaximenous autais lexesin estin hote trischilious holous metatithentos stichous?
‘For what is Ephorus’s own,’ he said, ‘when at times he transfers from the works of Daimachus, Callisthenes, and Anaximenes as many as three thousand whole lines in the very same words?’
10.3.4Dindorf 1:534–535
πρὸς ὃν ὁ γραμματικὸς Ἀπολλώνιος ἔφη, οὐ γὰρ ἔγνως ὅτι καὶ τὸν Θεόπομπον, ὃν σὺ προτιμᾷς, κατείληφε τουτὶ τὸ πάθος, ἐν μὲν τῇ ἑνδεκάτῃ τῶν Περὶ Φιλίππου ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσοκράτους Ἀρεοπαγιτικοῦ μεταγράφαντα αὐτοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἐκεῖνα, ὅτι τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν κακῶν οὐδὲν αὐτὸ καθʼ αὑτὸ παραγίνεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς.
pros hon ho grammatikos Apollōnios ephē, ou gar egnōs hoti kai ton Theopompon, hon sy protimąs, kateilēphe touti to pathos, en men tę̄ hendekatę̄ tōn Peri Philippou ek tou Isokratous Areopagitikou metagraphanta autois onomasin ekeina, hoti tōn agathōn kai tōn kakōn ouden auto kathʼ hauto paraginetai tois anthrōpois, kai ta exēs.
Apollonius the grammarian answered him: ‘Do you not know that Theopompus too, whom you prefer, has been seized by this same failing? In the eleventh book of his Histories of Philip he copied word for word from Isocrates’ Areopagiticus the passage that “of good things and bad, none comes to people by itself,” and what follows.
10.3.5Dindorf 1:535
καίτοι ὑπερφρονεῖ τὸν Ἰσοκράτην καὶ νενικῆσθαι ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ λέγει κατὰ τὸν ἐπὶ Μαυσωλῷ ἀγῶνα τὸν διδάσκαλον. πραγμάτων δʼ ὑφαίρεσιν πεποίηται, μεταθεὶς τὰ ἐπʼ ἄλλων ἄλλοις, ἵνα καὶ ψεύστης ἁλῷ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον.
kaitoi hyperphronei ton Isokratēn kai nenikēsthai hyphʼ heautou legei kata ton epi Mausōlǭ agōna ton didaskalon. pragmatōn dʼ hyphairesin pepoiētai, metatheis ta epʼ allōn allois, hina kai pseustēs halǭ touton ton tropon.
And yet he looks down on Isocrates, and says that his teacher was beaten by him in the contest over Mausolus. He has also made off with incidents, transferring what belongs to some people to others, so that he is caught as a liar too in this way.
10.3.6Dindorf 1:535
Ανδρω- νος γὰρ ἐν τῷ Τρίποδι περὶ Πυθαγόρου τοῦ φιλο- ψ́φου τὰ περὶ τὰς προρρήσεις ἱστορηκότος, εἰπόντος ’s ὡς διψήσας ποτὲ ἐν Μεταποντίῳ καὶ ἔκ τινος ψἐατος ἀνιμήσας καὶ πιὼν προεῖπεν Λς εἰς τρίτην ἡμ́ραν ἔσοιτο σεισμὸς, καὶ ἕτερά τινα τούτοις ἐπα- γα· ὼν ἐπιλέγει,
Andrō- nos gar en tǭ Tripodi peri Pythagorou tou philo- psphou ta peri tas prorrēseis historēkotos, eipontos ’s hōs dipsēsas pote en Metapontiǭ kai ek tinos pseatos animēsas kai piōn proeipen Ls eis tritēn hēmran esoito seismos, kai hetera tina toutois epa- ga; ōn epilegei,
For Andron, in his Tripod, had told the story of the predictions of Pythagoras the philosopher, saying that once, being thirsty at Metapontum, he drew water from a well, drank, and foretold that in three days there would be an earthquake; and after adding some other things to these, he goes on:
10.3.7Dindorf 1:535
ταῦτʼ οὖν τοῦ Ἀνδρῶνος περὶ Πυtαγόρου ἱστορηκότος πάντα ὑφείλετο Θεόπομπος. εἰ μψ περὶ Πυθαγόρου λέγων, τάχα ἂν καὶ ἕτεροι ἠπίσΜντο. περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔλε· γον, ταῦτα καὶ αὐτὸς εἰπών νῦν δὲ τὴν κλοπὴν δήλην πεποίηκεν ἡ τοῦ ὀνόμαψι; μετάθεσις. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ πράγμασι κἐχρη- τᾶι τοῖς αὐτοῖς, ἕτερον δʼ ὄνομα μετενήνοχε ’ Φερε- κύδην yco τὸν Σύριον πεποίηκε ταῦτα προλέγοντα.
tautʼ oun tou Andrōnos peri Pytagorou historēkotos panta hypheileto Theopompos. ei mps peri Pythagorou legōn, tacha an kai heteroi ēpisMnto. peri autou, kai ele; gon, tauta kai autos eipōn nyn de tēn klopēn dēlēn pepoiēken hē tou onomapsi? metathesis. tois men gar pragmasi kechrē- tai tois autois, heteron dʼ onoma metenēnoche ’ Phere- kydēn yco ton Syrion pepoiēke tauta prolegonta.
‘Now all this that Andron had related about Pythagoras, Theopompus stole. Had he told it of Pythagoras, others too might perhaps have known about him and said so, and he would have been saying it as they did; but as it is, the change of name has made the theft plain. He has used the same incidents but substituted another name: he has made Pherecydes of Syros the one who foretold these things.
10.3.8Dindorf 1:535
οὐ μόνον δὲ τούτῳ τῷ ὀνόματι ἀποκρύπτει τὴν κλοπὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τόπων μεταθέσει. τό τε γὰρ περὶ τῆς πρ, ρρήσεως τοῦ σεισμοῦ ἐν Μεταποντίῳ ὑπʼ Άνδρωιος ῥηθὲν ἐν Συρίᾳ εἰρῆσθαί φησιν ὁ Θεό- πομπος, τό τε περὶ τὸ πλοῖον οὐκ ἀπὸ Μεγάρων τῆς Σικελίας, ἀπὸ δὲ Σάμου φησὶ θεωρηθῆναι· καὶ τὴν Συβάρεας ἅλωσιν ἐπὶ τὴν Μεσσήνης μετέθηκεν.
ou monon de toutǭ tǭ onomati apokryptei tēn klopēn, alla kai topōn metathesei. to te gar peri tēs pr, rrēseōs tou seismou en Metapontiǭ hypʼ Andrōios rhēthen en Syrią eirēsthai phēsin ho Theo- pompos, to te peri to ploion ouk apo Megarōn tēs Sikelias, apo de Samou phēsi theōrēthēnai; kai tēn Sybareas halōsin epi tēn Messēnēs metethēken.
He hides the theft not only by this change of name but also by changing the places. For the prediction of the earthquake, which Andron said was made at Metapontum, Theopompus says was made in Syria; the story of the ship he says was seen not from Megara in Sicily but from Samos; and he transferred the capture of Sybaris to that of Messene.
10.3.9Dindorf 1:535
ἵνα δοκῇ τι λέγειν περιττὸν, καὶ τοῦ ξένου προστέθεικε τοὔνομα, Περίλαον αὐτὸν καλεῖσθαι λέγων. κἀγὼ, φησὶν ὁ Νικαγόρας, τοῖς Eλληνικοῖς ἐντυγχάνων αὐτοῦ τε καὶ τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος πολλὰ τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος αὐτὸν μετατιθέντα κατείληφα, καὶ τὸ δεινὸν, ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον.
hina dokę̄ ti legein peritton, kai tou xenou prostetheike tounoma, Perilaon auton kaleisthai legōn. kagō, phēsin ho Nikagoras, tois Ellēnikois entynchanōn autou te kai tou Xenophōntos polla tou Xenophōntos auton metatithenta kateilēpha, kai to deinon, hoti epi to cheiron.
And so as to seem to say something extra, he has added the name of the host as well, saying he was called Perilaus.’ ‘And I,’ says Nicagoras, ‘reading his Hellenica and Xenophon’s, have found him transferring much from Xenophon, and, what is shocking, for the worse.
10.3.10Dindorf 1:535–536
τὰ γοῦν περὶ τῆς Φαρ- ναβάζου πρὸς Ἀγησίλαον συνόδου διʼ Απολλοφ ἄνους τοῦ Κυζικηνοῦ, καὶ τὰς ἀμφοῖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐν- σπόνδους διαλέξεις, ἃς ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ Ξενοφῶν ἀνέ- γραψε πάνυ χαριέντως καὶ πρεπόντως ἀμφοῖν, εἰς τὴν ἐνδεκάτην τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν μεταθεὶς ὁ Θεόπομ- πος ἀργά τε καὶ ἀκίνητα πεποίηκε καὶ ἄπρακτα.
ta goun peri tēs Phar- nabazou pros Agēsilaon synodou diʼ Apolloph anous tou Kyzikēnou, kai tas amphoin pros allēlous en- spondous dialexeis, has en tę̄ tetartę̄ Xenophōn ane- grapse pany charientōs kai prepontōs amphoin, eis tēn endekatēn tōn Hellēnikōn metatheis ho Theopom- pos arga te kai akinēta pepoiēke kai aprakta.
At any rate the account of Pharnabazus’s meeting with Agesilaus through Apollophanes of Cyzicus, and the conversations of the two with each other under truce, which Xenophon wrote in his fourth book very gracefully and fittingly for both, Theopompus transferred into the eleventh book of his Hellenica and made them sluggish, lifeless, and ineffective.
10.3.11Dindorf 1:536
λόγου γὰρ δύναμιν καὶ διὰ τὴν κλοπὴν ἐξεργα- σίαν ἐμβάλλειν καὶ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι σπουδάζων βραδὺί καὶ μέλλων καὶ ἀναβαλλομένῳ ἐοικὼς φαίνεται, κμ· τὸ ἔμψυχον καὶ ἐνεργὸν τὸ Ξενοφῶντος διαφθείρων.
logou gar dynamin kai dia tēn klopēn exerga- sian emballein kai epideiknysthai spoudazōn bradui kai mellōn kai anaballomenǭ eoikōs phainetai, km; to empsychon kai energon to Xenophōntos diaphtheirōn.
For, eager because of the theft to put in rhetorical force and elaboration and to show off, he appears slow, hesitating, and like a man who keeps putting things off, and he ruins the life and vigour of Xenophon.’
10.3.12Dindorf 1:536
’ Ταῦτʼ εἰπόντος τοῦ Νικαγόρου ὁ Ἀπολ ώ- ὤνιος, Καὶ τί θαυμάζομεν, ἔφη, εἰ Θεοπόμπου καὶ Ἐφόρου τὸ τῆς κλοπῆς πάθος ἥψατο, ἀργοτέρῳ οὕ- τὼς ἀνδρῶν, ὅπου γε καὶ Μένανδρος τῆς ἀρρωστίας ταύτης ἐπλήσθη, ὃν ἠρέμα μὲν ἤλεγξε διὰ τι ἄγαν αὐτὸν φιλεῖν Ἀριστοφάνης ὁ γραμματικὸς ἐν ταῖς παραλλήλοις αὐτοῦ τε καὶ ἀφʼ ὧν ἔκλεψεν ἐκλογαῖς; Λατῖνος δὲ ἓξ βιβλίοις, ἃ ἐπέγραψε Περὶ τῶν οὐκ ἰδίων Μενάνδρου, τὸ πλῆθος αὐτοῦ ’τον κλοπῶν ἐξέφηνε·
’ Tautʼ eipontos tou Nikagorou ho Apol ō- ōnios, Kai ti thaumazomen, ephē, ei Theopompou kai Ephorou to tēs klopēs pathos hēpsato, argoterǭ hou- tōs andrōn, hopou ge kai Menandros tēs arrōstias tautēs eplēsthē, hon ērema men ēlenxe dia ti agan auton philein Aristophanēs ho grammatikos en tais parallēlois autou te kai aphʼ hōn eklepsen eklogais? Latinos de hex bibliois, ha epegrapse Peri tōn ouk idiōn Menandrou, to plēthos autou ’ton klopōn exephēne;
When Nicagoras had said this, Apollonius said: ‘And why are we surprised if the failing of theft has touched Theopompus and Ephorus, men so sluggish, when even Menander was infected with this disease? Aristophanes the grammarian exposed him gently, because he was so fond of him, in his Parallels of Menander and of those from whom he stole; and Latinus, in six books entitled On What Is Not Menander’s Own, revealed the great number of his thefts,
10.3.13Dindorf 1:536
καθάπερ ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεὺς Φλόστρατος Περὶ τῆς τοῦ Σοφοκλέους κλοπῆς πραγματείαν κα- τεβάλετο. Καικίλιος δὲ, ὥς τι μέγα πεφωρακὼς, ὅλον δρᾶμα ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰς τέλος Ἀντιφάνους, tov Οἰω- οἰωνιστήν, μεταγράψαι φησὶ τὸν Μένανδρον εἰς τὸν Δεισιδαίμονα.
kathaper ho Alexandreus Phlostratos Peri tēs tou Sophokleous klopēs pragmateian ka- tebaleto. Kaikilios de, hōs ti mega pephōrakōs, holon drama ex archēs eis telos Antiphanous, tov Oiō- oiōnistēn, metagrapsai phēsi ton Menandron eis ton Deisidaimona.
just as Philostratus of Alexandria composed a treatise On the Theft of Sophocles. And Caecilius, as if he had detected something great, says that Menander copied a whole play of Antiphanes, The Augur, from beginning to end into his Superstitious Man.
10.3.14Dindorf 1:536
ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς κλέπτας ἔδοξεν, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως, ὑμῖν, φησὶν, εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀγαγεῖν, μηνύω καὐτὸς Ὑπερείδην τὸν καλὸν πολλὰ παρὰ Δη- μοσθένους κεκλοφότα ἔν τε τῷ πρὸς Διώγδαν λόγῳ κἀν τῷ περὶ τῶν Εὐβούλου δωρεῶν.
epei de tous kleptas edoxen, ouk oidʼ hopōs, hymin, phēsin, eis to meson agagein, mēnyō kautos Hypereidēn ton kalon polla para Dē- mosthenous keklophota en te tǭ pros Diōgdan logǭ kan tǭ peri tōn Euboulou dōreōn.
But since you have decided, I do not know why, to bring the thieves into the open,’ he says, ‘I too inform against the fine Hyperides as having stolen much from Demosthenes, both in the speech against Diondas and in the one about the gifts to Eubulus.
10.3.15Dindorf 1:536–537
καὶ ὅτι μὲν ὁ ἕτερος παρὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου μετέθηκε πρόδηλον· συγχρο- νούντων δʼ αὐτῶν, ἡμῶν μὲν ἂν εἴη ἔργον, φησὶν, co Ἀπολλώνιε, ἐκ τῶν χρόνων ἀνιχνεῦσαι τὸν κλέ- πτήνʼ. ἐγὼ δὲ ὑποπτεύω μὲν τὸν ὑφῃρημένον εἶναι τὸν Ὑπερείδην· ἀδήλου δὲ ὄντος ὁπότερος ἄγαμαι μὲν Δημοσθένην, εἰ λαβὼν παρὰ Ὑπερείδου πρὸς δέον διώρθωσε· μέμφομαι δὲ τὸν Ὑπερείδην, εἰ λαβὼν παρὰ Δημοσθένους πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον διέστρεψε.’’
kai hoti men ho heteros para tou heterou metethēke prodēlon; synchro- nountōn dʼ autōn, hēmōn men an eiē ergon, phēsin, co Apollōnie, ek tōn chronōn anichneusai ton kle- ptēnʼ. egō de hypopteuō men ton hyphę̄rēmenon einai ton Hypereidēn; adēlou de ontos hopoteros agamai men Dēmosthenēn, ei labōn para Hypereidou pros deon diōrthōse; memphomai de ton Hypereidēn, ei labōn para Dēmosthenous pros to cheiron diestrepse.’’
That one transferred from the other is obvious; but since they were contemporaries, it would be our task, Apollonius,’ he says, ‘to track down the thief from the dates. I suspect that the one who took is Hyperides; but since it is uncertain which, I admire Demosthenes if he took from Hyperides and corrected it as he should, and I blame Hyperides if he took from Demosthenes and twisted it for the worse.’”
10.3.16Dindorf 1:537
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησί “ Καὶ τί ὑμῖν λέγω ὡς τὰ Βαρβαρικὰ νόμιμα Ἑλλανίκου ἐκ τῶν Ἡροδότου καὶ Δαμάστου συνῆκται; ἢ ὡς Ἡρόδοτος ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ πολλὰ Ἑκαταίου τοῦ Μιλησίου κατὰ λέξιν μετήνεγκεν ἐκ τῆς Περιηγήσεως, βραχέα παραποιήσας, τὰ τοῦ φοίνικος ὀρνέου καὶ περὶ τοῦ ποταμίου ἵππου καὶ τῆς θήρας τῶν κροκοδείλων;
Kai meta brachea phēsi “ Kai ti hymin legō hōs ta Barbarika nomima Hellanikou ek tōn Hērodotou kai Damastou synēktai? ē hōs Hērodotos en tę̄ deuterą polla Hekataiou tou Milēsiou kata lexin metēnenken ek tēs Periēgēseōs, brachea parapoiēsas, ta tou phoinikos orneou kai peri tou potamiou hippou kai tēs thēras tōn krokodeilōn?
And shortly after he says: “And why tell you that Hellanicus’s Barbarian Customs is compiled from Herodotus and Damastes? Or that Herodotus in his second book transferred much from the Tour of the World of Hecataeus of Miletus word for word, with slight alterations: the account of the phoenix bird, of the river horse, and of the hunting of crocodiles?
10.3.17Dindorf 1:537
ἢ ὡς τὰ περὶ βασάνων εἰρημένα παρʼ Ἰσαίῳ ἐν τῷ περὶ τοῦ Κύλωνος κλήρου καὶ παρὰ Ἰσοκράτει ἐν τῷ Τραπεζιτικῷ κεῖται καὶ παρὰ τῷ Δημοσθένει ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ὀνήτορος ἐξούλης σχεδὸν διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν εἴρηται; ἢ ὡς Δείναρχος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ κατὰ Κλεομέδοντος αἰκίας πολλὰ μετενήνοχεν αὐτοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἐκ τοῦ Δημοσθένους κατὰ Κόνωνος αἰκίας;
ē hōs ta peri basanōn eirēmena parʼ Isaiǭ en tǭ peri tou Kylōnos klērou kai para Isokratei en tǭ Trapezitikǭ keitai kai para tǭ Dēmosthenei en tǭ kata Onētoros exoulēs schedon dia tōn autōn eirētai? ē hōs Deinarchos en tǭ prōtǭ kata Kleomedontos aikias polla metenēnochen autois onomasin ek tou Dēmosthenous kata Konōnos aikias?
Or that what is said about examination under torture by Isaeus in the speech on the estate of Cylon also stands in Isocrates’ Trapeziticus and is said in almost the same words by Demosthenes in the speech against Onetor for ejectment? Or that Dinarchus in his first speech against Cleomedon for assault has transferred much in the same words from Demosthenes’ speech against Conon for assault?
10.3.18Dindorf 1:537
ἢ Ἡσιόδου οὐ μὲν γάρ τι γυναικὸς ἀνὴρ ληίζετʼ ἄμεινον τῆς ἀγαθῆς, τῆς δʼ αὖτε κακῆς οὐ ῥίγιον ἄλλο, ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν Σιμωνίδης ἐν τῷ ἑνδεκάτῳ μετηνεγκε λαβὼν οὕτως γυναικὸς οὐδὲν χρῆμʼ ἀνὴρ ληίζεται ἄμεινον ἐσθλῆς, οὐδὲ ῥίγιον κακῆς. Εὐριπίδης δὲ ἐν Μελανίππῃ τῇ δεσμώτιδι τῆς μὲν κακῆς κάκιον οὐδὲν γίνεται γυναικὸς, ἐσθλῆς δʼ οὐδὲν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν πέφυκʼ ἄμεινον· διαφέρουσι δʼ αἱ φύσεις.
ē Hēsiodou ou men gar ti gynaikos anēr lēizetʼ ameinon tēs agathēs, tēs dʼ aute kakēs ou rhigion allo, tautēn tēn dianoian Simōnidēs en tǭ hendekatǭ metēnenke labōn houtōs gynaikos ouden chrēmʼ anēr lēizetai ameinon esthlēs, oude rhigion kakēs. Euripidēs de en Melanippę̄ tę̄ desmōtidi tēs men kakēs kakion ouden ginetai gynaikos, esthlēs dʼ ouden eis hyperbolēn pephykʼ ameinon; diapherousi dʼ hai physeis.
Or that Hesiod’s ‘For a man wins no prize better than a good wife, and none more chilling than a bad one’—this thought Simonides took over in his eleventh book thus: ‘A man wins nothing better than a good wife, nor more chilling than a bad one’; and Euripides in Melanippe in Chains: ‘Nothing is worse than a bad wife, and nothing by nature better beyond measure than a good one; their natures differ.’
10.3.19Dindorf 1:537–538
τοῦ δὲ Εὐριπίδου εἰπόντος γυναῖκές ἐσμεν ἀθλιώτατον φυτόν, Θεοδέκτης ἐν Ἀλκμαίωνί φησι σαφὴς μὲν ἐν βροτοῖσιν ὑμνεῖται λόγος, ὡς οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀθλιώτερον φυτὸν γυναικὸς. οὕτος οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐπιβολὴν ἐκεῖθεν εἴληφεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς λέξεσιν αὐταῖς συγκέχρηται· καὶ ἠθέλησεν αὐτὸ πανούργως παροιμιακὸν μᾶλλον εἶναι καὶ ὡς ὑπὸ πολλῶν λεγομένῳ συγκεχρῆσθαι ἢ δοκεῖν εἰλη- φέναι παρὰ τοῦ γεγεννηκότος.
tou de Euripidou eipontos gynaikes esmen athliōtaton phyton, Theodektēs en Alkmaiōni phēsi saphēs men en brotoisin hymneitai logos, hōs ouden estin athliōteron phyton gynaikos. houtos ou monon tēn epibolēn ekeithen eilēphen, alla kai tais lexesin autais synkechrētai; kai ēthelēsen auto panourgōs paroimiakon mallon einai kai hōs hypo pollōn legomenǭ synkechrēsthai ē dokein eilē- phenai para tou gegennēkotos.
And when Euripides had said, ‘We women are a most wretched growth,’ Theodectes says in his Alcmaeon: ‘A clear saying is sung among mortals, that no growth is more wretched than a woman.’ He has not only taken the idea from there but has used the very words; and he cunningly wanted it to seem rather a proverb, and to be using a saying of many, than to seem to have taken it from its author.
10.3.20Dindorf 1:538
ὁ δʼ Ἀντίμαχος τὰ Ὀμήρου κλέπτων παραδιορθοῖ. Ὁμήρου γὰρ εἰπόντος Ἴδεώ θʼ ὃς κάρτιστος ἐπιχθονίων γένετʼ ἀνδρῶν Ἀντίμαχος λέγει Ἴδεώ θʼ ὃς κάρτιστος ἐπιχθονίων ἤν ἀνδρῶν. καὶ Λυκόφρων ἐπαινεῖ τὴν μετάθεσιν, ὡς διʼ αὐτῆς ἐστηριγμένου τοῦ στίχου.
ho dʼ Antimachos ta Omērou kleptōn paradiorthoi. Homērou gar eipontos Ideō thʼ hos kartistos epichthoniōn genetʼ andrōn Antimachos legei Ideō thʼ hos kartistos epichthoniōn ēn andrōn. kai Lykophrōn epainei tēn metathesin, hōs diʼ autēs estērigmenou tou stichou.
And Antimachus, when he steals from Homer, alters him. For when Homer said, ‘And Idas, who was the strongest of men upon the earth,’ Antimachus says, ‘And Idas, who was strongest of men upon the earth.’ And Lycophron praises the change, as though the line were made firmer by it.
10.3.21Dindorf 1:538
τὸ γὰρ τὸν δʼ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κρείων Διομήδης σιγῶ, Ὀμήρου κωμῳδηθέντος ὑπὸ Κρατίνου διὰ τὸ πλεονάσαι ἐν τῷ τὸν δʼ ἀπαμειβόμενος, ὅπερ οὕτω πεπατημένον οὐκ ὤκνησεν Ἀντίμαχος με- ταθεῖναι.
to gar ton dʼ apameibomenos prosephē kreiōn Diomēdēs sigō, Omērou kōmǭdēthentos hypo Kratinou dia to pleonasai en tǭ ton dʼ apameibomenos, hoper houtō pepatēmenon ouk ōknēsen Antimachos me- tatheinai.
For I say nothing of ‘And answering him spoke mighty Diomedes,’ since Homer was mocked by Cratinus for overusing ‘and answering him’; a phrase so trodden down Antimachus did not hesitate to take over.
10.3.22Dindorf 1:538
τοῦ δὲ λαῶν οἶσιν ἄνασσε, πατὴρ δʼ ὣς ἤπιος ἦεν, Ὁμηρικοῦ ὄντος, καὶ πάλιν ἀλλαχοῦ που λεγομένου, οἱ δʼ ἐπεὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἐκαρτύναντο φάλαγγας, ὁ Ἀντίμαχος μεταθεὶς ἡμιστίχια πεποίηκε λαῶν οἷσιν ἄνασσον ἐκαρτύνοντο φάλαγγας.
tou de laōn oisin anasse, patēr dʼ hōs ēpios ēen, Homērikou ontos, kai palin allachou pou legomenou, hoi dʼ epei amphoterōthen ekartynanto phalangas, ho Antimachos metatheis hēmistichia pepoiēke laōn hoisin anasson ekartynonto phalangas.
And since ‘over the peoples whom he ruled, and he was gentle as a father’ is Homeric, and elsewhere it is said, ‘And when on both sides they had strengthened their ranks,’ Antimachus has transposed the half-lines and made ‘over the peoples whom they ruled they strengthened their ranks.’
10.3.23Dindorf 1:538–539
ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς κλοπῆς ἄλλους αἰτιώμενος κλέπτης ἀλῶ, τοὺς πραγματευσαμένους τὰ περὶ τούτων μηνύσω. Λυσιμάχου μέν ἐστι δύο Περὶ τῆς Ἐφόρου κλοπῆς, Ἀλκαῖος δὲ, ὁ τῶν λοιδόρων ἰάμ- βῶν καὶ ἐπιγραμμάτων ποιητὴς, παρῴδηκε ‘Εφόρου κλοπὰς ἐξελέγχων, Πολλίωνος δὲ ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς Σωτηρίδαν Περὶ τῆς Κτησίου κλοπῆς, τοῦ δʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ Περὶ τῆς Προδότου κλοπῆς ἐστι βιβλίον, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐπιγραφομένῳ Ἰχνευταί πολλὰ περὶ Θεοπόμπου λέγεται, Ἀρητάδου τέ ἐστι Περὶ συνεμπτώσεως πραγματεία, ἐξ ὧν τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ἔστι γνῶναι.”
allʼ hina mē kai autos klopēs allous aitiōmenos kleptēs alō, tous pragmateusamenous ta peri toutōn mēnysō. Lysimachou men esti dyo Peri tēs Ephorou klopēs, Alkaios de, ho tōn loidorōn iam- bōn kai epigrammatōn poiētēs, parǭdēke ‘Ephorou klopas exelenchōn, Polliōnos de epistolē pros Sōtēridan Peri tēs Ktēsiou klopēs, tou dʼ autou kai Peri tēs Prodotou klopēs esti biblion, kai en tǭ epigraphomenǭ Ichneutai polla peri Theopompou legetai, Arētadou te esti Peri synemptōseōs pragmateia, ex hōn toiauta polla esti gnōnai.”
But so that I too, while accusing others of theft, may not be caught as a thief, I shall name those who have written on these matters. Lysimachus has two books On the Theft of Ephorus; Alcaeus, the poet of abusive iambics and epigrams, wrote parodies exposing the thefts of Ephorus; there is a letter of Pollio to Soteridas On the Theft of Ctesias, and by the same author a book On the Theft of Herodotus; and in the work entitled The Trackers much is said about Theopompus; and there is a treatise by Aretades On Coincidence, from which one can learn many such things.”
10.3.24Dindorf 1:539
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα “Καὶ ὁ Προσήνης, Τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους, ἔφη, κλέπτας ἐφωράσατε· ὅτι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς οὗτος ὁ ἥρως Πλάτων, οὗ τὴν ἐπώνυμον ἑορτὴν σήμερον πανηγυρίζομεν, πολλοῖς καταχρῆται τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ, αἰδοῦμαι γὰρ τῷ τῆς κλοπῆς ὀνόματι ἐπὶ τούτου χρῆσθαι, οὐκέτι κατειλήφατε.
Kai methʼ hetera “Kai ho Prosēnēs, Tous men allous, ephē, kleptas ephōrasate; hoti de kai autos houtos ho hērōs Platōn, hou tēn epōnymon heortēn sēmeron panēgyrizomen, pollois katachrētai tōn pro autou, aidoumai gar tǭ tēs klopēs onomati epi toutou chrēsthai, ouketi kateilēphate.
And after other things: “And Prosenes said, ‘You have caught the others as thieves; but that this very hero Plato, whose festival named after him we are celebrating today, makes free use of many of those before him (for I am ashamed to use the word theft of him), you have not yet discovered.’
10.3.25Dindorf 1:539
τί λέγεις; ἔφη ὁ Καλλιέτης. οὐ λέγω μόνον, φησὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πίστιν τῷ λόγῳ παρέχω. σπάνια δὲ τὰ τῶν πρὸ τοῦ Πλάτωνος γεγονότων βιβλία, ἐπεὶ ἴσως πλείους ἄν τις ἐφώρασε τοῦ φιλοσόφου κλοπάς. ἐγὼ δʼ οὖν, ᾗ κατὰ τύχην περιπέπτωκα, Πρωταγόρου τὸν Περὶ τοῦ ὄντος ἀναγινώσκων λόγον, πρὸς τοὺς ἓν τὸ ὂν εἰσάγοντας τοιαύταις αὐτὸν εὑρίσκω χρώμενον ἀπαντήσεσιν· ἐσπούδασα γὰρ αὐταῖς λέξεσι τὰ ῥηθέντα μνημονεύειν.” Καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν διὰ πλειόνων τίθησι τὰς ἀποδείξεις.
ti legeis? ephē ho Kallietēs. ou legō monon, phēsin, alla kai tēn pistin tǭ logǭ parechō. spania de ta tōn pro tou Platōnos gegonotōn biblia, epei isōs pleious an tis ephōrase tou philosophou klopas. egō dʼ oun, hę̄ kata tychēn peripeptōka, Prōtagorou ton Peri tou ontos anaginōskōn logon, pros tous hen to on eisagontas toiautais auton heuriskō chrōmenon apantēsesin; espoudasa gar autais lexesi ta rhēthenta mnēmoneuein.” Kai tautʼ eipōn dia pleionōn tithēsi tas apodeixeis.
‘What do you mean?’ said Calliëtes. ‘I not only say it,’ he said, ‘but also give proof of my statement. The books of those who lived before Plato are rare; otherwise perhaps one might have detected more thefts of the philosopher. I at any rate, by chance, reading Protagoras’s discourse On Being, find him using answers of this kind against those who hold that being is one; for I took care to remember what was said in the very words.’” And having said this, he sets out the proofs at greater length.
10.3.26Dindorf 1:539–540
ἀλλʼ ὁποῖος μὲν τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν συγγραφέων ὁ τρόπος, ὅτι τε οὐδὲ τοῦ καθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἐφείσαντο ἐλέγχου, ἀρκεῖν ἀπὸ μυρίων ἡγοῦμαι τὰ εἰρημένα. ἔτι δὲ εἰς προπαρασκευὴν τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν λόγων ἐπιρρυείσης εἰς Ἕλληνας ὠφελείας εὖ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ἀναγκαίως καθόλου πᾶσαν ἀποδεῖξαι τὴν βοωμένην Ἑλλήνων παιδείαν τε καὶ φιλοσοφίαν, τά τε πρῶτα αὐτῶν μαθήματα, καὶ τὰ σεμνὰ τῆς λογικῆς ἐπιστήμης ἀπὸ βαρβάρων αὐτοῖς συμπεφορημένα, ὡς ἂν μηκέθʼ ἡμῖν ἐπιμέμφοιτό τις αὐτῶν, ὅτι δὴ τὴν παρὰ τοῖς βαρβάροις εὐσέβειάν τε καὶ φιλοσο- φίαν τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς σεμνῶν προτετιμήκαμεν.
allʼ hopoios men tōn Hellēnikōn syngrapheōn ho tropos, hoti te oude tou kathʼ heautōn epheisanto elenchou, arkein apo myriōn hēgoumai ta eirēmena. eti de eis proparaskeuēn tēs apo tōn Hebraïkōn logōn epirryeisēs eis Hellēnas ōpheleias eu moi dokei kai anankaiōs katholou pasan apodeixai tēn boōmenēn Hellēnōn paideian te kai philosophian, ta te prōta autōn mathēmata, kai ta semna tēs logikēs epistēmēs apo barbarōn autois sympephorēmena, hōs an mēkethʼ hēmin epimemphoito tis autōn, hoti dē tēn para tois barbarois eusebeian te kai philoso- phian tōn parʼ autois semnōn protetimēkamen.
But as to the character of the Greek writers, and that they did not spare even the exposure of themselves, I think what has been said, out of countless examples, is enough. Further, as a preparation for showing the benefit that flowed from the Hebrew writings to the Greeks, it seems to me good and necessary to show in general that the whole of the Greeks’ much-vaunted education and philosophy, both their first branches of learning and the august parts of logical science, was collected by them from barbarians, so that none of them may any longer blame us because we have preferred the piety and philosophy of the barbarians to the august things of their own.
Preparation 10, chapter 4
10.4.1Dindorf 1:540
Ὅτι μὴ ἄνευ λόγου σώφρονος δεύτερα θέ- θέμενοι τὰ τῆς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφίας τὴν παρʼ Εβραί- ὄις θεολογίαν προτετιμήκαμεν γνοίης ἂν, μαθὼν ὡς καὶ αὐτῶν Ελλήνων οἱ δὴ μάλιστα ὀρθότερον φιλο- σοφίας ἁψάμενοι, καί τι πλέον καὶ μεῖζον τῆς παν- δήμου περὶ θεῶν ἀκοῆς διανοηθέντες, οὐδέτερα τῶν παρὰ τοῖς Ἑβραίοις προκεκυρωμένων ἐφεῦρον ἀληθῆ δόγματα.
Hoti mē aneu logou sōphronos deutera the- themenoi ta tēs Hellēnōn philosophias tēn parʼ Ebrai- ois theologian protetimēkamen gnoiēs an, mathōn hōs kai autōn Ellēnōn hoi dē malista orthoteron philo- sophias hapsamenoi, kai ti pleon kai meizon tēs pan- dēmou peri theōn akoēs dianoēthentes, oudetera tōn para tois Hebraiois prokekyrōmenōn epheuron alēthē dogmata.
That it was not without sound reason that we put the teachings of Greek philosophy second and preferred the theology of the Hebrews, you may learn from this: even those of the Greeks themselves who took up philosophy most correctly, and thought out something more and greater than the common talk about the gods, found no true doctrines other than those already ratified among the Hebrews.
10.4.2Dindorf 1:540
οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀλληνάλλως ποικίλαις ψευ- δοδοξίαις ἀπαχθέντες εἰς βυθὸν ἀδολεσχίας περιε- τράπησαν, οἱ δέ γε ποσῶς εὐγνώμονι λογισμῷ κεχρη- μένοι, ἐν οἷς τῆς τἀληθοῦς ἐφήψαντο καταλήψεως, ἐν τούτοις τῆς Ἑβραίων κοινωνοὶ πεφήνασι διδασκα- λίας.
hoi men gar allēnallōs poikilais pseu- dodoxiais apachthentes eis bython adoleschias perie- trapēsan, hoi de ge posōs eugnōmoni logismǭ kechrē- menoi, en hois tēs talēthous ephēpsanto katalēpseōs, en toutois tēs Hebraiōn koinōnoi pephēnasi didaska- lias.
For some of them, carried away this way and that by various false opinions, were turned aside into an abyss of idle chatter; while others, who used reasoning that was in some measure fair-minded, have shown themselves sharers in the teaching of the Hebrews in those points in which they grasped the truth.
10.4.3Dindorf 1:540
εἰκὸς γοῦν πολυμαθεῖς γεγονότας τά τε τῶν ἐθνῶν νόμιμά τε καὶ μαθήματα περιεργότερον ἐξητακότας, καὶ τὴν τῶν δηλουμένων μὴ ἀγνοῆσαι φιλοσοφίαν, νεωτέρους μὲν τῷ χρόνῳ, ὡς ἔπος εἰ- πεῖν, ἁπάντων οὐχ Ἐβραίων μόνον, οὐδέ γε Φοινί- κῶν καὶ Αἰγυπτίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν παλαιῶν Ἑλλήνων φύντας.
eikos goun polymatheis gegonotas ta te tōn ethnōn nomima te kai mathēmata periergoteron exētakotas, kai tēn tōn dēloumenōn mē agnoēsai philosophian, neōterous men tǭ chronǭ, hōs epos ei- pein, hapantōn ouch Ebraiōn monon, oude ge Phoini- kōn kai Aigyptiōn, alla kai autōn tōn palaiōn Hellēnōn phyntas.
It is likely, at any rate, that men who had become very learned and had examined the customs and learning of the nations with great curiosity were not ignorant of the philosophy of the people in question either, since they were born later in time, so to speak, than everyone: not only than the Hebrews, nor only than the Phoenicians and Egyptians, but even than the ancient Greeks themselves.
10.4.4Dindorf 1:540
οἶς τὰ μὲν ἐκ Φοινίκης Κάδμος ὁ Ἀγήνορος, τὰ δʼ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου περὶ θεῶν, ἢ καί ποθεν ἄλλοθεν, μυστήρια καὶ τελετὰς, ξοάνων τε ἱδρύσεις, καὶ ὕμνους, ᾠδάς τε καὶ ἐπῳδὰς, ἤτοι Θρᾴκιος Ὀρφεὺς, ἢ καί τις ἕτερος ‘ ἢ βάρβα- ρος, τῆς πλάνης ἀρχηγοὶ γενόμενοι, συνεστήσαντο· τούτων γὰρ οὐδένας καὶ αὐτοὶ ἂν ὁμολογήσαιεν Ελ- ληνες παλαιοτέρους εἰδέναι.
ois ta men ek Phoinikēs Kadmos ho Agēnoros, ta dʼ ex Aigyptou peri theōn, ē kai pothen allothen, mystēria kai teletas, xoanōn te hidryseis, kai hymnous, ǭdas te kai epǭdas, ētoi Thrąkios Orpheus, ē kai tis heteros ‘ ē barba- ros, tēs planēs archēgoi genomenoi, synestēsanto; toutōn gar oudenas kai autoi an homologēsaien El- lēnes palaioterous eidenai.
For those ancients, Cadmus son of Agenor had brought some things from Phoenicia, and others about the gods came from Egypt or from somewhere else: mysteries and rites, the setting up of carved images, hymns, odes and incantations, established by the Thracian Orpheus or by some other, Greek or barbarian, who became leaders of the error. For the Greeks themselves would admit that they know of no one older than these.
10.4.5Dindorf 1:540–541
πρῶτον γοῦν ἁπάν- τῶν Ὀρφέα, εἶτα δὲ Λίνον, κἄπειτα Μουσαῖον, ἀμφὶ τὰ Τρωϊκὰ γενομένους ἢ μικρῷ πρόσθεν ἠκμακέναι φασίν. ἀλλὰ κατά γε τούτους πλέον οὐδὲν τῆς Φοι- νίκων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων πολυπλανοῦς θεολογίας παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐπολιτεύετο.
prōton goun hapan- tōn Orphea, eita de Linon, kapeita Mousaion, amphi ta Trōïka genomenous ē mikrǭ prosthen ēkmakenai phasin. alla kata ge toutous pleon ouden tēs Phoi- nikōn kai Aigyptiōn polyplanous theologias para tois Hellēsin epoliteueto.
They say, at any rate, that first of all Orpheus, then Linus, and then Musaeus flourished, around the time of the Trojan War or a little before. But in their time nothing more than the error-filled theology of the Phoenicians and Egyptians was current among the Greeks.
10.4.6Dindorf 1:541
καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσι, κατὰ πάσας χώρας τε καὶ πόλεις, ἔν τε ἱεροῖς καὶ μυστηρίοις, αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ὅμοια παρεφυλάττετο. πολὺς γοῦν παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ὁ προδηλωθεὶς περὶ θεῶν ἐκράτει λόγος· νεῴ τε περικαλλεῖς, παντοίοις ἀγάλμασι καὶ ἀναθήμασι κεκοσμημένοι, παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐξήσκηντο· ἀτὰρ δὴ καὶ ξόανα παντοίας ὕλης εἰς πᾶσαν θνητῶν ζῴων ἰδέαν τετυπωμένα φιλοκάλως ἐξείργαστο.
kai dē kai en tois loipois ethnesi, kata pasas chōras te kai poleis, en te hierois kai mystēriois, auta dē tauta kai hosa toutois homoia parephylatteto. polys goun para tois pasin ho prodēlōtheis peri theōn ekratei logos; neǭ te perikalleis, pantoiois agalmasi kai anathēmasi kekosmēmenoi, para tois pasin exēskēnto; atar dē kai xoana pantoias hylēs eis pasan thnētōn zǭōn idean tetypōmena philokalōs exeirgasto.
And among the other nations too, in all lands and cities, in temples and mysteries, these very things and others like them were kept up. The account of the gods described earlier prevailed widely among all; very beautiful temples, adorned with all kinds of statues and offerings, were built among all; and images of every material, shaped into every form of mortal creature, were lovingly made.
10.4.7Dindorf 1:541
καὶ μὴν καὶ μαντείων πλείστη τις ἦν καὶ ἄφθονος παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσι περιουσία. σεμνός γε μήν τις καὶ μέγας θεὸς παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι διαφερόντως τὸ τηνικάδε μάλιστα ἦν ἀκμάζων, ὁ Πύθιος καὶ ὁ Κλάριος καὶ ὁ Δωδωναῖος· εἶτα δὲ Ἀμφιάρεως καὶ Ἀμφίλοχος, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις μυρίος ἄλλος ἐπιρρέων χρησμῳδῶν μᾶλλον ἢ ποιητῶν τε καὶ ῥαψῳδῶν ὄχλος.
kai mēn kai manteiōn pleistē tis ēn kai aphthonos para tois pasi periousia. semnos ge mēn tis kai megas theos para tois Hellēsi diapherontōs to tēnikade malista ēn akmazōn, ho Pythios kai ho Klarios kai ho Dōdōnaios; eita de Amphiareōs kai Amphilochos, kai epi toutois myrios allos epirreōn chrēsmǭdōn mallon ē poiētōn te kai rhapsǭdōn ochlos.
And there was among all a very great and abundant wealth of oracles. Among the Greeks especially, a revered and great god was then at the height of his power: the Pythian, the Clarian, and the Dodonaean; then Amphiaraus and Amphilochus; and besides these a countless crowd flowing in, of oracle-singers rather than poets and rhapsodes.
10.4.8Dindorf 1:541
ὧν μακροῖς ποθʼ ὕστερον χρόνοις Ἕλληνας παρελθοῦσα φιλοσοφία, μηδὲν τῶν αὐτῇ προσηκόντων παρὰ τοῖς προπάτορσιν εὑροῦσα, τὰ μὲν σεμνὰ καὶ παλαιὰ τῆς πατρόθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς ἡκούσης θεολογίας, αὐτά τε τὰ θαυμαστὰ καὶ παρὰ πᾶσι βοώμενα, θεῖά τε καὶ χρηστήρια, ἔργῳ περιττὰ καὶ ἀνωφελῆ κατελάμβανε.
hōn makrois pothʼ hysteron chronois Hellēnas parelthousa philosophia, mēden tōn autę̄ prosēkontōn para tois propatorsin heurousa, ta men semna kai palaia tēs patrothen eis autous hēkousēs theologias, auta te ta thaumasta kai para pasi boōmena, theia te kai chrēstēria, ergǭ peritta kai anōphelē katelambane.
Long ages after these, when philosophy came among the Greeks, it found among their forefathers nothing that belonged to it, and recognized that the august and ancient parts of the theology that had come down to them from their fathers, and the very marvels that were famous among all, the divine shrines and oracles, were in fact superfluous and useless.
10.4.9Dindorf 1:541
διὸ ταῦτα μὲν εἰς δεύτερον ἀνεβάλλετο, ὡς ἂν οὐδὲν αὐτῇ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ ἀληθῶν εὕρεσιν λυσιτελεῖν δυνάμενα, τὰ δὲ ὀθνεῖα λοιπὸν καὶ βάρβαρα, οἶά τις γυμνὴ καὶ οἰκείων πτωχεύουσα λόγων τε καὶ μαθημάτων, περιῄει διερευνωμένη, τά τε χρήσιμα πανταχόθεν ἑαυτῇ πορίζουσα συνάγουσά τε καὶ ἐρανιζομένη, ὅ τι ποτὲ παρʼ ἑκάστοις εὕροι τῶν ἐθνῶν.
dio tauta men eis deuteron aneballeto, hōs an ouden autę̄ pros tēn tōn anankaiōn kai alēthōn heuresin lysitelein dynamena, ta de othneia loipon kai barbara, oia tis gymnē kai oikeiōn ptōcheuousa logōn te kai mathēmatōn, perię̄ei diereunōmenē, ta te chrēsima pantachothen heautę̄ porizousa synagousa te kai eranizomenē, ho ti pote parʼ hekastois heuroi tōn ethnōn.
Therefore it put these things in second place, as able to contribute nothing to its discovery of what is necessary and true; and for the rest, like someone naked and beggared of discourses and learning of her own, she went about searching out foreign and barbarian things, procuring for herself what was useful from every side, collecting and gathering contributions of whatever she might find among each of the nations.
10.4.10Dindorf 1:541–542
οὐ γὰρ οὖν μόνα τὰ τῆς ἀληθοῦς θεολογίας λείποντα κατεμάνθανε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλ- λῶν τεχνῶν τε καὶ ἐπιστημῶν τὰς βιωφελεστάτας. συνομολογοῦσί γε τοι Ἕλληνες αὐτοὶ, μετά γε Ὀρφέα Λίνον τε καὶ Μουσαῖον, οἳ δὴ πάντων μάλιστα θεολόγων παλαιότατοί τε καὶ πρῶτοι κατῆρξαν αὐτοῖς τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης, τοὺς ἑπτὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἄνδρας ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ θαυμασθῆναι, οὓς δὴ καὶ ἐπονομάσαι σοφούς. ἀμφὶ Κῦρον δὲ οἵδε τὸν Περσῶν ἤκμασαν βασιλέα.
ou gar oun mona ta tēs alēthous theologias leiponta katemanthane tois Hellēsin, alla kai tōn al- lōn technōn te kai epistēmōn tas biōphelestatas. synomologousi ge toi Hellēnes autoi, meta ge Orphea Linon te kai Mousaion, hoi dē pantōn malista theologōn palaiotatoi te kai prōtoi katērxan autois tēs polytheou planēs, tous hepta parʼ autois andras epi sophią thaumasthēnai, hous dē kai eponomasai sophous. amphi Kyron de hoide ton Persōn ēkmasan basilea.
For she learned that the Greeks lacked not only true theology but also the most useful of the other arts and sciences. The Greeks themselves agree that after Orpheus, Linus, and Musaeus, who were the most ancient of all their theologians and first led them into the error of many gods, the seven men among them were admired for wisdom, whom they also named Sages. These flourished about the time of Cyrus king of the Persians.
10.4.11Dindorf 1:542
οὗτος δʼ ἦν ὁ χρόνος, ἐν ᾧ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφητῶν οἱ πάντων ὕστατοι προεφήτευον, τῶν μὲν Τρωϊκῶν ὕστερον ἔτεσι πλέον ἢ ἑξακοσίοις, τῆς δὲ Μώσεως ἡλικίας οὐκ ἔλαττον ἢ χιλίοις πεντακοσίοις γενόμενοι. τοῦτο δέ σοι τὰς τῶν χρόνων ἀναγραφὰς μικρὸν ὕστερον διιόντι καταφανὲς ἔσται.
houtos dʼ ēn ho chronos, en hǭ tōn parʼ Hebraiois prophētōn hoi pantōn hystatoi proephēteuon, tōn men Trōïkōn hysteron etesi pleon ē hexakosiois, tēs de Mōseōs hēlikias ouk elatton ē chiliois pentakosiois genomenoi. touto de soi tas tōn chronōn anagraphas mikron hysteron diionti kataphanes estai.
This was the time when the last of all the prophets among the Hebrews were prophesying: more than six hundred years after the Trojan War, and not less than fifteen hundred after the age of Moses. This will be clear to you when you go through the chronological records a little later.
10.4.12Dindorf 1:542
ἐνταῦθά που νέοι τῷ χρόνῳ οἱ ἑπτὰ γενόμενοι σοφοὶ ἐπὶ κατορθώσει μνημονεύονται ἀγωγῆς τῆς ἠθικωτέρας, ὧν πλέον οὐδὲν τῶν βοωμένων ἀποφθεγμάτων μνημονεύεται. ὀψὲ δέ τι, καὶ μᾶλλον τοῖς χρόνοις ὑποβεβηκότες, οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλόσοφοι διαπρέψαι μνημονεύονται.
entautha pou neoi tǭ chronǭ hoi hepta genomenoi sophoi epi katorthōsei mnēmoneuontai agōgēs tēs ēthikōteras, hōn pleon ouden tōn boōmenōn apophthegmatōn mnēmoneuetai. opse de ti, kai mallon tois chronois hypobebēkotes, hoi parʼ Hellēsi philosophoi diaprepsai mnēmoneuontai.
About then the Seven Sages, recent in time, are remembered for their success in a more ethical way of life; nothing more of theirs is remembered than their celebrated sayings. Only late, and lower down in time, are the philosophers among the Greeks remembered as having become distinguished.
10.4.13Dindorf 1:542
ὣν Πυθαγόρας πρῶτος Φερεκύδου γνώριμος, τὸ “φιλοσοφίανʼ’ ἀνευρὼν ὄνομα, ὡς μέν τινες, Σάμιος, ὡς δʼ ἕτεροί φασι, Τυρρηνὸς ἦν· τινὲς δʼ αὐτὸν Σύριον ἢ Τύριον εἶναι λέγουσιν· ὥστε σε βάρβαρον, ἀλλʼ οὐχ Ἕλληνα γεγονέναι ὁμολογεῖν τὸν πρῶτον τῶν φιλοσόφων, ἀνὰ στόμα πάντων Ἑλλήνων ᾀδόμενον.
hōn Pythagoras prōtos Pherekydou gnōrimos, to “philosophianʼ’ aneurōn onoma, hōs men tines, Samios, hōs dʼ heteroi phasi, Tyrrēnos ēn; tines dʼ auton Syrion ē Tyrion einai legousin; hōste se barbaron, allʼ ouch Hellēna gegonenai homologein ton prōton tōn philosophōn, ana stoma pantōn Hellēnōn ądomenon.
Of these Pythagoras, a pupil of Pherecydes, who invented the name “philosophy,” was first. According to some he was a Samian, but others say he was a Tyrrhenian, and some say he was a Syrian or a Tyrian; so that you must admit that the first of the philosophers, praised on the lips of all the Greeks, was a barbarian and not a Greek.
10.4.14Dindorf 1:542
καὶ τὸν Φερεκύδην δὲ Σύριον ἀναγράφουσιν, ᾧ μαθητεῦσαι τὸν Πυθαγόραν φασίν. οὐ μόνῳ δὲ τούτῳ συγγενέσθαι ὁ Πυθαγόρας λέγεται, διατρῖψαι δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Περσῶν μάγοις, καὶ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίων δὲ προφήταις μαθητεῦσαι, καθʼ ὃν χρόνον Ἑβραίων οἱ μὲν ἐπʼ Αἰγύπτου, οἱ δʼ ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνος φαίνονται τὴν μετοικίαν πεποιημένοι.
kai ton Pherekydēn de Syrion anagraphousin, hǭ mathēteusai ton Pythagoran phasin. ou monǭ de toutǭ syngenesthai ho Pythagoras legetai, diatripsai de kai para tois Persōn magois, kai tois Aigyptiōn de prophētais mathēteusai, kathʼ hon chronon Hebraiōn hoi men epʼ Aigyptou, hoi dʼ epi Babylōnos phainontai tēn metoikian pepoiēmenoi.
They also record that Pherecydes, whose pupil they say Pythagoras was, was a Syrian. And Pythagoras is said to have associated not with him alone but also to have spent time with the Magi of the Persians and to have been a pupil of the prophets of the Egyptians, at the time when some of the Hebrews are seen to have migrated into Egypt and others to Babylon.
10.4.15Dindorf 1:542–543
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὁ δηλούμενος τὰ παρʼ ἑκάστοις σοφὰ πολυπραγμονῶν ἐπῆλθε Βαβυλῶνα καὶ Αἴγυπτον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Περσῶν, τοῖς τε μάγοις καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μαθητευόμενος· ἀκηκοέναι τε πρὸς τούτοις Βραχμάνων ἱστόρηται· ᾿Ινδῶν δέ εἰσιν οὗτοι φιλόσοφοι· καὶ παρʼ ὧν μὲν ἀστρολογίαν, παρʼ ὣν δὲ γεωμετρίαν, ἀριθμητικήν τε παρʼ ἑτέρων καὶ μουσικὴν, καὶ ἄλλα παρʼ ἄλλων συλλεξάμενος, μόνον παρὰ τῶν σοφῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔσχεν οὐδὲν, πενίᾳ σοφίας καὶ ἀπορίᾳ συνοικούντων·
alla gar ho dēloumenos ta parʼ hekastois sopha polypragmonōn epēlthe Babylōna kai Aigypton kai pasan tēn Persōn, tois te magois kai tois hiereusi mathēteuomenos; akēkoenai te pros toutois Brachmanōn historētai; ᾿Indōn de eisin houtoi philosophoi; kai parʼ hōn men astrologian, parʼ hōn de geōmetrian, arithmētikēn te parʼ heterōn kai mousikēn, kai alla parʼ allōn syllexamenos, monon para tōn sophōn Hellēnōn eschen ouden, penią sophias kai aporią synoikountōn;
Indeed, this man, busily seeking out the wisdom of each people, visited Babylon, Egypt, and all Persia, becoming a pupil of the Magi and the priests; and besides these he is reported to have heard the Brahmans (these are philosophers of the Indians). And having gathered astrology from some, geometry from others, arithmetic and music from others, and other things from others, from the wise men of the Greeks alone he got nothing, since they lived with poverty and lack of wisdom.
10.4.16Dindorf 1:543
ἔμπαλιν δʼ οὖν τῶν ἔξωθεν αὐτῷ πεπορισμένων αἴτιος αὐτὸς τῆς μαθήσεως κατέστη τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
empalin dʼ oun tōn exōthen autǭ peporismenōn aitios autos tēs mathēseōs katestē tois Hellēsin.
On the contrary, he himself became for the Greeks the cause of their learning what he had procured from outside.
10.4.17Dindorf 1:543
Ὁ μὲν οὖν Πυθαγόρας τοιοῦτος. πρώτη δʼ ἐκ τῆς τούτου διαδοχῆς ἡ κληθεῖσα Ἰταλικὴ φιλοσοφία συνέστη, τῆς ἐπωνυμίας ἐκ τῆς κατὰ Ἰταλίαν διατριβῆς ἀξιωθεῖσα· μεθʼ ἣν ἡ ἀπὸ Θαλοῦ τοῦ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν ἑνὸς Ἰωνικὴ προσαγορευθεῖσα· κἄπειτα ἡ Ἐλεατικὴ, Ξενοφάνην τὸν Κολοφώνιον πατέρα ἐπιγραψαμένη.
Ho men oun Pythagoras toioutos. prōtē dʼ ek tēs toutou diadochēs hē klētheisa Italikē philosophia synestē, tēs epōnymias ek tēs kata Italian diatribēs axiōtheisa; methʼ hēn hē apo Thalou tou tōn hepta sophōn henos Iōnikē prosagoreutheisa; kapeita hē Eleatikē, Xenophanēn ton Kolophōnion patera epigrapsamenē.
Such, then, was Pythagoras. The first philosophy formed from his succession was the one called Italian, which got its name from his teaching in Italy; after it came the one called Ionian, from Thales, one of the Seven Sages; and then the Eleatic, which claimed Xenophanes of Colophon as its father.
10.4.18Dindorf 1:543
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Θαλῆς, ὥς τινες ἱστοροῦσι, Φοῖνιξ ἦν, ὡς δέ τινες ὑπειλήφασι, Μιλήσιος· Αἰγυπτίων δὲ καὶ οὗτος λέγεται τοῖς προφήταις συμβεβληκέναι.
alla kai ho Thalēs, hōs tines historousi, Phoinix ēn, hōs de tines hypeilēphasi, Milēsios; Aigyptiōn de kai houtos legetai tois prophētais symbeblēkenai.
But Thales too, as some relate, was a Phoenician, though some have supposed him a Milesian; and he too is said to have consulted the prophets of the Egyptians.
10.4.19Dindorf 1:543
Σόλωνα δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν, ὃν δὴ καὶ λόγος Ἀθηναίοις νομοθετῆσαι, Αἰγυπτίοις ὁμοίως φησὶν ὁ Πλάτων προσεσχηκέναι, ὁπηνίκα πάλιν ᾤκουν Ἑβραῖοι τὴν Αἴγυπτον. εἰσάγει γοῦν αὐτὸν ἐν Τιμαίῳ πρὸς τοῦ βαρβάρου παιδευόμενον, ἐν οἷς φησιν ὁ Αἰγύπτιος πρὸς αὐτὸν “ὦ Σόλων, Σόλων Ἕλληνες ἀεὶ παῖδές ἐστε, γέρων δὲ Ἑλλήνων οὐδὲ εἶς, οὐδέ ἐστι παρʼ ὑμῖν χρόνῳ πολιὸν μάθημα.’’
Solōna de kai auton tōn hepta sophōn, hon dē kai logos Athēnaiois nomothetēsai, Aigyptiois homoiōs phēsin ho Platōn proseschēkenai, hopēnika palin ǭkoun Hebraioi tēn Aigypton. eisagei goun auton en Timaiǭ pros tou barbarou paideuomenon, en hois phēsin ho Aigyptios pros auton “ō Solōn, Solōn Hellēnes aei paides este, gerōn de Hellēnōn oude eis, oude esti parʼ hymin chronǭ polion mathēma.’’
And Solon, also one of the Seven Sages, who is said to have given the Athenians their laws, likewise attended the Egyptians, Plato says, at the time when the Hebrews were again living in Egypt. At any rate he brings him in, in the Timaeus, being taught by the barbarian, where the Egyptian says to him: “O Solon, Solon, you Greeks are always children, and there is not one old man among the Greeks, nor is there among you any learning grey with age.”
10.4.20Dindorf 1:543–544
καὶ οὗτος δὲ ὁ Πλάτων τοῖς ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ Πυθαγορείοις σχολάσας οὐ μόνῃ τῇ παρὰ τούτοις ἠρκέσθη διατριβῇ, λέγεται δὲ ἀπᾶραι εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ τῇ τούτων φιλοσοφίᾳ πλεῖστον ἀναθεῖναι χρόνον. τοῦτό τοι καὶ αὐτὸς τοῖς βαρβάροις πολλαχοῦ τῶν ἰδίων λόγων μαρτυρεῖ, εὖ μοι δοκεῖ ποιῶν, καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα ἐμπορεύεσθαι εἰς φιλοσοφίαν παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων εὐγνωμόνως οὐκ ἀπαρνούμενος.
kai houtos de ho Platōn tois en Italią Pythagoreiois scholasas ou monę̄ tę̄ para toutois ērkesthē diatribę̄, legetai de aparai eis Aigypton kai tę̄ toutōn philosophią pleiston anatheinai chronon. touto toi kai autos tois barbarois pollachou tōn idiōn logōn martyrei, eu moi dokei poiōn, kai ta kallista emporeuesthai eis philosophian para tōn barbarōn eugnōmonōs ouk aparnoumenos.
And this Plato himself, after studying with the Pythagoreans in Italy, was not content with their teaching alone, but is said to have sailed to Egypt and devoted a very long time to their philosophy. He himself bears witness to the barbarians in many places of his own works, rightly in my view, and fairly does not deny that the finest contributions to philosophy were imported from the barbarians.
10.4.21Dindorf 1:544
ἀκοῦσαι δʼ οὑν αὐτοῦ πολλαχοῦ μὲν πάρεστιν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν Ἐπινομίδι, Σύρων ὁμοῦ καὶ Αἰγυπτίων ὧδέ πη μνημονεύοντος “ Τούτου δὲ αἴτιος ὁ πρῶτος ταῦτα κατιδὼν, βάρβαρος ὤν. παλαιὸς γὰρ δὴ τόπος ἔθρεψε τοὺς πρώτους ταῦτα ἐννοήσαντας διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς θερινῆς ὥρας, ἣν Αἴγυπτός τε Συρία θʼ ἱκανῶς κέκτηται. ὅθεν καὶ πανταχόσε καὶ δεῦρο ἐξήκει, βεβασανισμένα χρόνῳ μυριετεῖ τε καὶ ἀπείρῳ.
akousai dʼ houn autou pollachou men parestin, ou mēn alla kai en Epinomidi, Syrōn homou kai Aigyptiōn hōde pē mnēmoneuontos “ Toutou de aitios ho prōtos tauta katidōn, barbaros ōn. palaios gar dē topos ethrepse tous prōtous tauta ennoēsantas dia to kallos tēs therinēs hōras, hēn Aigyptos te Syria thʼ hikanōs kektētai. hothen kai pantachose kai deuro exēkei, bebasanismena chronǭ myrietei te kai apeirǭ.
You can hear him in many places, and especially in the Epinomis, where he mentions the Syrians and Egyptians together in some such way as this: “The cause of this is that the first who observed these things was a barbarian. For an ancient region nurtured the first who considered these matters, because of the beauty of the summer season, which Egypt and Syria have in abundance. From there it has spread everywhere and to us, tested by time over ten thousand years and more.
10.4.22Dindorf 1:544
Καὶ ὑποβὰς ἐξῆς ἐπιλέγει “Λάβωμεν δὴ ὡς ὅ τι περ Ἕλληνες βαρβάρων παραλάβωσι, κάλλιον τοῦτο εἰς τέλος ἀπεργάζονται.”
Kai hypobas exēs epilegei “Labōmen dē hōs ho ti per Hellēnes barbarōn paralabōsi, kallion touto eis telos apergazontai.”
And a little lower down he adds next: “Let us take it that whatever Greeks receive from barbarians, they finally work it up into something finer.”
10.4.23Dindorf 1:544
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. καὶ Δημόκριτος δὲ ἔτι πρότερον τοὺς Βαβυλωνίων λόγους ἠθικοὺς πεποιῆσθαι λέγεται. καί που σεμνυνόμενος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ φησιν “ Ἐγὼ δὲ τῶν κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνθρώπων πλείστην γῆν ἐπεπλανησάμην, ἱστορέων τὰ μήκιστα, καὶ ἀέρας τε καὶ γαίας πλείστας εἶδον, καὶ λογίων ἀνδρῶν πλείστων ἐπήκουσα, καὶ γραμμέων συνθέσιος μετʼ ἀποδείξεως οὐδείς κώ με παρήλλαξεν, οὔτε Αἰγυπτίων οἶ καλεόμενοι Ἀρπεδνονάπται, οἶς ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἐπʼ ἔτεα ὀγδώκοντα ἐπὶ ξένης ἐγενήθην.’’
Tauta ho Platōn. kai Dēmokritos de eti proteron tous Babylōniōn logous ēthikous pepoiēsthai legetai. kai pou semnynomenos peri heautou phēsin “ Egō de tōn katʼ emauton anthrōpōn pleistēn gēn epeplanēsamēn, historeōn ta mēkista, kai aeras te kai gaias pleistas eidon, kai logiōn andrōn pleistōn epēkousa, kai grammeōn synthesios metʼ apodeixeōs oudeis kō me parēllaxen, oute Aigyptiōn oi kaleomenoi Arpednonaptai, ois epi pasin epʼ etea ogdōkonta epi xenēs egenēthēn.’’
So Plato. And Democritus, still earlier, is said to have made the moral sayings of the Babylonians his own. And somewhere, boasting about himself, he says: “Of the men of my time I wandered over the most land, investigating the most distant things; I saw the most climates and countries, and heard the most learned men; and in the composition of lines with demonstration no one ever surpassed me, not even the so-called rope-stretchers of the Egyptians, with all of whom I spent eighty years abroad.”
10.4.24Dindorf 1:544
Ἐπῆλθε γὰρ καὶ οὗτος Βαβυλῶνά τε καὶ τὴν Πέρσιδα καὶ Αἴγυπτον, τοῖς τε Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μαθητεύων.
Epēlthe gar kai houtos Babylōna te kai tēn Persida kai Aigypton, tois te Aigyptiois kai tois hiereusi mathēteuōn.
For he too visited Babylon, Persia, and Egypt, becoming a pupil of the Egyptians and the priests.
10.4.25Dindorf 1:544–545
τί δʼ εἴ σοι καταλέγοιμι Ἡράκλειτον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἑλλήνων, διʼ ὧν ἀπελέγχεται ἡ παρʼ Ἕλλησι πολιτεία τὸν μακρὸν αἰῶνα πτωχεύουσα καὶ γυμνὴ παντὸς μαθήματος ἀπολειφθεῖσα;
ti dʼ ei soi katalegoimi Hērakleiton kai tous allous Hellēnōn, diʼ hōn apelenchetai hē parʼ Hellēsi politeia ton makron aiōna ptōcheuousa kai gymnē pantos mathēmatos apoleiphtheisa?
Why should I list for you Heraclitus and the other Greeks, by whom the Greek commonwealth is shown to have been beggared for a long age and left bare of all learning?
10.4.26Dindorf 1:545
ἱεροῖς μὲν οὖν θεῶν, ἀγάλμασί τε καὶ ἀφιδρύμασι, μαντείαις τε καὶ χρησμοῖς, καὶ τῷ πολλῷ τύφῳ τῶν λαοπλάνων δαιμόνων ἐκαλλωπίζετο, σοφίας δὲ ἀληθοῦς καὶ μαθήματος βιωφελοῦς εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἐχήρευεν.
hierois men oun theōn, agalmasi te kai aphidrymasi, manteiais te kai chrēsmois, kai tǭ pollǭ typhǭ tōn laoplanōn daimonōn ekallōpizeto, sophias de alēthous kai mathēmatos biōphelous eis to panteles echēreuen.
It adorned itself with temples of gods, statues and shrines, divinations and oracles, and the great pomp of the people-deceiving demons, but it was utterly bereft of true wisdom and of learning useful for life.
10.4.27Dindorf 1:545
οὐδέ τι πρὸς ἀγαθῶν λόγων εὕρεσιν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἄχρηστα χρηστήρια συνεβάλλετο, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ὁ θαυμαστὸς Πύθιος εἰς φιλοσοφίαν αὐτοὺς τοπαράπαν ὠφέλει, οὐδέ τις ἄλλος θεῶν αὐτοῖς εἰς ἀναγκαίου τινὸς ἐπιτήδευσιν συνήργει· ἀλώμενοι δὲ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸν βίον ἅπαντα περιτρέχοντες ἀλλοτρίοις πτίλοις σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐφαίδρυνον κατὰ τὸν μῦθον, ὥστε αὐτοῖς ἤδη τὴν πᾶσαν φιλοσοφίαν ἐξ ἐράνου συστῆναι.
oude ti pros agathōn logōn heuresin autois ta achrēsta chrēstēria syneballeto, allʼ oudʼ autos ho thaumastos Pythios eis philosophian autous toparapan ōphelei, oude tis allos theōn autois eis anankaiou tinos epitēdeusin synērgei; alōmenoi de hōde kakeise kai ton bion hapanta peritrechontes allotriois ptilois sphas autous ephaidrynon kata ton mython, hōste autois ēdē tēn pasan philosophian ex eranou systēnai.
Nor did their useless oracles contribute anything to the discovery of good teachings; not even the wonderful Pythian himself helped them toward philosophy at all, nor did any other of the gods assist them in the pursuit of anything necessary. Wandering here and there, running around all their life, they decked themselves out in borrowed feathers, as in the fable, so that their whole philosophy was put together from contributions.
10.4.28Dindorf 1:545
ἄλλα γὰρ παρʼ ἄλλων ἀποματτόμενοι μαθήματα γεωμετρίαν μὲν παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων ἔσχον, ἀστρολογίαν δὲ παρὰ Χαλδαίων, καὶ αὖ πάλιν ἕτερα παρʼ ἑτέρων· οὐδὲν δὲ παρά τισιν ἄλλοις οἷόν τινες αὐτῶν τὸ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἀγαθὸν εὕροντο.
alla gar parʼ allōn apomattomenoi mathēmata geōmetrian men parʼ Aigyptiōn eschon, astrologian de para Chaldaiōn, kai au palin hetera parʼ heterōn; ouden de para tisin allois hoion tines autōn to parʼ Hebraiois agathon heuronto.
For they copied different branches of learning from different peoples: geometry they got from the Egyptians, astrology from the Chaldeans, and others again from others. But from no others did they find any such good as some of them found among the Hebrews.
10.4.29Dindorf 1:545
τοῦτο δὲ ἦν ἡ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ γνῶσις καὶ ἡ τῶν οἰκείων θεῶν κατάγνωσις, ἣν μικρὸν ὅσον ὁ λόγος προιὼν ἐπιδείξει.
touto de ēn hē tou tōn holōn theou gnōsis kai hē tōn oikeiōn theōn katagnōsis, hēn mikron hoson ho logos proiōn epideixei.
This was the knowledge of the God of the universe and the condemnation of their own gods, which our discourse will show a little further on.
10.4.30Dindorf 1:545
τοσοῦτον δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας ἐπισημαίνεται, ὡς οὐ μόνης ἐστέρηντο τῆς ἀληθοῦς θεολογίας οἱ παλαιοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν φιλοσοφίᾳ λυσιτελούντων μαθημάτων, καὶ οὐδὲ μόνων τούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν κοινῶν καὶ πολιτικῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων.
tosouton de epi tou parontos tous entynchanontas episēmainetai, hōs ou monēs esterēnto tēs alēthous theologias hoi palaioi tōn Hellēnōn, alla kai tōn philosophią lysitelountōn mathēmatōn, kai oude monōn toutōn, alla kai tōn koinōn kai politikōn epitēdeumatōn.
For the present it points out to readers only this much: that the ancient Greeks lacked not only true theology but also the learning useful for philosophy, and not only that, but even the common pursuits of civic life.
10.4.31Dindorf 1:545–546
ἡγοῦμαι δέ μοι τήνδε συμβαλεῖσθαι τὴν σημείωσιν εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ προκειμένου σκοποῦ, εἰ δὴ πρόκειται τὸν ἀπολογισμὸν ὑποσχεῖν τοῦ μὴ ἀλόγως ἡμᾶς τὴν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις θεολογίαν καὶ τὴν, ὡς ἂν αὐτοὶ φαῖεν, βάρβαρον τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς προτετιμηκέναι φιλοσοφίας.
hēgoumai de moi tēnde symbaleisthai tēn sēmeiōsin eis apodeixin tou prokeimenou skopou, ei dē prokeitai ton apologismon hyposchein tou mē alogōs hēmas tēn parʼ Hebraiois theologian kai tēn, hōs an autoi phaien, barbaron tēs Hellēnikēs protetimēkenai philosophias.
I think this observation will contribute to proving the aim before us, since our task is to give an account showing that it was not without reason that we preferred the theology of the Hebrews, the barbarian one, as they would call it, to Greek philosophy.
10.4.32Dindorf 1:546
εἰ γοῦν ὀφθεῖεν αὐτοὶ πολὺ πρότερον τὰ πάντα παρὰ βαρβάρων ἐσκευωρημένοι, μηδὲν δὲ μηδʼ ὅλως παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων θεῶν εἰς φιλοσοφίαν ὠφελημένοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν ἐνδίκως ἐπιμεμψάμενοι, καί τινες διὰ ταῦτα ἀθεότητα μᾶλλον τῆς τῶν θεῶν θεραπείας προτετιμηκότες, τί χρὴ λοιπὸν ἡμᾶς ἐπιμέμφεσθαι, οὐχὶ δὲ ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ ἐπαινεῖν, ὅτι τὸ κρεῖττον ἀγαπήσαντες, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ μόνον ἀληθὲς εὑρόντες καὶ ἀπειληφότες τοῦ ψεύδους ἀνεχωρήσαμεν, οὔτε εἰς ἄθεον λογισμὸν τοῖς σοφοῖς Ἑλλήνων ὁμοίως περιτραπέντες, οὔτε πάλιν τοῖς θαυμαστοῖς παραπλησίως φιλοσόφοις ἀναμὶξ τὴν πλάνην τὴν πολύθεον τῇ γνώσει τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ φύραντες, οὐδέ γε τὸ ψεῦδος ἅμα τῷ ἀληθεῖ συγχέαντες;
ei goun ophtheien autoi poly proteron ta panta para barbarōn eskeuōrēmenoi, mēden de mēdʼ holōs para tōn oikeiōn theōn eis philosophian ōphelēmenoi, alla kai tois theois autōn endikōs epimempsamenoi, kai tines dia tauta atheotēta mallon tēs tōn theōn therapeias protetimēkotes, ti chrē loipon hēmas epimemphesthai, ouchi de apodechesthai kai epainein, hoti to kreitton agapēsantes, mallon de to monon alēthes heurontes kai apeilēphotes tou pseudous anechōrēsamen, oute eis atheon logismon tois sophois Hellēnōn homoiōs peritrapentes, oute palin tois thaumastois paraplēsiōs philosophois anamix tēn planēn tēn polytheon tę̄ gnōsei tou epi pantōn theou phyrantes, oude ge to pseudos hama tǭ alēthei syncheantes?
If, then, they are seen to have long ago pilfered everything from barbarians, and to have received no help whatever toward philosophy from their own gods, but even to have justly blamed their gods, and some on this account to have preferred atheism to the worship of the gods, why should anyone still blame us? Should they not rather accept and praise us, because, loving what is better, or rather having found and received what alone is true, we withdrew from falsehood, neither turned aside into godless reasoning like the wise men of the Greeks, nor, like the admired philosophers, kneading together the error of many gods with the knowledge of the God over all, nor mixing falsehood with truth?
10.4.33Dindorf 1:546
ἀλλὰ μήπω ταῦτα, ἐκεῖνα δέ μοι πρῶτον δίελθε, διʼ ὧν Ἕλληνες τὰ πάντα σεσυληκέναι βαρβάρους, οὐ μόνα τὰ φιλόσοφα μαθήματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς κοινὰς καὶ βιωφελεῖς εὑρέσεις ἀπελέγχονται.
alla mēpō tauta, ekeina de moi prōton dielthe, diʼ hōn Hellēnes ta panta sesylēkenai barbarous, ou mona ta philosopha mathēmata, alla kai tas koinas kai biōpheleis heureseis apelenchontai.
But not yet for this; first go through for me those things by which the Greeks are proved to have plundered everything from the barbarians, not only the philosophical sciences but also the common inventions useful for life.
Preparation 10, chapter 5
10.5.1Dindorf 1:546
Πρῶτος τοιγαροῦν ὁ τὰ κοινὰ γράμματα, αὐτὰ δὴ τὰ πρῶτα τῆς γραμματικῆς στοιχεῖα, Ἕλλησιν εἰσηγησάμενος Κάδμος, τὸ γένος Φοῖνιξ ἦν, ὅθεν καὶ Φοινικήια τὰ γράμματά τινες τῶν παλαιῶν ἐπικεκλήκασιν.
Prōtos toigaroun ho ta koina grammata, auta dē ta prōta tēs grammatikēs stoicheia, Hellēsin eisēgēsamenos Kadmos, to genos Phoinix ēn, hothen kai Phoinikēia ta grammata tines tōn palaiōn epikeklēkasin.
First, then, the one who introduced to the Greeks the common letters, the very first elements of grammar, Cadmus, was a Phoenician by birth; for which reason some of the ancients have called the letters Phoenician.
10.5.2Dindorf 1:546
εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ Σύρους γράμματα ἐπινοῆσαι πρώτους λέγουσι. Σύροι δʼ ἂν εἶεν καὶ Ἑβραῖοι τὴν γείτονα Φοινίκης καὶ αὐτὴν τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν Φοινίκην, μετέπειτα δὲ Ἰουδαίαν, καθʼ ἡμᾶς δὲ Παλαιστίνην ὀνομαζομένην, οἰκήσαντες, ὧν καὶ μάλιστα οὐκ ἀλλοτρία φαίνεται ἡ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν γραμμάτων φωνή.
eisi de hoi Syrous grammata epinoēsai prōtous legousi. Syroi dʼ an eien kai Hebraioi tēn geitona Phoinikēs kai autēn to men palaion Phoinikēn, metepeita de Ioudaian, kathʼ hēmas de Palaistinēn onomazomenēn, oikēsantes, hōn kai malista ouk allotria phainetai hē tōn Hellēnikōn grammatōn phōnē.
Some say that the Syrians were the first to invent letters. The Hebrews too would be Syrians, since they inhabited the land next to Phoenicia, which was itself anciently called Phoenicia, later Judea, and in our day Palestine; and the sound of the Greek letters appears especially close to theirs.
10.5.3Dindorf 1:546–547
ἕκαστον γοῦν τῶν στοιχείων παρʼ αὐτοῖς κατά τινος σημαντικῆς διανοίας τὴν προσηγορίαν φέρει, ὅπερ οὐκ ἔνεστιν εὑρεῖν παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι· διὸ καὶ μάλιστα μὴ ὄντα ἴδια Ἑλλήνων ὁμολογεῖται.
hekaston goun tōn stoicheiōn parʼ autois kata tinos sēmantikēs dianoias tēn prosēgorian pherei, hoper ouk enestin heurein para tois Hellēsi; dio kai malista mē onta idia Hellēnōn homologeitai.
Each of the letters among them, at any rate, bears its name according to some meaningful sense, which cannot be found among the Greeks; for this reason above all it is admitted that they are not the Greeks’ own.
10.5.4Dindorf 1:547
ἔστι δὲ τὰ πάντα παρʼ Ἑβραίοις στοιχεῖα δύο καὶ εἴκοσιν, ὧν τὸ μὲν πρῶτόν ἐστιν Ἄλφʼ, ὃ μεταληφθὲν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν λέγοιτʼ ἂν μάθησις· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον Βὴθ, ὃ μεθερμηνεύεται οἴκου· τὸ τρίτον Γίμελ, ὅ ἐστι πλήρωσις· τὸ τέταρτον Δὲλθ, ὃ σημαίνει δέλτων· τὸ πέμπτον Ἡ, ὅ ἐστιν αὕτη. ὁμοῦ δὲ τὰ πάντα ἀπαρτίζει τοιαύτην τινὰ διάνοιαν, μάθησις οἴκου, πλήρωσις δέλτων αὕτη.
esti de ta panta parʼ Hebraiois stoicheia dyo kai eikosin, hōn to men prōton estin Alphʼ, ho metalēphthen eis tēn Hellada phōnēn legoitʼ an mathēsis; to de deuteron Bēth, ho methermēneuetai oikou; to triton Gimel, ho esti plērōsis; to tetarton Delth, ho sēmainei deltōn; to pempton Hē, ho estin hautē. homou de ta panta apartizei toiautēn tina dianoian, mathēsis oikou, plērōsis deltōn hautē.
Among the Hebrews there are twenty-two letters in all. The first of them is Alph, which translated into Greek would be “learning”; the second Beth, which means “of a house”; the third Gimel, which is “fullness”; the fourth Delth, which means “of tablets”; the fifth He, which is “this.” Together they complete some such sense as this: “The learning of a house, the fullness of tablets, this.”
10.5.5Dindorf 1:547
εἶτα μετὰ ταῦτά ἐστι στοιχεῖον ἕκτον, λεγόμενον παρʼ αὐτοῖς Οὐαῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῇ· ἔπειτα Ζαΐ, ὅ ἐστι ζῇ· μεθʼ ὃ Ἦθʼ, ὅ ἐστιν ὁ ζῶν, ἔν ᾖ τὸ ὅλον, ἐν αὐτῇ ζῇ ὁ ζῶν.
eita meta tauta esti stoicheion hekton, legomenon parʼ autois Ouau, ho estin en autę̄; epeita Zaï, ho esti zę̄; methʼ ho Ēthʼ, ho estin ho zōn, en ę̄ to holon, en autę̄ zę̄ ho zōn.
Then after these comes the sixth letter, called among them Vau, which is “in it”; then Zai, which is “lives”; after it Heth, which is “the living one.” The whole means: “In it lives the living one.”
10.5.6Dindorf 1:547
μετὰ ταῦτα στοιχεῖον ἔνατον τὸ Τὴθ, ὅ ἐστι καλή· ἔπειτα Ἰὼθ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται ἀρχή· ὁμοῦ τὰ δύο καλὴ ἀρχή. ἐπὶ τούτοις Χὰφ, ὅ ἐστιν ὅμως· ἔπειτα Λὰβδ, ὅ ἐστι μάθε· τὸ ὅλον ὅμως μάθε.
meta tauta stoicheion enaton to Tēth, ho esti kalē; epeita Iōth, ho hermēneuetai archē; homou ta dyo kalē archē. epi toutois Chaph, ho estin homōs; epeita Labd, ho esti mathe; to holon homōs mathe.
After these the ninth letter is Teth, which is “good”; then Ioth, which is translated “beginning”: the two together, “a good beginning.” Next comes Chaph, which is “nevertheless”; then Labd, which is “learn”: the whole, “nevertheless learn.”
10.5.7Dindorf 1:547
μετὰ ταῦτα τρισκαιδέκατον στοιχεῖόν ἐστι τὸ Μήμʼ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐξ αὐτῶν· ἔπειτα Νοῦν, ὅ ἐστιν αἰωνία. εἶτα Σὰμχ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται βοήθεια, ἔν ᾖ τὸ λεγόμενον, ἐξ αὐτῶν αἰωνία βοήθεια.
meta tauta triskaidekaton stoicheion esti to Mēmʼ, ho estin ex autōn; epeita Noun, ho estin aiōnia. eita Samch, ho hermēneuetai boētheia, en ę̄ to legomenon, ex autōn aiōnia boētheia.
After these the thirteenth letter is Mem, which is “from them”; then Nun, which is “everlasting”; then Samch, which is translated “help”: in which it is said, “from them everlasting help.”
10.5.8Dindorf 1:547
ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸ Ἄϊν, ὁ μεταληφθὲν σημαίνει πηγὴν, ἢ ὀφθαλμόν· ἔπειτα τὸ Φῆ στόμα. εἶθʼ ἐξῆς τὸ Σάδη δικαιοσύνη· ὧν ἡ διάνοιά ἐστι, πηγὴ, ἢ καὶ ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ στόμα δικαιοσύνης.
epi toutois to Aïn, ho metalēphthen sēmainei pēgēn, ē ophthalmon; epeita to Phē stoma. eithʼ exēs to Sadē dikaiosynē; hōn hē dianoia esti, pēgē, ē kai ophthalmos, kai stoma dikaiosynēs.
Next comes Ain, which translated means “fountain” or “eye”; then Phe, “mouth”; then next Sade, “righteousness”: the sense of these is “a fountain, or an eye, and mouth of righteousness.”
10.5.9Dindorf 1:547
μετὰ ταῦτα στοιχεῖόν ἐστι Κὼφ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται κλῆσις· ἔπειτα Ρὴς, ὅ ἐστι κεφαλή. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα Σὲν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὀδόντες· ἐπὶ πάσι τὸ κβʼ στοιχεῖον καλεῖται παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὃ δηλοῖ σημεῖα. ἔχοι δʼ ἂν ἡ διάνοια, κλῆσις κεφαλῆς καὶ ὀδόντων σημεῖα.
meta tauta stoicheion esti Kōph, ho hermēneuetai klēsis; epeita Rēs, ho esti kephalē. kai meta tauta Sen, hoper estin odontes; epi pasi to kbʼ stoicheion kaleitai parʼ autois ho dēloi sēmeia. echoi dʼ an hē dianoia, klēsis kephalēs kai odontōn sēmeia.
After these the letter is Coph, which is translated “calling”; then Res, which is “head”; and after these Sen, which is “teeth”; and last of all the twenty-second letter is called among them [Thau], which means “signs.” The sense would be: “the calling of the head, and signs of the teeth.”
10.5.10Dindorf 1:547–548
καὶ παρὰ μὲν Ἑβραίοις τοιάδε τίς ἐστιν ἡ τῶν στοιχείων μετάφρασις καὶ ἑρμηνεία, λόγου διάνοιαν ἀπαρτίζουσα τῇ τῶν στοι- χείων μαθήσει τε καὶ ἐπαγγελίᾳ προσήκουσαν. τὸ ὅμοιον δʼ οὐκ ἂν εὕροις παρʼ Ἕλλησιν, ὅθεν, ὡς ἔφην, ὁμολογεῖν ἀνάγκη μὴ ὄντα οἰκεῖα Ἑλλήνων, παραπεποιημένα δὲ ἄντικρυς ἀπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φωνῆς.
kai para men Hebraiois toiade tis estin hē tōn stoicheiōn metaphrasis kai hermēneia, logou dianoian apartizousa tę̄ tōn stoi- cheiōn mathēsei te kai epangelią prosēkousan. to homoion dʼ ouk an heurois parʼ Hellēsin, hothen, hōs ephēn, homologein anankē mē onta oikeia Hellēnōn, parapepoiēmena de antikrys apo tēs barbarou phōnēs.
Among the Hebrews, then, such is the translation and interpretation of the letters, completing a meaningful sentence suited to learning the letters and to what they profess. You would not find the like among the Greeks; hence, as I said, it must be admitted that they are not the Greeks’ own, but plainly adapted from the barbarian tongue.
10.5.11Dindorf 1:548
καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς δὲ ἐλέγχεται τῆς καθʼ ἕκαστον στοιχεῖον ἐπωνυμίας. τί γὰρ τοῦ Ἄλφʼ τὸ Ἄλφα διενήνοχεν; ἢ τοῦ Βὴθ τὸ Βῆτα; ἢ τοῦ Γάμμα τὸ Γίμελ; ἢ τοῦ Δὲλθ τὸ Δέλτα; ἢ τοῦ Η τὸ Ε; ἢ τοῦ Ζαῒ τὸ Ζῆτα; ἢ τοῦ Τὴθ τὸ Θῆτα; καὶ ὅσα τούτοις παραπλήσια.
kai ex autēs de elenchetai tēs kathʼ hekaston stoicheion epōnymias. ti gar tou Alphʼ to Alpha dienēnochen? ē tou Bēth to Bēta? ē tou Gamma to Gimel? ē tou Delth to Delta? ē tou Ē to E? ē tou Zaï to Zēta? ē tou Tēth to Thēta? kai hosa toutois paraplēsia.
This is proved also from the very name of each letter. For how does Alpha differ from Alph? Or Beta from Beth? Or Gimel from Gamma? Or Delta from Delth? Or E from He? Or Zeta from Zai? Or Theta from Teth? And so with the others like them.
10.5.12Dindorf 1:548
ὥστε ἀναμφίλεκτον εἶναι τὸ μὴ Ἑλλήνων οἰκείας εἶναι τὰς τοιάσδε φωνάς· Ἑβραίων ἄρα παρʼ οἷς καὶ σημαῖνόν τι ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀποδείκνυται. παρὰ δὲ τούτοις πρώτοις ἀρξάμενα προῆλθεν εἴς τε ἄλλους καὶ δὴ καὶ Ἕλληνας. ταῦτα μὲν οὑν μοι περὶ τῶν πρώτων στοιχείων εἰρήσθω. τῆς δʼ αὐτῆς ἡμῖν ὑποθέσεως ἐφαψάμενος καὶ ὁ Κλήμης ἐπάκουσον ἅ φησιν·
hōste anamphilekton einai to mē Hellēnōn oikeias einai tas toiasde phōnas; Hebraiōn ara parʼ hois kai sēmainon ti hekaston autōn apodeiknytai. para de toutois prōtois arxamena proēlthen eis te allous kai dē kai Hellēnas. tauta men houn moi peri tōn prōtōn stoicheiōn eirēsthō. tēs dʼ autēs hēmin hypotheseōs ephapsamenos kai ho Klēmēs epakouson ha phēsin;
So it is beyond dispute that such names are not the Greeks’ own; they are therefore the Hebrews’, among whom each of them is shown to mean something. Beginning first among them, they passed on to others and so to the Greeks. Let this be what I say about the first letters. Now hear what Clement too says, touching on the same subject as we:
Preparation 10, chapter 6
10.6.1Dindorf 1:548
‘‘Ἰατρικὴν δὲ Απιν Αἰγύπτιον, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ἀσκληπιὸν αὐξῆσαι τὴν τέχνην ἱστοροῦσιν. Ἄτλας δὲ ὁ Λίβυς πρῶτος ναῦν ἐναυπηγήσατο καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἔπλευσε.
‘‘Iatrikēn de Apin Aigyption, meta de tauta Asklēpion auxēsai tēn technēn historousin. Atlas de ho Libys prōtos naun enaupēgēsato kai tēn thalassan epleuse.
“They relate that Apis, an Egyptian, invented medicine, and that afterwards Asclepius advanced the art. Atlas the Libyan was the first to build a ship and sail the sea.
10.6.2Dindorf 1:548
καὶ ἀστρολογίαν δὲ πρῶτοι εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐξήνεγκαν Αἰγύπτιοι, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Χαλδαῖοι. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ Κᾶρας τὴν διʼ ἀστέρων πρόγνωσιν ἐπινενοηκέναι λέγουσι. πτήσεις δὲ ὀρνίθων παρεφύλαξαν πρῶτοι Φρύγες.
kai astrologian de prōtoi eis anthrōpous exēnenkan Aigyptioi, homoiōs de kai Chaldaioi. eisi de hoi Karas tēn diʼ asterōn prognōsin epinenoēkenai legousi. ptēseis de ornithōn parephylaxan prōtoi Phryges.
The Egyptians were the first to bring astrology to mankind, and likewise the Chaldeans. Some say the Carians invented foretelling by the stars. The Phrygians were the first to observe the flights of birds.
10.6.3Dindorf 1:548
καὶ θυτικὴν ἠκρίβωσαν Τοῦσκοι, Ἰταλίας γείτονες. Ἴσαυροι δὲ καὶ Ἄραβες ἐξεπόνησαν τὴν οἰωνιστικὴν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει. Τελμησεῖς τὴν διʼ ὀνείρων μαντικήν.
kai thytikēn ēkribōsan Touskoi, Italias geitones. Isauroi de kai Arabes exeponēsan tēn oiōnistikēn, hōsper amelei. Telmēseis tēn diʼ oneirōn mantikēn.
The Tuscans, neighbours of Italy, perfected the art of sacrifice; the Isaurians and Arabs worked out augury, just as the Telmessians did divination by dreams.
10.6.4Dindorf 1:548–549
Τυρρηναῖοι δὲ σάλπιγγα ἐπενόησαν καὶ Φρύγες αὐλόν· Φρύγες γὰρ ἤστην Ὄλυμπός τε καὶ Μαρσύας. λύχνους τε αὖ καίειν πρῶτοι κατέδειξαν Αἰγύπτιοι, καὶ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν εἰς ιβʼ μῆνας διεῖλον καὶ ἐν ἱεροῖς γυναιξὶ μίσγεσθαι ἐκώλυσαν, μηδὲ εἰς ἱερὰ εἰσιέναι ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἀλούτους ἐνομοθέτησαν.
Tyrrēnaioi de salpinga epenoēsan kai Phryges aulon; Phryges gar ēstēn Olympos te kai Marsyas. lychnous te au kaiein prōtoi katedeixan Aigyptioi, kai ton eniauton eis ibʼ mēnas dieilon kai en hierois gynaixi misgesthai ekōlysan, mēde eis hiera eisienai apo gynaikōn aloutous enomothetēsan.
The Tyrrhenians invented the trumpet and the Phrygians the flute; for Olympus and Marsyas were both Phrygians. The Egyptians were the first to show how to burn lamps; they divided the year into twelve months, forbade intercourse with women in temples, and laid down by law that no one should enter temples after being with women without washing.
10.6.5Dindorf 1:549
γεωμετρίας τε αὖ εὑρεταὶ οὗτοι γεγόνασι. Κέλμις τε καὶ Δαμναμενεὺς οἶ τῶν Ἰδαίων Δάκτυλοι πρῶτοι ἐν Κύπρῳ σίδηρον εὗρον. Δέλας δὲ ἄλλος Ἰδαῖος εὗρε χαλκοῦ κρᾶσιν, ὡς δὲ Ἡσίοδος, Σκύθης.
geōmetrias te au heuretai houtoi gegonasi. Kelmis te kai Damnameneus oi tōn Idaiōn Daktyloi prōtoi en Kyprǭ sidēron heuron. Delas de allos Idaios heure chalkou krasin, hōs de Hēsiodos, Skythēs.
They also became the inventors of geometry. Celmis and Damnameneus, the Idaean Dactyls, first discovered iron in Cyprus. Delas, another Idaean, discovered the alloying of bronze, though according to Hesiod it was a Scythian.
10.6.6Dindorf 1:549
ναὶ μὴν Θρᾷκες πρῶτοι τὴν καλουμένην ἅρπην εὗρον, ἔστι δὲ μάχαιρα καμπύλη, καὶ πρῶτοι πέλταις ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ἐχρήσαντο. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ἰλλυριοὶ τὴν καλουμένην πέλτην ἐξεῦρον. ἔτι φασὶ Τουσκανοὺς τὴν πλαστικὴν ἐπινοησαι· Ἵτανόν τε, Σαυνίτης οὗτος ἦν, πρῶτον θυρεὸν κατασκευάσαι.
nai mēn Thrąkes prōtoi tēn kaloumenēn harpēn heuron, esti de machaira kampylē, kai prōtoi peltais epi tōn hippōn echrēsanto. homoiōs de kai Illyrioi tēn kaloumenēn peltēn exeuron. eti phasi Touskanous tēn plastikēn epinoēsai; Hitanon te, Saunitēs houtos ēn, prōton thyreon kataskeuasai.
Indeed the Thracians first invented the so-called harpe, which is a curved sword, and were the first to use light shields on horseback. Likewise the Illyrians invented the so-called pelte. They say further that the Tuscans invented modelling, and that Itanus, who was a Samnite, first made the oblong shield.
10.6.7Dindorf 1:549
Κάδμος γὰρ ὁ Φοῖνιξ λιθοτομίαν τε ἐξεῦρε καὶ μέταλλα χρυσοῦ τὰ περὶ τὸ Πάγγαιον ὅρος ἐπενόησεν. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἄλλο ἔθνος Καππαδόκαι πρῶτοι εὗρον τὴν νάβλαν καλουμένην, ὃν τρόπον καὶ τὸ δίχορδον Ἀσσύριοι.
Kadmos gar ho Phoinix lithotomian te exeure kai metalla chrysou ta peri to Pangaion horos epenoēsen. ēdē de kai allo ethnos Kappadokai prōtoi heuron tēn nablan kaloumenēn, hon tropon kai to dichordon Assyrioi.
For Cadmus the Phoenician invented stone-cutting and discovered the gold mines around Mount Pangaeum. And now another nation, the Cappadocians, first invented the so-called nabla, just as the Assyrians did the two-stringed instrument.
10.6.8Dindorf 1:549
Καρχηδόνιοι δὲ πρῶτοι τετρήρη κατεσκεύασαν, ἐναυπήγησε δʼ αὐτὴν όσπορος αὐτόχθων. Μήδειά τε, ἡ Αἰήτου ἡ Κολχὶς πρώτη τριχῶν βαφὴν ἐπενόησε.
Karchēdonioi de prōtoi tetrērē kateskeuasan, enaupēgēse dʼ autēn osporos autochthōn. Mēdeia te, hē Aiētou hē Kolchis prōtē trichōn baphēn epenoēse.
The Carthaginians first built the four-banked ship; it was built by [B]osporus, a native. Medea the Colchian, daughter of Aeetes, first invented hair dyeing.
10.6.9Dindorf 1:549
ἀλλὰ καὶ Νώροπες (ἔθνος δʼ ἐστὶ Παιονικὸν, νῦν δὲ Νωρικὸν καλοῦνται) κατειργάσαντο χαλκὸν καὶ σίδηρον ἐκάθηραν πρῶτοι. Ἄμυκός τε ὁ Βεβρύκων βασιλεὺς ἱμάντας πυκτικοὺς εὗρε.
alla kai Nōropes (ethnos dʼ esti Paionikon, nyn de Nōrikon kalountai) kateirgasanto chalkon kai sidēron ekathēran prōtoi. Amykos te ho Bebrykōn basileus himantas pyktikous heure.
Moreover the Noropes (a Paeonian nation, now called Norican) worked copper and were the first to refine iron. Amycus king of the Bebryces invented boxing thongs.
10.6.10Dindorf 1:549
περί τε μουσικὴν Ὄλυμπος ὁ Μυσὸς τὴν Λύδιον ἁρμονίαν ἐφιλοτέχνησεν· οἵ τε Τρωγλοδύται καλούμενοι σαμβύκην εὗρον, ὄργανον μουσικόν.
peri te mousikēn Olympos ho Mysos tēn Lydion harmonian ephilotechnēsen; hoi te Trōglodytai kaloumenoi sambykēn heuron, organon mousikon.
In music, Olympus the Mysian elaborated the Lydian mode; and the so-called Troglodytes invented the sambuca, a musical instrument.
10.6.11Dindorf 1:549–550
φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὴν πλαγίαν σύριγγα Σάτυρον εὑρεῖν τὸν Φρύγα· τρίχορδον δὲ ὁμοίως καὶ τὴν διάτονον ἁρμονίαν Ὕαγνιν τὸν καὶ αὐτὸν Φρύγα· κρούματα δὲ Ὄλυμπον ὁμοίως τὸν Φρύγα, καθάπερ Φρύγιον ἁρμονίαν καὶ μιξοφρύγιον καὶ μιξολύδιον Μαρσύαν τῆς αὐτῆς ὄντα τοῖς προειρημένοις χώρας· καὶ τὴν Δώριον Θάμυριν ἐπινοῆσαι τὸν Θρᾷκα.
phasi de kai tēn plagian syringa Satyron heurein ton Phryga; trichordon de homoiōs kai tēn diatonon harmonian Hyagnin ton kai auton Phryga; kroumata de Olympon homoiōs ton Phryga, kathaper Phrygion harmonian kai mixophrygion kai mixolydion Marsyan tēs autēs onta tois proeirēmenois chōras; kai tēn Dōrion Thamyrin epinoēsai ton Thrąka.
They say too that Satyrus the Phrygian invented the transverse pipe; that Hyagnis, also a Phrygian, likewise invented the three-stringed instrument and the diatonic mode; that Olympus, likewise a Phrygian, invented instrumental pieces, just as Marsyas, of the same country as those already named, invented the Phrygian, the Mixophrygian, and the Mixolydian modes; and that Thamyris the Thracian invented the Dorian.
10.6.12Dindorf 1:550
Πέρσας τε πρώτους ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπήνην καὶ κλίνην καὶ ὑποπόδιον ἐργάσασθαι τούς τε Σιδωνίους τρίκροτον ναῦν κατασκευάσαι. Σικελοί τε οἱ πρὸς τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ πρῶτοι φόρμιγγα εὗρον οὐ πολὺ τῆς κιθάρας λειπομένην καὶ κρόταλα ἐπενόησαν.
Persas te prōtous akēkoamen apēnēn kai klinēn kai hypopodion ergasasthai tous te Sidōnious trikroton naun kataskeuasai. Sikeloi te hoi pros tę̄ Italią prōtoi phorminga heuron ou poly tēs kitharas leipomenēn kai krotala epenoēsan.
We have heard that the Persians first made the carriage, the couch, and the footstool, and that the Sidonians built the trireme. The Sicels near Italy first invented the phorminx, not much inferior to the cithara, and devised castanets.
10.6.13Dindorf 1:550
ἐπί τε Σεμιράμεως βασιλίδος Ἀσσυρίων τὰ βύσσινα ἱμάτια εὑρῆσθαι ἱστοροῦσι. καὶ πρώτην ἐπιστολὰς συντάξαι Ἄτοσσαν, τὴν Περσῶν βασιλεύσασαν, φησὶν Ἑλλάνικος.
epi te Semirameōs basilidos Assyriōn ta byssina himatia heurēsthai historousi. kai prōtēn epistolas syntaxai Atossan, tēn Persōn basileusasan, phēsin Hellanikos.
They relate that garments of fine linen were invented in the time of Semiramis, queen of the Assyrians. And Hellanicus says that Atossa, who reigned over the Persians, was the first to compose letters.
10.6.14Dindorf 1:550
Σκάμμων μὲν οὖν ὁ Μιτυληναῖος καὶ Θεόφραστος ὁ Ἐρέσιος Κύδιππός τε ὁ Μαντινεὺς, ἔτι τε Ἀντιφάνης καὶ Ἀριστόδημος καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης, πρὸς τούτοις δὲ Φιλοστέφανος, ἀλλὰ καὶ Στράτων ὁ περιπατητικὸς ἐν τοῖς Περὶ εὑρημάτων ταῦτα ἱστόρησαν παρεθέμην δὲ αὐτῶν ὀλίγα εἰς σύστασιν τῆς παρὰ βαρβάροις εὑρετικῆς καὶ βιωφελοῦς φύσεως, παρʼ ὧν Ἕλληνες τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα ὠφέληνται.’’
Skammōn men oun ho Mitylēnaios kai Theophrastos ho Eresios Kydippos te ho Mantineus, eti te Antiphanēs kai Aristodēmos kai Aristotelēs, pros toutois de Philostephanos, alla kai Stratōn ho peripatētikos en tois Peri heurēmatōn tauta historēsan parethemēn de autōn oliga eis systasin tēs para barbarois heuretikēs kai biōphelous physeōs, parʼ hōn Hellēnes ta epitēdeumata ōphelēntai.’’
Scamon of Mitylene, Theophrastus of Eresus, Cydippus of Mantinea, and also Antiphanes, Aristodemus, and Aristotle, and besides these Philostephanus, and Strato the Peripatetic too, recorded these things in their works On Inventions. I have set out a few of them to establish the inventive and useful nature of the barbarians, from whom the Greeks have profited in their pursuits.”
10.6.15Dindorf 1:550
Ταῦτα ῥήμασιν αὐτοῖς ὁ Κλήμης ἐν Στρωματεῦσι. τοῖς δʼ εἰρημένοις δοκῶ μοι εὖ ἔχειν ἐπισυνάψαι καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰωσήπου τοῦ Ἑβραίου γραφῆς, ἣν Περὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίων ἀρχαιότητος ἐν δυσὶν ἐπραγματεύσατο βιβλίοις, περὶ τοῦ νέους γεγονέναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, καὶ παρὰ βαρβάρων ὠφελῆσθαι, διάφωνά τε ἑαυτοῖς γεγραφέναι συμβαλεῖται γοῦν καὶ ταῦτα εἰς τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων ἀκριβῆ καὶ βεβαίαν πίστωσιν. ἄκουε τοίνυν οἶα καὶ οὗτος γράφει πρὸς λέξιν
Tauta rhēmasin autois ho Klēmēs en Strōmateusi. tois dʼ eirēmenois dokō moi eu echein episynapsai kai ta apo tēs Iōsēpou tou Hebraiou graphēs, hēn Peri tēs Ioudaiōn archaiotētos en dysin epragmateusato bibliois, peri tou neous gegonenai tous Hellēnas, kai para barbarōn ōphelēsthai, diaphōna te heautois gegraphenai symbaleitai goun kai tauta eis tēn tōn eirēmenōn akribē kai bebaian pistōsin. akoue toinyn oia kai houtos graphei pros lexin
So Clement, word for word, in his Miscellanies. To what has been said I think it well to add also the passages from the writing of Josephus the Hebrew, which he composed in two books On the Antiquity of the Jews, about the Greeks being recent, having profited from barbarians, and having written things inconsistent with one another; for these too will contribute to an accurate and secure confirmation of what has been said. Hear, then, what he too writes, word for word:
Preparation 10, chapter 7
10.7.1Dindorf 1:550–551
Πρῶτον οὖν ἐπέρχεταί μοι πάνυ θαυμάζειν τοὺς οἰομένους δεῖν περὶ τῶν παλαιοτάτων ἔργων μόνοις προσέχειν τοῖς Ἕλλησι, καὶ παρὰ τούτων πυνθάνεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἡμῖν δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ἀπιστεῖν.
Prōton oun eperchetai moi pany thaumazein tous oiomenous dein peri tōn palaiotatōn ergōn monois prosechein tois Hellēsi, kai para toutōn pynthanesthai tēn alētheian, hēmin de kai tois allois anthrōpois apistein.
“My first impulse, then, is to be utterly amazed at those who think that on the most ancient events one should attend to the Greeks alone and learn the truth from them, but disbelieve us and the rest of mankind.
10.7.2Dindorf 1:551
πᾶν γὰρ ἐγὼ τοὐναντίον ὁρῶ συμβεβηκὸς, εἴ γε δεῖ μὴ ταῖς ματαίαις δόξαις ἐπακολουθεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸ δίκαιον τῶν πραγμάτων λαμβάνειν. τὰ μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἅπαντα νέα καὶ χθὲς καὶ πρώην, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, εὕροι γεγονότα· λέγω δὲ τὰς κτίσεις τῶν πόλεων καὶ τὰ περὶ τὰς ἐπινοίας τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὰς τῶν νόμων ἀναγραφάς· πάντων δὲ νεωτάτη σχεδόν ἐστι παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἡ περὶ τοῦ συγγράφειν τὰς ἱστορίας ἐπιμέλεια.
pan gar egō tounantion horō symbebēkos, ei ge dei mē tais mataiais doxais epakolouthein, alla ex autōn to dikaion tōn pragmatōn lambanein. ta men gar para tois Hellēsin hapanta nea kai chthes kai prōēn, hōs an eipoi tis, heuroi gegonota; legō de tas ktiseis tōn poleōn kai ta peri tas epinoias tōn technōn kai ta peri tas tōn nomōn anagraphas; pantōn de neōtatē schedon esti parʼ autois hē peri tou syngraphein tas historias epimeleia.
For I see the very opposite to be the case, if one is not to follow empty opinions but to take what is right from the facts themselves. For among the Greeks one would find everything new, done, as one might say, yesterday or the day before: I mean the founding of their cities, the invention of the arts, and the writing down of their laws; and the newest of almost all among them is their concern with writing history.
10.7.3Dindorf 1:551
τὰ μέντοι παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις τε καὶ Χαλδαίοις καὶ Φοίνιξιν—ἐῶ γὰρ νῦν ἡμᾶς ἐκείνοις συγ- καταλέγειν—αὐτοὶ δήπουθεν ὁμολογοῦσιν ἀρχαιοτάτην καὶ μονιμωτάτην ἔχειν τῆς μνήμης τὴν παράδοσιν.
ta mentoi parʼ Aigyptiois te kai Chaldaiois kai Phoinixin—eō gar nyn hēmas ekeinois syg- katalegein—autoi dēpouthen homologousin archaiotatēn kai monimōtatēn echein tēs mnēmēs tēn paradosin.
Yet the records of the Egyptians, Chaldeans, and Phoenicians (for I now forbear to count ourselves with them) have, as they themselves admit, the most ancient and most lasting tradition of memory.
10.7.4Dindorf 1:551
καὶ γὰρ τόπους ἅπαντες οἰκοῦσιν ἥκιστα ταῖς ἐκ τοῦ περιέχοντος φθοραῖς ὑποκειμένους, καὶ πολλὴν ἐποιήσαντο πρόνοιαν τοῦ μηδὲν ἄμνηστον τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς πραττομένων παραλιπεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐν δημοσίαις ἀναγραφαῖς ὑπὸ τῶν σοφωτάτων ἀεὶ καθιεροῦσθαι.
kai gar topous hapantes oikousin hēkista tais ek tou periechontos phthorais hypokeimenous, kai pollēn epoiēsanto pronoian tou mēden amnēston tōn parʼ autois prattomenōn paralipein, allʼ en dēmosiais anagraphais hypo tōn sophōtatōn aei kathierousthai.
For they all inhabit places least exposed to destruction from the surrounding climate, and they took great care to leave nothing done among them unremembered, but to have it always consecrated in public records by their wisest men.
10.7.5Dindorf 1:551
τὸν δὲ περὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόπον μυρίαι μὲν φθοραὶ κατέσχον, ἐξαλείφουσαι τὴν μνήμην τῶν γεγονότων· ἀεὶ δὲ καινοὺς καθιστάμενοι βίους τοῦ παντὸς ἐνόμιζον ἄρχειν ἕκαστος τὸν ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν·
ton de peri tēn Hellada topon myriai men phthorai kateschon, exaleiphousai tēn mnēmēn tōn gegonotōn; aei de kainous kathistamenoi bious tou pantos enomizon archein hekastos ton aphʼ heautōn;
But countless destructions overtook the region of Greece, wiping out the memory of past events; and as they kept establishing new ways of life, each people thought that the world began with themselves.
10.7.6Dindorf 1:551
ὀψὲ δὲ καὶ μόλις ἔγνωσαν φύσιν γραμμάτων. οἱ γοῦν ἀρχαιοτάτην αὐτῶν τὴν χρῆσιν εἶναι θέλοντες παρὰ Φοινίκων καὶ Κάδμου σεμνύνονται μαθεῖν.
opse de kai molis egnōsan physin grammatōn. hoi goun archaiotatēn autōn tēn chrēsin einai thelontes para Phoinikōn kai Kadmou semnynontai mathein.
Late and with difficulty did they learn the nature of letters. Those, at any rate, who would have their use of them be most ancient pride themselves on having learned them from the Phoenicians and Cadmus.
10.7.7Dindorf 1:551–552
οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρόνου δύναιτό τις ἂν δεῖξαι σωζομένην ἀναγραφὴν, οὔτʼ ἐν ἱεροῖς οὔτʼ ἐν δημοσίοις ἀναθήμασιν· ὅπου γε καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Τροίαν τοσούτοις ἔτεσι στρατευσάντων ὕστερον πολλὴ γέγονεν ἀπορία καὶ ζήτησις εἰ γράμμασιν ἐχρῶντο· καὶ τἀλη- θὲς ἐπικρατεῖ μᾶλλον περὶ τοῦ τὴν νῦν οὖσαν τῶν γραμμάτων χρῆσιν ἐκείνους ἀγνοεῖν.
ou mēn oudʼ apʼ ekeinou tou chronou dynaito tis an deixai sōzomenēn anagraphēn, outʼ en hierois outʼ en dēmosiois anathēmasin; hopou ge kai peri tōn epi Troian tosoutois etesi strateusantōn hysteron pollē gegonen aporia kai zētēsis ei grammasin echrōnto; kai talē- thes epikratei mallon peri tou tēn nyn ousan tōn grammatōn chrēsin ekeinous agnoein.
Yet no one could show a record preserved even from that time, either in temples or in public monuments; for even about those who campaigned against Troy so many years later there has been much doubt and inquiry whether they used letters; and the truth rather prevails that they did not know the present use of letters.
10.7.8Dindorf 1:552
ὅλως δὲ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οὐδὲν ὁμολογούμενον εὑρίσκεται γράμμα τῆς Ὁμήρου ποιήσεως πρεσβύτερον· οὗτος δὲ καὶ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν ὕστερος φαίνεται γενόμενος. καί φασιν οὐδὲ τοῦτον ἐν γράμμασι τὴν αὑτοῦ ποίησιν καταλιπεῖν, ἀλλὰ διαμνημονευομένην ἐκ τῶν γραμμάτων ὕστερον συντεθῆναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πολλὰς ἐν αὐτῇ σχεῖν τὰς διαφωνίας,
holōs de para tois Hellēsin ouden homologoumenon heurisketai gramma tēs Homērou poiēseōs presbyteron; houtos de kai tōn Trōïkōn hysteros phainetai genomenos. kai phasin oude touton en grammasi tēn hautou poiēsin katalipein, alla diamnēmoneuomenēn ek tōn grammatōn hysteron syntethēnai, kai dia touto pollas en autę̄ schein tas diaphōnias,
In general no writing agreed to be older than the poetry of Homer is found among the Greeks; and he too evidently lived after the Trojan War. And they say that not even he left his poetry in writing, but that it was preserved by memory and later put together from the songs, and that for this reason it contains many inconsistencies.
10.7.9Dindorf 1:552
οἱ μέντοι τὰς ἱστορίας ἐπιχειρήσαντες συγγράφειν παρʼ αὐτοῖς, λέγω δὲ τοὺς περὶ Κάδμον τε τὸν Μιλήσιον καὶ τὸν Ἀργεῖον Ἀκουσίλαον καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον εἴ τινες ἄλλοι λέγονται γενέσθαι, βραχὺ τῆς Περσῶν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα στρατείας τῷ χρόνῳ προύλαβον.
hoi mentoi tas historias epicheirēsantes syngraphein parʼ autois, legō de tous peri Kadmon te ton Milēsion kai ton Argeion Akousilaon kai meta touton ei tines alloi legontai genesthai, brachy tēs Persōn epi tēn Hellada strateias tǭ chronǭ proulabon.
Those among them who undertook to write histories, I mean such as Cadmus of Miletus, Acusilaus of Argos, and any others said to have come after him, lived only a little before the Persian invasion of Greece.
10.7.10Dindorf 1:552
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοὺς περὶ τῶν οὐρανίων τε καὶ θείων πρώτους παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσοφήσαντας, οἷον Φερεκύδην τὸν Σύριον καὶ Πυθαγόραν καὶ Θάλητα, πάντες συμφώνως ὁμολογοῦσιν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Χαλδαίων γενομένους μα- θητὰς ὀλίγα συγγράψαι· καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εἶναι δοκεῖ πάντων ἀρχαιότατα, καὶ μόλις αὐτὰ πιστεύουσιν ὑπʼ ἐκείνων γεγράφθαι.”
alla mēn kai tous peri tōn ouraniōn te kai theiōn prōtous parʼ Hellēsi philosophēsantas, hoion Pherekydēn ton Syrion kai Pythagoran kai Thalēta, pantes symphōnōs homologousin Aigyptiōn kai Chaldaiōn genomenous ma- thētas oliga syngrapsai; kai tauta tois Hellēsin einai dokei pantōn archaiotata, kai molis auta pisteuousin hypʼ ekeinōn gegraphthai.”
Moreover, all agree that the first among the Greeks to philosophize about heavenly and divine things, such as Pherecydes the Syrian, Pythagoras, and Thales, were pupils of the Egyptians and Chaldeans and wrote little; and these writings the Greeks think the most ancient of all, and they scarcely believe that they were written by those men.”
10.7.11Dindorf 1:552
“Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλογον τετυφῶσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὡς μόνους ἐπισταμένους τἀρχαῖα καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν περὶ αὐτῶν ἀκριβῶς παραδιδόντας; ἢ τίς οὐ παρὰ τῶν αὐτῶν συγγραφέων μάθοι ῥᾳδίως ὅτι μηδὲ ἓν εἰδότες βεβαίως συνέγραφον, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἕκαστοι περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων εἴκαζον;
“Pōs oun ouk estin alogon tetyphōsthai tous Hellēnas hōs monous epistamenous tarchaia kai tēn alētheian peri autōn akribōs paradidontas? ē tis ou para tōn autōn syngrapheōn mathoi rhądiōs hoti mēde hen eidotes bebaiōs synegraphon, allʼ hōs hekastoi peri tōn pragmatōn eikazon?
“How then is it not absurd for the Greeks to be puffed up as the only ones who know antiquity and hand on the truth about it accurately? Or who could not easily learn from the writers themselves that they wrote nothing from sure knowledge, but as each guessed about the facts?
10.7.12Dindorf 1:552–553
πλέον γοῦν διὰ τῶν βιβλίων ἀλλήλους ἐλέγχουσι καὶ τἀναντιώτατα περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν λέγειν οὐκ ὀκνοῦσι. περίεργος δʼ ἂν εἴην ἐγὼ τοὺς ἐμοῦ μᾶλλον ἐπισταμένους διδάσκων, ὅσα μὲν Ἑλλάνικος Ἀκουσιλάῳ περὶ τῶν γενεαλογιῶν διαπεφώνηκεν, ὅσα δὲ διορθοῦται τὸν Ἡσίοδον Ἀκουσίλαος ’ ἢ τίνα τρόπον Ἔφορος μὲν Ἑλλάνικον ἐν τοῖς πλείστοις ψευδόμενον ἐπιδείκνυσιν, Ἔφορον δὲ Τιμαῖος, καὶ Τιμαῖον οἶ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον γεγονότες, Ἡρόδοτον δὲ πάντες.
pleon goun dia tōn bibliōn allēlous elenchousi kai tanantiōtata peri tōn autōn legein ouk oknousi. periergos dʼ an eiēn egō tous emou mallon epistamenous didaskōn, hosa men Hellanikos Akousilaǭ peri tōn genealogiōn diapephōnēken, hosa de diorthoutai ton Hēsiodon Akousilaos ’ ē tina tropon Ephoros men Hellanikon en tois pleistois pseudomenon epideiknysin, Ephoron de Timaios, kai Timaion oi metʼ ekeinon gegonotes, Hērodoton de pantes.
At any rate they refute one another in their books more than anything, and do not hesitate to say the most contradictory things about the same events. It would be superfluous for me to teach those who know better than I how often Hellanicus disagrees with Acusilaus about the genealogies, how often Acusilaus corrects Hesiod, or how Ephorus shows Hellanicus to be lying in most things, Timaeus Ephorus, those after him Timaeus, and everyone Herodotus.
10.7.13Dindorf 1:553
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν Σικελικῶν τοῖς περὶ Ἀντίοχον καὶ Φίλιστον ἢ Καλλίαν Τιμαῖος συμφωνεῖν ἠξίωσεν, οὐδʼ αὖ περὶ τῶν Ἀττικῶν οἶ τὰς Ἀτθίδας συγγεγραφότες, ἢ περὶ τῶν Ἀργολικῶν οἶ τὰ περὶ Ἀργὸς ἱστοροῦντες ἀλλήλοις ἠκολουθήκασι.
allʼ oude peri tōn Sikelikōn tois peri Antiochon kai Philiston ē Kallian Timaios symphōnein ēxiōsen, oudʼ au peri tōn Attikōn oi tas Atthidas syngegraphotes, ē peri tōn Argolikōn oi ta peri Argos historountes allēlois ēkolouthēkasi.
Nor did Timaeus see fit to agree about Sicilian history with Antiochus, Philistus, or Callias; nor again have the writers of the Atthides followed one another about Attic history, nor the historians of Argos about Argive history.
10.7.14Dindorf 1:553
καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν περὶ τῶν κατὰ πόλεις, καὶ βραχυτέρων, ὅπου γε περὶ τῆς Περσικῆς στρατείας καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ πραχθέντων οἶ δοκιμώτατοι διαπεφωνήκασι; πολλὰ δὲ καὶ Θουκυδίδης ὡς ψευδόμενος ὑπό τινων κατηγορεῖται, καίτοι δοκὼν ἀκριβεστάτην καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἱστορίαν συγγράφειν.’’
kai ti dei legein peri tōn kata poleis, kai brachyterōn, hopou ge peri tēs Persikēs strateias kai tōn en autę̄ prachthentōn oi dokimōtatoi diapephōnēkasi? polla de kai Thoukydidēs hōs pseudomenos hypo tinōn katēgoreitai, kaitoi dokōn akribestatēn kathʼ heauton historian syngraphein.’’
And why speak of the histories of cities and smaller matters, when about the Persian invasion and what was done in it the most esteemed writers have disagreed? Even Thucydides is accused by some of many falsehoods, although he is thought to have written the most accurate history of his time.”
10.7.15Dindorf 1:553
“ Αἰτίαι δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης διαφωνίας πολλαὶ μὲν ἴσως ἂν καὶ ἕτεραι τοῖς βουλομένοις ζητεῖν ἀναφανεῖεν, ἐγὼ δὲ δυσὶ ταῖς ἐκτεθησομέναις αἰτίαις τὴν μεγίστην ἰσχὺν ἀνατίθημι.
“ Aitiai de tēs toiautēs diaphōnias pollai men isōs an kai heterai tois boulomenois zētein anaphaneien, egō de dysi tais ektethēsomenais aitiais tēn megistēn ischyn anatithēmi.
“Many other causes of such disagreement might perhaps appear to those who wish to look for them, but I attach the greatest weight to the two I shall set out.
10.7.16Dindorf 1:553
καὶ προτέραν ἐρῶ τὴν κυριωτέραν εἶναί μοι δοκοῦσαν. τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὴ σπουδασθῆναι παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι δημοσίᾳ γίνεσθαι τὰς περὶ τῶν ἑκάστοτε πραττομένων ἀναγραφὰς, τοῦτο μάλιστα δὴ καὶ τὴν πλάνην καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ ψεύδεσθαι τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα βουληθεῖσι περὶ τῶν παλαιῶν τι γράφειν παρέσχεν.
kai proteran erō tēn kyriōteran einai moi dokousan. to gar ex archēs mē spoudasthēnai para tois Hellēsi dēmosią ginesthai tas peri tōn hekastote prattomenōn anagraphas, touto malista dē kai tēn planēn kai tēn exousian tou pseudesthai tois meta tauta boulētheisi peri tōn palaiōn ti graphein pareschen.
I will state first the one that seems to me the more important. That from the beginning the Greeks took no care to keep public records of what was done at each time: this above all gave rise to error and to licence to lie for those who later wished to write anything about ancient times.
10.7.17Dindorf 1:553
οὐ γὰρ μόνον παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησιν ἠμελήθη τὰ περὶ τὰς ἀναγραφὰς, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ’ Αθηναίοις, οὓς αὐτόχθονας εἶναι λέγουσι καὶ παιδείας ἐπιμελεῖς, οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εὑρίσκεται γενόμενον· ἀλλὰ τῶν δημοσίων γραμμάτων ἀρχαιοτάτους εἶναί φασι τοὺς ὑπὸ Δράκοντος αὐτοῖς περὶ τῶν φονικῶν γραφέντας νόμους, ὀλίγῳ πρότερον τῆς Πεισιστράτου τυραννίδος ἀνθρώπου γεγονότος.
ou gar monon para tois allois Hellēsin ēmelēthē ta peri tas anagraphas, allʼ oude parʼ autois ’ Athēnaiois, hous autochthonas einai legousi kai paideias epimeleis, ouden toiouton heurisketai genomenon; alla tōn dēmosiōn grammatōn archaiotatous einai phasi tous hypo Drakontos autois peri tōn phonikōn graphentas nomous, oligǭ proteron tēs Peisistratou tyrannidos anthrōpou gegonotos.
For not only among the other Greeks were records neglected; even among the Athenians themselves, who claim to be sprung from the soil and careful of learning, nothing of the kind is found to have existed. They say that the oldest of their public writings are the laws on homicide written for them by Draco, a man who lived a little before the tyranny of Pisistratus.
10.7.18Dindorf 1:553–554
περὶ μὲν γὰρ Ἀρκάδων τί χρὴ λέγειν αὐχούντων ἀρχαιότητα; μόλις γὰρ οὗτοι καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα γράμμασιν ἐπαιδεύθησαν.”
peri men gar Arkadōn ti chrē legein auchountōn archaiotēta? molis gar houtoi kai meta tauta grammasin epaideuthēsan.”
As for the Arcadians, who boast of antiquity, what need is there to speak? They were scarcely taught letters even later.”
10.7.19Dindorf 1:554
“Ἅτε δὴ τοίνυν οὐδεμιᾶς προβεβλημένης ἀναγραφῆς, ἣ καὶ τοὺς μαθεῖν βουλομένους διδάξειν ἔμελλε καὶ τοὺς ψευδομένους ἐλέγξειν, ἡ πολλὴ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐγένετο διαφωνία τοῖς συγγραφεῦσι.
“Hate dē toinyn oudemias probeblēmenēs anagraphēs, hē kai tous mathein boulomenous didaxein emelle kai tous pseudomenous elenxein, hē pollē pros allēlous egeneto diaphōnia tois syngrapheusi.
“Since, then, no record had been laid down beforehand that would teach those wishing to learn and refute those who lied, the great disagreement among the writers arose.
10.7.20Dindorf 1:554
δευτέραν δὲ πρὸς ταύτῃ θετέον ἐκείνην αἰτίαν. οἱ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν ὁρμήσαντες οὐ περὶ τὴν ἀλή- θειαν ἐσπούδασαν — καίτοι τοῦτο πρόχειρον αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ἀεὶ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα — λόγων δὲ δύναμιν ἐπεδείκνυντο· καὶ καθʼ ὅντινα τρόπον ἐν τούτῳ παρευδοκιμήσειν τοὺς ἄλλους ὑπελάμβανον, κατὰ τοῦτον ἡρμόζοντο, τινὲς μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ μυθολογεῖν τραπόμενοι, τινὲς δὲ πρὸς χάριν ἢ τὰς πόλεις ἢ τοὺς βασιλέας ἐπαινοῦντες· ἄλλοι δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ κατηγορεῖν τῶν πράξεων ἢ τῶν γεγραφότων ἐχώρησαν, εὐδοκιμήσειν ἐν τούτῳ νομίζοντες.
deuteran de pros tautę̄ theteon ekeinēn aitian. hoi gar epi to graphein hormēsantes ou peri tēn alē- theian espoudasan — kaitoi touto procheiron autois estin aei to epangelma — logōn de dynamin epedeiknynto; kai kathʼ hontina tropon en toutǭ pareudokimēsein tous allous hypelambanon, kata touton hērmozonto, tines men epi to mythologein trapomenoi, tines de pros charin ē tas poleis ē tous basileas epainountes; alloi de epi to katēgorein tōn praxeōn ē tōn gegraphotōn echōrēsan, eudokimēsein en toutǭ nomizontes.
Besides this a second cause must be set down. Those who set out to write did not take pains about the truth, although this profession is always ready on their lips, but displayed their power of speech; and in whatever way they supposed they would surpass the others in this, they adapted themselves to it, some turning to fables, some praising cities or kings to win favour, while others went on to find fault with the events or with the historians, thinking to win a reputation that way.
10.7.21Dindorf 1:554
ὅλως δὲ τὸ πάντων ἐναντιώτατον ἱστορίᾳ πράττοντες διατελοῦσι. τῆς μὲν γὰρ ἀληθοῦς ἐστι τεκμήριον ἱστορίας, εἰ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἅπαντες τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ λέγοιεν καὶ γράφοιεν· οἱ δὲ, εἰ μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ γράψειαν ἑτέροις, οὕτως ἐνόμιζον αὐτοὶ φαίνεσθαι πάντων ἀληθέστατοι.”
holōs de to pantōn enantiōtaton historią prattontes diatelousi. tēs men gar alēthous esti tekmērion historias, ei peri tōn autōn hapantes ta auta kai legoien kai graphoien; hoi de, ei mē ta auta grapseian heterois, houtōs enomizon autoi phainesthai pantōn alēthestatoi.”
In short, they go on doing what is most contrary of all to history. For it is a proof of true history if all say and write the same things about the same events; but they thought that if they wrote differently from others, they would themselves appear the most truthful of all.”
10.7.22Dindorf 1:554
Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ Ἰώσηπος. εἴη δʼ ἂν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπισφράγισμα καὶ ἡ Διοδώρου μαρτυρία, ἣν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου τῆς συναχθείσης αὐτῷ Bιβλιοθήκης παραθήσομαι, οὕτως ἔχουσαν πρὸς λέξιν
Tosauta kai ho Iōsēpos. eiē dʼ an tōn eirēmenōn episphragisma kai hē Diodōrou martyria, hēn apo tou prōtou tēs synachtheisēs autǭ Bibliothēkēs parathēsomai, houtōs echousan pros lexin
So much Josephus. The seal on what has been said may be the testimony of Diodorus, which I shall set out from the first book of his Library, word for word as follows:
Preparation 10, chapter 8
10.8.1Dindorf 1:554–555
“Τούτων δʼ ἡμῖν διευκρινημένων ῥητέον ὅσοι τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι δεδοξασμένων ἐπὶ συνέσει καὶ παιδείᾳ παρέβαλον εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις χρόνοις, ἵνα τῶν ἐνταῦθα νομίμων καὶ παιδείας μετάσχωσιν.
“Toutōn dʼ hēmin dieukrinēmenōn rhēteon hosoi tōn parʼ Hellēsi dedoxasmenōn epi synesei kai paideią parebalon eis Aigypton en tois archaiois chronois, hina tōn entautha nomimōn kai paideias metaschōsin.
“These things having been settled by us, we must state which of those esteemed among the Greeks for understanding and learning visited Egypt in ancient times in order to share in the customs and learning there.
10.8.2Dindorf 1:555
οἱ γὰρ ἱερεῖς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἱστοροῦσιν ἐκ τῶν ἀναγραφῶν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις παραβαλεῖν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς Ὀρφέα τε καὶ Μουσαῖον καὶ Μελάμποδα καὶ Δαίδαλον, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Ὅμηρόν τε τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ Λυκοῦργον τὸν Σπαρτιάτην, ἔτι δὲ Σόλωνα τὸν Ἀθηναῖον καὶ Πλάτωνα τὸν φιλόσοφον· ἐλθεῖν δὲ καὶ Πυθαγόραν τὸν Σάμιον καὶ τὸν μαθηματικὸν Εὔδοξον, ἔτι δὲ Δημόκριτον τὸν Ἀβδηρίτην καὶ Οἰνοπίδην τὸν Χῖον.
hoi gar hiereis tōn Aigyptiōn historousin ek tōn anagraphōn tōn en tais hierais biblois parabalein pros heautous Orphea te kai Mousaion kai Melampoda kai Daidalon, pros de toutois Homēron te ton poiētēn kai Lykourgon ton Spartiatēn, eti de Solōna ton Athēnaion kai Platōna ton philosophon; elthein de kai Pythagoran ton Samion kai ton mathēmatikon Eudoxon, eti de Dēmokriton ton Abdēritēn kai Oinopidēn ton Chion.
For the priests of the Egyptians relate from the records in their sacred books that Orpheus, Musaeus, Melampus, and Daedalus visited them, and besides these Homer the poet and Lycurgus the Spartan, and also Solon the Athenian and Plato the philosopher; and that Pythagoras of Samos and Eudoxus the mathematician came, as well as Democritus of Abdera and Oenopides of Chios.
10.8.3Dindorf 1:555
πάντων δὲ τούτων σημεῖα δεικνύουσι τῶν μὲν εἰκόνας, τῶν δὲ τόπων ἢ κατασκευασμάτων ὁμωνύμους προσηγορίας. ἔκ τε τῆς ἑκάστῳ ζηλωθείσης παιδείας ἀποδείξεις φέρουσι, συνιστάντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μετενηνοχέναι πάντα διʼ ὧν παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐθαυμάσθησαν.
pantōn de toutōn sēmeia deiknyousi tōn men eikonas, tōn de topōn ē kataskeuasmatōn homōnymous prosēgorias. ek te tēs hekastǭ zēlōtheisēs paideias apodeixeis pherousi, synistantes ex Aigyptou metenēnochenai panta diʼ hōn para tois Hellēsin ethaumasthēsan.
Of all these they show signs: likenesses of some, and places or buildings named after others. And from the learning each pursued they bring proofs, establishing that they carried over from Egypt everything for which they were admired among the Greeks.
10.8.4Dindorf 1:555
Ὀρφέα μὲν γὰρ τῶν μυστικῶν τελετῶν τὰ πλεῖστα, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πλάνην ὀργιαζόμενα, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐν Ἅιδου μυθοποιίαν παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων ἀπενέγκασθαι. τὴν μὲν γὰρ Ὀσίριδος τελετὴν τῇ Διονύσου τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι· τὴν δὲ τῆς Ἴσιδος τῇ τῆς Δήμητρος ὁμοιοτάτην ὑπάρχειν, τῶν ὀνομάτων μόνων ἐνηλλαγμένων· τὰς δὲ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐν Ἅιδου τιμωρίας, καὶ τοὺς τῶν εὐσεβῶν λειμῶνας, καὶ τὰς παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς εἰδωλοποιίας ἀναπεπλασμένας παρεισαγαγεῖν, μιμησάμενον τὰ περὶ τὰς ταφὰς τὰς κατʼ Αἴγυπτον.
Orphea men gar tōn mystikōn teletōn ta pleista, kai ta peri tēn heautou planēn orgiazomena, kai tēn tōn en Haidou mythopoiian parʼ Aigyptiōn apenenkasthai. tēn men gar Osiridos teletēn tę̄ Dionysou tēn autēn einai; tēn de tēs Isidos tę̄ tēs Dēmētros homoiotatēn hyparchein, tōn onomatōn monōn enēllagmenōn; tas de tōn asebōn en Haidou timōrias, kai tous tōn eusebōn leimōnas, kai tas para tois pollois eidōlopoiias anapeplasmenas pareisagagein, mimēsamenon ta peri tas taphas tas katʼ Aigypton.
For Orpheus brought from the Egyptians most of the mystic rites, the orgies celebrated about his own wandering, and his mythology of those in Hades. The rite of Osiris is the same as that of Dionysus, and that of Isis most like that of Demeter, only the names being exchanged; and the punishments of the impious in Hades, the meadows of the pious, and the fanciful images common among the many he introduced in imitation of the burial customs of Egypt.
10.8.5Dindorf 1:555–556
τὸν μὲν γὰρ ψυχοπομπὸν Ἑρμῆν, κατὰ τὸ παλαιὸν νόμιμον παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις, ἀναγαγόντα τοῦ Ἄπιδος τὸ σῶμα μέχρι τινὸς παραδιδόναι τῷ περικειμένῳ τὴν τοῦ Κερβέρου προτομήν. τοῦ δὲ Ὀρφέως τοῦτο καταδείξαντος παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὸν Όμηρον ἀκολούθως τούτῳ θεῖναι κατὰ τὴν ποίησιν, Ἑρμῆς δὲ ψυχὰς Κυλλήνιος ἐξεκαλεῖτο ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων· ἔχε δὲ ῥάβδον μετὰ χερσίν.᾿
ton men gar psychopompon Hermēn, kata to palaion nomimon parʼ Aigyptiois, anagagonta tou Apidos to sōma mechri tinos paradidonai tǭ perikeimenǭ tēn tou Kerberou protomēn. tou de Orpheōs touto katadeixantos para tois Hellēsi ton Omēron akolouthōs toutǭ theinai kata tēn poiēsin, Hermēs de psychas Kyllēnios exekaleito andrōn hērōōn; eche de rhabdon meta chersin.᾿
For Hermes the conductor of souls, according to the ancient custom among the Egyptians, brings up the body of Apis to a certain point and hands it over to one wearing the mask of Cerberus. And when Orpheus had shown this among the Greeks, Homer followed him and put it in his poetry: ‘And Cyllenian Hermes called forth the souls of the heroes; and he held a wand in his hands.’”
10.8.6Dindorf 1:556
Εἶτα πάλιν προβὰς ἐπιλέγει ῾᾿Μελάμποδα δέ φασι μετενεγκεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου τὰ Διονύσῳ νομιζόμενα τελεῖσθαι παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι, καὶ τὰ περὶ Κρόνου μυθολογούμενα, καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς Τιτανομαχίας, καὶ τὸ σύνολον τὴν περὶ τὰ πάθη τῶν θεῶν ἱστορίαν.
Eita palin probas epilegei ῾᾿Melampoda de phasi metenenkein ex Aigyptou ta Dionysǭ nomizomena teleisthai para tois Hellēsi, kai ta peri Kronou mythologoumena, kai ta peri tēs Titanomachias, kai to synolon tēn peri ta pathē tōn theōn historian.
Then going on further he adds: “They say that Melampus brought from Egypt the rites customarily performed for Dionysus among the Greeks, the myths about Cronus and about the battle of the Titans, and in general the history of the sufferings of the gods.
10.8.7Dindorf 1:556
τὸν δὲ Δαίδαλον λέγουσιν ἀπο- μιμήσασθαι τὴν τοῦ λαβυρίνθου πλοκὴν, τοῦ διαμένοντος μὲν μέχρι τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, οἰκοδομηθέντος δὲ, ὡς μέν τινές φασιν, ὑπὸ Μένδητος, ὡς δʼ ἔνιοι λέγουσιν, ὑπὸ Μάρου τοῦ βασιλέως, πολλοῖς ἔτεσι πρότερον τῆς Μίνω βασιλείας· τόν τε ῥυθμὸν τῶν ἀρχαίων κατʼ Αἴγυπτον ἀνδριάντων τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι τοῖς ὑπὸ Δαιδάλου κατασκευασθεῖσι παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι.
ton de Daidalon legousin apo- mimēsasthai tēn tou labyrinthou plokēn, tou diamenontos men mechri tou nyn kairou, oikodomēthentos de, hōs men tines phasin, hypo Mendētos, hōs dʼ enioi legousin, hypo Marou tou basileōs, pollois etesi proteron tēs Minō basileias; ton te rhythmon tōn archaiōn katʼ Aigypton andriantōn ton auton einai tois hypo Daidalou kataskeuastheisi para tois Hellēsi.
They say that Daedalus copied the maze of the labyrinth, which survives to the present time and was built, as some say, by Mendes, or as others say, by King Marrus, many years before the reign of Minos; and that the proportions of the ancient statues in Egypt are the same as those made by Daedalus among the Greeks.
10.8.8Dindorf 1:556
τὸ δὲ κάλλιστον πρόπυλον ἐν Μέμφει τοῦ Ἡφαίστου Δαίδαλον ἀρχιτεκτονῆσαι, καὶ θαυμασθέντα τυχεῖν εἰκόνος ξυλίνης κατὰ τὸ προειρημένον ἱερὸν, ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶ δεδημιουργημένης· πέρας δὲ, διὰ τὴν εὐφυΐαν ἀξιωθέντα μεγάλης δόξης, καὶ πολλὰ προσεξευρόντα, τυχεῖν ἰσοθέων τιμῶν. κατὰ γὰρ μίαν τῶν πρὸς τῇ Μέμφει νήσων ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἱερὸν εἶναι Δαιδάλου τιμώμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων.
to de kalliston propylon en Memphei tou Hēphaistou Daidalon architektonēsai, kai thaumasthenta tychein eikonos xylinēs kata to proeirēmenon hieron, tais idiais chersi dedēmiourgēmenēs; peras de, dia tēn euphyïan axiōthenta megalēs doxēs, kai polla prosexeuronta, tychein isotheōn timōn. kata gar mian tōn pros tę̄ Memphei nēsōn eti kai nyn hieron einai Daidalou timōmenon hypo tōn enchōriōn.
And that Daedalus designed the very beautiful gateway of the temple of Hephaestus at Memphis, and, being admired, was granted a wooden statue of himself in that temple, made with his own hands; and finally, judged worthy of great fame for his genius and having invented much besides, he received honours equal to the gods. For on one of the islands near Memphis there is still a shrine of Daedalus honoured by the inhabitants.
10.8.9Dindorf 1:556
τῆς δʼ Ὁμήρου παρουσίας ἄλλα τε σημεῖα φέρουσι καὶ μάλιστα τὴν τῆς Ἑλένης γενομένην παρὰ Μενελάῳ Τηλεμάχῳ φαρμακείαν καὶ λήθην τῶν συμβεβηκό- των κακῶν.
tēs dʼ Homērou parousias alla te sēmeia pherousi kai malista tēn tēs Helenēs genomenēn para Menelaǭ Tēlemachǭ pharmakeian kai lēthēn tōn symbebēko- tōn kakōn.
Of Homer’s visit they bring forward other signs, and especially the drug given by Helen to Telemachus at Menelaus’s house, and the forgetting of the evils that had happened.
10.8.10Dindorf 1:556
τὸ γὰρ νηπενθὲς φάρμακον, ὃ λαβεῖν φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς τὴν Ἑλένην ἐκ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων παρὰ τῆς Πολυδάμνης, τῆς Θῶνος γυναικὸς, ἀκριβῶς ἐξητακὼς φαίνεται.
to gar nēpenthes pharmakon, ho labein phēsin ho poiētēs tēn Helenēn ek tōn Aigyptiōn para tēs Polydamnēs, tēs Thōnos gynaikos, akribōs exētakōs phainetai.
For the poet evidently had accurately investigated the drug that banishes grief, which he says Helen received in Egypt from Polydamna, the wife of Thon.
10.8.11Dindorf 1:556–557
ἔτι γὰρ καὶ νῦν τὰς ἐν ταύτῃ γυναῖκας χρῆσθαι τῇ προειρημένῃ δυνάμει λέγουσι, καὶ παρὰ μόναις ταῖς Διοσπολίτισιν ἐκ πα- λαιῶν χρόνων ὀργῆς καὶ λύπης φάρμακον εὑρῆσθαί φασι· τὰς δὲ Θήβας καὶ Διόσπολιν τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπάρχειν· τήν τε Ἀφροδίτην ὀνομάζεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ἐγχωρίοις χρυσῆν ἐκ παλαιᾶς παραδόσεως· καὶ πεδίον εἶναι· καλούμενον χρυσῆς Ἀφροδίτης περὶ τὴν ὀνομαζομένην Μώμεμφιν.
eti gar kai nyn tas en tautę̄ gynaikas chrēsthai tę̄ proeirēmenę̄ dynamei legousi, kai para monais tais Diospolitisin ek pa- laiōn chronōn orgēs kai lypēs pharmakon heurēsthai phasi; tas de Thēbas kai Diospolin tēn autēn hyparchein; tēn te Aphroditēn onomazesthai para tois enchōriois chrysēn ek palaias paradoseōs; kai pedion einai; kaloumenon chrysēs Aphroditēs peri tēn onomazomenēn Mōmemphin.
For they say the women there still use this power, and that from ancient times a remedy for anger and grief has been found among the women of Diospolis alone; and that Thebes and Diospolis are the same; and that by ancient tradition Aphrodite is called “golden” by the natives, and there is a plain called “of golden Aphrodite” near the place named Momemphis.
10.8.12Dindorf 1:557
τά τε περὶ τὸν Δία καὶ τὴν Ἥραν μυθολογούμενα περὶ τῆς συνουσίας καὶ τὴν εἰς Αἰθιοπίαν ἐκδημίαν ἐκεῖθεν αὐτὸν μετενεγκεῖν. κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις τὸν νεὼν τοῦ Δῖός περαιοῦσθαι τὸν ποταμὸν εἰς τὴν Λιβύην, καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέρας τινὰς πάλιν ἐπιστρέφειν, ὡς ἐξ Αἰθιοπίας τοῦ θεοῦ παρόντος. τήν τε συνουσίαν τῶν θεῶν τούτων, ἐν ταῖς πανηγύρεσι τῶν ναῶν ἀνακομιζομένων ἀμφοτέρων εἰς ὄρος ἄνθεσι παντοίοις ὑπὸ τῶν ἱερέων κατεστεμμένον.’
ta te peri ton Dia kai tēn Hēran mythologoumena peri tēs synousias kai tēn eis Aithiopian ekdēmian ekeithen auton metenenkein. katʼ eniauton gar para tois Aigyptiois ton neōn tou Dios peraiousthai ton potamon eis tēn Libyēn, kai methʼ hēmeras tinas palin epistrephein, hōs ex Aithiopias tou theou parontos. tēn te synousian tōn theōn toutōn, en tais panēgyresi tōn naōn anakomizomenōn amphoterōn eis oros anthesi pantoiois hypo tōn hiereōn katestemmenon.’
And he took from there the myths about Zeus and Hera’s union and his journey to Ethiopia. For every year among the Egyptians the shrine of Zeus is carried across the river into Libya and after some days brought back again, as though the god had come from Ethiopia; and the union of these gods is shown when at the festivals both shrines are carried up a mountain decked by the priests with flowers of every kind.
10.8.13Dindorf 1:557
Καὶ Λυκοῦργον δὲ καὶ Πλάτωνα καὶ Σόλωνα πολλὰ τῶν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου νομίμων εἰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν κατατάξαι νομοθεσίας, Πυθαγόραν τε τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν λόγον, καὶ τὰ κατὰ γεωμετρίαν θεωρήματα, καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς, ἔτι δὲ τὴν εἰς πᾶν ζῷον τῆς ψυχῆς μεταβολὴν μαθεῖν παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων.
Kai Lykourgon de kai Platōna kai Solōna polla tōn ex Aigyptou nomimōn eis tas heautōn katataxai nomothesias, Pythagoran te ta kata ton hieron logon, kai ta kata geōmetrian theōrēmata, kai ta peri tous arithmous, eti de tēn eis pan zǭon tēs psychēs metabolēn mathein parʼ Aigyptiōn.
And that Lycurgus, Plato, and Solon put many Egyptian customs into their own legislation; and that Pythagoras learned from the Egyptians the doctrines of his sacred discourse, the theorems of geometry, the theory of numbers, and also the transmigration of the soul into every living creature.
10.8.14Dindorf 1:557
ὑπολαμβάνουσι δὲ καὶ Δημόκριτον παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἔτη διατρῖψαι πέντε καὶ πολλὰ διδαχθῆναι τῶν κατὰ ἀστρολογίαν· τόν τε Οἰνοπίδην ὁμοίως συνδιατρίψαντα τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καὶ ἀστρολόγοις μαθεῖν ἄλλα τε καὶ μάλιστα τὸν ἡλιακὸν κύκλον, ὡς λοξὴν μὲν ἔχει τὴν πορείαν, ἐναντίαν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἄστροις τὴν φορὰν ποιεῖται.
hypolambanousi de kai Dēmokriton parʼ autois etē diatripsai pente kai polla didachthēnai tōn kata astrologian; ton te Oinopidēn homoiōs syndiatripsanta tois hiereusi kai astrologois mathein alla te kai malista ton hēliakon kyklon, hōs loxēn men echei tēn poreian, enantian de tois allois astrois tēn phoran poieitai.
They suppose that Democritus too spent five years among them and was taught much of astronomy; and that Oenopides, who likewise spent time with the priests and astronomers, learned among other things especially that the sun’s circle has an oblique course and moves in the direction opposite to the other stars.
10.8.15Dindorf 1:557
παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τὸν Εὔδοξον ἀστρολογήσαντα παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ πολλὰ τῶν χρησίμων εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐκδόντα τυχεῖν ἀξιολόγου δόξης.
paraplēsiōs de kai ton Eudoxon astrologēsanta parʼ autois kai polla tōn chrēsimōn eis tous Hellēnas ekdonta tychein axiologou doxēs.
Similarly Eudoxus, having studied astronomy among them and published much that was useful to the Greeks, gained notable fame.
10.8.16Dindorf 1:557–558
πάντων δὲ τῶν παλαιῶν ἀγαλματοποιῶν τοὺς μάλιστα διωνομασμένους διατετριφέναι παρʼ αὐτοῖς, Τηλεκλέα καὶ Θεόδωρον, τοὺς ῾Ροίκου μὲν υἱοὺς, κατασκευάσαντας δὲ τοῖς Σαμίοις τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος τοῦ Πυθίου ξόανον.”
pantōn de tōn palaiōn agalmatopoiōn tous malista diōnomasmenous diatetriphenai parʼ autois, Tēleklea kai Theodōron, tous ῾Roikou men huious, kataskeuasantas de tois Samiois to tou Apollōnos tou Pythiou xoanon.”
And of all the ancient sculptors the most famous, Telecles and Theodorus, the sons of Rhoecus, who made for the Samians the statue of Pythian Apollo, spent time among them.”
10.8.17Dindorf 1:558
Τοσαῦτα δὲ καὶ Διόδωρος. ἀλλʼ οὗτος μὲν ὁ λόγος ὧδέ πως ἀποδεδειγμένος ἐνταῦθά μοι εἰληφέτω τέλος. οὐ δεῖ δὴ λοιπὸν ἀλογίας ἡμῶν κατηγορεῖν, εἰ δὴ τοὺς τῶν σοφῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ αὐτῶν γε τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς φιλοσόφων διδασκάλους, τοὺς βαρβάρους λέγω, πόθῳ τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας καὶ αὐτοὶ μετήλθομεν, εἴ γε βάρβαροι Ἑβραῖοι.
Tosauta de kai Diodōros. allʼ houtos men ho logos hōde pōs apodedeigmenos entautha moi eilēphetō telos. ou dei dē loipon alogias hēmōn katēgorein, ei dē tous tōn sophōn Hellēnōn kai autōn ge tōn parʼ autois philosophōn didaskalous, tous barbarous legō, pothǭ tēs alēthous eusebeias kai autoi metēlthomen, ei ge barbaroi Hebraioi.
So much Diodorus too. But let this argument, thus proved, end here. No one should accuse us any longer of unreason if we too, from longing for true piety, have gone over to the teachers of the wise Greeks and of their very philosophers, I mean the barbarians, since the Hebrews are barbarians.
10.8.18Dindorf 1:558
ὧν τοὺς χρόνους, καθʼ οὓς ἤκμασαν Μωσῆς τε καὶ οἱ μετὰ Μωσέα προφῆται, εὖ ἂν ἔχοι διελθεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἂν εἴη ἕν τι τῶν μάλιστα συνεκτικωτάτων τῇ προκειμένῃ πραγματείᾳ, τὸ μέλλοντας τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσι λογίων ἐφάπτεσθαι προδιαλαβεῖν περὶ τῆς ἀρχαιότητος αὐτῶν, ἵνʼ, εἰ φανεῖεν τοῖς Ἑβραίων προφήταις τε καὶ θεολόγοις οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ὁμοδοξοῦντες, μηκέτʼ ἀμφιβάλλοις τίνας ἦν εἰκὸς τὰ παρὰ τίνων ἀναλέξασθαι, πότερα τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τὰ τῶν νέων, Ἑβραίους τε τὰ Ἑλλήνων, καὶ βαρβάρους τὰ φιλοσόφων, ὧν οὐδὲ τῆς γλώσσης εἰκὸς ἐπαΐειν· ἢ, ὅπερ καὶ μᾶλλον εἰκὸς, τοὺς νέους τὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ τοὺς τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν ἐθνῶν περιειργασμένους Ἓλληνας καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων μὴ ἀγνοῆσαι, ἀρχῆθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν μεταβεβλημένα.
hōn tous chronous, kathʼ hous ēkmasan Mōsēs te kai hoi meta Mōsea prophētai, eu an echoi dielthein, epei kai toutʼ an eiē hen ti tōn malista synektikōtatōn tę̄ prokeimenę̄ pragmateią, to mellontas tōn para tois andrasi logiōn ephaptesthai prodialabein peri tēs archaiotētos autōn, hinʼ, ei phaneien tois Hebraiōn prophētais te kai theologois hoi parʼ Hellēsin homodoxountes, mēketʼ amphiballois tinas ēn eikos ta para tinōn analexasthai, potera tous presbyterous ta tōn neōn, Hebraious te ta Hellēnōn, kai barbarous ta philosophōn, hōn oude tēs glōssēs eikos epaïein; ē, hoper kai mallon eikos, tous neous ta tōn presbyterōn, kai tous ta pleista tōn ethnōn perieirgasmenous Hellēnas kai ta Hebraiōn mē agnoēsai, archēthen epi tēn Hellada phōnēn metabeblēmena.
It would be well to go through the times at which Moses and the prophets after Moses flourished, since this too would be one of the most essential points for the present work: before touching their oracles, to settle first their antiquity. Then, if those among the Greeks are seen to agree with the prophets and theologians of the Hebrews, you would no longer doubt who probably gathered what from whom: whether the elder took from the younger, Hebrews from Greeks and barbarians from philosophers whose language they probably did not even understand; or, what is much more likely, the younger from the elder, and the Greeks, who had busily explored most of the nations, were not ignorant of the Hebrews’ writings either, which had been translated into the Greek language from early on.
Preparation 10, chapter 9
10.9.1Dindorf 1:558
Μωσέως πέρι καὶ τῆς τῶν μετʼ αὐτὸν προφητῶν ἀρχαιότητος πλεῖστοι μὲν ἄλλοι διὰ σπουδῆς τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἐν οἰκείοις καταβέβληνται συγγράμμασιν, ἀφʼ ὧν αὐτίκα μάλα σμικρὰ ἄττα παραθήσομαι.
Mōseōs peri kai tēs tōn metʼ auton prophētōn archaiotētos pleistoi men alloi dia spoudēs tēn apodeixin en oikeiois katabeblēntai syngrammasin, aphʼ hōn autika mala smikra atta parathēsomai.
On Moses and the antiquity of the prophets after him very many others have earnestly set down the proof in their own writings, from which I shall shortly set out a few small extracts.
10.9.2Dindorf 1:558–559
κἀγὼ δὲ καινοτέραν παρὰ τοὺς εἰρημένους ὁδεύσας ταύτῃ χρήσομαι τῇ μεθόδῳ. συντρεχόντων ὁμολογουμένως τῶν χρόνων Αὐγούστου Ῥωμαίων αὐτοκράτορος καὶ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν γενέσεως, ἀρχήν τε τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦ Χριστοῦ ποιησαμένου κατὰ τὸ πεντεκαιδέκατον ἔτος Τιβερίου Καίσαρος, εἴ τις ἀπὸ τούτου συναγαγεῖν ἐθέλοι τὸν τῶν ἐτῶν ἀριθμὸν, προιὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνωτέρω χρόνους, τοὺς μέχρι Δαρείου τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως, καὶ τῆς κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀνανεώσεως τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις νεὼ, ἣ γέγονε μετὰ τὴν ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος ἐπάνοδον τοῦ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους, εὕροι ἂν ἀπὸ Τιβερίου ἐπὶ τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος Δαρείου ἔτη φμή.
kagō de kainoteran para tous eirēmenous hodeusas tautę̄ chrēsomai tę̄ methodǭ. syntrechontōn homologoumenōs tōn chronōn Augoustou Rhōmaiōn autokratoros kai tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn geneseōs, archēn te tēs euangelikēs didaskalias tou Christou poiēsamenou kata to pentekaidekaton etos Tiberiou Kaisaros, ei tis apo toutou synagagein etheloi ton tōn etōn arithmon, proiōn epi tous anōterō chronous, tous mechri Dareiou tou Persōn basileōs, kai tēs katʼ auton ananeōseōs tou en Hierosolymois neō, hē gegone meta tēn apo Babylōnos epanodon tou Ioudaiōn ethnous, heuroi an apo Tiberiou epi to deuteron etos Dareiou etē phmē.
I too, travelling a newer road than those writers, shall use this method. Since it is agreed that the times of Augustus, emperor of the Romans, and the birth of our Saviour coincide, and that Christ began the teaching of the gospel in the fifteenth year of Tiberius Caesar, if anyone wishes to reckon the number of years from this point, going back to the earlier times as far as Darius king of the Persians and the rebuilding in his reign of the temple in Jerusalem, which took place after the return of the Jewish nation from Babylon, he would find 548 years from Tiberius to the second year of Darius.
10.9.3Dindorf 1:559
Δαρείου μὲν γὰρ τὸ δεύτερον κατὰ τὸ πρῶτον ἔτος τῆς ξέ Ὀλυμπιάδος καταντᾷ, Τιβερίου δὲ τὸ πεντεκαιδέκατον τῆς Ῥωμαίων βασιλείας κατὰ τὸ δʼ τῆς σὰ Ὀλυμπιάδος συμπίπτει.
Dareiou men gar to deuteron kata to prōton etos tēs xe Olympiados katantą, Tiberiou de to pentekaidekaton tēs Rhōmaiōn basileias kata to dʼ tēs sa Olympiados sympiptei.
For the second year of Darius falls in the first year of the 65th Olympiad, and the fifteenth year of Tiberius’s reign over the Romans coincides with the fourth year of the 201st Olympiad.
10.9.4Dindorf 1:559
γίνονται τοίνυν αἱ μεταξὺ Δαρείου τοῦ Περσοῦ καὶ Τιβερίου τοῦ Ῥωμαίων βασιλέως Ὀλυμπιάδες ρλζ΄, αἳ συνάγουσι χρόνον ἐτῶν φμή, τετραετίας τῇ Ὀλυμπιάδι λογιζομένης.
ginontai toinyn hai metaxy Dareiou tou Persou kai Tiberiou tou Rhōmaiōn basileōs Olympiades rlz΄, hai synagousi chronon etōn phmē, tetraetias tę̄ Olympiadi logizomenēs.
So between Darius the Persian and Tiberius emperor of the Romans there are 137 Olympiads, which make a total of 548 years, reckoning four years to an Olympiad.
10.9.5Dindorf 1:559
ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος Δαρείου τὸ ἑβδομηκοστὸν ὑπῆρχε τῆς ἐρημίας τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις νεὼ, καθὼς τὰ τῆς ἱστορίας παρίστησι, κἀντεῦθεν πάλιν ἀνατρεχόντων ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ δευτέρου ἔτους Δαρείου ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην Ὀλυμπιάδα ἔτη συνάγοιτʼ ἂν σνςʼ, Ὀλυμπιάδες ξδʼ· τοσαῦτα δʼ ἂν εὕροις τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑστάτου ἔτους τῆς ἐρημίας τοῦ δηλωθέντος ἱεροῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ’ν ἔτος Ὀζίου τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων βασιλέως ἀνιὼν, καθʼ ὃν ἐπροφήτευον Ἠσαίας καὶ Ὠσηὲ, ὅσοι τε τούτοις γεγόνασι σύγχρονοι, ὥστʼ εἶναι τὴν πρώτην καθʼ Ἕλληνας Ὀλυμπιάδα σύνδρομον Ἡσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ καὶ τοῖς τούτῳ συγχρόνοις.
epei de kata to deuteron etos Dareiou to hebdomēkoston hypērche tēs erēmias tou en Hierosolymois neō, kathōs ta tēs historias paristēsi, kanteuthen palin anatrechontōn apo men tou deuterou etous Dareiou epi tēn prōtēn Olympiada etē synagoitʼ an snsʼ, Olympiades xdʼ; tosauta dʼ an heurois ta apo tou hystatou etous tēs erēmias tou dēlōthentos hierou epi to ’n etos Oziou tou tōn Ioudaiōn basileōs aniōn, kathʼ hon eprophēteuon Ēsaias kai Ōsēe, hosoi te toutois gegonasi synchronoi, hōstʼ einai tēn prōtēn kathʼ Hellēnas Olympiada syndromon Hēsaïą tǭ prophētę̄ kai tois toutǭ synchronois.
And since the second year of Darius was the seventieth of the desolation of the temple in Jerusalem, as the history shows, if we run back again from there, from the second year of Darius to the first Olympiad would be 256 years, or 64 Olympiads; and you would find as many going back from the last year of the desolation of the said temple to the fiftieth year of Uzziah king of the Jews, in whose time Isaiah and Hosea prophesied, and those who were their contemporaries; so that the first Olympiad of the Greeks falls in the time of Isaiah the prophet and his contemporaries.
10.9.6Dindorf 1:559–560
πάλιν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης Ὀλυμπιάδος ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν ἀνιὼν χρόνους μέχρι τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως εὑρήσεις ἔτη συγκεφαλαιούμενα υη΄, ὡς αἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι τῶν χρόνων ἀναγραφαὶ περιέχουσι.
palin de apo tēs prōtēs Olympiados epi tous emprosthen aniōn chronous mechri tēs Iliou halōseōs heurēseis etē synkephalaioumena yē΄, hōs hai parʼ Hellēsi tōn chronōn anagraphai periechousi.
Again, going back from the first Olympiad to the earlier times as far as the capture of Troy, you will find a total of 408 years, as the Greek chronological records contain.
10.9.7Dindorf 1:560
καὶ καθʼ Ἑβραίους ἀπὸ πεντηκοστοῦ ἔτους Ὀζίου τοῦ Ἰουδαίων βασιλέως ἀνιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ τρίτον ἔτος Λαβδὼν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις γενομένου κριτοῦ τὸν ἴσον συνάξεις ἀριθμὸν ἐτῶν υη΄· ὥστʼ εἶναι τὴν Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν κατὰ τοὺς Λαβδὼν τοῦ κριτοῦ χρόνους, ἑπτὰ ἔτεσι πρότερον ἢ Σαμψὼν ἄρξαι Ἑβραίων, ὃν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἀλκὴν ἀνυπόστατον γενέσθαι φασὶν, ἐοικότα τῷ βοωμένῳ παρʼ Ἓλλησιν Ἡρακλεῖ.
kai kathʼ Hebraious apo pentēkostou etous Oziou tou Ioudaiōn basileōs aniōn epi to triton etos Labdōn parʼ Hebraiois genomenou kritou ton ison synaxeis arithmon etōn yē΄; hōstʼ einai tēn Iliou halōsin kata tous Labdōn tou kritou chronous, hepta etesi proteron ē Sampsōn arxai Hebraiōn, hon kata tēn tou sōmatos alkēn anypostaton genesthai phasin, eoikota tǭ boōmenǭ parʼ Hellēsin Hēraklei.
And according to the Hebrews, going back from the fiftieth year of Uzziah king of the Jews to the third year of Labdon, who was a judge among the Hebrews, you will reckon the same number of years, 408; so that the capture of Troy falls in the time of Labdon the judge, seven years before Samson ruled the Hebrews, who, they say, was irresistible in bodily strength, like the celebrated Heracles of the Greeks.
10.9.8Dindorf 1:560
καὶ ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνωτέρω βαδίζων, σαυτῷ τε συναγαγὼν ἀριθμὸν ἐτῶν υ΄, εὕροις ἂν κατὰ μὲν Ἑβραίους Μωσέα, κατὰ δὲ Ἕλληνας Κέκροπα τὸν γηγενῆ.
kai enteuthen de epi tous anōterō badizōn, sautǭ te synagagōn arithmon etōn y΄, heurois an kata men Hebraious Mōsea, kata de Hellēnas Kekropa ton gēgenē.
And going on from there to earlier times, and reckoning for yourself a number of 400 years, you would find Moses among the Hebrews and Cecrops the earth-born among the Greeks.
10.9.9Dindorf 1:560
κατώτερα δὲ τῶν Κέκροπος ἱστορεῖται χρόνων τὰ παρʼ Ἕλλησι θαυμαζόμενα. γίνεται γὰρ μετὰ Κέκροπα ὁ κατὰ Δευκαλίωνα κατακλυσμὸς, καὶ ἡ ἐπὶ Φαέθοντος ἐκπύρωσις, Ἐριχθονίου τε γένεσις, Κόρης τε ἁρπαγὴ, καὶ Δήμητρος μυστήρια, Ἐλευσινίων ἵδρυσις, Τριπτολέμου γεωργία, Εὐρώπης ὑπὸ Διὸς ἁρπαγὴ, Ἀπόλλωνος γένεσις, Κάδμου ἐπὶ Θήβας παρουσία, καὶ ἔτι τούτων νεώτεροι Διόνυσος, Μίνως, Περσεὺς, Ἀσκληπιὸς, Διόσκουροι, Ἡρακλῆς.
katōtera de tōn Kekropos historeitai chronōn ta parʼ Hellēsi thaumazomena. ginetai gar meta Kekropa ho kata Deukaliōna kataklysmos, kai hē epi Phaethontos ekpyrōsis, Erichthoniou te genesis, Korēs te harpagē, kai Dēmētros mystēria, Eleusiniōn hidrysis, Triptolemou geōrgia, Eurōpēs hypo Dios harpagē, Apollōnos genesis, Kadmou epi Thēbas parousia, kai eti toutōn neōteroi Dionysos, Minōs, Perseus, Asklēpios, Dioskouroi, Hēraklēs.
The things admired among the Greeks are recorded as later than the times of Cecrops. For after Cecrops came the flood in the time of Deucalion, the conflagration in the time of Phaethon, the birth of Erichthonius, the rape of Kore, the mysteries of Demeter, the founding of the Eleusinian rites, the farming of Triptolemus, the carrying off of Europa by Zeus, the birth of Apollo, the arrival of Cadmus at Thebes; and later still Dionysus, Minos, Perseus, Asclepius, the Dioscuri, and Heracles.
10.9.10Dindorf 1:560–561
τούτων δʼ ἁπάντων πρεσβύτερος γεγονὼς συνίσταται Μωσῆς, ὡς ἂν κατὰ Κέκροπα τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀκμάσας. ἀπὸ δὲ Μωσέως πάλιν ἀνιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἔτος ζωῆς Ἁβραὰμ εὑρήσεις ἔτη φε΄. τοσαῦτα δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ δηλωθέντος ἔτους τῆς Κέκροπος βασιλείας τὸν ἀνωτέρω χρόνον ἀπαριθμούμενος ἐπὶ Νίνον ἥξεις τὸν Ἀσσύριον, ὃν πρῶτόν φασιν ἁπάσης τῆς Ἀσίας πλὴν Ἰνδῶν κεκρατηκέναι· οὗ Νίνος ἐπώνυμος πόλις, ἣ Νινευὶ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ὠνόμασται, καθʼ ὃν Ζωροάστρης ὁ μάγος Βακτρίων ἐβασίλευσε. Νίνου δὲ γυνὴ καὶ διάδοχος τῆς βασιλείας Σεμίραμις· ὥστʼ εἶναι τὸν Ἁβραὰμ κατὰ τούτους.
toutōn dʼ hapantōn presbyteros gegonōs synistatai Mōsēs, hōs an kata Kekropa tēn hēlikian akmasas. apo de Mōseōs palin aniōn epi to prōton etos zōēs Habraam heurēseis etē phe΄. tosauta de apo tou dēlōthentos etous tēs Kekropos basileias ton anōterō chronon aparithmoumenos epi Ninon hēxeis ton Assyrion, hon prōton phasin hapasēs tēs Asias plēn Indōn kekratēkenai; hou Ninos epōnymos polis, hē Nineui parʼ Hebraiois ōnomastai, kathʼ hon Zōroastrēs ho magos Baktriōn ebasileuse. Ninou de gynē kai diadochos tēs basileias Semiramis; hōstʼ einai ton Habraam kata toutous.
Moses is shown to be older than all these, since he flourished in the age of Cecrops. And going back again from Moses to the first year of Abraham’s life, you will find 505 years. Counting as many years back from the said year of Cecrops’ reign, you will come to Ninus the Assyrian, who they say was the first to rule all Asia except the Indians; after him the city Ninus was named, which among the Hebrews is called Nineveh; in his time Zoroaster the magus reigned over the Bactrians. The wife of Ninus and successor to his kingdom was Semiramis; so that Abraham lived in their time.
10.9.11Dindorf 1:561
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀποδεικτικῶς ἐν τοῖς πονηθεῖσιν ἡμῖν Χρονικοῖς Κανόσιν οὕτως ἔχοντα συνέστη. ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις μάρτυρι τῆς Μωσέως ἀρχαιότητος χρήσομαι τῷ πάντων δυσμενεστάτῳ καὶ πολεμιωτάτῳ Ἑβραίων τε καὶ ἡμῶν, φημὶ δὲ τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσόφῳ, ὃς τὴν καθʼ ἡμῶν συσκευὴν ὑπερβολῇ μίσους προβεβλημένος οὐ μόνους ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἑβραίους, αὐτόν τε Μωσέα καὶ τοὺς μετʼ αὐτὸν προφήτας ταῖς ἴσαις ὑπηγάγετο δυσφημίαις. οὕτω γὰρ διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὁμολογίας ἀναμφηρίστως ἡγοῦμαι τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν πιστώσασθαι.
Tauta men oun apodeiktikōs en tois ponētheisin hēmin Chronikois Kanosin houtōs echonta synestē. epi de tou parontos pros tois eirēmenois martyri tēs Mōseōs archaiotētos chrēsomai tǭ pantōn dysmenestatǭ kai polemiōtatǭ Hebraiōn te kai hēmōn, phēmi de tǭ kathʼ hēmas philosophǭ, hos tēn kathʼ hēmōn syskeuēn hyperbolę̄ misous probeblēmenos ou monous hēmas, alla kai Hebraious, auton te Mōsea kai tous metʼ auton prophētas tais isais hypēgageto dysphēmiais. houtō gar dia tēs tōn echthrōn homologias anamphēristōs hēgoumai tēn epangelian pistōsasthai.
These things were established with proof, as they stand, in the Chronological Canons on which we laboured. For the present, in addition to what has been said, I shall use as a witness to the antiquity of Moses the most hostile and bitter enemy of all, both of the Hebrews and of us: I mean the philosopher of our own day, who, putting forward his compilation against us out of excess of hatred, subjected not only us but also the Hebrews, Moses himself, and the prophets after him to the same slanders. For in this way, through the admission of enemies, I think the promise will be confirmed beyond dispute.
10.9.12Dindorf 1:561
γράφει τοίνυν ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ τῆς καθʼ ἡμῶν συσκευῆς ὁ Πορφύριος ῥήμασιν αὐτοῖς τάδε “Ἱστορεῖ δὲ τὰ περὶ Ἰουδαίων ἀληθέστατα, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς τόποις καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν αὐτῶν τὰ συμφωνότατα, Σαγχωνιάθων ὁ Βηρύτιος, εἰληφὼς τὰ ὑπομνήματα παρὰ Ἱερομβάλου τοῦ ἱερέως θεοῦ Ἰευὼ, ὃς Ἀβελβαλῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ Βηρυτίων τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀναθεὶς, ὑπʼ ἐκείνου καὶ τῶν κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐξεταστῶν τῆς ἀληθείας παρεδέχθη. οἱ δὲ τούτων χρόνοι καὶ πρὸ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν πίπτουσι χρόνων καὶ σχεδὸν τοῖς Μωσέως πλησιάζουσιν, ὡς αἱ τῶν Φοινίκης βασιλέων μηνύουσι διαδοχαί. Σαγχωνιάθων δὲ, ὁ κατὰ τὴν τῶν Φοινίκων διάλεκτον φιλαλήθως πᾶσαν τὴν παλαιὰν ἱστορίαν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ πόλιν ὑπομνημάτων καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἀναγραφῶν συναγαγὼν καὶ συγγράψας, ἐπὶ Σεμιράμεως γέγονε τῆς Ἀσσυρίων βασιλίδος.”
graphei toinyn en tǭ tetartǭ tēs kathʼ hēmōn syskeuēs ho Porphyrios rhēmasin autois tade “Historei de ta peri Ioudaiōn alēthestata, hoti kai tois topois kai tois onomasin autōn ta symphōnotata, Sanchōniathōn ho Bērytios, eilēphōs ta hypomnēmata para Hierombalou tou hiereōs theou Ieuō, hos Abelbalǭ tǭ basilei Bērytiōn tēn historian anatheis, hypʼ ekeinou kai tōn katʼ auton exetastōn tēs alētheias paredechthē. hoi de toutōn chronoi kai pro tōn Trōïkōn piptousi chronōn kai schedon tois Mōseōs plēsiazousin, hōs hai tōn Phoinikēs basileōn mēnyousi diadochai. Sanchōniathōn de, ho kata tēn tōn Phoinikōn dialekton philalēthōs pasan tēn palaian historian ek tōn kata polin hypomnēmatōn kai tōn en tois hierois anagraphōn synagagōn kai syngrapsas, epi Semirameōs gegone tēs Assyriōn basilidos.”
In the fourth book of his compilation against us, then, Porphyry writes these words: “The most truthful account of the Jews, because most in agreement with their places and names, is given by Sanchuniathon of Berytus, who received the records from Hierombalus, priest of the god Ieuo. He dedicated his history to Abelbalus king of Berytus, and it was accepted by him and by the examiners of truth in his time. Their times fall even before the Trojan War and come close to those of Moses, as the successions of the kings of Phoenicia show. And Sanchuniathon, who in the Phoenician language collected and wrote the whole ancient history in a truth-loving way from the city records and the registers in the temples, lived in the time of Semiramis, queen of the Assyrians.”
10.9.13Dindorf 1:561–562
Ταῦτα ὁ Πορφύριος. δεῖ δὴ συλλογίσασθαι τὰ προκείμενα ὧδέ πως. εἴπερ ὁ Σαγχωνιάθων ἐπὶ Σεμιράμεως γέγονεν, ἡ δὲ μακρῷ πρόσθεν τῶν Τρωϊκῶν ὁμολογεῖται, εἴη ἂν καὶ ὁ Σαγχωνιάθων τῶν Τρωϊκῶν παλαίτερος.
Tauta ho Porphyrios. dei dē syllogisasthai ta prokeimena hōde pōs. eiper ho Sanchōniathōn epi Semirameōs gegonen, hē de makrǭ prosthen tōn Trōïkōn homologeitai, eiē an kai ho Sanchōniathōn tōn Trōïkōn palaiteros.
So Porphyry. The premises must be reasoned out somewhat as follows. If Sanchuniathon lived in the time of Semiramis, and she is admitted to have lived long before the Trojan War, Sanchuniathon too would be older than the Trojan War.
10.9.14Dindorf 1:562
ἀλλʼ οὗτος παρʼ ἑτέ- ρων πρεσβυτέρων αὐτοῦ τοῖς χρόνοις εἰληφέναι λέγεται τὰ ὑπομνήματα· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀρχαιότεροι ὄντες αὐτοῦ σχεδὸν τοῖς Μωσέως πλησιάζειν χρόνοις εἴρηνται, οὐδὲ αὐτοὶ κατὰ Μωσέα γενόμενοι, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν τοῖς ἐκείνου χρόνοις πλησιάζοντες· ὡς τοσοῦτον πρεσβύτερον εἶναι τὸν Μωσέα τοῦ Σαγχωνιάθωνος ὁπόσον ἂν οὗτος λείπηται τῶν αὐτοῦ πρεσβυτέρων, οἳ Μωσεῖ πλησιάζειν ὡμολογήθησαν.
allʼ houtos parʼ hete- rōn presbyterōn autou tois chronois eilēphenai legetai ta hypomnēmata; hoi de kai autoi archaioteroi ontes autou schedon tois Mōseōs plēsiazein chronois eirēntai, oude autoi kata Mōsea genomenoi, alla schedon tois ekeinou chronois plēsiazontes; hōs tosouton presbyteron einai ton Mōsea tou Sanchōniathōnos hoposon an houtos leipētai tōn autou presbyterōn, hoi Mōsei plēsiazein hōmologēthēsan.
But he is said to have received the records from others older than himself; and these, being more ancient than he, are said to come close to the times of Moses: not themselves contemporary with Moses, but coming close to his times. So Moses is older than Sanchuniathon by as much as Sanchuniathon falls short of his predecessors, who were admitted to come close to Moses.
10.9.15Dindorf 1:562
πόσοις δὲ ἄρα ἔτεσιν εἰκὸς ἦν Μωσέα ὑπεράγειν τοὺς δηλουμένους ἄπορον εἰπεῖν· διόπερ τοῦτό μοι δοκῶ παρήσειν. δοὺς δὲ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν Σαγχωνιάθωνα Μωσέα γεγονέναι, καὶ μὴ πρότερον, ὧδε τὸν ἔλεγχον ἐφοδεύσω.
posois de ara etesin eikos ēn Mōsea hyperagein tous dēloumenous aporon eipein; dioper touto moi dokō parēsein. dous de katʼ auton ekeinon ton Sanchōniathōna Mōsea gegonenai, kai mē proteron, hōde ton elenchon ephodeusō.
By how many years Moses probably surpassed them it is hard to say; so I think I shall pass this over. Granting that Moses lived in the time of Sanchuniathon himself, and not earlier, I shall pursue the proof thus.
10.9.16Dindorf 1:562
εἴπερ ἐπὶ Σεμιράμεως τῆς Ἀσσυρίων βασιλίδος ὁ Σαγχωνιάθων ἐγνωρίζετο, ἔστω δὲ καὶ Μωσῆς μηδὲν προάγων, κατὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἠκμακὼς, γένοιτʼ ἂν οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς κατὰ Σεμίραμιν.
eiper epi Semirameōs tēs Assyriōn basilidos ho Sanchōniathōn egnōrizeto, estō de kai Mōsēs mēden proagōn, kata de touton ēkmakōs, genoitʼ an oun kai autos kata Semiramin.
If Sanchuniathon was known in the time of Semiramis queen of the Assyrians, and let Moses be no earlier but flourishing at the same time, then he too would be of the time of Semiramis.
10.9.17Dindorf 1:562
ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἡμέτερος λόγος ἐπὶ ταύτης ἐδήλου γενέσθαι τὸν Ἁβραὰμ, ὁ δὲ τοῦ φιλοσόφου παλαίτερον τὸν Μωσέα συνίστησιν. ἡ δὲ Σεμίραμις τῶν Τρωϊκῶν ὀκτακοσίοις ὅλοις ἔτεσι δείκνυται προγενομένη. καὶ Μωσῆς ἄρα ἔσται τοσούτοις τὰ Τρωϊκὰ προάγων κατὰ τὸν φιλόσοφον.
allʼ ho men hēmeteros logos epi tautēs edēlou genesthai ton Habraam, ho de tou philosophou palaiteron ton Mōsea synistēsin. hē de Semiramis tōn Trōïkōn oktakosiois holois etesi deiknytai progenomenē. kai Mōsēs ara estai tosoutois ta Trōïka proagōn kata ton philosophon.
Our own account showed that Abraham lived in her time, while the philosopher’s makes Moses older still. And Semiramis is shown to have lived a full eight hundred years before the Trojan War; so Moses too, according to the philosopher, will precede the Trojan War by as many years.
10.9.18Dindorf 1:562–563
πρῶτος δὲ βασιλεύει Ἀργείων Ἴναχος, οὔπω τότε Ἀθηναίων οὔτε τὴν πόλιν οὔτε τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐχόντων. ὁ δὲ πρῶτος Ἀργείων ἡγεῖται κατὰ τὸν πέμπτον μετὰ Σε- μίραμιν Ἀσσυρίων βασιλέα, ν΄ καὶ ρ΄ ὕστερον ἔτεσιν αὐτῆς τε καὶ Μωσέως, ἐν οἷς οὐδὲν ἐπίσημον γεγονὸς ἱστορεῖται παρʼ Ἕλλησι. κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ τοῦ χρό- νοῦ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἡγοῦνται οἱ Κριταί.
prōtos de basileuei Argeiōn Inachos, oupō tote Athēnaiōn oute tēn polin oute tēn prosēgorian echontōn. ho de prōtos Argeiōn hēgeitai kata ton pempton meta Se- miramin Assyriōn basilea, n΄ kai r΄ hysteron etesin autēs te kai Mōseōs, en hois ouden episēmon gegonos historeitai parʼ Hellēsi. kata touto de tou chro- nou parʼ Hebraiois hēgountai hoi Kritai.
The first to reign over the Argives was Inachus, when the Athenians had as yet neither their city nor their name. This first ruler of the Argives ruled in the time of the fifth Assyrian king after Semiramis, 150 years later than her and Moses, during which nothing notable is recorded to have happened among the Greeks. At this time the Judges ruled among the Hebrews.
10.9.19Dindorf 1:563
εἶτʼ αὖ πάλιν τριακοσίοις ἐτῶν ἄλλοις κατώτερον χρόνοις, ἤδη που πλέον ἢ ὒ ἐτῶν ὅλων συμπληρουμένων ἀπὸ Σεμιράμεως, πρῶτος Ἀθηναίων βασιλεύει Κέκροψ ὁ βοώμενος παρʼ αὐτοῖς αὐτόχθων, Ἄργους ἡγουμένου Τριόπα, ὃς ἦν ἕβδομος μετὰ τὸν πρῶτον Ἀργεῖον Ἴναχον.
eitʼ au palin triakosiois etōn allois katōteron chronois, ēdē pou pleon ē y etōn holōn symplēroumenōn apo Semirameōs, prōtos Athēnaiōn basileuei Kekrops ho boōmenos parʼ autois autochthōn, Argous hēgoumenou Triopa, hos ēn hebdomos meta ton prōton Argeion Inachon.
Then again three hundred years later, when more than four hundred full years had been completed since Semiramis, the first king of the Athenians was Cecrops, celebrated among them as earth-born, while Triopas ruled Argos, the seventh after Inachus, the first Argive king.
10.9.20Dindorf 1:563
μεταξὺ δὲ τούτων ὁ ἐπὶ Ὠγύγου μνημονεύεται κατακλυσμὸς, πρῶτός τε Ἆπις ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ θεὸς ὠνομάσθη, καὶ Ἰὼ θυγάτηρ Ἰνάχου, ἣν Ἴσιν Αἰγύπτιοι μετονομάσαντες σέβουσι, Προμηθεύς τε καὶ Ἄτλας ἐγνωρίζοντο.
metaxy de toutōn ho epi Ōgygou mnēmoneuetai kataklysmos, prōtos te Apis en Aigyptǭ theos ōnomasthē, kai Iō thygatēr Inachou, hēn Isin Aigyptioi metonomasantes sebousi, Promētheus te kai Atlas egnōrizonto.
Between these, the flood in the time of Ogyges is recorded; Apis was first named a god in Egypt; and Io the daughter of Inachus, whom the Egyptians worship under the changed name Isis, and Prometheus and Atlas were known.
10.9.21Dindorf 1:563
ἀπὸ δὲ Κέκροπος ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν ἄλλα συνάγεται μικρῷ δέοντα ἔτη ὒ, ἐν οἶς τὰ ἐν Ἕλλησι θαυμάσια μυθολογεῖται, ὁ ἐπὶ Δευκαλίωνος κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ Φαέθοντος ἐμπρησμὸς, πολλῶν, ὡς εἰκὸς, φθορῶν γῆς κατὰ τόπους γεγενημένων.
apo de Kekropos epi tēn Iliou halōsin alla synagetai mikrǭ deonta etē y, en ois ta en Hellēsi thaumasia mythologeitai, ho epi Deukaliōnos kataklysmos kai ho epi Phaethontos emprēsmos, pollōn, hōs eikos, phthorōn gēs kata topous gegenēmenōn.
From Cecrops to the capture of Troy are reckoned another almost four hundred years, during which the marvels of the Greeks are told in myth: the flood in the time of Deucalion and the burning in the time of Phaethon, when, as is likely, many local destructions of the earth took place.
10.9.22Dindorf 1:563
πρῶτος δὲ Κέκροψ λέγεται Ζῆνα κεκληκέναι τὸν θεὸν, μὴ πρότερον οὕτω παρʼ ἀνθρώποις ὠνομασμένον· ἔπειτα βωμὸν παρʼ Ἀθηναίοις ἱδρῦσαι πρῶτος, καὶ πάλιν πρῶτος ’Αθηνᾶς ἄγαλμα στήσασθαι, ὡς οὐδὲ τούτων ἐκ παλαιοῦ ὑπαρχόντων.
prōtos de Kekrops legetai Zēna keklēkenai ton theon, mē proteron houtō parʼ anthrōpois ōnomasmenon; epeita bōmon parʼ Athēnaiois hidrysai prōtos, kai palin prōtos ’Athēnas agalma stēsasthai, hōs oude toutōn ek palaiou hyparchontōn.
Cecrops is said to have been the first to call God “Zeus,” a name not used among men before; then the first to set up an altar among the Athenians, and again the first to erect a statue of Athena, as none of these things existed from of old.
10.9.23Dindorf 1:563
μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον καὶ οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι θεοὶ πάντες γενεαλογοῦνται. παρʼ Ἑβραίοις δὲ ἐν τούτῳ οἱ ἀπὸ γένους Δαβὶδ ἐβασίλευον καὶ οἱ μετὰ Μωσέα διέλαμπον προφῆται· ὥστε τὰ πάντα ἀπὸ Μώσεως ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν συνάγεσθαι πλέον ἢ ἔτη ὢ κατὰ τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν τοῦ φιλοσόφου μαρτυρίαν.
meta de touton kai hoi parʼ Hellēsi theoi pantes genealogountai. parʼ Hebraiois de en toutǭ hoi apo genous Dabid ebasileuon kai hoi meta Mōsea dielampon prophētai; hōste ta panta apo Mōseōs epi tēn Iliou halōsin synagesthai pleon ē etē ō kata tēn ektetheisan tou philosophou martyrian.
After him all the gods of the Greeks have their genealogies. Among the Hebrews at this time those of David’s line were reigning and the prophets after Moses were shining forth; so that from Moses to the capture of Troy more than 800 years in all are reckoned, according to the philosopher’s testimony set out above.
10.9.24Dindorf 1:563–564
ἔτι δὲ πολὺ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν νεώτερα τὰ κατὰ Ὅμηρον καὶ Ἡσίοδον καὶ τοὺς μνημονεύεται. χθὲς δὲ καὶ πρώην μετὰ τούτους περὶ τὴν πεντηκοστὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα οἱ ἀμφὶ Πυθαγόραν καὶ Δημόκριτον καὶ τοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα φιλοσόφους ὠνομάσθησαν, ἐγγύς που μετὰ τὰ Τρωϊκὰ ἔτεσιν ἑπτα- κοσίοις.
eti de poly tōn Trōïkōn neōtera ta kata Homēron kai Hēsiodon kai tous mnēmoneuetai. chthes de kai prōēn meta toutous peri tēn pentēkostēn Olympiada hoi amphi Pythagoran kai Dēmokriton kai tous meta tauta philosophous ōnomasthēsan, engys pou meta ta Trōïka etesin hepta- kosiois.
And much later than the Trojan War is the time of Homer, Hesiod, and those mentioned with them. Yesterday and the day before, after these, about the fiftieth Olympiad, Pythagoras, Democritus, and the philosophers after them became famous, about seven hundred years after the Trojan War.
10.9.25Dindorf 1:564
προτερεῖν ἄρα Μωσῆς καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτὸν Ἑβραίων προφῆται συνίστανται τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων χιλίοις πεντακοσίοις ἔτεσι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ δηλωθέντος ἀνδρὸς ὁμολογίαν.
proterein ara Mōsēs kai hoi metʼ auton Hebraiōn prophētai synistantai tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn chiliois pentakosiois etesi kata tēn tou dēlōthentos andros homologian.
Moses, then, and the prophets of the Hebrews after him are shown to precede the philosophers of the Greeks by fifteen hundred years, by the admission of the man in question.
10.9.26Dindorf 1:564
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἡμεῖς ἐπιτόμως. σκέψασθαι δὲ καιρὸς καὶ τὰς τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποθέσεως ἀποδείξεις. γεγόνασι δὴ παρʼ ἡμῖν λόγιοι ἄνδρες καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ παιδείας οὐδενὸς δεύτεροι, τοῖς τε θείοις οὐ παρέργως καθωμιληκότες, οἳ καὶ τὴν παροῦσαν ὑπόθεσιν ἐπʼ ἀκριβὲς διευκρινήσαντες τῇ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις συνέστησαν ἀρχαιολογίᾳ, πλουσίᾳ καὶ ποικίλῃ κατασκευῇ κεχρημένοι τῆς ἀποδείξεως.
Kai tauta men hēmeis epitomōs. skepsasthai de kairos kai tas tōn pro hēmōn peri tēs autēs hypotheseōs apodeixeis. gegonasi dē parʼ hēmin logioi andres kai tōn apo paideias oudenos deuteroi, tois te theiois ou parergōs kathōmilēkotes, hoi kai tēn parousan hypothesin epʼ akribes dieukrinēsantes tę̄ parʼ Hebraiois synestēsan archaiologią, plousią kai poikilę̄ kataskeuę̄ kechrēmenoi tēs apodeixeōs.
This we have said briefly. It is time to consider the proofs of those before us on the same subject. There have been learned men among us, second to none in education, and closely conversant with the divine writings, who examined the present subject accurately and established the antiquity of the Hebrews, using a rich and varied apparatus of proof.
10.9.27Dindorf 1:564
οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔκ τινων ὁμολογουμένων ἱστοριῶν τοὺς χρόνους συνελογίσαντο, οἱ δὲ παλαιτέροις ἀναγνώσμασι τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐπιστώσαντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν Ἑλληνικοῖς, οἱ δὲ καὶ τοῖς τὰ Φοινίκων τά τε Χαλδαίων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων ἀναγράψασι συν- εχρήσαντο· ὁμοῦ δὲ οἱ πάντες, τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ καὶ τὰ βάρβαρα τά τε παρʼ αὐτοῖς Ἑβραίοις συναγαγόντες καὶ τὰς παρὰ πᾶσιν ἱστορίας παραθέντες, θατέρᾳ τε τὴν ἑτέραν συγκρούσαντες, τὰ παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ὑπὸ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους πραχθέντα συνεξητάκασιν.
hoi men gar ek tinōn homologoumenōn historiōn tous chronous synelogisanto, hoi de palaiterois anagnōsmasi tēn martyrian epistōsanto. kai hoi men Hellēnikois, hoi de kai tois ta Phoinikōn ta te Chaldaiōn kai Aigyptiōn anagrapsasi syn- echrēsanto; homou de hoi pantes, ta Hellēnika kai ta barbara ta te parʼ autois Hebraiois synagagontes kai tas para pasin historias parathentes, thaterą te tēn heteran synkrousantes, ta para tois pasin hypo tous autous chronous prachthenta synexētakasin.
Some reckoned the times from certain agreed histories, others confirmed the testimony from more ancient writings; some used Greek writers, others those who recorded the history of the Phoenicians, Chaldeans, and Egyptians. And all together, gathering the Greek and barbarian records and those of the Hebrews themselves, setting the histories of all side by side and testing one against the other, examined together what was done among all peoples at the same times.
10.9.28Dindorf 1:564
εἶθʼ ἕκαστος οἰκείαις μεθόδοις τὴν τῶν ἀποδεικνυμένων κατασκευὴν πεποιημένος σύμφωνον καὶ ὁμολογουμένην τὴν ἀπόδειξιν εἰσηνέγκαντο. διὸ καὶ μάλιστα ταῖς αὐτῶν ἡγησάμην δεῖν παραχωρῆσαι φωναῖς τὸν παρόντα λόγον, ὅπως ὁμοῦ τῶν οἰκείων μὴ ἀποστεροῖντο καρπῶν οἱ τῶν λόγων πατέρες, καὶ διὰ πλειόνων μαρτύρων, ἀλλὰ μὴ διʼ ἑνὸς, ὁμοῦ ἡ σύστασις τῆς ἀληθείας ἀναμφίλεκτον λάβοι τὴν ἐπικύρωσιν.
eithʼ hekastos oikeiais methodois tēn tōn apodeiknymenōn kataskeuēn pepoiēmenos symphōnon kai homologoumenēn tēn apodeixin eisēnenkanto. dio kai malista tais autōn hēgēsamēn dein parachōrēsai phōnais ton paronta logon, hopōs homou tōn oikeiōn mē aposterointo karpōn hoi tōn logōn pateres, kai dia pleionōn martyrōn, alla mē diʼ henos, homou hē systasis tēs alētheias anamphilekton laboi tēn epikyrōsin.
Then each, having made his construction of the proofs by his own methods, brought forward a consistent and agreed proof. For this reason above all I thought I should give over the present discussion to their own words, so that the fathers of these works might not be robbed of their own fruits, and so that, through several witnesses and not one, the establishment of the truth might receive undisputed confirmation.
Preparation 10, chapter 10
10.10.1Dindorf 1:564–565
“Μέχρι μὲν τῶν Ὀλυμπιάδων οὐδὲν ἀκριβὲς ἱστόρηται τοῖς Ἕλλησι, πάντων συγκεχυμένων καὶ κατὰ μηδὲν αὑτοῖς τῶν πρὸ τοῦ συμφωνούντων· αἶ δὲ ἠκρίβωνται πολλοῖς, τῷ μὴ ἐκ πλείστου διαστήματος, διὰ τετραετίας δὲ τὰς ἀναγραφὰς αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας.
“Mechri men tōn Olympiadōn ouden akribes historētai tois Hellēsi, pantōn synkechymenōn kai kata mēden hautois tōn pro tou symphōnountōn; ai de ēkribōntai pollois, tǭ mē ek pleistou diastēmatos, dia tetraetias de tas anagraphas autōn poieisthai tous Hellēnas.
“Up to the Olympiads nothing accurate has been recorded by the Greeks; everything is confused, and the earlier accounts agree with one another in nothing. But the Olympiads have been accurately recorded by many, because the Greeks made their records of them not at long intervals but every four years.
10.10.2Dindorf 1:565
οὗ δὴ χάριν τὰς ἐνδοξοτάτας καὶ μυθώδεις ἐπιλεξάμενος ἱστορίας μέχρι τῆς πρώτης Ὀλυμπιάδος ἐπιδραμοῦμαι· τὰς δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα συζεύξας κατὰ χρόνον ἑκάστας, εἴ τινες ἐπίσημοι, ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς τὰς Ἑβραϊκὰς, ἐξιστορῶν μὲν τὰ Ἑβραίων, ἐφαπτόμενος δὲ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν, ἐφαρμόσω τόνδε τὸν τρόπον· λαβόμενος μιᾶς πράξεως Ἑβραικῆς ὁμοχρόνου πράξει ὑφʼ Ἑλλήνων ἱστορηθείσῃ, καὶ ταύτης ἐχόμενος, ἀφαιρῶν τε καὶ προστιθεὶς, τίς τε Ἕλλην, ἢ Πέρσης, ἢ καὶ ὁστισοῦν τῇ Ἐβραίων συνεχρόνισεν, ἐπισημειούμενος, ἴσως ἂν του σκοποῦ τύχοιμι.
hou dē charin tas endoxotatas kai mythōdeis epilexamenos historias mechri tēs prōtēs Olympiados epidramoumai; tas de meta tauta syzeuxas kata chronon hekastas, ei tines episēmoi, tais Hellēnikais tas Hebraïkas, existorōn men ta Hebraiōn, ephaptomenos de tōn Hellēnikōn, epharmosō tonde ton tropon; labomenos mias praxeōs Hebraikēs homochronou praxei hyphʼ Hellēnōn historētheisę̄, kai tautēs echomenos, aphairōn te kai prostitheis, tis te Hellēn, ē Persēs, ē kai hostisoun tę̄ Ebraiōn synechronisen, episēmeioumenos, isōs an tou skopou tychoimi.
For this reason I shall pick out the most famous mythical histories and run over them briefly as far as the first Olympiad. The later ones, any that are notable, I shall pair each by date, Hebrew with Greek, examining the Hebrew in detail and touching on the Greek, and fit them together in this way: taking one Hebrew event contemporary with an event recorded by the Greeks, holding to it, subtracting and adding, and noting which Greek, or Persian, or anyone else was contemporary with the Hebrew event, I may perhaps attain my aim.
10.10.3Dindorf 1:565
“Ἑβραίων μὲν οὖν ἡ μετοικία ἐπισημοτάτη, αἰχμαλωτισθέντων ὑπὸ Ναβουχοδονόσορ βασιλέως Βαβυλῶνος, παρέτεινεν ἔτη ὁ, καθὰ προεφήτευσεν Ἱερεμίας. τοῦ δὴ Ναβουχοδονόσορ μνημονεύει Βηρωσσὸς ὁ Βαβυλώνιος.
“Hebraiōn men oun hē metoikia episēmotatē, aichmalōtisthentōn hypo Nabouchodonosor basileōs Babylōnos, pareteinen etē ho, katha proephēteusen Hieremias. tou dē Nabouchodonosor mnēmoneuei Bērōssos ho Babylōnios.
“The most notable event of the Hebrews, then, is their exile, when they were taken captive by Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon; it lasted seventy years, as Jeremiah prophesied. This Nebuchadnezzar is mentioned by Berossus the Babylonian.
10.10.4Dindorf 1:565
μετὰ δὲ τὰ ὁ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἔτη Κῦρος Περσῶν ἐβασίλευσεν, ᾧ ἔτει Ὀλυμπιὰς ἤχθη νέ, ὡς ἐκ τῶν Βιβλιοθηκῶν Διοδώρου καὶ τῶν Θαλλοῦ καὶ Κάστορος ἱστοριῶν, ἔτι δὲ Πολυβίου καὶ Φλέγοντος ἔστιν εὑρεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρων, οἷς ἐμέλησεν Ὀλυμπιάδων· ἅπασι γὰρ συνεφώνησεν ὁ χρόνος.
meta de ta ho tēs aichmalōsias etē Kyros Persōn ebasileusen, hǭ etei Olympias ēchthē ne, hōs ek tōn Bibliothēkōn Diodōrou kai tōn Thallou kai Kastoros historiōn, eti de Polybiou kai Phlegontos estin heurein, alla kai heterōn, hois emelēsen Olympiadōn; hapasi gar synephōnēsen ho chronos.
After the seventy years of the captivity Cyrus became king of the Persians, in the year when the 55th Olympiad was held, as can be found from the Library of Diodorus, the histories of Thallus and Castor, and also Polybius and Phlegon, and others who took care with Olympiads; for in all of them the date agreed.
10.10.5Dindorf 1:565
Κῦρος δʼ οὖν τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἔτει, ὅπερ ἦν Ὀλυμπιάδος ωέ ἔτος τὸ πρῶτον, διὰ Ζοροβάβελ, καθʼ ὃν Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ἰωσεδὲκ, τὴν πρώτην καὶ μερικὴν ἀπόπεμψιν ἐποιήσατο τοῦ λαοῦ, πληρωθείσης τῆς ἑβδομηκονταετίας, ὡς ἐν τῷ Ἔσδρᾳ παρὰ τοῖς Ἑβραίοις ἱστόρηται.
Kyros dʼ oun tǭ prōtǭ tēs archēs etei, hoper ēn Olympiados ōe etos to prōton, dia Zorobabel, kathʼ hon Iēsous ho Iōsedek, tēn prōtēn kai merikēn apopempsin epoiēsato tou laou, plērōtheisēs tēs hebdomēkontaetias, hōs en tǭ Esdrą para tois Hebraiois historētai.
Cyrus, then, in the first year of his rule, which was the first year of the 55th Olympiad, made the first and partial release of the people through Zerubbabel, with whom was Jesus son of Josedek, when the seventy years were completed, as is recorded among the Hebrews in Ezra.
10.10.6Dindorf 1:565–566
αἶ μὲν οὑν ἱστορίαι συντρέχουσι Κύρου τε βασιλείας καὶ αἰχμαλωσίας τέλους, καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὰς Ὀλυμπιάδας οὕτως εἰς ἡμᾶς εὑρεθήσεται συμφωνήσαντα· τούτοις γὰρ ἑπόμενοι καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς ἱστορίας κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ἀλλήλαις ἐφαρμόσομεν.
ai men houn historiai syntrechousi Kyrou te basileias kai aichmalōsias telous, kai ta kata tas Olympiadas houtōs eis hēmas heurethēsetai symphōnēsanta; toutois gar hepomenoi kai tas loipas historias kata ton auton logon allēlais epharmosomen.
So the histories of Cyrus’s reign and the end of the captivity coincide, and the reckoning by Olympiads will thus be found to agree down to our time; following these we shall fit the other histories to one another on the same principle.
10.10.7Dindorf 1:566
τὰς δὲ πρὸ τούτων ὧδέ πως τῆς Ἀττικῆς χρονογραφίας ἀριθμουμένης, ἀπὸ Ὠγύγου τοῦ παρʼ ἐκείνοις αὐτόχθονος πιστευθέντος, ἐφʼ οὑ γέγονεν ὁ μέγας καὶ πρῶτος ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ κατακλυσμὸς, Φορωνέως Ἀργείων βασιλεύοντος, ὡς Ἀκουσίλαος ἱστορεῖ, μέχρι πρώτης Ὀλυμπιάδος, ὁπόθεν Ἕλληνες ἀκριβοῦν τοὺς χρόνους ἐνόμισαν, ἔτη συνάγεται χίλια εἴκοσιν, ὡς καὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις συμφωνεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξῆς δειχθήσεται.
tas de pro toutōn hōde pōs tēs Attikēs chronographias arithmoumenēs, apo Ōgygou tou parʼ ekeinois autochthonos pisteuthentos, ephʼ hou gegonen ho megas kai prōtos en tę̄ Attikę̄ kataklysmos, Phorōneōs Argeiōn basileuontos, hōs Akousilaos historei, mechri prōtēs Olympiados, hopothen Hellēnes akriboun tous chronous enomisan, etē synagetai chilia eikosin, hōs kai tois proeirēmenois symphōnei kai tois exēs deichthēsetai.
The earlier events are reckoned by the Attic chronology somewhat as follows. From Ogyges, believed among them to be sprung from the soil, in whose time the great and first flood occurred in Attica while Phoroneus was king of Argos, as Acusilaus relates, to the first Olympiad, from which the Greeks considered that they reckoned dates accurately, 1,020 years are counted, which agrees with what has been said and will be shown from what follows.
10.10.8Dindorf 1:566
ταῦτα γὰρ οἶ τὰ Ἀθηναίων ἱστοροῦντες, Ἑλλάνικός τε καὶ Φιλόχορος ὁ τὰς Ἀτθίδας, οἴ τε τὰ Συρία Κάστωρ καὶ Θαλλὸς, καὶ ὁ τὰ πάντων Διόδωρος ὁ τὰς Βιβλιοθήκας, Ἀλέξανδρός τε ὁ Πολυΐστωρ, οἵτινες τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἀκριβέστερον ἐμνήσθησαν καὶ τῶν Ἀττικῶν ἁπάντων. εἴ τις οὑν ἐν τοῖς χιλίοις εἴκοσιν ἔτεσιν ἐπίσημος ἱστορία τυγχάνει, κατὰ τὸ χρήσιμον ἐκλεγήσεται.’’
tauta gar oi ta Athēnaiōn historountes, Hellanikos te kai Philochoros ho tas Atthidas, oi te ta Syria Kastōr kai Thallos, kai ho ta pantōn Diodōros ho tas Bibliothēkas, Alexandros te ho Polyïstōr, hoitines tōn kathʼ hēmas akribesteron emnēsthēsan kai tōn Attikōn hapantōn. ei tis houn en tois chiliois eikosin etesin episēmos historia tynchanei, kata to chrēsimon eklegēsetai.’’
For this is stated by the historians of Athens, Hellanicus and Philochorus, author of the Atthides; by the historians of Syria, Castor and Thallus; by Diodorus, historian of all peoples, author of the Library; and by Alexander Polyhistor, who recorded our history, and all of Attic history too, with more accuracy. If, then, any notable history falls within the 1,020 years, it will be selected as useful.”
10.10.9Dindorf 1:566
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει “Φαμὲν τοίνυν ἔκ. γε τοῦδε τοῦ συγγράμματος Ὤγυγον, ὃς τοῦ πρώτου κατακλυσμοῦ γέγονεν ἐπώνυμος, πολλῶν διαφθαρέντων διασωθεὶς, κατὰ τὴν ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου τοῦ λαοῦ μετὰ Μώσεως ἔξοδον γεγενῆσθαι, τόνδε τὸν τρόπον.
Kai meta brachea epilegei “Phamen toinyn ek. ge toude tou syngrammatos Ōgygon, hos tou prōtou kataklysmou gegonen epōnymos, pollōn diaphtharentōn diasōtheis, kata tēn apʼ Aigyptou tou laou meta Mōseōs exodon gegenēsthai, tonde ton tropon.
And shortly after he adds: “We say, then, on the basis of this work, that Ogyges, who gave his name to the first flood, being saved when many perished, lived at the time of the exodus of the people with Moses from Egypt, in this way.
10.10.10Dindorf 1:566–567
ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην Ὀλυμπιάδα τὴν προειρημένην ἀπὸ Ὠγύγου ἔτη δειχθήσεται ἃκ· ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πρώτης Ὀλυμπιάδος ἐπὶ τῆς νεʼ ἔτος πρῶτον, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ Κύρου βασιλείας ἔτος πρῶτον, ὅπερ ἦν αἰχμαλωσίας τέλος, ἴτη σίζʼ. ἀπὸ Ὤγυγον τοίνυν ἐπὶ Κῦρον ἴτη ασλζʼ. εἰ δʼ ἀναφέροι τις ἐπιλογιζόμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ τέλους τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ασλξ΄ ἔτη, κατὰ ἀνάλυσιν εὑρίσκεται ταὐτὸν διάστημα ἐπὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἔτος τῆς ἀπὸ Αἰγύπτου διὰ Μώσεως ἐξόδου Ἰσραὴλ, ὅσον ἀπὸ τῆς πεντηκοστῆς πέμπτης Ὀλυμπιάδος ἐπὶ Ὤγυγον, ὃς ἔκτισεν Ἐλευσῖνα. ὅθεν ἐπισημότερον ἔστι καταλαβεῖν τὴν Ἀττικὴν χρονογραφίαν.
epi tēn prōtēn Olympiada tēn proeirēmenēn apo Ōgygou etē deichthēsetai hak; apo de tēs prōtēs Olympiados epi tēs neʼ etos prōton, toutestin epi Kyrou basileias etos prōton, hoper ēn aichmalōsias telos, itē sizʼ. apo Ōgygon toinyn epi Kyron itē aslzʼ. ei dʼ anapheroi tis epilogizomenos apo tou telous tēs aichmalōsias aslx΄ etē, kata analysin heurisketai tauton diastēma epi to prōton etos tēs apo Aigyptou dia Mōseōs exodou Israēl, hoson apo tēs pentēkostēs pemptēs Olympiados epi Ōgygon, hos ektisen Eleusina. hothen episēmoteron esti katalabein tēn Attikēn chronographian.
To the first Olympiad mentioned, from Ogyges, will be shown to be 1,020 years; from the first Olympiad to the first year of the 55th, that is, to the first year of Cyrus’s reign, which was the end of the captivity, 217 years. From Ogyges to Cyrus, then, 1,237 years. And if one counts back 1,237 years from the end of the captivity, by analysis the same interval is found to the first year of Israel’s exodus from Egypt through Moses as from the 55th Olympiad to Ogyges, who founded Eleusis. From this point the Attic chronology can be grasped more clearly.
10.10.11Dindorf 1:567
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα “ Καὶ τοσαῦτα μὲν πρὸ Ὠγύγου ’ κατὰ δὲ τοὺς τούτου χρόνους ἐξῆλθε Μώσης ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου· καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἄπιστον τότε ταῦτα συμβῆναι δείκνυμεν οὓτως.
Kai methʼ hetera “ Kai tosauta men pro Ōgygou ’ kata de tous toutou chronous exēlthe Mōsēs apʼ Aigyptou; kai hōs ouk apiston tote tauta symbēnai deiknymen houtōs.
And after other things: “So much for events before Ogyges. In his times Moses went out of Egypt; and we show that it is not incredible that these things happened then, as follows.
10.10.12Dindorf 1:567
ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξόδου Μώσεως ἐπὶ Κῦρον, ὃς ἐβασίλευσε μετὰ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν, ἔτη ασλξ΄. Μωσέως γὰρ ἔτη τὰ λοιπὰ τεσσαράκοντα· Ἰησοῦ τοῦ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον ἡγησαμένου ἔτη κε ’ πρεσβυτέρων ἔτη λ΄ τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦν Κριτῶν· τῶν τε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῶν Κριτῶν περιεχομένων ἔτη ’. ἱερέων δὲ Ἤλει καὶ Σαμουὴλ ἔτη ς΄. τῶν δὲ ἑξῆς βασιλέων Ἐβραίων ἔτη τετρακόσια ς΄. τῆς δʼ αἰχμαλωσίας ἑβδομήκοντα, ἧς τὸ τελευταῖον ἔτος ἢν Κύρου βασιλείας ἔτος πρῶτον, ὡς προειρήκαμεν.
apo tēs exodou Mōseōs epi Kyron, hos ebasileuse meta tēn aichmalōsian, etē aslx΄. Mōseōs gar etē ta loipa tessarakonta; Iēsou tou metʼ ekeinon hēgēsamenou etē ke ’ presbyterōn etē l΄ tōn meta Iēsoun Kritōn; tōn te en tę̄ biblǭ tōn Kritōn periechomenōn etē ’. hiereōn de Ēlei kai Samouēl etē s΄. tōn de hexēs basileōn Ebraiōn etē tetrakosia s΄. tēs dʼ aichmalōsias hebdomēkonta, hēs to teleutaion etos ēn Kyrou basileias etos prōton, hōs proeirēkamen.
From the exodus of Moses to Cyrus, who reigned after the captivity, are 1,237 years. For the remaining years of Moses are forty; of Joshua, who led after him, twenty-five years; of the elders, the judges after Joshua, thirty years; of those contained in the book of Judges, 490 years; of the priests Eli and Samuel, 90 years; of the kings of the Hebrews who followed, 490 years; and of the captivity seventy, whose last year was the first year of Cyrus’s reign, as we said before.
10.10.13Dindorf 1:567
ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν πρώτην Ὀλυμπιάδα ἀπὸ Μώσεως ἔτη ἃκ, εἴπερ ἐπὶ πεντηκοστῆς πέμπτης ἔτος πρῶτον ἔτη ασλξ΄· κἀν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς συνέδραμεν ὁ χρόνος.
epi de tēn prōtēn Olympiada apo Mōseōs etē hak, eiper epi pentēkostēs pemptēs etos prōton etē aslx΄; kan tois Hellēnikois synedramen ho chronos.
To the first Olympiad from Moses are 1,020 years, since there are 1,237 years to the first year of the 55th; and in the Greek records the date has agreed.
10.10.14Dindorf 1:567
μετὰ δὲ Ὤγυγον, διὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ πολλὴν φθορὰν, ἀβασίλευτος ἔμεινεν ἡ νῦν Ἀττικὴ μέχρι Κέκροπος ἔτη ρπθ΄. τὸν γὰρ μετὰ Ὤγυγον Ἀκταῖον ἢ τὰ πλασσόμενα τῶν ὀνομάτων, οὐδὲ γενέσθαι φησὶ Φιλόχορος.”
meta de Ōgygon, dia tēn apo tou kataklysmou pollēn phthoran, abasileutos emeinen hē nyn Attikē mechri Kekropos etē rpth΄. ton gar meta Ōgygon Aktaion ē ta plassomena tōn onomatōn, oude genesthai phēsi Philochoros.”
After Ogyges, because of the great destruction from the flood, what is now Attica remained without a king for 189 years until Cecrops. For Philochorus says that Actaeus, who came after Ogyges, or whatever invented names there are, never even existed.”
10.10.15Dindorf 1:567–568
Καὶ αὖθις “ Ἀπὸ Ὠγύγου τοίνυν ἐπὶ Κῦρον, ὁπόσα ἀπὸ Μώσεως ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, ἔτη ασλξ΄. καὶ Ἑλλήνων δέ τινες ἱστοροῦσι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους γενέσθαι Μωσέα· Πολέμων μὲν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ἱστοριῶν λέγων, ἐπὶ Ἄπιδος τοῦ Φορωνέως μοῖρα τοῦ Αἰγυπτίων στρατοῦ ἐξέπεσεν Αἰγύπτου, οἳ ἐν τῇ Παλαιστίνῃ καλουμένῃ Συρίᾳ οὐ πόρρω Ἀραβίας ᾤκησαν, αὐτοὶ δηλονότι οἱ μετὰ Μωσέως.
Kai authis “ Apo Ōgygou toinyn epi Kyron, hoposa apo Mōseōs epi ton auton chronon, etē aslx΄. kai Hellēnōn de tines historousi kata tous autous chronous genesthai Mōsea; Polemōn men en tę̄ prōtę̄ tōn Hellēnikōn historiōn legōn, epi Apidos tou Phorōneōs moira tou Aigyptiōn stratou exepesen Aigyptou, hoi en tę̄ Palaistinę̄ kaloumenę̄ Syrią ou porrō Arabias ǭkēsan, autoi dēlonoti hoi meta Mōseōs.
And again: “From Ogyges to Cyrus, then, are as many years as from Moses to the same time, 1,237. And some of the Greeks also relate that Moses lived at the same times: Polemon, in the first book of his Greek Histories, saying, ‘In the time of Apis son of Phoroneus a part of the Egyptian army was driven out of Egypt; they settled not far from Arabia in the part of Syria called Palestine’—evidently those who went with Moses.
10.10.16Dindorf 1:568
Ἀπίων δὲ ὁ Ποσειδωνίου, περιεργότατος γραμματικῶν, ἐν τῇ κατὰ Ἰουδαίων βίβλῳ καὶ ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ τῶν ἱστοριῶν φησι κατὰ Ἴναχον Ἄργους βασιλέα, Ἀμώσιος Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεύοντος, ἀπο- στῆναι Ἰουδαίους, ὧν ἡγεῖσθαι Μωσέα.
Apiōn de ho Poseidōniou, periergotatos grammatikōn, en tę̄ kata Ioudaiōn biblǭ kai en tę̄ tetartę̄ tōn historiōn phēsi kata Inachon Argous basilea, Amōsios Aigyptiōn basileuontos, apo- stēnai Ioudaious, hōn hēgeisthai Mōsea.
And Apion son of Posidonius, the most inquisitive of grammarians, in his book Against the Jews and in the fourth book of his Histories, says that in the time of Inachus king of Argos, when Amosis reigned over the Egyptians, the Jews revolted, led by Moses.
10.10.17Dindorf 1:568
μέμνηται δὲ καὶ Ἡρόδοτος τῆς ἀποστασίας ταύτης καὶ Ἀμώσιος ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ· τρόπῳ δέ τινι καὶ Ἰουδαίων αὐτῶν, ἐν τοῖς περιτεμνομένοις αὐτοὺς καταριθμῶν, καὶ Ἀσσυρίους τοὺς ἐν τῇ Παλαιστίνῃ ἀποκαλῶν, τάχα διʼ Ἁβραάμ.
memnētai de kai Hērodotos tēs apostasias tautēs kai Amōsios en tę̄ deuterą; tropǭ de tini kai Ioudaiōn autōn, en tois peritemnomenois autous katarithmōn, kai Assyrious tous en tę̄ Palaistinę̄ apokalōn, tacha diʼ Habraam.
Herodotus too mentions this revolt and Amosis in his second book, and in a way the Jews themselves, counting them among those who are circumcised and calling them the Assyrians in Palestine, perhaps because of Abraham.
10.10.18Dindorf 1:568
Πτολεμαῖος δὲ ὁ Μενδήσιος τὰ Αἰγυπτίων ἀνέκαθεν ἱστορῶν ἅπασι τούτοις συντρέχει· ὥστε οὐδʼ ἐπίσημος ἐπὶ πλέον ἡ τῶν χρόνων παραλλαγή.
Ptolemaios de ho Mendēsios ta Aigyptiōn anekathen historōn hapasi toutois syntrechei; hōste oudʼ episēmos epi pleon hē tōn chronōn parallagē.
And Ptolemy of Mendes, writing the history of the Egyptians from the beginning, agrees with all these; so that the variation in the dates is not significant.
10.10.19Dindorf 1:568
σημειωτέον δὲ ὡς ὅ τι ποτὲ ἐξαίρετον Ἕλλησι διʼ ἀρχαιότητα μυθεύεται, μετὰ Μω- σέα τοῦθʼ εὑρίσκεται, κατακλυσμοί τε καὶ ἐκπυρώσεις, Προμηθεὺς, Ἰὼ, Εὐρώπη, Σπαρτοὶ, Κόρης ἁρπαγὴ, μυστήρια, νομοθεσίαι, Διονύσου πράξεις, Περσεὺς, ἆθλοι Ἡράκλειοι, Ἀργοναῦται, Κένταυροι, Μινώταυρος, τὰ περὶ Ἴλιον, Ἡρακλειδῶν κάθοδος, Ἰώνων ἀποικία, καὶ Ὀλυμπιάδες.
sēmeiōteon de hōs ho ti pote exaireton Hellēsi diʼ archaiotēta mytheuetai, meta Mō- sea touthʼ heurisketai, kataklysmoi te kai ekpyrōseis, Promētheus, Iō, Eurōpē, Spartoi, Korēs harpagē, mystēria, nomothesiai, Dionysou praxeis, Perseus, athloi Hērakleioi, Argonautai, Kentauroi, Minōtauros, ta peri Ilion, Hērakleidōn kathodos, Iōnōn apoikia, kai Olympiades.
It should be noted that whatever the Greeks tell in their myths as special because of its antiquity is found to be after Moses: floods and conflagrations, Prometheus, Io, Europa, the Sown Men, the rape of Kore, the mysteries, the legislations, the deeds of Dionysus, Perseus, the labours of Heracles, the Argonauts, the Centaurs, the Minotaur, the story of Troy, the return of the Heraclids, the Ionian colonization, and the Olympiads.
10.10.20Dindorf 1:568
ἔδοξε δή μοι τῆς Ἀττικῆς βασιλείας τὸν προειρημένον ἐκτιθέναι χρόνον, παρατιθέναι μέλλοντι ταῖς Ἑβραϊκαῖς ἱστορίαις τὰς Ἑλληνικάς. ἐξέσται γὰρ τῷ βουλομένῳ, παρʼ ἐμοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν κομιζομένῳ, λογίζεσθαι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὁμοίως ἐμοί.”
edoxe dē moi tēs Attikēs basileias ton proeirēmenon ektithenai chronon, paratithenai mellonti tais Hebraïkais historiais tas Hellēnikas. exestai gar tǭ boulomenǭ, parʼ emou tēn archēn komizomenǭ, logizesthai ton arithmon homoiōs emoi.”
It seemed good to me, since I am about to set the Greek histories beside the Hebrew, to set out the aforesaid date of the Attic kingdom; for anyone who wishes, taking the starting point from me, will be able to calculate the number as I do.”
10.10.21Dindorf 1:568–569
“Οὐκοῦν τῶν χιλίων καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτῶν, τῶν μέχρι πρώτης Ὀλυμπιάδος ἀπὸ Μωσέως τε καὶ Ὠγύ- γου ἐκκειμένων, πρώτῳ μὲν ἔτει τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τῶν Ἑβραίων ἔξοδος ἡ ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου, ἐν δὲ τῇ Ἀττικῇ ὁ ἐπὶ Ὠγύγου γίνεται κατακλυσμός ’ καὶ κατὰ λόγον.
“Oukoun tōn chiliōn kai eikosin etōn, tōn mechri prōtēs Olympiados apo Mōseōs te kai Ōgy- gou ekkeimenōn, prōtǭ men etei to Pascha kai tōn Hebraiōn exodos hē apʼ Aigyptou, en de tę̄ Attikę̄ ho epi Ōgygou ginetai kataklysmos ’ kai kata logon.
“So, of the 1,020 years set out from Moses and Ogyges to the first Olympiad, in the first year occur the Passover and the exodus of the Hebrews from Egypt, and in Attica the flood of Ogyges; and with good reason.
10.10.22Dindorf 1:569
τῶν γὰρ Αἰγυπτίων ὀργῇ θεοῦ χαλάζαις τε καὶ χειμῶσι μαστιζομένων εἰκὸς ἦν μέρη τινὰ συμπάσχειν τῆς γῆς, ὅτι Ἀθηναίους τῶν αὐτῶν Αἰγυπτίοις ἀπολαύειν εἰκὸς ἣν, ἀποίκους ἐκείνων ὑπονοουμένους, ὥς φασιν ἄλλοι τε καὶ ἐν τῷ Τρικαράνῳ Θεόπομπος.
tōn gar Aigyptiōn orgę̄ theou chalazais te kai cheimōsi mastizomenōn eikos ēn merē tina sympaschein tēs gēs, hoti Athēnaious tōn autōn Aigyptiois apolauein eikos hēn, apoikous ekeinōn hyponooumenous, hōs phasin alloi te kai en tǭ Trikaranǭ Theopompos.
For when the Egyptians were being scourged by the wrath of God with hail and storms, it was likely that some parts of the earth suffered with them; for it was likely that the Athenians would share the same fate as the Egyptians, since they were thought to be their colonists, as others say and Theopompus in his Tricaranus.
10.10.23Dindorf 1:569
ὁ δὲ μεταξὺ χρόνος παραλέλειπται, ἐν ᾧ μηδὲν ἐξαίρ· ετον Ἓλλησιν ἱστόρηται. μετὰ δὲ τέσσαρα καὶ ἐνενήκοντα ἔτη ἦν Προμηθεὺς, ὥς τινες, ὃς πλάσσειν ἀνθρώπους ἐμυθεύετο· σοφὸς γὰρ ὢν εἰς παιδείαν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ἄγαν ἰδιωτείας μετέπλαττε.” Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Ἀφρικανός. μεταβῶμεν δʼ ἡμεῖς ἐφʼ ἕτερον.
ho de metaxy chronos paraleleiptai, en hǭ mēden exair; eton Hellēsin historētai. meta de tessara kai enenēkonta etē ēn Promētheus, hōs tines, hos plassein anthrōpous emytheueto; sophos gar ōn eis paideian autous apo tēs agan idiōteias meteplatte.” Tauta men ho Aphrikanos. metabōmen dʼ hēmeis ephʼ heteron.
The intervening time, in which nothing special is recorded by the Greeks, has been passed over. Ninety-four years later came Prometheus, according to some, who in the myth fashions men; for being wise he refashioned them from extreme ignorance into culture.” So Africanus. But let us pass to another.
Preparation 10, chapter 11
10.11.1Dindorf 1:569
“Νῦν δὲ προσήκειν μοι νομίζω παραστῆσαι πρεσβυτέραν τὴν ἡμετέραν φιλοσοφίαν τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ἐπιτηδευμάτων. ὅροι δʼ ἡμῖν κείσονται Μώσης καὶ Ὅμηρος. τῷ γὰρ ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν εἶναι παλαίτατον, καὶ τὸν μὲν ποιητῶν καὶ ἱστορικῶν εἶναι πρεσβύτατον, τὸν δὲ πάσης σοφίας βαρβάρου ἀρχηγὸν, καὶ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν νῦν εἰς σύγκρισιν παραλαμβανέσθωσαν.
“Nyn de prosēkein moi nomizō parastēsai presbyteran tēn hēmeteran philosophian tōn parʼ Hellēsin epitēdeumatōn. horoi dʼ hēmin keisontai Mōsēs kai Homēros. tǭ gar hekateron autōn einai palaitaton, kai ton men poiētōn kai historikōn einai presbytaton, ton de pasēs sophias barbarou archēgon, kai hyphʼ hēmōn nyn eis synkrisin paralambanesthōsan.
“But now I think it fitting for me to show that our philosophy is older than the pursuits of the Greeks. Moses and Homer will be our boundary marks. Since each of them is very ancient, the one the oldest of poets and historians, the other the founder of all barbarian wisdom, let them now be taken by us for comparison.
10.11.2Dindorf 1:569–570
εὑρήσομεν γὰρ οὐ μόνον τῆς Ἑλλήνων παιδείας τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῆς τῶν γραμμάτων εὑρέσεως ἀνώτερα· μάρτυράς τε οὐ τοὺς οἴκοι παραλήψομαι, βοηθοῖς δὲ μᾶλλον Ἕλλησι καταχρήσομαι. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἄγνωμον, ὅτι μηδʼ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν παραδεκτὸν· τὸ δὲ, ἂν ἀποδεικνύηται, θαυμαστὸν, ὁπόταν ὑμῖν διὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων ὅπλων ἀντερείδων ἀνυπόπτους καθʼ ὑμῶν τοὺς ἐλέγχους παραλαμβάνω.
heurēsomen gar ou monon tēs Hellēnōn paideias ta parʼ hēmin, eti de kai tēs tōn grammatōn heureseōs anōtera; martyras te ou tous oikoi paralēpsomai, boēthois de mallon Hellēsi katachrēsomai. to men gar agnōmon, hoti mēdʼ hyphʼ hymōn paradekton; to de, an apodeiknyētai, thaumaston, hopotan hymin dia tōn hymeterōn hoplōn antereidōn anypoptous kathʼ hymōn tous elenchous paralambanō.
For we shall find that our teachings are older not only than the learning of the Greeks but even than the invention of letters. And I shall not take witnesses from home, but rather make use of Greeks as helpers. For the one would be foolish, since it would not be accepted by you; but the other, if proved, would be remarkable, when, resisting you with your own weapons, I take up against you proofs beyond suspicion.
10.11.3Dindorf 1:570
περὶ γὰρ τῆς Ὁμήρου ποιήσεως γένους τε αὐτοῦ καὶ χρόνου καθʼ ὃν ἤκμασε προηρεύνησαν πρεσβύτατοι μὲν Θεαγένης τε ὁ ῾Ρηγῖνος κατὰ Καμβύσην γεγονὼς, καὶ Στησίμβροτος ὁ Θάσιος, καὶ Ἀντίμαχος ὁ Κολοφώνιος, Ἡρόδοτός τε Ἁλικαρνασεὺς, καὶ Διονύσιος Ὀλύνθιος· μετὰ δὲ ἐκείνους Ἔφορος ὁ Κυμαῖος, καὶ Φιλόχορος ὁ Ἀθηναῖος, Μεγακλείδης τε καὶ Χαμαιλέων οἱ περιπατητικοί· ἔπειτα γραμματικοὶ, Ζηνόδοτος, Ἀριστοφάνης, Καλλίμαχος, Κράτης, Ἐρατοσθένης, Ἀρίσταρχος, Ἀπολλόδωρος.
peri gar tēs Homērou poiēseōs genous te autou kai chronou kathʼ hon ēkmase proēreunēsan presbytatoi men Theagenēs te ho ῾Rēginos kata Kambysēn gegonōs, kai Stēsimbrotos ho Thasios, kai Antimachos ho Kolophōnios, Hērodotos te Halikarnaseus, kai Dionysios Olynthios; meta de ekeinous Ephoros ho Kymaios, kai Philochoros ho Athēnaios, Megakleidēs te kai Chamaileōn hoi peripatētikoi; epeita grammatikoi, Zēnodotos, Aristophanēs, Kallimachos, Kratēs, Eratosthenēs, Aristarchos, Apollodōros.
For on the poetry of Homer, his family, and the time when he flourished, inquiries have been made, earliest by Theagenes of Rhegium, who lived in the time of Cambyses, Stesimbrotus of Thasos, Antimachus of Colophon, Herodotus of Halicarnassus, and Dionysius of Olynthus; after them by Ephorus of Cyme, Philochorus of Athens, and the Peripatetics Megaclides and Chamaeleon; and then by the grammarians Zenodotus, Aristophanes, Callimachus, Crates, Eratosthenes, Aristarchus, and Apollodorus.
10.11.4Dindorf 1:570
τούτων δὲ οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα πρὸ τῆς Ἡρακλειδῶν καθόδου φασὶν αὐτὸν ἠκμακέναι, μετὰ τὰ Τρωϊκὰ ἐνδοτέρω τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα ἐτῶν· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἐρατο- σθένην μετὰ ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀρίσταρχον κατὰ τὴν Ἰωνικὴν ἀποικίαν, ἥ ἐστι μετὰ ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη τῶν Ἰλιακῶν· Φιλόχορος δὲ μετὰ τὴν Ἰωνικὴν ἀποικίαν ἔτεσι μ΄, ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Ἀθήνησιν Ἀρχίππου, τῶν Ἰλιακῶν ὕστερον ἔτεσιν ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα· οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἀπολλόδωρον μετὰ τὴν Ἰωνικὴν ἀποικίαν ἔτεσιν ἑκατὸν, ὃ γένοιτʼ ἂν ὕστερον τῶν Ἰλιακῶν ἔτεσι διακοσίοις τεσσαράκοντα· τινὲς δὲ πρὸ τῶν Ὀλυμπιάδων ἔφα- σαν αὐτὸν γεγονέναι, τουτέστι μετὰ τὴν Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις· ἕτεροι δὲ κάτω τὸν χρόνον ὑπήγαγον, σὺν Ἀρχιλόχῳ γεγονέναι τὸν Ὅμηρον εἰπόντες· ὁ δὲ Ἀρχίλοχος ἤκμασε περὶ Ὀλυμπιάδα τρίτην καὶ εἰκοστὴν, κατὰ Γύγην τὸν Λυδὸν, ὕστερον τῶν Ἰλιακῶν ἔτεσι πεντακοσίοις.
toutōn de hoi men peri Kratēta pro tēs Hērakleidōn kathodou phasin auton ēkmakenai, meta ta Trōïka endoterō tōn ogdoēkonta etōn; hoi de peri ton Erato- sthenēn meta hekatoston etos tēs Iliou halōseōs; hoi de peri ton Aristarchon kata tēn Iōnikēn apoikian, hē esti meta hekaton tessarakonta etē tōn Iliakōn; Philochoros de meta tēn Iōnikēn apoikian etesi m΄, epi archontos Athēnēsin Archippou, tōn Iliakōn hysteron etesin hekaton ogdoēkonta; hoi de peri Apollodōron meta tēn Iōnikēn apoikian etesin hekaton, ho genoitʼ an hysteron tōn Iliakōn etesi diakosiois tessarakonta; tines de pro tōn Olympiadōn epha- san auton gegonenai, toutesti meta tēn Iliou halōsin etesi tetrakosiois; heteroi de katō ton chronon hypēgagon, syn Archilochǭ gegonenai ton Homēron eipontes; ho de Archilochos ēkmase peri Olympiada tritēn kai eikostēn, kata Gygēn ton Lydon, hysteron tōn Iliakōn etesi pentakosiois.
Of these, Crates and his followers say that he flourished before the return of the Heraclids, within eighty years after the Trojan War; Eratosthenes and his followers, after the hundredth year from the capture of Troy; Aristarchus and his followers, at the time of the Ionian colonization, which is 140 years after the Trojan War; Philochorus, forty years after the Ionian colonization, when Archippus was archon at Athens, 180 years after the Trojan War; Apollodorus and his followers, a hundred years after the Ionian colonization, which would be 240 years after the Trojan War. Some said he lived before the Olympiads, that is, 400 years after the capture of Troy; others brought the date lower, saying Homer lived with Archilochus; and Archilochus flourished about the twenty-third Olympiad, in the time of Gyges the Lydian, 500 years after the Trojan War.
10.11.5Dindorf 1:570–571
καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν χρόνων τοῦ προειρημένου ποιητοῦ, λέγω δὴ Ὁμήρου, στάσεως τε καὶ τῶν εἰπόντων τὰ περὶ αὐτὸν ἀσυμφωνίας τοῖς ἐπʼ ἀκριβὲς ἐξετάζειν δυνα- μένοις αὐταρκῶς ἡμῖν ὡς ἐπὶ κεφαλαίῳ εἰρήσθω. δυνατὸν γὰρ παντὶ ψευδεῖς ἀποφαίνεσθαι καὶ τὰς περὶ τοὺς λόγους δόξας. παρʼ οἷς γὰρ ἀσυνάρητός ἐστιν ἡ τῶν χρόνων ἀναγραφὴ, παρὰ τούτοις οὐδὲ τὰ τῆς ἱστορίας ἀληθεύειν δύναται.
kai peri men tōn chronōn tou proeirēmenou poiētou, legō dē Homērou, staseōs te kai tōn eipontōn ta peri auton asymphōnias tois epʼ akribes exetazein dyna- menois autarkōs hēmin hōs epi kephalaiǭ eirēsthō. dynaton gar panti pseudeis apophainesthai kai tas peri tous logous doxas. parʼ hois gar asynarētos estin hē tōn chronōn anagraphē, para toutois oude ta tēs historias alētheuein dynatai.
About the times of the poet just mentioned, I mean Homer, and the strife and disagreement among those who have spoken about him, let this be enough said by us in summary for those able to examine closely. For anyone can show that their opinions about the narratives too are false. Among those whose record of dates is incoherent, not even the facts of history can be told truly.”
10.11.6Dindorf 1:571
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα “Πλὴν Ὅμηρος ἔστω μὴ μόνον ὕστερος τῶν Ἰλιακῶν, ἀλλὰ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον αὐτὸν ὑπειλήφθω γεγονέναι τὸν τοῦ πολέμου καιρὸν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῖς περὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα συνεστρατεῦσθαι, κἂν βούληταί τις, καὶ πρὶν τῶν στοιχείων τὴν εὕρεσιν γεγονέναι· φανήσεται γὰρ ὁ προειρημένος Μώσης αὐτῆς μὲν τῆς Ἰλιακῆς ἁλώσεως πρεσβύτερος πάνυ πολλοῖς ἔτεσι, τῆς δὲ γεγονυίας Ἰλίου κτίσεως καὶ τοῦ Τρωὸς καὶ Δαρδάνου λίαν ἀρχαιότερος.
Kai meta brachea “Plēn Homēros estō mē monon hysteros tōn Iliakōn, alla katʼ ekeinon auton hypeilēphthō gegonenai ton tou polemou kairon, eti de kai tois peri Agamemnona synestrateusthai, kan boulētai tis, kai prin tōn stoicheiōn tēn heuresin gegonenai; phanēsetai gar ho proeirēmenos Mōsēs autēs men tēs Iliakēs halōseōs presbyteros pany pollois etesi, tēs de gegonuias Iliou ktiseōs kai tou Trōos kai Dardanou lian archaioteros.
And shortly after: “But let Homer be not only later than the Trojan War; let him be supposed to have lived at the very time of the war, and even to have campaigned with Agamemnon, and, if anyone wishes, to have lived before the invention of letters. For the Moses already mentioned will appear to be older than the capture of Troy by very many years, and much more ancient than the founding of Troy, and than Tros and Dardanus.
10.11.7Dindorf 1:571
ἀποδείξεως δὲ ἕνεκα μάρτυσι χρήσομαι Χαλδαίοις, Φοίνιξιν, Αἰγυπτίοις. καὶ τί μοι λέγειν πλείονα; χρὴ γὰρ τὸν πείθειν ἐπαγγελλόμενον συντομωτέρας ποιεῖσθαι τὰς περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων πρὸς τοὺς ἀκούοντας διηγήσεις.
apodeixeōs de heneka martysi chrēsomai Chaldaiois, Phoinixin, Aigyptiois. kai ti moi legein pleiona? chrē gar ton peithein epangellomenon syntomōteras poieisthai tas peri tōn pragmatōn pros tous akouontas diēgēseis.
For proof I shall use as witnesses Chaldeans, Phoenicians, and Egyptians. And why should I say more? One who undertakes to persuade must make his accounts of the facts rather brief for his hearers.
10.11.8Dindorf 1:571
Βηρωσσὸς ἀνὴρ Βαβυλώνιος, ἱερεὺς τοῦ παρʼ αὐτοῖς Βήλου, κατὰ Ἀλέξανδρον γενόμενος, Ἀντιόχῳ τῷ μετὰ Σέλευκον τρίτῳ τὴν Χαλδαίων ἱστορίαν ἐν τρισὶ βιβλίοις κατατάξας καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν βασιλέων ἐκτιθέμενος ἀφηγεῖταί τινος αὐτῶν ὄνομα Ναβουχοδονόσορ, τοῦ συστρατεύσαντος ἐπὶ Φοίνικας καὶ Ἰουδαίους, ἅτινα διὰ τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς προφητῶν ἴσμεν κεκηρυγμένα, γεγονότα μὲν πολὺ τῆς Μώσεως ἡλικίας κατώτερα, πρὸ δὲ τῆς Περσῶν ἡγεμονίας ἔτεσιν ἑβδομήκοντα.
Bērōssos anēr Babylōnios, hiereus tou parʼ autois Bēlou, kata Alexandron genomenos, Antiochǭ tǭ meta Seleukon tritǭ tēn Chaldaiōn historian en trisi bibliois katataxas kai ta peri tōn basileōn ektithemenos aphēgeitai tinos autōn onoma Nabouchodonosor, tou systrateusantos epi Phoinikas kai Ioudaious, hatina dia tōn kathʼ hēmas prophētōn ismen kekērygmena, gegonota men poly tēs Mōseōs hēlikias katōtera, pro de tēs Persōn hēgemonias etesin hebdomēkonta.
Berossus, a Babylonian, priest of their Bel, who lived in the time of Alexander, arranged the history of the Chaldeans in three books for Antiochus, the third after Seleucus. Setting out the history of the kings, he tells of one of them named Nebuchadnezzar, who campaigned against the Phoenicians and Jews, events which we know were proclaimed through our prophets, and which happened much later than the age of Moses, seventy years before the rule of the Persians.
10.11.9Dindorf 1:571–572
Βηρωσσὸς δέ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ἱκανώτατος· καὶ τούτου τεκμήριον Ἰόβας, ὃς Περὶ Ἀσσυρίων γράφων παρὰ Βηρωσσοῦ φησι μεμαθηκέναι τὴν ἱστορίαν· εἰσὶ δʼ αὐτῷ βίβλοι Περὶ Ἀσσυρίων δύο.”
Bērōssos de estin anēr hikanōtatos; kai toutou tekmērion Iobas, hos Peri Assyriōn graphōn para Bērōssou phēsi memathēkenai tēn historian; eisi dʼ autǭ bibloi Peri Assyriōn dyo.”
Berossus is a most competent man; proof of this is Juba, who, writing On the Assyrians, says he learned the history from Berossus; he has two books On the Assyrians.”
10.11.10Dindorf 1:572
‘‘Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς Χαλδαίους τὰ Φοινίκων οὓτως ἔχει. γεγόνασι παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἄνδρες τρεῖς, Θεόδοτος, Ὑψικράτης, Μῶχος. τούτων τὰς βίβλους εἰς Ἑλληνίδα κατέταξε φωνὴν Λαῖτος, ὁ καὶ τοὺς βίους τῶν φιλοσόφων ἐπʼ ἀκριβὲς πραγματευσάμενος.
‘‘Meta de tous Chaldaious ta Phoinikōn houtōs echei. gegonasi parʼ autois andres treis, Theodotos, Hypsikratēs, Mōchos. toutōn tas biblous eis Hellēnida katetaxe phōnēn Laitos, ho kai tous bious tōn philosophōn epʼ akribes pragmateusamenos.
“After the Chaldeans, the Phoenician evidence is as follows. There were among them three men, Theodotus, Hypsicrates, and Mochus. Their books were translated into the Greek language by Laetus, who also wrote carefully about the lives of the philosophers.
10.11.11Dindorf 1:572
ἐν δὴ ταῖς τῶν προειρημένων ἱστορίαις δηλοῦται κατά τινα τῶν βασιλέων Εὐρώπης ἁρπαγὴ γεγονέναι, Μενελάου τε εἰς τὴν Φοινίκην ἄφιξις, καὶ τὰ περὶ Εἴραμον, ὅστις Σολομῶνι τῷ Ἰουδαίων βασιλεῖ πρὸς γάμον δοὺς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θυγατέρα καὶ ξύλων παντοδαπῶν ὕλην εἰς τὴν τοῦ νεὼ κατασκευὴν ἐδωρήσατο.
en dē tais tōn proeirēmenōn historiais dēloutai kata tina tōn basileōn Eurōpēs harpagē gegonenai, Menelaou te eis tēn Phoinikēn aphixis, kai ta peri Eiramon, hostis Solomōni tǭ Ioudaiōn basilei pros gamon dous tēn heautou thygatera kai xylōn pantodapōn hylēn eis tēn tou neō kataskeuēn edōrēsato.
In the histories of these men it is shown that under one of the kings occurred the carrying off of Europa, the arrival of Menelaus in Phoenicia, and the dealings of Hiram, who gave his daughter in marriage to Solomon king of the Jews and presented him with timber of every kind for building the temple.
10.11.12Dindorf 1:572
καὶ Μένανδρος δὲ ὁ Περγαμηνὸς περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἐποιήσατο. τοῦ δὲ Εἰράμου ὁ χρόνος ἤδη που τοῖς Ἰλιακοῖς ἐγγίζει· Σολομῶν δὲ ὁ κατʼ Εἴραμον πολὺ κατώτερός ἐστι τῆς Μώσεως ἡλικίας.”
kai Menandros de ho Pergamēnos peri tōn autōn tēn anagraphēn epoiēsato. tou de Eiramou ho chronos ēdē pou tois Iliakois engizei; Solomōn de ho katʼ Eiramon poly katōteros esti tēs Mōseōs hēlikias.”
Menander of Pergamum also wrote a record of the same things. The time of Hiram comes close to the Trojan War; and Solomon, Hiram’s contemporary, is much later than the age of Moses.”
10.11.13Dindorf 1:572
“ Αἰγυπτίων δʼ εἰσὶν ἀκριβεῖς χρόνων ἀναγραφαί. καὶ τῶν κατʼ αὐτοὺς γραμμάτων ἑρμηνεὺς Πτολεμαῖος, οὐχ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἱερεὺς δὲ Μένδητος· οὗτος τὰς τῶν βασιλέων πράξεις ἐκτιθέμενος κατὰ Ἀμῶσιν Αἰγύπτου βασιλέα γεγονέναι Ἰουδαίοις φησὶ τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου πορείαν εἰς ἅπερ ἤθελον χωρία, Μώσεως ἡγουμένου.
“ Aigyptiōn dʼ eisin akribeis chronōn anagraphai. kai tōn katʼ autous grammatōn hermēneus Ptolemaios, ouch ho basileus, hiereus de Mendētos; houtos tas tōn basileōn praxeis ektithemenos kata Amōsin Aigyptou basilea gegonenai Ioudaiois phēsi tēn ex Aigyptou poreian eis haper ēthelon chōria, Mōseōs hēgoumenou.
“The Egyptians have accurate records of dates. The interpreter of their writings is Ptolemy, not the king, but a priest of Mendes. He, setting out the deeds of the kings, says that in the time of Amosis king of Egypt the Jews made their journey out of Egypt into the lands they wished, led by Moses.
10.11.14Dindorf 1:572
λέγει δὲ οὕτως· ὁ δὲ Ἄμωσις ἐγένετο κατὰ τὸν Ἴναχον τὸν βασιλέα. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀπίων ὁ γραμματικὸς, ἀνὴρ δοκιμώτατος, ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν (πέντε δέ εἰσιν αὐτῷ γραφαί) πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα, φησὶ δʼ ὅτι κατέσκαψε τὴν Αὔαριν Ἄμωσις, κατὰ τὸν Ἀργεῖον γενόμενος Ἴναχον, ὡς ἐν τοῖς Χρόνοις ἀνέγραψεν ὁ Μενδήσιος Πτολεμαῖος.
legei de houtōs; ho de Amōsis egeneto kata ton Inachon ton basilea. meta de touton Apiōn ho grammatikos, anēr dokimōtatos, en tę̄ tetartę̄ tōn Aigyptiakōn (pente de eisin autǭ graphai) polla men kai alla, phēsi dʼ hoti kateskapse tēn Auarin Amōsis, kata ton Argeion genomenos Inachon, hōs en tois Chronois anegrapsen ho Mendēsios Ptolemaios.
He speaks thus: ‘Amosis lived in the time of King Inachus.’ After him Apion the grammarian, a man of the highest repute, in the fourth book of his Egyptian History (he wrote five), says among much else that Amosis razed Avaris, living in the time of Inachus of Argos, as Ptolemy of Mendes recorded in his Chronicles.
10.11.15Dindorf 1:572–573
ὁ δὲ ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου χρόνος ἄχρι τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως ἀποπληροῖ γενεὰς εἴκοσι. καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀποδείξεως τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον.”
ho de apo Inachou chronos achri tēs Iliou halōseōs apoplēroi geneas eikosi. kai ta tēs apodeixeōs touton echei ton tropon.”
The time from Inachus to the capture of Troy fills twenty generations. And the proof is as follows.”
10.11.16Dindorf 1:573
“ Γεγόνασιν Ἀργείων βασιλεῖς οἵδε, Ἴναχος, Φορωνεὺς, Ἆπις, Ἀργεῖος, Κρίασος, Φορβὰς, Τριόπας, Κρότωπός, Σθενέλαος, Δαναὸς, Λυγκεὺς, Ἄβας, Προῖτος, Ἀκρίσιος, Περσεὺς, Εὐρυσθεὺς, Ἀτρεὺς, Θυέστης, Ἀγαμέμνων, οὗ κατὰ τὸ ὀκτωκαιδέκατον ἔτος τῆς βασιλείας Ἴλιον ἑάλω.
“ Gegonasin Argeiōn basileis hoide, Inachos, Phorōneus, Apis, Argeios, Kriasos, Phorbas, Triopas, Krotōpos, Sthenelaos, Danaos, Lynkeus, Abas, Proitos, Akrisios, Perseus, Eurystheus, Atreus, Thyestēs, Agamemnōn, hou kata to oktōkaidekaton etos tēs basileias Ilion healō.
“The kings of the Argives were these: Inachus, Phoroneus, Apis, Argeius, Criasus, Phorbas, Triopas, Crotopus, Sthenelaus, Danaus, Lynceus, Abas, Proetus, Acrisius, Perseus, Eurystheus, Atreus, Thyestes, Agamemnon, in the eighteenth year of whose reign Troy was taken.
10.11.17Dindorf 1:573
καὶ χρὴ τὸν νουνεχῆ συνιέναι μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν οὐδʼ ἱστορίας τις ἦν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀναγραφή. Κάδμος γὰρ ὁ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῖς προειρημένοις παραδοὺς μετὰ πολλὰς γενεὰς τῆς Βοιωτίας ἐπέβη.
kai chrē ton nounechē synienai meta pasēs akribeias hoti kata tēn Hellēnōn paradosin oudʼ historias tis ēn parʼ autois anagraphē. Kadmos gar ho ta stoicheia tois proeirēmenois paradous meta pollas geneas tēs Boiōtias epebē.
And the sensible person must understand with all accuracy that according to the tradition of the Greeks there was among them not even any written record of history. For Cadmus, who handed on the letters to them, came to Boeotia many generations later.
10.11.18Dindorf 1:573
μετὰ δὲ Ἴναχον ὑπὸ Φορωνέως μόλις τοῦ θηριώδους βίου καὶ νομάδος περιγραφὴ γέγονε, μετεκοσμήθησάν τε οἱ ἄνθρωποι. διόπερ εἰ κατὰ Ἴναχον πέφηνεν ὁ Μώσης γεγονὼς, πρεσβύτερός ἐστι τῶν Ἰλιακῶν ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις.
meta de Inachon hypo Phorōneōs molis tou thēriōdous biou kai nomados perigraphē gegone, metekosmēthēsan te hoi anthrōpoi. dioper ei kata Inachon pephēnen ho Mōsēs gegonōs, presbyteros esti tōn Iliakōn etesi tetrakosiois.
After Inachus, under Phoroneus, the savage and nomadic life was with difficulty brought to an end, and people were brought to order. Therefore, if Moses is shown to have lived in the time of Inachus, he is older than the Trojan War by four hundred years.
10.11.19Dindorf 1:573
ἀποδείκνυται δὲ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχον ἀπό τε τῆς τῶν Ἀττικῶν βασιλέων διαδοχῆς, Μακεδονικῶν τε καὶ Πτολεμαϊκῶν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ Ἀντιοχικῶν. ὅθεν εἰ μετὰ τὸν Ἴναχον αἶ διαφανέσταται πράξεις παρʼ Ἓλλησιν ἐγράφησάν τε καὶ γινώσκονται, δῆλον ὡς καὶ μετὰ Μωσέα.
apodeiknytai de touthʼ houtōs echon apo te tēs tōn Attikōn basileōn diadochēs, Makedonikōn te kai Ptolemaïkōn, eti de kai Antiochikōn. hothen ei meta ton Inachon ai diaphanestatai praxeis parʼ Hellēsin egraphēsan te kai ginōskontai, dēlon hōs kai meta Mōsea.
That this is so is shown from the succession of the Attic kings, the Macedonian and Ptolemaic, and also the Antiochene. Hence if the most famous deeds among the Greeks were recorded and are known after Inachus, it is clear that they are also after Moses.
10.11.20Dindorf 1:573
κατὰ μὲν γὰρ Φορωνέα τὸν μετʼ Ἴναχον μνημονεύεται παρʼ Ἀθηναίοις Ὤγυγος, ἐφʼ οὗ κατακλυσμὸς ὁ πρῶτος, κατὰ δὲ Φόρβαντα Ἀκταῖος, ἀφʼ οὖ Ἀκταία ἡ Ἀττική ’ κατὰ δὲ Τριόπαν Προμηθεὺς καὶ Ἐπιμηθεὺς καὶ Ἄτλας καὶ ὁ διφυὴς Κέκροψ καὶ ἡ Ἰώ·
kata men gar Phorōnea ton metʼ Inachon mnēmoneuetai parʼ Athēnaiois Ōgygos, ephʼ hou kataklysmos ho prōtos, kata de Phorbanta Aktaios, aphʼ ou Aktaia hē Attikē ’ kata de Triopan Promētheus kai Epimētheus kai Atlas kai ho diphyēs Kekrops kai hē Iō;
For in the time of Phoroneus, after Inachus, Ogyges is remembered among the Athenians, in whose time came the first flood; in the time of Phorbas, Actaeus, from whom Attica was called Actaea; in the time of Triopas, Prometheus, Epimetheus, Atlas, Cecrops of the double nature, and Io;
10.11.21Dindorf 1:573
κατὰ δὲ Κρότωπόν ἡ ἐπὶ Φαέθοντος ἐκπύρωσις καὶ ἡ ἐπὶ Δευκαλίωνος ἐπομβρία· κατὰ δὲ Σθενέλαον ἥ τε Ἀμφικτύονος βασιλεία καὶ ἡ εἰς Πελοπόννησον Δαναοῦ παρουσία καὶ ἡ ὑπὸ Δαρδάνου τῆς Δαρδανίας κτίσις, ἥ τε ἐκ Φοινίκης τῆς Εὐρώπης εἰς τὴν Κρήτην ἀνακομιδή·
kata de Krotōpon hē epi Phaethontos ekpyrōsis kai hē epi Deukaliōnos epombria; kata de Sthenelaon hē te Amphiktyonos basileia kai hē eis Peloponnēson Danaou parousia kai hē hypo Dardanou tēs Dardanias ktisis, hē te ek Phoinikēs tēs Eurōpēs eis tēn Krētēn anakomidē;
in the time of Crotopus, the conflagration of Phaethon and the deluge of Deucalion; in the time of Sthenelaus, the reign of Amphictyon, the coming of Danaus to the Peloponnese, the founding of Dardania by Dardanus, and the carrying of Europa from Phoenicia to Crete;
10.11.22Dindorf 1:573–574
κατὰ δὲ Λυγκέα τῆς Κόρης ἡ ἁρπαγὴ καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι τεμένους καθίδρυσις, καὶ ἡ Τριπτολέμου γεωργία, καὶ ἡ Κάδμου εἰς Θήβας παρουσία, Μίνωός τε βασιλεία·
kata de Lynkea tēs Korēs hē harpagē kai hē tou en Eleusini temenous kathidrysis, kai hē Triptolemou geōrgia, kai hē Kadmou eis Thēbas parousia, Minōos te basileia;
in the time of Lynceus, the rape of Kore, the founding of the sanctuary at Eleusis, the farming of Triptolemus, the coming of Cadmus to Thebes, and the reign of Minos;
10.11.23Dindorf 1:574
κατὰ δὲ Προῖτον ὁ Εὐμόλπου πρὸς Ἀθηναίους πόλεμος· κατὰ δὲ Ἀκρίσιον Πέλοπος ἀπὸ Φρυγίας διάβασις, καὶ Ἴωνος εἰς τὰς Ἀθήνας ἄφιξις, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος Κέκροψ, αἵ τε Περσέως πράξεις· κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος βασιλείαν Ἴλιον ἐάλω.”
kata de Proiton ho Eumolpou pros Athēnaious polemos; kata de Akrision Pelopos apo Phrygias diabasis, kai Iōnos eis tas Athēnas aphixis, kai ho deuteros Kekrops, hai te Perseōs praxeis; kata de tēn Agamemnonos basileian Ilion ealō.”
in the time of Proetus, the war of Eumolpus against the Athenians; in the time of Acrisius, the crossing of Pelops from Phrygia, the arrival of Ion at Athens, the second Cecrops, and the deeds of Perseus; and in the reign of Agamemnon Troy was taken.”
10.11.24Dindorf 1:574
“Οὐκοῦν πέφηνεν ὁ Μωσῆς ἀπό γε τῶν προειρημένων πρεσβύτατος ἡρώων, πόλεων, δαιμόνων. καὶ χρὴ τῷ πρεσβεύοντι κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν πιστεύειν μᾶλλον ἤπερ τοῖς ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἀρυσαμένοις Ἕλλησιν οὐ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν τἀκείνου δόγματα.
“Oukoun pephēnen ho Mōsēs apo ge tōn proeirēmenōn presbytatos hērōōn, poleōn, daimonōn. kai chrē tǭ presbeuonti kata tēn hēlikian pisteuein mallon ēper tois apo pēgēs arysamenois Hellēsin ou katʼ epignōsin takeinou dogmata.
“From what has been said, then, Moses has been shown to be older than the heroes, cities, and demons. And one ought to believe the one who is senior in age rather than the Greeks, who drew his teachings as from a spring without understanding.
10.11.25Dindorf 1:574
πολλοὶ γὰρ οἱ κατʼ αὐτοὺς σοφισταὶ κεχρημένοι περιεργίᾳ, οἳ ὅσα παρὰ τῶν κατὰ Μωσέα καὶ τῶν ὁμοίως αὐτῷ φιλοσοφούντων ἔγνωσαν παραχαράττειν ἐπειράθησαν, πρῶτον μὲν ἵνα τι λέγειν ἴδιον νομισθῶσι, δεύτερον δʼ ὅπως τὰ ὅσα μὴ συνίεσαν, διά τινος ἐπιπλάστου ῥητολογίας παρακαλύπτοντες, ὡς μυθολογίαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν παραβραβεύσωσι.”
polloi gar hoi katʼ autous sophistai kechrēmenoi periergią, hoi hosa para tōn kata Mōsea kai tōn homoiōs autǭ philosophountōn egnōsan paracharattein epeirathēsan, prōton men hina ti legein idion nomisthōsi, deuteron dʼ hopōs ta hosa mē syniesan, dia tinos epiplastou rhētologias parakalyptontes, hōs mythologian tēn alētheian parabrabeusōsi.”
For many sophists among them, using curiosity, tried to counterfeit whatever they learned from Moses and from those who philosophized like him: first, so that they might be thought to say something of their own; second, so that, covering up with artificial rhetoric whatever they did not understand, they might misrepresent the truth as myth.”
10.11.26Dindorf 1:574
“Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς πολιτείας, ἱστορίας τε τῆς κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους νόμους, ὅσα τε εἰρήκασιν οἱ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι λόγιοι, καὶ πόσοι καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μνημονεύσαντες, ἐν τῷ πρὸς τοὺς ἀποφηναμένους τὰ περὶ θεοῦ δειχθήσεται·
“Peri men oun tēs kathʼ hēmas politeias, historias te tēs kata tous hēmeterous nomous, hosa te eirēkasin hoi para tois Hellēsi logioi, kai posoi kai tines eisin hoi mnēmoneusantes, en tǭ pros tous apophēnamenous ta peri theou deichthēsetai;
“About our way of life, the history according to our laws, what the learned among the Greeks have said, and how many and who those are who have mentioned them, will be shown in my work Against Those Who Have Declared Things about God;
10.11.27Dindorf 1:574–575
τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον, σπευστέον μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας σαφηνίζειν ὡς οὐχ Ὁμήρου μόνον πρεσβύτερός ἐστιν ὁ Μωσῆς, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ συγγραφέων, Λί- νου, Φιλάμμονος, Θαμύριδος, Ἀμφίονος, Ὀρφέως, Μουσαίου, Δημοδόκου, Φημίου, Σιβύλλης, Ἐπιμενίδου τοῦ Κρητὸς, ὅστις εἰς τὴν Σπάρτην ἀφίκετο, Ἀρισταίου τοῦ Προκοννησίου, καὶ τοῦ τὰ Ἀριμάσπια συγγράψαντος, Ἀσβόλου τε τοῦ Κενταύρου, καὶ Ἰσα- τιδος, Δρυμῶνός τε καὶ Εὔκλου τοῦ Κυπρίου, καὶ Ὥρου τοῦ Σαμίου, καὶ Προναπίδου τοῦ Ἀθηναίου.
to de nyn echon, speusteon meta pasēs akribeias saphēnizein hōs ouch Homērou monon presbyteros estin ho Mōsēs, eti de kai tōn pro autou syngrapheōn, Li- nou, Philammonos, Thamyridos, Amphionos, Orpheōs, Mousaiou, Dēmodokou, Phēmiou, Sibyllēs, Epimenidou tou Krētos, hostis eis tēn Spartēn aphiketo, Aristaiou tou Prokonnēsiou, kai tou ta Arimaspia syngrapsantos, Asbolou te tou Kentaurou, kai Isa- tidos, Drymōnos te kai Euklou tou Kypriou, kai Hōrou tou Samiou, kai Pronapidou tou Athēnaiou.
but for now I must hasten to make clear with all accuracy that Moses is older not only than Homer but also than the writers before him: Linus, Philammon, Thamyris, Amphion, Orpheus, Musaeus, Demodocus, Phemius, the Sibyl, Epimenides the Cretan who came to Sparta, Aristaeus of Proconnesus who wrote the Arimaspea, Asbolus the Centaur, Isatis, Drymon, Euclus the Cyprian, Horus the Samian, and Pronapides the Athenian.
10.11.28Dindorf 1:575
Λίνος μὲν γὰρ Ἡρακλέους ἐστὶ διδάσκαλος, ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλῆς μιᾷ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν προγενέστερος πέφηνε γενεᾷ. τοῦτο δέ ἐστι φανερὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ Τληπολέμου, τοῦ στρατεύσαντος ἐπὶ Ἴλιον.
Linos men gar Hērakleous esti didaskalos, ho de Hēraklēs mią tōn Trōïkōn progenesteros pephēne geneą. touto de esti phaneron apo tou paidos autou Tlēpolemou, tou strateusantos epi Ilion.
For Linus was the teacher of Heracles, and Heracles is shown to be one generation before the Trojan War. This is clear from his son Tlepolemus, who fought at Troy.
10.11.29Dindorf 1:575
Ορφεὺς δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Ἡρακλεῖ γέγονεν· ἄλλως τε καὶ τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν ἐπεισφερόμενά φασιν ὑπὸ Ὀνομακρίτου τοῦ Ἀθηναίου συντετάχθαι, γενομένου κατὰ τὴν Πεισιστρατιδῶν ἀρχὴν, περὶ τὴν πεντηκοστὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα.
Orpheus de kata ton auton chronon Hēraklei gegonen; allōs te kai ta eis auton epeispheromena phasin hypo Onomakritou tou Athēnaiou syntetachthai, genomenou kata tēn Peisistratidōn archēn, peri tēn pentēkostēn Olympiada.
Orpheus lived at the same time as Heracles; besides, they say that the works ascribed to him were composed by Onomacritus the Athenian, who lived during the rule of the Pisistratids, about the fiftieth Olympiad.
10.11.30Dindorf 1:575
τοῦ δʼ Ὀρφέως Μουσαῖος μαθητής. Ἀμφίων δὲ δυσὶ προάγων γενεαῖς τῶν Τρωϊκῶν τοῦ πλείονα πρὸς τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς συντάττειν ἡμᾶς ἀπείργει. Δημόδοκός τε καὶ Φήμιος κατʼ αὐτὸν τὸν Τρωϊκὸν πόλεμον γεγόνασι· διέτριβον γὰρ ὁ μὲν παρὰ τοῖς μνηστῆρσιν, ὁ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς Φαίαξι. καὶ ὁ Θάμυρις καὶ ὁ Φιλάμμων οὐ πολὺ τούτων εἰσὶν ἀρχαιότεροι.
tou dʼ Orpheōs Mousaios mathētēs. Amphiōn de dysi proagōn geneais tōn Trōïkōn tou pleiona pros tous philomatheis syntattein hēmas apeirgei. Dēmodokos te kai Phēmios katʼ auton ton Trōïkon polemon gegonasi; dietribon gar ho men para tois mnēstērsin, ho de para tois Phaiaxi. kai ho Thamyris kai ho Philammōn ou poly toutōn eisin archaioteroi.
Musaeus was a pupil of Orpheus. Amphion, who preceded the Trojan War by two generations, keeps us from writing more for those eager to learn. Demodocus and Phemius lived during the Trojan War itself; the one stayed with the suitors, the other with the Phaeacians. Thamyris and Philammon are not much older than these.
10.11.31Dindorf 1:575
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς καθʼ ἕκαστον λόγον πραγματείας, χρόνων τε καὶ ἀναγραφῆς αὐτῶν, ὡς οἶμαι, σφόδρα μετὰ πάσης ὑμῖν ἀκριβείας ἀνεγράψαμεν· ἵνα δὲ καὶ τὸ μέχρι νῦν ἐνδέον ἀποπληρώσωμεν. ἔτι καὶ περὶ τῶν νομιζομένων σοφῶν ποιήσομαι τὴν ἀπόδειξιν.
peri men oun tēs kathʼ hekaston logon pragmateias, chronōn te kai anagraphēs autōn, hōs oimai, sphodra meta pasēs hymin akribeias anegrapsamen; hina de kai to mechri nyn endeon apoplērōsōmen. eti kai peri tōn nomizomenōn sophōn poiēsomai tēn apodeixin.
So we have written for you, I think, with all accuracy about the treatment of each, their dates and the record of them; and to complete what is still lacking, I shall also give the proof about those considered wise.
10.11.32Dindorf 1:575
Μίνως μὲν γὰρ, ὁ πάσης προύχειν νομισθεὶς σοφίας ἀγχινοίας τε καὶ νομοθεσίας, ἐπὶ Λυγκέως τοῦ μετὰ Δαναὸν βασιλεύσαντος γέγονεν, ἑνδεκάτῃ γενεᾷ μετὰ Ἴναχον. Λυκοῦργος δὲ, πολὺ μετὰ τὴν Ἰλίου γεννηθεὶς ἅλωσιν, πρὸ τῶν Ὀλυμπιάδων ἔτεσιν ἑκατὸν νομοθετεῖ Λακεδαιμονίοις.
Minōs men gar, ho pasēs prouchein nomistheis sophias anchinoias te kai nomothesias, epi Lynkeōs tou meta Danaon basileusantos gegonen, hendekatę̄ geneą meta Inachon. Lykourgos de, poly meta tēn Iliou gennētheis halōsin, pro tōn Olympiadōn etesin hekaton nomothetei Lakedaimoniois.
Minos, thought to excel in all wisdom, shrewdness, and lawgiving, lived in the time of Lynceus, who reigned after Danaus, in the eleventh generation after Inachus. Lycurgus, born long after the capture of Troy, gave laws to the Lacedaemonians a hundred years before the Olympiads.
10.11.33Dindorf 1:575–576
Δράκων δὲ περὶ Ὀλυμπιάδα τριακοστὴν καὶ ἐνάτην εὑρίσκεται γεγονώς· Σόλων δὲ περὶ μς΄· Πυθαγόρας κατὰ τὴν ἑξηκοστὴν δευτέραν. τὰς δὲ Ὀλυμπιάδας ὕστερον τῶν Ἰλιακῶν ἔτεσιν ἀπεδείξαμεν γεγονυίας τετρακοσίοις ἑ.
Drakōn de peri Olympiada triakostēn kai enatēn heurisketai gegonōs; Solōn de peri ms΄; Pythagoras kata tēn hexēkostēn deuteran. tas de Olympiadas hysteron tōn Iliakōn etesin apedeixamen gegonuias tetrakosiois he.
Draco is found to have lived about the thirty-ninth Olympiad, Solon about the 46th, Pythagoras in the sixty-second. And we have shown that the Olympiads began 407 years after the Trojan War.
10.11.34Dindorf 1:576
καὶ δὴ τούτων οὕτως ἀποδεδειγμένων διὰ βραχέων ἔτι καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν ἡλικίας ἀναγράψομεν. τοῦ γὰρ πρεσβυτάτου τῶν προειρημένων Θάλητος γενομένου περὶ τὴν πεντηκοστὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν μετʼ αὐτὸν σχεδὸν ἡμῖν συντόμως εἴρηται.
kai dē toutōn houtōs apodedeigmenōn dia bracheōn eti kai peri tēs tōn hepta sophōn hēlikias anagrapsomen. tou gar presbytatou tōn proeirēmenōn Thalētos genomenou peri tēn pentēkostēn Olympiada kai ta peri tōn metʼ auton schedon hēmin syntomōs eirētai.
These things having been briefly proved thus, we shall also write about the age of the Seven Sages. Since the oldest of them, Thales, lived about the fiftieth Olympiad, what concerns those after him has also been told by us, nearly enough, in brief.
10.11.35Dindorf 1:576
“ Ταῦθʼ ἄνδρες Ἓλληνες, ὁ κατὰ βαρβάρους φιλοσοφῶν Τατιανὸς συνέταξα, γεννηθεὶς μὲν ἐν τῇ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων γῇ, παιδευθεὶς δὲ πρῶτον μὲν τὰ ὑμέτερα, δεύτερον δὲ ἅτινα νῦν κηρύττειν ἐπαγγέλλομαι. γινώσκων δὲ λοιπὸν τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις ἕτοιμον ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάκρισιν τῶν δογμάτων παρίστημι, μενούσης μοι τῆς κατὰ θεὸν πολιτείας ἀνεξαρνήτου.” Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ Τατιανός. μετίωμεν δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ Κλήμεντα.
“ Tauthʼ andres Hellēnes, ho kata barbarous philosophōn Tatianos synetaxa, gennētheis men en tę̄ tōn Assyriōn gę̄, paideutheis de prōton men ta hymetera, deuteron de hatina nyn kēryttein epangellomai. ginōskōn de loipon tis ho theos kai tis hē katʼ auton poiēsis hetoimon emauton hymin pros tēn anakrisin tōn dogmatōn paristēmi, menousēs moi tēs kata theon politeias anexarnētou.” Tosauta kai ho Tatianos. metiōmen de kai epi Klēmenta.
“These things, men of Greece, I, Tatian, who philosophize after the manner of the barbarians, have composed: born in the land of the Assyrians, educated first in your learning, and second in what I now undertake to proclaim. Knowing now who God is and what his creation is, I present myself ready for you to examine my teachings, while my way of life according to God remains undeniable.” So much Tatian too. Let us pass on to Clement as well.
Preparation 10, chapter 12
10.12.1Dindorf 1:576
“ Εἴρηται μὲν οὖν περὶ τούτων ἀκριβῶς Τατιανῷ ἐν τῷ Πρὸς τοὺς Ἓλληνας, εἴρηται δὲ καὶ Κασσιανῷ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν Ἐξηγητικῶν. ἀπαιτεῖ δʼ ὅμως τὸ ὑπόμνημα καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπιδραμεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον εἰρημένα.
“ Eirētai men oun peri toutōn akribōs Tatianǭ en tǭ Pros tous Hellēnas, eirētai de kai Kassianǭ en tǭ prōtǭ tōn Exēgētikōn. apaitei dʼ homōs to hypomnēma kai hēmas epidramein ta kata ton topon eirēmena.
“These matters have been treated accurately by Tatian in his work To the Greeks, and also by Cassian in the first book of his Exegetics. Yet our commentary requires us too to run over what has been said on the subject.
10.12.2Dindorf 1:576
Ἀπίων τοίνυν ὁ γραμματικὸς, ὁ Πλειστονίκης ἐπικληθεὶς, ἐν τῇ δʼ τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν ἱστοριῶν, καίτοι φιλαπεχθημόνως πρὸς Εβραίους διακείμενος, ἅτε Αἰγύπτιος τὸ γένος, ὡς καὶ κατὰ Ἰουδαίων συντάξασθαι βιβλίον, Ἀμώσιος τοῦ Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέως μεμνημένος καὶ τῶν κατʼ αὐτὸν πράξεων, μάρτυρα παρατίθεται Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Μενδήσιον.
Apiōn toinyn ho grammatikos, ho Pleistonikēs epiklētheis, en tę̄ dʼ tōn Aigyptiakōn historiōn, kaitoi philapechthēmonōs pros Ebraious diakeimenos, hate Aigyptios to genos, hōs kai kata Ioudaiōn syntaxasthai biblion, Amōsios tou Aigyptiōn basileōs memnēmenos kai tōn katʼ auton praxeōn, martyra paratithetai Ptolemaion ton Mendēsion.
Apion the grammarian, then, surnamed Pleistonices, in the fourth book of his Egyptian History, although hostile toward the Hebrews, being an Egyptian by race, so that he even composed a book against the Jews, when he mentions Amosis king of the Egyptians and the deeds of his time, cites as witness Ptolemy of Mendes.
10.12.3Dindorf 1:576–577
καὶ τὰ τῆς λέξεως αὐτοῦ ὧδε ἔχει “Κατέσκαψε δὲ τὴν Ἀούαριν Ἄμωσις, κατὰ τὸν Ἀργεῖον γενόμενος Ἴναχον, ὡς ἐν τοῖς Χρόνοις ἀνέγραψεν ὁ Μενδήσιος Πτολεμαῖος.
kai ta tēs lexeōs autou hōde echei “Kateskapse de tēn Aouarin Amōsis, kata ton Argeion genomenos Inachon, hōs en tois Chronois anegrapsen ho Mendēsios Ptolemaios.
His words run thus: “Amosis razed Avaris, living in the time of Inachus of Argos, as Ptolemy of Mendes recorded in his Chronicles.”
10.12.4Dindorf 1:577
ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος οὗτος ἱερεὺς μὲν ἦν, τὰς δὲ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέων πράξεις ἐν τρισὶν ὅλαις ἐκθέμενος βίβλοις κατὰ Ἄμωσίν φησιν Αἰγύπτου βασιλέα Μώσεως ἡγουμένου γεγονέναι Ἰουδαίοις τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου πορείαν, ἐξ ὧν συνῶπται κατὰ Ἴναχον ἠκμακέναι τὸν Μωσέα.
ho de Ptolemaios houtos hiereus men ēn, tas de tōn Aigyptiōn basileōn praxeis en trisin holais ekthemenos biblois kata Amōsin phēsin Aigyptou basilea Mōseōs hēgoumenou gegonenai Ioudaiois tēn ex Aigyptou poreian, ex hōn synōptai kata Inachon ēkmakenai ton Mōsea.
This Ptolemy was a priest, and setting out the deeds of the Egyptian kings in three whole books, he says that in the time of Amosis king of Egypt the Jews made their journey out of Egypt under the leadership of Moses; from which it is seen that Moses flourished in the time of Inachus.
10.12.5Dindorf 1:577
παλαίτερα δὲ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν μνημονεύεσθαι τὰ Ἀργολικὰ, τὰ ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου λέγω, Διονύσιος ὁ Ἁλικαρνασεὺς ἐν τοῖς Χρόνοις διδάσκει.
palaitera de tōn Hellēnikōn mnēmoneuesthai ta Argolika, ta apo Inachou legō, Dionysios ho Halikarnaseus en tois Chronois didaskei.
And Dionysius of Halicarnassus teaches in his Chronicles that the Argive history, I mean that from Inachus, is remembered as older than the rest of Greek history.
10.12.6Dindorf 1:577
τούτων δὲ τεσσαράκοντα μὲν γενεαῖς νεώτερα τὰ Ἀττικὰ, τὰ ἀπὸ Κέκροπος τοῦ διφυοῦς δὴ καὶ αὐτόχθονος, ὥς φησι κατὰ λέξιν ὁ Τατιανός ’ ἐννέα δὲ τὰ Ἀρκαδικὰ τὰ ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ· λέγεται δὲ καὶ οὗτος αὐτόχθων.
toutōn de tessarakonta men geneais neōtera ta Attika, ta apo Kekropos tou diphyous dē kai autochthonos, hōs phēsi kata lexin ho Tatianos ’ ennea de ta Arkadika ta apo Pelasgou; legetai de kai houtos autochthōn.
Younger than this by forty generations is the Attic history, that from Cecrops, the one of double nature and sprung from the soil, as Tatian says word for word; and by nine the Arcadian, that from Pelasgus, who too is said to be sprung from the soil.
10.12.7Dindorf 1:577
τούτων δὲ ἄλλων δυοῖν νεώτερα τὰ Φθιωτικὰ τὰ ἀπὸ Δευκαλίωνος. εἰς δὲ τὸν χρόνον τῶν Τρωϊκῶν ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου γενεαὶ μὲν εἴκοσιν ἢ μιᾷ πλείους διαριθμοῦνται, ἔτη δὲ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ὒ καὶ πρόσω.
toutōn de allōn dyoin neōtera ta Phthiōtika ta apo Deukaliōnos. eis de ton chronon tōn Trōïkōn apo Inachou geneai men eikosin ē mią pleious diarithmountai, etē de, hōs epos eipein, y kai prosō.
Younger than these by another two is the Phthiotic history, that from Deucalion. From Inachus to the time of the Trojan War twenty generations, or one more, are counted, and in years, so to speak, four hundred and more.
10.12.8Dindorf 1:577
εἰ δὲ τὰ Ἀσσυρίων πολλοῖς ἔτεσι πρεσβύτερα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν Κτησίας λέγει, φανήσεται τῷ δευτέρῳ καὶ τετρακοσιοστῷ ἔτει τῆς Ἀσσυρίων ἀρχῆς, τῆς δὲ Βηλούχου τοῦ ὀγδόου δυναστείας τῷ δευτέρῳ καὶ τριακοστῷ ἡ Μώσεως κατὰ Ἄμωσιν τὸν Αἰγύπτιον καὶ κατὰ Ἴναχον τὸν Ἀργεῖον ἐξ Αἰγύπτου κίνησις.
ei de ta Assyriōn pollois etesi presbytera tōn Hellēnikōn Ktēsias legei, phanēsetai tǭ deuterǭ kai tetrakosiostǭ etei tēs Assyriōn archēs, tēs de Bēlouchou tou ogdoou dynasteias tǭ deuterǭ kai triakostǭ hē Mōseōs kata Amōsin ton Aigyption kai kata Inachon ton Argeion ex Aigyptou kinēsis.
And if Ctesias says that Assyrian history is many years older than Greek, Moses’ departure from Egypt in the time of Amosis the Egyptian and Inachus the Argive will appear in the 402nd year of the Assyrian empire and the 32nd of the reign of Belochus, the eighth king.
10.12.9Dindorf 1:577
ἦν δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα κατὰ μὲν Φορωνέα τὸν μετʼ Ἴναχον ὁ ἐπὶ Ὠγύγου κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἡ ἐν Σικυῶνι βασιλεία, πρώτου μὲν Αἰγιαλέως, εἶτα δὲ Εὐρωπὸς, εἶτα Τελχῖνος, καὶ ἡ Κρητὸς ἐν Κρήτῃ.
ēn de kata tēn Hellada kata men Phorōnea ton metʼ Inachon ho epi Ōgygou kataklysmos kai hē en Sikyōni basileia, prōtou men Aigialeōs, eita de Eurōpos, eita Telchinos, kai hē Krētos en Krētę̄.
In Greece, in the time of Phoroneus, after Inachus, came the flood in the time of Ogyges and the kingdom at Sicyon, first of Aegialeus, then of Europs, then of Telchis; and the kingdom of Cres in Crete.
10.12.10Dindorf 1:577
Ἀκουσίλαος γὰρ Φορωνέα πρῶτον ἀνθρώπων γενέσθαι λέγει· ὅθεν καὶ ὁ τῆς Φορωνίδος ποιητὴς εἶναι αὐτὸν ἔφη πατέρα θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων.
Akousilaos gar Phorōnea prōton anthrōpōn genesthai legei; hothen kai ho tēs Phorōnidos poiētēs einai auton ephē patera thnētōn anthrōpōn.
For Acusilaus says that Phoroneus was the first man; whence the poet of the Phoronis too said he was “father of mortal men.”
10.12.11Dindorf 1:577–578
ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Τιμαίῳ κα- τακολουθήσας Ἀκουσιλάῳ γράφει “καὶ ποτε προαγαγεῖν βουληθεὶς αὐτοὺς περὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων εἰς λόγους, τῶν τῇδε τῇ πόλει τὰ ἀρχαιότατα λέγειν ἐπιχειρεῖν, περὶ Φορωνέως τε τοῦ πρώτου λεχθέντος καὶ Νιόβης καὶ τὰ μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμόν.”
enteuthen ho Platōn en Timaiǭ ka- takolouthēsas Akousilaǭ graphei “kai pote proagagein boulētheis autous peri tōn archaiōn eis logous, tōn tę̄de tę̄ polei ta archaiotata legein epicheirein, peri Phorōneōs te tou prōtou lechthentos kai Niobēs kai ta meta ton kataklysmon.”
Following Acusilaus, Plato writes in the Timaeus: “And once, wishing to draw them into talk about ancient things, he undertook to tell the most ancient things in this city, about Phoroneus, said to be the first, and Niobe, and what came after the flood.”
10.12.12Dindorf 1:578
κατὰ δὲ Φόρβαντα Ἀκταῖος, ἀφʼ οὗ Ἀκταία ἡ Ἀττική· κατὰ δὲ Τριόπαν Προμηθεὺς καὶ Ἄτλας καὶ Ἐπιμηθεὺς καὶ ὁ διφυὴς Κέκροψ καὶ Ἰώ· κατὰ δὲ Κρότωπον ἡ ἐπὶ Φαέθοντος ἐκπύρωσις καὶ ἡ ἐπὶ Δευκαλίωνος ἐπομβρία ’ κατὰ δὲ Σθενέλαον ἥ τε Ἀμφικτύονος βασιλεία καὶ ἡ εἰς Πελοπόννησον Δαναοῦ παρουσία καὶ ἡ ὑπὸ Δαρδάνου τῆς Δαρδανίας κτίσις, ὃν πρῶτον (φησὶν Ὅμηρος) τέκετο νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς.
kata de Phorbanta Aktaios, aphʼ hou Aktaia hē Attikē; kata de Triopan Promētheus kai Atlas kai Epimētheus kai ho diphyēs Kekrops kai Iō; kata de Krotōpon hē epi Phaethontos ekpyrōsis kai hē epi Deukaliōnos epombria ’ kata de Sthenelaon hē te Amphiktyonos basileia kai hē eis Peloponnēson Danaou parousia kai hē hypo Dardanou tēs Dardanias ktisis, hon prōton (phēsin Homēros) teketo nephelēgereta Zeus.
In the time of Phorbas came Actaeus, from whom Attica was called Actaea; in the time of Triopas, Prometheus, Atlas, Epimetheus, Cecrops of the double nature, and Io; in the time of Crotopus, the conflagration of Phaethon and the deluge of Deucalion; in the time of Sthenelaus, the reign of Amphictyon, the coming of Danaus to the Peloponnese, and the founding of Dardania by Dardanus, whom, as Homer says, “first cloud-gathering Zeus begot”;
10.12.13Dindorf 1:578
ἥ τε ἐκ Κρήτης εἰς Φοινίκην ἀνακομιδή· κατὰ δὲ Λυγκέα τῆς κόρης ἡ ἁρπαγὴ, καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι τεμένους καθίδρυσις, καὶ ἡ Τριπτολέμου γεωργία, καὶ ἡ Κάδμου εἰς Θήβας παρουσία, Μίνωός τε βασιλεία· κατὰ δὲ Προῖτον ὁ Εὐμόλπου πρὸς Ἀθηναίους πόλεμος· κατὰ δὲ Ἀκρίσιον Πέλοπος ἀπὸ Φρυγίας διάβασις καὶ Ἴωνος εἰς Ἀθήνας ἄφιξις, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος Κέκροψ, αἳ τε Πέρσεως καὶ Διονύσου πράξεις, Ὀρφεύς τε καὶ Μουσαῖος·
hē te ek Krētēs eis Phoinikēn anakomidē; kata de Lynkea tēs korēs hē harpagē, kai hē tou en Eleusini temenous kathidrysis, kai hē Triptolemou geōrgia, kai hē Kadmou eis Thēbas parousia, Minōos te basileia; kata de Proiton ho Eumolpou pros Athēnaious polemos; kata de Akrision Pelopos apo Phrygias diabasis kai Iōnos eis Athēnas aphixis, kai ho deuteros Kekrops, hai te Perseōs kai Dionysou praxeis, Orpheus te kai Mousaios;
and the carrying from Crete to Phoenicia; in the time of Lynceus, the rape of Kore, the founding of the sanctuary at Eleusis, the farming of Triptolemus, the coming of Cadmus to Thebes, and the reign of Minos; in the time of Proetus, the war of Eumolpus against the Athenians; in the time of Acrisius, the crossing of Pelops from Phrygia, the arrival of Ion at Athens, the second Cecrops, the deeds of Perseus and Dionysus, and Orpheus and Musaeus;
10.12.14Dindorf 1:578
κατὰ δὲ τὸ ὀκτωκαιδέκατον ἔτος τῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος βασιλείας Ἴλιον ἑάλω, Δημοφῶντος τοῦ Θησέως βασιλεύοντος Ἀθήνησι τῷ πρώτῳ ἔτει, Θαργηλιῶνος μηνὸς δευτέρᾳ ἐπὶ δέκα, ὥς φησι Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀργεῖος ’
kata de to oktōkaidekaton etos tēs Agamemnonos basileias Ilion healō, Dēmophōntos tou Thēseōs basileuontos Athēnēsi tǭ prōtǭ etei, Thargēliōnos mēnos deuterą epi deka, hōs phēsi Dionysios ho Argeios ’
and in the eighteenth year of Agamemnon’s reign Troy was taken, in the first year of the reign of Demophon son of Theseus at Athens, on the twelfth of the month Thargelion, as Dionysius of Argos says;
10.12.15Dindorf 1:578–579
Ἄγις δὲ καὶ Δερκύλος ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ μηνὸς Πανέμου ὀγδόῃ φθίνοντος· Ἑλλάνικος δωδεκάτῃ Θαργηλιῶνος, καί τινες τῶν τὰ Ἀττικὰ συγγραψαμένων ὀγδόῃ φθίνοντος, βασιλεύοντος τὸ τελευταῖον ἔτος Μενεσθέως, πληθυούσης σελήνης· νὺξ μὲν ἔην (φησὶν ὁ τὴν μικρὰν Ἰλιάδα πεποιηκὼς) μεσάτα, λαμπρὰ δʼ ἐπέτελλε σελάνα·
Agis de kai Derkylos en tę̄ tritę̄ mēnos Panemou ogdoę̄ phthinontos; Hellanikos dōdekatę̄ Thargēliōnos, kai tines tōn ta Attika syngrapsamenōn ogdoę̄ phthinontos, basileuontos to teleutaion etos Menestheōs, plēthyousēs selēnēs; nyx men eēn (phēsin ho tēn mikran Iliada pepoiēkōs) mesata, lampra dʼ epetelle selana;
Agis and Dercylus, in their third book, on the eighth from the end of the month Panemus; Hellanicus, on the twelfth of Thargelion; and some of the writers of Attic history, on the eighth from the end, in the last year of Menestheus’s reign, at the full moon: “It was midnight,” says the author of the Little Iliad, “and the bright moon was rising.”
10.12.16Dindorf 1:579
ἕτεροι δὲ Σκιροφοριῶνος τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Θησεὺς δὲ Ἡρακλέους ζηλωτὴς ὢν πρεσβύτερός ἐστι τῶν Τρωϊκῶν μιᾷ γενεᾷ· τοῦ γοῦν Τληπολέμου, ὃς ἦν υἱὸς Ἡρακλέους, Ὅμηρος μέμνηται ἐπὶ Ἴλιον στρατεύσαντος.
heteroi de Skirophoriōnos tę̄ autę̄ hēmerą. Thēseus de Hērakleous zēlōtēs ōn presbyteros esti tōn Trōïkōn mią geneą; tou goun Tlēpolemou, hos ēn huios Hērakleous, Homēros memnētai epi Ilion strateusantos.
Others say it was on the same day of Scirophorion. Theseus, a rival of Heracles, is one generation older than the Trojan War; Homer, at any rate, mentions Tlepolemus, a son of Heracles, as having fought at Troy.
10.12.17Dindorf 1:579
προτερεῖν ἄρα Μώσης ἐπιδείκνυται τῆς μὲν Διονύσου ἀποθεώσεως ἔτη χδ΄. εἴ γε τῆς Πέρσεως βασιλείας τῷ τριακοστῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει ἐκθεοῦται, ὥς φησιν Ἀπολλόδωρος ἐν τοῖς Χρονικοῖς.
proterein ara Mōsēs epideiknytai tēs men Dionysou apotheōseōs etē chd΄. ei ge tēs Perseōs basileias tǭ triakostǭ deuterǭ etei ektheoutai, hōs phēsin Apollodōros en tois Chronikois.
Moses, then, is shown to precede the deification of Dionysus by 604 years, if he was deified in the thirty-second year of the reign of Perseus, as Apollodorus says in his Chronicles.
10.12.18Dindorf 1:579
ἀπὸ δὲ Διονύσου ἐπὶ Ἡρακλέα καὶ τοὺς περὶ Ἰάσονα ἀριστεῖς, τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἀργοῖ πλεύσαντας, συνάγεται ἔτη ξγ΄. ’ Ἀσκληπιός τε καὶ Διόσκουροι συνέπλεον αὐτοῖς, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ ὁ Ῥόδιος Ἀπολλώνιος ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναυτικοῖς.
apo de Dionysou epi Hēraklea kai tous peri Iasona aristeis, tous en tę̄ Argoi pleusantas, synagetai etē xg΄. ’ Asklēpios te kai Dioskouroi synepleon autois, hōs martyrei ho Rhodios Apollōnios en tois Argonautikois.
From Dionysus to Heracles and the heroes with Jason who sailed in the Argo are reckoned 63 years. Asclepius and the Dioscuri sailed with them, as Apollonius of Rhodes testifies in the Argonautica.
10.12.19Dindorf 1:579
ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Ἡρακλέους ἐν Ἄργει βασιλείας ἐπὶ τὴν Ἡρακλέους αὐτοῦ καὶ Ἀσκληπιοῦ ἀποθέωσιν ἔτη συνάγεται λη΄ κατὰ τὸν χρονογράφον Ἀπολλόδωρον. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν Κάστορος καὶ Πολυδεύκους ἀποθέωσιν ἔτη νγ΄. ἐνταῦθά που καὶ ἡ Ἰλίου κατάληψις.
apo de tēs Hērakleous en Argei basileias epi tēn Hērakleous autou kai Asklēpiou apotheōsin etē synagetai lē΄ kata ton chronographon Apollodōron. enteuthen de epi tēn Kastoros kai Polydeukous apotheōsin etē ng΄. entautha pou kai hē Iliou katalēpsis.
From Heracles’ reign in Argos to the deification of Heracles himself and of Asclepius are reckoned 38 years, according to Apollodorus the chronographer; and from then to the deification of Castor and Polydeuces, 53 years. About this time too came the capture of Troy.
10.12.20Dindorf 1:579
εἰ δὲ χρὴ πείθεσθαι καὶ Ἡσιόδῳ τῷ ποιητῇ, ἀκούσωμεν αὐτοῦ ’ Ζηνὶ δʼ ἄρʼ Ἀτλαντὶς Μαίῃ τέκε κύδιμον Ἑρμῆν, κήρυκʼ ἀθανάτων, ἱερὸν λέχος εἰσαναβᾶσα. Καδμείη δʼ ἄρα οἱ Σεμέλη τέκε φαίδιμον υἱὸν, μιχθεῖσʼ ἐν φιλότητι, Διώνυσον πολυγηθῆ.
ei de chrē peithesthai kai Hēsiodǭ tǭ poiētę̄, akousōmen autou ’ Zēni dʼ arʼ Atlantis Maię̄ teke kydimon Hermēn, kērykʼ athanatōn, hieron lechos eisanabasa. Kadmeiē dʼ ara hoi Semelē teke phaidimon huion, michtheisʼ en philotēti, Diōnyson polygēthē.
And if we must believe Hesiod the poet too, let us hear him: “To Zeus, Atlas’s daughter Maia bore glorious Hermes, herald of the immortals, having gone up into his holy bed. And Cadmus’s daughter Semele, joined with him in love, bore him a splendid son, Dionysus of many joys.”
10.12.21Dindorf 1:579
Κάδμος μὲν ὁ Σεμέλης πατὴρ ἐπὶ Λυγκέως ἐς Θήβας ἔρχεται καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν γραμμάτων εὑρετὴς γίνεται. Τριόπας δὲ συγχρονεῖ Ἴσιδι ἑβδόμῃ γενεᾷ ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου.
Kadmos men ho Semelēs patēr epi Lynkeōs es Thēbas erchetai kai tōn Hellēnikōn grammatōn heuretēs ginetai. Triopas de synchronei Isidi hebdomę̄ geneą apo Inachou.
Cadmus, Semele’s father, came to Thebes in the time of Lynceus and became the inventor of the Greek letters. And Triopas was contemporary with Isis, in the seventh generation from Inachus.
10.12.22Dindorf 1:579–580
εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ τὴν Ἰώ φασι, διὰ τὸ ἰέναι αὐτὴν διὰ πάσης τῆς γῆς πλανωμένην. ταύτην δὲ Ἴστρος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς Αἰγυπτίων ἀποικίας Προμηθέως θυγατέρα φησί. Προμηθεὺς δὲ κατὰ Τριόπαν, ἑβδόμῃ γενεᾷ μετὰ Μωσέα· ὥστε καὶ πρὸ τῆς καθʼ Ἕλληνας ἀνθρωπογονίας ὁ Μώσης.
eisi de hoi tēn Iō phasi, dia to ienai autēn dia pasēs tēs gēs planōmenēn. tautēn de Istros en tǭ Peri tēs Aigyptiōn apoikias Promētheōs thygatera phēsi. Promētheus de kata Triopan, hebdomę̄ geneą meta Mōsea; hōste kai pro tēs kathʼ Hellēnas anthrōpogonias ho Mōsēs.
Some say Isis is Io, because she went (ienai) wandering through the whole earth. Ister, in his work On the Colony of the Egyptians, says she was the daughter of Prometheus. Prometheus lived in the time of Triopas, in the seventh generation after Moses; so that Moses is even earlier than the Greek origin of mankind.
10.12.23Dindorf 1:580
Λέων δὲ ὁ τὰ περὶ τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον θεῶν πραγματευσάμενος τὴν Ἴσιν ὑπὸ Ἑλλήνων Δήμητρα καλεῖσθαί φησιν, ἣ κατὰ Λυγκέα γίνεται ἑνδεκάτῃ ὕστερον Μώσεως γενεᾷ.
Leōn de ho ta peri tōn katʼ Aigypton theōn pragmateusamenos tēn Isin hypo Hellēnōn Dēmētra kaleisthai phēsin, hē kata Lynkea ginetai hendekatę̄ hysteron Mōseōs geneą.
And Leon, who wrote on the gods of Egypt, says that Isis is called Demeter by the Greeks; she lived in the time of Lynceus, in the eleventh generation after Moses.
10.12.24Dindorf 1:580
Ἆπις τε ὁ Ἄργους βασιλεὺς Μέμφιν οἰκίζει, ὥς φησιν Ἀρίστιππος ἐν πρώτη Ἀρκαδικῶν· τοῦτον δὲ Ἀριστέας ὁ Ἀργεῖος ἐπονομασθῆναί φησι Σάραπιν, καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι ὃν Αἰγύπτιοι σέβουσι.
Apis te ho Argous basileus Memphin oikizei, hōs phēsin Aristippos en prōtē Arkadikōn; touton de Aristeas ho Argeios eponomasthēnai phēsi Sarapin, kai touton einai hon Aigyptioi sebousi.
Apis, king of Argos, founded Memphis, as Aristippus says in the first book of his Arcadian History. Aristeas of Argos says he was named Sarapis, and that he is the one whom the Egyptians worship.
10.12.25Dindorf 1:580
Νυμφόδωρος δὲ ὁ Ἀμφιπολίτης ἐν τρίτῳ Νομίμων Ἀσίας τὸν Ἄπιν τὸν ταῦρον τελευτήσαντα καὶ ταριχευθέντα εἰς σορὸν ἀποτεθεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ τιμωμένου δαίμονος, κἀντεῦθεν Σορόαπιν κληθῆναι καὶ Σάραπιν ὕστερον· Ἆπις δὲ τρίτος ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου.
Nymphodōros de ho Amphipolitēs en tritǭ Nomimōn Asias ton Apin ton tauron teleutēsanta kai taricheuthenta eis soron apotetheisthai en tǭ naǭ tou timōmenou daimonos, kanteuthen Soroapin klēthēnai kai Sarapin hysteron; Apis de tritos apo Inachou.
But Nymphodorus of Amphipolis, in the third book of his Customs of Asia, says that the bull Apis, when it died and was embalmed, was laid in a coffin (soros) in the temple of the honoured deity, and was thence called Soroapis and later Sarapis. Apis was the third from Inachus.
10.12.26Dindorf 1:580
ναὶ μὴν ἡ Λητὼ κατὰ Τιτυὸν γίνεται ’ Λητὼ γὰρ ἥλκησε Διὸς κυδρὴν παράκοιτιν.
nai mēn hē Lētō kata Tityon ginetai ’ Lētō gar hēlkēse Dios kydrēn parakoitin.
Moreover Leto lived in the time of Tityus: “For he dragged Leto, the glorious consort of Zeus.”
10.12.27Dindorf 1:580
Τιτυὸς δὲ συνεχρόνισε Ταντάλῳ. εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ ὁ Βοιώτιος Πίνδαρος γράφει ἐν χρόνῳ δὲ γένετʼ Ἀπόλλων. καὶ οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν, ὅπου γε καὶ Ἀδμήτῳ θητεύων εὑρίσκεται σὺν καὶ Ἡρακλεῖ “ εἰς ἐνιαυτόν.”
Tityos de synechronise Tantalǭ. eikotōs ara kai ho Boiōtios Pindaros graphei en chronǭ de genetʼ Apollōn. kai ouden thaumaston, hopou ge kai Admētǭ thēteuōn heurisketai syn kai Hēraklei “ eis eniauton.”
And Tityus was contemporary with Tantalus. With good reason, then, the Boeotian Pindar writes, “In time Apollo was born.” And it is no wonder, since he is found serving Admetus with Heracles too, “for a year.”
10.12.28Dindorf 1:580
Ζῆθος δὲ καὶ Ἀμφίων, οἱ μουσικῆς εὑρεταὶ, περὶ τὴν Κάδμου γεγόνασιν ἡλικίαν. κἄν τις ἡμῖν λέγῃ Φημονόην πρώτην χρησμῳδῆσαι Ἀκρισίῳ, ἀλλʼ ἴστω γε ὅτι μετὰ Φημονόην ἔτεσιν ὕστερον κζ΄ οἱ περὶ Ὀρφέα καὶ Μουσαῖον καὶ Λίνον τὸν Ἡρακλέους διδάσκαλον.
Zēthos de kai Amphiōn, hoi mousikēs heuretai, peri tēn Kadmou gegonasin hēlikian. kan tis hēmin legę̄ Phēmonoēn prōtēn chrēsmǭdēsai Akrisiǭ, allʼ istō ge hoti meta Phēmonoēn etesin hysteron kz΄ hoi peri Orphea kai Mousaion kai Linon ton Hērakleous didaskalon.
Zethus and Amphion, the inventors of music, lived about the age of Cadmus. And if anyone tells us that Phemonoe was the first to give oracles, to Acrisius, let him know that twenty-seven years after Phemonoe came Orpheus, Musaeus, and Linus the teacher of Heracles.
10.12.29Dindorf 1:580–581
Ὅμηρος δὲ καὶ Ἡσίοδος πολλῷ νεώτεροι τῶν Ἰλιακῶν, μεθʼ οὓς μακρῷ νεώτεροι οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι νομοθέται, Λυκοῦργός τε καὶ Σόλων καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ σοφοὶ, οἵ τε ἀμφὶ τὸν Σύριον Φερεκύδην καὶ Πυθαγόραν τὸν μέγαν κάτω που περὶ τὰς Ὀλυμπιάδας γενόμενοι, ὡς παρεστήσαμεν.
Homēros de kai Hēsiodos pollǭ neōteroi tōn Iliakōn, methʼ hous makrǭ neōteroi hoi parʼ Hellēsi nomothetai, Lykourgos te kai Solōn kai hoi hepta sophoi, hoi te amphi ton Syrion Pherekydēn kai Pythagoran ton megan katō pou peri tas Olympiadas genomenoi, hōs parestēsamen.
Homer and Hesiod are much later than the Trojan War, and long after them came the lawgivers of the Greeks, Lycurgus and Solon, and the Seven Sages, and Pherecydes the Syrian and the great Pythagoras, who lived lower down about the Olympiads, as we have shown.
10.12.30Dindorf 1:581
καὶ θεῶν ἄρα τῶν πλείστων παρʼ Ἕλλησιν, οὐ μόνον τῶν λεγομένων σοφῶν τε καὶ ποιητῶν, ὁ Μωσῆς ἡμῖν ἀποδέδεικται πρεσβύτερος.”
kai theōn ara tōn pleistōn parʼ Hellēsin, ou monon tōn legomenōn sophōn te kai poiētōn, ho Mōsēs hēmin apodedeiktai presbyteros.”
So Moses has been shown by us to be older than most of the gods of the Greeks, not only than their so-called wise men and poets.”
10.12.31Dindorf 1:581
Ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Κλήμης. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ πρὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐσπουδάσθη καὶ αὐτοῖς Ἑβραίων παισὶν ἡ προκειμένη πραγματεία, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι καὶ τὰ τούτων συνιδεῖν. χρήσομαι δὲ ἀντὶ πάντων ταῖς Φλαυίου Ἰωσήπου φωναῖς
Tauta kai ho Klēmēs. allʼ epei pro tōn hēmeterōn espoudasthē kai autois Hebraiōn paisin hē prokeimenē pragmateia, kalōs an echoi kai ta toutōn synidein. chrēsomai de anti pantōn tais Phlauiou Iōsēpou phōnais
So Clement too. But since before our own writers the sons of the Hebrews themselves had studied the subject before us, it would be well to look at their work too. In place of all I shall use the words of Flavius Josephus:
Preparation 10, chapter 13
10.13.1Dindorf 1:581
“ Ἄρξομαι δὲ πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῶν παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις γραμμάτων. αὐτὰ μὲν οὖν οὐχ οἷόν τε παρατίθεσθαι τἀκείνων· Μάνεθως δὲ τὸ γένος Αἰγύπτιος, ἀνὴρ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς μετεσχηκὼς παιδείας, ὡς δῆλός ἐστι, γέγραφε γὰρ Ἑλλάδι φωνῇ τὴν πάτριον ἱστορίαν, ἔκ τε τῶν ἱερῶν, ὥς φησιν αὐτὸς, μεταφράσας, ὃς καὶ πολλὰ τὸν Ἡρόδοτον ἐλέγχει τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν ὑπʼ ἀγνοίας ἐψευσμένον ’ οὗτος δὴ τοίνυν ὁ Μάνεθως ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν ταῦτα περὶ ἡμῶν γράφει ’ παραθήσομαι δὲ τὴν λέξιν αὐτοῦ, καθάπερ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον παραγαγὼν μάρτυρα.
“ Arxomai de prōton apo tōn parʼ Aigyptiois grammatōn. auta men oun ouch hoion te paratithesthai takeinōn; Manethōs de to genos Aigyptios, anēr tēs Hellēnikēs meteschēkōs paideias, hōs dēlos esti, gegraphe gar Helladi phōnę̄ tēn patrion historian, ek te tōn hierōn, hōs phēsin autos, metaphrasas, hos kai polla ton Hērodoton elenchei tōn Aigyptiakōn hypʼ agnoias epseusmenon ’ houtos dē toinyn ho Manethōs en tę̄ deuterą tōn Aigyptiakōn tauta peri hēmōn graphei ’ parathēsomai de tēn lexin autou, kathaper auton ekeinon paragagōn martyra.
“I shall begin first with the writings of the Egyptians. It is not possible to set out their own texts; but Manetho, an Egyptian by race, a man who had shared in Greek education, as is clear, for he wrote his country’s history in the Greek language, translating it, as he himself says, from the sacred records, and who often refutes Herodotus as having erred about Egyptian matters through ignorance, this Manetho, then, in the second book of his Egyptian History writes as follows about us. I shall set out his words, as though bringing forward the man himself as a witness.
10.13.2Dindorf 1:581–582
... “ τοῦ Τιμαῖος ὄνομα. ἐπὶ τούτου οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ὁ θεὸς ἀντέπνευσε, καὶ παραδόξως ἐκ τῶν πρὸς ἀνατολὴν μερῶν ἄνθρωποι τὸ γένος ἄσημοι καταθαρρήσαντες ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν ἐστράτευσαν, καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἀμαχητὶ ταύτην κατὰ κράτος εἷλον. Καὶ ἐπιλέγει μετὰ βραχέα
... “ tou Timaios onoma. epi toutou ouk oidʼ hopōs ho theos antepneuse, kai paradoxōs ek tōn pros anatolēn merōn anthrōpoi to genos asēmoi katatharrēsantes epi tēn chōran estrateusan, kai rhądiōs amachēti tautēn kata kratos heilon. Kai epilegei meta brachea
… “whose name was Timaeus. In his reign, I do not know how, God blew against us, and unexpectedly men of obscure race from the regions of the east boldly invaded the country and easily took it by force without a battle.” And shortly after he adds:
10.13.3Dindorf 1:582
“ Ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ τὸ σύμπαν αὐτῶν ἔθνος Ὑκ[ουσ]σώς· τοῦτο δέ ἐστι βασιλεῖς ποιμένες. τὸ γὰρ Ὓκ καθʼ ἱερὰν γλῶσσαν βασιλέα σημαίνει, τὸ δὲ [Οὐσ]σὼς ποιμήν ἐστι, καὶ ποιμένες κατὰ κοινὴν διάλεκτον, καὶ οὕτω συντιθέμενον γίνεται Ὑκ[ουσ]σώς.
“ Ekaleito de to sympan autōn ethnos Hyk[ous]sōs; touto de esti basileis poimenes. to gar Hyk kathʼ hieran glōssan basilea sēmainei, to de [Ous]sōs poimēn esti, kai poimenes kata koinēn dialekton, kai houtō syntithemenon ginetai Hyk[ous]sōs.
“Their whole nation was called Hycsos, that is, ‘shepherd kings.’ For hyc in the sacred language means ‘king,’ and sos is ‘shepherd,’ and ‘shepherds’ in the common dialect; and so compounded it becomes Hycsos.
10.13.4Dindorf 1:582
τινὲς δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτοὺς Ἄραβας εἷναι. ἐν δʼ ἄλλῳ ἀντιγράφῳ οὐ βασιλεῖς σημαίνεσθαι διὰ τῆς Ὑκ[ουσσὼς] προσηγορίας, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον αἰχμαλώτους δηλοῦσθαι ποιμένας. τὸ γὰρ Ὑκ[ουσσὼς] Αἰγυπτιστὶ καὶ τὸ ἃκ δασυνόμενον αἰχμαλώτους ῥητῶς μηνύει.
tines de legousin autous Arabas heinai. en dʼ allǭ antigraphǭ ou basileis sēmainesthai dia tēs Hyk[oussōs] prosēgorias, alla tounantion aichmalōtous dēlousthai poimenas. to gar Hyk[oussōs] Aigyptisti kai to hak dasynomenon aichmalōtous rhētōs mēnyei.
Some say they were Arabs. In another copy it is said that the name Hycsos does not mean ‘kings’ but, on the contrary, indicates ‘captive shepherds’; for hyc in Egyptian, and hac with the rough breathing, plainly mean ‘captives.’
10.13.5Dindorf 1:582
καὶ τοῦτο μᾶλλον πιθανώτερόν μοι φαίνεται καὶ παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον· τούτους δὲ τοὺς προκατωνομασμένους βασιλέας καὶ τοὺς τῶν ποιμένων καλουμένων καὶ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν γενομένους κρατῆσαι τῆς Αἰγύπτου φησὶν ἔτη πρὸς τοῖς ’φʼ ία.
kai touto mallon pithanōteron moi phainetai kai palaias historias echomenon; toutous de tous prokatōnomasmenous basileas kai tous tōn poimenōn kaloumenōn kai tous ex autōn genomenous kratēsai tēs Aigyptou phēsin etē pros tois ’phʼ ia.
And this seems to me more credible and in keeping with ancient history. He says that these kings already named, those of the so-called shepherds, and their descendants, ruled Egypt for 511 years.
10.13.6Dindorf 1:582
μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Θηβαίδος καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Αἰγύπτου βασιλέων γενέσθαι φησὶν ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιμένας ἐπανάστασιν, καὶ πόλεμον συρραγῆναι μέγαν καὶ πολυχρόνιον. ἐπὶ δὲ βασιλέως, ᾧ ὄνομα εἶναι Μισφραγμούθωσις, ἡττωμένους φησὶ τοὺς ποιμένας, καὶ ἐκ μὲν τῆς ἄλλης Αἰγύπτου ἐκπεσεῖν, κατακλεισθῆναι δὲ εἰς τόπον ἀρουρῶν ἔχοντα μυρίων τὴν περίμετρον· Αὔαρις ὄνομα τῷ τόπῳ.
meta tauta de tōn ek tēs Thēbaidos kai tēs allēs Aigyptou basileōn genesthai phēsin epi tous poimenas epanastasin, kai polemon syrragēnai megan kai polychronion. epi de basileōs, hǭ onoma einai Misphragmouthōsis, hēttōmenous phēsi tous poimenas, kai ek men tēs allēs Aigyptou ekpesein, katakleisthēnai de eis topon arourōn echonta myriōn tēn perimetron; Auaris onoma tǭ topǭ.
After this, he says, the kings of the Thebaid and of the rest of Egypt rose up against the shepherds, and a great and long war broke out. In the reign of a king named Misphragmouthosis, he says, the shepherds were defeated, driven out of the rest of Egypt, and shut up in a place with a circumference of ten thousand arourae; the place was called Avaris.
10.13.7Dindorf 1:582
τοῦτόν φησιν ὁ Μάνεθως ἅπαντα τείχει τε μεγάλῳ καὶ ἰσχυρῷ περιβαλεῖν τοὺς ποιμένας, ὅπως τήν τε κτῆσιν ἅπασαν ἔχωσιν ἐν ὀχυρῷ καὶ τὴν λείαν τὴν ἑαυτῶν.
touton phēsin ho Manethōs hapanta teichei te megalǭ kai ischyrǭ peribalein tous poimenas, hopōs tēn te ktēsin hapasan echōsin en ochyrǭ kai tēn leian tēn heautōn.
Manetho says that the shepherds surrounded this whole place with a great, strong wall, so as to keep all their possessions and their plunder in a stronghold.
10.13.8Dindorf 1:582–583
τὸν δὲ Μισφραγμουθώσεως υἱὸν Θμούθωσιν ἐπιχειρῆσαι μὲν αὐτοὺς διὰ πολιορκίας ἑλεῖν κατὰ κράτος, ὀκτὼ καὶ τεσσαράκοντα μυριάσι στρατοῦ προσεδρεύσαντα τοῖς τείχεσιν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν πολιορκίαν ἀπέγνω, ποιήσασθαι συμβάσεις, ἵνα τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐκλιπόντες ὅποι βούλονται πάντες ἀβλαβεῖς ἀπέλθωσι.
ton de Misphragmouthōseōs huion Thmouthōsin epicheirēsai men autous dia poliorkias helein kata kratos, oktō kai tessarakonta myriasi stratou prosedreusanta tois teichesin; epei de tēn poliorkian apegnō, poiēsasthai symbaseis, hina tēn Aigypton eklipontes hopoi boulontai pantes ablabeis apelthōsi.
Thmouthosis, the son of Misphragmouthosis, tried to take them by force through siege, investing the walls with 480,000 troops; but when he gave up the siege, he made terms, that they should leave Egypt and all go away unharmed wherever they wished.
10.13.9Dindorf 1:583
τοὺς δὲ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὁμολογίαις πανοικεσίᾳ μετὰ τῶν κτήσεων, οὐκ ἐλάσσους μυριάδων ὄντας εἰκοσιτεσσάρων, ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγύπτου τὴν ἔρημον εἰς Συρίαν διοδοιπορῆσαι,
tous de epi tais homologiais panoikesią meta tōn ktēseōn, ouk elassous myriadōn ontas eikositessarōn, apo tēs Aigyptou tēn erēmon eis Syrian diodoiporēsai,
And on these terms they, with their whole households and possessions, no fewer than 240,000 people, travelled out of Egypt through the desert into Syria;
10.13.10Dindorf 1:583
φοβουμένους δὲ τὴν Ἀσσυρίων δυναστείαν, τότε γὰρ ἐκείνους τῆς Ἀσίας κρατεῖν, ἐν τῇ νῦν Ἰουδαίᾳ καλουμένῃ πόλιν οἰκοδομησαμένους, τοσαύταις μυριάσιν ἀνθρώπων ἀρκέσουσαν, Ἱεροσόλυμα ταύτην ὀνομάσαι.”
phoboumenous de tēn Assyriōn dynasteian, tote gar ekeinous tēs Asias kratein, en tę̄ nyn Ioudaią kaloumenę̄ polin oikodomēsamenous, tosautais myriasin anthrōpōn arkesousan, Hierosolyma tautēn onomasai.”
and fearing the power of the Assyrians, who then ruled Asia, they built a city in what is now called Judea, large enough for so many tens of thousands of people, and named it Jerusalem.”
10.13.11Dindorf 1:583
Τούτοις ἐξῆς τὴν διαδοχὴν τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον βασιλέων μετὰ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτῶν ἀπαριθμησάμενος ἐπιλέγει, “ Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Μάνεθως. δῆλον δʼ ἐστὶν, ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐτῶν τοῦ χρόνου συλλογισθέντος, ὅτι οἱ καλούμενοι ποιμένες, ἡμέτεροι δὲ πρόγονοι, τρισὶ καὶ ἐνενήκοντα καὶ τριακοσίοις πρόσθεν ἔτεσιν ἐκ τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἀπαλλαγέντες τὴν χώραν ταύτην ἐπῴκησαν ἢ Δαναὸν εἰς Ἄργος ἀφικέσθαι· καίτοι τοῦτον ἀρχαιότατον Ἀργεῖοι νομίζουσι.
Toutois exēs tēn diadochēn tōn katʼ Aigypton basileōn meta tou chronou tēs archēs autōn aparithmēsamenos epilegei, “ Tauta men ho Manethōs. dēlon dʼ estin, ek tōn eirēmenōn etōn tou chronou syllogisthentos, hoti hoi kaloumenoi poimenes, hēmeteroi de progonoi, trisi kai enenēkonta kai triakosiois prosthen etesin ek tēs Aigyptou apallagentes tēn chōran tautēn epǭkēsan ē Danaon eis Argos aphikesthai; kaitoi touton archaiotaton Argeioi nomizousi.
Next, after listing the succession of the Egyptian kings with the length of their reigns, he adds: “So much Manetho. It is clear from the years stated, when the time is reckoned, that the so-called shepherds, our ancestors, left Egypt and settled this land 393 years before Danaus came to Argos; and yet the Argives think him most ancient.
10.13.12Dindorf 1:583
δύο τοίνυν ὁ Μάνεθως ἡμῖν τὰ μέγιστα μεμαρτύρηκεν ἐκ τῶν παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις γραμμάτων ’ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν ἑτέρωθεν ἄφιξιν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἔπειτα δὲ τὴν ἐκεῖθεν ἀπαλλαγὴν οὕτως ἀρχαίαν τοῖς χρόνοις ὡς ἐγγύς που προτερεῖν αὐτὴν τῶν Ἰλιακῶν ἔτεσι χιλίοις.”
dyo toinyn ho Manethōs hēmin ta megista memartyrēken ek tōn para tois Aigyptiois grammatōn ’ prōton men tēn heterōthen aphixin eis Aigypton, epeita de tēn ekeithen apallagēn houtōs archaian tois chronois hōs engys pou proterein autēn tōn Iliakōn etesi chiliois.”
So Manetho has borne witness for us to the two most important points from the Egyptian writings: first, the arrival in Egypt from elsewhere; then the departure from there, so ancient in date that it precedes the Trojan War by nearly a thousand years.”
10.13.13Dindorf 1:583–584
Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγυπτιακῆς ἱστορίας ταύτῃ πη τῷ Ἰωσήπῳ κατὰ πλάτος ἀνιστόρηται ’ ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Φοινίκων, μάρτυσι χρησάμενος τοῖς τὰ Φοινικικὰ συγγραψαμένοις, παρίστησι τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις νεὼν ὑπὸ Σολομῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως ᾠκοδομῆσθαι ἔτεσι θᾶττον ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα καὶ τρισὶ καὶ μησὶν ὀκτὼ τοῦ κτίσαι Τυρίους Καρχηδόνα ’ εἶτα μεταβὰς καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ Χαλδαίων ἱστορίας τὰς περὶ τῆς Ἑβραίων ἀρχαιότητος παρατίθεται μαρτυρίας.
Alla ta men apo tēs Aigyptiakēs historias tautę̄ pē tǭ Iōsēpǭ kata platos anistorētai ’ apo de tēs Phoinikōn, martysi chrēsamenos tois ta Phoinikika syngrapsamenois, paristēsi ton en Hierosolymois neōn hypo Solomōnos tou basileōs ǭkodomēsthai etesi thatton hekaton tessarakonta kai trisi kai mēsin oktō tou ktisai Tyrious Karchēdona ’ eita metabas kai apo tēs peri Chaldaiōn historias tas peri tēs Hebraiōn archaiotētos paratithetai martyrias.
So the evidence from Egyptian history has been set out at length by Josephus in some such way. From Phoenician history, using as witnesses the writers of Phoenician history, he shows that the temple in Jerusalem was built by King Solomon 143 years and eight months before the Tyrians founded Carthage. Then, passing on, he sets out the testimonies to the antiquity of the Hebrews from the history of the Chaldeans as well.
Preparation 10, chapter 14
10.14.1Dindorf 1:584
Ἀλλὰ τί δεῖ πλῆθος ταῖς ἀποδείξεσιν ἐπισωρεύειν, τοῦ φιλαλήθους, ἀλλὰ μὴ φιλαπεχθήμονος καὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀρκουμένου, ποικίλην περιέχουσι τὴν περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου σύστασιν; προύκειτο δὲ ἡμῖν τὰ Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν παλαίτερα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ἀποδεῖξαι.
Alla ti dei plēthos tais apodeixesin episōreuein, tou philalēthous, alla mē philapechthēmonos kai tois eirēmenois arkoumenou, poikilēn periechousi tēn peri tou prokeimenou systasin? proukeito de hēmin ta Mōseōs kai tōn prophētōn palaitera tōn Hellēnikōn apodeixai.
But why heap up a multitude of proofs, for one who loves truth rather than quarrelling and is content with what has been said, since it contains a varied demonstration of the matter in hand? Our purpose was to show that the writings of Moses and the prophets are older than those of the Greeks.
10.14.2Dindorf 1:584
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν μακρῷ πρόσθεν τῶν Τρωϊκῶν Μωσῆς γεγονὼς ἀποδέδεικται, φέρʼ ἴδωμεν καὶ τοὺς μετʼ αὐτὸν ἅπαντας. Μωσῆς δʼ ὅτι τῶν πρὶν ἀληθῶς Ἑβραίων Ἕβερ τε καὶ Ἁβραὰμ, ἀφʼ ὧν καὶ τὸ παρώνυμον τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπιτέθειται, τῶν τε λοιπῶν θεοφιλῶν τε καὶ παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν ὕστατος τοῖς χρόνοις παρεφάνη τῷ βίῳ, δῆλον ἀπὸ τῆς κατʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίας τυγχάνει.
epeidē toinyn makrǭ prosthen tōn Trōïkōn Mōsēs gegonōs apodedeiktai, pherʼ idōmen kai tous metʼ auton hapantas. Mōsēs dʼ hoti tōn prin alēthōs Hebraiōn Heber te kai Habraam, aphʼ hōn kai to parōnymon tois andrasin epitetheitai, tōn te loipōn theophilōn te kai palaiōn andrōn hystatos tois chronois parephanē tǭ biǭ, dēlon apo tēs katʼ auton historias tynchanei.
Since, then, Moses has been shown to have lived long before the Trojan War, come, let us look at all those after him too. That Moses appeared in life last in time of the true Hebrews before him, Heber and Abraham, from whom the name derived from them was given to these men, and of the other ancient men dear to God, is clear from his own history.
10.14.3Dindorf 1:584
μετὰ Μωσέα τοίνυν προέστη τοῦ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους Ἰησοῦς, ὥς τινες, ἔτεσι λ΄· εἶθʼ, ὥς φησιν ἡ γραφὴ, ἐκράτησαν ἀλλόφυλοι ἔτεσιν ὀκτώ. ἔπειτα Γοθονιὴλ ἔτεσι πεντήκοντα. μεθʼ ὃν Ἐγλὼμ, βασιλεὺς Μωὰβ, ἔτη ιη΄. μεθʼ ὃν Ἀὼδ ἔτη π΄. μεθʼ ὃν πάλιν ἀλλόφυλοι ἔτη κ΄· ἔπειτα Δεββώρα καὶ Βαρὰκ ἔτη μ΄. ἔπειτα Μαδιηναῖοι ἔτη ζ΄· ἔπειτα Γεδεὼν ἔτη μ΄. Ἀβιμέλεχ ἔτη γ΄. Θωλὰ κγ΄· Ἰαεὶρ κβ΄· Ἀμμανῖται ιη΄· Ἰεφθάε ἔτη ς΄· Ἐσβὼν ἔτη ζ΄· Αἰαλὼν ἔτη ι΄· Λαβδὼν ἔτη η΄· ἀλλόφυλοι ἔτη μ΄· Σαμψὼν ἔτη κ΄· ἔπειτα Ἠλεὶ ἱερεὺς, ὡς τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν, ἔτη μ΄· περὶ ὃν συμβαίνει τὴν Ἰλίου καταντᾶν ἅλωσιν· μετὰ δʼ Ἠλεὶ τὸν ἱερέα ἡγεῖται τοῦ λαοῦ Σαμουήλ.
meta Mōsea toinyn proestē tou Ioudaiōn ethnous Iēsous, hōs tines, etesi l΄; eithʼ, hōs phēsin hē graphē, ekratēsan allophyloi etesin oktō. epeita Gothoniēl etesi pentēkonta. methʼ hon Eglōm, basileus Mōab, etē iē΄. methʼ hon Aōd etē p΄. methʼ hon palin allophyloi etē k΄; epeita Debbōra kai Barak etē m΄. epeita Madiēnaioi etē z΄; epeita Gedeōn etē m΄. Abimelech etē g΄. Thōla kg΄; Iaeir kb΄; Ammanitai iē΄; Iephthae etē s΄; Esbōn etē z΄; Aialōn etē i΄; Labdōn etē ē΄; allophyloi etē m΄; Sampsōn etē k΄; epeita Ēlei hiereus, hōs to Hebraïkon, etē m΄; peri hon symbainei tēn Iliou katantan halōsin; meta dʼ Ēlei ton hierea hēgeitai tou laou Samouēl.
After Moses, then, Joshua led the Jewish nation, as some say, for 30 years; then, as Scripture says, foreigners ruled for eight years; then Othniel for fifty years; after him Eglon king of Moab, 18 years; after him Ehud, 80 years; after him foreigners again, 20 years; then Deborah and Barak, 40 years; then the Midianites, 7 years; then Gideon, 40 years; Abimelech, 3 years; Tola, 23; Jair, 22; the Ammonites, 18; Jephthah, 6 years; Esbon [Ibzan], 7 years; Elon, 10 years; Labdon [Abdon], 8 years; foreigners, 40 years; Samson, 20 years; then Eli the priest, according to the Hebrew, 40 years, in whose time the capture of Troy falls. After Eli the priest, Samuel led the people.
10.14.4Dindorf 1:584–585
μεθʼ ὃν πρῶτος αὐτῶν βασιλεύει Σαοὺλ ἔτεσι μ΄· ἔπειτα Δαβὶδ ἔτεσι μ΄· ἔπειτα Σολομῶν ἔτεσι μ΄· ὃς καὶ τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ναὸν ἐδείματο πρῶτος. μετὰ δὲ Σολο- μῶνα βασιλεύει Ῥοβοὰμ ἔτη ἵζʼ· Ἀβιὰ ἔτη γʼ ’ Ἄσα ἔτη μὰ· Ἰωσαφὰτ ἔτη κε· Ἰωρὰμ ἔτη ἡ ’ Ὀχοζίας ἔτος ἁ· Γοθολιὰ ἴτη ’ς·
methʼ hon prōtos autōn basileuei Saoul etesi m΄; epeita Dabid etesi m΄; epeita Solomōn etesi m΄; hos kai ton en Hierosolymois naon edeimato prōtos. meta de Solo- mōna basileuei Rhoboam etē hizʼ; Abia etē gʼ ’ Asa etē ma; Iōsaphat etē ke; Iōram etē hē ’ Ochozias etos ha; Gotholia itē ’s;
After him Saul was their first king, for 40 years; then David for 40 years; then Solomon for 40 years, who also first built the temple in Jerusalem. After Solomon, Rehoboam reigned 17 years; Abijah, 3 years; Asa, 41 years; Jehoshaphat, 25; Joram, 8 years; Ahaziah, 1 year; Athaliah, 6 years;
10.14.5Dindorf 1:585
Ἰωὰς ἔτη μʼ· Ἀμασίας ἔτη μθ΄· Ὀζίας ἔτη νβ΄· καθʼ ὃν προφητεύουσιν Ὠσηὲ, Ἀμὼς, Ἠσαίας, Ἰωνᾶς· μετὰ δὲ ’ Ὀζίαν βασιλεύει ἔτη ἰέ ’ μεθʼ ὃν ἔτη ἰέ. κατὰ τοῦτον ἡ πρώτη Ὀλυμπιὰς ἤχθη, ἣν ἐνίκα στάδιον Κόροιβος Ἠλεῖος.
Iōas etē mʼ; Amasias etē mth΄; Ozias etē nb΄; kathʼ hon prophēteuousin Ōsēe, Amōs, Ēsaias, Iōnas; meta de ’ Ozian basileuei etē ie ’ methʼ hon etē ie. kata touton hē prōtē Olympias ēchthē, hēn enika stadion Koroibos Ēleios.
Joash, 40 years; Amaziah, 49 years; Uzziah, 52 years, in whose time Hosea, Amos, Isaiah, and Jonah prophesied. After Uzziah [Jotham] reigned 16 years; after him [Ahaz] 16 years. In his time the first Olympiad was held, in which Coroebus of Elis won the footrace.
10.14.6Dindorf 1:585
διαδέχεται δὲ τὸν Ἄχαζ Ἀζεκίας ἔτεσι κθ΄ ’ καθʼ ὃν Ῥωμύλος Ῥώμην ἔκτισε καὶ ἐβασίλευσε. μετὰ δὲ Ἐζεκίαν βασιλεύει Μανασσῆς ἔτη νέ· ἔπειτα Ἀμὼν ἔτη β΄· ἔπειτα Ἰωσίας ἔτη ’ καθʼ ὃν προφητεύουσιν Ἱερεμίας, Βαροὺχ, Ὀλδᾶ καὶ ἄλλοι προφῆται.
diadechetai de ton Achaz Azekias etesi kth΄ ’ kathʼ hon Rhōmylos Rhōmēn ektise kai ebasileuse. meta de Ezekian basileuei Manassēs etē ne; epeita Amōn etē b΄; epeita Iōsias etē ’ kathʼ hon prophēteuousin Hieremias, Barouch, Olda kai alloi prophētai.
Hezekiah succeeded Ahaz for 29 years; in his time Romulus founded Rome and reigned. After Hezekiah, Manasseh reigned 55 years; then Amon, 2 years; then Josiah, [31] years, in whose time Jeremiah, Baruch, Huldah, and other prophets prophesied.
10.14.7Dindorf 1:585
ἔπειτα Ἰωάχαζ μῆνας γʼ. μεθʼ ὃν Ἰωακεὶμ ἔτη ἰά· μεθʼ ὃν πάντων ὕστατος Σεδεκίας ἔτη ιβ΄ κατὰ τοῦτον πολιορκηθείσης τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὑπὸ Ἀσσυρίων καὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐμπρησμὸν ὑπομείναντος τὸ πᾶν Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος ἀπάγεται εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, προφητεύει τε αὐτόθι Δανιὴλ καὶ Ἐζεκιήλ.
epeita Iōachaz mēnas gʼ. methʼ hon Iōakeim etē ia; methʼ hon pantōn hystatos Sedekias etē ib΄ kata touton poliorkētheisēs tēs Hierousalēm hypo Assyriōn kai tou hierou emprēsmon hypomeinantos to pan Ioudaiōn ethnos apagetai eis Babylōna, prophēteuei te autothi Daniēl kai Ezekiēl.
Then Jehoahaz, 3 months; after him Jehoiakim, 11 years; after him, last of all, Zedekiah, 12 years. In his time Jerusalem was besieged by the Assyrians and the temple was burned, and the whole Jewish nation was carried off to Babylon; and there Daniel and Ezekiel prophesied.
10.14.8Dindorf 1:585
μετὰ δὲ ἐτῶν ἀριθμὸν ο΄ ὁ Κῦρος βασιλεύει Περσῶν, ὃς καὶ ἀνῆκε τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐπιτρέψας τοῖς θέλουσιν αὐτῶν παλινοστεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκείαν γῆν καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἀνεγείρειν· ὅτε καὶ ἄνεισιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ καὶ Ζοροβάβελ ὁ τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ. καταβάλλονταί τε θεμελίους, προφητευόντων ὕστατα πάντων Ἀγγαίου καὶ Ζαχαρίου καὶ Μαλαχίου, μεθʼ οὓς οὐκέτι προφήτης παρʼ αὐτοῖς γέγονε.
meta de etōn arithmon o΄ ho Kyros basileuei Persōn, hos kai anēke tēn aichmalōsian tōn Ioudaiōn, epitrepsas tois thelousin autōn palinostein epi tēn oikeian gēn kai to hieron anegeirein; hote kai aneisin Iēsous ho tou Iōsedek kai Zorobabel ho tou Salathiēl. kataballontai te themelious, prophēteuontōn hystata pantōn Angaiou kai Zachariou kai Malachiou, methʼ hous ouketi prophētēs parʼ autois gegone.
After a span of seventy years Cyrus became king of the Persians; he also ended the captivity of the Jews, allowing those who wished to return to their own land and rebuild the temple. Then Jesus son of Josedek and Zerubbabel son of Shealtiel went up. They laid the foundations, while Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi, last of all, prophesied; after them there was no longer a prophet among them.
10.14.9Dindorf 1:585
κατὰ δὲ Κῦρον Σόλων ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ἐγνωρίζετο, καὶ οἱ κληθέντες ἑπτὰ σοφοὶ παρʼ Ἓλλησιν, ὧν παλαίτερος οὐδεὶς παρʼ αὐτοῖς φιλόσοφος μνημονεύεται.
kata de Kyron Solōn ho Athēnaios egnōrizeto, kai hoi klēthentes hepta sophoi parʼ Hellēsin, hōn palaiteros oudeis parʼ autois philosophos mnēmoneuetai.
In the time of Cyrus, Solon the Athenian was known, and those called the Seven Sages among the Greeks, before whom no philosopher is remembered among them.
10.14.10Dindorf 1:585–586
τούτων δὴ τῶν ἑπτὰ Θαλῆς ὁ Μιλήσιος φυσικὸς πρῶτος Ἑλλήνων γεγονὼς περὶ τροπῶν ἡλίου καὶ ἐκλείψεως καὶ φωτισμῶν σελήνης καὶ ἰσημερίας διελέχθη ’ ἐγένετο δʼ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐπισημότατος ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι.
toutōn dē tōn hepta Thalēs ho Milēsios physikos prōtos Hellēnōn gegonōs peri tropōn hēliou kai ekleipseōs kai phōtismōn selēnēs kai isēmerias dielechthē ’ egeneto dʼ ho anēr episēmotatos en tois Hellēsi.
Of these seven, Thales of Miletus, the first natural philosopher among the Greeks, discussed the solstices of the sun, eclipses, the phases of the moon, and the equinox; and he became the most famous man among the Greeks.
10.14.11Dindorf 1:586
Θαλοῦ δὲ γίνεται ἀκουστὴς Ἀναξίμανδρος, Πραξιάδου μὲν παῖς, γένος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς Μιλήσιος. οὗτος πρῶτος γνώμονας κατεσκεύασε πρὸς διάγνωσιν τροπῶν τε ἡλίου καὶ χρόνων καὶ ὡρῶν καὶ ἰσημερίας.
Thalou de ginetai akoustēs Anaximandros, Praxiadou men pais, genos de kai autos Milēsios. houtos prōtos gnōmonas kateskeuase pros diagnōsin tropōn te hēliou kai chronōn kai hōrōn kai isēmerias.
Anaximander became a hearer of Thales, the son of Praxiades, also a Milesian by birth. He was the first to construct sundials for determining the solstices, seasons, hours, and the equinox.
10.14.12Dindorf 1:586
Ἀναξιμάνδρου δὲ γνώριμος ἐγένετο Ἀναξιμένης Εὐρυστράτου Μιλήσιος· τούτου δὲ Ἀναξαγόρας ὁ Ἡγησιβούλου Κλαζομένιος. οὗτος δὴ πρῶτος διήρθρωσε τὸν περὶ ἀρχῶν λόγον. οὐ γὰρ μόνον περὶ τῆς πάντων οὐσίας ἀπεφήνατο, ὡς οἱ πρὸ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ κινοῦντος αὐτὴν αἰτίου. “ἦν γὰρ ἀρχὴν” φησὶ “τὰ πράγματα ὁμοῦ πεφυρμένα· Νοῦς δʼ εἰσελθὼν αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς ἀταξίας εἰς τάξιν ἤγαγεν.
Anaximandrou de gnōrimos egeneto Anaximenēs Eurystratou Milēsios; toutou de Anaxagoras ho Hēgēsiboulou Klazomenios. houtos dē prōtos diērthrōse ton peri archōn logon. ou gar monon peri tēs pantōn ousias apephēnato, hōs hoi pro autou, alla kai peri tou kinountos autēn aitiou. “ēn gar archēn” phēsi “ta pragmata homou pephyrmena; Nous dʼ eiselthōn auta ek tēs ataxias eis taxin ēgagen.
Anaximenes son of Eurystratus, a Milesian, was a pupil of Anaximander; and his was Anaxagoras son of Hegesibulus, of Clazomenae. He was the first to set out clearly the doctrine of first principles. For he declared not only about the substance of all things, like those before him, but also about the cause that moves it. “In the beginning,” he says, “things were mixed together; but Mind came in and brought them from disorder into order.”
10.14.13Dindorf 1:586
Ἀναξαγόρου δὲ ἐγένοντο γνώριμοι τρεῖς, Περικλῆς, Ἀρχέλαος, Εὐριπίδης. Περικλῆς μὲν οὖν Ἀθηναίων πρῶτος ἐγένετο, καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ γένει τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν διήνεγκεν· Εὐριπίδης δὲ ἐπὶ ποιητικὴν μεταβὰς ὑπό τινων σκηνικὸς φιλόσοφος ἐκλήθη ’ ὁ δὲ Ἀρχέλαος ἐν Λαμψάκῳ διεδέξατο τὴν σχολὴν τοῦ Ἀναξαγόρου, μεταβὰς δʼ εἰς Ἀθήνας ἐκεῖ ἐσχόλασε, καὶ πολλοὺς ἔσχεν Ἀθηναίων γνωρίμους, ἐν οἷς καὶ Σωκράτην.
Anaxagorou de egenonto gnōrimoi treis, Periklēs, Archelaos, Euripidēs. Periklēs men oun Athēnaiōn prōtos egeneto, kai ploutǭ kai genei tōn kathʼ heauton diēnenken; Euripidēs de epi poiētikēn metabas hypo tinōn skēnikos philosophos eklēthē ’ ho de Archelaos en Lampsakǭ diedexato tēn scholēn tou Anaxagorou, metabas dʼ eis Athēnas ekei escholase, kai pollous eschen Athēnaiōn gnōrimous, en hois kai Sōkratēn.
Anaxagoras had three pupils: Pericles, Archelaus, and Euripides. Pericles became first among the Athenians and surpassed his contemporaries in wealth and birth; Euripides turned to poetry and was called by some the philosopher of the stage; and Archelaus succeeded to Anaxagoras’s school in Lampsacus, then moved to Athens and taught there, and had many Athenian pupils, among them Socrates.
10.14.14Dindorf 1:586
κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τῷ Ἀναξαγόρᾳ χρόνον ἤκμασαν ἄνδρες φυσικοὶ, Ξενοφάνης τε καὶ Πυθαγόρας. τὸν μὲν οὖν Πυθαγόραν διεδέξατο Θεανὼ ἡ γυνὴ, οἱ τε υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, Τηλαυγὴς καὶ Μνήσαρχος.
kata de ton auton tǭ Anaxagorą chronon ēkmasan andres physikoi, Xenophanēs te kai Pythagoras. ton men oun Pythagoran diedexato Theanō hē gynē, hoi te huioi autou, Tēlaugēs kai Mnēsarchos.
At the same time as Anaxagoras flourished the natural philosophers Xenophanes and Pythagoras. Pythagoras was succeeded by his wife Theano and his sons Telauges and Mnesarchus.
10.14.15Dindorf 1:586–587
Τηλαυγοῦς δὲ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ἀκουστὴς γίνεται, καθʼ ὃν Ἡράκλειτος ὁ σκοτεινὸς ἐγνωρίζετο. τὸν δὲ Ξενοφάνην λέγεται ὁ Παρμενίδης διαδέξασθαι, Παρμενίδην δὲ Μέλισσος, Μέλισσον δὲ Ζήνων ὁ Ἐλεάτης· ’ ὅν φασιν ἐπιβουλὴν κατὰ τοῦ τότε τυράννου συστησάμενον ἁλῶναι, στρεβλούμενον δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ τυράννου, ὅπως τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ γενομένους ἄνδρας ἀπογράψηται, οὐ προσποιηθέντα τὰς τοῦ τυράννου τιμωρίας, διαμασησάμενον τὴν γλῶσσαν, προσπτύσαι αὐτῷ, καὶ οὕτως ἐγκαρτερήσαντα ταῖς βασάνοις ἀποθανεῖν.
Tēlaugous de Empedoklēs akoustēs ginetai, kathʼ hon Hērakleitos ho skoteinos egnōrizeto. ton de Xenophanēn legetai ho Parmenidēs diadexasthai, Parmenidēn de Melissos, Melisson de Zēnōn ho Eleatēs; ’ hon phasin epiboulēn kata tou tote tyrannou systēsamenon halōnai, strebloumenon de hypo tou tyrannou, hopōs tous syn autǭ genomenous andras apograpsētai, ou prospoiēthenta tas tou tyrannou timōrias, diamasēsamenon tēn glōssan, prosptysai autǭ, kai houtōs enkarterēsanta tais basanois apothanein.
Empedocles became a hearer of Telauges, in whose time Heraclitus the Obscure was known. Parmenides is said to have succeeded Xenophanes, Melissus Parmenides, and Zeno of Elea Melissus. They say that Zeno, having formed a plot against the tyrant of the time, was caught; and being tortured by the tyrant to make him write down the names of the men who were with him, he did not give in to the tyrant’s punishments, but bit through his tongue, spat it at him, and so died enduring the tortures.
10.14.16Dindorf 1:587
τούτου δὲ Λεύκιππος ἀκουστὴς γέγονε, Λευκίππου δὲ Δημόκριτος, οὗ Πρωταγόρας, καθʼ ὃν ἤκμασε Σωκράτης. καὶ ἄλλους δὲ σποράδην ἔστιν εὑρεῖν φυσικοὺς φιλοσόφους πρὸ Σωκράτους γενομένους· πλὴν ἀλλὰ πάντες ἀπὸ Θαλοῦ ἀρξάμενοι κατώτερον Κύρου τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως φαίνονται ἠκμακότες ’ ὁ δὲ Κῦρος μετὰ πλεῖστον τῆς εἰς Βαβυλῶνα αἰχμαλωσίας τοῦ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους δῆλός ἐστι γεγονὼς, διαλελοιπότων ἤδη τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς μητροπόλεως αὐτῶν πεπολιορκημένης· ὥστε σε ὁμολογεῖν πολὺ νεώτερα Μώσεως καὶ τῶν μετʼ αὐτὸν προφητῶν τὰ τῆς Ἑλλήνων γεγονέναι φιλοσοφίας, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς κατὰ Πλάτωνα, ὃς ἀκουστὴς τὰ πρῶτα γενόμενος Σωκράτους, κἄπειτα τοῖς Πυθαγορείοις ὁμιλήσας, τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ πάντας λόγῳ τε καὶ συνέσει καὶ τοῖς ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ δόγμασιν ὑπερηκόντισε.
toutou de Leukippos akoustēs gegone, Leukippou de Dēmokritos, hou Prōtagoras, kathʼ hon ēkmase Sōkratēs. kai allous de sporadēn estin heurein physikous philosophous pro Sōkratous genomenous; plēn alla pantes apo Thalou arxamenoi katōteron Kyrou tou Persōn basileōs phainontai ēkmakotes ’ ho de Kyros meta pleiston tēs eis Babylōna aichmalōsias tou Ioudaiōn ethnous dēlos esti gegonōs, dialeloipotōn ēdē tōn parʼ Hebraiois prophētōn, kai tēs hieras mētropoleōs autōn pepoliorkēmenēs; hōste se homologein poly neōtera Mōseōs kai tōn metʼ auton prophētōn ta tēs Hellēnōn gegonenai philosophias, kai malista tēs kata Platōna, hos akoustēs ta prōta genomenos Sōkratous, kapeita tois Pythagoreiois homilēsas, tous pro autou pantas logǭ te kai synesei kai tois en philosophią dogmasin hyperēkontise.
Leucippus became his hearer, Democritus Leucippus’s, and Protagoras Democritus’s, in whose time Socrates flourished. Other natural philosophers before Socrates can be found here and there; but all, beginning from Thales, evidently flourished after Cyrus king of the Persians. And Cyrus clearly lived long after the captivity of the Jewish nation in Babylon, when the prophets among the Hebrews had already ceased and their holy capital had been besieged. So you must admit that Greek philosophy is much more recent than Moses and the prophets after him, and above all Plato’s, who first was a hearer of Socrates and then associated with the Pythagoreans, and outstripped all before him in reason, understanding, and the doctrines of philosophy.
10.14.17Dindorf 1:587
γέγονε δʼ ὁ Πλάτων ἀμφὶ τὰ ὕστατα τῆς Περσῶν βασιλείας, μικρῷ θᾶττον Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Μακεδόνος, Αὐγούστου δὲ τοῦ σεβαστοῦ οὐ πολὺ πρόσθεν ἔτεσι ὒ.
gegone dʼ ho Platōn amphi ta hystata tēs Persōn basileias, mikrǭ thatton Alexandrou tou Makedonos, Augoustou de tou sebastou ou poly prosthen etesi y.
Plato lived about the last years of the Persian empire, a little before Alexander of Macedon, and not much more than 400 years before Augustus.
10.14.18Dindorf 1:587
εἰ δή σοι τοιγαροῦν ὁ Πλάτων οἵ τε μετʼ αὐτὸν δειχθεῖεν τὰ σύμφωνα Ἑβραίοις πεφιλοσοφηκότες, ὥρα σκοπεῖν τὸν Χρόνον καθʼ ὃν οὗτος γέγονε, τῶν δὲ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις θεολόγων τε καὶ προφητῶν τὴν παλαιότητα τῇ πάντων τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν φιλοσόφων ἀντιπαραβάλλειν ἡλικίᾳ.
ei dē soi toigaroun ho Platōn hoi te metʼ auton deichtheien ta symphōna Hebraiois pephilosophēkotes, hōra skopein ton Chronon kathʼ hon houtos gegone, tōn de parʼ Hebraiois theologōn te kai prophētōn tēn palaiotēta tę̄ pantōn tōn Hellēnikōn philosophōn antiparaballein hēlikią.
If, then, Plato and those after him should be shown to you to have taught a philosophy in agreement with the Hebrews, it is time to consider the date at which he lived, and to compare the antiquity of the theologians and prophets among the Hebrews with the age of all the Greek philosophers.
10.14.19Dindorf 1:587–588
ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων ἀποδειχθέντων καιρὸς ἐπανελθόντας τοὺς Ἑλλήνων σοφοὺς ζηλωτὰς θεάσασθαι τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν γεγονότας δογμάτων, ὥστε μηκέτʼ εὐλόγως ἡμῖν ἐπιμέμφεσθαι τοὺς συκοφάντας, εἰ δὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰ ὅμοια τοῖς αὐτῶν φιλοσόφοις ἀγαπήσαντες τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια τιμᾶν διανενοήμεθα.
alla gar toutōn apodeichthentōn kairos epanelthontas tous Hellēnōn sophous zēlōtas theasasthai tōn Hebraïkōn gegonotas dogmatōn, hōste mēketʼ eulogōs hēmin epimemphesthai tous sykophantas, ei dē kai autoi ta homoia tois autōn philosophois agapēsantes ta Hebraiōn logia timan dianenoēmetha.
But now that these things have been shown, it is time to return and see the wise men of the Greeks become emulators of the Hebrew teachings, so that the slanderers may no longer reasonably blame us if we too, loving the same things as their own philosophers, have resolved to honour the oracles of the Hebrews.
Preparation 11, chapter 0
11.0.1Dindorf 2:1
Ὁ μὲν δὴ τοῦ μετὰ χεῖρας προάγων τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς θέματος ὢν τόμος οὐκ ἐμαῖς φωναῖς, ταῖς δʼ ἔξωθεν συνίστη μαρτυρίαις τὸ μὴ ἀπεικὸς εἶναι Ἕλληνας μηδὲν σοφὸν ἐπενηνεγμένους, εἰ μὴ ὅτι μόνην τὴν ἐν λόγοις δεινότητά τε καὶ εὐγλωττίαν, τὰ πάντα δὲ παρὰ βαρβάρων ἐσκευωρημένους, μηδὲ τὰ Ἑβραίων ἀγνοῆσαι λόγια, καὶ τούτων δὲ ἐν μέρει καθάψασθαι, ὅτι μηδὲ τῆς τῶν σφετέρων ἐν συγγράμμασι φιλοτιμίας καθαρὰς ἐφυλάξαντο κλοπῆς τὰς χεῖρας. κλέπτας γὰρ αὐτοὺς οὐχ ὁ παρʼ ἡμῶν, ὡς ἔφην, λόγος, ὁ δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν παρεστήσατο.
Ho men dē tou meta cheiras proagōn tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs thematos ōn tomos ouk emais phōnais, tais dʼ exōthen synistē martyriais to mē apeikos einai Hellēnas mēden sophon epenēnegmenous, ei mē hoti monēn tēn en logois deinotēta te kai euglōttian, ta panta de para barbarōn eskeuōrēmenous, mēde ta Hebraiōn agnoēsai logia, kai toutōn de en merei kathapsasthai, hoti mēde tēs tōn spheterōn en syngrammasi philotimias katharas ephylaxanto klopēs tas cheiras. kleptas gar autous ouch ho parʼ hēmōn, hōs ephēn, logos, ho dʼ ex autōn parestēsato.
The book before this one, on the subject in hand of the Preparation for the Gospel, established, not by my own words but by testimonies from outside, that it is not unlikely that the Greeks, who contributed nothing wise except only skill and fluency in speech, and pilfered everything from barbarians, were not ignorant of the oracles of the Hebrews either, and in part laid hold of these too; since they did not keep their hands clean of theft even from the ambitions of their own countrymen in their writings. For it was not our argument, as I said, but their own that proved them thieves.
11.0.2Dindorf 2:1
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα νέους ὁμοῦ τῇ φρονήσει καὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοὺς, παρὰ πλεῖστον ὅσον τῆς Ἑβραικῆς λειπομένους ἀρχαιολογίας, ἐν ταὐτῷ διὰ τῆς τῶν χρόνων παραθέσεως ἔγνωμεν.
ou mēn alla kai sphodra neous homou tę̄ phronēsei kai tēn hēlikian autous, para pleiston hoson tēs Hebraikēs leipomenous archaiologias, en tautǭ dia tēs tōn chronōn paratheseōs egnōmen.
Moreover, we learned at the same time, by comparing dates, that they are very young both in wisdom and in age, falling very far short of the antiquity of the Hebrews.
11.0.3Dindorf 2:1–2
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ πρὸ τούτου ’ ὁ δέ γε παρὼν ἐπείγεται λοιπὸν ἤδη, ὥσπερ τι χρέος, τὴν ἐπηγγελμένην ὑπόσχεσιν ἀποδοῦναι καὶ τὴν ἔν τισιν, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐν πᾶσι, τοῖς δογματικοῖς θεωρήμασι πρὸς τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια συμφωνίαν τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων ἐκφᾶναι· ὧν τοὺς περιττοὺς παραιτησάμενος τὸν κορυφαῖον ἁπάντων ἀνακαλεῖται, μόνῳ χρῆναι ἀντὶ πάντων ἡγούμενος γνώμονι χρήσασθαι τοῦ προβλήματος Πλάτωνι, ἐπεὶ καὶ οὗτος μόνος ἔοικε τῇ δόξῃ τοὺς πάντας ὑπερακοντίσας αὐτάρκης ἡμῖν ἔσεσθαι πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ζητουμένου σύστασιν.
tauta men oun ho pro toutou ’ ho de ge parōn epeigetai loipon ēdē, hōsper ti chreos, tēn epēngelmenēn hyposchesin apodounai kai tēn en tisin, ei kai mē en pasi, tois dogmatikois theōrēmasi pros ta Hebraiōn logia symphōnian tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn ekphanai; hōn tous perittous paraitēsamenos ton koryphaion hapantōn anakaleitai, monǭ chrēnai anti pantōn hēgoumenos gnōmoni chrēsasthai tou problēmatos Platōni, epei kai houtos monos eoike tę̄ doxę̄ tous pantas hyperakontisas autarkēs hēmin esesthai pros tēn tou zētoumenou systasin.
That was the previous book. The present one now hastens to pay, like a debt, the promise made, and to bring to light the agreement of the Greek philosophers with the oracles of the Hebrews in some, if not in all, of their doctrinal teachings. Dismissing the superfluous, it calls on the chief of them all, thinking it right to use Plato alone, in place of all, as the measure of the question; since he alone, having outstripped all in fame, seems likely to be sufficient for us to establish what is sought.
11.0.4Dindorf 2:2
εἰ δέ που δέοι, σαφηνείας ἕνεκα τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς διανοίας, καὶ τοῖς τὴν κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐζηλωκόσι φιλοσοφίαν μάρτυσι χρήσομαι, τὰς αὐτῶν ἐκθησόμενος φωνὰς ἐπὶ συστάσει τοῦ προκειμένου.
ei de pou deoi, saphēneias heneka tēs tou andros dianoias, kai tois tēn katʼ auton ezēlōkosi philosophian martysi chrēsomai, tas autōn ekthēsomenos phōnas epi systasei tou prokeimenou.
And if it should be necessary anywhere, for the sake of clarity about the man’s meaning, I shall also use as witnesses those who have followed his philosophy, setting out their words to establish the point in hand.
11.0.5Dindorf 2:2
τετηρήσθω δέ μοι τὸ μὴ πάντʼ ἐπιτυχῶς εἰρῆσθαι τῷ ἀνδρὶ, εἰ καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα αὐτῷ σὺν ἀληθείᾳ ἐκπεφώνηται. ὃ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ κατὰ τὸν δέοντα καιρὸν παραστήσομεν, οὐκ αὐτοῦ διαβολῆς, ἀπολογίας δὲ ἡμετέρας χάριν, διʼ ἣν τὴν βάρβαρον φιλοσοφίαν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ὁμολογοῦμεν προῃρῆσθαι.
tetērēsthō de moi to mē pantʼ epitychōs eirēsthai tǭ andri, ei kai ta pleista autǭ syn alētheią ekpephōnētai. ho dē kai auto kata ton deonta kairon parastēsomen, ouk autou diabolēs, apologias de hēmeteras charin, diʼ hēn tēn barbaron philosophian tēs Hellēnikēs homologoumen proę̄rēsthai.
Let it be kept in mind, however, that not everything was said rightly by the man, even if most things he uttered were true. This too we shall show at the proper time, not to accuse him but to defend ourselves, explaining why we confess that we have preferred the barbarian philosophy to the Greek.
Preparation 11, chapter 1
11.1.1Dindorf 2:2
Εἰς τρία διελόντος μέρη τοῦ Πλάτωνος τὸν πάντα τῆς φιλοσοφίας λόγον, εἰς φυσικὸν, ἠθικὸν, λογικὸν, εἶτʼ αὖ πάλιν τὸν φυσικὸν διελομένου εἴς τε τὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν θεωρίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀσωμάτων κατανόησιν, εὕροις ἂν καὶ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις τὸ τριμερὲς τοῦτο τῆς διδασκαλίας εἶδος, ὅτι δὴ καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὰ ὅμοια πρόσθεν ἢ Πλάτωνα γενέσθαι πεφιλοσόφητο.
Eis tria dielontos merē tou Platōnos ton panta tēs philosophias logon, eis physikon, ēthikon, logikon, eitʼ au palin ton physikon dielomenou eis te tēn tōn aisthētōn theōrian kai tēn tōn asōmatōn katanoēsin, heurois an kai parʼ Hebraiois to trimeres touto tēs didaskalias eidos, hoti dē kai parʼ autois ta homoia prosthen ē Platōna genesthai pephilosophēto.
Plato divided the whole account of philosophy into three parts, natural, ethical, and logical, and again divided the natural into the study of sensible things and the understanding of incorporeal things. You would find this threefold form of teaching among the Hebrews too, since the like had been taught as philosophy among them before Plato was born.
11.1.2Dindorf 2:2
πρῶτον δὲ τῶν Πλάτωνος ἀκοῦσαι ἄξιον, εἶθʼ οὕτω καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων ἐπισκοπῆσαι. θήσω δὲ τὰ ἀρέσκοντα Πλάτωνι ἀπὸ τῶν τὰ αὐτοῦ πρεσβευόντων, ὧν Ἀττικὸς διαφανὴς ἀνὴρ τῶν Πλατωνικῶν φιλοσόφων ὧδέ πη τὰ δοκοῦντα τῷ ἀνδρὶ διέξεισιν, ἐν οἷς ἵσταται πρὸς τοὺς διὰ τῶν Ἀριστο- τέλους τὰ Πλάτωνος ὑπισχνουμένους.
prōton de tōn Platōnos akousai axion, eithʼ houtō kai ta Hebraiōn episkopēsai. thēsō de ta areskonta Platōni apo tōn ta autou presbeuontōn, hōn Attikos diaphanēs anēr tōn Platōnikōn philosophōn hōde pē ta dokounta tǭ andri diexeisin, en hois histatai pros tous dia tōn Aristo- telous ta Platōnos hypischnoumenous.
It is right to hear Plato’s views first, and then to examine those of the Hebrews. I shall give Plato’s doctrines from those who champion them. Of these Atticus, a distinguished man among the Platonic philosophers, sets out the man’s views somewhat as follows, in a work in which he opposes those who promise Plato’s teachings through Aristotle’s.
Preparation 11, chapter 2
11.2.1Dindorf 2:2–3
“Τριχῆ τοίνυν διαιρουμένης τῆς ἐντελοῦς φιλοσοφίας, εἴς τε τὸν ἠθικὸν καλούμενον τόπον καὶ τὸν φυσικὸν καὶ ἔτι τὸν λογικὸν, καὶ τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατασκευάζοντος ἡμῶν ἕκαστον καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν, καὶ τοὺς οἴκους ὅλους εἰς τὸ ἄριστον ἐπανορθοῦντος, ἤδη δὲ καὶ δῆμον σύμπαντα πολιτείᾳ τῇ διαφερούσῃ καὶ νόμοις τοῖς ἀκριβεστάτοις κοσμοῦντος, τοῦ δευτέρου δὲ πρὸς τὴν περὶ τῶν θείων γνῶσιν διήκοντος, αὐτῶν τε τῶν πρώτων καὶ τῶν αἰτίων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅσα ἐκ τούτων γίνεται, ἃ δὴ περὶ φύσεως ἱστορίαν ὁ Πλάτων ὠνόμακεν·
“Trichē toinyn diairoumenēs tēs entelous philosophias, eis te ton ēthikon kaloumenon topon kai ton physikon kai eti ton logikon, kai tou men prōtou kataskeuazontos hēmōn hekaston kalon kai agathon, kai tous oikous holous eis to ariston epanorthountos, ēdē de kai dēmon sympanta politeią tę̄ diapherousę̄ kai nomois tois akribestatois kosmountos, tou deuterou de pros tēn peri tōn theiōn gnōsin diēkontos, autōn te tōn prōtōn kai tōn aitiōn kai tōn allōn, hosa ek toutōn ginetai, ha dē peri physeōs historian ho Platōn ōnomaken;
“Complete philosophy, then, being divided in three, into the part called ethical, the natural, and further the logical: the first makes each of us noble and good, sets whole households right in the best way, and even orders a whole people with an excellent constitution and the most exact laws; the second extends to the knowledge of divine things, of the first principles themselves and the causes and everything else that comes from them, which Plato has called the inquiry into nature;
11.2.2Dindorf 2:3
εἰς δὲ τὴν περὶ τούτων ἀμφοτέρων διάκρισίν τε καὶ εὕρεσιν τοῦ τρίτου παραλαμβανομένου· ὅτι μὲν Πλάτων πρῶτος καὶ μάλιστα συναγείρας εἰς ἓν πάντα τὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας μέρη, τέως ἐσκεδασμένα καὶ διερριμμένα ὥσπερ τὰ τοῦ Πενθέως μέλη, καθάπερ εἶπέ τις, σῶμά τι καὶ ζῷον ὁλόκληρον ἀπέφηνε τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, δῆλα παντὶ λεγόμενα.
eis de tēn peri toutōn amphoterōn diakrisin te kai heuresin tou tritou paralambanomenou; hoti men Platōn prōtos kai malista synageiras eis hen panta ta tēs philosophias merē, teōs eskedasmena kai dierrimmena hōsper ta tou Pentheōs melē, kathaper eipe tis, sōma ti kai zǭon holoklēron apephēne tēn philosophian, dēla panti legomena.
and the third is employed for the discernment and discovery of both of these. That Plato was the first and chief to gather into one all the parts of philosophy, until then scattered and strewn about like the limbs of Pentheus, as someone said, and to show philosophy as a body and a complete living creature, is plain to all.
11.2.3Dindorf 2:3
οὔτε γὰρ οἱ περὶ Θαλῆν καὶ Ἀναξιμένην καὶ Ἀναξαγόραν, καὶ ὅσοι κατὰ ταὐτὸ γεγόνασι τούτοις, ἀγνοοῦνται περὶ μόνην τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς φύσεως τῶν ὄντων σκέψιν διατρίψαντες· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ Πιττακὸς καὶ Περίανδρος καὶ Σόλων καὶ Λυκοῦργος καὶ οἱ παραπλήσιοι τούτοις λανθάνουσί τινας τὴν αὑτῶν φιλοσοφίαν εἰς πολιτείαν καταθέντες. Ζήνων δὲ καὶ πᾶν τὸ Ἐλεατικὸν τοῦτο διδασκαλεῖον καὶ αὐτὸ γνώριμον ἐπὶ τῇ τέχνῃ τῶν λόγων μάλιστα σπουδάσαν.
oute gar hoi peri Thalēn kai Anaximenēn kai Anaxagoran, kai hosoi kata tauto gegonasi toutois, agnoountai peri monēn tēn hyper tēs physeōs tōn ontōn skepsin diatripsantes; ou mēn oude Pittakos kai Periandros kai Solōn kai Lykourgos kai hoi paraplēsioi toutois lanthanousi tinas tēn hautōn philosophian eis politeian katathentes. Zēnōn de kai pan to Eleatikon touto didaskaleion kai auto gnōrimon epi tę̄ technę̄ tōn logōn malista spoudasan.
For it is well known that Thales, Anaximenes, Anaxagoras, and their contemporaries spent their time on the inquiry into the nature of beings alone; nor does it escape anyone that Pittacus, Periander, Solon, Lycurgus, and those like them devoted their philosophy to civic life. And Zeno and the whole Eleatic school are also known for having devoted themselves above all to the art of argument.
11.2.4Dindorf 2:3
τούτοις δὲ ἐπιγενόμενος Πλάτων, ἀνὴρ ἐκ φύσεως ἀρτιτελὴς καὶ πολὺ διενεγκὼν, οἷα κατάπεμπτος ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐκ θεῶν, ἵνʼ ὁλόκληρος ὀφθῇ ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ φιλοσοφία, παρῆκέ τε οὐδὲν καὶ ἕκαστα ἠκρίβωσε, μήτε ἐλλείπων πρὸς τὸ ἀναγκαῖον μήτε πρὸς τὸ ἄχρηστον ἐξενεχθείς.
toutois de epigenomenos Platōn, anēr ek physeōs artitelēs kai poly dienenkōn, hoia katapemptos hōs alēthōs ek theōn, hinʼ holoklēros ophthę̄ hē diʼ autou philosophia, parēke te ouden kai hekasta ēkribōse, mēte elleipōn pros to anankaion mēte pros to achrēston exenechtheis.
Coming after these, Plato, a man perfect by nature and far excelling, as truly sent down from the gods so that philosophy might be seen whole through him, left nothing out and worked out each part precisely, neither falling short of what is necessary nor being carried away into what is useless.
11.2.5Dindorf 2:3–4
ἐπεὶ τοίνυν πάντων ἔφαμεν μετεῖναι τῷ Πλατωνικῷ καὶ περὶ ἠθῶν λέγοντι καὶ διαλεγομένῳ, φέρε καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐπισκεψώμεθα.”
epei toinyn pantōn ephamen meteinai tǭ Platōnikǭ kai peri ēthōn legonti kai dialegomenǭ, phere kathʼ hekaston episkepsōmetha.”
Since, then, we said that the Platonist shares in all of them, both when speaking about morals and when discussing, come, let us examine each in turn.”
11.2.6Dindorf 2:4
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Ἀττικός. ἐπιμαρτυρεῖ δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῖς καὶ ὁ περιπατητικὸς Ἀριστοκλῆς, ἐν ἑβδόμῳ συγγράμματι ὧν Περὶ φιλοσοφίας συνέταξεν ὧδε λέγων πρὸς ῥῆμα
Tauta men ho Attikos. epimartyrei de tois autois kai ho peripatētikos Aristoklēs, en hebdomǭ syngrammati hōn Peri philosophias synetaxen hōde legōn pros rhēma
So Atticus. The Peripatetic Aristocles also bears witness to the same, in the seventh book of the work he composed On Philosophy, speaking word for word as follows:
Preparation 11, chapter 3
11.3.1Dindorf 2:4
“Ἐφιλοσόφησε δὲ Πλάτων, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος τῶν πώποτε, γνησίως καὶ τελείως. οἶ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ Θαλοῦ φυσιολογοῦντες διετέλεσαν, οἶ δὲ περὶ Πυθαγόραν ἐπεκρύψαντο πάντα· Ξενοφάνης δὲ καὶ οἶ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου τοὺς ἐριστικοὺς κινήσαντες λόγους πολὺν μὲν ἐνέβαλον ἴλιγγον τοῖς φιλοσόφοις, οὐ μὴν ἐπόρισάν γέ τινα βοήθειαν.
“Ephilosophēse de Platōn, ei kai tis allos tōn pōpote, gnēsiōs kai teleiōs. oi men gar apo Thalou physiologountes dietelesan, oi de peri Pythagoran epekrypsanto panta; Xenophanēs de kai oi apʼ ekeinou tous eristikous kinēsantes logous polyn men enebalon ilingon tois philosophois, ou mēn eporisan ge tina boētheian.
“Plato philosophized genuinely and completely, if anyone ever did. For those from Thales continued as natural philosophers; Pythagoras and his followers concealed everything; and Xenophanes and those after him, stirring up contentious arguments, cast philosophers into great dizziness but provided no help.
11.3.2Dindorf 2:4
οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ Σωκράτης, αὐτὸ δὴ τὸ λεγόμενον, ἐγένετο πῦρ ἐπὶ πυρὶ, καθάπερ αὐτὸς ἔφη Πλάτων. εὐφυέστατος γὰρ ὢν καὶ δεινὸς ἀπορῆσαι περὶ παντὸς ὁτουοῦν ἐπεισήνεγκε τάς τε ἠθικὰς καὶ πολιτικὰς σκέψεις, ἔτι δὲ τὴν περὶ τῶν ἰδεῶν πρῶτος ἐπιχειρήσας ὁρίζεσθαι· πάντα δὲ ἐγείρων λόγον καὶ περὶ πάντων ζητῶν ἔφθη τελευτήσας.
ouch hēkista de kai Sōkratēs, auto dē to legomenon, egeneto pyr epi pyri, kathaper autos ephē Platōn. euphyestatos gar ōn kai deinos aporēsai peri pantos hotououn epeisēnenke tas te ēthikas kai politikas skepseis, eti de tēn peri tōn ideōn prōtos epicheirēsas horizesthai; panta de egeirōn logon kai peri pantōn zētōn ephthē teleutēsas.
Not least, Socrates became, as the saying goes, fire upon fire, as Plato himself said. Being most gifted and clever at raising difficulties about anything whatever, he introduced ethical and political inquiries, and was also the first to try to define the theory of the Ideas; but rousing every argument and inquiring into everything, he died first.
11.3.3Dindorf 2:4
ἄλλοι δʼ ἀποτεμόμενοι μέρη τινὰ περὶ ταῦτα διέτριψαν, οἶ μὲν ἰατρικὴν, οἷ δὲ τὰς μαθηματικὰς ἐπιστήμας, ἔνιοι δὲ περὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς καὶ τὴν μουσικήν. οἶ μέντοι πολλοὶ τὰς τῶν λόγων δυνάμεις ἐθαύμασαν, ὧν οἷ μὲν ῥήτορας, οἶ δὲ διαλεκτικοὺς προσεῖπον ἑαυτούς.
alloi dʼ apotemomenoi merē tina peri tauta dietripsan, oi men iatrikēn, hoi de tas mathēmatikas epistēmas, enioi de peri tous poiētas kai tēn mousikēn. oi mentoi polloi tas tōn logōn dynameis ethaumasan, hōn hoi men rhētoras, oi de dialektikous proseipon heautous.
Others cut off certain parts and spent their time on these: some on medicine, some on the mathematical sciences, some on the poets and music. Most, however, admired the power of words, of whom some called themselves rhetoricians, others dialecticians.
11.3.4Dindorf 2:4
οἶ μέντοι Σωκράτην διαδεξάμενοι καὶ πάνυ τινὲς ἐγένοντο παντοῖοι καὶ ὑπεναντίοι τὰς γνώμας. οἶ μὲν γὰρ κυνισμοὺς καὶ ἀτυφίας καὶ ἀπαθείας ὕμνουν, ἄλλοι δʼ αὖ πάλιν ἡδονάς. καὶ οἶ μὲν εἰδέναι πάντα ἐκόμπαζον, οἶ δὲ ἁπλῶς μηθέν.
oi mentoi Sōkratēn diadexamenoi kai pany tines egenonto pantoioi kai hypenantioi tas gnōmas. oi men gar kynismous kai atyphias kai apatheias hymnoun, alloi dʼ au palin hēdonas. kai oi men eidenai panta ekompazon, oi de haplōs mēthen.
Those who succeeded Socrates became very varied and opposed in their views. Some praised Cynicism, freedom from vanity, and freedom from passion; others, again, pleasures. Some boasted that they knew everything, others that they knew simply nothing.
11.3.5Dindorf 2:4–5
ἔτι δʼ οἶ μὲν ἐν μέσῳ καὶ ἐν ὄψει πάντων ἐκαλινδοῦντο, τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐξομιλοῦντες, ἄλλοι δʼ αὖ τοὐναντίον ἀπρόσιτοι καὶ ἀπροσαύδητοι διετέλουν ὄντες.
eti dʼ oi men en mesǭ kai en opsei pantōn ekalindounto, tois pollois exomilountes, alloi dʼ au tounantion aprositoi kai aprosaudētoi dieteloun ontes.
Further, some rolled about in public and in the sight of all, mixing with the crowd, while others, on the contrary, remained unapproachable and not to be spoken to.
11.3.6Dindorf 2:5
Πλάτων μέντοι κατανοήσας ὡς εἴη μία τις ἡ τῶν θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων ἐπιστήμη, πρῶτος διεῖλε, καὶ ἔφη τὴν μέν τινα περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς φύσεως εἶναι πραγματείαν, τὴν δὲ περὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, τρίτην δὲ τὴν περὶ τοὺς λόγους.
Platōn mentoi katanoēsas hōs eiē mia tis hē tōn theiōn kai anthrōpinōn epistēmē, prōtos dieile, kai ephē tēn men tina peri tēs tou pantos physeōs einai pragmateian, tēn de peri tōn anthrōpinōn, tritēn de tēn peri tous logous.
Plato, however, perceiving that the knowledge of divine and human things is one, was the first to divide it, and said that one part is the treatment of the nature of the universe, another of human affairs, and a third of discourse.
11.3.7Dindorf 2:5
ἠξίου δὲ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰ ἀνθρώπινα κατιδεῖν ἡμᾶς, εἰ μὴ τὰ θεῖα πρότερον ὀφθείη· καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ ἰατροὶ μέρη τινὰ θεραπεύοντες ἐπιμε- λοῦνται τῶν ὅλων σωμάτων πρῶτον, οὕτω χρῆναι καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα τἀνθάδε κατόψεσθαι τὴν τῶν ὅλων φύσιν εἰδέναι πρότερον· μέρος τε εἶναι τῶν ὄντων τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ τἀγαθὸν διττὸν, τὸ μὲν ἡμέτερον, τὸ δὲ τοῦ παντὸς, κυριώτερον δὲ τὸ τοῦ παντός· διὰ γὰρ ἐκείνου καὶ τοῦτο γίγνεσθαι.
ēxiou de mē dynasthai ta anthrōpina katidein hēmas, ei mē ta theia proteron ophtheiē; kathaper gar hoi iatroi merē tina therapeuontes epime- lountai tōn holōn sōmatōn prōton, houtō chrēnai kai ton mellonta tanthade katopsesthai tēn tōn holōn physin eidenai proteron; meros te einai tōn ontōn ton anthrōpon, kai tagathon ditton, to men hēmeteron, to de tou pantos, kyriōteron de to tou pantos; dia gar ekeinou kai touto gignesthai.
He held that we cannot understand human things unless divine things are seen first. For just as physicians, when treating particular parts, first attend to the whole body, so one who is to understand things here must first know the nature of the whole: man is a part of what exists, and the good is twofold, ours and that of the universe, and that of the universe is the more important, for through it ours too comes about.
11.3.8Dindorf 2:5
φησὶ δʼ Ἀριστόξενος ὁ μουσικὸς Ἰνδῶν εἶναι τὸν λόγον τοῦτον. ᾿Αθήνησι γὰρ ἐντυχεῖν Σωκράτει τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων ἕνα τινὰ, κἄπειτα αὐτοῦ πυνθάνεσθαι τί ποιῶν φιλοσοφοίη· τοῦ δὲ εἰπόντος ὅτι ζητῶν περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου, καταγελάσαι τὸν Ἰνδὸν, λέ- γοντα μὴ δύνασθαί τινα τὰ ἀνθρώπινα κατιδεῖν, ἀγνοοῦντά γε τὰ θεῖα.
phēsi dʼ Aristoxenos ho mousikos Indōn einai ton logon touton. ᾿Athēnēsi gar entychein Sōkratei tōn andrōn ekeinōn hena tina, kapeita autou pynthanesthai ti poiōn philosophoiē; tou de eipontos hoti zētōn peri tou anthrōpinou biou, katagelasai ton Indon, le- gonta mē dynasthai tina ta anthrōpina katidein, agnoounta ge ta theia.
Aristoxenus the musician says that this doctrine belongs to the Indians. For one of those men met Socrates in Athens and asked him what he was doing in philosophy; and when he said he was inquiring about human life, the Indian laughed at him, saying that no one can understand human things while ignorant of divine things.
11.3.9Dindorf 2:5
τοῦτο μὲν οὖν εἰ ἀληθές ἐστιν οὐκ ἂν δύναιτό τις διατεινόμενος εἰπεῖν. διεῖλε δʼ οὖν ὁ Πλάτων τήν τε περὶ τῶν ὅλων φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὴν πολιτικὴν, ἔτι δὲ τὴν λογικήν.”
touto men oun ei alēthes estin ouk an dynaito tis diateinomenos eipein. dieile dʼ oun ho Platōn tēn te peri tōn holōn philosophian kai tēn politikēn, eti de tēn logikēn.”
Whether this is true no one could say with confidence. At any rate Plato divided philosophy about the universe, political philosophy, and further logical philosophy.”
11.3.10Dindorf 2:5
Τοιαύτης οὔσης τῆς κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφίας καιρὸς καὶ τὴν Ἑβραίων ἐπισκέψασθαι, μακρῷ πρόσθεν ἢ Πλάτωνα γενέσθαι τὸν ὅμοιον πεφιλοσοφηκότων τρόπον. εὕροις δʼ ἂν οὖν καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τήνδε σύμφωνον τὴν τριμέρειαν ἠθικῶν τε καὶ λο- γικῶν καὶ φυσικῶν μαθημάτων, τόνδε ἐπιστήσας τὸν τρόπον.
Toiautēs ousēs tēs kata Platōna philosophias kairos kai tēn Hebraiōn episkepsasthai, makrǭ prosthen ē Platōna genesthai ton homoion pephilosophēkotōn tropon. heurois dʼ an oun kai parʼ autois tēnde symphōnon tēn trimereian ēthikōn te kai lo- gikōn kai physikōn mathēmatōn, tonde epistēsas ton tropon.
Such being Plato’s philosophy, it is time to examine that of the Hebrews too, who philosophized in a similar way long before Plato was born. You would find among them too this concordant threefold division into ethical, logical, and natural learning, if you consider it in the following way.
Preparation 11, chapter 4
11.4.1Dindorf 2:5–6
Τὰ μὲν οὖν ἠθικὰ πρώτιστα πάντων φιλοτί- μῶς ἐσπουδασμένα παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἔργοις πολὺ πρότερον τῶν λόγων μάθοις ἂν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς ἄνδρας διασκο- πούμενος, ἐπεὶ καὶ τέλος ἀγαθῶν τοῦ τε μακαρίως ζῆν ὕστατον ὅρον τὴν εὐσέβειαν τήν τε διὰ τῆς τῶν ἠθῶν κατορθώσεως πρὸς τὸν θεὸν φιλίαν ἠγάσαντό τε καὶ μετεδίωξαν, ἀλλʼ οὐ σωμάτων ἡδονὴν, κατʼ Ἐπίκουρον· οὐδʼ αὖ τὴν τριγένειαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν, κατʼ Ἀριστοτέλην, τὰ περὶ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἐν ἴσῳ τοῖς ψυχῆς ἀγαθοῖς ἐκτετιμηκότα.
Ta men oun ēthika prōtista pantōn philoti- mōs espoudasmena parʼ autois ergois poly proteron tōn logōn mathois an ta kata tous andras diasko- poumenos, epei kai telos agathōn tou te makariōs zēn hystaton horon tēn eusebeian tēn te dia tēs tōn ēthōn katorthōseōs pros ton theon philian ēgasanto te kai metediōxan, allʼ ou sōmatōn hēdonēn, katʼ Epikouron; oudʼ au tēn trigeneian tōn agathōn, katʼ Aristotelēn, ta peri sōma kai ta ektos en isǭ tois psychēs agathois ektetimēkota.
Their ethics, then, you would learn to have been pursued among them with zeal first of all, in deeds much earlier than in words, if you examine the lives of the men; since as the end of goods and the final limit of the blessed life they admired and pursued piety and friendship with God through the perfecting of character; not bodily pleasure, as Epicurus did; nor the threefold kind of goods, as Aristotle did, who valued the goods of the body and external goods equally with those of the soul.
11.4.2Dindorf 2:6
οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τὴν ἐσχάτην ἄγνοιάν τε καὶ ἀμαθίαν, ἣν ὀνόματι σεμνοτέρῳ τινὲς ἐποχὴν ἀνειρήκασιν· ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ αὖ τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν ἀρετήν· πόση γὰρ ἐν ἀνθρώποις αὕτη, καὶ τί καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἄνευ θεοῦ πρὸς τὸν ἄλυπον συντείνοι ἂν βίον; διʼ ὃν τὰ πάντα τῆς εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἐλπίδος, πείσματος ὥσπερ ἀρραγοῦς, ἐξάψαντες, τὸν θεοφιλῆ μόνον ἀπέφηναν εἶναι μακάριον,
ou mēn oude tēn eschatēn agnoian te kai amathian, hēn onomati semnoterǭ tines epochēn aneirēkasin; allʼ oudʼ au tēs psychēs tēn aretēn; posē gar en anthrōpois hautē, kai ti kathʼ heautēn aneu theou pros ton alypon synteinoi an bion? diʼ hon ta panta tēs eis ton theon elpidos, peismatos hōsper arragous, exapsantes, ton theophilē monon apephēnan einai makarion,
Nor yet the utmost ignorance and lack of learning, which some have proclaimed under the grander name of “suspension of judgment”; nor even the virtue of the soul alone; for how much of it is there among men, and what could it contribute by itself, without God, toward a life free from pain? For this reason they fastened everything to hope in God, as to an unbreakable cable, and declared that only the one dear to God is blessed,
11.4.3Dindorf 2:6
ὅτι δὴ ὁ πάντων ἀγαθῶν ταμίας θεὸς, ζωῆς ὢν πάροχος καὶ αὐτῆς ἀρετῆς πηγὴ, τῶν τε περὶ σῶμα καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀπάντων χορηγὸς ὑπάρχων, μόνος ἂν εἴη πρὸς τὸν μακάριον βίον τῷ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίαν διὰ τῆς παναληθοῦς εὐσεβείας στειλαμένῳ αὐτάρκης.
hoti dē ho pantōn agathōn tamias theos, zōēs ōn parochos kai autēs aretēs pēgē, tōn te peri sōma kai tōn ektos apantōn chorēgos hyparchōn, monos an eiē pros ton makarion bion tǭ tēn pros auton philian dia tēs panalēthous eusebeias steilamenǭ autarkēs.
because God, the steward of all goods, the giver of life and source of virtue itself, and the provider of all goods of body and external goods, would alone be sufficient for the blessed life to one who has formed friendship with him through all-true piety.
11.4.4Dindorf 2:6
ἔνθεν ὁ πάνσοφος Μώσης πρῶτος ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων γραφῇ παραδοὺς τὸν τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ θεοφιλῶν Ἑβραίων βίον, τὸν πολιτικὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ πρακτικὸν διʼ ὑφηγήσεως ἱστορικῆς ὑποτέθειται τρόπον. ἧς ἀρχόμενος ἀπὸ τῶν καθόλου τὴν διδασκαλίαν ἐποιήσατο, θεὸν τῶν ὅλων αἴτιον ὑποστησάμενος, κοσμογονίαν τε καὶ ἀνθρωπογονίαν ὑπογράψας.
enthen ho pansophos Mōsēs prōtos hapantōn anthrōpōn graphę̄ paradous ton tōn pro autou theophilōn Hebraiōn bion, ton politikon homou kai praktikon diʼ hyphēgēseōs historikēs hypotetheitai tropon. hēs archomenos apo tōn katholou tēn didaskalian epoiēsato, theon tōn holōn aition hypostēsamenos, kosmogonian te kai anthrōpogonian hypograpsas.
Hence the all-wise Moses, first of all men to hand down in writing the life of the Hebrews dear to God before him, set out the civic and practical way of life by means of historical narrative. He began his teaching from universals, laying down God as the cause of all things and describing the origin of the world and of mankind.
11.4.5Dindorf 2:6–7
εἶθʼ οὕτως ἀπὸ τῶν καθόλου ἐπὶ τὰ κατὰ μέρος προελθὼν τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν μνήμης εἰς τὸν τῆς ἐκείνων ἀρετῆς τε καὶ θεοσεβείας ζῆλον τοὺς φοιτητὰς παρορμήσας, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐθέντης νόμων εὐσεβῶν τῶν πρὸς αὐτοῦ τεθέντων ἀποφανθεὶς, κατὰ πάντα δῆλος ἂν εἴη τοῦ φιλοθέου τρόπου διὰ τῆς τῶν ἠθῶν ἐπιμελείας πρόνοιαν πεποιημένος ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο προλαβὼν ὁ λόγος ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν φανερὸν κατεστήσατο.
eithʼ houtōs apo tōn katholou epi ta kata meros proelthōn tǭ logǭ, kai dia tēs tōn palaiōn andrōn mnēmēs eis ton tēs ekeinōn aretēs te kai theosebeias zēlon tous phoitētas parormēsas, ou mēn alla kai autos authentēs nomōn eusebōn tōn pros autou tethentōn apophantheis, kata panta dēlos an eiē tou philotheou tropou dia tēs tōn ēthōn epimeleias pronoian pepoiēmenos hōsper oun kai touto prolabōn ho logos en tois prosthen phaneron katestēsato.
Then, advancing in his account from universals to particulars, urging his pupils through the memory of the ancient men to emulate their virtue and piety, and himself appearing as the author of pious laws laid down by him, he would be clear in every respect to have taken thought, through care for character, for the God-loving way of life; as our discourse has already made plain earlier.
11.4.6Dindorf 2:7
μακρὸν δʼ ἂν εἴη καὶ τοὺς ἐξῆς μετὰ Μωσέα προφήτας, τούς τε τούτων προτρεπτικοὺς μὲν ἀρετῆς, ἀποτρεπτικοὺς δὲ κακίας ἁπάσης λόγους ἐν τῷδε καταβάλλεσθαι. τί δʼ εἴ σοι τοῦ σοφωτάτου Σολομῶνος τὰς ἠθικὰς παραφέροιμι διδασκαλίας, αἷς οἰκεῖον λόγον ἀνέθηκε, σύγγραμμα Παροιμίας ἐπονομάσας, ἐπιτόμους γνώμας ἀποφθέγμασιν ἐοικυίας ὑποθέσει περιλαβὼν μιᾷ;
makron dʼ an eiē kai tous exēs meta Mōsea prophētas, tous te toutōn protreptikous men aretēs, apotreptikous de kakias hapasēs logous en tǭde kataballesthai. ti dʼ ei soi tou sophōtatou Solomōnos tas ēthikas parapheroimi didaskalias, hais oikeion logon anethēke, syngramma Paroimias eponomasas, epitomous gnōmas apophthegmasin eoikuias hypothesei perilabōn mią?
It would be long to set down here the prophets after Moses as well, and their words urging toward virtue and turning away from all vice. And what if I were to bring before you the moral teachings of the most wise Solomon, to which he devoted a book of his own, calling the work Proverbs, gathering concise maxims like apophthegms into one subject?
11.4.7Dindorf 2:7
καὶ τὸν μὲν ἠθικὸν τρόπον ταύτῃ πη παῖδες Ἑβραίων, ἐκ παλαιῶν πρὶν ἢ καὶ τὰ πρῶτα στοιχεῖα μαθεῖν Ἕλληνας, αὐτοί τε ἐπαιδεύοντο καὶ τοῖς προσιοῦσι τῆς αὐτῆς ἀφθόνως ἐκοινώνουν παιδείας.
kai ton men ēthikon tropon tautę̄ pē paides Hebraiōn, ek palaiōn prin ē kai ta prōta stoicheia mathein Hellēnas, autoi te epaideuonto kai tois prosiousi tēs autēs aphthonōs ekoinōnoun paideias.
In this way, then, the sons of the Hebrews, from ancient times, before the Greeks even learned the first letters, were themselves educated in ethics and freely shared the same education with those who came to them.
Preparation 11, chapter 5
11.5.1Dindorf 2:7
Καὶ τὸν λογικὸν δὲ τρόπον τῆς Ἑβραίων φιλοσοφίας οὐ, καθάπερ Ἕλλησι φίλον, δεινότητι σο- φισμάτων καὶ λογισμοῖς πρὸς ἀπάτην τετεχνασμένοις δεῖν ᾤοντο μετιέναι, καταλήψει δὲ αὐτῆς ἀληθείας, ἣν ὑπὸ θείου φωτὸς τὰς ψυχὰς καταυγασθέντες οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῖς θεόσοφοι εὗρόν τε καὶ ἐφωτίσθησαν.
Kai ton logikon de tropon tēs Hebraiōn philosophias ou, kathaper Hellēsi philon, deinotēti so- phismatōn kai logismois pros apatēn tetechnasmenois dein ǭonto metienai, katalēpsei de autēs alētheias, hēn hypo theiou phōtos tas psychas kataugasthentes hoi parʼ autois theosophoi heuron te kai ephōtisthēsan.
As for the logical branch of the Hebrews’ philosophy, they thought it should be pursued not, as the Greeks like, by cleverness in sophisms and reasonings contrived for deception, but by the grasp of truth itself, which their men wise in divine things found and were enlightened by, their souls lit up by divine light.
11.5.2Dindorf 2:7
ἐφʼ ἣν ἀκονῶντες τοὺς τὰ οἰκεῖα μαθήματα παιδευομένους λόγων τε αὐτοῖς ἱερῶν ἀπαγγελίας, ἱστοριῶν τε σεμνῶν διηγήματα, ᾠδῶν τε καὶ ἐπῳδῶν ἐμμέτρους συνθέσεις, καὶ ἔτι προβλήματα καὶ αἰνίγματα, καί τινας σοφὰς καὶ ἀλληγορικὰς θεωρίας μετὰ κάλλους εὐεπείας, καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν γλῶτταν εὐφραδοῦς ἀπαγγελίας, ἐξ ἔτι νηπίας αὐ- τοῖς παρεδίδοσαν ἡλικίας.
ephʼ hēn akonōntes tous ta oikeia mathēmata paideuomenous logōn te autois hierōn apangelias, historiōn te semnōn diēgēmata, ǭdōn te kai epǭdōn emmetrous syntheseis, kai eti problēmata kai ainigmata, kai tinas sophas kai allēgorikas theōrias meta kallous euepeias, kai tēs kata tēn oikeian glōttan euphradous apangelias, ex eti nēpias au- tois paredidosan hēlikias.
To sharpen toward this truth those being educated in their own learning, they handed on to them from early childhood recitations of sacred words, narratives of solemn histories, metrical compositions of songs and chants, and also problems and riddles, and certain wise and allegorical contemplations, with beauty of expression and fluent recitation in their own language.
11.5.3Dindorf 2:7–8
ναὶ μὴν καὶ τῶν πρώτων μαθημάτων δευτερωταί τινες ἦσαν αὐτοῖς ’ (οὕτω δὲ φίλον τοὺς ἐξηγητὰς τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς γραφῶν ὀνο- μάζειν·) οἳ τὰ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων ἐπεσκιασμένα, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς πᾶσι, τοῖς γοῦν πρὸς τὴν τούτων ἀκοὴν ἐπι- τηδείοις διʼ ἑρμηνείας καὶ σαφηνείας ἐξέφαινον.
nai mēn kai tōn prōtōn mathēmatōn deuterōtai tines ēsan autois ’ (houtō de philon tous exēgētas tōn parʼ autois graphōn ono- mazein;) hoi ta diʼ ainigmatōn epeskiasmena, ei kai mē tois pasi, tois goun pros tēn toutōn akoēn epi- tēdeiois diʼ hermēneias kai saphēneias exephainon.
Indeed they had certain deuterotai of the first lessons (for so they like to name the interpreters of their scriptures), who by translation and explanation brought to light what was shadowed in riddles, if not to all, at least to those fit to hear it.
11.5.4Dindorf 2:8
ταύτῃ τοι πάλιν ὁ σοφώτατος παρὰ τοῖσδε Σολομῶν ἐνθένδε ποθὲν τὴν καταρχὴν τοῦ τῶν Παροι- μιῶν ἐποιήσατο συγγράμματος, μονονουχὶ τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτῷ τῆς γραφῆς ταύτην εἶναι διδάξας, διʼ ὧν αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι δεῖν ἔφησε πάντα ἄνδρα γνῶναι σοφίαν καὶ παιδείαν καὶ νοῆσαι λόγους φρονήσεως, δέξασθαί τε στροφὰς λόγων, νοῆσαί τε δικαιοσύνην ἀληθῆ καὶ κρίμα κατευθύνειν, ἵνα δῶ, φησὶν, ἀκάκοις πανουργίαν, παιδί τε νέῳ αἴσθησίν τε καὶ ἔννοιαν. τῶνδε γὰρ ἀκούσας ὁ σοφὸς σοφώτερος ἔσται, ὁ δὲ νοήμων κυβέρνησιν κτήσεται· νοήσει τε παραβολὴν καὶ σκοτεινὸν λόγον ῥήσεις τε σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα.
tautę̄ toi palin ho sophōtatos para toisde Solomōn enthende pothen tēn katarchēn tou tōn Paroi- miōn epoiēsato syngrammatos, mononouchi tēn aitian autǭ tēs graphēs tautēn einai didaxas, diʼ hōn autois rhēmasi dein ephēse panta andra gnōnai sophian kai paideian kai noēsai logous phronēseōs, dexasthai te strophas logōn, noēsai te dikaiosynēn alēthē kai krima kateuthynein, hina dō, phēsin, akakois panourgian, paidi te neǭ aisthēsin te kai ennoian. tōnde gar akousas ho sophos sophōteros estai, ho de noēmōn kybernēsin ktēsetai; noēsei te parabolēn kai skoteinon logon rhēseis te sophōn kai ainigmata.
So again Solomon, the wisest among them, made the beginning of his book of Proverbs from some such point, all but teaching that this was the reason for his writing, where he said in so many words that every man must “know wisdom and instruction, and understand words of prudence, and receive turns of speech, and understand true righteousness and direct judgment; that I may give,” he says, “shrewdness to the innocent, and to the young child perception and thoughtfulness. For hearing these things the wise man will be wiser, and the understanding man will gain guidance; and he will understand a parable and a dark saying, the sayings of the wise and riddles.”
11.5.5Dindorf 2:8
καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς τοῦ δηλωθέντος συγγράμματος ἐπαγγελίας τοιαῦτά τινα ἦν· τὰς δʼ ἐν μέρει τῶν λεχθέντων προτάσεις, καὶ τούτων τὰς ἐπι- λύσεις, τήν τε λογικὴν πραγματείαν οἰκείως τῇ τῶν ἀνδρῶν σοφίᾳ τε καὶ φωνῇ διὰ πασῶν τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς προφητικῶν γραφῶν φερομένην, ὅτῳ φίλον, τῆς τούτων ἐντεύξεως τὰς βίβλους ἐπὶ σχολῆς μετὰ χεῖρας λαβὼν εἴσεται.
kai ta men tēs tou dēlōthentos syngrammatos epangelias toiauta tina ēn; tas dʼ en merei tōn lechthentōn protaseis, kai toutōn tas epi- lyseis, tēn te logikēn pragmateian oikeiōs tę̄ tōn andrōn sophią te kai phōnę̄ dia pasōn tōn parʼ autois prophētikōn graphōn pheromenēn, hotǭ philon, tēs toutōn enteuxeōs tas biblous epi scholēs meta cheiras labōn eisetai.
Such was the promise of that book. As for the propositions about each of the things spoken of, and their solutions, and the logical treatment carried through all their prophetic writings in a way proper to the wisdom and language of these men, anyone who wishes will learn of it by taking their books in hand at leisure and reading them.
11.5.6Dindorf 2:8
εἰ δέ τις καὶ τῆς γλώσσης αὐτῆς φιλοκάλως γένοιτο ἐν πείρᾳ, ἴδοι ἂν, οἷα παρὰ βαρβάροις, ἄνδρας λογικωτάτους οὐδὲν σοφιστῶν οὐδὲ ῥητόρων ἀποδέοντας τῇ οἰκείᾳ γλώσσῃ.
ei de tis kai tēs glōssēs autēs philokalōs genoito en peirą, idoi an, hoia para barbarois, andras logikōtatous ouden sophistōn oude rhētorōn apodeontas tę̄ oikeią glōssę̄.
And if anyone were to gain a good acquaintance with the language itself, he would see men, barbarians as they were, most skilled in reasoning, in no way inferior to sophists or orators in their own tongue.
11.5.7Dindorf 2:8–9
εἶεν δʼ ἂν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἔμμετροι ποιήσεις, ὡς ἡ μεγάλη Μώσεως ᾠδὴ, καὶ τοῦ Δαβὶδ ὁ ριη΄ Ψαλμὸς, τῷ καλουμένῳ παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ἡρῴῳ μέτρῳ συντεταγμένοι. φασὶ γοῦν ἑξάμετρα εἶναι ταῦτα, διʼ ἑκκαίδεκα συλ- λαβῶν πεποιημένα. καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δὲ τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς στιχήρη διʼ ἐπῶν λέγεται τριμέτρων τε καὶ τετρα- μέτρων κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν αὐτῶν συγκεῖσθαι φωνήν.
eien dʼ an autois kai emmetroi poiēseis, hōs hē megalē Mōseōs ǭdē, kai tou Dabid ho riē΄ Psalmos, tǭ kaloumenǭ parʼ Hellēsin hērǭǭ metrǭ syntetagmenoi. phasi goun hexametra einai tauta, diʼ hekkaideka syl- labōn pepoiēmena. kai ta loipa de ta parʼ autois stichērē diʼ epōn legetai trimetrōn te kai tetra- metrōn kata tēn oikeian autōn synkeisthai phōnēn.
They also have metrical poems, such as the great Song of Moses and David’s 118th Psalm, composed in what the Greeks call heroic metre. They say, at any rate, that these are hexameters of sixteen syllables; and their other verse compositions are said to be made up of lines of trimeter and tetrameter in their own language.
11.5.8Dindorf 2:9
καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς λέξεως αὐτοῖς ὧδέ πη λογικῆς συνέσεως ἔχει, τὰ δὲ δὴ τῆς διανοίας οὐδʼ ἔστι παραβαλεῖν ἀνθρώποις· θεοῦ γὰρ καὶ αὐτῆς ἀληθείας λόγια διʼ αὐτῶν ἐκπεφωνημένα, θεσπίσματα καὶ προρρήσεις, μαθήματά τε εὐσεβῆ, καὶ τῆς τῶν ὄντων ἐπιγνώσεως δόγματα περιειλήφασι.
kai ta men tēs lexeōs autois hōde pē logikēs syneseōs echei, ta de dē tēs dianoias oudʼ esti parabalein anthrōpois; theou gar kai autēs alētheias logia diʼ autōn ekpephōnēmena, thespismata kai prorrēseis, mathēmata te eusebē, kai tēs tōn ontōn epignōseōs dogmata perieilēphasi.
Such is their logical skill in expression; but their thought cannot even be compared with human thought. For they contain oracles of God and of truth itself uttered through them, divine sayings and predictions, pious teachings, and doctrines of the knowledge of what exists.
11.5.9Dindorf 2:9
τεκμήρια δʼ ἂν λάβοις τῆς παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσι λογικῆς ἀκριβείας ἀπὸ τῆς ὀρθότητος τῆς τῶν ὀνομάτων θέσεως, ἧς πέρι καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τῇ Ἑβραίων μαρτυρῶν δόξῃ δῆλος ἂν εἴη, καὶ κατʼ αὐτό γε τοῦτο σύμφωνος ὢν τῇ κατὰ τοὺς ἄνδρας φιλοσοφίᾳ, ὡς γοῦν ἐκ τούτων διαγνῶναι ῥᾴδιον.
tekmēria dʼ an labois tēs para tois andrasi logikēs akribeias apo tēs orthotētos tēs tōn onomatōn theseōs, hēs peri kai ho Platōn tę̄ Hebraiōn martyrōn doxę̄ dēlos an eiē, kai katʼ auto ge touto symphōnos ōn tę̄ kata tous andras philosophią, hōs goun ek toutōn diagnōnai rhądion.
You may take proofs of these men’s logical accuracy from the correctness of their giving of names, on which Plato too would plainly be bearing witness to the opinion of the Hebrews, and on this very point agreeing with their philosophy, as can easily be seen from what follows.
Preparation 11, chapter 6
11.6.1Dindorf 2:9
Πρώτου Μώσεως μακρῷ πρόσθεν ἢ τὸ φιλοσοφίας ὄνομα εἰς Ἕλληνας ἐλθεῖν διὰ πάσης αὐτοῦ τῆς γραφῆς μυρία περὶ τῆς τῶν ὀνομάτων θέσεως πεπραγματευμένου, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν φυσικώτατα τῶν παρʼ αὐτῷ πάντων τὰς ἐπωνυμίας διατεταγμένου, τοτὲ δὲ τῷ θεῷ τὴν κρίσιν τῆς τῶν εὐσεβῶν ἀνδρῶν μετωνυμίας ἀναθέντος, φύσει τε, ἀλλʼ οὐ θέσει τὰ ὀνόματα κατὰ τῶν πραγμάτων κεῖσθαι πεπαιδευκότος, ἑπόμενος ὁ Πλάτων συμφέρεται τοῖς αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἄλλως ἢ βαρβάρων μνησθεὶς, καὶ παρὰ τοῖσδε φήσας τόνδε σώζεσθαι τὸν τρόπον, τάχα που τοὺς Ἑβραίους αἰνιττόμενος, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ παρʼ ἑτέροις βαρβάροις ῥᾴδιον τὴν τοιάνδε παραφυλάξαι θεωρίαν.
Prōtou Mōseōs makrǭ prosthen ē to philosophias onoma eis Hellēnas elthein dia pasēs autou tēs graphēs myria peri tēs tōn onomatōn theseōs pepragmateumenou, kai tote men physikōtata tōn parʼ autǭ pantōn tas epōnymias diatetagmenou, tote de tǭ theǭ tēn krisin tēs tōn eusebōn andrōn metōnymias anathentos, physei te, allʼ ou thesei ta onomata kata tōn pragmatōn keisthai pepaideukotos, hepomenos ho Platōn sympheretai tois autois, ouk allōs ē barbarōn mnēstheis, kai para toisde phēsas tonde sōzesthai ton tropon, tacha pou tous Hebraious ainittomenos, epei mēde parʼ heterois barbarois rhądion tēn toiande paraphylaxai theōrian.
Moses, long before the name of philosophy came to the Greeks, dealt in countless ways throughout his writing with the giving of names: sometimes arranging the names of all things in his account in a way most true to nature, sometimes leaving to God the decision to rename pious men, and teaching that names are attached to things by nature, not by convention. Plato follows him and agrees with the same views, mentioning none other than the barbarians and saying that this way is preserved among them, perhaps hinting at the Hebrews, since it is not easy to find such a theory kept among other barbarians.
11.6.2Dindorf 2:9–10
λέγει δʼ οὖν ἐν Κρατύλῳ “Καὶ οὐ τοῦτο εἶναι ὄνομα ὃ ἄν τινες συνθέμενοι καλεῖν καλῶσι, τῆς αὐτῶν φωνῆς μόριον ἐπιφθεγγό- μένοι, ἀλλʼ ὀρθότητά τινα τῶν ὀνομάτων πεφυκέναι καὶ Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις τὴν αὐτὴν ἅπασι.”
legei dʼ oun en Kratylǭ “Kai ou touto einai onoma ho an tines synthemenoi kalein kalōsi, tēs autōn phōnēs morion epiphthengo- menoi, allʼ orthotēta tina tōn onomatōn pephykenai kai Hellēsi kai barbarois tēn autēn hapasi.”
He says, then, in the Cratylus: “And that a name is not whatever some people agree to call a thing, uttering a piece of their own voice, but that there is by nature a certain correctness of names, the same for all, Greeks and barbarians.”
11.6.3Dindorf 2:10
Καὶ προιὼν ἑξῆς φησιν “Οὐκοῦν οὕτως ἀξιώσεις καὶ τὸν νομοθέτην τόν τε ἐνθάδε καὶ τὸν ἐν τοῖς βαρβάροις, ἕως ἂν καὶ τὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος εἶδος ἀποδιδῷ τὸ προσῆκον ἑκάστῳ ἐν ὁποιαισοῦν συλλαβαῖς, οὐδὲν χείρω νομοθέτην εἶναι τὸν ἐνθάδε ἢ τὸν ὁπουοῦν ἄλλοθι.”
Kai proiōn hexēs phēsin “Oukoun houtōs axiōseis kai ton nomothetēn ton te enthade kai ton en tois barbarois, heōs an kai to tou onomatos eidos apodidǭ to prosēkon hekastǭ en hopoiaisoun syllabais, ouden cheirō nomothetēn einai ton enthade ē ton hopououn allothi.”
And going on further he says: “Then will you not consider that the lawgiver, both the one here and the one among the barbarians, so long as he gives the form of the name proper to each thing in whatever syllables, is no worse a lawgiver, the one here than the one anywhere else?”
11.6.4Dindorf 2:10
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς πάλιν τὸν ἐπιστήμονα τῆς ὀρθότητος τῶν ὀνομάτων διαλεκτικὸν εἶναι φήσας καὶ νομοθέτην οὕτω λέγει “Τέκτονος μὲν ἄρα ἔργον ἐστὶν τὸ ποιῆσαι πηδάλιον ἐπιστατοῦντος κυβερνήτου, εἰ μέλλει καλὸν εἶναι τὸ πηδάλιον. Φαίνεται.
Eithʼ hexēs palin ton epistēmona tēs orthotētos tōn onomatōn dialektikon einai phēsas kai nomothetēn houtō legei “Tektonos men ara ergon estin to poiēsai pēdalion epistatountos kybernētou, ei mellei kalon einai to pēdalion. Phainetai.
Then next, saying again that the one who knows the correctness of names is the dialectician and the lawgiver, he speaks thus: “It is the carpenter’s work, then, to make a rudder, with a helmsman supervising, if the rudder is to be good. — So it seems.
11.6.5Dindorf 2:10
Νομοθέτου δέ γε, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὄνομα, ἐπιστάτην ἔχοντος διαλεκτικὸν ἄνδρα, εἰ μέλλοι καλῶς ὄνομα τεθήσεσθαι. Ἔστι ταῦτα. Κινδυνεύει ἄρα, ὦ Ἑρμόγενες, εἶναι οὐ φαῦλον, ὡς σὺ οἴει, ἡ τοῦ ὀνόματος θέσις, οὐδὲ φαύλων ἀνδρῶν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐπιτυχόντων. καὶ Κρατύλος ἀληθῆ λέγει, λέγων φύσει τὰ ὀνόματα εἶναι τοῖς πράγμασι, καὶ οὐ πάντα δημιουργὸν ὀνομάτων εἶναι, ἀλλὰ μόνον ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἀποβλέποντα εἰς τὸ τῇ φύσει ὄνομα ὂν ἑκάστῳ, καὶ δυνάμενον αὐτοῦ τὸ εἶδος τιθέναι εἰς τά τε γράμματα καὶ τὰς συλλαβάς.”
Nomothetou de ge, hōs eoiken, onoma, epistatēn echontos dialektikon andra, ei melloi kalōs onoma tethēsesthai. Esti tauta. Kindyneuei ara, ō Hermogenes, einai ou phaulon, hōs sy oiei, hē tou onomatos thesis, oude phaulōn andrōn, oude tōn epitychontōn. kai Kratylos alēthē legei, legōn physei ta onomata einai tois pragmasi, kai ou panta dēmiourgon onomatōn einai, alla monon ekeinon ton apobleponta eis to tę̄ physei onoma on hekastǭ, kai dynamenon autou to eidos tithenai eis ta te grammata kai tas syllabas.”
— And the lawgiver’s work, it seems, is a name, with a dialectician as supervisor, if a name is to be well given. — That is so. — It seems, then, Hermogenes, that the giving of names is not a trivial matter, as you think, nor one for trivial men or for anyone who happens along. And Cratylus is right in saying that names belong to things by nature, and that not everyone is a craftsman of names, but only he who looks to the name that belongs by nature to each thing and is able to put its form into letters and syllables.”
11.6.6Dindorf 2:10
Τοσαῦτα εἰπὼν μετὰ πλεῖστα βαρβάρων αὐθις ἀναφέρει τὴν μνήμην, κἄπειτα εἰς Ἕλληνας παρὰ βαρβάρων ἥκειν τὰ πολλὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων διαρρήδην ὁμολογεῖ, φάσκων αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν
Tosauta eipōn meta pleista barbarōn authis anapherei tēn mnēmēn, kapeita eis Hellēnas para barbarōn hēkein ta polla tōn onomatōn diarrēdēn homologei, phaskōn autois rhēmasin
Having said this much, after a great deal more he again mentions the barbarians, and then plainly admits that many names came to the Greeks from barbarians, saying in these words:
11.6.7Dindorf 2:10–11
“Ἐννοῶ ὅτι πολλὰ Ἕλληνες ὀνόματα, ἄλλως τε καὶ οἱ ὑπὸ τοῖς βαρβάροις οἰκοῦντες, παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων εἰλήφασι. Τί οὖν δή; Εἴ τις ζητοίη ταῦτα κατὰ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φωνὴν ὡς ἐοικότως κεῖται, ἀλλὰ μὴ κατʼ ἐκείνην ἐξ ἧς τὸ ὄνομα τυγχάνει ὂν, οἶσθα ὅτι ἀποροίη ἄν. Εἰκότως.”
“Ennoō hoti polla Hellēnes onomata, allōs te kai hoi hypo tois barbarois oikountes, para tōn barbarōn eilēphasi. Ti oun dē? Ei tis zētoiē tauta kata tēn Hellēnikēn phōnēn hōs eoikotōs keitai, alla mē katʼ ekeinēn ex hēs to onoma tynchanei on, oistha hoti aporoiē an. Eikotōs.”
“I notice that the Greeks, especially those living under the barbarians, have taken many names from the barbarians. — What then? — If one were to look for how these are fittingly given according to the Greek language, and not according to that from which the name comes, you know that he would be at a loss. — Naturally.”
11.6.8Dindorf 2:11
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτωνʼ. φθάνει γε μὴν αὐτὸν Μωυσῆς, ὃς οἶα δὴ σοφὸς νομοθέτης ὢν ὁμοῦ καὶ διαλεκτικὸς ἐπάκουσον τί φησί. “καὶ ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῆς γῆς πάντα τὰ θηρία τοῦ ἀγροῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτὰ πρὸς τὸν Ἀδὰμ, ἰδεῖν τί καλέσει αὐτά. καὶ πᾶν ὃ ἂν ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸ Ἀδὰμ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν, τοῦτο ἦν ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.’’
Tauta ho Platōnʼ. phthanei ge mēn auton Mōysēs, hos oia dē sophos nomothetēs ōn homou kai dialektikos epakouson ti phēsi. “kai eplasen ho theos ek tēs gēs panta ta thēria tou agrou kai panta ta peteina tou ouranou, kai ēgagen auta pros ton Adam, idein ti kalesei auta. kai pan ho an ekalesen auto Adam psychēn zōsan, touto ēn onoma autou.’’
So Plato. But Moses anticipated him; hear what he says, as a wise lawgiver and dialectician alike: “And God formed out of the earth all the beasts of the field and all the birds of heaven, and brought them to Adam to see what he would call them. And whatever Adam called each living creature, that was its name.”
11.6.9Dindorf 2:11
διὰ γὰρ τοῦ φάναι τοῦτο ἦν ὄνομα αὐτοῦ” τί ἄλλο ἢ κατὰ φύσιν τεθεῖσθαι τὰς προσηγορίας παρίστησι; τὸ γὰρ ἐπικληθὲν ἄρτι, φησὶ, τοῦτο καὶ πάλαι πρότερον ἐν τῇ φύσει περιέχεσθαι, εἶναί (??) κ. αὶ προυπάρχειν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐπωνομασμένων ὢ τοῦτο ὄνομα, ὅπερ ὁ δηλούμενος ἄνθρωπος ἐπιθειάσας δυνάμει κρείττονι τέθειται.
dia gar tou phanai touto ēn onoma autou” ti allo ē kata physin tetheisthai tas prosēgorias paristēsi? to gar epiklēthen arti, phēsi, touto kai palai proteron en tę̄ physei periechesthai, einai (??) k. ai prouparchein hekastǭ tōn epōnomasmenōn ō touto onoma, hoper ho dēloumenos anthrōpos epitheiasas dynamei kreittoni tetheitai.
For by saying “that was its name,” what else does he show but that the names were given according to nature? For what was then called by a name, he says, was also contained long before in nature, and this name, which the man in question, inspired by a higher power, gave, existed and pre-existed for each of the things named.
11.6.10Dindorf 2:11
καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ Ἀδὰμ, Ἑβραῖον ὑπάρχον ὄνομα, παρὰ τῷ Μωσεῖ τοῦ γηγενοῦς ἀνθρώπου γένοιτʼ ἂν ἐπώνυμον, ὅτι δὴ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις Ἀδὰμ ἡ γῆ καλεῖται, παρʼ ὃ καὶ ὁ πρῶτος γηγενὴς ἐτύμως Ἀδὰμ ὑπὸ Μώσεως ἀνείρηται.
kai auto de to Adam, Hebraion hyparchon onoma, para tǭ Mōsei tou gēgenous anthrōpou genoitʼ an epōnymon, hoti dē parʼ Hebraiois Adam hē gē kaleitai, parʼ ho kai ho prōtos gēgenēs etymōs Adam hypo Mōseōs aneirētai.
And Adam itself, a Hebrew name, would in Moses be the name of the earth-born man, since among the Hebrews the earth is called adam; from which the first earth-born man was fittingly named Adam by Moses.
11.6.11Dindorf 2:11
ἔχοι δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλην ἡ προσηγορία διάνοιαν, εἰς τὸ ἐρυθρὸν μεταλαμβανομένη καὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος παριστῶσα φύσιν. ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν γεώδη καὶ γήινον καὶ γηγενῆ, ἢ τὸν σωματικὸν καὶ σάρκινον ἄνθρωπον, τῷ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἐπεσημήνατο προσρήματι.
echoi dʼ an kai allēn hē prosēgoria dianoian, eis to erythron metalambanomenē kai tēn tou sōmatos paristōsa physin. alla ton men geōdē kai gēinon kai gēgenē, ē ton sōmatikon kai sarkinon anthrōpon, tǭ tou Adam epesēmēnato prosrēmati.
The name could also have another sense, translated as “red,” and showing the nature of the body. But by the name Adam he indicated the earthy, terrestrial, and earth-born man, or the bodily and fleshly man.
11.6.12Dindorf 2:11–12
καλοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἄλλως παῖδες Ἑβραίων τὸν ἄνθρωπον, Ἐνὼς ἐπονομάζοντες, ὃν δή φασιν εἶναι τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν λογικὸν, ἕτερον ὄντα τὴν φύσιν τοῦ γεώδους Ἀδάμ. διάνοιαν δὲ περιέχει καὶ ὁ Ἐνὼς οἰκείαν, ἐπιλήσμων τῇ Ἑλλήνων ἑρμηνευόμενος φωνῇ.
kalousi de kai allōs paides Hebraiōn ton anthrōpon, Enōs eponomazontes, hon dē phasin einai ton en hēmin logikon, heteron onta tēn physin tou geōdous Adam. dianoian de periechei kai ho Enōs oikeian, epilēsmōn tę̄ Hellēnōn hermēneuomenos phōnę̄.
But the sons of the Hebrews also call man by another name, Enos, which they say is the rational part in us, different in nature from the earthy Adam. And Enos too has its own meaning, being translated into Greek as “forgetful.”
11.6.13Dindorf 2:12
τοιοὐτον δὲ πέφυκεν ὑπάρχειν τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν λογικὸν, τῆς πρὸς τὸ θνητὸν καὶ ἄλογον συμπλοκῆς ἕνεκα. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πάντη καθαρὸν καὶ ἀσώματον καὶ θεῖον καὶ λογικὸν οὐ μόνον τῶν πρόσθεν γενομένων τὴν μνήμην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἔσεσθαι τὴν γνῶσιν, διʼ ἄκραν ἀρετὴν θεωρίας περιείληφε. τὸ δʼ ἐν σαρξὶ πεπιλημένον, ὀστέοις τε καὶ νεύροις καταπεπαρμένον, ὄγκον τε μέγαν καὶ βαρὺν ἐπηχθισμένον τὸ σῶμα, λήθης πολλῆς καὶ ἀμαθίας συνιδὼν ὁ Ἑβραίοις λόγιος εὐθυβόλῳ κέκληκε προσρήματι Ἐνὼς ἐπονομάσας, ὅπερ δηλοῖ τὸν ἐπιλήσμονα.
toiouton de pephyken hyparchein to en hēmin logikon, tēs pros to thnēton kai alogon symplokēs heneka. to men gar pantē katharon kai asōmaton kai theion kai logikon ou monon tōn prosthen genomenōn tēn mnēmēn, alla kai tōn mellontōn esesthai tēn gnōsin, diʼ akran aretēn theōrias perieilēphe. to dʼ en sarxi pepilēmenon, osteois te kai neurois katapeparmenon, onkon te megan kai baryn epēchthismenon to sōma, lēthēs pollēs kai amathias synidōn ho Hebraiois logios euthybolǭ keklēke prosrēmati Enōs eponomasas, hoper dēloi ton epilēsmona.
Such by nature is the rational part in us, because of its union with what is mortal and irrational. For what is wholly pure, incorporeal, divine, and rational embraces, through the height of its virtue in contemplation, not only the memory of what has gone before but also the knowledge of what is to come. But what is packed into flesh, pinned down by bones and sinews, and weighed down by the great heavy mass of the body, the inspired writer of the Hebrews, seeing its great forgetfulness and ignorance, called by an apt name, Enos, which means “forgetful.”
11.6.14Dindorf 2:12
κεῖται γοῦν παρά τινι προφήτῃ “τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνήσκῃ αὐτοῦ; ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν; ἀνθʼ οὗ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς πρώτης τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κλήσεως τὸ Ἐνὼς περιείληφεν, ὡσεὶ ἔλεγε σαφέστερον, τί οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐπιλήσμων, ὅτι σὺ, ὦ θεὲ, μιμνήσκῃ αὐτοῦ, καίπερ ὄντος ἐπιλήσμονος;
keitai goun para tini prophētę̄ “ti estin anthrōpos, hoti mimnēskę̄ autou? ē huios anthrōpou, hoti episkeptę̄ auton? anthʼ hou to Hebraïkon epi men tēs prōtēs tou anthrōpou klēseōs to Enōs perieilēphen, hōsei elege saphesteron, ti houtos estin ho epilēsmōn, hoti sy, ō thee, mimnēskę̄ autou, kaiper ontos epilēsmonos?
In a certain prophet, at any rate, it is written: “What is man, that you remember him? Or the son of man, that you visit him?” Here the Hebrew has Enos for the first name of man, as if he were saying more clearly, “What is this forgetful one, that you, O God, remember him, although he is forgetful?”
11.6.15Dindorf 2:12
τὸ δὲ ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόνʼ’ “ ἢ υἱὸς Ἀδάμʼ’ κεῖται παρὰ τοῖς δηλουμένοις, ὡς εἶναι τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ Ἀδὰμ καὶ Ἐνὼς, τοῦ μὲν σαρκικοῦ διὰ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ δὲ λογικοῦ διὰ τοῦ Ἐνὼς παρισταμένου.
to de ē huios anthrōpou, hoti episkeptę̄ autonʼ’ “ ē huios Adamʼ’ keitai para tois dēloumenois, hōs einai ton auton kai Adam kai Enōs, tou men sarkikou dia tou Adam, tou de logikou dia tou Enōs paristamenou.
And for “or the son of man, that you visit him,” the Hebrew text has “or the son of Adam”; so that the same being is both Adam and Enos, the fleshly being shown by Adam, the rational by Enos.
11.6.16Dindorf 2:12–13
Καὶ τὰ μὲν Ἑβραίων λόγια οὕτω πως διαιρεῖ τὴν ἐτυμολογίαν· ὁ δὲ Πλάτων τὸν ἄνθρωπον τῇ Ἑλλήνων φωνῇ παρὰ τὸ ἀναθρεῖν φησι κεκλῆσθαι λέγων “Ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἅμα ἑώρακε, τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ὄπωπε, καὶ ἀναθρεῖ καὶ λογίζεται τοῦτο ὃ ὄπωπεν, ἴʼ, ἔνα ᾖ ἀναθρῶν ἃ ὄπωπε.”
Kai ta men Hebraiōn logia houtō pōs diairei tēn etymologian; ho de Platōn ton anthrōpon tę̄ Hellēnōn phōnę̄ para to anathrein phēsi keklēsthai legōn “Ho de anthrōpos hama heōrake, touto de estin opōpe, kai anathrei kai logizetai touto ho opōpen, iʼ, ena ę̄ anathrōn ha opōpe.”
So the oracles of the Hebrews divide the etymology. But Plato says that in Greek man (anthrōpos) is so called from anathrein (“looking up”), saying: “Man, as soon as he has seen, that is, opōpe, also looks up at (anathrei) and reasons about what he has seen; hence he alone of the animals is rightly named anthrōpos, anathrōn ha opōpe (“looking up at what he has seen”).”
11.6.17Dindorf 2:13
πάλιν Ἑβραῖοι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶς καλοῦσι. παρῆκται δὲ αὐτοῖς τοὔνομα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἒς, διʼ οὗ σημαίνουσι τὸ πῦρ, ἵνα ᾖ παρὰ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ διάπυρον τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς φύσεως ὁ ἀνὴρ ὠνομασμένος.
palin Hebraioi ton andra eis kalousi. parēktai de autois tounoma apo tou es, diʼ hou sēmainousi to pyr, hina ę̄ para to thermon kai diapyron tēs tou andros physeōs ho anēr ōnomasmenos.
Again, the Hebrews call a man (male) eis. The name is derived by them from es, by which they mean fire, so that the man is named from the heat and fiery quality of male nature.
11.6.18Dindorf 2:13
ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, ἐπείπερ εἴρηται ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εἰλῆφθαι, καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐπικοινωνεῖ τῷ ἀνδρί. ἔς σὰ γὰρ ἡ γυνὴ λέγεται παρʼ αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ εἶς ὁ ἀνήρ. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων τὸν ἄνδρα παρὰ τὴν ἄνω ῥοὴν ὀνομάζεσθαι λέγει· καὶ ἐπιλέγει “Ἡ δὲ γυνὴ γονή μοι φαίνεται βούλεσθαι εἶναι.”
hē de gynē, epeiper eirētai ek tou andros eilēphthai, kai tēn prosēgorian epikoinōnei tǭ andri. es sa gar hē gynē legetai parʼ autois, hōsper eis ho anēr. ho de Platōn ton andra para tēn anō rhoēn onomazesthai legei; kai epilegei “Hē de gynē gonē moi phainetai boulesthai einai.”
And the woman, since she is said to have been taken from the man, shares her name with the man; for among them the woman is called essa, as the man is eis. But Plato says that anēr (man) is named from anō rhoē (“upward flow”), and adds: “And gynē (woman) seems to me to mean gonē (birth).”
11.6.19Dindorf 2:13
πάλιν Μώσης τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐτύμως τῇ Ἑβραίων γλώσσῃ “ στερέωμα προσαγορεύει, παρὰ τὸ πρῶτον εἶναι μετὰ τὴν ἀσώματον καὶ νοερὰν οὐσίαν τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου στερεὸν καὶ αἰσθητὸν σῶμα. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων τῷ οὐρανῷ φησιν ὀρθῶς ὄνομα κεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ ἄνω ὁρᾶν ποιεῖν.
palin Mōsēs ton ouranon etymōs tę̄ Hebraiōn glōssę̄ “ stereōma prosagoreuei, para to prōton einai meta tēn asōmaton kai noeran ousian toude tou kosmou stereon kai aisthēton sōma. ho de Platōn tǭ ouranǭ phēsin orthōs onoma keisthai dia to anō horan poiein.
Again, Moses fittingly calls heaven in the Hebrew tongue “firmament,” because it is the first solid and sensible body of this world after the incorporeal and intellectual substance. But Plato says that heaven (ouranos) is rightly named because it makes us look upward (ano horan).
11.6.20Dindorf 2:13
πάλιν Ἑβραῖοι τὸ μὲν ἀνωτάτω τοῦ θεοῦ κύριον ὄνομα ἄρρητον εἶναι καὶ ἄφθεγκτον, οὐδὲ φαντασίᾳ διανοίας ληπτὸν εἶναί φασιν· αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο καθʼ ὃ θεὸν ὀνομάζομεν Ἐλωεὶμ καλοῦσι, παρὰ τὸ ἢλ, ὡς ἔοικε· τοῦτο δὲ ἑρμηνεύουσιν ἰσχὺν καὶ δύναμιν· ὥστʼ εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ τοὔνομα παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀμφὶ αὐτὸν δυνάμεως τε καὶ ἰσχύος ἐπιλελογισμένον, διʼ ἧς νοεῖται παντοδύναμος καὶ πάντα ἰσχύων, ὡς ἂν τὰ πάντα συστησάμενος. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων θεὸν καὶ θεοὺς παρὰ τὸ θέειν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τρέχειν, τοὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ φωστῆρας ἐπικεκλῆσθαί φησι.
palin Hebraioi to men anōtatō tou theou kyrion onoma arrēton einai kai aphthenkton, oude phantasią dianoias lēpton einai phasin; auto de touto kathʼ ho theon onomazomen Elōeim kalousi, para to ēl, hōs eoike; touto de hermēneuousin ischyn kai dynamin; hōstʼ einai tou theou tounoma parʼ autois apo tēs amphi auton dynameōs te kai ischyos epilelogismenon, diʼ hēs noeitai pantodynamos kai panta ischyōn, hōs an ta panta systēsamenos. ho de Platōn theon kai theous para to theein, hoper esti trechein, tous en ouranǭ phōstēras epikeklēsthai phēsi.
Again, the Hebrews say that the highest proper name of God is unspeakable and unutterable, not to be grasped even by the imagination of the mind. That by which we name him God they call Eloeim, from el, it seems, which they interpret as “strength” and “power”; so that the name of God among them is derived from the power and strength about him, through which he is understood as almighty and all-powerful, since he constituted all things. But Plato says that the heavenly luminaries were called theos and theoi (gods) from thein, that is, “to run.”
11.6.21Dindorf 2:13–14
Τοιαῦτα δή τινα, ὡς ἐν τύπῳ φάναι, τὰ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις καὶ τὰ παρὰ Πλάτωνι περὶ ὀρθότητος ὀνομάτων διηκρίβωται. καὶ τὰς ἐν ἀνθρώποις δὲ προσηγορίας μετά τινος διανοίας φησὶν ὁ Πλάτων τεθεῖσθαι, καὶ τόν γε λόγον ἀποδιδόναι πειρᾶται, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως τὸν Ἕκτορα κεκλῆσθαι εἰπὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔχειν καὶ κρατεῖν, διὰ τὸ βασιλέα εἶναι τῶν Τρώων, τὸν δὲ Ἀγαμέμνονα διὰ τὸ ἄγαν μένειν, καὶ τοῖς δόξασι περὶ τῶν Τρώων εὐτόνως καὶ καρτερῶς παραμένειν· τὸν δὲ Ὀρέστην διὰ τὸ ὀρεινὸν καὶ ἄγριον καὶ θηριῶδες τοῦ τρόπου· καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἀτρέα διὰ τὸ ἀτηρόν τινα γεγονέναι τὸ ἦθος· τὸν δὲ Πέλοπα οἶόν τινα οὐ τὰ πόρρω, ἀλλὰ μόνα τὰ πέλας καὶ ἐγγὺς ὁρῶντα· τὸν δὲ Τάνταλον ταλάντατον τινά φησι, διὰ τὰ περὶ αὐτὸν δυστυχήματα, σημαίνειν.
Toiauta dē tina, hōs en typǭ phanai, ta parʼ Hebraiois kai ta para Platōni peri orthotētos onomatōn diēkribōtai. kai tas en anthrōpois de prosēgorias meta tinos dianoias phēsin ho Platōn tetheisthai, kai ton ge logon apodidonai peiratai, ouk oidʼ hopōs ton Hektora keklēsthai eipōn apo tou echein kai kratein, dia to basilea einai tōn Trōōn, ton de Agamemnona dia to agan menein, kai tois doxasi peri tōn Trōōn eutonōs kai karterōs paramenein; ton de Orestēn dia to oreinon kai agrion kai thēriōdes tou tropou; kai ton men Atrea dia to atēron tina gegonenai to ēthos; ton de Pelopa oion tina ou ta porrō, alla mona ta pelas kai engys horōnta; ton de Tantalon talantaton tina phēsi, dia ta peri auton dystychēmata, sēmainein.
Such, in outline, are the precise views of the Hebrews and of Plato on the correctness of names. Plato also says that the names of men were given with some meaning, and tries to give the reason, saying, I do not know how, that Hector was so called from holding (echein) and ruling, because he was king of the Trojans; Agamemnon from remaining exceedingly (agan menein), steadfastly and firmly persisting in his decisions about Troy; Orestes from the mountain-like (oreinon), wild and beastly character of his ways; Atreus because he had a baneful (atēros) character; Pelops as one who sees not far things but only things near (pelas); and Tantalus, he says, means one most wretched (talantatos), because of his misfortunes.
11.6.22Dindorf 2:14
ταῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτα μυρία ἄλλα εὕροις ἂν εἰρημένα τῷ Πλάτωνι, φύσει τεθεῖσθαι, ἀλλʼ οὐ θέσει τοῖς πρώτοις τὰ ὀνόματα διδάσκειν πειρωμένῳ.
tauta kai toiauta myria alla heurois an eirēmena tǭ Platōni, physei tetheisthai, allʼ ou thesei tois prōtois ta onomata didaskein peirōmenǭ.
These and countless other such things you will find said by Plato, as he tries to teach that names were given to the first men by nature and not by convention.
11.6.23Dindorf 2:14
ἀλλʼ οὐ καὶ τὰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ βεβιασμένα ἂν εἴποις, οὐδέ γε κατά τινα σοφιστικὴν εὑρεσιλογίαν πεποιημένα, μαθὼν ὡς ὁ μὲν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις Κάϊν “ζῆλος” παρʼ Ἕλλησι μεταλαμβάνεται, τούτου δʼ ἠξιώθη τοῦ προσρήματος ὁ δηλούμενος διὰ τὸ ζηλῶσαι τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν Ἄβελ.
allʼ ou kai ta para Mōsei bebiasmena an eipois, oude ge kata tina sophistikēn heuresilogian pepoiēmena, mathōn hōs ho men parʼ Hebraiois Kaïn “zēlos” parʼ Hellēsi metalambanetai, toutou dʼ ēxiōthē tou prosrēmatos ho dēloumenos dia to zēlōsai ton adelphon ton Abel.
But you would not call Moses’ explanations forced, or made up by some sophistical play with words, when you learn that the Hebrew Cain is translated by the Greeks as “jealousy,” and that he was judged worthy of this name because he was jealous of his brother Abel.
11.6.24Dindorf 2:14
καὶ ὁ Ἄβελ δὲ ἑρμηνεύεται “ πένθος”, τοῦ τοιοῦδε πάθους γεγονὼς καὶ αὐτὸς τοῖς γονεῦσιν αἴτιος, οἳ κατά τινα θειοτέραν προμήθειαν γενομένοις τοῖς παισὶ ταύτας τέθεινται τὰς ἐπωνυμίας.
kai ho Abel de hermēneuetai “ penthos”, tou toioude pathous gegonōs kai autos tois goneusin aitios, hoi kata tina theioteran promētheian genomenois tois paisi tautas tetheintai tas epōnymias.
And Abel is translated “mourning,” since he too became the cause of such grief to his parents, who by some more divine foresight gave these names to their children when they were born.
11.6.25Dindorf 2:14
τί δʼ εἴ σοι τὸν Ἁβραὰμ παραφέροιμι; μετεωρολόγος τις οὗτος καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων θεωρίας τῶν τε κατʼ οὐρανὸν μαθημάτων εἰδήμων τὸ πρὶν, ὅτε τῆς Χαλδαικῆς μετεποιεῖτο σοφίας, γεγονὼς Ἅβραμ ἐκαλεῖτο· τοῦτο δʼ Ἑλλήνων φωνῇ πατέρα μετέωρον σημαίνει.
ti dʼ ei soi ton Habraam parapheroimi? meteōrologos tis houtos kai tēs tōn astrōn theōrias tōn te katʼ ouranon mathēmatōn eidēmōn to prin, hote tēs Chaldaikēs metepoieito sophias, gegonōs Habram ekaleito; touto dʼ Hellēnōn phōnę̄ patera meteōron sēmainei.
And what if I were to bring before you Abraham? Formerly, when he was pursuing the wisdom of the Chaldeans, he was a student of the heavens, skilled in observing the stars and in the sciences of the sky, and he was called Abram, which in the Greek tongue means “lofty father.”
11.6.26Dindorf 2:14–15
ἀλλʼ ὁ θεός γε αὐτὸν τῶν τῇδε ἐπὶ τὰ ἀφανῆ καὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐπέκεινα προάγων εὐθυβόλῳ κέχρηται μετωνυμίᾳ, Οὐκέτι, φήσας, κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἅβραμ, ἀλλὰ Ἄβραὰμ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε.
allʼ ho theos ge auton tōn tę̄de epi ta aphanē kai tōn horōmenōn epekeina proagōn euthybolǭ kechrētai metōnymią, Ouketi, phēsas, klēthēsetai to onoma sou Habram, alla Abraam estai to onoma sou, hoti patera pollōn ethnōn tetheika se.
But God, leading him from things here to things unseen and beyond the visible, used a fitting change of name, saying, “Your name shall no longer be called Abram, but your name shall be Abraham, for I have made you father of many nations.”
11.6.27Dindorf 2:15
τοῦτο δʼ ὁποίας ἔχεται διανοίας μακρὸς ἂν εἴη λόγος. ἀπαρκεῖ δὲ κἀν τούτῳ τὸν Πλάτωνα μάρτυρα τοῦ λόγου παραθέσθαι, ὑπὸ θειοτέρας δυνάμεως ἔνια τῶν ὀνομάτων τεθεῖσθαι φάμενον. λέγει δʼ οὖν αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν
touto dʼ hopoias echetai dianoias makros an eiē logos. aparkei de kan toutǭ ton Platōna martyra tou logou parathesthai, hypo theioteras dynameōs enia tōn onomatōn tetheisthai phamenon. legei dʼ oun autois rhēmasin
What sense this has would be a long story. It is enough here to cite Plato as a witness to the point, saying that some names were given by a more divine power. He says, then, in these words:
11.6.28Dindorf 2:15
“ Ἐσπουδάσθαι γὰρ ἐνταῦθα μάλιστα πρέπει τὴν θέσιν τῶν ὀνομάτων· ἴσως δὲ ἔνια αὐτῶν καὶ ὑπὸ θειοτέρας δυνάμεως ἢ τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐγενήθη.”
“ Espoudasthai gar entautha malista prepei tēn thesin tōn onomatōn; isōs de enia autōn kai hypo theioteras dynameōs ē tēs tōn anthrōpōn egenēthē.”
“For here especially the giving of names should have been done with care; and perhaps some of them were given by a power more divine than that of men.”
11.6.29Dindorf 2:15
Τοῦτό γέ τοι αὐτὸ διὰ πλειόνων καὶ ἡ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἱερὰ πιστοῦται γραφή· πρῶτός τε Μώσης ἁπάντων, ὃς ἐκ θειοτέρας δυνάμεως τὸν Ἁβραὰμ καὶ τὸν τούτου παῖδα τὸν Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ἔτι τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπωνομάσθαι ἐδίδαξε. γέλως δὲ ὁ Ἰσαὰκ ἑρμηνεύεται, τὸ τῆς ἐναρέτου χαρᾶς ἐπαγόμενος σύμβολον, ἣν τοῖς θεοφιλέσι γέρας ἐξαίρετον δώσειν ὁ θεὸς ἐπήγγελται.
Touto ge toi auto dia pleionōn kai hē parʼ Hebraiois hiera pistoutai graphē; prōtos te Mōsēs hapantōn, hos ek theioteras dynameōs ton Habraam kai ton toutou paida ton Isaak kai eti ton Israēl epōnomasthai edidaxe. gelōs de ho Isaak hermēneuetai, to tēs enaretou charas epagomenos symbolon, hēn tois theophilesi geras exaireton dōsein ho theos epēngeltai.
This very point the sacred Scripture of the Hebrews confirms more fully; and Moses first of all taught that Abraham, his son Isaac, and also Israel were named by a more divine power. Isaac is translated “laughter,” bearing the symbol of the joy of virtue, which God has promised to give as a special prize to those dear to him.
11.6.30Dindorf 2:15
ὁ δὲ τούτου παῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἦν μὲν τὸ πρὶν τὸ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ὄνομα ἐπενηνεγμένος, ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ὁ θεὸς αὐτῷ τὸ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ὄνομα δωρεῖται, τὸν ἀσκητὴν καὶ πρακτικὸν ἐπὶ τὸν θεωρητικὸν μεταστησάμενος.
ho de toutou pais Israēl ēn men to prin to tou Iakōb onoma epenēnegmenos, anti de tou Iakōb ho theos autǭ to tou Israēl onoma dōreitai, ton askētēn kai praktikon epi ton theōrētikon metastēsamenos.
And his son Israel had formerly borne the name Jacob; but in place of Jacob God bestows on him the name Israel, moving him from the ascetic and practical life to the contemplative.
11.6.31Dindorf 2:15
πτερνιστὴς γὰρ ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἑρμηνεύεται ὡς τὸν ἀρετῆς ἐναθλῶν ἀγῶνα· Ἰσραὴλ δὲ ὁρῶν θεὸν, ὁποῖος ἂν εἴη ὁ γνωστικὸς καὶ θεωρητικὸς ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ νοῦς.
pternistēs gar ho Iakōb hermēneuetai hōs ton aretēs enathlōn agōna; Israēl de horōn theon, hopoios an eiē ho gnōstikos kai theōrētikos en anthrōpǭ nous.
For Jacob is translated “supplanter,” as one who strives in the contest of virtue; and Israel “seeing God,” such as the knowing and contemplative mind in man would be.
11.6.32Dindorf 2:15–16
τί με δεῖ νῦν τοῦ πανσόφου Μώσεως ἢ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἱερῶν λογίων διὰ μυρίων ἄλλων τὴν ὀρθότητα τῆς τῶν οἰκείων ὀνομάτων θέσεως ἐξαπλοῦν, μακροτέρας σχολῆς δεο- μένων τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον;
ti me dei nyn tou pansophou Mōseōs ē tōn parʼ Hebraiois hierōn logiōn dia myriōn allōn tēn orthotēta tēs tōn oikeiōn onomatōn theseōs exaploun, makroteras scholēs deo- menōn tōn kata ton topon?
Why need I now unfold, through countless other examples, the correctness of the all-wise Moses, or of the sacred oracles of the Hebrews, in giving their own names, when the subject needs a longer study?
11.6.33Dindorf 2:16
αὐτίκα δὴ καὶ τῶν πρώτων τῆς γραμματικῆς στοιχείων Ἕλληνες μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιεν τὰς ἐτυμολογίας εἰπεῖν, οὐδʼ αὐτός γʼ ἂν φαίη Πλάτων τὸν λόγον ἢ τὸν λογισμὸν τῶν φωνηέντων ἢ τῶν συμφώνων.
autika dē kai tōn prōtōn tēs grammatikēs stoicheiōn Hellēnes men ouk an echoien tas etymologias eipein, oudʼ autos gʼ an phaiē Platōn ton logon ē ton logismon tōn phōnēentōn ē tōn symphōnōn.
Thus, for instance, the Greeks could not give the etymologies even of the first letters of grammar, nor would Plato himself state the meaning or reason of the vowels or the consonants.
11.6.34Dindorf 2:16
Ἑβραίων δʼ ἂν εἴποιεν παῖδες τοῦ τε Ἄλφα τὴν αἰτίαν, ὁ παρʼ αὐτοῖς καλεῖται Ἄλφʼ, τοῦτο δὲ σημαίνει μάθησιν· καὶ τοῦ Βῆτα, ὅπερ Βὴθ φίλον αὐτοῖς προσαγορεύειν, οὕτω δὲ τὸν οἶκον ὀνομάζουσιν· ὥστε δηλοῦν τὴν διάνοιαν, μάθησις οἴκου· ὡσεὶ σαφέστερον ἐλέγετο, διδαχή τις καὶ μάθησις οἰκονομίας.
Hebraiōn dʼ an eipoien paides tou te Alpha tēn aitian, ho parʼ autois kaleitai Alphʼ, touto de sēmainei mathēsin; kai tou Bēta, hoper Bēth philon autois prosagoreuein, houtō de ton oikon onomazousin; hōste dēloun tēn dianoian, mathēsis oikou; hōsei saphesteron elegeto, didachē tis kai mathēsis oikonomias.
But the sons of the Hebrews could tell the reason for Alpha, which among them is called Alph, meaning “learning”; and for Beta, which they like to call Beth, their name for a house; so that the meaning is “learning of a house,” as if it were said more clearly, a teaching and learning of household management.
11.6.35Dindorf 2:16
καὶ τὸ Γάμμα δὲ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τρίτον κέκληται Γῖμελ· οὕτω δὲ τὴν πλήρωσιν ὀνομάζουσιν. εἶτʼ ἐπειδὴ τὰς δέλτους Δὲλθ καλοῦσι, τὸ τέταρτον στοιχεῖον οὕτω προσεῖπον, ὁμοῦ διὰ τῶν δύο στοιχείων σημαίνοντες ὡς ὅτι ἡ ἔγγραφος μάθησις πλήρωσίς ἐστι δέλτων.
kai to Gamma de parʼ autois triton keklētai Gimel; houtō de tēn plērōsin onomazousin. eitʼ epeidē tas deltous Delth kalousi, to tetarton stoicheion houtō proseipon, homou dia tōn dyo stoicheiōn sēmainontes hōs hoti hē engraphos mathēsis plērōsis esti deltōn.
Gamma too, the third letter, is called among them Gimel, their name for fullness. Then, since they call tablets Delth, they named the fourth letter so, signifying by the two letters together that written learning is the fullness of tablets.
11.6.36Dindorf 2:16
ἐπιὼν δέ τις καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς γραμματικῆς στοιχεῖα, μετά τινος αἰτίας καὶ λογισμοῦ εὕροι ἂν ἕκαστα παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὠνομασμένα, ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ φωνηέντων τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ σύνθεσιν μιᾶς τινος ἀπορρήτου προσηγορίας περιέχειν φασὶν ἐκφώνησιν, ἣν διὰ τεσσάρων στοιχείων παῖδες Ἑβραίων σημειούμενοι ἐπὶ τῆς ἀνωτάτω τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως κατατάττουσιν, ἄλεκτόν τι τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ ἀπόρρητον τοῦτʼ εἶναι παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς εἰληφότες.
epiōn de tis kai ta loipa tēs grammatikēs stoicheia, meta tinos aitias kai logismou heuroi an hekasta parʼ autois ōnomasmena, epei kai tōn hepta phōnēentōn tēn epi to auto synthesin mias tinos aporrētou prosēgorias periechein phasin ekphōnēsin, hēn dia tessarōn stoicheiōn paides Hebraiōn sēmeioumenoi epi tēs anōtatō tou theou dynameōs katatattousin, alekton ti tois pollois kai aporrēton toutʼ einai pais para patros eilēphotes.
And going through the rest of the letters, one would find each named among them with some reason and meaning; for they say that the combination of the seven vowels contains the utterance of a single unspeakable name, which the sons of the Hebrews, marking it with four letters, apply to the supreme power of God, having received it, son from father, as something unutterable and secret to the many.
11.6.37Dindorf 2:16–17
καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι δὲ σοφῶν, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὁπόθεν, τις τοῦτο μαθὼν ᾐνίξατο, ὧδέ πη διʼ ἐπῶν φήσας ἑπτά με φωνήεντα θεὸν μέγαν ἄφθιτον αἰνεῖ γράμματα, τὸν πάντων ἀκάματον πατέρα. εἰμὶ δʼ ἐγὼ πάντων χέλυς ἄφθιτος, ἣ τὰ λυρώδη ἡρμοσάμην δίνης οὐρανίοιο μέλη.
kai tōn parʼ Hellēsi de sophōn, ouk oidʼ hopothen, tis touto mathōn ę̄nixato, hōde pē diʼ epōn phēsas hepta me phōnēenta theon megan aphthiton ainei grammata, ton pantōn akamaton patera. eimi dʼ egō pantōn chelys aphthitos, hē ta lyrōdē hērmosamēn dinēs ouranioio melē.
And one of the Greek sages, having learned this from I know not where, hinted at it, saying in verse somewhere: “Seven vowel letters praise me, the great imperishable God, the tireless Father of all. I am the imperishable lyre of all things, who tuned the lyre-like songs of the heavenly whirl.”
11.6.38Dindorf 2:17
εὕροις δʼ ἂν καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις στοιχείων, ἐπιστήσας ἑκάστῳ, τὰ σημαινόμενα· τοῦτο δὲ ἤδη καὶ διὰ τῶν πρόσθεν ἡμῖν συνέστη, ὁπηνίκα παρὰ βαρβάρων τὰ πάντα ὠφελῆσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀπεδείκνυμεν.
heurois dʼ an kai tōn loipōn parʼ Hebraiois stoicheiōn, epistēsas hekastǭ, ta sēmainomena; touto de ēdē kai dia tōn prosthen hēmin synestē, hopēnika para barbarōn ta panta ōphelēsthai tous Hellēnas apedeiknymen.
You would find the meanings of the other Hebrew letters too, if you attended to each; this has already been shown by us earlier, when we were proving that the Greeks profited from barbarians in everything.
11.6.39Dindorf 2:17
πολλὴν δʼ ἄν τις καταμάθοι, τὴν Ἑβραίων γλῶσσαν πολυπραγμονῶν, ὀνομάτων ὀρθότητα παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσι φερομένην, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦ παντὸς ἔθνους τὸ προσηγορικὸν ὄνομα ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἔβερ τὸ παρωνύμιον εἴληφε. σημαίνει δὲ τοῦτο τὸν “ διαπερῶντα, ’’ ἐπεὶ καὶ διάβασις καὶ διαπερῶν τῇ Ἑβραίων φωνῇ “Ἕβερ” ὀνομάζεται.
pollēn dʼ an tis katamathoi, tēn Hebraiōn glōssan polypragmonōn, onomatōn orthotēta para tois andrasi pheromenēn, epei kai auto tou pantos ethnous to prosēgorikon onoma apo tou Eber to parōnymion eilēphe. sēmainei de touto ton “ diaperōnta, ’’ epei kai diabasis kai diaperōn tę̄ Hebraiōn phōnę̄ “Heber” onomazetai.
And anyone who studies the Hebrew language would learn the great correctness of names current among these men; for the very name of the whole nation took its derivation from Heber. It means “one who crosses over,” since a crossing and one who crosses over are called heber in the Hebrew tongue.
11.6.40Dindorf 2:17
διδάσκει δὲ ὁ λόγος διαπερᾶν καὶ διαβαίνειν ἀπὸ τῶν τῇδε ἐπὶ τὰ θεῖα, μηδαμῶς τε ἐναπομένειν καὶ ἵστασθαι ἐπὶ τῇ θέᾳ τῶν ὁρωμένων, ἀπὸ δὲ τούτων ἐπὶ τὰ ἀφανῆ καὶ ἀόρατα τῆς περὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ποιητοῦ τε καὶ δημιουργοῦ θεολογίας διαβαίνειν. ταύτῃ τοι τοὺς πρώτους μόνῳ τῷ πανηγεμόνι καὶ αἰτίῳ τῶν ὅλων ἀνακειμένους, εὐσεβείᾳ τε καθαρᾷ καὶ ἀληθεῖ προσανέχοντας, Ἑβραίους ἐφώνουν, περατικούς τινας καὶ διαβεβηκότας τῇ διανοίᾳ τοὺς τοιούσδε ἀποκαλοῦντες.
didaskei de ho logos diaperan kai diabainein apo tōn tę̄de epi ta theia, mēdamōs te enapomenein kai histasthai epi tę̄ theą tōn horōmenōn, apo de toutōn epi ta aphanē kai aorata tēs peri tou tōn holōn poiētou te kai dēmiourgou theologias diabainein. tautę̄ toi tous prōtous monǭ tǭ panēgemoni kai aitiǭ tōn holōn anakeimenous, eusebeią te katharą kai alēthei prosanechontas, Hebraious ephōnoun, peratikous tinas kai diabebēkotas tę̄ dianoią tous toiousde apokalountes.
The word teaches us to cross over and pass from things here to things divine, and never to remain and stop at the sight of visible things, but from these to pass over to the unseen and invisible things of the theology concerning the Maker and Creator of the universe. For this reason they called the first men devoted solely to the supreme Ruler and Cause of all, holding fast to pure and true piety, Hebrews, calling such men crossers, as it were, who had passed over in mind.
11.6.41Dindorf 2:17–18
καὶ τί με δεῖ ἐπὶ πλέον μηκύνειν τὰ πάντα συνάγοντα τῆς τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν ὀνομάτων ὀρθότητός τε καὶ ἀκριβείας, τοῦ προβλήματος οἰκείας δεομένου πραγματείας; πλὴν ὡς ἐν τύπῳ φάναι, ἡγοῦμαι καὶ διὰ τῶν λεχθέντων τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις λογικῆς διδασκαλίας τὴν ἀπόδειξιν παρεσχηκέναι, εἰ δὴ κατὰ τὸν Πλάτωνα οὐ φαύλων ἦν ἀνδρῶν οὐδὲ τῶν τυχόντων, ἀλλὰ σοφοῦ καὶ διαλεκτικοῦ τινος νομοθέτου, φύσιν ὀνομάτων οἰκείαν τοῖς πράγμασιν εὑρέσθαι, οἷος ἡμῖν ὁ Μώσης καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων ἀποδέδεικται λόγια. τί δὴ οὖν μετὰ τὰ λογικὰ ἕπεται ἢ τὰ φυσικὰ ἐπισκέψασθαι, ὅπως ποτὲ καὶ περὶ ταῦτα εἶχον Ἑβραίων παῖδες;
kai ti me dei epi pleon mēkynein ta panta synagonta tēs tōn Hebraïkōn onomatōn orthotētos te kai akribeias, tou problēmatos oikeias deomenou pragmateias? plēn hōs en typǭ phanai, hēgoumai kai dia tōn lechthentōn tēs parʼ Hebraiois logikēs didaskalias tēn apodeixin pareschēkenai, ei dē kata ton Platōna ou phaulōn ēn andrōn oude tōn tychontōn, alla sophou kai dialektikou tinos nomothetou, physin onomatōn oikeian tois pragmasin heuresthai, hoios hēmin ho Mōsēs kai ta Hebraiōn apodedeiktai logia. ti dē oun meta ta logika hepetai ē ta physika episkepsasthai, hopōs pote kai peri tauta eichon Hebraiōn paides?
And why should I go on longer, collecting everything about the correctness and precision of Hebrew names, when the question needs a treatment of its own? But, to speak in outline, I think that by what has been said I have given proof of the logical teaching among the Hebrews, if indeed, according to Plato, it belongs not to trivial men or to chance comers, but to a wise and dialectical lawgiver, to find the nature of names proper to things; and such Moses and the oracles of the Hebrews have been shown to be. What, then, follows after logic but to consider physics, and how the sons of the Hebrews stood on this too?
Preparation 11, chapter 7
11.7.1Dindorf 2:18
Καὶ τὸ τρίτον δὲ μέρος τῆς καθʼ Ἑβραίους φιλοσοφίας, — τοῦτο δʼ ἦν τὸ φυσικὸν, διαιρούμενον καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς εἴς τε τὴν τῶν νοητῶν καὶ ἀσωμάτων ἐποπτείαν καὶ εἰς τὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν φυσιολογίαν, — οἱ κατὰ πάντα τέλειοι προφήται ᾔδεσάν τε καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις, ὅτε δὴ καιρὸς ἐκάλει, κατεμίγνυον λόγοις, οὐ στοχασμοῖς καὶ θνητῆς διανοίας ἐπιτηδεύσει μαθόντες, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ διδασκάλοις ἀνδράσι σεμνυνόμενοι, θεοφορήσει δὲ κρείττονος δυνάμεως καὶ θείου πνεύματος ἐπιπνοίᾳ τὴν γνῶσιν ἀνατιθέντες.
Kai to triton de meros tēs kathʼ Hebraious philosophias, — touto dʼ ēn to physikon, diairoumenon kai parʼ autois eis te tēn tōn noētōn kai asōmatōn epopteian kai eis tēn tōn aisthētōn physiologian, — hoi kata panta teleioi prophētai ę̄desan te kai tois oikeiois, hote dē kairos ekalei, katemignyon logois, ou stochasmois kai thnētēs dianoias epitēdeusei mathontes, oudʼ epi didaskalois andrasi semnynomenoi, theophorēsei de kreittonos dynameōs kai theiou pneumatos epipnoią tēn gnōsin anatithentes.
And the third part of the philosophy of the Hebrews, the natural part, divided among them too into the contemplation of intelligible and incorporeal things and the natural study of sensible things, the prophets, perfect in all things, both knew and mingled into their own discourses when occasion called, not having learned it by guesses or the efforts of mortal understanding, nor priding themselves on human teachers, but ascribing their knowledge to inspiration by a higher power and the breathing of the divine Spirit.
11.7.2Dindorf 2:18
ἔνθεν μυρία μὲν αὐτοῖς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων τεθέσπιστο, μυρία δὲ περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως πεφυσιολόγητο, καὶ αὖ πάλιν μυρία περὶ ζῴων φύσεως διείληπτο, πλεῖστα δὲ ὅσα καὶ περὶ φυτῶν ταῖς οἰκείαις ἕκαστος προφητείαις κατεβέβλητο.
enthen myria men autois peri tōn mellontōn tethespisto, myria de peri tēs tou pantos systaseōs pephysiologēto, kai au palin myria peri zǭōn physeōs dieilēpto, pleista de hosa kai peri phytōn tais oikeiais hekastos prophēteiais katebeblēto.
Hence they foretold countless things about the future, discussed countless things about the constitution of the universe, treated again countless things about the nature of animals, and each set down in his own prophecies a great many things about plants as well.
11.7.3Dindorf 2:18
Μώσης δὲ καὶ λίθων δυνάμεις εὖ μάλα ἐξεπιστάμενος οὐ παρέργως ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως στολῆς τῇ τούτων κέχρητο θεωρίᾳ. καὶ αὖ πάλιν Σολομῶν, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, ἐν τῇ περὶ τούτων διαπρέψαι φυσιολογίᾳ πρὸς τῆς θείας μαρτυρεῖται γραφῆς, ὧδε περιεχούσης
Mōsēs de kai lithōn dynameis eu mala exepistamenos ou parergōs epi tēs tou archiereōs stolēs tę̄ toutōn kechrēto theōrią. kai au palin Solomōn, ei kai tis allos, en tę̄ peri toutōn diaprepsai physiologią pros tēs theias martyreitai graphēs, hōde periechousēs
Moses, knowing well the powers of stones too, made no incidental use of this knowledge in the vestment of the high priest. And again Solomon, if anyone, is testified by divine Scripture to have excelled in the natural study of these things, as it says:
11.7.4Dindorf 2:18
“ καὶ ἐλάλησε Σολομῶν τρισχιλίας παραβολὰς, καὶ ἦσαν ᾠδαὶ αὐτοῦ πεντακισχίλιαι, καὶ ἐλάλησε περὶ τῶν ξύλων, ἀπὸ τῆς κέδρου τῆς ἐν τῷ Λιβάνῳ καὶ ἕως τῆς ὑσσώπου τῆς ἐκπορευομένης διὰ τοῦ τοίχου. καὶ ἐλάλησε περὶ τῶν κτηνῶν καὶ περὶ τῶν πετεινῶν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰχθύων. καὶ παρεγένοντο πάντες οἱ λαοὶ ἀκοῦσαι τῆς σοφίας Σολομῶντος, καὶ [ἐλάμβανε δῶρα] παρὰ πάντων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς, ὅσοι ἤκουσαν τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ.’’
“ kai elalēse Solomōn trischilias parabolas, kai ēsan ǭdai autou pentakischiliai, kai elalēse peri tōn xylōn, apo tēs kedrou tēs en tǭ Libanǭ kai heōs tēs hyssōpou tēs ekporeuomenēs dia tou toichou. kai elalēse peri tōn ktēnōn kai peri tōn peteinōn kai peri tōn ichthyōn. kai paregenonto pantes hoi laoi akousai tēs sophias Solomōntos, kai [elambane dōra] para pantōn tōn basileōn tēs gēs, hosoi ēkousan tēs sophias autou.’’
“And Solomon spoke three thousand parables, and his songs were five thousand; and he spoke of the trees, from the cedar that is in Lebanon to the hyssop that comes out through the wall; and he spoke of the cattle, and of the birds, and of the fishes. And all the peoples came to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all the kings of the earth who had heard of his wisdom.”
11.7.5Dindorf 2:18–19
ἐντεῦθεν ὁρμώμενος καὶ ὁ τὴν πανάρετον σοφίαν εἰς αὐτοῦ πρόσωπον ἀναθεὶς ἔφη “αὐτὸς γάρ μοι ἔδωκε τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν ἀψευδῆ, εἰδέναι σύστασιν κόσμου, καὶ ἐνέργειαν στοιχείων, ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος καὶ μεσότητα χρόνων, τροπῶν ἀλλαγὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς καιρῶν, ἐνιαυτοῦ κύκλους, καὶ ἀστέρων θέσεις, φύσεις ζῴων καὶ θυμοὺς θηρίων, πνευμάτων βίας, καὶ διαλογισμοὺς ἀνθρώπων, καὶ διαφορὰς φυτῶν, καὶ δυνάμεις ῥιζῶν, ὅσα τέ ἐστι κρυπτὰ καὶ ἀφανῆ ἔγνων. ἡ γὰρ πάντων τεχνῖτις ἐδίδαξέ με σοφία.’’
enteuthen hormōmenos kai ho tēn panareton sophian eis autou prosōpon anatheis ephē “autos gar moi edōke tōn ontōn gnōsin apseudē, eidenai systasin kosmou, kai energeian stoicheiōn, archēn kai telos kai mesotēta chronōn, tropōn allagas kai metabolas kairōn, eniautou kyklous, kai asterōn theseis, physeis zǭōn kai thymous thēriōn, pneumatōn bias, kai dialogismous anthrōpōn, kai diaphoras phytōn, kai dynameis rhizōn, hosa te esti krypta kai aphanē egnōn. hē gar pantōn technitis edidaxe me sophia.’’
Starting from this, the one who put all-virtuous Wisdom in his person said: “For he gave me unerring knowledge of what exists: to know the constitution of the world and the working of the elements, the beginning and end and middle of times, the alternations of the solstices and the changes of seasons, the cycles of the year and the positions of the stars, the natures of living things and the tempers of wild beasts, the violence of winds and the reasonings of men, the varieties of plants and the powers of roots; all things hidden and manifest I learned; for Wisdom, the artificer of all, taught me.”
11.7.6Dindorf 2:19
πάλιν τε ὁ αὐτὸς Σολομῶν τὴν ῥευστὴν τῶν σωμάτων οὐσίαν φυσιολογῶν ἐν Ἐκκλησιαστῇ φησι ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης. τίς περισσεία τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ αὐτοῦ, ᾧ μοχθεῖ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον; καὶ ἐπιλέγει “τί τὸ γεγονός; αὐτὸ τὸ γενησόμενον· καὶ τί τὸ πεποιημένον; αὐτὸ τὸ ποιηθησόμενον. καὶ οὐκ ἔστι πᾶν πρόσφατον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον. ”
palin te ho autos Solomōn tēn rheustēn tōn sōmatōn ousian physiologōn en Ekklēsiastę̄ phēsi mataiotēs mataiotētōn, ta panta mataiotēs. tis perisseia tǭ anthrōpǭ en panti mochthǭ autou, hǭ mochthei hypo ton hēlion? kai epilegei “ti to gegonos? auto to genēsomenon; kai ti to pepoiēmenon? auto to poiēthēsomenon. kai ouk esti pan prosphaton hypo ton hēlion. ”
Again the same Solomon, studying the fluid substance of bodies, says in Ecclesiastes: “Vanity of vanities, all is vanity. What advantage has a man in all his toil at which he toils under the sun?” And he adds: “What is it that has been? The same that will be. And what is it that has been done? The same that will be done. And there is nothing at all new under the sun.”
11.7.7Dindorf 2:19
ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πεφυσιολόγητο περὶ τῆς σωματικῆς οὐσίας. εὕροις δʼ ἂν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἑβραίους ἐπιὼν σοφοὺς τῆς ὁμοίας οὐκ ἀμοίρους ἐπιστήμης. φυτῶν γοῦν, ὡς ἔφην ἤδη πρότερον, μυρία καὶ ζῴων πέρι, χερσαίων τε καὶ ἐνύδρων, καὶ προσέτι πτηνῶν φύσεως εἴρηται αὐτοῖς.
tauta gar autǭ kai ta toiauta pephysiologēto peri tēs sōmatikēs ousias. heurois dʼ an kai tous allous Hebraious epiōn sophous tēs homoias ouk amoirous epistēmēs. phytōn goun, hōs ephēn ēdē proteron, myria kai zǭōn peri, chersaiōn te kai enydrōn, kai proseti ptēnōn physeōs eirētai autois.
These and such things he taught about bodily substance. And going through the other wise men of the Hebrews, you would find them not without a share in the same knowledge. They have said countless things, as I said before, about plants, and about the nature of animals, land and water creatures, and birds too.
11.7.8Dindorf 2:19
ναὶ μὴν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ ἄστρων, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄρκτου καὶ Πλειάδος, Ὠρίωνός τε καὶ ἀρκτούρου, ὃν ἀρκτοφύλακα καὶ Βοώτην Ἕλλησι φίλον ὀνομάζειν, μνήμη τις οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα τοῖς τῶν δηλουμένων ἐμφέρεται γράμμασιν.
nai mēn kai peri tōn en ouranǭ astrōn, epei kai arktou kai Pleiados, Ōriōnos te kai arktourou, hon arktophylaka kai Boōtēn Hellēsi philon onomazein, mnēmē tis ouch hē tychousa tois tōn dēloumenōn empheretai grammasin.
Moreover, about the stars in heaven too: for no small mention of the Bear and the Pleiades, of Orion and Arcturus, which the Greeks like to call Arctophylax and Boötes, is found in the writings of these men.
11.7.9Dindorf 2:19–20
ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ συστάσεως κόσμου, τά τε περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς τροπῆς τε καὶ ἀλλοιώσεως, ψυχῆς τε περὶ οὐσίας, καὶ λογικῶν ἁπάντων φύσεως ὁρωμένης τε καὶ ἀφανοῦς δημιουργίας, τῆς τε καθόλου προνοίας, καὶ τούτων ἔτι πρότερον τὰ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου, τῆς τε τοῦ δευτέρου θεολογίας, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν διανοίᾳ μόνῃ ληπτῶν τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὰς θεωρίας εὖ μάλα καὶ ἀκριβῶς περιειλήφασιν, ὡς μὴ ἂν ἁμαρτεῖν τοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα παρʼ Ἕλλησι τὴν τούτων φύσιν ἀνηρευνηκότας πρεσβύταις οἶα νεωτέρους κατηκολουθηκέναι φάναι.
alla kai peri systaseōs kosmou, ta te peri tēs tou pantos tropēs te kai alloiōseōs, psychēs te peri ousias, kai logikōn hapantōn physeōs horōmenēs te kai aphanous dēmiourgias, tēs te katholou pronoias, kai toutōn eti proteron ta peri tou prōtou tōn holōn aitiou, tēs te tou deuterou theologias, kai tōn allōn tōn dianoią monę̄ lēptōn tous logous kai tas theōrias eu mala kai akribōs perieilēphasin, hōs mē an hamartein tous meta tauta parʼ Hellēsi tēn toutōn physin anēreunēkotas presbytais oia neōterous katēkolouthēkenai phanai.
But they also comprehended very well and accurately the doctrines and contemplations about the constitution of the world, the turning and change of the universe, the substance of the soul, the nature of all rational beings, the visible and invisible creation, universal providence, and before these, about the first Cause of all things, the theology of the second, and the other things grasped by the mind alone; so that one would not be wrong to say that the later Greeks who investigated the nature of these things followed them as juniors follow elders.
11.7.10Dindorf 2:20
ταῦτα μὲν δὴ καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς φυσιολογίας. διχῆ δὲ καὶ τὸν περὶ τούτων διαστειλάμενοι λόγον, τὸν μὲν περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν οὐκ εἰς ἄκρον ᾤοντο δεῖν εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐκφέρειν, οὐδέ γε τὰς αἰτίας τῆς τῶν ὄντων φύσεως τὸ δημῶδες πλῆθος ἐκδιδάσκειν, πλὴν ὅσον ἦν ἀναγκαῖον εἰδέναι, ὅτι τε μὴ ἀπηυτομάτισται τὸ πᾶν, μηδʼ εἰκῆ καὶ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐξ ἀλόγου φορᾶς ὑφέστηκεν, ἄγεται δʼ ὑφʼ ἡνιόχου θεοῦ λόγῳ, καὶ δυνάμει σοφίας ἀρρήτου διακυβερνᾶται.
tauta men dē kai peri tēs tou pantos physiologias. dichē de kai ton peri toutōn diasteilamenoi logon, ton men peri tōn aisthētōn ouk eis akron ǭonto dein eis tous pollous ekpherein, oude ge tas aitias tēs tōn ontōn physeōs to dēmōdes plēthos ekdidaskein, plēn hoson ēn anankaion eidenai, hoti te mē apēutomatistai to pan, mēdʼ eikē kai hōs etychen ex alogou phoras hyphestēken, agetai dʼ hyphʼ hēniochou theou logǭ, kai dynamei sophias arrētou diakybernatai.
So much on their study of the nature of the universe. They also divided their teaching about these things in two. The teaching about sensible things they thought should not be carried to its height before the many, nor should the common crowd be taught the causes of the nature of things, except as much as was necessary to know: that the universe has not come about by itself, nor stands at random and by chance from an irrational motion, but is driven by the Word of God as charioteer and steered by the power of an unspeakable wisdom.
11.7.11Dindorf 2:20
περὶ δὲ τῶν νοητῶν, ὅτι μέν ἐστι καὶ τίνα, ὅπη τε διατάξεως ἔχει δυνάμεως τε καὶ διαφορᾶς, εἴρηται μὲν καὶ ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις ἐγκαταβέβληται, εἰς ἐξάκουστόν τε τοῖς πᾶσι παραδέδοται, καθʼ ὅσον εἰδέναι χρῆν τοὺς εὐσεβείας μεταποιουμένους εἰς ἀνάληψιν εὐλαβοῦς καὶ σώφρονος βίου.
peri de tōn noētōn, hoti men esti kai tina, hopē te diataxeōs echei dynameōs te kai diaphoras, eirētai men kai tais hierais biblois enkatabeblētai, eis exakouston te tois pasi paradedotai, kathʼ hoson eidenai chrēn tous eusebeias metapoioumenous eis analēpsin eulabous kai sōphronos biou.
About intelligible things, that they exist and what they are, and how they stand in order, power, and difference, this has been said and laid down in the sacred books and handed on for all to hear, as much as those who claim piety needed to know for taking up a reverent and sober life.
11.7.12Dindorf 2:20
τὸν δὲ δὴ βαθὺν καὶ λεληθότα περὶ τούτων λόγον ἐν ἀπορρήτοις ζητεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκεσθαι κατελίμπανον τοῖς οἵοις τε τὰ τοιάδε μυεῖσθαι. βραχέα δὲ καὶ ὡς ἐν τύπῳ φάναι εὖ ἂν ἔχοι καὶ τῆς τούτων διελθεῖν ἐποπτείας, τόν τε Πλάτωνα κἀν τούτω τὰ φίλα πεφρονηκότα τοῖς δηλουμένοις παραστῆσαι.
ton de dē bathyn kai lelēthota peri toutōn logon en aporrētois zētein te kai didaskesthai katelimpanon tois hoiois te ta toiade myeisthai. brachea de kai hōs en typǭ phanai eu an echoi kai tēs toutōn dielthein epopteias, ton te Platōna kan toutō ta phila pephronēkota tois dēloumenois parastēsai.
But the deep and hidden teaching about these they left to be sought and taught in secret by those able to be initiated into such things. It would be well to go through their contemplation of these briefly and in outline, and to show that Plato here too thought the same as they.
Preparation 11, chapter 8
11.8.1Dindorf 2:20–21
Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν νοητῶν καὶ ἀσωμάτων παιδεύσεως τε καὶ θεωρίας τῷ πανσόφῳ Μωσεῖ καὶ τοῖς Ἑβραίων προφήταις Πλάτων ὁ θαυμάσιος ἐπηκολουθηκέναι διὰ τῶν οἰκείων φωνῶν ἐστι δῆλος, εἴτʼ ἐξ ἀκοῆς εἰς αὐτὸν ἡκούσης μαθὼν, (ἐπεὶ καὶ συνίσταται παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις τηνικάδε τὰς διατριβὰς πεποιημένος, καθʼ ὃν Ἑβραῖοι τῆς οἰκείας δεύτερον ἀποπεσόντες γῆς Αἰγυπτίοις ἐπεχωρίαζον, Περσῶν ἐπικρατούντων, ) εἴτε καὶ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ τῇ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιβαλὼν φύσει, εἴτε ὁπωσοῦν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καταξιωθεὶς τῆς γνώσεως. “ ὁ θεὸς γὰρ (φησὶν) αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσε. τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται, ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους.” μάθοις δʼ ἂν τὸ εἰρημένον ὧδέ πη διασκοπούμενος.
Ou mēn alla kai peri tēs tōn noētōn kai asōmatōn paideuseōs te kai theōrias tǭ pansophǭ Mōsei kai tois Hebraiōn prophētais Platōn ho thaumasios epēkolouthēkenai dia tōn oikeiōn phōnōn esti dēlos, eitʼ ex akoēs eis auton hēkousēs mathōn, (epei kai synistatai parʼ Aigyptiois tēnikade tas diatribas pepoiēmenos, kathʼ hon Hebraioi tēs oikeias deuteron apopesontes gēs Aigyptiois epechōriazon, Persōn epikratountōn, ) eite kai parʼ heautou tę̄ tōn pragmatōn epibalōn physei, eite hopōsoun hypo tou theou kataxiōtheis tēs gnōseōs. “ ho theos gar (phēsin) autois ephanerōse. ta gar aorata autou apo ktiseōs kosmou tois poiēmasi nooumena kathoratai, hē te aïdios autou dynamis kai theiotēs, eis to einai autous anapologētous.” mathois dʼ an to eirēmenon hōde pē diaskopoumenos.
Moreover, in the teaching and contemplation of intelligible and incorporeal things too, the admirable Plato is shown by his own words to have followed the all-wise Moses and the prophets of the Hebrews: whether he learned by hearsay that reached him (since he is shown to have studied among the Egyptians at the very time when the Hebrews, driven from their land a second time, were living in Egypt under Persian rule), or whether he hit on the nature of things by himself, or whether in some way he was deemed worthy of the knowledge by God. “For God,” it says, “has shown it to them. For his invisible things from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and divinity, so that they are without excuse.” You may learn what has been said by examining it in some such way as this.
Preparation 11, chapter 9
11.9.1Dindorf 2:21
Μώσεως ἐν ταῖς ἱεροφαντίαις χρησμὸν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ φήσαντος “ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν. οὕτως ἐρεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ, ὁ ὢν ἀπέσταλκέ με πρὸς ὑμᾶς”, παραθεμένου δὲ καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἄντικρυς μόνον ὄντα, καὶ τῆσδε κυρίως καὶ ἁρμοδίως ἠξιωμένον τῆς κλήσεως ἀποφηναμένου·
Mōseōs en tais hierophantiais chrēsmon ek prosōpou tou theou phēsantos “egō eimi ho ōn. houtōs ereis tois huiois Israēl, ho ōn apestalke me pros hymas”, parathemenou de kai ton theon antikrys monon onta, kai tēsde kyriōs kai harmodiōs ēxiōmenon tēs klēseōs apophēnamenou;
Moses, in his sacred revelations, gave an oracle in the person of God: “I am He who is. Thus shall you say to the sons of Israel: He who is has sent me to you,” setting forth God as the only one who truly is, and declaring that he alone properly and fittingly deserves this name.
11.9.2Dindorf 2:21
πάλιν τε αὖ Σολομῶνος περὶ τῆς τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ σωματικῶν γενέσεως τε καὶ φθορᾶς ἀνειπόντος “τί τὸ γεγονός; αὐτὸ τὸ γενησόμενον. καὶ τί τὸ πεποιημένον; αὐτὸ τὸ ποιηθησόμενον. καὶ οὐκ ἔστι πᾶν πρόσφατον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, ὃ λαλήσει καὶ ἐρεῖ, ἴδε τοῦτο καινόν ἐστιν· ἤδη γέγονεν ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσι τοῖς γενομένοις ἀπὸ ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῶν·”
palin te au Solomōnos peri tēs tōn aisthētōn kai sōmatikōn geneseōs te kai phthoras aneipontos “ti to gegonos? auto to genēsomenon. kai ti to pepoiēmenon? auto to poiēthēsomenon. kai ouk esti pan prosphaton hypo ton hēlion, ho lalēsei kai erei, ide touto kainon estin; ēdē gegonen en tois aiōsi tois genomenois apo emprosthen hēmōn;”
And again, Solomon spoke about the coming into being and passing away of sensible and bodily things: “What is it that has been? The same that will be. And what is it that has been done? The same that will be done. And there is nothing at all new under the sun, of which one will speak and say, ‘See, this is new’; it has already been in the ages that were before us.”
11.9.3Dindorf 2:21–22
τούτοις δὲ καὶ ἡμῶν ἀκολούθως εἰς δύο τὸ πᾶν διαιρούντων, εἴς τε νοητὸν καὶ αἰσθητὸν, καὶ τὸ μὲν νοητὸν ἀσώματον καὶ λογικὸν τὴν φύσιν, ἄφθαρτόν τε καὶ ἀθάνατον εἶναι ὁριζομένων, τὸ δʼ αἰσθητὸν ἐν ῥύσει καὶ φθορᾷ, μεταβολῇ τε καὶ τροπῇ τῆς οὐσίας ὑπάρχειν· πάν- των δʼ ἐπὶ μίαν ἀρχὴν ἀνακεφαλαιουμένων, ἕν τε εἶναι τὸ ἀγένητον καὶ τὸ κυρίως καὶ ἀληθῶς ὂν δογματιζόντων, τὸ πάντων ἀσωμάτων τε καὶ σωμά- τῶν αἴτιον·
toutois de kai hēmōn akolouthōs eis dyo to pan diairountōn, eis te noēton kai aisthēton, kai to men noēton asōmaton kai logikon tēn physin, aphtharton te kai athanaton einai horizomenōn, to dʼ aisthēton en rhysei kai phthorą, metabolę̄ te kai tropę̄ tēs ousias hyparchein; pan- tōn dʼ epi mian archēn anakephalaioumenōn, hen te einai to agenēton kai to kyriōs kai alēthōs on dogmatizontōn, to pantōn asōmatōn te kai sōma- tōn aition;
Following these, we too divide the universe in two, into the intelligible and the sensible, defining the intelligible as incorporeal and rational in nature, incorruptible and immortal, and the sensible as being in flux and corruption, change and alteration of substance; and summing up all things under one principle, we teach that this one is the unbegotten, that which properly and truly is, the cause of all things incorporeal and bodily.
11.9.4Dindorf 2:22
θέα τίνα τρόπον οὐ μόνον τὴν διάνοιαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς λέξεις αὐτὰς καὶ τὰ ῥήματα τῆς Ἑβραίων γραφῆς παραξέσας ὁ Πλάτων ἐξοικειοῦται τὸ δόγμα, πλατύτερον ὧδέ πη διασαφῶν “Τί τὸ ὂν ἀεὶ, γένεσιν δὲ οὐκ ἔχον; καὶ τί τὸ γινόμενον μὲν ἀεὶ, ὂν δὲ οὐδέποτε; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτὸν ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ὂν, τὸ δὲ αἰσθήσει ἀλόγῳ δοξαστὸν γινόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον, ὄντως δὲ οὐδέποτε ὄν.”
thea tina tropon ou monon tēn dianoian, alla kai tas lexeis autas kai ta rhēmata tēs Hebraiōn graphēs paraxesas ho Platōn exoikeioutai to dogma, platyteron hōde pē diasaphōn “Ti to on aei, genesin de ouk echon? kai ti to ginomenon men aei, on de oudepote? to men dē noēsei meta logou perilēpton aei kata ta auta on, to de aisthēsei alogǭ doxaston ginomenon kai apollymenon, ontōs de oudepote on.”
See how Plato, paraphrasing not only the thought but the very words and phrases of the Hebrew Scripture, makes the doctrine his own, explaining it more broadly somewhat as follows: “What is that which always is and has no becoming? And what is that which is always becoming but never is? The one is grasped by thought with reason, being always the same; the other is the object of opinion with irrational sensation, coming to be and perishing, but never really being.”
11.9.5Dindorf 2:22
Ἀρʼ οὐ σαφῶς πέφηνεν ὁ θαυμάσιος τὸ μὲν παρὰ Μωσεῖ φῆσαν λόγιον “ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν” μεταποιήσας διὰ τοῦ τί τὸ ὂν ἀεὶ, γένεσιν δὲ οὐκ ἔχον; καὶ τοῦτό γε λευκότερον διασαφήσας ἐν τῷ φάναι, μηδʼ ἄλλο εἶναι τὸ ὂν ἢ τὸ οὐ σαρκὸς ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρώμενον, νῷ δὲ καταλαμβανόμενον. ἐρωτήσας γοῦν τί τὸ ὂν, αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἀποκρίνεται, λέγων “ τὸ δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτὸν ὄν. ”
Arʼ ou saphōs pephēnen ho thaumasios to men para Mōsei phēsan logion “egō eimi ho ōn” metapoiēsas dia tou ti to on aei, genesin de ouk echon? kai touto ge leukoteron diasaphēsas en tǭ phanai, mēdʼ allo einai to on ē to ou sarkos ophthalmois horōmenon, nǭ de katalambanomenon. erōtēsas goun ti to on, autos heautǭ apokrinetai, legōn “ to dē noēsei meta logou perilēpton on. ”
Has not the admirable man clearly reworked the oracle in Moses that says “I am He who is” by his “What is that which always is and has no becoming?”; and made it plainer by saying that being is nothing other than what is not seen by the eyes of flesh but grasped by mind? At any rate, having asked what being is, he answers himself, saying, “that which is grasped by thought with reason.”
11.9.6Dindorf 2:22
τὸ δὲ Σολομώντειον φῆσαν “τί τὸ γεγονός; αὐτὸ τὸ γενησόμενον· καὶ τί τὸ πεποιημένον; αὐτὸ τὸ ποιηθησόμενον·” αὐτοῖς σχεδὸν ῥήμασι διερμηνεύσας δῆλος ἂν εἴη λέγων “τὸ δʼ αἰσθήσει ἀλόγῳ δοξαστὸν, γινόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον, ὄντως δὲ οὐδέποτε ὄν. ” οἷς καὶ ἐπιφέρει
to de Solomōnteion phēsan “ti to gegonos? auto to genēsomenon; kai ti to pepoiēmenon? auto to poiēthēsomenon;” autois schedon rhēmasi diermēneusas dēlos an eiē legōn “to dʼ aisthēsei alogǭ doxaston, ginomenon kai apollymenon, ontōs de oudepote on. ” hois kai epipherei
And Solomon’s saying, “What is it that has been? The same that will be. And what is it that has been done? The same that will be done,” he would plainly have interpreted almost in the very words, saying, “but the other is the object of opinion with irrational sensation, coming to be and perishing, but never really being.” To which he adds:
11.9.7Dindorf 2:22–23
“ Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα μέρη χρόνου, τὸ ἦν καὶ ἔσται· ἃ δὴ φέροντες λανθάνομεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀίδιον οὐσίαν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς. λέγομεν γὰρ δὴ ὡς ἦν, ἐστί τε καὶ ἔσται. τῇ δὲ τὸ ἔστι μόνον κατὰ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον προσήκει· τὸ δὲ ἦν καὶ τὸ ἔσται περὶ τὴν ἐν χρόνῳ γένεσιν οὖσαν πρέπει λέγεσθαι· κινήσεις γάρ ἐστον. τὸ δὲ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἔχον ἀκινήτως οὔτε πρεσβύτερον οὔτε νεώτερον προσήκει γίνεσθαι διὰ χρόνον, οὐδὲ γενέσθαι ποτὲ, οὐδὲ γεγονέναι νῦν, οὐδʼ εἰσαῦθις ἔσεσθαι τὸ παράπαν, οὐδʼ ὅσα γένεσις τοῖς ἐν αἰσθήσει φερομένοις προσῆψεν, ἀλλὰ χρόνου ταῦτα, αἰῶνα μιμουμένου καὶ κατʼ ἀριθμὸν κυκλουμένου, γέγονεν εἴδη. καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἔτι τὰ τοιάδε· τὸ γεγονὸς εἷναι γεγονὸς, καὶ τὸ γιγνόμενον εἶναι γιγνόμενον· ἔτι τε τὸ γενησόμενον εἶναι γενησόμενον.”
“ Tauta gar panta merē chronou, to ēn kai estai; ha dē pherontes lanthanomen epi tēn aidion ousian, ouk orthōs. legomen gar dē hōs ēn, esti te kai estai. tę̄ de to esti monon kata ton alēthē logon prosēkei; to de ēn kai to estai peri tēn en chronǭ genesin ousan prepei legesthai; kinēseis gar eston. to de aei kata ta auta echon akinētōs oute presbyteron oute neōteron prosēkei ginesthai dia chronon, oude genesthai pote, oude gegonenai nyn, oudʼ eisauthis esesthai to parapan, oudʼ hosa genesis tois en aisthēsei pheromenois prosēpsen, alla chronou tauta, aiōna mimoumenou kai katʼ arithmon kykloumenou, gegonen eidē. kai pros toutois eti ta toiade; to gegonos heinai gegonos, kai to gignomenon einai gignomenon; eti te to genēsomenon einai genēsomenon.”
“For all these are parts of time, the ‘was’ and the ‘will be’; and we wrongly, without noticing, apply them to eternal being. For we say that it was, is, and will be; but in truth only ‘is’ belongs to it, while ‘was’ and ‘will be’ are fit to be said of becoming in time, for they are motions. But what is always the same and unmoved cannot become older or younger through time, nor ever have come to be, nor have come to be now, nor be hereafter at all, nor have any of the things that becoming attached to things borne about in sensation; these have come about as forms of time, which imitates eternity and circles according to number. And besides these, such expressions as: what has become is become, what is becoming is becoming, and what will become is going to become.”
11.9.8Dindorf 2:23
Καὶ ἵνα γε μή τις ἡμᾶς παρερμηνεύειν ἡγήσηται τὰς τοῦ φιλοσόφου φωνὰς, ὑπομνήμασι χρήσομαι τῶνδε τῶν λόγων τὴν διάνοιαν ἐκφαίνουσι. πλείους μὲν οὖν εἰς τὴν τούτων ἐπιβεβλήκασι θεωρίαν, ἐμοὶ δʼ ἐξαρκεῖ τανῦν ἀνδρὸς ἐπιφανοῦς Νουμηνίου τοῦ Πυθαγορείου παραθέσθαι λέξεις, ἃς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τἀγαθοῦ δευτέρῳ συγγράμματι ὧδέ πη διέξεισιν
Kai hina ge mē tis hēmas parermēneuein hēgēsētai tas tou philosophou phōnas, hypomnēmasi chrēsomai tōnde tōn logōn tēn dianoian ekphainousi. pleious men oun eis tēn toutōn epibeblēkasi theōrian, emoi dʼ exarkei tanyn andros epiphanous Noumēniou tou Pythagoreiou parathesthai lexeis, has en tǭ Peri tagathou deuterǭ syngrammati hōde pē diexeisin
And so that no one may think we misinterpret the philosopher’s words, I shall use commentaries that bring out the meaning of these passages. Many have turned to their study, but for now it is enough for me to set out the words of a distinguished man, Numenius the Pythagorean, which he sets out in the second book of his work On the Good somewhat as follows:
Preparation 11, chapter 10
11.10.1Dindorf 2:23
‘‘Φέρε οὖν ὅση δύναμις ἐγγύτατα πρὸς τὸ ὂν ἀναγόμεθα, καὶ λέγωμεν, τὸ ὂν οὔτε ποτὲ ἦν οὔτε ποτὲ μὴ γένηται, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἀεὶ ἐν χρόνῳ ὡρισμένῳ, τῷ ἐνεστῶτι μόνῳ.
‘‘Phere oun hosē dynamis engytata pros to on anagometha, kai legōmen, to on oute pote ēn oute pote mē genētai, allʼ estin aei en chronǭ hōrismenǭ, tǭ enestōti monǭ.
“Come then, let us bring ourselves as near as we can to Being, and say: Being never was, nor will it ever come to be; but it always is, in a defined time, the present only.
11.10.2Dindorf 2:23
τοῦτον μὲν οὖν τὸν ἐνεστῶτα εἴ τις ἐθέλει ἀνακαλεῖν αἰῶνα, κἀγὼ συμβούλομαι· τὸν δὲ παρελθόντα χρόνον οἴεσθαι χρὴ ἡμᾶς διαπεφευγέναι ἀποδεδρακέναι τε εἰς τὸ εἶναι μηκέτι· ὅ τε αὖ μέλλων ἐστὶ μὲν οὐδέπω, ἐπαγγέλλεται δὲ οἷός τε ἔσεσθαι ἥξειν εἰς τὸ εἷναι.
touton men oun ton enestōta ei tis ethelei anakalein aiōna, kagō symboulomai; ton de parelthonta chronon oiesthai chrē hēmas diapepheugenai apodedrakenai te eis to einai mēketi; ho te au mellōn esti men oudepō, epangelletai de hoios te esesthai hēxein eis to heinai.
If anyone wishes to call this present eternity, I agree. But the past time we must think has already slipped away and fled into being no longer; and the future is not yet, but promises that it will be able to come into being.
11.10.3Dindorf 2:23
οὐκ οὖν εἰκός ἐστιν ἐνί γε τρόπῳ νομίζειν τὸ ὂν ἤτοι μὴ εἷναι, ἢ μηκέτι, ἢ μηδέπω. ὡς τούτου γε οὕτως λεγομένου, γίνεταί τι ἐν τῷ λόγῳ μέγα ἀδύνατον, εἶναί τε ὁμοῦ ταὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εἶναι.
ouk oun eikos estin eni ge tropǭ nomizein to on ētoi mē heinai, ē mēketi, ē mēdepō. hōs toutou ge houtōs legomenou, ginetai ti en tǭ logǭ mega adynaton, einai te homou tauton kai mē einai.
So it is not reasonable to think in any way that Being either is not, or no longer is, or is not yet. For if it is so spoken of, a great impossibility arises in the argument: that the same thing both is and is not at once.
11.10.4Dindorf 2:23–24
εἰ δὲ οὕτως ἔχει σχολῇ γʼ ἂν ἄλλο τι εἷναι δύναιτο, τοῦ ὄντος αὐτοῦ μὴ ὄντος κατὰ αὐτὸ τὸ ὄν. τὸ γὰρ ὂν ἀίδιόν τε βέβαιόν τε ἐστὶν, ἀεὶ κατὰ ταὐτὸν, οὐδὲ γέγονε μὲν, ἐφθάρη δὲ, οὐδʼ ἐμεγεθύνετο μὲν, ἐμειώθη δέ· οὐδὲ μὴ ἐγένετό πω πλέον, ἢ ἔλασσον· καὶ μὲν δὴ τά τε ἄλλα καὶ οὐδὲ τοπικῶς κινηθήσεται.
ei de houtōs echei scholę̄ gʼ an allo ti heinai dynaito, tou ontos autou mē ontos kata auto to on. to gar on aidion te bebaion te estin, aei kata tauton, oude gegone men, ephtharē de, oudʼ emegethyneto men, emeiōthē de; oude mē egeneto pō pleon, ē elasson; kai men dē ta te alla kai oude topikōs kinēthēsetai.
And if this is so, hardly could anything else be, if Being itself is not, with respect to being itself. For Being is eternal and firm, always the same; it neither came to be and then perished, nor grew and then diminished; nor did it ever become more or less; and indeed, among other things, it will not move in place.
11.10.5Dindorf 2:24
οὐδὲ γὰρ θέμις αὐτῷ κινηθῆναι, οὐδὲ μὲν ὀπίσω, οὐδὲ πρόσω· οὔτε ἄνω ποτὲ οὔτε κάτω· οὐδʼ εἰς δεξιὰ, οὐδʼ εἰς ἀριστερὰ μεταβήσεταί ποτε τὸ ὄν· οὔτε περὶ τὸ μέσον ποτε ἑαυτοῦ κινηθήσεται, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον καὶ ἐστήξεται καὶ ἀραρός τε καὶ ἑστηκὸς ἔσται κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔχον ἀεὶ καὶ ὡσαύτως.”
oude gar themis autǭ kinēthēnai, oude men opisō, oude prosō; oute anō pote oute katō; oudʼ eis dexia, oudʼ eis aristera metabēsetai pote to on; oute peri to meson pote heautou kinēthēsetai, alla mallon kai estēxetai kai araros te kai hestēkos estai kata tauta echon aei kai hōsautōs.”
For it is not lawful for it to move, either backward or forward; Being will never pass up or down, to right or to left; nor will it ever move about its own centre; but rather it will stand fixed, firm and standing, always holding the same way and in the same manner.”
11.10.6Dindorf 2:24
Καὶ ἐξῆς μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει “ Τοσαῦτα μὲν οὖν μοι πρὸ ὁδοῦ. αὐτὸς δʼ οὐκέτι σχηματισθήσομαι, οὐδʼ ἀγνοεῖν φήσω τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀσωμάτου· καὶ γὰρ κινδυνεύει νῦν ἤδη ἥδιον εἶναι εἰπεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ μὴ εἰπεῖν. καὶ δῆτα λέγω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῷ εἶναι τοῦτο τὸ πάλαι ζητούμενον.
Kai exēs methʼ hetera epilegei “ Tosauta men oun moi pro hodou. autos dʼ ouketi schēmatisthēsomai, oudʼ agnoein phēsō to onoma tou asōmatou; kai gar kindyneuei nyn ēdē hēdion einai eipein mallon ē mē eipein. kai dēta legō to onoma autǭ einai touto to palai zētoumenon.
And next, after other things, he adds: “So much, then, by way of introduction. I shall no longer pretend, nor say that I do not know the name of the incorporeal; for it now seems more pleasant to say it than not. And indeed I say that its name is this which has long been sought.
11.10.7Dindorf 2:24
ἀλλὰ μὴ γελασάτω τις, ἐὰν φῶ τοῦ ἀσωμάτου εἶναι ὄνομα οὐσίαν καὶ ὄν. ἡ δὲ αἰτία τοῦ ὄντος ὀνόματός ἐστι τὸ μὴ γεγονέναι, μηδὲ φθαρήσεσθαι, μηδʼ ἄλλην μήτε κίνησιν μηδεμίαν δέχεσθαι μήτε μεταβολὴν κρείττω ἢ φαύλην· εἶναι δὲ ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον, καὶ ἐν ἰδέᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ, καὶ μήτε ἐθελούσιον ἐξίστασθαι τῆς ταὐτότητος μήθʼ ὑφʼ ἑτέρου προσαναγκάζεσθαι.
alla mē gelasatō tis, ean phō tou asōmatou einai onoma ousian kai on. hē de aitia tou ontos onomatos esti to mē gegonenai, mēde phtharēsesthai, mēdʼ allēn mēte kinēsin mēdemian dechesthai mēte metabolēn kreittō ē phaulēn; einai de haploun kai analloiōton, kai en ideą tę̄ autę̄, kai mēte ethelousion existasthai tēs tautotētos mēthʼ hyphʼ heterou prosanankazesthai.
But let no one laugh if I say that the name of the incorporeal is substance and being. The reason for the name ‘being’ is that it did not come to be and will not perish, and admits no other motion at all, nor change for better or worse, but is simple and unalterable, in the same form, neither departing from its sameness willingly nor compelled by another.
11.10.8Dindorf 2:24
ἔφη δὲ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Κρατύλῳ τὰ ὀνόματα ὁμοιώσει τῶν πραγμάτων εἶναι αὐτὰ ἐπίθετα. ἔστω οὖν καὶ δεδόχθω εἶναι τὸ ὂν ἀσώματον.”
ephē de kai ho Platōn en Kratylǭ ta onomata homoiōsei tōn pragmatōn einai auta epitheta. estō oun kai dedochthō einai to on asōmaton.”
And Plato too said in the Cratylus that names are themselves applied by likeness to the things. Let it be granted, then, and agreed that Being is incorporeal.”
11.10.9Dindorf 2:24–25
Εἶθʼ ὑποκαταβὰς ἐπιλέγει “ Τὸ ὂν εἶπον ἀσώματον, τοῦτο δὲ εἶναι τὸ νοητόν. τὰ μὲν οὖν λεχθέντα, ὅσα μνημονεύειν ἐστί μοι, τοιαῦτα γοῦν ἦν. τὸν δʼ ἐπιζητοῦντα λόγον ἐθέλω παραμυθήσασθαι, τοσόνδε ὑπειπὼν, ὅτι ταῦτα τοῖς δόγμασι τοῖς Πλάτωνος εἰ μὴ συμβαίνει, ἀλλʼ ἑτέρου γʼ ἐχρῆν οἴεσθαί τινος ἀνδρὸς μεγάλου, μέγα δυναμένου, οἵου Πυθαγόρου.
Eithʼ hypokatabas epilegei “ To on eipon asōmaton, touto de einai to noēton. ta men oun lechthenta, hosa mnēmoneuein esti moi, toiauta goun ēn. ton dʼ epizētounta logon ethelō paramythēsasthai, tosonde hypeipōn, hoti tauta tois dogmasi tois Platōnos ei mē symbainei, allʼ heterou gʼ echrēn oiesthai tinos andros megalou, mega dynamenou, hoiou Pythagorou.
Then going on a little he adds: “I said that Being is incorporeal, and that this is the intelligible. What was said, as far as I can remember, was something like this. But I wish to encourage the one who seeks the argument, adding this much: that if these things do not agree with Plato’s doctrines, one must think they are those of some other great man of great power, such as Pythagoras.
11.10.10Dindorf 2:25
λέγει γοῦν Πλάτων, φέρʼ ἀναμνησθῶ πῶς λέγει· τί τὸ ὂν ἀεὶ, γένεσιν δὲ οὐκ ἔχον; καὶ τί τὸ γινόμενον μὲν, ὂν δὲ οὐδέποτε; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτὸν, τὸ δʼ αὖ δόξῃ μετὰ αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου δοξαστὸν, γινόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον, ὄντως δὲ οὐδέποτε ὅν.”
legei goun Platōn, pherʼ anamnēsthō pōs legei; ti to on aei, genesin de ouk echon? kai ti to ginomenon men, on de oudepote? to men dē noēsei meta logou perilēpton, to dʼ au doxę̄ meta aisthēseōs alogou doxaston, ginomenon kai apollymenon, ontōs de oudepote hon.”
Plato says, at any rate (let me recall how he says it): ‘What is that which always is and has no becoming? And what is that which comes to be but never is? The one is grasped by thought with reason, the other is the object of opinion with irrational sensation, coming to be and perishing, but never really being.’
11.10.11Dindorf 2:25
ἤρετο γὰρ, τί ἐστι τὸ ὂν, φὰς αὐτὸ ἀγένητον ἀναμφιλέκτως. γένεσιν γὰρ οὐκ ἔφη εἶναι τῷ ὄντι· ἐτρέπετο γὰρ ἄν· τρεπόμενον δὲ οὐκ ἦν ἀίδιον.”
ēreto gar, ti esti to on, phas auto agenēton anamphilektōs. genesin gar ouk ephē einai tǭ onti; etrepeto gar an; trepomenon de ouk ēn aidion.”
For he asked what Being is, saying unambiguously that it is unbegotten. For he said that Being has no becoming; for it would have been changed; and what is changed is not eternal.”
11.10.12Dindorf 2:25
Εἶτα ὑποβάς φησιν “Εἰ μὲν δὴ τὸ ὂν πάντως πάντη ἀίδιόν τέ ἐστι καὶ ἄτρεπτον καὶ οὐδαμῶς οὐδαμῆ ἐξιστάμενον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ, μένει δὲ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἕστηκε, τοῦτο δήπου ἂν εἴη τὸ τῇ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν.
Eita hypobas phēsin “Ei men dē to on pantōs pantē aidion te esti kai atrepton kai oudamōs oudamē existamenon ex heautou, menei de kata ta auta kai hōsautōs hestēke, touto dēpou an eiē to tę̄ noēsei meta logou perilēpton.
Then going on he says: “If, then, Being is altogether and in every way eternal and unchangeable and never in any way departing from itself, but remains the same and stands in the same manner, this surely would be what is grasped by thought with reason.
11.10.13Dindorf 2:25
εἰ δὲ τὸ σῶμα ῥεῖ καὶ φέρεται ὑπὸ τῆς εὐθὺ μεταβολῆς, ἀποδιδράσκει καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν. ὅθεν οὐ πολλὴ μανία μὴ οὐ τοῦτο εἶναι ἀόριστον, δόξῃ δὲ μόνῃ δοξαστὸν, καὶ ὥς φησι Πλάτων, γινόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον, ὄντως δὲ οὐδέποτε ὄν.”
ei de to sōma rhei kai pheretai hypo tēs euthy metabolēs, apodidraskei kai ouk estin. hothen ou pollē mania mē ou touto einai aoriston, doxę̄ de monę̄ doxaston, kai hōs phēsi Platōn, ginomenon kai apollymenon, ontōs de oudepote on.”
But if body flows and is carried along by immediate change, it runs away and is not. Hence would it not be great madness to deny that it is indefinite, an object of opinion only, and, as Plato says, ‘coming to be and perishing, but never really being.’”
11.10.14Dindorf 2:25
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ Νουμήνιος, ὁμοῦ τὰ Πλάτωνος καὶ πολὺ πρότερον τὰ Μώσεως ἐπὶ τὸ σαφέστερον διερμηνεύων. εἰκότως δῆτα εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνο τὸ λόγιον περιφέρεται, διʼ οὗ φάναι μνημονεύεται, τί γάρ ἐστι Πλάτων, ἢ Μώσης ἀττικίζων;
Tauta men oun ho Noumēnios, homou ta Platōnos kai poly proteron ta Mōseōs epi to saphesteron diermēneuōn. eikotōs dēta eis auton ekeino to logion peripheretai, diʼ hou phanai mnēmoneuetai, ti gar esti Platōn, ē Mōsēs attikizōn?
So Numenius, interpreting more clearly both Plato’s teaching and, much earlier, that of Moses. With good reason, then, the saying is attributed to him in which he is remembered to have said, “For what is Plato but Moses speaking Attic?”
11.10.15Dindorf 2:25
Θέα δὲ πρὸς τούτοις εἰ μὴ τὸν παρόντα νοῦν ἐπὶ πλέον καὶ ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐξαπλῶν συντρέχοι ἂν ταῖς τε προκειμέναις φωναῖς τῶν φιλοσόφων καὶ ταῖς αὖθις Ἑβραίων κειμέναις ἐν ἑτέραις θεολογίαις, διʼ ὧν τοτὲ μὲν εἰσάγεται λέγων ὁ χρηματίζων θεὸς “διότι ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἠλλοίωμαι·
Thea de pros toutois ei mē ton paronta noun epi pleon kai ho Ploutarchos exaplōn syntrechoi an tais te prokeimenais phōnais tōn philosophōn kai tais authis Hebraiōn keimenais en heterais theologiais, diʼ hōn tote men eisagetai legōn ho chrēmatizōn theos “dioti egō kyrios ho theos hymōn, kai ouk ēlloiōmai;
See besides whether Plutarch too, unfolding the present meaning further, would not agree both with the philosophers’ words just set out and with those of the Hebrews found in other passages about God, in which God who gives the oracle is brought in saying, “For I am the Lord your God, and I do not change”;
11.10.16Dindorf 2:25–26
τοτὲ δʼ εἰς αὐτὸν ἀφορῶν ὁ προφήτης ἀποτείνεται “ ὅτι δὴ τὰ μὲν ὁρατὰ πάντα τραπείη ἄν ποτε καὶ μεταβληθείη, σὺ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ, καὶ τὰ ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσι. σκόπει γοῦν εἰ μὴ ὡς ἐν προτάσει τοῦ τε παρὰ Μωσεῖ φήσαντος “ ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν·” καὶ τοῦ ” ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἠλλοίωμαι·” καὶ τοῦ “ σὺ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ”, δόξαι ἂν ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τοῦ Εἶ τοῦ ἐν Δελφοῖς τὴν διάνοιαν ἐφερμηνεύειν, τάδε λέγων πρὸς λέξιν
tote dʼ eis auton aphorōn ho prophētēs apoteinetai “ hoti dē ta men horata panta trapeiē an pote kai metablētheiē, sy de ho autos ei, kai ta etē sou ouk ekleipsousi. skopei goun ei mē hōs en protasei tou te para Mōsei phēsantos “ egō eimi ho ōn;” kai tou ” egō kyrios ho theos hymōn, kai ouk ēlloiōmai;” kai tou “ sy de ho autos ei”, doxai an ho Ploutarchos en tǭ Peri tou Ei tou en Delphois tēn dianoian ephermēneuein, tade legōn pros lexin
and in which the prophet, looking to him, declares that all visible things may at some time be changed and altered, “but you are the same, and your years shall not fail.” Consider, then, whether, with these set out as propositions, Moses’ “I am He who is,” and “I am the Lord your God and I do not change,” and “but you are the same,” Plutarch would not seem to be interpreting the meaning in his work On the E at Delphi, where he says word for word:
Preparation 11, chapter 11
11.11.1Dindorf 2:26
“ Οὔτε οὖν ἀριθμὸν οὔτε τάξιν οὔτε σύνδεσμον οὔτε ἄλλο τῶν ἐλλιπῶν μορίων οὐδὲν οἶμαι τὸ γράμμα σημαίνειν· ἀλλʼ ἔστιν αὐτοτελὴς τοῦ θεοῦ προσαγόρευσις καὶ προσφώνησις, ἅμα τῷ ῤήματι τὸν φθεγγόμενον εἰς ἔννοιαν καθιστᾶσα τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως.
“ Oute oun arithmon oute taxin oute syndesmon oute allo tōn ellipōn moriōn ouden oimai to gramma sēmainein; allʼ estin autotelēs tou theou prosagoreusis kai prosphōnēsis, hama tǭ rēmati ton phthengomenon eis ennoian kathistasa tēs tou theou dynameōs.
“I think, then, that the letter signifies neither a number, nor an order, nor a conjunction, nor any other of the incomplete particles; but it is a complete address and salutation of the god, which, as soon as the word is spoken, brings the speaker to think of the god’s power.
11.11.2Dindorf 2:26
ὁ γὰρ θεὸς ἕκαστον ἡμῶν τῶν ἐνταῦθα προσιόντων οἶον ἀσπαζόμενος προσαγορεύει τὸ γνῶθι σαυτὸν, ὃ τοῦ χαῖρε δὴ οὐδὲν μεῖόν ἐστιν· ἡμεῖς δὲ πάλιν ἀμειβόμενοι τὸν θεὸν εἶ φαμὲν ὡς ἀληθῆ καὶ ἀψευδῆ καὶ μόνην μόνῳ προσήκουσαν τὴν τοῦ εἶ προσαγόρευσιν ἀποδιδόντες.”
ho gar theos hekaston hēmōn tōn entautha prosiontōn oion aspazomenos prosagoreuei to gnōthi sauton, ho tou chaire dē ouden meion estin; hēmeis de palin ameibomenoi ton theon ei phamen hōs alēthē kai apseudē kai monēn monǭ prosēkousan tēn tou ei prosagoreusin apodidontes.”
For the god addresses each of us as we approach here, as if greeting us, with “Know yourself,” which is no less than “Hail”; and we in turn answer the god, “You are” (Ei), rendering to him the address “You are” as true, unfeigned, and alone fitting to him alone.”
11.11.3Dindorf 2:26
“Ἡμῖν γὰρ ὄντως τοῦ εἶναι μέτεστιν οὐδὲν, ἀλλὰ πᾶσα θνητὴ φύσις ἐν μέσῳ φθορᾶς καὶ γενέσεως γενομένη φάσμα παρέχει καὶ δόκησιν ἀμυδρὰν καὶ ἀβέβαιον αὑτῆς.
“Hēmin gar ontōs tou einai metestin ouden, alla pasa thnētē physis en mesǭ phthoras kai geneseōs genomenē phasma parechei kai dokēsin amydran kai abebaion hautēs.
“For we have truly no share in being; but every mortal nature, set between birth and decay, presents a phantom and a dim, unsteady semblance of itself.
11.11.4Dindorf 2:26–27
ἂν δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπερείσῃ τις λαβέσθαι βουλόμενος, ὥσπερ ἡ σφοδρὰ περίδραξις ὕδατος τῷ πιέζειν καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸ συνάγειν διαρρέον ἀπόλλυσι τὸ περιλαμβανόμενον, οὕτω τῶν παθητῶν καὶ μεταβλητῶν ἑκάστου τὴν ἄγαν ἐνέργειαν ὁ λόγος διώκων ἀποσφάλλεται, τῇ μὲν εἰς τὸ γινόμενον αὐτοῦ, τῇ δὲ εἰς τὸ φθειρόμενον, οὐδενὸς λαβέσθαι μένοντος, οὐδὲ ὄντος ὄντως δυνάμενος.
an de tēn dianoian epereisę̄ tis labesthai boulomenos, hōsper hē sphodra peridraxis hydatos tǭ piezein kai eis tauto synagein diarreon apollysi to perilambanomenon, houtō tōn pathētōn kai metablētōn hekastou tēn agan energeian ho logos diōkōn aposphalletai, tę̄ men eis to ginomenon autou, tę̄ de eis to phtheiromenon, oudenos labesthai menontos, oude ontos ontōs dynamenos.
And if one presses the mind wishing to grasp it, then, just as a violent grip on water, by squeezing and compressing what flows through, loses what it clasps, so reason, pursuing the excessive clarity of each thing subject to change and alteration, is thwarted, now toward its becoming, now toward its perishing, unable to grasp anything that remains or really is.
11.11.5Dindorf 2:27
ποταμῷ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμβῆναι δὶς τῷ αὐτῷ καθʼ ῾Ηράκλειτον, οὐδὲ θνητῆς οὐσίας δὶς ἅψασθαι κατὰ ἔξιν, ἀλλʼ ὀξύτητι καὶ τάχει μεταβολῆς σκίδνησι καὶ πάλιν συνάγει, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ πάλιν οὐδὲ ὕστερον, ἀλλʼ ἅμα συνίσταται καὶ ἀπολείπει, καὶ πρόσεισι καὶ ἄπεισιν.
potamǭ gar ouk estin embēnai dis tǭ autǭ kathʼ ῾Ērakleiton, oude thnētēs ousias dis hapsasthai kata exin, allʼ oxytēti kai tachei metabolēs skidnēsi kai palin synagei, mallon de oude palin oude hysteron, allʼ hama synistatai kai apoleipei, kai proseisi kai apeisin.
For it is not possible to step twice into the same river, according to Heraclitus, nor to touch a mortal substance twice in the same state; but by the sharpness and speed of its change it scatters and again gathers, or rather not again nor afterward, but at once it comes together and departs, approaches and goes away.
11.11.6Dindorf 2:27
ὅθεν οὐδὲ εἰς τὸ εἶναι περαίνει τὸ γινόμενον αὐτῆς, τῷ μηδέποτε λήγειν μηδʼ ἵστασθαι τὴν γένεσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ σπέρματος ἀεὶ μεταβάλλουσαν ἔμβρυον ποιεῖν, εἶτα βρέφος, εἶτα παῖδα, μειράκιον ἐφεξῆς, νεανίσκον, ἄνδρα, πρεσβύτην, γέροντα, τὰς πρώτας φθείρουσαν γενέσεις καὶ ἡλικίας ταῖς ἐπιγινομέναις.
hothen oude eis to einai perainei to ginomenon autēs, tǭ mēdepote lēgein mēdʼ histasthai tēn genesin, allʼ apo spermatos aei metaballousan embryon poiein, eita brephos, eita paida, meirakion ephexēs, neaniskon, andra, presbytēn, geronta, tas prōtas phtheirousan geneseis kai hēlikias tais epiginomenais.
Hence what comes to be from it never reaches being, because becoming never ceases or stops, but, always changing from seed, makes an embryo, then a babe, then a child, a youth next, a young man, a man, an elderly man, an old man, destroying the first births and ages by those that follow.
11.11.7Dindorf 2:27
ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς ἕνα φοβούμεθα γελοίως θάνατον, ἤδη τοσούτους τεθνηκότες καὶ θνήσκοντες. οὐ γὰρ μόνον, ὡς Ἡράκλειτος ἔλεγε, πυρὸς θάνατος, ἀέρι γένεσις, ἀλλʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἡμῶν· φθείρεται μὲν ὁ ἀκμάζων γενομένου γέροντος, ἐφθάρη δὲ ὁ νέος εἰς τὸν ἀκμάζοντα, καὶ ὁ παῖς εἰς τὸν νέον, εἰς δὲ τὸν παῖδα τὸ νήπιον, ὁ δὲ χθὲς εἰς τὸν σήμερον τέθνηκεν, ὁ δὲ σήμερον εἰς τὸν αὔριον· μένει δὲ οὐδὲ εἶς, οὐδὲ ἔστιν εἷς, ἀλλὰ γινόμεθα πολλοὶ, περὶ ἕν τι φάντασμα καὶ κοινὸν ἐκμαγεῖον ὕλης περιελαυνομένης καὶ ὀλισθαινούσης.
allʼ hēmeis hena phoboumetha geloiōs thanaton, ēdē tosoutous tethnēkotes kai thnēskontes. ou gar monon, hōs Hērakleitos elege, pyros thanatos, aeri genesis, allʼ eti saphesteron epʼ autōn hēmōn; phtheiretai men ho akmazōn genomenou gerontos, ephtharē de ho neos eis ton akmazonta, kai ho pais eis ton neon, eis de ton paida to nēpion, ho de chthes eis ton sēmeron tethnēken, ho de sēmeron eis ton aurion; menei de oude eis, oude estin heis, alla ginometha polloi, peri hen ti phantasma kai koinon ekmageion hylēs perielaunomenēs kai olisthainousēs.
Yet we ridiculously fear one death, though we have already died so many deaths and are dying. For not only, as Heraclitus said, is the death of fire birth for air, but still more clearly in our own case: the man in his prime perishes when the old man comes to be, the youth perished into the man in his prime, the child into the youth, the infant into the child; yesterday’s man has died into today’s, and today’s dies into tomorrow’s. No one remains, nor is one; but we become many, as matter is driven around and slips about some one phantom and common mould.
11.11.8Dindorf 2:27
ἐπεὶ πῶς οἱ αὐτοὶ μένοντες ἑτέροις χαίρομεν νῦν, ἑτέροις πρότερον, τἀναντία φιλοῦμεν καὶ μισοῦμεν, καὶ θαυμάζομεν καὶ ψέγομεν, ἄλλοις χρώμεθα λόγοις, ἄλλοις πάθεσιν, οὐκ εἶδος, οὐ μορφὴν, οὐ διάνοιαν ἔτι τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχοντες;
epei pōs hoi autoi menontes heterois chairomen nyn, heterois proteron, tanantia philoumen kai misoumen, kai thaumazomen kai psegomen, allois chrōmetha logois, allois pathesin, ouk eidos, ou morphēn, ou dianoian eti tēn autēn echontes?
For how, if we remain the same, do we delight now in some things and before in others, love and hate, admire and blame opposite things, use other words and other feelings, having no longer the same appearance, shape, or mind?
11.11.9Dindorf 2:27–28
οὔτε γὰρ ἄνευ μεταβολῆς ἕτερα πάσχειν εἰκὸς οὔτε μεταβάλλων ὁ αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη. εἰ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐδʼ ἔστιν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτὸν μεταβάλλειν, γινόμενος ἕτερος ἐξ ἑτέρου· ψεύδεται δὲ ἡ αἴσθησις ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ ὄντος εἶναι τὸ φαινόμενον.”
oute gar aneu metabolēs hetera paschein eikos oute metaballōn ho autos an eiē. ei de ho autos ouk estin, oudʼ estin, allʼ ek tou auton metaballein, ginomenos heteros ex heterou; pseudetai de hē aisthēsis agnoią tou ontos einai to phainomenon.”
For it is not likely that one experiences different things without change, nor that one who changes is the same. And if he is not the same, he is not at all, but, through his very changing, becomes one from another. And sensation, through ignorance of being, falsely says that what appears is.”
11.11.10Dindorf 2:28
“ Τί οὖν ὄντως ὄν ἐστι; τὸ ἀίδιον καὶ ἀγένητον καὶ ἄφθαρτον, ᾧ χρόνος οὐδεὶς μεταβολὴν ἐπάγει. κινητὸν γάρ τι καὶ κινουμένῃ συμφανταζόμενον ὕλῃ καὶ ῥέον ἀεὶ καὶ μὴ στέγον, ὥσπερ ἀγγεῖον φθορᾶς καὶ γενέσεως, ὁ χρόνος. οὗ δὴ τὸ μὲν ἔπειτα καὶ τὸ πρότερον καὶ τὸ ἔσται λεγόμενον, καὶ τὸ γέγονεν, αὐτόθεν ἐξομολόγησίς ἐστι τοῦ μὴ ὄντος.
“ Ti oun ontōs on esti? to aidion kai agenēton kai aphtharton, hǭ chronos oudeis metabolēn epagei. kinēton gar ti kai kinoumenę̄ symphantazomenon hylę̄ kai rheon aei kai mē stegon, hōsper angeion phthoras kai geneseōs, ho chronos. hou dē to men epeita kai to proteron kai to estai legomenon, kai to gegonen, autothen exomologēsis esti tou mē ontos.
“What, then, really is? The eternal, unbegotten, and incorruptible, to which no time brings change. For time is something moving, appearing together with moving matter, always flowing and not holding, like a vessel of decay and birth. Its ‘afterward’ and ‘before’, its ‘will be’ and ‘has been’, are at once a confession of not-being.
11.11.11Dindorf 2:28
τὸ γὰρ ἐν τῷ εἶναι μηδέπω γεγονὸς, ἢ πεπαυμένον ἤδη τοῦ εἶναι λέγειν ὡς ἔστιν, εὔηθες καὶ ἄτοπον. ἐν ᾧ δὲ μάλιστα τὴν νόησιν ἐπερείδοντες τοῦ χρόνου τὸ ἐνέστηκε καὶ τὸ πάρεστι καὶ τὸ νῦν φθεγγόμεθα, τοῦτʼ αὖ πάλιν ἐκλυόμενος ὁ λόγος ἀπόλλυσιν.
to gar en tǭ einai mēdepō gegonos, ē pepaumenon ēdē tou einai legein hōs estin, euēthes kai atopon. en hǭ de malista tēn noēsin epereidontes tou chronou to enestēke kai to paresti kai to nyn phthengometha, toutʼ au palin eklyomenos ho logos apollysin.
For to say of what has not yet come into being, or has already ceased to be, that it is, is foolish and absurd. And that in time on which we most fix our thought, saying ‘it stands,’ ‘it is present,’ ‘now,’ this again reason dissolves and destroys.
11.11.12Dindorf 2:28
ἐκθλίβεται γὰρ εἰς τὸ μέλλον καὶ τὸ παρῳχημένον, ὥσπερ αὐγὴ, βουλομένοις ἰδεῖν, ἐξ ἀνάγκης διιστάμενον. εἰ δὲ ταὐτὰ τῷ μετροῦντι πέπονθεν ἡ μετρουμένη φύσις, οὐδὲ αὐτῇ μένον, οὐδὲ ὄν ἐστι, ἀλλὰ γινομένη καὶ φθειρομένη κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν χρόνον συννέμησιν.
ekthlibetai gar eis to mellon kai to parǭchēmenon, hōsper augē, boulomenois idein, ex anankēs diistamenon. ei de tauta tǭ metrounti peponthen hē metroumenē physis, oude autę̄ menon, oude on esti, alla ginomenē kai phtheiromenē kata tēn pros ton chronon synnemēsin.
For it is squeezed out into the future and the past, like a gleam of light, necessarily parting for those who wish to see it. And if the nature that is measured has the same experience as the measure, it neither remains nor is, but comes to be and perishes according to its distribution in time.
11.11.13Dindorf 2:28
ὅθεν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄντος λέγειν ὡς ἦν, ἢ ἔσται· ταῦτα γὰρ ἐγκλίσεις τινὲς καὶ μεταβάσεις καὶ παραλλάξεις τοῦ μένειν ἐν τῷ εἶναι μὴ πεφυκότος.”
hothen ouden toiouton estin epi tou ontos legein hōs ēn, ē estai; tauta gar enkliseis tines kai metabaseis kai parallaxeis tou menein en tǭ einai mē pephykotos.”
Hence nothing of the kind may be said of what is, that it was or will be; for these are inflections, transitions, and alterations of what by nature does not remain in being.”
11.11.14Dindorf 2:28
“Ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ὁ θεὸς, εἰ χρὴ φάναι, καὶ ἔστι κατʼ οὐδένα χρόνον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τὸν ἀκίνητον καὶ ἄχρονον καὶ ἀνέγκλιτον, καὶ οὗ πρότερον οὐδέν ἐστιν, οὐδὲ ὕστερον, οὐδὲ μέλλον, οὐδὲ παρῳχημένον, οὐδὲ πρεσβύτερον, οὐδὲ νεώτερον· ἀλλʼ εἷς ὢν ἐνὶ τῷ νῦν τὸ ἀεὶ πεπλήρωκε· καὶ μόνον ἐστὶ τὸ κατʼ αὐτὸ ὄντως ὂν, οὐ γεγονὸς, οὐδὲ ἐσόμενον, οὐδὲ ἀρξάμενον, οὐδὲ παυσόμενον.
“Allʼ estin ho theos, ei chrē phanai, kai esti katʼ oudena chronon, alla kata ton aiōna ton akinēton kai achronon kai anenkliton, kai hou proteron ouden estin, oude hysteron, oude mellon, oude parǭchēmenon, oude presbyteron, oude neōteron; allʼ heis ōn eni tǭ nyn to aei peplērōke; kai monon esti to katʼ auto ontōs on, ou gegonos, oude esomenon, oude arxamenon, oude pausomenon.
“But God is, if one must say so, and is in no time, but in eternity, unmoved, timeless, and without inflection, in which nothing is before or after, nor future nor past, nor older nor younger; but being one he has filled ‘always’ with one ‘now’; and only what is according to this really is, not having come to be nor going to be, nor having begun nor going to cease.
11.11.15Dindorf 2:28–29
οὕτως οὖν αὐτὸ δεῖ σεβομένους ἀσπάζεσθαι καὶ προσαγορεύειν, ἢ καὶ νὴ Δίʼ, ὡς ἔνιοι τῶν παλαιῶν, εἶ ἕν. οὐ γὰρ πολλὰ τὸ θεῖόν ἐστιν, ὡς ἡμῶν ἕκαστος, ἐκ μυρίων διαφορῶν ἐν πάθεσι γινομένων ἄθροισμα παντοδαπὸν καὶ πανηγυρικὸν μεμιγμένον· ἀλλʼ ἓν εἶναι δεῖ τὸ ὂν, ὥσπερ ὂν τὸ ἕν· ἡ δὲ ἑτερότης, διαφορὰ τοῦ ὄντος, εἰς γένεσιν ἐξίσταται τοῦ μὴ ὄντος.”
houtōs oun auto dei sebomenous aspazesthai kai prosagoreuein, ē kai nē Diʼ, hōs enioi tōn palaiōn, ei hen. ou gar polla to theion estin, hōs hēmōn hekastos, ek myriōn diaphorōn en pathesi ginomenōn athroisma pantodapon kai panēgyrikon memigmenon; allʼ hen einai dei to on, hōsper on to hen; hē de heterotēs, diaphora tou ontos, eis genesin existatai tou mē ontos.”
So, then, worshipping, we should greet and address it thus, or even, by Zeus, as some of the ancients did, ‘You are One’ (Ei hen). For the divine is not many, as each of us is, a motley and crowded aggregate of countless differences arising in our experiences; but Being must be one, as the One must be; and otherness, the difference from Being, departs into the becoming of not-being.”
Preparation 11, chapter 12
11.12.1Dindorf 2:29
Μώσεως καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφητῶν ἁπάντων ἄρρητον εἶναι τὸ θεῖον διδασκόντων, καὶ τῆς ἀρρήτου προσηγορίας τὸ σύμβολον διὰ τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀνεκφωνήτου σημειώσεως ὑποφαινόντων, τούτοις καὶ ὁ Πλάτων συμφώνως αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ Ἐπιστολῇ οἷά φησιν ἄκουε
Mōseōs kai tōn parʼ Hebraiois prophētōn hapantōn arrēton einai to theion didaskontōn, kai tēs arrētou prosēgorias to symbolon dia tēs parʼ autois anekphōnētou sēmeiōseōs hypophainontōn, toutois kai ho Platōn symphōnōs autois rhēmasin en tę̄ megalę̄ Epistolę̄ hoia phēsin akoue
Moses and all the prophets among the Hebrews teach that the divine is ineffable, and hint at the symbol of the ineffable name by their unpronounceable notation; and in agreement with them Plato too, in his great Letter, says in these very words—listen:
11.12.2Dindorf 2:29
‘‘Ῥητὸν γὰρ οὐδαμῶς ἐστιν ὡς ἄλλα μαθήματα, ἀλλʼ ἐκ πολλῆς συνουσίας γιγνομένης περὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα αὐτὸ καὶ τοῦ συζῆν, ἐξαίφνης, οἷον ἀπὸ πυρὸς πηδήσαντος ἐξαφθὲν φῶς, τῇ ψυχῇ γενόμενον αὐτὸ ἑαυτὸ ἤδη τρέφει.” Καὶ τόδε δὲ τοῦ φωτὸς τὸ παράδειγμα προλαβὼν ἄλλος Ἑβραίων προφήτης παρέστησεν εἰπὼν “ ἐσημειώθη ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου, κύριε. καὶ ἄλλος πάλιν ἐν τῷ φωτί σου ὀψόμεθα φῶς.”
‘‘Rhēton gar oudamōs estin hōs alla mathēmata, allʼ ek pollēs synousias gignomenēs peri to pragma auto kai tou syzēn, exaiphnēs, hoion apo pyros pēdēsantos exaphthen phōs, tę̄ psychę̄ genomenon auto heauto ēdē trephei.” Kai tode de tou phōtos to paradeigma prolabōn allos Hebraiōn prophētēs parestēsen eipōn “ esēmeiōthē ephʼ hēmas to phōs tou prosōpou sou, kyrie. kai allos palin en tǭ phōti sou opsometha phōs.”
“For it is in no way expressible like other studies, but after long association with the matter itself and living with it, suddenly, like a light kindled from a leaping fire, it comes to be in the soul and at once nourishes itself.” And this example of the light was anticipated by another Hebrew prophet, who said, “The light of your face has been signed upon us, O Lord”; and another again, “In your light we shall see light.”
Preparation 11, chapter 13
11.13.1Dindorf 2:29
Μώσεως περὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ φήσαντος ‘‘ἄκουε Ἰσραὴλ, κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, κύριος εἶς ἐστί, ” πάλιν ὁ Πλάτων τούτῳ συντρέχων ἕνα θεὸν εἶναι ὡς καὶ οὐρανὸν ἕνα διδάσκει, ὧδέ πη λέγων ἐν Τιμαίῳ
Mōseōs peri tou tōn holōn theou phēsantos ‘‘akoue Israēl, kyrios ho theos hēmōn, kyrios eis esti, ” palin ho Platōn toutǭ syntrechōn hena theon einai hōs kai ouranon hena didaskei, hōde pē legōn en Timaiǭ
Moses said of the God of the universe, “Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord.” Again Plato, agreeing with this, teaches that there is one God, as there is one heaven, saying in the Timaeus somewhat as follows:
11.13.2Dindorf 2:29
“Πότερον οὖν ὀρθῶς ἕνα οὐρανὸν προσειρήκαμεν, ἢ πολλοὺς καὶ ἀπείρους λέγειν ἦν ὀρθότερον; ἕνα, εἴπερ κατὰ τὸ παράδειγμα δεδημιουργημένος ἔσται. τὸ γὰρ περιέχον πάντα ὁπόσα νοητὰ ζῷα, μεθʼ ἑτέρου δεύτερον οὐκ ἄν ποτε εἴη.”
“Poteron oun orthōs hena ouranon proseirēkamen, ē pollous kai apeirous legein ēn orthoteron? hena, eiper kata to paradeigma dedēmiourgēmenos estai. to gar periechon panta hoposa noēta zǭa, methʼ heterou deuteron ouk an pote eiē.”
“Have we, then, rightly spoken of one heaven, or would it be more right to speak of many and infinite? One, if it is to be made according to the pattern. For that which contains all intelligible living things could never be second with another.”
11.13.3Dindorf 2:29–30
Δῆλος δέ ἐστιν ἕνα θεὸν εἰδὼς, εἰ καὶ συνή- θὼς Ἕλλησι τῇ τῶν πλειόνων εἴωθε χρῆσθαι προσηγορίᾳ, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς Διονύσιον ἐπιστολῆς, ἐν ᾗ σύμβολα διδοὺς τῶν τε διὰ σπουδῆς αὐτῷ γραφομένων ἐπιστολῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλως ἀπερριμμένων, τῶν μὲν μηδὲν ἐχουσῶν σπουδαῖον σημεῖον τὸ τῶν θεῶν ὄνομα προτάξειν ἔφησε, τῶν δὲ πεφροντισμένως αὐτῷ συνταττομένων, τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. λέγει δʼ οὖν ὧδε κατὰ λέξιν
Dēlos de estin hena theon eidōs, ei kai synē- thōs Hellēsi tę̄ tōn pleionōn eiōthe chrēsthai prosēgorią, kai apo tēs pros Dionysion epistolēs, en hę̄ symbola didous tōn te dia spoudēs autǭ graphomenōn epistolōn kai tōn allōs aperrimmenōn, tōn men mēden echousōn spoudaion sēmeion to tōn theōn onoma protaxein ephēse, tōn de pephrontismenōs autǭ syntattomenōn, to tou theou. legei dʼ oun hōde kata lexin
And that he knew one God, even if, as is customary among the Greeks, he used to speak of many, is clear also from his letter to Dionysius, in which, giving signs to distinguish the letters he wrote in earnest from those dashed off otherwise, he said that he would put the name “gods” at the head of those that had nothing serious in them, and “God” at the head of those composed with care. He speaks thus word for word:
11.13.4Dindorf 2:30
‘‘Περὶ δὲ δὴ τοῦ ξυμβόλου τοῦ περὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς, ὅσας τε ἂν ἐπιστέλλω σπουδῇ καὶ ὅσας μὴ, οἶμαι μέν σε μεμνῆσθαι, ὅμως δʼ ἐννόει καὶ σφόδρα πρόσεχε τὸν νοῦν· πολλοὶ γὰρ οἱ κελεύοντες γράφειν, οὓς οὐ ῥᾴδιον φανερῶς διωθεῖσθαι. τῆς μὲν οὖν σπουδαίας ἐπιστολῆς ὁ θεὸς ἄρχει, θεοὶ δὲ τῆς ”
‘‘Peri de dē tou xymbolou tou peri tas epistolas, hosas te an epistellō spoudę̄ kai hosas mē, oimai men se memnēsthai, homōs dʼ ennoei kai sphodra proseche ton noun; polloi gar hoi keleuontes graphein, hous ou rhądion phanerōs diōtheisthai. tēs men oun spoudaias epistolēs ho theos archei, theoi de tēs ”
“As to the sign concerning letters, which ones I send in earnest and which not, I think you remember it; still, consider and pay close attention. For many bid me write, whom it is not easy to refuse openly. God, then, begins the serious letter, and gods the less serious.”
11.13.5Dindorf 2:30–31
Διαρρήδην δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ ἐκ παλαιῶν τὸ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ δόγμα μεμαθηκέναι, λέγων ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις “Ὁ μὲν δὴ θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, ἀρχὴν καὶ τελευτὴν καὶ μέσα τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων ἔχων, εὐθείᾳ περαίνει κατὰ φύσιν περιπορευόμενος. τῷ δʼ αἰεὶ ξυνέπεται δίκη, τῶν ἀπολειπομένων τοῦ θείου νόμου τιμωρός· ἧς ὁ μὲν εὐδαιμονήσειν μέλλων ἐχόμενος ξυνέπεται ταπεινὸς, κεκοσμημένος, ὁ δέ τις ἐξαρθεὶς ὑπὸ μεγαλαυχίας, ἢ χρήμασιν ἐπαιρόμενος, ἢ τιμαῖς, ἢ καὶ σώματος εὐμορφίᾳ, ἅμα νεότητι καὶ ἀνοίᾳ, φλέγεται τὴν ψυχὴν μεθʼ ὕβρεως, ὥστε οὔτε ἄρχοντος οὔτε τινὸς ἡγεμόνος δεόμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλοις ἱκανὸς ὢν ἡγεῖσθαι, καταλείπεται ἔρημος θεοῦ· καταλειφθεὶς δὲ, καὶ ἔτι ἄλλους τοιούτους προσλαβὼν, σκιρτᾷ ταράττων πάντα ἄμα, καὶ πολλοῖς τισὶν ἔδοξεν εἶναί τις, μετὰ δὲ χρόνον οὐ πολὺν ὑποσχὼν τιμωρίαν οὐ μεμπτὴν τῇ δίκῃ, ἑαυτόν τε καὶ οἶκον καὶ πόλιν ἄρδην ἀνάστατον ἐποίησε.”
Diarrēdēn de ho autos homologei ek palaiōn to peri tou theou dogma memathēkenai, legōn en tois Nomois “Ho men dē theos, hōs kai ho palaios logos, archēn kai teleutēn kai mesa tōn ontōn hapantōn echōn, eutheią perainei kata physin periporeuomenos. tǭ dʼ aiei xynepetai dikē, tōn apoleipomenōn tou theiou nomou timōros; hēs ho men eudaimonēsein mellōn echomenos xynepetai tapeinos, kekosmēmenos, ho de tis exartheis hypo megalauchias, ē chrēmasin epairomenos, ē timais, ē kai sōmatos eumorphią, hama neotēti kai anoią, phlegetai tēn psychēn methʼ hybreōs, hōste oute archontos oute tinos hēgemonos deomenos, alla kai allois hikanos ōn hēgeisthai, kataleipetai erēmos theou; kataleiphtheis de, kai eti allous toioutous proslabōn, skirtą tarattōn panta ama, kai pollois tisin edoxen einai tis, meta de chronon ou polyn hyposchōn timōrian ou memptēn tę̄ dikę̄, heauton te kai oikon kai polin ardēn anastaton epoiēse.”
And the same man expressly admits that he learned the doctrine about God from the ancients, saying in the Laws: “God, as the ancient saying has it, holding the beginning, the end, and the middle of all things that are, accomplishes his course straight, going about according to nature. And Justice always follows him, the avenger of those who fall short of the divine law. He who is to be happy holds fast to her and follows her, humble and orderly; but one who is lifted up by boasting, or elated by wealth or honours or beauty of body, with youth and folly, burns in his soul with insolence, as though he needed neither ruler nor any guide, but were able to guide others too; he is left forsaken by God; and being forsaken, and taking others like himself, he leaps about throwing everything into confusion, and to many he seemed to be someone; but after no long time, paying a penalty not to be blamed by Justice, he utterly overthrows himself, his house, and his city.”
11.13.6Dindorf 2:31
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. σὺ δέ γε τῷ “ὁ μὲν δὴ θεὸς ἀρχὴν καὶ τελευτὴν καὶ μέσα τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων ἔχων” παράθες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑβραίων προφητείας τὸ “ ἐγὼ θεὸς πρῶτος, καὶ ἐγὼ μετὰ ταῦτα·” τῷ δὲ “ εὐθείᾳ περαίνει κατὰ φύσιν ἐπιπορευόμενος” τὸ “ εὐθύτητας εἶδε τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ.”
Tauta ho Platōn. sy de ge tǭ “ho men dē theos archēn kai teleutēn kai mesa tōn ontōn hapantōn echōn” parathes apo tēs Hebraiōn prophēteias to “ egō theos prōtos, kai egō meta tauta;” tǭ de “ eutheią perainei kata physin epiporeuomenos” to “ euthytētas eide to prosōpon autou.”
So Plato. But set beside “God, holding the beginning, the end, and the middle of all things that are” the words of the Hebrew prophecy, “I am God the first, and I am after these things”; and beside “accomplishes his course straight, going about according to nature,” the words “His face beheld uprightness.”
11.13.7Dindorf 2:31
καὶ πρὸς τὸ “ τῷ δʼ αἰεὶ ξυνέπεται δίκη τῶν ἀπολειπομένων τοῦ θείου νόμου τιμωρὸς” σύγκρινον τὸ ‘‘δίκαιος κύριος καὶ δικαιοσύνας ἠγάπησεν·” καὶ τὸ‘‘ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει κύριος·” καὶ τὸ ‘‘διότι ἔκδικος κύριος καὶ ἀνταποδίδωσι τοῖς περισσῶς ποιοῦσιν ὑπερηφανίαν.’ τῷ δὲ “ ἡς ὁ εὐδαιμονήσειν μέλλων ἐχόμενος ξυνέπεται ταπεινὸς εὐδαιμονήσειν ἑπόμενόν ἐστι τὸ “ ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου πορεύσῃ.”
kai pros to “ tǭ dʼ aiei xynepetai dikē tōn apoleipomenōn tou theiou nomou timōros” synkrinon to ‘‘dikaios kyrios kai dikaiosynas ēgapēsen;” kai to‘‘emoi ekdikēsis, egō antapodōsō, legei kyrios;” kai to ‘‘dioti ekdikos kyrios kai antapodidōsi tois perissōs poiousin hyperēphanian.’ tǭ de “ hēs ho eudaimonēsein mellōn echomenos xynepetai tapeinos eudaimonēsein hepomenon esti to “ opisō kyriou tou theou sou poreusę̄.”
And with “Justice always follows him, the avenger of those who fall short of the divine law,” compare “The Lord is righteous and has loved righteousness,” and “Vengeance is mine, I will repay, says the Lord,” and “For the Lord is an avenger, and repays those who act with excessive pride.” And following “he who is to be happy holds fast to her and follows her, humble” is “You shall walk after the Lord your God.”
11.13.8Dindorf 2:31
τῷ δὲ “ ὁ δʼ ἐξαρθεὶς ὑπὸ μεγαλαυχίας καταλείπεται ἔρημος θεοῦ ’ τὸ “ὁ θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντι- τάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσι χάριν·” καὶ “ χαρμονὴ δὲ ἀσεβῶν πτῶμα ἐξαίσιον.” ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ μυρίων σμικρὰ περὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ. θέα δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ δευτέρου αἰτίου οἶα τῇ διανοίᾳ εἰσίν.
tǭ de “ ho dʼ exartheis hypo megalauchias kataleipetai erēmos theou ’ to “ho theos hyperēphanois anti- tassetai, tapeinois de didōsi charin;” kai “ charmonē de asebōn ptōma exaision.” tauta men oun apo myriōn smikra peri tou epi pantōn theou. thea de kai ta peri tou deuterou aitiou oia tę̄ dianoią eisin.
And with “one lifted up by boasting is left forsaken by God,” compare “God opposes the proud, but gives grace to the humble,” and “the joy of the ungodly is a monstrous fall.” These are a few out of countless sayings about the God over all. But see also what the teachings about the second cause are in their meaning.
Preparation 11, chapter 14
11.14.1Dindorf 2:31
Τὰ μὲν δὴ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου τοῦτον ἡμῖν ἀνωμολογήσθω τὸν τρόπον. ἐπίσκεψαι δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ δευτέρου, ὃν δὴ θεοῦ λόγον καὶ θεὸν ἐκ θεοῦ εἶναι τὰ Ἑβραίων παιδεύει λόγια, καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ θεολογεῖν δεδιδάγμεθα.
Ta men dē peri tou prōtou tōn holōn aitiou touton hēmin anōmologēsthō ton tropon. episkepsai de kai ta peri tou deuterou, hon dē theou logon kai theon ek theou einai ta Hebraiōn paideuei logia, kathaper kai hēmeis autoi theologein dedidagmetha.
Let what concerns the first Cause of all be agreed by us in this way. Now consider also what concerns the second, whom the oracles of the Hebrews teach to be the Word of God and God from God, just as we ourselves have been taught to speak of God.
11.14.2Dindorf 2:31–32
ὁ μὲν οὖν Μώσης διαρρήδην δύο θεολογεῖ κυρίους, ἐν οἶς φησι ‘καὶ ἔβρεξε κύριος παρὰ κυρίου πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀσεβῶν πόλιν· ” ἔνθα συνήθως ἐπὶ τῶν δύο τὴν ὁμοίαν τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις χαρακτήρων ἐποιήσατο παράθεσιν· αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων ἀνεκφώνητος παρʼ αὐτοῖς θεολογία.
ho men oun Mōsēs diarrēdēn dyo theologei kyrious, en ois phēsi ‘kai ebrexe kyrios para kyriou pyr kai theion epi tēn tōn asebōn polin; ” entha synēthōs epi tōn dyo tēn homoian tōn parʼ Hebraiois charaktērōn epoiēsato parathesin; hautē de estin hē dia tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn anekphōnētos parʼ autois theologia.
Moses, then, expressly speaks of two Lords, where he says, “And the Lord rained from the Lord fire and brimstone on the city of the ungodly”; where, as is usual, he put the same Hebrew characters for both; that is the four-letter name of God, unpronounceable among them.
11.14.3Dindorf 2:32
τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ, ἄλλος προφήτης ὁμοῦ καὶ βασιλεὺς Ἑβραίων, συνᾴδων φησὶν ‘εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου·” τὸν μὲν ἀνωτάτω θεὸν διὰ τοῦ πρώτου κυρίου, τὸν δὲ τούτου δεύτερον διὰ τῆς δευτέρας ὑποφήνας προσηγορίας. τίνι γὰρ ἄλλῳ θέμις ὑπονοεῖν τὰ δεξιὰ τῆς ἀγεννήτου θεότητος παραχωρεῖσθαι ἢ μόνῳ τῷ περὶ οὗ ὁ λόγος;
toutǭ de kai ho Dabid, allos prophētēs homou kai basileus Hebraiōn, synądōn phēsin ‘eipen ho kyrios tǭ kyriǭ mou, kathou ek dexiōn mou;” ton men anōtatō theon dia tou prōtou kyriou, ton de toutou deuteron dia tēs deuteras hypophēnas prosēgorias. tini gar allǭ themis hyponoein ta dexia tēs agennētou theotētos parachōreisthai ē monǭ tǭ peri hou ho logos?
And David too, another prophet and king of the Hebrews, agreeing with this, says, “The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand,” indicating the supreme God by the first “Lord,” and the one second to him by the second name. For to whom else is it right to suppose the right hand of the unbegotten Godhead is granted than to him alone of whom we speak?
11.14.4Dindorf 2:32
ὃν ὁ αὐτὸς προφήτης ἐν ἑτέροις λευκότερον διασαφεῖ λόγον τοῦ πατρὸς, δημιουργὸν τῶν ὅλων ὑφιστάμενος εἶναι τὸν θεολογούμενον, ἐν οἷς φησι “τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν.”
hon ho autos prophētēs en heterois leukoteron diasaphei logon tou patros, dēmiourgon tōn holōn hyphistamenos einai ton theologoumenon, en hois phēsi “tǭ logǭ kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan.”
The same prophet in other places shows him more clearly to be the Word of the Father, setting forth the one of whom he speaks as Creator of the universe, where he says, “By the Word of the Lord the heavens were made firm.”
11.14.5Dindorf 2:32
καὶ σωτῆρα δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τῶν δεομένων τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῦ θεραπείας εἰσάγει, λέγων “ ἀπέστειλε τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰάσατο αὐτούς.’
kai sōtēra de ton auton tōn deomenōn tēs parʼ autou therapeias eisagei, legōn “ apesteile ton logon autou, kai iasato autous.’
And he presents the same one as Saviour of those who need his healing, saying, “He sent his Word and healed them.”
11.14.6Dindorf 2:32
καὶ ὁ τούτου δὲ παῖς ὁμοῦ καὶ διάδοχος Σολομῶν, ἑτέρῳ προσρήματι τὴν αὐτὴν παριστὰς διάνοιαν, ἀντὶ λόγου σοφίαν εἰπὼν, τάδε ὡς ἐξ αὐτῆς προσώπου διέξεισιν
kai ho toutou de pais homou kai diadochos Solomōn, heterǭ prosrēmati tēn autēn paristas dianoian, anti logou sophian eipōn, tade hōs ex autēs prosōpou diexeisin
And his son and successor Solomon, presenting the same thought with another name, saying “Wisdom” instead of “Word,” relates the following as in her person:
11.14.7Dindorf 2:32
“ ἐγὼ ἡ σοφία κατεσκήνωσα βουλὴν, καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ ἔννοιαν ἐγὼ ἐπεκαλεσάμην.” εἶθʼ ἐξῆς ἐπιλέγει “κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ· πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέ με, ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιῆσαι, πρὸ τοῦ ὄρη ἑδρασθῆναι· πρὸ δὲ πάντων βουνῶν γεννᾷ με. ἡνίκα ἡτοίμαζε τὸν οὐρανὸν, συμπαρήμην αὐτῷ.”
“ egō hē sophia kateskēnōsa boulēn, kai gnōsin kai ennoian egō epekalesamēn.” eithʼ exēs epilegei “kyrios ektise me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou; pro tou aiōnos ethemeliōse me, en archę̄ pro tou tēn gēn poiēsai, pro tou orē hedrasthēnai; pro de pantōn bounōn genną me. hēnika hētoimaze ton ouranon, symparēmēn autǭ.”
“I, Wisdom, made counsel my dwelling, and called on knowledge and understanding.” Then next he adds: “The Lord created me the beginning of his ways for his works; before the age he founded me, in the beginning, before he made the earth, before the mountains were settled; and before all the hills he begets me. When he prepared the heaven, I was present with him.”
11.14.8Dindorf 2:32
τοῦ δʼ αὐτοῦ πάλιν καὶ τάδε ἐστὶν “ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ ἐθεμελίωσε τὴν γῆν, ἡτοίμασεν δὲ οὐρανοὺς ἐν φρονήσει.” ἔτι δὲ καὶ τάδε λέγεται εἶναι τοῦ αὐτοῦ “καὶ ὅσα ἐστὶ κρυπτὰ καὶ ἐμφανῆ ἔγνων· ἡ γὰρ πάντων τεχνῖτις ἐδίδαξέ με σοφία.”
tou dʼ autou palin kai tade estin “ho theos en tę̄ sophią ethemeliōse tēn gēn, hētoimasen de ouranous en phronēsei.” eti de kai tade legetai einai tou autou “kai hosa esti krypta kai emphanē egnōn; hē gar pantōn technitis edidaxe me sophia.”
And again these words are his: “God by Wisdom founded the earth, and prepared the heavens in understanding.” And these too are said to be his: “And all things hidden and manifest I learned; for Wisdom, the artificer of all, taught me.”
11.14.9Dindorf 2:32–33
εἶτʼ ἐπιλέγει “τί δʼ ἐστὶ σοφία καὶ πῶς ἐγένετο; ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύψω ὑμῖν μυστήρια, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενέσεως ἐξιχνιάσω.” ”
eitʼ epilegei “ti dʼ esti sophia kai pōs egeneto? egō apangelō kai ouk apokrypsō hymin mystēria, allʼ ex archēs geneseōs exichniasō.” ”
Then he adds: “What Wisdom is and how she came to be I will declare, and I will not hide mysteries from you, but will trace her out from the beginning of her origin.”
11.14.10Dindorf 2:33
καὶ ἑξῆς διασαφεῖ τὰ τοιάδε “ἔστι γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ πνεῦμα νοερὸν, ἅγιον, μονογενὲς, πολυμερὲς, λεπτὸν, εὐκίνητον, τρανὸν, ἀμόλυντον, παντοδύναμον, πανεπίσκοπον, καὶ διὰ πάντων χωροῦν πνευμάτων νοερῶν, καθαρῶν, λεπτοτάτων. πάσης γὰρ κινήσεως κινητικώτερον σοφία. διήκει δὲ καὶ χωρεῖ διὰ πάντων διὰ τὴν καθαρότητα. ἀτμὶς γάρ ἐστι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀπόρροια τῆς τοῦ παντοκράτορος δόξης εἰλικρινής. διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲν μεμολυσμένον εἰς αὐτὴν παρεμπίπτει. ἀπαύγασμα γὰρ ἐστι φωτὸς ἀιδίου καὶ ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεργείας καὶ εἰκὼν τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ. διατείνει δὲ ἀπὸ πέρατος εἰς πέρας εὐρώστως καὶ διοικεῖ τὰ πάντα χρηστῶς.” ταῦτα μὲν ἡ γραφή. τὴν δὲ τοῦ δόγματος διάνοιαν Φίλων ὁ Ἑβραῖος λευκότερον ἑρμηνεύων τοῦτον παρίστησι τὸν τρόπον
kai hexēs diasaphei ta toiade “esti gar en autę̄ pneuma noeron, hagion, monogenes, polymeres, lepton, eukinēton, tranon, amolynton, pantodynamon, panepiskopon, kai dia pantōn chōroun pneumatōn noerōn, katharōn, leptotatōn. pasēs gar kinēseōs kinētikōteron sophia. diēkei de kai chōrei dia pantōn dia tēn katharotēta. atmis gar esti tēs tou theou dynameōs kai aporroia tēs tou pantokratoros doxēs eilikrinēs. dia touto ouden memolysmenon eis autēn parempiptei. apaugasma gar esti phōtos aidiou kai esoptron akēlidōton tēs tou theou energeias kai eikōn tēs agathotētos autou. diateinei de apo peratos eis peras eurōstōs kai dioikei ta panta chrēstōs.” tauta men hē graphē. tēn de tou dogmatos dianoian Philōn ho Hebraios leukoteron hermēneuōn touton paristēsi ton tropon
And next he explains as follows: “For in her is a spirit intelligent, holy, only-begotten, manifold, subtle, nimble, clear, undefiled, all-powerful, all-surveying, and passing through all spirits that are intelligent, pure, and most subtle. For Wisdom is more mobile than any motion; she pervades and penetrates all things because of her purity. For she is a breath of the power of God and a pure emanation of the glory of the Almighty; therefore nothing defiled enters into her. For she is a radiance of eternal light, a spotless mirror of the working of God, and an image of his goodness. And she reaches mightily from end to end and orders all things well.” So the Scripture. Philo the Hebrew, interpreting more plainly the meaning of the doctrine, sets it out in this way:
Preparation 11, chapter 15
11.15.1Dindorf 2:33
“ Εὐπρεπὲς γὰρ τοῖς ἑταιρείαν πρὸς ἐπιστήμην θεμένοις ἐφίεσθαι μὲν τοῦ τὸ ὂν ἰδεῖν· εἰ δὲ μὴ δύναιντο, τὴν γοῦν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱερώτατον λόγον.”
“ Euprepes gar tois hetaireian pros epistēmēn themenois ephiesthai men tou to on idein; ei de mē dynainto, tēn goun eikona autou ton hierōtaton logon.”
“For it is fitting for those who have made fellowship with knowledge to long to see Being; but if they cannot, at least its image, the most sacred Word.”
11.15.2Dindorf 2:33
Ἐν τῷ δʼ αὐτῷ συγγράμματι καὶ τάδε φησί “Κἂν μηδέπω μέντοι τυγχάνῃ τις ἀξιόχρεως υἱὸς θεοῦ προσαγορεύεσθαι, σπουδαζέτω κοσμεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν πρωτόγονον αὐτοῦ λόγον, τὸν ἀγγέλων πρεσβύτατον, ὡς ἂν ἀρχάγγελον πολυώνυμον ὑπάρχοντα.
En tǭ dʼ autǭ syngrammati kai tade phēsi “Kan mēdepō mentoi tynchanę̄ tis axiochreōs huios theou prosagoreuesthai, spoudazetō kosmeisthai kata ton prōtogonon autou logon, ton angelōn presbytaton, hōs an archangelon polyōnymon hyparchonta.
In the same work he also says this: “Even if one is not yet worthy to be called a son of God, let him strive to be adorned according to his firstborn Word, the eldest of the angels, as it were an archangel of many names.
11.15.3Dindorf 2:33–34
καὶ γὰρ ἀρχὴ καὶ ὄνομα θεοῦ καὶ λόγος καὶ ὁ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὁ ὁρῶν Ἰσραὴλ προσαγορεύεται. διὸ προήχθην ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἐπαινέσαι τὰς ἀρετὰς τῶν φασκόντων ὅτι πάντες ἐσμὲν υἱοὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου.
kai gar archē kai onoma theou kai logos kai ho katʼ eikona anthrōpos kai ho horōn Israēl prosagoreuetai. dio proēchthēn oligǭ proteron epainesai tas aretas tōn phaskontōn hoti pantes esmen huioi henos anthrōpou.
For he is called Beginning, and Name of God, and Word, and the Man after God’s image, and He who sees, Israel. For this reason I was led a little before to praise the virtues of those who say, ‘We are all sons of one man.’
11.15.4Dindorf 2:34
καὶ γὰρ εἰ μή πω ἱκανοὶ θεοῦ παῖδες νομίζεσθαι γεγόναμεν, ἀλλά τοι τῆς ἀειδοῦς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ λόγου τοῦ ἱερωτάτου θεοῦ γὰρ εἰκὼν λόγος ὁ πρεσβύτατος.”
kai gar ei mē pō hikanoi theou paides nomizesthai gegonamen, alla toi tēs aeidous eikonos autou logou tou hierōtatou theou gar eikōn logos ho presbytatos.”
For even if we have not yet become fit to be thought children of God, yet we may be children of his invisible image, the most sacred Word; for the eldest Word is the image of God.”
11.15.5Dindorf 2:34
Καὶ πάλιν ἐπιλέγει “Ἤκουσα μέντοι καὶ τῶν Μώσεως ἑταίρων τινὸς ἀποφθεγξαμένου τοιόνδε λόγιον “ ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος ᾧ ὄνομα Ἀνατολή.” καινοτάτη πρόσρησις, ἐάν γε τὸν ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς συνεστῶτα λέγεσθαι νομίσῃς· ἐὰν δὲ τὸν ἀσώματον ἐκεῖνον θείαν ἰδέαν φοροῦντα, ἱκανῶς ὁμολογήσεις ὅτι εὐθυβολώτατον ὄνομα ἐπεφημίσθη τὸ Ἀνατολὴ αὐτῷ.
Kai palin epilegei “Ēkousa mentoi kai tōn Mōseōs hetairōn tinos apophthenxamenou toionde logion “ idou anthrōpos hǭ onoma Anatolē.” kainotatē prosrēsis, ean ge ton ek sōmatos kai psychēs synestōta legesthai nomisę̄s; ean de ton asōmaton ekeinon theian idean phorounta, hikanōs homologēseis hoti euthybolōtaton onoma epephēmisthē to Anatolē autǭ.
And again he adds: “I have heard also one of the companions of Moses utter such an oracle as this: ‘Behold a man whose name is Dawn.’ A most novel title, if you think it is said of the one composed of body and soul; but if of that incorporeal one who bears the divine form, you will agree that the name Dawn has been given him most fittingly.
11.15.6Dindorf 2:34
τοῦτον μὲν γὰρ πρεσβύτατον υἱὸν ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἀνέτειλε πατὴρ, ὃν ἑτέρωθι πρωτόγονον ὠνόμασε. καὶ ὁ γεννηθεὶς μέντοι μιμούμενος τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς ὁδοὺς πρὸς παραδείγματα ἀρχέτυπα τὰ ἐκείνου βλέπων ἐμόρφου τὰ εἴδη.
touton men gar presbytaton huion ho tōn holōn aneteile patēr, hon heterōthi prōtogonon ōnomase. kai ho gennētheis mentoi mimoumenos tas tou patros hodous pros paradeigmata archetypa ta ekeinou blepōn emorphou ta eidē.
For the Father of the universe caused this eldest son to rise, whom elsewhere he named Firstborn. And the one begotten, imitating the ways of his father, looked to his archetypal patterns and shaped the forms.”
11.15.7Dindorf 2:34–35
Ταῦτά μοι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἑβραίου Φίλωνος ἐνταῦθα κείσθω, ληφθέντα ἐκ συγγράμματος ᾧ τέθειται ἐπιγραφὴ Περὶ τοῦ τὸ χεῖρον τῷ κρείττονι φιλεῖν ἐπιτίθεσθαι. ἤδη δέ μοι καὶ ἄλλοτε τὰ τῆς τῶν παλαιῶν Ἑβραίων εὐσεβείας δόγματα παρατιθεμένῳ ἐν τοῖς τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ δευτέρου αἰτίου διείληπται αὐταρκῶς, ἐφʼ ἃ καὶ νῦν τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς ἀναπέμψω. τοσούτων οὖν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις καὶ τόνδε τὸν τρόπον περὶ τοῦ δευτέρου τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου τεθεολογημένων καιρὸς ἤδη καὶ τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἐν τῇ Ἐπινομίδι τάδε λέγοντος ἐπακοῦσαι
Tauta moi apo tou Hebraiou Philōnos entautha keisthō, lēphthenta ek syngrammatos hǭ tetheitai epigraphē Peri tou to cheiron tǭ kreittoni philein epitithesthai. ēdē de moi kai allote ta tēs tōn palaiōn Hebraiōn eusebeias dogmata paratithemenǭ en tois tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs kai ta peri tou deuterou aitiou dieilēptai autarkōs, ephʼ ha kai nyn tous philomatheis anapempsō. tosoutōn oun parʼ Hebraiois kai tonde ton tropon peri tou deuterou tōn holōn aitiou tetheologēmenōn kairos ēdē kai tou Platōnos en tę̄ Epinomidi tade legontos epakousai
Let these passages from Philo the Hebrew be set down here, taken from the work entitled That the Worse Is Wont to Attack the Better. I have already elsewhere, in setting out the doctrines of the piety of the ancient Hebrews in the books of the Preparation for the Gospel, treated adequately of the second cause too, and to those passages I shall refer the studious now. So many teachings, then, about the second cause of the universe having been given among the Hebrews in this way, it is now time to listen to Plato saying this in the Epinomis:
Preparation 11, chapter 16
11.16.1Dindorf 2:35
“Καὶ τιμὰς ἀποδιδῶμεν μὴ τῷ μὲν ἐνιαυτὸν, τῷ δὲ μῆνα, τοῖς δὲ μή τινα μοῖραν τάττωμεν, μηδέ τινα χρόνον, ἐν ᾧ διεξέρχεται τὸν αὐτοῦ πόλον, συναποτελῶν κόσμον, ὃν ἔταξε λόγος ὁ πάντων θειότατος· ὃν ὁ μὲν εὐδαίμων πρῶτον μὲν ἐθαύμασεν, ἔπειτα δὲ ἔρωτα ἔσχε τοῦ καταμαθεῖν ὁπόσα θνητῇ φύσει δυνατά.”
“Kai timas apodidōmen mē tǭ men eniauton, tǭ de mēna, tois de mē tina moiran tattōmen, mēde tina chronon, en hǭ diexerchetai ton autou polon, synapotelōn kosmon, hon etaxe logos ho pantōn theiotatos; hon ho men eudaimōn prōton men ethaumasen, epeita de erōta esche tou katamathein hoposa thnētę̄ physei dynata.”
“And let us render honours, not appointing a year to one and a month to another, nor to others any portion or time in which it goes through its own orbit, helping to complete the cosmos which the Word, most divine of all, ordered; which the happy man first admired, and then conceived a love to learn all that is possible for mortal nature.”
11.16.2Dindorf 2:35
Καὶ ἐν ἐπιστολῇ δὲ τῇ πρὸς Ἑρμείαν Ἔραστόν τε καὶ Κορίσκον εὖ μάλα πεφυλαγμένως τέθειται τὸ δόγμα, ὧδε πρὸς λέξιν ἐπιστέλλων “Ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν πάντας ὑμᾶς τρεῖς ὄντας ἀναγνῶναι χρὴ, μάλιστα μὲν ἀθρόους, εἰ δὲ μὴ, κατὰ δύο κοινῇ κατὰ δύναμιν ὡς οἷόν τέ ἐστι πλειστάκις, καὶ χρῆσθαι συνθήκῃ καὶ νόμῳ κυρίῳ τούτῳ, ὅ ἐστι δίκαιον ἐπομνύντας σπουδῇ τε ἅμα μὴ ἀμούσῳ καὶ τῇ τῆς σπουδῆς ἀδελφῇ παιδείᾳ, καὶ τὸν τῶν πάντων θεὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν τε ὄντων καὶ τῶν μελλόντων, τοῦ τε ἡγεμόνος καὶ αἰτίου πατέρα κύριον ἐπομνύντας· ὃν, ἐὰν ὀρθῶς φιλοσοφῶμεν, εἰσόμεθα πάντες σαφῶς εἰς δύναμιν ἀνθρώπων εὐδαιμόνων.”
Kai en epistolę̄ de tę̄ pros Hermeian Eraston te kai Koriskon eu mala pephylagmenōs tetheitai to dogma, hōde pros lexin epistellōn “Tautēn tēn epistolēn pantas hymas treis ontas anagnōnai chrē, malista men athroous, ei de mē, kata dyo koinę̄ kata dynamin hōs hoion te esti pleistakis, kai chrēsthai synthēkę̄ kai nomǭ kyriǭ toutǭ, ho esti dikaion epomnyntas spoudę̄ te hama mē amousǭ kai tę̄ tēs spoudēs adelphę̄ paideią, kai ton tōn pantōn theon hēgemona tōn te ontōn kai tōn mellontōn, tou te hēgemonos kai aitiou patera kyrion epomnyntas; hon, ean orthōs philosophōmen, eisometha pantes saphōs eis dynamin anthrōpōn eudaimonōn.”
And in the letter to Hermeias, Erastus, and Coriscus he has set down the doctrine very guardedly, writing word for word: “This letter you three must all read, preferably together, or if not, two by two in common, as often as possible; and use it as a compact and sovereign law, as is just, swearing by it with a seriousness not without culture and with education, the sister of seriousness; and swearing by the God of all things, the leader of things present and to come, and by the Lord and Father of the leader and cause; whom, if we philosophize rightly, we shall all know clearly, so far as is possible for happy men.”
11.16.3Dindorf 2:35
Ἀρά σοι δοκεῖ ταῦτα λέγων ὁ Πλάτων τοῖς Ἑβραίων ἐπηκολουθηκέναι δόγμασιν, ἢ πόθεν ἄλλοθεν ἐπῆλθεν αὐτῷ τοῦ πάντων τῶν γενητῶν αἰτίου κρείττονα ἄλλον θεὸν, τὸν δὴ καὶ πατέρα τοῦ πανηγεμόνος, προσειπεῖν; πόθεν δʼ αὐτῷ τὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τάξαι ὄνομα, μηδενός πω πρὸ αὐτοῦ Ἑλλήνων ἀκοαῖς, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ εἰς νοῦν ταῦτα καταβεβλημένου;
Ara soi dokei tauta legōn ho Platōn tois Hebraiōn epēkolouthēkenai dogmasin, ē pothen allothen epēlthen autǭ tou pantōn tōn genētōn aitiou kreittona allon theon, ton dē kai patera tou panēgemonos, proseipein? pothen dʼ autǭ to tou kyriou epi tou patros tou dēmiourgou taxai onoma, mēdenos pō pro autou Hellēnōn akoais, alla mēde eis noun tauta katabeblēmenou?
Does it seem to you that in saying this Plato followed the doctrines of the Hebrews, or from where else did it occur to him to speak of another God greater than the cause of all created things, the Father of the ruler of all? And where did he get the idea of applying the name “Lord” to the Father of the Creator, when nothing of the kind had yet come to the ears, or even into the mind, of any Greek before him?
11.16.4Dindorf 2:35–36
εἰ δὲ καὶ ἑτέρων ἡμῖν πάλιν μαρτύρων δεῖ εἰς ἀναμφίλεκτον παράστασιν τῆς τε τοῦ φιλοσόφου διανοίας καὶ τῆς τοῦ λόγου κατασκευῆς, ἐπάκουσον οἶά σοι Πλωτῖνος ἐν οἷς περὶ τῶν τριῶν ἀρχικῶν ὑποστάσεων συνέταξε διασαφεῖ γράφων
ei de kai heterōn hēmin palin martyrōn dei eis anamphilekton parastasin tēs te tou philosophou dianoias kai tēs tou logou kataskeuēs, epakouson oia soi Plōtinos en hois peri tōn triōn archikōn hypostaseōn synetaxe diasaphei graphōn
And if we again need other witnesses for an undisputed demonstration of the philosopher’s meaning and of the construction of the argument, listen to what Plotinus makes clear in what he wrote On the Three Principal Hypostases:
Preparation 11, chapter 17
11.17.1Dindorf 2:36
‘‘Κόσμον αἰσθητὸν τόνδε εἴ τις θαυμάζει, εἴς τε τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὴν τάξιν τῆς φορᾶς τῆς ἀιδίου βλέπων, καὶ θεοὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ, τοὺς μὲν ὁρωμένους, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἀφανεῖς ὄντας, καὶ δαίμονας καὶ ζῷα φυτά τε πάντα, ἐπὶ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ἀληθινώτερον ἀναβὰς, κἀκεῖ πάντα ἰδέτω νοητὰ, καὶ παρʼ αὐτῶν ἀίδια ἐν οἰκείᾳ συνέσει καὶ ζωῇ, καὶ τούτων τὸν ἀκήρατον νοῦν προστάτην καὶ σοφίαν ἀμήχανον.”
‘‘Kosmon aisthēton tonde ei tis thaumazei, eis te to megethos kai to kallos kai tēn taxin tēs phoras tēs aidiou blepōn, kai theous tous en autǭ, tous men horōmenous, tous de kai aphaneis ontas, kai daimonas kai zǭa phyta te panta, epi to archetypon autou kai to alēthinōteron anabas, kakei panta idetō noēta, kai parʼ autōn aidia en oikeią synesei kai zōę̄, kai toutōn ton akēraton noun prostatēn kai sophian amēchanon.”
“If anyone admires this sensible world, looking at its size and beauty and the order of its eternal motion, and the gods in it, some visible and some unseen, and the daemons, and all animals and plants, let him go up to its archetype and the truer world, and there see all things intelligible, eternal in their own understanding and life, and over them pure Mind presiding, and wisdom beyond reckoning.”
11.17.2Dindorf 2:36
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς τούτοις ἐπιφέρει λέγων “ Τίς οὖν ὁ τοῦτον γεννήσας; ὁ ἁπλοῦς καὶ ὁ πρὸ τοῦ τοιούτου, ὁ αἴτιος τοῦ καὶ εἶναι καὶ πολὺν εἶναι τοῦτον, ὁ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ποιῶν· ὁ γὰρ ἀριθμὸς οὐ πρῶτος· καὶ γὰρ πρὸ τῆς δυάδος τὸ ἕν· δεύτερον δὲ δυὰς, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς γενομένη.
Eithʼ hexēs toutois epipherei legōn “ Tis oun ho touton gennēsas? ho haplous kai ho pro tou toioutou, ho aitios tou kai einai kai polyn einai touton, ho ton arithmon poiōn; ho gar arithmos ou prōtos; kai gar pro tēs dyados to hen; deuteron de dyas, kai para tou henos genomenē.
Then next he adds: “Who, then, begot this? The simple one, prior to such a being, the cause both of its being and of its being many, the maker of number. For number is not first; the One is before the dyad, and the dyad is second, having come from the One.
11.17.3Dindorf 2:36
Καὶ πάλιν ὑποβὰς ἐπιλέγει “Πῶς οὖν, καὶ τί δεῖ νοῆσαι περὶ ἐκεῖνο μένον; περίλαμψιν ἐξ αὐτοῦ μὲν, ἐξ αὐτοῦ δὲ μένοντος· οἶον ἡλίου τὸ περὶ αὐτὸν λαμπρὸν φῶς περιθέον, ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀεὶ γεννώμενον, μένοντος δέ.
Kai palin hypobas epilegei “Pōs oun, kai ti dei noēsai peri ekeino menon? perilampsin ex autou men, ex autou de menontos; oion hēliou to peri auton lampron phōs peritheon, ex autou aei gennōmenon, menontos de.
And again further on he adds: “How, then, and what must we think about that which remains? A radiance from it, but from it while it remains, like the bright light around the sun, running round it, always born from it while it remains.
11.17.4Dindorf 2:36
καὶ πάντα τὰ ὄντα ἕως μένει, ἐκ τῆς αὐτῶν οὐσίας, ἀναγκαίαν τὴν περὶ αὐτὰ πρὸς τὸ ἔξω αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς παρούσης δυνάμεως δίδωσιν αὐτῶν ἐξηρτημένην ὑπόστασιν, εἰκόνα οὖσαν οἶον ἀρχετύπων, ὧν ἐξέφυ.
kai panta ta onta heōs menei, ek tēs autōn ousias, anankaian tēn peri auta pros to exō autōn ek tēs parousēs dynameōs didōsin autōn exērtēmenēn hypostasin, eikona ousan oion archetypōn, hōn exephy.
And all beings, while they remain, give out from their own substance, from the power present in them, a necessary existence around them toward what is outside them, dependent on them, being as it were an image of the archetypes from which it sprang.
11.17.5Dindorf 2:36–37
πῦρ μὲν τὴν παρʼ αὐτῷ θερμότητα καὶ χιὼν οὐκ εἴσω μόνον τὸ ψυχρὸν κατέχει. μάλιστα δὲ ὅσα εὐώδη μαρτυρεῖ τούτῳ· ἕως γάρ ἐστι, πρόεισί τι ἐξ αὐτῶν περὶ αὐτὰ, ὧν ἀπολαύει ὑποστάντων ὅ τι πλησίον.
pyr men tēn parʼ autǭ thermotēta kai chiōn ouk eisō monon to psychron katechei. malista de hosa euōdē martyrei toutǭ; heōs gar esti, proeisi ti ex autōn peri auta, hōn apolauei hypostantōn ho ti plēsion.
Fire gives out the heat from itself, and snow does not keep its cold only within. Fragrant things above all bear witness to this; for while they exist something goes out from them around them, which whatever is near enjoys while they exist.
11.17.6Dindorf 2:37
καὶ πάντα δὲ ὅσα ἤδη τέλεια γεννᾷ· τὸ δὴ ἀεὶ τέλειον ἀεὶ καὶ ἀίδιον γεννᾷ· καὶ ἔλαττον δὲ ἑαυτοῦ γεννᾷ.
kai panta de hosa ēdē teleia genną; to dē aei teleion aei kai aidion genną; kai elatton de heautou genną.
And all things that are already perfect beget; and what is always perfect begets always and something eternal; and it begets something less than itself.
11.17.7Dindorf 2:37
τί οὖν χρὴ περὶ τοῦ τελειοτάτου λέγειν; μηδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὰ μέγιστα μετʼ αὐτό. μέγιστον δὲ μετʼ αὐτὸν νοῦς καὶ δεύτερον. καὶ γὰρ ὁρᾷ ὁ νοῦς ἐκεῖνον, καὶ δεῖται αὐτοῦ μόνου, ἐκεῖνος δὲ τούτου οὐδέν. καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον ἀπὸ κρείττονος νοῦ νοῦν εἶναι· καὶ κρείττων ἁπάντων νοῦς, ὅτι τἄλλα μετʼ αὐτόν.”
ti oun chrē peri tou teleiotatou legein? mēden apʼ autou, ē ta megista metʼ auto. megiston de metʼ auton nous kai deuteron. kai gar horą ho nous ekeinon, kai deitai autou monou, ekeinos de toutou ouden. kai to gennōmenon apo kreittonos nou noun einai; kai kreittōn hapantōn nous, hoti talla metʼ auton.”
What then must we say of the most perfect? That nothing comes from it except the greatest things after it. And the greatest after it is Mind, and it is second. For Mind sees it and needs it alone, while it needs nothing of Mind. And what is begotten from what is greater than Mind is Mind; and Mind is greater than all things, because the others come after it.”
11.17.8Dindorf 2:37
Τούτοις ἐξῆς ἐπιφέρει λέγων “ Ποθεῖ δὲ πᾶν τὸ γεννῆσαν καὶ τοῦτο ἀγαπᾷ, καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν ὦσι μόνοι τὸ γεννῆσαν καὶ τὸ γεγεννημένον. ὅταν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἄριστον ᾖ τὸ γεννῆσαν, ἐξ ἀνάγκης σύνεστιν αὐτῷ, ὡς τῇ ἑτερότητι μόνον κεχωρίσθαι. εἰκόνα δὲ ἐκείνου εἶναι λέγομεν τὸν νοῦν. δεῖ γὰρ σαφέστερον λέγειν.”
Toutois exēs epipherei legōn “ Pothei de pan to gennēsan kai touto agapą, kai malista hotan ōsi monoi to gennēsan kai to gegennēmenon. hotan de kai to ariston ę̄ to gennēsan, ex anankēs synestin autǭ, hōs tę̄ heterotēti monon kechōristhai. eikona de ekeinou einai legomen ton noun. dei gar saphesteron legein.”
Next to this he adds: “Everything longs for what begot it and loves it, especially when begetter and begotten are alone. And when the begetter is also the best, the begotten is necessarily with it, so as to be separated only by otherness. We say that Mind is its image; for we must speak more clearly.”
11.17.9Dindorf 2:37
Καὶ πάλιν τούτοις ἐπιλέγει “ Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ Πλάτωνος τριττά· πάντα περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα φησὶ τὰ πρῶτα· καὶ δεύτερον περὶ τὰ δεύτερα, καὶ περὶ τὰ τρίτα τρίτον. λέγει δὲ καὶ τοῦ αἰτίου εἶναι πατέρα, αἴτιον μὲν τὸν νοῦν λέγων· δημιουργὸς γὰρ ὁ νοῦς αὐτῷ.
Kai palin toutois epilegei “ Kai dia touto kai ta Platōnos tritta; panta peri ton pantōn basilea phēsi ta prōta; kai deuteron peri ta deutera, kai peri ta trita triton. legei de kai tou aitiou einai patera, aition men ton noun legōn; dēmiourgos gar ho nous autǭ.
And again he adds to this: “And for this reason Plato’s things are threefold: ‘All things are about the King of all,’ he says, the first things; ‘and the second about the second, and the third about the third.’ He also says there is a ‘father of the cause,’ calling Mind the cause; for Mind is his Demiurge.
11.17.10Dindorf 2:37–38
τοῦτον δέ φησι τὴν ψυχὴν ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ κρατῆρι ἐκείνῳ. τοῦ δὲ αἰτίου νοῦ ὄντος, πατέρα φησὶ τἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ ἐπέκεινα νοῦ καὶ ἐπέκεινα οὐσίας. πολλαχοῦ δὲ τὸ ὂν καὶ τὸν νοῦν τὴν ἰδέαν λέγει. ὥστε Πλάτωνα εἰδέναι ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τὸν νοῦν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ νοῦ τὴν ψυχήν· καὶ εἶναι τοὺς λόγους τούσδε μὴ καινοὺς, μηδὲ νῦν, ἀλλὰ πάλαι μὲν εἰρῆσθαι μὴ ἀναπεπταμένως· τοὺς δὲ νῦν λόγους ἐξηγητὰς ἐκείνων γεγονέναι, μαρτυρίοις πιστωσαμένους τὰς δόξας ταύτας παλαιὰς εἶναι τοῖς αὐτοῦ Πλάτωνος γράμμασι.”
touton de phēsi tēn psychēn poiein en tǭ kratēri ekeinǭ. tou de aitiou nou ontos, patera phēsi tagathon kai to epekeina nou kai epekeina ousias. pollachou de to on kai ton noun tēn idean legei. hōste Platōna eidenai ek men tou agathou ton noun, ek de tou nou tēn psychēn; kai einai tous logous tousde mē kainous, mēde nyn, alla palai men eirēsthai mē anapeptamenōs; tous de nyn logous exēgētas ekeinōn gegonenai, martyriois pistōsamenous tas doxas tautas palaias einai tois autou Platōnos grammasi.”
And he says that this one makes the soul in that mixing bowl. And the cause being Mind, he calls the Good its father, beyond Mind and beyond being. In many places he calls being and Mind the Idea. So Plato knew that Mind comes from the Good and Soul from Mind; and these teachings are not new, nor of today, but were said long ago, though not openly; and our present teachings have become interpreters of those, proving by testimonies from Plato’s own writings that these views are ancient.”
11.17.11Dindorf 2:38
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Πλωτῖνος· ὁ δὲ Νουμήνιος τὰ Πλάτωνος πρεσβεύων ἐν τοῖς Περὶ τἀγαθοῦ τάδε καὶ αὐτὸς περὶ τοῦ δευτέρου αἰτίου λέγων διερ- μηνεύει
Tauta men ho Plōtinos; ho de Noumēnios ta Platōnos presbeuōn en tois Peri tagathou tade kai autos peri tou deuterou aitiou legōn dier- mēneuei
So Plotinus. And Numenius, championing Plato’s views in his books On the Good, also interprets as follows in speaking of the second cause:
Preparation 11, chapter 18
11.18.1Dindorf 2:38
“Τὸν μέλλοντα δὲ συνήσειν θεοῦ πέρι πρώτου καὶ δευτέρου χρὴ πρότερον διελέσθαι ἕκαστα ἐν τάξει καὶ ἐν εὐθημοσύνῃ τινί· κἄπειτα ἐπειδὰν δοκῇ ἤδη εὖ ἔχειν, τότε καὶ δεῖ ἐπιχειρεῖν εἰπεῖν κοσμίως, ἄλλως δὲ μὴ, ἢ τῷ πρωϊαίτερον πρὶν τὰ πρῶτα γενέσθαι ἁπτομένῳ σποδὸς ὁ θησαυρὸς γίνεσθαι λέγεται.
“Ton mellonta de synēsein theou peri prōtou kai deuterou chrē proteron dielesthai hekasta en taxei kai en euthēmosynę̄ tini; kapeita epeidan dokę̄ ēdē eu echein, tote kai dei epicheirein eipein kosmiōs, allōs de mē, ē tǭ prōïaiteron prin ta prōta genesthai haptomenǭ spodos ho thēsauros ginesthai legetai.
“Whoever is to understand about the first and the second God must first distinguish each thing in order and with a certain good arrangement; and then, when it seems to be in good shape, he must attempt to speak in an orderly way, and not otherwise; or else, for one who lays hold too early, before the first things are in place, the treasure, as they say, turns to ashes.
11.18.2Dindorf 2:38
μὴ δὴ πάθωμεν ἡμεῖς ταὐτόν· θεὸν δὲ προσκαλεσάμενοι, ἑαυτοῦ γνώμονα γενόμενον τῷ λόγῳ, δεῖξαι θησαυρὸν φροντίδων, ἀρχώμεθα οὕτως. εὐκτέον μὲν ἤδη, διελέσθαι δὲ δεῖ.
mē dē pathōmen hēmeis tauton; theon de proskalesamenoi, heautou gnōmona genomenon tǭ logǭ, deixai thēsauron phrontidōn, archōmetha houtōs. eukteon men ēdē, dielesthai de dei.
Let us not suffer the same; but calling on God to become the guide of our discourse about himself and to show us a treasure of thoughts, let us begin thus. We must pray now, but we must also make distinctions.
11.18.3Dindorf 2:38
ὁ θεὸς ὁ μὲν πρῶτος ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὢν ἐστιν ἁπλοῦς, διὰ τὸ ἑαυτῷ συγγινόμενος διόλου μή ποτε εἶναι διαιρετός· ὁ θεὸς μέντοι ὁ δεύτερος καὶ τρίτος ἐστὶν εἶς· συμ- φερόμενος δὲ τῇ ὕλῃ δυάδι οὔσῃ ἑνοῖ μὲν αὐτὴν, σχίζεται δὲ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, ἐπιθυμητικὸν ἦθος ἐχούσης καὶ ῥεούσης.
ho theos ho men prōtos en heautǭ ōn estin haplous, dia to heautǭ synginomenos diolou mē pote einai diairetos; ho theos mentoi ho deuteros kai tritos estin eis; sym- pheromenos de tę̄ hylę̄ dyadi ousę̄ henoi men autēn, schizetai de hypʼ autēs, epithymētikon ēthos echousēs kai rheousēs.
The first God, being in himself, is simple, because, being wholly united with himself, he is never divisible. The God who is second and third, however, is one; but coming into contact with matter, which is a dyad, he unifies it, but is split by it, since it has a desiring character and is in flux.
11.18.4Dindorf 2:38
τῷ οὖν μὴ εἶναι πρὸς τῷ νοητῷ, ἦν γὰρ ἂν πρὸς ἑαυτῷ, διὰ τὸ τὴν ὕλην βλέπειν, ταύτης ἐπιμελούμενος ἀπερίοπτος ἑαυτοῦ γίνεται.
tǭ oun mē einai pros tǭ noētǭ, ēn gar an pros heautǭ, dia to tēn hylēn blepein, tautēs epimeloumenos aperioptos heautou ginetai.
Because he is not turned toward the intelligible (for then he would be turned toward himself), through looking at matter and caring for it he becomes neglectful of himself.
11.18.5Dindorf 2:38
καὶ ἅπτεται τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ καὶ περιέπει, ἀνάγει τε ἔτι εἰς τὸ ἴδιον ἦθος ἐπορεξάμενος τῆς ὕλης.”
kai haptetai tou aisthētou kai periepei, anagei te eti eis to idion ēthos eporexamenos tēs hylēs.”
And he touches the sensible and tends it, and still raises it up to his own character, having reached out toward matter.”
11.18.6Dindorf 2:38
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερά φησι “Καὶ γὰρ οὔτε δημιουργεῖν ἐστι χρεὼν τὸν πρῶτον, καὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦντος δὲ θεοῦ χρὴ εἶναι νομίζεσθαι πατέρα τὸν πρῶτον θεόν.
Kai methʼ hetera phēsi “Kai gar oute dēmiourgein esti chreōn ton prōton, kai tou dēmiourgountos de theou chrē einai nomizesthai patera ton prōton theon.
And after other things he says: “For the first God must not create, and the first God must be thought to be the father of the creating God.
11.18.7Dindorf 2:38–39
εἰ μὲν οὖν περὶ τοῦ δημιουργικοῦ ζητοῖμεν, φάσκοντες δεῖν τὸν πρότερον ὑπάρξαντα, οὕτως ἂν ποιεῖν ἔχειν διαφε- ρόντως, οἰκεία ἡ πρόσοδος αὕτη γεγονυῖα ἂν εἴη τοῦ λόγου· εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ μή ἐστιν ὁ λόγος, ζητοῦμεν δὲ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου, ἀφοσιοῦμαί τε τὰ λεχθέντα καὶ ἔστω μὲν ἐκεῖνα ἄρρητα, μέτειμι δὲ ἑλεῖν τὸν λόγον, ἑτέρωθεν θηράσας.
ei men oun peri tou dēmiourgikou zētoimen, phaskontes dein ton proteron hyparxanta, houtōs an poiein echein diaphe- rontōs, oikeia hē prosodos hautē gegonuia an eiē tou logou; ei de peri tou dēmiourgou mē estin ho logos, zētoumen de peri tou prōtou, aphosioumai te ta lechthenta kai estō men ekeina arrēta, meteimi de helein ton logon, heterōthen thērasas.
If, then, we were inquiring about the creative principle, saying that the one who existed first ought in this way to be especially fitted to make, this approach would be the proper one for the argument. But if the discussion is not about the Creator, and we are inquiring about the First, I retract what has been said, and let those things be unspoken; and I shall go on to capture the argument, hunting it from another side.
11.18.8Dindorf 2:39
πρὸ μέντοι τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἁλώσεως διομολογησώμεθα ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ὁμολογίαν οὐκ ἀμφισβητήσιμον ἀκοῦσαι, τὸν μὲν πρῶτον θεὸν ἀργὸν εἶναι ἔργων ξυμπάντων καὶ βασιλέα, τὸν δημιουργικὸν δὲ θεὸν ἡγεμονεῖν διʼ οὐρανοῦ ἰόντα.
pro mentoi tou logou tēs halōseōs diomologēsōmetha hēmin autois homologian ouk amphisbētēsimon akousai, ton men prōton theon argon einai ergōn xympantōn kai basilea, ton dēmiourgikon de theon hēgemonein diʼ ouranou ionta.
But before the capture of the argument, let us agree among ourselves on a statement not open to dispute: that the first God is idle of all works and is king, while the creative God governs, travelling through heaven.
11.18.9Dindorf 2:39
διὰ δὲ τούτου καὶ ὁ στόλος ἡμῖν ἐστι, κάτω τοῦ νοῦ πεμπομένου ἐν διεξόδῳ πᾶσι τοῖς κοινωνῆσαι συντεταγμένοις.
dia de toutou kai ho stolos hēmin esti, katō tou nou pempomenou en diexodǭ pasi tois koinōnēsai syntetagmenois.
Through him our voyage too takes place, as Mind is sent down in passage to all who are appointed to share in it.
11.18.10Dindorf 2:39
βλέποντος μὲν οὑν καὶ ἐπεστραμμένου πρὸς ἡμῶν ἕκαστον τοῦ θεοῦ συμβαίνει ζῆν τε καὶ βιώσκεσθαι τότε τὰ σώματα, κηδεύοντος τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς ἀκροβολισμοῖς· μεταστρέφοντος δὲ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ περιωπὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα μὲν ἀποσβέννυσθαι, τὸν δὲ νοῦν ζῆν βίου ἐπαυρόμενον εὐδαίμονος.”
blepontos men houn kai epestrammenou pros hēmōn hekaston tou theou symbainei zēn te kai biōskesthai tote ta sōmata, kēdeuontos tou theou tois akrobolismois; metastrephontos de eis tēn heautou periōpēn tou theou tauta men aposbennysthai, ton de noun zēn biou epauromenon eudaimonos.”
When God looks at each of us and is turned toward us, bodies then live and are quickened, God tending them with his rays; but when God turns away to his own watch-tower, these are extinguished, while Mind lives, enjoying a blessed life.”
11.18.11Dindorf 2:39
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Νουμήνιος. σὺ δέ γε παράθες αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Δαβὶδ προφητείας πάλαι παρʼ Ἑβραίοις τοῦτον ᾀδόμενα τὸν τρόπον “ ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, κύριε· πάντα ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας. ἐπληρώθη ἡ γῆ τῆς κτίσεώς σου· πάντα πρός σε προσδοκῶσι, δοῦναι τὴν τροφὴν αὐτοῖς εἰς εὔκαιρον. δόντος σου αὐτοῖς συλλέξουσιν, ἀνοίξαντος δέ σου τὴν χεῖρα τὰ πάντα πληρωθήσεται χρηστότητος. ἀποστρέψαντος δέ σου τὸ πρόσωπον ταραχθήσονται. ἀντανελεῖς τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκλείψουσι καὶ εἰς τὸν χοῦν αὑτῶν ἐπιστρέψουσιν. ἐξαποστελεῖς τὸ πνεῦμά σου, καὶ κτισθήσονται, καὶ ἀνακαινιεῖς τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς.”
Tauta men ho Noumēnios. sy de ge parathes autois ta apo tēs tou Dabid prophēteias palai parʼ Hebraiois touton ądomena ton tropon “ hōs emegalynthē ta erga sou, kyrie; panta en sophią epoiēsas. eplērōthē hē gē tēs ktiseōs sou; panta pros se prosdokōsi, dounai tēn trophēn autois eis eukairon. dontos sou autois syllexousin, anoixantos de sou tēn cheira ta panta plērōthēsetai chrēstotētos. apostrepsantos de sou to prosōpon tarachthēsontai. antaneleis to pneuma autōn, kai ekleipsousi kai eis ton choun hautōn epistrepsousin. exaposteleis to pneuma sou, kai ktisthēsontai, kai anakainieis to prosōpon tēs gēs.”
So Numenius. But set beside his words those sung long ago among the Hebrews in the prophecy of David in this way: “How great are your works, O Lord! In wisdom you have made all things; the earth is filled with your creation. All things wait for you, to give them their food in due season. When you give it to them, they will gather it; and when you open your hand, all things will be filled with goodness. But when you turn away your face, they will be troubled; you will take away their spirit, and they will fail and return to their dust. You will send forth your spirit, and they will be created, and you will renew the face of the earth.”
11.18.12Dindorf 2:39–40
τί γὰρ ταῦτα διαφέροι ἂν τῆς φασκούσης τοῦ φιλοσόφου διανοίας ὡς ἄρα “ βλέποντος μὲν καὶ ἐπεστραμμένου πρὸς ἡμῶν ἕκαστον τοῦ θεοῦ συμβαίνει ζῆν τε καὶ βιώσκεσθαι τότε τὰ σώματα κηδεύοντος τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς ἀκροβολισμοῖς, μεταστρέφοντος δὲ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ περιωπὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα ἀποσβέννυσθαι;”
ti gar tauta diapheroi an tēs phaskousēs tou philosophou dianoias hōs ara “ blepontos men kai epestrammenou pros hēmōn hekaston tou theou symbainei zēn te kai biōskesthai tote ta sōmata kēdeuontos tou theou tois akrobolismois, metastrephontos de eis tēn heautou periōpēn tou theou tauta aposbennysthai?”
For how would these differ from the philosopher’s thought, which says that “when God looks at each of us and is turned toward us, bodies then live and are quickened, God tending them with his rays; but when God turns away to his own watch-tower, these are extinguished”?
11.18.13Dindorf 2:40
Πάλιν δʼ αὖ τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου παρʼ ἡμῖν φάντος “ ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος, ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργὸς, ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα” ὁ Νουμήνιος ἐπάκουσον οἷα περὶ τοῦ δευτέρου αἰτίου θεολογεῖ
Palin dʼ au tou sōtēriou logou parʼ hēmin phantos “ egō eimi hē ampelos, ho patēr mou ho geōrgos, hymeis ta klēmata” ho Noumēnios epakouson hoia peri tou deuterou aitiou theologei
Again, since the saving Word has said among us, “I am the vine, my Father is the husbandman, you are the branches,” hear what Numenius teaches about the second cause:
11.18.14Dindorf 2:40
“Ὥσπερ δὲ πάλιν λόγος ἐστὶ γεωργῷ πρὸς τὸν φυτεύοντα ἀναφερόμενος, τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον μάλιστά ἐστιν ὁ πρῶτος θεὸς πρὸς τὸν δημιουργόν. ὁ μέν γε ὢν σπέρμα πάσης ψυχῆς σπείρει εἰς τὰ μεταλαγχάνοντα αὐτοῦ χρήματα σύμπαντα· ὁ νομοθέτης δὲ φυτεύει καὶ διανέμει καὶ μεταφυτεύει εἰς ἡμᾶς ἑκάστους τὰ ἐκεῖθεν προκαταβεβλημένα.”
“Hōsper de palin logos esti geōrgǭ pros ton phyteuonta anapheromenos, ton auton logon malista estin ho prōtos theos pros ton dēmiourgon. ho men ge ōn sperma pasēs psychēs speirei eis ta metalanchanonta autou chrēmata sympanta; ho nomothetēs de phyteuei kai dianemei kai metaphyteuei eis hēmas hekastous ta ekeithen prokatabeblēmena.”
“And again, as the husbandman is related to the planter, in the same way above all is the first God related to the Demiurge. For he, being the seed of every soul, sows it into all things that partake of him; while the lawgiver plants and distributes and transplants into each of us what has been sown beforehand from there.”
11.18.15Dindorf 2:40
Καὶ ἑξῆς δὲ πάλιν περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου τὸ δεύτερον ὑπέστη τοιάδε φησίν “Ὁπόσα δὲ δοθέντα μέτεισι πρὸς τὸν λαμβάνοντα, ἀπελθόντα ἐκ τοῦ δεδωκότος, ἐστὶ θεραπεία, χρήματα, νόμισμα κοῖλον, ἐπίσημον· ταυτὶ μὲν οὖν ἐστι θνητὰ καὶ ἀνθρώπινα, τὰ δὲ θεῖά ἐστιν οἶα μεταδοθέντα ἐνθένδʼ ἐκεῖθι γεγενημένα, ἐνθένδε τε οὐκ ἀπελήλυθε, κἀκεῖθι γενόμενα τὸν μὲν ὤνησε, τὸν δʼ οὐκ ἔβλαψε, καὶ προσώνησε τῇ περὶ ὧν ἠπίστατο ἀναμνήσει.
Kai hexēs de palin peri tou pōs apo tou prōtou aitiou to deuteron hypestē toiade phēsin “Hoposa de dothenta meteisi pros ton lambanonta, apelthonta ek tou dedōkotos, esti therapeia, chrēmata, nomisma koilon, episēmon; tauti men oun esti thnēta kai anthrōpina, ta de theia estin oia metadothenta enthendʼ ekeithi gegenēmena, enthende te ouk apelēlythe, kakeithi genomena ton men ōnēse, ton dʼ ouk eblapse, kai prosōnēse tę̄ peri hōn ēpistato anamnēsei.
And next, again, on how the second came to exist from the first cause, he says this: “Whatever things, when given, pass to the receiver and depart from the giver, are service, goods, money, coin minted and stamped; these are mortal and human. But divine things are such that, when imparted, they come to be there from here, yet have not departed from here; and having come there they benefit the one and do not harm the other, and further benefit him by recollection of what he knew.
11.18.16Dindorf 2:40
ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ καλὸν χρῆμα ἐπιστήμη ἡ καλὴ, ἧς ὤνατο μὲν ὁ λαβὼν, οὐκ ἀπολείπεται δʼ αὐτῆς ὁ δεδωκώς. οἷον ἂν ἴδοις ἐξαφθέντα ἀφʼ ἑτέρου λύχνου λύχνον φῶς ἔχοντα, ὃ μὴ τὸν πρότερον ἀφείλατο, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ ὕλης πρὸς τὸ ἐκείνου πῦρ ἐξαφθείσης.
esti de touto to kalon chrēma epistēmē hē kalē, hēs ōnato men ho labōn, ouk apoleipetai dʼ autēs ho dedōkōs. hoion an idois exaphthenta aphʼ heterou lychnou lychnon phōs echonta, ho mē ton proteron apheilato, alla tēs en autǭ hylēs pros to ekeinou pyr exaphtheisēs.
This fine possession is fine knowledge, which benefits the receiver while the giver is not deprived of it. As you might see a lamp lit from another lamp having light, which has not robbed the first, but its own material was kindled from that one’s fire.
11.18.17Dindorf 2:40–41
τοιοῦτον τὸ χρῆμά ἐστι τὸ τῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἣ δοθεῖσα καὶ ληφθεῖσα παραμένει μὲν τῷ δεδωκότι, σύνεστι δὲ τῷ λαβόντι ἡ αὐτή.
toiouton to chrēma esti to tēs epistēmēs, hē dotheisa kai lēphtheisa paramenei men tǭ dedōkoti, synesti de tǭ labonti hē autē.
Such is the possession of knowledge: given and received, it remains with the giver and is present the same with the receiver.
11.18.18Dindorf 2:41
τούτου δὲ τὸ αἴτιον, ὦ ξένε, οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπινον· ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἕξις τε καὶ οὐσία ἡ ἔχουσα τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἡ αὐτή ἐστι παρά τε τῷ δεδωκότι θεῷ καὶ παρὰ τῷ εἰληφότι ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί.
toutou de to aition, ō xene, ouden estin anthrōpinon; allʼ hoti hexis te kai ousia hē echousa tēn epistēmēn hē autē esti para te tǭ dedōkoti theǭ kai para tǭ eilēphoti emoi kai soi.
The cause of this, stranger, is nothing human; but that the state and substance that possesses knowledge is the same both in God who gave it and in me and you who received it.
11.18.19Dindorf 2:41
διὸ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τὴν σοφίαν ὑπὸ Προμηθέως ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἀνθρώπους μετὰ φανοτάτου τινὸς πυρὸς ἔφη.” Καὶ πάλιν ὑποβὰς ἐξῆς φησιν
dio kai ho Platōn tēn sophian hypo Promētheōs elthein eis anthrōpous meta phanotatou tinos pyros ephē.” Kai palin hypobas exēs phēsin
That is why Plato too said that wisdom came to men from Prometheus with a most brilliant fire.” And again going on next he says:
11.18.20Dindorf 2:41
“ Εἰσὶ δʼ οὗτοι βίοι ὁ μὲν πρώτου, ὁ δὲ δευτέρου θεοῦ. δηλονότι ὁ μὲν πρῶτος θεὸς ἔσται ἑστὼς, ὁ δὲ δεύτερος ἔμπαλίν ἐστι κινούμενος. ὁ μὲν οὖν πρῶτος περὶ τὰ νοητὰ, ὁ δὲ δεύτερος περὶ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ αἰσθητά.
“ Eisi dʼ houtoi bioi ho men prōtou, ho de deuterou theou. dēlonoti ho men prōtos theos estai hestōs, ho de deuteros empalin esti kinoumenos. ho men oun prōtos peri ta noēta, ho de deuteros peri ta noēta kai aisthēta.
“These are the lives, the one of the first, the other of the second God. Clearly the first God will be stationary, while the second, on the contrary, is in motion. The first is concerned with intelligible things, the second with intelligible and sensible.
11.18.21Dindorf 2:41
μὴ θαυμάσῃς δʼ εἰ τοῦτʼ ἔφην· πολὺ γὰρ ἔτι θαυμαστότερον ἀκούσῃ. ἀντὶ γὰρ τῆς προσούσης τῷ δευτέρῳ κινήσεως τὴν προσοῦσαν τῷ πρώτῳ στάσιν φημὶ εἶναι κίνησιν σύμφυτον, ἀφʼ ἧς ἥ τε τάξις τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ἡ μονὴ ἀίδιος καὶ ἡ σωτηρία ἀναχεῖται εἰς τὰ ὅλα.”
mē thaumasę̄s dʼ ei toutʼ ephēn; poly gar eti thaumastoteron akousę̄. anti gar tēs prosousēs tǭ deuterǭ kinēseōs tēn prosousan tǭ prōtǭ stasin phēmi einai kinēsin symphyton, aphʼ hēs hē te taxis tou kosmou kai hē monē aidios kai hē sōtēria anacheitai eis ta hola.”
Do not be surprised that I said this; you will hear something far more surprising. Instead of the motion belonging to the second, I say that the rest belonging to the first is an innate motion, from which the order of the cosmos, its eternal permanence, and its preservation are poured out upon the universe.”
11.18.22Dindorf 2:41
Ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ ἐν τῷ ἕκτῳ προστίθησι ταῦτα “Ἐπειδὴ ᾔδει ὁ Πλάτων παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸν μὲν δημιουργὸν γινωσκόμενον μόνον, τὸν μέντοι πρῶτον νοῦν, ὅστις καλεῖται αὐτὸ ὂν, παντάπασιν ἀγνοούμενον παρʼ αὐτοῖς, διὰ τοῦτο οὕτως εἶπεν, ὥσπερ ἄν τις οὕτω λέγοι,
Epi toutois kai en tǭ hektǭ prostithēsi tauta “Epeidē ę̄dei ho Platōn para tois anthrōpois ton men dēmiourgon ginōskomenon monon, ton mentoi prōton noun, hostis kaleitai auto on, pantapasin agnooumenon parʼ autois, dia touto houtōs eipen, hōsper an tis houtō legoi,
Besides this, in the sixth book too he adds this: “Since Plato knew that among men only the Demiurge is known, while the first Mind, which is called Being itself, is wholly unknown among them, he therefore spoke as though one were to say thus:
11.18.23Dindorf 2:41
Ὦ ἄνθρωποι, ὃν τοπάζετε ὑμεῖς νοῦν οὐκ ἔστι πρῶτος, ἀλλὰ ἕτερος πρὸ τούτου νοῦς πρεσβύτερος καὶ θειότερος.”
Ō anthrōpoi, hon topazete hymeis noun ouk esti prōtos, alla heteros pro toutou nous presbyteros kai theioteros.”
‘O men, the Mind you conjecture is not the first; there is another Mind before this, older and more divine.’”
11.18.24Dindorf 2:41–42
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει “ Κυβερνήτης μέν που ἐν μέσῳ πελάγει φορούμενος ὑπὲρ πηδαλίων ὑψίζυγος τοῖς οἴαξι διιθύνει τὴν ναῦν ἐφεζόμενος, ὄμματα δʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ νοῦς εὐθὺ τοῦ αἰθέρος ξυντέταται πρὸς τὰ μετάρσια, καὶ ἡ ὁδὸς αὐτῷ ἄνω διʼ οὐρανοῦ ἄπεισι, πλέοντι κάτω κατὰ τὴν θάλατταν· οὕτω καὶ ὁ δημιουργὸς τὴν ὕλην, τοῦ μήτε διακροῦσαι μήτε ἀποπλαγχθῆναι αὐτὴν, ἁρμονίᾳ ξυνδησάμενος αὐτὸς μὲν ὑπὲρ ταύτης ἔδρυται, οἷον ὑπὲρ νεὼς ἐπὶ θαλάττης, τῆς ὕλης· τὴν ἁρμονίαν δὲ ἰθύνει, ταῖς ἰδέαις οἰακίζων, βλέπει τε ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰς τὸν ἄνω θεὸν προσαγόμενον αὐτοῦ τὰ ὄμματα, λαμβάνει τε τὸ μὲν κριτικὸν ἀπὸ τῆς θεωρίας, τὸ δὲ ὁρμητικὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐφέσεως.”
Kai methʼ hetera epilegei “ Kybernētēs men pou en mesǭ pelagei phoroumenos hyper pēdaliōn hypsizygos tois oiaxi diithynei tēn naun ephezomenos, ommata dʼ autou kai nous euthy tou aitheros xyntetatai pros ta metarsia, kai hē hodos autǭ anō diʼ ouranou apeisi, pleonti katō kata tēn thalattan; houtō kai ho dēmiourgos tēn hylēn, tou mēte diakrousai mēte apoplanchthēnai autēn, harmonią xyndēsamenos autos men hyper tautēs edrytai, hoion hyper neōs epi thalattēs, tēs hylēs; tēn harmonian de ithynei, tais ideais oiakizōn, blepei te anti tou ouranou eis ton anō theon prosagomenon autou ta ommata, lambanei te to men kritikon apo tēs theōrias, to de hormētikon apo tēs epheseōs.”
And after other things he adds: “A helmsman, borne along in the middle of the sea, sitting high above the rudders, steers the ship with the tillers; but his eyes and mind are stretched straight up to the ether, to the things on high, and his course goes up through heaven while he sails below on the sea. So too the Demiurge, binding matter with harmony so that it may neither break apart nor wander off, is himself seated above it, as above a ship on the sea, namely matter; he steers the harmony, guiding it by the Ideas, and instead of heaven he looks to the God above, who draws his eyes upward; and he takes his power of judgment from contemplation and his impulse from desire.”
11.18.25Dindorf 2:42
Καὶ ὁ σωτήριος παρʼ ἡμῖν λόγος “οὐδὲν, φησὶ, δύναται ὁ υἱὸς ποιεῖν ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ, ἐὰν μή τι βλέπῃ τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα.” ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοσαῦτα καὶ περὶ τοῦδε ὁ Νουμήνιος. ὅτι δὲ οὐκ οἰκεῖα, τὰ δὲ Πλάτωνι δοκοῦντα διεσάφει, οὐδὲν ἐπιλέγειν δεῖ ταῖς αὐτοῦ φωναῖς.
Kai ho sōtērios parʼ hēmin logos “ouden, phēsi, dynatai ho huios poiein aphʼ heautou, ean mē ti blepę̄ ton patera poiounta.” alla gar tosauta kai peri toude ho Noumēnios. hoti de ouk oikeia, ta de Platōni dokounta diesaphei, ouden epilegein dei tais autou phōnais.
And the saving Word among us says: “The Son can do nothing of himself, unless he sees the Father doing something.” But so much for Numenius on this too. That he was explaining not his own views but Plato’s, there is no need to add to his own words.
11.18.26Dindorf 2:42
ὁ δέ γε Πλάτων ὅτι μὴ πρῶτος ταῖσδε κέχρηται ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, φθάνουσι δʼ αὐτὸν προειληφότες Ἑβραίων οἱ σοφοὶ, δέδεικται διὰ τῶν ἐκτεθειμένων. εἰκότως δῆτα καὶ τῶν νέων φιλοσόφων διαφανὴς γεγονὼς Ἀμέλιος, τῆς Πλάτωνος καὶ αὐτὸς, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, ζηλωτὴς φιλοσοφίας, πλὴν ἀλλὰ βάρβαρον ὀνομάσας τὸν Ἑβραῖον θεολόγον, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐξ ὀνόματος ἠξίωσε τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ Ἰωάννου μνήμην ποιήσασθαι, ἐπιμαρτυρεῖ δʼ οὖν ὅμως ταῖς αὐτοῦ φωναῖς, αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα πρὸς ῥῆμα γράφων
ho de ge Platōn hoti mē prōtos taisde kechrētai tais epibolais, phthanousi dʼ auton proeilēphotes Hebraiōn hoi sophoi, dedeiktai dia tōn ektetheimenōn. eikotōs dēta kai tōn neōn philosophōn diaphanēs gegonōs Amelios, tēs Platōnos kai autos, ei kai tis allos, zēlōtēs philosophias, plēn alla barbaron onomasas ton Hebraion theologon, ei kai mē ex onomatos ēxiōse tou euangelistou Iōannou mnēmēn poiēsasthai, epimartyrei dʼ oun homōs tais autou phōnais, auta dē tauta pros rhēma graphōn
And that Plato was not the first to use these conceptions, but the wise men of the Hebrews anticipated him, has been shown by what has been set out. With good reason, then, Amelius, who became distinguished among the recent philosophers, a zealous follower of Plato’s philosophy if anyone was, though he called the Hebrew theologian a barbarian, and even if he did not think fit to mention John the evangelist by name, nevertheless bears witness to his words, writing these very words:
Preparation 11, chapter 19
11.19.1Dindorf 2:42–43
“Καὶ οὗτος ἄρα ἦν ὁ λόγος καθʼ ὃν αἰεὶ ὄντα τὰ γινόμενα ἐγίνετο, ὡς ἂν καὶ ὁ Ἡράκλειτος ἀξιώσειε, καὶ νὴ Δίʼ ὃν ὁ βάρβαρος ἀξιοῖ ἐν τῇ τῆς ἀρχῆς τάξει τε καὶ ἀξίᾳ καθεστηκότα πρὸς θεὸν εἶναι καὶ θεὸν εἶναι· διʼ οὗ πάνθʼ ἁπλῶς γεγενῆ- σθαι· ἐν ᾧ τὸ γενόμενον ζῶν καὶ ζωὴν καὶ ὂν πεφυκέναι· καὶ εἰς τὰ σώματα πίπτειν, καὶ σάρκα ἐνδυσάμενον φαντάζεσθαι ἄνθρωπον, μετὰ τοῦ καὶ τηνικαῦτα δεικνύειν τῆς φύσεως τὸ μεγαλεῖον· ἀμέλει καὶ ἀναλυθέντα πάλιν ἀποθεοῦσθαι, καὶ θεὸν εἶναι, οἷος ἦν πρὸ τοῦ εἰς τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν σάρκα καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον καταχθῆναι. ”
“Kai houtos ara ēn ho logos kathʼ hon aiei onta ta ginomena egineto, hōs an kai ho Hērakleitos axiōseie, kai nē Diʼ hon ho barbaros axioi en tę̄ tēs archēs taxei te kai axią kathestēkota pros theon einai kai theon einai; diʼ hou panthʼ haplōs gegenē- sthai; en hǭ to genomenon zōn kai zōēn kai on pephykenai; kai eis ta sōmata piptein, kai sarka endysamenon phantazesthai anthrōpon, meta tou kai tēnikauta deiknyein tēs physeōs to megaleion; amelei kai analythenta palin apotheousthai, kai theon einai, hoios ēn pro tou eis to sōma kai tēn sarka kai ton anthrōpon katachthēnai. ”
“And this, then, was the Word, by whom the things that came to be, being always, came to be, as Heraclitus too would hold; and, by Zeus, the one whom the barbarian holds, established in the rank and dignity of the beginning, to be with God and to be God; through whom all things without exception came to be; in whom what came to be has its nature as living and life and being; and who falls into bodies, and, having put on flesh, appears as a man, while even then showing the greatness of his nature; and indeed, when released again, is deified and is God, such as he was before he was brought down into the body, the flesh, and the man.”
11.19.2Dindorf 2:43
Ταῦτʼ οὐκέτʼ ἐπεσκιασμένως, ἀλλʼ ἄντικρυς ἤδη γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ μεταπεφρασμένα ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου θεολογίας δῆλα ἂν εἴη. ὁ δέ γε βάρβαρος τίς ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ μὴ ὁ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελιστὴς Ἰωάννης, Ἑβραῖος ὢν ἐξ Ἑβραίων;
Tautʼ ouketʼ epeskiasmenōs, allʼ antikrys ēdē gymnę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄ metapephrasmena ek tēs barbarou theologias dēla an eiē. ho de ge barbaros tis ēn autǭ ei mē ho tou sōtēros hēmōn euangelistēs Iōannēs, Hebraios ōn ex Hebraiōn?
These words would be plainly seen to have been paraphrased from the barbarian theology, no longer veiled but now openly, with uncovered head. And who was his barbarian but John, the evangelist of our Saviour, a Hebrew of the Hebrews?
11.19.3Dindorf 2:43
ὅς που ἀρχόμενος τῆς οἰκείας γραφῆς ὧδέ πη θεολογεῖ “ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος· καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν. καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος· οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν. πάντα διʼ αὐτὸν ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν, ὃ γέγονεν. ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός.”
hos pou archomenos tēs oikeias graphēs hōde pē theologei “en archę̄ ēn ho logos; kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon. kai theos ēn ho logos; houtos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon. panta diʼ auton egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen, ho gegonen. en autǭ zōē ēn, kai hē zōē ēn to phōs tōn anthrōpōn. kai ho logos sarx egeneto, kai eskēnōsen en hēmin, kai etheasametha tēn doxan autou, doxan hōs monogenous para patros.”
At the beginning of his own writing he speaks of God somewhat thus: “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. He was in the beginning with God. All things came to be through him, and without him nothing came to be that has come to be. In him was life, and the life was the light of men. And the Word became flesh and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the Father.”
11.19.4Dindorf 2:43
τοῦ δʼ αὐτοῦ πέρι καὶ ἄλλος Ἑβραίων θεολόγος ἐπάκουσον οἷα διέξεισιν ‘ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως, ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε ὁρατὰ εἴτε ἀόρατα· καὶ πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ συνέστηκε, καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη, τά τε ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα.”
tou dʼ autou peri kai allos Hebraiōn theologos epakouson hoia diexeisin ‘hos estin eikōn tou theou tou aoratou, prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs, hoti en autǭ ektisthē ta panta ta en tois ouranois kai ta epi tēs gēs, eite horata eite aorata; kai panta diʼ autou synestēke, kai ta panta en autǭ ektisthē, ta te horata kai ta aorata.”
And hear what another theologian of the Hebrews relates about the same: “Who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation; for in him were created all things in the heavens and on earth, visible and invisible; and all things hold together through him, and all things were created in him, visible and invisible.”
11.19.5Dindorf 2:43
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς τοῦ δευτέρου αἰτίου συστάσεως τε καὶ οὐσιώσεως ὧδε τοῖς Ἑλλήνων σοφοῖς πρὸς τὰ Ἑβραίων συμπεφώνηται. μετίωμεν δῆτα καὶ ἐφʼ ἕτερα.
alla kai ta peri tēs tou deuterou aitiou systaseōs te kai ousiōseōs hōde tois Hellēnōn sophois pros ta Hebraiōn sympephōnētai. metiōmen dēta kai ephʼ hetera.
So also on the existence and substance of the second cause the wise men of the Greeks agree with the Hebrews. Let us pass on to other matters.
Preparation 11, chapter 20
11.20.1Dindorf 2:43–44
Τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις λογίων μετὰ τὸν περὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ λόγον ἐν τρίτῃ τάξει τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα καταλεγόντων, καὶ τήν γε ἁγίαν καὶ μακαρίαν τριάδα τοῦτον ὑποτιθεμένων τὸν τρόπον, ὡς ἂν τῆς τρίτης δυνάμεως πᾶσαν ὑπερβεβηκυίας γενητὴν φύσιν, οὖσάν τε πρώτην μὲν τῶν διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ συστασῶν νοερῶν οὐσιῶν, τρίτην δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου, θέα ὅπως καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τοιαῦτά τινα ᾐνίξατο διὰ τῆς πρὸς Διονύσιον ἐπιστολῆς λέγων
Tōn parʼ Hebraiois logiōn meta ton peri patros kai huiou logon en tritę̄ taxei to hagion pneuma katalegontōn, kai tēn ge hagian kai makarian triada touton hypotithemenōn ton tropon, hōs an tēs tritēs dynameōs pasan hyperbebēkuias genētēn physin, ousan te prōtēn men tōn dia tou huiou systasōn noerōn ousiōn, tritēn de apo tou prōtou aitiou, thea hopōs kai ho Platōn toiauta tina ę̄nixato dia tēs pros Dionysion epistolēs legōn
The oracles of the Hebrews, after the teaching about Father and Son, list the Holy Spirit in the third rank, and set forth the holy and blessed Trinity in this way: the third power transcends all created nature, and is the first of the intelligent substances that came to exist through the Son, and third from the first cause. See how Plato too hinted at some such things in his letter to Dionysius, saying:
11.20.2Dindorf 2:44
“ Φραστέον δή σοι διʼ αἰνιγμῶν, ἵνʼ ἄν τι δέλτος ἢ πόντου ἢ γῆς ἐν πτυχαῖς πάθῃ, ὁ ἀναγνοὺς μὴ γνῷ. ὧδε γὰρ ἔχει· περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα πάντʼ ἐστὶ, καὶ ἐκείνου ἕνεκα πάντα, καὶ ἐκεῖνο αἴτιον ἀπάντων καλῶν· δεύτερον δὲ περὶ τὰ δεύτερα καὶ τρίτον περὶ τὰ τρίτα. ἡ οὖν ἀνθρωπίνη ψυχὴ περὶ αὐτὰ ὀρέγεται μαθεῖν ποῖα ἄττα ἐστὶ, βλέπουσα εἰς τὰ αὐτῆς συγγενῆ.”
“ Phrasteon dē soi diʼ ainigmōn, hinʼ an ti deltos ē pontou ē gēs en ptychais pathę̄, ho anagnous mē gnǭ. hōde gar echei; peri ton pantōn basilea pantʼ esti, kai ekeinou heneka panta, kai ekeino aition apantōn kalōn; deuteron de peri ta deutera kai triton peri ta trita. hē oun anthrōpinē psychē peri auta oregetai mathein poia atta esti, blepousa eis ta autēs syngenē.”
“I must tell you in riddles, so that if the tablet should meet with any accident in the folds of sea or land, whoever reads it may not understand. It is thus: all things are about the King of all, and all things are for his sake, and he is the cause of all fine things; and the second is about the second things, and the third about the third. The human soul, then, longs to learn about them what sort they are, looking to the things akin to itself.”
11.20.3Dindorf 2:44
Ταῦτα οἱ τὸν Πλάτωνα διασαφεῖν πειρώμενοι ἐπὶ τὸν πρῶτον θεὸν ἀνάγουσιν, ἐπί τε τὸ δεύτερον αἴτιον καὶ τρίτον τὴν τοῦ κόσμου ψυχὴν, θεὸν τρίτον καὶ αὐτὴν ὁριζόμενοι εἶναι· οἱ δέ γε θεῖοι λόγοι τὴν ἁγίαν καὶ μακαρίαν τριάδα, πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ἐν ἀρχῆς λόγῳ τάττουσι κατὰ τὰ ἀποδεδομένα. Ἕπεται τούτοις τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐξετάσαι οὐσίαν.
Tauta hoi ton Platōna diasaphein peirōmenoi epi ton prōton theon anagousin, epi te to deuteron aition kai triton tēn tou kosmou psychēn, theon triton kai autēn horizomenoi einai; hoi de ge theioi logoi tēn hagian kai makarian triada, patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos, en archēs logǭ tattousi kata ta apodedomena. Hepetai toutois tēn tou agathou exetasai ousian.
Those who try to explain Plato refer these words to the first God, to the second cause, and third to the soul of the world, defining it too as a third God. But the divine oracles place the holy and blessed Trinity of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit in the rank of the first principle, in the way that has been set out. Next it follows to examine the nature of the Good.
Preparation 11, chapter 21
11.21.1Dindorf 2:44–45
Τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις θείας γραφῆς διαφόρως τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ οὐσίαν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲν ἄλλο εἷναι ἢ θεὸν διδασκούσης, διʼ ὧν τέ φησιν “ἀγαθὸς κύριος πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπομένουσιν αὐτόν· ψυχῇ, ἣ ἐκζητήσει αὐτόν·” καὶ “ ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ κυρίῳ ὅτι ἀγαθὸς, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ” διʼ ὧν τε ὁ σωτήριος λόγος πρὸς τὸν περὶ τοῦδε ἐρό- μενον ἀπεφήνατο εἰπὼν “τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός·”
Tēs parʼ Hebraiois theias graphēs diaphorōs tēn tou agathou ousian kai auto to agathon ouden allo heinai ē theon didaskousēs, diʼ hōn te phēsin “agathos kyrios pasi tois hypomenousin auton; psychę̄, hē ekzētēsei auton;” kai “ exomologeisthe tǭ kyriǭ hoti agathos, hoti eis ton aiōna to eleos autou ” diʼ hōn te ho sōtērios logos pros ton peri toude ero- menon apephēnato eipōn “ti me erōtąs peri tou agathou? oudeis agathos ei mē heis ho theos;”
The divine Scripture of the Hebrews teaches in various ways that the nature of the Good, and the Good itself, is nothing other than God, where it says: “The Lord is good to all who wait for him, to the soul that will seek him”; and “Give thanks to the Lord, for he is good, for his mercy endures for ever”; and where the saving Word declared to one who asked him about this: “Why do you ask me about the good? No one is good but one, God.”
11.21.2Dindorf 2:45
ἐπάκουσον τοῦ Πλάτωνος, ἅ φησιν ἐν Τιμαίῳ “ Λέγωμεν δὴ διʼ ἥντινα αἰτίαν γένεσιν καὶ τὸ πᾶν τόδε ὁ ξυνιστὰς ξυνέστησεν. ἀγαθὸς ἦν· ἀγαθῷ δʼ οὐδεὶς περὶ οὐδενὸς οὐδέποτʼ ἐγγίνεται φθόνος. τούτου δὲ ἐκτὸς ὢν πάντα ὅτι μάλιστα ἐβουλήθη γενέσθαι παραπλήσια ἑαυτῷ.”
epakouson tou Platōnos, ha phēsin en Timaiǭ “ Legōmen dē diʼ hēntina aitian genesin kai to pan tode ho xynistas xynestēsen. agathos ēn; agathǭ dʼ oudeis peri oudenos oudepotʼ enginetai phthonos. toutou de ektos ōn panta hoti malista eboulēthē genesthai paraplēsia heautǭ.”
Hear what Plato says in the Timaeus: “Let us say, then, for what cause the framer framed becoming and this universe. He was good; and in the good no envy ever arises about anything. Being free of this, he wished all things to become as like himself as possible.”
11.21.3Dindorf 2:45
Καὶ ἐν τῇ Πολιτεία δὲ ταῦτά φησιν “ Ἆρʼ οὖν οὐ καὶ ὁ ἥλιος ὄψις μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν, αἴτιος δʼ ὢν αὐτῆς ὁρᾶται ὑπʼ αὐτῆς ταύτης; οὕτως, ἦ δʼ ὅς. τοῦτον τοίνυν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, φάναι με λέγειν τὸν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἔκγονον, ὃν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐγέννησεν ἀνάλογον ἑαυτῷ, ὅ τι περ αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ νοητῷ τόπῳ πρός τε νοῦν καὶ τὰ νοούμενα, τοῦτον ἐν τῷ ὁρατῷ πρός τε ὄψιν καὶ τὰ ὁρώμενα.”
Kai en tę̄ Politeia de tauta phēsin “ Arʼ oun ou kai ho hēlios opsis men ouk estin, aitios dʼ ōn autēs horatai hypʼ autēs tautēs? houtōs, ē dʼ hos. touton toinyn, ēn dʼ egō, phanai me legein ton tou agathou ekgonon, hon to agathon egennēsen analogon heautǭ, ho ti per auto en tǭ noētǭ topǭ pros te noun kai ta nooumena, touton en tǭ horatǭ pros te opsin kai ta horōmena.”
And in the Republic he says this: “Is not the sun, then, not sight, but, being its cause, seen by sight itself? — So it is, he said. — This, then, I said, you may say I mean by the offspring of the Good, which the Good begot in proportion to itself: as the Good is in the intelligible realm to mind and its objects, so is this in the visible realm to sight and its objects.”
11.21.4Dindorf 2:45
Καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει “Τοῦτο τοίνυν τὸ τὴν ἀλήθειαν παρέχον τοῖς γιγνωσκομένοις καὶ τὸ γιγνώσκοντι τὴν δύναμιν ἀποδιδοῦν τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἰδέαν φάθι εἶναι.” Καὶ πάλιν φησὶ
Kai hexēs epilegei “Touto toinyn to tēn alētheian parechon tois gignōskomenois kai to gignōskonti tēn dynamin apodidoun tēn tou agathou idean phathi einai.” Kai palin phēsi
And next he adds: “This, then, which gives truth to the things known and gives the knower the power of knowing, you may say is the Idea of the Good.” And again he says:
11.21.5Dindorf 2:45–46
“ Τὸν ἥλιον τοῖς ὁρωμένοις οὐ μόνον, οἶμαι, τὴν τοῦ ὁρᾶσθαι δύναμιν παρέχειν φήσεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν γένεσιν καὶ αὔξην καὶ τροφὴν, οὐ γένεσιν αὐτὸν ὄντα. πῶς γάρ; καὶ τοῖς γινωσκομένοις τοίνυν μὴ μόνον τὸ γινώσκεσθαι φάναι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ παρεῖναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ εἶναί τε καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου αὐτοῖς προσεῖναι, οὐκ οὐσίας ὄντος τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐπέκεινα οὐσίας πρεσβείᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ὑπερ- έχοντος.”
“ Ton hēlion tois horōmenois ou monon, oimai, tēn tou horasthai dynamin parechein phēseis, alla kai tēn genesin kai auxēn kai trophēn, ou genesin auton onta. pōs gar? kai tois ginōskomenois toinyn mē monon to ginōskesthai phanai hypo tou agathou pareinai, alla kai to einai te kai tēn ousian hypʼ ekeinou autois proseinai, ouk ousias ontos tou agathou, allʼ epekeina ousias presbeią kai dynamei hyper- echontos.”
“You will say, I think, that the sun gives to visible things not only the power of being seen, but also their coming into being, growth, and nourishment, though it is not itself coming-into-being. — How could it be? — Say, then, that to things known not only their being known is present from the Good, but also their being and their substance come to them from it, though the Good is not substance, but beyond substance, surpassing it in dignity and power.”
11.21.6Dindorf 2:46
Σαφέστατα διὰ τούτων οὐ μόνον τὸ γινώσκεσθαι ταῖς νοηταῖς οὐσίαις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ εἶναί τε καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ἔχειν παρὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, δηλαδὴ τοῦ θεοῦ, φησὶν ὁ Πλάτων· τό τε ἀγαθὸν “ μὴ εἶναι οὐσίαν, ἀλλʼ ἐπέκεινα τῆς οὐσίας, πρεσβείᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ὑπερέχον·” ὥστε μὴ ὁμοούσια αὐτὰ τίθεσθαι, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἀγέννητα νομίζειν, ὅτι δὴ καὶ τὸ εἶναι καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν εἴληφε παρὰ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος οὐσίας, ἀλλʼ ἐπέκεινα οὐσίας πρεσβείᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ὑπερέχοντος· ὃν δὴ καὶ μόνον εἰκότως θεὸν τὰ Ἑβραίων ἀναγορεύει λόγια, ὡς ἂν τοῖς πᾶσιν αἴτιον ὄντα.
Saphestata dia toutōn ou monon to ginōskesthai tais noētais ousiais, alla kai to einai te kai tēn ousian echein para tou agathou, dēladē tou theou, phēsin ho Platōn; to te agathon “ mē einai ousian, allʼ epekeina tēs ousias, presbeią kai dynamei hyperechon;” hōste mē homoousia auta tithesthai, alla mēde agennēta nomizein, hoti dē kai to einai kai tēn ousian eilēphe para tou mē ontos ousias, allʼ epekeina ousias presbeią kai dynamei hyperechontos; hon dē kai monon eikotōs theon ta Hebraiōn anagoreuei logia, hōs an tois pasin aition onta.
In these words Plato says most clearly that the intelligible substances have from the Good, that is, from God, not only their being known but also their being and substance; and that the Good “is not substance, but beyond substance, surpassing it in dignity and power.” So he does not make them of the same substance with it, nor think them unbegotten, since they received their being and substance from him who is not substance but beyond substance, surpassing it in dignity and power; whom alone the oracles of the Hebrews rightly proclaim as God, since he is the cause of all things.
11.21.7Dindorf 2:46
τὰ δὴ οὖν μήτε τὸ εἶναι μήτε τὴν οὐσίαν παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντα, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τῆς τἀγαθοῦ φύσεως ὄντα, οὐ δὴ εὔλογον θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι, οἶς μὴ φύσει τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρόσεστιν· ἐνὶ γὰρ τοῦτο μόνῳ καὶ οὐδενὶ ἄλλῳ ἀναθετέον, τῷ μόνῳ ἀγαθῷ, ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐπέκεινα πάσης οὐσίας πρεσβείᾳ τε καὶ δυνάμει ὑπερέχον” θαυμασίως ὁ Πλάτων ἀνεφώνησε. πάλιν δὲ καὶ ὁ Νουμήνιος ἐν τοῖς Περὶ τἀγαθοῦ, τὴν τοῦ Πλάτωνος διάνοιαν ἑρμηνεύων, τοῦτον διέξεισι τὸν τρόπον
ta dē oun mēte to einai mēte tēn ousian parʼ heautōn echonta, alla mēde tēs tagathou physeōs onta, ou dē eulogon theous hēgeisthai, ois mē physei to agathon prosestin; eni gar touto monǭ kai oudeni allǭ anatheteon, tǭ monǭ agathǭ, ho dē kai epekeina pasēs ousias presbeią te kai dynamei hyperechon” thaumasiōs ho Platōn anephōnēse. palin de kai ho Noumēnios en tois Peri tagathou, tēn tou Platōnos dianoian hermēneuōn, touton diexeisi ton tropon
Things, then, that have neither their being nor their substance from themselves, and are not of the nature of the Good, it is not reasonable to regard as gods, since the good is not theirs by nature; for this must be ascribed to one alone and to no other, to the only Good, which Plato admirably proclaimed “beyond all substance, surpassing it in dignity and power.” Again Numenius too, in his books On the Good, interpreting Plato’s meaning, sets it out in this way:
Preparation 11, chapter 22
11.22.1Dindorf 2:46–47
“Τὰ μὲν οὖν σώματα λαβεῖν ἡμῖν ἔξεστι, σημαινομένοις ἔκ τε ὁμοίων ἀπό τε τῶν ἐν τοῖς παρακειμένοις γνωρισμάτων ἐνόντων· τἀγαθὸν δὲ οὐδενὸς ἐκ παρακειμένου οὐδʼ αὖ ἀπὸ ὁμοίου αἰσθητοῦ ἐστι λαβεῖν μηχανή τις οὐδεμία· ἀλλὰ δεήσει, οἷον εἴ τις ἐπὶ σκοπῇ καθήμενος, ναῦν ἁλιάδα βραχεῖάν τινα τούτων τῶν ἐπακτρίδων τῶν μόνων, μίαν, μόνην, ἔρημον, μετακυμίοις ἐχομένην ὀξὺ δεδορκὼς, μιᾷ βολῇ κατεῖδε τὴν ναῦν, οὕτω δή τινα ἀπελθόντα πόρρω ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ὁμιλῆσαι τῷ ἀγαθῷ μόνῳ μόνον, ἔνθα μήτε τις ἄνθρωπος μήτε τι ζῷον ἕτερον, μηδὲ σῶμα μέγα μηδὲ σμικρὸν, ἀλλά τις ἄφατος καὶ ἀδιήγητος ἀτεχνῶς ἐρημία θεσπέσιος, ἔνθα τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἤθη διατριβαί τε καὶ ἀγλαίαι, αὐτὸ δὲ ἐν εἰρήνῃ, ἐν εὐμενείᾳ, τὸ ἤρεμον, τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν, ἵλεων, ἐποχούμενον ἐπὶ τῇ οὐσίᾳ.
“Ta men oun sōmata labein hēmin exesti, sēmainomenois ek te homoiōn apo te tōn en tois parakeimenois gnōrismatōn enontōn; tagathon de oudenos ek parakeimenou oudʼ au apo homoiou aisthētou esti labein mēchanē tis oudemia; alla deēsei, hoion ei tis epi skopę̄ kathēmenos, naun haliada bracheian tina toutōn tōn epaktridōn tōn monōn, mian, monēn, erēmon, metakymiois echomenēn oxy dedorkōs, mią bolę̄ kateide tēn naun, houtō dē tina apelthonta porrō apo tōn aisthētōn homilēsai tǭ agathǭ monǭ monon, entha mēte tis anthrōpos mēte ti zǭon heteron, mēde sōma mega mēde smikron, alla tis aphatos kai adiēgētos atechnōs erēmia thespesios, entha tou agathou ēthē diatribai te kai aglaiai, auto de en eirēnę̄, en eumeneią, to ēremon, to hēgemonikon, hileōn, epochoumenon epi tę̄ ousią.
“Bodies we can grasp, by signs taken from like things and from the marks present in things nearby; but there is no means whatever to grasp the Good from anything nearby or from any like sensible thing. Rather, it will be as if someone sitting on a look-out, peering sharply, caught sight with one glance of a small fishing boat, one of those skiffs, alone, solitary, deserted, caught between the waves: so someone must go far away from sensible things and commune with the Good alone, one with one, where there is neither man nor any other living thing, nor body great or small, but a certain unspeakable and indescribable, truly divine solitude, where are the haunts, pastimes, and splendours of the Good; and it itself in peace, in kindness, the tranquil, the ruling, gracious, riding upon substance.
11.22.2Dindorf 2:47
εἰ δέ τις πρὸς τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς λιπαρῶν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφιπτάμενον φαντάζεται, κἄπειτα τρυφῶν οἴοιτο τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἐντετυχηκέναι, τοῦ παντὸς ἁμαρτάνει. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι οὐ ῥᾳδίας, θείας δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸ δεῖ μεθόδου· καί ἐστι κράτιστον, τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀμελήσαντι, νεανιευσαμένῳ πρὸς τὰ μαθήματα, τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς θεασαμένῳ, οὕτως ἐκμελετῆσαι μάθημα, τί ἐστι τὸ ὄν.”
ei de tis pros tois aisthētois liparōn to agathon ephiptamenon phantazetai, kapeita tryphōn oioito tǭ agathǭ entetychēkenai, tou pantos hamartanei. tǭ gar onti ou rhądias, theias de pros auto dei methodou; kai esti kratiston, tōn aisthētōn amelēsanti, neanieusamenǭ pros ta mathēmata, tous arithmous theasamenǭ, houtōs ekmeletēsai mathēma, ti esti to on.”
But if anyone, clinging to sensible things, imagines the Good flitting upon them, and then in his luxury thinks he has met with the Good, he is entirely wrong. For in truth no easy but a divine method is needed toward it; and it is best, having neglected sensible things and applied oneself vigorously to the mathematical sciences and contemplated numbers, so to study the lesson: what is Being.”
11.22.3Dindorf 2:47
Ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ’ ἐν δὲ τῷ πέμπτῳ ταῦτά φησιν “ Εἰ δʼ ἐστὶ μὲν νοητὸν ἡ οὐσία καὶ ἡ ἰδέα, ταύτης δʼ ὡμολογήθη πρεσβύτερον καὶ αἴτιον εἶναι ὁ νοῦς, αὐτὸς οὗτος μόνος εὕρηται ὢν τὸ ἀγαθόν. καὶ γὰρ εἰ ὁ μὲν δημιουργὸς θεός ἐστι γενέσεως, ἀρκεῖ τὸ ἀγαθὸν οὐσίας εἶναι ἀρχή. ἀνάλογον δὲ τούτῳ μὲν ὁ δημιουργὸς θεὸς, ὢν αὐτοῦ μιμητὴς, τῇ δὲ οὐσίᾳ ἡ γένεσις· εἰκὼν γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐστι καὶ μίμημα.
Tauta men en tǭ prōtǭ ’ en de tǭ pemptǭ tauta phēsin “ Ei dʼ esti men noēton hē ousia kai hē idea, tautēs dʼ hōmologēthē presbyteron kai aition einai ho nous, autos houtos monos heurētai ōn to agathon. kai gar ei ho men dēmiourgos theos esti geneseōs, arkei to agathon ousias einai archē. analogon de toutǭ men ho dēmiourgos theos, ōn autou mimētēs, tę̄ de ousią hē genesis; eikōn gar autēs esti kai mimēma.
This in the first book; and in the fifth he says this: “If substance and the Idea are intelligible, and Mind was agreed to be older than this and its cause, this alone is found to be the Good. For if the Creator God is the principle of becoming, the Good suffices to be the principle of substance. As the Creator God is to the Good, being its imitator, so is becoming to substance; for it is its image and imitation.
11.22.4Dindorf 2:47
εἴπερ δὲ ὁ δημιουργὸς ὁ τῆς γενέσεως ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς, ἦ που ἔσται καὶ ὁ τῆς οὐσίας δημιουργὸς αὐτοάγαθον, σύμφυτον τῇ οὐσίᾳ. ὁ γὰρ δεύτερος διττὸς ὢν αὐτοποιεῖ τήν τε ἰδέαν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τὸν κόσμον, δημιουργὸς ὤν· ἔπειτα θεωρητικὸς ὅλως.
eiper de ho dēmiourgos ho tēs geneseōs estin agathos, ē pou estai kai ho tēs ousias dēmiourgos autoagathon, symphyton tę̄ ousią. ho gar deuteros dittos ōn autopoiei tēn te idean heautou kai ton kosmon, dēmiourgos ōn; epeita theōrētikos holōs.
And if the Creator of becoming is good, surely the Creator of substance will be the Good itself, inherent in substance. For the second, being double, himself makes his own Idea and the cosmos, being Creator; and then he is wholly contemplative.
11.22.5Dindorf 2:47
συλλελογισμένων δʼ ἡμῶν ὀνόματα τεσσάρων πραγμάτων τέσσαρα ἔστω ταῦτα· ὁ μὲν πρῶτος θεὸς αὐτοάγαθον· ὁ δὲ τούτου μιμητὴς δημιουργὸς ἀγαθός· ἡ δʼ οὐσία μία μὲν ἡ τοῦ πρώτου, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τοῦ δευτέρου· ἧς μίμημα ὁ καλὸς κόσμος, κεκαλλωπισμένος μετουσίᾳ τοῦ καλοῦ. ”
syllelogismenōn dʼ hēmōn onomata tessarōn pragmatōn tessara estō tauta; ho men prōtos theos autoagathon; ho de toutou mimētēs dēmiourgos agathos; hē dʼ ousia mia men hē tou prōtou, hetera de hē tou deuterou; hēs mimēma ho kalos kosmos, kekallōpismenos metousią tou kalou. ”
Having reckoned up the names of four things, let these be the four: the first God, the Good itself; his imitator, the good Creator; and substance, one that of the first, another that of the second; whose imitation is the beautiful cosmos, adorned by participation in the beautiful.”
11.22.6Dindorf 2:47–48
Καὶ ἐν τῷ ἕκτῳ δὲ ἐπιλέγει “ Μετέχει δὲ αὐτοῦ τὰ μετίσχοντα ἐν ἄλλῳ μὲν οὐδενὶ, ἐν δὲ μόνῳ τῷ φρονεῖν· ταύτῃ ἄρα καὶ τῆς ἀγαθοῦ συμβάσεως ὀνίναιτʼ ἂν, ἄλλως δʼ οὔ. καὶ μὲν δὴ τὸ φρονεῖν, τοῦτο δὴ συντετύχηκε μόνῳ τῷ πρώτῳ. ὑφʼ οὗ οὖν τὰ ἄλλα ἀποχραίνεται καὶ ἀγαθοῦται, ἐὰν τοῦτο ἐκείνῳ μόνον μόνῳ προσῇ, ἀβελτέρας ἂν εἴη ψυχῆς ἔτι ἀμφιλογεῖν.
Kai en tǭ hektǭ de epilegei “ Metechei de autou ta metischonta en allǭ men oudeni, en de monǭ tǭ phronein; tautę̄ ara kai tēs agathou symbaseōs oninaitʼ an, allōs dʼ ou. kai men dē to phronein, touto dē syntetychēke monǭ tǭ prōtǭ. hyphʼ hou oun ta alla apochrainetai kai agathoutai, ean touto ekeinǭ monon monǭ prosę̄, abelteras an eiē psychēs eti amphilogein.
And in the sixth he adds: “Those that partake of it partake in nothing else but in thinking alone; in this way, then, they would benefit from the meeting with the Good, and not otherwise. And indeed thinking has fallen to the first alone. Since, then, it is by it that the others are coloured and made good, if this belongs to it alone, one alone, it would be the mark of a foolish soul still to dispute.
11.22.7Dindorf 2:48
εἰ γὰρ ἀγαθός ἐστιν ὁ δεύτερος οὐ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ πρώτου, πῶς οἷόν τε ὑφʼ οὗ μετουσίας ἐστὶν οὗτος ἀγαθὸς μὴ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, ἄλλως τε κἂν τύχῃ αὐτοῦ ὡς ἀγαθοῦ μεταλαχὼν ὁ δεύτερος;
ei gar agathos estin ho deuteros ou parʼ heautou, para de tou prōtou, pōs hoion te hyphʼ hou metousias estin houtos agathos mē agathon einai, allōs te kan tychę̄ autou hōs agathou metalachōn ho deuteros?
For if the second is good not of himself but from the first, how is it possible that the one by participation in whom he is good is not good, especially if the second has received a share of him as good?
11.22.8Dindorf 2:48
οὕτω τοι ὁ Πλάτων ἐκ συλλογισμοῦ τῷ ὀξὺ βλέποντι ἀπέδωκε τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὅτι ἐστὶν ἓν.” Καὶ πάλιν ἐξῆς φησι
houtō toi ho Platōn ek syllogismou tǭ oxy bleponti apedōke to agathon hoti estin hen.” Kai palin exēs phēsi
So it is that Plato, by reasoning, rendered to the sharp-sighted that the Good is one.” And again next he says:
11.22.9Dindorf 2:48
“ Ταῦτα δὲ οὕτως ἔχοντα ἔθηκεν ὁ Πλάτων ἄλλῃ καὶ ἄλλῃ χωρίσας· ἰδίᾳ μὲν γὰρ τὸν κυκλικὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ἐγράψατο ἐν Τιμαίῳ εἰπὼν “ἀγαθὸς ἦν·” ἐν δὲ τῇ Πολιτείᾳ τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἶπεν ἀγαθοῦ ἰδέαν· ὡς δὴ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ἰδέαν οὖσαν τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ὅτι πέφανται ἡμῖν ἀγαθὸς μετουσίᾳ τοῦ πρώτου τε καὶ μόνου.
“ Tauta de houtōs echonta ethēken ho Platōn allę̄ kai allę̄ chōrisas; idią men gar ton kyklikon epi tou dēmiourgou egrapsato en Timaiǭ eipōn “agathos ēn;” en de tę̄ Politeią to agathon eipen agathou idean; hōs dē tou dēmiourgou idean ousan to agathon, hoti pephantai hēmin agathos metousią tou prōtou te kai monou.
“These things being so, Plato set them down separately here and there. For apart he wrote of the Creator, the cyclic one, in the Timaeus, saying “He was good”; while in the Republic he called the Good the Idea of the Good, as though the Good were the Idea of the Creator, since he appears to us good by participation in the first and only one.
11.22.10Dindorf 2:48
ὥσπερ γὰρ ἄνθρωποι μὲν λέγονται τυπωθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἀνθρώπου ἰδέας, βόες δʼ ὑπὸ τῆς βοὸς, ἵπποι δʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἵππου ἰδέας· οὕτω καὶ εἰκότως ὁ δημιουργὸς, εἴπερ ἐστὶ μετουσίᾳ τοῦ πρώτου ἀγαθοῦ ἀγαθὸς, ἰδέα ἂν εἴη ὁ πρῶτος νοῦς, ὢν αὐτοάγαθον.”
hōsper gar anthrōpoi men legontai typōthentes hypo tēs anthrōpou ideas, boes dʼ hypo tēs boos, hippoi dʼ hypo tēs hippou ideas; houtō kai eikotōs ho dēmiourgos, eiper esti metousią tou prōtou agathou agathos, idea an eiē ho prōtos nous, ōn autoagathon.”
For as men are said to be shaped by the Idea of Man, oxen by that of Ox, and horses by the Idea of Horse, so also, fittingly, if the Creator is good by participation in the first Good, the first Mind would be the Idea, being the Good itself.”
Preparation 11, chapter 23
11.23.1Dindorf 2:48–49
“ Οὕτω δὲ γεγενημένος (δῆλον δʼ ὅτι ὁ κόσμος) πρὸς τὸ λόγῳ καὶ φρονήσει περιληπτὸν, καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἔχον δεδημιούργηται. τούτων δὲ ὑπαρχόντων αὖ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη τόνδε τὸν κόσμον εἰκόνα τινὸς εἶναι. — τὰ γὰρ δὴ νοητὰ ζῷα πάντα ἐκεῖνο περιλαβὸν ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ, καθάπερ ὅδʼ ὁ κόσμος ἡμᾶς.”
“ Houtō de gegenēmenos (dēlon dʼ hoti ho kosmos) pros to logǭ kai phronēsei perilēpton, kai kata ta auta echon dedēmiourgētai. toutōn de hyparchontōn au pasa anankē tonde ton kosmon eikona tinos einai. — ta gar dē noēta zǭa panta ekeino perilabon echei en heautǭ, kathaper hodʼ ho kosmos hēmas.”
“Having come to be in this way (clearly, the cosmos), it has been fashioned after what is grasped by reason and understanding and is always the same. And these things being so, it is wholly necessary that this cosmos be an image of something. … For that contains within itself all intelligible living things, just as this cosmos contains us.”
11.23.2Dindorf 2:49
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Τιμαίῳ. τὴν δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων διάνοιαν ἐκ τῶν Διδύμῳ Περὶ τῶν ἀρεσκόντων Πλάτωνι συντεταγμένων ἐκθήσομαι. γράφει δὲ οὕτως
Tauta men ho Platōn en Timaiǭ. tēn de tōn eirēmenōn dianoian ek tōn Didymǭ Peri tōn areskontōn Platōni syntetagmenōn ekthēsomai. graphei de houtōs
So Plato in the Timaeus. The meaning of what has been said I shall set out from the work composed by Didymus On the Doctrines of Plato. He writes thus:
11.23.3Dindorf 2:49
“ Τῶν κατὰ φύσιν αἰσθητῶν κατὰ γένος ὡρισμένα τινὰ παραδείγματα φάμενος εἶναι τὰς ἰδέας, ὧν τὰς ἐπιστήμας γίνεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ὅρους· παρὰ πάντας γὰρ ἀνθρώπους ἄνθρωπόν τινα νοεῖσθαι, καὶ παρὰ πάντας ἵππους ἵππον, καὶ κοινῶς παρὰ τὰ ζῷα ζῷον ἀγένητον καὶ ἄφθαρτον.
“ Tōn kata physin aisthētōn kata genos hōrismena tina paradeigmata phamenos einai tas ideas, hōn tas epistēmas ginesthai kai tous horous; para pantas gar anthrōpous anthrōpon tina noeisthai, kai para pantas hippous hippon, kai koinōs para ta zǭa zǭon agenēton kai aphtharton.
“He says that the Ideas are certain defined patterns, by kinds, of sensible things according to nature, of which knowledge and definitions arise; for beside all men a certain Man is conceived, beside all horses a Horse, and in general beside living things a Living Thing unbegotten and incorruptible.
11.23.4Dindorf 2:49
ὃν τρόπον δὲ σφραγῖδος μιᾶς ἐκμαγεῖα γίνεσθαι πολλὰ καὶ συχνὰς εἰκόνας ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς, οὕτως ἐκ μιᾶς ἑκάστης ἰδέας αἰσθητῶν σωμάτων φύσεις παμπληθεῖς, τῆς μὲν ἀνθρώπων ἀνθρώπους ἅπαντας, καὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατὰ φύσιν.
hon tropon de sphragidos mias ekmageia ginesthai polla kai sychnas eikonas henos andros, houtōs ek mias hekastēs ideas aisthētōn sōmatōn physeis pamplētheis, tēs men anthrōpōn anthrōpous hapantas, kai kata ton auton logon epi tōn allōn tōn kata physin.
And as many impressions come from one seal and many likenesses of one man, so from each single Idea come a multitude of natures of sensible bodies: from that of Man all men, and on the same principle with the other natural things.
11.23.5Dindorf 2:49
εἶναι δὲ τὴν ἰδέαν ἀίδιον οὐσίαν, αἰτίαν καὶ ἀρχὴν τοῦ ἕκαστον εἶναι τοιοῦτον οἷα ἐστὶν αὐτή.
einai de tēn idean aidion ousian, aitian kai archēn tou hekaston einai toiouton hoia estin autē.
And the Idea is an eternal substance, the cause and principle of each thing’s being such as it itself is.
11.23.6Dindorf 2:49
καθάπερ οὖν τὰ κατὰ μέρος ὥσπερ ἀρχέτυπα τῶν αἰσθητῶν προηγεῖσθαι σωμάτων, οὕτως τὴν πάσας ἐν ἑαυτῇ περιέχουσαν καλλίστην καὶ τελειοτάτην οὐσίαν ὑπάρχειν τοῦδε παράδειγμα τοῦ κόσμου· πρὸς γὰρ ταύτην ἀφομοιωθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργήσαντος αὐτὸν ἀπειργάσθαι θεοῦ κατὰ πρόνοιαν ἐκ τῆς πάσης οὐσίας.”
kathaper oun ta kata meros hōsper archetypa tōn aisthētōn proēgeisthai sōmatōn, houtōs tēn pasas en heautę̄ periechousan kallistēn kai teleiotatēn ousian hyparchein toude paradeigma tou kosmou; pros gar tautēn aphomoiōthenta hypo tou dēmiourgēsantos auton apeirgasthai theou kata pronoian ek tēs pasēs ousias.”
As, then, the particular Ideas precede sensible bodies as archetypes, so the most beautiful and most perfect substance, containing all of them in itself, is the pattern of this cosmos; for it was made like this by God who created it, by providence, out of all substance.”
11.23.7Dindorf 2:49–50
Ταῦτα καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ δεδηλωμένου ἀνδρός. φθάνει γε μὴν καὶ ταῦτα Μώσης ὁ πάνσοφος, πρὸ τοῦ φαινομένου ἡλίου καὶ ἄστρων καὶ πρὸ τοῦ ὁρωμένου οὐρανοῦ, ὃ δὴ στερέωμα καλεῖ, πρό τε τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς ξηρᾶς γῆς καὶ πρὸ τῆς παρʼ ἡμῖν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς φῶς ἕτερον παρὰ τὸ τοῦ ἡλίου ἡμέραν τε καὶ νύκτα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πρὸς τοῦ πανηγεμόνος καὶ αἰτίου τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ πεποιῆσθαι διδάσκων.
Tauta kai apo tou dedēlōmenou andros. phthanei ge mēn kai tauta Mōsēs ho pansophos, pro tou phainomenou hēliou kai astrōn kai pro tou horōmenou ouranou, ho dē stereōma kalei, pro te tēs kathʼ hēmas xēras gēs kai pro tēs parʼ hēmin hēmeras kai nyktos phōs heteron para to tou hēliou hēmeran te kai nykta kai ta loipa pros tou panēgemonos kai aitiou tōn holōn theou pepoiēsthai didaskōn.
So too from the man just mentioned. But the all-wise Moses anticipated these things too, teaching that before the visible sun and stars, before the seen heaven, which he calls the firmament, before our dry land, and before our day and night, another light different from the sun’s, a day and night and the rest were made by God, the ruler and cause of all.
11.23.8Dindorf 2:50
ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ μετὰ Μωσέα παῖδες Ἑβραίων ἥλιόν τινα εἶναι ἀσώματον οὐ πᾶσιν ὁρατὸν οὐδὲ θνητοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ὑπαγόμενον ὁρίζονται, ὡς ὁ προφήτης ἐκ προσώπου θεοῦ λέγων “ τοῖς δὲ φοβουμένοις με ἀνατελεῖ ἥλιος δικαιοσύνης.”
alla kai hoi meta Mōsea paides Hebraiōn hēlion tina einai asōmaton ou pasin horaton oude thnētois ophthalmois hypagomenon horizontai, hōs ho prophētēs ek prosōpou theou legōn “ tois de phoboumenois me anatelei hēlios dikaiosynēs.”
And the sons of the Hebrews after Moses also define a certain incorporeal sun, not visible to all nor subject to mortal eyes, as the prophet says in the person of God: “But to those who fear me the sun of righteousness shall rise.”
11.23.9Dindorf 2:50
καὶ αὐτὴν δὲ δικαιοσύνην, οὐχὶ τὴν ποιὰν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ τὴν ταύτης ἰδέαν οἶδεν ἄλλος Ἑβραίων προφήτης, ὁ φήσας περὶ θεοῦ “ τίς ἐξήγειρεν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν δικαιοσύνην; ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὴν κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύσεται δʼ ὡσεὶ ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν.”
kai autēn de dikaiosynēn, ouchi tēn poian en anthrōpois, alla tēn tautēs idean oiden allos Hebraiōn prophētēs, ho phēsas peri theou “ tis exēgeiren apo anatolōn dikaiosynēn? ekalesen autēn kata prosōpon autou, kai poreusetai dʼ hōsei enōpion ethnōn.”
And righteousness itself, not the kind that is in men but its Idea, another prophet of the Hebrews knows, who says of God: “Who raised up righteousness from the east? He called it before his face, and it shall go before the nations.”
11.23.10Dindorf 2:50
καὶ λόγον δὲ θεῖον ἀσώματον καὶ οὐσιώδη ἀρτίως ἡμῖν ὁ κοινὸς ἡμῶν λόγος ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑβραίων παρίστη γραφῆς. οὗ περὶ λόγου καὶ τάδε παρὰ τοῖς αὐτοῖς εἴρηται “ ὃς ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν σοφία ἀπὸ θεοῦ, δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις.
kai logon de theion asōmaton kai ousiōdē artiōs hēmin ho koinos hēmōn logos en tois prosthen apo tēs Hebraiōn paristē graphēs. hou peri logou kai tade para tois autois eirētai “ hos egennēthē hēmin sophia apo theou, dikaiosynē te kai hagiasmos kai apolytrōsis.
And our common discourse a little earlier showed from the Scripture of the Hebrews the divine Word, incorporeal and substantial. Of this Word it is also said among them: “who was made for us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification and redemption.”
11.23.11Dindorf 2:50
λέγεται καὶ ζωὴ, λέγεται καὶ σοφία, λέγεται καὶ ἀλήθεια. καὶ πάντα τὰ κατʼ οὐσίαν ὄντα τε καὶ ὑφεστῶτα οἱ Ἑβραίων λόγοι διδάσκουσιν, (εἰ δὴ Ἑβραῖοι καὶ οἱ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀπόστολοί τε καὶ μαθηταὶ) ναὶ μὴν καὶ μυρίας ἄλλας ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις, οὐρανοῦ τε ἐπέκεινα καὶ πάσης τῆς ὑλικῆς καὶ ῥοώδους οὐσίας· ὧν τὰς εἰκόνας ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς φασι κατατυπῶσαι· ἐφʼ ὧν ἤδη καὶ τοὔνομα τῆς εἰκόνος παρειλήφασι.
legetai kai zōē, legetai kai sophia, legetai kai alētheia. kai panta ta katʼ ousian onta te kai hyphestōta hoi Hebraiōn logoi didaskousin, (ei dē Hebraioi kai hoi tou sōtēros hēmōn apostoloi te kai mathētai) nai mēn kai myrias allas asōmatous dynameis, ouranou te epekeina kai pasēs tēs hylikēs kai rhoōdous ousias; hōn tas eikonas en tois aisthētois phasi katatypōsai; ephʼ hōn ēdē kai tounoma tēs eikonos pareilēphasi.
He is also called life, also wisdom, also truth. And the writings of the Hebrews teach that all things that exist and subsist in substance (if indeed the apostles and disciples of our Saviour too are Hebrews), and indeed countless other incorporeal powers, beyond heaven and all material and flowing substance; whose images, they say, are stamped in sensible things; and in these cases they have adopted the very name “image.”
11.23.12Dindorf 2:50–51
τὸν γοῦν ἄνθρωπον εἰκόνα διαρρήδην νοητοῦ παραδείγματος εἶναι, καὶ πάντα τὸν ἀνθρώπων βίον ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεσθαι εἰρήκασι. λέγει δʼ οὖν ὁ Μώσης “ καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν.” καὶ πάλιν ἄλλος Ἑβραῖος τὰ πάτρια φιλοσοφῶν “ μέντοιγε (φησὶν) ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται ἄνθρωπος.” ἤδη δὲ καὶ οἱ τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων ἐξηγηταὶ ἐπάκουσον ὅπως τὴν ἐν τοῖς Μώσεως γράμμασι διάνοιαν σαφηνίζουσι. λέγει δʼ οὖν ὁ Ἑβραῖος Φίλων τὰ πάτρια διερμηνεύων αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν
ton goun anthrōpon eikona diarrēdēn noētou paradeigmatos einai, kai panta ton anthrōpōn bion en eikoni diaporeuesthai eirēkasi. legei dʼ oun ho Mōsēs “ kai epoiēsen ho theos ton anthrōpon, katʼ eikona theou epoiēsen auton.” kai palin allos Hebraios ta patria philosophōn “ mentoige (phēsin) en eikoni diaporeuetai anthrōpos.” ēdē de kai hoi tōn hierōn nomōn exēgētai epakouson hopōs tēn en tois Mōseōs grammasi dianoian saphēnizousi. legei dʼ oun ho Hebraios Philōn ta patria diermēneuōn autois rhēmasin
At any rate they have said expressly that man is an image of an intelligible pattern, and that the whole life of men passes in an image. Moses says: “And God made man; in the image of God he made him.” And again another Hebrew, philosophizing on the teachings of his fathers, says: “Surely man walks about in an image.” And now hear how the interpreters of the sacred laws make clear the meaning in the writings of Moses. Philo the Hebrew, interpreting the teachings of his fathers, says in these words:
Preparation 11, chapter 24
11.24.1Dindorf 2:51
“ Εἰ δέ τις ἐθελήσειε γυμνότερον χρήσασθαι τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, οὐδὲν ἂν ἕτερον εἴποι τὸν νοητὸν κόσμον ἢ θεοῦ λόγον ἤδη κοσμοποιοῦντος. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ νοητὴ πόλις ἕτερόν τί ἐστιν ἢ ὁ τοῦ ἀρχιτέκτονος λογισμὸς, ἤδη τὴν νοητὴν πόλιν κτίζειν διανοουμένου.
“ Ei de tis ethelēseie gymnoteron chrēsasthai tois onomasin, ouden an heteron eipoi ton noēton kosmon ē theou logon ēdē kosmopoiountos. oude gar hē noētē polis heteron ti estin ē ho tou architektonos logismos, ēdē tēn noētēn polin ktizein dianooumenou.
“If one wished to use plainer terms, he would say that the intelligible cosmos is nothing other than the Word of God already engaged in making the cosmos. For the intelligible city too is nothing other than the reasoning of the architect, already planning to found the city.
11.24.2Dindorf 2:51
τὸ δὲ δόγμα τοῦτο Μώσεως ἐστὶν, οὐκ ἐμόν. τὴν γοῦν ἀνθρώπου γένεσιν ἀναγράφων ἐν τοῖς ἔπειτα διαρρήδην ὁμολογεῖ, ὡς ἄρα κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ διετυπώθη.
to de dogma touto Mōseōs estin, ouk emon. tēn goun anthrōpou genesin anagraphōn en tois epeita diarrēdēn homologei, hōs ara katʼ eikona theou dietypōthē.
This doctrine is Moses’, not mine. For in recording the creation of man afterward he expressly admits that he was fashioned after the image of God.
11.24.3Dindorf 2:51
εἰ δὲ τὸ μέρος εἰκὼν εἰκόνος, δηλονότι καὶ τὸ ὅλον εἶδος σύμπας οὗτος ὁ αἰσθητὸς κόσμος, εἰ μείζων τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἐστὶ, μίμημα θείας εἰκόνος δηλονότι· καὶ ἡ ἀρχέτυπος σφραγὶς, ὅν φαμεν νοητὸν εἷναι κόσμον, αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη τὸ παράδειγμα, ἀρχέτυπος ἰδέα τῶν ἰδεῶν, ὁ θεοῦ λόγος. ”
ei de to meros eikōn eikonos, dēlonoti kai to holon eidos sympas houtos ho aisthētos kosmos, ei meizōn tēs anthrōpinēs esti, mimēma theias eikonos dēlonoti; kai hē archetypos sphragis, hon phamen noēton heinai kosmon, autos an eiē to paradeigma, archetypos idea tōn ideōn, ho theou logos. ”
And if the part is an image of an image, then clearly the whole form too, this whole sensible cosmos, if it is greater than the human, is an imitation of the divine image; and the archetypal seal, which we say is the intelligible cosmos, would itself be the pattern, the archetypal Idea of Ideas, the Word of God.”
11.24.4Dindorf 2:51
“Φησὶ δʼ ὡς ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὴν ἀρχὴν παραλαμβάνων οὐχ, ὡς οἴονταί τινες, τὴν κατὰ χρόνον· (χρόνος γὰρ οὐκ ἦν πρὸ κόσμου·) ἀλλʼ ἢ σὺν αὐτῷ γέγονεν, ἢ μετʼ αὐτόν.
“Phēsi dʼ hōs en archę̄ epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn, tēn archēn paralambanōn ouch, hōs oiontai tines, tēn kata chronon; (chronos gar ouk ēn pro kosmou;) allʼ ē syn autǭ gegonen, ē metʼ auton.
“He says that in the beginning God made the heaven and the earth, taking ‘beginning’ not, as some think, as a beginning in time (for there was no time before the cosmos), but either it came to be with it or after it.
11.24.5Dindorf 2:51
ἐπεὶ γὰρ διάστημα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κινήσεως ἐστιν ὁ χρόνος, πρότερον δὲ τοῦ κινουμένου κίνησις οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο, ἀλλʼ ἢ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτὴν ὕστερον ἢ ἅμα συνίστασθαι, ἀναγκαῖον ἄρα καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἢ ἰσήλικα κόσμου γεγονέναι, ἢ νεώτερον ἐκείνου, πρεσβύτερον δὲ ἀποφαίνεσθαι τολμᾶν ἀφιλόσοφον.
epei gar diastēma tēs tou kosmou kinēseōs estin ho chronos, proteron de tou kinoumenou kinēsis ouk an genoito, allʼ ē anankaion autēn hysteron ē hama synistasthai, anankaion ara kai ton chronon ē isēlika kosmou gegonenai, ē neōteron ekeinou, presbyteron de apophainesthai tolman aphilosophon.
For since time is the interval of the motion of the cosmos, and there could be no motion before the thing moved, but motion must arise either after it or with it, it is necessary that time too came to be either of the same age as the cosmos or younger than it; and to dare to declare it older is unphilosophical.
11.24.6Dindorf 2:51–52
εἰ δʼ ἀρχὴ μὴ παραλαμβάνεται τανῦν ἡ κατὰ χρόνον, εἰκὸς ἂν εἴη μηνύεσθαι τὴν κατʼ ἀριθμὸν, ὡς τὸ ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ἴσον εἶναι τῷ πρῶτον ἐποίησε τὸν οὐρανόν.”
ei dʼ archē mē paralambanetai tanyn hē kata chronon, eikos an eiē mēnyesthai tēn katʼ arithmon, hōs to en archę̄ epoiēsen ison einai tǭ prōton epoiēse ton ouranon.”
And if ‘beginning’ is not now taken in the temporal sense, it would be likely that the numerical sense is indicated, so that ‘in the beginning he made’ is equal to ‘first he made the heaven.’”
11.24.7Dindorf 2:52
Εἶθʼ ἐξῆς λέγει “ Πρῶτον οὖν ὁ ποιῶν ἐποίει οὐρανὸν ἀσώματον καὶ γῆν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀέρος ἰδέαν καὶ κενοῦ· ὧν τὸ μὲν ἐπεφήμισε σκότος, ἐπειδὴ μέλας ὁ ἀὴρ τῇ φύσει, τὴν δὲ ἄβυσσον· πολύβυθον γὰρ τό γε κενὸν καὶ ἀχανές.
Eithʼ exēs legei “ Prōton oun ho poiōn epoiei ouranon asōmaton kai gēn aoraton kai aeros idean kai kenou; hōn to men epephēmise skotos, epeidē melas ho aēr tę̄ physei, tēn de abysson; polybython gar to ge kenon kai achanes.
Then next he says: “First, then, the Maker made an incorporeal heaven and an invisible earth, and the Idea of air and of the void; the one he named darkness, since air is by nature black, the other the abyss, for the void is very deep and yawning.
11.24.8Dindorf 2:52
εἶθʼ ὕδατος ἀσώματον οὐσίαν καὶ πνεύματος, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἑβδόμου φωτὸς, ὃ πάλιν ἀσώματον ἦν, καὶ νοητὸν ἡλίου παράδειγμα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα φωσφόρα ἄστρα κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔμελλε συνίστασθαι.
eithʼ hydatos asōmaton ousian kai pneumatos, kai epi pasin hebdomou phōtos, ho palin asōmaton ēn, kai noēton hēliou paradeigma, kai panta hosa phōsphora astra kata ton ouranon emelle synistasthai.
Then the incorporeal substance of water and of spirit, and above all, seventh, of light, which again was incorporeal, the intelligible pattern of the sun and of all the light-bearing stars that were to be established in the heaven.
11.24.9Dindorf 2:52
προνομίας δὲ τό τε πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ φῶς ἠξιοῦτο· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὠνόμασε θεοῦ, διότι ζωτικώτατον τὸ πνεῦμα, ζωῆς δὲ θεὸς αἴτιος· τὸ δὲ φῶς, ὅτι ὑπερβάλλον καλόν· τοσούτῳ γὰρ τὸ νοητὸν τοῦ ὁρατοῦ λαμπρότερόν τε καὶ αὐγοειδέστερον, ὅσῳπερ ἥλιος, οἶμαι, σκότους καὶ ἡμέρα νυκτὸς, καὶ τὰ κριτήρια νοῦς ὁ τῆς ὅλης ψυχῆς ἡγεμὼν, ὀφθαλμῶν σώματος.
pronomias de to te pneuma kai to phōs ēxiouto; to men gar ōnomase theou, dioti zōtikōtaton to pneuma, zōēs de theos aitios; to de phōs, hoti hyperballon kalon; tosoutǭ gar to noēton tou horatou lamproteron te kai augoeidesteron, hosǭper hēlios, oimai, skotous kai hēmera nyktos, kai ta kritēria nous ho tēs holēs psychēs hēgemōn, ophthalmōn sōmatos.
Spirit and light were granted precedence. The one he named ‘of God,’ because spirit is most life-giving and God is the cause of life; the light, because it is surpassingly beautiful. For the intelligible is as much brighter and more radiant than the visible, I think, as the sun than darkness, day than night, and mind, the ruler of the whole soul, than the criteria of sense, the eyes of the body.
11.24.10Dindorf 2:52
τὸ δὲ ἀόρατον καὶ νοητὸν φῶς ἐκεῖνο θείου λόγου γέγονεν εἰκὼν τοῦ διερμηνεύσαντος τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἔστιν ὑπερουράνιος ἀστὴρ, πηγὴ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀστέρων, ἣν οὐκ ἂν ἀπὸ σκοποῦ καλέσειεν ἄν τις παναύγειαν, ἀφʼ ἧς ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πλανῆται καὶ ἀπλανεῖς ἀρύονται, καθʼ ὅσον ἑκάστῳ δύναμις, τὰ πρέποντα φέγγη, τῆς ἀμιγοῦς καὶ καθαρᾶς αὐγῆς ἐκείνης ἀμαυρουμένης, οὗ ἂν ἄρξηται τρέπεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἐκ νοητοῦ πρὸς αἰσθητὸν μεταβολήν. εἰλικρινὲς γὰρ οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν αἰσθήσει.
to de aoraton kai noēton phōs ekeino theiou logou gegonen eikōn tou diermēneusantos tēn genesin autou; kai estin hyperouranios astēr, pēgē tōn aisthētōn asterōn, hēn ouk an apo skopou kaleseien an tis panaugeian, aphʼ hēs hēlios kai selēnē kai hoi alloi planētai kai aplaneis aryontai, kathʼ hoson hekastǭ dynamis, ta preponta phengē, tēs amigous kai katharas augēs ekeinēs amauroumenēs, hou an arxētai trepesthai kata tēn ek noētou pros aisthēton metabolēn. eilikrines gar ouden tōn en aisthēsei.
That invisible and intelligible light has become an image of the divine Word who interpreted its creation; and it is a super-celestial star, a source of the sensible stars, which one would not be off the mark to call ‘all-brightness,’ from which the sun, moon, and the other planets and fixed stars draw, each according to its power, the gleams that befit them, that unmixed and pure radiance being dimmed when it begins to turn in the change from intelligible to sensible; for nothing in the realm of sense is pure.”
11.24.11Dindorf 2:52–53
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει “Ἐπεὶ δὲ φῶς μὲν ἐγένετο, σκότος δʼ ὑπεξέστη καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν, ὅροι δʼ ἐν τοῖς μεταξὺ διαστήμασιν ἐπάγησαν ἑσπέρα τε καὶ πρωία, κατʼ ἀναγκαῖον τοῦ χρόνου μέτρον ἀπετελεῖτο εὐθὺς ὃ καὶ ἡμέραν καλῶς ποιῶν ἐκάλεσεν· καὶ ἡμέραν οὐχὶ πρώτην, ἀλλὰ μίαν, ἣ λέλεκται διὰ τὴν τοῦ νοητοῦ κόσμου μόνωσιν, μοναδικὴν ἔχοντος φύσιν.
Kai meta brachea epilegei “Epei de phōs men egeneto, skotos dʼ hypexestē kai anechōrēsen, horoi dʼ en tois metaxy diastēmasin epagēsan hespera te kai prōia, katʼ anankaion tou chronou metron apeteleito euthys ho kai hēmeran kalōs poiōn ekalesen; kai hēmeran ouchi prōtēn, alla mian, hē lelektai dia tēn tou noētou kosmou monōsin, monadikēn echontos physin.
And after a little he adds: “When light had come to be, and darkness had withdrawn, and boundaries were fixed in the intervals between, evening and morning, at once the measure of time was necessarily completed, which the Maker rightly called day; and not ‘first’ day but ‘one’ day, which is so said because of the singleness of the intelligible world, which has the nature of a unit.
11.24.12Dindorf 2:53
ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀσώματος κόσμος ἤδη πέρας εἶχεν, ἱδρυθεὶς ἐν τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ· ὁ δʼ αἰσθητὸς πρὸς παράδειγμα τούτου ἐτελειογονεῖτο· καὶ πρῶτον αὐτοῦ τῶν μερῶν, ὃ καὶ πάντων ἄριστον, ἐποίει τὸν οὐρανὸν ὁ δημιουργὸς, ὃν ἐτύμως στερέωμα προσηγόρευσεν, ἅτε σωματικὸν ὄντα. τὸ γὰρ σῶμα φύσει στερεὸν, ὅ τι περ καὶ τριχῆ διαστατόν. στερεοῦ δὲ καὶ σώματος ἔννοια τίς ἑτέρα πλὴν τὸ πάντη διεστηκός; εἰκότως οὖν ἀντιθεὶς τῷ νοητῷ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ τὸν αἰσθητὸν καὶ σωματοειδῆ, τοῦτον στερεὸν ἐκάλεσε. ” Ταῦτα ὁ Φίλων. συνᾴδει δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ὁ Κλήμης ἐν τῷ ἕκτῳ Στρωματεῖ λέγων ὧδε
ho men oun asōmatos kosmos ēdē peras eichen, hidrytheis en tǭ theiǭ logǭ; ho dʼ aisthētos pros paradeigma toutou eteleiogoneito; kai prōton autou tōn merōn, ho kai pantōn ariston, epoiei ton ouranon ho dēmiourgos, hon etymōs stereōma prosēgoreusen, hate sōmatikon onta. to gar sōma physei stereon, ho ti per kai trichē diastaton. stereou de kai sōmatos ennoia tis hetera plēn to pantē diestēkos? eikotōs oun antitheis tǭ noētǭ kai asōmatǭ ton aisthēton kai sōmatoeidē, touton stereon ekalese. ” Tauta ho Philōn. synądei de autǭ kai ho Klēmēs en tǭ hektǭ Strōmatei legōn hōde
The incorporeal world, then, was now complete, established in the divine Word; and the sensible world was being brought to completion after its pattern. And first of its parts, the best of all, the Creator made heaven, which he fittingly called firmament, since it is bodily. For body is by nature solid, being extended in three dimensions; and what other notion of solid and body is there but what is extended in every direction? With good reason, then, setting the sensible and bodily over against the intelligible and incorporeal, he called this firm.” So Philo. And Clement agrees with him in his sixth Miscellany, saying thus:
Preparation 11, chapter 25
11.25.1Dindorf 2:53
Κόσμον τε αὖθις τὸν μὲν νοητὸν οἶδεν ἡ βάρβαρος φιλοσοφία, τὸν δὲ αἰσθητόν· τὸν μὲν ἀρχέτυπον, τὸν δὲ εἰκόνα τοῦ καλοῦ παραδείγματος. καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀνατίθησι μονάδι, ὡς ἂν νοητὸν, τὸν δὲ αἰσθητὸν ἑξάδι· γάμος γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς Πυθαγορείοις, ὡς ἂν γόνιμος ἀριθμὸς, ἡ ἑξὰς καλεῖται.
Kosmon te authis ton men noēton oiden hē barbaros philosophia, ton de aisthēton; ton men archetypon, ton de eikona tou kalou paradeigmatos. kai ton men anatithēsi monadi, hōs an noēton, ton de aisthēton hexadi; gamos gar para tois Pythagoreiois, hōs an gonimos arithmos, hē hexas kaleitai.
“Again, the barbarian philosophy knows one world as intelligible and another as sensible, the one archetypal and the other an image of the beautiful pattern. And it assigns the intelligible to the monad and the sensible to the number six; for among the Pythagoreans six is called marriage, as a generative number.
11.25.2Dindorf 2:53–54
καὶ ἐν μὲν τῇ μονάδι συνίστησιν οὐρανὸν ἀόρατον καὶ γῆν ἁγίαν καὶ φῶς νοητόν. ‘ἐν ἀρχῇ γὰρ (φησὶν) ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν· ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος. εἶτʼ ἐπιφέρει καὶ εἷπεν ὁ θεὸς, γενέσθω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς.’ ἐν δὲ τῇ κοσμογονίᾳ τῇ αἰσθητῇ στερεὸν οὐρανὸν δημιουργεῖ· τὸ δὲ στερεὸν αἰσθητόν· γῆν τε ὁρατὴν καὶ φῶς βλεπόμενον.
kai en men tę̄ monadi synistēsin ouranon aoraton kai gēn hagian kai phōs noēton. ‘en archę̄ gar (phēsin) epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn; hē de gē ēn aoratos. eitʼ epipherei kai heipen ho theos, genesthō phōs, kai egeneto phōs.’ en de tę̄ kosmogonią tę̄ aisthētę̄ stereon ouranon dēmiourgei; to de stereon aisthēton; gēn te horatēn kai phōs blepomenon.
And in the monad it establishes an invisible heaven, a holy earth, and intelligible light. ‘For in the beginning,’ it says, ‘God made the heaven and the earth; and the earth was invisible.’ Then it adds, ‘And God said, Let there be light, and there was light.’ But in the sensible creation it makes a solid heaven (and what is solid is sensible), a visible earth, and light that is seen.
11.25.3Dindorf 2:54
ἆρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Πλάτων ζῴων ἰδέας ἐν τῷ νοητῷ ἀπολείπειν κόσμῳ καὶ τὰ εἴδη τὰ αἰ- σθητὰ κατὰ τὰ γένη δημιουργεῖν τὰ νοητά;
arʼ ou dokei soi enteuthen ho Platōn zǭōn ideas en tǭ noētǭ apoleipein kosmǭ kai ta eidē ta ai- sthēta kata ta genē dēmiourgein ta noēta?
Does not Plato seem to you to have left the Ideas of living things in the intelligible world from this source, and to create the sensible forms according to the intelligible kinds?
11.25.4Dindorf 2:54
εἰκότως ἄρα ἐκ γῆς μὲν τὸ σῶμα διαπλάττεσθαι λέγει Μώσης, ὃ γήινόν φησιν ὁ Πλάτων σκῆνος, ψυχὴν δὲ τὴν λογικὴν ἄνωθεν ἐμπνευσθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἰς πρόσωπον.
eikotōs ara ek gēs men to sōma diaplattesthai legei Mōsēs, ho gēinon phēsin ho Platōn skēnos, psychēn de tēn logikēn anōthen empneusthēnai hypo theou eis prosōpon.
With good reason, then, Moses says that the body was moulded from earth, which Plato calls the earthly tent, but that the rational soul was breathed from above by God into the face.
11.25.5Dindorf 2:54
ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἱδρῦσθαι λέγουσι, τὴν διὰ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἐπεισόδιον τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου εἴσοδον ἑρμηνεύοντες, διὸ καὶ κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν τὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι. εἰκὼν μὲν γὰρ θεοῦ λόγος ὁ θεῖος καὶ βασιλικὸς, ἄνθρωπος ἀπαθὴς, εἰκὼν δὲ εἰκόνος ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς.” Ἀκούσωμεν δὲ καὶ τῶν ῥηθησομένων.
entautha gar to hēgemonikon hidrysthai legousi, tēn dia tōn aisthētēriōn epeisodion tēs psychēs epi tou prōtoplastou eisodon hermēneuontes, dio kai katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin ton anthrōpon gegonenai. eikōn men gar theou logos ho theios kai basilikos, anthrōpos apathēs, eikōn de eikonos anthrōpinos nous.” Akousōmen de kai tōn rhēthēsomenōn.
For there, they say, the ruling part is seated, interpreting the entrance of the soul through the senses as an addition in the first-formed man; and for this reason man came to be after the image and after the likeness. For the image of God is the divine and royal Word, the impassible Man, and the image of the image is the human mind.” Let us also hear what is to be said next.
Preparation 11, chapter 26
11.26.1Dindorf 2:54
Ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ὁ Πλάτων τοῖς Ἑβραίων ἐπακολουθήσας λόγοις οὐ μόνον ἀσωμάτους καὶ ἀγα- θὰς δυνάμεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναντίας φησὶν εἶναι, ὧδέ πη γράφων ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων
Eti pros toutois ho Platōn tois Hebraiōn epakolouthēsas logois ou monon asōmatous kai aga- thas dynameis, alla kai enantias phēsin einai, hōde pē graphōn en tǭ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn
Further, Plato, following the teachings of the Hebrews, says that there are not only incorporeal and good powers but also opposite ones, writing somewhat as follows in the tenth book of the Laws:
11.26.2Dindorf 2:54
“ Ψυχὴν διοικοῦσαν καὶ ἐνοικοῦσαν τοῖς πάντη κινουμένοις πῶς οὐ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγκη διοικεῖν φάναι; Τί μήν; Μίαν, ἢ πλείους; πλείους, ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σφῶν ἀπο- κρινοῦμαι. δυοῖν μέν που ἔλαττον μηδὲν τιθῶμεν, τῆς τε εὐεργέτιδος καὶ τῆς τἀναντία δυναμένης ἐξεργάζεσθαι.”
“ Psychēn dioikousan kai enoikousan tois pantē kinoumenois pōs ou kai ton ouranon anankē dioikein phanai? Ti mēn? Mian, ē pleious? pleious, egō hyper sphōn apo- krinoumai. dyoin men pou elatton mēden tithōmen, tēs te euergetidos kai tēs tanantia dynamenēs exergazesthai.”
“If soul manages and dwells in all things that move everywhere, must we not say that it manages the heaven too? — Certainly. — One soul, or more? — More, I will answer for you both. Let us set down no fewer than two: one that does good, and one able to work the opposite.”
11.26.3Dindorf 2:54–55
Εἶθʼ ὑποβάς φησιν “ ’ Επειδὴ γὰρ συνεχωρήσαμεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς εἶναι μὲν τὸν οὐρανὸν πολλῶν μεστὸν ἀγαθῶν, εἶναι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, πλειόνων δὲ τῶν μὴ, μάχη δὴ, φαμὲν, ἀθάνατός ἐσθʼ ἡ τοιαύτη καὶ φυλακῆς θαυμαστῆς δεομένη. ξύμμαχοι δὲ ἡμῖν θεοί τε καὶ δαίμονες, ἡμεῖς δʼ αὖ κτήματα θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων. ”
Eithʼ hypobas phēsin “ ’ Epeidē gar synechōrēsamen hēmin autois einai men ton ouranon pollōn meston agathōn, einai de kai tōn enantiōn, pleionōn de tōn mē, machē dē, phamen, athanatos esthʼ hē toiautē kai phylakēs thaumastēs deomenē. xymmachoi de hēmin theoi te kai daimones, hēmeis dʼ au ktēmata theōn kai daimonōn. ”
Then further on he says: “For since we have agreed among ourselves that the heaven is full of many good things, but also of the opposite, and more of those that are not good, such a battle, we say, is undying and needs wonderful watchfulness. And gods and daemons are our allies, and we in turn are the possessions of gods and daemons.”
11.26.4Dindorf 2:55
Πόθεν καὶ ταῦτα τῷ Πλάτωνι ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιμι φράζειν· ὃ δʼ ἔχω φάναι ἀληθὲς, μυρίοις πρόσθεν ἢ Πλάτωνα γενέσθαι χρόνοις καὶ τοῦθʼ Ἑβραίοις ἀνωμολογῆσθαι τὸ δόγμα.
Pothen kai tauta tǭ Platōni egō men ouk an echoimi phrazein; ho dʼ echō phanai alēthes, myriois prosthen ē Platōna genesthai chronois kai touthʼ Hebraiois anōmologēsthai to dogma.
Where Plato got these things I could not say; but what I can say truly is that this doctrine too had been agreed among the Hebrews countless ages before Plato was born.
11.26.5Dindorf 2:55
λέγει δʼ οὖν ἡ παρʼ αὐτοῖς γραφὴ ‘καὶ ἦν ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα αὕτη, καὶ ἦλθον οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ θεοῦ παραστῆναι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ ὁ διάβολος ἦλθεν ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν, περιελθὼν τὴν γῆν καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσας αὐτήν, ” διάβολον μὲν τὴν ἐναντίαν δύναμιν, ἀγγέλους δὲ θεοῦ τὰς ἀγαθὰς προσειποῦσα.
legei dʼ oun hē parʼ autois graphē ‘kai ēn hōs hē hēmera hautē, kai ēlthon hoi angeloi tou theou parastēnai enōpion tou theou; kai ho diabolos ēlthen en mesǭ autōn, perielthōn tēn gēn kai emperipatēsas autēn, ” diabolon men tēn enantian dynamin, angelous de theou tas agathas proseipousa.
Their Scripture says: “And it was as this day, and the angels of God came to stand before God; and the devil came in the midst of them, having gone round the earth and walked about in it”; calling the opposite power the devil, and the good ones angels of God.
11.26.6Dindorf 2:55
ταύτας δὲ τὰς ἀγαθὰς δυνάμεις καὶ πνεύματα θεῖα καὶ λειτουργοὺς θεοῦ προσαγορεύει ἐν οἷς φησιν “ ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα.
tautas de tas agathas dynameis kai pneumata theia kai leitourgous theou prosagoreuei en hois phēsin “ ho poiōn tous angelous autou pneumata, kai tous leitourgous autou pyros phloga.
These good powers it calls divine spirits and ministers of God, where it says: “Who makes his angels spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire.”
11.26.7Dindorf 2:55
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν διαμάχην τῶν ἐναντίων ὧδε παρίστησιν ὁ φήσας “ οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἡ πάλη πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχὰς, πρὸς τὰς ἐξουσίας, πρὸς τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις. ”
alla kai tēn diamachēn tōn enantiōn hōde paristēsin ho phēsas “ ouk estin hēmin hē palē pros haima kai sarka, alla pros tas archas, pros tas exousias, pros tous kosmokratoras tou skotous tou aiōnos toutou, pros ta pneumatika tēs ponērias en tois epouraniois. ”
And the struggle against the opposing ones is set forth thus by the one who says: “Our wrestling is not against blood and flesh, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world-rulers of the darkness of this age, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.”
11.26.8Dindorf 2:55
ἄντικρυς δʼ ἔοικεν ὁ Πλάτων τὸ Μώσεως λόγιον μεταφράζειν τὸ φῆσαν ‘ὅτε διεμέριζεν ὁ ὕψιστος ἔθνη, ὡς διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδὰμ, ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ”, διʼ ὧν κτήματα θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων τὸ πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων εἶναι ὡρίσατο.
antikrys dʼ eoiken ho Platōn to Mōseōs logion metaphrazein to phēsan ‘hote diemerizen ho hypsistos ethnē, hōs diespeiren huious Adam, estēsen horia ethnōn kata arithmon angelōn theou”, diʼ hōn ktēmata theōn kai daimonōn to pan genos anthrōpōn einai hōrisato.
And Plato seems plainly to paraphrase the oracle of Moses that says: “When the Most High divided the nations, when he scattered the sons of Adam, he set the boundaries of the nations according to the number of the angels of God”; by which he determined that the whole human race is the possession of gods and daemons.
Preparation 11, chapter 27
11.27.1Dindorf 2:55–56
Καὶ ἐν τοῖς περὶ ψυχῆς δὲ ἀθανασίας οὐδὲν Μώσεως ὁ Πλάτων διέστηκε τῇ δόξῃ. ὁ μέν γε πρῶτος ἀθάνατον οὐσίαν εἶναι τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ ψυχὴν ὡρίσατο, εἰκόνα φήσας ὑπάρχειν αὐτὴν θεοῦ, μᾶλλον δὲ κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ γεγενῆσθαι. “εἶπε γὰρ (φησὶν) ὁ θεὸς, ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἡμετέραν. καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν.”
Kai en tois peri psychēs de athanasias ouden Mōseōs ho Platōn diestēke tę̄ doxę̄. ho men ge prōtos athanaton ousian einai tēn en anthrōpǭ psychēn hōrisato, eikona phēsas hyparchein autēn theou, mallon de katʼ eikona theou gegenēsthai. “eipe gar (phēsin) ho theos, poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin hēmeteran. kai epoiēsen ho theos ton anthrōpon, katʼ eikona theou epoiēsen auton.”
And in the teaching on the immortality of the soul Plato differs in no way from Moses in opinion. Moses first defined the soul in man as an immortal substance, saying that it is an image of God, or rather that it was made after the image of God. “For God said,” he says, “Let us make man after our image and likeness. And God made man; after the image of God he made him.”
11.27.2Dindorf 2:56
καὶ ἐξῆς τὸν σύνθετον τῷ λόγῳ διαιρῶν εἴς τε τὸ φαινόμενον σῶμα καὶ εἰς τὸν κατὰ ψυχὴν νοούμενον ἐπιλέγει “ καὶ ἔλαβεν ὁ θεὸς χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔπλασεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν.
kai exēs ton syntheton tǭ logǭ diairōn eis te to phainomenon sōma kai eis ton kata psychēn nooumenon epilegei “ kai elaben ho theos choun apo tēs gēs, kai eplasen ton anthrōpon kai enephysēsen eis to prosōpon autou pnoēn zōēs, kai egeneto ho eis psychēn zōsan.
And next, dividing the composite being in his account into the visible body and the man understood as soul, he adds: “And God took dust from the earth and formed man, and breathed into his face the breath of life, and the man became a living soul.”
11.27.3Dindorf 2:56
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρχικόν φησιν αὐτὸν καὶ βασιλικὸν γενέσθαι τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς πάντων. λέγει δʼ οὖν “ καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν, καὶ ἀρχέτωσαν τῶν ἰχθύων τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ τῶν πετεινῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τῶν κτηνῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς γῆς. καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐν εἰκόνι αὐτοῦ, κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν.
alla kai archikon phēsin auton kai basilikon genesthai tōn epi gēs pantōn. legei dʼ oun “ kai eipen ho theos, poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ homoiōsin, kai archetōsan tōn ichthyōn tēs thalassēs, kai tōn peteinōn tou ouranou, kai tōn ktēnōn kai pasēs tēs gēs. kai epoiēsen ho theos ton anthrōpon en eikoni autou, katʼ eikona theou epoiēsen auton.
He also says that man was made ruler and king of all things on earth. He says: “And God said, Let us make man after our image and after our likeness, and let them rule over the fishes of the sea, the birds of heaven, the cattle, and all the earth. And God made man in his image; after the image of God he made him.”
11.27.4Dindorf 2:56
πῶς δʼ ἂν ἄλλως εἰκὼν ἐπινοοῖτο θεοῦ καὶ ὁμοίωμα ἢ κατὰ τὰς ἐν τῷ θεῷ δυνάμεις καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς ὁμοιότητα; Μωσεῖ δὴ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ὥσπερ μεμαθητευμένος ὁ Πλάτων ἐπάκουσον ἐν τῷ Ἀλκιβιάδῃ οἷά φησιν
pōs dʼ an allōs eikōn epinooito theou kai homoiōma ē kata tas en tǭ theǭ dynameis kai kata tēn tēs aretēs homoiotēta? Mōsei dē kai en toutois hōsper memathēteumenos ho Platōn epakouson en tǭ Alkibiadę̄ hoia phēsin
How else could the image and likeness of God be conceived but according to the powers in God and the likeness of virtue? Hear what Plato, as one taught by Moses in these matters too, says in the Alcibiades:
11.27.5Dindorf 2:56–57
“Ἔχομεν οὖν εἰπεῖν ὅ τι τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστι θειότερον ἢ τοῦτο περὶ ὃ τὸ εἰδέναι τε καὶ φρονεῖν ἐστίν; Οὐκ ἔχομεν. Τῷ θεῷ ἄρα τοῦτο ἔοικεν αὐτῆς· καί τις εἰς τοῦτο βλέπων, καὶ πᾶν τὸ θεῖον γνοὺς, θεόν τε καὶ φρόνησιν, οὕτω καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἂν γνοίη μάλιστα. Φαίνεται. Ἆρʼ οὖν, ὅτι ὥσπερ κάτοπτρά ἐστι σαφέστερα τοῦ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ ἐνόπτρου καὶ καθαρώτερα καὶ λαμπρότερα, οὕτω καὶ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ψυχῇ βελτίστου καθαρώτερόν τε καὶ λαμπρότερον τυγχάνει ὂν. Ἔοικέ γε, ὦ Σώκρατες. Εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἄρα βλέποντες ἐκείνῳ καλλίστῳ ἐνόπτρῳ χρῴμεθʼ ἂν καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων εἰς τὴν ψυχῆς ἀρετὴν, καὶ οὕτως ἂν μάλιστα ὁρῷμεν καὶ γινώσκοιμεν ἡμᾶς αὐτούς. Ναί.”
“Echomen oun eipein ho ti tēs psychēs esti theioteron ē touto peri ho to eidenai te kai phronein estin? Ouk echomen. Tǭ theǭ ara touto eoiken autēs; kai tis eis touto blepōn, kai pan to theion gnous, theon te kai phronēsin, houtō kai heauton an gnoiē malista. Phainetai. Arʼ oun, hoti hōsper katoptra esti saphestera tou en tǭ ophthalmǭ enoptrou kai katharōtera kai lamprotera, houtō kai ho theos tou en tę̄ hēmeterą psychę̄ beltistou katharōteron te kai lamproteron tynchanei on. Eoike ge, ō Sōkrates. Eis ton theon ara blepontes ekeinǭ kallistǭ enoptrǭ chrǭmethʼ an kai tōn anthrōpinōn eis tēn psychēs aretēn, kai houtōs an malista horǭmen kai ginōskoimen hēmas autous. Nai.”
“Can we say, then, that there is anything in the soul more divine than that with which knowing and understanding are concerned? — We cannot. — This part of it, then, resembles God; and anyone looking to this, and knowing all that is divine, God and understanding, would so know himself best. — Apparently. — Then, just as mirrors are clearer, purer, and brighter than the mirror in the eye, so God is purer and brighter than the best in our soul? — It seems so, Socrates. — Looking at God, then, we should use him as the finest mirror, and, among human things, the virtue of the soul; and so we should best see and know ourselves. — Yes.”
11.27.6Dindorf 2:57
Ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀλκιβιάδῃ. ἐν δὲ τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς ὅπως πλατύτερον ἑρμηνεύει τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους ἐπάκουσον. “ Θῶμεν οὖν βούλει, ἔφη, δύο εἴδη τῶν ὄντων, τὸ μὲν ὁρατὸν, τὸ δὲ ἀειδές; Θῶμεν, ἔφη. Καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀειδὲς ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἔχον, τὸ δὲ ὁρατὸν μηδέποτε κατὰ ταὐτά; Καὶ ταῦτα, ἔφη, θῶμεν.
Tauta men en tǭ Alkibiadę̄. en de tǭ Peri psychēs hopōs platyteron hermēneuei ta kata tous topous epakouson. “ Thōmen oun boulei, ephē, dyo eidē tōn ontōn, to men horaton, to de aeides? Thōmen, ephē. Kai to men aeides aei kata ta auta echon, to de horaton mēdepote kata tauta? Kai tauta, ephē, thōmen.
So in the Alcibiades. And hear how in the dialogue On the Soul he explains more broadly the matters in these passages: “Shall we then assume, he said, two kinds of things, the one visible, the other invisible? — Let us assume it, he said. — And the invisible always the same, the visible never the same? — Let us assume this too, he said.
11.27.7Dindorf 2:57
Φέρε δὴ, ἦ δʼ ὃς, ἄλλο δή τι ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸ μὲν σῶμά ἐστι, τὸ δὲ ψυχή; Οὐδὲν ἄλλο, ἔφη. Ποτέρῳ οὖν ὁμοιότερον τῷ εἴδει φαῖμεν ἂν εἶναι καὶ συγγενέστερον τὸ σῶμα; Παντὶ, ἔφη, τοῦτό γε δῆλον ὅτι τῷ ὁρατῷ. Τί δὲ ἡ ψυχή; ὁρατὸν, ἢ ἀειδές; Οὐχ ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων γε, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔφη. Ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡμεῖς γε τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσει ἐλέγομεν, ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ οἴει; Τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
Phere dē, ē dʼ hos, allo dē ti hēmōn autōn to men sōma esti, to de psychē? Ouden allo, ephē. Poterǭ oun homoioteron tǭ eidei phaimen an einai kai syngenesteron to sōma? Panti, ephē, touto ge dēlon hoti tǭ horatǭ. Ti de hē psychē? horaton, ē aeides? Ouch hypo anthrōpōn ge, ō Sōkrates, ephē. Alla mēn hēmeis ge ta horata kai ta mē tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn physei elegomen, ē allę̄ tini oiei? Tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn.
Come then, he said, is there any other part of ourselves, or is one part body and the other soul? — No other, he said. — To which kind, then, should we say the body is more like and more akin? — That is clear to everyone, he said: to the visible. — And the soul? Visible or invisible? — Not visible to men, at least, Socrates, he said. — But we were speaking of what is visible and not to the nature of men, or do you think to some other? — To that of men.
11.27.8Dindorf 2:57
Τί οὖν περὶ ψυχῆς λέγομεν; ὁρατὸν ἢ ἀόρατον εἷναι; Οὐχ ὁρατόν. Ἀειδὲς ἄρα; Ναί. Ὁμοιότερον ἄρα ψυχὴ σώματός ἐστι τῷ ἀειδεῖ, τὸ δὲ τῷ ὁρατῷ. Πᾶσα ἀνάγκη, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Ti oun peri psychēs legomen? horaton ē aoraton heinai? Ouch horaton. Aeides ara? Nai. Homoioteron ara psychē sōmatos esti tǭ aeidei, to de tǭ horatǭ. Pasa anankē, ō Sōkrates.
What then do we say about the soul? That it is visible or invisible? — Not visible. — Invisible, then? — Yes. — The soul, then, is more like the invisible than the body is, and the body more like the visible. — Absolutely necessarily, Socrates.
11.27.9Dindorf 2:57–58
Οὐκοῦν καὶ τόδε πάλαι ἐλέγομεν, ὅτι ἡ ψυχὴ ὅταν μὲν τῷ σώματι προσχρῆται εἰς τὸ σκοπεῖν τι, ἢ διὰ τοῦ ὁρᾶν, ἢ διὰ τοῦ ἀκούειν, ἢ διʼ ἄλλης τινὸς αἰσθήσεως· (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ διὰ τοῦ σώματος, τὸ διʼ αἰσθήσεως σκοπεῖν τι·) τότε μὲν ἕλκεται ὑπὸ τοῦ σώματος εἰς ταῦτα τὰ μηδέποτε κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔχοντα· καὶ αὐτὴ πλανᾶται καὶ ταράττεται καὶ ἰλιγγιᾷ ὥσπερ μεθύουσα, ἅτε τοιούτων ἐφαπτομένη. Πάνυ γε.
Oukoun kai tode palai elegomen, hoti hē psychē hotan men tǭ sōmati proschrētai eis to skopein ti, ē dia tou horan, ē dia tou akouein, ē diʼ allēs tinos aisthēseōs; (touto gar esti to dia tou sōmatos, to diʼ aisthēseōs skopein ti;) tote men helketai hypo tou sōmatos eis tauta ta mēdepote kata tauta echonta; kai autē planatai kai tarattetai kai ilingią hōsper methyousa, hate toioutōn ephaptomenē. Pany ge.
Were we not saying this too long ago, that the soul, when it uses the body to examine something, through seeing or hearing or some other sense (for to examine something through the body is to do so through sense), is then dragged by the body to things that are never the same, and itself wanders, is confused, and is dizzy as if drunk, since it is touching such things? — Certainly.
11.27.10Dindorf 2:58
Ὅταν δὲ αὐτὴ καθʼ αὑτὴν σκοπῇ, ἐκεῖσε οἴχεται, εἰς τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ ἀεὶ ὂν καὶ ἀθάνατον καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχον, καὶ ὡς ξυγγενὴς οὖσα αὐτοῦ ἀεὶ μετʼ ἐκείνου τε γίνεται, ὅταν περ αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν γένηται καὶ ἐξῇ αὐτὴ, καὶ πέπαυταί τε τοῦ πλάνου καὶ περὶ ἐκεῖνα ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχει, ἅτε τοιούτων ἐφαπτομένη. καὶ τοῦτο αὐτῆς τὸ πάθημα φρόνησις κέκληται.
Hotan de autē kathʼ hautēn skopę̄, ekeise oichetai, eis to katharon te kai aei on kai athanaton kai hōsautōs echon, kai hōs xyngenēs ousa autou aei metʼ ekeinou te ginetai, hotan per autē kathʼ heautēn genētai kai exę̄ autē, kai pepautai te tou planou kai peri ekeina aei kata ta auta kai hōsautōs echei, hate toioutōn ephaptomenē. kai touto autēs to pathēma phronēsis keklētai.
But when she examines by herself alone, she goes away there, to what is pure and always is and is immortal and unchanging; and being akin to it, she is always with it, whenever she is by herself and is free to be; and she has ceased from her wandering, and in relation to those things she is always the same and unchanging, since she is touching such things. And this state of hers is called wisdom.
11.27.11Dindorf 2:58
Παντάπασιν, ἔφη, καλῶς καὶ ἀληθῆ λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες. Ποτέρῳ οὖν αὖ σοι δοκεῖ τῷ εἴδει καὶ ἐκ τῶν πρόσθεν εἰρημένων καὶ ἐκ τῶν νῦν λεγομένων ἡ ψυχὴ ὁμοιότερον εἶναι καὶ συγγενέστερον; Πᾶς ἂν, ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, ἦ δʼ ὃς, συγχωρήσαι, Σώκρατες, ἐκ ταύτης τῆς μεθόδου καὶ ὁ δυσμαθέστατος ὅτι ὅλῳ καὶ παντὶ ὁμοιότερόν ἐστιν ψυχὴ τῷ ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντι μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ μή.
Pantapasin, ephē, kalōs kai alēthē legeis, ō Sōkrates. Poterǭ oun au soi dokei tǭ eidei kai ek tōn prosthen eirēmenōn kai ek tōn nyn legomenōn hē psychē homoioteron einai kai syngenesteron? Pas an, emoige dokei, ē dʼ hos, synchōrēsai, Sōkrates, ek tautēs tēs methodou kai ho dysmathestatos hoti holǭ kai panti homoioteron estin psychē tǭ aei hōsautōs echonti mallon ē tǭ mē.
Altogether well and truly said, Socrates, he said. — To which kind, then, does the soul seem to you more like and more akin, from what was said before and what is said now? — Everyone, I think, Socrates, he said, even the slowest to learn, would agree from this way of inquiry that the soul is in every respect more like what is always the same than what is not.
11.27.12Dindorf 2:58
Τί δὲ τὸ σῶμα; Τῷ ἑτέρῳ. ὅρα δὴ καὶ τῇδε· ὅτι ἐπειδὰν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ὦσι ψυχὴ καὶ σῶμα, τῷ μὲν δουλεύειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἡ φύσις προστάττει, τῇ δὲ ἄρχειν καὶ δεσπόζειν· καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα αὖ πότερόν σοι δοκεῖ ὅμοιον τῷ θείῳ εἶναι καὶ πότερον τῷ θνητῷ; Ἢ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι τὸ μὲν θεῖον οἶον ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἡγεμονεύειν πεφυκέναι, τὸ δὲ θνητὸν ἄρχεσθαί τε καὶ δουλεύειν; ἔμοιγε.
Ti de to sōma? Tǭ heterǭ. hora dē kai tę̄de; hoti epeidan en tǭ autǭ ōsi psychē kai sōma, tǭ men douleuein kai archesthai hē physis prostattei, tę̄ de archein kai despozein; kai kata tauta au poteron soi dokei homoion tǭ theiǭ einai kai poteron tǭ thnētǭ? Ē ou dokei soi to men theion oion archein te kai hēgemoneuein pephykenai, to de thnēton archesthai te kai douleuein? emoige.
And the body? — To the other. — Look at it this way too: when soul and body are together, nature orders the one to serve and be ruled, the other to rule and be master. In this respect again, which seems to you like the divine and which like the mortal? Or does it not seem to you that the divine is by nature fit to rule and lead, the mortal to be ruled and serve? — It does to me.
11.27.13Dindorf 2:58–59
Ποτέρῳ οὖν ἡ ψυχὴ ἔοικε; Δῆλα δὴ, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὅτι ἡ μὲν ψυχὴ τῷ θείῳ, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τῷ θνητῷ. Σκόπει δὴ, ἔφη, ὦ Κέβης, εἰ ἐκ πάντων τῶν εἰρημένων τάδε ἡμῖν ξυμβαίνει· τῷ μὲν θείῳ καὶ ἀθανάτῳ καὶ νοητῷ καὶ μονοειδεῖ καὶ ἀδιαλύτῳ καὶ ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἔχοντι ἑαυτῷ ὁμοιότατον εἶναι ψυχὴν, τῷ δὲ ἀνθρωπίνῳ καὶ θνητῷ καὶ ἀνοήτῳ καὶ πολυειδεῖ καὶ διαλυτῷ καὶ μηδέποτε κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἔχοντι ἑαυτῷ ὁμοιότατον αὖ εἶναι τὸ σῶμα
Poterǭ oun hē psychē eoike? Dēla dē, ō Sōkrates, hoti hē men psychē tǭ theiǭ, to de sōma tǭ thnētǭ. Skopei dē, ephē, ō Kebēs, ei ek pantōn tōn eirēmenōn tade hēmin xymbainei; tǭ men theiǭ kai athanatǭ kai noētǭ kai monoeidei kai adialytǭ kai aei hōsautōs kata ta auta echonti heautǭ homoiotaton einai psychēn, tǭ de anthrōpinǭ kai thnētǭ kai anoētǭ kai polyeidei kai dialytǭ kai mēdepote kata ta auta echonti heautǭ homoiotaton au einai to sōma
Which, then, does the soul resemble? — Clearly, Socrates, the soul the divine, the body the mortal. — Consider, then, Cebes, he said, whether from all that has been said this follows for us: the soul is most like the divine, immortal, intelligible, uniform, indissoluble, and always the same with itself; the body, on the other hand, most like the human, mortal, unintelligible, multiform, dissoluble, and never the same with itself.
11.27.14Dindorf 2:59
Ἔχομέν τι παρὰ ταῦτα ἄλλο λέγειν, ὦ φίλε Κέβης, ὡς οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει; Οὐκ ἔχομεν. Τί οὖν; τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων ἆρʼ οὐ σώματι μὲν ταχὺ διαλύεσθαι προσήκει, ψυχῇ δὲ αὖ τὸ παράπαν ἀδιαλύτῳ εἶναι, ἢ ἐγγύς τι τούτου;
Echomen ti para tauta allo legein, ō phile Kebēs, hōs ouch houtōs echei? Ouk echomen. Ti oun? toutōn houtōs echontōn arʼ ou sōmati men tachy dialyesthai prosēkei, psychę̄ de au to parapan adialytǭ einai, ē engys ti toutou?
Have we anything else to say against this, dear Cebes, to show it is not so? — We have not. — Well then, this being so, is it not fitting for the body to be quickly dissolved, but for the soul to be wholly indissoluble, or nearly so?
11.27.15Dindorf 2:59
Πῶς γὰρ οὔ; Συννοεῖς οὖν, ἔφη, ὅτι ἐπειδὰν ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, τὸ μὲν ὁρατὸν αὐτοῦ, τὸ σῶμα, καὶ ἐν ὁρατῷ κείμενον, ὃ δὴ νεκρὸν καλοῦμεν, ᾦ προσήκει διαλύεσθαι καὶ διαπίπτειν καὶ διαπνεῖσθαι, οὐκ εὐθὺς τούτων οὐδὲν πέπονθεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπιεικῶς συχνὸν ἐπιμένει χρόνον· ἐὰν μέν τις καὶ χαριέντως ἔχων τὸ σῶμα τελευτήσῃ, καὶ ἐν τοιαύτῃ ὥρᾳ, καὶ πάνυ μάλα. συμπεσὸν γὰρ τὸ σῶμα καὶ ταριχευθὲν, ὥσπερ οἱ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ταριχευθέντες, ὀλίγου ὅλον μένει ἀμήχανον ὅσον χρόνον. ἔνια δὲ μέρη τοῦ σώματος, καὶ ἐὰν σαπῇ, ὀστᾶ τε καὶ νεῦρα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα ὅμως, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἀθάνατά ἐστιν, ἢ οὔ; Ναί.
Pōs gar ou? Synnoeis oun, ephē, hoti epeidan apothanę̄ ho anthrōpos, to men horaton autou, to sōma, kai en horatǭ keimenon, ho dē nekron kaloumen, ǭ prosēkei dialyesthai kai diapiptein kai diapneisthai, ouk euthys toutōn ouden peponthen, allʼ epieikōs sychnon epimenei chronon; ean men tis kai charientōs echōn to sōma teleutēsę̄, kai en toiautę̄ hōrą, kai pany mala. sympeson gar to sōma kai taricheuthen, hōsper hoi en Aigyptǭ taricheuthentes, oligou holon menei amēchanon hoson chronon. enia de merē tou sōmatos, kai ean sapę̄, osta te kai neura kai ta toiauta panta homōs, hōs epos eipein, athanata estin, ē ou? Nai.
How could it not? — Do you notice, then, he said, that when a man dies, his visible part, the body, which lies in the visible world and which we call the corpse, whose nature is to be dissolved, to fall apart and be dispersed, does not at once suffer any of these things, but lasts a fair time; and if one dies with his body in good condition and at such an age, a very long time indeed. For the body, shrunk and embalmed like those embalmed in Egypt, remains nearly whole for an incredible time. And some parts of the body, even if it decays, bones and sinews and all such things, are nevertheless, so to speak, immortal, are they not? — Yes.
11.27.16Dindorf 2:59
Ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα (τὸ ἀειδὲς, τὸ εἰς τοιοῦτον τόπον ἕτερον οἰχόμενον, γενναῖον καὶ καθαρὸν καὶ ἀειδῆ, εἰς Ἅιδου, ὡς ἀληθῶς, παρὰ τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ φρόνιμον θεὸν, οἷ, ἂν θεὸς ἐθέλῃ, αὐτίκα καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον·) αὕτη δὲ δὴ ἡμῖν ἡ τοιαύτη καὶ οὕτω πεφυκυῖα ἀπαλλαττομένη τοῦ σώματος εὐθὺς διαπεφύσηται καὶ ἀπόλωλεν, ὥς φασιν οἱ πολλοὶ ἄνθρωποι;
Hē de psychē ara (to aeides, to eis toiouton topon heteron oichomenon, gennaion kai katharon kai aeidē, eis Haidou, hōs alēthōs, para ton agathon kai phronimon theon, hoi, an theos ethelę̄, autika kai tę̄ emę̄ psychę̄ iteon;) hautē de dē hēmin hē toiautē kai houtō pephykuia apallattomenē tou sōmatos euthys diapephysētai kai apolōlen, hōs phasin hoi polloi anthrōpoi?
And the soul, then (the invisible, which goes to another place like itself, noble and pure and invisible, to Hades in truth, to the good and wise God, where, if God wills, my soul too must go shortly), this soul of ours, being such and of such a nature, is it, when released from the body, at once blown away and destroyed, as most men say?
11.27.17Dindorf 2:59–60
Πολλοῦ γε δεῖ, ὦ φίλε Κέβης τε καὶ Σιμμία· ἀλλὰ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὧδε ἔχει. ἐὰν μὲν καθαρὰ ἀπαλλάττηται, μηδὲν τοῦ σώματος συνεφέλκουσα, ἅτε οὐδὲν κοινωνοῦσα αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βίῳ ἑκοῦσα εἶναι, ἀλλὰ φεύγουσα αὐτὸ, καὶ συνηθροισμένη αὐτὴ εἰς ἑαυτὴν, ἅτε μελετῶσα ἀεὶ τοῦτο· (τοῦτο δὲ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ ὀρθῶς φιλοσοφοῦσα καὶ τῷ ὄντι τεθνάναι μελετῶσα ῥᾳδίως· ἢ οὐ τοῦτʼ ἂν εἴη μελέτη θανάτου; Παντάπασί γε.)
Pollou ge dei, ō phile Kebēs te kai Simmia; alla pollǭ mallon hōde echei. ean men kathara apallattētai, mēden tou sōmatos synephelkousa, hate ouden koinōnousa autǭ en tǭ biǭ hekousa einai, alla pheugousa auto, kai synēthroismenē autē eis heautēn, hate meletōsa aei touto; (touto de ouden allo estin ē orthōs philosophousa kai tǭ onti tethnanai meletōsa rhądiōs; ē ou toutʼ an eiē meletē thanatou? Pantapasi ge.)
Far from it, dear Cebes and Simmias; rather it is much more like this. If she departs pure, dragging nothing of the body with her, since she willingly had no communion with it in life, but fled it and gathered herself into herself, always practising this (and this is nothing other than philosophizing rightly and truly practising being dead readily; or would this not be a practice of death? — Altogether so.)
11.27.18Dindorf 2:60
Οὐκοῦν οὕτω μὲν ἔχουσα εἰς τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ τὸ ἀειδὲς ἀπέρχεται, τὸ θεῖόν τε καὶ ἀθάνατον καὶ φρόνιμον· οἷ ἀφικομένῃ ὑπάρχει αὐτῇ εὐδαίμονι εἷναι, πλάνης καὶ ἀνοίας καὶ φόβων καὶ ἀγρίων ἐρώτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακῶν τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀπηλλαγμένῃ, ὥσπερ δὲ λέγεται κατὰ τῶν μεμυημένων, ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον μετὰ θεῶν διάγουσα, οὕτω φῶμεν, ὦ Κέβης, ἢ ἄλλως; Οὕτως νὴ Δία, ἔφη ὁ Κέβης.
Oukoun houtō men echousa eis to homoion autę̄ to aeides aperchetai, to theion te kai athanaton kai phronimon; hoi aphikomenę̄ hyparchei autę̄ eudaimoni heinai, planēs kai anoias kai phobōn kai agriōn erōtōn kai tōn allōn kakōn tōn anthrōpeiōn apēllagmenę̄, hōsper de legetai kata tōn memyēmenōn, hōs alēthōs ton loipon chronon meta theōn diagousa, houtō phōmen, ō Kebēs, ē allōs? Houtōs nē Dia, ephē ho Kebēs.
Then, being so, she goes away to what is like her, the invisible, the divine, immortal, and wise; arriving there, it is hers to be happy, freed from wandering and folly, fears, wild loves, and the other human evils, and, as is said of the initiated, truly spending the rest of time with the gods. Shall we say so, Cebes, or otherwise? — So, by Zeus, said Cebes.
11.27.19Dindorf 2:60
Ἂν δέ γε, οἶμαι, μεμιασμένη καὶ ἀκάθαρτος τοῦ σώματος ἀπαλλάττηται, ἅτε σώματι ἀεὶ ξυνοῦσα, καὶ τοῦτο θεραπεύουσα, καὶ ἐρῶσα, καὶ γεγοητευμένη ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ὑπό τε τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ ἡδονῶν, ὥστε μηδὲν ἄλλο δοκεῖν εἶναι ἀληθὲς ἀλλʼ ἢ τὸ σωματοειδές, οὗ ἄν τις ἅψαιτο, καὶ ἴδοι καὶ φάγοι καὶ πίοι καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἀφροδίσια χρήσαιτο· τὸ δὲ τοῖς ὄμμασι σκοτῶδες καὶ ἀειδὲς, νοητὸν δὲ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ αἱρετὸν, τοῦτο δὲ εἰθισμένη μισεῖν τε καὶ τρέμειν καὶ φεύγειν· οὕτω δὴ ἔχουσαν οἴει ψυχὴν αὐτὴν καθʼ αὑτὴν εἰλικρινῆ ἀπαλλάξεσθαι; Οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν, ἔφη.”
An de ge, oimai, memiasmenē kai akathartos tou sōmatos apallattētai, hate sōmati aei xynousa, kai touto therapeuousa, kai erōsa, kai gegoēteumenē hypʼ autou, hypo te tōn epithymiōn kai hēdonōn, hōste mēden allo dokein einai alēthes allʼ ē to sōmatoeides, hou an tis hapsaito, kai idoi kai phagoi kai pioi kai pros ta aphrodisia chrēsaito; to de tois ommasi skotōdes kai aeides, noēton de kai philosophią haireton, touto de eithismenē misein te kai tremein kai pheugein; houtō dē echousan oiei psychēn autēn kathʼ hautēn eilikrinē apallaxesthai? Oudʼ hopōstioun, ephē.”
But if, I think, she departs from the body polluted and impure, since she was always with the body, serving it and loving it, bewitched by it and by its desires and pleasures, so as to think nothing true but the bodily, what one can touch and see and eat and drink and use for sexual pleasure, while what is dark to the eyes and invisible, but intelligible and to be grasped by philosophy, she was accustomed to hate, fear, and flee; do you think a soul in this state will depart by itself, pure? — Not at all, he said.”
11.27.20Dindorf 2:60
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων· ἐξαπλοῖ δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ Πορφύριος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν Πρὸς Βοηθὸν Περὶ ψυχῆς τοῦτον γράφων τὸν τρόπον
Tauta ho Platōn; exaploi de tēn dianoian ho Porphyrios en tǭ prōtǭ tōn Pros Boēthon Peri psychēs touton graphōn ton tropon
So Plato. Porphyry unfolds the meaning in the first book of his work Against Boethus, On the Soul, writing in this way:
Preparation 11, chapter 28
11.28.1Dindorf 2:60–61
“ Αὐτίκα λόγον ἰσχυρὸν εἶναι δοκοῦντα τῷ Πλάτωνι εἰς παράστασιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας τὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὁμοίου. εἰ γὰρ ὁμοία τῷ θείῳ καὶ ἀθα- νάτω καὶ ἀειδεῖ καὶ ἀσκεδάστῳ καὶ ἀδιαλύτῳ καὶ οὐσιωμένῳ καὶ συνεστῶτι ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ, πῶς οὐ τοῦ γένους ἂν εἴη τοῦ κατὰ τὸ παράδειγμα;
“ Autika logon ischyron einai dokounta tǭ Platōni eis parastasin tēs psychēs athanasias ton ek tou homoiou. ei gar homoia tǭ theiǭ kai atha- natō kai aeidei kai askedastǭ kai adialytǭ kai ousiōmenǭ kai synestōti en aphtharsią, pōs ou tou genous an eiē tou kata to paradeigma?
“For example, the argument from likeness seemed strong to Plato for establishing the immortality of the soul. For if it is like the divine, immortal, invisible, indivisible, indissoluble, substantial, and established in incorruption, how could it not belong to the class of its pattern?
11.28.2Dindorf 2:61
ὅταν γὰρ δύο τινῶν ἄκρων ἐναργῶς ἐναντίων, οἷον λογικοῦ τε καὶ ἀλόγου, ἄλλο τι ἀμφισβητῆται ποίας ἐστὶ μερίδος, εἶς ἦν καὶ οὗτος τρόπος ἀποδείξεως διὰ τοῦ δεῖξαι τίνι τῶν ἀντικειμένων ὅμοιον. οὕτω γὰρ, καίπερ ἐν ἀλογίᾳ κατὰ πρώτην ἡλικίαν τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου γένους κατεσχημένου, πολλῶν τε ἄχρι γήρως ἐν τοῖς τῆς ἀλογίας ἁμαρτήμασι πλεοναζόντων, ὅμως διὰ τὸ τῷ καθαρῶς λογικῷ πολλὰς ὁμοιότητας φέρειν λογικὸν εἶναι τὸ γένος τοῦτο ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπιστεύθη.
hotan gar dyo tinōn akrōn enargōs enantiōn, hoion logikou te kai alogou, allo ti amphisbētētai poias esti meridos, eis ēn kai houtos tropos apodeixeōs dia tou deixai tini tōn antikeimenōn homoion. houtō gar, kaiper en alogią kata prōtēn hēlikian tou anthrōpinou genous kateschēmenou, pollōn te achri gērōs en tois tēs alogias hamartēmasi pleonazontōn, homōs dia to tǭ katharōs logikǭ pollas homoiotētas pherein logikon einai to genos touto ex archēs episteuthē.
For when, between two clearly opposite extremes, such as rational and irrational, there is dispute about which side some other thing belongs to, one way of proof is to show which of the opposites it is like. So, although the human race in its first age is held in irrationality, and many abound in the errors of irrationality even to old age, still, because it bears many likenesses to the purely rational, this race was believed from the beginning to be rational.
11.28.3Dindorf 2:61
ὄντος οὖν θείου τοῦ συστήματος καὶ ἀκηράτου καὶ ἀλύτου προφανῶς τοῦ τῶν θεῶν, ὄντος δὲ πάλιν ἐναρ- γῶς τοῦ χθονίου καὶ λυτοῦ καὶ ἐν διαφθορᾷ κειμένου, ἀμφισβητουμένης δὲ παρά τισι τῆς ψυχῆς τίνι τῶν προκειμένων μέρει προσκεχώρηκεν, ἐκ τῆς ὁμοι- ότητος ᾠήθη ὁ Πλάτων δεῖν ἀνιχνεύειν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
ontos oun theiou tou systēmatos kai akēratou kai alytou prophanōs tou tōn theōn, ontos de palin enar- gōs tou chthoniou kai lytou kai en diaphthorą keimenou, amphisbētoumenēs de para tisi tēs psychēs tini tōn prokeimenōn merei proskechōrēken, ek tēs homoi- otētos ǭēthē ho Platōn dein anichneuein tēn alētheian.
Since, then, the system of the gods is plainly divine, pure, and indissoluble, and on the other hand the earthly is clearly dissoluble and liable to corruption, and some dispute to which of these sides the soul has gone over, Plato thought the truth must be tracked down from likeness.
11.28.4Dindorf 2:61
καὶ ἐπειδὴ τῷ μὲν θνητῷ τε καὶ λυτῷ καὶ ἀνοήτῳ καὶ ζωῆς ἀμετόχῳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἁπτῷ τε καὶ αἰσθητῷ καὶ γινομένῳ καὶ ἀπολλυμένῳ, οὐδαμῶς ἔοικε, τῷ δὲ θείῳ καὶ ἀθανάτῳ καὶ ἀειδεῖ καὶ νοερῷ ζῶντί τε καὶ ἀληθείας συγγενεῖ, καὶ ὅσα ἐκεῖνος περὶ αὐτῆς ἀναλογίζεται· ἐδόκει μὴ τὰς μὲν ἄλλας ὁμοιό- τητας τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεῖναι συγχωρεῖν, τὸ δὲ τῆς οὐσίας ἐμφερὲς ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἐθέλειν ἀθετεῖν, διʼ ὃ καὶ τούτων αὐτὴν τυχεῖν συμβέβηκεν.
kai epeidē tǭ men thnētǭ te kai lytǭ kai anoētǭ kai zōēs ametochǭ, kai dia touto haptǭ te kai aisthētǭ kai ginomenǭ kai apollymenǭ, oudamōs eoike, tǭ de theiǭ kai athanatǭ kai aeidei kai noerǭ zōnti te kai alētheias syngenei, kai hosa ekeinos peri autēs analogizetai; edokei mē tas men allas homoio- tētas tou theou eneinai synchōrein, to de tēs ousias empheres apʼ autēs ethelein athetein, diʼ ho kai toutōn autēn tychein symbebēken.
And since it is in no way like the mortal, dissoluble, unintelligent, lifeless, and therefore tangible, sensible, coming to be and perishing, but like the divine, immortal, invisible, intelligent, living, and akin to truth, and all that he reckons up about it, he thought one should not admit that the other likenesses to God are in it while wishing to deny it the likeness of substance, through which it has come to have these too.
11.28.5Dindorf 2:61–62
ὥσπερ γὰρ τὰ ταῖς ἐνεργείαις τῷ θεῷ ἀνόμοια εὐθὺς καὶ τῇ συστάσει τῆς οὐσίας ἐξήλλακτο, οὕτως ἀκόλουθον εἶναι τὰ τῶν αὐτῶν πως ἐνεργειῶν μέτοχα φθάνειν τὴν ὁμοιότητα τῆς οὐσίας κεκτημένα. διὰ γὰρ τὴν ποιὰν οὐσίαν ποιὰς εἶναι καὶ τὰς ἐνεργείας, ὡς ἂν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ῥεούσας καὶ αὐτῆς οὔσας βλαστήματα.”
hōsper gar ta tais energeiais tǭ theǭ anomoia euthys kai tę̄ systasei tēs ousias exēllakto, houtōs akolouthon einai ta tōn autōn pōs energeiōn metocha phthanein tēn homoiotēta tēs ousias kektēmena. dia gar tēn poian ousian poias einai kai tas energeias, hōs an apʼ autēs rheousas kai autēs ousas blastēmata.”
For as things unlike God in their activities at once differ from him in the constitution of their substance, so it follows that things that share in the same activities in some way have already acquired likeness of substance. For through being a certain kind of substance, activities too are of a certain kind, as flowing from it and being its offshoots.”
11.28.6Dindorf 2:62
Τούτου τοίνυν τοῦ λόγου τὴν δύναμιν περιαιρῶν ὁ Βοηθὸς ἐπάκουσον εὐθὺς ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ λόγου ὃν πεποίηκε γράφων οὕτως
Toutou toinyn tou logou tēn dynamin periairōn ho Boēthos epakouson euthys en archę̄ tou logou hon pepoiēke graphōn houtōs
Hear now Boethus removing the force of this argument right at the start of the discussion he composed, writing thus:
11.28.7Dindorf 2:62
“Εἰ μὲν ἀθάνατός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ παντὸς ὀλέθρου κρείττων τις φύσις, πολλοὺς ἀναμείναντα χρὴ καὶ περιηγησάμενον λόγους ἀποφήνασθαι.
“Ei men athanatos estin hē psychē kai pantos olethrou kreittōn tis physis, pollous anameinanta chrē kai periēgēsamenon logous apophēnasthai.
“Whether the soul is immortal and a nature superior to all destruction, one must wait for many arguments and go through them before declaring.
11.28.8Dindorf 2:62
τὸ μέντοι τῶν περὶ ἡμᾶς ὁμοιότερον μηδὲν γενέσθαι θεῷ ψυχῆς, οὐ πολλῆς ἄν τις δεηθεὶς πραγματείας πιστεύσειεν, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ συνεχὲς καὶ ἄπαυστον τῆς κινήσεως, ἣν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνδίδωσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν νοῦ.
to mentoi tōn peri hēmas homoioteron mēden genesthai theǭ psychēs, ou pollēs an tis deētheis pragmateias pisteuseien, ou monon dia to syneches kai apauston tēs kinēseōs, hēn en hēmin endidōsin, alla tou kathʼ heautēn nou.
But that nothing in us is more like God than the soul, one would believe without needing much effort, not only because of the continuous and unceasing motion it imparts in us, but because of its own mind.
11.28.9Dindorf 2:62
εἰς ὅπερ ἀπιδὼν καὶ ὁ Κροτωνιάτης φυσικὸς εἶπεν ἀθάνατον αὐτὴν οὖσαν καὶ πᾶσαν ἠρεμίαν φύσει φεύγειν, ὥσπερ τὰ θεῖα τῶν σωμάτων.
eis hoper apidōn kai ho Krotōniatēs physikos eipen athanaton autēn ousan kai pasan ēremian physei pheugein, hōsper ta theia tōn sōmatōn.
Looking at this, the natural philosopher of Croton too said that it is immortal and by nature flees all rest, like the divine bodies.
11.28.10Dindorf 2:62
ἀλλὰ καὶ καθάπαξ τὴν ἰδέαν τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ μάλιστα τὸν ἄρχοντα ἐν ἡμῖν νοῦν, ὁπηλίκα βουλεύματα καὶ ὁρμὰς πολλάκις ὁποίας ὑποκινεῖ, τῷ κατανοήσαντι πολλή τις ἂν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁμοιότης ὑπο- φανείη.”
alla kai kathapax tēn idean tēs psychēs kai malista ton archonta en hēmin noun, hopēlika bouleumata kai hormas pollakis hopoias hypokinei, tǭ katanoēsanti pollē tis an pros ton theon homoiotēs hypo- phaneiē.”
Indeed, in general, if one considers the form of the soul, and especially the ruling mind in us, what great counsels and what sort of impulses it often sets in motion, a great likeness to God would appear.”
11.28.11Dindorf 2:62
Καὶ ἐξῆς ἐπιλέγει “ Εἰ γὰρ ὡς ὁμοιότατον τῷ θείῳ πάντων χρημάτων ἡ ψυχὴ δείκνυται, τίς ἔτι χρεία τῶν ἄλλων δεῖσθαι λόγων εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἀθανασίας αὐτῆς προοιμιαζόμενον, καὶ μὴ καὶ τοῦτον ὡς ἕνα μετὰ τῶν πολλῶν καταριθμοῦντα, ἱκανὸν ὄντα ἐντρέψαι τοὺς εὐγνώμονας, ὡς οὐκ ἂν τῶν ἐμφερῶν τῷ θείῳ μετ- έσχεν ἐνεργειῶν μή τοι θεία γε οὖσα καὶ αὐτή;
Kai exēs epilegei “ Ei gar hōs homoiotaton tǭ theiǭ pantōn chrēmatōn hē psychē deiknytai, tis eti chreia tōn allōn deisthai logōn eis apodeixin tēs athanasias autēs prooimiazomenon, kai mē kai touton hōs hena meta tōn pollōn katarithmounta, hikanon onta entrepsai tous eugnōmonas, hōs ouk an tōn empherōn tǭ theiǭ met- eschen energeiōn mē toi theia ge ousa kai autē?
And next he adds: “For if the soul is shown to be the most like the divine of all things, what further need is there of other arguments to prove its immortality, beginning with this one and not counting it as one among many, since it is enough to put fair-minded people to shame, that it could not have shared in activities like the divine unless it were itself divine?
11.28.12Dindorf 2:62–63
εἰ γὰρ καίπερ ἐν τῷ θνητῷ καὶ λυτῷ καὶ ἀνοήτῳ καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὸ νεκρῷ καὶ ἀεὶ ἀπολλυμένῳ καὶ διαρρέοντι εἰς τὴν τῆς ἀπωλείας μεταβολὴν κατορωρυγμένη αὐτό τε ποιεῖ καὶ συνέχει, καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῆς θείαν ἀνα- δείκνυσιν οὐσίαν, καίπερ ἐπιπροσθουμένη καὶ ἐμποδιζομένη ὑπὸ τοῦ προκειμένου αὐτῇ πανωλέθρου πλάσματος, πῶς εἰ τῷ λόγῳ χωρισθείη, ὥσπερ χρυσίον περιπεπλασμένου πηλοῦ, οὐκ αὐτόθεν ἂν τὸ ἑαυτῆς εἶδος ἐκφήνειεν, ὡς ἐμφερὲς ὂν μόνον τῷ θεῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ μέτοχον αὐτοῦ εἶναι, καὶ τὰς ἐν ταῖς ἐνεργείαις ὁμοιότητας διασῶζον, καὶ ἐν τῷ μάλιστα θνητῷ αὐτῆς, ὥσπερ ἐστὶν ὅταν ἐν τῷ θνητῷ καθειρχθῇ) διὰ τοῦτο μὴ διαλυόμενον, ὅτι φύσεως ἦν τῆς ἀμοίρου φθορᾶς; ”
ei gar kaiper en tǭ thnētǭ kai lytǭ kai anoētǭ kai kathʼ heauto nekrǭ kai aei apollymenǭ kai diarreonti eis tēn tēs apōleias metabolēn katorōrygmenē auto te poiei kai synechei, kai tēn heautēs theian ana- deiknysin ousian, kaiper epiprosthoumenē kai empodizomenē hypo tou prokeimenou autę̄ panōlethrou plasmatos, pōs ei tǭ logǭ chōristheiē, hōsper chrysion peripeplasmenou pēlou, ouk autothen an to heautēs eidos ekphēneien, hōs empheres on monon tǭ theǭ, alla kai dia to metochon autou einai, kai tas en tais energeiais homoiotētas diasōzon, kai en tǭ malista thnētǭ autēs, hōsper estin hotan en tǭ thnētǭ katheirchthę̄) dia touto mē dialyomenon, hoti physeōs ēn tēs amoirou phthoras? ”
For if, though buried in what is mortal, dissoluble, unintelligent, dead in itself, always perishing and flowing toward the change of destruction, it makes and holds this together, and shows its own divine substance, though screened and hindered by the all-destructive figure set before it, how, if it were separated by reason, like gold from the clay plastered round it, would it not at once reveal its own form, as alone like God, and also, because it shares in him, preserving the likenesses in its activities, and even in its most mortal part (as when it is shut up in the mortal) not being dissolved for this reason, that it was of a nature without share in corruption?”
11.28.13Dindorf 2:63
Καὶ ὑποκαταβάς φησιν “ Εἰκότως δὲ καὶ θεία φαίνεται ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἀμέριστον ὁμοιώσεως καὶ θνητὴ ἀφʼ ὧν προσπελάζει τῇ καὶ κάτεισι καὶ ἄνεισι καὶ θνητοειδής ἐστι καὶ τοῖς ἀθανάτοις ἐμφερής.
Kai hypokatabas phēsin “ Eikotōs de kai theia phainetai apo tēs pros ton ameriston homoiōseōs kai thnētē aphʼ hōn prospelazei tę̄ kai kateisi kai aneisi kai thnētoeidēs esti kai tois athanatois empherēs.
And further on he says: “Fittingly it appears divine from its likeness to the indivisible, and mortal from the things it draws near to; and it goes down and goes up, and is mortal in form and like the immortals.
11.28.14Dindorf 2:63
ἄνθρωπος γὰρ καὶ ὁ γαστρίζων ἑαυτὸν καὶ κεκορέσθαι σπουδάζων, ὡς τὰ κτήνη· ἄνθρωπος δὲ καὶ ὁ σώζειν ἐν πελάγει διʼ ἐπιστήμης ἐν κινδύνοις οἷός τε ὢν τὴν ναῦν, καὶ ὁ σώζειν ἐν νόσοις, καὶ ὅ γε τὴν μὲν ἀλήθειαν εὑρίσκων, μεθοδεύσας δὲ καὶ πρὸς γνώσεως καταλήψεις, πυρείων τε εὑρέσεις καὶ ὡροσκοπείων τηρήσεις, καὶ μιμήσεις τῶν τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ποιημάτων μηχανησάμενος.
anthrōpos gar kai ho gastrizōn heauton kai kekoresthai spoudazōn, hōs ta ktēnē; anthrōpos de kai ho sōzein en pelagei diʼ epistēmēs en kindynois hoios te ōn tēn naun, kai ho sōzein en nosois, kai ho ge tēn men alētheian heuriskōn, methodeusas de kai pros gnōseōs katalēpseis, pyreiōn te heureseis kai hōroskopeiōn tērēseis, kai mimēseis tōn tou dēmiourgou poiēmatōn mēchanēsamenos.
For it is a man who stuffs his belly and strives to be glutted, like the beasts; and it is a man who can save the ship in the sea in dangers by knowledge, and save in sickness, and who finds the truth, and has devised methods for grasping knowledge, inventions of fire-sticks, the observation of sundials, and imitations of the Creator’s works.
11.28.15Dindorf 2:63
ἄνθρωπος γὰρ ἐπενόησεν ἐπὶ γῆς συνόδους τῶν ἑπτὰ μετὰ τῶν κινήσεων δημιουργῆσαι, διὰ μηχανημάτων τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ μιμούμενος. καὶ τί γὰρ οὐκ ἐπενόησεν, ἀποδεικνὺς τὸν θεῖον καὶ θεῷ παρισωμένον ἐν ἑαυτῷ νοῦν;
anthrōpos gar epenoēsen epi gēs synodous tōn hepta meta tōn kinēseōn dēmiourgēsai, dia mēchanēmatōn ta en ouranǭ mimoumenos. kai ti gar ouk epenoēsen, apodeiknys ton theion kai theǭ parisōmenon en heautǭ noun?
For man devised a way to construct on earth the conjunctions of the seven planets with their motions, imitating by machines the things in heaven. And what has he not devised, showing the divine mind within him, equal to God?
11.28.16Dindorf 2:63–64
ἀφʼ ὧν Ὀλυμπίου τε καὶ θείου καὶ οὐδαμῶς θνητοῦ τολμήματα διαφαίνων τοὺς πολλοὺς διὰ φιλαυτίαν τῆς αὐτῶν εἰς τὰ κάτω ῥοπῆς ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν οὐχ οἵους τε ὄντας ἐκ τῶν ἔξωθεν φαινομένων ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς θνητοειδῆ δοξάζειν αὐτὸν ἀναπέπεικεν· ἑνὸς ὄντος καὶ τούτου τρόπου τῆς ἐκ κακίας παραμυθίας, τὸ τῇ ἀντανισώσει τῆς αὑτῶν ἀθλιότητος διὰ τὰ ἔξωθεν φαινόμενα προσαναπαυομένους πείθειν ἑαυτοὺς, ὅτι ὡς τὰ ἔξω καὶ τὰ εἴσω ὅμοιοι πάντες ἄνθρωποι.”
aphʼ hōn Olympiou te kai theiou kai oudamōs thnētou tolmēmata diaphainōn tous pollous dia philautian tēs autōn eis ta katō rhopēs idein auton ouch hoious te ontas ek tōn exōthen phainomenōn homoiōs autois thnētoeidē doxazein auton anapepeiken; henos ontos kai toutou tropou tēs ek kakias paramythias, to tę̄ antanisōsei tēs hautōn athliotētos dia ta exōthen phainomena prosanapauomenous peithein heautous, hoti hōs ta exō kai ta eisō homoioi pantes anthrōpoi.”
From these he shows the daring of an Olympian, divine, and in no way mortal being; but because the many, through self-love and their own downward bent, cannot see him, he has persuaded them to judge him, from external appearances, as mortal in form like themselves; this too being one way of consolation from vice, to persuade themselves, resting on the comparison of their own wretchedness through outward appearances, that all men are alike, outside and inside.”
11.28.17Dindorf 2:64
Τούτων ἁπάντων διδάσκαλος πέφηνε γεγονὼς ὁ Μώσης, ὃς διεξιὼν τὴν πρώτην ἀνθρωπογονίαν κατὰ τὰς προτεθείσας λέξεις διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἐξομοιώσεως τοὺς περὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας λόγους ἐπιστώσατο.
Toutōn hapantōn didaskalos pephēne gegonōs ho Mōsēs, hos diexiōn tēn prōtēn anthrōpogonian kata tas protetheisas lexeis dia tēs pros to theion exomoiōseōs tous peri psychēs athanasias logous epistōsato.
Moses has been shown to be the teacher of all these things; in relating the first creation of man in the words set out above, he confirmed the teaching on the immortality of the soul through its likeness to the divine.
11.28.18Dindorf 2:64
ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀσωμάτου καὶ ἀφανοῦς οὐσίας σύμφωνα καὶ ὁμόδοξα Μωσεῖ καὶ Πλάτωνι συνέστη, ὥρα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ μέρη τῆς κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφίας ἐπιθεωρῆσαι, δεῖξαί τε τὸν ἄνδρα Ἑβραίοις κατὰ πάντα φίλον, ἐκτὸς εἰ μή που παρατραπεὶς ἀνθρωπινώτερον ἢ κατὰ τὸν ἀληθῆ φάναι τι προήχθη λόγον.
allʼ epeidē ta peri tēs asōmatou kai aphanous ousias symphōna kai homodoxa Mōsei kai Platōni synestē, hōra kai ta loipa merē tēs kata Platōna philosophias epitheōrēsai, deixai te ton andra Hebraiois kata panta philon, ektos ei mē pou paratrapeis anthrōpinōteron ē kata ton alēthē phanai ti proēchthē logon.
But since the views of Moses and Plato on incorporeal and invisible substance have been shown to agree and harmonize, it is time to look at the other parts of Plato’s philosophy too, and to show that the man is in all things friendly to the Hebrews, except where he turned aside and was led to say something more human than the true doctrine.
11.28.19Dindorf 2:64
αὐτίκα τῶν εἰρημένων ὅσα μὲν ἐπιτυχῶς λέλεκται τῷ ἀνδρὶ συντρέχοι ἂν τοῖς Μωσεῖ δεδογμένοις, ὅσα δὲ μὴ ἀρέσκοντα Μωσεῖ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις ὑπέλαβεν οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι συνεστῶτα τὸν λόγον. τοῦτο δʼ ἡμῖν ἐν καιρῷ τῷ δέοντι παραστήσεται. τέως δʼ, ἐπεὶ πεφώραται ἐν τῇ περὶ τῶν νοητῶν ἐποπτείᾳ συνῳδὰ καὶ σύμφωνα τὰ τεθειμένα, ὥρα ἐπανελθοῦσιν αὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν φυσιολογίαν ἐν βραχέσι τὴν πρὸς τὰ Ἑβραίων ἐπιδραμεῖν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς συμφωνίαν.
autika tōn eirēmenōn hosa men epitychōs lelektai tǭ andri syntrechoi an tois Mōsei dedogmenois, hosa de mē areskonta Mōsei kai tois prophētais hypelaben ouk an echoi synestōta ton logon. touto dʼ hēmin en kairǭ tǭ deonti parastēsetai. teōs dʼ, epei pephōratai en tę̄ peri tōn noētōn epopteią synǭda kai symphōna ta tetheimena, hōra epanelthousin authis epi tēn tōn aisthētōn physiologian en brachesi tēn pros ta Hebraiōn epidramein tou andros symphōnian.
For example, whatever the man said rightly agrees with the doctrines of Moses, while whatever he held that was not acceptable to Moses and the prophets would not have a consistent argument. This will be shown by us at the proper time. Meanwhile, since what was laid down in the contemplation of intelligible things has been found harmonious and in agreement, it is time to return again to the study of sensible nature and run briefly over the man’s agreement with the teachings of the Hebrews.
Preparation 11, chapter 29
11.29.1Dindorf 2:64–65
Μώσεως γενητὸν ἀποφηναμένου τόδε τὸ πᾶν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενον, λέγει δʼ οὖν ἀρχόμενος τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γραφῆς “ ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, ” καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα κατὰ μέρος ἐπάγει “αὕτη ἡ βίβλος γενέσεως οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, ὅτε ἐγένετο, ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.” ἄκουε τοῦ Πλάτωνος ὡς οὐκ ἐκπίπτει τῆς διανοίας ὧδέ πη καὶ αὐτὸς γράφων
Mōseōs genēton apophēnamenou tode to pan hypo tou theou genomenon, legei dʼ oun archomenos tēs heautou graphēs “ en archę̄ epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn, ” kai meta tauta kata meros epagei “hautē hē biblos geneseōs ouranou kai gēs, hote egeneto, hę̄ hēmerą epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn.” akoue tou Platōnos hōs ouk ekpiptei tēs dianoias hōde pē kai autos graphōn
Moses declared that this universe came into being, made by God. At the start of his writing he says, “In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth,” and after the particulars he adds, “This is the book of the generation of heaven and earth, when it came to be, in the day that God made the heaven and the earth.” Hear how Plato does not depart from this meaning, writing somewhat as follows himself:
11.29.2Dindorf 2:65
“Πᾶν δὲ αὖ τὸ γιγνόμενον ὑπʼ αἰτίου τινὸς ἐξ ἀνάγκης γίγνεσθαι· πάντη γὰρ ἀδύνατον χωρὶς αἰτίου γένεσιν ἔχειν.”
“Pan de au to gignomenon hypʼ aitiou tinos ex anankēs gignesthai; pantē gar adynaton chōris aitiou genesin echein.”
“Again, everything that comes to be must come to be by some cause; for it is altogether impossible for anything to have becoming without a cause.”
11.29.3Dindorf 2:65
Καὶ ἐπιλέγει “ Ὁ δὴ πᾶς οὐρανὸς ἢ κόσμος, ἢ καὶ ἄλλο ὅ τι ποτὲ ὀνομαζόμενος μάλιστα ἂν δέχοιτο, τοῦθʼ ἡμῖν ὠνομάσθω· σκεπτέον οὖν περὶ αὐτοῦ πρῶτον, ὅπερ ὑπόκειται περὶ παντὸς ἐν ἀρχῇ δεῖν σκοπεῖν, πότερον ἦν ἀεὶ, γενέσεως ἀρχὴν ἔχων οὐδεμίαν, ἢ γέγονεν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τινος ἀρξάμενος.
Kai epilegei “ Ho dē pas ouranos ē kosmos, ē kai allo ho ti pote onomazomenos malista an dechoito, touthʼ hēmin ōnomasthō; skepteon oun peri autou prōton, hoper hypokeitai peri pantos en archę̄ dein skopein, poteron ēn aei, geneseōs archēn echōn oudemian, ē gegonen apʼ archēs tinos arxamenos.
And he adds: “The whole heaven, or cosmos, or whatever other name it would best accept, let it be so named by us. We must first consider about it what is laid down that one must consider about everything at the outset: whether it always was, having no beginning of becoming, or has come to be, having begun from some beginning.
11.29.4Dindorf 2:65
γέγονεν· ὁρατὸς γὰρ ἁπτός τέ ἐστι καὶ σῶμα ἔχων. πάντα δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα αἰσθητὰ, τὰ δʼ αἰσθητὰ δόξῃ περιληπτὰ καὶ γενητὰ ἐφάνη. τῷ δʼ αὖ γενομένῳ φαμὲν ὑπʼ αἰτίου τινὸς ἀνάγκην εἷναι γενέσθαι. τὸν μὲν οὖν ποιητὴν καὶ δημιουργὸν τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς εὑρεῖν τε ἔργον καὶ εὑρόντα εἰς πάντας ἀδύνατον λέγειν.”
gegonen; horatos gar haptos te esti kai sōma echōn. panta de ta toiauta aisthēta, ta dʼ aisthēta doxę̄ perilēpta kai genēta ephanē. tǭ dʼ au genomenǭ phamen hypʼ aitiou tinos anankēn heinai genesthai. ton men oun poiētēn kai dēmiourgon toude tou pantos heurein te ergon kai heuronta eis pantas adynaton legein.”
It has come to be. For it is visible and tangible and has a body; and all such things are sensible, and sensible things, grasped by opinion, were shown to come to be and to be begotten. And what comes to be, we say, must come to be by some cause. Now to find the maker and father of this universe is a task, and having found him, it is impossible to declare him to all.”
11.29.5Dindorf 2:65
Καὶ αὖθις ἑξῆς φησιν “ Οὕτως οὖν δὴ κατὰ λόγον τὸν εἰκότα δεῖ λέγειν τόνδε τὸν κόσμον ζῷον ἔμψυχον ἔννουν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ διὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ γενέσθαι πρόνοιαν.”
Kai authis hexēs phēsin “ Houtōs oun dē kata logon ton eikota dei legein tonde ton kosmon zǭon empsychon ennoun tę̄ alētheią dia tēn tou theou genesthai pronoian.”
And again next he says: “So, then, according to the likely account we must say that this cosmos came to be a living being, ensouled and intelligent in truth, through the providence of God.”
Preparation 11, chapter 30
11.30.1Dindorf 2:65
Πάλιν Μώσεως καὶ τούτους εἶναι γενητοὺς διδάξαντος διʼ ὧν ἔφησε “ καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὥστε φαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· καὶ ἔστωσαν εἰς σημεῖα καὶ εἰς καιροὺς καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας καὶ εἰς ἐνιαυτούς. καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τοὺς δύο φωστῆρας τοὺς μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας· καὶ ἔθετο αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.
Palin Mōseōs kai toutous einai genētous didaxantos diʼ hōn ephēse “ kai eipen ho theos, genēthētōsan phōstēres en tǭ stereōmati tou ouranou, hōste phainein epi tēs gēs; kai estōsan eis sēmeia kai eis kairous kai eis hēmeras kai eis eniautous. kai epoiēsen ho theos tous dyo phōstēras tous megalous kai tous asteras; kai etheto autous en tǭ stereōmati tou ouranou.
Again, Moses taught that these too had come to be, where he said: “And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of heaven to shine on the earth; and let them be for signs and for seasons and for days and for years. And God made the two great lights, and the stars; and he set them in the firmament of heaven.”
11.30.2Dindorf 2:65–66
ὁμοίως ὁ Πλάτων “Ἐξ οὖν λόγου θεοῦ καὶ διανοίας (φησὶ) τοιαύ εια τῆς πρὸς χρόνου γένεσιν, ἵνα γενηθῇ χρόνος, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ πέντε ἄλλα ἄστρα, ἐπίκλην ἔχοντα πλάνητες, εἰς διορισμὸν καὶ φυλακὴν ἀριθμῶν χρόνου γέγονε. σώματα δὲ αὐτῶν ποιήσας ὁ θεὸς ἔθηκεν εἰς τὰς περιφοράς.
homoiōs ho Platōn “Ex oun logou theou kai dianoias (phēsi) toiau eia tēs pros chronou genesin, hina genēthę̄ chronos, hēlios kai selēnē kai pente alla astra, epiklēn echonta planētes, eis diorismon kai phylakēn arithmōn chronou gegone. sōmata de autōn poiēsas ho theos ethēken eis tas periphoras.
Likewise Plato: “From such a word and thought of God,” he says, “concerning the coming to be of time, so that time might be born, the sun, the moon, and five other stars, called planets, came to be for the marking and guarding of the numbers of time. And God, having made their bodies, set them in their orbits.”
11.30.3Dindorf 2:66
Ἐπιτήρει δὲ εἰ μὴ τὸ “ ἐξ οὖν λόγου καὶ διανοίας θεοῦ“ εἰρημένον τῷ Πλάτωνι ὅμοιον ἂν εἴη τῷ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις φάσκοντι “ τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν καὶ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτῶν.’ ἀλλὰ καὶ Μωσέως εἰπόντος “καὶ ἔθετο αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ στερεώματι” ὁμοίᾳ κέχρηται καὶ ὁ Πλάτων φωνῇ τῇ “ἔθηκεν,” εἰπὼν “ σώματα δὲ αὐτῶν ποιήσας ὁ θεὸς ἔθηκεν εἰς τὰς περιφοράς.”
Epitērei de ei mē to “ ex oun logou kai dianoias theou“ eirēmenon tǭ Platōni homoion an eiē tǭ parʼ Hebraiois phaskonti “ tǭ logǭ kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan kai tǭ pneumati tou stomatos autou pasai hai dynameis autōn.’ alla kai Mōseōs eipontos “kai etheto autous en tǭ stereōmati” homoią kechrētai kai ho Platōn phōnę̄ tę̄ “ethēken,” eipōn “ sōmata de autōn poiēsas ho theos ethēken eis tas periphoras.”
Observe whether Plato’s words “from the word and thought of God” would not be like the Hebrew saying, “By the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm, and all their host by the breath of his mouth.” And when Moses said, “and he set them in the firmament,” Plato too used a similar word, “set,” saying, “and God, having made their bodies, set them in their orbits.”
Preparation 11, chapter 31
11.31.1Dindorf 2:66
Τῆς Ἑβραίων γραφῆς ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ τῶν δημιουργημάτων ἐπιφωνούσης ‘καὶ εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν, ” καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πάντων συγκεφαλαιώσει φασκούσης “ καὶ εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν· ” ἄκουε τοῦ Πλάτωνος ὥς φησιν “Εἰ μὲν δὴ καλός ἐστιν ὅδε ὁ κόσμος, ὅ τε δημιουργὸς ἀγαθὸς, δῆλον ὡς πρὸς τὸ ἀίδιον ἔβλεπε. ” Καὶ πάλιν “ Ὁ μὲν γὰρ κάλλιστος τῶν γεγονότων, ὁ δʼ ἄριστος τῶν αἰτίων.”
Tēs Hebraiōn graphēs ephʼ hekastǭ tōn dēmiourgēmatōn epiphōnousēs ‘kai eiden ho theos hoti kalon, ” kai epi tę̄ pantōn synkephalaiōsei phaskousēs “ kai eiden ho theos ta panta, kai idou kala lian; ” akoue tou Platōnos hōs phēsin “Ei men dē kalos estin hode ho kosmos, ho te dēmiourgos agathos, dēlon hōs pros to aidion eblepe. ” Kai palin “ Ho men gar kallistos tōn gegonotōn, ho dʼ aristos tōn aitiōn.”
The Hebrew Scripture says over each of the things created, “And God saw that it was good,” and at the summing up of all, “And God saw all things, and behold, they were very good.” Hear how Plato says: “If this cosmos is beautiful and its maker good, clearly he looked to the eternal.” And again: “For it is the most beautiful of things that have come to be, and he the best of causes.”
Preparation 11, chapter 32
11.32.1Dindorf 2:66–67
Καὶ περὶ τούτου πάσης Ἑβραίων γραφῆς διαλαλούσης, τοτὲ μὲν διʼ ὧν φησι “ καὶ εἱλιγήσεται ὁ οὐρανὸς ὡς βιβλίον” τοτὲ δὲ διʼ ὧν ἐπιλέγει “καὶ ἔσται ὁ οὐρανὸς καινὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ καινὴ, ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ μένειν ἐνώπιόν μου, λέγει κύριος·” καὶ πάλιν ἄλλοτε διʼ ὧν φησι “ παράγει γὰρ τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου·”
Kai peri toutou pasēs Hebraiōn graphēs dialalousēs, tote men diʼ hōn phēsi “ kai heiligēsetai ho ouranos hōs biblion” tote de diʼ hōn epilegei “kai estai ho ouranos kainos kai hē gē kainē, ha egō poiō menein enōpion mou, legei kyrios;” kai palin allote diʼ hōn phēsi “ paragei gar to schēma tou kosmou toutou;”
And on this the whole Scripture of the Hebrews speaks: at one time where it says, “And the heaven shall be rolled up like a scroll”; at another where it adds, “And there shall be a new heaven and a new earth, which I make to remain before me, says the Lord”; and again elsewhere where it says, “For the form of this world is passing away.”
11.32.2Dindorf 2:67
καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ἄκουε γοῦν ὅπως τὸ δόγμα συνίστησι λέγων ἐν Τιμαίῳ “ Καὶ ξυνεστήσατο οὐρανὸν ὁρατὸν καὶ ἁπτόν· καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἔκ τε δὴ τούτων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τεττάρων τὸ τοῦ κόσμου σῶμα ἐγεννήθη διʼ ἀναλογίας ὁμολογῆσαν, φιλίαν τε ἔσχεν ἐκ τούτων, ὡς εἰς ταὐτὸν αὐτῷ ξυνελθὸν ἄλυτον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων πλὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ ξυνδήσαντος γενέσθαι.”
kai ho Platōn akoue goun hopōs to dogma synistēsi legōn en Timaiǭ “ Kai xynestēsato ouranon horaton kai hapton; kai dia tauta ek te dē toutōn kai tōn toioutōn kai ton arithmon tettarōn to tou kosmou sōma egennēthē diʼ analogias homologēsan, philian te eschen ek toutōn, hōs eis tauton autǭ xynelthon alyton hypo tōn allōn plēn hypo tou xyndēsantos genesthai.”
And hear how Plato establishes the doctrine, saying in the Timaeus: “And he framed a heaven visible and tangible; and for these reasons, from these elements, four in number, the body of the cosmos was begotten, agreeing through proportion, and it gained friendship from them, so that, coming together into one with itself, it became indissoluble by any other except by the one who bound it together.”
11.32.3Dindorf 2:67
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς φησι “ Χρόνος δʼ οὖν μετὰ οὐρανοῦ γέγονεν, ἵνα ἅμα γεννηθέντες ἅμα καὶ λυθῶσιν, ἄν ποτε λύσις τις αὐτῶν γίγνηται.”
Eithʼ hexēs phēsi “ Chronos dʼ oun meta ouranou gegonen, hina hama gennēthentes hama kai lythōsin, an pote lysis tis autōn gignētai.”
Then next he says: “Time, then, came to be with the heaven, so that, born together, they might also be dissolved together, if ever a dissolution of them should come.”
11.32.4Dindorf 2:67
Καὶ πάλιν εἰπὼν “Θεοὶ θεῶν, ὧν ἐγὼ δημιουργὸς, πατήρ τε ἔργων, ἃ διʼ ἐμοῦ γενόμενα ἄλυτα ἐμοῦ μὴ θέλοντος·” ἐπάγει λέγων ἑξῆς “ Τὸ μὲν οὖν δὴ δεθὲν πᾶν λυτὸν, τό γε μὴν καλῶς ἁρμοσθὲν καὶ ἔχον εὖ λύειν ἐθέλειν κακοῦ. διὸ καὶ ἐπείπερ γεγένησθε, ἀθάνατοι μὲν οὐκ ἐστὲ οὐδʼ ἄλυτοι τὸ πάμπαν. οὔτι μὲν δὴ λυθήσεσθέ γε, οὐδὲ τεύξεσθε θανάτου μοίρας, τῆς ἐμῆς βουλήσεως μείζονος ἔτι δεσμοῦ καὶ κυριωτέρου λαχόντες ἐκείνων οἷς ὅτε ἐγίγνεσθε συνεδεῖσθε.”
Kai palin eipōn “Theoi theōn, hōn egō dēmiourgos, patēr te ergōn, ha diʼ emou genomena alyta emou mē thelontos;” epagei legōn hexēs “ To men oun dē dethen pan lyton, to ge mēn kalōs harmosthen kai echon eu lyein ethelein kakou. dio kai epeiper gegenēsthe, athanatoi men ouk este oudʼ alytoi to pampan. outi men dē lythēsesthe ge, oude teuxesthe thanatou moiras, tēs emēs boulēseōs meizonos eti desmou kai kyriōterou lachontes ekeinōn hois hote egignesthe synedeisthe.”
And again, having said, “Gods of gods, whose maker and father of works I am, which, having come to be through me, are indissoluble unless I will it,” he adds next: “All that is bound can be dissolved; yet to wish to dissolve what is well fitted and in good state is the part of an evil one. Therefore, since you have come to be, you are not immortal nor wholly indissoluble; yet you shall certainly not be dissolved, nor meet the fate of death, having obtained my will as a still greater and more sovereign bond than those with which you were bound when you came to be.”
11.32.5Dindorf 2:67–68
Καὶ ἐν τῷ Πολιτικῷ δὲ τάδε ὁ αὐτός φησι “ Τὸ γὰρ πᾶν τόδε τοτὲ μὲν αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς ξυμποδηγεῖ πορευόμενος καὶ ξυγκυκλεῖ, τοτὲ δʼ ἀνῆκεν, ὅταν αἱ περίοδοι τοῦ προσήκοντος αὐτῷ μέτρον εἰλήφωσιν ἤδη χρόνου, τὸ δὲ πάλιν αὐτόματον εἰς τἀναντία περιάγεται, ζῷον ὂν καὶ φρόνησιν εἰληφὸς ἐκ τοῦ ξυναρμόσαντος αὐτὸ κατʼ ἀρχάς. τοῦτο δὲ αὐτῷ τὸ πάλιν ἰέναι διὰ τόδε ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔμφυτον γέγονε. Διὰ τὸ ποῖον δή;
Kai en tǭ Politikǭ de tade ho autos phēsi “ To gar pan tode tote men autos ho theos xympodēgei poreuomenos kai xynkyklei, tote dʼ anēken, hotan hai periodoi tou prosēkontos autǭ metron eilēphōsin ēdē chronou, to de palin automaton eis tanantia periagetai, zǭon on kai phronēsin eilēphos ek tou xynarmosantos auto katʼ archas. touto de autǭ to palin ienai dia tode ex anankēs emphyton gegone. Dia to poion dē?
And in the Statesman the same man says this: “For this universe God himself at one time guides on its way and helps to turn, and at another lets it go, when its revolutions have now reached the measure of time fitting for it; and it turns back again of itself in the opposite direction, being a living creature and having received understanding from the one who fitted it together in the beginning. And this going back has necessarily become innate in it for this reason. — For what reason?
11.32.6Dindorf 2:68
Τὸ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχειν ἀεὶ καὶ ταὐτὸν εἶναι τοῖς πάντων θειοτάτοις προσήκει μόνοις, σώματος δὲ φύσις οὐ ταύτης τῆς τάξεως. ὃν δὲ οὐρανὸν καὶ κόσμον ἐπωνομάκαμεν, πολλῶν μὲν καὶ μακαρίων παρὰ τοῦ γεννήσαντος μετείληφεν, ἀτὰρ οὖν δὴ κεκοινώνηκέ γε καὶ σώματος· ὅθεν αὐτῷ μεταβολῆς ἀμοίρῳ γίγνεσθαι διὰ παντὸς ἀδύνατον, κατὰ δύναμίν γε μὴν ὅτι μάλιστα ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ μίαν φορὰν κινεῖται, διότι τὴν ἀνακύκλησιν εἴληχεν, ὅτι σμικροτάτην τῆς ἑαυτοῦ κινήσεως παρ- άλλαξιν. αὐτὸ δὲ ἑαυτὸ στρέφειν ἀεὶ σχεδὸν οὐδενὶ δυνατὸν πλὴν τῷ τῶν κινουμένων αὖ πάντων ἡγουμένῳ. κινεῖν δὲ τούτῳ τι τοτὲ μὲν ἄλλως, αὖθις δʼ ἐναντίως οὐ θέμις.
To kata ta auta kai hōsautōs echein aei kai tauton einai tois pantōn theiotatois prosēkei monois, sōmatos de physis ou tautēs tēs taxeōs. hon de ouranon kai kosmon epōnomakamen, pollōn men kai makariōn para tou gennēsantos meteilēphen, atar oun dē kekoinōnēke ge kai sōmatos; hothen autǭ metabolēs amoirǭ gignesthai dia pantos adynaton, kata dynamin ge mēn hoti malista en tǭ autǭ kata ta auta mian phoran kineitai, dioti tēn anakyklēsin eilēchen, hoti smikrotatēn tēs heautou kinēseōs par- allaxin. auto de heauto strephein aei schedon oudeni dynaton plēn tǭ tōn kinoumenōn au pantōn hēgoumenǭ. kinein de toutǭ ti tote men allōs, authis dʼ enantiōs ou themis.
— To be always the same and unchanging and identical belongs only to the most divine of all things, and the nature of body is not of this rank. What we have named heaven and cosmos has received many blessed things from its begetter, but it has also shared in body; hence it cannot be wholly without change, but as far as possible it moves in the same place, in the same way, with one motion; therefore it has received reverse rotation, as the least departure from its own motion. To turn itself always is hardly possible for anything except the leader of all things that move; and for him to move it now one way and then the opposite is not lawful.
11.32.7Dindorf 2:68
ἐκ πάντων δὴ τούτων τὸν κόσμον μήτε αὐτὸν χρὴ φάναι στρέφειν ἑαυτὸν ἀεὶ, μήθʼ ὅλον ὑπὸ θεοῦ στρέφεσθαι διττὰς καὶ ἐναντίας περιαγωγὰς, μήτʼ αὖ τινε δύο θεὼ φρονοῦντε ἑαυτοῖς ἐναντία στρέφειν αὐτὸν, ἀλλʼ ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐρρέθη καὶ μόνον λοιπὸν, τοτὲ μὲν ὑπʼ ἄλλης ξυμποδηγεῖσθαι θείας αἰτίας, τὸ ζῆν πάλιν ἐπικτώμενον καὶ λαμβάνοντα ἀθανασίαν ἐπισκευαστὴν παρὰ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, τοτὲ δʼ ὅταν ἀνεθῇ, διʼ ἑαυτοῦ αὐτὸν ἰέναι κατὰ καιρὸν, ἀφεθέντα τοιοῦτον ὥστε ἀνάπαλιν πορεύεσθαι πολλὰς περιόδων μυριάδας διὰ τὸ μέγιστον ὂν καὶ ἰσορροπώτατον ἐπὶ σμικροτάτου βαῖνον ποδὸς ἰέναι.
ek pantōn dē toutōn ton kosmon mēte auton chrē phanai strephein heauton aei, mēthʼ holon hypo theou strephesthai dittas kai enantias periagōgas, mētʼ au tine dyo theō phronounte heautois enantia strephein auton, allʼ hoper arti errethē kai monon loipon, tote men hypʼ allēs xympodēgeisthai theias aitias, to zēn palin epiktōmenon kai lambanonta athanasian episkeuastēn para tou dēmiourgou, tote dʼ hotan anethę̄, diʼ heautou auton ienai kata kairon, aphethenta toiouton hōste anapalin poreuesthai pollas periodōn myriadas dia to megiston on kai isorropōtaton epi smikrotatou bainon podos ienai.
From all this we must say neither that the cosmos always turns itself, nor that it is wholly turned by God in two opposite revolutions, nor again that two gods with opposing minds turn it; but, what was just said and is the only remaining option, that at one time it is guided by another, divine cause, regaining life and receiving a renewed immortality from the Creator, and at another, when let go, it goes by itself, released at such a time that it travels backward for many tens of thousands of revolutions, because, being greatest and most evenly balanced, it moves resting on the smallest foot.
11.32.8Dindorf 2:68–69
Φαίνεται γοῦν δὴ καὶ μάλα εἰκότως εἰρῆσθαι πάντα ὅσα διελήλυθας. Λογισάμενοι δὴ ξυννοήσωμεν τὸ πάθος ἐκ τῶν νῦν λεχθέντων, ὃ πάντων ἔφαμεν εἶναι τῶν θαυμαστῶν αἴτιον. ἔστι γὰρ οὖν δὴ τοῦτʼ αὐτό.
Phainetai goun dē kai mala eikotōs eirēsthai panta hosa dielēlythas. Logisamenoi dē xynnoēsōmen to pathos ek tōn nyn lechthentōn, ho pantōn ephamen einai tōn thaumastōn aition. esti gar oun dē toutʼ auto.
— It seems indeed that all you have gone through has been said very reasonably. — Let us reason, then, and understand from what has now been said the event which we said was the cause of all the marvels. For it is just this.
11.32.9Dindorf 2:69
Τὸ ποῖον; Τὸ τὴν τοῦ παντὸς φορὰν τοτὲ μὲν ἐφʼ ἃ νῦν κυκλεῖται φέρεσθαι, τοτὲ δʼ ἐπὶ τἀναντία. Πῶς δή; Ταύτην τὴν μεταβολὴν ἡγεῖσθαι δεῖ τῶν περὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν γινομένων τροπῶν πασῶν εἶναι μεγίστην καὶ τελεωτάτην τροπήν.
To poion? To tēn tou pantos phoran tote men ephʼ ha nyn kykleitai pheresthai, tote dʼ epi tanantia. Pōs dē? Tautēn tēn metabolēn hēgeisthai dei tōn peri ton ouranon ginomenōn tropōn pasōn einai megistēn kai teleōtatēn tropēn.
— What? — That the motion of the universe at one time goes in the direction in which it now revolves, at another in the opposite. — How so? — We must consider this change the greatest and most complete of all the turnings that take place in the heaven.
11.32.10Dindorf 2:69
Ἔοικε γοῦν. Μεγίστας τοίνυν μεταβολὰς χρὴ νομίζειν γίγνεσθαι τότε τοῖς ἐντὸς ἡμῖν οἰκοῦσιν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰκός. Μεταβολὰς δέ γε μεγάλας καὶ πολλὰς καὶ παν- τοίας ξυμφερομένας ἆρʼ οὐκ ἴσμεν τὴν τῶν ζῴων φύσιν ὅτι χαλεπῶς ἀνέχεται;
Eoike goun. Megistas toinyn metabolas chrē nomizein gignesthai tote tois entos hēmin oikousin autou. Kai toutʼ eikos. Metabolas de ge megalas kai pollas kai pan- toias xympheromenas arʼ ouk ismen tēn tōn zǭōn physin hoti chalepōs anechetai?
— So it seems. — We must think, then, that the greatest changes then occur for us who dwell within it. — That too is likely. — And do we not know that the nature of living creatures bears with difficulty great, many, and manifold changes coming together?
11.32.11Dindorf 2:69
Πῶς δʼ οὔ; Φθοραὶ τοίνυν ἐξ ἀνάγκης τότε μέγισται συμβαίνουσι τῶν τε ἄλλων ζῴων, καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος ὀλίγον τι περιλείπεται. περὶ δὲ τούτους ἄλλα τε παθήματα πολλὰ καὶ θαυμαστὰ καὶ καινὰ ξυμπίπτει, μέγιστον δὲ τόδε καὶ ξυνεπόμενον τῇ τοῦ παντὸς ἀνελίξει, τότε ὅταν ἡ τῆς νῦν καθεστηκυίας ἐναντία γίγνηται τροπή.” Τούτοις ἅπασιν ὑποβὰς ἐξῆς περὶ τῆς τῶν τετελευτηκότων ἀναβιώσεως, ὁμοίως ταῖς Ἑβραίων δό- ξαις κινούμενος, ταῦτʼ ἐπιλέγει
Pōs dʼ ou? Phthorai toinyn ex anankēs tote megistai symbainousi tōn te allōn zǭōn, kai dē kai to tōn anthrōpōn genos oligon ti perileipetai. peri de toutous alla te pathēmata polla kai thaumasta kai kaina xympiptei, megiston de tode kai xynepomenon tę̄ tou pantos anelixei, tote hotan hē tēs nyn kathestēkuias enantia gignētai tropē.” Toutois hapasin hypobas exēs peri tēs tōn teteleutēkotōn anabiōseōs, homoiōs tais Hebraiōn do- xais kinoumenos, tautʼ epilegei
— Of course. — Then the greatest destructions of the other living creatures necessarily occur, and of the human race too only a little is left. And among these many other strange and new experiences happen together, and this the greatest, which follows the unrolling of the universe, when the turning becomes opposite to the one now established.” Going on further from all this, he next adds the following about the return to life of the dead, moved by views like those of the Hebrews:
Preparation 11, chapter 33
11.33.1Dindorf 2:69
“ Γένεσις δὲ τίς τότʼ ἦν, ὦ ξένε, ζῴων, καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἐξ ἀλλήλων ἐγεννῶντο;
“ Genesis de tis totʼ ēn, ō xene, zǭōn, kai tina tropon ex allēlōn egennōnto?
“But what was the generation of living creatures then, stranger, and in what way were they begotten from one another?
11.33.2Dindorf 2:69–70
Δῆλον, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἐξ ἀλλήλων οὐκ ἦν ἐν τῇ τότε φύσει γεννώμενον, τὸ δὲ γηγενὲς εἶ- ναί ποτε γένος λεχθὲν, τοῦτʼ ἦν τὸ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐκ γῆς πάλιν ἀναστρεφόμενον, ἀπεμνημονεύετο δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων προγόνων τῶν πρώτων, οἱ τελευτώσῃ μὲν τῇ προτέρᾳ περιφορᾷ τὸν ἑξῆς χρόνον ἐγειτόνουν, τῆσδε δὲ κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἐφύοντο· τούτων γὰρ οὗτοι κήρυκες ἐγένονθʼ ἡμῖν τῶν λόγων, οἳ νῦν ὑπὸ πολλῶν οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἀπιστοῦνται.
Dēlon, ō Sōkrates, hoti to men ex allēlōn ouk ēn en tę̄ tote physei gennōmenon, to de gēgenes ei- nai pote genos lechthen, toutʼ ēn to katʼ ekeinon ton chronon ek gēs palin anastrephomenon, apemnēmoneueto de hypo tōn hēmeterōn progonōn tōn prōtōn, hoi teleutōsę̄ men tę̄ proterą periphorą ton hexēs chronon egeitonoun, tēsde de katʼ archas ephyonto; toutōn gar houtoi kērykes egenonthʼ hēmin tōn logōn, hoi nyn hypo pollōn ouk orthōs apistountai.
— Clearly, Socrates, being begotten from one another was not in the nature of things then; but the earth-born race that is said to have once existed was the one that in that time returned again out of the earth. It was remembered by our first ancestors, who lived in the time next to the end of the former revolution and were born at the beginning of this one. For these became for us the heralds of these accounts, which are now wrongly disbelieved by many.
11.33.3Dindorf 2:70
τὸ γὰρ ἐντεῦθέν, οἶμαι, χρὴ ξυννοεῖν. ἐχόμενον γάρ ἐστι τῷ τοὺς πρεσβύτας ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἰέναι φύσιν, ἐκ τῶν τετελευτηκότων αὖ, κειμένων δʼ ἐν γῇ πάλιν ἐκεῖ συνισταμένους καὶ ἀναβιωσκομένους ἕπεσθαι τῇ τροπῇ, ξυνανακυκλουμένης εἰς τἀναντία τῆς γενέσεως, καὶ γηγενεῖς δὴ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἐξ ἀνάγκης φυομένους οὕτως ἔχειν τοὔνομα καὶ τὸν λόγον, ὅσους μὴ θεὸς αὐτῶν εἰς ἄλλην μοῖραν ἐκόμισε. Κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν τοῦτό γε ἕπεται τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν.”
to gar enteuthen, oimai, chrē xynnoein. echomenon gar esti tǭ tous presbytas epi tēn tou paidos ienai physin, ek tōn teteleutēkotōn au, keimenōn dʼ en gę̄ palin ekei synistamenous kai anabiōskomenous hepesthai tę̄ tropę̄, xynanakykloumenēs eis tanantia tēs geneseōs, kai gēgeneis dē kata touton ton tropon ex anankēs phyomenous houtōs echein tounoma kai ton logon, hosous mē theos autōn eis allēn moiran ekomise. Komidę̄ men oun touto ge hepetai tois emprosthen.”
For we must, I think, consider what follows from this. It follows from old men going toward the nature of a child that, from the dead in turn, lying in the earth, people are put together there again and come back to life, following the turning, as generation revolves back in the opposite direction; and those born from the earth by necessity in this way have that name and account, all whom God has not carried to another lot. — This certainly follows from what was said before.”
11.33.4Dindorf 2:70
Εἶτʼ αὖ πάλιν ἑξῆς προιὼν τὰ ὅμοια τοῖς Ἑβραίων δόγμασι περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου συντελείας τοῦτον διέξεισι τὸν τρόπον
Eitʼ au palin hexēs proiōn ta homoia tois Hebraiōn dogmasi peri tēs tou kosmou synteleias touton diexeisi ton tropon
Then going on further again he sets out, like the doctrines of the Hebrews about the consummation of the world, the following:
Preparation 11, chapter 34
11.34.1Dindorf 2:70
“Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πάντων τούτων χρόνος ἐτελειώθη καὶ μεταβολὴν ἔδει γίγνεσθαι καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ γήινον ἤδη πᾶν ἀνάλωτο γένος, πάσας ἑκάστης τῆς ψυχῆς τὰς γενέσεις ἀποδεδωκυίας, καὶ ὅσα ἦν ἑκάστῃ προσταχθὲν, τοσαῦτα εἰς γῆν σπέρματα πεσούσης, τότε δὴ τοῦ παντὸς ὁ μὲν κυβερνήτης, οἷον πηδαλίων οἴακος ἀφέμενος, εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ περιωπὴν ἀπέστη, τὸν δὲ δὴ κόσμον πάλιν ἀνέστρεφεν εἱμαρμένη τε καὶ ξύμφυτος ἐπιθυμία.
“Epeidē gar pantōn toutōn chronos eteleiōthē kai metabolēn edei gignesthai kai dē kai to gēinon ēdē pan analōto genos, pasas hekastēs tēs psychēs tas geneseis apodedōkuias, kai hosa ēn hekastę̄ prostachthen, tosauta eis gēn spermata pesousēs, tote dē tou pantos ho men kybernētēs, hoion pēdaliōn oiakos aphemenos, eis tēn autou periōpēn apestē, ton de dē kosmon palin anestrephen heimarmenē te kai xymphytos epithymia.
“For when the time of all these things was completed and a change had to come, and the whole earthly race had now been used up, each soul having rendered all its births, and having fallen into the earth as seed as many times as had been ordained for each, then the helmsman of the universe, letting go, as it were, the tiller of the rudder, withdrew to his own watch-tower, and fate and innate desire turned the cosmos back again.
11.34.2Dindorf 2:70–71
πάντες οὖν οἱ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους ξυνάρχοντες τῷ μεγίστῳ δαίμονι θεοὶ, γνόντες ἤδη τὸ γιγνόμενον, ἀφίεσαν αὖ τὰ μέρη τοῦ κόσμου τῆς αὐτῶν ἐπιμελείας. ὁ δὲ μεταστρεφόμενος καὶ ξυμβάλλων, ἀρχῆς τε καὶ τελευτῆς ἐναντίαν ὁρμὴν ὁρμηθεὶς, σεισμὸν πολὺν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ποιῶν, ἄλλην αὖ φθορὰν ζῴων παντοίων ἀπειργάσατο.
pantes oun hoi kata tous topous xynarchontes tǭ megistǭ daimoni theoi, gnontes ēdē to gignomenon, aphiesan au ta merē tou kosmou tēs autōn epimeleias. ho de metastrephomenos kai xymballōn, archēs te kai teleutēs enantian hormēn hormētheis, seismon polyn en heautǭ poiōn, allēn au phthoran zǭōn pantoiōn apeirgasato.
All the gods, then, who ruled together with the greatest deity in their regions, knowing what was happening, let go in turn of the parts of the cosmos in their care. And the cosmos, turning back and colliding, driven by an impulse opposite to beginning and end, causing a great earthquake within itself, brought about another destruction of all kinds of living creatures.
11.34.3Dindorf 2:71
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα προελθόντος ἱκανοῦ χρόνου, θορύβου τε καὶ ταραχῆς ἤδη παυόμενος καὶ τῶν σεισμῶν, γαλήνης ἐπιλαβόμενος, εἴς τε τὸν εἰωθότα δρόμον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ κατακοσμούμενος ᾔει, ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ κράτος ἔχων αὐτὸς τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ τε καὶ ἑαυτοῦ.”
meta de tauta proelthontos hikanou chronou, thorybou te kai tarachēs ēdē pauomenos kai tōn seismōn, galēnēs epilabomenos, eis te ton eiōthota dromon ton heautou katakosmoumenos ę̄ei, epimeleian kai kratos echōn autos tōn en autǭ te kai heautou.”
And after this, when sufficient time had passed, ceasing now from tumult and confusion and earthquakes, and reaching calm, it went on into its accustomed course, ordering itself, having the care and control of the things in it and of itself.”
11.34.4Dindorf 2:71
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα αὖ φησι “Διὸ δὴ καὶ τότʼ ἤδη θεὸς ὁ κοσμήσας αὐτὸν, καθορῶν ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ὄντα, κηδόμενος ἵνα μὴ χειμασθεὶς ὑπὸ ταραχῆς διαλυθεὶς εἰς τὸν τῆς ἀνομοιότητος ἄπειρον ὄντα τόπον δύῃ, πάλιν ἔφεδρος αὐτοῦ τῶν πηδαλίων γενόμενος, τὰ νοσήσαντα καὶ λυθέντα ἐν τῇ καθʼ αὑτὸν προτέρᾳ περιόδῳ στρέψας, κοσμεῖ τε καὶ ἐπανορθῶν ἀθάνατον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀγήρων ἀπεργάζεται. τοῦτο μὲν τέλος πάντων εἴρηται.
Kai meta brachea au phēsi “Dio dē kai totʼ ēdē theos ho kosmēsas auton, kathorōn en aporią onta, kēdomenos hina mē cheimastheis hypo tarachēs dialytheis eis ton tēs anomoiotētos apeiron onta topon dyę̄, palin ephedros autou tōn pēdaliōn genomenos, ta nosēsanta kai lythenta en tę̄ kathʼ hauton proterą periodǭ strepsas, kosmei te kai epanorthōn athanaton auton kai agērōn apergazetai. touto men telos pantōn eirētai.
And after a little he says again: “Therefore then God, who ordered it, seeing it in difficulty, and caring lest, storm-tossed by confusion and dissolved, it should sink into the boundless region of unlikeness, taking his seat again at its rudder, turning back what had fallen sick and been loosened in its previous revolution on its own, orders it and, setting it right, makes it immortal and ageless. This, then, has been said as the end of all.”
Preparation 11, chapter 35
11.35.1Dindorf 2:71
“ Ταῦτα τοίνυν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, οὐδέν ἐστι πλήθει οὐδὲ μεγέθει πρὸς ἐκεῖνα ἃ τελευτήσαντα ἑκάτερον περιμένει· χρὴ δʼ αὐτὰ ἀκοῦσαι, ἵνα τελέως ἑκάτερος αὐτῶν ἀπειλήφῃ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου ὀφειλόμενα ἀκοῦσαι.
“ Tauta toinyn, ēn dʼ egō, ouden esti plēthei oude megethei pros ekeina ha teleutēsanta hekateron perimenei; chrē dʼ auta akousai, hina teleōs hekateros autōn apeilēphę̄ ta hypo tou logou opheilomena akousai.
“These things, then, I said, are nothing in number or greatness compared with those that await each of the two after death; and these must be heard, so that each may fully receive what the argument owes him to hear.
11.35.2Dindorf 2:71
Λέγοις ἂν, ἔφη, ὡς οὐ πολλὰ, ἀλλʼ ἥδιον ἀκούοντι. Ἀλλʼ οὐ μέντοι σοι, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, Ἀλκίνου γε ἀπόλογον ἐρῶ, ἀλλὰ ἀλκίμου μὲν ἀνδρὸς Ἠρὸς τοῦ Ἀρμενίου, τὸ γένος Παμφύλου· ὅς ποτε ἐν πολέμῳ τελευτήσας, ἀναιρεθέντων δεκαταίων τῶν νεκρῶν ἤδη διεφθαρμένων, ὑγιὴς μὲν ἀνῃρέθη, κομισθεὶς δὲ οἴκαδε, μέλλων θάπτεσθαι δωδεκαταῖος ἐπὶ τῇ πυρᾷ κείμενος ἀνεβίω, ἀναβιοὺς δὲ ἔλεγεν ἃ ἐκεῖ ἴδοι.
Legois an, ephē, hōs ou polla, allʼ hēdion akouonti. Allʼ ou mentoi soi, ēn dʼ egō, Alkinou ge apologon erō, alla alkimou men andros Ēros tou Armeniou, to genos Pamphylou; hos pote en polemǭ teleutēsas, anairethentōn dekataiōn tōn nekrōn ēdē diephtharmenōn, hygiēs men anę̄rethē, komistheis de oikade, mellōn thaptesthai dōdekataios epi tę̄ pyrą keimenos anebiō, anabious de elegen ha ekei idoi.
— Speak on, he said, since there are not many things I would more gladly hear. — Yet it is not a tale of Alcinous I will tell you, I said, but of a valiant man, Er son of Armenius, a Pamphylian by race; who once died in war, and when the dead were taken up on the tenth day already decayed, he was taken up whole; and having been brought home, when he was about to be buried, on the twelfth day, lying on the pyre, he came back to life, and having come back to life he told what he had seen there.
11.35.3Dindorf 2:71–72
ἔφη δὲ, ἐπειδή οἱ ἐκβῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν, πορεύεσθαι μετὰ πολλῶν, καὶ ἀφικνεῖσθαι σφᾶς εἰς τόπον τινὰ δαιμόνιον, ἐν ᾧ τῆς τε γῆς δύʼ εἶναι χάσματα ἐχομένω ἀλλήλων, καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ αὖ ἐν τῷ ἄνω ἄλλα καταντικρύ.
ephē de, epeidē hoi ekbēnai tēn psychēn, poreuesthai meta pollōn, kai aphikneisthai sphas eis topon tina daimonion, en hǭ tēs te gēs dyʼ einai chasmata echomenō allēlōn, kai tou ouranou au en tǭ anō alla katantikry.
He said that when his soul went out of him, it travelled with many others, and they came to a certain marvellous place, in which there were two openings in the earth next to each other, and in the heaven above two others opposite them.
11.35.4Dindorf 2:72
δικαστὰς δὲ μεταξὺ τούτων καθῆσθαι, οὓς, ἐπειδὴ διαδικάσειαν, τοὺς μὲν δικαίους κελεύειν πορεύεσθαι τὴν εἰς δεξίαν τε καὶ ἄνω διὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, σημεῖα περιάψαντες τῶν δεδικασμένων ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδίκους τὴν εἰς ἀριστεράν τε καὶ κάτω, ἔχοντας καὶ τούτους ἐν τῷ ὄπισθεν σημεῖα πάντων ὧν ἔπραξαν.
dikastas de metaxy toutōn kathēsthai, hous, epeidē diadikaseian, tous men dikaious keleuein poreuesthai tēn eis dexian te kai anō dia tou ouranou, sēmeia periapsantes tōn dedikasmenōn en tǭ prosthen, tous de adikous tēn eis aristeran te kai katō, echontas kai toutous en tǭ opisthen sēmeia pantōn hōn epraxan.
And judges sat between these, who, when they had passed judgment, bade the just go the way to the right and upward through the heaven, fastening signs of their judgment on them in front, and the unjust the way to the left and downward, they too having behind them signs of all they had done.
11.35.5Dindorf 2:72
αὐτοῦ δὲ προσελθόντος εἰπεῖν ὅτι δέοι αὐτὸν ἄγγελον ἀνθρώποις γενέσθαι τῶν ἐκεῖ καὶ διακελεύεσθαι διακούειν τε καὶ θεᾶσθαι πάντα τὰ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ.''
autou de proselthontos eipein hoti deoi auton angelon anthrōpois genesthai tōn ekei kai diakeleuesthai diakouein te kai theasthai panta ta en tǭ topǭ.''
And when he himself came forward, they said that he must become a messenger to men of the things there, and they bade him listen to and watch everything in the place.”
11.35.6Dindorf 2:72
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων· συγγενῆ δὲ τούτοις καὶ ὁ Πλούταρχος ὧδέ πη ἐν τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς πρώτῳ ἱστορεῖ
Tauta ho Platōn; syngenē de toutois kai ho Ploutarchos hōde pē en tǭ Peri psychēs prōtǭ historei
So Plato. And Plutarch relates something akin to this in the first book of On the Soul, somewhat as follows:
Preparation 11, chapter 36
11.36.1Dindorf 2:72–73
“ Ἀντύλλῳ δὲ τούτῳ καὶ αὐτοὶ παρῆμεν· ἀλλὰ Σωσιτέλει καὶ Ἡρακλέωνι διηγησώμεθα. νοσῶν γὰρ ἔναγχος ἀβιώτως ἔχειν ἐδόκει τοῖς ἰατροῖς· ἀνενεχθεὶς δὲ μικρὸν ἔκ τινος οὐ βεβαίου καταφορᾶς, ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν οὔτʼ ἔπραξεν οὔτʼ εἶπε παρακινητικὸν, ἔλεγε δὲ τεθνάναι, καὶ πάλιν ἀφεῖσθαι, καὶ μὴ τεθνήξεσθαι τὸ παράπαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀρρωστίας ἐκείνης, ἀλλὰ καὶ κακῶς ἀκηκοέναι τοὺς ἀγαγόντας αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου· πεμφθέντας γὰρ ἐπὶ Νικανδᾶν αὐτὸν ἥκειν ἀντʼ ἐκείνου κομίζοντας. ὁ δὲ Νικανδᾶς ἦν σκυτοτόμος, ἄλλως δὲ τῶν ἐν παλαίστραις γεγονότων καὶ πολλοῖς συνήθης καὶ γνώριμος. ὅθεν οἱ νεανίσκοι προσιόντες ἔσκωπτον αὐτὸν ὡς ἀποδεδρακότα καὶ διεφθαρκότα τοὺς ἐκεῖθεν ὑπηρέτας. αὐτὸς μέντοι δῆλος ἦν εὐθὺς ὑποθραττόμενος καὶ δυσχεραίνων· τέλος δὲ πυρετοῦ προσπεσόντος ἐξαίφνης ἀπέθανε τριταῖος. οὗτος δὲ ἀνεβίω, καὶ περί- εστιν εὖ γε ποιῶν, ἡμῖν ξένων ἐπιεικέστατος. ”
“ Antyllǭ de toutǭ kai autoi parēmen; alla Sōsitelei kai Hērakleōni diēgēsōmetha. nosōn gar enanchos abiōtōs echein edokei tois iatrois; anenechtheis de mikron ek tinos ou bebaiou kataphoras, allo men ouden outʼ epraxen outʼ eipe parakinētikon, elege de tethnanai, kai palin apheisthai, kai mē tethnēxesthai to parapan hypo tēs arrōstias ekeinēs, alla kai kakōs akēkoenai tous agagontas auton hypo tou kyriou; pemphthentas gar epi Nikandan auton hēkein antʼ ekeinou komizontas. ho de Nikandas ēn skytotomos, allōs de tōn en palaistrais gegonotōn kai pollois synēthēs kai gnōrimos. hothen hoi neaniskoi prosiontes eskōpton auton hōs apodedrakota kai diephtharkota tous ekeithen hypēretas. autos mentoi dēlos ēn euthys hypothrattomenos kai dyscherainōn; telos de pyretou prospesontos exaiphnēs apethane tritaios. houtos de anebiō, kai peri- estin eu ge poiōn, hēmin xenōn epieikestatos. ”
“We ourselves were present with this Antyllus; but let us tell it to Sositeles and Heracleon. Being ill recently, he seemed to the physicians beyond saving. Recovering a little from an unsteady stupor, he did and said nothing else that was deranged, but he said that he had died and been released again, and would not die at all of that illness, and that those who had brought him had been scolded by their master; for they had been sent for Nicandas and had come back bringing him instead. Nicandas was a shoemaker, but otherwise one of those who frequented the wrestling schools, and well known and familiar to many. So the young men came up and mocked him as having run away and bribed the officers from there. He himself was clearly troubled at once and vexed; and at last a fever fell on him and he died suddenly on the third day. And this man came back to life and is alive, and doing well, the most excellent of our friends.”
11.36.2Dindorf 2:73
Ταῦτά μοι κείσθω διὰ τὸ καὶ ἐν ταῖς Ἑβραίων γραφαῖς νεκρῶν ἀναβιώσεις φέρεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ γῆν τινα ἐν ἐπαγγελίαις μόνοις τοῖς θεοφιλέσι δοθήσεσθαι περιέχουσι, κατὰ τὸ φάσκον λόγιον “οἱ δὲ πραεῖς κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν, ” ταύτην δὲ ἐπουράνιον ὑπάρχειν διασαφεῖ ὁ φάσκων λόγος “ ἡ δὲ ἄνω Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν, ἥτις ἐστὶ μήτηρ ἡμῶν·” ὅ τε προφήτης τὴν αὐτὴν δὴ ταύτην ἐκ πο- λυτελῶν καὶ τιμίων συνεστάναι λίθων ἐν τρόπῳ ἀλ- ληγορίας αἰνίττεται λέγων “ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἑτοιμάζω σοι ἄνθρακα τὸν λίθον σου, καὶ θήσω τὰς ἐπάλξεις σου ἴασπιν, καὶ τοὺς θεμελίους σου σάπφειρον, καὶ τὸν περίβολόν σου λίθους ἐκλεκτούς·’ θέα ὡς καὶ ὁ Πλάτων αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα, ἢ τὰ παραπλήσια, πεπεῖ- σθαι εἶναι ἀληθῆ ἐν τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς ὁμολογεῖ, Σω- κράτει ἀνατιθεὶς τὸν λόγον ὧδέ πη
Tauta moi keisthō dia to kai en tais Hebraiōn graphais nekrōn anabiōseis pheresthai. epei de kai gēn tina en epangeliais monois tois theophilesi dothēsesthai periechousi, kata to phaskon logion “hoi de praeis klēronomēsousi tēn gēn, ” tautēn de epouranion hyparchein diasaphei ho phaskōn logos “ hē de anō Ierousalēm eleuthera estin, hētis esti mētēr hēmōn;” ho te prophētēs tēn autēn dē tautēn ek po- lytelōn kai timiōn synestanai lithōn en tropǭ al- lēgorias ainittetai legōn “ idou egō hetoimazō soi anthraka ton lithon sou, kai thēsō tas epalxeis sou iaspin, kai tous themelious sou sappheiron, kai ton peribolon sou lithous eklektous;’ thea hōs kai ho Platōn auta dē tauta, ē ta paraplēsia, pepei- sthai einai alēthē en tǭ Peri psychēs homologei, Sō- kratei anatitheis ton logon hōde pē
Let this be set down here, because returns to life of the dead are also recorded in the Scriptures of the Hebrews. And since they also contain promises that a land will be given only to those dear to God, according to the oracle that says, “But the meek shall inherit the earth,” and the saying that says, “But the Jerusalem above is free, which is our mother,” makes clear that this land is heavenly, and the prophet hints allegorically that it is made of costly and precious stones, saying, “Behold, I prepare for you carbuncle as your stone, and I will make your battlements jasper, and your foundations sapphire, and your enclosure choice stones”—see how Plato too, in his work On the Soul, admits that he is persuaded these very things, or things like them, are true, putting the account in the mouth of Socrates somewhat as follows:
Preparation 11, chapter 37
11.37.1Dindorf 2:73
“ Ἀλλὰ μέντοι, ὦ Σιμμία, οὐχὶ ἡ Γλαύκου τέχνη γέ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι διηγήσασθαι ἅ γʼ ἐστίν· ὡς μέντοι ἀληθῆ, χαλεπώτερόν μοι φαίνεται ἢ κατὰ τὴν Γλαύκου τέχνην. καὶ ἅμα μὲν ἐγὼ ἴσως οὐδʼ ἂν οἶός τε εἴην, ἅμα δὲ, καὶ εἰ ἠπιστάμην, ὁ βίος μοι δοκεῖ ὁ ἐμὸς, ὦ Σιμμία, τῷ μήκει τοῦ λόγου οὐκ ἐξαρκεῖν. τὴν μέντοι ἰδέαν τῆς γῆς, οἴαν πέπεισμαι εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς τόπους αὐτῆς οὐδέν με κωλύει λέγειν. Ἀλλʼ, ἔφη ὁ Σιμμίας, καὶ ταῦτα ἀρκεῖ.
“ Alla mentoi, ō Simmia, ouchi hē Glaukou technē ge moi dokei einai diēgēsasthai ha gʼ estin; hōs mentoi alēthē, chalepōteron moi phainetai ē kata tēn Glaukou technēn. kai hama men egō isōs oudʼ an oios te eiēn, hama de, kai ei ēpistamēn, ho bios moi dokei ho emos, ō Simmia, tǭ mēkei tou logou ouk exarkein. tēn mentoi idean tēs gēs, oian pepeismai einai, kai tous topous autēs ouden me kōlyei legein. Allʼ, ephē ho Simmias, kai tauta arkei.
“But indeed, Simmias, it does not seem to me to need the art of Glaucus to tell what they are; yet to show that they are true seems to me harder than the art of Glaucus. And at the same time I perhaps could not do it, and at the same time, even if I knew how, my life, Simmias, seems to me not to suffice for the length of the account. But nothing prevents me from telling what I am persuaded the form of the earth is, and its regions. — Well, said Simmias, that is enough.
11.37.2Dindorf 2:73–74
Πέπεισμαι τοίνυν, ἦ δʼ ὅς, ἐγὼ πρῶτον μὲν, εἰ ἔστιν ἐν μέσῳ τῷ οὐρανῷ περιφερὴς οὖσα, μηδὲν αὐτῇ δεῖν μήτε ἀέρος πρὸς τὸ μὴ πεσεῖν μήτε ἄλλης ἀνάγκης μηδεμιᾶς τοιαύτης, ἀλλʼ ἱκανὴν εἶναι αὐτὴν ἴσχειν τὴν ὁμοιότητα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ αὐτοῦ ἑαυτῷ πάντη καὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτὴν τὴν ἰσορροπίαν· ἰσόρροπον γὰρ πρᾶγμα ὁμοίου τινὸς ἐν μέσῳ τεθὲν οὐχ ἔξει μᾶλλον οὐδʼ ἧττον οὐδαμόσε κλιθῆναι, ὁμοίως δʼ ἔχον ἀκλινὲς μένει.
Pepeismai toinyn, ē dʼ hos, egō prōton men, ei estin en mesǭ tǭ ouranǭ peripherēs ousa, mēden autę̄ dein mēte aeros pros to mē pesein mēte allēs anankēs mēdemias toiautēs, allʼ hikanēn einai autēn ischein tēn homoiotēta tou ouranou autou heautǭ pantē kai tēs gēs autēn tēn isorropian; isorropon gar pragma homoiou tinos en mesǭ tethen ouch exei mallon oudʼ hētton oudamose klithēnai, homoiōs dʼ echon aklines menei.
— I am persuaded, then, he said, first, that if it is round and in the middle of the heaven, it needs neither air nor any other such force to keep it from falling, but the uniformity of the heaven itself in every direction and the earth’s own equilibrium are enough to hold it; for a thing in equilibrium placed in the middle of something uniform will have no reason to incline more or less in any direction, but being alike will remain without inclining.
11.37.3Dindorf 2:74
Πρῶτον μὲν δὴ, ἦ δʼ ὅς, τοῦτο πέπεισμαι. Καὶ ὀρθῶς γε, ἔφη ὁ Σιμμίας. Ἔτι τοίνυν, ἔφη, πάμμεγά τι εἶναι αὐτὸ, καὶ ἡμᾶς οἰκεῖν τοὺς μέχρις Ἡρακλείων στηλῶν ἀπὸ Φάσιδος ἐν σμικρῷ τινι μορίῳ, ὥσπερ περὶ τέλμα μύρμηκας ἢ βατράχους, περὶ τὴν θάλατταν οἰκοῦντας, καὶ ἄλλους ἄλλοθι πολλοὺς ἐν πολλοῖς τοιούτοις τόποις οἰκεῖν.
Prōton men dē, ē dʼ hos, touto pepeismai. Kai orthōs ge, ephē ho Simmias. Eti toinyn, ephē, pammega ti einai auto, kai hēmas oikein tous mechris Hērakleiōn stēlōn apo Phasidos en smikrǭ tini moriǭ, hōsper peri telma myrmēkas ē batrachous, peri tēn thalattan oikountas, kai allous allothi pollous en pollois toioutois topois oikein.
This, then, I am persuaded of first. — And rightly, said Simmias. — Further, he said, that it is very great, and that we who dwell from the Phasis to the Pillars of Heracles live in a small part of it around the sea, like ants or frogs around a pond, and that many others live elsewhere in many such places.
11.37.4Dindorf 2:74
εἶναι γὰρ πανταχῆ περὶ τὴν γῆν πολλὰ κοῖλα καὶ παντοδαπὰ καὶ τὰς ἰδέας καὶ τὰ μεγέθη, εἰς ἃ ξυνερρυηκέναι τό τε ὕδωρ καὶ τὴν ὁμίχλην καὶ τὸν ἀέρα· αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν γῆν καθαράν τε ἐν καθαρῷ κεῖσθαι τῷ οὐρανῷ, ἐν ᾧπέρ ἐστι τὰ ἄστρα, ὃν δὴ αἰθέρα ὀνομάζειν τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα εἰωθότων λέγειν· οὗ δὴ ὑποστάθμην εἶναι ταῦτα καὶ ξυρρεῖν ἀεὶ εἰς τὰ κοῖλα τῆς γῆς.
einai gar pantachē peri tēn gēn polla koila kai pantodapa kai tas ideas kai ta megethē, eis ha xynerryēkenai to te hydōr kai tēn homichlēn kai ton aera; autēn de tēn gēn katharan te en katharǭ keisthai tǭ ouranǭ, en hǭper esti ta astra, hon dē aithera onomazein tous pollous tōn ta toiauta eiōthotōn legein; hou dē hypostathmēn einai tauta kai xyrrein aei eis ta koila tēs gēs.
For there are everywhere around the earth many hollows of all kinds of shapes and sizes, into which water, mist, and air have flowed together; but the earth itself lies pure in the pure heaven, in which are the stars, which most of those who speak of such things call the ether; of which these things are the sediment and always flow together into the hollows of the earth.
11.37.5Dindorf 2:74
ἡμᾶς οὖν οἰκοῦντας ἐν τοῖς κοίλοις αὐτῆς λεληθέναι καὶ οἴεσθαι ἄνω ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οἰκεῖν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἐν μέσῳ τῷ πυθμένι τοῦ πελάγους οἰκῶν οἴοιτό τε ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης οἰκεῖν καὶ διὰ τοῦ ὕδατος ὁρῶν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα τὴν θάλατταν ἡγοῖτο οὐρανὸν εἶναι, διὰ δὲ βραδυτῆτά τε καὶ ἀσθένειαν μηδεπώποτε ἐπὶ τὰ ἄκρα τῆς θαλάττης εἴη ἀφιγμένος, μηδὲ ἑωρακὼς εἴη, ἐκδὺς καὶ ἀνακύψας ἐκ τῆς θαλάττης εἰς τὸν ἐνθάδε τόπον, ὅσῳ καθαρώτερος καὶ καλλίων τυγχάνει ὢν τοῦ παρὰ σφίσι, μηδὲ ἄλλου ἀκηκοὼς εἴη τοῦτο ἑωρακότος.
hēmas oun oikountas en tois koilois autēs lelēthenai kai oiesthai anō epi tēs gēs oikein, hōsper an ei tis en mesǭ tǭ pythmeni tou pelagous oikōn oioito te epi tēs thalattēs oikein kai dia tou hydatos horōn ton hēlion kai ta alla astra tēn thalattan hēgoito ouranon einai, dia de bradytēta te kai astheneian mēdepōpote epi ta akra tēs thalattēs eiē aphigmenos, mēde heōrakōs eiē, ekdys kai anakypsas ek tēs thalattēs eis ton enthade topon, hosǭ katharōteros kai kalliōn tynchanei ōn tou para sphisi, mēde allou akēkoōs eiē touto heōrakotos.
We, then, living in its hollows, have not noticed it, and think we live above on the earth; as if someone living in the middle of the bottom of the sea were to think he lived on the sea, and, seeing the sun and the other stars through the water, should think the sea was heaven, and because of slowness and weakness had never come to the top of the sea, nor seen, emerging and raising his head out of the sea into this place here, how much purer and more beautiful it is than his own, nor heard of it from anyone who had seen it.
11.37.6Dindorf 2:74–75
ταὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἡμᾶς πεπονθέναι· οἰκοῦντας γὰρ ἔν τινι κοίλῳ τῆς γῆς οἴεσθαι ἐπάνω αὐτῆς οἰκεῖν, καὶ τὸν ἀέρα οὐρανὸν καλεῖν, ὡς διὰ τούτου οὐρανοῦ ὄντος τὰ ἄστρα χωροῦντα. τὸ δὲ εἶναι ταὐτὸν ὑπʼ ἀσθενείας καὶ βραδυτῆτος οὐχ οἵους τε εἶναι ἡμᾶς διεξελθεῖν ἐπʼ ἔσχατον τὸν ἀέρα, ἐπεὶ εἴ τις αὐτοῦ ἐπʼ ἄκρα ἔλθοι, ἢ πτηνὸς γενόμε- νος ἀνάπτοιτο, κατιδεῖν δὴ ἀνακύψαντα, ὥσπερ ἐνθάδε οἱ ἐκ τῆς θαλάττης ἰχθύες ἀνακύπτοντες ὁρῶσι τὰ ἐνθάδε, οὕτως ἄν τινα καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖ κατιδεῖν· καὶ εἰ ἡ φύσις ἱκανὴ εἴη ἀνέχεσθαι θεωροῦσα, γνῶναι ἂν ὅτι ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθῶς οὐρανὸς καὶ τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς καὶ ἡ ὡς ἀληθῶς γῆ.
tauto dē touto kai hēmas peponthenai; oikountas gar en tini koilǭ tēs gēs oiesthai epanō autēs oikein, kai ton aera ouranon kalein, hōs dia toutou ouranou ontos ta astra chōrounta. to de einai tauton hypʼ astheneias kai bradytētos ouch hoious te einai hēmas diexelthein epʼ eschaton ton aera, epei ei tis autou epʼ akra elthoi, ē ptēnos genome- nos anaptoito, katidein dē anakypsanta, hōsper enthade hoi ek tēs thalattēs ichthyes anakyptontes horōsi ta enthade, houtōs an tina kai ta ekei katidein; kai ei hē physis hikanē eiē anechesthai theōrousa, gnōnai an hoti ekeinos estin ho alēthōs ouranos kai to alēthinon phōs kai hē hōs alēthōs gē.
We have experienced this very thing: living in a hollow of the earth we think we live on top of it, and call the air heaven, as though the stars moved through this as heaven. But it is the same: through weakness and slowness we cannot pass through to the outermost air; for if anyone came to its top, or became winged and flew up, he would look up and see, as fish here looking up out of the sea see the things here, so one would see the things there; and if his nature were able to bear the sight, he would know that that is the true heaven and the true light and the true earth.
11.37.7Dindorf 2:75
ἥδε μὲν γὰρ ἡ γῆ καὶ οἱ λίθοι καὶ πᾶς ὁ τόπος ὁ ἐνθάδε διεφθαρμένα ἐστὶ καὶ καταβεβρωμένα, ὥσπερ τὰ ἐν τῇ θα- λάττῃ ὑπὸ τῆς ἅλμης· καὶ οὔτε φύεται ἄξιον λόγου οὐδὲν ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ οὔτε τέλειον, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, οὐδέν ἐστι, σήραγγες δὲ καὶ ἄμμος καὶ πηλὸς ἀμήχα- νος καὶ βόρβοροί εἰσιν, ὅπου ἂν καὶ γῆ ᾖ, καὶ πρὸς τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν καλὰ κρίνεσθαι οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν ἄξια.
hēde men gar hē gē kai hoi lithoi kai pas ho topos ho enthade diephtharmena esti kai katabebrōmena, hōsper ta en tę̄ tha- lattę̄ hypo tēs halmēs; kai oute phyetai axion logou ouden en tę̄ thalattę̄ oute teleion, hōs epos eipein, ouden esti, sēranges de kai ammos kai pēlos amēcha- nos kai borboroi eisin, hopou an kai gē ę̄, kai pros ta parʼ hēmin kala krinesthai oudʼ hopōstioun axia.
For this earth, and the stones and the whole region here, are corrupted and eaten away, as things in the sea are by the brine; and nothing worth speaking of grows in the sea, nor is anything, so to speak, perfect, but there are caves and sand and endless mud and mire wherever there is earth too, not at all worthy to be compared with the beautiful things among us.
11.37.8Dindorf 2:75
ἐκεῖνα δὲ αὖ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν πολὺ ἂν ἔτι πλεῖον φανείη διαφέρειν. εἰ γὰρ δὴ καὶ μυθολογεῖν καλὸν, ἄξιον ἀκοῦσαι, ὦ Σιμμία, οἶα τυγχάνει τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὑπὸ τῷ οὐρανῷ ὄντα. Ἀλλὰ μὴν, ἔφη ὁ Σιμμίας, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἡμεῖς γε τούτου τοῦ μύθου ἡδέως ἂν ἀκούσαιμεν.
ekeina de au tōn parʼ hēmin poly an eti pleion phaneiē diapherein. ei gar dē kai mythologein kalon, axion akousai, ō Simmia, oia tynchanei ta epi tēs gēs hypo tǭ ouranǭ onta. Alla mēn, ephē ho Simmias, ō Sōkrates, hēmeis ge toutou tou mythou hēdeōs an akousaimen.
And those things in turn would appear to differ from ours still much more. For if it is good to tell a myth too, it is worth hearing, Simmias, what the things on the earth under the heaven are like. — Indeed, Socrates, said Simmias, we would gladly hear this myth.
11.37.9Dindorf 2:75
Λέγεται τοίνυν, ἔφη, ὦ ἑταῖρε, πρῶτον μὲν εἶναι τοιαύτη ἡ γῆ αὐτὴ ἰδεῖν, εἴ τις ἄνωθεν θεῷτο, ὥσπερ αἱ δωδεκάσκυτοι σφαῖραι, ποικίλη, χρώμασι διειλημμένη, ὧν καὶ τὰ ἐνθάδε εἶναι χρώματα ὥσπερ δείγματα, οἷς δὴ οἱ γραφεῖς καταχρῶνται· ἐκεῖ δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοιούτων εἶναι, καὶ πολὺ ἔτι ἐκ λαμπροτέρων καὶ καθα- ρωτέρων ἢ τούτων.
Legetai toinyn, ephē, ō hetaire, prōton men einai toiautē hē gē autē idein, ei tis anōthen theǭto, hōsper hai dōdekaskytoi sphairai, poikilē, chrōmasi dieilēmmenē, hōn kai ta enthade einai chrōmata hōsper deigmata, hois dē hoi grapheis katachrōntai; ekei de pasan tēn gēn ek toioutōn einai, kai poly eti ek lamproterōn kai katha- rōterōn ē toutōn.
— It is said, then, my friend, he said, first, that the earth itself, if one should look at it from above, is like the balls made of twelve pieces of leather, variegated, marked out with colours, of which the colours here, those the painters use, are like samples; but there the whole earth is made of such colours, and of far brighter and purer ones than these.
11.37.10Dindorf 2:75–76
τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἁλουργῆ εἶναι θαυμαστὴν τὸ κάλλος, τὴν δὲ χρυσοειδῆ, τὴν δὲ ὅση λευκὴ γύψου καὶ χιόνος λευκοτέραν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων χρωμάτων συγκειμένην ὡσαύτως, καὶ ἔτι πλειόνων καὶ καλλιόνων ἢ ὅσα ἡμεῖς ἑωράκαμεν.
tēn men gar halourgē einai thaumastēn to kallos, tēn de chrysoeidē, tēn de hosē leukē gypsou kai chionos leukoteran, kai ek tōn allōn chrōmatōn synkeimenēn hōsautōs, kai eti pleionōn kai kallionōn ē hosa hēmeis heōrakamen.
For one part is purple of wonderful beauty, another golden, another, which is white, whiter than chalk or snow; and it is made up of the other colours likewise, and of still more and more beautiful ones than we have seen.
11.37.11Dindorf 2:76
καὶ γὰρ αὐτὰ ταῦτα τὰ κοῖλα αὐτῆς, ὕδατός τε καὶ ἀέρος ἔμπλεα ὄντα, χρώματός τι εἶδος παρέχεσθαι στίλβοντα ἐν τῇ τῶν ἄλλων χρωμάτων ποικιλίᾳ, ὥστε ἕν τι αὐτῆς εἶδος ξυνεχὲς καὶ ποικίλον φαντάζεσθαι.
kai gar auta tauta ta koila autēs, hydatos te kai aeros emplea onta, chrōmatos ti eidos parechesthai stilbonta en tę̄ tōn allōn chrōmatōn poikilią, hōste hen ti autēs eidos xyneches kai poikilon phantazesthai.
For even these hollows of it, full of water and air, give an appearance of colour, gleaming in the variety of the other colours, so that it appears as one continuous variegated form.
11.37.12Dindorf 2:76
ἐν δὲ ταύτῃ οὔσῃ τοιαύτῃ ἀνάλογον τὸ τοιαῦτα φύεσθαι δένδρα τε καὶ ἄνθη, ἔχοντα τοὺς καρπούς· καὶ αὖ τὰ ὄρη ὡσαύτως καὶ τοὺς λίθους ἔχειν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον τήν τε λειότητα καὶ τὴν διαφάνειαν καὶ τὰ χρώματα καλλίω· ὧν καὶ τὰ ἐνθάδε λιθίδια εἶναι ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαπώμενα μόρια, σάρδιά τε καὶ ἰάσπιδας καὶ σμαράγδους καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἐκεῖ δὲ οὐδὲν ὁτιοῦν τοιοῦτον οὐκ εἶναι καὶ ἔτι τούτων καλλίω.
en de tautę̄ ousę̄ toiautę̄ analogon to toiauta phyesthai dendra te kai anthē, echonta tous karpous; kai au ta orē hōsautōs kai tous lithous echein kata ton auton logon tēn te leiotēta kai tēn diaphaneian kai ta chrōmata kalliō; hōn kai ta enthade lithidia einai tauta ta agapōmena moria, sardia te kai iaspidas kai smaragdous kai panta ta toiauta; ekei de ouden hotioun toiouton ouk einai kai eti toutōn kalliō.
And on it, being such, grow in proportion such trees and flowers and fruits; and the mountains likewise and the stones have, on the same principle, smoothness, transparency, and more beautiful colours; of which our little stones here, so prized, are fragments, sardians and jaspers and emeralds and all such; but there there is nothing that is not such, and still more beautiful than these.
11.37.13Dindorf 2:76
τὸ δʼ αἴτιον τούτου εἶναι ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι οἱ λίθοι καθαροί εἰσι καὶ οὐ κατεδηδεσμένοι οὐδὲ διεφθαρμένοι ὥσπερ οἱ ἐνθάδε, ὑπὸ σηπεδόνος καὶ ἅλμης καὶ τῶν δεῦρο ξυνερρυηκότων, ἃ καὶ λίθοις καὶ γῇ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις τε καὶ φυτοῖς αἴσχη τε καὶ νόσους παρέχει. τὴν δὲ γῆν αὐτὴν κεκοσμῆσθαι τούτοις τε ἅπασι καὶ ἔτι χρυσῷ τε καὶ ἀργύρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις αὖ τοῖς τοιούτοις. ἐκφανῆ γὰρ αὐτὰ πεφυκέναι, ὧν τὰ πολλὰ πλήθη καὶ μεγάλα καὶ πολλαχοῦ τῆς γῆς, ὥστε αὐτὴν δεῖν εἶναι θέαμα εὐδαιμόνων θεατῶν.”
to dʼ aition toutou einai hoti ekeinoi hoi lithoi katharoi eisi kai ou katedēdesmenoi oude diephtharmenoi hōsper hoi enthade, hypo sēpedonos kai halmēs kai tōn deuro xynerryēkotōn, ha kai lithois kai gę̄ kai tois allois zǭois te kai phytois aischē te kai nosous parechei. tēn de gēn autēn kekosmēsthai toutois te hapasi kai eti chrysǭ te kai argyrǭ kai tois allois au tois toioutois. ekphanē gar auta pephykenai, hōn ta polla plēthē kai megala kai pollachou tēs gēs, hōste autēn dein einai theama eudaimonōn theatōn.”
And the cause of this is that those stones are pure and not eaten away or corrupted, like those here, by decay and brine and the things that have flowed together here, which bring ugliness and diseases to stones and earth and to other animals and plants. And the earth itself is adorned with all these, and further with gold and silver and the other such things. For they are by nature exposed to view, being many in number, large, and in many places of the earth, so that it is a sight for blessed beholders.”
Preparation 11, chapter 38
11.38.1Dindorf 2:76–77
Τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις γραφῆς θεοῦ δικαιωτήριον καὶ κρίσιν ψυχῶν μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγὴν ἔσεσθαι προαγορευούσης διά τε μυρίων ἄλλων καὶ διʼ ὧν φησι “ κριτήριον ἐκάθισε καὶ βίβλοι ἠνεῴχθησαν καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο. ποταμὸς πυρὸς εἷλκεν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ· μύριαι μυριάδες ἐλειτούργουν αὐτῷ, καὶ χίλιαι χιλιάδες παρειστήκεσαν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, ” ἐπάκουσον τοῦ Πλάτωνος τῆς θείας κρίσεως, καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὀνομαστὶ μεμνημένου, πολλάς τε μονὰς τῶν εὐσεβῶν διαφόρους τε τῶν δυσσεβῶν τιμωρίας συμφώνως τοῖς Ἑβραίων ὑπογράφοντος λόγοις.
Tēs parʼ Hebraiois graphēs theou dikaiōtērion kai krisin psychōn meta tēn enthende apallagēn esesthai proagoreuousēs dia te myriōn allōn kai diʼ hōn phēsi “ kritērion ekathise kai bibloi ēneǭchthēsan kai ho palaios hēmerōn ekathēto. potamos pyros heilken emprosthen autou; myriai myriades eleitourgoun autǭ, kai chiliai chiliades pareistēkesan emprosthen autou, ” epakouson tou Platōnos tēs theias kriseōs, kai dē kai tou potamou onomasti memnēmenou, pollas te monas tōn eusebōn diaphorous te tōn dyssebōn timōrias symphōnōs tois Hebraiōn hypographontos logois.
The Scripture of the Hebrews foretells that there will be a tribunal of God and a judgment of souls after their departure from here, through countless passages, and where it says: “The court sat, and the books were opened, and the Ancient of Days was seated. A river of fire flowed before him; ten thousand times ten thousand ministered to him, and thousands of thousands stood before him.” Hear Plato, who mentions the divine judgment, and even names the river, and describes, in agreement with the words of the Hebrews, many dwellings of the pious and different punishments of the impious.
11.38.2Dindorf 2:77
φησὶ δʼ οὖν ἐν τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς τάδε “Τρίτος δὲ ποταμὸς τούτων κατὰ μέσον ἐκβάλλει, καὶ ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐκβολῆς ἐκπίπτει εἰς τόπον μέγαν πυρὶ πολλῷ καιόμενον, καὶ λίμνην ποιεῖ μείζω τῆς παρʼ ἡμῖν θαλάττης, ζέουσαν ὕδατος καὶ πηλοῦ· ἐντεῦθεν δὲ χωρεῖ κύκλῳ θολερὸς καὶ πηλώδης, περιελιττόμενος δέ γε τῇ γῇ ἄλλοσέ τε ἀφικνεῖται καὶ παρʼ ἔσχατα τῆς Ἀχερουσιάδος λίμνης, οὐ συμμιγνύμενος τῷ ὕδατι· περιελιχθεὶς δὲ πολλάκις ὑπὸ γῆς ἐμβάλλει κατωτέρω τοῦ Ταρτάρου.
phēsi dʼ oun en tǭ Peri psychēs tade “Tritos de potamos toutōn kata meson ekballei, kai engys tēs ekbolēs ekpiptei eis topon megan pyri pollǭ kaiomenon, kai limnēn poiei meizō tēs parʼ hēmin thalattēs, zeousan hydatos kai pēlou; enteuthen de chōrei kyklǭ tholeros kai pēlōdēs, perielittomenos de ge tę̄ gę̄ allose te aphikneitai kai parʼ eschata tēs Acherousiados limnēs, ou symmignymenos tǭ hydati; perielichtheis de pollakis hypo gēs emballei katōterō tou Tartarou.
He says, then, in On the Soul: “A third river issues between these, and near its source falls into a great region burning with much fire, and makes a lake larger than our sea, boiling with water and mud. From there it goes round in a circle, turbid and muddy, and winding about within the earth it comes to other places and to the edge of the Acherusian lake, not mixing with its water; and after winding about many times under the earth it falls into Tartarus at a lower point.
11.38.3Dindorf 2:77
οὗτος δʼ ἐστὶν ὃν ἐπονομάζουσι Πυριφλεγέθοντα, οὗ καὶ οἱ ῥύακες ἀποσπάσματα ἀναφυσῶσιν, ὅπου ἂν τύχωσι τῆς γῆς. τούτου δὲ αὖ καταντικρὺ ὁ τέταρτος ἐκπίπτει εἰς τόπον πρῶτον δεινόν τε καὶ ἄγριον, ὡς λέγεται, χρῶμα δὲ ἔχοντα ὅλον οἷον ὁ κύανος, ὃν δὴ ἐπονομάζουσι Στύγιον, καὶ τὴν λίμνην ἣν ποιεῖ ὁ ποταμὸς ἐμβάλλων Στύγα. ὁ δʼ ἐμπεσὼν ἐνταῦθα καὶ δεινὰς δυνάμεις λαβὼν ἐν τῷ ὕδατι, δὺς κατὰ τῆς γῆς, περιελιττόμενος χωρεῖ ἐναντίως τῷ Πυριφλεγέθοντι καὶ ἀπαντᾷ ἐν τῇ Ἀχερουσίᾳ λίμνῃ ἐξ ἐναντίας, καὶ οὐδὲ τὸ τούτου ὕδωρ οὐδενὶ μίγνυται, ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗτος κύκλῳ περιελθὼν ἐμβάλλει εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον ἐναντίως τῷ Πυριφλεγέθοντι· ὄνομα δὲ τούτῳ ἐστὶν, ὡς οἱ ποιηταὶ λέγουσι, Κωκυτός.
houtos dʼ estin hon eponomazousi Pyriphlegethonta, hou kai hoi rhyakes apospasmata anaphysōsin, hopou an tychōsi tēs gēs. toutou de au katantikry ho tetartos ekpiptei eis topon prōton deinon te kai agrion, hōs legetai, chrōma de echonta holon hoion ho kyanos, hon dē eponomazousi Stygion, kai tēn limnēn hēn poiei ho potamos emballōn Styga. ho dʼ empesōn entautha kai deinas dynameis labōn en tǭ hydati, dys kata tēs gēs, perielittomenos chōrei enantiōs tǭ Pyriphlegethonti kai apantą en tę̄ Acherousią limnę̄ ex enantias, kai oude to toutou hydōr oudeni mignytai, alla kai houtos kyklǭ perielthōn emballei eis ton Tartaron enantiōs tǭ Pyriphlegethonti; onoma de toutǭ estin, hōs hoi poiētai legousi, Kōkytos.
This is the one they call Pyriphlegethon, of which the streams of lava too send up fragments wherever on earth they happen to be. Opposite this in turn the fourth issues, first into a place terrible and wild, as is said, having all a colour like lapis, which they call the Stygian; and the lake the river makes by falling into it, Styx. Having fallen in there and received terrible powers in its water, it sinks under the earth and, winding about, goes opposite to Pyriphlegethon and meets it from the opposite side in the Acherusian lake; and its water too mixes with none, but it also, going round in a circle, falls into Tartarus opposite to Pyriphlegethon; and its name, as the poets say, is Cocytus.
11.38.4Dindorf 2:77–78
τούτων δὲ οὕτω πεφυκότων, ἐπειδὰν ἀφίκωνται οἱ τετελευτηκότες εἰς τὸν τόπον οἷ ὁ δαίμων ἕκαστον κομίζει, πρῶτον μὲν διεδικάσαντο οἵ τε καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως βιώσαντες καὶ οἱ μή. καὶ οἱ μὲν ἂν δόξωσι μέσως βεβιωκέναι, πορευθέντες ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀχέροντα, ἀναβάντες ἃ δὴ αὐτοῖς ὀχήματά ἐστιν, ἐπὶ τούτων ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὴν λίμνην, καὶ ἐκεῖ οἰκοῦσί τε καὶ καθαιρόμενοι τῶν τε ἀδικημάτων διδόντες δίκας ἀπολύονται, εἴ τίς τι ἠδίκηκε, τῶν τε εὐεργεσιῶν τιμὰς φέρονται κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἕκαστος, οἵ δʼ ἂν δόξωσιν ἀνιάτως ἔχειν διὰ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἢ ἱεροσυλίας πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας ἢ φόνους ἀδίκους καὶ παρανόμους πολλοὺς ἐξειργασμένοι ἢ ἄλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα τυγχάνει ὄντα, τούτους δὲ ἡ προσήκουσα μοῖρα ῥίπτει εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον, ὅθεν οὔποτε ἐκβαίνουσιν.
toutōn de houtō pephykotōn, epeidan aphikōntai hoi teteleutēkotes eis ton topon hoi ho daimōn hekaston komizei, prōton men diedikasanto hoi te kalōs kai hosiōs kai dikaiōs biōsantes kai hoi mē. kai hoi men an doxōsi mesōs bebiōkenai, poreuthentes epi ton Acheronta, anabantes ha dē autois ochēmata estin, epi toutōn aphiknountai eis tēn limnēn, kai ekei oikousi te kai kathairomenoi tōn te adikēmatōn didontes dikas apolyontai, ei tis ti ēdikēke, tōn te euergesiōn timas pherontai kata tēn axian hekastos, hoi dʼ an doxōsin aniatōs echein dia ta megethē tōn hamartēmatōn, ē hierosylias pollas kai megalas ē phonous adikous kai paranomous pollous exeirgasmenoi ē alla hosa toiauta tynchanei onta, toutous de hē prosēkousa moira rhiptei eis ton Tartaron, hothen oupote ekbainousin.
These things being so by nature, when the dead come to the place to which his daemon brings each, first they are judged, both those who lived well, piously, and justly, and those who did not. Those who are judged to have lived a middling life go to the Acheron, embark on the vessels there for them, and on these arrive at the lake; and there they dwell and, being purified, are released from their wrongdoings by paying the penalty, if anyone did wrong, and receive honours for their good deeds, each according to his desert. But those judged incurable because of the greatness of their sins, having committed many great sacrileges, or many unjust and lawless murders, or other such things, their fitting fate casts into Tartarus, from which they never come out.
11.38.5Dindorf 2:78–79
οἳ δʼ ἂν ἰάσιμα μὲν, μεγάλα δὲ δόξωσιν ἡμαρτηκέναι ἁμαρτήματα, οἶον πρὸς πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπʼ ὀργῆς βίαιόν τι πράξαντες, καὶ μεταμέλον αὐτοῖς τὸν ἄλλον βίον βιῶσιν, ἢ ἀνδροφόνοι ἢ τοιούτῳ τινὶ ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ γένωνται, τούτοις δʼ ἐμπεσεῖν μὲν εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον ἀνάγκη, ἐμπεσόντας δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐκεῖ γενομένους ἐκβάλλει τὸ κῦμα, τοὺς μὲν ἀνδροφόνους κατὰ τὸν Κωκυτὸν, τοὺς δὲ πατραλῴας [καὶ μητραλῲας] κατὰ τὸν Πυριφλεγέθοντα· ἐπειδὰν δὲ φλεγόμενοι γένωνται κατὰ τὴν λίμνην τὴν Ἀχερουσιάδα, ἐνταῦθα βοῶσί τε καὶ καλοῦσιν, οἶ μὲν οὓς ἀπέκτειναν, οἷ δὲ οὓς ὕβρισαν, καλέσαντες δὲ ἱκετεύουσι καὶ δέονται ἐᾶσαι σφᾶς ἐκβῆναι εἰς τὴν λίμνην, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν πείσωσιν, ἐκβαίνουσί τε καὶ λήγουσι τῶν κακῶν· εἰ δὲ μὴ, φέρονται αὖθις εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον, κἀκεῖθεν πάλιν εἰς τοὺς ποταμοὺς, καὶ ταῦτα πάσχοντες οὐ πρότερον παύονται πρὶν ἂν πείσωσιν οὓς ἠδίκησαν· αὕτη γὰρ ἡ δίκη ὑπὸ τῶν δικαστῶν αὐτοῖς ἐτάχθη.
hoi dʼ an iasima men, megala de doxōsin hēmartēkenai hamartēmata, oion pros patera ē mētera hypʼ orgēs biaion ti praxantes, kai metamelon autois ton allon bion biōsin, ē androphonoi ē toioutǭ tini allǭ tropǭ genōntai, toutois dʼ empesein men eis ton Tartaron anankē, empesontas de autous kai eniauton ekei genomenous ekballei to kyma, tous men androphonous kata ton Kōkyton, tous de patralǭas [kai mētralǭas] kata ton Pyriphlegethonta; epeidan de phlegomenoi genōntai kata tēn limnēn tēn Acherousiada, entautha boōsi te kai kalousin, oi men hous apekteinan, hoi de hous hybrisan, kalesantes de hiketeuousi kai deontai easai sphas ekbēnai eis tēn limnēn, kai ean men peisōsin, ekbainousi te kai lēgousi tōn kakōn; ei de mē, pherontai authis eis ton Tartaron, kakeithen palin eis tous potamous, kai tauta paschontes ou proteron pauontai prin an peisōsin hous ēdikēsan; hautē gar hē dikē hypo tōn dikastōn autois etachthē.
Those who are judged to have committed curable but great sins, such as having done some violence to father or mother in anger and lived the rest of their life in repentance, or who have become murderers in some such way, must fall into Tartarus; but when they have fallen in and been there a year, the wave casts them out, the murderers by Cocytus, the parricides by Pyriphlegethon. And when they are carried to the Acherusian lake, there they shout and call, some those they killed, others those they wronged, and having called, they beseech and beg to be allowed to come out into the lake; and if they persuade them, they come out and cease from their evils; but if not, they are carried back into Tartarus and from there again into the rivers, and suffering these things they do not cease until they persuade those they wronged. For this penalty was ordained for them by the judges.
11.38.6Dindorf 2:79
οἵ δὲ δὴ ἂν δόξωσι διαφερόντως πρὸς τὸ ὁσίως βιῶναι, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τῶνδε μὲν τῶν τόπων τῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ ἐλευθερούμενοί τε καὶ ἀπαλλαττόμενοι, ὥσπερ δεσμωτηρίων, ἄνω δὲ εἰς τὴν καθα- ρὰν οἴκησιν ἀφικνούμενοι καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οἰκιζόμενοι. τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ φιλοσοφίᾳ ἱκανῶς καθηράμενοι ἄνευ τε καμάτων ζῶσι τὸ παράπαν εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον, καὶ εἰς οἰκήσεις ἔτι τούτων καλλίους ἀφικνοῦνται, ἃς οὔτε ῥᾴδιον δηλῶσαι οὔτε ὁ χρόνος ἱκανὸς ἐν τῷ παρόντι. ἀλλὰ τούτων δὴ ἕνεκα χρὴ ὧν διεληλύθαμεν, ὦ Σιμμία, πᾶν ποιεῖν ὥστε ἀρετῆς καὶ φρονήσεως ἐν τῷ βίῳ μετασχεῖν· καλὸν γὰρ τὸ ἆθλον καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς μεγάλη.”
hoi de dē an doxōsi diapherontōs pros to hosiōs biōnai, houtoi eisin hoi tōnde men tōn topōn tōn en tę̄ gę̄ eleutheroumenoi te kai apallattomenoi, hōsper desmōtēriōn, anō de eis tēn katha- ran oikēsin aphiknoumenoi kai epi tēs gēs oikizomenoi. toutōn de autōn hoi philosophią hikanōs kathēramenoi aneu te kamatōn zōsi to parapan eis ton epeita chronon, kai eis oikēseis eti toutōn kallious aphiknountai, has oute rhądion dēlōsai oute ho chronos hikanos en tǭ paronti. alla toutōn dē heneka chrē hōn dielēlythamen, ō Simmia, pan poiein hōste aretēs kai phronēseōs en tǭ biǭ metaschein; kalon gar to athlon kai hē elpis megalē.”
But those who are judged to have excelled in holy living are those who are freed and released from these regions in the earth, as from prisons, and come up to the pure dwelling and dwell upon the earth. And of these, those who have sufficiently purified themselves by philosophy live wholly without toil for all time to come, and come to dwellings still more beautiful than these, which it is neither easy to describe nor is the time sufficient now. But for the sake of what we have gone through, Simmias, one must do everything to have a share of virtue and wisdom in life; for the prize is noble and the hope great.”
11.38.7Dindorf 2:79
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. σὺ δέ γε παραθήσεις τῷ “καὶ εἰς οἰκήσεις καλλίους ἀφικνοῦνται, ἃς οὔτε ῥᾴδιον δηλῶσαι οὔτε χρόνος ἱκανὸς ἐν τῷ παρόντι” τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν οὕτως ἔχον “ ὀφθαλμὸς γὰρ οὐκ εἶδε καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσε, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν, ”
Tauta ho Platōn. sy de ge parathēseis tǭ “kai eis oikēseis kallious aphiknountai, has oute rhądion dēlōsai oute chronos hikanos en tǭ paronti” to parʼ hēmin houtōs echon “ ophthalmos gar ouk eide kai ous ouk ēkouse, kai epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē, ha hētoimasen ho theos tois agapōsin auton, ”
So Plato. But beside “and they come to more beautiful dwellings, which it is neither easy to describe nor is the time sufficient now,” you will set what we have: “For eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor has it entered the heart of man, what God has prepared for those who love him”;
11.38.8Dindorf 2:79
ταῖς δὲ εἰρημέναις οἰκήσεσι τὸ πολλὰς μονὰς εἶναι παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ τοῖς θεοφιλέσιν ἐπηγγελμένας, καὶ τοῖς περὶ τοῦ Πυριφλεγέθοντος λεχθεῖσι τὸ τοῖς ἀσεβέσιν ἠπειλημένον πῦρ αἰώνιον, κατὰ τὸν πρὸς αὐτοὺς φάσκοντα Ἑβραίων προφήτην “τίς ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν ὅτι πῦρ καίεται; τίς ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν τὸν τόπον τὸν αἰώνιον;” καὶ πάλιν “ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτήσει, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβεσθήσεται, καὶ ἔσονται εἰς ὅρασιν πάσῃ σαρκί.”
tais de eirēmenais oikēsesi to pollas monas einai para tǭ patri tois theophilesin epēngelmenas, kai tois peri tou Pyriphlegethontos lechtheisi to tois asebesin ēpeilēmenon pyr aiōnion, kata ton pros autous phaskonta Hebraiōn prophētēn “tis anangelei hymin hoti pyr kaietai? tis anangelei hymin ton topon ton aiōnion?” kai palin “ho skōlēx autōn ou teleutēsei, kai to pyr ou sbesthēsetai, kai esontai eis horasin pasę̄ sarki.”
and beside the dwellings mentioned, the many mansions with the Father promised to those dear to God; and beside what is said about Pyriphlegethon, the eternal fire threatened against the ungodly, according to the Hebrew prophet who says to them: “Who will tell you that a fire is burning? Who will tell you of the eternal place?” And again: “Their worm shall not die, and their fire shall not be quenched, and they shall be a spectacle to all flesh.”
11.38.9Dindorf 2:79–80
τήρει δὲ ὡς καὶ ὁ Πλάτων συνᾴδων τούτοις, τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς εἰπὼν χωρήσειν εἰς Τάρταρον, ἐπιλέγει “ὅθεν οὔποτε ἐκβαίνουσι.” καὶ αὖ πάλιν τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς ζήσεσθαι εἰπὼν ἐν μα- καρίοις προστίθησι λέγων “ τὸ παράπαν καὶ εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον. ” ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἄνευ καμάτων εἰρημέ- νον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ὅμοιον ἂν εἴη τῷ “ ἀπέδρα ὀδύνη καὶ λύπη καὶ στεναγμός.”
tērei de hōs kai ho Platōn synądōn toutois, tous asebeis eipōn chōrēsein eis Tartaron, epilegei “hothen oupote ekbainousi.” kai au palin tous eusebeis zēsesthai eipōn en ma- kariois prostithēsi legōn “ to parapan kai eis ton epeita chronon. ” alla kai to aneu kamatōn eirēme- non hypʼ autou homoion an eiē tǭ “ apedra odynē kai lypē kai stenagmos.”
And note how Plato too, agreeing with these, after saying that the ungodly will go into Tartarus, adds, “from which they never come out.” And again, after saying that the godly will live among the blessed, he adds, “for all time to come.” And his phrase “without toil” would be like “pain and sorrow and sighing have fled away.”
11.38.10Dindorf 2:80
φάσκων δὲ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀχέροντα πορευομένους μὴ ἁπλῶς ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἀναβαίνοντας πρότερον ἃ δὴ αὐτοῖς ὀχήματά ἐστι, τίνα ποτὲ ἄρα τὰ ὀχήματα βούλεται σημαίνειν ἢ τὰ σώματα, εἰς ἃ ἀναβᾶσαι αἱ τῶν τετελευτηκότων ψυχαὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς τιμωροῦνται κατὰ τὰ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις νενομισμένα; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἱκανὴν καὶ τοῦδε τοῦ λόγου περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος ἐπὶ τὸ δω- δέκατον τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς μεταβήσο- μαι σύγγραμμα.
phaskōn de tous epi ton Acheronta poreuomenous mē haplōs epi touton aphikneisthai, alla anabainontas proteron ha dē autois ochēmata esti, tina pote ara ta ochēmata bouletai sēmainein ē ta sōmata, eis ha anabasai hai tōn teteleutēkotōn psychai syn autois timōrountai kata ta parʼ Hebraiois nenomismena? alla gar hikanēn kai toude tou logou perigraphēn eilēphotos epi to dō- dekaton tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs metabēso- mai syngramma.
And when he says that those going to the Acheron do not simply arrive at it, but first embark on the vessels there for them, what can the vessels mean but the bodies, embarking on which the souls of the dead are punished together with them, according to what is held among the Hebrews? But since this discussion too has received a sufficient conclusion, I shall pass to the twelfth book of the Preparation for the Gospel.
Preparation 12, chapter 1
12.1.1Dindorf 2:80
Ὁ δωδέκατος ἡμῖν τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς ἐνθένδε ποθὲν ἤδη τὰ ἐνδέοντα τῷ προτέρῳ τῆς Πλάτωνος πρὸς τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια συνῳδίας, ὡς ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ συμφώνου λύρας, ἀποδώσει, τὴν καταρ- χὴν ἐξ ἀπολογίας τῆς παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς βλασφημου- μένης ἡμῶν πίστεως ληψόμενος.
Ho dōdekatos hēmin tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs enthende pothen ēdē ta endeonta tǭ proterǭ tēs Platōnos pros ta Hebraiōn logia synǭdias, hōs en harmonią symphōnou lyras, apodōsei, tēn katar- chēn ex apologias tēs para tois pollois blasphēmou- menēs hēmōn pisteōs lēpsomenos.
Our twelfth book of the Preparation for the Gospel will now, from this point, render what was lacking in the former one of Plato’s concord with the oracles of the Hebrews, as in the harmony of a well-tuned lyre, taking its start from a defence of our faith, which is reviled by the many.
12.1.2Dindorf 2:80–81
“Εἰ μὲν τοίνυν ὀρθῶς ἢ μή τις ἐπιτιμᾷ τῇ τε Λακωνικῇ καὶ τῇ Κρητικῇ πολιτείᾳ, λόγος ἂν ἕτερος εἴη· τὰ γοῦν λεγόμενα πρὸς τῶν πολλῶν ἴσως ἐγὼ μᾶλλον ἔχοιμʼ ἂν ὑμῶν ἀμφοτέρων λέγειν. ὑμῖν γὰρ εἰ καὶ μετρίως κατεσκεύασται τὰ τῶν νόμων, εἷς τῶν καλλίστων ἂν εἴη νόμων μὴ ζητεῖν τῶν νέων μηδένα ἐᾶν ποῖα καλῶς αὐτῶν ἢ μὴ καλῶς ἔχει, μιᾷ δὲ φωνῇ καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς στόματος πάντας συμφωνεῖν ὡς πάντα καλῶς κεῖται θέντων θεῶν, καὶ ἄν τις ἄλλως λέγῃ, μὴ ἀνέχεσθαι τὸ παράπαν ἀκούοντας· γέρων δὲ εἴ τίς τι ξυννοεῖ τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν, πρὸς ἄρχοντά τε καὶ ἡλικιώτην μηδενὸς ἐναντίον νέου ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς τοι- ούτους λόγους. Ὀρθότατά γε, ὦ ξένε, κελεύεις. ”
“Ei men toinyn orthōs ē mē tis epitimą tę̄ te Lakōnikę̄ kai tę̄ Krētikę̄ politeią, logos an heteros eiē; ta goun legomena pros tōn pollōn isōs egō mallon echoimʼ an hymōn amphoterōn legein. hymin gar ei kai metriōs kateskeuastai ta tōn nomōn, heis tōn kallistōn an eiē nomōn mē zētein tōn neōn mēdena ean poia kalōs autōn ē mē kalōs echei, mią de phōnę̄ kai ex henos stomatos pantas symphōnein hōs panta kalōs keitai thentōn theōn, kai an tis allōs legę̄, mē anechesthai to parapan akouontas; gerōn de ei tis ti xynnoei tōn parʼ hymin, pros archonta te kai hēlikiōtēn mēdenos enantion neou poieisthai tous toi- outous logous. Orthotata ge, ō xene, keleueis. ”
“Whether one rightly or wrongly criticizes the Laconian and Cretan constitutions would be another discussion; what the many say I could perhaps tell better than you both. For with you, even if your laws are only moderately well framed, one of the finest laws would be that no young man is to inquire which of them are well and which not, but all are to agree with one voice and from one mouth that all are well laid down, since gods laid them down; and if anyone says otherwise, they are not to endure hearing it at all; but if an old man has some thought about your laws, he is to make such remarks to a ruler and to one of his own age, in the presence of no young person. — Most rightly, stranger, you direct.”
12.1.3Dindorf 2:81
Εἰκότως δῆτα καὶ ἡ Ἑβραίων προλαβοῦσα γραφὴ τῆς τῶν θείων γραφῶν συνέσεως τε καὶ θεω- ρίας τὴν πίστιν προτάττει διʼ ὧν φησιν “ ἐὰν δὲ μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐ μὴ συνῆτε.” καὶ αὖθις “ ἐπίστευσα, διὸ καὶ ἐλάλησα.
Eikotōs dēta kai hē Hebraiōn prolabousa graphē tēs tōn theiōn graphōn syneseōs te kai theō- rias tēn pistin protattei diʼ hōn phēsin “ ean de mē pisteusēte, ou mē synēte.” kai authis “ episteusa, dio kai elalēsa.
With good reason, then, the Scripture of the Hebrews, anticipating this, puts faith before the understanding and contemplation of the divine Scriptures, where it says, “If you do not believe, you shall not understand,” and again, “I believed, therefore I spoke.”
12.1.4Dindorf 2:81
ἔνθεν καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν τοῖς μὲν ἄρτι εἰσαγομένοις καὶ τὴν ἕξιν ἀτελέσιν, ὡς ἂν τὰς ψυχὰς νηπίοις, ἁπλούστερον ἡ ἐν ταῖς θείαις γρα- φαῖς ἀνάγνωσις παραδίδοται μετὰ τοῦ δεῖν πιστεύειν ὡς θεοῦ λόγοις τοῖς ἐμφερομένοις παρακελεύε- σθαι· τοῖς δὲ τὴν ἕξιν προβεβηκόσι καὶ πολιοῖς τὸ φρόνημα ἐμβαθύνειν καὶ δοκιμάζειν τὸν νοῦν τῶν λεγομένων ἐπιτέτραπται. τούτους δὲ παισὶν Ἑβραίων δευτερωτὰς φίλον ἦν ὀνομάζειν, ὥσπερ ἑρμηνευτὰς καὶ ἐξηγητὰς ὄντας τῆς τῶν γραφῶν διανοίας.
enthen kai parʼ hēmin tois men arti eisagomenois kai tēn hexin atelesin, hōs an tas psychas nēpiois, haplousteron hē en tais theiais gra- phais anagnōsis paradidotai meta tou dein pisteuein hōs theou logois tois empheromenois parakeleue- sthai; tois de tēn hexin probebēkosi kai poliois to phronēma embathynein kai dokimazein ton noun tōn legomenōn epitetraptai. toutous de paisin Hebraiōn deuterōtas philon ēn onomazein, hōsper hermēneutas kai exēgētas ontas tēs tōn graphōn dianoias.
Hence among us too, to those just being introduced and imperfect in condition, as infants in soul, the reading of the divine Scriptures is handed on more simply, with the instruction that they must believe what is said in them as words of God; while those advanced in condition and grey in mind are allowed to go deeper and test the sense of what is said. These the sons of the Hebrews liked to call deuterotai, as being interpreters and expounders of the meaning of the Scriptures.
Preparation 12, chapter 2
12.2.1Dindorf 2:81
“ Οὐκοῦν τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα εἴποιμεν ἂν ἡμεῖς ὅτι σὺ μὲν ἐπαινεῖς, ὡς ἔοικας, ὦ Τυρταῖε, μάλιστα τοὺς πρὸς τὸν ὀθνεῖόν τε καὶ ἔξωθεν πόλεμον γιγνο- μένους ἐπιφανεῖς. φαίη ταῦτα ἄν που καὶ ὁμολογοῖ; Τί μήν;
“ Oukoun ta meta tauta eipoimen an hēmeis hoti sy men epaineis, hōs eoikas, ō Tyrtaie, malista tous pros ton othneion te kai exōthen polemon gigno- menous epiphaneis. phaiē tauta an pou kai homologoi? Ti mēn?
“Then next we might say: you praise most, it seems, Tyrtaeus, those who are distinguished in foreign war from outside. He would say this and agree? — Certainly.
12.2.2Dindorf 2:81–82
Ἡμεῖς δέ γε ἀγαθῶν ὄντων τούτων ἔτι φαμὲν ἀμείνους εἶναι καὶ πολὺ τοὺς ἐν τῷ μεγίστῳ πολέμῳ γιγνομένους ἀρίστους διαφανῶς. ποιητὴν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρα ἔχομεν Θέογνιν, πολίτην τῶν ἐν Σικελίᾳ Μεγαρέων, ὅς φησι πιστὸς ἀνὴρ χρυσοῦ τε καὶ ἀργύρου ἀντερύσασθαι ἄξιος ἐν χαλεπῇ, Κύρνε, διχοστασίῃ.
Hēmeis de ge agathōn ontōn toutōn eti phamen ameinous einai kai poly tous en tǭ megistǭ polemǭ gignomenous aristous diaphanōs. poiētēn de kai hēmeis martyra echomen Theognin, politēn tōn en Sikelią Megareōn, hos phēsi pistos anēr chrysou te kai argyrou anterysasthai axios en chalepę̄, Kyrne, dichostasię̄.
— But we, though these are good, say that those who show themselves conspicuously best in the greatest war are better still, and far. We too have a poet as witness, Theognis, a citizen of the Megarians in Sicily, who says: ‘A faithful man is worth his weight in gold and silver, Cyrnus, in grievous civil strife.’
12.2.3Dindorf 2:82
τοῦτον δέ φαμεν ἐν πολέμῳ χαλεπωτέρῳ ἀμείνονα ἐκείνου πάμπολυ γίνεσθαι, σχεδὸν ὅσον ἀμείνων δι- καιοσύνη καὶ σωφροσύνη καὶ φρόνησις εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐλθοῦσαι μετὰ ἀνδρείας αὐτῆς μόνης ἀνδρείας. πιστὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ ὑγιὴς ἐν στάσεσιν οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο ἄνευ ξυμπάσης ἀρετῆς· διαβάντες δὲ εὖ καὶ μαχόμενοι ἐθέλοντες ἀποθνήσκειν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, φράζει Τυρταῖος, τῶν μισθοφόρων εἰσὶ πάμπολλοι, ὧν οἱ πλεῖστοι γίγνονται θρασεῖς καὶ ἄδικοι καὶ ὑβρισταὶ καὶ ἀφρονέστατοι σχεδὸν ἁπάντων, ἐκτὸς δή τινων εὖ μάλα ὀλίγων.
touton de phamen en polemǭ chalepōterǭ ameinona ekeinou pampoly ginesthai, schedon hoson ameinōn di- kaiosynē kai sōphrosynē kai phronēsis eis tauton elthousai meta andreias autēs monēs andreias. pistos men gar kai hygiēs en stasesin ouk an pote genoito aneu xympasēs aretēs; diabantes de eu kai machomenoi ethelontes apothnēskein en tǭ polemǭ, phrazei Tyrtaios, tōn misthophorōn eisi pampolloi, hōn hoi pleistoi gignontai thraseis kai adikoi kai hybristai kai aphronestatoi schedon hapantōn, ektos dē tinōn eu mala oligōn.
This man, we say, in the harder war is much better than the other, nearly as much as justice, temperance, and wisdom joined together with courage are better than courage alone. For no one would ever be faithful and sound in civil strife without the whole of virtue; but of those who stand firm and fight, willing to die in war, as Tyrtaeus says, there are very many mercenaries, most of whom become reckless, unjust, insolent, and the most foolish of almost all men, except some very few.
12.2.4Dindorf 2:82
ποῖ δὴ τελευτᾷ νῦν ἡμῖν οὗτος ὁ λόγος; καὶ τί φανερόν ποτε ποιῆσαι βουληθεὶς λέγει ταῦτα; δηλονότι τόδε, ὡς παντὸς μᾶλλον καὶ ὁ τῇδε ὁ παρὰ Διὸς νομοθέτης, πᾶς τε οὗ καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, οὐκ ἄλλο ἢ πρὸς τὴν μεγίστην ἀρετὴν μάλιστα βλέπων ἀεὶ θήσει τοὺς νόμους· ἔστι δʼ, ὥς φησι Θέογνις, αὕτη πιστότης ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς, ἥν τις δι- καιοσύνην ἂν τελείαν ὀνομάσειε.”
poi dē teleutą nyn hēmin houtos ho logos? kai ti phaneron pote poiēsai boulētheis legei tauta? dēlonoti tode, hōs pantos mallon kai ho tę̄de ho para Dios nomothetēs, pas te hou kai smikron ophelos, ouk allo ē pros tēn megistēn aretēn malista blepōn aei thēsei tous nomous; esti dʼ, hōs phēsi Theognis, hautē pistotēs en tois deinois, hēn tis di- kaiosynēn an teleian onomaseie.”
Where then does this argument now end for us, and what does it wish to make clear in saying this? Clearly this: that above all both the lawgiver here from Zeus and every lawgiver of even small use will always lay down his laws looking above all to nothing else than the greatest virtue; and this, as Theognis says, is faithfulness in dangers, which one might call perfect justice.”
12.2.5Dindorf 2:82
Καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν ὁ σωτήριος λόγος ὁμοῦ συζεύξας τῇ πίστει τὴν φρόνησιν τὸν κατʼ ἀμφότερα κεκοσμημένον τοῖς αὐτοῦ λόγοις ἐγκρίνει λέγων “τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς καὶ φρόνιμος οἰκονόμος;” καὶ αὖθις “ εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστὲ, ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστὸς, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω.” σαφῶς γοῦν ἐν τούτοις οὐ τὴν ἄλογον πίστιν ἀποδέχεσθαι παρίστησιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ταῖς μεγίσταις ἀρεταῖς συνεζευγμένην, εἰ δὴ τοι- αῦται φρόνησις καὶ ἀγαθωσύνη.
Kai parʼ hēmin ho sōtērios logos homou syzeuxas tę̄ pistei tēn phronēsin ton katʼ amphotera kekosmēmenon tois autou logois enkrinei legōn “tis ara estin ho pistos kai phronimos oikonomos?” kai authis “ eu, doule agathe kai piste, epi oliga ēs pistos, epi pollōn se katastēsō.” saphōs goun en toutois ou tēn alogon pistin apodechesthai paristēsin, alla tēn tais megistais aretais synezeugmenēn, ei dē toi- autai phronēsis kai agathōsynē.
And among us the saving Word, joining wisdom with faith, approves in his own words the one adorned with both, saying, “Who then is the faithful and wise steward?” and again, “Well done, good and faithful servant; you were faithful over a few things, I will set you over many.” Clearly in these words he shows that he accepts not irrational faith, but faith joined with the greatest virtues, such as wisdom and goodness.
Preparation 12, chapter 3
12.3.1Dindorf 2:82–83
“ Εἴς τινα γὰρ οὖν μοι καιρὸν φαινόμεθα τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν λόγους διεξελθεῖν, ὡς ἄρα αἱ τῶν τελευτησάντων ψυχαὶ δύναμιν ἔχουσί τινα τελευτήσασαι καὶ τῶν κατὰ ἀνθρώπους πραγμάτων ἐπιμελοῦνται. ταῦτα ἀληθεῖς μὲν, μακροὶ δέ εἰσι περιέχοντες λόγοι. πιστεύειν δὲ ταῖς τε ἄλλαις φήμαις χρεὼν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, οὕτω πολλαῖς καὶ σφόδρα παλαιαῖς οὔσαις, πιστεύειν δὲ καὶ τοῖς νομοθετοῦσι ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν, ἄνπερ μὴ παντάπασιν ἄφρονες φαίνωνται.”
“ Eis tina gar oun moi kairon phainometha tous emprosthen logous diexelthein, hōs ara hai tōn teleutēsantōn psychai dynamin echousi tina teleutēsasai kai tōn kata anthrōpous pragmatōn epimelountai. tauta alētheis men, makroi de eisi periechontes logoi. pisteuein de tais te allais phēmais chreōn peri ta toiauta, houtō pollais kai sphodra palaiais ousais, pisteuein de kai tois nomothetousi tauthʼ houtōs echein, anper mē pantapasin aphrones phainōntai.”
“For we seem to have gone through the earlier accounts at the right time, that the souls of the dead have a certain power after death, by which they care for the affairs of men. These accounts are true, but long; and one must believe the other traditions about such things, so many and very ancient as they are, and must believe also those who lay it down by law that these things are so, unless they appear altogether foolish.”
12.3.2Dindorf 2:83
Καὶ ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ δὲ τῶν Μακκαβαίων λέγεται Ἱερεμίας ὁ προφήτης μετὰ τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τοῦ βίου εὐχόμενος ὁρᾶσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, ὡς φροντίδα ποιούμενος τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἀνθρώπων. δεῖν δέ φησι καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τούτοις πιστεύειν.
Kai en tę̄ biblǭ de tōn Makkabaiōn legetai Hieremias ho prophētēs meta tēn apallagēn tou biou euchomenos horasthai hyper tou laou, hōs phrontida poioumenos tōn epi gēs anthrōpōn. dein de phēsi kai ho Platōn toutois pisteuein.
And in the book of the Maccabees, Jeremiah the prophet is said, after his departure from life, to be seen praying for the people, as caring for men on earth. And Plato too says one must believe these things.
Preparation 12, chapter 4
12.4.1Dindorf 2:83
“ Λόγων δὲ δισσὸν εἶδος· τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς, ψεῦδος δὲ ἕτερον. Ναί. Παιδευτέον δὲ ἐν ἀμφοτέροις, πρότερον δὲ ἐν τοῖς ψευδέσιν; Οὐ μανθάνω, ἔφη, πῶς λέγεις. Οὐ μανθάνεις, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ὅτι πρῶτον τοῖς παιδίοις μύθους λέγομεν. τοῦτο δέ που ὡς τὸ ὅλον εἰπεῖν ψεῦδος, ἔνι δὲ καὶ ἀληθῆ. πρότερον δὲ μύθοις πρὸς τὰ παιδία ἢ γυμνασίοις χρώμεθα. Ἔστι ταῦτα. ”
“ Logōn de disson eidos; to men alēthes, pseudos de heteron. Nai. Paideuteon de en amphoterois, proteron de en tois pseudesin? Ou manthanō, ephē, pōs legeis. Ou manthaneis, ēn dʼ egō, hoti prōton tois paidiois mythous legomen. touto de pou hōs to holon eipein pseudos, eni de kai alēthē. proteron de mythois pros ta paidia ē gymnasiois chrōmetha. Esti tauta. ”
“There are two kinds of discourse, the one true, the other false. — Yes. — And must we educate in both, but first in the false? — I do not understand, he said, what you mean. — Do you not understand, I said, that we first tell children myths? And this, taken as a whole, is false, though there are true things in it too. And we use myths with children before gymnastics. — That is so.”
12.4.2Dindorf 2:83
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. καὶ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις δὲ τὰς τῆς ἐνθέου γραφῆς ἱστορίας τοῖς νηπίοις τὰς ψυχὰς ἁπλούστερον ὥσπερ τινὰς μύθους ἔθος ἐστὶ παραδι- δόναι, τοῖς δʼ ἐγγεγυμνασμένοις τὴν ἕξιν τὰς τῶν λόγων βαθυτέρας καὶ δογματικὰς θεωρίας διὰ τῆς καλουμένης δευτερώσεως καὶ σαφηνείας τῶν λανθανόντων τοὺς πολλοὺς νοημάτων.
Tauta ho Platōn. kai parʼ Hebraiois de tas tēs entheou graphēs historias tois nēpiois tas psychas haplousteron hōsper tinas mythous ethos esti paradi- donai, tois dʼ engegymnasmenois tēn hexin tas tōn logōn bathyteras kai dogmatikas theōrias dia tēs kaloumenēs deuterōseōs kai saphēneias tōn lanthanontōn tous pollous noēmatōn.
So Plato. Among the Hebrews too it is customary to hand on the histories of the inspired Scripture to those who are infants in soul more simply, like certain stories, but to those trained in condition the deeper and doctrinal contemplations of the words, through what is called deuterosis and the clarification of meanings hidden from the many.
Preparation 12, chapter 5
12.5.1Dindorf 2:83–84
“ Οὐκοῦν οἶσθʼ ὅτι ἀρχὴ παντὸς ἔργου μέγιστον, ἄλλως τε δὴ καὶ νέῳ καὶ ἁπαλῷ ὁτῳοῦν; μά- λιστα γὰρ δὴ τότε πλάττεται καὶ ἐνδύεται τύπος, ὃν ἄν τις βούληται ἐνσημήνασθαι ἑκάστῳ.
“ Oukoun oisthʼ hoti archē pantos ergou megiston, allōs te dē kai neǭ kai hapalǭ hotǭoun? ma- lista gar dē tote plattetai kai endyetai typos, hon an tis boulētai ensēmēnasthai hekastǭ.
“Do you not know, then, that the beginning of every work is most important, especially for anything young and tender? For then above all it is moulded, and takes on whatever impression one wishes to stamp on each.
12.5.2Dindorf 2:84
Κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν. Ἄρʼ οὖν ῥᾳδίως οὕτω παρήσομεν τοὺς ἐπιτυ- χόντας μύθους πλασθέντας ἀκούειν τοὺς παῖδας, καὶ λαμβάνειν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὡς ἐπιτοπολὺ ἐναντίας δό- ξας ἐκείναις ἃς, ἐπειδὰν τελεωθῶσιν, ἔχειν οἰησόμεθα δεῖν αὐτούς;
Komidę̄ men oun. Arʼ oun rhądiōs houtō parēsomen tous epity- chontas mythous plasthentas akouein tous paidas, kai lambanein en tais psychais hōs epitopoly enantias do- xas ekeinais has, epeidan teleōthōsin, echein oiēsometha dein autous?
— Certainly. — Shall we, then, so easily let children hear any chance stories made up by anyone, and take into their souls opinions mostly opposite to those we shall think they ought to have when they are grown up?
12.5.3Dindorf 2:84
Οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν παρήσομεν. Πρῶτον μὲν δὴ ἡμῖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐπιστατητέον τοῖς μυθοποιοῖς, καὶ ὃν μὲν ἂν καλὸν μῦθον ποιήσωσιν, ἐγκριτέον, ὃν δʼ ἂν μὴ, ἀποκριτέον. τοὺς δʼ ἐγκριθέντας πείσομεν τὰς τροφούς τε καὶ μητέρας λέγειν τοῖς παισὶ, καὶ πλάττειν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν τοῖς μύ- θοις πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ σώματα ταῖς χερσίν. ὧν δὲ νῦν λέγουσι τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐκβλητέον.”
Oudʼ hopōstioun parēsomen. Prōton men dē hēmin, hōs eoiken, epistatēteon tois mythopoiois, kai hon men an kalon mython poiēsōsin, enkriteon, hon dʼ an mē, apokriteon. tous dʼ enkrithentas peisomen tas trophous te kai mēteras legein tois paisi, kai plattein tas psychas autōn tois my- thois poly mallon ē ta sōmata tais chersin. hōn de nyn legousi tous pollous ekblēteon.”
— By no means shall we let them. — First, then, it seems, we must supervise the makers of stories, and accept any good story they make and reject any that is not. And we shall persuade nurses and mothers to tell the accepted ones to the children, and to mould their souls with stories far more than their bodies with their hands. Of those they tell now, most must be thrown out.”
12.5.4Dindorf 2:84
Καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ τοῦ Πλάτωνος πεφύλακτο παρʼ Ἑβραίοις. οἱ γὰρ ἔχοντες πνεῦμα θεῖον, διακριτικὸν πνευμάτων, ἐδοκίμαζον τὰ ὀρθῶς καὶ ἐξ ἁγίου πνεύματος λεγόμενά τε καὶ γραφόμενα, τὰ δὲ μὴ τοιαῦτα ἀπεδοκίμαζον, ὥσπερ καὶ τοὺς τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν λόγους. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς νηπίους ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν ὠφελιμωτάταις διηγήσεσιν, ὥσπερ τισὶ μυθολογίαις, γονεῦσί τε καὶ τροφοῖς ἔθος ἦν κατεπᾴδειν, προπαρασκευῆς ἕνεκα τῆς εἰς ἄνδρας αὐτοῖς ἐσομένοις θεοσεβείας.
Kai tauta pro tou Platōnos pephylakto parʼ Hebraiois. hoi gar echontes pneuma theion, diakritikon pneumatōn, edokimazon ta orthōs kai ex hagiou pneumatos legomena te kai graphomena, ta de mē toiauta apedokimazon, hōsper kai tous tōn pseudoprophētōn logous. alla kai tous paidas tous nēpious tais apo tōn theiōn graphōn ōphelimōtatais diēgēsesin, hōsper tisi mythologiais, goneusi te kai trophois ethos ēn katepądein, proparaskeuēs heneka tēs eis andras autois esomenois theosebeias.
This too was observed among the Hebrews before Plato. For those who had the divine Spirit, the discerning of spirits, tested what was said and written rightly and from the Holy Spirit, and rejected what was not such, as also the words of the false prophets. And it was customary for parents and nurses to charm little children with the most profitable narratives from the divine Scriptures, as with certain stories, in preparation for the piety that would be theirs when they became men.
Preparation 12, chapter 6
12.6.1Dindorf 2:84
“Ἄκουε δὴ, φασὶ, μάλα καλοῦ λόγου, ὃν σὺ μὲν ἡγήσῃ μῦθον, ὡς ἐγῷμαι, ἐγὼ δὲ λόγον· ὡς ἀληθῆ γὰρ ὄντα σοι λέξω ἃ μέλλω λέγειν.”
“Akoue dē, phasi, mala kalou logou, hon sy men hēgēsę̄ mython, hōs egǭmai, egō de logon; hōs alēthē gar onta soi lexō ha mellō legein.”
“Listen, then, as they say, to a very fine account, which you will think a myth, I suppose, but I an account; for I shall tell you what I am going to tell as true.”
12.6.2Dindorf 2:84–85
Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα “Τὸν μὲν δικαίως τὸν βίον διελθόντα καὶ ὁσίως, ἐπειδὰν τελευτήσῃ, εἰς μακάρων νήσους ἀπιόντα οἰκεῖν ἐν πάσῃ εὐδαιμονίᾳ ἐκτὸς κακῶν, τὸν δὲ ἀδίκως καὶ ἀθέως εἰς τὸ τῆς τίσεως τε καὶ δίκης δεσμωτήριον, ὃ δὴ Τάρταρον καλοῦσιν, ἰέναι.”
Kai metʼ oliga “Ton men dikaiōs ton bion dielthonta kai hosiōs, epeidan teleutēsę̄, eis makarōn nēsous apionta oikein en pasę̄ eudaimonią ektos kakōn, ton de adikōs kai atheōs eis to tēs tiseōs te kai dikēs desmōtērion, ho dē Tartaron kalousin, ienai.”
And after a little: “That the one who has passed his life justly and piously, when he dies, goes to the Islands of the Blessed and lives in all happiness apart from evils; but the one who lived unjustly and godlessly goes to the prison of retribution and justice, which they call Tartarus.”
12.6.3Dindorf 2:85
Καὶ αὖθις μετʼ ὀλίγα “Ἔπειτα γυμνοὺς κριτέον ἁπάντων τούτων· τεθνεῶτας γὰρ δεῖ κρίνεσθαι. καὶ τὸν κριτὴν δεῖ γυμνὸν εἶναι, τεθνεῶτα, αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν θεωροῦντα ἐξαίφνης ἀποθανόντος ἑκάστου, ἔρημον πάντων τῶν συγγενῶν καὶ καταλιπόντα ἐπὶ γῆς πάντα ἐκεῖνον τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα δὴ δικαία ἡ κρί- σις ᾖ. ”
Kai authis metʼ oliga “Epeita gymnous kriteon hapantōn toutōn; tethneōtas gar dei krinesthai. kai ton kritēn dei gymnon einai, tethneōta, autę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ autēn tēn psychēn theōrounta exaiphnēs apothanontos hekastou, erēmon pantōn tōn syngenōn kai kataliponta epi gēs panta ekeinon ton kosmon, hina dē dikaia hē kri- sis ę̄. ”
And again after a little: “Next, they must be judged stripped of all these things; for they must be judged when dead. And the judge too must be naked, dead, beholding with his very soul the very soul of each immediately upon his death, bereft of all his kin and having left behind on earth all that adornment, so that the judgment may be just.”
12.6.4Dindorf 2:85
Καὶ ἐξῆς ἐπιφέρει “ Ταῦτά ἐστιν, ὦ Καλλίκλεις, ἃ ἐγὼ ἀκηκοὼς πιστεύω ἀληθῆ εἶναι· καὶ ἐκ τούτων τῶν λόγων τοιόνδε λογίζομαι συμβαίνειν· ὁ θάνατος τυγχάνει ὢν, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ δυοῖν πραγμάτοιν διάλυσις, τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος, ἀπʼ ἀλλήλοιν.
Kai exēs epipherei “ Tauta estin, ō Kallikleis, ha egō akēkoōs pisteuō alēthē einai; kai ek toutōn tōn logōn toionde logizomai symbainein; ho thanatos tynchanei ōn, hōs emoi dokei, ouden allo ē dyoin pragmatoin dialysis, tēs psychēs kai tou sōmatos, apʼ allēloin.
And next he adds: “These are the things, Callicles, which I have heard and believe to be true; and from these accounts I reason that something like this follows: death, as it seems to me, is nothing other than the separation of two things, the soul and the body, from each other.
12.6.5Dindorf 2:85
ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαλυθῆτον, οὐδὲν ἧττον ἑκάτερον αὐτοῖν ἔχει τὴν ἕξιν τὴν αὑτοῦ, ἥνπερ καὶ ὅτε ἔζη ὁ ἄνθρωπος, τό τε σῶμα τὴν φύσιν τὴν αὑτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θεραπεύματα καὶ τὰ παθήματα, ἔνδηλα πάντα· οἷον, εἴ τινος ἦν μέγα τὸ σῶμα φύσει ἢ τροφῇ ἢ ἀμφότερα ζῶντος, τούτου καὶ ἐπειδὰν ἀποθάνῃ ὁ νεκρὸς μέγας· καὶ εἰ παχὺς, παχὺς καὶ ἀποθανόντος, καὶ τἄλλα οὕτως.
epeidan de dialythēton, ouden hētton hekateron autoin echei tēn hexin tēn hautou, hēnper kai hote ezē ho anthrōpos, to te sōma tēn physin tēn hautou, kai ta therapeumata kai ta pathēmata, endēla panta; hoion, ei tinos ēn mega to sōma physei ē trophę̄ ē amphotera zōntos, toutou kai epeidan apothanę̄ ho nekros megas; kai ei pachys, pachys kai apothanontos, kai talla houtōs.
And when they have been separated, each of them keeps no less its own condition, which it had when the man was alive: the body its own nature, and its treatment and its experiences, all plain to see. For instance, if anyone’s body was large by nature or nurture or both while alive, his corpse too is large when he dies; and if fat, fat also when dead; and so with the rest.
12.6.6Dindorf 2:85
καὶ εἰ αὖ ἐπετήδευε κομᾶν, κομήτης τούτου καὶ ὁ νεκρός· ἢ μαστιγίας εἴ τις ἦν, καὶ ἴχνη εἶχε τῶν πληγῶν οὐλὰς ἐν τῷ σώματι, ἢ ὑπὸ μαστίγων, ἢ ἄλλων τραυμάτων ζῶν, καὶ τεθνεῶτος τὸ σῶμα ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ταῦτα ἔχον· ἢ κατεαγότα εἴ του ἦν μέλη ἢ διεστραμμένα ζῶντος, καὶ τεθνεῶτος.
kai ei au epetēdeue koman, komētēs toutou kai ho nekros; ē mastigias ei tis ēn, kai ichnē eiche tōn plēgōn oulas en tǭ sōmati, ē hypo mastigōn, ē allōn traumatōn zōn, kai tethneōtos to sōma estin idein tauta echon; ē kateagota ei tou ēn melē ē diestrammena zōntos, kai tethneōtos.
And again, if he wore his hair long, his corpse too has long hair; or if anyone was a scoundrel deserving the whip and had traces of blows, scars on his body from whips or other wounds while alive, his body can be seen to have these when dead too; or if anyone’s limbs were broken or twisted while alive, so too when dead.
12.6.7Dindorf 2:85–86
καὶ ἑνὶ λόγῳ, οἶος εἶναι παρεσκεύαστο τὸ σῶμα ζῶν, ἔνδηλα ταῦτα καὶ τελευτήσαντος ἦν πάντα, ἢ τὰ πολλὰ ἐπί τινα χρόνον. ταὐτὸν δή μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτʼ ἄρα καὶ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι, ὦ Καλλίκλεις· ἔνδηλα πάντα ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ἐπειδὰν γυμνωθῇ τοῦ σώματος, τά τε τῆς φύσεως καὶ τὰ παθήματα τὰ διὰ τὴν ἐπιτήδευσιν ἑκάστου πράγματος, ἣν ἔσχεν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἄνθρωπος.
kai heni logǭ, oios einai pareskeuasto to sōma zōn, endēla tauta kai teleutēsantos ēn panta, ē ta polla epi tina chronon. tauton dē moi dokei toutʼ ara kai peri tēn psychēn einai, ō Kallikleis; endēla panta estin en tę̄ psychę̄, epeidan gymnōthę̄ tou sōmatos, ta te tēs physeōs kai ta pathēmata ta dia tēn epitēdeusin hekastou pragmatos, hēn eschen en tę̄ psychę̄ anthrōpos.
And in a word, whatever the body had been made while alive, these things were plain to see also when dead, all or most of them for some time. The same, then, seems to me true of the soul, Callicles: all things are plain to see in the soul when it is stripped of the body, both its natural features and the experiences that the man had in his soul from his pursuit of each thing.
12.6.8Dindorf 2:86
ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἀφίκωνται παρὰ τὸν δικαστὴν, οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας παρὰ τὸν Ραδάμανθυν, ὁ Ῥαδάμανθυς ἐκείνους ἐπιστήσας θεᾶται ἑκάστου ψυχὴν, οὐκ εἰδὼς ὅτου ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ πολλάκις τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἐπιλαβόμενος, ἢ ἄλλου ὁτουοῦν βασιλέως ἢ δυνάστου, κατεῖδεν οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς ὃν τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ διαμεμαστιγωμένην καὶ οὐλῶν μεστὴν ὑπὸ ἐπιορκιῶν καὶ ἀδικίας, ἃ ἑκάστη ἡ πρᾶξις αὐτοῦ ἐξωμόρξατο εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ πάντα σκολιὰ ὑπὸ ψεύδους καὶ ἀλαζονείας καὶ οὐδὲν εὐθὺ διὰ τὸ ἄνευ ἀληθείας τετράφθαι· καὶ ὑπὸ ἐξουσίας καὶ τρυφῆς καὶ ὕβρεως καὶ ἀκρατείας τῶν πράξεων ἀσυμμετρίας τε καὶ αἰσχρότητος γέμουσαν τὴν ψυχὴν εἶδεν· ἰδὼν δὲ ἀτίμως αὐτὴν ἀπέπεμψεν εὐθὺ τῆς φρουρᾶς, οἷ μέλλει ἐλθοῦσα ἀνατλῆναι τὰ προσήκοντα πάθη.
epeidan oun aphikōntai para ton dikastēn, hoi men ek tēs Asias para ton Radamanthyn, ho Rhadamanthys ekeinous epistēsas theatai hekastou psychēn, ouk eidōs hotou estin, alla pollakis tou megalou basileōs epilabomenos, ē allou hotououn basileōs ē dynastou, kateiden ouden hygies hon tēs psychēs, alla diamemastigōmenēn kai oulōn mestēn hypo epiorkiōn kai adikias, ha hekastē hē praxis autou exōmorxato eis tēn psychēn, kai panta skolia hypo pseudous kai alazoneias kai ouden euthy dia to aneu alētheias tetraphthai; kai hypo exousias kai tryphēs kai hybreōs kai akrateias tōn praxeōn asymmetrias te kai aischrotētos gemousan tēn psychēn eiden; idōn de atimōs autēn apepempsen euthy tēs phrouras, hoi mellei elthousa anatlēnai ta prosēkonta pathē.
When, then, they come to the judge, those from Asia to Rhadamanthys, Rhadamanthys makes them stand and beholds the soul of each, not knowing whose it is; but often, taking hold of the Great King, or some other king or potentate, he sees nothing sound in the soul, but it scourged all over and full of scars from perjuries and injustice, which each of his acts stamped on his soul, and everything crooked from falsehood and boastfulness, and nothing straight, because it was reared without truth; and he saw the soul full of disproportion and ugliness from licence, luxury, insolence, and incontinence in its acts; and seeing it he sent it away in dishonour straight to the prison, where it is to go and endure the sufferings it deserves.
12.6.9Dindorf 2:86
προσήκει δὲ παντὶ τῷ ἐν τιμωρίᾳ ὄντι ὑπὸ ἄλλου ὀρθῶς τιμωρουμένῳ ἢ βελτίονι γίγνεσθαι καὶ ὀνίνασθαι, ἢ παράδειγμα τοῖς ἄλλοις γίγνεσθαι, ἵνα ἄλλοι ὁρῶντες πάσχοντα ἃ ἂν πάσχῃ φοβούμενοι βελτίους γίγνωνται.
prosēkei de panti tǭ en timōrią onti hypo allou orthōs timōroumenǭ ē beltioni gignesthai kai oninasthai, ē paradeigma tois allois gignesthai, hina alloi horōntes paschonta ha an paschę̄ phoboumenoi beltious gignōntai.
It is fitting for everyone under punishment, rightly punished by another, either to become better and be benefited, or to become an example to others, so that others, seeing him suffer what he suffers, may in fear become better.
12.6.10Dindorf 2:86
εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ μὲν ὠφελούμενοί τε καὶ δίκην διδόντες ὑπὸ θεῶν τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων οὗτοι οἳ ἂν ἰάσιμα ἁμαρτήματα ἁμάρτωσιν, ὅμως δὲ διʼ ἀλγηδόνων καὶ ὀδυνῶν γίγνεται αὐτοῖς ἡ ὠφέλεια καὶ ἐνθάδε καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου· οὐδὲ γὰρ οἷόν τε ἄλλως ἀπαλλάττεσθαι.
eisi de hoi men ōpheloumenoi te kai dikēn didontes hypo theōn te kai anthrōpōn houtoi hoi an iasima hamartēmata hamartōsin, homōs de diʼ algēdonōn kai odynōn gignetai autois hē ōpheleia kai enthade kai en Haidou; oude gar hoion te allōs apallattesthai.
Those who are benefited and pay the penalty from gods and men are those who have committed curable sins; yet the benefit comes to them through pains and anguish both here and in Hades; for it is not possible to be released from injustice otherwise.
12.6.11Dindorf 2:86–87
οἳ δʼ ἂν τὰ ἔσχατα ἀδικήσωσι καὶ διὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀδικήματα ἀνίατοι γένωνται, ἐκ τούτων τὰ παραδείγματα γίγνεται, καὶ οὗτοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι ὀνίνανται οὐδὲν, ἅτε ἀνίατοι ὄντες, ἄλλοι δὲ ὀνίνανται οἱ τούτους ὁρῶντες διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας τὰ μέγιστα καὶ ὀδυνηρότατα καὶ φοβερώτατα πάθη πάσχοντας τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον, ἀτεχνῶς παραδείγματα ἀνηρτημένους ἐκεῖ ἐν Ἅιδου ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ, τοῖς ἀεὶ τῶν ἀδίκων ἀφικνουμένοις θεάματα καὶ νουθετήματα.
hoi dʼ an ta eschata adikēsōsi kai dia ta toiauta adikēmata aniatoi genōntai, ek toutōn ta paradeigmata gignetai, kai houtoi autoi men ouketi oninantai ouden, hate aniatoi ontes, alloi de oninantai hoi toutous horōntes dia tas hamartias ta megista kai odynērotata kai phoberōtata pathē paschontas ton aei chronon, atechnōs paradeigmata anērtēmenous ekei en Haidou en tǭ desmōtēriǭ, tois aei tōn adikōn aphiknoumenois theamata kai nouthetēmata.
But those who have committed the utmost injustices and through such injustices become incurable, from these the examples are made; and they themselves are no longer benefited at all, being incurable, but others are benefited who see them, because of their sins, suffering the greatest, most painful, and most fearful sufferings for all time, hung up simply as examples there in the prison in Hades, sights and warnings for the unjust who keep arriving.
12.6.12Dindorf 2:87
ὧν ἐγώ φημι ἕνα καὶ Ἀρχέλαον ἔσεσθαι εἰ ἀληθῆ λέγει Πῶλος, καὶ ἄλλος ὅστις ἂν τοιοῦτος τύραννος ᾖ. οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς εἶναι τούτων τῶν παραδειγμάτων ἐκ τυράννων καὶ βασιλέων καὶ δυναστῶν καὶ τὰ τῶν πόλεων πραξάντων γεγονότας· οὗτοι γὰρ διὰ τὴν ἐξουσίαν μέγιστα καὶ ἀνοσιώτατα ἁμαρτήματα ἁμαρτάνουσι.
hōn egō phēmi hena kai Archelaon esesthai ei alēthē legei Pōlos, kai allos hostis an toioutos tyrannos ę̄. oimai de kai tous pollous einai toutōn tōn paradeigmatōn ek tyrannōn kai basileōn kai dynastōn kai ta tōn poleōn praxantōn gegonotas; houtoi gar dia tēn exousian megista kai anosiōtata hamartēmata hamartanousi.
Of these I say Archelaus too will be one, if Polus speaks the truth, and any other such tyrant. And I think most of these examples have come from tyrants, kings, potentates, and those who have managed the affairs of cities; for these, because of their power, commit the greatest and most unholy sins.
12.6.13Dindorf 2:87
μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τούτοις καὶ Ὅμηρος. βασιλέας γὰρ καὶ δυνάστας ἐκεῖνος πεποίηκε τοὺς ἐν Ἅιδου τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον τιμωρουμένους, Τάνταλον καὶ Σίσυφον καὶ Τιτυόν. Θερσίτην δὲ, καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος πονηρὸς ἦν ἰδιώτης, οὐδεὶς πεποίηκε μεγάλαις τιμωρίαις συνεχόμενον ὡς ἀνίατον· οὐ γὰρ, οἶμαι, ἐξῆν αὐτῷ· διὸ καὶ εὐδαιμονέστερος ἦν ἢ οἷς ἐξῆν.
martyrei de toutois kai Homēros. basileas gar kai dynastas ekeinos pepoiēke tous en Haidou ton aei chronon timōroumenous, Tantalon kai Sisyphon kai Tityon. Thersitēn de, kai ei tis allos ponēros ēn idiōtēs, oudeis pepoiēke megalais timōriais synechomenon hōs aniaton; ou gar, oimai, exēn autǭ; dio kai eudaimonesteros ēn ē hois exēn.
Homer too bears witness to this. For he has made kings and potentates those punished in Hades for all time, Tantalus, Sisyphus, and Tityus; but Thersites, or any other wicked private man, no one has made bound by great punishments as incurable; for, I think, he did not have the power; and so he was happier than those who had it.
12.6.14Dindorf 2:87
ἀλλὰ γὰρ, ὦ Καλλίκλεις, ἐκ τῶν δυναμένων εἰσὶ καὶ οἱ σφόδρα πονηροὶ γιγνόμενοι ἄνθρωποι· οὐδὲ μὴν κωλύει καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἐγγίγνεσθαι· καὶ σφόδρα γε ἄξιον ἄγασθαι τῶν γιγνομένων. χαλεπὸν γὰρ, ὦ Καλλίκλεις, καὶ πολλοῦ ἐπαίνου ἄξιον, ἐν μεγάλῃ ἐξουσίᾳ γενόμενον τοῦ ἀδικεῖν δικαίως διαβιῶναι· ὀλίγοι δὲ γίγνονται οἱ τοιοῦτοι· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐνθάδε καὶ ἄλλοθι γεγόνασιν, οἶμαι δὲ ἔσονται καὶ ἄλλοι ἀγαθοὶ ταύτην τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ δικαίως διαχειρίζειν ἃ ἄν τις ἐπιτρέπῃ.
alla gar, ō Kallikleis, ek tōn dynamenōn eisi kai hoi sphodra ponēroi gignomenoi anthrōpoi; oude mēn kōlyei kai en toutois agathous andras engignesthai; kai sphodra ge axion agasthai tōn gignomenōn. chalepon gar, ō Kallikleis, kai pollou epainou axion, en megalę̄ exousią genomenon tou adikein dikaiōs diabiōnai; oligoi de gignontai hoi toioutoi; epei kai enthade kai allothi gegonasin, oimai de esontai kai alloi agathoi tautēn tēn aretēn tou dikaiōs diacheirizein ha an tis epitrepę̄.
But indeed, Callicles, it is from the powerful that the very wicked men come; yet nothing prevents good men from arising among them too, and those who do are very much to be admired. For it is hard, Callicles, and worthy of much praise, to live justly when one has great licence to do wrong; and few become such. For both here and elsewhere there have been, and I think there will be, other good men in this virtue of administering justly what is entrusted to them.
12.6.15Dindorf 2:87–88
εἰς δὲ καὶ πάνυ ἐλλόγιμος γέγονε καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας, Ἀριστείδης ὁ Λυσιμάχου. οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ, ὦ ἄριστε, κακοὶ γίνονται. τῶν δὲ δικα- στῶν, ὅπερ ἔλεγον, ἐπειδὰν ὁ Ῥαδάμανθυς ἐκεῖνος τοιοῦτόν τινα λάβῃ, ἄλλο μὲν περὶ αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἶδεν οὐδὲν, οὔθʼ ὅστις οὔθʼ ὧν τινῶν, ὅτι δὲ πονηρός τις· καὶ τοῦτο κατιδὼν ἀπέπεμψεν εἰς Τάρταρον, ἐπισημηνάμενος ἐάν τε ἰάσιμος ἐάν τε ἀνίατος δοκῇ εἶναι.
eis de kai pany ellogimos gegone kai eis tous allous Hellēnas, Aristeidēs ho Lysimachou. hoi de polloi, ō ariste, kakoi ginontai. tōn de dika- stōn, hoper elegon, epeidan ho Rhadamanthys ekeinos toiouton tina labę̄, allo men peri autou ouk oiden ouden, outhʼ hostis outhʼ hōn tinōn, hoti de ponēros tis; kai touto katidōn apepempsen eis Tartaron, episēmēnamenos ean te iasimos ean te aniatos dokę̄ einai.
And one became very famous among the other Greeks too, Aristides son of Lysimachus. But most, my good man, become bad. Of the judges, as I was saying, when that Rhadamanthys takes such a one, he knows nothing else about him, neither who he is nor of what family, but that he is a wicked man; and seeing this he sends him to Tartarus, marking him as seeming curable or incurable.
12.6.16Dindorf 2:88
ὁ δὲ ἐκεῖσε ἀφικόμενος τὰ προσήκοντα πάσχει. ἐνίοτε δὲ ἄλλην εἰσιδὼν ὁσίως βεβιωκυῖαν καὶ μετʼ ἀληθείας ἀνδρὸς ἰδιώτου ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς ψυχὴν, μά- λιστα μὲν, ὡς ἐγώ φημι, ὦ Καλλίκλεις, φιλοσόφου τὰ αὑτοῦ πράξαντος καὶ οὐ πολυπραγμονήσαντος ἐν τῷ βίῳ, ἠγάσθη τε καὶ εἰς μακάρων νήσους ἀπέπεμψε.
ho de ekeise aphikomenos ta prosēkonta paschei. eniote de allēn eisidōn hosiōs bebiōkuian kai metʼ alētheias andros idiōtou ē allou tinos psychēn, ma- lista men, hōs egō phēmi, ō Kallikleis, philosophou ta hautou praxantos kai ou polypragmonēsantos en tǭ biǭ, ēgasthē te kai eis makarōn nēsous apepempse.
And he, arriving there, suffers what is fitting. But sometimes, seeing another soul that has lived piously and with truth, the soul of a private man or another, especially, I say, Callicles, that of a philosopher who did his own business and was not a busybody in life, he admires it and sends it to the Islands of the Blessed.
12.6.17Dindorf 2:88
ταὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Αἰακός· ἑκάτερος δὲ τούτων ῥάβδον ἔχων δικάζει. ὁ δὲ Μίνως ἐπισκοπῶν κάθηται μόνος, ἔχων χρύσεον σκῆπτρον, ὥς φησιν Ὀδυσσεὺς ὁ Ὁμήρου ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν, χρύσεον σκῆπτρον ἔχοντα, θεμιστεύοντα νέκυσσιν.
tauta de tauta kai ho Aiakos; hekateros de toutōn rhabdon echōn dikazei. ho de Minōs episkopōn kathētai monos, echōn chryseon skēptron, hōs phēsin Odysseus ho Homērou idein auton, chryseon skēptron echonta, themisteuonta nekyssin.
And Aeacus does the same; each of them judges holding a staff. But Minos sits alone overseeing, holding a golden sceptre, as Homer’s Odysseus says he saw him, ‘holding a golden sceptre, giving judgment to the dead.’
12.6.18Dindorf 2:88
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, ὦ Καλλίκλεις, ὑπὸ τούτων τῶν λόγων πέπεισμαι, καὶ σκοπῶ ὅπως ἀποφανοῦμαι τῷ κριτῇ ὡς ὑγιεστάτην τὴν ψυχήν. χαίρειν οὖν ἐάσας τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀσκῶν, πειράσομαι τῷ ὄντι, ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι, βέλτιστος ὢν καὶ ζῆν καὶ ἐπειδὰν ἀποθνήσκω ἀποθνήσκειν.
egō men oun, ō Kallikleis, hypo toutōn tōn logōn pepeismai, kai skopō hopōs apophanoumai tǭ kritę̄ hōs hygiestatēn tēn psychēn. chairein oun easas tas timas tōn pollōn anthrōpōn, tēn alētheian askōn, peirasomai tǭ onti, hōs an dynōmai, beltistos ōn kai zēn kai epeidan apothnēskō apothnēskein.
I, then, Callicles, am persuaded by these accounts, and consider how I shall show my soul to the judge as healthy as possible. So, bidding farewell to the honours of the many and practising the truth, I shall try in reality to live, as best I can, as the best man, and when I die, to die so.
12.6.19Dindorf 2:88
παρακαλῶ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας ἀνθρώπους, καθʼ ὅσον δύναμαι· καὶ δὴ καὶ σὲ ἀντιπαρακαλῶ ἐπὶ τοῦτον τὸν βίον καὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦτον, ὃν ἐγώ φημι ἀντὶ πάντων τῶν ἐνθάδε ἀγώνων εἶναι
parakalō de kai tous allous pantas anthrōpous, kathʼ hoson dynamai; kai dē kai se antiparakalō epi touton ton bion kai ton agōna touton, hon egō phēmi anti pantōn tōn enthade agōnōn einai
And I call on all other men too, as far as I can; and indeed I call you in turn to this life and this contest, which I say is worth all the contests here;
12.6.20Dindorf 2:88–89
καὶ ὀνειδίζω σε, ὅτι οὐχ οἷός τε εἶ σαυτῷ βοηθῆσαι, ὅταν ἡ δίκη σοι ᾖ καὶ ἡ κρίσις, ἣν νῦν ἐγὼ ἔλεγον, ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν παρὰ τὸν δικαστὴν ἐκεῖνον, τὸν τῆς Αἰγίνης υἱὸν, ἐπειδάν σου ἐπιλαβόμενος ἐκεῖνος ἄγῃ, χασμήσῃ καὶ ἰλιγγιάσεις οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ ἐγὼ ἐν- θάδε καὶ σὺ ἐκεῖ, καί σε ἴσως τυπτήσει τις καὶ ἐπὶ κόρρης ἀτίμως καὶ πάντως προπηλακιεῖ.”
kai oneidizō se, hoti ouch hoios te ei sautǭ boēthēsai, hotan hē dikē soi ę̄ kai hē krisis, hēn nyn egō elegon, alla elthōn para ton dikastēn ekeinon, ton tēs Aiginēs huion, epeidan sou epilabomenos ekeinos agę̄, chasmēsę̄ kai ilingiaseis ouden hētton ē egō en- thade kai sy ekei, kai se isōs typtēsei tis kai epi korrēs atimōs kai pantōs propēlakiei.”
and I reproach you, that you will not be able to help yourself when the trial and judgment I was speaking of come upon you; but, coming before that judge, the son of Aegina, when he takes hold of you and leads you off, you will gape and grow dizzy there no less than I here, and perhaps someone will even strike you dishonourably on the cheek and treat you with every contempt.”
12.6.21Dindorf 2:89
Τάχα δʼ οὖν ταυτὶ μῦθός σοι δοκεῖ λέγεσθαι ὥσπερ ὑπὸ γραὸς, καὶ καταφρονεῖς αὐτῶν. καὶ οὐδέν γʼ ἂν ἦν θαυμαστὸν καταφρονεῖν τούτων, εἴ πη ζητοῦντες εἴχομεν αὐτῶν βελτίω καὶ ἀληθέστερα εὑρεῖν.
Tacha dʼ oun tauti mythos soi dokei legesthai hōsper hypo graos, kai kataphroneis autōn. kai ouden gʼ an ēn thaumaston kataphronein toutōn, ei pē zētountes eichomen autōn beltiō kai alēthestera heurein.
“Perhaps, then, this seems to you a myth told as by an old woman, and you despise it. And it would be no wonder to despise it, if by searching we could find something better and truer than it.
12.6.22Dindorf 2:89
νῦν δὲ ὁρᾷς ὅτι τρεῖς ὄντες ὑμεῖς, οἵπερ σοφώτατοί ἐστε τῶν νῦν Ἑλλήνων, σύ τε καὶ Πόλος καὶ Γοργίας, οὐκ ἔχετε ἀποδεῖξαι ὡς δεῖ ἄλλον τινὰ βίον ζῆν ἢ τοῦτον ὅσπερ καὶ ἐκεῖσε φαίνεται συμ- φέρων, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοσούτοις λόγοις, τῶν ἄλλων ἐλεγ- χομένων, μόνος οὗτος ἠρεμεῖ ὁ λόγος, ὡς εὐλαβη- τέον ἐστὶ τὸ ἀδικεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ ἀδικεῖσθαι, καὶ παντὸς μᾶλλον ἀνδρὶ μελετητέον οὐ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι ἀγαθὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ.”
nyn de horąs hoti treis ontes hymeis, hoiper sophōtatoi este tōn nyn Hellēnōn, sy te kai Polos kai Gorgias, ouk echete apodeixai hōs dei allon tina bion zēn ē touton hosper kai ekeise phainetai sym- pherōn, allʼ en tosoutois logois, tōn allōn eleg- chomenōn, monos houtos ēremei ho logos, hōs eulabē- teon esti to adikein mallon ē to adikeisthai, kai pantos mallon andri meletēteon ou to dokein einai agathon, alla to agathon einai, kai idią kai dēmosią.”
But as it is, you see that you three, who are the wisest of the Greeks today, you, Polus, and Gorgias, cannot show that one should live any other life than this, which appears profitable there too; but among so many arguments, while the others are refuted, this argument alone stands firm: that one must beware of doing wrong more than of being wronged, and that above all a man must practise not seeming to be good but being good, both in private and in public.”
12.6.23Dindorf 2:89
Ὁ μὲν δὴ Πλάτων τὸν Αἰακὸν καὶ τὸν Μίνω καὶ τὸν Ῥαδάμανθυν ὑπέθετο τῶν τετελευτηκότων δικαστὰς ἔσεσθαι, ὁ δὲ θεῖος λόγος μαρτύρεται πάντας δεῖν παραστήσεσθαι τῷ βήματι τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα κομίσηται ἕκαστος τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος πρὸς ἃ ἔπρα- ξεν, εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε φαῦλον.
Ho men dē Platōn ton Aiakon kai ton Minō kai ton Rhadamanthyn hypetheto tōn teteleutēkotōn dikastas esesthai, ho de theios logos martyretai pantas dein parastēsesthai tǭ bēmati tou theou, hina komisētai hekastos ta dia tou sōmatos pros ha epra- xen, eite agathon eite phaulon.
Plato supposed Aeacus, Minos, and Rhadamanthys would be the judges of the dead; but the divine word testifies that all must stand before the judgment seat of God, so that each may receive what he did through the body, whether good or bad.
12.6.24Dindorf 2:89–90
καὶ πάλιν “ἐν ἡμέρᾳ (φησὶν) ὅταν κρίνῃ ὁ θεὸς τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ· τοῖς μὲν καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου αὐτοῦ δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσι ζωὴν αἰώνιον, τοῖς δʼ ἐξ ἐριθείας καὶ ἀπιστοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, θυμὸς καὶ ὀργὴ θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακὸν, Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος· οὐ γάρ ἐστι διαστολή.”
kai palin “en hēmerą (phēsin) hotan krinę̄ ho theos ta krypta tōn anthrōpōn, hos apodōsei hekastǭ kata ta erga autou; tois men kathʼ hypomonēn ergou autou doxan kai timēn kai aphtharsian zētousi zōēn aiōnion, tois dʼ ex eritheias kai apistousi tę̄ alētheią, peithomenois de tę̄ adikią, thymos kai orgē thlipsis kai stenochōria epi pasan psychēn anthrōpou tou katergazomenou to kakon, Ioudaiou te prōton kai Hellēnos; ou gar esti diastolē.”
And again: “In the day,” it says, “when God judges the secrets of men, who will render to each according to his works: to those who by patience in good work seek glory and honour and incorruption, eternal life; but to those who are contentious and disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness, wrath and anger, tribulation and distress on every soul of man who does evil, of the Jew first and also of the Greek; for there is no distinction.”
Preparation 12, chapter 7
12.7.1Dindorf 2:90
“ Εὐλαβοῦ μέντοι μή ποτε ἐκπέσῃ ταῦτα εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἀπαιδεύτους· σχεδὸν γὰρ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, οὐκ ἔστι τούτων πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς καταγελαστότερα ἀκούσματα, οὐδʼ αὖ πρὸς τοὺς εὐφυεῖς θαυμαστότερά τε καὶ ἐνθουσιαστικώτερα. πολλάκις δὲ λεγόμενα καὶ ἀεὶ ἀκουόμενα καὶ πολλὰ ἔτη μόγις, ὥσπερ χρυσὸς, ἐκκαθαίρεται μετὰ πολλῆς πραγματείας.”
“ Eulabou mentoi mē pote ekpesę̄ tauta eis anthrōpous apaideutous; schedon gar, hōs emoi dokei, ouk esti toutōn pros tous pollous katagelastotera akousmata, oudʼ au pros tous euphyeis thaumastotera te kai enthousiastikōtera. pollakis de legomena kai aei akouomena kai polla etē mogis, hōsper chrysos, ekkathairetai meta pollēs pragmateias.”
“Take care, however, that these things never fall among uneducated men; for there are hardly, I think, any teachings more ridiculous to the many than these, nor again more wonderful and inspiring to the well-endowed. And being often spoken and always heard, for many years, they are scarcely purified, like gold, with much labour.”
Preparation 12, chapter 8
12.8.1Dindorf 2:90
Καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν ὁ σωτήριος λόγος φησὶ “ μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ βάλλητε τοὺς μαρ- γαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων.” καὶ “ ὁ ψυχικὸς γὰρ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ· μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστί. ” “ Καὶ δὴ καὶ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς, ὁπόταν καλοὶ ἐν ψυχῇ λόγοι ἐνόντες μηδὲν ποιῶσι πλέον, ἀλλὰ δὴ τούτοις πᾶν τοὐναντίον. ταύτας πάσας ἀμαθίας τὰς πλημμελεστάτας ἔγωγʼ ἂν θείην πόλεως τε καὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν πολιτῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὰς τῶν δημιουργῶν, εἰ ἄρα μου καταμανθάνετε, ὦ ξένοι, ὃ λέγω. Μανθάνομέν γε, ὦ φίλε, καὶ συγχωροῦμεν ἃ λέγεις.
Kai parʼ hēmin ho sōtērios logos phēsi “ mē dōte to hagion tois kysi, mēde ballēte tous mar- garitas hymōn emprosthen tōn choirōn.” kai “ ho psychikos gar anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos tou theou; mōria gar autǭ esti. ” “ Kai dē kai henos andros, hopotan kaloi en psychę̄ logoi enontes mēden poiōsi pleon, alla dē toutois pan tounantion. tautas pasas amathias tas plēmmelestatas egōgʼ an theiēn poleōs te kai henos hekastou tōn politōn, allʼ ou tas tōn dēmiourgōn, ei ara mou katamanthanete, ō xenoi, ho legō. Manthanomen ge, ō phile, kai synchōroumen ha legeis.
And among us the saving Word says, “Do not give what is holy to the dogs, nor cast your pearls before swine.” And: “For the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him.” [Plato:] “And indeed in one man, when fine reasonings in the soul accomplish nothing more, but rather the very opposite of them: all these I would set down as the most discordant ignorance, both of a city and of each one of the citizens, and not that of the craftsmen, if you understand what I mean, strangers. — We understand, friend, and agree with what you say.
12.8.2Dindorf 2:90
Τοῦτο μὲν τοίνυν οὕτω κείσθω δεδογμένον καὶ λεγόμενον, ὡς τοῖς ταῦτα ἀμαθαίνουσι τῶν πο- λιτῶν οὐδὲν ἐπιτρεπτέον ἀρχῆς ἐχόμενον καὶ λεγόμενον] καὶ ὡς ἀμαθέσιν ὀνειδιστέον, ἂν καὶ πάνυ λογιστικοί τε ὦσι καὶ πάντα τὰ κομψὰ καὶ ὅσα πρὸς τάχος τῆς ψυχῆς πεφυκότα διαπεπονημένοι ἅπαντα, τοὺς δὲ τοὐναντίον ἔχοντας τούτοις ὡς σοφούς τε προσρητέον, ἂν καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον μήτε γράμματα μήτε νεῖν ἐπιστῶνται, καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς δοτέον ὡς ἔμφροσι.
Touto men toinyn houtō keisthō dedogmenon kai legomenon, hōs tois tauta amathainousi tōn po- litōn ouden epitrepteon archēs echomenon kai legomenon] kai hōs amathesin oneidisteon, an kai pany logistikoi te ōsi kai panta ta kompsa kai hosa pros tachos tēs psychēs pephykota diapeponēmenoi hapanta, tous de tounantion echontas toutois hōs sophous te prosrēteon, an kai to legomenon mēte grammata mēte nein epistōntai, kai tas archas doteon hōs emphrosi.
Let this, then, be laid down as resolved and declared: that to citizens who are ignorant in these matters nothing that pertains to rule must be entrusted, and they must be reproached as ignorant, even if they are very skilled at calculation and have worked through all refinements and all that makes for quickness of soul; while those of the opposite condition must be addressed as wise, even if, as the saying goes, they know neither letters nor how to swim, and the offices must be given to them as men of sense.
12.8.3Dindorf 2:90–91
πῶς γὰρ ἂν, ὦ φίλοι, ἄνευ συμφωνίας γένοιτʼ ἂν φρονήσεως καὶ τὸ σμικρότατον εἶδος; οὐκ ἔστιν. ἀλλʼ ἡ καλλίστη καὶ μεγίστη τῶν ξυμφωνιῶν μεγίστη δι- καιότατα λέγοιτʼ ἂν σοφία, ἧς ὁ μὲν κατὰ λόγον ζῶν μέτοχος, ὁ δὲ ἀπολειπόμενος οἰκοφθόρος καὶ περὶ πόλιν οὐδαμῆ σωτὴρ, ἀλλὰ πᾶν τοὐναντίον ἀμαθαίνων εἰς ταῦτα ἑκάστοτε φανεῖται.”
pōs gar an, ō philoi, aneu symphōnias genoitʼ an phronēseōs kai to smikrotaton eidos? ouk estin. allʼ hē kallistē kai megistē tōn xymphōniōn megistē di- kaiotata legoitʼ an sophia, hēs ho men kata logon zōn metochos, ho de apoleipomenos oikophthoros kai peri polin oudamē sōtēr, alla pan tounantion amathainōn eis tauta hekastote phaneitai.”
For how, friends, could there be even the smallest form of wisdom without harmony? There cannot. But the finest and greatest of harmonies would most justly be called the greatest wisdom; of which the one who lives according to reason partakes, while the one who falls short of it is a destroyer of his house and in no way a saviour of the city, but will always be shown ignorant in the very opposite way in these matters.”
12.8.4Dindorf 2:91
Ταῦτα μέν μοι ἀπὸ τῶν Νόμων κείσθω. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς καὶ ἐν Πολιτικῷ περὶ τοῦ μὴ πάνυ τι περὶ τὰ ὀνόματα καὶ τὰς λέξεις σπουδάζειν τάδε φησί “Καλῶς, ὦ Σώκρατες· κἂν διαφυλάξῃς τὸ μὴ σπουδάζειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι, πλουσιώτερος εἰς τὸ γῆρας ἀναφανήσῃ φρονήσεως.”
Tauta men moi apo tōn Nomōn keisthō. ho dʼ autos kai en Politikǭ peri tou mē pany ti peri ta onomata kai tas lexeis spoudazein tade phēsi “Kalōs, ō Sōkrates; kan diaphylaxę̄s to mē spoudazein epi tois onomasi, plousiōteros eis to gēras anaphanēsę̄ phronēseōs.”
Let these passages from the Laws be set down here. And the same author in the Statesman says this about not being very much concerned with names and words: “Well said, Socrates; and if you keep from being serious about names, you will appear richer in wisdom in your old age.”
Preparation 12, chapter 9
12.9.1Dindorf 2:91
Τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις γραφῆς πρῶτον εἰσαγούσης Μωσέα παραιτούμενον τὴν τοῦ λαοῦ προστασίαν διʼ ὧν πρὸς τὸν χρηματίζοντα ἔφησε “ δέομαι, κύριε, προχείρισαι ἄλλον τὸν δυνάμενον, ὃν ἀποστελεῖς, ” κἄπειτα τὸν Σαοὺλ κρυπταζόμενον πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀνα- δέξασθαι τὴν βασιλείαν, καὶ τὸν προφήτην Ἰερεμίαν ὑποπαραιτούμενον, ἐπάκουσον ὅπως καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τὸ εὔλογον τῆς παραιτήσεως συνίστησι, λέγων οὕτως
Tēs parʼ Hebraiois graphēs prōton eisagousēs Mōsea paraitoumenon tēn tou laou prostasian diʼ hōn pros ton chrēmatizonta ephēse “ deomai, kyrie, procheirisai allon ton dynamenon, hon aposteleis, ” kapeita ton Saoul kryptazomenon pros to mē ana- dexasthai tēn basileian, kai ton prophētēn Ieremian hypoparaitoumenon, epakouson hopōs kai ho Platōn to eulogon tēs paraitēseōs synistēsi, legōn houtōs
The Scripture of the Hebrews first presents Moses declining the leadership of the people, when he said to the one who gave the oracle, “I beg you, Lord, appoint another who is able, whom you will send”; and then Saul hiding so as not to accept the kingdom; and the prophet Jeremiah partly declining. Hear how Plato too establishes the reasonableness of declining, speaking thus:
12.9.2Dindorf 2:91
“ Οὐκοῦν, ὦ Θρασύμαχε, τοῦτο ἤδη δῆλον, ὅτι οὐδεμία τέχνη οὐδὲ ἀρχὴ τὸ αὑτῇ ὠφέλιμον παρασκευάζει, ἀλλʼ, ὅπερ πάλαι ἐλέγομεν, τὸ τῷ ἀρχομένῳ καὶ παρασκευάζει καὶ ἐπιτάττει, τὸ ἐκείνου συμφέρον ἐλάττονος ὄντος σκοποῦσα, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸ τοῦ κρείττονος.
“ Oukoun, ō Thrasymache, touto ēdē dēlon, hoti oudemia technē oude archē to hautę̄ ōphelimon paraskeuazei, allʼ, hoper palai elegomen, to tǭ archomenǭ kai paraskeuazei kai epitattei, to ekeinou sympheron elattonos ontos skopousa, allʼ ou to tou kreittonos.
“Is this, then, now clear, Thrasymachus, that no art or rule provides what is beneficial to itself, but, as we were saying long ago, provides and commands what benefits the one ruled, looking to his advantage, who is the weaker, and not that of the stronger?
12.9.3Dindorf 2:91–92
διὰ δὴ ταῦτα ἔγωγε, ὦ φίλε Θρασύμαχε, καὶ ἄρτι ἔλεγον μηδένα ἐθέλειν ἑκόντα ἄρχειν καὶ τὰ ἀλλότρια κακὰ μεταχειρίζεσθαι ἐπανορθοῦντα, ἀλλὰ μισθὸν αἰτεῖν, ὅτι ὁ μέλλων καλῶς τῇ τέχνῃ πράξειν οὐδέποθʼ ἑαυτῷ τὸ βέλτιστον πράττει οὐδʼ ἐπιτάττει κατὰ τέχνην ἐπιτάττων, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀρχομένῳ. ὧν δὴ ἕνεκα, ὡς ἔοικε, μισθὸν δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἐθελήσειν ἄρχειν, ἢ ἀργύριον ἢ τιμὴν, ἢ ζημίαν, ἐὰν μὴ ἄρχῃ.”
dia dē tauta egōge, ō phile Thrasymache, kai arti elegon mēdena ethelein hekonta archein kai ta allotria kaka metacheirizesthai epanorthounta, alla misthon aitein, hoti ho mellōn kalōs tę̄ technę̄ praxein oudepothʼ heautǭ to beltiston prattei oudʼ epitattei kata technēn epitattōn, alla tǭ archomenǭ. hōn dē heneka, hōs eoike, misthon dei hyparchein tois mellousin ethelēsein archein, ē argyrion ē timēn, ē zēmian, ean mē archę̄.”
For this reason, my dear Thrasymachus, I said just now that no one willingly chooses to rule and take in hand the troubles of others to set them right, but asks for pay; because one who is to practise his art well never does what is best for himself, nor commands it when he commands according to his art, but what is best for the one ruled. For this reason, it seems, there must be pay for those who are to be willing to rule, either money or honour, or a penalty if one does not rule.”
Preparation 12, chapter 10
12.10.1Dindorf 2:92
Τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις λογίων τοὺς παρʼ αὐτοῖς προφήτας καὶ δικαίους ἄνδρας ὕβρεις ἐσχάτας καὶ προπηλακισμοὺς πάντα τε κίνδυνον εὐθαρσῶς ὑπομεῖναι διδασκόντων, τὰ συνῳδὰ τῆς Πλάτωνος καὶ περὶ τούτου δόξης μάθοις ἂν ἀπὸ τῶνδε αὐτοῦ τῶν φωνῶν, ἃς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τέθειται τῆς Πολιτείας
Tōn parʼ Hebraiois logiōn tous parʼ autois prophētas kai dikaious andras hybreis eschatas kai propēlakismous panta te kindynon eutharsōs hypomeinai didaskontōn, ta synǭda tēs Platōnos kai peri toutou doxēs mathois an apo tōnde autou tōn phōnōn, has en tǭ deuterǭ tetheitai tēs Politeias
The oracles of the Hebrews teach that their prophets and righteous men endured the utmost insults and abuse and every danger courageously; and you may learn what agrees with this in Plato’s opinion too from these words of his, which he sets down in the second book of the Republic:
12.10.2Dindorf 2:92
“ Τὸν δʼ οὖν τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον αὖ παρʼ αὐτὸν ἱστῶμεν τῷ λόγῳ, ἄνδρα ἁπλοῦν καὶ γενναῖον, κατʼ Αἰσχύλον οὐ δοκεῖν, ἀλλʼ εἷναι ἀγαθὸν ἐθέλοντα. ἀφαιρετέον δὲ τὸ δοκεῖν. εἰ γὰρ δόξει δίκαιος εἶναι, ἔσονται αὐτῷ τιμαὶ καὶ δωρεαὶ δοκοῦντι τοιούτῳ εἶναι. ἄδηλον οὖν εἴτε τοῦ δικαίου εἴτε τῶν δωρεῶν τε καὶ τιμῶν ἕνεκα τοιοῦτος εἴη.
“ Ton dʼ oun toiouton thentes ton dikaion au parʼ auton histōmen tǭ logǭ, andra haploun kai gennaion, katʼ Aischylon ou dokein, allʼ heinai agathon ethelonta. aphaireteon de to dokein. ei gar doxei dikaios einai, esontai autǭ timai kai dōreai dokounti toioutǭ einai. adēlon oun eite tou dikaiou eite tōn dōreōn te kai timōn heneka toioutos eiē.
“Having set up such a one, let us in turn set beside him in our argument the just man, a man simple and noble, wishing, as Aeschylus says, not to seem but to be good. We must take away the seeming. For if he seems just, he will have honours and gifts for seeming such; it will then be unclear whether he is such for justice’s sake or for the gifts and honours.
12.10.3Dindorf 2:92
γυμνωτέος δὴ πάντων πλὴν δικαιοσύνης, καὶ ποιητέος ἐναντίως διακείμενος τῷ προτέρῳ· μηδὲν γὰρ ἀδικῶν δόξαν ἐχέτω τῆς μεγίστης ἀδικίας, ἵνα βεβασανισμένος ᾖ εἰς δικαιοσύνην, τῷ μὴ τέγγεσθαι ὑπὸ κακοδοξίας καὶ τῶν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς γιγνομένων· ἀλλʼ ἔστω ἀμετάστατος μέχρι θανάτου, δοκῶν μὲν εἶναι ἄδικος διὰ βίου, ὢν δὲ δίκαιος. ”
gymnōteos dē pantōn plēn dikaiosynēs, kai poiēteos enantiōs diakeimenos tǭ proterǭ; mēden gar adikōn doxan echetō tēs megistēs adikias, hina bebasanismenos ę̄ eis dikaiosynēn, tǭ mē tengesthai hypo kakodoxias kai tōn apʼ autēs gignomenōn; allʼ estō ametastatos mechri thanatou, dokōn men einai adikos dia biou, ōn de dikaios. ”
He must be stripped of everything but justice, and made the opposite of the former man: doing no wrong, let him have the reputation of the greatest wrongdoing, so that he may be tested for justice by not being softened by ill repute and its consequences; but let him remain unmoved until death, seeming unjust throughout life but being just.”
12.10.4Dindorf 2:92–93
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει “Λεκτέον οὖν· καὶ δὴ, κἂν ἀγροικοτέρως λέγηται, μὴ ἐμὲ οἴου λέγειν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐπαινοῦντας πρὸ δικαιοσύνης ἀδικίαν. ἐροῦσι δὲ τάδε, ὅτι οὕτω διακείμενος ὁ δίκαιος μαστιγώσεται, στρεβλώσεται, δεδήσεται, ἐκκοπήσεται τὼ ὀφθαλμὼ, τε- λευτῶν πάντα κακὰ παθὼν ἀνασκινδυλευθήσεται, καὶ γνώσεται ὅτι οὐκ εἶναι δίκαιον, ἀλλὰ δοκεῖν δεῖ ἐθέλειν.”
Kai meta brachea epilegei “Lekteon oun; kai dē, kan agroikoterōs legētai, mē eme oiou legein, ō Sōkrates, alla tous epainountas pro dikaiosynēs adikian. erousi de tade, hoti houtō diakeimenos ho dikaios mastigōsetai, streblōsetai, dedēsetai, ekkopēsetai tō ophthalmō, te- leutōn panta kaka pathōn anaskindyleuthēsetai, kai gnōsetai hoti ouk einai dikaion, alla dokein dei ethelein.”
And after a little he adds: “It must be said, then; and if it is said rather crudely, do not think it is I who say it, Socrates, but those who praise injustice above justice. They will say this: that the just man so placed will be scourged, racked, bound, have his eyes burned out, and at last, having suffered every evil, will be impaled, and will learn that one should wish not to be just but to seem so.”
12.10.5Dindorf 2:93
Ταῦτα λόγοις ὁ Πλάτων· ἔργοις δὲ πολὺ πρότερον οἱ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις δίκαιοι καὶ προφῆται μνημονεύονται τὰ εἰρημένα πάντα πεπονθέναι, οἵ γε δικαιότατοι ὄντες ὡς ἀδικώτατοι “ ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας ἀπέθανον, περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς καὶ αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερούμενοι, θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούμενοι, ἐν ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι καὶ ὄρεσι καὶ σπη- λαίοις καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς, ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος.”
Tauta logois ho Platōn; ergois de poly proteron hoi parʼ Hebraiois dikaioi kai prophētai mnēmoneuontai ta eirēmena panta peponthenai, hoi ge dikaiotatoi ontes hōs adikōtatoi “ elithasthēsan, epristhēsan, en phonǭ machairas apethanon, periēlthon en mēlōtais kai aigeiois dermasin, hysteroumenoi, thlibomenoi, kakouchoumenoi, en erēmiais planōmenoi kai oresi kai spē- laiois kai tais opais tēs gēs, hōn ouk ēn axios ho kosmos.”
So Plato in words; but in deeds, long before, the righteous men and prophets among the Hebrews are recorded to have suffered all these things, who, being most righteous, were treated as most unrighteous: “they were stoned, they were sawn asunder, they died by the sword, they went about in sheepskins and goatskins, destitute, afflicted, ill-treated, wandering in deserts and mountains and caves and the holes of the earth, of whom the world was not worthy.”
12.10.6Dindorf 2:93
καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι δὲ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τὴν ἀνωτάτω δικαιοσύνην τε καὶ εὐσέβειαν μετιόντες, δόξαν δὲ ἀδικίας παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς περιβαλλόμενοι, ὁποῖα ἔπασχον αὐτῶν πάρεστιν ἐπακοῦσαι λεγόντων “ θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις. ” καὶ “ μέχρι τῆς ἄρτι ὥρας καὶ πεινῶμεν καὶ διψῶμεν καὶ γυμνητεύομεν καὶ κολαφιζόμεθα καὶ ἀστατοῦμεν· λοιδορούμενοι εὐλογοῦμεν, διωκόμενοι ἀνεχόμεθα, δυσφημούμενοι παρακαλοῦμεν· ὡς περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν.”
kai hoi apostoloi de tou sōtēros hēmōn tēn anōtatō dikaiosynēn te kai eusebeian metiontes, doxan de adikias para tois pollois periballomenoi, hopoia epaschon autōn parestin epakousai legontōn “ theatron egenēthēmen tǭ kosmǭ kai angelois kai anthrōpois. ” kai “ mechri tēs arti hōras kai peinōmen kai dipsōmen kai gymnēteuomen kai kolaphizometha kai astatoumen; loidoroumenoi eulogoumen, diōkomenoi anechometha, dysphēmoumenoi parakaloumen; hōs perikatharmata tou kosmou egenēthēmen.”
And the apostles of our Saviour, pursuing the highest righteousness and piety but clothed with a reputation for unrighteousness among the many, what they suffered we may hear from their own words: “We have become a spectacle to the world, both to angels and to men”; and, “To this very hour we both hunger and thirst, and are naked and buffeted and homeless; being reviled we bless, being persecuted we endure, being slandered we entreat; we have become as the refuse of the world.”
12.10.7Dindorf 2:93–94
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰσέτι δεῦρο οἱ γενναῖοι τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν μάρτυρες καθʼ ὅλης τῆς ἀνθρώπων οἰκουμένης οὐ τὸ δοκεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸ εἶναι δίκαιοί τε καὶ εὐσεβεῖς ἀσκοῦντες ὅσα δὴ κατέλεξεν ὁ Πλάτων πεπόνθασιν· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐμα- στιγώθησαν, δεσμά τε καὶ στρέβλας ὑπέμειναν, καὶ μὴν καὶ ἐξεκόπησαν τὼ ὀφθαλμὼ, καὶ τέλος πάντα τὰ δεινὰ παθόντες ἀνεσκινδυλεύθησαν. ὧν οὐδένα παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ἐπιζητήσας ὅμοιον ἂν εὕροις, ὡς εἰκότως τινὰ φάναι τὸν φιλόσοφον οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ θεσπίσαι διὰ τούτων περὶ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν διαπρεπόντων ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ ἀληθεῖ δικαιοσύνῃ.
alla kai eiseti deuro hoi gennaioi tou sōtēros hēmōn martyres kathʼ holēs tēs anthrōpōn oikoumenēs ou to dokein, alla to einai dikaioi te kai eusebeis askountes hosa dē katelexen ho Platōn peponthasin; epei kai ema- stigōthēsan, desma te kai streblas hypemeinan, kai mēn kai exekopēsan tō ophthalmō, kai telos panta ta deina pathontes aneskindyleuthēsan. hōn oudena parʼ Hellēsin epizētēsas homoion an heurois, hōs eikotōs tina phanai ton philosophon ouden heteron ē thespisai dia toutōn peri tōn parʼ hēmin diaprepontōn en eusebeią kai alēthei dikaiosynę̄.
And even to this day the noble martyrs of our Saviour throughout the whole inhabited world, practising not seeming but being righteous and pious, have suffered all that Plato listed; for they were scourged, endured chains and racks, and indeed had their eyes put out, and at last, having suffered every terror, were impaled. You would seek in vain among the Greeks for anyone like them, so that one might reasonably say that the philosopher was doing nothing else than prophesying through these words about those among us who excel in piety and true righteousness.
Preparation 12, chapter 11
12.11.1Dindorf 2:94
Μώσεως κατά τινας ἀπορρήτους λόγους ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου συστάσεως θεοῦ τινα παράδει- σον γεγονέναι φάντος, κἀν τούτῳ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἠπατῆσθαι διὰ τῆς γυναικὸς πρὸς τοῦ ὄφεως, ἄντικρυς μονονουχὶ τὰ ῥήματα μεταποιήσας ὁ Πλάτων ἐπάκουσον οἷα ἐν Συμποσίῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀλληγορῶν τέθεικεν, ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ παραδείσου τοῦ θεοῦ κῆπον Διὸς ὀνομάσας, ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ ὄφεως καὶ τῆς πρὸς αὐ- τοῦ γενομένης ἀπάτης Πενίαν ἐπιβουλεύουσαν ὑπο- θέμενος, ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ πρώτου ἀνδρὸς, ὃν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μῆτίς τε καὶ πρόνοια υἱὸν ὥσπερ ἀρτιγενῆ προυβέβλητο, υἱὸν Μήτιδος Πόρον ἀποκαλέσας, ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ φάναι, ὁπηνίκα συνίστατο ὅδε ὁ κόσμος, ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ Ἀφροδίτη, εἰπὼν, οὕτω τὸν κόσμον ἀλληγορήσας τοῦ περὶ αὐτὸν κάλλους ἕνεκα. λέγει δʼ οὖν αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι τάδε
Mōseōs kata tinas aporrētous logous en archę̄ tēs tou kosmou systaseōs theou tina paradei- son gegonenai phantos, kan toutǭ ton anthrōpon ēpatēsthai dia tēs gynaikos pros tou opheōs, antikrys mononouchi ta rhēmata metapoiēsas ho Platōn epakouson hoia en Symposiǭ kai autos allēgorōn tetheiken, anti men tou paradeisou tou theou kēpon Dios onomasas, anti de tou opheōs kai tēs pros au- tou genomenēs apatēs Penian epibouleuousan hypo- themenos, anti de tou prōtou andros, hon hē tou theou mētis te kai pronoia huion hōsper artigenē proubeblēto, huion Mētidos Poron apokalesas, anti de tou phanai, hopēnika synistato hode ho kosmos, hote egeneto hē Aphroditē, eipōn, houtō ton kosmon allēgorēsas tou peri auton kallous heneka. legei dʼ oun autois rhēmasi tade
Moses, for certain secret reasons, said that at the beginning of the world’s constitution a paradise of God came to be, and that in it man was deceived through the woman by the serpent. Hear how Plato, all but openly reworking the words, set down something allegorical himself in the Symposium: instead of the paradise of God he named the garden of Zeus; instead of the serpent and the deception it caused he introduced Poverty plotting; instead of the first man, whom God’s counsel and providence had brought forth as a newborn son, he called Resource, son of Counsel; and instead of saying “when this world was being constituted,” he said “when Aphrodite was born,” so allegorizing the world for the sake of its beauty. He says in these very words:
12.11.2Dindorf 2:94
“Ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ Ἀφροδίτη, εἱστιῶντο οἱ θεοὶ, οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ ὁ τῆς Μήτιδος υἱὸς Πόρος. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν, προσαιτήσουσα, οἷα δὴ εὐωχίας οὔσης, ἀφίκετο ἡ Πενία, καὶ ἦν περὶ τὰς θύρας. ὁ οὖν Πόρος μεθυσθεὶς τοῦ νέκταρος, οἶνος γὰρ οὔπω ἦν, εἰς τὸν τοῦ Διὸς κῆπον εἰσελθὼν βεβαρημένος εὕδεν. ἡ οὖν Πενία ἐπιβουλεύουσα διὰ τὴν αὐτῆς ἀπορίαν παιδίον ποιήσασθαι ἐκ τοῦ Πόρου κατακλίνεταί τε παρʼ αὐτῷ καὶ ἐκύησε τὸν Ἔρωτα. ” Τοιαῦτα μὲν δή τινα καὶ ἐν τούτοις ὁ Πλάτων ἐμφερῶς Μωσεῖ ὑπῃνίξατο.
“Hote egeneto hē Aphroditē, heistiōnto hoi theoi, hoi te alloi kai ho tēs Mētidos huios Poros. epeidē de edeipnēsan, prosaitēsousa, hoia dē euōchias ousēs, aphiketo hē Penia, kai ēn peri tas thyras. ho oun Poros methystheis tou nektaros, oinos gar oupō ēn, eis ton tou Dios kēpon eiselthōn bebarēmenos heuden. hē oun Penia epibouleuousa dia tēn autēs aporian paidion poiēsasthai ek tou Porou kataklinetai te parʼ autǭ kai ekyēse ton Erōta. ” Toiauta men dē tina kai en toutois ho Platōn empherōs Mōsei hypę̄nixato.
“When Aphrodite was born, the gods held a feast, among them Resource, the son of Counsel. When they had dined, Poverty came to beg, as there was feasting, and was at the doors. Resource, then, drunk with nectar (for there was no wine yet), went into the garden of Zeus and, weighed down, fell asleep. Poverty, then, plotting because of her own lack to have a child by Resource, lay down beside him and conceived Love.” Such things Plato too hinted at in these words, in a way like Moses.
Preparation 12, chapter 12
12.12.1Dindorf 2:94–95
Πάλιν εἰρηκότος Μώσεως “τῷ δὲ Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἦν βοηθὸς ὅμοιος αὐτῷ. καὶ ἐπέβαλεν ὁ θεὸς ἔκστασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀδὰμ, καὶ ὕπνωσε, καὶ ἔλαβε μίαν τῶν πλευρῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεπλήρωσε σάρκα ἀντʼ αὐτῆς. καὶ ᾠκοδόμησε κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὴν πλευρὰν, ἣν ἔλαβεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, εἰς γυναῖκα, ” μὴ συνεὶς ὁ Πλάτων οἵᾳ εἴρηται διανοίᾳ δῆλος μέν ἐστιν οὐκ ἀγνοήσας τὸν λόγον, Ἀριστοφάνει δʼ αὐτὸν, οἷα κωμῳδῷ χλευ- άζειν εἰωθότι καὶ τὰ σεμνὰ τῶν πραγμάτων, ἀνατίθησιν, ἐν Συμποσίῳ τάδε λέγοντα αὐτὸν εἰσάγων
Palin eirēkotos Mōseōs “tǭ de Adam ouk ēn boēthos homoios autǭ. kai epebalen ho theos ekstasin epi ton Adam, kai hypnōse, kai elabe mian tōn pleurōn autou, kai aneplērōse sarka antʼ autēs. kai ǭkodomēse kyrios ho theos tēn pleuran, hēn elaben apo tou Adam, eis gynaika, ” mē syneis ho Platōn hoią eirētai dianoią dēlos men estin ouk agnoēsas ton logon, Aristophanei dʼ auton, hoia kōmǭdǭ chleu- azein eiōthoti kai ta semna tōn pragmatōn, anatithēsin, en Symposiǭ tade legonta auton eisagōn
Again, Moses said: “But for Adam there was found no helper like himself. And God cast a trance upon Adam, and he slept; and he took one of his ribs and filled up flesh in its place. And the Lord God built the rib which he took from Adam into a woman.” Plato, not understanding the sense in which this was said, clearly was not ignorant of the account, but attributes it to Aristophanes, as a comic poet accustomed to mock even solemn things, bringing him in in the Symposium saying this:
12.12.2Dindorf 2:95
“Δεῖ δὲ πρῶτον ὑμᾶς μαθεῖν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν καὶ τὰ παθήματα αὐτῆς. ἡ γὰρ πάλαι ἡμῶν φύσις οὐχ ἡ αὐτὴ ἦν ἥπερ νῦν, ἀλλὰ ἄλλη. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τρία ἦν τὰ γένη τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οὐχ ὥσπερ νῦν δύο, ἄρρεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τρίτον προσῆν κοινὸν ἀμφοτέρων τούτων, οὗ νῦν ὄνομα λοιπὸν, αὐτὸ δὲ ἠφάνισται· ἀνδρόγυνον γὰρ τότε μὲν ἦν καὶ εἶδος καὶ ὄνομα ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων κοινὸν, τοῦ τε ἄρρενος καὶ τοῦ θήλεος.”
“Dei de prōton hymas mathein tēn anthrōpinēn physin kai ta pathēmata autēs. hē gar palai hēmōn physis ouch hē autē ēn hēper nyn, alla allē. prōton men gar tria ēn ta genē tōn anthrōpōn, ouch hōsper nyn dyo, arren kai thēly, alla kai triton prosēn koinon amphoterōn toutōn, hou nyn onoma loipon, auto de ēphanistai; androgynon gar tote men ēn kai eidos kai onoma ex amphoterōn koinon, tou te arrenos kai tou thēleos.”
“First you must learn human nature and what befell it. For our nature of old was not the same as now, but different. First, there were three kinds of human beings, not two as now, male and female, but there was also a third, common to both of these, whose name remains, though it has vanished itself; for there was then an androgynous kind, in form and in name common to both, male and female.”
12.12.3Dindorf 2:95
Εἶθʼ ἐξῆς διασύρας τὰ αὐτῷ συνήθη ἐπιφέρει λέγων “ Ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ὁ παρʼ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἔτεμνε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δίχα, ὥσπερ οἱ τὰ ὄα τέμνοντες καὶ μέλλοντες ταριχεύειν, ἢ ὥσπερ οἱ τὰ ᾠὰ ταῖς θριξίν. ὅντινα δὲ τέμοι, τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἐκέλευε τό τε πρόσω- πον μεταστρέφειν καὶ τὸ τοῦ αὐχένος ἥμισυ πρὸς τὴν τομὴν, ἵνα θεώμενος τὴν αὑτοῦ τμῆσιν κοσμιώτερος εἴη ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἰᾶσθαι ἐκέ- λευεν.
Eithʼ exēs diasyras ta autǭ synēthē epipherei legōn “ Tautʼ eipōn ho parʼ autǭ Zeus etemne tous anthrōpous dicha, hōsper hoi ta oa temnontes kai mellontes taricheuein, ē hōsper hoi ta ǭa tais thrixin. hontina de temoi, ton Apollōna ekeleue to te prosō- pon metastrephein kai to tou auchenos hēmisy pros tēn tomēn, hina theōmenos tēn hautou tmēsin kosmiōteros eiē ho anthrōpos, kai ta alla iasthai eke- leuen.
Then next, mocking in his usual way, he adds: “Having said this, Zeus,” in his account, “cut the human beings in two, as people cut sorb-apples to pickle them, or eggs with hairs. And whomever he cut, he bade Apollo turn the face and half the neck toward the cut, so that the human being, seeing his own cutting, might be more orderly; and he bade him heal the rest.
Preparation 12, chapter 13
12.13.1Dindorf 2:95–96
Μώσεως τὸν πρῶτον τῶν γηγενῶν βίον ὑπογράψαντος ἐν παραδείσῳ θεοῦ γεγονέναι, θεόν τε αὐτῶν ἡγεῖσθαι ἐν ἀχρημάτῳ καὶ ἀκτήμονι διαγωγῇ, ἄσπαρτά τε αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀνήροτα πάντα φύεσθαι, γυμνούς τε εἶναι τῆς μετὰ ταῦτα περιβολῆς, ἐπάκουσον τοῦ φιλοσόφου μονονουχὶ αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα Ἑλληνικῇ τῇ φωνῇ διερμηνεύοντος. λέγει δʼ οὖν
Mōseōs ton prōton tōn gēgenōn bion hypograpsantos en paradeisǭ theou gegonenai, theon te autōn hēgeisthai en achrēmatǭ kai aktēmoni diagōgę̄, asparta te autois kai anērota panta phyesthai, gymnous te einai tēs meta tauta peribolēs, epakouson tou philosophou mononouchi auta dē tauta Hellēnikę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ diermēneuontos. legei dʼ oun
Moses described the first life of the earth-born as having been in the paradise of God, with God leading them in a life without money or possessions, everything growing for them unsown and unploughed, and they naked of the covering that came later. Hear the philosopher interpreting almost these very things in the Greek tongue. He says:
12.13.2Dindorf 2:96
“ Θεὸς ἔνεμεν αὐτοὺς αὐτὸς ἐπιστατῶν, καθά- περ νῦν ἄνθρωποι, ζῷον ὂν ἕτερον θειότερον, ἄλλα γένη φαυλότερα αὐτῶν νομεύουσι. νέμοντος δʼ ἐκείνου πολιτεῖαί τε οὐκ ἦσαν οὐδὲ κτήσεις γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων· ἐκ γῆς γὰρ ἀνεβιώσκοντο πάντες, οὐδὲν μεμνημένοι τῶν πρόσθεν· ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα ἀπῆν πάντα, καρποὺς δὲ ἀφθόνους εἶχον ἀπό τε δένδρων δρῶν καὶ πολλῆς ὕλης, οὐχ ὑπὸ γεωργίας φυομένους, ἀλλʼ αὐτομάτης ἀναδιδούσης τῆς γῆς. γυμνοὶ δὲ καὶ ἄστρωτοι, θυραυλοῦντες τὰ πολλὰ ἐνέμοντο. τὸ γὰρ τῶν ὡρῶν αὐτοῖς ἄλυπον ἐκέκρατο, μαλακὰς δὲ εὐνὰς εἶχον, ἀναφυομένης ἐκ γῆς πόας ἀφθόνου. τὸν δὴ βίον, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀκούεις μὲν τὸν τῶν ἐπὶ Κρόνου· τόνδε δʼ, ὡς λόγος ἐπὶ Διὸς εἶναι, τὸν νῦν, παρὼν αὐτὸς ᾔσθησαι.
“ Theos enemen autous autos epistatōn, katha- per nyn anthrōpoi, zǭon on heteron theioteron, alla genē phaulotera autōn nomeuousi. nemontos dʼ ekeinou politeiai te ouk ēsan oude ktēseis gynaikōn kai paidōn; ek gēs gar anebiōskonto pantes, ouden memnēmenoi tōn prosthen; alla ta men toiauta apēn panta, karpous de aphthonous eichon apo te dendrōn drōn kai pollēs hylēs, ouch hypo geōrgias phyomenous, allʼ automatēs anadidousēs tēs gēs. gymnoi de kai astrōtoi, thyraulountes ta polla enemonto. to gar tōn hōrōn autois alypon ekekrato, malakas de eunas eichon, anaphyomenēs ek gēs poas aphthonou. ton dē bion, ō Sōkrates, akoueis men ton tōn epi Kronou; tonde dʼ, hōs logos epi Dios einai, ton nyn, parōn autos ę̄sthēsai.
“God himself shepherded them, presiding over them, as now men, being a different and more divine living creature, shepherd other kinds lower than themselves. And while he shepherded them there were no constitutions, nor possession of wives and children; for all came back to life out of the earth, remembering nothing of what went before. All such things were absent; but they had abundant fruits from oaks and much other woodland, not growing by farming, but the earth yielding them of itself. Naked and without bedding, they mostly lived in the open; for the seasons were tempered for them without pain, and they had soft beds from the abundant grass springing from the earth. This life, Socrates, you hear of as the life under Cronus; this present one, said to be under Zeus, you have experienced yourself.”
Preparation 12, chapter 14
12.14.1Dindorf 2:96
Πάλιν Μώσεως ἀναγράψαντος ὅτι ἦν ὁ ὄφις φρονιμώτερος πάντων τῶν θηρίων, οἷά τε εἶπεν ὁ ὄφις τῇ γυναικὶ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ὄφει, καὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας τοῦ ὄφεως ἐκθεμένου, ὁ Πλάτων οἷα γράφει ἐπά- κουσον
Palin Mōseōs anagrapsantos hoti ēn ho ophis phronimōteros pantōn tōn thēriōn, hoia te eipen ho ophis tę̄ gynaiki kai hē gynē tǭ ophei, kai tas homilias tou opheōs ekthemenou, ho Platōn hoia graphei epa- kouson
Again, Moses recorded that the serpent was wiser than all the beasts, and what the serpent said to the woman and the woman to the serpent, setting out the serpent’s conversations. Hear what Plato writes:
12.14.2Dindorf 2:96–97
“Εἰ μὲν τοίνυν οἱ τρόφιμοι τοῦ Κρόνου, πα- ρούσης αὐτοῖς οὕτω πολλῆς σχολῆς καὶ δυνάμεως πρὸς τὸ μὴ μόνον ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ καὶ θηρίοις διὰ λόγων δύνασθαι ξυγγίνεσθαι, κατεχρῶντο τούτοις σύμπασιν ἐπὶ φιλοσοφίαν, μετά τε θηρίων καὶ μετʼ ἀλλήλων ὁμιλοῦντες, καὶ πυνθανόμενοι παρὰ πάσης φύσεως εἴ τινά τις ἰδίαν δύναμιν ἔχουσα ᾔσθετό τι διάφορον τῶν ἄλλων εἰς ξυναγυρμὸν φρονήσεως, εὔ- κριτον ὅτι τῶν νῦν οἱ τότε μυρίως πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν διέφερον.
“Ei men toinyn hoi trophimoi tou Kronou, pa- rousēs autois houtō pollēs scholēs kai dynameōs pros to mē monon anthrōpois, alla kai thēriois dia logōn dynasthai xynginesthai, katechrōnto toutois sympasin epi philosophian, meta te thēriōn kai metʼ allēlōn homilountes, kai pynthanomenoi para pasēs physeōs ei tina tis idian dynamin echousa ę̄stheto ti diaphoron tōn allōn eis xynagyrmon phronēseōs, eu- kriton hoti tōn nyn hoi tote myriōs pros eudaimonian diepheron.
“If, then, the nurslings of Cronus, having so much leisure and the ability to converse through speech not only with men but also with beasts, used all these for philosophy, conversing with beasts and with one another, and inquiring of every nature whether any, having some power of its own, perceived something different from the rest toward gathering wisdom, it is easy to judge that those of that time were ten thousand times happier than those of today.
12.14.3Dindorf 2:97
εἰ δʼ ἐμπιπλάμενοι σίτων ἄδην καὶ πότων διελέγοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τὰ θηρία μύθους, οἷοι δὴ καὶ τανῦν περὶ αὐτῶν λέγονται, καὶ τοῦθʼ, οὕτως γε κατʼ ἐμὴν δόξαν ἀποφήνασθαι, καὶ μάλα εὔκριτον. ὅμως δʼ οὖν ταῦτα μὲν ἀφῶμεν, ἕως ἂν ἡμῖν μηνυτής τις ἱκανὸς φανῇ, ποτέρως οἱ τότε τὰς ἐπιθυμίας εἶχον περί τε ἐπιστημῶν καὶ τῆς τῶν λόγων χρείας.”
ei dʼ empiplamenoi sitōn adēn kai potōn dielegonto pros allēlous kai ta thēria mythous, hoioi dē kai tanyn peri autōn legontai, kai touthʼ, houtōs ge katʼ emēn doxan apophēnasthai, kai mala eukriton. homōs dʼ oun tauta men aphōmen, heōs an hēmin mēnytēs tis hikanos phanę̄, poterōs hoi tote tas epithymias eichon peri te epistēmōn kai tēs tōn logōn chreias.”
But if, being filled to excess with food and drink, they told one another and the beasts such tales as are now told about them, this too, to declare my own opinion, is very easy to judge. Nevertheless let us leave these things, until some competent informer appears to tell us which way the men of that time had their desires concerning knowledge and the use of speech.”
Preparation 12, chapter 15
12.15.1Dindorf 2:97
Μώσης νομοθεσίαν ἀνθρώποις καταβεβλημένος ἐνόμισεν αὑτῷ δεῖν ἀρχαιολογίας ἐν τοῖς προοιμίοις· μνημονεύει δὲ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ καὶ τοῦ μετʼ αὐτὸν βίου τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἔπειτα παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις θεοφιλῶν, καὶ τῶν δὲ ἄλλως ἐν πλημμελείαις ἐξητασμένων τὴν πολιτείαν ὑφηγεῖται, κατάλληλον οἷς ἐνομοθέτει τὴν περὶ τούτων ἡγησάμενος ἱστορίαν ἔσεσθαι.
Mōsēs nomothesian anthrōpois katabeblēmenos enomisen hautǭ dein archaiologias en tois prooimiois; mnēmoneuei de tou kataklysmou kai tou metʼ auton biou tōn anthrōpōn, epeita palaiōn andrōn tōn parʼ Hebraiois theophilōn, kai tōn de allōs en plēmmeleiais exētasmenōn tēn politeian hyphēgeitai, katallēlon hois enomothetei tēn peri toutōn hēgēsamenos historian esesthai.
Moses, laying down legislation for men, thought he ought to include ancient history in his preface. He mentions the flood and the life of men after it, then describes the way of life of the ancient men among the Hebrews dear to God, and of those otherwise found in transgressions, thinking that the history of these would be appropriate to what he was legislating.
12.15.2Dindorf 2:97–98
καὶ ὁ Πλάτων δὲ ὡσαύτως, παρελθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν νόμων γραφὴν τὸν αὐτὸν τῷ Μωσεῖ ζηλοῖ τρόπον· ἐν προοιμίοις γοῦν τῶν Νόμων τῇ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρχαιολογίᾳ κέχρηται, κα- τακλυσμοῦ μνημονεύσας καὶ τοῦ μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν βίου· ἀρχόμενος γοῦν τοῦ τρίτου τῶν Νόμων ἐπάκουσον ἅ φησιν “Ἆρʼ οὖν οἱ παλαιοὶ λόγοι ὑμῖν ἀλήθειαν ἔχειν τινὰ δοκοῦσι; Ποῖοι δή; Τὸ πολλὰς ἀνθρώπων φθορὰς γεγονέναι κατακλυσμοῖς τε καὶ νόσοις καὶ ἄλλοις πολλοῖς, ἐν οἷς βραχύ τι τῶν ἀνθρώπων λείπεσθαι γένος. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν πιθανὸν τὸ τοιοῦτον πᾶν παντί.
kai ho Platōn de hōsautōs, parelthōn epi tēn tōn nomōn graphēn ton auton tǭ Mōsei zēloi tropon; en prooimiois goun tōn Nomōn tę̄ katʼ auton archaiologią kechrētai, ka- taklysmou mnēmoneusas kai tou meta ton kataklysmon biou; archomenos goun tou tritou tōn Nomōn epakouson ha phēsin “Arʼ oun hoi palaioi logoi hymin alētheian echein tina dokousi? Poioi dē? To pollas anthrōpōn phthoras gegonenai kataklysmois te kai nosois kai allois pollois, en hois brachy ti tōn anthrōpōn leipesthai genos. Pany men oun pithanon to toiouton pan panti.
And Plato likewise, coming to the writing of laws, emulates the same way as Moses: in the preface of the Laws he uses his own ancient history, mentioning a flood and the life after the flood. Hear what he says at the start of the third book of the Laws: “Do the ancient accounts seem to you to have some truth? — Which ones? — That there have been many destructions of men by floods and plagues and many other things, in which only a small part of the human race was left. — Everything of that sort is very credible to everyone.
12.15.3Dindorf 2:98
Φέρε δὴ, νοήσωμεν μίαν τῶν πολλῶν ταύτην, τὴν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ γενομένην. Τὸ ποῖόν τι περὶ αὐτῆς διανοηθέντες; ῾Ως οἱ τότε περιφυγόντες τὴν φθορὰν σχεδὸν ὄρειοί τινες ἂν εἶεν νομεῖς, ἐν κορυφαῖς που σμικρὰ ζώπυρα τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διασεσωσμένα γένους. Δῆλον.
Phere dē, noēsōmen mian tōn pollōn tautēn, tēn tǭ kataklysmǭ genomenēn. To poion ti peri autēs dianoēthentes? ῾Ōs hoi tote periphygontes tēn phthoran schedon oreioi tines an eien nomeis, en koryphais pou smikra zōpyra tou tōn anthrōpōn diasesōsmena genous. Dēlon.
— Come, then, let us consider one of the many, the one that came by the flood. — Thinking what about it? — That those who then escaped the destruction would be some hill shepherds, small embers of the human race saved on mountain-tops. — Clearly.
12.15.4Dindorf 2:98
Καὶ δὴ τοὺς τοιούτους γε ἀνάγκη που τῶν ἄλλων ἀπείρους εἶναι τεχνῶν καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἄστεσι πρὸς ἀλλήλους μηχανῶν εἴς τε πλεονεξίας καὶ φιλονεικίας, καὶ ὁπόσα ἄλλα κακουργήματα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπινοοῦσιν. Εἰκὸς γοῦν. Θῶμεν δὴ τὰς ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις πόλεις καὶ πρὸς θαλάττῃ κατοικούσας ἄρδην ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ διαφθείρεσθαι. Θῶμεν. Οὐκοῦν ὄργανά τε πάντα ἀπόλλυσθαι, καὶ εἴ τι τέχνης ἦν ἐχόμενον σπουδαίως εὑρημένον ἢ πολιτικῆς ἢ καὶ σοφίας τινὸς ἑτέρας, πάντα ἔρρειν ταῦτα ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ φήσομεν.”
Kai dē tous toioutous ge anankē pou tōn allōn apeirous einai technōn kai tōn en tois astesi pros allēlous mēchanōn eis te pleonexias kai philoneikias, kai hoposa alla kakourgēmata pros allēlous epinoousin. Eikos goun. Thōmen dē tas en tois pediois poleis kai pros thalattę̄ katoikousas ardēn en tǭ tote chronǭ diaphtheiresthai. Thōmen. Oukoun organa te panta apollysthai, kai ei ti technēs ēn echomenon spoudaiōs heurēmenon ē politikēs ē kai sophias tinos heteras, panta errein tauta en tǭ tote chronǭ phēsomen.”
— And such men must have been inexperienced in the other arts, and in the devices that men in cities use against one another for greed and rivalry, and all the other wrongs they devise against each other. — Likely enough. — Let us suppose, then, that the cities in the plains and by the sea were utterly destroyed at that time. — Let us. — Then we shall say that all tools perished, and that whatever belonged to art, earnestly discovered, whether of statecraft or of some other wisdom, all these were lost at that time.”
12.15.5Dindorf 2:98
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερά φησιν “ Οὐκοῦν οὕτω δὴ λέγωμεν ἔχειν τότε, ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ φθορὰ, τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πράγματα, μυρίαν μέν τινα φοβερὰν ἐρημίαν, γῆς δὲ ἀφθόνου πλῆθος πάμπολυ.”
Kai methʼ hetera phēsin “ Oukoun houtō dē legōmen echein tote, hote egeneto hē phthora, ta peri tous anthrōpous pragmata, myrian men tina phoberan erēmian, gēs de aphthonou plēthos pampoly.”
And after other things he says: “Let us say, then, that human affairs were thus at the time when the destruction happened: a vast and frightful desolation, but a great abundance of land.”
12.15.6Dindorf 2:98–99
Ταῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτα ἕτερα εἰπὼν ἐπεξέρχεται βίους τῶν μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν ἀνθρώπων, εἶθʼ, ὥσπερ Μωσῆς τὴν τῶν πάλαι θεοφιλῶν Ἑβραίων πολιτείαν ἐπισυνάπτει τῇ μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν ὑφηγήσει, καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως μετὰ τοὺς βίους τῶν μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ πειρᾶται ἀρχαιολογεῖν, ὡς ἐκεῖνος τὰ Ἑβραίων, τῶν τε ἐπὶ Τροίας μνημονεύει, καὶ τῆς πρώτης ἐν Λακεδαίμονι πολιτείας, Περσῶν τε, καὶ τῶν παρὰ τούτοις εἴτʼ ὀρθῶς εἴτε καὶ μὴ βεβιωκότων· εἶτα μετὰ τὴν τούτων ἱστορίαν ἀπάρχεται τῆς τῶν νόμων διαθέσεως, κἀν τούτῳ Μωσεῖ κατακολουθήσας.
Tauta kai toiauta hetera eipōn epexerchetai bious tōn meta ton kataklysmon anthrōpōn, eithʼ, hōsper Mōsēs tēn tōn palai theophilōn Hebraiōn politeian episynaptei tę̄ meta ton kataklysmon hyphēgēsei, kai ho Platōn homoiōs meta tous bious tōn meta ton kataklysmon ta Hellēnika peiratai archaiologein, hōs ekeinos ta Hebraiōn, tōn te epi Troias mnēmoneuei, kai tēs prōtēs en Lakedaimoni politeias, Persōn te, kai tōn para toutois eitʼ orthōs eite kai mē bebiōkotōn; eita meta tēn toutōn historian aparchetai tēs tōn nomōn diatheseōs, kan toutǭ Mōsei katakolouthēsas.
Having said this and other such things, he goes through the lives of men after the flood; then, as Moses joins the way of life of the ancient Hebrews dear to God to his account after the flood, so Plato likewise after the lives of those after the flood tries to tell the ancient history of the Greeks, as Moses did that of the Hebrews: he mentions the Trojan War, the first constitution in Lacedaemon, the Persians, and those among them who lived rightly or not; then, after the history of these, he begins the arrangement of the laws, in this too following Moses.
Preparation 12, chapter 16
12.16.1Dindorf 2:99
Μώσεως τὴν πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ νομοθεσίαν τήν τε κατʼ αὐτὸν πολιτείαν εὐσεβείας τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ ἀναρτήσαντος, ἀπό τε τοῦ πάντων δημιουργοῦ τὴν καταρχὴν τῆς νομοθεσίας πεποιημένου, ἔπειτα τῶν θείων ἀγαθῶν ἐξέρχεσθαι τὰ ἀνθρώπινα διδάξαντος, τά τε θεῖα ἐπὶ τὸν πάντων ἡγεμόνα νοῦν, αὐτὸν δὴ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν, ἀναθέντος, θέα ὅπως καὶ ὁ φιλόσοφος τοῖς αὐτοῖς βαίνων ἴχνεσιν ἐπιμέμφεται μὲν τοῖς Κρητῶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων νομοθέ- ταις, τὸν δʼ ἀρέσκοντα Μωσεῖ νόμον ἐκδιδάσκει, λέγων οὕτως
Mōseōs tēn pasan autou nomothesian tēn te katʼ auton politeian eusebeias tou tōn holōn theou anartēsantos, apo te tou pantōn dēmiourgou tēn katarchēn tēs nomothesias pepoiēmenou, epeita tōn theiōn agathōn exerchesthai ta anthrōpina didaxantos, ta te theia epi ton pantōn hēgemona noun, auton dē ton tōn holōn theon, anathentos, thea hopōs kai ho philosophos tois autois bainōn ichnesin epimemphetai men tois Krētōn kai Lakedaimoniōn nomothe- tais, ton dʼ areskonta Mōsei nomon ekdidaskei, legōn houtōs
Moses made all his legislation and his constitution depend on piety toward the God of the universe, began his legislation from the Creator of all, taught that human goods proceed from divine goods, and referred the divine to the ruling Mind of all, the God of the universe himself. See how the philosopher, walking in the same footsteps, blames the lawgivers of the Cretans and Lacedaemonians and teaches the law that pleased Moses, saying thus:
12.16.2Dindorf 2:99
“ Πῆ δὴ οὖν σε ἔτʼ ἂν ἐβουλόμην διελόμενον λέγειν αὐτός τʼ ἀκούειν; βούλει σοι φράζω; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ὦ ξένε. Ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οἱ Κρητῶν νόμοι οὐκ εἰσὶ μάτην διαφερόντως ἐν πᾶσιν εὐδόκιμοι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν· ἔχουσι γὰρ ὀρθῶς τοὺς αὐτοῖς χρωμένους εὐδαίμονας ἀποτελοῦντες· ἅπαντα γὰρ τἀγαθὰ πορίζουσι.
“ Pē dē oun se etʼ an eboulomēn dielomenon legein autos tʼ akouein? boulei soi phrazō? Pany men oun, ō xene. Echrēn eipein, hoti hoi Krētōn nomoi ouk eisi matēn diapherontōs en pasin eudokimoi tois Hellēsin; echousi gar orthōs tous autois chrōmenous eudaimonas apotelountes; hapanta gar tagatha porizousi.
“How, then, would I have wished you to distinguish and speak, and myself to hear? Shall I tell you? — By all means, stranger. — You should have said: the laws of the Cretans are not in vain especially esteemed among all the Greeks; for they are right, making those who use them happy; for they provide all goods.
12.16.3Dindorf 2:99–100
διττὰ δʼ ἀγαθά ἐστι, τὰ μὲν ἀνθρώπινα, τὰ δὲ θεῖα· ἥρτηται δὲ ἐκ τῶν θείων θάτερα· καὶ ἐὰν μὲν δέχηται τὰ μείζονα πόλις, κτᾶται καὶ τὰ ἐλάττονα· εἰ δὲ μὴ, στέρεται ἀμφοῖν. ἔστι δὲ τὰ μὲν ἐλάττονα ὧν ἡγεῖται ὑγίεια, κάλλος δὲ δεύτερον, τὸ δὲ τρίτον ἰσχὺς εἴς τε δρόμον καὶ εἰς τὰς ἄλλας πάσας κινήσεις τῷ σώματι, τέταρτον δὲ πλοῦτος οὐ τυφλὸς, ἀλλʼ ὀξὺ βλέπων, ἄνπερ ἅμʼ ἕπηται φρονήσει.
ditta dʼ agatha esti, ta men anthrōpina, ta de theia; hērtētai de ek tōn theiōn thatera; kai ean men dechētai ta meizona polis, ktatai kai ta elattona; ei de mē, steretai amphoin. esti de ta men elattona hōn hēgeitai hygieia, kallos de deuteron, to de triton ischys eis te dromon kai eis tas allas pasas kinēseis tǭ sōmati, tetarton de ploutos ou typhlos, allʼ oxy blepōn, anper hamʼ hepētai phronēsei.
And goods are twofold, some human, some divine; and the one kind depends on the divine; and if a city receives the greater, it gains the lesser too; if not, it is deprived of both. The lesser are those led by health; beauty is second; third, strength for running and all other motions of the body; fourth, wealth, not blind but sharp-sighted, if it follows wisdom.
12.16.4Dindorf 2:100
ὃ δὴ πρῶτον αὖ τῶν θείων ἡγεμονοῦν ἐστιν ἀγαθῶν, ἡ φρόνησις, δεύτερον δὲ μετὰ νοῦν σώφρων ψυχῆς ἕξις, ἐκ δὲ τούτων μετὰ ἀνδρείας κραθέντων τρίτον ἂν εἴη δικαιοσύνη, τέταρτον δὲ ἀνδρεία. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἐκείνων ἔμπροσθεν τέτακται φύσει, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῷ νομοθέτῃ τακτέον οὕτω.
ho dē prōton au tōn theiōn hēgemonoun estin agathōn, hē phronēsis, deuteron de meta noun sōphrōn psychēs hexis, ek de toutōn meta andreias krathentōn triton an eiē dikaiosynē, tetarton de andreia. tauta de panta ekeinōn emprosthen tetaktai physei, kai dē kai tǭ nomothetę̄ takteon houtō.
And first, again, of the divine goods, the leader is wisdom; second, after mind, a temperate state of soul; from these mixed with courage, third would be justice; and fourth courage. All these are by nature ranked before those, and the lawgiver too must rank them so.
12.16.5Dindorf 2:100
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὰς ἄλλας προστάξεις τοῖς πολίταις εἰς ταῦτα βλεπούσας αὐτοῖς εἶναι διακελευστέον, τούτων δὲ τὰ μὲν ἀνθρώπινα εἰς τὰ θεῖα, τὰ δὲ θεῖα εἰς τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν σύμπαντα βλέπειν.
meta de tauta tas allas prostaxeis tois politais eis tauta blepousas autois einai diakeleusteon, toutōn de ta men anthrōpina eis ta theia, ta de theia eis ton hēgemona noun sympanta blepein.
After this he must bid the citizens that the other ordinances given them look to these, and of these the human to the divine, and the divine all to the ruling Mind.
12.16.6Dindorf 2:100
περί τε γάμους ἀλλήλοις ἐπικοινουμένους, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐν ταῖς τῶν παίδων γεννήσεσι καὶ τροφαῖς, ὅσοι τε ἄρσενες καὶ ὅσαι θήλειαι, νέων τε ὄντων καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ πρεσβύτερον ἰόντων μέχρι γήρως, τιμῶντα ὀρθῶς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ καὶ ἀτιμάζοντα, ἐν ἀπάσαις ταῖς τούτων ὁμιλίαις τάς τε λύπας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ξυμπάντων τε ἐρώτων τὰς σπουδὰς ἐπεσκεμμένον καὶ παραπεφυλαχότα ψέγειν τε ὀρθῶς καὶ ἐπαινεῖν διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν νόμων.”
peri te gamous allēlois epikoinoumenous, meta de tauta en tais tōn paidōn gennēsesi kai trophais, hosoi te arsenes kai hosai thēleiai, neōn te ontōn kai epi to presbyteron iontōn mechri gērōs, timōnta orthōs epimeleisthai dei kai atimazonta, en apasais tais toutōn homiliais tas te lypas autōn kai tas hēdonas kai tas epithymias xympantōn te erōtōn tas spoudas epeskemmenon kai parapephylachota psegein te orthōs kai epainein diʼ autōn tōn nomōn.”
And in their marriages with one another, and after that in the begetting and rearing of children, male and female, young and growing older up to old age, he must take care of them, honouring and dishonouring rightly; and in all their associations he must consider and watch their pains and pleasures and desires and the pursuits of all their loves, and blame and praise rightly through the laws themselves.
12.16.7Dindorf 2:100
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησί “ Κατιδὼν δὲ ὁ θεὶς τοὺς νόμους πᾶσι τούτοις φύλακας ἐπιστήσει, τοὺς μὲν διὰ φρονήσεως, τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἀληθοῦς δόξης ἰόντας, ὅπως πάντα ταῦτα ξυνδήσας ὁ νοῦς ἑπόμενα σωφροσύνῃ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἀποφήνῃ, ἀλλὰ μὴ πλούτῳ μηδὲ φιλοτιμίᾳ.
Kai meta brachea phēsi “ Katidōn de ho theis tous nomous pasi toutois phylakas epistēsei, tous men dia phronēseōs, tous de diʼ alēthous doxēs iontas, hopōs panta tauta xyndēsas ho nous hepomena sōphrosynę̄ kai dikaiosynę̄ apophēnę̄, alla mē ploutǭ mēde philotimią.
And after a little he says: “And having seen this, the one who laid down the laws will set guardians over all these, some proceeding by wisdom, others by true opinion, so that Mind, binding all these together, may show them following temperance and justice, not wealth or ambition.
12.16.8Dindorf 2:100–101
οὕτως, ὦ ξένοι, ἔγωγε ἤθελον ἂν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔτι νῦν βούλομαι, διεξελθεῖν πῶς ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διὸς λεγομένοις νόμοις, τοῖς τε τοῦ Πυθίου Ἀπόλλωνος, οὓς Μίνως τε καὶ Λυκοῦργος ἐθέτην, ἔνεστί τε πάντα ταῦτα, καὶ ὅπη τάξιν εἰληφότα διάδηλά ἐστι τῷ περὶ νόμων ἐμπείρῳ τέχνῃ τε καί τισιν ἔθεσι, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις ἡμῖν οὐδαμῶς ἐστι καταφανῆ.”
houtōs, ō xenoi, egōge ēthelon an hymas, kai eti nyn boulomai, diexelthein pōs en tois tou Dios legomenois nomois, tois te tou Pythiou Apollōnos, hous Minōs te kai Lykourgos ethetēn, enesti te panta tauta, kai hopē taxin eilēphota diadēla esti tǭ peri nomōn empeirǭ technę̄ te kai tisin ethesi, tois de allois hēmin oudamōs esti kataphanē.”
So, strangers, I would have wished you, and still wish now, to go through how in the laws said to be of Zeus and of Pythian Apollo, which Minos and Lycurgus laid down, all these things are present, and how, having taken their order, they are evident to one experienced in laws by art and certain habits, though to the rest of us they are in no way plain.”
12.16.9Dindorf 2:101
Καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν δὲ εἴρηται “ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην, καὶ πάντα ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν.” ἀλλὰ καὶ Μώσης πολὺ πρότερον ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ θεοῦ διδασκαλίας τὴν ἀρχὴν πεποιημένος, ἐξῆς τε ἐφαρμόσας τὴν κατʼ αὐτὸν πολιτείαν καὶ τὰ περὶ συμβολαίων καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ βίου νόμιμα, τοῖς πᾶσιν ἄρχοντας καὶ φύλακας καθίστησι τοὺς τῷ θεῷ ἱερωμένους, ὡς καὶ τὰ λόγια διδάσκει, ἄνδρας δικαίους, μισοῦντας ὑπερηφανίαν, τοὺς μὲν διὰ φρονήσεως, τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἀληθοῦς δόξης ἰόντας.
Kai parʼ hēmin de eirētai “zēteite prōton tēn basileian kai tēn dikaiosynēn, kai panta tauta prostethēsetai hymin.” alla kai Mōsēs poly proteron apo tēs peri theou didaskalias tēn archēn pepoiēmenos, exēs te epharmosas tēn katʼ auton politeian kai ta peri symbolaiōn kai ta peri tou koinou biou nomima, tois pasin archontas kai phylakas kathistēsi tous tǭ theǭ hierōmenous, hōs kai ta logia didaskei, andras dikaious, misountas hyperēphanian, tous men dia phronēseōs, tous de diʼ alēthous doxēs iontas.
And among us it is said: “Seek first the kingdom and its righteousness, and all these things shall be added to you.” And Moses too, much earlier, having made his beginning from the teaching about God, and next fitted his constitution and the laws on contracts and common life, sets over all rulers and guardians consecrated to God, as the oracles teach, righteous men, hating arrogance, some proceeding by wisdom and others by true opinion.
Preparation 12, chapter 17
12.17.1Dindorf 2:101
“ Λέγω οὖν καί φημι τὸν ὁτιοῦν ἀγαθὸν ἄνδρα μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ἐκ παίδων εὐ- θὺς μελετᾶν παίζοντά τε καὶ σπουδάζοντα ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πράγματος ἑκάστοις προσήκουσιν· οἶον τὸν μέλλοντα ἀγαθὸν ἔσεσθαι γεωργὸν ἤ τινα οἰκοδόμον, τὸν μὲν οἰκοδομοῦντά τι τῶν παιδικῶν οἰκοδομημάτων παίζειν χρὴ, τὸν δʼ αὖ γεωργοῦντα, καὶ ὄργανα ἑκατέρῳ σμικρὰ, τῶν ἀληθινῶν μιμήματα, παρασκευάζειν τὸν τρέφοντα αὐτῶν ἑκάτερον, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν μαθημάτων ὅσα ἀναγκαῖα προμεμαθηκέναι προμανθάνειν, οἷον τέκτονα μετρεῖν ἢ σταθμᾶσθαι, καὶ πολεμικὸν ἱππεύειν παίζοντα ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων ἄλλο ποιοῦντα, καὶ πειρᾶσθαι διὰ τῶν παιδιῶν ἐκεῖσε τρέπειν τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας τῶν παίδων, οἷ ἀφικομένους αὐτοὺς δεῖ τέλος ἔχειν.
“ Legō oun kai phēmi ton hotioun agathon andra mellonta esesthai toutʼ auto ek paidōn eu- thys meletan paizonta te kai spoudazonta en tois tou pragmatos hekastois prosēkousin; oion ton mellonta agathon esesthai geōrgon ē tina oikodomon, ton men oikodomounta ti tōn paidikōn oikodomēmatōn paizein chrē, ton dʼ au geōrgounta, kai organa hekaterǭ smikra, tōn alēthinōn mimēmata, paraskeuazein ton trephonta autōn hekateron, kai dē kai tōn mathēmatōn hosa anankaia promemathēkenai promanthanein, hoion tektona metrein ē stathmasthai, kai polemikon hippeuein paizonta ē ti tōn toioutōn allo poiounta, kai peirasthai dia tōn paidiōn ekeise trepein tas hēdonas kai epithymias tōn paidōn, hoi aphikomenous autous dei telos echein.
“I say, then, and declare that anyone who is to be a good man at anything must practise this very thing from childhood, in play and in earnest, in the things proper to the matter: for instance, one who is to be a good farmer or builder must play, the one at building some childish buildings, the other at farming; and the one who rears each must provide each with small tools, imitations of real ones; and must have them learn beforehand whatever studies must be learned beforehand, such as a carpenter measuring or using the rule, and a soldier riding in play or doing something else of the kind; and must try through their games to turn the children’s pleasures and desires to the end they must reach.
12.17.2Dindorf 2:101–102
κεφάλαιον δὴ παιδείας λέγομεν τὴν ὀρθὴν τροφὴν, ἣ τοῦ παίζοντος τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς ἔρωτα ὅτι μάλιστα ἄξει τούτου, ὃ δεήσει γενόμενον ἄνδρα αὐτὸν τέλειον εἶναι τῆς τοῦ πράγματος ἀρετῆς.”
kephalaion dē paideias legomen tēn orthēn trophēn, hē tou paizontos tēn psychēn eis erōta hoti malista axei toutou, ho deēsei genomenon andra auton teleion einai tēs tou pragmatos aretēs.”
We say, then, that the sum of education is right nurture, which, as the child plays, will lead his soul most of all to love what he must be perfect in when he becomes a man, in the excellence of the matter.”
12.17.3Dindorf 2:102
Καὶ τοῦτο προλαβὼν Μωσῆς ἐνομοθέτησεν εἰπὼν “καὶ ἔσται τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα, ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ προβιβάσεις αὐτὰ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου.” ὃ δὴ καὶ πράττειν σύνηθες παισὶν Ἑβραίων, ἐξ ἁπαλῆς ἡλικίας τοὺς νέους ἅπαντας τοῖς τῆς θεοσεβείας παιδεύμασιν ἀνατρέφουσι· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ εἰς δεῦρο κατά τι πάτριον ἔθος παρὰ τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει σπουδάζεται.
Kai touto prolabōn Mōsēs enomothetēsen eipōn “kai estai ta rhēmata tauta, hosa egō entellomai soi sēmeron, en tę̄ kardią sou kai en tę̄ psychę̄ sou, kai probibaseis auta tois huiois sou.” ho dē kai prattein synēthes paisin Hebraiōn, ex hapalēs hēlikias tous neous hapantas tois tēs theosebeias paideumasin anatrephousi; touto de kai eis deuro kata ti patrion ethos para tǭ Ioudaiōn ethnei spoudazetai.
And Moses, anticipating this, legislated, saying: “And these words, which I command you today, shall be in your heart and in your soul, and you shall teach them to your sons.” And this the sons of the Hebrews are accustomed to do, rearing all the young from a tender age in the teachings of piety; and this is pursued even to this day by a kind of ancestral custom among the Jewish nation.
Preparation 12, chapter 18
12.18.1Dindorf 2:102
“ Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ὃ λέγομεν εἶναι παιδείαν ἀόριστον γένηται. νῦν γὰρ ὀνειδίζοντες ἐπαινοῦντές τε ἑκάστων τὰς τροφὰς λέγομεν ὡς τὸν μὲν πεπαιδευμένον ἡμῶν ὄντα τινὰ, τὸν δὲ ἀπαίδευτον, ἐνίοτε εἴς τε τὰς καπηλείας καὶ ναυκληρίας καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν τοιούτων μάλα πεπαιδευμένων σφόδρα ἀνθρώπων. οὐ γὰρ ταῦτα ἡγουμένων, ὡς ἔοικεν, εἶναι παιδείαν ὁ νῦν λόγος ἂν εἴη, τὴν δὲ πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐκ παίδων παιδείαν, ποιοῦσαν ἐπιθυμητήν τε καὶ ἐραστὴν τοῦ πολίτην γενέσθαι τέλεον, ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπιστάμενον μετὰ δίκης.
“ Mē toinyn mēde ho legomen einai paideian aoriston genētai. nyn gar oneidizontes epainountes te hekastōn tas trophas legomen hōs ton men pepaideumenon hēmōn onta tina, ton de apaideuton, eniote eis te tas kapēleias kai nauklērias kai allōn tinōn toioutōn mala pepaideumenōn sphodra anthrōpōn. ou gar tauta hēgoumenōn, hōs eoiken, einai paideian ho nyn logos an eiē, tēn de pros aretēn ek paidōn paideian, poiousan epithymētēn te kai erastēn tou politēn genesthai teleon, archein te kai archesthai epistamenon meta dikēs.
“Let not, then, what we call education be left undefined. For now, in reproaching and praising the upbringing of each, we say that one of us is educated and another uneducated, sometimes even of men very highly educated in retail trade and shipping and other such things. But our present account would be of those who do not think these things education, but the education from childhood toward virtue, which makes one desire and love to become a perfect citizen, knowing how to rule and be ruled with justice.
12.18.2Dindorf 2:102
ταύτην τὴν τροφὴν ἀφο- ρισάμενος ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, νῦν βούλοιτʼ ἂν μόνην παιδείαν προσαγορεύειν, τὴν δὲ εἰς χρήματα τείνουσαν ἥ τινα πρὸς ἰσχὺν ἢ καὶ πρὸς ἄλλην τινὰ σοφίαν ἄνευ νοῦ καὶ δίκης βάναυσόν τε εἶναι καὶ ἀνελεύθερον, καὶ οὐκ ἀξίαν τὸ παράπαν παιδείαν καλεῖσθαι.
tautēn tēn trophēn apho- risamenos ho logos houtos, hōs emoi phainetai, nyn bouloitʼ an monēn paideian prosagoreuein, tēn de eis chrēmata teinousan hē tina pros ischyn ē kai pros allēn tina sophian aneu nou kai dikēs banauson te einai kai aneleutheron, kai ouk axian to parapan paideian kaleisthai.
Marking off this nurture, this account, as it seems to me, would now wish to call it alone education; while that which aims at money, or at strength, or at any other cleverness without mind and justice, is vulgar and illiberal and not at all worthy to be called education.
12.18.3Dindorf 2:102–103
ἡμεῖς δὲ μηδʼ ἐν ὀνόματι διαφερώμεθα αὐτοῖς, ἀλλʼ ὁ νῦν δὴ λόγος ἡμῖν ὁμολογη- θεὶς μενέτω, ὡς οἵ γε ὀρθῶς πεπαιδευμένοι σχεδὸν ἀγαθοὶ γίνονται, καὶ δεῖ δὴ τὴν παιδείαν μηδαμοῦ ἀτιμάζειν, ὡς πρῶτον τῶν καλλίστων τοῖς ἀρίστοις ἀνδράσι παραγιγνόμενον· καὶ εἴ ποτε ἐξέρχεται, δυνατὸν δέ ἐστιν ἐπανορθοῦσθαι, τοῦτο ἀεὶ δραστέον διὰ βίου παντὶ κατὰ δύναμιν.”
hēmeis de mēdʼ en onomati diapherōmetha autois, allʼ ho nyn dē logos hēmin homologē- theis menetō, hōs hoi ge orthōs pepaideumenoi schedon agathoi ginontai, kai dei dē tēn paideian mēdamou atimazein, hōs prōton tōn kallistōn tois aristois andrasi paragignomenon; kai ei pote exerchetai, dynaton de estin epanorthousthai, touto aei drasteon dia biou panti kata dynamin.”
But let us not quarrel with them over a name; let the account just agreed by us stand, that those rightly educated become, generally, good; and that education must never be despised, as being the first of the finest things that come to the best men; and if ever it goes astray and can be set right, this must always be done by everyone throughout life as far as he can.”
12.18.4Dindorf 2:103
Καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ δὲ τῶν Νόμων ἐπιλέγει “Παιδείαν δὴ λέγω τὴν παραγινομένην πρῶτον παισὶν ἀρετὴν, ἡδονὴ δὲ καὶ φιλία καὶ λύπη καὶ μῖσος ἐὰν ὀρθῶς ἐν ψυχαῖς ἐγγίγνωνται μή πω δυναμένων λόγον λαμβάνειν, λαβόντων δὲ τὸν λόγον συμφωνήσωσι τῷ λόγῳ, ὀρθῶς εἰθίσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν προσηκόντων ἐθῶν· αὕτη ἔσθʼ ἡ συμφωνία ξύμπασα μὲν ἀρετὴ, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ λύπας τεθραμμένον αὐτῆς ὀρθῶς, ὥστε μισεῖν μὲν ἃ χρὴ μισεῖν εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους, στέργειν δὲ ἃ χρὴ στέργειν, τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ἀποτεμὼν τῷ λόγῳ καὶ παιδείαν προσαγορεύων κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν ὀρθῶς ἂν προσαγορεύοις.”
Kai en tǭ deuterǭ de tōn Nomōn epilegei “Paideian dē legō tēn paraginomenēn prōton paisin aretēn, hēdonē de kai philia kai lypē kai misos ean orthōs en psychais engignōntai mē pō dynamenōn logon lambanein, labontōn de ton logon symphōnēsōsi tǭ logǭ, orthōs eithisthai hypo tōn prosēkontōn ethōn; hautē esthʼ hē symphōnia xympasa men aretē, to de peri tas hēdonas kai lypas tethrammenon autēs orthōs, hōste misein men ha chrē misein euthys ex archēs mechri telous, stergein de ha chrē stergein, toutʼ auto apotemōn tǭ logǭ kai paideian prosagoreuōn kata ge tēn emēn orthōs an prosagoreuois.”
And in the second book of the Laws he adds: “I call education the virtue that first comes to children: if pleasure and love and pain and hatred arise rightly in their souls while they cannot yet grasp reason, and when they have grasped reason they agree with reason that they have been rightly trained by fitting habits; this agreement as a whole is virtue; but the part of it that is rightly trained concerning pleasures and pains, so as to hate what one must hate from the very beginning to the end, and to love what one must love, if you cut this off in your account and call it education, you would, in my view, be calling it rightly.”
12.18.5Dindorf 2:103
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. προλαβὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Δαβὶδ ἐν ψαλμῳδίαις, μισεῖν ἃ δεῖ μισεῖν καὶ στέργειν διδάσκων ἃ δεῖ στέργειν, τάδε φησί “δεῦτε τέκνα ἀκούσατέ μου, φόβον κυρίου διδάξω ὑμᾶς. τίς ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ὁ θέλων ζωὴν, ἀγαπῶν ἡμέρας ἰδεῖν ἀγαθάς; παῦσον τὴν γλῶσσάν σου ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη σου τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον. ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ, ποίησον ἀγαθόν· ζήτησον εἰρήνην, καὶ δίωξον αὐτήν.”
Tauta ho Platōn. prolabōn de auton ho Dabid en psalmǭdiais, misein ha dei misein kai stergein didaskōn ha dei stergein, tade phēsi “deute tekna akousate mou, phobon kyriou didaxō hymas. tis estin anthrōpos ho thelōn zōēn, agapōn hēmeras idein agathas? pauson tēn glōssan sou apo kakou, kai cheilē sou tou mē lalēsai dolon. ekklinon apo kakou, kai, poiēson agathon; zētēson eirēnēn, kai diōxon autēn.”
So Plato. But David anticipated him in his psalms, teaching to hate what one must hate and to love what one must love. He says: “Come, children, listen to me; I will teach you the fear of the Lord. Who is the man who desires life, loving to see good days? Keep your tongue from evil, and your lips from speaking deceit. Turn away from evil and do good; seek peace and pursue it.”
12.18.6Dindorf 2:103–104
καὶ ὁ Σολομῶν ὁμοίως “ἀκούσατε” φησὶ “παῖδες παιδείαν πατρός. δῶρον γὰρ ἀγαθὸν δωροῦμαι ὑμῖν· τῶν ἐμῶν νόμων μὴ ἐπιλανθάνησθε.” καὶ πάλιν “ κτῆσαι σοφίαν, κτῆσαι σύνεσιν, μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ.” καὶ “ εἶπον τὴν σοφίαν σὴν ἀδελφὴν εἶναι, τὴν δὲ φρόνησιν γνώριμον περιποίησαι σεαυτῷ.” καὶ “ ὁδοὺς ἀσεβῶν μὴ ἐπέλθῃς, μηδὲ ζηλώσῃς ὁδοὺς παρανόμων. μυρία δʼ ἂν εὕροις ἄλλα τοιαῦτα ἐν τοῖς Ἑβραίων γράμμασι, παιδευτικὰ πρὸς εὐσεβείας καὶ ἀρετῆς ἀνάληψιν, νέοις ὁμοῦ καὶ τελείοις τὴν ἡλικίαν προσήκοντα.
kai ho Solomōn homoiōs “akousate” phēsi “paides paideian patros. dōron gar agathon dōroumai hymin; tōn emōn nomōn mē epilanthanēsthe.” kai palin “ ktēsai sophian, ktēsai synesin, mē epilathę̄.” kai “ eipon tēn sophian sēn adelphēn einai, tēn de phronēsin gnōrimon peripoiēsai seautǭ.” kai “ hodous asebōn mē epelthę̄s, mēde zēlōsę̄s hodous paranomōn. myria dʼ an heurois alla toiauta en tois Hebraiōn grammasi, paideutika pros eusebeias kai aretēs analēpsin, neois homou kai teleiois tēn hēlikian prosēkonta.
And Solomon likewise: “Hear, children,” he says, “the instruction of a father; for I give you a good gift; do not forget my laws.” And again: “Acquire wisdom, acquire understanding; do not forget.” And: “Say that wisdom is your sister, and make understanding your friend.” And: “Do not go on the ways of the ungodly, nor envy the ways of the lawless.” You would find countless other such things in the writings of the Hebrews, instructive toward taking up piety and virtue, fitting for young and grown alike.
Preparation 12, chapter 19
12.19.1Dindorf 2:104
Τοῦ θείου χρησμοῦ φήσαντος Μωσεῖ “ ὅρα, ποιήσεις πάντα κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δειχθέντα σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει” τοῦ τε ἱεροῦ λόγου σαφέστερον εἰπόντος οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ ἐλάτρευον τῶν ἐπουρανίων”, εἰκόνα τε ἄντικρυς τῶν ἐν νοητοῖς θειοτέρων τὰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ σύμβολα περιέχειν διδάσκοντος, ἐπάκουσον ὅπως καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τὰ ὅμοια διερμηνεύει ἐν ἕκτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὧδε γράφων
Tou theiou chrēsmou phēsantos Mōsei “ hora, poiēseis panta kata ton typon ton deichthenta soi en tǭ orei” tou te hierou logou saphesteron eipontos hoitines hypodeigmati kai skią elatreuon tōn epouraniōn”, eikona te antikrys tōn en noētois theioterōn ta para Mōsei symbola periechein didaskontos, epakouson hopōs kai ho Platōn ta homoia diermēneuei en hektǭ tēs Politeias hōde graphōn
The divine oracle said to Moses, “See, you shall make all things according to the pattern shown you on the mountain,” and the sacred word said more clearly, “who serve a copy and shadow of the heavenly things,” teaching that the symbols in Moses contain an image of the more divine things in the intelligible realm. Hear how Plato too interprets the like in the sixth book of the Republic, writing thus:
12.19.2Dindorf 2:104
“ Θεῷ δὴ καὶ κόσμῳ ὅ γε φιλόσοφος ὁμιλῶν κόσμιός τε καὶ θεῖος εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ἀνθρώπῳ γίγνεται· διαβολὴ δὲ ἐν πᾶσι πολλή.
“ Theǭ dē kai kosmǭ ho ge philosophos homilōn kosmios te kai theios eis to dynaton anthrōpǭ gignetai; diabolē de en pasi pollē.
“The philosopher, then, associating with what is divine and ordered, becomes ordered and divine as far as is possible for a man; but there is much slander everywhere.
12.19.3Dindorf 2:104
Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν. Ἂν οὖν τις, εἶπον, αὐτῷ ἀνάγκη γένηται, ἃ ἐκεῖ ὁρᾷ, μελετῆσαι εἰς ἀνθρώπων ἤθη καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ τιθέναι, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἑαυτὸν πλάττειν, ἆρα κακὸν δημιουργὸν αὐτὸν οἴει γενήσεσθαι σωφροσύνης τε καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ξυμπάσης τῆς δημοτικῆς ἀρετῆς; Ἥκιστά γε, ἦ δʼ ὅς.
Pantapasi men oun. An oun tis, eipon, autǭ anankē genētai, ha ekei horą, meletēsai eis anthrōpōn ēthē kai idią kai dēmosią tithenai, kai mē monon heauton plattein, ara kakon dēmiourgon auton oiei genēsesthai sōphrosynēs te kai dikaiosynēs kai xympasēs tēs dēmotikēs aretēs? Hēkista ge, ē dʼ hos.
— Certainly. — If, then, I said, some necessity comes upon him to practise putting what he sees there into the characters of men, in private and in public, and not to mould himself only, do you think he will be a bad craftsman of temperance and justice and all civic virtue? — Not at all, he said.
12.19.4Dindorf 2:104
Ἀλλʼ ἐὰν δὴ αἴσθωνται οἱ πολλοὶ ὅτι ἀληθῆ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγομεν, χαλεπανοῦσι δὴ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις καὶ ἀπιστήσουσιν ἡμῖν λέγουσιν ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἄλλως εὐδαιμονήσειε πόλις, εἰ μὴ αὐτὴν διαγράψειαν οἱ τῷ θείῳ παραδείγματι χρώμενοι ζωγράφοι;
Allʼ ean dē aisthōntai hoi polloi hoti alēthē peri autou legomen, chalepanousi dē tois philosophois kai apistēsousin hēmin legousin hōs ouk an pote allōs eudaimonēseie polis, ei mē autēn diagrapseian hoi tǭ theiǭ paradeigmati chrōmenoi zōgraphoi?
— But if the many perceive that we speak the truth about him, will they still be angry with the philosophers and disbelieve us when we say that a city could never be happy otherwise unless it were sketched by painters using the divine pattern?
12.19.5Dindorf 2:104–105
Οὐ χαλεπανοῦσιν, ἦ δʼ ὃς, ἐάν περ αἴσθωνται. Ἀλλὰ δὴ τίνα λέγεις τρόπον τῆς διαγραφῆς; Λαβόντες, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ὥσπερ πίνακα πόλιν τε καὶ ἤθη ἀνθρώπων, πρῶτον μὲν καθαρὰν ποιήσειαν ἂν, ὃ οὐ πάνυ ῥᾴδιον.
Ou chalepanousin, ē dʼ hos, ean per aisthōntai. Alla dē tina legeis tropon tēs diagraphēs? Labontes, ēn dʼ egō, hōsper pinaka polin te kai ēthē anthrōpōn, prōton men katharan poiēseian an, ho ou pany rhądion.
— They will not be angry, he said, if they perceive it. But what manner of sketching do you mean? — Taking the city and the characters of men, I said, as a tablet, they would first make it clean, which is not at all easy.
12.19.6Dindorf 2:105
ἀλλʼ οὖν οἶσθʼ ὅτι τούτῳ ἂν εὐθὺς τῶν ἄλλων διενέγκαιεν, τῷ μήτε ἰδιώτου μήτε πόλεως ἐθελῆσαι ἂν ἅψασθαι, μηδὲ γράφειν νόμους, πρὶν παραλαβεῖν καθαρὰν, ἢ αὐτοὶ ποιήσαι.
allʼ oun oisthʼ hoti toutǭ an euthys tōn allōn dienenkaien, tǭ mēte idiōtou mēte poleōs ethelēsai an hapsasthai, mēde graphein nomous, prin paralabein katharan, ē autoi poiēsai.
But you know that in this they would at once differ from others: they would not be willing to touch either private man or city, nor to write laws, before receiving it clean or making it so themselves.
12.19.7Dindorf 2:105
Καὶ ὀρθῶς γε, ἔφη. Οὐκοῦν μετὰ ταῦτα οἴει ὑπογράψασθαι ἂν τὸ σχῆμα τῆς πολιτείας; Τί μήν;
Kai orthōs ge, ephē. Oukoun meta tauta oiei hypograpsasthai an to schēma tēs politeias? Ti mēn?
— And rightly, he said. — Then after this do you think they would sketch the outline of the constitution? — Of course.
12.19.8Dindorf 2:105
Ἔπειτα, οἶμαι, ἀπεργαζόμενοι πυκνὰ ἂν ἑκατέρωσε ἀποβλέποιεν, πρός τε τὸ φύσει δίκαιον καὶ καλὸν καὶ σῶφρον καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα, καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο αὖ τὸ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἐμποιοῖεν ξυμμιγνύντες τε καὶ κεραννύντες ἐκ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τὸ ἀνδρείκελον, ἀπʼ ἐκείνου τεκμαι- ρόμενοι, ὃ δὴ Ὅμηρος ἐκάλεσεν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐγγιγνόμενον θεοειδές τε καὶ θεοείκελον.
Epeita, oimai, apergazomenoi pykna an hekaterōse apoblepoien, pros te to physei dikaion kai kalon kai sōphron kai panta ta toiauta, kai pros ekeino au to en tois anthrōpois, empoioien xymmignyntes te kai kerannyntes ek tōn epitēdeumatōn to andreikelon, apʼ ekeinou tekmai- romenoi, ho dē Homēros ekalesen en tois anthrōpois engignomenon theoeides te kai theoeikelon.
— Then, I think, as they work, they would often look in both directions, to what is by nature just and beautiful and temperate and all such things, and in turn to what is in men, and they would put in, mixing and blending from their pursuits, the likeness of man, judging from that which Homer called, when it appears in men, godlike and the image of God.
12.19.9Dindorf 2:105
Ὀρθῶς, ἔφη. Καὶ τὸ μὲν ἂν, οἶμαι, ἐξαλείφοιεν, τὸ δὲ πάλιν ἐγγράφοιεν, ἕως ἂν ὅτι μάλιστα τὰ ἀνθρώπεια ἤθη εἰς ὅσον ἐνδέχεται θεοφιλῆ ποιήσειαν.
Orthōs, ephē. Kai to men an, oimai, exaleiphoien, to de palin engraphoien, heōs an hoti malista ta anthrōpeia ēthē eis hoson endechetai theophilē poiēseian.
— Rightly, he said. — And they would rub out one thing and paint in another again, until they made human characters dear to God as far as possible.”
Preparation 12, chapter 20
12.20.1Dindorf 2:105
“ Δοκεῖ μοι τρίτον ἢ τέταρτον ὁ λόγος εἰς ταὐτὸν περιφερόμενος ἥκειν, ὡς ἄρα παιδεία μέν ἐσθʼ ἡ παίδων ὁλκή τε καὶ ἀγωγὴ πρὸς τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου λόγον ὀρθὸν εἰρημένον καὶ τοῖς ἐπιεικεστάτοις καὶ πρεσβυτάτοις διʼ ἐμπειρίαν ξυνδεδογμένον ὡς ὄντως ὀρθός ἐστιν.
“ Dokei moi triton ē tetarton ho logos eis tauton peripheromenos hēkein, hōs ara paideia men esthʼ hē paidōn holkē te kai agōgē pros ton hypo tou nomou logon orthon eirēmenon kai tois epieikestatois kai presbytatois diʼ empeirian xyndedogmenon hōs ontōs orthos estin.
“The argument seems to me to have come round for the third or fourth time to the same point: that education is the drawing and leading of children toward the principle declared right by the law and agreed by the most reasonable and oldest, through experience, to be truly right.
12.20.2Dindorf 2:105–106
ἵνʼ οὖν ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ παιδὸς μὴ ἐναντία χαίρειν καὶ λυπεῖσθαι ἐθίζηται τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου τεθειμένοις, ἀλλὰ ξυνέπηται χαίρουσά τε καὶ λυπουμένη τοῖς αὐτοῖς οἷσπερ ὁ γέρων, τούτων ἕνεκα, ἃς ᾠδὰς καλοῦμεν, ὄντως μὲν ἐπῳδαὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς αὗται νῦν γεγονέναι, πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ἣν λέγομεν συμφωνίαν ἐσπουδασμέναι, διὰ δὲ τὸ σπουδὴν μὴ δύνασθαι φέρειν τὰς τῶν νέων ψυχὰς, παιδιαί τε καὶ ᾠδαὶ καλεῖσθαι καὶ πράττεσθαι, καθάπερ τοῖς κάμνουσί τε καὶ ἀσθενῶς ἔχουσι τὰ σώματα ἐν ἡδέσι τέ τισι σιτίοις καὶ πόμασι τὴν χρήστην πειρῶνται τροφὴν προσφέρειν οἶς μέλει τούτων, τὴν δὲ τῶν πονηρῶν ἐν ἀηδέσιν, ἵνα τὴν μὲν ἀσπάζωνται, τὴν δὲ μισεῖν ὀρθῶς ἐθίζωνται.
hinʼ oun hē psychē tou paidos mē enantia chairein kai lypeisthai ethizētai tǭ nomǭ kai tois hypo tou nomou tetheimenois, alla xynepētai chairousa te kai lypoumenē tois autois hoisper ho gerōn, toutōn heneka, has ǭdas kaloumen, ontōs men epǭdai tais psychais hautai nyn gegonenai, pros tēn toiautēn hēn legomen symphōnian espoudasmenai, dia de to spoudēn mē dynasthai pherein tas tōn neōn psychas, paidiai te kai ǭdai kaleisthai kai prattesthai, kathaper tois kamnousi te kai asthenōs echousi ta sōmata en hēdesi te tisi sitiois kai pomasi tēn chrēstēn peirōntai trophēn prospherein ois melei toutōn, tēn de tōn ponērōn en aēdesin, hina tēn men aspazōntai, tēn de misein orthōs ethizōntai.
So that the soul of the child may not be accustomed to feel joy and pain contrary to the law and those obedient to the law, but may follow, rejoicing and grieving at the same things as the old man, for this reason what we call songs have become in reality charms for souls, earnestly designed for such harmony as we speak of; but because the souls of the young cannot bear earnestness, they are called and practised as games and songs; just as for the sick and those weak in body, those who care for them try to give wholesome food in pleasant foods and drinks, and unwholesome in unpleasant, so that they may welcome the one and rightly learn to hate the other.
12.20.3Dindorf 2:106
ταὐτὸν δὲ καὶ τὸν ποιητικὸν ὁ ὀρθὸς νομοθέτης ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς ῥήμασι καὶ ἐπαινετοῖς πείσει τε καὶ ἀναγκάσει μὴ πείθων, τὰ τῶν σωφρόνων τε καὶ ἀνδρείων καὶ πάντως ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἔν τε ῥυθμοῖς σχήματα καὶ ἐν ἁρμονίαισι μέλη ποιοῦντα ὀρθῶς ποιεῖν.” Εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν τὰς ὑπὸ τῶν θείων προφητῶν πεποιημένας ᾠδὰς καὶ τοὺς εἰς θεὸν ὕμνους μελετᾶν οἱ παῖδες ἐθίζονται.
tauton de kai ton poiētikon ho orthos nomothetēs en tois kalois rhēmasi kai epainetois peisei te kai anankasei mē peithōn, ta tōn sōphronōn te kai andreiōn kai pantōs agathōn andrōn en te rhythmois schēmata kai en harmoniaisi melē poiounta orthōs poiein.” Eikotōs ara kai parʼ hēmin tas hypo tōn theiōn prophētōn pepoiēmenas ǭdas kai tous eis theon hymnous meletan hoi paides ethizontai.
In the same way the right lawgiver will persuade, and compel if he cannot persuade, the poet to compose rightly, in fine and praiseworthy words, the forms in rhythms and the tunes in harmonies of temperate, brave, and wholly good men.” With good reason, then, among us too children are trained to practise the songs composed by the divine prophets and the hymns to God.
Preparation 12, chapter 21
12.21.1Dindorf 2:106
“Τοὺς ποιητὰς ἀναγκάζετε λέγειν ὡς ὁ μὲν ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ σώφρων ὢν καὶ δίκαιος εὐδαίμων ἐστὶ μακάριος, ἐάν τε μέγας καὶ ἰσχυρὸς, ἐάν τε σμικρὸς καὶ ἀσθενὴς ᾖ, καὶ ἐὰν πλουτῇ καὶ μή· ἐὰν δὲ ἄρα πλουτῇ μὲν Κινύρα τε καὶ Μίδα μᾶλλον, ᾖ δὲ ἄδικος, ἄθλιός τέ ἐστι καὶ ἀνιαρῶς ζῇ.
“Tous poiētas anankazete legein hōs ho men agathos anēr sōphrōn ōn kai dikaios eudaimōn esti makarios, ean te megas kai ischyros, ean te smikros kai asthenēs ę̄, kai ean ploutę̄ kai mē; ean de ara ploutę̄ men Kinyra te kai Mida mallon, ę̄ de adikos, athlios te esti kai aniarōs zę̄.
“You compel the poets to say that the good man, being temperate and just, is happy and blessed, whether he is great and strong or small and weak, rich or not; but if he is richer than Cinyras and Midas but unjust, he is wretched and lives in misery.
12.21.2Dindorf 2:106–107
καὶ οὔτʼ ἂν μνησαίμην, φησὶν ὑμῖν ὁ ποιητὴς, εἴπερ ὀρθῶς λέγει, οὔτʼ ἐν λόγῳ ἄνδρα τιθείμην, ὃς μὴ πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα καλὰ μετὰ δικαιοσύνης πράττοι καὶ κτῷτο, καὶ δὴ καὶ δηίων τοιοῦτος ὢν ὀρέγοιτʼ ἐγγύθεν ἱστάμενος· ἄδικος δὲ ὢν μήτε τολμῴη ὁρῶν φόνον αἱματόεντα μήτε νικῴη θέων Θρηίκιον Βορέην, μηδὲ ἄλλο αὐτῷ μηδὲν τῶν λεγομένων ἀγαθῶν γίγνοιτό ποτε· τὰ γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ οὐκ ὀρθῶς λέγεται.
kai outʼ an mnēsaimēn, phēsin hymin ho poiētēs, eiper orthōs legei, outʼ en logǭ andra titheimēn, hos mē panta ta legomena kala meta dikaiosynēs prattoi kai ktǭto, kai dē kai dēiōn toioutos ōn oregoitʼ engythen histamenos; adikos de ōn mēte tolmǭē horōn phonon haimatoenta mēte nikǭē theōn Thrēikion Boreēn, mēde allo autǭ mēden tōn legomenōn agathōn gignoito pote; ta gar hypo tōn pollōn legomena agatha ouk orthōs legetai.
‘Nor would I mention,’ your poet says to you, if he speaks rightly, ‘nor hold of account a man’ who does not do and possess all the things called fine with justice; and indeed, being such, ‘might he reach for the foe, standing close’; but being unjust, ‘may he neither dare to look on bloody slaughter, nor outrun in racing the Thracian north wind,’ nor may any other of the so-called goods ever come to him. For the things called good by the many are not rightly called so.
12.21.3Dindorf 2:107
λέγεται γὰρ ὡς ἄριστον μὲν ὑγιαίνειν, δεύτερον δὲ κάλλος, τρίτον δὲ πλοῦτος· μυρία δὲ ἄλλα ἀγαθὰ λέγεται· καὶ γὰρ ὀξὺ ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων εὐαισθήτως ἔχειν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ ποιεῖν τυραννοῦντα ὅ τι ἂν ἐπιθυμῇ, καὶ τὸ δὴ τέλος ἀπάσης μακαριότητος εἶναι τὸ πάντα ταῦτα κεκτημένον ἀθάνατον εἶναι γενόμενον ὅτι τάχιστα.
legetai gar hōs ariston men hygiainein, deuteron de kallos, triton de ploutos; myria de alla agatha legetai; kai gar oxy horan kai akouein kai panta hosa echetai tōn aisthēseōn euaisthētōs echein, eti de kai to poiein tyrannounta ho ti an epithymę̄, kai to dē telos apasēs makariotētos einai to panta tauta kektēmenon athanaton einai genomenon hoti tachista.
For it is said that the best is health, second beauty, third wealth; and countless other goods are named: to see and hear sharply and to have keen perception in all the senses, and further to do whatever one desires as a tyrant, and the end of all blessedness to be immortal as quickly as possible, having all these.
12.21.4Dindorf 2:107
ὑμεῖς δὲ καὶ ἐγώ που τάδε λέγομεν, ὡς ταῦτά ἐστι ξύμπαντα δικαίοις μὲν καὶ ὁσίοις ἀνδράσιν ἄριστα κτήματα, ἀδίκοις δὲ κάκιστα ξύμπαντα, ἀρξάμενα ἀπὸ τῆς ὑγείας. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ ὁρᾶν καὶ τὸ ἀκούειν καὶ αἰσθάνεσθαι καὶ τὸ παράπαν ζῆν μέγιστον μὲν κακὸν τὸν ξύμπαντα χρόνον ἀθάνατον ὄντα καὶ κεκτημένον πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ πλὴν δικαιοσύνης τε καὶ ἀρετῆς ἁπάσης, ἔλαττον δὲ, ἐὰν ὡς ὀλίγιστον ὁ τοιοῦτος χρόνον ἐπιζῴη.
hymeis de kai egō pou tade legomen, hōs tauta esti xympanta dikaiois men kai hosiois andrasin arista ktēmata, adikois de kakista xympanta, arxamena apo tēs hygeias. kai dē kai to horan kai to akouein kai aisthanesthai kai to parapan zēn megiston men kakon ton xympanta chronon athanaton onta kai kektēmenon panta ta legomena agatha plēn dikaiosynēs te kai aretēs hapasēs, elatton de, ean hōs oligiston ho toioutos chronon epizǭē.
But you and I say this: that all these are the best possessions for just and holy men, but the worst of all for the unjust, beginning with health; and indeed seeing and hearing and perceiving and living at all is the greatest evil for one who is immortal for all time and has all the so-called goods but justice and all virtue, and a lesser evil if such a man lives on as short a time as possible.
12.21.5Dindorf 2:107
ταῦτα δὴ λέγειν οἶμαι τοὺς παρʼ ὑμῖν ποιητὰς, ἅπερ ἐγὼ, πείσετε καὶ ἀναγκάσετε, καὶ ἔτι τούτοις ἑπομένους ῥυθμούς τε καὶ ἁρμονίας ἀποδόντας παιδεύειν οὕτω τοὺς νέους ὑμῶν. ἦ γὰρ ὁρᾶτε; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ λέγω σαφῶς τὰ μὲν κακὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ τοῖς ἀδίκοις εἶναι, τοῖς δὲ δικαίοις κακά· τὰ δὲ ἀγαθὰ τοῖς μὲν ἀγαθοῖς ὄντως ἀγαθὰ, τοῖς δὲ κακοῖς κακά. ὅπερ οὖν ἠρόμην, ἆρα ξυμφωνοῦμεν ἐγώ τε καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἢ πῶς; ”
tauta dē legein oimai tous parʼ hymin poiētas, haper egō, peisete kai anankasete, kai eti toutois hepomenous rhythmous te kai harmonias apodontas paideuein houtō tous neous hymōn. ē gar horate? egō men gar legō saphōs ta men kaka legomena agatha tois adikois einai, tois de dikaiois kaka; ta de agatha tois men agathois ontōs agatha, tois de kakois kaka. hoper oun ēromēn, ara xymphōnoumen egō te kai hymeis, ē pōs? ”
This, I think, you will persuade and compel your poets to say, as I do, and further to educate your young thus, giving rhythms and harmonies that follow these. For do you see? I say clearly that the so-called evils are goods for the unjust and evils for the just; and the goods are truly good for the good, but evil for the bad. What I asked, then: do you and I agree, or how?”
12.21.6Dindorf 2:107–108
Οὐ πόρρω ταῦτα τυγχάνει τῶν τοῦ Δαβὶδ ψαλμῶν, οὓς προλαβὼν θείῳ πνεύματι συνέταξε διʼ ᾠδῶν καὶ ὕμνων τίς μὲν ὁ ἀληθῶς μακάριος, τίς δὲ ὁ τούτῳ ἐναντίος παιδεύσας. ἐντεῦθεν γοῦν αὐτῷ καὶ κατάρχεται ἡ βίβλος φήσαντι “ μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς οὐκ ἐπορεύθη ἐν βουλῇ ἀσεβῶν, ” καὶ τὰ ὅμοια. ἃ δὴ μεταβαλὼν ὁ Πλάτων φησὶ δεῖν τοὺς ποιητὰς λέγειν “ ὡς ὁ μὲν ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ σώφρων ὢν καὶ δίκαιος εὐδαίμων ἐστὶ καὶ μακάριος· ἐὰν δὲ ἄρα ᾖ δὲ ἄδικος, ἄθλιός ἐστιν.” ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ πάλιν ὁ Δαβὶδ ὧδέ πως ἐξέδωκε διὰ τῶν ψαλμῶν εἰπὼν “ πλοῦτος ἐὰν ῥέῃ, μὴ προστίθεσθε καρδίαν.’ καὶ πάλιν “ μὴ φοβοῦ ὅταν πλουτήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ὅταν πληθυνθῇ ἡ δόξα τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ.” ἐπιὼν δʼ ἂν εὕροις ἕκαστα τῶν εἰρημένων τῷ φιλοσόφῳ πρὸς λέξιν κείμενα διʼ ὅλης τῆς ἱερᾶς τῶν ψαλμῶν γραφῆς.
Ou porrō tauta tynchanei tōn tou Dabid psalmōn, hous prolabōn theiǭ pneumati synetaxe diʼ ǭdōn kai hymnōn tis men ho alēthōs makarios, tis de ho toutǭ enantios paideusas. enteuthen goun autǭ kai katarchetai hē biblos phēsanti “ makarios anēr hos ouk eporeuthē en boulę̄ asebōn, ” kai ta homoia. ha dē metabalōn ho Platōn phēsi dein tous poiētas legein “ hōs ho men agathos anēr sōphrōn ōn kai dikaios eudaimōn esti kai makarios; ean de ara ę̄ de adikos, athlios estin.” ho kai auto palin ho Dabid hōde pōs exedōke dia tōn psalmōn eipōn “ ploutos ean rheę̄, mē prostithesthe kardian.’ kai palin “ mē phobou hotan ploutēsę̄ anthrōpos, kai hotan plēthynthę̄ hē doxa tou oikou autou.” epiōn dʼ an heurois hekasta tōn eirēmenōn tǭ philosophǭ pros lexin keimena diʼ holēs tēs hieras tōn psalmōn graphēs.
These things are not far from the psalms of David, which he composed long before by the divine Spirit, teaching through songs and hymns who is truly blessed and who the opposite. Indeed his book begins with this, saying, “Blessed is the man who has not walked in the counsel of the ungodly,” and the like. Changing these, Plato says the poets must say “that the good man, being temperate and just, is happy and blessed; but if he is unjust, he is wretched.” And this again David set out thus in the psalms: “If riches flow in, set not your heart on them.” And again: “Do not fear when a man becomes rich, and when the glory of his house is increased.” Going through them, you would find each of the philosopher’s sayings set down almost word for word throughout the sacred writing of the psalms.
Preparation 12, chapter 22
12.22.1Dindorf 2:108
“ Νομοθετικὸν μὲν οὖν καὶ πολιτικὸν ὑπερβαλλόντως. ἀλλʼ ἕτερα φαῦλα ἂν εὕροις αὐτόθι· τοῦτο δʼ οὖν τὸ περὶ μουσικὴν ἀληθές τε καὶ ἄξιον ἐννοίας, ὅτι δυνατὸν ἄρα ἦν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων νομοθετεῖσθαι βεβαίως θαρροῦντα μέλη τὰ τὴν ὀρθότητα φύσει παρεχόμενα. τοῦτο δὲ θεοῦ ἢ θείου τινὸς ἀνδρὸς ἂν εἴη.”
“ Nomothetikon men oun kai politikon hyperballontōs. allʼ hetera phaula an heurois autothi; touto dʼ oun to peri mousikēn alēthes te kai axion ennoias, hoti dynaton ara ēn peri tōn toioutōn nomotheteisthai bebaiōs tharrounta melē ta tēn orthotēta physei parechomena. touto de theou ē theiou tinos andros an eiē.”
“Remarkably fit for lawgiving and statecraft. But you would find other bad things there; yet this about music is true and worth thinking on: that it was possible to legislate firmly about such things, and confidently to consecrate tunes that by nature have correctness. This would be the work of a god or some divine man.”
12.22.2Dindorf 2:108
Εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις νενομοθέτητο μηδὲ ἄλλους ὕμνους καὶ ᾠδὰς ἐν ταῖς θείαις διδασκαλίαις ἀποδέχεσθαι ἢ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου πνεύματος διὰ τῶν θείων καὶ προφητικῶν ἀνδρῶν πεποιημένας, τά τε τούτοις κατάλληλα μέλη τῷ συνήθει παρʼ αὐτοῖς ᾀδόμενα τρόπῳ.
Eikotōs ara kai parʼ Hebraiois nenomothetēto mēde allous hymnous kai ǭdas en tais theiais didaskaliais apodechesthai ē tas hypo tou theiou pneumatos dia tōn theiōn kai prophētikōn andrōn pepoiēmenas, ta te toutois katallēla melē tǭ synēthei parʼ autois ądomena tropǭ.
With good reason, then, among the Hebrews it had been laid down by law to accept in the divine teachings no other hymns and songs than those composed by the divine Spirit through divine and prophetic men, and the tunes fitting these, sung in the manner customary among them.
Preparation 12, chapter 23
12.23.1Dindorf 2:108–109
“ Συγχωρῶ γε τό γε τοσοῦτον καὶ ἐγὼ τοῖς πολλοῖς, δεῖν τὴν μουσικὴν ἡδονῇ κρίνεσθαι, μὴ μέντοι τῶν γε ἐπιτυχόντων, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν ἐκείνην εἶναι μοῦσαν καλλίστην, ἥτις τοὺς βελτίστους καὶ ἱκανῶς πεπαιδευμένους τέρπει, μάλιστα δὲ ἥτις ἕνα τὸν ἀρετῇ τε καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντα.
“ Synchōrō ge to ge tosouton kai egō tois pollois, dein tēn mousikēn hēdonę̄ krinesthai, mē mentoi tōn ge epitychontōn, alla schedon ekeinēn einai mousan kallistēn, hētis tous beltistous kai hikanōs pepaideumenous terpei, malista de hētis hena ton aretę̄ te kai paideią diapheronta.
“So much I too grant the many, that music must be judged by pleasure, yet not the pleasure of chance comers; but that is nearly the finest music which delights the best and adequately educated, and above all that which delights the one man who excels in virtue and education.
12.23.2Dindorf 2:109
διὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἀρετῆς φαμὲν δεῖσθαι τοὺς τούτων κριτὰς, ὅτι τῆς τε ἄλλης μετόχους αὐτοὺς εἶναι δεῖ φρονήσεως καὶ δὴ καὶ τῆς ἀνδρείας.
dia tauta de aretēs phamen deisthai tous toutōn kritas, hoti tēs te allēs metochous autous einai dei phronēseōs kai dē kai tēs andreias.
For this reason we say the judges of these things need virtue, because they must share in wisdom and also in courage.
12.23.3Dindorf 2:109
οὔτε γὰρ παρὰ θεάτρου δεῖ τόν γε ἀληθῆ κριτὴν κρίνειν μανθάνοντα καὶ ἐκπληττόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ θορύβου τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀπαιδευσίας, οὔτʼ αὖ γιγνώσκοντα διʼ ἀνανδρίαν καὶ δειλίαν ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος, οὑπερ τοὺς θεοὺς ἐπεκαλέσατο, μέλλων κρίνειν, ἐκ τούτου ψευδόμενον ἀποφαίνεσθαι ῥᾳθύμως τὴν κρίσιν· οὐ γὰρ μαθητὴς, ἀλλὰ διδάσκαλος, ὥς γε τὸ δίκαιον, θεατῶν τῶν μᾶλλον ὁ κριτὴς καθίζει, καὶ ἐναντιωσόμενος τοῖς τὴν ἡδονὴν μὴ προσηκόντως μηδὲ ὀρθῶς ἀποδιδοῦσι θεαταῖς.”
oute gar para theatrou dei ton ge alēthē kritēn krinein manthanonta kai ekplēttomenon hypo tou thorybou tōn pollōn kai tēs autou apaideusias, outʼ au gignōskonta diʼ anandrian kai deilian ek tou autou stomatos, houper tous theous epekalesato, mellōn krinein, ek toutou pseudomenon apophainesthai rhąthymōs tēn krisin; ou gar mathētēs, alla didaskalos, hōs ge to dikaion, theatōn tōn mallon ho kritēs kathizei, kai enantiōsomenos tois tēn hēdonēn mē prosēkontōs mēde orthōs apodidousi theatais.”
For the true judge must not judge by learning from the theatre and being overwhelmed by the clamour of the many and his own lack of education; nor, knowing better, through cowardice and timidity, give judgment carelessly with the same mouth with which he invoked the gods when about to judge, lying; for the judge sits, as is just, not as a pupil but rather as a teacher of the spectators, and to oppose those who give the spectators pleasure unfittingly and wrongly.”
12.23.4Dindorf 2:109
Καὶ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις τὸ παλαιὸν οὐ τοῦ πλήθους ἦν τὸ κρίνειν τοὺς ἐκ θείου πνεύματος προφερομένους λόγους καὶ τὰς ἐνθέους ᾠδὰς, ἀλλʼ ἦσαν βραχεῖς καὶ σπάνιοι, μέτοχοι καὶ αὐτοὶ θείου πνεύματος διακριτικοῦ τῶν λεγομένων, οἶς καὶ μόνοις ἐξῆν ἐγκρίνειν καὶ ἀφιεροῦν τὰς προφητῶν βίβλους, τὰς δὲ τῶν μὴ τοιούτων ἀποδοκιμάζειν.
Kai parʼ Hebraiois to palaion ou tou plēthous ēn to krinein tous ek theiou pneumatos propheromenous logous kai tas entheous ǭdas, allʼ ēsan bracheis kai spanioi, metochoi kai autoi theiou pneumatos diakritikou tōn legomenōn, ois kai monois exēn enkrinein kai aphieroun tas prophētōn biblous, tas de tōn mē toioutōn apodokimazein.
And among the Hebrews of old, the judging of the words brought forth by the divine Spirit and the inspired songs belonged not to the multitude; but there were a few, and rare, sharers themselves of the divine Spirit that discerns what is said, to whom alone it was permitted to approve and consecrate the books of the prophets, and to reject those of others.
Preparation 12, chapter 24
12.24.1Dindorf 2:109–110
“Καὶ ὅπερ ὁ λόγος ἐν ἀρχαῖς ἐβουλήθη, ὁ τὴν τῷ τοῦ Διονύσου χορῷ βοήθειαν ἐπιδεῖξαι καλῶς λεγομένην, εἰς δύναμιν εἴρηκε. σκοπώμεθα δὴ εἰ τοῦθʼ οὕτω γέγονε. θορυβώδης μέν που ὁ ξύλλογος ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐξ ἀνάγκης προιούσης τῆς πόσεως ἔτι μᾶλλον ἀεὶ ξυμβαίνει γενόμενος, ὅπερ ὑπεθέμεθα κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι γίνεσθαι περὶ τῶν νῦν λεγομένων. Ἀνάγκη.
“Kai hoper ho logos en archais eboulēthē, ho tēn tǭ tou Dionysou chorǭ boētheian epideixai kalōs legomenēn, eis dynamin eirēke. skopōmetha dē ei touthʼ houtō gegone. thorybōdēs men pou ho xyllogos ho toioutos ex anankēs proiousēs tēs poseōs eti mallon aei xymbainei genomenos, hoper hypethemetha katʼ archas anankaion einai ginesthai peri tōn nyn legomenōn. Anankē.
“And what the argument wished at the beginning, to show that the aid to the chorus of Dionysus is well spoken of, it has said as far as it could. Let us consider whether this has come about so. Such a gathering necessarily becomes more and more tumultuous as the drinking goes on, which we supposed at the beginning must happen concerning what is now being said. — Necessarily.
12.24.2Dindorf 2:110
Πᾶς δέ γε αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ κουφότερος αἴρεται καὶ γέγηθέ τε καὶ παρρησίας ἐμπίμπλαται καὶ ἀνηκουστίας ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ τῶν πέλας, ἄρχων δʼ ἱκανὸς ἀξιοῖ αὑτοῦ τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γεγονέναι. Τί μήν;
Pas de ge autos hautou kouphoteros airetai kai gegēthe te kai parrēsias empimplatai kai anēkoustias en tǭ toioutǭ tōn pelas, archōn dʼ hikanos axioi hautou te kai tōn allōn gegonenai. Ti mēn?
— Everyone is lifted up lighter than himself, rejoices, is filled with free speech and with not listening to his neighbours in such a state, and thinks himself fit to rule himself and others. — Certainly.
12.24.3Dindorf 2:110
Οὐκοῦν ἔφαμεν, ὅταν γίνηται ταῦτα, καθάπερ σίδηρον, τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν πινόντων διαπύρους γινομένας μαλακωτέρας γίνεσθαι καὶ νεωτέρας, ὥστʼ εὐαγώγους ξυμβαίνειν τῷ δυναμένῳ τε καὶ ἐπισταμένῳ παιδεύειν τε καὶ πλάττειν, καθάπερ ὅτʼ ἦσαν νέαι;
Oukoun ephamen, hotan ginētai tauta, kathaper sidēron, tas psychas tōn pinontōn diapyrous ginomenas malakōteras ginesthai kai neōteras, hōstʼ euagōgous xymbainein tǭ dynamenǭ te kai epistamenǭ paideuein te kai plattein, kathaper hotʼ ēsan neai?
— Did we not say that when this happens, the souls of the drinkers, like iron, becoming fiery, grow softer and younger, so that they become easily led by one able and knowing how to educate and mould them, as when they were young?
12.24.4Dindorf 2:110
τοῦτον δὲ εἶναι τὸν πλάστην τὸν αὐτὸν, ὥσπερ τότε, τὸν ἀγαθὸν νομοθέτην, οὗ νόμους εἶναι δεῖ συμποτικοὺς, δυναμένους τὸν εὔελπιν καὶ θαρ- ραλέον ἐκεῖνον γινόμενον καὶ ἀναισχυντότερον τοῦ δέοντος, καὶ οὐ θέλοντα τάξιν καὶ τὸ κατὰ μέρος σιγῆς καὶ λόγου καὶ πόσεως καὶ μούσης ὑπομένειν, ἐθέλειν ποιεῖν πάντα τούτοις τἀναντία, καὶ εἰσιόντι τῷ μὴ καλῷ θάρρει τὸν κάλλιστον διαμαχόμενον φόβον εἰσπέμπειν οἵους τε εἶναι μετὰ δίκης, ὃν αἰδῶ τε καὶ αἰσχύνην θεῖον φόβον ὠνομάκαμεν. Ἔστι ταῦτα. Τούτων δέ γε τῶν νόμων εἶναι νομοφύλακας καὶ συνδημιουργοὺς αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἀθορύβους καὶ νήφοντας.”
touton de einai ton plastēn ton auton, hōsper tote, ton agathon nomothetēn, hou nomous einai dei sympotikous, dynamenous ton euelpin kai thar- raleon ekeinon ginomenon kai anaischyntoteron tou deontos, kai ou thelonta taxin kai to kata meros sigēs kai logou kai poseōs kai mousēs hypomenein, ethelein poiein panta toutois tanantia, kai eisionti tǭ mē kalǭ tharrei ton kalliston diamachomenon phobon eispempein hoious te einai meta dikēs, hon aidō te kai aischynēn theion phobon ōnomakamen. Esti tauta. Toutōn de ge tōn nomōn einai nomophylakas kai syndēmiourgous autois tous athorybous kai nēphontas.”
And that this moulder is the same as then, the good lawgiver, whose laws for drinking parties must be able to make the one who has become hopeful and bold, more shameless than he ought, and unwilling to keep order and his turn in silence and speech and drinking and music, willing to do the opposite of all these; and to send in against the shameful boldness, as it enters, the finest fear to fight it, with justice, which we have named reverence and shame, a divine fear. — That is so. — And that the guardians of these laws and their fellow-craftsmen should be the calm and sober.”
12.24.5Dindorf 2:110
Εἰκότως τοιγαροῦν καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐν τοῖς συμποσίοις ᾠδὰς καὶ ὕμνους εἰς θεὸν πεποιημένους ᾄδειν παραδέδοται, τοῦ προσήκοντος κόσμου τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν φυλάκων ἐπιμελομένων.
Eikotōs toigaroun kai hēmin autois en tois symposiois ǭdas kai hymnous eis theon pepoiēmenous ądein paradedotai, tou prosēkontos kosmou tōn parʼ hēmin phylakōn epimelomenōn.
With good reason, then, it has been handed down to us too to sing at our banquets songs and hymns composed to God, with our guardians attending to the fitting order.
Preparation 12, chapter 25
12.25.1Dindorf 2:110–111
Εἰ μέν τις πόλις, ὡς οὔσης σπουδῆς, τῷ ἐπιτηδεύματι τῷ νῦν εἰρημένῳ χρήσεται μετὰ νόμων καὶ τάξεως, ὡς τοῦ σωφρονεῖν εἵνεκα μελέτη χρωμένη, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἡδονῶν μὴ ἀφέξεται ὡσαύτως καὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, τοῦ κρατεῖν αὐτῶν ἕνεκα μηχανωμένη, τοῦτον μὲν τὸν τρόπον ἅπασι τούτοις χρηστέον· εἰ δʼ ὡς παιδιᾷ τε, καὶ ἐξέσται τῷ βουλομένῳ, καὶ ὅταν βούληται, καὶ μεθʼ ὧν ἂν βούληται, πίνειν μετʼ ἐπιτηδευμάτων ὡντινωνοῦν ἄλλων, οὐκ ἂν τιθείμην ταύτην τὴν ψῆφον, ὡς δεῖ ποτὲ μέθῃ χρῆσθαι ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἢ τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα, ἀλλʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον τῆς Κρητῶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων χρείας προσθείμην ἂν τῷ Καρχηδονίων νόμῳ, μηδέποτε μηδένα ἐπὶ στρατοπέδου γεύεσθαι τούτου τοῦ πόματος, ἀλλʼ ὑδροποσίαις συγγίνεσθαι τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἅπαντα, καὶ κατὰ πόλιν μήτε δοῦλον μήτε δούλην γεύεσθαι μηδέποτε, μηδὲ ἄρχοντας τοῦτον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ὃν ἂν ἄρχωσι, μηδʼ αὖ κυβερνήτας μηδὲ δικαστὰς ἐνεργοὺς ὄντας οἴνου γεύεσθαι τὸ παράπαν, μηδὲ ὅστις βουλευσόμενος εἰς βουλὴν ἀξίαν τινὰ λόγου συνέρχεται, μηδέ γε μεθʼ ἡμέραν μηδένα τὸ παράπαν, εἰ μὴ σωμασκίας ἢ νόσων ἕνεκα, μηδʼ αὖ νύκτωρ, ὅταν ἐπινοῇ τις παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι ἀνὴρ ἢ καὶ γυνή. καὶ ἄλλα δὲ πάμπολλα ἄν τις λέγοι, ὡς τοῖς νοῦν τε καὶ νόμον ἔχουσιν ὀρθὸν οὐ ποτέος οἶνος, ὥστε κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον οὐδʼ ἀμπελώνων ἂν πολλῶν δέοι οὐδʼ ᾗτινι πόλει, τακτὰ δὲ τἄλλα ἂν εἴη γεωργήματα καὶ πᾶσα ἡ δίαιτα.”
Ei men tis polis, hōs ousēs spoudēs, tǭ epitēdeumati tǭ nyn eirēmenǭ chrēsetai meta nomōn kai taxeōs, hōs tou sōphronein heineka meletē chrōmenē, kai tōn allōn hēdonōn mē aphexetai hōsautōs kai kata ton auton logon, tou kratein autōn heneka mēchanōmenē, touton men ton tropon hapasi toutois chrēsteon; ei dʼ hōs paidią te, kai exestai tǭ boulomenǭ, kai hotan boulētai, kai methʼ hōn an boulētai, pinein metʼ epitēdeumatōn hōntinōnoun allōn, ouk an titheimēn tautēn tēn psēphon, hōs dei pote methę̄ chrēsthai tautēn tēn polin ē touton ton andra, allʼ eti mallon tēs Krētōn kai Lakedaimoniōn chreias prostheimēn an tǭ Karchēdoniōn nomǭ, mēdepote mēdena epi stratopedou geuesthai toutou tou pomatos, allʼ hydroposiais synginesthai touton ton chronon hapanta, kai kata polin mēte doulon mēte doulēn geuesthai mēdepote, mēde archontas touton ton eniauton hon an archōsi, mēdʼ au kybernētas mēde dikastas energous ontas oinou geuesthai to parapan, mēde hostis bouleusomenos eis boulēn axian tina logou synerchetai, mēde ge methʼ hēmeran mēdena to parapan, ei mē sōmaskias ē nosōn heneka, mēdʼ au nyktōr, hotan epinoę̄ tis paidas poieisthai anēr ē kai gynē. kai alla de pampolla an tis legoi, hōs tois noun te kai nomon echousin orthon ou poteos oinos, hōste kata ton logon touton oudʼ ampelōnōn an pollōn deoi oudʼ hę̄tini polei, takta de talla an eiē geōrgēmata kai pasa hē diaita.”
[Plato:] “If a city will use the practice just described seriously, with laws and order, using it as training for temperance, and will not abstain from other pleasures in the same way and on the same principle, but devise means to master them, then all these must be used in this way. But if it is used as play, and anyone who wishes may drink whenever he wishes, with whomever he wishes, along with any other pursuits, I would not cast my vote that this city or this man should ever use drunkenness; but I would go even further than the practice of the Cretans and Lacedaemonians, and add to the law of the Carthaginians: that no one ever taste this drink on campaign, but keep to water-drinking all that time; and in the city, that neither slave nor slave-woman ever taste it, nor magistrates in the year they hold office, nor helmsmen nor judges while on duty taste wine at all, nor anyone who goes to deliberate in any council worth mention; nor anyone at all by day, except for bodily training or illness; nor again by night, when a man or woman intends to beget children. And one could name very many other cases in which wine is not to be drunk by those who have sense and right law; so that by this account no city would need many vineyards, but the other crops and the whole way of life would be ordered.”
12.25.2Dindorf 2:111–112
Καὶ Μωσῆς δὲ προλαβὼν μὴ δεῖν τοὺς ἱερέας οἴνου ἀπογεύεσθαι κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἱερουργίας καιρὸν, νομοθετεῖ φάσκων “καὶ ἐλάλησε κύριος τῷ Ἀαρὼν, λέγων, οἶνον καὶ σίκερα οὐ πίεσθε σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου μετὰ σοῦ, ἡνίκα ἂν εἰσπορεύησθʼ εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου, ἢ προσπορευομένων ὑμῶν πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνητε· νόμιμον αἰώνιον εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς καὶ τοῖς εὐχὴν εὐχομένοις νομοθετεῖ λέγων “ ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ, ὃς ἂν μεγάλως εὔξηται εὐχὴν, ἀφαγνίσασθαι ἁγνείαν κυρίῳ, ἀπὸ οἴνου καὶ σίκερα ἁγνισθήσεται ’ καὶ ὄξος ἐξ οἴνου, καὶ ὄξος ἐκ σίκερα οὐ πίεται. ’ ἀλλὰ καὶ Σολομῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς δικαστὰς εἴργει τῆς χρήσεως, λέγων “ μετὰ βουλῆς πάντα ποίει, μετὰ βουλῆς οἰνοπότει. οἱ δυνάσται θυμώδεις εἰσὶν, οἶνον μὴ πινέτωσαν, ἵνα μὴ πιόντες ἐπιλάθωνται τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῶν πόνων. καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος δὲ νόσων ἕνεκα ἐπιτρέπει Τιμοθέῳ λέγων “ ὀλίγῳ οἴνῳ χρῶ διὰ τὸν στόμαχόν σου καὶ τὰς πυκνάς σου ἀσθενείας.”
Kai Mōsēs de prolabōn mē dein tous hiereas oinou apogeuesthai kata ton tēs hierourgias kairon, nomothetei phaskōn “kai elalēse kyrios tǭ Aarōn, legōn, oinon kai sikera ou piesthe sy kai hoi huioi sou meta sou, hēnika an eisporeuēsthʼ eis tēn skēnēn tou martyriou, ē prosporeuomenōn hymōn pros to thysiastērion, kai ou mē apothanēte; nomimon aiōnion eis tas geneas hymōn. ho de autos kai tois euchēn euchomenois nomothetei legōn “ anēr ē gynē, hos an megalōs euxētai euchēn, aphagnisasthai hagneian kyriǭ, apo oinou kai sikera hagnisthēsetai ’ kai oxos ex oinou, kai oxos ek sikera ou pietai. ’ alla kai Solomōn tous archontas kai tous dikastas eirgei tēs chrēseōs, legōn “ meta boulēs panta poiei, meta boulēs oinopotei. hoi dynastai thymōdeis eisin, oinon mē pinetōsan, hina mē piontes epilathōntai tēs sophias kai tōn ponōn. kai ho apostolos de nosōn heneka epitrepei Timotheǭ legōn “ oligǭ oinǭ chrō dia ton stomachon sou kai tas pyknas sou astheneias.”
And Moses, anticipating this, legislates that the priests must not taste wine during the time of their sacred service, saying: “And the Lord spoke to Aaron, saying, You and your sons with you shall not drink wine or strong drink when you go into the tent of witness, or when you approach the altar, and you shall not die; it is a perpetual statute for your generations.” And he also legislates for those who make a vow, saying: “A man or woman who makes a great vow, to consecrate himself in purity to the Lord, shall abstain from wine and strong drink, and shall not drink vinegar from wine or vinegar from strong drink.” And Solomon too keeps rulers and judges from its use, saying: “Do everything with counsel; drink wine with counsel. Rulers are prone to anger; let them not drink wine, lest when they drink they forget wisdom and their labours.” And the apostle permits it to Timothy for illness, saying, “Use a little wine for your stomach’s sake and your frequent illnesses.”
Preparation 12, chapter 26
12.26.1Dindorf 2:112
“Εἰ τοίνυν ἄκροις εἰς φιλοσοφίαν πόλεως τις ἀνάγκη ἐπιμεληθῆναι ἢ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ ἀπείρῳ τῷ παρεληλυθότι χρόνῳ ἢ καὶ νῦν ἐστιν ἔν τινι βαρ- βαρικῷ τόπῳ, πόρρω που ἐκτὸς ὄντι τῆς ἡμετέρας ὄψεως, ἢ καὶ ἔπειτα γενήσεται, περὶ τούτου ἕτοιμοι τῷ λόγῳ διαμάχεσθαι, ὡς γέγονεν ἡ εἰρημένη πολιτεία, καὶ ἔστι, καὶ γενήσεταί γε, ὅταν αὐτὴ ἡ Μοῦσα πόλεως ἐγκρατὴς γένηται. οὐ γὰρ ἀδύνατος γενέσθαι, οὐδʼ ἡμεῖς ἀδύνατα λέγομεν.”
“Ei toinyn akrois eis philosophian poleōs tis anankē epimelēthēnai ē gegonen en tǭ apeirǭ tǭ parelēlythoti chronǭ ē kai nyn estin en tini bar- barikǭ topǭ, porrō pou ektos onti tēs hēmeteras opseōs, ē kai epeita genēsetai, peri toutou hetoimoi tǭ logǭ diamachesthai, hōs gegonen hē eirēmenē politeia, kai esti, kai genēsetai ge, hotan autē hē Mousa poleōs enkratēs genētai. ou gar adynatos genesthai, oudʼ hēmeis adynata legomen.”
“If, then, some necessity to take care of a city has come to those supreme in philosophy, either in the boundless time past, or now is in some barbarian place far outside our sight, or will be hereafter, we are ready to contend in argument that the constitution described has been, is, and will be, whenever this Muse becomes master of a city. For it is not impossible for it to come about, nor do we speak of impossibilities.”
Preparation 12, chapter 27
12.27.1Dindorf 2:112–113
“ Αὐτῷ δὲ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν πότερον ὡς πολεμίῳ πρὸς πολέμιον διανοητέον, ἢ πῶς ἔτι λέγομεν; Ω ξένε Ἀθηναῖε, οὐ γάρ οὐ ἐθέλοιμʼ ἂν προσαγορεύειν· δοκεῖς γάρ μοι τῆς θεοῦ ἐπωνυμίας ἄξιος εἶναι μᾶλλον ἐπονομάζεσθαι·) τὸν γὰρ λόγον ἐπʼ ἀρχὴν ὀρθῶς ἀναγαγὼν σαφέστερον ἐποίησας, ὥστε ῥᾷον ἀνευρήσεις ὅτι νῦν δὴ ὀρθῶς ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἐρρέθη τὸ πολεμίους εἶναι πάντας πᾶσι δημοσίᾳ τε καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστους αὐτοὺς σφίσιν αὐτοῖς.
“ Autǭ de pros heauton poteron hōs polemiǭ pros polemion dianoēteon, ē pōs eti legomen? Ō xene Athēnaie, ou gar ou etheloimʼ an prosagoreuein; dokeis gar moi tēs theou epōnymias axios einai mallon eponomazesthai;) ton gar logon epʼ archēn orthōs anagagōn saphesteron epoiēsas, hōste rhąon aneurēseis hoti nyn dē orthōs hyphʼ hēmōn errethē to polemious einai pantas pasi dēmosią te kai idią hekastous autous sphisin autois.
“And is a man to think of himself in relation to himself as an enemy to an enemy, or how do we still say? — Athenian stranger (for I would not call you Attic; you seem to me worthy rather to be named after the goddess), by rightly taking the argument back to its beginning you have made it clearer, so that you will more easily find that we rightly said just now that all are enemies of all, publicly, and privately each to himself.
12.27.2Dindorf 2:113
Πῶς εἴρηκας, ὦ θαυμάσιε; Κἀνταῦθα, ὦ ξένε, τὸ νικᾶν αὐτὸν ἑαυτὸν πασῶν νικῶν πρώτη τε καὶ ἀρίστη, τὸ δὲ ἡττᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ πάντων αἴσχιστόν τε ἅμα καὶ κάκιστον. ταῦτα γὰρ ὡς πολέμου ἐν ἑκάστοις ἡμῶν ὄντος πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς σημαίνει.”
Pōs eirēkas, ō thaumasie? Kantautha, ō xene, to nikan auton heauton pasōn nikōn prōtē te kai aristē, to de hēttasthai auton hyphʼ heautou pantōn aischiston te hama kai kakiston. tauta gar hōs polemou en hekastois hēmōn ontos pros hēmas autous sēmainei.”
— How do you mean, my admirable friend? — Here too, stranger, to conquer oneself is the first and best of all victories, and to be defeated by oneself the most shameful and worst of all. For these words signify that there is a war in each of us against ourselves.”
12.27.3Dindorf 2:113
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα τούτοις προστίθησι λέγων “Οὐκοῦν ἕνα μὲν ἡμῶν ἕκαστον αὐτὸν τιθῶμεν; Ναί. Δύο δὲ κεκτημένον ἐν αὑτῷ ξυμβούλω ἐναντίω τε καὶ ἄφρονε, ὣ προσαγορεύομεν ἡδονὴν καὶ λύπην; Ἐστι ταῦτα. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοιν ἀμφοῖν αὖ δόξας μελλόντων, οἶν κοινὸν μὲν ὄνομα ἐλπὶς, ἴδιον δὲ φόβος μὲν ἡ πρὸ λύπης ἐλπὶς, θάρρος δὲ ἡ πρὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου. ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι τούτοις λογισμὸς ὅ τί ποτʼ αὐτῶν ἄμεινον ἢ χεῖρον, ὃς γενόμενος δόγμα πόλεως κοινὸν νόμος ἐπωνόμασται.”
Kai methʼ hetera toutois prostithēsi legōn “Oukoun hena men hēmōn hekaston auton tithōmen? Nai. Dyo de kektēmenon en hautǭ xymboulō enantiō te kai aphrone, hō prosagoreuomen hēdonēn kai lypēn? Esti tauta. Pros de toutoin amphoin au doxas mellontōn, oin koinon men onoma elpis, idion de phobos men hē pro lypēs elpis, tharros de hē pro tou enantiou. epi de pasi toutois logismos ho ti potʼ autōn ameinon ē cheiron, hos genomenos dogma poleōs koinon nomos epōnomastai.”
And after other things he adds: “Shall we, then, set down each of us as one? — Yes. — But possessing within himself two counsellors, opposed and foolish, which we call pleasure and pain? — That is so. — And besides both of these, opinions about the future, whose common name is expectation; and in particular fear, the expectation before pain, and confidence, before the opposite. And over all these, reasoning about which of them is better or worse; which, when it becomes the common decree of a city, is named law.”
12.27.4Dindorf 2:113–114
Καὶ ἐξῆς φησιν “ Τόδε δʼ ἴσμεν, ὅτι ταῦτα τὰ πάθη ἐν ἡμῖν οἷον νεῦρα ἢ σμήρινθοί τινες ἐνοῦσαι σπῶσί τε ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀλλήλαις ἀνθέλκουσιν ἐναντίαι οὖσαι ἐπʼ ἐναντίας πράξεις, οὗ δὴ διωρισμένη ἀρετὴ καὶ κακία κεῖται. μιᾷ γάρ φησιν ὁ λόγος δεῖν τῶν ἕλξεων ξυνεπόμενον ἀεὶ καὶ μηδαμῆ ἀπολειπόμενον ἐκείνης ἀνθέλκειν τοῖς ἄλλοις νεύροις ἕκαστον, ταύτην δʼ εἶναι τὴν τοῦ λογισμοῦ ἀγωγὴν χρυσῆν καὶ ἱερὰν, τῆς πόλεως κοινὸν νόμον ἐπικαλουμένην, ἄλλας δὲ σκληρὰς καὶ σιδηρᾶς, τὴν δὲ μαλακὴν ἅτε χρυσῆν οὖσαν, τὰς δὲ ἄλλας παντοδαποῖς εἴδεσιν ὁμοίας· δεῖν δὲ τῇ καλλίστῃ ἀγωγῇ τοῦ νόμου ἀεὶ ξυλλαμβάνειν· ἅτε γὰρ τοῦ λογισμοῦ καλοῦ μὲν ὄντος, πράου τε καὶ οὐ βιαίου, δεῖσθαι ὑπηρετῶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀγωγὴν, ὅπως ἂν ἐν ἡμῖν τὸ χρυσοῦν γένος νικᾷ τὰ ἄλλα γένη. καὶ οὕτω δὴ περὶ θαυμάτων ὡς ὄντων ἡμῶν μῦθος ἀρετῆς σεσωσμένος ἂν εἴη, καὶ τὸ κρείττω ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἥττω εἶναι τρόπον τινὰ φανερὸν ἂν γένοιτο μᾶλλον ὃ νοεῖ, καὶ ὅτι πόλιν καὶ ἰδιώτην, τὸν μὲν λόγον ἀληθῆ λαβόντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ περὶ τῶν ἕλξεων τούτῳ ἑπόμενον δεῖ ζῆν
Kai exēs phēsin “ Tode dʼ ismen, hoti tauta ta pathē en hēmin hoion neura ē smērinthoi tines enousai spōsi te hēmas kai allēlais anthelkousin enantiai ousai epʼ enantias praxeis, hou dē diōrismenē aretē kai kakia keitai. mią gar phēsin ho logos dein tōn helxeōn xynepomenon aei kai mēdamē apoleipomenon ekeinēs anthelkein tois allois neurois hekaston, tautēn dʼ einai tēn tou logismou agōgēn chrysēn kai hieran, tēs poleōs koinon nomon epikaloumenēn, allas de sklēras kai sidēras, tēn de malakēn hate chrysēn ousan, tas de allas pantodapois eidesin homoias; dein de tę̄ kallistę̄ agōgę̄ tou nomou aei xyllambanein; hate gar tou logismou kalou men ontos, praou te kai ou biaiou, deisthai hypēretōn autou tēn agōgēn, hopōs an en hēmin to chrysoun genos niką ta alla genē. kai houtō dē peri thaumatōn hōs ontōn hēmōn mythos aretēs sesōsmenos an eiē, kai to kreittō heautou kai hēttō einai tropon tina phaneron an genoito mallon ho noei, kai hoti polin kai idiōtēn, ton men logon alēthē labonta en heautǭ peri tōn helxeōn toutǭ hepomenon dei zēn
And next he says: “This we know, that these feelings within us, like sinews or cords, pull us and draw against one another, being opposite, toward opposite actions; and there lies the boundary of virtue and vice. For the argument says each must always follow one of the pulls and never let go of it, pulling against the other sinews; and this is the golden and sacred drawing of reasoning, called the common law of the city; the others are hard and iron, while this is soft, being golden, and the others are like all manner of forms. One must always assist the finest drawing, that of law; for since reasoning is fine, gentle and not violent, its drawing needs helpers, so that the golden kind in us may prevail over the other kinds. And so the myth of virtue, about our being puppets, would be preserved, and what it means to be stronger or weaker than oneself would become somehow clearer; and that a city and a private man must, the one taking within himself the true account of these pulls, live following it;
12.27.5Dindorf 2:114
πόλιν δὲ ἢ παρὰ θεῶν τινὸς ἢ παρʼ αὐτοῦ τούτου γνόντος ταῦτα λόγον παραλαβοῦσαν, νόμον θεμένην, αὑτῇ τε ὁμιλεῖν καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν· οὕτω κακία δὴ καὶ ἀρετὴ σαφέστερον ἡμῖν διηρθρωμένον ἂν εἴη.”
polin de ē para theōn tinos ē parʼ autou toutou gnontos tauta logon paralabousan, nomon themenēn, hautę̄ te homilein kai tais allais polesin; houtō kakia dē kai aretē saphesteron hēmin diērthrōmenon an eiē.”
and a city, receiving an account from one of the gods or from one who knows these things, making it law, live with itself and with other cities. So vice and virtue would be more clearly distinguished for us.”
12.27.6Dindorf 2:114
Καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν ὁ θεῖος τὰ ὅμοια διδάσκει λόγος φάσκων “ συνήδομαι δὲ τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσί μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου.’ καὶ πάλιν “ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων, ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων, ” ὅσα τε ἄλλα τούτοις παραπλήσια.
Kai parʼ hēmin ho theios ta homoia didaskei logos phaskōn “ synēdomai de tǭ nomǭ tou theou kata ton esō anthrōpon, blepō de heteron nomon en tois melesi mou antistrateuomenon tǭ nomǭ tou noos mou.’ kai palin “ metaxy allēlōn tōn logismōn katēgorountōn, ē kai apologoumenōn, ” hosa te alla toutois paraplēsia.
And among us the divine word teaches the like, saying: “I delight in the law of God according to the inner man, but I see another law in my members warring against the law of my mind.” And again: “their thoughts meanwhile accusing or else excusing one another,” and other such things.
Preparation 12, chapter 28
12.28.1Dindorf 2:114–115
“ Μεμνήμεθά γε μὴν ὁμολογήσαντες ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ὡς εἰ ψυχὴ φανείη πρεσβυτέρα τοῦ σώματος οὖσα, καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἔσοιτο πρεσβύτερα. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Τρόποι δὲ καὶ ἤθη καὶ βουλήσεις καὶ λογισμοὶ καὶ δόξαι ἀληθεῖς ἐπιμέλειαί τε καὶ μνῆμαι πρότερα μήκους σωμάτων καὶ πλάτους καὶ βάθους καὶ ῥώμης εἴη γεγονότα ἂν, εἴπερ καὶ ψυχὴ σώματος. Ἀνάγκη.
“ Memnēmetha ge mēn homologēsantes en tois prosthen hōs ei psychē phaneiē presbytera tou sōmatos ousa, kai ta psychēs tōn tou sōmatos esoito presbytera. Pany men oun. Tropoi de kai ēthē kai boulēseis kai logismoi kai doxai alētheis epimeleiai te kai mnēmai protera mēkous sōmatōn kai platous kai bathous kai rhōmēs eiē gegonota an, eiper kai psychē sōmatos. Anankē.
“We remember having agreed earlier that if soul were shown to be older than body, the things of soul would also be older than those of body. — Certainly. — Then manners, characters, wishes, reasonings, true opinions, cares, and memories would have come before length, breadth, depth, and strength of bodies, if soul is before body. — Necessarily.
12.28.2Dindorf 2:115
Ἄρʼ οὖν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, τῶν τε ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν εἶναι ψυχὴν καὶ τῶν κακῶν καὶ καλῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐναντίων, εἴπερ τῶν πάντων γε αὐτὴν θήσομεν αἰτίαν; ” Καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ δεκάτου τῶν Νόμων προκείσθω. συνᾴδει δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ Μώσης πολλάκις ἐν τοῖς νόμοις εἰπὼν “ καὶ ἐὰν ψυχὴ ἁμάρτῃ καὶ ποιήσῃ πλημμέλημα·” καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἐμφερῶς εἴρηται παρʼ αὐτῷ.
Arʼ oun to meta touto homologein anankaion, tōn te agathōn aitian einai psychēn kai tōn kakōn kai kalōn kai aischrōn dikaiōn te kai adikōn kai pantōn tōn enantiōn, eiper tōn pantōn ge autēn thēsomen aitian? ” Kai tauta de apo tou dekatou tōn Nomōn prokeisthō. synądei de autois ho Mōsēs pollakis en tois nomois eipōn “ kai ean psychē hamartę̄ kai poiēsę̄ plēmmelēma;” kai hosa toutois empherōs eirētai parʼ autǭ.
— Must we not, then, agree next that soul is the cause of good and evil, fair and foul, just and unjust, and all opposites, if we are to make it the cause of all things?” Let these too be set down from the tenth book of the Laws. And Moses agrees with them, saying often in his laws, “And if a soul sins and commits a trespass,” and other things said by him in like manner.
Preparation 12, chapter 29
12.29.1Dindorf 2:115
Τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις γραφῆς περὶ τοῦ σπουδῇ φιλοσοφοῦντος φασκούσης “ ἀγαθὸν ἀνδρὶ ὅταν ἄρῃ ζυγὸν ἐν νεότητι αὐτοῦ· καθήσεται κατὰ μόνας, καὶ σιωπήσεται ὅτι ᾖρεν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ· καὶ περὶ τῶν θεοφιλῶν προφητῶν, ὡς ἄρα διʼ ἀκρότητα φιλοσοφίας ἐν ἐρημίαις καὶ ὄρεσι καὶ σπηλαίοις διῆγον, πρὸς μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ τὴν διάνοιαν ἔχοντες, ἐπάκουσον τοῦ Πλάτωνος ὅπως καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν τοιόνδε τοῦ βίου τρόπον ἐκθειάζει, ὧδέ πη περὶ τοῦ ἄκρως φιλοσοφοῦντος διεξιών
Tēs parʼ Hebraiois graphēs peri tou spoudę̄ philosophountos phaskousēs “ agathon andri hotan arę̄ zygon en neotēti autou; kathēsetai kata monas, kai siōpēsetai hoti ę̄ren ephʼ heautǭ; kai peri tōn theophilōn prophētōn, hōs ara diʼ akrotēta philosophias en erēmiais kai oresi kai spēlaiois diēgon, pros monǭ tǭ theǭ tēn dianoian echontes, epakouson tou Platōnos hopōs kai autos ton toionde tou biou tropon ektheiazei, hōde pē peri tou akrōs philosophountos diexiōn
The Scripture of the Hebrews says of one who earnestly pursues wisdom, “It is good for a man to bear the yoke in his youth; he will sit alone and keep silent, because he has taken it upon himself”; and of the prophets dear to God, that through the height of their philosophy they lived in deserts and mountains and caves, keeping their minds on God alone. Hear how Plato too deifies such a way of life, describing the perfect philosopher somewhat as follows:
12.29.2Dindorf 2:115–116
“ Λέγωμεν δὴ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐπεὶ σοί γε δοκεῖ, περὶ τῶν κορυφαίων· τί γὰρ ἄν τις τούς γε φαύλως διατρίβοντας ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λέγοι; οὗτοι δέ που ἐκ νέων πρῶτον μὲν εἰς ἀγορὰν οὐκ ἴσασι τὴν ὁδὸν, οὐδὲ ὅπου δικαστήριον, ἢ βουλευτήριον, ἤ τι κοινὸν ἄλλο τῆς πόλεως συνέδριον· νόμους δὲ καὶ ψηφίσματα λεγόμενα ἢ γεγραμμένα οὔθʼ ὁρῶσιν οὔτʼ ἀκούουσι. σπουδαὶ δὲ ἑταιρειῶν ἐπʼ ἀρχὰς καὶ σύνοδοι καὶ δεῖπνα καὶ σὺν αὐλητρίσι κῶμοι, οὐδὲ ὄναρ πράττειν προσίσταται αὐτοῖς.
“ Legōmen dē, hōs eoiken, epei soi ge dokei, peri tōn koryphaiōn; ti gar an tis tous ge phaulōs diatribontas en philosophią legoi? houtoi de pou ek neōn prōton men eis agoran ouk isasi tēn hodon, oude hopou dikastērion, ē bouleutērion, ē ti koinon allo tēs poleōs synedrion; nomous de kai psēphismata legomena ē gegrammena outhʼ horōsin outʼ akouousi. spoudai de hetaireiōn epʼ archas kai synodoi kai deipna kai syn aulētrisi kōmoi, oude onar prattein prosistatai autois.
“Let us speak, then, as it seems, since you think so, of the leaders; for why should one speak of those who spend their time poorly in philosophy? These from youth do not know the way to the marketplace, nor where the law court is, or the council house, or any other common meeting place of the city; laws and decrees, spoken or written, they neither see nor hear. The eagerness of political clubs for offices, and meetings, and dinners, and revels with flute-girls, does not occur to them to do even in a dream.
12.29.3Dindorf 2:116
εὖ δὲ ἢ κακῶς τί γέγονεν ἐν πόλει, ἢ τί τῳ κακόν ἐστιν ἐκ προγόνων γεγονὸς ἢ πρὸς ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν, μᾶλλον αὐτὸν λέληθεν ἢ οἱ τῆς θαλάσσης λεγόμενοι χόες. καὶ ταῦτα πάντα οὐδʼ ὅτι οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτῶν ἀπέχεται τοῦ εὐδοκιμεῖν χάριν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι τὸ σῶμα μόνον ἐν τῇ πόλει κεῖται αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιδημεῖ· ἡ δὲ διάνοια, ταῦτα πάντα ἡγησαμένη σμικρὰ καὶ οὐδὲν, ἀτιμάσασα πανταχῆ πέταται, κατὰ Πίνδαρον, τά τε γᾶς ὑπένερθε καὶ τὰ ἐπίπεδα γεωμετροῦσα, οὐρανοῦ τε ὕπερ ἀστρονομοῦσα, καὶ πᾶσαν πάντη φύσιν ἐρευνωμένη τῶν ὄντων ἑκάστου ὅλου, εἰς τῶν ἐγγὺς οὐδὲν ἑαυτὴν συγκαθιεῖσα.
eu de ē kakōs ti gegonen en polei, ē ti tǭ kakon estin ek progonōn gegonos ē pros andrōn ē gynaikōn, mallon auton lelēthen ē hoi tēs thalassēs legomenoi choes. kai tauta panta oudʼ hoti ouk oiden oiden; oude gar autōn apechetai tou eudokimein charin, alla tǭ onti to sōma monon en tę̄ polei keitai autou kai epidēmei; hē de dianoia, tauta panta hēgēsamenē smikra kai ouden, atimasasa pantachē petatai, kata Pindaron, ta te gas hypenerthe kai ta epipeda geōmetrousa, ouranou te hyper astronomousa, kai pasan pantē physin ereunōmenē tōn ontōn hekastou holou, eis tōn engys ouden heautēn synkathieisa.
Whether anything in the city has gone well or ill, or what evil has come to anyone from his ancestors, men or women, escapes him more than the proverbial pitchers of sea-water. And he does not even know that he does not know all this; for he does not hold aloof from them for the sake of reputation, but in truth only his body lies and dwells in the city, while his mind, considering all these things small and nothing, despising them, flies everywhere, as Pindar says, ‘measuring the things beneath the earth’ and the surfaces, ‘and astronomizing above the heavens,’ and searching out every nature of each whole of the things that are, not lowering itself to any of the things near at hand.
12.29.4Dindorf 2:116
Πῶς τοῦτο λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες; Ὥσπερ καὶ Θαλῆν ἀστρονομοῦντα, ὦ Θεόδωρε, καὶ ἄνω βλέποντα, πεσόντα εἰς φρέαρ Θρᾷττά τις ἐμμελὴς καὶ χαρίεσσα θεραπαινὶς ἀποσκῶψαι λέγεται, ὡς τὰ μὲν ἐν οὐρανῷ προθυμοῖτο εἰδέναι, τὰ δὲ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ καὶ παρὰ πόδας λανθάνοι αὐτόν.
Pōs touto legeis, ō Sōkrates? Hōsper kai Thalēn astronomounta, ō Theodōre, kai anō bleponta, pesonta eis phrear Thrątta tis emmelēs kai chariessa therapainis aposkōpsai legetai, hōs ta men en ouranǭ prothymoito eidenai, ta de emprosthen autou kai para podas lanthanoi auton.
— How do you mean this, Socrates? — As Thales too, Theodorus, while astronomizing and looking up, fell into a well, and a witty and charming Thracian servant-girl is said to have mocked him, saying that he was eager to know the things in heaven, but what was in front of him and at his feet escaped him.
12.29.5Dindorf 2:116
ταὐτὸν δὲ ἀρκεῖ σκῶμμα ἐπὶ πάντας ὅσοι ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ διάγουσι. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι τὸν τοιοῦτον ὁ μὲν πλησίον καὶ ὁ γείτων λέληθεν, οὐ μόνον ὅ τι πράττει, ἀλλʼ ὀλίγου καὶ εἰ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ἤ τι ἄλλο θρέμμα. τί δέ ποτʼ ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τί τῇ τοιαύτῃ φύσει προσήκει διάφορον τῶν ἄλλων ποιεῖν ἢ πάσχειν, ζητεῖ τε καὶ πράγματα ἔχει διερευνώμενος. μανθάνεις γάρ που, ὦ Θεόδωρε, ἢ οὔ;
tauton de arkei skōmma epi pantas hosoi en philosophią diagousi. tǭ gar onti ton toiouton ho men plēsion kai ho geitōn lelēthen, ou monon ho ti prattei, allʼ oligou kai ei anthrōpos estin ē ti allo thremma. ti de potʼ estin anthrōpos, kai ti tę̄ toiautę̄ physei prosēkei diaphoron tōn allōn poiein ē paschein, zētei te kai pragmata echei diereunōmenos. manthaneis gar pou, ō Theodōre, ē ou?
The same jest suffices for all who spend their lives in philosophy. For truly his neighbour escapes such a one, not only what he is doing but almost whether he is a man or some other creature. But what man is, and what it befits such a nature to do or suffer different from others, he seeks and takes pains to investigate. You understand, Theodorus, or not?
12.29.6Dindorf 2:116–117
Ἔγωγε, καὶ ἀληθῆ λέγεις. Τοιγάρτοι, ὦ φίλε, ἰδίᾳ τε συγγιγνόμενος ὁ τοιοῦτος ἑκάστῳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, ὅπερ ἀρχόμενος ἔλεγον, ὅταν ἐν δικαστηρίῳ ἤ που ἄλλοθι ἀναγκασθῇ περὶ τῶν παρὰ πόδας καὶ τῶν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς διαλέγεσθαι, γέλωτα παρέχει οὐ μόνον Θρᾴτταις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἄλλῳ ὄχλῳ, εἰς φρέατά τε καὶ πᾶσαν ἀπορίαν ἐμπίπτων ὑπὸ ἀπειρίας, καὶ ἡ ἀσχημοσύνη δεινὴ, δόξαν ἀβελτερίας παρεχομένη.
Egōge, kai alēthē legeis. Toigartoi, ō phile, idią te syngignomenos ho toioutos hekastǭ kai dēmosią, hoper archomenos elegon, hotan en dikastēriǭ ē pou allothi anankasthę̄ peri tōn para podas kai tōn en ophthalmois dialegesthai, gelōta parechei ou monon Thrąttais, alla kai tǭ allǭ ochlǭ, eis phreata te kai pasan aporian empiptōn hypo apeirias, kai hē aschēmosynē deinē, doxan abelterias parechomenē.
— I do, and you speak truly. — Therefore, my friend, such a man, in his dealings with each person privately and in public, as I said at the beginning, when he is compelled in a law court or anywhere else to talk about what is at his feet and before his eyes, provides laughter not only to Thracian girls but to the rest of the crowd, falling into wells and every perplexity through inexperience; and his awkwardness is terrible, giving an impression of stupidity.
12.29.7Dindorf 2:117
ἔν τε γὰρ ταῖς λοιδορίαις ἴδιον ἔχει οὐδὲν οὐδένα λοιδορεῖν, ἅτε οὐκ εἰδὼς κακὸν οὐδὲν οὐδενὸς ἐκ τοῦ μὴ μεμελετηκέναι· ἀπορῶν οὖν γελοῖος φαίνεται· ἔν τε τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων μεγαλαυχίαις οὐ προσποιήτως, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι γελῶν ἔνδηλος γιγνόμενος ληρώδης δοκεῖ εἶναι.
en te gar tais loidoriais idion echei ouden oudena loidorein, hate ouk eidōs kakon ouden oudenos ek tou mē memeletēkenai; aporōn oun geloios phainetai; en te tois epainois kai tais tōn allōn megalauchiais ou prospoiētōs, alla tǭ onti gelōn endēlos gignomenos lērōdēs dokei einai.
For in abuse he has nothing of his own with which to abuse anyone, since he knows no evil of anyone, not having studied it; so being at a loss he appears ridiculous. And in praises and the boasts of others, laughing not in pretence but really, he is plainly seen and thought a fool.
12.29.8Dindorf 2:117
τύραννόν τε γὰρ ἢ βασιλέα ἐγκωμιαζόμενον ἕνα τῶν νομέων, οἷον συβώτην ἢ ποιμένα ἤ τινα βουκόλον, ἡγεῖται ἀκούειν εὐδαιμονιζόμενον πολὺ βδάλλοντα· δυσκολώτερον δὲ ἐκείνων ζῷον καὶ ἐπιβουλότερον ποιμαίνειν τε καὶ βδάλλειν νομίζει αὐτούς·
tyrannon te gar ē basilea enkōmiazomenon hena tōn nomeōn, hoion sybōtēn ē poimena ē tina boukolon, hēgeitai akouein eudaimonizomenon poly bdallonta; dyskolōteron de ekeinōn zǭon kai epibouloteron poimainein te kai bdallein nomizei autous;
For when a tyrant or king is praised, he thinks he hears one of the herdsmen, a swineherd or shepherd or cowherd, being called happy for milking much; but he thinks they shepherd and milk a creature more troublesome and treacherous than those.
12.29.9Dindorf 2:117
ἄγροικον δὲ καὶ ἀπαίδευτον ὑπὸ ἀσχολίας οὐδὲν ἧττον τῶν νομέων τὸν τοιοῦτον ἀναγκαῖον γίγνεσθαι, σηκὸν ἐν ὄρει τὸ τεῖχος περιβεβλημένον. γῆς δὲ ὅταν μυρία πλέθρα ἢ ἔτι πλείω ἀκούσῃ, ὅστις ἄρα κεκτημένος θαυμαστὰ πλήθη κέκτηται, πάνσμικρα δοκεῖ ἀκούειν, εἰς ἅπασαν εἰωθὼς τὴν γῆν βλέπειν.
agroikon de kai apaideuton hypo ascholias ouden hētton tōn nomeōn ton toiouton anankaion gignesthai, sēkon en orei to teichos peribeblēmenon. gēs de hotan myria plethra ē eti pleiō akousę̄, hostis ara kektēmenos thaumasta plēthē kektētai, pansmikra dokei akouein, eis hapasan eiōthōs tēn gēn blepein.
And such a ruler must become no less boorish and uneducated than the herdsmen, through lack of leisure, having a wall built round him like a fold on a mountain. And when he hears that someone, possessing ten thousand acres of land or more, possesses an amazing amount, he thinks he hears of very little, being used to look at the whole earth.
12.29.10Dindorf 2:117–118
τὰ δὲ δὴ γένη ὑμνούντων, ὡς γενναῖός τις ἑπτὰ πάππους πλουσίους ἔχων ἀποφῆναι, παντάπασιν ἀμβλὺ καὶ ἐπὶ σμικρὸν ὁρώντων ἡγεῖται τὸν ἔπαινον, ὑπὸ ἀπαιδευσίας οὐ δυναμένων εἰς τὸ πᾶν ἀεὶ βλέπειν, οὐδὲ λογίζεσθαι ὅτι πάππων καὶ προγόνων μυριάδες ἑκάστῳ γεγόνασιν ἀναρίθμητοι, ἐν αἷς πλούσιοι καὶ πτωχοὶ καὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ δοῦλοι βάρβα- ροί τε Ἕλληνες πολλάκις μυρίοι γεγόνασιν ὁτῳοῦν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι καταλόγῳ προγόνων σεμνυ- νομένων, ἢ καὶ ἀναφερόντων εἰς Ἡρακλέα τὸν Ἀμφιτρύωνος, ἄτοπα αὐτῷ καταφαίνεται τῆς σμικρολογίας, ὅτι δὲ ὁ ἀπʼ Ἀμφιτρύωνος εἰς τὸ ἄνω πεντεκαιεικοστὸς τοιοῦτος ἦν, οἵα συνέβαινεν αὐτῷ τύχῃ, καὶ ὁ πεντηκοστὸς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ γελᾷ, οὐ δυναμένων λογίζεσθαί τε καὶ χαυνότητα ἀνοήτου ψυχῆς ἀπαλλάττειν.
ta de dē genē hymnountōn, hōs gennaios tis hepta pappous plousious echōn apophēnai, pantapasin ambly kai epi smikron horōntōn hēgeitai ton epainon, hypo apaideusias ou dynamenōn eis to pan aei blepein, oude logizesthai hoti pappōn kai progonōn myriades hekastǭ gegonasin anarithmētoi, en hais plousioi kai ptōchoi kai basileis kai douloi barba- roi te Hellēnes pollakis myrioi gegonasin hotǭoun, allʼ epi pente kai eikosi katalogǭ progonōn semny- nomenōn, ē kai anapherontōn eis Hēraklea ton Amphitryōnos, atopa autǭ kataphainetai tēs smikrologias, hoti de ho apʼ Amphitryōnos eis to anō pentekaieikostos toioutos ēn, hoia synebainen autǭ tychę̄, kai ho pentēkostos apʼ autou gelą, ou dynamenōn logizesthai te kai chaunotēta anoētou psychēs apallattein.
And when men praise ancestry, saying someone is noble because he can show seven rich grandfathers, he thinks the praise comes from people with dull and short sight, unable through lack of education to look always at the whole, or to reckon that every man has had countless myriads of grandfathers and ancestors, among whom rich and poor, kings and slaves, barbarians and Greeks have often been by the ten thousand for anyone. When men pride themselves on a list of twenty-five ancestors, or trace themselves back to Heracles son of Amphitryon, the pettiness seems absurd to him; and he laughs that the twenty-fifth from Amphitryon upward was such as fortune made him, and the fiftieth from him too, because they cannot reckon and rid themselves of the vanity of a foolish soul.
12.29.11Dindorf 2:118
ἐν ἅπασι δὴ τούτοις ὁ τοιοῦτος ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν καταγελᾶται, τὰ μὲν ὑπερηφάνως ἔχων, ὡς δοκεῖ, τὰ δʼ ἐν ποσὶν ἀγνοῶν τε καὶ ἐν ἑκάστοις ἀπορῶν. Παντάπασι τὰ γιγνόμενα λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες.
en hapasi dē toutois ho toioutos hypo tōn pollōn katagelatai, ta men hyperēphanōs echōn, hōs dokei, ta dʼ en posin agnoōn te kai en hekastois aporōn. Pantapasi ta gignomena legeis, ō Sōkrates.
In all these things such a man is laughed at by the many, sometimes seeming arrogant, sometimes ignorant of what is at his feet and at a loss in each case. — You describe exactly what happens, Socrates.
12.29.12Dindorf 2:118
Ὅταν δέ γε τινὰ αὐτὸς, ὦ φίλε, ἑλκύσῃ ἄνω, καὶ ἐθελήσῃ τις αὐτῷ ἐκβῆναι ἐκ τοῦ, τί ἐγώ σε ἀδικῶ ἢ σὺ ἐμέ, εἰς σκέψιν αὖ τῆς δικαιοσύνης τε καὶ ἀδικίας, τί τε ἑκάτερον αὐτοῖν καὶ τί τῶν πάντων ἢ ἀλλήλων διαφέρετον, ἢ ἐκ τοῦ εἰ βασιλεὺς εὐδαίμων κεκτημένος τε αὖ πολὺ χρυσίον, ἢ βασιλείας πέρι καὶ ἀνθρωπίνης ὅλως εὐδαιμονίας καὶ ἀθλιότητος ἐπίσκεψιν, ποίω τέ τινε ἐστὸν καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἀνθρώπου φύσει προσήκει τὸ μὲν κτήσασθαι αὐτοῖν, τὸ δὲ ἀποφυγεῖν· περὶ πάντων τούτων ὅταν αὖ δέῃ λόγον διδόναι τὸν σμικρὸν ἐκεῖνον τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ δριμὺν καὶ δικανικὸν, πάλιν αὖ ἀντίστροφα ἀποδίδωσιν· ἰλιγγιῶν τε ἀπὸ ὑψηλοῦ κρεμασθεὶς καὶ βλέπων μετέωρος ἄνωθεν ὑπὸ ἀηθείας ἀδημονῶν τε καὶ ἀπορῶν καὶ βαρβαρίζων γέλωτα Θρᾴτταις μὲν οὐ παρέχει, οὐδʼ ἄλλῳ ἀπαιδεύτῳ οὐδενὶ, οὐ γὰρ αἰσθάνονται, τοῖς δʼ ἐναντίως ἢ ὡς ἀνδραπόδοις τραφεῖσι πᾶσιν.
Hotan de ge tina autos, ō phile, helkysę̄ anō, kai ethelēsę̄ tis autǭ ekbēnai ek tou, ti egō se adikō ē sy eme, eis skepsin au tēs dikaiosynēs te kai adikias, ti te hekateron autoin kai ti tōn pantōn ē allēlōn diaphereton, ē ek tou ei basileus eudaimōn kektēmenos te au poly chrysion, ē basileias peri kai anthrōpinēs holōs eudaimonias kai athliotētos episkepsin, poiō te tine eston kai tina tropon anthrōpou physei prosēkei to men ktēsasthai autoin, to de apophygein; peri pantōn toutōn hotan au deę̄ logon didonai ton smikron ekeinon tēn psychēn kai drimyn kai dikanikon, palin au antistropha apodidōsin; ilingiōn te apo hypsēlou kremastheis kai blepōn meteōros anōthen hypo aētheias adēmonōn te kai aporōn kai barbarizōn gelōta Thrąttais men ou parechei, oudʼ allǭ apaideutǭ oudeni, ou gar aisthanontai, tois dʼ enantiōs ē hōs andrapodois trapheisi pasin.
— But when he himself, my friend, draws someone upward, and that one is willing to step out of ‘What wrong do I do you, or you me?’ into the consideration of justice and injustice themselves, what each is and how they differ from everything else and from each other; or out of ‘Is a king happy who has much gold?’ into the examination of kingship and of human happiness and misery in general, what sort of things they are and in what way it befits human nature to gain the one and flee the other; when that petty, sharp, litigious soul has to give an account of all these, he pays back in kind: dizzy from hanging on high and looking down from above, through unfamiliarity at a loss and perplexed and stammering, he provides laughter not to Thracian girls or any other uneducated person, for they do not perceive it, but to all who have been brought up the opposite of slaves.
12.29.13Dindorf 2:118–119
οὗτος δὴ ἑκατέρου τρόπος, ὦ Θεόδωρε, ὁ μὲν τῷ ὄντι ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ τε καὶ σχολῇ τεθραμμένου, ὃν δὴ φιλόσοφον καλεῖς, ᾧ ἀνεμέσητον εὐήθει δοκεῖν καὶ οὐδενὶ εἶναι, ὅταν εἰς δουλικὰ ἐμπέσῃ διακονήματα, οἶον στρωματόδεσμον μὴ ἐπισταμένου συσκευάσασθαι, μηδὲ ὄψον ἡδῦναι, ἢ θῶπας λόγους· ὁ δʼ αὖ τὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα πάντα δυναμένου τορῶς τε καὶ ὀξέως διακονεῖν, ἀναβάλλεσθαι δὲ οὐκ ἐπισταμένου ἐπὶ δεξιὰ ἐλευθέρως, οὐδʼ ἁρμονίαν λόγων λαβόντος ὀρθῶς ὑμνῆσαι θεῶν τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν εὐδαιμόνων βίον ἀληθῆ.
houtos dē hekaterou tropos, ō Theodōre, ho men tǭ onti en eleutherią te kai scholę̄ tethrammenou, hon dē philosophon kaleis, hǭ anemesēton euēthei dokein kai oudeni einai, hotan eis doulika empesę̄ diakonēmata, oion strōmatodesmon mē epistamenou syskeuasasthai, mēde opson hēdynai, ē thōpas logous; ho dʼ au ta men toiauta panta dynamenou torōs te kai oxeōs diakonein, anaballesthai de ouk epistamenou epi dexia eleutherōs, oudʼ harmonian logōn labontos orthōs hymnēsai theōn te kai andrōn eudaimonōn bion alēthē.
This is the character of each, Theodorus: the one truly raised in freedom and leisure, whom you call a philosopher, for whom it is no blame to seem simple and of no account when he falls into servile tasks, such as not knowing how to pack a bedding-roll or season a dish or flattering speeches; the other able to perform all such things smartly and quickly, but not knowing how to wear his cloak like a free man, nor to take up the harmony of words and rightly hymn the true life of gods and happy men.
12.29.14Dindorf 2:119
Εἰ πάντας, ὦ Σώκρατες, πείθοις ἃ λέγεις ὥσπερ ἐμὲ, πλείων ἂν εἰρήνη καὶ κακὰ ἐλάττω κατʼ ἀνθρώπους εἴη. Ἀλλʼ οὔτʼ ἀπολέσθαι τὰ κακὰ δυνατὸν, ὦ Θεόδωρε· ὑπεναντίον γάρ τι τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἀεὶ εἶναι ἀνάγκη· οὔτʼ ἐν θεοῖς αὐτὰ ἱδρῦσθαι, τὴν δὲ θνητὴν φύσιν καὶ τόνδε τὸν τόπον περιπολεῖ ἐξ ἀνάγκης.
Ei pantas, ō Sōkrates, peithois ha legeis hōsper eme, pleiōn an eirēnē kai kaka elattō katʼ anthrōpous eiē. Allʼ outʼ apolesthai ta kaka dynaton, ō Theodōre; hypenantion gar ti tǭ agathǭ aei einai anankē; outʼ en theois auta hidrysthai, tēn de thnētēn physin kai tonde ton topon peripolei ex anankēs.
— If you persuaded all, Socrates, of what you say as you persuade me, there would be more peace and fewer evils among men. — But evils cannot be destroyed, Theodorus; for there must always be something opposed to the good; nor can they be established among the gods, but they necessarily haunt mortal nature and this region.
12.29.15Dindorf 2:119
διὸ καὶ πειρᾶσθαι χρὴ ἐνθένδε ἐκεῖσε φεύγειν ὅτι τάχιστα. φυγὴ δὲ ὁμοίωσις θεῷ κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν· ὁμοίωσις δὲ δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον μετὰ φρονήσεως γενέσθαι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ, ὦ ἄριστε, οὐ πάνυ τι ῥᾴδιον πεῖσαι ὡς ἄρα οὐχ ὧν ἕνεκα οἱ πολλοί φασι δεῖν πονηρίαν μὲν φεύγειν, ἀρετὴν δὲ διώκειν, τούτων χάριν τὸ μὲν ἐπιτηδευτέον, τὸ δʼ οὔ, ἵνα δὴ μὴ κακὸς καὶ ἵνα ἀγαθὸς δοκῇ εἶναι.
dio kai peirasthai chrē enthende ekeise pheugein hoti tachista. phygē de homoiōsis theǭ kata to dynaton; homoiōsis de dikaion kai hosion meta phronēseōs genesthai. alla gar, ō ariste, ou pany ti rhądion peisai hōs ara ouch hōn heneka hoi polloi phasi dein ponērian men pheugein, aretēn de diōkein, toutōn charin to men epitēdeuteon, to dʼ ou, hina dē mē kakos kai hina agathos dokę̄ einai.
Therefore one must try to flee from here to there as quickly as possible. And flight is becoming like God as far as possible; and becoming like him is becoming just and holy with wisdom. But, my good man, it is not at all easy to persuade people that it is not for the reasons the many give that one should flee vice and pursue virtue, practising the one and not the other, so as not to seem bad and to seem good.
12.29.16Dindorf 2:119
ταῦτα μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται· τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς ὧδε λέγομεν. θεὸς οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς ἄδικος, ἀλλʼ ὡς οἷόν τε δικαιότατος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ ὁμοιότερον οὐδὲν ἢ ὃς ἂν ἡμῶν αὖ γένηται ὅτι δικαιότατος. περὶ τούτου καὶ ἡ ὡς ἀληθῶς δεινότης ἀνδρὸς καὶ ἡ οὐδένειά τε καὶ ἡ ἀνανδρία.
tauta men gar estin ho legomenos graōn hythlos, hōs emoi phainetai; to de alēthes hōde legomen. theos oudamę̄ oudamōs adikos, allʼ hōs hoion te dikaiotatos, kai ouk estin autǭ homoioteron ouden ē hos an hēmōn au genētai hoti dikaiotatos. peri toutou kai hē hōs alēthōs deinotēs andros kai hē oudeneia te kai hē anandria.
For this is what is called an old wives’ tale, as it seems to me; but the truth we state thus. God is in no way unjust, but as just as possible, and there is nothing more like him than whoever of us becomes as just as possible. On this depend a man’s true cleverness and his worthlessness and unmanliness.
12.29.17Dindorf 2:119–120
ἡ μὲν γὰρ τούτου γνῶσις σοφία καὶ ἀρετὴ ἀληθινὴ, ἡ δὲ ἄγνοια ἀμαθία καὶ κακία ἐναργής· αἱ δʼ ἄλλαι δεινότητές τε δοκοῦσαι καὶ σοφίαι ἐν μὲν πολιτικαῖς δυναστείαις γιγνόμεναι φορτικαὶ, ἐν δὲ τέχναις βάναυσοι. τῷ οὖν ἀδικοῦντι καὶ ἀνόσια λέγοντι ἢ πράττοντι μακρῷ ἄριστʼ ἔχει τὸ μὴ συγχωρεῖν δεινῷ ὑπὸ πανουργίας εἶναι.
hē men gar toutou gnōsis sophia kai aretē alēthinē, hē de agnoia amathia kai kakia enargēs; hai dʼ allai deinotētes te dokousai kai sophiai en men politikais dynasteiais gignomenai phortikai, en de technais banausoi. tǭ oun adikounti kai anosia legonti ē prattonti makrǭ aristʼ echei to mē synchōrein deinǭ hypo panourgias einai.
For the knowledge of this is wisdom and true virtue, and ignorance of it is folly and manifest vice; while the other seeming cleverness and wisdoms, arising in political powers, are vulgar, and in the arts mechanical. For one who does wrong and says or does unholy things, it is far best not to grant that he is clever through villainy.
12.29.18Dindorf 2:120
ἀγάλλονται γὰρ τῷ ὀνείδει, καὶ οἴονται ἀκούειν ὅτι οὐ λῆροί εἰσι, γῆς ἄλλως ἄχθη, ἀλλʼ ἄνδρες οἵους δεῖ ἐν πόλει τοὺς σωθησομένους. λεκτέον οὖν τἀληθὲς, ὅτι τοσούτῳ μᾶλλόν εἰσιν οἷοι οὐκ οἴονται, ὅτι οὐχὶ οἴονται. ἀγνοοῦσι γὰρ ζημίαν ἀδικίας, ὃ δεῖ ἥκιστα ἀγνοεῖν. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἣν δοκοῦσι, πληγαί τε καὶ θάνατοι, ὧν ἐνίοτε πάσχουσιν οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλὰ ἣν ἀδύνατον ἐκφυγεῖν.
agallontai gar tǭ oneidei, kai oiontai akouein hoti ou lēroi eisi, gēs allōs achthē, allʼ andres hoious dei en polei tous sōthēsomenous. lekteon oun talēthes, hoti tosoutǭ mallon eisin hoioi ouk oiontai, hoti ouchi oiontai. agnoousi gar zēmian adikias, ho dei hēkista agnoein. ou gar estin hēn dokousi, plēgai te kai thanatoi, hōn eniote paschousin ouden adikountes, alla hēn adynaton ekphygein.
For they glory in the reproach, and think they hear that they are not triflers, ‘idle burdens of the earth,’ but men such as those who are to be saved in a city ought to be. So the truth must be told, that they are all the more what they do not think, because they do not think it. For they are ignorant of the penalty of injustice, which one should least be ignorant of. For it is not what they think, blows and deaths, which they sometimes suffer while doing no wrong, but one which it is impossible to escape.
12.29.19Dindorf 2:120
Τίνα δὴ λέγεις; Παραδειγμάτων, ὦ φίλε, ἐν τῷ ὄντι ἑστώτων, τοῦ μὲν θείου εὐδαιμονεστάτου, τοῦ δὲ ἀθέου ἀθλιωτάτου, οὐχ ὁρῶντες ὅτι οὕτως ἔχει, ὑπὸ ἠλιθιότητός τε καὶ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀνοίας λανθάνουσι τῷ μὲν ὁμοιούμενοι διὰ τὰς ἀδίκους πράξεις, τῷ δὲ ἀνομοιούμενοι· οὗ δὴ τίνουσι δίκην, ζῶντες τὸν εἰκότα βίον ᾧ ὁμοιοῦνται.
Tina dē legeis? Paradeigmatōn, ō phile, en tǭ onti hestōtōn, tou men theiou eudaimonestatou, tou de atheou athliōtatou, ouch horōntes hoti houtōs echei, hypo ēlithiotētos te kai tēs eschatēs anoias lanthanousi tǭ men homoioumenoi dia tas adikous praxeis, tǭ de anomoioumenoi; hou dē tinousi dikēn, zōntes ton eikota bion hǭ homoiountai.
— What do you mean? — Patterns, my friend, being set up in reality, one divine and most happy, the other godless and most wretched, not seeing that this is so, through silliness and utter folly they do not notice that by their unjust deeds they become like the one and unlike the other; for which they pay the penalty, living the life that suits the one they resemble.
12.29.20Dindorf 2:120
ἂν δὲ εἴπωμεν ὅτι, ἂν μὴ ἀπαλ- λαγῶσι τῆς δεινότητος, καὶ τελευτήσαντας αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖνος μὲν ὁ τῶν κακῶν καθαρὸς τόπος οὐ δέξεται, ἐνθάδε δὲ τὴν αὑτοῖς ὁμοιότητα διαγωγῆς ἀεὶ ἕξουσι, κακοὶ κακοῖς συνόντες, ταῦτα δὴ καὶ παντάπασιν ὡς δεινοὶ καὶ πανοῦργοι ἀνοήτων τινῶν ἀκούσονται.
an de eipōmen hoti, an mē apal- lagōsi tēs deinotētos, kai teleutēsantas autous ekeinos men ho tōn kakōn katharos topos ou dexetai, enthade de tēn hautois homoiotēta diagōgēs aei hexousi, kakoi kakois synontes, tauta dē kai pantapasin hōs deinoi kai panourgoi anoētōn tinōn akousontai.
And if we tell them that, unless they are rid of their cleverness, when they die that place pure of evils will not receive them, but here they will always have the life like themselves, evil men consorting with evil, they will listen to these things as clever and villainous men listening to fools.
12.29.21Dindorf 2:120–121
Καὶ μάλα δὴ, ὦ Σώκρατες. Οἶδά τοι, ὦ ἑταῖρε. ἓν μέντοι τι αὐτοῖς συμβέβηκεν, ὅταν ἰδίᾳ λόγον δέῃ δοῦναί τε καὶ δέξασθαι περὶ ὧν ψέγουσι, καὶ ἐθελήσωσιν ἀνδρικῶς πολὺν χρόνον ὑπομεῖναι, καὶ μὴ ἀνάνδρως φυγεῖν, τότε ἀτόπως, ὦ δαιμόνιε, τελευτῶντες οὐκ ἀρέσκουσιν αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς περὶ ὧν λέγουσι, καὶ ἡ ῥητορικὴ ἐκείνη πως ἀπομαραίνεται, ὥστε παίδων μηδὲν δοκεῖν διαφέρειν.”
Kai mala dē, ō Sōkrates. Oida toi, ō hetaire. hen mentoi ti autois symbebēken, hotan idią logon deę̄ dounai te kai dexasthai peri hōn psegousi, kai ethelēsōsin andrikōs polyn chronon hypomeinai, kai mē anandrōs phygein, tote atopōs, ō daimonie, teleutōntes ouk areskousin autoi hautois peri hōn legousi, kai hē rhētorikē ekeinē pōs apomarainetai, hōste paidōn mēden dokein diapherein.”
— Very much so, Socrates. — I know it, my friend. One thing, however, happens to them: when they have to give and receive an account privately about what they blame, and are willing to hold out manfully for a long time and not flee cowardly, then strangely, my good man, they end up not pleasing themselves with what they say, and that rhetoric of theirs somehow withers away, so that they seem no different from children.”
Preparation 12, chapter 30
12.30.1Dindorf 2:121
Καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν περὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις σοφιστείας εἴρηται “ ἡ γὰρ σοφία τοῦ κόσμου τούτου μωρία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ ἐστί. γέγραπται γὰρ, ἀπολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω. ποῦ σοφός; ποῦ γραμματεύς; ποῦ συζητητὴς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου;”
Kai parʼ hēmin peri pasēs tēs en anthrōpois sophisteias eirētai “ hē gar sophia tou kosmou toutou mōria para tǭ theǭ esti. gegraptai gar, apolō tēn sophian tōn sophōn, kai tēn synesin tōn synetōn athetēsō. pou sophos? pou grammateus? pou syzētētēs tou aiōnos toutou?”
And among us it is said of all the sophistry among men: “For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and the understanding of the prudent I will set aside. Where is the wise man? Where is the scribe? Where is the disputer of this age?”
12.30.2Dindorf 2:121
ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ δεῖν μηδὲν σμικρολόγον φρονεῖν τοὺς κατὰ θεὸν φιλοσοφοῦντας διδασκόμεθα ἐν οἷς εἴρηται “σκοπούντων ἡμῶν οὐ τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα· τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα πρόσκαιρα, τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια.”
alla kai peri tou dein mēden smikrologon phronein tous kata theon philosophountas didaskometha en hois eirētai “skopountōn hēmōn ou ta blepomena, alla ta mē blepomena; ta gar blepomena proskaira, ta de mē blepomena aiōnia.”
And about those who philosophize according to God not thinking anything petty, we are taught where it is said: “while we look not at the things that are seen, but at the things that are not seen; for the things that are seen are temporary, but the things that are not seen are eternal.”
12.30.3Dindorf 2:121
καὶ περὶ τοῦ τὴν κακίαν περὶ γῆν καὶ τὸν θνητὸν βίον εἰλεῖσθαί φησί που ὁ θεῖος λόγος “ἐξαγοραζόμενοι τὸν καιρὸν, ὅτι αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσι.’ καὶ “ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς.” λέγει δὲ καὶ ὁ προφήτης “ἀρὰ καὶ κλοπὴ καὶ μοιχεία καὶ φόνος κέχυται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ αἵματα ἐφʼ αἵμασι μίσγουσι.
kai peri tou tēn kakian peri gēn kai ton thnēton bion eileisthai phēsi pou ho theios logos “exagorazomenoi ton kairon, hoti hai hēmerai ponērai eisi.’ kai “arketon tę̄ hēmerą hē kakia autēs.” legei de kai ho prophētēs “ara kai klopē kai moicheia kai phonos kechytai epi tēs gēs, kai haimata ephʼ haimasi misgousi.
And on evil being bound up with earth and mortal life, the divine word says somewhere: “redeeming the time, because the days are evil”; and, “sufficient for the day is its evil.” And the prophet says: “Cursing and theft and adultery and murder are poured out on the earth, and they mingle blood with blood.”
12.30.4Dindorf 2:121
περὶ δὲ τοῦ φεύγειν ἐνθένδε παρὰ τὸν θεὸν φησὶν ὁ Μώσης “ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου πορεύσῃ, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν κολληθήσῃ. ” ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς μιμεῖσθαι τὸν θεὸν διδάσκει λέγων “ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε, ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἅγιός ἐστι.”
peri de tou pheugein enthende para ton theon phēsin ho Mōsēs “opisō kyriou tou theou sou poreusę̄, kai pros auton kollēthēsę̄. ” ho dʼ autos mimeisthai ton theon didaskei legōn “hagioi esesthe, hoti kyrios ho theos hēmōn hagios esti.”
And about fleeing from here to God, Moses says: “You shall walk after the Lord your God, and cleave to him.” And the same teaches imitation of God, saying, “You shall be holy, because the Lord our God is holy.”
12.30.5Dindorf 2:121
δίκαιον δὲ καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ τὸν θεὸν εἰδὼς ἡμᾶς τε αὐτοὺς μιμητὰς γενέσθαι παρορμῶν φησι “δίκαιος κύριος, καὶ δικαιοσύνας ἠγάπησεν.” ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς πλούτου καταφρονεῖν ἐπαίδευσε λέγων “πλοῦτος ἐὰν ῥέῃ, μὴ προστίθεσθε καρδίαν.” καὶ “μὴ φοβοῦ ὅταν πλουτήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ὅταν πληθυνθῇ ἡ δόξα τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ· ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ ἀποθνήσκειν αὐτὸν λήψεται τὰ πάντα, οὐδὲ συγκαταβήσεται αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ.”
dikaion de kai ho Dabid ton theon eidōs hēmas te autous mimētas genesthai parormōn phēsi “dikaios kyrios, kai dikaiosynas ēgapēsen.” ho dʼ autos ploutou kataphronein epaideuse legōn “ploutos ean rheę̄, mē prostithesthe kardian.” kai “mē phobou hotan ploutēsę̄ anthrōpos, kai hotan plēthynthę̄ hē doxa tou oikou autou; hoti ouk en tǭ apothnēskein auton lēpsetai ta panta, oude synkatabēsetai autǭ hē doxa autou.”
And David, knowing that God is just and urging us to become imitators, says, “The Lord is righteous and has loved righteousness.” And the same taught contempt of wealth, saying, “If riches flow in, set not your heart on them”; and, “Do not fear when a man becomes rich, and when the glory of his house is increased; for when he dies he will take nothing with him, nor will his glory go down with him.”
12.30.6Dindorf 2:121–122
ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὰς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀρχὰς θαυμάζειν ἐδίδασκεν ἐν τούτοις “μὴ πεποίθατε ἐπʼ ἄρχοντας, ἐφʼ υἱοὺς ἀνθρώπων, οἶς οὐκ ἔστι σωτηρία. ἐξελεύσεται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπελεύσεται εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ· ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀπολοῦνται πάντες οἱ διαλογισμοὶ αὐτοῦ.”
alla mēde tas en anthrōpois archas thaumazein edidasken en toutois “mē pepoithate epʼ archontas, ephʼ huious anthrōpōn, ois ouk esti sōtēria. exeleusetai to pneuma autou, kai apeleusetai eis tēn gēn autou; en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hēmerą apolountai pantes hoi dialogismoi autou.”
And he taught not to admire human offices either, in these words: “Put not your trust in princes, in the sons of men, in whom there is no salvation. His spirit will go forth, and he will return to his earth; in that day all his thoughts will perish.”
Preparation 12, chapter 31
12.31.1Dindorf 2:122
“ Νομοθέτης δὲ οὗ τι καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν οὕτως ἔχον, ὡς καὶ νῦν αὐτὸ ᾕρηχʼ ὁ λόγος ἔχειν, εἴπερ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐτόλμησεν ἂν ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ ψεύδεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς νέους, ἔστιν ὅ τι τούτου ψεῦδος λυσιτελέστερον ἂν ἐψεύσατό ποτε καὶ δυνάμενον μᾶλλον ποιεῖν μὴ βίᾳ, ἀλλʼ ἑκόντας πάντας πάντα τὰ δίκαια; Καλὸν μὲν ἡ ἀλήθεια, ὦ ξένε, καὶ μόνιμον· ἔοικε μὴν οὐ ῥᾴδιον εἶναι πείθειν. ”
“ Nomothetēs de hou ti kai smikron ophelos, ei kai mē touto ēn houtōs echon, hōs kai nyn auto hę̄rēchʼ ho logos echein, eiper ti kai allo etolmēsen an epʼ agathǭ pseudesthai pros tous neous, estin ho ti toutou pseudos lysitelesteron an epseusato pote kai dynamenon mallon poiein mē bią, allʼ hekontas pantas panta ta dikaia? Kalon men hē alētheia, ō xene, kai monimon; eoike mēn ou rhądion einai peithein. ”
“A lawgiver of even small use, even if this were not so as the argument has now proved it to be, if he ever dared to lie to the young for a good purpose, could he ever tell a more profitable lie than this, and one more able to make all do all just things, not by force but willingly? — Truth is fine, stranger, and lasting; but it seems not easy to persuade.”
12.31.2Dindorf 2:122
Μυρία δʼ ἂν εὕροις τοιαῦτα καὶ ἐν ταῖς Ἑβραίων γραφαῖς, ὡς ἂν περὶ θεοῦ ζηλοῦντος, ἢ ὑπνοῦντος, ἢ ὀργιζομένου, ἤ τισιν ἄλλοις ἀνθρωποπαθέσιν ἐνεχομένου ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν δεομένων τοῦ τοιοῦδε τρόπου παρειλημμένα.
Myria dʼ an heurois toiauta kai en tais Hebraiōn graphais, hōs an peri theou zēlountos, ē hypnountos, ē orgizomenou, ē tisin allois anthrōpopathesin enechomenou epʼ ōpheleią tōn deomenōn tou toioude tropou pareilēmmena.
And you would find countless such things in the Scriptures of the Hebrews too, such as speaking of God as jealous, or sleeping, or angry, or subject to other human passions, used for the benefit of those who need such a manner.
Preparation 12, chapter 32
12.32.1Dindorf 2:122–123
“Ἆρʼ οὖν ἡμῖν τά γε ἔμπροσθεν ὁμολογεῖται; Τοῦ πέρι; Τὸ δεῖν πάντα ἄνδρα καὶ παῖδα, ἐλεύθερον καὶ δοῦλον, θῆλύν τε καὶ ἄρρενα, καὶ ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει ὅλην τὴν πόλιν αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ ἐπᾴδουσαν μὴ παύεσθαί ποτε ταῦτα ἃ διεληλύθαμεν, ἁμωσγέπως ἀεὶ μεταβαλλόμενα καὶ πάντως παρεχόμενα ποικιλίαν, ὥστʼ ἀπληστίαν εἶναί τινα τῶν ὕμνων τοῖς ᾄδουσι καὶ ἡδονήν. Πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογοῖτʼ ἂν δεῖν ταῦτα οὕτω πράττεσθαι;”
“Arʼ oun hēmin ta ge emprosthen homologeitai? Tou peri? To dein panta andra kai paida, eleutheron kai doulon, thēlyn te kai arrena, kai holę̄ tę̄ polei holēn tēn polin autēn heautę̄ epądousan mē pauesthai pote tauta ha dielēlythamen, hamōsgepōs aei metaballomena kai pantōs parechomena poikilian, hōstʼ aplēstian einai tina tōn hymnōn tois ądousi kai hēdonēn. Pōs dʼ ouk an homologoitʼ an dein tauta houtō prattesthai?”
[Plato:] “Is what went before agreed by us? — About what? — That every man and child, free and slave, female and male, and the whole city must never cease chanting to the whole city itself these things we have gone through, always changed somehow and offering every variety, so that the singers may have an insatiable desire and pleasure in the hymns. — How could it not be agreed that this should be done?”
12.32.2Dindorf 2:123
Καὶ ἐν τῷ πέμπτῳ δὲ τῆς Πολιτείας ὅμοια τούτοις γράφει τάδε λέγων “Οἶσθά τι οὖν ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων μελετώμενον, ἐν ᾧ οὐ πάντα ταῦτα τὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν γένος διαφερόντως ἔχει ἢ τὸ τῶν γυναικῶν; ἢ μακρολογῶμεν τήν τε ὑφαντικὴν λέγοντες καὶ τὴν τῶν ποπάνων τε καὶ ἑψημάτων θεραπείαν, ἐν οἷς δή τι δοκεῖ τὸ γυναικεῖον γένος εἶναι, οὗ καὶ καταγελαστότατόν ἐστι πάντων ἡττώμενον;
Kai en tǭ pemptǭ de tēs Politeias homoia toutois graphei tade legōn “Oistha ti oun hypʼ anthrōpōn meletōmenon, en hǭ ou panta tauta to tōn andrōn genos diapherontōs echei ē to tōn gynaikōn? ē makrologōmen tēn te hyphantikēn legontes kai tēn tōn popanōn te kai hepsēmatōn therapeian, en hois dē ti dokei to gynaikeion genos einai, hou kai katagelastotaton esti pantōn hēttōmenon?
And in the fifth book of the Republic he writes similar things, saying: “Do you know, then, of anything practised by men in which the male sex does not excel the female in all these respects? Or shall we make a long story of weaving and the care of cakes and boiled dishes, in which the female sex seems to be something, and in which its defeat is most laughable of all?
12.32.3Dindorf 2:123
Ἀληθῆ, ἔφη, λέγεις, ὅτι πολὺ κρατεῖται ἐν ἅπασιν, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, τὸ γένος τοῦ γένους· γυναῖκες μέντοι πολλαὶ πολλῶν ἀνδρῶν βελτίους εἰς πολλά· τὸ δὲ ὅλον ἔχει ὡς σὺ λέγεις. Οὐδὲν ἄρα ἐστὶν, ὦ φίλε, ἐπιτήδευμα τῶν πόλιν διοικούντων γυναικὸς διότι γυνὴ, οὐδʼ ἀνδρὸς, διότι ἀνὴρ, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίως διεσπαρμέναι αἱ φύσεις ἐν ἀμφοῖν τοῖν ζῴοιν, καὶ πάντων μὲν μετέχει γυνὴ ἐπιτηδευμάτων κατὰ φύσιν, πάντων δὲ ἀνὴρ, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ ἀσθενέστερον γυνὴ ἀνδρός.
Alēthē, ephē, legeis, hoti poly krateitai en hapasin, hōs epos eipein, to genos tou genous; gynaikes mentoi pollai pollōn andrōn beltious eis polla; to de holon echei hōs sy legeis. Ouden ara estin, ō phile, epitēdeuma tōn polin dioikountōn gynaikos dioti gynē, oudʼ andros, dioti anēr, allʼ homoiōs diesparmenai hai physeis en amphoin toin zǭoin, kai pantōn men metechei gynē epitēdeumatōn kata physin, pantōn de anēr, epi pasi de asthenesteron gynē andros.
— You speak truly, he said, that one sex is much surpassed by the other in nearly everything; yet many women are better than many men in many things; but on the whole it is as you say. — There is no pursuit, then, my friend, among those who govern a city, that belongs to a woman as woman, nor to a man as man; but the natural gifts are scattered alike in both creatures, and woman shares by nature in all pursuits, and man in all, but in all woman is weaker than man.
12.32.4Dindorf 2:123
Πάνυ γε. Ἤ οὖν ἀνδράσι πάντα προστάξομεν, γυναικὶ δὲ οὐδέν; Καὶ πῶς; Ἀλλʼ ἔστι γὰρ, οἶμαι, ὡς φήσομεν, καὶ γυνὴ ἰατρικὴ, ἡ δʼ οὔ, καὶ μουσικὴ, ἡ δʼ ἄμουσος φύσει. Τί μήν; Καὶ γυμναστικὴ δὲ ἄρα οὐδὲ πολεμικὴ, ἡ δὲ ἀπόλεμος καὶ οὐ φιλογυμναστική; Οἶμαι ἔγωγε. Τί δέ; φιλόσοφός τε καὶ μισόσοφος; καὶ θυμοειδὴς, ἡ δὲ ἄθυμός; Ἔστι καὶ ταῦτα.
Pany ge. Ē oun andrasi panta prostaxomen, gynaiki de ouden? Kai pōs? Allʼ esti gar, oimai, hōs phēsomen, kai gynē iatrikē, hē dʼ ou, kai mousikē, hē dʼ amousos physei. Ti mēn? Kai gymnastikē de ara oude polemikē, hē de apolemos kai ou philogymnastikē? Oimai egōge. Ti de? philosophos te kai misosophos? kai thymoeidēs, hē de athymos? Esti kai tauta.
— Certainly. — Shall we, then, assign everything to men and nothing to woman? — How could we? — But there is, I think, as we shall say, one woman fit for medicine and another not, one musical and another unmusical by nature. — Certainly. — And one fit for gymnastics and war, and another unwarlike and not fond of gymnastics? — I think so. — And one a lover of wisdom and another a hater of it? And one spirited, another spiritless? — These too exist.
12.32.5Dindorf 2:123
Ἔστιν ἄρα καὶ φυλακικὴ γυνὴ, ἡ δʼ οὔ· ἢ οὐ τοιαύτην καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν φυλακικῶν φύσιν ἐξελεξάμεθα; τοιαύτην μὲν οὖν.
Estin ara kai phylakikē gynē, hē dʼ ou; ē ou toiautēn kai tōn andrōn tōn phylakikōn physin exelexametha? toiautēn men oun.
— There is, then, a woman fit to be a guardian and another not; or did we not choose such a nature for the men who are guardians too? — Such indeed.
12.32.6Dindorf 2:123–124
Καὶ γυναικὸς ἄρα καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἡ αὐτὴ φύσις εἰς φυλακὴν πόλεως, πλὴν ὅσῳ ἀσθενεστέρα, ἡ δὲ ἰσχυροτέρα ἐστί. Φαίνεται. Καὶ γυναῖκες ἄρα αἱ τοιαῦται τοῖς τοιούτοις ἀνδράσιν ἐκλεκτέαι συνοικεῖν τε καὶ ξυμφυλάττειν, ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν ἱκαναὶ καὶ ξυγγενεῖς αὐτοῖς τὴν φύσιν.”
Kai gynaikos ara kai andros hē autē physis eis phylakēn poleōs, plēn hosǭ asthenestera, hē de ischyrotera esti. Phainetai. Kai gynaikes ara hai toiautai tois toioutois andrasin eklekteai synoikein te kai xymphylattein, epeiper eisin hikanai kai xyngeneis autois tēn physin.”
— Then the nature of woman and man is the same for guarding a city, except in so far as one is weaker and the other stronger. — It seems so. — Such women, then, must be chosen to live with such men and guard with them, since they are capable and akin to them in nature.”
12.32.7Dindorf 2:124
Εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ ὁ παρʼ ἡμῖν λόγος ὑποδέχεται πᾶν γένος οὐ μόνον ἀνδρῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναικῶν, οὐδʼ ἐλευθέρων καὶ δούλων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ βαρβάρων καὶ Ἑλλήνων, εἰς τὴν κατὰ θεὸν παιδείαν τε καὶ φιλοσοφίαν.
Eikotōs ara kai ho parʼ hēmin logos hypodechetai pan genos ou monon andrōn, alla kai gynaikōn, oudʼ eleutherōn kai doulōn monon, alla kai barbarōn kai Hellēnōn, eis tēn kata theon paideian te kai philosophian.
With good reason, then, our teaching too receives every race, not only of men but also of women, not only of free and slave but also of barbarians and Greeks, into the education and philosophy that is according to God.
Preparation 12, chapter 33
12.33.1Dindorf 2:124
“Σκεψώμεθα δὴ πη τῇδε. Φέρε, εἴ τις αἰγῶν τροφὴν καὶ τὸ ζῷον αὐτὸ, κτῆμα ὡς ἔστι καλὸν, ἐπαινοῖ, ἄλλος δέ τις ἑωρακὼς αἶγας χωρὶς νεμομένας αἰπόλου ἐν ἐργασίμοις χωρίοις δρώσας κακὰ διαψέγοι, καὶ πᾶν θρέμμα ἄναρχον ἢ μετὰ κακῶν ἀρχόντων ἰδὼν οὕτω μέμφοιτο, τὸν τοῦ τοιούτου ψόγον ἡγούμεθα ὑγιὲς ἄν ποτε ψέξαι καὶ ὁτιοῦν; Καὶ πῶς;” Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα
“Skepsōmetha dē pē tę̄de. Phere, ei tis aigōn trophēn kai to zǭon auto, ktēma hōs esti kalon, epainoi, allos de tis heōrakōs aigas chōris nemomenas aipolou en ergasimois chōriois drōsas kaka diapsegoi, kai pan thremma anarchon ē meta kakōn archontōn idōn houtō memphoito, ton tou toioutou psogon hēgoumetha hygies an pote psexai kai hotioun? Kai pōs?” Kai metʼ oliga
“Let us consider it this way. Come, if someone praised the rearing of goats and the animal itself as a fine possession, and another, having seen goats grazing without a goatherd and doing damage in cultivated land, blamed them, and seeing any flock without a ruler or with bad rulers found fault with it so, do we think the blame of such a man would ever be sound about anything? — How could it?” And after a little:
12.33.2Dindorf 2:124
“Τί δὲ ἐπαινέτην ἢ ψέκτην κοινωνίας ἡστινοσοῦν, ᾗ πέφυκέ τε εἶναι ἄρχων μετʼ ἐκείνου τε ὠφέλιμός ἐστιν· ὁ δὲ μήτε ἑωρακὼς εἴη ποτὲ ὀρθῶς αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ κοινωνοῦσαν μετʼ ἄρχοντος, ἀεὶ δὲ ἄναρχον ἢ μετὰ κακῶν ἀρχόντων ξυνοῦσαν· οἰόμεθα δή ποτε τοὺς τοιούτους θεωροὺς τῶν τοιούτων κοινωνιῶν χρηστόν τι ψέξειν ἢ ἐπαινεῖσθαι; Πῶς δʼ ἄν;”
“Ti de epainetēn ē psektēn koinōnias hēstinosoun, hę̄ pephyke te einai archōn metʼ ekeinou te ōphelimos estin; ho de mēte heōrakōs eiē pote orthōs autēn heautę̄ koinōnousan metʼ archontos, aei de anarchon ē meta kakōn archontōn xynousan; oiometha dē pote tous toioutous theōrous tōn toioutōn koinōniōn chrēston ti psexein ē epaineisthai? Pōs dʼ an?”
“And what of one who praises or blames any association whatever which by nature has a ruler and is beneficial with him, if he has never seen it rightly associating with a ruler, but always without a ruler or with bad rulers? Do we think such observers of such associations will ever blame or praise anything usefully? — How could they?”
12.33.3Dindorf 2:124–125
Οὐ δὴ χρὴ καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν εἴ τινες φαίνοιντο δίχα προστάτου καὶ ἄρχοντος, ἢ μετὰ κακῶν ἀρχόντων δρῶντες κακὰ ψέγειν τὸ πᾶν ἡμῶν διδασκαλεῖον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀρθῶς μετιόντων τὸ θεοσεβὲς πολίτευμα θαυμάζειν.
Ou dē chrē kai parʼ hēmin ei tines phainointo dicha prostatou kai archontos, ē meta kakōn archontōn drōntes kaka psegein to pan hēmōn didaskaleion, mallon de apo tōn orthōs metiontōn to theosebes politeuma thaumazein.
So among us too, if some appear doing evil without a leader and ruler, or with bad rulers, one must not blame our whole school, but rather admire the God-fearing commonwealth from those who pursue it rightly.
Preparation 12, chapter 34
12.34.1Dindorf 2:125
Ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις Σολομῶνος συντόμως φερομένου τοῦ “μνήμη δικαίων μετʼ ἐγκωμίων, ὄνομα δὲ ἀσεβῶν σβέννυται· ” καὶ πάλιν εἰρημένου τοῦ “μὴ μακαρίσῃς ἄνδρα πρὸ τελευτῆς αὐτοῦ, ’ ἐπάκουσον ὅπως τὴν διάνοιαν ἑρμηνεύει λέγων ὁ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ τῶν Νόμων·
En tais Paroimiais Solomōnos syntomōs pheromenou tou “mnēmē dikaiōn metʼ enkōmiōn, onoma de asebōn sbennytai; ” kai palin eirēmenou tou “mē makarisę̄s andra pro teleutēs autou, ’ epakouson hopōs tēn dianoian hermēneuei legōn ho Platōn en tǭ hebdomǭ tōn Nomōn;
In Solomon’s Proverbs it is said concisely, “The memory of the righteous is with praises, but the name of the ungodly is quenched”; and again it is said, “Call no man blessed before his end.” Hear how Plato interprets the sense, saying in the seventh book of the Laws:
12.34.2Dindorf 2:125
“Τῶν πολιτῶν ὁπόσοι τέλος ἔχοιεν τοῦ βίου κατὰ σώματα ἢ κατὰ ψυχὰς ἔργα ἐξειργασμένοι καλὰ καὶ ἐπίπονα καὶ τοῖς νόμοις εὐπειθεῖς γεγονότες, ἐγκωμίων αὐτοὺς τυγχάνειν πρέπον ἂν εἴη. Πῶς δʼ οὔ;
“Tōn politōn hoposoi telos echoien tou biou kata sōmata ē kata psychas erga exeirgasmenoi kala kai epipona kai tois nomois eupeitheis gegonotes, enkōmiōn autous tynchanein prepon an eiē. Pōs dʼ ou?
“Those of the citizens who have reached the end of life having done fine and laborious deeds of body or soul and having been obedient to the laws, it would be fitting for them to receive praises. — How not?
12.34.3Dindorf 2:125
Τούς γε μὴν ἔτι ζῶντας ἐγκωμίοις τε καὶ ὕμνοις τιμᾶν οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς, πρὶν ἂν ἅπαντά τις τὸν βίον διαδραμὼν τέλος ἐπιστήσηται καλόν. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἡμῖν ἔστω κοινὰ ἀνδράσι τε καὶ γυναιξὶν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἀγαθαῖς διαφανῶς γενομένοις.”
Tous ge mēn eti zōntas enkōmiois te kai hymnois timan ouk asphales, prin an hapanta tis ton bion diadramōn telos epistēsētai kalon. tauta de panta hēmin estō koina andrasi te kai gynaixin agathois kai agathais diaphanōs genomenois.”
— But to honour the living with praises and hymns is not safe, until one has run through his whole life and set a fine end to it. Let all this be common to us for men and women who have clearly become good.”
Preparation 12, chapter 35
12.35.1Dindorf 2:125
“Πλοῦτον δὲ καὶ πενίαν μή μοι δῷς” τοῦ Σολομῶνος φήσαντος ἐν Παροιμίαις, ὁ Πλάτων ἐν δʼ Πολιτείας φησίν “Ἕτερα δὲ, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῖς φύλαξιν εὑρήκαμεν, ἃ παντὶ τρόπῳ φυλακτέον ὅπως μή ποτε αὐτοὺς λήσῃ εἰς τὴν πόλιν παραδύντα. τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα; Πλοῦτός τε, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, καὶ πενία· ὡς τοῦ μὲν τρυφὴν καὶ ἀργίαν καὶ νεωτερισμὸν ἐμποιοῦντος, τῆς δʼ ἀνελευθερίαν καὶ κακοεργίαν πρὸς τῷ νεωτερισμῷ.” Κακοεργία δέ ἐστι πᾶσα πρᾶξις ἄτιμος.
“Plouton de kai penian mē moi dǭs” tou Solomōnos phēsantos en Paroimiais, ho Platōn en dʼ Politeias phēsin “Hetera de, hōs eoike, tois phylaxin heurēkamen, ha panti tropǭ phylakteon hopōs mē pote autous lēsę̄ eis tēn polin paradynta. ta poia tauta? Ploutos te, ēn dʼ egō, kai penia; hōs tou men tryphēn kai argian kai neōterismon empoiountos, tēs dʼ aneleutherian kai kakoergian pros tǭ neōterismǭ.” Kakoergia de esti pasa praxis atimos.
Solomon having said in Proverbs, “Give me neither wealth nor poverty,” Plato says in the fourth book of the Republic: “We have found, it seems, other things for the guardians, which they must guard against in every way, lest they slip into the city unnoticed. — What are these? — Wealth, I said, and poverty; the one producing luxury, idleness, and revolution, the other illiberality and bad workmanship besides revolution.” Bad workmanship (kakoergia) is every dishonourable action.
Preparation 12, chapter 36
12.36.1Dindorf 2:125–126
Πάλιν Μώσεως ἐν τοῖς νόμοις φάντος “ἕκαστος πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ μητέρα φοβείσθω· καὶ, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου, ἵνα εὖ σοι ᾖ, ” καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως Μωσεῖ καὶ τιμᾶν καὶ φοβεῖσθαι ὧδέ πως φησὶν ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις “ Πᾶς δὴ νοῦν ἔχων φοβεῖται καὶ τιμᾷ γονέων εὐχὰς, εἰδὼς πολλοῖς καὶ πολλάκις ἐπιτελεῖς γενομένας.” Καὶ πάλιν ἐν ἑτέρῳ φησὶ “Πᾶς ἡμῖν αἰδείσθω τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πρεσβύτερον ἔργῳ τε καὶ λόγῳ. τὸν δὲ προέχοντα εἴκοσιν ἡλικίας ἔτεσιν ἄρρενα ἢ θῆλυν νομίζων ὡς πατέρα ἢ μητέρα διευλαβείσθω. ”
Palin Mōseōs en tois nomois phantos “hekastos patera autou kai mētera phobeisthō; kai, tima ton patera sou kai tēn mētera sou, hina eu soi ę̄, ” kai ho Platōn homoiōs Mōsei kai timan kai phobeisthai hōde pōs phēsin en tois Nomois “ Pas dē noun echōn phobeitai kai timą goneōn euchas, eidōs pollois kai pollakis epiteleis genomenas.” Kai palin en heterǭ phēsi “Pas hēmin aideisthō ton heautou presbyteron ergǭ te kai logǭ. ton de proechonta eikosin hēlikias etesin arrena ē thēlyn nomizōn hōs patera ē mētera dieulabeisthō. ”
Again, Moses said in the laws, “Let each one fear his father and mother”; and, “Honour your father and your mother, that it may be well with you.” And Plato, like Moses, speaks of both honouring and fearing, somewhat thus in the Laws: “Every man of sense fears and honours the prayers of parents, knowing that they have often been fulfilled for many.” And again in another place he says: “Let everyone among us reverence his elder in deed and word; and him who is twenty years older, male or female, let him regard and revere as father or mother.”
Preparation 12, chapter 37
12.37.1Dindorf 2:126
Μώσεως ἐν τοῖς νόμοις ἀπαγορεύσαντος Ἑβραίοις Ἑβραίους δουλεύειν, καὶ φήσαντος “ ἐὰν κτήσῃ παῖδα Ἑβραῖον, ἓξ ἔτη δουλεύσει σοί· τῷ δὲ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει ἐξαποστελεῖς αὐτὸν ἐλεύθερον” καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως ἐν Πολιτείᾳ φησί “ Μηδὲ Ἕλληνα ἄρα δοῦλον ἐκτῆσθαι μήτε αὐτοὺς, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις Ἕλλησιν οὕτω ξυμβουλεύειν; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ἔφη· μᾶλλόν τʼ ἂν οὖν. οὕτω πρὸς βαρβάρους τρέποιντο, ἑαυτῶν δὲ ἀπέχοιντο.”
Mōseōs en tois nomois apagoreusantos Hebraiois Hebraious douleuein, kai phēsantos “ ean ktēsę̄ paida Hebraion, hex etē douleusei soi; tǭ de hebdomǭ etei exaposteleis auton eleutheron” kai ho Platōn homoiōs en Politeią phēsi “ Mēde Hellēna ara doulon ektēsthai mēte autous, tois te allois Hellēsin houtō xymbouleuein? Pany men oun, ephē; mallon tʼ an oun. houtō pros barbarous trepointo, heautōn de apechointo.”
Moses in his laws forbade Hebrews to enslave Hebrews, saying, “If you buy a Hebrew servant, he shall serve you six years; and in the seventh year you shall send him away free.” And Plato likewise says in the Republic: “Then they themselves are not to own a Greek as slave, and are to advise the other Greeks so? — Certainly, he said; so they would rather turn against barbarians and keep off one another.”
Preparation 12, chapter 38
12.38.1Dindorf 2:126–127
“Μὴ κινείτω γῆς ὅρια μηδεὶς μήτε οἰκείου πολίτου γείτονος μήτε ὁμοτέρμονος, ἐν ἐσχατιαῖς κεκτημένου ἄλλῳ ξένῳ γειτονῶν, νομίσας τὸ τὰ ἀκίνητα κινεῖν ἀληθῶς τοῦτʼ εἶναι.” Καὶ ἐξῆς φησιν ‘Ὅς δʼ ἂν ἐπεργάζηται τὰ τοῦ γείτονος, ὑπερβαίνων τοὺς ὅρους, τὸ μὲν βλάβος ἀποτινέτω, τῆς δὲ ἀναιδείας ἅμα καὶ ἀνελευθερίας ἕνεκα ἰατρευόμενος διπλάσιον τοῦ βλάβους ἄλλο ἐκτισάτω τῷ βλαφθέντι.”
“Mē kineitō gēs horia mēdeis mēte oikeiou politou geitonos mēte homotermonos, en eschatiais kektēmenou allǭ xenǭ geitonōn, nomisas to ta akinēta kinein alēthōs toutʼ einai.” Kai exēs phēsin ‘Hos dʼ an epergazētai ta tou geitonos, hyperbainōn tous horous, to men blabos apotinetō, tēs de anaideias hama kai aneleutherias heneka iatreuomenos diplasion tou blabous allo ektisatō tǭ blaphthenti.”
[Plato:] “Let no one move the boundaries of land, either of a fellow-citizen neighbour, or of a bordering foreigner, if he owns land at the frontier; considering that this is truly to move the immovable.” And next he says: “Whoever works over his neighbour’s land, overstepping the boundaries, let him pay the damage; and, to be cured of his shamelessness and meanness, let him pay a further double of the damage to the one harmed.”
Preparation 12, chapter 39
12.39.1Dindorf 2:127
“Ἑνὶ δὲ λόγῳ, πατρὸς ὀνείδη καὶ τιμωρίας παίδων μηδενὶ συνέπεσθαι, πλὴν ἐάν τις τινὶ πατὴρ καὶ πάππος καὶ πάππου πατὴρ ἐφεξῆς ὄφλωσι θανάτου δίκην. ”
“Heni de logǭ, patros oneidē kai timōrias paidōn mēdeni synepesthai, plēn ean tis tini patēr kai pappos kai pappou patēr ephexēs ophlōsi thanatou dikēn. ”
[Plato:] “In a word, the reproaches and punishments of a father are not to follow any of the children, except if someone’s father and grandfather and great-grandfather in succession have incurred the penalty of death.”
Preparation 12, chapter 40
12.40.1Dindorf 2:127
Μώσεως νόμου φάντος “ ἐὰν κλέψῃ τις μόσχον, ἢ πρόβατον, καὶ σφάξῃ αὐτὸ, ἢ ἀποδῶται, πέντε μόσχους ἀποτίσει ἀντὶ τοῦ μόσχου, καὶ τέσσαρα πρόβατα ἀντὶ προβάτου· ἐὰν δὲ καταλειφθῇ καὶ εὑρεθῇ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ κλέμμα, ἀπὸ μόσχου καὶ ὄνου ἕως προβάτου ζῶντα διπλὰ ἀποτίσει” ἐπάκουσον ὡς καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τούτοις ἕπεται λέγων “ Κλέπτῃ δὲ, ἐάν τε μέγα ἐάν τε μικρὸν κλέπτη τις, εἷς αὖ νόμος ἐπικείσθω καὶ μία δίκης τιμωρία σύμπασι. τὸ μὲν γὰρ δὴ κλαπὲν χρεὼν διπλάσιον πρῶτον ἐκτίνειν, ἐὰν ὄφλῃ τις τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην καὶ ἱκανὴν ἔχῃ τὴν ἄλλην οὐσίαν ἀποτίνειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κλήρου, ἐὰν δὲ μὴ, δεδέσθαι ἕως ἂν ἐκτίσῃ ἢ πείσῃ τὸν καταδικασάμενον.”
Mōseōs nomou phantos “ ean klepsę̄ tis moschon, ē probaton, kai sphaxę̄ auto, ē apodōtai, pente moschous apotisei anti tou moschou, kai tessara probata anti probatou; ean de kataleiphthę̄ kai heurethę̄ en tę̄ cheiri autou to klemma, apo moschou kai onou heōs probatou zōnta dipla apotisei” epakouson hōs kai ho Platōn toutois hepetai legōn “ Kleptę̄ de, ean te mega ean te mikron kleptē tis, heis au nomos epikeisthō kai mia dikēs timōria sympasi. to men gar dē klapen chreōn diplasion prōton ektinein, ean ophlę̄ tis tēn toiautēn dikēn kai hikanēn echę̄ tēn allēn ousian apotinein hyper tou klērou, ean de mē, dedesthai heōs an ektisę̄ ē peisę̄ ton katadikasamenon.”
Moses’ law said, “If anyone steals a calf or a sheep and slaughters it or sells it, he shall pay five calves for the calf and four sheep for the sheep; but if the stolen thing is found alive in his hand, from calf and ass to sheep, he shall pay double.” Hear how Plato follows these, saying: “For a thief, whether he steals much or little, let one law and one penalty apply to all: he must first pay double the stolen thing, if he is convicted in such a suit and has enough other property beyond his allotment to pay; if not, he is to be bound until he pays or persuades the one who convicted him.”
Preparation 12, chapter 41
12.41.1Dindorf 2:127
Πάλιν Μώσεως φάντος “ ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ διορύγματι εὑρεθῇ ὁ κλέπτης καὶ πληγεὶς ἀποθάνῃ, οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ φόνος, συνᾴδει κἀν τούτῳ λέγων ὁ Πλάτων “Νύκτωρ φῶρα εἰς οἰκίαν ἰόντα ἐπὶ κλοπῇ χρημάτων ἐὰν ἑλὼν κτείνῃ τις, ἔστω καθαρός· καὶ ἐὰν λωποδύτην ἀμυνόμενος ἀποκτείνῃ, καθαρὸς ἔστω.
Palin Mōseōs phantos “ ean de en tǭ diorygmati heurethę̄ ho kleptēs kai plēgeis apothanę̄, ouk estin autǭ phonos, synądei kan toutǭ legōn ho Platōn “Nyktōr phōra eis oikian ionta epi klopę̄ chrēmatōn ean helōn kteinę̄ tis, estō katharos; kai ean lōpodytēn amynomenos apokteinę̄, katharos estō.
Again Moses said, “If the thief is found breaking in and is struck and dies, there is no bloodguilt for him”; Plato agrees in this too, saying: “If anyone catches and kills a thief entering a house by night to steal property, let him be guiltless; and if he kills a robber in self-defence, let him be guiltless.”
Preparation 12, chapter 42
12.42.1Dindorf 2:127–128
Ἐὰν δὲ ἄρα ὑποζύγιον ἢ ζῷον ἄλλο τι φονεύσῃ τινὰ πλὴν τῶν ὅσα ἐν ἀγῶνι τῶν δημοσίᾳ τιθεμένων ἀθλεύοντά τι τοιοῦτον δράσῃ, ἐπεξίτωσαν μὲν οἱ προσήκοντες τοῦ φόνου τῷ κτείναντι, διαδικαζόντων δὲ τῶν ἀγρονόμων οἷσιν ἂν καὶ ὁπόσοις προστάξῃ ὁ προσήκων, τὸ δὲ ὄφλον ἔξω τῶν ὅρων τῆς χώρας ἀποκτείναντας διορίσαι.” Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. ὁ δὲ Μώσης προλαβών φησιν “ ἐὰν δὲ κερατίσῃ ταῦρος ἄνδρα ἢ γυναῖκα καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, λίθοις λιθοβοληθήσεται ὁ ταῦρος, καὶ οὐ βρωθήσεται τὰ κρέα αὐτοῦ· ὁ δὲ κύριος τοῦ ταύρου ἀθῷος ἔσται.
Ean de ara hypozygion ē zǭon allo ti phoneusę̄ tina plēn tōn hosa en agōni tōn dēmosią tithemenōn athleuonta ti toiouton drasę̄, epexitōsan men hoi prosēkontes tou phonou tǭ kteinanti, diadikazontōn de tōn agronomōn hoisin an kai hoposois prostaxę̄ ho prosēkōn, to de ophlon exō tōn horōn tēs chōras apokteinantas diorisai.” Tauta ho Platōn. ho de Mōsēs prolabōn phēsin “ ean de keratisę̄ tauros andra ē gynaika kai apothanę̄, lithois lithobolēthēsetai ho tauros, kai ou brōthēsetai ta krea autou; ho de kyrios tou taurou athǭos estai.
[Plato:] “If a beast of burden or other animal kills anyone, except those that do such a thing while competing in a public contest, let the relatives prosecute the killer for murder, and let some of the country wardens, whoever and as many as the relative appoints, decide the case; and let the guilty animal be killed and cast beyond the borders of the country.” So Plato. But Moses, anticipating him, says: “If a bull gores a man or woman and they die, the bull shall be stoned with stones, and its flesh shall not be eaten; but the owner of the bull shall be guiltless.”
Preparation 12, chapter 43
12.43.1Dindorf 2:128
Τῆς προφητικῆς γραφῆς λεγούσης “υἱὲ ἀν- θρώπου, ἰδοὺ γεγόνασί μοι ὁ οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ ἀναμεμιγμένοι πάντες χαλκῷ καὶ κασσιτέρῳ καὶ σιδήρῳ καὶ μολίβδῳ, ἐν μέσῳ καμίνου ἀργυρίου ἀναμεμιγμένοι εἰσί. διὰ τοῦτο εἰπὸν τάδε λέγει κύριος, ἀνθʼ ὧν ἐγένεσθε πάντες εἰς σύγκρασιν μίαν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐγὼ εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς, καθὼς εἰσδέχεται ἄργυρος καὶ χαλκὸς καὶ σίδηρος καὶ μόλιβδος καὶ κασσίτερος εἰς μέσον καμίνου, τοῦ ἐκφυσῆσαι εἰς αὐτοὺς πῦρ, τοῦ χωνευθῆναι” καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὡσαύτως ἐπάκουσον ἃ φησιν
Tēs prophētikēs graphēs legousēs “huie an- thrōpou, idou gegonasi moi ho oikos Israēl anamemigmenoi pantes chalkǭ kai kassiterǭ kai sidērǭ kai molibdǭ, en mesǭ kaminou argyriou anamemigmenoi eisi. dia touto eipon tade legei kyrios, anthʼ hōn egenesthe pantes eis synkrasin mian, dia touto egō eisdexomai hymas, kathōs eisdechetai argyros kai chalkos kai sidēros kai molibdos kai kassiteros eis meson kaminou, tou ekphysēsai eis autous pyr, tou chōneuthēnai” kai ho Platōn hōsautōs epakouson ha phēsin
The prophetic Scripture says: “Son of man, behold, the house of Israel has become to me all mixed with bronze and tin and iron and lead; in the midst of a furnace they are mixed with silver. Therefore say, Thus says the Lord: Because you have all become one alloy, therefore I will gather you as silver and bronze and iron and lead and tin are gathered into the midst of a furnace, to blow fire upon them, to melt them.” And hear likewise what Plato says:
12.43.2Dindorf 2:128
“ Οὐκοῦν ἀκούετε λοιπὸν τοῦ μύθου. ἐσμὲν γὰρ δὴ πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀδελφοὶ, ὡς φήσομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς μυθολογοῦντες, ἀλλʼ ὁ θεὸς πλάττων, ὅσοι μὲν ὑμῶν ἱκανοὶ ἄρχειν, χρυσὸν ἐν τῇ γενέσει ξυνέμισγεν αὐτοῖς, διότι τιμιώτατοί εἰσιν· ὅσοι δʼ ἐπίκουροι, ἄργυρον· σίδηρον δὲ καὶ χαλκὸν τοῖς γεωργοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δημιουργοῖς.
“ Oukoun akouete loipon tou mythou. esmen gar dē pantes hoi en tę̄ polei adelphoi, hōs phēsomen pros autous mythologountes, allʼ ho theos plattōn, hosoi men hymōn hikanoi archein, chryson en tę̄ genesei xynemisgen autois, dioti timiōtatoi eisin; hosoi dʼ epikouroi, argyron; sidēron de kai chalkon tois geōrgois kai tois allois dēmiourgois.
“Hear, then, the rest of the myth. For we in the city are all brothers, as we shall say to them in the myth; but God, in fashioning you, mixed gold in the birth of those of you fit to rule, because they are most precious; silver in the auxiliaries; and iron and bronze in the farmers and the other craftsmen.
12.43.3Dindorf 2:128
ἅτε οὖν ξυγ- γενεῖς ὄντες ἅπαντες, τὸ μὲν πολὺ ὁμοίους ἂν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς γεννῷτε, ἔστι δʼ ὅτε ἐκ χρυσοῦ γεννηθείη ἂν ἀργυροῦν, καὶ ἐξ ἀργυροῦ χρυσοῦν ἔκγονον, καὶ τἄλλα πάντα ἐξ ἀλλήλων οὕτως.
hate oun xyg- geneis ontes hapantes, to men poly homoious an hymin autois gennǭte, esti dʼ hote ek chrysou gennētheiē an argyroun, kai ex argyrou chrysoun ekgonon, kai talla panta ex allēlōn houtōs.
Since, then, you are all akin, you would mostly beget children like yourselves; but sometimes a silver offspring might be born from gold, and a golden from silver, and all the rest so from one another.
12.43.4Dindorf 2:128–129
τοῖς οὖν ἄρχουσι καὶ πρῶτον καὶ μάλιστα παραγγέλλει ὁ θεὸς ὅπως μηδενὸς οὕτω φύλακες ἀγαθοὶ γένωνται, μηδʼ οὕτω σφόδρα φυλάξωσι μηδὲν ὡς τοὺς ἐκγόνους, ὅ τι αὐτοῖς τούτων ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς παραμέμικται, καὶ ἐὰν σφέτερος ἔκγονος ὑπόχαλκος ἢ ὑποσίδηρος γένηται, μηδενὶ τρόπῳ κατελεήσωσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῇ φύσει προσήκουσαν τιμὴν ἀποδιδόντες ὤσουσιν ἢ εἰς δημιουργοὺς ἢ γεωργοὺς, καὶ ἐὰν αὖ ἐκ τούτων ἢ ὑπόχρυσος ἢ ὑπάργυρος φυῇ τις, τιμήσαντες ἀνάξουσι τοὺς μὲν εἰς φυλακὴν, τοὺς δʼ εἰς ἐπικουρίαν, ὡς χρησμοῦ ὄντος τότε τὴν πόλιν διαφθαρῆναι, ὅταν αὐτὴν ὁ σιδηροῦς φύλαξ ἢ ὁ χαλκοῦς διαφυλάξῃ. τοῦτον οὖν τὸν μῦθον ὅπως ἂν πεισθεῖεν ἔχεις τινὰ μηχανήν;”
tois oun archousi kai prōton kai malista parangellei ho theos hopōs mēdenos houtō phylakes agathoi genōntai, mēdʼ houtō sphodra phylaxōsi mēden hōs tous ekgonous, ho ti autois toutōn en tais psychais paramemiktai, kai ean spheteros ekgonos hypochalkos ē hyposidēros genētai, mēdeni tropǭ kateleēsōsin, alla tēn tę̄ physei prosēkousan timēn apodidontes ōsousin ē eis dēmiourgous ē geōrgous, kai ean au ek toutōn ē hypochrysos ē hypargyros phyę̄ tis, timēsantes anaxousi tous men eis phylakēn, tous dʼ eis epikourian, hōs chrēsmou ontos tote tēn polin diaphtharēnai, hotan autēn ho sidērous phylax ē ho chalkous diaphylaxę̄. touton oun ton mython hopōs an peistheien echeis tina mēchanēn?”
To the rulers, then, first and above all God commands that they be good guardians of nothing so much, nor guard anything so carefully, as their offspring, to see which of these metals is mixed in their souls; and if their own offspring has bronze or iron in it, they are in no way to pity it, but giving it the honour fitting its nature, thrust it among the craftsmen or farmers; and if again from these one is born with gold or silver, they are to honour and raise him, some to guardianship, others to the auxiliaries, as there is an oracle that the city will be destroyed when the iron or bronze guardian guards it. Have you any device, then, for persuading them of this myth?”
Preparation 12, chapter 44
12.44.1Dindorf 2:129
Τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφητείας φασκούσης πρὸς τοὺς προεστῶτας τοῦ πλήθους “ὦ ποιμένες Ἰσραὴλ, μὴ βόσκουσι ποιμένες ἑαυτούς; οὐ τὰ πρόβατα βόσκουσιν οἱ ποιμένες; ἰδοὺ τὸ γάλα κατεσθίετε, καὶ τὸ παχὺ σφάζετε, καὶ τὰ ἔρια περιβάλλεσθε, καὶ τὰ πρόβατά μου οὐ βόσκετε· καὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς οὐκ ἐζητήσατε, καὶ τὸ συντετριμένον οὐ κατεδήσατε, καὶ τὸ πλανώμενον οὐκ ἐπεστρέψατε·” ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου φάσκοντος “ ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων, ὁ δὲ μισθωτὸς καὶ οὐκ ὢν ποιμὴν, οὗ οὐκ ἔστιν ἴδια τὰ πρόβατα, καταλείπει αὐτά”, ἐπάκουσον καὶ τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὅπως ποτὲ ταῦτα διερμηνεύει
Tēs parʼ Hebraiois prophēteias phaskousēs pros tous proestōtas tou plēthous “ō poimenes Israēl, mē boskousi poimenes heautous? ou ta probata boskousin hoi poimenes? idou to gala katesthiete, kai to pachy sphazete, kai ta eria periballesthe, kai ta probata mou ou boskete; kai to apolōlos ouk ezētēsate, kai to syntetrimenon ou katedēsate, kai to planōmenon ouk epestrepsate;” alla kai tou sōtēriou logou phaskontos “ ho poimēn ho kalos tēn psychēn autou tithēsin hyper tōn probatōn, ho de misthōtos kai ouk ōn poimēn, hou ouk estin idia ta probata, kataleipei auta”, epakouson kai tou Platōnos en tǭ prōtǭ tēs Politeias hopōs pote tauta diermēneuei
The prophecy of the Hebrews says to the leaders of the multitude: “O shepherds of Israel, do shepherds feed themselves? Do not the shepherds feed the sheep? Behold, you eat the milk, and slaughter the fat, and clothe yourselves with the wool, and you do not feed my sheep; and the lost you have not sought, and the broken you have not bound up, and the straying you have not turned back.” And the saving Word says: “The good shepherd lays down his life for the sheep; but the hireling, who is not a shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, leaves them.” Hear also how Plato interprets these things in the first book of the Republic:
12.44.2Dindorf 2:129–130
“ Νῦν δὲ ὁρᾷς, ὦ Θρασύμαχε, ἔτι γὰρ τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπισκεψώμεθα, ὅτι τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἰατρὸν τὸ πρῶτον ὁριζόμενος τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς ποιμένα, οὐκέτι ᾤου δεῖν ὕστερον ἀκριβῶς φυλάξαι, ἀλλὰ πιαίνειν οἴει αὐτὸν τὰ πρόβατα, καθʼ ὅσον ποιμήν ἐστιν, οὐ πρὸς τὸ τῶν προβάτων βέλτιστον βλέποντα, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ δαιτυμόνα τινὰ καὶ μέλλοντα ἑστιάσασθαι πρὸς τὴν εὐωχίαν, ἢ αὖ πρὸς τὸ ἀποδόσθαι, ὥσπερ χρηματιστὴν, ἀλλʼ οὐ ποιμένα. τῇ ποιμενικῇ δʼ οὐ δήπου ἄλλου του μέλει ἢ ἐφʼ ᾧ τέτακται, ὅπως τούτῳ τὸ βέλτιστον ἐκποριεῖ, ἐπεὶ τά γε αὐτῆς ὥστʼ εἶναι βελτίστην ἱκανῶς δήπου ἐκπεπόρισται, ἕως γε ἂν μηδὲν ἐνδέῃ τοῦ ποιμενικὴ εἶναι. οὕτω δὴ ᾤμην ἔγωγε νῦν δὴ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ἡμῖν ὁμολογεῖν πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καθʼ ὅσον ἀρχὴ, μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸ βέλτιστον σκοπεῖσθαι ἢ ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἀρχομένῳ τε καὶ θεραπευομένῳ, ἐν πολιτικῇ καὶ ἰδιωτικῇ ἀρχῇ. σὺ δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, τοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄρχοντας, ἑκόντας οἴει ἄρχειν;”
“ Nyn de horąs, ō Thrasymache, eti gar ta emprosthen episkepsōmetha, hoti ton hōs alēthōs iatron to prōton horizomenos ton hōs alēthōs poimena, ouketi ǭou dein hysteron akribōs phylaxai, alla piainein oiei auton ta probata, kathʼ hoson poimēn estin, ou pros to tōn probatōn beltiston bleponta, allʼ hōsper daitymona tina kai mellonta hestiasasthai pros tēn euōchian, ē au pros to apodosthai, hōsper chrēmatistēn, allʼ ou poimena. tę̄ poimenikę̄ dʼ ou dēpou allou tou melei ē ephʼ hǭ tetaktai, hopōs toutǭ to beltiston ekporiei, epei ta ge autēs hōstʼ einai beltistēn hikanōs dēpou ekpeporistai, heōs ge an mēden endeę̄ tou poimenikē einai. houtō dē ǭmēn egōge nyn dē anankaion einai hēmin homologein pasan archēn, kathʼ hoson archē, mēdeni allǭ to beltiston skopeisthai ē ekeinǭ tǭ archomenǭ te kai therapeuomenǭ, en politikę̄ kai idiōtikę̄ archę̄. sy de tous archontas en tais polesi, tous hōs alēthōs archontas, hekontas oiei archein?”
“But now you see, Thrasymachus (for let us still examine what went before), that having first defined the true physician, you no longer thought it necessary afterwards to keep strictly to the true shepherd, but you think he fattens the sheep, so far as he is a shepherd, not looking to what is best for the sheep, but like a banqueter about to feast, to the good cheer, or again to selling them, like a money-maker, not a shepherd. But the shepherd’s art surely cares for nothing else than that over which it is set, how to provide the best for it; since its own needs, to be the best possible, have surely been sufficiently provided, so long as it lacks nothing of being the shepherd’s art. So I thought it necessary for us now to agree that every rule, so far as it is rule, considers what is best for nothing else than the one ruled and cared for, in political and private rule. But do you think that rulers in cities, true rulers, rule willingly?”
Preparation 12, chapter 45
12.45.1Dindorf 2:130
Τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφητείας λεγούσης “ ἐκ τοῦ φόβου σου, κύριε, ἐν γαστρὶ ἐλάβομεν καὶ ὠδινήσαμεν καὶ ἐτέκομεν πνεῦμα σωτηρίας” ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Θεαιτήτῳ τάδε λέγοντα Σωκράτην ποιεῖ “Πάσχουσι δὴ οἱ ἐμοὶ συγγιγνόμενοι ταὐτὸν ταῖς τικτούσαις· ὠδίνουσι γὰρ καὶ ἀπορίας ἐμπίπλανται νύκτας τε καὶ ἡμέρας πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκεῖναι. ταύτην δὲ τὴν ὠδῖνα ἐγείρειν τε καὶ ἀποπαύειν ἡ ἐμὴ τέχνη δύναται.”
Tēs parʼ Hebraiois prophēteias legousēs “ ek tou phobou sou, kyrie, en gastri elabomen kai ōdinēsamen kai etekomen pneuma sōtērias” ho Platōn en Theaitētǭ tade legonta Sōkratēn poiei “Paschousi dē hoi emoi syngignomenoi tauton tais tiktousais; ōdinousi gar kai aporias empiplantai nyktas te kai hēmeras poly mallon ē ekeinai. tautēn de tēn ōdina egeirein te kai apopauein hē emē technē dynatai.”
The prophecy of the Hebrews says, “From fear of you, O Lord, we conceived and were in labour and brought forth a spirit of salvation.” Plato in the Theaetetus makes Socrates say this: “Those who associate with me suffer the same as women in childbirth; for they are in labour and full of perplexity night and day, much more than they. And my art can rouse this labour and bring it to an end.”
Preparation 12, chapter 46
12.46.1Dindorf 2:130–131
Τοῦ προφήτου Ἰεζεκιὴλ φήσαντος “ἐγένετο ἐπʼ ἐμὲ χεὶρ κυρίου, καὶ εἶδον, καὶ ἰδοὺ πνεῦμα ἐξαῖρον ἤρχετο ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ” καὶ ἐξῆς εἰπόντος “καὶ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, ὡς ὁμοίωμα τεσσάρων ζῴων. καὶ ἡ ὅρασις αὐτῶν ὡς ὁμοίωμα ἀνθρώπου ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς, καὶ πρόσωπα τέσσαρα τῷ ἑνί. καὶ ὁμοίωσις τῶν προσώπων αὐτῶν, πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πρόσωπον λέοντος ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῖς τέσσαρσι, καὶ πρόσωπον μόσχου ἐξ ἀριστερῶν τοῖς τέσσαρσι. καὶ πρόσωπον ἀετοῦ τοῖς τέσσαρσι, ” καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως ἄκουσον ἅ φησι
Tou prophētou Iezekiēl phēsantos “egeneto epʼ eme cheir kyriou, kai eidon, kai idou pneuma exairon ērcheto apo borra, ” kai exēs eipontos “kai en tǭ mesǭ, hōs homoiōma tessarōn zǭōn. kai hē horasis autōn hōs homoiōma anthrōpou epʼ autois, kai prosōpa tessara tǭ heni. kai homoiōsis tōn prosōpōn autōn, prosōpon anthrōpou, kai prosōpon leontos ek dexiōn tois tessarsi, kai prosōpon moschou ex aristerōn tois tessarsi. kai prosōpon aetou tois tessarsi, ” kai ho Platōn homoiōs akouson ha phēsi
The prophet Ezekiel said, “The hand of the Lord came upon me, and I saw, and behold, a lifting wind came from the north,” and next, “And in the midst, as it were a likeness of four living creatures; and their appearance was as the likeness of a man upon them; and four faces to each one. And the likeness of their faces: a face of a man, and a face of a lion on the right for the four, and a face of a calf on the left for the four, and a face of an eagle for the four.” Hear likewise what Plato says:
12.46.2Dindorf 2:131
“ Νῦν δὴ, ἔφην, αὐτῷ διαλεγώμεθα, ἐπειδὴ διωμολογησάμεθα, τό τε ἀδικεῖν καὶ τὸ δίκαια πράττειν ἣν ἑκάτερον ἔχει δύναμιν. Πῶς; ἔφη. Εἰκόνα πλάσαντες τῆς ψυχῆς λόγῳ, ἵνα εἰδῇ ὁ ἐκεῖνα λέγων οἵαν ἔλεγε. Ποίαν τινά; ἦ δʼ ὅς. Τῶν τοιούτων τινὰ, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, οἷαι μυθολογοῦνται παλαιαὶ γενέσθαι φύσεις, ἥ τε Χιμαίρας καὶ ἡ Σκύλλης καὶ Κερβέρου, καὶ ἄλλαι τινὲς συχναὶ λέγονται συμπεφυκυῖαι ἰδέαι πολλαὶ εἰς ἓν γενέσθαι.
“ Nyn dē, ephēn, autǭ dialegōmetha, epeidē diōmologēsametha, to te adikein kai to dikaia prattein hēn hekateron echei dynamin. Pōs? ephē. Eikona plasantes tēs psychēs logǭ, hina eidę̄ ho ekeina legōn hoian elege. Poian tina? ē dʼ hos. Tōn toioutōn tina, ēn dʼ egō, hoiai mythologountai palaiai genesthai physeis, hē te Chimairas kai hē Skyllēs kai Kerberou, kai allai tines sychnai legontai sympephykuiai ideai pollai eis hen genesthai.
“Now, then, I said, let us converse with him, since we have agreed what power doing wrong and doing right each have. — How? he said. — By moulding in speech an image of the soul, so that the one who says those things may know what he was saying. — What sort of image? he said. — One of those, I said, such as the natures that the myths say arose of old, that of the Chimaera, and of Scylla, and of Cerberus, and many others in which many forms are said to have grown together into one.
12.46.3Dindorf 2:131
Λέγονται γὰρ, ἔφη. Πλάττε τοίνυν μίαν μὲν ἰδέαν θηρίου ποικίλου καὶ πολυκεφάλου, ἡμέρων δὲ θηρίων ἔχοντος κεφαλὰς κύκλῳ καὶ ἀγρίων, καὶ δυνατοῦ μεταβάλλειν καὶ φύειν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα πάντα. Δεινοῦ πλάστου, ἔφη, τὸ ἔργον· ὅμως δʼ, ἐπειδὴ εὐπλαστότερον κηροῦ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὁ λόγος, πεπλάσθω.
Legontai gar, ephē. Platte toinyn mian men idean thēriou poikilou kai polykephalou, hēmerōn de thēriōn echontos kephalas kyklǭ kai agriōn, kai dynatou metaballein kai phyein ex autou tauta panta. Deinou plastou, ephē, to ergon; homōs dʼ, epeidē euplastoteron kērou kai tōn toioutōn ho logos, peplasthō.
— They are said to, he said. — Mould, then, one form of a creature, many-coloured and many-headed, having a ring of heads of tame and wild beasts, and able to change and grow all these out of itself. — It is the work of a skilled moulder, he said; but since speech is more easily moulded than wax and such things, let it be moulded.
12.46.4Dindorf 2:131
Μίαν δὴ τοίνυν ἄλλην ἰδέαν λέοντος, μίαν δὲ ἀνθρώπου· πολὺ δὲ μέγιστον ἔστω τὸ πρῶτον, καὶ δεύτερον τὸ δεύτερον. Ταῦτʼ, ἔφη, ῥᾴω, καὶ πέπλασται. Σύναπτε τοίνυν αὐτὰ εἰς ἓν τρία ὄντα, ὥστε πη ξυμπεφυκέναι ἀλλήλοις. Ξυνῆπται, ἔφη. Περίπλασον δὴ αὐτοῖς ἔξωθεν ἑνὸς εἰκόνα, τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὥστε τῷ μὴ δυναμένῳ τὰ ἐντὸς ὁρᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔξω μόνον ἔλυτρον ὁρῶντι, ἓν ζῷον φαίνεσθαι, ἄνθρωπον.
Mian dē toinyn allēn idean leontos, mian de anthrōpou; poly de megiston estō to prōton, kai deuteron to deuteron. Tautʼ, ephē, rhąō, kai peplastai. Synapte toinyn auta eis hen tria onta, hōste pē xympephykenai allēlois. Xynēptai, ephē. Periplason dē autois exōthen henos eikona, tēn tou anthrōpou, hōste tǭ mē dynamenǭ ta entos horan, alla to exō monon elytron horōnti, hen zǭon phainesthai, anthrōpon.
— Then another form of a lion, and one of a man; let the first be much the greatest, and the second second. — That is easier, he said, and it is moulded. — Join them, then, three as they are, into one, so that they grow together somehow. — They are joined, he said. — Mould round them on the outside the image of one, that of the man, so that to one who cannot see what is inside, but sees only the outer sheath, it appears one creature, a man.
12.46.5Dindorf 2:131–132
Περιπέπλασται, ἔφη. Λέγωμεν δὴ τῷ λέγοντι ὡς λυσιτελεῖ τούτῳ ἀδικεῖν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, δίκαια δὲ πράττειν οὐ ξυμφέρει, διότι οὐδὲν ἄλλο φήσει ἢ λυσιτελεῖν αὐτῷ τὸ παντοδαπὸν θηρίον εὐωχοῦντι ποιεῖν ἰσχυρὸν καὶ τὸν λέοντα καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν λέοντα, τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον λιμοκτονεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν ἀσθενῆ, ὥστε ἕλκεσθαι ὅπη ἂν ἐκείνων ὁπότερον ἄγῃ, καὶ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἑτέρῳ ξυνεθίζειν μηδὲ φίλον ποιεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐᾶν αὐτὰ ἐν αὑτοῖς δάκνεσθαί τε καὶ μαχόμενα ἐσθίειν ἄλληλα.
Peripeplastai, ephē. Legōmen dē tǭ legonti hōs lysitelei toutǭ adikein tǭ anthrōpǭ, dikaia de prattein ou xympherei, dioti ouden allo phēsei ē lysitelein autǭ to pantodapon thērion euōchounti poiein ischyron kai ton leonta kai ta peri ton leonta, ton de anthrōpon limoktonein kai poiein asthenē, hōste helkesthai hopē an ekeinōn hopoteron agę̄, kai mēden heteron heterǭ xynethizein mēde philon poiein, allʼ ean auta en hautois daknesthai te kai machomena esthiein allēla.
— It is moulded round, he said. — Let us say, then, to one who says that it profits this man to do wrong, and that to do right does not benefit him, that he is saying nothing else than that it profits him to feast the many-shaped beast and make it strong, and the lion and what goes with the lion, and to starve the man and make him weak, so that he is dragged wherever either of those leads, and does not accustom one to the other or make them friends, but lets them bite and fight and devour one another.
12.46.6Dindorf 2:132
Παντάπασι γὰρ, ἔφη, ταῦτʼ ἂν λέγοι ὁ τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἐπαινῶν. Οὐκοῦν αὖ ὁ τὰ δίκαια λέγων λυσιτελεῖν φαίη ἂν δεῖν ταῦτα πράττειν καὶ ταῦτα λέγειν, ὅθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁ ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπος ἔσται ἐγκρατέστατος, καὶ τοῦ πολυκεφάλου θρέμματος ἐπιμελήσεται ὥσπερ γεωργὸς, τὰ μὲν ἥμερα τρέφων καὶ τιθασσεύων, τὰ δὲ ἄγρια ἀποκωλύων φύεσθαι, ξύμμαχον ποιησάμενος τὴν τοῦ λέοντος φύσιν, καὶ κοινῇ πάντων κηδόμενος, φίλα ποιησάμενος ἀλλήλοις τε καὶ αὑτῷ, οὕτω θρέψει; Κομιδῇ γὰρ αὖ λέγει ταῦτα ὁ τὸ δίκαιον ἐπαινῶν.”
Pantapasi gar, ephē, tautʼ an legoi ho to adikein epainōn. Oukoun au ho ta dikaia legōn lysitelein phaiē an dein tauta prattein kai tauta legein, hothen tou anthrōpou ho entos anthrōpos estai enkratestatos, kai tou polykephalou thremmatos epimelēsetai hōsper geōrgos, ta men hēmera trephōn kai tithasseuōn, ta de agria apokōlyōn phyesthai, xymmachon poiēsamenos tēn tou leontos physin, kai koinę̄ pantōn kēdomenos, phila poiēsamenos allēlois te kai hautǭ, houtō threpsei? Komidę̄ gar au legei tauta ho to dikaion epainōn.”
— Entirely so, he said; that is what the praiser of injustice would say. — Then again, the one who says that just things profit would say that one must do and say what will make the inner man most master of the man, and he will take care of the many-headed creature like a farmer, nourishing and taming the gentle parts and preventing the wild from growing, making the lion’s nature his ally, and caring for all in common, making them friends to one another and to himself, and so rear them? — That is exactly what the praiser of justice says.”
Preparation 12, chapter 47
12.47.1Dindorf 2:132–133
Τοῦ παντὸς Ἑβραίων ἔθνους εἰς δώδεκα φυλὰς διεσταλμένου καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως τοῦτο χρῆναι δεῖν ἐπὶ τῶν αὑτοῦ πολιτῶν φυλάξαι νομοθετεῖ, λέγων ὧδε “ Δώδεκα μὲν ἡμῖν ἡ χώρα πᾶσα εἰς δύναμιν ἴσα μόρια νενεμήσθω. φυλὴ δὲ μία τῷ μορίῳ ἑκάστῳ ἐπι- κληρωθεῖσα κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν παρεχέτω πέντε οἶον ἀγρο- νόμους τε φυλάρχους.” Καὶ πάλιν φησί “ Ταξιάρχους αὐτοῖσι προβάλλεσθαι μὲν τοὺς αἱρεθέντας στρατηγοὺς δώδεκα, ἑκάστῃ φυλῇ ταξίαρχον.”
Tou pantos Hebraiōn ethnous eis dōdeka phylas diestalmenou kai ho Platōn homoiōs touto chrēnai dein epi tōn hautou politōn phylaxai nomothetei, legōn hōde “ Dōdeka men hēmin hē chōra pasa eis dynamin isa moria nenemēsthō. phylē de mia tǭ moriǭ hekastǭ epi- klērōtheisa katʼ eniauton parechetō pente oion agro- nomous te phylarchous.” Kai palin phēsi “ Taxiarchous autoisi proballesthai men tous hairethentas stratēgous dōdeka, hekastę̄ phylę̄ taxiarchon.”
The whole nation of the Hebrews was divided into twelve tribes, and Plato likewise legislates that this should be kept among his citizens, saying thus: “Let the whole country be divided by us into twelve parts as equal as possible; and let one tribe, allotted to each part, provide each year five country-wardens and tribe-leaders.” And again he says: “The generals chosen are to nominate twelve captains, one captain for each tribe.”
Preparation 12, chapter 48
12.48.1Dindorf 2:133
Τῆς παρὰ παισὶν Ἑβραίων πάλαι πρότερον συνεστώσης βασιλικῆς μητροπόλεως, ἄποθεν μὲν θαλάσσης οὔσης, ἐν ὄρεσι δὲ κατῳκισμένης, πάμφορόν τε γῆν κεκτημένης, καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τοιαύτην τινὰ εἶναι δεῖν φησι τὴν πρὸς αὐτοῦ κατοικιζομένην ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις. λέγει δὲ ὧδε
Tēs para paisin Hebraiōn palai proteron synestōsēs basilikēs mētropoleōs, apothen men thalassēs ousēs, en oresi de katǭkismenēs, pamphoron te gēn kektēmenēs, kai ho Platōn toiautēn tina einai dein phēsi tēn pros autou katoikizomenēn en tois Nomois. legei de hōde
The royal capital of the sons of the Hebrews, established long before, was far from the sea, settled in the mountains, and had a land producing all things; and Plato says in the Laws that the city founded by him should be of some such kind. He speaks thus:
12.48.2Dindorf 2:133
“ Τόδε δὲ περὶ αὐτῆς ἐστὶν ὃ βουλόμενος μᾶλλον ἐπερωτῶ, πότερον ἐπιθαλαττίδιος ἔσται τις ἢ χερσαία. Σχεδὸν, ὦ ξένε, ἀπέχει θαλάττης γε ἡ πόλις, ἧς πέρι τὰ νῦν δὴ λεχθέντα ἡμῖν, εἴς τινας ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους. Τί δέ; λιμένες ἆρʼ εἰσὶ κατʼ αὐτῆς, ἢ τὸ παράπαν ἀλίμενος; Εὐλίμενος μὲν οὖν ταύτῃ γε, ὡς δυνατόν ἐστι μάλιστα, ὦ ξένε.
“ Tode de peri autēs estin ho boulomenos mallon eperōtō, poteron epithalattidios estai tis ē chersaia. Schedon, ō xene, apechei thalattēs ge hē polis, hēs peri ta nyn dē lechthenta hēmin, eis tinas ogdoēkonta stadious. Ti de? limenes arʼ eisi katʼ autēs, ē to parapan alimenos? Eulimenos men oun tautę̄ ge, hōs dynaton esti malista, ō xene.
“This is what I ask about it, wishing rather to know: will it be on the sea or inland? — The city we have now been speaking of, stranger, is about eighty stades from the sea. — What then? Are there harbours along it, or is it entirely without harbours? — It is as well provided with harbours as possible, stranger.
12.48.3Dindorf 2:133–134
Παπαῖ, οἷον λέγεις. τί δέ; περὶ αὐτὴν ἡ χώρα πότερα πάμφορος, ἢ καί τινων ἐπιδεής; Σχεδὸν οὐδενὸς ἐπιδεής. Γείτων δὲ αὐτῆς πόλις ἆρʼ ἔσται τις πλησίον; Οὐ πάνυ, διὸ κατοικίζεται· παλαιὰ γάρ τις ἐξοίκησις ἐν τῷ τόπῳ γενομένη τὴν χώραν ταύτην ἔρημον ἀπείργασται χρόνον ἀμήχανον ὅσον. Τί δέ; πεδίων τε καὶ ὀρῶν καὶ ὕλης πῶς μέρος ἑκάστων ἡμῖν εἴληχε; Προσέοικε τῇ τῆς ἄλλης Κρήτης φύσει ὅλῃ. Τραχυτέραν αὐτὴν ἢ πεδινωτέραν ἂν λέγοις; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Papai, hoion legeis. ti de? peri autēn hē chōra potera pamphoros, ē kai tinōn epideēs? Schedon oudenos epideēs. Geitōn de autēs polis arʼ estai tis plēsion? Ou pany, dio katoikizetai; palaia gar tis exoikēsis en tǭ topǭ genomenē tēn chōran tautēn erēmon apeirgastai chronon amēchanon hoson. Ti de? pediōn te kai orōn kai hylēs pōs meros hekastōn hēmin eilēche? Proseoike tę̄ tēs allēs Krētēs physei holę̄. Trachyteran autēn ē pedinōteran an legois? Pany men oun.
— Alas, what you say! But what of the country around it: does it produce all things, or does it lack some? — It lacks almost nothing. — Will there be a neighbouring city near it? — Not at all; that is why it is being settled; for an emigration from the place long ago has left this country deserted for an immense time. — What then? How much of plains, mountains, and woodland has fallen to our lot? — It resembles the nature of the rest of Crete as a whole. — Would you call it rugged rather than level? — Certainly.
12.48.4Dindorf 2:134
Οὐ τοίνυν ἀνίατος ἂν εἴη πρὸς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιθαλαττία τε ἔμελλεν εἶναι καὶ εὐλίμενος καὶ μὴ πάμφορος, ἀλλʼ ἐπιδεὴς πολλῶν, μεγάλου τινὸς ἔδει σωτῆρός γε αὐτῇ καὶ νομοθετῶν θείων τινῶν, εἰ μὴ πολλά τε ἔμελλεν ἤθη καὶ ποικίλα καὶ φαῦλα ἕξειν τοιαύτη φύσει γενομένη· νῦν δὲ παραμύθιον ἔχει τὸ τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίων.
Ou toinyn aniatos an eiē pros aretēs ktēsin. ei men gar epithalattia te emellen einai kai eulimenos kai mē pamphoros, allʼ epideēs pollōn, megalou tinos edei sōtēros ge autę̄ kai nomothetōn theiōn tinōn, ei mē polla te emellen ēthē kai poikila kai phaula hexein toiautē physei genomenē; nyn de paramythion echei to tōn ogdoēkonta stadiōn.
— Then it would not be incurable for the acquisition of virtue. For if it were to be on the sea, well harboured, and not producing all things but lacking many, it would need some great saviour and divine lawgivers, if it were not to have many varied and bad characters, being of such a nature; but as it is, the eighty stades are a consolation.
12.48.5Dindorf 2:134
ἐγγύτερον μέντοι τοῦ δέοντος κεῖται τῆς θαλάττης, σχεδὸν ὅσον εὐλιμενωτέραν φὴς αὐτὴν εἶναι. ὅμως δὲ ἀγαπητὸν καὶ τοῦτο. πρόσοικος γὰρ θάλαττα χώρᾳ τὸ μὲν παρʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδὺ, μάλα γε μὴν ὄντως ἁλμυρὸν καὶ πικρὸν γειτόνημα· ἐμπορίας γὰρ καὶ χρηματισμοῦ διὰ καπηλείας ἐμπιπλᾶσα ἑαυτὴν, ἤθη παλίμβολα καὶ ἄπιστα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐντίκτουσα, αὐτήν τε πρὸς αὑτὴν τὴν πόλιν ἄπιστον καὶ ἄφιλον ποιεῖ, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ὡσαύτως. παραμύθιον δὲ δὴ πρὸς ταῦτα καὶ τὸ πάμφορος εἶναι κέκτηται, τραχεῖα δὲ οὖσα δῆλον ὡς οὐκ ἂν πολύφορός τʼ εἴη καὶ πάμφορος ἅμα. τοῦτο γὰρ ἔχουσα, πολλὴν ἐξαγωγὴν ἂν παρεχομένη, νομίσματος ἀργυροῦ καὶ χρυσοῦ πάλιν ἀντεπίμπλατʼ ἄν· οὗ μεῖζον κακὸν, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, πόλει ἀνθʼ ἑνὸς ἓν οὐδὲν ἂν γένοιτο εἰς γενναίων καὶ δικαίων ἠθῶν κτῆσιν.” Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοσούτων ἡμῖν καὶ μέχρι τοῦδε ἀποδεδειγμένων σκεψώμεθα ὅπως τὸν τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις παιδείας τρόπον διʼ ὧν εἰρήκαμεν ἀποδεξάμενος τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν παραιτεῖται, γράφων ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὧδε
engyteron mentoi tou deontos keitai tēs thalattēs, schedon hoson eulimenōteran phēs autēn einai. homōs de agapēton kai touto. prosoikos gar thalatta chōrą to men parʼ hekastēn hēmeran hēdy, mala ge mēn ontōs halmyron kai pikron geitonēma; emporias gar kai chrēmatismou dia kapēleias empiplasa heautēn, ēthē palimbola kai apista tais psychais entiktousa, autēn te pros hautēn tēn polin apiston kai aphilon poiei, kai pros tous allous anthrōpous hōsautōs. paramythion de dē pros tauta kai to pamphoros einai kektētai, tracheia de ousa dēlon hōs ouk an polyphoros tʼ eiē kai pamphoros hama. touto gar echousa, pollēn exagōgēn an parechomenē, nomismatos argyrou kai chrysou palin antepimplatʼ an; hou meizon kakon, hōs epos eipein, polei anthʼ henos hen ouden an genoito eis gennaiōn kai dikaiōn ēthōn ktēsin.” Alla gar tosoutōn hēmin kai mechri toude apodedeigmenōn skepsōmetha hopōs ton tēs parʼ Hebraiois paideias tropon diʼ hōn eirēkamen apodexamenos ton Hellēnikon paraiteitai, graphōn en tǭ dekatǭ tēs Politeias hōde
It lies nearer the sea than it should, about as much as you say it is well harboured. Still even this is acceptable. For the sea, neighbour to a country, is pleasant day by day, but in truth a salty and bitter neighbour; filling the place with trade and money-making through retail, it breeds shifty and faithless characters in souls, and makes the city faithless and unfriendly to itself and likewise to other men. A consolation for this, too, is its producing all things; and being rugged, it clearly could not be both very productive and all-producing. For having this, providing much export, it would be filled in return with silver and gold coin; than which, so to speak, no greater evil could come to a city, one thing for another, for the acquisition of noble and just characters.” But since so much has been shown by us thus far, let us consider how, having accepted the Hebrew way of education through what we have said, he rejects the Greek, writing thus in the tenth book of the Republic:
Preparation 12, chapter 49
12.49.1Dindorf 2:134–135
“Ὡς μὲν πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰρήσθω, οὐ γάρ μου κατερεῖτε πρὸς τοὺς τῆς τραγῳδίας ποιητὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας τοὺς μιμητικοὺς) λώβη ἔοικεν εἶναι πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα τῆς τῶν ἀκουόντων διανοίας, ὅσοι μὴ ἔχουσι φάρμακον τὸ εἰδέναι αὐτὰ οἶα τυγχάνει ὄντα. Πῇ δὴ, ἔφη, διανοούμενος λέγεις; Ῥητέον, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, καίτοι φιλία γέ τίς με καὶ αἰδὼς ἐκ παιδὸς ἔχουσα περὶ Ὁμήρου ἀποκωλύει λέγειν.
“Hōs men pros hymas eirēsthō, ou gar mou katereite pros tous tēs tragǭdias poiētas kai tous allous pantas tous mimētikous) lōbē eoiken einai panta ta toiauta tēs tōn akouontōn dianoias, hosoi mē echousi pharmakon to eidenai auta oia tynchanei onta. Pę̄ dē, ephē, dianooumenos legeis? Rhēteon, ēn dʼ egō, kaitoi philia ge tis me kai aidōs ek paidos echousa peri Homērou apokōlyei legein.
“To speak among ourselves (for you will not denounce me to the tragic poets and all the other imitators), all such things seem to be a corruption of the minds of the hearers, of those who do not have as a remedy the knowledge of what they really are. — What are you thinking of in saying this? he said. — It must be said, I said, although a certain love and reverence for Homer, held from childhood, keeps me from speaking.
12.49.2Dindorf 2:135
ἔοικε γὰρ τῶν καλῶν ἀπάντων τούτων τῶν τραγικῶν πρῶτος διδάσκαλός τε καὶ ἡγεμὼν γενέσθαι. ἀλλʼ οὐ γὰρ πρό γε τῆς ἀληθείας τιμητέος ἀνὴρ, ἀλλʼ ὃ λέγω ῥητέον. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ἔφη.”
eoike gar tōn kalōn apantōn toutōn tōn tragikōn prōtos didaskalos te kai hēgemōn genesthai. allʼ ou gar pro ge tēs alētheias timēteos anēr, allʼ ho legō rhēteon. Pany men oun, ephē.”
For he seems to have been the first teacher and leader of all these fine tragedians. But a man must not be honoured above the truth, and what I mean must be said. — Certainly, he said.”
12.49.3Dindorf 2:135
Εἶθʼ ἐξῆς ἐπιλέγει “Τῶν μὲν τοίνυν ἄλλων πέρι μὴ ἀπαιτῶμεν λόγον Ὅμηρον, μηδὲ ἄλλον ὁντινοῦν τῶν ποιητῶν, ἐρωτῶντες, εἰ ἰατρικός τις ἦν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ μιμητὴς μόνον ἰατρικῶν λόγων, τίνας ὑγιεῖς ποιητής τις τῶν παλαιῶν ἢ τῶν νέων λέγεται πεποιηκέναι, ὥσπερ Ἀσκληπιὸς, ἢ τίνας μαθητὰς ἰατρικῆς κατελίπετο, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος τοὺς ἐκγόνους· μηδʼ αὖ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας τέχνας αὐτὸν ἐρωτῶμεν, ἀλλʼ ἐῶμεν.
Eithʼ exēs epilegei “Tōn men toinyn allōn peri mē apaitōmen logon Homēron, mēde allon hontinoun tōn poiētōn, erōtōntes, ei iatrikos tis ēn autōn, alla mē mimētēs monon iatrikōn logōn, tinas hygieis poiētēs tis tōn palaiōn ē tōn neōn legetai pepoiēkenai, hōsper Asklēpios, ē tinas mathētas iatrikēs katelipeto, hōsper ekeinos tous ekgonous; mēdʼ au peri tas allas technas auton erōtōmen, allʼ eōmen.
Then next he adds: “About the other matters let us not demand an account from Homer or any other of the poets, asking whether any of them was a physician and not only an imitator of medical talk, whom any poet of old or new is said to have made healthy, as Asclepius did, or what pupils in medicine he left, as he left his descendants; nor let us ask him about the other arts, but let them be.
12.49.4Dindorf 2:135
περὶ δὲ τῶν μεγίστων τε καὶ καλλίστων, ὧν ἐπιχειρεῖ λέγειν Ὅμηρος, πολέμων τε πέρι καὶ στρατηγιῶν καὶ διοικήσεων πόλεων, καὶ παιδείας πέρι ἀνθρώπων, δίκαιον που ἐρωτᾶν αὐτὸν πυνθανομένους, ὦ φίλε Ὅμηρε, εἴπερ μὴ τρίτος ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶ ἀρετῆς πέρι εἰδώλου δημιουργὸς, ὃν δὴ μιμητὴν ὡρισάμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερος, καὶ οἷός τε ἦσθα γινώσκειν ποῖα ἐπιτηδεύματα βελτίους ἢ χείρους ἀνθρώπους ποιεῖ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, λέγε ἡμῖν τίς τῶν πόλεων διὰ σὲ βέλτιον ᾤκησεν, ὥσπερ διὰ Λυκοῦργον Λακεδαίμων καὶ διʼ ἄλλους πολλοὺς πολλαὶ μεγάλαι τε καὶ σμικραί.
peri de tōn megistōn te kai kallistōn, hōn epicheirei legein Homēros, polemōn te peri kai stratēgiōn kai dioikēseōn poleōn, kai paideias peri anthrōpōn, dikaion pou erōtan auton pynthanomenous, ō phile Homēre, eiper mē tritos apo tēs alētheias ei aretēs peri eidōlou dēmiourgos, hon dē mimētēn hōrisametha, alla kai deuteros, kai hoios te ēstha ginōskein poia epitēdeumata beltious ē cheirous anthrōpous poiei idią kai dēmosią, lege hēmin tis tōn poleōn dia se beltion ǭkēsen, hōsper dia Lykourgon Lakedaimōn kai diʼ allous pollous pollai megalai te kai smikrai.
But about the greatest and finest things of which Homer undertakes to speak, wars and generalships and the administration of cities and the education of men, it is surely just to ask him: ‘Dear Homer, if you are not third from the truth about virtue, a maker of an image, whom we defined as an imitator, but second, and could know what pursuits make men better or worse in private and public, tell us which of the cities was better governed through you, as Lacedaemon through Lycurgus and many cities great and small through many others.
12.49.5Dindorf 2:135–136
σὲ δὲ τίς αἰτιᾶται πόλις ἀγαθὸν νομοθέτην γεγονέναι καὶ σφὰς ὠφεληκέναι; Χαρώνδαν μὲν γὰρ Ἰταλία καὶ Σικελία, καὶ ἡμεῖς Σόλωνα· σὲ δὲ τίς; ἕξει τινὰ εἰπεῖν; Οὐκ οἴομαι, ἔφη ὁ Γλαύκων· οὔκουν λέγεταί γε, οὐδʼ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν Ὁμηριδῶν. Ἀλλὰ δὴ τίς πόλεμος ἐπὶ Ὁμήρου ὑπʼ ἐκείνου ἄρχοντος ἢ συμβουλεύοντος εὖ πολεμηθεὶς μνημονεύεται; Οὐδείς.
se de tis aitiatai polis agathon nomothetēn gegonenai kai sphas ōphelēkenai? Charōndan men gar Italia kai Sikelia, kai hēmeis Solōna; se de tis? hexei tina eipein? Ouk oiomai, ephē ho Glaukōn; oukoun legetai ge, oudʼ hypʼ autōn Homēridōn. Alla dē tis polemos epi Homērou hypʼ ekeinou archontos ē symbouleuontos eu polemētheis mnēmoneuetai? Oudeis.
What city credits you with having been a good lawgiver and benefited it? Italy and Sicily credit Charondas, and we Solon; but who you?’ Will he be able to name any? — I think not, said Glaucon; none is spoken of, even by the Homeridae themselves. — But is any war in Homer’s time remembered as well fought under his command or counsel? — None.
12.49.6Dindorf 2:136
Ἀλλʼ οἶα δὴ εἰς τὰ ἔργα σοφοῦ ἀνδρὸς πολλαὶ ἐπίνοιαι καὶ εὐμήχανοι εἰς τέχνας ἤ τινας ἄλλας πράξεις λέγονται, ὥσπερ αὖ Θάλεώ τε πέρι τοῦ Μιλησίου καὶ Ἀναχάρσιδος τοῦ Σκύθου; Οὐδαμῶς τοιοῦτον οὐδέν.
Allʼ oia dē eis ta erga sophou andros pollai epinoiai kai eumēchanoi eis technas ē tinas allas praxeis legontai, hōsper au Thaleō te peri tou Milēsiou kai Anacharsidos tou Skythou? Oudamōs toiouton ouden.
— But are many ingenious inventions in the arts or other practical matters told of him, as of a wise man in deeds, as of Thales of Miletus and Anacharsis the Scythian? — Nothing of the kind at all.
12.49.7Dindorf 2:136
Ἀλλὰ δὴ, εἰ μὴ δημοσίᾳ, ἰδίᾳ τισὶν ἡγεμὼν παιδείας αὐτὸς ζῶν λέγεται Ὅμηρος γενέσθαι, οἳ ἐκεῖνον ἠγάπων ἐπὶ συνουσίᾳ καὶ τοῖς ὕστερον ὁδόν τινα παρέδοσαν βίου Ὁμηρικὴν, ὥσπερ Πυθαγόρας αὐτός τε διαφερόντως ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἠγαπήθη, καὶ οἱ ὕστεροι ἔτι καὶ νῦν Πυθαγόρειον τρόπον ἐπονομάζοντες τοῦ βίου διαφανεῖς πη δοκοῦσιν εἷναι ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις;
Alla dē, ei mē dēmosią, idią tisin hēgemōn paideias autos zōn legetai Homēros genesthai, hoi ekeinon ēgapōn epi synousią kai tois hysteron hodon tina paredosan biou Homērikēn, hōsper Pythagoras autos te diapherontōs epi toutǭ ēgapēthē, kai hoi hysteroi eti kai nyn Pythagoreion tropon eponomazontes tou biou diaphaneis pē dokousin heinai en tois allois?
— But if not in public, is Homer said to have been privately in his lifetime a leader of education to some who loved him for his company and handed down to later men a Homeric way of life, as Pythagoras was himself especially loved for this, and his successors, even now calling their way of life Pythagorean, seem somehow distinguished among the rest?
12.49.8Dindorf 2:136
Οὐδʼ αὖ, ἔφη, τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν λέγεται. ὁ γὰρ Κρεώφυλος, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὁ τοῦ Ὁμήρου ἑταῖρος, τοῦ ὀνόματος ἂν γε- λοιότερος ἔτι πρὸς παιδείαν φανείη, εἰ τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ Ὁμήρου ἀληθῆ ἐστί.
Oudʼ au, ephē, toiouton ouden legetai. ho gar Kreōphylos, ō Sōkrates, ho tou Homērou hetairos, tou onomatos an ge- loioteros eti pros paideian phaneiē, ei ta legomena peri Homērou alēthē esti.
— Nothing of that kind either is told, he said. For Creophylus, Socrates, Homer’s companion, would appear even more ridiculous in education than in his name, if what is said about Homer is true.
12.49.9Dindorf 2:136
λέγεται γάρ που ὡς πολλὴ ἀμέλεια περὶ αὐτὸν ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου, ὅτε ἔζη. Λέγεται γὰρ οὖν, ἦν δʼ ἐγώ. ἀλλʼ οἴει, ὦ Γλαύκων, εἰ τῷ ὄντι οἷός τε ἦν παιδεύειν ἀνθρώπους καὶ βελτίους ἀπεργάζεσθαι Ὅμηρος, ἅτε περὶ τούτων οὐ μιμεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ γινώσκειν δυνάμενος, οὐκ ἄρʼ ἂν πολλοὺς ἑταίρους ἐποιήσατο καὶ ἐτιμᾶτο καὶ ἠγαπᾶτο ὑπʼ αὐτῶν;
legetai gar pou hōs pollē ameleia peri auton ēn epʼ autou ekeinou, hote ezē. Legetai gar oun, ēn dʼ egō. allʼ oiei, ō Glaukōn, ei tǭ onti hoios te ēn paideuein anthrōpous kai beltious apergazesthai Homēros, hate peri toutōn ou mimeisthai, alla ginōskein dynamenos, ouk arʼ an pollous hetairous epoiēsato kai etimato kai ēgapato hypʼ autōn?
For it is said that Homer was much neglected by that very man while he lived. — It is said, I said. But do you think, Glaucon, if Homer were really able to educate men and make them better, being able not to imitate but to know about these things, he would not have made many companions and been honoured and loved by them?
12.49.10Dindorf 2:136–137
ἀλλὰ Πρωταγόρας μὲν ἄρα ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης καὶ Πρόδικος ὁ Κεῖος καὶ ἄλλοι πάμπολλοι δύνανται τοῖς ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν παρεστάναι, ἰδίᾳ συγγινόμενοι, ὡς οὔτε οἰκίαν οὔτε πόλιν τὴν αὐτῶν οἰκεῖν οἷοί τε ἔσονται, ἐὰν μὴ σφεῖς αὐτῶν τῆς παιδείας ἐπιστατήσωσι, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ σοφίᾳ οὕτω σφόδρα φιλοῦνται, ὥστε μόνον οὐκ ἐπὶ ταῖς κεφαλαῖς περιφέρουσιν αὐτοὺς οἱ ἑταῖροι.
alla Prōtagoras men ara ho Abdēritēs kai Prodikos ho Keios kai alloi pampolloi dynantai tois ephʼ heautōn parestanai, idią synginomenoi, hōs oute oikian oute polin tēn autōn oikein hoioi te esontai, ean mē spheis autōn tēs paideias epistatēsōsi, kai epi tautę̄ tę̄ sophią houtō sphodra philountai, hōste monon ouk epi tais kephalais peripherousin autous hoi hetairoi.
But Protagoras of Abdera and Prodicus of Ceos and very many others can persuade their contemporaries, in private intercourse, that they will be unable to manage either their household or their city unless they themselves supervise their education; and for this wisdom they are so loved that their companions all but carry them about on their heads.
12.49.11Dindorf 2:137
Ὅμηρον δὲ ἄρα οἱ ἐπʼ ἐκείνου, εἴπερ οἷός τε ἦν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὀνίναι ἀν- θρώπους, ἢ Ἡσίοδον ῥαψῳδεῖν ἂν περιιόντας εἴων, καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἂν αὐτῶν ἀντείχοντο ἢ τοῦ χρυσοῦ, καὶ ἠνάγκαζον παρὰ σφίσιν οἴκοι εἶναι, ἢ εἰ μὴ ἔπει- θον, αὐτοὶ ἂν ἐπαιδαγώγουν, ὅπη ᾔεσαν, ἕως ἱκανῶς παιδείας μεταλάβοιεν;
Homēron de ara hoi epʼ ekeinou, eiper hoios te ēn pros aretēn oninai an- thrōpous, ē Hēsiodon rhapsǭdein an periiontas eiōn, kai ouchi mallon an autōn anteichonto ē tou chrysou, kai ēnankazon para sphisin oikoi einai, ē ei mē epei- thon, autoi an epaidagōgoun, hopē ę̄esan, heōs hikanōs paideias metalaboien?
And would the men of Homer’s time, if he were able to benefit men toward virtue, have let him or Hesiod go about reciting, and not have clung to them more than to gold and compelled them to stay at home with them, or, if they could not persuade them, followed them themselves wherever they went until they had received enough education?
12.49.12Dindorf 2:137
Παντάπασιν, ἔφη, δο- κεῖς μοι, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀληθῆ λέγειν. Οὐκοῦν τι- θῶμεν ἀπὸ Ὁμήρου ἀρξάμενοι πάντας τοὺς ποιητι- κοὺς μιμητὰς εἰδώλων ἀρετῆς εἷναι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων περὶ ὧν ποιοῦσι, τῆς δʼ ἀληθείας οὐχ ἅπτεσθαι; ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ νῦν δὴ ἐλέγομεν, ὁ ζωγράφος σκυτοτό- μον ποιήσει δοκοῦντα εἶναι, αὐτός τε οὐκ ἐπαίων περὶ σκυτοτομίας, καὶ τοῖς μὴ ἐπαίουσιν, ἐκ τῶν χρωμάτων δὲ καὶ σχημάτων θεωροῦσι;
Pantapasin, ephē, do- keis moi, ō Sōkrates, alēthē legein. Oukoun ti- thōmen apo Homērou arxamenoi pantas tous poiēti- kous mimētas eidōlōn aretēs heinai kai tōn allōn peri hōn poiousi, tēs dʼ alētheias ouch haptesthai? allʼ hōsper nyn dē elegomen, ho zōgraphos skytoto- mon poiēsei dokounta einai, autos te ouk epaiōn peri skytotomias, kai tois mē epaiousin, ek tōn chrōmatōn de kai schēmatōn theōrousi?
— You seem to me, Socrates, he said, to speak entirely the truth. — Shall we, then, set down that all the poets, beginning from Homer, are imitators of images of virtue and of the other things they make, and do not touch the truth; but, as we were just saying, the painter will make what seems a shoemaker, knowing nothing of shoemaking himself, to those who know nothing either, but look at colours and shapes?
12.49.13Dindorf 2:137
Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Οὕτω δὴ, οἶμαι, καὶ τὸν ποιητικὸν φήσομεν χρώματα ἄττα ἑκάστῳ τῶν τεχνῶν τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ ῥήμασιν ἐπιχρωματίζειν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπαίοντα, ἀλλʼ ἢ μιμεῖσθαι, ὥστε ἑτέροις τοιούτοις ἐκ τῶν λό- γῶν θεωροῦσι δοκεῖν, ἐάν τε περὶ σκυτοτομίας τι λέγῃ ἐν μέτρῳ καὶ ῥυθμῷ καὶ ἁρμονίᾳ, πάνυ εὖ δο- κεῖν λέγεσθαι, ἐάν τε περὶ στρατηγίας, ἐάν τε περὶ ἄλλου ὁτουοῦν ’
Pany men oun. Houtō dē, oimai, kai ton poiētikon phēsomen chrōmata atta hekastǭ tōn technōn tois onomasi kai rhēmasin epichrōmatizein auton ouk epaionta, allʼ ē mimeisthai, hōste heterois toioutois ek tōn lo- gōn theōrousi dokein, ean te peri skytotomias ti legę̄ en metrǭ kai rhythmǭ kai harmonią, pany eu do- kein legesthai, ean te peri stratēgias, ean te peri allou hotououn ’
— Certainly. — So, I think, we shall say that the poet too colours each of the arts with certain colours by his words and phrases, not understanding them except to imitate, so that to others like him, looking from the words, if he speaks of shoemaking in metre, rhythm, and harmony, it seems very well said, or of generalship, or of anything else;
12.49.14Dindorf 2:137
οὕτω φύσει αὐτὰ ταῦτα μεγά- λην τινὰ κήλησιν ἔχειν, ἐπεὶ γυμνωθέντα γε τῶν τῆς μουσικῆς χρωμάτων τὰ τῶν ποιητῶν, αὐτὰ ἐφʼ ἑαυ- τῶν λεγόμενα, οἶμαί σε εἰδέναι οἷα φαίνεται. τεθέα- ’σαι γὰρ, ἢ οὔ; Ἔγωγʼ, ἔφη.”
houtō physei auta tauta mega- lēn tina kēlēsin echein, epei gymnōthenta ge tōn tēs mousikēs chrōmatōn ta tōn poiētōn, auta ephʼ heau- tōn legomena, oimai se eidenai hoia phainetai. tethea- ’sai gar, ē ou? Egōgʼ, ephē.”
so great a charm do these things by nature have; since, stripped of the colours of music, the works of the poets, spoken by themselves, you know, I think, how they appear. You have seen it, have you not? — I have, he said.”
12.49.15Dindorf 2:137–138
Καὶ τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων εὖ μοι ἔχειν δο- κεῖ βραχέα ἄττα τῶν Πλάτωνος διελθεῖν, διʼ ὧν λο- γικώτερον τὸν περὶ θεοῦ καὶ προνοίας συνίστησι λό- γον, τοῖς Ἑβραίων κἀν τούτῳ παριστάμενος δόγμασι. πρῶτα δὲ θεασώμεθα ὅπως τὰς δόξας τῶν ἀθέων ἐκτίθησι·
Kai toutōn de houtōs echontōn eu moi echein do- kei brachea atta tōn Platōnos dielthein, diʼ hōn lo- gikōteron ton peri theou kai pronoias synistēsi lo- gon, tois Hebraiōn kan toutǭ paristamenos dogmasi. prōta de theasōmetha hopōs tas doxas tōn atheōn ektithēsi;
This being so, it seems good to me to go through a few of Plato’s passages in which he establishes the doctrine of God and providence more rationally, siding in this too with the doctrines of the Hebrews. First let us see how he sets out the opinions of the atheists:
Preparation 12, chapter 50
12.50.1Dindorf 2:138
“Λέγουσί πού τινες ὡς πάντα ἐστὶ τὰ πράγματα γιγνόμενα καὶ γενόμενα καὶ γενησόμενα τὰ μὲν φύσει, τὰ δὲ τέχνῃ, τὰ δὲ διὰ τύχην. Οὐκοῦν καλῶς. Εἰκός γέ τοί που σοφοὺς ἄνδρας ὀρθῶς λέγειν. ἑπόμενοί γε μὴν αὐτοῖς σκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἐκεῖθεν τί ποτε καὶ τυγχάνουσι διανοούμενοι.
“Legousi pou tines hōs panta esti ta pragmata gignomena kai genomena kai genēsomena ta men physei, ta de technę̄, ta de dia tychēn. Oukoun kalōs. Eikos ge toi pou sophous andras orthōs legein. hepomenoi ge mēn autois skepsōmetha tous ekeithen ti pote kai tynchanousi dianooumenoi.
“Some say, I think, that all things that are coming to be, have come to be, and will come to be, come to be some by nature, some by art, and some by chance. — Is that not well said? — It is likely, surely, that wise men speak rightly. Following them, however, let us consider what those on that side really have in mind.
12.50.2Dindorf 2:138
Πάντως. Ἔοικε, φασὶ, τὰ μὲν μέγιστα αὐτῶν καὶ κάλλιστα ἀπεργάζεσθαι φύσιν καὶ τύχην, τὰ δὲ σμικρότερα τέχνην, ἣν δὴ παρὰ φύσεως λαμβάνουσαν τὴν τῶν μεγάλων καὶ πρώτων γένεσιν ἔργων πλάττειν καὶ τεκταίνεσθαι πάντα τὰ σμικρότατα, ἃ δὴ τεχνικὰ πάντες προσαγορεύομεν.
Pantōs. Eoike, phasi, ta men megista autōn kai kallista apergazesthai physin kai tychēn, ta de smikrotera technēn, hēn dē para physeōs lambanousan tēn tōn megalōn kai prōtōn genesin ergōn plattein kai tektainesthai panta ta smikrotata, ha dē technika pantes prosagoreuomen.
— By all means. — It seems, they say, that nature and chance produce the greatest and finest of them, and art the lesser; which, receiving from nature the generation of the great and first works, moulds and fashions all the smaller ones, which we all call artificial.
12.50.3Dindorf 2:138–139
Πῶς λέγεις; Ὦδʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον ἐρῶ. πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γῆν καὶ ἀέρα φύσει πάντα εἶναι καὶ τύχῃ φασὶ, τέχνῃ δὲ οὐδὲν τούτων. καὶ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα αὖ σώματα, γῆς τε καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης ἄστρων τε πέρι, διὰ τούτων γεγονέναι παντελῶς ὄντων ἀψύχων· τύχῃ δὲ φερόμενα τῇ τῆς δυνάμεως ἕκαστα ἑκάστων, ᾗ συμπέπτωκεν ἁρμόττοντα οἰκείως πως, θερμὰ ψυχροῖς, ἢ ξηρὰ πρὸς ὑγρὰ καὶ μαλακὰ πρὸς σκληρὰ, καὶ πάντα ὁπόσα τῇ τῶν ἐναντίων κράσει κατὰ τύχην ἐξ ἀνάγκης συνεκεράσθη, ταύτῃ καὶ κατὰ ταὐτὰ οὕτως γεγεννηκέναι τόν τε οὐρανὸν ὅλον καὶ πάντα ὁπόσα ἂν κατʼ οὐρανόν, καὶ ζῷα αὖ καὶ φυτὰ ξύμπαντα, ὡρῶν πασῶν ἐκ τούτων γενομένων, οὐ διὰ νοῦν, φασὶν, οὐδὲ διά τινα θεὸν οὐδὲ διὰ τέχνην, ἀλλʼ ὃ λέγομεν, φύσει καὶ τύχῃ.
Pōs legeis? Ōdʼ eti saphesteron erō. pyr kai hydōr kai gēn kai aera physei panta einai kai tychę̄ phasi, technę̄ de ouden toutōn. kai ta meta tauta au sōmata, gēs te kai hēliou kai selēnēs astrōn te peri, dia toutōn gegonenai pantelōs ontōn apsychōn; tychę̄ de pheromena tę̄ tēs dynameōs hekasta hekastōn, hę̄ sympeptōken harmottonta oikeiōs pōs, therma psychrois, ē xēra pros hygra kai malaka pros sklēra, kai panta hoposa tę̄ tōn enantiōn krasei kata tychēn ex anankēs synekerasthē, tautę̄ kai kata tauta houtōs gegennēkenai ton te ouranon holon kai panta hoposa an katʼ ouranon, kai zǭa au kai phyta xympanta, hōrōn pasōn ek toutōn genomenōn, ou dia noun, phasin, oude dia tina theon oude dia technēn, allʼ ho legomen, physei kai tychę̄.
— How do you mean? — I will put it more clearly thus. Fire, water, earth, and air, they say, all exist by nature and chance, and none of them by art; and the bodies that come next, of earth and sun and moon and stars, came to be through these, which are wholly soulless; carried by chance, each by the force of each, as they happened to fit together in some suitable way, hot with cold, or dry with wet, and soft with hard, and all that by the mixture of opposites were blended by necessity according to chance, in this way and on these terms they have begotten the whole heaven and all that is in heaven, and all animals and plants, all the seasons arising from these; not through mind, they say, nor through any god, nor through art, but, as we say, by nature and chance.
12.50.4Dindorf 2:139
τέχνην δὲ ὕστερον ἐκ τούτων ὑστέραν γενομένην, αὐτὴν θνητὴν ἐκ θνητῶν, ὕστερα γεγεννηκέναι παιδιάς τινας ἀληθείας οὐ σφόδρα μετεχούσας, ἀλλʼ εἴδωλʼ ἄττα ξυγγενῆ ἑαυτῶν, οἷα γραφικὴ γεννᾷ καὶ μουσικὴ καὶ ὅσαι ταύταις εἰσὶ συνέριθοι τέχναι. αἳ δʼ εἴ τι καὶ σπουδαῖον ἄρα γεννῶσι τῶν τεχνῶν, εἶναι ταύτας ὁπόσαι τῇ φύσει ἐκοίνωσαν τὴν αὑτῶν δύναμιν, οἷον αὖ ἰατρικὴ καὶ γεωργικὴ καὶ γυμναστική. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὴν πολιτικὴν σμικρόν τι μέρος εἶναί φασι κοινωνοῦν φύσει, τέχνῃ δὲ τὸ πολύ. οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὴν νομοθεσίαν πᾶσαν οὐ φύσει, τέχνῃ δὲ, ἧς οὐκ ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς θέσεις.
technēn de hysteron ek toutōn hysteran genomenēn, autēn thnētēn ek thnētōn, hystera gegennēkenai paidias tinas alētheias ou sphodra metechousas, allʼ eidōlʼ atta xyngenē heautōn, hoia graphikē genną kai mousikē kai hosai tautais eisi synerithoi technai. hai dʼ ei ti kai spoudaion ara gennōsi tōn technōn, einai tautas hoposai tę̄ physei ekoinōsan tēn hautōn dynamin, hoion au iatrikē kai geōrgikē kai gymnastikē. kai dē kai tēn politikēn smikron ti meros einai phasi koinōnoun physei, technę̄ de to poly. houtō de kai tēn nomothesian pasan ou physei, technę̄ de, hēs ouk alētheis einai tas theseis.
And art, arising later from these, itself mortal from mortals, has later begotten certain playthings sharing little in truth, images akin to themselves, such as painting and music produce and the arts that work with them. And the arts that do produce something serious are those that share their power with nature, such as medicine, farming, and gymnastics. And statecraft, they say, is a small part sharing in nature, but mostly art; and so all legislation is not by nature but by art, and its enactments are not true.
12.50.5Dindorf 2:139
Πῶς λέγεις; Θεούς, ὦ μακάριε, πρῶτον εἶναί φασιν οὗτοι τέχνῃ, οὐ φύσει, ἀλλά τισι νόμοις, καὶ τούτους ἄλλους ἄλλῃ, ὅπη ἕκαστοι ἑαυτοῖς συνωμολόγησαν νομοθετούμενοι. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ καλὰ φύσει μὲν ἄλλα εἶναι, νόμῳ δὲ ἕτερα· τὰ δὲ δὴ δίκαια οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸ παράπαν φύσει, ἀλλʼ ἀμφισβητοῦντας διατελεῖν ἀλλήλοις καὶ μετατιθεμένους ἀεὶ ταῦτα· ἃ δʼ ἂν μετάθωνται καὶ ὅταν, τότε κύρια ἕκαστα εἶναι, γιγνόμενα τέχνῃ καὶ νόμοις, ἀλλʼ οὐ δή τινι φύσει.
Pōs legeis? Theous, ō makarie, prōton einai phasin houtoi technę̄, ou physei, alla tisi nomois, kai toutous allous allę̄, hopē hekastoi heautois synōmologēsan nomothetoumenoi. kai dē kai ta kala physei men alla einai, nomǭ de hetera; ta de dē dikaia oudʼ einai to parapan physei, allʼ amphisbētountas diatelein allēlois kai metatithemenous aei tauta; ha dʼ an metathōntai kai hotan, tote kyria hekasta einai, gignomena technę̄ kai nomois, allʼ ou dē tini physei.
— How do you mean? — Gods, my blessed friend, these men say first exist by art, not by nature, but by certain laws, and these different in different places, as each people agreed among themselves in legislating. And the noble things are by nature one thing and by law another; and the just things are not by nature at all, but men go on disputing with one another and always changing them; and whatever they change, and whenever, then each is in force, coming to be by art and laws, but not by any nature.
12.50.6Dindorf 2:139–140
ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν, ὦ φίλοι, ἅπαντα ἀνδρῶν σοφῶν παρὰ νέοις ἀνθρώποις, ἰδιωτῶν τε καὶ ποιητῶν, φασκόντων εἶναι τὸ δικαιότατον, ὅ τι τις ἂν νικᾶ, βιαζόμε- νος. ὅθεν ἀσέβειαί τε ἀνθρώποις ἐμπίπτουσιν νέοις, ὡς οὐκ ὄντων θεῶν οἴους ὁ νόμος προστάττει δια- νοεῖσθαι δεῖν, στάσεις τε διὰ ταῦτα, ἑλκόντων πρὸς τὸν κατὰ φύσιν ὀρθὸν βίον, ὅς ἐστι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ κρα- τοῦντα ζῆν τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ μὴ δουλεύοντα ἑτέροισι κατὰ νόμον. Οἶον διελήλυθας, ὦ ξένε, λόγον, καὶ ὅσην λώβην ἀνθρώπων νέων δημοσίᾳ πόλεσί τε καὶ ἰδίοις οἴκοις.”
tautʼ estin, ō philoi, hapanta andrōn sophōn para neois anthrōpois, idiōtōn te kai poiētōn, phaskontōn einai to dikaiotaton, ho ti tis an nika, biazome- nos. hothen asebeiai te anthrōpois empiptousin neois, hōs ouk ontōn theōn oious ho nomos prostattei dia- noeisthai dein, staseis te dia tauta, helkontōn pros ton kata physin orthon bion, hos esti tę̄ alētheią kra- tounta zēn tōn allōn, kai mē douleuonta heteroisi kata nomon. Oion dielēlythas, ō xene, logon, kai hosēn lōbēn anthrōpōn neōn dēmosią polesi te kai idiois oikois.”
These, my friends, are all the sayings of men wise in the eyes of the young, both prose writers and poets, who declare that the most just thing is whatever one can win by force. Hence impieties fall upon young men, as though the gods were not such as the law commands us to think them; and factions arise for this reason, as men draw others toward the life that is right by nature, which is in truth to live mastering others and not serving others according to law. — What an account you have gone through, stranger, and what a ruin of young men, publicly for cities and in private households!”
12.50.7Dindorf 2:140
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερά φησιν “Ἀλλά γε δὴ πάλιν λέγε μοι, Κλεινία, καὶ σύ· κοινωνὸν γὰρ δεῖ σε εἷναι τῶν λόγων· κινδυνεύει γὰρ ὁ λέγων ταῦτα πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γῆν καὶ ἀέρα πρῶτα τῶν πάντων ἡγεῖσθαι εἶναι, καὶ τὴν φύσιν ὀνομάζειν ταῦτα αὐτὰ, ψυχὴν δʼ ἐκ τούτων ὕστερον. ἔοικε δὲ οὐ κινδυνεύειν, ἀλλʼ ὄντως σημαίνειν ταῦτα ἡμῖν τῷ λόγῳ. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Kai methʼ hetera phēsin “Alla ge dē palin lege moi, Kleinia, kai sy; koinōnon gar dei se heinai tōn logōn; kindyneuei gar ho legōn tauta pyr kai hydōr kai gēn kai aera prōta tōn pantōn hēgeisthai einai, kai tēn physin onomazein tauta auta, psychēn dʼ ek toutōn hysteron. eoike de ou kindyneuein, allʼ ontōs sēmainein tauta hēmin tǭ logǭ. Pany men oun.
And after other things he says: “But tell me again, Clinias, you too, for you must share in the discussion: the one who says this seems to think that fire, water, earth, and air are the first of all things, and to call these very things nature, and soul to come from them later. And he seems not merely to suggest but really to declare this to us in his argument. — Certainly.
12.50.8Dindorf 2:140
Ἆρʼ οὖν πρὸς Διὸς οἷον πηγήν τινα ἀνοήτου δόξης ἀνευρήκαμεν ἀνθρώπων ὁπόσοι πώποτε τῶν περὶ φύσεως ἐφήψαντο ζητημάτων; σκόπει πάντα λόγον ἐξετάζων· οὐ γὰρ δὴ σμικρόν γε τὸ διαφέρον, εἰ φανεῖεν οἱ λόγων ἁπτόμενοι ἀσεβῶν ἄλλοις τε ἐξάρχοντες μηδὲ εὖ τοῖς λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐξημαρτημένως χρώμενοι. δοκεῖ τοίνυν μοι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν. Εὖ λέγεις· ἀλλʼ ὅπη δὴ, πειρῶ φράζειν. Ἔοικε τοίνυν ἀηθεστέρων ἁπτέον εἶναι λόγων. ”
Arʼ oun pros Dios hoion pēgēn tina anoētou doxēs aneurēkamen anthrōpōn hoposoi pōpote tōn peri physeōs ephēpsanto zētēmatōn? skopei panta logon exetazōn; ou gar dē smikron ge to diapheron, ei phaneien hoi logōn haptomenoi asebōn allois te exarchontes mēde eu tois logois, allʼ exēmartēmenōs chrōmenoi. dokei toinyn moi tauta houtōs echein. Eu legeis; allʼ hopē dē, peirō phrazein. Eoike toinyn aēthesterōn hapteon einai logōn. ”
— Have we, then, by Zeus, found as it were a spring of the foolish opinion of all men who have ever handled inquiries about nature? Consider, examining every argument; for it makes no small difference if those who handle impious arguments and lead others on are shown to use their arguments not even well but wrongly. Now it seems to me that this is so. — Well said; but try to explain how. — It seems, then, that we must touch on rather unfamiliar arguments.”
12.50.9Dindorf 2:140–141
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει “ Ψυχήν, ὦ ἑταῖρε, ἠγνοηκέναι κινδυνεύουσι μὲν ὀλίγου ξύμπαντες οἷόν τε ὂν τυγχάνει καὶ δύναμιν ἣν ἔχει, τῶν τε ἄλλων αὐτῆς πέρι καὶ δὴ καὶ γενέ- σεως, ὡς ἐν πρώτοις ἐστὶ σωμάτων ἔμπροσθεν πάντων γενομένη, καὶ μεταβολῆς τε αὐτῶν καὶ μετακοσμήσεως ἀπάσης ἄρχει παντὸς μᾶλλον. εἰ δʼ ἐστὶ ταῦτα οὕτως, ἆρʼ οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τὰ ψυχῆς συγγενῆ πρότερα ἂν εἴη γεγονότα τῶν σώματι προσηκόντων, οὔσης γε αὐτῆς πρεσβυτέρας ἢ σώματος; Ἀνάγκη.
Kai meta brachea epilegei “ Psychēn, ō hetaire, ēgnoēkenai kindyneuousi men oligou xympantes hoion te on tynchanei kai dynamin hēn echei, tōn te allōn autēs peri kai dē kai gene- seōs, hōs en prōtois esti sōmatōn emprosthen pantōn genomenē, kai metabolēs te autōn kai metakosmēseōs apasēs archei pantos mallon. ei dʼ esti tauta houtōs, arʼ ouk ex anankēs ta psychēs syngenē protera an eiē gegonota tōn sōmati prosēkontōn, ousēs ge autēs presbyteras ē sōmatos? Anankē.
And after a little he adds: “Almost all of them, my friend, seem ignorant of what soul is and what power it has, both in other respects and especially as to its origin: that it is among the first things, having come to be before all bodies, and governs every change and rearrangement of them more than anything. And if this is so, must not the things akin to soul necessarily have come to be before those belonging to body, since soul is older than body? — Necessarily.
12.50.10Dindorf 2:141
Δόξα δὴ καὶ ἐπιμέλεια καὶ νοῦς καὶ τέχνη καὶ νόμος σκληρῶν καὶ μαλακῶν καὶ βαρέων καὶ κούφων πρότερα ἂν εἴη· καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ μεγάλα καὶ πρῶτα ἔργα καὶ πράξεις τέχνης ἂν γίγνοιτο, ὄντα ἐν πρώτοις, τὰ δὲ φύσει καὶ φύσις, ἣν οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὶ ἐπονομάζουσι, τούτου ὕστερα καὶ ἀρχόμενα ἂν ἐκ τέχνης εἴη καὶ νοῦ. Πῶς οὐκ ὀρθῶς;
Doxa dē kai epimeleia kai nous kai technē kai nomos sklērōn kai malakōn kai bareōn kai kouphōn protera an eiē; kai dē kai ta megala kai prōta erga kai praxeis technēs an gignoito, onta en prōtois, ta de physei kai physis, hēn ouk orthōs autoi eponomazousi, toutou hystera kai archomena an ek technēs eiē kai nou. Pōs ouk orthōs?
Opinion, then, and care and mind and art and law would be prior to hard and soft, heavy and light; and indeed the great and first works and deeds would be those of art, being among the first, while things by nature, and nature itself, which they wrongly so name, would be later than this and governed by art and mind. — How wrongly?
12.50.11Dindorf 2:141
Φύσιν βούλονται λέγειν γένεσιν τὴν περὶ τὰ πρῶτα. εἰ δὲ φανήσεται ψυχὴ πρῶτον, οὐ πῦρ οὐδὲ ἀὴρ, ψυχὴ δʼ ἐν πρώτοις γεγενημένη, σχεδὸν ὀρθότατα λέγοιτʼ ἂν εἶναι διαφερόντως φύσει. ταῦτʼ ἔσθʼ οὕτως ἔχοντα, ἂν ψυχήν τις ἐπιδείξῃ πρεσβυτέραν οὖσαν σώματος, ἄλλως δὲ οὐδαμῶς. Ἀληθέστατα λέγεις.
Physin boulontai legein genesin tēn peri ta prōta. ei de phanēsetai psychē prōton, ou pyr oude aēr, psychē dʼ en prōtois gegenēmenē, schedon orthotata legoitʼ an einai diapherontōs physei. tautʼ esthʼ houtōs echonta, an psychēn tis epideixę̄ presbyteran ousan sōmatos, allōs de oudamōs. Alēthestata legeis.
— By nature they mean the generation of the first things. But if soul is shown to be first, not fire or air, but soul having come to be among the first, it would most rightly be said to be pre-eminently by nature. This is so if one shows that soul is older than body, and not otherwise. — Most true.
Preparation 12, chapter 51
12.51.1Dindorf 2:141
Ἄγε δὴ, θεὸν εἴ ποτε παρακλητέον ἡμῖν, νῦν ἔστω τοῦτο οὕτω γενόμενον· ἐπί γε ἀπόδειξιν τὴν αὑτῶν, ὡς εἰσὶ, σπουδῇ πάσῃ παρακεκλήσθων· ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὥς τινος ἀσφαλοῦς πείσματος ἐπεισβαίνωμεν εἰς τὸν νῦν λόγον. καί μοι ἐλεγχομένῳ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐρωτήσεσι τοιαῖσδε ἀσφαλέστατα ἀποκρίνεσθαι φαίνεται κατὰ τάδε.
Age dē, theon ei pote paraklēteon hēmin, nyn estō touto houtō genomenon; epi ge apodeixin tēn hautōn, hōs eisi, spoudę̄ pasę̄ parakeklēsthōn; echomenoi de hōs tinos asphalous peismatos epeisbainōmen eis ton nyn logon. kai moi elenchomenǭ peri ta toiauta erōtēsesi toiaisde asphalestata apokrinesthai phainetai kata tade.
“Come, then, if ever we must call upon God, let it be done now; let the gods be earnestly invoked for the demonstration of their own existence; and holding fast as to a secure cable, let us embark on the present argument. And when I am examined on such matters with such questions, it seems safest to answer as follows.
12.51.2Dindorf 2:141–142
ὦ ξένε, ὁπόταν φῇ τις, ἆρα ἕστηκε μὲν πάντα, κινεῖται δὲ οὐδὲν, ἢ τούτῳ πᾶν τοὐναντίον; ἢ τὰ μὲν αὐτῶν κινεῖται, τὰ δὲ μένει; Τὰ μὲν κινεῖταί που, φήσω, τὰ δὲ μένει. Μῶν οὖν οὐκ ἐν χώρᾳ τινὶ τά τε ἑστῶτα ἕστηκε καὶ τὰ κινούμενα κινεῖται; Πῶς γὰρ οὔ; Καὶ τὰ μέν γε ἐν μιᾷ ἕδρᾳ που τοῦτο ἂν δρῴη, τὰ δὲ ἐν πλείοσι.
ō xene, hopotan phę̄ tis, ara hestēke men panta, kineitai de ouden, ē toutǭ pan tounantion? ē ta men autōn kineitai, ta de menei? Ta men kineitai pou, phēsō, ta de menei. Mōn oun ouk en chōrą tini ta te hestōta hestēke kai ta kinoumena kineitai? Pōs gar ou? Kai ta men ge en mią hedrą pou touto an drǭē, ta de en pleiosi.
‘Stranger, when someone says, Do all things stand still and nothing move, or the very opposite; or do some of them move and others remain?’ — Some move, I shall say, and others remain. — ‘Do not the things standing stand, and the things moving move, in some place?’ — Of course. — ‘And some would do this in one location, others in several.’
12.51.3Dindorf 2:142
Τὰ τὴν τῶν ἑστώτων ἐν μέσῳ λαμβάνοντα δύναμιν λέγεις, φήσομεν, ἐν ἐνὶ κινεῖσθαι, καθάπερ ἡ τῶν ἑστᾶναι λεγομένων κύκλων στρέφεται περιφορά; Ναί.”
Ta tēn tōn hestōtōn en mesǭ lambanonta dynamin legeis, phēsomen, en eni kineisthai, kathaper hē tōn hestanai legomenōn kyklōn strephetai periphora? Nai.”
‘You mean, we shall say, that things taking the power of the stationary in the centre move in one place, as the revolution of circles said to stand still turns?’ — Yes.”
12.51.4Dindorf 2:142
Καὶ ἐξῆς ἐπιλέγει “ Ἔτι δὴ καὶ τῇδε εἴπωμεν, καὶ ἀποκρινώμεθα πάλιν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖσιν. εἰ σταίη πως τὰ πάντα ὁμοῦ γενόμενα, καθάπερ πλεῖστοι τῶν τοιούτων τολμῶσι λέγειν, τίνα ἄρα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀνάγκη πρώτην κίνησιν γενέσθαι τῶν εἰρημένων;
Kai exēs epilegei “ Eti dē kai tę̄de eipōmen, kai apokrinōmetha palin hēmin autoisin. ei staiē pōs ta panta homou genomena, kathaper pleistoi tōn toioutōn tolmōsi legein, tina ara en autois anankē prōtēn kinēsin genesthai tōn eirēmenōn?
And next he adds: “Let us speak in this way too, and answer ourselves again. If all things should somehow come together and stand still, as most of such people dare to say, which of the motions described must first arise in them?
12.51.5Dindorf 2:142
Τὴν αὐτὴν ἑαυτὴν δήπου κινοῦσαν. ὑπʼ ἄλλου γὰρ οὐ μή ποτε ἔμπροσθεν μεταπέσῃ, μηδεμιᾶς γʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς οὔσης ἔμπροσθεν μεταπτώσεως.
Tēn autēn heautēn dēpou kinousan. hypʼ allou gar ou mē pote emprosthen metapesę̄, mēdemias gʼ en autois ousēs emprosthen metaptōseōs.
— Surely the one that moves itself. For it could never first be changed by another, since there was no prior change among them.
12.51.6Dindorf 2:142
Ἀρχὴν ἄρα κινήσεων πασῶν καὶ πρώτην ἔν τε ἑστῶσι γενομένην καὶ ἐν κινουμένοις οὖσαν, τὴν ἑαυτὴν κινοῦσαν, φήσομεν ἀναγκαίως εἶναι πρεσβυτάτην καὶ κρατίστην μεταβολῶν πασῶν, τὴν δὲ ἀλλοιουμένην ὑφʼ ἑτέρου, κινοῦσαν δὲ ἕτερα, δευτέραν. Ἀληθέστατα λέγεις.
Archēn ara kinēseōn pasōn kai prōtēn en te hestōsi genomenēn kai en kinoumenois ousan, tēn heautēn kinousan, phēsomen anankaiōs einai presbytatēn kai kratistēn metabolōn pasōn, tēn de alloioumenēn hyphʼ heterou, kinousan de hetera, deuteran. Alēthestata legeis.
— We shall say, then, that the beginning of all motions, the first to arise among things at rest and present in things moving, the self-moving, is necessarily the oldest and mightiest of all changes, and that which is altered by another and moves others is second. — Most true.
12.51.7Dindorf 2:142
Ὁπότε δὴ τοίνυν ἐνταῦθα ἐσμὲν τοῦ λόγου, τόδε ἀποκρινώμεθα. Τὸ ποῖον; Ἐὰν ἴδωμέν που ταύτην γενομένην ἐν τῷ γηίνῳ ἢ ἐνύδρῳ ἢ πυροειδεῖ, κεχωρισμένῳ ἢ καὶ ξυμμιγεῖ, τί ποτε φήσομεν ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ πάθος ἐνεῖναι;
Hopote dē toinyn entautha esmen tou logou, tode apokrinōmetha. To poion? Ean idōmen pou tautēn genomenēn en tǭ gēinǭ ē enydrǭ ē pyroeidei, kechōrismenǭ ē kai xymmigei, ti pote phēsomen en tǭ toioutǭ pathos eneinai?
— Since, then, we are at this point of the argument, let us answer this. — What? — If we see this motion arising somewhere in what is earthy or watery or fiery, separate or mixed, what shall we say is the condition in such a thing?
12.51.8Dindorf 2:142–143
Μῶν ἆρά με ἐρωτᾷς εἰ ζῆν αὐτὸ προσεροῦμεν, ὅταν αὐτὸ αὑτὸ κινῇ; Ναί. Ζῆν· πῶς γὰρ οὔ; Τί δὲ, ὅταν ψυχὴν ἔν τισι ὁρῶμεν, μῶν ἄλλο ἢ ταὐτὸν τούτῳ ζῆν ὁμολογητέον; Οὐκ ἄλλο. Ἔχε δὴ πρὸς Διός· ἆρʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλοις περὶ ἕκαστον τρία νοεῖν;
Mōn ara me erōtąs ei zēn auto proseroumen, hotan auto hauto kinę̄? Nai. Zēn; pōs gar ou? Ti de, hotan psychēn en tisi horōmen, mōn allo ē tauton toutǭ zēn homologēteon? Ouk allo. Eche dē pros Dios; arʼ ouk an ethelois peri hekaston tria noein?
— Are you asking me whether we shall say it lives, when it moves itself? — Yes. — It lives; of course. — And when we see soul in things, must we not admit that this is life, nothing else? — Nothing else. — Stop, then, by Zeus: would you not be willing to think of three things about each thing?
12.51.9Dindorf 2:143
Πῶς λέγεις; Ἓν μὲν τὴν οὐσίαν, ἓν δὲ τῆς οὐσίας τὸν λόγον, ἓν δὲ τὸ ὄνομα. καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐρωτήσεις εἶναι περὶ τὸ ὂν ἅπαν δύο. Πῶς; Τοτὲ μὲν ἡμῶν ἕκαστον τοὔνομα προτεινόμενον αὐτὸ τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτεῖν, τοτὲ δὲ τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν προτεινόμενον ἐρωτᾶν αὖ τοὔνομα. ἆρά γε τὸ τοιόνδε αὖ βουλόμεθα νῦν λέγειν;
Pōs legeis? Hen men tēn ousian, hen de tēs ousias ton logon, hen de to onoma. kai dē kai erōtēseis einai peri to on hapan dyo. Pōs? Tote men hēmōn hekaston tounoma proteinomenon auto ton logon apaitein, tote de ton logon auton proteinomenon erōtan au tounoma. ara ge to toionde au boulometha nyn legein?
— How do you mean? — One, the substance; one, the definition of the substance; one, the name. And indeed there are two questions about everything that is. — How? — Sometimes each of us, proposing the name, asks for the definition; sometimes, proposing the definition itself, asks in turn for the name. Do we wish now to say something of this kind?
12.51.10Dindorf 2:143
Τὸ ποῖον; Ἔστι που δίχα διαιρούμενον εἰς ἴσα μέρη ἐν ἄλλοισί τε καὶ ἐν ἀριθμῷ. τούτῳ δὴ τῷ κατʼ ἀριθμὸν ὄνομα μὲν ἄρτιον, λόγος δὲ ἀριθμὸς διαιρούμενος εἰς ἴσα δύο μέρη. Ναί.
To poion? Esti pou dicha diairoumenon eis isa merē en alloisi te kai en arithmǭ. toutǭ dē tǭ katʼ arithmon onoma men artion, logos de arithmos diairoumenos eis isa dyo merē. Nai.
— What kind? — There is something divided in two into equal parts, in other things and in number. Of this, in number, the name is “even,” and the definition “number divisible into two equal parts.” — Yes.
12.51.11Dindorf 2:143
Τὸ τοιοῦτον φράζω. Μῶν οὖν οὐ ταὐτὸν ἑκατέρως προσαγορεύομεν, ἐάν τε τὸν λόγον ἐρωτώμενοι τοὔνομα ἀποδιδῶμεν, ἐάν τε τοὔνομα τὸν λόγον ἄρτιον ὀνόματι καὶ λόγῳ, δίχα διαιρούμενον ἀριθμὸν προσαγορεύοντες, ταὐτὸν ὄν; Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.
To toiouton phrazō. Mōn oun ou tauton hekaterōs prosagoreuomen, ean te ton logon erōtōmenoi tounoma apodidōmen, ean te tounoma ton logon artion onomati kai logǭ, dicha diairoumenon arithmon prosagoreuontes, tauton on? Pantapasi men oun.
— This is the kind of thing I mean. Do we not name the same thing either way, whether, asked for the definition, we give the name, or, asked for the name, the definition, calling the same thing by name “even” and by definition “number divided in two”? — Certainly.
12.51.12Dindorf 2:143–144
Ὦι δὴ ψυχὴ τοὔνομα, τίς τούτου λόγος; ἔχομεν ἄλλον πλὴν τὸν νῦν δὴ ῥηθέντα, τὴν δυναμένην αὐτὴν ἑαυτὴν κινεῖν κίνησιν; Τὸ ἑαυτὸ κινεῖν φὴς λόγον ἔχειν τὴν αὐτὴν οὐσίαν ἥνπερ τοὔνομα, ὃ δὴ πάντες ψυχὴν προσαγορεύομεν;
Ōi dē psychē tounoma, tis toutou logos? echomen allon plēn ton nyn dē rhēthenta, tēn dynamenēn autēn heautēn kinein kinēsin? To heauto kinein phēs logon echein tēn autēn ousian hēnper tounoma, ho dē pantes psychēn prosagoreuomen?
— Then of the thing whose name is soul, what is its definition? Have we any other than the one just stated, the motion able to move itself? — Do you say that self-motion has as definition the same substance which has the name we all call soul?
12.51.13Dindorf 2:144
Φημί γε. εἰ δʼ ἔστι τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχον, ἆρʼ ἔτι ποθοῦμεν μὴ ἱκανῶς δεδεῖχθαι ψυχὴν ταὐτὸν ὂν καὶ τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν καὶ κίνησιν τῶν τε ὄντων καὶ γεγονότων καὶ ἐσομένων καὶ πάντων αὖ τῶν ἐναντίων τούτοις, ἐπειδή γε ἀνεφάνη μεταβολῆς τε καὶ κινήσεως ἁπάσης αἰτία ἅπασιν; Οὔκ, ἀλλὰ ἱκανώτατα δέδεικται ψυχὴ τῶν πάντων πρεσβυτάτη, γενομένη γε ἀρχὴ κινήσεως.
Phēmi ge. ei dʼ esti touto houtōs echon, arʼ eti pothoumen mē hikanōs dedeichthai psychēn tauton on kai tēn prōtēn genesin kai kinēsin tōn te ontōn kai gegonotōn kai esomenōn kai pantōn au tōn enantiōn toutois, epeidē ge anephanē metabolēs te kai kinēseōs hapasēs aitia hapasin? Ouk, alla hikanōtata dedeiktai psychē tōn pantōn presbytatē, genomenē ge archē kinēseōs.
— I do. And if this is so, do we still feel it has not been sufficiently shown that soul is the same as the first generation and motion of all things that are, have been, and will be, and of all their opposites, since it has appeared as the cause of all change and motion in all things? — No; it has been most sufficiently shown that soul is the oldest of all things, being the beginning of motion.
12.51.14Dindorf 2:144
Ἆρʼ οὖν οὐχ ἡ διʼ ἕτερον ἐν ἄλλῳ γινομένη κίνησις, αὐτὸ δὲ ἐν αὑτῷ μηδέποτε παρέχουσα κινεῖσθαι μηδὲν, δευτέρα τε καὶ ὁπόσων ἀριθμῶν βούλοιτο ἄν τις ἀριθμεῖν αὐτὴν πολλοστὴν, τοσούτων, σώματος οὖσα ὄντως ἀψύχου μεταβολή. Ὀρθῶς.
Arʼ oun ouch hē diʼ heteron en allǭ ginomenē kinēsis, auto de en hautǭ mēdepote parechousa kineisthai mēden, deutera te kai hoposōn arithmōn bouloito an tis arithmein autēn pollostēn, tosoutōn, sōmatos ousa ontōs apsychou metabolē. Orthōs.
— Then is not the motion that arises in one thing through another, but never makes anything move in itself, second, and as many numbers down as one cares to count it, being a change of a body truly soulless? — Rightly.
12.51.15Dindorf 2:144
Ὀρθῶς ἄρα καὶ κυρίως ἀληθέστατά τε καὶ τελεώτατα εἰρηκότες ἂν ἦμεν ψυχὴν μὲν προτέραν γεγονέναι σώματος, ἢ μὴ, σῶμα δὲ δεύτερόν τε καὶ ὕστερον ψυχῆς ἀρχούσης ἀρχόμενον κατὰ φύσιν. Ἀληθέστατα μὲν οὖν.
Orthōs ara kai kyriōs alēthestata te kai teleōtata eirēkotes an ēmen psychēn men proteran gegonenai sōmatos, ē mē, sōma de deuteron te kai hysteron psychēs archousēs archomenon kata physin. Alēthestata men oun.
— Then we would have spoken rightly, properly, most truly and completely in saying that soul came to be before body, and body second and later, being ruled by soul, the ruler, according to nature. — Most true.
12.51.16Dindorf 2:144
Μεμνήμεθά γε μὴν ὁμολογήσαντες ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ὡς εἰ ψυχὴ φανείη πρεσβυτέρα σώματος οὖσα, καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἔσοιτο πρεσβύτερα. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Memnēmetha ge mēn homologēsantes en tois prosthen hōs ei psychē phaneiē presbytera sōmatos ousa, kai ta psychēs tōn tou sōmatos esoito presbytera. Pany men oun.
— We remember having agreed earlier that if soul were shown to be older than body, the things of soul would also be older than those of body. — Certainly.
12.51.17Dindorf 2:144–145
Τρόποι δὲ καὶ ἤθη καὶ βουλήσεις καὶ λογισμοὶ καὶ δόξαι ἀληθεῖς ἐπιμέλειαί τε καὶ μνῆμαι πρότερα μήκους σωμάτων καὶ πλάτους καὶ βάθους καὶ ῥώμης εἴη γεγονότα ἂν, εἴπερ καὶ ψυχὴ σώματος. Ἀνάγκη.
Tropoi de kai ēthē kai boulēseis kai logismoi kai doxai alētheis epimeleiai te kai mnēmai protera mēkous sōmatōn kai platous kai bathous kai rhōmēs eiē gegonota an, eiper kai psychē sōmatos. Anankē.
— Then manners, characters, wishes, reasonings, true opinions, cares, and memories would have come before the length, breadth, depth, and strength of bodies, if soul is before body. — Necessarily.
12.51.18Dindorf 2:145
Ἄρʼ οὖν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκαῖον τῶν τε ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν εἶναι ψυχὴν καὶ τῶν κακῶν καὶ καλῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐναντίων, εἴπερ τῶν πάντων γε αὐτὴν θήσομεν αἰτίαν; Πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Arʼ oun to meta touto homologein anankaion tōn te agathōn aitian einai psychēn kai tōn kakōn kai kalōn kai aischrōn dikaiōn te kai adikōn kai pantōn tōn enantiōn, eiper tōn pantōn ge autēn thēsomen aitian? Pōs gar ou?
— Must we not, then, agree next that soul is the cause of good and evil, fair and foul, just and unjust, and all opposites, if we are to make it the cause of all things? — How not?
12.51.19Dindorf 2:145
Ψυχὴν δὴ διοικοῦσαν καὶ ἐνοικοῦσαν ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς πάντη κινουμένοις μῶν οὐ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγκη διοικεῖν φάναι; Τί μήν; Μίαν, ἢ πλείους; Πλείους· ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σφῶν ἀποκρινοῦμαι δυοῖν μέν γέ που ἔλαττον μηδὲν τιθῶμεν, τῆς τε εὐεργέτιδος καὶ τῆς τἀναντία δυναμένης ἐξεργάζεσθαι.
Psychēn dē dioikousan kai enoikousan en hapasi tois pantē kinoumenois mōn ou kai ton ouranon anankē dioikein phanai? Ti mēn? Mian, ē pleious? Pleious; egō hyper sphōn apokrinoumai dyoin men ge pou elatton mēden tithōmen, tēs te euergetidos kai tēs tanantia dynamenēs exergazesthai.
— Must we not say, then, that soul, governing and dwelling in all things that move in every direction, governs the heaven too? — Certainly. — One soul, or more? — More, I will answer for you both; let us set down no fewer than two, one that does good and one able to work the opposite.
12.51.20Dindorf 2:145
Σφόδρα ὀρθῶς εἴρηκας. Εἶεν. ἄγει μὲν δὴ ψυχὴ πάντα τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν καὶ θάλατταν ταῖς αὑτῆς κινήσεσιν, αἷς ὀνόματά ἐστι βούλεσθαι, σκοπεῖσθαι, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, βουλεύεσθαι, δοξάζειν ὀρθῶς, ἐψευσμένως, χαίρουσαν, λυπουμένην, θαρροῦσαν, φοβουμένην, μισοῦσαν, στέργουσαν, καὶ πάσαις ὅσαι τούτων ξυγγενεῖς ἢ πρωτουργοὶ κινήσεις τὰς δευτερουργοὺς αὖ παραλαμβάνουσαι κινήσεις σωμάτων ἄγουσι πάντα εἰς αὔξησιν καὶ φθίσιν καὶ διάκρισιν καὶ σύγκρισιν καὶ τούτοις ἑπομένας θερμότητας, ψύξεις, βαρύτητας, κουφότητας, σκληρὸν καὶ μαλακὸν, λευκὸν καὶ μέλαν, αὐστηρὸν καὶ γλυκὺ καὶ πικρὸν] καὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ψυχὴ χρωμένη, νοῦν μὲν προσλαμβάνουσα αἰεὶ θεῖον ὀρθῶς θεοῖς ὀρθὰ καὶ εὐδαίμονα παιδαγωγεῖ πάντα, ἀνοίᾳ δὲ ξυγγενομένη πάντα αὖ τἀναντία τούτοις ἀπεργάζεται.
Sphodra orthōs eirēkas. Eien. agei men dē psychē panta ta katʼ ouranon kai gēn kai thalattan tais hautēs kinēsesin, hais onomata esti boulesthai, skopeisthai, epimeleisthai, bouleuesthai, doxazein orthōs, epseusmenōs, chairousan, lypoumenēn, tharrousan, phoboumenēn, misousan, stergousan, kai pasais hosai toutōn xyngeneis ē prōtourgoi kinēseis tas deuterourgous au paralambanousai kinēseis sōmatōn agousi panta eis auxēsin kai phthisin kai diakrisin kai synkrisin kai toutois hepomenas thermotētas, psyxeis, barytētas, kouphotētas, sklēron kai malakon, leukon kai melan, austēron kai glyky kai pikron] kai pasin hois psychē chrōmenē, noun men proslambanousa aiei theion orthōs theois ortha kai eudaimona paidagōgei panta, anoią de xyngenomenē panta au tanantia toutois apergazetai.
— You have spoken very rightly. — Well, then. Soul leads all things in heaven and on earth and in the sea by its own motions, whose names are wishing, considering, caring, deliberating, opining rightly and falsely, rejoicing, grieving, being confident, fearing, hating, loving, and all the motions akin to these, or primary motions, which, taking over in turn the secondary motions of bodies, lead all things to growth and decay, separation and combination, and the heat and cold, heaviness and lightness, hard and soft, white and black, harsh and sweet and bitter that follow these; and with all these, soul, when it takes mind as its ally, rightly a god to gods, guides all things to what is right and happy; but when it consorts with folly, it works all the opposite.
12.51.21Dindorf 2:145–146
τιθῶμεν ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν; ἢ ἔτι διστάζομεν εἰ ἑτέρως πως ἔχει; Οὐδαμῶς. Πότερον οὖν δὴ ψυχῆς τὸ γένος ἐγκρατὲς οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ πάσης τῆς περιόδου γεγονέναι φῶμεν τὸ φρόνιμον καὶ ἀρετῆς πλῆρες, ἢ τὸ μηδέτερα κεκτημένον; βούλεσθε οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα ὧδε ἀποκρινώμεθα; Πῶς;
tithōmen tauta houtōs echein? ē eti distazomen ei heterōs pōs echei? Oudamōs. Poteron oun dē psychēs to genos enkrates ouranou kai gēs kai pasēs tēs periodou gegonenai phōmen to phronimon kai aretēs plēres, ē to mēdetera kektēmenon? boulesthe oun pros tauta hōde apokrinōmetha? Pōs?
Shall we set down that this is so? Or do we still doubt whether it is otherwise? — Not at all. — Shall we say, then, that the kind of soul that has become master of heaven and earth and the whole revolution is the wise and virtuous one, or the one that has neither? Do you wish us to answer this as follows? — How?
12.51.22Dindorf 2:146
Εἰ μὲν, ὦ θαυμάσιε, φῶμεν, ἡ ξύμπασα οὐρανοῦ ὁδὸς ἅμα καὶ φορὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ὄντων ἀπάντων νοῦ κινήσει καὶ περιφορᾷ καὶ λογισμοῖς ὁμοίαν φύσιν ἔχει καὶ ξυγγενῶς ἔρχεται, δῆλον ὡς τὴν ἀρίστην ψυχὴν φατέον ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς καὶ ἄγειν αὐτὸν τὴν τοιαύτην ὁδὸν ἐκείνην. Ὀρθῶς.
Ei men, ō thaumasie, phōmen, hē xympasa ouranou hodos hama kai phora kai tōn en autǭ ontōn apantōn nou kinēsei kai periphorą kai logismois homoian physin echei kai xyngenōs erchetai, dēlon hōs tēn aristēn psychēn phateon epimeleisthai tou kosmou pantos kai agein auton tēn toiautēn hodon ekeinēn. Orthōs.
— If, my admirable friend, we say that the whole course and motion of heaven and of all that is in it has a nature like the motion, revolution, and reasonings of mind, and proceeds in a kindred way, clearly we must say that the best soul cares for the whole cosmos and leads it along that path. — Rightly.
12.51.23Dindorf 2:146
Εἰ δὲ μανικός τε καὶ ἀτάκτως ἔρχεται, τὴν κάκην. Καὶ ταῦτα ὀρθότατα. Τίνα οὖν δὴ νοῦ κίνησις φύσιν ἔχει; τοῦτο ἤδη χαλεπὸν, ὦ φίλοι, ἐρώτημα ἀποκρινόμενον εἰπεῖν ἐμφρόνως. διὸ δὴ καὶ ἐμὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ὑμῖν δίκαιον τανῦν προσλαμβάνειν. Εὖ λέγεις.
Ei de manikos te kai ataktōs erchetai, tēn kakēn. Kai tauta orthotata. Tina oun dē nou kinēsis physin echei? touto ēdē chalepon, ō philoi, erōtēma apokrinomenon eipein emphronōs. dio dē kai eme tēs apokriseōs hymin dikaion tanyn proslambanein. Eu legeis.
— But if it proceeds madly and in disorder, the evil soul. — This too is most right. — What nature, then, has the motion of mind? This, my friends, is a hard question to answer wisely. So it is right that I should now join you in the answer. — Well said.
12.51.24Dindorf 2:146
Μὴ τοίνυν ἐξ ἐναντίας οἷον εἰς ἥλιον ἀποβλέποντες, νύκτα ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ ἐπαγόμενοι, ποιησώμεθα τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, ὡς νοῦν ποτὲ θνητοῖς ὄμμασιν ὀψόμενοί τε καὶ γνωσόμενοι ἱκανῶς· πρὸς δὲ εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐρωτωμένου βλέποντας ἀσφαλέστερον ὁρᾶν.
Mē toinyn ex enantias hoion eis hēlion apoblepontes, nykta en mesēmbrią epagomenoi, poiēsōmetha tēn apokrisin, hōs noun pote thnētois ommasin opsomenoi te kai gnōsomenoi hikanōs; pros de eikona tou erōtōmenou blepontas asphalesteron horan.
— Let us not, then, as though looking straight at the sun and bringing night on ourselves at midday, make our answer as if we would ever see mind with mortal eyes and know it sufficiently; it is safer to look at an image of what is asked.
12.51.25Dindorf 2:146–147
Πῶς λέγεις; Ἧι προσέοικε κινήσει νοῦς, τῶν δέκα κινήσεων τὴν εἰκόνα λάβωμεν, ἣν συναναμνησθεὶς ὑμῖν ἐγὼ κοινῇ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ποιήσομαι. Κάλλιστα ἂν λέγοις. Μεμνήμεθα τοίνυν τοῦτό γε τοσοῦτον τῶν τότε, ὅτι τῶν ἁπάντων τὰ μὲν κινεῖσθαι, τὰ δὲ μένειν ἔθεμεν. Ναί.
Pōs legeis? Hēi proseoike kinēsei nous, tōn deka kinēseōn tēn eikona labōmen, hēn synanamnēstheis hymin egō koinę̄ tēn apokrisin poiēsomai. Kallista an legois. Memnēmetha toinyn touto ge tosouton tōn tote, hoti tōn hapantōn ta men kineisthai, ta de menein ethemen. Nai.
— How do you mean? — Let us take the image of that one of the ten motions which mind resembles; recalling it with you, I shall make the answer together. — You would speak most finely. — We remember, then, this much of what was said then, that of all things we set down some as moving and others as remaining. — Yes.
12.51.26Dindorf 2:147
Τῶν δʼ αὖ κινουμένων τὰ μὲν ἐν ἐνὶ τόπῳ κινεῖσθαι, τὰ δʼ ἐν πλείοσι φερόμενα. Ἔστι ταύτῃ. Τούτοιν δὴ τοῖν κινήσεοιν τὴν ἐν ἐνὶ φερομένην ἀεὶ περί γέ τι μέσον ἀνάγκη κινεῖσθαι τῶν ἐντόρνων οὐσῶν μίμημά τι κύκλων, εἶναί τε αὐτὴν τῇ τοῦ νοῦ περιόδῳ πάντως ὡς δυνατὸν οἰκειοτάτην τε καὶ ὁμοίαν.
Tōn dʼ au kinoumenōn ta men en eni topǭ kineisthai, ta dʼ en pleiosi pheromena. Esti tautę̄. Toutoin dē toin kinēseoin tēn en eni pheromenēn aei peri ge ti meson anankē kineisthai tōn entornōn ousōn mimēma ti kyklōn, einai te autēn tę̄ tou nou periodǭ pantōs hōs dynaton oikeiotatēn te kai homoian.
— And of the things moving, some move in one place, others travel in several. — It is so. — Of these two motions, the one travelling in one place must always move about some centre, an imitation of circles turned on a lathe, and be in every way as akin and as like as possible to the revolution of mind.
12.51.27Dindorf 2:147
Πῶς λέγεις; Τὸ κατὰ ταὐτὰ δήπου καὶ ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ περὶ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ἕνα λόγον καὶ τάξιν μίαν ἄμφω κινεῖσθαι λέγοντες νοῦν τήν τε ἐν ἐνὶ φερομένην κίνησιν, σφαίρας ἐντόρνου ἀπεικασμένα φοραῖς, οὐκ ἄν ποτε φανεῖμεν φαῦλοι δημιουργοὶ λόγῳ καλῶν εἰκόνων.
Pōs legeis? To kata tauta dēpou kai hōsautōs kai en tǭ autǭ kai peri ta auta kai pros ta auta kai hena logon kai taxin mian amphō kineisthai legontes noun tēn te en eni pheromenēn kinēsin, sphairas entornou apeikasmena phorais, ouk an pote phaneimen phauloi dēmiourgoi logǭ kalōn eikonōn.
— How do you mean? — If we say that mind and the motion travelling in one place both move in the same way and manner, in the same place, about the same things, toward the same things, according to one principle and one order, likened to the movements of a sphere turned on a lathe, we would never appear poor craftsmen of fair images in speech.
12.51.28Dindorf 2:147
Ὀρθότατα λέγεις. Οὐκοῦν αὕτη γε ἡ μηδέποτε ὡσαύτως μηδὲ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ μηδʼ ἐν ταὐτῷ μηδὲ περὶ ταὐτὰ μηδὲ πρὸς τὰ αὐτὰ μηδʼ ἐν ἐνὶ φερομένη μηδʼ ἐν κόσμῳ μηδʼ ἐν τάξει μηδʼ ἔν τινι λόγῳ κίνησις ἀνοίας ἂν αὖ πάσης εἴη ξυγγενής.
Orthotata legeis. Oukoun hautē ge hē mēdepote hōsautōs mēde kata ta auta mēdʼ en tautǭ mēde peri tauta mēde pros ta auta mēdʼ en eni pheromenē mēdʼ en kosmǭ mēdʼ en taxei mēdʼ en tini logǭ kinēsis anoias an au pasēs eiē xyngenēs.
— You speak most rightly. — Then the motion that is never in the same way, nor uniform, nor in the same place, nor about the same things, nor toward the same, nor in one, nor in order, nor in arrangement, nor in any principle, would be akin to all folly.
12.51.29Dindorf 2:147
Εἴη γὰρ ἂν ἀληθέστατα. Τανῦν δὴ χαλεπὸν οὐδὲν ἔτι διαρρήδην εἰπεῖν ὡς, ἐπειδὴ ψυχὴ μέν ἐστιν ἡ περιάγουσα ἡμῖν πάντα, τὴν δὲ οὐρανοῦ περιφορὰν ἐξ ἀνάγκης περιάγειν φατέον ἐπιμελουμένην καὶ κοσμοῦσαν ἤτοι τὴν ἀρίστην ψυχὴν ἢ τὴν ἐναντίαν.
Eiē gar an alēthestata. Tanyn dē chalepon ouden eti diarrēdēn eipein hōs, epeidē psychē men estin hē periagousa hēmin panta, tēn de ouranou periphoran ex anankēs periagein phateon epimeloumenēn kai kosmousan ētoi tēn aristēn psychēn ē tēn enantian.
— Most truly. — Now it is no longer hard to say expressly that, since soul is what drives all things round for us, we must say that the revolution of heaven is necessarily driven round, cared for, and ordered either by the best soul or by its opposite.
12.51.30Dindorf 2:147–148
Ὦ ξένε, ἀλλʼ ἐκ γε τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων ὅσιον ἄλλως λέγειν ἢ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἔχουσαν ψυχὴν μίαν ἢ πλείους περιάγειν αὐτά. Κάλλιστα, ὦ Κλεινία, ὑπήκουσας τοῖς λόγοις. τόδε δὲ προσυπάκουσον ἔτι.
Ō xene, allʼ ek ge tōn nyn eirēmenōn hosion allōs legein ē pasan aretēn echousan psychēn mian ē pleious periagein auta. Kallista, ō Kleinia, hypēkousas tois logois. tode de prosypakouson eti.
— Stranger, from what has now been said it would not be holy to say otherwise than that one soul or more, possessing all virtue, drive them round. — You have listened to the arguments most finely, Clinias. Now listen to this further.
12.51.31Dindorf 2:148
Τὸ ποῖον; Ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα, εἴπερ ψυχὴ περιάγει πάντα, ἆρʼ οὐ καὶ ἓν ἕκαστον; Τί μήν; Περὶ ἑνὸς δὴ ποιησώμεθα λόγους, οἱ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα ἁρμόττοντες ἡμῖν τὰ ἄστρα φανοῦνται.
To poion? Hēlion kai selēnēn kai ta alla astra, eiper psychē periagei panta, arʼ ou kai hen hekaston? Ti mēn? Peri henos dē poiēsōmetha logous, hoi kai epi panta harmottontes hēmin ta astra phanountai.
— What? — If soul drives all things round, does it not drive each one too, the sun and moon and the other stars? — Certainly. — Let us make our argument about one, which will appear to fit all the stars.
12.51.32Dindorf 2:148
Τίνος; Ἡλίου πᾶς ἄνθρωπος σῶμα μὲν ὁρᾷ, ψυχὴν δὲ οὐδείς· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλου σώματος οὐδενὸς οὔτε ζῶντος οὔτε ἀποθανόντος τῶν ζῴων οὐδενός, ἀλλὰ ἐλπὶς πολλὴ τὸ παράπαν τὸ γένος ἡμῖν τοῦτο ἀναίσθητον πάσαις ταῖς τοῦ σώματος αἰσθήσεσι περιπεφυκέναι, νοητὸν δὲ εἶναι. μόνῳ νῷ δὴ καὶ νοήματι λάβωμεν αὐτοῦ πέρι τὸ τοιόνδε.
Tinos? Hēliou pas anthrōpos sōma men horą, psychēn de oudeis; oude gar allou sōmatos oudenos oute zōntos oute apothanontos tōn zǭōn oudenos, alla elpis pollē to parapan to genos hēmin touto anaisthēton pasais tais tou sōmatos aisthēsesi peripephykenai, noēton de einai. monǭ nǭ dē kai noēmati labōmen autou peri to toionde.
— Which? — Of the sun every man sees the body, but no one the soul; nor that of any other body of any living creature, alive or dead; but there is much reason to hope that this kind is wholly imperceptible to all the bodily senses and perceptible to mind. Let us grasp by mind and thought alone something like this about it.
12.51.33Dindorf 2:148
Ποῖον; Ἥλιον εἰ περιάγει ψυχὴ, τριῶν αὐτὴν ἓν λέγοντες δρᾶν σχεδὸν οὐκ ἀποτευξόμεθα. Τίνων;
Poion? Hēlion ei periagei psychē, triōn autēn hen legontes dran schedon ouk apoteuxometha. Tinōn?
— What? — If soul drives the sun round, we shall hardly fail if we say it does one of three things. — What?
12.51.34Dindorf 2:148–149
Ὡς ἢ ἐνοῦσα ἐντὸς τῷ περιφερεῖ τούτῳ φαινομένῳ σώματι πάντη διακομίζει τὸ τοιοῦτον, καθάπερ ἡμᾶς ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν ψυχὴ πάντη περιφέρει· ἤ ποθεν ἔξωθεν σῶμα αὑτῇ πορισαμένη πυρὸς ἤ τινος ἀέρος, ὡς λόγος ἐστί τινων, ὠθεῖ βίᾳ σώματι σῶμα· ἢ τρίτον αὐτὴ ψιλὴ σώματος οὖσα, ἔχουσα δὲ δυνάμεις ἄλλας τινὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας, θαύματι ποδηγεῖ. Ναί. Τοῦτο μὲν ἀνάγκη, τούτων ἕν γέ τι δρῶσαν ψυχὴν πάντα διάγειν.”
Hōs ē enousa entos tǭ peripherei toutǭ phainomenǭ sōmati pantē diakomizei to toiouton, kathaper hēmas hē parʼ hēmin psychē pantē peripherei; ē pothen exōthen sōma hautę̄ porisamenē pyros ē tinos aeros, hōs logos esti tinōn, ōthei bią sōmati sōma; ē triton autē psilē sōmatos ousa, echousa de dynameis allas tinas hyperballousas, thaumati podēgei. Nai. Touto men anankē, toutōn hen ge ti drōsan psychēn panta diagein.”
— Either, being within this round visible body, it carries it everywhere, as the soul in us carries us about everywhere; or, providing itself from outside with a body of fire or some air, as some say, it pushes body by body with force; or third, being itself bare of body but having certain other surpassing powers, it guides it by wonder. — Yes. — This, then, is necessary: that soul drives all things doing one of these.”
12.51.35Dindorf 2:149
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων εἴρηται τῷ φιλοσόφῳ. καὶ ἐν τῷ Φιλήβῳ δὲ ἐπάκουσον ὅπως τὴν αὐτὴν κατασκευάζει διάνοιαν “Πάντες γὰρ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ σοφοὶ, ὄντως σεμνύνοντες, ὡς νοῦς ἐστι βασιλεὺς ἡμῖν οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς. καὶ ἴσως εὖ λέγουσι· διὰ μακροτέρων δʼ, εἰ βούλει, τὴν σκέψιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ γένους ποιησώμεθα.
Tauta men oun en tǭ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn eirētai tǭ philosophǭ. kai en tǭ Philēbǭ de epakouson hopōs tēn autēn kataskeuazei dianoian “Pantes gar symphōnousin hoi sophoi, ontōs semnynontes, hōs nous esti basileus hēmin ouranou te kai gēs. kai isōs eu legousi; dia makroterōn dʼ, ei boulei, tēn skepsin autou tou genous poiēsōmetha.
These things, then, are said by the philosopher in the tenth book of the Laws. Hear also how he establishes the same thought in the Philebus: “For all the wise agree, truly exalting themselves, that mind is our king of heaven and earth; and perhaps they are right. But if you wish, let us make the inquiry into this kind at greater length.
12.51.36Dindorf 2:149
Λέγε ὅπως βούλει, μηδὲν μῆκος ὑπολογιζόμενος ἡμῖν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς οὐκ ἀπεχθησόμενος. Καλῶς εἶπας. ἀρξώμεθα δέ πως ὧδε ἐπανερωτῶντες. Πῶς; Πότερον, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τὰ ξύμπαντα καὶ τόδε τὸ καλούμενον ὅλον ἐπιτροπεύειν φῶμεν τὴν τοῦ ἀλόγου καὶ εἰκῆ δύναμιν καὶ τὸ ὅπη ἔτυχεν, ἢ τἀναντία, καθάπερ οἱ πρόσθεν ἡμῶν ἔλεγον, νοῦν καὶ φρόνησίν τινα θαυμαστὴν συντάττουσαν διακυβερνᾶν;
Lege hopōs boulei, mēden mēkos hypologizomenos hēmin, ō Sōkrates, hōs ouk apechthēsomenos. Kalōs eipas. arxōmetha de pōs hōde epanerōtōntes. Pōs? Poteron, ō Prōtarche, ta xympanta kai tode to kaloumenon holon epitropeuein phōmen tēn tou alogou kai eikē dynamin kai to hopē etychen, ē tanantia, kathaper hoi prosthen hēmōn elegon, noun kai phronēsin tina thaumastēn syntattousan diakybernan?
— Speak as you wish, taking no account of length for us, Socrates, since you will not offend us. — Well said. Let us begin somehow thus, asking in turn. — How? — Protarchus, shall we say that all things and this so-called universe are governed by the power of the irrational and random and the merely chance, or the opposite, as those before us said, that mind and a wonderful wisdom order and steer them?
12.51.37Dindorf 2:149
Οὐδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν, ὦ θαυμάσιε Σώκρατες· ὃ μὲν γὰρ δὴ σὺ λέγεις, νῦν οὐδʼ ὅσιον εἶναί μοι φαίνεται· τὸ δὲ νοῦν πάντα διακοσμεῖν αὐτὰ φάναι καὶ τῆς ὄψεως τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων καὶ πάσης τῆς περιφορᾶς ἄξιον, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως ἔγωγʼ ἄν ποτε περὶ αὐτῶν εἴποιμι, οὐδʼ ἂν δόξαιμι.
Ouden tōn autōn, ō thaumasie Sōkrates; ho men gar dē sy legeis, nyn oudʼ hosion einai moi phainetai; to de noun panta diakosmein auta phanai kai tēs opseōs tou kosmou kai hēliou kai selēnēs kai astrōn kai pasēs tēs periphoras axion, kai ouk allōs egōgʼ an pote peri autōn eipoimi, oudʼ an doxaimi.
— Not at all the same, admirable Socrates; what you say now does not seem to me even holy; but to say that mind orders all things is worthy of the sight of the cosmos, sun, moon, stars, and the whole revolution, and I would never speak or think otherwise about them.
12.51.38Dindorf 2:149–150
Βούλει δή τι καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ὁμολογούμενον ξυμφήσωμεν, ὡς ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει; καὶ μὴ μόνον οἰώμεθα δεῖν τὰ ἀλλότρια ἄνευ κινδύνου λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγκινδυνεύωμεν καὶ μετέχωμεν τοῦ ψόγου, ὅταν ἀνὴρ δεινὸς φῇ ταῦτα μὴ οὕτως, ἀλλʼ ἀτάκτως ἔχειν; Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν βουλοίμην; Ἴθι δὴ, τὸν ἐπιόντα περὶ τούτων λόγον νῦν ἡμῖν ἄθρει.
Boulei dē ti kai hēmeis tois emprosthen homologoumenon xymphēsōmen, hōs tauthʼ houtōs echei? kai mē monon oiōmetha dein ta allotria aneu kindynou legein, alla kai synkindyneuōmen kai metechōmen tou psogou, hotan anēr deinos phę̄ tauta mē houtōs, allʼ ataktōs echein? Pōs gar ouk an bouloimēn? Ithi dē, ton epionta peri toutōn logon nyn hēmin athrei.
— Do you wish, then, that we too agree with those before us that this is so, and not think we should only repeat others’ views without risk, but share the risk and the blame, when a clever man says these things are not so but disordered? — How could I not wish it? — Come, then, look at the argument that now confronts us about these things.
12.51.39Dindorf 2:150
Λέγε μόνον. Τὰ περὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων φύσιν ἁπάντων τῶν ζῴων, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ πνεῦμα, καθορῶμέν που, καὶ γῆν, καθάπερ οἱ χειμαζόμενοί φασιν, ἐνόντα ἐν τῇ συστάσει; Καὶ μάλα. Χειμαζόμεθα γὰρ ὄντως ὑπὸ ἀπορίας ἐν τοῖς νῦν λόγοις. Φέρε δὴ περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν λάβε τὸ τοιόνδε.
Lege monon. Ta peri tēn tōn sōmatōn physin hapantōn tōn zǭōn, pyr kai hydōr kai pneuma, kathorōmen pou, kai gēn, kathaper hoi cheimazomenoi phasin, enonta en tę̄ systasei? Kai mala. Cheimazometha gar ontōs hypo aporias en tois nyn logois. Phere dē peri hekastou tōn parʼ hēmin labe to toionde.
— Just tell it. — We see, I suppose, that the things concerning the nature of the bodies of all living creatures, fire, water, and breath, and earth too, as storm-tossed sailors say, are present in their composition? — Certainly. — For we are truly storm-tossed by perplexity in the present arguments. — Come, then, take something like this about each of the things in us.
12.51.40Dindorf 2:150
Ποῖον; Ὅτι σμικρόν τε τούτων ἕκαστον παρʼ ἡμῖν ἔνεστι καὶ φαῦλον καὶ οὐδαμῆ οὐδαμῶς εἰλικρινὲς ὂν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν οὐκ ἀξίαν τῆς φύσεως ἔχον. ἐν ἐνὶ δὲ λαβὼν περὶ πάντων νόει ταὐτόν. Οἶον πῦρ ἔστι μέν που παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἔστι δʼ ἐν τῷ παντί.
Poion? Hoti smikron te toutōn hekaston parʼ hēmin enesti kai phaulon kai oudamē oudamōs eilikrines on kai tēn dynamin ouk axian tēs physeōs echon. en eni de labōn peri pantōn noei tauton. Oion pyr esti men pou parʼ hēmin, esti dʼ en tǭ panti.
— What? — That each of these is present in us small and poor and in no way pure, and having a power unworthy of its nature. Take it in one case and understand the same of all. For instance, there is fire in us, and there is fire in the universe.
12.51.41Dindorf 2:150
Τί μήν; Οὐκοῦν σμικρὸν μέν τι τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν καὶ ἀσθενὲς καὶ φαῦλον, τὸ δʼ ἐν τῷ παντὶ πλήθει τε θαυμαστὸν καὶ κάλλει καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει τῇ περὶ τὸ πῦρ οὔσῃ. Καὶ μάλα ἀληθὲς ὃ λέγεις. Τί δέ; τρέφεται καὶ γίνεται ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἄρχεται τὸ τοῦ παντὸς πῦρ ὑπὸ τοῦ παρʼ ἡμῖν πυρὸς, ἢ τοὐναντίον ὑπʼ ἐκείνου τό τε ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ σὸν καὶ τὸ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἅπαντʼ ἴσχει ταῦτα; Τοῦτο μὲν οὐδὲ ἀποκρίσεως ἄξιον ἐρωτᾷς.
Ti mēn? Oukoun smikron men ti to parʼ hēmin kai asthenes kai phaulon, to dʼ en tǭ panti plēthei te thaumaston kai kallei kai pasę̄ dynamei tę̄ peri to pyr ousę̄. Kai mala alēthes ho legeis. Ti de? trephetai kai ginetai ek toutou kai archetai to tou pantos pyr hypo tou parʼ hēmin pyros, ē tounantion hypʼ ekeinou to te emon kai to son kai to tōn allōn zǭōn hapantʼ ischei tauta? Touto men oude apokriseōs axion erōtąs.
— Certainly. — Is not the fire in us small, weak, and poor, while that in the universe is wonderful in quantity, beauty, and every power that belongs to fire? — What you say is very true. — Well, is the fire of the universe nourished, generated, and ruled by the fire in us, or, on the contrary, do mine and yours and that of the other creatures have all these things from that? — That question is not even worth answering.
12.51.42Dindorf 2:150–151
Ὀρθῶς. Ταῦτα γὰρ ἐρεῖς, οἶμαι, περί τε τῆς ἐν τοῖς ζῴοις γῆς τῆς ἐνθάδε καὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ παντὶ, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὴ ὅσων ἠρώτησα ὀλίγον ἔμπροσθεν, οὕτως ἀποκρινῇ. Τίς γὰρ ἀποκρινόμενος ἄλλως ὑγιαίνων ἄν ποτε φανείη;
Orthōs. Tauta gar ereis, oimai, peri te tēs en tois zǭois gēs tēs enthade kai tēs en tǭ panti, kai tōn allōn dē hosōn ērōtēsa oligon emprosthen, houtōs apokrinę̄. Tis gar apokrinomenos allōs hygiainōn an pote phaneiē?
— Rightly. For you will say the same, I think, about the earth here in living creatures and that in the universe, and you will answer so about all the other things I asked a little before. — For who answering otherwise would ever appear sane?
12.51.43Dindorf 2:151
Σχεδὸν οὐδʼ ὁστισοῦν. ἀλλὰ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἑξῆς ἕπου. πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα ἡμεῖς τὰ νῦν δὴ λεχθέντα ἆρʼ οὐκ εἰς ἓν συγκείμενα ἰδόντες ἐπωνομάσαμεν σῶμα; Τί μήν; Ταὐτὸν δὴ λάβε καὶ περὶ τοῦδε ὃν κόσμον λέγομεν· διὰ τὸν αὐτὸν γὰρ τρόπον ἂν εἴη που σῶμα, σύνθετον ὂν ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν. Ὀρθότατα λέγεις.
Schedon oudʼ hostisoun. alla to meta touto hexēs hepou. panta gar tauta hēmeis ta nyn dē lechthenta arʼ ouk eis hen synkeimena idontes epōnomasamen sōma? Ti mēn? Tauton dē labe kai peri toude hon kosmon legomen; dia ton auton gar tropon an eiē pou sōma, syntheton on ek tōn autōn. Orthotata legeis.
— Hardly anyone. But follow what comes next. All these things just mentioned, seeing them put together into one, did we not name body? — Certainly. — Take the same about this which we call cosmos; for in the same way it would be a body, being composed of the same things. — You speak most rightly.
12.51.44Dindorf 2:151
Πότερον οὖν ἐκ τούτου τοῦ σώματος ὅλως τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν σῶμα, ἢ ἐκ τοῦ παρʼ ἡμῖν τοῦτο τρέφεταί τε καὶ ὅσα νῦν δὴ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐπείπομεν εἴληφέ τε καὶ ἔχει; Καὶ τοῦθʼ ἕτερον, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐκ ἄξιον ἐρωτήσεως. Τί δέ; ἀ όδε τρα ἄξιον ἐρωτήσεως; ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς,.
Poteron oun ek toutou tou sōmatos holōs to parʼ hēmin sōma, ē ek tou parʼ hēmin touto trephetai te kai hosa nyn dē peri autōn epeipomen eilēphe te kai echei? Kai touthʼ heteron, ō Sōkrates, ouk axion erōtēseōs. Ti de? a ode tra axion erōtēseōs? ē pōs ereis,.
— Is our body, then, wholly nourished from this body, or this one from ours, and has received and holds all that we just said about them? — This too, Socrates, is not worth asking. — Well, is this worth asking? Or how will you say?
12.51.45Dindorf 2:151
Λέγε τὸ ποῖον. Τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν σῶμα ἆρʼ οὐ ψυχὴν φήσομεν ἔχειν; Δῆλον ὅτι φήσομεν. Πόθεν, ὦ φίλε Πρώταρχε, λαβὸν, εἴπερ μὴ τό γε τοῦ παντὸς σῶμα ἔμψυχον ὂν ἐτύγχανε, ταὐτά γε ἔχον τούτῳ καὶ ἔτι πάντη καλλίονα; Δῆλον ὡς οὐδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Lege to poion. To parʼ hēmin sōma arʼ ou psychēn phēsomen echein? Dēlon hoti phēsomen. Pothen, ō phile Prōtarche, labon, eiper mē to ge tou pantos sōma empsychon on etynchane, tauta ge echon toutǭ kai eti pantē kalliona? Dēlon hōs oudamothen allothen, ō Sōkrates.
— Tell me what. — Shall we not say that our body has a soul? — Clearly we shall. — From where, dear Protarchus, did it get it, unless the body of the universe were ensouled, having the same things as this and still more beautiful in every way? — Clearly from nowhere else, Socrates.
12.51.46Dindorf 2:151–152
Οὐ γάρ που δοκοῦμέν γε, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τὰ τέτταρα ἐκεῖνα, πέρας καὶ ἄπειρον καὶ κοινὸν καὶ τὸ τῆς αἰτίας γένος ἐν ἅπασι τέταρτον ἐνὸν, τοῦτʼ ἐν μὲν τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν ψυχήν τε παρέχον καὶ σωμασκίαν ἐμποιοῦν καὶ πταίσαντος σώματος ἰατρικὴν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις ἄλλα συντιθὲν καὶ ἀσκούμενον πᾶσαν καὶ παντοίαν σοφίαν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι, τῶν δὲ αὐτῶν τούτων ὄντων ἐν ὅλῳ τε οὐρανῷ καὶ κατὰ μεγάλα μέρη, καὶ προσέτι καλῶν καὶ εἰλικρινῶν, ἐν τούτοις δὲ οὐκ ἄρα μεμηχανῆσθαι τὴν τῶν καλλίστων καὶ τιμιωτάτων φύσιν. Ἀλλʼ οὐδαμῶς τοῦτό γʼ ἂν λόγον ἔχοι.
Ou gar pou dokoumen ge, ō Prōtarche, ta tettara ekeina, peras kai apeiron kai koinon kai to tēs aitias genos en hapasi tetarton enon, toutʼ en men tois parʼ hēmin psychēn te parechon kai sōmaskian empoioun kai ptaisantos sōmatos iatrikēn kai en allois alla syntithen kai askoumenon pasan kai pantoian sophian epikaleisthai, tōn de autōn toutōn ontōn en holǭ te ouranǭ kai kata megala merē, kai proseti kalōn kai eilikrinōn, en toutois de ouk ara memēchanēsthai tēn tōn kallistōn kai timiōtatōn physin. Allʼ oudamōs touto gʼ an logon echoi.
— For surely we do not think, Protarchus, that of those four, limit, the unlimited, the mixture, and the kind of the cause present in all as a fourth, this last, which in things among us provides soul and produces bodily training and medicine when the body stumbles, and in other things puts together other things and repairs them, is called all and every wisdom, while, these same things being in the whole heaven and in its great parts, and moreover beautiful and pure, it did not after all contrive in them the nature of the most beautiful and precious things. — That would make no sense at all.
12.51.47Dindorf 2:152
Οὐκοῦν εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, μετʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ λόγου ἂν ἑπόμενοι βέλτιον λέγοιμεν, ὡς ἔστιν, ἃ πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν, ἄπειρόν τε ἐν τῷ παντὶ πολὺ καὶ πέρας ἱκανὸν, καί τις ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς αἰτία οὐ φαύλη, κοσμοῦσά τε καὶ συντάττουσα ἐνιαυτοὺς καὶ ὥρας καὶ μῆνας, σοφία καὶ νοῦς λεγομένη δικαιότατα. Δικαιότατα δῆτα.
Oukoun ei mē touto, metʼ ekeinou tou logou an hepomenoi beltion legoimen, hōs estin, ha pollakis eirēkamen, apeiron te en tǭ panti poly kai peras hikanon, kai tis epʼ autois aitia ou phaulē, kosmousa te kai syntattousa eniautous kai hōras kai mēnas, sophia kai nous legomenē dikaiotata. Dikaiotata dēta.
— Then if not this, we would do better to follow that account and say that there is, as we have often said, much unlimited in the universe and sufficient limit, and over them a cause of no mean sort, ordering and arranging years and seasons and months, most justly called wisdom and mind. — Most justly indeed.
12.51.48Dindorf 2:152
Σοφία μὴν καὶ νοῦς ἄνευ ψυχῆς οὐκ ἄν ποτε γενοίσθην. Οὐ γὰρ οὖν. Οὐκοῦν ἐν μὲν τῇ τοῦ Διὸς ἐρεῖς φύσει βασιλικὴν μὲν ψυχὴν, βασιλικὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐγγίνεσθαι διὰ τὴν τῆς αἰτίας δύναμιν, ἐν δὲ ἄλλοις ἄλλα καλὰ, καθότι φίλον ἑκάστοις λέγεσθαι.”
Sophia mēn kai nous aneu psychēs ouk an pote genoisthēn. Ou gar oun. Oukoun en men tę̄ tou Dios ereis physei basilikēn men psychēn, basilikon de noun enginesthai dia tēn tēs aitias dynamin, en de allois alla kala, kathoti philon hekastois legesthai.”
— But wisdom and mind could never come to be without soul. — No indeed. — Then you will say that in the nature of Zeus a royal soul and a royal mind come to be through the power of the cause, and in others other fine things, as each likes to be called.”
Preparation 12, chapter 52
12.52.1Dindorf 2:152–153
“ Τὸν δʼ ἡγούμενον μὲν θεοὺς εἶναι, μὴ φροντίζειν δὲ αὐτοὺς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων, παραμυθητέον. ὦ ἄριστε δὴ, φῶμεν, ὅτι μὲν ἡγῇ θεοὺς, συγγένειά τις ἴσως σε θεία πρὸς τὸ ξύμφυτον ἄγει τιμᾶν καὶ νομίζειν εἶναι· κακῶν δὲ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀδίκων τύχαι ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, ἀληθείᾳ μὲν οὐκ εὐδαίμονες, δόξαις δὲ εὐδαιμονιζόμεναι σφόδρα, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐμμελῶς ἄγουσί σε πρὸς ἀσέβειαν, ἔν τε Μούσαις οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὑμνούμεναι ἅμα καὶ ἐν παντοίοις λόγοις.
“ Ton dʼ hēgoumenon men theous einai, mē phrontizein de autous tōn anthrōpinōn pragmatōn, paramythēteon. ō ariste dē, phōmen, hoti men hēgę̄ theous, syngeneia tis isōs se theia pros to xymphyton agei timan kai nomizein einai; kakōn de anthrōpōn kai adikōn tychai idią kai dēmosią, alētheią men ouk eudaimones, doxais de eudaimonizomenai sphodra, allʼ ouk emmelōs agousi se pros asebeian, en te Mousais ouk orthōs hymnoumenai hama kai en pantoiois logois.
“The one who believes there are gods, but that they do not care for human affairs, must be encouraged. ‘Best of men,’ let us say, ‘that you believe in gods, a certain divine kinship perhaps leads you to honour what is akin to you and think it exists; but the fortunes of bad and unjust men, privately and publicly, not truly happy but greatly esteemed happy in opinion, lead you astray toward impiety, being wrongly celebrated in songs and in all kinds of writings.
12.52.2Dindorf 2:153
ἢ καὶ πρὸς τέλος ἴσως [ἀνοσίους] ἀνθρώπους ὁρῶν ἐλθόντας γηραιοὺς, παῖδας παίδων καταλιπόντας ἐν τιμαῖς ταῖς μεγίσταις, ταράττῃ τανῦν ὅταν ἐν ἅπασι τούτοις ἰδὼν ἢ διʼ ἀκοῆς αἰσθόμενος, ἢ καὶ παντάπασιν αὐτὸς αὐτῶν τινι αὐτόπτης προστυχὼν πολλῶν ἀσεβημάτων καὶ δεινῶν γενομένων τισὶ διʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ὁρᾷς ἐκ σμικρῶν εἰς τυραννίδας τε καὶ τὰ μέγιστα ἀφικομένους· τότε διὰ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα δῆλος εἶ μέμφεσθαι μὲν θεοὺς ὡς αἰτίους ὄντας τῶν τοιούτων διὰ ξυγγένειαν οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλων, ἀγόμενος δὲ ὑπό τε ἀλογίας ἅμα καὶ οὐ δυνάμενος δυσχεραίνειν θεοὺς εἰς τοῦτο νῦν τὸ πάθος ἐλήλυθας, ὥστʼ εἶναι μὲν δοκεῖν αὐτοὺς, τῶν δʼ ἀνθρωπίνων καταφρονεῖν καὶ ἀμελεῖν πραγμάτων.
ē kai pros telos isōs [anosious] anthrōpous horōn elthontas gēraious, paidas paidōn katalipontas en timais tais megistais, tarattę̄ tanyn hotan en hapasi toutois idōn ē diʼ akoēs aisthomenos, ē kai pantapasin autos autōn tini autoptēs prostychōn pollōn asebēmatōn kai deinōn genomenōn tisi diʼ auta tauta horąs ek smikrōn eis tyrannidas te kai ta megista aphikomenous; tote dia panta ta toiauta dēlos ei memphesthai men theous hōs aitious ontas tōn toioutōn dia xyngeneian ouk an ethelōn, agomenos de hypo te alogias hama kai ou dynamenos dyscherainein theous eis touto nyn to pathos elēlythas, hōstʼ einai men dokein autous, tōn dʼ anthrōpinōn kataphronein kai amelein pragmatōn.
Or perhaps, seeing men reach old age, leaving children’s children in the greatest honours, you are disturbed now when among all these you have seen, or learned by hearing, or yourself happened to witness, men who through many terrible impious deeds have risen from small beginnings to tyrannies and the greatest positions; then through all such things you are clearly unwilling, because of kinship, to blame the gods as responsible for such things; but led by unreason and unable to be angry with the gods, you have come into this present state, so as to think that they exist, but despise and neglect human affairs.
12.52.3Dindorf 2:153
ἵνα οὖν μὴ ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἔλθῃ σοι πάθος πρὸς ἀσέβειαν τὸ νῦν παρὸν δόγμα, ἀλλʼ ἐάν πως οἷον ἀποδιοπομπήσασθαι λόγοις αὐτὸ προσιὸν γενώμεθα δυνατοὶ, πειρώμεθα, συνάψαντες τὸν ἐξῆς λόγον, ᾧ πρὸς τὸν παράπαν οὐχ ἡγούμενον θεοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς διεπερανάμεθα, τούτῳ τανῦν προσχρήσασθαι.
hina oun mē epi meizon elthę̄ soi pathos pros asebeian to nyn paron dogma, allʼ ean pōs hoion apodiopompēsasthai logois auto prosion genōmetha dynatoi, peirōmetha, synapsantes ton exēs logon, hǭ pros ton parapan ouch hēgoumenon theous ex archēs dieperanametha, toutǭ tanyn proschrēsasthai.
So that the present doctrine may not grow into a greater state of impiety in you, but if somehow we can ward it off by argument as it approaches, let us try, connecting the next argument to the one by which we argued from the beginning against the man who does not believe in gods at all, to use it now.
12.52.4Dindorf 2:153
σὺ δʼ, ὦ Κλεινία τε καὶ Μέγιλλε, ὑπὲρ τοῦ νέου, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, ἀποκρινόμενοι διαδέχεσθε· ἐὰν δέ τι δύσκολον ἐγγίγνηται τοῖς λόγοις, ἐγὼ σφῶν, ὥσπερ νῦν δὴ, δεξάμενος διαβιβῶ τὸν ποταμόν. Ὀρθῶς λέγεις· καὶ σύ τε οὕτω ταῦτα δρᾷ ποιήσομέν τε ἡμεῖς εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ἃ λέγεις.
sy dʼ, ō Kleinia te kai Megille, hyper tou neou, kathaper en tois emprosthen, apokrinomenoi diadechesthe; ean de ti dyskolon engignētai tois logois, egō sphōn, hōsper nyn dē, dexamenos diabibō ton potamon. Orthōs legeis; kai sy te houtō tauta drą poiēsomen te hēmeis eis to dynaton ha legeis.
And you, Clinias and Megillus, take up the answering for the young man as before; and if anything difficult comes up in the arguments, I will take you and carry you across the river, as just now. — You speak rightly; do so, and we will do what you say as far as we can.
12.52.5Dindorf 2:153–154
Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν τάχʼ ἂν ἴσως εἴη χαλεπὸν ἐνδείξασθαι τοῦτό γε, ὡς ἐπιμελεῖς σμικρῶν εἰσὶ θεοὶ οὐχ ἧττον, μᾶλλον δὲ, ἢ τῷ μεγέθει διαφερόντων. ἤκουε γάρ που καὶ παρῆν τοῖς νῦν δὴ λεγομένοις ὡς ἀγαθοί γε ὄντες πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν τὴν τῶν πάντων ἐπιμέλειαν οἰκειοτάτην αὑτῶν οὖσαν κέκτηνται. Καὶ σφόδρα γε ἐπήκουε.
Allʼ ouden tachʼ an isōs eiē chalepon endeixasthai touto ge, hōs epimeleis smikrōn eisi theoi ouch hētton, mallon de, ē tǭ megethei diapherontōn. ēkoue gar pou kai parēn tois nyn dē legomenois hōs agathoi ge ontes pasan aretēn tēn tōn pantōn epimeleian oikeiotatēn hautōn ousan kektēntai. Kai sphodra ge epēkoue.
— But perhaps it would not be hard to show this, that the gods care for small things no less, but rather more, than for those of surpassing size. For he heard, I suppose, and was present at what was just said, that being good with all virtue they possess the care of all things as most proper to themselves. — He heard it very well.
12.52.6Dindorf 2:154
Τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν κοινῇ συνεξεταζόντων τίνα λέγοντες ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν ὁμολογοῦμεν αὐτοὺς ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι. φέρε, τὸ σωφρονεῖν νοῦν τε κεκτῆσθαι φαμὲν ἀρετῆς, τὰ δὲ ἐναντία κακίας; Φαμέν. Τί δέ; ἀρετῆς μὲν ἀνδρείαν εἶναι, δειλίαν δὲ κακίας;
To meta touto toinyn koinę̄ synexetazontōn tina legontes aretēn autōn homologoumen autous agathous einai. phere, to sōphronein noun te kektēsthai phamen aretēs, ta de enantia kakias? Phamen. Ti de? aretēs men andreian einai, deilian de kakias?
— Next, then, let them examine together with us what virtue we mean in agreeing that they are good. Come, do we say that to be temperate and to have mind belong to virtue, and their opposites to vice? — We do. — Well, that courage belongs to virtue, and cowardice to vice?
12.52.7Dindorf 2:154
Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Καὶ τὰ μὲν αἰσχρὰ τούτων, τὰ δὲ καλὰ φήσομεν; Ἀνάγκη. Καὶ τῶν μὲν προσήκειν ἡμῖν, εἴπερ, ὁπόσα φλαῦρα, θεοῖς δὲ οὔτε μέγα οὔτε σμικρὸν τῶν τοιούτων μετὸν ἐροῦμεν; Καὶ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ὁμολογοῖ πᾶς ἄν.
Pany men oun. Kai ta men aischra toutōn, ta de kala phēsomen? Anankē. Kai tōn men prosēkein hēmin, eiper, hoposa phlaura, theois de oute mega oute smikron tōn toioutōn meton eroumen? Kai tauthʼ houtōs homologoi pas an.
— Certainly. — And shall we say that some of these are shameful and others noble? — Necessarily. — And shall we say that whatever is base of these belongs to us, if anything does, but that the gods have no share, great or small, in such things? — Everyone would agree to that too.
12.52.8Dindorf 2:154
Τί δέ; ἀμέλειάν τε καὶ ἀργίαν καὶ τρυφὴν εἰς ἀρετὴν ψυχῆς θήσομεν; ἢ πῶς λέγεις; Καὶ πῶς; Ἀλλʼ εἰς τοὐναντίον; Ναί. Τἀναντία ἄρα τούτοις εἰς τοὐναντίον; Τοὐναντίον. Τί οὖν; τρυφῶν δὴ καὶ ἀμελὴς ἀργός τε, ὃν ὁ ποιητὴς κηφῆσι κοθούροισι μάλιστα εἴκελον ἔφασκεν εἶναι, γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος πᾶς ἡμῖν;
Ti de? ameleian te kai argian kai tryphēn eis aretēn psychēs thēsomen? ē pōs legeis? Kai pōs? Allʼ eis tounantion? Nai. Tanantia ara toutois eis tounantion? Tounantion. Ti oun? tryphōn dē kai amelēs argos te, hon ho poiētēs kēphēsi kothouroisi malista eikelon ephasken einai, gignoitʼ an ho toioutos pas hēmin?
— Well, shall we set down neglect, idleness, and luxury as virtue of soul? Or how do you say? — How could we? — But as its opposite? — Yes. — Then their opposites as the opposite? — The opposite. — What then? Will everyone luxurious, careless, and idle, whom the poet said is most like the stingless drones, be such a one to us?
12.52.9Dindorf 2:154–155
Ὀρθότατά γε εἰπών. Οὐκοῦν τόν γε θεὸν οὐ ῥητέον ἔχειν ἦθος τοιοῦτον ὅ γε αὐτὸς μισεῖ· τῷ δέ τι τοιοῦτον φθέγγεσθαι πειρωμένῳ οὐκ ἐπιτρεπτέον. Οὐ μὲν δή· πῶς γὰρ ἄν; Ὦι δὴ προσήκει μὲν πράττειν καὶ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι διαφερόντως τινὸς, ὁ δὲ τούτου τοῦ γένους τῶν μὲν μεγάλων ἐπιμελεῖται, τῶν σμικρῶν δὲ ἀμελεῖ· κατὰ τίνα οὖν ἐπαινοῦντες τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον οὐκ ἂν παντάπασι πλημμελοῖμεν; σκοπῶμεν δὲ ὧδε. ἆρʼ οὐ κατὰ δύο εἴδη τὸ τοιοῦτον πράττει ὁ πράττων, εἴτε θεὸς εἴτε ἄνθρωπος; Ποίω δὴ λέγομεν;
Orthotata ge eipōn. Oukoun ton ge theon ou rhēteon echein ēthos toiouton ho ge autos misei; tǭ de ti toiouton phthengesthai peirōmenǭ ouk epitrepteon. Ou men dē; pōs gar an? Ōi dē prosēkei men prattein kai epimeleisthai diapherontōs tinos, ho de toutou tou genous tōn men megalōn epimeleitai, tōn smikrōn de amelei; kata tina oun epainountes ton toiouton logon ouk an pantapasi plēmmeloimen? skopōmen de hōde. arʼ ou kata dyo eidē to toiouton prattei ho prattōn, eite theos eite anthrōpos? Poiō dē legomen?
— Very rightly said. — Then we must not say that God has such a character as he himself hates; nor permit anyone who tries to utter such a thing. — No indeed; how could we? — The one whose part it is to act and care especially for something, but who of this kind cares for great things and neglects the small, on what ground could we praise such a one without utterly erring? Let us consider it thus: does not one who acts so act in one of two ways, whether god or man? — Which two do we mean?
12.52.10Dindorf 2:155
Ἢ διαφέρον οὐδὲν οἰόμενος εἶναι τῷ ὅλῳ, ἀμελουμένων τῶν σμικρῶν, ἢ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ καὶ τρυφῇ, εἰ διαφέρει, ὁ δὲ ἀμελεῖ· ἢ ἔστιν ἄλλως πως γιγνομένη ἀμέλεια; οὐ γάρ που, ὅταν γε ἀδύνατον ᾖ τῶν πάντων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τότε ἀμέλεια ἔσται τῶν σμικρῶν ἢ μεγάλων μὴ ἐπιμελουμένῳ, ὧν ἂν δυνάμει θεὸς ἢ φαῦλός τις ὢν ἐλλιπὴς καὶ μὴ δυνατὸς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι γίγνηται. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Ē diapheron ouden oiomenos einai tǭ holǭ, ameloumenōn tōn smikrōn, ē rhąthymią kai tryphę̄, ei diapherei, ho de amelei; ē estin allōs pōs gignomenē ameleia? ou gar pou, hotan ge adynaton ę̄ tōn pantōn epimeleisthai, tote ameleia estai tōn smikrōn ē megalōn mē epimeloumenǭ, hōn an dynamei theos ē phaulos tis ōn ellipēs kai mē dynatos epimeleisthai gignētai. Pōs gar an?
— Either thinking it makes no difference to the whole if the small things are neglected, or, if it does make a difference, neglecting through laziness and luxury; or is there some other way neglect arises? For surely, when it is impossible to care for all things, there will be no neglect of small or great in one who does not care for what, through weakness, god or some poor creature is deficient and unable to care for. — How could there be?
12.52.11Dindorf 2:155
Νῦν δὴ δύο ὄντες τρισὶν ἡμῖν οὖσιν ἀποκρινάσθωσαν, οἱ θεοὺς μὲν ἀμφότεροι ὁμολογοῦντες εἶναι, παραιτητοὺς δὲ ἕτερος, ὁ δὲ ἀμελεῖς τῶν σμικρῶν. πρῶτον μὲν θεοὺς ἀμφότεροί φατε γινώσκειν, καὶ ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν πάντα, λαθεῖν δὲ αὐτοὺς οὐδὲν δυνατὸν εἶναι τῶν ὁπόσων εἰσὶν αἱ αἰσθήσεις τε καὶ ἐπιστῆμαι. ταύτῃ λέγετε ἔχειν ταῦτα, ἢ πῶς; Οὕτως.
Nyn dē dyo ontes trisin hēmin ousin apokrinasthōsan, hoi theous men amphoteroi homologountes einai, paraitētous de heteros, ho de ameleis tōn smikrōn. prōton men theous amphoteroi phate ginōskein, kai horan kai akouein panta, lathein de autous ouden dynaton einai tōn hoposōn eisin hai aisthēseis te kai epistēmai. tautę̄ legete echein tauta, ē pōs? Houtōs.
— Now, then, let the two answer us three, both agreeing that there are gods, but one saying they can be bought off, the other that they neglect small things. First, you both say that the gods know, see, and hear all things, and nothing of which there are senses and knowledge can escape them. Do you say it is so, or how? — So.
12.52.12Dindorf 2:155–156
Τί δέ; δύνασθαι πάντα ὁπόσων αὖ δύναμίς ἐστι θνητοῖς τε καὶ ἀθανάτοις; Πῶς γὰρ οὐ συγχωρήσονται καὶ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν; Καὶ μὴν ἀγαθούς τε καὶ ἀρίστους ὡμολογήκαμεν αὐτοὺς εἶναι, πέντε ὄντες. Σφόδρα γε. Ἆρʼ οὖν οὐ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ μὲν καὶ τρυφῇ ἀδύνατον αὐτοὺς ὁμολογεῖν πράττειν ὁτιοῦν τὸ παράπαν, ὄντας γε οἵους λέγομεν; δειλίας γὰρ ἔγγονος ἔν γε ἡμῖν ἀργία, ῥᾳθυμία δὲ ἀργίας καὶ τρυφῆς.
Ti de? dynasthai panta hoposōn au dynamis esti thnētois te kai athanatois? Pōs gar ou synchōrēsontai kai tauta houtōs echein? Kai mēn agathous te kai aristous hōmologēkamen autous einai, pente ontes. Sphodra ge. Arʼ oun ou rhąthymią men kai tryphę̄ adynaton autous homologein prattein hotioun to parapan, ontas ge hoious legomen? deilias gar engonos en ge hēmin argia, rhąthymia de argias kai tryphēs.
— Well, that they can do all things of which mortals and immortals have power? — How will they not agree that this too is so? — And indeed we five have agreed that they are good and best. — Certainly. — Then is it not impossible to admit that they do anything at all through laziness and luxury, being such as we say? For in us idleness is the offspring of cowardice, and laziness of idleness and luxury.
12.52.13Dindorf 2:156
Ἀληθέστατα λέγεις. Ἀργίᾳ μὲν δὴ καὶ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ οὐδεὶς ἀμελεῖ θεῶν, οὐ γὰρ μέτεστιν αὐτῷ που δειλίας. Ὀρθότατα λέγεις. Οὐκοῦν τὸ λοιπὸν, εἴπερ ἀμελοῦσι τῶν σμικρῶν καὶ ὀλίγων τῶν περὶ τὸ πᾶν, ἢ γινώσκοντες ὡς τὸ παράπαν οὐδενὸς τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ, δρῷεν ἂν τοῦτο· ἢ τί τὸ λοιπὸν, πλὴν τὸ γινώσκειν τοὐναντίον; Οὐδέν.
Alēthestata legeis. Argią men dē kai rhąthymią oudeis amelei theōn, ou gar metestin autǭ pou deilias. Orthotata legeis. Oukoun to loipon, eiper amelousi tōn smikrōn kai oligōn tōn peri to pan, ē ginōskontes hōs to parapan oudenos tōn toioutōn epimeleisthai dei, drǭen an touto; ē ti to loipon, plēn to ginōskein tounantion? Ouden.
— Most true. — No god, then, neglects through idleness and laziness, for he has no share in cowardice. — Most rightly said. — The remaining possibility, then, if they neglect the small and few things of the universe, is that they do this either knowing that one should not care for any such thing at all; or what remains but knowing the opposite? — Nothing.
12.52.14Dindorf 2:156
Πότερον οὖν, ὦ ἄριστε καὶ βέλτιστε, θῶμέν σε λέγοντα, ὡς ἀγνοοῦντάς τε καὶ δέον ἐπιμελεῖσθαι διʼ ἄγνοιαν ἀμελοῦντας, ἢ γινώσκοντας ὅτι δεῖ, καθάπερ οἱ φαυλότατοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγονται ποιεῖν, εἰδότες ἄλλα εἶναι βέλτιον πράττειν ὧν δὴ πράττουσι διά τινας ἥττας ἡδονῶν ἢ λυπῶν οὐ ποιεῖν;
Poteron oun, ō ariste kai beltiste, thōmen se legonta, hōs agnoountas te kai deon epimeleisthai diʼ agnoian amelountas, ē ginōskontas hoti dei, kathaper hoi phaulotatoi tōn anthrōpōn legontai poiein, eidotes alla einai beltion prattein hōn dē prattousi dia tinas hēttas hēdonōn ē lypōn ou poiein?
— Shall we set you down, my excellent and best friend, as saying that they neglect through ignorance, not knowing it is necessary to care; or knowing that they must, as the worst of men are said to do, knowing other things to be better than what they do, yet not doing them through some defeat by pleasures or pains?
12.52.15Dindorf 2:156
Πῶς γὰρ ἄν; Οὐκοῦν δὴ τά γε ἀνθρώπινα πράγματα τῆς τε ἐμψύχου μετέχει φύσεως ἅμα καὶ θεοσεβέστατον αὐτό ἐστι πάντων ζῴων ἄνθρωπος. Ἔοικε γοῦν. Θεῶν γε μὴν κτήματά φαμεν εἶναι πάντα ὁπόσα θνητὰ ζῷα ἢ νοερὰ ὧνπερ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ὅλον. Πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Pōs gar an? Oukoun dē ta ge anthrōpina pragmata tēs te empsychou metechei physeōs hama kai theosebestaton auto esti pantōn zǭōn anthrōpos. Eoike goun. Theōn ge mēn ktēmata phamen einai panta hoposa thnēta zǭa ē noera hōnper kai ton ouranon holon. Pōs gar ou?
— How could they? — Then human affairs share in the ensouled nature, and man himself is the most god-fearing of all living creatures. — It seems so. — And we say that all mortal creatures are possessions of the gods, whose possession the whole heaven is too. — How not?
12.52.16Dindorf 2:156–157
Ἤδη τοίνυν ἢ σμικρὰ ἢ μεγάλα τις φάτω ταῦτα εἶναι τοῖς θεοῖς· οὐδετέρως γὰρ τοῖς κεκτημένοις ἡμᾶς ἀμελεῖν ἂν εἴη προσῆκον, ἐπιμελεστάτοις γε οὖσι καὶ ἀρίστοις. σκοπῶμεν γὰρ καὶ τόδε ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις. Τὸ ποῖον; Τὸ περί τε αἰσθήσεως καὶ δυνάμεως, ἆρʼ οὐκ ἐναντίως ἀλλήλοιν πρὸς ῥᾳστώνην καὶ χαλεπότητά ἐστον πεφυκότε; Πῶς λέγεις;
Ēdē toinyn ē smikra ē megala tis phatō tauta einai tois theois; oudeterōs gar tois kektēmenois hēmas amelein an eiē prosēkon, epimelestatois ge ousi kai aristois. skopōmen gar kai tode eti pros toutois. To poion? To peri te aisthēseōs kai dynameōs, arʼ ouk enantiōs allēloin pros rhąstōnēn kai chalepotēta eston pephykote? Pōs legeis?
— Now let anyone say these things are small or great to the gods; in neither case would it be fitting for our owners to neglect us, since they are most careful and best. Let us consider this too besides. — What? — Concerning perception and power: are they not by nature opposite to each other in ease and difficulty? — How do you mean?
12.52.17Dindorf 2:157
Ὁρᾶν μέν που καὶ ἀκούειν τὰ σμικρὰ χαλεπώτερον ἢ τὰ μεγάλα, φέρειν δὲ αὖ καὶ κρατεῖν καὶ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῶν σμικρῶν καὶ ὀλίγων παντὶ ῥᾷον ἢ τῶν ἐναντίων. Καὶ πολύ γε. Ἰατρῷ δὴ προστεταγμένον ὅλον τι θεραπεύειν βουλομένῳ καὶ δυναμένῳ, τῶν μὲν μεγάλων ἐπιμελὲς ἔσται, τῶν μορίων δὲ καὶ σμικρῶν ἀμελές· εἶθʼ ἕξει ποτὲ καλῶς αὐτῷ τὸ πᾶν; Οὐδαμῶς.
Horan men pou kai akouein ta smikra chalepōteron ē ta megala, pherein de au kai kratein kai epimeleisthai tōn smikrōn kai oligōn panti rhąon ē tōn enantiōn. Kai poly ge. Iatrǭ dē prostetagmenon holon ti therapeuein boulomenǭ kai dynamenǭ, tōn men megalōn epimeles estai, tōn moriōn de kai smikrōn ameles; eithʼ hexei pote kalōs autǭ to pan? Oudamōs.
— It is harder to see and hear small things than great; but to carry, master, and care for small and few things is easier for anyone than the opposite. — Much. — If a physician is charged with treating a whole, wishing and able to do so, and cares for the great parts but neglects the members and small ones, will the whole ever be well for him? — By no means.
12.52.18Dindorf 2:157
Οὐ μὴν οὐδέ γε κυβερνήταις οὐδὲ στρατηγοῖς οὐδʼ οἰκονόμοις οὐδʼ αὖ τισι πολιτικοῖς οὐδὲ ἄλλῳ τῶν τοιούτων οὐδενὶ χωρὶς τῶν ὀλίγων ἢ σμικρῶν πολλὰ ἢ μεγάλα· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄνευ τῶν σμικρῶν τοὺς μεγάλους φασὶν οἱ λιθολόγοι λίθους εὖ κεῖσθαι. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Ou mēn oude ge kybernētais oude stratēgois oudʼ oikonomois oudʼ au tisi politikois oude allǭ tōn toioutōn oudeni chōris tōn oligōn ē smikrōn polla ē megala; oude gar aneu tōn smikrōn tous megalous phasin hoi lithologoi lithous eu keisthai. Pōs gar an?
— Nor for helmsmen, generals, household managers, statesmen, or anyone else of the kind, will the many or great go well without the few or small; for even stonemasons say the large stones do not lie well without the small. — How could they?
12.52.19Dindorf 2:157–158
Μὴ τοίνυν τὸν θεὸν ἀξιώσωμέν ποτε θνητῶν δημιουργῶν φαυλότερον, οἱ τὰ προσήκοντα αὐτοῖς ἔργα, ὅσῳπερ ἂν ἀμείνους ὦσι, τόσῳ ἀκριβέστερα καὶ τελεώτερα μιᾷ τέχνῃ σμικρὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἀπεργάζονται· τὸν δὲ θεὸν ὄντα τε σοφώτατον βουλόμενόν τε ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καὶ δυνάμενον, ὧν μὲν ῥᾷον ἐπιμεληθῆναι, σμικρῶν ὄντων, μηδαμῆ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, καθάπερ ἀργὸν ἢ δειλόν τινα διὰ πόνους ῥᾳθυμοῦντα, τῶν δὲ μεγάλων.
Mē toinyn ton theon axiōsōmen pote thnētōn dēmiourgōn phauloteron, hoi ta prosēkonta autois erga, hosǭper an ameinous ōsi, tosǭ akribestera kai teleōtera mią technę̄ smikra kai megala apergazontai; ton de theon onta te sophōtaton boulomenon te epimeleisthai kai dynamenon, hōn men rhąon epimelēthēnai, smikrōn ontōn, mēdamē epimeleisthai, kathaper argon ē deilon tina dia ponous rhąthymounta, tōn de megalōn.
— Let us never, then, think God worse than mortal craftsmen, who, the better they are, the more precisely and perfectly they finish by one art the works proper to them, small and great; and that God, being wisest and willing and able to care, would not care at all for those things which are easier to care for, being small, like someone idle or cowardly shirking through toil, but only for the great.
12.52.20Dindorf 2:158
Μηδαμῶς δόξαν τοιαύτην περὶ θεῶν, ὦ ξένε, ἀποδεχώμεθα· οὐδαμῆ γὰρ οὔτε ὅσιον οὔτʼ ἀληθὲς τὸ διανόημα διανοοίμεθʼ ἄν. Δοκοῦμεν δέ μοι νῦν ἤδη καὶ μεγάλα μετρίως διειλέχθαι τῷ φιλαιτίῳ τῆς ἀμελείας πέρι θεῶν. Ναί. Τῷ γε βιάζεσθαι τοῖς λόγοις ὁμολογεῖν αὐτὸν μὴ λέγειν ὀρθῶς. ἐπῳδῶν γε μὴν προσδεῖσθαί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ μύθων ἔτι τινῶν. Ποίων, ὦ ἀγαθέ;
Mēdamōs doxan toiautēn peri theōn, ō xene, apodechōmetha; oudamē gar oute hosion outʼ alēthes to dianoēma dianooimethʼ an. Dokoumen de moi nyn ēdē kai megala metriōs dieilechthai tǭ philaitiǭ tēs ameleias peri theōn. Nai. Tǭ ge biazesthai tois logois homologein auton mē legein orthōs. epǭdōn ge mēn prosdeisthai moi dokei kai mythōn eti tinōn. Poiōn, ō agathe?
— Let us by no means, stranger, accept such an opinion about the gods; for we would be thinking a thought in no way holy or true. — It seems to me that we have now argued sufficiently with the one who loves to accuse the gods of neglect. — Yes. — In forcing him by argument to agree that he does not speak rightly. Yet he seems to me still to need some charms of myth. — What kind, my good man?
12.52.21Dindorf 2:158
Πείσωμεν τὸν νεανίαν τοῖς λόγοις ὡς τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιμελουμένῳ πρὸς τὴν σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀρετὴν τοῦ ὅλου πάντʼ ἐστὶ συντεταγμένα, ὧν καὶ τὸ μέρος εἰς δύναμιν ἕκαστον τὸ προσῆκον πάσχει καὶ ποιεῖ. τούτοις δέ εἰσιν ἄρχοντες προστεταγμένοι ἑκάστοις ἐπὶ τὸ σμικρότατον ἀεὶ πάθης καὶ πράξεως, εἰς μερισμὸν τὸν ἔσχατον τέλος ἀπειργασμένοι·
Peisōmen ton neanian tois logois hōs tǭ tou pantos epimeloumenǭ pros tēn sōtērian kai aretēn tou holou pantʼ esti syntetagmena, hōn kai to meros eis dynamin hekaston to prosēkon paschei kai poiei. toutois de eisin archontes prostetagmenoi hekastois epi to smikrotaton aei pathēs kai praxeōs, eis merismon ton eschaton telos apeirgasmenoi;
— Let us persuade the young man by argument that the one who cares for the universe has arranged all things for the preservation and virtue of the whole, each part of which, as far as it can, suffers and does what is fitting. Over these, rulers are appointed for each, down to the smallest degree of being acted on and acting, accomplishing the end down to the last division;
12.52.22Dindorf 2:158
ὧν ἓν καὶ τὸ σὸν, ὦ σχέτλιε, μόριον εἰς τὸ πᾶν ξυντείνει βλέπον ἀεὶ, καίπερ πάνσμικρον ὅν. σὲ δὲ λέληθε περὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ὡς γένεσις ἕνεκα ἐκείνου γίνεται πᾶσα, ὅπως ᾖ τῷ τοῦ παντὸς βίῳ ὑπάρχουσα εὐδαίμων οὐσία, οὐχ ἕνεκα σοῦ γινομένη, σὺ δʼ ἕνεκα ἐκείνου. πᾶς γὰρ ἰατρὸς καὶ πᾶς ἔντεχνος δημιουργὸς παντὸς μὲν ἕνεκα πάντα ἐργάζεται, πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ ξυντείνων βέλτιστον, μέρος μὴν ἕνεκα ὅλου καὶ οὐχὶ ὅλον μέρους ἕνεκα ἀπεργάζεται.
hōn hen kai to son, ō schetlie, morion eis to pan xynteinei blepon aei, kaiper pansmikron hon. se de lelēthe peri touto auto hōs genesis heneka ekeinou ginetai pasa, hopōs ę̄ tǭ tou pantos biǭ hyparchousa eudaimōn ousia, ouch heneka sou ginomenē, sy dʼ heneka ekeinou. pas gar iatros kai pas entechnos dēmiourgos pantos men heneka panta ergazetai, pros to koinę̄ xynteinōn beltiston, meros mēn heneka holou kai ouchi holon merous heneka apergazetai.
of which your part too, poor wretch, though very small, always contributes to and looks toward the whole. But it has escaped you about this very thing that all becoming takes place for the sake of that, so that a blessed being may belong to the life of the universe; it does not come about for your sake, but you for its sake. For every physician and every skilled craftsman does everything for the sake of the whole, aiming at the common best, and makes the part for the sake of the whole, not the whole for the sake of the part.
12.52.23Dindorf 2:158–159
σὺ δὲ ἀγανακτεῖς ἀγνοῶν ὅπη τὸ περὶ σὲ ἄριστον τῷ παντὶ ξυμβαίνει καὶ σοὶ κατὰ δύναμιν τὴν τῆς κοινῆς γενέσεως. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀεὶ ψυχὴ συντεταγμένη σώματι τοτὲ μὲν ἄλλῳ, τοτὲ δʼ ἄλλῳ, μεταβάλλει παντοίας μεταβολὰς, διʼ ἑαυτὴν ἢ διʼ ἑτέραν ψυχὴν, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἔργον τῷ πεττευτῇ λείπεται πλὴν μετατιθέναι τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον γινόμενον ἦθος εἰς βελτίω τόπον, χεῖρον δὲ εἰς τὸν χείρονα, ἵνα τὸ πρέπον ἕκαστον τῆς μοίρας λαγχάνῃ.
sy de aganakteis agnoōn hopē to peri se ariston tǭ panti xymbainei kai soi kata dynamin tēn tēs koinēs geneseōs. epei de aei psychē syntetagmenē sōmati tote men allǭ, tote dʼ allǭ, metaballei pantoias metabolas, diʼ heautēn ē diʼ heteran psychēn, ouden allo ergon tǭ petteutę̄ leipetai plēn metatithenai to men ameinon ginomenon ēthos eis beltiō topon, cheiron de eis ton cheirona, hina to prepon hekaston tēs moiras lanchanę̄.
But you are vexed, not knowing how what is best for you turns out for the universe and for you according to the power of common becoming. And since soul, always joined to a body, now one, now another, undergoes every kind of change, through itself or through another soul, no other task is left for the draughts-player than to move the character that becomes better to a better place, and the worse to the worse, so that each may receive its fitting lot.
12.52.24Dindorf 2:159
Πῇ λέγεις; Ἧιπερ ἂν ἔχοι λόγον ῥᾳστώνη ἐπιμελείας θεοῖς τῶν πάντων, ταύτῃ μοι δοκῶ φράζειν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ὅλον ἀεὶ βλέπων πλάττοι τις μετασχηματίζων τὰ πάντα, οἷον ἐκ πυρὸς ὕδωρ ἔμψυχον, καὶ μὴ πολλὰ ἐξ ἑνὸς, ἢ ἐκ πολλῶν ἕν, πρώτης ἢ δευτέρας ἢ καὶ τρίτης γενέσεως μετειληφότα, πλήθεσιν ἄπειρʼ ἂν εἴη τῆς μετατιθεμένης κοσμήσεως. νῦν δʼ ἐστὶ θαυμαστὴ ῥᾳστώνη τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιμελουμένῳ.
Pę̄ legeis? Hēiper an echoi logon rhąstōnē epimeleias theois tōn pantōn, tautę̄ moi dokō phrazein. ei men gar pros to holon aei blepōn plattoi tis metaschēmatizōn ta panta, hoion ek pyros hydōr empsychon, kai mē polla ex henos, ē ek pollōn hen, prōtēs ē deuteras ē kai tritēs geneseōs meteilēphota, plēthesin apeirʼ an eiē tēs metatithemenēs kosmēseōs. nyn dʼ esti thaumastē rhąstōnē tǭ tou pantos epimeloumenǭ.
— How do you mean? — In the way in which the gods’ ease of caring for all things would make sense, I think I am explaining. For if one were always to mould and reshape all things looking to the whole, as making ensouled water from fire, and not many from one or one from many, having shared in a first or second or even third generation, the rearranged order would be infinite in number. But as it is there is wonderful ease for the one who cares for the universe.
12.52.25Dindorf 2:159
Πῶς αὖ λέγεις; Ὧδε. ἐπειδὴ κατεῖδεν ἡμῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐμψύχους οὔσας τὰς πράξεις ἁπάσας καὶ πολλὴν μὲν ἀρετὴν ἐν αὐταῖς οὖσαν, πολλὴν δὲ κακίαν, ἀνώλεθρον δὲ ὂν γενόμενον, ἀλλʼ οὐκ αἰώνιον, ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα, καθάπερ οἱ κατὰ νόμον ὄντες θεοί· γένεσις γὰρ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἦν ζῴων ἀπολομένου τούτοιν θατέρου· καὶ τὸ μὲν ὠφελεῖν ἀεὶ πεφυκὸς ὂν ἀγαθὸν ψυχῆς διενοήθη, τὸ δὲ κακὸν βλάπτειν· ταῦτα πάντα ξυνιδὼν ἐμηχανήσατο ποῦ κείμενον ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν νικῶσαν ἀρετὴν, ἡττωμένην δὲ κακίαν ἐν τῷ παντὶ παρέχοι μάλιστʼ ἂν καὶ ῥᾴστα καὶ ἄριστα.
Pōs au legeis? Hōde. epeidē kateiden hēmōn ho basileus empsychous ousas tas praxeis hapasas kai pollēn men aretēn en autais ousan, pollēn de kakian, anōlethron de on genomenon, allʼ ouk aiōnion, psychēn kai sōma, kathaper hoi kata nomon ontes theoi; genesis gar ouk an pote ēn zǭōn apolomenou toutoin thaterou; kai to men ōphelein aei pephykos on agathon psychēs dienoēthē, to de kakon blaptein; tauta panta xynidōn emēchanēsato pou keimenon hekaston tōn merōn nikōsan aretēn, hēttōmenēn de kakian en tǭ panti parechoi malistʼ an kai rhąsta kai arista.
— How again? — Thus. Since our king saw that all our actions are ensouled and that there is much virtue in them and much vice; and that soul and body, having come to be, are indestructible but not eternal, like the gods established by law (for there would never be generation of living things if either of these perished); and he considered that the good of soul by nature always benefits and the bad harms; seeing all this, he devised where each of the parts should be placed so as to make virtue victorious and vice defeated in the universe most fully, easily, and best.
12.52.26Dindorf 2:159–160
μεμηχάνηται δὴ πρὸς πᾶν τοῦτο τὸ ποῖόν τι γιγνόμενον ἀεὶ ποίαν ἔδραν δεῖ μεταλαμβάνον οἰκίζεσθαι καὶ τίνας ποτὲ τόπους· τῆς δὲ γενέσεως τοῦ ποίου τινὸς ἀφῆκε ταῖς βουλήσεσιν ἑκάστων ἡμῶν τὰς αἰτίας. ὅπη γὰρ ἂν ἐπιθυμῇ καὶ ὁποῖός τις ὢν τὴν ψυχὴν, ταύτῃ σχεδὸν ἑκάστοτε καὶ τοιοῦτος γίγνεται ἅπας ἡμῶν ὡς τὸ πολύ. Τὸ γοῦν εἰκός.
memēchanētai dē pros pan touto to poion ti gignomenon aei poian edran dei metalambanon oikizesthai kai tinas pote topous; tēs de geneseōs tou poiou tinos aphēke tais boulēsesin hekastōn hēmōn tas aitias. hopē gar an epithymę̄ kai hopoios tis ōn tēn psychēn, tautę̄ schedon hekastote kai toioutos gignetai hapas hēmōn hōs to poly. To goun eikos.
He has devised, then, for all this, what seat each must take and dwell in, and what places, as it becomes of what kind; but the causes of becoming of what kind he left to the wills of each of us. For as each of us desires and is in soul, so for the most part each time and of such a kind does each of us become. — That is likely.
12.52.27Dindorf 2:160
Μεταβάλλει μὲν τοίνυν πάνθʼ ὅσα μέτοχά ἐστι ψυχῆς, ἐν αὐτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν· μεταβάλλοντα δὲ φέρεται κατὰ τὴν τῆς εἱμαρμένης τάξιν καὶ νόμον. Σμικρότερα μὲν τῶν ἠθῶν μεταβάλλοντα ἐλάττω κατὰ τὸ τῆς χώρας ἐπίπεδον μεταπορεύεται, πλείω δὲ καὶ ἀδικώτερα μεταπεσόντα εἰς βάθος τά τε κάτω λεγόμενα τῶν τόπων, ὅσα Ἅιδην τε καὶ τὰ τούτων ἐχόμενα τῶν ὀνομάτων ἐπονομάζοντες σφόδρα φοβοῦνται καὶ ὀνειροπολοῦσι ζῶντες διαλυθέντες τε τῶν σωμάτων. Μείζω δὴ ψυχὴ κακίας ἢ ἀρετῆς ὁπόταν μεταβάλλῃ διὰ τὴν αὑτῆς βούλησίν τε καὶ ὁμιλίαν γενομένη ἰσχυρὰν, ὁπόταν μὲν ἀρετῇ θείᾳ προσμέξασα γίνηται διαφερόντως τοιαῦτα, διαφέροντα καὶ μετέβαλε τόπον ἅγιον ὅλον, μετακομισθεῖσα εἰς ἀμείνω τινὰ τόπον ἕτερον· ὅταν δὲ τἀναντία, ἐπὶ τἀναντία μεθιδρύσατο τὸν αὑτῆς βίον.
Metaballei men toinyn panthʼ hosa metocha esti psychēs, en autois kektēmena tēn tēs metabolēs aitian; metaballonta de pheretai kata tēn tēs heimarmenēs taxin kai nomon. Smikrotera men tōn ēthōn metaballonta elattō kata to tēs chōras epipedon metaporeuetai, pleiō de kai adikōtera metapesonta eis bathos ta te katō legomena tōn topōn, hosa Haidēn te kai ta toutōn echomena tōn onomatōn eponomazontes sphodra phobountai kai oneiropolousi zōntes dialythentes te tōn sōmatōn. Meizō dē psychē kakias ē aretēs hopotan metaballę̄ dia tēn hautēs boulēsin te kai homilian genomenē ischyran, hopotan men aretę̄ theią prosmexasa ginētai diapherontōs toiauta, diapheronta kai metebale topon hagion holon, metakomistheisa eis ameinō tina topon heteron; hotan de tanantia, epi tanantia methidrysato ton hautēs bion.
— All things, then, that share in soul change, having the cause of change in themselves; and changing, they are carried according to the order and law of destiny. Those whose characters change less move less along the level of the earth; those that fall more and into greater injustice go into the depth and the regions called below, which, naming them Hades and the like, men greatly fear and dream of, living and released from their bodies. And when a soul undergoes a greater change of vice or virtue through its own will and strong association, when, mixing with divine virtue, it becomes such especially, it is especially moved to a place wholly holy, carried to some other better place; and when the opposite, it removes its life to the opposite.
12.52.28Dindorf 2:160
αὕτη τοι δίκη ἐστὶ θεῶν οἳ Ὄλυμπον ἔχουσιν, ὦ παῖ καὶ νεανίσκε, ἀμελεῖσθαι δοκῶν ὑπὸ θεῶν· κακίω μὲν γινόμενον πρὸς τὰς κακίους ψυχὰς, ἀμείνω δὲ πρὸς τὰς ἀμείνους πορευόμενον ἔν τε ζωῇ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι θανάτοις πάσχειν τε ἃ προσῆκον δρᾶν ἐστι τοῖς προσφυέσι τοὺς προσφερεῖς καὶ ποιεῖν.
hautē toi dikē esti theōn hoi Olympon echousin, ō pai kai neaniske, ameleisthai dokōn hypo theōn; kakiō men ginomenon pros tas kakious psychas, ameinō de pros tas ameinous poreuomenon en te zōę̄ kai en pasi thanatois paschein te ha prosēkon dran esti tois prosphyesi tous prosphereis kai poiein.
‘This is the justice of the gods who hold Olympus,’ O child and young man, who think yourself neglected by the gods: that one who becomes worse goes to the worse souls, and one who becomes better to the better, and in life and in all deaths suffers and does what it is fitting for like to do to like.
12.52.29Dindorf 2:160–161
Ταύτης τῆς δίκης οὔτε σὺ μήποτε οὔτʼ ἄλλος ἀτυχὴς γενόμενος ἐπεύξεται περιγενέσθαι θεῶν, ἣν πασῶν δίκην [δικῶν] διαφερόντως ἔταξάν τε οἱ τάξαντες χρεών τε ἐξευλαβεῖσθαι τὸ παράπαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀμεληθήσῃ ποτὲ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, οὐχ οὕτω σμικρὸς ὢν δύσῃ κατὰ τὸ τῆς γῆς βάθος, οὐδʼ ὑψηλὸς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναπτήσῃ τίσεις δὲ αὐτῷ τὴν προσήκουσαν τιμωρίαν εἴτʼ ἐνθάδε μένων εἴτε καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου διαπορευθεὶς εἴτε καὶ τούτων εἰς ἁγιώτερον ἔτι διακομισθεὶς τόπον.
Tautēs tēs dikēs oute sy mēpote outʼ allos atychēs genomenos epeuxetai perigenesthai theōn, hēn pasōn dikēn [dikōn] diapherontōs etaxan te hoi taxantes chreōn te exeulabeisthai to parapan. Ou gar amelēthēsę̄ pote hypʼ autēs, ouch houtō smikros ōn dysę̄ kata to tēs gēs bathos, oudʼ hypsēlos genomenos eis ton ouranon anaptēsę̄ tiseis de autǭ tēn prosēkousan timōrian eitʼ enthade menōn eite kai en Haidou diaporeutheis eite kai toutōn eis hagiōteron eti diakomistheis topon.
From this justice neither you nor any other unfortunate will ever boast that he has escaped the gods, the justice which those who ordained it ordained above all others, and which one must beware of altogether. For you will never be neglected by it: not though you were so small as to sink into the depth of the earth, nor so high as to fly up to heaven; but you will pay it the fitting penalty, whether you stay here, or pass to Hades, or are carried to a place still more remote than these.
12.52.30Dindorf 2:161
ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος σοι καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων ἂν εἴη τῶν οὓς σὺ κατιδὼν ἐκ σμικρῶν μεγάλους γεγονότας ἀνοσιουργήσαντας, ἤ τι τοιοῦτον πράξαντας, ᾠήθης ἐξ ἀθλίων εὐδαίμονας γεγονέναι, καὶ ὡς ἐν κατόπτροις αὐτῶν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἡγήσω καθεωρακέναι τὴν πάντων ἀμέλειαν θεῶν, οὐκ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν συντέλειαν, ὅπη ποτὲ τῷ παντὶ ξυμβάλλεται. γινώσκειν δὲ αὐτὴν, ὦ πάντων ἀνδρειότατε, πρὸς οὐδὲν δοκεῖς, ἥν τις μὴ γινώσκων οὐδʼ ἂν τύπον ἴδοι ποτὲ, οὐδὲ λόγον ξυμβάλλεσθαι περὶ βίου δυνατὸς ἂν γένοιτο εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν τε καὶ δυσδαίμονα τύχην.
ho autos de logos soi kai peri ekeinōn an eiē tōn hous sy katidōn ek smikrōn megalous gegonotas anosiourgēsantas, ē ti toiouton praxantas, ǭēthēs ex athliōn eudaimonas gegonenai, kai hōs en katoptrois autōn tais praxesin hēgēsō katheōrakenai tēn pantōn ameleian theōn, ouk eidōs autōn tēn synteleian, hopē pote tǭ panti xymballetai. ginōskein de autēn, ō pantōn andreiotate, pros ouden dokeis, hēn tis mē ginōskōn oudʼ an typon idoi pote, oude logon xymballesthai peri biou dynatos an genoito eis eudaimonian te kai dysdaimona tychēn.
The same account would apply for you to those whom you saw rise from small to great through unholy deeds or some such acts, and thought had become happy from wretched, and supposed you had seen in their deeds, as in mirrors, the neglect of all things by the gods, not knowing their contribution, how it contributes to the whole. And you think, bravest of men, that there is no need to know it; yet without knowing it one would never see even an outline, nor be able to give an account of life with regard to happiness and unhappy fortune.
12.52.31Dindorf 2:161
ταῦτα εἰ μέν σε πείθει Κλεινίας ὅδε καὶ ξύμπασα ἡμῶν ἥδε ἡ γερουσία, περὶ θεῶν ὡς οὐκ οἶσθα ὅ τι λέγεις, καλῶς ἄν σοι θεὸς αὐτὸς ξυλλαμβάνοι· εἰ δʼ ἐπιδεὴς ἔτι λόγου ἂν εἴης, λεγόντων ἡμῶν πρὸς τὸν τρίτον ἐπάκουε, εἰ νοῦν καὶ ὁπωσοῦν ἔχεις.”
tauta ei men se peithei Kleinias hode kai xympasa hēmōn hēde hē gerousia, peri theōn hōs ouk oistha ho ti legeis, kalōs an soi theos autos xyllambanoi; ei dʼ epideēs eti logou an eiēs, legontōn hēmōn pros ton triton epakoue, ei noun kai hopōsoun echeis.”
If Clinias here and this whole council of elders persuade you of this, that you do not know what you are saying about the gods, God himself would kindly help you; but if you still need argument, listen as we speak to the third man, if you have any sense at all.”
12.52.32Dindorf 2:161
Τούτων ὁ νοῦς, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὰ ῥήματα, ἐν τοῖς Ἑβραίων λογίοις προκαταβέβληται συντομώτατα καὶ διʼ ὀλίγων τῆς διανοίας περιεχομένης. τό τε γὰρ “οὐχ οὕτω σμικρὸς ὢν δύσῃ κατὰ τὸ τῆς γῆς βάθος, οὐδʼ ὑψηλὸς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναπτήσῃ ὅμοιον ἂν εἴη τῷ παρὰ τῷ Δαβὶδ τοῦτον ἔχοντι τὸν τρόπον “ ποῦ πορευθῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός σου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου ποῦ φύγω; ἐὰν ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, σὺ ἐκεῖ εἶ· ἐὰν καταβῶ εἰς τὸν Ἀίδην, πάρει.
Toutōn ho nous, ei kai mē ta rhēmata, en tois Hebraiōn logiois prokatabeblētai syntomōtata kai diʼ oligōn tēs dianoias periechomenēs. to te gar “ouch houtō smikros ōn dysę̄ kata to tēs gēs bathos, oudʼ hypsēlos genomenos eis ton ouranon anaptēsę̄ homoion an eiē tǭ para tǭ Dabid touton echonti ton tropon “ pou poreuthō apo tou pneumatos sou, kai apo tou prosōpou sou pou phygō? ean anabō eis ton ouranon, sy ekei ei; ean katabō eis ton Aidēn, parei.
The sense of these things, if not the words, had been laid down beforehand in the oracles of the Hebrews, with the meaning contained very concisely and in few words. For “not though you were so small as to sink into the depth of the earth, nor so high as to fly up to heaven” would be like what David has in this way: “Where shall I go from your Spirit, and where shall I flee from your face? If I go up to heaven, you are there; if I go down to Hades, you are present.
12.52.33Dindorf 2:161–162
εἰ ἀναλάβοιμι πτέρυγας καὶ κατασκηνώσαιμι εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς θαλάσσης· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ ἡ χείρ σου ὁδηγήσει ” ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ οἱ οὐρανοὶ διηγοῦνται δόξαν θεοῦ, καὶ ποίησιν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἀναγγέλλει τὸ στερέωμα. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ Ἠσαίᾳ τὸ “ ἀναβλέψατε εἰς ὕψος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἴδετε τίς κατέδειξε ταῦτα πάντα.” καὶ τὸ “ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς κτισμάτων ἀναλόγως ὁ γενεσιουργὸς θεωρεῖται.” καὶ τὸ “τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται, ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης.” ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ “ἐζήλωσα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνόμοις, εἰρήνην ἁμαρτωλῶν θεωρῶν” μεταπεφράσθαι μοι δοκεῖ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πλάτωνος διὰ τοῦ “ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος σοι καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων ἂν εἴη τῶν οὓς σὺ κατιδὼν ἐκ μικρῶν μεγάλους γεγονότας ἀνοσιουργήσαντας, ἤ τι τοιοῦτον πράξαντας, ᾠήθης ἐξ ἀθλίων εὐδαίμονας γεγονέναι.” καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δὲ ὅσα τούτοις ὁμοίως εἴρηται προύλαβε τὴν εἰς πλάτος ἐκτεθεῖσαν τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἑρμηνείαν ἐν τοῖς Ἑβραίων λόγοις. ἕκαστον δʼ οὖν αὐτῶν κατὰ μέρος εὕροις ἂν ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζων τοῖς Ἑβραίων συμφερόμενον γράμμασι. Ἑβραίων δὲ εἶναι λόγους οὐ μόνον τὰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ λόγιά φημι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων μετὰ Μωσέα θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν, εἴτε προφητῶν εἴτε καὶ ἀποστόλων τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, ὧν ἡ τῶν δογμάτων συμφωνία μιᾶς εἰκότως αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς προσηγορίας ἀξιώσειεν.
ei analaboimi pterygas kai kataskēnōsaimi eis ta eschata tēs thalassēs; kai gar ekei hē cheir sou hodēgēsei ” alla kai to hoi ouranoi diēgountai doxan theou, kai poiēsin cheirōn autou anangellei to stereōma. kai palin en tǭ Ēsaią to “ anablepsate eis hypsos tous ophthalmous hymōn, kai idete tis katedeixe tauta panta.” kai to “ek megethous kai kallonēs ktismatōn analogōs ho genesiourgos theōreitai.” kai to “ta gar aorata autou apo ktiseōs kosmou tois poiēmasi nooumena kathoratai, hē te aïdios autou dynamis kai theiotēs.” alla kai to “ezēlōsa epi tois anomois, eirēnēn hamartōlōn theōrōn” metapephrasthai moi dokei hypo tou Platōnos dia tou “ho autos de logos soi kai peri ekeinōn an eiē tōn hous sy katidōn ek mikrōn megalous gegonotas anosiourgēsantas, ē ti toiouton praxantas, ǭēthēs ex athliōn eudaimonas gegonenai.” kai ta alla de hosa toutois homoiōs eirētai proulabe tēn eis platos ektetheisan tou Platōnos hermēneian en tois Hebraiōn logois. hekaston dʼ oun autōn kata meros heurois an akribōs exetazōn tois Hebraiōn sympheromenon grammasi. Hebraiōn de einai logous ou monon ta para Mōsei logia phēmi, alla kai ta tōn allōn meta Mōsea theophilōn andrōn, eite prophētōn eite kai apostolōn tou sōtēros hēmōn, hōn hē tōn dogmatōn symphōnia mias eikotōs autous kai tēs autēs prosēgorias axiōseien.
If I take wings and dwell in the uttermost parts of the sea, even there your hand will lead me.” And also: “The heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament proclaims the work of his hands.” And again in Isaiah: “Lift up your eyes on high, and see who has shown all these things.” And: “From the greatness and beauty of created things the Creator is correspondingly seen.” And: “For his invisible things from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and divinity.” And “I was envious of the lawless, seeing the peace of sinners” seems to me to have been paraphrased by Plato in “The same account would apply for you to those whom you saw rise from small to great through unholy deeds or some such acts, and thought had become happy from wretched.” And the other things said like these anticipated Plato’s broad exposition in the words of the Hebrews. Examining each of them closely you would find it agreeing with the writings of the Hebrews. And by the words of the Hebrews I mean not only the oracles in Moses, but also those of the other men dear to God after Moses, whether prophets or apostles of our Saviour, whose agreement in doctrine would rightly deem them worthy of one and the same name.
Preparation 13, chapter 0
13.0.1Dindorf 2:162–163
Ἐπειδὴ πέφηνεν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου συγγράμμασιν ἡ κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφία κατὰ πλεῖστα Μωσέως καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἱερῶν λόγων ἑρμηνείαν ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν περιέχουσα, ἔρχομαι νῦν ὁμοῦ καὶ τὰ λείποντα προσαποδοῦναι τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ τὰ τοῖς πρὸ ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς τόπους εἰρημένα διελθεῖν, ὁμοῦ καὶ διαβολῆς εὐλόγου αἰτίαν ἀπολυσόμένος, εἰ δή τις ἡμῖν ἐπικαλῶν φαίη, τί δή ποτʼ οὖν, Μώσεως καὶ Πλάτωνος τὰ συνῳδὰ πεφιλοσοφηκότων, οὐχὶ τὰ Πλάτωνος, ἀλλὰ τὰ Μώσεως μέτιμεν, τοὔμπαλιν δέον, ὅτι δὴ πρὸς τοῖς ἴσοις δόγμασι προσήκων ἡμίν γένοιτʼ ἂν Ἕλλησιν οὖσιν ὁ Ἑλληνικὸς μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ βάρβαρος. ὀκνῶν δὲ ἀπαντήσαι πρὸς τοῦτο αἰδοῖ τῇ πρὸς τὸν φιλόσοφον, τοῦτον μὲν εἰς ὕστερόν ἀνατίθεμαι τὸν λόγον, τὰ δέ γε πρῶτά μοι λεχθέντα πρῶτα διασκέψομαι. λαβὼν οὖν ἀνάγνωθι ὁποίαν ἐπήγετο δόξαν ὁ Πλάτων περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν θεολόγων τε καὶ ποιητῶν, ὅπως τε πάσας τὰς πατρίους περὶ τῶν θεῶν ὑπολήψεις ἠθέτει καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀτοπίαν διήλεγχεν.
Epeidē pephēnen en tois pro toutou syngrammasin hē kata Platōna philosophia kata pleista Mōseōs kai tōn parʼ Hebraiois hierōn logōn hermēneian hōsper epi tēn Hellada phōnēn periechousa, erchomai nyn homou kai ta leiponta prosapodounai tǭ logǭ, kai ta tois pro hēmōn eis tous topous eirēmena dielthein, homou kai diabolēs eulogou aitian apolysomenos, ei dē tis hēmin epikalōn phaiē, ti dē potʼ oun, Mōseōs kai Platōnos ta synǭda pephilosophēkotōn, ouchi ta Platōnos, alla ta Mōseōs metimen, toumpalin deon, hoti dē pros tois isois dogmasi prosēkōn hēmin genoitʼ an Hellēsin ousin ho Hellēnikos mallon ē ho barbaros. oknōn de apantēsai pros touto aidoi tę̄ pros ton philosophon, touton men eis hysteron anatithemai ton logon, ta de ge prōta moi lechthenta prōta diaskepsomai. labōn oun anagnōthi hopoian epēgeto doxan ho Platōn peri tōn Hellēnikōn theologōn te kai poiētōn, hopōs te pasas tas patrious peri tōn theōn hypolēpseis ēthetei kai tēn en autois atopian diēlenchen.
Since it has been shown in the preceding books that the philosophy of Plato contains, in very many points, a rendering of Moses and of the sacred writings of the Hebrews into the Greek tongue, so to speak, I come now both to add what remains to the argument and to go through what our predecessors have said on these subjects, and at the same time to clear myself of a plausible charge, should anyone accuse us and say: Why, then, when Moses and Plato have taught philosophy in agreement, do we pursue the teachings of Moses and not those of Plato, when the reverse ought to be the case, since, the doctrines being equal, the Greek rather than the barbarian would be the fitting guide for us who are Greeks? But since I shrink from answering this, out of respect for the philosopher, I put off this discussion till later, and shall first examine the points I mentioned first. Take, then, and read what opinion Plato held of the Greek theologians and poets, and how he set aside all the ancestral notions about the gods and exposed the absurdity in them.
Preparation 13, chapter 1
13.1.1Dindorf 2:163
Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἰπεῖν τε καὶ γνῶναι τὴν γένεσιν μεῖζον ἢ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, πιστευτέον δὲ τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν ἔμπροσθεν, ἐκγόνοις μὲν θεῶν οὐσιν, ὡς ἔφασαν, σαφῶς δέ που τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προγόνους εἰδόσιν. ἀδύνατον οὖν θεῶν παισὶν ἀπιστεῖν, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων λέγουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὡς οἰκεῖα φασκόντων ἀπαγγέλλειν ἑπομένους τῷ νόμῳ πιστευτέον.
Peri de tōn allōn daimonōn eipein te kai gnōnai tēn genesin meizon ē kathʼ hēmas, pisteuteon de tois eirēkosin emprosthen, ekgonois men theōn ousin, hōs ephasan, saphōs de pou tous heautōn progonous eidosin. adynaton oun theōn paisin apistein, kaiper aneu eikotōn kai anankaiōn apodeixeōn legousin, allʼ hōs oikeia phaskontōn apangellein hepomenous tǭ nomǭ pisteuteon.
“Concerning the other daimones, to tell and to know their origin is beyond us; we must believe those who have spoken of it before, who were, as they said, offspring of the gods, and surely, I suppose, knew their own ancestors well. It is impossible, then, to disbelieve the children of gods, even though they speak without probable or necessary proofs; but since they profess to report what concerns their own family, we must follow the law and believe them.
13.1.2Dindorf 2:163
οὕτως οὖν κατʼ ἐκείνους ἡμῖν ἡ γένεσις περὶ τούτων τῶν θεῶν ἐχέτω καὶ λεγέσθω. Γῆς τε καὶ Οὐρανοῦ παῖδες Ὠκεανός τε καὶ Τηθὺς ἐγενέσθην, τούτων δὲ Φόρκυς Κρόνος τε καὶ Ῥέα [καὶ ὅσοι μετὰ τούτων, ] ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου Ρέας Ζεὺς Ἥρα τε καὶ πάντες ὅσους ἴσμεν ἀδελφοὺς λεγομένους αὐτῶν, ἔτι τε τούτων ἄλλους ἐκγόνους.
houtōs oun katʼ ekeinous hēmin hē genesis peri toutōn tōn theōn echetō kai legesthō. Gēs te kai Ouranou paides Ōkeanos te kai Tēthys egenesthēn, toutōn de Phorkys Kronos te kai Rhea [kai hosoi meta toutōn, ] ek de Kronou Reas Zeus Hēra te kai pantes hosous ismen adelphous legomenous autōn, eti te toutōn allous ekgonous.
Let the origin of these gods, then, be held and told by us as they tell it. Of Earth and Heaven were born Oceanus and Tethys; of these, Phorcys, Cronus and Rhea; and of Cronus and Rhea, Zeus and Hera and all whom we know as their reputed brothers and sisters, and further other offspring of these.”
13.1.3Dindorf 2:163–164
Διὰ τούτων πιστεύειν τοῖς περὶ θεῶν μύθοις καὶ αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς τῶν μύθων ποιηταῖς ὡς δὴ θεῶν ἐκγόνοις οὖσι παρακελευσάμενος, πρῶτα μὲν διὰ τοῦ φάναι ἐκγόνους εἶναι τῶν θεῶν τοὺς ποιητὰς χλευάζειν μοι δοκεῖ, ὡς καὶ τῶν θεῶν ἀνθρώπων γεγονότων καὶ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις ὁμοίων τὴν φύσιν.
Dia toutōn pisteuein tois peri theōn mythois kai autois de tois tōn mythōn poiētais hōs dē theōn ekgonois ousi parakeleusamenos, prōta men dia tou phanai ekgonous einai tōn theōn tous poiētas chleuazein moi dokei, hōs kai tōn theōn anthrōpōn gegonotōn kai tois ekgonois homoiōn tēn physin.
By these words he bids us believe the myths about the gods, and the very poets of the myths as being offspring of the gods. First, by saying that the poets are offspring of the gods, he seems to me to mock them, as though the gods too had been men and were like their offspring in nature.
13.1.4Dindorf 2:164
διαβάλλει δʼ ἑξῆς ἄντικρυς τοὺς θεολόγους, οὓς ἐκγόνους ἔφησεν εἶναι θεῶν διʼ ὧν ἐπάγει φάσκων ‘καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων λέγουσι” διʼ ὧν τε προστίθησι τὸ “ ὡς ἔφασαν.” παίζειν δʼ ἔοικε λέγων “ σαφῶς γέ που τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προγόνους εἰδόσι·” καὶ τὸ “ ἀδύνατον θεῶν παισὶν ἀπιστεῖν. καὶ τὸ παρὰ γνώμην δὲ ταῦτα λέγειν τῶν νόμων ἕνεκα διαρρήδην παρίστησιν, ὁμολογήσας ὅτι δέοι ἑπομένους τῷ νόμῳ πιστεύειν αὐτοῖς.
diaballei dʼ hexēs antikrys tous theologous, hous ekgonous ephēsen einai theōn diʼ hōn epagei phaskōn ‘kaiper aneu eikotōn kai anankaiōn apodeixeōn legousi” diʼ hōn te prostithēsi to “ hōs ephasan.” paizein dʼ eoike legōn “ saphōs ge pou tous heautōn progonous eidosi;” kai to “ adynaton theōn paisin apistein. kai to para gnōmēn de tauta legein tōn nomōn heneka diarrēdēn paristēsin, homologēsas hoti deoi hepomenous tǭ nomǭ pisteuein autois.
Next he openly discredits the theologians whom he called offspring of the gods, by what he adds, saying “although they speak without probable or necessary proofs,” and by what he inserts, “as they said.” He seems to be joking when he says, “surely, I suppose, they knew their own ancestors well,” and “it is impossible to disbelieve the children of gods.” And he makes it quite plain that he says these things against his own judgment for the sake of the laws, when he admits that one must follow the law and believe them.
13.1.5Dindorf 2:164
ὅτι δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐνόει ἐπάκουσον ὅπως γυμνῇ καὶ ἀκατακαλύπτῳ φωνῇ τοὺς δὴ θεολόγους ἅπαντας διαβάλλει, κόπτων ἐν ἐπινομίδι τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν
hoti de tautʼ enoei epakouson hopōs gymnę̄ kai akatakalyptǭ phōnę̄ tous dē theologous hapantas diaballei, koptōn en epinomidi toutois tois rhēmasin
That this was his meaning, hear how with a bare and unveiled voice he discredits all the so-called theologians, striking at them in the Epinomis in these words:
Preparation 13, chapter 2
13.2.1Dindorf 2:164
“ Θεογονίαν τοίνυν καὶ ζῳογονίαν ἀναγκαῖον, ὡς ἔοικεν, πρῶτόν μοι κακῶς ἀπεικασάντων τῶν ἔμπροσθεν, βέλτιον ἀπεικάσαι κατὰ τὸν ὕστερον λόγον, ἀναλαβόντα ὃν πρὸς τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς ἐπικεχείρηκα λόγον.”
“ Theogonian toinyn kai zǭogonian anankaion, hōs eoiken, prōton moi kakōs apeikasantōn tōn emprosthen, beltion apeikasai kata ton hysteron logon, analabonta hon pros tous asebeis epikecheirēka logon.”
“Theogony and zoogony, then, it seems, I must first set forth better, since those before us represented them badly, taking up again, in accordance with what was said later, the argument I attempted against the impious.”
13.2.2Dindorf 2:164
Ὅτι δʼ εὐλόγως τὴν τῶν πρώτων θεολογίαν παραιτεῖται διδάσκει ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τῆς Πολιτείας, ἔνθα τὸν νοῦν ἐπιστῆσαι ἄξιον ὁπόσα καὶ οἷα περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ποιητῶν τε καὶ θεολόγων τῶν γε ἐκ παλαιοῦ παραδεδομένων περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν θεῶν διέξεισιν, ὧδε ῥήμασιν αὐτοῖς φάσκων
Hoti dʼ eulogōs tēn tōn prōtōn theologian paraiteitai didaskei en tǭ deuterǭ tēs Politeias, entha ton noun epistēsai axion hoposa kai hoia peri tōn autōn poiētōn te kai theologōn tōn ge ek palaiou paradedomenōn peri tōn Hellēnikōn theōn diexeisin, hōde rhēmasin autois phaskōn
That he has good reason to reject the theology of the ancients he teaches in the second book of the Republic. There it is worth paying attention to how many and what kind of things he relates about these same poets and theologians, concerning the traditions handed down of old about the Greek gods. He speaks in these very words:
Preparation 13, chapter 3
13.3.1Dindorf 2:164–165
“Ἐν τοῖς μείζοσιν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, μύθοις ὀψόμεθα καὶ τοὺς ἐλάττους. δεῖ γὰρ δὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τύπον εἶναι καὶ ταὐτὸν δύνασθαι τούς τε μείζους καὶ τοὺς ἐλάττους. ἢ οὐκ οἴει; ἔγωγε, ἔφη· ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐννοῶ οὐδὲ τοὺς μείζους τίνας λέγεις. Οὓς Ἡσίοδός τε, εἶπον, καὶ Ὅμηρος ἡμῖν ἐλεγέτην καὶ οἶ ἄλλοι ποιηταί. οὗτοι γάρ που μύθους ψευδεῖς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συντιθέντες ἔλεγόν τε καὶ λέγουσι.
“En tois meizosin, ēn dʼ egō, mythois opsometha kai tous elattous. dei gar dē ton auton typon einai kai tauton dynasthai tous te meizous kai tous elattous. ē ouk oiei? egōge, ephē; allʼ ouk ennoō oude tous meizous tinas legeis. Hous Hēsiodos te, eipon, kai Homēros hēmin elegetēn kai oi alloi poiētai. houtoi gar pou mythous pseudeis tois anthrōpois syntithentes elegon te kai legousi.
“In the greater myths, I said, we shall see the lesser too. For the greater and the lesser must be of the same stamp and have the same effect. Do you not think so? I do, he said; but I do not see what you mean by the greater either. Those, I said, that Hesiod and Homer told us, and the other poets. For they, I suppose, composed false myths for mankind, and told them, and still tell them.
13.3.2Dindorf 2:165
Ποίους δὴ, ἦ δʼ ὃς, καὶ τί αὐτῶν μεμφόμενος λέγεις; Ὅπερ, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, χρὴ πρῶτόν τε καὶ μάλιστα μέμφεσθαι, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐάν τις μὴ καλῶς ψεύδηται. Τί τοῦτο; Ὅταν εἰκάζῃ τις κακῶς οὐσίαν τῷ λόγῳ περὶ θεῶν τε καὶ ἡρώων, οἶοί εἰσιν, ὥσπερ γραφεὺς μηδὲν ἐοικότα γράφων οἷς ἂν ὅμοια βουληθῇ γράψαι. Καὶ γὰρ, ἔφη, ὀρθῶς ἔχει τὰ τοιαῦτα μέμφεσθαι. ἀλλὰ πῶς δὴ λέγομεν καὶ ποῖα;
Poious dē, ē dʼ hos, kai ti autōn memphomenos legeis? Hoper, ēn dʼ egō, chrē prōton te kai malista memphesthai, allōs te kai ean tis mē kalōs pseudētai. Ti touto? Hotan eikazę̄ tis kakōs ousian tǭ logǭ peri theōn te kai hērōōn, oioi eisin, hōsper grapheus mēden eoikota graphōn hois an homoia boulēthę̄ grapsai. Kai gar, ephē, orthōs echei ta toiauta memphesthai. alla pōs dē legomen kai poia?
What kind, he said, and what fault do you find in them? The fault, I said, that ought to be blamed first and most of all, especially if the lie is not a good one. What is that? When someone represents badly in words what the gods and heroes are like, as a painter does whose picture is not at all like the things he wished to paint. Yes, he said, it is right to blame such things. But how do we mean, and what sort?
13.3.3Dindorf 2:165
Πρῶτον μὲν δὴ, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, τὸ μέγιστον καὶ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων ψεῦδος ὁ εἰπὼν οὐ καλῶς ἐψεύσατο, ὡς Οὐρανός τε εἰργάσατο ἅ φησι δρᾶσαι αὐτὸν Ἡσίοδος, ὅ τε αὖ Κρόνος ὡς ἐτιμωρήσατο αὐτόν. τὰ δὲ δὴ Κρόνου ἔργα καὶ πάθη ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱέος, οὐδʼ ἂν εἰ ἦν ἀληθῆ, ᾤμην δεῖν ῥᾳδίως οὕτω λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἄφρονάς τε καὶ νέους, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν σιγᾶσθαι, εἰ δʼ ἀνάγκη τις ἦν λέγειν, διʼ ἀπορρήτων ἀκούειν ὡς ὀλιγίστους, θυσαμένους οὐ χοῖρον, ἀλλά τι μέγα καὶ ἄπορον θῦμα, ὅπως ὡς ἐλαχίστοις συνέβη ἀκοῦσαι.
Prōton men dē, ēn dʼ egō, to megiston kai peri tōn megistōn pseudos ho eipōn ou kalōs epseusato, hōs Ouranos te eirgasato ha phēsi drasai auton Hēsiodos, ho te au Kronos hōs etimōrēsato auton. ta de dē Kronou erga kai pathē hypo tou huieos, oudʼ an ei ēn alēthē, ǭmēn dein rhądiōs houtō legesthai pros aphronas te kai neous, alla malista men sigasthai, ei dʼ anankē tis ēn legein, diʼ aporrētōn akouein hōs oligistous, thysamenous ou choiron, alla ti mega kai aporon thyma, hopōs hōs elachistois synebē akousai.
First, I said, he who told the greatest lie about the greatest things did not lie well: that Heaven did what Hesiod says he did, and how Cronus in turn took vengeance on him. As for the deeds of Cronus and what he suffered at the hands of his son, even if they were true I should not think they ought to be told so lightly to the foolish and the young, but rather passed over in silence; or, if there were some necessity to tell them, that as few as possible should hear them in secret, after sacrificing not a pig but some great and hard-to-obtain victim, so that very few might happen to hear them.
13.3.4Dindorf 2:165
Καὶ γὰρ, ἦ δʼ ὃς, οὑτοί τοί γε οἶ λόγοι χαλεποί Καὶ οὐ λεκτέοι γε, ἔφην, ὧ Ἀδείμαντε, ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει. οὐδὲ λεκτέον νέῳ ἀκούοντι ὡς ἀδικῶν τὰ ἔσχατα οὐδὲν ἂν θαυμαστὸν ποιοῖ, οὐδʼ αὖ ἀδικοῦντα πατέρα κολάζων παντὶ τρόπῳ, ἀλλὰ δρῴη ἂν ὅπερ θεῶν οἱ πρῶτοί τε καὶ μέγιστοι. Οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία, ἦ δʼ ὃς, οὐδὲ αὐτῷ μοι δοκεῖ ἐπιτήδεια εἶναι λέγειν.
Kai gar, ē dʼ hos, houtoi toi ge oi logoi chalepoi Kai ou lekteoi ge, ephēn, hō Adeimante, en tę̄ hēmeterą polei. oude lekteon neǭ akouonti hōs adikōn ta eschata ouden an thaumaston poioi, oudʼ au adikounta patera kolazōn panti tropǭ, alla drǭē an hoper theōn hoi prōtoi te kai megistoi. Ou ma ton Dia, ē dʼ hos, oude autǭ moi dokei epitēdeia einai legein.
Yes, he said, these stories are indeed hard. And they are not to be told, Adeimantus, I said, in our city. Nor must a young man be told that in committing the worst crimes he would be doing nothing remarkable, nor again in punishing a father who wrongs him in every way, but would only be doing what the first and greatest of the gods did. No, by Zeus, he said, I do not think them fit to be told either.
13.3.5Dindorf 2:165–166
Οὐδέ γε, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, τὸ παράπαν ὡς θεοὶ θεοῖς πολεμοῦσί τε καὶ ἐπιβουλεύουσι καὶ μάχονται· οὔτε γὰρ ἀληθῆ· εἴ γε δεῖ ἡμῖν τοὺς μέλλοντας τὴν πόλιν φυλάσσειν αἴσχιστον νομίζεῖν τὸ ῥᾳδίως ἀλλήλοις ἀπεχθάνεσθαι. πολλοῦ δεῖ γιγαντομαχίας τε μυθολογητέον αὐτοῖς καὶ ποικιλτέον καὶ ἄλλας ἔχθρας πολλὰς καὶ παντοδαπὰς θεῶν τε καὶ ἡρώων πρὸς συγγενεῖς τε καὶ οἰκείους αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ εἴ πως μέλλοιμεν πείσειν ὡς οὐδεὶς πώποτε πολίτης ἕτερος ἑτέρῳ ἀπήχθετο οὐδʼ ἐστὶ τοῦτο ὅσιον, τοιαῦτα μᾶλλον λεκτέα πρὸς τὰ παιδία εὐθὺς, καὶ γέρουσι καὶ γραυσὶ καὶ πρεσβυτέροις γιγνομένοις, καὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς ἐγγὺς τούτων ἀναγκαστέον λογοποιεῖν.
Oude ge, ēn dʼ egō, to parapan hōs theoi theois polemousi te kai epibouleuousi kai machontai; oute gar alēthē; ei ge dei hēmin tous mellontas tēn polin phylassein aischiston nomizein to rhądiōs allēlois apechthanesthai. pollou dei gigantomachias te mythologēteon autois kai poikilteon kai allas echthras pollas kai pantodapas theōn te kai hērōōn pros syngeneis te kai oikeious autōn, allʼ ei pōs melloimen peisein hōs oudeis pōpote politēs heteros heterǭ apēchtheto oudʼ esti touto hosion, toiauta mallon lektea pros ta paidia euthys, kai gerousi kai grausi kai presbyterois gignomenois, kai tous poiētas engys toutōn anankasteon logopoiein.
Nor at all, I said, that gods make war on gods and plot against them and fight them, for it is not even true; if, that is, those who are to guard our city must think it most shameful to quarrel lightly with one another. Far less must we tell them tales of the battles of the giants, or embroider them, or the many other enmities of all kinds of gods and heroes toward their kin and family. But if we are somehow to persuade them that no citizen ever hated another and that this is unholy, such things rather must be told to the children from the start, and by old men and old women and those growing older; and the poets must be compelled to compose close to these.
13.3.6Dindorf 2:166
Ἥρας δὲ δεσμοὺς ὑπὸ υἱέος καὶ Ἡφαίστου ῥίψεις ὑπὸ πατρὸς, μέλλοντος τῇ μητρὶ ἀμύνειν τυπτομένῃ, καὶ θεομαχίας ὅσας Ὅμηρος πεποίηκεν, οὐ παραδεκτέον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, οὔτʼ ἐν ὑπονοίαις πεποιημένας οὔτε ἄνευ ὑπονοιῶν.
Hēras de desmous hypo huieos kai Hēphaistou rhipseis hypo patros, mellontos tę̄ mētri amynein typtomenę̄, kai theomachias hosas Homēros pepoiēken, ou paradekteon eis tēn polin, outʼ en hyponoiais pepoiēmenas oute aneu hyponoiōn.
But Hera’s binding by her son, and Hephaestus’ being hurled out by his father when he was going to defend his mother as she was beaten, and all the battles of the gods that Homer has composed, must not be admitted into the city, whether they are composed with hidden meanings or without hidden meanings.
13.3.7Dindorf 2:166
ὁ γὰρ νέος οὐχ οἷός τε κρίνειν ὅ τι τε ὑπόνοια καὶ ὅ τι μὴ, ἀλλʼ ἃ ἂν τηλικοῦτος ὢν λάβῃ ἐν ταῖς δόξαις, δυσέκνιπτά τε καὶ ἀμετάστατα φιλεῖ γίγνεσθαι. ὧν δὴ ἴσως ἕνεκα περὶ παντὸς ποιητέον, ἃ πρῶτα ἀκούουσιν, ὅτι κάλλιστα μεμυθολογημένα πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀκούειν.
ho gar neos ouch hoios te krinein ho ti te hyponoia kai ho ti mē, allʼ ha an tēlikoutos ōn labę̄ en tais doxais, dyseknipta te kai ametastata philei gignesthai. hōn dē isōs heneka peri pantos poiēteon, ha prōta akouousin, hoti kallista memythologēmena pros aretēn akouein.
For the young person cannot judge what is a hidden meaning and what is not; whatever he takes into his opinions at that age tends to become indelible and unchangeable. For which reason, perhaps, we should take the greatest care that the first things they hear should be stories composed as finely as possible for the sake of virtue.”
13.3.8Dindorf 2:166
Ἔχει γὰρ, ἔφη, λόγον· ἀλλʼ εἴ τις αὖ καὶ ταῦτα ἐρωτῴη ἡμᾶς ἅττα ἐστὶ καὶ τίνες οἶ μῦθοι, τίνας ἂν φαῖμεν; καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον, ὦ Ἀδείμαντε, οὐκ ἐσμὲν ποιηταὶ ἐγώ τε καὶ σὺ ἐν τῷ παρόντι, ἀλλʼ οἰκισταὶ πόλεως. οἰκισταῖς δὲ τοὺς μὲν τύπους προσήκει εἰδέναι ἐν οἷς δεῖ μυθολογεῖν τοὺς ποιητὰς, παρʼ οὓς ἐὰν ποιῶσιν οὐκ ἐπιτρεπτέον, οὐ μὴν αὐτοῖς γε ποιητέον μύθους.
Echei gar, ephē, logon; allʼ ei tis au kai tauta erōtǭē hēmas hatta esti kai tines oi mythoi, tinas an phaimen? kai egō eipon, ō Adeimante, ouk esmen poiētai egō te kai sy en tǭ paronti, allʼ oikistai poleōs. oikistais de tous men typous prosēkei eidenai en hois dei mythologein tous poiētas, parʼ hous ean poiōsin ouk epitrepteon, ou mēn autois ge poiēteon mythous.
“Yes, he said, that is reasonable. But if someone were to ask us what these are and what the stories are, what should we say? And I said: Adeimantus, you and I are not poets at present but founders of a city. Founders ought to know the patterns on which the poets must compose their myths, and from which they must not be allowed to depart when they compose; but they need not compose myths themselves.
13.3.9Dindorf 2:166
Ὀρθῶς, ἔφη· ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο οἷ τύποι περὶ θεολογίας τίνες ἂν εἶεν; Τοιοίδε πού τινες, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, οἷος τυγχάνει ὢν ὁ θεὸς, ἀεὶ δή που ἀποδοτέον, ἐάν τέ τις αὐτὸν ἐν ἔπεσι ποιῇ ἐάν τε ἐν μέλεσιν ἐάν τε ἐν τραγῳδίᾳ. Δεῖ γάρ. Οὐκοῦν ἀγαθὸς ὁ θεὸς τῷ ὄντι τε καὶ λεκτέον οὕτω.
Orthōs, ephē; allʼ auto dē touto hoi typoi peri theologias tines an eien? Toioide pou tines, ēn dʼ egō, hoios tynchanei ōn ho theos, aei dē pou apodoteon, ean te tis auton en epesi poię̄ ean te en melesin ean te en tragǭdią. Dei gar. Oukoun agathos ho theos tǭ onti te kai lekteon houtō.
Right, he said. But just this: what would the patterns for speaking about the gods be? Something like this, I said: God must always be represented as he really is, whether one composes about him in epic, in lyric, or in tragedy. He must. Is not God truly good, and must he not be spoken of as such?
13.3.10Dindorf 2:166–167
Τί μήν; Ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδέν γε τῶν ἀγαθῶν βλαβερόν. ἦ γάρ; Οὔ μοι δοκεῖ. Ἄρʼ οὖν τὸ μὴ βλαβερὸν βλάπτει; Οὐδαμῶς. Ὃ δὲ μὴ βλάπτει, κακόν τι ποιεῖ; Οὐδὲ τοῦτο. ὁ δέ γε μηδὲν κακὸν ποιεῖ, οὐδʼ ἄν τινος εἴη κακοῦ αἴτιον. Πῶς γάρ; Τί δέ; ὠφέλιμον τὸ ἀγαθόν; Ναί. Αἴτιον ἄρα εὐπραγίας; Ναί.
Ti mēn? Alla mēn ouden ge tōn agathōn blaberon. ē gar? Ou moi dokei. Arʼ oun to mē blaberon blaptei? Oudamōs. Ho de mē blaptei, kakon ti poiei? Oude touto. ho de ge mēden kakon poiei, oudʼ an tinos eiē kakou aition. Pōs gar? Ti de? ōphelimon to agathon? Nai. Aition ara eupragias? Nai.
Of course. But surely nothing good is harmful, is it? I think not. Does what is not harmful do harm? Not at all. And does what does no harm do any evil? No, nor that. And what does no evil would not be the cause of any evil? How could it? Again, is the good beneficial? Yes. Then it is the cause of well-being? Yes.
13.3.11Dindorf 2:167
Οὐκ ἄρα πάντων γε αἴτιον τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν εὖ ἐχόντων αἴτιον, τῶν δὲ κακῶν ἀναίτιον. Παντελῶς γε, ἔφη. Οὐδʼ ἄρα, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ὁ θεὸς, ἐπειδὴ ἀγαθὸς, πάντων ἂν εἴη αἴτιος, ὡς οἶ πολλοὶ λέγουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὀλίγων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αἴτιος, πολλῶν δὲ ἀναίτιος· πολὺ γὰρ ἐλάττω τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῶν κακῶν ἡμῖν. καὶ τῶν μὲν ἀγαθῶν οὐδὲν ἄλλο αἰτιατέον, τῶν δὲ κακῶν ἄλλα ἄττα δεῖ ζητεῖν τὰ αἴτια, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸν θεόν.
Ouk ara pantōn ge aition to agathon, alla tōn men eu echontōn aition, tōn de kakōn anaition. Pantelōs ge, ephē. Oudʼ ara, ēn dʼ egō, ho theos, epeidē agathos, pantōn an eiē aitios, hōs oi polloi legousin, allʼ oligōn tois anthrōpois aitios, pollōn de anaitios; poly gar elattō ta agatha tōn kakōn hēmin. kai tōn men agathōn ouden allo aitiateon, tōn de kakōn alla atta dei zētein ta aitia, allʼ ou ton theon.
Then the good is not the cause of all things, but of things that are well it is the cause, and of evils it is not the cause. Entirely so, he said. Then neither, I said, would God, since he is good, be the cause of all things, as the many say; he is the cause of few things for men, and not the cause of many; for our good things are far fewer than our evils. And of the good things no one else must be held the cause; but of the evils we must seek some other causes, and not God.
13.3.12Dindorf 2:167
Ἀληθέστατα, ἔφη, δοκεῖς μοι λέγειν. Οὐκ ἄρα, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ἀποδεκτέον οὔτε Ομήρου οὔτε ἄλλου ποιητοῦ ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἀνοήτως ἁμαρτάνοντος, καὶ λέγοντος ὡς δοιοὶ πίθοι κατακείαται ἐν Δῖός οὔδει κηρῶν ἔμπλειοι, ὁ μὲν ἐσθλῶν, αὐτὰρ ὁ δειλῶν·
Alēthestata, ephē, dokeis moi legein. Ouk ara, ēn dʼ egō, apodekteon oute Omērou oute allou poiētou tautēn tēn hamartian peri tous theous anoētōs hamartanontos, kai legontos hōs doioi pithoi katakeiatai en Dios oudei kērōn empleioi, ho men esthlōn, autar ho deilōn;
You seem to me to speak most truly, he said. Then we must not accept, I said, from Homer or any other poet, this foolish error about the gods, when he says that “two jars stand on the floor of Zeus, full of fates, the one of good, the other of evil;”
13.3.13Dindorf 2:167
καὶ ᾧ μὲν ἂν μίξας ὁ Ζεὺς ἀμφοτέρων δῷ, ἄλλοτε μέν γε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται, ἄλλοτε δʼ ἐσθλῷ. ᾧ δʼ ἂν μὴ, ἀλλʼ ἄκρατα τὰ ἕτερα, τὸν δὲ κακὴ βούβρωστις ἐπὶ χθόνα δῖαν ἐλαύνει·
kai hǭ men an mixas ho Zeus amphoterōn dǭ, allote men ge kakǭ ho ge kyretai, allote dʼ esthlǭ. hǭ dʼ an mē, allʼ akrata ta hetera, ton de kakē boubrōstis epi chthona dian elaunei;
“and to whom Zeus gives a mixture of both, he meets now with evil, now with good;” but to whom he gives not so, but the one kind unmixed, “him evil hunger drives over the divine earth;”
13.3.14Dindorf 2:167–168
οὐδʼ ὡς ταμίας ὁ Ζεὺς ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε τέτυκται. τὴν δὲ τῶν ὅρκων καὶ σπονδῶν σύγχυσιν, ἣν ὁ Πάνδαρος συνέχεεν, ἐάν τις φῇ διʼ Ἀθηνᾶς τε καὶ Δῖός γεγονέναι, οὐκ ἐπαινεσόμεθα· οὐδὲ θεῶν ἔριν τε καὶ κρίσιν διὰ Θέμιδός τε καὶ Δῖός· οὐδʼ αὖ, ὡς Αίσχύλος λέγει, ἐατέον ἀκούειν τοὺς νέους, ὅτι θεὸς μὲν αἰτίαν φύει βροτοῖς, ὅταν κακῶσαι δῶμα παμπήδην θέλῃ.
oudʼ hōs tamias ho Zeus hēmin agathōn te kakōn te tetyktai. tēn de tōn horkōn kai spondōn synchysin, hēn ho Pandaros synecheen, ean tis phę̄ diʼ Athēnas te kai Dios gegonenai, ouk epainesometha; oude theōn erin te kai krisin dia Themidos te kai Dios; oudʼ au, hōs Aischylos legei, eateon akouein tous neous, hoti theos men aitian phyei brotois, hotan kakōsai dōma pampēdēn thelę̄.
nor that Zeus “is made the steward for us of good and evil alike.” And as for the breaking of the oaths and truce, which Pandarus brought about, if anyone says it came about through Athena and Zeus, we shall not approve; nor the strife and judgment of the gods through Themis and Zeus; nor again must we let the young hear, as Aeschylus says, that “God plants a cause in mortals when he wishes to destroy a house utterly.”
13.3.15Dindorf 2:168
ἀλλʼ ἐάν τις ποιῇ ἐν οἶς ταῦτα τὰ ἰαμβεῖα ἔνεστι, τὰ τῆς Νιόβης πάθη ἤ τὰ Πελοπιδῶν ἤ τὰ Τρωϊκὰ ἤ τι ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων, ἤ οὐ θεοῦ ἔργα ἐατέον αὐτὰ λέγειν, ἤ εἰ θεοῦ, ἐξευρετέον αὐτοῖς σχεδὸν ὅν νῦν ἡμεῖς λόγον ζητοῦμεν, καὶ λεκτέον ὡς ὁ μὲν θεὸς δίκαιά τε καὶ ἀγαθὰ εἰργάζετο, οἱ δὲ ὠνίναντο κολαζόμενοι. ὡς δʼ ἄθλιοι μὲν οἱ δίκην διδόντες, ἦν δὲ ὁ δρῶν ταῦτα θεὸς, οὐκ ἐκτέον λέγειν τὸν ποιητήν.
allʼ ean tis poię̄ en ois tauta ta iambeia enesti, ta tēs Niobēs pathē ē ta Pelopidōn ē ta Trōïka ē ti allo tōn toioutōn, ē ou theou erga eateon auta legein, ē ei theou, exeureteon autois schedon hon nyn hēmeis logon zētoumen, kai lekteon hōs ho men theos dikaia te kai agatha eirgazeto, hoi de ōninanto kolazomenoi. hōs dʼ athlioi men hoi dikēn didontes, ēn de ho drōn tauta theos, ouk ekteon legein ton poiētēn.
But if anyone composes a work containing these iambics, the sufferings of Niobe, or of the descendants of Pelops, or the Trojan tale, or anything else of this kind, we must either not allow him to say they are the deeds of God, or if of God, he must find for them something like the account we are now seeking, and must say that God did what was just and good, and that they were benefited by being punished. But that those who pay the penalty are miserable, and that the one who did this was God, the poet must not be allowed to say.
13.3.16Dindorf 2:168
ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ὅτι ἐδεήθησαν κολάσεως λέγοιεν ὡς ἄθλιοι οἱ κακοὶ, διδόντες δὲ δίκην ὠφελοῦντο ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐατέον.
allʼ ei men hoti edeēthēsan kolaseōs legoien hōs athlioi hoi kakoi, didontes de dikēn ōphelounto hypo tou theou, eateon.
But if they should say that the wicked were miserable because they needed punishment, and that in paying the penalty they were benefited by God, that must be allowed.
13.3.17Dindorf 2:168
κακῶν δὲ αἴτιον φάναι θεόν τινι γίγνεσθαι ἀγαθὸν ὄντα, διαμαχητέον παντὶ τρόπῳ, μήτε τινὰ ταῦτα λέγειν ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πόλει, εἰ μέλλει εὐνομήσεσθαι, μήτε τινὰ ἀκούειν, μήτε νεώτερον μήτε πρεσβύτερον, μήτε ἐν μέτρῳ μήτʼ ἄνευ μέτρου μυθολογοῦντα, ὡς οὔτε ὅσια ἄν λεγόμενα, εἰ λέγοιτο, οὔτε ξύμφορα ἡμῖν οὔτε ξύμφωνα αὐτὰ αὑτοῖς.
kakōn de aition phanai theon tini gignesthai agathon onta, diamachēteon panti tropǭ, mēte tina tauta legein en tę̄ heautou polei, ei mellei eunomēsesthai, mēte tina akouein, mēte neōteron mēte presbyteron, mēte en metrǭ mētʼ aneu metrou mythologounta, hōs oute hosia an legomena, ei legoito, oute xymphora hēmin oute xymphōna auta hautois.
But that God, being good, becomes the cause of evils to anyone, we must contend against in every way, that no one should say this in his own city, if it is to be well governed, and that no one, younger or older, should hear it, whether told in verse or without verse; since such things, if said, would be neither holy, nor profitable to us, nor consistent with themselves.
13.3.18Dindorf 2:168
Ξύμψηφός σοι εἰμὶ, ἔφη, τούτου τοῦ νόμου, κάμοὶ ἀρέσκει. Οὖτος μὲν τοίνυν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, εἶς ἄν εἴη τῶν περὶ θεοῦ νόμων τε καὶ τύπων, ἐν οἶς δεήσει τούς τε λέγοντας λέγειν καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας ποιεῖν μὴ πάντων αἴτιον τὸν θεὸν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Καὶ μάλα, ἔφη, ἀπόχρη.
Xympsēphos soi eimi, ephē, toutou tou nomou, kamoi areskei. Outos men toinyn, ēn dʼ egō, eis an eiē tōn peri theou nomōn te kai typōn, en ois deēsei tous te legontas legein kai tous poiountas poiein mē pantōn aition ton theon, alla tōn agathōn. Kai mala, ephē, apochrē.
I vote with you for this law, he said, and it pleases me. This, then, I said, would be one of the laws and patterns concerning God, by which speakers must speak and poets compose: that God is not the cause of all things, but of the good. And it is quite sufficient, he said.
13.3.19Dindorf 2:168
Τί δὲ δὴ ὁ δεύτερος ὅδε; ἆρα γόητα τὸν θεὸν οἴει εἶναι, καὶ οἶον ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς φαντάζεσθαι ἄλλοτε ἐν ἄλλαις ἰδεαις, τοτὲ μὲν αὐτὸν γιγνόμενον καὶ ἀλλάττοντα τὸ αὑτοῦ εἶδος εἰς πολλὰς μορφὰς, τοτὲ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀπατῶντα καὶ ποιοῦντα περὶ αὑτοῦ τοιαῦτα δοκεῖν, ἤ ἁπλοῦν τε εἶναι, καὶ πάντων ἥκιστα τῆς αὑτοῦ ἰδέας ἐκβαίνειν; Οὐκ ἔχω, ἔφη, νῦν γε οὕτως εἰπεῖν.
Ti de dē ho deuteros hode? ara goēta ton theon oiei einai, kai oion ex epiboulēs phantazesthai allote en allais ideais, tote men auton gignomenon kai allattonta to hautou eidos eis pollas morphas, tote de hēmas apatōnta kai poiounta peri hautou toiauta dokein, ē haploun te einai, kai pantōn hēkista tēs hautou ideas ekbainein? Ouk echō, ephē, nyn ge houtōs eipein.
And what of this second one? Do you think God is a sorcerer, who appears by design now in one form and now in another, at one time himself changing and altering his own shape into many forms, at another deceiving us and making us think such things of him? Or is he simple, and least of all things departs from his own form? I cannot say offhand, he said.
13.3.20Dindorf 2:168–169
Τί δὲ τόδε; οὐκ ἀνάγκη, εἴπερ τι ἐξίσταιτο τῆς αὑτοῦ ἰδέας, ἢ αὐτὸ ὑφʼ αὑτοῦ μεθίστασθαι, ἢ ὑπʼ ἄλλου; Ἀνάγκη. Οὐκοῦν ὑπὸ μὲν ἄλλου τὰ ἄριστα ἔχοντα ἥκιστα ἀλλοιοῦταί τε καὶ κινεῖται, οἶον σῶμα ὑπὸ σιτίων τε καὶ ποτῶν καὶ πόνων, καὶ πᾶν φυτὸν ὑπὸ εἰλήσεων τε καὶ ἀνέμων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων παθημάτων, οὐ τὸ ὑγιέστατόν τε καὶ χαριέστατον ἥκιστα ἀλλοιοῦται; Πῶς δʼ οὔ;
Ti de tode? ouk anankē, eiper ti existaito tēs hautou ideas, ē auto hyphʼ hautou methistasthai, ē hypʼ allou? Anankē. Oukoun hypo men allou ta arista echonta hēkista alloioutai te kai kineitai, oion sōma hypo sitiōn te kai potōn kai ponōn, kai pan phyton hypo eilēseōn te kai anemōn kai tōn toioutōn pathēmatōn, ou to hygiestaton te kai chariestaton hēkista alloioutai? Pōs dʼ ou?
What of this? If anything departs from its own form, must it not be changed either by itself or by something else? It must. Are not things that are in the best condition least altered and moved by something else, as a body by food and drink and toil, and every plant by the heat of the sun and winds and such affections? Is not the healthiest and strongest least altered? Of course.
13.3.21Dindorf 2:169
Ψυχὴν δὲ οὐ τὴν ἀνδρειοτάτην καὶ φρονιμωτάτην ἥκιστʼ ἄν τι πάθος ἔξωθεν ταράξειέτε φρονιμωτάτην Ναί. Καὶ μήν που καὶ τά γε ξύνθετα πάντα σκεύη τε καὶ οἰκοδομήματα καὶ ἀμφιέσματα, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, τὰ εὖ εἰργασμένα καὶ εὖ ἔχοντα ὑπὸ χρόνου τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων παθημάτων ἥκιστα ἀλλοιοῦται. Ἒστι ταῦτα.
Psychēn de ou tēn andreiotatēn kai phronimōtatēn hēkistʼ an ti pathos exōthen taraxeiete phronimōtatēn Nai. Kai mēn pou kai ta ge xyntheta panta skeuē te kai oikodomēmata kai amphiesmata, kata ton auton logon, ta eu eirgasmena kai eu echonta hypo chronou te kai tōn allōn pathēmatōn hēkista alloioutai. Esti tauta.
And would not any affection from outside least disturb the soul that is bravest and wisest? Yes. And surely, on the same principle, all composite things, utensils and buildings and garments, those that are well made and in good condition are least altered by time and other affections. That is so.
13.3.22Dindorf 2:169
Πᾶνʼ δὴ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον ἢ φύσει ἢ τέχνῃ ἢ ἀμφοτέροις ἐλαχίστην μεταβολὴν ὑπʼ ἄλλου ἐνδέχεται. Ἔοικεν. Ἀλλὰ μὴν ὁ θεός γε καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντη ἄριστα ἔχει. Πῶς δʼ οὔ; Ταύτῃ μὲν δὴ ἥκιστʼ ἂν πολλὰς μορφὰς ἴσχοι ὁ θεός. Ἥκιστα δῆτα. Ἀλλʼ ἆρα αὐτὸς αὑτὸν μεταβάλλοι ἂν καὶ ἀλλοιοῖ; Δηλονότι, ἔφη, εἴπερ ἀλλοιοῦται.
Panʼ dē to kalōs echon ē physei ē technę̄ ē amphoterois elachistēn metabolēn hypʼ allou endechetai. Eoiken. Alla mēn ho theos ge kai ta tou theou pantē arista echei. Pōs dʼ ou? Tautę̄ men dē hēkistʼ an pollas morphas ischoi ho theos. Hēkista dēta. Allʼ ara autos hauton metaballoi an kai alloioi? Dēlonoti, ephē, eiper alloioutai.
Then everything that is in good condition, by nature or by art or by both, admits least of change from something else. So it seems. But God and what belongs to God are in every way in the best condition. Of course. In this way, then, God would least of all have many forms. Least of all, indeed. But would he change and alter himself? Clearly, he said, if he is altered at all.
13.3.23Dindorf 2:169
Πότερον οὖν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιόν τε καὶ κάλλιον μεταβάλλει ἑαυτὸν, ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον καὶ αἴσχιον αὑτοῦ; Ἀνάγκη, ἔφη, ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἑαυτοῦ, εἴπερ ἀλλοιοῦται· οὐ γάρ που ἐνδεᾶ γε φήσομεν τὸν θεὸν κάλλους ἢ ἀρετῆς εἶναι. Ὀρθότατα, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, λέγεις. καὶ οὕτως ἔχοντος δοκεῖ ἄν τίς σοι, ὦ Ἀδείμαντε, ἑκὼν αὑτὸν χείρω ποιεῖν ὁπῃοῦν ἢ θεῶν ἢ ἀνθρώπων;
Poteron oun epi to beltion te kai kallion metaballei heauton, ē epi to cheiron kai aischion hautou? Anankē, ephē, epi to cheiron heautou, eiper alloioutai; ou gar pou endea ge phēsomen ton theon kallous ē aretēs einai. Orthotata, ēn dʼ egō, legeis. kai houtōs echontos dokei an tis soi, ō Adeimante, hekōn hauton cheirō poiein hopę̄oun ē theōn ē anthrōpōn?
Then does he change himself for the better and fairer, or for the worse and uglier than himself? Necessarily for the worse, he said, if he is altered; for we shall surely not say that God is lacking in beauty or virtue. Very right, I said. And this being so, do you think, Adeimantus, that anyone, whether of gods or men, would willingly make himself worse in any way?
13.3.24Dindorf 2:169–170
Ἀδύνατον, ἔφη. Ἀδύνατον ἄρα, ἔφην, καὶ θεὸν ἐθέλειν αὑτὸν ἀλλοιοῦν, ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικε, κάλλιστος καὶ ἄριστος ὢν εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν μένει ἀεὶ ἁπλῶς ἐν τῇ αὑτοῦ μορφῇ. Πᾶσα, ἔφη, ἀνάγκη ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ. Μηδεὶς ἄρα, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ὦ ἄριστε, λεγέτω ἡμῖν τῶν ποιητῶν ὡς θεοὶ ξείνοισιν ἐοικότες ἀλλοδαποῖσιν, παντοῖοι τελέθοντες, ἐπιστρωφῶσι πόληας.
Adynaton, ephē. Adynaton ara, ephēn, kai theon ethelein hauton alloioun, allʼ, hōs eoike, kallistos kai aristos ōn eis to dynaton hekastos autōn menei aei haplōs en tę̄ hautou morphę̄. Pasa, ephē, anankē emoige dokei. Mēdeis ara, ēn dʼ egō, ō ariste, legetō hēmin tōn poiētōn hōs theoi xeinoisin eoikotes allodapoisin, pantoioi telethontes, epistrōphōsi polēas.
Impossible, he said. Then it is impossible, I said, that a god should wish to alter himself; but, as it seems, each of them, being as fair and good as possible, remains for ever simply in his own form. That seems to me entirely necessary, he said. Then let none of the poets, my good friend, I said, tell us that “gods, in the likeness of strangers from other lands, taking all kinds of shapes, go about the cities;”
13.3.25Dindorf 2:170
μηδὲ Πρωτέως τε καὶ Θέτιδος καταψευδέσθω μηδεὶς, μηδʼ ἐν τραγῳδίαις μηδʼ έν τοῖς ἄλλοις ποιἤμασιν εἰσαγέτω Ἥραν ἠλλοιωμένην, ὡς ἱέρειαν ἀγείρουσαν Ἰνάχου Ἀργείου ποταμοῦ παισὶν βιοδώροις.
mēde Prōteōs te kai Thetidos katapseudesthō mēdeis, mēdʼ en tragǭdiais mēdʼ en tois allois poiēmasin eisagetō Hēran ēlloiōmenēn, hōs hiereian ageirousan Inachou Argeiou potamou paisin biodōrois.
nor let anyone tell lies about Proteus and Thetis, nor bring in Hera, in tragedies or in other poems, transformed, as a priestess begging “for the life-giving children of Inachus, the Argive river.”
13.3.26Dindorf 2:170
καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα πολλὰ μὴ ἡμῖν ψευδέσθωσαν. μηδʼ αὖ ὑπὸ τούτων ἀναπειθόμεναι αἶ μητέρες τὰ παιδία ἐκδειματούντων, λέγουσαι τοὺς μύθους κακῶς, ὡς ἄρα θεοί τινες περιέρχονται νύκτωρ πολλοῖς ξένοις καὶ παντοδαποῖς ἰνδαλλόμενοι, ἵνα μὴ ἅμα μὲν εἰς θεοὺς βλασφημῶσιν, ἅμα δὲ τοὺς παῖδας ἀπεργάζωνται δειλοτέρους. Μὴ γὰρ, ἔφη.
kai alla toiauta polla mē hēmin pseudesthōsan. mēdʼ au hypo toutōn anapeithomenai ai mēteres ta paidia ekdeimatountōn, legousai tous mythous kakōs, hōs ara theoi tines perierchontai nyktōr pollois xenois kai pantodapois indallomenoi, hina mē hama men eis theous blasphēmōsin, hama de tous paidas apergazōntai deiloterous. Mē gar, ephē.
And let them not tell us many other such lies. Nor again let mothers, persuaded by them, terrify their children by telling the tales badly, that certain gods go about by night in the likeness of many strangers of all kinds, so that they may not both blaspheme against the gods and at the same time make their children more cowardly. No, indeed, he said.
13.3.27Dindorf 2:170
Ἀλλʼ ἆρα, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, αὐτοὶ μὲν οἶ θεοί εἰσιν οἷοι μὴ μεταβάλλειν, ἡμᾶς δὲ ποιοῦσι δοκεῖν σφᾶς παντοδαποὺς φαίνεσθαι ἐξαπατῶντες καὶ γοητεύοντες; Ἴσως, ἔφη. Τί δέ; ἦν δʼ ἐγώ· ψεύδεσθαι ὁ θεὸς ἐθέλοι ἂν ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ φαντάσματα προτείνων; Οὐκ οἶδα, ἦ δʼ ὅς.
Allʼ ara, ēn dʼ egō, autoi men oi theoi eisin hoioi mē metaballein, hēmas de poiousi dokein sphas pantodapous phainesthai exapatōntes kai goēteuontes? Isōs, ephē. Ti de? ēn dʼ egō; pseudesthai ho theos etheloi an ē logǭ ē ergǭ phantasmata proteinōn? Ouk oida, ē dʼ hos.
But perhaps, I said, the gods themselves are such as not to change, but make us think that they appear in all sorts of forms, deceiving and bewitching us? Perhaps, he said. What then? I said. Would God be willing to lie, in word or deed, by presenting a phantom? I do not know, he said.
13.3.28Dindorf 2:170
Οὐκ οἶσθα, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ὅτι τό γε ὡς ἀληθῶς ψεῦδος, εἰ οἷόν τε τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, πάντες θεοί τε καὶ ἄνθρωποι μισοῦσι; Πῶς, ἔφη, λέγεις; Οἶσθά που, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ὅτι τῷ κυριωτάτῳ ἑαυτῶν ψεύδεσθαι καὶ περὶ τὰ κυριώτατα οὐδεὶς ἑκὼν ἐθέλει, ἀλλὰ πάντων μάλιστα φοβεῖται ἐκεῖ αὐτὸ κεκτῆσθαι. Οὐδὲ νῦν πω, ἦ δʼ ὃς, μανθάνω.
Ouk oistha, ēn dʼ egō, hoti to ge hōs alēthōs pseudos, ei hoion te toutʼ eipein, pantes theoi te kai anthrōpoi misousi? Pōs, ephē, legeis? Oistha pou, ēn dʼ egō, hoti tǭ kyriōtatǭ heautōn pseudesthai kai peri ta kyriōtata oudeis hekōn ethelei, alla pantōn malista phobeitai ekei auto kektēsthai. Oude nyn pō, ē dʼ hos, manthanō.
Do you not know, I said, that the true lie, if one may so call it, is hated by all gods and men? How do you mean? he said. You know, I suppose, I said, that no one is willing to be deceived in the most sovereign part of himself and about the most sovereign things, but fears above all to have falsehood there. Even now I do not understand, he said.
13.3.29Dindorf 2:170
Οἴει γάρ τί με, ἔφην, σεμνὸν λέγειν· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὅτι τῇ ψυχῇ περὶ τὰ ὄντα ψεύδεσθαί τε καὶ ἐψεῦσθαι καὶ ἀμαθῆ εἶναι καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔχειν τε καὶ κεκτῆσθαι τὸ ψεῦδος πάντες ἥκιστʼ ἂν δέξαιντο καὶ μισοῦσι μάλιστα αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ.
Oiei gar ti me, ephēn, semnon legein; egō de legō hoti tę̄ psychę̄ peri ta onta pseudesthai te kai epseusthai kai amathē einai kai entautha echein te kai kektēsthai to pseudos pantes hēkistʼ an dexainto kai misousi malista auto en tǭ toioutǭ.
For you think I am saying something grand, I said. But I mean that to be deceived and to have been deceived in the soul about the things that are, and to be ignorant, and to have and hold falsehood there, is what all would least accept, and they hate it most of all in such a place.
13.3.30Dindorf 2:170–171
Πολύ γʼ, ἔφη. Ἀλλὰ μὴν ὀρθότατά γʼ ἂν, ὃ νῦν δὴ ἔλεγον, τοῦτο ὡς ἀληθῶς ψεῦδος καλοῖτο, ἡ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ ἐψευσμένου ἄγνοια, ἐπεὶ τό γε ἐν τοῖς λόγοις μίμημά τι τοῦ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἐστι παθήματος καὶ ὕστερον γεγονὸς εἴδωλον, οὐ πάνυ ἄκρατον ψεῦδος. ἢ οὐχ οὕτω; Πάνυ μὲν οὑν.
Poly gʼ, ephē. Alla mēn orthotata gʼ an, ho nyn dē elegon, touto hōs alēthōs pseudos kaloito, hē en tę̄ psychę̄ tou epseusmenou agnoia, epei to ge en tois logois mimēma ti tou en tę̄ psychę̄ esti pathēmatos kai hysteron gegonos eidōlon, ou pany akraton pseudos. ē ouch houtō? Pany men houn.
Very much so, he said. But surely, as I said just now, this would most rightly be called the true lie: the ignorance in the soul of one deceived; for the lie in words is a kind of imitation of the affection in the soul, an image that comes after, not a wholly unmixed lie. Is it not so? Quite so.
13.3.31Dindorf 2:171
Τὸ μὲν δὴ τῷ ὄντι ψεῦδος οὐ μόνον ὑπὸ θεῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μισεῖται. Δοκεῖ μοι. Τί δὲ δή; τὸ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ψεῦδος πότε καὶ ἐν τῷ χρήσιμον, ὥστε μὴ ἄξιον εἶναι μίσους; ἆρʼ οὐ πρός τε τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τῶν καλουμένων φίλων, ὅταν διὰ μανίαν ἤ τινα ἄνοιαν κακόν τι ἐπιχειρῶσι πράττειν, τότε ἀποτροπῆς ἕνεκα ὡς φάρμακον χρήσιμον γίγνεται;
To men dē tǭ onti pseudos ou monon hypo theōn, alla kai hypo anthrōpōn miseitai. Dokei moi. Ti de dē? to en tois logois pseudos pote kai en tǭ chrēsimon, hōste mē axion einai misous? arʼ ou pros te tous polemious kai tōn kaloumenōn philōn, hotan dia manian ē tina anoian kakon ti epicheirōsi prattein, tote apotropēs heneka hōs pharmakon chrēsimon gignetai?
The real lie, then, is hated not only by gods but also by men. I think so. What of the lie in words? When and to whom is it useful, so as not to deserve hatred? Is it not useful against enemies, and with those we call friends, when through madness or some folly they try to do something evil, then as a medicine to turn them from it?
13.3.32Dindorf 2:171
καὶ ἐν αἷς νῦν δὴ ἐλέγομεν ταῖς μυθολογίαις, διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι ὅπη τἀληθὲς ἔχει περὶ τῶν παλαιῶν, ἀφομοιοῦντες τῷ ἀληθεῖ τὸ ψεῦδος ὅτι μάλιστα, οὕτω χρήσιμον ποιοῦμεν; Καὶ μάλα, ἦ δʼ ὃς, οὕτως ἔχει. Κατὰ τί δὴ οὖν τούτων τῷ θεῷ τὸ ψεῦδος χρήσιμον; πότερον διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὰ παλαιὰ ἀφομοιῶν ἂν ψεύδοιτο; Γελοῖον μέντἂν εἴη, ἔφη.
kai en hais nyn dē elegomen tais mythologiais, dia to mē eidenai hopē talēthes echei peri tōn palaiōn, aphomoiountes tǭ alēthei to pseudos hoti malista, houtō chrēsimon poioumen? Kai mala, ē dʼ hos, houtōs echei. Kata ti dē oun toutōn tǭ theǭ to pseudos chrēsimon? poteron dia to mē eidenai ta palaia aphomoiōn an pseudoito? Geloion mentan eiē, ephē.
And in the myths we were speaking of just now, because we do not know the truth about ancient things, we make the falsehood as much like the truth as possible, and so make it useful? Indeed, he said, it is so. In which of these ways, then, is falsehood useful to God? Would he lie through not knowing ancient things, making them seem likely? That would be absurd, he said.
13.3.33Dindorf 2:171
Ποιητὴς μὲν ἄρα ἐν θεῷ ψευδὴς οὐκ ἔνι; Οὔ μοι δοκεῖ. Ἀλλὰ δεδιὼς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἂν ψεύδοιτο; Πολλοῦ γε δεῖ. Ἀλλὰ διʼ οἰκείων ἄνοιαν, ἢ μανίαν; Ἀλλʼ οὐδεὶς, ἔφη, τῶν ἀνοήτων καὶ μαινομένων θεοφιλής. Οὐκ ἄρα ἐστὶν οὗ ἕνεκα ἂν θεὸς ψεύδοιτο; Οὐκ ἔστι. Πάντη ἄρα ἀψευδὲς τὸ δαιμόνιόν τε καὶ τὸ θεῖον. Παντάπάσι μὲν οὖν, ἔφη.
Poiētēs men ara en theǭ pseudēs ouk eni? Ou moi dokei. Alla dediōs tous echthrous an pseudoito? Pollou ge dei. Alla diʼ oikeiōn anoian, ē manian? Allʼ oudeis, ephē, tōn anoētōn kai mainomenōn theophilēs. Ouk ara estin hou heneka an theos pseudoito? Ouk esti. Pantē ara apseudes to daimonion te kai to theion. Pantapasi men oun, ephē.
Then there is no lying poet in God? I think not. But would he lie for fear of his enemies? Far from it. Or because of the folly or madness of his friends? But no one who is foolish or mad, he said, is dear to the gods. Then there is no reason why God should lie? There is none. Then the daimonic and the divine are in every way free from falsehood. Altogether, he said.
13.3.34Dindorf 2:171–172
Κομιδῆ ἄρα ὁ θεὸς ἀπλοῦν καὶ ἀληθὲς ἔν τʼ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ, καὶ οὔτε αὐτὸς μεθέσταται, οὔτε ἄλλους ἐξαπατᾷ, οὔτε κατὰ φαντασίας, οὔτε κατὰ σημείων πομπὰς, οὔθʼ ὕπαρ οὔτʼ ὄναρ. Οὕτως, ἔφη, ἔμοιγε καὶ αὐτῷ φαίνεται σοῦ λέγοντος. Συγχωρεῖς ἄρα, ἔφην, τοῦτον δεύτερον τύπον εἶναι ἐν ᾧ δεῖ περὶ θεῶν καἰ λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν, ὡς μήτε αὐτοὺς γόητας ὄντας τῷ μεταβάλλειν ἑαυτοὺς μήθʼ ἡμᾶς ψεύδεσι παράγειν ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἔν ἔργω; Συγχωρῶ.
Komidē ara ho theos aploun kai alēthes en tʼ ergǭ kai logǭ, kai oute autos methestatai, oute allous exapatą, oute kata phantasias, oute kata sēmeiōn pompas, outhʼ hypar outʼ onar. Houtōs, ephē, emoige kai autǭ phainetai sou legontos. Synchōreis ara, ephēn, touton deuteron typon einai en hǭ dei peri theōn kai legein kai poiein, hōs mēte autous goētas ontas tǭ metaballein heautous mēthʼ hēmas pseudesi paragein en logǭ ē en ergō? Synchōrō.
Then God is altogether simple and true in deed and word, and neither changes himself nor deceives others, whether by appearances or by the sending of signs, whether waking or dreaming. So it seems to me too, he said, as you speak. You agree, then, I said, that this is the second pattern by which we must speak and compose about the gods: that they are not sorcerers who change themselves, nor lead us astray by falsehoods in word or deed? I agree.
13.3.35Dindorf 2:172
Πολλὰ ἄρα Ὁμήρου ἐπαινοῦντες ἄλλα τοῦτο οὐκ ἐπαινεσόμεθα, τὴν τοῦ ἐνυπνίου πομπὴν ὑπὸ Διὸς τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι· οὐδʼ Αἰσχύλου, ὅταν φῇ ἡ Θέτις, τὸν Ἀπόλλω ἐν τοῖς αὐτῆς γάμοις ᾄδοντα ἐνδατεῖσθαι τὰς ἑὰς εὐπαιδίας, νόσων τʼ απείρους καὶ μακραίωνος τύχας Παιὼν ἐπευφήμησεν, εὐθυμῶν ἐμέ. κἀγὼ τὸ Φοίβου θεῖον ἀψευδὲς στόμα ἤλπιζον εἶναι, μαντικῇ βρύον τέχνῃ. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ὑμνῶν, αὐτὸς ἐν θοίνῃ παρὼν, αὐτὸς τάδʼ εἰπὼν, αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ κτανὼν τὸν παῖδα τὸν ἐμόν.
Polla ara Homērou epainountes alla touto ouk epainesometha, tēn tou enypniou pompēn hypo Dios tǭ Agamemnoni; oudʼ Aischylou, hotan phę̄ hē Thetis, ton Apollō en tois autēs gamois ądonta endateisthai tas heas eupaidias, nosōn tʼ apeirous kai makraiōnos tychas Paiōn epeuphēmēsen, euthymōn eme. kagō to Phoibou theion apseudes stoma ēlpizon einai, mantikę̄ bryon technę̄. ho dʼ autos hymnōn, autos en thoinę̄ parōn, autos tadʼ eipōn, autos estin ho ktanōn ton paida ton emon.
Then, though we praise much in Homer, this we shall not praise: the sending of the dream by Zeus to Agamemnon; nor Aeschylus, when Thetis says that Apollo, singing at her wedding, dwelt on her happy motherhood: “free from sickness, and fortunes of long life, he hailed with a paean, cheering me. And I hoped that Phoebus’ divine mouth was free of falsehood, teeming with the prophetic art. But he himself who sang, himself present at the feast, himself who said these things, he it is who slew my son.”
13.3.36Dindorf 2:172
ὅταν τις τοιαῦτα λέγῃ περὶ θεῶν, χαλεπανοῦμέν τε καὶ χορὸν οὐ δώσομεν, οὐδὲ τοὺς διδασκάλους ἐάσομεν ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ χρῆσθαι τῶν νέων, εἰ μέλλουσιν ἡμῖν οἱ φύλακες θεοσεβεῖς τε καὶ θεῖοι γίγνεσθαι, καθʼ ὅσον ἀνθρώπῳ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον οἷόν τε. Παντάπασιν, ἔφη, ἔγωγε τοὺς τύπους τούτους συγχωρῶ, καὶ ὡς νόμοις ἂν αὐτοῖς χρῴμην.”
hotan tis toiauta legę̄ peri theōn, chalepanoumen te kai choron ou dōsomen, oude tous didaskalous easomen epi paideią chrēsthai tōn neōn, ei mellousin hēmin hoi phylakes theosebeis te kai theioi gignesthai, kathʼ hoson anthrōpǭ epi pleiston hoion te. Pantapasin, ephē, egōge tous typous toutous synchōrō, kai hōs nomois an autois chrǭmēn.”
When anyone says such things about the gods, we shall be angry and refuse him a chorus, nor shall we allow teachers to use them for the education of the young, if our guardians are to be god-fearing and godlike, so far as is possible for a human being. I entirely agree with these patterns, he said, and would use them as laws.”
13.3.37Dindorf 2:172
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Πλάτων. εὕροις δʼ ἂν τὴν Ἑβραίων γραφὴν οὐδαμῶς μὲν μύθους αἰσχροὺς περὶ Τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν θείων ἀγγέλων, οὐδέ γε περὶ τῶν θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν ὁμοίως ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς θεολογίαις περιέχουσαν, τὸν δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἐκτεθέντα τύπον, ὅτι τε ἀγαθὸς ὢν ὁ θεὸς τυγχάνει, καὶ τὰ πρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγονότα πάντα τοιαῦτα.
Tauta men ho Platōn. heurois dʼ an tēn Hebraiōn graphēn oudamōs men mythous aischrous peri Tou tōn holōn theou, allʼ oude peri tōn amphʼ auton theiōn angelōn, oude ge peri tōn theophilōn andrōn homoiōs tais Hellēnikais theologiais periechousan, ton de hypo tou Platōnos ektethenta typon, hoti te agathos ōn ho theos tynchanei, kai ta pros autou gegonota panta toiauta.
So much for Plato. But you would find that the Scripture of the Hebrews contains no shameful myths at all about the God of the universe, nor even about the divine angels around him, nor indeed about the men dear to God, as the Greek theologies do; rather it contains the pattern set out by Plato, that God is good and that all things made by him are of the same kind.
13.3.38Dindorf 2:172–173
ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ δʼ οὖν τῶν δημιουργημάτων ὁ θαυμάσιος Μωςῆς ἐπιλέγει “καὶ εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν.” ἐπί τε πᾶσι τὸν περὶ πάντων συγκεφαλαιούμενος λόγον φηςὶ “καὶ εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησε, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν.” δόγμα δʼ Ἑβραίων ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ μὴ εἶναι τὸν θεὸν κακῶν αἴτιον, εἰ δὴ ὁ θεὸς θάνατον οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ τέρπεται ἐπʼ ἀπωλείᾳ ζώντων· ἔκτισε γὰρ εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα, καὶ σωτήριοι αἱ γενέσεις τοῦ κόσμου· “φθόνῳ δὲ διαβόλου θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον.”
ephʼ hekastǭ dʼ oun tōn dēmiourgēmatōn ho thaumasios Mōsēs epilegei “kai eiden ho theos hoti kalon.” epi te pasi ton peri pantōn synkephalaioumenos logon phēsi “kai eiden ho theos panta hosa epoiēse, kai idou kala lian.” dogma dʼ Hebraiōn esti kai to mē einai ton theon kakōn aition, ei dē ho theos thanaton ouk epoiēsen, oude terpetai epʼ apōleią zōntōn; ektise gar eis to einai ta panta, kai sōtērioi hai geneseis tou kosmou; “phthonǭ de diabolou thanatos eisēlthen eis ton kosmon.”
At each of the things he made, the admirable Moses adds, “And God saw that it was good.” And summing up the account of all things, he says, “And God saw all things that he had made, and behold, they were very good.” It is also a doctrine of the Hebrews that God is not the cause of evils, since “God did not make death, nor does he delight in the destruction of the living; for he created all things that they might exist, and the generations of the world are wholesome”; “but through the envy of the devil death entered into the world.”
13.3.39Dindorf 2:173
διὸ καὶ παρὰ τῷ προφήτῃ εἰσῆκται λέγων ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τὸν ἐξ οἰκείας προαιρέσεως κακὸν γεγενημένον. “ἐγὼ δὲ ἐφύτευσά σε ἄμπελον καρποφόρον πᾶσαν ἀληθινήν· πῶς ἐστράφης εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀλλοτρία;” εἰ δέ που λέγοιτο κακὰ τοῖς φαύλοις ἐκ θεοῦ συμβαίνειν, ὁμωνύμως ἀκουστέον, ὡς τῶν τιμωριῶν οὕτω κεκλημένων, ἃς ἀγαθὸς ὢν ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τῶν τιμωρουμένων, ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ δὲ καὶ συμφέροντι λέγεται ἐπάγειν· ὥσπερ ἂν καὶ ἰατρὸς ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν καμνόντων κακὰ νομίζοιτο προσφέρειν τὰς ἀλγεινὰς καὶ πικρὰς θεραπείας.
dio kai para tǭ prophētę̄ eisēktai legōn ho theos pros ton ex oikeias proaireseōs kakon gegenēmenon. “egō de ephyteusa se ampelon karpophoron pasan alēthinēn; pōs estraphēs eis ta opisō hē ampelos hē allotria?” ei de pou legoito kaka tois phaulois ek theou symbainein, homōnymōs akousteon, hōs tōn timōriōn houtō keklēmenōn, has agathos ōn ho theos ouk epi blabę̄ tōn timōroumenōn, epʼ ōpheleią de kai sympheronti legetai epagein; hōsper an kai iatros epi sōtērią tōn kamnontōn kaka nomizoito prospherein tas algeinas kai pikras therapeias.
Therefore in the prophet too God is introduced saying to him who became evil by his own choice: “But I planted you a fruitful vine, wholly true; how have you turned back, you strange vine?” And if anywhere it is said that evils come upon the wicked from God, it must be understood in a different sense, punishments being so called, which God, being good, is said to inflict not to harm those punished but for their benefit and advantage; just as a physician might be thought to apply evils when, for the saving of the sick, he applies painful and bitter remedies.
13.3.40Dindorf 2:173
διὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θείας γραφῆς ἔνθα εἴρηται κακὰ ἀνθρώποις ἐπάγεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, τὰ παρὰ τῷ Πλάτωνι λεκτέον, ὡς ὁ μὲν θεὸς δίκαιά τε καὶ ἀγαθὰ εἰργάζετο, καὶ ὅτε τὰ σκυθρωπὰ καὶ ἀνθρώποις κακὰ νενομισμένα τοῖς τούτων ἀξίοις ἐπῆγεν, οἱ δὲ ὤναντο κολαζόμενοι, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸν φιλόσοφον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἑβραίων γραφὴν λέγουσαν “ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος παιδεύει· μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται.”
dio kai epi tēs theias graphēs entha eirētai kaka anthrōpois epagesthai hypo tou theou, ta para tǭ Platōni lekteon, hōs ho men theos dikaia te kai agatha eirgazeto, kai hote ta skythrōpa kai anthrōpois kaka nenomismena tois toutōn axiois epēgen, hoi de ōnanto kolazomenoi, ou monon kata ton philosophon, alla kai kata tēn Hebraiōn graphēn legousan “hon gar agapą kyrios paideuei; mastigoi de panta huion hon paradechetai.”
So too in the divine Scripture, where evils are said to be brought upon men by God, we must say what Plato says: that God did what was just and good, and when he brought gloomy things, thought evils by men, upon those who deserved them, they were benefited by being punished, not only according to the philosopher but also according to the Scripture of the Hebrews, which says, “For whom the Lord loves he disciplines, and he scourges every son whom he receives.”
13.3.41Dindorf 2:173
ὧς δʼ ἄθλιοι μὲν οἱ δίκην διδόντες, ἦν δʼ ὁ δρῶν ταῦτα ὁ θεὸς, οὐκ ἐατέον λέγειν τὸν ποιητὴν, ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ὅτι ἐδεήθησαν κολάσεως λέγοιεν ὡς ἄθλιοι κακοὶ, διδόντες δὲ δίκην ὠφελοῦντο ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐατέον· κακῶν δὲ αἴτιον φάναι θεόν τινι γίνεσθαι, ἀγαθὸν ὄντα, διαμαχητέον παντὶ τρόπῳ.
hōs dʼ athlioi men hoi dikēn didontes, ēn dʼ ho drōn tauta ho theos, ouk eateon legein ton poiētēn, allʼ ei men hoti edeēthēsan kolaseōs legoien hōs athlioi kakoi, didontes de dikēn ōphelounto hypo tou theou, eateon; kakōn de aition phanai theon tini ginesthai, agathon onta, diamachēteon panti tropǭ.
But that those who pay the penalty are miserable, and that the one who did this was God, the poet must not be allowed to say; but if they should say that the wicked were miserable because they needed punishment, and that in paying the penalty they were benefited by God, that must be allowed; but that God, being good, becomes the cause of evils to anyone, we must contend against in every way.
13.3.42Dindorf 2:173–174
ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀλλοιοῦσθαι τὸν θεὸν ἡ παρʼ ῾Εβραίὄις προφητεία ὧδέ πη ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ διδάσκει λέγουσα “ διότι ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἠλλοίωμαι.” καὶ ἐν ταῖς θεολογίαις δὲ ὁ Δαβὶδ ἀναφωνεῖ λέγων “ πάντες ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται, καὶ ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίξεις αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἀλλαγήσονται· σὺ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ, καὶ τὰ ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν.”
alla kai peri tou mē alloiousthai ton theon hē parʼ ῾Ebraiois prophēteia hōde pē ek prosōpou tou theou didaskei legousa “ dioti egō kyrios ho theos hymōn, kai ouk ēlloiōmai.” kai en tais theologiais de ho Dabid anaphōnei legōn “ pantes hōs himation palaiōthēsontai, kai hōsei peribolaion helixeis autous, kai allagēsontai; sy de ho autos ei, kai ta etē sou ouk ekleipsousin.”
Moreover, concerning God’s not being changed, the prophecy among the Hebrews teaches somehow thus, speaking in the person of God: “For I am the Lord your God, and I am not changed.” And in his theologies David cries out, saying: “All will grow old like a garment, and like a cloak you will roll them up, and they will be changed; but you are the same, and your years will not fail.”
13.3.43Dindorf 2:174
εἰ δέ πη τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον εἰσάγουσιν ἐν εἴδει καὶ σχήματι ἀνθρωπείῳ παραφαινόμενον, λεκτέον ὡς οὐ κατὰ τοὺς Ἑλλήνων μύθους ὁμοίως Πρωτεῖ καὶ Θέτιδι καὶ Ἥρᾳ, οὐδʼ ὡς οἶ θεοὶ οἶ περιερχόμενοι νύκτωρ πολλοῖς ζῴοις καὶ παντοδαποῖς ἰνδαλλόμενοι, καὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ἀνθρώποις πεφηνότα εἰσάγουσιν οἱ Ἑβραίων λόγοι, ἀλλʼ ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ Πλάτων δεῖν ποτέ φησιν ἐπὶ φίλων εὐεργεσίᾳ, ὅταν διὰ μανίαν ἤ τινα ἄνοιαν κακόν τι ἐπιχειρῶσι πράττειν, τότε ἀποτροπῆς ἕνεκα ὡς φάρμακον χρήσιμον γενέσθαι τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς ἀνθρώπους πάροδον.
ei de pē ton tou theou logon eisagousin en eidei kai schēmati anthrōpeiǭ paraphainomenon, lekteon hōs ou kata tous Hellēnōn mythous homoiōs Prōtei kai Thetidi kai Hērą, oudʼ hōs oi theoi oi perierchomenoi nyktōr pollois zǭois kai pantodapois indallomenoi, kai ton tou theou logon anthrōpois pephēnota eisagousin hoi Hebraiōn logoi, allʼ hōs autos ho Platōn dein pote phēsin epi philōn euergesią, hotan dia manian ē tina anoian kakon ti epicheirōsi prattein, tote apotropēs heneka hōs pharmakon chrēsimon genesthai tēn tou theou eis anthrōpous parodon.
And if anywhere they bring in the Word of God appearing in human form and shape, it must be said that the writings of the Hebrews introduce the Word of God as having appeared to men, not as in the Greek myths, like Proteus and Thetis and Hera, nor like the gods who go about by night in the likeness of many and various creatures, but, as Plato himself says one must at times do for the benefit of friends, “when through madness or some folly they try to do something evil, then for the sake of turning them from it”, God’s coming among men became useful as a medicine.
13.3.44Dindorf 2:174
ἐπεὶ οὑν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ζῴων οὐδὲν ἢν θεοφιλέστερον γένος ἀνθρώπου, συγγενές τε καὶ οἰκεῖον τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ, παρʼ οὗ καὶ λογικὸς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς φύσιν ἀπείργαστο, εἰκότως, οἷα φίλου ζῴου κηδόμενον, τὸν ἐπουράνιον λόγον ἥκειν ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ φασὶ παντὸς τοὐ γένους, νόσον καὶ μανίαν ἔκτοπον ὑπομείναντος, ὡς μήτε τὸν πατέρα γινώσκειν θεὸν, μήτε τὴν οἰκείαν τῆς νοερᾶς φύσεως οὐσίαν, μήτʼ αὐ θεοῦ πρόνοιαν, σώτειραν τῶν ὅλων, εἰς ἀλόγου δὲ ζῴου σχεδὸν ὅσον παρατροπὴν ἥκοντος.
epei houn tōn epi gēs zǭōn ouden ēn theophilesteron genos anthrōpou, syngenes te kai oikeion tǭ tou theou logǭ, parʼ hou kai logikos tēn tēs psychēs physin apeirgasto, eikotōs, hoia philou zǭou kēdomenon, ton epouranion logon hēkein epi therapeią phasi pantos tou genous, noson kai manian ektopon hypomeinantos, hōs mēte ton patera ginōskein theon, mēte tēn oikeian tēs noeras physeōs ousian, mētʼ au theou pronoian, sōteiran tōn holōn, eis alogou de zǭou schedon hoson paratropēn hēkontos.
Since, then, of all living things on earth none was a race dearer to God than man, akin and related to the Word of God, from whom he had also received the rational nature of his soul, it was fitting, they say, that the heavenly Word, caring for him as for a dear creature, should come to heal the whole race, which had suffered a strange disease and madness, so as to know neither God the Father, nor the proper being of its own intellectual nature, nor again God’s providence, the savior of the universe, but had come almost to the derangement of an irrational animal.
13.3.45Dindorf 2:174–175
διὸ δὴ τὸν σωτῆρα καὶ ἰατρὸν ἐπιστῆναι λέγουσιν, οὐ μὲν δὴ τῆς οἰκείας ἐκστάντα φύσεως, οὐδέ γε ψευσάμενον τοὺς ὁρῶντας, ἄμφω δὲ ἀληθῆ φυλάξαντα, τό τε ἀφανὲς καὶ τὸ ὁρώμενον. πῆ μὲν γὰρ ἀληθὴς ἄνθρωπος ἑωρᾶτο, πῆ δὲ θεοῦ λόγος ἦν ἀληθὴς, οὐ γοητεύων, οὐδὲ τοὺς θεωμένους ἐξαπατῶν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ θεῖον ἀψευδὲς καλῶς ἔχειν ἐδόκει καὶ Πλάτωνι.
dio dē ton sōtēra kai iatron epistēnai legousin, ou men dē tēs oikeias ekstanta physeōs, oude ge pseusamenon tous horōntas, amphō de alēthē phylaxanta, to te aphanes kai to horōmenon. pē men gar alēthēs anthrōpos heōrato, pē de theou logos ēn alēthēs, ou goēteuōn, oude tous theōmenous exapatōn, epeidē to theion apseudes kalōs echein edokei kai Platōni.
That is why they say the Savior and Physician came, not departing from his own nature, nor deceiving those who saw him, but preserving both truly, the invisible and the visible. For in one respect he was seen as a true man, and in another he was truly the Word of God, not bewitching or deceiving those who beheld him, since Plato too thought it right that the divine should be free from falsehood.
13.3.46Dindorf 2:175
κομιδῇ ἄρα ὁ θεὸς λόγος ἁπλοῦς ὢν καὶ ἀληθὴς ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ, οὔτε αὐτὸς μεθίστατο, οὕτε ἄλλους ἐξηπάτα. οὔτε κατὰ φαντασίας, οὔτε κατὰ λόγους, οὔτε κατὰ σημείων πομπὰς, οὔθʼ οὐδʼ ὄναρ. πάντα γὰρ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, οἶα λογικῶν ψυχῶν ἰατρὸς, σωτηρίας ἕνεκα τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους ἀληθῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐ δοκήσει διʼ οὗ ἀνείληφεν ἀνθρώπου διεπραγματεύσατο, τὴν πρὸς τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα φιλίαν τε καὶ ὑποστροφὴν διὰ τῆς κατηγγελμένης ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ θεογνωσίας τε καὶ ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας πᾶσιν ἡμῖν δωρούμένος.
komidę̄ ara ho theos logos haplous ōn kai alēthēs en te ergǭ kai logǭ, oute autos methistato, houte allous exēpata. oute kata phantasias, oute kata logous, oute kata sēmeiōn pompas, outhʼ oudʼ onar. panta gar hosa toiauta, oia logikōn psychōn iatros, sōtērias heneka tou pantos anthrōpōn genous alēthōs, allʼ ou dokēsei diʼ hou aneilēphen anthrōpou diepragmateusato, tēn pros ton hautou patera philian te kai hypostrophēn dia tēs katēngelmenēs hypʼ autou theognōsias te kai alēthous eusebeias pasin hēmin dōroumenos.
Truly, then, God the Word, being simple and true in deed and word, neither changed himself nor deceived others, whether by appearances, or by words, or by the sending of signs, or in dreams. For all such things, as physician of rational souls, he carried out for the salvation of the whole human race truly, and not in appearance, through the man whom he had taken up, granting to us all friendship with his own Father and return to him, through the knowledge of God and true godliness proclaimed by him.
13.3.47Dindorf 2:175
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα· τοῖς δὲ ἄλλως λέγουσι χαλεπανοῦμέν τε καὶ χορὸν οὐ δώσομεν, οὐδέ γε τοὺς διδασκάλους ἐάσομεν ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ χρῆσθαι τῶν νέων, εἰ μέλλουσιν ἡμῖν οἶ φύλακες θεοσεβεῖς τε καὶ θεῖοι γίνεσθαι, ὡς καὶ τῷ φιλοσόφῳ ἄριστα ἔχειν ἐδόκει.
kai ta men hēmetera toiauta; tois de allōs legousi chalepanoumen te kai choron ou dōsomen, oude ge tous didaskalous easomen epi paideią chrēsthai tōn neōn, ei mellousin hēmin oi phylakes theosebeis te kai theioi ginesthai, hōs kai tǭ philosophǭ arista echein edokei.
Such, then, is our teaching. But with those who speak otherwise we shall be angry and refuse them a chorus, nor shall we allow teachers to use them for the education of the young, if our guardians are to be god-fearing and godlike, as seemed best to the philosopher too.
Preparation 13, chapter 4
13.4.1Dindorf 2:175
“ Αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι τυγχάνουσι νομίζοντες τὸν Δία τῶν θεῶν ἄριστον καὶ δικαιότατον, καὶ τοῦτον ὁμολογοῦσι τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα δῆσαι, ὅτι τοὺς υἱεῖς κατέπινεν οὐκ ἐν δίκῃ, καὶ ἐκεῖνόν γε αὖ τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα ἐκτεμεῖν διʼ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα· ἐμοὶ δὲ χαλεπαίνουσιν ὅτι τῷ πατρὶ ἐπεξέρχομαι ἀδικοῦντι, καὶ οὕτως αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς τὰ ἐναντία λέγουσι περί τε τῶν θεῶν καὶ περὶ ἐμοῦ.
“ Autoi gar hoi anthrōpoi tynchanousi nomizontes ton Dia tōn theōn ariston kai dikaiotaton, kai touton homologousi ton hautou patera dēsai, hoti tous huieis katepinen ouk en dikę̄, kai ekeinon ge au ton hautou patera ektemein diʼ hetera toiauta; emoi de chalepainousin hoti tǭ patri epexerchomai adikounti, kai houtōs autoi hautois ta enantia legousi peri te tōn theōn kai peri emou.
“For these very people believe that Zeus is the best and most just of the gods, and they admit that he bound his own father because he unjustly swallowed his sons, and that that father in turn castrated his own father for other such reasons; yet they are angry with me because I proceed against my father for his wrongdoing, and so they contradict themselves both about the gods and about me.
13.4.2Dindorf 2:175–176
Ἄρα γε, ὦ Εὐθύφρον, τοῦτʼ ἐστὶν οὗ ἕνεκα τὴν γραφὴν φεύγω ὅτι τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπειδάν τις περὶ τῶν θεῶν λέγῃ, δυσχερῶς πως ἀποδέχομαι διʼ ἃ δὴ, ὡς ἔοικε, φήσει τίς με ἐξαμαρτάνειν. νῦν οὖν εἰ καὶ σοὶ ταῦτα συνδοκεῖ τῷ εὖ εἰδότι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἀνάγκη δὴ, ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ ἡμῖν συγχωρεῖν. τί γὰρ καὶ φήσομεν, οἵ γε [καὶ]αὐτοὶ ὁμολογούμεν περὶ αὐτῶν μηδὲν εἰδέναι; ἀλλά μοι εἰπὲ πρὸς φιλίου, σὺ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἡγῇ ταῦτα οὕτω γεγονέναι; Καὶ ἔτι τούτων θαυμασιώτερα, ὧ Σώκρατες, ἃ οἱ πολλοὶ οὐκ ἴσασι.
Ara ge, ō Euthyphron, toutʼ estin hou heneka tēn graphēn pheugō hoti ta toiauta epeidan tis peri tōn theōn legę̄, dyscherōs pōs apodechomai diʼ ha dē, hōs eoike, phēsei tis me examartanein. nyn oun ei kai soi tauta syndokei tǭ eu eidoti peri tōn toioutōn, anankē dē, hōs eoike, kai hēmin synchōrein. ti gar kai phēsomen, hoi ge [kai]autoi homologoumen peri autōn mēden eidenai? alla moi eipe pros philiou, sy hōs alēthōs hēgę̄ tauta houtō gegonenai? Kai eti toutōn thaumasiōtera, hō Sōkrates, ha hoi polloi ouk isasi.
Is this, then, Euthyphro, the reason why I am being prosecuted, that whenever anyone says such things about the gods I somehow find them hard to accept? For this, it seems, someone will say I do wrong. Now then, if you too, who know such matters well, agree with these things, we too must agree, it seems. For what are we to say, we who admit that we ourselves know nothing about them? But tell me, by the god of friendship, do you truly believe these things happened so? Yes, Socrates, and things still more wonderful than these, which the many do not know.
13.4.3Dindorf 2:176
Καὶ πόλεμον ἄρα ἡγῇ [σὺ εἰναι] τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἔχθρας γε δεινὰς καὶ μάχας καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα πολλὰ, οἷα λέγεταί τε ὑπὸ τῶν ποιητῶν, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν γραφέων τά τε ἄλλα ἱερὰ ἡμῖν καταπεποίκιλται καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῖς μεγάλοις Παναθηναίοις ὁ πέπλος μεστὸς τῶν τοιούτων ποικιλμάτων ἀνάγεται εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν. ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι φῶμεν, ὦ Εὐθύφρον;
Kai polemon ara hēgę̄ [sy einai] tǭ onti en tois theois pros allēlous, kai echthras ge deinas kai machas kai alla toiauta polla, hoia legetai te hypo tōn poiētōn, kai hypo tōn agathōn grapheōn ta te alla hiera hēmin katapepoikiltai kai dē kai tois megalois Panathēnaiois ho peplos mestos tōn toioutōn poikilmatōn anagetai eis tēn akropolin. tauta alēthē einai phōmen, ō Euthyphron?
Then do you believe there really is war among the gods against one another, and terrible enmities and battles and many other such things, such as are told by the poets, and with which our other sacred things are adorned by good painters, and especially the robe that is carried up to the Acropolis at the Great Panathenaea, full of such embroideries? Are we to say these things are true, Euthyphro?
13.4.4Dindorf 2:176
Μὴ μόνα γε, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀλλʼ ὅπερ ἄρτι εἶπον, καὶ ἄλλα σοι ἐγὼ πολλὰ, ἐάν περ βούλῃ, περὶ τῶν θεῶν διηγήσομαι, ἃ σὺ ἀκούων εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι ἐκπλαγήσῃ.” Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ Εὐθύφρονι. διασαφεῖ δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ Νουμήνιος ἐν τῷ περὶ τῶν παρὰ Πλάτωνι ἀπορρήτων ὧδέ πη λέγων
Mē mona ge, ō Sōkrates, allʼ hoper arti eipon, kai alla soi egō polla, ean per boulę̄, peri tōn theōn diēgēsomai, ha sy akouōn eu oidʼ hoti ekplagēsę̄.” Tauta ho Platōn en tǭ Euthyphroni. diasaphei de tēn dianoian ho Noumēnios en tǭ peri tōn para Platōni aporrētōn hōde pē legōn
Not only these, Socrates; but, as I said just now, I will also tell you, if you like, many other things about the gods which I am sure will astonish you when you hear them.” So Plato in the Euthyphro. And Numenius makes his meaning clear in his work On the Secrets in Plato, speaking somewhat as follows:
Preparation 13, chapter 5
13.5.1Dindorf 2:176–177
“Εἰ μὲν γράφειν ὑποτεινάμενος ὁ Πλάτων περὶ τῆς θεολογίας τῆς τῶν Ἀθηναίων εἶτα ἐδυσχέραινεν αὐτῇ καὶ κατηγόρει ἐχούσῃ στάσεις μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, τέκνων δὲ τῶν μὲν μίξεις, τῶν δὲ ἐδωδὰς, τῶν δὲ ἀντὶ τούτων πατράσι τιμωρίας ἀδελφῶν τε ἀδελφοῖς ὑμνούσῃ, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα· εἴπερ ὁ Πλάτων ταυτὰ λαβὼν εἰς τὸ φανερὸν κατηγόρει παρασχεῖν ἄν δοκεῖ μοι τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις αἰτίαν πάλιν κακοῖς γενέσθαι ἀποκτείνασι καὶ αὐτὸν, ὥσπερ τὸν Σωκράτην. ἐπεὶ δὲ ζῆν μὲν οὐκ ἂν προείλετο μᾶλλον ἢ ἀληθεύειν, ἑώρα δὲ ζῆν τε καὶ ἀληθεύειν ἀσφαλῶς δυνησόμενος, ἔθηκεν ἐν μὲν τῷ σχήματι τῶν Ἀθηναίων τὸν Εὐθύφρονα, ὄντα ἄνδρα ἀλαζόνα καὶ κοάλεμον καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος θεολογεῖ κακῶς, αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Σωκράτην ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ τε καὶ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σχηματισμῷ ἐν ᾧπερ εἰωθότως ἤλεγχεν ἑκάστῳ προσομιλῶν.”
“Ei men graphein hypoteinamenos ho Platōn peri tēs theologias tēs tōn Athēnaiōn eita edyscherainen autę̄ kai katēgorei echousę̄ staseis men pros allēlous, teknōn de tōn men mixeis, tōn de edōdas, tōn de anti toutōn patrasi timōrias adelphōn te adelphois hymnousę̄, kai alla toiauta; eiper ho Platōn tauta labōn eis to phaneron katēgorei paraschein an dokei moi tois Athēnaiois aitian palin kakois genesthai apokteinasi kai auton, hōsper ton Sōkratēn. epei de zēn men ouk an proeileto mallon ē alētheuein, heōra de zēn te kai alētheuein asphalōs dynēsomenos, ethēken en men tǭ schēmati tōn Athēnaiōn ton Euthyphrona, onta andra alazona kai koalemon kai ei tis allos theologei kakōs, auton de ton Sōkratēn epʼ autou te kai en tǭ idiǭ schēmatismǭ en hǭper eiōthotōs ēlenchen hekastǭ prosomilōn.”
“If Plato, having undertaken to write about the theology of the Athenians, had then shown his displeasure with it and accused it of telling of the gods’ factions against one another, and of the unions of some with their children, and of others devouring them, and of others in return punishing their fathers and brothers punishing brothers, and other such things; if Plato had taken these and accused them openly, he would, I think, have given the Athenians occasion to become wicked again and to kill him too, as they did Socrates. But since he would not have chosen to live rather than to tell the truth, and yet saw that he could both live and tell the truth safely, he put Euthyphro in the character of the Athenians, a boastful and stupid man and as bad a theologian as any, and set Socrates himself against him in his own character, in which he was accustomed to refute everyone he talked with.”
Preparation 13, chapter 6
13.6.1Dindorf 2:177
“Ὠ φίλε Κρίτων, ἡ προθυμία σου πολλοῦ ἀξία, εἰ μετά τινος ὀρθότητος εἴη· εἰ δὲ μὴ, ὅσῳ μείζων, τοσούτῳ χαλεπωτέρα. σκοπεῖσθαι οὖν χρὴ ἡμᾶς, εἴτε ταῦτα πρακτέον εἴτε μὴ, ὡς ἐγὼ οὐ μόνον νῦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀεὶ τοιοῦτος οἷος τῶν ἐμῶν μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ πείθεσθαι ἢ τῷ λόγῳ ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται.
“Ō phile Kritōn, hē prothymia sou pollou axia, ei meta tinos orthotētos eiē; ei de mē, hosǭ meizōn, tosoutǭ chalepōtera. skopeisthai oun chrē hēmas, eite tauta prakteon eite mē, hōs egō ou monon nyn, alla kai aei toioutos hoios tōn emōn mēdeni allǭ peithesthai ē tǭ logǭ hos an moi logizomenǭ beltistos phainētai.
“My dear Crito, your eagerness is worth a great deal, if it has some rightness with it; but if not, the greater it is, the harder it is to deal with. We must therefore consider whether we should do this or not; for I am not only now but always the kind of man who obeys nothing else in me but the reasoning that appears best to me when I reflect.
13.6.2Dindorf 2:177
τοὺς δὲ λόγους οὓς ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν ἔλεγον οὐ δύναμαι νῦν ἐκβάλλειν, ἐπειδή μοι ἥδε ἡ τύχη γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ σχεδόν τι ὅμοιοι φαίνονταί μοι, καὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς πρεσβεύω καὶ τιμῶ οὕσπερ καὶ πρότερον· ὧν ἐὰν μὴ βελτίω ἔχωμεν λέγειν ἐν τῷ παρόντι, εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι οὐ μή σοι συγχωρήσω, οὐδʼ ἂν πλείω τῶν νῦν παρόντων ἡ τῶν πολλῶν δύναμις ὥσπερ παῖδας ἡμᾶς μορμολύττηται, δεσμούς τε καὶ θανάτους ἐπιπέμπουσα καὶ χρημάτων ἀφαιρέσεις.
tous de logous hous en tǭ emprosthen elegon ou dynamai nyn ekballein, epeidē moi hēde hē tychē gegonen, alla schedon ti homoioi phainontai moi, kai tous autous presbeuō kai timō housper kai proteron; hōn ean mē beltiō echōmen legein en tǭ paronti, eu isthi hoti ou mē soi synchōrēsō, oudʼ an pleiō tōn nyn parontōn hē tōn pollōn dynamis hōsper paidas hēmas mormolyttētai, desmous te kai thanatous epipempousa kai chrēmatōn aphaireseis.
The arguments I used before I cannot now throw out because this fortune has come upon me; they seem to me much the same, and I respect and honor the same ones as before. Unless we can say something better at present, be sure that I will not give way to you, not even if the power of the many tries to frighten us like children with more bugbears than now, sending against us chains and deaths and confiscations of property.
13.6.3Dindorf 2:177
πῶς οὖν ἂν μετριώτατα σκοποίμεθα αὐτά; εἰ πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἀναλάβοιμεν, ὃν σὺ λέγεις, τὸν περὶ τῶν δοξῶν, πότερον καλῶς ἐλέγετο ἑκάστοτε ἢ οὒ, ὅτι ταῖς μὲν δεῖ τῶν δοξῶν προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ταῖς δὲ οὔ· ἢ πρὶν μέν με δεῖν ἀποθνήσκειν καλῶς ἐλέγετο, νῦν δὲ κατάδηλος ἄρα ἐγένετο ὅτι ἄλλως ἕνεκα λόγου ἐλέγετο, ἦν δὲ παιδιὰ καὶ φλυαρία ὡς ἀληθῶς.
pōs oun an metriōtata skopoimetha auta? ei prōton men touton ton logon analaboimen, hon sy legeis, ton peri tōn doxōn, poteron kalōs elegeto hekastote ē ou, hoti tais men dei tōn doxōn prosechein ton noun, tais de ou; ē prin men me dein apothnēskein kalōs elegeto, nyn de katadēlos ara egeneto hoti allōs heneka logou elegeto, ēn de paidia kai phlyaria hōs alēthōs.
How, then, should we examine these things most reasonably? If first we take up this argument that you put forward about opinions, whether it was rightly said each time or not, that we should pay attention to some opinions and not to others? Or was it rightly said before I had to die, while now it has become plain that it was said merely for the sake of argument, and was really child’s play and nonsense?
13.6.4Dindorf 2:177–178
ἐπιθυμῶ δʼ ἔγωγε ἐπισκέψασθαι, ὦ Κρίτων, κοινῇ μετὰ σοῦ, εἴ τί μοι ἀλλοιότερος φανεῖται, ἐπειδὴ ὧδʼ ἔχω, ἢ ὁ αὐτὸς, καὶ ἐάσομεν χαίρειν ἢ πεισόμεθα αὐτῷ. ἐλέγετο δέ πως, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, ἑκάστοτε ὧδε ὑπὸ τῶν οἰομένων τι λέγειν ὥσπερ νῦν δὴ ἐγὼ ἔλεγον, ὅτι τῶν δοξῶν ἃς οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοξάζουσι δέοι τὰς μὲν περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι, τὰς δὲ μή.
epithymō dʼ egōge episkepsasthai, ō Kritōn, koinę̄ meta sou, ei ti moi alloioteros phaneitai, epeidē hōdʼ echō, ē ho autos, kai easomen chairein ē peisometha autǭ. elegeto de pōs, hōs egǭmai, hekastote hōde hypo tōn oiomenōn ti legein hōsper nyn dē egō elegon, hoti tōn doxōn has hoi anthrōpoi doxazousi deoi tas men peri pollou poieisthai, tas de mē.
I long, Crito, to examine together with you whether it will appear any different to me now that I am in this situation, or the same, and whether we shall dismiss it or obey it. It used to be said, I think, each time, by those who thought they were saying something, as I was saying just now, that of the opinions men hold some should be valued highly and others not.
13.6.5Dindorf 2:178
τοῦτο πρὸς θεῶν, ὦ Κρίτων, οὐ δοκεῖ καλῶς σοι λέγεσθαι; σὺ γὰρ, ὅσα γε τάνθρώπεια, ἐκτὸς εἶ τοῦ μέλλειν ἀποθνήσκειν αὔριον, καὶ οὐκ ἄν σε παρακρούοι ἡ παροῦσα συμφορά. σκόπει δή· οὐχ ἱκανῶς δοκεῖ σοι λέγεσθαι ὅτι οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν, τὰς δʼ οὔ; οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν, τῶν δʼ οὔ; τί φῄς; ταῦτα οὐχὶ καλῶς λέγεται; Καλῶς.
touto pros theōn, ō Kritōn, ou dokei kalōs soi legesthai? sy gar, hosa ge tanthrōpeia, ektos ei tou mellein apothnēskein aurion, kai ouk an se parakrouoi hē parousa symphora. skopei dē; ouch hikanōs dokei soi legesthai hoti ou pasas chrē tas doxas tas tōn anthrōpōn timan, alla tas men, tas dʼ ou? oude pantōn, alla tōn men, tōn dʼ ou? ti phę̄s? tauta ouchi kalōs legetai? Kalōs.
Tell me, by the gods, Crito, does this not seem to you well said? For you, as far as human things go, are in no danger of dying tomorrow, and the present misfortune would not lead you astray. Consider, then: does it not seem to you sufficiently said that we must not honor all the opinions of men, but some and not others, nor those of all men, but of some and not others? What do you say? Is this not well said? It is.
13.6.6Dindorf 2:178
Οὐκοῦν τὰς μὲν χρηστὰς τιμᾶν, τὰς δὲ πονηρὰς μή; Ναί. Χρησταὶ δὲ οὐχ αἱ τῶν φρονίμων, πονηραὶ δὲ αἱ τῶν ἀφρόνων; Πῶς δὲ οὔ; Φέρε δὴ, πῶς αὖ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐλέγετο; γυμναζόμενος ἀνὴρ καὶ τοῦτο πράττων πότερον παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐπαίνῳ καὶ ψόγῳ καὶ δόξῃ τὸν νοῦν προσέχει, ἢ ἑνὸς μόνου ἐκείνου ὃς ἂν τυγχάνῃ ἰατρὸς ἢ παιδοτρίβης ὤν; ῾Ενὸς μόνου.
Oukoun tas men chrēstas timan, tas de ponēras mē? Nai. Chrēstai de ouch hai tōn phronimōn, ponērai de hai tōn aphronōn? Pōs de ou? Phere dē, pōs au ta toiauta elegeto? gymnazomenos anēr kai touto prattōn poteron pantos andros epainǭ kai psogǭ kai doxę̄ ton noun prosechei, ē henos monou ekeinou hos an tynchanę̄ iatros ē paidotribēs ōn? ῾Enos monou.
Then the good ones are to be honored, and the bad ones not? Yes. And the good are those of the wise, and the bad those of the foolish? Of course. Come, then, how was this sort of thing put? Does a man in training, and practicing it, pay attention to the praise and blame and opinion of every man, or only of that one who happens to be a physician or trainer? Of that one alone.
13.6.7Dindorf 2:178–179
Οὐκοῦν φοβεῖσθαι χρὴ τοὺς ψόγους καὶ ἀσπάζεσθαι τοὺς ἐπαίνους τοὺς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐκείνου, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοὺς τῶν πολλῶν. Δηλαδή. Ταύτῃ ἄρα αὐτῷ πρακτέον καὶ γυμναστέον, καὶ ἐδεστέον γε καὶ ποτέον, ᾗ ἂν τῷ ἐνὶ δοκῇ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ καὶ ἐπαΐοντι μᾶλλον ἢ ξύμπασι τοῖς ἄλλοις. Ἒστι ταῦτα. Εἷεν. ἀπειθήσας δὲ τῷ ἐνὶ καὶ ἀτιμάσας αὐτοῦ τὴν δόξαν καὶ τοὺς ἐπαίνους, τιμήσας δὲ τοὺς τῶν πολλῶν καὶ μηδὲν ἐπαιόντων ἆρα οὐδὲν κακὸν πείσεται; Πῶς γὰρ οὔ; Τί δʼ ἐστὶ τὸ κακὸν τοῦτο; καὶ ποῖ τείνει, καὶ εἰς τί τῶν τοῦ ἀπειθοῦντος; Δηλονότι εἰς τὸ σῶμα· τοῦτο γὰρ διόλλυσι.
Oukoun phobeisthai chrē tous psogous kai aspazesthai tous epainous tous tou henos ekeinou, alla mē tous tōn pollōn. Dēladē. Tautę̄ ara autǭ prakteon kai gymnasteon, kai edesteon ge kai poteon, hę̄ an tǭ eni dokę̄ tǭ epistatę̄ kai epaïonti mallon ē xympasi tois allois. Esti tauta. Heien. apeithēsas de tǭ eni kai atimasas autou tēn doxan kai tous epainous, timēsas de tous tōn pollōn kai mēden epaiontōn ara ouden kakon peisetai? Pōs gar ou? Ti dʼ esti to kakon touto? kai poi teinei, kai eis ti tōn tou apeithountos? Dēlonoti eis to sōma; touto gar diollysi.
Then he should fear the blame and welcome the praise of that one man, and not of the many. Clearly. Then he must act and train, and eat and drink, in the way that seems good to the one man, the overseer who understands, rather than to all the rest together. That is so. Well then. If he disobeys the one and dishonors his opinion and praise, and honors those of the many who understand nothing, will he not suffer some harm? Of course. And what is this harm? Where does it tend, and to what part of the one who disobeys? Clearly to the body; for this it ruins.
13.6.8Dindorf 2:179
Καλῶς λέγεις. οὐκοῦν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ὠ Κρίτων, οὕτως, ἵνα μὴ πάντα διίωμεν. καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ αἰσχρῶν καὶ καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν, περὶ ὧν νῦν ἡ βουλὴ ἡμῖν ἐστι, πότερον τῇ τῶν πολλῶν δόξῃ δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἕπεσθαι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι αὐτὴν, ἢ τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς, εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐπαίων, ὅν δεῖ καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ξύμπαντας τοὺς ἄλλους; ᾧ εἰ μὴ ἀκολουθήσομεν, διαφθεροῦμεν ἐκεῖνο καὶ λωβησόμεθα ὃ τῷ μὲν δικαίῳ βέλτιον ἐγίνετο, τῷ δὲ ἀδίκῳ ἀπώλλυτο. ἢ οὐδέν ἐστι τοῦτο; Οἶμαι ἔγωγε, ὠ Σώκρατες.
Kalōs legeis. oukoun kai ta alla, ō Kritōn, houtōs, hina mē panta diiōmen. kai dē kai peri tōn dikaiōn kai adikōn kai aischrōn kai kalōn kai agathōn kai kakōn, peri hōn nyn hē boulē hēmin esti, poteron tę̄ tōn pollōn doxę̄ dei hēmas hepesthai kai phobeisthai autēn, ē tę̄ tou henos, ei tis estin epaiōn, hon dei kai aischynesthai kai phobeisthai mallon ē xympantas tous allous? hǭ ei mē akolouthēsomen, diaphtheroumen ekeino kai lōbēsometha ho tǭ men dikaiǭ beltion egineto, tǭ de adikǭ apōllyto. ē ouden esti touto? Oimai egōge, ō Sōkrates.
You are right. And so with other things, Crito, so that we need not go through them all; and especially concerning things just and unjust, shameful and honorable, good and evil, about which we are now deliberating: must we follow the opinion of the many and fear it, or that of the one, if there is one who understands, whom we ought to respect and fear more than all the others together? If we do not follow him, we shall corrupt and maim that which used to become better by justice and was destroyed by injustice. Or is this nothing? I think it is something, Socrates.
13.6.9Dindorf 2:179–180
Φέρε δὴ, ἐὰν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑγιεινοῦ μὲν βέλτιον γινόμενον, ὑπὸ τοῦ νοσώδους δὲ διαφθειρόμενον διολέσωμεν, πειθόμενοι μὴ τῇ τῶν ἐπαιόντων δόξῃ, ἆρα βιωτὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι διεφθαρμένου αὐτοῦ; ἔστι δέ που τοῦτο σῶμα, ἢ οὐχί; Ναί. Ἀρʼ οὖν βιωτὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι μετὰ μοχθηροῦ καὶ διεφθαρμένου σώματος; Οὐδαμῶς.
Phere dē, ean to hypo tou hygieinou men beltion ginomenon, hypo tou nosōdous de diaphtheiromenon diolesōmen, peithomenoi mē tę̄ tōn epaiontōn doxę̄, ara biōton hēmin esti diephtharmenou autou? esti de pou touto sōma, ē ouchi? Nai. Arʼ oun biōton hēmin esti meta mochthērou kai diephtharmenou sōmatos? Oudamōs.
Come, then: if we destroy what is made better by the healthy and ruined by the unhealthy, by obeying an opinion not that of those who understand, is life worth living for us when it is ruined? And this, I suppose, is the body, is it not? Yes. Is life worth living with a wretched and ruined body? By no means.
13.6.10Dindorf 2:180
Ἀλλὰ μετʼ ἐκείνου ἄρα ἐστὶν ἡμῖν βιωτὸν διεφθαρμένου ὃ τὸ ἄδικον μὲν λωβᾶται, τὸ δὲ δίκαιον ὀνίνησιν; ἢ φαυλότερον ἡγούμεθα εἶναι τοῦ σώματος ἐκεῖνο, ὅ τι ποτʼ ἐστὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων, περὶ ὃ ἥ τε ἀδικία καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἐστίν; Οὐδαμῶς. Ἀλλὰ τιμιώτερον; Πολύ γε.
Alla metʼ ekeinou ara estin hēmin biōton diephtharmenou ho to adikon men lōbatai, to de dikaion oninēsin? ē phauloteron hēgoumetha einai tou sōmatos ekeino, ho ti potʼ esti tōn hēmeterōn, peri ho hē te adikia kai hē dikaiosynē estin? Oudamōs. Alla timiōteron? Poly ge.
But is life worth living for us when that is ruined which injustice maims and justice benefits? Or do we think that part of us, whatever it is, with which injustice and justice are concerned, to be inferior to the body? By no means. More precious, then? Far more.
13.6.11Dindorf 2:180
Οὐκ ἄρα, ὠ βέλτιστε, πάνυ ἡμῖν οὕτω φροντιστέον τί ἐροῦσιν οἱ πολλοὶ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ τί ὁ ἐπαίων περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων, ὁ εἷς, καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἀλήθεια. ὥστε πρῶτον μὲν ταύτῃ οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰσηγῇ, εἰσηγούμενος τῆς τῶν πολλῶν δόξης δεῖν ἡμᾶς φροντίζειν περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων.”
Ouk ara, ō beltiste, pany hēmin houtō phrontisteon ti erousin hoi polloi hēmas, alla ti ho epaiōn peri tōn dikaiōn kai adikōn, ho heis, kai autē hē alētheia. hōste prōton men tautę̄ ouk orthōs eisēgę̄, eisēgoumenos tēs tōn pollōn doxēs dein hēmas phrontizein peri tōn dikaiōn kai kalōn kai agathōn kai tōn enantiōn.”
Then, my excellent friend, we should not care so very much what the many will say of us, but what the one who understands about just and unjust things will say, the one, and the truth itself. So first, in this, you are not proposing rightly when you propose that we must care about the opinion of the many concerning things just and honorable and good and their opposites.”
13.6.12Dindorf 2:180
Καὶ ὁ σωτήριος δὲ λόγος φησὶ “ δόξαν τὴν παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ζητεῖτε, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ μόνου τοῦ ἑνὸς οὐ ζητεῖτε.” διὸ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀγῶσιν ὀρθῶς πράττομεν οὐ σκοποῦντες τί ἡμὰς οἶ πολλοὶ ἐροῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τί βούλεται εἷς ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, ὃν ἅπαξ κρίσει ἑλομένους προσήκει ὁμοίως καὶ τότε ὥσπερ αὖ καὶ πρότερον τιμᾶν, καὶ μὴ μετατίθεσθαι, μηδʼ ἂν ἡ τῶν πολλῶν δύναμις ὥσπερ παῖδας ἡμᾶς μορμολύττηται. τοιοῦτοι δὲ ἦσαν καὶ οἶ πάλαι παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἐν μαρτυρίῳ διαλάμψαντες.
Kai ho sōtērios de logos phēsi “ doxan tēn para anthrōpōn zēteite, kai tēn doxan tēn para monou tou henos ou zēteite.” dio kai hēmeis en tois hyper eusebeias agōsin orthōs prattomen ou skopountes ti hēmas oi polloi erousin, alla ti bouletai heis ho tou theou logos, hon hapax krisei helomenous prosēkei homoiōs kai tote hōsper au kai proteron timan, kai mē metatithesthai, mēdʼ an hē tōn pollōn dynamis hōsper paidas hēmas mormolyttētai. toioutoi de ēsan kai oi palai parʼ Hebraiois en martyriǭ dialampsantes.
And the saving Word also says, “You seek the glory that comes from men, and you do not seek the glory that comes from the only One.” Therefore we too act rightly in our contests for godliness, not considering what the many will say of us, but what the one Word of God wills, whom, once we have chosen him by judgment, it is fitting to honor then just as before, and not to change sides, not even if the power of the many tries to frighten us like children. Such too were those among the Hebrews of old who shone in martyrdom.
Preparation 13, chapter 7
13.7.1Dindorf 2:180–181
“ Οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ φαμὲν ἑκόντας ἀδικητέον εἶναι, ἢ τινὶ μὲν ἀδικητέον τρόπῳ, τινὶ δʼ οὔ; ἢ οὐδαμῶς τό γε ἀδικεῖν οὔτε καλὸν οὔτε ἀγαθὸν, ὡς πολλάκις ἡμῖν καὶ ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνῳ ὡμολογήθη; ὅπερ καὶ ἄρτι ἐλέγετο. ἢ πᾶσαι ἡμῖν ἐκεῖναι αἱ πρόσθεν ὁμολογίαι ἐν ταῖσδε ταῖς ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις ἐκκεχυμέναι εἰσὶ, καὶ πάλαι, ὠ Κρίτων, ἆρα τηλικοίδε γέροντες ἄνδρες πρὸς ἀλλήλους σπουδῇ διαλεγόμενοι ἐλάθομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παίδων οὐδὲν διαφέροντες; ἢ παντὸς μᾶλλον οὕτως ἔχει ὥσπερ τότε ἐλέγετο ἡμῖν, εἴτε φασὶν οἶ πολλοὶ εἴτε μὴ, καὶ εἴτε δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἔτι τῶνδε χαλεπώτερα πάσχειν εἴτε καὶ πραότερα, ὅμως τό γε ἀδικεῖν τῷ ἀδικοῦντι καὶ κακὸν καὶ αἰσχρὸν τυγχάνει ὂν παντὶ τρόπῳ; φαμὲν ἢ οὔ; Φαμέν.
“ Oudeni tropǭ phamen hekontas adikēteon einai, ē tini men adikēteon tropǭ, tini dʼ ou? ē oudamōs to ge adikein oute kalon oute agathon, hōs pollakis hēmin kai en tǭ emprosthen chronǭ hōmologēthē? hoper kai arti elegeto. ē pasai hēmin ekeinai hai prosthen homologiai en taisde tais oligais hēmerais ekkechymenai eisi, kai palai, ō Kritōn, ara tēlikoide gerontes andres pros allēlous spoudę̄ dialegomenoi elathomen hēmas autous paidōn ouden diapherontes? ē pantos mallon houtōs echei hōsper tote elegeto hēmin, eite phasin oi polloi eite mē, kai eite dei hēmas eti tōnde chalepōtera paschein eite kai praotera, homōs to ge adikein tǭ adikounti kai kakon kai aischron tynchanei on panti tropǭ? phamen ē ou? Phamen.
“Do we say that one must in no way do wrong willingly, or that one must do wrong in one way but not in another? Or is doing wrong in no way either good or honorable, as we have often agreed in former times? Which is what was said just now too. Or have all those former agreements of ours been poured away in these few days, and have we, Crito, at our age, old men talking seriously with one another, long been unaware that we were no better than children? Or is it above all as it was said by us then: whether the many say so or not, and whether we must suffer still harder things than these or gentler ones, nevertheless doing wrong is in every way evil and shameful for the one who does it? Do we say so or not? We do.
13.7.2Dindorf 2:181
Οὐδαμῶς ἄρα δεῖ ἀδικεῖν. Οὐ δῆτα. Οὐδὲ ἀδικούμενον ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν, ὡς οἶ πολλοὶ οἴονται, ἐπειδή γε οὐδαμῶς δεῖ ἀδικεῖν; Οὐ φαίνεται. Τί δὲ δή; κακουργεῖν δεῖ, ὠ Κρίτων, ἢ οὔ; Οὐ δεῖ δήπου, ὠ Σώκρατες. Τί δέ; ἀντικακουργεῖν κακῶς πάσχοντα, ὡς οἱ πολλοί φασι, δίκαιον, ἢ οὐ δίκαιον; Ούδαμῶς. Τὸ γάρ που κακὸν ποιεῖν ἀνθρώπους τοῦ ἀδικεῖν οὐδὲν διαφέρει. Καλῶς λέγεις.
Oudamōs ara dei adikein. Ou dēta. Oude adikoumenon ara antadikein, hōs oi polloi oiontai, epeidē ge oudamōs dei adikein? Ou phainetai. Ti de dē? kakourgein dei, ō Kritōn, ē ou? Ou dei dēpou, ō Sōkrates. Ti de? antikakourgein kakōs paschonta, hōs hoi polloi phasi, dikaion, ē ou dikaion? Oudamōs. To gar pou kakon poiein anthrōpous tou adikein ouden diapherei. Kalōs legeis.
Then one must in no way do wrong. Certainly not. Then one must not even, when wronged, do wrong in return, as the many think, since one must in no way do wrong? It seems not. And what of this: must one do evil, Crito, or not? Surely not, Socrates. And what? To do evil in return when one suffers evil, as the many say, is it just or not just? Not at all. For doing evil to men, I suppose, differs in no way from doing wrong. You are right.
13.7.3Dindorf 2:181–182
Οὔτε ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν δεῖ οὔτε κακῶς ποιεῖν οὐδένα ἀνθρώπων, οὐδʼ ἂν ὁτιοῦν πάσχῃ τις ὑπʼ αὐτῶν. ἀλλʼ ὅρα, ὠ Κρίτων, ταῦτα καθομολογῶν ὅπως μὴ παρὰ δόξαν ὁμολογῇς. οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι ὀλίγοις τισὶ ταῦτα καὶ δοκεῖ καὶ δόξει. οἶς οὖν οὕτω δέδοκται καὶ οἶς μὴ, τούτοις οὐκ ἔστι κοινὴ βουλὴ, ἀλλʼ ἀνάγκη τούτους ἀλλήλων καταφρονεῖν, ὁρῶντας τὰ ἀλλήλων βουλεύματα. σκόπει δὴ οὖν καὶ σὺ εὖ μάλα, πότερον κοινωνεῖς καὶ συνδοκεῖ σοι καὶ ἀρχώμεθα ἐντεῦθεν βουλευόμενοι, ὡς οὐδέποτε ὀρθῶς ἔχοντος οὔτε τοῦ ἀδικεῖν οὔτε τοῦ ἀνταδικεῖν οὔτε τοῦ κακῶς πάσχοντα ἀμύνεσθαι ἀντιδρῶντα κακῶς· ἤ ἀφίστασαι καὶ ου κοινωνεῖς τῆς ἀρχῆς; ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ πάλαι οὕτω καὶ νῦν ἔτι δοκεῖ.
Oute ara antadikein dei oute kakōs poiein oudena anthrōpōn, oudʼ an hotioun paschę̄ tis hypʼ autōn. allʼ hora, ō Kritōn, tauta kathomologōn hopōs mē para doxan homologę̄s. oida gar hoti oligois tisi tauta kai dokei kai doxei. ois oun houtō dedoktai kai ois mē, toutois ouk esti koinē boulē, allʼ anankē toutous allēlōn kataphronein, horōntas ta allēlōn bouleumata. skopei dē oun kai sy eu mala, poteron koinōneis kai syndokei soi kai archōmetha enteuthen bouleuomenoi, hōs oudepote orthōs echontos oute tou adikein oute tou antadikein oute tou kakōs paschonta amynesthai antidrōnta kakōs; ē aphistasai kai ou koinōneis tēs archēs? emoi men gar kai palai houtō kai nyn eti dokei.
Then one must neither do wrong in return nor do evil to any man, whatever one may suffer at their hands. But see, Crito, in agreeing to this, that you do not agree against your belief. For I know that only a few think this and will think it. Between those who think so and those who do not there is no common counsel, but they must despise one another when they see one another’s decisions. So consider very carefully whether you share and agree with this, and let us begin our deliberation from here: that it is never right to do wrong, or to do wrong in return, or, when suffering evil, to defend oneself by doing evil in return. Or do you stand apart and not share this starting point? For to me it seemed so long ago and still seems so now.
13.7.4Dindorf 2:182
καὶ σοὶ δὲ εἴ πη ἄλλῃ δέδοκται, λέγε καὶ δίδασκε· εἰ δʼ ἐμμένεις τοῖς προσθεν, τὸν μετὰ τοῦτο ἄκουε. Ἀλλʼ ἐμμένω τε καὶ συνδοκεὶ μοι· ἀλλὰ λέγε. Λέγω δὴ αὖ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐρωτῶ, πότερον ἅ ἄν τις ὁμολογήσῃ τῳ δίκαια ὄντα ποιητεον, ἤ ἐξαπατητέον; Ποιητέον.”
kai soi de ei pē allę̄ dedoktai, lege kai didaske; ei dʼ emmeneis tois prosthen, ton meta touto akoue. Allʼ emmenō te kai syndokei moi; alla lege. Legō dē au to meta touto, mallon de erōtō, poteron ha an tis homologēsę̄ tǭ dikaia onta poiēteon, ē exapatēteon? Poiēteon.”
If you think otherwise, speak and teach me; but if you abide by what was said before, hear what follows. I abide by it and agree; speak. Then I say next, or rather I ask: when one has agreed with someone on things that are just, must one do them, or cheat? One must do them.”
13.7.5Dindorf 2:182
Τούτοις παράθες τὸ “μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, ” καὶ τὸ “εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς· προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων καὶ διωκόντων ὑμᾶς, ἵνα γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὅστις τὸν ἥλιον αὑτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους. ” καὶ ἔτι τὸ “λοιδορούμενοι εὐλογοῦμεν, διωκόμενοι ἀνεχόμεθα, δυσφημούμενοι παρακαλοῦμεν, ” ἐν τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν ἱεροῖς φερόμενα γράμμασι. καὶ ὁ προφήτης δὲ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις φηςὶν “εἰ ἀνταπέδωκα τοῖς ἀνταποδιδοῦσί μοι κακά.” καὶ πάλιν “μετὰ τῶν μισούντων τὴν εἰρήνην ἤμην εἰρηνικός.”
Toutois parathes to “mēdeni kakon anti kakou apodidontes, ” kai to “eulogeite tous katarōmenous hymas; proseuchesthe hyper tōn epēreazontōn kai diōkontōn hymas, hina genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn tou en tois ouranois, hostis ton hēlion hautou anatellei epi ponērous kai agathous kai brechei epi dikaious kai adikous. ” kai eti to “loidoroumenoi eulogoumen, diōkomenoi anechometha, dysphēmoumenoi parakaloumen, ” en tois parʼ hēmin hierois pheromena grammasi. kai ho prophētēs de parʼ Hebraiois phēsin “ei antapedōka tois antapodidousi moi kaka.” kai palin “meta tōn misountōn tēn eirēnēn ēmēn eirēnikos.”
Set beside these the words, “repaying no one evil for evil,” and “Bless those who curse you; pray for those who mistreat and persecute you, that you may become sons of your Father who is in heaven, who makes his sun rise on the evil and the good, and sends rain on the just and the unjust,” and further, “Being reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we endure; being slandered, we entreat,” which are contained in our sacred writings. And the prophet among the Hebrews says, “If I have repaid those who repaid me with evil”; and again, “With those who hate peace I was peaceable.”
Preparation 13, chapter 8
13.8.1Dindorf 2:182–183
“Σὺ δὲ τότε μὲν ἐκαλλωπίζου ὡς οὐκ ἀγανακτῶν εἰ δέοι τεθνάναι σε, ἀλλὰ ᾑροῦ, ως ἔφησθα, πρὸ τῆς φυγῆς θάνατον· νῦν δὲ οὐτε ἐκείνους τοὺς λόγους αἰσχύνῃ οὐτε ἡμῶν τῶν νόμων ἐντρέπῃ, ἐπιχειρῶν ἡμᾶς διαφθεῖραι· πράττεις τε ὅπερ ἂν δοῦλος ὁ φαυλότατος πράξειεν, ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐπιχειρῶν παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας τε καὶ ὁμολογίας καθʼ ἃς ἡμῖν συνέθου πολιτεύεσθαι.
“Sy de tote men ekallōpizou hōs ouk aganaktōn ei deoi tethnanai se, alla hę̄rou, ōs ephēstha, pro tēs phygēs thanaton; nyn de oute ekeinous tous logous aischynę̄ oute hēmōn tōn nomōn entrepę̄, epicheirōn hēmas diaphtheirai; pratteis te hoper an doulos ho phaulotatos praxeien, apodidraskein epicheirōn para tas synthēkas te kai homologias kathʼ has hēmin synethou politeuesthai.
“But you then prided yourself on not being distressed if you had to die, and you chose, as you said, death rather than exile. But now you are neither ashamed of those words nor do you respect us, the laws, trying to destroy us; and you are doing what the meanest slave would do, trying to run away contrary to the compacts and agreements by which you agreed with us to live as a citizen.
13.8.2Dindorf 2:183
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ἀπόκριναι, εἰ ἀληθῆ λέγομεν φάσκοντές σε ὡμολογηκέναι πολιτεύεσθαι καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἔργῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ λόγῳ, ἢ οὐκ ἀληθῆ; τί φῶμεν πρὸς ταῦτα, ὦ Κρίτων; ἄλλο τι ἢ ὁμολογῶμεν; Ἀνάγκη, ὦ Σώκρατες. Ἀλλὰ τί οὖν, ἂν φαῖεν, ἢ συνθήκας πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ ὁμολογίας παραβαίνεις, οὐχ ὑπὸ ἀνάγκης ὁμολογήσας, οὐδὲ ἀπατηθεὶς, οὐδὲ ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ ἀναγκασθεὶς βουλεύσασθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἔτεσιν ἑβδομήκοντα, ἐν οἷς ἐξῆν σοι ἀπιέναι, εἰ μὴ ἠρέσκομεν ἡμεῖς, μηδὲ δίκαιαι ἐφαίνοντό σοι αἱ ὁμολογίαι εἶναι.
prōton men oun hēmin toutʼ auto apokrinai, ei alēthē legomen phaskontes se hōmologēkenai politeuesthai kathʼ hēmas ergǭ, allʼ ou logǭ, ē ouk alēthē? ti phōmen pros tauta, ō Kritōn? allo ti ē homologōmen? Anankē, ō Sōkrates. Alla ti oun, an phaien, ē synthēkas pros hēmas autous kai homologias parabaineis, ouch hypo anankēs homologēsas, oude apatētheis, oude en oligǭ chronǭ anankastheis bouleusasthai, allʼ en etesin hebdomēkonta, en hois exēn soi apienai, ei mē ēreskomen hēmeis, mēde dikaiai ephainonto soi hai homologiai einai.
First, then, answer us this very thing: are we speaking the truth in saying that you agreed to live as a citizen according to us in deed and not merely in word, or not? What shall we say to this, Crito? Must we not agree? We must, Socrates. Then what, they would say, are you doing but transgressing your compacts and agreements with us, which you made not under compulsion, nor deceived, nor forced to decide in a short time, but in seventy years, during which you were free to leave if we did not please you, or if the agreements did not seem just to you?
13.8.3Dindorf 2:183
σὺ δὲ οὔτε Λακεδαίμονα προῃροῦ οὔτε Κρήτην, ἃς δὴ ἑκάστοτε φῂς εὐνομεῖσθαι, οὔτε ἄλλην οὐδεμίαν τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων, οὐδὲ τῶν βαρβαρικῶν, ἀλλὰ ἐλάττω ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀπεδήμησας ἢ οἶ χωλοί τε καὶ τυφλοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀνάπηροι. οὕτω σοι διαφερόντως τῶν ἄλλων Ἀθηναίων ἤρεσκεν ἡ πόλις τε καὶ ἡμεῖς οἱ νόμοι δηλονότι· τίνι γὰρ ἂν πόλις ἀρέσκοι ἄνευ νόμων; νῦν δὲ δὴ οὐκ ἐμμένεις τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις; ἐὰν ἡμῖν γε πείθῃ, ὦ Σώκρατες.”
sy de oute Lakedaimona proę̄rou oute Krētēn, has dē hekastote phę̄s eunomeisthai, oute allēn oudemian tōn Hellēnidōn poleōn, oude tōn barbarikōn, alla elattō ex autēs apedēmēsas ē oi chōloi te kai typhloi kai hoi alloi anapēroi. houtō soi diapherontōs tōn allōn Athēnaiōn ēresken hē polis te kai hēmeis hoi nomoi dēlonoti; tini gar an polis areskoi aneu nomōn? nyn de dē ouk emmeneis tois hōmologēmenois? ean hēmin ge peithę̄, ō Sōkrates.”
But you preferred neither Lacedaemon nor Crete, which you are always saying are well governed, nor any other of the Greek cities, nor of the barbarian ones; you went away from the city less than the lame and the blind and the other cripples. So much more than the other Athenians did the city please you, and we the laws, clearly; for who would be pleased with a city without laws? And now will you not abide by your agreements? You will, if you are persuaded by us, Socrates.”
Preparation 13, chapter 9
13.9.1Dindorf 2:183–184
“Ὅστις γὰρ νόμων διαφθορεύς ἐστι, σφόδρα που δόξειεν ἂν νέων τε καὶ ἀνοήτων ἀνθρώπων διαφθορεὺς εἶναι. πότερον οὖν φεύξῃ τάς τε εὐνομουμένας πόλεις καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τοὺς κοσμιωτάτους; καὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦντι ἆρα ἄξιόν σοι ζῆν ἔσται; ἢ πλησιάσεις τούτοις καὶ ἀναισχυντήσεις διαλεγόμενός τινας λόγους, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἢ οὕσπερ ἐνθάδε, ὡς ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλείστου ἄξιον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ τὰ νόμιμα καὶ οἶ νόμοι; καὶ οὐκ οἴει ἄσχημον φανεῖσθαι τὸ τοῦ Σωκράτους πρᾶγμα; οἴεσθαί γε χρή.
“Hostis gar nomōn diaphthoreus esti, sphodra pou doxeien an neōn te kai anoētōn anthrōpōn diaphthoreus einai. poteron oun pheuxę̄ tas te eunomoumenas poleis kai tōn andrōn tous kosmiōtatous? kai touto poiounti ara axion soi zēn estai? ē plēsiaseis toutois kai anaischyntēseis dialegomenos tinas logous, ō Sōkrates, ē housper enthade, hōs hē aretē kai hē dikaiosynē pleistou axion tois anthrōpois kai ta nomima kai oi nomoi? kai ouk oiei aschēmon phaneisthai to tou Sōkratous pragma? oiesthai ge chrē.
“For whoever is a destroyer of laws would surely seem to be a destroyer of young and foolish men. Will you then flee the well-governed cities and the most orderly of men? And if you do this, will your life be worth living? Or will you approach them and shamelessly converse with them, Socrates, and say what? The same things you say here, that virtue and justice are of the greatest worth to men, and customs and laws? And do you not think that the affair of Socrates will appear unseemly? One must think so.
13.9.2Dindorf 2:184
ἀλλʼ ἐκ μὲν τούτων τῶν τόπων ἀπαρεῖς, ἥξεις δὲ εἰς Θετταλίαν παρὰ τοὺς ξένους τοὺς Κρίτωνος· ἐκεῖ γὰρ δὴ πλείστη ἀταξία καὶ ἀκολασία, καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἡδέως σου ἀκούοιεν ὡς γελοίως ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου ἀπεδίδρασκες, σκευήν τέ τινα περιθέμενος ἢ διφθέραν λαβὼν ἢ ἄλλα οἷα δὴ εἰώθασιν ἐνσκευάζεσθαι οἱ ἀποδιδράσκοντες, καὶ τὸ σχῆμα τὸ σαυτοῦ μεταλλάξας.
allʼ ek men toutōn tōn topōn apareis, hēxeis de eis Thettalian para tous xenous tous Kritōnos; ekei gar dē pleistē ataxia kai akolasia, kai isōs an hēdeōs sou akouoien hōs geloiōs ek tou desmōtēriou apedidraskes, skeuēn te tina perithemenos ē diphtheran labōn ē alla hoia dē eiōthasin enskeuazesthai hoi apodidraskontes, kai to schēma to sautou metallaxas.
But you will leave these places and go to Thessaly, to Crito’s friends; for there is the greatest disorder and licentiousness there, and perhaps they would gladly hear from you how comically you ran away from the prison, putting on some disguise, or taking a leather cloak, or the other things runaways usually dress in, and changing your own appearance.
13.9.3Dindorf 2:184
ὅτι δὲ γέρων ἀνὴρ μικροῦ χρόνου τῷ βίῳ λοιποῦ ὄντος, ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς, ἐτόλμησας οὕτω γλίσχρως ἐπιθυμεῖν ζῆν, νόμους τοὺς μεγίστους παραβὰς, οὐδεὶς ὃς ἐρεῖ; ἴσως, ἂν μή τινα λυπήσῃς· εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἀκούσῃ, ὦ Σώκρατες, πολλὰ καὶ ἀνάξια σαυτοῦ. ὑπερχόμενος δὴ βιώσῃ πάντας ἀνθρώπους καὶ δουλεύων, τί ποιῶν ἢ εὐωχούμενος ἐν Θετταλίᾳ, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ δεῖπνον ἀποδεδημηκὼς εἰς Θετταλίαν. λόγοι δὲ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ποῦ ἡμῖν ἔσονται; ἀλλὰ δὴ τῶν παίδων ἕνεκα βούλει ζῆν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς ἐκθρέψῃς καὶ παιδεύσῃς;
hoti de gerōn anēr mikrou chronou tǭ biǭ loipou ontos, hōs to eikos, etolmēsas houtō glischrōs epithymein zēn, nomous tous megistous parabas, oudeis hos erei? isōs, an mē tina lypēsę̄s; ei de mē, akousę̄, ō Sōkrates, polla kai anaxia sautou. hyperchomenos dē biōsę̄ pantas anthrōpous kai douleuōn, ti poiōn ē euōchoumenos en Thettalią, hōsper epi deipnon apodedēmēkōs eis Thettalian. logoi de ekeinoi hoi peri dikaiosynēs kai tēs allēs aretēs pou hēmin esontai? alla dē tōn paidōn heneka boulei zēn, hina autous ekthrepsę̄s kai paideusę̄s?
And that, an old man with little of life likely left, you dared to cling so greedily to life, transgressing the greatest laws, will no one say it? Perhaps not, if you offend no one; but otherwise, Socrates, you will hear many things unworthy of yourself. You will live, then, fawning on all men and serving them, doing what, except feasting in Thessaly, as if you had gone abroad to Thessaly for a dinner? And those arguments about justice and the rest of virtue, where will they be for us? But you wish to live for your children’s sake, to bring them up and educate them?
13.9.4Dindorf 2:184
τί δέ; εἰς Θετταλίαν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγὼν θρέψεις τε καὶ παιδεύσεις, ξένους ποιήσας, ἵνα καὶ τοῦτό σου ἀπολαύσωσιν; ἢ τοῦτο μὲν οὒ, αὐτοῦ δὲ τρεφόμενοι σοῦ ζῶντος βέλτιον θρέψονται καὶ παιδεύσονται, μὴ συνόντος σοῦ αὐτοῖς; οἶ γὰρ ἐπιτήδειοι οἱ σοὶ ἐπιμελήσονται αὐτῶν.
ti de? eis Thettalian autous agagōn threpseis te kai paideuseis, xenous poiēsas, hina kai touto sou apolausōsin? ē touto men ou, autou de trephomenoi sou zōntos beltion threpsontai kai paideusontai, mē synontos sou autois? oi gar epitēdeioi hoi soi epimelēsontai autōn.
What then? Will you take them to Thessaly and bring them up and educate them there, making them foreigners, so that they may enjoy this from you too? Or not that, but if they are brought up here while you are alive, will they be better brought up and educated though you are not with them? For your friends will take care of them.
13.9.5Dindorf 2:184
πότερον δὲ ἐὰν εἰς Θετταλίαν ἀποδημήσῃς, ἐπιμελήσονται· ἐὰν δὲ εἰς Ἅιδου ἀποδημήσῃς, οὐχὶ ἐπιμελήσονται, εἴπερ γέ τι ὄφελος αὐτῶν ἐστι τῶν σοι φασκόντων ἐπιτηδείων εἶναι; οἴεσθαί γε χρή.
poteron de ean eis Thettalian apodēmēsę̄s, epimelēsontai; ean de eis Haidou apodēmēsę̄s, ouchi epimelēsontai, eiper ge ti ophelos autōn esti tōn soi phaskontōn epitēdeiōn einai? oiesthai ge chrē.
Will they care for them if you go abroad to Thessaly, but not care for them if you go abroad to Hades, if those who say they are your friends are of any use? One must think they will.
13.9.6Dindorf 2:184–185
ἀλλʼ, ὦ Σώκρατες, πειθόμενος ἡμῖν τοῖς σοῖς τροφεῦσι μήτε παῖδας περὶ πλείονος ποιοῦ μήτε τὸ ζῆν μήτε ἄλλο μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ δικαίου, ἵνα εἰς Ἅιδου ἐλθὼν ἔχῃς ταῦτα πάντα ἀπολογήσασθαι τοῖς ἐκεῖ ἄρχουσιν· οὔτε γὰρ ἐνθάδε σοι φαινεται ταῦτα πράττοντι ἄμεινον εἶναι οὐδὲ δικαιότερον οὐδὲ ὁσιώτερον οὐδὲ ἄλλῳ τῶν σῶν οὐδενὶ, οὔτε ἐκεῖσε ἀφικομένῳ ἄμεινον ἔσται.
allʼ, ō Sōkrates, peithomenos hēmin tois sois tropheusi mēte paidas peri pleionos poiou mēte to zēn mēte allo mēden pro tou dikaiou, hina eis Haidou elthōn echę̄s tauta panta apologēsasthai tois ekei archousin; oute gar enthade soi phainetai tauta prattonti ameinon einai oude dikaioteron oude hosiōteron oude allǭ tōn sōn oudeni, oute ekeise aphikomenǭ ameinon estai.
No, Socrates, obey us who brought you up, and put neither children nor life nor anything else before justice, so that when you come to Hades you may have all this to say in your defense to the rulers there. For neither here does it appear better for you, nor more just, nor holier, nor for any of yours, if you do these things, nor will it be better when you arrive there.
13.9.7Dindorf 2:185
ἀλλὰ νῦν μὲν ἠδικημένος ἄπει, ἐὰν ἀπίῃς, οὐχ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν τῶν νόμων, ἀλλʼ ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξέλθῃς οὕτως αἰσχρῶς, ἀνταδικήσας τε καὶ ἀντικακουργήσας, τὰς σαυτοῦ ὁμολογίας τε καὶ συνθήκας τὰς πρὸς ἡμὰς παραβὰς· κακὰ ἐργασάμενος τούτους οὓς ἥκιστα ἔδει, σαυτόν τε καὶ τοὺς φίλους καὶ πατρίδα καὶ ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς τέ σοι χαλεπανοῦμεν ζῶντι καὶ ἐκεῖ οἶ ἡμέτεροι ἀδελφοὶ, οἱ ἐν Ἅιδου νόμοι, οὐκ εὐμενῶς σε ὑποδέξονται, εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπεχείρησας ἀπολέσαι τὸ σὸν μέρος.”
alla nyn men ēdikēmenos apei, ean apię̄s, ouch hyphʼ hēmōn tōn nomōn, allʼ hypʼ anthrōpōn; ean de exelthę̄s houtōs aischrōs, antadikēsas te kai antikakourgēsas, tas sautou homologias te kai synthēkas tas pros hēmas parabas; kaka ergasamenos toutous hous hēkista edei, sauton te kai tous philous kai patrida kai hēmas, hēmeis te soi chalepanoumen zōnti kai ekei oi hēmeteroi adelphoi, hoi en Haidou nomoi, ouk eumenōs se hypodexontai, eidotes hoti kai hēmas epecheirēsas apolesai to son meros.”
But now you will depart, if you depart, wronged not by us the laws but by men. But if you go out so shamefully, returning wrong for wrong and evil for evil, transgressing your own agreements and compacts with us, and doing evil to those you should least of all, yourself, your friends, your country and us, we shall be angry with you while you live, and there our brothers, the laws in Hades, will not receive you kindly, knowing that you tried to destroy us as far as lay in you.”
Preparation 13, chapter 10
13.10.1Dindorf 2:185
“Ἴσως δʼ ἂν οὖν εἴποι τις, εἶτʼ οὐκ αἰσχύνῃ, ὠ Σώκρατες, τοιοῦτον ἐπιτήδευμα ἐπιτηδεύσας, ἐξ οὗ κινδυνεύεις νυνὶ ἀποθανεῖν; ἐγὼ δὲ τούτῳ δίκαιον ἂν λόγον ἀντείποιμι, ὅτι οὐ καλῶς λέγεις, ὠ ἄνθρωπε, εἰ οἴει δεῖν κίνδυνον ὑπολογίζεσθαι τοῦ ζῆν ἢ τεθνάναι ἄνδρα ὅτου τι καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελός ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μόνον σκοπεῖν, ὅταν πράττῃ, πότερον δίκαια ἢ ἄδικα πράττει, καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ ἔργα ἢ κακοῦ.
“Isōs dʼ an oun eipoi tis, eitʼ ouk aischynę̄, ō Sōkrates, toiouton epitēdeuma epitēdeusas, ex hou kindyneueis nyni apothanein? egō de toutǭ dikaion an logon anteipoimi, hoti ou kalōs legeis, ō anthrōpe, ei oiei dein kindynon hypologizesthai tou zēn ē tethnanai andra hotou ti kai smikron ophelos estin, allʼ ouk ekeino monon skopein, hotan prattę̄, poteron dikaia ē adika prattei, kai andros agathou erga ē kakou.
“Perhaps someone may say, ‘Are you not ashamed, Socrates, to have followed such a pursuit that you are now in danger of being put to death?’ I would answer him with a just reply: ‘You do not speak well, man, if you think that a man who is of even a little use should take into account the risk of living or dying, and not consider this alone when he acts, whether he does what is just or unjust, the deeds of a good man or a bad.’
13.10.2Dindorf 2:185–186
φαῦλοι γὰρ ἂν τῷ γε σῷ λόγῳ εἶεν τῶν ἡμιθέων ὅσοι ἐν Τροίᾳ τετελευτήκασιν, οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ ὁ τῆς Θέτιδος υἱὸς, ὃς τοσοῦτον τοῦ κινδύνου κατεφρόνησε παρὰ τὸ αἰσχρόν τι ὑπομεῖναι ὥστε, ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἡ μήτηρ αὐτῷ προθυμουμένῳ Ἕκτορα ἀποκτεῖναι, θεὸς οὖσα, οὑτωσί πως, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, ὠ παῖ, εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ τῷ ἑταίρῳ τὸν φόνον καὶ Ἕκτορα ἀποκτενεῖς, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ. αὐτίκα γάρ τοι φησὶ) μεθʼ Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος. ὁ δὲ τοῦτο ἀκούσας τοῦ μὲν θανάτου καὶ τοῦ κινδύνου ὠλιγώρησεν, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον δείσας τὸ ζῆν κακὸς ὢν καὶ τοῖς φίλοις μὴ τιμωρεῖν, αὐτίκα, φησὶ, τεθναίην δίκην ἐπιθεὶς τῷ ἀδικοῦντι, ἴνα μὴ ἐνθάδε μένω καταγέλαστος παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν, ἄχθος ἀρούρης.
phauloi gar an tǭ ge sǭ logǭ eien tōn hēmitheōn hosoi en Troią teteleutēkasin, hoi te alloi kai ho tēs Thetidos huios, hos tosouton tou kindynou katephronēse para to aischron ti hypomeinai hōste, epeidē eipen hē mētēr autǭ prothymoumenǭ Hektora apokteinai, theos ousa, houtōsi pōs, hōs egǭmai, ō pai, ei timōrēseis Patroklǭ tǭ hetairǭ ton phonon kai Hektora apokteneis, autos apothanę̄. autika gar toi phēsi) methʼ Hektora potmos hetoimos. ho de touto akousas tou men thanatou kai tou kindynou ōligōrēsen, poly de mallon deisas to zēn kakos ōn kai tois philois mē timōrein, autika, phēsi, tethnaiēn dikēn epitheis tǭ adikounti, ina mē enthade menō katagelastos para nēusi korōnisin, achthos arourēs.
For by your argument all the demigods who died at Troy would be worthless, and especially the son of Thetis, who so despised danger in comparison with enduring anything shameful that, when his mother, a goddess, said to him, as he was eager to kill Hector, something like this, I think: ‘My child, if you avenge the slaying of your comrade Patroclus and kill Hector, you will die yourself; for straightway,’ she says, ‘after Hector your fate is ready’; he, on hearing this, made light of death and danger, and fearing far more to live as a coward and not avenge his friends, ‘Straightway,’ he says, ‘may I die, having punished the wrongdoer, that I may not stay here a laughingstock beside the curved ships, a burden on the earth.’
13.10.3Dindorf 2:186
μὴ αὐτὸν οἴει φροντίσαι θανάτου καὶ κινδύνου; οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει, ὠ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ· οὗ ἄν τις αὑτὸν τάξῃ, ἡγησάμενος βέλτιστον εἶναι, ἢ ὑπὸ ἄρχοντος ταχθῇ, ἐνταῦθα δεῖ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, μένοντα κινδυνεύειν, μηδὲν ὑπολογιζόμενον μήτε θάνατον μήτε ἄλλο μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ αἰσχροῦ.
mē auton oiei phrontisai thanatou kai kindynou? houtō gar echei, ō andres Athēnaioi, tę̄ alētheią; hou an tis hauton taxę̄, hēgēsamenos beltiston einai, ē hypo archontos tachthę̄, entautha dei, hōs emoi dokei, menonta kindyneuein, mēden hypologizomenon mēte thanaton mēte allo mēden pro tou aischrou.
Do you think he gave thought to death and danger? For this is the truth, men of Athens: wherever a man stations himself, thinking it best, or is stationed by his commander, there he must, I think, stay and face danger, taking into account neither death nor anything else before disgrace.
13.10.4Dindorf 2:186
ἐγὼ οὖν δεινὰ ἂν εἴην εἰργασμένος, ὠ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, εἰ ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον, οὓς ὑμεῖς εἵλεσθε ἄρχειν μου, καὶ ἐν Ποτιδαίᾳ καὶ ἐν Ἀμφιπόλει καὶ ἐπὶ Δηλίῳ, καὶ ἄλλοθί που, οὗ ἐκεῖνοι ἔταττον ἔμενον ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλος τις καὶ ἐκινδύνευον ἀποθανεῖν, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος, ὡς ἐγὼ ᾠήθην τε καὶ ὑπέλαβον, φιλοσοφοῦντά με δεῖν ζῆν καὶ ἐξετάζοντα ἐμαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ἐνταῦθα δὲ φοβηθεὶς θάνατον ἢ ἄλλο ὁτιοῦν πρᾶγμα λίποιμι τὴν τάξιν.
egō oun deina an eiēn eirgasmenos, ō andres Athēnaioi, ei hote men me hoi archontes etatton, hous hymeis heilesthe archein mou, kai en Potidaią kai en Amphipolei kai epi Dēliǭ, kai allothi pou, hou ekeinoi etatton emenon hōsper kai allos tis kai ekindyneuon apothanein, tou de theou tattontos, hōs egō ǭēthēn te kai hypelabon, philosophounta me dein zēn kai exetazonta emauton kai tous allous, entautha de phobētheis thanaton ē allo hotioun pragma lipoimi tēn taxin.
I would have done a terrible thing, men of Athens, if, when the commanders whom you chose to command me stationed me at Potidaea and Amphipolis and Delium, I stayed where they stationed me, like anyone else, and ran the risk of death, but when the god stationed me, as I thought and believed, to live philosophizing and examining myself and others, I should then, through fear of death or anything else whatever, desert my post.
13.10.5Dindorf 2:186–187
δεινὸν μέντἂν εἴη, καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς τότʼ ἄν με δικαίως εἰσάγοι τις εἰς δικαστήριον, ὅτι οὐ νομίζω θεοὺς εἶναι ἀπειθῶν τῇ μαντείᾳ καὶ δεδιὼς θάνατον καὶ οἰόμενος σοφὸς εἶναι οὐκ ὤν. τὸ γάρ τοι θάνατον δεδιέναι, ὠ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ δοκεῖν σοφὸν εἶναι μὴ ὄντα· δοκεῖν γὰρ εἰδέναι ἐστὶν ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν. οἶδε μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς τὸν θάνατον οὐδʼ εἰ τυγχάνει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ πάντων μέγιστον ὂν τῶν ἀγαθῶν, δεδίασι δὲ ὡς εὖ εἰδότες ὅτι μέγιστον τῶν κακῶν ἐστί. καίτοι πῶς οὐκ ἀμαθία ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ ἐπονείδιστος, ἡ τοῦ οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν;
deinon mentan eiē, kai hōs alēthōs totʼ an me dikaiōs eisagoi tis eis dikastērion, hoti ou nomizō theous einai apeithōn tę̄ manteią kai dediōs thanaton kai oiomenos sophos einai ouk ōn. to gar toi thanaton dedienai, ō andres, ouden allo estin ē dokein sophon einai mē onta; dokein gar eidenai estin ha ouk oiden. oide men gar oudeis ton thanaton oudʼ ei tynchanei tǭ anthrōpǭ pantōn megiston on tōn agathōn, dediasi de hōs eu eidotes hoti megiston tōn kakōn esti. kaitoi pōs ouk amathia estin hautē hē eponeidistos, hē tou oiesthai eidenai ha ouk oiden?
That would indeed be terrible, and then truly someone might justly bring me to court for not believing that there are gods, disobeying the oracle, fearing death, and thinking myself wise when I am not. For to fear death, gentlemen, is nothing other than to think oneself wise when one is not; for it is to think one knows what one does not know. No one knows whether death is not even the greatest of all goods for man, yet they fear it as if they knew well that it is the greatest of evils. And is not this the shameful ignorance, to think one knows what one does not know?
13.10.6Dindorf 2:187
ἐγὼ δʼ, ὠ ἄνδρες, τούτῳ καὶ ἐνταῦθα διαφέρω τῶν πολλῶν ἴσως ἀνθρώπων· καὶ εἰ δή τῳ σοφώτερός του φαίην εἶναι, τούτῳ ἂν, ὅτι οὐκ εἰδὼς ἱκανῶς περὶ τῶν ἐν Ἅιδου, οὕτω καὶ οἴομαι οὐκ εἰδέναι· τὸ δὲ ἀδικεῖν καὶ ἀπειθεῖν τῷ βελτίονι, καὶ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅτι κακὸν καὶ αἰσχρόν ἐστιν οἶδα. πρὸ οὖν τῶν κακῶν ὧν οἶδα ὅτι κακά ἐστιν, ἃ μὴ οἶδα εἰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ ὄντα τυγχάνει, οὐδέποτε φοβηθήσομαι, οὐδὲ φεύξομαι.
egō dʼ, ō andres, toutǭ kai entautha diapherō tōn pollōn isōs anthrōpōn; kai ei dē tǭ sophōteros tou phaiēn einai, toutǭ an, hoti ouk eidōs hikanōs peri tōn en Haidou, houtō kai oiomai ouk eidenai; to de adikein kai apeithein tǭ beltioni, kai theǭ kai anthrōpǭ, hoti kakon kai aischron estin oida. pro oun tōn kakōn hōn oida hoti kaka estin, ha mē oida ei kai agatha onta tynchanei, oudepote phobēthēsomai, oude pheuxomai.
In this, gentlemen, and here, I perhaps differ from most men; and if I were to say that I am wiser than anyone in anything, it would be in this: that not knowing enough about the things in Hades, I also think I do not know. But that to do wrong and to disobey one’s better, whether god or man, is evil and shameful, I know. So I shall never fear or flee things which I do not know may not even be good, rather than evils which I know to be evils.
13.10.7Dindorf 2:187
ὥστε οὐδʼ εἴ με νῦν ὑμεῖς ἀφίετε, Ἀνύτῳ ἀπιστήσαντες, ὃς ἔφη ἢ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐ δεῖν ἐμὲ δεῦρο εἰσελθεῖν ἢ ἐπειδὴ εἰσῆλθον οὐχ οἶόν τε εἶναι τὸ μὴ οὐκ ἀποκτεῖναί με, λέγων πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὡς εἰ διαφευξοίμην, ἤδη ἂν ὑμῶν οἱ υἱεῖς ἐπιτηδεύοντες ἃ Σωκράτης διδάσκει πάντες παντάπασι διαφθαρήσονται, εἴ μοι πρὸς ταῦτα εἴποιτε, ὢ Σώκρατες, νῦν μὲν Ἀνύτω οὐ πεισόμεθα, ἀλλʼ ἀφίεμέν σε, ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέντοι ἐφʼ ᾧ τε μηκέτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ζητήσει διατρίβειν μηδὲ φιλοσοφεῖν· ἐὰν δὲ ἁλῷς ἔτι τοῦτο πράττων, ἀποθανῇ
hōste oudʼ ei me nyn hymeis aphiete, Anytǭ apistēsantes, hos ephē ē tēn archēn ou dein eme deuro eiselthein ē epeidē eisēlthon ouch oion te einai to mē ouk apokteinai me, legōn pros hymas hōs ei diapheuxoimēn, ēdē an hymōn hoi huieis epitēdeuontes ha Sōkratēs didaskei pantes pantapasi diaphtharēsontai, ei moi pros tauta eipoite, ō Sōkrates, nyn men Anytō ou peisometha, allʼ aphiemen se, epi toutǭ mentoi ephʼ hǭ te mēketi en tautę̄ tę̄ zētēsei diatribein mēde philosophein; ean de halǭs eti touto prattōn, apothanę̄
So that even if you were now to acquit me, disbelieving Anytus, who said that either I ought not to have been brought here at all, or, since I have been brought, it was impossible not to put me to death, telling you that if I escaped, your sons, practicing what Socrates teaches, would all be utterly corrupted; if you were to say to me in reply, ‘Socrates, we will not now be persuaded by Anytus, but we acquit you, on this condition, however, that you no longer spend your time in this search or philosophize; and if you are caught still doing this, you shall die’;
13.10.8Dindorf 2:187–188
εἰ οὖν με, ὅπερ εἶπον, ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀφίοιτε, εἴποιμι ἂν ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς, ὠ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἀσπάζομαι μὲν καὶ φιλῶ, πείσομαι δὲ μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ ἢ ὑμῖν, καὶ ἕως περ ἂν ἐμπνέω καὶ οἷός ὢ τε ὢ, οὐ μὴ παύσομαι φιλοσοφῶν καὶ ὑμῖν παρακελευόμενός τε καὶ ἐνδεικνύμενος, ὅτῳ ἂν ἀεὶ ἐντυγχάνω ὑμῶν, λέγων οἷαπερ εἴωθα.” Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει
ei oun me, hoper eipon, epi toutois aphioite, eipoimi an hymin hoti egō hymas, ō andres Athēnaioi, aspazomai men kai philō, peisomai de mallon tǭ theǭ ē hymin, kai heōs per an empneō kai hoios ō te ō, ou mē pausomai philosophōn kai hymin parakeleuomenos te kai endeiknymenos, hotǭ an aei entynchanō hymōn, legōn hoiaper eiōtha.” Kai meta brachea epilegei
if, then, as I said, you were to acquit me on these terms, I would say to you: ‘Men of Athens, I hold you in affection and love you, but I will obey the god rather than you; and as long as I breathe and am able, I will not stop philosophizing and exhorting you and pointing out the truth to whichever of you I meet, saying what I am accustomed to say.’” And after a little he adds:
13.10.9Dindorf 2:188
“Ἔννοήσωμεν δὴ καὶ τῇδε, ὡς πολλὴ ἐλπίς ἐστιν ἀγαθὸν αὐτὸ εἶναι. δυοῖν γὰρ θάτερόν ἐστι τὸ τεθνάναι· ἢ γὰρ οἷον μηδέν τι εἶναι μηδὲ αἴσθησιν μηδεμίαν μηδενὸς ἔχειν τὸν τεθνεῶτα, ἢ κατὰ τὰ λεγόμενα μεταβολή τις τυγχάνει οὖσα καὶ μετοίκησις τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἐνθένδε εἰς ἄλλον τόπον. καὶ εἴτε δὴ μηδεμία αἴσθησίς ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ οἷον ὕπνος, ἐπειδάν τις καθεύδων μηδὲ ὄναρ μηδὲν ὁρᾷ, θαυμάσιον κέρδος ἂν εἴη [ὁ] θάνατος.
“Ennoēsōmen dē kai tę̄de, hōs pollē elpis estin agathon auto einai. dyoin gar thateron esti to tethnanai; ē gar hoion mēden ti einai mēde aisthēsin mēdemian mēdenos echein ton tethneōta, ē kata ta legomena metabolē tis tynchanei ousa kai metoikēsis tę̄ psychę̄ tou topou tou enthende eis allon topon. kai eite dē mēdemia aisthēsis estin, allʼ hoion hypnos, epeidan tis katheudōn mēde onar mēden horą, thaumasion kerdos an eiē [ho] thanatos.
“Let us reflect in this way too, that there is great hope that it is a good. For to be dead is one of two things: either the dead man is as it were nothing and has no perception of anything, or, as is said, it is a change and a migration of the soul from this place to another. And if there is no perception, but it is like a sleep when one sleeps and sees not even a dream, death would be a wonderful gain.
13.10.10Dindorf 2:188
ἐγὼ γὰρ ἂν οἶμαι, εἴ τινα ἐκλεξάμενον δέοι ταύτην τὴν νύκτα ἐν ᾗ οὕτω κατέδαρθεν ὥστε μηδὲν ὄναρ ἰδεῖν, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας νύκτας τε καὶ ἡμέρας τὰς τοῦ βίου τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἀντιπαραθέντα ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, εἰ δέοι σκεψάμενον εἰπεῖν πόσας ἄμεινον καὶ ἥδιον ἡμέρας καὶ νύκτας ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς βεβίωκεν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ βίῳ, οἶμαι ἂν οὐχὶ ἰδιώτην τινὰ, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα εὐαριθμήτους ἂν εὑρεῖν αὐτὸν ταύτας πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας ἡμέρας τε καὶ νύκτας. εἰ οὖν τοιοῦτον ὁ θάνατός ἐστι, κέρδος ἔγωγε λέγω· καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν πλεῖον ὁ πᾶς χρόνος φαίνεται οὕτως εἶναι ἢ μία νύξ.
egō gar an oimai, ei tina eklexamenon deoi tautēn tēn nykta en hę̄ houtō katedarthen hōste mēden onar idein, kai tas allas nyktas te kai hēmeras tas tou biou tou heautou antiparathenta tautę̄ tę̄ nykti, ei deoi skepsamenon eipein posas ameinon kai hēdion hēmeras kai nyktas tautēs tēs nyktos bebiōken en tǭ heautou biǭ, oimai an ouchi idiōtēn tina, alla ton megan basilea euarithmētous an heurein auton tautas pros tas allas hēmeras te kai nyktas. ei oun toiouton ho thanatos esti, kerdos egōge legō; kai gar ouden pleion ho pas chronos phainetai houtōs einai ē mia nyx.
For I think that if someone had to pick out the night in which he slept so soundly as not even to dream, and set beside it the other nights and days of his own life, and had to consider and say how many days and nights in his life he had lived better and more pleasantly than that night, I think that not merely a private person but the Great King himself would find them easy to count compared with the other days and nights. If death is like this, I call it a gain; for then all time appears to be no more than a single night.
13.10.11Dindorf 2:188–189
εἰ δʼ αὖ οἷον ἀποδημῆσαί ἐστιν ὁ θάνατος ἐνθένδε εἰς ἄλλον τόπον, καὶ ἀληθῆ ἐστι τὰ λεγόμενα, ὡς ἄρα ἐκεῖ εἰσὶν ἅπαντες οἱ τεθνεῶτες, τί μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν τούτου εἴη ἂν, ὠ ἄνδρες δικασταί; εἰ γάρ τις ἀφικόμενος εἰς Ἅιδου, ἀπαλλαγεὶς τούτων τῶν φασκόντων δικαστῶν εἶναι, εὑρήσει τοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς δικαστὰς, οἵπερ καὶ λέγονται ἐκεῖ δικάζειν, Μίνως τε καὶ ῾Ραδάμανθυς καὶ Αἰακὸς καὶ Τριπτόλεμος, καὶ ἄλλοι ὅσοι τῶν ἡμιθέων δίκαιοι ἐγένοντο ἐν τῷ ἑαυτῶν βίῳ, ἄρα φαύλη ἂν εἴη ἡ ἀποδημία;
ei dʼ au hoion apodēmēsai estin ho thanatos enthende eis allon topon, kai alēthē esti ta legomena, hōs ara ekei eisin hapantes hoi tethneōtes, ti meizon agathon toutou eiē an, ō andres dikastai? ei gar tis aphikomenos eis Haidou, apallageis toutōn tōn phaskontōn dikastōn einai, heurēsei tous hōs alēthōs dikastas, hoiper kai legontai ekei dikazein, Minōs te kai ῾Radamanthys kai Aiakos kai Triptolemos, kai alloi hosoi tōn hēmitheōn dikaioi egenonto en tǭ heautōn biǭ, ara phaulē an eiē hē apodēmia?
But if death is like a journey from here to another place, and what is said is true, that all the dead are there, what greater good could there be than this, judges? For if a man, arriving in Hades and rid of these who call themselves judges, will find the true judges who are said to judge there, Minos and Rhadamanthus and Aeacus and Triptolemus, and all the other demigods who were just in their own life, would the journey be a poor one?
13.10.12Dindorf 2:189
ἢ αὖ Ὀρφεῖ ξυγγενέσθαι καὶ Μουσαίῳ καὶ Ἡσιόδῳ καὶ Ὁμήρῳ ἐπὶ πόσῳ ἄν τις δέξαιτʼ ἂν ὑμῶν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ πολλάκις ἐθέλω τεθνάναι, εἴπερ ταῦτά ἐστιν ἀληθῆ, ἐπεὶ ἔμοιγε καὶ αὐτῷ θαυμαστὴ ἂν εἴη ἡ διατριβὴ αὐτόθι, ὁπότε ἐντύχοιμι Παλαμήδει καὶ Αἴαντι τῷ Τελαμῶνος καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν παλαιῶν διὰ κρίσιν ἄδικον τέθνηκεν· ἀντιπαραβάλλοντι τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ πάθη πρὸς τὰ ἐκείνων, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, οὐκ ἂν ἀηδὲς εἴη. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, τοὺς ἐκεῖ ἐξετάζοντα καὶ ἐρευνῶντα ὥσπερ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα διάγειν, τίς αὐτῶν σοφός ἐστι καὶ τίς οἴεται μὲν, ἔστι δʼ οὔ. ”
ē au Orphei xyngenesthai kai Mousaiǭ kai Hēsiodǭ kai Homērǭ epi posǭ an tis dexaitʼ an hymōn? egō men gar pollakis ethelō tethnanai, eiper tauta estin alēthē, epei emoige kai autǭ thaumastē an eiē hē diatribē autothi, hopote entychoimi Palamēdei kai Aianti tǭ Telamōnos kai ei tis allos tōn palaiōn dia krisin adikon tethnēken; antiparaballonti ta emautou pathē pros ta ekeinōn, hōs egǭmai, ouk an aēdes eiē. kai dē kai to megiston, tous ekei exetazonta kai ereunōnta hōsper tous entautha diagein, tis autōn sophos esti kai tis oietai men, esti dʼ ou. ”
Or again, to be with Orpheus and Musaeus and Hesiod and Homer, what would any of you not give? I am willing to die many times, if these things are true; since for me myself the time spent there would be wonderful, when I met Palamedes and Ajax son of Telamon and any other of the ancients who died through an unjust judgment. To compare my own sufferings with theirs would, I think, not be unpleasant. And above all, to spend my time examining and searching those there, as I do those here, which of them is wise and which thinks he is but is not.”
13.10.13Dindorf 2:189
Καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν “ πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις” εἴρηται. καὶ “μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεινόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν οὐ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι. εἰδέναι τε, ὅτι ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον, αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· ὅτι τε ἐκδημοῦντες ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἐνδημοῦμεν τῷ κυρίῳ ” ὃς καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν ἠλπικόσιν ἐπήγγελται εἰς κόλπους Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἀναπαύσεσθαι, μετά τε τῶν ἄλλων παρʼ Ἑβραίοις θεοφιλῶν προφητῶν τε καὶ δικαίων ἐν μακαρίᾳ ζωῇ τὸν μακρὸν αἰῶνα διάξειν.
Kai parʼ hēmin “ peitharchein dei theǭ mallon ē anthrōpois” eirētai. kai “mē phobeisthe apo tōn apokteinontōn to sōma, tēn de psychēn ou dynamenōn apokteinai. eidenai te, hoti ean hē epigeios hēmōn oikia tou skēnous katalythę̄, oikodomēn ek theou echomen, oikian acheiropoiēton, aiōnion en tois ouranois; hoti te ekdēmountes apo tou sōmatos endēmoumen tǭ kyriǭ ” hos kai pasi tois eis auton ēlpikosin epēngeltai eis kolpous Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb anapausesthai, meta te tōn allōn parʼ Hebraiois theophilōn prophētōn te kai dikaiōn en makarią zōę̄ ton makron aiōna diaxein.
And among us it is said, “We must obey God rather than men,” and, “Do not fear those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul”; and we know that “if our earthly house of this tent is dissolved, we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens,” and that “being away from the body we are at home with the Lord,” who has promised all who have hoped in him that they shall rest in the bosom of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, and with the other men dear to God among the Hebrews, prophets and righteous men, shall spend the long ages in blessed life.
Preparation 13, chapter 11
13.11.1Dindorf 2:189–190
“ Τῶν δὲ δὴ ἀποθανόντων ἐπὶ στρατείας ὃς ἂν εὐδοκιμήσας τελευτήσῃ, ἆρʼ οὐ πρῶτον μὲν φήσομεν τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους εἶναι; Πᾶνʼ γε μάλιστα. Ἀλλʼ οὐ πεισόμεθα Ἡσιόδῳ, ἐπειδάν τινες τοῦ τοιούτου γένους τελευτήσωσιν, ὡς ἄρα οἱ μὲν δαίμονες ἁγνοὶ ἐπιχθόνιοι τελέθουσιν, ἐσθλοὶ, ἀλεξίκακοι, φύλακες μερόπων ἀνθρώπων; Πεισόμεθα μὲν οὖν. Διαπυθόμενοι ἄρα τοῦ θεοῦ πῶς χρὴ τοὺς δαιμονίους τε καὶ θείους τιθέναι καὶ τίνι διαφόρῳ, οὕτω καὶ ταύτῃ θήσομεν ᾗ ἂν ἐξηγῆται; Τί δʼ οὐ μέλλομεν; Καὶ τὸν λοιπὸν δὴ χρόνον ὡς δαίμονας γεγονότας οὕτω θεραπεύσομέν τε καὶ προσκυνήσομεν αὐτῶν τὰς θήκας; τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα νομιοῦμεν, ὅταν τις γήρᾳ ἤ τινι ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ τελευτήσῃ τῶν ὅσοι ἂν διαφερόντως ἐν τῷ βίῳ ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσι.”
“ Tōn de dē apothanontōn epi strateias hos an eudokimēsas teleutēsę̄, arʼ ou prōton men phēsomen tou chrysou genous einai? Panʼ ge malista. Allʼ ou peisometha Hēsiodǭ, epeidan tines tou toioutou genous teleutēsōsin, hōs ara hoi men daimones hagnoi epichthonioi telethousin, esthloi, alexikakoi, phylakes meropōn anthrōpōn? Peisometha men oun. Diapythomenoi ara tou theou pōs chrē tous daimonious te kai theious tithenai kai tini diaphorǭ, houtō kai tautę̄ thēsomen hę̄ an exēgētai? Ti dʼ ou mellomen? Kai ton loipon dē chronon hōs daimonas gegonotas houtō therapeusomen te kai proskynēsomen autōn tas thēkas? ta auta de tauta nomioumen, hotan tis gērą ē tini allǭ tropǭ teleutēsę̄ tōn hosoi an diapherontōs en tǭ biǭ agathoi krithōsi.”
“Of those who die on campaign, whoever dies having distinguished himself, shall we not say first that he is of the golden race? Most certainly. And shall we not believe Hesiod, that when any of this race die, ‘they become holy daimones upon the earth, noble, averters of evil, guardians of mortal men’? We shall believe him. Then we shall inquire of the god how we must bury such daimonic and divine men, and with what distinction, and bury them in whatever way he directs? Why should we not? And for the rest of time we shall tend and revere their tombs as those of daimones. And we shall hold the same customs whenever any of those who were judged exceptionally good in life die of old age or in any other way.”
13.11.2Dindorf 2:190
Καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ἁρμόζει ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν θεοφιλῶν τελευτῇ, οὓς στρατιώτας τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοις εἰπὼν παραλαμβάνεσθαι. ὅθεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς θήκας αὐτῶν ἔθος ἡμῖν παριέναι, καὶ τὰς εὐχὰς παρὰ ταύταις ποιεῖσθαι, τιμᾶν τε τὰς μακαρίας αὐτῶν ψυχὰς, ὡς εὐλόγως καὶ τούτων ὑφʼ ἡμῶν γιγνομένων.
Kai tauta de harmozei epi tę̄ tōn theophilōn teleutę̄, hous stratiōtas tēs alēthous eusebeias ouk an hamartois eipōn paralambanesthai. hothen kai epi tas thēkas autōn ethos hēmin parienai, kai tas euchas para tautais poieisthai, timan te tas makarias autōn psychas, hōs eulogōs kai toutōn hyphʼ hēmōn gignomenōn.
These words also fit the death of those dear to God, whom you would not be wrong to call soldiers of true godliness. Hence it is also our custom to go to their tombs, to make our prayers beside them, and to honor their blessed souls, these things too being reasonably done by us.
13.11.3Dindorf 2:190
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡμεῖς μὲν ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν Πλάτωνος ἀνελεξάμεθα· φιλόκαλος δέ τις ἄλλος καὶ τούτων ἔτι πλείω ἂν εὕροι παρὰ τῷ αὐτῷ σύμφωνα τοῖς ἡμετέροις δόγμασι, τάχα δὲ καὶ παρʼ ἑτέροις. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμῖν ὑποθέσεως προλαβόντες ἐφήψαντο καὶ ἄλλοι, εὖ μοι δοκεῖ ἐπισκέψασθαι δεῖν καὶ τὰ τούτοις πεπονημένα. παραθήσω δὲ πρώτου Ἀριστοβούλου, τοῦ ἐξ Ἑβραίων φιλοσόφου, τὰς οὕτως ἐχούσας φωνάς
alla gar hēmeis men tauta ek tōn Platōnos anelexametha; philokalos de tis allos kai toutōn eti pleiō an heuroi para tǭ autǭ symphōna tois hēmeterois dogmasi, tacha de kai parʼ heterois. epei de tēs autēs hēmin hypotheseōs prolabontes ephēpsanto kai alloi, eu moi dokei episkepsasthai dein kai ta toutois peponēmena. parathēsō de prōtou Aristoboulou, tou ex Hebraiōn philosophou, tas houtōs echousas phōnas
But we have gathered these things from Plato; another lover of fine things might find even more in the same author in agreement with our doctrines, and perhaps in others too. And since others before us have also taken up the same subject, I think it well that we should also look at what they have worked out. I shall set out first the words of Aristobulus, the philosopher from among the Hebrews, which run thus:
Preparation 13, chapter 12
13.12.1Dindorf 2:190–191
“ Φανερὸν ὅτι κατηκολούθησεν ὁ Πλάτων τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς νομοθεσίᾳ, καὶ φανερός ἐστι περιειργασμένος ἕκαστα τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ. διηρμήνευται γὰρ πρὸ Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως διʼ ἑτέρων, πρὸ τῆς Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Περσῶν ἐπικρατήσεως, τά τε κατὰ τὴν ἐξαγωγὴν τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου τῶν Ἑβραίων, ἡμετέρων δὲ πολιτῶν, καὶ ἡ τῶν γεγονότων ἁπάντων αὐτοῖς ἐπιφάνεια, καὶ κράτησις τῆς χώρας, καὶ τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἐπεξήγησις, ὡς εὔδηλον εἷναι τὸν προειρημένον φιλόσοφον εἰληφέναι πολλά· γέγονε γὰρ πολυμαθὴς, καθὼς καὶ Πυθαγόρας πολλὰ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν μετενέγκας εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δογματοποιίαν κατεχώρισεν.
“ Phaneron hoti katēkolouthēsen ho Platōn tę̄ kathʼ hēmas nomothesią, kai phaneros esti perieirgasmenos hekasta tōn en autę̄. diērmēneutai gar pro Dēmētriou tou Phalēreōs diʼ heterōn, pro tēs Alexandrou kai Persōn epikratēseōs, ta te kata tēn exagōgēn tēn ex Aigyptou tōn Hebraiōn, hēmeterōn de politōn, kai hē tōn gegonotōn hapantōn autois epiphaneia, kai kratēsis tēs chōras, kai tēs holēs nomothesias epexēgēsis, hōs eudēlon heinai ton proeirēmenon philosophon eilēphenai polla; gegone gar polymathēs, kathōs kai Pythagoras polla tōn parʼ hēmin metenenkas eis tēn heautou dogmatopoiian katechōrisen.
“It is clear that Plato followed our legislation, and he has clearly studied each of the things in it closely. For before Demetrius of Phalerum, before the rule of Alexander and of the Persians, it had been translated by others: the account of the exodus of the Hebrews, our fellow countrymen, from Egypt, and the manifestation of all that happened to them, and the conquest of the land, and the exposition of the whole legislation; so that it is quite clear that the aforesaid philosopher took many things from it, for he was very learned, just as Pythagoras also transferred many of our teachings and set them in his own body of doctrine.
13.12.2Dindorf 2:191
ἡ δʼ ὅλη ἑρμηνεία τῶν διὰ τοῦ νόμου πάντων ἐπὶ τοῦ προσαγορευθέντος Φιλαδέλφου βασιλέως, σοῦ δὲ προγόνου, προσενεγκαμένου μείζονα φιλοτιμίαν, Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως πραγματευσαμένου τὰ περὶ τούτων.”
hē dʼ holē hermēneia tōn dia tou nomou pantōn epi tou prosagoreuthentos Philadelphou basileōs, sou de progonou, prosenenkamenou meizona philotimian, Dēmētriou tou Phalēreōs pragmateusamenou ta peri toutōn.”
But the complete translation of everything in the law took place under the king called Philadelphus, your ancestor, who brought greater zeal to it, Demetrius of Phalerum managing the matters concerning it.”
13.12.3Dindorf 2:191
Εἶτα μεταξύ τινα εἰπὼν ἐπιφέρει λέγων “ Δεῖ γὰρ λαμβάνειν τὴν θείαν φωνὴν οὐ ῥητὸν λόγον, ἀλλʼ ἔργων κατασκευὰς, καθὼς καὶ διὰ τῆς νομοθεσίας ἡμῖν ὅλην τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ κόσμου θεοῦ λόγους εἴρηκεν ὁ Μώσης. συνεχῶς γάρ φησιν ἐφʼ ἑκάστου “καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, καὶ ἐγένετο.”
Eita metaxy tina eipōn epipherei legōn “ Dei gar lambanein tēn theian phōnēn ou rhēton logon, allʼ ergōn kataskeuas, kathōs kai dia tēs nomothesias hēmin holēn tēn genesin tou kosmou theou logous eirēken ho Mōsēs. synechōs gar phēsin ephʼ hekastou “kai eipen ho theos, kai egeneto.”
Then, after saying some things in between, he goes on to say: “For the divine voice must be taken not as spoken speech but as the construction of works, just as Moses in the legislation has called the whole creation of the world words of God. For he says continually at each thing, ‘And God said, and it came to be.’
13.12.4Dindorf 2:191
δοκοῦσι δέ μοι περιειργασμένοι πάντα κατηκολουθηκέναι τούτῳ Πυθαγόρας τε καὶ Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων, λέγοντες ἀκούειν φωνῆς θεοῦ, τὴν κατασκευὴν τῶν ὅλων συνθεωροῦντες ἀκριβῶς ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεγονυῖαν καὶ συνεχομένην ἀδιαλείπτως. ἔτι δὲ καὶ Ὀρφεὺς ἐν ποιήμασι τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν λόγον αὐτῷ λεγομένων οὕτως ἐκτίθεται περὶ τοῦ διακρατεῖσθαι θείᾳ δυνάμει τὰ πάντα καὶ γενητὰ ὑπάρχειν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τὸν θεόν. λέγει δʼ οὕτως
dokousi de moi perieirgasmenoi panta katēkolouthēkenai toutǭ Pythagoras te kai Sōkratēs kai Platōn, legontes akouein phōnēs theou, tēn kataskeuēn tōn holōn syntheōrountes akribōs hypo theou gegonuian kai synechomenēn adialeiptōs. eti de kai Orpheus en poiēmasi tōn kata ton hieron logon autǭ legomenōn houtōs ektithetai peri tou diakrateisthai theią dynamei ta panta kai genēta hyparchein, kai epi pantōn einai ton theon. legei dʼ houtōs
And it seems to me that Pythagoras and Socrates and Plato, having studied everything closely, followed him, when they say that they hear the voice of God, contemplating accurately the construction of the universe as made by God and held together by him without ceasing. Further, Orpheus too, in verses from the sayings according to the Sacred Discourse attributed to him, sets out thus concerning all things being held together by divine power, and being created, and God being over all. He speaks thus:
13.12.5Dindorf 2:191–192
φθέγξομαι οἷς θέμις ἐστὶ, θύρας δʼ ἐπίθεσθε βέβηλοι, φεύγοντες δικαίων θεσμοὺς, θείοιο τεθέντος πᾶσι νόμου· σὺ δʼ ἄκουε, φαεσφόρου ἔκγονε Μήνης Μουσαῖʼ· ἐξερέω γὰρ ἀληθέα, μηδέ σε τὰ πρὶν ἐν στήθεσσι φανέντα φίλης αἰῶνος ἀμέρσῃ, εἰς δὲ λόγον θεῖον βλέψας τούτῳ προσέδρευε, ἰθύνων κραδίης νοερὸν κύτος· εὑ δʼ ἐπίβαινε ἀτραπιτοῦ, μοῦνον δʼ ἐσόρα κόσμοιο τυπωτὴν ἀθάνατον. παλαιὸς δὲ λόγος περὶ τοῦδε φαείνει, εἷς ἔστʼ αὐτοτελὴς, αὐτοῦ δʼ ὕπο πάντα τελεῖται, ἐν δʼ αὐτοῖς αὐτὸς περινίσσεται, οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν εἰσοράα ψυχῶν θνητῶν. νῷ δʼ εἰσοράαται. αὐτὸς δʼ ἐξ ἀγαθῶν θνητοῖς κακὸν οὐκ ἐπιτέλλει ἀνθρώποις· αὐτῷ δὲ χάρις καὶ μῖσος ὀπηδεῖ, καὶ πόλεμος καὶ λοιμὸς ἰδʼ ἄλγεα δακρυόεντα, οὐδέ τις ἐσθʼ ἕτερος· σὺ δέ κεν ῥέα πάντʼ ἐσορήσαις, αἴ κεν ἴδῃς αὐτόν· πρὶν δή ποτε δεῦρʼ ἐπὶ γαῖαν, τέκνον ἐμὸν, δείξω σοι, ὁπηνίκα δέρκομαι αὐτοῦ ἴχνια καὶ χεῖρα στιβαρὴν κρατεροῖο θεοῖο. αὐτὸν δʼ οὐχ ὁρόω· περὶ γὰρ νέφος ἐστήρικται λοιπὸν ἐμοί· στᾶσιν δὲ δέκα πτυχαὶ ἀνθρώποισιν· οὐ γάρ κέν τις ἔδοι θνητῶν μερόπων κραίνοντα, εἰ μὴ μουνογενής τις ἀπορρὼξ φύλου ἄνωθεν Χαλδαίων· ἴδρις γὰρ ἴην ἄστροιο πορείης, καὶ σφαίρης κίνημʼ ἀμφὶ χθόνα ὡς περιτέλλει, κυκλοτερές δʼ ἐν ἴσῳ, κατὰ δὲ σφέτερον κνώδακα· πνεύματα δʼ ἡνιοχεῖ περί τʼ ἠέρα καὶ περὶ χεῦμα νάματος· ἐκφαίνει δὲ πυρὸς σέλας ἰφιγενήτου. αὐτὸς δὴ μέγαν αὖθις ἐπʼ οὐρανὸν ἐστήρικται χρυσέῳ εἰνὶ θρόνῳ· γαίη δʼ ὑπὸ ποσσὶ βέβηκε· χεῖρα δὲ δεξιτερὴν ἐπὶ τέρμασιν ὠκεανοῖο ἐκτέτακεν· ὀρέων δὲ τρέμει βάσις ἔνδοθι θυμῷ, οὐδὲ φέρειν δύναται κρατερὸν μένος. ἔστι δὲ πάντως αὐτὸς ἐπουράνιος, καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ πάντα τελευτᾷ, ἀρχὴν αὐτὸς ἔχων καὶ μέσσην ἠδὲ τελευτὴν, ὡς λόγος ἀρχαίων, ὡς ὑλογενὴς διέταξεν, ἐκ θεόθεν γνώμαισι λαβὼν κατὰ δίπλακα θεσμόν. ἄλλως οὐ θεμιτὸν δὲ λέγειν· τρομέω δέ γε γυῖα, ἐν νόῳ. ἐξ ὑπάτου κραίνει περὶ πάντʼ ἐνὶ τάξει. ὦ τέκνον, σὺ δὲ τοῖσι νόοισι πελάζεο, γλώσσης εὖ μάλʼ ἐπικρατέων, στέρνοισι δὲ ἔνθεο φήμην.”
phthenxomai hois themis esti, thyras dʼ epithesthe bebēloi, pheugontes dikaiōn thesmous, theioio tethentos pasi nomou; sy dʼ akoue, phaesphorou ekgone Mēnēs Mousaiʼ; exereō gar alēthea, mēde se ta prin en stēthessi phanenta philēs aiōnos amersę̄, eis de logon theion blepsas toutǭ prosedreue, ithynōn kradiēs noeron kytos; heu dʼ epibaine atrapitou, mounon dʼ esora kosmoio typōtēn athanaton. palaios de logos peri toude phaeinei, heis estʼ autotelēs, autou dʼ hypo panta teleitai, en dʼ autois autos perinissetai, oude tis auton eisoraa psychōn thnētōn. nǭ dʼ eisoraatai. autos dʼ ex agathōn thnētois kakon ouk epitellei anthrōpois; autǭ de charis kai misos opēdei, kai polemos kai loimos idʼ algea dakryoenta, oude tis esthʼ heteros; sy de ken rhea pantʼ esorēsais, ai ken idę̄s auton; prin dē pote deurʼ epi gaian, teknon emon, deixō soi, hopēnika derkomai autou ichnia kai cheira stibarēn krateroio theoio. auton dʼ ouch horoō; peri gar nephos estēriktai loipon emoi; stasin de deka ptychai anthrōpoisin; ou gar ken tis edoi thnētōn meropōn krainonta, ei mē mounogenēs tis aporrōx phylou anōthen Chaldaiōn; idris gar iēn astroio poreiēs, kai sphairēs kinēmʼ amphi chthona hōs peritellei, kykloteres dʼ en isǭ, kata de spheteron knōdaka; pneumata dʼ hēniochei peri tʼ ēera kai peri cheuma namatos; ekphainei de pyros selas iphigenētou. autos dē megan authis epʼ ouranon estēriktai chryseǭ eini thronǭ; gaiē dʼ hypo possi bebēke; cheira de dexiterēn epi termasin ōkeanoio ektetaken; oreōn de tremei basis endothi thymǭ, oude pherein dynatai krateron menos. esti de pantōs autos epouranios, kai epi chthoni panta teleutą, archēn autos echōn kai messēn ēde teleutēn, hōs logos archaiōn, hōs hylogenēs dietaxen, ek theothen gnōmaisi labōn kata diplaka thesmon. allōs ou themiton de legein; tromeō de ge guia, en noǭ. ex hypatou krainei peri pantʼ eni taxei. ō teknon, sy de toisi nooisi pelazeo, glōssēs eu malʼ epikrateōn, sternoisi de entheo phēmēn.”
“I will speak to those for whom it is lawful; but close the doors, you profane, fleeing the ordinances of the just, since the divine law has been laid down for all. But you, Musaeus, offspring of the light-bringing Moon, listen; for I will tell the truth, and let not what appeared before in your breast deprive you of dear life. But looking to the divine Word, wait on it, directing the intelligent vessel of your heart; and tread well the path, and look only to the immortal molder of the world. An ancient saying shines forth about him: he is one, complete in himself, and by him all things are brought to completion; and he himself moves among them, yet none of mortal souls beholds him, but he is beheld by mind. He does not, out of good things, send evil upon mortal men; but favor and hatred attend him, and war and plague and tearful sorrows; nor is there any other. You would easily see all things, if you were to see him. Before that, here on earth, my child, I will show you, when I behold his footprints and the strong hand of the mighty God. But him I do not see; for a cloud is set fast about him for the rest of me; and ten folds stand before men. For no one of mortal men could see him ruling, except a certain only-begotten one, a shoot from above of the race of the Chaldeans; for he was skilled in the course of the star, and in how the movement of the sphere revolves around the earth, in a circle evenly, each on its own axis; and he guides the winds around the air and around the stream of water; and he makes appear the gleam of mighty-born fire. He himself again is set fast upon the great heaven on a golden throne, and the earth stands beneath his feet; and he has stretched out his right hand to the ends of the ocean; and the base of the mountains trembles within at heart, and cannot bear his mighty strength. He is wholly heavenly, and brings all things to their end on earth, himself holding the beginning and the middle and the end, as the saying of the ancients, as the one born of the water ordained, having received it from God in his judgments, according to the twofold law. It is not lawful to speak otherwise; I tremble in my limbs, in my mind. From on high he rules over all things in order. O child, draw near with your thoughts, keeping well control of your tongue, and store the saying in your breast.”
13.12.6Dindorf 2:192–193
καὶ Ἄρατος δὲ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν φησιν οὕτως Ἐκ Δῖὸς ἀρχώμεσθα, τὸν οὐδέποτʼ ἄνδρες ἐῶσιν ἄρρητον· μεσταὶ δὲ θεοῦ πᾶσαι μὲν ἀγυιαὶ, πᾶσαι δʼ ἀνθρώπων ἀγοραὶ, μεστὴ δὲ θάλασσα, καὶ λιμένες. πάντη δὲ θεοῦ κεχρήμεθα πάντες. τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν· ὁ δʼ ἤπιος ἀνθρώποισι δεξιὰ σημαίνει, λαοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ ἔργον ἐγείρει, μιμνήσκων βιότοιο· λέγει δʼ ὅτε βῶλος ἀρίστη βουσί τε καὶ μακέλῃσι, λέγει δʼ ὅτε δεξιαὶ ὧραι καὶ φυτὰ γυρῶσαι, καὶ σπέρματα πάντα βαλέσθαι.
kai Aratos de peri tōn autōn phēsin houtōs Ek Dios archōmestha, ton oudepotʼ andres eōsin arrēton; mestai de theou pasai men aguiai, pasai dʼ anthrōpōn agorai, mestē de thalassa, kai limenes. pantē de theou kechrēmetha pantes. tou gar kai genos esmen; ho dʼ ēpios anthrōpoisi dexia sēmainei, laous dʼ epi ergon egeirei, mimnēskōn biotoio; legei dʼ hote bōlos aristē bousi te kai makelę̄si, legei dʼ hote dexiai hōrai kai phyta gyrōsai, kai spermata panta balesthai.
And Aratus too speaks thus about the same things: “From Zeus let us begin, whom men never leave unspoken; full of God are all the streets, and all the marketplaces of men, and full is the sea and the harbors; and everywhere we all have need of God. For we are also his offspring; and he, kindly to men, gives favorable signs, and rouses the peoples to work, reminding them of their livelihood; he tells when the soil is best for oxen and for mattocks, he tells when the seasons are favorable both to dig around plants and to sow all seeds.”
13.12.7Dindorf 2:193
σαφῶς οἶμαι δεδεῖχθαι ὅτι διὰ πάντων ἐστὶν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ. καθὼς δὲ δεῖ σεσημάγκαμεν περιαιροῦντες τὸν διὰ τῶν ποιημάτων Δία καὶ Ζῆνα· τὸ γὰρ τῆς διανοίας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ θεὸν ἀναπέμπεται· διόπερ οὕτως ἡμῖν εἴρηται. οὐκ ἀπεοικότως οὖν τοῖς ἐπιζητουμένοις προενηνέγμεθα ταῦτα.
saphōs oimai dedeichthai hoti dia pantōn estin hē dynamis tou theou. kathōs de dei sesēmankamen periairountes ton dia tōn poiēmatōn Dia kai Zēna; to gar tēs dianoias autōn epi theon anapempetai; dioper houtōs hēmin eirētai. ouk apeoikotōs oun tois epizētoumenois proenēnegmetha tauta.
I think it has been clearly shown that the power of God is through all things. And we have marked it as is fitting, removing the Dis and Zeus of the verses; for their meaning refers to God; that is why we have spoken so. We have, then, not unfittingly brought these things forward for the matters under inquiry.
13.12.8Dindorf 2:193
πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις ὁμολογεῖται ὅτι δεῖ περὶ θεοῦ διαλήψεις ὁσίας ἔχειν, ὃ μάλιστα παρακελεύεται καλῶς ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς αἵρεσις. ἡ δὲ τοῦ νόμου κατασκευὴ πᾶσα τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς περὶ εὐσεβείας τέτακται καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀγαθῶν τῶν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν. ”
pasi gar tois philosophois homologeitai hoti dei peri theou dialēpseis hosias echein, ho malista parakeleuetai kalōs hē kathʼ hēmas hairesis. hē de tou nomou kataskeuē pasa tou kathʼ hēmas peri eusebeias tetaktai kai dikaiosynēs kai enkrateias kai tōn loipōn agathōn tōn kata alētheian. ”
For all the philosophers agree that we must hold holy conceptions about God, which our school especially enjoins, and well. And the whole structure of our law is ordered with reference to godliness and justice and self-control and the other things that are truly good.”
13.12.9Dindorf 2:193
Τούτοις ἑξῆς μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει “Ἐχομένως δʼ ἐστὶν ὡς ὁ θεὸς τὸν ὅλον κόσμον κατεσκεύακε, καὶ δέδωκεν ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμῖν διὰ τὸ κακόπαθον εἶναι πᾶσι τὴν βιοτὴν τὴν ἑβδόμην ἡμέραν, ἢ δὴ καὶ πρώτη φυσικὼς ἂν λέγοιτο φωτὸς γένεσις, ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα συνθεωρεῖται.
Toutois hexēs methʼ hetera epilegei “Echomenōs dʼ estin hōs ho theos ton holon kosmon kateskeuake, kai dedōken anapausin hēmin dia to kakopathon einai pasi tēn biotēn tēn hebdomēn hēmeran, ē dē kai prōtē physikōs an legoito phōtos genesis, en hǭ ta panta syntheōreitai.
Next after these, after other things, he adds: “It follows that God, having constructed the whole world, also gave us, because life is toilsome for all, the seventh day as a rest; which might also in nature be called the first, the genesis of light, in which all things are viewed together.
13.12.10Dindorf 2:193
μεταφέροιτο δʼ ἂν τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σοφίας· τὸ γὰρ πᾶν φῶς ἐστὶν ἐξ αὐτῆς. καί τινες εἰρήκασι τῶν ἐκ τῆς αἱρέσεως ὄντες τῆς ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου λαμπτῆρος αὐτὴν ἔχειν τάξιν· ἀκολουθοῦντες γὰρ αὐτῇ συνεχῶς ἀτάραχοι καταστήσονται διʼ ὅλου τοῦ βίου.
metapheroito dʼ an to auto kai epi tēs sophias; to gar pan phōs estin ex autēs. kai tines eirēkasi tōn ek tēs haireseōs ontes tēs ek tou Peripatou lamptēros autēn echein taxin; akolouthountes gar autę̄ synechōs atarachoi katastēsontai diʼ holou tou biou.
The same might be transferred to wisdom also, for all light comes from it. And some of those of the Peripatetic school have said that it holds the place of a lamp; for those who follow it continually will remain undisturbed throughout their whole life.
13.12.11Dindorf 2:193–194
σαφέστερον δὲ καὶ κάλλιον τῶν ἡμετέρων προγόνων τις εἶπε Σολομῶν αὐτὴν πρὸ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὑπάρχειν. τὸ δὲ σύμφωνόν ἐστι τῷ προειρημένῳ. τὸ δὲ διασαφουμενον διὰ τῆς νομοθεσίας ἀποπεπαυκέναι τὸν θεὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, τοῦτο οὐχ, ὥς τινες ὑπολαμβάνουσι, μηκέτι ποιεῖν τι τὸν θεὸν καθέστηκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῷ καταπεπαυκέναι τὴν τάξιν αὐτῶν οὕτως εἰς πάντα τὸν χρόνον τεταχέναι.
saphesteron de kai kallion tōn hēmeterōn progonōn tis eipe Solomōn autēn pro ouranou kai gēs hyparchein. to de symphōnon esti tǭ proeirēmenǭ. to de diasaphoumenon dia tēs nomothesias apopepaukenai ton theon en autę̄, touto ouch, hōs tines hypolambanousi, mēketi poiein ti ton theon kathestēken, allʼ epi tǭ katapepaukenai tēn taxin autōn houtōs eis panta ton chronon tetachenai.
But one of our ancestors, Solomon, said more clearly and finely that it existed before heaven and earth. And this agrees with what was said before. And what is made clear by the legislation, that God rested on it, does not mean, as some suppose, that God no longer makes anything; it means that, having caused their order to cease, he has so ordered it for all time.
13.12.12Dindorf 2:194
σημαίνει γὰρ ὡς ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις ἐποίησε τόν τε οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα τοὺς χρόνους δηλώσῃ καὶ τὴν τάξιν προείπῃ τί τίνος προτερεῖ. τάξας γάρ, οὕτως αὐτὰ συνέχει καὶ [οὐ] μεταποιεῖ. διασεσάφηκε δʼ ἡμῖν αὐτὴν ἔννομον ἕνεκεν σημείου τοῦ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἑβδόμου λόγου καθεστῶτος, ἐν ᾧ γνῶσιν ἔχομεν ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ θείων πραγμάτων.
sēmainei gar hōs en hex hēmerais epoiēse ton te ouranon kai tēn gēn kai panta ta en autois, hina tous chronous dēlōsę̄ kai tēn taxin proeipę̄ ti tinos proterei. taxas gar, houtōs auta synechei kai [ou] metapoiei. diasesaphēke dʼ hēmin autēn ennomon heneken sēmeiou tou peri hēmas hebdomou logou kathestōtos, en hǭ gnōsin echomen anthrōpinōn kai theiōn pragmatōn.
For it signifies that in six days he made heaven and earth and all things in them, so as to show the times and foretell the order, what comes before what. For having ordered them, he so holds them together and changes them. And he has made it clear to us as legal (the seventh day) as a sign of the seventh faculty established in us, reason, by which we have knowledge of things human and divine.
13.12.13Dindorf 2:194
διʼ ἑβδομάδων δὲ καὶ πᾶς ὁ κόσμος κυκλεῖται τῶν ζῳογονουμένων καὶ τῶν φυομένων ἁπάντων· τῷ δὲ σάββατον αὐτὴν προσαγορεύεσθαι διερμηνεύεται ἀνάπαυσις οὖσα. διασαφεῖ δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος καὶ Ἡσίοδος, μετειληφότες ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων βιβλίων ἱερὰν εἶναι. Ἡσίοδος μὲν οὕτως· πρῶτον ἕνη τετράς τε καὶ ἑβδόμη ἱερὸν ἦμαρ· καὶ πάλιν λέγει· ἑβδομάτη δʼ αὖτις λαμπρὸν φάος ἠελίοιο.
diʼ hebdomadōn de kai pas ho kosmos kykleitai tōn zǭogonoumenōn kai tōn phyomenōn hapantōn; tǭ de sabbaton autēn prosagoreuesthai diermēneuetai anapausis ousa. diasaphei de kai Homēros kai Hēsiodos, meteilēphotes ek tōn hēmeterōn bibliōn hieran einai. Hēsiodos men houtōs; prōton henē tetras te kai hebdomē hieron ēmar; kai palin legei; hebdomatē dʼ autis lampron phaos ēelioio.
And the whole world of all living things and all growing things revolves in sevens; and its being called the Sabbath is interpreted as being rest. And Homer and Hesiod also make it clear that it is holy, having taken it from our books. Hesiod thus: “First the first of the month, the fourth, and the seventh, a holy day.” And again he says: “And on the seventh again the bright light of the sun.”
13.12.14Dindorf 2:194
Ὅμηρος δὲ οὕτω λέγει· ἑβδομάτη δἤπειτα κατήλυθεν, ἱερὸν ἦμαρ· καὶ πάλιν· ἕβδομον ἦμαρ ἔην καὶ τῷ τετέλεστο ἅπαντα· καί· ἑβδομάτῃ δʼ ἠοῖ λίπομεν ῥόον ἐξ Ἀχέροντος.
Homēros de houtō legei; hebdomatē dēpeita katēlythen, hieron ēmar; kai palin; hebdomon ēmar eēn kai tǭ tetelesto hapanta; kai; hebdomatę̄ dʼ ēoi lipomen rhoon ex Acherontos.
And Homer speaks thus: “And then on the seventh came down the holy day.” And again: “It was the seventh day, and on it all things had been finished.” And: “And on the seventh dawn we left the stream of Acheron.”
13.12.15Dindorf 2:194–195
τοῦτο δὴ σημαίνων, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν λήθης καὶ κακίας ἐν τῷ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἑβδόμῳ λόγῳ καταλιμπάνεται τὰ προειρημένα καὶ γνῶσιν ἀληθείας λαμβάνομεν, καθὼς προείρηται.
touto dē sēmainōn, hōs apo tēs kata psychēn lēthēs kai kakias en tǭ kata alētheian hebdomǭ logǭ katalimpanetai ta proeirēmena kai gnōsin alētheias lambanomen, kathōs proeirētai.
Signifying this, that from forgetfulness and wickedness of soul what was said before is left behind on the true seventh, which is reason, and we receive knowledge of the truth, as has been said before.
13.12.16Dindorf 2:195
Λίνος δέ φησιν οὕτως· ἑβδομάτῃ δʼ ἠοῖ τετελεσμένα πάντα τέτυκται· καὶ πάλιν· ἑβδόμη εἰν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ γενέθλη καί· ἑβδόμη ἐν πρώτοισι καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ τελείη. καί· ἑπτὰ δὲ πάντα τέτυκται ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀστερόεντι, ἐν κύκλοισι φανέντʼ ἐπιτελλομένοις ἐνιαυτοῖς." Τὰ μὲν οὖν Ἀριστοβούλου τοιαῦτα. ὁποῖα δὲ καὶ Κλήμεντι περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς εἴρηται ὑποθέσεως, γνοίης ἂν διὰ τούτων
Linos de phēsin houtōs; hebdomatę̄ dʼ ēoi tetelesmena panta tetyktai; kai palin; hebdomē ein agathois kai hebdomē esti genethlē kai; hebdomē en prōtoisi kai hebdomē esti teleiē. kai; hepta de panta tetyktai en ouranǭ asteroenti, en kykloisi phanentʼ epitellomenois eniautois." Ta men oun Aristoboulou toiauta. hopoia de kai Klēmenti peri tēs autēs eirētai hypotheseōs, gnoiēs an dia toutōn
And Linus says thus: “On the seventh dawn all things were made complete.” And again: “The seventh is among the good, and the seventh is birth.” And: “The seventh among the first, and the seventh is perfect.” And: “All things are made seven in the starry heaven, appearing in circles as the years come round.”” Such, then, are the words of Aristobulus. And what Clement too has said on the same subject you may learn from the following:
Preparation 13, chapter 13
13.13.1Dindorf 2:195
"Τὰ δʼ ἑξῆς προσαποδοτέον καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας Ἑλληνικὴν κλοπὴν σαφέστερον ἤδη παραστατέον. φασὶ γὰρ σῶμα εἶναι τὸν θεὸν οἱ Στωϊκοὶ καὶ πνεῦμα κατʼ οὐσίαν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τὴν ψυχήν. πάντα ταῦτα ἄντικρυς εὑρήσεις ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. μὴ γάρ μοι τὰς ἀλληγορίας αὐτῶν ἐννοήσῃς τανῦν ὡς ἡ γνωστικὴ παραδίδωσιν ἀλήθεια, εἰ ἄλλο τι δεικνύουσαι, καθάπερ οἱ σοφοὶ παλαισταί, ἄλλο μηνύουσιν. ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν διήκειν διὰ πάσης τῆς οὐσίας τὸν θεόν φασιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ποιητὴν μόνον αὐτὸν καλοῦμεν καὶ λόγῳ ποιητήν.
"Ta dʼ hexēs prosapodoteon kai tēn ek tēs barbarou philosophias Hellēnikēn klopēn saphesteron ēdē parastateon. phasi gar sōma einai ton theon hoi Stōïkoi kai pneuma katʼ ousian, hōsper amelei kai tēn psychēn. panta tauta antikrys heurēseis en tais graphais. mē gar moi tas allēgorias autōn ennoēsę̄s tanyn hōs hē gnōstikē paradidōsin alētheia, ei allo ti deiknyousai, kathaper hoi sophoi palaistai, allo mēnyousin. allʼ hoi men diēkein dia pasēs tēs ousias ton theon phasin, hēmeis de poiētēn monon auton kaloumen kai logǭ poiētēn.
“We must add what follows, and now show more clearly the Greek theft from the barbarian philosophy. The Stoics say that God is a body, and a spirit in his essence, just as indeed they say of the soul. All these things you will find plainly in the Scriptures. But do not think for now of their allegories as the knowledge-bearing truth hands them down, if, like skilled wrestlers, they point to one thing and signify another. The Stoics say that God pervades all being; but we call him only Maker, and Maker by the word.
13.13.2Dindorf 2:195–196
παρήγαγε δʼ αὐτοὺς τὸ ἐν τῇ Σοφίᾳ εἰρημένον "διήκει δὲ καὶ χωρεῖ διὰ πάντων διὰ τὴν καθαρότητα", ἐπεὶ μὴ συνῆκαν λέγεσθαι ταῦτα ἐπὶ τῆς σοφίας τῆς πρωτοκτίστου τῷ θεῷ. ναί, φασίν· ἀλλὰ ὕλην ὑποτίθενται οἱ φιλόσοφοι ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς, οἵ τε Στωϊκοὶ καὶ Πλάτων καὶ Πυθαγόρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ὁ Περιπατητικὸς, οὐχὶ δὲ μίαν ἀρχήν. ἴστωσαν οὖν τὴν καλουμένην ὕλην ἄποιον καὶ ἀσχημάτιστον λεγομένην πρὸς αὐτῶν, τολμηρὸν δὲ εἰ μὴ ὂν πρὸς τοῦ Πλάτωνος εἰρῆσθαι, καὶ μή τι μυστικώτατα μίαν τὴν ὄντως οὖσαν ἀρχὴν εἰδὼς ἐν τῷ Τιμαίῳ αὐταῖς φησι ταῖς λέξεσι
parēgage dʼ autous to en tę̄ Sophią eirēmenon "diēkei de kai chōrei dia pantōn dia tēn katharotēta", epei mē synēkan legesthai tauta epi tēs sophias tēs prōtoktistou tǭ theǭ. nai, phasin; alla hylēn hypotithentai hoi philosophoi en tais archais, hoi te Stōïkoi kai Platōn kai Pythagoras, alla kai Aristotelēs ho Peripatētikos, ouchi de mian archēn. istōsan oun tēn kaloumenēn hylēn apoion kai aschēmatiston legomenēn pros autōn, tolmēron de ei mē on pros tou Platōnos eirēsthai, kai mē ti mystikōtata mian tēn ontōs ousan archēn eidōs en tǭ Timaiǭ autais phēsi tais lexesi
What misled them was what is said in Wisdom: “It pervades and penetrates all things because of its purity,” since they did not understand that this is said of the wisdom first created by God. Yes, they say, but the philosophers posit matter among the first principles, the Stoics and Plato and Pythagoras, and Aristotle the Peripatetic too, and not one principle. Let them know, then, that the so-called matter is said by them to be without quality and without shape, and Plato was bold enough to say that it is not being; and perhaps, knowing in a very mystical way that the one truly existing principle is one, he says in the Timaeus in these very words:
13.13.3Dindorf 2:196
“ Νῦν δὴ οὖν τό γε παρʼ ἡμῶν ὧδε ἐχέτω· τὴν μὲν περὶ ἀπάντων, εἴτε ἀρχὴν εἴτε ἀρχὰς, εἴτε ὅπη δοκεῖ τούτων πέρι, τὸ νῦν οὐ ῥητέον, διʼ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν, διὰ δὲ τὸ χαλεπὸν εἶναι κατὰ τὸν παρόντα τρόπον τῆς διεξόδου δηλῶσαι τὰ δοκοῦντα.”
“ Nyn dē oun to ge parʼ hēmōn hōde echetō; tēn men peri apantōn, eite archēn eite archas, eite hopē dokei toutōn peri, to nyn ou rhēteon, diʼ allo men ouden, dia de to chalepon einai kata ton paronta tropon tēs diexodou dēlōsai ta dokounta.”
“Now let our view be this: the principle of all things, or principles, or whatever one thinks about them, is not to be stated now, for no other reason than that it is hard to make one’s opinions clear in the present manner of exposition.”
13.13.4Dindorf 2:196
“ Ἄλλως τε ἡ λέξις ἡ προφητικὴ ἐκείνη ῾ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστοςʼ ἀφορμὰς αὐτοῖς ὑλικῆς οὐσίας παρέσχηται. ναὶ μὴν Ἐπικούρῳ μὲν ἡ τοῦ αὐτομάτου παρείσδυσις οὐ παρακολουθήσαντι τῷ ῥητῷ γέγονεν ἐντεῦθεν ῾ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης. Ἀριστοτέλει δὲ μέχρι σελήνης ἐπῆλθε καταγαγεῖν τὴν πρόνοιαν ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ῾κύριε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ τὸ ἔλεός σου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου ἕως τῶν νεφελῶν.᾿ οὐδέπω γὰρ ἀπεκαλύπτετο ἡ τῶν προφητικῶν δήλωσις μυστηρίων πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας
“ Allōs te hē lexis hē prophētikē ekeinē ῾hē de gē ēn aoratos kai akataskeuastosʼ aphormas autois hylikēs ousias pareschētai. nai mēn Epikourǭ men hē tou automatou pareisdysis ou parakolouthēsanti tǭ rhētǭ gegonen enteuthen ῾mataiotēs mataiotētōn, ta panta mataiotēs. Aristotelei de mechri selēnēs epēlthe katagagein tēn pronoian ek toude tou psalmou ῾kyrie en tǭ ouranǭ to eleos sou kai hē alētheia sou heōs tōn nephelōn.᾿ oudepō gar apekalypteto hē tōn prophētikōn dēlōsis mystēriōn pro tēs tou kyriou parousias
“Besides, that prophetic phrase, ‘And the earth was invisible and unformed,’ gave them grounds for a material substance. And indeed Epicurus’ introduction of chance came from this, since he did not follow the saying, ‘Vanity of vanities, all is vanity.’ And it occurred to Aristotle to bring providence down as far as the moon from this psalm: ‘Lord, your mercy is in the heaven, and your truth reaches to the clouds.’ For the revelation of the prophetic mysteries had not yet been unveiled before the coming of the Lord.
13.13.5Dindorf 2:196–197
τάς τε αὖ μετὰ θάνατον κολάσεις καὶ τὴν διὰ πυρὸς τιμωρίαν ἀπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας ἥ τε ποιητικὴ πᾶσα μοῦσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ φιλοσοφία ὑφείλετο. Πλάτων γοῦν ἐν τῷ τελευταίῳ τῆς Πολιτείας αὐταῖς φησι ταῖς λέξεσιν “ Ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἄνδρες ἄγριοι διάπυροι ἰδεῖν παρεστῶτες καὶ καταμανθάνοντες τὸ φθέγμα τοὺς μὲν ἰδίᾳ παραλαβόντες ἦγον, τὸν δὲ Ἀριδαῖον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους συμποδίσαντες χεῖράς τε καὶ πόδας, καὶ κεφαλὴν καταβαλόντες, καὶ ἐκδείραντες, εἷλκον παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐκτὸς ἐπʼ ἀσπαλάθων κνάπτοντες.” Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄνδρες οἶ διάπυροι ἀγγέλους αὐτῷ βούλονται δηλοῦν, οἱ παραλαβόντες τοὺς ἀδίκους κολάζουσιν. “Ο ποιῶν φησὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους πνεύματα καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς πῦρ φλέγον.’
tas te au meta thanaton kolaseis kai tēn dia pyros timōrian apo tēs barbarou philosophias hē te poiētikē pasa mousa, alla kai hē Hellēnikē philosophia hypheileto. Platōn goun en tǭ teleutaiǭ tēs Politeias autais phēsi tais lexesin “ Entautha dē andres agrioi diapyroi idein parestōtes kai katamanthanontes to phthegma tous men idią paralabontes ēgon, ton de Aridaion kai tous allous sympodisantes cheiras te kai podas, kai kephalēn katabalontes, kai ekdeirantes, heilkon para tēn hodon ektos epʼ aspalathōn knaptontes.” Hoi men gar andres oi diapyroi angelous autǭ boulontai dēloun, hoi paralabontes tous adikous kolazousin. “O poiōn phēsi tous angelous pneumata kai tous leitourgous pyr phlegon.’
Again, the punishments after death and the retribution by fire were stolen from the barbarian philosophy both by all the poetic Muse and by Greek philosophy. Plato, at least, in the last book of the Republic says in these very words: “Then wild men, fiery to look upon, standing by and hearing the sound, took some away apart and led them off; but Ardiaeus and the others they bound hand and foot and head, threw them down and flayed them, and dragged them along the road outside, carding them on thorns.” By the fiery men he means angels, who seize the unjust and punish them. “Who makes his angels spirits,” it says, “and his ministers a flaming fire.”
13.13.6Dindorf 2:197
“Ἕπεται δὲ τούτοις τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι ἀθάνατον. τὸ γὰρ κολαζόμενον ἢ παιδευόμενον ἐν αἰσθήσει ὂν ζῇ, κἂν πάσχειν λέγηται. τί δέ; οὐχὶ οἶδεν ὁ Πλάτων καὶ πυρὸς ποταμοὺς καὶ τῆς γῆς τὸ βάθος, τὴν πρὸς τῶν βαρβάρων γέενναν καλουμένην, Τάρταρον ποιητικῶς ὀνομάζων, Κωκυτόν τε καὶ Ἀχέροντα καὶ Πυριφλεγέθοντα καὶ τοιαῦτά τινα εἰς τὴν παίδευσιν σωφρονίζοντα παρεισάγων κολαστήρια; τῶν σμικρῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν καὶ ἐλαχίστων τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοὺς ὁρῶντας τὸν θεὸν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὴν εἰς ἡμὰς διʼ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐφεστώτων ἥκουσαν ἐπισκοπὴν ἐμφαίνων νῦν οὐκ ὀκνεῖ γραφειν Ἐπειδὴ πάσας τὰς ψυχὰς τοὺς βίους ῄρῆσθαι, ὥσπερ ἔλαχον, ἐν τάξει προσιέναι πρὸς τὴν Λάχεσιν, ἐκείνην δὲ ἑκάστῳ, ὅν εἵλετο δαίμονα, τοῦτον φύλακα τοῦ βίου συμπέμπειν, καὶ ἀποπληρωτὴν τῶν αἱρεθέντων. “Τάχα δὲ καὶ τῷ Σωκράτει τὸ δαιμόνιον τοιοῦτόν τι ᾐνίσσετο.”
“Hepetai de toutois tēn psychēn einai athanaton. to gar kolazomenon ē paideuomenon en aisthēsei on zę̄, kan paschein legētai. ti de? ouchi oiden ho Platōn kai pyros potamous kai tēs gēs to bathos, tēn pros tōn barbarōn geennan kaloumenēn, Tartaron poiētikōs onomazōn, Kōkyton te kai Acheronta kai Pyriphlegethonta kai toiauta tina eis tēn paideusin sōphronizonta pareisagōn kolastēria? tōn smikrōn de kata tēn graphēn kai elachistōn tous angelous tous horōntas ton theon, pros de kai tēn eis hēmas diʼ angelōn tōn ephestōtōn hēkousan episkopēn emphainōn nyn ouk oknei graphein Epeidē pasas tas psychas tous bious ę̄rēsthai, hōsper elachon, en taxei prosienai pros tēn Lachesin, ekeinēn de hekastǭ, hon heileto daimona, touton phylaka tou biou sympempein, kai apoplērōtēn tōn hairethentōn. “Tacha de kai tǭ Sōkratei to daimonion toiouton ti ę̄nisseto.”
“It follows from this that the soul is immortal. For what is punished or corrected, being in a state of perception, lives, even if it is said to suffer. Again, does not Plato know of rivers of fire and the depth of the earth, which the barbarians call Gehenna, naming it poetically Tartarus, and bringing in Cocytus and Acheron and Pyriphlegethon and certain other such places of punishment that chasten for correction? And showing the angels of the little and least ones, as the Scripture says, who see God, and also the oversight that comes to us through the angels set over us, he does not hesitate to write: ‘When all the souls had chosen their lives, they went in order, as they had drawn lots, to Lachesis; and she sent with each the daimon he had chosen, as guardian of his life and fulfiller of the things chosen.’ Perhaps Socrates’ daimonion too hinted at something of this kind.”
13.13.7Dindorf 2:197–198
“ Ναὶ μὴν γεννητὸν εἶναι τὸν παραλαβόντες ἐδογμάτισαν οἱ φιλόσοφοι. καὶ ὅ γε Πλάτων ἄντικρυς εἴρηκε Πότερον ἦν ἀρχὴν ἔχων γενέσεως οὐδεμίαν, ἡ γέγονεν, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τινος ἀρξάμενος; ὁρατός τε γὰρ ἁπτός τε καὶ σῶμα ἕχει.” “ Αὖθίς τε ὁπόταν εἴπῃ ῾τὸν μὲν οὖν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς εὑρεῖν τε ἔργον, ᾿ οὐ μόνον γεννητὸν ἔδειξε τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγονέναι σημαίνει, ὡς ἂν ἐκ μόνου γενομένου καὶ ἐκ μὴ ὄντος ὑποστάντος.
“ Nai mēn gennēton einai ton paralabontes edogmatisan hoi philosophoi. kai ho ge Platōn antikrys eirēke Poteron ēn archēn echōn geneseōs oudemian, hē gegonen, apʼ archēs tinos arxamenos? horatos te gar haptos te kai sōma hechei.” “ Authis te hopotan eipę̄ ῾ton men oun poiētēn kai patera toude tou pantos heurein te ergon, ᾿ ou monon gennēton edeixe ton kosmon, alla kai ex autou gegonenai sēmainei, hōs an ek monou genomenou kai ek mē ontos hypostantos.
“And indeed the philosophers, having taken it over, taught that the world came into being. And Plato said plainly: ‘Has it had no beginning of generation, or has it come to be, having started from some beginning? For it is visible and tangible and has a body.’ And again, when he says, ‘To find the maker and father of this universe is a task,’ he not only showed that the world came into being, but signifies that it came to be from him as from one alone, and was brought into existence out of what was not.
13.13.8Dindorf 2:198
γενητὸν δὲ καὶ οἶ Στωϊκοὶ τίθενται τὸν κόσμον. τόν τε ὑπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας θρυλούμενον διάβολον, τὸν τῶν δαιμόνων ἄρχοντα, κακοεργὸν εἶναι ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων ὁ Πλάτων λέγει ταῖσδε ταῖς λέξεσι “Ψυχὴν διοικοῦσαν καὶ ἐνοικοῦσαν τοῖς πάντη κινουμένοις μῶν οὐ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγκη διοικεῖν φάναι; Τί μήν; Μίαν, ἢ πλείους; Πλείους, ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σφῶν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. δυοῖν μέν που ἔλαττον μηδὲν τιθῶμεν, τῆς τε εὐεργέτιδος καὶ τῆς τἀναντία δυναμένης ἐξεργάζεσθαι.”
genēton de kai oi Stōïkoi tithentai ton kosmon. ton te hypo tēs barbarou philosophias thryloumenon diabolon, ton tōn daimonōn archonta, kakoergon einai psychēn en tǭ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn ho Platōn legei taisde tais lexesi “Psychēn dioikousan kai enoikousan tois pantē kinoumenois mōn ou kai ton ouranon anankē dioikein phanai? Ti mēn? Mian, ē pleious? Pleious, egō hyper sphōn apokrinoumai. dyoin men pou elatton mēden tithōmen, tēs te euergetidos kai tēs tanantia dynamenēs exergazesthai.”
The Stoics too hold that the world came into being. And the devil, of whom the barbarian philosophy speaks so much, the ruler of the demons, Plato in the tenth book of the Laws calls an evil-working soul, in these words: “Must we not say that soul, which governs and dwells in all things that move in every way, governs heaven also? Of course. One, or more? More, I shall answer for you both. Let us suppose no fewer than two: one beneficent, and one able to work the opposite.”
13.13.9Dindorf 2:198
῾Ομοίως δὲ κἀν τῷ Φαίδρῳ τάδε γράφει Ἒστι μὲν δὴ καὶ ἄλλα κακὰ, ἀλλά τις δαίμων ἔμιξε τοῖς πλείστοις ἐν τῷ παραυτίκα ἡδονήν. Ἀλλὰ κἀν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων ἄντικρυς τὸ ἀποστολικὸν δείκνυσιν ἐκεῖνο ῾οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἡ πάλη πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖςʼ ὧδέ πως γράφων
῾Omoiōs de kan tǭ Phaidrǭ tade graphei Esti men dē kai alla kaka, alla tis daimōn emixe tois pleistois en tǭ parautika hēdonēn. Alla kan tǭ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn antikrys to apostolikon deiknysin ekeino ῾ouk estin hēmin hē palē pros haima kai sarka, alla pros ta pneumatika tōn en ouranoisʼ hōde pōs graphōn
So too in the Phaedrus he writes this: “There are also other evils, but some daimon has mixed pleasure for the moment into most of them.” And in the tenth book of the Laws he plainly shows that apostolic saying, “Our wrestling is not against blood and flesh, but against the spiritual things in the heavens,” writing somewhat thus:
13.13.10Dindorf 2:198–199
“Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ συνεχωρήσαμεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς εἶναι μὲν τὸν οὐρανὸν πολλῶν μεστὸν ἀγαθῶν, εἷναι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, πλειόνων δὲ τῶν μή· μάχη, φαμὲν, ἀθάνατός ἐσθʼ ἡ τοιαύτη καὶ φυλακῆς θαυμαστῆς δεομένη.”
“Epeidē gar synechōrēsamen hēmin autois einai men ton ouranon pollōn meston agathōn, heinai de kai tōn enantiōn, pleionōn de tōn mē; machē, phamen, athanatos esthʼ hē toiautē kai phylakēs thaumastēs deomenē.”
“For since we have agreed among ourselves that heaven is full of many good things, and also of their opposites, but more of those that are not good, such a battle, we say, is undying, and requires wonderful watchfulness.”
13.13.11Dindorf 2:199
Κόσμον τε αὖθις τὸν μὲν νοητὸν οἶδεν ἡ βάρβαρος φιλοσοφία, τὸν δὲ αἰσθητόν· καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀρχέτυπον, τὸν δὲ εἰκόνα τοῦ καλοῦ παραδείγματος. καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀνατίθησι μονάδι, ὡς ἂν νοητὸν, τὸν δὲ αἰσθητὸν ἑξάδι· γάμος γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς Πυθαγορείοις, ὡς ἂν γόνιμος ἀριθμὸς, ἡ ἑξὰς καλεῖται. καὶ ἐν μὲν τῇ μονάδι συνίστησιν οὐρανὸν ἀόρατον καὶ γῆν ἁγίαν καὶ φῶς νοητόν· ἐν ἀρχῇ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν· ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος.
Kosmon te authis ton men noēton oiden hē barbaros philosophia, ton de aisthēton; kai ton men archetypon, ton de eikona tou kalou paradeigmatos. kai ton men anatithēsi monadi, hōs an noēton, ton de aisthēton hexadi; gamos gar para tois Pythagoreiois, hōs an gonimos arithmos, hē hexas kaleitai. kai en men tę̄ monadi synistēsin ouranon aoraton kai gēn hagian kai phōs noēton; en archę̄ gar, phēsin, epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn; hē de gē ēn aoratos.
Again, the barbarian philosophy knows one world that is intelligible and another that is sensible; the one the archetype, the other the image of the beautiful pattern. The one it assigns to the monad, as intelligible; the sensible to the hexad; for among the Pythagoreans the hexad is called marriage, as being the generative number. And in the monad it establishes an invisible heaven and a holy earth and intelligible light; for “in the beginning,” it says, “God made the heaven and the earth; and the earth was invisible.”
13.13.12Dindorf 2:199
εἶτʼ ἐπιφέρει ‘καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, γενέσθω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς.’ ἐν δὲ τῇ κοσμογονίᾳ τῇ αἰσθητῇ οὐρανὸν ἐδημιούργει· τὸ δὲ στερεὸν αἰσθητὸν, γῆν τε ὁρατὴν καὶ φῶς βλεπόμενον· ἆρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Πλάτων ζῴων ἰδέας ἐν τῷ νοητῷ ἀπολείπειν κόσμῳ καὶ τὰ εἴδη τὰ αἰσθητὰ κατὰ τὰ γένη δημιουργεῖν τὰ νοητά;
eitʼ epipherei ‘kai eipen ho theos, genesthō phōs, kai egeneto phōs.’ en de tę̄ kosmogonią tę̄ aisthētę̄ ouranon edēmiourgei; to de stereon aisthēton, gēn te horatēn kai phōs blepomenon; arʼ ou dokei soi enteuthen ho Platōn zǭōn ideas en tǭ noētǭ apoleipein kosmǭ kai ta eidē ta aisthēta kata ta genē dēmiourgein ta noēta?
Then it adds, “And God said, Let there be light, and there was light.” And in the sensible creation he made a solid heaven, for what is solid is sensible, and an earth that is visible, and light that is seen. Does it not seem to you that from this Plato leaves ideas of living things in the intelligible world and makes the sensible species according to the intelligible kinds?
13.13.13Dindorf 2:199
εἰκότως ἄρα ἐκ γῆς μὲν τὸ σῶμα διαπλάττεσθαι λέγει Μώσης, ὃ γήινόν φησιν ὁ Πλάτων σκῆνος, ψυχὴν δὲ τὴν λογικὴν ἄνωθεν ἐμπνευσθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἰς πρόσωπον. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἱδρῦσθαι λέγουσι, τὴν διὰ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἐπεισόδιον τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου εἴσοδον ἑρμηνεύοντες, διὸ καὶ κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν τὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι.
eikotōs ara ek gēs men to sōma diaplattesthai legei Mōsēs, ho gēinon phēsin ho Platōn skēnos, psychēn de tēn logikēn anōthen empneusthēnai hypo theou eis prosōpon. entautha gar to hēgemonikon hidrysthai legousi, tēn dia tōn aisthētēriōn epeisodion tēs psychēs epi tou prōtoplastou eisodon hermēneuontes, dio kai katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin ton anthrōpon gegonenai.
Fittingly, then, Moses says that the body was molded from earth, which Plato calls the earthly tent, but that the rational soul was breathed in from above by God into the face. For there, they say, the ruling faculty is seated, interpreting the entry of the soul through the senses into the first-formed man as an addition; and that is why man was made after the image and likeness.
13.13.14Dindorf 2:199–200
εἰκὼν μὲν γὰρ θεοῦ λόγος ὁ θεῖος καὶ βασιλικὸς, ἄνθρωπος ἀπαθὴς, εἰκὼν δʼ εἰκόνος ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς. ἑτέρῳ δʼ εἰ βούλει παραλαβεῖν ὀνόματι τὴν ἐξομοίωσιν, εὕροις ἂν παρὰ τῷ Μωσεῖ ἀκολουθίαν ὀνομαζομένην θείαν. φησὶ γὰρ ‘ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν πορεύεσθε, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ φυλάξατε.’ ἀκόλουθοι δʼ οἶμαι καὶ θεραπευταὶ θεοῦ πάντες οἱ ἐνάρετοι.
eikōn men gar theou logos ho theios kai basilikos, anthrōpos apathēs, eikōn dʼ eikonos anthrōpinos nous. heterǭ dʼ ei boulei paralabein onomati tēn exomoiōsin, heurois an para tǭ Mōsei akolouthian onomazomenēn theian. phēsi gar ‘opisō kyriou tou theou hymōn poreuesthe, kai tas entolas autou phylaxate.’ akolouthoi dʼ oimai kai therapeutai theou pantes hoi enaretoi.
For the image of God is the divine and royal Word, the impassible man; and the image of the image is the human mind. And if you wish to take the likeness by another name, you would find it called in Moses a divine following. For he says, “Walk after the Lord your God, and keep his commandments.” And all the virtuous, I think, are followers and servants of God.
13.13.15Dindorf 2:200
Ἐντεῦθεν δʼ οἶ μὲν Στωϊκοὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς φιλοσοφίας τὸ ἀκολούθως τῇ φύσει ζῆν εἰρήκασιν, ὁ Πλάτων δὲ ὁμοίωσιν θεῷ, ὡς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ παρεστήσαμεν Στρωματεῖ, Ζήνων τε ὁ Στωϊκὸς παρὰ Πλάτωνος λαβὼν, ὁ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας, τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς πάντας ἀλλήλων εἶναι φίλους λέγει. φησὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Φαιδρῷ Σωκράτης ὡς οὐχ εἵμαρται κακὸν κακῷ φίλον εἶναι, οὐδʼ ἀγαθὸν ἀγαθῷ μὴ φίλον.
Enteuthen dʼ oi men Stōïkoi to telos tēs philosophias to akolouthōs tę̄ physei zēn eirēkasin, ho Platōn de homoiōsin theǭ, hōs en tǭ deuterǭ parestēsamen Strōmatei, Zēnōn te ho Stōïkos para Platōnos labōn, ho de apo tēs barbarou philosophias, tous agathous pantas allēlōn einai philous legei. phēsi gar en tǭ Phaidrǭ Sōkratēs hōs ouch heimartai kakon kakǭ philon einai, oudʼ agathon agathǭ mē philon.
From this the Stoics have said that the end of philosophy is to live in accordance with nature, and Plato, likeness to God, as we showed in the second Miscellany. And Zeno the Stoic, taking it from Plato, and Plato from the barbarian philosophy, says that all the good are friends of one another. For Socrates says in the Phaedrus that it is not fated that the bad should be friend to the bad, nor the good not friend to the good.
13.13.16Dindorf 2:200
ὅπερ κἀν τῷ Λύσιδι ἀπέδειξεν ἱκανῶς, ὡς ἐν ἀδικίᾳ καὶ πονηρίᾳ οὐκ ἄν ποτε σωθείη φιλία. καὶ ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ξένος ὁμοίως φησὶ ‟Πρᾶξιν εἷναι φίλην καὶ ἀκόλουθον θεῷ καὶ λόγον ἔχουσαν ἀρχαῖον, ὅταν τὸ μὲν ὅμοιον τῷ ὁμοίῳ μετρίῳ ὄντι φίλον ἦ, τὰ δὲ ἄμετρα οὔτε τοῖς ἀμέτροις, οὔτε τοῖς ἐμμέτροις· ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἡμῖν πάντων χρημάτων μέτρον ἂν εἴη.”
hoper kan tǭ Lysidi apedeixen hikanōs, hōs en adikią kai ponērią ouk an pote sōtheiē philia. kai ho Athēnaios xenos homoiōs phēsi ‟Praxin heinai philēn kai akolouthon theǭ kai logon echousan archaion, hotan to men homoion tǭ homoiǭ metriǭ onti philon ē, ta de ametra oute tois ametrois, oute tois emmetrois; ho de theos hēmin pantōn chrēmatōn metron an eiē.”
This he also proved sufficiently in the Lysis: that friendship could never be preserved in injustice and wickedness. And the Athenian Stranger likewise says: “That action is dear to God and follows him which has an ancient saying in its favor, that like is dear to like when it is measured, but things without measure are dear neither to the measureless nor to the measured; and God would be for us the measure of all things.”
13.13.17Dindorf 2:200
Εἶτα ὑποβὰς ἐπάγει Πλάτων ‟Πᾶς γὰρ δὴ ἀγαθὸς ἀγαθῷ ὅμοιος, κατὰ δὲ καὶ θεῷ ἐοικὼς ἀγαθῷ τε παντὶ φίλος ὑπάρχει καὶ θεῷ.” Ἐνταῦθα γενόμενος κἀκείνου ἀνεμνήσθην· ἐπὶ τέλει γὰρ τοῦ Τιμαίου λέγει Τῷ κατανοουμένῳ τὸ κατανοοῦν ἐξομοιῶσαι δεῖν κατὰ τὴν ἀρχαίαν φύσιν, ὁμοιώσαντα δὲ τέλος ἔχειν τοῦ προτεθέντος ἀνθρώποις ὑπὸ θεῶν ἀρίστου βίου πρός τε τὸν παρόντα καὶ τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον.”
Eita hypobas epagei Platōn ‟Pas gar dē agathos agathǭ homoios, kata de kai theǭ eoikōs agathǭ te panti philos hyparchei kai theǭ.” Entautha genomenos kakeinou anemnēsthēn; epi telei gar tou Timaiou legei Tǭ katanooumenǭ to katanooun exomoiōsai dein kata tēn archaian physin, homoiōsanta de telos echein tou protethentos anthrōpois hypo theōn aristou biou pros te ton paronta kai ton epeita chronon.”
Then, a little further on, Plato adds: “For every good man is like the good man, and being like God, is a friend both to every good man and to God.” Having come to this point, I remembered that too; for at the end of the Timaeus he says: “One must make that which thinks like that which is thought, according to its original nature; and having made it like, one has the end of the best life set before men by the gods, for the present and for the time to come.”
13.13.18Dindorf 2:200–201
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει “Ἀδελφοὺς δʼ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, ὡς ἂν τοῦ ἑνὸς θεοῦ ὄντας καὶ ἑνὸς διδασκάλου, φαίνεταί που καὶ Πλάτων καλῶς ὧδέ πως “ Ἐστὲ μὲν γὰρ πάντες οἶ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀδελφοὶ, ὡς φήσομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς μυθολογοῦντες. ἀλλʼ ὁ θεὸς πλάττων, ὅσοι μὲν ὑμῶν ἱκανοὶ ἄρχειν, χρυσὸν ἐν τῇ γενέσει συνέμιξεν αὐτοῖς, διὸ τιμιώτατοί εἰσιν· ὅσοι δὲ ἐπίκουροι, ἄργυρον· σίδηρον δὲ καὶ χαλκὸν τοῖς γεωργοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δημιουργοῖς.”
Kai meta brachea epilegei “Adelphous dʼ einai hēmas, hōs an tou henos theou ontas kai henos didaskalou, phainetai pou kai Platōn kalōs hōde pōs “ Este men gar pantes oi en tę̄ polei adelphoi, hōs phēsomen pros autous mythologountes. allʼ ho theos plattōn, hosoi men hymōn hikanoi archein, chryson en tę̄ genesei synemixen autois, dio timiōtatoi eisin; hosoi de epikouroi, argyron; sidēron de kai chalkon tois geōrgois kai tois allois dēmiourgois.”
And a little after he adds: “That we are brothers, as being of the one God and of one Teacher, Plato too seems to show well, somewhat thus: ‘For you are all brothers in the city, as we shall say to them in telling the myth. But God, in molding those of you who are fit to rule, mixed gold into them at their birth, which is why they are most honored; into the auxiliaries, silver; and iron and bronze into the farmers and the other craftsmen.’”
13.13.19Dindorf 2:201
Ὅθεν ἀνάγκη φησὶ γεγονέναι, ἀσπάζεσθαί τε καὶ φιλεῖν τούτους μὲν ταῦτα ἐφʼ οἶς γνῶσις, ἐκείνους δὲ ἐφʼ οἷς δόξα. ἴσως γὰρ τὴν ἐκλεκτὴν ταύτην φύσιν γνώσεως ἐφιεμένην μαντεύεται, εἰ μή τι τρεῖς τινας ὑποτιθέμενος φύσεις, τρεῖς πολιτείας, ὡς ὑπέλαβόν τινες, διαγράφει, καὶ Ἰουδαίων μὲν ἀργυρᾶν, Ἑλλήνων δὲ τὴν τρίτην, Χριστιανῶν δὲ, οἷς ὁ χρυσὸς ὁ βασιλικὸς ἐγκαταμέμικται, τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
Hothen anankē phēsi gegonenai, aspazesthai te kai philein toutous men tauta ephʼ ois gnōsis, ekeinous de ephʼ hois doxa. isōs gar tēn eklektēn tautēn physin gnōseōs ephiemenēn manteuetai, ei mē ti treis tinas hypotithemenos physeis, treis politeias, hōs hypelabon tines, diagraphei, kai Ioudaiōn men argyran, Hellēnōn de tēn tritēn, Christianōn de, hois ho chrysos ho basilikos enkatamemiktai, to hagion pneuma.
Hence, he says, it is necessary that some love and embrace the things in which there is knowledge, and others those in which there is opinion. For perhaps he divines this elect nature that aspires to knowledge; unless, positing three natures, he describes three polities, as some have supposed: the silver of the Jews, the third of the Greeks, and of the Christians, in whom the royal gold has been mixed, the Holy Spirit.
13.13.20Dindorf 2:201–202
τόν τε Χριστιανῶν βίον ἐμφαίνων κατὰ λέξιν γράφει ἐν τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ ‟Λέγωμεν δὴ περὶ τῶν κορυφαίων· τί γὰρ ἄν τούς γε φαύλως διατρίβοντας ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λέγοι; οὗτοι δέ που οὔτε εἰς ἀγορὰν ἴσασι τὴν ὁδὸν οὔτε ὅπου δικαστήριον ἢ βουλευτήριον ἤ τι κοινὸν ἄλλο τῆς πόλεως συνέδριον, νόμους δὲ καὶ ψηφίσματα λεγόμενα ἢ γεγραμμένα οὔτε ὁρῶσιν οὔτε ἀκούουσι. σπουδαὶ δὲ ἑταιρειῶν καὶ σύνοδοι καὶ σὺν αὐλητρίσι κῶμοι, οὐδὲ ὄναρ πράττειν προσίσταται αὐτοῖς. εὖ δὲ ἢ κακῶς τι γέγονεν ἐν πόλει, ἤ τί τῳ κακόν ἐστι γεγονὸς ἐκ προγόνων, μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς λέληθεν ἢ οἶ τῆς θαλάσσης λεγόμενοι χόες. καὶ ταῦτα οὔθʼ ὅτι οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι τὸ σῶμα μόνον ἐν τῇ πόλει κεῖται αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιδημεῖ, αὐτὸς δὲ πέταται, κατὰ Πίνδαρον, τὰ γᾶς ὑπένερθεν, οὐρανοῦ τε ὕπερ ἀστρονομῶν καὶ πᾶσαν πάντη φύσιν ἐρευνώμενος.”
ton te Christianōn bion emphainōn kata lexin graphei en tǭ Theaitētǭ ‟Legōmen dē peri tōn koryphaiōn; ti gar an tous ge phaulōs diatribontas en philosophią legoi? houtoi de pou oute eis agoran isasi tēn hodon oute hopou dikastērion ē bouleutērion ē ti koinon allo tēs poleōs synedrion, nomous de kai psēphismata legomena ē gegrammena oute horōsin oute akouousi. spoudai de hetaireiōn kai synodoi kai syn aulētrisi kōmoi, oude onar prattein prosistatai autois. eu de ē kakōs ti gegonen en polei, ē ti tǭ kakon esti gegonos ek progonōn, mallon autous lelēthen ē oi tēs thalassēs legomenoi choes. kai tauta outhʼ hoti ouk oiden oiden, alla tǭ onti to sōma monon en tę̄ polei keitai autou kai epidēmei, autos de petatai, kata Pindaron, ta gas hypenerthen, ouranou te hyper astronomōn kai pasan pantē physin ereunōmenos.”
And describing the life of Christians, he writes word for word in the Theaetetus: “Let us speak of the leaders; for why should one speak of those who spend their time in philosophy poorly? These, I suppose, do not know from their youth the way to the marketplace, or where the court or council chamber is, or any other public meeting place of the city; laws and decrees, spoken or written, they neither see nor hear. The eagerness of political clubs for offices, and meetings, and revels with flute-girls, it does not occur to them even in a dream to engage in. Whether anything has happened well or badly in the city, or what evil has come to anyone from his ancestors, escapes them more than the proverbial measures of the sea. And he does not even know that he does not know all these things; but in truth only his body lies and dwells in the city, while he himself flies, as Pindar says, ‘beneath the earth’ and ‘above the heaven,’ studying the stars and searching out every nature everywhere.”
13.13.21Dindorf 2:202
‟Πάλιν αὖ τῷ τοῦ κυρίου ῥητῷ τῷ ἔστω τὸ ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ ἐκεῖνα ἀπεικαστέον ἀλλά μοι ψεῦδός τε συγχωρῆσαι καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἀφανίσαι οὐδαμῶς θέμις. τῷ τε περὶ τοῦ ὀμόσαι ἀπαγορεύσει συνᾴδει ἥδε ἡ ἐν τῇ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων λέξις “ἔπαινός τε ὅρκος τε περὶ παντὸς ἀπέστω.” καὶ τὸ σύνολον Πυθαγόρας καὶ Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων λέγοντες ἀκούειν φωνῆς θεοῦ, τὴν κατασκευὴν τῶν ὅλων θεωροῦντες ἀκριβῶς ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεγονυῖαν καὶ συνεχομένην ἀδιαλείπτως, ἀκηκόασι τοῦ Μώσεως λέγοντος ‘εἶπε καὶ ἐγένετο, τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἔργον εἶναι διαγράφοντος.
‟Palin au tǭ tou kyriou rhētǭ tǭ estō to nai nai kai to ou ou ekeina apeikasteon alla moi pseudos te synchōrēsai kai alētheian aphanisai oudamōs themis. tǭ te peri tou omosai apagoreusei synądei hēde hē en tę̄ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn lexis “epainos te horkos te peri pantos apestō.” kai to synolon Pythagoras kai Sōkratēs kai Platōn legontes akouein phōnēs theou, tēn kataskeuēn tōn holōn theōrountes akribōs hypo theou gegonuian kai synechomenēn adialeiptōs, akēkoasi tou Mōseōs legontos ‘eipe kai egeneto, ton logon tou theou ergon einai diagraphontos.
“Again, with the Lord’s saying, ‘Let your yes be yes and your no no,’ we must compare this: ‘But it is in no way lawful for me to admit a lie and to do away with the truth.’ And with the prohibition of swearing agrees this phrase in the tenth book of the Laws: ‘Let praise and oath be absent from everything.’ And in general, Pythagoras and Socrates and Plato, when they say that they hear the voice of God, contemplating the structure of the universe as made by God accurately and held together without ceasing, have heard Moses saying, ‘He spoke and it came to be,’ describing the word of God as a work.
13.13.22Dindorf 2:202
ἐπί τε τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ χοὸς διαπλάσεως ἱστάμενοι γήινον μὲν οἶ φιλόσοφοι παρʼ ἕκαστα τὸ σῶμα ἀναγορεύουσιν, Ὅμηρος δὲ οὐκ ὀκνεῖ ἐν κατάρας μέρει τίθεσθαι τὸ ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς μὲν πάντες ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα γένοισθε, καθάπερ Ἠσαίας ‘καὶ καταπατήσατε αὐτοὺς’ λέγων ‘ὡς πηλόν.’
epi te tēs tou anthrōpou ek choos diaplaseōs histamenoi gēinon men oi philosophoi parʼ hekasta to sōma anagoreuousin, Homēros de ouk oknei en kataras merei tithesthai to allʼ hymeis men pantes hydōr kai gaia genoisthe, kathaper Ēsaias ‘kai katapatēsate autous’ legōn ‘hōs pēlon.’
And dwelling on the molding of man from dust, the philosophers constantly call the body earthly; and Homer does not hesitate to put as a curse, “But may you all become water and earth,” just as Isaiah says, “And trample them like clay.”
13.13.23Dindorf 2:202–203
Καλλίμαχος δὲ διαρρήδην γράφει ἢν κεῖνος οὑνιαυτὸς, ᾧ ποτὲ πτηνὸν καὶ τοὐν θαλάσσῃ καὶ τὸ τετράπουν οὕτως ἐφθέγγεθʼ, ὡς ὁ πηλὸς ὁ Προμηθέως. πάλιν τε ὁ αὐτὸς ‘εἴ σε ἔφη ‘Προμηθεὺς ἔπλασε, καὶ πηλοῦ μὴ ἐξ ἑτέρου γέγονας.’ Ἡσίοδός τε ἐπὶ τῆς Πανδώρας λέγει Ἥφαιστον δὲ κέλευσε περικλυτὸν ὅττι τάχιστα γαίαν ὕδει φύρειν, ἐν δʼ ἀνθρώπου θέμεν αὐδὴν καὶ νόον.
Kallimachos de diarrēdēn graphei ēn keinos houniautos, hǭ pote ptēnon kai toun thalassę̄ kai to tetrapoun houtōs ephthengethʼ, hōs ho pēlos ho Promētheōs. palin te ho autos ‘ei se ephē ‘Promētheus eplase, kai pēlou mē ex heterou gegonas.’ Hēsiodos te epi tēs Pandōras legei Hēphaiston de keleuse periklyton hotti tachista gaian hydei phyrein, en dʼ anthrōpou themen audēn kai noon.
And Callimachus writes explicitly: “That was the year in which the winged creature, and that in the sea, and the four-footed spoke just as the clay of Prometheus.” And again the same: “If Prometheus molded you, and you are not made of other clay.” And Hesiod says of Pandora: “And he bade famous Hephaestus with all speed mix earth with water, and put in it the voice and mind of a human being.”
13.13.24Dindorf 2:203
πῦρ μὲν οὖν τεχνικὸν, ὁδῷ βαδίζον εἰς γένεσιν, τὴν φύσιν ὁρίζονται οἱ Στωϊκοί· πῦρ δὲ καὶ φῶς ἀλληγορεῖται ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ πρὸς τῆς γραφῆς. τί δέ; οὐχὶ καὶ Ὅμηρος παραφράζων χωρισμὸν τοῦ ὕδατος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τὴν ἐμφανῆ τῆς ξηρᾶς ἐπὶ τῆς Τηθύος καὶ τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ λέγει ἤδη γὰρ δηρὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλων ἀπέχονται εὐνῆς καὶ φιλότητος;
pyr men oun technikon, hodǭ badizon eis genesin, tēn physin horizontai hoi Stōïkoi; pyr de kai phōs allēgoreitai ho theos kai ho logos autou pros tēs graphēs. ti de? ouchi kai Homēros paraphrazōn chōrismon tou hydatos apo tēs gēs kai tēn apokalypsin tēn emphanē tēs xēras epi tēs Tēthyos kai tou Ōkeanou legei ēdē gar dēron chronon allēlōn apechontai eunēs kai philotētos?
The Stoics define nature as craftsmanlike fire, proceeding methodically to generation; and God and his Word are spoken of allegorically by Scripture as fire and light. What then? Does not Homer too, paraphrasing the separation of the water from the earth and the manifest uncovering of the dry land, say of Tethys and Oceanus, “For already for a long time they have kept apart from each other’s bed and love”?
13.13.25Dindorf 2:203
πάλιν τὸ δυνατὸν ἐν πάσι προσάπτουσι καὶ οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι λογιώτατοι τῷ θεῷ· ὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμος, Πυθαγόρειος δὲ ἣν, λέγων οὐδὲν ἐκφεύγει τὸ θεῖον, τοῦτο γινώσκειν σε δεῖ· αὐτός ἐστʼ ἀμῶν ἐπόπτης, ἀδυνατεῖ δʼ οὐδὲν θεός. ὁ μελοποιὸς δὲ θεῷ δυνατὸν ἐκ μελαίνας νυκτὸς ἀμίαντον ὄρσαι φάος, κελαινεφεῖ δὲ σκότει καλύψαι καθαρὸν ἁμέρας σέλας. ὁ μόνος ἡμέρας ἐνεστώσης νύκτα ποιῆσαι δυνάμενος, φησὶ, θεὸς οὗτός ἐστιν.
palin to dynaton en pasi prosaptousi kai hoi parʼ Hellēsi logiōtatoi tǭ theǭ; ho men Epicharmos, Pythagoreios de hēn, legōn ouden ekpheugei to theion, touto ginōskein se dei; autos estʼ amōn epoptēs, adynatei dʼ ouden theos. ho melopoios de theǭ dynaton ek melainas nyktos amianton orsai phaos, kelainephei de skotei kalypsai katharon hameras selas. ho monos hēmeras enestōsēs nykta poiēsai dynamenos, phēsi, theos houtos estin.
Again, the most learned among the Greeks also attribute power in all things to God: Epicharmus, who was a Pythagorean, saying: “Nothing escapes the divine; this you must know; he himself is our overseer, and nothing is impossible for God.” And the lyric poet: “It is possible for God to raise up spotless light out of black night, and to cover with dark-clouded gloom the pure gleam of day.” He alone, he says, who can make night while it is day, is God.
13.13.26Dindorf 2:203–204
ἔν τε τοῖς Φαινομένοις ἐπιγραφομένοις ὁ Ἄρατος Ἐκ Διὸς ἀρχώμεσθα εἰπὼν τὸν οὐδέποτʼ ἄνδρες ἐῶμεν ἄρρητον· μεσταὶ δὲ Δῖός πᾶσαι μὲν ἀγυιαὶ, πᾶσαι δʼ ἀνθρώπων ἀγοραὶ, μεστὴ δὲ θάλασσα, καὶ λιμένες, πάντη δὲ Δῖός κεχρήμεθα πάντες, ἐπιφέρει τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμὲν, οἷον δημιουργίᾳ, ὁ δʼ ἤπιος ἀνθρώποισι δεξιὰ σημαίνει· αὐτὸς γὰρ τέ γε σήματʼ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἐστήριξεν, ἄστρα διακρίνας· ἐσκέψατο δʼ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν ἀστέρας, οἱ κε μάλιστα τετυγμένα σημαίνοιεν ἀνδράσιν ὡράων, ὄφρʼ ἔμπεδα πάντα φύηται· καί μιν ἀεὶ πρῶτόν τε καὶ ὕστατον ἱλάσκονται. χαῖρε, πάτερ, μέγα θαῦμα, μέγʼ ἀνθρώποισιν ὄνειαρ. καὶ πρὸ τούτου δὲ Ὅμηρος ἐπὶ τῆς Ἡφαιστοτεύκτου ἀσπίδος κοσμοποιῶν κατὰ Μωσέα, ἐν μὲν γαῖαν ἔτευξʼ, ἐν δʼ οὐρανὸν, ἐν δὲ θάλασσαν, φησὶν ἐν δὲ τὰ τείρεα πάντα, τά τʼ οὐρανὸς ἐστεφάνωται. ὁ γὰρ διὰ τῶν ποιημάτων καὶ τῶν καταλογάδην συγγραμμάτων ᾀδόμενος Ζεὺς τὴν ἔννοιαν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρει.
en te tois Phainomenois epigraphomenois ho Aratos Ek Dios archōmestha eipōn ton oudepotʼ andres eōmen arrēton; mestai de Dios pasai men aguiai, pasai dʼ anthrōpōn agorai, mestē de thalassa, kai limenes, pantē de Dios kechrēmetha pantes, epipherei tou gar kai genos esmen, hoion dēmiourgią, ho dʼ ēpios anthrōpoisi dexia sēmainei; autos gar te ge sēmatʼ en ouranǭ estērixen, astra diakrinas; eskepsato dʼ eis eniauton asteras, hoi ke malista tetygmena sēmainoien andrasin hōraōn, ophrʼ empeda panta phyētai; kai min aei prōton te kai hystaton hilaskontai. chaire, pater, mega thauma, megʼ anthrōpoisin oneiar. kai pro toutou de Homēros epi tēs Hēphaistoteuktou aspidos kosmopoiōn kata Mōsea, en men gaian eteuxʼ, en dʼ ouranon, en de thalassan, phēsin en de ta teirea panta, ta tʼ ouranos estephanōtai. ho gar dia tōn poiēmatōn kai tōn katalogadēn syngrammatōn ądomenos Zeus tēn ennoian epi ton theon anapherei.
And in the poem entitled Phaenomena Aratus, having said, “From Zeus let us begin, whom we men never leave unspoken; full of Zeus are all the streets, and all the marketplaces of men, and full is the sea and the harbors; and everywhere we all have need of Zeus,” adds, “For we are also his offspring,” that is, by creation, “and he, kindly to men, gives favorable signs. For he himself fixed the signs in heaven, distinguishing the stars, and planned for the year stars that should most give men well-ordered signs of the seasons, that all things might grow steadily. Therefore they always propitiate him first and last. Hail, Father, great wonder, great boon to men!” And before him Homer, making a world in the manner of Moses on the shield wrought by Hephaestus, says, “On it he wrought the earth, on it the heaven, on it the sea,” and, “on it all the constellations with which heaven is crowned.” For the Zeus celebrated in poems and prose writings refers the thought to God.
13.13.27Dindorf 2:204–205
Ἤδη δὲ, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ὑπʼ αὐγὰς ὁ Δημόκριτος εἶναί τινας ὀλίγους γράφει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οἳ δὴ ἀνατείναντες τὰς χεῖρας ἐνταῦθα, οὗ νῦν ἠέρα καλέομεν οἱ Ἕλληνες, πάντα Ζεὺς μυθεῖται, καὶ πάντα οὗτος οἶδε καὶ διδοῖ καὶ ἀφαιρεῖται, καὶ βασιλεὺς οὗτος τῶν πάντων. μυστικώτερον δὲ ὁ μὲν Βοιώτιος Πίνδαρος, ἅτε Πυθαγόρειος ὢν, ‘ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος, ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ ματρὸς πνέομεν ἄμφω, τῆς ὕλης παραδίδωσι, καὶ ἔνα τὸν τούτων δημιουργὸν, τὸν ἀριστοτέχναν πατέρα λέγει, τὸν καὶ τὰς προκοπὰς κατʼ ἀξίαν εἰς θειότητα παρεσχημένον.
Ēdē de, hōs eipein, hypʼ augas ho Dēmokritos einai tinas oligous graphei tōn anthrōpōn, hoi dē anateinantes tas cheiras entautha, hou nyn ēera kaleomen hoi Hellēnes, panta Zeus mytheitai, kai panta houtos oide kai didoi kai aphaireitai, kai basileus houtos tōn pantōn. mystikōteron de ho men Boiōtios Pindaros, hate Pythagoreios ōn, ‘hen andrōn, hen theōn genos, ek mias de matros pneomen amphō, tēs hylēs paradidōsi, kai ena ton toutōn dēmiourgon, ton aristotechnan patera legei, ton kai tas prokopas katʼ axian eis theiotēta pareschēmenon.
Now Democritus writes that a few men, as it were in the light of day, raising their hands toward what we Greeks now call the air, said: “Zeus considers all things, and he knows all and gives and takes away, and he is king of all.” And more mystically Pindar the Boeotian, being a Pythagorean, “One is the race of men, one of gods, and from one mother we both breathe,” that is, matter; and he speaks of one creator of these, whom he calls the father, the best of craftsmen, who also provides advancement to divinity according to merit.
13.13.28Dindorf 2:205
σιωπῶ γὰρ Πλάτωνα, ἅ ἀντικρυς οὖτος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἐραστὸν καὶ Κορίσκον ἐπιστολῇ φαίνεται πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἐκ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν γραφῶν ἐμφαίνων, παρακελευόμενος κατὰ λέξιν, ἐπομνύντας σπουδῇ τε ἅμα μὴ ἀμούσῳ καὶ τῇ τῆς σπουδῆς ἀδελφῇ παιδείᾳ τὸν πάντων θεὸν αἴτιον, καὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος καὶ αἰτίου πατέρα κύριον ἐπομνύντας, ὅν ἐὰν ὀρθῶς φιλοσοφῆτε, εἴσεσθε. ἥ τε ἐν Τιμαίῳ δημηγορία πατέρα λέγει τὸν δημιουργὸν, λέγουσα ὧδέ πως ‘θεοὶ θεῶν, ὦν ἐγὼ πατῆρ δημιουργὸς τε ἔργων.’
siōpō gar Platōna, ha antikrys outos en tę̄ pros Eraston kai Koriskon epistolę̄ phainetai patera kai huion ouk oidʼ hopōs ek tōn Hebraïkōn graphōn emphainōn, parakeleuomenos kata lexin, epomnyntas spoudę̄ te hama mē amousǭ kai tę̄ tēs spoudēs adelphę̄ paideią ton pantōn theon aition, kai tou hēgemonos kai aitiou patera kyrion epomnyntas, hon ean orthōs philosophēte, eisesthe. hē te en Timaiǭ dēmēgoria patera legei ton dēmiourgon, legousa hōde pōs ‘theoi theōn, ōn egō patēr dēmiourgos te ergōn.’
I pass over Plato; he plainly, in the letter to Erastus and Coriscus, appears, I know not how, to indicate the Father and the Son from the Hebrew Scriptures, exhorting them in these words: “swearing with an earnestness not unrefined and with education, the sister of earnestness, by the God of all, the cause, and by the Lord and Father of the ruler and cause, whom, if you rightly pursue philosophy, you will know.” And the speech in the Timaeus calls the Creator Father, saying somewhat thus: “Gods of gods, of whom I am father and maker of works.”
13.13.29Dindorf 2:205
ὥστε καὶ ἐπὰν εἴπῃ ‘περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα πάντα ἐστὶ, κἀκείνου ἕνεκα τὰ πάντα, κἀκεῖνο αἴτιον τῶν καλῶν, δεύτερον δὲ περὶ τὰ δεύτερα καὶ τρίτον περὶ τὰ τρίτα, ’οὐκ ἄλλως ἔγωγε ἐξακούω ἤ τὴν ἀγίαν τριάδα μηνύεσθαι. τρίτον μὲν γὰρ εἶναι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τὸν υἱὸν δἒ δεύτερον, διʼ οὖ πάντα ἐγένετο κατὰ βούλησιν τοῦ πατρός.
hōste kai epan eipę̄ ‘peri ton pantōn basilea panta esti, kakeinou heneka ta panta, kakeino aition tōn kalōn, deuteron de peri ta deutera kai triton peri ta trita, ’ouk allōs egōge exakouō ē tēn agian triada mēnyesthai. triton men gar einai to hagion pneuma, ton huion de deuteron, diʼ ou panta egeneto kata boulēsin tou patros.
So that when he says, “All things are about the King of all, and all things are for his sake, and he is the cause of all things beautiful; and the second about the second, and the third about the third,” I understand nothing else than that the holy Trinity is indicated. For the third is the Holy Spirit, and the Son the second, through whom all things came to be according to the will of the Father.
13.13.30Dindorf 2:205–206
ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ δεκάτοῳ τῆς Πολιτεῖας Ἠρὸς τοῦ Αρμενίου, τὸ γένος Παμφύλου, μέμνηται, ὅς ἐστι Ζωρόαστρις. αὐτὸς γούν ὁ Ζωρόαστρις γράφει ‘τάδε συνέγραψε Ζωρόαστρις ὁ Ἀρμενίου, τὸ γένος Πάμφυλος, ἐν πολέμῳ τελευτήσας, ὅσα ἐν Ἅιδῃ γενόμενος ἐδάην παρὰ θεῶν.’τὸν δὴ Ζωρόαστριν τοῦτον ὁ Πλάτων δωδεκαταῖον ἐπὶ τῇ πυρᾷ κείμενον ἀναβιῶναι λέγει. τάχα μὲν οὐ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνα αἰνίσσεται, ὡς διὰ τῶν δώδεκα ζῳδίων ἡ ὁδὸς ταῖς ψυχαῖς γίνεται εἰς τὴν ἀνάληψιν, αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν γένεσίν φησι τὴν αὐτὴν γίνεσθαι κάθοδον. ταῦτα ὑποληπτέον καὶ τὰ τοῦ Ἡρακλέος ἆθλα λέγεσθαι ιβ΄, μεθʼ ἃ τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου τοῦδε τυγχάνει ἡ ψυχή. οὐ παραπέμπομαι καὶ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα. ὁ φυσικὸς οὗτος τῆς τῶν πάντων ἀναλήψεως μέμνηται ὡς ἐσομένης ποτὲ εἰς τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς οὐσίαν μεταβολῆς.”
ho de autos en tǭ dekatoǭ tēs Politeias Ēros tou Armeniou, to genos Pamphylou, memnētai, hos esti Zōroastris. autos goun ho Zōroastris graphei ‘tade synegrapse Zōroastris ho Armeniou, to genos Pamphylos, en polemǭ teleutēsas, hosa en Haidę̄ genomenos edaēn para theōn.’ton dē Zōroastrin touton ho Platōn dōdekataion epi tę̄ pyrą keimenon anabiōnai legei. tacha men ou tēn anastasin, allʼ ekeina ainissetai, hōs dia tōn dōdeka zǭdiōn hē hodos tais psychais ginetai eis tēn analēpsin, autos de kai eis tēn genesin phēsi tēn autēn ginesthai kathodon. tauta hypolēpteon kai ta tou Hērakleos athla legesthai ib΄, methʼ ha tēs apallagēs pantos tou kosmou toude tynchanei hē psychē. ou parapempomai kai ton Empedoklea. ho physikos houtos tēs tōn pantōn analēpseōs memnētai hōs esomenēs pote eis tēn tou pyros ousian metabolēs.”
The same author in the tenth book of the Republic mentions Er the son of Armenius, a Pamphylian by race, who is Zoroaster. At least Zoroaster himself writes: “These things wrote Zoroaster, son of Armenius, a Pamphylian by race, who died in war, what I learned from the gods when I was in Hades.” This Zoroaster, Plato says, came back to life on the twelfth day while lying on the pyre. Perhaps he hints not at the resurrection but at this: that the way for souls to their taking up is through the twelve signs of the zodiac; and he himself says that the descent to birth is by the same way. In the same way we must understand the twelve labors of Heracles to be spoken of, after which the soul obtains release from this whole world. I do not pass over Empedocles either: this natural philosopher mentions the taking up of all things as going to take place one day, by a change into the substance of fire.”
13.13.31Dindorf 2:206
“Σαφέστατα δʼ Ἡράκλειτος ὁ Ἐφέσιος ταύτης ἐστὶ τῆς δόξης, τὸν μέν τινα κόσμον ἀίδιον εἶναι δοκιμάσας, τὸν δέ τινα φθειρόμενον, τὸν κατὰ τὴν διακόσμησιν, εἰδὼς οὐχ ἕτερον ὄντα ἐκείνου πως ἔχοντος. ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὲν ἀίδιον τὸν ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς οὐσίας ἀιδίως ποιὸν κόσμον ἤδη, φανερὸν ποιεῖ λέγων οὕτως κόσμον τὸν αὐτὸν πάντων οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἢν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστι, καὶ ἔσται, πῦρ ἀείζωον, ἁπτόμενον μέτρα καὶ ἀποσβεννύμενον μέτρα.’ ὅτι δὲ καὶ γεννητὸν καὶ φθαρτὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐδογμάτιζε μηνύει τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα πυρὸς τροπαὶ, πρῶτον θάλασσα, θαλάσσης δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ γῆ, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ πρηστήρ. δυνάμει γὰρ λέγει, ὅτι τὸ πῦρ ὑπὸ τοῦ διοικοῦντος λόγου καὶ θεοῦ τὰ σύμπαντα διʼ ἀέρος τρέπεται εἰς ὑγρὸν, τὸ ὡς σπέρμα τῆς διακοσμήσεως, ὃ καλεῖ θάλασσαν· ἐκ δὲ τούτου αὖθις γίνεται οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐμπεριεχόμενα. ὅπως δὲ πάλιν ἀναλαμβάνεται καὶ ἐκπυροῦται σαφῶς διὰ τούτων δηλοῖ ‘θάλασσα διαχέεται καὶ μετρέεται εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι.’ ὁμοίως καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων τὰ αὐτά.”
“Saphestata dʼ Hērakleitos ho Ephesios tautēs esti tēs doxēs, ton men tina kosmon aidion einai dokimasas, ton de tina phtheiromenon, ton kata tēn diakosmēsin, eidōs ouch heteron onta ekeinou pōs echontos. allʼ hoti men aidion ton ex hapasēs tēs ousias aidiōs poion kosmon ēdē, phaneron poiei legōn houtōs kosmon ton auton pantōn oute tis theōn oute anthrōpōn epoiēsen, allʼ ēn aei kai esti, kai estai, pyr aeizōon, haptomenon metra kai aposbennymenon metra.’ hoti de kai gennēton kai phtharton auton einai edogmatize mēnyei ta epipheromena pyros tropai, prōton thalassa, thalassēs de to men hēmisy gē, to de hēmisy prēstēr. dynamei gar legei, hoti to pyr hypo tou dioikountos logou kai theou ta sympanta diʼ aeros trepetai eis hygron, to hōs sperma tēs diakosmēseōs, ho kalei thalassan; ek de toutou authis ginetai ouranos kai gē kai ta emperiechomena. hopōs de palin analambanetai kai ekpyroutai saphōs dia toutōn dēloi ‘thalassa diacheetai kai metreetai eis ton auton logon, hokoios prosthen ēn ē genesthai.’ homoiōs kai peri tōn allōn stoicheiōn ta auta.”
“Most clearly Heraclitus of Ephesus holds this opinion, judging that there is one world that is everlasting and another that perishes, namely the one in its ordered arrangement, knowing that this is not different from the former in a certain respect. But that he knew the world formed of all substance to be everlasting, he makes plain when he says: ‘This world, the same for all, no one of gods or men made; but it always was and is and will be, ever-living fire, kindled in measures and quenched in measures.’ And that he taught it to be both generated and perishable is shown by what follows: ‘Turnings of fire: first sea; and of sea half is earth and half fiery storm-wind.’ For he says in effect that fire, by the Word and God that governs all things, is turned through air into moisture, which is as it were the seed of the world-ordering, and which he calls sea; and from this again come into being heaven and earth and what they contain. And how it is taken up again and set on fire he makes clear in these words: ‘Sea is poured out and measured into the same proportion as it was before it became earth.’ And likewise the same concerning the other elements.”
13.13.32Dindorf 2:206–207
“ Παραπλήσια τούτῳ καὶ οἶ ἐλλογιμώτατοι τῶν Στωϊκῶν δογματίζουσι περί τε ἐκπυρώσεως ἕως διαλαμβάνοντες καὶ κόσμου διοικήσεως καὶ τοῦ ἰδίως ποιοῦ κόσμου τε καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν ἐπιδιαμονῆς. πάλιν τε αὖ ὁ Πλάτων ἐν μὲν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ τῆς Πολιτείας τὴν ἐνταῦθα ἡμέραν νυκτερινὴν ἡμέραν κέκληκεν διὰ τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας, οἶμαι, τοῦ σκότους τούτου· ὕπνον δὲ καὶ θάνατον τὴν εἰς σῶμα ὁδὸν τῆς ψυχῆς κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Ἡρακλείτῳ. καὶ μή τι τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος προεθέσπιζε τὸ πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦ Δαβὶδ λέγον ‘ἐγὼ ἐκοιμήθην καὶ ὕπνωσα· ἐξηγέρθην, ὅτι κύριος ἀντιλήψεταί μου·’ οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἀνάστασιν μόνον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐξ ὕπνου ἔγερσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν εἰς σάρκα κάθοδον τοῦ κυρίου ὕπνον ἀλληγορεῖ.
“ Paraplēsia toutǭ kai oi ellogimōtatoi tōn Stōïkōn dogmatizousi peri te ekpyrōseōs heōs dialambanontes kai kosmou dioikēseōs kai tou idiōs poiou kosmou te kai anthrōpou kai tēs tōn hēmeterōn psychōn epidiamonēs. palin te au ho Platōn en men tǭ hebdomǭ tēs Politeias tēn entautha hēmeran nykterinēn hēmeran keklēken dia tous kosmokratoras, oimai, tou skotous toutou; hypnon de kai thanaton tēn eis sōma hodon tēs psychēs kata tauta tǭ Hērakleitǭ. kai mē ti touto epi tou sōtēros proethespize to pneuma dia tou Dabid legon ‘egō ekoimēthēn kai hypnōsa; exēgerthēn, hoti kyrios antilēpsetai mou;’ ou gar tēn anastasin monon tou Christou ex hypnou egersin, alla kai tēn eis sarka kathodon tou kyriou hypnon allēgorei.
“Similar to this are the doctrines of the most distinguished of the Stoics about the conflagration, treating of it as well as of the government of the world and of the individual world and man, and of the survival of our souls. And again Plato, in the seventh book of the Republic, has called the day here “a nightly day,” because, I think, of the world-rulers of this darkness; and the soul’s way into the body sleep and death, just as Heraclitus does. And did not the Spirit foretell this of the Savior through David, saying, “I lay down and slept; I awoke, for the Lord will help me”? For he speaks allegorically not only of the resurrection of Christ as rising from sleep, but also of the Lord’s descent into flesh as sleep.
13.13.33Dindorf 2:207
αὐτίκα ὁ αὐτὸς σωτὴρ παρεγγυᾷ, γρηγορεῖτε· οἷον, μελετᾶτε ζῆν καὶ χωρίζειν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος πειρᾶσθε. τήν τε κυριακὴν ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὁ Πλάτων διὰ τούτων καταμαντεύεται “Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοῖς ἐν τῷ λειμῶνι ἑκάστοις ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι γένοιντο, ἀναστάντας ἐντεῦθεν δεῖ τῇ ὀγδόῃ πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἀφικνεῖσθαι τεταρταίους.” “Λειμῶνα μὲν οὖν ἀκουστέον τὴν ἀπλανῆ σφαῖραν, ὡς ἥμερον χωρίον καὶ προσηνὲς καὶ τῶν ὁσίων χῶρον· ἑπτὰ δὲ ἡμέρας ἑκάστην κίνησιν τῶν ἑπτὰ, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐργαστικὴν τέχνην εἰς τέλος ἀναπαύσεως σπεύδουσαν· ἡ δὲ μετὰ τοὺς πλανωμένους πορεία ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἄγει, τουτέστι τὴν ὀγδόην κίνησίν τε καὶ ἡμέραν· τεταρταίους δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπιέναι λέγει, δηλῶν τὴν διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων πορείαν.”
autika ho autos sōtēr parengyą, grēgoreite; hoion, meletate zēn kai chōrizein tēn psychēn tou sōmatos peirasthe. tēn te kyriakēn hēmeran en tǭ dekatǭ tēs Politeias ho Platōn dia toutōn katamanteuetai “Epeidē de tois en tǭ leimōni hekastois hepta hēmerai genointo, anastantas enteuthen dei tę̄ ogdoę̄ poreuesthai kai aphikneisthai tetartaious.” “Leimōna men oun akousteon tēn aplanē sphairan, hōs hēmeron chōrion kai prosēnes kai tōn hosiōn chōron; hepta de hēmeras hekastēn kinēsin tōn hepta, kai pasan tēn ergastikēn technēn eis telos anapauseōs speudousan; hē de meta tous planōmenous poreia epi ton ouranon agei, toutesti tēn ogdoēn kinēsin te kai hēmeran; tetartaious de tas psychas apienai legei, dēlōn tēn dia tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn poreian.”
Indeed the Savior himself charges us, “Watch,” that is, practice how to live, and try to separate the soul from the body. And Plato divines the Lord’s day in the tenth book of the Republic in these words: “And when seven days had passed for each of those in the meadow, they had to rise up from there on the eighth and journey, and arrive on the fourth day.” “By the meadow we must understand the fixed sphere, as a gentle and pleasant place and the place of the holy; by the seven days, each movement of the seven, and all the working art hastening to its end of rest; and the journey after the planets leads to heaven, that is, to the eighth movement and day. And he says the souls go away on the fourth day, indicating the passage through the four elements.”
13.13.34Dindorf 2:207–208
“Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην ἱερὰν οὐ μόνον οἱ Ἑβραῖοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἴσασι, καθʼ ἣν ὁ πᾶς κόσμος κυκλεῖται τῶν ζωογονουμένων καὶ φυομένων ἀπάντων. Ἡσίοδος μὲν οὖν οὕτω περὶ αὐτῆς λέγει πρῶτον ἔνη τετράς τε καὶ ἑβδόμη ἱερὸν ἦμαρ. καὶ πάλιν ἑβδομάτη δʼ αὖθις λαμπρὸν φάος ἠελίοιο. Ὅμηρος δὲ ἑβδομάτη δἤπειτα κατήλυθεν ἱερὸν ἦμαρ. καὶ ‘ἑβδόμη ἦν ἱερή.’ καὶ πάλιν ἕβδομον ἦμαρ ἔην, καὶ τῷ τετέλεστο ἅπαντα. καὶ αὖθις ἑβδομάτῃ δʼ ἠοῖ λίπομεν ῥόον ἐξ Ἀχέροντος. ναὶ μὴν καὶ Καλλίμαχος ὁ ποιητὴς γράφει ἑβδομάτῃ δʼ ἠοῖ, καί οἱ ἐτέτυκτο ἅπαντα. καὶ πάλιν ἑβδόμη εἰν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ γενέθλη. καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐν πρώτοισι καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ τελεία. καὶ ἑπτὰ δὲ πάντα τέτυκτο ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀστερόεντι, ἐν κύκλοισι φανέντʼ ἐπιτελλομένοις ἐνιαυτοῖς.”
“Alla kai tēn hebdomēn hieran ou monon hoi Hebraioi, alla kai hoi Hellēnes isasi, kathʼ hēn ho pas kosmos kykleitai tōn zōogonoumenōn kai phyomenōn apantōn. Hēsiodos men oun houtō peri autēs legei prōton enē tetras te kai hebdomē hieron ēmar. kai palin hebdomatē dʼ authis lampron phaos ēelioio. Homēros de hebdomatē dēpeita katēlythen hieron ēmar. kai ‘hebdomē ēn hierē.’ kai palin hebdomon ēmar eēn, kai tǭ tetelesto hapanta. kai authis hebdomatę̄ dʼ ēoi lipomen rhoon ex Acherontos. nai mēn kai Kallimachos ho poiētēs graphei hebdomatę̄ dʼ ēoi, kai hoi etetykto hapanta. kai palin hebdomē ein agathois kai hebdomē esti genethlē. kai hebdomē en prōtoisi kai hebdomē esti teleia. kai hepta de panta tetykto en ouranǭ asteroenti, en kykloisi phanentʼ epitellomenois eniautois.”
“Not only the Hebrews but also the Greeks know the seventh day as holy, according to which the whole world of all living things and growing things revolves. Hesiod speaks thus of it: ‘First the first of the month, the fourth, and the seventh, a holy day.’ And again: ‘And on the seventh again the bright light of the sun.’ And Homer: ‘And then on the seventh came down the holy day.’ And ‘The seventh was holy.’ And again: ‘It was the seventh day, and on it all things had been finished.’ And again: ‘And on the seventh dawn we left the stream of Acheron.’ Indeed Callimachus the poet also writes: ‘On the seventh dawn all things had been made for him.’ And again: ‘The seventh is among the good, and the seventh is birth.’ And ‘The seventh among the first, and the seventh is perfect.’ And ‘All things were made seven in the starry heaven, appearing in circles as the years come round.’”
13.13.35Dindorf 2:208–209
“Ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ Σόλωνος ἐλεγεῖαι σφόδρα τὴν ἑβδομάδα ἐκθειάζουσι.” “Τὰ δὲ οὐχὶ παραπλήσια τῇ λεγούσῃ γραφῇ ‘ἄρωμεν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν τὸν δίκαιον, ὅτι δύσχρηστος ἡμῖν ἐστιν, ὁ Πλάτων μονονουχὶ προφητεύων τὴν σωτήριον οἰκονομίαν ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τῆς Πολιτείας οὕτω φησὶν “Οὕτω δὲ διακείμενος ὁ δίκαιος μαστιγώσεται, ἐκκοπήσεται τὼ ὀφθαλμὼ, τελευτῶν πάντα κακὰ παθὼν ἀνασκινδυλευθήσεται.” “Ὅ τε Σωκρατικὸς Ἀντισθένης παραφράζων τὴν προφητικὴν ἐκείνην γραφὴν ‘τίνι με ὡμοιώσατε; λέγει κύριοςʼ οὐδενὶ ἐοικέναι φησὶ, διόπερ αὐτὸν οὐδεὶς ἐκμαθεῖν ἐξ εἰκόνος δύναται. τὰ δὲ ὅμοια καὶ Ξενοφῶν ὁ Ἀθηναῖος κατὰ λέξιν λέγει ὁ γοῦν πάντα σείων καὶ ἀτρεμίζων, ὡς μὲν μέγας τις καὶ δυνατὸς φανερὸς, ὁποῖος δʼ ἐστὶ μορφὴν ἀφανής. οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ παμφαὴς δοκῶν εἶναι ἥλιος, οὐδʼ οὗτος ἔοικεν ὁρᾶν αὑτὸν ἐπιτρέπειν, ἀλλʼ ἤν τις ἀναιδῶς αὐτὸν θεάσηται, τὴν ὄψιν ἀφαιρεῖται.” τίς γὰρ σὰρξ δύναται τὸν ἐπουράνιον καὶ ἀληθῆ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδεῖν θεὸν ἄμβροτον, ὃς πόλον οἰκεῖ; ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἀκτίνων κατʼ ἐναντίον ἠελίοιο ἄνθρωποι στῆναι δυνατοὶ, θνητοὶ γεγαῶτες, προεῖπεν ἡ Σίβυλλα.
“Alla kai hai Solōnos elegeiai sphodra tēn hebdomada ektheiazousi.” “Ta de ouchi paraplēsia tę̄ legousę̄ graphę̄ ‘arōmen aphʼ hēmōn ton dikaion, hoti dyschrēstos hēmin estin, ho Platōn mononouchi prophēteuōn tēn sōtērion oikonomian en tǭ deuterǭ tēs Politeias houtō phēsin “Houtō de diakeimenos ho dikaios mastigōsetai, ekkopēsetai tō ophthalmō, teleutōn panta kaka pathōn anaskindyleuthēsetai.” “Ho te Sōkratikos Antisthenēs paraphrazōn tēn prophētikēn ekeinēn graphēn ‘tini me hōmoiōsate? legei kyriosʼ oudeni eoikenai phēsi, dioper auton oudeis ekmathein ex eikonos dynatai. ta de homoia kai Xenophōn ho Athēnaios kata lexin legei ho goun panta seiōn kai atremizōn, hōs men megas tis kai dynatos phaneros, hopoios dʼ esti morphēn aphanēs. oude mēn ho pamphaēs dokōn einai hēlios, oudʼ houtos eoiken horan hauton epitrepein, allʼ ēn tis anaidōs auton theasētai, tēn opsin aphaireitai.” tis gar sarx dynatai ton epouranion kai alēthē ophthalmoisin idein theon ambroton, hos polon oikei? allʼ oudʼ aktinōn katʼ enantion ēelioio anthrōpoi stēnai dynatoi, thnētoi gegaōtes, proeipen hē Sibylla.
“The elegies of Solon too greatly deify the number seven.” “And is it not like the Scripture which says, ‘Let us take away the just man from among us, for he is troublesome to us,’ when Plato, all but prophesying the saving dispensation, says in the second book of the Republic: ‘Being so disposed, the just man will be scourged, will have his eyes gouged out, and at last, having suffered every evil, will be impaled’?” “And the Socratic Antisthenes, paraphrasing that prophetic Scripture, ‘To whom have you likened me? says the Lord,’ says that God is like no one, and that therefore no one can learn him from an image. And Xenophon the Athenian says similar things word for word: ‘He who shakes all things and makes them still is manifest as great and mighty, but what he is like in form is unseen. Not even the sun, which seems to give light to all, allows itself to be looked at; but if anyone gazes at it shamelessly, it takes away his sight.’” “For what flesh can see with its eyes the heavenly and true God, immortal, who dwells in the sky? Not even against the rays of the sun can men stand, being born mortal,” the Sibyl foretold.
13.13.36Dindorf 2:209
εὖ γοῦν καὶ Ξενοφάνης ὁ Κολοφώνιος διδάσκων ὅτι εἶς καὶ ἀσώματος ὁ θεὸς ἐπιφέρει εἰς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστος, οὔ τι δέμας θνητοῖσιν ὁμοίιος, οὐδὲ νόημα. καὶ πάλιν — — ἀλλʼ οἱ βροτοὶ δοκοῦσι γεννᾶσθαι θεοὺς. τὴν σφετέρην δʼ ἐσθῆτα ἔχειν φωνήν τε δέμας τε. καὶ πάλιν — — ἀλλʼ εἰ χεῖρας ἔχον βόες, ἠὲ λέοντες, ἢ γράψαι χείρεσσι καὶ ἔργα τελεῖν ἅπερ ἄνδρες, ἵπποι μέν θʼ ἵπποισι, βόες δέ τε βουσὶν ὅμοιοι, καί κε θεῶν ἰδέας ἔγραφον, καὶ σώματʼ ἐποίουν τοιαῦθʼ, οἷόν περ καὐτοὶ δέμας εἶχον ὅμοιον.
eu goun kai Xenophanēs ho Kolophōnios didaskōn hoti eis kai asōmatos ho theos epipherei eis theos en te theoisi kai anthrōpoisi megistos, ou ti demas thnētoisin homoiios, oude noēma. kai palin — — allʼ hoi brotoi dokousi gennasthai theous. tēn spheterēn dʼ esthēta echein phōnēn te demas te. kai palin — — allʼ ei cheiras echon boes, ēe leontes, ē grapsai cheiressi kai erga telein haper andres, hippoi men thʼ hippoisi, boes de te bousin homoioi, kai ke theōn ideas egraphon, kai sōmatʼ epoioun toiauthʼ, hoion per kautoi demas eichon homoion.
Well, then, does Xenophanes of Colophon also teach that God is one and incorporeal, adding: “One God, greatest among gods and men, like mortals neither in body nor in thought.” And again: “But mortals think that gods are born, and have their own clothing and voice and body.” And again: “But if oxen or lions had hands, or could paint with their hands and do the works that men do, horses would paint the forms of the gods like horses, and oxen like oxen, and would make their bodies such as the body each of them has.”
13.13.37Dindorf 2:209–210
ἀκούσωμεν οὖν πάλιν Βακχυλίδου μὲν τοῦ μελοποιοῦ περὶ τοῦ θείου λέγοντος οἱ μὲν ἀδμῆτες ἀεικελίων νούσων εἰσὶ καὶ ἀναίτιοι, οὐδὲν ἀνθρώποις εἴκελοι. Κλεάνθους τε τοῦ Στωϊκοῦ ἔν τινι ποιήματι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα γεγραφότος ἄκουε τἀγαθὸν ἐρωτᾷς μʼ οἷόν ἐστʼ; ἄκουε δή. τεταγμένον, δίκαιον, ὅσιον, εὐσεβὲς, κρατοῦν ἑαυτοῦ, χρήσιμον, καλὸν, δέον, αὐστηρὸν, αὐθέκαστον, ἀεισύμφορον, ἄφοβον, ἄλυπον, λυσιτελὲς, ἀνώδυνον, ὠφέλιμον, εὐάρεστον, ἀσφαλὲς, φίλον, ἔντιμον, ὁμολογούμενον, εὐκλεὲς, ἄτυφον, ἐπιμελὲς, πρᾶον, σφοδρὸν, χρονιζόμενον, ἄμεμπτον, ἀεὶ διαμένον.
akousōmen oun palin Bakchylidou men tou melopoiou peri tou theiou legontos hoi men admētes aeikeliōn nousōn eisi kai anaitioi, ouden anthrōpois eikeloi. Kleanthous te tou Stōïkou en tini poiēmati peri tou theou tauta gegraphotos akoue tagathon erōtąs mʼ hoion estʼ? akoue dē. tetagmenon, dikaion, hosion, eusebes, kratoun heautou, chrēsimon, kalon, deon, austēron, authekaston, aeisymphoron, aphobon, alypon, lysiteles, anōdynon, ōphelimon, euareston, asphales, philon, entimon, homologoumenon, euklees, atyphon, epimeles, praon, sphodron, chronizomenon, amempton, aei diamenon.
Let us hear again Bacchylides the lyric poet saying of the divine: “They are untouched by shameful diseases and blameless, in no way like men.” And hear Cleanthes the Stoic, who has written this about God in a certain poem: “You ask me what the good is like? Hear then: ordered, just, holy, pious, master of itself, useful, beautiful, fitting, austere, straightforward, always advantageous, fearless, painless, profitable, without grief, helpful, pleasing, secure, friendly, honored, consistent, of good repute, free from vanity, caring, gentle, vehement, lasting, blameless, ever abiding.”
13.13.38Dindorf 2:210
ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον τὴν τῶν πολλῶν διαβάλλων εἰδωλολατρίαν ἐπιφέρει ἀνελεύθερος πᾶς ὅστις εἰς δόξαν βλέπει, ὡς δὴ παρʼ ἐκείνης τευξόμενός τινος καλοῦ. οὔκουν ἔτι κατὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν δόξαν περὶ τοῦ θείου ὑποληπτέον· — — οὐδὲ γὰρ λάθρα δοκῶ, φωτὸς κακούργου σχήματʼ ἐκμιμούμενον, σοὶ τήνδʼ ἐς εὐνὴν, ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπον, μολεῖν, Ἀμφίων λέγει τῇ Ἀντιόπῃ. ὁ Σοφοκλῆς δὲ εὐθυρρημόνως γράφει τὴν τοῦδε γάρ τοι Ζεὺς ἔγημε μητέρα, οὐ χρυσόμορφος, οὐδʼ ἐπημφιεσμένος πτίλον κύκνειον, ὡς κόρην Πλευρωνίαν ὑπημβρύωσεν, ἀλλʼ ὁλοσχερὴς ἀνήρ. εἶτα ὑπελθὼν καὶ δὴ ἐπήγαγε ταχὺς δὲ βαθμοῖς νυμφικοῖς ἐπεστάθη ὁ μοιχός. ἐφʼ οἷς ἔτι φανερώτερον τὴν ἀκρασίαν τοῦ μυθοποιουμένου Διὸς ὧδέ πως ἐκδιηγεῖται ὁ δʼ οὔτε δαιτὸς οὔτε χέρνιβος θιγὼν πρὸς λέκτρον ᾔει καρδίαν ὠδαγμένος, ὅλην δʼ ἐκείνην εὐφρόνην ἐθόρνυτο.
ho de autos kata to siōpōmenon tēn tōn pollōn diaballōn eidōlolatrian epipherei aneleutheros pas hostis eis doxan blepei, hōs dē parʼ ekeinēs teuxomenos tinos kalou. oukoun eti kata tēn tōn pollōn doxan peri tou theiou hypolēpteon; — — oude gar lathra dokō, phōtos kakourgou schēmatʼ ekmimoumenon, soi tēndʼ es eunēn, hōsper anthrōpon, molein, Amphiōn legei tę̄ Antiopę̄. ho Sophoklēs de euthyrrēmonōs graphei tēn toude gar toi Zeus egēme mētera, ou chrysomorphos, oudʼ epēmphiesmenos ptilon kykneion, hōs korēn Pleurōnian hypēmbryōsen, allʼ holoscherēs anēr. eita hypelthōn kai dē epēgage tachys de bathmois nymphikois epestathē ho moichos. ephʼ hois eti phanerōteron tēn akrasian tou mythopoioumenou Dios hōde pōs ekdiēgeitai ho dʼ oute daitos oute chernibos thigōn pros lektron ę̄ei kardian ōdagmenos, holēn dʼ ekeinēn euphronēn ethornyto.
And the same writer, tacitly attacking the idolatry of the many, adds: “Every man is ignoble who looks to opinion, as though he will obtain something good from it.” We must not, then, any longer form our ideas of the divine according to the opinion of the many: “For I do not think that Zeus, imitating the form of a wicked man, came secretly to your bed, like a human being,” Amphion says to Antiope. But Sophocles writes outspokenly: “The mother of this man Zeus wedded, not golden-formed, nor clad in swan’s plumage, as when he got the Pleuronian maiden with child, but wholly a man.” Then going on he added: “And swiftly on the bridal steps stood the adulterer.” Upon which he relates still more plainly the incontinence of the Zeus of fable, somewhat thus: “He, touching neither feast nor lustral water, went to the bed with his heart stung, and the whole of that night he leapt upon her.”
13.13.39Dindorf 2:210–211
ταυτὶ μὲν οὖν παρείσθω ταῖς τῶν θεάτρων ἀνοίαις. ἄντικρυς δὲ ὁ μὲν Ἡράκλειτος, τοῦ λόγου τοῦ δέοντος ἀεὶ, φησὶν, ἀξύνετοι γίγνονται ἄνθρωποι, καὶ πρόσθεν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ἀκούσαντες τὸ πρῶτον. ὁ μελοποιὸς δὲ Μελανιππίδης ᾄδων φησὶ κλῦθί μοι, ὢ πάτερ, θαῦμα βροτῶν, τᾶς ἀειζώου ψυχὰς μεδέων. Παρμενίδης τε ὁ μέγας, ὥς φησιν ἐν Σοφιστῇ Πλάτων, ὧδέ πως περὶ τοῦ θείου γράφει πολλὰ μάλʼ ὡς ἀγένητον ἐὸν καὶ ἀνώλεθρόν ἐστι, οὖλον, μουνογενὲς δὲ καὶ ἀτρεμὲς ἠδʼ ἀγένητον. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Ἡσίοδος αὐτὸς γὰρ πάντων φησὶ) βασιλεὺς καὶ κοίρανός ἐστιν ἀθανάτων, σέο δʼ οὔ τις ἐρήρισται κράτος ἄλλος.
tauti men oun pareisthō tais tōn theatrōn anoiais. antikrys de ho men Hērakleitos, tou logou tou deontos aei, phēsin, axynetoi gignontai anthrōpoi, kai prosthen ē akousai kai akousantes to prōton. ho melopoios de Melanippidēs ądōn phēsi klythi moi, ō pater, thauma brotōn, tas aeizōou psychas medeōn. Parmenidēs te ho megas, hōs phēsin en Sophistę̄ Platōn, hōde pōs peri tou theiou graphei polla malʼ hōs agenēton eon kai anōlethron esti, oulon, mounogenes de kai atremes ēdʼ agenēton. alla kai ho Hēsiodos autos gar pantōn phēsi) basileus kai koiranos estin athanatōn, seo dʼ ou tis erēristai kratos allos.
Let these things be left to the follies of the theaters. But plainly Heraclitus says: “Of the Word that is needful men are always without understanding, both before they hear it and when they have first heard it.” And the lyric poet Melanippides sings: “Hear me, O Father, wonder of mortals, ruler of the ever-living soul.” And the great Parmenides, as Plato says in the Sophist, writes somewhat thus of the divine: “Very many signs that being is unborn and imperishable, whole, unique, unshaken, and unborn.” And Hesiod too: “For he,” he says, “is king and lord of all the immortals; and no other has vied with you in might.”
13.13.40Dindorf 2:211
Ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἡ τραγῳδία ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων ἀποσπῶσα εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβλέπειν διδάσκει. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Σοφοκλῆς, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ τὰς ἱστορίας συνταξάμενος ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἅβραμον καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους, ἄντικρυς ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκβοᾷ εἶς ταῖς ἀληθείαισιν, εἶς ἐστὶν θεὸς, ὃς οὐρανόν τʼ ἔτευξε καὶ γαῖαν μακρὴν, πόντου τε χαροπὸν οἶδμα κἀνέμων βίας. θνητοὶ δὲ πολλοὶ καρδίαν πλανώμενοι ἱδρυσάμεσθα πημάτων παραψυχὴν θεῶν ἀγάλματʼ ἐκ λίθων, ἢ χαλκέων, ἢ χρυσοτεύκτων, ἢ ἐλεφαντίνων τύπους. θυσίας τε τούτοις καὶ καλὰς πανηγύρεις στέφοντες, οὕτως εὐσεβεῖν νομίζομεν.
Nai mēn kai hē tragǭdia apo tōn eidōlōn apospōsa eis ton ouranon anablepein didaskei. ho men gar Sophoklēs, hōs phēsin Hekataios ho tas historias syntaxamenos en tǭ kata Habramon kai tous Aigyptious, antikrys epi tēs skēnēs ekboą eis tais alētheiaisin, eis estin theos, hos ouranon tʼ eteuxe kai gaian makrēn, pontou te charopon oidma kanemōn bias. thnētoi de polloi kardian planōmenoi hidrysamestha pēmatōn parapsychēn theōn agalmatʼ ek lithōn, ē chalkeōn, ē chrysoteuktōn, ē elephantinōn typous. thysias te toutois kai kalas panēgyreis stephontes, houtōs eusebein nomizomen.
Indeed, tragedy too, drawing away from idols, teaches us to look up to heaven. For Sophocles, as Hecataeus, who composed the histories, says in his work on Abraham and the Egyptians, cries out plainly on the stage: “One in truth, one is God, who made the heaven and the wide earth, and the gleaming swell of the sea, and the might of the winds. But we mortals, many of us straying in heart, set up as a comfort for our troubles images of the gods of stone, or of bronze, or forms wrought of gold or ivory; and crowning these with sacrifices and fine festivals, we think so to be pious.”
13.13.41Dindorf 2:211–212
Εὐριπίδης δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς σκηνῆς τραγῳδῶν ὁρᾷς φησὶ) τὸν ὑψοῦ τόνδʼ ἄπειρον αἰθέρα καὶ γῆν πέριξ ἔχονθʼ ὑγραῖς ἐν ἀγκάλαις; τοῦτον νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν. ἔν τε τῷ Πειρίθῳ δράματι ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ τάδε τραγῳδεῖ σὲ τὸν αὐτοφυῆ, τὸν ἐν αἰθερίῳ ῥόμβῳ πάντων φύσιν ἐμπλέξανθʼ ὃν πέρι μὲν φῶς, περὶ δʼ ὀρφναία νὺξ αἰολόχρως, ἄκριτός τʼ ἄστρων ὄχλος ἐνδελεχῶς ἀμφιχορεύει. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸν μὲν αὐτοφυῆ τὸν δημιουργὸν νοῦν εἴρηκε, τὰ δʼ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου τάσσεται, ἐν ᾧ καὶ αἱ ἐναντιότητες φωτός τε καὶ σκότους. ὅ τε Εὐφορίωνος Αἰσχύλος ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ σεμνῶς σφόδρα φησὶ Ζεύς ἐστιν αἰθὴρ, Ζεὺς δὲ γῆ, Ζεὺς δʼ οὐρανὸς, Ζεύς τοι τὰ πάντα, χὤτι τῶνδʼ ὑπέρτερον.
Euripidēs de epi tēs autēs skēnēs tragǭdōn horąs phēsi) ton hypsou tondʼ apeiron aithera kai gēn perix echonthʼ hygrais en ankalais? touton nomize Zēna, tondʼ hēgou theon. en te tǭ Peirithǭ dramati ho autos kai tade tragǭdei se ton autophyē, ton en aitheriǭ rhombǭ pantōn physin emplexanthʼ hon peri men phōs, peri dʼ orphnaia nyx aiolochrōs, akritos tʼ astrōn ochlos endelechōs amphichoreuei. entautha gar ton men autophyē ton dēmiourgon noun eirēke, ta dʼ hexēs epi tou kosmou tassetai, en hǭ kai hai enantiotētes phōtos te kai skotous. ho te Euphoriōnos Aischylos epi tou theou semnōs sphodra phēsi Zeus estin aithēr, Zeus de gē, Zeus dʼ ouranos, Zeus toi ta panta, chōti tōndʼ hyperteron.
And Euripides, writing tragedy on the same stage, says: “Do you see this boundless ether on high, holding the earth around in its moist arms? This consider Zeus, this hold to be God.” And in the drama Pirithous the same writes this in tragic verse: “You, self-generated, who wove the nature of all things in the ethereal whirl, round whom light and dark, spangled night, and the countless throng of stars dance forever.” For here he has called the creative mind self-generated, and what follows applies to the world, in which there are also the opposites of light and darkness. And Aeschylus son of Euphorion says very solemnly of God: “Zeus is ether, Zeus is earth, Zeus is heaven, Zeus is all things, and whatever is higher than these.”
13.13.42Dindorf 2:212
οἶδα ἐγὼ καὶ Πλάτωνα προσμαρτυροῦντα Ἡρακλείτῳ γράφοντι “ἕν τὸ σοφὸν μοῦνον λέγεσθαι οὐκ ἐθέλει, καὶ ἐθέλει Ζηνὸς οὔνομα.” καὶ πάλιν “νόμος καὶ βουλῇ πείθεσθαι ἐνός.” κἂν τὸ ῥητὸν ἐκεῖνο ἀναγαγεῖν ἐθέλῃς “ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω” εὕροις ἂν ὧδε ἐμφαινόμενον πρὸς τοῦ Ἐφεσίου “ἀξύνετοι ἀκούσαντες κωφοῖσιν ἐοίκασι· φάτις αὐτοῖσι μαρτυρεῖ παρεόντας ἀπεῖναι.” ἀλλʼ ἄντικρυς μίαν ἀρχὴν καὶ παρʼ Ἑλλήνων ἀκοῦσαι ποθεῖς; Τίμαιος ὁ Λοκρὸς ἐν τῷ φυσικῷ συγγράμματι κατὰ λέξιν ὧδέ μοι μαρτυρήσει “μία ἀρχὰ πάντων ἐστὶν ἀγένητος· εἰ γὰρ ἐγένετο, οὐκ ἂν ἦν ἔτι ἀρχὰ, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνα ἐξ ἇς ἁ ἀρχὰ ἐγένετο.” ἐρρύη γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν ἡ δόξα ἡ ἀληθινὴ “ἄκουε (φησὶν) Ἰσραὴλ, κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἶς ἐστὶ, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις.” οὕτος ἰδοὺ πάντεσσι σαφὴς ἀπλάνητος ὑπάρχει, ὥς φησιν ἡ Σίβυλλα.
oida egō kai Platōna prosmartyrounta Hērakleitǭ graphonti “hen to sophon mounon legesthai ouk ethelei, kai ethelei Zēnos ounoma.” kai palin “nomos kai boulę̄ peithesthai enos.” kan to rhēton ekeino anagagein ethelę̄s “ho echōn ōta akouein akouetō” heurois an hōde emphainomenon pros tou Ephesiou “axynetoi akousantes kōphoisin eoikasi; phatis autoisi martyrei pareontas apeinai.” allʼ antikrys mian archēn kai parʼ Hellēnōn akousai potheis? Timaios ho Lokros en tǭ physikǭ syngrammati kata lexin hōde moi martyrēsei “mia archa pantōn estin agenētos; ei gar egeneto, ouk an ēn eti archa, allʼ ekeina ex has ha archa egeneto.” erryē gar ekeithen hē doxa hē alēthinē “akoue (phēsin) Israēl, kyrios ho theos sou eis esti, kai autǭ monǭ latreuseis.” houtos idou pantessi saphēs aplanētos hyparchei, hōs phēsin hē Sibylla.
I know too that Plato bears witness with Heraclitus when he writes: “The one wise thing is unwilling and willing to be called by the name of Zeus.” And again: “It is law also to obey the counsel of one.” And if you wish to trace that saying, “He who has ears to hear, let him hear,” you would find it set out thus by the Ephesian: “Those without understanding, though they hear, are like the deaf; the saying bears witness to them: present, they are absent.” But do you long to hear plainly of one first principle from the Greeks too? Timaeus of Locri, in his work on nature, will bear witness to me word for word thus: “There is one principle of all things, unbegotten; for if it had come into being, it would no longer be a principle, but that from which the principle came into being.” For from there flowed the true opinion: “Hear, O Israel,” it says, “the Lord your God is one, and him only shall you serve.” “See, he is clear to all, unerring,” as the Sibyl says.
13.13.43Dindorf 2:212–213
Ξενοκράτης τε ὁ Καρχηδόνιος τὸν μὲν ὕπατον Δία, τὸν δὲ νέατον καλῶν, ἔμφασιν πατρὸς ἀπολείπει καὶ υἱοῦ. καὶ τὸ παραδοξότατον, γινώσκειν φαίνεται τὸ θεῖον ὁ ἀνθρωποπαθεῖς εἰσάγων τοὺς θεούς· ὃν οὐδʼ οὕτως αἰδεῖται Ἐπίκουρος. φησὶ γοῦν τίπτε με, Πηλέος υἱὲ, ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκεις, αὐτὸς θνητὸς ἐὼν, θεὸν ἄμβροτον; οὐδέ νυ πώ με ἔγνως ὡς θεός εἰμι. οὐχ ἁλωτὸν γὰρ εἶναι θνητῷ οὐδὲ καταληπτὸν τὸ θεῖον οὔτε ποσὶν οὔτε χερσὶν οὔτε ὀφθαλμοῖς οὐδʼ ὅλως τῷ σώματι δεδήλωκε. “τίνι ὡμοιώσατε κύριον; ἢ τίνι ὁμοιώματι ὡμοιώσατε αὐτόν;” φησὶν ἡ γραφή. “μὴ εἰκόνα ἐποίησε τέκτων, ἢ χρυσοχόος, χωνεύσας χρυσίον, περιεχρύσωσεν αὐτόν;” καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις.
Xenokratēs te ho Karchēdonios ton men hypaton Dia, ton de neaton kalōn, emphasin patros apoleipei kai huiou. kai to paradoxotaton, ginōskein phainetai to theion ho anthrōpopatheis eisagōn tous theous; hon oudʼ houtōs aideitai Epikouros. phēsi goun tipte me, Pēleos huie, posin tacheessi diōkeis, autos thnētos eōn, theon ambroton? oude ny pō me egnōs hōs theos eimi. ouch halōton gar einai thnētǭ oude katalēpton to theion oute posin oute chersin oute ophthalmois oudʼ holōs tǭ sōmati dedēlōke. “tini hōmoiōsate kyrion? ē tini homoiōmati hōmoiōsate auton?” phēsin hē graphē. “mē eikona epoiēse tektōn, ē chrysochoos, chōneusas chrysion, periechrysōsen auton?” kai ta epi toutois.
And Xenocrates of Chalcedon, calling the one Zeus the highest and the other the lowest, leaves an indication of the Father and the Son. And, most surprising, he who introduces the gods with human passions (Homer) appears to know the divine; and Epicurus does not respect him even so. He says, at least: “Why, son of Peleus, do you pursue me with swift feet, being yourself mortal, me an immortal god? Not yet have you known that I am a god.” For he has shown that the divine cannot be caught or grasped by a mortal, neither with feet nor hands nor eyes, nor at all with the body. “To whom have you likened the Lord? Or with what likeness have you likened him?” says the Scripture. “Has a carpenter made an image, or a goldsmith, having melted gold, gilded it over?” and so on.
13.13.44Dindorf 2:213
ὅ τε κωμικὸς Ἐπίχαρμος σαφῶς περὶ τοῦ λόγου ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ λέγει ὧδέ πως ὁ βίος ἀνθρώποις λογισμοῦ κἀριθμοῦ δεῖται πάνυ· ζῶμεν δʼ ἐν ἀριθμῷ καὶ λογισμῷ· ταῦτα γὰρ σώζει βροτούς. εἶτα διαρρήδην ἐπιφέρει ὁ λόγος ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ, κατὰ τρόπον σώζει. εἶτα εἰ ἔστιν ἀνθρώπων λογισμὸς, ἔστι καὶ θεῖος λόγος. ὁ λόγος ἀνθρώπῳ πέφυκε περὶ βίου καταστροφάς. ὁ δέ γε τὰς τέχνας ἅπασι συνέπεται θεῖος λόγος, ἐκδιδάσκων αὐτὸς αὐτοὺς, ὅ τι ποιεῖν δεῖ συμφέρον. οὐ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος τέχναν εὑρʼ, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ταύταν φέρει. ὁ δέ γε τἀνθρώπου λόγος πέφυκεν ἀπό γε τοῦ θείου λόγου.
ho te kōmikos Epicharmos saphōs peri tou logou en tę̄ Politeią legei hōde pōs ho bios anthrōpois logismou karithmou deitai pany; zōmen dʼ en arithmǭ kai logismǭ; tauta gar sōzei brotous. eita diarrēdēn epipherei ho logos anthrōpous kyberną, kata tropon sōzei. eita ei estin anthrōpōn logismos, esti kai theios logos. ho logos anthrōpǭ pephyke peri biou katastrophas. ho de ge tas technas hapasi synepetai theios logos, ekdidaskōn autos autous, ho ti poiein dei sympheron. ou gar anthrōpos technan heurʼ, ho de theos tautan pherei. ho de ge tanthrōpou logos pephyken apo ge tou theiou logou.
And the comic poet Epicharmus speaks clearly of the Word in the Republic, somewhat thus: “Life for men needs reckoning and number very much; we live by number and reckoning; for these save mortals.” Then he adds explicitly: “Reason steers men and saves them properly.” Then: “If there is human reasoning, there is also a divine Word.” “Reason is born in man for the shaping of life.” “And the divine Word accompanies all arts, itself teaching them what they must do with profit. For it was not man who found art; God brings it.” “And the reason of man is born of the divine Word.”
13.13.45Dindorf 2:213–214
ναὶ μὴν διὰ τοῦ Ἡσαΐου πνεύματος κεκραγότος τί μοι πλῆθος τῶν θυσιῶν ὑμῶν; λέγει κύριος, πλήρης εἰμὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων, καὶ στέαρ ἀρνῶν καὶ αἷμα ταύρων οὐ βούλομαι.” καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπαγαγόντος “ λούσασθε, καθαροὶ γενέσθε, ἀφέλετε τὰς πονηρίας ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν.” καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις Μένανδρος ὁ κωμικὸς αὐταῖς γράφει ταῖς λέξεσιν εἴ τις δὲ θυσίαν προσφέρων, ὢ Πάμφιλε, ταύρων τι πλῆθος, ἢ ἐρίφων, ἢ νὴ Δία ἑτέρων τοιούτων, ἢ κατασκευάσματα, χρυσᾶς ποιήσας χλαμύδας, ἤτοι πορφυρᾶς, ἢ διʼ ἐλέφαντος ἢ σμαράγδου ζῴδια, εὔνουν νομίζει τὸν θεὸν καθεστάναι, πεπλάνητʼ ἐκεῖνος καὶ φρένας κούφας ἔχει. δεῖ γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα χρήσιμον πεφυκέναι, μὴ παρθένους φθείροντα καὶ μοιχώμενον, κλέπτοντα καὶ σφάττοντα χρημάτων χάριν. μηδὲ βελόνης ἔναμμʼ ἐπιθυμῇς, Πάμφιλε· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς βλέπει σε πλησίον παρών.
nai mēn dia tou Hēsaïou pneumatos kekragotos ti moi plēthos tōn thysiōn hymōn? legei kyrios, plērēs eimi holokautōmatōn, kai stear arnōn kai haima taurōn ou boulomai.” kai metʼ oliga epagagontos “ lousasthe, katharoi genesthe, aphelete tas ponērias apo tōn psychōn hymōn.” kai ta epi toutois Menandros ho kōmikos autais graphei tais lexesin ei tis de thysian prospherōn, ō Pamphile, taurōn ti plēthos, ē eriphōn, ē nē Dia heterōn toioutōn, ē kataskeuasmata, chrysas poiēsas chlamydas, ētoi porphyras, ē diʼ elephantos ē smaragdou zǭdia, eunoun nomizei ton theon kathestanai, peplanētʼ ekeinos kai phrenas kouphas echei. dei gar ton andra chrēsimon pephykenai, mē parthenous phtheironta kai moichōmenon, kleptonta kai sphattonta chrēmatōn charin. mēde belonēs enammʼ epithymę̄s, Pamphile; ho gar theos blepei se plēsion parōn.
Indeed, when the Spirit cried through Isaiah, “What to me is the multitude of your sacrifices? says the Lord; I am full of burnt offerings, and the fat of lambs and the blood of bulls I do not want,” and a little after added, “Wash, become clean, put away the wickedness from your souls,” and so on, Menander the comic poet writes in these very words: “If anyone, Pamphilus, offering a sacrifice, a multitude of bulls or kids, or, by Zeus, other such things, or works of art, making golden or purple cloaks, or figures of ivory or emerald, thinks he has made God well disposed, he is mistaken and has a light mind. For a man must be useful, not corrupting virgins and committing adultery, stealing and killing for money. Do not covet even the thread of a needle, Pamphilus; for God sees you, being near at hand.”
13.13.46Dindorf 2:214
“θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐχὶ θεὸς πόρρωθεν. ποιήσει τι ἄνθρωπος ἐν κρυφαίοις, καὶ οὐκ ὄψομαι αὐτόν;” διὰ Ἱερεμίου φησί. καὶ πάλιν ὁ Μένανδρος παραφράζων τὴν γραφὴν ἐκείνην “θύσατε θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης, καὶ ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ κύριον” ὧδέ πως γράφει μηδὲ βελόνης, ὦ φίλτατʼ, ἐπιθυμήσῃς ἀλλοτρίας ποτέ. ὁ γὰρ θεὸς δικαίοις ἔργοις ἥδεται καὶ οὐκ ἀδίκοις. πονοῦντα δʼ ἐᾷ τὸν ἴδιον ὑψῶσαι βίον, τὴν γῆν ἀροῦντα νύκτα καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν. θεῷ δὲ θῦε διὰ τέλους δίκαιος ὢν, καὶ λαμπρὸς ὢν ταῖς χλαμύσιν, ὡς τῇ καρδίᾳ. βροντῆς ἐὰν ἀκούσῃς, μὴ φύγῃς, μηδὲν συνειδὼς αὐτὸς αὑτῷ, δέσποτα. ὁ γὰρ θεὸς βλέπει σε πλησίον παρών.
“theos engizōn egō eimi, kai ouchi theos porrōthen. poiēsei ti anthrōpos en kryphaiois, kai ouk opsomai auton?” dia Hieremiou phēsi. kai palin ho Menandros paraphrazōn tēn graphēn ekeinēn “thysate thysian dikaiosynēs, kai elpisate epi kyrion” hōde pōs graphei mēde belonēs, ō philtatʼ, epithymēsę̄s allotrias pote. ho gar theos dikaiois ergois hēdetai kai ouk adikois. ponounta dʼ eą ton idion hypsōsai bion, tēn gēn arounta nykta kai tēn hēmeran. theǭ de thye dia telous dikaios ōn, kai lampros ōn tais chlamysin, hōs tę̄ kardią. brontēs ean akousę̄s, mē phygę̄s, mēden syneidōs autos hautǭ, despota. ho gar theos blepei se plēsion parōn.
“I am a God near at hand, and not a God far off. Shall a man do anything in secret, and I not see him?” he says through Jeremiah. And again Menander, paraphrasing that Scripture, “Offer a sacrifice of righteousness, and hope in the Lord,” writes somewhat thus: “Do not ever covet even the thread of a needle belonging to another, dearest friend. For God takes pleasure in just works, and not in unjust. He allows the one who toils to raise up his own life, plowing the earth night and day. Sacrifice to God always by being just, shining not in your cloaks so much as in your heart. If you hear thunder, do not flee, if you are conscious of nothing, master. For God sees you, being near at hand.”
13.13.47Dindorf 2:214–215
“ ἔτι σοῦ λαλοῦντος” φησὶν ἡ γραφὴ “ἐρῶ, ἰδοὺ πάρειμι.” Δίφιλος πάλιν ὁ κωμικὸς τοιαῦτά τινα περὶ τῆς κρίσεως διαλέγεται οἴει σὺ τοὺς θανόντας, ὢ Νικήρατε, τρυφῆς ἁπάσης μεταλαβόντας ἐν βίῳ πεφευγέναι τὸ θεῖον ὡς λεληθότας; ἐστιν δίκης ὀφθαλμὸς, ὃς τὰ πάνθʼ ὁρᾷ· καὶ γὰρ καθʼ Ἅιδην δύο τρίβους νομίζομεν, μίαν δικαίων, ἑτέραν δʼ ἀσεβῶν εἶνʼ ὅρον. καὶ εἰ τοὺς δύο καλύψει ἡ γῆ φασὶ τῷ παντὶ χρόνῳ, ἀπελθὼν κλέπτʼ, ἀποστέρει, κύκα· μηδὲν πλανηθῇς. ἔστι κἀν Ἅιδου ἥνπερ ποιήσει θεὸς ὁ πάντων δεσπότης, οὗ τοὔνομα φοβερὸν, οὐδʼ ἂν ὀνομάσαιμʼ ἐγώ. ὃς τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι πρὸς μῆκος βίον δίδωσιν. εἴ τις δὲ θνητῶν οἴεται τοὐφʼ ἡμέραν κακόν τι πράσσων τοὺς θεοὺς λεληθέναι, δοκεῖ πονηρὰ καὶ δοκῶν ἁλίσκεται, ὅταν σχολὴν ἄγουσα τυγχάνῃ δίκη. ὁρᾶθʼ ὅσοι δοκεῖτε οὐκ εἶναι θεόν. ἔστιν γὰρ, ἔστιν. εἰ δέ τις πράττει κακῶς, κακὸς πεφυκὼς, τὸν χρόνον κερδαινέτω, χρόνῳ γὰρ οὕτος ὕστερον δώσει δίκην.
“ eti sou lalountos” phēsin hē graphē “erō, idou pareimi.” Diphilos palin ho kōmikos toiauta tina peri tēs kriseōs dialegetai oiei sy tous thanontas, ō Nikērate, tryphēs hapasēs metalabontas en biǭ pepheugenai to theion hōs lelēthotas? estin dikēs ophthalmos, hos ta panthʼ horą; kai gar kathʼ Haidēn dyo tribous nomizomen, mian dikaiōn, heteran dʼ asebōn einʼ horon. kai ei tous dyo kalypsei hē gē phasi tǭ panti chronǭ, apelthōn kleptʼ, aposterei, kyka; mēden planēthę̄s. esti kan Haidou hēnper poiēsei theos ho pantōn despotēs, hou tounoma phoberon, oudʼ an onomasaimʼ egō. hos tois hamartanousi pros mēkos bion didōsin. ei tis de thnētōn oietai touphʼ hēmeran kakon ti prassōn tous theous lelēthenai, dokei ponēra kai dokōn halisketai, hotan scholēn agousa tynchanę̄ dikē. horathʼ hosoi dokeite ouk einai theon. estin gar, estin. ei de tis prattei kakōs, kakos pephykōs, ton chronon kerdainetō, chronǭ gar houtos hysteron dōsei dikēn.
“While you are still speaking,” says the Scripture, “I will say, Behold, I am here.” Again Diphilus the comic poet discourses on the judgment somewhat thus: “Do you think, Niceratus, that the dead, who have shared every luxury in life, have escaped the divine as unnoticed? There is an eye of Justice which sees all things. For in Hades too we hold there are two paths, one the way of the just, the other of the impious. And if the earth shall cover the two for all time, go, steal, rob, make havoc; do not be deceived. There is judgment in Hades too, which God the Lord of all will execute, whose name is fearful, and I would not even name it. He gives to sinners length of life. But if any mortal thinks that, doing evil day by day, he escapes the notice of the gods, he thinks wickedly, and in thinking so he is caught, when Justice happens to be at leisure. See, you who think there is no God. For there is, there is. And if anyone, being wicked by nature, does evil, let him make the most of the time; for in time he will pay the penalty later.”
13.13.48Dindorf 2:215–216
συνᾴδει δὲ τούτοις καὶ ἡ τραγῳδία διὰ τῶνδε ἔσται γὰρ, ἔσται κεῖνος αἰῶνος χρόνος, ὅταν πυρὸς γέμοντα θησαυρὸν σχάσῃ χρυσωπὸς αἰθήρ. ἡ δὲ βοσκηθεῖσα φλὸξ ἅπαντα τἀπίγεια καὶ μετάρσια φλέξει μανεῖσα καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα αὖθις ἐπιφέρει — — ἐπὰν δὲ ἐκλίπῃ τὸ πᾶν, φροῦδος μὲν ἔσται κυμάτων ἅπας βυθὸς, γῆ δὲ ἐράνων ἔρημος, οὐδὲ ἄρ ἔτι πτερωτὰ φῦλα βλαστήσει πυρουμένη, κἄπειτα σώσει πάνθʼ ἃ πρόσθʼ ἀπώλεσε.
synądei de toutois kai hē tragǭdia dia tōnde estai gar, estai keinos aiōnos chronos, hotan pyros gemonta thēsauron schasę̄ chrysōpos aithēr. hē de boskētheisa phlox hapanta tapigeia kai metarsia phlexei maneisa kai metʼ oliga authis epipherei — — epan de eklipę̄ to pan, phroudos men estai kymatōn hapas bythos, gē de eranōn erēmos, oude ar eti pterōta phyla blastēsei pyroumenē, kapeita sōsei panthʼ ha prosthʼ apōlese.
And tragedy agrees with these in the following: “For there will come, there will come that time of the age, when the golden ether shall open its treasure full of fire; and the flame, fed full, shall burn up in its fury all things on earth and on high.” And a little after he adds again: “And when all things fail, the whole deep of the waves will be gone, and the earth bare of trees, and no longer will it bring forth winged tribes, being on fire; and afterward it will save all things which it destroyed before.”
13.13.49Dindorf 2:216
τὰ ὃμοια τούτοις κἀν τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς εὑρήσομεν ὧδέ πως γεγραμμένα πάντας γὰρ κρύψας αὖθις φάος ἐς πολυγηθὲς ἐξ ίερᾶς κραδίας ἀνενέγκατο, μέρμερα ῤέζων. ἢν δὲ ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως διαβιώσωμεν, μακάριοι μὲν ἐνταῦθα, μακαριώτεροι δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγὴν, οὐ χρόνῳ τινὶ εύδαιμονίαν ἒχοντες, ἀλλʼ ἐν αἰῶνι ἀναπαύσεσθαι δυνάμενοι, ἀθανάτοις ἂλλοισιν ὁμέστιοι, αὐτοτράπεζοι ἐόντες, ἀνδρείων ἀχαιῶν ἀπόκληροι ἀτειρεῖς, ἡ φιλόσοφος Ἐμπεδοκλέους λέγει ποιητική. οὐχ οὒτω τις μέγας ἒσται καὶ καθʼ Ἒλληνας ὡς ὐπερέχειν τὴν δίκην, οὐδὲ σμικρὸς ὡς λαθεῖν.
ta homoia toutois kan tois Orphikois heurēsomen hōde pōs gegrammena pantas gar krypsas authis phaos es polygēthes ex ieras kradias anenenkato, mermera rezōn. ēn de hosiōs kai dikaiōs diabiōsōmen, makarioi men entautha, makariōteroi de meta tēn enthende apallagēn, ou chronǭ tini eudaimonian echontes, allʼ en aiōni anapausesthai dynamenoi, athanatois alloisin homestioi, autotrapezoi eontes, andreiōn achaiōn apoklēroi ateireis, hē philosophos Empedokleous legei poiētikē. ouch outō tis megas estai kai kathʼ Ellēnas hōs yperechein tēn dikēn, oude smikros hōs lathein.
We shall find similar things in the Orphic poems, written somewhat thus: “For having hidden all, he brought them again into the joyful light from his holy heart, working mighty deeds.” And if we live holily and justly, we are blessed here, and more blessed after our departure from here, having happiness not for a time but able to rest in eternity, “sharing the hearth of other immortals, sharing their table, free from manly sorrows, unwearied,” as the philosophical poetry of Empedocles says. No one, even according to the Greeks, will be so great as to rise above justice, nor so small as to escape it.
13.13.50Dindorf 2:216
ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς Ὀρφεὺς καὶ ταῦτα λέγει εἰς δὲ λόγον θεῖον βλέψας τούτῳ προσέδρευε, ἰθύνων κραδίης νοερὸν κύτος· εὖ δ ἐπίβαινε ἀτραπιτοῦ, μοῦνον δʼ ἐσόρα κόσμοιο ἂνακτα, ἀθάνατον. αὖθις τε περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀόρατον αὐτὸν λέγων, μόνῳ γνωσθῆναι ἑνί τινί φησι τὸ γένος Χαλδαίῳ, εἲτε τὸν Ἁβραὰμ λέγων τοῦτον, εἲτε καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τὸν αὐτοῦ, διὰ τούτων, εἱ μὴ μουνογενής τις ἀπορρὼξ φύλου ἂνωθεν Χαλδαίων· ἲδρις γὰρ ἒην ἂστροιο πορείης, καὶ σφαίρης κίνημʼ ἀμφὶ χθόνα ὡς περιτέλλει, κυκλοτερές γʼ ἐν ἲσῳ, κατὰ δὲ σφέτερον κνώδακα· πνεύματι δʼ ἡνιοχεῖ περί τʼ ἠέρα καὶ περὶ χεῦμα.
ho dʼ autos Orpheus kai tauta legei eis de logon theion blepsas toutǭ prosedreue, ithynōn kradiēs noeron kytos; eu d epibaine atrapitou, mounon dʼ esora kosmoio anakta, athanaton. authis te peri tou theou, aoraton auton legōn, monǭ gnōsthēnai heni tini phēsi to genos Chaldaiǭ, eite ton Habraam legōn touton, eite kai ton huion ton autou, dia toutōn, hei mē mounogenēs tis aporrōx phylou anōthen Chaldaiōn; idris gar eēn astroio poreiēs, kai sphairēs kinēmʼ amphi chthona hōs peritellei, kykloteres gʼ en isǭ, kata de spheteron knōdaka; pneumati dʼ hēniochei peri tʼ ēera kai peri cheuma.
The same Orpheus also says this: “But looking to the divine Word, wait on it, directing the intelligent vessel of your heart; tread well the path, and look only to the immortal Lord of the world.” And again concerning God, saying that he is invisible, he says that he was known only to one man, a Chaldean by race, whether he means Abraham or his son, in these words: “except a certain only-begotten one, a shoot from above of the race of the Chaldeans; for he was skilled in the course of the star, and in how the movement of the sphere revolves around the earth, in a circle evenly, each on its own axis; and he guides by the wind around the air and around the stream.”
13.13.51Dindorf 2:216–217
εἶτα, οἶον παραφράξων τὸ “ ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῇ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου” ἐπιφέρει αὐτὸς δʼ αὖ μέγαν αὖθις ἐπʼ οὐρανὸν ἐστήρικται, χρυσέῳ ἐνὶ θρόνῳ· γαίη δʼ ὑπὸ ποσσὶ βέβηκε. χεῖρα δὲ δεξιτερὴν περὶ τέρμασιν Ὡκεανοῖο ἐκτέτακεν· ὀρέων δὲ τρέμει βάσις ἔνδοθι θυμῷ, οὐδὲ φέρειν δύναται κρατερὸν μένος. ἐστι δὲ πάντη αὐτὸς ἐπουράνιος, καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ πάντα τελευτᾷ, ἀρχὴν αὐτὸς ἔχων καὶ μέσον ἠδὲ τελευτήν. ἄλλως οὐ θεμιτόν σε λέγειν· τρομέω δέ γε γυῖα ἐν νόῳ. ἐξ ὑπάτου κραίνει, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. διὰ γὰρ τούτων δεδήλωκε πάντα ἐκεῖνα τὰ προφητικὰ “ὃς ἐὰν ἀνοίξῃ τὸν οὐρανὸν, τρόμος λήψεται· καὶ ἀπὸ σοῦ ὄρη τακήσεται, ὡς ἀπὸ προσώπου πυρὸς τήκεται κηρός.” καὶ τὰ διὰ Ἠσαίου ‘τίς ἐμέτρησε τὸν οὐρανὸν σπιθαμῇ καὶ πάσαν τὴν γῆν δρακί;”
eita, oion paraphraxōn to “ ho ouranos moi thronos, hē de gę̄ hypopodion tōn podōn mou” epipherei autos dʼ au megan authis epʼ ouranon estēriktai, chryseǭ eni thronǭ; gaiē dʼ hypo possi bebēke. cheira de dexiterēn peri termasin Hōkeanoio ektetaken; oreōn de tremei basis endothi thymǭ, oude pherein dynatai krateron menos. esti de pantē autos epouranios, kai epi chthoni panta teleutą, archēn autos echōn kai meson ēde teleutēn. allōs ou themiton se legein; tromeō de ge guia en noǭ. ex hypatou krainei, kai ta epi toutois. dia gar toutōn dedēlōke panta ekeina ta prophētika “hos ean anoixę̄ ton ouranon, tromos lēpsetai; kai apo sou orē takēsetai, hōs apo prosōpou pyros tēketai kēros.” kai ta dia Ēsaiou ‘tis emetrēse ton ouranon spithamę̄ kai pasan tēn gēn draki?”
Then, as if paraphrasing “Heaven is my throne, and the earth the footstool of my feet,” he adds: “He himself again is set fast upon the great heaven on a golden throne, and the earth stands beneath his feet. And he has stretched out his right hand around the ends of Ocean; the base of the mountains trembles within at heart, and cannot bear his mighty strength. He is wholly heavenly, and brings all things to their end on earth, himself holding the beginning and the middle and the end. It is not lawful for you to speak otherwise; I tremble in my limbs, in my mind. He rules from on high,” and so on. For by these he has shown all those prophetic words: “If you open heaven, trembling will seize the mountains from you, and they will melt, as wax melts before the fire,” and those through Isaiah, “Who measured heaven with a span, and all the earth with his hand?”
13.13.52Dindorf 2:217
Πάλιν ὅταν αἰθέρος ἠδʼ Ἀΐδου, πόντου, γαίης τε τύραννε, ὃς βρονταῖς σείεις βριαρὸν δόμον Οὐλύμποιο, δαίμονες ὃν φρίσσουσι, θεῶν δὲ δέδοικεν ὅμιλος, ᾧ Μοῖραι πείθονται, ἀμείλικτοί περ ἐοῦσαι· ἄφθιτε, μητροπάτωρ, οὗ θυμῷ πάντα δονεῖται, ὃς κινεῖς ἀνέμους, νεφέλῃσί τε πάντα καλύπτεις, πρηστῆρσι σχίζων πλατὺν αἰθέρα. σὴ μὲν ἐν ἄστροις τάξις ἀναλλάκτοισιν ἐφημοσύναισι τρέχουσα· σῷ δὲ θρόνῳ πυρόεντι παρεστᾶσιν πολύμοχθοι ἄγγελοι, οἶσι μέμηλε βροτοῖς ὡς πάντα τελεῖται. σὸν μὲν ἔαρ λάμπει νέον ἄνθεσι πορφυρέοισι· σὸς χειμὼν, ψυχραῖσιν ἐπερχόμενος νεφέλαισιν, σάς ποτε βακχευτὰς Βρόμιος διένειμεν ὀπώρας.
Palin hotan aitheros ēdʼ Aïdou, pontou, gaiēs te tyranne, hos brontais seieis briaron domon Oulympoio, daimones hon phrissousi, theōn de dedoiken homilos, hǭ Moirai peithontai, ameiliktoi per eousai; aphthite, mētropatōr, hou thymǭ panta doneitai, hos kineis anemous, nephelę̄si te panta kalypteis, prēstērsi schizōn platyn aithera. sē men en astrois taxis anallaktoisin ephēmosynaisi trechousa; sǭ de thronǭ pyroenti parestasin polymochthoi angeloi, oisi memēle brotois hōs panta teleitai. son men ear lampei neon anthesi porphyreoisi; sos cheimōn, psychraisin eperchomenos nephelaisin, sas pote bakcheutas Bromios dieneimen opōras.
Again, when he says: “Lord of the ether and of Hades, of sea and of earth, who with thunders shake the strong house of Olympus, at whom the daimones shudder and the throng of gods is afraid, whom the Fates obey, relentless though they are; imperishable, mother-father, by whose wrath all things are shaken, who move the winds and cover all things with clouds, splitting the broad ether with lightnings: yours is the order among the stars, running by unchangeable decrees; and by your fiery throne stand angels of much toil, whose care it is how all things are accomplished for mortals. Yours is the spring that shines new with purple flowers; yours the winter, coming with cold clouds; yours the autumn that Bromius once distributed to his bacchants.”
13.13.53Dindorf 2:217–218
εἶτα ἐπιφέρει, ῥητῶς παντοκράτορα ὀνομάζων τὸν θεὸν ἄφθιτον, ἀθάνατον, ῥητὸν μόνον ἀθανάτοισιν. ἐλθὲ, μέγιστε θεῶν πάντων, κρατερῇ σὺν ἀνάγκῃ, φρικτὸς, ἀήττητος, μέγας, ἄφθιτος, ὃν στέφει αἰθήρ. διὰ μὲν οὖν τοῦ μητροπάτωρ οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων γένεσιν ἐμήνυσεν, ἐνδέδωκε δὲ ἀφορμὰς τοῖς τὰς προβολὰς εἰσάγουσι τάχα καὶ σύζυγον νοῆσαι τοῦ θεοῦ· παραφράζει δὲ ἐκείνας τὰς προφητικὰς γραφὰς, τήν τε διὰ Ὠσηὲ ‟ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ στερεῶν βροντὴν, κτίζων πνεῦμα, οὗ αἱ χεῖρες τὴν στρατιὰν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐθεμελίωσαν·” καὶ τὴν διὰ Μώσεως “ἴδετε ἴδετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς ἕτερος πλὴν ἐμοῦ. ἐγὼ ἀποκτενῶ, καὶ ζῆν ποιήσω· πατάξω, κἀγὼ ἰάσομαι. καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἐξελεῖται ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν μου.” αὐτὸς δʼ ἐξ ἀγαθοῖο κακὸν θνητοῖσι φυτεύει καὶ πόλεμον κρυόεντα, κατὰ τὸν Ὀρφέα.
eita epipherei, rhētōs pantokratora onomazōn ton theon aphthiton, athanaton, rhēton monon athanatoisin. elthe, megiste theōn pantōn, kraterę̄ syn anankę̄, phriktos, aēttētos, megas, aphthitos, hon stephei aithēr. dia men oun tou mētropatōr ou monon tēn ek mē ontōn genesin emēnysen, endedōke de aphormas tois tas probolas eisagousi tacha kai syzygon noēsai tou theou; paraphrazei de ekeinas tas prophētikas graphas, tēn te dia Ōsēe ‟idou egō stereōn brontēn, ktizōn pneuma, hou hai cheires tēn stratian tou ouranou ethemeliōsan;” kai tēn dia Mōseōs “idete idete hoti egō eimi, kai ouk esti theos heteros plēn emou. egō apoktenō, kai zēn poiēsō; pataxō, kagō iasomai. kai ouk estin hos exeleitai ek tōn cheirōn mou.” autos dʼ ex agathoio kakon thnētoisi phyteuei kai polemon kryoenta, kata ton Orphea.
Then he adds, expressly naming God the Almighty: “Imperishable, immortal, utterable only by immortals. Come, greatest of all gods, with strong necessity, fearful, invincible, great, imperishable, whom the ether crowns.” By “mother-father” he has not only indicated generation from nothing, but has perhaps given occasion to those who introduce emanations to conceive also of a consort of God. And he paraphrases those prophetic Scriptures, that through Hosea, “Behold, I am he who makes the thunder firm and creates the wind, whose hands founded the host of heaven,” and that through Moses, “See, see that I am, and there is no other god besides me. I will kill and I will make alive; I will strike and I will heal; and there is none who will deliver out of my hands.” “And he himself plants evil for mortals out of good, and chilling war,” according to Orpheus.
13.13.54Dindorf 2:218
τοιαῦτα καὶ ὁ Πάριος Ἀρχίλοχος λέγει ὢ Ζεῦ. σὸν μὲν οὐρανοῦ κράτος, σὺ δʼ ἔργʼ ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπους ὁρᾷς λεωργά τε καὶ ἀθέμιστα. πάλιν ἡμῖν ᾀσάτω ὁ Ὀρφεὺς χεῖρα δὲ δεξιτερὴν ἐπὶ τέρματος Ὠκεανοῖο πάντοθεν ἐκτέτακεν· γαίη δʼ ὑπὸ ποσσὶ βέβηκε. ταῦτα ἐμφανῶς ἐκεῖθεν εἴληπται ‟κύριος σώσει κατοικουμένας, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην καταλήψεται τῇ χειρὶ ὡς νοσσιὰν, κύριος ὁ ποιήσας τὴν γῆν ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι· αὐτοῦ” ὥς φησιν Ἱερεμίας “καὶ ἀνορθώσας τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ. ἔτι πρὸς τοῖσδε Φωκυλίδης μὲν τοὺς ἀγγέλους δαίμονας καλῶν, τοὺς μὲν εἶναι ἀγαθοὺς αὐτῶν, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους διὰ τούτων παρίστησιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀποστάτας τινὰς παρειλήφαμεν, ἀλλʼ ἄρα δαίμονές εἰσιν ἐπʼ ἀνδράσιν ἄλλοτε ἄλλοι, οἱ μὲν ἐπερχομένου κακὸν ἀνέρος ἐκλύσασθαι.
toiauta kai ho Parios Archilochos legei ō Zeu. son men ouranou kratos, sy dʼ ergʼ epʼ anthrōpous horąs leōrga te kai athemista. palin hēmin ąsatō ho Orpheus cheira de dexiterēn epi termatos Ōkeanoio pantothen ektetaken; gaiē dʼ hypo possi bebēke. tauta emphanōs ekeithen eilēptai ‟kyrios sōsei katoikoumenas, kai tēn oikoumenēn holēn katalēpsetai tę̄ cheiri hōs nossian, kyrios ho poiēsas tēn gēn en tę̄ ischui; autou” hōs phēsin Hieremias “kai anorthōsas tēn oikoumenēn en tę̄ sophią autou. eti pros toisde Phōkylidēs men tous angelous daimonas kalōn, tous men einai agathous autōn, tous de phaulous dia toutōn paristēsin, epei kai hēmeis apostatas tinas pareilēphamen, allʼ ara daimones eisin epʼ andrasin allote alloi, hoi men eperchomenou kakon aneros eklysasthai.
Archilochus of Paros says such things too: “O Zeus, yours is the power of heaven, and you look upon the deeds of men, wicked and lawless.” Again let Orpheus sing to us: “And he has stretched out his right hand on all sides to the end of Ocean; and the earth stands beneath his feet.” These are clearly taken from that passage: “The Lord will save inhabited cities, and he will grasp the whole world with his hand like a nest,” “the Lord who made the earth by his strength,” as Jeremiah says, “and set up the world by his wisdom.” Further, Phocylides, calling the angels daimones, shows in these words that some of them are good and some bad, since we too have received that there are certain apostates: “But there are daimones over men, now some, now others; some to free a man from oncoming evil.”
13.13.55Dindorf 2:218–219
καλῶς οὖν καὶ Φιλήμων ὁ κωμικὸς τὴν εἰδωλολατρίαν ἐκκόπτει διὰ τούτων οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν οὐδεμία τύχη θεὸς, οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ ταὐτόματον ὃ γίγνεται ὡς ἔτυχʼ ἑκάστῳ, προσαγορεύεται τύχη. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ὁ τραγῳδοποιὸς οὐδὲ θεοῖς λέγει) αὐθαίρετα πάντα πέλονται, νόσφι Δῖός· κεῖνος γὰρ ἔχει τέλος ἠδὲ καὶ ἀρχήν. ὅ τε Ὀρφεὺς ἓν κράτος, εἶς δαίμων γένετο, μέγας οὐρανὸς αἴθων, ἐν δὲ τὰ πάντα τέτυκται, ἐν ᾧ τάδε πάντα κυκλεῖται, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις.
kalōs oun kai Philēmōn ho kōmikos tēn eidōlolatrian ekkoptei dia toutōn ouk estin hēmin oudemia tychē theos, ouk estin, alla tautomaton ho gignetai hōs etychʼ hekastǭ, prosagoreuetai tychē. Sophoklēs de ho tragǭdopoios oude theois legei) authaireta panta pelontai, nosphi Dios; keinos gar echei telos ēde kai archēn. ho te Orpheus hen kratos, eis daimōn geneto, megas ouranos aithōn, en de ta panta tetyktai, en hǭ tade panta kykleitai, pyr kai hydōr kai gaia, kai ta epi toutois.
Well, then, does Philemon the comic poet cut out idolatry in these words: “There is no goddess Fortune for us, there is not; but what happens by chance, as it falls out for each, is called Fortune.” And Sophocles the tragedian says: “Not even for the gods are all things at their own choice, apart from Zeus; for he holds the end and the beginning.” And Orpheus: “One power, one daimon came to be, the great blazing heaven; and in one all things were made, in which all these revolve, fire and water and earth,” and so on.
13.13.56Dindorf 2:219
Πίνδαρος δὲ ὁ μελοποιὸς οἶον ἐκβακχεύεται ἄντικρυς εἰπὼν τί θεός; ὅ τι τὸ πᾶν καὶ πάλιν θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς. ἐπὰν δὲ εἴπῃ τί ἔλπεαι σοφίαν ὀλίγον τοι ἀνὴρ ὑπὲρ ἀνδρὸς ἔχειν; τὰ θεῶν βουλεύματα ἐρευνᾶσαι βροτέᾳ φρενὶ δύσκολον· θνατᾶς δʼ ἀπὸ ματρὸς ἔφυ, ἐκεῖθεν ἔσπακε τὴν διάνοιαν τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου; ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο;
Pindaros de ho melopoios oion ekbakcheuetai antikrys eipōn ti theos? ho ti to pan kai palin theos ho panta teuchōn brotois. epan de eipę̄ ti elpeai sophian oligon toi anēr hyper andros echein? ta theōn bouleumata ereunasai broteą phreni dyskolon; thnatas dʼ apo matros ephy, ekeithen espake tēn dianoian tis egnō noun kyriou? ē tis symboulos autou egeneto?
And Pindar the lyric poet speaks as if in Bacchic frenzy, saying plainly: “What is God? What is the All.” And again: “God, who makes all things for mortals.” And when he says, “Why do you hope for wisdom, in which man has little above man? It is hard for a mortal mind to search out the counsels of the gods; and he was born of a mortal mother,” he has drawn the thought from there: “Who has known the mind of the Lord? Or who has been his counselor?”
13.13.57Dindorf 2:219
ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἡσίοδος διʼ ὧν γράφει συνᾴδει τοῖς προειρημένοις, μάντις δʼ οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐπιχθονίων ἀνθρώπων ὅστις ἂν εἰδείη Ζῆνός νόον αἰγιόχοιο. εἰκότως ἄρα Σόλων ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ἐν ταῖς ἐλεγείαις, καὶ αὐτὸς κατακολουθήσας Ἡσιόδῳ, πάμπαν δʼ ἀθανάτων ἀφανὴς νόος ἀνθρώποισι, γράφει.
alla kai Hēsiodos diʼ hōn graphei synądei tois proeirēmenois, mantis dʼ oudeis estin epichthoniōn anthrōpōn hostis an eideiē Zēnos noon aigiochoio. eikotōs ara Solōn ho Athēnaios en tais elegeiais, kai autos katakolouthēsas Hēsiodǭ, pampan dʼ athanatōn aphanēs noos anthrōpoisi, graphei.
And Hesiod too, in what he writes, agrees with what has been said: “No prophet among men upon the earth could know the mind of aegis-bearing Zeus.” Fittingly, then, Solon of Athens, following Hesiod, writes in his elegies: “The mind of the immortals is wholly unseen by men.”
13.13.58Dindorf 2:219–220
Πάλιν τοῦ Μώσεως εἰς μόχθους καὶ πόνους διὰ τὴν παράβασιν τέξεσθαι τὴν γυναῖκα προφητεύσαντος ποιητής τις οὐκ ἄσημος γράφει Οὐδέ ποτʼ ἦμαρ Παύσονται καμάτου καὶ ὀϊζύος, οὐδέ τι νύκτωρ Στεινόμενοι· χαλεπὰς δὲ θεοὶ δώσουσι μερίμνας.
Palin tou Mōseōs eis mochthous kai ponous dia tēn parabasin texesthai tēn gynaika prophēteusantos poiētēs tis ouk asēmos graphei Oude potʼ ēmar Pausontai kamatou kai oïzyos, oude ti nyktōr Steinomenoi; chalepas de theoi dōsousi merimnas.
Again, when Moses prophesied that because of the transgression the woman would bear children in toils and pains, a poet of no small fame writes: “Never by day will they cease from toil and misery, nor at all by night, being worn down; and the gods will give them hard cares.”
13.13.59Dindorf 2:220
ἓτι Ὃμηρος μὲν εἰπὼν αὐτὸς δὲ χρύσεια πατὴρ ἐπίταινε τάλαντα· δίκαιον τὸν θεὸν μηνύει. Μένανδρος δὲ ὁ κωμικὸς ἀγαθὸν ἑρμηνεύων τὸν θεόν φησιν, ἃπαντι δαίμων άνδρὶ συμπαρίσταται εὐθὺς γενομένῳ μυσταγωγὸς τοῦ βίου ἀγαθός· κακὸν γὰρ δαίμονʼ οὐ νομιστέον εἶναι, βίον βλάπτοντα χρηστόν. εἶτα ἐπιφέρει ἃπαντα δʼ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὸν θεόν· ἢτοι πάντα θεὸν ἀγαθὸν λέγων, ἢ, ὃπερ καὶ μᾶλλον, ἐν πᾶσι τὸν θεὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι.
heti Homēros men eipōn autos de chryseia patēr epitaine talanta; dikaion ton theon mēnyei. Menandros de ho kōmikos agathon hermēneuōn ton theon phēsin, hapanti daimōn andri symparistatai euthys genomenǭ mystagōgos tou biou agathos; kakon gar daimonʼ ou nomisteon einai, bion blaptonta chrēston. eita epipherei hapanta dʼ agathon einai ton theon; ētoi panta theon agathon legōn, ē, hoper kai mallon, en pasi ton theon agathon einai.
Further, Homer, when he says, “And the father himself held out the golden scales,” indicates that God is just. And Menander the comic poet, interpreting God as good, says: “A daimon stands by every man as soon as he is born, a good guide of his life; for we must not think there is an evil daimon harming a good life.” Then he adds that God is wholly good, meaning either that every god is good, or, what is more likely, that God is good in all things.
13.13.60Dindorf 2:220–221
Πάλιν αὖ Αἰσχύλος μὲν ὁ τραγῳδοποιὸς τὴν Δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ παρατιθέμενος οὐκ ὀκνεῖ καὶ ὓψιστον Αὐτὸν προσαγορεύειν διὰ τούτων χώριζε θνητῶν τὸν θεὸν, καὶ μὴ δόκει ὃμοιον αὐτῷ σάρκινον καθεστάναι. οὐκ οἶσθά γʼ αὐτόν. ποτὲ μὲν ὡς πῦρ φαίνεται, ἂπλατος ὁρμῇ, ποτὲ δʼ ὓδωρ, ποτὲ γνόφος, καὶ θηρσὶν αὐτὸς γίνεται παρεμφερὴς, ἀνέμῳ, νεφέλῃ τε, κἀστραπῇ, βροντῇ, βροχῇ. ὑπηρετεῖ δʼ αὐτῷ θάλασσα, καὶ πετραι, καὶ πᾶσα πηγὴ, χὒδατος συστήματα· τρέμει δʼ ὂρη καὶ γαῖα, καὶ πελώριος βυθὸς θαλάσσης, καὶ ὀρέων ὓψος, [ἐπὶ] μέγα ἐπὰν ἐπιβλέψῃ γοργὸν ὂμμα δεσπότου· πάντα δυνατὴ γὰρ δόξα ὑψίστου θεοῦ. ἆρʼ ού δοκεῖ σοι ἐκεῖνο παραφράζειν τὸ “ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τρέμει ἡ γῆ;”
Palin au Aischylos men ho tragǭdopoios tēn Dynamin tou theou paratithemenos ouk oknei kai hypsiston Auton prosagoreuein dia toutōn chōrize thnētōn ton theon, kai mē dokei homoion autǭ sarkinon kathestanai. ouk oistha gʼ auton. pote men hōs pyr phainetai, aplatos hormę̄, pote dʼ hydōr, pote gnophos, kai thērsin autos ginetai parempherēs, anemǭ, nephelę̄ te, kastrapę̄, brontę̄, brochę̄. hypēretei dʼ autǭ thalassa, kai petrai, kai pasa pēgē, chydatos systēmata; tremei dʼ orē kai gaia, kai pelōrios bythos thalassēs, kai oreōn hypsos, [epi] mega epan epiblepsę̄ gorgon omma despotou; panta dynatē gar doxa hypsistou theou. arʼ ou dokei soi ekeino paraphrazein to “apo prosōpou kyriou tremei hē gē?”
Again, Aeschylus the tragedian, setting forth the power of God, does not hesitate to call him Most High in these words: “Set God apart from mortals, and do not think that he is fleshly like yourself. You do not know him. Now he appears as fire, unapproachable in onset, now as water, now as darkness; and he himself becomes like beasts, like wind, and cloud, and lightning, thunder, rain. The sea serves him, and the rocks, and every spring, and the gatherings of water; the mountains tremble, and the earth, and the monstrous depth of the sea, and the height of the mountains, when the fierce eye of the Master looks upon them; for the glory of the Most High God can do all things.” Does he not seem to you to paraphrase that saying, “At the presence of the Lord the earth trembles”?
13.13.61Dindorf 2:221
Ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ μαντικώτατος Ἀπόλλων, μαρτυρῶν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγειν ἀναγκάζεται περὶ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς, ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐστράτευον οἱ Μῆδοι, ὡς ἐδεῖτό τε καὶ ἱκέτευε τὸν Δία περὶ τῆς Ἀττικῆς. ἔχει δὲ ὧδε ὁ χρησμὸς οὐ δύναται Πάλλας Δίʼ Ὀλύμπιον ἐξιλάσασθαι, λισσομένη πολλοῖσι λόγοις, καὶ μήτιδι πυκνῇ. πολλοὺς δʼ ἀθανάτων νηοὺς μαλερῷ πυρὶ δώσει, οἴ που νῦν ἱδρῶτι ῥεεύμενοι ἑστήκασι, δείματι παλλόμενοι, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις.
Epi toutois ho mantikōtatos Apollōn, martyrōn tę̄ doxę̄ tou theou, legein anankazetai peri tēs Athēnas, hēnika epi tēn Hellada estrateuon hoi Mēdoi, hōs edeito te kai hiketeue ton Dia peri tēs Attikēs. echei de hōde ho chrēsmos ou dynatai Pallas Diʼ Olympion exilasasthai, lissomenē polloisi logois, kai mētidi pyknę̄. pollous dʼ athanatōn nēous malerǭ pyri dōsei, oi pou nyn hidrōti rheeumenoi hestēkasi, deimati pallomenoi, kai ta epi toutois.
Besides these, Apollo the most prophetic, bearing witness to the glory of God, is compelled to say of Athena, when the Medes marched against Greece, how she begged and entreated Zeus for Attica. The oracle runs thus: “Pallas cannot appease Olympian Zeus, though she beseeches him with many words and close counsel. Many temples of the immortals he will give to devouring fire, which now perhaps stand streaming with sweat, quivering with fear,” and so on.
13.13.62Dindorf 2:221
Θεαρίδας δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ φύσεως γράφει “Ἁ ἀρχὰ τῶν ὄντων ἀρχὰ μὲν ὄντως ἀληθινὰ μία. κείνα γὰρ ἐν ἀρχᾷ τέ ἐστιν ἓν καὶ μόνον.” οὐδέ τις ἔσθʼ ἕτερος χωρὶς μεγάλου βασιλῆος, Ὀρφεὺς λέγει· ᾧ πειθόμενος ὁ κωμικὸς Δίφιλος γνωμικώτατα Τὸν ὄντα πάντων φησὶ) πατέρα,...... — — τοῦτον διὰ τέλους τίμα, μόνον ἀγαθῶν τοσούτων εὑρετὴν καὶ κτίστορα.
Thearidas de en tǭ Peri physeōs graphei “Ha archa tōn ontōn archa men ontōs alēthina mia. keina gar en archą te estin hen kai monon.” oude tis esthʼ heteros chōris megalou basilēos, Orpheus legei; hǭ peithomenos ho kōmikos Diphilos gnōmikōtata Ton onta pantōn phēsi) patera,...... — — touton dia telous tima, monon agathōn tosoutōn heuretēn kai ktistora.
And Thearidas writes in his work On Nature: “The principle of things that are, the truly true principle, is one; for in the beginning it is one and alone.” “Nor is there any other apart from the great king,” says Orpheus. Persuaded by him, the comic poet Diphilus says very gnomically: “The father of all things that are, … him honor to the end, sole finder and founder of so many goods.”
13.13.63Dindorf 2:221
εἰκότως τοίνυν ὁ Πλάτων ἐθίζει τὰς βελτίστας φύσεις ἀφικνεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸ μάθημα, ὃ ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν ἔφαμεν εἶναι μέγιστον, ἰδεῖν τε τἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀναβῆναι ἐκείνην τὴν ἀνάβασιν. τοῦτο δὴ, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐκ ὀστράκου ἂν εἴη περιστροφὴ, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς περιαγωγὴ, ἐκ νυκτερινῆς τινὸς ἡμέρας εἰς ἀληθινὴν τοῦ ὄντος οὖσαν ἐπάνοδον, ἣν δὴ φιλοσοφίαν ἀληθῆ φήσομεν εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς ταύτης μετασχόντας τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους κρίνει, ἔστε μὲν δὴ πάντες ἀδελφοὶ, λέγων· οἱ δὲ τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους ἀκριβέστατα, καὶ πάντη εἰς.
eikotōs toinyn ho Platōn ethizei tas beltistas physeis aphikneisthai pros to mathēma, ho en tǭ prosthen ephamen einai megiston, idein te tagathon kai anabēnai ekeinēn tēn anabasin. touto dē, hōs eoiken, ouk ostrakou an eiē peristrophē, alla psychēs periagōgē, ek nykterinēs tinos hēmeras eis alēthinēn tou ontos ousan epanodon, hēn dē philosophian alēthē phēsomen einai, kai tous tautēs metaschontas tou chrysou genous krinei, este men dē pantes adelphoi, legōn; hoi de tou chrysou genous akribestata, kai pantē eis.
Fittingly, then, Plato trains the best natures to come to the study which we said before was the greatest: to see the good and to make that ascent. “This, it seems, would not be the turning of a potsherd, but the turning around of a soul from a kind of nightly day to the true ascent to what is, which we shall say is true philosophy.” And those who share in it he judges to be of the golden race, saying, “You are all brothers”; but those of the golden race most exactly, and in every way one.
13.13.64Dindorf 2:221–222
τοῦ πατρὸς ἄρα καὶ ποιητοῦ ξυμπάντων ἐμφύτως καὶ ἀδιδάκτως ἀντιλαμβάνεται πάντα πρὸς πάντων, τὰ μὲν ἄψυχα συμπαθοῦντα, τῶν δὲ ζῴων τῶν ἐμψύχων τὰ μὲν ἤδη ἀθάνατα, τὰ δὲ καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐργαζόμενα· τῶν δέ τοι θνητῶν τὰ μὲν ἐν φόβῳ καὶ διὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῶν ἔτι κατὰ γαστρὸς ὀχούμενα, τὰ δὲ αὐτεξουσίῳ λογισμῷ. καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πάντες Ἕλληνές τε καὶ βάρβαροι, γένος δʼ οὐδὲν οὐδαμοῦ τῶν γεωργούντων οὔτε νομάδων, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῶν πολιτικῶν δύναται ζῆν, μὴ προκατειλημμένον τῇ τοῦ κρείττονος πίστει. διὸ πᾶν μὲν ἔθνος ἑῷον, πὰν δὲ ἑσπερίων ἁπτόμενον ᾐόνων, βόρειόν τε καὶ τὰ πρὸς τῷ νότῳ πάντα, μίαν ἔχει καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν πρόληψιν περὶ τοῦ καταστησαμένου τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, εἴ γε καὶ τὰ καθολικώτατα τῶν ἐνεργημάτων αὐτοῦ διαπεφοίτηκεν ἐπʼ ἴσης πάντα.
tou patros ara kai poiētou xympantōn emphytōs kai adidaktōs antilambanetai panta pros pantōn, ta men apsycha sympathounta, tōn de zǭōn tōn empsychōn ta men ēdē athanata, ta de kathʼ hēmeran ergazomena; tōn de toi thnētōn ta men en phobǭ kai dia tēs mētros autōn eti kata gastros ochoumena, ta de autexousiǭ logismǭ. kai tōn anthrōpōn pantes Hellēnes te kai barbaroi, genos dʼ ouden oudamou tōn geōrgountōn oute nomadōn, allʼ oude tōn politikōn dynatai zēn, mē prokateilēmmenon tę̄ tou kreittonos pistei. dio pan men ethnos heǭon, pan de hesperiōn haptomenon ę̄onōn, boreion te kai ta pros tǭ notǭ panta, mian echei kai tēn autēn prolēpsin peri tou katastēsamenou tēn hēgemonian, ei ge kai ta katholikōtata tōn energēmatōn autou diapephoitēken epʼ isēs panta.
The Father and Maker of all things, then, is apprehended by all, innately and without teaching: by inanimate things, which feel with him; and of living beings, by the animate ones, some already immortal, others working day by day; and of mortal ones, some in fear, still carried in their mother’s womb, others by self-determining reason. And of men, all, Greeks and barbarians alike; and no race anywhere, whether farmers or nomads, nor even of city-dwellers, can live unless it has first been possessed by faith in the Higher Being. Therefore every nation of the east, every one touching the western shores, the north and all the regions toward the south, has one and the same preconception concerning him who established the government of all, since the most universal of his operations have pervaded all things equally.
13.13.65Dindorf 2:222
Πολὺ δὲ πλέον οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι πολυπράγμονες φιλόσοφοι, ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου ὁρμώμενοι φιλοσοφίας, τῷ ἀοράτῳ καὶ μόνῳ καὶ δυνατωτάτῳ καὶ τεχνικωτάτῳ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων καλλίστων αἰτιωτάτῳ τὴν προνομίαν ἔδωκαν, τὰ ἀκόλουθα τούτοις, εἰ μὴ κατηχηθεῖεν πρὸς ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ αὐτὸν ὅπως νοεῖσθαι πέφυκε τὸν θεὸν, μόνον δὲ, ὡς ἤδη πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν, κατὰ περίφρασιν ἀληθῆ.”
Poly de pleon hoi parʼ Hellēsi polypragmones philosophoi, ek tēs barbarou hormōmenoi philosophias, tǭ aoratǭ kai monǭ kai dynatōtatǭ kai technikōtatǭ kai tōn allōn kallistōn aitiōtatǭ tēn pronomian edōkan, ta akoloutha toutois, ei mē katēchētheien pros hēmōn, ouk epistamenoi, allʼ oudʼ auton hopōs noeisthai pephyke ton theon, monon de, hōs ēdē pollakis eirēkamen, kata periphrasin alēthē.”
Much more did the inquisitive philosophers among the Greeks, setting out from the barbarian philosophy, give the precedence to the invisible, sole, most powerful, most skillful, and supreme cause of all other excellent things; not knowing the consequences of these, unless they were instructed by us, nor even how God is naturally to be conceived, but only, as we have often said already, by a true periphrasis.”
13.13.66Dindorf 2:222
Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ Κλήμης. ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ διὰ μακροτέρων ἡμῖν ἡ κατὰ Πλάτωνα παρέστη φιλοσοφία συνῳδὸς οὖσα κατὰ πλεῖστα τοῖς Ἑβραίων δόγμασιν, (ἐφʼ οἷς καὶ ἀγάμεθα τὸν ἄνδρα τῆς τε καὶ τῆς ἄλλης τοῦ ἀληθοῦς εὐγνωμοσύνης, ) ὥρα ἐπιθεωρῆσαι τίνα ταῦτʼ εἶναί φαμεν ἐφʼ ὧν οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως περὶ αὐτὸν διακείμεθα, τὴν δὲ νενομισμένην βάρβαρον τῆς κατʼ αὐτὸν προτιμῶμεν φιλοσοφίας.
Tosauta kai ho Klēmēs. allʼ epeidē dia makroterōn hēmin hē kata Platōna parestē philosophia synǭdos ousa kata pleista tois Hebraiōn dogmasin, (ephʼ hois kai agametha ton andra tēs te kai tēs allēs tou alēthous eugnōmosynēs, ) hōra epitheōrēsai tina tautʼ einai phamen ephʼ hōn oukethʼ homoiōs peri auton diakeimetha, tēn de nenomismenēn barbaron tēs katʼ auton protimōmen philosophias.
So much, then, from Clement. But since it has been shown at length that the philosophy of Plato is in most points in harmony with the doctrines of the Hebrews (for which we also admire the man, both for this and for his general good sense regarding the truth), it is time to consider what those points are on which we say we are no longer equally disposed toward him, and on account of which we prefer what is considered the barbarian philosophy to that which follows him.
Preparation 13, chapter 14
13.14.1Dindorf 2:222–223
Τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια θεοπρόπια καὶ χρησμοὺς θείας ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον δυνάμεως περιέχοντα, θεόν τε αὐθέντην ἐπιγραφόμενα, καὶ πιστούμενά γε τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν διὰ τῆς τῶν μελλόντων προρρήσεως, διά τε τῶν συμφώνων τοῖς θεσπίσμασιν ἀποτελεσμάτων, πάσης λέγεται διεψευσμένης διανοίας ἐκτὸς τυγχάνειν. τὰ γοῦν θεῖα λόγια ἁγνὰ, καὶ ἀργύριον πεπυρωμένον, δοκίμιον τῇ γῇ, κεκαθαρισμένον ἑπταπλασίως, ἀνείρηται.
Ta Hebraiōn logia theopropia kai chrēsmous theias ē kata anthrōpon dynameōs periechonta, theon te authentēn epigraphomena, kai pistoumena ge tēn epangelian dia tēs tōn mellontōn prorrēseōs, dia te tōn symphōnōn tois thespismasin apotelesmatōn, pasēs legetai diepseusmenēs dianoias ektos tynchanein. ta goun theia logia hagna, kai argyrion pepyrōmenon, dokimion tę̄ gę̄, kekatharismenon heptaplasiōs, aneirētai.
The oracles of the Hebrews, containing divine responses and prophecies of a power beyond the human, inscribed with God as their author, and confirming their promise by the foretelling of things to come and by events that agree with the predictions, are said to be free from every false thought. At any rate, the divine oracles have been proclaimed “pure, and silver tried in the fire, proved in the earth, purified seven times.”
13.14.2Dindorf 2:223
ἀλλʼ οὐ καὶ τὰ Πλάτωνος τοιαῦτα, οὐδὲ μὴν ἑτέρου του τῶν έν ἀνθρώποις σοφῶν, οἳ θνητῆς διανοίας ὄμμασιν ἐπικήροις τε στοχασμοῖς καὶ εἰκασίαις, ὄναρ ὥσπερ, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὕπαρ, τῆς τῶν ὄντων φύσεως ἐπὶ φαντασίαν ἐλθόντες πολὺ τὸ κρᾶμα τοῦ ψεύδους τῷ τῆς φύσεως ἀληθεῖ συνεπηνέγκαντο, ὡς μὴ ἀνευρεῖν ἀπάτης καθαρὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς μάθημα.
allʼ ou kai ta Platōnos toiauta, oude mēn heterou tou tōn en anthrōpois sophōn, hoi thnētēs dianoias ommasin epikērois te stochasmois kai eikasiais, onar hōsper, allʼ ouch hypar, tēs tōn ontōn physeōs epi phantasian elthontes poly to krama tou pseudous tǭ tēs physeōs alēthei synepēnenkanto, hōs mē aneurein apatēs katharon en autois mathēma.
But the writings of Plato are not of this kind, nor indeed those of any other of the wise among men, who, having come to an imagination of the nature of things with the eyes of a mortal mind, by perishable conjectures and guesses, as in a dream and not awake, have brought in much admixture of falsehood with the truth of nature, so that no teaching free of deception can be found in them.
13.14.3Dindorf 2:223
αὐτίκα γοῦν βραχύ τι τῆς φιλαυτίας εἰ ἐθελήσαίς ὑφεῖναι, καὶ φῶς αὐτὸ δυνάμει λογικῆς οὐσίας ἐπιθεωρῆσαι, γνοίης ἂν τὸν θαυμάσιον φιλόσοφον αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον, τὸν δὴ μόνον πάντων Ἑλλήνων ἀληθείας προθύρων ψαύσαντα, ὕλῃ φθαρτῇ καὶ ξοάνοις βαναύσων χερσὶν εἰς ἀνδρείκελον σχῆμα κατεσκευασμένοις τὴν τῶν θεῶν προσηγορίαν καταισχύνοντα, καὶ μετὰ τὸ μέγα τῆς μεγαλοφωνίας ὕψος, διʼ ἧς τὸν πατέρα καὶ δημιουργὸν εἰδέναι τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς διετείνατο, ἄνωθέν ποθεν ἐξ ὑπερκοσμίων ἁψίδων εἰς τὸν κατωτάτω βυθὸν τῆς θεομισοῦς εἰδωλολατρίας τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ἀθηναίων συνωθούμενον· ὡς μὴ διατρέπεσθαι τὸν Σωκράτην καταβῆναι φάντα εἰς Πειραιᾶ προσευξόμενον τῇ θεῷ, καὶ τὴν βάρβαρον ἑορτὴν τοὺς πολίτας τότε πρῶτον ἐπιτελοῦντας θεασόμενον, καὶ τὸν ἀλεκτρυόνα τῷ Ἀσκληπιῷ θῦσαι ὁμολογοῦντα προστάξαι, τόν τε πάτριον Ἑλλήνων ἐξηγητὴν, τὸν ἐγκαθήμενον ἐν Δελφοῖς δαίμονα, θειάζοντα.
autika goun brachy ti tēs philautias ei ethelēsais hypheinai, kai phōs auto dynamei logikēs ousias epitheōrēsai, gnoiēs an ton thaumasion philosophon auton ekeinon, ton dē monon pantōn Hellēnōn alētheias prothyrōn psausanta, hylę̄ phthartę̄ kai xoanois banausōn chersin eis andreikelon schēma kateskeuasmenois tēn tōn theōn prosēgorian kataischynonta, kai meta to mega tēs megalophōnias hypsos, diʼ hēs ton patera kai dēmiourgon eidenai toude tou pantos dieteinato, anōthen pothen ex hyperkosmiōn hapsidōn eis ton katōtatō bython tēs theomisous eidōlolatrias tǭ dēmǭ tōn Athēnaiōn synōthoumenon; hōs mē diatrepesthai ton Sōkratēn katabēnai phanta eis Peiraia proseuxomenon tę̄ theǭ, kai tēn barbaron heortēn tous politas tote prōton epitelountas theasomenon, kai ton alektryona tǭ Asklēpiǭ thysai homologounta prostaxai, ton te patrion Hellēnōn exēgētēn, ton enkathēmenon en Delphois daimona, theiazonta.
For example, if you would be willing to lay aside a little of your self-love and contemplate the light itself by the power of the rational being, you would recognize that wonderful philosopher himself, the one alone of all the Greeks who touched the doorposts of truth, disgracing the name of the gods by applying it to perishable matter and to images made by vulgar hands in the shape of men; and, after the great height of his lofty speech, by which he claimed to know the Father and Creator of this universe, being pushed down from somewhere on high, from above the vaults of the world, into the lowest depth of God-hated idolatry together with the people of the Athenians: so that he is not ashamed that Socrates says he went down to the Piraeus to pray to the goddess and to watch the citizens celebrating the barbarian festival for the first time, and that he admits he ordered a cock to be sacrificed to Asclepius, and that he deifies the ancestral interpreter of the Greeks, the daimon who sits in Delphi.
13.14.4Dindorf 2:223–224
διὸ καὶ εἰκότως τῆς ἀφιλοσόφου πληθύος τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς δεισιδαίμονος πλάνης ἐπιγράψαιτο ἄν. ἀνάλαβε γοῦν σμικρὸν ἄνωθεν τὸν λόγον, καὶ θέα οἷά σοι ὁ πάνσοφος μετὰ τὰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ ἀφθάρτους ἰδέας, καὶ μετὰ θεὸν πρῶτον καὶ δεύτερον αἴτιον, καὶ μετὰ νοερὰς καὶ ἀθανάτους οὐσίας, περὶ τῆς πανδήμου δόξης ἐνομοθέτει, λέγων
dio kai eikotōs tēs aphilosophou plēthyos tēn aitian tēs deisidaimonos planēs epigrapsaito an. analabe goun smikron anōthen ton logon, kai thea hoia soi ho pansophos meta tas asōmatous kai aphthartous ideas, kai meta theon prōton kai deuteron aition, kai meta noeras kai athanatous ousias, peri tēs pandēmou doxēs enomothetei, legōn
Therefore he might fittingly be charged with the guilt of the superstitious error of the unphilosophic multitude. Take up the argument a little from above, and see what laws the all-wise man made for you concerning popular opinion, after the incorporeal and imperishable ideas, after God, the first and the second cause, and after the intellectual and immortal beings, saying:
13.14.5Dindorf 2:224
“Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἰπεῖν καὶ γνῶναι τὴν γένεσιν μεῖζον ἢ καθʼ ἡμᾶς. πιστευτέον δὲ τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν ἔμπροσθεν, ἐκγόνοις μὲν θεῶν οὖσιν, ὡς ἔφασαν, σαφῶς δέ που τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προγόνους εἰδόσιν· ἀδύνατον οὖν θεῶν παισὶν ἀπιστεῖν, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων λέγουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὡς οἰκεῖα φασκόντων ἀπαγγέλλειν ἑπομένους τῷ νόμῳ πιστευτέον. οὕτως οὖν κατʼ ἐκείνους ἡμῖν ἡ γένεσις περὶ τούτων τῶν θεῶν ἐχέτω καὶ λεγέσθω· Γῆς τε καὶ Οὐρανοῦ παῖδες Ὠκεανός τε καὶ Τηθὺς ἐγενέσθην, τούτων δὲ Φόρκυς Κρόνος τε καὶ ῾Ρέα, καὶ ὅσοι μετὰ τούτων, ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ ῾Ρέας Ζεὺς Ἥρα τε καὶ πάντες ὅσους ἴσμεν πάντας ἀδελφοὺς λεγομένους αὐτῶν, ἔτι τε τοὺς τούτων ἄλλους ἐκγόνους.”
“Peri de tōn allōn daimonōn eipein kai gnōnai tēn genesin meizon ē kathʼ hēmas. pisteuteon de tois eirēkosin emprosthen, ekgonois men theōn ousin, hōs ephasan, saphōs de pou tous heautōn progonous eidosin; adynaton oun theōn paisin apistein, kaiper aneu eikotōn kai anankaiōn apodeixeōn legousin, allʼ hōs oikeia phaskontōn apangellein hepomenous tǭ nomǭ pisteuteon. houtōs oun katʼ ekeinous hēmin hē genesis peri toutōn tōn theōn echetō kai legesthō; Gēs te kai Ouranou paides Ōkeanos te kai Tēthys egenesthēn, toutōn de Phorkys Kronos te kai ῾Rea, kai hosoi meta toutōn, ek de Kronou kai ῾Reas Zeus Hēra te kai pantes hosous ismen pantas adelphous legomenous autōn, eti te tous toutōn allous ekgonous.”
“Concerning the other daimones, to tell and to know their origin is beyond us. We must believe those who have spoken of it before, who were, as they said, offspring of the gods, and surely, I suppose, knew their own ancestors. It is impossible, then, to disbelieve the children of gods, even though they speak without probable or necessary proofs; but since they profess to report what concerns their own family, we must follow the law and believe them. Let the origin of these gods, then, be held and told by us as they tell it: Of Earth and Heaven were born Oceanus and Tethys; of these, Phorcys, Cronus and Rhea, and all who came with them; and of Cronus and Rhea, Zeus and Hera and all whom we know as their reputed brothers and sisters, and further their other offspring.”
13.14.6Dindorf 2:224–225
Διὰ δὴ ταῦτα ἀπολειπτέος ἡμῖν ὁ φιλόσοφος, οὐ κατὰ φιλόσοφον, οὐδʼ αὐτὸς αὑτῷ συμφώνως, τὰς μυθικὰς τῶν ποιητῶν γενεαλογίας καθυποκρινάμενος. αὐτοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἦν ἀκοῦσαι φάντος ἐν Πολιτείᾳ τάδε. “ἐν τοῖς μείζοσιν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, μύθοις ὀψόμεθα καὶ τοὺς ἐλάττους. δεῖ γὰρ δὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τύπον εἶναι καὶ ταὐτὸν δύνασθαι τούς τε μείζους καὶ τοὺς ἐλάττους· ἢ οὐκ οἴει; Ἔγωγε, ἔφη· ἀλλὰ οὐκ ἐννοῶ οὐδὲ τοὺς μείζους τίνας λέγεις. οὓς Ἡσίοδός τε καὶ Ὅμηρος, εἷπον, ἡμῖν ἐλεγέτην καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ποιηταί. οὗτοι γάρ που μύθους τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ψευδεῖς συντιθέντες ἔλεγόν τε καὶ λέγουσι, ” τὰ μικρῷ πρόσθεν τεθειμένα.
Dia dē tauta apoleipteos hēmin ho philosophos, ou kata philosophon, oudʼ autos hautǭ symphōnōs, tas mythikas tōn poiētōn genealogias kathypokrinamenos. autou men gar ēn akousai phantos en Politeią tade. “en tois meizosin, ēn dʼ egō, mythois opsometha kai tous elattous. dei gar dē ton auton typon einai kai tauton dynasthai tous te meizous kai tous elattous; ē ouk oiei? Egōge, ephē; alla ouk ennoō oude tous meizous tinas legeis. hous Hēsiodos te kai Homēros, heipon, hēmin elegetēn kai hoi alloi poiētai. houtoi gar pou mythous tois anthrōpois pseudeis syntithentes elegon te kai legousi, ” ta mikrǭ prosthen tetheimena.
For these reasons the philosopher must be left behind by us, since, not as a philosopher nor consistently with himself, he pretended to accept the mythical genealogies of the poets. For one could hear him saying this in the Republic: “In the greater myths, I said, we shall see the lesser too. For the greater and the lesser must be of the same stamp and have the same effect. Do you not think so? I do, he said; but I do not see what you mean by the greater either. Those, I said, that Hesiod and Homer told us, and the other poets. For they, I suppose, composed false myths for men, and told them, and still tell them”: the words quoted a little before.
13.14.7Dindorf 2:225
πάλιν τε αὐτοῦ ἦν καὶ τὰ διʼ ὧν ἔφησεν Ἐξαλείψομεν ἄρα, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ἀπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ ἔπους ἀρξάμενοι, πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα, βουλοίμην κʼ ἐπάρουρος ἐὼν θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ” καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· διʼ ὧν τε ἐπίλεγει
palin te autou ēn kai ta diʼ hōn ephēsen Exaleipsomen ara, ēn dʼ egō, apo toude tou epous arxamenoi, panta ta toiauta, bouloimēn kʼ eparouros eōn thēteuemen allǭ, ” kai ta hexēs; diʼ hōn te epilegei
And again his were the words in which he said: “We shall strike out, then, I said, beginning with this verse, all such things: ‘I would rather be a serf on the land, toiling for another,’” and what follows; and the words in which he adds:
13.14.8Dindorf 2:225
“Πάλιν δὴ Ὀμήρου δεησόμεθα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ποιητῶν μὴ ποιεῖν Ἀχιλλέα θεὰς παῖδα, ἄλλοτʼ ἐπὶ πλευρὰς κατακείμενον, ἄλλοτε δʼ αὖτε ὕπτιον, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑπόμενα. οἶς ἐπάγει
“Palin dē Omērou deēsometha kai tōn allōn poiētōn mē poiein Achillea theas paida, allotʼ epi pleuras katakeimenon, allote dʼ aute hyption, kai ta toutois hepomena. ois epagei
“Again we shall ask Homer and the other poets not to portray Achilles, son of a goddess, ‘now lying on his side, and now again on his back,’” and what follows. To which he adds:
13.14.9Dindorf 2:225
‟Ἢ Δία, καθευδόντων τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν τε ἀνθρώπων ὡς μόνος ἐγρηγορὼς, ἃ ἐβουλεύσατο, τούτων πάντων ῥᾳδίως ἐπιλαθόμενον διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀφροδισίων ἐπιθυμίαν, καὶ οὕτως ἐκπλαγέντα ἰδόντα τὴν Ἥραν, ὥστε μηδʼ εἰς τὸ δωμάτιον ἐλθεῖν ἐθέλειν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοῦ βουλόμενον χαμαὶ συγγίνεσθαι κορύδου δίκην· καὶ λέγοντα ὡς οὕτως ὑπὸ ἐπιθυμίας ἔχεται, ὡς οὐδὲ ὅτε πρῶτον ἐφοίτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους, φίλους λήθοντε τοκῆας, οὐδὲ Ἄρεος τε καὶ Ἀφροδίτης ὑπὸ Ἡφαίστου δεσμὸν διʼ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα.”
‟Ē Dia, katheudontōn tōn allōn theōn te anthrōpōn hōs monos egrēgorōs, ha ebouleusato, toutōn pantōn rhądiōs epilathomenon dia tēn tōn aphrodisiōn epithymian, kai houtōs ekplagenta idonta tēn Hēran, hōste mēdʼ eis to dōmation elthein ethelein, allʼ autou boulomenon chamai synginesthai korydou dikēn; kai legonta hōs houtōs hypo epithymias echetai, hōs oude hote prōton ephoitōn pros allēlous, philous lēthonte tokēas, oude Areos te kai Aphroditēs hypo Hēphaistou desmon diʼ hetera toiauta.”
“Or Zeus, when the other gods and men were asleep and he alone awake, easily forgetting all that he had planned because of his desire for sexual pleasure, and so struck at the sight of Hera that he did not even wish to go into the chamber, but wanted to lie with her there on the ground, like a lark; and saying that he is so possessed by desire as not even when they first went to each other ‘without their parents’ knowledge’; nor the binding of Ares and Aphrodite by Hephaestus for other such things.”
13.14.10Dindorf 2:225–226
Ὡν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον εἰρημένων τί δῆτα βούλεται αὐτῷ ἡ μετὰ ταῦτα φωνὴ τοὺς μὲν ποιητὰς θεῶν παῖδας ὀνομάζουσα, καὶ τό τε ἀπιστεῖν αὐτοῖς ἀδύνατον εἶναι φήσασα, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων αὐτοὺς ἀποδείξεων τοὺς περὶ θεῶν μύθους πλάσαι μαρτυραμένη;
Hōn touton ton tropon eirēmenōn ti dēta bouletai autǭ hē meta tauta phōnē tous men poiētas theōn paidas onomazousa, kai to te apistein autois adynaton einai phēsasa, kaiper aneu eikotōn kai anankaiōn autous apodeixeōn tous peri theōn mythous plasai martyramenē?
These things having been said in this way, what then does his later statement mean, which calls the poets children of gods, says that it is impossible to disbelieve them, and bears witness that they invented the myths about the gods without probable or necessary proofs?
13.14.11Dindorf 2:226
Τί δὲ ἡ ἄλογος ἐθέλει πίστις, δέει τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν νόμων τιμωρίας προβεβλημένη; πῶς δὲ θεῶν Οὐρανὸς καὶ Γῆ πρῶτοι, ἒπειτα τούτων ἒκγονοι, Ὠκεανὸς καὶ Τηθὺς, Κρόνος τε καὶ πάντες οἰ πρὸς Ὀμήρου καὶ Ἡσιόδου μυθευόμενοι παῖδες καὶ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ ἒκγονοι τούτων, ὁπότε ταῦτα αὐτὰ ἀνῄρει λέγων
Ti de hē alogos ethelei pistis, deei tēs apo tōn nomōn timōrias probeblēmenē? pōs de theōn Ouranos kai Gē prōtoi, epeita toutōn ekgonoi, Ōkeanos kai Tēthys, Kronos te kai pantes oi pros Omērou kai Hēsiodou mytheuomenoi paides kai adelphoi kai ekgonoi toutōn, hopote tauta auta anę̄rei legōn
And what does the irrational faith mean, put forward through fear of punishment from the laws? And how are Heaven and Earth the first of the gods, and then their offspring, Oceanus and Tethys, and Cronus, and all the children and brothers and descendants of these told in the myths of Homer and Hesiod, when he himself was doing away with these very things, saying:
13.14.12Dindorf 2:226
“ Ὅπερ, ἦν δʼ ἐγώ, χρὴ πρῶτον καὶ μάλιστα μέμφεσθαι, ἄλλως τε καὶ τις μὴ καλῶς ψεύδηται. Τί τοῦτο; Ὅταν εἰκάζῃ τις κακῶς τῷ λόγῳ περὶ θεῶν τε καὶ ἡρώων, οἶοί εἰσιν, ὣσπερ γραφεὺς μηδὲν ἐοικότα γράφων οἶς ἂν ὂμοια βουληθῇ γράψαι.” Καὶ πάλιν “Πρῶτον μὲν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, τὸ μέγιστον καὶ περὶ Τῶν μεγίστων ψεῦδος ὁ εἰπὼν οὐ καλῶς ἐψεύσατο, ὡς Οὐρανός τε εἰργάσατο ἃ φησι δρᾶσαι αὐτὸν Ἠσίοδος, ὂ τε αὖ Κρόνος ἐτιμωρήσατο αὑτόν“ καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς.
“ Hoper, ēn dʼ egō, chrē prōton kai malista memphesthai, allōs te kai tis mē kalōs pseudētai. Ti touto? Hotan eikazę̄ tis kakōs tǭ logǭ peri theōn te kai hērōōn, oioi eisin, hōsper grapheus mēden eoikota graphōn ois an omoia boulēthę̄ grapsai.” Kai palin “Prōton men, ēn dʼ egō, to megiston kai peri Tōn megistōn pseudos ho eipōn ou kalōs epseusato, hōs Ouranos te eirgasato ha phēsi drasai auton Ēsiodos, o te au Kronos etimōrēsato hauton“ kai ta toutois hexēs.
“The fault, I said, that ought to be blamed first and most of all, especially if anyone lies not well. What is that? When someone represents badly in words what the gods and heroes are like, as a painter does whose picture is not at all like the things he wished to paint.” And again: “First, I said, he who told the greatest lie about the greatest things did not lie well: that Heaven did what Hesiod says he did, and how Cronus in turn took vengeance on him,” and what follows.
13.14.13Dindorf 2:226
Πῶς δὲ οἱ νῦν ψευδεῖς καὶ οὐκ ἀληθεῖς ποιηταὶ πάλιν οἱ αὐτοὶ θεῶν ἔκγονοι λέγοιντʼ ἂν; ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων δὴ χάριν ἀπολειπτέος μὲν ἠμῖν οὖτος, δέει θανάτου τὸν Ἀθηναίων δῆμον καθυποκρινάμενος· τιμητέος δὲ Μωςῆς, τά τε Ἐβραίων λόγια καθαρᾶς ἐξεχόμενα διόλου τῆς μόνης ἀληθοῦς καὶ ἀπλανοῦς εὐσεβείας. Θέα δὴ καὶ ἂλλο.
Pōs de hoi nyn pseudeis kai ouk alētheis poiētai palin hoi autoi theōn ekgonoi legointʼ an? alla gar toutōn dē charin apoleipteos men ēmin outos, deei thanatou ton Athēnaiōn dēmon kathypokrinamenos; timēteos de Mōsēs, ta te Ebraiōn logia katharas exechomena diolou tēs monēs alēthous kai aplanous eusebeias. Thea dē kai allo.
How then could the same poets, now called false and untruthful, again be called offspring of the gods? For these reasons, then, this man must be left behind by us, since through fear of death he pretended to agree with the people of the Athenians; and Moses must be honored, and the oracles of the Hebrews, which hold throughout to the pure, the only true and unerring godliness. Now look at another point.
Preparation 13, chapter 15
13.15.1Dindorf 2:226–227
Ἐβραῖοι τὴν μέσην τῶν λογικῶν φύσιν γεννητὴν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀγέννητον εἶναί φασι. Ταύτην δὲ Εἰς νοερὰς οὐσίας διαιροῦντες τῷ λόγῳ πνεύματα καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ θεοῦ λειτουργοὺς ἀγγέλους τε καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους ἐπονομάζουσιν· ἐκ δὲ τῆς τούτων ἀποπτώσεως καὶ παρατροπῆς τὸ δαιμόνων γένος καὶ πὰν τὸ τῆς ἐναντίας καὶ μοχθηρὰς ἐνεργείας εἶδος εἰσάγουσι.
Ebraioi tēn mesēn tōn logikōn physin gennētēn, allʼ ouk agennēton einai phasi. Tautēn de Eis noeras ousias diairountes tǭ logǭ pneumata kai dynameis kai theou leitourgous angelous te kai archangelous eponomazousin; ek de tēs toutōn apoptōseōs kai paratropēs to daimonōn genos kai pan to tēs enantias kai mochthēras energeias eidos eisagousi.
The Hebrews say that the middle order of rational natures is generated and not ungenerated. Dividing this in thought into intellectual beings, they call them spirits and powers and ministers of God, angels and archangels; and from the falling away and perversion of these they derive the race of demons and every kind of contrary and wicked activity.
13.15.2Dindorf 2:227
διόπερ οὐδὲ θεοὺς ἐπιτρέπουσιν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς μὴ τὸ καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἀχώριστον τῆς φύσεως ἐπαγομένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ εἶναι οὐ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου ἐπενηνεγμένους, τό τε εὑ εἶναι, καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν, αὐτό τε τὸ ἀθάνατον, οὔτε τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ ὁμοίως οὔτε τῷ διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα συνέστη ἐπιφερομένους.
dioper oude theous epitrepousin hēgeisthai tous mē to kalon kai agathon achōriston tēs physeōs epagomenous, alla kai to einai ou parʼ heautōn, para de tou pantōn aitiou epenēnegmenous, to te heu einai, kai tēn aretēn, auto te to athanaton, oute tǭ epi pantōn theǭ homoiōs oute tǭ diʼ hou ta panta synestē epipheromenous.
Therefore they do not allow those to be considered gods who do not carry the beautiful and good as inseparable from their nature, but have received even their existence not from themselves but from the cause of all, and their well-being and virtue, and immortality itself, possessing these neither in the same way as the God over all nor as him through whom all things were made.
13.15.3Dindorf 2:227
ὁ δέ γε Πλάτων ἀσωμάτους μὲν καὶ νοητὰς οὐσίας τὰς λογικὰς φύσεις Ἑβραίοις ὑφίστησι, διαπίπτει δὲ τῆς ἀκολουθίας, πρῶτον μὲν ἀγεννήτους εἶναι φάσκων αὐτὰς, ὥσπερ καὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν, ἔπειτα ἐξ ἀπορροίας τῆς τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου συστῆναι λέγων. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος αὐτὰς γεγονέναι διδόναι βούλεται.
ho de ge Platōn asōmatous men kai noētas ousias tas logikas physeis Hebraiois hyphistēsi, diapiptei de tēs akolouthias, prōton men agennētous einai phaskōn autas, hōsper kai pasan psychēn, epeita ex aporroias tēs tou prōtou aitiou systēnai legōn. oude gar ek tou mē ontos autas gegonenai didonai bouletai.
Plato, like the Hebrews, posits the rational natures as incorporeal and intelligible beings, but he falls away from consistency, first by saying that they are ungenerated, like every soul, and then by saying that they came into being from an emanation of the first cause. For he will not allow that they came into being from what is not.
13.15.4Dindorf 2:227
διὸ καὶ πλειόνων θεῶν ὑποτίθεται εἶναι γένος, ἀπορροίας τινὰς καὶ προβολὰς τοῦ πρώτου καὶ τοῦ δευτέρου αἰτίου τῷ λόγῳ ὑφιστάμενος· εἶναί τε ἀγαθὰς τὴν φύσιν, οὐδαμῶς οἵας τε τῆς οἰκείας ἐκστῆναι ἀρετῆς, ἔνθεν αὐτοὺς καὶ θεοὺς εἷναι δοξάζει.
dio kai pleionōn theōn hypotithetai einai genos, aporroias tinas kai probolas tou prōtou kai tou deuterou aitiou tǭ logǭ hyphistamenos; einai te agathas tēn physin, oudamōs hoias te tēs oikeias ekstēnai aretēs, enthen autous kai theous heinai doxazei.
Therefore he also supposes a race of many gods, conceiving in thought certain emanations and projections of the first and second cause, and holding that they are good by nature and in no way able to depart from their own virtue; for which reason he also thinks them gods.
13.15.5Dindorf 2:227
τούτων δὲ ἕτερον εἶναι τὸ δαιμόνων φῦλον ἡγεῖται, φαυλότητος ὂν καὶ μοχθηρίας καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον τροπῆς δεκτικόν· ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους εἶναί τε καὶ ὀνομάζεσθαι. ταῦτα δὲ παρὰ τὰ Ἑβραίοις δοκοῦντα τοῦτον ὑποθέμενος τὸν τρόπον, οὐκ ἀποδίδωσιν ὁπόθεν ὑποστῆναι φάναι εἰκὸς τοὺς δαίμονας.
toutōn de heteron einai to daimonōn phylon hēgeitai, phaulotētos on kai mochthērias kai tēs epi to cheiron tropēs dektikon; hōn tous men agathous, tous de phaulous einai te kai onomazesthai. tauta de para ta Hebraiois dokounta touton hypothemenos ton tropon, ouk apodidōsin hopothen hypostēnai phanai eikos tous daimonas.
He considers the race of daimones to be different from these, being capable of baseness and wickedness and of turning to the worse; and he says that some of them are good and some bad, and are so called. Having laid this down in this way, contrary to the teaching of the Hebrews, he does not explain from what source it is reasonable to say that the daimones came into being.
13.15.6Dindorf 2:227–228
ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ὕλης οὐδεὶς ἂν νοῦν ἔχων εἴποι· ἄλογος γὰρ αὕτη· λογικὰ δʼ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐξ ἀλόγου τεχθείη, λογικοὶ δὲ οἱ δαίμονες. εἰ δʼ ἐκ τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἀπορροίας οὗτοι, καὶ πῶς οὐ θεοὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ τοῖς γεγεννηκόσιν ἐξ ἴσου; πῶς δʼ ἀγαθῆς οὔσης πηγῆς οὐχ ὅμοια καὶ τὰ παρʼ αὐτῆς; κακίας δʼ ἐν τοῖς δευτέροις ἡ βλάστη πόθεν ἐξέφυ τῆς ῥίζης ἄνωθεν ἐξ ἀγαθῶν καὶ διʼ ἀγαθῶν ἰούσης;
ek men gar tēs tōn sōmatōn hylēs oudeis an noun echōn eipoi; alogos gar hautē; logika dʼ ouk an pote ex alogou techtheiē, logikoi de hoi daimones. ei dʼ ek tēs tōn kreittonōn aporroias houtoi, kai pōs ou theoi kai autoi tois gegennēkosin ex isou? pōs dʼ agathēs ousēs pēgēs ouch homoia kai ta parʼ autēs? kakias dʼ en tois deuterois hē blastē pothen exephy tēs rhizēs anōthen ex agathōn kai diʼ agathōn iousēs?
No one with sense would say they came from the matter of bodies; for that is irrational, and rational things could never be born from the irrational, and the daimones are rational. But if they come from the emanation of the higher beings, how are they not gods themselves, equal to those who begot them? How, when the source is good, are its products not like it? And from where did the shoot of evil in the second order spring, when the root proceeds from above, from good things and through good things?
13.15.7Dindorf 2:228
πῶς δʼ ἂν γένοιτο πικρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ γλυκέος; εἰ δὲ δὴ σκότους παντὸς καὶ πικρίας πάσης χαλεπώτερον τὸ τῶν μοχθηρῶν δαιμόνων γένος, πῶς ἐξ ἀπορροίας λέγοιτʼ ἂν τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων φύσεως; εἰ δὲ ἐκ τῆσδε ἦν, οὐδʼ ἂν ἐτράπη τῆς οἰκείας λήξεως· εἰ δʼ ἠλλοίωται, οὐδʼ ἦν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπαθὲς τὴν φύσιν· εἰ δʼ οὐ τοιάδε ἦν, καὶ πῶς θεοὶ εἶεν, οἱ δὴ φαύλης οἶοί τε εἰσὶ μετέχειν μοίρας;
pōs dʼ an genoito pikron apo tou glykeos? ei de dē skotous pantos kai pikrias pasēs chalepōteron to tōn mochthērōn daimonōn genos, pōs ex aporroias legoitʼ an tēs tōn kreittonōn physeōs? ei de ek tēsde ēn, oudʼ an etrapē tēs oikeias lēxeōs; ei dʼ ēlloiōtai, oudʼ ēn tēn archēn apathes tēn physin; ei dʼ ou toiade ēn, kai pōs theoi eien, hoi dē phaulēs oioi te eisi metechein moiras?
How could bitter come from sweet? And if the race of wicked daimones is harsher than all darkness and all bitterness, how could it be said to come from an emanation of the higher nature? If it were from that, it would not have turned from its own lot; and if it has been altered, it was not from the beginning impassible in nature; and if it was not such, how could they be gods who are capable of sharing a bad lot?
13.15.8Dindorf 2:228
ἀλλʼ εἰ μήτε τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἀπορροίας μήτʼ αὖ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ὕλης εἶεν, ὥρα ἢ ἀγεννήτους λέγειν καὶ πρὸς τῇ ἀγεννήτῳ ὕλῃ τῶν σωμάτων τρίτον στῖφος λογικῶν ἀγεννήτων ἀντιπαρατάττειν τῷ θεῷ, οὐκέτι τε τὸν θεὸν πάντων εἶναι ποιητὴν καὶ δημιουργὸν τῶν ὅλων ἀποδιδόναι, ἢ τοῦθʼ ὁμολογοῦντας, καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ποιεῖν αὐτὸν τοῖς Ἑβραίων συμφώνως ὁμολογεῖν λόγοις.
allʼ ei mēte tēs tōn kreittonōn aporroias mētʼ au tēs tōn sōmatōn hylēs eien, hōra ē agennētous legein kai pros tę̄ agennētǭ hylę̄ tōn sōmatōn triton stiphos logikōn agennētōn antiparatattein tǭ theǭ, ouketi te ton theon pantōn einai poiētēn kai dēmiourgon tōn holōn apodidonai, ē touthʼ homologountas, kai ta mē onta poiein auton tois Hebraiōn symphōnōs homologein logois.
But if they are neither from the emanation of the higher beings nor from the matter of bodies, it is time either to call them ungenerated, and besides the ungenerated matter of bodies to range a third body of ungenerated rational beings against God, and no longer to make God the maker of all things and creator of the universe; or else, admitting this, to confess in agreement with the words of the Hebrews that he makes even the things that are not.
13.15.9Dindorf 2:228
τίνα δὲ οἵδε περὶ τῶνδε ἐκδιδάσκουσι; τὴν μέσην τῶν λογικῶν φύσιν οὔτʼ ἐκ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ὕλης οὔτʼ ἐξ ἀπορροίας τῆς ἀγεννήτου καὶ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἐχούσης οὐσίας ὑποστῆναί φασι· μὴ οὖσαν δὲ πρότερον δυνάμει δραστηρίῳ τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου γεγονέναι.
tina de hoide peri tōnde ekdidaskousi? tēn mesēn tōn logikōn physin outʼ ek tēs tōn sōmatōn hylēs outʼ ex aporroias tēs agennētou kai aei kata ta auta kai hōsautōs echousēs ousias hypostēnai phasi; mē ousan de proteron dynamei drastēriǭ tou pantōn aitiou gegonenai.
And what do these teach about these things? They say that the middle order of rational natures did not come into being either from the matter of bodies or from an emanation of the ungenerated being which is always the same and unchanging, but that, not existing before, it came into being by the active power of the cause of all.
13.15.10Dindorf 2:228–229
ταύτῃ τε μὴ θεοὺς εἶναι, μηδὲ κυρίως τῆσδε τῆς προσηγορίας ἠξιῶσθαι, ὅτι μηδὲ τὴν φύσιν ἰσοῦται τῷ πεποιηκότι, μηδʼ ἀχώριστον ὁμοίως τῷ θεῷ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφέλκεται, τό τε τῷ καλῷ ἐναντίον ἐστὶν ὅτε καὶ δέξοιτʼ ἂν ὀλιγωρίᾳ τῆς περὶ τὸ κρεῖττον σχολῆς, ἣν αὐτὸς ἕκαστος αὐτῷ κατείργασται, τῆς οἰκείας ὁρμῆς τε καὶ γνώμης πεφυκὼς κύριος. ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τάδε. μετίωμεν δὲ καὶ ἐφʼ ἕτερα.
tautę̄ te mē theous einai, mēde kyriōs tēsde tēs prosēgorias ēxiōsthai, hoti mēde tēn physin isoutai tǭ pepoiēkoti, mēdʼ achōriston homoiōs tǭ theǭ to agathon ephelketai, to te tǭ kalǭ enantion estin hote kai dexoitʼ an oligōrią tēs peri to kreitton scholēs, hēn autos hekastos autǭ kateirgastai, tēs oikeias hormēs te kai gnōmēs pephykōs kyrios. tauta kai peri tade. metiōmen de kai ephʼ hetera.
And in this way they are not gods, nor properly deemed worthy of this name, because they are not equal in nature to their Maker, nor do they carry the good as inseparable, as God does; and at times they may even receive what is contrary to the good, through neglect of their attention to the better, which each has wrought for himself, being by nature master of his own impulse and will. So much on these things also. Let us pass on to other matters.
Preparation 13, chapter 16
13.16.1Dindorf 2:229
Ἑβραίοις ὁμοίως τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον ὑποθέμενος, καὶ τῷ θεῷ ὁμοίαν αὐτὴν εἰπὼν, οὐκέτʼ ἀκολούθως αὐτοῖς ποτὲ μὲν αὐτῆς τὴν οὐσίαν σύνθετον εἶναί φησιν, ὡς ἂν μέρος μέν τι ἐπαγομένης τῆς ἀμερίστου καὶ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐχούσης αἰτίας, καὶ μέρος περὶ τὰ σώματα μεριστῆς φύσεως.
Hebraiois homoiōs tēn psychēn athanaton hypothemenos, kai tǭ theǭ homoian autēn eipōn, ouketʼ akolouthōs autois pote men autēs tēn ousian syntheton einai phēsin, hōs an meros men ti epagomenēs tēs ameristou kai aei kata ta auta echousēs aitias, kai meros peri ta sōmata meristēs physeōs.
Having supposed, like the Hebrews, that the soul is immortal, and having said that it is like God, he is no longer consistent with them when he says at one time that its essence is composite, as taking one part from the indivisible cause that is always the same, and one part from the nature that is divisible in bodies.
13.16.2Dindorf 2:229
λέγει δʼ οὖν αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν ἐν Τιμαίῳ ‟ ῾Ο δὲ καὶ γενέσει καὶ ἀρετῇ προτέραν καὶ πρεσβυτέραν ψυχὴν σώματος, ὡς δεσπότιν καὶ ἄρξουσαν ἀρξομένου, συνεστήσατο ἐκ τῶνδε καὶ τοιῷδε τρόπῳ. τῆς ἀμερίστου καὶ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐχούσης οὐσίας, καὶ τῆς αὖ περὶ τὰ σώματα γινομένης μεριστῆς, τρίτον ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἐν μέσῳ συνεκεράσατο οὐσίας εἶδος, τῆς τε ταυτοῦ φύσεως αὖ πέρι καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἑτέρου, καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ συνέστησεν ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ τε ἀμεροῦς αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὰ σώματα μεριστοῦ. καὶ τρία λαβὼν αὐτὰ ὄντα συνεκεράσατο εἰς μίαν πάντα ἰδέαν, τὴν θατέρου φύσιν δύσμικτον οὖσαν εἰς ταὐτὸ ξυναρμόττων βίᾳ.”
legei dʼ oun autois rhēmasin en Timaiǭ ‟ ῾O de kai genesei kai aretę̄ proteran kai presbyteran psychēn sōmatos, hōs despotin kai arxousan arxomenou, synestēsato ek tōnde kai toiǭde tropǭ. tēs ameristou kai aei kata ta auta echousēs ousias, kai tēs au peri ta sōmata ginomenēs meristēs, triton ex amphoin en mesǭ synekerasato ousias eidos, tēs te tautou physeōs au peri kai tēs tou heterou, kai kata ta auta synestēsen en mesǭ tou te amerous autōn kai tou kata ta sōmata meristou. kai tria labōn auta onta synekerasato eis mian panta idean, tēn thaterou physin dysmikton ousan eis tauto xynarmottōn bią.”
He speaks thus, in these very words, in the Timaeus: “And he made the soul prior to the body and older in birth and excellence, to be its mistress and ruler and the body its subject, out of the following elements and in the following way. From the indivisible being that is always the same, and from the divisible being that comes to be in bodies, he mixed a third form of being between the two, partaking of the nature of the same and of the other; and he set it accordingly in the middle between the indivisible of them and that which is divisible in bodies. And taking these three, he mixed them all into one form, forcing the nature of the other, which is hard to mix, into union with the same.”
13.16.3Dindorf 2:229
Ἔνθεν εἰκότως αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ παθητικὸν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῇ συνῆπται. ἀλλὰ τοτὲ μὲν ὧδε περὶ ψυχῆς οὐσίας διείληφε, τοτὲ δὲ ἄλλο τι χεῖρον περιτίθησιν αὐτῇ ἀτόπημα, τὴν θείαν ἐκείνην καὶ οὐράνιον, τὴν ἀσώματον καὶ λογικὴν, τὴν θεῷ ὁμοίαν καὶ διʼ ἀρετῆς μέγεθος τὰς οὐρανίους ὑπερπαίουσαν ἀψῖδας, ἄνωθέν ποθεν ἐκ τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων ἐπὶ ὄνους καὶ λύκους καὶ μύρμηκας καὶ μελίττας κατιέναι φάσκων, καὶ τούτῳ πιστεύειν ἡμᾶς παρακαλῶν τῷ λόγῳ ἄνευ τινὸς ἀποδείξεως.
Enthen eikotōs autǭ kai to pathētikon tǭ logǭ tēs ousias autę̄ synēptai. alla tote men hōde peri psychēs ousias dieilēphe, tote de allo ti cheiron peritithēsin autę̄ atopēma, tēn theian ekeinēn kai ouranion, tēn asōmaton kai logikēn, tēn theǭ homoian kai diʼ aretēs megethos tas ouranious hyperpaiousan apsidas, anōthen pothen ek tōn hyperkosmiōn epi onous kai lykous kai myrmēkas kai melittas katienai phaskōn, kai toutǭ pisteuein hēmas parakalōn tǭ logǭ aneu tinos apodeixeōs.
Hence, reasonably according to his account, the passible part of the soul’s being is joined to it. But at one time he has taken this view of the soul’s essence, at another he attaches to it another, worse absurdity, saying that that divine and heavenly soul, incorporeal and rational, like God, and by the greatness of its virtue rising above the vaults of heaven, comes down from somewhere above the world into asses and wolves and ants and bees; and he urges us to believe this argument without any proof.
13.16.4Dindorf 2:229–230
λέγει δʼ οὖν ἐν μὲν τῷ περὶ ψυχῆς τάδε Καὶ μέχρι γε τούτου πλανῶνται, ἕως ἂν τῇ τοῦ σωματοειδοῦς τοῦ ξυνεπακολουθοῦντος ἐπιθυμίᾳ πάλιν ἐνδεθῶσιν εἰς σῶμα. ἐνδοῦνται δὲ, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς, εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἤθη, ὁποῖα ἄττʼ ἂν καὶ μεμελετηκυῖαι τύχωσιν ἐν βίῳ.
legei dʼ oun en men tǭ peri psychēs tade Kai mechri ge toutou planōntai, heōs an tę̄ tou sōmatoeidous tou xynepakolouthountos epithymią palin endethōsin eis sōma. endountai de, hōsper eikos, eis ta toiauta ēthē, hopoia attʼ an kai memeletēkuiai tychōsin en biǭ.
He says this, then, in the dialogue On the Soul: “And they wander until, through the desire of the bodily nature that follows them about, they are bound again into a body. And they are bound, as is likely, into such characters as they happen to have practiced in life.
13.16.5Dindorf 2:230
Τὰ ποῖα δὴ ταῦτα λέγεις, ὢ Σώκρατες; Οἶον τοὺς μὲν τὰς γαστριμαργίας τε καὶ ὕβρεις καὶ φιλοποσίας μεμελετηκότας καὶ μὴ διευλαβουμένους εἰς τὰ τῶν ὄνων γένη καὶ τῶν τοιούτων θηρίων εἰκὸς ἐνδύεσθαι· ἣ οὐκ οἴει; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν εἰκὸς λέγεις.
Ta poia dē tauta legeis, ō Sōkrates? Oion tous men tas gastrimargias te kai hybreis kai philoposias memeletēkotas kai mē dieulaboumenous eis ta tōn onōn genē kai tōn toioutōn thēriōn eikos endyesthai; hē ouk oiei? Pany men oun eikos legeis.
What kinds do you mean, Socrates? For example, those who have practiced gluttony and insolence and drunkenness, and taken no care to avoid them, are likely to enter the races of asses and such beasts. Do you not think so? What you say is very likely.
13.16.6Dindorf 2:230
Τοὺς δέ γε ἀδικίας καὶ τυραννίδας καὶ ἁρπαγὰς προτετιμηκότας εἰς τὰ τῶν λύκων τε καὶ ἱεράκων καὶ ἰκτίνων γένη· ἢ ποῖ ἂν ἄλλοσε φαῖμεν τὰς τοιαύτας ἰέναι; Ἀμέλει, ἔφη ὁ Κέβης, εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα. Οὐκοῦν, ἦ δʼ ὃς, δῆλα δὴ καὶ τἄλλα, ᾗ ἑκάστη ἴοι κατὰ τὰς αὐτῶν ὁμοιότητας τῆς μελέτης.
Tous de ge adikias kai tyrannidas kai harpagas protetimēkotas eis ta tōn lykōn te kai hierakōn kai iktinōn genē; ē poi an allose phaimen tas toiautas ienai? Amelei, ephē ho Kebēs, eis ta toiauta. Oukoun, ē dʼ hos, dēla dē kai talla, hę̄ hekastē ioi kata tas autōn homoiotētas tēs meletēs.
And those who have preferred injustice and tyranny and robbery, into the races of wolves and hawks and kites; or where else should we say such souls go? Certainly, said Cebes, into such. Then, he said, it is clear about the others too, where each would go according to the likeness of its practices.
13.16.7Dindorf 2:230
Δῆλον δὴ, ἔφη· πῶς δʼ οὔ; Οὐκοῦν εὐδαιμονέστατοι, ἔφη, καὶ τούτων εἰσὶ καὶ εἰς βέλτιστον τόπον ἰόντες οἶ τὴν δημοτικὴν καὶ πολιτικὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπιτετηδευκότες, ἣν δὴ καλοῦσι σωφροσύνην τε καὶ δικαιοσύνην, ἐξ ἔθους τε καὶ μελέτης γεγονυῖαν, ἄνευ φιλοσοφίας τε καὶ νοῦ; δὴ οὗτοι εὐδαιμονέστατοι; Ὅτι τούτους εἰκός ἐστιν εἰς τοιοῦτον πάλιν ἀφικνεῖσθαι πολιτικὸν καὶ ἥμερον γένος, ἤπου μελιττῶν ἢ σφηκῶν ἢ μυρμήκων, ἢ καὶ εἰς αὐτό γε πάλιν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος.”
Dēlon dē, ephē; pōs dʼ ou? Oukoun eudaimonestatoi, ephē, kai toutōn eisi kai eis beltiston topon iontes oi tēn dēmotikēn kai politikēn aretēn epitetēdeukotes, hēn dē kalousi sōphrosynēn te kai dikaiosynēn, ex ethous te kai meletēs gegonuian, aneu philosophias te kai nou? dē houtoi eudaimonestatoi? Hoti toutous eikos estin eis toiouton palin aphikneisthai politikon kai hēmeron genos, ēpou melittōn ē sphēkōn ē myrmēkōn, ē kai eis auto ge palin to anthrōpinon genos.”
Clearly, he said; of course. Then the happiest even of these, he said, and those who go to the best place, are those who have practiced the popular and civic virtue which they call temperance and justice, arising from habit and practice, without philosophy and mind? Why are these the happiest? Because it is likely that they come again into some such civic and gentle race, perhaps of bees or wasps or ants, or even back into the human race itself.”
13.16.8Dindorf 2:230–231
Καὶ ἐν τῷ Φαιδρῷ δὲ ἐπάκουσον ὁποῖα διέξεισιν ‟Εἰς μὲν γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ ὅθεν ἥκει ψυχὴ οὐκ ἀφικνεῖται ἐτῶν μυρίων· οὐ γὰρ πτεροῦται πρὸ τοσούτου χρόνου, πλὴν ἡ τοῦ φιλοσοφήσαντος ἀδόλως ἢ παιδεραστήσαντος μετὰ φιλοσοφίας. αὗται δὲ τρίτῃ περιόδῳ τῇ χιλιετεῖ, ἐὰν ἕλωνται τρὶς ἐφεξῆς τὸν βίον τοῦτον, οὕτω πτερωθεῖσαι τρισχιλιοστῷ ἔτει ἀπέρχονται. αἱ δὲ ἄλλαι, ὅταν τὸν πρῶτον βίον τελευτήσωσι, κρίσεως ἔτυχον· κριθεῖσαι δὲ αἶ μὲν εἰς τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς δικαιωτήρια ἐλθοῦσαι δίκην τίνουσιν, αἶ δʼ εἰς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τινὰ τόπον ὑπὸ τῆς δίκης κουφισθεῖσαι διάγουσιν ἀξίως οὗ ἐν ἀνθρώπου εἴδει ἐβίωσαν βίου. τῷ δὲ χιλιοστῷ ἀμφότεραι ἀφικνούμεναι ἐπὶ κλήρωσίν τε καὶ αἵρεσιν τοῦ δευτέρου βίου, αἱροῦνται ὃν ἂν ἐθέλῃ ἑκάστη. ἔνθα δὴ καὶ εἰς θηρίου βίον ἀνθρωπίνη ψυχὴ ἀφικνεῖται καὶ ἐκ θηρίου, ὅς ποτε ἄνθρωπος ἦν, πάλιν εἰς ἄνθρωπον.”
Kai en tǭ Phaidrǭ de epakouson hopoia diexeisin ‟Eis men gar to auto hothen hēkei psychē ouk aphikneitai etōn myriōn; ou gar pteroutai pro tosoutou chronou, plēn hē tou philosophēsantos adolōs ē paiderastēsantos meta philosophias. hautai de tritę̄ periodǭ tę̄ chilietei, ean helōntai tris ephexēs ton bion touton, houtō pterōtheisai trischiliostǭ etei aperchontai. hai de allai, hotan ton prōton bion teleutēsōsi, kriseōs etychon; kritheisai de ai men eis ta hypo gēs dikaiōtēria elthousai dikēn tinousin, ai dʼ eis tou ouranou tina topon hypo tēs dikēs kouphistheisai diagousin axiōs hou en anthrōpou eidei ebiōsan biou. tǭ de chiliostǭ amphoterai aphiknoumenai epi klērōsin te kai hairesin tou deuterou biou, hairountai hon an ethelę̄ hekastē. entha dē kai eis thēriou bion anthrōpinē psychē aphikneitai kai ek thēriou, hos pote anthrōpos ēn, palin eis anthrōpon.”
And hear what he relates in the Phaedrus: “For the soul does not come to the same place from which it came for ten thousand years; for it does not grow wings before so long a time, except the soul of one who has philosophized sincerely, or loved boys with philosophy. These, in the third period of a thousand years, if they choose this life three times in succession, thus grow their wings and depart in the three-thousandth year. But the others, when they have ended their first life, come to judgment; and having been judged, some go to the places of correction under the earth and pay the penalty, while others, lifted up by justice to some place in heaven, live in a manner worthy of the life they lived in human form. And in the thousandth year both come to the allotment and choice of their second life, and each chooses the one it wishes. There a human soul passes into the life of a beast, and from a beast, one that was once a man passes back into a man.”
13.16.9Dindorf 2:231
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐν Φαιδρῷ· ἐν δὲ τῇ Πολιτείᾳ τοιάδε γράφοντος ἄκουε Ἰδεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἔφη ψυχὴν τήν ποτε Ὀρφέως γενομένην κύκνου βίον αἱρουμένην, μίσει τοῦ γυναικείου γένους διὰ τὸν ὑπʼ ἐκείνων θάνατον οὐκ ἐθέλουσαν ἐν γυναικὶ γεννηθεῖσαν γενέσθαι. ἰδεῖν δὲ τὴν Θαμύρου ἀηδόνος ἑλομένην· ἰδεῖν δὲ κύκνον μεταβάλλοντα εἰς ἀνθρωπίνου βίου αἵρεσιν, καὶ ἄλλα ζῷα μουσικὰ ὡσαύτως, ὡς τὸ εἰκός.
Kai tauta men en Phaidrǭ; en de tę̄ Politeią toiade graphontos akoue Idein men gar ephē psychēn tēn pote Orpheōs genomenēn kyknou bion hairoumenēn, misei tou gynaikeiou genous dia ton hypʼ ekeinōn thanaton ouk ethelousan en gynaiki gennētheisan genesthai. idein de tēn Thamyrou aēdonos helomenēn; idein de kyknon metaballonta eis anthrōpinou biou hairesin, kai alla zǭa mousika hōsautōs, hōs to eikos.
So much in the Phaedrus. And hear him writing such things as these in the Republic: “He said he saw the soul that had once been Orpheus choosing the life of a swan, out of hatred of the female sex because of his death at their hands, not wishing to be born of a woman; and he saw the soul of Thamyras choosing that of a nightingale; and he saw a swan changing to the choice of a human life, and other musical creatures likewise, as was likely.
13.16.10Dindorf 2:231–232
τὴν δὲ λαχοῦσαν ψυχὴν ἑλέσθαι λέοντος βίον, εἶναι δὲ τὴν Αἵαντος τοῦ Τελαμωνίου, φεύγουσαν ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι, μεμνημένην τῆς τῶν ὅπλων κρίσεως. τὴν δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἐχθρὰν καὶ ταύτην τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου γένους διὰ τὰ πάθη ἀετοῦ διαλλάξαι βίον. ἐν μέσοις δὲ λαχοῦσαν τὴν Ἀταλάντης ψυχὴν, κατιδοῦσαν μεγάλας τιμὰς ἀθλητοῦ ἀνδρὸς, οὐ δύνασθαι παρελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ λαβεῖν. μετὰ δὲ ταύτην ἰδεῖν τὴν Ἐπειοῦ τοῦ Πανοπέως εἰς τεχνικῆς γυναικὸς ἰοῦσαν φύσιν πόρρω δὲ ἐν ὑστάτοις ἰδεῖν τὴν τοῦ γελωτοποιοῦ Θερσίτου πίθηκον ἐνδυομένην.
tēn de lachousan psychēn helesthai leontos bion, einai de tēn Haiantos tou Telamōniou, pheugousan anthrōpon genesthai, memnēmenēn tēs tōn hoplōn kriseōs. tēn de epi toutǭ tou Agamemnonos, echthran kai tautēn tou anthrōpinou genous dia ta pathē aetou diallaxai bion. en mesois de lachousan tēn Atalantēs psychēn, katidousan megalas timas athlētou andros, ou dynasthai parelthein, alla labein. meta de tautēn idein tēn Epeiou tou Panopeōs eis technikēs gynaikos iousan physin porrō de en hystatois idein tēn tou gelōtopoiou Thersitou pithēkon endyomenēn.
The soul that drew its lot chose the life of a lion; it was that of Ajax son of Telamon, avoiding becoming a man, remembering the judgment of the arms. And next the soul of Agamemnon; this too, hostile to the human race because of its sufferings, exchanged for the life of an eagle. And the soul of Atalanta, which had drawn its lot among the middle ones, seeing the great honors of a male athlete, could not pass them by but took them. After her he saw the soul of Epeius son of Panopeus going into the nature of a craftswoman; and far off, among the last, he saw the soul of the buffoon Thersites putting on an ape.
13.16.11Dindorf 2:232
κατὰ τύχην δὲ τὴν Ὀδυσσέως λαχοῦσαν πασῶν ὑστάτην, αἱρησομένην ἰέναι· μνήμῃ δὲ τῶν προτέρων πόνων φιλοτιμίας λελωφηκυῖαν ζητεῖν περιιοῦσαν χρόνον πολὺν βίον ἀνδρὸς ἰδιώτου καὶ ἀπράγμονος, καὶ μόγις εὑρεῖν κείμενόν που καὶ παρημελημένον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ εἰπεῖν ἰδοῦσαν ὅτι ταῦτʼ ἂν ἔπραξε καὶ πρώτη λαχοῦσα, καὶ ἀσμένην ἑλέσθαι. καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ θηρίων ὡσαύτως εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἰέναι καὶ εἰς ἄλληλα, τὰ μὲν ἄδικα εἰς τὰ ἄγρια, τὰ δὲ δίκαια εἰς τὰ ἥμερα μεταβαλόντα, καὶ πάσας μίξεις μίγνυσθαι.”
kata tychēn de tēn Odysseōs lachousan pasōn hystatēn, hairēsomenēn ienai; mnēmę̄ de tōn proterōn ponōn philotimias lelōphēkuian zētein periiousan chronon polyn bion andros idiōtou kai apragmonos, kai mogis heurein keimenon pou kai parēmelēmenon hypo tōn allōn, kai eipein idousan hoti tautʼ an epraxe kai prōtē lachousa, kai asmenēn helesthai. kai ek tōn allōn de thēriōn hōsautōs eis anthrōpous ienai kai eis allēla, ta men adika eis ta agria, ta de dikaia eis ta hēmera metabalonta, kai pasas mixeis mignysthai.”
And by chance the soul of Odysseus, having drawn the last lot of all, went to choose; and remembering its former toils, having recovered from ambition, it went about for a long time seeking the life of a private man who minded his own business, and with difficulty found it lying somewhere, neglected by the others; and when it saw it, it said that it would have done the same even if it had drawn the first lot, and chose it gladly. And from the other beasts likewise some went into men and into one another, the unjust changing into the wild, the just into the tame, and all kinds of mixtures were made.”
13.16.12Dindorf 2:232
Τοσαῦτα περὶ ψυχῆς ὁ Πλάτων εἰπὼν δῆλός ἐστιν Αἰγυπτιάζων τῷ δόγματι· οὐ γὰρ Ἑβραίων ὁ λόγος, ὅτι μηδὲ ἀληθείᾳ φίλος. τοῦτο δʼ οὐ καιρὸς ἀπελέγχειν, ὅτι μηδʼ αὐτὸς διʼ ἀποδείξεων ἐνεχείρησε τῷ προβλήματι. τοσοῦτον δʼ εὐλόγως τις ἂν ἐπισημήναιτο, ὡς οὐκ ἦν σύμφωνα τὸν αὐτὸν λέγειν ἅμα τῇ τελευτῇ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαττομένας δίκας εἰς Ἅιδου ὧν ἔδρασαν διδόναι κἀκεῖσε τιμωρεῖσθαι εἰς ἄπειρον, καὶ πάλιν φάσκειν αὐτὰς τοὺς ἐνταῦθα βίους κατὰ γνώμην οἰκείαν αἱρεῖσθαι.
Tosauta peri psychēs ho Platōn eipōn dēlos estin Aigyptiazōn tǭ dogmati; ou gar Hebraiōn ho logos, hoti mēde alētheią philos. touto dʼ ou kairos apelenchein, hoti mēdʼ autos diʼ apodeixeōn enecheirēse tǭ problēmati. tosouton dʼ eulogōs tis an episēmēnaito, hōs ouk ēn symphōna ton auton legein hama tę̄ teleutę̄ tas psychas tōn asebōn enthende apallattomenas dikas eis Haidou hōn edrasan didonai kakeise timōreisthai eis apeiron, kai palin phaskein autas tous entautha bious kata gnōmēn oikeian haireisthai.
Having said so much about the soul, Plato is plainly following the Egyptians in his doctrine; for the teaching is not that of the Hebrews, since it is not a friend of truth. This is not the time to refute it, since he himself did not attempt the problem with proofs. But one might reasonably point out this much: that it was not consistent for the same man to say that the souls of the impious, departing from here at death, pay the penalty in Hades for what they did and are punished there without end, and again to say that they choose their lives here according to their own will.
13.16.13Dindorf 2:232–233
ἐνδεῖσθαι γὰρ αὐτὰς εἰς σῶμά φησιν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τοῦ σωματοειδοῦς· καὶ τὰς μὲν ὕβρει καὶ γαστριμαργίᾳ ἐντραφείσας ὄνους γίνεσθαι, θηρίων τε ἄλλων ὑποδύνειν σώματα, κατὰ γνώμην, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατὰ δίκην ταῦτα αἱρουμένας· τοὺς δὲ ἀδίκους καὶ ἅρπαγας λύκους καὶ ἰκτῖνας γίγνεσθαι, ἐθελοντὰς ἐπὶ τοῦτʼ ἐλθόντας. εἶτα Ὀρφέως μὲν ψυχὴν κύκνον εἶναι θελῆσαι· Θαμύρου δὲ ἀηδόνος, Θερσίτην δὲ πιθήκου βίον ἑλέσθαι.
endeisthai gar autas eis sōma phēsin epithymią tou sōmatoeidous; kai tas men hybrei kai gastrimargią entrapheisas onous ginesthai, thēriōn te allōn hypodynein sōmata, kata gnōmēn, allʼ ou kata dikēn tauta hairoumenas; tous de adikous kai harpagas lykous kai iktinas gignesthai, ethelontas epi toutʼ elthontas. eita Orpheōs men psychēn kyknon einai thelēsai; Thamyrou de aēdonos, Thersitēn de pithēkou bion helesthai.
For he says that they are bound into a body by desire for the bodily; and that those brought up in insolence and gluttony become asses, and enter the bodies of other beasts, choosing these by their own will, not by way of justice; and that the unjust and rapacious become wolves and kites, coming to this willingly. Then that the soul of Orpheus wished to be a swan, that of Thamyras a nightingale, and that Thersites chose the life of an ape.
13.16.14Dindorf 2:233
ποῦ δʼ ἂν εἴη τὰ τῆς μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγὴν κρίσεως, ἣν ἐν μὲν τῷ περὶ ψυχῆς ὑπογράφων φησὶν, ὡς “Ἐπειδὰν ἀφίκωνται οἱ τετελευτηκότες εἰς τὸν τόπον οἷ ὁ δαίμων ἕκαστον κομίζει,... καὶ οἳ μὲν ἂν δόξωσι μέσως βεβιωκέναι, πορευθέντες ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀχέροντα, ἀναβάντες ἃ δὴ αὐτοῖς ὀχήματά ἐστιν, ἐπὶ τούτων ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὴν λίμνην, καὶ ἐκεῖ οἰκοῦσί τε καὶ καθαιρόμενοι τῶν τε ἀδικημάτων διδόντες δίκας ἀπολύονται, εἴ τίς τι ἠδίκηκε, τῶν τε εὐεργεσιῶν τιμὰς φέρονται κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἕκαστος. οἳ δʼ ἂν δόξωσιν ἀνιάτως ἔχειν διὰ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἢ ἱεροσυλίας πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας ἢ φόνους ἀδίκους καὶ παρανόμους πολλοὺς ἐξειργασμένοι, ἢ ἄλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα τυγχάνει ὄντα, τούτους δὲ ἡ προσήκουσα μοῖρα ῥίπτει εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον, ὅθεν οὔ ποτε ἐκβαίνουσι.”
pou dʼ an eiē ta tēs meta tēn enthende apallagēn kriseōs, hēn en men tǭ peri psychēs hypographōn phēsin, hōs “Epeidan aphikōntai hoi teteleutēkotes eis ton topon hoi ho daimōn hekaston komizei,... kai hoi men an doxōsi mesōs bebiōkenai, poreuthentes epi ton Acheronta, anabantes ha dē autois ochēmata estin, epi toutōn aphiknountai eis tēn limnēn, kai ekei oikousi te kai kathairomenoi tōn te adikēmatōn didontes dikas apolyontai, ei tis ti ēdikēke, tōn te euergesiōn timas pherontai kata tēn axian hekastos. hoi dʼ an doxōsin aniatōs echein dia ta megethē tōn hamartēmatōn, ē hierosylias pollas kai megalas ē phonous adikous kai paranomous pollous exeirgasmenoi, ē alla hosa toiauta tynchanei onta, toutous de hē prosēkousa moira rhiptei eis ton Tartaron, hothen ou pote ekbainousi.”
Where, then, would be the judgment after departure from here, which he describes in the dialogue On the Soul, saying: “When the dead have come to the place to which his daimon brings each … those who are judged to have lived a middling life go to the Acheron, embark on the vessels there for them, and on these come to the lake; and there they dwell, and being purified, and paying the penalty for their wrongdoings, they are released, if anyone has done wrong, and receive rewards for their good deeds, each according to his merit. But those who are judged incurable because of the greatness of their sins, having committed many great sacrileges, or many unjust and lawless murders, or other such things, these their fitting fate hurls into Tartarus, from which they never come out.”
13.16.15Dindorf 2:233
Καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ὧδέ πη διῆλθε. περὶ δὲ τῶν εὐσεβῶν ἐπάκουσον ὥς φησι “Τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ φιλοσοφίᾳ ἱκανῶς καθηράμενοι ἄνευ τε καμάτων ζῶσι τὸ παράπαν εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον, καὶ εἰς οἰκήσεις ἔτι τούτων καλλίους ἀφικνοῦνται, ἃς οὔτε ῥᾴδιον δηλῶσαι οὔτε ὁ χρόνος ἱκανὸς ἐν τῷ παρόντι.”
Kai ta men peri tōn asebōn hōde pē diēlthe. peri de tōn eusebōn epakouson hōs phēsi “Toutōn de autōn hoi philosophią hikanōs kathēramenoi aneu te kamatōn zōsi to parapan eis ton epeita chronon, kai eis oikēseis eti toutōn kallious aphiknountai, has oute rhądion dēlōsai oute ho chronos hikanos en tǭ paronti.”
Thus he described the fate of the impious. Hear how he speaks of the godly: “And of these, those who have been sufficiently purified by philosophy live thereafter altogether without toils for all time to come, and come to dwellings even fairer than these, which it is not easy to describe, nor is there sufficient time at present.”
13.16.16Dindorf 2:233–234
Καὶ ἐν τῷ Γοργίᾳ δὲ πρόσχες τί καί φησι Τὸν μὲν δικαίως τὸν βίον διελθόντα καὶ ὁσίως, ἐπειδὰν τελευτήσῃ, εἰς μακάρων νήσους ἀπιόντα οἰκεῖν ἐν πάσῃ εὐδαιμονίᾳ ἐκτὸς κακῶν, τὸν δὲ ἀδίκως καὶ ἀθέως εἰς τὸ τῆς τίσεως τε καὶ δίκης δεσμωτήριον, ὃ δὴ Τάρταρον καλοῦσιν, ἰέναι... οἱ δʼ ἂν τὰ ἔσχατα ἀδικήσωσι καὶ διὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀδικήματα ἀνίατοι γένωνται, ἐκ τούτων τὰ παραδείγματα γίγνεται, καὶ οὗτοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι ὀνίνανται, ἅτε ἀνίατοι ὄντες, ἄλλοι δὲ ὀνίνανται οἱ τούτους ὁρῶντες διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ὀδυνηρότατα καὶ φοβερώτατα πάθη πάσχοντας τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον, ἀτεχνῶς παραδείγματα ἀνηρτημένους ἐκεῖ Ἅιδου ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ, τοῖς ἀεὶ τῶν ἀδίκων ἀφικνουμένοις θεάματα καὶ νουθετήματα.”
Kai en tǭ Gorgią de prosches ti kai phēsi Ton men dikaiōs ton bion dielthonta kai hosiōs, epeidan teleutēsę̄, eis makarōn nēsous apionta oikein en pasę̄ eudaimonią ektos kakōn, ton de adikōs kai atheōs eis to tēs tiseōs te kai dikēs desmōtērion, ho dē Tartaron kalousin, ienai... hoi dʼ an ta eschata adikēsōsi kai dia ta toiauta adikēmata aniatoi genōntai, ek toutōn ta paradeigmata gignetai, kai houtoi autoi men ouketi oninantai, hate aniatoi ontes, alloi de oninantai hoi toutous horōntes dia tas hamartias tas megistas kai odynērotata kai phoberōtata pathē paschontas ton aei chronon, atechnōs paradeigmata anērtēmenous ekei Haidou en tǭ desmōtēriǭ, tois aei tōn adikōn aphiknoumenois theamata kai nouthetēmata.”
And attend to what he says in the Gorgias: “That he who has passed his life justly and holily, when he dies, goes away to the islands of the blessed and dwells in all happiness apart from evils; but he who has lived unjustly and godlessly goes to the prison of retribution and justice, which they call Tartarus … And those who have committed the extreme wrongs and have become incurable through such wrongs, from these the examples are made; and they themselves are no longer benefited, since they are incurable, but others are benefited who see them suffering for all time the greatest, most painful and most fearful sufferings for their sins, simply hung up there in the prison in Hades as examples, a spectacle and a warning to the unjust who are always arriving.”
13.16.17Dindorf 2:234
Ταῦτα πῶς ἂν δύναιτο συνᾴδειν τοῖς περὶ ἀμοιβῆς σωμάτων, ἃ τὴν ψυχὴν μετιοῦσαν αἱρεῖσθαι φάσκουσι, λόγοις; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἡ αὐτὴ τιμωρίας καὶ δεσμωτήρια καὶ τοσαύτην δίκην εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε τελευτὴν ὑφέξει, καὶ πάλιν οἵα τις ἀνειμένη καὶ δεσμῶν ἐλευθέρα βίους ἕλοιτʼ ἂν οὓς ἂν ἐθέλῃ; εἰ δὲ τὰ καθʼ ἡδονὴν μέλλοι πάλιν αἱρεῖσθαι, καὶ ποῦ τὸ τῆς τίσεως τε καὶ δίκης δεσμωτήριον; μυρία δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλα τις ἐπὶ σχολῆς ἐπιλάβοιτʼ ἂν τοῦ λόγου, ὧν οὐ καιρὸς τὴν διάνοιαν μηκύνειν.
Tauta pōs an dynaito synądein tois peri amoibēs sōmatōn, ha tēn psychēn metiousan haireisthai phaskousi, logois? pōs gar an hē autē timōrias kai desmōtēria kai tosautēn dikēn eis ton aei chronon meta tēn enthende teleutēn hyphexei, kai palin hoia tis aneimenē kai desmōn eleuthera bious heloitʼ an hous an ethelę̄? ei de ta kathʼ hēdonēn melloi palin haireisthai, kai pou to tēs tiseōs te kai dikēs desmōtērion? myria dʼ an kai alla tis epi scholēs epilaboitʼ an tou logou, hōn ou kairos tēn dianoian mēkynein.
How could these things agree with the arguments about the exchange of bodies, which say that the soul, migrating, chooses them? For how could the same soul undergo punishments and prisons and such great penalty for all time after its death here, and again, as if released and free from bonds, choose whatever lives it wishes? And if it is again to choose what is pleasant, where then is the prison of retribution and justice? One might at leisure find countless other objections to the argument, on which it is not the time to dwell at length.
13.16.18Dindorf 2:234
καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὀλίσθημα τῆς τοῦ Πλάτωνος περὶ τῶνδε δόξης ταύτῃ πη πέφανται· τὸ δʼ ἕτερον τῆς τοῦ δόγματος διασκευῆς, διʼ οὗ τὸ μέν τι θεῖον καὶ λογικὸν εἶναι τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸ δέ τι μέρος αὐτῆς ἄλογον καὶ παθητικὸν τυγχάνειν ὡρίσατο, καὶ πρὸς τῶν αὐτοῦ γνωρίμων κατέγνωσται, ὡς μαθεῖν ἔνεστιν ἀπὸ τῶν τοιῶνδε λόγων
kai to men prōton olisthēma tēs tou Platōnos peri tōnde doxēs tautę̄ pē pephantai; to dʼ heteron tēs tou dogmatos diaskeuēs, diʼ hou to men ti theion kai logikon einai tēs psychēs, to de ti meros autēs alogon kai pathētikon tynchanein hōrisato, kai pros tōn autou gnōrimōn kategnōstai, hōs mathein enestin apo tōn toiōnde logōn
Thus the first slip of Plato’s opinion on these matters has been shown in some way. The other, in the structure of the doctrine, by which he defined one part of the soul as divine and rational, and another part as irrational and passible, has been condemned even by his own followers, as may be learned from the following words:
Preparation 13, chapter 17
13.17.1Dindorf 2:234–235
“Περὶ δὲ τῆς κατὰ Πλάτωνα ψυχῆς, ἥν φησιν ἐξ ἀπαθοῦς καὶ παθητῆς οὐσίας συστῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς ἐκ λευκοῦ καὶ μέλανος τῶν μέσων τι χρωμάτων, ἐκεῖνα ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἀνάγκη χρόνῳ διαστάσεως αὐτῶν γιγνομένης ἀφανισθῆναι αὐτὴν, ὡς τὴν τοῦ μέσου χρώματος σύστασιν, ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεία ἑκάστου ἐξ ὧν συνέστη ἐν χρόνῳ φύσει χωριζομένου. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, φθαρτὴν ἀποφανοῦμεν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀθάνατον τὴν ψυχήν.
“Peri de tēs kata Platōna psychēs, hēn phēsin ex apathous kai pathētēs ousias systēnai hypo tou theou, hōs ek leukou kai melanos tōn mesōn ti chrōmatōn, ekeina echomen eipein, hoti anankē chronǭ diastaseōs autōn gignomenēs aphanisthēnai autēn, hōs tēn tou mesou chrōmatos systasin, epi ta oikeia hekastou ex hōn synestē en chronǭ physei chōrizomenou. ei de touto, phthartēn apophanoumen, allʼ ouk athanaton tēn psychēn.
“Concerning the soul according to Plato, which he says was composed by God of impassible and passible being, as one of the intermediate colors is from white and black, we have this to say: that, as these separate in time, it must necessarily disappear, as the composition of the intermediate color does, each part from which it was composed separating in time by nature into its own. If so, we shall declare the soul perishable and not immortal.
13.17.2Dindorf 2:235
εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖται, μηδὲν τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει ὄντων ἄνευ τοῦ ἐναντίου εἶναι, τά τε ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἐναντίων φύσεως ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κεκοσμῆσθαι, φιλίαν αὐτοῖς καὶ κοινωνίαν ἐμποιήσαντος αὐτοῦ, οἶον τῷ ξηρῷ πρὸς τὸ ὑγρὸν, καὶ τῷ θερμῷ πρὸς τὸ ψυχρὸν, τῷ τε βαρεῖ πρὸς τὸ κοῦφον, λευκῷ τε πρὸς τὸ μέλαν, γλυκεῖ τε πρὸς τὸ πικρὸν, σκληρῷ τε πρὸς τὸ μαλακὸν, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις μίαν ἄλλην πάντων κοινωνίαν, τῇ τε ἀπαθεῖ οὐσίᾳ πρὸς τὴν παθητὴν, τὰ δὲ κραθέντα καὶ μιχθέντα χωρισμὸν τὸν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων ἐν χρόνῳ φύσει ἐπιδέχεται, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἐξ ἀπαθοῦς καὶ παθητῆς οὐσίας γεγονέναι ὑποκείσεται, ἀνάγκη ὡς τὸ μέσον χρῶμα οὕτω καὶ ταύτην ἐν χρόνῳ φύσει ἀφανισθῆναι, τῶν ἐν τῇ συστάσει αὐτῆς ἐναντίων ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν ἐπειγομένων.
ei gar touto homologeitai, mēden tōn en tę̄ physei ontōn aneu tou enantiou einai, ta te en tǭ kosmǭ ek tēs tōn enantiōn physeōs hypo tou theou kekosmēsthai, philian autois kai koinōnian empoiēsantos autou, oion tǭ xērǭ pros to hygron, kai tǭ thermǭ pros to psychron, tǭ te barei pros to kouphon, leukǭ te pros to melan, glykei te pros to pikron, sklērǭ te pros to malakon, kai pasi tois toioutois mian allēn pantōn koinōnian, tę̄ te apathei ousią pros tēn pathētēn, ta de krathenta kai michthenta chōrismon ton apʼ allēlōn en chronǭ physei epidechetai, hē de psychē ex apathous kai pathētēs ousias gegonenai hypokeisetai, anankē hōs to meson chrōma houtō kai tautēn en chronǭ physei aphanisthēnai, tōn en tę̄ systasei autēs enantiōn epi tēn oikeian physin epeigomenōn.
For if it is agreed that nothing in nature exists without its opposite, and that the things in the world have been ordered by God out of the nature of opposites, he having put friendship and fellowship into them, as the dry toward the wet, the hot toward the cold, the heavy toward the light, white toward black, sweet toward bitter, hard toward soft, and in all such things one other fellowship of all, impassible being toward passible; and if things blended and mixed admit by nature of separation from one another in time, and the soul shall be supposed to have come from impassible and passible being, then, like the intermediate color, it too must by nature disappear in time, as the opposites in its composition press toward their own nature.
13.17.3Dindorf 2:235
ἢ γὰρ οὐχ ὁρῶμεν καὶ τὸ φύσει βαρὺ, κἂν ὑφʼ ἥμων ἤ τινος ἔξωθεν φυσικῆς προσγενομένης αὐτῷ κουφότητος ἄνω φέρηται, ὡς αὐτὸ ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν κάτω βιάζεται; ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ φύσει κοῦφον κατὰ τὰς ὁμοίας ἕξωθεν αἰτίας κάτω φερόμενον, ὡς αὐτὸ ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τὰ ἄνω βιάζεται; τὰ γὰρ ἐκ δύο τινῶν ἀλλήλοις ἐναντίων εἰς ταὐτὸν συναχθέντα ἀδύνατον ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἀεὶ εἶναι, μὴ τρίτου τινὸς τῆς τῶν ὄντων οὐσίας ἀεὶ ἐνόντος αὐτοῖς.
ē gar ouch horōmen kai to physei bary, kan hyphʼ hēmōn ē tinos exōthen physikēs prosgenomenēs autǭ kouphotētos anō pherētai, hōs auto homoiōs epi tēn oikeian physin katō biazetai? homoiōs de kai to physei kouphon kata tas homoias hexōthen aitias katō pheromenon, hōs auto homoiōs epi ta anō biazetai? ta gar ek dyo tinōn allēlois enantiōn eis tauton synachthenta adynaton en tǭ autǭ aei einai, mē tritou tinos tēs tōn ontōn ousias aei enontos autois.
For do we not see that what is heavy by nature, even if it is carried upward by us or by some natural lightness added to it from outside, likewise forces its way down toward its own nature? And likewise what is light by nature, carried down by similar external causes, forces its way upward? For things brought together into one from two opposites cannot remain always in the same state, unless some third thing of the being of existing things is always present in them.
13.17.4Dindorf 2:235–236
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι ψυχὴ τρίτον τι πρᾶγμα ἐκ δύο ἐναντίων ἀλλήλοις σύνθετον, ἁπλοῦν δὲ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ φύσει ἀπαθὲς καὶ ἀσώματον· ὅθεν Πλάτων καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἀθάνατον αὐτὴν ἔφασαν εἶναι.
alla gar ouk esti psychē triton ti pragma ek dyo enantiōn allēlois syntheton, haploun de kai tę̄ autę̄ physei apathes kai asōmaton; hothen Platōn kai hoi metʼ autou athanaton autēn ephasan einai.
But the soul is not some third thing compounded of two opposites; it is simple, and by its very nature impassible and incorporeal. Hence Plato and those after him said that it is immortal.
13.17.5Dindorf 2:236
ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος κοινός ἐστι πάντων λόγος γεγονέναι, τὰ δʼ ἐν ἡμῖν ἄνευ σώματος ἑκουσίως καὶ ἀκουσίως γιγνόμενα πάθη τῆς ψυχῆς εἶναι λέγεται, οἶ μὲν πολλοὶ τούτῳ τεκμαιρόμενοι παθητὴν εἶναι τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτῆς, θνητὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι λέγουσι καὶ σωματοειδῆ, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀσώματον.
epeidē de ton anthrōpon ek psychēs kai sōmatos koinos esti pantōn logos gegonenai, ta dʼ en hēmin aneu sōmatos hekousiōs kai akousiōs gignomena pathē tēs psychēs einai legetai, oi men polloi toutǭ tekmairomenoi pathētēn einai tēn ousian autēs, thnētēn autēn einai legousi kai sōmatoeidē, allʼ ouk asōmaton.
But since it is the common account of all that man is made of soul and body, and the affections that happen in us, willingly and unwillingly, without the body are said to belong to the soul, the many, judging by this that its essence is passible, say that it is mortal and bodily, and not incorporeal.
13.17.6Dindorf 2:236
ὁ δὲ Πλάτων τῷ φύσει αὐτῆς ἀπαθεῖ προσηναγκάσθη τὴν παθητὴν οὐσίαν προσυφᾶναι. ὅτι δὲ μηδετέρως ἔχει, ἐξ ὧν ἑκάτεροι εἰρήκασι, Πλάτων τε καὶ οἶ ἄλλοι, πειρασόμεθα τῷ λόγῳ, τὰς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργούσας δυνάμεις παραθέντες, προσβιβάσαι.”
ho de Platōn tǭ physei autēs apathei prosēnankasthē tēn pathētēn ousian prosyphanai. hoti de mēdeterōs echei, ex hōn hekateroi eirēkasi, Platōn te kai oi alloi, peirasometha tǭ logǭ, tas en hēmin energousas dynameis parathentes, prosbibasai.”
But Plato was compelled to weave passible being into the soul, which is impassible by nature. That it is neither the one nor the other, as each party has said, Plato and the others, we shall try to show by argument, setting out the powers at work in us.”
13.17.7Dindorf 2:236
Ταῦτά μοι ἀπὸ τῶν Σεβήρου τοῦ Πλατωνικοῦ Περὶ ψυχῆς προκείσθω. σκέψαι δὲ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τόδε περὶ τῆς οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ φωστήρων ἀρχῆς.
Tauta moi apo tōn Sebērou tou Platōnikou Peri psychēs prokeisthō. skepsai de pros tois eirēmenois kai tode peri tēs ouranou kai tōn en autǭ phōstērōn archēs.
Let these words from Severus the Platonist’s On the Soul be set out by me. And besides what has been said, consider this also, concerning the origin of heaven and of the luminaries in it.
Preparation 13, chapter 18
13.18.1Dindorf 2:236
Συμφώνως Ἑβραίοις καὶ τὸν περὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ φαινομένων ἀποδοὺς λόγον, καθʼ ὃν γεννητὰ εἶναι πρὸς τοῦ τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου πεποιημένα μετέχειν τε τῆς σωματικῆς καὶ φθαρτῆς οὐσίας συνέστη, οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως Ἑβραίοις σέβειν αὐτὰ νομοθετεῖ καὶ θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι, ὧδε φάσκων ἐν Ἑπινομίδι
Symphōnōs Hebraiois kai ton peri ouranou kai tōn en autǭ phainomenōn apodous logon, kathʼ hon gennēta einai pros tou tōn holōn aitiou pepoiēmena metechein te tēs sōmatikēs kai phthartēs ousias synestē, oukethʼ homoiōs Hebraiois sebein auta nomothetei kai theous hēgeisthai, hōde phaskōn en Hepinomidi
Having given, in agreement with the Hebrews, the account of heaven and the things that appear in it, according to which they are generated, made by the cause of the universe, and partake of bodily and perishable substance, he no longer, like the Hebrews, legislates that they are to be worshipped and held to be gods, saying thus in the Epinomis:
13.18.2Dindorf 2:236
“ Τίνα δὴ καὶ σεμνύνων ποτὲ λέγω θεὸν, ὦ Μέγιλλε καὶ Κλεινία; σχεδὸν οὐρανὸν, ὃν καὶ δικαιότατον, ὡς ξύμπαντες ἄλλοι δαίμονες ἅμα καὶ θεοὶ, τιμᾶν τε καὶ εὔχεσθαι διαφερόντως αὐτῷ· τὸ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἴτιον ἀγαθῶν πάντων ἡμῖν αὐτὸν γεγονέναι πάντες ἂν ὁμολογοῖμεν.”
“ Tina dē kai semnynōn pote legō theon, ō Megille kai Kleinia? schedon ouranon, hon kai dikaiotaton, hōs xympantes alloi daimones hama kai theoi, timan te kai euchesthai diapherontōs autǭ; to de kai tōn allōn aition agathōn pantōn hēmin auton gegonenai pantes an homologoimen.”
“Whom, then, do I mean when I speak with such reverence of a god, Megillus and Clinias? Heaven, I suppose, which it is most just that we, like all the other daimones and gods, should honor and pray to above all; and that it has been the cause of all other good things to us, we would all agree.”
13.18.3Dindorf 2:236–237
Εἶθʼ ὑποβὰς ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ προστίθησι ταῦτα “Θεοὺς δὲ δὴ τοὺς ὁρατοὺς, μεγίστους καὶ τιμιωτάτους καὶ ὀξύτατον ὁρῶντας πάντη, τοὺς πρώτους τὴν τῶν ἄστρων φύσιν λεκτέον, καὶ ὅσα μετὰ τούτων αἰσθανόμεθα γεγονότα, μετὰ δὲ τούτους καὶ ὑπὸ τούτοις ἑξῆς δαίμονας, ἀέριον δὲ γένος, ἔχον ἔδραν τρίτην καὶ μέσην, τῆς ἑρμηνείας αἴτιον, εὐχαῖς τιμᾶν μάλα χρεὼν χάριν τῆς εὐφήμου διαπορείας.”
Eithʼ hypobas en tǭ autǭ prostithēsi tauta “Theous de dē tous horatous, megistous kai timiōtatous kai oxytaton horōntas pantē, tous prōtous tēn tōn astrōn physin lekteon, kai hosa meta toutōn aisthanometha gegonota, meta de toutous kai hypo toutois hexēs daimonas, aerion de genos, echon edran tritēn kai mesēn, tēs hermēneias aition, euchais timan mala chreōn charin tēs euphēmou diaporeias.”
Then further on in the same work he adds this: “And as visible gods, the greatest, most honored, and sharpest-sighted everywhere, we must name first the nature of the stars, and all that we perceive came into being with them; and after these and under them in order the daimones, an airy race, holding the third and middle seat, the cause of interpretation, whom we ought greatly to honor with prayers for the sake of their auspicious passage.”
13.18.4Dindorf 2:237
Διὰ τούτων θεοὺς εἰπὼν εἰναι τοὺς δηλωθέντας περὶ τῆς πρώτης αὐτῶν συστάσεως φυσιολογῶν ἐν Τιμαίῳ τάδε διεξέρχεται “Ὅ τι πῦρ πρὸς τὸν ἀέρα, τοῦτο ἀὴρ πρὸς ὕδωρ, καὶ ὅ τι ἀὴρ πρὸς ὕδωρ, τοῦτο ὕδωρ πρὸς τὴν γῆν, ξυνέδησε καὶ ξυνεστήσατο οὐρανὸν ὁρατὸν καὶ ἁπτόν. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἔκ τε δὴ τούτων τοιούτων καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τεττάρων τὸ τοῦ κόσμου σῶμα ἐγενήθη διʼ ἀναλογίας ὁμολογῆσαν, φιλίαν τε ἔσχεν ἐκ τούτων, ὥστʼ εἰς ταὐτὸν αὑτῷ ξυνελθὸν ἄλυτον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων πλὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ ξυνδήσαντος γενέσθαι.”
Dia toutōn theous eipōn einai tous dēlōthentas peri tēs prōtēs autōn systaseōs physiologōn en Timaiǭ tade diexerchetai “Ho ti pyr pros ton aera, touto aēr pros hydōr, kai ho ti aēr pros hydōr, touto hydōr pros tēn gēn, xynedēse kai xynestēsato ouranon horaton kai hapton. kai dia tauta ek te dē toutōn toioutōn kai ton arithmon tettarōn to tou kosmou sōma egenēthē diʼ analogias homologēsan, philian te eschen ek toutōn, hōstʼ eis tauton hautǭ xynelthon alyton hypo tōn allōn plēn hypo tou xyndēsantos genesthai.”
Having said in these words that the beings described are gods, he goes through the following in the Timaeus, explaining the nature of their first composition: “As fire is to air, so air is to water, and as air is to water, so water is to earth; and so he bound together and constructed a heaven visible and tangible. And for these reasons, out of these elements, such as they are and four in number, the body of the world was made, harmonized by proportion, and it has friendship from them, so that, having come together into one with itself, it became indissoluble by any other than him who bound it together.”
13.18.5Dindorf 2:237
Εἶτʼ ἐπιλέγει “Ψυχὴν δʼ εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτοῦ θεὶς διὰ παντός τε ἔτεινε καὶ ἔτι ἔξωθεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτῇ περιεκάλυψε, καὶ κύκλῳ δὴ κύκλον στρεφόμενον οὐρανὸν ἕνα μόνον ἔρημον κατέστησε.”
Eitʼ epilegei “Psychēn dʼ eis to meson autou theis dia pantos te eteine kai eti exōthen to sōma autę̄ periekalypse, kai kyklǭ dē kyklon strephomenon ouranon hena monon erēmon katestēse.”
Then he adds: “And having set the soul in the middle of it, he stretched it through the whole and further wrapped the body round with it from outside; and he established one heaven alone, solitary, a circle turning in a circle.”
13.18.6Dindorf 2:237–238
Καὶ πάλιν ὑποβὰς ἐπιφέρει λέγων “Ἐξ οὖν λόγου καὶ διανοίας θεοῦ τοιαύτης πρὸς χρόνου γένεσιν, ἵνα γενηθῇ χρόνος, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη, καὶ πέντε ἄλλα ἄστρα, ἐπίκλην ἔχοντα πλάνητες, εἰς διορισμὸν καὶ φυλακὴν ἀριθμῶν χρόνου γέγονε· σώματα δὲ αὐτῶν ἑκάστων ποιήσας ὁ θεὸς ἔθηκεν εἰς τὰς περιφορὰς, ἃς ἡ θατέρου περίοδος ᾔει.”
Kai palin hypobas epipherei legōn “Ex oun logou kai dianoias theou toiautēs pros chronou genesin, hina genēthę̄ chronos, hēlios kai selēnē, kai pente alla astra, epiklēn echonta planētes, eis diorismon kai phylakēn arithmōn chronou gegone; sōmata de autōn hekastōn poiēsas ho theos ethēken eis tas periphoras, has hē thaterou periodos ę̄ei.”
And again, further on, he adds: “From such reasoning and design of God for the generation of time, so that time might be generated, the sun and moon and five other stars, which have the name of planets, came into being for the distinguishing and guarding of the numbers of time; and God, having made bodies for each of them, set them in the orbits in which the circuit of the other was moving.”
13.18.7Dindorf 2:238
Καὶ ἐπιλέγει ‟Δεσμοῖς τε ἐμψύχοις σώματα δεθέντα ζῷα τό τε προσταχθὲν ἔμαθε.”
Kai epilegei ‟Desmois te empsychois sōmata dethenta zǭa to te prostachthen emathe.”
And he adds: “And having had their bodies bound with living bonds, they became living beings and learned their appointed task.”
13.18.8Dindorf 2:238
Καὶ ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων καθόλου περὶ πάσης ψυχῆς ἀποφαίνεται λέγων ὧδε “Μεταβάλλει μέντοιγε πάνθʼ ὅσα μέτοχά ἐστι ψυχῆς, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν· μεταβαλόντα δὲ φέρεται κατὰ τὴν τῆς εἱμαρμένης τάξιν καὶ νόμον· μικρότερα μὲν τῶν ἠθῶν μεταβαλόντα ἐλάττω κατὰ τὸ τῆς χώρας ἐπίπεδον μεταπορεύεται, πλείω δὲ καὶ ἀδικώτερα μεταπεσόντα εἰς βάθος.”
Kai en tǭ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn katholou peri pasēs psychēs apophainetai legōn hōde “Metaballei mentoige panthʼ hosa metocha esti psychēs, en heautois kektēmena tēn tēs metabolēs aitian; metabalonta de pheretai kata tēn tēs heimarmenēs taxin kai nomon; mikrotera men tōn ēthōn metabalonta elattō kata to tēs chōras epipedon metaporeuetai, pleiō de kai adikōtera metapesonta eis bathos.”
And in the tenth book of the Laws he declares generally about every soul, speaking thus: “All things that partake of soul change, possessing in themselves the cause of change; and having changed, they move according to the order and law of destiny. Those whose characters have changed in smaller matters move over the surface of the land; those that have fallen into more and greater injustice, into the depth.”
13.18.9Dindorf 2:238
Εἰ δὴ οὖν μεταβάλλει πάνθʼ ὅσα μέτοχά ἐστι ψυχῆς ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν, οὐρανὸς δὲ καὶ ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη μέτοχά ἐστι ψυχῆς κατʼ αὐτὸν τὸν Πλάτωνα, καὶ ταῦτα ἄρα μεταβάλλοι ἂν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν κατὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ λόγον. πῶς οὖν πάλιν ἀιδίους αὐτοὺς εἶναι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο θεούς φησι, καίπερ ἐν σώματι φθαρτῷ ὄντας καὶ λυθῆναι οἴους τε;
Ei dē oun metaballei panthʼ hosa metocha esti psychēs en heautois kektēmena tēn tēs metabolēs aitian, ouranos de kai hēlios kai selēnē metocha esti psychēs katʼ auton ton Platōna, kai tauta ara metaballoi an en heautois kektēmena tēn tēs metabolēs aitian kata ton autou logon. pōs oun palin aidious autous einai kai dia touto theous phēsi, kaiper en sōmati phthartǭ ontas kai lythēnai oious te?
If, then, all things that partake of soul change, possessing in themselves the cause of change, and heaven and sun and moon partake of soul according to Plato himself, then these too would change, possessing in themselves the cause of change, according to his own argument. How then does he say again that they are everlasting, and for this reason gods, though they are in a perishable body and capable of being dissolved?
13.18.10Dindorf 2:238–239
λέγει δʼ οὖν πάλιν ἐν Τιμαίῳ ‘ Ἐπεὶ δʼ οὖν πάντες ὅσοι τε περιπολοῦσι φανερῶς καὶ ὅσοι φαίνονται καθʼ ὅσον ἂν ἐθέλωσι θεοὶ γένεσιν ἔσχον, λέγει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ τόδε τὸ πᾶν γεννήσας τάδε· θεοὶ θεῶν, ὧν ἐγὼ δημιουργὸς πατήρ τε ἔργων, ἄλυτα ἐμοῦ μὴ θέλοντος. τὸ μὲν οὖν δὴ δεθὲν πᾶν λυτόν· τό γε μὴν καλῶς ἁρμοσθὲν καὶ ἔχον εὖ λύειν ἐθέλειν κακοῦ. διʼ ἃ καὶ ἐπείπερ γεγένησθε, ἀθάνατοι μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἐστὲ, οὐδʼ ἄλυτοι τὸ πάμπαν· οὔτι μὲν δὴ λυθήσεσθέ γε, οὐδὲ τεύξεσθε θανάτου μοίρας, τῆς ἐμῆς βουλήσεως μείζονος ἔτι δεσμοῦ καὶ κυριωτέρου λαχόντες ἐκείνων οἶς ὅτε ἐγίγνεσθε ξυνεθεῖσθε.”
legei dʼ oun palin en Timaiǭ ‘ Epei dʼ oun pantes hosoi te peripolousi phanerōs kai hosoi phainontai kathʼ hoson an ethelōsi theoi genesin eschon, legei pros autous ho tode to pan gennēsas tade; theoi theōn, hōn egō dēmiourgos patēr te ergōn, alyta emou mē thelontos. to men oun dē dethen pan lyton; to ge mēn kalōs harmosthen kai echon eu lyein ethelein kakou. diʼ ha kai epeiper gegenēsthe, athanatoi men oun ouk este, oudʼ alytoi to pampan; outi men dē lythēsesthe ge, oude teuxesthe thanatou moiras, tēs emēs boulēseōs meizonos eti desmou kai kyriōterou lachontes ekeinōn ois hote egignesthe xynetheisthe.”
He says, then, again in the Timaeus: “When, then, all the gods, both those who revolve visibly and those who appear as far as they will, had come into being, he who begot this universe says to them: Gods of gods, of whom I am maker and father of works, which are indissoluble except by my will. Now all that is bound can be dissolved; but to wish to dissolve what is well fitted together and in good state is the part of the wicked. Therefore, since you have come into being, you are not immortal nor wholly indissoluble; yet you shall not be dissolved, nor meet with the fate of death, having obtained my will as a bond still greater and more sovereign than those with which you were bound when you came into being.”
13.18.11Dindorf 2:239
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. εἰκότως δῆτα Μώσης καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια σέβειν μὲν ἀπαγορεύει ταῦτα καὶ θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι, ἄνω δὲ πρὸς τὸν παμβασιλέα θεὸν ἀνάγοντα, αὐτὸν δὴ τὸν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων ὅλου τε οὐρανοῦ καὶ κόσμου δημιουργὸν, τὸν δὴ τὰ πάντα θείῳ λόγῳ συνδήσαντά τε καὶ συναρμοσάμενον, μόνον ἡγεῖσθαι θεὸν, καὶ μόνῳ τὴν σεβάσμιον ἀπονέμειν νομοθετεῖ τιμὴν λέγων “μὴ ἰδὼν τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ τὴν σελήνην, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀστέρας, καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσης αὐτοῖς.”
Tauta ho Platōn. eikotōs dēta Mōsēs kai ta Hebraiōn logia sebein men apagoreuei tauta kai theous hēgeisthai, anō de pros ton pambasilea theon anagonta, auton dē ton hēliou kai selēnēs kai astrōn holou te ouranou kai kosmou dēmiourgon, ton dē ta panta theiǭ logǭ syndēsanta te kai synarmosamenon, monon hēgeisthai theon, kai monǭ tēn sebasmion aponemein nomothetei timēn legōn “mē idōn ton hēlion, kai tēn selēnēn, kai pantas tous asteras, kai panta ton kosmon tou ouranou, planētheis proskynēsēs autois.”
So Plato. Fittingly, then, Moses and the oracles of the Hebrews forbid us to worship these and to hold them gods, but, leading us up to God the King of all, the very Creator of sun and moon and stars and of the whole heaven and world, who bound together and fitted all things by his divine Word, he legislates that we hold him alone to be God and render to him alone the honor of worship, saying: “Lest, seeing the sun and the moon and all the stars and all the host of heaven, you be led astray and worship them.”
13.18.12Dindorf 2:239
ἑρμηνεύει δὲ ταῦτα διασαφῶν εἰς πλάτος ὁ τὰ Ἑβραίων πεπαιδευμένος Φίλων ὧδέ πη λέγων πρὸς λέξιν ‟Τινὲς ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀστέρας ὑπέλαβον εἶναι θεοὺς αὐτοκράτορας, οἷς τὰς τῶν γιγνομένων ἀπάντων αἰτίας ἀνέθεσαν. Μωσεῖ δʼ ὁ κόσμος ἔδοξεν εἷναι καὶ γεννητὸς, καὶ πόλις ἡ μεγίστη ἄρχοντας ἔχουσα καὶ ὑπηκόους· ἄρχοντας μὲν τοὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ πάντας, οἶον πλάνητες καὶ ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρες· ὑπηκόους δὲ τὰς μετὰ σελήνην ἐν ἀέρι καὶ περιγείους φύσεις.
hermēneuei de tauta diasaphōn eis platos ho ta Hebraiōn pepaideumenos Philōn hōde pē legōn pros lexin ‟Tines hēlion kai selēnēn kai tous allous asteras hypelabon einai theous autokratoras, hois tas tōn gignomenōn apantōn aitias anethesan. Mōsei dʼ ho kosmos edoxen heinai kai gennētos, kai polis hē megistē archontas echousa kai hypēkoous; archontas men tous en ouranǭ pantas, oion planētes kai aplaneis asteres; hypēkoous de tas meta selēnēn en aeri kai perigeious physeis.
Philo, who was instructed in the learning of the Hebrews, interprets these words, explaining them at length, saying somewhat thus, word for word: “Some have supposed that the sun and moon and the other stars are gods with absolute power, to whom they have attributed the causes of all things that come to be. But to Moses the world seemed to be both generated and, as it were, the greatest city, having rulers and subjects: as rulers all the bodies in heaven, both planets and fixed stars; as subjects, the natures below the moon in the air and around the earth.
13.18.13Dindorf 2:239–240
τοὺς δὲ λεχθέντας ἄρχοντας οὐκ αὐτεξουσίους, ἀλλʼ ἑνὸς τοῦ πάντων πατρὸς ὑπάρχους οὐ μιμουμένους τὴν ἐπιστασίαν κατορθοῦν, πρυτανεύοντος κατὰ δίκην καὶ νόμον ἕκαστον τῶν γεγονότων τοὺς δὲ μὴ βλέποντας τὸν ἐπιβεβηκότα ἡνίοχον τοῖς ὑπεζευγμένοις, ὡς αὐτουργοῖς, τῶν τῷ κόσμῳ γινομένων ἀνάψαι τὰς αἰτίας. ὧν τὴν ἄγνοιαν ὁ ἱερώτατος νομοθέτης εἰς ἐπιστήμην μεθαρμόζεται λέγων ὧδε “μὴ ἰδὼν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσῃς.”
tous de lechthentas archontas ouk autexousious, allʼ henos tou pantōn patros hyparchous ou mimoumenous tēn epistasian katorthoun, prytaneuontos kata dikēn kai nomon hekaston tōn gegonotōn tous de mē blepontas ton epibebēkota hēniochon tois hypezeugmenois, hōs autourgois, tōn tǭ kosmǭ ginomenōn anapsai tas aitias. hōn tēn agnoian ho hierōtatos nomothetēs eis epistēmēn metharmozetai legōn hōde “mē idōn ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn kai tous asteras kai panta ton kosmon tou ouranou planētheis proskynēsę̄s.”
But the rulers mentioned are not independent, but lieutenants of the one Father of all, imitating his oversight and so administering rightly, while he presides over each thing that has come to be according to justice and law; whereas those who do not see the charioteer mounted above attribute the causes of what happens in the world to the yoked team as if they were self-acting. Their ignorance the most holy lawgiver changes into knowledge, saying thus: ‘Lest, seeing the sun and the moon and the stars and all the host of heaven, you be led astray and worship them.’
13.18.14Dindorf 2:240
εὐθυβόλως πάνυ καὶ καλῶς πλάνον εἶπε τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων ὡς θεῶν ἀποδοχήν. οἱ γὰρ ἰδόντες ἡλίου μὲν προσόδοις καὶ ἀναχωρήσεσι τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας συνισταμένας, ἐν αἷς αἱ ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν καὶ καρπῶν γενέσεις ὡρισμέναις χρόνων περιόδοις τελεσφοροῦνται, σελήνην δʼ ὑπηρέτιν καὶ διάδοχον ἡλίου νύκτωρ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν ἀνειληφυῖαν ὧν μεθʼ ἡμέραν ἥλιος, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀστέρας κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τἀπίγεια συμπάθειαν μυρία τῶν ἐπὶ διαμονῇ τοῦ παντὸς ἐνεργοῦντάς τε καὶ δρῶντας, πλάνον ἐπλανήθησαν ἀνήνυτον μόνους εἶναι τούτους θεοὺς ὑποτοπήσαντες.
euthybolōs pany kai kalōs planon eipe tēn tōn eirēmenōn hōs theōn apodochēn. hoi gar idontes hēliou men prosodois kai anachōrēsesi tas etēsious hōras synistamenas, en hais hai zǭōn kai phytōn kai karpōn geneseis hōrismenais chronōn periodois telesphorountai, selēnēn dʼ hypēretin kai diadochon hēliou nyktōr tēn epimeleian kai prostasian aneilēphuian hōn methʼ hēmeran hēlios, kai tous allous asteras kata tēn pros tapigeia sympatheian myria tōn epi diamonę̄ tou pantos energountas te kai drōntas, planon eplanēthēsan anēnyton monous einai toutous theous hypotopēsantes.
Very aptly and well he called the acceptance of the things mentioned as gods a going astray. For those who saw that the yearly seasons are made by the approaches and withdrawals of the sun, in which the generation of animals and plants and fruits is brought to completion in fixed periods of time; and that the moon, as servant and successor of the sun, by night takes up the care and charge of what the sun has by day; and that the other stars, by their sympathy with things on earth, perform and do countless things for the preservation of the universe, went astray in an endless wandering, supposing that these alone are gods.
13.18.15Dindorf 2:240
εἰ δʼ ἐσπούδασαν διὰ τῆς ἀπλανοῦς βαδίζειν ὁδοῦ, κἂν εὐθὺς ἔγνωσαν, ὅτι καθάπερ αἴσθησις ὑποδιάκονος νοῦ γέγονε, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ οἱ αἰσθητοὶ πάντες ὑπηρέται τοῦ νοητοῦ συνέστησαν.
ei dʼ espoudasan dia tēs aplanous badizein hodou, kan euthys egnōsan, hoti kathaper aisthēsis hypodiakonos nou gegone, ton auton tropon kai hoi aisthētoi pantes hypēretai tou noētou synestēsan.
But if they had been eager to walk by the road that does not go astray, they would at once have known that, just as sense has become an under-servant of mind, in the same way all sensible things have been constituted servants of the intelligible.
13.18.16Dindorf 2:240
Καὶ ἐπάγει λέγων “Ὥσθʼ ὑπερβάντες τῷ λογισμῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ὁρατὴν οὐσίαν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀειδοῦς καὶ ἀοράτου καὶ μόνῃ διανοίᾳ καταληπτοῦ τιμὴν ἴωμεν, ὅς οὐ μόνον θεός ἐστι νοητῶν τε καὶ αἰσθητῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἁπάντων δημιουργός. ἐὰν δέ τις τὴν τοῦ ἀιδίου καὶ ποιητοῦ θεραπείαν ἄλλῳ προσνέμῃ νεωτέρῳ καὶ γεννητῷ, φρενοβλαβὴς ἀναγεγράφθω καὶ ἔνοχος ἀσεβείᾳ τῇ μεγίστῃ.”
Kai epagei legōn “Hōsthʼ hyperbantes tǭ logismǭ pasan tēn horatēn ousian epi tēn tou aeidous kai aoratou kai monę̄ dianoią katalēptou timēn iōmen, hos ou monon theos esti noētōn te kai aisthētōn, alla kai hapantōn dēmiourgos. ean de tis tēn tou aidiou kai poiētou therapeian allǭ prosnemę̄ neōterǭ kai gennētǭ, phrenoblabēs anagegraphthō kai enochos asebeią tę̄ megistę̄.”
And he goes on to say: “So that, passing beyond all visible being in our reasoning, let us go on to the honoring of the formless and invisible, who can be grasped by thought alone, who is not only the God of things intelligible and sensible, but also the Creator of all. But if anyone gives the service due to the eternal Maker to another, later and generated, let him be recorded as deranged and guilty of the greatest impiety.”
13.18.17Dindorf 2:240–241
Ταῦτα τῆς Ἑβραίων εὐσεβείας τὰ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀκήρατά τε καὶ θεῖα μαθήματα πρὸ τῆς τετυφωμένης φιλοσοφίας τετιμήκαμεν. τί με δεῖ μηκύνειν καὶ τἄλλα τοῦ Πλάτωνος εἰς φῶς ἄγειν, ἐκ τῶνδε παρὸν καὶ τὰ ἐμοὶ νῦν σεσιγημένα τεκμαίρεσθαι; οὐ μὴν διαβολῆς ἕνεκα ταῦτα φάναι προήχθην, ἐπεὶ καὶ σφόδρα ἔγωγε ἄγαμαι τὸν ἄνδρα, καὶ πάντων μᾶλλον Ἑλλήνων φίλον ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τιμῶ, τὰ ἐμοὶ φίλα καὶ συγγενῆ, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὰ ἴσα διόλου, πεφρονηκότα, Μωσέως δʼ ἐν παραθέσει καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφητῶν τὸ ἐλλιπὲς ἐπιδεικνὺς αὐτοῦ τῆς διανοίας.
Tauta tēs Hebraiōn eusebeias ta hōs alēthōs akērata te kai theia mathēmata pro tēs tetyphōmenēs philosophias tetimēkamen. ti me dei mēkynein kai talla tou Platōnos eis phōs agein, ek tōnde paron kai ta emoi nyn sesigēmena tekmairesthai? ou mēn diabolēs heneka tauta phanai proēchthēn, epei kai sphodra egōge agamai ton andra, kai pantōn mallon Hellēnōn philon hēgoumai kai timō, ta emoi phila kai syngenē, ei kai mē ta isa diolou, pephronēkota, Mōseōs dʼ en parathesei kai tōn parʼ Hebraiois prophētōn to ellipes epideiknys autou tēs dianoias.
These truly pure and divine teachings of the Hebrews’ godliness we have honored above a conceited philosophy. Why should I go on at length and bring to light the rest of Plato’s views, when from these one may infer what I now pass over in silence? I have not been led to say these things for the sake of slander, since I greatly admire the man, and consider him dear above all the Greeks and honor him, as one who thought what is dear and akin to me, even if not altogether the same; but I show the deficiency of his thought by setting it beside Moses and the prophets among the Hebrews.
13.18.18Dindorf 2:241
καίτοι παρῆν τῷ καταμέμφεσθαι παρεσκευασμένῳ μυρίʼ ἄττα καταιτιᾶσθαι, οἷα τὰ σεμνὰ καὶ σοφὰ αὐτῷ περὶ γυναικῶν ἐν Πολιτείᾳ διατεταγμένα, ἢ οἶα τὰ περὶ ἔρωτος ἐκθέσμου σεσεμνολογημένα ἐν Φαίδρῳ. σὺ δʼ, εἰ καὶ τούτων ἐπακοῦσαι ποθεῖς, ἀνάγνωθι τάσδε αὐτοῦ λαβὼν τὰς φωνάς
kaitoi parēn tǭ katamemphesthai pareskeuasmenǭ myriʼ atta kataitiasthai, hoia ta semna kai sopha autǭ peri gynaikōn en Politeią diatetagmena, ē oia ta peri erōtos ekthesmou sesemnologēmena en Phaidrǭ. sy dʼ, ei kai toutōn epakousai potheis, anagnōthi tasde autou labōn tas phōnas
And yet one prepared to find fault could have charged him with countless things, such as his solemn and wise arrangements about women in the Republic, or his solemn discourse about lawless love in the Phaedrus. But you, if you long to hear these too, take and read these words of his:
Preparation 13, chapter 19
13.19.1Dindorf 2:241
‟Ἴσως δὴ, εἶπον, παρὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς γελοῖα ἂν φαίνοιτο πολλὰ περὶ τὰ νῦν δὴ λεγόμενα, εἰ πράξεται ᾗ λέγεται. Καὶ μάλα, ἔφη. Τί δʼ, ἦν δʼ ἐγώ, γελοιότατον αὐτῶν ὁρᾷς; ἢ δῆλα δὴ ὅτι γυμνὰς τὰς γυναῖκας ἐν ταῖς παλαίστραις γυμναζομένας μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, οὐ μόνον τὰς νέας, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ τὰς πρεσβυτέρας, ὥσπερ τοὺς γέροντας ἐν τοῖς γυμνασίοις, ὅταν ῥυσοὶ καὶ μὴ ἡδεῖς τὴν ὄψιν ὅμως φιλογυμναστῶσι.”
‟Isōs dē, eipon, para to eiōthos geloia an phainoito polla peri ta nyn dē legomena, ei praxetai hę̄ legetai. Kai mala, ephē. Ti dʼ, ēn dʼ egō, geloiotaton autōn horąs? ē dēla dē hoti gymnas tas gynaikas en tais palaistrais gymnazomenas meta tōn andrōn, ou monon tas neas, allʼ ēdē kai tas presbyteras, hōsper tous gerontas en tois gymnasiois, hotan rhysoi kai mē hēdeis tēn opsin homōs philogymnastōsi.”
“Perhaps, I said, many of the things now being said would seem ridiculous, contrary to custom, if they are done as they are said. Very much so, he said. What, I said, do you see as the most ridiculous of them? Clearly, is it not the women exercising naked in the wrestling schools with the men, not only the young but even the older ones, like the old men in the gymnasia who, though wrinkled and not pleasant to look at, still love exercise?”
13.19.2Dindorf 2:241
Καὶ ἐπιλέγει ἑξῆς “Ο δὲ γελῶν ἀνὴρ ἐπὶ γυμναῖς ταῖς γυναιξὶ τοῦ βελτίστου ἕνεκα γυμναζομέναις, ἅτε δὴ τοῦ γελοίου σοφίας δρέπων καρπὸν, οὐδὲ οἶδεν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐφʼ ᾦ γελᾷ.”
Kai epilegei hexēs “O de gelōn anēr epi gymnais tais gynaixi tou beltistou heneka gymnazomenais, hate dē tou geloiou sophias drepōn karpon, oude oiden, hōs eoiken, ephʼ ǭ gelą.”
And next he adds: “But the man who laughs at naked women exercising for the sake of what is best, plucking the fruit of the wisdom of laughter, does not know, it seems, at what he is laughing.”
13.19.3Dindorf 2:241–242
Φησὶ δὲ καὶ ἐν ἑβδόμῳ τῶν Νόμων “ ‘Ως ἄρα δεήσει τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παῖδας ὀρχεῖσθαι δηλαδὴ καὶ γυμνάζεσθαι μανθάνειν· καὶ τοῖς μὲν παισὶν ὀρχησταὶ, ταῖς δὲ ὀρχηστρίδες ἄν εἶεν πρὸς τὸ διαπονεῖν οὐκ ἀνεπιτηδειότερον.” Τίθησι δʼ ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ τάδε “Ἡ δὲ αὖ που παρʼ ἠμῖν κόρη καὶ δέσποινα, εὐφρανθεῖσα τῇ τῆς χορείας παιδείᾳ, οὐκ ᾠήθη δεῖν κεναῖς χερσὶν ἀθύρειν, πανοπλίᾳ δὲ παντελεῖ κοσμηθεῖσα οὕτω τὴν ὄρχησιν διαπεραίνειν· ἅ δὴ πάντως μιμεῖσθαι πρέπον ἄν εἴη κόρους τε ἅμα καὶ κόρας.”
Phēsi de kai en hebdomǭ tōn Nomōn “ ‘Ōs ara deēsei tous paidas kai tas paidas orcheisthai dēladē kai gymnazesthai manthanein; kai tois men paisin orchēstai, tais de orchēstrides an eien pros to diaponein ouk anepitēdeioteron.” Tithēsi dʼ en autǭ kai tade “Hē de au pou parʼ ēmin korē kai despoina, euphrantheisa tę̄ tēs choreias paideią, ouk ǭēthē dein kenais chersin athyrein, panoplią de pantelei kosmētheisa houtō tēn orchēsin diaperainein; ha dē pantōs mimeisthai prepon an eiē korous te hama kai koras.”
And he says in the seventh book of the Laws: “That boys and girls, then, must learn to dance and to exercise; and for the boys there would be dancing masters, and for the girls dancing mistresses, not unsuitable for the training.” And he sets down in it this also: “And our Maiden and Mistress, delighting in the training of the dance, did not think she should play with empty hands, but decked in full armor so to go through the dance; which it would be wholly fitting for youths and maidens alike to imitate.”
13.19.4Dindorf 2:242
Καὶ πολεμεῖν δὲ γυναιξὶν ὧδὲ πη νομοθετεῖ “Ἐν δὲ τούτοις μισθοῖς, οἰκοῦντας ξένους, διδάσκειν τε πάντα ὅσα πρὸς τὸν πόλεμόν ἐστι μαθήματα τοὺς φοιτῶντας ὅσα τε πρὸς μουσικὴν, οὐχ ὅν μὲν ἄν ὁ πατὴρ βούληται, φοιτῶντα, ὃν δʼ ἄν μὴ, ἐῶντα τῆς παιδείας, ἀλλὰ τὸ λεγόμενον πάντα ἄνδρα καὶ παῖδα κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν, ὡς τῆς πόλεως μᾶλλον ἤ τῶν γεννητόρων ὄντας, παιδευτέον ἐξ ἀνάγκης.
Kai polemein de gynaixin hōde pē nomothetei “En de toutois misthois, oikountas xenous, didaskein te panta hosa pros ton polemon esti mathēmata tous phoitōntas hosa te pros mousikēn, ouch hon men an ho patēr boulētai, phoitōnta, hon dʼ an mē, eōnta tēs paideias, alla to legomenon panta andra kai paida kata to dynaton, hōs tēs poleōs mallon ē tōn gennētorōn ontas, paideuteon ex anankēs.
And he legislates thus that women also are to make war: “In these, foreigners living there for pay are to teach those who attend all the lessons that concern war and all that concern music; not that the one whose father wishes attends and the one whose father does not is left out of education, but, as the saying is, every man and child, as far as possible, must be educated of necessity, as belonging to the city rather than to their parents.
13.19.5Dindorf 2:242
ταυτὰ δὲ δὴ καὶ περὶ θηλειῶν ὁ μὲν ἐμὸς νόμος ἄν εἴποι πάντα, ὅσαπερ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀρρένων, ἴσα καὶ τὰς θηλείας ἀσκεῖν δεῖν· καὶ οὐδὲν φοβηθεὶς εἴποιμʼ ἄν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον οὔτε ἱππικῆς οὔτε γυμναστικῆς, ὡς ἀνδράσι μὲν πρέπον ἄν εἴη, γυναιξὶ δὲ οὐκ ἄν πρέπον.”
tauta de dē kai peri thēleiōn ho men emos nomos an eipoi panta, hosaper kai peri tōn arrenōn, isa kai tas thēleias askein dein; kai ouden phobētheis eipoimʼ an touton ton logon oute hippikēs oute gymnastikēs, hōs andrasi men prepon an eiē, gynaixi de ouk an prepon.”
The same, then, my law would say about females in every respect as about males, that the females must be trained equally; and I would say this without any fear, either of horsemanship or of gymnastics, that it would be fitting for men but not fitting for women.”
13.19.6Dindorf 2:242–243
Καὶ πάλιν ἑξῆς ὑποβάς φησι “Γυμνάσια τιθῶμεν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον πάντα τοῖς σώμασι διαπονήματα τοξικῆς τε καὶ πάσης ῥίψεως καὶ πελταστικῆς καὶ ἁπάσης ὁπλομαχίας καὶ διεξόδων τακτικῶν καὶ ἁπάσης πορείας στρατοπέδων καὶ στρατοπεδεύσεων καὶ ὅσα εἰς ἱππικὴν μαθήματα ξυντείνει. πάντων γὰρ τούτων διδασκάλους τε εἶναι δεῖ κοινοὺς, ἀρνυμένους μισθὸν παρὰ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τούτων μαθητὰς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει παῖδᾴς τε καὶ ἄνδρας, καὶ κόρας καὶ γυναῖκας πάντων τούτων ἐπιστήμονας· κόρας μὲν οὔσας ἔτι πάσαν ἐν ὅπλοις ὄρχησιν καὶ μάχην μεμελετηκυίας, γυναῖκας δὲ διεξόδων καὶ τάξεων καὶ θέσεως καὶ ἀναιρέσεως ὅπλων ἡμμένας.”
Kai palin hexēs hypobas phēsi “Gymnasia tithōmen kai ta peri ton polemon panta tois sōmasi diaponēmata toxikēs te kai pasēs rhipseōs kai peltastikēs kai hapasēs hoplomachias kai diexodōn taktikōn kai hapasēs poreias stratopedōn kai stratopedeuseōn kai hosa eis hippikēn mathēmata xynteinei. pantōn gar toutōn didaskalous te einai dei koinous, arnymenous misthon para tēs poleōs, kai toutōn mathētas tous en tę̄ polei paidąs te kai andras, kai koras kai gynaikas pantōn toutōn epistēmonas; koras men ousas eti pasan en hoplois orchēsin kai machēn memeletēkuias, gynaikas de diexodōn kai taxeōn kai theseōs kai anaireseōs hoplōn hēmmenas.”
And again, further on, he says: “Let us establish gymnasia and all the bodily exercises concerned with war, archery and every kind of throwing, light-armed fighting and every kind of fighting in arms, tactical maneuvers and every kind of marching of armies and encampment, and all the lessons that bear on horsemanship. For all these there must be public teachers, receiving pay from the city, and their pupils must be the boys and men of the city, and the girls and women, knowing all these things: the girls, while still girls, having practiced all dancing and fighting in arms, and the women having taken part in maneuvers and formations and the taking up and laying down of arms.”
13.19.7Dindorf 2:243
Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τούτοις ὁ Ἑβραίων ἐπινεύσειε λόγος, ἀντιφθέγξεται δὲ τἀναντία, μηδʼ ἐπʼ ἀνδρῶν ῥώμαις, μὴ ὅτι γε γυναικῶν τὴν ἐν πολέμοις ἀνατιθεὶς κατόρθωσιν, πάντα δὲ εἰς θεὸν ἀνάγων καὶ τὴν παρὰ τοῦδε συμμαχίαν. λέγει δʼ οὐν ‟ἐὰν μὴ κύριος οἰκοδομήσῃ οἶκον, εἰς μάτην ἐκοπίασαν οἶ οἰκοδομοῦντες αὐτόν. ἐὰν μὴ κύριος φυλάξῃ πόλιν, εἰς μάτην ἠγρύπνησεν ὁ φυλάσσων.
Allʼ oude toutois ho Hebraiōn epineuseie logos, antiphthenxetai de tanantia, mēdʼ epʼ andrōn rhōmais, mē hoti ge gynaikōn tēn en polemois anatitheis katorthōsin, panta de eis theon anagōn kai tēn para toude symmachian. legei dʼ oun ‟ean mē kyrios oikodomēsę̄ oikon, eis matēn ekopiasan oi oikodomountes auton. ean mē kyrios phylaxę̄ polin, eis matēn ēgrypnēsen ho phylassōn.
But the teaching of the Hebrews would not assent to these things either; it will say the opposite, ascribing success in war not even to the strength of men, let alone of women, but referring everything to God and his alliance. It says, then: “Unless the Lord builds a house, those who build it have labored in vain. Unless the Lord guards a city, the watchman has stayed awake in vain.”
13.19.8Dindorf 2:243
ὁ δέ γε θαυμαστὸς φιλόσοφος θέα ὡς καὶ εἰς τὸν γυμνικὸν εἰσάγει τὰς γυναῖκας ἀγῶνα, ὧδέ πη λέγων “Γυναιξὶ δὲ, κόραις μὲν ἀνήβοις γυμναῖς στάδιον καὶ δίαυλον καὶ ἔφιππον καὶ δόλιχον, ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ δρόμῳ ἁμιλλωμέναις· ταῖς δὲ τριακαιδεκέτεσι μέχρι γάμου μενούσαις κοινωνίας, μὴ μακρότερον εἴκοσιν ἐτῶν μηδʼ ἔλαττον ὀκτωκαίδεκα· πρεπούσῃ δὲ στολῇ ταύταις ἐσταλμέναις καταβατέον ἐπὶ τὴν ἅμιλλαν τούτων τῶν δρόμων.
ho de ge thaumastos philosophos thea hōs kai eis ton gymnikon eisagei tas gynaikas agōna, hōde pē legōn “Gynaixi de, korais men anēbois gymnais stadion kai diaulon kai ephippon kai dolichon, en autǭ tǭ dromǭ hamillōmenais; tais de triakaideketesi mechri gamou menousais koinōnias, mē makroteron eikosin etōn mēdʼ elatton oktōkaideka; prepousę̄ de stolę̄ tautais estalmenais katabateon epi tēn hamillan toutōn tōn dromōn.
But see how the admirable philosopher introduces women even into the athletic contest, speaking somewhat thus: “For women: for girls under the age of puberty, naked, the stade and the double course and the horse race and the long race, competing on the course itself; and for those of thirteen years and over, until marriage, remaining in the contests not more than twenty years nor less than eighteen; and these, dressed in fitting attire, must come down to compete in these races.
13.19.9Dindorf 2:243
καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ δρόμους ἀνδράσι τε καὶ γυναιξὶ ταῦτʼ ἔστω· τὰ δὲ κατʼ ἰσχὺν, ἀντὶ μὲν πάλης καὶ τῶν τοιούτων τὰ νῦν ὅσα βαρέα, τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάχην, ἔνα τε πρὸς ἔνα διαμαχομένους καὶ δύο πρὸς δύο.”
kai ta men peri dromous andrasi te kai gynaixi tautʼ estō; ta de katʼ ischyn, anti men palēs kai tōn toioutōn ta nyn hosa barea, tēn en tois hoplois machēn, ena te pros ena diamachomenous kai dyo pros dyo.”
Let this be so concerning races for men and women. As for contests of strength, instead of wrestling and the other heavy contests now in use, fighting in arms, one against one and two against two.”
13.19.10Dindorf 2:243–244
Καὶ ἑξῆς εἰπὼν “ Ταυτὸν δὴ καὶ τοὺς περὶ ὁπλομαχίαν ἄκρους παρακαλοῦντας, χρὴ τούτους νομοθετεῖν κελεύειν·” ἐπιφέρει λέγων ‟Τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν θηλειῶν ἔστω νομοθετούμενα, τῶν μέχρι γάμων.”
Kai hexēs eipōn “ Tauton dē kai tous peri hoplomachian akrous parakalountas, chrē toutous nomothetein keleuein;” epipherei legōn ‟Ta auta de kai peri tōn thēleiōn estō nomothetoumena, tōn mechri gamōn.”
And having said next, “The same thing, then, we must order those who are expert in fighting in arms, when we call on them, to help us legislate,” he adds: “Let the same laws be made concerning females, up to marriage.”
13.19.11Dindorf 2:244
Εἶτα πάλιν τούτοις ἑξῆς συνάψας τοὺς περὶ πελταστικῆς καὶ παγκρατίου καὶ τόξου λίθων τε ἐκ χειρὸς βολῆς καὶ διὰ σφενδόνης νόμους, ἵππων τε πέρι ἀγῶνος, πάλιν κἀνταῦθα περὶ τῶν θηλειῶν ἐπάγει λέγων ‘Θηλείας δὲ περὶ τούτων νόμοις μὲν καὶ ἐπιτάξεσιν οὐκ ἄξια βιάζεσθαι τῆς κοινωνίας· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔμπροσθεν παιδευμάτων εἰς ἔθος ἰόντων ἡ φύσις ἐνδέχηται καὶ μὴ δυσχεραίνῃ παῖδας ἢ παρθένους κοινωνεῖν, ἐᾶν καὶ μὴ ψέγειν.”
Eita palin toutois hexēs synapsas tous peri peltastikēs kai pankratiou kai toxou lithōn te ek cheiros bolēs kai dia sphendonēs nomous, hippōn te peri agōnos, palin kantautha peri tōn thēleiōn epagei legōn ‘Thēleias de peri toutōn nomois men kai epitaxesin ouk axia biazesthai tēs koinōnias; ean de ex autōn tōn emprosthen paideumatōn eis ethos iontōn hē physis endechētai kai mē dyscherainę̄ paidas ē parthenous koinōnein, ean kai mē psegein.”
Then again, joining to these the laws about light-armed fighting and the pancration and archery, and throwing stones by hand and with the sling, and about horse races, he again adds here too concerning females: “Concerning women in these things it is not worth forcing them to take part by laws and commands; but if, from their former training passing into habit, their nature permits and does not object to girls or maidens taking part, let them, and do not blame them.”
13.19.12Dindorf 2:244
Τοσαῦτα τοῦ Πλάτωνος τὰ περὶ γυναικῶν. τοῦ δʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ θαυμάσιος ὅδε τυγχάνει νόμος Ἐάν τις παῖδας θηλείας καταλίπῃ, διʼ ἀδελφῶν τε καὶ ἀδελφιδῶν ἐπανιὼν, ἔμπροσθεν μὲν τῶν ἀρρένων, ὕστερον δὲ θηλειῶν ἐνὶ γένει· τὴν δὲ τοῦ τῶν γάμων χρόνου συμμετρίαν τε καὶ ἀμετρίαν δικαστὴς σκοπῶν κρινέτω, γυμνοὺς μὲν τοὺς ἄρρενας, γυμνὰς δὲ ὀμφαλοῦ μέχρι θεώμενος τὰς θηλείας.” Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς δεῖν αὐτάς φησι γυμνὰς χορεύειν ἐν ἕκτῳ τῶν Νόμων λέγων οὕτως
Tosauta tou Platōnos ta peri gynaikōn. tou dʼ autou kai ho thaumasios hode tynchanei nomos Ean tis paidas thēleias katalipę̄, diʼ adelphōn te kai adelphidōn epaniōn, emprosthen men tōn arrenōn, hysteron de thēleiōn eni genei; tēn de tou tōn gamōn chronou symmetrian te kai ametrian dikastēs skopōn krinetō, gymnous men tous arrenas, gymnas de omphalou mechri theōmenos tas thēleias.” Alla kai en tais heortais dein autas phēsi gymnas choreuein en hektǭ tōn Nomōn legōn houtōs
So much from Plato about women. And this admirable law is also his: “If a man leaves daughters, … going back through brothers and nephews, first the males, then the females, in one family. And let the judge, examining the suitability or unsuitability of age for marriage, decide, viewing the males naked and the females naked to the navel.” And he says that at festivals too they must dance naked, speaking thus in the sixth book of the Laws:
13.19.13Dindorf 2:244
“Τῆς οὖν τοιαύτης σπουδῆς ἕνεκα χρὴ καὶ τὰς παιδιὰς ποιεῖσθαι χορεύοντάς τε καὶ χορευούσας, κούρους τε καὶ κόρας, καὶ ἅμα δὴ θεωροῦντάς τε καὶ θεωρουμένους μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἡλικίας τινὸς ἐχούσης εἰκυίας προφάσεις, γυμνοὺς καὶ γυμνὰς μέχρι περ αἰδοῦς σώφρονος ἑκάστων.”
“Tēs oun toiautēs spoudēs heneka chrē kai tas paidias poieisthai choreuontas te kai choreuousas, kourous te kai koras, kai hama dē theōrountas te kai theōroumenous meta logou te kai hēlikias tinos echousēs eikuias prophaseis, gymnous kai gymnas mechri per aidous sōphronos hekastōn.”
“For the sake of this serious purpose, then, they must hold their sports with dancing, youths and maidens, and at the same time seeing and being seen, with reason and at an age that gives reasonable occasions, naked, both men and women, so far as each one’s modesty allows.”
13.19.14Dindorf 2:244–245
Πρὸς τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐπάκουσον καὶ τῶνδε τῶν ἐν Πολιτείᾳ περὶ τοῦ κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς γυναῖκας νόμου. “Τούτῳ, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ἕπεται νόμος καὶ τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, ὅδε. Τίς; Τὰς γυναῖκας ταύτας τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων πάντων πάσας εἶναι κοινὰς, ἰδίᾳ δὲ μηδενὶ μηδεμίαν συνοικεῖν· καὶ τοὺς παῖδας αὖ κοινοὺς, καὶ μήτε γονέα ἔκγονον εἰδέναι τὸν αὑτοῦ μήτε παῖδα γονέα.”
Pros toutois hapasin epakouson kai tōnde tōn en Politeią peri tou koinas einai tas gynaikas nomou. “Toutǭ, ēn dʼ egō, hepetai nomos kai tois emprosthen tois allois, hōs egǭmai, hode. Tis? Tas gynaikas tautas tōn andrōn toutōn pantōn pasas einai koinas, idią de mēdeni mēdemian synoikein; kai tous paidas au koinous, kai mēte gonea ekgonon eidenai ton hautou mēte paida gonea.”
Besides all these, hear also what is in the Republic about the law that wives are to be held in common: “This law follows, I said, and the others before it, I think. Which? That these women are all to be common to all these men, and no woman is to live with any man privately; and the children too are to be common, and neither is a parent to know his own offspring, nor a child its parent.”
13.19.15Dindorf 2:245
Καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει “Εἰκὸς, ἔφη. Σὺ μὲν τοίνυν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ὁ νομοθέτης αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ τοὺς ἄνδρας, οὕτω καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἐκλέξας παραδώσεις καθόσον οἶόν τε ὁμοφυεῖς· οἱ δὲ, ἅτε οἰκίας τε καὶ ξυσσίτια κοινὰ ἔχοντες, ἰδίᾳ δὲ οὐδενὸς οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον κεκτημένου, ὁμοῦ δὴ ἔσονται, ὁμοῦ δὲ ἀναμεμιγμένων καὶ ἐν γυμνασίοις καὶ ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ τροφῇ ὑπʼ ἀνάγκης, οἶμαι, τῆς ἐμφύτου ἄξονται πρὸς τὴν ἀλλήλων μίξιν. ἢ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖά σοι δοκῶ λέγειν; Οὐ γεωμετρικαῖς γε, ἠ δʼ ὃς, ἀλλʼ ἐρωτικαῖς ἀνάγκαις, αἳ κινδυνεύουσιν ἐκείνων δριμύτεραι εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πείθειν τε καὶ ἕλκειν τὸν πολὺν λεών.”
Kai hexēs epilegei “Eikos, ephē. Sy men toinyn, ēn dʼ egō, ho nomothetēs autois, hōsper tous andras, houtō kai tas gynaikas eklexas paradōseis kathoson oion te homophyeis; hoi de, hate oikias te kai xyssitia koina echontes, idią de oudenos ouden toiouton kektēmenou, homou dē esontai, homou de anamemigmenōn kai en gymnasiois kai en tę̄ allę̄ trophę̄ hypʼ anankēs, oimai, tēs emphytou axontai pros tēn allēlōn mixin. ē ouk anankaia soi dokō legein? Ou geōmetrikais ge, ē dʼ hos, allʼ erōtikais anankais, hai kindyneuousin ekeinōn drimyterai einai pros to peithein te kai helkein ton polyn leōn.”
And next he adds: “Likely, he said. You, then, I said, as their lawgiver, having selected the men, will in the same way select the women and hand them over, as far as possible of like nature; and they, having common houses and common meals, and no one possessing any such thing privately, will be together; and being mixed together in the gymnasia and in the rest of their upbringing, they will be led, I think, by an innate necessity to union with one another. Or do I not seem to you to speak of necessities? Not geometrical, he said, but erotic necessities, which are likely to be keener than those for persuading and drawing the great mass of people.”
13.19.16Dindorf 2:245–246
Ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν ἴσως τις ἑτέρως διηγήσεται τὴν τοῦ λόγου διάνοιαν, μὴ τὸ νομιζόμενον φὰς ὑποβάλλειν. μὴ γὰρ ἀδιαστόλως εἰπεῖν πάσας εἷναι κοινὰς τὰς γυναῖκας, ὡς καὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἀκολασταίνειν ἐξεῖναι, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐξουσίᾳ κεῖσθαι τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας διανέμησιν αὐτῶν. οὕτω γὰρ εἶναι κοινὰς, ὡς ἂν καὶ τὰ δημόσια χρήματα φαίη τις εἶναι κοινὰ, οἷς προσήκει διανεμόμενα πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτετραμμένων. καὶ δὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐχέτω.
Alla toutōn men isōs tis heterōs diēgēsetai tēn tou logou dianoian, mē to nomizomenon phas hypoballein. mē gar adiastolōs eipein pasas heinai koinas tas gynaikas, hōs kai tois tychousin akolastainein exeinai, allʼ epi tę̄ tōn archontōn exousią keisthai tēn pros tous andras dianemēsin autōn. houtō gar einai koinas, hōs an kai ta dēmosia chrēmata phaiē tis einai koina, hois prosēkei dianemomena pros tōn epitetrammenōn. kai dē tauthʼ houtōs echetō.
Perhaps someone will explain the meaning of these words otherwise, saying that he does not propose what is usually supposed. For he did not say without distinction that all the women are common, so that anyone at all may be licentious with them, but that their distribution to the men lies in the power of the rulers. They are common in the way one might say public property is common, being distributed to those to whom it belongs by those entrusted with it. Well, let that be so.
13.19.17Dindorf 2:246
τί δʼ ἂν εἴποις μαθὼν ὡς καὶ μὴ ἐκφέρειν εἰς φῶς τὰ κυούμενα προστάττει, λέγων ὧδε; “Γυναικὶ μὲν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ἀρξαμένῃ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαέτιδος μέχρι τεσσαρακονταέτιδος τίκτειν τῇ πόλει· ἀνδρὶ δὲ, ἐπειδὰν τὴν ὀξυτάτην δρόμου ἀκμὴν παρῇ, τὸ ἀπὸ τούτου γεννᾶν τῇ πόλει μέχρι πεντεκαιπεντηκονταέτους.”
ti dʼ an eipois mathōn hōs kai mē ekpherein eis phōs ta kyoumena prostattei, legōn hōde? “Gynaiki men, ēn dʼ egō, arxamenę̄ apo eikosaetidos mechri tessarakontaetidos tiktein tę̄ polei; andri de, epeidan tēn oxytatēn dromou akmēn parę̄, to apo toutou gennan tę̄ polei mechri pentekaipentēkontaetous.”
But what would you say on learning that he also orders that what is conceived is not to be brought to light, saying thus? “For a woman, I said, beginning from twenty years to bear children for the city until forty; for a man, when he has passed his sharpest prime of running, from then to beget for the city until fifty-five.”
13.19.18Dindorf 2:246
Οἷς ἐπιλέγει “ Ὅταν δὲ δὴ, οἶμαι, αἵ τε γυναῖκες καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ γεννᾶν ἐκβῶσι τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἀφήσομέν που ἐλευθέρους αὐτοὺς συγγίνεσθαι ᾗ ἂν ἐθέλωσι.” Καὶ ἐπιλέγει “ Διακελευσάμενοι προθυμεῖσθαι μάλιστα μὲν μὴ εἰς φῶς ἐκφέρειν κύημα μηδὲν, ἐὰν γένηται· ἐὰν δέ τις βιάσηται, οὕτω τιθέναι ὡς οὐκ οὔσης τροφῆς τῷ τοιούτῳ.” Καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ γυναικῶν ἀγωγῆς τοιαῦτα. τὰ δὲ περὶ ἔρωτος ἐκθέσμου ἐπάκουσον οἷα τυγχάνει
Hois epilegei “ Hotan de dē, oimai, hai te gynaikes kai hoi andres tou gennan ekbōsi tēn hēlikian, aphēsomen pou eleutherous autous synginesthai hę̄ an ethelōsi.” Kai epilegei “ Diakeleusamenoi prothymeisthai malista men mē eis phōs ekpherein kyēma mēden, ean genētai; ean de tis biasētai, houtō tithenai hōs ouk ousēs trophēs tǭ toioutǭ.” Kai ta men peri gynaikōn agōgēs toiauta. ta de peri erōtos ekthesmou epakouson hoia tynchanei
To which he adds: “But when, I think, the women and the men have passed the age of begetting, we shall leave them free to associate with whomever they wish.” And he adds: “Directing them to be especially careful not to bring to light any child conceived, if one is; and if one forces its way, to dispose of it on the understanding that there is no rearing for such a child.” Such, then, are his rules about the conduct of women. Now hear what kind his teaching on lawless love is:
Preparation 13, chapter 20
13.20.1Dindorf 2:246–247
“ Ὅταν δὲ χρονίζῃ τοῦτο δρῶν καὶ πλησιάζῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι ἔν τε γυμνασίοις καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ὁμιλίαις, τότε δὴ ἡ τοῦ ῥεύματος ἐκείνου πηγὴ, ὃν ἵμερον Ζεὺς Γανυμήδους ἐρῶν ὠνόμασε, πολλὴ φερομένη πρὸς τὸν ἐραστὴν ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δʼ ἀπομεστουμένου ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ· καὶ οἶον πνεῦμα ἤ τις ἠχὼ ἀπὸ λείων τε καὶ στερεῶν ἁλλομένη πάλιν ὅθεν ὡρμήθη φέρεται, οὕτω τὸ τοῦ κάλλους ῥεῦμα πάλιν εἰς τὸν καλὸν διὰ τῶν ὀμμάτων ἰὸν, ᾗ πέφυκεν ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἰέναι ἀφικόμενον, καὶ ἀναπτερῶσαν τὰς διόδους τῶν πτερῶν, ἄρδει τε καὶ ὥρμησε πτεροφυεῖν καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐρωμένου αὖ ψυχὴν ἔρωτος ἐνέπλησεν. ἐρᾷ μὲν οὖν, ὅτου δὲ ἀπορεῖ, καὶ οὔθʼ ὅ τι πέπονθεν οἶδεν, οὐδʼ ἔχει φράσαι, ἀλλʼ οἶον ἀπʼ ἄλλου ὀφθαλμίας ἀπολελαυκὼς πρόφασιν εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἔχει.”
“ Hotan de chronizę̄ touto drōn kai plēsiazę̄ meta tou haptesthai en te gymnasiois kai en tais allais homiliais, tote dē hē tou rheumatos ekeinou pēgē, hon himeron Zeus Ganymēdous erōn ōnomase, pollē pheromenē pros ton erastēn hē men eis auton edy, hē dʼ apomestoumenou exō aporrei; kai oion pneuma ē tis ēchō apo leiōn te kai stereōn hallomenē palin hothen hōrmēthē pheretai, houtō to tou kallous rheuma palin eis ton kalon dia tōn ommatōn ion, hę̄ pephyken epi tēn psychēn ienai aphikomenon, kai anapterōsan tas diodous tōn pterōn, ardei te kai hōrmēse pterophyein kai tēn tou erōmenou au psychēn erōtos eneplēsen. erą men oun, hotou de aporei, kai outhʼ ho ti peponthen oiden, oudʼ echei phrasai, allʼ oion apʼ allou ophthalmias apolelaukōs prophasin eipein ouk echei.”
“And when he continues doing this and draws near, with touching, in the gymnasia and in their other meetings, then the fountain of that stream which Zeus, when in love with Ganymede, named desire, pouring in abundance upon the lover, partly sinks into him, and partly, when he is filled, flows out; and as a breath or an echo rebounding from smooth and hard surfaces is carried back to where it started, so the stream of beauty, going back into the beautiful one through the eyes, the natural way to the soul, arriving and setting the passages of the wings astir, waters them and makes the wings begin to grow, and fills the soul of the beloved in turn with love. He loves, then, but what he loves he does not know; he neither knows what he has experienced nor can tell it, but like one who has caught an eye disease from another he can give no reason for it.”
13.20.2Dindorf 2:247
Καὶ ἐπιλέγει ἐξῆς Ἐπιθυμεῖ δὲ ἐκείνῳ παραπλησίως μὲν, ἀσθενεστέρως δὲ, ὁρᾶν, ἅπτεσθαι, φιλεῖν, συγκατακεῖσθαι· καὶ δὴ, οἶον εἰκὸς, ποιεῖ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ταχὺ ταῦτα. ἐν οὖν τῇ συγκοιμήσει τοῦ μὲν ἐραστοῦ ὁ ἀκόλαστος ἵππος ἔχει ὅ τι λέγοι πρὸς τὸν ἡνίοχον, καὶ ἀξιοῖ ἀντὶ πολλῶν πόνων σμικρὰ ἀπολαῦσαι· ὁ δὲ τῶν παιδικῶν ἔχει μὲν οὐδὲν εἰπεῖν, σπαργῶν δὲ καὶ ἀπορῶν περιβάλλει τὸν ἐραστὴν καὶ φιλεῖ, ὡς σφόδρα εὔνουν ἀσπαζόμενος· ὅταν τε συγκατακέωνται, οἷός ἐστι μὴ ἀπαρνηθῆναι τὸ αὐτοῦ μέρος Χαρίσασθαι τῷ ἐρῶντι, εἰ δεηθείη τυγχάνειν....
Kai epilegei exēs Epithymei de ekeinǭ paraplēsiōs men, asthenesterōs de, horan, haptesthai, philein, synkatakeisthai; kai dē, oion eikos, poiei to meta touto tachy tauta. en oun tę̄ synkoimēsei tou men erastou ho akolastos hippos echei ho ti legoi pros ton hēniochon, kai axioi anti pollōn ponōn smikra apolausai; ho de tōn paidikōn echei men ouden eipein, spargōn de kai aporōn periballei ton erastēn kai philei, hōs sphodra eunoun aspazomenos; hotan te synkatakeōntai, hoios esti mē aparnēthēnai to autou meros Charisasthai tǭ erōnti, ei deētheiē tynchanein....
And he adds next: “He desires, like the lover but more weakly, to see, to touch, to kiss, to lie with him; and then, as is likely, he soon does these things. In their lying together, then, the lover’s unruly horse has something to say to the charioteer, and asks for a little enjoyment in return for many toils; but the beloved’s has nothing to say, but swelling and perplexed embraces the lover and kisses him, welcoming him as very well disposed; and when they lie together, he is ready not to refuse his part in gratifying the lover, if he should ask to obtain it ….
13.20.3Dindorf 2:247
ἐὰν μὲν δὴ οὖν εἰς τεταγμένην δίαιταν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν νικήσῃ τὰ βελτίω τῆς διανοίας, μακάριον καὶ ὁμονοητικὸν τὸν ἐνθάδε βίον διάγουσιν, ἐγκρατεῖς ἑαυτῶν καὶ κόσμιοι ὄντες.”
ean men dē oun eis tetagmenēn diaitan kai philosophian nikēsę̄ ta beltiō tēs dianoias, makarion kai homonoētikon ton enthade bion diagousin, enkrateis heautōn kai kosmioi ontes.”
If, then, the better elements of the mind prevail, leading to an ordered life and philosophy, they pass their life here in blessedness and concord, masters of themselves and orderly.”
13.20.4Dindorf 2:247
Εἶτα μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει “Ἐὰν δὲ διαίτῃ φορτικωτέρᾳ τε καὶ φιλοτίμῳ δὲ χρήσωνται, τάχʼ ἄν που ἐν μέθαις ἤ τινι ἄλλῃ ἀμελείᾳ τὼ ἀκολάστω αὐτοῖν ὑποζυγίω λαβόντε τὰς ψυχὰς ἀφρούρους, συναγαγόντε εἰς ταὐτὸ, τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν μακαριστὴν αἵρεσιν εἱλέσθην καὶ διεπραξάσθην· καὶ διαπραξαμένω τὸ λοιπὸν ἤδη χρῶνται μὲν αὐτῇ, σπάνια δὲ, ἅτε οὐ πάσῃ δεδογμένα τῇ διανοίᾳ πράττοντες.
Eita methʼ hetera epilegei “Ean de diaitę̄ phortikōterą te kai philotimǭ de chrēsōntai, tachʼ an pou en methais ē tini allę̄ ameleią tō akolastō autoin hypozygiō labonte tas psychas aphrourous, synagagonte eis tauto, tēn hypo tōn pollōn makaristēn hairesin heilesthēn kai diepraxasthēn; kai diapraxamenō to loipon ēdē chrōntai men autę̄, spania de, hate ou pasę̄ dedogmena tę̄ dianoią prattontes.
Then, after other things, he adds: “But if they follow a coarser and ambitious way of life, perhaps in drink or some other carelessness the two unruly beasts of burden in them, catching their souls off guard, bring them together and choose and accomplish that course which the many count blessed; and having accomplished it, thereafter they continue in it, but rarely, since what they do is not approved by their whole mind.
13.20.5Dindorf 2:247–248
φίλω μὲν οὑν καὶ τούτω, ἧττον δὲ ἐκείνων ἀλλήλοιν διά τε τοῦ ἔρωτος καὶ ἔξω γενομένω διάγουσι, πίστεις τὰς μεγίστας ἡγουμένω ἀλλήλοιν δεδωκέναι τε καὶ δεδέχθαι, ἃς οὐ θεμιτὸν εἶναι λύσαντας εἰς ἔχθραν ποτὲ ἐλθεῖν.
philō men houn kai toutō, hētton de ekeinōn allēloin dia te tou erōtos kai exō genomenō diagousi, pisteis tas megistas hēgoumenō allēloin dedōkenai te kai dedechthai, has ou themiton einai lysantas eis echthran pote elthein.
These two too are friends, though less than the others, to one another, both during their love and after it has passed, thinking that they have given and received the greatest pledges, which it is not lawful ever to break and come to enmity.
13.20.6Dindorf 2:248
ἐν δὲ τῇ τελευτῇ ἄπτεροι μὲν, ὡρμηκότες δὲ πτεροῦσθαι ἐκβαίνουσι τοῦ σώματος, ὥστε οὐ σμικρὸν ἆθλον τῆς ἐρωτικῆς μανίας φέρονται. εἰς γὰρ σκότον καὶ τὴν ὑπὸ γῆς πορείαν οὐ νόμος ἐστὶν ἔτι ἐλθεῖν τοῖς κατηργμένοις ἤδη τῆς ὑπουρανίου πορείας, ἀλλὰ φανὸν βίον διαγαγόντας εὐδαιμονεῖν μετʼ ἀλλήλων πορευομένους, καὶ ὁμοπτέρους ἔρωτος χάριν. ταῦτα τοσαῦτα, ὦ παῖ, καὶ οὕτω θεῖά σοι δωρήσεται ἡ παρʼ ἐραστοῦ φιλία.”
en de tę̄ teleutę̄ apteroi men, hōrmēkotes de pterousthai ekbainousi tou sōmatos, hōste ou smikron athlon tēs erōtikēs manias pherontai. eis gar skoton kai tēn hypo gēs poreian ou nomos estin eti elthein tois katērgmenois ēdē tēs hypouraniou poreias, alla phanon bion diagagontas eudaimonein metʼ allēlōn poreuomenous, kai homopterous erōtos charin. tauta tosauta, ō pai, kai houtō theia soi dōrēsetai hē parʼ erastou philia.”
And at the end they leave the body without wings, but eager to grow them, so that they carry off no small prize for their erotic madness. For it is no longer the law that those who have already begun the heavenly journey should go into darkness and the journey under the earth; but they lead a bright life and are happy, journeying with one another, and when they grow wings they grow them together because of their love. So great and so divine are the gifts, my boy, that the friendship of a lover will bestow on you.”
13.20.7Dindorf 2:248
Τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ Πλάτωνος, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὰ Μωσέως, ὃς διαρρήδην τούτοις ἐναντία νομοθετεῖ, μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ τὴν κατὰ παιδεραστῶν προσήκουσαν προφερόμενος δίκην. φησὶ γοῦν “ὃς ἂν κοιμηθῇ μετὰ ἄρσενος κοίτην γυναικὸς, βδέλυγμα ἐποίησαν ἀμφότεροι· θανάτῳ θανατούσθωσαν, ἔνοχοί εἰσι.” καὶ “ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ κοιμώμενος μετὰ ἄρσενος κοίτην γυναικός.” τί δεῖ τανῦν ἀπελέγχειν, ὡς παρεὶς ὁ σοφώτατος τὸν παιδεραστὴν, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις ἠξίωσε κατὰ παιδεραστῶν θανάτου δίκην ὁρίσασθαι, προστάττει θανάτῳ ζημιοῦν οἰκετῶν τὸν μὴ καταμηνύσαντα θησαυρὸν ὑφʼ ἑτέρου τινὸς εὑρημένον; ἐπάκουσον δὲ καὶ τῶνδε, ἔνα μή με συκοφαντεῖν ὑπολάβῃς
Toiauta men ta Platōnos, allʼ ou ta Mōseōs, hos diarrēdēn toutois enantia nomothetei, megalę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ tēn kata paiderastōn prosēkousan propheromenos dikēn. phēsi goun “hos an koimēthę̄ meta arsenos koitēn gynaikos, bdelygma epoiēsan amphoteroi; thanatǭ thanatousthōsan, enochoi eisi.” kai “epikataratos pas ho koimōmenos meta arsenos koitēn gynaikos.” ti dei tanyn apelenchein, hōs pareis ho sophōtatos ton paiderastēn, oude gar en tois Nomois ēxiōse kata paiderastōn thanatou dikēn horisasthai, prostattei thanatǭ zēmioun oiketōn ton mē katamēnysanta thēsauron hyphʼ heterou tinos heurēmenon? epakouson de kai tōnde, ena mē me sykophantein hypolabę̄s
Such are the teachings of Plato, but not those of Moses, who expressly legislates the opposite, proclaiming with a loud voice the fitting penalty against pederasts. He says at least: “Whoever lies with a male as with a woman, both have committed an abomination; let them surely be put to death; they are guilty.” And: “Cursed is everyone who lies with a male as with a woman.” Why need we now show that the wisest man, passing over the pederast (for not even in the Laws did he see fit to fix the death penalty against pederasts), orders that a slave be punished with death who does not report a treasure found by someone else? But hear these words too, so that you may not suppose that I slander him:
Preparation 13, chapter 21
13.21.1Dindorf 2:248–249
“Ὅ τι δʼ ἂν ὁ θεὸς, φησὶν, ἀναιρῇ περί τῶν κτημάτων καὶ τοῦ κινήσαντος, τοῦθʼ ἡ πόλις ὑπηρετοῦσα ταῖς μαντείαις δράτω τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐλεύθερος ὁ μηνύσας ᾖ, δόξαν ἀρετῆς κεκτήσθω, μὴ μηνύων δὲ κακίας· δοῦλος δὲ ἂν ᾖ, ὁ μηνύσας μὲν ἐλεύθερος ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ὀρθῶς γίγνοιτʼ ἂν, ἀποδιδούσης τῷ δεσπότῃ τὴν τιμήν· μὴ μηνύων δὲ θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω.”
“Ho ti dʼ an ho theos, phēsin, anairę̄ peri tōn ktēmatōn kai tou kinēsantos, touthʼ hē polis hypēretousa tais manteiais dratō tou theou. kai ean men eleutheros ho mēnysas ę̄, doxan aretēs kektēsthō, mē mēnyōn de kakias; doulos de an ę̄, ho mēnysas men eleutheros hypo tēs poleōs orthōs gignoitʼ an, apodidousēs tǭ despotę̄ tēn timēn; mē mēnyōn de thanatǭ zēmiousthō.”
“Whatever the god answers concerning the property and him who moved it, let the city do this, serving the oracles of the god. And if the informer is a free man, let him have a reputation for virtue, and if he does not inform, for wickedness; but if he is a slave, the informer would rightly be made free by the city, which pays his master his price; but if he does not inform, let him be punished with death.”
13.21.2Dindorf 2:249
Κἀνταῦθα μὲν ἐζημίωται θανάτῳ οὐχ ὁ παρακινήσας τι τῶν ἀπειρημένων, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἑτέρου πλημμελήσαντος μὴ καταμηνύσας. καὶ ἄλλως δὲ καθαρὸν ἀποφαίνει δεσπότην, εἰ τὸν ἴδιον δοῦλον θυμῷ φονεύσειε. λέγει δʼ οὖν “ Δοῦλον δὲ κτείνας ἑαυτοῦ μὲν καθηράσθω, ἐὰν δὲ ἀλλότριον θυμῷ, διπλῇ τὸ βλάβος ἐκτισάτω τῷ κεκτημένῳ.”
Kantautha men ezēmiōtai thanatǭ ouch ho parakinēsas ti tōn apeirēmenōn, allʼ ho heterou plēmmelēsantos mē katamēnysas. kai allōs de katharon apophainei despotēn, ei ton idion doulon thymǭ phoneuseie. legei dʼ oun “ Doulon de kteinas heautou men kathērasthō, ean de allotrion thymǭ, diplę̄ to blabos ektisatō tǭ kektēmenǭ.”
Here it is not the one who disturbed something forbidden who is punished with death, but the one who did not report another’s offense. And elsewhere he declares a master pure if he kills his own slave in anger. He says, then: “If a man kills his own slave, let him purify himself; but if another’s, in anger, let him pay the owner twice the damage.”
13.21.3Dindorf 2:249
Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἐπάκουσον αὐτοῦ τῶν νόμων, οὓς περὶ φονέων διετάξατο “Ἐὰν ἄρα τις αὐτόχειρ μὲν κτείνῃ ἐλεύθερον, δὲ πεπραγμένον ἀπροβουλεύτως ὀργῇ τινι γένηται πραχθὲν, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, καθάπερ ἄνευ θυμοῦ κτείναντι προσῆκέ τῳ πάσχειν, πασχέτω· δύο δʼ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔτη φευγέτω, κολάζων τὸν αὑτοῦ θυμόν.”
Kai touto de epakouson autou tōn nomōn, hous peri phoneōn dietaxato “Ean ara tis autocheir men kteinę̄ eleutheron, de pepragmenon aprobouleutōs orgę̄ tini genētai prachthen, ta men alla, kathaper aneu thymou kteinanti prosēke tǭ paschein, paschetō; dyo dʼ ex anankēs etē pheugetō, kolazōn ton hautou thymon.”
And hear this too from his laws, which he set out concerning murderers: “If anyone kills a free man with his own hand, and the deed was done without premeditation in some anger, let him suffer the rest as it would befit one who killed without passion to suffer; but let him of necessity go into exile for two years, chastening his own anger.”
13.21.4Dindorf 2:249
Καὶ τούτῳ προστίθησιν ἐξῆς ἕτερον τοιόνδε νόμον “Ὁ δὲ θυμῷ μὲν, μετʼ ἐπιβουλῆς δὲ κτείνας, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κατὰ τὸν ἔμπροσθεν αὖ, τρία δὲ ἔτη, καθάπερ ἅτερος ἔφευγε τὰ δύο, φευγέτω, μεγέθει θυμοῦ πλείω τιμωρηθεὶς χρόνον.”
Kai toutǭ prostithēsin exēs heteron toionde nomon “Ho de thymǭ men, metʼ epiboulēs de kteinas, ta men alla kata ton emprosthen au, tria de etē, kathaper hateros epheuge ta dyo, pheugetō, megethei thymou pleiō timōrētheis chronon.”
And to this he next adds another law of this kind: “He who kills in anger but with premeditation, let him in other respects be treated according to the previous law, but let him go into exile for three years, as the other was exiled for two, being punished for a longer time because of the greatness of his anger.”
13.21.5Dindorf 2:249–250
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς περὶ τοῦ δεύτερον φονεύσαντος τοιάδε νομοθετεῖ “Ἐὰν δὲ αὖθίς ποτε κατελθὼν ὁπότερος αὐτοῖν ἡττηθεὶς ὀργῇ πράξῃ ταὐτὸν τοῦτο, φυγὼν μηκέτι κατέλθῃ.”
Eithʼ hexēs peri tou deuteron phoneusantos toiade nomothetei “Ean de authis pote katelthōn hopoteros autoin hēttētheis orgę̄ praxę̄ tauton touto, phygōn mēketi katelthę̄.”
Then next he legislates thus about one who kills a second time: “And if ever, after returning, either of them, overcome by anger, does this same thing again, let him go into exile and never return.”
13.21.6Dindorf 2:250
Καὶ πάλιν ἑξῆς φησιν ‘Ἐὰν δὲ, ὃ γίγνεται μὲν, ὀλιγάκις δὲ, διὰ θυμὸν πατὴρ ἢ μήτηρ υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα πληγαῖς ἤ τινι τρόπῳ βιαίῳ κτείνῃ, καθάρσεις μὲν τὰς αὐτὰς τοῖς ἄλλοις καθαίρεσθαι καὶ ἐνιαυτοὺς τρεῖς ἀπενιαυτεῖν, κατελθόντων δὲ τῶν κτεινάντων ἀπαλλάττεσθαι γυναῖκά τε ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα ἀπὸ γυναικὸς, καὶ μήποτʼ ἔτι κοινῇ παιδοποιήσασθαι.”
Kai palin hexēs phēsin ‘Ean de, ho gignetai men, oligakis de, dia thymon patēr ē mētēr huion ē thygatera plēgais ē tini tropǭ biaiǭ kteinę̄, katharseis men tas autas tois allois kathairesthai kai eniautous treis apeniautein, katelthontōn de tōn kteinantōn apallattesthai gynaika te apo andros kai ton andra apo gynaikos, kai mēpotʼ eti koinę̄ paidopoiēsasthai.”
And again next he says: “If, which happens but rarely, a father or mother in anger kills a son or daughter by blows or in some violent way, let them be purified with the same purifications as the others and be in exile for three years; and when the killers return, let the wife be separated from the husband and the husband from the wife, and let them never again have children together.”
13.21.7Dindorf 2:250
Καὶ τούτοις ἐπιφέρει “Γυναῖκα δὲ γαμετὴν ἐὰν ἀνὴρ διʼ ὀργὴν κτείνῃ τινὰ, ἢ γυνή τις ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ὡσαύτως ἐργάσηται, καθαίρεσθαι τοὺς αὐτοὺς καθαρμοὺς, τριετεῖς δὲ ἀπενιαυτήσεις διατελεῖν. κατελθὼν δὲ ὁ τοιοῦτό τι δράσας τοῖς αὑτοῦ παισὶν ἱερῶν μὴ κοινωνείτω, μηδὲ ὁμοτράπεζος γιγνέσθω ποτέ.
Kai toutois epipherei “Gynaika de gametēn ean anēr diʼ orgēn kteinę̄ tina, ē gynē tis heautēs andra tauton touto hōsautōs ergasētai, kathairesthai tous autous katharmous, trieteis de apeniautēseis diatelein. katelthōn de ho toiouto ti drasas tois hautou paisin hierōn mē koinōneitō, mēde homotrapezos gignesthō pote.
And he adds to these: “If a husband kills his wedded wife in anger, or a wife does this same thing to her own husband, let them be purified with the same purifications and complete three years of exile. And when one who has done such a thing returns, let him not share in sacred rites with his own children, nor ever eat at the same table.
13.21.8Dindorf 2:250
καὶ ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν ἢ ἀδελφὴν, ἢ ἀδελφὴ ἀδελφὸν ἢ ἀδελφὴν θυμῷ κτείνῃ, τὰ μὲν τῶν καθαρμῶν καὶ ἀπενιαυτήσεων, καθάπερ εἴρηται τοῖς γονεῦσι καὶ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις, εἰρήσθω δεῖν γίγνεσθαι καὶ τούτοις ὧν ἀδελφούς τε ἀδελφῶν καὶ γονέας ἐστέρηκε παίδων, τούτοις δὲ συνέστιος αὐτοῖς αὐτὸς μηδέποτε γιγνέσθω, μηδὲ κοινωνὸς ἱερῶν. —
kai ean adelphos adelphon ē adelphēn, ē adelphē adelphon ē adelphēn thymǭ kteinę̄, ta men tōn katharmōn kai apeniautēseōn, kathaper eirētai tois goneusi kai tois ekgonois, eirēsthō dein gignesthai kai toutois hōn adelphous te adelphōn kai goneas esterēke paidōn, toutois de synestios autois autos mēdepote gignesthō, mēde koinōnos hierōn. —
And if a brother or sister kills a brother or sister in anger, let it be declared that the purifications and years of exile must be the same as were stated for parents and offspring; and let the one who has deprived brothers of brothers and parents of children never share a hearth with them, nor be a partner in sacred rites. —
13.21.9Dindorf 2:250–251
ἀδελφὸς δὲ ἐὰν ἀδελφὸν κτείνῃ ἐν στάσεσι μάχης γενομένης, ἤ τινι τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ, ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν πρότερον, καθάπερ πολέμιον ἀποκτείνας ἔστω καθαρός. καὶ ἐὰν πολίτης πολίτην ὡσαύτως, ἢ ξένος ξένον. ἐὰν δὲ ἀστὸν ξένος, ἢ ξένον ἀστὸς ἀμυνόμενος κτείνῃ, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἔστω τοῦ καθαρὸς εἶναι· καὶ ἐὰν δοῦλος δοῦλον, ὡσαύτως. ἐὰν δὲ αὖ δοῦλος ἐλεύθερον ἀμυνόμενος ἀποκτείνῃ, καθάπερ ὁ κτείνας πατέρα τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔνοχος ἔστω νόμοις. —
adelphos de ean adelphon kteinę̄ en stasesi machēs genomenēs, ē tini toioutǭ tropǭ, amynomenos archonta cheirōn proteron, kathaper polemion apokteinas estō katharos. kai ean politēs politēn hōsautōs, ē xenos xenon. ean de aston xenos, ē xenon astos amynomenos kteinę̄, kata ta auta estō tou katharos einai; kai ean doulos doulon, hōsautōs. ean de au doulos eleutheron amynomenos apokteinę̄, kathaper ho kteinas patera tois autois enochos estō nomois. —
But if a brother kills a brother in a civil strife when fighting has broken out, or in some such way, defending himself against one who first started the violence, let him be pure, as if he had killed an enemy. And likewise if a citizen kills a citizen, or a foreigner a foreigner. And if a foreigner kills a citizen, or a citizen a foreigner, in self-defense, let him likewise be pure; and if a slave kills a slave, likewise. But if a slave kills a free man in self-defense, let him be liable to the same laws as one who killed his father. —
13.21.10Dindorf 2:251
Ὃς ἂν ἐκ προνοίας τε καὶ ἀδίκως ὁντιναοῦν τῶν ἐμφυλίων αὐτόχειρ κτείνῃ, πρῶτον μὲν τῶν νομίμων εἰργέσθω, μήτε ἀγορὰν μήτε ἱερὰ μήτε λιμένας μήτε ἄλλον κοινὸν σύλλογον μηδένα μιαίνων, ἐάν τέ τις ἀπαγορεύῃ τῷ δράσαντι ταῦτα ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐὰν μή. ὁ γὰρ νόμος ἀπαγορεύει... ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐπεξιὼν δέον ἢ μὴ προαγορεύων εἰργέσθω τῶν ἐντὸς ἀνεψιότητος—τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ὑπόδικος τῷ θέλοντι τιμωρεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τελευτήσαντος γιγνέσθω.—Γυνὴ δὲ ἄνδρα ἑαυτῆς ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι τρώσασα, ἢ ἀνὴρ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα, φευγέτω ἀειφυγίαν.”
Hos an ek pronoias te kai adikōs hontinaoun tōn emphyliōn autocheir kteinę̄, prōton men tōn nomimōn eirgesthō, mēte agoran mēte hiera mēte limenas mēte allon koinon syllogon mēdena miainōn, ean te tis apagoreuę̄ tǭ drasanti tauta anthrōpōn kai ean mē. ho gar nomos apagoreuei... ho de mē epexiōn deon ē mē proagoreuōn eirgesthō tōn entos anepsiotētos—to de deuteron hypodikos tǭ thelonti timōrein hyper tou teleutēsantos gignesthō.—Gynē de andra heautēs ex epiboulēs tou apokteinai trōsasa, ē anēr tēn heautou gynaika, pheugetō aeiphygian.”
Whoever with premeditation and unjustly kills with his own hand any of his fellow tribesmen, first let him be excluded from the customary places, not polluting marketplace or temples or harbors or any other common gathering, whether anyone forbids the doer these things or not; for the law forbids … And he who does not prosecute when he should, or does not make proclamation, if within the degree of cousins, … and secondly let him be liable to anyone who wishes to take vengeance on behalf of the dead.—And a wife who wounds her own husband with intent to kill, or a husband his own wife, let him go into perpetual exile.”
13.21.11Dindorf 2:251–252
Τοιοῦτοι μὲν οἶ τοῦ φιλοσόφου νόμοι. εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ τοὺς Μώσεως τούτοις ἀντιπαραβαλεῖν, ἐπάκουσον οἷα περὶ τῶν φονικῶν διατάττεται “ἐὰν τίς τινα, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, θανάτῳ θανατούσθω. εἰ δὲ οὐχ ἑκὼν, ἀλλʼ ὁ θεὸς παρέδωκεν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, δώσω σοι τόπον οὗ φεύξεται ἐκεῖ ὁ φονεύσας. ἐὰν δὲ ἐπίθηταί τις τῷ πλησίον αὐτοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν δόλῳ καὶ καταφύγῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου μου λήψῃ αὐτὸν θανατῶσαι. ὃς τύπτει πατέρα αὐτοῦ, ἢ μητέρα αὐτοῦ, θανάτῳ θανατούσθω. ἐὰν δὲ λοιδορῶνται δύο ἄνδρες, καὶ πατάξῃ τις τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ λίθῳ ἢ πυγμῇ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ, κατακλιθῇ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν κοίτην, ἐὰν ἐξαναστὰς ὁ ἄνθρωπος περιπατήσῃ ἔξω ἐπὶ ῥάβδου αὐτοῦ, ἀθῷος ἔσται ὁ πατάξας· πλὴν τῆς ἀργίας αὐτοῦ ἀποτίσει καὶ τὰ ἰατρεῖα. ἐὰν δὲ πατάξῃ τις τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ ἢ τὴν παιδίσκην αὐτοῦ ἐν ῥάβδῳ, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὸ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, δίκῃ ἐκδικηθήσεται. ἐὰν δὲ ἡμέραν μίαν ἢ δύο βιώσῃ, οὐκ ἐκδικηθήσεται· τὸ γὰρ ἀργύριον αὐτοῦ ἐστίν. ἐὰν δὲ πατάξῃ τις τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τοῦ οἰκέτου, ἢ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τῆς θεραπαίνης αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκτυφλώσῃ αὐτὸν, ἐλευθέρους ἐξαποστελεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ αὐτῶν.”
Toioutoi men oi tou philosophou nomoi. ei de chrē kai tous Mōseōs toutois antiparabalein, epakouson hoia peri tōn phonikōn diatattetai “ean tis tina, kai apothanę̄, thanatǭ thanatousthō. ei de ouch hekōn, allʼ ho theos paredōken eis tas cheiras autou, dōsō soi topon hou pheuxetai ekei ho phoneusas. ean de epithētai tis tǭ plēsion autou apokteinai auton dolǭ kai kataphygę̄, apo tou thysiastēriou mou lēpsę̄ auton thanatōsai. hos typtei patera autou, ē mētera autou, thanatǭ thanatousthō. ean de loidorōntai dyo andres, kai pataxę̄ tis ton plēsion autou lithǭ ē pygmę̄, kai mē apothanę̄, kataklithę̄ de epi tēn koitēn, ean exanastas ho anthrōpos peripatēsę̄ exō epi rhabdou autou, athǭos estai ho pataxas; plēn tēs argias autou apotisei kai ta iatreia. ean de pataxę̄ tis ton paida autou ē tēn paidiskēn autou en rhabdǭ, kai apothanę̄ hypo tas cheiras autou, dikę̄ ekdikēthēsetai. ean de hēmeran mian ē dyo biōsę̄, ouk ekdikēthēsetai; to gar argyrion autou estin. ean de pataxę̄ tis ton ophthalmon tou oiketou, ē ton ophthalmon tēs therapainēs autou, kai ektyphlōsę̄ auton, eleutherous exapostelei autous anti tou ophthalmou autōn.”
Such are the philosopher’s laws. But if we must also compare those of Moses with these, hear what he ordains concerning murderers: “If anyone strikes a man and he dies, let him surely be put to death. But if not willingly, but God delivered him into his hands, I will give you a place where the slayer shall flee. But if anyone attacks his neighbor to kill him by treachery and flees for refuge, you shall take him from my altar to put him to death. Whoever strikes his father or his mother, let him surely be put to death. And if two men quarrel, and one strikes his neighbor with a stone or his fist, and he does not die but is confined to bed, if the man rises and walks about outside on his staff, the one who struck him shall be clear; only he shall pay for his loss of time and the costs of healing. And if anyone strikes his male servant or his female servant with a rod, and he dies under his hands, he shall surely be punished. But if he lives a day or two, he shall not be punished; for he is his money. And if anyone strikes the eye of his male servant or the eye of his maidservant and blinds it, he shall let them go free in return for their eye.”
13.21.12Dindorf 2:252
τοιαῦτα δὴ καὶ τὰ Μώσεως. αὖθις δὲ ὁ Πλάτων τίνα τρόπον καὶ διʼ ὁποῖα πληγαῖς ἀπαραιτήτοις αἰκίζεσθαι τὸν οἰκέτην προστάττει ἐπάκουσον “Ὅταν τὴν γενναίαν νῦν λεγομένην σταφυλὴν ἢ τὰ γενναῖα σῦκα ἐπονομαζόμενα ὀπωρίζειν βούληται, ἐὰν μὲν ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων λαμβάνῃ, ὅπως ἂν ἐθέλῃ καὶ ὁπόταν βούληται καρπούσθω· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξ ἄλλων πείσας, ἑπόμενος τῷ λόγῳ τῷ μὴ κινεῖν ὅ τι μὴ κατέθετο, ἐκεῖνος ἀεὶ ζημιούσθω. ἐὰν δὲ δοῦλος μὴ πείσας τὸν δεσπότην τῶν χωρίων ἅπτηταί του τῶν τοιούτων, κατὰ ῥᾶγα βοτρύων καὶ σῦκον συκῆς ἰσαρίθμους πληγὰς τούτοις μαστιγούσθω.”
toiauta dē kai ta Mōseōs. authis de ho Platōn tina tropon kai diʼ hopoia plēgais aparaitētois aikizesthai ton oiketēn prostattei epakouson “Hotan tēn gennaian nyn legomenēn staphylēn ē ta gennaia syka eponomazomena opōrizein boulētai, ean men ek tōn oikeiōn lambanę̄, hopōs an ethelę̄ kai hopotan boulētai karpousthō; ean de ex allōn peisas, hepomenos tǭ logǭ tǭ mē kinein ho ti mē katetheto, ekeinos aei zēmiousthō. ean de doulos mē peisas ton despotēn tōn chōriōn haptētai tou tōn toioutōn, kata rhaga botryōn kai sykon sykēs isarithmous plēgas toutois mastigousthō.”
Such, then, are the laws of Moses. But hear again in what way and for what reasons Plato orders a slave to be tormented with unremitting blows: “Whenever anyone wishes to gather what is now called the noble grape or the figs called noble, if he takes from his own, let him gather as he will and when he wishes; but if from others’, without persuading them, let him always be punished, following the rule not to move what one did not put down. But if a slave, without persuading the owner of the fields, touches any of such things, let him be scourged with as many lashes as there are grapes in the bunch and figs on the fig tree.”
13.21.13Dindorf 2:252–253
Τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ κατὰ τῶνδε οὐκ ἄξια τῆς Πλάτωνος μεγαλονοίας. ὡς δὲ σεμνὰ καὶ φιλάνθρωπα τὰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ μάθοις ἂν ἐπακούσας ὧδέ πη λέγοντος “ἐὰν δὲ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς ἀμπελῶνα τοῦ πλησίον, φαγῇ σταφυλὴν, ὅσον ψυχήν σου ἐμπλησθῆναι, εἴς τʼ ἄγγος οὐκ ἐμβαλεῖς.” καὶ πάλιν “ἐὰν εἰσέλθῃς εἰς ἀμητὸν τοῦ πλησίον σου καὶ συλλέξῃς στάχυς ἐν ταῖς χερσί σου, δρέπανον οὐ μὴ ἐπιβάλλῃς ἐπὶ τὸν ἀμητὸν τοῦ πλησίον σου.” καὶ αὖθις ἐὰν ἀμήσῃς ἀμητόν σου ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σου, καὶ ἐπιλάθῃ δράγμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σου, οὐκ ἐπαναστραφήσῃ λαβεῖν αὐτό· τῷ πτωχῷ καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται, ἵνα εὐλογήσῃ σε κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ τῶν χειρῶν σου. ἐὰν δὲ ἐλαιολογήσῃς, οὐκ ἐπαναστρέψεις καλαμήσασθαι τὰ ὀπίσω σου· τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται. ἐὰν δὲ τρυγήσῃς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα σου, οὐκ ἐπανατρυγήσεις τὰ ὀπίσω σου· τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται ταῦτα.”
Toiauta men ta kata tōnde ouk axia tēs Platōnos megalonoias. hōs de semna kai philanthrōpa ta para Mōsei mathois an epakousas hōde pē legontos “ean de eiselthę̄s eis ampelōna tou plēsion, phagę̄ staphylēn, hoson psychēn sou emplēsthēnai, eis tʼ angos ouk embaleis.” kai palin “ean eiselthę̄s eis amēton tou plēsion sou kai syllexę̄s stachys en tais chersi sou, drepanon ou mē epiballę̄s epi ton amēton tou plēsion sou.” kai authis ean amēsę̄s amēton sou en tǭ agrǭ sou, kai epilathę̄ dragma en tǭ agrǭ sou, ouk epanastraphēsę̄ labein auto; tǭ ptōchǭ kai tǭ prosēlytǭ kai tǭ orphanǭ kai tę̄ chērą estai, hina eulogēsę̄ se kyrios ho theos sou en panti ergǭ tōn cheirōn sou. ean de elaiologēsę̄s, ouk epanastrepseis kalamēsasthai ta opisō sou; tǭ prosēlytǭ kai tǭ orphanǭ kai tę̄ chērą estai. ean de trygēsę̄s ton ampelōna sou, ouk epanatrygēseis ta opisō sou; tǭ prosēlytǭ kai tę̄ chērą estai tauta.”
Such are his laws on these matters, unworthy of Plato’s greatness of mind. How solemn and humane are those of Moses you may learn by hearing him speak thus: “If you go into your neighbor’s vineyard, you shall eat grapes, as much as you wish to be filled, but you shall not put any into a vessel.” And again: “If you go into your neighbor’s standing grain and gather ears with your hands, you shall not put a sickle to your neighbor’s grain.” And again: “If you reap your harvest in your field and forget a sheaf in your field, you shall not go back to take it; it shall be for the poor and the stranger and the orphan and the widow, that the Lord your God may bless you in every work of your hands. If you gather olives, you shall not go back to glean what is behind you; it shall be for the stranger and the orphan and the widow. And if you harvest your vineyard, you shall not glean what is left behind you; these shall be for the stranger and the widow.”
13.21.14Dindorf 2:253
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τὰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ. δῆλα δὲ τὰ Πλάτωνος ἐν οἶς μυρία εὕροις ἂν ἀνεπίληπτα, ὧν δὴ μάλιστα τῶν παρʼ αὐτῷ τὰ σεμνὰ καὶ κράτιστα ἀποδεχόμενοι τοῖς μὴ τοιούτοις μακρὰ χαίρειν φαμέν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων ὧδε διεξωδευμένων, ἀποδοθείσης τε αἰτίας διʼ ἣν οὐ κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφεῖν ἐγνώκαμεν, ὥρα καὶ τὰ τῆς λοιπῆς ὑποσχέσεως εἰς πέρας ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ τάς γε ἄλλας αἱρέσεις τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἐπιθεωρῆσαι φιλοσοφίας.
Kai tauta men ta para Mōsei. dēla de ta Platōnos en ois myria heurois an anepilēpta, hōn dē malista tōn parʼ autǭ ta semna kai kratista apodechomenoi tois mē toioutois makra chairein phamen. alla gar toutōn hōde diexōdeumenōn, apodotheisēs te aitias diʼ hēn ou kata Platōna philosophein egnōkamen, hōra kai ta tēs loipēs hyposcheseōs eis peras agagein, kai tas ge allas haireseis tēs Hellēnikēs epitheōrēsai philosophias.
Such are the laws of Moses. Plato’s are plain, among which you would find countless that are blameless; and accepting above all the solemn and excellent things in him, we bid a long farewell to those that are not such. But now that these things have been gone through in this way, and the reason has been given why we have decided not to philosophize according to Plato, it is time to bring the rest of our promise to completion, and to examine the other schools of Greek philosophy.
Preparation 14, chapter 1
14.1.1Dindorf 2:253
Ὅσα μὲν εἰπεῖν τε καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἦν ἀμφὶ τῆς κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφίας τῆς τε τούτου πρὸς τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια συμφωνίας, διʼ ἥν τὸν ἄνδρα καταπεπλήγμεθα, καὶ αὖ πάλιν τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς διαφωνίας, διʼ ἣν οὐκ ἄν τις αὐτὸν εὖ φρονῶν ἀποδέξαιτο, διελθὼν ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου, μέτειμι νῦν ἐπὶ τὰς λοιπὰς αἱρέσεις τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ἐπὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ διαβοηθέντων.
Hosa men eipein te kai akousai ēn amphi tēs kata Platōna philosophias tēs te toutou pros ta Hebraiōn logia symphōnias, diʼ hēn ton andra katapeplēgmetha, kai au palin tēs pros autous diaphōnias, diʼ hēn ouk an tis auton eu phronōn apodexaito, dielthōn en tǭ pro toutou, meteimi nyn epi tas loipas haireseis tōn parʼ Hellēsin epi philosophią diaboēthentōn.
Having gone through in the preceding book all that there was to say and hear about the philosophy of Plato and its agreement with the oracles of the Hebrews, on account of which we have admired the man, and again its disagreement with them, on account of which no one of sound mind would accept him, I now pass on to the remaining schools of those among the Greeks who were renowned for philosophy.
14.1.2Dindorf 2:253–254
καὶ τούτων αὖ πάλιν τὸν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ὄλισθον οὐκ αὐτὸς οὐδὲ παρʼ ἐμαυτοῦ, διὰ δὲ τῆς αὐτῶν πάλιν τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν φωνῶν μαρτυρίας, σκοπεῖν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν θήσω· οὐ μὲν δή τισι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀπεχθόμενος, ὧν γε καὶ μέγα θαῦμʼ ἔχειν ὁμολογῶ, ὅταν δὴ τοῖς ἄλλοις, οἷάπερ ἀνθρώποις, παραβάλλω τοὺς ἄνδρας·
kai toutōn au palin ton ek tēs alētheias olisthon ouk autos oude parʼ emautou, dia de tēs autōn palin tōn Hellēnikōn phōnōn martyrias, skopein tois entynchanousi pro ophthalmōn thēsō; ou men dē tisi tōn andrōn apechthomenos, hōn ge kai mega thaumʼ echein homologō, hotan dē tois allois, hoiaper anthrōpois, paraballō tous andras;
And again I shall set their slipping from the truth before the eyes of readers to examine, not myself nor from my own resources, but through the testimony of the Greek writers themselves; not from any hatred of these men, for whom I admit I have great admiration when I compare them with the others, as men with men.
14.1.3Dindorf 2:254
ἐπὰν δὲ τοῖς Ἑβραίων θεολόγοις τε καὶ προφήταις, θεῷ τε τῷ διὰ τούτων καὶ μελλόντων προρρήσεις καὶ θαυμάτων ἐπιδείξεις πεποιημένῳ, ἀτὰρ δὴ καὶ μαθημάτων εὐσεβῶν δογμάτων τε ἀληθῶν διδασκαλίαν καταβεβλημένῳ, οὐκέτʼ οἶμαί τινα δεῖν εὐλόγως ἐπιμέμψασθαι, εἰ θεὸν πρὸ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀλήθειαν αὐτὴν πρὸ θνητῶν λογισμῶν τε καὶ στοχασμῶν τιμώμεθα.
epan de tois Hebraiōn theologois te kai prophētais, theǭ te tǭ dia toutōn kai mellontōn prorrēseis kai thaumatōn epideixeis pepoiēmenǭ, atar dē kai mathēmatōn eusebōn dogmatōn te alēthōn didaskalian katabeblēmenǭ, ouketʼ oimai tina dein eulogōs epimempsasthai, ei theon pro anthrōpōn kai alētheian autēn pro thnētōn logismōn te kai stochasmōn timōmetha.
But when I compare them with the theologians and prophets of the Hebrews, and with God, who through them made predictions of the future and displays of wonders, and laid down the teaching of godly lessons and true doctrines, I think no one could any longer reasonably blame us if we honor God before men, and truth itself before mortal reasonings and conjectures.
14.1.4Dindorf 2:254
τοῦτο δέ μοι πᾶν ὁ τῆς παρούσης Προπαρασκευῆς δείξειν πεφιλοτίμηται λόγος, εἰς ἀπόκρισιν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀπολογίαν τῶν δὴ πευσομένων, τί δὴ ἄρα καλὸν ἢ σεμνὸν ἰδόντες ἐν τοῖς βαρβάρων γράμμασι τῆς πατρῴας καὶ εὐγενοῦς φιλοσοφίας, τῆς Ἑλλήνων λέγω, προκρίνειν αὐτὰ διανενοήμεθα. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἤδη διʼ ἔργων ἡ ἀπόδειξις ἡμῖν χωρείτω.
touto de moi pan ho tēs parousēs Proparaskeuēs deixein pephilotimētai logos, eis apokrisin homou kai apologian tōn dē peusomenōn, ti dē ara kalon ē semnon idontes en tois barbarōn grammasi tēs patrǭas kai eugenous philosophias, tēs Hellēnōn legō, prokrinein auta dianenoēmetha. alla gar ēdē diʼ ergōn hē apodeixis hēmin chōreitō.
The whole argument of the present Preparation has been eager to show this, as an answer and defense at once to those who will ask what good or noble thing we saw in the writings of barbarians that we decided to prefer them to our ancestral and noble philosophy, I mean that of the Greeks. But now let the demonstration proceed by deeds.
Preparation 14, chapter 2
14.2.1Dindorf 2:254
Ἡγοῦμαι δὲ δεῖν πρώτιστα πάντων ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης καταβολῆς τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων ἀπάρξασθαι, καὶ τοὺς πρόσθεν ἢ Πλάτωνα γενέσθαι φυσικοὺς ἐπικληθέντας φιλοσόφους καταμαθεῖν, τίνες ποτὲ γεγόνασι, καὶ ὁποίων ἔτυχεν ἡ κατʼ αὐτοὺς φιλοσοφία προστατῶν τοῦ λόγου, εἶτʼ ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ Πλάτωνος παρελθεῖν διαδοχὴν, καὶ τίνες ποτʼ ἦσαν καὶ οἵδε, τάς τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους λογομαχίας αὐτῶν ἐπισκέψασθαι, ἐπιθεωρῆσαι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἱρέσεων τὰς διαστάσεις, τῶν τε δοξῶν τὰς ἀντικαταστάσεις, ἐν αἷς πυκτεύοντας τοὺς γενναίους καὶ φιλοτίμως διαπληκτιζομένους, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σκηνῆς τοῖς θεαταῖς, παραδείξω.
Hēgoumai de dein prōtista pantōn anōthen apo tēs prōtēs katabolēs tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn aparxasthai, kai tous prosthen ē Platōna genesthai physikous epiklēthentas philosophous katamathein, tines pote gegonasi, kai hopoiōn etychen hē katʼ autous philosophia prostatōn tou logou, eitʼ epi tēn tou Platōnos parelthein diadochēn, kai tines potʼ ēsan kai hoide, tas te pros allēlous logomachias autōn episkepsasthai, epitheōrēsai de kai tōn allōn haireseōn tas diastaseis, tōn te doxōn tas antikatastaseis, en hais pykteuontas tous gennaious kai philotimōs diaplēktizomenous, hōsper epi skēnēs tois theatais, paradeixō.
I think it necessary first of all to begin from the very first foundation of the philosophers among the Greeks, and to learn who those were before Plato who were called natural philosophers, and what kind of leaders of the argument their philosophy had; then to pass on to Plato’s succession, and who these were, and to examine their wordy battles with one another; and also to view the divisions of the other schools and the conflicts of their opinions, in which I shall show the noble gentlemen boxing and brawling ambitiously, as on a stage before spectators.
14.2.2Dindorf 2:254–255
αὐτίκα γοῦν μάλα θεασώμεθα ὅπως μὲν ὁ Πλάτων τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ πρώτους ἔσκωπτεν, ὅπως δὲ τοὺς Πλάτωνος οἰκείους τε καὶ διαδόχους ἄλλοι· καὶ αὖ πάλιν ὅπως οἶ Πλάτωνος ἑταῖροι τὰ σοφὰ τῆς Ἀριστοτέλους πολυνοίας ἀπήλεγχον· ὅπως θʼ οἶ τὸν Ἀριστοτέλην καὶ τὸν Περίπατον αὐχοῦντες τὰ δοκοῦντα τοῖς τὴν ἐναντίαν πρεσβεύουσι τὸ μηθὲν ὄντα παρίστων.
autika goun mala theasōmetha hopōs men ho Platōn tous pro autou prōtous eskōpten, hopōs de tous Platōnos oikeious te kai diadochous alloi; kai au palin hopōs oi Platōnos hetairoi ta sopha tēs Aristotelous polynoias apēlenchon; hopōs thʼ oi ton Aristotelēn kai ton Peripaton auchountes ta dokounta tois tēn enantian presbeuousi to mēthen onta paristōn.
Let us see at once, then, how Plato mocked the first ones before him, and how others mocked Plato’s own associates and successors; and again how Plato’s companions refuted the wisdom of Aristotle’s many-sided intellect; and how those who boasted of Aristotle and the Peripatos showed the opinions of those who held the opposite to be nothing.
14.2.3Dindorf 2:255
καὶ τὰ δεινὰ δὲ καὶ ἀκριβῆ τῆς τῶν Στωïκῶν λεπτολογίας ὑφʼ ἑτέρων αὖ πάλιν ὄψει καταγελώμενα, πάντας τε πανταχόθεν κατὰ τῶν πέλας κονιομένους καὶ μάχην καὶ πάλην ἀνδρικώτατα συνισταμένους, ὡς διὰ Χειρῶν ἤδη καὶ γλώττης, ἢ μᾶλλον διὰ καλάμου καὶ μέλανος, τὸν κατὰ ἀλλήλων αὐτοὺς πόλεμον ἐπιτειχίζεσθαι, μονονουχὶ βάλλοντας καὶ βαλλομένους τοῖς διὰ λόγων δόρασί τε καὶ παντευχίαις.
kai ta deina de kai akribē tēs tōn Stōikōn leptologias hyphʼ heterōn au palin opsei katagelōmena, pantas te pantachothen kata tōn pelas koniomenous kai machēn kai palēn andrikōtata synistamenous, hōs dia Cheirōn ēdē kai glōttēs, ē mallon dia kalamou kai melanos, ton kata allēlōn autous polemon epiteichizesthai, mononouchi ballontas kai ballomenous tois dia logōn dorasi te kai panteuchiais.
And again you will see the clever and exact subtleties of the Stoics laughed at by others, and all of them on every side covering themselves with dust against their neighbors and joining combat and wrestling most manfully, so that with hands now and tongue, or rather with pen and ink, they build siege-works in their war against one another, all but striking and being struck with the spears and full armor of words.
14.2.4Dindorf 2:255
περιέξει δʼ ἡμῖν τὸ στάδιον ἐν τῷ γυμνικῷ τῷδε ἀγῶνι γυμνοὺς ἀληθείας ἀπάσης πρὸς τοῖς δηλωθεῖσι καὶ τοὺς πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ τοῖς δογματικοῖς φιλοσόφοις ἐξ ἐναντίας ἀραμένους τὰ ὅπλα, τοὺς ἀμφὶ Πύρρωνα λέγω, μηδὲν εἶναι καταληπτὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀποφηναμένους, καὶ τούς τε κατʼ Ἀρίστιππον μόνα λέγοντας τὰ πάθη εἷναι καταληπτὰ, καὶ αὖ πάλιν τοὺς κατὰ Μητρόδωρον καὶ Πρωταγόραν μόναις δεῖν φάσκοντας ταῖς τοῦ σώματος πιστεύειν αἰσθήσεσι.
periexei dʼ hēmin to stadion en tǭ gymnikǭ tǭde agōni gymnous alētheias apasēs pros tois dēlōtheisi kai tous pasin homou tois dogmatikois philosophois ex enantias aramenous ta hopla, tous amphi Pyrrōna legō, mēden einai katalēpton en anthrōpois apophēnamenous, kai tous te katʼ Aristippon mona legontas ta pathē heinai katalēpta, kai au palin tous kata Mētrodōron kai Prōtagoran monais dein phaskontas tais tou sōmatos pisteuein aisthēsesi.
And the stadium in this naked contest will contain for us, besides those mentioned, men naked of all truth: those who have taken up arms against all the dogmatic philosophers together, I mean the followers of Pyrrho, who declared that nothing can be apprehended by men; and those of Aristippus, who say that only feelings can be apprehended; and again those of Metrodorus and Protagoras, who say that we must trust only the senses of the body.
14.2.5Dindorf 2:255
ἔμπαλιν δὲ τούτοις συναποδύσομεν τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ξενοφάνην καὶ Παρμενίδην τὴν ἐναντίαν παραταξαμένους καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀνελόντας.
empalin de toutois synapodysomen tous amphi Xenophanēn kai Parmenidēn tēn enantian parataxamenous kai tas aisthēseis anelontas.
And in opposition to these we shall strip for the contest the followers of Xenophanes and Parmenides, who took the opposite side and did away with the senses.
14.2.6Dindorf 2:255
οὐ παρήσομεν δὲ οὐδὲ τοὺς τῆς ἡδονῆς προμάχους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων τὸν ἀριστέα Ἐπίκουρον σὺν τοῖς εἰρημένοις καταλέξομεν. πρὸς ἅπαντας δὲ ὁμοῦ τοῖς σφετέροις αὐτῶν βέλεσι τὸν κατʼ αὐτῶν ἀντιθήσομεν ἔλεγχον.
ou parēsomen de oude tous tēs hēdonēs promachous, alla kai toutōn ton aristea Epikouron syn tois eirēmenois katalexomen. pros hapantas de homou tois spheterois autōn belesi ton katʼ autōn antithēsomen elenchon.
Nor shall we pass over the champions of pleasure, but we shall enroll their chief, Epicurus, with those mentioned. And against all of them together we shall set the refutation of them by their own weapons.
14.2.7Dindorf 2:255–256
καὶ τῶν ἐπίκλην δὲ φυσικῶν ἁπάντων ὁμοῦ τῶν τε δογμάτων τὰς διαφωνίας καὶ τῆς σπουδῆς τὴν ἀχρηστομάθειαν εἰς φανερὸν οἴσω, οὔ τι που μισέλλην οὐδὲ μισόλογος τις ὢν, πολλοῦ γε δέω, διαβολῆς δʼ αἰτίαν ἀπολυόμενος, ὅτι δὴ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς παιδείας ἥκιστα μεταποιηθέντες τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια προτετιμήκαμεν.
kai tōn epiklēn de physikōn hapantōn homou tōn te dogmatōn tas diaphōnias kai tēs spoudēs tēn achrēstomatheian eis phaneron oisō, ou ti pou misellēn oude misologos tis ōn, pollou ge deō, diabolēs dʼ aitian apolyomenos, hoti dē tēs Hellēnikēs paideias hēkista metapoiēthentes ta Hebraiōn logia protetimēkamen.
And I shall bring into the open both the disagreements in the doctrines of all those called natural philosophers and the uselessness of their study; not that I am a hater of the Greeks or of learning, far from it, but to clear myself of the charge that we have honored the oracles of the Hebrews above Greek learning because we had very little share in Greek education.
Preparation 14, chapter 3
14.3.1Dindorf 2:256
Οἱ μέν γε Ἑβραῖοι ἄνωθεν ἐξ αἰῶνος μακροῦ καὶ αὐτῆς, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἀνθρωπογονίας τὴν εὐσέβειαν καὶ ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν ἀνηρευνηκότες, ἀκήρατον καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μετέπειτα ταύτην διατετηρήκασι, παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς θησαυρὸν λόγων ἀληθῶν ὑποδεξάμενοί τε καὶ φυλάξαντες, ὡς μήτʼ ἐπιθεῖναι μήτʼ ἀφελεῖν τινὰ τοῖς ἅπαξ κεκριμένοις τολμῆσαι.
Hoi men ge Hebraioi anōthen ex aiōnos makrou kai autēs, hōs epos eipein, apo prōtēs anthrōpogonias tēn eusebeian kai alēthē philosophian anēreunēkotes, akēraton kai epi tous metepeita tautēn diatetērēkasi, pais para patros thēsauron logōn alēthōn hypodexamenoi te kai phylaxantes, hōs mētʼ epitheinai mētʼ aphelein tina tois hapax kekrimenois tolmēsai.
The Hebrews, having from a long age past, and, so to say, from the very first creation of man, searched out godliness and true philosophy, have kept it pure for those after them also, son receiving and guarding from father a treasure of true words, so that no one dared to add to or take away from what had once been decided.
14.3.2Dindorf 2:256
οὔτʼ οὖν ὁ πάνσοφος Μώσης, πάντων μὲν Ἑλλήνων πρεσβύτατος ἀποφανθεὶς διὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν, πάντων δὲ ὕστατος τὴν ἡλικίαν τῶν πρὶν Ἑβραίων γεγονὼς, κινῆσαί τι καὶ μεταθεῖναι τῶν τοῖς προπάτορσι δοξάντων τῆς δογματικῆς πέρι θεολογίας διανενόηται, πλὴν ὅσον τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτὸν ἀνθρώποις ἀγωγῆς βίου καταλλήλου τρόπον καί τινος μέσης πολιτείας νομοθεσίαν καταβαλέσθαι,
outʼ oun ho pansophos Mōsēs, pantōn men Hellēnōn presbytatos apophantheis dia tōn emprosthen, pantōn de hystatos tēn hēlikian tōn prin Hebraiōn gegonōs, kinēsai ti kai metatheinai tōn tois propatorsi doxantōn tēs dogmatikēs peri theologias dianenoētai, plēn hoson tois hypʼ auton anthrōpois agōgēs biou katallēlou tropon kai tinos mesēs politeias nomothesian katabalesthai,
Neither, then, did the all-wise Moses, who has been shown in the preceding books to be the oldest of all the Greeks, though he was the last in age of the earlier Hebrews, intend to move or change anything of what the forefathers had held concerning doctrinal theology, except to lay down for the people under him legislation for a fitting way of life and a certain intermediate polity;
14.3.3Dindorf 2:256
οὔθʼ οἱ μετὰ τόνδε προφῆται, μυρίαις ὅσαις ὕστερον ἐτῶν περιόδοις ἐκλάμψαντες, διάφωνόν τι ῥῆμα πρός τε σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἢ πρὸς τὰ Μωσεῖ καὶ τοῖς πάλαι θεοφιλέσι νομισθέντα προέσθαι τῇ φωνῇ τετολμήκασιν.
outhʼ hoi meta tonde prophētai, myriais hosais hysteron etōn periodois eklampsantes, diaphōnon ti rhēma pros te sphas autous ē pros ta Mōsei kai tois palai theophilesi nomisthenta proesthai tę̄ phōnę̄ tetolmēkasin.
nor have the prophets after him, who shone forth countless periods of years later, dared to utter a word that disagreed either with one another or with what Moses and the men dear to God of old had held.
14.3.4Dindorf 2:256
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸ καθʼ ἡμᾶς διδασκαλεῖον, ἐκεῖθέν ποθεν ὁρμώμενον καὶ διʼ ἐνθέου δυνάμεως ὁμοῦ πᾶσαν Ἑλλάδα τε καὶ τὴν βάρβαρον ἐμπλῆσαν, διάφωνόν τι τοῖς πρόσθεν ἐμπεριείληφεν, εἰ μή τις φαίη ὅτι μὴ μόνον τοῖς δόγμασι τῆς θεολογίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τοῦ βίου τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγωγὴν τοῖς πρὸ Μώσεως θεοφιλέσιν Ἑβραίοις παραδίδωσι.
allʼ oude to kathʼ hēmas didaskaleion, ekeithen pothen hormōmenon kai diʼ entheou dynameōs homou pasan Hellada te kai tēn barbaron emplēsan, diaphōnon ti tois prosthen emperieilēphen, ei mē tis phaiē hoti mē monon tois dogmasi tēs theologias, alla kai tǭ tropǭ tou biou tēn autēn agōgēn tois pro Mōseōs theophilesin Hebraiois paradidōsi.
Nor has our own school, which set out from there and by divine power filled all Greece and the barbarian world alike, included anything at variance with what came before; unless one should say that it hands down not only the same doctrines of theology, but also the same way of life as that of the Hebrews dear to God before Moses.
14.3.5Dindorf 2:256–257
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα, μιᾷ διανοίᾳ μιᾷ τε φωνῇ ὑπὸ τῶν πρώτων καὶ τῶν μέσων καὶ τῶν ὑστάτων μεμαρτυρημένα, τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλοσοφίας τὸ βέβαιον ἁπάσαις ψήφοις ἐπισφραγίζεται, πληροῖ τε τὴν σύμπασαν οἰκουμένην, ὁσημέραι νεάζοντα καὶ ἀνθοῦντα, ὡς ἄρτι πρώτην ἀκμὴν καταβεβλημένα· καὶ οὔτε νόμων διατάξεις οὔτʼ ἐχθρῶν ἐπιβουλαὶ οὔτε πολεμίων πολλάκις ἀκονηθέντα ξίφη κρείττονα τῆς ὧν μετήλθομεν λόγων ἀρετῆς τὴν δύναμιν ἐπιδέδεικται.
kai ta men hēmetera toiauta, mią dianoią mią te phōnę̄ hypo tōn prōtōn kai tōn mesōn kai tōn hystatōn memartyrēmena, tēs alēthous eusebeias homou kai philosophias to bebaion hapasais psēphois episphragizetai, plēroi te tēn sympasan oikoumenēn, hosēmerai neazonta kai anthounta, hōs arti prōtēn akmēn katabeblēmena; kai oute nomōn diataxeis outʼ echthrōn epiboulai oute polemiōn pollakis akonēthenta xiphē kreittona tēs hōn metēlthomen logōn aretēs tēn dynamin epidedeiktai.
Such, then, is our teaching, attested with one mind and one voice by the first and the middle and the last; it seals with every vote the certainty of true godliness and philosophy at once, and fills the whole inhabited world, renewing its youth and blooming day by day, as though it had just reached its first prime; and neither ordinances of laws, nor plots of enemies, nor the swords of foes so often sharpened, have shown their power to be stronger than the virtue of the words we have followed.
14.3.6Dindorf 2:257
τὰ δὲ τῆς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφίας ἐπὶ σαλεύσαντα τίνα ποτὲ τὴν ἰσχὺν ἐπεδείξατο νυνὶ θεασώμεθα, πρώτους ἁπάντων εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα καθιέντες τοὺς φυσικοὺς ἐπικληθέντας· οἱ δὴ πρόσθεν ἢ Πλάτωνα διαλάμψαι λεγόμενοι ὅπως πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐστασίασαν παρʼ αὐτοῦ μαθεῖν ἔστι τοῦ Πλάτωνος· ὃς δὴ τῶν ἀμφὶ Πρωταγόραν Ἡράκλειτόν τε καὶ τὴν πρὸς Παρμενίδην καὶ τοὺς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν διαμάχην ἐξελέγχει.
ta de tēs Hellēnōn philosophias epi saleusanta tina pote tēn ischyn epedeixato nyni theasōmetha, prōtous hapantōn eis ton agōna kathientes tous physikous epiklēthentas; hoi dē prosthen ē Platōna dialampsai legomenoi hopōs pros allēlous estasiasan parʼ autou mathein esti tou Platōnos; hos dē tōn amphi Prōtagoran Hērakleiton te kai tēn pros Parmenidēn kai tous amphʼ auton diamachēn exelenchei.
But now let us see what strength the teachings of Greek philosophy have shown, having been shaken, sending into the contest first of all those called natural philosophers. How these, who are said to have shone before Plato, quarreled with one another can be learned from Plato himself, who refutes the followers of Protagoras and Heraclitus and their battle with Parmenides and his followers.
14.3.7Dindorf 2:257
ὁ μὲν γὰρ Δημοκρίτου γεγονὼν ἑταῖρος, ὁ Πρωταγόρας, ἄθεον ἐκτήσατο δόξαν· λέγεται γοῦν τοιᾷδε κεχρῆσθαι εἰσβολῇ ἐν τῷ Περὶ θεῶν συγγράμματι “Περὶ μὲν θεῶν οὐκ οἶδα οὔθʼ ὡς εἰσὶν οὔθʼ ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶν οὔθʼ ὁποῖοί τινες ἰδέαν.” ὁ δὲ Δημόκριτος ἀρχὰς τῶν ὅλων ἔφη εἶναι τὸ κενὸν καὶ τὸ πλῆρες· τὸ πλῆρες ὂν λέγων καὶ στερεὸν, τὸ δὲ κενὸν μὴ ὄν. διὸ καί φησι μηδὲν μᾶλλον τὸ ὂν τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἶναι· ὅτι τε ἐξ ἀιδίου τὰ ὄντα ἐν τῷ κενῷ συνεχῶς καὶ ὀξέως κινεῖται.”
ho men gar Dēmokritou gegonōn hetairos, ho Prōtagoras, atheon ektēsato doxan; legetai goun toiąde kechrēsthai eisbolę̄ en tǭ Peri theōn syngrammati “Peri men theōn ouk oida outhʼ hōs eisin outhʼ hōs ouk eisin outhʼ hopoioi tines idean.” ho de Dēmokritos archas tōn holōn ephē einai to kenon kai to plēres; to plēres on legōn kai stereon, to de kenon mē on. dio kai phēsi mēden mallon to on tou mē ontos einai; hoti te ex aidiou ta onta en tǭ kenǭ synechōs kai oxeōs kineitai.”
Protagoras, who had been a companion of Democritus, gained the reputation of an atheist; he is said, at least, to have used this opening in his work On the Gods: “About the gods I do not know either that they are or that they are not, or what they are like in form.” And Democritus said that the principles of the universe are the void and the full, calling the full being and solid, and the void non-being. That is why he also says that being is no more than non-being; and that existing things move continually and swiftly in the void from eternity.
14.3.8Dindorf 2:257
ὁ δὲ Ἡράκλειτος ἀρχὴν τῶν πάντων ἔφη εἶναι τὸ πῦρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα γίνεται, καὶ εἰς ὃ ἀναλύεται. ἀμοιβὴν γὰρ εἶναι τὰ πάντα, χρόνον τε ὡρίσθαι τῆς τῶν πάντων εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἀναλύσεως καὶ τῆς ἐκ τούτου γενέσεως.
ho de Hērakleitos archēn tōn pantōn ephē einai to pyr, ex hou ta panta ginetai, kai eis ho analyetai. amoibēn gar einai ta panta, chronon te hōristhai tēs tōn pantōn eis to pyr analyseōs kai tēs ek toutou geneseōs.
Heraclitus said that the principle of all things is fire, from which all things come into being and into which they are dissolved; for all things are an exchange, and a time has been fixed for the dissolution of all things into fire and for their generation from it.
14.3.9Dindorf 2:257–258
οἵδε μὲν οὖν πάντα κινεῖσθαι ἔφασαν· ὁ δὲ Παρμενίδης, τὸ γένος Ἐλεάτης ὢν, ἕν μὲν εἶναι τὸ πᾶν, ἀγέννητον δὲ καὶ ἀκίνητον καὶ κατὰ σχῆμα σφαιροειδὲς ὑπάρχειν ἐδογμάτιζε. Παρμενίδου δὲ Μέλισσος ἑταῖρος γέγονε, τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ Παρμενίδῃ δοξάζων. τούτων δὴ οὖν πέρι ὁποῖα ὁ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ διέξεισιν ἄκουε
hoide men oun panta kineisthai ephasan; ho de Parmenidēs, to genos Eleatēs ōn, hen men einai to pan, agennēton de kai akinēton kai kata schēma sphairoeides hyparchein edogmatize. Parmenidou de Melissos hetairos gegone, ta auta tǭ Parmenidę̄ doxazōn. toutōn dē oun peri hopoia ho Platōn en tǭ Theaitētǭ diexeisin akoue
These, then, said that all things are in motion; but Parmenides, an Eleatic by race, taught that the universe is one, unborn and unmoved, and spherical in shape. Melissus was a companion of Parmenides, holding the same views as Parmenides. Hear, then, what Plato relates about these in the Theaetetus:
Preparation 14, chapter 4
14.4.1Dindorf 2:258
“Ἐκ δὲ δὴ φορᾶς τε καὶ κινήσεως καὶ κράσεως πρὸς ἄλληλα γίνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι, οὐκ ὀρθῶς προσαγορεύοντες. ἔστι μὲν γὰρ οὐδέποτε οὐδὲν, ἀεὶ δὲ γίνεται. καὶ περὶ τούτου πάντες ἐξαίσιοι σοφοὶ πλὴν Παρμενίδου ξυμφέρεσθον, Πρωταγόρας τε καὶ Ἡράκλειτος καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς, καὶ τῶν ποιητῶν οἷ ἄκροι τῆς ποιήσεως ἑκατέρας, κωμῳδίας μὲν Ἐπίχαρμος, τραγῳδίας δὲ Ὅμηρος, εἰπὼν Ὠκεανόν τε θεῶν γένεσιν καὶ μητέρα Τηθύν, πάντα εἴρηκεν ἔκγονα ῥοῆς τε καὶ κινήσεως. ἢ οὐ δοκεῖ τοῦτο λέγειν;
“Ek de dē phoras te kai kinēseōs kai kraseōs pros allēla ginetai panta ha dē phamen einai, ouk orthōs prosagoreuontes. esti men gar oudepote ouden, aei de ginetai. kai peri toutou pantes exaisioi sophoi plēn Parmenidou xympheresthon, Prōtagoras te kai Hērakleitos kai Empedoklēs, kai tōn poiētōn hoi akroi tēs poiēseōs hekateras, kōmǭdias men Epicharmos, tragǭdias de Homēros, eipōn Ōkeanon te theōn genesin kai mētera Tēthyn, panta eirēken ekgona rhoēs te kai kinēseōs. ē ou dokei touto legein?
“From motion and change and mixture with one another all things come to be which we say are, not addressing them correctly; for nothing ever is, but always becomes. And on this all the wise men in succession except Parmenides agree, Protagoras and Heraclitus and Empedocles, and of the poets the chief in each kind of poetry, in comedy Epicharmus, in tragedy Homer, who, saying ‘Oceanus, origin of the gods, and mother Tethys,’ has said that all things are offspring of flux and motion. Or does he not seem to say this?
14.4.2Dindorf 2:258
Ἔμοιγε. Τίς οὖν ἂν ἔτι πρός γε τοσοῦτον στρατόπεδον καὶ στρατηγὸν Ὅμηρον δύναιτο ἀμφισβητήσας μὴ καταγέλαστος γενέσθαι;” Εἶθʼ ἐξῆς προïὼν τῷ λόγῳ ἐπιφέρει λέγων
Emoige. Tis oun an eti pros ge tosouton stratopedon kai stratēgon Homēron dynaito amphisbētēsas mē katagelastos genesthai?” Eithʼ exēs proiōn tǭ logǭ epipherei legōn
He does to me. Who then could still contend against so great an army, with Homer as general, and not become ridiculous?” Then, proceeding next in his argument, he adds:
14.4.3Dindorf 2:258–259
“ Προσιτέον οὖν ἐγγυτέρω, ὡς ὁ ὑπὲρ Πρωταγόρου λόγος ἐπέταττε, καὶ σκεπτέον τὴν φερομένην ταύτην οὐσίαν διακρούοντα, εἴτε ὑγιὲς εἴτε σαθρὸν φθέγγεται. μάχη δʼ οὖν περὶ αὐτῆς οὐ φαύλη οὐδʼ ὀλίγοις γέγονε. Πολλοῦ καὶ δεῖ φαύλη εἶναι, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τὴν Ἰωνίαν ἐπιδίδωσι πάμπολυ. οἱ γὰρ τοῦ Ἡρακλείτου ἑταῖροι χορηγοῦσι τούτου τοῦ λόγου μάλα ἐρρωμένως. Τῷ τοι, ὠ φίλε Θεόδωρε, μᾶλλον σκεπτέον καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὥσπερ αὐτοὶ ὑποτείνονται.
“ Prositeon oun engyterō, hōs ho hyper Prōtagorou logos epetatte, kai skepteon tēn pheromenēn tautēn ousian diakrouonta, eite hygies eite sathron phthengetai. machē dʼ oun peri autēs ou phaulē oudʼ oligois gegone. Pollou kai dei phaulē einai, alla peri men tēn Iōnian epididōsi pampoly. hoi gar tou Hērakleitou hetairoi chorēgousi toutou tou logou mala errōmenōs. Tǭ toi, ō phile Theodōre, mallon skepteon kai ex archēs hōsper autoi hypoteinontai.
“We must come closer, then, as the argument on behalf of Protagoras directed, and examine this moving being by striking it, whether it rings sound or cracked. There has been no small battle about it, and among not a few. It is far from small; in Ionia it is even growing very great. For the companions of Heraclitus lead the chorus of this doctrine very vigorously. All the more, then, my dear Theodorus, must we examine it, and from the beginning, as they themselves propose it.
14.4.4Dindorf 2:259
Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν. καὶ γὰρ, ὠ Σώκρατες, περὶ τούτων τῶν Ἡρακλειτείων, ἢ ὥσπερ σὺ λέγεις Ὁμηρείων τε καὶ ἔτι παλαιοτέρων, αὐτοῖς μὲν τοῖς περὶ τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅσοι προσποιοῦνται ἔμπειροι εἶναι, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον οἷόν τε διαλεχθῆναι ἢ τοῖς οἰστρῶσιν. ἀτεχνῶς γὰρ κατὰ τὰ συγγράμματα φέρονται, τὸ δὲ ἐπιμεῖναι ἐπὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἐρωτήματι καὶ ἡσυχίως ἐν μέρει ἀποκρίνασθαί τε καὶ ἐρέσθαι, ἧττον αὐτοῖς ἔνι ἢ τὸ μηδέν· μᾶλλον δὲ ὑπερβάλλει τὸ οὐδʼ οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸ μηδὲ σμικρὸν ἐνεῖναι τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἡσυχίας. ἀλλʼ ἄν τινά τι ἔρῃ, ὥσπερ ἐκ φαρέτρας ῥηματίσκια αἰνιγματώδη ἀνασπῶντες ἀποτοξεύουσι, καὶ ἂν τούτου ζητῇς λόγον λαβεῖν, τί εἴρηκεν, ἑτέρῳ πεπλήξῃ καινῶς μετωνομασμένῳ, περανεῖς δὲ οὐδέποτε οὐδὲν πρὸς οὐδένα αὐτῶν, οὐδέ γε ἐκεῖνοι αὐτοὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἀλλʼ εὖ πάνυ φυλάττουσι τὸ μηδὲν βέβαιον ἐὰν εἶναι μήτʼ ἐν λόγῳ μήτʼ ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ψυχαῖς, ἡγούμενοι, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, αὐτὸ στάσιμον εἶναι. τούτῳ δὲ πάνυ πολεμοῦσι, καὶ καθʼ ὅσον δύνανται πανταχόθεν ἐκβάλλουσιν.
Pantapasi men oun. kai gar, ō Sōkrates, peri toutōn tōn Hērakleiteiōn, ē hōsper sy legeis Homēreiōn te kai eti palaioterōn, autois men tois peri tēn Epheson, hosoi prospoiountai empeiroi einai, ouden mallon hoion te dialechthēnai ē tois oistrōsin. atechnōs gar kata ta syngrammata pherontai, to de epimeinai epi logǭ kai erōtēmati kai hēsychiōs en merei apokrinasthai te kai eresthai, hētton autois eni ē to mēden; mallon de hyperballei to oudʼ ouden pros to mēde smikron eneinai tois andrasin hēsychias. allʼ an tina ti erę̄, hōsper ek pharetras rhēmatiskia ainigmatōdē anaspōntes apotoxeuousi, kai an toutou zētę̄s logon labein, ti eirēken, heterǭ peplēxę̄ kainōs metōnomasmenǭ, peraneis de oudepote ouden pros oudena autōn, oude ge ekeinoi autoi pros allēlous, allʼ eu pany phylattousi to mēden bebaion ean einai mētʼ en logǭ mētʼ en tais hautōn psychais, hēgoumenoi, hōs emoi dokei, auto stasimon einai. toutǭ de pany polemousi, kai kathʼ hoson dynantai pantachothen ekballousin.
Entirely so. For indeed, Socrates, about these Heraclitean doctrines, or, as you say, Homeric and still older ones, it is no more possible to discuss them with those around Ephesus themselves, who profess to be experienced, than with madmen. For they are simply carried along, as their writings say; but to dwell on an argument and a question, and quietly answer and ask in turn, is less in them than nothing; or rather, “not even nothing” falls short of the absence of the least rest in these men. If you ask one of them anything, they draw out little enigmatic sayings as from a quiver and shoot them off; and if you try to get an account of what he has said, you will be struck by another newly coined phrase, and you will never get anywhere with any of them, nor do they themselves with one another; but they are very careful to allow nothing to be stable, either in argument or in their own souls, thinking, as it seems to me, that it would be something stationary. This they fight against with all their might, and drive it out on every side as far as they can.
14.4.5Dindorf 2:259–260
Ἴσως, ὦ Θεόδωρε, τοὺς ἄνδρας μαχομένους ἑώρακας, εἰρηνεύουσι δὲ οὐ συγγέγονας· οὐ γάρ σοι ἑταῖροί εἰσιν. ἀλλʼ, οἶμαι, τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπὶ σχολῆς φράζουσιν, οὓς ἂν βούλωνται ὁμοίους αὑτοῖς ποιῆσαι. Ποίοις μαθηταῖς, ὠ δαιμόνιε; οὐδὲ γίγνεται τῶν τοιούτων ἕτερος ἑτέρου μαθητὴς, ἀλλʼ αὐτόματοι ἀναφύονται, ὁπόθεν ἂν τύχῃ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἐνθουσιάσας, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ὁ ἕτερος οὐδὲν ἡγεῖται παρὰ μὲν οὖν τούτων, ὅπερ ᾖα ἐρῶν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε λάβοις λόγον οὔτε ἑκόντων οὔτε ἀκόντων· αὐτοὺς δὲ δεῖ παραλαβόντας ὥσπερ πρόβλημα ἐπισκοπεῖσθαι.
Isōs, ō Theodōre, tous andras machomenous heōrakas, eirēneuousi de ou syngegonas; ou gar soi hetairoi eisin. allʼ, oimai, ta toiauta tois mathētais epi scholēs phrazousin, hous an boulōntai homoious hautois poiēsai. Poiois mathētais, ō daimonie? oude gignetai tōn toioutōn heteros heterou mathētēs, allʼ automatoi anaphyontai, hopothen an tychę̄ hekastos autōn enthousiasas, kai ton heteron ho heteros ouden hēgeitai para men oun toutōn, hoper ę̄a erōn, ouk an pote labois logon oute hekontōn oute akontōn; autous de dei paralabontas hōsper problēma episkopeisthai.
Perhaps, Theodorus, you have seen the men fighting but have not been with them at peace; for they are not your friends. But I think they explain such things at leisure to their pupils, whom they want to make like themselves. What pupils, my good man? None of these men becomes a pupil of another; they spring up by themselves, from wherever each happens to have been inspired, and one thinks the other knows nothing. From these, as I was going to say, you would never get an account, willing or unwilling; we must take the matter up ourselves and examine it as a problem.
14.4.6Dindorf 2:260
Καὶ μετρίως γε λέγεις. Τὸ δὲ δὴ πρόβλημα ἄλλο τι παρειλήφαμεν παρὰ μὲν τῶν ἀρχαίων, μετὰ ποιήσεως ἐπικρυπτομένων τοὺς πολλοὺς, ὡς ἡ γένεσις τῶν πάντων Ὠκεανός τε καὶ Τηθὺς ῥεῦμα τυγχάνει καὶ οὐδὲν ἕστηκε, παρὰ δὲ τῶν ὑστέρων, ἅτε σοφωτέρων, ἀναφανδὸν ἀποδεικνυμένων, ἵνα καὶ οἱ σκυτοτόμοι αὐτῶν τὴν σοφίαν μάθωσιν ἀκούσαντες καὶ παύσωνται ἠλιθίως οἰόμενοι τὰ μὲν ἑστάναι, τὰ δὲ κινεῖσθαι τῶν ὄντων, μαθόντες δὲ ὅτι πάντα κινεῖται τιμῶσιν αὐτούς; ὀλίγου δὲ ἐπελαθόμην, ὦ Θεόδωρε, ὅτι ἄλλοι αὖ τἀναντία τούτοις ἀπεφήναντο, Οἷον ἀκίνητον τελέθει τῷ πάντʼ ὄνομʼ εἶναι, Καὶ ἄλλα ὅσα Μέλισσοί τε καὶ Παρμενίδαι ἐναντιούμενοι Πᾶσι τούτοις διισχυρίζονται, ὡς ἕν τε πάντα ἐστὶ καὶ ἕστηκεν αὐτὸ ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὐκ ἔχον χώραν ἐν ᾗ κινεῖται.
Kai metriōs ge legeis. To de dē problēma allo ti pareilēphamen para men tōn archaiōn, meta poiēseōs epikryptomenōn tous pollous, hōs hē genesis tōn pantōn Ōkeanos te kai Tēthys rheuma tynchanei kai ouden hestēke, para de tōn hysterōn, hate sophōterōn, anaphandon apodeiknymenōn, hina kai hoi skytotomoi autōn tēn sophian mathōsin akousantes kai pausōntai ēlithiōs oiomenoi ta men hestanai, ta de kineisthai tōn ontōn, mathontes de hoti panta kineitai timōsin autous? oligou de epelathomēn, ō Theodōre, hoti alloi au tanantia toutois apephēnanto, Hoion akinēton telethei tǭ pantʼ onomʼ einai, Kai alla hosa Melissoi te kai Parmenidai enantioumenoi Pasi toutois diischyrizontai, hōs hen te panta esti kai hestēken auto en heautǭ, ouk echon chōran en hę̄ kineitai.
You speak reasonably. And the problem: have we not received it from the ancients, who hid it from the many with poetry, that the origin of all things, Oceanus and Tethys, is a stream and nothing stands still; and from the later ones, who, being wiser, demonstrate it openly, so that even the shoemakers may learn their wisdom on hearing it, and stop foolishly thinking that some things stand still and others move, and, learning that everything moves, may honor them? But I almost forgot, Theodorus, that others have declared the opposite to these: “Such that it is unmoved, whose name is the All,” and all the other things that the Melissuses and Parmenideses maintain against all these, that all things are one and it stands still in itself, having no place in which it moves.
14.4.7Dindorf 2:260
Τούτοις οὖν, ὦ ἑταῖρε, πᾶσι τί χρησόμεθα; Κατὰ σμικρὸν γὰρ προϊόντες λελήθαμεν ἀμφοτέρων εἰς τὸ μέσον πεπτωκότες, καὶ ἐὰν μή πη ἀμυνόμενοι διαφύγωμεν, δίκην δώσομεν ὥσπερ οἰ ἐν ταῖς παλαίστραις διὰ γραμμῆς παίζοντες, ὅταν ὑπʼ ἀμφοτέρων ληφθέντες ἕλκωνται εἰς τἀναντία.”
Toutois oun, ō hetaire, pasi ti chrēsometha? Kata smikron gar proïontes lelēthamen amphoterōn eis to meson peptōkotes, kai ean mē pē amynomenoi diaphygōmen, dikēn dōsomen hōsper oi en tais palaistrais dia grammēs paizontes, hotan hypʼ amphoterōn lēphthentes helkōntai eis tanantia.”
What then shall we do with all these, my friend? For advancing little by little we have unawares fallen between both, and unless we somehow defend ourselves and escape, we shall pay the penalty, like those who play across the line in the wrestling schools, when they are caught by both sides and dragged in opposite directions.”
14.4.8Dindorf 2:260–261
Ταῦτα μὲν ἐν Θεαιτήτῳ. Μεταβὰς δὲ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ Τὸν Σοφιστὴν αὖθις περὶ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ γενομένων φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων τοιάδε φησίν “Εὐκόλως μοι δοκεῖ Παρμενίδης ἡμῖν διειλέχθαι Καὶ πᾶς ὅστις ἡμῖν πώποτε ἐπὶ κρίσιν ὥρμησε τοῦ τὰ ὄντα διορίσασθαι πόσα τε καὶ ποῖά ἐστι. — Μῦθόν τινα ἕκαστος φαίνεταί μοι διηγεῖσθαι, παισὶν ὡς οὖσιν ἡμῖν. ὁ μὲν ὡς τρία τὰ ὄντα, πολεμεῖ δὲ ἀλλήλοις ἐνίοτε αὐτῶν ἄττα πη, τοτὲ δὲ καὶ φίλα γιγνόμενα γάμους τε καὶ τόκους καὶ τροφὰς τῶν ἐκγόνων παρέχεται· δύο δὲ ἕτερος εἰπὼν, ὑγρὸν καὶ ξηρὸν ἢ θερμὸν καὶ ψυχρὸν, συνοικίζει τε αὐτὰ καὶ ἐκδίδωσι. τὸ δὲ παρʼ ἡμῖν Ἐλεατικὸν ἔθνος ἅπαν, ἀπὸ Ξενοφάνους τε καὶ ἔτι πρόσθεν ἀρξάμενον, ὡς ἑνὸς ὄντος τῶν πάντων καλουμένων, οὕτω διεξέρχεται τοῖς μύθοις. Ἰάδες δέ τινες καὶ Σικελικαὶ ὕστερον Μοῦσαι ξυνενόησαν ὅτι συμπλέκειν ἀσφαλέστερον ἀμφότερα καὶ λέγειν ὡς τὸ ὂν πολλά τε καὶ ἕν ἐστιν, ἔχθρᾳ δὲ καὶ φιλίᾳ συνέχεται. διαφερόμενον γὰρ ἀεὶ ξυμφέρεται, φασὶν αἶ συντονώτεραι τῶν Μουσῶν· αἱ δὲ μαλακώτεραι τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν ἐχάλασαν· ἐν μέρει δὲ τοτὲ μὲν ἓν εἶναί φασι τὸ πᾶν καὶ φίλον ὑπʼ Ἀφροδίτης, τοτὲ δὲ πολλὰ καὶ πολέμιον αὐτὸ αὑτῷ διὰ νεῖκός τι. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα εἰ μὲν ἀληθῶς τις ἢ μὴ τούτων εἴρηκε, χαλεπὸν καὶ πλημμελὲς οὕτω μεγάλα κλεινοῖς καὶ παλαιοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπιτιμᾶν.”
Tauta men en Theaitētǭ. Metabas de hexēs epi Ton Sophistēn authis peri tōn pro autou genomenōn physikōn philosophōn toiade phēsin “Eukolōs moi dokei Parmenidēs hēmin dieilechthai Kai pas hostis hēmin pōpote epi krisin hōrmēse tou ta onta diorisasthai posa te kai poia esti. — Mython tina hekastos phainetai moi diēgeisthai, paisin hōs ousin hēmin. ho men hōs tria ta onta, polemei de allēlois eniote autōn atta pē, tote de kai phila gignomena gamous te kai tokous kai trophas tōn ekgonōn parechetai; dyo de heteros eipōn, hygron kai xēron ē thermon kai psychron, synoikizei te auta kai ekdidōsi. to de parʼ hēmin Eleatikon ethnos hapan, apo Xenophanous te kai eti prosthen arxamenon, hōs henos ontos tōn pantōn kaloumenōn, houtō diexerchetai tois mythois. Iades de tines kai Sikelikai hysteron Mousai xynenoēsan hoti symplekein asphalesteron amphotera kai legein hōs to on polla te kai hen estin, echthrą de kai philią synechetai. diapheromenon gar aei xympheretai, phasin ai syntonōterai tōn Mousōn; hai de malakōterai to men aei tauta houtōs echein echalasan; en merei de tote men hen einai phasi to pan kai philon hypʼ Aphroditēs, tote de polla kai polemion auto hautǭ dia neikos ti. tauta de panta ei men alēthōs tis ē mē toutōn eirēke, chalepon kai plēmmeles houtō megala kleinois kai palaiois andrasin epitiman.”
So much in the Theaetetus. Passing next to the Sophist, he again says this about the natural philosophers before him: “Parmenides seems to me to have spoken to us carelessly, and everyone who ever set out to judge and determine how many and what kind are the things that are. — Each of them seems to me to tell us a kind of myth, as if we were children. One says that the things that are are three, and some of them sometimes war with one another in some way, and at other times become friends and provide marriages and births and the nurture of offspring; another, saying two, wet and dry or hot and cold, makes them live together and gives them in marriage. And the Eleatic tribe among us, beginning from Xenophanes and still earlier, tells its myths as if what are called all things were one. But certain Ionian and later Sicilian Muses perceived that it is safer to weave both together and to say that being is both many and one, and is held together by enmity and friendship; for in being drawn apart it is always drawn together, say the stricter of the Muses; but the gentler ones relaxed the rule that this is always so, and say that in turn the All is at one time one and friendly by Aphrodite, at another many and at war with itself through some strife. Whether any of these has spoken truly or not in all this, it is hard and offensive to censure such great charges against famous and ancient men.”
14.4.9Dindorf 2:261
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει “Τοὺς μὲν τοίνυν διακριβολογουμένους ὄντος τε πέρι καὶ μὴ πάντας μὲν οὐ διεληλύθαμεν, ὅμως δʼ ἱκανῶς ἐχέτω· τοὺς δὲ ἄλλως λέγοντας αὖ θεατέον, ἵνʼ ἐκ πάντων ἴδωμεν ὅτι τὸ ὂν τοῦ μὴ ὄντος οὐδὲν εὐπορώτερον εἰπεῖν ὅ τι ποτέ ἐστιν. Οὐκοῦν πορεύεσθαι χρὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτους. Καὶ μὴν ἔοικέ γε ἐν αὐτοῖς οἶον γιγαντομαχία τις εἷναι διὰ τὴν ἀμφισβήτησιν περὶ τῆς οὐσίας πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
Kai meta brachea epilegei “Tous men toinyn diakribologoumenous ontos te peri kai mē pantas men ou dielēlythamen, homōs dʼ hikanōs echetō; tous de allōs legontas au theateon, hinʼ ek pantōn idōmen hoti to on tou mē ontos ouden euporōteron eipein ho ti pote estin. Oukoun poreuesthai chrē kai epi toutous. Kai mēn eoike ge en autois oion gigantomachia tis heinai dia tēn amphisbētēsin peri tēs ousias pros allēlous.
And a little after he adds: “Those who give a precise account of being and non-being we have not gone through completely, but let it suffice; now we must look at those who speak otherwise, so that we may see from all of them that it is no easier to say what being is than non-being. Then we must go on to these too. And indeed there seems to be among them something like a battle of gods and giants, because of their dispute with one another about being.
14.4.10Dindorf 2:261–262
Πῶς; Οἱ μὲν εἰς γῆν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀοράτου πάντα ἕλκουσι, ταῖς χερσὶν ἀτεχνῶς πέτρας καὶ δρῦς περιλαμβάνοντες. τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐφαπτόμενοι πάντων διισχυρίζονται τοῦτο εἶναι μόνον ὃ παρέχει προσβολὴν καὶ ἐπαφήν τινα, ταὐτὸν σῶμα καὶ οὐσίαν ὁριζόμενοι, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων εἴ τις φήσει μὴ σῶμα ἔχον εἶναι, καταφρονοῦντες τὸ παράπαν καὶ οὐδὲν ἐθέλοντες ἄλλο ἀκούειν. Ἦι δεινοὺς εἴρηκας ἄνδρας· ἤδη γὰρ καὶ ἐγὼ τούτων πλέον οἷς προσέτυχον.
Pōs? Hoi men eis gēn ex ouranou kai tou aoratou panta helkousi, tais chersin atechnōs petras kai drys perilambanontes. tōn gar toioutōn ephaptomenoi pantōn diischyrizontai touto einai monon ho parechei prosbolēn kai epaphēn tina, tauton sōma kai ousian horizomenoi, tōn de allōn ei tis phēsei mē sōma echon einai, kataphronountes to parapan kai ouden ethelontes allo akouein. Ēi deinous eirēkas andras; ēdē gar kai egō toutōn pleon hois prosetychon.
How? Some drag everything down to earth from heaven and the invisible, literally grasping rocks and oaks with their hands. For laying hold of all such things they maintain that that alone exists which offers resistance and contact, defining body and being as the same; and if anyone says that anything without a body exists, they despise him utterly and will hear nothing else. You speak of terrible men; for I too have met many of them already.
14.4.11Dindorf 2:262
Τοιγαροῦν οἱ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντες μάλα εὐλαβῶς ἄνωθεν ποθὲν ἀμύνονται, νοητὰ ἄττα καὶ ἀσώματα εἴδη βιαζόμενοι τὴν ἀληθινὴν οὐσίαν εἶναι· τὰ δὲ ἐκείνων σώματα καὶ τὴν λεγομένην ὑπὸ τούτων ἀλήθειαν κατὰ σμικρὰ διαθραύοντες ἐν τοῖς λόγοις γένεσιν ἀντὶ οὐσίας φερομένην τινὰ προσαγορεύουσιν. ἐν μέσῳ δὲ περὶ ταῦτα ἄπλετος ἀμφοτέρων μάχη τις, ὦ Θεαίτητε, ἀεὶ ξυνέστηκεν. Ἀληθῆ.”
Toigaroun hoi pros autous amphisbētountes mala eulabōs anōthen pothen amynontai, noēta atta kai asōmata eidē biazomenoi tēn alēthinēn ousian einai; ta de ekeinōn sōmata kai tēn legomenēn hypo toutōn alētheian kata smikra diathrauontes en tois logois genesin anti ousias pheromenēn tina prosagoreuousin. en mesǭ de peri tauta apletos amphoterōn machē tis, ō Theaitēte, aei xynestēken. Alēthē.”
Therefore those who dispute with them defend themselves very cautiously from somewhere above, out of the invisible, forcing it that certain intelligible and incorporeal forms are the true being; while the bodies of the others, and what they call truth, they break into small pieces in their arguments and call it a moving becoming instead of being. Between them, Theaetetus, an endless battle about these things has always been joined. True.”
14.4.12Dindorf 2:262
Διὰ δὴ τοσούτων τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ φυσικοὺς φιλοσόφους διαβέβληκεν ὁ Πλάτων. ὁποίαν δὲ αὐτὸς περὶ τῶν ἐζητημένων ἐπήγετο δόξαν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου διειλήφαμεν, ὅτε συμφωνεῖν αὐτὸν τοῖς Ἑβραίων δόγμασι καὶ τῇ Μώσεως συντρέχειν περὶ τοῦ ὄντος διδασκαλίᾳ παριστῶμεν.
Dia dē tosoutōn tous pro autou physikous philosophous diabeblēken ho Platōn. hopoian de autos peri tōn ezētēmenōn epēgeto doxan en tois pro toutou dieilēphamen, hote symphōnein auton tois Hebraiōn dogmasi kai tę̄ Mōseōs syntrechein peri tou ontos didaskalią paristōmen.
In so many words, then, Plato has discredited the natural philosophers before him. And what opinion he himself held on the questions under inquiry we have described before, when we showed that he agreed with the doctrines of the Hebrews and concurred with Moses’ teaching about being.
14.4.13Dindorf 2:262–263
Καὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ Πλάτωνος διαδόχους φέρε τῷ λόγῳ θεωρήσωμεν. Πλάτωνά φασιν ἐν Ἀκαδημίᾳ συστησάμενον τὴν διατριβὴν πρῶτον Ἀκαδημαϊκὸν κληθῆναι, καὶ τὴν ὀνομασθεῖσαν Ἀκαδημαϊκὴν φιλοσοφίαν συστήσασθαι. μετὰ δὲ Πλάτωνα Σπεύσιππον τὸν ἐξ ἀδελφῆς Πλάτωνος, τῆς Ποτώνης, εἶτα Ξενοκράτην, ἔπειτα Πολέμωνα τὴν διατριβῆν ὑποδέξασθαι.
Kai tous autou de tou Platōnos diadochous phere tǭ logǭ theōrēsōmen. Platōna phasin en Akadēmią systēsamenon tēn diatribēn prōton Akadēmaïkon klēthēnai, kai tēn onomastheisan Akadēmaïkēn philosophian systēsasthai. meta de Platōna Speusippon ton ex adelphēs Platōnos, tēs Potōnēs, eita Xenokratēn, epeita Polemōna tēn diatribēn hypodexasthai.
Come, then, and let us consider in our argument the successors of Plato himself as well. They say that Plato, having set up his school in the Academy, was first called an Academic and founded the so-called Academic philosophy; and that after Plato, Speusippus, the son of Plato’s sister Potone, then Xenocrates, then Polemo took over the school.
14.4.14Dindorf 2:263
τούτους δὲ ἀφʼ ἑστίας ἀρξαμένους εὐθὺς τὰ Πλατωνικά φασι παραλύειν, στρεβλοῦντας τὰ τῷ διδασκάλῳ φανέντα ξένων εἰσαγωγαῖς δογμάτων, ὥστε σοι μὴ εἰς μακρὸν ἐλπίζειν τὴν τῶν θαυμαστῶν ἐκείνων διαλόγων ἰσχὺν ἀποσβῆναι, ἅμα τε τῇ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τελευτῇ καὶ τὴν τῶν δογμάτων διαδοχὴν συναποτελευτῆσαι· μάχης ἐντεῦθεν καὶ στάσεως ἀπὸ τῶνδε ἀρξαμένης, οὔποτε καὶ εἰς δεῦρο διαλειπούσης, τοὺς τὰ αὐτῷ φίλα ζηλοῦν ἀσπαζομένους οὐδένας μὲν ὄντας, πλὴν εἰ μὴ εἶς που ἢ δεύτερος ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ βίῳ, ἢ καί τινες ἄλλοι κομιδῇ βραχεῖς τὸν ἀριθμὸν, οὐδʼ αὐτοὶ πάμπαν ἀλλότριοι τῆς ἐπιπλάστου σοφιστείας· ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν τὸν Πλάτωνα διαδεξάμενοι τοιοίδε τινες διαβέβληνται.
toutous de aphʼ hestias arxamenous euthys ta Platōnika phasi paralyein, streblountas ta tǭ didaskalǭ phanenta xenōn eisagōgais dogmatōn, hōste soi mē eis makron elpizein tēn tōn thaumastōn ekeinōn dialogōn ischyn aposbēnai, hama te tę̄ tou andros teleutę̄ kai tēn tōn dogmatōn diadochēn synapoteleutēsai; machēs enteuthen kai staseōs apo tōnde arxamenēs, oupote kai eis deuro dialeipousēs, tous ta autǭ phila zēloun aspazomenous oudenas men ontas, plēn ei mē eis pou ē deuteros en holǭ tǭ biǭ, ē kai tines alloi komidę̄ bracheis ton arithmon, oudʼ autoi pampan allotrioi tēs epiplastou sophisteias; epei kai hoi prosthen ton Platōna diadexamenoi toioide tines diabeblēntai.
And they say that these, beginning at the very hearth, at once undid Plato’s teachings, twisting what had seemed right to their teacher by introducing foreign doctrines, so that you might expect the strength of those wonderful dialogues to be quenched before long, and the succession of his doctrines to have ended together with the man’s death; strife and faction having begun from them and never ceasing even to this day, those who are devoted to cherishing what was dear to him being none, except perhaps one or two in a whole lifetime, or some others very few in number, and not even they altogether strangers to counterfeit sophistry; since even those who first succeeded Plato have been accused of being such.
14.4.15Dindorf 2:263
Πολέμωνα γάρ φασι διαδέξασθαι Ἀρκεσίλαον, ὃν δὴ κατέχει λόγος ἀφέμενον τῶν Πλάτωνος δογμάτων ξένην τινὰ καὶ, ὥς φασι, δευτέραν συστήσασθαι Ἀκαδημίαν. φάναι γὰρ περὶ ἁπάντων ἐπέχειν δεῖν· εἶναι γὰρ πάντα ἀκατάληπτα καὶ τοὺς εἰς ἑκάτερα λόγους ἰσοκρατεῖς ἀλλήλοις, καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις δὲ ἀπίστους εἶναι καὶ πάντα λόγον. ἐπῄνει γοῦν Ἡσιόδου τουτὶ τὸ ἀπόφθεγμα κρύψαντες γὰρ ἔχουσι θεοὶ νόον ἀνθρώποισιν. ἐπειρᾶτο δὲ καὶ παράδοξά τινα ἀνακαινίζειν.
Polemōna gar phasi diadexasthai Arkesilaon, hon dē katechei logos aphemenon tōn Platōnos dogmatōn xenēn tina kai, hōs phasi, deuteran systēsasthai Akadēmian. phanai gar peri hapantōn epechein dein; einai gar panta akatalēpta kai tous eis hekatera logous isokrateis allēlois, kai tas aisthēseis de apistous einai kai panta logon. epę̄nei goun Hēsiodou touti to apophthegma krypsantes gar echousi theoi noon anthrōpoisin. epeirato de kai paradoxa tina anakainizein.
For they say that Arcesilaus succeeded Polemo, who, the story goes, abandoned Plato’s doctrines and founded a strange and, as they say, a second Academy. For he said that one must suspend judgment on all things, since all things are incomprehensible, and the arguments on either side equal in strength to one another, and that the senses and every argument are untrustworthy. At least he praised this saying of Hesiod: “For the gods keep hidden from men their mind.” And he tried to revive certain paradoxes.
14.4.16Dindorf 2:263–264
μετὰ δὲ τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον τοὺς ἀμφὶ Καρνεάδην καὶ Κλειτόμαχον, τῆς τῶν προτέρων δόξης ἀποτραπέντας, τρίτης Ἀκαδημίας αἰτίους γενέσθαι φασίν. ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ τετάρτην προστιθέασι τὴν τῶν περὶ τὸν Φίλωνα καὶ Χαρμίδην. τινὲς δὲ καὶ πέμπτην καταλέγουσι τὴν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον. Τοιαύτη μέν τις ἡ αὐτοῦ Πλάτωνος ὑπῆρξε διαδοχή. ὁποῖοι δὲ γεγόνασιν οἵδε τὸν τρόπον, ἀνάγνωθι τὰς ὧδε ἐχούσας Νουμηνίου τοῦ Πυθαγορείου φωνὰς, ἃς τέθειται ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ὧν ἐπέγραψε “Περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἀκαδημαϊκῶν πρὸς Πλάτωνα διαστάσεως.”
meta de ton Arkesilaon tous amphi Karneadēn kai Kleitomachon, tēs tōn proterōn doxēs apotrapentas, tritēs Akadēmias aitious genesthai phasin. enioi de kai tetartēn prostitheasi tēn tōn peri ton Philōna kai Charmidēn. tines de kai pemptēn katalegousi tēn tōn peri ton Antiochon. Toiautē men tis hē autou Platōnos hypērxe diadochē. hopoioi de gegonasin hoide ton tropon, anagnōthi tas hōde echousas Noumēniou tou Pythagoreiou phōnas, has tetheitai en tǭ prōtǭ hōn epegrapse “Peri tēs tōn Akadēmaïkōn pros Platōna diastaseōs.”
After Arcesilaus they say that the followers of Carneades and Clitomachus, turning from the opinion of their predecessors, were the authors of a third Academy. Some add a fourth also, that of Philo and Charmides; and some count a fifth too, that of Antiochus. Such was the succession of Plato himself. And what sort of men these were in character, read in these words of Numenius the Pythagorean, which he set down in the first book of the work he entitled On the Disagreement of the Academics with Plato:
Preparation 14, chapter 5
14.5.1Dindorf 2:264
“Ἐπὶ μὲν τοίνυν Σπεύσιππον τὸν Πλάτωνος μὲν ἀδελφιδοῦν, Ξενοκράτην δὲ τὸν διάδοχον τοῦ Σπευσίππου, Πολέμωνα δὲ ἐκδεξάμενον τὴν σχολὴν παρὰ Ξενοκράτους, ἀεὶ τὸ ἦθος διετείνετο τῶν δογμάτων σχεδόν τι ταὐτὸν, ἕνεκά γε τῆς μήπω ἐποχῆς ταυτησὶ τῆς πολυθρυλήτου τε καὶ εἰ δή τινων τοιούτων ἄλλων. ἐπεὶ εἴς γε τὰ ἄλλα πολλαχῆ παραλύοντες, τὰ δὲ στρεβλοῦντες, οὐκ ἐνέμειναν τῇ πρώτῃ διαδοχῇ· ἀρξάμενοι δὲ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου καὶ θᾶττον καὶ βράδιον διίσταντο προαιρέσει ἢ ἀγνοίᾳ, τὰ δὲ δή τινι αἰτίᾳ ἄλλῃ οὐκ ἀφιλοτίμῳ ἴσως.
“Epi men toinyn Speusippon ton Platōnos men adelphidoun, Xenokratēn de ton diadochon tou Speusippou, Polemōna de ekdexamenon tēn scholēn para Xenokratous, aei to ēthos dieteineto tōn dogmatōn schedon ti tauton, heneka ge tēs mēpō epochēs tautēsi tēs polythrylētou te kai ei dē tinōn toioutōn allōn. epei eis ge ta alla pollachē paralyontes, ta de streblountes, ouk enemeinan tę̄ prōtę̄ diadochę̄; arxamenoi de apʼ ekeinou kai thatton kai bradion diistanto proairesei ē agnoią, ta de dē tini aitią allę̄ ouk aphilotimǭ isōs.
“In the time, then, of Speusippus, Plato’s nephew, and Xenocrates, Speusippus’ successor, and Polemo, who took over the school from Xenocrates, the character of the doctrines always remained nearly the same, at least so far as this much-talked-of suspension of judgment, and any other such things, had not yet appeared. For in other respects they departed in many ways, and twisted things, and did not abide by the first succession; but beginning from him they diverged, faster or slower, by choice or by ignorance, and partly perhaps through some other cause not free from ambition.
14.5.2Dindorf 2:264
καὶ οὐ μὲν βούλομαί τι φλαῦρον εἰπεῖν διὰ Ξενοκράτην, μᾶλλον μὴν ὑπὲρ Πλάτωνος ἐθέλω. καὶ γάρ με δάκνει ὅτι μὴ πᾶν ἔπαθόν τε καὶ ἔδρων σώζοντες τῷ Πλάτωνι κατὰ πάντα πάντη πᾶσαν ὁμοδοξίαν. καίτοι ἄξιος ἦν αὐτοῖς ὁ Πλάτων, οὐκ ἀμείνων μὲν Πυθαγόρου τοῦ μεγάλου, οὐ μέντοι ἴσως οὐδὲ φλαυρότερος ἐκείνου, ᾧ συνακολουθοῦντες σεφθέντες τε οἱ γνώριμοι ἐγένοντο πολυτιμητίζεσθαι αἰτιώτατοι τὸν Πυθαγόραν.
kai ou men boulomai ti phlauron eipein dia Xenokratēn, mallon mēn hyper Platōnos ethelō. kai gar me daknei hoti mē pan epathon te kai edrōn sōzontes tǭ Platōni kata panta pantē pasan homodoxian. kaitoi axios ēn autois ho Platōn, ouk ameinōn men Pythagorou tou megalou, ou mentoi isōs oude phlauroteros ekeinou, hǭ synakolouthountes sephthentes te hoi gnōrimoi egenonto polytimētizesthai aitiōtatoi ton Pythagoran.
And I do not wish to say anything bad on account of Xenocrates; rather, I wish to speak on behalf of Plato. For it stings me that they did not do and suffer everything to preserve full agreement with Plato in everything in every way. And yet Plato was worthy of it from them, not better than the great Pythagoras, but perhaps not inferior to him either; following and revering whom his disciples became the chief cause of Pythagoras being so highly honored.
14.5.3Dindorf 2:264–265
τοῦτο δὲ οἶ Ἐπικούρειοι οὐκ ὤφελον μὲν, μαθόντες δʼ οὖν ἐν οὐδενὶ μὲν ὤφθησαν Ἐπικούρῳ ἐναντία θέμενοι οὐδαμῶς, ὁμολογήσαντες δὲ εἶναι σοφῷ συνδεδογμένοι καὶ αὐτοὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπέλαυσαν τῆς προσρήσεως εἰκότως· ὑπῆρξέ τε ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα Ἐπικουρείοις μηδʼ αὐτοῖς εἰπεῖν πω ἐναντίον οὔτε ἀλλήλοις οὔτε Ἐπικούρῳ μηδὲν εἰς μηδὲν, ὅτου καὶ μνησθῆναι· ἄξιον· ἀλλʼ παρανόμημα, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀσέβημα, καὶ κατέγνωσται τὸ καινοτομηθέν. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ τολμᾷ, κατὰ πολλὴν δὲ εἰρήνην αὐτοῖς ἠρεμεῖ τὰ δόγματα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις αἰεί ποτε συμφωνίας. ἔοικέ τε ἡ Ἐπικούρου διατριβὴ πολιτείᾳ τινὶ ἀληθεῖ, ἀστασιαστοτάτῃ, κοινὸν ἕνα νοῦν, μίαν γνώμην ἐχούσῃ· ἀφʼ ἧς ἦσαν καὶ εἰσὶ καὶ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἔσονται φιλακόλουθοι.
touto de oi Epikoureioi ouk ōphelon men, mathontes dʼ oun en oudeni men ōphthēsan Epikourǭ enantia themenoi oudamōs, homologēsantes de einai sophǭ syndedogmenoi kai autoi dia touto apelausan tēs prosrēseōs eikotōs; hypērxe te ek tou epi tois metepeita Epikoureiois mēdʼ autois eipein pō enantion oute allēlois oute Epikourǭ mēden eis mēden, hotou kai mnēsthēnai; axion; allʼ paranomēma, mallon de asebēma, kai kategnōstai to kainotomēthen. kai dia touto oudeis oude tolmą, kata pollēn de eirēnēn autois ēremei ta dogmata hypo tēs en allēlois aiei pote symphōnias. eoike te hē Epikourou diatribē politeią tini alēthei, astasiastotatę̄, koinon hena noun, mian gnōmēn echousę̄; aphʼ hēs ēsan kai eisi kai, hōs eoiken, esontai philakolouthoi.
The Epicureans, who ought not, but did learn this, were never seen in anything to set themselves against Epicurus at all; agreeing that they shared the views of a wise man, they too, for this reason, reasonably enjoyed the title. And it came about from this that among the later Epicureans none ever said anything contrary to one another or to Epicurus in any respect worth mentioning; but innovation is for them a transgression, or rather an impiety, and is condemned. For this reason no one even dares, and their doctrines rest in great peace because of their constant agreement with one another. The school of Epicurus is like a true commonwealth, most free from faction, having one common mind and one judgment; from which they were, and are, and, as it seems, will be faithful followers.
14.5.4Dindorf 2:265
τὰ δὲ τῶν Στωϊκῶν ἐστασίασται, ἀρξάμενα ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ μηδέπω τελευτῶντα καὶ νῦν. ἐλέγχουσι δὲ ἀγαπώντως ὑπὸ δυσμενοῦς ἐλέγχου, οἱ μέν τινες αὐτόν ἐμμεμενηκότες ἔτι, οἶ δʼ ἤδη μεταθέμενοι. εἴξασιν οὖν οἱ πρῶτοι ὀλιγαρχικωτέροις, οἳ δὴ διαστάντες ὑπῆρξαν εἰς τοὺς μετέπειτα πολλῆς μὲν τοῖς προτέροις, πολλῆς δὲ τῆς ἀλλήλοις ἐπιτιμήσεως αἴτιοι, εἰσέτι ἑτέρων ἕτεροι Στωϊκώτεροι· καὶ μᾶλλον ὅσοι πλέον ἐπὶ τὸ τεχνικὸν ὤφθησαν μικρολόγοι· αὐτοὶ γὰρ οὗτοι τοὺς ἑτέρους ὑπερβαλλόμενοι τῇ τε πολυπραγμοσύνῃ τοῖς τε σκαριφηθμοῖς ἐπετίμων θάττον.
ta de tōn Stōïkōn estasiastai, arxamena apo tōn archontōn kai mēdepō teleutōnta kai nyn. elenchousi de agapōntōs hypo dysmenous elenchou, hoi men tines auton emmemenēkotes eti, oi dʼ ēdē metathemenoi. eixasin oun hoi prōtoi oligarchikōterois, hoi dē diastantes hypērxan eis tous metepeita pollēs men tois proterois, pollēs de tēs allēlois epitimēseōs aitioi, eiseti heterōn heteroi Stōïkōteroi; kai mallon hosoi pleon epi to technikon ōphthēsan mikrologoi; autoi gar houtoi tous heterous hyperballomenoi tę̄ te polypragmosynę̄ tois te skariphēthmois epetimōn thatton.
But the Stoics have fallen into faction, beginning from their leaders and not yet ending even now. They refute one another gladly with hostile refutation, some of them still abiding by it, others having already changed. The first are like members of an oligarchy, who, having divided, became the cause for those after them of much censure of their predecessors and of one another, some still more Stoic than others; and the more so those who showed themselves petty about technical details; for these, outdoing the others in busy meddling and in their sketches, were quicker to censure.
14.5.5Dindorf 2:265
πολὺ μέντοι τούτων πρότερον ταὐτὰ ἔπαθον οἶ ἀπὸ Σωκράτους ἀφελκύσαντες διαφόρους τοὺς λόγους, ἰδίᾳ μὲν Ἀρίστιππος, ἰδίᾳ δὲ Ἀντισθένης, καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ ἰδίᾳ οἱ Μεγαρικοί τε καὶ Ἐρετρικοὶ, ἢ εἴ τινες ἄλλοι μετὰ τούτων.
poly mentoi toutōn proteron tauta epathon oi apo Sōkratous aphelkysantes diaphorous tous logous, idią men Aristippos, idią de Antisthenēs, kai allachou idią hoi Megarikoi te kai Eretrikoi, ē ei tines alloi meta toutōn.
Long before these, however, the same thing happened to those who drew off various doctrines from Socrates: Aristippus on his own, Antisthenes on his own, and elsewhere, on their own, the Megarians and Eretrians, or any others with them.
14.5.6Dindorf 2:265
αἴτιον δὲ, ὅτι τρεῖς θεοὺς τιθεμένου Σωκράτους καὶ φιλοσοφοῦντος αὐτοῖς ἐν τοῖς προσήκουσιν ἑκάστῳ ῥυθμοῖς, οἶ διακούσαντες τοῦτο μὲν ἠγνόουν, ᾤοντο δὲ λέγειν πάντα αὐτὸν εἰκῆ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς νικώσης αἰεὶ προστυχῶς ἄλλοτε ἄλλης τύχης, ὅπως πνέοι.
aition de, hoti treis theous tithemenou Sōkratous kai philosophountos autois en tois prosēkousin hekastǭ rhythmois, oi diakousantes touto men ēgnooun, ǭonto de legein panta auton eikē kai apo tēs nikōsēs aiei prostychōs allote allēs tychēs, hopōs pneoi.
The cause was that Socrates posited three gods and philosophized about them in the rhythms appropriate to each; but his hearers did not know this, and thought he said everything at random and by chance, from whatever fortune happened to prevail at the moment, as the wind blew.
14.5.7Dindorf 2:265–266
ὁ δὲ Πλάτων πυθαγορίσας, ᾔδει δὲ τὸν Σωκράτην μηδαμόθεν ἢ ἐκεῖθεν διὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα εἰπεῖν τε καὶ γνόντα εἰρηκέναι), ὧδε οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς συνεδήσατο τὰ πράγματα, οὔτε εἰωθότως, οὔτε δὲ εἰς τὸ φανερόν· διαγαγὼν δὲ ἕκαστα ὅπη ἐνόμιζεν, ἐπικρυψάμενος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ δῆλα εἶναι καὶ μὴ δῆλα, ἀσφαλῶς μὲν ἐγράψατο, αὐτὸς δὲ αἰτίαν παρέσχε τῆς μετʼ αὐτὸν στάσεως τε ἅμα καὶ διολκῆς τῶν δογμάτων, οὐ φθόνῳ μὲν, οὐδέ γε δυσνοίᾳ· ἀλλʼ οὐ βούλομαι ἐπὶ ἀνδράσι πρεσβυτέροις εἰπεῖν ῥήματα οὐκ ἐναίσιμα.
ho de Platōn pythagorisas, ę̄dei de ton Sōkratēn mēdamothen ē ekeithen dia ta auta tauta eipein te kai gnonta eirēkenai), hōde oun kai autos synedēsato ta pragmata, oute eiōthotōs, oute de eis to phaneron; diagagōn de hekasta hopē enomizen, epikrypsamenos en mesǭ tou dēla einai kai mē dēla, asphalōs men egrapsato, autos de aitian paresche tēs metʼ auton staseōs te hama kai diolkēs tōn dogmatōn, ou phthonǭ men, oude ge dysnoią; allʼ ou boulomai epi andrasi presbyterois eipein rhēmata ouk enaisima.
But Plato, having become a Pythagorean (and he knew that Socrates had said these things from no other source than that, and had said them knowing them), so he himself also bound things together, neither in the usual way, nor openly; but having conducted each matter as he thought fit, hiding himself between being clear and not clear, he wrote safely, but himself gave cause for the faction after him and the tearing apart of his doctrines, not through envy, nor through ill will; but I do not wish to speak ill-omened words about older men.
14.5.8Dindorf 2:266
τοῦτο δὲ χρὴ μαθόντας ἡμὰς ἐπενεγκεῖν ἐκεῖσε μᾶλλον τὴν γνώμην, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀρχῆς προυθέμεθα χωρίζειν αὐτὸν Ἀριστοτέλους καὶ Ζήνωνος, οὕτω καὶ νῦν τῆς Ἀκαδημίας, ἐὰν ὁ θεὸς ἀντιλάβηται, Χωρίζοντες ἐάσομεν αὐτὸν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ νῦν εἶναι Πυθαγόρειον· ὡς νῦν μανικώτερον ἢ Πενθεῖ τινι προσῆκε διελκόμενος πάσχει μὲν κατὰ μέλη, ὅλος δʼ ἐξ ὅλου ἑαυτοῦ μετατίθεταί τε καὶ ἀντιμετατίθεται οὐδαμῶς.
touto de chrē mathontas hēmas epenenkein ekeise mallon tēn gnōmēn, kai hōsper ex archēs prouthemetha chōrizein auton Aristotelous kai Zēnōnos, houtō kai nyn tēs Akadēmias, ean ho theos antilabētai, Chōrizontes easomen auton ephʼ heautou nyn einai Pythagoreion; hōs nyn manikōteron ē Penthei tini prosēke dielkomenos paschei men kata melē, holos dʼ ex holou heautou metatithetai te kai antimetatithetai oudamōs.
Having learned this, we must rather direct our attention there; and just as from the beginning we proposed to separate him from Aristotle and Zeno, so now, if God helps us, we shall separate him from the Academy and let him be by himself now a Pythagorean; since now, torn apart more madly than befitted any Pentheus, he suffers limb by limb, but as a whole is in no way changed or changed back from his whole self.
14.5.9Dindorf 2:266
ὅπως οὖν ἀνὴρ μεσεύων Πυθαγόρου καὶ Σωκράτους, τοῦ μὲν τὸ σεμνὸν ὑπαγαγὼν μέχρι τοῦ φιλανθρώπου, τοῦ δὲ τὸ κομψὸν τοῦτο καὶ παιγνιῆμον ἀναγαγὼν ἀπὸ τῆς εἰρωνείας εἰς ἀξίωμα καὶ ὄγκον, καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο κεράσας Σωκράτει Πυθαγόραν, τοῦ μὲν δημοτικώτερος, τοῦ δὲ σεμνότερος ὤφθη.
hopōs oun anēr meseuōn Pythagorou kai Sōkratous, tou men to semnon hypagagōn mechri tou philanthrōpou, tou de to kompson touto kai paigniēmon anagagōn apo tēs eirōneias eis axiōma kai onkon, kai auto touto kerasas Sōkratei Pythagoran, tou men dēmotikōteros, tou de semnoteros ōphthē.
How, then, a man standing between Pythagoras and Socrates, bringing down the solemnity of the one to the point of humaneness, and raising the elegance and playfulness of the other from irony to dignity and weight, and mixing this very Pythagoras with Socrates, appeared more popular than the one and more solemn than the other.
14.5.10Dindorf 2:266
“Ἀλλʼ οὐ γάρ τι ταῦτα διαιτήσων περὶ τούτων οὔσης νῦν μοι τῆς ζητήσεως· ἃ δὲ προυδέδοκτο καὶ εἶμι ἐκεῖσε, ἢ δὴ φροῦδος ἀναδραμεῖν δοκῶ μοι, μὴ καί που ἀποκρουσθῶμεν τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς φερούσης.
“Allʼ ou gar ti tauta diaitēsōn peri toutōn ousēs nyn moi tēs zētēseōs; ha de proudedokto kai eimi ekeise, ē dē phroudos anadramein dokō moi, mē kai pou apokrousthōmen tēs hodou tēs pherousēs.
“But I am not going to arbitrate these matters, since my inquiry is not now about them; but I shall go back to what had been decided before, to which I seem to have run off and gone astray, lest we be beaten off from the road that leads there.
14.5.11Dindorf 2:266
Πολέμωνος δὲ ἐγένοντο γνώριμοι Ἀρκεσίλαος καὶ Ζήνων· πάλιν γὰρ αὐτῶν μνησθήσομαι ἐπὶ τέλει. Ζήνωνα μὲν οὖν μέμνημαι εἰπὼν Ξενοκράτει, εἶτα δὲ Πολέμωνι φοιτῆσαι, αὖθις δὲ παρὰ Κράτητι κυνίσαι· νυνὶ δὲ αὐτῷ λελογίσθω ὅτι καὶ Στίλπωνός τε μετέσχε καὶ τῶν λόγων τῶν Ἡρακλειτείων.
Polemōnos de egenonto gnōrimoi Arkesilaos kai Zēnōn; palin gar autōn mnēsthēsomai epi telei. Zēnōna men oun memnēmai eipōn Xenokratei, eita de Polemōni phoitēsai, authis de para Kratēti kynisai; nyni de autǭ lelogisthō hoti kai Stilpōnos te metesche kai tōn logōn tōn Hērakleiteiōn.
Arcesilaus and Zeno were pupils of Polemo; for I shall mention them again at the end. I remember having said that Zeno studied under Xenocrates, then under Polemo, and again became a Cynic under Crates; let it now be reckoned to him that he also partook of Stilpo and of the Heraclitean doctrines.
14.5.12Dindorf 2:266–267
ἐπεὶ γὰρ συμφοιτῶντες παρὰ Πολέμωνι ἐφιλοτιμήθησαν ἀλλήλοις, συμπαρέλαβον εἰς τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους μάχην ὁ μὲν Ἡράκλειτον καὶ Στίλπωνα ἅμα καὶ Κράτητα, ὧν ὑπὸ μὲν Στίλπωνος ἐγένετο μαχητῆς, ὑπὸ δὲ Ἡρακλείτου αὐστηρὸς, κυνικὸς δὲ ὑπὸ Κράτητος· ὁ δʼ Ἀρκεσίλαος Θεόφραστον ἴσχει καὶ Κράντορα τὸν Πλατωνικὸν καὶ Διόδωρον, εἶτα Πύρρωνα, ὧν ὑπὸ μὲν Κράντορος πιθανουργικὸς, ὑπὸ Διοδώρου δὲ σοφιστὴς, ὑπὸ δὲ Πύρρωνος ἐγένετο παντοδαπὸς καὶ ἴτης καὶ οὐδέν.
epei gar symphoitōntes para Polemōni ephilotimēthēsan allēlois, symparelabon eis tēn pros allēlous machēn ho men Hērakleiton kai Stilpōna hama kai Kratēta, hōn hypo men Stilpōnos egeneto machētēs, hypo de Hērakleitou austēros, kynikos de hypo Kratētos; ho dʼ Arkesilaos Theophraston ischei kai Krantora ton Platōnikon kai Diodōron, eita Pyrrōna, hōn hypo men Krantoros pithanourgikos, hypo Diodōrou de sophistēs, hypo de Pyrrōnos egeneto pantodapos kai itēs kai ouden.
For when, studying together under Polemo, they became rivals of one another, they took into their battle with one another, the one Heraclitus and Stilpo along with Crates, by whom he became a fighter through Stilpo, austere through Heraclitus, and a Cynic through Crates; and Arcesilaus took Theophrastus and Crantor the Platonist and Diodorus, then Pyrrho; by whom he became persuasive through Crantor, a sophist through Diodorus, and through Pyrrho all-sided, reckless, and nothing.
14.5.13Dindorf 2:267
ὃ καὶ ἐλέγετο περὶ αὐτοῦ ᾀδόμενόν τι ἔπος παραγωγὸν καὶ ὑβριστικόν, πρόσθε Πλάτων, ὄπιθεν Πυρρῶν, μέσσος Διόδωρος. Τίμων δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ Μενεδήμου τὸ ἐριστικόν φησι λαβόντα ἐξαρτυθῆναι, εἴπερ γε δή φησι περὶ αὐτοῦ τῇ μὲν ἔχων Μενεδήμου ὑπὸ στέρνοισι μόλυβδον θεύσεται, ἢ Πύρρωνα τὸ πᾶν κρέας, ἢ Διόδωρον.
ho kai elegeto peri autou ądomenon ti epos paragōgon kai hybristikon, prosthe Platōn, opithen Pyrrōn, messos Diodōros. Timōn de kai hypo Menedēmou to eristikon phēsi labonta exartythēnai, eiper ge dē phēsi peri autou tę̄ men echōn Menedēmou hypo sternoisi molybdon theusetai, ē Pyrrōna to pan kreas, ē Diodōron.
Hence a mocking and insulting verse was sung about him: “Plato in front, Pyrrho behind, Diodorus in the middle.” And Timon says that he was also equipped with eristic, taking it from Menedemus, if indeed he says of him: “Having under his breast the lead of Menedemus, he will run either to Pyrrho, all flesh, or to Diodorus.”
14.5.14Dindorf 2:267
ταῖς οὖν Διοδώρου, διαλεκτικοῦ ὄντος, λεπτολογίαις τοὺς λογισμοὺς τοὺς Πύρρωνος καὶ τὸ σκεπτικὸν καταπλέξας διεκόσμησε λόγου δεινότητι τῇ Πλάτωνος φλήναφόν τινα κατεστωμυλμένον, καὶ ἔλεγε καὶ ἀντέλεγε, καὶ μετεκυλινδεῖτο κἀκεῖθεν κἀντεῦθεν, ἑκατέρωθεν, ὁπόθεν τύχοι, παλινάγρετος καὶ δύσκριτος καὶ παλίμβολός τε ἅμα καὶ παρακεκινδυνευμένος, οὐδέν τε εἰδὼς, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη, γενναῖος ὤν· εἶτά πως ἐξέβαινεν ὅμοιος τοῖς εἰδόσιν, ὑπὸ σκιαγραφίας τῶν λόγων παντοδαπὸς πεφαντασμένος.”
tais oun Diodōrou, dialektikou ontos, leptologiais tous logismous tous Pyrrōnos kai to skeptikon kataplexas diekosmēse logou deinotēti tę̄ Platōnos phlēnaphon tina katestōmylmenon, kai elege kai antelege, kai metekylindeito kakeithen kanteuthen, hekaterōthen, hopothen tychoi, palinagretos kai dyskritos kai palimbolos te hama kai parakekindyneumenos, ouden te eidōs, hōs autos ephē, gennaios ōn; eita pōs exebainen homoios tois eidosin, hypo skiagraphias tōn logōn pantodapos pephantasmenos.”
Interweaving, then, the reasonings of Pyrrho and his skepticism with the subtleties of Diodorus, who was a dialectician, he decked out with the cleverness of Plato’s speech a babbling chatter, and spoke and spoke against, and rolled over this way and that, from either side, wherever it happened, taking back what he said, hard to judge, inconsistent, and reckless at once, knowing nothing, as he himself said, being a noble fellow; then somehow he came out like those who know, appearing all-sided by the shadow-painting of his words.”
Preparation 14, chapter 6
14.6.1Dindorf 2:267–268
Τοῦ τε Ὁμηρικοῦ Τυδείδου ὁποτέροις μετείη ἀγνοουμένου, οὔτε εἰ Τρῶσίν ὁμιλέοι οὔτε εἰ καὶ Ἀχαιοῖς, οὐδὲν ἧττον Ἀρκεσίλαος ἠγνοεῖτο. τὸ γὰρ ἕνα τε λόγον καὶ ταὐτόν ποτʼ εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἐνῆν ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐδέ γε ἠξίου ἀνδρὸς εἶναί πω τὸ τοιοῦτο δεξιοῦ οὐδαμῶς. ὠνομάζετο οὖν δεινὸς σοφιστὴς, τῶν ἀγυμνάστων σφαγεύς.
Tou te Homērikou Tydeidou hopoterois meteiē agnooumenou, oute ei Trōsin homileoi oute ei kai Achaiois, ouden hētton Arkesilaos ēgnoeito. to gar hena te logon kai tauton potʼ eipein ouk enēn en autǭ, oude ge ēxiou andros einai pō to toiouto dexiou oudamōs. ōnomazeto oun deinos sophistēs, tōn agymnastōn sphageus.
“As Homer’s son of Tydeus was not known, which side he belonged to, ‘whether he consorted with the Trojans or with the Achaeans,’ no less unknown was Arcesilaus. For to say one and the same argument at any time was not in him, nor did he ever think such a thing at all worthy of a clever man. So he was called ‘a clever sophist, a slayer of the untrained.’
14.6.2Dindorf 2:268
ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἔμπουσαι ἐν τοῖς φαντάσμασι τοῖς τῶν λόγων ὑπὸ παρασκευῆς τε καὶ μελέτης ἐφάρματτεν, ἐγοήτευεν, οὐδὲν εἶχεν εἰδέναι οὔτε αὐτὸς οὔτε τοὺς ἄλλους ἐᾶν· ἐδειμάτου δὲ καὶ κατεθορύβει, καὶ σοφισμάτων γε καὶ λόγων κλοπῆς φερόμενος τὰ πρῶτα κατέχαιρε τῷ ὀνείδει, καὶ ἡβρύνετο θαυμαστῶς, ὅτι μήτε τί αἰσχρὸν ἢ καλὸν, μήτε ἀγαθὸν μήτε αὖ κακόν ἐστι τί ᾔδει, ἀλλʼ ὁπότερον εἰς τὰς ψυχὰς πέσοι τοῦτο εἰπὼν, αὖθις μεταβαλὼν ἀνέτρεπεν ἂν πλεοναχῶς ἢ διʼ ὅσων κατεσκευάκει.
hōsper gar hai empousai en tois phantasmasi tois tōn logōn hypo paraskeuēs te kai meletēs epharmatten, egoēteuen, ouden eichen eidenai oute autos oute tous allous ean; edeimatou de kai katethorybei, kai sophismatōn ge kai logōn klopēs pheromenos ta prōta katechaire tǭ oneidei, kai hēbryneto thaumastōs, hoti mēte ti aischron ē kalon, mēte agathon mēte au kakon esti ti ę̄dei, allʼ hopoteron eis tas psychas pesoi touto eipōn, authis metabalōn anetrepen an pleonachōs ē diʼ hosōn kateskeuakei.
For like the Empusae, in the phantoms of his arguments, by preparation and practice, he bewitched and enchanted; he could neither know anything himself nor let others know; he frightened and confused, and, carrying off the first prizes for sophisms and the theft of arguments, he delighted in the reproach and prided himself wonderfully on knowing neither what is shameful or noble, nor what is good or bad; but whichever came into the minds of his hearers, he said that, and then, changing again, overturned it in more ways than he had built it up.
14.6.3Dindorf 2:268
ἦν οὖν ὕδραν τέμνων ἑαυτὸν καὶ τεμνόμενος ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀμφότερα ἀλλήλων δυσκρίτως, καὶ τοῦ δέοντος ἀσκέπτως, πλὴν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἤρεσεν, ὁμοῦ τῇ ἀκροάσει εὐπρόσωπον ὄντα θεωμένοις· ἦν οὖν ἀκουόμενος καὶ βλεπόμενος ἥδιστος, ἐπεί τε προσειθίσθησαν ἀποδέχεσθαι αὐτοῦ τοὺς λόγους ἰόντας ἀπὸ καλοῦ προσώπου τε καὶ στόματος οὐκ ἄνευ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ὄμμασι φιλοφροσύνης.
ēn oun hydran temnōn heauton kai temnomenos hyphʼ heautou, amphotera allēlōn dyskritōs, kai tou deontos askeptōs, plēn tois akouousin ēresen, homou tę̄ akroasei euprosōpon onta theōmenois; ēn oun akouomenos kai blepomenos hēdistos, epei te proseithisthēsan apodechesthai autou tous logous iontas apo kalou prosōpou te kai stomatos ouk aneu tēs en tois ommasi philophrosynēs.
He was, then, a hydra cutting himself and cut by himself, the two hard to tell apart and without regard to what was fitting; yet he pleased his hearers, who at the same time as they listened saw him handsome; he was, then, most pleasant to hear and to see, since they grew used to accepting his arguments, which came from a handsome face and mouth, not without the friendliness in his eyes.
14.6.4Dindorf 2:268
δεῖ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι μὴ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλʼ ἔσχεν ὧδε ἐξ ἀρχῆς. συμβαλὼν γὰρ ἐν παισὶ Θεοφράστῳ, ἀνδρὶ πράῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀφυεῖ τὰ ἐρωτικὰ, διὰ τὸ καλὸς εἶναι, ἔτι ὢν ὡραῖος, τυχὼν ἐραστοῦ Κράντορος τοῦ Ἀκαδημαϊκοῦ, προσεχώρησε μὲν τούτῳ, οἷα δὲ τὴν φύσιν οὐκ ἀφυὴς, τρεχούσῃ χρησάμενος αὐτῇ ῥᾳδίᾳ, θερμουργὸς ὑπὸ φιλονεικίας, μετασχὼν μὲν ρου εἰς τὰ πεπανουργημένα πιθάνια ταῦτα τὰ κομψὰ, ὡμιληκὼς δὲ Πύρρωνι· (ὁ δὲ Πυρρῶν ἐκ Δημοκρίτου ὥρμητο ὁπόθεν γέ ποθεν·) οὗτος μὲν δὴ ἔνθεν καταρτυθεὶς, πλὴν τῆς προσρήσεως, ἐνέμεινε Πύρρωνι, ὡς τῇ πάντων ἀναιρέσει.
dei de tauta akousai mē haplōs, allʼ eschen hōde ex archēs. symbalōn gar en paisi Theophrastǭ, andri praǭ kai ouk aphyei ta erōtika, dia to kalos einai, eti ōn hōraios, tychōn erastou Krantoros tou Akadēmaïkou, prosechōrēse men toutǭ, hoia de tēn physin ouk aphyēs, trechousę̄ chrēsamenos autę̄ rhądią, thermourgos hypo philoneikias, metaschōn men rou eis ta pepanourgēmena pithania tauta ta kompsa, hōmilēkōs de Pyrrōni; (ho de Pyrrōn ek Dēmokritou hōrmēto hopothen ge pothen;) houtos men dē enthen katartytheis, plēn tēs prosrēseōs, enemeine Pyrrōni, hōs tę̄ pantōn anairesei.
But these things must not be heard simply; this is how it was from the beginning. Having met Theophrastus in his boyhood, a gentle man and not unskilled in matters of love, because he was handsome, being still in his bloom, he gained as his lover Crantor the Academic and went over to him; and being not ungifted by nature, he made use of it as it ran easily, hot-headed from love of strife; he shared in Diodorus for these knavish and elegant plausibilities, and associated with Pyrrho (and Pyrrho had set out from Democritus, from somewhere at least); so Arcesilaus, equipped from there, abode by Pyrrho, except for the name, as in the doing away with everything.
14.6.5Dindorf 2:268–269
Μνασέας γοῦν καὶ Φιλόμηλος καὶ Τίμων οἶ σκεπτικοὶ σκεπτικὸν αὐτὸν προσονομάζουσιν, ὥσπερ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν, ἀναιροῦντα καὶ αὐτὸν τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος καὶ τὸ πιθανόν.
Mnaseas goun kai Philomēlos kai Timōn oi skeptikoi skeptikon auton prosonomazousin, hōsper kai autoi ēsan, anairounta kai auton to alēthes kai to pseudos kai to pithanon.
Mnaseas, at least, and Philomelus and Timon, the skeptics, call him a skeptic, as they themselves were, since he too did away with the true and the false and the probable.
14.6.6Dindorf 2:269
λεχθεὶς οὖν αἰτίᾳ τῶν Πυρρωνείων Πυρρώνειος, αἰδοῖ τοῦ ἐραστοῦ ὑπέμεινε λέγεσθαι Ἀκαδημαϊκὸς ἔτι. ἦν μὲν τοίνυν Πυρρώνειος, πλὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος· Ἀκαδημαϊκὸς δʼ οὐκ ἦν, πλὴν τοῦ λέγεσθαι. οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι, τοῦ Κνιδίου Διοκλέους φάσκοντος ἐν ταῖς ἐπιγραφομέναις Διατριβαῖς Ἀρκεσίλαον φόβῳ τῶν Θεοδωρείων τε καὶ Βίωνος τοῦ σοφιστοῦ ἐπεισιόντων τοῖς φιλοσοφοῦσι καὶ οὐδὲν ὀκνούντων ἀπὸ παντὸς ἐλέγχειν, αὐτὸν ἐξευλαβηθέντα, ἵνα μὴ πράγματα ἔχῃ, μηδὲν μὲν δόγμα ὑπειπεῖν φαινόμενον, ὥσπερ δὲ τὸ μέλαν τῆς σηπίας προβαλέσθαι πρὸ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἐποχήν. τοῦτʼ οὖν ἐγὼ οὐ πείθομαι.
lechtheis oun aitią tōn Pyrrōneiōn Pyrrōneios, aidoi tou erastou hypemeine legesthai Akadēmaïkos eti. ēn men toinyn Pyrrōneios, plēn tou onomatos; Akadēmaïkos dʼ ouk ēn, plēn tou legesthai. ou gar peithomai, tou Knidiou Diokleous phaskontos en tais epigraphomenais Diatribais Arkesilaon phobǭ tōn Theodōreiōn te kai Biōnos tou sophistou epeisiontōn tois philosophousi kai ouden oknountōn apo pantos elenchein, auton exeulabēthenta, hina mē pragmata echę̄, mēden men dogma hypeipein phainomenon, hōsper de to melan tēs sēpias probalesthai pro heautou tēn epochēn. toutʼ oun egō ou peithomai.
Though he was called a Pyrrhonist because of his Pyrrhonist views, out of respect for his lover he consented still to be called an Academic. He was, then, a Pyrrhonist except in name; but an Academic he was not, except in being called so. For I am not persuaded by Diocles of Cnidus, who says in his so-called Diatribes that Arcesilaus, through fear of the followers of Theodorus and of Bion the sophist, who attacked the philosophers and did not hesitate to refute them from every side, took precautions, so as not to have trouble, never to appear to suggest any doctrine, but put forward suspension of judgment before himself like the ink of the cuttlefish. This, then, I do not believe.
14.6.7Dindorf 2:269
οἱ δʼ οὖν ἔνθεν ἀφορμηθέντες, ὅ τε Ἀρκεσίλαος καὶ Ζήνων, ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων ἀρωγῶν, ἀμφοτέροις συμπολεμούντων λόγων, τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς ὅθεν ἐκ Πολέμωνος ὡρμήθησαν ἐπιλανθάνονται, διαστάντες δέ γε καὶ σφέας αὐτοὺς ἀρτύναντες, σὺν δʼ ἔβαλον ῥινοὺς, σὺν δʼ ἔγχεα, καὶ μένεʼ ἀνδρῶν χαλκεοθωρήκων· ἀτὰρ ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι ἔπληντʼ ἀλλήλῃσι, πολὺς δʼ ὀρυμαγδὸς ὀρώρει. ἀσπὶς ἄρʼ ἀσπίδʼ ἔρειδε, κόρυς κόρυν, ἀνέρα δʼ ἀνήρ ἐδνοπάλιζεν. ἔνθα δʼ ἅμʼ οἰμωγή τε καὶ εὐχωλὴ πέλεν ἀνδρῶν ὀλλύντων τε καὶ ὀλλυμένων, τῶν Στωϊκῶν·
hoi dʼ oun enthen aphormēthentes, ho te Arkesilaos kai Zēnōn, hypo tōn toioutōn arōgōn, amphoterois sympolemountōn logōn, tēs men archēs hothen ek Polemōnos hōrmēthēsan epilanthanontai, diastantes de ge kai spheas autous artynantes, syn dʼ ebalon rhinous, syn dʼ enchea, kai meneʼ andrōn chalkeothōrēkōn; atar aspides omphaloessai eplēntʼ allēlę̄si, polys dʼ orymagdos orōrei. aspis arʼ aspidʼ ereide, korys koryn, anera dʼ anēr ednopalizen. entha dʼ hamʼ oimōgē te kai euchōlē pelen andrōn ollyntōn te kai ollymenōn, tōn Stōïkōn;
Those, then, who set out from there, Arcesilaus and Zeno, with such helpers, arguments fighting on both sides, forget the origin from which they started, from Polemo, and, separating and arraying themselves, “they dashed together shields, together spears and the might of bronze-corsleted men; and the bossed shields clashed against one another, and a great din arose. Shield pressed on shield, helm on helm, man on man. Then there rose together the groaning and the boasting of men slaying and being slain,” of the Stoics:
14.6.8Dindorf 2:269–270
οἱ Ἀκαδημαϊκοὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐβάλλοντο ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, ἀγνοούμενοι ᾗ ἦσαν ἁλῶναι δυνατώτεροι. ἡλίσκοντο δὲ, τῆς βάσεως αὐτοῖς σεισθείσης, εἰ μήτε ἀρχὴν ἕλοιεν μήτε μάχεσθαι ἀφορμήν. ἡ μὲν δὴ ἀρχὴ ἦν τὸ μὴ Πλατωνικὰ λέγοντας αὐτοὺς ἐλέγξαι· τὸ δὲ μηδʼ ἔχειν τινὰ ἀφορμὴν, ἣν εἷπον μόνον ἕν τι μετέστρεψαν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὅρου τοῦ περὶ τῆς καταληπτικῆς φαντασίας ἀφελόντες.
hoi Akadēmaïkoi gar ouk eballonto hypʼ autōn, agnooumenoi hę̄ ēsan halōnai dynatōteroi. hēliskonto de, tēs baseōs autois seistheisēs, ei mēte archēn heloien mēte machesthai aphormēn. hē men dē archē ēn to mē Platōnika legontas autous elenxai; to de mēdʼ echein tina aphormēn, hēn heipon monon hen ti metestrepsan apo tou horou tou peri tēs katalēptikēs phantasias aphelontes.
for the Academics were not struck by them, since it was not known where they were most open to being caught. They were caught, however, when their footing was shaken, if they took neither a starting point nor an occasion for fighting. The starting point was to show that the Stoics did not speak Platonically; and their having no occasion, unless they changed one single thing, as I said, taking it away from the definition of the apprehensive impression.
14.6.9Dindorf 2:270
ὅπερ νῦν μὲν οὐκ ἔστι μηνύειν μοι ἐν καιρῷ, μνησθήσομαι δʼ αὐτοῦ αὖθις ἐπὰν κατὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα γενέσθαι μέλλω. διαστάντες δʼ οὖν εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἔβαλλον ἀλλήλους οὐχ οἶ δύο, ἀλλʼ ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος τὸν Ζήνωνα. ὁ γὰρ Ζήνων εἶχε δή τι τῇ μάχῃ σεμνὸν καὶ βαρὺ καὶ Κηφισοδώρου τοῦ ῥήτορος οὐκ ἄμεινον· ὃς δὴ ὁ Κηφισόδωρος, ἐπειδὴ ὑπʼ Ἀριστοτέλους βαλλόμενον ἑαυτῷ τὸν διδάσκαλον Ἰσοκράτην ἐώρα, αὐτοῦ μὲν Ἀριστοτέλους ἦν ἀμαθὴς καὶ ἄπειρος, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ καθορᾶν ἔνδοξα τὰ Πλάτωνος ὑπάρχοντα, οἰηθεὶς κατὰ Πλάτωνα τὸν Ἀριστοτέλην φιλοσοφεῖν, ἐπολέμει μὲν Ἀριστοτέλει, ἔβαλλε δὲ Πλάτωνα, καὶ κατηγόρει ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδεῶν, τελευτῶν εἰς τὰ ἄλλα, ἃ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ᾔδει, ἀλλὰ τὰ νομιζόμενα ἀμφʼ αὐτῶν ᾗ λέγεται ὑπονοῶν.
hoper nyn men ouk esti mēnyein moi en kairǭ, mnēsthēsomai dʼ autou authis epan kata touto malista genesthai mellō. diastantes dʼ oun eis to phaneron eballon allēlous ouch oi dyo, allʼ ho Arkesilaos ton Zēnōna. ho gar Zēnōn eiche dē ti tę̄ machę̄ semnon kai bary kai Kēphisodōrou tou rhētoros ouk ameinon; hos dē ho Kēphisodōros, epeidē hypʼ Aristotelous ballomenon heautǭ ton didaskalon Isokratēn eōra, autou men Aristotelous ēn amathēs kai apeiros, hypo de tou kathoran endoxa ta Platōnos hyparchonta, oiētheis kata Platōna ton Aristotelēn philosophein, epolemei men Aristotelei, eballe de Platōna, kai katēgorei arxamenos apo tōn ideōn, teleutōn eis ta alla, ha oudʼ autos ę̄dei, alla ta nomizomena amphʼ autōn hę̄ legetai hyponoōn.
This it is not timely for me to explain now; I shall mention it again when I come especially to that point. Having separated, then, they struck at one another openly, not the two, but Arcesilaus at Zeno. For Zeno had in battle something solemn and heavy and no better than Cephisodorus the orator; who, when he saw his teacher Isocrates attacked by Aristotle, was ignorant and inexperienced in Aristotle himself, but seeing that Plato’s doctrines were renowned, and thinking that Aristotle philosophized according to Plato, made war on Aristotle but struck at Plato, and accused him, beginning from the ideas and ending with the other things, which he did not know himself, but guessing at what is supposed about them, as it is said.
14.6.10Dindorf 2:270
πλὴν οὗτος μὲν ὁ ᾧ ἐπολέμει μὴ μαχόμενος, ἐμάχετο ᾧ μὴ πολεμεῖν ἐβούλετο. ὁ μέντοι Ζήνων καὶ αὐτὸς, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ Ἀρκεσιλάου μεθίετο, εἰ μὲν μηδὲ Πλάτωνι ἐπολέμει, ἐφιλοσόφει δήπου ἐμοὶ κριτῇ πλείστου ἀξίως, ἕνεκά γε τῆς εἰρήνης ταύτης. εἰ δʼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶν μὲν ἴσως τὰ Ἀρκεσιλάου, τὰ μέντοι Πλάτωνος ἀγνοῶν, ὡς ἐξ ὧν αὐτῷ ἀντέγραψεν ἐλέγχεται, ὅτι ἐποίησεν ἐναντία καὐτὸς, μήτε ὃν ᾔδει πλήττων, ὅν τε οὐκ ἐχρῆν ἀτιμότατα καὶ αἴσχιστα περιυβρικὼς, καὶ ταῦτα πολὺ κάκιον ἢ προσήκει κυνί.
plēn houtos men ho hǭ epolemei mē machomenos, emacheto hǭ mē polemein ebouleto. ho mentoi Zēnōn kai autos, epeidē tou Arkesilaou methieto, ei men mēde Platōni epolemei, ephilosophei dēpou emoi kritę̄ pleistou axiōs, heneka ge tēs eirēnēs tautēs. ei dʼ ouk agnoōn men isōs ta Arkesilaou, ta mentoi Platōnos agnoōn, hōs ex hōn autǭ antegrapsen elenchetai, hoti epoiēsen enantia kautos, mēte hon ę̄dei plēttōn, hon te ouk echrēn atimotata kai aischista periybrikōs, kai tauta poly kakion ē prosēkei kyni.
But he, not fighting the one he was at war with, fought the one he did not wish to war with. Zeno too, however, when he let Arcesilaus go, if he had not made war on Plato either, would have been philosophizing, in my judgment at least, most worthily, for the sake of this peace. But if, not perhaps ignorant of the views of Arcesilaus but ignorant of Plato’s, as he is shown to be from what he wrote against him, he too did the opposite, not striking the one he knew, and most dishonorably and shamefully insulting the one he should not, and this much worse than befits a dog.
14.6.11Dindorf 2:270–271
πλὴν διέδειξέ γε μὴν μεγαλοφροσύνῃ ἀποσχόμενος τοῦ Ἀρκεσιλάου. ἤτοι γὰρ ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν ἐκείνου, ἢ δέει τῶν Στωϊκῶν, πολέμοιο μέγα στόμα πευκεδανοῖο ἀπετρέψατο ἄλλῃ εἰς Πλάτωνα. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν Ζήνωνι εἰς Πλάτωνα καλῶς τε καὶ αἰδημόνως οὐδαμῶς νεωτερισθέντων εἰρήσεταί μοι αὖθίς ποτε, ἐὰν φιλοσοφίας σχολὴν ἀγάγω. μή ποτε μέντοι ἀγάγοιμι σχολὴν τοσαύτην, τούτου γοῦν ἕνεκεν, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ παιδιᾶς.
plēn diedeixe ge mēn megalophrosynę̄ aposchomenos tou Arkesilaou. ētoi gar agnoią tōn ekeinou, ē deei tōn Stōïkōn, polemoio mega stoma peukedanoio apetrepsato allę̄ eis Platōna. alla kai peri men tōn Zēnōni eis Platōna kalōs te kai aidēmonōs oudamōs neōteristhentōn eirēsetai moi authis pote, ean philosophias scholēn agagō. mē pote mentoi agagoimi scholēn tosautēn, toutou goun heneken, ei mē hypo paidias.
Yet he showed magnanimity in keeping away from Arcesilaus. For either through ignorance of his views, or through fear of the Stoics, he turned the great mouth of bitter war elsewhere, against Plato. But about Zeno’s innovations against Plato, in no way fair or modest, I shall speak again some time, if I have leisure for philosophy. May I never have so much leisure, at least for this, unless for play.
14.6.12Dindorf 2:271
τὸν δʼ οὖν Ζήνωνα ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος ἀντίτεχνον καὶ ἀξιόνικον ὑπάρχοντα θεωρῶν τοὺς παρʼ ἐκείνου ἀποφερομένους λόγους καθῄρει, καὶ οὐδὲν ὤκνει.
ton dʼ oun Zēnōna ho Arkesilaos antitechnon kai axionikon hyparchonta theōrōn tous parʼ ekeinou apopheromenous logous kathę̄rei, kai ouden ōknei.
Arcesilaus, then, seeing Zeno to be a rival craftsman and a worthy opponent, tore down the arguments that came from him, and did not hesitate at all.
14.6.13Dindorf 2:271
καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἃ ἐμεμάχητο ἐκείνῳ οὔτʼ ἴσως εἰπεῖν ἔχω, εἴτε καὶ εἶχον, οὐδὲν ἔδει νῦν αὐτῶν μνησθῆναι· τὸ δὲ δόγμα τοῦτο αὐτοῦ πρώτου εὑρομένου, καὐτὸ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα βλέπων εὐδοκιμοῦν ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις, τὴν καταληπτικὴν φαντασίαν, πάσῃ μηχανῇ ἐχρῆτο ἐπʼ αὐτήν. ὁ δʼ ἐν τῷ ἀσθενεστέρῳ ὢν, ἡσυχίαν ἄγων, οὐ δυνάμενος ἀδικεῖσθαι, Ἀρκεσιλάου μὲν ἀφίετο, πολλὰ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἤθελε, τάχα δὲ μᾶλλον ἄλλως, πρὸς δὲ τὸν οὐκέτι ἐν ζῶσιν ὄντα Πλάτωνα ἐσκιαμάχει, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ ἁμάξης πομπείαν πᾶσαν κατεθορύβει, λέγων ὡς οὔτʼ ἂν τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἀμυνομένου, ὑπερδικεῖν τε αὐτοῦ ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ μέλον· εἴτε μελήσειεν Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, αὐτός γε κερδανεῖν ᾤετο ἀποτρεψάμενος ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον. τοῦτο δὲ ᾔδη καὶ Ἀγαθοκλέα τὸν Συρακόσιον ποιήσαντα τὸ σόφισμα ἐπὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους.
kai peri men tōn allōn ha ememachēto ekeinǭ outʼ isōs eipein echō, eite kai eichon, ouden edei nyn autōn mnēsthēnai; to de dogma touto autou prōtou heuromenou, kauto kai to onoma blepōn eudokimoun en tais Athēnais, tēn katalēptikēn phantasian, pasę̄ mēchanę̄ echrēto epʼ autēn. ho dʼ en tǭ asthenesterǭ ōn, hēsychian agōn, ou dynamenos adikeisthai, Arkesilaou men aphieto, polla an eipein echōn, allʼ ouk ēthele, tacha de mallon allōs, pros de ton ouketi en zōsin onta Platōna eskiamachei, kai tēn apo hamaxēs pompeian pasan katethorybei, legōn hōs outʼ an tou Platōnos amynomenou, hyperdikein te autou allǭ oudeni melon; eite melēseien Arkesilaǭ, autos ge kerdanein ǭeto apotrepsamenos aphʼ heautou ton Arkesilaon. touto de ę̄dē kai Agathoklea ton Syrakosion poiēsanta to sophisma epi tous Karchēdonious.
About the other points on which he fought with him I perhaps cannot say, and even if I could, there would be no need to mention them now; but seeing that this doctrine, of which Zeno was the first discoverer, the apprehensive impression, both the thing and its name, was in good repute at Athens, he used every device against it. And Zeno, being in the weaker position, keeping quiet, unable to be wronged, let Arcesilaus alone, though he could have said much, but he did not wish to, or perhaps rather otherwise; but he shadow-boxed against Plato, who was no longer among the living, and threw into confusion all the parade from the wagon, saying that since Plato would not defend himself, and no one else cared to champion him, and even if Arcesilaus should care, he himself would gain by turning Arcesilaus away from himself. He knew that Agathocles of Syracuse had also used this trick against the Carthaginians.
14.6.14Dindorf 2:271–272
οἱ Στωϊκοὶ δὲ ὑπήκουον ἐκπεπληγμένοι. ἡ μοῦσα γὰρ αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ τότε ἦν φιλολόγος οὐδʼ ἐργάτις χαρίτων, ὑφʼ ὧν ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος τὰ μὲν περικρούων, τὰ δὲ ὑποτέμνων, ἄλλα δʼ ὑποσκελίζων, κατεγλωττίζετο αὐτοὺς καὶ πιθανὸς ἦν. τοιγαροῦν πρὸς οὓς μὲν ἀντέλεγεν ἡττωμένων, ἐν οἷς δὲ λέγων ἦν καταπεπληγμένων, δεδειγμένον πως τοῖς τότε ἀνθρώποις ὑπῆρχε μηδὲν εἷναι μήτʼ οὖν ἔπος, μήτε πάθος, μήτε ἔργον ἓν βραχὺ, μηδὲ ἄχρηστον τοὐναντίον ὀφθῆναί ποτʼ ἂν, εἴ τι μὴ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ δοκεῖ τῷ Πιταναίῳ· τῷ δʼ ἄρα οὐδὲν ἐδόκει οὐδʼ ἀπεφαίνετο οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἢ ῥηματίσκια ταῦτʼ εἶναι καὶ φόβους.”
hoi Stōïkoi de hypēkouon ekpeplēgmenoi. hē mousa gar autois oude tote ēn philologos oudʼ ergatis charitōn, hyphʼ hōn ho Arkesilaos ta men perikrouōn, ta de hypotemnōn, alla dʼ hyposkelizōn, kateglōttizeto autous kai pithanos ēn. toigaroun pros hous men antelegen hēttōmenōn, en hois de legōn ēn katapeplēgmenōn, dedeigmenon pōs tois tote anthrōpois hypērche mēden heinai mētʼ oun epos, mēte pathos, mēte ergon hen brachy, mēde achrēston tounantion ophthēnai potʼ an, ei ti mē Arkesilaǭ dokei tǭ Pitanaiǭ; tǭ dʼ ara ouden edokei oudʼ apephaineto ouden mallon ē rhēmatiskia tautʼ einai kai phobous.”
The Stoics listened, astounded. For their Muse was not even then a lover of words or a worker of graces, by which Arcesilaus, beating them back on one side, undercutting them on another, tripping them up on another, out-talked them and was persuasive. Therefore, as those whom he contradicted were defeated, and those among whom he spoke were dumbfounded, it seemed somehow proven to the men of that time that there was nothing, whether word, or feeling, or deed, however small, nor would even its opposite, the useless, ever be seen, unless it seemed so to Arcesilaus of Pitane; and to him nothing seemed, and he declared nothing other than that these were little phrases and bugbears.”
Preparation 14, chapter 7
14.7.1Dindorf 2:272
“Περὶ δὲ Λακύδου βούλομαί τι διηγήσασθαι ἡδύ. ἢν μὲν δὴ Λακύδης ὑπογλισχρότερος, καί τινα τρόπον ὁ λεγόμενος οἰκονομικὸς, οὗτος ὁ εὐδοκιμῶν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς, αὐτὸς μὲν ἀνοιγνὺς τὸ ταμεῖον, αὐτὸς δʼ ἀποκλείων. καὶ προῃρεῖτο δὲ ὧν ἐδεῖτο, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα ἐποίει πάντα διʼ αὐτουργίας, οὔ τί που αὐτάρκειαν ἐπαινῶν, οὐδʼ ἄλλως πενίᾳ χρώμενος, οὐδʼ ἀπορίᾳ δούλων, ᾧ γε ὑπῆρχον δοῦλοι ὁπόσοι γοῦν· τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν ἔξεστιν εἰκάζειν.
“Peri de Lakydou boulomai ti diēgēsasthai hēdy. ēn men dē Lakydēs hypoglischroteros, kai tina tropon ho legomenos oikonomikos, houtos ho eudokimōn para tois pollois, autos men anoignys to tameion, autos dʼ apokleiōn. kai proę̄reito de hōn edeito, kai alla toiauta epoiei panta diʼ autourgias, ou ti pou autarkeian epainōn, oudʼ allōs penią chrōmenos, oudʼ aporią doulōn, hǭ ge hypērchon douloi hoposoi goun; tēn de aitian exestin eikazein.
“About Lacydes I want to tell a pleasant story. Lacydes was rather stingy, and in a way what is called a good manager, this man so well thought of by the many; he himself opened the storeroom and himself locked it. And he chose what he needed, and did all other such things by his own hand, not from any praise of self-sufficiency, nor otherwise from poverty or lack of slaves, since he had slaves, however many; the reason may be guessed.
14.7.2Dindorf 2:272
ἐγὼ δὲ ὃ ὑπεσχόμην τὸ ἡδὺ διηγήσομαι. ταμιεύων γὰρ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ τὴν μὲν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ ᾤετο δεῖν, ἀποκλείσας δὲ κατετίθει μὲν ταύτην εἰς τι κοῖλον γραμματεῖον· σημηνάμενος δὲ δακτυλίῳ τὸν μὲν δακτύλιον κατεκύλιε διὰ τοῦ κλείθρου ἔσω εἰς τὸν οἶκον μεθιεὶς, ὥσθʼ ὕστερον ἐπειδὴ πάλιν ἐλθὼν ἀνοίξειε τῇ κλειδὶ δυνησόμενος ἀνελὼν τὸν δακτύλιον, αὖθις μὲν ἀποκλείειν, εἶτα δὲ σημαίνεσθαι, εἶτα δʼ ἀναβάλλειν ὀπίσω πάλιν ἔσω τὸν δακτύλιον διὰ τοῦ κλείθρου.
egō de ho hypeschomēn to hēdy diēgēsomai. tamieuōn gar autos heautǭ tēn men kleida peripherein ephʼ heautou ouk ǭeto dein, apokleisas de katetithei men tautēn eis ti koilon grammateion; sēmēnamenos de daktyliǭ ton men daktylion katekylie dia tou kleithrou esō eis ton oikon methieis, hōsthʼ hysteron epeidē palin elthōn anoixeie tę̄ kleidi dynēsomenos anelōn ton daktylion, authis men apokleiein, eita de sēmainesthai, eita dʼ anaballein opisō palin esō ton daktylion dia tou kleithrou.
I will tell the pleasant story I promised. Keeping his own stores, he did not think he should carry the key about with him, but having locked up he would put it in a hollow writing tablet; and having sealed this with his ring, he rolled the ring in through the keyhole into the room, letting it go; so that later, when he came back and could open with the key, he would take up the ring, lock up again, seal, and then throw the ring back inside through the keyhole.
14.7.3Dindorf 2:272
τοῦτο οὑν τὸ σοφὸν οἱ δοῦλοι κατανοήσαντες, ἐπειδὴ προίοι Λακύδης εἰς περίπατον ἢ ὅποι ἄλλοσε, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀνοίξαντες ἂν, κἄπειτα ὡς σφίσιν ἦν θυμὸς, τὸ μὲν φαγόντες, τὰ δʼ ἐμπιόντες, ἄλλα δὲ ἀράμενοι ἐκ περιόδου ταῦτα ἐποίουν, ἀπέκλειον μὲν, ἐσημαίνοντο δὲ, καὶ τὸν δακτύλιον πολλά γε αὐτοῦ καταγελάσαντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον διὰ τοῦ κλείθρου ἠφίεσαν.
touto houn to sophon hoi douloi katanoēsantes, epeidē proioi Lakydēs eis peripaton ē hopoi allose, kai autoi anoixantes an, kapeita hōs sphisin ēn thymos, to men phagontes, ta dʼ empiontes, alla de aramenoi ek periodou tauta epoioun, apekleion men, esēmainonto de, kai ton daktylion polla ge autou katagelasantes eis ton oikon dia tou kleithrou ēphiesan.
Now the slaves, perceiving this clever device, whenever Lacydes went out for a walk or anywhere else, would themselves open up, and then, as they pleased, eat some things, drink others, carry off others; and then they did this in turn: they locked, they sealed, and, laughing at him a great deal, threw the ring through the keyhole into the room.
14.7.4Dindorf 2:272–273
ὁ οὖν Λακύδης πλήρη μὲν καταλιπὼν, κενὰ δὲ εὑρισκόμενος τὰ σκεύη, ἀπορῶν τῷ γιγνομένῳ, ἐπειδὴ ἤκουσε φιλοσοφεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ τὴν ἀκαταληψίαν, ᾤετο τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο αὑτῷ συμβαίνειν περὶ τὸ ταμιεῖον. ἀρξάμενός τε ἔνθεν ἐφιλοσόφει παρὰ τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, μηδὲν μήτε ὁρᾶν μήτε ἀκούειν ἐναργὲς ἢ ὑγιές· καί ποτε ἐπισπασάμενος τῶν προσομιλούντων αὐτῷ τινα εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ἰσχυρίζετο πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπερφυῶς, ὡς ἐδόκει, τὴν ἐποχὴν, καὶ ἔφη “τοῦτο μὲν ἀναμφίλεκτον ἐγώ σοι ἔχω φράσαι, αὐτὸς ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ μαθὼν, οὐκ ἄλλου πειραθείς.”
ho oun Lakydēs plērē men katalipōn, kena de heuriskomenos ta skeuē, aporōn tǭ gignomenǭ, epeidē ēkouse philosopheisthai para tǭ Arkesilaǭ tēn akatalēpsian, ǭeto touto ekeino hautǭ symbainein peri to tamieion. arxamenos te enthen ephilosophei para tǭ Arkesilaǭ, mēden mēte horan mēte akouein enarges ē hygies; kai pote epispasamenos tōn prosomilountōn autǭ tina eis tēn oikian ischyrizeto pros auton hyperphyōs, hōs edokei, tēn epochēn, kai ephē “touto men anamphilekton egō soi echō phrasai, autos apʼ emautou mathōn, ouk allou peiratheis.”
So Lacydes, leaving the vessels full and finding them empty, at a loss at what was happening, when he heard that inapprehensibility was taught by Arcesilaus, thought that this was just what was happening to him about the storeroom. Beginning from there, he philosophized with Arcesilaus that one neither sees nor hears anything clear or sound; and once, drawing one of his companions into the house, he maintained to him extraordinarily, as it seemed, suspension of judgment, and said: ‘This I can tell you beyond dispute, having learned it myself from my own experience, not by trying another’s.’
14.7.5Dindorf 2:273
κἄπειτα ἀρξάμενος περιηγεῖτο τὴν ὅλην τοῦ ταμιείου συμβᾶσαν αὐτῷ πάθην. τί οὖν ἂν, εἶπεν, ἔτι Ζήνων λέγοι πρὸς οὕτως ὁμολογουμένην διὰ πάντων φανεράν μοι ἐν τοῖς τοιοῖσδε ἀκαταληψίαν; ὃς γὰρ ἀπέκλεισα μὲν ταῖς ἐμαυτοῦ χερσὶν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐσημηνάμην, αὐτὸς δὲ ἀφῆκα μὲν εἴσω τὸν δακτύλιον, αὖθις δʼ ἐλθὼν ἀνοίξας τὸν μὲν δακτύλιον ὁρῶ ἔνδον, οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, πῶς οὐ δικαίως ἀπιστούντως τοῖς πράγμασιν ἕξω; οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω εἰπεῖν ἔγωγε ἐλθόντα τινὰ κλέψαι ταῦτα, ὑπάρχοντος ἔνδον τοῦ δακτυλίου.
kapeita arxamenos periēgeito tēn holēn tou tamieiou symbasan autǭ pathēn. ti oun an, eipen, eti Zēnōn legoi pros houtōs homologoumenēn dia pantōn phaneran moi en tois toioisde akatalēpsian? hos gar apekleisa men tais emautou chersin, autos de esēmēnamēn, autos de aphēka men eisō ton daktylion, authis dʼ elthōn anoixas ton men daktylion horō endon, ou mentoi kai ta alla, pōs ou dikaiōs apistountōs tois pragmasin hexō? ou gar tolmēsō eipein egōge elthonta tina klepsai tauta, hyparchontos endon tou daktyliou.
And then he began and related the whole thing that had happened to him about the storeroom. ‘What then,’ he said, ‘could Zeno still say against inapprehensibility so evident to me in all these matters? For I who locked up with my own hands, and sealed it myself, and myself threw the ring inside, and coming back and opening it see the ring inside, but not the other things, how shall I not justly distrust things? For I shall not dare to say that someone came and stole these things while the ring was inside.’
14.7.6Dindorf 2:273
καὶ ὅς ἀκούων, ἦν γὰρ ὑβριστὴς, ἐκδεξάμενος τὸ πᾶν ὡς ἔσχεν ἀκοῦσαι, μόλις καὶ πρότερον ἑαυτοῦ κρατῶν, ἀπέρρηξε γέλωτα καὶ μάλα πλατὺν, γελῶν τε ἔτι καὶ καγχάζων διήλεγχεν ἅμα αὐτοῦ τὴν κενοδοξίαν. ὥστε ἔκτοτε Λακύδης ἀρξάμενος οὐκέτι μὲν τὸν δακτύλιον ἔσω ἐνέβαλλεν, οὐκέτι δὲ τοῦ ταμιείου ἐχρῆτο ἀκαταληψίᾳ, ἀλλὰ κατελάμβανε τὰ ἀφειμένα, καὶ μάτην ἐπεφιλοσοφήκει.
kai hos akouōn, ēn gar hybristēs, ekdexamenos to pan hōs eschen akousai, molis kai proteron heautou kratōn, aperrēxe gelōta kai mala platyn, gelōn te eti kai kanchazōn diēlenchen hama autou tēn kenodoxian. hōste ektote Lakydēs arxamenos ouketi men ton daktylion esō eneballen, ouketi de tou tamieiou echrēto akatalēpsią, alla katelambane ta apheimena, kai matēn epephilosophēkei.
And the other, hearing it, being an insolent man, taking in the whole as he heard it, scarcely controlling himself even before, burst out in a very broad laugh, and still laughing and guffawing exposed his vanity at the same time. So that from then on Lacydes no longer threw the ring inside, nor made use of the inapprehensibility of the storeroom, but apprehended what had been let go, and had philosophized in vain.
14.7.7Dindorf 2:273–274
οὐ μέντοι ἀλλὰ οἴ γε παῖδες φόρτακες ἦσαν, καὶ οὐ θατέρᾳ ληπτοὶ, οἶοι δὲ οὗτοι οἱ κωμῳδικοί τε καὶ Γέται καὶ Δάκοι, κἀκ τῆς Δακικῆς λαλεῖν στωμυλήθρας κατεγλωττισμένοι, ἐπεί τε τοῖς Στωϊκοῖς τὰ σοφίσματα ἤκουσαν, εἴτε καὶ ἄλλως ἐκμαθόντες, εὐθὺ τοῦ τολμήματος ᾔεσαν, καὶ παρελύοντο αὐτοῦ τὴν σφραγῖδα, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἑτέραν ἀντʼ ἐκείνης ὑπετίθεσαν, τοτὲ δὲ οὐδὲ ἄλλην, διὰ τὸ οἴεσθαι ἐκείνῳ γε ἀκατάληπτα ἔσεσθαι, καὶ οὕτω καὶ ἄλλως.
ou mentoi alla oi ge paides phortakes ēsan, kai ou thaterą lēptoi, oioi de houtoi hoi kōmǭdikoi te kai Getai kai Dakoi, kak tēs Dakikēs lalein stōmylēthras kateglōttismenoi, epei te tois Stōïkois ta sophismata ēkousan, eite kai allōs ekmathontes, euthy tou tolmēmatos ę̄esan, kai parelyonto autou tēn sphragida, kai tote men heteran antʼ ekeinēs hypetithesan, tote de oude allēn, dia to oiesthai ekeinǭ ge akatalēpta esesthai, kai houtō kai allōs.
Nevertheless the slaves were rogues and not easily caught, like those of comedy, Getae and Dacians, trained to chatter in Dacian babble; when they heard the sophisms from the Stoics, or else learned them otherwise, they went straight to the daring deed and broke his seal, and sometimes put another in its place, sometimes none at all, thinking that to him at least things would be inapprehensible, and so on in other ways.
14.7.8Dindorf 2:274
ὁ δὲ εἰσελθὼν ἐσκοπεῖτο· ἀσήμαντον δὲ τὸ γραμματεῖον θεωρῶν, ἢ σεσημασμένον μὲν, σφραγῖδι δʼ ἄλλῃ, ἠγανάκτει· τῶν δὲ σεσημάνθαι λεγόντων, αὐτοῖς γοῦν τὴν σφραγῖδα ὁρᾶσθαι τὴν αὐτοῦ, ἠκριβολογεῖτο ἂν καὶ ἀπεδείκνυε· τῶν δʼ ἡττωμένων τῇ ἀποδείξει καὶ φαμένων εἰ μή τι ἔπεστιν ἡ σφραγὶς αὐτὸν ἴσως ἐπιλελῆσθαι καὶ μὴ σημήνασθαι· καὶ μὴν αὐτός γε ἔφη σημηνάμενος μνημονεύειν, καὶ ἀπεδείκνυε, καὶ περιῄει τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ ἐδεινολογεῖτο πρὸς αὐτοὺς, οἰόμενος παίζεσθαι, καὶ προσώμνυεν.
ho de eiselthōn eskopeito; asēmanton de to grammateion theōrōn, ē sesēmasmenon men, sphragidi dʼ allę̄, ēganaktei; tōn de sesēmanthai legontōn, autois goun tēn sphragida horasthai tēn autou, ēkribologeito an kai apedeiknye; tōn dʼ hēttōmenōn tę̄ apodeixei kai phamenōn ei mē ti epestin hē sphragis auton isōs epilelēsthai kai mē sēmēnasthai; kai mēn autos ge ephē sēmēnamenos mnēmoneuein, kai apedeiknye, kai perię̄ei tǭ logǭ, kai edeinologeito pros autous, oiomenos paizesthai, kai prosōmnyen.
And he would come in and examine: seeing the tablet unsealed, or sealed but with another seal, he would be indignant; and when they said it had been sealed, for they at least saw his own seal, he would argue minutely and demonstrate; and when they were beaten by the demonstration and said that, if the seal were not on it, perhaps he had forgotten and not sealed it, ‘But I,’ he said, ‘remember having sealed it myself,’ and he would demonstrate, and go round in argument, and harangue them, thinking he was being mocked, and swear besides.
14.7.9Dindorf 2:274
οἱ δʼ ὑπολαβόντες τὰς προσβολὰς ἐκείνου αὐτοί γε ᾤοντο ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ παίζεσθαι, ἐπεὶ σοφῷ γε ὄντι δεδόχθαι τῷ Λακύδῃ εἶναι ἀδοξάστῳ ὥστε καὶ ἀμνημονεύτῳ· μνήμην γὰρ εἶναι δόξαν· ἔναγχος γοῦν τοῦ χρόνου ἔφασαν ἀκοῦσαι ταῦτα αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς φίλους.
hoi dʼ hypolabontes tas prosbolas ekeinou autoi ge ǭonto hypʼ autou paizesthai, epei sophǭ ge onti dedochthai tǭ Lakydę̄ einai adoxastǭ hōste kai amnēmoneutǭ; mnēmēn gar einai doxan; enanchos goun tou chronou ephasan akousai tauta autou pros tous philous.
And they, taking up his attacks, thought that they themselves were being mocked by him, since it had been decided by Lacydes, being a wise man, to be without opinion and so also without memory; for memory is an opinion; they said, at any rate, that they had heard him say this to his friends only recently.
14.7.10Dindorf 2:274
τοῦ δʼ ἀναστρέφοντος αὐτοῖς τὰς ἐπιχειρήσεις καὶ λέγοντος οὐκ Ἀκαδημαϊκὰ, αὐτοὶ φοιτῶντες εἰς Στωϊκῶν τινος τὰ λεκτέα ἑαυτοῖς ἀνεμάνθανον, κἀκεῖθεν ἀρξάμενοι ἀντεσοφίστευον, καὶ ἦσαν ἀντίτεχνοι κλέπται Ἀκαδημαϊκοί· ὁ δὲ Στωϊκοῖς ἐνεκάλει· οἶ παῖδες δὲ τὰ ἐγκλήματα παρέλυον αὐτῷ ὑπὸ ἀκαταληψίας οὐκ ἄνευ τωθασμῶν τινων.
tou dʼ anastrephontos autois tas epicheirēseis kai legontos ouk Akadēmaïka, autoi phoitōntes eis Stōïkōn tinos ta lektea heautois anemanthanon, kakeithen arxamenoi antesophisteuon, kai ēsan antitechnoi kleptai Akadēmaïkoi; ho de Stōïkois enekalei; oi paides de ta enklēmata parelyon autǭ hypo akatalēpsias ouk aneu tōthasmōn tinōn.
And when he turned their attacks back on them and said these were not Academic arguments, they went to some Stoic and learned what they should say, and starting from there they out-sophisticated him, and were Academic thieves practicing a rival craft; and he would accuse the Stoics; and the slaves would undo his accusations by inapprehensibility, not without some jeering.
14.7.11Dindorf 2:274
διατριβαὶ οὖν ἦσαν πάντων ἐκεῖ καὶ λόγοι καὶ ἀντιλογίαι· καὶ ἓν οὐδὲν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ κατελείπετο, οὐκ ἀγγεῖον, οὐ τῶν ἐν ἀγγείῳ τιθεμένων, οὐχ ὅσα εἰς οἰκίας κατασκευὴν ἄλλʼ ἔστι συντελῆ.
diatribai oun ēsan pantōn ekei kai logoi kai antilogiai; kai hen ouden en tǭ mesǭ kateleipeto, ouk angeion, ou tōn en angeiǭ tithemenōn, ouch hosa eis oikias kataskeuēn allʼ esti syntelē.
There were, then, disputations of all of them there, and arguments and counter-arguments; and not a single thing was left in the middle, not a vessel, nor of the things put in a vessel, nor anything else that contributes to the furnishing of a house.
14.7.12Dindorf 2:274–275
καὶ ὁ Λακύδης τέως μὲν ἠπόρει, μήτε λυσιτελοῦσαν ἑαυτῷ θεωρῶν τὴν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δόγμασι βοήθειαν, εἴτε μὴ ἐξελέγχοι πάντα ἀνατρέψεσθαι ἑαυτῷ δοκῶν, πεσὼν εἰς τἀμήχανον τοὺς γείτονας ἐκεκράγει καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς, καὶ ἰοὺ ἰοὺ, καὶ φεῦ φεῦ, καὶ νὴ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ νὴ τὰς θεὰς, ἄλλαι τε ὅσαι ἐν ἀπιστίαις δεινολογουμένων εἰσὶν ἄτεχνοι πίστεις, ταῦτα πάντα ἐλέγετο βοῇ καὶ ἀξιοπιστίᾳ.
kai ho Lakydēs teōs men ēporei, mēte lysitelousan heautǭ theōrōn tēn tois heautou dogmasi boētheian, eite mē exelenchoi panta anatrepsesthai heautǭ dokōn, pesōn eis tamēchanon tous geitonas ekekragei kai tous theous, kai iou iou, kai pheu pheu, kai nē tous theous kai nē tas theas, allai te hosai en apistiais deinologoumenōn eisin atechnoi pisteis, tauta panta elegeto boę̄ kai axiopistią.
And Lacydes was for a time at a loss, neither seeing help for himself in his own doctrines as profitable, nor, if he did not refute them, thinking that he would avoid being overturned in everything; falling into helplessness, he cried out to the neighbors and the gods, and ‘Oh! oh!’ and ‘Alas! alas!’ and ‘By the gods!’ and ‘By the goddesses!’ and all the other artless proofs of those who speak vehemently in cases of disbelief: all these were said with shouting and appeals to be believed.
14.7.13Dindorf 2:275
τελευτῶν δὲ, ἐπεὶ μάχην εἶχεν ἀντιλεγομένην ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας, αὐτὸς μὲν ἂν δήπουθεν ἐστωϊκεύετο πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας, τῶν παίδων δὲ τὰ Ἀκαδημαϊκὰ ἰσχυριζομένων, ἵνα μηκέτι πράγματα ἔχοιεν, οἰκουρὸς ἢν φίλος τοῦ ταμιείου προκαθήμενος. οὐδὲν δὲ εἰς οὐδὲν ὠφελῶν, ὑπιδόμενος οἷ τὸ σοφὸν αὐτῷ ἔρχεται, ἀπεκαλύψατο. ἄλλως, ἔφη, ταῦτα, ὦ παῖδες, ἐν ταῖς διατριβαῖς λέγεται ἡμῖν, ἄλλως δὲ ζῶμεν.”
teleutōn de, epei machēn eichen antilegomenēn epi tēs oikias, autos men an dēpouthen estōïkeueto pros tous paidas, tōn paidōn de ta Akadēmaïka ischyrizomenōn, hina mēketi pragmata echoien, oikouros ēn philos tou tamieiou prokathēmenos. ouden de eis ouden ōphelōn, hypidomenos hoi to sophon autǭ erchetai, apekalypsato. allōs, ephē, tauta, ō paides, en tais diatribais legetai hēmin, allōs de zōmen.”
At last, since he had a battle of contradiction in his house, he himself, no doubt, played the Stoic toward the slaves; and as the slaves maintained the Academic positions, so as to have no more trouble he stayed at home as a friend sitting before the storeroom. But gaining nothing at all, suspecting where his wisdom was leading him, he uncovered himself: ‘We say these things one way, slaves,’ he said, ‘in our disputations, but we live another way.’”
14.7.14Dindorf 2:275
Ταῦτα μὲν καὶ περὶ τοῦ Λακύδου. τούτου δὲ γίνονται ἀκουσταὶ πολλοὶ, ὧν εἷς ἦν διαφανὴς ὁ Κυρηναῖος Ἀρίστιππος. ἐκ πάντων δʼ αὐτοῦ τῶν γνωρίμων τὴν σχολὴν αὐτοῦ διεδέξατο Εὔανδρος καὶ οἶ μετὰ τοῦτον.
Tauta men kai peri tou Lakydou. toutou de ginontai akoustai polloi, hōn heis ēn diaphanēs ho Kyrēnaios Aristippos. ek pantōn dʼ autou tōn gnōrimōn tēn scholēn autou diedexato Euandros kai oi meta touton.
So much about Lacydes. He had many hearers, of whom one distinguished one was Aristippus of Cyrene. Of all his pupils Evander succeeded to his school, and those after him.
14.7.15Dindorf 2:275
μεθʼ οὓς Καρνεάδης ὑποδεξάμενος τὴν διατριβὴν τρίτην συνεστήσατο Ἀκαδημίαν. λόγων μὲν οὖν ἀγωγῇ ἐχρήσατο ᾗ καὶ ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐπετήδευε τὴν εἰς ἑκάτερα ἐπιχείρησιν, καὶ πάντα ἀνεσκεύαζε τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων λεγόμενα· μόνῳ δʼ ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς ἐποχῆς λόγῳ πρὸς αὐτὸν διέστη, φὰς ἀδύνατον εἶναι ἄνθρωπον ὄντα περὶ ἁπάντων ἐπέχειν· διαφορὰν δὲ εἶναι ἀδήλου καὶ ἀκαταλήπτου, καὶ πάντα μὲν εἶναι ἀκατάληπτα, οὐ πάντα δὲ ἄδηλα. μετεῖχε δὲ οὗτος καὶ τῶν Στωϊκῶν λόγων, πρὸς οὓς καὶ ἐριστικῶς ἱστάμενος ἐπὶ πλέον ηὐξήθη, τοῦ φαινομένου τοῖς πολλοῖς πιθανοῦ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῆς ἀληθείας στοχαζόμενος· ὅθεν καὶ πολλὴν παρέσχε τοῖς Στωϊκοῖς ἀηδίαν. γράφει δʼ οὖν καὶ ὁ Νουμήνιος περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα
methʼ hous Karneadēs hypodexamenos tēn diatribēn tritēn synestēsato Akadēmian. logōn men oun agōgę̄ echrēsato hę̄ kai ho Arkesilaos; kai gar autos epetēdeue tēn eis hekatera epicheirēsin, kai panta aneskeuaze ta hypo tōn allōn legomena; monǭ dʼ en tǭ peri tēs epochēs logǭ pros auton diestē, phas adynaton einai anthrōpon onta peri hapantōn epechein; diaphoran de einai adēlou kai akatalēptou, kai panta men einai akatalēpta, ou panta de adēla. meteiche de houtos kai tōn Stōïkōn logōn, pros hous kai eristikōs histamenos epi pleon ēuxēthē, tou phainomenou tois pollois pithanou, allʼ ou tēs alētheias stochazomenos; hothen kai pollēn paresche tois Stōïkois aēdian. graphei dʼ oun kai ho Noumēnios peri autou tauta
After them Carneades took over the school and founded the third Academy. He used the same method of argument as Arcesilaus; for he too practiced arguing on both sides, and demolished everything said by the others; he differed from him only in the argument about suspension of judgment, saying that it is impossible for one who is human to suspend judgment about everything; and that there is a difference between the unclear and the inapprehensible, and that all things are inapprehensible, but not all unclear. He also had a share in the Stoic arguments, standing against which contentiously he grew greater, aiming at what seems probable to the many, not at the truth; from which he caused the Stoics much annoyance. Numenius, then, writes this about him:
Preparation 14, chapter 8
14.8.1Dindorf 2:275–276
“Καρνεάδης δὲ ἐκδεξάμενος παρʼ Ἡγησίνου, οὗ χρεὼν φυλάξαι ὅσα ἀκίνητα καὶ ὅσα κεκινημένα ἦν, τούτου μὲν ἠμέλει, εἰς δʼ Ἀρκεσίλαον, εἴτʼ οὖν ἀμείνω εἴτε καὶ φαυλότερα ἦν, ἐπανενεγκὼν διὰ μακροῦ τὴν μάχην ἀνενέαζε.”
“Karneadēs de ekdexamenos parʼ Hēgēsinou, hou chreōn phylaxai hosa akinēta kai hosa kekinēmena ēn, toutou men ēmelei, eis dʼ Arkesilaon, eitʼ oun ameinō eite kai phaulotera ēn, epanenenkōn dia makrou tēn machēn aneneaze.”
“Carneades, having received the school from Hegesinus, neglected him whose doctrines he ought to have guarded, both those left unmoved and those that had been moved, but, referring back to Arcesilaus, whether it was better or worse, he renewed the battle after a long interval.”
14.8.2Dindorf 2:276
Καὶ ἐξῆς ἐπιλέγει “Ἦγε δʼ οὖν καὶ οὗτος καὶ ἀπέφερεν, ἀντιλογίας τε καὶ στροφὰς λεπτολόγους συνέφερε τῇ μάχῃ ποικίλλων, ἐξαρνητικός τε καὶ καταφατικός τε ἦν κἀμφοτέρωθεν ἀντιλογικός· εἴτε που ἔδει τι καὶ θαῦμα ἐχόντων λόγων, ἐξηγείρετο λάβρος οἶον ποταμὸς ῥοώδης, πάντα καταπιμπλὰς τὰ τῇδε καὶ τἀκεῖθι, καὶ εἰσέπιπτε καὶ συνέσυρε τοὺς ἀκούοντας διὰ θορύβου.
Kai exēs epilegei “Ēge dʼ oun kai houtos kai apepheren, antilogias te kai strophas leptologous synephere tę̄ machę̄ poikillōn, exarnētikos te kai kataphatikos te ēn kamphoterōthen antilogikos; eite pou edei ti kai thauma echontōn logōn, exēgeireto labros oion potamos rhoōdēs, panta katapimplas ta tę̄de kai takeithi, kai eisepipte kai synesyre tous akouontas dia thorybou.
And next he adds: “He too, then, carried off and brought away, and brought together contradictions and subtle twists, embroidering the battle; he was given to denial and affirmation and to contradiction on both sides; and if anywhere there was need of arguments with something wonderful in them, he rose up violent like a rushing river, flooding everything here and there, and fell upon his hearers and swept them along with a roar.
14.8.3Dindorf 2:276
τοιγαροῦν ἀπάγων τοὺς ἄλλους αὐτὸς ἔμενεν ἀνεξαπάτητος, ὃ μὴ προσῆν τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ περιερχόμενος τῇ φαρμάξει τοὺς συγκορυβαντιῶντας ἔλαθεν ἑαυτὸν πρῶτον ἐξηπατηκὼς μὴ ἠσθῆσθαι, πεπεῖσθαι δʼ ἀληθῆ εἶναι ἃ λέγει διὰ τῆς ἁπαξαπάντων ἀναιρέσεως χρημάτων.
toigaroun apagōn tous allous autos emenen anexapatētos, ho mē prosēn tǭ Arkesilaǭ. ekeinos gar perierchomenos tę̄ pharmaxei tous synkorybantiōntas elathen heauton prōton exēpatēkōs mē ēsthēsthai, pepeisthai dʼ alēthē einai ha legei dia tēs hapaxapantōn anaireseōs chrēmatōn.
So, leading others away, he himself remained undeceived, which was not the case with Arcesilaus. For he, going round with his sorcery, deceived his fellow revelers, but first, without noticing it, deceived himself, persuaded that what he said was true by the doing away with absolutely everything.
14.8.4Dindorf 2:276
κακὸν δὲ ἦν ἂν κακῷ ἐπανακείμενον, ὁ Καρνεάδης τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, μὴ χαλάσας τι σμικρὸν, ὑφʼ οὗ οὐκ ἄπρακτοι ἔμελλον ἔσεσθαι, κατὰ τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ πιθανοῦ λεγομένας αὐτῷ θετικάς τε καὶ ἀρνητικὰς φαντασίας, τοῦ εἶναι τόδε τι ζῷον ἢ μὴ ζῷον εἶναι.
kakon de ēn an kakǭ epanakeimenon, ho Karneadēs tǭ Arkesilaǭ, mē chalasas ti smikron, hyphʼ hou ouk apraktoi emellon esesthai, kata tas apo tou pithanou legomenas autǭ thetikas te kai arnētikas phantasias, tou einai tode ti zǭon ē mē zǭon einai.
It would have been evil on top of evil, Carneades on Arcesilaus, had he not relaxed a little, by which they were not going to be inactive, according to the affirmative and negative impressions he spoke of as derived from the probable, that this is a living being or is not a living being.
14.8.5Dindorf 2:276
τοῦτο οὖν ὑπανεὶς, ὥσπερ οἷ ἀναχάζοντες θῆρες βιαιότερον καὶ μᾶλλον ἑαυτοὺς ἱεῖσιν εἰς τὰς αἰχμὰς, καὐτὸς ἐνδοὺς δυνατώτερον ἐπελθεῖν. ἐπεί τε ὑποσταίη τε καὶ εὖ τύχοι, τηνικαῦτα ἤδη καὶ οὗ προυδέδεκτο ἑκὼν ἠμέλει καὶ οὐκ ἐμέμνητο.
touto oun hypaneis, hōsper hoi anachazontes thēres biaioteron kai mallon heautous hieisin eis tas aichmas, kautos endous dynatōteron epelthein. epei te hypostaiē te kai eu tychoi, tēnikauta ēdē kai hou proudedekto hekōn ēmelei kai ouk ememnēto.
Relaxing this, then, as beasts that draw back rush more violently onto the spears, so he too, by giving way, attacked more powerfully. And when he had made a stand and succeeded, then he willingly neglected and did not remember what he had granted before.
14.8.6Dindorf 2:276–277
τὸ γὰρ ἀληθές τε καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐνεῖναι συγχωρῶν, ὥσπερ ξυνεργαζόμενος τῆς ζητήσεως τρόπῳ, παλαιστοῦ δεινοῦ λαβὴν δοὺς περιεγίγνετο ἔνθεν. κατὰ γὰρ τὴν τοῦ πιθανοῦ ῥοπὴν ἑκάτερον παρασχὼν οὐδέτερον εἶπε βεβαίως καταλαμβάνεσθαι. ἢν γοῦν λῃστὴς καὶ γόης σοφώτερος.
to gar alēthes te kai to pseudos en tois pragmasin eneinai synchōrōn, hōsper xynergazomenos tēs zētēseōs tropǭ, palaistou deinou labēn dous periegigneto enthen. kata gar tēn tou pithanou rhopēn hekateron paraschōn oudeteron eipe bebaiōs katalambanesthai. ēn goun lę̄stēs kai goēs sophōteros.
For granting that the true and the false are in things, as if cooperating in the manner of inquiry, giving a hold like a clever wrestler, he won from there. For, presenting each according to the leaning of probability, he said that neither is firmly apprehended. He was, at any rate, a robber and juggler cleverer still.
14.8.7Dindorf 2:277
παραλαβὼν γὰρ ἀληθεῖ μὲν ὅμοιον ψεῦδος, καταληπτικῇ δὲ φαντασίᾳ καταληπτὸν ὅμοιον, καὶ ἀγαγὼν εἰς τὰς ἴσας, οὐκ εἴασεν οὔτε τὸ ἀληθὲς εἷναι οὔτε τὸ ψεῦδος, ἢ οὐ μᾶλλον τὸ ἕτερον τοῦ ἑτέρου, ἢ μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τοῦ πιθανοῦ.
paralabōn gar alēthei men homoion pseudos, katalēptikę̄ de phantasią katalēpton homoion, kai agagōn eis tas isas, ouk eiasen oute to alēthes heinai oute to pseudos, ē ou mallon to heteron tou heterou, ē mallon apo tou pithanou.
For, taking a falsehood like the truth, and an apprehensible thing like the apprehensive impression, and bringing them to equality, he allowed neither the true nor the false to be, or the one no more than the other, or the more by probability.
14.8.8Dindorf 2:277
ἢν οὖν ὀνείρατα ἀντὶ ὀνειράτων, διὰ τὸ ὁμοίας φαντασίας ἀληθέσιν εἶναι τὰς ψευδεῖς, ὡς ἀπὸ ὠοῦ κηρίνου πρὸς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ὠόν.
ēn oun oneirata anti oneiratōn, dia to homoias phantasias alēthesin einai tas pseudeis, hōs apo ōou kērinou pros to alēthinon ōon.
It was, then, dreams in place of dreams, because false impressions are like true ones, as a wax egg is to the real egg.
14.8.9Dindorf 2:277
συνέβαινεν οὖν τὰ κακὰ καὶ πλείω. καὶ μέντοι λέγων ὁ Καρνεάδης ἐψυχαγώγει καὶ ἠνδραποδίζετο. ἦν δὲ κλέπτων μὲν ἀφανὴς, φαινόμενος δὲ λῃστὴς, αἱρῶν καὶ δόλῳ καὶ βίᾳ τοὺς καὶ πάνυ σφόδρα παρεσκευασμένους.
synebainen oun ta kaka kai pleiō. kai mentoi legōn ho Karneadēs epsychagōgei kai ēndrapodizeto. ēn de kleptōn men aphanēs, phainomenos de lę̄stēs, hairōn kai dolǭ kai bią tous kai pany sphodra pareskeuasmenous.
So the evils happened, and more of them. And indeed Carneades, when he spoke, beguiled souls and enslaved them. He was a thief unseen, but a robber openly, taking by both guile and force even those very well prepared.
14.8.10Dindorf 2:277
πάσα γοῦν Καρνεάδου διάνοια ἐνίκα καὶ οὐδεμία ἡτισοῦν ἄλλως, ἐπεὶ καὶ οἶς προσεπολέμει ἦσαν εἰπεῖν ἀδυνατώτεροι.
pasa goun Karneadou dianoia enika kai oudemia hētisoun allōs, epei kai ois prosepolemei ēsan eipein adynatōteroi.
Every thought of Carneades, at any rate, prevailed, and no other at all, since those he fought against were less able to speak.
14.8.11Dindorf 2:277
Ἀντίπατρος γοῦν ὁ κατʼ αὐτὸν γενόμενος ἔμελλε μὲν ἀγωνιᾶν τι γράφειν, πρὸς δʼ οὖν τοὺς ἀπὸ Καρνεάδου καθʼ ἡμέραν ἀποφερομένους λόγους οὔποτε ἐδημοσίευσεν, οὐκ ἐν ταῖς διατριβαῖς, οὐκ ἐν τοῖς περιπάτοις, οὐδὲ εἶπεν, οὐδὲ ἐφθέγξατο, οὐδʼ ἤκουσέ τις αὐτοῦ, φασὶν, οὐδὲ γρῦ· ἀντιγραφὰς δὲ ἐπανετείνετο καὶ γωνίαν λαβὼν βιβλία κατέλιπε γράψας τοῖς ὕστερον, οὔτε νῦν δυνάμενα, καὶ τότε ἦν ἀδυνατώτερα πρὸς οὕτως ἄνδρα ὑπέρμεγαν φανέντα καὶ καταδόξαντα εἶναι τοῖς τότε ἀνθρώποις τὸν Καρνεάδην.
Antipatros goun ho katʼ auton genomenos emelle men agōnian ti graphein, pros dʼ oun tous apo Karneadou kathʼ hēmeran apopheromenous logous oupote edēmosieusen, ouk en tais diatribais, ouk en tois peripatois, oude eipen, oude ephthenxato, oudʼ ēkouse tis autou, phasin, oude gry; antigraphas de epaneteineto kai gōnian labōn biblia katelipe grapsas tois hysteron, oute nyn dynamena, kai tote ēn adynatōtera pros houtōs andra hypermegan phanenta kai katadoxanta einai tois tote anthrōpois ton Karneadēn.
Antipater, at least, who lived in his time, was going to write something in contest, but against the arguments carried off daily from Carneades he never published anything, not in the lecture rooms, nor in the walks; he neither spoke nor uttered a sound, nor did anyone hear from him, they say, so much as a grunt; but he threatened written replies, and taking a corner he left books written for those after him, which are powerless now and were more powerless then against a man who appeared so very great and was reputed so by the men of that time, Carneades.
14.8.12Dindorf 2:277
ὅμως δὲ, καίτοι καὐτὸς ὑπὸ τῆς Στωϊκῆς φιλονεικίας εἰς τὸ φανερὸν κυκῶν, πρός γε τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ ἑταίρους διʼ ἀπορρήτων ὡμολόγει τε καὶ ἠλήθευε καὶ ἀπεφαίνετο ἃ κἂν ἄλλος τῶν ἀπιτυχόντων.”
homōs de, kaitoi kautos hypo tēs Stōïkēs philoneikias eis to phaneron kykōn, pros ge tous heautou hetairous diʼ aporrētōn hōmologei te kai ēlētheue kai apephaineto ha kan allos tōn apitychontōn.”
Yet nevertheless, though he too stirred things up in public out of Stoic rivalry, to his own companions in secret he agreed and spoke the truth and declared what any ordinary person would.”
14.8.13Dindorf 2:277–278
Εἶτα ἑξῆς φησι “Καρνεάδου δὲ γίνεται γνώριμος Μέντωρ μὲν πρῶτον, οὐ μὴν διάδοχος· ἀλλʼ ἔτι ζῶν Καρνεάδης ἐπὶ παλλακῇ μοιχὸν εὑρὼν, οὐχ ὑπὸ πιθανῆς φαντασίας, οὐδʼ ὡς μὴ κατειληφὼς, ὡς δὲ μάλιστα πιστεύων τῇ ὄψει καὶ καταλαβὼν παρῃτήσατο τῆς διατριβῆς. ὁ δὲ ἀποστὰς ἀντεσοφίστευε καὶ ἀντίτεχνος ἦν, ἐλέγχων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἀκαταληψίαν.”
Eita hexēs phēsi “Karneadou de ginetai gnōrimos Mentōr men prōton, ou mēn diadochos; allʼ eti zōn Karneadēs epi pallakę̄ moichon heurōn, ouch hypo pithanēs phantasias, oudʼ hōs mē kateilēphōs, hōs de malista pisteuōn tę̄ opsei kai katalabōn parę̄tēsato tēs diatribēs. ho de apostas antesophisteue kai antitechnos ēn, elenchōn autou tēn en tois logois akatalēpsian.”
Then next he says: “Carneades’ pupil was first Mentor, not, however, his successor; but Carneades, while still alive, finding him an adulterer with his concubine, not by a probable impression, nor as one who had not apprehended, but trusting his sight above all and having apprehended, dismissed him from the school. And he, having withdrawn, out-sophisticated him and was a rival craftsman, refuting his inapprehensibility in arguments.”
14.8.14Dindorf 2:278
Καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει λέγων “Ὁ δὲ Καρνεάδης, οἷον ἀντεστραμμένα φιλοσοφῶν, τοῖς ψεύσμασιν ἐκαλλωπίζετο καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀληθῆ ἠφάνιζε. παραπετάσμασιν οὖν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ψεύσμασι, καὶ ἠλήθευεν ἔνδον λανθάνων καπηλικώτερον. ἔπασχεν οὖν πάθημα ὀσπρίων, ὧν τὰ μὲν κενὰ ἐπιπολάζει τε τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ὑπερέχει, τὰ χρηστὰ δὲ αὐτῶν ἐστι κάτω καὶ ἐν ἀφανεῖ.”
Kai palin epipherei legōn “Ho de Karneadēs, hoion antestrammena philosophōn, tois pseusmasin ekallōpizeto kai hypʼ autois ta alēthē ēphanize. parapetasmasin oun echrēto tois pseusmasi, kai ēlētheuen endon lanthanōn kapēlikōteron. epaschen oun pathēma ospriōn, hōn ta men kena epipolazei te tǭ hydati kai hyperechei, ta chrēsta de autōn esti katō kai en aphanei.”
And again he goes on to say: “But Carneades, philosophizing as it were inside out, adorned himself with falsehoods and hid the truths under them. He used the falsehoods, then, as screens, and spoke the truth within, hidden, more like a huckster. He suffered, then, the fate of pulses, of which the empty ones float on the water and stay on top, while the good ones are below and out of sight.”
14.8.15Dindorf 2:278
Ταῦτα καὶ περὶ Καρνεάδου λέγεται. διάδοχος δʼ αὐτοῦ τῆς διατριβῆς καθίσταται Κλειτόμαχος, μεθʼ ὃν Φίλων, οὗ πέρι ὁ Νουμήνιος μνημονεύει ταῦτα
Tauta kai peri Karneadou legetai. diadochos dʼ autou tēs diatribēs kathistatai Kleitomachos, methʼ hon Philōn, hou peri ho Noumēnios mnēmoneuei tauta
This too is said about Carneades. Clitomachus becomes his successor in the school, and after him Philo, of whom Numenius makes this mention:
Preparation 14, chapter 9
14.9.1Dindorf 2:278
“Ὁ δὲ Φίλων ἄρα οὗτος μὲν ἐκδεξάμενος τὴν διατριβὴν ὑπὸ χαρμονῆς ἐξεπέπληκτο, καὶ χάριν ἀποδιδοὺς ἐθεράπευε, καὶ τὰ δεδογμένα τῷ Κλειτομάχῳ ηὖξε, καὶ τοῖς Στωϊκοῖς ἐκορύσσετο νώροπι χαλκῷ.
“Ho de Philōn ara houtos men ekdexamenos tēn diatribēn hypo charmonēs exepeplēkto, kai charin apodidous etherapeue, kai ta dedogmena tǭ Kleitomachǭ ēuxe, kai tois Stōïkois ekorysseto nōropi chalkǭ.
“This Philo, having taken over the school, was overwhelmed with joy, and paying his gratitude he served it, and increased the doctrines of Clitomachus, and armed himself against the Stoics ‘with gleaming bronze.’
14.9.2Dindorf 2:278
ὡς δὲ προϊόντος μὲν τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξιτήλου δʼ ὑπὸ συνηθείας οὔσης αὐτῶν τῆς ἐποχῆς, οὐδὲν μὲν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἑαυτῷ ἐνόει, ἡ δὲ τῶν παθημάτων αὐτὸν ἀνέστρεφεν ἐνάργειά τε καὶ ὁμολογία. πολλὴν δῆτʼ ἔχων ἤδη τὴν διαίσθησιν ὑπερεπεθύμει, εὖ οἶσθʼ ὅτι, τῶν ἐλεγξόντων τυχεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ἐδόκει μετὰ νῶτα βαλὼν αὐτὸς ἑκὼν φεύγειν.
hōs de proïontos men tou chronou, exitēlou dʼ hypo synētheias ousēs autōn tēs epochēs, ouden men kata ta auta heautǭ enoei, hē de tōn pathēmatōn auton anestrephen enargeia te kai homologia. pollēn dētʼ echōn ēdē tēn diaisthēsin hyperepethymei, eu oisthʼ hoti, tōn elenxontōn tychein, hina mē edokei meta nōta balōn autos hekōn pheugein.
But as time went on, and their suspension of judgment had grown faint through habit, he no longer thought the same as himself in anything, but the clearness and agreement of his experiences turned him round. Having by now, then, great discernment, he longed exceedingly, you may be sure, to meet with those who would refute him, so that he might not seem to turn his back and flee of his own accord.
14.9.3Dindorf 2:278–279
Φίλωνος δὲ γίνεται ἀκουστὴς Ἀντίοχος, ἑτέρας ἄρξας Ἀκαδημίας. Μνησάρχῳ γοῦν τῷ Στωϊκῷ σχολάσας ἐναντία Φίλωνι τῷ καθηγητῇ ἐφρόνησε, μυρία τε ξένα προσῆψε τῇ Ἀκαδημίᾳ.᾿
Philōnos de ginetai akoustēs Antiochos, heteras arxas Akadēmias. Mnēsarchǭ goun tǭ Stōïkǭ scholasas enantia Philōni tǭ kathēgētę̄ ephronēse, myria te xena prosēpse tę̄ Akadēmią.᾿
Antiochus became a hearer of Philo, who began another Academy. Having studied under Mnesarchus the Stoic, he took the opposite view to Philo his teacher, and attached countless strange things to the Academy.”
14.9.4Dindorf 2:279
Ταῦτα καὶ παραπλήσια τούτοις μυρία τῆς Πλάτωνος περὶ διαδοχῆς μνημονεύεται. ὥρα δʼ οὖν ἄνωθεν τὸν λόγον ἀναλαβόντας τῶν φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων τὰς ψευδοδοξίας ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀντιδοξίας ἐπισκέψασθαι, οἱ τὴν πολλὴν γῆν πλανηθέντες, καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς εὕρεσιν περὶ πλείστου πεποιημένοι, ταῖς τε τῶν παλαιῶν ἁπάντων δόξαις καθωμιληκότες, καὶ τἀκριβὲς τῆς παρὰ πᾶσι Φοίνιξί τε καὶ Αἰγυπτίοις αὐτοῖς τε Ἕλλησι πολὺ πρότερον θεολογίας ἐξηκριβωκότες, τίνα τῶν πόνων τὸν καρπὸν εὕροντο παρʼ αὐτῶν ἄξιον ἀκοῦσαι, ὡς ἂν μάθοιμεν εἴ τι θεοπρεπὲς εἰς αὐτοὺς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων κατῆλθεν.
Tauta kai paraplēsia toutois myria tēs Platōnos peri diadochēs mnēmoneuetai. hōra dʼ oun anōthen ton logon analabontas tōn physikōn philosophōn tas pseudodoxias homou kai antidoxias episkepsasthai, hoi tēn pollēn gēn planēthentes, kai tēn tou alēthous heuresin peri pleistou pepoiēmenoi, tais te tōn palaiōn hapantōn doxais kathōmilēkotes, kai takribes tēs para pasi Phoinixi te kai Aigyptiois autois te Hellēsi poly proteron theologias exēkribōkotes, tina tōn ponōn ton karpon heuronto parʼ autōn axion akousai, hōs an mathoimen ei ti theoprepes eis autous para tōn presbyterōn katēlthen.
These and countless similar things are recorded about the succession of Plato. It is time, then, taking up the argument again from the beginning, to examine the false opinions and contrary opinions of the natural philosophers, who wandered over much of the earth, and made the discovery of the truth their chief concern, and associated with the opinions of all the ancients, and had made a precise study of the theology of all the Phoenicians and Egyptians and of the Greeks themselves long before; what fruit of their labors they found worth hearing from them, so that we may learn whether anything worthy of God came down to them from their elders.
14.9.5Dindorf 2:279
ἐκράτει μὲν γὰρ πρότερον ἐκ παλαιοῦ αἰῶνος παρὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἡ πολύθεος δεισιδαιμονία, νεῴ τε καὶ ἱερὰ καὶ μυστήρια τῶν θεῶν κατὰ πόλεις καὶ χώρας συνήθως παρὰ πᾶσιν ἐφυλάττοντο. οὐ δὴ οὖν οὐδὲ φιλοσοφίας ἀνθρωπίνης ἦν χρεία, εἰ δὴ τὸ τῆς θεοσοφίας προειλήφει· οὐδʼ ἦν τις ἀνάγκη καινοτομεῖν τοὺς σοφοὺς, εἰ δὴ τὰ τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῖς εὖ ἔχοντα ἦν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ στασιάζειν καὶ διαφέρεσθαι τοὺς γενναίους φιλοσόφους, εἰ δὴ σύμφωνος καὶ ἀληθὴς ἡ πάτριος αὐτοῖς περὶ θεῶν δόξα τυγχάνειν δεδοκίμαστο.
ekratei men gar proteron ek palaiou aiōnos para tois ethnesin hē polytheos deisidaimonia, neǭ te kai hiera kai mystēria tōn theōn kata poleis kai chōras synēthōs para pasin ephylattonto. ou dē oun oude philosophias anthrōpinēs ēn chreia, ei dē to tēs theosophias proeilēphei; oudʼ ēn tis anankē kainotomein tous sophous, ei dē ta tōn progonōn autois eu echonta ēn, allʼ oude stasiazein kai diapheresthai tous gennaious philosophous, ei dē symphōnos kai alēthēs hē patrios autois peri theōn doxa tynchanein dedokimasto.
For formerly, from an ancient age, polytheistic superstition prevailed among the nations, and temples and shrines and mysteries of the gods were kept by custom among all, city by city and land by land. There was, then, no need of human philosophy, if the wisdom about God had already been grasped; nor was there any need for the wise to innovate, if the teachings of their ancestors were sound; nor for the noble philosophers to quarrel and disagree, if the ancestral opinion about the gods had been proved to be consistent and true.
14.9.6Dindorf 2:279
τί δὲ ἔδει πολεμεῖν ἀλλήλοις καὶ μάχεσθαι, ἢ τὴν μακρὰν ὁδὸν ἄνω καὶ κάτω περιτρέχειν πλανᾶσθαί τε καὶ τὰ βαρβάρων ὑποσυλᾶν, οἴκοι δέον μένοντας παρὰ θεῶν ἐκμανθάνειν, εἰ δή τινες ἦσαν θεοὶ, ἢ παρὰ τῶν θεολόγων ἀνδρῶν τοὺς ἀληθεῖς καὶ ἀδιαπτώτους περὶ τῶν ἐπιζητουμένων ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λόγους, περὶ ὧν μυρία ὅσα μοχθήσαντες διηνέχθησαν, μακρῷ τῆς τἀληθοῦς εὑρέσεως ἀφυστερήσαντες;
ti de edei polemein allēlois kai machesthai, ē tēn makran hodon anō kai katō peritrechein planasthai te kai ta barbarōn hyposylan, oikoi deon menontas para theōn ekmanthanein, ei dē tines ēsan theoi, ē para tōn theologōn andrōn tous alētheis kai adiaptōtous peri tōn epizētoumenōn en philosophią logous, peri hōn myria hosa mochthēsantes diēnechthēsan, makrǭ tēs talēthous heureseōs aphysterēsantes?
Why need they make war on one another and fight, or run up and down the long road and wander and rob the barbarians, when they should have stayed at home and learned from the gods, if there were any gods, or from the theologians, the true and unerring accounts of the questions sought in philosophy, about which, after countless labors, they disagreed, falling far short of the discovery of the truth?
14.9.7Dindorf 2:279–280
τί δὲ καὶ περὶ θεῶν νεώτερα χρῆν ἐπιζητεῖν τολμᾶν, ἢ στασιάζειν καὶ διαπυκτεύειν ἀλλήλοις, εἰ δὴ ἀσφαλὴς καὶ βεβαία θεῶν εὕρεσις καὶ γνῶσις εὐσεβείας ἀληθὴς ἐν τελεταῖς καὶ μυστηρίοις τῇ τε ἄλλῃ τῶν παλαιτάτων περιείχετο θεολογίᾳ, αὐτὴν ἐκείνην παρὸν ἀκίνητον καὶ ὁμολογουμένην συμφώνως περιέπειν;
ti de kai peri theōn neōtera chrēn epizētein tolman, ē stasiazein kai diapykteuein allēlois, ei dē asphalēs kai bebaia theōn heuresis kai gnōsis eusebeias alēthēs en teletais kai mystēriois tę̄ te allę̄ tōn palaitatōn perieicheto theologią, autēn ekeinēn paron akinēton kai homologoumenēn symphōnōs periepein?
And why must they dare to seek newer things about the gods, or quarrel and box with one another, if a secure and firm discovery of the gods and a true knowledge of godliness was contained in the rites and mysteries and the rest of the theology of the most ancient, when they could have cherished that very thing unmoved and agreed upon in harmony?
14.9.8Dindorf 2:280
ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἰ φανεῖεν οὗτοι μηδὲν ἀληθὲς περὶ θεοῦ παρὰ τῶν προτέρων μεμαθηκότες, οἰκείαις δʼ ἐπινοίαις τῇ περὶ φύσεως ἐπιβεβληκότες ἐξετάσει, καὶ στοχασμοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ καταλήψει κεχρημένοι, τί χρὴ λοιπὸν μὴ οὐχὶ συνομολογεῖν τὴν παλαιὰν τῶν ἐθνῶν θεολογίαν μηδὲν πλέον τῆς ἀποδοθείσης ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου συγγράμμασιν ἱστορίας ἐπέχειν;
alla gar ei phaneien houtoi mēden alēthes peri theou para tōn proterōn memathēkotes, oikeiais dʼ epinoiais tę̄ peri physeōs epibeblēkotes exetasei, kai stochasmois mallon ē katalēpsei kechrēmenoi, ti chrē loipon mē ouchi synomologein tēn palaian tōn ethnōn theologian mēden pleon tēs apodotheisēs en tois pro toutou syngrammasin historias epechein?
But if they should be shown to have learned nothing true about God from their predecessors, but to have applied themselves to the examination of nature by their own notions, using conjectures rather than apprehension, what remains but to admit that the ancient theology of the nations contains nothing more than the history set out in the previous books?
14.9.9Dindorf 2:280
ὅτι μὲν οὑν ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνων στοχασμῶν καὶ πολλῆς λογομαχίας καὶ πλάνης, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔκ τινος ἀκριβοῦς καταλήψεως, ἡ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὑπέστη φιλοσοφία, ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Ἀνεβὼ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ἐπιστολῆς τοῦ Πορφυρίου μάθοις ἂν, αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο ἀκούσας ὁμολογοῦντος ἐν τούτοις
hoti men houn ex anthrōpinōn stochasmōn kai pollēs logomachias kai planēs, allʼ ouk ek tinos akribous katalēpseōs, hē para tois Hellēsin hypestē philosophia, ek tēs pros Anebō ton Aigyption epistolēs tou Porphyriou mathois an, auto dē touto akousas homologountos en toutois
That Greek philosophy arose from human conjectures and much wrangling and error, and not from any exact apprehension, you may learn from the letter of Porphyry to Anebo the Egyptian, hearing him confess this very thing in these words:
Preparation 14, chapter 10
14.10.1Dindorf 2:280
“Ἄρξομαι δὲ τῆς πρὸς σὲ φιλίας ἀπὸ θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων ἀγαθῶν τῶν τε τούτοις συγγενῶν φιλοσοφημάτων, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται μὲν πλεῖστα καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσόφοις, εἴρηται δὲ ἐκ στοχασμοῦ τὸ πλέον τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχοντα τῆς πίστεως.”
“Arxomai de tēs pros se philias apo theōn kai daimonōn agathōn tōn te toutois syngenōn philosophēmatōn, peri hōn eirētai men pleista kai para tois Hellēnōn philosophois, eirētai de ek stochasmou to pleon tas archas echonta tēs pisteōs.”
“I will begin my friendship with you from the gods and good daimones and the philosophical inquiries akin to them, about which a great deal has been said also by the philosophers of the Greeks, but said for the most part with its grounds of belief resting on conjecture.”
14.10.2Dindorf 2:280
Καὶ ὑποβὰς ἑξῆς ἐπιφέρει λέγων “Παρὰ μὲν γὰρ ἡμῖν λογομαχία τίς ἐστι πολλὴ, ἅτε ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνων λογισμῶν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ εἰκαζομένου· οἷς δὲ μεμηχάνηται ἡ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον συνουσία, εἰ παρεῖται τὸ μέρος τοῦτο εἰς ἐξέτασιν, μάτην αὐτοῖς ἡ σοφία ἐξήσκηται.”
Kai hypobas hexēs epipherei legōn “Para men gar hēmin logomachia tis esti pollē, hate ex anthrōpinōn logismōn tou agathou eikazomenou; hois de memēchanētai hē pros to kreitton synousia, ei pareitai to meros touto eis exetasin, matēn autois hē sophia exēskētai.”
And a little further on he adds: “For among us there is much wrangling about words, since the good is guessed at from human reasonings; but for those who have contrived converse with the higher being, if this part is left out of the examination, their wisdom has been practiced in vain.”
14.10.3Dindorf 2:280–281
Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν οἶς ἀντέγραψε Βοηθῷ περὶ ψυχῆς ὁ αὐτὸς ὧδε γράφων ὁμολογεῖ πρὸς λέξιν “Ὡς τὰ μὲν τῶν ἐννοιῶν καὶ τὰ τῆς ἱστορίας ἀναμφιλέκτως συνίστησι τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι ἀθάνατον· οἶ δὲ εἰς ἀπόδειξιν παρὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων κομισθέντες λόγοι δοκοῦσιν εἶναι εὐανάτρεπτοι, διὰ τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν εὑρεσιλογίαν τῶν ἐριστικῶν. τίς γὰρ λόγος τῶν ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ οὐκ ἀμφισβητήσιμος τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις, ὅπου καὶ περὶ τῶν δοκούντων ἐναργῶν ἐπέχειν αὐτῶν τισιν ἐδόκει;”
Alla kai en ois antegrapse Boēthǭ peri psychēs ho autos hōde graphōn homologei pros lexin “Hōs ta men tōn ennoiōn kai ta tēs historias anamphilektōs synistēsi tēn psychēn einai athanaton; oi de eis apodeixin para tōn philosophōn komisthentes logoi dokousin einai euanatreptoi, dia tēn en pasin heuresilogian tōn eristikōn. tis gar logos tōn en philosophią ouk amphisbētēsimos tois heterodoxois, hopou kai peri tōn dokountōn enargōn epechein autōn tisin edokei?”
And also in what he wrote against Boethus on the soul the same author admits, writing thus word for word: “That the common notions and history establish beyond dispute that the soul is immortal; but the arguments brought forward by the philosophers for its proof seem easy to overturn, because of the ingenuity of the eristics in everything. For what argument in philosophy is not disputable for those of other opinions, when even about what seems evident some of them thought fit to suspend judgment?”
14.10.4Dindorf 2:281
Καὶ ἐν οἷς δὲ ἐπέγραψε “Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας” διαρρήδην ὁμολογεῖ τοὺς Ἕλληνας πεπλανῆσθαι, ἐπιμαρτυρόμενος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θεὸν, ὡς τοῦτο καὶ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος διὰ χρησμῶν ἐξειπόντος, καὶ βαρβάροις μᾶλλον ἢ Ἕλλησι τὴν εὕρεσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπιμαρτυρήσαντος, καὶ δὴ καὶ Ἑβραίων μνημονεύσαντος ἐν τοῖς μαρτυρηθεῖσι.
Kai en hois de epegrapse “Peri tēs ek logiōn philosophias” diarrēdēn homologei tous Hellēnas peplanēsthai, epimartyromenos ton heautou theon, hōs touto kai tou Apollōnos dia chrēsmōn exeipontos, kai barbarois mallon ē Hellēsi tēn heuresin tēs alētheias epimartyrēsantos, kai dē kai Hebraiōn mnēmoneusantos en tois martyrētheisi.
And in the work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles he expressly admits that the Greeks went astray, calling his own god to witness, as Apollo too declared this through oracles and bore witness that the discovery of the truth belonged to barbarians rather than to Greeks, and mentioned the Hebrews too among those he bore witness to.
14.10.5Dindorf 2:281
μετὰ γοῦν τὴν τοῦ χρησμοῦ παράθεσιν ἐξῆς τούτοις κέχρηται τοῖς ἐπιλόγοις “ Ἀκήκοας πόσος πόνος, ἵνʼ ὑπὲρ σώματός τις τὰ καθάρσια θύσῃ, οὐχ ὅτι τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν σωτηρίαν ἐξεύρῃ; χαλκόδετος γὰρ ἡ πρὸς θεοὺς ὁδὸς αἰπεινή τε καὶ τραχεῖα, ἧς πολλὰς ἀτραποὺς βάρβαροι μὲν ἐξεῦρον, Ἕλληνες δὲ ἐπλανήθησαν, οἱ δὲ κρατοῦντες ἤδη καὶ διέφθειραν· τὴν δὲ εὕρεσιν Αἰγυπτίοις ὁ θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησε Φοίνιξί τε καὶ Χαλδαίοις (Ἀσσύριοι γὰρ οὗτοι) Λυδοῖς τε καὶ Ἑβραίοις.”
meta goun tēn tou chrēsmou parathesin exēs toutois kechrētai tois epilogois “ Akēkoas posos ponos, hinʼ hyper sōmatos tis ta katharsia thysę̄, ouch hoti tēs psychēs tēn sōtērian exeurę̄? chalkodetos gar hē pros theous hodos aipeinē te kai tracheia, hēs pollas atrapous barbaroi men exeuron, Hellēnes de eplanēthēsan, hoi de kratountes ēdē kai diephtheiran; tēn de heuresin Aigyptiois ho theos emartyrēse Phoinixi te kai Chaldaiois (Assyrioi gar houtoi) Lydois te kai Hebraiois.”
After setting out the oracle, at any rate, he uses these concluding words: “You have heard how great the toil is, that one may offer the cleansing sacrifices for the body, not to speak of finding the salvation of the soul. For the way to the gods is bound with bronze, steep and rough; and of it the barbarians found many paths, but the Greeks went astray, and those who held power even destroyed it. The discovery the god attributed to the Egyptians, the Phoenicians and Chaldeans (for these are Assyrians), the Lydians and the Hebrews.”
14.10.6Dindorf 2:281
Ταῦτα ὁ φιλόσοφος, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁ αὐτοῦ θεός. ἆρʼ οὖν ἄξιον μετὰ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν ἐπιμέμψασθαι, ὅτι δὴ τοὺς πεπλανημένους Ἕλληνας καταλείψαντες τὰ Ἑβραίων εἱλόμεθα, τῶν ἐπʼ ἀληθείας καταλήψει μεμαρτυρημένων;
Tauta ho philosophos, mallon de ho autou theos. arʼ oun axion meta tauthʼ hēmin epimempsasthai, hoti dē tous peplanēmenous Hellēnas kataleipsantes ta Hebraiōn heilometha, tōn epʼ alētheias katalēpsei memartyrēmenōn?
So says the philosopher, or rather his god. Is it right, then, after this to blame us because, abandoning the Greeks who went astray, we have chosen the teachings of the Hebrews, who are attested to have apprehended the truth?
14.10.7Dindorf 2:281–282
τί δὲ χρὴ παρὰ φιλοσόφων μαθήσεσθαι προσδοκᾶν; ἢ ποία ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν ὠφελείας, εἰ δὴ τὰ λεγόμενα παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐκ στοχασμῶν καὶ εἰκασμῶν τὸ πλέον τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχοντα τῆς πίστεως τυγχάνει; λογομαχίας δὲ τίς ὁ καρπὸς, εἰ δὴ πάντες οἱ τῶν φιλοσόφων λόγοι εὐανάτρεπτοι καθεστήκασι διὰ τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν εὑρεσιλογίαν; ταῦτα γὰρ οὐχ ἡμῶν ἀρτίως, ἀλλὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν εἰρημένα ἠκούετο.
ti de chrē para philosophōn mathēsesthai prosdokan? ē poia elpis tēs ex autōn ōpheleias, ei dē ta legomena parʼ autois ek stochasmōn kai eikasmōn to pleon tas archas echonta tēs pisteōs tynchanei? logomachias de tis ho karpos, ei dē pantes hoi tōn philosophōn logoi euanatreptoi kathestēkasi dia tēn en pasin heuresilogian? tauta gar ouch hēmōn artiōs, alla parʼ autōn eirēmena ēkoueto.
What should one expect to learn from philosophers? Or what hope is there of benefit from them, if what is said among them has its grounds of belief mostly in conjectures and guesses? And what is the fruit of wrangling about words, if all the arguments of the philosophers are easily overturned because of the ingenuity in everything? For these things were heard said not by us just now, but by themselves.
14.10.8Dindorf 2:282
διόπερ εὖ μοι δοκοῦμεν καὶ μετὰ κρίσεως ἑξητασμένης, οὐχὶ δʼ ἀλόγως, ὡς ἂν τοιούτων καταπεφρονηκέναι, τὰ δὲ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἠγαπηκέναι, οὐχ ὅτι πρὸς τοῦ δαίμονος μεμαρτύρηται, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τῆς ἐνθέου ἀρετῆς τε καὶ δυνάμεως μέτοχα ὄντα ἀποδείκνυται.
dioper eu moi dokoumen kai meta kriseōs hexētasmenēs, ouchi dʼ alogōs, hōs an toioutōn katapephronēkenai, ta de parʼ Hebraiois ēgapēkenai, ouch hoti pros tou daimonos memartyrētai, allʼ hoti tēs entheou aretēs te kai dynameōs metocha onta apodeiknytai.
Therefore we seem to me to have done well, and with a judgment well examined, not irrationally, in despising such things and loving those among the Hebrews; not because they have been attested by the daimon, but because they are shown to share in divine virtue and power.
14.10.9Dindorf 2:282
ἵνα δʼ οὖν καὶ αὐτοῖς ἔργοις τὰς τῶν θαυμαστῶν φιλοσόφων λογομαχίας μάθοις, τάς τε περὶ ἀρχῶν καὶ περὶ θεῶν καὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως διαφωνίας μικρὸν μὲν ὕστερον ἐκθήσομαί σοι τὰς αὐτῶν φωνάς.
hina dʼ oun kai autois ergois tas tōn thaumastōn philosophōn logomachias mathois, tas te peri archōn kai peri theōn kai tēs tou pantos systaseōs diaphōnias mikron men hysteron ekthēsomai soi tas autōn phōnas.
In order, then, that you may learn by the facts themselves the wranglings of the wonderful philosophers, and their disagreements about first principles, about gods, and about the constitution of the universe, I shall set out their own words to you a little later.
14.10.10Dindorf 2:282
πρῶτον δʼ ἐπειδὴ περιφέρουσιν ἄνω καὶ κάτω θρυλοῦντες τὰ μαθήματα, δεῖν ἐξ ἅπαντος φάσκοντες τοὺς μέλλοντας ἐν πείρᾳ τῆς τοῦ ἀληθοῦς καταλήψεως γίνεσθαι μετελθεῖν ἀστρονομίαν, ἀριθμητικὴν, γεωμετρίαν, μουσικὴν, αὐτὰ δὴ τὰ παρὰ βαρβάρων εἰς αὐτοὺς ἥκειν ἀποδειχθέντα· τούτων γὰρ ἄνευ μὴ δύνασθαι λόγιον ἄνδρα καὶ φιλόσοφον ἀποτελεσθῆναι, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῆς τῶν ὄντων ἀληθείας ψαῦσαι, μὴ τούτων ἐν ψυχῇ τῆς γνώσεως προτυπωθείσης·) εἶτʼ ἐπανατεινάμενοι τῇ μαθήσει τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ μονονουχὶ τοῦ αἰθέρος βαίνειν μετέωροι ἀρθέντες οἴονται, ὡς δὴ τὸν θεὸν αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἀριθμοῖς περιφέροντες, ἡμᾶς τε, ὅτι μὴ τὰ ὅμοια ζηλοῦμεν, βοσκημάτων κατʼ οὐδὲν διαφέρειν ἡγοῦνται, ταύτῃ δέ φασι μηδὲ θεὸν, μηδέ τι τῶν σεμνῶν ἡμὰς δύνασθαι εἰδέναι· φέρε τοῦτο πρῶτον οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἔχον ἀπευθύνωμεν, τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον ἀντὶ φωτὸς αὐτοῖς παραβάλλοντες.
prōton dʼ epeidē peripherousin anō kai katō thrylountes ta mathēmata, dein ex hapantos phaskontes tous mellontas en peirą tēs tou alēthous katalēpseōs ginesthai metelthein astronomian, arithmētikēn, geōmetrian, mousikēn, auta dē ta para barbarōn eis autous hēkein apodeichthenta; toutōn gar aneu mē dynasthai logion andra kai philosophon apotelesthēnai, allʼ oude tēs tōn ontōn alētheias psausai, mē toutōn en psychę̄ tēs gnōseōs protypōtheisēs;) eitʼ epanateinamenoi tę̄ mathēsei tōn eirēmenōn epʼ autou mononouchi tou aitheros bainein meteōroi arthentes oiontai, hōs dē ton theon auton en tois arithmois peripherontes, hēmas te, hoti mē ta homoia zēloumen, boskēmatōn katʼ ouden diapherein hēgountai, tautę̄ de phasi mēde theon, mēde ti tōn semnōn hēmas dynasthai eidenai; phere touto prōton ouk orthōs echon apeuthynōmen, ton alēthē logon anti phōtos autois paraballontes.
But first, since they carry them about up and down and talk incessantly of the mathematical sciences, saying that those who are to make trial of the apprehension of truth must by all means pursue astronomy, arithmetic, geometry, music, the very things shown to have come to them from the barbarians (for without these, they say, one cannot become a learned man and a philosopher, nor even touch the truth of things, unless the knowledge of these has first been impressed on the soul); and then, puffed up by the learning of these things, they think they walk lifted up almost on the ether itself, as if carrying God himself about in their numbers; and they think that we, because we do not pursue the same, differ in no way from cattle, and say that in this way we can know neither God nor anything else of the holy things: come, let us first set right this mistaken view, bringing true reason to them instead of light.
14.10.11Dindorf 2:282–283
ὁ δὲ μυρίους μὲν Ἕλληνας, μυρία δὲ καὶ βαρβάρων γένη, τοὺς μὲν σὺν τοῖς εἰρημένοις μαθήμασιν οὔτε θεὸν οὔτε σώφρονα βίον οὔθʼ ὅλως τι τῶν βελτίστων καὶ συμφερόντων ἐπιγνόντας ἀποδείξει, τοὺς δὲ τῶν μαθημάτων ἐκτὸς πάντων εὐσεβεστάτους καὶ φιλοσοφωτάτους γεγονέναι. ὁ γοῦν παρὰ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ᾀδόμενος Σωκράτης ὅπως ποτὲ ἐδόξαζε περὶ τῶνδε μάθοις ἂν Ξενοφῶντι πιστεύσας ἐν Ἀπομνημονεύμασιν ὧδέ πη ἱστοροῦντι
ho de myrious men Hellēnas, myria de kai barbarōn genē, tous men syn tois eirēmenois mathēmasin oute theon oute sōphrona bion outhʼ holōs ti tōn beltistōn kai sympherontōn epignontas apodeixei, tous de tōn mathēmatōn ektos pantōn eusebestatous kai philosophōtatous gegonenai. ho goun para pasin autois ądomenos Sōkratēs hopōs pote edoxaze peri tōnde mathois an Xenophōnti pisteusas en Apomnēmoneumasin hōde pē historounti
And this will show countless Greeks and countless races of barbarians, some who with the sciences mentioned recognized neither God nor a temperate life nor anything at all of what is best and profitable, and others who without any of the sciences became most godly and most philosophical. At any rate, how Socrates, who is celebrated among them all, thought about these things you may learn by trusting Xenophon, who relates in the Memorabilia somewhat thus:
Preparation 14, chapter 11
14.11.1Dindorf 2:283
“Ἐδίδασκε δὲ καὶ μέχρις ὅτου δέοι ἔμπειρον εἷναι ἑκάστου πράγματος τὸν ὀρθῶς πεπαιδευμένον. αὐτίκα γεωμετρίαν μέχρι μὲν τούτου ἔφη δεῖν μανθάνειν, ἕως ἱκανός τις γένοιτο, εἴ ποτε δεήσειε, γῆν μέτρῳ ὀρθῶς ἢ παραλαβεῖν ἢ παραδοῦναι ἢ διανεῖμαι, ἢ ἔργον ἀποδεῖξαι. οὕτω δὲ τοῦτο ῥᾴδιον εἶναι μαθεῖν, ὥστε τὸν προσέχοντα τὸν νοῦν τῇ μετρήσει ἅμα τήν τε γῆν ὁπόση ἐστὶν εἰδέναι, καὶ ὡς μετρεῖται ἐπιστάμενον ἀπιέναι.
“Edidaske de kai mechris hotou deoi empeiron heinai hekastou pragmatos ton orthōs pepaideumenon. autika geōmetrian mechri men toutou ephē dein manthanein, heōs hikanos tis genoito, ei pote deēseie, gēn metrǭ orthōs ē paralabein ē paradounai ē dianeimai, ē ergon apodeixai. houtō de touto rhądion einai mathein, hōste ton prosechonta ton noun tę̄ metrēsei hama tēn te gēn hoposē estin eidenai, kai hōs metreitai epistamenon apienai.
“He taught also how far a properly educated man ought to be acquainted with each subject. Geometry, for example, he said one should learn up to the point of being able, if ever necessary, to receive or hand over or divide land correctly by measure, or to show the work done. And this was so easy to learn that one who paid attention to measuring would go away knowing both how large the land was and how it is measured.
14.11.2Dindorf 2:283
τὸ δὲ μέχρι τῶν δυσξυνέτων διαγραμμάτων γεωμετρίαν μανθάνειν ἀπεδοκίμαζεν· ὅ τι μὲν γὰρ ὠφελοίη ταῦτα οὐκ ἔφη ὁρᾶν· καίτοι οὐκ ἄπειρός γε αὐτῶν ἠν. ἔφη δὲ ἱκανὰ αὐτὰ εἶναι ἀνθρώπου βίον κατατρίβειν καὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν τε καὶ ὠφελίμων μαθημάτων ἀποκωλύειν.
to de mechri tōn dysxynetōn diagrammatōn geōmetrian manthanein apedokimazen; ho ti men gar ōpheloiē tauta ouk ephē horan; kaitoi ouk apeiros ge autōn ēn. ephē de hikana auta einai anthrōpou bion katatribein kai allōn pollōn te kai ōphelimōn mathēmatōn apokōlyein.
But he disapproved of learning geometry as far as the diagrams that are hard to understand; for he said he did not see what use they were, though he was not unacquainted with them himself. He said they were enough to wear away a man’s life and keep him from many other useful studies.
14.11.3Dindorf 2:283–284
ἐκέλευε δὲ καὶ ἀστρονομίας ἐμπείρους γίγνεσθαι, καὶ ταύτης μέντοι μέχρι τοῦ νυκτός τε ὥραν καὶ μηνὸς καὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ δύνασθαι γινώσκειν, ἕνεκα τοῦ πορείας τε καὶ πλοῦ καὶ φυλακῆς, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἢ νυκτὸς ἢ μηνὸς ἢ ἐνιαυτοῦ πράττεται, πρὸς ταῦτʼ ἔχειν τεκμηρίοις χρῆσθαι, τὰς ὥρας τῶν εἰρημένων διαγινώσκοντα. καὶ ταῦτα δέ ῥᾴδια μαθεῖν παρά τε νυκτοθηρῶν καὶ κυβερνητῶν καὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν, οἶς ἐπιμελὲς ταῦτα εἰδέναι.
ekeleue de kai astronomias empeirous gignesthai, kai tautēs mentoi mechri tou nyktos te hōran kai mēnos kai eniautou dynasthai ginōskein, heneka tou poreias te kai plou kai phylakēs, kai hosa alla ē nyktos ē mēnos ē eniautou prattetai, pros tautʼ echein tekmēriois chrēsthai, tas hōras tōn eirēmenōn diaginōskonta. kai tauta de rhądia mathein para te nyktothērōn kai kybernētōn kai allōn pollōn, ois epimeles tauta eidenai.
He bade them also become acquainted with astronomy, but only so far as to be able to know the time of night and month and year, for the sake of journeys by land and sea and the setting of watches, and to have signs for whatever else is done by night or month or year, recognizing the times of these. And these things too are easy to learn from night hunters and pilots and many others whose concern it is to know them.
14.11.4Dindorf 2:284
τὸ δὲ μέχρι τούτου ἀστρονομίαν μανθάνειν, μέχρι τοῦ καὶ τὰ μὴ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ περιφορᾷ ὄντα, καὶ τοὺς πλανήτας καὶ ἀσταθμήτους ἀστέρας γνῶναι, καὶ τὰς ἀποστάσεις αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰς περιόδους, καὶ τὰς αἰτίας αὐτῶν ζητοῦντα κατατρίβεσθαι, ἰσχυρῶς ἀπέτρεπεν. ὠφέλειαν μὲν γὰρ οὐδεμίαν οὐδʼ ἐν τούτοις ἔφη ὁρᾶν· καίτοι οὐδὲ τούτων γε ἀνήκοος ἢν. ἔφη δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ἱκανὰ εἶναι κατατρίβειν ἀνθρώπου βίον καὶ πολλῶν καὶ ὠφελίμων ἀποκωλύειν.
to de mechri toutou astronomian manthanein, mechri tou kai ta mē en tę̄ autę̄ periphorą onta, kai tous planētas kai astathmētous asteras gnōnai, kai tas apostaseis autōn apo tēs gēs, kai tas periodous, kai tas aitias autōn zētounta katatribesthai, ischyrōs apetrepen. ōpheleian men gar oudemian oudʼ en toutois ephē horan; kaitoi oude toutōn ge anēkoos ēn. ephē de kai tauta hikana einai katatribein anthrōpou bion kai pollōn kai ōphelimōn apokōlyein.
But learning astronomy so far as to know also the bodies that are not in the same revolution, and the planets and wandering stars, and their distances from the earth, and their periods, and wearing oneself out seeking their causes, he strongly discouraged. For he said he saw no benefit in these either, though he was not ignorant of them. He said these too were enough to wear away a man’s life and keep him from many useful things.
14.11.5Dindorf 2:284
ὅλως δὲ τῶν οὐρανίων ᾗ ἕκαστα ὁ θεὸς μηχανᾶται, φροντιστὴν γίγνεσθαι ἀπέτρεπεν· οὔτε γὰρ εὑρετὰ ἀνθρώποις αὐτὰ ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι οὔτε χαρίζεσθαι θεοῖς ἂν ἡγεῖτο τὸν ζητοῦντα, ἃ ἐκεῖνοι σαφηνίσαι οὐκ ἐβουλήθησαν. κινδυνεῦσαι δʼ ἂν ἔφη καὶ παραφρονῆσαι τὸν ταῦτα μεριμνῶντα οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ Ἀναξαγόρας παρεφρόνησεν, ὁ μέγιστον φρονήσας ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς τῶν θεῶν μηχανὰς ἐξηγεῖσθαι.
holōs de tōn ouraniōn hę̄ hekasta ho theos mēchanatai, phrontistēn gignesthai apetrepen; oute gar heureta anthrōpois auta enomizen einai oute charizesthai theois an hēgeito ton zētounta, ha ekeinoi saphēnisai ouk eboulēthēsan. kindyneusai dʼ an ephē kai paraphronēsai ton tauta merimnōnta ouden hētton ē Anaxagoras parephronēsen, ho megiston phronēsas epi tǭ tas tōn theōn mēchanas exēgeisthai.
In general, he discouraged anyone from becoming a student of the heavenly things, of how God contrives each of them; for he did not think them discoverable by men, nor did he think one who sought out what the gods did not wish to make clear would please them. He said that one who troubled himself about these things would run the risk of going mad, no less than Anaxagoras went mad, who thought most highly of himself for explaining the contrivances of the gods.
14.11.6Dindorf 2:284
ἐκεῖνος γὰρ λέγων μὲν τὸ αὐτὸ εἶναι πῦρ τε καὶ ἥλιον ἠγνόει ὅτι τὸ μὲν πῦρ οἶ ἄνθρωποι ῥᾳδίως καθορῶσιν, εἰς δὲ τὸν ἥλιον οὐ δύνανται ἀντιβλέπειν· καὶ ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦ ἡλίου καταλαμπόμενοι τὰ χρώματα μελάντερα ἔχουσιν, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς οὔ. ἠγνόει δὲ καὶ ὅτι τῶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς φυομένων ἄνευ μὲν ἡλίου αὐγῆς οὐδὲν δύναται καλῶς αὔξεσθαι, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς θερμαινόμενα πάντα ἀπόλλυται· φάσκων δὲ τὸν ἥλιον λίθον διάπυρον εἶναι καὶ τοῦτο ἠγνόει ὅτι λίθος μὲν ἐν πυρὶ ὢν οὔτε λάμπει οὔτε πολὺν χρόνον ἀντέχει, ὁ δὲ ἥλιος πάντα τὸν χρόνον πάντων λαμπρότατος ὢν διαμένει.
ekeinos gar legōn men to auto einai pyr te kai hēlion ēgnoei hoti to men pyr oi anthrōpoi rhądiōs kathorōsin, eis de ton hēlion ou dynantai antiblepein; kai hypo men tou hēliou katalampomenoi ta chrōmata melantera echousin, hypo de tou pyros ou. ēgnoei de kai hoti tōn ek tēs gēs phyomenōn aneu men hēliou augēs ouden dynatai kalōs auxesthai, hypo de tou pyros thermainomena panta apollytai; phaskōn de ton hēlion lithon diapyron einai kai touto ēgnoei hoti lithos men en pyri ōn oute lampei oute polyn chronon antechei, ho de hēlios panta ton chronon pantōn lamprotatos ōn diamenei.
For in saying that fire and the sun are the same, he did not know that men easily look at fire but cannot look straight at the sun; and that those lit by the sun have darker skin, but not those lit by fire. He did not know either that of the things that grow from the earth none can grow well without the sun’s light, but all perish when heated by fire. And in saying that the sun is a fiery stone, he did not know this either, that a stone in fire neither shines nor lasts long, while the sun remains for all time the brightest of all.
14.11.7Dindorf 2:284–285
ἐκέλευε δὲ καὶ λογισμοὺς μανθάνειν, καὶ τούτων δὲ ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐκέλευε φυλάττεσθαι τὴν μάταιον πραγματείαν μέχρι δὲ τοῦ ὠφελίμου πάντα καὶ αὐτὸς συνεσκόπει καὶ συνδιεξῄει τοῖς συνοῦσι.” Ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν ἐν Ἀπομνημονεύμασιν. ἐν ἐπιστολῇ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς τῇ πρὸς Αἰσχίνην περὶ Πλάτωνος καὶ τῶν αὐχούντων τὴν τοῦ παντὸς φυσιολογίαν τοιαῦτα γράφει
ekeleue de kai logismous manthanein, kai toutōn de homoiōs tois allois ekeleue phylattesthai tēn mataion pragmateian mechri de tou ōphelimou panta kai autos syneskopei kai syndiexę̄ei tois synousi.” Tauta Xenophōn en Apomnēmoneumasin. en epistolę̄ de ho autos tę̄ pros Aischinēn peri Platōnos kai tōn auchountōn tēn tou pantos physiologian toiauta graphei
He bade them also learn calculation, and in this, as in the others, he bade them beware of vain labor; but as far as was useful, he himself examined and went through everything with his companions.” So Xenophon in the Memorabilia. And in the letter to Aeschines about Plato and those who boast of the study of nature of the universe, the same writes thus:
Preparation 14, chapter 12
14.12.1Dindorf 2:285–286
“Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ τὰ θεῖα ὑπὲρ ἡμὰς παντὶ δῆλον· ἀπόχρη δὲ τῷ κρείττονι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοὺς σέβειν· οἷοι δέ εἰσιν οὔτε εὑρεῖν ῥᾴδιον οὔτε ζητεῖν θεμιτόν. οὐδὲ γὰρ δεσποτῶν φύσιν ἢ πρᾶξιν δούλοις εἰδέναι πλέον ὑπηρεσίας προσήκει. καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, ὅσῳ χρὴ ἄγασθαι τἀνθρώπινα διαπονουμένων, τοσῷδε τοῖς δόξης ἐκ πολλῶν ἀκαίρων καὶ κενῶν γλιχομένοις ἄχθος φέρει. πότε γὰρ, ὠ Αἰσχίνη, Σωκράτους ἀκήκοε τις οὐρανίων πέρι λέγοντος; ἢ γραμμὰς εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν παραινοῦντος μανθάνειν; μουσικὴν μὲν γὰρ ἴσμεν αὐτὸν μέχρι ὤτων συνιέντα· διετέλει δὲ ἑκάστοτε αὐτοῖς λέγων τί καλὸν καὶ τί ἀνδρεία δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἄλλαι ἀρεταί. ἀνθρώπινα γοῦν αὐτὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐκάλει, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα, ἢ ἀδύνατον ἀνθρώποις ἁλῶναι ἔφασκεν, ἢ μύθων εἶναι συγγενῆ, μετʼ ὀφρύος σοφιστῶν παίγνια διεξιόντων. καὶ οὐκ ἔλεγε μὲν ταῦτα, οὐχὶ δὲ ἔπραττε. γράφειν δὲ τὰ πραχθέντα εἰδότι σοι, καίπερ οὐκ ἀηδὲς ἐσόμενον, χρόνον ἔχει, ἀνέγραψά τε ἄλλοθι. παυσάσθωσαν οὖν ἐλεγχόμενοι, ἢ πρὸς τὸ εἰκὸς ἴτωσαν, οἶς Σωκράτης οὐκ ἤρεσεν, ᾧ ζῶντι μὲν ὁ θεὸς σοφίαν ἐμαρτύρησεν, οἱ δὲ κτείναντες τῆς μετανοίας ἀποκάθαρσιν οὐχ εὗρον. τὸ δὲ καλὸν ἄρα, Αἰγύπτου ἠράσθησαν καὶ τῆς Πυθαγόρα τερατώδους σοφίας, ὧν τὸ περιττὸν καὶ μὴ μόνιμον ἐπὶ Σωκράτει ἤλεγξεν ἔρως τυραννίδος, καὶ ἀντὶ διαίτης λιτῆς Σικελιῶτις γαστρὸς ἀμέτρου τράπεζα.” Ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν τὸν Πλάτωνα αἰνιττόμενος. ὁ δέ γε Πλάτων ἐν Πολιτείᾳ περὶ γυμναστικῆς καὶ μουσικῆς τάδʼ ἱστορεῖ φάναι τὸν Σωκράτην
“Hoti men gar ta theia hyper hēmas panti dēlon; apochrē de tǭ kreittoni tēs dynameōs autous sebein; hoioi de eisin oute heurein rhądion oute zētein themiton. oude gar despotōn physin ē praxin doulois eidenai pleon hypēresias prosēkei. kai to megiston, hosǭ chrē agasthai tanthrōpina diaponoumenōn, tosǭde tois doxēs ek pollōn akairōn kai kenōn glichomenois achthos pherei. pote gar, ō Aischinē, Sōkratous akēkoe tis ouraniōn peri legontos? ē grammas eis epanorthōsin parainountos manthanein? mousikēn men gar ismen auton mechri ōtōn synienta; dietelei de hekastote autois legōn ti kalon kai ti andreia dikaiosynē te kai allai aretai. anthrōpina goun auta agatha ekalei, ta dʼ alla, ē adynaton anthrōpois halōnai ephasken, ē mythōn einai syngenē, metʼ ophryos sophistōn paignia diexiontōn. kai ouk elege men tauta, ouchi de epratte. graphein de ta prachthenta eidoti soi, kaiper ouk aēdes esomenon, chronon echei, anegrapsa te allothi. pausasthōsan oun elenchomenoi, ē pros to eikos itōsan, ois Sōkratēs ouk ēresen, hǭ zōnti men ho theos sophian emartyrēsen, hoi de kteinantes tēs metanoias apokatharsin ouch heuron. to de kalon ara, Aigyptou ērasthēsan kai tēs Pythagora teratōdous sophias, hōn to peritton kai mē monimon epi Sōkratei ēlenxen erōs tyrannidos, kai anti diaitēs litēs Sikeliōtis gastros ametrou trapeza.” Tauta Xenophōn ton Platōna ainittomenos. ho de ge Platōn en Politeią peri gymnastikēs kai mousikēs tadʼ historei phanai ton Sōkratēn
“That divine things are beyond us is clear to everyone; it is enough to revere them for the superiority of their power; but what they are like is neither easy to find nor lawful to seek. For it does not befit slaves to know the nature or conduct of their masters beyond their service. And, what is greatest, as much as we should admire those who labor at human things, so much do those who covet reputation from many untimely and empty things bring annoyance. For when, Aeschines, did anyone hear Socrates speaking about the heavenly bodies, or urging people to learn lines for correction? Music we know he understood as far as the ears; but he continually said to them each time what is noble, and what courage, justice, and the other virtues are. These, at least, he called human goods; the other things he said were either impossible for men to grasp, or akin to myths, sophists’ toys gone through with raised eyebrows. And he did not say these things and not do them. To write what was done to you who know it, though it would not be unpleasant, takes time; and I have written it elsewhere. Let those, then, whom Socrates did not please, stop being refuted, or turn to what is reasonable; to him, while he lived, the god bore witness to wisdom, and those who killed him found no cleansing by repentance. But the fine fellows, then, fell in love with Egypt and the marvel-mongering wisdom of Pythagoras, the excess and inconstancy of which, as compared with Socrates, was proved by their love of tyranny and, instead of a simple diet, the Sicilian table of an immoderate belly.” So Xenophon, hinting at Plato. And Plato in the Republic relates that Socrates said this about gymnastics and music:
Preparation 14, chapter 13
14.13.1Dindorf 2:286
“Τί ἂν οὖν εἴη, ὦ Γλαύκων, μάθημα ψυχῆς ὁλκὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ γιγνομένου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν; τόδε δʼ ἐννοῶ λέγων ἅμα· οὐκ ἀθλητὰς μέντοι πολέμου ἔφαμεν τούτους ἀναγκαῖον εἷναι νέους ὄντας; Ἔφαμεν γάρ. Δεῖ ἄρα καὶ τοῦτο προσέχειν τὸ μάθημα ὃ ζητοῦμεν πρὸς ἐκείνῳ. Τὸ ποῖον; Μὴ ἄχρηστον πολεμικοῖς ἀνδράσιν εἶναι.
“Ti an oun eiē, ō Glaukōn, mathēma psychēs holkon apo tou gignomenou epi to on? tode dʼ ennoō legōn hama; ouk athlētas mentoi polemou ephamen toutous anankaion heinai neous ontas? Ephamen gar. Dei ara kai touto prosechein to mathēma ho zētoumen pros ekeinǭ. To poion? Mē achrēston polemikois andrasin einai.
“What study, then, Glaucon, would draw the soul from becoming to being? And I think of this as I speak: did we not say that these men must be athletes of war when young? We did. Then the study we seek must have this in addition. What? Not to be useless to men of war.
14.13.2Dindorf 2:286
Δεῖ μέντοι, ἔφη, εἴπερ οἶόν τε. Γυμναστικῇ πη καὶ μουσικῇ ἔν γε τῷ πρόσθεν ἐπαιδεύοντο ἡμῖν. Ἠν ταῦτα, ἔφη. Καὶ γυμναστικὴ μέν που περὶ γιγνόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον τετεύτακε· σώματος γὰρ αὔξης καὶ φθίσεως ἐπιστατεῖ. Φαίνεται. Τοῦτο μὲν δὴ οὐκ ἂν εἴη ὃ ζητοῦμεν μάθημα. Οὐ γάρ. Ἀλλʼ ἄρα μουσικὴ ὅσην τὸ πρότερον διήλθομεν;
Dei mentoi, ephē, eiper oion te. Gymnastikę̄ pē kai mousikę̄ en ge tǭ prosthen epaideuonto hēmin. Ēn tauta, ephē. Kai gymnastikē men pou peri gignomenon kai apollymenon teteutake; sōmatos gar auxēs kai phthiseōs epistatei. Phainetai. Touto men dē ouk an eiē ho zētoumen mathēma. Ou gar. Allʼ ara mousikē hosēn to proteron diēlthomen?
It must, he said, if possible. In gymnastics and music, then, they were educated by us before. That was so, he said. And gymnastics is concerned with what becomes and perishes; for it presides over the growth and decay of the body. It seems so. Then this would not be the study we seek. No. But is it music, as much as we went through before?
14.13.3Dindorf 2:286
Ἀλλʼ ἦν ἐκείνη γʼ, ἔφη, ἀντίστροφος τῆς γυμναστικῆς, εἰ μέμνησαι, ἔθεσι παιδεύουσα τοὺς φύλακας, κατά τε ἁρμονίαν εὐαρμοστίαν τινὰ, οὐκ ἐπιστήμην, παραδιδοῦσα, καὶ κατὰ ῥυθμὸν εὐρυθμίαν, ἔν τε τοῖς λόγοις ἕτερα τούτων ἀδελφὰ ἔθη ἄττα ἔχουσα, καὶ ὅσοι μυθώδεις τῶν λόγων καὶ ὅσοι ἀληθινώτεροι ἦσαν· μάθημα δὲ πρὸς τοιοῦτόν τι ἄγον, οἶον σὺ νῦν ζητεῖς, οὐδὲν ἦν ἐν αὐτῇ.
Allʼ ēn ekeinē gʼ, ephē, antistrophos tēs gymnastikēs, ei memnēsai, ethesi paideuousa tous phylakas, kata te harmonian euarmostian tina, ouk epistēmēn, paradidousa, kai kata rhythmon eurythmian, en te tois logois hetera toutōn adelpha ethē atta echousa, kai hosoi mythōdeis tōn logōn kai hosoi alēthinōteroi ēsan; mathēma de pros toiouton ti agon, oion sy nyn zēteis, ouden ēn en autę̄.
But that, he said, was the counterpart of gymnastics, if you remember, educating the guardians by habits, imparting by harmony a certain harmoniousness, not knowledge, and by rhythm good rhythm, and having in its words other habits akin to these, both in the words that were mythical and in those that were truer; but a study leading to such a thing as you are now seeking there was none in it.
14.13.4Dindorf 2:286
Ἀκριβέστατα, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, ἀναμιμνήσκεις με· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν εἶχεν. Ἀλλʼ ὦ δαιμόνιε Γλαύκων, τί ἂν εἴη τοιοῦτον; αἵ τε γὰρ τέχναι βάναυσοί που ἅπασαι ἔδοξαν εἷναι. Πῶς δʼ οὔ;”
Akribestata, ēn dʼ egō, anamimnēskeis me; tǭ gar onti toiouton ouden eichen. Allʼ ō daimonie Glaukōn, ti an eiē toiouton? hai te gar technai banausoi pou hapasai edoxan heinai. Pōs dʼ ou?”
You remind me most precisely, I said; for in fact it had nothing of the kind. But, my excellent Glaucon, what would be of this kind? For the arts all seemed to be base. Of course.”
14.13.5Dindorf 2:286–287
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς προϊὼν ἐπιλέγει “Μή ποτʼ αὐτῶν τι ἀτελὲς ἐπιχειρῶσιν ἡμῖν μανθάνειν οὓς θρέψομεν, καὶ οὐκ ἐξῆκον ἐκεῖσε ἀεὶ οἶ πάντας δεῖ ἀνήκειν, οἷον ἄρτι περὶ τῆς ἀστρονομίας ἐλέγομεν. ἢ οὐκ οἶσθʼ ὅτι καὶ περὶ ἁρμονίας ἕτερον τοιοῦτον ποιοῦσι; τὰς γὰρ ἀκουομένας αὖ συμφωνίας καὶ φθόγγους ἀλλήλοις ἀναμετροῦντες ἀνήνυτα ὥσπερ οἱ ἀστρονόμοι ποιοῦσι.
Eithʼ hexēs proïōn epilegei “Mē potʼ autōn ti ateles epicheirōsin hēmin manthanein hous threpsomen, kai ouk exēkon ekeise aei oi pantas dei anēkein, hoion arti peri tēs astronomias elegomen. ē ouk oisthʼ hoti kai peri harmonias heteron toiouton poiousi? tas gar akouomenas au symphōnias kai phthongous allēlois anametrountes anēnyta hōsper hoi astronomoi poiousi.
Then, proceeding next, he adds: “Lest those whom we shall rear try to learn some part of them imperfectly, which does not always come out where all must arrive, as we were saying just now about astronomy. Or do you not know that they do the same thing about harmony too? For measuring against one another the concords and sounds that are heard, they labor in vain, as the astronomers do.
14.13.6Dindorf 2:287
Νὴ τοὺς θεοὺς, ἔφη, καὶ γελοίως γε, πυκνώματʼ ἄττα ὀνομάζοντες καὶ παραβάλλοντες τὰ ὦτα, οἷον ἐκ γειτόνων φωνὴν θηρευόμενοι, οἱ μέν φασιν ἔτι κατακούειν ἐν μέσῳ τινὰ ἠχὴν καὶ σμικρότατον εἶναι τοῦτο διάστημα ᾧ μετρητέον, οἶ δʼ ἀμφισβητοῦντες ὡς ὅμοιον ἤδη φθεγγομένων, ἀμφότεροι ὦτα τοῦ νοῦ προστησάμενοι.
Nē tous theous, ephē, kai geloiōs ge, pyknōmatʼ atta onomazontes kai paraballontes ta ōta, hoion ek geitonōn phōnēn thēreuomenoi, hoi men phasin eti katakouein en mesǭ tina ēchēn kai smikrotaton einai touto diastēma hǭ metrēteon, oi dʼ amphisbētountes hōs homoion ēdē phthengomenōn, amphoteroi ōta tou nou prostēsamenoi.
By the gods, he said, and ridiculously too, naming certain “close intervals” and putting their ears to them, as if hunting a voice from the neighbors; some say they still hear a sound in between, and that this is the smallest interval by which to measure, while others dispute that the notes are now sounding alike, both putting their ears before their mind.
14.13.7Dindorf 2:287
Σὺ μὲν, ἦν δʼ ἐγὼ, τοὺς χρηστοὺς λέγεις τοὺς ταῖς χορδαῖς πράγματα παρέχοντας καὶ βασανίζοντας, ἐπὶ τῶν κολλόπων στρεβλοῦντας. ἵνα δὲ μὴ μακροτέρα ἡ εἰκὼν γίγνηται, πλήκτρῳ τε πληγῶν γιγνομένων καὶ κατηγορίας πέρι καὶ ἐξαρνήσεως καὶ ἀλαζονείας χορδῶν, παύομαι τῆς εἰκόνος, καὶ οὔ φημι τούτους λέγειν, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνους οὓς ἔφαμεν νῦν δὴ περὶ ἁρμονίας εἰρῆσθαι.
Sy men, ēn dʼ egō, tous chrēstous legeis tous tais chordais pragmata parechontas kai basanizontas, epi tōn kollopōn streblountas. hina de mē makrotera hē eikōn gignētai, plēktrǭ te plēgōn gignomenōn kai katēgorias peri kai exarnēseōs kai alazoneias chordōn, pauomai tēs eikonos, kai ou phēmi toutous legein, allʼ ekeinous hous ephamen nyn dē peri harmonias eirēsthai.
You mean, I said, those good men who give the strings trouble and torture them, twisting them on the pegs. But so that the image may not become too long, with blows of the plectrum, and accusation and denial and boastfulness of the strings, I stop the image, and say I do not mean these, but those whom we said just now we would ask about harmony.
14.13.8Dindorf 2:287
ταὐτὸν γὰρ ποιοῦσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ ἀστρονομίᾳ. τοὺς γὰρ ἐν ταύταις ταῖς συμφωνίαις ταῖς ἀκουομέναις ἀριθμοὺς ζητοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ εἰς προβλήματα ἀνίασιν, ἐπισκοπεῖν τίνες ξύμφωνοι ἀριθμοὶ καὶ τίνες οὒ, καὶ διὰ τί ἑκάτεροι.
tauton gar poiousi tois en tę̄ astronomią. tous gar en tautais tais symphōniais tais akouomenais arithmous zētousin, allʼ ouk eis problēmata aniasin, episkopein tines xymphōnoi arithmoi kai tines ou, kai dia ti hekateroi.
For they do the same as those in astronomy. They seek the numbers in these concords that are heard, but do not ascend to problems, to examine which numbers are concordant and which not, and why each.”
14.13.9Dindorf 2:287–288
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν πρὸ ὁδοῦ κείσθω, ἀπολογουμένοις ὅτι μὴ δίχα διανοίας ὀρθῆς καὶ τῆς τῶν τοιῶνδε ἀχρηστομαθείας ὠλιγωρήσαμεν. σκεψώμεθα δῆτα λοιπὸν ἤδη ἄνωθεν ἀρξάμενοι τὰς τῶν εἰρημένων φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων δογματικὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀντιδοξίας, γράφει δὴ ἀθρόως ἀπάντων τῶν Πλατωνικῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ Πυθαγορείων τῶν τε ἔτι πρεσβυτέρων φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων ἐπικεκλημένων καὶ αὖ πάλιν τῶν νεωτέρων Περιπατητικῶν τε καὶ Στωϊκῶν καὶ Ἐπικουρείων τὰς δόξας συναγαγὼν ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐν οἶς ἐπέγραψε “Περὶ τῶν ἀρεσκόντων τοῖς φιλοσόφοις φυσικῶν δογμάτων, ” ἐξ ὧν παραθήσομαι ταῦτα
Alla gar kai tauthʼ hēmin pro hodou keisthō, apologoumenois hoti mē dicha dianoias orthēs kai tēs tōn toiōnde achrēstomatheias ōligōrēsamen. skepsōmetha dēta loipon ēdē anōthen arxamenoi tas tōn eirēmenōn physikōn philosophōn dogmatikas pros allēlous antidoxias, graphei dē athroōs apantōn tōn Platōnikōn homou kai Pythagoreiōn tōn te eti presbyterōn physikōn philosophōn epikeklēmenōn kai au palin tōn neōterōn Peripatētikōn te kai Stōïkōn kai Epikoureiōn tas doxas synagagōn ho Ploutarchos en ois epegrapse “Peri tōn areskontōn tois philosophois physikōn dogmatōn, ” ex hōn parathēsomai tauta
But let these things too be set before us as a preface, in defense that it was not without right thought that we have disregarded the useless learning of such things. Let us now examine, beginning from the beginning, the doctrinal contradictions of the natural philosophers mentioned against one another. Plutarch writes them all together, having collected the opinions of the Platonists and Pythagoreans alike, and of the still older so-called natural philosophers, and again of the younger Peripatetics and Stoics and Epicureans, in the work he entitled On the Natural Doctrines Approved by the Philosophers; from which I shall set out the following:
Preparation 14, chapter 14
14.14.1Dindorf 2:288
“ Θαλῆς ὁ Μιλήσιος, εἶς τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν, ἀρχὴν τῶν ὄντων ἀπεφήνατο εἶναι τὸ ὕδωρ. δοκεῖ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος ἄρξαι τῆς φιλοσοφίας, καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἡ Ἰωνικὴ αἵρεσις προσηγορεύθη· ἐγένοντο πλεῖσται διαδοχαί. φιλοσοφήσας δὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πρεσβύτερος ἦλθεν εἰς Μίλητον. ἐξ ὕδατος δέ φησι πάντα εἶναι καὶ εἰς ὕδωρ πάντα ἀναλύεσθαι. στοχάζεται δὲ ἐκ τούτου πρῶτον ὅτι πάντων ζῴων ἡ γονὴ ἀρχή ἐστι, ὑγρὰ οὖσα· οὕτως εἰκὸς καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὑγροῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχειν. δεύτερον, ὅτι πάντα τὰ φυτὰ ὑγρῷ τρέφεταί τε καὶ καρποφορεῖ, ἀμοιροῦντα δὲ ξηραίνεται. τρίτον δὲ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πῦρ τὸ τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν ἄστρων ταῖς τῶν ὑδάτων ἀναθυμιάσεσι τρέφεται, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ κόσμος. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Ὅμηρος ταύτην τὴν γνώμην ὑποτίθεται περὶ τοῦ ὕδατος, Ὠκεανὸν, ὅσπερ γένεσις πάντεσσι τέτυκται. ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Θαλῆς.”
“ Thalēs ho Milēsios, eis tōn hepta sophōn, archēn tōn ontōn apephēnato einai to hydōr. dokei de ho anēr houtos arxai tēs philosophias, kai apʼ autou hē Iōnikē hairesis prosēgoreuthē; egenonto pleistai diadochai. philosophēsas de en Aigyptǭ presbyteros ēlthen eis Milēton. ex hydatos de phēsi panta einai kai eis hydōr panta analyesthai. stochazetai de ek toutou prōton hoti pantōn zǭōn hē gonē archē esti, hygra ousa; houtōs eikos kai ta panta ex hygrou tēn archēn echein. deuteron, hoti panta ta phyta hygrǭ trephetai te kai karpophorei, amoirounta de xērainetai. triton de, hoti kai auto to pyr to tou hēliou kai tōn astrōn tais tōn hydatōn anathymiasesi trephetai, kai autos ho kosmos. dia touto kai Homēros tautēn tēn gnōmēn hypotithetai peri tou hydatos, Ōkeanon, hosper genesis pantessi tetyktai. tauta men ho Thalēs.”
“Thales of Miletus, one of the seven wise men, declared that the principle of existing things is water. This man seems to have begun philosophy, and from him the Ionian school was named; there were very many successions. Having studied philosophy in Egypt, he came to Miletus when older. He says that all things are from water and all are dissolved into water. He conjectures this, first, from the fact that the seed of all living things is their principle, being moist; so it is likely that all things have their principle from the moist. Second, that all plants are nourished and bear fruit by moisture, and wither when deprived of it. Third, that the very fire of the sun and stars is nourished by the exhalations of the waters, and so is the world itself. For this reason Homer too supposes this view about water: ‘Oceanus, who is the origin of all.’ So much for Thales.”
14.14.2Dindorf 2:288–289
“Ἀναξίμανδρος δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιός φησι τῶν ὄντων τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι τὸ ἄπειρον· ἐκ γὰρ τούτου πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς τοῦτο πάντα φθείρεσθαι· διὸ καὶ γεννᾶσθαι ἀπείρους κόσμους, καὶ πάλιν φθείρεσθαι εἰς τὸ ἐξ οὗ γίνεται. λέγει δʼ οὖν, διότι τὸ ἀπέραντόν ἐστιν, ἵνα μηδὲν ἐλλείπῃ καὶ ἡ γένεσις ἡ ὑφισταμένη. ἁμαρτάνει δὲ καὶ οὗτος μὴ λέγων τί ἐστι τὸ ἄπειρον, πότερον ἀήρ ἐστιν, ἢ ὕδωρ, ἢ γῆ, ἢ ἄλλα τινὰ σώματα· ἁμαρτάνει οὗν τὴν μὲν ὕλην ἀποφαινόμενος, τὸ δὲ ποιοῦν αἴτιον ἀναιρῶν. τὸ γὰρ ἄπειρον οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ ὕλη ἐστίν· οὐ δύναται δὲ ἡ ὕλη εἶναι ἐνεργείᾳ, ἐὰν μὴ τὸ ποιοῦν ὑπόθηται.”
“Anaximandros de ho Milēsios phēsi tōn ontōn tēn archēn einai to apeiron; ek gar toutou panta ginesthai kai eis touto panta phtheiresthai; dio kai gennasthai apeirous kosmous, kai palin phtheiresthai eis to ex hou ginetai. legei dʼ oun, dioti to aperanton estin, hina mēden elleipę̄ kai hē genesis hē hyphistamenē. hamartanei de kai houtos mē legōn ti esti to apeiron, poteron aēr estin, ē hydōr, ē gē, ē alla tina sōmata; hamartanei houn tēn men hylēn apophainomenos, to de poioun aition anairōn. to gar apeiron ouden allo ē hylē estin; ou dynatai de hē hylē einai energeią, ean mē to poioun hypothētai.”
“Anaximander of Miletus says that the principle of existing things is the infinite; for from it all things come to be and into it all perish; that is why infinite worlds are generated and perish again into that from which they come. He says, then, why it is unlimited: so that the generation that subsists may in no way fail. But he too errs in not saying what the infinite is, whether it is air or water or earth or some other bodies. He errs, then, in declaring the matter but doing away with the efficient cause. For the infinite is nothing other than matter; and matter cannot be in act unless the efficient cause is supposed.”
14.14.3Dindorf 2:289
“Ἀναξιμένης δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιος ἀρχὴν τῶν ὄντων τὸν ἀέρα ἀπεφήνατο· ἐκ γὰρ τούτου πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν πάλιν ἀναλύεσθαι. οἶον ἡ ψυχὴ, φησὶν, ἡ ἡμετέρα ἀήρ ἐστι· συγκρατεῖ γὰρ ἡμᾶς· καὶ ὅλον δὲ τὸν κόσμον πνεῦμα καὶ ἀὴρ ἐμπεριέχει· λέγεται δὲ συνωνύμως ἀὴρ καὶ πνεῦμα. ἁμαρτάνει δὲ καὶ οὗτος ἐξ ἁπλοῦ καὶ μονοειδοῦς ἀέρος καὶ πνεύματος δοκῶν συνεστάναι τὰ ζῷα. ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἀρχὴν μίαν τὴν ὕλην τῶν ὄντων ὑποστῆναι· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ποιοῦν αἴτιον χρὴ τιθέναι. οἷον, οὐκ ἄργυρος ἀρκεῖ πρὸς τὸ ἔκπωμα γενέσθαι, ἐὰν μὴ τὸ ποιοῦν ᾖ, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ὁ ἀργυροκόπος· ὁμοίως καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ χαλκοῦ καὶ ξύλων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ὕλης.”
“Anaximenēs de ho Milēsios archēn tōn ontōn ton aera apephēnato; ek gar toutou panta ginesthai kai eis auton palin analyesthai. oion hē psychē, phēsin, hē hēmetera aēr esti; synkratei gar hēmas; kai holon de ton kosmon pneuma kai aēr emperiechei; legetai de synōnymōs aēr kai pneuma. hamartanei de kai houtos ex haplou kai monoeidous aeros kai pneumatos dokōn synestanai ta zǭa. adynaton gar archēn mian tēn hylēn tōn ontōn hypostēnai; alla kai to poioun aition chrē tithenai. hoion, ouk argyros arkei pros to ekpōma genesthai, ean mē to poioun ę̄, toutʼ estin ho argyrokopos; homoiōs kai epi tou chalkou kai xylōn kai tēs allēs hylēs.”
“Anaximenes of Miletus declared air to be the principle of existing things; for from it all things come to be and into it they are dissolved again. As our soul, he says, is air and holds us together, so breath and air encompass the whole world; air and breath are used as synonyms. He too errs in thinking that living beings are composed of simple and uniform air and breath. For it is impossible for matter alone to be the one principle of things; the efficient cause must also be posited. For example, silver is not enough for a cup to come to be, unless there is the maker, that is, the silversmith; and likewise with bronze and wood and other matter.”
14.14.4Dindorf 2:289–290
“Ἡράκλειτος καὶ Ἵππασος ὁ Μεταποντῖνος ἀρχὴν τῶν πάντων τὸ πῦρ. ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς γὰρ τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς πῦρ πάντα τελευτᾶν λέγουσι· τούτου δὲ κατασβεννυμένου κοσμοποιεῖσθαι τὰ πάντα. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τὸ παχυμερέστατον αὐτοῦ εἰς αὑτὸ συστελλόμενον γῆ γίγνεται· ἔπειτα ἀναχαλωμένην τὴν γῆν ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς φύσει ὕδωρ ἀποτελεῖσθαι, ἀναθυμιώμενον δὲ ἀέρα γίνεσθαι. πάλιν δὲ τὸν κόσμον καὶ πάντα τὰ σώματα ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἀναλοῦσθαι ἐκπυρώσει. ἀρχὴ οὖν τὸ πῦρ, ὅτι ἐκ τούτου τὰ πάντα, τέλος δὲ καθότι εἰς τοῦτο ἀναλύεται τὰ πάντα.”
“Hērakleitos kai Hippasos ho Metapontinos archēn tōn pantōn to pyr. ek tou pyros gar ta panta ginesthai kai eis pyr panta teleutan legousi; toutou de katasbennymenou kosmopoieisthai ta panta. prōton men gar to pachymerestaton autou eis hauto systellomenon gē gignetai; epeita anachalōmenēn tēn gēn hypo tou pyros physei hydōr apoteleisthai, anathymiōmenon de aera ginesthai. palin de ton kosmon kai panta ta sōmata hypo pyros analousthai ekpyrōsei. archē oun to pyr, hoti ek toutou ta panta, telos de kathoti eis touto analyetai ta panta.”
“Heraclitus and Hippasus of Metapontum: the principle of all things is fire. For they say that all things come from fire and all end in fire; and as it is quenched, all things are formed into a world. For first the densest part of it, contracting into itself, becomes earth; then the earth, loosened by fire, naturally produces water, and this, evaporating, becomes air. And again the world and all bodies are consumed by fire in a conflagration. Fire, then, is the principle, because all things come from it, and the end, inasmuch as all things are dissolved into it.”
14.14.5Dindorf 2:290
“ Δημόκριτος, ᾧ μετὰ πλεῖστον Ἐπίκουρος ἠκολούθησεν, ἀρχὰς τῶν ὄντων σώματα ἄτομα, λόγῳ δὲ θεωρητὰ, ἀμέτοχα κενοῦ, ἀγέννητα, ἀΐδια, ἄφθαρτα, οὐδὲ θραυσθῆναι δυνάμενα, οὔτε διαπλασμὸν ἐκ τῶν μερῶν λαβεῖν, οὔτε ἀλλοιωθῆναι, εἶναι δʼ αὐτὰ λόγῳ θεωρητὰ, ταῦτα μέντοι κινεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ κενῷ καὶ διὰ τοῦ κενοῦ· εἶναι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ κενὸν ἄπειρον καὶ τὰ σώματα ἄπειρα. συμβεβηκέναι δὲ τοῖς σώμασι τρία ταῦτα, σχήματα, μέγεθος, βάρος, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Δημόκριτος ἔλεγε δύο, μέγεθος καὶ σχῆμα· ὁ δὲ Ἐπίκουρος τούτοις καὶ τρίτον βάρος προσέθηκεν. ἀνάγκη γὰρ, φησὶ, κινεῖσθαι τὰ σώματα τῇ τοῦ βάρους πληγῇ, ἐπεὶ οὐ κινηθήσεται. εἶναι δὲ τὰ σχήματα τῶν ἀτόμων περιληπτὰ, οὐκ ἄπειρα· μὴ γὰρ εἶναι μήτε ἀγκιστροειδεῖς, μήτε τριαινοειδεῖς, μήτε κρικοειδεῖς· ταῦτα γὰρ τὰ σχήματά ἐστιν εὔθραυστα, αἶ δὲ ἄτομοι ἀπαθεῖς, ἄθραυστοι· ἴδια δὲ ἔχειν σχήματα λόγῳ θεωρητά. καὶ εἴρηται ἄτομος οὐχ ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐλαχίστη, ἀλλʼ ὅτι οὐ δύναται τμηθῆναι, ἀπαθὴς οὖσα καὶ ἀμέτοχος κενοῦ· ὥστε ἐὰν εἴπῃ ἄτομον, ἄθραυστον λέγει, ἀπαθῆ, ἀμέτοχον κενοῦ. ὅτι δέ ἐστιν ἄτομος σαφές· καὶ γάρ ἐστι στοιχεῖα καὶ ζῷα κενὰ καὶ ἡ μονάς.”
“ Dēmokritos, hǭ meta pleiston Epikouros ēkolouthēsen, archas tōn ontōn sōmata atoma, logǭ de theōrēta, ametocha kenou, agennēta, aïdia, aphtharta, oude thrausthēnai dynamena, oute diaplasmon ek tōn merōn labein, oute alloiōthēnai, einai dʼ auta logǭ theōrēta, tauta mentoi kineisthai en tǭ kenǭ kai dia tou kenou; einai de kai auto to kenon apeiron kai ta sōmata apeira. symbebēkenai de tois sōmasi tria tauta, schēmata, megethos, baros, allʼ ho men Dēmokritos elege dyo, megethos kai schēma; ho de Epikouros toutois kai triton baros prosethēken. anankē gar, phēsi, kineisthai ta sōmata tę̄ tou barous plēgę̄, epei ou kinēthēsetai. einai de ta schēmata tōn atomōn perilēpta, ouk apeira; mē gar einai mēte ankistroeideis, mēte triainoeideis, mēte krikoeideis; tauta gar ta schēmata estin euthrausta, ai de atomoi apatheis, athraustoi; idia de echein schēmata logǭ theōrēta. kai eirētai atomos ouch hoti estin elachistē, allʼ hoti ou dynatai tmēthēnai, apathēs ousa kai ametochos kenou; hōste ean eipę̄ atomon, athrauston legei, apathē, ametochon kenou. hoti de estin atomos saphes; kai gar esti stoicheia kai zǭa kena kai hē monas.”
“Democritus, whom Epicurus followed long after, held that the principles of existing things are atomic bodies, contemplated by reason, without share in the void, ungenerated, everlasting, imperishable, unable either to be broken or to receive formation from parts or to be altered; that they are contemplated by reason, and move in the void and through the void; and that the void itself is infinite and the bodies infinite. Three things belong to the bodies: shape, size, weight. Democritus said two, size and shape; Epicurus added to these a third, weight. For bodies must be moved, he says, by the impulse of weight, since otherwise they will not move. The shapes of the atoms are limited, not infinite; for there are none hook-shaped, nor trident-shaped, nor ring-shaped; for these shapes are easily broken, but the atoms are impassible and unbreakable; and they have their own shapes contemplated by reason. And it is called atom not because it is smallest, but because it cannot be cut, being impassible and without share in the void; so that when he says ‘atom,’ he means unbreakable, impassible, without share in the void. That there is an atom is clear; for there are elements, and living beings, and the void, and the monad.”
14.14.6Dindorf 2:290–291
“ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς Μέτωνος, Ἀκραγαντῖνος, τέτταρα μὲν στοιχεῖα, πῦρ, ἀέρα, ὕδωρ, γῆν, δύο δὲ ἀρχὰς καὶ δυνάμεις, φιλίαν τε καὶ νεῖκος, ὧν ἡ μέν ἐστιν ἑνωτικὴ, τὸ δὲ διαιρετικόν. φησὶ δὲ οὕτως τέσσαρα τῶν πάντων ῥιζώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε· Ζεὺς ἀργὴς, Ἥρη τε φερέσβιος, ἠδʼ Ἀϊδωνεύς, Νῆστίς θʼ, ἣ δακρύοις τέγγει κρούνωμα βρότειον. Δία μὲν γὰρ λέγει τὴν ζέσιν καὶ τὸν αἰθέρα, Ἥραν δὲ φερέσβιον τὸν ἀέρα· τὴν γῆν τὸν Ἀϊδωνέα· Νῆστιν δὲ καὶ κρούνωμα βρότειον, οἱονεὶ τὸ σπέρμα καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ.”
“ Empedoklēs Metōnos, Akragantinos, tettara men stoicheia, pyr, aera, hydōr, gēn, dyo de archas kai dynameis, philian te kai neikos, hōn hē men estin henōtikē, to de diairetikon. phēsi de houtōs tessara tōn pantōn rhizōmata prōton akoue; Zeus argēs, Hērē te pheresbios, ēdʼ Aïdōneus, Nēstis thʼ, hē dakryois tengei krounōma broteion. Dia men gar legei tēn zesin kai ton aithera, Hēran de pheresbion ton aera; tēn gēn ton Aïdōnea; Nēstin de kai krounōma broteion, hoionei to sperma kai to hydōr.”
“Empedocles son of Meton, of Acragas: four elements, fire, air, water, earth, and two principles and powers, Love and Strife, of which the one unites and the other divides. He speaks thus: ‘Hear first the four roots of all things: shining Zeus, life-bearing Hera, and Aidoneus, and Nestis, who with her tears wets the mortal spring.’ By Zeus he means the boiling and the ether, by life-bearing Hera the air, by Aidoneus the earth, and by Nestis and the mortal spring, as it were, the seed and water.”
14.14.7Dindorf 2:291
Τοσαύτη μὲν ἡ τῶν πρώτων φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων διαφωνία, τοιαύτη δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ περὶ ἀρχῶν δόξα, οὐ θεὸν, οὐ ποιητὴν, οὐ δημιουργὸν, οὐδέ τι τῶν ὅλων αἴτιον, οὐδὲ μὴν θεοὺς, οὐδʼ ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις, οὐ νοερὰς φύσεις, οὐ λογικὰς οὐσίας, οὐδʼ ὅλως τι τῶν ἐκτὸς αἰσθήσεων ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὑποθεμένων.
Tosautē men hē tōn prōtōn physikōn philosophōn diaphōnia, toiautē de autōn kai hē peri archōn doxa, ou theon, ou poiētēn, ou dēmiourgon, oude ti tōn holōn aition, oude mēn theous, oudʼ asōmatous dynameis, ou noeras physeis, ou logikas ousias, oudʼ holōs ti tōn ektos aisthēseōn en tais archais hypothemenōn.
So great is the disagreement of the first natural philosophers, and such their opinion about first principles, positing in the principles not God, not a Maker, not a Creator, nor any cause of the universe, nor gods, nor incorporeal powers, nor intellectual natures, nor rational beings, nor anything at all beyond the senses.
14.14.8Dindorf 2:291
μόνος δʼ οὖν πρῶτος Ἑλλήνων Ἀναξαγόρας μνημονεύεται ἐν τοῖς περὶ ἀρχῶν λόγοις νοῦν τὸν πάντων αἴτιον ἀποφήνασθαι. φασὶ γοῦν ὡς ἄρα οὗτος μάλιστα παρὰ τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐθαύμασε φυσιολογίαν· μηλόβοτόν γε τοι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χώραν διʼ αὐτὴν εἴασε, τόν τε περὶ ἀρχῶν λόγον πρῶτος Ἑλλήνων διήρθρωσεν. οὐ γὰρ μόνον περὶ τῆς πάντων οὐσίας ἀπεφήνατο, ὡς οἱ πρὸ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ κινοῦντος αὐτὴν αἰτίου.
monos dʼ oun prōtos Hellēnōn Anaxagoras mnēmoneuetai en tois peri archōn logois noun ton pantōn aition apophēnasthai. phasi goun hōs ara houtos malista para tous pro autou ethaumase physiologian; mēloboton ge toi tēn heautou chōran diʼ autēn eiase, ton te peri archōn logon prōtos Hellēnōn diērthrōsen. ou gar monon peri tēs pantōn ousias apephēnato, hōs hoi pro autou, alla kai peri tou kinountos autēn aitiou.
Only Anaxagoras is recorded as the first of the Greeks to declare, in his discussions of first principles, that mind is the cause of all things. They say, at least, that he admired the study of nature more than those before him; he let his own land go to pasture for sheep because of it, and he was the first of the Greeks to articulate the account of first principles. For he declared not only about the substance of all things, as those before him did, but also about the cause that moves it.
14.14.9Dindorf 2:291
“ἦν γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ φησὶν) ὁμοῦ τὰ πράγματα πεφυρμένα, νοῦς δὲ εἰσελθὼν αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς ἀταξίας εἰς τάξιν ἤγαγε.” θαυμάσαι δʼ ἔστιν ὡς οὗτος πρῶτος παρʼ Ἕλλησι τοῦτον θεολογήσας τὸν τρόπον, δόξας Ἀθηναίοις ἄθεος εἶναι, ὅτι μὴ τὸν ἥλιον ἐθεολόγει, τὸν δὲ ἡλίου ποιητὴν, μικροῦ δεῖν καταλευσθεὶς ἔθανε.
“ēn gar en archę̄ phēsin) homou ta pragmata pephyrmena, nous de eiselthōn auta ek tēs ataxias eis taxin ēgage.” thaumasai dʼ estin hōs houtos prōtos parʼ Hellēsi touton theologēsas ton tropon, doxas Athēnaiois atheos einai, hoti mē ton hēlion etheologei, ton de hēliou poiētēn, mikrou dein kataleustheis ethane.
“For in the beginning,” he says, “things were mixed together, but mind came in and brought them from disorder into order.” It is remarkable how this man, the first among the Greeks to speak of God in this way, seemed to the Athenians to be an atheist, because he did not deify the sun but the Maker of the sun, and almost died by stoning.
14.14.10Dindorf 2:291
λέγεται δὲ μηδὲ οὗτος σῶον φυλάξαι τὸ δόγμα. ἐπιστῆσαι μὲν γὰρ νοῦν τοῖς πᾶσι, οὐκέτι δὲ κατὰ νοῦν καὶ λογισμὸν τὴν περὶ τῶν ὄντων ἀποδοῦναι φυσιολογίαν. ἐπάκουσον δʼ οὖν οἶα ὁ Σωκράτης ἐν τῷ Πλάτωνος Περὶ ψυχῆς αἰτιᾶται τὸν ἄνδρα ἐν τούτοις
legetai de mēde houtos sōon phylaxai to dogma. epistēsai men gar noun tois pasi, ouketi de kata noun kai logismon tēn peri tōn ontōn apodounai physiologian. epakouson dʼ oun oia ho Sōkratēs en tǭ Platōnos Peri psychēs aitiatai ton andra en toutois
But it is said that he too did not keep his doctrine intact. For he set mind over all things, but no longer gave his account of nature in accordance with mind and reason. Hear, then, how Socrates in Plato’s On the Soul accuses the man in these words:
Preparation 14, chapter 15
14.15.1Dindorf 2:291–292
“Ἀλλʼ ἀκούσας μέν ποτε ἐκ βιβλίου τινὸς, ὡς ἔφη, Ἀναξαγόρου ἀναγινώσκοντος, καὶ λέγοντος ὡς ἄρα νοῦς ἐστιν ὁ διακοσμῶν τε καὶ πάντων αἴτιος, ταύτῃ δὴ τῇ αἰτίᾳ ἥσθην τε καὶ ἔδοξέ μοι τρόπον τινὰ εὖ ἔχειν τὸ τὸν νοῦν εἶναι πάντων αἴτιον, καὶ ἡγησάμην, εἰ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, τόν γε νοῦν κοσμοῦντα πάντα κοσμεῖν καὶ ἕκαστον τιθέναι ὅπη ἂν βέλτιστα ἔχῃ.
“Allʼ akousas men pote ek bibliou tinos, hōs ephē, Anaxagorou anaginōskontos, kai legontos hōs ara nous estin ho diakosmōn te kai pantōn aitios, tautę̄ dē tę̄ aitią hēsthēn te kai edoxe moi tropon tina eu echein to ton noun einai pantōn aition, kai hēgēsamēn, ei touto houtōs echei, ton ge noun kosmounta panta kosmein kai hekaston tithenai hopē an beltista echę̄.
“But having once heard someone reading from a book, as he said, of Anaxagoras, and saying that it is mind that orders and is the cause of all things, I was pleased with this cause, and it seemed to me in a way good that mind should be the cause of all things; and I thought that, if this is so, mind in ordering all things orders them and places each where it is best.
14.15.2Dindorf 2:292
εἰ οὖν τις βούλοιτο τὴν αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν περὶ ἑκάστου, ὅπη ἢ γίνεται ἢ ἀπόλλυται ἢ ἔστι, τοῦτο δεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ εὑρεῖν, ὅπη βέλτιστον αὐτόν ἐστιν ἢ εἶναι ἢ ἄλλο ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν ἢ ποιεῖν. ἐκ δὴ τοῦ λόγου τούτου οὐδὲν ἄλλο σκοπεῖν προσήκειν ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀλλʼ ἢ τὸ ἄριστον καὶ τὸ βέλτιστον. ἀναγκαῖον δὴ εἶναι τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον καὶ τὸ χεῖρον εἰδέναι· τὴν αὐτὴν γὰρ εἷναι ἐπιστήμην περὶ αὐτῶν.
ei oun tis bouloito tēn aitian heurein peri hekastou, hopē ē ginetai ē apollytai ē esti, touto dein peri autou heurein, hopē beltiston auton estin ē einai ē allo hotioun paschein ē poiein. ek dē tou logou toutou ouden allo skopein prosēkein anthrōpǭ kai peri autou kai peri tōn allōn allʼ ē to ariston kai to beltiston. anankaion dē einai ton auton touton kai to cheiron eidenai; tēn autēn gar heinai epistēmēn peri autōn.
If, then, anyone wished to find the cause of each thing, how it comes to be or perishes or is, he must find this about it: how it is best for it to be, or to undergo or do anything else. From this argument, then, it befits a man to consider nothing else, both about himself and about other things, but what is best and most excellent. And this same man must necessarily also know the worse; for the knowledge of them is the same.
14.15.3Dindorf 2:292
ταῦτα δὴ λογιζόμενος ἄσμενος εὑρηκέναι ᾤμην διδάσκαλον τῆς αἰτίας περὶ τῶν ὄντων κατὰ νοῦν ἐμαυτῷ, τὸν Ἀναξαγόραν, καί μοι φράσειν πρῶτον μὲν πότερον ἡ γῆ πλατεῖά ἐστιν ἢ στρογγύλη, ἐπειδὴ δὲ φράσειεν, ἐπεκδιηγήσασθαι τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνάγκην, λέγοντα τὸ ἄμεινον, καὶ ὅτι αὐτὴν ἄμεινον ἦν τοιαύτην εἶναι· καὶ εἰ ἐν μέσῳ φαίη εἶναι αὐτὴν, ἐπεκδιηγήσεσθαι ὡς ἄμεινον ἦν αὐτὴν ἐν μέσῳ εἶναι· καὶ εἴ μοι ταῦτα ἀποφαίνοιτο, παρεσκευάσμην ὡς οὐκέτι ποθεσόμενος αἰτίας ἄλλο εἶδος.
tauta dē logizomenos asmenos heurēkenai ǭmēn didaskalon tēs aitias peri tōn ontōn kata noun emautǭ, ton Anaxagoran, kai moi phrasein prōton men poteron hē gē plateia estin ē strongylē, epeidē de phraseien, epekdiēgēsasthai tēn aitian kai tēn anankēn, legonta to ameinon, kai hoti autēn ameinon ēn toiautēn einai; kai ei en mesǭ phaiē einai autēn, epekdiēgēsesthai hōs ameinon ēn autēn en mesǭ einai; kai ei moi tauta apophainoito, pareskeuasmēn hōs ouketi pothesomenos aitias allo eidos.
Reckoning these things, I was glad to think I had found in Anaxagoras a teacher after my own mind of the cause of things; and that he would tell me first whether the earth is flat or round, and when he had told me, would explain further the cause and the necessity, saying what is better, and that it was better for it to be such; and if he said it was in the middle, he would explain further that it was better for it to be in the middle; and if he showed me these things, I was prepared no longer to long for another kind of cause.
14.15.4Dindorf 2:292
καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ ἡλίου οὕτω παρεσκευάσμην ὡσαύτως πευσόμενος, καὶ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄστρων, τάχους τε πέρι πρὸς ἄλληλα καὶ τροπῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων παθημάτων, πή ποτε ταῦτʼ ἄμεινόν ἐστιν ἕκαστον καὶ ποιεῖν καὶ πάσχειν ἃ πάσχει. οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτʼ αὐτὸν ᾤμην, φάσκοντά γε ὑπὸ νοῦ αὐτὰ κεκοσμήσθαι, ἄλλην τινὰ αὐτοῖς αἰτίαν ἐπενεγκεῖν ἢ ὅτι βέλτιστον αὐτὰ οὕτως ἔχειν ἐστὶν ὥσπερ ἔχει.
kai dē kai peri hēliou houtō pareskeuasmēn hōsautōs peusomenos, kai selēnēs kai tōn allōn astrōn, tachous te peri pros allēla kai tropōn kai tōn allōn pathēmatōn, pē pote tautʼ ameinon estin hekaston kai poiein kai paschein ha paschei. ou gar an potʼ auton ǭmēn, phaskonta ge hypo nou auta kekosmēsthai, allēn tina autois aitian epenenkein ē hoti beltiston auta houtōs echein estin hōsper echei.
And so I was prepared to inquire likewise about the sun, and the moon, and the other stars, about their speeds relative to one another and their turnings and other experiences, how it is better for each of them to do and undergo what it undergoes. For I never thought that he, saying that they had been ordered by mind, would bring any other cause for them than that it is best for them to be as they are.
14.15.5Dindorf 2:292–293
ἑκάστου οὐν [αὐτῶν] ἀποδιδόντα τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ κοινῇ πᾶσι τὸ ἑκάστῳ βέλτιστον ᾤμην καὶ τὸ κοινὸν πᾶσιν ἐπιδιηγήσασθαι ἀγαθόν. καὶ οὐδʼ ἂν ἀπεδόμην πολλοῦ τὰς ἐλπίδας, ἀλλὰ πάνυ σπουδῇ λαβὼν τὰς βίβλους ὡς τάχιστα οἷός τʼ ἦν ἀνεγίνωσκον, ἵνʼ ὡς τάχιστα εἰδείην τὸ βέλτιστον καὶ τὸ χεῖρον. ἀπὸ δὴ θαυμαστῆς, ὦ ἑταῖρε, ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος. ἐπεὶ δὲ προϊὼν καὶ ἀναγινώσκων ὁρῶ ἄνδρα τῷ μὲν νῷ οὐδὲν χρώμενον οὐδέ τινας αἰτίας ἐπαιτιώμενον εἰς τὸ διακοσμεῖν τὰ πράγματα, ἀέρας δὲ καὶ αἰθέρας καὶ ὕδατα αἰτιώμενον καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ καὶ ἄτοπα.
hekastou oun [autōn] apodidonta tēn aitian kai koinę̄ pasi to hekastǭ beltiston ǭmēn kai to koinon pasin epidiēgēsasthai agathon. kai oudʼ an apedomēn pollou tas elpidas, alla pany spoudę̄ labōn tas biblous hōs tachista hoios tʼ ēn aneginōskon, hinʼ hōs tachista eideiēn to beltiston kai to cheiron. apo dē thaumastēs, ō hetaire, elpidos ǭchomēn pheromenos. epei de proïōn kai anaginōskōn horō andra tǭ men nǭ ouden chrōmenon oude tinas aitias epaitiōmenon eis to diakosmein ta pragmata, aeras de kai aitheras kai hydata aitiōmenon kai alla polla kai atopa.
So, assigning the cause to each and to all in common, I thought he would further explain what is best for each and the good common to all. And I would not have sold my hopes for much, but taking up the books very eagerly I read them as quickly as I could, so that I might know as quickly as possible the best and the worse. From this wonderful hope, my friend, I was swept away. For as I went on reading, I saw a man making no use of mind, nor assigning any causes for the ordering of things, but assigning airs and ethers and waters and many other strange things.
14.15.6Dindorf 2:293
καί μοι ἔδοξεν ὁμοιότατον πεπονθέναι, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις λέγων ὅτι Σωκράτης πάντα ὅσα πράττει νῷ πράττει, κἄπειτα ἐπιχειρήσας λέγειν τὰς αἰτίας ἑκάστων ὧν πράττω, λέγοι πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι ἐνθάδε διὰ ταῦτα νῦν κάθημαι, ὅτι σύγκειταί μου τὸ σῶμα ἐξ ὀστῶν καὶ νεύρων, καὶ τὰ μὲν ὀστᾶ ἐστι στερεὰ καὶ διαφυὰς ἔχει χωρὶς ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, τὰ δὲ νεῦρα οἷα ἐπιτείνεσθαι καὶ ἀνίεσθαι, περιαμπέχοντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μετὰ τῶν σαρκῶν τε καὶ δέρματος, ὃ συνέχειν αὐτά.
kai moi edoxen homoiotaton peponthenai, hōsper an ei tis legōn hoti Sōkratēs panta hosa prattei nǭ prattei, kapeita epicheirēsas legein tas aitias hekastōn hōn prattō, legoi prōton men hoti enthade dia tauta nyn kathēmai, hoti synkeitai mou to sōma ex ostōn kai neurōn, kai ta men osta esti sterea kai diaphyas echei chōris apʼ allēlōn, ta de neura hoia epiteinesthai kai aniesthai, periampechonta ta osta meta tōn sarkōn te kai dermatos, ho synechein auta.
And he seemed to me to be in a position most like that of one who said that Socrates does all that he does by mind, and then, attempting to give the causes of each of the things I do, said first that I am sitting here now because my body is composed of bones and sinews, and the bones are hard and have joints separating them from one another, and the sinews are such as to tighten and relax, enveloping the bones together with the flesh and skin which holds them together.
14.15.7Dindorf 2:293
αἰωρουμένων οὖν τῶν ὀστῶν ἐν ταῖς αὐτῶν ξυμβολαῖς χαλῶντα καὶ συντείνοντα τὰ νεῦρα κάμπτεσθαί που ποιεῖ οἶόν τε εἶναι ἐμὲ νῦν τὰ μέλη, καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν συγκαμφθεὶς ἐνθάδε κάθημαι. καὶ αὖ περὶ τοῦ διαλέγεσθαι ὑμῖν ἑτέρας τοιάσδε αἰτίας λέγοι, φωνάς τε καὶ ἀέρας καὶ ἀκοὰς καὶ ἄλλα ἄττα μυρία τοιαῦτα αἰτιώμενος, ἀμελήσας τὰς ὡς ἀληθῶς αἰτίας λέγειν, ὅτι ἐπειδὴ Ἀθηναίοις ἔδοξε βέλτιον εἶναι ἐμοῦ καταψηφίσασθαι, διὰ ταῦτα δὴ καὶ ἐμοὶ βέλτιον αὖ δέδοκται ἐνθάδε καθῆσθαι, καὶ δικαιότερον παραμένοντα ὑπέχειν τὴν δίκην, ἣν ἂν κελεύσωσιν,
aiōroumenōn oun tōn ostōn en tais autōn xymbolais chalōnta kai synteinonta ta neura kamptesthai pou poiei oion te einai eme nyn ta melē, kai dia tautēn tēn aitian synkamphtheis enthade kathēmai. kai au peri tou dialegesthai hymin heteras toiasde aitias legoi, phōnas te kai aeras kai akoas kai alla atta myria toiauta aitiōmenos, amelēsas tas hōs alēthōs aitias legein, hoti epeidē Athēnaiois edoxe beltion einai emou katapsēphisasthai, dia tauta dē kai emoi beltion au dedoktai enthade kathēsthai, kai dikaioteron paramenonta hypechein tēn dikēn, hēn an keleusōsin,
So, as the bones swing in their sockets, the sinews, relaxing and tightening, make me able now to bend my limbs, and for this cause I am sitting here bent. And again, about my conversing with you, he would give other such causes, alleging voices and airs and hearings and countless other such things, neglecting to give the true causes: that since the Athenians thought it better to condemn me, for this reason I too have thought it better to sit here, and more just to stay and undergo the penalty they order.
14.15.8Dindorf 2:293–294
ἐπεὶ νὴ τὸν κύνα, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, πάλαι ἂν ταῦτα τὰ νεῦρα καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ ἢ περὶ Μέγαρα ἢ περὶ Βοιωτοὺς ἦν, ὑπὸ δόξης φερόμενα τοῦ βελτίστου, εἰ μὴ δικαιότερον ᾤμην καὶ κάλλιον εἶναι πρὸ τοῦ φεύγειν τε καὶ ἀποδιδράσκειν ὑπέχειν τῇ πόλει δίκην ἥντινʼ ἂν τάττῃ.
epei nē ton kyna, hōs egǭmai, palai an tauta ta neura kai ta osta ē peri Megara ē peri Boiōtous ēn, hypo doxēs pheromena tou beltistou, ei mē dikaioteron ǭmēn kai kallion einai pro tou pheugein te kai apodidraskein hypechein tę̄ polei dikēn hēntinʼ an tattę̄.
For, by the dog, I think these sinews and bones would long ago have been near Megara or among the Boeotians, carried by an opinion of what is best, if I had not thought it more just and nobler, rather than fleeing and running away, to undergo whatever penalty the city appoints.
14.15.9Dindorf 2:294
ἀλλʼ αἴτια μὲν τὰ τοιαῦτα καλεῖν λίαν ἄτοπον· εἰ δέ τις λέγοι ὅτι ἄνευ τοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔχειν καὶ ὀστᾶ καὶ νεῦρα καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἔχω, οὐκ ἂν οἷός τε ἦ ποιεῖν τὰ δόξαντά μοι, ἀληθῆ ἂν λέγοι· ὡς μέντοι διὰ ταῦτα ποιῶ ἃ ποιῶ, καὶ ταῦτα νῷ πράττω, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ τοῦ βελτίστου αἱρέσει, πολλὴ ἂν καὶ μακρὰ ῥᾳθυμία εἴη τοῦ λόγου.”
allʼ aitia men ta toiauta kalein lian atopon; ei de tis legoi hoti aneu tou ta toiauta echein kai osta kai neura kai hosa alla echō, ouk an hoios te ē poiein ta doxanta moi, alēthē an legoi; hōs mentoi dia tauta poiō ha poiō, kai tauta nǭ prattō, allʼ ou tę̄ tou beltistou hairesei, pollē an kai makra rhąthymia eiē tou logou.”
But to call such things causes is very absurd; if someone were to say that without having such things, bones and sinews and whatever else I have, I would not be able to do what I decided, he would speak truly; but to say that I do what I do because of these, and that I act by mind but not by choice of the best, would be a great and long carelessness of speech.”
14.15.10Dindorf 2:294
Εἶτα ἐπιλέγει “Διὸ δὴ καὶ ὁ μέν τις δίνην περιθεὶς τῇ γῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μένειν δὴ ποιεῖ τὴν γῆν, ὁ δὲ ὥσπερ καρδόπῳ πλατείᾳ βάθρον τὸν ἀέρα ὑπερείδει· τὴν δὲ τοῦ ὡς οἶόν τε βέλτιστα αὐτὰ τεθῆναι δύναμιν οὕτω νῦν κεῖσθαι, ταύτην οὔτε ζητοῦσιν οὔτε τινὰ οἴονται δαιμονίαν ἰσχὺν ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ ἡγοῦνται τούτου ἄν ποτε Ἄτλαντα ἰσχυρότερον καὶ ἀθανατώτερον καὶ μᾶλλον ἅπαντα συνέχοντα ἐξευρεῖν, καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ δέον ξυνδεῖν καὶ συνέχειν οὐδὲν οἴονται.”
Eita epilegei “Dio dē kai ho men tis dinēn peritheis tę̄ gę̄ hypo tou ouranou menein dē poiei tēn gēn, ho de hōsper kardopǭ plateią bathron ton aera hypereidei; tēn de tou hōs oion te beltista auta tethēnai dynamin houtō nyn keisthai, tautēn oute zētousin oute tina oiontai daimonian ischyn echein, alla hēgountai toutou an pote Atlanta ischyroteron kai athanatōteron kai mallon hapanta synechonta exeurein, kai hōs alēthōs to agathon kai deon xyndein kai synechein ouden oiontai.”
Then he adds: “So one man, putting a vortex round the earth, makes the earth stay in place under the heaven, while another props up the air under it as a base, as under a flat kneading trough; but the power by which they are now placed as well as they could be placed, this they neither seek nor think to have any divine strength, but they think they will someday find an Atlas stronger and more immortal than this and holding all things together more; and they think that the good and binding does not truly bind and hold anything together.”
14.15.11Dindorf 2:294–295
Τοσαῦτα ὁ Σωκράτης περὶ τῆς Ἀναξαγόρου δόξης. ἦν δὲ Ἀναξαγόρου μὲν διάδοχος τῆς τε διατριβῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ τῆς δόξης Ἀρχέλαος, Ἀρχελάου δὲ ἀκουστὴς γεγονέναι λέγεται Σωκράτης. πλὴν ἀλλὰ φυσικοὶ καὶ ἄλλοι Ξενοφάνης καὶ Πυθαγόρας, συνακμάσαντες Ἀναξαγόρᾳ, ἀφθαρσίας θεοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας ἐφιλοσόφησαν· ἐκ τούτων τε καὶ μετὰ τούτους αἶ τῆς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφίας ὑπέστησαν αἱρέσεις, τῶν μὲν τοῖσδε, τῶν δὲ ἑτέροις ἐξηκολουθηκότων, τινῶν δὲ καὶ ἰδίας δόξας ἐπινενοηκότων. πάλιν δʼ οὖν ὁ Πλούταρχος τὰς περὶ θεῶν ὑπολήψεις τῶν αὐτῶν τοῦτον γράφει τὸν τρόπον
Tosauta ho Sōkratēs peri tēs Anaxagorou doxēs. ēn de Anaxagorou men diadochos tēs te diatribēs homou kai tēs doxēs Archelaos, Archelaou de akoustēs gegonenai legetai Sōkratēs. plēn alla physikoi kai alloi Xenophanēs kai Pythagoras, synakmasantes Anaxagorą, aphtharsias theou kai psychēs athanasias ephilosophēsan; ek toutōn te kai meta toutous ai tēs Hellēnōn philosophias hypestēsan haireseis, tōn men toisde, tōn de heterois exēkolouthēkotōn, tinōn de kai idias doxas epinenoēkotōn. palin dʼ oun ho Ploutarchos tas peri theōn hypolēpseis tōn autōn touton graphei ton tropon
So much Socrates on the opinion of Anaxagoras. Archelaus was Anaxagoras’ successor both in the school and in his opinion, and Socrates is said to have been a hearer of Archelaus. However, other natural philosophers too, Xenophanes and Pythagoras, who flourished at the same time as Anaxagoras, taught the imperishability of God and the immortality of the soul; and from these and after them the schools of Greek philosophy arose, some following these, others others, and some devising their own opinions. Again, then, Plutarch writes the suppositions of the same men about the gods in this way:
Preparation 14, chapter 16
14.16.1Dindorf 2:295
“Ἔνιοι τῶν φιλοσόφων, καθάπερ Διαγόρας ὁ Μήλιος καὶ Θεόδωρος ὁ Κυρηναῖος καὶ Εὐήμερος ὁ Τεγεάτης, καθόλου φασὶ μὴ εἶναι θεούς· τὸν δὲ Εὐήμερον καὶ Καλλίμαχος ὁ Κυρηναῖος αἰνίττεται ἐν τοῖς ἰάμβοις. καὶ Εὐριπίδης ὁ τραγῳδοποιὸς ἄποκαλύψασθαι μὲν οὐκ ἠθέλησε, δεδοικὼς τὸν Ἄρειον πάγον, ἐνέφηνε δὲ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· τὸν γὰρ Σίσυφον εἰσήγαγε προστάτην ταύτης τῆς δόξης, καὶ συνηγόρησεν αὐτοῦ τῇ γνώμῃ. ”
“Enioi tōn philosophōn, kathaper Diagoras ho Mēlios kai Theodōros ho Kyrēnaios kai Euēmeros ho Tegeatēs, katholou phasi mē einai theous; ton de Euēmeron kai Kallimachos ho Kyrēnaios ainittetai en tois iambois. kai Euripidēs ho tragǭdopoios apokalypsasthai men ouk ēthelēse, dedoikōs ton Areion pagon, enephēne de touton ton tropon; ton gar Sisyphon eisēgage prostatēn tautēs tēs doxēs, kai synēgorēsen autou tę̄ gnōmę̄. ”
“Some of the philosophers, such as Diagoras of Melos and Theodorus of Cyrene and Euhemerus of Tegea, say outright that there are no gods. Callimachus of Cyrene hints at Euhemerus in his Iambi. And Euripides the tragedian did not wish to unveil himself, fearing the Areopagus, but showed it in this way: he brought in Sisyphus as champion of this opinion and pleaded for his view.”
14.16.2Dindorf 2:295
Ἐπὶ τούτοις πάλιν τὸν Ἀναξαγόραν εἰσάγει, πρῶτον φάσκων αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς φρονῆσαι περὶ θεοῦ. λέγει δὲ οὕτως “Ὁ δὲ Ἀναξαγόρας φησὶν ὡς εἱστήκει κατʼ ἀρχὰς τὰ σώματα, νοῦς δὲ αὐτὰ διεκόσμησε θεοῦ καὶ τὰς γενέσεις τῶν ὅλων ἐποίησεν. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων οὐχ ἑστηκότα ὑπέθετο τὰ πρῶτα σώματα, ἀτάκτως δὲ κινούμενα· διὸ, φησὶν, ὁ θεὸς ἐπιστήσας ὡς τάξις ἀταξίας ἐστὶ βελτίων, διεκόσμησεν αὐτά.”
Epi toutois palin ton Anaxagoran eisagei, prōton phaskōn auton orthōs phronēsai peri theou. legei de houtōs “Ho de Anaxagoras phēsin hōs heistēkei katʼ archas ta sōmata, nous de auta diekosmēse theou kai tas geneseis tōn holōn epoiēsen. ho de Platōn ouch hestēkota hypetheto ta prōta sōmata, ataktōs de kinoumena; dio, phēsin, ho theos epistēsas hōs taxis ataxias esti beltiōn, diekosmēsen auta.”
After these he brings in Anaxagoras again, saying that he was the first to think rightly about God. He speaks thus: “Anaxagoras says that in the beginning the bodies stood still, but the mind of God ordered them and made the generations of the universe. Plato supposed that the first bodies did not stand still but moved in disorder; therefore, he says, God, judging that order is better than disorder, ordered them.”
14.16.3Dindorf 2:295–296
Οἷς ἐπιλέγει “Ἁμαρτάνουσιν δὲ ἀμφότεροι, ὅτι τὸν θεὸν ἐποίησαν ἐπιστρεφόμενον τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, καὶ τούτου χάριν τὸν κόσμον κατασκευάζοντα· τὸ γὰρ μακάριον καὶ ἄφθαρτον ζῷον, πεπληρωμένον τε πᾶσι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ κακοῦ παντὸς ἄδεκτον, ὅλον ὄν περὶ τὴν συνοχὴν τῆς ἰδίας εὐδαιμονίας τε καὶ ἀφθαρσίας, ἀνεπιστρεφές ἐστι τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων. κακοδαίμων δʼ ἂν εἴη, ἐργάτου δίκην καὶ τέκτονος ἀχθοφορῶν καὶ μεριμνῶν εἰς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου κατασκευήν.
Hois epilegei “Hamartanousin de amphoteroi, hoti ton theon epoiēsan epistrephomenon tōn anthrōpinōn, kai toutou charin ton kosmon kataskeuazonta; to gar makarion kai aphtharton zǭon, peplērōmenon te pasi tois agathois kai kakou pantos adekton, holon on peri tēn synochēn tēs idias eudaimonias te kai aphtharsias, anepistrephes esti tōn anthrōpinōn pragmatōn. kakodaimōn dʼ an eiē, ergatou dikēn kai tektonos achthophorōn kai merimnōn eis tēn tou kosmou kataskeuēn.
To which he adds: “Both err, because they made God attentive to human affairs and making the world for this reason. For the blessed and imperishable living being, filled with all good things and receptive of no evil, being wholly occupied with the maintenance of its own happiness and imperishability, is unconcerned with human affairs. He would be wretched if, like a laborer and carpenter, he bore burdens and took anxious thought for the making of the world.
14.16.4Dindorf 2:296
καὶ πάλιν, ὁ θεὸς ὃν λέγουσιν, ἤτοι τὸν ἔμπροσθεν αἰῶνα οὐκ ἦν, ὅτε ἦν ἀκίνητα τὰ σώματα, ἢ ὅτε ἀτάκτως ἐκινεῖτο, ἢ ἐκοιμᾶτο, ἢ ἐγρηγόρει, ἢ οὐδέτερον τούτων. ἢ οὔτε τὸ πρῶτον ἔστι δέξασθαι· πᾶς γὰρ θεὸς αἰώνιος· οὔτε τὸ δεύτερον· εἰ γὰρ ἐκοιμᾶτο ἐξ αἰῶνος ὁ θεὸς, ἐτεθνήκει· αἰώνιος γὰρ ὕπνος θάνατός ἐστιν. ἀλλά γε ἄδεκτος ὕπνου ὁ θεός· τὸ γὰρ ἀθάνατον καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγγὺς ὕπνου κεχώρισται.
kai palin, ho theos hon legousin, ētoi ton emprosthen aiōna ouk ēn, hote ēn akinēta ta sōmata, ē hote ataktōs ekineito, ē ekoimato, ē egrēgorei, ē oudeteron toutōn. ē oute to prōton esti dexasthai; pas gar theos aiōnios; oute to deuteron; ei gar ekoimato ex aiōnos ho theos, etethnēkei; aiōnios gar hypnos thanatos estin. alla ge adektos hypnou ho theos; to gar athanaton kai tou theou engys hypnou kechōristai.
And again, the God they speak of either did not exist in the former age, when the bodies were unmoved, or when they moved in disorder; or he slept, or was awake, or neither of these. The first cannot be accepted, for every god is eternal; nor the second, for if God slept from eternity he was dead, for eternal sleep is death. But God is incapable of sleep; for the immortal and what is near to death are separated.
14.16.5Dindorf 2:296
εἰ δὲ ἦν ὁ θεὸς ἐγρηγορὼς, ἤτοι ἐνέλιπεν εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν, ἢ πεπλήρωτο ἐν μακαριότητι. καὶ οὔτε κατὰ τὸ πρῶτόν ἐστι μακάριος ὁ θεός· τὸ γὰρ ἐλλεῖπον εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν οὐ μακάριον· οὔτε κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον· μηδὲν γὰρ ἐλλείπων κεναῖς ἔμελλεν ἐπιχειρεῖν πράξεσι. πῶς δὲ, εἴπερ ὁ θεός ἐστι καὶ τῇ τούτου φροντίδι τὰ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον οἰκονομεῖται, τὸ μὲν κίβδηλον εὐτυχεῖ, τὸ δὲ ἀστεῖον τὸ ἐναντίον πάσχει; Ἀγαμέμνων τε γὰρ ἀμφότερον, βασιλεύς τʼ ἀγαθὸς κρατερός τʼ αἰχμητής, ὑπὸ μοιχοῦ καὶ μοιχαλίδος ἡττηθεὶς ἐδολοφονήθη· καὶ ὁ τούτου δὲ συγγενὴς Ἡρακλῆς, πολλὰ τῶν ἐπιλυμαινομένων τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον καθαρὰς, ὑπὸ Δηϊανείρας φαρμακευθεὶς ἐδολοφονήθη.”
ei de ēn ho theos egrēgorōs, ētoi enelipen eis eudaimonian, ē peplērōto en makariotēti. kai oute kata to prōton esti makarios ho theos; to gar elleipon eis eudaimonian ou makarion; oute kata to deuteron; mēden gar elleipōn kenais emellen epicheirein praxesi. pōs de, eiper ho theos esti kai tę̄ toutou phrontidi ta kata anthrōpon oikonomeitai, to men kibdēlon eutychei, to de asteion to enantion paschei? Agamemnōn te gar amphoteron, basileus tʼ agathos krateros tʼ aichmētēs, hypo moichou kai moichalidos hēttētheis edolophonēthē; kai ho toutou de syngenēs Hēraklēs, polla tōn epilymainomenōn ton anthrōpinon bion katharas, hypo Dēïaneiras pharmakeutheis edolophonēthē.”
But if God was awake, either he fell short of happiness, or he was filled with blessedness. And neither on the first is God blessed, for what falls short of happiness is not blessed; nor on the second, for, lacking nothing, he would have undertaken empty actions. And how, if there is a God and human affairs are managed by his care, does the counterfeit prosper while the good suffers the opposite? For Agamemnon, ‘both a good king and a mighty spearman,’ was overcome by an adulterer and an adulteress and treacherously murdered; and his kinsman Heracles, having cleansed away many of the things that ravage human life, was poisoned by Deianeira and treacherously murdered.”
14.16.6Dindorf 2:296–297
“Θαλῆς τὸν κόσμον εἶναι τὸν θεόν. Ἀναξίμανδρος τοὺς ἀστέρας οὐρανίους θεούς. Δημόκριτος θεὸν ἐν πυρὶ σφαιροειδῆ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου ψυχήν. Πυθαγόρας τῶν ἀρχῶν τὴν μὲν μονάδα θεόν· καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ ἑνὸς φύσις, αὐτὸς ὁ νοῦς τὴν δʼ ἀόριστον δυάδα καὶ δαίμονα καὶ τὸ κακὸν, περὶ ἥν ἐστι τὸ ὑλικὸν πλῆθος, [ἐστὶ καὶ ὁρατὸς ὁ κόσμος.]”
“Thalēs ton kosmon einai ton theon. Anaximandros tous asteras ouranious theous. Dēmokritos theon en pyri sphairoeidē tēn tou kosmou psychēn. Pythagoras tōn archōn tēn men monada theon; kai to agathon, hētis estin hē tou henos physis, autos ho nous tēn dʼ aoriston dyada kai daimona kai to kakon, peri hēn esti to hylikon plēthos, [esti kai horatos ho kosmos.]”
“Thales held that God is the world. Anaximander, that the stars are heavenly gods. Democritus, that God is the spherical soul of the world in fire. Pythagoras, that of the principles the monad is God, and the good, which is the nature of the One, is mind itself; and the indefinite dyad is a daimon and evil, around which is the material multitude.”
14.16.7Dindorf 2:297
Μετὰ δὲ τούτους οἱ νέοι τῷ χρόνῳ πῶς ἐδόξαζον ἄκουε “ Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων ἓν τὸ μονοφυὲς καὶ αὐτοφυὲς, τὸ μοναδικὸν, τὸ ὄντως ὄν ἀγαθόν. πάντα δὲ ταῦτα τῶν ὀνομάτων εἰς τὸν νοῦν σπεύδει. νοῦς οὖν ὁ θεὸς χωριστὸν εἶδος, τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸ ἀμιγὲς πάσης ὕλης καὶ μηδενὶ παθητῷ συμπεπλεγμένον.
Meta de toutous hoi neoi tǭ chronǭ pōs edoxazon akoue “ Sōkratēs kai Platōn hen to monophyes kai autophyes, to monadikon, to ontōs on agathon. panta de tauta tōn onomatōn eis ton noun speudei. nous oun ho theos chōriston eidos, toutʼ esti to amiges pasēs hylēs kai mēdeni pathētǭ sympeplegmenon.
After these, hear how those younger in time thought: “Socrates and Plato: the One, the single-natured and self-existent, the monadic, the truly existing good. All these names hasten to mind. God, then, is mind, a separate form, that is, what is unmixed with all matter and entangled with nothing passible.
14.16.8Dindorf 2:297
Ἀριστοτέλης τὸν μὲν ἀνωτάτω θεὸν εἶδος χωριστὸν, ἐπιβεβηκότα τῇ σφαίρᾳ τοῦ παντὸς, ἥτις ἐστὶν αἰθέριον σῶμα, τὸ πέμπτον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καλούμενον· διῃρημένου δὲ τούτου κατὰ σφαίρας τῇ μὲν φύσει συναφεῖς, τῷ λόγῳ δὲ κεχωρισμένας, ἑκάστην οἴεται τῶν σφαιρῶν ζῷον εἶναι σύνθετον ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς, ὧν τὸ μὲν σῶμά ἐστιν αἰθέριον, κινούμενον κυκλοφορικῶς, ἡ ψυχὴ δὲ λόγος ἀκίνητος, αἴτιος τῆς κινήσεως κατʼ ἐνέργειαν.
Aristotelēs ton men anōtatō theon eidos chōriston, epibebēkota tę̄ sphairą tou pantos, hētis estin aitherion sōma, to pempton hypʼ autou kaloumenon; dię̄rēmenou de toutou kata sphairas tę̄ men physei synapheis, tǭ logǭ de kechōrismenas, hekastēn oietai tōn sphairōn zǭon einai syntheton ek sōmatos kai psychēs, hōn to men sōma estin aitherion, kinoumenon kyklophorikōs, hē psychē de logos akinētos, aitios tēs kinēseōs katʼ energeian.
Aristotle: the highest God is a separate form, mounted upon the sphere of the universe, which is an ethereal body, the fifth so called by him; and this being divided into spheres connected in nature but separated in reason, he thinks each of the spheres a living being composed of body and soul, of which the body is ethereal, moving in a circle, and the soul is unmoved reason, the cause of the motion in act.
14.16.9Dindorf 2:297
Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ νοερὸν θεὸν ἀποφαίνονται, πῦρ τεχνικὸν, ὁδῷ βαδίζον ἐπὶ γένεσιν κόσμου, περιειληφότος πάντας τοὺς σπερματικοὺς λόγους, καθʼ οὓς ἕκαστα καθʼ εἱμαρμένην γίνεται. καὶ πνεῦμα μὲν διῆκον διʼ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου, τὰς δὲ προσηγορίας μεταλαμβάνον διʼ ὅλης τῆς ὕλης, διʼ ἧς κεχώρηκε. θεὸν δὲ καὶ τὸν κόσμον καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὸν δʼ ἀνωτάτω πάντων νοῦν ἐν αἰθέρι.
Hoi Stōïkoi noeron theon apophainontai, pyr technikon, hodǭ badizon epi genesin kosmou, perieilēphotos pantas tous spermatikous logous, kathʼ hous hekasta kathʼ heimarmenēn ginetai. kai pneuma men diēkon diʼ holou tou kosmou, tas de prosēgorias metalambanon diʼ holēs tēs hylēs, diʼ hēs kechōrēke. theon de kai ton kosmon kai tous asteras kai tēn gēn, ton dʼ anōtatō pantōn noun en aitheri.
The Stoics declare God to be intelligent, a craftsmanlike fire proceeding methodically to the generation of the world, comprising all the seminal principles according to which each thing comes to be by fate; and a spirit pervading the whole world, taking different names according to the matter through which it has passed. And they call God the world and the stars and the earth, and the highest mind of all in the ether.
14.16.10Dindorf 2:297–298
Ἐπίκουρος ἀνθρωποειδεῖς μὲν [πάντας] τοὺς θεοὺς, λόγῳ δὲ πάντας θεωρητοὺς διὰ τὴν λεπτομέρειαν τῆς τῶν εἰδώλων φύσεως. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἄλλας τέσσαρας φύσεις κατὰ γένος ἀφθάρτους τάσδε, τὰ ἄτομα, τὸ κενὸν, τὸ ἄπειρον, τὰς ὁμοιότητας, αὗται δὲ λέγονται ὁμοιομέρειαι, καὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα.”
Epikouros anthrōpoeideis men [pantas] tous theous, logǭ de pantas theōrētous dia tēn leptomereian tēs tōn eidōlōn physeōs. ho dʼ autos allas tessaras physeis kata genos aphthartous tasde, ta atoma, to kenon, to apeiron, tas homoiotētas, hautai de legontai homoiomereiai, kai ta stoicheia.”
Epicurus: the gods are human in form, all to be contemplated by reason because of the fineness of the nature of their images. The same posits four other natures imperishable in kind: the atoms, the void, the infinite, the likenesses; and these are called homoeomeries, and the elements.”
14.16.11Dindorf 2:298
Τοιαῦται μὲν δὴ τῶν φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων καὶ αἱ περὶ θεοῦ διαστάσεις τε καὶ δυσφημίαι, ὧν πρώτους ὁ λόγος συνίστησι τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Πυθαγόραν τε καὶ Ἀναξαγόραν Πλάτωνά τε καὶ Σωκράτην νοῦν καὶ θεὸν ἐπιστῆσαι τῷ κόσμῳ. οὗτοι δὴ κομιδῇ παῖδες τοῖς χρόνοις ἀποδείκνυνται καθʼ οὓς χρόνους τὰ ὕστατα ἱστορεῖται τῆς Ἑβραίων ἀρχαιολογίας.
Toiautai men dē tōn physikōn philosophōn kai hai peri theou diastaseis te kai dysphēmiai, hōn prōtous ho logos synistēsi tous amphi ton Pythagoran te kai Anaxagoran Platōna te kai Sōkratēn noun kai theon epistēsai tǭ kosmǭ. houtoi dē komidę̄ paides tois chronois apodeiknyntai kathʼ hous chronous ta hystata historeitai tēs Hebraiōn archaiologias.
Such, then, are the disagreements and blasphemies of the natural philosophers about God, of whom the account shows Pythagoras and Anaxagoras, Plato and Socrates and their followers to have been the first to set mind and God over the world. These are shown to be mere children in time, compared with the times in which the latest events of the Hebrews’ antiquity are recorded.
14.16.12Dindorf 2:298
οὐκ ἦν ἄρα παλαιτάτη παρὰ πᾶσιν Ἕλλησι καὶ τοῖς πρόπαλαι τὴν πολύθεον δεισιδαιμονίαν παρά τε Φοίνιξι καὶ Αἰγυπτίοις εἰσηγησαμένοις ἡ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ γνῶσις, ἣν πρῶτος Ἑλλήνων Ἀναξαγόρας καὶ οἱ ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ἐξήνεγκαν. καὶ μὴν τὰ τῆς πολυθέου δεισιδαιμονίας πάντων ἐθνῶν ἐκράτει· ἀλλʼ ἦν, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐ τὴν ἀληθῆ περιέχοντα θεολογίαν, ἀλλʼ ἣν Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ Φοίνικες πρῶτοι πάντων συστήσασθαι ἐμαρτυρήθησαν.
ouk ēn ara palaitatē para pasin Hellēsi kai tois propalai tēn polytheon deisidaimonian para te Phoinixi kai Aigyptiois eisēgēsamenois hē tou tōn holōn theou gnōsis, hēn prōtos Hellēnōn Anaxagoras kai hoi amphʼ auton exēnenkan. kai mēn ta tēs polytheou deisidaimonias pantōn ethnōn ekratei; allʼ ēn, hōs eoiken, ou tēn alēthē periechonta theologian, allʼ hēn Aigyptioi kai Phoinikes prōtoi pantōn systēsasthai emartyrēthēsan.
The knowledge of the God of the universe, then, was not most ancient among all the Greeks and those who long ago introduced polytheistic superstition among the Phoenicians and Egyptians; the first of the Greeks to bring it out were Anaxagoras and his followers. Yet the teachings of polytheistic superstition prevailed over all nations; but they did not, as it seems, contain the true theology, but that which the Egyptians and Phoenicians are attested to have first of all established.
14.16.13Dindorf 2:298
αὕτη δὲ ἣν θεοὺς μὲν οὐδαμῶς, οὐδέ τινας θείας δυνάμεις, ἄνδρας δὲ ἤδη πάλαι ἐν νεκροῖς κειμένους θεολογοῦσα, ὡς ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας πάλαι ἀπέδειξε λόγος. φέρʼ οὖν πάλιν ἀναλάβωμεν τὸν λόγον. ἐπειδὴ τῶν φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων οἱ μὲν πάντα κατέβαλλον ἐπὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις, οἱ δʼ αὖ πάλιν τούτοις ἀνθεῖλκον, ὡς οἶ περὶ τὸν Ξενοφάνην τὸν Κολοφώνιον καὶ Παρμενίδην Ἐλεάτην, οἱ δὴ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀνῄρουν, μηδὲν εἶναι φάσκοντες καταληπτὸν τῶν ἐν αἰσθήσει, διὸ μόνῳ δεῖν πιστεύειν τῷ λόγῳ, τὰ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀντειρημένα διασκεψώμεθα.
hautē de hēn theous men oudamōs, oude tinas theias dynameis, andras de ēdē palai en nekrois keimenous theologousa, hōs ho tēs alētheias palai apedeixe logos. pherʼ oun palin analabōmen ton logon. epeidē tōn physikōn philosophōn hoi men panta kateballon epi tas aisthēseis, hoi dʼ au palin toutois antheilkon, hōs oi peri ton Xenophanēn ton Kolophōnion kai Parmenidēn Eleatēn, hoi dē tas aisthēseis anę̄roun, mēden einai phaskontes katalēpton tōn en aisthēsei, dio monǭ dein pisteuein tǭ logǭ, ta pros autous anteirēmena diaskepsōmetha.
And this was a theology that deified not gods at all, nor any divine powers, but men long since lying among the dead, as the account of the truth has shown before. Come, then, let us take up the argument again. Since of the natural philosophers some reduced everything to the senses, while others pulled the opposite way, like Xenophanes of Colophon and Parmenides of Elea and their followers, who did away with the senses, saying that nothing perceived by the senses can be apprehended, and therefore that reason alone is to be trusted, let us examine what has been said against them.
Preparation 14, chapter 17
14.17.1Dindorf 2:298–299
“Ἄλλοι δʼ ἐγένοντο τούτοις τὴν φωνὴν ἀφιέντες. οἴονται γὰρ δεῖν τὰς μὲν αἰσθήσεις καὶ τἀς φαντασίας καταβάλλειν, αὐτῷ δὲ μόνον τῷ λόγῳ πιστεύειν. τοιαῦτα γάρ τινα πρότερον μὲν Ξενοφάνης καὶ Παρμενίδης καὶ Ζήνων καὶ Μέλισσος ἔλεγον, ὕστερον δʼ οἱ περὶ Στίλπωνα καὶ τοὺς Μεγαρικούς. ὅθεν ἠξίουν οὗτοί γε τὸ ὂν ἕν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ ἕτερον μὴ εἶναι, μηδὲ γεννᾶσθαί τι μηδὲ φθείρεσθαι μηδὲ κινεῖσθαι τὸ παράπαν.
“Alloi dʼ egenonto toutois tēn phōnēn aphientes. oiontai gar dein tas men aisthēseis kai tas phantasias kataballein, autǭ de monon tǭ logǭ pisteuein. toiauta gar tina proteron men Xenophanēs kai Parmenidēs kai Zēnōn kai Melissos elegon, hysteron dʼ hoi peri Stilpōna kai tous Megarikous. hothen ēxioun houtoi ge to on hen einai, kai to heteron mē einai, mēde gennasthai ti mēde phtheiresthai mēde kineisthai to parapan.
“There were others who uttered the opposite view to these. For they think one must reject the senses and impressions and trust only reason itself. Such things were said earlier by Xenophanes and Parmenides and Zeno and Melissus, and later by Stilpo and the Megarians. Hence these held that being is one, and the other is not, and that nothing comes to be or perishes or moves at all.
14.17.2Dindorf 2:299
τὸν μὲν οὖν πλείω πρὸς τούτους λόγον εἰσόμεθα φιλοσοφοῦντες· νυνὶ μέντοι τοσοῦτον λεκτέον εἴποιμεν γὰρ ἂν ὡς ὁ μὲν λόγος ἡμῶν εἴη τὸ θειότατον· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ δεῖ γε καὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως, ὥσπερ γε δὴ καὶ σώματος. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἡ αἴσθησις ἀληθεύειν πέφυκε δῆλον· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε τὸν αἰσθανόμενον μὴ οὐχὶ πάσχειν τι· πάσχων δὲ τὸ πάθος ἂν εἰδείη· γνῶσις οὖν τίς ἐστι καὶ ἡ αἴσθησις.
ton men oun pleiō pros toutous logon eisometha philosophountes; nyni mentoi tosouton lekteon eipoimen gar an hōs ho men logos hēmōn eiē to theiotaton; ou mēn alla dei ge kai tēs aisthēseōs, hōsper ge dē kai sōmatos. hoti de kai hē aisthēsis alētheuein pephyke dēlon; ou gar hoion te ton aisthanomenon mē ouchi paschein ti; paschōn de to pathos an eideiē; gnōsis oun tis esti kai hē aisthēsis.
The fuller argument against them we shall know when we philosophize; but for now this much must be said: we would say that reason is the most divine thing in us; nevertheless we need sense too, as indeed we need a body. That sense is by nature truthful is clear; for one who perceives cannot fail to undergo something, and undergoing it, he would know the experience; so sense is a kind of knowledge.
14.17.3Dindorf 2:299
ἀλλὰ μὴν εἰ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι πάσχειν τί ἐστιν, ἅπαν δὲ τὸ πάσχον ὑπό του πάσχει, πάντως ἕτερον ἂν εἴη τὸ ποιοῦν καὶ τὸ πάσχον. ὥστε πρῶτον μὲν εἴη ἂν τὸ λεγόμενον ἕτερον· οἷον τὸ χρῶμα καὶ ὁ ψόφος· ἔπειτα δὲ ἓν τὸ ὄν οὐκ ἔσται· καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ ἀκίνητον· ἡ γὰρ αἴσθησίς ἐστι κίνησις.
alla mēn ei to aisthanesthai paschein ti estin, hapan de to paschon hypo tou paschei, pantōs heteron an eiē to poioun kai to paschon. hōste prōton men eiē an to legomenon heteron; hoion to chrōma kai ho psophos; epeita de hen to on ouk estai; kai mēn oude akinēton; hē gar aisthēsis esti kinēsis.
But if perceiving is undergoing something, and everything that undergoes undergoes it from something, then what acts and what undergoes would be different. So first, what is spoken of would be other, such as color and sound; and then being will not be one; nor indeed unmoved, for perception is a motion.
14.17.4Dindorf 2:299
ταύτῃ δὲ βούλεται πᾶς τις κατὰ φύσιν ἔχειν τἀς αἰσθήσεις, ἅτε δὴ πιστεύων, οἶμαι, ταῖς ὑγιαινούσαις μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς νοσούσαις. εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ δεινός τις ἔρως αὐτῶν ἡμῖν ἐντέτηκεν. οὐδείς γέ τοι μὴ μεμηνὼς ἕλοιτʼ ἄν ποτε μίαν αἴσθησιν ἀποβάλλειν, ὅπως αὐτῷ πάντα τὰ ἄλλα ἀγαθὰ γένοιτο.
tautę̄ de bouletai pas tis kata physin echein tas aisthēseis, hate dē pisteuōn, oimai, tais hygiainousais mallon ē tais nosousais. eikotōs ara kai deinos tis erōs autōn hēmin entetēken. oudeis ge toi mē memēnōs heloitʼ an pote mian aisthēsin apoballein, hopōs autǭ panta ta alla agatha genoito.
For this reason everyone wishes to have his senses in their natural state, trusting, I think, healthy ones rather than diseased. Fittingly, then, a fierce love of them is ingrained in us. No one, at least, unless mad, would ever choose to lose one sense so that all other goods might be his.
14.17.5Dindorf 2:299–300
τοὺς δὴ διαβάλλοντας αὐτὰς ἐχρῆν, πεπεισμένους γε διότι μάτην ἔχοιεν αὐτὰς, εἰπόντας ἅπερ ὁ Πάνδαρος λέγει παρὰ τῷ Ὁμήρῳ περὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ τόξων, αὐτίκʼ ἔπειτʼ ἀπʼ ἐμεῖο κάρη τάμοι ἀλλότριος φὼς, εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ τάδε τόξα φαεινῷ ἐν πυρὶ θείην, χερσὶ διακλάσσας, ἀνεμώλια γάρ μοι ὀπηδεῖ, τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο διαλυμήνασθαι πάσας τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἑαυτῶν· οὕτω γὰρ ἄν τις ἐπίστευεν αὐτοῖς ἔργῳ διδάσκουσιν ὡς εἰς οὐδὲν αὐτῶν δέοιντο.
tous dē diaballontas autas echrēn, pepeismenous ge dioti matēn echoien autas, eipontas haper ho Pandaros legei para tǭ Homērǭ peri tōn heautou toxōn, autikʼ epeitʼ apʼ emeio karē tamoi allotrios phōs, ei mē egō tade toxa phaeinǭ en pyri theiēn, chersi diaklassas, anemōlia gar moi opēdei, to meta touto dialymēnasthai pasas tas aisthēseis heautōn; houtō gar an tis episteuen autois ergǭ didaskousin hōs eis ouden autōn deointo.
Those who disparage them, then, being persuaded that they had them in vain, ought to have said what Pandarus says in Homer about his own bow, “May some stranger cut off my head straightway, if I do not put this bow into the shining fire, breaking it with my hands; for it goes with me as useless as wind,” and then to have destroyed all their own senses; for so one would have believed them, teaching by deed that they needed none of them.
14.17.6Dindorf 2:300
νυνὶ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ἀτοπώτατόν ἐστι· ἀχρήστους γὰρ ἀποφαίνοντες αὐτὰς τῷ λόγῳ τοῖς ἔργοις τὰ μάλιστα χρώμενοι διατελοῦσιν αὐταῖς.
nyni de touto kai to atopōtaton esti; achrēstous gar apophainontes autas tǭ logǭ tois ergois ta malista chrōmenoi diatelousin autais.
But as it is, this is the most absurd thing of all: declaring them useless in argument, they go on using them above all in their actions.
14.17.7Dindorf 2:300
ὅ γέ τοι Μέλισσος ἐθέλων ἐπιδεικνύναι διότι τῶν φαινομένων καὶ ἐν ὄψει τούτων οὐδὲν εἴη τῷ ὄντι, διὰ τῶν φαινομένων ἀποδείκνυσιν αὐτῶν· φησὶ γοῦν, εἰ γάρ ἐστι καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ πῦρ καὶ σίδηρος καὶ χρυσὸς, καὶ τὸ μὲν ζῶν, τὸ δὲ τεθνηκὸς, καὶ μέλαν καὶ λευκὸν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ὅσα φασὶν ἄνθρωποι εἶναι ἀληθῆ, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀρθῶς ὁρῶμεν καὶ ἀκούομεν, εἶναι ἐχρῆν καὶ τὸ ὂν τοιοῦτον οἶον πρῶτον ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν εἶναι, καὶ μὴ μεταπίπτειν, μηδὲ γίνεσθαι ἕτερον, ἀλλʼ εἶναι ὅμοιον οἷόν περ ἐστὶν ἕκαστον. νῦν δὲ φαμὲν ὀρθῶς ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ συνιέναι· δοκεῖ δὲ ἡμῖν τὸ θερμὸν καὶ ψυχρὸν γίνεσθαι, καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν θερμὸν, καὶ τὸ σκληρὸν μαλακὸν, καὶ τὸ μαλακὸν σκληρόν.
ho ge toi Melissos ethelōn epideiknynai dioti tōn phainomenōn kai en opsei toutōn ouden eiē tǭ onti, dia tōn phainomenōn apodeiknysin autōn; phēsi goun, ei gar esti kai hydōr kai aēr kai pyr kai sidēros kai chrysos, kai to men zōn, to de tethnēkos, kai melan kai leukon kai ta alla panta, hosa phasin anthrōpoi einai alēthē, kai hēmeis orthōs horōmen kai akouomen, einai echrēn kai to on toiouton oion prōton edoxen hēmin einai, kai mē metapiptein, mēde ginesthai heteron, allʼ einai homoion hoion per estin hekaston. nyn de phamen orthōs horan kai akouein kai synienai; dokei de hēmin to thermon kai psychron ginesthai, kai to psychron thermon, kai to sklēron malakon, kai to malakon sklēron.
Melissus, at least, wishing to show that none of the things that appear and are in sight really exists, proves it through the very things that appear. He says, at least: “If there are water and air and fire and iron and gold, and one thing living and another dead, and black and white and all the other things that men say are true, and if we see and hear correctly, then being ought to be such as it first seemed to us, and not change nor become other, but each should be like what it is. But now we say that we see and hear and understand correctly; yet it seems to us that the hot becomes cold and the cold hot, and the hard soft and the soft hard.”
14.17.8Dindorf 2:300
ταῦτα δὲ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ τοιαῦτα λέγοντος αὐτοῦ καὶ μάλα εἰκότως ἐπύθετό τις ἂν, ἆρʼ οὖν ὅτι [ὃ νῦν] θερμόν ἐστι κἄπειτα τοῦτο γίνεται ψυχρὸν οὐκ αἰσθόμενος ἔγνως; ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων. ὅπερ γὰρ ἔφην, εὑρεθείη ἂν οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀναιρῶν καὶ ἐλέγχων διὰ τὸ μάλιστα πιστεύειν αὐταῖς.
tauta de kai alla polla toiauta legontos autou kai mala eikotōs epytheto tis an, arʼ oun hoti [ho nyn] thermon esti kapeita touto ginetai psychron ouk aisthomenos egnōs? homoiōs de kai peri tōn allōn. hoper gar ephēn, heuretheiē an ouden allʼ ē tas aisthēseis anairōn kai elenchōn dia to malista pisteuein autais.
When he says these and many other such things, one might very reasonably ask him: “Did you not know by perceiving that what is hot then becomes cold?” And likewise about the others. For, as I said, he would be found doing nothing but doing away with and refuting the senses by trusting them most of all.
14.17.9Dindorf 2:300
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οἱ μὲν τοιοῦτοι λόγοι σχεδὸν ἱκανὰς ἤδη δεδώκασιν εὐθύνας· ἐξίτηλοί γε τοι γεγόνασιν, ὡς εἰ μηδὲ ἐλέχθησαν τὸ παράπαν. ἤδη μέντοι θαρροῦντες λέγωμεν ὀρθῶς φιλοσοφεῖν τοὺς καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων παραλαμβάνοντας.”
alla gar hoi men toioutoi logoi schedon hikanas ēdē dedōkasin euthynas; exitēloi ge toi gegonasin, hōs ei mēde elechthēsan to parapan. ēdē mentoi tharrountes legōmen orthōs philosophein tous kai tas aisthēseis kai ton logon epi tēn gnōsin tēn tōn pragmatōn paralambanontas.”
But such arguments have given sufficient account of themselves already; they have faded away as if they had never been spoken at all. Let us now say with confidence that those philosophize rightly who take both the senses and reason for the knowledge of things.”
14.17.10Dindorf 2:300–301
Τοιοίδε μὲν οὖν οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Ξενοφάνην, ὃς δὴ λέγεται συνακμάσαι τοῖς ἀμφὶ Πυθαγόραν καὶ Ἀναξαγόραν. Ξενοφάνους δὲ ἀκουστὴς γέγονε Παρμενίδης· τούτου Μέλισσος, οὗ Ζήνων, οὗ Λεύκιππος, οὗ Δημόκριτος, οὗ Πρωταγόρας καὶ Νεσσᾶς· δὲ Νεσσᾶ Μητρόδωρος, οὗ Διογένης, οὗ Ἀνάξαρχος. Ἀναξάρχου δὲ γνώριμος γέγονε Πυρρῶν, ἀφʼ οὗ ἡ τῶν Σκεπτικῶν ἐπικληθέντων διατριβὴ συνέστη· οὓς καὶ αὐτοὺς μηδὲν εἶναι τὸ παράπαν μήτʼ ἐν αἰσθήσει μήτʼ ἐν λόγῳ καταληπτὸν ὁριζομένους, ἐπέχοντας δʼ ἐν πᾶσιν, ὅπως ἀπήλεγχον οἶ ἀντιδοξάζοντες μαθεῖν πάρεστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ δηλωθέντος συγγράμματος ὧδέ πη πρὸς λέξιν ἔχοντος
Toioide men oun hoi amphi ton Xenophanēn, hos dē legetai synakmasai tois amphi Pythagoran kai Anaxagoran. Xenophanous de akoustēs gegone Parmenidēs; toutou Melissos, hou Zēnōn, hou Leukippos, hou Dēmokritos, hou Prōtagoras kai Nessas; de Nessa Mētrodōros, hou Diogenēs, hou Anaxarchos. Anaxarchou de gnōrimos gegone Pyrrōn, aphʼ hou hē tōn Skeptikōn epiklēthentōn diatribē synestē; hous kai autous mēden einai to parapan mētʼ en aisthēsei mētʼ en logǭ katalēpton horizomenous, epechontas dʼ en pasin, hopōs apēlenchon oi antidoxazontes mathein parestin apo tou dēlōthentos syngrammatos hōde pē pros lexin echontos
Such, then, were the followers of Xenophanes, who is said to have flourished at the same time as Pythagoras and Anaxagoras and their followers. Parmenides was a hearer of Xenophanes; Melissus of him; Zeno of Melissus; Leucippus of Zeno; Democritus of Leucippus; Protagoras and Nessas of Democritus; Metrodorus of Nessas; Diogenes of Metrodorus; Anaxarchus of Diogenes. Pyrrho was a pupil of Anaxarchus, from whom the school of those called Skeptics arose; how those of the opposite opinion refuted them, who define that nothing at all is apprehensible either in sense or in reason, and suspend judgment in everything, may be learned from the work mentioned, which runs thus word for word:
Preparation 14, chapter 18
14.18.1Dindorf 2:301
“ Ἀναγκαίως δʼ ἔχει πρὸ παντὸς διασκέψασθαι περὶ τῆς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν γνώσεως· εἰ γὰρ αὖ μηδὲν πεφύκαμεν γνωρίζειν, οὐδὲν ἔτι δεῖ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων σκοπεῖν.
“ Anankaiōs dʼ echei pro pantos diaskepsasthai peri tēs hēmōn autōn gnōseōs; ei gar au mēden pephykamen gnōrizein, ouden eti dei peri tōn allōn skopein.
“Before everything it is necessary to examine our own knowledge; for if we are by nature able to know nothing, there is no further need to inquire about other things.
14.18.2Dindorf 2:301
ἐγένοντο μὲν οὑν καὶ τῶν πάλαι τινὲς οἶ ἀφέντες τήνδε τὴν φωνὴν, οἷς ἀντείρηκεν Ἀριστοτέλης. ἴσχυσε μέντοι τοιαῦτα λέγων καὶ Πυρρῶν ὁ Ἠλεῖος· ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν ἐν γραφῇ καταλέλοιπεν, ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς αὐτοῦ Τίμων φησὶ δεῖν τὸν μέλλοντα εὐδαιμονήσειν εἰς τρία ταῦτα βλέπειν· πρῶτον μὲν ὁποῖα πέφυκε τὰ πράγματα· δεύτερον δὲ, τίνα χρὴ τρόπον ἡμᾶς πρὸς αὐτὰ διακεῖσθαι· τελευταῖον δὲ, τί περιέσται τοῖς οὕτως ἔχουσι.
egenonto men houn kai tōn palai tines oi aphentes tēnde tēn phōnēn, hois anteirēken Aristotelēs. ischyse mentoi toiauta legōn kai Pyrrōn ho Ēleios; allʼ autos men ouden en graphę̄ kataleloipen, ho de mathētēs autou Timōn phēsi dein ton mellonta eudaimonēsein eis tria tauta blepein; prōton men hopoia pephyke ta pragmata; deuteron de, tina chrē tropon hēmas pros auta diakeisthai; teleutaion de, ti periestai tois houtōs echousi.
There were also some of the ancients who uttered this view, whom Aristotle answered. Pyrrho of Elis was also strong in saying such things; but he himself left nothing in writing, while his pupil Timon says that one who is to be happy must look to these three things: first, what things are like by nature; second, in what way we must be disposed toward them; and last, what will result for those so disposed.
14.18.3Dindorf 2:301
τὰ μὲν οὖν πράγματά φησιν αὐτὸν ἀποφαίνειν ἐπʼ ἴσης ἀδιάφορα καὶ ἀστάθμητα καὶ ἀνεπίκριτα, διὰ τοῦτο μήτε τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἡμῶν μήτε τὰς δόξας ἀληθεύειν ἢ ψεύδεσθαι. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν μηδὲ πιστεύειν αὐταῖς δεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀδοξάστους καὶ ἀκλινεῖς καὶ ἀκραδάντους εἶναι, περὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου λέγοντας ὅτι οὐ μᾶλλόν ἐστιν ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν, ἢ καὶ ἔστι καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, ἢ οὔτε ἔστιν οὔτʼ οὐκ ἔστιν.
ta men oun pragmata phēsin auton apophainein epʼ isēs adiaphora kai astathmēta kai anepikrita, dia touto mēte tas aisthēseis hēmōn mēte tas doxas alētheuein ē pseudesthai. dia touto oun mēde pisteuein autais dein, allʼ adoxastous kai aklineis kai akradantous einai, peri henos hekastou legontas hoti ou mallon estin ē ouk estin, ē kai esti kai ouk estin, ē oute estin outʼ ouk estin.
Things, he says, Pyrrho declares to be equally indifferent and unstable and undecidable; for this reason neither our perceptions nor our opinions are true or false. For this reason, then, we must not trust them, but be without opinions, without inclination, and unshaken, saying about each single thing that it no more is than is not, or both is and is not, or neither is nor is not.
14.18.4Dindorf 2:301–302
τοῖς μέντοι διακειμένοις οὕτω περιέσεσθαι Τίμων φησὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἀφασίαν, ἔπειτα δʼ ἀταραξίαν, Αἰνησίδημος δὲ ἡδονήν.”
tois mentoi diakeimenois houtō periesesthai Timōn phēsi prōton men aphasian, epeita dʼ ataraxian, Ainēsidēmos de hēdonēn.”
For those so disposed, Timon says, the result will be first speechlessness, then freedom from disturbance; and Aenesidemus says pleasure.”
14.18.5Dindorf 2:302
“Τὰ μὲν οὖν κεφάλαια τῶν λεγομένων ἐστὶ ταῦτα· σκεψώμεθα δʼ εἰ ὀρθῶς λέγουσιν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐπʼ ἴσης ἀδιάφορα πάντα φασὶν εἶναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κελεύουσι μηδενὶ προστίθεσθαι, μηδὲ δοξάζειν, εἰκότως ἂν, οἶμαι, πύθοιτό τις αὐτῶν, ἆρά γε διαμαρτάνουσιν οἱ διαφέρειν αὐτὰ νομίζοντες ἢ οὔ; πάντως γὰρ, εἰ μὲν ἁμαρτάνουσιν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὑπολαμβάνοιεν ἄν. ὥστε ἀνάγκη λέγειν αὐτοῖς εἶναί τινας τοὺς τὰ ψευδῆ περὶ τῶν ὄντων δοξάζοντας· αὐτοὶ τοίνυν εἶεν ἂν οἱ τἀληθῆ λέγοντες· οὕτω δὲ εἴη ἂν ἀληθές τι καὶ ψεῦδος. εἰ δʼ οὐχ ἀμαρτάνομεν οἱ πολλοὶ τὰ ὄντα διαφέρειν οἰόμενοι, τί παθόντες ἐπιπλήττουσιν ἡμῖν; αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἁμαρτάνοιεν ἂν ἀξιοῦντες μὴ διαφέρειν αὐτά.
“Ta men oun kephalaia tōn legomenōn esti tauta; skepsōmetha dʼ ei orthōs legousin. epei toinyn epʼ isēs adiaphora panta phasin einai, kai dia touto keleuousi mēdeni prostithesthai, mēde doxazein, eikotōs an, oimai, pythoito tis autōn, ara ge diamartanousin hoi diapherein auta nomizontes ē ou? pantōs gar, ei men hamartanousin, ouk orthōs hypolambanoien an. hōste anankē legein autois einai tinas tous ta pseudē peri tōn ontōn doxazontas; autoi toinyn eien an hoi talēthē legontes; houtō de eiē an alēthes ti kai pseudos. ei dʼ ouch amartanomen hoi polloi ta onta diapherein oiomenoi, ti pathontes epiplēttousin hēmin? autoi gar hamartanoien an axiountes mē diapherein auta.
“These, then, are the heads of what they say; let us consider whether they speak rightly. Since, then, they say that all things are equally indifferent, and for this reason bid us assent to nothing nor form opinions, one might reasonably, I think, ask them whether those who think things differ are mistaken or not. For if they are mistaken, they would not suppose rightly; so they must say that there are some who hold false opinions about things; they themselves, then, would be those who speak the truth; and so there would be something true and false. But if we, the many, are not mistaken in thinking things differ, what ails them that they rebuke us? For they themselves would be mistaken in holding that they do not differ.
14.18.6Dindorf 2:302
καὶ μὴν εἰ καὶ δοίημεν αὐτοῖς ἐπʼ ἴσης ἀδιάφορα πάντα εἶναι, δῆλον ὡς οὐκ ἂν διαφέροιεν οὐδʼ αὐτοὶ τῶν πολλῶν. τίς οὖν εἴη ἂν αὐτῶν ἡ σοφία; καὶ διὰ τί Τίμων τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις λοιδορεῖται πᾶσι, Πύρρωνα δʼ ὑμνεῖ μόνον;
kai mēn ei kai doiēmen autois epʼ isēs adiaphora panta einai, dēlon hōs ouk an diapheroien oudʼ autoi tōn pollōn. tis oun eiē an autōn hē sophia? kai dia ti Timōn tois men allois loidoreitai pasi, Pyrrōna dʼ hymnei monon?
And indeed, if we granted them that all things are equally indifferent, clearly they themselves would not differ from the many. What, then, would their wisdom be? And why does Timon revile all others and praise Pyrrho alone?
14.18.7Dindorf 2:302
ἔτι γε μὴν εἰ ἐπʼ ἴσης ἐστὶν ἀδιάφορα πάντα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χρὴ μηδὲν δοξάζειν, οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ ταῦτα διαφέροι· λέγω δὲ τὸ διαφέρειν ἢ μὴ διαφέρειν, καὶ τὸ δοξάζειν ἢ μὴ δοξάζειν. τί γὰρ μᾶλλον τοιαῦτά ἐστιν ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν; ἢ, ὡς φησι Τίμων, διὰ τί ναί καὶ διὰ τί οὔ, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ διὰ τί; φανερὸν οὖν ὡς ἀναιρεῖται τὸ ζητεῖν· ὥστε παυσάσθωσαν ἐνοχλοῦντες. ἐπεὶ νῦν γε μεμήνασι πόρρω τέχνης ἅμα μὲν ἡμῖν διακελευόμενοι μὴ δοξάζειν, ἅμα δὲ κελεύοντες αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιεῖν, καὶ λέγοντες ὡς περὶ οὐδενὸς ἀποφαίνεσθαι δέοι, κἄπειτα ἀποφαινόμενοι· καὶ ἀξιοῦσι μὲν μηδενὶ συγκατατίθεσθαι, πείθεσθαι δʼ αὐτοῖς κελεύουσιν· εἶτα λέγοντες μηδὲν εἰδέναι πάντας ἐλέγχουσιν ὡς εὖ εἰδότες.
eti ge mēn ei epʼ isēs estin adiaphora panta kai dia touto chrē mēden doxazein, ouk an oude tauta diapheroi; legō de to diapherein ē mē diapherein, kai to doxazein ē mē doxazein. ti gar mallon toiauta estin ē ouk estin? ē, hōs phēsi Timōn, dia ti nai kai dia ti ou, kai auto to dia ti? phaneron oun hōs anaireitai to zētein; hōste pausasthōsan enochlountes. epei nyn ge memēnasi porrō technēs hama men hēmin diakeleuomenoi mē doxazein, hama de keleuontes auto touto poiein, kai legontes hōs peri oudenos apophainesthai deoi, kapeita apophainomenoi; kai axiousi men mēdeni synkatatithesthai, peithesthai dʼ autois keleuousin; eita legontes mēden eidenai pantas elenchousin hōs eu eidotes.
Further, if all things are equally indifferent and for this reason one must form no opinion, these things too would not differ: I mean differing and not differing, and opining and not opining. For why are they such rather than not? Or, as Timon says, why yes and why no, and why the very “why”? Clearly, then, inquiry is done away with; so let them stop troubling us. For now they are raving beyond all art, at once bidding us not to opine and telling us to do this very thing, saying that one must declare oneself about nothing and then declaring themselves; and they think it right to assent to nothing, yet bid us be persuaded by them; then, saying they know nothing, they refute everyone as if they knew well.
14.18.8Dindorf 2:302–303
ἀνάγκη τε τοὺς φάσκοντας ὡς ἄδηλα πάντα εἴη δυοῖν θάτερον, ἢ σιωπᾶν ἢ ἀποφαίνεσθαί τι καὶ λέγειν. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡσυχίαν ἄγοιεν, δῆλον ὅτι πρός γε τοὺς τοιούτους οὐδεὶς ἂν εἴη λόγος· εἰ δʼ ἀποφαίνοιντο, πάντη τε καὶ πάντως ἢ εἶναί τι φαῖεν ἂν ἢ μὴ εἶναι, καθάπερ ἀμέλει νυνί φασιν ὡς εἴη πάντα ἄγνωστα καὶ νομιστὰ πᾶσι.
anankē te tous phaskontas hōs adēla panta eiē dyoin thateron, ē siōpan ē apophainesthai ti kai legein. ei men oun hēsychian agoien, dēlon hoti pros ge tous toioutous oudeis an eiē logos; ei dʼ apophainointo, pantē te kai pantōs ē einai ti phaien an ē mē einai, kathaper amelei nyni phasin hōs eiē panta agnōsta kai nomista pasi.
And those who say that all things are unclear must do one of two things: either keep silent, or declare and say something. If they keep quiet, clearly there would be no argument with such people; but if they declare themselves, they would in every way and altogether say either that something is or that it is not, just as indeed they now say that all things are unknowable and matters of opinion to all.
14.18.9Dindorf 2:303
ὡς δʼ οὐδὲν τοῦτο τοίνυν ὁ ἀξιῶν ἤτοι δηλοῖ τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ ἔνεστιν αὐτὸ συνεῖναι λεγόμενον, ἢ οὐκ ἔνεστιν. ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν οὐ δηλοῖ, καθάπαξ οὐδεὶς οὐδʼ οὕτω πρὸς τὸν τοιοῦτον ἂν εἴη λόγος. εἰ δὲ σημαίνοι, πάντως ἢ ἄπειρα λέγοι ἂν ἢ πεπερασμένα· καὶ εἰ μὲν ἄπειρα, οὐδʼ οὕτως ἂν εἴη λόγος πρὸς αὐτὸν, ἀπείρου γὰρ γνῶσις οὐκ ἔστι· πεπερασμένων δὲ ὄντων τῶν δηλουμένων ἢ ἑνὸς ὁτουοῦν ὁ τοῦτο λέγων ὁρίζει τι καὶ κρίνει. πῶς οὖν ἄγνωστα καὶ ἀνεπίκριτα πάντα εἴη ἄν; εἰ δὲ φαίη ταὐτὸ καὶ εἶναι καὶ μὴ εἶναι, πρῶτον μὲν ἔσται ταὐτὸ καὶ ἀληθὲς καὶ ψεῦδος, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐρεῖ τι καὶ οὐκ ἐρεῖ, καὶ λόγῳ χρώμενος ἀναιρήσει λόγον, ἔτι δὲ ὁμολογῶν ψεύδεσθαι πιστεύειν ἑαυτῷ φησι δεῖν.
hōs dʼ ouden touto toinyn ho axiōn ētoi dēloi to pragma kai enestin auto syneinai legomenon, ē ouk enestin. allʼ ei men ou dēloi, kathapax oudeis oudʼ houtō pros ton toiouton an eiē logos. ei de sēmainoi, pantōs ē apeira legoi an ē peperasmena; kai ei men apeira, oudʼ houtōs an eiē logos pros auton, apeirou gar gnōsis ouk esti; peperasmenōn de ontōn tōn dēloumenōn ē henos hotououn ho touto legōn horizei ti kai krinei. pōs oun agnōsta kai anepikrita panta eiē an? ei de phaiē tauto kai einai kai mē einai, prōton men estai tauto kai alēthes kai pseudos, epeita de erei ti kai ouk erei, kai logǭ chrōmenos anairēsei logon, eti de homologōn pseudesthai pisteuein heautǭ phēsi dein.
Then he who maintains this either makes the matter clear, and it is possible to understand what is said, or it is not. If he does not make it clear, in that case too there could be no argument with such a man. But if he signifies something, he would say either infinite things or limited ones; and if infinite, in that case too there could be no argument with him, for there is no knowledge of the infinite; but if the things made clear are limited, or any one thing, the one who says this defines and judges something. How then could all things be unknowable and undecidable? And if he says that the same thing both is and is not, first the same thing will be both true and false; then he will both say something and not say it, and using speech he will do away with speech; and further, admitting that he lies, he says one should trust him.
14.18.10Dindorf 2:303
ἄξιον δὲ ζητῆσαι πόθεν καὶ μαθόντες ἄδηλα πάντα φασὶν εἶναι. δεῖ γὰρ εἰδέναι πρότερον αὐτοὺς τί δή ποτʼ ἐστὶ τὸ δῆλον· οὕτω γοῦν ἂν ἔχοιεν λέγειν ὡς οὐκ εἴη τὰ πράγματα τοιαῦτα. πρῶτον γὰρ εἰδέναι χρὴ τὴν κατάφασιν, εἶτα τὴν ἀπόφασιν. εἰ δὲ ἀγνοοῦσιν ὁποῖόν ἐστι τὸ δῆλον, οὐκ ἂν εἰδεῖεν οὐδὲ τί τὸ ἄδηλον.
axion de zētēsai pothen kai mathontes adēla panta phasin einai. dei gar eidenai proteron autous ti dē potʼ esti to dēlon; houtō goun an echoien legein hōs ouk eiē ta pragmata toiauta. prōton gar eidenai chrē tēn kataphasin, eita tēn apophasin. ei de agnoousin hopoion esti to dēlon, ouk an eideien oude ti to adēlon.
It is worth asking from where they learned to say that all things are unclear. For they must first know what the clear is; for so they could say that things are not such. For one must first know the affirmation, then the negation. But if they do not know what the clear is like, they would not know what the unclear is either.
14.18.11Dindorf 2:303–304
ὁπόταν γε μὴν Αἰνησίδημος ἐν τῇ ὑποτυπώσει τοὺς ἐννέα διεξίῃ τρόπους (κατὰ τοσούτους γὰρ ἀποφαίνειν ἄδηλα τὰ πράγματα πεπείραται) πότερον αὐτὸν φῶμεν εἰδότα λέγειν αὐτοὺς ἢ ἀγνοοῦντα; φησὶ γὰρ ὅτι τὰ ζῷα διαφέρει, καὶ ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ, καὶ αἶ πόλεις, καὶ οἶ βίοι, καὶ τὰ ἔθη, καὶ οἷ νόμοι· καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις δέ φησιν ἡμῶν ἀσθενεῖς εἷναι, καὶ πολλὰ τὰ ἔξωθεν λυμαινόμενα τὴν γνῶσιν, ἀποστήματα, καὶ μεγέθη καὶ κινήσεις· ἔτι δὲ τὸ μὴ ὁμοίως διακεῖσθαι νέους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ ἐγρηγορότας καὶ κοιμωμένους, καὶ ὑγιαίνοντας καὶ νοσοῦντας· οὐδενός τε ἡμᾶς ἁπλοῦ καὶ ἀκραιφνοῦς ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι.
hopotan ge mēn Ainēsidēmos en tę̄ hypotypōsei tous ennea diexię̄ tropous (kata tosoutous gar apophainein adēla ta pragmata pepeiratai) poteron auton phōmen eidota legein autous ē agnoounta? phēsi gar hoti ta zǭa diapherei, kai hēmeis autoi, kai ai poleis, kai oi bioi, kai ta ethē, kai hoi nomoi; kai tas aisthēseis de phēsin hēmōn astheneis heinai, kai polla ta exōthen lymainomena tēn gnōsin, apostēmata, kai megethē kai kinēseis; eti de to mē homoiōs diakeisthai neous kai presbyterous, kai egrēgorotas kai koimōmenous, kai hygiainontas kai nosountas; oudenos te hēmas haplou kai akraiphnous antilambanesthai.
Again, when Aenesidemus in his Outline goes through the nine modes (for in so many he has tried to show that things are unclear), shall we say that he speaks of them knowing or not knowing? For he says that living beings differ, and we ourselves, and cities, and ways of life, and customs, and laws; and he says that our senses are weak, and that many things from outside spoil knowledge: distances, sizes, and motions; and further that the young and the older are not similarly disposed, nor the waking and sleeping, nor the healthy and sick; and that we grasp nothing simple and pure.
14.18.12Dindorf 2:304
πάντα γὰρ εἶναι συγκεχυμένα καὶ πρός τι λεγόμενα. ταῦτα δὲ, φημὶ, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα κομψολογοῦντα αὐτὸν ἡδέως ἄν τις ἤρετο, πότερον εὖ εἰδὼς λέγοι διότι τὰ πράγματα τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον ἢ ἀγνοῶν· εἰ μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ᾔδει, πῶς ἂν ἡμεῖς αὐτῷ πιστεύοιμεν; εἰ δʼ ἐγίνωσκε, κομιδῇ τις ἦν ἠλίθιος ἅμα μὲν ἄδηλα πάντα ἀποφαινόμενος, ἅμα δὲ τοσαῦτα λέγων εἰδέναι.
panta gar einai synkechymena kai pros ti legomena. tauta de, phēmi, kai ta toiauta kompsologounta auton hēdeōs an tis ēreto, poteron eu eidōs legoi dioti ta pragmata touton echei ton tropon ē agnoōn; ei men gar ouk ę̄dei, pōs an hēmeis autǭ pisteuoimen? ei dʼ eginōske, komidę̄ tis ēn ēlithios hama men adēla panta apophainomenos, hama de tosauta legōn eidenai.
For all things are confused and spoken of in relation to something. One would gladly ask him, as he says these and such things so cleverly, whether he says them knowing well that things are so, or not knowing. For if he did not know, how should we believe him? But if he knew, he was utterly foolish, at once declaring all things unclear and saying that he knew so many things.
14.18.13Dindorf 2:304
καὶ μὴν ὁπότε γε τοιαῦτα διεξίοιεν, οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐπαγωγήν τινα λέγουσι, δεικνύντες ὁποῖʼ ἄττα εἴη τὰ φαινόμενα καὶ τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστα· τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτο καὶ ἔστι καὶ λέγεται πίστις. εἰ μὲν οὑν αὐτῇ συγκατατίθενται, δῆλον ὅτι δοξάζουσιν· εἰ δʼ οὐ πιστεύουσιν, οὐδʼ ἂν ἡμεῖς προσέχειν αὐτοῖς βουληθείημεν.
kai mēn hopote ge toiauta diexioien, ouden allʼ ē epagōgēn tina legousi, deiknyntes hopoiʼ atta eiē ta phainomena kai ta kathʼ hekasta; to de toiouto kai esti kai legetai pistis. ei men houn autę̄ synkatatithentai, dēlon hoti doxazousin; ei dʼ ou pisteuousin, oudʼ an hēmeis prosechein autois boulētheiēmen.
And indeed, when they go through such things, they are stating nothing but an induction, showing what the appearances and particulars are like; and such a thing both is and is called a proof. If, then, they assent to it, clearly they hold opinions; but if they do not believe it, neither would we wish to pay attention to them.
14.18.14Dindorf 2:304
ὅ γε μὴν Τίμων ἐν τῷ Πύθωνι διηγεῖται, μακρόν τινα κατατείνας λόγον, ὡς ἐντύχοι τῷ Πύρρωνι βαδίζοντι Πυθοῖδε παρὰ τὸ ἱερὸν τὸ τοῦ Ἀμφιαράου, καὶ τίνα διαλεχθεῖεν ἀλλήλοις. ἆρʼ οὖν οὐκ εὐλόγως ἄν τις αὐτῷ ταῦτα συγγράφοντι παραστὰς εἴποι, τί, ὦ πονηρὲ, ἐνοχλεῖς σεαυτῷ ταῦτα συγγράφων καὶ ἃ μὴ οἶσθα διηγούμενος; τί γὰρ μᾶλλον ἐνέτυχες αὐτῷ ἢ οὐκ ἐνέτυχες, καὶ διελέχθης ἢ οὐ διελέχθης;
ho ge mēn Timōn en tǭ Pythōni diēgeitai, makron tina katateinas logon, hōs entychoi tǭ Pyrrōni badizonti Pythoide para to hieron to tou Amphiaraou, kai tina dialechtheien allēlois. arʼ oun ouk eulogōs an tis autǭ tauta syngraphonti parastas eipoi, ti, ō ponēre, enochleis seautǭ tauta syngraphōn kai ha mē oistha diēgoumenos? ti gar mallon enetyches autǭ ē ouk enetyches, kai dielechthēs ē ou dielechthēs?
Timon, at least, in his Python relates at great length how he met Pyrrho walking to Pytho by the temple of Amphiaraus, and what they said to one another. Would not someone reasonably stand by him as he wrote this and say: “Why, you wretch, do you trouble yourself writing this and relating what you do not know? For why did you meet him rather than not meet him, and converse rather than not converse?”
14.18.15Dindorf 2:304–305
αὐτός τε ἐκεῖνος ὁ θαυμαστὸς Πυρρῶν ἆρά γε ᾔδει τὸ διὰ τί βαδίζοι Πύθια θεασόμενος; ἢ καθάπερ οἶ μεμηνότες ἐπλανᾶτο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν; ἡνίκα δὲ ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῆς ἀγνοίας αὐτῶν, ἆρά γε φῶμεν αὐτὸν ἀληθῆ λέγειν ἢ μὴ, καὶ τὸν Τίμωνα παθεῖν τι καὶ συγκαταθέσθαι τοῖς λόγοις ἢ μὴ προσέχειν; εἰ μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐπείσθη, πῶς ἀντὶ χορευτοῦ φιλόσοφος ἐγένετο καὶ τὸν Πύρρωνα διετέλεσε θαυμάζων; εἰ δὲ συγκατέθετο τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἄτοπος ἂν εἴη τις, αὐτὸς μὲν φιλοσοφῶν, ἡμᾶς δὲ κωλύων.
autos te ekeinos ho thaumastos Pyrrōn ara ge ę̄dei to dia ti badizoi Pythia theasomenos? ē kathaper oi memēnotes eplanato kata tēn hodon? hēnika de ērxato katēgorein tōn anthrōpōn kai tēs agnoias autōn, ara ge phōmen auton alēthē legein ē mē, kai ton Timōna pathein ti kai synkatathesthai tois logois ē mē prosechein? ei men gar ouk epeisthē, pōs anti choreutou philosophos egeneto kai ton Pyrrōna dietelese thaumazōn? ei de synkatetheto tois legomenois, atopos an eiē tis, autos men philosophōn, hēmas de kōlyōn.
And that wonderful Pyrrho himself, did he know why he was walking to see the Pythian games? Or did he wander along the road like madmen? And when he began to accuse men and their ignorance, shall we say that he spoke the truth or not, and that Timon was moved and assented to his words or paid no attention? For if he was not persuaded, how did he become a philosopher instead of a chorus dancer and go on admiring Pyrrho? But if he assented to what was said, he would be absurd, philosophizing himself but preventing us.
14.18.16Dindorf 2:305
ἁπλῶς δὲ θαυμάσαι τις ἂν οἱ Τίμωνος σίλλοι καὶ αἷ κατὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων βλασφημίαι, καὶ αἱ μακραὶ στοιχειώσεις εἰς Αἰνησιδήμου, καὶ πᾶς ὁ τοιοῦτος ὄχλος τῶν λόγων τί δήποτε βούλεται αὐτοῖς. εἰ μὲν γὰρ οἰόμενοι κρείττους ἡμᾶς ἀπεργάσεσθαι ταῦτα γεγράφασι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάντας οἴονται δεῖν ἐλέγχειν ὅπως παυσώμεθα φλυαροῦντες, βούλονται δηλονότι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἡμὰς εἰδέναι καὶ ὑπολαβεῖν ὅτι τοιαῦτα εἴη τὰ πράγματα καθάπερ ἀξιοῖ Πυρρῶν. ὥστε εἰ πεισθείημεν αὐτοῖς, ἐκ χειρόνων βελτίους ἂν γενοίμεθα, κρίναντες τὰ συμφορώτερα καὶ τοὺς ἄμεινον λέγοντας ἀποδεξάμενοι.
haplōs de thaumasai tis an hoi Timōnos silloi kai hai kata pantōn anthrōpōn blasphēmiai, kai hai makrai stoicheiōseis eis Ainēsidēmou, kai pas ho toioutos ochlos tōn logōn ti dēpote bouletai autois. ei men gar oiomenoi kreittous hēmas apergasesthai tauta gegraphasi, kai dia touto pantas oiontai dein elenchein hopōs pausōmetha phlyarountes, boulontai dēlonoti tēn alētheian hēmas eidenai kai hypolabein hoti toiauta eiē ta pragmata kathaper axioi Pyrrōn. hōste ei peistheiēmen autois, ek cheironōn beltious an genoimetha, krinantes ta symphorōtera kai tous ameinon legontas apodexamenoi.
In short, one might wonder what Timon’s Silloi and his blasphemies against all men, and the long elementary treatises addressed to Aenesidemus, and the whole crowd of such writings mean for them. For if they have written these thinking to make us better, and for this reason think they must refute everyone so that we may stop talking nonsense, they clearly want us to know the truth and to suppose that things are such as Pyrrho holds. So if we were persuaded by them, we would become better from worse, having judged what is more profitable and accepted those who speak better.
14.18.17Dindorf 2:305
πῶς οὖν ἐπʼ ἴσης ἀδιάφορα τὰ πράγματα καὶ ἀνεπίκριτα δύναιτʼ ἂν εἶναι; καὶ πῶς ἀσυγκατάθετοι καὶ ἀδόξαστοι γενοίμεθʼ ἄν; εἰ δʼ οὐδὲν ὄφελός ἐστι τῶν λόγων, τί ἡμῖν ἐνοχλοῦσιν; ἢ διὰ τί Τίμων φησὶν οὐκ ἂν δὴ Πύρρωνί γʼ ἐρίσσειεν βροτὸς ἄλλος; οὐ γὰρ μᾶλλον Πύρρωνα θαυμάσαι τις ἂν ἢ τὸν Κόροιβον ἐκεῖνον ἢ τὸν Μελητίδην, οἳ δὴ δοκοῦσι μωρίᾳ διενεγκεῖν.
pōs oun epʼ isēs adiaphora ta pragmata kai anepikrita dynaitʼ an einai? kai pōs asynkatathetoi kai adoxastoi genoimethʼ an? ei dʼ ouden ophelos esti tōn logōn, ti hēmin enochlousin? ē dia ti Timōn phēsin ouk an dē Pyrrōni gʼ erisseien brotos allos? ou gar mallon Pyrrōna thaumasai tis an ē ton Koroibon ekeinon ē ton Melētidēn, hoi dē dokousi mōrią dienenkein.
How then could things be equally indifferent and undecidable? And how could we be without assent and without opinion? But if the arguments are of no use, why do they trouble us? Or why does Timon say, “No other mortal could contend with Pyrrho”? For one would no more admire Pyrrho than that famous Coroebus or Meletides, who are thought to have excelled in folly.
14.18.18Dindorf 2:305–306
ἐνθυμεῖσθαι μέντοι χρὴ καὶ ταῦτα. ποῖος γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο πολίτης, ἢ δικαστὴς, ἢ σύμβουλος, ἢ φίλος, ἢ ἀπλῶς εἰπεῖν ἄνθρωπος, ὅ γε τοιοῦτος; ἢ τί τῶν κακῶν οὐ τολμήσειεν ἂν ὁ μηδὲν ὡς ἀληθῶς οἰόμενος εἶναι κακὸν, ἢ αἰσχρὸν, ἢ δίκαιον, ἢ ἄδικον; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο φαίη τις ἂν, ὅτι τοὺς νόμους δεδοίκασι καὶ τὰς τιμωρίας οἶ τοιοῦτοι· πῶς γὰρ οἴ γε ἀπαθεῖς καὶ ἀτάραχοι, καθάπερ αὐτοί φασιν, ὄντες;
enthymeisthai mentoi chrē kai tauta. poios gar an genoito politēs, ē dikastēs, ē symboulos, ē philos, ē aplōs eipein anthrōpos, ho ge toioutos? ē ti tōn kakōn ou tolmēseien an ho mēden hōs alēthōs oiomenos einai kakon, ē aischron, ē dikaion, ē adikon? oude gar ekeino phaiē tis an, hoti tous nomous dedoikasi kai tas timōrias oi toioutoi; pōs gar oi ge apatheis kai atarachoi, kathaper autoi phasin, ontes?
One must also consider this. What kind of citizen, or judge, or counselor, or friend, or, in a word, human being would such a man be? Or what evil would he not dare, who thinks that nothing is truly evil or shameful or just or unjust? Nor could one say that such men fear the laws and punishments; for how could they, being without passion and undisturbed, as they themselves say?
14.18.19Dindorf 2:306
ὅ γέ τοι Τίμων ταῦτα καὶ λέγει περὶ τοῦ Πύρρωνος ἀλλʼ οἶον τὸν ἄτυφον ἐγὼ ἴδον ἠδʼ ἀδάμαστον πᾶσιν ὅσοι δαμνᾶτε βροτῶν ἄφατοί τε φατοί τε λαῶν ἔθνεα κοῦφα, βαρυνόμενʼ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα ἐκ παθέων, δόξης τε καὶ εἰκαίης νομοθήκης.
ho ge toi Timōn tauta kai legei peri tou Pyrrōnos allʼ oion ton atyphon egō idon ēdʼ adamaston pasin hosoi damnate brotōn aphatoi te phatoi te laōn ethnea koupha, barynomenʼ entha kai entha ek patheōn, doxēs te kai eikaiēs nomothēkēs.
Timon, at least, says this too about Pyrrho: “But such a man, free from vanity, I saw, and unsubdued by all that subdue the speechless and the speaking tribes of mortals, light peoples, weighed down here and there by passions, opinion, and random lawmaking.”
14.18.20Dindorf 2:306
ὁπόταν μέντοι φῶσι τὸ σοφὸν δὴ τοῦτο, ὅτι δέοι κατακολουθοῦντα τῇ φύσει ζῆν καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσι, μηδενὶ μέντοι συγκατατίθεσθαι, πάνυ τινές εἰσιν εὐήθεις. εἰ γὰρ μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ, τούτῳ γοῦν αὐτῷ δεῖ συγκαταθέσθαι καὶ ὑπολαβεῖν οὕτως ἔχειν αὐτό. τί δὲ μᾶλλον τῇ φύσει καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσι δεῖ κατακολουθεῖν ἢ οὐ δεῖ, μὴ εἰδότας γε δὴ μηδὲν, μηδὲ ἔχοντάς τι ὅτῳ κρινοῦμεν;
hopotan mentoi phōsi to sophon dē touto, hoti deoi katakolouthounta tę̄ physei zēn kai tois ethesi, mēdeni mentoi synkatatithesthai, pany tines eisin euētheis. ei gar mēdeni allǭ, toutǭ goun autǭ dei synkatathesthai kai hypolabein houtōs echein auto. ti de mallon tę̄ physei kai tois ethesi dei katakolouthein ē ou dei, mē eidotas ge dē mēden, mēde echontas ti hotǭ krinoumen?
When, however, they say that this wise thing, that one must live following nature and customs but assent to nothing, they are very simple-minded. For if to nothing else, at least to this very thing one must assent and suppose that it is so. And why must one follow nature and customs rather than not, if we know nothing and have nothing by which we shall judge?
14.18.21Dindorf 2:306
ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ καὶ παντάπασίν ἐστιν ἠλίθιον, ἐπειδὰν λέγωσιν ὅτι καθάπερ τὰ καθαρτικὰ φάρμακα συνεκκρίνει μετὰ τῶν περιττωμάτων καὶ ἑαυτὰ, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὁ πάντα ἀξιῶν εἶναι λόγος ἄδηλα μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀναιρεῖ καὶ ἑαυτόν. εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸς αὑτὸν ἐλέγχοι, ληροῖεν ἂν οἶ χρώμενοι τούτῳ. βέλτιον οὖν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν αὐτοὺς καὶ μηδὲ τὸ στόμα διαίρειν.
ekeino men gar kai pantapasin estin ēlithion, epeidan legōsin hoti kathaper ta kathartika pharmaka synekkrinei meta tōn perittōmatōn kai heauta, ton auton tropon kai ho panta axiōn einai logos adēla meta tōn allōn anairei kai heauton. ei gar autos hauton elenchoi, lēroien an oi chrōmenoi toutǭ. beltion oun hēsychian agein autous kai mēde to stoma diairein.
That is altogether foolish, when they say that, just as purgative drugs expel themselves along with the waste, in the same way the argument that holds all things to be unclear does away with itself along with the others. For if it refutes itself, those who use it would be talking nonsense. Better, then, for them to keep quiet and not even open their mouths.
14.18.22Dindorf 2:306
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ὅμοιον ἔχει τι τὸ καθαρτικὸν φάρμακον καὶ ὁ τούτων λόγος. τὸ μὲν γὰρ φάρμακον ἐκκρίνεται κἀν τοῖς σώμασιν οὐχ ὑπομένει, τὸν μέντοι λόγον ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑπάρχειν δεῖ τὸν αὐτὸν ὄντα καὶ πιστευόμενον ἀεί· μόνος γὰρ οὗτος εἴη ἂν ὁ ποιῶν ἀσυγκαταθέτους.
alla mēn oudʼ homoion echei ti to kathartikon pharmakon kai ho toutōn logos. to men gar pharmakon ekkrinetai kan tois sōmasin ouch hypomenei, ton mentoi logon en tais psychais hyparchein dei ton auton onta kai pisteuomenon aei; monos gar houtos eiē an ho poiōn asynkatathetous.
But the purgative drug and their argument have nothing alike. For the drug is expelled and does not remain in the body, whereas the argument must remain in souls the same and always believed; for this alone would make them without assent.
14.18.23Dindorf 2:306–307
ὅτι δʼ οὐκ οἴονται τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀδόξαστον εἶναι καὶ ὡδὶ καταμάθοι τις ἄν. ἀδύνατον γὰρ τὸν αἰσθανόμενον μὴ αἰσθάνεσθαι. τὸ δʼ αἰσθάνεσθαι γνωρίζειν τι ἢν. ὅτι δὲ καὶ πιστεύει τῇ αἰσθήσει πᾶσι φανερόν· ἀκριβέστερον γὰρ θέλων ἰδεῖν ἀπέψησε τὼ ὀφθαλμὼ καὶ προσῆλθεν ἐγγύτερον καὶ ἐπηλυγάσατο.
hoti dʼ ouk oiontai ton anthrōpon adoxaston einai kai hōdi katamathoi tis an. adynaton gar ton aisthanomenon mē aisthanesthai. to dʼ aisthanesthai gnōrizein ti ēn. hoti de kai pisteuei tę̄ aisthēsei pasi phaneron; akribesteron gar thelōn idein apepsēse tō ophthalmō kai prosēlthen engyteron kai epēlygasato.
That they do not think man is without opinion one might learn in this way too. For it is impossible for one who perceives not to perceive; and perceiving was knowing something. And that he trusts perception is plain to all; for wishing to see more accurately he wiped his eyes, came nearer, and shaded them.
14.18.24Dindorf 2:307
καὶ μὴν ἡδόμενοί γε καὶ πονοῦντες ἴσμεν· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε τὸν καιόμενον ἢ τεμνόμενον ἀγνοεῖν. τὰς δὲ δὴ μνήμας καὶ τὰς ἀναμνήσεις τίς οὐκ ἂν φαίη μεθʼ ὑπολήψεως γίγνεσθαι; περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν κοινῶν ἐννοιῶν, ὅτι τὸ τοιοῦτον ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, ἔτι δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐπιστημῶν καὶ τεχνῶν, τί λέγοι τις ἄν; οὐδὲν γὰρ ἦν τούτων, εἰ μὴ ἐπεφύκειμεν ὑπολαμβάνειν. ἀλλʼ ἔγωγε ἐῶ τἄλλα τοῖς μέντοι λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τούτων ἐάν τε πιστεύωμεν, ἐάν τε ἀπιστῶμεν, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει δοξάζειν πάντη τε καὶ πάντως.”
kai mēn hēdomenoi ge kai ponountes ismen; ou gar hoion te ton kaiomenon ē temnomenon agnoein. tas de dē mnēmas kai tas anamnēseis tis ouk an phaiē methʼ hypolēpseōs gignesthai? peri men gar tōn koinōn ennoiōn, hoti to toiouton anthrōpos estin, eti de peri tōn epistēmōn kai technōn, ti legoi tis an? ouden gar ēn toutōn, ei mē epephykeimen hypolambanein. allʼ egōge eō talla tois mentoi legomenois hypo toutōn ean te pisteuōmen, ean te apistōmen, anankaiōs echei doxazein pantē te kai pantōs.”
And indeed we know when we feel pleasure and pain; for it is impossible for one being burned or cut not to know it. And who would not say that memories and recollections occur with some supposition? And about the common notions, that such a thing is a man, and further about the sciences and arts, what could one say? For none of these would exist if we were not by nature able to suppose. But I let the rest go: whether we believe what is said by these men or disbelieve it, we must necessarily form opinions in every way and altogether.”
14.18.25Dindorf 2:307
“Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἀμήχανόν ἐστι φιλοσοφεῖν τρόπον τοῦτον φανερόν· ὅτι δὲ καὶ παρὰ φύσιν καὶ παρὰ τοὺς νόμους ὡδὶ κατίδοιμεν ἄν. εἰ γὰρ αὖ τῷ ὄντι τὰ πράγματα τοιαῦτα εἴη, τί λοιπὸν ἀλλʼ ἢ καθάπερ ἐν ὕπνῳ ζῆν ἡμὰς εἰκῆ καὶ ἐμπλήκτως; ὥστε φλυαροῖεν ἂν οἱ νομοθέται καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ παιδεύοντες. ἀλλʼ ἔμοιγε δοκοῦσιν οἶ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες ἄνθρωποι ζῆν κατὰ φύσιν, μόνοι μέντοι τετυφῶσθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ μεμηνέναι μανίαν ἐρρωμένην οἶ ταῦτα ληροῦντες.
“Hoti men oun amēchanon esti philosophein tropon touton phaneron; hoti de kai para physin kai para tous nomous hōdi katidoimen an. ei gar au tǭ onti ta pragmata toiauta eiē, ti loipon allʼ ē kathaper en hypnǭ zēn hēmas eikē kai emplēktōs? hōste phlyaroien an hoi nomothetai kai stratēgoi kai hoi paideuontes. allʼ emoige dokousin oi men alloi pantes anthrōpoi zēn kata physin, monoi mentoi tetyphōsthai, mallon de memēnenai manian errōmenēn oi tauta lērountes.
“That it is impossible to philosophize in this way is plain; and that it is also against nature and against the laws we might see thus. For if things really were such, what would remain but for us to live as in sleep, at random and senselessly? So lawgivers and generals and educators would be talking nonsense. But it seems to me that all other men live according to nature, and only those who talk this nonsense are deluded, or rather mad with a violent madness.
14.18.26Dindorf 2:307–308
οὐχ ἥκιστα μέντοι τοῦτο καταμάθοι τις ἂν κἀκεῖθεν. Ἀντίγονος γοῦν ὁ Καρύστιος κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς γενόμενος χρόνους καὶ ἀναγράψας αὐτῶν τὸν βίον φησὶ τὸν Πύρρωνα διωκόμενον ὑπὸ κυνὸς ἀναφυγεῖν ἐπί τι δένδρον, σκωπτόμενον δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν παρόντων εἰπεῖν ὡς χαλεπὸν εἴη ἄνθρωπον ἐκδῦναι. Φιλίστης δὲ τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτοῦ θυούσης, ἔπειτα τῶν φίλων τινὸς ὑποσχομένου τὰ πρὸς τὴν θυσίαν καὶ μὴ παρασχομένου, τοῦ μέντοι Πύρρωνος πριαμένου καὶ ἀγανακτοῦντος, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ φίλος ἔλεγεν ὡς οὐ ποιήσαιτο σύμφωνα τοῖς λόγοις οὐδʼ ἄξια τῆς ἀπαθείας, εἰπεῖν αὐτὸν, ἐν γοῦν γυναικὶ οὐ δεῖ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν αὐτῆς ποιεῖσθαι. καίτοι δικαίως ἂν εἶπεν ὁ φίλος ὅτι, ὦ μάταιε, καὶ ἐν γυναικὶ καὶ κυνὶ καὶ πᾶσιν, εἴ τι δή σοι τῶν λόγων τούτων ἐστὶν ὄφελος.”
ouch hēkista mentoi touto katamathoi tis an kakeithen. Antigonos goun ho Karystios kata tous autous genomenos chronous kai anagrapsas autōn ton bion phēsi ton Pyrrōna diōkomenon hypo kynos anaphygein epi ti dendron, skōptomenon dʼ hypo tōn parontōn eipein hōs chalepon eiē anthrōpon ekdynai. Philistēs de tēs adelphēs autou thyousēs, epeita tōn philōn tinos hyposchomenou ta pros tēn thysian kai mē paraschomenou, tou mentoi Pyrrōnos priamenou kai aganaktountos, epeidēper ho philos elegen hōs ou poiēsaito symphōna tois logois oudʼ axia tēs apatheias, eipein auton, en goun gynaiki ou dei tēn apodeixin autēs poieisthai. kaitoi dikaiōs an eipen ho philos hoti, ō mataie, kai en gynaiki kai kyni kai pasin, ei ti dē soi tōn logōn toutōn estin ophelos.”
Not least might one learn this from the following. Antigonus of Carystus, at least, who lived in the same times and wrote their lives, says that Pyrrho, chased by a dog, fled up a tree, and when mocked by those present said that it was hard to strip off the man. And when his sister Philista was sacrificing, and one of their friends promised the things for the sacrifice and did not provide them, Pyrrho bought them and was angry; and when the friend said that he had not acted in agreement with his words nor worthily of his impassivity, he said, ‘In the case of a woman, at least, one should not make a display of it.’ Yet the friend might justly have said: ‘You fool, both in the case of a woman and a dog and in all things, if your arguments are of any use.’”
14.18.27Dindorf 2:308
“Ὀρθῶς δʼ ἔχει μαθεῖν καὶ τίνες οἱ ζηλώσαντες αὐτὸν ἐγένοντο καὶ τίνας ἐξήλωσεν αὐτός. ὁ μὲν οὖν Πύρρων Ἀναξάρχου τινὸς ἐγένετο μαθητὴς, ὃς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἦν ζωγράφος, οὐδʼ οὕτως εὐτυχὴς, ἔπειτα τοῖς Δημοκρίτου βιβλίοις ἐντυχὼν χρηστὸν μὲν οὐδὲν οὔτε εὗρεν οὔτε συνεγράψατο, κακῶς δὲ πάντας εἶπε καὶ θεοὺς καὶ ἀνθρώπους· αὐτὸς δʼ ὕστερον τοῦτον τὸν τῦφον περιβαλλόμενος καὶ καλῶν ἄτυφον ἑαυτὸν οὐδὲν ἐν γραφῇ κατέλιπεν.
“Orthōs dʼ echei mathein kai tines hoi zēlōsantes auton egenonto kai tinas exēlōsen autos. ho men oun Pyrrōn Anaxarchou tinos egeneto mathētēs, hos to men prōton ēn zōgraphos, oudʼ houtōs eutychēs, epeita tois Dēmokritou bibliois entychōn chrēston men ouden oute heuren oute synegrapsato, kakōs de pantas eipe kai theous kai anthrōpous; autos dʼ hysteron touton ton typhon periballomenos kai kalōn atyphon heauton ouden en graphę̄ katelipen.
“It is right to learn also who they were who admired him and whom he himself admired. Pyrrho, then, was a pupil of one Anaxarchus, and was at first a painter, and not a very successful one; then, coming upon the books of Democritus, he neither found nor wrote anything useful, but spoke ill of all, both gods and men. Later, wrapping himself in this vanity and calling himself free from vanity, he left nothing in writing.
14.18.28Dindorf 2:308
ἐγένετο δὲ μαθητὴς αὐτοῦ Τίμων Φλιάσιος, ὃς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐχόρευεν ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις, ἔπειτα δʼ ἐντυχὼν αὐτῷ συνέγραψεν ἀργαλέας παρῳδίας καὶ βωμολόχους, ἐν αἶς βεβλασφήμηκε πάντας τοὺς πώποτε φιλοσοφήσαντας. οὗτος γὰρ ἦν ὁ τοὺς σίλλους γράψας καὶ λέγων σχέτλιοι ἄνθρωποι, κάκʼ ἐλέγχεα, γαστέρες οἶον, τοίων ἔκ τʼ ἐρίδων ἔκ τε στοναχῶν πέπλασθε, καὶ ἄνθρωποι κενεῆς οἰήσιος ἔμπλεοι ἀσκοί.
egeneto de mathētēs autou Timōn Phliasios, hos to men prōton echoreuen en tois theatrois, epeita dʼ entychōn autǭ synegrapsen argaleas parǭdias kai bōmolochous, en ais beblasphēmēke pantas tous pōpote philosophēsantas. houtos gar ēn ho tous sillous grapsas kai legōn schetlioi anthrōpoi, kakʼ elenchea, gasteres oion, toiōn ek tʼ eridōn ek te stonachōn peplasthe, kai anthrōpoi keneēs oiēsios empleoi askoi.
His pupil was Timon of Phlius, who at first danced in the theaters, then, meeting him, wrote troublesome and buffoonish parodies, in which he has blasphemed all who ever philosophized. For he it was who wrote the Silloi and said: ‘Wretched men, base reproaches, mere bellies, from such strifes and groans are you formed,’ and, ‘Men, wineskins full of empty conceit.’
14.18.29Dindorf 2:308
μηδενὸς δʼ ἐπιστραφέντος αὐτῶν, ὡς εἰ μηδὲ ἐγένοντο τὸ παράπαν, ἐχθὲς καὶ πρώην ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ τῇ κατʼ Αἴγυπτον Αἰνησίδημός τις ἀναζωπυρεῖν ἤρξατο τὸν ὕθλον τοῦτον. καὶ σχεδὸν οἱ μὲν κράτιστοι δοκοῦντες εἶναι τῶν τὴν ὁδὸν βεβαδικότων ταύτην εἰσὶν οὗτοι.
mēdenos dʼ epistraphentos autōn, hōs ei mēde egenonto to parapan, echthes kai prōēn en Alexandreią tę̄ katʼ Aigypton Ainēsidēmos tis anazōpyrein ērxato ton hythlon touton. kai schedon hoi men kratistoi dokountes einai tōn tēn hodon bebadikotōn tautēn eisin houtoi.
When none paid any attention to them, as if they had never existed at all, yesterday or the day before in Alexandria in Egypt a certain Aenesidemus began to rekindle this nonsense. And these, more or less, are those who seem the strongest of those who have walked this road.
14.18.30Dindorf 2:308–309
ὅτι μὲν οὖν τὴν τοιαύτην εἴτε αἵρεσιν εἴτε ἀγωγὴν λόγων εἴτε ὅπη καὶ ὅπως ἐθέλει τις καλεῖν αὐτὴν οὐδεὶς ἂν εὖ φρονῶν ὀρθὴν εἶναι φαίη δῆλον. ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ φιλοσοφίαν οἴομαι δεῖν ὀνομάζειν αὐτὴν, ἀναιροῦσάν γε δὴ τὰς τοῦ φιλοσοφεῖν ἀρχάς.”
hoti men oun tēn toiautēn eite hairesin eite agōgēn logōn eite hopē kai hopōs ethelei tis kalein autēn oudeis an eu phronōn orthēn einai phaiē dēlon. egō men gar oude philosophian oiomai dein onomazein autēn, anairousan ge dē tas tou philosophein archas.”
That no one in his right mind would say that such a school, or method of argument, or whatever and however one wishes to call it, is right, is clear. For my part I do not think it should even be called philosophy, since it does away with the very principles of philosophizing.”
14.18.31Dindorf 2:309
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν πρὸς τοὺς κατὰ Πύρρωνα φιλοσοφεῖν νομιζομένους. συγγενῆ δʼ αὐτοῖς εἴη ἂν καὶ τὰ ἀντιλεγόμενα πρὸς τοὺς κατὰ Ἀρίστιππον τὸν Κυρηναῖον, μόνα λέγοντας εἶναι τὰ πάθη καταληπτά. Σωκράτους δʼ ἑταῖρος ὁ Ἀρίστιππος ἦν, ὁ τὴν καλουμένην Κυρηναϊκὴν συστησάμενος αἵρεσιν, ἀφʼ ἧς τὰς ἀφορμὰς Ἐπίκουρος πρὸς τὴν τοῦ τέλους ἔκθεσιν εἴληφεν. ἦν δʼ ὁ Ἀρίστιππος ὑγρὸς πάνυ τὸν βίον καὶ φιλήδονος· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν μὲν οὗτος ἐν τῷ φανερῷ περὶ τέλους διελέξατο, δυνάμει δὲ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔλεγεν ἐν ἡδοναῖς κεῖσθαι. ἀεὶ γὰρ λόγους περὶ ἡδονῆς ποιούμενος εἰς ὑποψίαν ἦγε τοὺς προσιόντας αὐτῷ τοῦ λέγειν τέλος εἶναι τὸ ἡδέως ζῆν.
Tauta men oun pros tous kata Pyrrōna philosophein nomizomenous. syngenē dʼ autois eiē an kai ta antilegomena pros tous kata Aristippon ton Kyrēnaion, mona legontas einai ta pathē katalēpta. Sōkratous dʼ hetairos ho Aristippos ēn, ho tēn kaloumenēn Kyrēnaïkēn systēsamenos hairesin, aphʼ hēs tas aphormas Epikouros pros tēn tou telous ekthesin eilēphen. ēn dʼ ho Aristippos hygros pany ton bion kai philēdonos; allʼ ouden men houtos en tǭ phanerǭ peri telous dielexato, dynamei de tēs eudaimonias tēn hypostasin elegen en hēdonais keisthai. aei gar logous peri hēdonēs poioumenos eis hypopsian ēge tous prosiontas autǭ tou legein telos einai to hēdeōs zēn.
So much, then, against those thought to philosophize according to Pyrrho. Akin to them would be the arguments against the followers of Aristippus of Cyrene, who say that only feelings can be apprehended. Aristippus was a companion of Socrates, who founded the so-called Cyrenaic school, from which Epicurus took his starting points for his account of the end. Aristippus was very soft in his life and fond of pleasure; he said nothing openly about the end, but in effect said that the substance of happiness lies in pleasures. For by always talking about pleasure he led those who came to him to suspect that he said the end is to live pleasantly.
14.18.32Dindorf 2:309–310
τούτου γέγονεν ἀκουστὴς σὺν ἄλλοις καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ Ἀρήτη· ἥτις γεννήσασα παῖδα ὠνόμασεν Ἀρίστιππον, ὃς εἰσαχθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτῆς εἰς λόγους φιλοσοφίας μητροδίδακτος ἐκλήθη· ὃς καὶ σαφῶς ὡρίσατο τέλος εἶναι τὸ ἡδέως ζῆν, ἡδονὴν ἐντάττων τὴν κατὰ κίνησιν. τρεῖς γὰρ ἔφη καταστάσεις εἶναι περὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν σύγκρασιν· μίαν μὲν καθʼ ἣν ἀλγοῦμεν, ἐοικυῖαν τῷ κατὰ θάλασσαν χειμῶνι· ἑτέραν δὲ καθʼ ἣν ἡδόμεθα, τῷ λείῳ κύματι ἀφομοιουμένην· εἶναι γὰρ λείαν κίνησιν τὴν ἡδονὴν, οὐρίῳ παραβαλλομένην ἀνέμῳ· τὴν δὲ τρίτην μέσην εἶναι κατάστασιν, καθʼ ἣν οὔτε ἀλγοῦμεν οὔτε ἡδόμεθα, γαλήνῃ παραπλησίαν οὖσαν. τούτων δʼ οὖν καὶ ἔφασκε τῶν παθῶν μόνων ἡμᾶς τὴν αἴσθησιν ἔχειν, πρὸς οὓς ἀντιλέλεκται ταῦτα.
toutou gegonen akoustēs syn allois kai hē thygatēr autou Arētē; hētis gennēsasa paida ōnomasen Aristippon, hos eisachtheis hypʼ autēs eis logous philosophias mētrodidaktos eklēthē; hos kai saphōs hōrisato telos einai to hēdeōs zēn, hēdonēn entattōn tēn kata kinēsin. treis gar ephē katastaseis einai peri tēn hēmeteran synkrasin; mian men kathʼ hēn algoumen, eoikuian tǭ kata thalassan cheimōni; heteran de kathʼ hēn hēdometha, tǭ leiǭ kymati aphomoioumenēn; einai gar leian kinēsin tēn hēdonēn, ouriǭ paraballomenēn anemǭ; tēn de tritēn mesēn einai katastasin, kathʼ hēn oute algoumen oute hēdometha, galēnę̄ paraplēsian ousan. toutōn dʼ oun kai ephaske tōn pathōn monōn hēmas tēn aisthēsin echein, pros hous antilelektai tauta.
Among others, his daughter Arete was his hearer; she bore a son and named him Aristippus, who, introduced by her to the study of philosophy, was called “mother-taught”; he plainly defined the end as living pleasantly, ranking pleasure as a matter of motion. For he said there are three states concerning our constitution: one in which we feel pain, like a storm at sea; another in which we feel pleasure, likened to a smooth wave, for pleasure is a smooth motion, compared to a favorable wind; and the third a middle state, in which we feel neither pain nor pleasure, like a calm. And of these feelings alone, he said, we have perception; against whom this has been said:
Preparation 14, chapter 19
14.19.1Dindorf 2:310
“Ἑξῆς δʼ ἂν εἶεν οἱ λέγοντες μόνα τὰ καταληπτά· τοῦτο δʼ εἶπον ἔνιοι τῶν ἐκ τῆς Κυρήνης. οὗτοι δʼ ἠξίουν, ὥσπερ ὑπὸ κάρου πιεζόμενοί τινος, οὐδὲν εἰδέναι τὸ παράπαν, εἰ μή τις παραστὰς αὐτοὺς παίοι καὶ κεντῴη· καιόμενοι γὰρ ἔλεγον ἢ τεμνόμενοι γνωρίζειν ὅτι πάσχοιέν τι· πότερον δὲ τὸ καῖον εἴη πῦρ, ἢ τὸ τέμνον σίδηρος, οὐκ ἔχειν εἰπεῖν.
“Hexēs dʼ an eien hoi legontes mona ta katalēpta; touto dʼ eipon enioi tōn ek tēs Kyrēnēs. houtoi dʼ ēxioun, hōsper hypo karou piezomenoi tinos, ouden eidenai to parapan, ei mē tis parastas autous paioi kai kentǭē; kaiomenoi gar elegon ē temnomenoi gnōrizein hoti paschoien ti; poteron de to kaion eiē pyr, ē to temnon sidēros, ouk echein eipein.
“Next would be those who say that only feelings can be apprehended; some of those from Cyrene said this. These held, as if pressed down by some torpor, that they knew nothing at all, unless someone standing by struck and pricked them; for when burned or cut, they said, they knew that they were undergoing something, but whether what burned was fire or what cut was iron, they could not say.
14.19.2Dindorf 2:310
τοὺς δὴ ταῦτα λέγοντας εὐθὺς ἔροιτό τις ἂν εἰ δὴ τοῦτο γοῦν ἴσασιν αὐτοὶ, διότι πάσχουσί καὶ αἰσθάνονται. μὴ εἰδότες μὲν γὰρ οὐδʼ εἰπεῖν δυνηθεῖεν ἂν ὅτι μόνον ἴσασι τὸ πάθος· εἰ δʼ αὖ γνωρίζουσιν, οὐκ ἂν εἴη μόνα τὰ πάθη καταληπτά. τὸ γὰρ “ἐγὼ καίομαι” λόγος ἦν καὶ οὐ πάθος.
tous dē tauta legontas euthys eroito tis an ei dē touto goun isasin autoi, dioti paschousi kai aisthanontai. mē eidotes men gar oudʼ eipein dynētheien an hoti monon isasi to pathos; ei dʼ au gnōrizousin, ouk an eiē mona ta pathē katalēpta. to gar “egō kaiomai” logos ēn kai ou pathos.
One might at once ask those who say this whether they themselves know at least this, that they undergo and perceive. For if they did not know, they could not even say that they know only the feeling; but if they do know, feelings would not be the only things apprehended. For “I am being burned” was a statement and not a feeling.
14.19.3Dindorf 2:310
ἀλλὰ μὴν ἀνάγκη γε τρία ταῦτα συνυφίστασθαι τό τε πάθος αὐτὸ καὶ τὸ ποιοῦν καὶ τὸ πάσχον. ὁ τοίνυν ἀντιλαμβανόμενος τοῦ πάθους πάντως αἰσθάνοιτʼ ἂν καὶ τοῦ πάσχοντος. οὐ γὰρ δὴ ὅτι μὲν εἰ τύχοι, θερμαίνεται γνωριεῖ, πότερον δʼ αὐτὸς ἢ ὁ γείτων, ἀγνοήσει· καὶ νῦν ἢ πέρυσι, καὶ Ἀθήνησιν ἢ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ ζῶν ἢ τεθνεὼς, ἔτι δὲ ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἢ λίθος.
alla mēn anankē ge tria tauta synyphistasthai to te pathos auto kai to poioun kai to paschon. ho toinyn antilambanomenos tou pathous pantōs aisthanoitʼ an kai tou paschontos. ou gar dē hoti men ei tychoi, thermainetai gnōriei, poteron dʼ autos ē ho geitōn, agnoēsei; kai nyn ē perysi, kai Athēnēsin ē en Aigyptǭ, kai zōn ē tethneōs, eti de anthrōpos ōn ē lithos.
Moreover, these three must necessarily exist together: the feeling itself, and what acts, and what undergoes. So one who grasps the feeling would surely perceive also the one undergoing it. For he will not know that he is, say, being warmed, but not know whether it is himself or his neighbor; and now or last year, and in Athens or in Egypt, and living or dead, and further whether he is a man or a stone.
14.19.4Dindorf 2:310
οὐκοῦν εἴσεται καὶ ὑφʼ ὅτου πάσχει· καὶ γὰρ ἀλλήλους γνωρίζουσι καὶ ὁδοὺς καὶ πόλεις καὶ τὴν τροφήν· οἴ τʼ αὖ τεχνῖται τὰ ἐργαλεῖα τὰ αὑτῶν οἴδασι, καὶ οἶ ἰατροὶ καὶ ναυτικοὶ σημειοῦνται τὰ μέλλοντα, καὶ τῶν θηρίων οἶ κύνες εὑρίσκουσι τοὺς στίβους.
oukoun eisetai kai hyphʼ hotou paschei; kai gar allēlous gnōrizousi kai hodous kai poleis kai tēn trophēn; oi tʼ au technitai ta ergaleia ta hautōn oidasi, kai oi iatroi kai nautikoi sēmeiountai ta mellonta, kai tōn thēriōn oi kynes heuriskousi tous stibous.
Then he will also know by what he is affected; for indeed they know one another, and roads and cities and their food; and craftsmen know their own tools, and doctors and sailors foretell what is to come, and among beasts dogs find tracks.
14.19.5Dindorf 2:310–311
ἔτι γε μὴν ὁ πάσχων τι πάντως ἢ ὡς οἰκείου τινὸς ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτρίου πάθους ἀντιλαμβάνεται. πόθεν οὖν ἔξει λέγειν ὅτι τοῦτο μέν ἐστιν ἡδονὴ, τοῦτο δὲ πόνος; ἢ ὅτι γευόμενος ἢ ὁρῶν ἢ ἀκούων πάσχοι τι; καὶ τῇ μὲν γλώσσῃ γευόμενος, τοῖς δʼ ὄμμασιν ὁρῶν, τοῖς δʼ ὠσὶν ἀκούων; ἢ πῶς ἴσασιν ὅτι τοδὶ μὲν αἱρεῖσθαι χρὴ, τοδὶ δὲ φεύγειν; εἰ δὲ μηδὲν τούτων γνοῖεν, οὐχ ἕξουσιν ὁρμὴν οὐδʼ ὄρεξιν οὕτω δʼ οὐδʼ ἂν ζῷα εἶεν. γελοῖοι γάρ εἰσιν, ὁπότε λέγοιεν ὅτι ταῦτα μὲν αὐτοῖς συμβέβηκεν, οὐ μὴν ἴσασί γε πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον. οὗτοι γὰρ οὐδʼ εἰ ἄνθρωποι πεφύκασιν, οὐδʼ εἰ ζῶσιν, ἔχοιεν ἂν εἰπεῖν· οὐκοῦν οὐδʼ εἰ λέγουσί τι καὶ ἀποφαίνονται.
eti ge mēn ho paschōn ti pantōs ē hōs oikeiou tinos ē hōs allotriou pathous antilambanetai. pothen oun exei legein hoti touto men estin hēdonē, touto de ponos? ē hoti geuomenos ē horōn ē akouōn paschoi ti? kai tę̄ men glōssę̄ geuomenos, tois dʼ ommasin horōn, tois dʼ ōsin akouōn? ē pōs isasin hoti todi men haireisthai chrē, todi de pheugein? ei de mēden toutōn gnoien, ouch hexousin hormēn oudʼ orexin houtō dʼ oudʼ an zǭa eien. geloioi gar eisin, hopote legoien hoti tauta men autois symbebēken, ou mēn isasi ge pōs kai tina tropon. houtoi gar oudʼ ei anthrōpoi pephykasin, oudʼ ei zōsin, echoien an eipein; oukoun oudʼ ei legousi ti kai apophainontai.
Further, one who undergoes something surely grasps the feeling as either his own or alien. How, then, will he be able to say that this is pleasure and that pain? Or that he undergoes something by tasting or seeing or hearing? And tasting with the tongue, seeing with the eyes, hearing with the ears? Or how do they know that this is to be chosen and that avoided? If they knew none of these things, they would have no impulse nor desire; and so they would not even be living beings. For they are ridiculous when they say that these things have happened to them, but they do not know how or in what way. For these men could not say whether they are men by nature or whether they live; nor, therefore, whether they say or declare anything.
14.19.6Dindorf 2:311
πρὸς δὴ τοὺς τοιούτους τίς ἂν εἴη λόγος; θαυμάσαι μέντοι τις ἂν εἰ ἀγνοοῦσι πότερον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰσιν ἢ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ· πολλῷ δὲ θαυμασιώτερον εἰ οὐκ οἴδασι, καὶ ταῦτα φάσκοντες φιλοσοφεῖν, ἆρά γε τὰ τέτταρα πλείονά ἐστιν ἢ τὰ τρία, καὶ τὸ ἕν καὶ τὰ δύο πόσα ἐστίν. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁπόσους ἔχουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν δακτύλους οὗτοί γε δύνανται εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲ πότερον ἕκαστος αὐτῶν εἷς ἐστιν ἢ πλείους.
pros dē tous toioutous tis an eiē logos? thaumasai mentoi tis an ei agnoousi poteron epi tēs gēs eisin ē en tǭ ouranǭ; pollǭ de thaumasiōteron ei ouk oidasi, kai tauta phaskontes philosophein, ara ge ta tettara pleiona estin ē ta tria, kai to hen kai ta dyo posa estin. oude gar hoposous echousin epi tōn cheirōn daktylous houtoi ge dynantai eipein, oude poteron hekastos autōn heis estin ē pleious.
What argument could there be against such people? One might wonder if they do not know whether they are on earth or in heaven; and much more wonderful if they do not know, while claiming to philosophize, whether four are more than three, and how many one and two are. For these men cannot even say how many fingers they have on their hands, nor whether each of them is one or more.
14.19.7Dindorf 2:311
ὥστε οὐδὲ τοὔνομα τὸ ἴδιον εἰδεῖεν ἂν, οὐδὲ τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸν Ἀρίστιππον. οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ τίνας φιλοῦσιν ἢ μισοῦσιν, οὐδὲ τίνων ἐπιθυμοῦσιν· οὐδʼ εἰ γελάσαιεν ἢ δακρύσαιεν ἕξουσιν εἰπεῖν ὅτι τόδε μὲν εἴη γελοῖον, τὸ δὲ λυπηρόν. δῆλον οὖν ὡς οὐδὲ τί νυνὶ λέγομεν ἡμεῖς συνίασιν. οὐδὲν οὖν οἴ γε τοιοῦτοι διαφέροιεν ἂν ἐμπίδων ἢ μυιῶν, καίτοι κἀκεῖνα γνωρίζει τὰ κατὰ φύσιν καὶ παρὰ φύσιν.”
hōste oude tounoma to idion eideien an, oude tēn patrida kai ton Aristippon. oukoun oude tinas philousin ē misousin, oude tinōn epithymousin; oudʼ ei gelasaien ē dakrysaien hexousin eipein hoti tode men eiē geloion, to de lypēron. dēlon oun hōs oude ti nyni legomen hēmeis syniasin. ouden oun oi ge toioutoi diapheroien an empidōn ē muiōn, kaitoi kakeina gnōrizei ta kata physin kai para physin.”
So they would not even know their own name, nor their country, nor Aristippus. Nor, then, whom they love or hate, nor what they desire; nor, if they laughed or wept, would they be able to say that this was laughable and that painful. Clearly, then, they do not understand what we are now saying either. Such men, then, would differ in no way from gnats or flies, though even these know what is according to nature and what is against it.”
14.19.8Dindorf 2:311
Πρὸς δὴ τοὺς οὕτω διακειμένους εἰ καὶ μυρία λέγειν ἔνεστιν, ἀλλʼ ἀρκεῖ γε καὶ ταῦτα. ἕπεται τούτοις συνεξετάσαι καὶ τοὺς τὴν ἐναντίαν βαδίσαντας, καὶ πάντα χρῆναι πιστεύειν ταῖς τοῦ σώματος αἰσθήσεσιν ὁρισαμένους, ὧν εἶναι Μητρόδωρον τὸν Χῖον καὶ Πρωταγόραν τὸν Ἀβδηρίτην.
Pros dē tous houtō diakeimenous ei kai myria legein enestin, allʼ arkei ge kai tauta. hepetai toutois synexetasai kai tous tēn enantian badisantas, kai panta chrēnai pisteuein tais tou sōmatos aisthēsesin horisamenous, hōn einai Mētrodōron ton Chion kai Prōtagoran ton Abdēritēn.
Though one could say countless things against those so disposed, these suffice. It follows to examine together with these those who took the opposite road and defined that one must trust all things to the senses of the body, among whom are Metrodorus of Chios and Protagoras of Abdera.
14.19.9Dindorf 2:311–312
τὸν μὲν οὖν Μητρόδωρον Δημοκρίτου ἔφασαν ἀκηκοέναι, ἀρχὰς δὲ ἀποφήνασθαι τὸ πλῆρες καὶ τὸ κενόν· ὧν τὸ μὲν ὂν, τὸ δὲ μὴ ὂν εἶναι. γράφων γέ τοι περὶ φύσεως εἰσβολῇ ἐχρήσατο τοιαύτῃ οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν οὐδὲν οἶδεν, οὐδʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πότερον οἴδαμεν, ἢ οὐκ οἴδαμεν.᾿ ἥτις εἰσβολὴ κακὰς ἔδωκεν ἀφορμὰς τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα γενομένῳ Πύρρωνι. προβὰς δέ φησιν ὅτι πάντα ἐστὶν, ὃ ἄν τις νοήσαι.
ton men oun Mētrodōron Dēmokritou ephasan akēkoenai, archas de apophēnasthai to plēres kai to kenon; hōn to men on, to de mē on einai. graphōn ge toi peri physeōs eisbolę̄ echrēsato toiautę̄ oudeis hēmōn ouden oiden, oudʼ auto touto poteron oidamen, ē ouk oidamen.᾿ hētis eisbolē kakas edōken aphormas tǭ meta tauta genomenǭ Pyrrōni. probas de phēsin hoti panta estin, ho an tis noēsai.
They said that Metrodorus had heard Democritus, and declared the principles to be the full and the void, of which the one is being and the other non-being. Writing On Nature, at least, he used such an opening: “None of us knows anything, not even this very thing, whether we know or do not know.” This opening gave bad starting points to Pyrrho who came after. Going on, he says that all things are whatever one might think.
14.19.10Dindorf 2:312
τὸν δὲ Πρωταγόραν λόγος ἔχει κεκλῆσθαι ἄθεον. γράφων γέ τοι καὶ αὐτὸς περὶ θεῶν εἰσβολῇ τοιᾷδε ἐχρήσατο ‘περὶ μὲν οὖν θεῶν οὐκ οἶδα οὔθʼ ὡς εἰσὶν οὔθʼ ὁποῖοί τινες ἰδέαν· πολλὰ γάρ ἐστι τὰ κωλύοντά με ἕκαστον τούτων εἰδέναι.᾿ τοῦτον Ἀθηναῖοι φυγῇ ζημιώσαντες τὰς βίβλους αὐτοῦ δημοσίᾳ ἐν μέσῃ τῇ ἀγορᾷ κατέκαυσαν. ἐπεὶ οὖν οἵδε μόναις δεῖν ἔφασαν ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι πιστεύειν, τὰς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀντιρρήσεις θεασώμεθα.”
ton de Prōtagoran logos echei keklēsthai atheon. graphōn ge toi kai autos peri theōn eisbolę̄ toiąde echrēsato ‘peri men oun theōn ouk oida outhʼ hōs eisin outhʼ hopoioi tines idean; polla gar esti ta kōlyonta me hekaston toutōn eidenai.᾿ touton Athēnaioi phygę̄ zēmiōsantes tas biblous autou dēmosią en mesę̄ tę̄ agorą katekausan. epei oun hoide monais dein ephasan tais aisthēsesi pisteuein, tas pros autous antirrēseis theasōmetha.”
The story has it that Protagoras was called an atheist. Writing about the gods, at any rate, he too used such an opening: “About the gods I do not know either that they are or what they are like in form; for many are the things that hinder me from knowing each of these.” The Athenians punished him with exile and burned his books publicly in the middle of the marketplace. Since, then, these said that one must trust the senses alone, let us view the objections to them.”
Preparation 14, chapter 20
14.20.1Dindorf 2:312
“Γεγόνασι δέ τινες οἱ ἀξιοῦντες τῇ αἰσθήσει καὶ ταῖς φαντασίαις μόναις δεῖν πιστεύειν. ἔνιοι μέντοι φασὶ καὶ τὸν Ὅμηρον αἰνίττεσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτο πάντων ἀποφαίνοντα τὸν Ὠκεανὸν ἀρχὴν, ὡς ἐν ῥύσει τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντων· ὧν δʼ ἴσμεν ἔοικε μὲν καὶ Μητρόδωρος ὁ Χῖος τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο λέγειν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἄντικρύς γε Πρωταγόρας ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης.
“Gegonasi de tines hoi axiountes tę̄ aisthēsei kai tais phantasiais monais dein pisteuein. enioi mentoi phasi kai ton Homēron ainittesthai to toiouto pantōn apophainonta ton Ōkeanon archēn, hōs en rhysei tōn pragmatōn ontōn; hōn dʼ ismen eoike men kai Mētrodōros ho Chios to auto touto legein, ou mēn allʼ antikrys ge Prōtagoras ho Abdēritēs.
“There have been some who held that one must trust only sense perception and impressions. Some say that Homer too hints at such a view in declaring Oceanus the principle of all things, as if things were in flux; of those we know, Metrodorus of Chios seems to say this same thing, but Protagoras of Abdera does so outright.
14.20.2Dindorf 2:312
οὗτος γὰρ ἔφη μέτρον εἶναι πάντων χρημάτων τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τῶν μὲν ὄντων ὡς ἔστι, τῶν δʼ οὐκ ὄντων ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν· ὁποῖα γὰρ ἑκάστῳ φαίνεται τὰ πράγματα, τοιαῦτα καὶ εἶναι· περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων μηδὲν ἡμᾶς δύνασθαι διισχυρίσασθαι.
houtos gar ephē metron einai pantōn chrēmatōn ton anthrōpon, tōn men ontōn hōs esti, tōn dʼ ouk ontōn hōs ouk estin; hopoia gar hekastǭ phainetai ta pragmata, toiauta kai einai; peri de tōn allōn mēden hēmas dynasthai diischyrisasthai.
For he said that man is the measure of all things, of those that are, that they are, and of those that are not, that they are not; for as things appear to each, so they also are; and about other things we can affirm nothing firmly.
14.20.3Dindorf 2:312–313
πρὸς δὲ τούτους εἴποι τις ἂν ἃ καὶ Πλάτων ἐν Θεαιτήτῳ· πρῶτον μὲν, τί δήποτε, τοιούτων γε δὴ τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντων, ἠξίωσαν εἶναι μέτρον τῆς ἀληθείας τὸν ἂνθρωπον, ἀλλʼ οὐ σῦν ἢ κυνοκέφαλον; ἔπειτα δὲ πῶς ἔλεγον εἶναι σοφοὺς ἑαυτοὺς, εἰ δὴ πᾶς τις αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ μέτρον ἐστὶ τῆς ἀληθείας; ἢ πῶς ἐλέγχουσι τοὺς ἄλλους, εἴπερ ἑκάστῳ τὸ φαινόμενον ἀληθές ἐστιν; ἀγνοοῦμέν τέ τινα, καίτοι πολλάκις αἰσθανόμένοι, καθάπερ ἐπειδὰν τῶν βαρβάρων ἀκούωμεν;
pros de toutous eipoi tis an ha kai Platōn en Theaitētǭ; prōton men, ti dēpote, toioutōn ge dē tōn pragmatōn ontōn, ēxiōsan einai metron tēs alētheias ton anthrōpon, allʼ ou syn ē kynokephalon? epeita de pōs elegon einai sophous heautous, ei dē pas tis autos heautǭ metron esti tēs alētheias? ē pōs elenchousi tous allous, eiper hekastǭ to phainomenon alēthes estin? agnooumen te tina, kaitoi pollakis aisthanomenoi, kathaper epeidan tōn barbarōn akouōmen?
Against them one might say what Plato also says in the Theaetetus: first, why, if things are such, they held man to be the measure of truth, and not a pig or a dog-headed baboon; then how they said they themselves were wise, if each one is himself the measure of truth for himself; or how they refute others, if what appears to each is true. And we are ignorant of some things, though often perceiving them, as when we hear barbarians speak.
14.20.4Dindorf 2:313
ὅ γε μὴν θεασάμενος ὁτιοῦν, εἶτα μεμνημένος, οἶδε μὲν, αἰσθάνεται δʼ οὐκέτι. καὶ εἰ θατέρῳ μὲν ὀφθαλμῷ μύσαι, θατέρῳ δʼ ὁρῴη, δῆλον ὅτι ταὐτὸ καὶ εἴσεται καὶ οὐκ εἴσεται.
ho ge mēn theasamenos hotioun, eita memnēmenos, oide men, aisthanetai dʼ ouketi. kai ei thaterǭ men ophthalmǭ mysai, thaterǭ dʼ horǭē, dēlon hoti tauto kai eisetai kai ouk eisetai.
And one who has seen anything and then remembers it knows it, but no longer perceives it. And if he shut one eye and saw with the other, clearly he will both know and not know the same thing.
14.20.5Dindorf 2:313
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, εἰ τὸ φαινόμενον ἑκάστῳ καὶ ἀληθές ἐστιν, ἡμῖν δὲ οὐ φαίνεται τὰ ὑπʼ ἐκείνων λεγόμενα ἀληθῆ, καὶ τὸ μὴ εἶναι πάντων πραγμάτων μέτρον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀληθὲς ἂν εἴη.
pros de toutois, ei to phainomenon hekastǭ kai alēthes estin, hēmin de ou phainetai ta hypʼ ekeinōn legomena alēthē, kai to mē einai pantōn pragmatōn metron ton anthrōpon alēthes an eiē.
Besides, if what appears to each is also true, and what they say does not appear true to us, it would be true also that man is not the measure of all things.
14.20.6Dindorf 2:313
καὶ μὴν οἵ γε τεχνῖται τῶν ἀτέχνων διαφέρουσι καὶ οἱ ἔμπειροι τῶν ἀπείρων, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μᾶλλον προορᾷ τὸ μέλλον ἔσεσθαι κυβερνήτης καὶ ἰατρὸς καὶ στρατηγός.
kai mēn hoi ge technitai tōn atechnōn diapherousi kai hoi empeiroi tōn apeirōn, kai dia touto mallon proorą to mellon esesthai kybernētēs kai iatros kai stratēgos.
And indeed craftsmen differ from those without craft, and the experienced from the inexperienced, and for this reason the pilot and the doctor and the general foresee better what will be.
14.20.7Dindorf 2:313
ἁπλῶς τε ἀναιροῦσιν οὗτοί γε τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης, καὶ τὸ ἐνδεχόμενον, καὶ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ τὸ παρὰ φύσιν. οὕτω δʼ ἂν εἴη ταὐτὸ καὶ ὂν καὶ οὐκ ὄν. οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει ταὐτὸ τοῖς μὲν εἶναι φαίνεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ μὴ εἶναι· καὶ ταὐτὸ ἂν εἴη ἄνθρωπος καὶ ξύλον· ἔσθʼ ὅτε γὰρ φαίνεται ταὐτὸ τῷδε μὲν ἄνθρωπος, τῷδε δὲ ξύλον.
haplōs te anairousin houtoi ge to mallon kai to hētton kai to ex anankēs, kai to endechomenon, kai to kata physin, kai to para physin. houtō dʼ an eiē tauto kai on kai ouk on. ouden gar kōlyei tauto tois men einai phainesthai, tois de mē einai; kai tauto an eiē anthrōpos kai xylon; esthʼ hote gar phainetai tauto tǭde men anthrōpos, tǭde de xylon.
In short, these men do away with the more and the less, and the necessary and the possible, and the natural and the unnatural. So the same thing would both be and not be; for nothing prevents the same thing from appearing to some to be and to others not to be; and the same thing would be both a man and a piece of wood; for sometimes the same thing appears to one a man and to another wood.
14.20.8Dindorf 2:313
ἅπας τε λόγος ἀληθὴς ἂν εἴη, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ψευδής· καὶ οἶ βουλευόμενοι καὶ δικάζοντες οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιεν οὐδὲν ποιεῖν. καὶ τὸ δεινότατον, ἔσονται γὰρ οἶ αὐτοὶ σπουδαῖοι καὶ μοχθηροὶ καὶ ταὐτὸ κακία καὶ ἀρετή. πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτά τις ἂν ἔχοι λέγειν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδὲν δεῖ πλειόνων λόγων πρὸς τοὺς οὐκ οἰομένους ἔχειν νοῦν καὶ λόγον.”
hapas te logos alēthēs an eiē, dia touto de kai pseudēs; kai oi bouleuomenoi kai dikazontes ouk an echoien ouden poiein. kai to deinotaton, esontai gar oi autoi spoudaioi kai mochthēroi kai tauto kakia kai aretē. polla de kai alla toiauta tis an echoi legein; alla gar ouden dei pleionōn logōn pros tous ouk oiomenous echein noun kai logon.”
And every statement would be true, and for this reason also false; and those who deliberate and judge could do nothing. And, most terrible, the same men will be good and wicked, and vice and virtue the same. One could say many other such things; but there is no need of more words against those who do not think they have mind and reason.”
14.20.9Dindorf 2:313–314
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς “Ἐπεὶ δʼ ἔτι νῦν εἰσί τινες οἶ πᾶσαν καὶ πᾶσαν φαντασίαν ἀληθῆ λέγοντες εἶναι, μικρὰ καὶ περὶ τούτων εἴπωμεν. ἐοίκασι γὰρ οὗτοί γε δεδοικέναι μήποτε, εἰ ψευδεῖς εἴποιεν αἰσθήσεις εἷναί τινας, οὐκ ἂν σχοῖεν τὸ κριτήριον καὶ τὸν κανόνα βέβαιον οὐδʼ ἐχέγγυον· οὐχ ὁρῶσι δὲ ὡς οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν οὕτω γε καὶ τὰς δόξας ἁπάσας ἀληθεῖς ἀποφαίνοντες· πολλὰ γὰρ δὴ καὶ ταύταις πεφύκαμεν κρίνειν· καὶ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἀξιοῦσιν αὐτῶν τὰς μὲν ἀληθεῖς εἶναι, τὰς δὲ ψευδεῖς.
Eithʼ hexēs “Epei dʼ eti nyn eisi tines oi pasan kai pasan phantasian alēthē legontes einai, mikra kai peri toutōn eipōmen. eoikasi gar houtoi ge dedoikenai mēpote, ei pseudeis eipoien aisthēseis heinai tinas, ouk an schoien to kritērion kai ton kanona bebaion oudʼ echengyon; ouch horōsi de hōs ouk an phthanoien houtō ge kai tas doxas hapasas alētheis apophainontes; polla gar dē kai tautais pephykamen krinein; kai ouden hētton axiousin autōn tas men alētheis einai, tas de pseudeis.
Then next: “But since there are still some now who say that each and every impression is true, let us say a little about them too. For they seem to be afraid lest, if they said some perceptions are false, they would not have a firm and reliable criterion and rule; but they do not see that by the same reasoning they would soon be declaring all opinions true; for we judge many things by these too; and they think none the less that some of them are true and some false.
14.20.10Dindorf 2:314
ἔπειτα δὲ σκοπῶν ἴδοι τις ἂν οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων κριτηρίων ἀεὶ καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἀψευδὲς οὐδὲν, οἶον λέγω ζυγὸν, ἢ τόρνον, ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων· ἀλλʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ὡδὶ μὲν ἔχον ὑγιές ἐστιν, ὡδὶ δὲ μοχθηρόν· καὶ τουτονὶ μὲν χρώμενον τὸν τρόπον ἀληθεύει, τουτονὶ δὲ ψεύδεται. καὶ μὴν εἴ γε πᾶσα αἴσθησις ἀληθὴς ἦν, οὐκ ἔδει τοσοῦτον διαφέρειν αὐτάς. ἄλλαι γάρ εἰσιν ἐγγύθεν καὶ πόρρωθεν, καὶ νοσούντων καὶ ἐρρωμένων, καὶ τεχνιτῶν καὶ ἀτέχνων, καὶ φρονίμων καὶ ἀφρόνων. τὰς δὲ δὴ τῶν μεμηνότων παντάπασιν ἂν εἴη ἄτοπον λέγειν ἀληθεῖς εἶναι καὶ τὰς τῶν παρορώντων καὶ παρακουόντων· εὔηθες γὰρ ἂν ἦν τὸ λεγόμενον, ὡς ὁ παρορῶν ἤτοι ὁρᾷ ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷ· φαίη γὰρ ἄν τις ὅτι ὁρᾷ μὲν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ὀρθῶς.
epeita de skopōn idoi tis an oude tōn allōn kritēriōn aei kai dia pantos apseudes ouden, oion legō zygon, ē tornon, ē ti tōn toioutōn; allʼ hekaston autōn hōdi men echon hygies estin, hōdi de mochthēron; kai toutoni men chrōmenon ton tropon alētheuei, toutoni de pseudetai. kai mēn ei ge pasa aisthēsis alēthēs ēn, ouk edei tosouton diapherein autas. allai gar eisin engythen kai porrōthen, kai nosountōn kai errōmenōn, kai technitōn kai atechnōn, kai phronimōn kai aphronōn. tas de dē tōn memēnotōn pantapasin an eiē atopon legein alētheis einai kai tas tōn parorōntōn kai parakouontōn; euēthes gar an ēn to legomenon, hōs ho parorōn ētoi horą ē ouch horą; phaiē gar an tis hoti horą men, allʼ ouk orthōs.
Then, on consideration, one would see that none of the other criteria either is always and in every case free from error, such as a balance, or a lathe, or anything of the kind; but each of them in one state is sound, in another faulty; and used in this way it gives the truth, in that way falsehood. And indeed, if every perception were true, they ought not to differ so much. For they are different from near and from far, of the sick and of the healthy, of the skilled and the unskilled, of the wise and the foolish. And it would be altogether absurd to say that those of madmen are true, and those of people who see or hear wrongly; for it would be simple-minded to say that one who sees wrongly either sees or does not see; for one would say that he sees, but not rightly.
14.20.11Dindorf 2:314
ὁπόταν μέντοι φῶσιν ὡς ἡ μὲν αἴσθησις οὖσα ἄλογος οὐδὲν προστίθησιν οὐδʼ ἀφαιρεῖ, φαίνονται τἀμποδὼν οὐχ ὁρῶντες· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ ἐρετμοῦ τοῦ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι, κἀπὶ τῶν γραφῶν καὶ μυρίων ἄλλων, ἡ αἴσθησίς ἐστιν ἡ ἀπατῶσα. διὸ καὶ μεμφόμεθα πάντες ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων οὐ τὸν νοῦν ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ τὴν φαντασίαν. ἐλέγχει γὰρ ὁ λόγος αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀξιῶν ἅπασαν ἀληθῆ φαντασίαν εἶναι. τὴν γὰρ ἡμετέραν, διʼ ἣν οὐκ οἰόμεθα πᾶσαν εἶναι τοιαύτην, ψευδῆ πάντως ἀποφαίνει. συμβαίνει τοίνυν αὐτοῖς ἅπασαν φαντασίαν ἀληθῆ καὶ ψευδῆ λέγειν εἶναι.
hopotan mentoi phōsin hōs hē men aisthēsis ousa alogos ouden prostithēsin oudʼ aphairei, phainontai tampodōn ouch horōntes; epi gar tou eretmou tou en tǭ hydati, kapi tōn graphōn kai myriōn allōn, hē aisthēsis estin hē apatōsa. dio kai memphometha pantes epi tōn toioutōn ou ton noun hēmōn, alla tēn phantasian. elenchei gar ho logos autos heauton axiōn hapasan alēthē phantasian einai. tēn gar hēmeteran, diʼ hēn ouk oiometha pasan einai toiautēn, pseudē pantōs apophainei. symbainei toinyn autois hapasan phantasian alēthē kai pseudē legein einai.
When, however, they say that sense, being irrational, neither adds nor takes away anything, they seem not to see what is in the way; for in the case of the oar in the water, and of paintings and countless other things, it is perception that deceives. That is why in such cases we all blame not our mind but our impression. And the argument that holds every impression to be true refutes itself. For it declares ours, by which we think that not every impression is such, to be altogether false. It follows, then, that they say every impression is both true and false.
14.20.12Dindorf 2:314–315
καθόλου δὲ ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἀξιοῦντες ὁποῖα ἂν ἡμῖν φαίνηται τὰ πράγματα, τοιαῦτα καὶ εἶναι. τοὐναντίον γὰρ, ὁποῖα πέφυκε, τοιαῦτα φαίνεται, καὶ οὐχ ἡμεῖς αὐτὰ ποιοῦμεν οὕτως ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ ὑπʼ ἐκείνων αὐτοὶ διατιθέμεθά πως. ἐπεὶ καὶ γελοῖον εἴη ἂν εἰ διανοηθείημεν ἡμεῖς, ὥσπερ οἶ ζωγράφοι καὶ πλάσται, σκύλακας ἢ χιμαίρας, ἀξιοῦν εὐθὺς εἶναι ταῦτα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο φαντάζεσθαι καθάπερ εὐτρεπῆ παρεστῶτα.”
katholou de hamartanousin axiountes hopoia an hēmin phainētai ta pragmata, toiauta kai einai. tounantion gar, hopoia pephyke, toiauta phainetai, kai ouch hēmeis auta poioumen houtōs echein, allʼ hypʼ ekeinōn autoi diatithemetha pōs. epei kai geloion eiē an ei dianoētheiēmen hēmeis, hōsper oi zōgraphoi kai plastai, skylakas ē chimairas, axioun euthys einai tauta, kai dia touto phantazesthai kathaper eutrepē parestōta.”
In general they err in holding that things are such as they appear to us. On the contrary, they appear such as they are by nature; and we do not make them be so, but are ourselves affected in some way by them. For it would be ridiculous if, when we imagine, like painters and sculptors, puppies or chimaeras, we should hold that these at once exist, and for this reason are pictured as if standing ready before us.”
14.20.13Dindorf 2:315
Διότι μὲν οὖν οὐκ ὀρθῶς λέγουσιν οἱ φάσκοντες εἶναι πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν καὶ πᾶσαν φαντασίαν ἀληθῆ δῆλον ἐκ τούτων· ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων αὖθις οἶ περὶ τὸν Ἐπίκουρον ἐκ τῆς Ἀριστίππου διαδοχῆς ὁρμώμενοι πάντα ἡδονῆς ἐξῆπτον καὶ αἰσθήσεως, μόνα τὰ πάθη καταληπτὰ καὶ τέλος ἀγαθῶν τὴν ἡδονὴν εἶναι ὁριζόμενοι.
Dioti men oun ouk orthōs legousin hoi phaskontes einai pasan aisthēsin kai pasan phantasian alēthē dēlon ek toutōn; alla gar kai toutōn houtōs echontōn authis oi peri ton Epikouron ek tēs Aristippou diadochēs hormōmenoi panta hēdonēs exēpton kai aisthēseōs, mona ta pathē katalēpta kai telos agathōn tēn hēdonēn einai horizomenoi.
That those who say every perception and every impression is true do not speak rightly is clear from this. But, these things being so, the followers of Epicurus, setting out from the succession of Aristippus, again made everything depend on pleasure and perception, defining that only feelings are apprehensible and that the end of goods is pleasure.
14.20.14Dindorf 2:315
λέγεται δὲ ὁ Ἐπίκουρος ὑπὸ μέν τινων μηδενὸς ἀκηκοέναι, ἐντυχεῖν δὲ τοῖς τῶν παλαιῶν συγγράμμασιν· ὑπό τινων δʼ ὅτι ἤκουσε Ξενοκράτους, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ Ναυσιφάνους τοῦ Πύρρωνος γενομένου γνωρίμου. τίνα δὴ οὖν τὰ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀντειρημένα τυγχάνει θεασώμεθα.
legetai de ho Epikouros hypo men tinōn mēdenos akēkoenai, entychein de tois tōn palaiōn syngrammasin; hypo tinōn dʼ hoti ēkouse Xenokratous, hysteron de kai Nausiphanous tou Pyrrōnos genomenou gnōrimou. tina dē oun ta kai pros auton anteirēmena tynchanei theasōmetha.
Epicurus is said by some to have heard no one, but to have read the writings of the ancients; by others, that he heard Xenocrates, and later Nausiphanes, who had been a pupil of Pyrrho. Let us see, then, what has been said against him.
Preparation 14, chapter 21
14.21.1Dindorf 2:315
“Ἐπειδή ἐστι γνῶσις διττὴ, ἡ μὲν τῶν πραγμάτων, ἡ δὲ τῶν ἡμῖν αἱρετῶν καὶ φευκτῶν, ἔνιοί φασι τῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ φυγῆς ἀρχὴν καὶ κριτήριον ἔχειν ἡμὰς, τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ τὸν πόνον· ἔτι γέ τοι καὶ νῦν τοιαῦτά τινα λέγουσιν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἐπίκουρον· ἀναγκαίως οὖν ἔχει καὶ περὶ τούτου σκέψασθαι.
“Epeidē esti gnōsis dittē, hē men tōn pragmatōn, hē de tōn hēmin hairetōn kai pheuktōn, enioi phasi tēs haireseōs kai phygēs archēn kai kritērion echein hēmas, tēn hēdonēn kai ton ponon; eti ge toi kai nyn toiauta tina legousin hoi peri ton Epikouron; anankaiōs oun echei kai peri toutou skepsasthai.
“Since knowledge is twofold, one of things and the other of what is to be chosen and avoided by us, some say that we have pleasure and pain as the principle and criterion of choice and avoidance; and the followers of Epicurus say such things even now. It is necessary, then, to examine this too.
14.21.2Dindorf 2:315
τοσούτου τοίνυν ἔγωγε δέω λέγειν ἀρχὴν εἶναι καὶ κανόνα τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν κακῶν τὸ πάθος, ὥστʼ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ τοῦτο αὐτὸ κριτηρίου δεῖσθαι. διότι μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἑαυτὸ δείκνυσιν, ὁποῖον δʼ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου δεῖ τοῦ κρίνοντος. εἰ μὲν γὰρ οἰκεῖον ἢ ἀλλότριον ἡ αἴσθησις λέγει, πότερον δʼ αἱρετὸν ἢ φευκτὸν ὁ λόγος.
tosoutou toinyn egōge deō legein archēn einai kai kanona tōn agathōn kai tōn kakōn to pathos, hōstʼ emoige dokei touto auto kritēriou deisthai. dioti men gar estin heauto deiknysin, hopoion dʼ estin heterou dei tou krinontos. ei men gar oikeion ē allotrion hē aisthēsis legei, poteron dʼ haireton ē pheukton ho logos.
I am so far from saying that feeling is the principle and rule of goods and evils that it seems to me that it itself needs a criterion. For that it exists it shows of itself, but what it is like needs something else to judge it. For whether it is akin or alien, sense says; but whether it is to be chosen or avoided, reason.
14.21.3Dindorf 2:315–316
αὐτοί γε τοί φασιν οὐ πᾶσαν ἡδονὴν ἀσπάζεσθαι καὶ πάντα πόνον ἐκτρέπεσθαι. τοῦτο δὲ συμβέβηκε καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. τὰ μὲν γὰρ κριτήρια καὶ ἑαυτὰ δείκνυσι καὶ τὰ κρινόμενα, τὸ μέντοι πάθος ἑαυτὸ μόνον. ὅτι δʼ οὕτως ἔχει μαρτυροῦσιν αὐτοί. καίπερ γὰρ ἀξιοῦντες ἅπασαν ἡδονὴν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ πᾶσαν ἀλγηδόνα κακὸν, ὅμως οὐκ ἀεί φασι δεῖν τὴν μὲν αἱρεῖσθαι, τὴν δὲ φεύγειν· μετρεῖσθαι γὰρ αὐτὰ τῷ ποσῷ καὶ οὐ τῷ ποιῷ.
autoi ge toi phasin ou pasan hēdonēn aspazesthai kai panta ponon ektrepesthai. touto de symbebēke kai mala eikotōs. ta men gar kritēria kai heauta deiknysi kai ta krinomena, to mentoi pathos heauto monon. hoti dʼ houtōs echei martyrousin autoi. kaiper gar axiountes hapasan hēdonēn agathon einai kai pasan algēdona kakon, homōs ouk aei phasi dein tēn men haireisthai, tēn de pheugein; metreisthai gar auta tǭ posǭ kai ou tǭ poiǭ.
They themselves, at least, say that they do not welcome every pleasure and avoid every pain. And this happens very reasonably. For criteria show both themselves and the things judged, but feeling shows only itself. That it is so they themselves bear witness. For though they hold every pleasure to be good and every pain evil, they say that one must not always choose the one and avoid the other; for they are measured by quantity and not by quality.
14.21.4Dindorf 2:316
δῆλον οὖν ὡς τό γε ποσὸν οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ ὁ λόγος κρίνει· τὸ γὰρ ἄμεινόν ἐστιν ὑπομεῖναι τούσδε τινὰς τοὺς πόνους, ὅπως ἡσθείημεν ἡδονὰς μείζους, καὶ τὸ συμφέρει τῶνδέ τινων ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἡδονῶν, ἵνα μὴ ἀλγῶμεν ἀλγηδόνας χαλεπωτέρας, καὶ πάντα τὰ λόγος ὁ κρίνων ἐστίν.
dēlon oun hōs to ge poson ouden allʼ ē ho logos krinei; to gar ameinon estin hypomeinai tousde tinas tous ponous, hopōs hēstheiēmen hēdonas meizous, kai to sympherei tōnde tinōn apechesthai tōn hēdonōn, hina mē algōmen algēdonas chalepōteras, kai panta ta logos ho krinōn estin.
Clearly, then, it is nothing but reason that judges quantity; for “it is better to endure these pains so as to enjoy greater pleasures,” and “it is advantageous to abstain from these pleasures so as not to suffer harder pains,” and all such things: reason is the judge.
14.21.5Dindorf 2:316
τὸ δʼ ὅλον αἶ μὲν αἰσθήσεις καὶ αἱ φαντασίαι καθαπερεὶ κάτοπτρα καὶ εἰκόνες ἐοίκασι τῶν πραγμάτων εἶναι· τὰ μέντοι πάθη καὶ αἶ ἡδοναὶ καὶ οἱ πόνοι τροπαὶ καὶ ἀλλοιώσεις ἡμῶν αὐτῶν. ταύτῃ δὲ αἰσθανόμενοι μὲν καὶ φαντασιούμενοι πρὸς τὰ ἔξω βλέπομεν, ἡδόμενοι δὲ καὶ ἀλγοῦντες ἐπιστρέφομεν ἐπὶ μόνους ἑαυτούς. τὰς μὲν γὰρ αἰσθήσεις ἡμῶν τὰ ἔξω ποιεῖ· καὶ ὁποῖα ἂν ᾖ ἐκεῖνα, τοιαύτας ἀπεργάζεται καὶ τὰς φαντασίας, τὰ δὲ πάθη ποιὰ ἄττα γίνεται διʼ ἡμὰς καὶ ὡς ἂν ἡμεῖς ἔχωμεν.
to dʼ holon ai men aisthēseis kai hai phantasiai kathaperei katoptra kai eikones eoikasi tōn pragmatōn einai; ta mentoi pathē kai ai hēdonai kai hoi ponoi tropai kai alloiōseis hēmōn autōn. tautę̄ de aisthanomenoi men kai phantasioumenoi pros ta exō blepomen, hēdomenoi de kai algountes epistrephomen epi monous heautous. tas men gar aisthēseis hēmōn ta exō poiei; kai hopoia an ę̄ ekeina, toiautas apergazetai kai tas phantasias, ta de pathē poia atta ginetai diʼ hēmas kai hōs an hēmeis echōmen.
On the whole, perceptions and impressions seem to be like mirrors and images of things; but feelings, pleasures and pains, are turnings and alterations of ourselves. So in perceiving and imagining we look to things outside, but in feeling pleasure and pain we turn back on ourselves alone. For external things make our perceptions, and whatever they are like, such they make our impressions; but feelings become of a certain kind because of us and according as we are disposed.
14.21.6Dindorf 2:316
διὸ ταῦτα ποτὲ μὲν ἡδέα, ποτὲ δʼ ἀηδῆ φαίνεται, καὶ ἔσθʼ ὅτε μὲν μᾶλλον, ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ ἧττον. ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων εὑρήσομεν, εἰ ἐθέλοιμεν σκοπεῖν, ἄριστα τὰς τῆς γνώσεως ἀρχὰς ὑποτιθεμένους ὁπόσοι καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὸν νοῦν παραλαμβάνουσιν.
dio tauta pote men hēdea, pote dʼ aēdē phainetai, kai esthʼ hote men mallon, esthʼ hote de hētton. hōn houtōs echontōn heurēsomen, ei etheloimen skopein, arista tas tēs gnōseōs archas hypotithemenous hoposoi kai tas aisthēseis kai ton noun paralambanousin.
That is why these appear at one time pleasant, at another unpleasant, and sometimes more, sometimes less. This being so, we shall find, if we are willing to consider, that those lay down the principles of knowledge best who take both the senses and the mind.
14.21.7Dindorf 2:316–317
ἔοικε δʼ ἡ μὲν αἴσθησις ταῖς ἄρκυσι καὶ τοῖς δικτύοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς τοιούτοις θηράτροις, ὁ δὲ νοῦς καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῖς κυσὶ τοῖς στιβεύουσι καὶ μεταθέουσιν. αὐτῶν μέντοι τούτων ἄμεινον φιλοσοφεῖν οἴεσθαι χρὴ τοὺς μήτε ταῖς αἰσθήσεσιν, ὡς ἔτυχε, χρωμένους μήτε τὰ πάθη παραλαμβάνοντας ἐπὶ τὴν τἀληθοῦς διάγνωσιν. ἢ δεινόν γʼ ἂν εἴη πεφυκότας ἀνθρώπους ἡδοναῖς καὶ πόνοις ἀλόγοις ἐπιτρέπειν ἑαυτοὺς, ἀφέντας τὸν θειότατον κριτὴν νοῦν.” Ταῦτα ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀριστοκλέους.
eoike dʼ hē men aisthēsis tais arkysi kai tois diktyois kai tois allois tois toioutois thēratrois, ho de nous kai ho logos tois kysi tois stibeuousi kai metatheousin. autōn mentoi toutōn ameinon philosophein oiesthai chrē tous mēte tais aisthēsesin, hōs etyche, chrōmenous mēte ta pathē paralambanontas epi tēn talēthous diagnōsin. ē deinon gʼ an eiē pephykotas anthrōpous hēdonais kai ponois alogois epitrepein heautous, aphentas ton theiotaton kritēn noun.” Tauta apo tōn Aristokleous.
Sense is like snares and nets and other such hunting gear, while mind and reason are like the dogs that track and give chase. One must think, then, that those philosophize better than these who neither use the senses at random nor take feelings for the discernment of the truth. Or it would be terrible for those who are men by nature to entrust themselves to irrational pleasures and pains, letting go mind, the most divine judge.” So much from Aristocles.
Preparation 14, chapter 22
14.22.1Dindorf 2:317
Καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον τοίνυν τῶν τριῶν πρὸς τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ τὸν νοῦν κρίνωμεν. δεῖ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ποτέρῳ μᾶλλον ξυγγενὲς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀπονεμοῦμεν. Κάλλους καὶ ἀληθείας καὶ μετριότητος πέρι λέγεις; Ναί. πρῶτον δέ γε ἀληθείας λαβοῦ, ὠ Πρώταρχε, καὶ λαβόμενος, βλέψας εἰς τρία, νοῦν καὶ ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἡδονὴν, πολὺν ἐπισχὼν χρόνον, ἀπόκριναι σαυτῷ πότερον ἡδονὴ ξυγγενέστερον ἢ νοῦς ἀληθείᾳ.
Kathʼ hen hekaston toinyn tōn triōn pros tēn hēdonēn kai ton noun krinōmen. dei gar idein poterǭ mallon xyngenes hekaston autōn aponemoumen. Kallous kai alētheias kai metriotētos peri legeis? Nai. prōton de ge alētheias labou, ō Prōtarche, kai labomenos, blepsas eis tria, noun kai alētheian kai hēdonēn, polyn epischōn chronon, apokrinai sautǭ poteron hēdonē xyngenesteron ē nous alētheią.
“Let us judge, then, each of the three in turn in relation to pleasure and mind; for we must see to which of the two we shall assign each as more akin. You speak of beauty and truth and measure? Yes. First take truth, Protarchus, and having taken it, look at three things, mind and truth and pleasure, and after pausing a long time answer yourself whether pleasure or mind is more akin to truth.
14.22.2Dindorf 2:317
Τί δὲ χρόνου δεῖ; πολὺ γὰρ, οἶμαι, διαφέρετον. ἡδονὴ μὲν γὰρ ἁπάντων τὸ ἀλαζονέστατον· ὡς δὲ λόγος, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ταῖς περὶ τὰ ἀφροδίσια, αἳ δὴ μέγισται δοκοῦσιν εἷναι, καὶ τὸ ἐπιορκεῖν συγγνώμην εἴληφε παρὰ θεῶν, ὡς καθάπερ παίδων τῶν ἡδομένων νοῦν οὐδὲ τὸν ὀλίγιστον κεκτημένων· νοῦς δὲ ἤτοι ταὐτὸν καὶ ἀλήθειά ἐστιν ἢ πάντων ὁμοιότατόν τε καὶ ἀληθέστατον.
Ti de chronou dei? poly gar, oimai, diaphereton. hēdonē men gar hapantōn to alazonestaton; hōs de logos, kai en tais hēdonais tais peri ta aphrodisia, hai dē megistai dokousin heinai, kai to epiorkein syngnōmēn eilēphe para theōn, hōs kathaper paidōn tōn hēdomenōn noun oude ton oligiston kektēmenōn; nous de ētoi tauton kai alētheia estin ē pantōn homoiotaton te kai alēthestaton.
What need of time? For they differ greatly, I think. Pleasure is the greatest impostor of all; and, as the saying goes, in the pleasures of love, which seem to be the greatest, even perjury has received pardon from the gods, as if pleasures, like children, possessed not even the least bit of mind; but mind is either the same as truth, or of all things most like it and most true.
14.22.3Dindorf 2:317–318
Οὐκοῦν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο τὴν μετριότητα ὡσαύτως σκέψῃ, πότερον ἡδονὴ φρονήσεως, ἢ φρόνησις ἡδονῆς πλείω κέκτηται; Εὔσκεπτόν γε καὶ ταύτην σκέψιν προβέβληκας. οἶμαι γὰρ ἡδονῆς μὲν καὶ περιχαρείας οὐδὲν τῶν πεφυκὸς ἀμετρότερον εὑρεῖν ἄν τινα, νοῦ δὲ καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐμμετρότερον οὐδʼ ἂν ἔν ποτε.
Oukoun to meta touto tēn metriotēta hōsautōs skepsę̄, poteron hēdonē phronēseōs, ē phronēsis hēdonēs pleiō kektētai? Euskepton ge kai tautēn skepsin probeblēkas. oimai gar hēdonēs men kai perichareias ouden tōn pephykos ametroteron heurein an tina, nou de kai epistēmēs emmetroteron oudʼ an en pote.
Next, then, will you consider measure in the same way, whether pleasure has more of it than wisdom, or wisdom than pleasure? This too is an easy inquiry you have proposed. For I think one could find nothing by nature more measureless than pleasure and great joy, nor anything ever more measured than mind and knowledge.
14.22.4Dindorf 2:318
Καλῶς εἴρηκας. ὅμως δʼ ἔτι λέγε τὸ τρίτον. νοῦς ἡμῖν κάλλους μετείληφε πλέον ἢ τὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς γένος, ὥστε εἶναι καλλίω νοῦν ἡδονῆς, ἢ τοὐναντίον; Ἄρʼ οὖν φρόνησιν μὲν καὶ νοῦν, Σώκρατες, οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔθʼ ὕπαρ οὔτʼ ὄναρ αἰσχρὸν οὔτε εἶδεν οὔτʼ ἐπενόησεν οὐδαμοῦ οὐδαμῶς, οὔτε γιγνόμενον οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἐσόμενον; Ὀρθῶς.
Kalōs eirēkas. homōs dʼ eti lege to triton. nous hēmin kallous meteilēphe pleon ē to tēs hēdonēs genos, hōste einai kalliō noun hēdonēs, ē tounantion? Arʼ oun phronēsin men kai noun, Sōkrates, oudeis pōpote outhʼ hypar outʼ onar aischron oute eiden outʼ epenoēsen oudamou oudamōs, oute gignomenon oute onta oute esomenon? Orthōs.
Well said. But still tell the third. Has mind a greater share of beauty than the race of pleasure, so that mind is more beautiful than pleasure, or the reverse? Is it not true, Socrates, that no one ever, awake or dreaming, saw or imagined wisdom and mind to be ugly anywhere in any way, whether coming to be, or being, or about to be? Right.
14.22.5Dindorf 2:318
Ἡδονὰς δέ γε δήπου, καὶ ταύτας σχεδὸν τὰς μεγίστας, ὅταν ἴδωμεν ἡδόμενον ὁντινοῦν, ἢ τὸ γελοῖον ἐπʼ αὐταῖς ἤ τὸ πάντων αἴσχιστον ἑπόμενον ὁρῶντες αὐτοί τε αἰσχυνόμεθα καὶ ἀφανίζοντες κρύπτομεν ὅτι μάλιστα, νυκτὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα διδόντες, ὡς φῶς οὐ δέον ὁρᾶν αὐτά.
Hēdonas de ge dēpou, kai tautas schedon tas megistas, hotan idōmen hēdomenon hontinoun, ē to geloion epʼ autais ē to pantōn aischiston hepomenon horōntes autoi te aischynometha kai aphanizontes kryptomen hoti malista, nykti panta ta toiauta didontes, hōs phōs ou deon horan auta.
But pleasures, and those almost the greatest, when we see anyone enjoying them, seeing either the ridiculous attending them or the most shameful of all, we ourselves are ashamed and hide them away as much as possible, giving all such things to the night, as if the light ought not to see them.
14.22.6Dindorf 2:318
Πάντη δὴ φήσεις, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ὑπό τε ἀγγέλων πέμπων καὶ παροῦσι φράζων ὡς ἡδονὴ κτῆμα οὐκ ἔστι πρῶτον οὐδʼ αὖ δεύτερον, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μέν πη περὶ μέτρον καὶ τὸ μέτριον καὶ τὸ καίριον καὶ πάνθʼ ὁπόσα χρὴ τοιαῦτα νομίζειν τὴν ἀΐδιον ᾑρῆσθαι φύσιν. Φαίνεται γοῦν ἐκ τῶν νῦν λεγομένων.
Pantē dē phēseis, ō Prōtarche, hypo te angelōn pempōn kai parousi phrazōn hōs hēdonē ktēma ouk esti prōton oudʼ au deuteron, alla prōton men pē peri metron kai to metrion kai to kairion kai panthʼ hoposa chrē toiauta nomizein tēn aïdion hę̄rēsthai physin. Phainetai goun ek tōn nyn legomenōn.
In every way, then, Protarchus, you will declare, sending it by messengers and telling it to those present, that pleasure is not the first possession nor even the second, but that the first is somehow about measure and the measured and the timely, and all such things that we must think have taken on the eternal nature. So it appears from what is now said.
14.22.7Dindorf 2:318
Δεύτερον μὲν περὶ τὸ σύμμετρον καὶ καλὸν καὶ τὸ τέλειον καὶ ἱκανὸν καὶ πάνθʼ ὁπόσα τῆς γενέσεως αὖ ταύτης ἐστί. Ἔοικε γοῦν.
Deuteron men peri to symmetron kai kalon kai to teleion kai hikanon kai panthʼ hoposa tēs geneseōs au tautēs esti. Eoike goun.
Second is about the proportioned and beautiful and the complete and sufficient, and all that belongs to this kind. So it seems.
14.22.8Dindorf 2:318
Τὸ τοίνυν τρίτον, ὡς ἡ ἐμὴ μαντεία, νοῦν καὶ φρόνησιν τιθεὶς οὐκ ἂν μέγα τι τῆς ἀληθείας παρεξέλθοις. Ἴσως.
To toinyn triton, hōs hē emē manteia, noun kai phronēsin titheis ouk an mega ti tēs alētheias parexelthois. Isōs.
The third, then, as I divine, if you put mind and wisdom, you would not stray far from the truth. Perhaps.
14.22.9Dindorf 2:318–319
Ἀρʼ οὖν οὐ τέταρτα, ἃ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς ἔθεμεν, ἐπιστήμας τε καὶ τέχνας καὶ δόξας ὀρθὰς λεχθείσας, ταῦτʼ εἶναι τὰ πρὸς τοῖς τρισὶ τέτταρα, εἴπερ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐστι μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἡδονῆς ξυγγενῆ, Τάχʼ ἄν.
Arʼ oun ou tetarta, ha tēs psychēs autēs ethemen, epistēmas te kai technas kai doxas orthas lechtheisas, tautʼ einai ta pros tois trisi tettara, eiper tou agathou esti mallon ē tēs hēdonēs xyngenē, Tachʼ an.
Fourth, then, are not the things we assigned to the soul itself, sciences and arts and what were called right opinions, these being fourth with the three, if indeed they are more akin to the good than to pleasure? Perhaps.
14.22.10Dindorf 2:319
Πέμπτας τοίνυν ἃς ἡδονὰς ἔθεμεν ἀλύπους ὁρισάμενοι, καθαρὰς ἐπονομάσαντες τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς ἐπιστήμας, ταῖς δὲ αἰσθήσεσιν ἑπομένας. Ἴσως.
Pemptas toinyn has hēdonas ethemen alypous horisamenoi, katharas eponomasantes tēs psychēs autēs epistēmas, tais de aisthēsesin hepomenas. Isōs.
Fifth, then, the pleasures that we set down, defining them as painless, calling them pure sciences of the soul itself, following on perceptions. Perhaps.
14.22.11Dindorf 2:319
Ἔκτῃ δʼ ἐν γενεᾷ, φησὶν Ὀρφεὺς, καταπαύσατε κόσμον ἀοιδῆς, ἀτὰρ κινδυνεύει καὶ ὁ ἡμέτερος λόγος ἐν ἕκτῃ καταπεπαυμένος εἶναι κρίσει. τὸ δὲ μετὰ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν οὐδὲν λοιπὸν πλὴν ὥσπερ κεφαλὴν ἀποδοῦναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις. Οὐκοῦν χρή.
Ektę̄ dʼ en geneą, phēsin Orpheus, katapausate kosmon aoidēs, atar kindyneuei kai ho hēmeteros logos en hektę̄ katapepaumenos einai krisei. to de meta tauthʼ hēmin ouden loipon plēn hōsper kephalēn apodounai tois eirēmenois. Oukoun chrē.
“But in the sixth generation,” says Orpheus, “end the order of your song”; and our argument too seems to have come to an end at the sixth judgment. What remains for us after this is nothing but to put a head, as it were, on what has been said. So we must.
14.22.12Dindorf 2:319
Ἴθι δὴ, τὸ τρίτον τῷ σωτῆρι τὸν αὐτὸν διαμαρτυράμενοι λόγον ἐπεξέλθωμεν. Ποῖον δή; Φίληβος τἀγαθὸν ἔθετο ἡμῖν ἡδονὴν εἶναι πᾶσαν καὶ παντελῆ. Τὸ τρίτον, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς ἔοικας, ἔλεγες ἀρτίως τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπαναλαβεῖν δεῖν λόγον.
Ithi dē, to triton tǭ sōtēri ton auton diamartyramenoi logon epexelthōmen. Poion dē? Philēbos tagathon etheto hēmin hēdonēn einai pasan kai pantelē. To triton, ō Sōkrates, hōs eoikas, eleges artiōs ton ex archēs epanalabein dein logon.
Come, then, let us go through the same argument a third time, calling the Savior to witness. What argument? Philebus set down for us that the good is all and complete pleasure. The third time, Socrates, as it seems, you meant just now that we must take up the argument from the beginning.
14.22.13Dindorf 2:319
Ναί. τὸ δέ γε μετὰ τοῦτο ἀκούωμεν. ἐγὼ γὰρ δὴ κατιδὼν ἅπερ νῦν διελήλυθα, καὶ δυσχεράνας τὸν Φιλήβου λόγον οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλων πολλάκις μυρίων, εἶπον ὡς ἡδονῆς γε νοῦς εἴη μακρῷ βέλτιόν τε καὶ ἄμεινον τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίῳ. Ἠν ταῦτα.
Nai. to de ge meta touto akouōmen. egō gar dē katidōn haper nyn dielēlytha, kai dyscheranas ton Philēbou logon ou monon, alla kai allōn pollakis myriōn, eipon hōs hēdonēs ge nous eiē makrǭ beltion te kai ameinon tǭ tōn anthrōpōn biǭ. Ēn tauta.
Yes. But let us hear what follows. For I, seeing what I have now gone through, and annoyed at the argument not only of Philebus but often of countless others, said that mind was far better and more excellent than pleasure for human life. That was so.
14.22.14Dindorf 2:319–320
Ὑποπτεύων δέ γε καὶ ἄλλα εἶναι πολλὰ εἶπον ὡς, εἰ φανείη τι τούτων ἀμφοῖν βέλτιον, ὑπὲρ τῶν δευτερείων νῷ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ξυνδιαμαχοίμην, ἡδονὴ δὲ καὶ δευτερείων στερήσοιτο. Εἰπες γὰρ οὑν. Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτά γε πάντων ἱκανώτατα τούτοιν οὐδέτερον ἱκανὸν ἀνεφάνη. Ἀληθέστατα.
Hypopteuōn de ge kai alla einai polla eipon hōs, ei phaneiē ti toutōn amphoin beltion, hyper tōn deutereiōn nǭ pros hēdonēn xyndiamachoimēn, hēdonē de kai deutereiōn sterēsoito. Eipes gar houn. Kai meta tauta ge pantōn hikanōtata toutoin oudeteron hikanon anephanē. Alēthestata.
And suspecting that there are also many other things, I said that if anything appeared better than both of these, I would contend on the side of mind against pleasure for the second prize, and pleasure would be deprived even of the second prize. You said so. And after this it appeared most sufficiently that neither of these two was sufficient. Most true.
14.22.15Dindorf 2:320
Οὐκοῦν παντάπασιν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ νοῦς ἀπήλλακτο καὶ ἡδονὴ, μηδὲ τἀγαθὸν αὐτὸ μηδέτερον αὐτοῖν εἶναι στερομένων αὐταρκείας καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἱκανοῦ καὶ τελέου δυνάμεως; Ὀρθότατα. Φανέντος δέ γε ἄλλου τινὸς κρείττονος τούτοιν ἑκατέρου, μυρίῳ γʼ αὖ νοῦς ἡδονῆς οἰκειότερον καὶ προσφυέστερον πέφανται νῦν τῇ τοῦ νικῶντος ἰδέᾳ. Πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Oukoun pantapasin en toutǭ tǭ logǭ kai nous apēllakto kai hēdonē, mēde tagathon auto mēdeteron autoin einai steromenōn autarkeias kai tēs tou hikanou kai teleou dynameōs? Orthotata. Phanentos de ge allou tinos kreittonos toutoin hekaterou, myriǭ gʼ au nous hēdonēs oikeioteron kai prosphyesteron pephantai nyn tę̄ tou nikōntos ideą. Pōs gar ou?
Then in this argument both mind and pleasure were set aside entirely, neither of them being the good itself, since they lacked self-sufficiency and the power of the sufficient and complete? Most right. And when something else better than either of them appeared, mind has now appeared ten thousand times more akin and closer than pleasure to the form of the victor. Of course.
14.22.16Dindorf 2:320
Οὐκοῦν πέμπτον κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν, ὡς νῦν ὁ λόγος ἀπεφήνατο, γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ἡ τῆς ἡδονῆς δύναμις. Ἔοικεν. Πρῶτον δέ γε οὐδʼ ἂν οἱ πάντες βόες τε καὶ ἵπποι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ξύμπαντα θηρία φῶσι τῷ τὸ χαίρειν διώκειν· οἷς πιστεύοντες, ὥσπερ μάντεις ὄρνισιν, οἱ πολλοὶ κρίνουσι τὰς ἡδονὰς εἰς τὸ ζῆν ἡμῖν εὖ κρατίστας εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς θηρίων ἔρωτας οἴονται κυρίους εἶναι μάρτυρας μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς τῶν ἐν μούσῃ φιλοσόφῳ μεμαντευμένων ἑκάστοτε λόγων. Ἀληθέστατα, ὦ Σώκρατες, εἰρῆσθαί σοι νῦν ἤδη φαμὲν ἅπαντες.”
Oukoun pempton kata tēn krisin, hōs nyn ho logos apephēnato, gignoitʼ an hē tēs hēdonēs dynamis. Eoiken. Prōton de ge oudʼ an hoi pantes boes te kai hippoi kai ta alla xympanta thēria phōsi tǭ to chairein diōkein; hois pisteuontes, hōsper manteis ornisin, hoi polloi krinousi tas hēdonas eis to zēn hēmin eu kratistas einai, kai tous thēriōn erōtas oiontai kyrious einai martyras mallon ē tous tōn en mousę̄ philosophǭ memanteumenōn hekastote logōn. Alēthestata, ō Sōkrates, eirēsthai soi nyn ēdē phamen hapantes.”
Then the power of pleasure would be fifth in the judgment, as the argument has now declared. So it seems. And not first, not even if all the oxen and horses and all the other beasts together should say so by pursuing enjoyment; trusting them, as seers trust birds, the many judge pleasures to be most powerful for our living well, and think the loves of beasts more authoritative witnesses than the loves of arguments divined each time in the philosophic Muse. That you have now spoken most truly, Socrates, we all say.”
14.22.17Dindorf 2:320–321
Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. ἐγὼ δέ σοι καὶ Διονυσίου, τῆς κατὰ Χριστὸν φιλοσοφίας ἐπισκόπου ἀνδρὸς, ἀπὸ τῶν Περὶ φύσεως βραχέα τῶν πρὸς Ἐπίκουρον ἀντειρημένων παραθήσομαι. σὺ δὲ λαβὼν ἀνάγνωθι τὰς οὕτως ἐχούσας αὐτοῦ φωνάς
Tauta ho Platōn. egō de soi kai Dionysiou, tēs kata Christon philosophias episkopou andros, apo tōn Peri physeōs brachea tōn pros Epikouron anteirēmenōn parathēsomai. sy de labōn anagnōthi tas houtōs echousas autou phōnas
So Plato. And I shall set before you also a few of the arguments against Epicurus from the work On Nature of Dionysius, a bishop of the philosophy according to Christ. Take and read his words, which run thus:
Preparation 14, chapter 23
14.23.1Dindorf 2:321
“Πότερον ἕν ἐστι συναφὲς τὸ πᾶν, ὡς ἡμῖν τε καὶ τοῖς σοφωτάτοις Ἑλλήνων Πλάτωνι καὶ Πυθαγόρᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς στοᾶς καὶ Ἡρακλείτῳ φαίνεται, ἢ δύο, ὡς ἴσως τις ὑπέλαβεν, ἢ καὶ πολλὰ καὶ ἄπειρα, ὥς τισιν ἄλλοις ἔδοξεν, οἳ πολλαῖς τῆς διανοίας παραφοραῖς καὶ ποικίλαις προφοραῖς ὀνομάτων τὴν τῶν ὅλων ἐπεχείρησαν κατακερματίζειν οὐσίαν, ἄπειρόν τε καὶ ἀγέννητον καὶ ἀπρονόητον ὑποτίθενται;
“Poteron hen esti synaphes to pan, hōs hēmin te kai tois sophōtatois Hellēnōn Platōni kai Pythagorą kai tois apo tēs stoas kai Hērakleitǭ phainetai, ē dyo, hōs isōs tis hypelaben, ē kai polla kai apeira, hōs tisin allois edoxen, hoi pollais tēs dianoias paraphorais kai poikilais prophorais onomatōn tēn tōn holōn epecheirēsan katakermatizein ousian, apeiron te kai agennēton kai apronoēton hypotithentai?
“Is the universe one connected whole, as it seems to us and to the wisest of the Greeks, Plato and Pythagoras and the Stoics and Heraclitus, or two, as perhaps someone supposed, or even many and infinite, as some others have thought, who, with many derangements of thought and varied coinages of words, have tried to fragment the substance of the universe, and suppose it infinite and ungenerated and without providence?
14.23.2Dindorf 2:321
οἶ μὲν γὰρ ἀτόμους προσειπόντες ἄφθαρτά τινα καὶ σμικρότατα σώματα πλῆθος ἀνάριθμα, καί τι χωρίον κενὸν μέγεθος ἀπεριόριστον προβαλόμενοι, ταύτας δή φασι τὰς ἀτόμους ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐν τῷ κενῷ φερομένας αὐτομάτως τε συμπιπτούσας ἀλλήλαις διὰ ῥύμην ἄτακτον καὶ συμπλεκομένας διὰ τὸ πολυσχήμονας οὔσας ἀλλήλων ἐπιλαμβάνεσθαι, καὶ οὕτω τόν τε κόσμον καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, μᾶλλον δὲ κόσμους ἀπείρους ἀποτελεῖν.
oi men gar atomous proseipontes aphtharta tina kai smikrotata sōmata plēthos anarithma, kai ti chōrion kenon megethos aperioriston probalomenoi, tautas dē phasi tas atomous hōs etychen en tǭ kenǭ pheromenas automatōs te sympiptousas allēlais dia rhymēn atakton kai symplekomenas dia to polyschēmonas ousas allēlōn epilambanesthai, kai houtō ton te kosmon kai ta en autǭ, mallon de kosmous apeirous apotelein.
For some, calling them atoms, some imperishable and very small bodies, countless in number, and positing a certain empty space of unlimited size, say that these atoms, carried at random in the void and colliding with one another spontaneously through a disorderly rush, and becoming entangled because, having many shapes, they take hold of one another, so produce the world and the things in it, or rather infinite worlds.
14.23.3Dindorf 2:321
ταύτης δὲ τῆς δόξης Ἐπίκουρος γεγόνασι καὶ Δημόκριτος· τοσοῦτον δὲ διεφώνησαν ὅσον ὁ μὲν ἐλαχίστας πάσας καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀνεπαισθήτους, ὁ δὲ καὶ μεγίστας εἶναί τινας ἀτόμους ὁ Δημόκριτος ὑπέλαβεν. ἀτόμους δὲ εἶναί φασιν ἀμφότεροι καὶ λέγεσθαι διὰ τὴν ἄλυτον στερρότητα.
tautēs de tēs doxēs Epikouros gegonasi kai Dēmokritos; tosouton de diephōnēsan hoson ho men elachistas pasas kai dia touto anepaisthētous, ho de kai megistas einai tinas atomous ho Dēmokritos hypelaben. atomous de einai phasin amphoteroi kai legesthai dia tēn alyton sterrotēta.
Of this opinion were Epicurus and Democritus; they differed only so far as the one supposed all atoms to be very small and therefore imperceptible, while Democritus supposed that some atoms are even very large. Both say that they are atoms, and so called because of their indissoluble solidity.
14.23.4Dindorf 2:321–322
οἶ δὲ τὰς ἀτόμους μετονομάσαντες ἀμερῆ φασιν εἶναι σώματα, τοῦ παντὸς μέρη, ἐξ ὧν ἀδιαιρέτων ὄντων συντίθεται τὰ πάντα καὶ εἰς ἃ διαλύεται. καὶ τούτων φασὶ τῶν ἀμερῶν ὀνοματοποιὸν Διόδωρον γεγονέναι· ὄνομα δὲ, φασὶν, αὐτοῖς ἄλλο Ἡρακλείδης θέμενος ἐκάλεσεν ὄγκους, παρʼ οὗ καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδης ὁ ἰατρὸς ἐκληρονόμησε τὸ ὄνομα.” Ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἐξῆς ἀνασκευάζει τὸ δόγμα διὰ πολλῶν, ἀτὰρ καὶ διὰ τούτων
oi de tas atomous metonomasantes amerē phasin einai sōmata, tou pantos merē, ex hōn adiairetōn ontōn syntithetai ta panta kai eis ha dialyetai. kai toutōn phasi tōn amerōn onomatopoion Diodōron gegonenai; onoma de, phasin, autois allo Hērakleidēs themenos ekalesen onkous, parʼ hou kai Asklēpiadēs ho iatros eklēronomēse to onoma.” Tautʼ eipōn exēs anaskeuazei to dogma dia pollōn, atar kai dia toutōn
Others, renaming the atoms, say they are partless bodies, parts of the universe, from which, being indivisible, all things are composed and into which they are dissolved. And they say that Diodorus was the coiner of the name of these partless bodies; but Heraclides, they say, gave them another name and called them ‘masses,’ from whom Asclepiades the physician also inherited the name.” Having said this, he next refutes the doctrine at length, and among other ways by the following:
Preparation 14, chapter 24
14.24.1Dindorf 2:322
‟Πῶς αὐτῶν ἀνασχώμεθα τυχηρὰ λεγόντων εἶναι συμπτώματα τὰ σοφὰ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὰ καλὰ δημιουργήματα; ὧν ἕκαστόν τε καθʼ ἑαυτὸ γενόμενον ὤφθη τῷ προστάξαντι γενέσθαι καλὸν καὶ συλλήβδην ὁμοίως ἅπαντα. καὶ εἶδε γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησε, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν.
‟Pōs autōn anaschōmetha tychēra legontōn einai symptōmata ta sopha kai dia touto ta kala dēmiourgēmata? hōn hekaston te kathʼ heauto genomenon ōphthē tǭ prostaxanti genesthai kalon kai syllēbdēn homoiōs hapanta. kai eide gar, phēsin, ho theos ta panta hosa epoiēse, kai idou kala lian.
“How can we bear them saying that wise and therefore beautiful works are chance coincidences? Each of these, as it came into being by itself, was seen by him who commanded it to come into being to be good, and likewise all of them together. For ‘God saw,’ it says, ‘all things that he had made, and behold, they were very good.’
14.24.2Dindorf 2:322
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν μικρῶν τῶν συνήθων καὶ παρὰ πόδας νουθετοῦνται παραδειγμάτων, ἐξ ὧν δύνανται μανθάνειν ὅτι χρειῶδες μὲν καὶ πρὸς ὠφέλειαν ἔργον οὐδὲν ἀνεπιτηδεύτως οὐδὲ συμβατικῶς ἀπεργάζεται, ἀλλὰ χειρουργούμενον εἰς τὴν πρέπουσαν ὑπηρεσίαν καταρτίζεται· ὅταν δὲ εἰς ἄχρηστον μεταπίπτῃ καὶ ἀνωφελὲς, τότε διαλυόμενον ἀορίστως καὶ ὡς ἂν τύχῃ διασκίδναται, ἅτε μηκέτι μεταχειριζομένης μηδὲ διαταττούσης αὐτὸ τῆς σοφίας, ᾗ τοῦ συνεστάναι τοῦτο ἔμελεν.
allʼ oude apo tōn mikrōn tōn synēthōn kai para podas nouthetountai paradeigmatōn, ex hōn dynantai manthanein hoti chreiōdes men kai pros ōpheleian ergon ouden anepitēdeutōs oude symbatikōs apergazetai, alla cheirourgoumenon eis tēn prepousan hypēresian katartizetai; hotan de eis achrēston metapiptę̄ kai anōpheles, tote dialyomenon aoristōs kai hōs an tychę̄ diaskidnatai, hate mēketi metacheirizomenēs mēde diatattousēs auto tēs sophias, hę̄ tou synestanai touto emelen.
But they are not admonished even by small, familiar, and everyday examples, from which they could learn that no work that is useful and beneficial is produced without design or by chance, but is fitted by handiwork for its proper service; and when it falls into uselessness and unprofitableness, then it breaks up without order and is scattered as it may happen, since the wisdom that cared for its holding together no longer handles and arranges it.
14.24.3Dindorf 2:322
ἱμάτιόν τε γὰρ οὐ χωρὶς ἱστουργοῦ συνισταμένων τῶν στημόνων οὐδὲ τῆς κρόκης αὐτομάτως παρεμπλεκομένης ἀνυφαίνεται· εἰ δὲ κατατριβείη, τὰ λακισθέντα διαρριπτεῖται ῥάκη. οἰκία τε ἀνοικοδομεῖται καὶ πόλις οὐ τοὺς μέν τινας δεχομένη θεμελίοις αὐτομολοῦντας λίθους, τοὺς δὲ ἀναπηδῶντας εἰς τὰς ἐπιβολὰς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ χώραν ὁ τοιχοδόμος τοὺς εὐθέτους ἐπιφέρει· καταρριφθείσης δὲ, ὡς ἂν παρείκῃ, κατενεχθεὶς ἕκαστος ἀπεσφάλη.
himation te gar ou chōris histourgou synistamenōn tōn stēmonōn oude tēs krokēs automatōs paremplekomenēs anyphainetai; ei de katatribeiē, ta lakisthenta diarripteitai rhakē. oikia te anoikodomeitai kai polis ou tous men tinas dechomenē themeliois automolountas lithous, tous de anapēdōntas eis tas epibolas, alla kata chōran ho toichodomos tous euthetous epipherei; katarriphtheisēs de, hōs an pareikę̄, katenechtheis hekastos apesphalē.
For a cloak is not woven without a weaver, the warp threads standing by themselves and the woof weaving itself in spontaneously; and if it is worn out, the torn rags are thrown away. And a house is built, and a city, not by receiving some stones that desert of their own accord into the foundations and others that leap up into the courses, but the builder brings the well-fitted stones into place; and when it is thrown down, each stone falls and is dislodged as it happens.
14.24.4Dindorf 2:322–323
καὶ κατασκευαζομένης νεὼς οὐχ ἡ μέν τις ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὴν τρόπις, ὁ δὲ κατὰ μέσην ἑαυτὸν ἱστὸς ὤρθωσε, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστον ξύλων ἣν ἔτυχεν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ θέσιν κατέλαβεν· οὐδὲ τὰ λεγόμενα ἑκατὸν τῆς ἁμάξης ξύλα καθʼ ὃν εὗρε κενὸν τόπον ἕκαστον συνεπάγη, ἀλλʼ ὁ τέκτων ἑκατέρας συνεκόμισε καίριον· εἰ δὲ διαλυθείη ἡ ναῦς ἐνθαλασσεύουσα, ἢ φερομένη κατὰ γῆν ἅμαξα, ὅπη τύχῃ τὰ ξύλα τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς συντόνου ῥύμης διασπείρεται.
kai kataskeuazomenēs neōs ouch hē men tis hypebalen heautēn tropis, ho de kata mesēn heauton histos ōrthōse, kai tōn allōn hekaston xylōn hēn etychen ex heautou thesin katelaben; oude ta legomena hekaton tēs hamaxēs xyla kathʼ hon heure kenon topon hekaston synepagē, allʼ ho tektōn hekateras synekomise kairion; ei de dialytheiē hē naus enthalasseuousa, ē pheromenē kata gēn hamaxa, hopē tychę̄ ta xyla ta men hypo tōn kymatōn, ta de hypo tēs syntonou rhymēs diaspeiretai.
And when a ship is being built, the keel did not lay itself down, nor did the mast set itself upright in the middle, and each of the other timbers take whatever position it happened to of itself; nor were the so-called hundred timbers of a wagon each fixed in whatever empty place it found, but the carpenter brought each together at the right time. But if a ship breaks up at sea, or a wagon on its way on land, the timbers are scattered wherever it happens, some by the waves, others by the violent rush.
14.24.5Dindorf 2:323
οὕτως ἂν ἁρμόζοι λέγειν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς ἀτόμους, ἀργὰς μενούσας καὶ ἀχειροποιήτους καὶ ἀχρήστους, εἰκῆ φέρεσθαι. ὁράτωσαν γὰρ τὰς ἀθεάτους ἐκεῖνοι καὶ τὰς ἀνοήτους νοείτωσαν, οὐχ ὁμοίως ἐκείνῳ, ὃς φανερωθὲν ἑαυτῷ τοῦτο ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁμολογεῖ τὸ ἀκατέργαστόν σου εἴδοσαν οἶ ὀφθαλμοί μου.”
houtōs an harmozoi legein autois kai tas atomous, argas menousas kai acheiropoiētous kai achrēstous, eikē pheresthai. horatōsan gar tas atheatous ekeinoi kai tas anoētous noeitōsan, ouch homoiōs ekeinǭ, hos phanerōthen heautǭ touto hypo tou theou pros auton homologei to akatergaston sou eidosan oi ophthalmoi mou.”
So it would suit them to say that the atoms too, remaining idle and unwrought and useless, are carried at random. Let them see the invisible atoms and think of the unthinkable ones, not like him who confesses to God what was revealed to him by God: ‘Your eyes saw my unwrought substance.’”
14.24.6Dindorf 2:323
ὅταν δὲ καὶ ἅ φασιν ἐξ ἀτόμων ὑφάσματα γίνεσθαι τὰ εὐήτρια, ταῦθʼ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀσόφως καὶ ἀναισθήτως αὐτουργεῖσθαι λέγωσι, τίς ἀνέξεται τὰς ἀτόμους ἀκούων ἐρίθους, ὧν καὶ ὁ ἀράχνης ἐστὶ σοφώτερος χειροτεχνῶν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ;
hotan de kai ha phasin ex atomōn hyphasmata ginesthai ta euētria, tauthʼ hypʼ autōn asophōs kai anaisthētōs autourgeisthai legōsi, tis anexetai tas atomous akouōn erithous, hōn kai ho arachnēs esti sophōteros cheirotechnōn ex heautou?
And when they say that the well-woven fabrics they claim come from atoms are worked by them without wisdom and without perception, who will bear hearing of atoms as weavers, when even the spider, working with its own hands from itself, is wiser than they?
Preparation 14, chapter 25
14.25.7Dindorf 2:323
ἢ τὸν μέγαν τοῦτον οἶκον τὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς συνεστῶτα, καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ πλῆθος τῆς ἐπιφαινομένης αὐτῷ σοφίας καλούμενον κόσμον, ὑπὸ τῶν σὺν οὐδενὶ κόσμῳ φερομένων ἀτόμων κεκοσμῆσθαι καὶ γεγονέναι κόσμον ἀκοσμίαν;
ē ton megan touton oikon ton ex ouranou kai gēs synestōta, kai dia to megethos kai plēthos tēs epiphainomenēs autǭ sophias kaloumenon kosmon, hypo tōn syn oudeni kosmǭ pheromenōn atomōn kekosmēsthai kai gegonenai kosmon akosmian?
Or that this great house, composed of heaven and earth, and called kosmos, “order,” because of the greatness and abundance of the wisdom shown in it, was ordered by atoms moving without any order, and that disorder became order?
14.25.8Dindorf 2:323
πῶς δὲ κινήσεις καὶ ὁδοὺς εὐτάκτους ἐξ ἀτάκτου προάγεσθαι φορᾶς; πῶς δὲ τὴν παναρμόνιον τῶν οὐρανίων χορείαν ἐξ ἀμούσων καὶ ἀναρμόστων συνᾴδειν ὀργάνων;”
pōs de kinēseis kai hodous eutaktous ex ataktou proagesthai phoras? pōs de tēn panarmonion tōn ouraniōn choreian ex amousōn kai anarmostōn synądein organōn?”
And how are orderly motions and courses produced from a disorderly rush? And how does the all-harmonious dance of the heavenly bodies sing in concert from unmusical and unharmonious instruments?”
14.25.9Dindorf 2:323
Τίνα δὲ τρόπον, μιᾶς οὔσης καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀπασῶν οὐσίας καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀφθάρτου φύσεως, πλὴν τῶν μεγεθῶν, ὥς φασι, καὶ τῶν σχημάτων, τὰ μέν ἐστι θεῖα καὶ ἀκήρατα καὶ αἰώνια, ὡς αὐτοὶ φήσαιεν ἂν, σώματα, ἢ μακραίωνά γε κατὰ τὸν οὕτως ὀνομάσαντα, φαινόμενά τε καὶ ἀφανῆ· φαινόμενα μὲν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ἀστέρες γῆ τε καὶ ὕδωρ, ἀφανῆ δὲ θεοί τε καὶ δαίμονες καὶ ψυχαί; ταῦτα γὰρ οὐδὲ θέλοντες ὑπάρχειν ἀρνήσασθαι δύνανται.
Tina de tropon, mias ousēs kai tēs autēs apasōn ousias kai tēs autēs aphthartou physeōs, plēn tōn megethōn, hōs phasi, kai tōn schēmatōn, ta men esti theia kai akērata kai aiōnia, hōs autoi phēsaien an, sōmata, ē makraiōna ge kata ton houtōs onomasanta, phainomena te kai aphanē; phainomena men hēlios kai selēnē kai asteres gē te kai hydōr, aphanē de theoi te kai daimones kai psychai? tauta gar oude thelontes hyparchein arnēsasthai dynantai.
“And in what way, since the substance of all is one and the same, and the same imperishable nature, except for sizes, as they say, and shapes, are some bodies divine and pure and eternal, as they themselves would say, or at least long-lived, according to him who so named them, both visible and invisible: visible, the sun and moon and stars and earth and water; invisible, gods and daimones and souls? For these they cannot deny exist, even if they wished.
14.25.10Dindorf 2:323–324
τὰ δὲ μακροβιώτατα ζῷά τε καὶ φυτά· ζῷα μὲν ἔν τε ὄρνισιν, ὥς φασιν, ἀετοὶ κόρακές τε καὶ φοίνικες· ἔν τε χερσαίοις ἔλαφοί τε καὶ ἐλέφαντες καὶ δράκοντες· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἐνύδροις τὰ κήτη· δένδρα δὲ φοίνικες καὶ δρύες καὶ περσέαι· καὶ τῶν γε δένδρων τὰ μέν ἐστιν ἀειθαλῆ, ἃ καὶ καταριθμήσας τις εἷπεν εἶναι τεσσαρακαίδεκα· τὰ δὲ πρὸς καιρὸν ἀνθεῖ καὶ φυλλορροεῖ· τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα τῶν τε φυομένων καὶ τῶν γεννωμένων ἐστὶν ὠκύμορα καὶ βραχυτελῆ, ὦν ἐστι καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ὡς εἷπέ τις ἁγία περὶ αὐτοῦ γραφή βροτὸς δὲ γεννητὸς γυναικὸς ὀλιγόβιος.”
ta de makrobiōtata zǭa te kai phyta; zǭa men en te ornisin, hōs phasin, aetoi korakes te kai phoinikes; en te chersaiois elaphoi te kai elephantes kai drakontes; en de tois enydrois ta kētē; dendra de phoinikes kai dryes kai perseai; kai tōn ge dendrōn ta men estin aeithalē, ha kai katarithmēsas tis heipen einai tessarakaideka; ta de pros kairon anthei kai phyllorroei; ta de pleista tōn te phyomenōn kai tōn gennōmenōn estin ōkymora kai brachytelē, ōn esti kai ho anthrōpos, hōs heipe tis hagia peri autou graphē brotos de gennētos gynaikos oligobios.”
And the longest-lived living things and plants: of living things among birds, as they say, eagles and ravens and phoenixes; among land animals, deer and elephants and serpents; among water creatures, whales; of trees, palms and oaks and persea trees; and of trees some are evergreen, which someone counted and said were fourteen; others flower and shed their leaves in season; but most of the things that grow and are born are short-lived and soon ended, of which man too is one, as a holy Scripture said about him: ‘Man, born of woman, is short-lived.’
14.25.11Dindorf 2:324
ἀλλὰ τοὺς συνδέσμους φήσουσι τῶν ἀτόμων διαλλάττοντας αἰτίους γίνεσθαι τῆς περὶ τὴν διαμονὴν διαφορᾶς. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν πεπυκνῶσθαι καὶ κατεσφίγχθαι λέγειν, ὥστʼ αὐτὰ παντελῶς δυσαπάλλακτα γεγονέναι πιλήματα, τὰ δὲ μανοτέραν καὶ χαλῶσαν τὴν συνάφειαν τῶν ἀτόμων ἐπʼ ἔλαττον ἢ πλέον ἐσχηκέναι, ὡς ἢ θᾶττον ἢ μὴ μετὰ πολὺ τῆς κολλήσεως αὐτῶν ἀφίστασθαι· καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐκ τοιῶνδε καὶ ὧδέ πως ἐσχηματισμένων, τὰ δὲ ἐξ ἑτέρων ἑτεροίως διακειμένων συμμεμίχθαι. ”
alla tous syndesmous phēsousi tōn atomōn diallattontas aitious ginesthai tēs peri tēn diamonēn diaphoras. ta men gar hypʼ autōn pepyknōsthai kai katesphinchthai legein, hōstʼ auta pantelōs dysapallakta gegonenai pilēmata, ta de manoteran kai chalōsan tēn synapheian tōn atomōn epʼ elatton ē pleon eschēkenai, hōs ē thatton ē mē meta poly tēs kollēseōs autōn aphistasthai; kai ta men ek toiōnde kai hōde pōs eschēmatismenōn, ta de ex heterōn heteroiōs diakeimenōn symmemichthai. ”
But they will say that differing bonds of the atoms are the cause of the difference in duration. For some, they say, are packed close and squeezed together by them, so that they have become felts altogether hard to separate; others have a looser and slacker connection of atoms, to a lesser or greater degree, so that they part from their cohesion either quickly or not long after; and some are compounded of atoms of such a kind and shaped in such a way, others of other atoms differently disposed.
14.25.12Dindorf 2:324–325
‟ Τίς οὖν ὁ φυλοκρινῶν συναγείρων τε καὶ ἀναχέων καὶ τάσδε μὲν οὕτω συντάττων εἰς ἥλιον, τάσδε δὲ ὡδὶ, ἵνα ἡ σελήνη γένηται, καὶ ἑκάστας συμφέρων κατὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα πρὸς ἑκάστου φαῦσιν ἀστέρος; οὔτε γὰρ αἱ ἡλιακαὶ τοσαίδε καὶ τοιαίδε καὶ ὧδέ πως ἑνωθεῖσαι πρὸς ἐργασίαν σελήνης ἂν καταβεβήκεσαν, οὔτε αἶ τῶν σεληνιακῶν ἀτόμων πλεκτάναι γεγόνασί ποτε ἥλιος· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀρκτοῦρος, εἰ καὶ λαμπρός ἐστι, τὰς ἑωσφόρου μεγαλοφρονήσαιτό ποτε ἂν ἀτόμους ἔχειν, οὐδὲ Ὠρίωνος αἱ Πλειάδες. καλῶς γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος διέστειλεν εἰπὼν ῾ ἄλλη δόξα ἡλίου καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης καὶ ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων·” ἀστὴρ γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἐν δόξῃ.
‟ Tis oun ho phylokrinōn synageirōn te kai anacheōn kai tasde men houtō syntattōn eis hēlion, tasde de hōdi, hina hē selēnē genētai, kai hekastas sympherōn kata tēn oikeiotēta pros hekastou phausin asteros? oute gar hai hēliakai tosaide kai toiaide kai hōde pōs henōtheisai pros ergasian selēnēs an katabebēkesan, oute ai tōn selēniakōn atomōn plektanai gegonasi pote hēlios; allʼ oude arktouros, ei kai lampros esti, tas heōsphorou megalophronēsaito pote an atomous echein, oude Ōriōnos hai Pleiades. kalōs gar ho Paulos diesteilen eipōn ῾ allē doxa hēliou kai allē doxa selēnēs kai allē doxa asterōn;” astēr gar asteros diapherei en doxę̄.
“Who, then, is the one who sorts them by kinds, gathers and pours them out, and arranges these thus into the sun, and those so, that the moon may come to be, and brings each together according to its affinity for the light of each star? For neither would the solar atoms, so many and such and united in such a way, have come down to the making of the moon, nor have the coils of lunar atoms ever become a sun; nor would Arcturus, bright as he is, ever boast of having the atoms of the morning star, nor the Pleiades those of Orion. For Paul distinguished well when he said, ‘There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars; for star differs from star in glory.’
14.25.13Dindorf 2:325
καὶ εἰ μὲν ἀνεπαίσθητος αὐτῶν ὡς ἀψύχων ἡ σύμπηξις ἐγένετο, ἐπιστήμονος αὐταῖς ἔδει δημιουργοῦ· εἰ δὲ ἀπροαίρετος καὶ κατʼ ἀνάγκην, ὡς ἀλόγων, ἡ σύνερξις, σοφός τις αὐτὰς ἀγελάρχης συνελαύνων ἐπεστάτησεν· εἰ δὲ ἑκουσίως ἐθελουργῆσαι συγκέκλεινται, θαυμάσιός τις αὐτῶν ἀρχιτέκτων ἐργοδοτῶν προηγήσατο· ἢ καθάπερ εὔτακτος στρατηγὸς οὐ συγκεχυμένην εἴασε τὴν στρατιὰν καὶ πάντας ἀναμὶξ, ἀλλʼ ἐν μέρει μὲν τὴν ἵππον, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τοὺς ὁπλίτας, τούς τε ἀκοντιστὰς καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς, καὶ χωρὶς τοὺς τοξότας, καὶ τοὺς σφενδονήτας ἔνθα ἐχρῆν διετάξατο, ἵνα ἀλλήλοις οἶ ὁμόσκευοι συμμαχοῖεν.
kai ei men anepaisthētos autōn hōs apsychōn hē sympēxis egeneto, epistēmonos autais edei dēmiourgou; ei de aproairetos kai katʼ anankēn, hōs alogōn, hē synerxis, sophos tis autas agelarchēs synelaunōn epestatēsen; ei de hekousiōs ethelourgēsai synkekleintai, thaumasios tis autōn architektōn ergodotōn proēgēsato; ē kathaper eutaktos stratēgos ou synkechymenēn eiase tēn stratian kai pantas anamix, allʼ en merei men tēn hippon, idią de tous hoplitas, tous te akontistas kathʼ heautous, kai chōris tous toxotas, kai tous sphendonētas entha echrēn dietaxato, hina allēlois oi homoskeuoi symmachoien.
And if their compacting happened without perception, as being soulless, they needed a knowing craftsman; and if their coming together was without choice and by necessity, as being irrational, some wise herdsman driving them together presided over them; and if they have been shut in together to work willingly, some wonderful master builder assigning their work led them; or, like a well-ordered general, he did not leave the army confused and all mixed together, but arranged the cavalry in one part, the heavy infantry by themselves, the javelin men by themselves, the archers apart, and the slingers where they were needed, so that those equipped alike might fight together.
14.25.14Dindorf 2:325
εἰ δὲ τοῦτο χλεύην οἴονται τὸ παράδειγμα διὰ τὸ μεγάλων σωμάτων με πρὸς τὰ ἐλάχιστα ποιεῖσθαι σύγκρισιν, ἐπὶ τὰ σμικρότατα μεταβησόμεθα.”
ei de touto chleuēn oiontai to paradeigma dia to megalōn sōmatōn me pros ta elachista poieisthai synkrisin, epi ta smikrotata metabēsometha.”
But if they think this example a joke because I make a comparison of large bodies with the smallest, we shall pass over to the smallest.”
14.25.15Dindorf 2:325–326
Εἶτα τούτοις ἐξῆς ἐπιλέγει ‟ Εἰ δὲ μήτε λέξις μήτε ἐκλογὴ μήτε τάξις αὐταῖς ἄρχοντος ἐπικέοιτο, αὐταὶ δὲ ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν αὑτὰς ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς κατὰ τὴν ῥύσιν τύρβης διευθύνουσαι, καὶ τὸν πολὺν τῶν συμπτώσεων διεκπερῶσαι κυδοιμὸν, αἱ ὅμοιαι πρὸς τὰς ὁμοίας οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸν ποιητὴν ἄγοιντο, συντρέχοιεν δὲ καὶ συναγελάζοιντο γνωρίζουσαι τὰς συγγενεῖς, θαυμαστή γε τῶν ἀτόμων ἡ δημοκρατία, δεξιουμένων τε ἀλλήλας τῶν φίλων καὶ περιπλεκομένων, εἰς μίαν τε κατασκηνοῦν συνοικίαν ἐπειγομένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἀποτετορνευμένων αὐτομάτων εἰς ἥλιον φωστῆρα μέγαν, ἵνα ποιήσωσι τὴν ἡμέραν, τῶν δὲ εἰς πολλὰς ἴσως πυραμίδας ἀστέρων ἀναπεφλεγμένων, ἵνα καὶ ὅλον στεφανώσωσι τὸν οὐρανὸν, τῶν δὲ περιτεταγμένων, ἵνα αὐτὸν εἰκῆ στερεώσωσι καὶ καμαρώσωσι τὸν αἰθέρα εἰς τὴν τῶν φωστήρων ἐπιβάθραν, ἐπιλέξωνταί τε ἑαυταῖς αἱ συνωμοσίαι τῶν χυδαίων ἀτόμων μονὰς, καὶ διακληρώσωνται τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς οἴκους ἑαυταῖς καὶ σταθμούς. ”
Eita toutois exēs epilegei ‟ Ei de mēte lexis mēte eklogē mēte taxis autais archontos epikeoito, autai de ephʼ heautōn hautas ek tēs pollēs kata tēn rhysin tyrbēs dieuthynousai, kai ton polyn tōn symptōseōn diekperōsai kydoimon, hai homoiai pros tas homoias ouch hypo tou theou kata ton poiētēn agointo, syntrechoien de kai synagelazointo gnōrizousai tas syngeneis, thaumastē ge tōn atomōn hē dēmokratia, dexioumenōn te allēlas tōn philōn kai periplekomenōn, eis mian te kataskēnoun synoikian epeigomenōn, kai tōn men apotetorneumenōn automatōn eis hēlion phōstēra megan, hina poiēsōsi tēn hēmeran, tōn de eis pollas isōs pyramidas asterōn anapephlegmenōn, hina kai holon stephanōsōsi ton ouranon, tōn de peritetagmenōn, hina auton eikē stereōsōsi kai kamarōsōsi ton aithera eis tēn tōn phōstērōn epibathran, epilexōntai te heautais hai synōmosiai tōn chydaiōn atomōn monas, kai diaklērōsōntai ton ouranon eis oikous heautais kai stathmous. ”
Then next he adds: “But if neither word, nor choice, nor order of a ruler were laid upon them, but they themselves of their own accord directed themselves out of the great turmoil in their flow, and passed through the great uproar of collisions, and like were led to like not by God, as the poet says, but ran together and herded together recognizing their kin, wonderful indeed is the democracy of the atoms, friends greeting and embracing one another and hastening to settle in one dwelling together; some of their own accord turned into the sun, a great light, to make the day; others perhaps blazed up into many pyramids of stars, to crown the whole heaven; others ranged round to make the ether firm and vault it at random as a base for the lights; and the confederacies of the common atoms chose dwellings for themselves and divided heaven by lot into houses and stations for themselves.”
14.25.16Dindorf 2:326
Εἶτα μεθʼ ἕτερά φησιν “ Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὰ φανερὰ ὁρῶσιν οὗτοι οἱ πολλοῦ γε δέουσι συνορᾶν καὶ τὰ ἀφανῆ. ἐοίκασι γὰρ μηδὲ ἀνατολὰς ἐποπτεύειν τεταγμένας καὶ δύσεις μήτε τῶν ἄλλων μήτε τὰς ἐκπρεπεστάτας ἡλίου, μηδὲ χρῆσθαι ταῖς διʼ αὐτῶν δεδωρημέναις ἀνθρώποις ἐπικουρίαις, ἀναπτομένῃ μὲν εἰς ἐργασίαν ἡμέρᾳ, ἐπηλυγαζούσῃ δὲ νυκτὶ πρὸς ἀνάπαυλαν. ἐξελεύσεται γὰρ ἄνθρωπος (φησὶν) ἐπὶ τὸ ἔργον αὑτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐργασίαν αὑτοῦ ἕως ἑσπέρας.”
Eita methʼ hetera phēsin “ Allʼ oude ta phanera horōsin houtoi hoi pollou ge deousi synoran kai ta aphanē. eoikasi gar mēde anatolas epopteuein tetagmenas kai dyseis mēte tōn allōn mēte tas ekprepestatas hēliou, mēde chrēsthai tais diʼ autōn dedōrēmenais anthrōpois epikouriais, anaptomenę̄ men eis ergasian hēmerą, epēlygazousę̄ de nykti pros anapaulan. exeleusetai gar anthrōpos (phēsin) epi to ergon hautou kai epi tēn ergasian hautou heōs hesperas.”
Then after other things he says: “But these men do not see even what is visible, much less perceive what is invisible. For they seem not to observe the ordered risings and settings either of the others or the most conspicuous ones of the sun, nor to use the help given through them to men, the day kindled for work and the night overshadowing for rest. For ‘man shall go out,’ it says, ‘to his work and to his labor until evening.’
14.25.17Dindorf 2:326
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὴν ἑτέραν ἐπισκοποῦσιν ἀνακύκλησιν αὐτοῦ, καθʼ ἣν ὡρισμένας ὥρας καὶ καιροὺς εὐκαίρους καὶ τροπὰς ἀπαρατρέπτους ἀποτελεῖ, ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξ ὧν ἐστιν ἀτόμων ὁδηγούμενος. ἀλλὰ κἂν μὴ θέλωσιν οἱ δείλαιοι, ὡς δʼ οὖν πιστεύουσιν οἱ δίκαιοι μέγας κύριος ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν λόγοις αὐτοῦ κατέσπευσε πορείαν.”
allʼ oude tēn heteran episkopousin anakyklēsin autou, kathʼ hēn hōrismenas hōras kai kairous eukairous kai tropas aparatreptous apotelei, hypo tōn ex hōn estin atomōn hodēgoumenos. alla kan mē thelōsin hoi deilaioi, hōs dʼ oun pisteuousin hoi dikaioi megas kyrios ho poiēsas auton kai en logois autou katespeuse poreian.”
Nor do they observe its other revolution, by which it brings about fixed seasons and timely times and unswerving turnings, guided by the atoms of which it consists. But even if the wretches do not wish it, as the righteous believe, ‘great is the Lord who made it, and at his words it hastened its course.’
14.25.18Dindorf 2:326
ἄτομοι γὰρ ὑμῖν φέρουσιν, ὢ τυφλοὶ, καὶ ὑετοὺς, ἵνα ἡ γῆ τροφὰς ὑμῖν τε καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπʼ αὐτῆς ζῴοις ἀνῇ; θέρος τε ἐπάγουσιν, ἵνα καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ δένδρων εἰς τρυφὴν καρποὺς λάβητε; καὶ διὰ τί μὴ ταῖς ἀτόμοις προσκυνεῖτε καὶ θύετε ταῖς ἐπικάρποις; ἀχάριστοί γε μηδὲ ἀπαρχὰς αὐταῖς ὀλίγας τῶν πολλῶν δωρεῶν, ἃς παρʼ αὐτῶν ἔχετε, ἀφιεροῦντες.”
atomoi gar hymin pherousin, ō typhloi, kai hyetous, hina hē gē trophas hymin te kai pasi tois epʼ autēs zǭois anę̄? theros te epagousin, hina kai tous apo dendrōn eis tryphēn karpous labēte? kai dia ti mē tais atomois proskyneite kai thyete tais epikarpois? acharistoi ge mēde aparchas autais oligas tōn pollōn dōreōn, has parʼ autōn echete, aphierountes.”
Do the atoms, you blind men, bring you rains too, that the earth may send up food for you and for all living things upon it? And do they bring summer, that you may take the fruits from the trees for enjoyment? And why do you not worship the atoms and sacrifice to the fruit-bearing ones? Ungrateful, not dedicating to them even a few first fruits of the many gifts you have from them!”
14.25.19Dindorf 2:326–327
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησὶν “ὁ δὲ πολυεθνὴς καὶ πολυμιγὴς δῆμος τῶν ἀστέρων, οὓς αἷ πολυπλανεῖς καὶ ἀεὶ διαρριπτούμεναι συνέστησαν ἄτομοι, χώρας ἑαυτοῖς κατὰ συνθήκας ἀπεδάσαντο, ὥσπερ ἀποικίαν ἢ συνοικίαν ἀνελόμενοι, μηδενὸς οἰκιστοῦ μηδὲ οἰκοδεσπότου προεστηκότος· καὶ τὰς πρὸς τοὺς πλησιοχώρους γειτνιάσεις ἐνωμότως καὶ μετʼ εἰρήνης φυλάττουσιν, οὐχ ὑπερβαίνοντες οὓς κατειλήφασιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὅρους, ὥσπερ ὑπὸ τῶν βασιλίδων ἀτόμων νομοθετούμενοι.
Kai meta brachea phēsin “ho de polyethnēs kai polymigēs dēmos tōn asterōn, hous hai polyplaneis kai aei diarriptoumenai synestēsan atomoi, chōras heautois kata synthēkas apedasanto, hōsper apoikian ē synoikian anelomenoi, mēdenos oikistou mēde oikodespotou proestēkotos; kai tas pros tous plēsiochōrous geitniaseis enōmotōs kai metʼ eirēnēs phylattousin, ouch hyperbainontes hous kateilēphasin ex archēs horous, hōsper hypo tōn basilidōn atomōn nomothetoumenoi.
And a little after he says: “And the many-nationed and mixed people of the stars, whom the much-wandering and ever-scattered atoms put together, divided territories among themselves by agreement, as if taking up a colony or settlement, with no founder or master of the house presiding; and they keep their neighborly relations with those next to them under oath and in peace, not overstepping the boundaries they took at the beginning, as if legislated by royal atoms.
14.25.20Dindorf 2:327
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἄρχουσιν ἐκεῖναι· πῶς γὰρ αἱ μηδʼ οὖσαι; ἀλλὰ θείων λογίων ἐπακούσατε “ ἐν κρίσει κυρίου τὰ αὐτοῦ. ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς καὶ ἀπὸ ποιήσεως αὐτῶν διέστειλε μερίδας αὐτῶν, ἐκόσμησεν εἰς αἰῶνα τὰ ἔργα αὑτοῦ καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῶν εἰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν.
allʼ ouk archousin ekeinai; pōs gar hai mēdʼ ousai? alla theiōn logiōn epakousate “ en krisei kyriou ta autou. apʼ archēs kai apo poiēseōs autōn diesteile meridas autōn, ekosmēsen eis aiōna ta erga hautou kai tas archas autōn eis geneas autōn.
But those do not rule; how could those that do not even exist? But listen to the divine oracles: ‘By the judgment of the Lord are his works. From the beginning and from their making he distinguished their portions; he ordered his works forever, and their beginnings to their generations.’
14.25.21Dindorf 2:327
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησὶν “Ἢ τίς οὕτως εὔτακτος πεδιάδα γῆν διώδευσε φάλαγξ, οὐ προθέοντος οὐδενὸς, οὐκ ἐκτρεπομένου, οὐκ ἐμποδοστατοῦντος, οὐκ ἀπολειπομένου τῶν συμπαρατεταγμένων, ὡς ἰσόστοιχοι καὶ συνασπιδοῦντες ἀεὶ προίασιν, ὁ συνεχής τε καὶ ἀδιάστατος ἀόχλητός τε καὶ ἀνεμπόδιστος τῶν ἄστρων στρατός;
Kai meta brachea phēsin “Ē tis houtōs eutaktos pediada gēn diōdeuse phalanx, ou protheontos oudenos, ouk ektrepomenou, ouk empodostatountos, ouk apoleipomenou tōn symparatetagmenōn, hōs isostoichoi kai synaspidountes aei proiasin, ho synechēs te kai adiastatos aochlētos te kai anempodistos tōn astrōn stratos?
And a little after he says: “Or what phalanx so well ordered ever marched across a level plain, with none running ahead, none turning aside, none blocking the way, none falling behind those ranged with him, as the continuous and unbroken, untroubled and unhindered army of the stars advances always in even ranks with locked shields?
14.25.22Dindorf 2:327–328
ἀλλʼ ἐγκλίσεσι καὶ ταῖς εἰς πλάγιον ἐκνεύσεσι γίνονταί τινες αὐτῶν ἄδηλοι τροπαί. καὶ μὴν ἀεὶ καιροφυλακοῦσι καὶ προορῶνται τὰς χώρας, ὅθεν ἕκαστος οἶ τούτοις προσεσχηκότες. εἰπάτωσαν οὖν ἡμῖν οἱ τῶν ἀτόμων τομεῖς καὶ τῶν ἀμερῶν μερισταὶ καὶ τῶν ἀσυνθέτων συναγωγεῖς καὶ τὰ ἄπειρα περινοοῦντες, πόθεν ἡ κυκλοφορικὴ τῶν οὐρανίων καὶ περιοδία, οὐχ ἑνὸς παραλόγως ἀτόμων πήγματος οὕτω σφενδονηθέντος, ἀλλὰ τοσούτου κυκλικοῦ χοροῦ κατὰ ῥυθμὸν ἴσα βαίνοντος καὶ συμπεριδινουμένου, πόθεν ἀδιάτακτοι καὶ ἀπροαίρετοι καὶ ἀγνῶτες ἀλλήλων συνέμποροι παμπληθεῖς συνανεστράφησαν. καλῶς τε ὁ προφήτης ἐν τοῖς ἀδυνάτοις καὶ ἀνενδείκτοις ἔταξε τὸ ξένους κἂν δύο συνδραμεῖν “ εἰ πορεύσονται (φησὶ) δύο ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἐὰν μὴ γνωρίσωσιν ἑαυτούς;”
allʼ enklisesi kai tais eis plagion ekneusesi ginontai tines autōn adēloi tropai. kai mēn aei kairophylakousi kai proorōntai tas chōras, hothen hekastos oi toutois proseschēkotes. eipatōsan oun hēmin hoi tōn atomōn tomeis kai tōn amerōn meristai kai tōn asynthetōn synagōgeis kai ta apeira perinoountes, pothen hē kyklophorikē tōn ouraniōn kai periodia, ouch henos paralogōs atomōn pēgmatos houtō sphendonēthentos, alla tosoutou kyklikou chorou kata rhythmon isa bainontos kai symperidinoumenou, pothen adiataktoi kai aproairetoi kai agnōtes allēlōn synemporoi pamplētheis synanestraphēsan. kalōs te ho prophētēs en tois adynatois kai anendeiktois etaxe to xenous kan dyo syndramein “ ei poreusontai (phēsi) dyo epi to auto ean mē gnōrisōsin heautous?”
But by inclinations and deviations to the side some unseen turnings of them occur. And yet they always keep their times and foresee the places from which each comes, those who have attended to these things say. Let the cutters of the atoms, then, and the dividers of the partless, and the compounders of the uncompounded, and the comprehenders of the infinite tell us where the circular motion and revolution of the heavenly bodies comes from, not of one compact of atoms flung irrationally like this, but of so great a circular dance stepping in measure and whirling round together; where so countless a throng of fellow travelers, unordered, without choice, and unknown to one another, came to turn together. Well did the prophet put among things impossible and incapable of proof that even two strangers should run together: ‘Will two walk together,’ he says, ‘unless they know one another?’”
14.25.23Dindorf 2:328
Ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν μυρία τε ἄλλα τούτοις ἐπαγαγὼν ἐξῆς κατασκευάζει διὰ πλειόνων τὸ πρόβλημα ἀπό τε τῶν κατὰ μέρος στοιχείων τοῦ παντὸς, ἀπό τε τῶν ἐν τούτοις παντοδαπῶν ζῴων, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τἀνθρώπου φύσεως. ἐξ ὧν ἔτι βραχέα τοῖς εἰρημένοις προσθεὶς καταπαύσω τὸν παρόντα λόγον.
Tautʼ eipōn myria te alla toutois epagagōn exēs kataskeuazei dia pleionōn to problēma apo te tōn kata meros stoicheiōn tou pantos, apo te tōn en toutois pantodapōn zǭōn, kai dē kai apo tēs tanthrōpou physeōs. ex hōn eti brachea tois eirēmenois prostheis katapausō ton paronta logon.
Having said this, and having added countless other things to these, he next establishes the point at length from the particular elements of the universe, from the living beings of every kind in them, and especially from the nature of man. Of these I shall add a few more to what has been said and so end the present book.
Preparation 14, chapter 26
14.26.1Dindorf 2:328
“ Καὶ οὔτε ἑαυτοὺς οὔτε τὰ περὶ ἑαυτοὺς ὁρῶσιν. εἰ γάρ τις τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν τοῦ τῆς ἀσεβείας ταύτης δόγματος ἑαυτὸν ὅστις ἐστὶ καὶ ὅθεν ἀνελογίζετο, ἐφρόνησεν ἂν ἅπερ συνῃσθημένος ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν ἂν οὐ πρὸς τὰς ἀτόμους, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν ἑαυτοῦ “ αἱ χεῖρές σου ἔπλασάν με καὶ ἐποίησάν με· ” καὶ προσεπεξειργάσατο ἂν ὡς τὸν θαυμάσιον τῆς ποιήσεως ἑαυτοῦ τρόπον “ ἢ ὥσπερ γάλα με ἤμελξας, ἐτύρευσας δέ με ἴσα τυρῷ; δέρμα καὶ κρέας με ἐνέδυσας, ὀστέοις δὲ καὶ νεύροις με ἔνειρας; ζωὴν δὲ καὶ ἔλεος ἔθου παρʼ ἐμοὶ, ἡ δὲ ἐπισκοπή σου ἐφύλαξέ μου τὸ πνεῦμα.
“ Kai oute heautous oute ta peri heautous horōsin. ei gar tis tōn archēgetōn tou tēs asebeias tautēs dogmatos heauton hostis esti kai hothen anelogizeto, ephronēsen an haper synę̄sthēmenos heautou, kai eipen an ou pros tas atomous, alla pros ton patera kai poiētēn heautou “ hai cheires sou eplasan me kai epoiēsan me; ” kai prosepexeirgasato an hōs ton thaumasion tēs poiēseōs heautou tropon “ ē hōsper gala me ēmelxas, etyreusas de me isa tyrǭ? derma kai kreas me enedysas, osteois de kai neurois me eneiras? zōēn de kai eleos ethou parʼ emoi, hē de episkopē sou ephylaxe mou to pneuma.
“And they see neither themselves nor what concerns themselves. For if any of the founders of this impious doctrine had reckoned who he himself is and where from, he would have thought as one aware of himself, and would have said not to the atoms but to his Father and Maker, ‘Your hands formed me and made me’; and he would have gone on to describe the wonderful manner of his making: ‘Did you not pour me out like milk and curdle me like cheese? You clothed me with skin and flesh, and knit me together with bones and sinews; you granted me life and mercy, and your care has preserved my spirit.’
14.26.2Dindorf 2:328
πόσας γὰρ ἀτόμους ὁ Ἐπικούρου πατὴρ καὶ ποταπὰς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ προέχεεν, ὅτʼ ἀπεσπέρμαινεν Ἐπίκουρον; καὶ πῶς εἰς τὴν μητρῴαν αὐτοῦ καταβληθεῖσαι γαστέρα συνεπάγησαν, ἐσχηματίσθησαν, ἐμορφώθησαν, ἐκινήθησαν, ηὐξύνθησαν; καὶ πολλὰς ἡ βραχεῖα ῥανὶς τὰς Ἐπικούρου ἀτόμους προσκαλεσαμένη τὰς μὲν ἐπημφίεσεν αὐτῶν δέρμα καὶ σάρκα γενομένας, ταῖς δὲ ὀστωθείσαις ἠνώρθωται, ταῖς δὲ συνεδέθη νευρορραφουμένη;
posas gar atomous ho Epikourou patēr kai potapas ex heautou proecheen, hotʼ apespermainen Epikouron? kai pōs eis tēn mētrǭan autou katablētheisai gastera synepagēsan, eschēmatisthēsan, emorphōthēsan, ekinēthēsan, ēuxynthēsan? kai pollas hē bracheia rhanis tas Epikourou atomous proskalesamenē tas men epēmphiesen autōn derma kai sarka genomenas, tais de ostōtheisais ēnōrthōtai, tais de synedethē neurorraphoumenē?
For how many atoms, and of what kind, did Epicurus’ father pour out of himself when he begot Epicurus? And how, cast into his mother’s womb, were they compacted, shaped, formed, moved, increased? And how many atoms of Epicurus did the little drop call to itself, clothing some with skin and flesh, being set upright by others that became bone, and being bound together by others, stitched with sinews?
14.26.3Dindorf 2:328–329
τά τε ἄλλα πολλὰ μέλη καὶ σπλάγχνα καὶ ἔγκατα καὶ αἰσθητήρια τὰ μὲν ἔνδοθεν, τὰ δὲ θύραθεν ἐφήρμοσε, διʼ ὧν ἐζῳογονήθη τὸ σῶμα; ὧν οὐδὲν ἀργὸν οὐδὲ ἀχρεῖον προσετέθη, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ τὰ φαυλότατα, μήτε τρίχες μήτε ὄνυχες, πάντα δὲ, τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὸ τῆς συστάσεως ὄφελος, τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὸ κάλλος τῆς ὄψεως συντελεῖ.
ta te alla polla melē kai splanchna kai enkata kai aisthētēria ta men endothen, ta de thyrathen ephērmose, diʼ hōn ezǭogonēthē to sōma? hōn ouden argon oude achreion prosetethē, epei mēde ta phaulotata, mēte triches mēte onyches, panta de, ta men pros to tēs systaseōs ophelos, ta de pros to kallos tēs opseōs syntelei.
And it fitted the many other members and inward parts and entrails and organs of sense, some within, others without, by which the body was brought to life? Of these nothing idle or useless was added, not even the meanest, neither hair nor nails; but all contribute, some to the benefit of the structure, others to the beauty of its appearance.
14.26.4Dindorf 2:329
οὐ γὰρ τῆς χρείας μόνης, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ὥρας ἐπιμελὴς ἡ πρόνοια. ἔρυμα μὲν γὰρ καὶ σκέπασμα πᾶσι τῆς κεφαλῆς ἡ κόμη, εὐπρέπεια δὲ ὁ πώγων τῷ φιλοσόφῳ. τήν τε τοῦ ὅλου σώματος τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου φύσιν ἐκ τῶν μερῶν ἀναγκαίων πάντων ἥρμοσε, καὶ τοῖς μέλεσι πᾶσι τήν τε πρὸς ἄλληλα κοινωνίαν περιέβαλε καὶ τὴν παρὰ τοῦ ὅλου χορηγίαν ἐπεμέτρησεν.
ou gar tēs chreias monēs, alla kai tēs hōras epimelēs hē pronoia. eryma men gar kai skepasma pasi tēs kephalēs hē komē, euprepeia de ho pōgōn tǭ philosophǭ. tēn te tou holou sōmatos tou anthrōpeiou physin ek tōn merōn anankaiōn pantōn hērmose, kai tois melesi pasi tēn te pros allēla koinōnian periebale kai tēn para tou holou chorēgian epemetrēsen.
For providence takes care not only of need but also of beauty. The hair is a defense and covering of the head for all, and the beard a comeliness for the philosopher. And it fitted together the nature of the whole human body from all necessary parts, and threw round all the members their fellowship with one another, and measured out the supply from the whole.
14.26.5Dindorf 2:329
ὧν τὰ μὲν ὁλοσχερῆ καὶ τοῖς ἰδιώταις ἐκ τῆς πείρας ἣν ἔχει δύναμιν πρόδηλα· κεφαλῆς ἡγεμονία, καὶ περὶ τὸν ἐγκέφαλον, ὥσπερ ἄρχοντα ἐν ἀκροπόλει, τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἡ δορυφορία· προσιοῦσαι μὲν ὄψεις, ἀναγγέλλουσαι δὲ ἀκοαὶ, ἐδωδὴ ὥσπερ φορολογοῦσα, ὄσφρησις καθάπερ ἀνιχνεύουσα καὶ διερευνωμένη, καὶ ἡ ἁφὴ πᾶν διατάττουσα τὸ ὑπήκοον.
hōn ta men holoscherē kai tois idiōtais ek tēs peiras hēn echei dynamin prodēla; kephalēs hēgemonia, kai peri ton enkephalon, hōsper archonta en akropolei, tōn aisthēseōn hē doryphoria; prosiousai men opseis, anangellousai de akoai, edōdē hōsper phorologousa, osphrēsis kathaper anichneuousa kai diereunōmenē, kai hē haphē pan diatattousa to hypēkoon.
Of these, the general functions are plain from experience even to ordinary people, what power each has: the sovereignty of the head, and around the brain, as round a ruler in a citadel, the bodyguard of the senses: the eyes coming forward, the ears reporting, taste like a tax gatherer, smell like one tracking and searching out, and touch arranging all that is subject.
14.26.6Dindorf 2:329
(κεφαλαιωδῶς γὰρ νῦν ὀλίγα τῶν τῆς πανσόφου προνοίας ἔργων ἐπιδραμούμεθα, μετʼ ὀλίγον ἀκριβέστερον τοῦ θεοῦ διδόντος ἐπεξεργασόμενοι, ὅταν πρὸς τὸν δοκοῦντα λογιώτερον ἀποτεινώμεθα.)
(kephalaiōdōs gar nyn oliga tōn tēs pansophou pronoias ergōn epidramoumetha, metʼ oligon akribesteron tou theou didontos epexergasomenoi, hotan pros ton dokounta logiōteron apoteinōmetha.)
(For we shall now run over in summary a few of the works of the all-wise providence, and shortly, God granting, work them out more precisely, when we address the one who is thought more learned.)
14.26.7Dindorf 2:329–330
χειρῶν διακονία, διʼ ὧν ἐργασίαι τε παντοῖαι καὶ πολυμήχανοι τελοῦνται τέχναι ταῖς κατὰ μέρος δυνάμεσιν εἰς μίαν συνεργίαν διηρθρωμένων, ὤμων τε ἀχθοφορίαι, καὶ κατοχαὶ δακτύλων, ἀγκώνων τε καμπαὶ, πρός τε τὸ σῶμα εἴσω στρεφόμεναι καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐκτὸς ἀπονεύουσαι, ἵνα ἐφέλκεσθαί τε καὶ ἀπωθεῖσθαι δύνωνται· ποδῶν ὑπηρεσία, διʼ ὧν πᾶσα ἡμῖν ὑποπέπτωκεν ἡ περίγειος κτίσις, βάσιμος ἡ γῆ, πλωτὴ ἡ θάλασσα, περάσιμοι οἱ ποταμοὶ, καὶ πάντων πρὸς πάντα ἐπιμιξία· γαστὴρ ταμιεῖον τροφῶν, πᾶσι τοῖς συντεταγμένοις μέλεσιν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἐν μέτρῳ τὸ σιτηρέσιον διανέμουσα καὶ τὸ περιττεῦον ἐκτιθεμένη· καὶ τὰ ἄλλα διʼ ὅσων ἐμφανῶς ἡ διοίκησις τῆς ἀνθρωπείου μεμηχάνηται διαμονῆς, ὧν ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄφροσιν ἔχοντες οἱ σοφοὶ τὴν χρῆσιν οὐκ ἴσχουσι τὴν γνῶσιν.
cheirōn diakonia, diʼ hōn ergasiai te pantoiai kai polymēchanoi telountai technai tais kata meros dynamesin eis mian synergian diērthrōmenōn, ōmōn te achthophoriai, kai katochai daktylōn, ankōnōn te kampai, pros te to sōma eisō strephomenai kai pros to ektos aponeuousai, hina ephelkesthai te kai apōtheisthai dynōntai; podōn hypēresia, diʼ hōn pasa hēmin hypopeptōken hē perigeios ktisis, basimos hē gē, plōtē hē thalassa, perasimoi hoi potamoi, kai pantōn pros panta epimixia; gastēr tamieion trophōn, pasi tois syntetagmenois melesin ex heautēs en metrǭ to sitēresion dianemousa kai to peritteuon ektithemenē; kai ta alla diʼ hosōn emphanōs hē dioikēsis tēs anthrōpeiou memēchanētai diamonēs, hōn homoiōs tois aphrosin echontes hoi sophoi tēn chrēsin ouk ischousi tēn gnōsin.
The service of the hands, by which work of every kind and arts of many devices are accomplished, their particular powers jointed into one cooperation; the burden-bearing of the shoulders, the grip of the fingers, the bending of the elbows, turning inward to the body and outward away from it, so that they can draw toward and push away; the service of the feet, by which the whole creation on earth lies subject to us, the earth walkable, the sea navigable, the rivers passable, and the intercourse of all with all; the belly, a storehouse of food, distributing from itself in measure their ration to all the members arranged with it and putting out the excess; and the other things by which the management of man’s continuance has been clearly devised, of which the wise have the use like the foolish but do not have the knowledge.
14.26.8Dindorf 2:330
οἶ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰηθῶσιν ἀθεότητα τὴν ἐπιστημονικωτάτην περὶ πάντων καὶ τὴν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς εὐεργετικωτάτην ἀναφέρουσιν οἰκονομίαν) κρείττονος καὶ θείας ὄντως φρονήσεως τε καὶ δυνάμεως ἔργον αὐτὴν εἶναι πιστούμενοι, οἶ δὲ συντυχίᾳ καὶ συμπτώσει τῶν ἀτόμων ἀσκόπως τὴν θαυμασιωτάτην καλλιεργίαν ἀνατιθέασι.
oi men gar eis hēn an oiēthōsin atheotēta tēn epistēmonikōtatēn peri pantōn kai tēn eis heautous euergetikōtatēn anapherousin oikonomian) kreittonos kai theias ontōs phronēseōs te kai dynameōs ergon autēn einai pistoumenoi, oi de syntychią kai symptōsei tōn atomōn askopōs tēn thaumasiōtatēn kalliergian anatitheasi.
For some refer the management that is most knowing about all things and most beneficent toward themselves to whatever deity they suppose, trusting it to be the work of a higher and truly divine wisdom and power; others attribute the most wonderful craftsmanship aimlessly to the chance meeting and collision of atoms.
14.26.9Dindorf 2:330
τὴν δὲ ἐνεργεστέραν ἔτι τούτων ἐπίσκεψιν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐνδοσθίων διάθεσιν ἰατροὶ μὲν ἀκριβῶς διερευνησάμενοι καὶ καταπλαγέντες ἐξεθείασαν τὴν φύσιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ὕστερον ὡς ἂν οἷοί τε γενώμεθα κἂν ἐπιπολῆς ἀναθεωρήσωμεν.
tēn de energesteran eti toutōn episkepsin kai tēn tōn endosthiōn diathesin iatroi men akribōs diereunēsamenoi kai kataplagentes exetheiasan tēn physin, hēmeis de hysteron hōs an hoioi te genōmetha kan epipolēs anatheōrēsōmen.
The still more effective examination of these, and the arrangement of the inward parts, physicians, having searched out precisely and been astonished, have deified nature; we shall later, as far as we are able, look at them even if only superficially.
14.26.10Dindorf 2:330
καθόλου δὲ καὶ συλλήβδην ὅλον τοῦτο τὸ σκῆνος τίς τοιοῦτον ἐσκηνοποίησεν, ὑψηλὸν, ὄρθιον, εὔρυθμον, εὐαίσθητον, εὐκίνητον, εὐεργὸν, παντουργόν; ἡ τῶν ἀτόμων ἄλογος, φασὶ, πληθύς. ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἂν εἰκόνα πηλίνην ἐκεῖναι συνελθοῦσαι πλάσαιεν, οὐδʼ ἀνδριάντα λίθινον ξέσαιεν, οὐδʼ ἂν εἴδωλον ἀργυροῦν ἢ χρυσοῦν χωνεύσασαι προαγάγοιεν·
katholou de kai syllēbdēn holon touto to skēnos tis toiouton eskēnopoiēsen, hypsēlon, orthion, eurythmon, euaisthēton, eukinēton, euergon, pantourgon? hē tōn atomōn alogos, phasi, plēthys. allʼ oudʼ an eikona pēlinēn ekeinai synelthousai plasaien, oudʼ andrianta lithinon xesaien, oudʼ an eidōlon argyroun ē chrysoun chōneusasai proagagoien;
In general and in sum, who built this whole tent, such as it is, tall, upright, well proportioned, keen of sense, nimble, active, able to do all things? The irrational multitude of atoms, they say. But those, coming together, could not mold even a clay image, nor carve a stone statue, nor cast and bring forth an idol of silver or gold;
14.26.11Dindorf 2:330
ἀλλὰ τέχναι καὶ χειρουργίαι τούτων ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων εὕρηνται σωματουργοί. ὧν δὲ ἀπεικασίαι καὶ σκιαγραφίαι δίχα σοφίας οὐκ ἂν γένοιντο, πῶς τὰ ἀληθῆ καὶ πρωτότυπα τούτων αὐτομάτως συμβέβηκε;
alla technai kai cheirourgiai toutōn hypʼ anthrōpōn heurēntai sōmatourgoi. hōn de apeikasiai kai skiagraphiai dicha sophias ouk an genointo, pōs ta alēthē kai prōtotypa toutōn automatōs symbebēke?
but the arts and handicrafts for these, which shape the likeness of bodies, have been found by men. And if likenesses and sketches of these could not come about without wisdom, how did their true originals happen of themselves?
14.26.12Dindorf 2:330
ψυχὴ δὲ καὶ νοῦς καὶ λόγος πόθεν ἐγγέγονε τῷ φιλοσόφῳ; ἢ παρὰ τῶν ἀψύχων καὶ ἀνοήτων καὶ ἀλογίστων ἀτόμων ταῦτʼ ἠρανίσατο, κἀκείνων αὐτῷ τι ἑκάστη νόημα καὶ δόγμα ἐνέπνευσεν;
psychē de kai nous kai logos pothen engegone tǭ philosophǭ? ē para tōn apsychōn kai anoētōn kai alogistōn atomōn tautʼ ēranisato, kakeinōn autǭ ti hekastē noēma kai dogma enepneusen?
And from where did soul and mind and reason come to be in the philosopher? Did he collect them from soulless and mindless and unreasoning atoms, and did each of them breathe into him some thought and doctrine?
14.26.13Dindorf 2:330–331
καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ Ἠσιόδου μῦθος τὴν Πανδώραν φησὶν ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν, οὕτως ἡ σοφία τἀνδρὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀτόμων συνετελέσθη; καὶ ποίησιν δὲ πᾶσαν, καὶ πᾶσαν μουσικὴν, ἀστρονομίαν τε καὶ γεωμετρίαν, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἐπιστήμας, οὐκέτι θεῶν εὑρήματα καὶ παιδεύματα φήσουσιν Ἕλληνες εἶναι, μόναι δὲ γεγόνασιν ἔμπειροι καὶ σοφαὶ πάντων αἱ ἄτομοι μοῦσαι.
kai hōsper ho Ēsiodou mythos tēn Pandōran phēsin hypo tōn theōn, houtōs hē sophia tandros hypo tōn atomōn synetelesthē? kai poiēsin de pasan, kai pasan mousikēn, astronomian te kai geōmetrian, kai tas allas epistēmas, ouketi theōn heurēmata kai paideumata phēsousin Hellēnes einai, monai de gegonasin empeiroi kai sophai pantōn hai atomoi mousai.
And as Hesiod’s myth says Pandora was completed by the gods, so was the man’s wisdom completed by the atoms? And will the Greeks no longer say that all poetry and all music, astronomy and geometry and the other sciences, are discoveries and teachings of the gods, but that the atom-Muses alone have become skilled and wise in all things?
14.26.14Dindorf 2:331
ἡ γὰρ ἐκ τῶν ἀτόμων Ἐπικούρου θεογονία τῶν μὲν ἀπείρων κόσμων ἐξόριός ἐστιν, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἄπειρον ἀκοσμίαν πεφυγάδευται.”
hē gar ek tōn atomōn Epikourou theogonia tōn men apeirōn kosmōn exorios estin, eis de tēn apeiron akosmian pephygadeutai.”
For the theogony of Epicurus out of the atoms is banished from the infinite worlds and exiled into the infinite disorder.”
Preparation 14, chapter 27
14.27.1Dindorf 2:331
“ Ἐργάζεσθαι δέ γε καὶ διοικεῖν καὶ τε καὶ προκήδεσθαι καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῖς μὲν ἀργοῖς καὶ ἄφροσι καὶ ἀσθενέσι καὶ κακούργοις ἴσως ἐπαχθῆ, οἷς ἐγκατέλεξεν ἑαυτὸν Ἐπίκουρος, τοιαῦτα φρονήσας περὶ τῶν θεῶν· τοῖς δὲ σπουδαίοις καὶ δυνατοῖς καὶ συνετοῖς καὶ σώφροσιν, οἵους εἶναι χρὴ τοὺς φιλοσόφους, (πόσῳ γε μᾶλλον τοὺς θεούς;) οὐχ ὅπως ἀηδῆ ταῦτα καὶ προσάντη, ἀλλὰ καὶ τερπνότατα, καὶ πάντων μᾶλλον ἀσπαστότατα, οἶς τὸ ἀμελὲς καὶ τὸ μέλλειν τι πράττειν τῶν χρηστῶν ὄνειδος, ὡς ἐκείνους τε ποιητὴς νουθετεῖ συμβουλεύων μηδʼ ἀναβάλλεσθαι ἔς τʼ αὔριον· καὶ προσεπαπειλῶν αἰεὶ δʼ ἀμβολιεργὸς ἀνὴρ ἄτῃσι παλαίει.
“ Ergazesthai de ge kai dioikein kai te kai prokēdesthai kai ta toiauta tois men argois kai aphrosi kai asthenesi kai kakourgois isōs epachthē, hois enkatelexen heauton Epikouros, toiauta phronēsas peri tōn theōn; tois de spoudaiois kai dynatois kai synetois kai sōphrosin, hoious einai chrē tous philosophous, (posǭ ge mallon tous theous?) ouch hopōs aēdē tauta kai prosantē, alla kai terpnotata, kai pantōn mallon aspastotata, ois to ameles kai to mellein ti prattein tōn chrēstōn oneidos, hōs ekeinous te poiētēs nouthetei symbouleuōn mēdʼ anaballesthai es tʼ aurion; kai prosepapeilōn aiei dʼ amboliergos anēr atę̄si palaiei.
“Working and governing and doing good and taking forethought and such things are perhaps burdensome to the idle and foolish and weak and wicked, among whom Epicurus enrolled himself by thinking such things of the gods; but to the earnest and able and intelligent and temperate, such as philosophers must be (how much more the gods?), these things are not only not unpleasant and irksome, but most delightful and most welcome of all; to them neglect and delay in doing any good thing is a reproach, as the poet admonishes them, advising, ‘Do not put off till tomorrow’; and threatening besides, ‘The man who puts off work always wrestles with ruin.’
14.27.2Dindorf 2:331
ἡμᾶς τε σεμνότερον παιδεύει προφήτης, θεοπρεπῆ μὲν ὄντως ἔργα τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ὑπάρχειν λέγων, τὸν δὲ ὀλιγωροῦντα τούτων ἐξάγιστον “ γὰρ (φησὶν) ὁ ποιῶν τὰ ἔργα κυρίου ἀμελῶς.”
hēmas te semnoteron paideuei prophētēs, theoprepē men ontōs erga ta katʼ aretēn hyparchein legōn, ton de oligōrounta toutōn exagiston “ gar (phēsin) ho poiōn ta erga kyriou amelōs.”
And a prophet teaches us more solemnly, saying that the works of virtue are truly worthy of God, and that he who neglects them is accursed: ‘For cursed,’ he says, ‘is he who does the works of the Lord carelessly.’
14.27.3Dindorf 2:331–332
καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἀμαθέσιν ἡστινοσοῦν τέχνης καὶ ἀτελεστέροις διὰ τὸ τῆς πείρας ἄηθες καὶ τὸ τῶν ἔργων ἀτριβὲς κάματος ἐγγίνεται ταῖς ἐπιχειρήσεσιν· οἶ δὲ προκόπτοντες, καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι οἱ τέλειοι, ῥᾳδίως ἃ μετίασι κατορθοῦντες γάνυνται, καὶ μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιντο τὰ εἰωθότα πράττοντες ἀνύειν καὶ τελεσιουργεῖν ἢ πάντα σφίσιν ὑπάρξαι τὰ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθά.
kai tois men amathesin hēstinosoun technēs kai atelesterois dia to tēs peiras aēthes kai to tōn ergōn atribes kamatos enginetai tais epicheirēsesin; oi de prokoptontes, kai mallon eti hoi teleioi, rhądiōs ha metiasi katorthountes ganyntai, kai mallon an helointo ta eiōthota prattontes anyein kai telesiourgein ē panta sphisin hyparxai ta en anthrōpois agatha.
And to those ignorant of any art, and less perfect, through the unaccustomedness of the experience and unpracticed work, weariness comes in their attempts; but those advancing, and still more the perfect, rejoice in easily accomplishing what they pursue, and would rather choose to complete and perfect their accustomed tasks than have all human goods.
14.27.4Dindorf 2:332
Δημόκριτος γοῦν αὐτὸς, ὥς φασιν, ἔλεγε βούλεσθαι μᾶλλον μίαν εὑρεῖν αἰτιολογίαν ἢ τὴν Περσῶν οἱ βασιλείαν γενέσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα μάτην καὶ ἀναιτίως αἰτιολογῶν, ὡς ἂν ἀπὸ κενῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ ὑποθέσεως πλανωμένης ὁρμώμενος, καὶ τὴν ῥίζαν καὶ τὴν κοινὴν ἀνάγκην τῆς τῶν ὄντων φύσεως οὐχ ὁρῶν, σοφίαν δὲ μεγίστην ἡγούμενος τὴν τῶν ἀσόφως καὶ ἠλιθίως συμβαινόντων κατανόησιν, καὶ τὴν τύχην τῶν μὲν καθόλου καὶ τῶν θείων δέσποιναν ἐφιστὰς καὶ βασιλίδα, καὶ πάντα γενέσθαι κατʼ αὐτὴν ἀποφαινόμενος, τοῦ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων αὐτὴν ἀποκηρύττων βίου καὶ τοὺς πρεσβεύοντας αὐτὴν ἐλέγχων ἀγνώμονας.
Dēmokritos goun autos, hōs phasin, elege boulesthai mallon mian heurein aitiologian ē tēn Persōn hoi basileian genesthai, kai tauta matēn kai anaitiōs aitiologōn, hōs an apo kenēs archēs kai hypotheseōs planōmenēs hormōmenos, kai tēn rhizan kai tēn koinēn anankēn tēs tōn ontōn physeōs ouch horōn, sophian de megistēn hēgoumenos tēn tōn asophōs kai ēlithiōs symbainontōn katanoēsin, kai tēn tychēn tōn men katholou kai tōn theiōn despoinan ephistas kai basilida, kai panta genesthai katʼ autēn apophainomenos, tou de tōn anthrōpōn autēn apokēryttōn biou kai tous presbeuontas autēn elenchōn agnōmonas.
Democritus himself, at any rate, as they say, used to say that he would rather find a single causal explanation than become king of the Persians; and that while giving causes vainly and without cause, starting from an empty principle and a wandering hypothesis, not seeing the root and the common necessity of the nature of things, but thinking the understanding of things happening without wisdom and foolishly to be the greatest wisdom, and setting chance as mistress and queen over things universal and divine, and declaring that all things come about according to it, while banishing it from the life of men and refuting those who honor it as foolish.
14.27.5Dindorf 2:332
τῶν γοῦν Ὑποθηκῶν ἀρχόμενος λέγει “Ἄνθρωποι τύχης εἴδωλον ἐπλάσαντο, πρόφασιν ἰδίης ἀνοίης.” φύσει γὰρ γνώμη τύχῃ μάχεται· τὴν ἐχθίστην τῇ φρονήσει ταύτην αὐτὴν ἔφασαν κρατεῖν· μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ταύτην ἄρδην ἀναιροῦντες καὶ ἀφανίζοντες ἐκείνην ἀντικαθιστᾶσιν αὐτῆς. οὐ γὰρ εὐτυχῆ τὴν φρόνησιν, ἀλλʼ ἐμφρονεστάτην ὑμνοῦσι τὴν τύχην.
tōn goun Hypothēkōn archomenos legei “Anthrōpoi tychēs eidōlon eplasanto, prophasin idiēs anoiēs.” physei gar gnōmē tychę̄ machetai; tēn echthistēn tę̄ phronēsei tautēn autēn ephasan kratein; mallon de kai tautēn ardēn anairountes kai aphanizontes ekeinēn antikathistasin autēs. ou gar eutychē tēn phronēsin, allʼ emphronestatēn hymnousi tēn tychēn.
Beginning his Precepts, at least, he says: “Men fashioned an image of chance as an excuse for their own folly. For by nature judgment fights against chance; and this very thing, most hostile to wisdom, they said rules it; or rather, doing away with wisdom altogether and abolishing it, they set chance up in its place. For they do not praise wisdom as fortunate, but chance as most wise.”
14.27.6Dindorf 2:332
οἶ μὲν οὑν τῶν βιωφελῶν ἔργων ἐπιστάται ταῖς πρὸς τὸ ὁμόφυλον ἐπικουρίαις ἀγάλλονται, ἐπαίνου τε ὀρέγονται καὶ κλέους ἐφʼ οἶς αὐτῶν προκάμνουσιν οἱ μὲν τρέφοντες, οἱ δὲ κυβερνῶντες, οἶ δʼ ἰώμενοι, οἱ δὲ πολιτευόμενοι· οἶ δέ γε φιλόσοφοι καὶ σφόδρα παιδεύειν ἐπιχειροῦντες ἀνθρώπους φρυάττονται.
oi men houn tōn biōphelōn ergōn epistatai tais pros to homophylon epikouriais agallontai, epainou te oregontai kai kleous ephʼ ois autōn prokamnousin hoi men trephontes, hoi de kybernōntes, oi dʼ iōmenoi, hoi de politeuomenoi; oi de ge philosophoi kai sphodra paideuein epicheirountes anthrōpous phryattontai.
Those in charge of works useful to life take pride in their help to their fellow men, and long for praise and glory for the things in which they toil for them, some by feeding, others by piloting, others by healing, others by governing; and philosophers are especially proud of attempting to educate men.
14.27.7Dindorf 2:332–333
ἢ τολμήσουσιν Ἐπίκουρος ἢ Δημόκριτος εἰπεῖν ὡς ἀσχάλλουσι φιλοσοφοῦντες; ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ θυμηδίαν ταύτης ἂν ἑτέραν προθεῖντο. καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἡδονὴν εἶναι φρονοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ αἰδεσθήσονταί γε μὴ λέγειν ἥδιον αὑτοῖς εἶναι τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν.
ē tolmēsousin Epikouros ē Dēmokritos eipein hōs aschallousi philosophountes? allʼ oude thymēdian tautēs an heteran protheinto. kai gar ei to agathon hēdonēn einai phronousin, allʼ aidesthēsontai ge mē legein hēdion hautois einai to philosophein.
Or will Epicurus or Democritus dare to say that they are vexed when they philosophize? They would set no other delight above this. For even if they think the good is pleasure, they will be ashamed not to say that philosophizing is pleasanter to them.
14.27.8Dindorf 2:333
τοὺς δὲ θεοὺς περὶ ὧν οἶ μὲν ποιηταὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ᾄδουσι δοτῆρας ἐάων, οὗτοι δὲ οἶ φιλόσοφοι μετὰ τωθείας εὐφημοῦσι, θεοὶ πάντων ἀγαθῶν ἀδώρητοί τε καὶ ἀμέτοχοι· καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ τεκμηριοῦνται θεοὺς εἶναι, μήτε παρόντας καὶ πράττοντάς τι ὁρῶντες, (ὡς οἱ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας θαυμάσαντες διὰ τὸ θέειν ἔφασαν κεκλῆσθαι θεούς) μήτε τινὰ δημιουργίαν αὐτοῖς ἢ κατασκευὴν προσνέμοντες, ἵνʼ ἐκ τοῦ θεῖναι, τοῦτʼ ἔστι ποιῆσαι, θεοποιήσωσιν αὐτούς· (τούτου γὰρ ἕνεκα πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὁ τῶν ἁπάντων ποιητὴς καὶ δημιουργὸς μόνος ἐστὶ θεός·) μήτε διοίκησιν ἢ κρίσιν ἢ χάριν αὐτῶν τινα πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἐκτιθέμενοι, ἵνα φόβον ἢ τιμὴν ὀφλήσαντες προσκυνήσωμεν αὐτοῖς;
tous de theous peri hōn oi men poiētai parʼ autois ądousi dotēras eaōn, houtoi de oi philosophoi meta tōtheias euphēmousi, theoi pantōn agathōn adōrētoi te kai ametochoi; kai tini tropǭ tekmēriountai theous einai, mēte parontas kai prattontas ti horōntes, (hōs hoi ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn kai tous asteras thaumasantes dia to theein ephasan keklēsthai theous) mēte tina dēmiourgian autois ē kataskeuēn prosnemontes, hinʼ ek tou theinai, toutʼ esti poiēsai, theopoiēsōsin autous; (toutou gar heneka pros alētheian ho tōn hapantōn poiētēs kai dēmiourgos monos esti theos;) mēte dioikēsin ē krisin ē charin autōn tina pros anthrōpous ektithemenoi, hina phobon ē timēn ophlēsantes proskynēsōmen autois?
But the gods, whom their poets sing as ‘givers of good things,’ these philosophers praise with mockery as ‘gods neither givers of any good things nor sharers in them.’ And in what way do they prove that there are gods, when they neither see them present and doing something (as those who admired the sun and moon and stars said they were called gods from their running, theein), nor assign them any creation or construction, so as to make them gods from tithenai, that is, ‘to make’ (for in this sense in truth the Maker and Creator of all is alone God), nor set forth any government or judgment or favor of theirs toward men, so that, owing them fear or honor, we might worship them?
14.27.9Dindorf 2:333
“Ἤ τοῦ κόσμου προκύψας Ἐπίκουρος καὶ οὐράνιον ὑπερβὰς περίβολον, ἢ διά τινων κρυφίων ἃς μόνος οἶδεν ἐξελθὼν πυλῶν, οὓς ἐν τῷ κενῷ κατεῖδε θεοὺς, καὶ τὴν πολλὴν αὐτῶν ἐμακάρισε τρυφήν· κἀκεῖθεν ἐπιθυμητὴς γενόμενος τῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ κενῷ ζηλωτὴς διαίτης, οὕτω πάντας ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ μακαρισμοῦ τούτου μετουσίαν ἐξομοιωθησομένους ἐκείνοις τοῖς θεοῖς παρακαλεῖ, συμπόσιον αὐτοῖς μακάριον, οὐχ ὅπερ οἶ ποιηταὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἢ τὸν Ὄλυμπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ κενὸν συγκροτῶν, ἔκ τε τῶν ἀτόμων τὴν ἀμβροσίαν αὐτοῖς παρατιθεὶς καὶ προπίνων αὐτοῖς ἐξ ἐκείνων τὸ νέκταρ;
“Ē tou kosmou prokypsas Epikouros kai ouranion hyperbas peribolon, ē dia tinōn kryphiōn has monos oiden exelthōn pylōn, hous en tǭ kenǭ kateide theous, kai tēn pollēn autōn emakarise tryphēn; kakeithen epithymētēs genomenos tēs hēdonēs kai tēs en tǭ kenǭ zēlōtēs diaitēs, houtō pantas epi tēn tou makarismou toutou metousian exomoiōthēsomenous ekeinois tois theois parakalei, symposion autois makarion, ouch hoper oi poiētai ton ouranon ē ton Olympon, alla to kenon synkrotōn, ek te tōn atomōn tēn ambrosian autois paratitheis kai propinōn autois ex ekeinōn to nektar?
“Or did Epicurus, peeping out of the world and passing beyond the heavenly enclosure, or going out through some secret gates which he alone knows, see the gods in the void and bless their great luxury; and from there, becoming desirous of pleasure and an emulator of life in the void, does he so invite all to share in this blessedness, to be made like those gods, getting up for them a blessed banquet, not in heaven or Olympus, as the poets do, but in the void, setting before them ambrosia from the atoms and drinking to them nectar from them?
14.27.10Dindorf 2:333–334
καὶ δὴ καὶ κατʼ ἐκείνων τῶν μηδὲν πρὸς ἡμὰς ὅρκους τε καὶ ὁρκισμοὺς μυρίους τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ βιβλίοις ἐγγράφει, ὀμνύς τε συνεχῶς μὰ Δία” καὶ “νὴ Δία, ” τε τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας καὶ πρὸς οὓς διαλέγοιτο “πρὸς τῶν θεῶν, ” οὔ τί που δεδιὼς αὐτὸς ἢ ἐκείνους τὴν ἐπιορκίαν, κενὸν δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ψεῦδος καὶ ἀργὸν καὶ ἄσημον ἐπιφθεγγόμενος τοῖς λόγοις αὑτοῦ παράρτημα, οἷον εἰ καὶ χρέμπτοιτο καὶ πτύοι τὸ τε πρόσωπον στρέφοι καὶ τὴν χεῖρα κινοίη. τοιαύτη γὰρ ἀδιανόητος ἦν ἡ παρʼ αὐτῷ καὶ ματαία ὑπόκρισις ἡ τῶν θεῶν ὀνομασία.
kai dē kai katʼ ekeinōn tōn mēden pros hēmas horkous te kai horkismous myrious tois heautou bibliois engraphei, omnys te synechōs ma Dia” kai “nē Dia, ” te tous entynchanontas kai pros hous dialegoito “pros tōn theōn, ” ou ti pou dediōs autos ē ekeinous tēn epiorkian, kenon de touto kai pseudos kai argon kai asēmon epiphthengomenos tois logois hautou parartēma, hoion ei kai chremptoito kai ptyoi to te prosōpon strephoi kai tēn cheira kinoiē. toiautē gar adianoētos ēn hē parʼ autǭ kai mataia hypokrisis hē tōn theōn onomasia.
And indeed, by those gods who are nothing to us he writes countless oaths and adjurations in his books, continually swearing ‘No, by Zeus’ and ‘Yes, by Zeus,’ and adjuring his readers and those he talked with ‘by the gods,’ not at all fearing perjury himself or for them, but adding this as an empty, false, idle, and meaningless appendage to his words, as if he cleared his throat and spat, or turned his face or moved his hand. Such a thoughtless and vain pretense was his naming of the gods.
14.27.11Dindorf 2:334
ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν πρόδηλον, ὅτι μετὰ τὸν Σωκράτους θάνατον κατεπτηχὼς Ἀθηναίους ὡς μὴ δοκοίη τοῦθʼ ὅπερ ἦν ἄθεος κενὰς αὐτοῖς ἀνυποστάτων θεῶν τερατευσάμενος ἐζωγράφησε σκιάς. οὔτε γὰρ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀνέβλεψε νοεροῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, ἵνα τῆς ἐναργοῦς ἄνωθεν φωνῆς ἀκούσῃ, ἧς ὁ προσεκτικὸς θεατὴς κατακούσας ἐμαρτύρησεν ὅτι “ οἷ οὐρανοὶ διηγοῦνται δόξαν ποίησιν δὲ χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἀναγγέλλει τὸ στερέωμα, οὔτε τῇ διανοίᾳ κατεῖδεν εἰς τοὔδαφος· ἔμαθε γὰρ ἂν ὅτι “τοῦ ἐλέους κυρίου πλήρης ἡ γῆ, καὶ ὅτι κυρίου ἡ γῆ, καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς.” καὶ μετὰ γάρ φησι “κύριος εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐπέβλεψε καὶ ἐνέπλησεν αὐτὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν αὑτοῦ. ψυχὴν παντὸς ζῴου ἐκάλυψε τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς.”
alla touto men prodēlon, hoti meta ton Sōkratous thanaton kateptēchōs Athēnaious hōs mē dokoiē touthʼ hoper ēn atheos kenas autois anypostatōn theōn terateusamenos ezōgraphēse skias. oute gar eis ouranon aneblepse noerois ophthalmois, hina tēs enargous anōthen phōnēs akousę̄, hēs ho prosektikos theatēs katakousas emartyrēsen hoti “ hoi ouranoi diēgountai doxan poiēsin de cheirōn autou anangellei to stereōma, oute tę̄ dianoią kateiden eis toudaphos; emathe gar an hoti “tou eleous kyriou plērēs hē gē, kai hoti kyriou hē gē, kai to plērōma autēs.” kai meta gar phēsi “kyrios eis tēn gēn epeblepse kai eneplēsen autēn tōn agathōn hautou. psychēn pantos zǭou ekalypse to prosōpon autēs.”
But this is plain, that after the death of Socrates, cowering before the Athenians lest he should seem to be what he was, an atheist, he painted for them empty shadows of nonexistent gods, telling marvels. For he did not look up to heaven with the eyes of the mind to hear the clear voice from above, which the attentive beholder heard and bore witness that ‘the heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament proclaims the work of his hands’; nor did he look down in thought to the ground; for he would have learned that ‘the earth is full of the mercy of the Lord,’ and that ‘the earth is the Lord’s and its fullness.’ For after this it says, ‘The Lord looked upon the earth and filled it with his good things; with the soul of every living thing he covered its face.’
14.27.12Dindorf 2:334
εἰ δὲ μὴ τυφλώττουσιν, ἐπισκεψάσθωσαν τὴν παμποίκιλον τῶν ζῴων πολυπλήθειαν, τὰ χερσαῖα, τὰ πτηνὰ, τὰ ἔνυδρα, καὶ κατανοησάτωσαν ὡς ἀληθὴς ἐπὶ τῇ πάντων κρίσει γέγονεν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ δεσπότου καὶ πάντα κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ πρόσταξιν πέφηνε καλά. ”
ei de mē typhlōttousin, episkepsasthōsan tēn pampoikilon tōn zǭōn polyplētheian, ta chersaia, ta ptēna, ta enydra, kai katanoēsatōsan hōs alēthēs epi tę̄ pantōn krisei gegonen hē martyria tou despotou kai panta kata tēn autou prostaxin pephēne kala. ”
If they are not blind, let them consider the many-colored multitude of living things, those on land, those that fly, those in the water, and understand that the testimony of the Master at the judgment of all things was true, and that all things appeared good according to his command.”
14.27.13Dindorf 2:334–335
Ταῦτά μοι ἀπὸ πλείστων ἐξήνθισται τῶν πρὸς Ἐπίκουρον Διονυσίῳ τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐπισκόπῳ πεποιημένων. μετελθεῖν δὲ καιρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀριστοτέλην καὶ τὴν τῶν Στωϊκῶν φιλοσόφων αἵρεσιν, τά τε λοιπὰ τῆς τῶν θαυμαστῶν φυσιολόγων ἐπιθεωρῆσαι, ὡς ἂν καὶ τῆς ἐκ τούτων ἀναχωρήσεως τὸν ἐξ ἡμῶν ἀπολογισμὸν παράσχωμεν τοῖς φιλεγκλήμοσιν.
Tauta moi apo pleistōn exēnthistai tōn pros Epikouron Dionysiǭ tǭ kathʼ hēmas episkopǭ pepoiēmenōn. metelthein de kairos tous peri ton Aristotelēn kai tēn tōn Stōïkōn philosophōn hairesin, ta te loipa tēs tōn thaumastōn physiologōn epitheōrēsai, hōs an kai tēs ek toutōn anachōrēseōs ton ex hēmōn apologismon paraschōmen tois philenklēmosin.
These I have culled from the very many things written against Epicurus by Dionysius, our bishop. It is time to pass on to the followers of Aristotle and the school of the Stoic philosophers, and to examine the rest of the wonderful natural philosophers’ views, so that we may give those fond of finding fault our defense of our withdrawal from these too.
Preparation 15, chapter 1
15.1.1Dindorf 2:335
Τὴν πολύθεον τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀπάντων πλάνην ἐν ἀρχαῖς τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς ἀπελέγξαι πρὸ πολλοῦ θέμενος ἐπὶ συστάσει καὶ ἀπολογίᾳ τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀναχωρήσεως, ἣν μετʼ εὐλόγου πεποιήμεθα, οὐ μόνον τοὺς μύθους, οὓς δὴ περὶ τῶν οἰκείων θεῶν παῖδες τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς θεολόγων τε καὶ ποιητῶν κεκωμῳδήκασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων τὰς σεμνοπρεπεῖς δὴ καὶ ἀπορρήτους φυσιολογίας, ἄνω που εἰς οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ κόσμου μέρη πρὸς τῆς γενναίας φιλοσοφίας μετενηνεγμένας, πρώτιστα πάντων ἐν τρισὶ τοῖς πρώτοις συγγράμμασι διηρευνησάμην, καίτοι μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν ἐν τούτοις χρῆναι σεμνολογεῖν τῶν δὴ θεολόγων αὐτῶν ἀποφηναμένων.
Tēn polytheon tōn ethnōn apantōn planēn en archais tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs apelenxai pro pollou themenos epi systasei kai apologią tēs ex autōn anachōrēseōs, hēn metʼ eulogou pepoiēmetha, ou monon tous mythous, hous dē peri tōn oikeiōn theōn paides tōn parʼ autois theologōn te kai poiētōn kekōmǭdēkasin, alla kai toutōn tas semnoprepeis dē kai aporrētous physiologias, anō pou eis ouranon kai ta kosmou merē pros tēs gennaias philosophias metenēnegmenas, prōtista pantōn en trisi tois prōtois syngrammasi diēreunēsamēn, kaitoi mēden to parapan en toutois chrēnai semnologein tōn dē theologōn autōn apophēnamenōn.
Having long ago proposed, at the beginning of the Preparation for the Gospel, to refute the polytheistic error of all the nations, in support and defense of our withdrawal from them, which we have made with good reason, I first of all examined in the first three books not only the myths which the children of their theologians and poets have told in comic fashion about their own gods, but also their solemn and secret physical interpretations of them, transferred by noble philosophy up somewhere into heaven and the parts of the world; although their theologians themselves declared that there was nothing in them to speak of solemnly.
15.1.2Dindorf 2:335–336
τηρητέον γοῦν ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα οἶ πρεσβύτατοι τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς θεολόγων οὐδέν τι πλέον τῆς ἱστορίας εἰδότες, μόνοις δὲ τοῖς μύθοις προσανέχοντες ἐμαρτυρήθησαν· ὅθεν εἰκότως ἐν πάσαις πόλεσί τε καὶ κώμαις κατὰ τὰς τῶν παλαιῶν διηγήσεις θεῶν τελεταὶ καὶ μυστήρια σύμφωνα τοῖς τῶν προτέρων μυθικοῖς διηγήμασι παραδέδοται, ὡς εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν τῶν θεῶν γάμους καὶ παιδοποιίας, θρήνους τε καὶ μέθας, καὶ τῶν μὲν πλάνας, τῶν δʼ ἔρωτας, τῶν δὲ ὀργὰς, τῶν δὲ ἑτέρας παντοίας συμφοράς τε καὶ περιστάσεις, ἀκολούθως τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν παλαιτάτων μνημονευομένοις, κατά τε τὰς τελετὰς, ἔν τε τοῖς ὕμνοις, καὶ ταῖς εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτοὺς πεποιημέναις ᾠδαῖς παραλαμβάνειν.
tērēteon goun hōs hoti malista oi presbytatoi tōn parʼ autois theologōn ouden ti pleon tēs historias eidotes, monois de tois mythois prosanechontes emartyrēthēsan; hothen eikotōs en pasais polesi te kai kōmais kata tas tōn palaiōn diēgēseis theōn teletai kai mystēria symphōna tois tōn proterōn mythikois diēgēmasi paradedotai, hōs eiseti kai nyn tōn theōn gamous kai paidopoiias, thrēnous te kai methas, kai tōn men planas, tōn dʼ erōtas, tōn de orgas, tōn de heteras pantoias symphoras te kai peristaseis, akolouthōs tois hypo tōn palaitatōn mnēmoneuomenois, kata te tas teletas, en te tois hymnois, kai tais eis tous theous autous pepoiēmenais ǭdais paralambanein.
It must be observed, at any rate, that the most ancient of their theologians are shown to have known nothing more than history and to have given themselves only to myths; which is why, reasonably, in all cities and villages, rites and mysteries of the gods have been handed down in accordance with the narratives of the ancients and agreeing with the mythical stories of their predecessors, so that even now they receive the marriages and begettings of the gods, their laments and drunkenness, the wanderings of some, the loves of others, the angers of others, and the other misfortunes and circumstances of every kind of others, following what is recorded by the most ancient, in their rites and hymns and in the songs composed for the gods themselves.
15.1.3Dindorf 2:336
πλὴν ὅμως ἐκ περιουσίας καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν τὰς τετραγῳδημένας ἐν φυσικαῖς ἀποδόσεσι κομπείας τάς τε τῶν σοφιστῶν καὶ φιλοσόφων εὑρεσιλογίας εἰς φανερὸν ἤγαγον· οὐ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν περὶ τῶν βοωμένων χρηστηρίων λόγον, τήν τε παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς διατεθρυλημένην περὶ εἱμαρμένης ψευδῆ δόξαν ἐν ἑτέροις τρισὶ τοῖς ἐξῆς μετὰ τὰ πρῶτα συγγράμμασι λευκοῖς τοῖς ἐλέγχοις ἀπεγύμνωσα, οὐ μόνοις τοῖς οἴκοθεν ἐπιχειρήμασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς αὐτῶν μάλιστα τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων φωναῖς εἰς τὸν κατʼ αὐτῶν ἔλεγχον συγκεχρημένος.
plēn homōs ek periousias kai toutōn autōn tas tetragǭdēmenas en physikais apodosesi kompeias tas te tōn sophistōn kai philosophōn heuresilogias eis phaneron ēgagon; ou alla kai ton peri tōn boōmenōn chrēstēriōn logon, tēn te para tois pollois diatethrylēmenēn peri heimarmenēs pseudē doxan en heterois trisi tois exēs meta ta prōta syngrammasi leukois tois elenchois apegymnōsa, ou monois tois oikothen epicheirēmasin, alla kai tais autōn malista tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn phōnais eis ton katʼ autōn elenchon synkechrēmenos.
Nevertheless I brought to light, more than was needed, the tragic boasts of these in physical explanations and the sophistries of the sophists and philosophers; and moreover I stripped bare with clear refutations, in the three books following the first, the account of the celebrated oracles and the false opinion about fate so widely spread among the many, using not only arguments of my own but especially the very words of the philosophers among the Greeks for their refutation.
15.1.4Dindorf 2:336
μεταβὰς δὲ ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια, τίσι ποτὲ λογισμοῖς τὴν ἐν τούτοις περιεχομένην δογματικὴν θεολογίαν, τήν τε κατὰ τούσδε ἱστορίαν ἅπασαν, καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν Ἑλλήνων μεμαρτυρημένην, ἐν ἰσαρίθμοις αὖ πάλιν λόγων συντάξεσι παρεστησάμην.
metabas de ekeithen epi ta Hebraiōn logia, tisi pote logismois tēn en toutois periechomenēn dogmatikēn theologian, tēn te kata tousde historian hapasan, kai pros autōn Hellēnōn memartyrēmenēn, en isarithmois au palin logōn syntaxesi parestēsamēn.
Then passing from there to the oracles of the Hebrews, I set out in an equal number of books with what reasonings we have accepted the doctrinal theology contained in them, and their whole history, which is attested even by the Greeks themselves.
15.1.5Dindorf 2:336
εἶθʼ ἑξῆς τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν ἀπελέγξας τρόπον, ὅπως τε πάντα παρὰ βαρβάρων ὠφέληντο, καὶ ὡς οὐδὲν οἴκοθεν σεμνὸν ἐπάγονται μάθημα, καὶ τήν γε τῶν χρόνων ἀντιπαράθεσιν, καθʼ οὓς Ἑλλήνων τε οἱ βοώμενοι Ἑβραίων τε οἶ προφήται γεγόνασιν, εἰς φῶς ἀγαγών· αὖθις διὰ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα τριῶν τὴν τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκίμων φιλοσόφων πρὸς Ἑβραίων δόξας συνδρομὴν ὑπέδειξα, αὐτὰς πάλιν τὰς οἰκείας τῶν ἀνδρῶν φωνὰς μάρτυρας ποιησάμενος.
eithʼ hexēs ton Hellēnikon apelenxas tropon, hopōs te panta para barbarōn ōphelēnto, kai hōs ouden oikothen semnon epagontai mathēma, kai tēn ge tōn chronōn antiparathesin, kathʼ hous Hellēnōn te hoi boōmenoi Hebraiōn te oi prophētai gegonasin, eis phōs agagōn; authis dia tōn meta tauta triōn tēn tōn parʼ Hellēsin eudokimōn philosophōn pros Hebraiōn doxas syndromēn hypedeixa, autas palin tas oikeias tōn andrōn phōnas martyras poiēsamenos.
Then next, having refuted the Greek manner, how they had profited from the barbarians in everything and bring no solemn learning from their own resources, and having brought to light the comparison of the times in which the celebrated Greeks and the prophets of the Hebrews lived, I again showed through the three books after these the agreement of the reputable philosophers among the Greeks with the opinions of the Hebrews, making the men’s own words witnesses again.
15.1.6Dindorf 2:336–337
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἑτεροδοξοῦντας ἡμῖν τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων οὐ πρὸς ἡμὰς μόνους, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς σφῶν οἰκείους διεστῶτας ὑπό τε τῶν γνωρίμων ἀνατετραμμένους ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου συγγράμματι κατεφώρασα· διὰ τούτων ἁπάντων τῆς ἡμετέρας γνώμης τὸ κριτήριον ἀδέκαστον ἐπιδεικνὺς τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν, ἔργοις τε, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, καὶ αὐτοῖς πράγμασι τὰς ἀποδείξεις τοῦ μὴ ἀσκόπως ἡμᾶς, κεκριμένῳ δὲ καὶ σώφρονι λογισμῷ πρὸ τῆς Ἑλλήνων τὴν Ἑβραίων ὁμοῦ παλαιὰν καὶ ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν τε καὶ εὐσέβειαν ἐπανῃρῆσθαι παρασχόμενος· ὃ καὶ συνέστη διὰ τῆς τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν φωνῶν παραθέσεως.
ou mēn alla kai tous heterodoxountas hēmin tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn ou pros hēmas monous, alla kai pros tous sphōn oikeious diestōtas hypo te tōn gnōrimōn anatetrammenous en tǭ pro toutou syngrammati katephōrasa; dia toutōn hapantōn tēs hēmeteras gnōmēs to kritērion adekaston epideiknys tois entynchanousin, ergois te, hōs epos eipein, kai autois pragmasi tas apodeixeis tou mē askopōs hēmas, kekrimenǭ de kai sōphroni logismǭ pro tēs Hellēnōn tēn Hebraiōn homou palaian kai alēthē philosophian te kai eusebeian epanę̄rēsthai paraschomenos; ho kai synestē dia tēs tōn Hellēnikōn phōnōn paratheseōs.
Moreover, I exposed in the preceding book those philosophers among the Greeks who differ from us as in disagreement not only with us but also with their own people, and overturned by their own disciples; showing to readers through all these the impartial judgment of our decision, and providing by deeds, so to speak, and by the facts themselves the proofs that we have chosen, not aimlessly but with discerning and sober reasoning, the ancient and true philosophy and godliness of the Hebrews in preference to that of the Greeks; which has been established by setting out the Greek writers’ own words.
15.1.7Dindorf 2:337
ἧς εἰσέτι δεῦρο τὸν ὕστατον ἐπέχοντες λόγον, πεντεκαιδέκατον ὄντα τῆς ἐν χερσὶ πραγματείας, τὸ λεῖπον τοῖς διεξωδευμένοις ἀποδώσομεν, τὰ σεμνὰ τῆς γενναίας τῶν Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφίας ἔτι καὶ νῦν εἰς φῶς ἕλκοντες, πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τε τοῖς πᾶσι τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀχρηστομάθειαν ἀπογυμνοῦντες, καὶ πάντων γε πρότερον παριστῶντες ὅτι μὴ ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς θαυμαζομένων, ὀλιγωρίᾳ δὲ τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀνωφελοῦς σχολῆς, ἥκιστα αὐτῶν πεφροντίκαμεν, τῇ τῶν κρειττόνων ἀσκήσει τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀναθέντες ψυχάς.
hēs eiseti deuro ton hystaton epechontes logon, pentekaidekaton onta tēs en chersi pragmateias, to leipon tois diexōdeumenois apodōsomen, ta semna tēs gennaias tōn Hellēnōn philosophias eti kai nyn eis phōs helkontes, pro ophthalmōn te tois pasi tēn en autois achrēstomatheian apogymnountes, kai pantōn ge proteron paristōntes hoti mē agnoią tōn parʼ autois thaumazomenōn, oligōrią de tēs en autois anōphelous scholēs, hēkista autōn pephrontikamen, tę̄ tōn kreittonōn askēsei tas heautōn anathentes psychas.
Of this work we now hold the last book, the fifteenth of the treatise in hand, and we shall render what remains to what has been gone through, still drawing to light the solemn teachings of the noble philosophy of the Greeks, and stripping bare before the eyes of all the uselessness of their learning; and before all, showing that it is not through ignorance of what is admired among them, but through contempt for their unprofitable study, that we have cared least for them, having devoted our souls to the practice of better things.
15.1.8Dindorf 2:337
τούτου δὴ οὖν σὺν θεῷ διὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡμῖν ἐπισφραγισθέντος, τὰ μὲν τῆς Προπαρασκευῆς ἐνταῦθά μοι περιγραφήσεται· μεταβὰς δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐντελεστέραν ὑπόθεσιν τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Ἀποδείξεως, ἀπὸ τοῦ λείποντος τῆς καθʼ ἡμῶν κατηγορίας σκέμματος τὴν καταρχὴν τῆς δευτέρας ἐπισυνάψω πραγματείας.
toutou dē oun syn theǭ dia tēs alētheias hēmin episphragisthentos, ta men tēs Proparaskeuēs entautha moi perigraphēsetai; metabas de epi tēn entelesteran hypothesin tēs Euangelikēs Apodeixeōs, apo tou leipontos tēs kathʼ hēmōn katēgorias skemmatos tēn katarchēn tēs deuteras episynapsō pragmateias.
When this, then, has been sealed for us with God’s help through the truth, the Preparation will be concluded by me here; and passing over to the more complete subject of the Demonstration of the Gospel, I shall join the beginning of the second treatise to the question that remains of the charge against us.
15.1.9Dindorf 2:337–338
Ἠν δὲ τοῦτο ἐπιμεμφόμενον ἡμῖν, ὅτι δὴ τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια τῶν πατρίων προτιμήσαντες οὐ τὸν ὅμοιον τῷ Ἰουδαίων βίον ζηλοῦντες προειλόμεθα· πρὸς ὃ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ παρόντος λόγου συμπλήρωσιν, θεοῦ συνεργοῦντος, ἀπαντῆσαι πειράσομαι. ταύτῃ γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι τοῖς πρώτοις τὰ δεύτερα ὥσπερ ὑφʼ ἑνὶ δεσμῷ συμπλακέντα μίαν τὴν καθόλου διάνοιαν τοῦ παντὸς ἀποτελέσειν λόγου.
Ēn de touto epimemphomenon hēmin, hoti dē ta Hebraiōn logia tōn patriōn protimēsantes ou ton homoion tǭ Ioudaiōn bion zēlountes proeilometha; pros ho meta tēn tou parontos logou symplērōsin, theou synergountos, apantēsai peirasomai. tautę̄ gar hēgoumai tois prōtois ta deutera hōsper hyphʼ heni desmǭ symplakenta mian tēn katholou dianoian tou pantos apotelesein logou.
The charge against us was this: that, having preferred the oracles of the Hebrews to our ancestral ones, we have not chosen to emulate the same way of life as the Jews; this I shall try to meet, with God’s help, after completing the present book. For in this way I think that the second part, woven together with the first as by one bond, will complete the one general design of the whole work.
15.1.10Dindorf 2:338
τό γε μὴν παρὸν, ἐπειδὴ πέφηνεν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου συγγράμμασιν ἡ κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφία τοτὲ μὲν τοῖς Ἑβραίων συμφωνοῦσα λόγοις, τοτὲ δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς διεστῶσα, ἐν οἷς ἐλήλεγκται καὶ πρὸς τὰ αὐτῇ ἀρέσκοντα διαφωνοῦσα· τὰ δὲ κατὰ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς δὴ φυσικοὺς ἐπικληθέντας φιλοσόφους, τά τε τῆς Πλάτωνος διαδοχῆς καὶ τὰ κατὰ Ξενοφάνην τε καὶ Παρμενίδην καὶ ἔτι Πύρρωνα καὶ τοὺς τὴν ἐποχὴν εἰσηγουμένους τούς τε ἄλλους ἐξῆς ἅπαντας, ὧν τὰς δόξας ὁ προλαβὼν ἀπήλεγξε λόγος, τοῖς Ἑβραίων ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῖς Πλάτωνος δόγμασιν αὐτῇ τε ἀληθείᾳ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἱστάμενα, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἔλεγχον τοῖς σφῶν αὐτῶν βέλεσιν ἀπενηνεγμένα.
to ge mēn paron, epeidē pephēnen en tois pro toutou syngrammasin hē kata Platōna philosophia tote men tois Hebraiōn symphōnousa logois, tote de pros autous diestōsa, en hois elēlenktai kai pros ta autę̄ areskonta diaphōnousa; ta de kata tous allous tous dē physikous epiklēthentas philosophous, ta te tēs Platōnos diadochēs kai ta kata Xenophanēn te kai Parmenidēn kai eti Pyrrōna kai tous tēn epochēn eisēgoumenous tous te allous exēs hapantas, hōn tas doxas ho prolabōn apēlenxe logos, tois Hebraiōn homou kai tois Platōnos dogmasin autę̄ te alētheią ex enantias histamena, ou mēn alla kai ton elenchon tois sphōn autōn belesin apenēnegmena.
As for the present: since it has been shown in the preceding books that the philosophy of Plato at times agrees with the words of the Hebrews and at times differs from them, in which it has been shown to disagree even with its own tenets; and that the views of the others, the so-called natural philosophers, of the succession of Plato, of Xenophanes and Parmenides and further of Pyrrho and those who introduced suspension of judgment, and all the others in turn, whose opinions the preceding book refuted, stand opposed alike to the doctrines of the Hebrews and of Plato and to the truth itself, and have moreover received their refutation by their own weapons,
15.1.11Dindorf 2:338
ὥρα καὶ τὸν ἄλλον τῦφον τῶν ἀπʼ Ἀριστοτέλους τῶν τε Στωϊκῶν φιλοσόφων ἄνωθεν ὡς ἀπὸ σκηνῆς κατοπτεῦσαι, καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν δὲ πᾶσαν φυσιολογίαν τῶν τὰς ὀφρῦς ἀνατεινομένων συνιδεῖν, ὡς ἂν μάθοιμεν καὶ τὰ παρὰ τοῖσδε σεμνολογούμενα, τά τε πρὸς αὐτοὺς αὖ πάλιν ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων ἀντιλεγόμενα.
hōra kai ton allon typhon tōn apʼ Aristotelous tōn te Stōïkōn philosophōn anōthen hōs apo skēnēs katopteusai, kai tēn loipēn de pasan physiologian tōn tas ophrys anateinomenōn synidein, hōs an mathoimen kai ta para toisde semnologoumena, ta te pros autous au palin hypo tōn oikeiōn antilegomena.
it is time to look down, as from a stage, on the other vanity of the followers of Aristotle and of the Stoic philosophers, and to survey all the remaining physical philosophy of those who raise their eyebrows, so that we may learn both what is solemnly taught by these and what is said against them in turn by their own people.
15.1.12Dindorf 2:338
οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῆς τούτων ἀναχωρήσεως τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν κεκριμένον εὐλόγου πάσης ἀπολύοιτʼ ἂν κατηγορίας, ὅτι δὴ μὴ ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς σεμνῶν, ἐξητασμένῃ δὲ καὶ βεβασανισμένῃ κρίσει, τὴν παρὰ τοῖς νενομισμένοις βαρβάροις ἀλήθειάν τε καὶ εὐσέβειαν τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ἁπάντων προτετιμήκαμεν.
houtō gar kai tēs toutōn anachōrēseōs to parʼ hēmin kekrimenon eulogou pasēs apolyoitʼ an katēgorias, hoti dē mē agnoią tōn parʼ autois semnōn, exētasmenę̄ de kai bebasanismenę̄ krisei, tēn para tois nenomismenois barbarois alētheian te kai eusebeian tōn Hellēnikōn hapantōn protetimēkamen.
For so our decision to withdraw from these too would be cleared of every plausible accusation, since it is not through ignorance of their solemn teachings, but with an examined and tested judgment, that we have preferred the truth and godliness found among those considered barbarians to all things Greek.
15.1.13Dindorf 2:338–339
ἄρξομαι δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀριστοτέλους. ἄλλοι μὲν οὖν τὸν βίον τἀνδρὸς διαβεβλήκασι, φιλόσοφοι δὲ καὶ ἄλλως οὐκ ἀφανεῖς τινες ἦσαν καὶ οὗτοι. ἐμοὶ δʼ οὐ φίλον τὸν ἄνδρα οὐδʼ αὐταῖς ἀκοαῖς ἀνέχεσθαι κακῶς πρὸς τῶν οἰκείων ἀγορευόμενον. διόπερ τὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον ἐκθήσομαι ἀπολογίας ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀριστοκλέους τοῦ Περιπατητικοῦ, ὃς ἐν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ Περὶ φιλοσοφίας τάδε περὶ αὐτοῦ γράφει
arxomai de apo tōn Aristotelous. alloi men oun ton bion tandros diabeblēkasi, philosophoi de kai allōs ouk aphaneis tines ēsan kai houtoi. emoi dʼ ou philon ton andra oudʼ autais akoais anechesthai kakōs pros tōn oikeiōn agoreuomenon. dioper tas hyper autou mallon ekthēsomai apologias apo tōn Aristokleous tou Peripatētikou, hos en tǭ hebdomǭ Peri philosophias tade peri autou graphei
I shall begin with Aristotle. Others have slandered the man’s life, and these too were philosophers, and otherwise not obscure. But it is not my liking to bear even hearing the man spoken ill of by his own people. Therefore I shall rather set out the defenses on his behalf from Aristocles the Peripatetic, who writes this about him in the seventh book On Philosophy:
Preparation 15, chapter 2
15.2.1Dindorf 2:339
“Πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε, καθάπερ φησὶν Ἐπίκουρος ἐν τῇ περὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐπιστολῇ, νέον μὲν ὄντα καταφαγεῖν αὐτὸν τὴν πατρῴαν οὐσίαν, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ στρατεύεσθαι συνῶσαι, κακῶς δὲ πράττοντα ἐν τούτοις ἐπὶ τὸ φαρμακοπωλεῖν ἐλθεῖν, ἔπειτα ἀναπεπιαμένου τοῦ Πλάτωνος περιπάτου πᾶσι παραβαλεῖν αὐτόν;
“Pōs gar hoion te, kathaper phēsin Epikouros en tę̄ peri tōn epitēdeumatōn epistolę̄, neon men onta kataphagein auton tēn patrǭan ousian, epeita de epi to strateuesthai synōsai, kakōs de prattonta en toutois epi to pharmakopōlein elthein, epeita anapepiamenou tou Platōnos peripatou pasi parabalein auton?
“For how is it possible, as Epicurus says in his letter On Pursuits, that when young he squandered his father’s property, then rushed into soldiering, and, faring badly in this, came to selling drugs, and then, when Plato’s walk was opened to all, presented himself there?
15.2.2Dindorf 2:339
ἢ πῶς ἄν τις ἀποδέξαιτο Τιμαίου τοῦ Ταυρομενίτου λέγοντος ἐν ταῖς ἱστορίαις ἀδόξου θύρας αὐτὸν ἰατρείου καὶ τὰς τυχούσας ὀψὲ τῆς ἡλικίας κλεῖσαι;
ē pōs an tis apodexaito Timaiou tou Tauromenitou legontos en tais historiais adoxou thyras auton iatreiou kai tas tychousas opse tēs hēlikias kleisai?
Or how could anyone accept Timaeus of Tauromenium, who says in his Histories that late in life he shut the doors of an obscure and ordinary surgery?
15.2.3Dindorf 2:339
τίς δʼ ἂν πεισθείη τοῖς ὑπʼ Ἀριστοξένου τοῦ μουσικοῦ λεγομένοις ἐν τῷ βίῳ τοῦ Πλάτωνος; ἐν γὰρ τῇ πλάνῃ καὶ τῇ ἀποδημίᾳ φησὶν ἐπανίστασθαι καὶ ἀντοικοδομεῖν αὐτῷ τινας Περίπατον ξένους ὄντας. οἴονται οὐν ἔνιοι ταῦτα περὶ Ἀριστοτέλους λέγειν αὐτὸν, Ἀριστοξένου διὰ παντὸς εὐφημοῦντος Ἀριστοτέλην.
tis dʼ an peistheiē tois hypʼ Aristoxenou tou mousikou legomenois en tǭ biǭ tou Platōnos? en gar tę̄ planę̄ kai tę̄ apodēmią phēsin epanistasthai kai antoikodomein autǭ tinas Peripaton xenous ontas. oiontai oun enioi tauta peri Aristotelous legein auton, Aristoxenou dia pantos euphēmountos Aristotelēn.
And who would believe what Aristoxenus the musician says in his Life of Plato? For he says that while Plato was wandering and abroad, some who were strangers rose up against him and built a Peripatos in rivalry. Some think he says this of Aristotle, though Aristoxenus always speaks well of Aristotle.
15.2.4Dindorf 2:339
καταγέλαστα δʼ εἰκότως εἶναι φαίη τις ἂν καὶ τὰ ἀπομνημονεύματα τὰ Ἀλεξίνου ἐριστικοῦ. ποιεῖ γὰρ Ἀλέξανδρον παῖδα διαλεγόμενον τῷ πατρὶ Φιλίππῳ, καὶ διαπτύοντα μὲν τοὺς τοῦ Ἀριστοτέλους λόγους, ἀποδεχόμενον δὲ Νικαγόραν, τὸν Ἑρμῆν ἐπικληθέντα.
katagelasta dʼ eikotōs einai phaiē tis an kai ta apomnēmoneumata ta Alexinou eristikou. poiei gar Alexandron paida dialegomenon tǭ patri Philippǭ, kai diaptyonta men tous tou Aristotelous logous, apodechomenon de Nikagoran, ton Hermēn epiklēthenta.
One might reasonably call ridiculous the Memoirs of Alexinus the eristic too. For he makes Alexander as a boy converse with his father Philip, spitting on Aristotle’s arguments and accepting Nicagoras, who was surnamed Hermes.
15.2.5Dindorf 2:339
καὶ Εὐβουλίδης δὲ προδήλως ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοῦ βιβλίῳ ψεύδεται, πρῶτον μὲν ποιήματα ψυχρὰ προφερόμενος, ὡς γεγραφότων ἄλλων περὶ τοῦ γάμου καὶ τῆς πρὸς Ἑρμείαν οἰκειότητος αὐτῷ ἔπειτα Φιλίππῳ φάσκων αὐτὸν προσκόψαι, καὶ τελευτῶντι Πλάτωνι μὴ παραγενέσθαι, τά τε βιβλία αὐτοῦ διαφθεῖραι.
kai Euboulidēs de prodēlōs en tǭ katʼ autou bibliǭ pseudetai, prōton men poiēmata psychra propheromenos, hōs gegraphotōn allōn peri tou gamou kai tēs pros Hermeian oikeiotētos autǭ epeita Philippǭ phaskōn auton proskopsai, kai teleutōnti Platōni mē paragenesthai, ta te biblia autou diaphtheirai.
And Eubulides clearly lies in his book against him, first bringing forward frigid poems, as if others had written about his marriage and his relationship with Hermias; then saying that he offended Philip, and was not present at Plato’s death, and destroyed his books.
15.2.6Dindorf 2:339–340
τὴν μὲν γὰρ Δημοχάρους κατηγορίαν κατὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων τί χρὴ λέγειν; οὐ γὰρ Ἀριστοτέλην μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους κακῶς εἴρηκεν. ἔτι γε μὴν αὐτὰς τὰς διαβολὰς σκοπῶν ἄν τις ληρεῖν αὐτὸν φαίη. λέγει γὰρ ἐπιστολὰς Ἀριστοτέλους ἁλῶναι κατὰ τῆς πόλεως τῆς Ἀθηναίων, καὶ Στάγειρα τὴν πατρίδα προδοῦναι Μακεδόσιν αὐτόν· ἔτι δὲ κατασκαφείσης Ὀλύνθου μηνύειν ἐπὶ τοῦ λαρυροπωλίου Φιλίππῳ τοὺς πλουσιωτάτους τῶν Ὀλυνθίων.
tēn men gar Dēmocharous katēgorian kata tōn philosophōn ti chrē legein? ou gar Aristotelēn monon, alla kai tous allous kakōs eirēken. eti ge mēn autas tas diabolas skopōn an tis lērein auton phaiē. legei gar epistolas Aristotelous halōnai kata tēs poleōs tēs Athēnaiōn, kai Stageira tēn patrida prodounai Makedosin auton; eti de kataskapheisēs Olynthou mēnyein epi tou laryropōliou Philippǭ tous plousiōtatous tōn Olynthiōn.
As for the accusation of Demochares against the philosophers, what need to speak of it? For he spoke ill not of Aristotle alone but of the others too. And looking at the slanders themselves, one would say he talks nonsense. For he says that letters of Aristotle against the city of the Athenians were caught, and that he betrayed his native Stagira to the Macedonians; and further that, when Olynthus was razed, he pointed out to Philip at the sale of spoils the richest of the Olynthians.
15.2.7Dindorf 2:340
ἠλίθια δὲ διαβέβληκεν αὐτὸν καὶ Κηφισόδωρος, ὁ Ἰσοκράτους μαθητὴς, τρυφερὸν καὶ τένθην καὶ ἄλλα τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγων αὐτὸν εἶναι.
ēlithia de diabeblēken auton kai Kēphisodōros, ho Isokratous mathētēs, trypheron kai tenthēn kai alla ta toiauta legōn auton einai.
Cephisodorus, the pupil of Isocrates, also slandered him foolishly, saying that he was luxurious and a glutton and other such things.
15.2.8Dindorf 2:340
πάντα δʼ ὑπερπαίει μωρίᾳ τὰ ὑπὸ Λύκωνος εἰρημένα, τοῦ λέγοντος εἷναι Πυθαγορικὸν ἑαυτόν. φησὶ γὰρ θύειν Ἀριστοτέλην θυσίαν τετελευτηκυίᾳ τῇ γυναικὶ τοιαύτην ὁποίαν Ἀθηναῖοι τῇ Δήμητρι, καὶ ἐν ἐλαίῳ θερμῷ λουόμενον τοῦτο δὴ πιπράσκειν· ἡνίκα δὲ εἰς Χαλκίδα ἀπῄει, τοὺς τελώνας εὑρεῖν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ λοπάδια χαλκᾶ τέτταρα καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα.
panta dʼ hyperpaiei mōrią ta hypo Lykōnos eirēmena, tou legontos heinai Pythagorikon heauton. phēsi gar thyein Aristotelēn thysian teteleutēkuią tę̄ gynaiki toiautēn hopoian Athēnaioi tę̄ Dēmētri, kai en elaiǭ thermǭ louomenon touto dē pipraskein; hēnika de eis Chalkida apę̄ei, tous telōnas heurein en tǭ ploiǭ lopadia chalka tettara kai hebdomēkonta.
But what was said by Lycon, who said he was a Pythagorean, surpasses all in folly. For he says that Aristotle offered to his dead wife a sacrifice such as the Athenians offer to Demeter, and that he bathed in warm oil and then sold it; and that when he went away to Chalcis, the customs officers found in his boat seventy-four bronze dishes.
15.2.9Dindorf 2:340
καὶ σχεδὸν οἶ μὲν πρῶτοι διαβαλόντες Ἀριστοτέλην τοσοῦτοι γεγόνασιν· ὧν οἱ μὲν κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἦσαν χρόνους, οἶ δὲ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐγένοντο· πάντες δὲ σοφισταὶ καὶ ἐριστικοὶ καὶ ῥήτορες, ὧν καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα καὶ τὰ βιβλία τέθνηκε τῶν σωμάτων μᾶλλον. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ μετὰ ταῦτα γεγονότας, εἶτα δὲ τὰ ὑπʼ ἐκείνων εἰρημένα λέγοντας, παντάπασιν ἐᾶν δεῖ χαίρειν, καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς μηδʼ ἐντετυχηκότας τοῖς βιβλίοις αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοσχεδιάζοντας, ὁποῖοί εἰσι καὶ οἱ λέγοντες τριακοσίας ἔχειν λοπάδας αὐτόν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν εὑρεθείη περὶ αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν εἰρηκὼς τῶν τότε ὄντων ὅτι μὴ Λύκων. οὗτος μέντοι, καθάπερ ἔφην, εἴρηκεν εὑρῆσθαι λοπάδια πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα.
kai schedon oi men prōtoi diabalontes Aristotelēn tosoutoi gegonasin; hōn hoi men kata tous autous ēsan chronous, oi de mikron hysteron egenonto; pantes de sophistai kai eristikoi kai rhētores, hōn kai ta onomata kai ta biblia tethnēke tōn sōmatōn mallon. tous men gar meta tauta gegonotas, eita de ta hypʼ ekeinōn eirēmena legontas, pantapasin ean dei chairein, kai malista tous mēdʼ entetychēkotas tois bibliois autōn, allʼ autoschediazontas, hopoioi eisi kai hoi legontes triakosias echein lopadas auton. oudeis gar an heuretheiē peri autou toiouton ouden eirēkōs tōn tote ontōn hoti mē Lykōn. houtos mentoi, kathaper ephēn, eirēken heurēsthai lopadia pente kai hebdomēkonta.
And these, more or less, were the first to slander Aristotle; some lived at the same time, others a little later; all were sophists, eristics, and orators, whose names and books have died sooner than their bodies. Those who came later, then, and repeat what these said, we must dismiss altogether, especially those who have not even read their books but improvise, such as those who say he had three hundred dishes. For no one of the men of that time would be found to have said any such thing about him except Lycon. And he, as I said, said that seventy-five dishes were found.
15.2.10Dindorf 2:340–341
οὐ μόνον δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν χρόνων καὶ ἐκ τῶν διαβεβληκότων τεκμήραιτό τις ἂν ὅτι ψευδῆ πάντα τὰ εἰρημένα ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ κἀκ τοῦ μὴ πάντας τὰ αὐτὰ διαβάλλειν, ἀλλʼ ἕκαστον ἴδιά τινα λέγειν· ὧν εἴπερ ἦν ἓν ὁτιοῦν ἀληθὲς, ἐχρῆν δήπου ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἅπαξ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν τότε ἀπολωλέναι.
ou monon de kai ek tōn chronōn kai ek tōn diabeblēkotōn tekmēraito tis an hoti pseudē panta ta eirēmena estin, alla kak tou mē pantas ta auta diaballein, allʼ hekaston idia tina legein; hōn eiper ēn hen hotioun alēthes, echrēn dēpou allʼ ouch hapax auton hypo tōn tote apolōlenai.
One might infer that all that is said is false not only from the times and from the slanderers, but also from the fact that they do not all make the same charges, but each says something of his own; if any one of these were true, he would surely have been ruined by the men of that time not once but many times.
15.2.11Dindorf 2:341
φανερὸν οὑν ὅτι καθάπερ πολλοῖς καὶ ἄλλοις, οὕτω καὶ Ἀριστοτέλει συνέβη, διά τε τὰς πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς φιλίας καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ὑπεροχὴν ὑπὸ τῶν τότε σοφιστῶν φθονεῖσθαι. δεῖ δὲ τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας μὴ εἰς τοὺς διαβάλλοντας ἀποβλέπειν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἐπαινοῦντας καὶ ζηλοῦντας αὐτόν· μακρῷ γὰρ πλείους καὶ βελτίους εὑρεθεῖεν ἂν οὗτοί γε.
phaneron houn hoti kathaper pollois kai allois, houtō kai Aristotelei synebē, dia te tas pros tous basileis philias kai dia tēn en tois logois hyperochēn hypo tōn tote sophistōn phthoneisthai. dei de tous eu phronountas mē eis tous diaballontas apoblepein monon, alla kai eis tous epainountas kai zēlountas auton; makrǭ gar pleious kai beltious heuretheien an houtoi ge.
It is clear, then, that, as happened to many others, so it happened to Aristotle to be envied by the sophists of that time because of his friendships with kings and his superiority in argument. But those of sound mind must look not only to the slanderers, but also to those who praise and emulate him; for these would be found far more numerous and better.
15.2.12Dindorf 2:341
τὰ μὲν οὑν ἄλλα προδήλως πέπλασται· δύο δὲ ταῦτα δοκεῖ πιστεύεσθαι διʼ ἃ ψέγουσί τινες αὐτόν· ἓν μὲν, ὅτι Ἑρμείου γήμειε φύσει μὲν ἀδελφὴν, θετὴν δὲ θυγατέρα Πυθιάδα, κολακεύων αὐτόν· (Θεόκριτος γοῦν ὁ Χῖος ἐποίησεν ἐπίγραμμα τοιοῦτον Ἑρμείου εὐνούχου τε καὶ Εὐβούλου τόδε δούλου μνῆμα κενὸν κενόφρων θῆκεν Ἀριστοτέλης· ὃς διὰ τὴν ἀκρατῆ γαστρὸς φύσιν εἵλετο ναίειν ἀντʼ Ἀκαδημείας Βορβόρου ἐν προχοαῖς.) ἕτερον δὲ, ὅτι ἠχαρίστησε Πλάτωνι.
ta men houn alla prodēlōs peplastai; dyo de tauta dokei pisteuesthai diʼ ha psegousi tines auton; hen men, hoti Hermeiou gēmeie physei men adelphēn, thetēn de thygatera Pythiada, kolakeuōn auton; (Theokritos goun ho Chios epoiēsen epigramma toiouton Hermeiou eunouchou te kai Euboulou tode doulou mnēma kenon kenophrōn thēken Aristotelēs; hos dia tēn akratē gastros physin heileto naiein antʼ Akadēmeias Borborou en prochoais.) heteron de, hoti ēcharistēse Platōni.
The other things, then, are plainly fabricated; but two things seem to be believed, for which some blame him: one, that he married Pythias, the sister by birth and adopted daughter of Hermias, to flatter him (Theocritus of Chios, at least, made such an epigram: ‘This empty tomb of Hermias the eunuch and slave of Eubulus, empty-minded Aristotle set up, who, because of the incontinent nature of his belly, chose to dwell at the mouths of the Borborus instead of the Academy’); the other, that he was ungrateful to Plato.
15.2.13Dindorf 2:341
περὶ μὲν οὖν Ἑρμείου καὶ τῆς Ἀριστοτέλους πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίας ἄλλοι τε πολλοὶ συγγεγράφασι καὶ δὴ καὶ Ἀπελλικῶν, οὗ τοῖς βιβλίοις ὁ ἐντυχὼν πεπαύσεται βλασφημῶν αὐτούς.
peri men oun Hermeiou kai tēs Aristotelous pros auton philias alloi te polloi syngegraphasi kai dē kai Apellikōn, hou tois bibliois ho entychōn pepausetai blasphēmōn autous.
About Hermias and Aristotle’s friendship with him, many others have written, and Apellicon in particular; whoever reads his books will stop blaspheming them.
15.2.14Dindorf 2:341
περὶ δὲ τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Πυθιάδος ἀποχρώντως αὐτὸς ἐν ταῖς πρὸς Ἀντίπατρον ἐπιστολαῖς ἀπολελόγηται. τεθνεῶτος γὰρ Ἑρμείου, διὰ τὴν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον εὔνοιαν ἔγημεν αὐτὴν, ἄλλως μὲν σώφρονα καὶ ἀγαθὴν οὖσαν, ἀτυχοῦσαν μέντοι διὰ τὰς καταλαβούσας συμφορὰς τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτῆς.”
peri de tou gamou tou Pythiados apochrōntōs autos en tais pros Antipatron epistolais apolelogētai. tethneōtos gar Hermeiou, dia tēn pros ekeinon eunoian egēmen autēn, allōs men sōphrona kai agathēn ousan, atychousan mentoi dia tas katalabousas symphoras ton adelphon autēs.”
About the marriage with Pythias he himself has made a sufficient defense in his letters to Antipater. For when Hermias had died, he married her because of his goodwill toward him, she being otherwise modest and good, but unfortunate because of the disasters that had overtaken her brother.”
15.2.15Dindorf 2:341–342
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς “Μετὰ δὲ τὴν Πυθιάδος τῆς Ἑρμείου τελευτὴν Ἀριστοτέλης ἔγημεν Ἑρπυλλίδα Σταγειρῖτιν, ἐξ ἧς υἱὸς αὐτῷ Νικόμαχος ἐγένετο. τοῦτον δέ φασιν ὀρφανὸν τραφέντα παρὰ Θεοφράστῳ καὶ δὴ μειρακίσκον ὄντα ἀποθανεῖν ἐν πολέμῳ.”
Eithʼ hexēs “Meta de tēn Pythiados tēs Hermeiou teleutēn Aristotelēs egēmen Herpyllida Stageiritin, ex hēs huios autǭ Nikomachos egeneto. touton de phasin orphanon traphenta para Theophrastǭ kai dē meirakiskon onta apothanein en polemǭ.”
Then next: “After the death of Pythias, Hermias’ sister, Aristotle married Herpyllis of Stagira, from whom his son Nicomachus was born. They say that he was brought up an orphan by Theophrastus and died in war while still a youth.”
15.2.16Dindorf 2:342
Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἐκ τῆς δηλωθείσης Ἀριστοκλέους ἐκκείσθω γραφῆς· ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὴν δογματικὴν Ἀριστοτέλους φιλοσοφίαν θεωρῆσαι καιρός.
Alla tauta men ek tēs dēlōtheisēs Aristokleous ekkeisthō graphēs; ēdē de kai tēn dogmatikēn Aristotelous philosophian theōrēsai kairos.
But let these things from the work of Aristocles mentioned be set out; it is now time to view the doctrinal philosophy of Aristotle.
Preparation 15, chapter 3
15.3.1Dindorf 2:342
Μώσεως καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφητῶν τέλος εἶναι τοῦ μακαρίως ζῆν τὴν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ γνῶσίν τε καὶ φιλίαν διʼ εὐσεβείας συντελουμένην ὑποθεμένων, εὐσέβειάν τε εἶναι ἀληθῆ διδαξάντων τὴν διὰ πάσης ἀρετῆς τῷ θεῷ εὐαρέστησιν, (ταύτην γὰρ εἶναι τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν, ἐπὶ μόνῳ γὰρ τῷ θεῷ τὰ πάντα κεῖσθαι καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὰ πάντα τοῖς θεοφιλέσι χορηγεῖσθαι) τοῦ τε Πλάτωνος τὰ συνῳδὰ τούτοις ὁριζομένου καὶ τέλος εὐδαιμονίας τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀποφαινομένου, τὴν ἑτέραν ὁδεύσας ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης οὐκ ἄλλως εὐδαίμονά τινά φησιν ἔσεσθαι ἢ καὶ διὰ τῆς τοῦ σώματος εὐπαθείας καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς περιουσίας, ὧν ἄνευ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν ὠφελεῖν. πρὸς ὃν ὅπως ἐνέστησαν διεψευσμένην αὐτοῦ τὴν ὑπόληψιν ἀπελέγχοντες οἶ Πλάτωνος γνώριμοι πάρεστι μαθεῖν διὰ τούτων
Mōseōs kai tōn parʼ Hebraiois prophētōn telos einai tou makariōs zēn tēn tou tōn holōn theou gnōsin te kai philian diʼ eusebeias synteloumenēn hypothemenōn, eusebeian te einai alēthē didaxantōn tēn dia pasēs aretēs tǭ theǭ euarestēsin, (tautēn gar einai tōn agathōn aitian, epi monǭ gar tǭ theǭ ta panta keisthai kai parʼ autou ta panta tois theophilesi chorēgeisthai) tou te Platōnos ta synǭda toutois horizomenou kai telos eudaimonias tēn aretēn apophainomenou, tēn heteran hodeusas ho Aristotelēs ouk allōs eudaimona tina phēsin esesthai ē kai dia tēs tou sōmatos eupatheias kai tēs tōn ektos periousias, hōn aneu mēde tēn aretēn ōphelein. pros hon hopōs enestēsan diepseusmenēn autou tēn hypolēpsin apelenchontes oi Platōnos gnōrimoi paresti mathein dia toutōn
Moses and the prophets among the Hebrews having laid down that the end of the blessed life is the knowledge and friendship of the God of the universe, accomplished through godliness, and having taught that true godliness is pleasing God through all virtue (for this is the cause of goods, since all things depend on God alone and all things are supplied by him to those dear to God); and Plato defining what agrees with these and declaring virtue the end of happiness; Aristotle, taking the other road, says that no one will be happy otherwise than also through the well-being of the body and an abundance of external goods, without which not even virtue benefits. How the disciples of Plato opposed him, refuting his supposition as false, may be learned from the following:
Preparation 15, chapter 4
15.4.1Dindorf 2:342
“ Τῆς γὰρ συμπάσης φιλοσοφίας κοινῇ τῶν φιλοσοφησάντων τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην εὐδαιμονίαν ὑπισχνουμένης, τριχῆ δὲ διαιρουμένης κατὰ τὴν τῶν ὅλων ποιητικὴν διανέμησιν, τοσοῦτον ἀποδέων ἐν τούτοις τοῦ διδάσκειν τι τῶν Πλάτωνος ὁ Περιπατητικὸς ὀφθήσεται ὥστε, πλειόνων ὄντων οἳ διαφέρονται Πλάτωνι, μάλιστα ἐναντιούμενος αὐτὸς φανεῖται.
“ Tēs gar sympasēs philosophias koinę̄ tōn philosophēsantōn tēn anthrōpinēn eudaimonian hypischnoumenēs, trichē de diairoumenēs kata tēn tōn holōn poiētikēn dianemēsin, tosouton apodeōn en toutois tou didaskein ti tōn Platōnos ho Peripatētikos ophthēsetai hōste, pleionōn ontōn hoi diapherontai Platōni, malista enantioumenos autos phaneitai.
“For while all philosophy in common promises, for those who philosophize, human happiness, and is divided into three according to the productive distribution of the universe, the Peripatetic will be seen so far from teaching anything of Plato in these, that, though there are many who differ from Plato, he will appear most of all opposed to him.
15.4.2Dindorf 2:342–343
καὶ πρῶτόν γε ἀπὸ τοῦ κοινοῦ καὶ μεγίστου καὶ κυριωτάτου τὴν πρὸς Πλάτωνα παραλλαγὴν ἐποιήσατο, μὴ τηρήσας τὸ μέτρον τῆς εὐδαιμονίας, μηδὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτάρκη πρὸς τοῦτο συγχωρήσας, ἀλλʼ ἀπολισθὼν τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ ἡγησάμενος αὐτῇ προσδεῖν τῶν ἐκ τῆς τύχης, ἵνα μετὰ τούτων ἕλῃ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν· εἰ δʼ ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆς ληφθείη, ὡς ἀδύνατον καὶ οὐκ ἐφικτὸν τῆς εὐδαιμονίας μεμψάμενος.
kai prōton ge apo tou koinou kai megistou kai kyriōtatou tēn pros Platōna parallagēn epoiēsato, mē tērēsas to metron tēs eudaimonias, mēde tēn aretēn autarkē pros touto synchōrēsas, allʼ apolisthōn tēs dynameōs tēs kata tēn aretēn, kai hēgēsamenos autę̄ prosdein tōn ek tēs tychēs, hina meta toutōn helę̄ tēn eudaimonian; ei dʼ ephʼ heautēs lēphtheiē, hōs adynaton kai ouk ephikton tēs eudaimonias mempsamenos.
And first he made his departure from Plato on the common and greatest and most sovereign point, not keeping the measure of happiness, nor allowing virtue to be sufficient for it, but slipping from the power of virtue, and thinking that it needs in addition the gifts of fortune, so as with them to attain happiness; but if taken by itself, finding fault with it as unable to reach happiness.
15.4.3Dindorf 2:343
τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀγεννὲς καὶ διημαρτημένον τῆς γνώμης ἐν τούτῳ τε κἀν τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐ τοῦ παρόντος δεικνύναι καιροῦ· ἐκεῖνο δὲ οἶμαι πρόδηλον, ὅτι τοῦ σκοποῦ καὶ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας οὐκ ἴσων ὄντων οὐδὲ τῶν αὐτῶν κατὰ Πλάτωνα καὶ κατὰ Ἀριστοτέλην, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὲν βοῶντος ἑκάστοτε καὶ κηρύττοντος ὅτι εὐδαιμονέστατος ὁ δικαιότατος, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἐπιτρέποντος ἕπεσθαι τῇ ἀρετῇ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν, ἂν μὴ καὶ γένος εὐτυχήσῃ καὶ κάλλος, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρυσὸν, ὃς καὶ χρυσὸν ἔχων πόλεμόνδʼ ἴεν, ἠύτε κούρη, ἀνάγκη κατὰ τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ τέλους καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἄγουσαν φιλοσοφίαν διάφορον εἶναι.
to men oun agennes kai diēmartēmenon tēs gnōmēs en toutǭ te kan tois allois ou tou parontos deiknynai kairou; ekeino de oimai prodēlon, hoti tou skopou kai tēs eudaimonias ouk isōn ontōn oude tōn autōn kata Platōna kai kata Aristotelēn, alla tou men boōntos hekastote kai kēryttontos hoti eudaimonestatos ho dikaiotatos, tou de mē epitrepontos hepesthai tę̄ aretę̄ tēn eudaimonian, an mē kai genos eutychēsę̄ kai kallos, alla kai chryson, hos kai chryson echōn polemondʼ ien, ēute kourē, anankē kata tēn diaphoran tou telous kai tēn epi touto agousan philosophian diaphoron einai.
The ignobleness and error of his view in this and in other matters it is not the present occasion to show; but this I think is plain, that since the goal and happiness are not equal or the same according to Plato and according to Aristotle, the one always crying out and proclaiming that the most just is the happiest, the other not allowing happiness to follow virtue unless one is fortunate also in birth and beauty, and in gold too, ‘who went to war with gold, like a girl,’ the philosophy leading to the end must necessarily differ according to the difference of the end.
15.4.4Dindorf 2:343
μιᾷ γὰρ ὁδῷ βαδίζοντα, ἥτις ἄγειν πέφυκεν ἐπί τι τῶν μικρῶν καὶ ταπεινῶν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ μείζω καὶ ἐν ὕψει κείμενα. Ὁρᾷς ἵνʼ ἐκεῖνος ὑψηλὸς πάγος, τρηχύς τε καὶ παλίγκοτος, ἐν τῷ κάθηται σὴν ἐλαφρίζων μάχην;
mią gar hodǭ badizonta, hētis agein pephyken epi ti tōn mikrōn kai tapeinōn, ouk estin elthein epi ta meizō kai en hypsei keimena. Horąs hinʼ ekeinos hypsēlos pagos, trēchys te kai palinkotos, en tǭ kathētai sēn elaphrizōn machēn?
For one walking on one road, which naturally leads to something small and lowly, cannot come to the greater things that lie on high. ‘Do you see where that high crag is, rough and hostile? On it he sits, making light of your attack.’
15.4.5Dindorf 2:343–344
ἐπὶ τοῦτον τὸν ὑψηλὸν πάγον τὸ δριμὺ καὶ πανοῦργον ἐκεῖνο θηρίον ἀνελθεῖν ἀδύνατον· ἵνα δὲ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἔλθῃ τοῖς ἀετοῦ γεννήμασιν ἀλώπηξ, ἢ τύχῃ τινὶ δεῖ χρησαμένους ἐκείνους πονηρᾷ καταπεσεῖν εἰς γῆν τῶν οἰκείων αὐτοῖς φθαρέντων, ἢ φύσασαν αὐτὴν, ἃ μὴ πέφυκε φύειν, λαιψηρὰ κυκλῶσαι πτερὰ, καὶ οὕτως ἀρθεῖσαν ἐκ γῆς ἀναπτέσθαι πρὸς τὸν ὑψηλὸν πάγον. ἕως δʼ ἑκάτερον ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκείας μένει τάξεως, οὐκ ἔνι κοινωνία τοῖς γῆς πρὸς τὰ οὐρανοῦ θρέμματα.”
epi touton ton hypsēlon pagon to drimy kai panourgon ekeino thērion anelthein adynaton; hina de eis tauton elthę̄ tois aetou gennēmasin alōpēx, ē tychę̄ tini dei chrēsamenous ekeinous ponērą katapesein eis gēn tōn oikeiōn autois phtharentōn, ē physasan autēn, ha mē pephyke phyein, laipsēra kyklōsai ptera, kai houtōs artheisan ek gēs anaptesthai pros ton hypsēlon pagon. heōs dʼ hekateron epi tēs oikeias menei taxeōs, ouk eni koinōnia tois gēs pros ta ouranou thremmata.”
Onto this high crag that sharp and cunning beast cannot climb; and for the fox to come together with the eagle’s young, either they must by some evil fortune fall to the ground, their own having perished, or she must grow what she is not born to grow, swift wings to wheel, and so, lifted from the earth, fly up to the high crag. As long as each stays in its own station, there is no fellowship between the creatures of the earth and those of heaven.”
15.4.6Dindorf 2:344
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει “Τούτων τοίνυν οὕτως ἐχόντων, καὶ πειρωμένου τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἕλκειν τὰς τῶν νέων ψυχὰς ἄνω που πρὸς τὸ θεῖον, καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον προσοικειοῦντος μὲν τῇ ἀρετῇ καὶ τῷ καλῷ, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἀναπείθοντος ὑπερφρονεῖν, φράσον ἡμῖν, ὠ Περιπατητικὲ, πῶς ἐκδιδάξεις ταῦτα; πῶς ὁδηγήσεις ἐπʼ αὐτὰ τοὺς φιλοπλάτωνας;
Kai methʼ hetera epilegei “Toutōn toinyn houtōs echontōn, kai peirōmenou tou Platōnos helkein tas tōn neōn psychas anō pou pros to theion, kai touton ton tropon prosoikeiountos men tę̄ aretę̄ kai tǭ kalǭ, tōn de allōn hapantōn anapeithontos hyperphronein, phrason hēmin, ō Peripatētike, pōs ekdidaxeis tauta? pōs hodēgēseis epʼ auta tous philoplatōnas?
And after other things he adds: “This being so, and Plato trying to draw the souls of the young upward somewhere to the divine, and in this way to make them at home with virtue and the noble, persuading them to despise all else, tell us, Peripatetic, how will you teach these things? How will you lead the lovers of Plato to them?
15.4.7Dindorf 2:344
ποῦ σοι τῆς αἱρέσεως τοσοῦτον ὕψος λόγων ὥστε τὸ τῶν Ἀλωαδῶν φρόνημα κτήσασθαι καὶ τὴν εἰς οὐρανὸν ὁδὸν ζητεῖν, ἣν ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ᾤοντο ὀρῶν ἀναθέσει δύνασθαι γίνεσθαι, τὸ δʼ ἄρʼ ἦν ἀφαιρέσει τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων σπουδασμάτων γινόμενον, ὥς φησι Πλάτων;
pou soi tēs haireseōs tosouton hypsos logōn hōste to tōn Alōadōn phronēma ktēsasthai kai tēn eis ouranon hodon zētein, hēn ekeinoi men ǭonto orōn anathesei dynasthai ginesthai, to dʼ arʼ ēn aphairesei tōn anthrōpinōn spoudasmatōn ginomenon, hōs phēsi Platōn?
Where in your school is such a height of words as to gain the spirit of the Aloadae and seek the road to heaven, which they thought could be made by piling up mountains, but which in fact comes about by the removal of human pursuits, as Plato says?
15.4.8Dindorf 2:344
τίς οὖν ἡ παρὰ σοῦ πρὸς ταῦτα τοῖς νέοις βοήθεια; καὶ πόθεν τις ὁ τῆς ἀρετῆς συναγωνιστὴς λόγος; ἐκ ποίων γραμμάτων Ἀριστοτέλους; τίνος τῶν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ; ἐκ ποίων γραφῶν; δίδωμι γάρ σοι κἂν ψεύδεσθαι θέλῃς, μόνον τι νεανικόν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὔτʼ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπιτρέψαι σοι τῶν ἡγεμόνων τῆς αἱρέσεως οὐδείς.
tis oun hē para sou pros tauta tois neois boētheia? kai pothen tis ho tēs aretēs synagōnistēs logos? ek poiōn grammatōn Aristotelous? tinos tōn apʼ autou? ek poiōn graphōn? didōmi gar soi kan pseudesthai thelę̄s, monon ti neanikon. alla gar outʼ echeis eipein outʼ an epitrepsai soi tōn hēgemonōn tēs haireseōs oudeis.
What help, then, have you for the young toward these things? And from where is the argument that fights alongside virtue? From what writings of Aristotle? Of which of his followers? From what books? For I grant you even to lie if you like, provided it is something vigorous. But you have nothing to say, nor would any of the leaders of the school allow you.
15.4.9Dindorf 2:344–345
αἶ γοῦν Ἀριστοτέλους περὶ ταῦτα πραγματεῖαι, Εὐδήμειοί τε καὶ Νικομάχειοι καὶ Μεγάλων Ἠθικῶν ἐπιγραφόμεναι, μικρόν τι καὶ ταπεινὸν καὶ δημῶδες περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς φρονοῦσι, καὶ τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἄν τις καὶ ἰδιώτης καὶ ἀπαίδευτος καὶ μειράκιον καὶ γυνή. τὸ μὲν γὰρ διάδημα, ὡς εἰπεῖν, καὶ τὸ σκῆπτρον τὸ βασιλικὸν, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ Δῖός ἔχει λαβοῦσα ἀναφαίρετον ἡ ἀρετὴ, ἐπεὶ οὐ παλινάγρετον‚ ὅττι κεν οὗτος τῇ κεφαλῇ ἐπινεύσῃ·) τοῦτο αὐτὴν ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τολμῶσιν.
ai goun Aristotelous peri tauta pragmateiai, Eudēmeioi te kai Nikomacheioi kai Megalōn Ēthikōn epigraphomenai, mikron ti kai tapeinon kai dēmōdes peri tēs aretēs phronousi, kai tosouton hoson an tis kai idiōtēs kai apaideutos kai meirakion kai gynē. to men gar diadēma, hōs eipein, kai to skēptron to basilikon, ho para tou Dios echei labousa anaphaireton hē aretē, epei ou palinagreton‚ hotti ken houtos tę̄ kephalę̄ epineusę̄;) touto autēn aphaireisthai tolmōsin.
Aristotle’s treatises on these matters, at any rate, entitled Eudemian and Nicomachean and Great Ethics, think something small and lowly and vulgar about virtue, and only as much as an ordinary person, uneducated, a youth, or a woman might think. For the diadem, so to speak, and the royal scepter, which virtue received from Zeus as something that cannot be taken away (‘for it is not revocable, whatever he nods to with his head’), this they dare to take away from her.
15.4.10Dindorf 2:345
οὐ γὰρ ἐπιτρέπουσιν αὐτὴν ποιεῖν εὐδαίμονας, ὁμοίαν δὲ αὐτὴν καθιστᾶσι πλούτῳ καὶ δόξῃ καὶ γένει καὶ ὑγιείᾳ καὶ κάλλει‚ καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα κοινὰ τῆς κακίας. ὡς γὰρ τούτων ὁτιοῦν παρὸν χωρὶς ἀρετῆς οὐκ αὔταρκες εὐδαίμονα τὸν κεκτημένον ἀποφῆναι‚ καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ κατὰ ταὐτὰ χωρὶς τούτων οὐχ ἱκανὴ ποιῆσαι τὸν ἔχοντʼ αὐτὴν εὐδαίμονα.
ou gar epitrepousin autēn poiein eudaimonas, homoian de autēn kathistasi ploutǭ kai doxę̄ kai genei kai hygieią kai kallei‚ kai hosa alla koina tēs kakias. hōs gar toutōn hotioun paron chōris aretēs ouk autarkes eudaimona ton kektēmenon apophēnai‚ kai hē aretē kata tauta chōris toutōn ouch hikanē poiēsai ton echontʼ autēn eudaimona.
For they do not allow it to make people happy, but make it like wealth and fame and birth and health and beauty and all other things shared with vice. For as none of these, being present without virtue, is sufficient to make its possessor happy, so likewise virtue without these is not sufficient to make the one who has it happy.
15.4.11Dindorf 2:345
πῶς οὖν οὐ καθῄρηται καὶ καταβέβληται τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀξίωμα; ναί· ἀλλὰ πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν ὑπερέχειν τὴν ἀρετὴν λέγουσι. τί δὴ τοῦτο; καὶ γὰρ τὴν ὑγίειαν τοῦ πλούτου· ἀλλὰ τό γε χωρὶς ἀλλήλων μὴ ἀρκεῖν πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν πᾶσι κοινόν.
pōs oun ou kathę̄rētai kai katabeblētai to tēs aretēs axiōma? nai; alla poly tōn allōn agathōn hyperechein tēn aretēn legousi. ti dē touto? kai gar tēn hygieian tou ploutou; alla to ge chōris allēlōn mē arkein pros eudaimonian pasi koinon.
How, then, has the dignity of virtue not been brought down and thrown down? Yes, they say, but virtue far exceeds the other goods. What of that? So does health exceed wealth; but not sufficing for happiness apart from one another is common to all.
15.4.12Dindorf 2:345
ὁπόταν οὑν τις ἐκ τούτων τῶν δογμάτων καὶ ταύτης τῆς αἱρέσεως διδάξειε τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ τὸ πᾶν ἀνθρώπινον ἀγαθὸν ζητοῦντα, εὐδαίμονά φησιν ἐπὶ τροχὸν οὐκ ἀναβαίνειν, οὐδὲ ὁ ταῖς Πριαμικαῖς τύχαις συνεχόμενος δύναιτʼ ἂν εὐδαίμων καὶ μακάριος εἷναι.
hopotan houn tis ek toutōn tōn dogmatōn kai tautēs tēs haireseōs didaxeie ton en autę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ to pan anthrōpinon agathon zētounta, eudaimona phēsin epi trochon ouk anabainein, oude ho tais Priamikais tychais synechomenos dynaitʼ an eudaimōn kai makarios heinai.
Whenever, then, someone from these doctrines and this school teaches one who seeks the whole human good in the soul itself, he says that a happy man does not go up on the wheel, nor could one caught in the fortunes of Priam be happy and blessed.
15.4.13Dindorf 2:345
τὸν δὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχοντα τοιούτοις τισὶ περιπεσεῖν οὐκ ἀπεικός. τούτοις δὲ ἕπεται τὸ μήτε ἀκολουθεῖν ἐκ παντὸς τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τοῖς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχουσι μήτʼ, εἰ γένοιτο, παραμένειν ἀεί. Φύλλα τὰ μέν τʼ ἄνεμος χαμάδις χέει, ἄλλα δέ θʼ ὕλη τηλεθόωσα φύει· ὣς ἀνδρῶν γενεὴ ἡ μὲν φύει, ἡ δʼ ἀπολήγει.
ton de tēn aretēn echonta toioutois tisi peripesein ouk apeikos. toutois de hepetai to mēte akolouthein ek pantos tēn eudaimonian tois tēn aretēn echousi mētʼ, ei genoito, paramenein aei. Phylla ta men tʼ anemos chamadis cheei, alla de thʼ hylē tēlethoōsa phyei; hōs andrōn geneē hē men phyei, hē dʼ apolēgei.
And it is not unlikely that one who has virtue falls into such things. It follows from these that happiness does not in every way follow those who have virtue, nor, if it comes, remain always. ‘Leaves the wind scatters on the ground, and the flourishing wood puts forth others; so the generation of men, one grows, another ceases.’
15.4.14Dindorf 2:345–346
ἔτι σοι τὸ παράδειγμα μικρὸν καὶ ἄτολμον ὦ ποιητά· ἔαρος δʼ ἐπιγίνεται ὥρη. πολὺς ὁ μεταξὺ χρόνος καὶ ᾧ μὴ γίνεται. εἰ θέλεις ἀκριβῶς τὸ ἐπίκηρον καὶ σαθρὸν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης γενεὰς ἀπεικάσαι‚ παράβαλλε τὴν Ἀριστοτέλους εὐδαιμονίαν. ῥᾷον τῶν φύλλων αὕτη καὶ φύεται καὶ ἀπολείπει‚ οὐκ ἀναμένουσα περιτελλόμενον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν‚ οὐδʼ αὐτοετεὶ, οὐδʼ αὐτομηνὶ, ἀλλʼ αὐτῆς ἡμέρας, αὐτῆς ὥρας καὶ γίνεται καὶ ἀπόλλυται.
eti soi to paradeigma mikron kai atolmon ō poiēta; earos dʼ epiginetai hōrē. polys ho metaxy chronos kai hǭ mē ginetai. ei theleis akribōs to epikēron kai sathron tēs anthrōpinēs geneas apeikasai‚ paraballe tēn Aristotelous eudaimonian. rhąon tōn phyllōn hautē kai phyetai kai apoleipei‚ ouk anamenousa peritellomenon ton eniauton‚ oudʼ autoetei, oudʼ automēni, allʼ autēs hēmeras, autēs hōras kai ginetai kai apollytai.
Your example is still small and timid, poet: ‘and the season of spring comes on.’ The time between is long, and in it nothing grows. If you want to compare exactly the perishable and rotten state of the human race, set beside it Aristotle’s happiness. This grows and fails more easily than leaves, not waiting for the year to come round, not within the year, not within the month, but on the same day, in the same hour, comes and perishes.
15.4.15Dindorf 2:346
πολλὰ δὲ τὰ ἀπολλύντα, καὶ πάντα ἐκ τῆς τύχης. καὶ γὰρ αἶ τοῦ σώματος κῆρες‚ μυρίαι δὲ αὗται, καὶ πενία καὶ ἀτιμία‚ καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα· καὶ πρὸς οὐδὲν αὐταρκεῖ τὰ τῆς φίλης ἀρετῆς πρὸς βοήθειαν οὐχ ἱκανά· τὴν μὲν γὰρ κακοδαιμονίαν εἴργειν, τὴν δὲ εὐδαιμονίαν διασώζειν ἀσθενής.
polla de ta apollynta, kai panta ek tēs tychēs. kai gar ai tou sōmatos kēres‚ myriai de hautai, kai penia kai atimia‚ kai hosa toiauta; kai pros ouden autarkei ta tēs philēs aretēs pros boētheian ouch hikana; tēn men gar kakodaimonian eirgein, tēn de eudaimonian diasōzein asthenēs.
Many are the things that destroy it, and all from fortune: for the afflictions of the body, and these are countless, and poverty and dishonor and the like; and against nothing are the resources of dear virtue sufficient for help; for it is too weak to keep off unhappiness or preserve happiness.
15.4.16Dindorf 2:346
τούτοις οὑν τις ἐντραφεὶς, καὶ τούτοις ἀρεσκόμενος τοῖς λόγοις, τίνα τρόπον ἢ αὐτὸς συνᾴσεται τοῖς Πλάτωνος‚ ἢ ἄλλους πρὸς αὐτὰ ἐπιρρώσει ποτέ; οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅπως ἄν τις ἐκ τούτων ὁρμώμενος παραδέξαιτο τὰ Ἡράκλεια καὶ θεῖα ἐκεῖνα δόγματα, ὡς ἰσχυρόν τι καὶ πάγκαλον χρῆμα ἀρετὴ, καὶ οὔτε ποτε ἐνδέουσα πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν οὔτε ποτὲ αὐτῆς ἀφαιρουμένη‚ ἀλλὰ κἂν πενία, κἂν νόσος, κἂν ἀδοξία, κἂν βάσανοι, κἂν πίττα καὶ σταυρὸς, κἂν τὰ ἐκ τῆς τραγῳδίας ἅμα πάντα ἐπιρρυῇ‚ ἔτι ὁ δίκαιος εὐδαίμων καὶ μακάριος.
toutois houn tis entrapheis, kai toutois areskomenos tois logois, tina tropon ē autos synąsetai tois Platōnos‚ ē allous pros auta epirrōsei pote? ou gar estin hopōs an tis ek toutōn hormōmenos paradexaito ta Hērakleia kai theia ekeina dogmata, hōs ischyron ti kai pankalon chrēma aretē, kai oute pote endeousa pros eudaimonian oute pote autēs aphairoumenē‚ alla kan penia, kan nosos, kan adoxia, kan basanoi, kan pitta kai stauros, kan ta ek tēs tragǭdias hama panta epirryę̄‚ eti ho dikaios eudaimōn kai makarios.
One brought up on these and pleased with these arguments, then, how will he ever agree with Plato’s, or strengthen others toward them? For there is no way that one setting out from these could accept those Herculean and divine doctrines, that virtue is a strong and all-noble thing, never lacking for happiness nor ever deprived of it; but even if poverty, if disease, if disgrace, if tortures, if pitch and the cross, if all the evils of tragedy flood in together, still the just man is happy and blessed.
15.4.17Dindorf 2:346
ὑπὸ κήρυκι γοῦν αὐτῷ τῷ μεγαλοφωνοτάτῳ κηρύττει, καθάπερ ἀθλητήν τινα νικηφόρον‚ τὸν δικαιότατον, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν εὐδαιμονέστατος‚ ὁ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς δικαιοσύνης τὸν καρπὸν τῆς εὐδαιμονίας δρεπόμενος. διαίρει τοίνυν, εἰ βούλει, καὶ ποίκιλλε τριχῆ καὶ τετραχῆ καὶ πολλαχῆ τὰ ἀγαθὰ διαστελλόμενος· οὐδὲν γὰρ ταῦτα πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον. οὐ δή ποθʼ ἡμὰς διʼ αὐτῶν προσάξεις τῷ Πλάτωνι.
hypo kēryki goun autǭ tǭ megalophōnotatǭ kēryttei, kathaper athlētēn tina nikēphoron‚ ton dikaiotaton, hoti houtos estin eudaimonestatos‚ ho ex autēs tēs dikaiosynēs ton karpon tēs eudaimonias drepomenos. diairei toinyn, ei boulei, kai poikille trichē kai tetrachē kai pollachē ta agatha diastellomenos; ouden gar tauta pros to prokeimenon. ou dē pothʼ hēmas diʼ autōn prosaxeis tǭ Platōni.
With the loudest herald he proclaims, like a victorious athlete, the most just man, that he is the happiest, he who plucks the fruit of happiness from justice itself. Divide, then, if you like, and embroider, distinguishing goods into three and four and many kinds; for this is nothing to the purpose. You will never bring us to Plato through them.
15.4.18Dindorf 2:346–347
τί γὰρ εἰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν‚ ὡς φῄς‚ τὰ μὲν τίμια‚ καθάπερ οἱ θεοὶ‚ τὰ δὲ ἐπαινετὰ, ὧς αἶ ἀρεταὶ‚ τὰ δὲ δυνάμεις, ὡς πλοῦτος καὶ ἰσχὺς, τὰ δὲ ὠφέλιμα, ὡς αἶ θεραπεῖαι; τί δʼ, εἰ ταῦτα ἐλάττονι διαιρέσει διαστελλόμενος λέγοις τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὰ μὲν εἶναι τέλη, τὰ δὲ οὐ τέλη; τέλη μὲν ὀνομάζων ὧν χάριν τὰ ἄλλα‚ οὐ τέλη δὲ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἕνεκα λαμβανόμενα.
ti gar ei tōn agathōn‚ hōs phę̄s‚ ta men timia‚ kathaper hoi theoi‚ ta de epaineta, hōs ai aretai‚ ta de dynameis, hōs ploutos kai ischys, ta de ōphelima, hōs ai therapeiai? ti dʼ, ei tauta elattoni diairesei diastellomenos legois tōn agathōn ta men einai telē, ta de ou telē? telē men onomazōn hōn charin ta alla‚ ou telē de ta tōn allōn heneka lambanomena.
For what if of goods, as you say, some are honored, like the gods, others praiseworthy, like the virtues, others powers, like wealth and strength, others beneficial, like treatments? What if, distinguishing them by a smaller division, you say that some goods are ends and others not ends, calling ends those for whose sake the others exist, and not ends those taken for the sake of others?
15.4.19Dindorf 2:347
τί δʼ, εἰ μάθοι τις ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἁπλῶς ἀγαθὰ, τὰ δὲ οὐ πᾶσιν; ἢ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ψυχῆς ἀγαθὰ, τὰ δὲ σώματος, τὰ δʼ ἐκτός; ἢ πάλιν ὅτι τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὰ μὲν δυνάμεις, τὰ δὲ διαθέσεις καὶ ἕξεις, ἄλλα δὲ ἐνέργειαι, τὰ δὲ τέλη, τὰ δὲ ὕλαι, τὰ δὲ ὄργανα, κἂν τὰς δέκα κατηγορίας παρὰ σοῦ μάθῃ τις δεκαχῆ διανέμειν τἀγαθὸν, τί ταῦτα πρὸς τὴν Πλάτωνος γνώμην τὰ διδάγματα;
ti dʼ, ei mathoi tis hoti ta men haplōs agatha, ta de ou pasin? ē hoti ta men psychēs agatha, ta de sōmatos, ta dʼ ektos? ē palin hoti tōn agathōn ta men dynameis, ta de diatheseis kai hexeis, alla de energeiai, ta de telē, ta de hylai, ta de organa, kan tas deka katēgorias para sou mathę̄ tis dekachē dianemein tagathon, ti tauta pros tēn Platōnos gnōmēn ta didagmata?
What if one should learn that some are good absolutely and others not for all? Or that some are goods of the soul, others of the body, others external? Or again that of goods some are powers, others dispositions and states, others activities, others ends, others materials, others instruments? Even if one learns from you to divide the good tenfold by the ten categories, what have these teachings to do with Plato’s view?
15.4.20Dindorf 2:347
ἕως οὗ γὰρ σὺ μὲν εἴτε ὁμωνύμως εἴτε ὅπως βούλει λαλῶν ἀγαθὰ τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἄλλʼ ἄττα πρὸς τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ὡς ἀναγκαῖα παραλαμβάνεις, τὸ ἱκανὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀφαιρούμενος, Πλάτων δʼ ἐκ περιουσίας περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζητεῖ τὸ ἔκπλεον εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀρετῆς ἔχων, οὐδὲν ἂν ὑμῖν εἴη κατὰ τοῦτο κοινόν· ἄλλων σοι δεῖ λόγων, ἄλλων τοῖς τοῦ Πλάτωνος.
heōs hou gar sy men eite homōnymōs eite hopōs boulei lalōn agatha ta tēs aretēs allʼ atta pros tēn eudaimonian hōs anankaia paralambaneis, to hikanon tēs aretēs aphairoumenos, Platōn dʼ ek periousias peri tōn allōn zētei to ekpleon eis eudaimonian apʼ autēs tēs aretēs echōn, ouden an hymin eiē kata touto koinon; allōn soi dei logōn, allōn tois tou Platōnos.
For as long as you, speaking of goods equivocally or however you like, take in certain things other than those of virtue as necessary for happiness, taking away the sufficiency of virtue, while Plato inquires about the others as a bonus, having from virtue itself abundance for happiness, there could be nothing in common between you on this point; you need other arguments, and Plato’s followers others.
15.4.21Dindorf 2:347
ὡς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι λέουσι καὶ ἀνδράσιν ὅρκια πιστὰ‚ οὐδὲ λύκοι τε καὶ ἄρνες ὁμόφρονα θυμὸν ἔχουσιν‚ οὕτως οὐκ ἔστι Πλάτωνι καὶ Ἀριστοτέλει φιλία περὶ τοῦ κορυφαιοτάτου καὶ κυριωτάτου τῆς εὐδαιμονίας δόγματος. διαμπερὲς γὰρ, εἰ μὴ κακὰ φρονέουσιν ἀλλήλοις, τά γε ὑπεναντία περὶ τῶν εἰς τοῦτο διαφερόντων φαίνονται λέγοντες.”
hōs gar ouk esti leousi kai andrasin horkia pista‚ oude lykoi te kai arnes homophrona thymon echousin‚ houtōs ouk esti Platōni kai Aristotelei philia peri tou koryphaiotatou kai kyriōtatou tēs eudaimonias dogmatos. diamperes gar, ei mē kaka phroneousin allēlois, ta ge hypenantia peri tōn eis touto diapherontōn phainontai legontes.”
For as ‘there are no faithful oaths between lions and men, nor do wolves and lambs have a like mind,’ so there is no friendship between Plato and Aristotle concerning the chief and most sovereign doctrine of happiness. For throughout, if they do not think evil of one another, they are seen at least to say opposite things about what bears on this.”
Preparation 15, chapter 5
15.5.1Dindorf 2:347–348
Πάλιν Μώσεως καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις προφητῶν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Πλάτωνος ἐν τούτοις συμφώνως, τὸν περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων προνοίας λόγον εὐκρινῶς διατεθειμένων, ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης μέχρι σελήνης στήσας τὸ θεῖον τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη περιγράφει τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ διοικήσεως· ἐφʼ οἷς καὶ ἀπελέγχεται πρὸς τοῦ δηλωθέντος‚ ὧδέ πη διεξιόντος
Palin Mōseōs kai tōn parʼ Hebraiois prophētōn, ou mēn alla kai Platōnos en toutois symphōnōs, ton peri tēs tōn holōn pronoias logon eukrinōs diatetheimenōn, ho Aristotelēs mechri selēnēs stēsas to theion ta loipa tou kosmou merē perigraphei tēs tou theou dioikēseōs; ephʼ hois kai apelenchetai pros tou dēlōthentos‚ hōde pē diexiontos
Again, though Moses and the prophets among the Hebrews, and Plato too in agreement with them, have set out clearly the account of providence over the universe, Aristotle, stopping the divine at the moon, excludes the other parts of the world from God’s government. For this he is refuted by the writer mentioned, who goes through it somewhat thus:
15.5.2Dindorf 2:348
“Ὄντος δʼ ἔτι μεγίστου καὶ κυριωτάτου τῶν εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν συντελούντων τοῦ περὶ τῆς προνοίας πείσματος‚ ὃ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον ὀρθοῖ, εἴ γε μὴ μέλλομεν ἀγνοεῖν πότερον δίκᾳ τεῖχος ὕψιον ἢ σκολιαῖς ἀπάταις ἀναβαίνει ἐπιχθονίων γένος ἀνδρῶν· ὁ μὲν Πλάτων εἰς θεὸν καὶ ἐκ θεοῦ πάντα ἀνάπτει. φησὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀρχήν τε καὶ μέσα καὶ τελευτὴν τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων ἔχοντα εὐθείᾳ περαίνειν περιπορευόμενον. καὶ αὖ πάλιν φησὶν αὐτὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, ἀγαθῷ δὲ μηδένα φθόνον ἐγγίγνεσθαι περὶ μηδενός. τούτου δὲ ἐκτὸς ὄντα πάντα ὅτι μάλιστα ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν, εἰς τάξιν ἄγοντα ἐκ τῆς ἀταξίας. πάντων δὲ ἐπιμελούμενον καὶ πάντα κατὰ δύναμιν κοσμοῦντα πεφροντικέναι καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.”
“Ontos dʼ eti megistou kai kyriōtatou tōn eis eudaimonian syntelountōn tou peri tēs pronoias peismatos‚ ho dē kai malista ton anthrōpinon bion orthoi, ei ge mē mellomen agnoein poteron diką teichos hypsion ē skoliais apatais anabainei epichthoniōn genos andrōn; ho men Platōn eis theon kai ek theou panta anaptei. phēsi gar auton archēn te kai mesa kai teleutēn tōn ontōn hapantōn echonta eutheią perainein periporeuomenon. kai au palin phēsin auton agathon einai, agathǭ de mēdena phthonon engignesthai peri mēdenos. toutou de ektos onta panta hoti malista agatha poiein, eis taxin agonta ek tēs ataxias. pantōn de epimeloumenon kai panta kata dynamin kosmounta pephrontikenai kai tōn anthrōpōn.”
“Since the most important and sovereign of the things contributing to happiness is the conviction about providence, which most of all sets human life right, if we are not to be ignorant whether ‘by justice the race of men on earth climbs the higher wall, or by crooked deceits,’ Plato attaches all things to God and derives them from God. For he says that he, holding the beginning and middle and end of all things, accomplishes them going straight round. And again he says that he is good, and in the good no envy ever arises about anything. Being free of this, he makes all things as good as possible, bringing them into order from disorder; and caring for all things and ordering all things as far as possible, he has taken thought for men as well.”
15.5.3Dindorf 2:348
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα “Καὶ ὁ μὲν Πλάτωνʼ οὕτως. ὁ δὲ τὴν δαιμονίαν ταύτην φύσιν ἐκποδὼν ποιούμενος, καὶ τήν γε εἰσαῦθις ἐλπίδα τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποτέμνων, τήν τε ἐν τῷ παρόντι πρὸς τῶν κρειττόνων εὐλάβειαν ἀφαιρούμενος, τίνα πρὸς Πλάτωνα ἔχει κοινωνίαν; ἢ πῶς ἂν ἐφʼ ἃ βούλεται Πλάτων παρακαλέσαι καὶ πιστώσαιτο τὰ εἰρημένα;
Kai meta brachea “Kai ho men Platōnʼ houtōs. ho de tēn daimonian tautēn physin ekpodōn poioumenos, kai tēn ge eisauthis elpida tēs psychēs apotemnōn, tēn te en tǭ paronti pros tōn kreittonōn eulabeian aphairoumenos, tina pros Platōna echei koinōnian? ē pōs an ephʼ ha bouletai Platōn parakalesai kai pistōsaito ta eirēmena?
And a little after: “And Plato thus. But he who removes this daimonic nature out of the way, and cuts off the soul’s hope of hereafter, and takes away reverence in the present toward the higher beings, what fellowship does he have with Plato? Or how could he urge to what Plato wishes and confirm what was said?
15.5.4Dindorf 2:348–349
πᾶν γὰρ τοὐναντίον συνεργὸς ἂν οὗτός γε καὶ συναγωνιστὴς τῶν ἐθελόντων ἀδικεῖν φανείη. πᾶς γάρ τις ἄνθρωπος ὢν καὶ ταῖς ἀνθρωπίναις ὀρέξεσι κατεσχημένος, ἂν καταφρονήσῃ τῶν θεῶν καὶ μηδὲν νομίσῃ πρὸς αὑτὸν, ἅτε πόρρω μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπῳκισμένος ἐν τῷ ζῆν, ἀποθανὼν δὲ οὐδὲ ἔτι ὢν, ἕτοιμος ἂν ἔλθοι πρὸς τὸ χαρίζεσθαι ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις.
pan gar tounantion synergos an houtos ge kai synagōnistēs tōn ethelontōn adikein phaneiē. pas gar tis anthrōpos ōn kai tais anthrōpinais orexesi kateschēmenos, an kataphronēsę̄ tōn theōn kai mēden nomisę̄ pros hauton, hate porrō men autōn apǭkismenos en tǭ zēn, apothanōn de oude eti ōn, hetoimos an elthoi pros to charizesthai tais epithymiais.
On the contrary, he would appear a fellow worker and fellow fighter of those who wish to do wrong. For every human being, held by human desires, if he despises the gods and thinks they are nothing to him, as being far removed from them while he lives, and, when dead, no longer existing, would be ready to gratify his desires.
15.5.5Dindorf 2:349
πίστιν γὰρ λαβεῖν περὶ τοῦ λαθεῖν ἀδικοῦντα οὐκ ἀδύνατον, ἄν γε ἀνθρώπους δέῃ λανθάνειν· οὐ μὴν ἀναγκαῖον ἐκ παντὸς λαθεῖν ζητεῖν, ὅπου γέ τις τῶν πεφωρακότων κρατεῖν δυνατός ἐστιν. ὥστε ἕτοιμόν τι χρῆμα πρὸς ἀδικίαν ἡ τῆς προνοίας ἀπόγνωσις.
pistin gar labein peri tou lathein adikounta ouk adynaton, an ge anthrōpous deę̄ lanthanein; ou mēn anankaion ek pantos lathein zētein, hopou ge tis tōn pephōrakotōn kratein dynatos estin. hōste hetoimon ti chrēma pros adikian hē tēs pronoias apognōsis.
For it is not impossible to gain assurance of escaping notice in doing wrong, if it is men one must escape; and it is not even necessary to seek by all means to escape notice, where one is able to overpower those who have detected him. So despair of providence is a ready thing for injustice.
15.5.6Dindorf 2:349
ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ καὶ πάνυ χρηστός ἐστιν, ὅστις τὴν ἡδονὴν ἡμῖν προτείνας ὡς ἀγαθὸν, καὶ τὴν ἐκ θεῶν ἄδειαν παρασχόμενος, ἔτι μηχανὴν πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν πορίζειν οἴεται, ὅμοιόν τι ποιῶν ἰατρῷ τὴν μὲν ἔτι ζῶντος τοῦ κάμνοντος βοήθειαν παρέντι, μετὰ θάνατον δὲ πλέκειν τινὰς μηχανὰς πειρωμένῳ πρὸς σωτηρίαν τοῦ τεθνεῶτος.
ekeinos men gar kai pany chrēstos estin, hostis tēn hēdonēn hēmin proteinas hōs agathon, kai tēn ek theōn adeian paraschomenos, eti mēchanēn pros to mē adikein porizein oietai, homoion ti poiōn iatrǭ tēn men eti zōntos tou kamnontos boētheian parenti, meta thanaton de plekein tinas mēchanas peirōmenǭ pros sōtērian tou tethneōtos.
For that man is very good indeed who, holding out pleasure to us as the good and providing freedom from fear of the gods, still thinks he provides a device for not doing wrong, doing something like a physician who neglects help while the patient is alive, and after death tries to weave some devices for the saving of the dead man.
15.5.7Dindorf 2:349
παραπλησίως δὲ τούτῳ καὶ ὁ Περιπατητικός. οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἡ περὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν σπουδὴ ὡς ἡ πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ὅτι κήδοιτο ἀπιστία τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐπιρρώννυσι. τί οὖν, φήσαι τις ἂν, ἐν ταυτῷ τάττεις Ἀριστοτέλην καὶ Ἐπίκουρον; πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ὥς γε πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον.
paraplēsiōs de toutǭ kai ho Peripatētikos. ou gar houtōs hē peri tēn hēdonēn spoudē hōs hē pros to theion hoti kēdoito apistia tēn adikian epirrōnnysi. ti oun, phēsai tis an, en tautǭ tatteis Aristotelēn kai Epikouron? pany men oun, hōs ge pros to prokeimenon.
And the Peripatetic is very like him. For zeal for pleasure does not so strengthen injustice as disbelief that the divine cares. What then, one might say, do you put Aristotle and Epicurus in the same rank? Certainly, as regards the matter in hand.
15.5.8Dindorf 2:349
τί γὰρ διαφέρει πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἢ τοῦ κόσμου τὸ θεῖον ἐξοικίσασθαι καὶ μηδεμίαν ἡμῖν πρὸς αὐτὸ κοινωνίαν ἀπολιπεῖν, ἢ ἐν κόσμῳ τοὺς θεοὺς καθείρξαντα τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς πραγμάτων ἀποστῆσαι; κατʼ ἴσον γὰρ παρʼ ἀμφοτέροις τὸ ἐκ θεῶν ἀμελὲς εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ ἴση τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν ἄδεια· τὸ δὲ ἐκείνων μενόντων κατʼ οὐρανὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς τι χρηστὸν ἀπολαύειν μάλιστα μὲν κοινὸν καὶ ἀλόγων καὶ ἀψύχων, ἤδη δὲ ταύτῃ γε καὶ κατʼ Ἐπίκουρον ὄνησις τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀπὸ θεῶν γίνεται.
ti gar diapherei pros hēmas ē tou kosmou to theion exoikisasthai kai mēdemian hēmin pros auto koinōnian apolipein, ē en kosmǭ tous theous katheirxanta tōn epi gēs pragmatōn apostēsai? katʼ ison gar parʼ amphoterois to ek theōn ameles eis tous anthrōpous, kai isē tois adikousin hē apo tōn theōn adeia; to de ekeinōn menontōn katʼ ouranon kai hēmas ti chrēston apolauein malista men koinon kai alogōn kai apsychōn, ēdē de tautę̄ ge kai katʼ Epikouron onēsis tois anthrōpois apo theōn ginetai.
For what difference does it make to us whether one banishes the divine from the world and leaves us no fellowship with it, or shuts the gods up in the world and removes them from affairs on earth? For with both alike there is the gods’ neglect of men, and equal for the wrongdoers is the impunity from the gods. That while they remain in heaven we too enjoy some good is common above all to irrational and soulless things; and in this way, even according to Epicurus, benefit comes to men from the gods.
15.5.9Dindorf 2:349–350
τὰς γοῦν βελτίονας ἀπορροίας αὐτῶν φασι τοῖς μετασχοῦσι μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν παραιτίας γίνεσθαι. ἀλλʼ οὔτε τοῦτον οὔτε ἐκεῖνον δίκαιον ἐν προνοίας ἀριθμεῖσθαι λόγῳ. εἴπερ γὰρ καὶ κατʼ Ἐπίκουρον τὸ τῆς προνοίας οἴχεται, καίτοι τῶν θεῶν κατʼ αὐτὸν πᾶσαν κηδεμονίαν ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν οἰκείων ἀγαθῶν εἰσφερομένων, οὕτως ἂν οἴχοιτο καὶ κατʼ Ἀριστοτέλην τὸ τῆς προνοίας, εἰ καὶ τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἐν τάξει τινὶ καὶ κόσμῳ διοικεῖται.
tas goun beltionas aporroias autōn phasi tois metaschousi megalōn agathōn paraitias ginesthai. allʼ oute touton oute ekeinon dikaion en pronoias arithmeisthai logǭ. eiper gar kai katʼ Epikouron to tēs pronoias oichetai, kaitoi tōn theōn katʼ auton pasan kēdemonian hyper tēs sōtērias tōn oikeiōn agathōn eispheromenōn, houtōs an oichoito kai katʼ Aristotelēn to tēs pronoias, ei kai ta katʼ ouranon en taxei tini kai kosmǭ dioikeitai.
They say, at least, that their better emanations become joint causes of great goods for those who share in them. But it is not right to count either this one or that one in the account of providence. For if according to Epicurus providence is gone, although according to him the gods bring all care to the preservation of their own goods, so also according to Aristotle providence would be gone, even if the things in heaven are governed in some order and arrangement.
15.5.10Dindorf 2:350
πρόνοιαν γὰρ ζητοῦμεν ἡμῖν διαφέρουσαν, ἧς οὐ μέτεστι τῷ μήτε δαίμονας μήτε ἥρωας μήτε ὅλως ἐπιδιαμένειν δύνασθαι τὰς ψυχὰς συγκεχωρηκότι.
pronoian gar zētoumen hēmin diapherousan, hēs ou metesti tǭ mēte daimonas mēte hērōas mēte holōs epidiamenein dynasthai tas psychas synkechōrēkoti.
For we seek a providence that concerns us, in which he has no share who has allowed neither daimones nor heroes nor that souls can survive at all.
15.5.11Dindorf 2:350
ἐκεῖνο δʼ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ καὶ αἰσχυντηλότερον ὁ Ἐπίκουρος δοκεῖ πεποιηκέναι· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἀπογνοὺς δύνασθαι τοὺς θεοὺς ἀποσχέσθαι τῆς ἀνθρώπων κηδεμονίας εἰς ταυτὸν ἐλθόντας αὐτοῖς καθάπερ εἰς ἀλλοδαπὴν ἀπῴκισε καὶ ἔξω που τοῦ κόσμου καθίδρυσε, τὸ ἀπάνθρωπον αὐτῶν τῇ ἀποστάσει καὶ τῇ πρὸς ἅπαντʼ ἀκοινωνίᾳ παραιτούμενος.
ekeino dʼ emoi kritę̄ kai aischyntēloteron ho Epikouros dokei pepoiēkenai; hōsper gar apognous dynasthai tous theous aposchesthai tēs anthrōpōn kēdemonias eis tauton elthontas autois kathaper eis allodapēn apǭkise kai exō pou tou kosmou kathidryse, to apanthrōpon autōn tę̄ apostasei kai tę̄ pros hapantʼ akoinōnią paraitoumenos.
That, in my judgment, Epicurus seems to have done more modestly; for as if despairing that the gods, if they came together with men, could refrain from caring for them, he removed them as into a foreign land and settled them somewhere outside the world, excusing their inhumanity by their withdrawal and lack of fellowship with everything.
15.5.12Dindorf 2:350
ὁ δὲ περιττὸς ἡμῖν οὑτος τῆς φύσεως εὑρετὴς καὶ τῶν θείων πραγμάτων ἐπιγνώμων ἀκριβὴς ὑπʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ὄψιν τῶν θεῶν τὰ ἀνθρώπινα πράγματα ὑποθεὶς εἴασεν ἀτημέλητα καὶ ἀφρόντιστα, φύσει καὶ οὐ θεοῦ λογισμῷ διοικούμενα. ὅθεν εἰκότως ἂν καὶ αὐτὸς οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἔγκλημα ἐκφύγοι, ὃ κατʼ Ἐπικούρου τινες μαντεύονται, ὡς ἄρα μὴ κατὰ γνώμην, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων δέος τοῖς θεοῖς κατένειμεν ἐν τῷ παντὶ χώραν ὥσπερ ἐν θεάτρῳ θέαν.
ho de perittos hēmin houtos tēs physeōs heuretēs kai tōn theiōn pragmatōn epignōmōn akribēs hypʼ autēn tēn opsin tōn theōn ta anthrōpina pragmata hypotheis eiasen atēmelēta kai aphrontista, physei kai ou theou logismǭ dioikoumena. hothen eikotōs an kai autos oudʼ ekeino to enklēma ekphygoi, ho katʼ Epikourou tines manteuontai, hōs ara mē kata gnōmēn, alla dia to pros anthrōpōn deos tois theois kateneimen en tǭ panti chōran hōsper en theatrǭ thean.
But this extraordinary discoverer of nature of ours and exact judge of divine things, placing human affairs under the very eyes of the gods, left them unattended and uncared for, governed by nature and not by God’s reason. Hence he too would reasonably not escape the charge some divine against Epicurus, that it was not by conviction but through fear of men that he assigned the gods a place in the universe, like a seat in a theater.
15.5.13Dindorf 2:350
τεκμήριον δὲ ποιοῦνται τῆς γνώμης τἀνδρὸς, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἀφεῖλε τὴν πρὸς ἡμὰς ἐνέργειαν, ἐξ ἧς μόνης τὸ εἶναι τοὺς θεοὺς ἔμελλε τὴν δικαίαν πίστιν ἕξειν. τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ποιεῖ. ἀποστήσας γὰρ καὶ παραδοὺς ὄψει μόνῃ τὴν πίστιν πραγματείᾳ κρίνειν ἀσθενεῖ τὰ ἐκ τοσοῦδε διαστήματος τάχʼ ἂν αἰδοῖ δοκοίη λέγειν ἐνταῦθα εἶναι θεούς.
tekmērion de poiountai tēs gnōmēs tandros, hoti autōn apheile tēn pros hēmas energeian, ex hēs monēs to einai tous theous emelle tēn dikaian pistin hexein. to gar auto touto kai Aristotelēs poiei. apostēsas gar kai paradous opsei monę̄ tēn pistin pragmateią krinein asthenei ta ek tosoude diastēmatos tachʼ an aidoi dokoiē legein entautha einai theous.
They take as evidence of the man’s view that he took away their activity toward us, from which alone the existence of the gods would have had just credence. For Aristotle does this very thing. For having removed them and handed over belief to sight alone, a faculty weak to judge things at such a distance, he might seem to say out of shame that there are gods there.
15.5.14Dindorf 2:350–351
οὐ γὰρ ἀπολιπὼν ἔξω τι τοῦ κόσμου‚ ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς προσαγαγὼν τοὺς θεοὺς, ἀνάγκην ἔσχεν ἢ παντάπασιν ἄθεος εἶναι ὁμολογεῖν‚ ἢ τὴν τοῦ δοκεῖν ἀπολιπεῖν θεοὺς δόξαν ἀνασώζειν‚ ἐνταῦθά που τοὺς θεοὺς ἀποικίσας. ὁ δὲ τὴν τῶν κρειττόνων ἀκρίβειαν παραιτησάμενος τῇ ἀμιξίᾳ ἔοικεν εὐσχημόνως ἀπιστεῖν τοῖς θεοῖς.” Ταῦτα ὁ Ἀττικὸς πρὸς Ἀριστοτέλην χρεοκοποῦντα τὸν περὶ προνοίας λόγον. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἔτι καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς εἰρημένοις προστίθησι‚ πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν ἀποτεινόμενος μὴ βουλόμενον γεννητὸν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον.
ou gar apolipōn exō ti tou kosmou‚ allʼ oude tois epi gēs prosagagōn tous theous, anankēn eschen ē pantapasin atheos einai homologein‚ ē tēn tou dokein apolipein theous doxan anasōzein‚ entautha pou tous theous apoikisas. ho de tēn tōn kreittonōn akribeian paraitēsamenos tę̄ amixią eoiken euschēmonōs apistein tois theois.” Tauta ho Attikos pros Aristotelēn chreokopounta ton peri pronoias logon. ho dʼ autos eti kai tauta tois eirēmenois prostithēsi‚ pros ton auton apoteinomenos mē boulomenon gennēton einai ton kosmon.
For not leaving anything outside the world, nor bringing the gods near to things on earth, he was compelled either to admit that he was altogether an atheist or, to preserve the appearance of not having abandoned the gods, to settle the gods somewhere there. But Epicurus, by excusing the higher beings from strict care through their separation, seems to disbelieve in the gods decently.” So Atticus against Aristotle, who cheats the account of providence. And the same adds this too to what has been said, addressing the same man, who would not have the world to be generated:
Preparation 15, chapter 6
15.6.1Dindorf 2:351
Πάλιν Μώσεως γεννητὸν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον ὁρισαμένου‚ ποιητήν τε καὶ δημιουργὸν τοῖς ὅλοις τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστήσαντος‚ τοῦ τε Πλάτωνος τὰ ἴσα Μωσεῖ φιλοσοφοῦντος‚ τὴν ἐναντίαν κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης ὁδεύσας ἀπελέγχεται πρὸς τοῦ δηλωθέντος συγγραφέως‚ ὧδε πρὸς ῥῆμα γράφοντος
Palin Mōseōs gennēton einai ton kosmon horisamenou‚ poiētēn te kai dēmiourgon tois holois ton theon epistēsantos‚ tou te Platōnos ta isa Mōsei philosophountos‚ tēn enantian kan toutǭ ho Aristotelēs hodeusas apelenchetai pros tou dēlōthentos syngrapheōs‚ hōde pros rhēma graphontos
Again, while Moses determined that the world came into being, and set God over the universe as Maker and Creator, and Plato taught the same as Moses, Aristotle, taking the opposite road in this too, is refuted by the writer mentioned, who writes thus word for word:
15.6.2Dindorf 2:351
“ Πρῶτον δὴ περὶ γενέσεως κόσμου σκοπῶν, καὶ τὸ τῆς προνοίας τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ πολυωφελὲς δόγμα πάντα ζητεῖν ἀναγκαῖον ἡγούμενος, καὶ λογισάμενος ὅτι τῷ μὴ γενομένῳ οὔτε τινὸς ποιητοῦ οὔτε τινὸς κηδεμόνος πρὸς τὸ γενέσθαι καλῶς χρεία, ἵνα μὴ ἀποστερήσῃ τὸν κόσμον τῆς προνοίας ἀφεῖλε τὸ ἀγέννητον αὐτοῦ.
“ Prōton dē peri geneseōs kosmou skopōn, kai to tēs pronoias to mega touto kai polyōpheles dogma panta zētein anankaion hēgoumenos, kai logisamenos hoti tǭ mē genomenǭ oute tinos poiētou oute tinos kēdemonos pros to genesthai kalōs chreia, hina mē aposterēsę̄ ton kosmon tēs pronoias apheile to agennēton autou.
“First, then, examining the origin of the world, and considering it necessary to seek every means to secure this great and most beneficial doctrine of providence, and reckoning that what did not come into being has no need of any maker or any guardian to come into being well, so as not to deprive the world of providence he took away its being ungenerated.
15.6.3Dindorf 2:351
παραιτούμεθα δὲ νῦν μὴ ἐμποδὼν ἡμῖν τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς ἑστίας εἶναι‚ οἶς ἀρέσκει καὶ κατὰ Πλάτωνα τὸν κόσμον ἀγέννητον εἶναι. δίκαιοι γάρ εἰσιν ἡμῖν συγγνώμην νέμειν‚ εἰ περὶ τῶν δοκούντων Πλάτωνι πιστεύομεν οἷς αὐτὸς Ἕλλην ὢν Ἕλληνας ἡμᾶς σαφεῖ τε καὶ τρανῷ τῷ στόματι διείλεκται.
paraitoumetha de nyn mē empodōn hēmin tous apo tēs autēs hestias einai‚ ois areskei kai kata Platōna ton kosmon agennēton einai. dikaioi gar eisin hēmin syngnōmēn nemein‚ ei peri tōn dokountōn Platōni pisteuomen hois autos Hellēn ōn Hellēnas hēmas saphei te kai tranǭ tǭ stomati dieilektai.
We ask now that those from the same hearth not stand in our way, who hold that according to Plato too the world is ungenerated. For they ought in fairness to pardon us if, about Plato’s views, we believe what he himself, a Greek speaking to us Greeks, has said with clear and distinct mouth.
15.6.4Dindorf 2:351–352
“παραλαβὼν γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ θεὸς πᾶν ὅσον ἦν ὁρατὸν‚ οὐχ ἡσυχίαν ἄγον‚ πλημμελῶς δὲ καὶ ἀτάκτως κινούμενον‚ εἰς τάξιν ἦγεν ἐκ τῆς ἀταξίας, ἡγησάμενος τοῦτο ἐκείνου πάντως ἄμεινον. ἔτι δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ὅτι μὴ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων‚ μηδʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ σαφοῦς χρείᾳ τὴν γένεσιν παρεδέξατο, δηλοῖ διʼ ὧν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῷ τῶν πάντων διείλεκται περὶ τούτου μετὰ τὴν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργίαν.
“paralabōn gar, phēsin, ho theos pan hoson ēn horaton‚ ouch hēsychian agon‚ plēmmelōs de kai ataktōs kinoumenon‚ eis taxin ēgen ek tēs ataxias, hēgēsamenos touto ekeinou pantōs ameinon. eti de kai mallon hoti mē diʼ ainigmatōn‚ mēdʼ epi tou saphous chreią tēn genesin paredexato, dēloi diʼ hōn ho patēr autǭ tōn pantōn dieilektai peri toutou meta tēn tōn holōn dēmiourgian.
“For God,” he says, “taking over all that was visible, which was not at rest but moving discordantly and without order, brought it into order from disorder, thinking this in every way better than that.” And still more, that he did not accept generation in riddles or for the sake of clarity, he shows by what the Father of all says to him about this after the making of the universe.
15.6.5Dindorf 2:352
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ, φησὶ, γεγένησθε‚ (λέγει δὲ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς) ἀθάνατοι μὲν οὐκ ἐστὲ οὐδʼ ἄλυτοι τὸ πάμπαν, οὔτι μὴν δὴ λυθήσεσθε τῆς ἐμῆς βουλήσεως τυχόντες.
epeidē gar, phēsi, gegenēsthe‚ (legei de pros tous theous) athanatoi men ouk este oudʼ alytoi to pampan, outi mēn dē lythēsesthe tēs emēs boulēseōs tychontes.
“For since you have come into being,” he says (he speaks to the gods), “you are not immortal nor wholly indissoluble, yet you shall not be dissolved, having obtained my will.”
15.6.6Dindorf 2:352
ἀλλʼ, ὅπερ ἔφην‚ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἔνδον ἡμῖν ὑποφθεγγομένους, ἅτε φίλους ὄντας, φιλίως τε καὶ μεθʼ ἡσυχίας πραέσιν ἐλέγχοις διακριθεῖμεν ἄν. ἔοικε γὰρ καὶ τούτους Ἀριστοτέλης μεταθεῖναι‚ τῇ μὲν κατηγορίᾳ τοῦ δόγματος ἀντισχεῖν ἀδυνατήσαντας‚ τὸ δὲ ἁλῶναι δόξαν ὡς ψεῦδος οὐ βουληθέντας ἀναθεῖναι Πλάτωνι.
allʼ, hoper ephēn‚ pros men tous endon hēmin hypophthengomenous, hate philous ontas, philiōs te kai methʼ hēsychias praesin elenchois diakritheimen an. eoike gar kai toutous Aristotelēs metatheinai‚ tę̄ men katēgorią tou dogmatos antischein adynatēsantas‚ to de halōnai doxan hōs pseudos ou boulēthentas anatheinai Platōni.
But, as I said, with those who speak under their breath among us, being friends, we might settle the matter in a friendly way and quietly by gentle refutations. For Aristotle seems to have changed these too, since they were unable to withstand the accusation against the doctrine, and did not wish to attribute to Plato an opinion shown to be false.
15.6.7Dindorf 2:352
κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀκοὴν, ἀξιοῦντος Πλάτωνος τὸν κόσμον γεγονέναι κάλλιστον ἔργον ὑπὸ τοῦ καλλίστου τῶν δημιουργῶν‚ καὶ περιθέντος τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ποιητῇ δύναμιν διʼ ἧς καὶ οὐκ ὄντα πρότερον ἐποίησε τὸν κόσμον‚ καὶ ποιήσας εἰσαεὶ βουλόμενός γε σῶον διαφυλάξει‚ καὶ ταύτῃ δὴ γεννητοῦ καὶ ἀφθάρτου κατʼ αὐτὸν ὑποκειμένου τοῦ κόσμου‚ τίς ἡμῖν τῶν Περιπατητικῶν ταῦτα βεβαιοῖ;”
kata de tēn hēmeteran akoēn, axiountos Platōnos ton kosmon gegonenai kalliston ergon hypo tou kallistou tōn dēmiourgōn‚ kai perithentos tǭ tou pantos poiētę̄ dynamin diʼ hēs kai ouk onta proteron epoiēse ton kosmon‚ kai poiēsas eisaei boulomenos ge sōon diaphylaxei‚ kai tautę̄ dē gennētou kai aphthartou katʼ auton hypokeimenou tou kosmou‚ tis hēmin tōn Peripatētikōn tauta bebaioi?”
But according to what we have heard, since Plato holds that the world came into being, the finest work of the finest of craftsmen, and attributes to the Maker of the universe a power by which he both made the world, which did not exist before, and, having made it, will preserve it safe forever if he wishes, and so the world is supposed by him to be generated and imperishable, which of the Peripatetics confirms this for us?”
15.6.8Dindorf 2:352–353
Δεῖ δὲ παραμυθήσασθαι τὸν συναγωνιστὴν τούτων, ὅτι οὐ πάντως‚ εἰ τι γέγονεν, ἀνάγκη τοῦτο φθαρῆναι, πάλιν δʼ οὐδʼ εἴ τι μὴ φθαρήσεται, τοῦτο ἀναγκαῖον ἀγέννητον εἶναι. οὔτε γὰρ μίαν αἰτίαν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἀγεννήτου συγχωρητέον οὔτε τῷ γενομένῳ τὴν εἰς ὄλεθρον μεταβολὴν ἀβοήθητον καταλειπτέον.
Dei de paramythēsasthai ton synagōnistēn toutōn, hoti ou pantōs‚ ei ti gegonen, anankē touto phtharēnai, palin dʼ oudʼ ei ti mē phtharēsetai, touto anankaion agennēton einai. oute gar mian aitian tǭ aphthartǭ tēn ek tou agennētou synchōrēteon oute tǭ genomenǭ tēn eis olethron metabolēn aboēthēton kataleipteon.
“One must encourage the one who fights alongside these views, that it is not at all necessary that if something has come into being it must perish, nor again that if something will not perish it must be ungenerated. For we must not grant that the imperishable has only one cause, that of being ungenerated, nor leave what has come into being helpless against change into destruction.
15.6.9Dindorf 2:353
πόθεν οὖν ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοτέλους λάβωμεν βοήθειαν εἰς ταῦτα, ἀνδρὸς οὐ τηνάλλως οὐδὲ καθʼ αὑτὸν περαίνοντος τὸν περὶ τούτων λόγον, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὀρθοῦ πρὸς Πλάτωνα ἐναντιουμένου, καὶ τό τε γενόμενον εἰς ἀνάγκην τοῦ ἀπολέσθαι περιιστάντος, τό τε μὴ ἀπολλύμενον ἐκ μόνου τοῦ μὴ γενέσθαι λέγοντος κρατύνεσθαι τὸ ἄφθαρτον, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ δύναμιν ἀπολείποντος αὐτοῦ περὶ τὸν θεὸν, ᾗ χρώμενος ἀγαθὸν ἂν τι ποιήσαι; ὃ γὰρ οὔπω πρότερον γέγονε, τοῦτο, φησὶν‚ οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο.
pothen oun ek tōn Aristotelous labōmen boētheian eis tauta, andros ou tēnallōs oude kathʼ hauton perainontos ton peri toutōn logon, allʼ ex orthou pros Platōna enantioumenou, kai to te genomenon eis anankēn tou apolesthai periistantos, to te mē apollymenon ek monou tou mē genesthai legontos kratynesthai to aphtharton, ou mēn oude dynamin apoleipontos autou peri ton theon, hę̄ chrōmenos agathon an ti poiēsai? ho gar oupō proteron gegone, touto, phēsin‚ ouk an genoito.
From where in Aristotle’s writings, then, should we take help for this, from a man who does not complete his account of these things casually or by himself, but sets himself directly against Plato, and brings what has come to be under the necessity of perishing, and says that what does not perish has its imperishability secured only by not having come to be, and does not even leave a power to God by which he might make anything good? For what has not come into being before, he says, could not come into being.
15.6.10Dindorf 2:353
τοσοῦτον δὲ ἀποδεῖ διὰ τούτων βοηθεῖν τῷ Πλάτωνος λόγῳ ὥστε ἤδη τινὰς καὶ τῶν περὶ Πλάτωνα ἐσπουδακότων φοβήσας, οἷς εἶπεν, ἀπέστησε τοῦ δόγματος, οὐ δυνηθέντας συνιδεῖν ὅτι κατὰ μὲν τὴν αὐτῶν φύσιν τῶν πραγμάτων ἦν ἄνευ θεοῦ βουλήσεως καὶ δυνάμεως ἐπινοῆσαι οὔτε τὸ γενόμενον ἄφθαρτον οὔτε τὸ μὴ φθαρησάμενον γεννητὸν ὄν.
tosouton de apodei dia toutōn boēthein tǭ Platōnos logǭ hōste ēdē tinas kai tōn peri Platōna espoudakotōn phobēsas, hois eipen, apestēse tou dogmatos, ou dynēthentas synidein hoti kata men tēn autōn physin tōn pragmatōn ēn aneu theou boulēseōs kai dynameōs epinoēsai oute to genomenon aphtharton oute to mē phtharēsamenon gennēton on.
He is so far from helping Plato’s doctrine by these that he has already frightened some of Plato’s devotees with what he said and turned them away from the doctrine, since they could not see that according to the nature of things themselves, without God’s will and power, it was not possible to conceive either what had come into being as imperishable or what would not perish as generated.
15.6.11Dindorf 2:353
ὅταν δὲ τὴν ἀρίστην τις αἰτίαν ἐπιστήσῃ τὴν ἐκ θεοῦ, δεῖ ταύτην ἡγεμόνα τῶν πάντων λαβόντα μηδὲν αὐτὴν τῶν ἄλλων αἰτίαν ἀποφαίνειν χείρονα. γελοῖον γὰρ διότι μὲν γέγονέ τι, διὰ τοῦτο φθαρῆναι, εἰ δὲ ὁ θεὸς βούλεται, μὴ φθαρῆναι, καὶ διότι μέν τι ἀγέννητόν ἐστιν ἔχειν ἰσχὺν τοῦ μὴ φθαρῆναι, τὴν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ βούλησιν ἐνδεῖν πρὸς τὸ ἄφθαρτον τηρῆσαί τι τῶν γενομένων.
hotan de tēn aristēn tis aitian epistēsę̄ tēn ek theou, dei tautēn hēgemona tōn pantōn labonta mēden autēn tōn allōn aitian apophainein cheirona. geloion gar dioti men gegone ti, dia touto phtharēnai, ei de ho theos bouletai, mē phtharēnai, kai dioti men ti agennēton estin echein ischyn tou mē phtharēnai, tēn de para tou theou boulēsin endein pros to aphtharton tērēsai ti tōn genomenōn.
But when one sets the best cause, that from God, he must take it as leader of all things and show it no worse than any of the other causes. For it is ridiculous that because something has come into being it should perish, even if God wills that it not perish; and that because something is ungenerated it should have the strength not to perish, while the will of God should fall short of keeping imperishable anything that has come into being.
15.6.12Dindorf 2:353–354
καὶ ὁ μὲν οἰκοδόμος ἱκανὸς οὐκ οὖσαν οἰκίαν κατασκευάσασθαι, ἱκανὸς δέ τις καὶ ἀνδριάντα μὴ ὄντα πρότερον ποιῆσαι‚ καὶ ναῦν ἄλλος ἐξ ὕλης ἀργοῦ τεκτηνάμενος παρέσχε τοῖς δεομένοις‚ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνιτῶν ἕκαστος‚ ὅσοι γε τὰς ποιητικὰς μετίασι τέχνας, δύναμιν ταύτην ἔχουσιν‚ ὥς τι τῶν οὐκ ὄντων ἄγειν εἰς οὐσίαν, ὁ δὲ παμβασιλεὺς καὶ ἀριστοτέχνης οὐδʼ ὅσον ἀνθρωπίνου τεχνίτου δυνάμεως μεθέξει, ἄμοιρος δʼ ἡμῖν πάσης ἔσται γενέσεως; οὔκ, ἐάν γε καὶ κατὰ βραχὺ θείας αἰτίας ἐπιλογισμὸν οἰοί τε ὦμεν λαβεῖν.
kai ho men oikodomos hikanos ouk ousan oikian kataskeuasasthai, hikanos de tis kai andrianta mē onta proteron poiēsai‚ kai naun allos ex hylēs argou tektēnamenos paresche tois deomenois‚ kai tōn allōn technitōn hekastos‚ hosoi ge tas poiētikas metiasi technas, dynamin tautēn echousin‚ hōs ti tōn ouk ontōn agein eis ousian, ho de pambasileus kai aristotechnēs oudʼ hoson anthrōpinou technitou dynameōs methexei, amoiros dʼ hēmin pasēs estai geneseōs? ouk, ean ge kai kata brachy theias aitias epilogismon oioi te ōmen labein.
And the builder is able to construct a house that did not exist, and someone is able to make a statue that did not exist before, and another, having fashioned a ship out of idle material, provides it to those who need it; and each of the other craftsmen, all who practice the productive arts, have this power of bringing something that does not exist into being. Shall the King of all and best of craftsmen not share even as much power as a human craftsman, and be for us without part in any coming-into-being? No, if we are able to take even a little consideration of divine causation.
15.6.13Dindorf 2:354
ἀλλὰ ποιῆσαι μὲν ἱκανὸς καὶ βουληθῆναι τὰ καλὰ, (ἀγαθὸς γὰρ, ἀγαθῷ δὲ οὐδεὶς φθόνος περὶ οὐδενός) τηρῆσαι δὲ καὶ διαφυλάξαι τὰ γενόμενα οὐ δυνατός; καὶ μὴν καὶ οἶ λοιποὶ τεχνῖται πρὸς ἄμφω ἱκανοί. ὁ γοῦν οἰκοδόμος καὶ ὁ ναυπηγὸς οὐ μόνον καινὰς κατασκευάζονται ναῦς καὶ οἰκίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ὑπὸ χρόνου διαφθειρομέναις ἱκανοὶ βοηθεῖν, ἕτερα τῶν πεπονημένων ἀντικαθιστάντες αὐταῖς·
alla poiēsai men hikanos kai boulēthēnai ta kala, (agathos gar, agathǭ de oudeis phthonos peri oudenos) tērēsai de kai diaphylaxai ta genomena ou dynatos? kai mēn kai oi loipoi technitai pros amphō hikanoi. ho goun oikodomos kai ho naupēgos ou monon kainas kataskeuazontai naus kai oikias, alla kai tais hypo chronou diaphtheiromenais hikanoi boēthein, hetera tōn peponēmenōn antikathistantes autais;
But is he able to make and to will what is good (for he is good, and in the good there is no envy about anything), but unable to keep and preserve what has come into being? And yet the other craftsmen are able to do both. The builder and the shipwright, at any rate, not only construct new ships and houses, but are able to help those damaged by time, putting other worked pieces in their place.
15.6.14Dindorf 2:354
ὥστε καὶ τῷ θεῷ πάντως τό γε τοσοῦτον συγχωρητέον. ὁ γάρ τις ὅλον ποιῆσαι δυνατὸς‚ τοῦτο πῶς ἂν ἐκ μέρους ἀδύνατος εἴη ποιεῖν; καὶ γενέσθαι τοίνυν τι δεῖ καινὸν, εἴπερ μέλλοι τις ὅλως ποιητὴς, καὶ τὸ καλὸν ἔργον πρὸς ἅπαν διασώζεσθαι· τὸ γὰρ εὖ γενόμενον ἐθέλειν λύειν κακοῦ.
hōste kai tǭ theǭ pantōs to ge tosouton synchōrēteon. ho gar tis holon poiēsai dynatos‚ touto pōs an ek merous adynatos eiē poiein? kai genesthai toinyn ti dei kainon, eiper melloi tis holōs poiētēs, kai to kalon ergon pros hapan diasōzesthai; to gar eu genomenon ethelein lyein kakou.
So this much at least must be granted to God too. For how could one who can make the whole be unable to make it in part? Something new must come into being, then, if one is to be a maker at all, and the fine work must be preserved for all time; for to wish to undo what has come into being well belongs to the wicked.
15.6.15Dindorf 2:354
μείζων δὲ ἄλλος εἰς σωτηρίαν τῶν γενομένων δεσμὸς οὐκ ἔστι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ βουλήσεως. ἢ ἀνθρωπίνης μὲν σπουδῆς καὶ βουλήσεως μεταλαβόντα πολλὰ, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἔργα, μένει χρόνον ἀμήχανον ὅσον γενόμενα μηκέτʼ ὄντος τοῦ θελήσαντος, τὰ δὲ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ μετασχόντα γνώμης καὶ διʼ αὐτὸν καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενα, ταῦτα δὲ ἄρα παρόντος τοῦ ποιήσαντος οἰχήσεται καὶ οὐ παραμενεῖ;
meizōn de allos eis sōtērian tōn genomenōn desmos ouk esti tēs tou theou boulēseōs. ē anthrōpinēs men spoudēs kai boulēseōs metalabonta polla, kai ethnē kai poleis kai erga, menei chronon amēchanon hoson genomena mēketʼ ontos tou thelēsantos, ta de tēs tou theou metaschonta gnōmēs kai diʼ auton kai hypʼ autou genomena, tauta de ara parontos tou poiēsantos oichēsetai kai ou paramenei?
There is no greater bond for the preservation of what has come into being than the will of God. Or do many things that have received human effort and will, nations and cities and works, remain an immense time after they have come into being when he who willed them no longer exists, while the things that have received God’s purpose and came into being through him and by him will pass away and not remain while their Maker is present?
15.6.16Dindorf 2:354–355
τίνος αἰτίας βιασαμένης τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ γνώμην; πότερον τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν γενομένων ἀνάγκης; ἀλλʼ αὐτή γε τῷ προσέσθαι τὸ κοσμηθῆναι τὴν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ προσωμολόγησεν ἧτταν. ἀλλʼ ἔξωθέν τινος αἰτίας ἀνταγωνιζομένης τῷ θεῷ; ἀλλʼ οὔτʼ ἐστὶν οὔτε ἐν οἷς ἔφθη κρατήσας καὶ κοσμήσας ὁ θεὸς ἔτι ἄξιον ἐν τούτοις αὐτὸν ἐλαττοῦν τινος, εἴ γε μὴ παντάπασι λανθάνομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περὶ τῆς μεγίστης καὶ θειοτάτης δυνάμεως διαλεγόμενοι.
tinos aitias biasamenēs tēn tou theou gnōmēn? poteron tēs ex autōn tōn genomenōn anankēs? allʼ autē ge tǭ prosesthai to kosmēthēnai tēn ek tou theou prosōmologēsen hēttan. allʼ exōthen tinos aitias antagōnizomenēs tǭ theǭ? allʼ outʼ estin oute en hois ephthē kratēsas kai kosmēsas ho theos eti axion en toutois auton elattoun tinos, ei ge mē pantapasi lanthanomen hēmas autous peri tēs megistēs kai theiotatēs dynameōs dialegomenoi.
By what cause forcing God’s purpose? By the necessity from the things that came into being themselves? But this, by accepting being ordered, has already admitted its defeat by God. Or by some cause from outside contending with God? But there is none, nor is it right, in the things God has already mastered and ordered, to make him inferior to anything, unless we are altogether unaware of ourselves in discussing the greatest and most divine power.
15.6.17Dindorf 2:355
ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας λόγον ἐοίκαμεν ὑπὸ προθυμίας ἐκφέρεσθαι. δῆλον μὲν καὶ ὃ προυθέμεθα, ὡς οὐκ ἂν εἶεν διδάσκαλοι περὶ κόσμου γενέσεως οἱ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν γένεσιν ἀπολιπόντες αὐτῷ.” Καὶ μὴν καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων πέμπτης οὐσίας, ἣν εἰσηγήσατο Ἀριστοτέλης, ταῦτα παραθετέον
alla gar eis ton peri tēs alētheias logon eoikamen hypo prothymias ekpheresthai. dēlon men kai ho prouthemetha, hōs ouk an eien didaskaloi peri kosmou geneseōs hoi mēde tēn archēn genesin apolipontes autǭ.” Kai mēn kai peri tēs tōn sōmatōn pemptēs ousias, hēn eisēgēsato Aristotelēs, tauta paratheteon
But we seem to be carried away by eagerness into the account of the truth. What we proposed is clear: those who do not even grant the world a beginning of generation could not be teachers about the world’s generation.” And moreover about the fifth substance of bodies, which Aristotle introduced, this must be set out:
Preparation 15, chapter 7
15.7.1Dindorf 2:355
“ Περὶ γοῦν τῶν καλουμένων στοιχείων, ἐξ ὧν πρώτων σώματα συνέστηκε, Πλάτων μὲν ἑπόμενος τῇ περὶ αὐτὰ ἐναργείᾳ, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ πρὸ αὐτοῦ, τέσσαρά τε ἔφησεν εἶναι ταῦτα ὁμολογούμενα, πῦρ καὶ γῆν καὶ ἀέρα καὶ ὕδωρ, καὶ ἐκ τούτων συγκρινομένων τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα γεννᾶσθαι· Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐλπίσας περιττότερος φανεῖσθαι τῷ φρονεῖν εἴ τι σῶμα ἐκ περιττοῦ προσθείη, προσκατηρίθμησε τοῖς φαινομένοις τέτταρσι σώμασι τὴν πέμπτην οὐσίαν, πάνυ μὲν λαμπρῶς καὶ φιλοδώρως τῇ φύσει χρησάμενος, μὴ συνιδὼν δὲ ὅτι οὐ νομοθετεῖν δεῖ φυσιολογοῦντα, τὰ δὲ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῆς ἐξιστορεῖν.
“ Peri goun tōn kaloumenōn stoicheiōn, ex hōn prōtōn sōmata synestēke, Platōn men hepomenos tę̄ peri auta enargeią, kathaper kai hoi pro autou, tessara te ephēsen einai tauta homologoumena, pyr kai gēn kai aera kai hydōr, kai ek toutōn synkrinomenōn ta loipa panta gennasthai; Aristotelēs de, hōs eoiken, elpisas perittoteros phaneisthai tǭ phronein ei ti sōma ek perittou prostheiē, proskatērithmēse tois phainomenois tettarsi sōmasi tēn pemptēn ousian, pany men lamprōs kai philodōrōs tę̄ physei chrēsamenos, mē synidōn de hoti ou nomothetein dei physiologounta, ta de tēs physeōs autēs existorein.
“About the so-called elements, at any rate, from which bodies are first composed, Plato, following the evidence about them, as those before him did, said that they are four, as is agreed, fire and earth and air and water, and that all the rest are generated from these by their combination; but Aristotle, hoping, it seems, to appear more extraordinary in wisdom if he added some body extraordinarily, counted in with the four visible bodies the fifth substance, using nature very splendidly and generously, not seeing that one who studies nature must not legislate but relate what belongs to nature itself.
15.7.2Dindorf 2:355–356
εἰς τοίνυν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ τέτταρας εἶναι τὰς πρώτας τῶν σωμάτων φύσεις, ἧς δὴ χρεία τοῖς Πλατωνικοῖς, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἂν συντελοῖ τι ὁ Περιπατητικὸς, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν καὶ μόνος ἐναντιοῖτʼ ἄν. λεγόντων γοῦν ἡμῶν ὅτι πᾶν σῶμα ἢ θερμὸν ἢ ψυχρὸν, ἢ ὑγρὸν ἢ ξηρὸν, ἢ μαλακὸν ἢ σκληρὸν, ἢ κοῦφον ἢ βαρὺ, ἢ ἀραιὸν ἢ πυκνὸν, καὶ εὑρισκόντων ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἕτερόν τι εἴη τὸ μεθέξον τούτων τινὸς παρὰ τὰ τέτταρα· (εἰ μὲν γὰρ θερμὸν, ἢ πῦρ ἢ ἀήρ· εἰ δὲ ψυχρὸν, ὕδωρ ἢ γῆ· καὶ εἰ μὲν ξηρὸν, πῦρ ἢ γῆ· εἰ δὲ ὑγρὸν, ὕδωρ ἢ ἀήρ· καὶ εἰ μὲν μαλακὸν, ἀὴρ ἢ πῦρ· εἰ δὲ σκληρὸν, ὕδωρ ἢ γῆ· καὶ κοῦφον μὲν καὶ ἀραιὸν, οἶον πῦρ καὶ ἀήρ· βαρὺ δὲ καὶ πυκνὸν, ὕδωρ καὶ γῆ.) καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ ἁπασῶν τῶν ἁπλῶν δυνάμεων κατανοούντων ὡς οὐκ ἂν εἴη παρὰ ταῦτά τι σῶμα ἕτερον· οὗτος ἀνθίσταται μόνος, φάσκων δύνασθαι σῶμα εἶναι τούτων ἄμοιρον· σῶμα δὲ μήτε βαρὺ, μήτε κοῦφον, μήτε μαλακὸν, μήτε σκληρὸν, μήτε ὑγρὸν, ἀλλὰ μήτε ξηρὸν, μονονουχὶ λέγων σῶμα οὐ σῶμα. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὄνομα καταλέλοιπεν αὐτῷ, τὰς δὲ δυνάμεις, διʼ ὧν σῶμα πέφυκε γίνεσθαι, πάσας ἀφῄρηκεν.
eis toinyn tēn apodeixin tou tettaras einai tas prōtas tōn sōmatōn physeis, hēs dē chreia tois Platōnikois, ou monon ouk an synteloi ti ho Peripatētikos, alla schedon kai monos enantioitʼ an. legontōn goun hēmōn hoti pan sōma ē thermon ē psychron, ē hygron ē xēron, ē malakon ē sklēron, ē kouphon ē bary, ē araion ē pyknon, kai heuriskontōn hoti ouk an heteron ti eiē to methexon toutōn tinos para ta tettara; (ei men gar thermon, ē pyr ē aēr; ei de psychron, hydōr ē gē; kai ei men xēron, pyr ē gē; ei de hygron, hydōr ē aēr; kai ei men malakon, aēr ē pyr; ei de sklēron, hydōr ē gē; kai kouphon men kai araion, oion pyr kai aēr; bary de kai pyknon, hydōr kai gē.) kai ek tōn allōn de hapasōn tōn haplōn dynameōn katanoountōn hōs ouk an eiē para tauta ti sōma heteron; houtos anthistatai monos, phaskōn dynasthai sōma einai toutōn amoiron; sōma de mēte bary, mēte kouphon, mēte malakon, mēte sklēron, mēte hygron, alla mēte xēron, mononouchi legōn sōma ou sōma. to men gar onoma kataleloipen autǭ, tas de dynameis, diʼ hōn sōma pephyke ginesthai, pasas aphę̄rēken.
To the proof that the first natures of bodies are four, which the Platonists need, the Peripatetic would not only contribute nothing, but would be almost alone in opposing it. When we say, at any rate, that every body is hot or cold, wet or dry, soft or hard, light or heavy, rare or dense, and find that there could be nothing else sharing in any of these besides the four (for if hot, fire or air; if cold, water or earth; and if dry, fire or earth; if wet, water or air; and if soft, air or fire; if hard, water or earth; and light and rare, such as fire and air; heavy and dense, water and earth); and when from all the other simple powers we perceive that there could be no other body besides these, he alone resists, saying that there can be a body without share in these; a body neither heavy nor light, neither soft nor hard, neither wet nor dry, all but saying a body that is not a body. For he has left it the name, but taken away all the powers by which a body naturally comes to be.
15.7.3Dindorf 2:356
ἢ τοίνυν ἡμᾶς ἅπερ αὐτὸς λέγει πείθων ἀφαιρήσεται τῆς Πλάτωνος γνώμης, ἢ τὰ Πλάτωνος βεβαιούμενος τῶν αὐτῷ δοκούντων ἀποστήσεται· ὥστε οὐδαμῆ χρήσιμος πρὸς τὰ τοῦ Πλάτωνος.
ē toinyn hēmas haper autos legei peithōn aphairēsetai tēs Platōnos gnōmēs, ē ta Platōnos bebaioumenos tōn autǭ dokountōn apostēsetai; hōste oudamē chrēsimos pros ta tou Platōnos.
Either, then, he will persuade us of what he says and take us away from Plato’s view, or, confirming Plato’s, he will abandon his own; so that he is in no way useful for Plato’s teaching.
15.7.4Dindorf 2:356
ἔτι ὁ μὲν Πλάτων πάντα τὰ σώματα, ἅτε ἐπὶ μιᾶς ὁμοίας ὕλης θεωρούμενα, βούλεται τρέπεσθαι μεταβάλλειν τʼ εἰς ἄλληλα· ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων οὐσίαν ἀπαθῆ τε καὶ ἄφθαρτον καὶ ἄτρεπτον πάντως ἀξιοῖ, ἵνα δὴ μὴ εὐκαταφρονήτου τινὸς πράγματος γεννητὴς εἶναι δοκῇ, περιττὸν μὲν καὶ ἴδιον παντάπασι λέγων οὐδὲν, τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ Πλάτωνος ἐπʼ ἄλλων ἑωραμένα καλῶς μεταφέρων ἐπὶ τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα, καθάπερ τινὲς τῶν ὕστερον γενομένων ἀνδριαντοποιῶν.
eti ho men Platōn panta ta sōmata, hate epi mias homoias hylēs theōroumena, bouletai trepesthai metaballein tʼ eis allēla; ho de epi men tōn allōn ousian apathē te kai aphtharton kai atrepton pantōs axioi, hina dē mē eukataphronētou tinos pragmatos gennētēs einai dokę̄, peritton men kai idion pantapasi legōn ouden, ta de hypo Platōnos epʼ allōn heōramena kalōs metapherōn epi ta mē prosēkonta, kathaper tines tōn hysteron genomenōn andriantopoiōn.
Further, Plato holds that all bodies, being considered as on one like matter, turn and change into one another; but he thinks that the substance of the heavenly bodies, unlike the others, is impassible and imperishable and altogether unchangeable, so that he may not seem to be the begetter of some contemptible thing, saying nothing extraordinary or his own at all, but transferring what Plato saw well in other matters to things where it does not belong, like some sculptors who came later.
15.7.5Dindorf 2:356
ἐκεῖνοί τε γὰρ ἀπομιμησάμενοι τοῦδε τοῦ ἀνδρὸς κεφαλὴν, ἄλλου δὲ τὸ στέρνον, ἑτέρου δὲ τὴν ζώνην, εἰς ταυτὸν συνθέντες ἐνίοτε μὴ προσήκοντα πράγματα ἀλλήλοις ἔπεισαν αὐτοὺς ὥς τι πεποιηκότες ἴδιον· καὶ ὄντως τὸ μὲν ὅλον, ὃ δή τις ἂν ἀσυμμέτρως ἔχειν αἰτιάσαιτο, ἐστὶν αὐτῶν, τὰ δʼ ἐν αὐτῷ συνηρανισμένα καί τι καλὸν ἔχοντα οὐκ αὐτῶν.
ekeinoi te gar apomimēsamenoi toude tou andros kephalēn, allou de to sternon, heterou de tēn zōnēn, eis tauton synthentes eniote mē prosēkonta pragmata allēlois epeisan autous hōs ti pepoiēkotes idion; kai ontōs to men holon, ho dē tis an asymmetrōs echein aitiasaito, estin autōn, ta dʼ en autǭ synēranismena kai ti kalon echonta ouk autōn.
For they, copying the head of this man, the chest of another, and the waist of another, and putting together into one things sometimes not fitting one another, persuaded themselves that they had made something of their own; and in fact the whole, which one might blame as disproportioned, is theirs, but the parts collected into it and having some beauty are not theirs.
15.7.6Dindorf 2:356–357
ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ἀκούων Πλάτωνος ὅτι ἐστί τις οὐσία νοητὴ καθʼ αὑτὴν ἀσώματός τε καὶ ἀχρώματος καὶ ἀναφὴς, οὔτε γινομένη οὔτε φθειρομένη οὔτε τρεπομένη οὔτε μεταβαλλομένη, ἀεὶ δὲ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχουσα, πάλιν δʼ αὖ περὶ τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἀκούων, ὡς ὄντα θεῖα καὶ ἄφθαρτα καὶ ἀπαθῆ ἐστι σώματα, συνέθηκε καὶ συνεκόλλησεν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν πράγματα μὴ συνᾴδοντα· παρʼ ὧν μὲν γὰρ τὸ εἶναι σῶμα, παρʼ ὧν δὲ τὸ ἀπαθὲς εἶναι λαβὼν, σῶμα ἀπαθὲς ἐτεκτήνατο.
hōsautōs de kai Aristotelēs akouōn Platōnos hoti esti tis ousia noētē kathʼ hautēn asōmatos te kai achrōmatos kai anaphēs, oute ginomenē oute phtheiromenē oute trepomenē oute metaballomenē, aei de kata ta auta kai hōsautōs echousa, palin dʼ au peri tōn katʼ ouranon akouōn, hōs onta theia kai aphtharta kai apathē esti sōmata, synethēke kai synekollēsen ex amphoin pragmata mē synądonta; parʼ hōn men gar to einai sōma, parʼ hōn de to apathes einai labōn, sōma apathes etektēnato.
So too Aristotle, hearing Plato say that there is an intelligible substance by itself, incorporeal and colorless and intangible, neither coming to be nor perishing nor turning nor changing, but always the same and in the same state; and again hearing about the heavenly things, that they are divine and imperishable and impassible bodies, put together and glued from both things that do not agree; taking from the one being a body and from the other being impassible, he contrived an impassible body.
15.7.7Dindorf 2:357
ἐπὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἀνδριάντων, εἰ καὶ μὴ καλὸν τὸ ἐκ τῶν διαφερόντων, οὔτι γε ἀδύνατον γενέσθαι. διδάσκει γοῦν τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ Ὅμηρος ὄμματα γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ κεφαλὴν ἴκελος Διὶ τερπικεραύνῳ, Ἄρεϊ δὲ ζώνην, στέρνον δὲ Ποσειδάωνι. τὸ δὲ σῶμα ἀπαθὲς οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο. παθητῇ γὰρ καὶ τρεπτῇ συνδεδεμένον φύσει ἀνάγκην ἔχει συμπαθεῖν ᾧ συνέζευκται. εἰ δέ τι ἀπαθὲς εἴη, τοῦτο ἀφειμένον καὶ ἐλεύθερον ἀπὸ τοῦ πάσχοντος εἶναι δεῖ· ὥστε χωρὶς ἂν εἴη τῆς ὕλης, ἧς κεχωρισμένον ἀσώματον ἀναγκαίως ὁμολογοῖτʼ ἄν.” Ἔτι καὶ τούτοις πρόσσχωμεν τὸν νοῦν ἐν ὅσοις ἄλλοις διαφέρεσθαι τῷ Πλάτωνι τὸν Ἀριστοτέλην παρίστησιν
epi men oun tōn andriantōn, ei kai mē kalon to ek tōn diapherontōn, outi ge adynaton genesthai. didaskei goun ta toiauta kai Homēros ommata gar, phēsi, kai kephalēn ikelos Dii terpikeraunǭ, Areï de zōnēn, sternon de Poseidaōni. to de sōma apathes ouk an pote genoito. pathētę̄ gar kai treptę̄ syndedemenon physei anankēn echei sympathein hǭ synezeuktai. ei de ti apathes eiē, touto apheimenon kai eleutheron apo tou paschontos einai dei; hōste chōris an eiē tēs hylēs, hēs kechōrismenon asōmaton anankaiōs homologoitʼ an.” Eti kai toutois prosschōmen ton noun en hosois allois diapheresthai tǭ Platōni ton Aristotelēn paristēsin
With statues, even if what is made from different things is not beautiful, it is not impossible to make. Homer teaches such things, at least: “in eyes and head,” he says, “like Zeus who delights in thunder, in waist like Ares, in chest like Poseidon.” But an impassible body could never come into being. For bound to a passible and changeable nature, it must suffer along with that to which it is yoked. And if anything were impassible, it must be released and free from what suffers; so it would be apart from matter, and, being separate from it, would necessarily be admitted to be incorporeal.” Let us attend also to the other matters in which he shows Aristotle to differ from Plato:
Preparation 15, chapter 8
15.8.1Dindorf 2:357–358
“Ἔπειτα τούτοις ἑπόμενα πολλὰ ἐν οἷς διαφέρονται. ὁ μὲν γάρ φησι τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν τὴν πλείστην ἰδέαν ἐκ πυρὸς ἔχειν, ὁ δὲ μηδαμῆ μετεῖναι τοῖς οὐρανίοις πυρός. καὶ ὁ μέν φησιν ἀνάψαι τὸν θεὸν φῶς ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ πρὸς γῆν περιόδῳ, ἵνʼ ὅτι μάλιστα εἰς ἅπαντα φαίνοι τὸν οὐρανὸν, περὶ ἡλίου τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀποφαινόμενος· ὁ δὲ, ἅτε οὐκ ἐθέλων πῦρ εἶναι τὸν ἥλιον, τὸ δὲ φῶς εἰδὼς πῦρ καθαρὸν, ἤ τι πυρὸς ὂν, οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει φῶς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀνῆφθαι.
“Epeita toutois hepomena polla en hois diapherontai. ho men gar phēsi ta katʼ ouranon tēn pleistēn idean ek pyros echein, ho de mēdamē meteinai tois ouraniois pyros. kai ho men phēsin anapsai ton theon phōs en tę̄ deuterą pros gēn periodǭ, hinʼ hoti malista eis hapanta phainoi ton ouranon, peri hēliou to toiouton apophainomenos; ho de, hate ouk ethelōn pyr einai ton hēlion, to de phōs eidōs pyr katharon, ē ti pyros on, ouk epitrepei phōs peri auton anēphthai.
“Then there are many points following these on which they differ. For the one says that the heavenly bodies have their form mostly from fire, the other that the heavenly bodies have no share of fire at all. And the one says that God kindled a light in the second circuit from the earth, so that it might shine as much as possible over the whole heaven, declaring this of the sun; but the other, not wishing the sun to be fire, and knowing that light is pure fire or something of fire, does not allow light to have been kindled around it.
15.8.2Dindorf 2:358
ἔτι ὁ μὲν, κατʼ εἶδος ἀφθαρσίαν ἀπονέμων τοῖς κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἅπασιν, ἀποχωρήσεις τινὰς αὐτῶν καὶ προσχωρήσεις συμμέτρους φησὶ γίνεσθαι· ἀναγκάζουσι δὲ αὐτὸν λέγειν ταῦτα, τὰς μὲν ἀποκρίσεις, αἵ τε ἀκτῖνες τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ θερμότητες κατὰ ἀπόρρυσιν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι· τὰς δὲ προσκρίσεις, ἡ ἴση τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτοῦ φάσις· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἤθελεν ἴσα φαίνεσθαι μηδὲν ἀνθʼ ὧν ἀφίησι λαμβάνοντα·)
eti ho men, katʼ eidos aphtharsian aponemōn tois katʼ ouranon hapasin, apochōrēseis tinas autōn kai proschōrēseis symmetrous phēsi ginesthai; anankazousi de auton legein tauta, tas men apokriseis, hai te aktines tou hēliou kai thermotētes kata aporrysin autou ginomenai; tas de proskriseis, hē isē tou megethous autou phasis; ou gar an ēthelen isa phainesthai mēden anthʼ hōn aphiēsi lambanonta;)
Further, the one, while giving imperishability in form to all the heavenly bodies, says that certain proportionate departures and approaches take place in them; what compels him to say this is, for the separations, the rays and heats of the sun coming about by outflow from it; for the additions, the apparent equality of its size; for it would not appear equal if it received nothing in return for what it gives off.
15.8.3Dindorf 2:358
ὁ δὲ Ἀριστοτέλης πάντη μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας αὐτὰ βούλεται, μήτε τινὸς αὐτοῖς ἀποχωροῦντος μήτε προσιόντος.
ho de Aristotelēs pantē menein epi tēs autēs ousias auta bouletai, mēte tinos autois apochōrountos mēte prosiontos.
But Aristotle wants them to remain entirely in the same substance, nothing departing from them or coming to them.
15.8.4Dindorf 2:358
ἔτι ὁ μὲν πρὸς τῇ κοινῇ κινήσει τῶν ἄστρων, καθʼ ἣν ἐν ταῖς σφαίραις ἐνδεδεμένοι κινοῦνται πάντες οἶ ἀστέρες οἴ τε ἀπλανεῖς καὶ οἶ πλανώμενοι, καὶ ἑτέραν αὐτοῖς κίνησιν ἀποδίδωσιν, ἣν δὴ καὶ ἄλλως καλλίστην εἶναι συμβέβηκε καὶ προσήκουσαν αὐτῶν τῇ φύσει τοῦ σώματος· (σφαιρικοὶ γὰρ ὄντες εἰκότως σφαιρικὴν ἄν τινα κίνησιν ἕκαστος κινοῖτο περιδινούμενος·) ὁ δὲ καὶ ταύτης ἀφαιρεῖται τῆς κινήσεως αὐτοὺς‚ ἣν ὡς ἔμψυχοι κινοῦνται, μόνην δὲ ἀπολείπει τὴν ὑπʼ ἄλλων τῶν περιεχόντων ὥσπερ ἀψύχοις συμβαίνουσαν.
eti ho men pros tę̄ koinę̄ kinēsei tōn astrōn, kathʼ hēn en tais sphairais endedemenoi kinountai pantes oi asteres oi te aplaneis kai oi planōmenoi, kai heteran autois kinēsin apodidōsin, hēn dē kai allōs kallistēn einai symbebēke kai prosēkousan autōn tę̄ physei tou sōmatos; (sphairikoi gar ontes eikotōs sphairikēn an tina kinēsin hekastos kinoito peridinoumenos;) ho de kai tautēs aphaireitai tēs kinēseōs autous‚ hēn hōs empsychoi kinountai, monēn de apoleipei tēn hypʼ allōn tōn periechontōn hōsper apsychois symbainousan.
Further, the one, besides the common motion of the stars, by which all the stars, fixed and wandering, bound in their spheres are moved, gives them another motion too, which happens also to be the finest and proper to the nature of their body (for being spherical, each would reasonably move with a spherical motion, whirling round); but the other takes from them this motion too, by which they move as having souls, and leaves only that which happens to them from the other bodies that contain them, as if they were soulless.
15.8.5Dindorf 2:358–359
καὶ δὴ καί φησι τὴν γινομένην φαντασίαν ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων ὡς κινουμένων πάθος εἶναι τῆς ἡμετέρας ὄψεως ἀδυνατούσης καὶ ὡσπερεὶ σειομένης‚ ἀλήθειαν δὲ οὐκ εἶναι· ὥσπερ Πλάτωνος ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς κινήσεως πίστιν λαμβάνοντος, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ διδάσκοντος ὅτι ἀνάγκη τούτων ἕκαστον ζῷον ὄντα καὶ ψυχὴν ἔχοντα καὶ σῶμα κινεῖσθαι τὴν ἰδίαν κίνησιν· (πᾶν γὰρ σῶμα ᾧ μὲν ἔξωθεν τὸ κινεῖσθαι ἄψυχον, ᾧ δὲ ἔνδοθεν καὶ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ἔμψυχον·) κινούμενον δὲ, ἅτε θεῖον ὄντα, τὴν καλλίστην κινεῖσθαι κίνησιν· καλλίστης δʼ οὔσης τῆς ἐν κύκλῳ κινήσεως, ταύτῃ αὐτὸν κινεῖσθαι.
kai dē kai phēsi tēn ginomenēn phantasian hēmin apo tōn asterōn hōs kinoumenōn pathos einai tēs hēmeteras opseōs adynatousēs kai hōsperei seiomenēs‚ alētheian de ouk einai; hōsper Platōnos apo tautēs tēs tēn hyper tēs kinēseōs pistin lambanontos, allʼ ouk apo tou logou tou didaskontos hoti anankē toutōn hekaston zǭon onta kai psychēn echonta kai sōma kineisthai tēn idian kinēsin; (pan gar sōma hǭ men exōthen to kineisthai apsychon, hǭ de endothen kai ex heautou empsychon;) kinoumenon de, hate theion onta, tēn kallistēn kineisthai kinēsin; kallistēs dʼ ousēs tēs en kyklǭ kinēseōs, tautę̄ auton kineisthai.
And indeed he says that the appearance we have of the stars as moving is an affection of our sight, which is weak and as it were shaken, but not the truth; as if Plato took his belief about their motion from this, and not from the argument that teaches that each of these, being a living being and having soul and body, must move with its own motion (for every body that is moved from outside is soulless, but that moved from within and from itself is ensouled); and moving, being divine, it moves with the finest motion; and since the finest motion is that in a circle, it moves in this.
15.8.6Dindorf 2:359
ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τὰ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ λόγου μαρτυροῖτο ἂν ὡς ἀληθεύουσα, οὐ μὴν αὐτὴ παρέσχε τὴν πίστιν τῆς κινήσεως. περὶ δὲ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κινήσεως ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἐν κύκλῳ τινὶ γίνεται νικώμενος ὑπὸ τῆς ἐναργείας οὐκ ἔσχεν ἀντειπεῖν Πλάτωνι, παρεῖχε δὲ κἀνταῦθα διαφορὰν αὐτῷ τὸ καλὸν τοῦτο εὕρημα τοῦ σώματος.
hē de aisthēsis ta men ek tou logou martyroito an hōs alētheuousa, ou mēn autē paresche tēn pistin tēs kinēseōs. peri de tēs tou pantos kinēseōs hōs men ouk en kyklǭ tini ginetai nikōmenos hypo tēs enargeias ouk eschen anteipein Platōni, pareiche de kantautha diaphoran autǭ to kalon touto heurēma tou sōmatos.
Perception would bear witness to what comes from reason as truthful, but it did not itself supply the belief in the motion. About the motion of the universe, he could not contradict Plato by saying that it does not take place in a circle, being overcome by the evidence; but here too this fine discovery of the body gave him a difference from him.
15.8.7Dindorf 2:359
ὁ μὲν γὰρ Πλάτων, ὄντων τεττάρων σωμάτων καὶ πάντων φύσει κινουμένων ἁπλῆν καὶ εὐθεῖαν κίνησιν, πυρὸς μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς, γῆς δʼ ἐπὶ τὸ μέσον, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ἐπὶ τὸ μεταξὺ, τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ κίνησιν ἀπέδωκε τῇ ψυχῇ· ὁ δʼ, ᾗπερ ἄλλῳ σώματι ἄλλην, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ, καθάπερ σωματικήν τινα, τῷ πέμπτῳ προσένειμε σώματι, πάντʼ εὐκόλως αὑτὸν ἐξαπατήσας.
ho men gar Platōn, ontōn tettarōn sōmatōn kai pantōn physei kinoumenōn haplēn kai eutheian kinēsin, pyros men epi to ektos, gēs dʼ epi to meson, tōn de allōn epi to metaxy, tēn en kyklǭ kinēsin apedōke tę̄ psychę̄; ho dʼ, hę̄per allǭ sōmati allēn, houtō de kai tēn en kyklǭ, kathaper sōmatikēn tina, tǭ pemptǭ proseneime sōmati, pantʼ eukolōs hauton exapatēsas.
For Plato, since there are four bodies and all move by nature in a simple and straight motion, fire outward, earth to the middle, and the others to the space between, assigned circular motion to the soul; but he, as he gave a different motion to a different body, so also gave circular motion, as if some bodily motion, to the fifth body, easily deceiving himself in everything.
15.8.8Dindorf 2:359
τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐπʼ εὐθείας κινουμένοις αἷ βαρύτητες καὶ κουφότητες τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς κινήσεως παρείχοντο, τὸ δὲ πέμπτον σῶμα, μήτε βάρους μετέχον μήτε κουφότητος, ἀκινησίας μᾶλλον·
tois men gar epʼ eutheias kinoumenois hai barytētes kai kouphotētes tēn archēn tēs kinēseōs pareichonto, to de pempton sōma, mēte barous metechon mēte kouphotētos, akinēsias mallon;
For to those moving in a straight line weights and lightnesses supplied the beginning of motion; but the fifth body, having no share of weight or lightness, would be a cause rather of immobility.
15.8.9Dindorf 2:359
οὐ τῆς ἐν κύκλῳ κινήσεως τοῖς ἐπʼ εὐθείας κινουμένοις τὸ σχῆμα τὴν αἰτίαν ἔχει τῆς κινήσεως, ἀλλʼ ἡ ῥοπή· σῶμα οὐ μόνον ἐν μέσῳ τεθὲν ὁμοίου τινὸς οὐχ ἔξει πῆ κλιθῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐν κύκλῳ περιτεθὲν ὁποίῳ τινὶ οὐχ ἕξει τῆς ἐπί τι κλίσεως αἰτίαν, ἴωσι, πρὸς ἠῶ τʼ ἠέλιόν τε, εἴτʼ ἐπʼ ἀριστερά, εἴτε πρόσω εἴτʼ ὀπίσω.
ou tēs en kyklǭ kinēseōs tois epʼ eutheias kinoumenois to schēma tēn aitian echei tēs kinēseōs, allʼ hē rhopē; sōma ou monon en mesǭ tethen homoiou tinos ouch exei pē klithę̄, allʼ en kyklǭ peritethen hopoiǭ tini ouch hexei tēs epi ti kliseōs aitian, iōsi, pros ēō tʼ ēelion te, eitʼ epʼ aristera, eite prosō eitʼ opisō.
and not of motion in a circle. For if for those moving in a straight line it is not their shape that is the cause of their motion, but their inclination, a body not only placed in the middle of something like itself will not have a direction to incline, but placed round in a circle of whatever kind will have no cause of inclining to anything, whether “they go to the right, toward the dawn and the sun, or to the left,” whether forward or backward.
15.8.10Dindorf 2:359–360
ἔτι τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις σώμασιν ἐξωσθεῖσι τῶν οἰκείων τόπων παρέχει τὸ κινεῖσθαι πάλιν ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ἡ πρὸς τούτους ἀναφορά· τῷ πέμπτῳ δὲ ἐκείνῳ‚ μηδέποτε ἐκβαίνοντι τῶν αὐτοῦ τόπων, μένειν ἂν προσήκοι.
eti tois men allois sōmasin exōstheisi tōn oikeiōn topōn parechei to kineisthai palin aphʼ hautōn hē pros toutous anaphora; tǭ pemptǭ de ekeinǭ‚ mēdepote ekbainonti tōn autou topōn, menein an prosēkoi.
Further, for the other bodies, when pushed out of their proper places, their relation to these supplies the motion back of themselves; but for that fifth body, which never leaves its own places, it would be fitting to remain still.
15.8.11Dindorf 2:360
καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων σωμάτων‚ ὑπεξαιρουμένου τοῦ πέμπτου, φαίνεται φιλονεικῶν Ἀριστοτέλης μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ λέγειν Πλάτωνι. ζητήσαντος γὰρ τοῦ Πλάτωνος εἰ ἔστι φύσει βαρὺ σῶμα ἢ φύσει κοῦφον, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἄνω καὶ κάτω σχέσιν ἐφαίνετο λέγεσθαι σκεψαμένου εἴτε ἐστί τι κάτω φύσει καὶ ἄνω‚ εἴτε μὴ‚ καὶ ἀποδείξαντος ἀκριβῶς ὅτι κατὰ μὲν τὰς τῶν σωμάτων πρὸς τοὺς τόπους οἰκειότητας τὸ κάτω λέγοιτο ἑκάστοις ἐφʼ ὃ φέροιντο, ἄνω δὲ ἑκάστοις τὸ ἀλλότριον ἀφʼ οὗ ἀναχωροῖεν‚ καὶ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν σχέσιν καὶ τὸ βαρὺ καὶ τὸ κοῦφον διανείμαντος καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ ἀποδείξαντος ὅτι μήτε τὸ μέσον μήτε τὸ πέριξ αὐτῶν εὔλογον ἄνω τι ἢ κάτω λέγεσθαι·
kai peri tōn allōn sōmatōn‚ hypexairoumenou tou pemptou, phainetai philoneikōn Aristotelēs mē ta auta legein Platōni. zētēsantos gar tou Platōnos ei esti physei bary sōma ē physei kouphon, kai epeidē tauta kata tēn pros to anō kai katō schesin ephaineto legesthai skepsamenou eite esti ti katō physei kai anō‚ eite mē‚ kai apodeixantos akribōs hoti kata men tas tōn sōmatōn pros tous topous oikeiotētas to katō legoito hekastois ephʼ ho pherointo, anō de hekastois to allotrion aphʼ hou anachōroien‚ kai kata tēn autēn schesin kai to bary kai to kouphon dianeimantos kai pros toutǭ apodeixantos hoti mēte to meson mēte to perix autōn eulogon anō ti ē katō legesthai;
And about the other bodies too, the fifth being set aside, Aristotle evidently strives not to say the same as Plato. For when Plato inquired whether there is a body heavy by nature or light by nature, and, since these were seen to be spoken of according to relation to up and down, examined whether there is anything up and down by nature or not, and showed precisely that according to the affinities of bodies to places, down for each would be said to be that to which they are carried, and up for each the alien place from which they withdraw, and divided heavy and light according to the same relation, and besides this showed that it is not reasonable to call either the middle or the circumference of them up or down;
15.8.12Dindorf 2:360
ὅδε ἀντιτίθησι, πανταχόθεν καταβάλλειν δεῖν ἡγούμενος τὰ ἐκείνου, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ μέσον φερόμενον βαρὺ λέγειν βιάζεται, τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ πέριξ κοῦφον· καὶ τὸν μὲν τόπον τὸν ἐν μέσῳ κάτω φησὶ, τὸν δὲ πέριξ ἄνω.”
hode antitithēsi, pantachothen kataballein dein hēgoumenos ta ekeinou, kai to men epi to meson pheromenon bary legein biazetai, to de epi to perix kouphon; kai ton men topon ton en mesǭ katō phēsi, ton de perix anō.”
he opposes this, thinking he must tear down Plato’s views on every side, and forces himself to call what moves to the middle heavy and what moves to the circumference light, and says the place in the middle is down and that at the circumference up.”
15.8.13Dindorf 2:360
Ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν κόσμου, καὶ ἐξ ὧν οὗτος, καὶ τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν τοσοῦτον ἀλλήλων ἀφεστήκατον. ταῦτα μὲν οἵδε. Μώσης δὲ καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια τούτων οὐδὲν πολυπραγμονεῖ· καὶ εἰκότως‚ ὅτι μηδὲ πρὸς βίου κατόρθωσιν τοῖς περὶ ταῦτα ἀσχολουμένοις λυσιτελεῖν ἐνομίσθη.
Alla peri men kosmou, kai ex hōn houtos, kai tōn katʼ ouranon tosouton allēlōn aphestēkaton. tauta men hoide. Mōsēs de kai ta Hebraiōn logia toutōn ouden polypragmonei; kai eikotōs‚ hoti mēde pros biou katorthōsin tois peri tauta ascholoumenois lysitelein enomisthē.
So far, then, the two stand apart from each other concerning the world, and what it consists of, and the heavenly bodies. So these men. But Moses and the oracles of the Hebrews concern themselves with none of these things; and reasonably, since it was not thought to profit those occupied with them for the right ordering of life.
Preparation 15, chapter 9
15.9.1Dindorf 2:360
“Ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς τί καὶ λέγοιμεν ἄν; δῆλα γὰρ ταῦτα οὐ μόνον τοῖς φιλοσοφοῦσιν‚ ἀλλʼ ἤδη σχεδὸν καὶ τοῖς ἰδιώταις ἅπασιν, ὅτι Πλάτων μὲν ἀθάνατον τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπολείπει, καὶ πολλοὺς ὑπὲρ τούτου λόγους πεποίηται‚ ποικίλως καὶ παντοίως ἀποδεικνὺς ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀθάνατος ἡ ψυχή.
“Hyper de tēs psychēs ti kai legoimen an? dēla gar tauta ou monon tois philosophousin‚ allʼ ēdē schedon kai tois idiōtais hapasin, hoti Platōn men athanaton tēn psychēn apoleipei, kai pollous hyper toutou logous pepoiētai‚ poikilōs kai pantoiōs apodeiknys hoti estin athanatos hē psychē.
“And what could we say about the soul? For this is plain not only to philosophers but now to almost all ordinary people too, that Plato leaves the soul immortal and has made many arguments about this, showing in various and manifold ways that the soul is immortal.
15.9.2Dindorf 2:360–361
πολλὴ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐσπουδακόσι περὶ τὰ Πλάτωνος ἡ φιλοτιμία γέγονε‚ συναγωνιζομένοις τῷ τε δόγματι καὶ τῷ Πλάτωνι. σχεδὸν γὰρ τὸ συνέχον τὴν πᾶσαν αἵρεσιν τἀνδρὸς τούτʼ ἔστιν.
pollē de kai tois espoudakosi peri ta Platōnos hē philotimia gegone‚ synagōnizomenois tǭ te dogmati kai tǭ Platōni. schedon gar to synechon tēn pasan hairesin tandros toutʼ estin.
And there has been great zeal among those devoted to Plato, contending for both the doctrine and Plato. For this is almost what holds the man’s whole system together.
15.9.3Dindorf 2:361
ἥ τε γὰρ τῶν ἠθικῶν δογμάτων ὑπόθεσις ἐπηκολούθησε τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀθανασίᾳ, τὸ μέγα καὶ λαμπρὸν καὶ νεανικὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς διὰ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς θεῖον σῶσαι δυνηθείσης‚ τά τε τῆς φύσεως πράγματα πάντα κατὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς διοίκησιν ἔσχε τὸ καλῶς διοικεῖσθαι δύνασθαι.
hē te gar tōn ēthikōn dogmatōn hypothesis epēkolouthēse tę̄ tēs psychēs athanasią, to mega kai lampron kai neanikon tēs aretēs dia to tēs psychēs theion sōsai dynētheisēs‚ ta te tēs physeōs pragmata panta kata tēn tēs psychēs dioikēsin esche to kalōs dioikeisthai dynasthai.
For the foundation of the ethical doctrines followed on the soul’s immortality, virtue being able to preserve its greatness and splendor and vigor because of the divinity of the soul; and all the things of nature came to be well governed according to the soul’s government.
15.9.4Dindorf 2:361
ψυχὴ γὰρ πᾶσα, φησὶ, παντὸς ἐπιμελεῖται τοῦ ἀψύχου, πάντα δὲ οὐρανὸν περιπολεῖ ἄλλοτʼ ἐν ἄλλοις εἴδεσι γινομένη. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὰ τῆς ἐπιστήμης καὶ τῆς σοφίας εἰς τὴν ἀθανασίαν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνῆπται τῷ Πλάτωνι. πᾶσαι γὰρ αἶ μαθήσεις ἀναμνήσεις, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως οἴεται δύνασθαι σώζεσθαι καὶ ζήτησιν καὶ μάθησιν, ἐξ ὧν ἐπιστήμη γίνεται.
psychē gar pasa, phēsi, pantos epimeleitai tou apsychou, panta de ouranon peripolei allotʼ en allois eidesi ginomenē. alla mēn kai ta tēs epistēmēs kai tēs sophias eis tēn athanasian tēs psychēs anēptai tǭ Platōni. pasai gar ai mathēseis anamnēseis, kai ouk allōs oietai dynasthai sōzesthai kai zētēsin kai mathēsin, ex hōn epistēmē ginetai.
“For all soul,” he says, “cares for all that is soulless, and goes about the whole heaven, coming to be now in one form, now in another.” And indeed for Plato the things of knowledge and wisdom are attached to the soul’s immortality. For all learning is recollection, and he thinks that inquiry and learning, from which knowledge comes, could not otherwise be preserved.
15.9.5Dindorf 2:361
εἰ δὲ μή ἐστιν ἡ ψυχὴ ἀθάνατος‚ οὐδὲ ἀνάμνησις. εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο, οὐδὲ μάθησις. πάντων οὖν τῶν Πλάτωνος δογμάτων ἀτεχνῶς ἐξηρτημένων καὶ ἐκκρεμαμένων τῆς κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν θειότητός τε καὶ ἀθανασίας, ὁ μὴ συγχωρῶν τοῦτο τὴν πᾶσαν ἀνατρέπει φιλοσοφίαν Πλάτωνος.
ei de mē estin hē psychē athanatos‚ oude anamnēsis. ei de mē touto, oude mathēsis. pantōn oun tōn Platōnos dogmatōn atechnōs exērtēmenōn kai ekkremamenōn tēs kata tēn psychēn theiotētos te kai athanasias, ho mē synchōrōn touto tēn pasan anatrepei philosophian Platōnos.
But if the soul is not immortal, there is no recollection either; and if not this, no learning either. Since all Plato’s doctrines, then, simply hang and depend on the divinity and immortality of the soul, he who does not grant this overturns the whole philosophy of Plato.
15.9.6Dindorf 2:361
τίς οὖν ἐστιν ὁ πρῶτος ἐγχειρήσας ἀντιτάξασθαι ἀποδείξεσι, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀφελέσθαι τῆς ἀθανασίας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης πάσης δυνάμεως; τίς δʼ ἕτερος πρὸ Ἀριστοτέλους; τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων οἷ μὲν ἐπιδιαμένειν συνεχώρησαν, οἱ δʼ‚ εἰ μὴ καὶ τοῦτο‚ δύναμίν γε ἐν τῷ σώματι καὶ κίνησίν τινα καὶ ἔργα καὶ πράξεις ἀπένειμαν τῆς ψυχῆς·
tis oun estin ho prōtos encheirēsas antitaxasthai apodeixesi, kai tēn psychēn aphelesthai tēs athanasias kai tēs allēs pasēs dynameōs? tis dʼ heteros pro Aristotelous? tōn men gar allōn hoi men epidiamenein synechōrēsan, hoi dʼ‚ ei mē kai touto‚ dynamin ge en tǭ sōmati kai kinēsin tina kai erga kai praxeis apeneiman tēs psychēs;
Who, then, was the first who undertook to set himself against the proofs, and to take from the soul its immortality and all its other power? Who other than Aristotle? For of the others, some granted that it survives, others, if not this, at least assigned to the soul power in the body and some motion and works and actions;
15.9.7Dindorf 2:361
ὁ δὲ‚ ὅσῳπερ Πλάτων ἀπεσέμνυνε τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς πρᾶγμα, ἀρχὴν γενέσεως καὶ θεοῦ παίδευμα καὶ τῶν ἁπάντων προστάτιν ἀποφηνάμενος‚ τοσῷδε ἐφιλονείκησε καθελεῖν καὶ ἀτιμάσαι καὶ μικροῦ δεῖν μηδὲν ἀποφῆναι τὴν ψυχήν.
ho de‚ hosǭper Platōn apesemnyne to tēs psychēs pragma, archēn geneseōs kai theou paideuma kai tōn hapantōn prostatin apophēnamenos‚ tosǭde ephiloneikēse kathelein kai atimasai kai mikrou dein mēden apophēnai tēn psychēn.
but he, as much as Plato exalted the soul, declaring it the principle of generation and a pupil of God and the ruler of all things, so much he strove to pull it down and dishonor it and make the soul almost nothing.
15.9.8Dindorf 2:361–362
οὔτε γὰρ πνεῦμα οὔτε πῦρ οὔτε ὅλως σῶμα, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀσώματον, οἶον εἶναί τε ἐφʼ αὑτοῦ καὶ κινεῖσθαι, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὅσον ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος ἀκίνητον εἶναι καὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν ἄψυχον. οἶον γὰρ τόδε ἐτόλμησεν, ἢ καὶ ἀπηναγκάσθη, ὡς καὶ τὰς πρωτουργοὺς κινήσεις ἀφελέσθαι τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸ βουλεύσασθαι, τὸ διανοηθῆναι, τὸ προσδοκήσαι, τὸ μνημονεῦσαι, τὸ λογίσασθαι;
oute gar pneuma oute pyr oute holōs sōma, allʼ oude asōmaton, oion einai te ephʼ hautou kai kineisthai, allʼ oudʼ hoson epi tou sōmatos akinēton einai kai hōs eipein apsychon. oion gar tode etolmēsen, ē kai apēnankasthē, hōs kai tas prōtourgous kinēseis aphelesthai tēs psychēs, to bouleusasthai, to dianoēthēnai, to prosdokēsai, to mnēmoneusai, to logisasthai?
For it is neither breath nor fire nor body at all, nor incorporeal such as to exist by itself and move, but not even, as far as concerns the body, unmoved and, so to speak, soulless. What did he dare, or was he compelled to, so as to take from the soul even its primary motions, deliberating, thinking, expecting, remembering, reasoning?
15.9.9Dindorf 2:362
οὐ γὰρ ψυχῆς ταῦτά φησι τὰ κινήματα ὁ τῆς φύσεως, ὥς φασι, γραμματεύς. πάνυ γοῦν οὗτός ἐστι πιστὸς, ὡς συνεικέναι τι περὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς, ὁ τῆς αὑτοῦ ψυχῆς τοσοῦτον διημαρτηκὼς ὡς μηδʼ ὅτι διανοεῖται παρακολουθεῖν. οὐ γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ, φησὶν, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ὁ τούτων ἕκαστον ἐνεργῶν, ἡ ψυχὴ δὲ ἀκίνητος.
ou gar psychēs tauta phēsi ta kinēmata ho tēs physeōs, hōs phasi, grammateus. pany goun houtos esti pistos, hōs syneikenai ti peri tōn ektos, ho tēs hautou psychēs tosouton diēmartēkōs hōs mēdʼ hoti dianoeitai parakolouthein. ou gar hē psychē, phēsin, allʼ ho anthrōpos estin ho toutōn hekaston energōn, hē psychē de akinētos.
For the secretary of nature, as they call him, says that these are not motions of the soul. Very trustworthy, then, is he to understand anything of external things, who has so far mistaken his own soul as not to follow even that it thinks. For it is not the soul, he says, but the man who performs each of these, and the soul is unmoved.
15.9.10Dindorf 2:362
τούτῳ τοιγαροῦν ἑπόμενος Δικαίαρχος, καὶ τἀκόλουθον ἱκανὸς ὢν θεωρεῖν, ἀνῄρηκε τὴν ὅλην ὑπόστασιν τῆς ψυχῆς. ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἀόρατόν τι καὶ ἀφανές ἐστιν ἡ ψυχὴ δῆλον, ὥστε οὐκ ἂν διά γε τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐνέργειαν δοίημεν εἶναι ψυχήν· αἱ δὲ κινήσεις αὐτῆς ἀφανοῦς οὔσης ἀναγκάζειν ἡμὰς δοκοῦσιν εἶναί τι τὴν ψυχὴν ὁμολογεῖν.
toutǭ toigaroun hepomenos Dikaiarchos, kai takolouthon hikanos ōn theōrein, anę̄rēke tēn holēn hypostasin tēs psychēs. hoti men gar aoraton ti kai aphanes estin hē psychē dēlon, hōste ouk an dia ge tēn apo tōn aisthēseōn energeian doiēmen einai psychēn; hai de kinēseis autēs aphanous ousēs anankazein hēmas dokousin einai ti tēn psychēn homologein.
Following him, then, Dicaearchus, being able to see the consequence, did away with the whole existence of the soul. For that the soul is something invisible and unseen is clear, so that we could not grant that there is a soul because of the activity from the senses; but its motions, though it is unseen, seem to compel us to admit that the soul is something.
15.9.11Dindorf 2:362
ταῦτα γὰρ ἅπας τις συνιέναι δοκεῖ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄντα, τὸ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ καθʼ ὃν δήποτε τρόπον διανοεῖσθαι. ὅταν γὰρ ἴδωμεν τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰς τούτου δυνάμεις καὶ ἐνθυμηθῶμεν δὲ τὰς τοιαύτας ἐνεργείας, ὡς οὐ σώματος [οὔσας, ] δίδομεν εἶναί τι ἐν ἡμῖν ἕτερον τὸ βουλευόμενον· τοῦτο δὲ εἶναι τὴν ψυχήν. ἐπεὶ πόθεν ἀλλαχόθεν ἐπιστεύσαμεν ὑπὲρ ψυχῆς;
tauta gar hapas tis synienai dokei tēs psychēs onta, to bouleuesthai kai skopeisthai kai kathʼ hon dēpote tropon dianoeisthai. hotan gar idōmen to sōma kai tas toutou dynameis kai enthymēthōmen de tas toiautas energeias, hōs ou sōmatos [ousas, ] didomen einai ti en hēmin heteron to bouleuomenon; touto de einai tēn psychēn. epei pothen allachothen episteusamen hyper psychēs?
For everyone seems to understand that these belong to the soul: deliberating, considering, and thinking in whatever way. For when we see the body and its powers, and consider such activities as not of the body, we grant that there is something else in us that deliberates, and that this is the soul. For from where else did we believe about the soul?
15.9.12Dindorf 2:362–363
ἂν οὑν τις ἐξ ὧν μάλιστα ψυχὴ φαίνεται ταῦτα ἀφελόμενος ἑτέρῳ τινὶ προσάψῃ πράγματι, οὔτε ὅθεν οὖσα ἐμφαίνεται καταλέλοιπεν οὔτε ὅ τι χρήσιμος ἂν εἶναι δοκοίη. τίς οὖν ἡ βοήθεια τῷ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον εἶναι θέλοντι παρὰ τοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀποκτιννύντος; τίς δὲ ἡ διδασκαλία τοῦ τρόπου τῆς κινήσεως, καθʼ ὃν αὐτοκίνητον αὐτήν φαμεν, παρὰ τῶν μηδὲ τὸ παράπαν αὐτῇ κίνησιν νεμόντων;
an houn tis ex hōn malista psychē phainetai tauta aphelomenos heterǭ tini prosapsę̄ pragmati, oute hothen ousa emphainetai kataleloipen oute ho ti chrēsimos an einai dokoiē. tis oun hē boētheia tǭ tēn psychēn athanaton einai thelonti para tou tēn psychēn apoktinnyntos? tis de hē didaskalia tou tropou tēs kinēseōs, kathʼ hon autokinēton autēn phamen, para tōn mēde to parapan autę̄ kinēsin nemontōn?
If, then, one takes away these things, from which above all the soul appears, and attaches them to something else, he has left neither the ground from which it shows itself to exist, nor in what way it might seem useful. What help, then, has one who wants the soul immortal from him who kills the soul? And what teaching on the manner of motion, by which we say it is self-moved, from those who allow it no motion at all?
15.9.13Dindorf 2:363
ναί· ἀλλὰ κατά γε τὴν ἀθανασίαν τοῦ νοῦ φήσαι τις ἂν αὐτὸν κοινωνεῖν Πλάτωνι. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ πᾶσαν βούλεται τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον εἶναι, τόν γε νοῦν ὁμολογεῖ θεῖόν τε καὶ ἄφθαρτον εἶναι. τίς μὲν οὖν τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ τὴν φύσιν ὁ νοῦς, ὅθεν ὢν, καὶ πόθεν ἐπεισκρινόμενος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, καὶ ποῦ πάλιν ἀπαλλαττόμενος, αὐτὸς ἂν εἰδείη· εἰ γέ τι συνίησιν ὧν λέγει περὶ τοῦ νοῦ, καὶ μὴ τὸ ἄπορον τοῦ πράγματος τῷ ἀσαφεῖ τοῦ λόγου περιστέλλων ἐξίσταται τὸν ἔλεγχον, ὥσπερ αἱ σηπίαι τὸ δυσθήρευτον ἐκ τοῦ σκοτεινοῦ ποριζόμενος.
nai; alla kata ge tēn athanasian tou nou phēsai tis an auton koinōnein Platōni. kai gar ei mē pasan bouletai tēn psychēn athanaton einai, ton ge noun homologei theion te kai aphtharton einai. tis men oun tēn ousian kai tēn physin ho nous, hothen ōn, kai pothen epeiskrinomenos tois anthrōpois, kai pou palin apallattomenos, autos an eideiē; ei ge ti syniēsin hōn legei peri tou nou, kai mē to aporon tou pragmatos tǭ asaphei tou logou peristellōn existatai ton elenchon, hōsper hai sēpiai to dysthēreuton ek tou skoteinou porizomenos.
Yes, one might say, but in the immortality of the mind he shares with Plato. For even if he does not want the whole soul to be immortal, he admits that the mind is divine and imperishable. What the mind is in substance and nature, from where it comes, and from where it enters men, and where it departs again, he himself would know; if indeed he understands anything of what he says about the mind, and does not wrap the difficulty of the matter in the obscurity of his speech and so escape refutation, procuring, like the cuttlefish, the difficulty of being caught from the darkness.
15.9.14Dindorf 2:363
πάντως δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις διαφέρεται Πλάτωνι. ὁ μὲν γάρ φησι νοῦν ἄνευ ψυχῆς ἀδύνατον εἶναι συνίστασθαι, ὁ δὲ χωρίζει τῆς ψυχῆς τὸν νοῦν. καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀθανασίας ὁ μὲν μετὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῷ δίδωσιν, ὡς ἄλλως οὐκ ἐνδεχόμενον, ὁ δέ φησιν αὐτῷ μόνῳ χωριζομένῳ τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦτο περιγίνεσθαι. καὶ τὴν μὲν ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος οὐκ ἠξίωσεν ἐκβαίνειν, ὅτι Πλάτωνι τοῦτο ἤρεσε, τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἀπορρήγνυσθαι τῆς ψυχῆς ἠνάγκασεν, ὅτι ἀδύνατον ἔγνω Πλάτων τὸ τοιοῦτο.” Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Ἀττικός. συνάψω δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰ Πλωτίνου τόνδʼ ἔχοντα τὸν τρόπον
pantōs de kai en toutois diapheretai Platōni. ho men gar phēsi noun aneu psychēs adynaton einai synistasthai, ho de chōrizei tēs psychēs ton noun. kai to tēs athanasias ho men meta tēs psychēs autǭ didōsin, hōs allōs ouk endechomenon, ho de phēsin autǭ monǭ chōrizomenǭ tēs psychēs touto periginesthai. kai tēn men psychēn tou sōmatos ouk ēxiōsen ekbainein, hoti Platōni touto ērese, ton de noun aporrēgnysthai tēs psychēs ēnankasen, hoti adynaton egnō Platōn to toiouto.” Tauta men ho Attikos. synapsō de autois kai ta Plōtinou tondʼ echonta ton tropon
In any case he differs from Plato in this too. For the one says that mind cannot subsist without soul, the other separates mind from soul. And immortality the one gives it with the soul, since it is not otherwise possible; the other says it belongs to it only when separated from the soul. And he did not see fit that the soul should leave the body, because Plato held this, but forced mind to be torn from the soul, because Plato knew such a thing to be impossible.” So much from Atticus. I shall join to them also the words of Plotinus, which run thus:
Preparation 15, chapter 10
15.10.1Dindorf 2:363
“ Τὸ δὲ τῆς ἐντελεχείας ὧδʼ ἄν τις ἐπισκέψαιτο πῶς περὶ ψυχῆς λέγεται. τὴν ψυχήν ἐν τῷ συνθέτῳ εἴδους τάξιν ὡς πρὸς ὕλην τὸ σῶμα ἔμψυχον ἔχειν, σώματος δὲ οὐ παντὸς εἶδος, οὐδὲ ᾗ σῶμα, ἀλλὰ φυσικοῦ, ὀργανικοῦ, δυνάμει ζωὴν ἔχοντος.
“ To de tēs entelecheias hōdʼ an tis episkepsaito pōs peri psychēs legetai. tēn psychēn en tǭ synthetǭ eidous taxin hōs pros hylēn to sōma empsychon echein, sōmatos de ou pantos eidos, oude hę̄ sōma, alla physikou, organikou, dynamei zōēn echontos.
“How ‘entelechy’ is said of the soul one might examine thus. They say that the soul holds the rank of form in the compound, in relation to the ensouled body as matter; and that it is the form not of every body, nor of body as body, but of a natural body, furnished with organs, having life potentially.
15.10.2Dindorf 2:363–364
εἰ μὲν οὖν ᾗ παραβέβληται ὡμοίωται, ὡς μορφὴ ἀνδριάντος πρὸς χαλκόν· καὶ διαιρουμένου τοῦ σώματος συμμερίζεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ ἀποκοπτομένου τινὸς μέρους μετὰ τοῦ ἀποκοπέντος ψυχῆς μόριον εἶναι, τήν τε ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ἀναχώρησιν μὴ γίνεσθαι, εἴπερ δεῖ προσφυᾶ τὴν ἐντελέχειαν οὗ ἐστιν εἶναι· τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς μηδὲ ὕπνον γίνεσθαι.
ei men oun hę̄ parabeblētai hōmoiōtai, hōs morphē andriantos pros chalkon; kai diairoumenou tou sōmatos symmerizesthai tēn psychēn, kai apokoptomenou tinos merous meta tou apokopentos psychēs morion einai, tēn te en tois hypnois anachōrēsin mē ginesthai, eiper dei prosphya tēn entelecheian hou estin einai; to dʼ alēthes mēde hypnon ginesthai.
If, then, it is like that with which it is compared, as the shape of a statue to the bronze, then when the body is divided the soul would be divided with it, and when any part is cut off there would be a portion of soul with the part cut off; and the soul’s withdrawal in sleep would not happen, if the entelechy must be grown into that of which it is the entelechy; though in truth sleep would not even happen.
15.10.3Dindorf 2:364
καὶ μὴν ἐντελεχείας οὔσης, οὐδὲ ἐναντίωσιν λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας· ἓν δὲ καὶ ταὐτὸν διʼ ὅλου πεπονθέναι τὸ πᾶν οὐ διαφωνοῦν ἑαυτῷ. αἰσθήσεις δὲ μόνον δυνατὸν ἴσως γίνεσθαι, τὰς δὲ νοήσεις ἀδύνατον. διὸ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἄλλην ψυχὴν τὸν νοῦν εἰσάγουσιν, ὃν ἀθάνατον τίθενται.
kai mēn entelecheias ousēs, oude enantiōsin logou pros epithymias; hen de kai tauton diʼ holou peponthenai to pan ou diaphōnoun heautǭ. aisthēseis de monon dynaton isōs ginesthai, tas de noēseis adynaton. dio kai autoi allēn psychēn ton noun eisagousin, hon athanaton tithentai.
And indeed, if it were an entelechy, there would be no opposition of reason to desires, but the whole would be affected in one and the same way throughout, not disagreeing with itself. Perceptions alone might perhaps come about, but thoughts could not. That is why they themselves bring in mind as another soul, which they make immortal.
15.10.4Dindorf 2:364
τὴν οὖν λογιζομένην ψυχὴν ἄλλως ἐντελέχειαν ἢ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον, ἀνάγκη εἶναι, εἰ δεῖ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ χρῆσθαι. οὐδʼ ἡ αἰσθητικὴ‚ εἴπερ καὶ αὕτη τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπόντων τοὺς τύπους ἔχει‚ αὐτοὺς οὐ μετὰ τοῦ σώματος ἄρα ἕξει· εἰ δὲ μὴ‚ οὕτως ἐνέσονται ὡς μορφαὶ καὶ εἰκόνες· ἀλλʼ ἀδύνατον ἄλλως δέχεσθαι, εἰ οὕτως ἐνεῖεν. οὐκ ἄρα οὖσʼ ἀχώριστος ἐντελέχεια.
tēn oun logizomenēn psychēn allōs entelecheian ē touton ton tropon, anankē einai, ei dei tǭ onomati toutǭ chrēsthai. oudʼ hē aisthētikē‚ eiper kai hautē tōn aisthētōn apontōn tous typous echei‚ autous ou meta tou sōmatos ara hexei; ei de mē‚ houtōs enesontai hōs morphai kai eikones; allʼ adynaton allōs dechesthai, ei houtōs eneien. ouk ara ousʼ achōristos entelecheia.
The reasoning soul, then, must be an entelechy in some other way than this, if one must use this name. Nor will the perceiving soul, since it too holds the impressions of perceived things when they are absent, hold them with the body; otherwise they will be in it as shapes and images; but it would be impossible to receive them otherwise, if they were in it so. So it is not an inseparable entelechy.
15.10.5Dindorf 2:364
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τὸ ἐπιθυμοῦν μὴ σιτίων, μηδὲ ποτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἄλλων παρὰ τὰ τοῦ σώματος‚ οὐδὲ αὐτὸ ἀχώριστος ἐντελέχεια. λοιπὸν δὲ τὸ φυτικὸν ἂν εἴη‚ ὁ ἀμφισβήτησιν ἂν δόξειεν ἔχειν, μήποτε τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἐντελέχεια ἀχώριστος ᾖ.
kai mēn oude to epithymoun mē sitiōn, mēde potōn, allʼ allōn para ta tou sōmatos‚ oude auto achōristos entelecheia. loipon de to phytikon an eiē‚ ho amphisbētēsin an doxeien echein, mēpote touton ton tropon entelecheia achōristos ę̄.
Nor indeed is the desiring part, which desires not food or drink but other things beyond those of the body, itself an inseparable entelechy. What remains would be the vegetative part, which might seem to admit of dispute, whether it is not an inseparable entelechy in this way.
15.10.6Dindorf 2:364
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῦτο φαίνεται οὕτως ἔχον. εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀρχὴ παντὸς φυτοῦ περὶ τὴν ῥίζαν, καὶ αὐξανομένου τοῦ ἄλλου σώματος περὶ τὴν ῥίζαν, καὶ τὰ κάτω ἐν πολλοῖς τῶν φυτῶν‚ ἡ ψυχὴ δηλονότι ἀπολιποῦσα τὰ ἄλλα μέρη εἰς ἕν τι συνεστάλη· οὐκ ἄρα ἦν ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ ὡς ἀχώριστος ἐντελέχεια. καὶ γὰρ αὖ ἐστὶ πρὶν αὐξηθῆναι τὸ φυτὸν ἐν τῷ ὀλίγῳ ὄγκῳ.
allʼ oude touto phainetai houtōs echon. ei gar hē archē pantos phytou peri tēn rhizan, kai auxanomenou tou allou sōmatos peri tēn rhizan, kai ta katō en pollois tōn phytōn‚ hē psychē dēlonoti apolipousa ta alla merē eis hen ti synestalē; ouk ara ēn en tǭ holǭ hōs achōristos entelecheia. kai gar au esti prin auxēthēnai to phyton en tǭ oligǭ onkǭ.
But this does not appear to be so either. For if the principle of every plant is about the root, and while the rest of the body is growing the soul is about the root and the lower parts in many plants, the soul has clearly left the other parts and been drawn together into one place; so it was not in the whole as an inseparable entelechy. And again, before the plant grows, it is in the small mass.
15.10.7Dindorf 2:364–365
εἰ οὖν καὶ εἰς ὀλίγον ἔρχεται ἐκ μείζονος φυτοῦ καὶ ἐξ ὀλίγου ἐπὶ πᾶν‚ τί κωλύει καὶ ὅλως χωρίζεσθαι; πῶς δʼ ἂν καὶ ἀμερὴς οὖσα μεριστοῦ τοῦ σώματος ἐντελέχεια γένοιτο μεριστή; ἥ τε αὐτὴ ψυχὴ ἐξ ἄλλου ζῴου ἄλλο γίνεται· πῶς οὖν ἡ τοῦ προτέρου τοῦ ἐφεξῆς ἂν γένοιτο, εἰ ἦν ἐντελέχεια ἑνός;
ei oun kai eis oligon erchetai ek meizonos phytou kai ex oligou epi pan‚ ti kōlyei kai holōs chōrizesthai? pōs dʼ an kai amerēs ousa meristou tou sōmatos entelecheia genoito meristē? hē te autē psychē ex allou zǭou allo ginetai; pōs oun hē tou proterou tou ephexēs an genoito, ei ēn entelecheia henos?
If, then, it both comes into a little from a larger plant and from a little to the whole, what prevents it from being wholly separated? And how could it, being partless, become a divided entelechy of a divided body? And the same soul passes from one animal into another; how then would the soul of the former become that of the next, if it were the entelechy of one?
15.10.8Dindorf 2:365
φαίνεται δὲ τοῦτο ἐκ τῶν μεταβαλλόντων ζῴων εἰς ἄλλα ζῷα. οὐκ ἄρα τῷ εἶδος εἶναί τινος τὸ εἶναι ἔχει, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν οὐσία, οὐ παρὰ τὸ ἐν σώματι ἱδρῦσθαι τὸ εἶναι λαμβάνουσα, ἀλλʼ οὖσα πρὶν καὶ τοῦδε γενέσθαι, οἷον ζῴου, οὐ τὸ σῶμα τὴν ψυχὴν γεννήσει.
phainetai de touto ek tōn metaballontōn zǭōn eis alla zǭa. ouk ara tǭ eidos einai tinos to einai echei, allʼ estin ousia, ou para to en sōmati hidrysthai to einai lambanousa, allʼ ousa prin kai toude genesthai, hoion zǭou, ou to sōma tēn psychēn gennēsei.
This is evident from the animals that change into other animals. So it does not have its being by being the form of something, but is a substance, not receiving its being from being seated in a body, but existing before it came to belong to this, for example, to a living being; the body will not generate the soul.
15.10.9Dindorf 2:365
τίς οὖν οὐσία αὐτῆς; εἰ δὲ μήτε σῶμα μήτε πάθος σώματος, πρᾶξις δὲ καὶ ποίησις, καὶ πολλὰ καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς, οὐσία παρὰ τὰ σώματα οὖσα, ποία τίς ἐστιν; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι ἥν φαμεν ὄντως οὐσίαν εἶναι; τὸ μὲν γὰρ γένεσις‚ ἀλλʼ οὐκ οὐσία, πᾶν τὸ σωματικὸν εἶναι λέγοιτʼ ἂν, γινόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον‚ ὄντως δὲ οὐδέποτε ὂν, μεταλήψει δὲ τοῦ ὄντος σωζόμενον, καθʼ ὅσον ἂν αὐτοῦ μεταλαμβάνον.” Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ τὰ Πλωτίνου διήλθομεν, συνιδεῖν οὐκ ἄτοπον καὶ τὰ Πορφυρίῳ ἐν τοῖς πρὸς Βόηθον περὶ ψυχῆς εἰρημένα
tis oun ousia autēs? ei de mēte sōma mēte pathos sōmatos, praxis de kai poiēsis, kai polla kai en autę̄ kai ex autēs, ousia para ta sōmata ousa, poia tis estin? ē dēlon hoti hēn phamen ontōs ousian einai? to men gar genesis‚ allʼ ouk ousia, pan to sōmatikon einai legoitʼ an, ginomenon kai apollymenon‚ ontōs de oudepote on, metalēpsei de tou ontos sōzomenon, kathʼ hoson an autou metalambanon.” Epeidē de kai ta Plōtinou diēlthomen, synidein ouk atopon kai ta Porphyriǭ en tois pros Boēthon peri psychēs eirēmena
What, then, is its substance? If it is neither body nor an affection of body, but action and making, and many things are both in it and from it, being a substance besides bodies, what kind is it? Is it not clear that it is what we say is truly substance? For all that is bodily might be said to be becoming, but not substance, coming to be and perishing, but never truly being, preserved by participation in being, so far as it participates in it.” And since we have gone through the words of Plotinus too, it is not out of place to look also at what was said by Porphyry in his books against Boethus On the Soul:
Preparation 15, chapter 11
15.11.1Dindorf 2:365
“Πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἐντελέχειαν τὴν ψυχὴν εἰπόντα καὶ ἀκίνητον παντελῶς οὖσαν κινεῖν ὑπειληφότα ῥητέον πόθεν οἱ ἐνθουσιασμοὶ τοῦ ζῴου μηδὲν μὲν ξυνιέντος ὧν ὁρᾷ τε καὶ λέγει, τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς καὶ τὸ μέλλον καὶ μὴ ἐνεστὸς βλεπούσης καὶ κατὰ ταὐτὸ κινουμένης‚ πόθεν δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ζῴου συστάσεως αἶ τῆς ὡς ζῴου ψυχῆς βουλαί τε καὶ σκέψεις καὶ θελήσεις, ῥοπαὶ οὖσαι τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ οὐ τοῦ σώματος.”
“Pros de ton entelecheian tēn psychēn eiponta kai akinēton pantelōs ousan kinein hypeilēphota rhēteon pothen hoi enthousiasmoi tou zǭou mēden men xynientos hōn horą te kai legei, tēs de psychēs kai to mellon kai mē enestos blepousēs kai kata tauto kinoumenēs‚ pothen de kai epi tēs tou zǭou systaseōs ai tēs hōs zǭou psychēs boulai te kai skepseis kai thelēseis, rhopai ousai tēs psychēs kai ou tou sōmatos.”
“To him who called the soul an entelechy and supposed that, being wholly unmoved, it moves, we must say: from where come the inspirations of the living being, when it understands nothing of what it sees and says, while the soul sees what is to come and is not present and is moved accordingly; and from where, in the constitution of the living being, come the counsels and considerations and wishes of the soul as of a living being, which are inclinations of the soul and not of the body?”
15.11.2Dindorf 2:365–366
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει “Τὸ δὲ βαρύτητι ἀπεικάζειν τὴν ψυχὴν ἢ ποιότησι μονοειδέσι καὶ ἀκινήτοις σωματικαῖς‚ καθʼ ἃς ἢ κινεῖται ἢ ποιόν ἐστι τὸ ὑποκείμενον, ἐκπεπτωκότος ἦν τέλεον ἢ ἑκόντος ἢ ἄκοντος τῆς ψυχικῆς ἀξίας, καὶ οὐδαμῶς καθεωρακότος ὡς παρουσίᾳ μὲν τῆς ψυχῆς ζωτικὸν γέγονε τὸ τοῦ ζῴου σῶμα, ὡς πυρὸς παρουσίᾳ θερμὸν τὸ παρακείμενον ὕδωρ, ψυχρὸν ὂν καθʼ ἑαυτό· καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολῇ πεφώτισταί γε ὁ ἀὴρ‚ σκοτεινὸς ὢν ἄνευ τῆς τούτου ἐκλάμψεως.
Eithʼ hexēs epilegei “To de barytēti apeikazein tēn psychēn ē poiotēsi monoeidesi kai akinētois sōmatikais‚ kathʼ has ē kineitai ē poion esti to hypokeimenon, ekpeptōkotos ēn teleon ē hekontos ē akontos tēs psychikēs axias, kai oudamōs katheōrakotos hōs parousią men tēs psychēs zōtikon gegone to tou zǭou sōma, hōs pyros parousią thermon to parakeimenon hydōr, psychron on kathʼ heauto; kai hēliou anatolę̄ pephōtistai ge ho aēr‚ skoteinos ōn aneu tēs toutou eklampseōs.
Then next he adds: “To compare the soul to weight, or to uniform and unmoved bodily qualities, by which the subject is either moved or qualified, belongs to one who has utterly fallen away, willingly or unwillingly, from the dignity of the soul, and has in no way seen that by the presence of the soul the body of the living being has become living, as by the presence of fire the water placed beside it becomes hot, being cold in itself, and by the sun’s rising the air is lit, being dark without its shining.
15.11.3Dindorf 2:366
ἀλλʼ οὔτε ἡ θέρμη τοῦ ὕδατος ἡ θερμότης ἦν τοῦ πυρὸς οὔτε τὸ πῦρ, οὔτε τὸ ἐναέριον φῶς τὸ σύμφυτον τῷ ἡλίῳ φῶς· ὡσαύτως δὲ οὐδὲ ἡ τοῦ σώματος ἐμψυχία, ἥτις ἔοικε τῇ βαρύτητι καὶ τῇ περὶ σῶμα ποιότητι, ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ ἐν τῷ σώματι κατατακθεῖσα, διʼ ἣν καὶ πνοῆς τινος ζωτικῆς μετέσχε τὸ σῶμα.”
allʼ oute hē thermē tou hydatos hē thermotēs ēn tou pyros oute to pyr, oute to enaerion phōs to symphyton tǭ hēliǭ phōs; hōsautōs de oude hē tou sōmatos empsychia, hētis eoike tę̄ barytēti kai tę̄ peri sōma poiotēti, hē psychē hē en tǭ sōmati katataktheisa, diʼ hēn kai pnoēs tinos zōtikēs metesche to sōma.”
But neither was the heat of the water the heat of the fire, nor the fire itself, nor the light in the air the light innate in the sun; and likewise neither is the animation of the body, which is like weight and the quality of a body, the soul that is set down in the body, through which the body has shared in a certain breath of life.”
15.11.4Dindorf 2:366
Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει “Τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα ὅσα περὶ αὐτῆς εἰρήκασιν ἄλλοι αἰσχύνην ἡμῖν φέρει. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ αἰσχρὸς ὁ ἐντελέχειαν τιθεὶς τὴν ψυχὴν λόγος σώματος φυσικοῦ ὀργανικοῦ; πῶς δὲ οὐκ αἰσχύνης γέμων ὁ πνεῦμά πως ἔχειν αὐτὴν ἀποδιδοὺς‚ ἢ πῦρ νοερὸν‚ τῇ περιψύξει καὶ οἶον βαφῇ τοῦ ἀέρος ἀναφθὲν ἢ στομωθὲν, ὅ τε ἀτόμων ἄθροισμα θεὶς ἢ ὅλως ἀπὸ σώματος αὐτὴν τὴν γεννᾶσθαι ἀποφαινόμενος;" Ὁν δὴ λόγον ἐν Νόμοις ἀσεβῶν ἀσεβῆ εἶναι ἀπεφήνατο. αἰσχύνης οὖν πάντες οὗτοι πλήρεις λόγοι. ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ λέγοντι αὐτοκίνητον οὐσίαν οὐκ ἄν τις, φησὶν, αἰσχυνθείη.
Eithʼ hexēs methʼ hetera epilegei “Ta men oun alla hosa peri autēs eirēkasin alloi aischynēn hēmin pherei. pōs gar ouk aischros ho entelecheian titheis tēn psychēn logos sōmatos physikou organikou? pōs de ouk aischynēs gemōn ho pneuma pōs echein autēn apodidous‚ ē pyr noeron‚ tę̄ peripsyxei kai oion baphę̄ tou aeros anaphthen ē stomōthen, ho te atomōn athroisma theis ē holōs apo sōmatos autēn tēn gennasthai apophainomenos?" Hon dē logon en Nomois asebōn asebē einai apephēnato. aischynēs oun pantes houtoi plēreis logoi. epi de tǭ legonti autokinēton ousian ouk an tis, phēsin, aischyntheiē.
Then after other things he adds: “The other things that others have said about it bring us shame. For how is the account not shameful that makes the soul the entelechy of a natural body furnished with organs? And how is that not full of shame which makes it breath in a certain state, or intelligent fire, kindled or tempered by the chilling and, as it were, dipping in the air, or which makes it a gathering of atoms, or declares that it is generated from body at all? This account he declared in the Laws to be the impious account of the impious. All these accounts, then, are full of shame. But at the one who calls it a self-moved substance, he says, no one would be ashamed.”
Preparation 15, chapter 12
15.12.1Dindorf 2:366–367
“Ἔτι τοῦ Πλάτωνος λέγοντος τὴν ψυχὴν διακοσμεῖν τὰ πάντα διήκουσαν διὰ πάντων‚ καὶ ταύτην ὑφʼ ἧς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ διοικεῖσθαι συγχωροῖεν ἂν ἕκαστα, καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο εἶναι τὴν φύσιν ἢ ψυχὴν, καὶ δηλονότι ψυχὴν οὐκ ἄλογον‚ καὶ ἐκ τούτων συνάγοντος ὅτι πάντα κατὰ πρόνοιαν γίνεται, εἴ γε καὶ κατὰ φύσιν· πρὸς οὐδὲν τούτων ἡμῖν Ἀριστοτέλης ὁμολογεῖ.
“Eti tou Platōnos legontos tēn psychēn diakosmein ta panta diēkousan dia pantōn‚ kai tautēn hyphʼ hēs kai hoi loipoi dioikeisthai synchōroien an hekasta, kai mēden allo einai tēn physin ē psychēn, kai dēlonoti psychēn ouk alogon‚ kai ek toutōn synagontos hoti panta kata pronoian ginetai, ei ge kai kata physin; pros ouden toutōn hēmin Aristotelēs homologei.
“Further, when Plato says that soul orders all things, pervading all things, and that this is the one by which the others too would admit each thing is governed, and that nature is nothing else than soul, and clearly a soul not irrational, and concludes from this that all things come about by providence, if indeed by nature; Aristotle agrees with us on none of these.
15.12.2Dindorf 2:367
οὐ γὰρ εἶναι τὴν φύσιν ψυχὴν, καὶ τὰ περὶ γῆν ὑπὸ μὲν φύσεως διοικεῖσθαι. εἶναι γὰρ ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ τῶν πραγμάτων ἄλλας καὶ τὰς αἰτίας. τῶν ἐχόντων αἰτίαν τὴν εἱμαρμένην ὑποτίθησι, τῶν δὲ ὑπὸ σελήνην τὴν φύσιν, τῶν δὲ ἀνθρωπίνων φρόνησιν καὶ πρόνοιαν καὶ ψυχήν· τὸ μὲν γλαφυρὸν ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις διαιρέσεσι παρεχόμενος, τὸ δὲ ἀναγκαῖον οὐ συνορῶν.
ou gar einai tēn physin psychēn, kai ta peri gēn hypo men physeōs dioikeisthai. einai gar ephʼ hekastǭ tōn pragmatōn allas kai tas aitias. tōn echontōn aitian tēn heimarmenēn hypotithēsi, tōn de hypo selēnēn tēn physin, tōn de anthrōpinōn phronēsin kai pronoian kai psychēn; to men glaphyron en tais toiautais diairesesi parechomenos, to de anankaion ou synorōn.
For he says nature is not soul, and that the things about the earth are governed by nature. For there are different causes for each kind of thing: he supposes fate as cause of the heavenly things, nature of those below the moon, and wisdom and providence and soul of human things; offering elegance in such divisions, but not seeing what is necessary.
15.12.3Dindorf 2:367
εἰ γὰρ μὴ μία τις εἴη δύναμις ἔμψυχος διήκουσα διὰ τοῦ παντὸς καὶ πάντα συνδοῦσα καὶ συνέχουσα, οὔτʼ ἂν εὐλόγως τὸ πᾶν οὔτε καλῶς διοικούμενον εἶναι δύναιτο. τῆς δʼ αὐτῆς ἦν ἄρʼ ἀβλεψίας καὶ πόλιν ἐλπίσαι ποτὲ καλῶς χωρὶς ἑνώσεως διαγενέσθαι, καὶ τὸ πᾶν τόδε ἡγήσασθαι πάγκαλον τῷ λόγῳ διαφυλάξειν, οἷόν περ φαίνεται, μὴ συνδήσαντα καὶ συναρμόσαντα ἑνός τινος ὁμοίου κοινωνίᾳ.
ei gar mē mia tis eiē dynamis empsychos diēkousa dia tou pantos kai panta syndousa kai synechousa, outʼ an eulogōs to pan oute kalōs dioikoumenon einai dynaito. tēs dʼ autēs ēn arʼ ablepsias kai polin elpisai pote kalōs chōris henōseōs diagenesthai, kai to pan tode hēgēsasthai pankalon tǭ logǭ diaphylaxein, hoion per phainetai, mē syndēsanta kai synarmosanta henos tinos homoiou koinōnią.
For if there were not one ensouled power pervading the universe and binding and holding all things together, the universe could not be governed reasonably or well. It would be of the same blindness to hope that a city could ever be well conducted without unity, and to think that this all-beautiful universe would preserve its order as it appears, without binding and fitting it together by fellowship in some one like thing.
15.12.4Dindorf 2:367
καὶ τοιοῦτον μέν τι πρᾶγμα τὸ διοικοῦν ἕκαστα εἶναί φησιν, οἶον ἀρχὴν εἶναι κινήσεως, τοῦτο δὲ εἶναι ψυχὴν οὐ βούλεται· καίτοι καὶ τοῦ Πλάτωνος αὐτοῦ δεικνύντος ὅτι τοῖς κινουμένοις ἅπασιν ἀρχὴ καὶ πηγὴ τῆς κινήσεως ἡ ψυχή. καὶ ὃ μὲν ἂν ἔργον εἴη ψυχῆς λογικῆς καὶ φρονίμου τὸ μηδὲν μάτην ποιεῖν, τοῦτο ἀνατίθησι τῇ φύσει, τοῦ δὲ ὀνόματος αὐτῇ τῆς ψυχῆς οὐ μεταδίδωσιν, ὥσπερ ἐκ τῶν ὀνομάτων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκ τῶν δυνάμεων, τῶν πραγμάτων λαμβανομένων.”
kai toiouton men ti pragma to dioikoun hekasta einai phēsin, oion archēn einai kinēseōs, touto de einai psychēn ou bouletai; kaitoi kai tou Platōnos autou deiknyntos hoti tois kinoumenois hapasin archē kai pēgē tēs kinēseōs hē psychē. kai ho men an ergon eiē psychēs logikēs kai phronimou to mēden matēn poiein, touto anatithēsi tę̄ physei, tou de onomatos autę̄ tēs psychēs ou metadidōsin, hōsper ek tōn onomatōn, allʼ ouk ek tōn dynameōn, tōn pragmatōn lambanomenōn.”
And he says that the thing that governs each is such as to be a principle of motion, but he will not have this be soul; though Plato himself shows that soul is the principle and source of motion for all things that move. And what would be the work of a rational and wise soul, to make nothing in vain, this he assigns to nature, but does not give it the name of soul, as though things were understood from names and not from powers.”
Preparation 15, chapter 13
15.13.1Dindorf 2:367–368
“Τὸ δὲ κεφάλαιον καὶ τὸ κῦρος τῆς Πλάτωνος αἱρέσεως, ἡ περὶ τῶν νοητῶν διάταξις, ἠτίμασται καὶ προπεπηλάκισται καὶ παντοίως, τό γε ἐξὸν ἐπʼ Ἀριστοτέλει, περιύβρισται. οὐ γὰρ δυνάμενος ἐννοῆσαι διότι τὰ μεγάλα καὶ θεῖα καὶ περιττὰ τῶν πραγμάτων παραπλησίου τινὸς δυνάμεως εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν δεῖται‚ τῇ δʼ αὑτοῦ λεπτῇ καὶ ταπεινῇ δριμύτητι πιστεύων‚ ἥτις διαδῦναι μὲν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς πραγμάτων καὶ τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἀλήθειαν ἰδεῖν ἐδύνατο, τῆς δʼ ὄντως ἀληθείας ἐποπτεῦσαι τὸ πεδίον οὐχ οἵα τε ἦν, αὑτῷ κανόνι καὶ κριτῇ τῶν ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν χρησάμενος, ἀπέγνω τινὰς εἶναι ἰδίας φύσεις, οἵας Πλάτων ἔγνω, λήρους δὲ καὶ τερετίσματα καὶ φλυαρίας ἐτόλμησεν εἰπεῖν τὰ τῶν ὄντων ἀνώτατα.
“To de kephalaion kai to kyros tēs Platōnos haireseōs, hē peri tōn noētōn diataxis, ētimastai kai propepēlakistai kai pantoiōs, to ge exon epʼ Aristotelei, periybristai. ou gar dynamenos ennoēsai dioti ta megala kai theia kai peritta tōn pragmatōn paraplēsiou tinos dynameōs eis epignōsin deitai‚ tę̄ dʼ hautou leptę̄ kai tapeinę̄ drimytēti pisteuōn‚ hētis diadynai men tōn epi gēs pragmatōn kai tēn en toutois alētheian idein edynato, tēs dʼ ontōs alētheias epopteusai to pedion ouch hoia te ēn, hautǭ kanoni kai kritę̄ tōn hyper auton chrēsamenos, apegnō tinas einai idias physeis, hoias Platōn egnō, lērous de kai teretismata kai phlyarias etolmēsen eipein ta tōn ontōn anōtata.
“The head and authority of Plato’s school, the ordering of the intelligible things, has been dishonored and trampled in the mud and insulted in every way, as far as lay in Aristotle. For not being able to conceive that the great and divine and extraordinary things need some similar power for their knowledge, but trusting his own fine and lowly sharpness, which could penetrate the things on earth and see the truth in them, but could not survey the plain of true truth, using himself as rule and judge of things above him, he denied that there are any such natures as Plato knew, and dared to call the highest of beings nonsense and twitterings and babble.
15.13.2Dindorf 2:368
τὸ μὲν οὖν ἄκρον τε καὶ ἔσχατον τῶν Πλάτωνος φιλοσοφημάτων ἐστὶ τὸ περὶ τὴν νοητὴν ταύτην καὶ ἀίδιον οὐσίαν τὴν τῶν ἰδεῶν, ἔνθα δὴ πόνος τε καὶ ἀγὼν ἔσχατος τῇ ψυχῇ πρόκειται. ὁ μὲν γὰρ μετασχὼν καὶ ἐφικόμενος αὐτῆς πάντως εὐδαίμων, ὁ δὲ ἀπολειφθεὶς καὶ ἀδυνατήσας θεωρὸς γενέσθαι πάντως ἄμοιρος εὐδαιμονίας καταλείπεται.
to men oun akron te kai eschaton tōn Platōnos philosophēmatōn esti to peri tēn noētēn tautēn kai aidion ousian tēn tōn ideōn, entha dē ponos te kai agōn eschatos tę̄ psychę̄ prokeitai. ho men gar metaschōn kai ephikomenos autēs pantōs eudaimōn, ho de apoleiphtheis kai adynatēsas theōros genesthai pantōs amoiros eudaimonias kataleipetai.
The summit and last of Plato’s philosophical teachings concerns this intelligible and eternal substance of the Ideas, where the last toil and contest is set before the soul. For he who shares in it and reaches it is wholly happy, while he who is left behind and unable to become its beholder is left wholly without share in happiness.
15.13.3Dindorf 2:368
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Πλάτων τε πανταχῆ διαγωνίζεται, δεικνὺς τὴν ἰσχὺν τούτων τῶν φύσεων· οὔτε γὰρ ὡντινωνοῦν ἀποδοῦναί φησιν οἶόν τε εἶναι καλῶς, ἂν μὴ τούτων μεθέξει, οὔτε γνῶσίν τινος ἀληθοῦς, ἂν μὴ τῇ πρὸς ταῦτα ἀναφορᾷ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ λόγου μετέσεσθαί τισιν, εἰ μὴ τὴν τούτων οὐσίαν ὁμολογήσειαν·
kai dia touto Platōn te pantachē diagōnizetai, deiknys tēn ischyn toutōn tōn physeōn; oute gar hōntinōnoun apodounai phēsin oion te einai kalōs, an mē toutōn methexei, oute gnōsin tinos alēthous, an mē tę̄ pros tauta anaphorą, allʼ oude logou metesesthai tisin, ei mē tēn toutōn ousian homologēseian;
And for this reason Plato contends everywhere, showing the strength of these natures; for he says that it is not possible to give a good account of anything at all unless it partakes of these, nor any knowledge of anything true except by reference to them, nor will any share in reason unless they admit their being.
15.13.4Dindorf 2:368
οἵ τʼ αὖ τὰ τοῦ Πλάτωνος συνιστάναι ἐγνωκότες τὸν πλεῖστον ἀγῶνα τῶν λόγων ἐν τούτῳ τίθενται πάνυ ἀναγκαίως. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔτι τὸ Πλατωνικὸν ἀπολείπεται, εἰ μὴ τὰς πρώτας καὶ ἀρχικωτάτας φύσεις ταύτας συγχωρήσεταί τις αὐτοῖς ὑπὲρ Πλάτωνος. ταῦτα γάρ ἐστιν οἶς μάλιστα τῶν ἄλλων ὑπερέχει.
hoi tʼ au ta tou Platōnos synistanai egnōkotes ton pleiston agōna tōn logōn en toutǭ tithentai pany anankaiōs. ouden gar eti to Platōnikon apoleipetai, ei mē tas prōtas kai archikōtatas physeis tautas synchōrēsetai tis autois hyper Platōnos. tauta gar estin ois malista tōn allōn hyperechei.
And those who have resolved to establish Plato’s teachings place the greatest contest of their arguments in this, quite necessarily. For nothing Platonic remains if one does not grant them, on Plato’s behalf, these first and most principal natures. For it is by these above all that he excels the others.
15.13.5Dindorf 2:368–369
νοήσας γὰρ θεὸν πρὸς αὐτὰ τῶν ἀπάντων πατέρα καὶ δημιουργὸν καὶ δεσπότην καὶ κηδεμόνα, καὶ γνωρίζων ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τὸν τεχνίτην πρότερον νοῆσαι τοῦτο ὃ μέλλει δημιουργήσειν, εἶθʼ οὕτω τῷ νοηθέντι κατόπιν ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων προσάγειν τὴν ὁμοιότητα· ταὐτὸν δὴ, τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ νοήματα πρεσβύτερα τῶν πραγμάτων‚ τὰ τῶν γενομένων παραδείγματα, ἀσώματα καὶ νοητὰ, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντα ἀεὶ, μάλιστα μὲν καὶ πρώτως αὐτὰ ὄντα, παραίτια δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῦ εἶναι τοιαῦτα ἕκαστα οἷά περ ἐστὶ, κατὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὰ ὁμοιότητα, συνιδὼν ὁ Πλάτων ὄντα οὐ ῥᾷστα ὀφθῆναι, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ λόγῳ σαφῶς δηλωθῆναι δυνάμενα, αὐτὸς ὡς οἶόν τε ἦν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰπεῖν καὶ φρονῆσαι καὶ παρασκευάσαι τοὺς μέλλοντας ἐπακολουθήσειν πραγματευσάμενος ταῦτα, καὶ τὴν σύμπασαν αὑτοῦ φιλοσοφίαν εἰς τοῦτο συνταξάμενος, περὶ ταῦτά φησι καὶ τὴν τούτων νόησιν καὶ τὴν σοφίαν εἶναι καὶ τὴν ἐπιστήμην, διʼ ἧς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον τέλος καὶ ἡ μακαριστὴ βιοτὴ παραγίνεται.”
noēsas gar theon pros auta tōn apantōn patera kai dēmiourgon kai despotēn kai kēdemona, kai gnōrizōn ek tōn ergōn ton technitēn proteron noēsai touto ho mellei dēmiourgēsein, eithʼ houtō tǭ noēthenti katopin epi tōn pragmatōn prosagein tēn homoiotēta; tauton dē, ta tou theou noēmata presbytera tōn pragmatōn‚ ta tōn genomenōn paradeigmata, asōmata kai noēta, kata ta auta kai hōsautōs echonta aei, malista men kai prōtōs auta onta, paraitia de kai tois allois tou einai toiauta hekasta hoia per esti, kata tēn pros auta homoiotēta, synidōn ho Platōn onta ou rhąsta ophthēnai, ou mēn oude logǭ saphōs dēlōthēnai dynamena, autos hōs oion te ēn hyper autōn eipein kai phronēsai kai paraskeuasai tous mellontas epakolouthēsein pragmateusamenos tauta, kai tēn sympasan hautou philosophian eis touto syntaxamenos, peri tauta phēsi kai tēn toutōn noēsin kai tēn sophian einai kai tēn epistēmēn, diʼ hēs to anthrōpinon telos kai hē makaristē biotē paraginetai.”
For having conceived God in relation to them as the Father and Maker and Master and Guardian of all things, and knowing from works that the craftsman first conceives what he is going to make, and then afterward brings the likeness of what he has conceived to the things; so in the same way, the thoughts of God are older than the things, the patterns of what has come to be, incorporeal and intelligible, always the same and in the same state, being above all and first themselves, and joint causes for the others of each being such as it is, by likeness to them. Plato, seeing that they are not very easily seen nor able to be shown clearly by speech, worked himself to speak and think about them as far as possible and to prepare those who would follow, and ordering his whole philosophy to this end, says that wisdom and knowledge concern these and the understanding of them, through which man’s end and the blessed life come about.”
15.13.6Dindorf 2:369
Τοσαῦτα ὁ Ἀττικός. παρῆν δὲ καὶ τούτων ἔτι πλείω ἐκ τῆς δηλωθείσης παραθέσθαι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς γραφῆς· πλὴν ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐκτεθεῖσιν ἀρκεσθέντες μεταβησόμεθα καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν Στωϊκῶν αἵρεσιν.
Tosauta ho Attikos. parēn de kai toutōn eti pleiō ek tēs dēlōtheisēs parathesthai tou andros graphēs; plēn alla tois ektetheisin arkesthentes metabēsometha kai epi tēn tōn Stōïkōn hairesin.
So much Atticus. One could set out still more than these from the man’s work mentioned; but contenting ourselves with what has been set out, we shall pass on to the school of the Stoics.
15.13.7Dindorf 2:369
Σωκράτους τοίνυν ἀκουστὴς ἐγένετο Ἀντισθένης. Ἡρακλεωτικός τις ἀνὴρ τὸ φρόνημα, ὃς ἔφη τοῦ ἥδεσθαι τὸ μαίνεσθαι κρεῖττον εἶναι· διὸ καὶ παρῄνει τοῖς γνωρίμοις μηδέποτε χάριν ἡδονῆς δάκτυλον ἐκτείνειν.
Sōkratous toinyn akoustēs egeneto Antisthenēs. Hērakleōtikos tis anēr to phronēma, hos ephē tou hēdesthai to mainesthai kreitton einai; dio kai parę̄nei tois gnōrimois mēdepote charin hēdonēs daktylon ekteinein.
Antisthenes, then, became a hearer of Socrates, a man of Heraclean spirit, who said that it is better to be mad than to feel pleasure; that is why he advised his pupils never to stretch out a finger for the sake of pleasure.
15.13.8Dindorf 2:369
τούτου δὲ ἀκουστὴς γέγονε Διογένης ὁ κύων, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς θηριωδέστατα φρονεῖν δόξας πολλοὺς ἐπηγάγετο. τοῦτον Κράτης διεδέξατο· Κράτητος δὲ ἐγένετο Ζήνων ὁ Κιτιεὺς, ὁ τῆς τῶν Στωϊκῶν φιλοσόφων αἱρέσεως καταστὰς ἀρχηγός
toutou de akoustēs gegone Diogenēs ho kyōn, hos kai autos thēriōdestata phronein doxas pollous epēgageto. touton Kratēs diedexato; Kratētos de egeneto Zēnōn ho Kitieus, ho tēs tōn Stōïkōn philosophōn haireseōs katastas archēgos
Diogenes the Dog was his hearer, who, seeming himself to think most like a beast, drew many after him. Crates succeeded him; and Zeno of Citium was Crates’ pupil, who became the founder of the school of the Stoic philosophers.
15.13.9Dindorf 2:369–370
Ζήνωνα δὲ Κλεάνθης διεδέξατο, Κλεάνθην δὲ Χρύσιππος, τοῦτον δὲ Ζήνων ὁ ἕτερος καὶ οἶ καθεξῆς. λέγονται δʼ οὗτοι πάντες διαφερόντως καὶ βίου στερροῦ καὶ διαλεκτικῆς ἐπιμεληθῆναι. τά γέ τοι τῆς κατʼ αὐτοὺς φιλοσοφίας δόγματα ὧδέ πως ἔχει
Zēnōna de Kleanthēs diedexato, Kleanthēn de Chrysippos, touton de Zēnōn ho heteros kai oi kathexēs. legontai dʼ houtoi pantes diapherontōs kai biou sterrou kai dialektikēs epimelēthēnai. ta ge toi tēs katʼ autous philosophias dogmata hōde pōs echei
Cleanthes succeeded Zeno, Chrysippus Cleanthes, and the other Zeno him, and the others in turn. All of these are said to have cared especially for a hard life and for dialectic. The doctrines of their philosophy run somewhat thus:
Preparation 15, chapter 14
15.14.1Dindorf 2:370
“ Στοιχεῖον εἶναί φασι τῶν ὄντων τὸ πῦρ, καθάπερ Ἡράκλειτος, τούτου δʼ ἀρχὰς ὕλην καὶ θεὸν, ὡς Πλάτων. ἀλλʼ οὗτος ἄμφω σώματά φησιν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ ποιοῦν καὶ τὸ πάσχον, ἐκείνου τὸ πρῶτον ποιοῦν αἴτιον ἀσώματον εἷναι λέγοντος.
“ Stoicheion einai phasi tōn ontōn to pyr, kathaper Hērakleitos, toutou dʼ archas hylēn kai theon, hōs Platōn. allʼ houtos amphō sōmata phēsin einai, kai to poioun kai to paschon, ekeinou to prōton poioun aition asōmaton heinai legontos.
“They say that the element of existing things is fire, as Heraclitus did, and its principles matter and God, as Plato did. But he says both are bodies, both the active and the passive, while Plato says that the first active cause is incorporeal.
15.14.2Dindorf 2:370
ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ κατά τινας εἱμαρμένους χρόνους ἐκπυροῦσθαι τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον, εἶτʼ αὖθις πάλιν διακοσμεῖσθαι. τὸ μέντοι πρῶτον πῦρ εἶναι καθαπερεί τι σπέρμα, τῶν ἀπάντων ἔχον τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τῶν γεγονότων καὶ τῶν γιγνομένων καὶ τῶν ἐσομένων· τὴν δὲ τούτων ἐπιπλοκὴν καὶ ἀκολουθίαν εἱμαρμένην καὶ ἐπιστήμην καὶ ἀλήθειαν καὶ νόμον εἶναι τῶν ὄντων ἀδιάδραστόν τινα καὶ ἄφυκτον. ταύτῃ δὲ πάντα διοικεῖσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον ὑπέρευ, καθάπερ ἐν εὐνομωτάτῃ τινὶ πολιτείᾳ.”
epeita de kai kata tinas heimarmenous chronous ekpyrousthai ton sympanta kosmon, eitʼ authis palin diakosmeisthai. to mentoi prōton pyr einai kathaperei ti sperma, tōn apantōn echon tous logous kai tas aitias tōn gegonotōn kai tōn gignomenōn kai tōn esomenōn; tēn de toutōn epiplokēn kai akolouthian heimarmenēn kai epistēmēn kai alētheian kai nomon einai tōn ontōn adiadraston tina kai aphykton. tautę̄ de panta dioikeisthai ta kata ton kosmon hypereu, kathaper en eunomōtatę̄ tini politeią.”
Then also that at certain fated times the whole world is set on fire, and then ordered again. The first fire is like a seed, holding the principles of all things and the causes of what has been and is and will be; and their interweaving and sequence is fate and knowledge and truth and a law of existing things, inescapable and unavoidable. By this all things in the world are governed exceedingly well, as in a most well-ordered city.”
Preparation 15, chapter 15
15.15.1Dindorf 2:370
“Ὅλον δὲ τὸν κόσμον σὺν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσι προσαγορεύουσι θεόν· τοῦτον δὲ ἕνα μόνον εἷναί φασι καὶ πεπερασμένον καὶ ζῷον καὶ ἀΐδιον καὶ θεόν. ἐν γὰρ τούτῳ πάντα περιέχεσθαι τὰ σώματα, κενὸν δὲ μηδὲν ὑπάρχειν ἐν αὐτῷ. τὸ γὰρ ἐκ πάσης τῆς οὐσίας ποιὸν προσαγορεύεσθαι, τὸ κατὰ τὴν διακόσμησιν τὴν τοιαύτην διάταξιν ἔχον.
“Holon de ton kosmon syn tois heautou meresi prosagoreuousi theon; touton de hena monon heinai phasi kai peperasmenon kai zǭon kai aïdion kai theon. en gar toutǭ panta periechesthai ta sōmata, kenon de mēden hyparchein en autǭ. to gar ek pasēs tēs ousias poion prosagoreuesthai, to kata tēn diakosmēsin tēn toiautēn diataxin echon.
“They call the whole world with its own parts God; and they say it is one only, and limited, and a living being, and everlasting, and God. For in it all bodies are contained, and there is no void in it. For what is qualified from the whole substance is so called, that which has such an arrangement according to the ordering.
15.15.2Dindorf 2:370
διὸ κατὰ μὲν τὴν προτέραν ἀπόδοσιν ἀΐδιον τὸν κόσμον εἶναί φασι, κατὰ δὲ τὴν διακόσμησιν γεννητὸν καὶ μεταβλητὸν κατὰ περιόδους ἀπείρους γεγονυίας τε καὶ ἐσομένας.
dio kata men tēn proteran apodosin aïdion ton kosmon einai phasi, kata de tēn diakosmēsin gennēton kai metablēton kata periodous apeirous gegonuias te kai esomenas.
That is why according to the former sense they say the world is everlasting, but according to the ordering it is generated and changeable in endless periods that have been and will be.
15.15.3Dindorf 2:370
καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐκ τῆς πάσης οὐσίας ποιὸν κόσμον ἀΐδιον εἶναι καὶ θεόν· λέγεσθαι δὲ κόσμον σύστημα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀέρος καὶ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς φύσεων· λέγεσθαι δὲ κόσμον καὶ τὸ οἰκητήριον θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν ἕνεκα τούτων γενομένων.
kai to men ek tēs pasēs ousias poion kosmon aïdion einai kai theon; legesthai de kosmon systēma ex ouranou kai aeros kai gēs kai thalattēs kai tōn en autois physeōn; legesthai de kosmon kai to oikētērion theōn kai anthrōpōn kai tōn heneka toutōn genomenōn.
And the world qualified from the whole substance is everlasting and God; and the system of heaven and air and earth and sea and the natures in them is called the world; and the dwelling of gods and men and of what came to be for their sake is also called the world.
15.15.4Dindorf 2:370–371
ὃν γὰρ τρόπον πόλις λέγεται διχῶς, τό τε οἰκητήριον καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῶν ἐνοικούντων σὺν τοῖς πολίταις σύστημα, οὕτω καὶ ὁ κόσμος οἱονεὶ πόλις ἐστὶν ἐκ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων συνεστῶσα, τῶν μὲν θεῶν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἐχόντων‚ τῶν δὲ ἀνθρώπων ὑποτεταγμένων.
hon gar tropon polis legetai dichōs, to te oikētērion kai to ek tōn enoikountōn syn tois politais systēma, houtō kai ho kosmos hoionei polis estin ek theōn kai anthrōpōn synestōsa, tōn men theōn tēn hēgemonian echontōn‚ tōn de anthrōpōn hypotetagmenōn.
For as a city is spoken of in two ways, the dwelling and the system of the inhabitants with the citizens, so the world too is as it were a city made up of gods and men, the gods having the leadership and men being subject.
15.15.5Dindorf 2:371
κοινωνίαν δʼ ὑπάρχειν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, διὰ τὸ λόγου μετέχειν, ὅς ἐστι φύσει νόμος· τὰ δʼ ἄλλα πάντα γεγονέναι τούτων ἕνεκα. οἷς ἀκολούθως νομιστέον προνοεῖν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν τὰ ὅλα διοικοῦντα θεὸν‚ εὐεργετικὸν ὄντα καὶ χρηστὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον‚ δίκαιόν τε καὶ πάσας ἔχοντα τὰς ἀρετάς.
koinōnian dʼ hyparchein pros allēlous, dia to logou metechein, hos esti physei nomos; ta dʼ alla panta gegonenai toutōn heneka. hois akolouthōs nomisteon pronoein tōn anthrōpōn ton ta hola dioikounta theon‚ euergetikon onta kai chrēston kai philanthrōpon‚ dikaion te kai pasas echonta tas aretas.
There is fellowship between them through sharing in reason, which is law by nature; and all the other things came to be for their sake. In accordance with which one must hold that the God who governs the universe takes forethought for men, being beneficent and kind and loving to man, just and having all the virtues.
15.15.6Dindorf 2:371
διὸ δὴ καὶ Ζεὺς λέγεται ὁ κόσμος, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ζῆν αἴτιος ἡμῖν ἐστί. καθʼ ὅσον δὲ εἰρομένῳ λόγῳ πάντα διοικεῖ ἀπαραβάτως ἐξ ἀιδίου προσονομάζεσθαι εἱμαρμένην· Ἀδράστειαν δὲ, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔστιν αὐτὸν ἀποδιδράσκειν· Πρόνοιαν δʼ, ὅτι πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον οἰκονομεῖ ἕκαστα.
dio dē kai Zeus legetai ho kosmos, epeidē tou zēn aitios hēmin esti. kathʼ hoson de eiromenǭ logǭ panta dioikei aparabatōs ex aidiou prosonomazesthai heimarmenēn; Adrasteian de, hoti ouden estin auton apodidraskein; Pronoian dʼ, hoti pros to chrēsimon oikonomei hekasta.
That is why the world is also called Zeus, since it is the cause of our living (zēn). And inasmuch as it governs all things inviolably from eternity by a linked reason, it is called Fate (Heimarmenē); Adrasteia, because there is no escaping it; Providence, because it manages each thing for advantage.
15.15.7Dindorf 2:371
ἡγεμονικὸν δὲ τοῦ κόσμου Κλεάνθει μὲν ἤρεσε τὸν ἥλιον εἶναι, διὰ τὸ μέγιστον τῶν ἄστρων ὑπάρχειν, καὶ πλεῖστα συμβάλλεσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὅλων διοίκησιν, ἡμέραν καὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ποιοῦντα καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ὥρας.
hēgemonikon de tou kosmou Kleanthei men ērese ton hēlion einai, dia to megiston tōn astrōn hyparchein, kai pleista symballesthai pros tēn tōn holōn dioikēsin, hēmeran kai eniauton poiounta kai tas allas hōras.
Cleanthes held that the ruling part of the world is the sun, because it is the greatest of the stars and contributes most to the government of the universe, making day and year and the other seasons.
15.15.8Dindorf 2:371
τισὶ δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως ἔδοξε γῆν τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου. Χρυσίππῳ δὲ τὸν αἰθέρα τὸν καθαρώτατον καὶ εἰλικρινέστατον‚ ἅτε πάντων εὐκινητότατον ὄντα, καὶ τὴν ὅλην περιάγοντα τοῦ κόσμου φοράν.”
tisi de tōn apo tēs haireseōs edoxe gēn to hēgemonikon einai tou kosmou. Chrysippǭ de ton aithera ton katharōtaton kai eilikrinestaton‚ hate pantōn eukinētotaton onta, kai tēn holēn periagonta tou kosmou phoran.”
Some of the school thought the earth the ruling part of the world; but Chrysippus the purest and most unmixed ether, as being the most mobile of all and carrying round the whole motion of the world.”
15.15.9Dindorf 2:371
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐπιτομῆς Ἀρείου Διδύμου προκείσθω· πρὸς δὲ τὴν περὶ θεοῦ τῶν Στωϊκῶν δόξαν ἀπαρκεῖ παραθέσθαι τὰς Πορφυρίου λέξεις ἐν τοῖς πρὸς Βόηθον ἀντιγραφεῖσιν αὐτῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς τοῦτον ἐχούσας τὸν τρόπον
Tauta men oun apo tēs Epitomēs Areiou Didymou prokeisthō; pros de tēn peri theou tōn Stōïkōn doxan aparkei parathesthai tas Porphyriou lexeis en tois pros Boēthon antigrapheisin autǭ Peri psychēs touton echousas ton tropon
Let these things from the Epitome of Arius Didymus be set out; and against the Stoics’ opinion about God it suffices to set out the words of Porphyry in what he wrote in reply to Boethus On the Soul, which run thus:
Preparation 15, chapter 16
15.16.1Dindorf 2:371–372
“Τὸν δὲ θεὸν οὐκ ὀκνοῦσι πῦρ νοερὸν εἰπόντες ἀίδιον καταλείπειν‚ καὶ φθείρειν μὲν πάντα λέγειν καὶ ἐπινέμεσθαι‚ ὡς τοιοῦτον ὂν πῦρ οἷον τὸ ἡμῖν συνεγνωσμένον‚ ἀντιλέγειν τε Ἀριστοτέλει, παραιτουμένῳ τὸν αἰθέρα ἐκ πυρὸς λέγειν τοιούτου.
“Ton de theon ouk oknousi pyr noeron eipontes aidion kataleipein‚ kai phtheirein men panta legein kai epinemesthai‚ hōs toiouton on pyr hoion to hēmin synegnōsmenon‚ antilegein te Aristotelei, paraitoumenǭ ton aithera ek pyros legein toioutou.
“They do not hesitate, calling God intelligent fire, to leave him everlasting, and to say that he destroys and consumes all things, as being such a fire as the one known to us; and to contradict Aristotle, who declines to say that the ether is made of such a fire.
15.16.2Dindorf 2:372
ἀπαιτούμενοι δὲ πῶς τὸ τοιοῦτον ἐπιδιαμένει πῦρ ἀλλοῖον μὲν πῦρ οὐ λέγουσιν εἷναι, τὸ τοιοῦτον δʼ εἰπόντες καὶ πιστεύειν αὐτοῖς εἰποῦσιν ἀξιώσαντες, τῇ ἀλόγῳ ταύτῃ πίστει ἐπισυνάπτουσιν ὅτι καὶ ἀίδιόν ἐστι πῦρ, ἐκ μέρους καὶ τὸ αἰθέριον σβέννυσθαι καὶ ἀνάπτεσθαι τιθέντες. ἀλλὰ τὴν τούτων πρὸς μὲν τὰ αὑτῶν ἀβλεψίαν, πρὸς δὲ τὰ τῶν παλαιῶν ῥᾳθυμίαν τε καὶ καταφρόνησιν, τί ἄν τις ἐπιὼν ἐπὶ πλέον μηκύνοι;”
apaitoumenoi de pōs to toiouton epidiamenei pyr alloion men pyr ou legousin heinai, to toiouton dʼ eipontes kai pisteuein autois eipousin axiōsantes, tę̄ alogǭ tautę̄ pistei episynaptousin hoti kai aidion esti pyr, ek merous kai to aitherion sbennysthai kai anaptesthai tithentes. alla tēn toutōn pros men ta hautōn ablepsian, pros de ta tōn palaiōn rhąthymian te kai kataphronēsin, ti an tis epiōn epi pleon mēkynoi?”
And when asked how such fire endures, they do not say it is a different fire, but having said it is such and having thought it right to be believed when they say so, they add to this irrational belief that it is also everlasting fire, while holding that even the ethereal fire is in part quenched and kindled. But why should one go on at length about their blindness to their own views and their carelessness and contempt for those of the ancients?”
Preparation 15, chapter 17
15.17.1Dindorf 2:372
“Ἀλλὰ τί δή ἐστι τὸ ὅν; ἆρα ταυτὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα τὰ τέτταρα, ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πῦρ καὶ αἶ ἄλλαι δύο μεταξὺ φύσεις; ἆρα οὖν δὴ τὰ ὄντα ταῦτά ἐστιν, ἤτοι ξυλλήβδην ἢ καθʼ ἕν γέ τι αὐτῶν; καὶ πῶς, ἅ γέ ἐστι καὶ γεννητὰ καὶ παλινάγρετα‚ εἴ γε ἔστιν ὁρᾶν αὐτὰ ἐξ ἀλλήλων γινόμενα, καὶ ἐπαλλασσόμενα, καὶ μήτε στοιχεῖα ὑπάρχοντα μήτε συλλαβάς;
“Alla ti dē esti to hon? ara tauti ta stoicheia ta tettara, hē gē kai to pyr kai ai allai dyo metaxy physeis? ara oun dē ta onta tauta estin, ētoi xyllēbdēn ē kathʼ hen ge ti autōn? kai pōs, ha ge esti kai gennēta kai palinagreta‚ ei ge estin horan auta ex allēlōn ginomena, kai epallassomena, kai mēte stoicheia hyparchonta mēte syllabas?
“But what then is being? Is it these four elements, earth and fire and the two other natures between? Are these, then, the things that are, either all together or at least each of them singly? And how, when they are both generated and recurrent, if indeed one can see them coming to be from one another and changing places, and being neither elements nor syllables?
15.17.2Dindorf 2:372
σῶμα μὲν ταυτὶ οὕτως οὐκ ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄν. ἀλλʼ ἄρα ταυτὶ μὲν οὒ, ἡ δʼ ὕλη δύναται εἶναι ὄν· ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴ παντὸς μᾶλλον ἀδύνατον, ἀρρωστίᾳ τοῦ μένειν. ποταμὸς γὰρ ἡ ὕλη ῥοώδης καὶ ὀξύρροπος‚ βάθος καὶ πλάτος καὶ μῆκος ἀόριστος καὶ ἀνήνυτος.”
sōma men tauti houtōs ouk an eiē to on. allʼ ara tauti men ou, hē dʼ hylē dynatai einai on; alla kai autē pantos mallon adynaton, arrōstią tou menein. potamos gar hē hylē rhoōdēs kai oxyrropos‚ bathos kai platos kai mēkos aoristos kai anēnytos.”
Body, then, in this way would not be being. But perhaps not these, but matter can be being? But this too is wholly impossible, because of its weakness in remaining. For matter is a river, flowing and swift-rushing, indefinite and endless in depth and breadth and length.”
15.17.3Dindorf 2:372
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει “Ὥστε καλῶς ὁ λόγος εἴρηκε, φὰς‚ εἰ ἔστιν ἄπειρος ἡ ὕλη‚ ἀόριστον εἶναι αὐτήν· εἰ δὲ ἀόριστος, ἄλογος· εἰ δὲ ἄλογος‚ ἄγνωστος. ἄγνωστον δέ γε οὖσαν αὐτὴν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ἄτακτον· ὡς τεταγμένα γνωσθῆναι πάνυ δήπουθεν ἂν εἴη ῥᾴδια· τὸ δὲ ἄτακτον οὐχ ἔστηκεν· ὅ τι δὲ μὴ ἕστηκεν οὐκ ἂν εἴη ὄν.
Kai meta brachea epilegei “Hōste kalōs ho logos eirēke, phas‚ ei estin apeiros hē hylē‚ aoriston einai autēn; ei de aoristos, alogos; ei de alogos‚ agnōstos. agnōston de ge ousan autēn anankaion einai atakton; hōs tetagmena gnōsthēnai pany dēpouthen an eiē rhądia; to de atakton ouch estēken; ho ti de mē hestēken ouk an eiē on.
And a little after he adds: “So that the argument has spoken well, saying that if matter is infinite it is indefinite; if indefinite, irrational; if irrational, unknowable. And being unknowable, it must be disordered; for ordered things would surely be very easy to know; and the disordered does not stand still; and what does not stand still could not be being.
15.17.4Dindorf 2:372–373
τοῦτο δὲ ἦν ὅπερ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ὡμολογησάμεθα ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, ταυτὶ πάντα συνενεχθῆναι τῷ ὄντι ἀθέμιστον εἷναι. δοξάτω μάλιστα μὲν πᾶσιν, εἰ δὲ μὴ‚ ἀλλʼ ἐμοί. οὐκοῦν φημὶ τὴν ὕλην οὔτε αὐτὴν οὔτε τὰ σώματα εἶναι ὄν.
touto de ēn hoper hēmin autois hōmologēsametha en tois emprosthen, tauti panta synenechthēnai tǭ onti athemiston heinai. doxatō malista men pasin, ei de mē‚ allʼ emoi. oukoun phēmi tēn hylēn oute autēn oute ta sōmata einai on.
This was what we agreed among ourselves before, that it is not lawful for all these to be brought together with being. Let it seem so above all to everyone, but if not, then to me. I say, then, that neither matter itself nor bodies are being.
15.17.5Dindorf 2:373
τί οὖν δή; ἢ ἔχομεν παρὰ ταῦτα ἄλλο τι ἐν τῇ φύσει τῇ τῶν ὅλων; ναί· τοῦτο οὐδὲν εἰπεῖν ποικίλον, εἰ τόδε πρῶτον μὲν ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἅμα πειραθείημεν διαλεγόμενοι.
ti oun dē? ē echomen para tauta allo ti en tę̄ physei tę̄ tōn holōn? nai; touto ouden eipein poikilon, ei tode prōton men en hēmin autois hama peiratheiēmen dialegomenoi.
What then? Do we have something else besides these in the nature of the universe? Yes; and this is nothing intricate to say, if first we try it out at the same time in ourselves by discussion.
15.17.6Dindorf 2:373
ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ σώματά ἐστι φύσει τεθνηκότα καὶ νεκρὰ καὶ πεφορημένα καὶ οὐδʼ ἐν ταὐτῷ μένοντα, ἆρʼ οὐχὶ τοῦ καθέξοντος αὐτοῖς δεῖ; παντὸς μᾶλλον.
epei de ta sōmata esti physei tethnēkota kai nekra kai pephorēmena kai oudʼ en tautǭ menonta, arʼ ouchi tou kathexontos autois dei? pantos mallon.
Since bodies are by nature dead and lifeless and carried about and not remaining in the same state, do they not need something to hold them together? Above all.
15.17.7Dindorf 2:373
εἰ μὴ τύχοι δὲ τούτου, ἄρα μείνειεν ἄν; παντὸς ἧττον. τί οὑν ἐστι τὸ κατασχῆσον; εἰ μὲν δὴ καὶ τοῦτο εἴη σῶμα, Δῖός σωτῆρος δοκεῖ ἂν ἐμοὶ δεηθῆναι αὐτὸ παραλυόμενον καὶ σκιδνάμενον.
ei mē tychoi de toutou, ara meineien an? pantos hētton. ti houn esti to kataschēson? ei men dē kai touto eiē sōma, Dios sōtēros dokei an emoi deēthēnai auto paralyomenon kai skidnamenon.
And if they did not meet with this, would they remain? Least of all. What, then, is that which will hold them? If this too were body, it seems to me it would itself need Zeus the Savior, being loosened and scattered.
15.17.8Dindorf 2:373
εἰ μέντοι χρὴ αὐτὸ ἀπηλλάχθαι τῆς τῶν σωμάτων πάθης, ἵνα κἀκείνοις κεκυημένοις τὴν φθορὰν ἀμύνειν δύνηται καὶ κατέχῃ‚ ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐ δοκεῖ ἄλλο τι εἶναι ἢ μόνον γε τὸ ἀσώματον· αὕτη γὰρ δὴ φύσεων πασῶν μόνη ἕστηκε‚ καὶ ἔστιν ἀραρυῖα καὶ οὐδὲν σωματική. οὔτε γοῦν γίνεται οὔτε αὔξεται οὔτε κίνησιν κινεῖται ἄλλην οὐδεμίαν‚ καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καλῶς δίκαιον ἐφάνη πρεσβεῦσαι τὸ ἀσώματον.”
ei mentoi chrē auto apēllachthai tēs tōn sōmatōn pathēs, hina kakeinois kekyēmenois tēn phthoran amynein dynētai kai katechę̄‚ emoi men ou dokei allo ti einai ē monon ge to asōmaton; hautē gar dē physeōn pasōn monē hestēke‚ kai estin araruia kai ouden sōmatikē. oute goun ginetai oute auxetai oute kinēsin kineitai allēn oudemian‚ kai dia tauta kalōs dikaion ephanē presbeusai to asōmaton.”
But if it must be free from the affections of bodies, so that it can ward off destruction from those that have been conceived and hold them, it seems to me that it is nothing else than the incorporeal alone. For this alone of all natures stands still, and is fixed, and is in no way bodily. It neither comes to be nor grows nor moves with any other motion; and for these reasons it rightly appeared just to honor the incorporeal first.”
Preparation 15, chapter 18
15.18.1Dindorf 2:373
“Ἀρέσκει δὲ τοῖς πρεσβυτάτοις τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης ἐξαιθεροῦσθαι πάντα, κατὰ περιόδους τινὰς τὰς μεγίστας εἰς πῦρ αἰθερῶδες ἀναλυομένων πάντων. Καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει
“Areskei de tois presbytatois tōn apo tēs haireseōs tautēs exaitherousthai panta, kata periodous tinas tas megistas eis pyr aitherōdes analyomenōn pantōn. Kai hexēs epagei
“The oldest of this school hold that all things become ether, all things being dissolved, at certain very long periods, into ethereal fire.” And next he adds:
15.18.2Dindorf 2:373–374
“ Ἐκ τούτων δὲ δῆλον ὅτι Χρύσιππος ἐπὶ τῆς οὐσίας οὐ ταύτην παρείληφε τὴν σύγχυσιν· ἀδύνατον γάρ· ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀντὶ τῆς μεταβολῆς λεγομένην. οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κατὰ περιόδους τῆς μεγίστης γινομένης φθορᾶς κυρίως παραλαμβάνουσι τὴν φθορὰν οἱ τὴν εἰς πῦρ ἀνάλυσιν τῶν ὅλων δογματίζοντες‚ ἣν δὴ καλοῦσιν ἐκπύρωσιν‚ ἀλλʼ ἀντὶ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν μεταβολῆς χρῶνται τῇ προσηγορίᾳ τῆς φθορᾶς.
“ Ek toutōn de dēlon hoti Chrysippos epi tēs ousias ou tautēn pareilēphe tēn synchysin; adynaton gar; alla tēn anti tēs metabolēs legomenēn. ou gar epi tēs tou kosmou kata periodous tēs megistēs ginomenēs phthoras kyriōs paralambanousi tēn phthoran hoi tēn eis pyr analysin tōn holōn dogmatizontes‚ hēn dē kalousin ekpyrōsin‚ allʼ anti tēs kata physin metabolēs chrōntai tę̄ prosēgorią tēs phthoras.
“From this it is clear that Chrysippus did not take, in the case of substance, this confusion, for it is impossible, but the one spoken of in place of change. For those who teach the dissolution of the universe into fire, which they call conflagration, do not use “destruction” properly of the world’s destruction that happens in the greatest periods, but use the name of destruction in place of change according to nature.
15.18.3Dindorf 2:374
ἀρέσκει γὰρ τοῖς Στωϊκοῖς φιλοσόφοις τὴν ὅλην οὐσίαν εἰς πῦρ μεταβάλλειν, οἷον εἰς σπέρμα, καὶ πάλιν ἐκ τούτου αὐτὴν ἀποτελεῖσθαι τὴν διακόσμησιν‚ οἵα τὸ πρότερον ἦν. καὶ τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως οἶ πρῶτοι καὶ πρεσβύτατοι προσήκαντο‚ Ζήνων τε καὶ Κλεάνθης καὶ Χρύσιππος. τὸν μὲν γὰρ τούτου μαθητὴν καὶ διάδοχον τῆς σχολῆς Ζήνωνά φασιν ἐπισχεῖν περὶ τῆς ἐκπυρώσεως τῶν ὅλων.”
areskei gar tois Stōïkois philosophois tēn holēn ousian eis pyr metaballein, hoion eis sperma, kai palin ek toutou autēn apoteleisthai tēn diakosmēsin‚ hoia to proteron ēn. kai touto to dogma tōn apo tēs haireseōs oi prōtoi kai presbytatoi prosēkanto‚ Zēnōn te kai Kleanthēs kai Chrysippos. ton men gar toutou mathētēn kai diadochon tēs scholēs Zēnōna phasin epischein peri tēs ekpyrōseōs tōn holōn.”
For the Stoic philosophers hold that the whole substance changes into fire, as into a seed, and again from this the ordering is completed such as it was before. And this doctrine was accepted by the first and oldest of the school, Zeno and Cleanthes and Chrysippus. For Zeno, his pupil and successor in the school, they say suspended judgment about the conflagration of the universe.”
Preparation 15, chapter 19
15.19.1Dindorf 2:374
“Ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ προελθὼν ὁ κοινὸς λόγος, καὶ κοινὴ φύσις μείζων καὶ πλείων γενομένη τέλος ἀναξηράνασα πάντα καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὴν ἀναλαβοῦσα, ἐν τῇ πάσῃ οὐσίᾳ γίνεται, ἐπανελθοῦσα εἰς τὸν πρῶτον ῥηθέντα λόγον καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐκείνην τὴν ποιοῦσαν ἐνιαυτὸν τὸν μέγιστον, καθʼ ὃν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς μόνης εἰς αὐτὴν πάλιν γίνεται ἡ ἀποκατάστασις.
“Epi tosouton de proelthōn ho koinos logos, kai koinē physis meizōn kai pleiōn genomenē telos anaxēranasa panta kai eis heautēn analabousa, en tę̄ pasę̄ ousią ginetai, epanelthousa eis ton prōton rhēthenta logon kai eis tēn anastasin ekeinēn tēn poiousan eniauton ton megiston, kathʼ hon apʼ autēs monēs eis autēn palin ginetai hē apokatastasis.
“The common reason having advanced so far, and the common nature having become greater and fuller, having at last dried up all things and taken them up into itself, it comes to be in the whole substance, having returned to the first-mentioned account and to that resurrection that makes the greatest year, in which the restoration takes place from itself alone back into itself.
15.19.2Dindorf 2:374
ἐπανελθοῦσα δὲ διὰ τάξιν, ἀφʼ οἵας διακοσμεῖν ὡσαύτως ἤρξατο, κατὰ λόγον πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν διεξαγωγὴν ποιεῖται, τῶν τοιούτων περιόδων ἐξ ἀϊδίου γινομένων ἀκαταπαύστως. οὔτε γὰρ τῆς ἀρχῆς αἰτίαν καὶ πᾶσιν οἷόν τε γίνεσθαι οὔτε τοῦ διοικοῦντος αὐτά.
epanelthousa de dia taxin, aphʼ hoias diakosmein hōsautōs ērxato, kata logon palin tēn autēn diexagōgēn poieitai, tōn toioutōn periodōn ex aïdiou ginomenōn akatapaustōs. oute gar tēs archēs aitian kai pasin hoion te ginesthai oute tou dioikountos auta.
Having returned through order, from such an arrangement as it began to order things in the same way, it again makes the same course according to reason, such periods taking place from eternity without ceasing. For it is not possible for there to be a cause of the beginning and for all things, nor of what governs them.
15.19.3Dindorf 2:374
οὐσίαν τε γὰρ τοῖς γινομένοις ὑφεστάναι δεῖ, πεφυκυῖαν ἀναδέχεσθαι τὰς μεταβολὰς πάσας, καὶ τὸ δημιουργῆσαν ἐξ αὐτῆς. οἵα γὰρ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν τίς ἐστι φύσις δημιουργοῦσα‚ τοιούτου τινὸς κατʼ ἀνάγκην ὄντος καὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἀγεννήτου· γενέσεως γὰρ ἀρχὴν οὐχ οἷόν τε εἶναι ἐπὶ τῆς φύσεως ταύτης. ὃν τρόπον δʼ ἀγέννητός ἐστι καὶ ἀναιρεθῆναι ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν αὐτὴν, οὔτε αὐτῆς ἐξ αὑτῆς οὔτε ἔξωθέν τινος ἀναιρήσοντος αὐτήν.”
ousian te gar tois ginomenois hyphestanai dei, pephykuian anadechesthai tas metabolas pasas, kai to dēmiourgēsan ex autēs. hoia gar ephʼ hēmōn tis esti physis dēmiourgousa‚ toioutou tinos katʼ anankēn ontos kai en tǭ kosmǭ agennētou; geneseōs gar archēn ouch hoion te einai epi tēs physeōs tautēs. hon tropon dʼ agennētos esti kai anairethēnai adynaton estin autēn, oute autēs ex hautēs oute exōthen tinos anairēsontos autēn.”
For a substance must underlie the things that come to be, of a nature to receive all the changes, and that which fashions from it. For as in us there is a certain fashioning nature, so of necessity there is something of the kind in the world too, ungenerated; for there cannot be a beginning of generation in the case of this nature. And as it is ungenerated, so it is impossible for it to be destroyed, either by itself or by anything outside destroying it.”
Preparation 15, chapter 20
15.20.1Dindorf 2:374–375
“ Τὸ δὲ σπέρμα φησὶν ὁ Ζήνων εἷναι ὃ μεθίησιν ἄνθρωπος πνεῦμα μεθʼ ὑγροῦ‚ ψυχῆς μέρος καὶ ἀπόσπασμα, καὶ τοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ τῶν προγόνων κέρασμα καὶ μίγμα τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μερῶν συνεληλυθός· ἔχον γὰρ τοὺς λόγους τῷ ὅλῳ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, ὅταν ἀφεθῇ εἰς τὴν μήτραν, συλληφθὲν ὑπʼ ἄλλου πνεύματος, μέρος ψυχῆς τῆς τοῦ θήλεος καὶ συμφυὲς γενόμενον, κρυφθέν τε φύει κινούμενον καὶ ἀναρριπιζόμενον ὑπʼ ἐκείνου, προσλαμβάνον ἀεὶ εἰς τὸ ὑγρὸν καὶ αὐξάνον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ.”
“ To de sperma phēsin ho Zēnōn heinai ho methiēsin anthrōpos pneuma methʼ hygrou‚ psychēs meros kai apospasma, kai tou spermatos tou tōn progonōn kerasma kai migma tōn tēs psychēs merōn synelēlythos; echon gar tous logous tǭ holǭ tous autous touto, hotan aphethę̄ eis tēn mētran, syllēphthen hypʼ allou pneumatos, meros psychēs tēs tou thēleos kai symphyes genomenon, kryphthen te phyei kinoumenon kai anarripizomenon hypʼ ekeinou, proslambanon aei eis to hygron kai auxanon ex heautou.”
“The seed, Zeno says, which a man emits is breath with moisture, a part and fragment of soul, and a blend and mixture of the seed of the ancestors, come together from the parts of the soul. For having the same principles as the whole, when it is released into the womb, it is caught by another breath, becoming a part of the soul of the female and grown together with it, and hidden, it grows, being moved and fanned by it, always taking in more moisture and increasing of itself.”
15.20.2Dindorf 2:375
Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει “Περὶ δὲ ψυχῆς Κλεάνθης μὲν τὰ Ζήνωνος δόγματα παρατιθέμενος πρὸς σύγκρισιν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους φυσικούς φησιν ὅτι Ζήνων τὴν ψυχὴν λέγει αἴσθησιν, ἢ ἀναθυμίασιν, καθάπερ Ἡράκλειτος. βουλόμενος γὰρ ἐμφανίσαι ὅτι αἱ ψυχαὶ ἀναθυμιώμεναι νοεραὶ ἀεὶ γίνονται εἴκασεν αὐτὰς τοῖς ποταμοῖς, λέγων οὕτως ‘ποταμοῖσι τοῖσίν αὐτοῖσιν ἐμβαίνουσιν ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα ὕδατα ἐπιρρεῖ· καὶ ψυχαὶ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑγρῶν ἀναθυμιῶνται.’
Kai meta brachea epilegei “Peri de psychēs Kleanthēs men ta Zēnōnos dogmata paratithemenos pros synkrisin tēn pros tous allous physikous phēsin hoti Zēnōn tēn psychēn legei aisthēsin, ē anathymiasin, kathaper Hērakleitos. boulomenos gar emphanisai hoti hai psychai anathymiōmenai noerai aei ginontai eikasen autas tois potamois, legōn houtōs ‘potamoisi toisin autoisin embainousin hetera kai hetera hydata epirrei; kai psychai de apo tōn hygrōn anathymiōntai.’
And a little after he adds: “About the soul, Cleanthes, setting out the doctrines of Zeno for comparison with the other natural philosophers, says that Zeno calls the soul a perceptive exhalation, as Heraclitus does. For wishing to show that souls, being exhaled, always become intelligent, he likened them to rivers, saying thus: ‘On those who step into the same rivers, different and different waters flow; and souls too are exhaled from what is moist.’
15.20.3Dindorf 2:375
ἀναθυμίασιν μὲν οὖν ὁμοίως τῷ Ἡρακλείτῳ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀποφαίνει Ζήνων, αἰσθητικὴν δὲ αὐτὴν εἶναι διὰ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι τυποῦσθαί γε δύναται τὸ μέρος τὸ ἡγούμενον αὐτῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ὄντων καὶ ὑπαρχόντων διὰ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων καὶ παραδέχεσθαι τὰς τυπώσεις. ταῦτα γὰρ ἴδια ψυχῆς ἐστι.”
anathymiasin men oun homoiōs tǭ Hērakleitǭ tēn psychēn apophainei Zēnōn, aisthētikēn de autēn einai dia touto legei hoti typousthai ge dynatai to meros to hēgoumenon autēs apo tōn ontōn kai hyparchontōn dia tōn aisthētēriōn kai paradechesthai tas typōseis. tauta gar idia psychēs esti.”
Zeno, then, declares the soul an exhalation, as Heraclitus does, and he says it is perceptive for this reason, that its ruling part can be impressed by the things that are and exist through the organs of sense and receive the impressions. For these are properties of the soul.”
15.20.4Dindorf 2:375
Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα “Εἶναι δὲ ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ φασὶν, ὃ καλοῦσιν αἰθέρα, καὶ ἀέρα κύκλῳ περὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν, καὶ ἐκ τούτων ἀναθυμιάσεις· τὰς δὲ λοιπὰς ψυχὰς προσπεφυκέναι ταύτῃ, ὅσαι τε ἐν ζῴοις εἰσὶ καὶ ὅσαι ἐν τῷ περιέχοντι· διαμένειν γὰρ τὰς τῶν ἀποθανόντων ψυχάς.
Kai methʼ hetera “Einai de psychēn en tǭ holǭ phasin, ho kalousin aithera, kai aera kyklǭ peri tēn gēn kai thalassan, kai ek toutōn anathymiaseis; tas de loipas psychas prospephykenai tautę̄, hosai te en zǭois eisi kai hosai en tǭ periechonti; diamenein gar tas tōn apothanontōn psychas.
And after other things: “They say there is a soul in the whole, which they call ether, and air round about the earth and sea, and exhalations from these; and that the other souls are joined to this, both those in living beings and those in the surrounding air; for the souls of the dead remain.
15.20.5Dindorf 2:375–376
ἔνιοι δὲ τὴν μὲν τοῦ ὅλου ἀΐδιον, τὰς δὲ λοιπὰς συμμίγνυσθαι ἐπὶ τελευτῇ ἐκείνην. ἔχειν δὲ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἡγεμονικόν τι ἐν αὑτῇ, ὃ δὴ ζωὴ καὶ αἴσθησίς ἐστι καὶ ὁρμή.”
enioi de tēn men tou holou aïdion, tas de loipas symmignysthai epi teleutę̄ ekeinēn. echein de pasan psychēn hēgemonikon ti en hautę̄, ho dē zōē kai aisthēsis esti kai hormē.”
Some say that the soul of the whole is everlasting, while the others are mingled with it at their end. And every soul has some ruling part in itself, which is life and perception and impulse.”
15.20.6Dindorf 2:376
Καὶ ἔτι μετʼ ὀλίγα “Τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν γεννητήν τε καὶ φθαρτὴν λέγουσιν· οὐκ εὐθὺς δὲ τοῦ σώματος ἀπαλλαγεῖσαν φθείρεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐπιμένειν τινὰς χρόνους καθʼ ἑαυτήν· τὴν μὲν τῶν σπουδαίων μέχρι τῆς εἰς πῦρ ἀναλύσεως τῶν πάντων, τὴν δὲ τῶν ἀφρόνων πρὸς ποσούς τινας χρόνους.
Kai eti metʼ oliga “Tēn de psychēn gennētēn te kai phthartēn legousin; ouk euthys de tou sōmatos apallageisan phtheiresthai, allʼ epimenein tinas chronous kathʼ heautēn; tēn men tōn spoudaiōn mechri tēs eis pyr analyseōs tōn pantōn, tēn de tōn aphronōn pros posous tinas chronous.
And again a little after: “They say that the soul is generated and perishable; but it does not perish at once on being released from the body, but remains for some times by itself; that of the good until the dissolution of all things into fire, that of the foolish for certain periods.
15.20.7Dindorf 2:376
τὸ δὲ διαμένειν τὰς ψυχὰς οὕτω λέγουσιν, ὅτι διαμένομεν ἡμεῖς ψυχαὶ γινόμενοι τοῦ σώματος χωρισθέντος καὶ εἰς ἐλάττω μεταβαλόντος οὐσίαν τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς. τὰς δὲ τῶν ἀφρόνων καὶ ἀλόγων ζῴων ψυχὰς συναπόλλυσθαι τοῖς σώμασι.”
to de diamenein tas psychas houtō legousin, hoti diamenomen hēmeis psychai ginomenoi tou sōmatos chōristhentos kai eis elattō metabalontos ousian tēn tēs psychēs. tas de tōn aphronōn kai alogōn zǭōn psychas synapollysthai tois sōmasi.”
And they speak of souls remaining in this sense: that we remain, becoming souls, when the body is separated and we change into the lesser substance of the soul. But the souls of the foolish and of irrational animals perish with their bodies.”
15.20.8Dindorf 2:376
Τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ τῆς Στωϊκῆς φιλοσοφίας δόγματα ἀπὸ τῶν Ἐπιτομῶν Ἀρείου Διδύμου συνειλεγμένα. πρὸς δὲ τὴν περὶ ψυχῆς ἄτοπον τῶν ἀνδρῶν δόξαν ἀπαρκεῖ τὰ παρὰ Λογγίνῳ τῷ καθʼ ἡμὰς συντόμως ἀντειρημένα διὰ τούτων
Toiauta kai ta tēs Stōïkēs philosophias dogmata apo tōn Epitomōn Areiou Didymou syneilegmena. pros de tēn peri psychēs atopon tōn andrōn doxan aparkei ta para Longinǭ tǭ kathʼ hēmas syntomōs anteirēmena dia toutōn
Such are the doctrines of the Stoic philosophy, collected from the Epitomes of Arius Didymus. Against the men’s absurd opinion about the soul, the brief refutations by Longinus, of our own time, suffice, in these words:
Preparation 15, chapter 21
15.21.1Dindorf 2:376–377
“Συνελόντι δʼ εἰπεῖν, πόρρω μοι δοκοῦσιν ἀφεστηκέναι τοῦ τὰ δέοντα λογίζεσθαι πάντες ἐφεξῆς ὁπόσοι τὴν ψυχὴν σῶμα ἀπεφήναντο. πῶς γὰρ ὅλως ἐγχωρεῖ παραπλήσιον εἶναί τινι τῶν στοιχείων τὸ κατʼ αὐτὴν θεῖναι; ποῦ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς κράσεις καὶ μίξεις ἀνενεγκεῖν; αἳ κατὰ πολλοὺς γιγνόμεναι τρόπους ἄλλων μὲν ἀμυθήτων ἰδέας σωμάτων ἀπογεννᾶν πεφύκασιν, ἐν οἶς εἰ καὶ μὴ συνεχῶς, ἀλλʼ οὖν πόρρωθεν ἰδεῖν ἔνι τὴν τῶν στοιχείων αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰ δεύτερα καὶ τρίτα τῶν πρώτων ἀφορμήν. τῶν δὲ περὶ ψυχὴν ἴχνος οὐδὲν οὐδὲ τεκμήριον ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν εὑρίσκεται, κἂν εἰ φιλοτιμοῖτό τις, ὡς Ἐπίκουρος καὶ Χρύσιππος, ἅπαντα λίθον κινεῖν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐρευνᾶν δύναμιν σώματος εἰς γένεσιν τῶν περὶ ψυχῆς πράξεων.
“Synelonti dʼ eipein, porrō moi dokousin aphestēkenai tou ta deonta logizesthai pantes ephexēs hoposoi tēn psychēn sōma apephēnanto. pōs gar holōs enchōrei paraplēsion einai tini tōn stoicheiōn to katʼ autēn theinai? pou de epi tas kraseis kai mixeis anenenkein? hai kata pollous gignomenai tropous allōn men amythētōn ideas sōmatōn apogennan pephykasin, en ois ei kai mē synechōs, allʼ oun porrōthen idein eni tēn tōn stoicheiōn aitian kai tēn pros ta deutera kai trita tōn prōtōn aphormēn. tōn de peri psychēn ichnos ouden oude tekmērion en tois sōmasin heurisketai, kan ei philotimoito tis, hōs Epikouros kai Chrysippos, hapanta lithon kinein kai pasan ereunan dynamin sōmatos eis genesin tōn peri psychēs praxeōn.
“To speak briefly, all those in succession who have declared the soul to be a body seem to me to have strayed far from reasoning as one should. For how is it at all possible to make what belongs to it similar to any of the elements? And where could one refer it to blends and mixtures? These, coming about in many ways, are of a nature to beget the forms of countless other bodies, in which, if not continuously, yet at a distance one can see the cause in the elements and the starting point of the first toward the second and third. But of the things of the soul no trace or sign is found in bodies, even if one were eager, like Epicurus and Chrysippus, to move every stone and search every power of body for the origin of the acts of the soul.
15.21.2Dindorf 2:377
τί γὰρ ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος ἡμῖν λεπτότης πρὸ ἔργου γένοιτʼ ἂν εἰς φαντασίας καὶ λογισμούς; τί δέ; τῶν ἀτόμων σχῆμα τοσαύτην παρὰ τὰ ἄλλα ἔχει δύναμιν καὶ τροπὴν, ὥστε φρόνησιν γεννᾶν, ὅταν εἰς ἑτέρου πλάσιν ἐγκαταμιχθῇ σώματος; οἶμαι μὲν ὡς οὐδʼ εἰ τῶν Ἡφαίστου τις ὢν τύχοι τριπόδων καὶ θεραπαινῶν, (ὧν φησιν Ὅμηρος τοὺς μὲν αὐτομάτους εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα διʼ αὑτῶν χωρεῖν, τὰς δὲ συνεργάζεσθαι τῷ δεσπότῃ, καὶ μηδενὸς οἴων οἶ ζῶντες ἔχουσι πλεονεκτημάτων ἀπολείπεσθαι) μή τί γε δὴ τῶν ἐκ ταὐτομάτου ψηγμάτων, καὶ αὖ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν αἰγιαλῶν προσέοικε λίθοις, εἰς τὸ δύνασθαί τι περιττότερον ποιεῖν πρὸς αἴσθησιν.
ti gar hē tou pneumatos hēmin leptotēs pro ergou genoitʼ an eis phantasias kai logismous? ti de? tōn atomōn schēma tosautēn para ta alla echei dynamin kai tropēn, hōste phronēsin gennan, hotan eis heterou plasin enkatamichthę̄ sōmatos? oimai men hōs oudʼ ei tōn Hēphaistou tis ōn tychoi tripodōn kai therapainōn, (hōn phēsin Homēros tous men automatous eis ton agōna diʼ hautōn chōrein, tas de synergazesthai tǭ despotę̄, kai mēdenos oiōn oi zōntes echousi pleonektēmatōn apoleipesthai) mē ti ge dē tōn ek tautomatou psēgmatōn, kai au tois epi tōn aigialōn proseoike lithois, eis to dynasthai ti perittoteron poiein pros aisthēsin.
For what would the fineness of breath contribute for us to impressions and reasonings? And what? Has the shape of atoms so much power beyond the others, and such turning, as to beget wisdom when mixed into the molding of another body? I think that not even if one should happen to be one of the tripods and handmaids of Hephaestus (of whom Homer says that the former went of themselves to the assembly, and the latter worked with their master, and lacked none of the advantages the living have), still less one of the particles of chance, which are like the stones on the beaches, would it be able to do anything more extraordinary for perception.
15.21.3Dindorf 2:377–378
Ζήνωνι μὲν γὰρ καὶ Κλεάνθει νεμεσήσειέ τις ἂν δικαίως οὕτω σφόδρα ὑβριστικῶς περὶ αὐτῆς διαλεχθεῖσι καὶ ταὐτὸν ἄμφω τοῦ στερεοῦ σώματος εἶναι τὴν ψυχὴν ἀναθυμίασιν φήσασι. τί γὰρ, ὠ πρὸς θεῶν, κοινὸν ὅλως ἀναθυμιάσει καὶ ψυχῇ; ποῦ δὲ ἐγχωρεῖ νομίσαντας τούτῳ προσεοικέναι τήν θʼ ἡμετέραν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων οὐσίαν, τοῦτο μὲν φαντασίας καὶ μνήμας οἵους τε εἶναι σώζειν διαρκεῖς, τοῦτο δὲ ὁρμὰς καὶ βουλήσεις τῶν λυσιτελούντων εἰς σύνεσιν πραγμάτων; ἦ τἄρα καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τὸν διὰ πάντων παρήκοντα ὁμοίως ἐπιγείων τε καὶ οὐρανίων εἰς ἀναθυμίασιν καὶ καπνὸν καὶ τοιαύτην φλυαρίαν καταθήσομεν, καὶ οὐδὲ τοὺς ποιητὰς αἰσχυνόμεθα, οἳ καίπερ ἀκριβῆ σύνεσιν τῶν θεῶν οὐκ ἔχοντες, ὅμως τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῆς κοινῆς ἐπινοίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὰ δὲ ἐξ ἐπιπνοίας τῶν Μουσῶν, ἣ κινεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ταῦτα πέφυκε, σεμνότερα εἰρήκασι περὶ αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἀναθυμιάσεις, οὐδʼ ἀέρας, οὐδὲ πνεύματα καὶ λήρους;” Ταῦτά σοι καὶ ὁ Λογγῖνος. ἐπάκουσον δὲ καὶ Πλωτίνου τὰ τοιάδε πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀποτεινομένου
Zēnōni men gar kai Kleanthei nemesēseie tis an dikaiōs houtō sphodra hybristikōs peri autēs dialechtheisi kai tauton amphō tou stereou sōmatos einai tēn psychēn anathymiasin phēsasi. ti gar, ō pros theōn, koinon holōs anathymiasei kai psychę̄? pou de enchōrei nomisantas toutǭ proseoikenai tēn thʼ hēmeteran kai tēn tōn allōn zǭōn ousian, touto men phantasias kai mnēmas hoious te einai sōzein diarkeis, touto de hormas kai boulēseis tōn lysitelountōn eis synesin pragmatōn? ē tara kai tous theous kai ton dia pantōn parēkonta homoiōs epigeiōn te kai ouraniōn eis anathymiasin kai kapnon kai toiautēn phlyarian katathēsomen, kai oude tous poiētas aischynometha, hoi kaiper akribē synesin tōn theōn ouk echontes, homōs ta men ek tēs koinēs epinoias tōn anthrōpōn, ta de ex epipnoias tōn Mousōn, hē kinein autous epi tauta pephyke, semnotera eirēkasi peri autōn, kai ouk anathymiaseis, oudʼ aeras, oude pneumata kai lērous?” Tauta soi kai ho Longinos. epakouson de kai Plōtinou ta toiade pros tous autous apoteinomenou
One might justly be indignant with Zeno and Cleanthes for speaking so very insolently about it, both saying that the soul is an exhalation of the solid body. For what, by the gods, has exhalation in common with soul at all? And how is it possible, thinking that our substance and that of the other animals is like this, that it can preserve lasting impressions and memories, and impulses and wishes for things profitable to understanding? Shall we then put the gods too, and him who pervades all things alike, earthly and heavenly, down as exhalation and smoke and such nonsense, and not even be ashamed before the poets, who, though they have no exact understanding of the gods, yet, partly from the common notion of men, partly from the inspiration of the Muses, which naturally moves them to these things, have said more solemn things about them, and not exhalations or airs or breaths and nonsense?” So much for you from Longinus. Hear also these words of Plotinus, addressed to the same men:
Preparation 15, chapter 22
15.22.1Dindorf 2:378
“Εἰ ἔστιν ἀθάνατος ἕκαστος ἡμῶν, ἢ φθείρεται πᾶς, ἢ τὰ μὲν αὐτοῦ ἄπεισιν εἰς σκέδασιν καὶ φθορὰν, τὰ δὲ μένει εἰσαεὶ ἅπερ ἐστὶν, αὐτὸς ὧδʼ ἄν τις μάθοι κατὰ φύσιν ἐπισκοπούμενος.
“Ei estin athanatos hekastos hēmōn, ē phtheiretai pas, ē ta men autou apeisin eis skedasin kai phthoran, ta de menei eisaei haper estin, autos hōdʼ an tis mathoi kata physin episkopoumenos.
“Whether each of us is immortal, or perishes wholly, or some parts of him depart into scattering and destruction while others remain forever, which are himself, one might learn thus, examining according to nature.
15.22.2Dindorf 2:378
ἁπλοῦν μὲν δή τι οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ ψυχὴ, ἔχει δὲ καὶ σῶμα· εἴτʼ οὖν ὡς ὄργανον ἡμῖν, εἴτε ἕτερον τρόπον προσηρτημένον, ἀλλʼ οὖν διῃρήσθω γε ταύτῃ, καὶ ἑκατέρου τὴν φύσιν τε καὶ οὐσίαν καταθεατέον.
haploun men dē ti ouk an eiē anthrōpos, allʼ estin en autǭ psychē, echei de kai sōma; eitʼ oun hōs organon hēmin, eite heteron tropon prosērtēmenon, allʼ oun dię̄rēsthō ge tautę̄, kai hekaterou tēn physin te kai ousian katatheateon.
Man would not be something simple, but there is a soul in him, and he has a body as well, whether as our instrument or attached in some other way; at any rate let him be divided thus, and let the nature and substance of each be examined.
15.22.3Dindorf 2:378
Τὸ μὲν δὴ σῶμα, καὶ αὐτὸ συγκείμενον, οὔτε παρὰ τοῦ λόγου δύναται μένειν, ἥ τε αἴσθησις ὁρᾷ λυόμενόν τε καὶ τηκόμενον καὶ παντοίους ὀλέθρους δεχόμενον, ἑκάστου γε τῶν ἐνόντων πρὸς τὸ αὑτοῦ φερομένου, φθείροντός τε ἄλλου ἕτερον καὶ μεταβάλλοντος εἰς ἄλλο καὶ ἀπολλύντος, καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν ψυχὴ ἡ φίλα ποιοῦσα μὴ παρῇ τοῖς ὄγκοις.
To men dē sōma, kai auto synkeimenon, oute para tou logou dynatai menein, hē te aisthēsis horą lyomenon te kai tēkomenon kai pantoious olethrous dechomenon, hekastou ge tōn enontōn pros to hautou pheromenou, phtheirontos te allou heteron kai metaballontos eis allo kai apollyntos, kai malista hotan psychē hē phila poiousa mē parę̄ tois onkois.
The body, being itself composite, cannot by reason remain; and perception sees it dissolving and wasting away and receiving every kind of destruction, each of the things in it moving to its own, one destroying another, changing into another and ruining it, especially when the soul that makes them friends is not present to the masses.
15.22.4Dindorf 2:378
κἄν μονωθῇ δὲ ἕκαστον γινόμενον, ἓν οὐκ ἔστι, λύσιν δεχόμενον εἴς τε μορφὴν καὶ ὕλην, ἐξ ὧν ἀνάγκη καὶ τὰ ἁπλᾶ τῶν σωμάτων τὰς συστάσεις ἔχειν. Καὶ μέγεθος ἔχοντα, ἅτε σώματα ὄντα, τεμνόμενά τε καὶ εἰς μικρὰ θραυόμενα, καὶ ταύτῃ φθορὰν ἄν ὑπομένοι.
kan monōthę̄ de hekaston ginomenon, hen ouk esti, lysin dechomenon eis te morphēn kai hylēn, ex hōn anankē kai ta hapla tōn sōmatōn tas systaseis echein. Kai megethos echonta, hate sōmata onta, temnomena te kai eis mikra thrauomena, kai tautę̄ phthoran an hypomenoi.
And even if each is isolated as it comes to be, it is not one, admitting dissolution into shape and matter, of which even the simple bodies must have their constitution. And having magnitude, being bodies, being cut and broken into small pieces, in this way too they would undergo destruction.
15.22.5Dindorf 2:378–379
ὥστε εἰ μὲν μέρος ἡμῶν τοῦτο, οὐ τὸ πᾶν ἀθάνατοι, εἰ δʼ ὄργανον, ἔδει γε αὐτὸ εἰς χρόνον τινὰ δοθὲν τοιοῦτον τὴν φύσιν εἶναι. τὸ δὲ κυριώτατον καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἴη ἂν ἢ κατὰ τὸ εἶδος ὡς πρὸς ὕλην τὸ σῶμα, ἢ κατὰ τὸ χρώμενον ὡς πρὸς ὄργανον. ἑκατέρως δὲ ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτός.”
hōste ei men meros hēmōn touto, ou to pan athanatoi, ei dʼ organon, edei ge auto eis chronon tina dothen toiouton tēn physin einai. to de kyriōtaton kai autos ho anthrōpos eiē an ē kata to eidos hōs pros hylēn to sōma, ē kata to chrōmenon hōs pros organon. hekaterōs de hē psychē autos.”
So if this is part of us, we are not wholly immortal; and if it is an instrument, it had to be of such a nature as given for a certain time. But the most sovereign part, the man himself, would be either as form in relation to the body as matter, or as user in relation to an instrument. In either case the soul is the man himself.”
15.22.6Dindorf 2:379
“ Τοῦτο οὖν τίνα φύσιν ἔχει; ἢ σῶμα μὲν ὂν πάντως ἀναλυτέον· σύνθετον γὰρ πᾶν γε σῶμα· εἰ δὲ μὴ σῶμα εἴη, ἀλλὰ φύσεως ἄλλης, κἀκείνην ἢ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἢ κατὰ ἄλλον σκεπτέον. πρῶτον δὲ σκεπτέον εἰς ὅ τι δεῖ τοῦτο τὸ σῶμα, ὃ λέγουσι ψυχὴν, ἀναλύειν.
“ Touto oun tina physin echei? ē sōma men on pantōs analyteon; syntheton gar pan ge sōma; ei de mē sōma eiē, alla physeōs allēs, kakeinēn ē kata ton auton tropon, ē kata allon skepteon. prōton de skepteon eis ho ti dei touto to sōma, ho legousi psychēn, analyein.
“What nature, then, does this have? If it is a body, it must be analyzed altogether, for every body is composite; but if it is not a body but of another nature, that too must be examined either in the same way or in another. First we must examine into what this body, which they call soul, must be analyzed.
15.22.7Dindorf 2:379
ἐπεὶ γὰρ ζωὴ ψυχῇ πάρεστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης, ἀνάγκη τοῦτο τὸ σῶμα τὴν ψυχὴν, εἰ μὲν ἐκ δύο σωμάτων ἢ πλειόνων εἴη, ἤτοι ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν, ἢ ἕκαστον ζωὴν σύμφυτον ἔχειν· ἢ τὸ μὲν ἔχειν, τὸ δὲ μὴ, ἢ μηδέτερον ἔχειν. εἰ μὲν δὴ ἐνὶ αὐτῶν προσείη τὸ ζῆν, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἂν εἴη ψυχή.
epei gar zōē psychę̄ parestin ex anankēs, anankē touto to sōma tēn psychēn, ei men ek dyo sōmatōn ē pleionōn eiē, ētoi hekateron autōn, ē hekaston zōēn symphyton echein; ē to men echein, to de mē, ē mēdeteron echein. ei men dē eni autōn proseiē to zēn, auto touto an eiē psychē.
For since life is necessarily present to soul, this body, the soul, if it is made of two or more bodies, must have either both of them, or each, possess innate life; or one have it and the other not, or neither have it. If life belongs to one of them, that one would be the soul.
15.22.8Dindorf 2:379
τί ἂν οὖν εἴη σῶμα, ζωὴν παρʼ αὑτοῦ ἔχον; πῦρ γὰρ καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γῆ ἄψυχα παρʼ αὑτῶν· καὶ ὅτῳ πάρεστι τούτων ψυχὴ, τοῦτο ἐπακτῷ κέχρηται ζωῇ, ἄλλα δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα σώματα οὐκ ἔστι. οἷς δὲ δοκεῖ εἶναι στοιχεῖα, τούτων ἕτερα σώματα, οὐ ψυχαὶ ἐλέχθησαν εἶναι, οὐδὲ ζωὴν ἔχοντα. εἰ δὲ μηδενὸς αὐτῶν ζωὴν ἔχοντος ἡ σύνοδος πεποίηκε ζωὴν, ἄτοπον.
ti an oun eiē sōma, zōēn parʼ hautou echon? pyr gar kai aēr kai hydōr kai gē apsycha parʼ hautōn; kai hotǭ paresti toutōn psychē, touto epaktǭ kechrētai zōę̄, alla de para tauta sōmata ouk esti. hois de dokei einai stoicheia, toutōn hetera sōmata, ou psychai elechthēsan einai, oude zōēn echonta. ei de mēdenos autōn zōēn echontos hē synodos pepoiēke zōēn, atopon.
What body, then, would have life from itself? For fire and air and water and earth are soulless of themselves; and whatever of these has soul present uses an imported life; and there are no other bodies besides these. Those who think there are elements other than these said they were bodies, not souls, nor having life. And if, none of them having life, their coming together has made life, that is absurd.
15.22.9Dindorf 2:379
εἰ δὲ ἕκαστον ζωὴν ἔχει, καὶ ἓν ἀρκεῖ· μᾶλλον δὲ ἀδύνατον συμφόρησιν σωμάτων ζωὴν ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ νοῦν γεννᾶν τὰ ἀνόητα. καὶ δὴ καὶ οὐχ ὁπωσοῦν κραθέντα ταῦτα φήσουσι γενέσθαι. δεῖ ἄρα εἶναι τὸ τάξον καὶ τὸ τῆς κράσεως αἴτιον· ὥστε τοῦτο τάξιν ἂν ἔχοι ψυχῆς.
ei de hekaston zōēn echei, kai hen arkei; mallon de adynaton symphorēsin sōmatōn zōēn ergazesthai kai noun gennan ta anoēta. kai dē kai ouch hopōsoun krathenta tauta phēsousi genesthai. dei ara einai to taxon kai to tēs kraseōs aition; hōste touto taxin an echoi psychēs.
And if each has life, one suffices; or rather it is impossible for a heaping together of bodies to produce life, and for mindless things to beget mind. And indeed they will not say that these came about mixed in any random way. There must, then, be that which orders and causes the mixture; so that this would hold the rank of soul.
15.22.10Dindorf 2:379
οὐ γὰρ ὅτι σύνθετον, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἁπλοῦν ἂν εἴη σῶμα ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν, ἄνευ ψυχῆς οὔσης ἐν τῷ παντὶ, εἴπερ λόγος προσελθὼν τῇ ὕλῃ σῶμα ποιεῖ, οὐδαμόθεν δʼ ἂν προσέλθοι λόγος ἢ παρὰ ψυχῆς.”
ou gar hoti syntheton, allʼ oude haploun an eiē sōma en tois ousin, aneu psychēs ousēs en tǭ panti, eiper logos proselthōn tę̄ hylę̄ sōma poiei, oudamothen dʼ an proselthoi logos ē para psychēs.”
For not only a composite body, but not even a simple body would exist among the things that are, if there were no soul in the universe, if indeed it is a rational principle coming to matter that makes body, and a rational principle could come from nowhere but from soul.”
15.22.11Dindorf 2:379–380
“Εἰ δέ τις μὴ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ ἀτόμους ἢ ἀμερῆ συνελθόντα ψυχὴν ποιεῖν λέγοι, τῇ ἐνώσει καὶ ὁμοιοπαθείᾳ ἐλέγχοιτʼ ἂν καὶ τῇ παραθέσει· μὴ διʼ ὅλου, οὐ γινομένου ἑνὸς, οὐδὲ συμπαθοῦς ἐξ ἀπαθῶν, καὶ μὴ ἑνοῦσθαι δυναμένων σωμάτων· ψυχὴ δὲ ἑαυτῇ συμπαθής· ἐκ δὲ ἀμερῶν σῶμα οὐδὲ μέγεθος ἂν γένοιτο.
“Ei de tis mē houtōs, alla atomous ē amerē synelthonta psychēn poiein legoi, tę̄ enōsei kai homoiopatheią elenchoitʼ an kai tę̄ parathesei; mē diʼ holou, ou ginomenou henos, oude sympathous ex apathōn, kai mē henousthai dynamenōn sōmatōn; psychē de heautę̄ sympathēs; ek de amerōn sōma oude megethos an genoito.
“But if someone says not so, but that atoms or partless things coming together make the soul, he would be refuted by its unity and sympathy, and by their juxtaposition: for one thing does not come to be from them, not being through and through, nor a sympathetic thing from impassible ones and bodies unable to be united; but the soul is in sympathy with itself; and from partless things neither a body nor magnitude could come to be.
15.22.12Dindorf 2:380
καὶ μὴν εἰ ἁπλοῦ ὄντος τοῦ σώματος, τὸ μὲν ὅσον ὑλικὸν παρʼ αὑτοῦ ζωὴν ἔχειν οὐ φήσουσιν· ὕλη γὰρ ἄποιον) τὸ δὲ κατὰ τὸ εἶδος τεταγμένον ἐπιφέρειν τὴν ζωήν· εἰ μὲν οὐσίαν φήσουσι τὸ εἶδος τοῦτο εἶναι, οὐ τὸ συναμφότερον, θάτερον δὲ τούτων ἔσται ἡ ψυχή· καὶ οὐκ ἔστʼ αὖ σῶμα, οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ὕλης καὶ αὐτὸ, ἢ πάλιν τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἀναλύσομεν.
kai mēn ei haplou ontos tou sōmatos, to men hoson hylikon parʼ hautou zōēn echein ou phēsousin; hylē gar apoion) to de kata to eidos tetagmenon epipherein tēn zōēn; ei men ousian phēsousi to eidos touto einai, ou to synamphoteron, thateron de toutōn estai hē psychē; kai ouk estʼ au sōma, ou gar ex hylēs kai auto, ē palin ton auton tropon analysomen.
And indeed, if the body is simple, they will not say that its material part has life of itself (for matter is without quality), but that what is ordered according to the form brings life. If they say this form is a substance, not the compound, the soul will be one of these; and it is no longer body, for it too is not of matter, or else we shall analyze it again in the same way.
15.22.13Dindorf 2:380
εἰ δὲ πάθημα τῆς ὕλης, ἀλλʼ οὐκ οὐσίαν φήσουσιν εἶναι, ἀφʼ οὗ τὸ πάθημα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ εἰς τὴν ὕλην ἐλήλυθε λεκτέον αὐτοῖς. οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἡ ὕλη ἑαυτὴν μορφοῖ, οὐδὲ ἑαυτῇ ψυχὴν ἐντίθησι. δεῖ ἄρα τι εἶναι τὸ χορηγὸν ζωῆς, εἴτε τῇ ὕλῃ ἡ χορηγία, εἴθʼ ὁτῳοῦν τῶν σωμάτων, ἔξω ὂν καὶ ἐπέκεινα σωματικῆς φύσεως, ἐπεὶ οὐδʼ ἂν εἴη σῶμα οὐδὲν ψυχικῆς δυνάμεως οὐκ οὔσης.
ei de pathēma tēs hylēs, allʼ ouk ousian phēsousin einai, aphʼ hou to pathēma kai hē zōē eis tēn hylēn elēlythe lekteon autois. ou gar dē hē hylē heautēn morphoi, oude heautę̄ psychēn entithēsi. dei ara ti einai to chorēgon zōēs, eite tę̄ hylę̄ hē chorēgia, eithʼ hotǭoun tōn sōmatōn, exō on kai epekeina sōmatikēs physeōs, epei oudʼ an eiē sōma ouden psychikēs dynameōs ouk ousēs.
But if they say it is an affection of matter and not a substance, they must say from where the affection and the life came into matter. For matter does not shape itself, nor put soul into itself. There must, then, be something that supplies life, whether the supply is to matter or to any of the bodies, being outside and beyond bodily nature; since there would not be any body if there were no psychic power.
15.22.14Dindorf 2:380
ῥεῖ γὰρ, καὶ ἐν φορᾷ αὐτοῦ ἡ φύσις, καὶ ἀπόλοιτʼ ἂν ὡς τάχιστα, εἰ πάντα σώματα εἴη, κἂν εἰ ὄνομα ἐνὶ αὐτῶν ψυχήν τις θεῖτο. τὰ αὐτὰ γὰρ ἂν πάθοι τοῖς ἄλλοις σώμασιν, ὕλης μιᾶς οὔσης αὐτοῖς. μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδʼ ἂν γένοιτο, ἀλλὰ στήσεται ἐν ὕλῃ τὰ πάντα, μὴ ὄντος τοῦ μορφοῦντος αὐτήν.
rhei gar, kai en phorą autou hē physis, kai apoloitʼ an hōs tachista, ei panta sōmata eiē, kan ei onoma eni autōn psychēn tis theito. ta auta gar an pathoi tois allois sōmasin, hylēs mias ousēs autois. mallon de oudʼ an genoito, alla stēsetai en hylę̄ ta panta, mē ontos tou morphountos autēn.
For it flows, and its nature is in motion, and it would perish very quickly if all things were bodies, even if one gave the name soul to one of them. For it would suffer the same as the other bodies, having one matter with them. Or rather it would not even come to be, but all things would stop in matter, there being nothing to shape it.
15.22.15Dindorf 2:380
τάχα δʼ ἂν οὐδʼ ἂν ἡ ὕλη τὸ παράπαν εἴη. λυθήσεται δὲ καὶ τόδε τὸ ξύμπαν, εἴ τις αὐτὸ πιστεύσειε σώματος συνέρξει, διδοὺς αὐτῷ ψυχῆς τάξιν, μέχρι τῶν ὀνομάτων, ἀέρι καὶ πνεύματι σκεδαστοτάτῳ, καὶ τῷ ἐνὶ εἶναι ἔχοντι οὐ παρʼ αὑτοῦ. πῶς γὰρ τεμνομένων τῶν πάντων σωμάτων ᾡτινιοῦν τις ἀνατιθεὶς τόδε τὸ πᾶν οὐκ ἀνόητόν τε καὶ φερόμενον εἰκῆ ποιήσει;
tacha dʼ an oudʼ an hē hylē to parapan eiē. lythēsetai de kai tode to xympan, ei tis auto pisteuseie sōmatos synerxei, didous autǭ psychēs taxin, mechri tōn onomatōn, aeri kai pneumati skedastotatǭ, kai tǭ eni einai echonti ou parʼ hautou. pōs gar temnomenōn tōn pantōn sōmatōn hǭtinioun tis anatitheis tode to pan ouk anoēton te kai pheromenon eikē poiēsei?
And perhaps matter would not exist at all. And this universe too will be dissolved, if one entrusts it to the cohesion of a body, giving it the rank of soul in name only, to air and breath, most easily scattered, and having its unity not from itself. For how, when all bodies are divisible, will one who ascribes this universe to any one of them not make it mindless and carried at random?
15.22.16Dindorf 2:380–381
τίς γὰρ τάξις ἐν πνεύματι δεομένῳ παρὰ ψυχῆς τάξεως, ἢ λόγος, ἢ νοῦς; ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς μὲν οὔσης ὑπουργὰ ταῦτα πάντα αὐτῇ εἰς σύστασιν καὶ ζῴου ἑκάστου, ἄλλης παρʼ ἄλλου δυνάμεως εἰς τὸ ὅλον συντελούσης, ταύτης δὲ μὴ παρούσης ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη ταῦτα, οὐχ ὅτι ἐν τάξει.”
tis gar taxis en pneumati deomenǭ para psychēs taxeōs, ē logos, ē nous? alla psychēs men ousēs hypourga tauta panta autę̄ eis systasin kai zǭou hekastou, allēs parʼ allou dynameōs eis to holon syntelousēs, tautēs de mē parousēs en tois holois ouden an eiē tauta, ouch hoti en taxei.”
For what order is there in breath, which needs order from soul, or reason, or mind? But if there is soul, all these serve it for the constitution of the universe and of each living being, one power contributing from one thing and another from another to the whole; but if it were not present in the universe, these would be nothing, let alone in order.”
15.22.17Dindorf 2:381
“Μαρτυροῦσι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀγόμενοι ὡς δεῖ τι πρὸ τῶν σωμάτων εἶναι κρεῖττον αὐτῶν ψυχῆς εἶδος, ἔννουν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πῦρ νοερὸν τιθέμενοι, ὥσπερ ἄνευ πυρὸς ἢ πνεύματος οὐ δυναμένης τῆς κρείττονος μοίρας ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν εἶναι, τόπον δὲ ζητούσης εἰς τὸ ἱδρυθῆναι, δέον ζητεῖν ὅπου τὰ σώματα ἱδρύσουσιν, ὡς ἄρα δεῖ ταῦτα ἐν ψυχῆς δυνάμεσιν ἱδρῦσθαι.
“Martyrousi de kai autoi hypo tēs alētheias agomenoi hōs dei ti pro tōn sōmatōn einai kreitton autōn psychēs eidos, ennoun to pneuma kai pyr noeron tithemenoi, hōsper aneu pyros ē pneumatos ou dynamenēs tēs kreittonos moiras en tois ousin einai, topon de zētousēs eis to hidrythēnai, deon zētein hopou ta sōmata hidrysousin, hōs ara dei tauta en psychēs dynamesin hidrysthai.
“They themselves too, led by the truth, bear witness that there must be before bodies something better than them, a form of soul, when they posit breath as intelligent and fire as intellectual; as if the better part could not exist among the things that are without fire or breath, but seeks a place to be seated in; whereas they should seek where they will seat bodies, since these must be seated in the powers of soul.
15.22.18Dindorf 2:381
εἰ δὲ μηδὲν παρὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τίθενται, τὸ δὲ πολυθρύλητον αὐτοῖς πῶς ἔχει, εἰς ὃ καταφεύγουσιν, ἀναγκαζόμενοι τίθεσθαι ἄλλην παρὰ τὰ σώματα φύσιν δραστήριον; εἰ οὖν οὐ πᾶν μὲν πνεῦμα ψυχὴ, ὅτι μυρία πνεύματα ἄψυχα, τὸ δέ πως ἔχον πνεῦμα φήσουσι· τό πως ἔχον τοῦτο, καὶ ταύτην τὴν σχέσιν, ἢ τῶν ὄντων τι φήσουσιν, ἢ μηδέν.
ei de mēden para to pneuma tēn zōēn kai tēn psychēn tithentai, to de polythrylēton autois pōs echei, eis ho katapheugousin, anankazomenoi tithesthai allēn para ta sōmata physin drastērion? ei oun ou pan men pneuma psychē, hoti myria pneumata apsycha, to de pōs echon pneuma phēsousi; to pōs echon touto, kai tautēn tēn schesin, ē tōn ontōn ti phēsousin, ē mēden.
And if they posit life and soul as nothing besides breath, what about their much-talked-of “in a certain state,” to which they flee when forced to posit another active nature besides bodies? If, then, not all breath is soul, since there are countless soulless breaths, but they will say it is breath in a certain state: this “in a certain state” and this condition they will say is either something of the things that are, or nothing.
15.22.19Dindorf 2:381
ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν μηδὲν, πνεῦμα ἂν εἴη μόνον, τὸ δέ πως ἔχον ὄνομα· καὶ οὕτω συμβήσεται αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ ἄλλο οὐδὲν εἶναι λέγειν ἢ τὴν ὕλην· καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ θεὸν καὶ ὄνομα τὰ πάντα, ἐκεῖνο δὲ μόνον. εἰ δὲ τῶν ὄντων ἡ σχέσις, καὶ ἄλλο παρὰ τὸ ὑποκείμενον καὶ τὴν ὕλην, ἐν ὕλῃ μὲν, ἄυλον δὲ αὐτὸ τῷ μὴ πάλιν αὖ συγκεῖσθαι ἐξ ὕλης, λόγος ἂν εἴη τις, καὶ οὐ σῶμα, καὶ φύσις ἑτέρα
allʼ ei men mēden, pneuma an eiē monon, to de pōs echon onoma; kai houtō symbēsetai autois oude allo ouden einai legein ē tēn hylēn; kai psychēn kai theon kai onoma ta panta, ekeino de monon. ei de tōn ontōn hē schesis, kai allo para to hypokeimenon kai tēn hylēn, en hylę̄ men, aulon de auto tǭ mē palin au synkeisthai ex hylēs, logos an eiē tis, kai ou sōma, kai physis hetera
But if nothing, it would be only breath, and “in a certain state” a name; and so it will follow for them to say that nothing else exists but matter, and soul and God and all things are names, and that alone exists. But if the condition is among the things that are, and something besides the substrate and matter, in matter but itself immaterial by not again being composed of matter, it would be a rational principle, and not body, and another nature.
15.22.20Dindorf 2:381–382
ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶνδε οὐχ ἧττον φαίνεται ἀδύνατον ὂν τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι σῶμα ὁτιοῦν. ἢ γὰρ θερμόν ἐστιν ἢ ψυχρὸν, ἢ σκληρὸν ἢ μαλακὸν, ὑγρόν τε ἢ πεπηγὸς, μέλαν τε ἢ λευκὸν, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ποιότητες σωμάτων ἄλλαι ἐν ἄλλοις. καὶ εἰ μὲν θερμὸν, μόνον θερμανεῖ, ψυχρὸν δὲ μόνον ψύξει, καὶ κοῦφα ποιήσει τὸ κοῦφον προσγενόμενον καὶ παρὸν, καὶ βαρυνεῖ τὸ βαρὺ, καὶ μελανεῖ τὸ μέλαν, καὶ τὸ λευκὸν λευκὸν ποιήσει.
eti de kai ek tōnde ouch hētton phainetai adynaton on tēn psychēn einai sōma hotioun. ē gar thermon estin ē psychron, ē sklēron ē malakon, hygron te ē pepēgos, melan te ē leukon, kai panta hosa poiotētes sōmatōn allai en allois. kai ei men thermon, monon thermanei, psychron de monon psyxei, kai koupha poiēsei to kouphon prosgenomenon kai paron, kai barynei to bary, kai melanei to melan, kai to leukon leukon poiēsei.
Further, from the following it appears no less impossible that the soul is any body. For it is either hot or cold, or hard or soft, wet or solid, black or white, and all the qualities of bodies, different in different ones. And if it is hot, it will only heat; if cold, it will only cool; and the light, being added and present, will make things light, and the heavy heavy, and the black black, and the white will make white.
15.22.21Dindorf 2:382
οὐ γὰρ πυρὸς τὸ ψύχειν, οὐδε τοῦ ψυχροῦ θερμὰ ποιεῖν. ἀλλʼ ἣ γε ψυχὴ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις μὲν ζῴοις ἄλλα, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα ποιεῖ, καὶ ἐν τῷ δὲ αὐτῷ τὰ ἐναντία, τὰ μὲν πηγνῦσα, τὰ δὲ χέουσα, καὶ τὰ μὲν πυκνὰ, τὰ δὲ ἀραιὰ, μέλανα, λευκὰ, κοῦφα, βαρέα· καίτοι ἓν ἔδει ποιεῖν, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ποιότητά τε τὴν ἂλλην καὶ χρόαν, νῦν δὲ πολλά.”
ou gar pyros to psychein, oude tou psychrou therma poiein. allʼ hē ge psychē kai en allois men zǭois alla, ta de alla poiei, kai en tǭ de autǭ ta enantia, ta men pēgnysa, ta de cheousa, kai ta men pykna, ta de araia, melana, leuka, koupha, barea; kaitoi hen edei poiein, kata tēn tou sōmatos poiotēta te tēn allēn kai chroan, nyn de polla.”
For it does not belong to fire to cool, nor to the cold to make warm. But the soul produces some things in some living beings and others in others, and opposites in the same one, solidifying some things and liquefying others, making some dense and others rare, black, white, light, heavy; and yet it should make one thing, according to the body’s quality and color; but as it is, it makes many.”
15.22.22Dindorf 2:382
“Τὰς δὲ δὴ κινήσεις πῶς διαφόρους, ἀλλʼ οὐ μίαν, μιᾶς οὒσης παντὸς σώματος κινήσεως; εἰ δὲ τῶν μὲν τοῦτο, ἀλλʼ οὐ σώματος ἡ προαίρεσις, οὐδέ οἱ λόγοι διάφοροί γε ὄντες, ἑνὸς ὄντος καὶ ἁπλοῦ τοῦ σώματος, καὶ οὐ μετὸν αὐτῷ τοιούτου γε λόγου, ἢ ὃσος δέδοται αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ ποιήσαντος θερμὸν αὐτὸ ἢ ψυχρὸν εἶναι.
“Tas de dē kinēseis pōs diaphorous, allʼ ou mian, mias ousēs pantos sōmatos kinēseōs? ei de tōn men touto, allʼ ou sōmatos hē proairesis, oude hoi logoi diaphoroi ge ontes, henos ontos kai haplou tou sōmatos, kai ou meton autǭ toioutou ge logou, ē hosos dedotai autǭ para tou poiēsantos thermon auto ē psychron einai.
“And how are the motions different, and not one, when the motion of every body is one? If they say some come from choice, others from principles, well; but choice does not belong to body, nor do the principles, which are different, when the body is one and simple, and has no share of such a principle except as much as was given it by him who made it to be hot or cold.
15.22.23Dindorf 2:382
τὸ δὲ καὶ ἐν χρόνοις αὒξειν, καὶ μέχρι τοσούτου μέτρου, πόθεν ἂν τῷ σώματι αὐτῷ γένοιτο; ᾧ προσήκει μὲν αὒξεσθαι, αὐτῷ δὲ ἀμοίρῳ τοῦ αὒξειν εἶναι, ἢ ὃσον παραληφθείη ἂν ἐν ὓλης ὂγκῳ ὑπηρετοῦν τῷ διʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν αὒξην ἐργαζομένῳ· καὶ γὰρ εἰ ἡ ψυχὴ σῶμα οὖσα αὒξοι, ἀνάγκη καὶ αὐτὴν αὒξεσθαι. προσθήκη δηλονότι ὁμοίου σώματος. εἰ μέλλει εἰς ἴσον ἰέναι τῷ αὐξομένῳ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς. καὶ ἢ ψυχὴ ἒσται τὸ προστιθέμενον, ἢ ἂψυχον σῶμα.
to de kai en chronois auxein, kai mechri tosoutou metrou, pothen an tǭ sōmati autǭ genoito? hǭ prosēkei men auxesthai, autǭ de amoirǭ tou auxein einai, ē hoson paralēphtheiē an en hylēs onkǭ hypēretoun tǭ diʼ autou tēn auxēn ergazomenǭ; kai gar ei hē psychē sōma ousa auxoi, anankē kai autēn auxesthai. prosthēkē dēlonoti homoiou sōmatos. ei mellei eis ison ienai tǭ auxomenǭ hypʼ autēs. kai ē psychē estai to prostithemenon, ē apsychon sōma.
And growing at times, and up to such a measure, from where could this come to the body itself? To it belongs to be increased, but itself to have no share in causing increase, except as much as it might be taken up in the mass of matter, serving what produces growth through it. And if the soul, being a body, caused growth, it must itself grow too, clearly by addition of a like body, if it is to keep pace with what is grown by it. And what is added will be either soul or soulless body.
15.22.24Dindorf 2:382–383
καὶ εἰ μὲν ψυχὴ, πόθεν καὶ πῶς εἰσιούσης καὶ πῶς προστιθεμένης; εἰ δὲ ἂψυχον τὸ προστιθέμενον, πῶς τοῦτο ψυχώσεται καὶ τῷ πρόσθεν ὁμογνωμονήσει καὶ ἓν ἒσται καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν δοξῶν τῇ πρώτῳ μεταλήψεται; ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὣσπερ ξένη ψυχὴ αὓτη ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ἒσται ὧν ἡ ἑτέρα οἶδε· καὶ ὣσπερ ὁ ἂλλος ὄγκος ἡμῶν τὸ μέν τι ἀπορρεύσεται αὐτοῦ, τὸ δέ τι προσελεύσεται, οὐδὲν δὲ ἔσται τὸ αὐτό;
kai ei men psychē, pothen kai pōs eisiousēs kai pōs prostithemenēs? ei de apsychon to prostithemenon, pōs touto psychōsetai kai tǭ prosthen homognōmonēsei kai hen estai kai tōn autōn doxōn tę̄ prōtǭ metalēpsetai? allʼ ouch hōsper xenē psychē hautē en agnoią estai hōn hē hetera oide; kai hōsper ho allos onkos hēmōn to men ti aporreusetai autou, to de ti proseleusetai, ouden de estai to auto?
And if soul, from where and how does it enter and how is it added? But if what is added is soulless, how will this be ensouled and agree with what was before and become one and share the same opinions as the first? Will not this soul, like a stranger, be ignorant of what the other knows? And, like the rest of our bulk, will not something flow away from it and something come to it, and nothing be the same?
15.22.25Dindorf 2:383
πῶς οὑν ἡμῖν αἱ μνῆμαι; πῶς δὲ ἡ γνῶσις οἰκείων, οὐδέποτε τῇ αὐτῇ ψυχῇ χρωμένων; καὶ μὴν εἰ σῶμά ἐστι, φύσις δὲ σώματος μεριζόμενον εἰς πλείω, ἕκαστον μὴ τὸ αὐτὸ εἶναι τῶν μερῶν τῷ ὅλῳ· εἰ τοσόνδε μέγεθος ψυχὴ, ὃ ἂν ἔλαττον ᾖ, ψυχὴ οὐκ ἔσται, ὥσπερ πᾶν ποσὸν ἀφαιρέσει τοῦ εἶναι τὸ πρόσθεν ἠλλάξατο.
pōs houn hēmin hai mnēmai? pōs de hē gnōsis oikeiōn, oudepote tę̄ autę̄ psychę̄ chrōmenōn? kai mēn ei sōma esti, physis de sōmatos merizomenon eis pleiō, hekaston mē to auto einai tōn merōn tǭ holǭ; ei tosonde megethos psychē, ho an elatton ę̄, psychē ouk estai, hōsper pan poson aphairesei tou einai to prosthen ēllaxato.
How, then, do we have memories? How the recognition of familiar things, never using the same soul? And indeed if it is a body, and it is the nature of a body to be divided into several parts, each of the parts will not be the same as the whole; if the soul is of such a size, what is smaller will not be soul, just as every quantity by subtraction changes from what it was before.
15.22.26Dindorf 2:383
εἰ δέ τι τῶν μέγεθος ἐχόντων τὸν ὄγκον ἐλαττωθὲν τῇ ποιότητι ταὐτὸν μένοι, ᾗ μὲν σῶμα, ἕτερόν ἐστι, καὶ ᾗ ποσὸν, τῇ δὲ ποιότητι ἑτέρᾳ τῆς ποσότητος οὔσῃ τὸ ταὐτὸν ἀποσώζειν δύναται.
ei de ti tōn megethos echontōn ton onkon elattōthen tę̄ poiotēti tauton menoi, hę̄ men sōma, heteron esti, kai hę̄ poson, tę̄ de poiotēti heterą tēs posotētos ousę̄ to tauton aposōzein dynatai.
But if something having magnitude, reduced in bulk, remained the same in quality, as body and as quantity it is different, but by quality, which is other than quantity, it can preserve its sameness.
15.22.27Dindorf 2:383
τί τοίνυν φήσουσιν οἶ τὴν ψυχὴν σῶμα εἶναι λέγοντες; πρῶτον μὲν περὶ ἑκάστου μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς τῆς ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ σώματι, πότερον ἕκαστον ψυχὴ, οἵα ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ ὅλη; καὶ πάλιν τοῦ μέρους τὸ μέρος;
ti toinyn phēsousin oi tēn psychēn sōma einai legontes? prōton men peri hekastou merous tēs psychēs tēs en tǭ autǭ sōmati, poteron hekaston psychē, hoia esti kai hē holē? kai palin tou merous to meros?
What, then, will those say who call the soul a body? First, about each part of the soul in the same body: is each a soul, such as the whole is? And again the part of the part?
15.22.28Dindorf 2:383
οὐδὲν ἄρα τὸ μέγεθος συνεβάλλετο τῇ οὐσίᾳ αὐτῆς· (καίτοι ἔδει γε, ποσοῦ τινος ὄντος) καὶ ὅλον πολλαχῆ, ὅπερ σώματι παρεῖναι ἀδύνατον, ἐν πλείοσι τὸ αὐτὸ ὅλον εἶναι, καὶ τὸ μέρος ὅπερ τὸ ὅλον ὑπάρχειν.
ouden ara to megethos syneballeto tę̄ ousią autēs; (kaitoi edei ge, posou tinos ontos) kai holon pollachē, hoper sōmati pareinai adynaton, en pleiosi to auto holon einai, kai to meros hoper to holon hyparchein.
Then magnitude contributed nothing to its substance (though it should have, if it were a quantity); and it is whole in many places, which cannot belong to a body, that the same whole be in many, and the part be what the whole is.
15.22.29Dindorf 2:383
εἰ δὲ ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν οὐ ψυχὴν φήσουσιν, ἐξ ἀψύχων ψυχὴ αὐτοῖς ὑπάρξει. καὶ προσέτι, εἰ ψυχῆς ἑκάστης τὸ μέγεθος ὡρισμένον ἔσται ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα, ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλαττόν γε, ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον, ψυχὴ οὐκ ἔσται.
ei de hekaston tōn merōn ou psychēn phēsousin, ex apsychōn psychē autois hyparxei. kai proseti, ei psychēs hekastēs to megethos hōrismenon estai ephʼ hekatera, ē epi to elatton ge, ē epi to meizon, psychē ouk estai.
But if they say each of the parts is not soul, soul will come to them from soulless things. And besides, if the magnitude of each soul is defined in either direction, whether smaller or larger, it will not be soul.
15.22.30Dindorf 2:383–384
ὅταν τοίνυν ἐκ συνόδου μιᾶς καὶ ἑνὸς σπέρματος δίδυμα γένηται γεννήματα, ἢ καὶ, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις, πλεῖστα, τοῦ σπέρματος εἰς πολλοὺς τόπους μεριζομένου, οὗ δὴ ὅλον ἕκαστόν ἐστι, πῶς οὐ διδάσκει τοῦτο τοὺς βουλομένους μανθάνειν ὡς ὅπου τὸ μέρος ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ ὅλῳ, τοῦτο ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ οὐσίᾳ τὸ ποσὸν εἶναι ὑπερβέβηκεν, ἄποσον δὲ αὐτὸ εἶναι ἐξ ἀνάγκης; οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μένοι τὸ αὐτὸ, τοῦ ποσοῦ κλεπτομένου, ἅτε μὴ μέλον αὐτῷ ποσότητος καὶ ὄγκου, ὡς ἂν τῆς οὐσίας αὐτοῦ ἕτερόν τι οὔσης. ἄποσον ἄρα ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ οἱ λόγοι.”
hotan toinyn ek synodou mias kai henos spermatos didyma genētai gennēmata, ē kai, hōsper en tois allois zǭois, pleista, tou spermatos eis pollous topous merizomenou, hou dē holon hekaston esti, pōs ou didaskei touto tous boulomenous manthanein hōs hopou to meros tauton esti tǭ holǭ, touto en tę̄ autou ousią to poson einai hyperbebēken, aposon de auto einai ex anankēs? houtō gar an menoi to auto, tou posou kleptomenou, hate mē melon autǭ posotētos kai onkou, hōs an tēs ousias autou heteron ti ousēs. aposon ara hē psychē kai hoi logoi.”
When, then, from one union and one seed twin offspring come to be, or even, as in other animals, very many, the seed being divided into many places, each of which is whole, how does this not teach those willing to learn that where the part is the same as the whole, this has in its own substance transcended being a quantity, and must be without quantity? For so it would remain the same while quantity is stolen from it, since quantity and bulk are no concern of it, its substance being something other. The soul, then, and the rational principles are without quantity.”
15.22.31Dindorf 2:384
“ Ὅτι δὲ εἰ σῶμα εἴη ἡ ψυχὴ, οὔτε τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι, οὔτε τὸ νοεῖν, οὔτε τὸ ἐπίστασθαι, οὔτε ἀρεταὶ οὔτε τι τῶν καλῶν ἔσται, ἐκ τῶνδε δῆλον. εἴ τι μέλλει αἰσθάνεσθαί τινος, ἓν αὐτὸ δεῖ εἶναι καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ παντὸς ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι· καὶ εἰ διὰ πολλῶν αἰσθητηρίων πλείω τὰ εἰσιόντα εἴη, ἢ πολλαὶ περὶ ἓν ποιότητες, κἂν διʼ ἑνὸς ποικίλον, οἷον πρόσωπον.
“ Hoti de ei sōma eiē hē psychē, oute to aisthanesthai, oute to noein, oute to epistasthai, oute aretai oute ti tōn kalōn estai, ek tōnde dēlon. ei ti mellei aisthanesthai tinos, hen auto dei einai kai tǭ autǭ pantos antilambanesthai; kai ei dia pollōn aisthētēriōn pleiō ta eisionta eiē, ē pollai peri hen poiotētes, kan diʼ henos poikilon, hoion prosōpon.
“That if the soul were a body there would be neither perceiving nor thinking nor knowing, nor virtues nor anything noble, is clear from the following. If anything is to perceive something, it must itself be one and grasp everything by the same thing; and this whether many things enter through many organs of sense, or many qualities about one thing, or a varied thing through one, like a face.
15.22.32Dindorf 2:384
οὐ γὰρ ἄλλο μὲν ῥινὸς, ἄλλο δὲ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἀλλὰ ταυτὸν ὁμοῦ πάντων. καὶ εἰ τὸ μὲν διʼ ὀμμάτων, τὸ δὲ διʼ ἀκοῆς, ἕν τι δεῖ εἶναι εἰς ὃ ἄμφω· ἢ πῶς ἂν εἴποι ὅτι ἕτερα ταῦτα, μὴ εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ ὁμοῦ τῶν αἰσθημάτων ἐλθόντων; δεῖ τοίνυν τοῦτο ὥσπερ κέντρον εἶναι, γραμμὰς δὲ συμβαλλούσας ἐκ περιφερείας κύκλου, τὰς πανταχόθεν αἰσθήσεις πρὸς τοῦτο περαίνειν, καὶ τοιοῦτον τὸ ἀντιλαμβανόμενον εἶναι ἓν ὄντως.
ou gar allo men rhinos, allo de ophthalmou, alla tauton homou pantōn. kai ei to men diʼ ommatōn, to de diʼ akoēs, hen ti dei einai eis ho amphō; ē pōs an eipoi hoti hetera tauta, mē eis to auto homou tōn aisthēmatōn elthontōn? dei toinyn touto hōsper kentron einai, grammas de symballousas ek periphereias kyklou, tas pantachothen aisthēseis pros touto perainein, kai toiouton to antilambanomenon einai hen ontōs.
For it is not one thing for the nose and another for the eye, but the same of all together. And if one thing comes through the eyes and another through hearing, there must be one thing into which both come; or how could it say that these are different, if the perceptions did not come together into the same? This must be like a center, and the perceptions from every side must end at it like lines meeting from the circumference of a circle; and what grasps them must be such, truly one.
15.22.33Dindorf 2:384
εἰ δὲ διεστὼς τοῦτο γένοιτο, καὶ οἷον γραμμῆς ἐπὶ ἄμφω τὰ πέρατα αἱ αἰσθήσεις προσβάλλοιεν, ἢ συνδραμεῖται εἰς ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πάλιν, οἷον τὸ μέσον ἢ ἄλλο· τὸ δὲ ἄλλο ἑκάτερον ἑκατέρου αἴσθησιν ἔξει, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ ἐγὼ μὲν ἄλλου, σὺ δὲ ἄλλου αἴσθοιο.
ei de diestōs touto genoito, kai hoion grammēs epi amphō ta perata hai aisthēseis prosballoien, ē syndrameitai eis hen kai to auto palin, hoion to meson ē allo; to de allo hekateron hekaterou aisthēsin exei, hōsper an ei egō men allou, sy de allou aisthoio.
But if this were extended, and the perceptions struck as it were at both ends of a line, either they will run together again into one and the same, like the middle, or else each will have a perception of each, as if I perceived one thing and you another.
15.22.34Dindorf 2:384
καὶ εἰ ἓν εἴη τὸ αἴσθημα, οἷον πρόσωπον, εἰς ἓν συναιρεθήσεται, ὅπερ καὶ φαίνεται· συναιρεῖται γὰρ καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς κόραις· (ἢ πῶς ἂν τὰ μέγιστα διὰ ταύταιν ὁρῷτο;) ὥστε ἔτι μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ ἡγεμονοῦν ἰόντα οἷον ἀμερῆ νοήματα γίνεσθαι. καὶ ἔσται ἀμερὲς τοῦτο, ἢ μεγέθει ὄντι τούτῳ συμμερίζοιτο ἂν, ὥστε ἄλλον ἄλλου μέρους καὶ μηδένα ἡμῶν ὅλου τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ τὴν ἀντίληψιν ἴσχειν.
kai ei hen eiē to aisthēma, hoion prosōpon, eis hen synairethēsetai, hoper kai phainetai; synaireitai gar kai en autais tais korais; (ē pōs an ta megista dia tautain horǭto?) hōste eti mallon eis to hēgemonoun ionta hoion amerē noēmata ginesthai. kai estai ameres touto, ē megethei onti toutǭ symmerizoito an, hōste allon allou merous kai mēdena hēmōn holou tou aisthētou tēn antilēpsin ischein.
And if the object perceived is one, like a face, it will be gathered into one, as indeed appears; for it is gathered even in the pupils themselves (or how could the greatest things be seen through them?); so that, going still more to the ruling part, they become like partless thoughts. And this will be partless; or, being a magnitude, it would be divided with it, so that different ones would grasp different parts, and none of us would have the perception of the whole object.
15.22.35Dindorf 2:384–385
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἕν ἐστι τὸ πᾶν· πῶς γὰρ ἂν καὶ διαιροῖτο; οὐ γὰρ δὴ τὸ ἴσον τῷ ἴσῳ ἐφαρμόσει, ὅτι οὐκ ἴσον τὸ ἡγεμονοῦν παντὶ αἰσθητῷ. κατὰ πηλίκα οὖν ἡ διαίρεσις; ἢ εἰς τοσαῦτα διαιρεθήσεται, καθʼ ὅσον ἂν ἀριθμοῦ ἔχῃ εἰς ποικιλίαν τὸ εἰσιὸν αἴσθημα;
alla gar hen esti to pan; pōs gar an kai diairoito? ou gar dē to ison tǭ isǭ epharmosei, hoti ouk ison to hēgemonoun panti aisthētǭ. kata pēlika oun hē diairesis? ē eis tosauta diairethēsetai, kathʼ hoson an arithmou echę̄ eis poikilian to eision aisthēma?
But the whole is one; for how could it be divided? For equal will not fit equal, since the ruling part is not equal to every object perceived. Into how many parts, then, the division? Will it be divided into as many as the number of the variety the entering perception has?
15.22.36Dindorf 2:385
καὶ ἕκαστον δὴ ἐκείνων τῶν μερῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἄρα καὶ τοῖς μορίοις αὐτοῦ αἰσθήσεται. ἢ ἀναίσθητα τὰ μέρη τῶν μορίων ἔσται; ἀλλὰ ἀδύνατον. εἰ δὲ ὁτιοῦν παντὸς αἰσθήσεται, εἰς ἄπειρα διαιρεῖσθαι τοῦ μεγέθους πεφυκότος, ἀπείρους καὶ αἰσθήσεις καθʼ ἕκαστον αἰσθητὸν συμβήσεται γίγνεσθαι ἑκάστῳ, οἷον τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀπείρους ἐν τῷ ἡγεμονοῦντι ἡμῶν εἰκόνας.
kai hekaston dē ekeinōn tōn merōn tēs psychēs ara kai tois moriois autou aisthēsetai. ē anaisthēta ta merē tōn moriōn estai? alla adynaton. ei de hotioun pantos aisthēsetai, eis apeira diaireisthai tou megethous pephykotos, apeirous kai aisthēseis kathʼ hekaston aisthēton symbēsetai gignesthai hekastǭ, hoion tou autou apeirous en tǭ hēgemonounti hēmōn eikonas.
And then each of those parts of the soul will perceive with its own portions too. Or will the parts of the portions be without perception? But that is impossible. And if any part whatever perceives the whole, since magnitude is by nature divisible to infinity, it will follow that infinite perceptions arise in each for each object perceived, as it were infinite images of the same thing in our ruling part.
15.22.37Dindorf 2:385
καὶ μὴν σώματος ὄντος τοῦ αἰσθανομένου, οὐκ ἂν ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ γένοιτο τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι ἢ οἷον ἐν κηρῷ ἐνσημανθεῖσαι ἀπὸ δακτυλίων σφραγῖδες, εἴτʼ οὖν εἰς αἷμα εἴτʼ οὖν εἰς ἀέρα τῶν αἰσθημάτων ἐνσημαινομένων. εἰ μὲν οὖν ὡς ἐν σώμασιν ὑγροῖς, ὅπερ καὶ εὔλογον, ὥσπερ εἰς ὕδωρ, συγχυθήσεται, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται μνήμη·
kai mēn sōmatos ontos tou aisthanomenou, ouk an allǭ tropǭ genoito to aisthanesthai ē hoion en kērǭ ensēmantheisai apo daktyliōn sphragides, eitʼ oun eis haima eitʼ oun eis aera tōn aisthēmatōn ensēmainomenōn. ei men oun hōs en sōmasin hygrois, hoper kai eulogon, hōsper eis hydōr, synchythēsetai, kai ouk estai mnēmē;
And indeed, if what perceives is a body, perceiving could come about in no other way than as seals from rings impressed on wax, the perceptions being impressed either on blood or on air. If, then, as in moist bodies, which is reasonable, as in water, they will be confused, and there will be no memory.
15.22.38Dindorf 2:385
εἰ δʼ ἐμμενοῦσιν οἶ τύποι, ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλους ἐνσημαίνεσθαι ἐκείνων κατεχόντων, ὥστε ἄλλαι αἰσθήσεις οὐκ ἔσονται, ἢ γιγνομένων ἄλλων ἐκεῖνοι οἶ πρότερον ἀπολοῦνται, ὥστε οὐδὲν ἔσται τὸ μνημονεύειν. εἰ δέ ἐστι τὸ μνημονεύειν καὶ ἄλλων αἰσθάνεσθαι ἐπʼ ἄλλοις, οὐκ ἐμποδιζόντων τῶν πρόσθεν, ἀδύνατον τὴν ψυχὴν σῶμα εἶναι.”
ei dʼ emmenousin oi typoi, ē ouk estin allous ensēmainesthai ekeinōn katechontōn, hōste allai aisthēseis ouk esontai, ē gignomenōn allōn ekeinoi oi proteron apolountai, hōste ouden estai to mnēmoneuein. ei de esti to mnēmoneuein kai allōn aisthanesthai epʼ allois, ouk empodizontōn tōn prosthen, adynaton tēn psychēn sōma einai.”
But if the impressions remain, either others cannot be impressed while those occupy the place, so that there will be no other perceptions, or, when others come, those before will be destroyed, so that there will be no remembering. But if there is remembering and perceiving one thing after another without the earlier hindering, it is impossible for the soul to be a body.”
15.22.39Dindorf 2:385
“Ἴδοι δʼ ἄν τις καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἀλγεῖν αἰσθήσεως τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο. ὅταν δάκτυλον λέγηται ἀλγεῖν ἄνθρωπος, ἡ μὲν ὀδύνη περὶ τὸν δάκτυλον δήπουθεν, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ ἀλγεῖν δῆλον ὅτι ὁμολογήσουσιν ὡς περὶ τὸ ἡγεμονοῦν γίγνεται. ἄλλου δὴ ὄντος τοῦ πονοῦντος μέρους, τοῦ πνεύματος τὸ ἡγεμονοῦν αἰσθάνεται, καὶ ὅλη ψυχὴ τὸ αὐτὸ πάσχει.
“Idoi dʼ an tis kai ek tēs tou algein aisthēseōs to auto touto. hotan daktylon legētai algein anthrōpos, hē men odynē peri ton daktylon dēpouthen, hē de aisthēsis tou algein dēlon hoti homologēsousin hōs peri to hēgemonoun gignetai. allou dē ontos tou ponountos merous, tou pneumatos to hēgemonoun aisthanetai, kai holē psychē to auto paschei.
“One might see the same thing also from the perception of pain. When a man is said to have a pain in his finger, the pain is about the finger, surely, but they will admit that the perception of the pain comes about at the ruling part. The part in pain being different, the ruling part of the breath perceives, and the whole soul has the same experience.
15.22.40Dindorf 2:385–386
πῶς οὖν τοῦτο συμβαίνει; διαδόσει, φήσουσι, παθόντος μὲν πρώτως τοῦ περὶ τὸν δάκτυλον ψυχικοῦ πνεύματος, μεταδόντος δὲ τῷ ἐφεξῆς, καὶ τούτου ἄλλῳ, ἕως οὗ πρὸς τὸ ἡγεμονοῦν ἀφίκοιτο.
pōs oun touto symbainei? diadosei, phēsousi, pathontos men prōtōs tou peri ton daktylon psychikou pneumatos, metadontos de tǭ ephexēs, kai toutou allǭ, heōs hou pros to hēgemonoun aphikoito.
How, then, does this happen? By transmission, they will say: the psychic breath about the finger being affected first, and passing it to the next, and this to another, until it reaches the ruling part.
15.22.41Dindorf 2:386
ἀνάγκη τοίνυν εἰ τὸ πρῶτον πόνου ᾔσθετο, ἄλλην τὴν αἴσθησιν τοῦ δευτέρου εἶναι, καὶ εἰ κατὰ διάδοσιν ἡ αἴσθησις, καὶ τοῦ τρίτου γε ἄλλην, καὶ πολλὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ ἀπείρους τὴν περὶ ἑνὸς ἀλγήματος γίγνεσθαι, καὶ τούτων ἁπασῶν ὕστερον τὸ ἡγεμονοῦν αἰσθέσθαι, καὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ παρὰ ταύτας.
anankē toinyn ei to prōton ponou ę̄stheto, allēn tēn aisthēsin tou deuterou einai, kai ei kata diadosin hē aisthēsis, kai tou tritou ge allēn, kai pollas aisthēseis kai apeirous tēn peri henos algēmatos gignesthai, kai toutōn hapasōn hysteron to hēgemonoun aisthesthai, kai tēs heautou para tautas.
It is necessary, then, if the first part perceived the pain, that the perception of the second be different, and, if the perception comes by transmission, that of the third too be different, and that there be many and infinite perceptions of one pain, and that the ruling part perceive after all these, and its own besides these.
15.22.42Dindorf 2:386
Τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς, ἑκάστην ἐκείνων μὴ τοῦ ἐν τῷ δακτύλῳ ἀλγήματος· [ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ἐφεξῆς τῷ δακτύλῳ ὅτι ὁ ταρςὸς ἀλγεῖ, τὴν δὲ τρίτην, ὅτι ἄλλο τὸ πρὸς τὸ ἄνωθεν, καὶ πολλὰς εἶναι ἀλγηδόνας· τό τε ἡγεμονοῦν μὴ τοῦ πρὸς τῷ δακτύλῳ ἀλγήματος] αἰσθάνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πρὸς αὑτῷ, καὶ τοῦτο γινώσκειν μόνον, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα χαίρειν ἐᾶν, μὴ ἐπιστάμενον ὅτι ἀλγεῖ ὁ δάκτυλος.
To de alēthes, hekastēn ekeinōn mē tou en tǭ daktylǭ algēmatos; [alla tēn men ephexēs tǭ daktylǭ hoti ho tarsos algei, tēn de tritēn, hoti allo to pros to anōthen, kai pollas einai algēdonas; to te hēgemonoun mē tou pros tǭ daktylǭ algēmatos] aisthanesthai, alla tou pros hautǭ, kai touto ginōskein monon, ta dʼ alla chairein ean, mē epistamenon hoti algei ho daktylos.
But the truth is that each of those perceives not the pain in the finger, but the one next to itself, and that the ruling part knows only this, and lets the others go, not knowing that the finger is in pain.
15.22.43Dindorf 2:386
εἰ τοίνυν κατὰ διάδοσιν τὴν αἴσθησιν ὄγκου ὄντος, ἄλλου παθόντος, ἄλλου γνῶσιν εἶναι. Παντὸς γὰρ μεγέθους, εἰ τὸ μὲν ἄλλο, τὸ δὲ ἄλλο ἐστὶ, δεῖ τοιοῦτον τίθεσθαι τὸ αἰσθανόμενον, οἶον πανταχοῦ αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ τὸ αὐτὸ εἶναι. Τοῦτο δὲ ἄλλῳ τινὶ τῶν ὄντων ἢ σώματι ποιεῖν προσήκει.”
ei toinyn kata diadosin tēn aisthēsin onkou ontos, allou pathontos, allou gnōsin einai. Pantos gar megethous, ei to men allo, to de allo esti, dei toiouton tithesthai to aisthanomenon, oion pantachou auto heautǭ to auto einai. Touto de allǭ tini tōn ontōn ē sōmati poiein prosēkei.”
If, then, perception cannot come by transmission, nor, there being a bulk, can one part be affected and another know (for in every magnitude one part is one thing and another another), what perceives must be posited as such as to be everywhere the same with itself. To do this belongs to some other of the things that are rather than to body.”
15.22.44Dindorf 2:386
“Ὅτι δὲ οὐδὲ νοεῖν οἶόν τε εἰ σῶμα ἡ ψυχὴ ὁτιοῦν εἴη δεικτέον ἐκ τῶνδε. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαί ἐστι τὸ σώματι προσχρωμένην τὴν ψυχὴν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν αἰσθητῶν, οὐκ ἄν εἴη καὶ τὸ νοεῖν τὸ διὰ σώματος καταλαμβάνειν, ἢ ταυτὸν ἔσται τῷ αἰσθάνεσθαι.
“Hoti de oude noein oion te ei sōma hē psychē hotioun eiē deikteon ek tōnde. Ei gar to aisthanesthai esti to sōmati proschrōmenēn tēn psychēn antilambanesthai tōn aisthētōn, ouk an eiē kai to noein to dia sōmatos katalambanein, ē tauton estai tǭ aisthanesthai.
“That it is not possible to think either, if the soul were any body, must be shown from this. If perceiving is the soul grasping perceptible things by using the body, thinking would not also be apprehending through the body, or it will be the same as perceiving.
15.22.45Dindorf 2:386–387
Εἰ οὖν τὸ νοεῖν ἐστι τὸ ἄνευ σώματος ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι, πολὺ πρότερον δεῖ μὴ σῶμα αὖ τὸ νοῆσον εἶναι, ἐπεὶ αἰσθητῶν μὲν ἡ αἴσθησις, νοητῶν δὲ ἡ νόησις. Εἰ δὲ μὴ βούλονται, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἔσονταί γε καὶ νοητῶν τινῶν νοήσεις καὶ ἀμεγέθων ἀντιλήψεις.
Ei oun to noein esti to aneu sōmatos antilambanesthai, poly proteron dei mē sōma au to noēson einai, epei aisthētōn men hē aisthēsis, noētōn de hē noēsis. Ei de mē boulontai, allʼ oun esontai ge kai noētōn tinōn noēseis kai amegethōn antilēpseis.
If, then, thinking is apprehending without the body, much more must what thinks not be a body, since perception is of perceptible things and thinking of intelligible things. And if they do not wish this, still there will be thoughts of some intelligible things and apprehensions of things without magnitude.
15.22.46Dindorf 2:387
πῶς οὖν μέγεθος ὂν τὸ μὴ μέγεθος νοήσει καὶ τῷ μεριστῷ τὸ μὴ μεριστὸν νοήσει; ἢ μέρει τινὶ ἀμερεῖ αὐτοῦ; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, οὐ σῶμα ἔσται τὸ νοῆσον. οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦ ὅλου χρεία πρὸς τὸ θιγεῖν· ἀρκεῖ γὰρ καὶ ἕν τι.
pōs oun megethos on to mē megethos noēsei kai tǭ meristǭ to mē meriston noēsei? ē merei tini amerei autou? ei de touto, ou sōma estai to noēson. ou gar dē tou holou chreia pros to thigein; arkei gar kai hen ti.
How, then, will what is a magnitude think what is not a magnitude, and think the undivided with the divided? Or with some partless part of itself? If so, what thinks will not be a body. For there is no need of the whole to touch; one thing is enough.
15.22.47Dindorf 2:387
εἰ μὲν οὖν συγχωρήσονται τὰς πρώτας νοήσεις, ὅπερ ἀληθές ἐστι, εἶναι τῶν πάντη σώματος καθαρωτάτων, αὐτὸ ἑκάστου, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ νοοῦν σώματος καθαρὸν ὂν, ἢ γιγνόμενον, γινώσκειν. εἰ δὲ τῶν ἐν ὕλῃ εἰδῶν τὰς νοήσεις φήσουσιν εἷναι, ἀλλὰ χωριζομένων γε τῶν σωμάτων γίγνονται, τοῦ νοῦ χωρίζοντος.
ei men oun synchōrēsontai tas prōtas noēseis, hoper alēthes esti, einai tōn pantē sōmatos katharōtatōn, auto hekastou, anankē kai to nooun sōmatos katharon on, ē gignomenon, ginōskein. ei de tōn en hylę̄ eidōn tas noēseis phēsousin heinai, alla chōrizomenōn ge tōn sōmatōn gignontai, tou nou chōrizontos.
If, then, they grant that the first thoughts, which is true, are of things altogether purest of body, each itself by itself, what thinks must also know being pure of body or becoming so. But if they say the thoughts are of the forms in matter, still they come about when the forms are separated from the bodies, the mind separating them.
15.22.48Dindorf 2:387
οὐ γὰρ δὴ μετὰ σαρκῶν, ἢ ὅλως ὕλης ὁ χωρισμὸς, κύκλου καὶ τριγώνου καὶ γραμμῆς καὶ σημείου. δεῖ ἄρα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν σώματος αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ χωρίσαι. δεῖ ἄρα μηδὲ αὐτὴν σῶμα εἶναι. ἀμέγεθες δὲ οἶμαι καὶ τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ δίκαιον, καὶ ἡ τούτων ἄρα νόησις. ὥστε καὶ προσιόντα τῷ ἀμερεῖ αὐτῆς ὑποδέξεται καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ ἀμερῆ κείσεται.”
ou gar dē meta sarkōn, ē holōs hylēs ho chōrismos, kyklou kai trigōnou kai grammēs kai sēmeiou. dei ara kai tēn psychēn sōmatos autēn en tǭ toioutǭ chōrisai. dei ara mēde autēn sōma einai. amegethes de oimai kai to kalon kai to dikaion, kai hē toutōn ara noēsis. hōste kai prosionta tǭ amerei autēs hypodexetai kai en autę̄ amerē keisetai.”
For the separation of a circle and triangle and line and point is surely not made with flesh, or matter at all. The soul, then, must separate itself from body in such a case. It must, then, not itself be a body. Beauty and justice, I think, are without magnitude, and so is the thought of them. So that when they approach, it will receive them with its partless part, and they will lie in it as partless.”
15.22.49Dindorf 2:387
“Πῶς δʼ ἂν καὶ σώματος ὄντος τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀρεταὶ αὐτῆς σωφροσύνη καὶ δικαιοσύνη, ἀνδρεία τε καὶ ἄλλαι; πνεῦμά τι γὰρ, ἢ αἷμά τι, τὸ σωφρονεῖν εἴη ἢ δικαιότης, ἢ ἀνδρεία, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ ἀνδρεία τὸ δυσπαθὲς τοῦ πνεύματος εἴη, καὶ ἡ σωφροσύνη, ἡ εὐκρασία, τὸ δὲ κάλλος εὐμορφία τις ἐν τύποις, καθʼ ἣν λέγομεν ἰδόντες ὡραίους καὶ καλοὺς τὰ σώματα.
“Pōs dʼ an kai sōmatos ontos tēs psychēs, aretai autēs sōphrosynē kai dikaiosynē, andreia te kai allai? pneuma ti gar, ē haima ti, to sōphronein eiē ē dikaiotēs, ē andreia, ei mē ara hē andreia to dyspathes tou pneumatos eiē, kai hē sōphrosynē, hē eukrasia, to de kallos eumorphia tis en typois, kathʼ hēn legomen idontes hōraious kai kalous ta sōmata.
“And how, if the soul were a body, would its virtues be, temperance and justice, courage and the others? For temperance or justice or courage would be some breath or some blood; unless perhaps courage were the breath’s resistance to being affected, and temperance its good blending, and beauty a certain shapeliness in the impressions, according to which we call people, on seeing them, comely and beautiful in body.
15.22.50Dindorf 2:387–388
ἰσχυρῷ μὲν οὖν καὶ καλῷ ἐν τύποις πνεύματι εἷναι προσήκοι ἂν, σωφρονεῖν δὲ τί δεῖ πνεύματι; ἀλλʼ οὖν τοὐναντίον, ἐν περιπτύξεσι καὶ ἁφαῖς εὖ παθεῖν, ὅπου ἢ θερμανθήσεται, ἢ συμμέτρως ψύχεος ἱμερεῖ, ἢ μαλακοῖς τισι καὶ ἁπλοῖς καὶ λείοις πελάσει; τὸ δὲ κατʼ ἀξίαν νεῖμαι τί ἂν αὐτῷ μέλοι;
ischyrǭ men oun kai kalǭ en typois pneumati heinai prosēkoi an, sōphronein de ti dei pneumati? allʼ oun tounantion, en periptyxesi kai haphais eu pathein, hopou ē thermanthēsetai, ē symmetrōs psycheos himerei, ē malakois tisi kai haplois kai leiois pelasei? to de katʼ axian neimai ti an autǭ meloi?
It would befit breath, then, to be strong and beautiful in its impressions; but what need has breath to be temperate? Rather the opposite: to be well affected in embraces and touches, where it will be warmed, or long for moderate cool, or come near soft and simple and smooth things. But what would it care about distributing according to merit?
15.22.51Dindorf 2:388
πότερον δὲ ἀιδίων ὄντων τῶν τῆς ἀρετῆς θεωρημάτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν νοητῶν ἡ ψυχὴ ἐφάπτεται, ἢ γίνεταί τῳ ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ ὠφελεῖ καὶ πάλιν φθείρεται; ἀλλὰ τίς ὁ ποιῶν καὶ πόθεν; οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνο πάλιν μένοι. δεῖ ἄρα ἀιδίων εἶναι καὶ μενόντων, οἷα καὶ τὰ ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ. εἰ δὲ ἀϊδίων καὶ μενόντων, οὐ σωμάτων. καὶ δεῖ ἄρα καὶ ἐν ᾧ ἔσται, τοιοῦτον εἶναι· ἄρα μὴ σῶμα εἶναι. οὐ γὰρ μένει, ἀλλὰ ῥεῖ ἡ σώματος φύσις πᾶσα. ”
poteron de aidiōn ontōn tōn tēs aretēs theōrēmatōn kai tōn allōn tōn noētōn hē psychē ephaptetai, ē ginetai tǭ hē aretē kai ōphelei kai palin phtheiretai? alla tis ho poiōn kai pothen? houtō gar an ekeino palin menoi. dei ara aidiōn einai kai menontōn, hoia kai ta en geōmetrią. ei de aïdiōn kai menontōn, ou sōmatōn. kai dei ara kai en hǭ estai, toiouton einai; ara mē sōma einai. ou gar menei, alla rhei hē sōmatos physis pasa. ”
Does the soul lay hold of the objects of virtue’s contemplation and the other intelligibles as everlasting, or does virtue come to someone and benefit him and perish again? But who makes it, and from where? For so that would remain again. It must, then, be of everlasting and abiding things, like those in geometry. And if of everlasting and abiding things, not of bodies. And that in which it will be must also be such; so it must not be a body. For the whole nature of body does not abide, but flows.”
15.22.52Dindorf 2:388
“ Εἰ δὲ τὰς τῶν σωμάτων ποιήσεις ὁρῶντες θερμαινούσας καὶ ψυχούσας καὶ ὠθούσας καὶ βαρυνούσας ἐνταῦθα τάττουσι τὴν ψυχὴν, οἶον ἐν δραστηρίῳ τόπῳ ἱδρύοντες αὐτὴν, πρῶτον μὲν ἀγνοοῦσιν ὡς καὶ ταῦτα τὰ σώματα δυνάμεσι ταῖς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀσωμάτοις ταῦτα ἐργάζεται· ἔπειτα ὅτι οὐ ταύτας τὰς δυνάμεις περὶ ψυχὴν εἶναι ἀξιοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ νοεῖν, τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι, λογίζεσθαι, ἐπιθυμεῖν, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι ἐμφρόνως καὶ καλῶς ἅπαντα, ἄλλην οὐσίαν ζητεῖ.
“ Ei de tas tōn sōmatōn poiēseis horōntes thermainousas kai psychousas kai ōthousas kai barynousas entautha tattousi tēn psychēn, oion en drastēriǭ topǭ hidryontes autēn, prōton men agnoousin hōs kai tauta ta sōmata dynamesi tais en autois asōmatois tauta ergazetai; epeita hoti ou tautas tas dynameis peri psychēn einai axioumen, alla to noein, to aisthanesthai, logizesthai, epithymein, epimeleisthai emphronōs kai kalōs hapanta, allēn ousian zētei.
“But if, seeing the actions of bodies heating and cooling and pushing and weighing down, they place the soul here, as if seating it in an active place, first they do not know that these bodies too do this by the incorporeal powers in them; and second, that it is not these powers we think belong to the soul, but thinking, perceiving, reasoning, desiring, caring wisely and well for all things, which seeks another substance.
15.22.53Dindorf 2:388
τὰς οὖν δυνάμεις τῶν ἀσωμάτων μεταβιβάσαντες εἰς τὰ σώματα οὐδεμίαν ἐκείνοις καταλείπουσιν. ὅτι δὲ καὶ τὰ σώματα ἀσωμάτοις δυνάμεσι δύναται ἃ δύναται ἐκ τῶνδε δῆλον. ὁμολογήσουσι γὰρ ἕτερον ποιότητα καὶ ποσότητα εἶναι, καὶ πᾶν σῶμα ποσὸν εἶναι, καὶ ἔτι οὐ πᾶν σῶμα ποσὸν εἶναι, ὥσπερ τὴν ὕλην. ταῦτα δὲ ὁμολογοῦντες τὴν ποιότητα ὁμολογήσουσιν ἕτερον οὖσαν ποσοῦ, ἕτερον σώματος εἷναι.
tas oun dynameis tōn asōmatōn metabibasantes eis ta sōmata oudemian ekeinois kataleipousin. hoti de kai ta sōmata asōmatois dynamesi dynatai ha dynatai ek tōnde dēlon. homologēsousi gar heteron poiotēta kai posotēta einai, kai pan sōma poson einai, kai eti ou pan sōma poson einai, hōsper tēn hylēn. tauta de homologountes tēn poiotēta homologēsousin heteron ousan posou, heteron sōmatos heinai.
So, transferring the powers of incorporeal things to bodies, they leave none to them. That bodies too can do what they do by incorporeal powers is clear from the following. They will admit that quality and quantity are different, and that every body is a quantity, and further that not every body is a quality, as matter is not. Admitting these things, they will admit that quality, being other than quantity, is other than body.
15.22.54Dindorf 2:388–389
πῶς γὰρ μὴ ποσὸν οὖσα σῶμα ἔσται, εἴπερ πᾶν σῶμα ποσόν; καὶ μὴν, ὅπερ καὶ ἄνω που ἐλέγετο, εἰ πᾶν σῶμα μεριζόμενον καὶ πᾶς ἀφαιρεῖται ὅπερ ἦν, κερματιζομένου δὲ τοῦ σώματος ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ μέρει ἡ αὐτὴ ὅλη ποιότης μένει, οἷον ἡ γλυκύτης ἡ τοῦ μέλιτος οὐδὲν ἔλαττον γλυκύτης ἐστὶν ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ, οὐκ ἂν εἴη σῶμα γλυκύτης. ὁμοίως καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι.
pōs gar mē poson ousa sōma estai, eiper pan sōma poson? kai mēn, hoper kai anō pou elegeto, ei pan sōma merizomenon kai pas aphaireitai hoper ēn, kermatizomenou de tou sōmatos ephʼ hekastǭ merei hē autē holē poiotēs menei, hoion hē glykytēs hē tou melitos ouden elatton glykytēs estin ephʼ hekastǭ, ouk an eiē sōma glykytēs. homoiōs kai hai allai.
For how will it be a body, not being a quantity, if every body is a quantity? And indeed, as was said somewhere above, if every body when divided also loses what it was, while the body being cut into pieces the same whole quality remains in each part, as the sweetness of honey is no less sweetness in each, sweetness would not be a body. Likewise the others.
15.22.55Dindorf 2:389
ἔπειτα εἰ σώματα ἦσαν αἶ δυνάμεις, ἀναγκαῖον ἦν τὰς μὲν ἰσχυρὰς τῶν δυνάμεων μεγάλους ὄγκους, τὰς δὲ ὀλίγον δρᾶν δυναμένας ὄγκους μικροὺς εἶναι. εἰ δὲ μεγάλων μὲν τῶν ὄγκων μικραὶ, οἱ δὲ μικρότατοι τῶν ὄγκων μεγίστας ἔχουσι τὰς δυνάμεις, ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἢ μεγέθει τὸ ποιεῖν ἀναθετέον· ἀμεγέθει ἄρα.
epeita ei sōmata ēsan ai dynameis, anankaion ēn tas men ischyras tōn dynameōn megalous onkous, tas de oligon dran dynamenas onkous mikrous einai. ei de megalōn men tōn onkōn mikrai, hoi de mikrotatoi tōn onkōn megistas echousi tas dynameis, allǭ tini ē megethei to poiein anatheteon; amegethei ara.
Then, if the powers were bodies, the strong powers would necessarily be great bulks, and those able to do little small bulks. But if great bulks have small powers, and the smallest bulks have the greatest powers, the acting must be attributed to something other than magnitude; therefore to the magnitudeless.
15.22.56Dindorf 2:389
τὸ δὲ ὕλην μὲν τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι σῶμα, ὥς φασιν, οὖσαν, διάφορα δὲ ποιεῖν ποιότητας προσλαβοῦσαν, πῶς οὐ δῆλον ποιεῖ τὰ προσγενόμενα λόγους αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀσωμάτους εἶναι; μηδʼ ὅτι πνεύματος ἢ αἵματος ἀποστάντων ἀποθνήσκει τὰ ζῷα λεγόντων. οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄνευ τούτων εἶναι, οὐδʼ ἄνευ πολλῶν ἄλλων, ὧν οὐδὲ ἂν ἡ ψυχὴ εἴη. καὶ μὴν οὔτε πνεῦμα διὰ πάντων οὔτε αἷμα, ψυχὴ δέ.”
to de hylēn men tēn autēn einai sōma, hōs phasin, ousan, diaphora de poiein poiotētas proslabousan, pōs ou dēlon poiei ta prosgenomena logous autous kai asōmatous einai? mēdʼ hoti pneumatos ē haimatos apostantōn apothnēskei ta zǭa legontōn. ou gar estin aneu toutōn einai, oudʼ aneu pollōn allōn, hōn oude an hē psychē eiē. kai mēn oute pneuma dia pantōn oute haima, psychē de.”
And that matter is the same, being body, as they say, but makes different things when it has taken on qualities, how does it not make clear that what is added are rational principles and incorporeal? Let them not say that animals die when breath or blood departs. For it is not possible to be without these, nor without many other things, without which the soul would not be either. And yet neither breath nor blood pervades all things, but the soul does.”
15.22.57Dindorf 2:389
“Ἔτι εἰ σῶμα οὖσα ἡ ψυχὴ διῆλθε διὰ παντὸς, κἂν κραθεῖσα εἴη, ὃν τρόπον τοῖς ἄλλοις σώμασιν ἡ κρᾶσις. εἰ δὲ ἡ τῶν σωμάτων κρᾶσις οὐδὲν ἐνεργείᾳ ἐᾷ εἶναι τῶν κραθέντων, οὐδʼ ἂν ἡ ψυχὴ ἔτι ἐνεργείᾳ ἐνείη τοῖς σώμασιν, ἀλλὰ δυνάμει μόνον, ἀπολέσασα τὸ εἶναι ψυχὴ, ὥσπερ εἰ γλυκὺ καὶ πικρὸν κραθείη, τὸ γλυκὺ οὐκ ἔστιν. οὐκ ἄρα ἔχομεν ψυχήν.
“Eti ei sōma ousa hē psychē diēlthe dia pantos, kan kratheisa eiē, hon tropon tois allois sōmasin hē krasis. ei de hē tōn sōmatōn krasis ouden energeią eą einai tōn krathentōn, oudʼ an hē psychē eti energeią eneiē tois sōmasin, alla dynamei monon, apolesasa to einai psychē, hōsper ei glyky kai pikron kratheiē, to glyky ouk estin. ouk ara echomen psychēn.
“Further, if the soul, being a body, passed through everything, it would be mixed, in the way mixture occurs with other bodies. And if the mixture of bodies allows none of those mixed to be in actuality, the soul too would no longer be in the bodies in actuality, but only potentially, having lost being soul; as when sweet and bitter are mixed, the sweet is not. So we have no soul.
15.22.58Dindorf 2:389–390
τὸ δὲ δὴ σῶμα ὂν σώματι κεκράσθαι ὅλον διʼ ὡς ὅπου ἂν ᾖ καὶ θάτερον, εἶναι ἴσον ὄγκον ἀμφοτέρων, καὶ τὸ πᾶν κατεχόντων, καὶ μηδεμίαν αὔξην γεγονέναι ἐπεμβληθέντος τοῦ ἑτέρου, οὐδὲν ἀπολείψει ὅ μὴ τέμῃ. οὐ γὰρ κατὰ μεγάλα μέρη παραλλὰξ ἡ κρᾶσις· (οὕτω γάρ φασι παράθεσιν ἔσεσθαι·) διεληλυθὸς δὲ διὰ παντὸς τὸ ἐπεμβληθὲν ἐπὶ σμικρότερον· ὅπερ ἀδύνατον, τὸ ἔλαττον ἴσον γενέσθαι τῷ μείζονι·) ἀλλʼ οὖν διεληλυθὸς πᾶν τέμνει κατὰ πᾶν.
to de dē sōma on sōmati kekrasthai holon diʼ hōs hopou an ę̄ kai thateron, einai ison onkon amphoterōn, kai to pan katechontōn, kai mēdemian auxēn gegonenai epemblēthentos tou heterou, ouden apoleipsei ho mē temę̄. ou gar kata megala merē parallax hē krasis; (houtō gar phasi parathesin esesthai;) dielēlythos de dia pantos to epemblēthen epi smikroteron; hoper adynaton, to elatton ison genesthai tǭ meizoni;) allʼ oun dielēlythos pan temnei kata pan.
And that a body should be mixed with a body whole through whole, so that wherever one is the other is, the bulk of both being equal, both occupying the whole, and no increase having come from the addition of the other, will leave nothing it does not cut. For the mixture is not by large parts side by side (for so, they say, there would be juxtaposition); but what is added has passed through the whole, even to the smaller (which is impossible, the smaller becoming equal to the greater); but having passed through, it cuts everything at every point.
15.22.59Dindorf 2:390
ἀνάγκη τοίνυν εἰ καθʼ ὁτιοῦν σημεῖον, καὶ μὴ μεταξὺ σῶμα ἔσται· ὃ μὴ τέτμηται, εἰς σημεῖα τὴν διαίρεσιν τοῦ σώματος γεγονέναι, ὅπερ ἀδύνατον. εἰς δὲ ἄπειρον τῆς τομῆς οὔσης (ὃ γὰρ ἂν λάβῃς σῶμα διαίρετόν ἐστι) οὐ δυνάμει μόνον, ἐνεργείᾳ δὲ τὰ ἄπειρα ἔσται. οὐ τοίνυν ὅλον διʼ ὅλου χωρεῖν δυνατὸν τὸ σῶμα, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ διʼ ὅλων· ἀσώματος ἄρα.”
anankē toinyn ei kathʼ hotioun sēmeion, kai mē metaxy sōma estai; ho mē tetmētai, eis sēmeia tēn diairesin tou sōmatos gegonenai, hoper adynaton. eis de apeiron tēs tomēs ousēs (ho gar an labę̄s sōma diaireton esti) ou dynamei monon, energeią de ta apeira estai. ou toinyn holon diʼ holou chōrein dynaton to sōma, hē de psychē diʼ holōn; asōmatos ara.”
It is necessary, then, if at any point whatever, and there is no body in between that has not been cut, that the division of the body has been into points, which is impossible. And the cutting being to infinity (for whatever body you take is divisible), the infinites will be not only potential but actual. So a body cannot pass whole through whole; but the soul passes through wholes; therefore it is incorporeal.”
15.22.60Dindorf 2:390
“Τὸ δὲ καὶ φύσιν μὲν προτέραν τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα λέγειν, ἐν δὲ ψυχρῷ γενομένην καὶ στομωθεῖσαν ψυχὴν γίνεσθαι, λεπτοτέραν ἐν ψυχρῷ γενομένην· ὃ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ ἄτοπον· πολλὰ γὰρ ζῷα ἐν θερμῷ γίγνεται, καὶ ψυχὴν ἔχει οὐ ψυχθεῖσαν. ἀλλʼ οὖν φασί γε προτέραν φύσιν ψυχῆς εἶναι κατὰ συντυχίας τὰς ἔξω γιγνομένην.
“To de kai physin men proteran to auto pneuma legein, en de psychrǭ genomenēn kai stomōtheisan psychēn ginesthai, leptoteran en psychrǭ genomenēn; ho dē kai auto atopon; polla gar zǭa en thermǭ gignetai, kai psychēn echei ou psychtheisan. allʼ oun phasi ge proteran physin psychēs einai kata syntychias tas exō gignomenēn.
“And to say that the same breath is first nature, and becomes soul when it comes into the cold and is tempered, being made finer in the cold, this too is absurd; for many animals are born in heat and have a soul that has not been cooled. But they say that nature is prior to soul, coming about by external chances.
15.22.61Dindorf 2:390
συμβαίνει οὖν αὐτοῖς τὸ χεῖρον πρῶτον ποιεῖν, καὶ πρὸ τούτου ἄλλο ἔλαττον, ἣν λέγουσιν ἔξιν. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὕστατος, ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς δηλονότι γενόμενος, ἢ εἰ πρὸ πάντων νοῦς, ἐφεξῆς ἔδει ψυχὴν ποιεῖν, εἶτα φύσιν· καὶ ἀεὶ τὸ ὕστερον χεῖρον, εἴπερ πέφυκεν.
symbainei oun autois to cheiron prōton poiein, kai pro toutou allo elatton, hēn legousin exin. ho de nous hystatos, apo tēs psychēs dēlonoti genomenos, ē ei pro pantōn nous, ephexēs edei psychēn poiein, eita physin; kai aei to hysteron cheiron, eiper pephyken.
It follows for them to make the worse first, and before this another lesser, which they call disposition. And mind is last, clearly coming from the soul; or if mind is before all, they should next have made soul, then nature; and always the later is worse, if indeed it is so by nature.
15.22.62Dindorf 2:390
εἰ οὖν καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὸν νοῦν ὕστερος καὶ γεννητὸς καὶ ἐπακτὸν τὸ νοεῖν ἔχων, ἐνδέχοιτο ἂν μηδὲ ψυχὴν μηδὲ νοῦν, μηδὲ θεὸν εἶναι· εἰ τὸ δυνάμει, μὴ ὄντος πρότερον τοῦ ἐνεργείᾳ καὶ νοῦ γένοιτο, οὐδὲ ἥξει εἰς ἐνέργειαν. τί γὰρ ἔσται τὸ ἄγον, μὴ ὄντος ἑτέρου παρʼ αὐτὸ προτέρου; εἰ δʼ ἑαυτὸ ἄξει εἰς ἐνέργειαν, ὅπερ ἄτοπον, ἀλλὰ βλέπον γε πρός τι ἄξει, ὃ οὐ δυνάμει, ἐνεργείᾳ δὲ ἔσται.
ei oun kai ho theos autois kata ton noun hysteros kai gennētos kai epakton to noein echōn, endechoito an mēde psychēn mēde noun, mēde theon einai; ei to dynamei, mē ontos proteron tou energeią kai nou genoito, oude hēxei eis energeian. ti gar estai to agon, mē ontos heterou parʼ auto proterou? ei dʼ heauto axei eis energeian, hoper atopon, alla blepon ge pros ti axei, ho ou dynamei, energeią de estai.
If, then, God too, for them, according to mind, is later and generated and has thinking imported, it would be possible that there be neither soul nor mind nor God; if what is potential, there being nothing actual and mind before, should come to be, it will not come to actuality. For what will bring it, there being nothing else prior besides it? And if it brings itself into actuality, which is absurd, it will at least bring itself looking to something that will be not potential but actual.
15.22.63Dindorf 2:390–391
καίτοι τὸ ἀεὶ μένειν τὸ αὐτὸ, εἴπερ τὸ δυνάμει ἕξει, καθʼ ἑαυτὸ εἰς ἐνέργειαν ἥξει, καὶ τοῦτο κρεῖττον ἔσται τοῦ δυναμένου, οἷον ὀρεκτὸν ὄν ἐκείνου. πρότερον ἄρα τὸ κρεῖττον καὶ ἑτέραν φύσιν ἔχον σώματος καὶ ἐνεργείᾳ ὄν ἀεί· πρότερον ἄρα καὶ νοῦς καὶ ψυχὴ φύσεως. οὐκ ἄρα οὕτως ψυχὴ ὡς πνεῦμα, οὐδʼ ὡς σῶμα. ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὲν οὐ σῶμα λέγοιτʼ ἂν καὶ εἴρηται καὶ ἄλλοις ἕτερα, ἱκανὰ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα.”
kaitoi to aei menein to auto, eiper to dynamei hexei, kathʼ heauto eis energeian hēxei, kai touto kreitton estai tou dynamenou, hoion orekton on ekeinou. proteron ara to kreitton kai heteran physin echon sōmatos kai energeią on aei; proteron ara kai nous kai psychē physeōs. ouk ara houtōs psychē hōs pneuma, oudʼ hōs sōma. allʼ hoti men ou sōma legoitʼ an kai eirētai kai allois hetera, hikana de kai tauta.”
And yet, if what always remains the same holds the potential, it will come into actuality of itself, and this will be better than what is potential, as being its object of desire. The better, then, is prior, having a nature other than body and being always in actuality; so mind and soul are prior to nature. So the soul is not as breath, nor as body. But that it is not body could be said, and has been said by others in other ways; but these too are enough.”
15.22.64Dindorf 2:391
“ Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλης φύσεως, δεῖ ζητεῖν τίς αὕτη. ἆρʼ οὖν ἕτερον μὲν σώματος, σώματος δέ τι, οἷον ἁρμονία; τοῦτο γὰρ ἁρμονίαν τῶν ἀμφὶ Πυθαγόραν λεγόντων ἕτερον τρόπον, ᾠήθησαν αὐτὸ τοιοῦτόν τι εἶναι οἷον καὶ ἡ περὶ χορδὰς ἁρμονία.
“ Epei de kai allēs physeōs, dei zētein tis hautē. arʼ oun heteron men sōmatos, sōmatos de ti, hoion harmonia? touto gar harmonian tōn amphi Pythagoran legontōn heteron tropon, ǭēthēsan auto toiouton ti einai hoion kai hē peri chordas harmonia.
“Since it is of another nature, we must seek what this is. Is it other than body, but something of body, like a harmony? For, since the followers of Pythagoras spoke of harmony in another sense, they thought it to be something such as the harmony of strings.
15.22.65Dindorf 2:391
ὡς γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ἐντεταμένων τῶν χορδῶν ἐπιγίνεταί τι οἶον πάθημα ἐπʼ αὐταῖς, ὃ λέγεται ἁρμονία, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος, ἐν κράσει ἀνομοίων γινομένων, τὴν ποιὰν κρᾶσιν ζωήν τε ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ ψυχὴν, οὖσαν τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ κράσει πάθημα. ὅτι δὲ ἀδύνατον, πολλὰ ἤδη πρὸς ταύτην τὴν δόξαν εἴρηται.
hōs gar entautha entetamenōn tōn chordōn epiginetai ti oion pathēma epʼ autais, ho legetai harmonia, ton auton tropon kai tou hēmeterou sōmatos, en krasei anomoiōn ginomenōn, tēn poian krasin zōēn te ergazesthai kai psychēn, ousan to epi tę̄ krasei pathēma. hoti de adynaton, polla ēdē pros tautēn tēn doxan eirētai.
For as there, when the strings are stretched, something like an affection supervenes on them, which is called harmony, in the same way, our body coming about in a mixture of unlike things, the particular mixture produces life and soul, being the affection consequent on the mixture. That this is impossible, much has already been said against this opinion.
15.22.66Dindorf 2:391
καὶ γὰρ ὅτι τὸ μὲν πρότερον ἡ ψυχὴ, ἡ δʼ ἁρμονία ὕστερον, καὶ ὡς τὸ μὲν ἄρχει καὶ ἐπιστατεῖ τῷ σώματι καὶ μάχεται πολλαχῆ, ἁρμονία δὲ οὐκ ἂν οὖσα ταῦτα ποιοῖ· καὶ ὡς τὸ μὲν οὐσία, ἡ δὲ ἁρμονία οὐκ οὐσία· καὶ ὅτι ἡ κρᾶσις τῶν σωμάτων, ἐξ ὧν συνέσταμεν, ἐν λόγῳ οὖσα, ὑγίεια ἂν εἴη· καὶ ὅτι καθʼ ἕκαστον μέρος ἄλλως κραθὲν εἴη ἂν ψυχὴ ἑτέρα, ὥστε πολλὰς εἶναι· καὶ τόδε μέγιστον, ὡς ἀνάγκη πρὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ταύτης ἄλλην ψυχὴν εἶναι τὴν ποιοῦσαν τὴν ἁρμονίαν ταύτην, οἶον ἐπὶ τῶν ὀργάνων, τὸν μουσικὸν, τὸν ἐντιθέντα ταῖς χορδαῖς τὴν ἁρμονίαν, λόγον ἔχοντα παρʼ αὐτῷ, καθʼ ὃν ἁρμόσει.
kai gar hoti to men proteron hē psychē, hē dʼ harmonia hysteron, kai hōs to men archei kai epistatei tǭ sōmati kai machetai pollachē, harmonia de ouk an ousa tauta poioi; kai hōs to men ousia, hē de harmonia ouk ousia; kai hoti hē krasis tōn sōmatōn, ex hōn synestamen, en logǭ ousa, hygieia an eiē; kai hoti kathʼ hekaston meros allōs krathen eiē an psychē hetera, hōste pollas einai; kai tode megiston, hōs anankē pro tēs psychēs tautēs allēn psychēn einai tēn poiousan tēn harmonian tautēn, oion epi tōn organōn, ton mousikon, ton entithenta tais chordais tēn harmonian, logon echonta parʼ autǭ, kathʼ hon harmosei.
For that the soul is prior, and the harmony later; and that the one rules and presides over the body and fights it in many ways, while being a harmony it could not do this; and that the one is a substance and harmony not a substance; and that the mixture of the bodies of which we consist, being in proportion, would be health; and that each part, mixed differently, would be a different soul, so that there would be many; and, greatest, that there must be before this soul another soul that makes this harmony, as with instruments the musician, who puts harmony into the strings, having in himself the principle by which he will tune them.
15.22.67Dindorf 2:391–392
οὔτε γὰρ ἐκεῖ αἱ χορδαὶ παρʼ αὑτῶν οὔτʼ ἐνταῦθα τὰ σώματα ἑαυτὰ εἰς ἁρμονίαν ἄγειν δυνήσεται. ὅλως δὲ καὶ οὗτοι ἐξ ἀψύχου ἔμψυχα ποιοῦσι, καὶ τὰ ἐξ ἀτάκτων κατὰ συντυχίαν τεταγμένα καὶ τὴν τάξιν οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλʼ αὐτὴν ἐκ τῆς αὐτομάτου τάξεως τὴν ὑπόστασιν εἰληφέναι. τοῦτο δὲ οὔτε ἐν τοῖς κατὰ μέρος οὔτε ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις δυνατὸν γενέσθαι. οὐκ ἄρα ἡ ψυχὴ ἁρμονία.”
oute gar ekei hai chordai parʼ hautōn outʼ entautha ta sōmata heauta eis harmonian agein dynēsetai. holōs de kai houtoi ex apsychou empsycha poiousi, kai ta ex ataktōn kata syntychian tetagmena kai tēn taxin ouk ek tēs psychēs, allʼ autēn ek tēs automatou taxeōs tēn hypostasin eilēphenai. touto de oute en tois kata meros oute en tois allois dynaton genesthai. ouk ara hē psychē harmonia.”
For neither there will the strings, nor here the bodies, be able to bring themselves into harmony of themselves. And in general these too make the ensouled from the soulless, and things ordered by chance from disordered things, and they hold that the order does not come from the soul, but that the soul has taken its existence from spontaneous order. But this cannot come about either in particular things or in others. So the soul is not a harmony.”
15.22.68Dindorf 2:392
Ταῦτα μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν Πλωτίνου πρὸς τὴν τῶν Στωϊκῶν περὶ ψυχῆς δόξαν, σωματικὴν φασκόντων αὐτὴν εἶναι. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ αὐταρκῶς τά τε πρὸς Ἀριστοτέλην καὶ τὸν Περίπατον, τά τε πρὸς τὴν τῶν Στωϊκῶν αἵρεσιν, ὡς ἐν ἐπιτομῇ παρατέθειμαι, ὥρα πάλιν ἐπανελθόντα τῶν γενναίων φιλοσόφων ὁμοῦ πάντων τὰς θαυμαστὰς ἐπισκέψασθαι φυσιολογίας, ὅτε μάλιστα κοινῶς πάντες Ἕλληνες θεοὺς ὁρατοὺς, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀστέρας, τά τε ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ κόσμου ἡγήσαντό τε καὶ ἐσέφθησαν, καὶ τάς γε μυθικὰς καὶ ληρώδεις αὐτῶν περὶ τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης διηγήσεις σεμνοτέραις δὴ καὶ φυσικαῖς ἀποδόσεσιν ἐπὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα καὶ τὰ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου μόρια μετενηνόχασι.
Tauta men apo tōn Plōtinou pros tēn tōn Stōïkōn peri psychēs doxan, sōmatikēn phaskontōn autēn einai. allʼ epei autarkōs ta te pros Aristotelēn kai ton Peripaton, ta te pros tēn tōn Stōïkōn hairesin, hōs en epitomę̄ paratetheimai, hōra palin epanelthonta tōn gennaiōn philosophōn homou pantōn tas thaumastas episkepsasthai physiologias, hote malista koinōs pantes Hellēnes theous horatous, hēlion kai selēnēn kai tous loipous asteras, ta te alla merē tou kosmou hēgēsanto te kai esephthēsan, kai tas ge mythikas kai lērōdeis autōn peri tēs polytheou planēs diēgēseis semnoterais dē kai physikais apodosesin epi ta stoicheia kai ta tou pantos kosmou moria metenēnochasi.
These things from Plotinus against the opinion of the Stoics about the soul, who say that it is bodily. But since I have sufficiently set out, as in an epitome, what is said against Aristotle and the Peripatos and against the school of the Stoics, it is time to go back and examine the wonderful physical theories of all the noble philosophers together, especially since all the Greeks in common thought the visible gods, sun and moon and the other stars and the other parts of the world, to be gods and worshipped them, and transferred their mythical and nonsensical narratives about polytheistic error to the elements and the parts of the whole world by more solemn and physical interpretations.
15.22.69Dindorf 2:392
διό μοι ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι δοκεῖ καὶ τὰς περὶ τῶνδε δόξας ὁμοῦ συναγαγεῖν, τάς τε διαστάσεις αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ τύφου τὸ μάταιον ἐπιθεωρῆσαι. θήσω δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ἀπὸ τῆς Πλουτάρχου γραφῆς, ἐν ᾗ τὰς περὶ τούτων ἁπάντων ὁμοῦ τῶν τε πρεσβυτέρων καὶ νέων δόξας συναγαγὼν τοῦτον γράφει τὸν τρόπον “Περὶ ἡλίου.
dio moi anankaion einai dokei kai tas peri tōnde doxas homou synagagein, tas te diastaseis autōn kai tou typhou to mataion epitheōrēsai. thēsō de kai tauta apo tēs Ploutarchou graphēs, en hę̄ tas peri toutōn hapantōn homou tōn te presbyterōn kai neōn doxas synagagōn touton graphei ton tropon “Peri hēliou.
Therefore it seems to me necessary to gather the opinions about these together, and to view their disagreements and the vanity of their conceit. I shall set these out too from the work of Plutarch, in which, having gathered together the opinions of all, old and young, about all these, he writes in this way: “On the sun.
Preparation 15, chapter 23
15.23.1Dindorf 2:392–393
Ἀναξίμανδρος κύκλον εἷναι ὀκτωκαιεικοσαπλασίονα τῆς γῆς, ἁρματείῳ τροχῷ παραπλήσιον τὴν ἁψῖδα ἔχοντα, κοίλην, πλήρη πυρὸς, ἧς κατά τι μέρος ἐκφαινούσης διὰ στομίου τὸ πῦρ, ὥσπερ διὰ πρηστῆρος αὐλοῦ· καὶ τοῦτʼ εἶναι τὸν ἥλιον.
Anaximandros kyklon heinai oktōkaieikosaplasiona tēs gēs, harmateiǭ trochǭ paraplēsion tēn hapsida echonta, koilēn, plērē pyros, hēs kata ti meros ekphainousēs dia stomiou to pyr, hōsper dia prēstēros aulou; kai toutʼ einai ton hēlion.
Anaximander: that it is a circle twenty-eight times the size of the earth, like a chariot wheel, having its rim hollow, full of fire, which shows the fire at one place through an opening, as through the nozzle of a bellows; and that this is the sun.
15.23.2Dindorf 2:393
Ξενοφάνης, ἐκ πυριδίων τῶν φαινομένων συναθροιζομένων μὲν ἐκ τῆς ὑγρᾶς ἀναθυμιάσεως, συναθροιζόντων δὲ τὸν ἥλιον ἐκ νεφῶν πεπυρωμένων.
Xenophanēs, ek pyridiōn tōn phainomenōn synathroizomenōn men ek tēs hygras anathymiaseōs, synathroizontōn de ton hēlion ek nephōn pepyrōmenōn.
Xenophanes: that it is from little sparks, which appear gathered from the moist exhalation and which gather the sun together out of clouds set on fire.
15.23.3Dindorf 2:393
Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ, ἄναμμα νοερὸν ἐκ θαλάσσης.
Hoi Stōïkoi, anamma noeron ek thalassēs.
The Stoics: an intelligent kindling from the sea.
15.23.5Dindorf 2:393
Ἀναξαγόρας, Δημόκριτος, Μητρόδωρος, μύδρον ἢ πέτρον διάπυρον.
Anaxagoras, Dēmokritos, Mētrodōros, mydron ē petron diapyron.
Anaxagoras, Democritus, Metrodorus: a red-hot mass of metal or a fiery stone.
15.23.6Dindorf 2:393
Ἀριστοτέλης, σφαῖραν ἐκ τοῦ πέμπτου σώματος.
Aristotelēs, sphairan ek tou pemptou sōmatos.
Aristotle: a sphere of the fifth body.
15.23.7Dindorf 2:393
Φιλόλαος ὁ Πυθαγόρειος δίσκον ὑαλοειδῆ, δεχόμενον μὲν τοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ πυρὸς τὴν ἀνταύγειαν, διηθοῦντα δὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς· ὥστε προσεοικέναι ἡλίου τὸ ἐν οὐρανῷ πυρῶδες τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐνόπτρου κατὰ ἀνάκλασιν διασπειρομένῃ πρὸς ἡμὰς αὐγῇ· καὶ γὰρ ταύτην προσονομάζομεν ἥλιον, οἱονεὶ εἴδωλον εἰδώλου.
Philolaos ho Pythagoreios diskon hyaloeidē, dechomenon men tou en tǭ kosmǭ pyros tēn antaugeian, diēthounta de pros hēmas to phōs; hōste proseoikenai hēliou to en ouranǭ pyrōdes tę̄ apo tou enoptrou kata anaklasin diaspeiromenę̄ pros hēmas augę̄; kai gar tautēn prosonomazomen hēlion, hoionei eidōlon eidōlou.
Philolaus the Pythagorean: a glassy disk, receiving the reflection of the fire in the world and filtering the light through to us; so that the fiery thing in heaven is like the sun, being like the gleam scattered toward us from the mirror by reflection; for this too we call the sun, as it were an image of an image.
15.23.8Dindorf 2:393
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δύο ἡλίους· τὸν μὲν ἀρχέτυπον πῦρ ἐν τῷ ἑτέρῳ ἡμισφαιρίῳ τοῦ κόσμου, πεπληρωκὸς τὸ ἡμισφαίριον ἀεὶ καταντικρὺ τῆς ἀνταυγείας αὑτοῦ, τὸν δὲ φαινόμενον ἀνταύγειαν εἶναι, ἐν τῷ ἑτέρῳ ἡμισφαιρίῳ, τῷ τοῦ ἀέρος τοῦ θερμομιγοῦς πεπληρωμένῳ, ἀπὸ κυκλοτεροῦς τῆς γῆς κατʼ ἀνάκλασιν ἐγγιγνομένην εἰς τὸν ἥλιον τὸν κρυσταλλοειδῆ, συμπεριελκομένην δὲ τῇ κινήσει τοῦ πυρίνου. ὡς δὲ βραχέως εἰρῆσθαι συντεμόντα, ἀνταύγειαν εἶναι τοῦ περὶ τὴν γῆν πυρὸς τὸν ἥλιον.
Empedoklēs dyo hēlious; ton men archetypon pyr en tǭ heterǭ hēmisphairiǭ tou kosmou, peplērōkos to hēmisphairion aei katantikry tēs antaugeias hautou, ton de phainomenon antaugeian einai, en tǭ heterǭ hēmisphairiǭ, tǭ tou aeros tou thermomigous peplērōmenǭ, apo kykloterous tēs gēs katʼ anaklasin engignomenēn eis ton hēlion ton krystalloeidē, symperielkomenēn de tę̄ kinēsei tou pyrinou. hōs de bracheōs eirēsthai syntemonta, antaugeian einai tou peri tēn gēn pyros ton hēlion.
Empedocles: two suns: one the archetype, fire in the other hemisphere of the world, filling the hemisphere, always opposite its own reflection; and the one that appears is a reflection in the other hemisphere, which is filled with air mixed with heat, coming about by reflection from the round earth onto the crystalline sun and drawn round with the motion of the fiery one. To put it briefly in summary, the sun is a reflection of the fire around the earth.
15.23.9Dindorf 2:393–394
Ἐπίκουρος, γήινον πύκνωμα, κισσηροειδὲς, καὶ σπογγοειδὲς ταῖς κατατρήσεσιν, ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀνημμένον.”
Epikouros, gēinon pyknōma, kissēroeides, kai spongoeides tais katatrēsesin, hypo tou pyros anēmmenon.”
Epicurus: an earthy condensation, like pumice and sponge in its perforations, kindled by fire.”
Preparation 15, chapter 24
15.24.1Dindorf 2:394
“Περὶ μεγέθους ἡλίου. Ἀναξίμανδρος τὸν μὲν ἥλιον ἴσον εἶναι τῇ γῇ, τὸν δὲ κύκλον ἀφʼ οὗ τὴν ἐκπνοὴν ἔχει, καὶ ὑφʼ οὖ φέρεται, ἑπτακαιεικοσαπλασίονα τῆς γῆς.
“Peri megethous hēliou. Anaximandros ton men hēlion ison einai tę̄ gę̄, ton de kyklon aphʼ hou tēn ekpnoēn echei, kai hyphʼ ou pheretai, heptakaieikosaplasiona tēs gēs.
“On the size of the sun. Anaximander: that the sun is equal to the earth, but the circle from which it has its breathing-hole, and by which it is carried, is twenty-seven times the size of the earth.
15.24.2Dindorf 2:394
Ἀναξαγόρας πολλαπλασίονα Πελοποννήσου.
Anaxagoras pollaplasiona Peloponnēsou.
Anaxagoras: many times larger than the Peloponnese.
15.24.3Dindorf 2:394
Ἡράκλειτος, εὖρος ποδὸς ἀνθρωπείου.
Hērakleitos, euros podos anthrōpeiou.
Heraclitus: the width of a human foot.
15.24.4Dindorf 2:394
Ἐπίκουρος πάλιν φησὶν ἐνδέχεσθαι τὰ προειρημένα πάντα· ἢ τηλικοῦτον ἡλίκος φαίνεται, ἢ μικρῷ μείζω, ἢ ἐλάττω.”
Epikouros palin phēsin endechesthai ta proeirēmena panta; ē tēlikouton hēlikos phainetai, ē mikrǭ meizō, ē elattō.”
Epicurus again says that all the aforesaid are possible; or that it is as large as it appears, or a little larger, or smaller.”
Preparation 15, chapter 25
15.25.1Dindorf 2:394
“Περὶ σχήματος ἡλίου. Ἀναξιμένης πλατὺν ὡς πέταλον.
“Peri schēmatos hēliou. Anaximenēs platyn hōs petalon.
“On the shape of the sun. Anaximenes: flat like a leaf.
15.25.2Dindorf 2:394
Ἡράκλειτος, σκαφοειδῆ, ὑπόκυρτον.
Hērakleitos, skaphoeidē, hypokyrton.
Heraclitus: boat-shaped, somewhat curved.
15.25.3Dindorf 2:394
Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ σφαιροειδῆ ὡς τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὰ ἄστρα.
Hoi Stōïkoi sphairoeidē hōs ton kosmon kai ta astra.
The Stoics: spherical, like the world and the stars.
15.25.4Dindorf 2:394
Ἐπίκουρος ἐνδέχεσθαι τὰ προειρημένα πάντα.” Τοιοῦτος μὲν αὐτοῖς ὁ μέγας τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν φαινομένων θεὸς ἥλιος. Μωσῆς δὲ καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια οὐδὲν τούτων περιεργάζονται.
Epikouros endechesthai ta proeirēmena panta.” Toioutos men autois ho megas tōn katʼ ouranon phainomenōn theos hēlios. Mōsēs de kai ta Hebraiōn logia ouden toutōn periergazontai.
Epicurus: that all the aforesaid are possible.” Such, for them, is the great god among the things that appear in heaven, the sun. But Moses and the oracles of the Hebrews concern themselves with none of these things.
Preparation 15, chapter 26
15.26.1Dindorf 2:394
“Περὶ σελήνης. Ἀναξίμανδρος κύκλον εἶναι ἐννεακαιδεκαπλασίονα τῆς γῆς, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡλίου, πλήρη πυρὸς, ἐκλείπειν δὲ κατὰ τὰς ἐπιστροφὰς τοῦ τροχοῦ. ὅμοιον δὲ εἶναι ἁρματείῳ τροχῷ, κοίλην ἔχοντα τὴν ἁψῖδα, καὶ πυρὸς πλήρη, ἔχοντα μίαν ἐκπνοήν.
“Peri selēnēs. Anaximandros kyklon einai enneakaidekaplasiona tēs gēs, hōs epi tou hēliou, plērē pyros, ekleipein de kata tas epistrophas tou trochou. homoion de einai harmateiǭ trochǭ, koilēn echonta tēn hapsida, kai pyros plērē, echonta mian ekpnoēn.
“On the moon. Anaximander: that it is a circle nineteen times the size of the earth, as in the case of the sun, full of fire, and that it is eclipsed according to the turnings of the wheel. It is like a chariot wheel, having its rim hollow and full of fire, with one breathing-hole.
15.26.2Dindorf 2:394
Ξενοφάνης νέφος εἶναι πεπιλημένον.
Xenophanēs nephos einai pepilēmenon.
Xenophanes: that it is a compressed cloud.
15.26.3Dindorf 2:394
Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ μικτὸν ἐκ πυρὸς καὶ ἀέρος.
Hoi Stōïkoi mikton ek pyros kai aeros.
The Stoics: mixed of fire and air.
15.26.4Dindorf 2:394
Πλάτων ἐκ πλείονος τοῦ γεώδους.
Platōn ek pleionos tou geōdous.
Plato: of a greater share of the earthy.
15.26.5Dindorf 2:394–395
Ἀναξαγόρας, Δημόκριτος, στερέωμα διάπυρον, ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ πεδία καὶ ὄρη καὶ φάραγγας.
Anaxagoras, Dēmokritos, stereōma diapyron, echon en heautǭ pedia kai orē kai pharangas.
Anaxagoras, Democritus: a fiery solid, having in itself plains and mountains and ravines.
15.26.6Dindorf 2:395
Ἡράκλειτος γῆν ὁμίχλῃ περιεχομένην
Hērakleitos gēn homichlę̄ periechomenēn
Heraclitus: earth surrounded by mist.
15.26.7Dindorf 2:395
Πυθαγόρας κατὰ τὸ πυροειδὲς σῶμα.
Pythagoras kata to pyroeides sōma.
Pythagoras: according to the fiery body.
Preparation 15, chapter 27
15.27.1Dindorf 2:395
“Περὶ μεγέθους σελήνης. Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ μείζονα τῆς γῆς ἀποφαίνονται, ὡς καὶ τὸν ἥλιον.
“Peri megethous selēnēs. Hoi Stōïkoi meizona tēs gēs apophainontai, hōs kai ton hēlion.
“On the size of the moon. The Stoics declare it larger than the earth, as they do the sun.
15.27.2Dindorf 2:395
Παρμενίδης ἴσον τῷ ἡλίῳ· καὶ γὰρ ἀπʼ φωτίζεται.”
Parmenidēs ison tǭ hēliǭ; kai gar apʼ phōtizetai.”
Parmenides: equal to the sun; for it is lit by it.”
Preparation 15, chapter 28
15.28.1Dindorf 2:395
“Περὶ σχήματος σελήνης. Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ σφαιροειδῆ εἶναι ὡς τὸν ἥλιον. Ἡράκλειτος σκαφοειδῆ. Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δισκοειδῆ. ἄλλοι κυλινδροειδῆ.”
“Peri schēmatos selēnēs. Hoi Stōïkoi sphairoeidē einai hōs ton hēlion. Hērakleitos skaphoeidē. Empedoklēs diskoeidē. alloi kylindroeidē.”
“On the shape of the moon. The Stoics: that it is spherical, like the sun. Heraclitus: boat-shaped. Empedocles: disk-shaped. Others: cylinder-shaped.”
Preparation 15, chapter 29
15.29.1Dindorf 2:395
“Περὶ φωτισμοῦ σελήνης. Ἀναξίμανδρος ἴδιον αὐτὴν ἔχειν φῶς, ἀραιότερον δέ πως.
“Peri phōtismou selēnēs. Anaximandros idion autēn echein phōs, araioteron de pōs.
“On the illumination of the moon. Anaximander: that it has its own light, but somewhat thinner.
15.29.2Dindorf 2:395
Ἀντιφῶν ἰδίῳ φέγγει λάμπειν τὴν σελήνην· τὸ δʼ ὑποκρυπτόμενον περὶ αὐτὴν ὑπὸ τῆς προσβολῆς τοῦ ἡλίου ἀμαυροῦσθαι, πεφυκότος τοῦ ἰσχυροτέρου πυρὸς τὸ ἀσθενέστερον ἀμαυροῦν, ὃ δὴ συμβαίνειν καὶ περὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα.
Antiphōn idiǭ phengei lampein tēn selēnēn; to dʼ hypokryptomenon peri autēn hypo tēs prosbolēs tou hēliou amaurousthai, pephykotos tou ischyroterou pyros to asthenesteron amauroun, ho dē symbainein kai peri ta alla astra.
Antiphon: that the moon shines with its own light; and that what is hidden about it is dimmed by the impact of the sun, the stronger fire naturally dimming the weaker, which happens also with the other stars.
15.29.3Dindorf 2:395
Θαλῆς καὶ οἶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου φωτίζεσθαι τὴν σελήνην.
Thalēs kai oi apʼ autou hypo tou hēliou phōtizesthai tēn selēnēn.
Thales and his followers: that the moon is lit by the sun.
15.29.4Dindorf 2:395–396
Ἡράκλειτος τὸ αὐτὸ πεπονθέναι τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην· σκαφοειδεῖς γὰρ ὄντας τοῖς σχήμασι τοὺς ἀστέρας, δεχομένους τε τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ὑγρᾶς ἀναθυμιάσεως, φωτίζεσθαι πρὸς τὴν φαντασίαν· μὲν τὸν ἥλιον, ἐν καθαρωτέρῳ γὰρ ἀέρι φέρεσθαι, τὴν δὲ σελήνην ἐν θολερῷ, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀμαυροτέραν φαίνεσθαι.”
Hērakleitos to auto peponthenai ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn; skaphoeideis gar ontas tois schēmasi tous asteras, dechomenous te ta apo tēs hygras anathymiaseōs, phōtizesthai pros tēn phantasian; men ton hēlion, en katharōterǭ gar aeri pheresthai, tēn de selēnēn en tholerǭ, dia touto kai amauroteran phainesthai.”
Heraclitus: that the sun and the moon are affected in the same way; for the stars, being boat-shaped in form and receiving the exhalations from the moist, are lit so as to appear; the sun more brightly, for it is carried in purer air, and the moon in turbid air, and for this reason it appears dimmer.”
Preparation 15, chapter 30
15.30.1Dindorf 2:396
“Τίς ἡ οὐσία τῶν πλανήτων ἄστρων καὶ ἀπλανῶν. Θαλῆς γεώδη μὲν, ἔμπυρα δὲ τὰ ἄστρα.
“Tis hē ousia tōn planētōn astrōn kai aplanōn. Thalēs geōdē men, empyra de ta astra.
“What is the substance of the planets and fixed stars. Thales: that the stars are earthy, but fiery.
15.30.2Dindorf 2:396
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς πύρινα, ἐκ τοῦ πυρώδους, ὅπερ ὁ ἀὴρ ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιέχων ἐξανέθλιψε κατὰ τὴν πρώτην διάκρισιν.
Empedoklēs pyrina, ek tou pyrōdous, hoper ho aēr en heautǭ periechōn exanethlipse kata tēn prōtēn diakrisin.
Empedocles: fiery, from the fiery element which the air, holding it within itself, squeezed out at the first separation.
15.30.3Dindorf 2:396
Ἀναξαγόρας τὸν περικείμενον ἀέρα πύρινον μὲν εἷναι κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, τῇ δʼ εὐτονίᾳ τῆς περιδινήσεως ἀναρπάσαντα πέτρους ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ καταφλέξαντα, τούτους ἠστερικέναι.
Anaxagoras ton perikeimenon aera pyrinon men heinai kata tēn ousian, tę̄ dʼ eutonią tēs peridinēseōs anarpasanta petrous apo tēs gēs kai kataphlexanta, toutous ēsterikenai.
Anaxagoras: that the surrounding air is fiery in substance, and that, by the force of its whirling, having snatched up stones from the earth and set them on fire, it made them stars.
15.30.4Dindorf 2:396
Διογένης κισσηρώδη τὰ ἄστρα, διαπνοὰς αὐτὰ νομίζει τοῦ κόσμου. πάλιν δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς ἀφανεῖς μὲν λίθους, πίπτοντας δὲ πολλάκις ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν σβέννυσθαι, καθάπερ τὸν ἐν Αἰγὸς Ποταμοῖς πυροειδῶς κατενεχθέντα ἀστέρα πέτρινον.
Diogenēs kissērōdē ta astra, diapnoas auta nomizei tou kosmou. palin de ho autos aphaneis men lithous, piptontas de pollakis epi tēn gēn sbennysthai, kathaper ton en Aigos Potamois pyroeidōs katenechthenta astera petrinon.
Diogenes thinks the stars are like pumice, the breathing-holes of the world. Again the same says there are invisible stones, which often fall on the earth and are quenched, like the stony star that came down in fiery form at Aegospotami.
15.30.5Dindorf 2:396
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τοὺς μὲν ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρας συνδεδέσθαι τῷ κρυστάλλῳ, τοὺς δὲ πλανήτας ἀνεῖσθαι.
Empedoklēs tous men aplaneis asteras syndedesthai tǭ krystallǭ, tous de planētas aneisthai.
Empedocles: that the fixed stars are bound to the crystal, while the planets are free.
15.30.6Dindorf 2:396
Πλάτων ἐκ μὲν τοῦ πλείστου μέρους πυρίνους, μετέχοντας δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, κόλλης δίκην.
Platōn ek men tou pleistou merous pyrinous, metechontas de kai tōn allōn, kollēs dikēn.
Plato: for the most part fiery, but sharing also in the others, like glue.
15.30.7Dindorf 2:396
Ξενοφάνης ἐκ νεφῶν μὲν πεπυρωμένων, σβεννυμένους δὲ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀναζωπυρεῖν νύκτωρ, καθάπερ τοὺς ἄνθρακας· τὰς γὰρ ἀνατολὰς καὶ τὰς δύσεις ἐξάψεις εἶναι καὶ σβέσεις.
Xenophanēs ek nephōn men pepyrōmenōn, sbennymenous de kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran anazōpyrein nyktōr, kathaper tous anthrakas; tas gar anatolas kai tas dyseis exapseis einai kai sbeseis.
Xenophanes: from clouds set on fire, which are quenched each day and rekindled by night, like coals; for their risings and settings are kindlings and quenchings.
15.30.8Dindorf 2:396
Ἡρακλείδης δὲ καὶ οἶ Πυθαγόρειοι ἕκαστον τῶν ἀστέρων κόσμον ὑπάρχειν, γῆν περιέχοντα ἀέρα τε καὶ] αἰθέρα ἐν τῷ ἀπείρῳ. ταῦτα τὰ δόγματα ἐν τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς ἐμφέρεται· κοσμοποιοῦσι γὰρ τῶν ἀστέρων.
Hērakleidēs de kai oi Pythagoreioi hekaston tōn asterōn kosmon hyparchein, gēn periechonta aera te kai] aithera en tǭ apeirǭ. tauta ta dogmata en tois Orphikois empheretai; kosmopoiousi gar tōn asterōn.
Heraclides and the Pythagoreans: that each of the stars is a world, containing earth and air and ether in the infinite. These doctrines are carried in the Orphic poems; for they make a world of each of the stars.
15.30.9Dindorf 2:396–397
Ἐπίκουρος οὐδὲν ἀπογινώσκει τούτων, ἐχόμενος τοῦ ἐνδεχομένου.”
Epikouros ouden apoginōskei toutōn, echomenos tou endechomenou.”
Epicurus rejects none of these, holding to what is possible.”
Preparation 15, chapter 31
15.31.1Dindorf 2:397
“Περὶ σχήματος ἀστέρων. Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ σφαιρικοὺς τοὺς ἀστέρας, καθάπερ τὸν κόσμον καὶ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην.
“Peri schēmatos asterōn. Hoi Stōïkoi sphairikous tous asteras, kathaper ton kosmon kai hēlion kai selēnēn.
“On the shape of the stars. The Stoics: that the stars are spherical, like the world and the sun and moon.
15.31.3Dindorf 2:397
Ἀναξιμένης ἥλων δίκην καταπεπηγμένων τῷ κρυσταλλοειδεῖ. ἔνιοι δὲ πέταλα πύρινα εἶναι, ὥσπερ κρυσταλλοειδεῖ.” Τοιαῦτα τοῖς θαυμαστοῖς φιλοσόφοις τὰ περὶ ὧν φασι φαινομένων θεῶν ἐξευρήματα. οἷα δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ παντὸς διειλήφασιν ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς μάνθανε τοῦ Πλουτάρχου φωνῆς
Anaximenēs hēlōn dikēn katapepēgmenōn tǭ krystalloeidei. enioi de petala pyrina einai, hōsper krystalloeidei.” Toiauta tois thaumastois philosophois ta peri hōn phasi phainomenōn theōn exeurēmata. hoia de kai peri tou pantos dieilēphasin ek tēs autēs manthane tou Ploutarchou phōnēs
Anaximenes: like nails fixed into the crystalline sphere. Some say they are fiery leaves, like paintings.” Such are the discoveries of the wonderful philosophers about those whom they call visible gods. And what they have decided about the universe learn from the same words of Plutarch:
Preparation 15, chapter 32
15.32.1Dindorf 2:397
“Πῶς συνέστη ὁ κόσμος. ὁ τοίνυν κόσμος περικεκλασμένῳ σχήματι ἐσχημάτισται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον. τῶν ἀτόμων σωμάτων ἀπρονόητον καὶ τυχαίαν ἐχόντων τὴν κίνησιν συνεχῶς τε καὶ τάχιστα κινουμένων, εἰς ταὐτὸ πολλὰ σώματα συνηθροίσθη, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ποικιλίαν ἔχοντα σχημάτων καὶ μεγεθῶν.
“Pōs synestē ho kosmos. ho toinyn kosmos perikeklasmenǭ schēmati eschēmatistai ton tropon touton. tōn atomōn sōmatōn apronoēton kai tychaian echontōn tēn kinēsin synechōs te kai tachista kinoumenōn, eis tauto polla sōmata synēthroisthē, kai dia touto poikilian echonta schēmatōn kai megethōn.
“How the world was constituted. The world, then, was shaped in a rounded form in this way. The atomic bodies, having an unforeseeing and chance motion, moving continually and very swiftly, many bodies gathered into the same place, and for this reason having a variety of shapes and sizes.
15.32.2Dindorf 2:397
ἀθροιζομένων δὲ ἐν ταυτῷ τούτων, τὰ μὲν ὅσα μείζονα ἦν καὶ βαρύτατα πάντων ὑπεκάθιζεν, ὅσα δὲ μικρὰ καὶ περιφερῆ καὶ λεῖα καὶ εὐολίσθητα, ταῦτα ἐξεθλίβετο κατὰ τὴν σύνοδον τῶν σωμάτων, εἴς τε τὸ μετέωρον ἀνεφέρετο.
athroizomenōn de en tautǭ toutōn, ta men hosa meizona ēn kai barytata pantōn hypekathizen, hosa de mikra kai peripherē kai leia kai euolisthēta, tauta exethlibeto kata tēn synodon tōn sōmatōn, eis te to meteōron anephereto.
As these gathered in the same place, those that were larger and heaviest of all settled below, while those that were small and round and smooth and slippery were squeezed out in the meeting of the bodies and carried up aloft.
15.32.3Dindorf 2:397
ὡς οὖν ἐξέλιπε μὲν ἡ πληκτικὴ δύναμις μετεωρίζουσα, οὐκέτι δὲ ἦγεν ἡ πληγὴ πρὸς τὸ μετέωρον, ἐκωλύετο δὲ ταῦτα φέρεσθαι κάτω, ἐπιέζετο πρὸς τοὺς τόπους τοὺς δυναμένους δέξασθαι. οὗτοι δὲ ἦσαν οἱ πέριξ.
hōs oun exelipe men hē plēktikē dynamis meteōrizousa, ouketi de ēgen hē plēgē pros to meteōron, ekōlyeto de tauta pheresthai katō, epiezeto pros tous topous tous dynamenous dexasthai. houtoi de ēsan hoi perix.
When, then, the striking force that lifted them failed, and the blow no longer carried them aloft, and they were prevented from being carried down, they were pressed toward the places able to receive them. These were the ones around.
15.32.4Dindorf 2:397–398
καὶ πρὸς τούτους τὸ πλῆθος τῶν σωμάτων περιεκλᾶτο· περιπλεκόμενα δὲ ἀλλήλοις κατὰ τὴν περίκλασιν τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐγέννησε. τῆς δʼ αὐτῆς ἐχόμεναι φύσεως αἶ ἄτομοι, ποικίλαι οὖσαι, καθὼς εἴρηται, πρὸς τὸ μετέωρον ἐξωθούμεναι, τὴν τῶν ἄστρων φύσιν ἀπετέλουν.
kai pros toutous to plēthos tōn sōmatōn perieklato; periplekomena de allēlois kata tēn periklasin ton ouranon egennēse. tēs dʼ autēs echomenai physeōs ai atomoi, poikilai ousai, kathōs eirētai, pros to meteōron exōthoumenai, tēn tōn astrōn physin apeteloun.
And the multitude of bodies was bent round toward these; and, being interwoven with one another in the bending round, they produced the heaven. And the atoms holding to the same nature, being various, as has been said, being pushed out aloft, produced the nature of the stars.
15.32.5Dindorf 2:398
τὸ δὲ πλῆθος τῶν ἀναθυμιωμένων σωμάτων ἐπέπληττε τὸν ἀέρα καὶ τοῦτον ἐξέθλιβε. πνευματούμενος δὲ οὗτος κατὰ τὴν κίνησιν καὶ περιλαμβάνων τὰ ἄστρα συμπεριῆγεν αὐτὰ, καὶ τὴν νῦν περιφορὰν αὐτῶν μετέωρον ἐφύλαττε. κἄπειτα ἐκ μὲν τῶν ὑποκαθιζόντων ἐγενήθη ἡ γῆ, ἐκ δὲ τῶν μετεωριζομένων ὁ οὐρανὸς, πῦρ, ἀήρ.
to de plēthos tōn anathymiōmenōn sōmatōn epeplētte ton aera kai touton exethlibe. pneumatoumenos de houtos kata tēn kinēsin kai perilambanōn ta astra symperiēgen auta, kai tēn nyn periphoran autōn meteōron ephylatte. kapeita ek men tōn hypokathizontōn egenēthē hē gē, ek de tōn meteōrizomenōn ho ouranos, pyr, aēr.
And the multitude of the bodies exhaled struck the air and squeezed it out. This, becoming wind through the motion and taking hold of the stars, carried them round with it and kept their present revolution aloft. And then from those that settled below the earth came to be, and from those lifted aloft the heaven, fire, air.
15.32.6Dindorf 2:398
πολλῆς δὲ ὕλης ἔτι περιειλημμένης ἐν τῇ γῇ, πυκνουμένης δὲ ταύτης κατὰ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πνευμάτων πληγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων αὔρας, προσεθλίβετο πᾶς ὁ μικρομερὴς σχηματισμὸς ταύτης καὶ τὴν ὑγρὰν φύσιν ἐγέννα.
pollēs de hylēs eti perieilēmmenēs en tę̄ gę̄, pyknoumenēs de tautēs kata tas apo tōn pneumatōn plēgas kai tas apo tōn asterōn auras, prosethlibeto pas ho mikromerēs schēmatismos tautēs kai tēn hygran physin egenna.
And much matter still being held in the earth, and this being condensed by the blows of the winds and the breezes from the stars, all its fine-grained formation was squeezed out and produced the moist nature.
15.32.7Dindorf 2:398
ῥευστικῶς δʼ αὕτη διακειμένη κατεφέρετο πρὸς τοὺς κοίλους τόπους καὶ δυναμένους χωρῆσαί τε καὶ στέξαι· ἢ καθʼ ἑαυτὸ τὸ ὕδωρ ὑποστὰν ἐκοίλαινε τοὺς ὑποκειμένους τόπους.”
rheustikōs dʼ hautē diakeimenē katephereto pros tous koilous topous kai dynamenous chōrēsai te kai stexai; ē kathʼ heauto to hydōr hypostan ekoilaine tous hypokeimenous topous.”
And this, being in a flowing state, was carried down to the hollow places able to hold and contain it; or the water, settling by itself, hollowed out the places beneath.”
15.32.8Dindorf 2:398–399
Τοιαύτη καὶ ἡ θαυμάσιος αὐτῶν κοσμογονία. συνῆπται δὲ τούτοις ἄλλη τις πλείστη λογομαχία, παντοίων πέρι προτάσεων ἀπορησάντων εἰ χρὴ τὸ πᾶν ἓν ἢ πολλὰ ἡγεῖσθαι· καὶ εἰ ἕνα τὸν κόσμον ἢ πλείους καὶ εἴτε ἔμψυχος οὗτος καὶ προνοίᾳ τυγχάνει θεοῦ διοικούμενος, εἴτε καὶ τἀναντία· καὶ εἰ ἄφθαρτος ἢ φθαρτός· καὶ πόθεν τρέφεται· καὶ ἀπὸ ποίου ἤρξατο ὁ θεὸς κοσμοποιεῖν· περί τε τῆς τάξεως τοῦ κόσμου· καὶ τίς ἡ αἰτία τοῦ αὐτὸν ἐγκλιθῆναι· περί τε τοῦ ἐκτὸς τῆς τοῦ κόσμου περιφερείας· καὶ τίνα τὰ δεξιὰ καὶ τὰ ἀριστερὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη· περί τε οὐρανοῦ· καὶ πρὸς ἅπασι τούτοις περί τε δαιμόνων καὶ ἡρώων· περί τε ὕλης καὶ περὶ ἰδεῶν· περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς τάξεως· ἔτι μὴν περὶ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων φορᾶς τε καὶ κινήσεως· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὁπόθεν φωτίζονται οἱ ἀστέρες· καὶ περὶ τῶν καλουμένων Διοσκούρων· περί τε ἐκλείψεως ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης· καὶ περὶ ἐμφάσεως αὐτῆς· καὶ διὰ τί γεώδης φαίνεται· καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀποστημάτων αὐτῆς· καὶ ἔτι περὶ ἐνιαυτῶν.
Toiautē kai hē thaumasios autōn kosmogonia. synēptai de toutois allē tis pleistē logomachia, pantoiōn peri protaseōn aporēsantōn ei chrē to pan hen ē polla hēgeisthai; kai ei hena ton kosmon ē pleious kai eite empsychos houtos kai pronoią tynchanei theou dioikoumenos, eite kai tanantia; kai ei aphthartos ē phthartos; kai pothen trephetai; kai apo poiou ērxato ho theos kosmopoiein; peri te tēs taxeōs tou kosmou; kai tis hē aitia tou auton enklithēnai; peri te tou ektos tēs tou kosmou periphereias; kai tina ta dexia kai ta aristera tou kosmou merē; peri te ouranou; kai pros hapasi toutois peri te daimonōn kai hērōōn; peri te hylēs kai peri ideōn; peri tēs tou pantos taxeōs; eti mēn peri tēs tōn astrōn phoras te kai kinēseōs; kai pros toutois hopothen phōtizontai hoi asteres; kai peri tōn kaloumenōn Dioskourōn; peri te ekleipseōs hēliou kai selēnēs; kai peri emphaseōs autēs; kai dia ti geōdēs phainetai; kai peri tōn apostēmatōn autēs; kai eti peri eniautōn.
Such is their wonderful cosmogony too. And joined to these is much other wrangling over words, as they raised questions about all kinds of propositions: whether one should think the universe one or many; whether the world is one or more; whether it is ensouled and governed by God’s providence, or the opposite; whether imperishable or perishable; from where it is nourished; from what God began to make the world; about the order of the world; what is the cause of its inclination; about what is outside the circumference of the world; which are the right and left parts of the world; about heaven; and besides all these about daimones and heroes; about matter and about ideas; about the order of the universe; further about the course and motion of the stars; and besides these from where the stars are lit; and about the so-called Dioscuri; about eclipses of sun and moon; and about its appearance; and why it appears earthy; and about its distances; and further about years.
15.32.9Dindorf 2:399
ταῦτα δὲ πάντα διὰ μυρίων τοῖς περὶ ὧν ὁ λόγος κατεσκευασμένα ἐπειδὴ τεμὼν ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐν ὀλίγοις συνεῖλεν, ἐπὶ ταὐτὸν ὁμοῦ συναγαγὼν ἀποφάσεις καὶ τὰς διαφωνίας αὐτῶν, ἡγοῦμαι καὶ ἡμῖν οὐκ ἄχρηστα γενήσεσθαι αὐτὰ παρατεθέντα εἰς τὴν εὔλογον αὐτῶν παραίτησιν. ὅτε γὰρ αὐτοὶ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐναντίοι κατὰ διάμετρον ἔστησαν, μάχας τε καὶ πολέμους, πλέον δʼ οὐδὲν καθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἐξῆψαν, τὰ τῶν πέλας ἕκαστοι φιλοτιμίᾳ λόγων ἀπελέγξαντες, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ἡμῖν ἀσφαλῆ τὴν περὶ τούτων ἐποχὴν γεγονέναι πᾶς ὁστισοῦν ὁμολογήσειε;
tauta de panta dia myriōn tois peri hōn ho logos kateskeuasmena epeidē temōn ho Ploutarchos en oligois syneilen, epi tauton homou synagagōn apophaseis kai tas diaphōnias autōn, hēgoumai kai hēmin ouk achrēsta genēsesthai auta paratethenta eis tēn eulogon autōn paraitēsin. hote gar autoi pros sphas autous enantioi kata diametron estēsan, machas te kai polemous, pleon dʼ ouden kathʼ heautōn exēpsan, ta tōn pelas hekastoi philotimią logōn apelenxantes, pōs ouk an eikotōs hēmin asphalē tēn peri toutōn epochēn gegonenai pas hostisoun homologēseie?
Since Plutarch, cutting short all these, which had been elaborated in countless ways by those concerned, gathered them in a few words, bringing together their declarations and their disagreements, I think they will be not without use for us too, set out for a reasonable refusal of them. For since they themselves stood diametrically opposed to one another, and kindled battles and wars, and nothing more, against themselves, each refuting his neighbors’ views out of rivalry in argument, how would not anyone at all admit that it has reasonably become a safe course for us to suspend judgment about these things?
15.32.10Dindorf 2:399
προσθήσω δὲ ἑξῆς τοῖς εἰρημένοις ὅσα καὶ περὶ τῶν προσγειοτέρων ἐπηπόρησαν· περὶ γῆς σχήματος, καὶ περὶ θέσεως καὶ ἐγκλίσεως αὐτῆς· καὶ ἔτι περὶ θαλάσσης· ὡς ἂν εἰδείης ὅτι μὴ περὶ μόνων τῶν μετεώρων καὶ μεταρσίων οἶ γενναῖοι διέστησαν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐν τοῖς περιγείοις διαπεφωνήκασιν. ἵνα δὲ τῶν σοφῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον τὴν σοφίαν ἀποθαυμάσῃς, προσθήσω καὶ ὅσα περὶ ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ ἐν αὐτῇ ἡγεμονικοῦ διεμαχήσαντο, οὐδὲ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπιγνῶναι οἵας εἶεν φύσεως δεδυνημένοι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀνίωμεν ἐπὶ τὰ πρῶτα τῶν εἰρημένων.
prosthēsō de hexēs tois eirēmenois hosa kai peri tōn prosgeioterōn epēporēsan; peri gēs schēmatos, kai peri theseōs kai enkliseōs autēs; kai eti peri thalassēs; hōs an eideiēs hoti mē peri monōn tōn meteōrōn kai metarsiōn oi gennaioi diestēsan, allʼ hoti kai en tois perigeiois diapephōnēkasin. hina de tōn sophōn eti mallon tēn sophian apothaumasę̄s, prosthēsō kai hosa peri psychēs kai tou en autę̄ hēgemonikou diemachēsanto, oude sphas autous epignōnai hoias eien physeōs dedynēmenoi. alla gar aniōmen epi ta prōta tōn eirēmenōn.
I shall add next to what has been said all that they raised about things nearer the earth: about the shape of the earth, and its position and inclination; and further about the sea; so that you may know that the noble gentlemen disagreed not only about lofty and celestial things, but also differed about things around the earth. And so that you may admire the wisdom of the wise still more, I shall add also what they fought over concerning the soul and its ruling part, unable even to know what nature they themselves were of. But let us go back to the first of the things mentioned.
Preparation 15, chapter 33
15.33.1Dindorf 2:399–400
“Εἰ ἓν τὸ πᾶν. Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς ἕνα κόσμον ἀπεφήναντο, ὃν δὴ καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἔφασαν εἶναι καὶ τὰ σωματικά.
“Ei hen to pan. Hoi men oun apo tēs Stoas hena kosmon apephēnanto, hon dē kai to pan ephasan einai kai ta sōmatika.
“Whether the universe is one. Those from the Stoa declared one world, which they also said is the universe and bodily things.
15.33.2Dindorf 2:400
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δὲ κόσμον ἕνα, οὐ μέντοι τὸ πᾶν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλʼ ὀλίγον τι τοῦ παντὸς μέρος, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἀργὴν ὕλην.
Empedoklēs de kosmon hena, ou mentoi to pan einai ton kosmon, allʼ oligon ti tou pantos meros, to de loipon argēn hylēn.
Empedocles: one world, but that the world is not the universe, but a small part of the universe, and the rest idle matter.
15.33.3Dindorf 2:400
Πλάτων δὲ τεκμαίρεται τὸ δοκοῦν, ὅτι εἷς ὁ κόσμος καὶ ἓν τὸ πᾶν ἐκ τριῶν· ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ἔσεσθαι τέλειον, ἐὰν μὴ πάντα ἐμπεριέχῃ· ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ἔσεσθαι ὅμοιον τῷ παραδείγματι, ἐὰν μὴ μονογενὴς ᾖ· ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ἔσεσθαι ἄφθαρτον, ἐάν τι ἐξωτέρω αὐτοῦ ᾗ.
Platōn de tekmairetai to dokoun, hoti heis ho kosmos kai hen to pan ek triōn; ek tou mē esesthai teleion, ean mē panta emperiechę̄; ek tou mē esesthai homoion tǭ paradeigmati, ean mē monogenēs ę̄; ek tou mē esesthai aphtharton, ean ti exōterō autou hę̄.
Plato infers his view, that the world is one and the universe one, from three things: from its not being complete unless it contains everything; from its not being like the pattern unless it is only-begotten; from its not being imperishable if anything is outside it.
15.33.4Dindorf 2:400
πρὸς δὲ τὸν Πλάτωνα λεκτέον ὅτι οὐ τέλειος ὁ κόσμος, οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ πάντα περιέχει· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστι τέλειος, ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα περιέχει· καὶ πολλὰ παραδείγματά ἐστιν, ὥσπερ ἐπʼ ἀνδριάντων καὶ οἰκιῶν καὶ ζωγραφιῶν· πῶς δὲ τέλειος, εἴπερ τι αὐτοῦ περιδινεῖσθαι δύναται; ἄφθαρτος δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐδὲ δύναται εἶναι, γεννητὸς ὤν.
pros de ton Platōna lekteon hoti ou teleios ho kosmos, oude gar ta panta periechei; kai gar ho anthrōpos esti teleios, allʼ ou panta periechei; kai polla paradeigmata estin, hōsper epʼ andriantōn kai oikiōn kai zōgraphiōn; pōs de teleios, eiper ti autou peridineisthai dynatai? aphthartos de ouk estin, oude dynatai einai, gennētos ōn.
Against Plato it must be said that the world is not complete, for it does not contain everything; for man too is complete, but does not contain everything; and there are many patterns, as with statues and houses and paintings. And how is it complete, if something can revolve round it? And it is not imperishable, nor can it be, being generated.
15.33.5Dindorf 2:400
Μητρόδωρος δέ φησιν ἄτοπον εἶναι ἐν μεγάλῳ πεδίῳ ἔνα στάχυν γεννηθῆναι καὶ ἕνα κόσμον ἐν τῷ ἀπείρῳ. ὅτι δὲ ἄπειρος κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ ἄπειρα τὰ αἴτια εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ ὁ μὲν κόσμος πεπερασμένος, τὰ δὲ αἴτια πάντα ἄπειρα, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος γέγονεν, ] ἀνάγκη ἀπείρους εἶναι. ὅπου γὰρ τὰ πάντα γέγονεν αἴτια, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἀποτελέσματα. αἴτια δὲ ἤτοι αἶ ἄτομοι, ἢ τὰ στοιχεῖα.”
Mētrodōros de phēsin atopon einai en megalǭ pediǭ ena stachyn gennēthēnai kai hena kosmon en tǭ apeirǭ. hoti de apeiros kata to plēthos dēlon ek tou apeira ta aitia einai. ei gar ho men kosmos peperasmenos, ta de aitia panta apeira, ex hōn ho kosmos gegonen, ] anankē apeirous einai. hopou gar ta panta gegonen aitia, ekei kai apotelesmata. aitia de ētoi ai atomoi, ē ta stoicheia.”
Metrodorus says it is absurd for one ear of grain to be produced in a great plain, and one world in the infinite. And that they are infinite in number is clear from the causes being infinite. For if the world is limited, while all the causes from which the world came to be are infinite, the worlds must be infinite. For where all the causes have come together, there are the effects too. And the causes are either the atoms or the elements.”
Preparation 15, chapter 34
15.34.1Dindorf 2:400
“Εἰ ἔμψυχος ὁ κόσμος καὶ προνοίᾳ διοικούμενος. [Οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες ἔμψυχον καὶ διοικούμενον.]
“Ei empsychos ho kosmos kai pronoią dioikoumenos. [Hoi men alloi pantes empsychon kai dioikoumenon.]
“Whether the world is ensouled and governed by providence.
15.34.2Dindorf 2:400–401
Δημόκριτος δὲ] καὶ Ἐπίκουρος, καὶ ἄτομα εἰσηγοῦνται καὶ τὸ κενὸν, οὔτʼ ἔμψυχον οὔτε προνοίᾳ διοικεῖσθαι, φύσει δέ τινι ἀλόγῳ.
Dēmokritos de] kai Epikouros, kai atoma eisēgountai kai to kenon, outʼ empsychon oute pronoią dioikeisthai, physei de tini alogǭ.
Democritus and Epicurus, who introduce atoms and the void: that it is neither ensouled nor governed by providence, but by an irrational nature.
15.34.3Dindorf 2:401
Ἀριστοτέλης οὔτʼ ἔμψυχον ὅλον διʼ ὅλων, οὔτε μὴν αἰσθητικὸν, ] οὔτε λογικὸν, οὔτε νοερὸν, οὔτε προνοίᾳ διοικούμενον. τὰ μὲν γὰρ οὐράνια τούτων πάντων κοινωνεῖν—σφαίρας γὰρ περιέχειν ἐμψύχους καὶ ζωτικάς—τὰ δὲ περίγεια μηδενὸς αὐτῶν· τῆς δʼ εὐταξίας κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς, οὐ προηγουμένως μετέχειν.
Aristotelēs outʼ empsychon holon diʼ holōn, oute mēn aisthētikon, ] oute logikon, oute noeron, oute pronoią dioikoumenon. ta men gar ourania toutōn pantōn koinōnein—sphairas gar periechein empsychous kai zōtikas—ta de perigeia mēdenos autōn; tēs dʼ eutaxias kata symbebēkos, ou proēgoumenōs metechein.
Aristotle: that it is neither ensouled through and through, nor perceptive, nor rational, nor intellectual, nor governed by providence. For the heavenly things share in all these, since they contain ensouled and living spheres; but the things around the earth in none of them; and they share in good order by accident, not primarily.
Preparation 15, chapter 35
15.35.1Dindorf 2:401
“Εἰ ἄφθαρτος ὁ κόσμος. Πυθαγόρας τε καὶ Πλάτων καὶ οἶ Στωϊκοὶ γεννητὸν ὑπὸ θεοῦ τὸν κόσμον· καὶ φθαρτὸν μὲν, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ φύσει — αἰσθητὸν γὰρ εἶναι, διότι σωματικόν — οὐ μὴν φθαρησόμενόν γε, προνοίᾳ καὶ συνοχῇ θεοῦ.
“Ei aphthartos ho kosmos. Pythagoras te kai Platōn kai oi Stōïkoi gennēton hypo theou ton kosmon; kai phtharton men, hoson epi tę̄ physei — aisthēton gar einai, dioti sōmatikon — ou mēn phtharēsomenon ge, pronoią kai synochę̄ theou.
“Whether the world is imperishable. Pythagoras and Plato and the Stoics: that the world was generated by God; and perishable, as far as its nature goes (for it is perceptible, because bodily), but not going to perish, by the providence and sustaining power of God.
15.35.2Dindorf 2:401
Ἐπίκουρος φθαρτὸν, ὅτι γεννητὸν, ὡς ζῷον, ὡς φυτὸν.
Epikouros phtharton, hoti gennēton, hōs zǭon, hōs phyton.
Epicurus: perishable, because generated, like an animal, like a plant.
15.35.3Dindorf 2:401
Ξενοφάνης ἀγέννητον καὶ ἀίδιον καὶ ἄφθαρτον κόσμον.
Xenophanēs agennēton kai aidion kai aphtharton kosmon.
Xenophanes: the world is ungenerated and everlasting and imperishable.
15.35.4Dindorf 2:401
Ἀριστοτέλης τὸ ὑπὸ τὴν σελήνην τοῦ κόσμου μέρος παθητὸν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ τὰ περίγεια κηραίνεται.”
Aristotelēs to hypo tēn selēnēn tou kosmou meros pathēton, en hǭ kai ta perigeia kērainetai.”
Aristotle: the part of the world below the moon is subject to affection, in which the things about the earth also die away.”
Preparation 15, chapter 36
15.36.1Dindorf 2:401
“Πόθεν τρέφεται ὁ κόσμος. Ἀριστοτέλης, εἰ τρέφεται ὁ κόσμος, καὶ φθαρήσεται· ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδεμιᾶς ἐπιδέεται τροφῆς· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀίδιος.
“Pothen trephetai ho kosmos. Aristotelēs, ei trephetai ho kosmos, kai phtharēsetai; alla mēn oudemias epideetai trophēs; dia touto kai aidios.
“From where the world is nourished. Aristotle: if the world is nourished, it will also perish; but it needs no food; for this reason it is also everlasting.
15.36.2Dindorf 2:401
Πλάτων, αὐτὸν αὑτῷ τὸν κόσμον ἐκ τοῦ φθίνοντος κατὰ μεταβολὴν τὸ τρέφον παρέχεσθαι.
Platōn, auton hautǭ ton kosmon ek tou phthinontos kata metabolēn to trephon parechesthai.
Plato: that the world itself provides its own nourishment to itself by change from what wastes away.
15.36.3Dindorf 2:401–402
Φιλόλαος, διττὴν εἷναι τὴν φθορὰν, τοτὲ μὲν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ πυρὸς ῥυέντος, τοτὲ δὲ ἐξ ὕδατος σεληνιακοῦ περιστροφῇ τοῦ ἀέρος ἀποχυθέντος· καὶ τούτων εἶναι τὰς ἀναθυμιάσεις τροφὰς τοῦ κόσμου.”
Philolaos, dittēn heinai tēn phthoran, tote men ex ouranou pyros rhyentos, tote de ex hydatos selēniakou peristrophę̄ tou aeros apochythentos; kai toutōn einai tas anathymiaseis trophas tou kosmou.”
Philolaus: that destruction is twofold, at one time from fire flowing from heaven, at another from water of the moon poured out by the turning of the air; and that the exhalations of these are the nourishment of the world.”
Preparation 15, chapter 37
15.37.1Dindorf 2:402
“Ἀπὸ ποίου πρώτου ἤρξατο ὁ θεὸς κοσμοποιεῖν. Οἱ φυσικοὶ ἀπὸ γῆς ἄρξασθαί φασι τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ κόσμου, καθάπερ ἀπὸ κέντρου· ἀρχὴ δὲ σφαίρας τὸ κέντρον.
“Apo poiou prōtou ērxato ho theos kosmopoiein. Hoi physikoi apo gēs arxasthai phasi tēn genesin tou kosmou, kathaper apo kentrou; archē de sphairas to kentron.
“From what first God began to make the world. The natural philosophers say that the generation of the world began from earth, as from a center; for the center is the beginning of a sphere.
15.37.2Dindorf 2:402
Πυθαγόρας ἀπὸ πυρὸς καὶ τοῦ πέμπτου στοιχείου.
Pythagoras apo pyros kai tou pemptou stoicheiou.
Pythagoras: from fire and the fifth element.
15.37.3Dindorf 2:402
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τὸν μὲν αἰθέρα πρῶτον διακριθῆναι, δεύτερον δὲ τὸ πῦρ, ἐφʼ ᾦ τὴν γῆν, ἐξ ἧς ἄγαν περισφιγγομένης τῇ ῥύμῃ τῆς σφαίρας ἀναβλύσαι τὸ ὕδωρ, ἐξ οὗ θυμιαθῆναι τὸν ἀέρα· καὶ γενέσθαι τὸν μὲν οὐρανὸν ἐκ τοῦ αἰθέρος, τὸν δὲ ἥλιον ἐκ τοῦ πυρός· πιληθῆναι δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων τὰ περίγεια.
Empedoklēs ton men aithera prōton diakrithēnai, deuteron de to pyr, ephʼ ǭ tēn gēn, ex hēs agan perisphingomenēs tę̄ rhymę̄ tēs sphairas anablysai to hydōr, ex hou thymiathēnai ton aera; kai genesthai ton men ouranon ek tou aitheros, ton de hēlion ek tou pyros; pilēthēnai de ek tōn allōn ta perigeia.
Empedocles: that the ether was first separated, second the fire, after which the earth, from which, being excessively compressed by the rush of the revolution, water gushed up, from which air was exhaled; and that the heaven came to be from the ether, the sun from the fire, and the things about the earth were compacted from the others.
15.37.4Dindorf 2:402
Πλάτων ὁρατὸν τὸν κόσμον γεγονέναι πρὸς παράδειγμα τοῦ νοητοῦ κόσμου· τοῦ δὲ ὁρατοῦ προτέραν μὲν τὴν ψυχὴν, μετὰ δὲ ταύτην τὸ σωματοειδὲς, τὸ ἐκ πυρὸς μὲν καὶ γῆς πρῶτον, ὕδατος δὲ καὶ ἀέρος δεύτερον.
Platōn horaton ton kosmon gegonenai pros paradeigma tou noētou kosmou; tou de horatou proteran men tēn psychēn, meta de tautēn to sōmatoeides, to ek pyros men kai gēs prōton, hydatos de kai aeros deuteron.
Plato: that the visible world came to be after the pattern of the intelligible world; and of the visible, the soul first, and after it the bodily, first from fire and earth, and second from water and air.
15.37.5Dindorf 2:402
Πυθαγόρας πέντε σχημάτων ὄντων στερεῶν, ἅπερ καλεῖται καὶ μαθηματικὰ, ἐκ μὲν τοῦ κύβου φησὶ γεγονέναι τὴν γῆν· ἐκ δὲ τῆς πυραμίδος τὸ πῦρ· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὀκταέδρου τὸν ἀέρα· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ εἰκοσαέδρου τὸ ὕδωρ· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ δωδεκαέδρου τὴν τοῦ παντὸς σφαῖραν.
Pythagoras pente schēmatōn ontōn stereōn, haper kaleitai kai mathēmatika, ek men tou kybou phēsi gegonenai tēn gēn; ek de tēs pyramidos to pyr; ek de tou oktaedrou ton aera; ek de tou eikosaedrou to hydōr; ek de tou dōdekaedrou tēn tou pantos sphairan.
Pythagoras: there being five solid figures, which are also called mathematical, he says that earth came from the cube, fire from the pyramid, air from the octahedron, water from the icosahedron, and the sphere of the universe from the dodecahedron.
15.37.6Dindorf 2:402
Πλάτων δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις πυθαγορίζει.”
Platōn de kai en toutois pythagorizei.”
And Plato follows Pythagoras in these things too.”
Preparation 15, chapter 38
15.38.1Dindorf 2:402–403
“Περὶ τάξεως κόσμου. Παρμενίδης στεφάνας εἶναι περιπεπλεγμένας ἐπʼ ἀλλήλαις, τὴν μὲν ἐκ τοῦ ἀραιοῦ, τὴν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πυκνοῦ· μικτὰς δὲ ἄλλας ἐκ φωτὸς καὶ σκότους μεταξὺ τούτων· καὶ τὸ περιέχον δὲ πάσας τοίχου δίκην στερεὸν ὑπάρχον.
“Peri taxeōs kosmou. Parmenidēs stephanas einai peripeplegmenas epʼ allēlais, tēn men ek tou araiou, tēn de ek tou pyknou; miktas de allas ek phōtos kai skotous metaxy toutōn; kai to periechon de pasas toichou dikēn stereon hyparchon.
“On the order of the world. Parmenides: that there are crowns intertwined with one another, one of the rare, the other of the dense; and others mixed of light and darkness between these; and that which surrounds them all is solid like a wall.
15.38.2Dindorf 2:403
Λεύκιππος καὶ Δημόκριτος χιτῶνα κύκλῳ καὶ ὑμένα περιτείνουσι τῷ κόσμῳ.
Leukippos kai Dēmokritos chitōna kyklǭ kai hymena periteinousi tǭ kosmǭ.
Leucippus and Democritus stretch a tunic and membrane round the world.
15.38.3Dindorf 2:403
Ἐπίκουρος ἐνίων μὲν κόσμων ἀραιὸν τὸ πέρας, ἔνια δὲ πυκνά· καὶ τούτων τὰ μέν τινα κινούμενα, τὰ δὲ ἀκίνητα.
Epikouros eniōn men kosmōn araion to peras, enia de pykna; kai toutōn ta men tina kinoumena, ta de akinēta.
Epicurus: of some worlds the boundary is rare, of others dense; and of these some move, others are unmoved.
15.38.4Dindorf 2:403
Πλάτων πῦρ πρῶτον, εἶτα αἰθέρα, μεθʼ ὃν ἀέρα, ἐφʼ ᾧ ὕδωρ, τελευταίαν δὲ γῆν· ἐνίοτε δὲ τὸν αἰθέρα συνάπτει τῷ πυρί.
Platōn pyr prōton, eita aithera, methʼ hon aera, ephʼ hǭ hydōr, teleutaian de gēn; eniote de ton aithera synaptei tǭ pyri.
Plato: fire first, then ether, after which air, after which water, and earth last; and sometimes he joins ether with fire.
15.38.5Dindorf 2:403
Ἀριστοτέλης πρῶτον μὲν αἰθέρα ἀπαθῆ, πέμπτον δὲ σῶμα· μεθʼ ὃν παθητὰ, πῦρ, ἀέρα, ὕδωρ, τελευταίαν δὲ γῆν. τούτων δὲ τοῖς μὲν οὐρανίοις ἀποδεδόσθαι τὴν κυκλικὴν κίνησιν· τῶν δʼ ὑποτεταγμένων τοῖς μὲν κούφοις τὴν ἄνω, τοῖς δὲ βαρέσι τὴν κάτω.
Aristotelēs prōton men aithera apathē, pempton de sōma; methʼ hon pathēta, pyr, aera, hydōr, teleutaian de gēn. toutōn de tois men ouraniois apodedosthai tēn kyklikēn kinēsin; tōn dʼ hypotetagmenōn tois men kouphois tēn anō, tois de baresi tēn katō.
Aristotle: first the impassible ether, a fifth body; after which the passible ones, fire, air, water, and earth last. Of these the circular motion was assigned to the heavenly ones; and of those ranged below, the upward to the light ones and the downward to the heavy.
15.38.6Dindorf 2:403
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς μὴ διὰ παντὸς ἑστῶτας εἶναι, μηδὲ ὡρισμένους τοὺς τόπους τῶν στοιχείων, ἀλλὰ πάντα πως ἀλλήλων μεταλαμβάνειν.”
Empedoklēs mē dia pantos hestōtas einai, mēde hōrismenous tous topous tōn stoicheiōn, alla panta pōs allēlōn metalambanein.”
Empedocles: that the places of the elements are not altogether fixed nor defined, but that all in some way take part in one another.”
Preparation 15, chapter 39
15.39.1Dindorf 2:403
“Τίς ἡ αἰτία τοῦ τὸν κόσμον ἐγκλιθῆναι. Διογένης, Ἀναξαγόρας, μετὰ τὸ συστῆναι τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὰ ζῷα ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐγκλιθῆναί πως τὸν κόσμον ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου εἰς τὸ μεσημβρινὸν αὐτοῦ μέρος, ἴσως ὑπὸ προνοίας, ἵνα τὰ μὲν ἀοίκητα γένηται, τὰ δὲ οἰκητὰ μέρη τοῦ κόσμου, κατὰ ψῦξιν καὶ ἐκπύρωσιν καὶ εὐκρασίαν.
“Tis hē aitia tou ton kosmon enklithēnai. Diogenēs, Anaxagoras, meta to systēnai ton kosmon kai ta zǭa ek tēs gēs exagagein enklithēnai pōs ton kosmon ek tou automatou eis to mesēmbrinon autou meros, isōs hypo pronoias, hina ta men aoikēta genētai, ta de oikēta merē tou kosmou, kata psyxin kai ekpyrōsin kai eukrasian.
“What is the cause of the world’s inclination. Diogenes, Anaxagoras: that after the world was constituted and brought forth the living things from the earth, the world was somehow inclined of itself toward its southern part, perhaps by providence, so that some parts of the world might become uninhabitable and others habitable, by cold and burning heat and temperate climate.
15.39.2Dindorf 2:403
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς, τοῦ ἀέρος εἴξαντος τῇ τοῦ ἡλίου ὁρμῇ, ἐπικλιθῆναι τὰς ἄρκτους καὶ τὰ βόρεια ὑψωθῆναι, τὰ δὲ νότια ταπεινωθῆναι, καθὸ καὶ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον.”
Empedoklēs, tou aeros eixantos tę̄ tou hēliou hormę̄, epiklithēnai tas arktous kai ta boreia hypsōthēnai, ta de notia tapeinōthēnai, katho kai ton holon kosmon.”
Empedocles: that when the air gave way to the rush of the sun, the Bears were inclined and the northern parts raised and the southern lowered, and so the whole world.”
Preparation 15, chapter 40
15.40.1Dindorf 2:403–404
“Περὶ τοῦ ἐκτὸς τοῦ κόσμου, εἰ ἔστι κενόν. Οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ Πυθαγόρου, ἐκτὸς εἷναι τοῦ κόσμου κενὸν, εἰς ὃ ἀναπνεῖ ὁ κόσμος, καὶ ἐξ οὗ.
“Peri tou ektos tou kosmou, ei esti kenon. Hoi men apo Pythagorou, ektos heinai tou kosmou kenon, eis ho anapnei ho kosmos, kai ex hou.
“On what is outside the world, whether it is void. Those from Pythagoras: that outside the world there is a void, into which and out of which the world breathes.
15.40.2Dindorf 2:404
Οἱ δὲ Στωϊκοὶ, εἰς ὃ καὶ τῇ ἐκπυρώσει ἀναλύεται, ἄπειρον.
Hoi de Stōïkoi, eis ho kai tę̄ ekpyrōsei analyetai, apeiron.
The Stoics: an infinite void, into which it is also dissolved in the conflagration.
15.40.3Dindorf 2:404
Ποσειδώνιος οὐκ ἄπειρον, ἀλλʼ ὅσον αὔταρκες εἰς τὴν διάλυσιν, ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ περὶ κενοῦ.
Poseidōnios ouk apeiron, allʼ hoson autarkes eis tēn dialysin, en tǭ prōtǭ peri kenou.
Posidonius: not infinite, but as much as suffices for the dissolution, in the first book On the Void.
15.40.4Dindorf 2:404
Πλάτων, Ἀριστοτέλης, μήτʼ ἐκτὸς τοῦ κόσμου διάκενον εἶναι μήτʼ ἐντός.”
Platōn, Aristotelēs, mētʼ ektos tou kosmou diakenon einai mētʼ entos.”
Plato, Aristotle: that there is no void either outside or inside the world.”
Preparation 15, chapter 41
15.41.1Dindorf 2:404
“Τίνα δεξιὰ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τίνα ἀριστερά. Πυθαγόρας, Πλάτων, Ἀριστοτέλης δεξιὰ τοῦ κόσμου τὰ ἀνατολικὰ μέρη, ἀφʼ ὧν ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κινήσεως, ἀριστερὰ δὲ τὰ δυτικά.
“Tina dexia tou kosmou kai tina aristera. Pythagoras, Platōn, Aristotelēs dexia tou kosmou ta anatolika merē, aphʼ hōn hē archē tēs kinēseōs, aristera de ta dytika.
“Which are the right and which the left parts of the world. Pythagoras, Plato, Aristotle: the right parts of the world are the eastern, from which the motion begins, and the left the western.
15.41.2Dindorf 2:404
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς, δεξιὰ μὲν τὰ κατὰ τὸν θερινὸν τροπικὸν, ἀριστερὰ δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὸν χειμερινόν.
Empedoklēs, dexia men ta kata ton therinon tropikon, aristera de ta kata ton cheimerinon.
Empedocles: the right are those toward the summer tropic, the left those toward the winter.
Preparation 15, chapter 42
15.42.1Dindorf 2:404
“Περὶ οὐρανοῦ, τίς ἡ τούτου Ἀναξιμένης τὴν περιφορὰν τῆς ἔξωθεν ζώνης εἶναι.
“Peri ouranou, tis hē toutou Anaximenēs tēn periphoran tēs exōthen zōnēs einai.
“On heaven, what its substance is. Anaximenes: that it is the revolution of the outermost zone.
15.42.2Dindorf 2:404
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς στερέμνιον εἶναι τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἐξ ἀέρος συμπαγέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς κρυσταλλοειδῶς, τὸ πυρῶδες καὶ ἀερῶδες ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν ἡμισφαιρίων περιέχοντα.
Empedoklēs steremnion einai ton ouranon, ex aeros sympagentos hypo tou pyros krystalloeidōs, to pyrōdes kai aerōdes en hekaterǭ tōn hēmisphairiōn periechonta.
Empedocles: that heaven is solid, made of air compacted by fire into crystal, containing the fiery and airy in each of the hemispheres.
15.42.3Dindorf 2:404
Ἀριστοτέλης ἐκ πέμπτου σώματος, ἢ ἐκ θερμοῦ καὶ ψυχροῦ μίγματος.”
Aristotelēs ek pemptou sōmatos, ē ek thermou kai psychrou migmatos.”
Aristotle: from the fifth body, or from a mixture of hot and cold.”
Preparation 15, chapter 43
15.43.1Dindorf 2:404
“Περὶ δαιμόνων καὶ ἡρώων. Παρακειμένως δὲ τῷ περὶ θεῶν λόγῳ τὸν περὶ δαιμόνων καὶ ἡρώων ἱστορητέον.
“Peri daimonōn kai hērōōn. Parakeimenōs de tǭ peri theōn logǭ ton peri daimonōn kai hērōōn historēteon.
“On daimones and heroes. Next to the account about gods we must relate that about daimones and heroes.
15.43.2Dindorf 2:404–405
Θαλῆς, Πυθαγόρας, Πλάτων, οἱ Στωϊκοὶ, δαίμονας ὑπάρχειν οὐσίας ψυχικάς· εἶναι δὲ καὶ ἥρωας τὰς κεχωρισμένας ψυχὰς τῶν σωμάτων· καὶ ἀγαθοὺς μὲν τὰς ἀγαθὰς, κακοὺς δὲ τὰς φαύλας.
Thalēs, Pythagoras, Platōn, hoi Stōïkoi, daimonas hyparchein ousias psychikas; einai de kai hērōas tas kechōrismenas psychas tōn sōmatōn; kai agathous men tas agathas, kakous de tas phaulas.
Thales, Pythagoras, Plato, the Stoics: that daimones are psychic substances; and that heroes are souls separated from bodies; good ones the good souls, bad ones the wicked.
15.43.3Dindorf 2:405
Ἐπίκουρος δὲ οὐδὲν τούτων ἐγκρίνει.”
Epikouros de ouden toutōn enkrinei.”
Epicurus admits none of these.”
Preparation 15, chapter 44
15.44.1Dindorf 2:405
“Περὶ ὕλης. Ὕλη ἐστὶ τὸ ὑποκείμενον γενέσει καὶ φθορᾷ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις μεταβολαῖς.
“Peri hylēs. Hylē esti to hypokeimenon genesei kai phthorą kai tais allais metabolais.
“On matter. Matter is that which underlies generation and destruction and the other changes.
15.44.2Dindorf 2:405
Οἱ ἀπὸ Θαλέω καὶ Πυθαγόρα καὶ οἶ Στωϊκοὶ τρεπτὴν καὶ ἀλλοιωτὴν καὶ ῥευστὴν ὅλην διʼ ὅλων τὴν ὕλην.
Hoi apo Thaleō kai Pythagora kai oi Stōïkoi treptēn kai alloiōtēn kai rheustēn holēn diʼ holōn tēn hylēn.
The followers of Thales and Pythagoras, and the Stoics: that matter is changeable and alterable and flowing, wholly through and through.
15.44.3Dindorf 2:405
Οἱ ἀπὸ Δημοκρίτου, ἀπαθῆ τὰ πρῶτα, τὴν ἄτομον καὶ τὸ κενὸν καὶ τὸ ἀσώματον.
Hoi apo Dēmokritou, apathē ta prōta, tēn atomon kai to kenon kai to asōmaton.
The followers of Democritus: that the first things are impassible, the atom and the void and the incorporeal.
15.44.4Dindorf 2:405
Ἀριστοτέλης καὶ Πλάτων τὴν ὕλην σωματοειδῆ, ἄμορφον, ἀνείδεον, ἀσχημάτιστον, ἄποιον μὲν ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ἰδίᾳ φύσει, δεξαμενὴν δὲ τῶν εἰδῶν, οἶον τιθήνην καὶ ἐκμαγεῖον καὶ μητέρα γενέσθαι. οἶ δὲ ὕδωρ λέγοντες, πῦρ, ἢ ἀέρα, ἢ γῆν τὴν ὕλην, οὐκέτι ἄμορφον αὐτὴν λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ σῶμα· οἱ δὲ τὰ ἀμερῆ, καὶ τὰς ἀτόμους, ἄμορφον.”
Aristotelēs kai Platōn tēn hylēn sōmatoeidē, amorphon, aneideon, aschēmatiston, apoion men hoson epi tę̄ idią physei, dexamenēn de tōn eidōn, oion tithēnēn kai ekmageion kai mētera genesthai. oi de hydōr legontes, pyr, ē aera, ē gēn tēn hylēn, ouketi amorphon autēn legousin, alla sōma; hoi de ta amerē, kai tas atomous, amorphon.”
Aristotle and Plato: that matter is bodily, shapeless, formless, figureless, without quality as far as its own nature goes, but the receptacle of forms, as it were a nurse and impression-stuff and mother. Those who say that matter is water, fire, or air, or earth, no longer call it shapeless, but body; those who say the partless things and the atoms, shapeless.”
Preparation 15, chapter 45
15.45.1Dindorf 2:405
“Περὶ ἰδέας. Ἰδέα δέ ἐστιν οὐσία ἀσώματος, αὐτὴ μὲν ὑφεστῶσα καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν, εἰκονίζουσα δὲ τὰς ἀμόρφους ὕλας καὶ αἰτία γιγνομένη τῆς τούτων δείξεως.
“Peri ideas. Idea de estin ousia asōmatos, autē men hyphestōsa kai kathʼ heautēn, eikonizousa de tas amorphous hylas kai aitia gignomenē tēs toutōn deixeōs.
“On the idea. An idea is an incorporeal substance, subsisting itself and by itself, imaging the shapeless matters and becoming the cause of their showing.
15.45.2Dindorf 2:405
Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων χωριστὰς τῆς ὕλης οὐσίας τὰς ἰδέας ὑπολαμβάνουσιν, ἐν τοῖς νοήμασι καὶ ἐν ταῖς φαντασίαις τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστι τοῦ νοῦ, ὑφεστώσας.
Sōkratēs kai Platōn chōristas tēs hylēs ousias tas ideas hypolambanousin, en tois noēmasi kai en tais phantasiais tou theou, toutesti tou nou, hyphestōsas.
Socrates and Plato suppose the ideas to be substances separate from matter, subsisting in the thoughts and imaginations of God, that is, of mind.
15.45.3Dindorf 2:405
Ἀριστοτέλης εἴδη μὲν ἀπέλιπε καὶ ἰδέας, οὐ μὴν κεχωρισμένας τῆς ὕλης, ἔξω γεγονὼς τοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ.
Aristotelēs eidē men apelipe kai ideas, ou mēn kechōrismenas tēs hylēs, exō gegonōs tou hypo tou theou.
Aristotle left forms and ideas, but not separate from matter, being outside the view that they are made by God.
15.45.4Dindorf 2:405
Οἱ ἀπὸ Ζήνωνος Στωϊκοὶ ἐννοήματα τὰς ἰδέας.”
Hoi apo Zēnōnos Stōïkoi ennoēmata tas ideas.”
The Stoics of Zeno’s school: the ideas are our own concepts.”
Preparation 15, chapter 46
15.46.1Dindorf 2:405–406
“Περὶ τάξεως Ξενοκράτης κατὰ μίαν ἐπιφάνειαν οἴεται κινεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀστέρας.
“Peri taxeōs Xenokratēs kata mian epiphaneian oietai kineisthai tous asteras.
“On the order of the stars. Xenocrates thinks the stars move on one surface.
15.46.2Dindorf 2:406
Οἱ ἄλλοι Στωϊκοὶ πρὸ τῶν ἑτέρων τοὺς ἑτέρους, ἐν ὕψει καὶ βάθει.
Hoi alloi Stōïkoi pro tōn heterōn tous heterous, en hypsei kai bathei.
The other Stoics: some before others, in height and depth.
15.46.3Dindorf 2:406
Δημόκριτος τὰ μὲν ἀπλανῆ πρῶτον, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς πλάνητας, ἐφʼ οἷς ἥλιον, Φωσφόρον, σελήνην.
Dēmokritos ta men aplanē prōton, meta de tauta tous planētas, ephʼ hois hēlion, Phōsphoron, selēnēn.
Democritus: the fixed stars first, after these the planets, after which the sun, the Morning Star, the moon.
15.46.4Dindorf 2:406
Πλάτων μετὰ τὴν τῶν ἀπλανῶν θέσιν πρῶτον Φαίνοντα λεγόμενον, τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου· δεύτερον Φαέθοντα, τὸν τοῦ Δῖός· τρίτον Πυρόεντα, τὸν τοῦ Ἄρεως· τέταρτον Ἑωσφόρον, τὸν τῆς Ἀφροδίτης· πέμπτον Στίλβοντα, τὸν τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ· ἕκτον ἥλιον· ἕβδομον σελήνην.
Platōn meta tēn tōn aplanōn thesin prōton Phainonta legomenon, ton tou Kronou; deuteron Phaethonta, ton tou Dios; triton Pyroenta, ton tou Areōs; tetarton Heōsphoron, ton tēs Aphroditēs; pempton Stilbonta, ton tou Hermou; hekton hēlion; hebdomon selēnēn.
Plato: after the position of the fixed stars, first the one called Phaenon, that of Cronus; second Phaethon, that of Zeus; third Pyroeis, that of Ares; fourth Heosphorus, that of Aphrodite; fifth Stilbon, that of Hermes; sixth the sun; seventh the moon.
15.46.5Dindorf 2:406
Τῶν μαθηματικῶν τινὲς μὲν ὡς Πλάτων, τινὲς δὲ μέσον πάντων τὸν ἥλιον.
Tōn mathēmatikōn tines men hōs Platōn, tines de meson pantōn ton hēlion.
Of the mathematicians, some as Plato does, others put the sun in the middle of all.
15.46.6Dindorf 2:406
Ἀναξίμανδρος καὶ Μητρόδωρος ὁ Χῖος καὶ Κράτης ἀνωτάτω μὲν πάντων τὸν ἥλιον τετάχθαι· μετʼ αὐτὸν τὴν σελήνην· ὑπὸ δὲ αὐτοὺς τὰ ἀπλανῆ τῶν ἄστρων καὶ τοὺς πλάνητας.”
Anaximandros kai Mētrodōros ho Chios kai Kratēs anōtatō men pantōn ton hēlion tetachthai; metʼ auton tēn selēnēn; hypo de autous ta aplanē tōn astrōn kai tous planētas.”
Anaximander and Metrodorus of Chios and Crates: that the sun is placed highest of all; after it the moon; and under them the fixed stars and the planets.”
Preparation 15, chapter 47
15.47.1Dindorf 2:406
“Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων φορᾶς καὶ κινήσεως. Ἀναξαγόρας, Δημόκριτος, Κλεάνθης, ἀπʼ ἀνατολῶν ἐπὶ δυσμὰς φέρεσθαι πάντας τοὺς ἀστέρας.
“Peri tēs tōn astrōn phoras kai kinēseōs. Anaxagoras, Dēmokritos, Kleanthēs, apʼ anatolōn epi dysmas pheresthai pantas tous asteras.
“On the course and motion of the stars. Anaxagoras, Democritus, Cleanthes: that all the stars are carried from east to west.
15.47.2Dindorf 2:406
Ἀλκμαίων καὶ οἶ μαθηματικοὶ τοὺς πλάνητας τοῖς ἀπλανέσιν ἐναντίους· ἀπὸ γὰρ δυσμῶν ἐπʼ ἀντιφέρεσθαι.
Alkmaiōn kai oi mathēmatikoi tous planētas tois aplanesin enantious; apo gar dysmōn epʼ antipheresthai.
Alcmaeon and the mathematicians: that the planets move contrary to the fixed stars; for they are carried in the opposite direction from west to east.
15.47.3Dindorf 2:406
Ἀναξίμανδρος ὑπὸ τῶν κύκλων καὶ τῶν σφαιρῶν, ἐφʼ ὧν ἕκαστος βέβηκε, φέρεσθαι. Ἀναξιμένης οὐχ ὑπὸ γῆν, περὶ αὐτὴν δὲ στρέφεσθαι τοὺς ἀστέρας.
Anaximandros hypo tōn kyklōn kai tōn sphairōn, ephʼ hōn hekastos bebēke, pheresthai. Anaximenēs ouch hypo gēn, peri autēn de strephesthai tous asteras.
Anaximander: that they are carried by the circles and spheres on which each is set. Anaximenes: that the stars turn not under the earth but around it.
15.47.4Dindorf 2:406–407
Πλάτων καὶ οἱ μαθηματικοὶ ἰσοδρόμους εἶναι τὸν ἥλιον, τὸν Φωσφόρον, τὸν Στίλβοντα.”
Platōn kai hoi mathēmatikoi isodromous einai ton hēlion, ton Phōsphoron, ton Stilbonta.”
Plato and the mathematicians: that the sun, the Morning Star, and Stilbon run an equal course.
Preparation 15, chapter 48
15.48.1Dindorf 2:407
“Πόθεν φωτίζονται οἱ ἀστέρες. Μητρόδωρος ἅπαντας τοὺς ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρας ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου καταλάμπεσθαι.
“Pothen phōtizontai hoi asteres. Mētrodōros hapantas tous aplaneis asteras hypo tou hēliou katalampesthai.
“From where the stars are lit. Metrodorus: that all the fixed stars are lit by the sun.
15.48.2Dindorf 2:407
Ἡράκλειτος καὶ οἶ Στωϊκοὶ τρέφεσθαι τοὺς ἀστέρας ἐκ τῆς ἐπιγείου ἀναθυμιάσεως.
Hērakleitos kai oi Stōïkoi trephesthai tous asteras ek tēs epigeiou anathymiaseōs.
Heraclitus and the Stoics: that the stars are nourished from the exhalation from the earth.
15.48.3Dindorf 2:407
Ἀριστοτέλης μὴ δεῖσθαι τὰ οὐράνια τροφῆς· οὐ γὰρ φθαρτὰ, ἀλλʼ ἀίδια.
Aristotelēs mē deisthai ta ourania trophēs; ou gar phtharta, allʼ aidia.
Aristotle: that the heavenly bodies need no nourishment; for they are not perishable but everlasting.
15.48.4Dindorf 2:407
Πλάτων κοινῶς τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ τὰ ἄστρα ἐξ αὐτοῦ τρέφεσθαι.”
Platōn koinōs ton kosmon holon kai ta astra ex autou trephesthai.”
Plato: that the whole world and the stars are nourished in common from itself.”
Preparation 15, chapter 49
15.49.1Dindorf 2:407
“Περὶ τῶν καλουμένων Διοσκούρων. Ξενοφάνης τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων φαινομένους οἷον ἀστέρας νεφέλια εἶναι κατὰ τὴν ποιὰν κίνησιν παραλάμποντα.
“Peri tōn kaloumenōn Dioskourōn. Xenophanēs tous epi tōn ploiōn phainomenous hoion asteras nephelia einai kata tēn poian kinēsin paralamponta.
“On the so-called Dioscuri. Xenophanes: that the things like stars that appear on ships are little clouds, shining by a certain kind of motion.
15.49.2Dindorf 2:407
Μητρόδωρος τῶν ὁρώντων ὀφθαλμῶν μετὰ δέους καὶ καταπλήξεως εἶναι στιλβηδόνας.”
Mētrodōros tōn horōntōn ophthalmōn meta deous kai kataplēxeōs einai stilbēdonas.”
Metrodorus: that they are flashes of the eyes of those who see them with fear and amazement.”
Preparation 15, chapter 50
15.50.1Dindorf 2:407
“Περὶ ἐκλείψεως ἡλίου. Θαλῆς πρῶτος ἔφη ἐκλείπειν τὸν ἥλιον τῆς σελήνης αὐτὸν ὑπερχομένης κατὰ κάθετον, οὔσης φύσει γεώδους· βλέπεσθαι δὲ τοῦτο κατοπτρικῶς ὑποτιθεμένην τῷ δίσκῳ.
“Peri ekleipseōs hēliou. Thalēs prōtos ephē ekleipein ton hēlion tēs selēnēs auton hyperchomenēs kata katheton, ousēs physei geōdous; blepesthai de touto katoptrikōs hypotithemenēn tǭ diskǭ.
“On the eclipse of the sun. Thales first said that the sun is eclipsed when the moon passes under it perpendicularly, being earthy in nature; and that this is seen as in a mirror, the moon being placed under the disk.
15.50.2Dindorf 2:407
Ἀναξίμανδρος τοῦ στομίου τῆς τοῦ πυρὸς διεκπνοῆς ἀποκλειομένου.
Anaximandros tou stomiou tēs tou pyros diekpnoēs apokleiomenou.
Anaximander: when the opening of the fire’s breathing-hole is closed.
15.50.3Dindorf 2:407
Ἡράκλειτος κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σκαφοειδοῦς στροφὴν, ὥστε τὸ μὲν κοῖλον ἄνω γίνεσθαι, τὸ δὲ κυρτὸν κάτω πρὸς τὴν ἡμετέραν ὄψιν.
Hērakleitos kata tēn tou skaphoeidous strophēn, hōste to men koilon anō ginesthai, to de kyrton katō pros tēn hēmeteran opsin.
Heraclitus: by the turning of the bowl, so that the hollow comes to be upward and the convex downward toward our sight.
15.50.4Dindorf 2:407–408
Ξενοφάνης κατὰ σβέσιν· ἕτερον δὲ πάλιν πρὸς ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς γίγνεσθαι. παριστόρηκε δὲ καὶ ἔκλειψιν ἡλίου ἐφʼ ὅλον τὸν μῆνα, καὶ πάλιν ἔκλειψιν ἐντελῆ, ὥστε τὴν ἡμέραν νύκτα φανῆναι.
Xenophanēs kata sbesin; heteron de palin pros tais anatolais gignesthai. paristorēke de kai ekleipsin hēliou ephʼ holon ton mēna, kai palin ekleipsin entelē, hōste tēn hēmeran nykta phanēnai.
Xenophanes: by quenching, and another comes to be again at the risings. He has also recorded an eclipse of the sun lasting a whole month, and again a total eclipse, so that the day appeared as night.
15.50.5Dindorf 2:408
Ἔνιοι πύκνωμα τῶν ἀοράτων ἐπερχομένων τῷ δίσκῳ νεφῶν.
Enioi pyknōma tōn aoratōn eperchomenōn tǭ diskǭ nephōn.
Some: a condensation of invisible clouds coming over the disk.
15.50.6Dindorf 2:408
Ἀρίσταρχος τὸν ἥλιον ἵστησι μετὰ τῶν ἀπλανῶν, τὴν δὲ σελήνην κινεῖ περὶ τὸν ἡλιακὸν κύκλον, καὶ κατὰ ταύτας τὰς ἐγκλίσεις σκιάζεσθαι τὸν δίσκον.
Aristarchos ton hēlion histēsi meta tōn aplanōn, tēn de selēnēn kinei peri ton hēliakon kyklon, kai kata tautas tas enkliseis skiazesthai ton diskon.
Aristarchus places the sun with the fixed stars, and moves the moon around the solar circle, and the disk is shadowed according to its inclinations.
15.50.7Dindorf 2:408
Ξενοφάνης πολλοὺς ἡλίους εἶναι καὶ σελήνας, κατὰ τὰ κλίματα τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἀποτομὰς, καὶ ζώνας· κατά τινα δὲ καιρὸν ἐμπίπτειν τὸν δίσκον εἴς τινα ἀποτομὴν τῆς γῆς οὐκ οἰκουμένης ὑφʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ οὕτως ὥσπερ κενεμβατοῦντα ἔκλειψιν ὑποφαίνειν. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς τὸν ἥλιον μὲν εἰς ἄπειρον προϊέναι, δοκεῖν κυκλεῖσθαι διὰ τὴν ἀπόστασιν.”
Xenophanēs pollous hēlious einai kai selēnas, kata ta klimata tēs gēs, kai apotomas, kai zōnas; kata tina de kairon empiptein ton diskon eis tina apotomēn tēs gēs ouk oikoumenēs hyphʼ hēmōn, kai houtōs hōsper kenembatounta ekleipsin hypophainein. ho dʼ autos ton hēlion men eis apeiron proïenai, dokein kykleisthai dia tēn apostasin.”
Xenophanes: that there are many suns and moons, according to the regions of the earth and its sections and zones; and at a certain time the disk falls into some section of the earth not inhabited by us, and so, as if stepping into the void, shows an eclipse. The same says that the sun goes forward to infinity, but seems to go in a circle because of the distance.”
Preparation 15, chapter 51
15.51.1Dindorf 2:408
“Περὶ ἐκλείψεως σελήνης. Ἀναξίμανδρος τοῦ στομίου τοῦ περὶ τὸν τροχὸν ἐπιφραττομένου.
“Peri ekleipseōs selēnēs. Anaximandros tou stomiou tou peri ton trochon epiphrattomenou.
“On the eclipse of the moon. Anaximander: when the opening around the wheel is blocked.
15.51.2Dindorf 2:408
Βηρωσσὸς κατὰ τὴν πρὸς ἡμὰς ἐπιστροφὴν τοῦ ἀπυρώτου μέρους.
Bērōssos kata tēn pros hēmas epistrophēn tou apyrōtou merous.
Berossus: by the turning toward us of the unlit part.
15.51.3Dindorf 2:408
Ἡράκλειτος κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σκαφοειδοῦς στροφήν.
Hērakleitos kata tēn tou skaphoeidous strophēn.
Heraclitus: by the turning of the bowl.
15.51.4Dindorf 2:408
Τῶν Πυθαγορείων τινὲς ἀνταύγειαν καὶ ἐπίφραξιν γῆς, ἢ τῆς ἀντίχθονος· οἱ δὲ νεώτεροι, κατʼ ἐπινέμησιν φλογὸς κατὰ μικρὸν ἐξαπτομένης τεταγμένως ἕως ἂν τὴν τελείαν πανσέληνον ἀποδῷ, καὶ πάλιν ἀναλόγως μειουμένης μέχρι τῆς συνόδου, καθʼ ἣν τελέως σβέννυται.
Tōn Pythagoreiōn tines antaugeian kai epiphraxin gēs, ē tēs antichthonos; hoi de neōteroi, katʼ epinemēsin phlogos kata mikron exaptomenēs tetagmenōs heōs an tēn teleian panselēnon apodǭ, kai palin analogōs meioumenēs mechri tēs synodou, kathʼ hēn teleōs sbennytai.
Some of the Pythagoreans: by reflection and the blocking of the earth, or of the counter-earth; the younger ones: by the spreading of a flame kindled little by little in order until it gives the complete full moon, and again diminishing proportionally until the conjunction, when it is completely quenched.
15.51.5Dindorf 2:408–409
Πλάτων, Ἀριστοτέλης, οἱ Στωϊκοὶ καὶ μαθηματικοὶ συμφωνοῦσι τὰς μὲν μηνιαίους ἀποκρύψεις συνοδεύουσαν αὐτὴν ἡλίῳ καὶ συμπεριλαμπομένην ποιεῖσθαι· τὰς δὲ ἐκλείψεις, εἰς τὸ σκίασμα τῆς γῆς ἐμπίπτουσαν μεταξὺ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἀστέρων γινομένης, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς σελήνης ἀντιφραττομένης.”
Platōn, Aristotelēs, hoi Stōïkoi kai mathēmatikoi symphōnousi tas men mēniaious apokrypseis synodeuousan autēn hēliǭ kai symperilampomenēn poieisthai; tas de ekleipseis, eis to skiasma tēs gēs empiptousan metaxy amphoterōn tōn asterōn ginomenēs, mallon de tēs selēnēs antiphrattomenēs.”
Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, and the mathematicians agree that the monthly disappearances happen when it travels with the sun and is outshone with it; but the eclipses when it falls into the shadow of the earth, the earth coming between the two stars, or rather the moon being blocked off.”
Preparation 15, chapter 52
15.52.1Dindorf 2:409
“Περὶ ἐμφάσεως αὐτῆς, καὶ διὰ τί γεώδης φαίνεται. Οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι γεώδη φαίνεσθαι τὴν σελήνην διὰ τὸ περιοικεῖσθαι αὐτὴν καθάπερ τὴν παρʼ ἡμίν γῆν μείζοσι ζῴοις καὶ φυτοῖς καλλίοσιν. εἶναι γὰρ πεντεκαιδεκαπλασίονα τὰ ἐπʼ αὐτῆς ζῷα, μηδὲν σωματικὸν ἀποκρίνοντα· καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν τοσαύτην τῷ μήκει.
“Peri emphaseōs autēs, kai dia ti geōdēs phainetai. Hoi Pythagoreioi geōdē phainesthai tēn selēnēn dia to perioikeisthai autēn kathaper tēn parʼ hēmin gēn meizosi zǭois kai phytois kalliosin. einai gar pentekaidekaplasiona ta epʼ autēs zǭa, mēden sōmatikon apokrinonta; kai tēn hēmeran tosautēn tǭ mēkei.
“On its appearance, and why it appears earthy. The Pythagoreans: that the moon appears earthy because it is inhabited round about, like the earth with us, by larger living things and finer plants. For the living things on it are fifteen times as large, giving off no bodily excretion; and the day is so much longer.
15.52.2Dindorf 2:409
Ἀναξαγόρας ἀνωμαλότητα διὰ τοῦ συγκρίματος, διὰ τὸ ψυχροειδὲς ἅμα καὶ γεῶδες· παραμεμῖχθαι γὰρ τῷ πυροειδεῖ τὸ ζοφῶδες· ὅθεν καὶ ψευδοφαῆ λέγεσθαι τὸν ἀστέρα.
Anaxagoras anōmalotēta dia tou synkrimatos, dia to psychroeides hama kai geōdes; paramemichthai gar tǭ pyroeidei to zophōdes; hothen kai pseudophaē legesthai ton astera.
Anaxagoras: unevenness of the compound, because it is at once cold-like and earthy; for the dark is mixed with the fiery; whence the star is called falsely shining.
15.52.3Dindorf 2:409
Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ, διὰ τὸ ἀερομιγὲς τῆς οὐσίας, μὴ εἶναι αὐτῆς ἀκήρατον τὸ σύγκριμα.”
Hoi Stōïkoi, dia to aeromiges tēs ousias, mē einai autēs akēraton to synkrima.”
The Stoics: because of the air-mixed nature of its substance, its compound is not pure.”
Preparation 15, chapter 53
15.53.1Dindorf 2:409
“Περὶ τῶν ἀποστημάτων αὐτῆς. Ἐμπεδοκλῆς διπλάσιον ἀπέχειν τὴν σελήνην ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου ἤπερ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς.
“Peri tōn apostēmatōn autēs. Empedoklēs diplasion apechein tēn selēnēn apo tou hēliou ēper apo tēs gēs.
“On its distances. Empedocles: that the moon is twice as far from the sun as from the earth.
15.53.2Dindorf 2:409
Οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν μαθηματικῶν ὀκτωκαιδεκαπλάσιον.
Hoi apo tōn mathēmatikōn oktōkaidekaplasion.
Those of the mathematicians: eighteen times.
15.53.3Dindorf 2:409
Ἐρατοσθένης, τὸν ἥλιον ἀπέχειν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς σταδίων μυριάδας τετρακοσίας καὶ ὀκτακισμυρίας, τὴν δὲ σελήνην ἀπέχειν τῆς γῆς μυριάδας ὄη σταδίων.”
Eratosthenēs, ton hēlion apechein apo tēs gēs stadiōn myriadas tetrakosias kai oktakismyrias, tēn de selēnēn apechein tēs gēs myriadas oē stadiōn.”
Eratosthenes: that the sun is four million eighty thousand stades distant from the earth, and the moon seventy-eight myriads of stades from the earth.”
Preparation 15, chapter 54
15.54.1Dindorf 2:409–410
Περὶ ἐνιαυτῶν. Ενιαυτός ἐστι Κρόνου μὲν ἐνιαυτῶν περίοδος λ΄· Δῖός δὲ δώδεκα, Ἄρεως δὲ δυεῖν, ἡλίου δὲ ιβ΄ μῆνες· οἶ δʼ αὐτοὶ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Ἀφροδίτης· ἰσόδρομοι γάρ. σελήνης δὲ ἡμέραι λ΄. οὗτος γὰρ ὁ τέλειος μὴν ἀπὸ φάσεως εἰς σύνοδον.
Peri eniautōn. Eniautos esti Kronou men eniautōn periodos l΄; Dios de dōdeka, Areōs de dyein, hēliou de ib΄ mēnes; oi dʼ autoi Hermou kai Aphroditēs; isodromoi gar. selēnēs de hēmerai l΄. houtos gar ho teleios mēn apo phaseōs eis synodon.
“On years. The year of Cronus is a period of 30 years; that of Zeus, twelve; that of Ares, two; that of the sun, 12 months; and the same for Hermes and Aphrodite, for they run an equal course; and that of the moon, 30 days, for this is the complete month from first appearance to conjunction.
15.54.2Dindorf 2:410
Τὸν δὲ μέγαν ἐνιαυτὸν οἶ μὲν ἐν τῇ ὀκταετηρίδι τίθενται· οἷ δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐννεακαιδεκαετηρίδι· οἱ δὲ ἐν τοῖς ξʹ ἑνὸς δέουσιν. Ἡράκλειτος, ἐκ μυρίων ὀκτακισχιλίων ἡλιακῶν. Διογενὴς, ἐκ πέντε καὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριακοσίων ἐνιαυτῶν τοσούτων, ὅσων κατὰ Ἡράκλειτον ὁ ἐνιαυτός· ἄλλοι δὲ διὰ ψοζ΄.”
Ton de megan eniauton oi men en tę̄ oktaetēridi tithentai; hoi de en tę̄ enneakaidekaetēridi; hoi de en tois xʹ henos deousin. Hērakleitos, ek myriōn oktakischiliōn hēliakōn. Diogenēs, ek pente kai hexēkonta kai triakosiōn eniautōn tosoutōn, hosōn kata Hērakleiton ho eniautos; alloi de dia psoz΄.”
The great year some place in the eight-year cycle, others in the nineteen-year cycle, others in the sixty years less one. Heraclitus: of eighteen thousand solar years. Diogenes: of three hundred and sixty-five years of the length that a year has according to Heraclitus; others, of 777.”
15.54.3Dindorf 2:410
Καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν οὐρανίων καὶ μεταρσίων τοσαῦτα τοῖς δεδηλωμένοις πρὸς ἀλλήλους διεστασίασται. θέα δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ γῆς.
Kai peri men tōn ouraniōn kai metarsiōn tosauta tois dedēlōmenois pros allēlous diestasiastai. thea de kai ta peri gēs.
So much, then, on things in heaven and on high have the persons we have shown been at odds with one another. Now look also at their views about the earth.
Preparation 15, chapter 55
15.55.1Dindorf 2:410
“Περὶ γῆς. Θαλῆς καὶ οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ μίαν εἶναι τὴν γῆν.
“Peri gēs. Thalēs kai hoi apʼ autou mian einai tēn gēn.
“On the earth. Thales and his followers: that the earth is one.
15.55.2Dindorf 2:410
Ἱκέτης ὁ Πυθαγόρειος δύο, ταύτην καὶ τὴν ἀντίχθονα.
Hiketēs ho Pythagoreios dyo, tautēn kai tēn antichthona.
Hicetas the Pythagorean: two, this one and the counter-earth.
15.55.3Dindorf 2:410
Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ, τὴν γῆν μίαν καὶ πεπερασμένην.
Hoi Stōïkoi, tēn gēn mian kai peperasmenēn.
The Stoics: that the earth is one and finite.
15.55.4Dindorf 2:410
Ξενοφάνης ἐκ τοῦ κατωτέρου μέρους εἰς ἄπειρον ἐρριζῶσθαι, ἐξ ἀέρος δὲ καὶ πυρὸς συμπαγῆναι.
Xenophanēs ek tou katōterou merous eis apeiron errizōsthai, ex aeros de kai pyros sympagēnai.
Xenophanes: that from its lower part it is rooted into the infinite, and that it was compacted out of air and fire.
15.55.5Dindorf 2:410
Μητρόδωρος τὴν μὲν γῆν ὑπόστασιν εἶναι καὶ τρύγα τοῦ ὕδατος, τὸν δὲ ἥλιον τοῦ ἀέρος.”
Mētrodōros tēn men gēn hypostasin einai kai tryga tou hydatos, ton de hēlion tou aeros.”
Metrodorus: that the earth is the sediment and dregs of water, and the sun of air.”
Preparation 15, chapter 56
15.56.1Dindorf 2:410
“Περὶ σχήματος γῆς. Θαλῆς καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοὶ, σφαιροειδῆ τὴν γῆν.
“Peri schēmatos gēs. Thalēs kai hoi Stōïkoi, sphairoeidē tēn gēn.
“On the shape of the earth. Thales and the Stoics: that the earth is spherical.
15.56.2Dindorf 2:410
Ἀναξίμανδρος λίθῳ κίονι προσφερῆ τῶν ἐπιπέδων.
Anaximandros lithǭ kioni prospherē tōn epipedōn.
Anaximander: that it is like a stone column, as to its flat surfaces.
15.56.5Dindorf 2:410–411
Δημόκριτος δισκοειδῆ τῷ πλάτει, κοίλην δὲ τῷ μέσῳ.”
Dēmokritos diskoeidē tǭ platei, koilēn de tǭ mesǭ.”
Democritus: disk-shaped in breadth, but hollow in the middle.”
Preparation 15, chapter 57
15.57.1Dindorf 2:411
“Περὶ θέσεως τῆς γῆς. Οἱ ἀπὸ Θαλέω τὴν γῆν μέσην.
“Peri theseōs tēs gēs. Hoi apo Thaleō tēn gēn mesēn.
“On the position of the earth. The followers of Thales: that the earth is in the middle.
15.57.2Dindorf 2:411
Ξενοφάνης πρώτην, εἰς ἄπειρον γὰρ ἐρριζῶσθαι.
Xenophanēs prōtēn, eis apeiron gar errizōsthai.
Xenophanes: that it is first, for it is rooted into the infinite.
15.57.3Dindorf 2:411
Φιλόλαος ὁ Πυθαγόρειος τὸ μὲν πῦρ μέσον· τοῦτο γὰρ εἷναι τοῦ παντὸς ἑστίαν· δευτέραν δὲ τὴν ἀντίχθονα· τρίτην δὲ ἣν οἰκοῦμεν γῆν, ἐξ ἐναντίας κειμένην τε καὶ περιφερομένην τῇ ἀντίχθονι· παρʼ ὁ καὶ μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τῇδε τοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ.
Philolaos ho Pythagoreios to men pyr meson; touto gar heinai tou pantos hestian; deuteran de tēn antichthona; tritēn de hēn oikoumen gēn, ex enantias keimenēn te kai peripheromenēn tę̄ antichthoni; parʼ ho kai mē horasthai hypo tōn en tę̄de tous en ekeinę̄.
Philolaus the Pythagorean: fire in the middle, for this is the hearth of the universe; second the counter-earth; third the earth we inhabit, lying opposite the counter-earth and carried around opposite it; and for this reason those on that one are not seen by those on this one.
15.57.4Dindorf 2:411
Παρμενίδης πρῶτος ἀφώρισε τῆς γῆς τοὺς οἰκουμένους τόπους ὑπὸ ταῖς δυσὶ ζώναις ταῖς τροπικαῖς.
Parmenidēs prōtos aphōrise tēs gēs tous oikoumenous topous hypo tais dysi zōnais tais tropikais.
Parmenides first marked off the inhabited regions of the earth beneath the two tropical zones.”
Preparation 15, chapter 58
15.58.1Dindorf 2:411
“Περὶ κινήσεως γῆς. Οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι μένειν τὴν γῆν.
“Peri kinēseōs gēs. Hoi men alloi menein tēn gēn.
“On the motion of the earth. The others: that the earth stays at rest.
15.58.2Dindorf 2:411
Φιλόλαος δὲ ὁ Πυθαγόρειος, κύκλῳ περιφέρεσθαι περὶ τὸ πῦρ κατὰ κύκλου λοξοῦ, ὁμοιοτρόπως ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ.
Philolaos de ho Pythagoreios, kyklǭ peripheresthai peri to pyr kata kyklou loxou, homoiotropōs hēliǭ kai selēnę̄.
But Philolaus the Pythagorean: that it is carried around the fire in an oblique circle, in the same manner as the sun and the moon.
15.58.3Dindorf 2:411
Ἡρακλείδης ὁ Ποντικὸς καὶ Ἔκφαντος ὁ Πυθαγόρειος κινοῦσι μὲν τὴν γῆν, οὐ μὴν μεταβατικῶς, ἀλλὰ τρεπτικῶς, τροχοῦ δίκην ἐν ἄξονι στρεφομένην, ἀπὸ δυσμῶν ἐπʼ ἀνατολὰς, περὶ τὸ ἴδιον αὐτῆς κέντρον.
Hērakleidēs ho Pontikos kai Ekphantos ho Pythagoreios kinousi men tēn gēn, ou mēn metabatikōs, alla treptikōs, trochou dikēn en axoni strephomenēn, apo dysmōn epʼ anatolas, peri to idion autēs kentron.
Heraclides of Pontus and Ecphantus the Pythagorean move the earth, yet not from place to place but by turning, revolving like a wheel on an axle, from west to east, around its own center.
15.58.4Dindorf 2:411
Δημόκριτος κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν πλάζεσθαι τὴν γῆν διά τε μικρότητα καὶ κουφότητα, πυκνωθεῖσαν δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ καὶ βαρυνθεῖσαν καταστῆναι.” Τούτων καὶ περὶ γῆς διαπεφωνημένων τοῖς γενναίοις ἄκουε καὶ τῶν περὶ θαλάσσης.
Dēmokritos katʼ archas men plazesthai tēn gēn dia te mikrotēta kai kouphotēta, pyknōtheisan de tǭ chronǭ kai baryntheisan katastēnai.” Toutōn kai peri gēs diapephōnēmenōn tois gennaiois akoue kai tōn peri thalassēs.
Democritus: that in the beginning the earth wandered because of its smallness and lightness, but that, made dense and heavy with time, it came to rest.” Since the noble men have disagreed about the earth too, hear also their views about the sea.
Preparation 15, chapter 59
15.59.1Dindorf 2:411–412
“Περὶ θαλάσσης, πῶς συνέστη καὶ πῶς ἐστι πικρά. Ἀναξίμανδρος τὴν θάλασσάν φησιν εἷναι τῆς πρώτης ὑγρασίας λείψανον· ἧς τὸ μὲν πλεῖον μέρος ἀνεξήρανε τὸ πῦρ, τὸ δὲ ὑπολειφθὲν διὰ τὴν ἔκκαυσιν μετέβαλεν.
“Peri thalassēs, pōs synestē kai pōs esti pikra. Anaximandros tēn thalassan phēsin heinai tēs prōtēs hygrasias leipsanon; hēs to men pleion meros anexērane to pyr, to de hypoleiphthen dia tēn ekkausin metebalen.
“On the sea, how it was formed and how it is bitter. Anaximander says that the sea is the remnant of the first moisture, of which fire dried up the greater part, and the rest was changed by the burning.
15.59.2Dindorf 2:412
Ἀναξαγόρας τοῦ κατʼ ἀρχὰς λιμνάζοντος ὑγροῦ περικαέντος ὑπὸ τῆς ἡλιακῆς περιφορᾶς, καὶ τοῦ λιπαροῦ λοιπὸν ὑποστῆναι. εἰς ἁλυκίδα καὶ πικρίαν τὸ λοιπὸν.
Anaxagoras tou katʼ archas limnazontos hygrou perikaentos hypo tēs hēliakēs periphoras, kai tou liparou loipon hypostēnai. eis halykida kai pikrian to loipon.
Anaxagoras: when the moisture that at first lay as a pool had been burned around by the sun's revolution, and the oily part had evaporated, the rest settled into saltiness and bitterness.
15.59.3Dindorf 2:412
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ἱδρῶτα τῆς γῆς ἐκκαιομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου, διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον πίλησιν.
Empedoklēs hidrōta tēs gēs ekkaiomenēs hypo tou hēliou, dia tēn epi to pleion pilēsin.
Empedocles: sweat of the earth, burned by the sun, because of its increased compression.
15.59.4Dindorf 2:412
Ἀντιφῶν ἱδρῶτα τοῦ θερμοῦ, ἐξ οὗ τὸ περιληφθὲν ὑγρὸν ἀπεκρίθη, τῷ καθεψηθῆναι παραλυκίσασα, ὅπερ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἱδρῶτος συμβαίνει.
Antiphōn hidrōta tou thermou, ex hou to perilēphthen hygron apekrithē, tǭ kathepsēthēnai paralykisasa, hoper epi pantos hidrōtos symbainei.
Antiphon: sweat of the hot, from which the moisture enclosed in it was separated, which turned salty through being boiled down, as happens with all sweat.
15.59.5Dindorf 2:412
Μητρόδωρος διὰ τὸ διηθεῖσθαι διὰ τῆς γῆς μετειληφέναι τοῦ περὶ αὐτὴν πάχους, καθάπερ τὰ διὰ τῆς τέφρας ὑλιζόμενα.
Mētrodōros dia to diētheisthai dia tēs gēs meteilēphenai tou peri autēn pachous, kathaper ta dia tēs tephras hylizomena.
Metrodorus: because it is strained through the earth, it has taken on some of the thickness around it, like things filtered through ashes.
15.59.6Dindorf 2:412
Οἱ ἀπὸ Πλάτωνος τοῦ στοιχειώδους ὕδατος τὸ μὲν ἐξ ἀέρος κατὰ περίψυξιν συνιστάμενον γλυκὺ γίνεσθαι, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ γῆς κατὰ περίκαυσιν καὶ ἐκπύρωσιν ἀναθυμιώμενον ἁλμυρόν.”
Hoi apo Platōnos tou stoicheiōdous hydatos to men ex aeros kata peripsyxin synistamenon glyky ginesthai, to de apo gēs kata perikausin kai ekpyrōsin anathymiōmenon halmyron.”
The followers of Plato: of the elemental water, the part formed from air by chilling becomes sweet, while the part exhaled from earth by burning and firing becomes salty.”
15.59.7Dindorf 2:412
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ περὶ θαλάσσης. ὅπως δὲ οἱ περὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου οὐρανίων τε πέρι καὶ αἰθερίων καὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων καταλήψεως φυσιολογεῖν ἐπαγγειλάμενοι οὐδὲ τὰ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ᾔδεσαν, μάθοις ἂν ἐξ ὧν καὶ περὶ τούτων ὧδέ πως διαπεφωνήκασιν.
Tauta men oun kai peri thalassēs. hopōs de hoi peri tou pantos kosmou ouraniōn te peri kai aitheriōn kai tēs tōn holōn katalēpseōs physiologein epangeilamenoi oude ta kathʼ heautous ę̄desan, mathois an ex hōn kai peri toutōn hōde pōs diapephōnēkasin.
So much, then, on the sea. But how those who professed to give an account of nature about the whole world, things heavenly and ethereal, and the grasp of the universe, did not know even what concerned themselves, you may learn from the way they have disagreed on these matters too.
Preparation 15, chapter 60
15.60.1Dindorf 2:412–413
“Περὶ μερῶν τῆς ψυχῆς. Πυθαγόρας, Πλάτων, κατὰ μὲν τὸν ἀνωτάτω λόγον, διμερῆ τὴν ψυχήν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔχειν λογικὸν, τὸ δὲ ἄλογον. κατὰ δὲ τὸ προσεχὲς καὶ ἀκριβὲς τριμέρη· τὸ γὰρ ἄλογον διαιροῦσιν εἴς τε τὸ θυμικὸν καὶ τὸ ἐπιθυμητικόν.
“Peri merōn tēs psychēs. Pythagoras, Platōn, kata men ton anōtatō logon, dimerē tēn psychēn; to men gar echein logikon, to de alogon. kata de to proseches kai akribes trimerē; to gar alogon diairousin eis te to thymikon kai to epithymētikon.
“On the parts of the soul. Pythagoras, Plato: by the highest account the soul has two parts, for it has one part rational and one irrational; but by the closer and more exact account, three parts, for they divide the irrational into the spirited and the desiring.
15.60.2Dindorf 2:413
Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ ἐξ ὀκτὼ μερῶν συνεστάναι, πέντε τῶν αἰσθητικῶν, ὁρατικοῦ, ὀσφραντικοῦ, ἀκουστικοῦ, γευστικοῦ, ἁπτικοῦ· ἕκτου δὲ φωνητικοῦ, ἑβδόμου δὲ σπερματικοῦ, ὀγδόου δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ, ἀφʼ οὗ ταῦτα πάντα τέτακται διὰ τῶν οἰκείων ὀργάνων, προσφερῶς ταῖς τοῦ πολύποδος πλεκτάναις.
Hoi Stōïkoi ex oktō merōn synestanai, pente tōn aisthētikōn, horatikou, osphrantikou, akoustikou, geustikou, haptikou; hektou de phōnētikou, hebdomou de spermatikou, ogdoou de autou tou hēgemonikou, aphʼ hou tauta panta tetaktai dia tōn oikeiōn organōn, prospherōs tais tou polypodos plektanais.
The Stoics: that it is composed of eight parts: five of the senses, seeing, smelling, hearing, tasting, touching; a sixth, the vocal; a seventh, the seminal; and an eighth, the ruling part itself, from which all these are extended through their own organs, like the tentacles of an octopus.
15.60.3Dindorf 2:413
Δημόκριτος, Ἐπίκουρος, διμερῆ τὴν ψυχὴν, τὸ μὲν λογικὸν ἔχουσαν ἐν τῷ θώρακι καθιδρυμένον, τὸ δὲ ἄλογον καθʼ ὅλην τὴν σύγκρισιν τοῦ σώματος διεσπαρμένον.
Dēmokritos, Epikouros, dimerē tēn psychēn, to men logikon echousan en tǭ thōraki kathidrymenon, to de alogon kathʼ holēn tēn synkrisin tou sōmatos diesparmenon.
Democritus, Epicurus: the soul has two parts, the rational part being seated in the chest, the irrational spread through the whole composition of the body.
15.60.4Dindorf 2:413
Ὁ δὲ Δημόκριτος πάντα μετέχειν φύσει ποιᾶς, καὶ τὰ νεκρὰ τῶν σωμάτων· διότι ἀφανῶς τινος θερμοῦ καὶ αἰσθητικοῦ μετέχει, τοῦ πλείονος διαπνεομένου.
Ho de Dēmokritos panta metechein physei poias, kai ta nekra tōn sōmatōn; dioti aphanōs tinos thermou kai aisthētikou metechei, tou pleionos diapneomenou.
But Democritus: that all things by nature share in some kind of soul, even dead bodies; because each invisibly shares in something warm and capable of sensation, though the greater part is breathed away.
Preparation 15, chapter 61
15.61.1Dindorf 2:413
“Περὶ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ. Πλάτων, Δημόκριτος, ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ κεφαλῇ.
“Peri tou hēgemonikou. Platōn, Dēmokritos, en holę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄.
“On the ruling part. Plato, Democritus: in the whole head.
15.61.3Dindorf 2:413
Ἐρασίστρατος περὶ τὴν μήνιγγα τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου, ἣν ἐπικρανίδα λέγει.
Erasistratos peri tēn mēninga tou enkephalou, hēn epikranida legei.
Erasistratus: around the membrane of the brain, which he calls the epikranis.
15.61.4Dindorf 2:413
Ἡρόφιλος ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου κοιλίᾳ, ἥτις ἐστὶ καὶ βάσις.
Hērophilos en tę̄ tou enkephalou koilią, hētis esti kai basis.
Herophilus: in the cavity of the brain, which is also its base.
15.61.5Dindorf 2:413
Παρμενίδης ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ θώρακι.
Parmenidēs en holǭ tǭ thōraki.
Parmenides: in the whole chest.
15.61.6Dindorf 2:413
Ἐπίκουρος, οἷ Στωϊκοὶ πάντες, ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ.
Epikouros, hoi Stōïkoi pantes, en holę̄ tę̄ kardią.
Epicurus and all the Stoics: in the whole heart.
15.61.7Dindorf 2:413
Διογενὴς ἐν τῇ ἀρτηριακῇ κοιλίᾳ τῆς καρδίας, ἥτις ἐστὶ πνευματική.
Diogenēs en tę̄ artēriakę̄ koilią tēs kardias, hētis esti pneumatikē.
Diogenes: in the arterial cavity of the heart, which is full of breath.
15.61.8Dindorf 2:413
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δὲ ἐν τῇ τοῦ αἵματος συστάσει.
Empedoklēs de en tę̄ tou haimatos systasei.
Empedocles: in the composition of the blood.
15.61.9Dindorf 2:413–414
Οἱ δʼ ἐν τῷ περικαρδίῳ ὑμένι· οἶ δʼ ἐν τῷ διαφράγματι. τῶν νεωτέρων τινὲς διήκειν ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς μέχρι τοῦ διαφράγματος.
Hoi dʼ en tǭ perikardiǭ hymeni; oi dʼ en tǭ diaphragmati. tōn neōterōn tines diēkein apo kephalēs mechri tou diaphragmatos.
Some: in the membrane around the heart; others: in the diaphragm. Some of the more recent: that it extends from the head to the diaphragm.
15.61.10Dindorf 2:414
Πυθαγόρας τὸ μὲν ζωτικὸν περὶ τὴν καρδίαν, τὸ δὲ λογικὸν καὶ νοερὸν περὶ τὴν κεφαλήν.”
Pythagoras to men zōtikon peri tēn kardian, to de logikon kai noeron peri tēn kephalēn.”
Pythagoras: the life-giving part around the heart, the rational and intellectual around the head.”
15.61.11Dindorf 2:414
Τοσαῦτα μὲν δὴ καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶνδε. ἆρʼ οὖν οὐκ ἐν δίκῃ σοι δοκοῦμεν κρίσει καὶ λογισμῷ τῆς τούτων ἀπάντων ἀνωφελοῦς καὶ πολυπλανοῦς ματαιοπονίας ἀνακεχωρηκέναι, καὶ τῶν μὲν εἰρημένων μηδὲν πολυπραγμονεῖν, μηδὲ γὰρ ὁρᾶν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸ λυσιτελὲς καὶ αὐτόθεν συντεῖνον πρὸς ὠφέλειαν καὶ ἀγαθοῦ κτῆσιν ἀνθρώποις) μόνης δὲ τῆς ἀμφὶ τὸν πάντων δημιουργὸν θεὸν εὐσεβείας ἔχεσθαι, καὶ διὰ σώφρονος βίου τῆς τε ἄλλης κατʼ ἀρετὴν θεοφιλοῦς πολιτείας ἀρεσκόντως ζῆν σπουδάζειν τῷ πάντων θεῷ;
Tosauta men dē kai ta peri tōnde. arʼ oun ouk en dikę̄ soi dokoumen krisei kai logismǭ tēs toutōn apantōn anōphelous kai polyplanous mataioponias anakechōrēkenai, kai tōn men eirēmenōn mēden polypragmonein, mēde gar horan ex autōn to lysiteles kai autothen synteinon pros ōpheleian kai agathou ktēsin anthrōpois) monēs de tēs amphi ton pantōn dēmiourgon theon eusebeias echesthai, kai dia sōphronos biou tēs te allēs katʼ aretēn theophilous politeias areskontōs zēn spoudazein tǭ pantōn theǭ?
So much, then, on these matters too. Do we not seem to you, then, to have withdrawn justly, with judgment and reasoning, from the useless, many-wandering, vain toil of all these men, and not to busy ourselves at all with what has been described (for we do not see in it what is profitable and bears directly on benefit and the acquiring of good for human beings), but to hold only to piety toward God, the maker of all things, and to strive, by a self-controlled life and every other God-loving way of living by virtue, to live in a way that pleases the God of all?
15.61.12Dindorf 2:414
ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ σὺ βασκανίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ τὴν ἀληθῆ μαρτυρίαν ἡμῖν προσέσθαι διʼ ὄκνου φέρεις, φθάσει γέ σε πάλιν ὁ πάντων Ἑλλήνων σοφώτατος Σωκράτης τὰς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ψήφους φιλαληθῶς ἐξενηνεγμένος. τοὺς γοῦν μετεωρολέσχας ἐκείνους μωραίνοντας ἀπεδείκνυεν καὶ μηδὲν μαινομένων διαφέρειν ἔλεγεν, ἀπελέγχων αὐτοὺς διαρρήδην οὐ μόνον ὡς ἀνεφίκτων ὀρεγομένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἄχρηστα καὶ ἀνωφελῆ τῷ βίῳ κατατριβομένους. ταῦτα δέ σοι καὶ ὁ πρόσθεν μαρτυρήσει Ξενοφῶν, Σωκράτους ἑταίρων γνωριμώτατος, ὧδέ πη γράφων ἐν Ἀπομνημονευμασιν
allʼ ei kai sy baskanią kai phthonǭ tēn alēthē martyrian hēmin prosesthai diʼ oknou phereis, phthasei ge se palin ho pantōn Hellēnōn sophōtatos Sōkratēs tas hyper hēmōn psēphous philalēthōs exenēnegmenos. tous goun meteōroleschas ekeinous mōrainontas apedeiknyen kai mēden mainomenōn diapherein elegen, apelenchōn autous diarrēdēn ou monon hōs anephiktōn oregomenous, alla kai peri achrēsta kai anōphelē tǭ biǭ katatribomenous. tauta de soi kai ho prosthen martyrēsei Xenophōn, Sōkratous hetairōn gnōrimōtatos, hōde pē graphōn en Apomnēmoneumasin
But if you too, from spite and envy, are reluctant to accept our true testimony, Socrates, the wisest of all the Greeks, will once again have been before you, having cast his votes on our side in love of truth. At any rate he showed those talkers about things on high to be fools and said they differed in nothing from madmen, refuting them outright not only as reaching for the unattainable but also as wearing themselves out over things useless and unprofitable for life. Xenophon, cited earlier, the best known of Socrates' companions, will bear witness to this for you, writing somewhat as follows in the Memoirs:
Preparation 15, chapter 62
15.62.1Dindorf 2:414–415
“Οὐδεὶς δὲ πώποτε Σωκράτους οὐδὲν οὔτε ἀνόσιον, οὔτε πράττοντος εἶδεν, λέγοντος ἤκουσεν. οὐδὲ γὰρ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἀπάντων φύσεως ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὡς οἱ πλεῖστοι, διελέγετο, σκοπῶν ὅπως ὁ καλούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν σοφιστῶν κόσμος ἔχει, καὶ τίσιν ἀνάγκαις ἕκαστα γίνεται τῶν οὐρανίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς φροντίζοντας τὰ τοιαῦτα μωραίνοντας ἀπεδείκνυε.
“Oudeis de pōpote Sōkratous ouden oute anosion, oute prattontos eiden, legontos ēkousen. oude gar peri tēs tōn apantōn physeōs ē peri tōn allōn, hōs hoi pleistoi, dielegeto, skopōn hopōs ho kaloumenos hypo tōn sophistōn kosmos echei, kai tisin anankais hekasta ginetai tōn ouraniōn, alla kai tous phrontizontas ta toiauta mōrainontas apedeiknye.
“No one ever saw Socrates do, or heard him say, anything impious or unholy. For he did not discuss the nature of all things, as most did, or other such matters, inquiring how what the sophists call the cosmos is constituted and by what necessities each of the heavenly things comes to be; rather, he showed that those who busied themselves with such things were fools.
15.62.2Dindorf 2:415
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν αὐτῶν ἐσκόπει πότερά ποτε νομίσαντες ἱκανῶς ἤδη τὰ ἀνθρώπινα εἰδέναι ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων φροντίζειν, ἢ τὰ μὲν ἀνθρώπινα παρέντες, τὰ δαιμόνια δὲ σκοποῦντες, ἡγοῦνται τὰ προσήκοντα πράττειν.
kai prōton men autōn eskopei potera pote nomisantes hikanōs ēdē ta anthrōpina eidenai erchontai epi to peri tōn toioutōn phrontizein, ē ta men anthrōpina parentes, ta daimonia de skopountes, hēgountai ta prosēkonta prattein.
And first he would ask about them whether they come to think about such things because they believe they already know human affairs well enough, or whether they think they are doing what is fitting by leaving human affairs aside and inquiring into divine ones.
15.62.3Dindorf 2:415
ἐθαύμαζε δὲ, εἰ μὴ φανερὸν αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ὅτι ταῦτα οὐ δυνατόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώποις εὑρεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς μέγιστα φρονοῦντας ἐπὶ τῷ περὶ τούτων λέγειν οὐ ταὐτὰ δοξάζειν ἀλλήλοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁμοίως διακεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
ethaumaze de, ei mē phaneron autois estin hoti tauta ou dynaton estin anthrōpois heurein, epei kai tous megista phronountas epi tǭ peri toutōn legein ou tauta doxazein allēlois, alla kai tois mainomenois homoiōs diakeisthai pros allēlous.
And he wondered that it was not plain to them that these things cannot be found out by human beings, since even those who pride themselves most on speaking about them do not hold the same opinions as one another, but are disposed toward one another like madmen.
15.62.4Dindorf 2:415
τῶν τε γὰρ μαινομένων τοὺς μὲν οὐδὲ τὰ δεινὰ δεδιέναι, τοὺς δὲ καὶ τὰ μὴ φοβερὰ φοβεῖσθαι· καὶ τοῖς μὲν οὐδʼ ἐν ὄχλῳ δοκεῖν αἰσχρὸν εἶναι λέγειν ἢ ποιεῖν ὁτιοῦν, τοῖς δὲ οὐδʼ ἐξιτητέον εἰς ἀνθρώπους εἶναι δοκεῖν· καὶ τοὺς μὲν οὔθʼ ἱερὸν οὔτε βωμὸν οὔτʼ ἄλλο τῶν θείων οὐδὲν τιμᾶν, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ξύλα καὶ λίθους τοὺς τυχόντας καὶ θηρία σέβεσθαι. τῶν τε περὶ τῆς τῶν πάντων φύσεως μεριμνώντων τοῖς μὲν δοκεῖν ἕν μόνον τὸ ὂν εἶναι, τοῖς δὲ ἄπειρα τὸ πλῆθος· καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἀεὶ πάντα κινεῖσθαι, τοῖς δὲ οὐδὲν ἄν ποτε κινηθῆναι· καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἅπαντα γίγνεσθαί τε καὶ ἀπόλλυσθαι, τοῖς δὲ οὔτʼ ἂν γενέσθαι ποτὲ οὐδὲν οὔτε ἀπολέσθαι.
tōn te gar mainomenōn tous men oude ta deina dedienai, tous de kai ta mē phobera phobeisthai; kai tois men oudʼ en ochlǭ dokein aischron einai legein ē poiein hotioun, tois de oudʼ exitēteon eis anthrōpous einai dokein; kai tous men outhʼ hieron oute bōmon outʼ allo tōn theiōn ouden timan, tous de kai xyla kai lithous tous tychontas kai thēria sebesthai. tōn te peri tēs tōn pantōn physeōs merimnōntōn tois men dokein hen monon to on einai, tois de apeira to plēthos; kai tois men aei panta kineisthai, tois de ouden an pote kinēthēnai; kai tois men hapanta gignesthai te kai apollysthai, tois de outʼ an genesthai pote ouden oute apolesthai.
For among madmen, some do not fear even what is dreadful, while others fear even what is not frightening; to some it seems not shameful to say or do anything at all even in a crowd, while to others it seems one should not even go out among people; some honor neither temple nor altar nor anything else divine, while others revere sticks and stones of any kind, and beasts. So too among those who concern themselves with the nature of all things, to some it seems that what is is only one, to others that it is infinite in number; to some that all things are always in motion, to others that nothing could ever be moved; to some that all things come to be and perish, to others that nothing could ever come to be or perish.
15.62.5Dindorf 2:415–416
ἐσκόπει δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ τάδε· ἆρʼ ὥσπερ οἱ τἀνθρώπινα μανθάνοντες ἡγοῦνται τοῦθʼ ὅ τι ἂν μάθωσιν ἑαυτοῖς τε τῶν ἄλλων ὅτῳ ἂν βούλωνται ποιήσειν, οὕτω καὶ οἶ τὰ θεῖα ζητοῦντες νομίζουσιν, ἐπειδὰν γνῶσιν αἷς ἀνάγκαις ἕκαστα γίγνεται, ποιήσειν ὅταν βούλωνται καὶ ἀνέμους καὶ ὕδατα καὶ ὥρας καὶ ὅτου ἂν ἄλλου δέωνται τῶν τοιούτων; ἢ τοιοῦτον μὲν οὐδὲν οὐδʼ ἐλπίζουσιν, ἀρκεῖ δʼ αὐτοῖς γνῶναι μόνον ᾗ τῶν τοιούτων ἕκαστα γίγνεται;
eskopei de peri autōn kai tade; arʼ hōsper hoi tanthrōpina manthanontes hēgountai touthʼ ho ti an mathōsin heautois te tōn allōn hotǭ an boulōntai poiēsein, houtō kai oi ta theia zētountes nomizousin, epeidan gnōsin hais anankais hekasta gignetai, poiēsein hotan boulōntai kai anemous kai hydata kai hōras kai hotou an allou deōntai tōn toioutōn? ē toiouton men ouden oudʼ elpizousin, arkei dʼ autois gnōnai monon hę̄ tōn toioutōn hekasta gignetai?
He also asked this about them: just as those who learn human matters believe that whatever they learn they will put into practice for themselves and for any others they wish, do those who search into divine things likewise think that, once they know by what necessities each thing comes to be, they will make winds and waters and seasons, and whatever else of the kind they need, whenever they wish? Or do they hope for nothing of the sort, and is it enough for them merely to know how each of these things comes to be?
15.62.6Dindorf 2:416
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ταῦτα πραγματευομένων τοιαῦτα ἔλεγεν· αὐτὸς δὲ περὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀεὶ διελέγετο, σκοπῶν τί εὐσεβὲς, τί ἀσεβές· τί καλὸν, τί αἰσχρόν· τί δίκαιον, τί ἄδικον· τί σωφροσύνη, τί μανία.”
peri men oun tōn tauta pragmateuomenōn toiauta elegen; autos de peri tōn anthrōpeiōn aei dielegeto, skopōn ti eusebes, ti asebes; ti kalon, ti aischron; ti dikaion, ti adikon; ti sōphrosynē, ti mania.”
This is what he said about those who occupied themselves with these things; but he himself always discussed human matters, examining what is pious and what impious, what noble and what shameful, what just and what unjust, what self-control and what madness.”
15.62.7Dindorf 2:416
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ Σωκράτης. μετὰ δὲ αὐτὸν οἶ περὶ Ἀρίστιππον τὸν Κυρηναῖον, ἔπειθʼ ὕστερον οἱ περὶ Ἀρίστωνα τὸν Χῖον ἐπεχείρησαν λέγειν ὡς δέοι μόνα τὰ ἠθικὰ φιλοσοφεῖν· εἶναι γὰρ δὴ ταῦτα μὲν δυνατὰ καὶ ὠφέλιμα· τοὺς μέντοι περὶ τῆς φύσεως λόγους πᾶν τοὐναντίον, μήτε καταληπτοὺς εἰναι μήτʼ, εἰ καὶ ὀφθεῖεν, ὄφελος ἔχειν τι.
Tauta men oun ho Sōkratēs. meta de auton oi peri Aristippon ton Kyrēnaion, epeithʼ hysteron hoi peri Aristōna ton Chion epecheirēsan legein hōs deoi mona ta ēthika philosophein; einai gar dē tauta men dynata kai ōphelima; tous mentoi peri tēs physeōs logous pan tounantion, mēte katalēptous einai mētʼ, ei kai ophtheien, ophelos echein ti.
So Socrates. After him the school of Aristippus of Cyrene, and later the school of Ariston of Chios, tried to argue that one ought to pursue only ethics in philosophy; for this is possible and useful, but accounts of nature are the very opposite, neither graspable nor, even if they were seen, of any use.
15.62.8Dindorf 2:416
μηδὲν γὰρ ἡμῖν ἔσεσθαι πλέον, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ εἰ μετεωρότεροι τοῦ Πέρσεως ἀρθέντες ὑπέρ τε πόντου χεῦμʼ ὑπέρ τε Πλειάδα, αὐτοῖς τοῖς ὄμμασι κατίδοιμεν τὸν πάντα κόσμον, καὶ τὴν τῶν ὄντων φύσιν, ἥτις δή ποτέ ἐστιν.
mēden gar hēmin esesthai pleon, allʼ oudʼ ei meteōroteroi tou Perseōs arthentes hyper te pontou cheumʼ hyper te Pleiada, autois tois ommasi katidoimen ton panta kosmon, kai tēn tōn ontōn physin, hētis dē pote estin.
For we would gain nothing, not even if, raised higher than Perseus, "over the sea's flood and over the Pleiad," we were to look with our own eyes on the whole world and the nature of things, whatever it may be.
15.62.9Dindorf 2:416
οὐ γὰρ δὴ διά γε τοῦτο φρονιμωτέρους ἢ δικαιοτέρους ἢ ἀνδρειοτέρονς ἢ σωφρονεστέρους ἡμὰς ἔσεσθαι, μὴν οὐδὲ ἰσχυροὺς ἢ καλοὺς ἢ πλουσίους, ὧν χωρὶς οὐχ οἷόν τε εὐδαιμονεῖν.
ou gar dē dia ge touto phronimōterous ē dikaioterous ē andreioterons ē sōphronesterous hēmas esesthai, mēn oude ischyrous ē kalous ē plousious, hōn chōris ouch hoion te eudaimonein.
For not on that account shall we be wiser or more just or braver or more self-controlled, nor indeed strong or handsome or rich, without which it is not possible to be happy.
15.62.10Dindorf 2:416
ὅθεν ὀρθῶς εἶπε Σωκράτης ὅτι τῶν ὄντων τὰ μὲν ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς εἴη, τὰ δὲ οὐδὲν πρὸς ἡμᾶς. εἶναι γὰρ τὰ φυσικὰ μὲν ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς, τὰ δὲ μετὰ τὸν θάνατον οὐδὲν πρὸς ἡμὰς, μόνα δὲ πρὸς ἡμὰς τὰ ἀνθρώπινα.
hothen orthōs eipe Sōkratēs hoti tōn ontōn ta men hyper hēmas eiē, ta de ouden pros hēmas. einai gar ta physika men hyper hēmas, ta de meta ton thanaton ouden pros hēmas, mona de pros hēmas ta anthrōpina.
Hence Socrates rightly said that of the things that are, some are above us and some are nothing to us: things of nature are above us, things after death nothing to us, and only human things concern us.
15.62.11Dindorf 2:416
ταύτῃ δὲ καὶ χαίρειν αὐτὸν εἰπόντα τῇ Ἀναξαγόρου καὶ Ἀρχελάου φυσιολογίᾳ ζητεῖν ὅττι οἱ ἐν μεγάροισι κακόν τʼ ἀγαθόν τε τέτυκται.
tautę̄ de kai chairein auton eiponta tę̄ Anaxagorou kai Archelaou physiologią zētein hotti hoi en megaroisi kakon tʼ agathon te tetyktai.
And in this way, he said, he bade farewell to the natural philosophy of Anaxagoras and Archelaus, to seek "whatever ill and good is done in your halls."
15.62.12Dindorf 2:416–417
καὶ ἄλλως δὲ εἶναι τοὺς φυσικοὺς λόγους οὐ χαλεποὺς οὐδὲ ἀδυνάτους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀσεβεῖς καὶ τοῖς νόμοις ὑπεναντίους. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἀξιοῦν μηδʼ εἶναι θεοὺς τὸ παράπαν, τοὺς δὲ τὸ ἄπειρον, ἢ τὸ ὂν, ἢ τὸ ἕν· καὶ πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς νομιζομένους.
kai allōs de einai tous physikous logous ou chalepous oude adynatous monon, alla kai asebeis kai tois nomois hypenantious. tous men gar axioun mēdʼ einai theous to parapan, tous de to apeiron, ē to on, ē to hen; kai panta mallon ē tous nomizomenous.
And besides, accounts of nature are not only hard and impossible but also impious and contrary to the laws. For some hold that there are no gods at all, others that the infinite, or being, or the one is god, and anything rather than the gods traditionally believed in.
15.62.13Dindorf 2:417
τήν τʼ αὖ διαφωνίαν παμπόλλην οὖσαν· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄπειρον ἀποφαίνειν τὸ πᾶν, τοὺς δὲ πεπερασμένον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀξιοῦν ἅπαντα κινεῖσθαι, τοὺς δὲ καθάπαξ μηδέν.
tēn tʼ au diaphōnian pampollēn ousan; tous men gar apeiron apophainein to pan, tous de peperasmenon, kai tous men axioun hapanta kineisthai, tous de kathapax mēden.
And again, their disagreement is very great: some declare the universe infinite, others limited; and some hold that all things move, others that nothing at all does.
15.62.14Dindorf 2:417
καὶ μὴν εἴ τι καὶ ἄλλο πάντων ἄριστά μοι δοκεῖ περὶ τούτων αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς Σίλλοις καὶ ὁ Φλιάσιος Τίμων εἰρηκέναι τάδε τίς γὰρ τούσδʼ ὀλοῇ ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι; Ἠχοῦς σύνδρομος ὄχλος. ὁ γὰρ σιγῶσι χολωθεὶς νοῦσον ἐπʼ ἀνέρας ὦρσε λάλην, ὀλέκοντο δὲ πολλοί.
kai mēn ei ti kai allo pantōn arista moi dokei peri toutōn autōn en tois Sillois kai ho Phliasios Timōn eirēkenai tade tis gar tousdʼ oloę̄ eridi xyneēke machesthai? Ēchous syndromos ochlos. ho gar sigōsi cholōtheis nouson epʼ aneras ōrse lalēn, olekonto de polloi.
And indeed, best of all, it seems to me, Timon of Phlius has said this about these very men in his Silloi: "Who set these men to fight in ruinous strife? Echo's thronging crowd. For he, angered at the silent, roused against men a chattering plague, and many perished."
15.62.15Dindorf 2:417
ὁρᾷς ὡς ἤδη καὶ ἀλλήλους σκώπτουσιν οἱ γενναῖοι; τὴν γοῦν πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλονεικίαν αὐτῶν τάς τε μάχας καὶ τὰς διαστάσεις ἔτι πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις ὁ δηλωθεὶς ἀνὴρ τοῦτον ὑπογράφει τὸν τρόπον φοιτᾷ δὲ βροτολοιγὸς ἔρις, κενεὸν λελακυῖα, νείκης ἀνδροφόνοιο κασιγνήτη καὶ ἔριθος, ἥ τʼ ἀλαὴ περὶ πάντα κυλίνδεται, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα ἔς τε βροτοὺς στήριξε κάρη καὶ ἐς ἐλπίδα βάλλει.
horąs hōs ēdē kai allēlous skōptousin hoi gennaioi? tēn goun pros allēlous philoneikian autōn tas te machas kai tas diastaseis eti pros tois eirēmenois ho dēlōtheis anēr touton hypographei ton tropon phoitą de brotoloigos eris, keneon lelakuia, neikēs androphonoio kasignētē kai erithos, hē tʼ alaē peri panta kylindetai, autar epeita es te brotous stērixe karē kai es elpida ballei.
Do you see how the noble men already mock one another? At any rate, the man just mentioned sketches, besides what has been said, their rivalry with one another, their battles and their factions, in this way: "Strife, ruin of mortals, goes about, shrieking emptily, sister and helper of man-slaying Quarrel; she rolls blindly about everything, and then sets her head among mortals and throws them into hope."
15.62.16Dindorf 2:417–418
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τῆς τῶνδε πρὸς σφὰς αὐτοὺς ἀποδεδειγμένης στάσεως τε καὶ μάχης, τῆς τε μηδὲν ἡμῖν προσηκούσης, περιττῆς δὲ ἄλλως καὶ οὐ γνωστῆς παιδείας τε καὶ μαθήσεως τῶν λοιπῶν ἁπάντων, ἐν οἷς εἰσέτι νῦν ἀποσεμνύνονται φιλοσόφων παῖδες, ἀπεληλεγμένων οὐχ ἡμετέραις, ταῖς δʼ οἰκείαις αὐτῶν ἀποδείξεσιν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς αἰτίας εἰς φανερὸν τεθείσης, διʼ ἣν τὰ τῶνδε αποστραφέντες τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια προτετιμήκαμεν, τὰ μὲν τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς ἐν τούτοις ἡμῖν περιγεγράφθω·
Alla gar kai tēs tōnde pros sphas autous apodedeigmenēs staseōs te kai machēs, tēs te mēden hēmin prosēkousēs, perittēs de allōs kai ou gnōstēs paideias te kai mathēseōs tōn loipōn hapantōn, en hois eiseti nyn aposemnynontai philosophōn paides, apelēlegmenōn ouch hēmeterais, tais dʼ oikeiais autōn apodeixesin; ou mēn alla kai tēs aitias eis phaneron tetheisēs, diʼ hēn ta tōnde apostraphentes ta Hebraiōn logia protetimēkamen, ta men tēs Euangelikēs Proparaskeuēs en toutois hēmin perigegraphthō;
But now that the faction and fighting of these men among themselves has been shown, and all the rest of their education and learning, which does not concern us, is superfluous besides and cannot be known, and in which the sons of the philosophers still take pride, has been refuted not by our proofs but by their own; and since, moreover, the reason has been made plain why we turned away from their teachings and preferred the oracles of the Hebrews, let our Preparation for the Gospel be brought to its close here.
15.62.17Dindorf 2:418
τὰ δὲ τῆς ἐντελεστέρας πραγματείας, τῆς κατὰ τὴν Εὐαγγελικὴν Ἀπόδειξιν, ἤδη λοιπὸν ἐπισκεπτέον ἀφʼ ἑτέρας λόγων ἀρχῆς, τῆς δὴ λειπούσης τῷ προβλήματι, τὴν διδασκαλίαν ποιησομένοις.
ta de tēs entelesteras pragmateias, tēs kata tēn Euangelikēn Apodeixin, ēdē loipon episkepteon aphʼ heteras logōn archēs, tēs dē leipousēs tǭ problēmati, tēn didaskalian poiēsomenois.
The more complete undertaking, the Demonstration of the Gospel, must now be taken up from another starting point of discussion, the one that remains to the question, for those who will give the teaching.
15.62.18Dindorf 2:418
λείπει δʼ ἄρα πρὸς τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς ἐπιμεμψαμένους ἀποκρίνασθαι, τί δή ποτε ἀλλόφυλοι ὄντες καὶ ἀλλογενεῖς ταῖς αὐτῶν βίβλοις ἀποχρώμεθα, μηδὲν ἡμῖν, ὡς ἂν αὐτοὶ φαῖεν, προσηκούσαις· ἢ τί δὴ τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀσπαζόμενοι λόγια οὐχὶ καὶ τὸν βίον ἀκόλουθον τῷ παρʼ αὐτοῖς παρέχομεν νόμῳ.
leipei dʼ ara pros tous ek peritomēs epimempsamenous apokrinasthai, ti dē pote allophyloi ontes kai allogeneis tais autōn biblois apochrōmetha, mēden hēmin, hōs an autoi phaien, prosēkousais; ē ti dē ta parʼ autois aspazomenoi logia ouchi kai ton bion akolouthon tǭ parʼ autois parechomen nomǭ.
What remains, then, is to answer those of the circumcision who find fault with us: why, being of another race and another stock, we make use of their books, which, as they would say, do not belong to us at all; or why, if we welcome the oracles they have, we do not also lead a life in keeping with the law they have.